diff --git a/code/sqlite3-binding.c b/code/sqlite3-binding.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9228d24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/code/sqlite3-binding.c
@@ -0,0 +1,147782 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
+** version 3.8.5.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
+** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
+** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
+** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
+** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
+** translation unit.
+**
+** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
+** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines
+** the programming interface to the SQLite library.  (If you do not have 
+** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within
+** the text of this file.  Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start
+** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed
+** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming
+** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a
+** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CORE 1
+#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
+#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE
+# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_API
+# define SQLITE_API
+#endif
+/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
+#define _SQLITEINT_H_
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any
+** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first
+** code in all source files.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0).  If you compile on Red Hat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** The previous paragraph was written in 2005.  (This paragraph is written
+** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so
+** you should probably leave LFS enabled.  But some embedded platforms might
+** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful.
+**
+** Similar is true for Mac OS X.  LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its
+** version information, among other things.  Normally, this internal MinGW
+** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header
+** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this
+** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and
+** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it.  This entire #if block
+** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting
+** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define
+** some MinGW-specific macros).  When compiling for MinGW, either the
+** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be
+** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be
+** disabled.
+*/
+#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H)
+# include "mingw.h"
+#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H)
+# include "_mingw.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime
+** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP).
+*/
+#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \
+    defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \
+    defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \
+    defined(__MSVCRT__)
+# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+#endif
+
+/* The public SQLite interface.  The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear
+** first in QNX.  Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for
+** MinGW.
+*/
+/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
+** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
+** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
+** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
+** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
+**
+** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
+** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
+** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
+** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
+** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
+**
+** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
+** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
+** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
+**
+** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
+** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
+** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
+** part of the build process.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
+#define _SQLITE3_H_
+#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Add the ability to override 'extern'
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
+# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_API
+# define SQLITE_API
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
+** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
+** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards
+** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
+** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
+**
+** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
+** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
+** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
+** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
+** noop macros.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
+#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
+
+/*
+** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
+**
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
+** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
+** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
+** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
+** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
+** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
+** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
+** be larger than the release from which it is derived.  Either Y will
+** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
+** and Z will be reset to zero.
+**
+** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
+** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
+** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
+** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
+** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
+** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
+** hash of the entire source tree.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
+** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
+** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.5"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008005
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2014-06-04 14:06:34 b1ed4f2a34ba66c29b130f8d13e9092758019212"
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
+**
+** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
+** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
+** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
+** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
+** the header, and thus insure that the application is
+** compiled with matching library and header files.
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
+** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
+** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
+** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
+** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
+** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
+** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
+** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
+** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
+** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
+** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
+** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
+** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
+**
+** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
+** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
+** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
+**
+** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
+** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
+** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
+**
+** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
+** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
+** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
+** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
+**
+** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
+** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
+** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
+** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
+**
+** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
+** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
+** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
+**
+** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
+** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
+** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
+** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
+** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
+** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  ^(The return value of the
+** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
+** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
+** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
+** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
+**
+** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
+** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
+**
+** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
+** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
+** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
+** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
+** interfaces (such as
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
+** sqlite3 object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
+**
+** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
+** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
+**
+** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
+** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
+** compatibility only.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
+** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
+** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
+** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
+#else
+  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
+typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
+
+/*
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite3_int64
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
+** for the [sqlite3] object.
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if
+** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
+** resources are deallocated.
+**
+** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
+** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
+** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
+** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
+** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
+** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
+** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
+** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
+** destructors are called is arbitrary.
+**
+** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
+** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
+** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
+** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
+** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
+** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation
+** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
+** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
+**
+** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
+** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
+**
+** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
+** must be either a NULL
+** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
+** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
+** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
+** argument is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** The type for a callback function.
+** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
+** compatibility and is not documented.
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
+**
+** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
+** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
+** without having to use a lot of C code. 
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
+** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
+** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
+** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
+** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements.  ^The 4th argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
+** callback invocation.  ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
+** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
+** ignored.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
+** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
+** subsequent statements are skipped.  ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
+** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
+** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
+** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
+** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
+** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
+** NULL before returning.
+**
+** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
+** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
+** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
+** number of columns in the result.  ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
+** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
+** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column.  ^If an element of a
+** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer.  ^The 4th argument to the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
+** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
+** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
+**
+** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
+** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
+** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
+** is not changed.
+**
+** Restrictions:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+**      is a valid and open [database connection].
+** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
+**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
+**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** </ul>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
+  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
+  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
+**
+** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
+** here in order to indicate success or failure.
+**
+** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
+/* beginning-of-error-codes */
+#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
+#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
+#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
+#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
+#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
+#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
+#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
+#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
+#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
+#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
+#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
+#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
+#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
+#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
+#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
+#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
+#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE      27   /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */
+#define SQLITE_WARNING     28   /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
+#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
+#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
+/* end-of-error-codes */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
+**
+** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
+** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
+** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
+** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
+** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
+** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
+** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
+** on a per database connection basis using the
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
+**
+** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
+** One may expect the number of extended result codes will increase
+** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
+** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
+** be exactly zero.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED        (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION     (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
+**
+** These bit values are intended for use in the
+** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
+** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY        0x00000020  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI              0x00000040  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY           0x00000080  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL              0x00080000  /* VFS only */
+
+/* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
+**
+** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
+** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
+** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** refers to.
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
+** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
+** file that were written at the application level might have changed
+** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
+** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
+** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
+** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
+** elevated privileges.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K              0x00000040
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE              0x00002000
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
+**
+** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
+** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
+** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
+**
+** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
+** these integer values as the second argument.
+**
+** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
+** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
+** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
+** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
+** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
+** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
+**
+** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
+** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
+** settings.  The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
+** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
+** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
+** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
+** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
+** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
+** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
+** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
+** cares about the difference.)
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
+**
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
+** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
+** implementations will
+** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
+** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
+** I/O operations on the open file.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
+struct sqlite3_file {
+  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
+**
+** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
+** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
+** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
+** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
+** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
+**
+** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
+** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
+** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
+** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
+** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
+** to NULL.
+**
+** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
+** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
+** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
+** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
+** and not its inode needs to be synced.
+**
+** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
+** </ul>
+** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
+** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
+** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
+** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
+** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
+**
+** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
+** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
+** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
+** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
+** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
+** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
+** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
+** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
+** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
+** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
+** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
+** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
+** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
+** recognize.
+**
+** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
+** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
+** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
+** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
+** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
+** underlying device:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().
+**
+** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
+** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
+** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
+** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
+** database corruption.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
+struct sqlite3_io_methods {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
+  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
+  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
+  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
+  int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
+  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
+  void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
+  int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
+  int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
+  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
+**
+** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
+** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
+** interface.
+**
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
+** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
+** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
+** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
+** is defined.
+** <ul>
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
+** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
+** current transaction.  This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
+** is often close.  The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
+** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
+** file run faster.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
+** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
+** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
+** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
+** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
+** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
+** improve performance on some systems.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
+** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
+** connection.  See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
+** additional information.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
+** No longer in use.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
+** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
+** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked 
+** because the user has configured SQLite with 
+** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place 
+** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
+** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
+** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
+** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that 
+** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications 
+** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may 
+** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
+** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
+** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
+** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the 
+** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
+** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
+** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
+** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
+** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
+** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
+** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
+** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
+** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
+** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
+** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
+** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
+** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
+** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
+** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting.  By default, the auxiliary
+** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
+** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
+** closes.  Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
+** close.  Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
+** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
+** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
+** in order for the database to be readable.  The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
+** WAL mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** WAL persistence setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting.  The PSOW setting
+** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
+** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
+** mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** zero-damage mode setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
+** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
+** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
+** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
+** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
+** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
+** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
+** do anything.  Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
+** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
+** is intended for diagnostic use only.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
+** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
+** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
+** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
+** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
+** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
+** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument.  ^The handler for an
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
+** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
+** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
+** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
+** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
+** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
+** prepared statement.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
+** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
+** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
+** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
+** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]
+** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
+** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
+** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
+** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
+** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
+** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
+** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
+** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
+** current operation.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
+** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control
+** to have SQLite generate a
+** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
+** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses.  The
+** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
+** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  The caller should
+** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the
+** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O.
+** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
+** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map.  The
+** pointer is overwritten with the old value.  The limit is not changed if
+** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit 
+** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number.  This
+** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
+** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
+** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
+** The argument is a zero-terminated string.  Higher layers in the
+** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
+** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
+** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
+** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
+** was first opened.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
+** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
+** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** </ul>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
+#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
+#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
+#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
+**
+** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
+** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
+** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
+** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
+**
+** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
+**
+** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
+** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
+** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".  See
+** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
+**
+** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
+** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
+** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
+** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
+** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
+** modified.
+**
+** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
+** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
+** a pathname in this VFS.
+**
+** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
+** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
+** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
+** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
+** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
+** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
+**
+** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
+** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
+** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
+** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
+** object once the object has been registered.
+**
+** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
+** be unique across all VFS modules.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
+** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
+** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
+** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
+** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
+** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
+** ^SQLite further guarantees that
+** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
+** called. Because of the previous sentence,
+** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
+** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
+** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
+** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
+** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
+**
+** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
+** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
+** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
+** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
+** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
+**
+** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
+** call, depending on the object being opened:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
+** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
+** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
+** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
+** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
+** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
+** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
+** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
+**
+** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
+** deleted when it is closed.  ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
+** databases, and subjournals.
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
+** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
+** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
+** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
+** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
+** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
+** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
+** for exclusive access.
+**
+** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
+** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
+** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
+** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
+** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
+** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
+** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
+** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
+** or failure of the xOpen call.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
+** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
+** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
+** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
+** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
+** directory.
+**
+** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
+** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
+** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
+** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
+** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
+** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
+**
+** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
+** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
+** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
+** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
+** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
+** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
+** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
+** least the number of microseconds given.  ^The xCurrentTime()
+** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
+** a floating point value.
+** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
+** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
+** a 24-hour day).  
+** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
+** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
+** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
+** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
+**
+** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
+** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
+** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
+** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
+** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
+** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
+** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
+** next.  Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
+** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
+** from one release to the next.  Applications must not attempt to access
+** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
+typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
+struct sqlite3_vfs {
+  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
+  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
+  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
+  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
+  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
+               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
+  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
+  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
+  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
+  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
+  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
+  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
+  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
+  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
+  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
+  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
+  ** definition.  Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
+  */
+  int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
+  */
+  int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
+  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
+  */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
+** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object.  They determine
+** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
+** simply checks whether the file exists.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
+** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
+** the directory).
+** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
+** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the file is readable.  The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
+** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
+** SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1   /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2   /* Unused */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants define the various locking operations
+** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods].  The
+** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
+** xShmLock method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** </ul>
+**
+** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
+** was given no the corresponding lock.  
+**
+** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
+** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
+** and EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK       1
+#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK         2
+#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED       4
+#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE    8
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
+**
+** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
+** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
+** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
+** lock outside of this range
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK        8
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
+** SQLite library.  ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
+** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
+** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
+** shutdown on embedded systems.  Workstation applications using
+** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
+** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
+** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  ^(Only an effective call
+** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
+** are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
+** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  ^(Only
+** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
+** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
+** is not.  The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
+** single thread.  All open [database connections] must be closed and all
+** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
+** sqlite3_shutdown().
+**
+** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
+** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
+** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
+** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
+** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
+** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
+** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
+** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
+** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
+** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
+** already.  ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
+** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
+** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
+** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
+** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
+** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
+** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
+** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
+** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
+**
+** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
+** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
+** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
+** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
+** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
+** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
+** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
+**
+** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
+** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
+** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
+** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
+** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
+** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
+** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
+** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
+** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
+** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
+** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
+** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
+** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
+** failure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
+** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
+** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
+** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
+** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
+** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
+** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
+** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
+** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
+** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
+** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
+**
+** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
+** [configuration option] that determines
+** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
+** vary depending on the [configuration option]
+** in the first argument.
+**
+** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
+** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
+**
+** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
+** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
+** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
+** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
+**
+** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
+** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
+** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
+**
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
+** the call is considered successful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
+**
+** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
+** and low-level memory allocation routines.
+**
+** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
+** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
+** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
+** By creating an instance of this object
+** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
+** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
+** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
+** dynamic memory needs.
+**
+** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
+** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
+** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
+** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
+** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
+** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
+** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
+** conditions.
+**
+** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
+** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
+** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
+**
+** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
+** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
+** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
+**
+** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
+** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
+** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
+** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
+** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
+** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
+** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
+**
+** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  For example,
+** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
+** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
+** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
+** xInit and xShutdown.
+**
+** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
+** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
+** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
+** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
+** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
+** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
+** serialization.
+**
+** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
+  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
+  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
+  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
+  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
+  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
+** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Single-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
+** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
+** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+** configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Multi-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** The application is responsible for serializing access to
+** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
+** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
+** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
+** [database connection] at the same time.  ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
+** all mutexes including the recursive
+** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
+** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
+** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
+** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
+** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
+** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
+** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
+** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
+** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
+** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
+** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the 
+** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
+**   <ul>
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_status()]
+**   </ul>)^
+** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
+** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
+** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer an 8-byte
+** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
+** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
+** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).  The sz
+** argument must be a multiple of 16.
+** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
+** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread.  So
+** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads.
+** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6
+** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional
+** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation.  
+** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
+** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option.
+** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
+** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
+** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
+** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each
+** page header.  ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on
+** the host architecture.  ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
+** to make sz a little too large.  The first
+** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
+** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  ^If additional
+** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
+** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
+** The pointer in the first argument must
+** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite
+** will be undefined.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
+** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
+** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
+** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
+** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
+** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
+** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
+** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
+** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
+** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
+** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
+** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
+** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
+** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
+** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
+** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
+** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
+** profiling or testing, for example.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default
+** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each
+** [database connection].  The first argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
+** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(This option sets the
+** <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
+** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
+** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
+** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies the interface
+** to a custom page cache implementation.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
+** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of the current
+** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
+** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
+** global [error log].
+** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
+** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
+** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
+** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
+** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
+** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
+** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
+** function whenever that function is invoked.  ^The second parameter to
+** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
+** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
+** [extended result code].  ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
+** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
+** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
+** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
+** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
+** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
+** <dd>^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
+** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling
+** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
+** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or
+** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
+** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
+** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
+** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
+** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
+** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
+** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
+** <dd>^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as
+** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
+** full table scans in the query optimizer.  ^The default setting is determined
+** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
+** if that compile-time option is omitted.
+** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
+** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
+** when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
+** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
+** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
+** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
+** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
+** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
+** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
+** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
+** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
+** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
+** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
+** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
+** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
+** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
+** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
+** third parameter is passed NULL In this case.  An example of using this
+** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in
+** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
+** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
+** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
+** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
+** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
+** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control.  ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
+** cannot be changed at run-time.  Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size
+** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
+** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
+** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
+** changed to its compile-time default.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
+** <dd>^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows
+** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined.
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
+** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE    22  /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE      23  /* int nByte */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
+** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
+** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
+** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
+** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
+** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
+** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot.  ^The third argument is the number of
+** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
+** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
+** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  ^If the second argument to
+** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
+** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8.  ^(The lookaside memory
+** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
+** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
+** when the "current value" returned by
+** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
+** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
+** [foreign key constraints].  There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
+** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
+** unchanged.  The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
+** There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
+** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
+** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
+** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
+**
+** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
+** has a unique 64-bit signed
+** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
+** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
+** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
+** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
+** is another alias for the rowid.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the 
+** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
+** on database connection D.
+** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded.
+** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables
+** have ever occurred on the database connection D, 
+** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero.
+**
+** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
+** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
+** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running.
+** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned 
+** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual
+** table method began.)^
+**
+** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
+** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
+** routine.  ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
+** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
+** routine when their insertion fails.  ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
+** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
+** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
+** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
+** the return value of this interface.)^
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
+** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
+**
+** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
+** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
+** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
+** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
+** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
+** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
+** last insert [rowid].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
+** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
+** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
+** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
+** or [DELETE] statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
+** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the
+** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes
+** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions.
+**
+** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
+** are not counted.  Only real table changes are counted.
+**
+** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
+** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
+** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution,
+** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other
+** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^
+**
+** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
+** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. 
+** Most SQL statements are
+** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
+** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
+** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
+** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
+**
+** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
+** not create a new trigger context.
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
+** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
+** trigger context.
+**
+** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
+** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that also occurred at the top level.  ^(Within the body of a trigger,
+** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
+** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** statement within the body of the same trigger.
+** However, the number returned does not include changes
+** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
+** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
+** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened.
+** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes
+** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by
+** [foreign key actions]. However,
+** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints,
+** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing.  The
+** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger],
+** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes 
+** are counted.)^
+** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as
+** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle
+** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]).
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
+** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
+**
+** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
+** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
+** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
+** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
+** immediately.
+**
+** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
+** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
+** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
+** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
+**
+** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
+** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
+** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
+**
+** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
+** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
+** will be rolled back automatically.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
+** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
+** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
+** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
+** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
+** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
+** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
+** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
+**
+** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
+** is running then bad things will likely happen.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
+**
+** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
+** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
+** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
+** SQLite for parsing.  ^These routines return 1 if the input string
+** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  ^A statement is judged to be
+** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
+** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  ^Semicolons that are embedded within
+** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
+** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
+** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  ^Whitespace
+** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
+**
+** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  ^If a
+** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+**
+** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
+** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
+**
+** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
+** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
+** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
+** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-8 string.
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
+**
+** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
+** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
+** or process has locked.
+**
+** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
+** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
+** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
+** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
+** been invoked for this locking event.  ^If the
+** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
+** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
+** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
+** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
+**
+** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
+** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
+** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
+** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
+** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
+** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
+** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
+** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
+** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
+** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
+** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
+** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
+** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
+** the second process to proceed.
+**
+** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
+** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
+** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
+** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
+** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
+** readers.  ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
+** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
+** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
+** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  ^This error code promotion
+** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
+** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
+** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
+** this is important.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
+** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
+** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
+** will also set or clear the busy handler.
+**
+** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
+** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions
+** result in undefined behavior.
+** 
+** A busy handler must not close the database connection
+** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
+**
+** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
+** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
+** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
+** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
+** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
+**
+** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
+** turns off all busy handlers.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
+** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
+** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
+** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
+**
+** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
+** Use of this interface is not recommended.
+**
+** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
+** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
+** complete query results from one or more queries.
+**
+** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
+** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
+** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
+** and M be the number of columns.
+**
+** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
+** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
+** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
+** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
+** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
+**
+** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
+** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
+** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
+**
+** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
+** is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
+** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
+** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
+**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
+**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
+**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
+**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
+** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
+** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
+** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
+**
+** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
+** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
+** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
+** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
+** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
+**
+** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
+** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
+** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
+** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
+** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
+  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
+  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
+  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
+  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
+);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
+**
+** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
+** from the standard C library.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
+** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+** The strings returned by these two routines should be
+** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
+** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
+** memory to hold the resulting string.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
+** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
+** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
+** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
+** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
+** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
+** backwards compatibility.  ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
+** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
+** characters actually written into the buffer.)^  We admit that
+** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
+** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
+** now without breaking compatibility.
+**
+** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
+** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
+** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
+** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
+** written will be n-1 characters.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
+**
+** These routines all implement some additional formatting
+** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
+** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
+** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
+**
+** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
+** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
+** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
+** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
+** the string.
+**
+** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
+** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
+** would have looked like this:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
+** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
+**
+** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
+** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
+** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
+** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
+** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
+** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
+** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
+** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
+** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
+** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
+** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
+** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
+** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
+** a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
+** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
+** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
+** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
+** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
+** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
+** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
+** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
+** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
+** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
+** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
+** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
+** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
+** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
+** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
+** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
+** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
+** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
+** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
+** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
+** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
+** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
+** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
+** is not freed.
+**
+** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
+** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
+** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
+** option is used.
+**
+** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
+** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
+** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
+** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
+**
+** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
+** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
+** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
+** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
+** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
+** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
+** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
+**
+** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
+** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
+** not yet been released.
+**
+** The application must not read or write any part of
+** a block of memory after it has been released using
+** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
+**
+** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
+** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
+** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
+** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
+** was last reset.  ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
+** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
+** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
+** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
+**
+** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
+** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  ^The value returned
+** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
+** prior to the reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
+**
+** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
+** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
+** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
+** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
+** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
+**
+** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
+** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness
+** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then
+** the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
+** method.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
+**
+** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
+** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
+** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
+** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
+** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
+** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
+** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
+** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
+** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
+** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
+** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
+** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
+** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
+** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
+** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
+**
+** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
+** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
+** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
+** access is denied. 
+**
+** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
+** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
+** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
+** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
+** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
+** details about the action to be authorized.
+**
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
+** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
+** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
+** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
+** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
+** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
+** columns of a table.
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
+** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
+** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
+**
+** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
+** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
+** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
+** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
+** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
+** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
+** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
+** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
+** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
+** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
+**
+** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
+** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
+** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
+** in addition to using an authorizer.
+**
+** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
+** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
+** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
+** The authorizer is disabled by default.
+**
+** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
+** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
+** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
+**
+** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
+** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
+** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
+** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
+** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3*,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pUserData
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
+** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
+** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
+** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
+** information.
+**
+** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
+** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
+#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
+** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
+** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
+** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
+** the authorizer callback may be passed.
+**
+** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
+** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
+** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
+** codes is used as the second parameter.  ^(The 5th parameter to the
+** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
+** etc.) if applicable.)^  ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
+** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
+** top-level SQL code.
+*/
+/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
+#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
+#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
+#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
+#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
+**
+** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
+** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
+** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
+** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
+** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
+** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
+** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
+** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
+**
+** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit
+** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace().
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
+** as each SQL statement finishes.  ^The profile callback contains
+** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
+** of how long that statement took to run.  ^The profile callback
+** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
+** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
+** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
+** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
+** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
+** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
+** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
+** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
+** database connection D.  An example use for this
+** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
+**
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
+** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of 
+** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
+** invocations of the callback X.  ^If N is less than one then the progress
+** handler is disabled.
+**
+** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
+** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
+** old one.  ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
+** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
+** than 1.
+**
+** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
+** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
+** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
+**
+** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
+**
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
+** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
+** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
+** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
+** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
+** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
+** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
+** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
+** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
+** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
+**
+** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
+** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
+**
+** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
+** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
+** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
+**
+** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
+** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
+** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
+** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
+** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
+**
+** <dl>
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
+** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
+** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
+** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
+** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
+** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
+** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
+** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
+** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
+** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
+** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
+** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
+** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
+** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
+** the new database connection should use.  ^If the fourth parameter is
+** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
+**
+** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
+** is created for the connection.  ^This in-memory database will vanish when
+** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
+** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
+** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
+** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
+** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
+**
+** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
+** on-disk database will be created.  ^This private database will be
+** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
+**
+** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
+**
+** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
+** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
+** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
+** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
+** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
+** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
+** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
+** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
+** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
+** information.
+**
+** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
+** present, is ignored.
+**
+** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
+** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
+** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
+** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
+**
+** [[core URI query parameters]]
+** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
+** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
+** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
+**     a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
+**     be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
+**     an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
+**     VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
+**     present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
+**     the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
+**     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
+**     an error)^. 
+**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
+**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
+**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
+**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
+**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
+**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
+**     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
+**     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
+**     the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
+**     the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
+**     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
+**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
+**     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
+**     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
+**     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
+**
+**  <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter may be "true" (or "on" or "yes" or
+**     "1") or "false" (or "off" or "no" or "0") to indicate that the
+**     [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
+**     storage media on which the database file resides.  ^The psow query
+**     parameter only works for the built-in unix and Windows VFSes.
+**
+**  <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
+**     which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes.  This
+**     is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
+**     support locking.  Caution:  Database corruption might result if two
+**     or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
+**     processes uses nolock=1.
+**
+**  <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
+**     parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
+**     read-only media.  ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
+**     database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
+**     privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
+**     and change detection is disabled.  Caution: Setting the immutable
+**     property on a database file that does in fact change can result
+**     in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
+**     See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
+**       
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
+** error.  Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
+** parameters.  See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
+** additional information.
+**
+** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
+**
+** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
+** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
+** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
+**          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
+**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
+**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
+**          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
+** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
+**          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
+** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
+**          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
+**     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
+**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
+**          necessary - space characters can be used literally
+**          in URI filenames.
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
+**          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
+**          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
+**          default, use a private cache.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
+**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
+**          that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
+**          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
+** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
+** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
+** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
+** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
+** the results are undefined.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
+** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
+** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
+** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+  int flags,              /* Flags */
+  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
+**
+** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
+**
+** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
+** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
+** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
+** P is the name of the query parameter, then
+** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
+** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
+** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
+** a pointer to an empty string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
+** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
+** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
+** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
+** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
+** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
+** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
+** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
+** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
+** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
+** zero is returned.
+** 
+** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
+** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
+** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
+** undesirable.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
+** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
+** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
+** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
+** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.  ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
+** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
+** disabled.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
+** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
+** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
+** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
+** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text
+** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
+** and must not be freed by the application)^.
+**
+** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
+** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
+** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
+** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
+** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
+** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
+** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
+** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
+** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
+**
+** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
+** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
+** error code and message may or may not be set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
+** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
+** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
+** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
+**
+** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
+**      function.
+** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
+**      interfaces.
+** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
+** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
+**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
+** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
+** </ol>
+**
+** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
+** information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
+**
+** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
+** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
+** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
+** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
+** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
+** new limit for that construct.)^
+**
+** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
+** [limits | hard upper bound]
+** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
+** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
+** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
+** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
+** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
+**
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
+** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
+** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
+** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
+**
+** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
+** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
+** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
+** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
+** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
+** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
+** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
+** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
+** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
+** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
+** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
+** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
+**
+** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
+** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
+**
+** These constants define various performance limits
+** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
+** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
+** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
+** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
+** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
+** used to implement an SQL statement.  This limit is not currently
+** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
+** SQLite.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
+** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
+**
+** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
+** program using one of these routines.
+**
+** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
+** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
+** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
+**
+** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
+** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
+** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
+** use UTF-16.
+**
+** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
+** number of  bytes read from zSql.  ^When nByte is non-negative, the
+** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
+** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
+** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
+** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
+** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
+** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to
+** make a copy of the input string.
+**
+** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
+** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
+** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
+** what remains uncompiled.
+**
+** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
+** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
+** to NULL.  ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
+** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
+** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
+** ppStmt may not be NULL.
+**
+** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
+** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
+** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
+** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
+** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
+** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
+** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
+** behave differently in three ways:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li>
+** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
+** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
+** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY]
+** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
+** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  ^The legacy behavior was that
+** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
+** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
+** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
+** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the 
+** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
+** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
+** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
+** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
+** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
+** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
+** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
+** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
+** </li>
+** </ol>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
+**
+** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
+** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
+** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
+** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
+** the content of the database file.
+**
+** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
+** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
+** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
+** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
+** change the database file through side-effects:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
+** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
+**
+** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
+** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
+** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
+** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
+** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
+** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
+** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
+** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
+** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not 
+** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
+** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
+** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
+**
+** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
+** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
+** statements that are holding a transaction open.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
+** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
+**
+** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
+** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
+** for the values it stores.  ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
+** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
+**
+** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
+** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
+** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
+** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
+** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
+**
+** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
+** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
+** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
+** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
+** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
+** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
+** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
+** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
+** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
+** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
+** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
+** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
+** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
+** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
+**
+** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
+** sqlite3_context object.  ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
+** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
+** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
+** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
+** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
+** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
+** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
+** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
+**
+** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
+** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
+** templates:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  ?
+** <li>  ?NNN
+** <li>  :VVV
+** <li>  @VVV
+** <li>  $VVV
+** </ul>
+**
+** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
+** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
+** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
+** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
+** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
+**
+** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
+** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
+** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
+** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
+** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
+** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
+** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
+** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
+**
+** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
+** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
+**
+** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
+** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
+** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
+** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** is negative, then the length of the string is
+** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
+** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
+** the behavior is undefined.
+** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
+** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset
+** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
+** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
+** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
+** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
+** with embedded NULs is undefined.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
+** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
+** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(),
+** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.  
+** ^If the fifth argument is
+** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
+** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
+** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
+** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
+** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
+** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
+** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
+** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
+** content is later written using
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
+** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
+**
+** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
+** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
+** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
+** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
+** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
+** result is undefined and probably harmful.
+**
+** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
+** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
+** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
+** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
+** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
+**
+** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
+** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
+** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
+** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
+** to the parameters at a later time.
+**
+** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
+** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
+** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
+** there may be gaps in the list.)^
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
+** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
+** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** respectively.
+** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
+** is included as part of the name.)^
+** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
+** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
+**
+** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
+**
+** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
+** nameless, then NULL is returned.  ^The returned string is
+** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
+** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
+** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
+**
+** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
+** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
+** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
+** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
+** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
+** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
+**
+** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
+** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
+**
+** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
+** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
+** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
+**
+** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
+** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
+** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
+** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
+** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
+** column number.  ^The leftmost column is number 0.
+**
+** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
+** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the next call to
+** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
+** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
+** NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
+** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
+** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
+** one release of SQLite to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
+**
+** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
+** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
+** [SELECT] statement.
+** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
+** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
+** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
+** the origin_ routines return the column name.
+** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
+** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the same information is requested
+** again in a different encoding.
+**
+** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
+** database, table, and column.
+**
+** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
+** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
+** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
+** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
+**
+** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
+** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
+** NULL.  ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
+** occurs.  ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
+** or column that query result column was extracted from.
+**
+** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
+** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
+**
+** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
+** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
+** undefined.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more
+** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
+** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
+** at the same time then the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
+**
+** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
+** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
+** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
+** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
+** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
+**
+** ^(For example, given the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
+**
+** and the following statement to be compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
+**
+** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
+** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
+**
+** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  ^So just because a column
+** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
+** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
+** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  ^Type
+** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
+** used to hold those values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
+**
+** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
+** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
+**
+** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
+** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
+** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
+** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
+** interface will continue to be supported.
+**
+** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
+** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
+** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
+** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
+** database locks it needs to do its job.  ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
+** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
+** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
+** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
+** continuing.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
+** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
+** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
+** machine back to its initial state.
+**
+** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
+** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
+** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
+** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
+** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
+** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
+** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
+** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
+** [prepared statement].  ^In the "v2" interface,
+** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
+**
+** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
+** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
+** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
+** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
+** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
+** more threads at the same moment in time.
+**
+** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
+** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
+** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
+** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
+** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
+** sqlite3_step().  But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
+** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
+** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
+** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
+** is broken by definition.  The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
+** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
+**
+** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
+** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
+** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
+** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
+** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
+** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
+** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
+** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
+** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
+** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
+** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
+** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
+** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
+** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
+** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
+** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE].  ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
+** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
+** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
+** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
+** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
+**
+** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> 64-bit signed integer
+** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
+** <li> string
+** <li> BLOB
+** <li> NULL
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** These constants are codes for each of those types.
+**
+** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
+** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
+** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
+** SQLITE_TEXT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
+#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
+#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
+#define SQLITE_NULL     5
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
+# undef SQLITE_TEXT
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
+#endif
+#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
+** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
+**
+** These routines form the "result set" interface.
+**
+** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
+** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
+** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
+** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
+** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
+** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
+** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
+** [sqlite3_column_count()].
+**
+** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
+** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
+** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
+** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
+** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
+** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
+** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
+** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
+** are pending, then the results are undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
+** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
+** of the result column.  ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
+** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
+** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
+** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
+** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
+** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
+** following a type conversion.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
+** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
+** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
+**
+** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
+** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
+** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
+**
+** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
+** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
+** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  An unprotected sqlite3_value object
+** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
+** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
+** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
+** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
+** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
+** conversion automatically.  ^(The following table details the conversions
+** that are applied:
+**
+** <blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
+**
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> [CAST] to BLOB
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
+** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
+** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
+** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
+** C programmers.
+**
+** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
+** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
+** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
+** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
+** in the following cases:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
+**      need to be added to the string.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-16.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-8.</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
+** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
+** that the prior pointer references will have been modified.  Other kinds
+** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
+** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
+**
+** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
+** in one of the following ways:
+**
+** <ul>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
+** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
+** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
+** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
+** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
+**
+** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
+** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  ^The memory space used to hold strings
+** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
+** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
+** [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
+** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
+** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
+** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
+** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
+** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
+** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
+** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
+** [extended error code].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
+** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
+** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
+** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
+** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
+** completed execution.
+**
+** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
+** resource leaks.  It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
+** a prepared statement after it has been finalized.  Any use of a prepared
+** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
+** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
+** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
+** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
+** back to the beginning of its program.
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
+** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
+** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
+** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
+** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
+** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
+**
+** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
+** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
+** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
+** these routines are the text encoding expected for
+** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
+** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
+** the application data pointer.
+**
+** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
+** function is to be added.  ^If an application uses more than one database
+** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
+** to each database connection separately.
+**
+** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
+** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
+** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
+** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
+** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
+** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
+**
+** ^The third parameter (nArg)
+** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
+** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
+** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
+** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
+** undefined.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
+** its parameters.  The application should set this parameter to
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes 
+** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
+** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
+** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
+** otherwise.  ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using
+** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for
+** each encoding.
+** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
+** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]
+** to signal that the function will always return the same result given
+** the same inputs within a single SQL statement.  Most SQL functions are
+** deterministic.  The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a
+** function that is not deterministic.  The SQLite query planner is able to
+** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use
+** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible.
+**
+** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
+** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
+**
+** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
+** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
+** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
+** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
+** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
+** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
+** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
+** callbacks.
+**
+** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
+** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. 
+** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
+** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
+** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
+** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
+** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data 
+** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
+**
+** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
+** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
+** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  ^SQLite will use
+** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
+** SQL function is used.  ^A function implementation with a non-negative
+** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
+** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
+** matches the database encoding is a better
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
+** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
+** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
+** between UTF8 and UTF16.
+**
+** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
+**
+** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
+** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
+** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
+** statement in which the function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
+**
+** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
+** text encodings supported by SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_UTF8           1
+#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
+#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
+#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
+#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* Deprecated */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
+**
+** These constants may be ORed together with the 
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC    0x800
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
+** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
+** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
+** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
+                      void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values
+**
+** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
+** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
+** the function or aggregate.
+**
+** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
+** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
+** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
+** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
+** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
+**
+** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
+** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
+** object results in undefined behavior.
+**
+** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
+** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
+** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
+** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
+** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
+** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
+** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
+** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
+** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
+** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
+** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
+** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
+**
+** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
+** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
+** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
+** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread as
+** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
+**
+** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
+** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
+**
+** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
+** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
+** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
+** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
+** the same buffer is returned.  Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
+** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
+** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked.  ^(When no rows match
+** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
+** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
+** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
+** first time from within xFinal().)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer 
+** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
+** allocate error occurs.
+**
+** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
+** determined by the N parameter on first successful call.  Changing the
+** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
+** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
+** allocation.)^  Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
+** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no 
+** pointless memory allocations occur.
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
+**
+** The first parameter must be a copy of the
+** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
+** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
+** function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the aggregate SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the application-defined function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
+**
+** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
+** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
+** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
+** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
+** metadata associated with the pattern string.  
+** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
+** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
+** invocations of the same function.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
+** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
+** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata
+** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th
+** argument of the application-defined function.  ^Subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or
+** NULL if the metadata has been discarded.
+** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL,
+** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly
+** once, when the metadata is discarded.
+** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul>
+** <li> when the corresponding function parameter changes, or
+** <li> when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the
+**      SQL statement, or
+** <li> when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or
+** <li> during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory 
+**      allocation error occurs. </ul>)^
+**
+** Note the last bullet in particular.  The destructor X in 
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns.  Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
+** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
+** function implementation should not make any use of P after
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called.
+**
+** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
+** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal
+** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
+** the SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
+**
+** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  ^If the destructor
+** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  ^The
+** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
+** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
+** the content before returning.
+**
+** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
+** C++ compilers.
+*/
+typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
+#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
+#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
+**
+** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
+** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
+** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** for additional information.
+**
+** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
+** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
+** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
+** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
+** third parameter.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
+** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
+** by its 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
+** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
+** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
+** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
+** as the text of an error message.  ^SQLite interprets the error
+** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
+** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
+** byte order.  ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
+** message all text up through the first zero character.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
+** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
+** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
+** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
+** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
+** modify the text after they return without harm.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
+** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  ^By default,
+** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
+** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
+** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
+** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
+** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
+** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
+** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
+** through the first zero character.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
+** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
+** function result.  If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
+** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
+** appear if the string where NUL terminated.  If any NUL characters occur
+** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
+** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
+** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
+** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
+** finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
+** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
+** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
+** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
+** when it has finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
+** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a copy the
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
+** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
+** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
+** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
+** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
+** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
+**
+** If these routines are called from within the different thread
+** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
+** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
+**
+** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
+** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
+**
+** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
+** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
+** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
+** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
+** considered to be the same name.
+**
+** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
+** </ul>)^
+** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
+** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
+** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
+** on an even byte address.
+**
+** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
+** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
+** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
+** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
+** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
+** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
+** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
+** that collation is no longer usable.
+**
+** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
+** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
+** by the eTextRep argument.  The collating function must return an
+** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
+** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
+** respectively.  A collating function must always return the same answer
+** given the same inputs.  If two or more collating functions are registered
+** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
+** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
+** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
+** strings A, B, and C:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> If A==B then B==A.
+** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
+** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A.
+** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C.
+** </ol>
+**
+** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
+** collating function is  registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
+** is undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
+** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
+** the collating function is deleted.
+** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
+** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
+** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
+** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
+** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
+** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
+** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
+** compatibility.
+**
+** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const void *zName,
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
+**
+** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
+** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
+** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
+** sequence is required.
+**
+** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
+** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
+** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
+** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
+** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
+**
+** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
+** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
+** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
+** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** required collation sequence.)^
+**
+** The callback function should register the desired collation using
+** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*, 
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*,
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
+** called right after sqlite3_open().
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
+** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
+** database is decrypted.
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a SEE database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
+**
+** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
+** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
+**
+** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
+** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
+** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the operating system is returned.
+**
+** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
+** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.  If the xSleep() method
+** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
+** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
+** in the previous paragraphs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
+** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
+** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
+** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
+** temporary file directory.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
+** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+** &nbsp;     TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf&#91;MAX_PATH + 1&#93;;
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+** &nbsp;     NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
+** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
+** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
+** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
+** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
+** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
+** for the process.  Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
+** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
+**
+** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
+** open can result in a corrupt database.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
+** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
+** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
+** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
+** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
+** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
+**
+** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
+** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
+** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
+** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
+** an error is to use this function.
+**
+** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
+** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
+** is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
+** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
+** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
+** that was the first argument
+** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
+** create the statement in the first place.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
+** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
+** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
+** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
+** a NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
+** xFullPathname method of the [VFS].  ^In other words, the filename
+** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
+** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
+** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
+** the name of a database on connection D.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
+** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
+** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
+** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
+** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
+**
+** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
+** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
+** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
+** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
+** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call for each function on D.
+**
+** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
+** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
+** or rollback hook in the first place.
+** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
+** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
+** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
+**
+** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
+** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
+** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
+** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
+** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
+** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
+** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
+** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
+** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
+** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
+** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
+** a rowid table.
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+**
+** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
+** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table.
+** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
+** to sqlite3_update_hook().
+** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
+** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
+** to be invoked.
+** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
+** database and table name containing the affected row.
+** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
+** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
+**
+** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
+** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
+**
+** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
+** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
+** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
+** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
+** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+**
+** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
+** returns the P argument from the previous call
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call on D.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
+** interfaces.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
+**
+** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
+** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
+** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
+** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
+**
+** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
+** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
+** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
+**
+** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
+** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
+** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
+** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
+**
+** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
+** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
+**
+** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
+** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
+** cache setting should set it explicitly.
+**
+** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
+** 32-bit integer is atomic.
+**
+** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
+** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
+** held by the database library.   Memory used to cache database
+** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
+** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
+** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
+** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
+** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
+** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
+** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
+** omitted.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
+** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
+** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
+** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
+** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
+** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
+** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
+** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
+** is advisory only.
+**
+** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
+** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
+** error.  ^If the argument N is negative
+** then no change is made to the soft heap limit.  Hence, the current
+** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
+** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
+**
+** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
+**
+** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
+** if one or more of following conditions are true:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
+** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
+**      the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
+** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
+** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
+**      by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
+**      from the heap.
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced
+** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
+** compile-time option is invoked.  With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
+** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation.  Without
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
+** when memory is allocated by the page cache.  Testing suggests that because
+** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
+** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
+** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
+** changes in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+** interface.  This routine is provided for historical compatibility
+** only.  All new applications should use the
+** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
+**
+** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
+** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
+** passed as the first function argument.
+**
+** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
+** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database
+** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
+** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
+** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
+** resolve unqualified table references.
+**
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
+** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
+** may be NULL.
+**
+** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
+** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
+** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
+**
+** ^(<blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
+**
+** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
+** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
+** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
+** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
+** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
+** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
+** call to any SQLite API function.
+**
+** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
+** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
+** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
+** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output
+** parameters are set as follows:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
+** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
+** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
+** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^
+**
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
+  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
+  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
+  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
+  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
+**
+** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
+** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile.  If
+** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
+** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
+** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like
+** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might
+** be tried also.
+**
+** ^The entry point is zProc.
+** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an
+** entry point name on its own.  It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the
+** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic
+** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following
+** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
+** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
+** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
+** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
+** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
+** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
+** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
+** otherwise an error will be returned.
+**
+** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
+**
+** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
+** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
+** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
+** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
+**
+** ^Extension loading is off by default.
+** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
+** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
+** it back off again.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
+**
+** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
+** each new [database connection] that is created.  The idea here is that
+** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension]
+** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
+**
+** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
+** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
+** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the
+** entry point where as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** &nbsp;  int xEntryPoint(
+** &nbsp;    sqlite3 *db,
+** &nbsp;    const char **pzErrMsg,
+** &nbsp;    const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+** &nbsp;  );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
+** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
+** and return an appropriate [error code].  ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
+** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint().  ^SQLite will invoke
+** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns.  ^If any
+** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
+** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
+** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
+** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
+** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
+** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)].  ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
+** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully 
+** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
+** routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
+** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the virtual table interface
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
+typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
+typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
+**
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
+** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
+**
+** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
+** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
+** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
+** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
+** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
+** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
+** any database connection.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_module {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
+  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
+  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
+  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
+  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
+                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                       void **ppArg);
+  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
+  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
+  ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
+  int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
+**
+** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
+** of the [virtual table] interface to
+** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
+** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
+** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
+** results into the **Outputs** fields.
+**
+** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
+**
+** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
+**
+** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^  ^(The particular operator is
+** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
+** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
+** ^(The index of the column is stored in
+** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^  ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
+** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
+** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
+**
+** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
+** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
+** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
+** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
+** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
+**
+** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
+** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
+** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
+** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
+** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
+** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
+** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
+**
+** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
+** [xFilter] method.
+** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
+** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
+**
+** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
+** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
+** sorting step is required.
+**
+** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
+** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
+** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
+** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
+**
+** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
+** will be returned by the strategy.
+**
+** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
+** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
+** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
+** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
+** value greater than or equal to 3008002.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_index_info {
+  /* Inputs */
+  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
+     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
+     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
+     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
+  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
+  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
+     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
+  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  /* Outputs */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
+    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
+    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
+  } *aConstraintUsage;
+  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
+  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
+  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
+  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
+  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
+  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
+**
+** These macros defined the allowed values for the
+** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
+** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
+** a query that uses a [virtual table].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
+**
+** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
+** ^Module names must be registered before
+** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
+** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
+**
+** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
+** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
+** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
+** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
+** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
+** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
+** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
+** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData.  ^SQLite will
+** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
+** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  ^The destructor will also
+** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
+** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
+** destructor.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
+** of this object to describe a particular instance
+** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
+** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
+** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
+** common to all module implementations.
+**
+** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
+** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
+** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
+** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  ^After the error message
+** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
+** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab {
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
+  int nRef;                       /* NO LONGER USED */
+  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
+** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
+** [virtual table] and are used
+** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
+** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
+** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cursors are used
+** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
+** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
+** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
+**
+** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
+** are common to all implementations.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
+**
+** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
+** [virtual table module] call this interface
+** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
+** the virtual tables they implement.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
+**
+** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
+** But global versions of those functions
+** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
+**
+** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
+** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
+** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^  ^The implementation
+** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
+** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
+** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
+** by a [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
+** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
+** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
+** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
+** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
+** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
+**
+** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
+** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
+** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
+** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
+** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary 
+** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is 
+** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing.
+**
+** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
+** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
+** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
+** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main".
+** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
+**
+** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
+** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set
+** to be a null pointer.)^
+** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
+** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related
+** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a
+** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob
+** regardless of the success or failure of this routine.
+**
+** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
+** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
+** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
+** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
+** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
+** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
+** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
+** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
+** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
+**
+** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
+** the opened blob.  ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
+** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
+** blob.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID]
+** table.  Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
+** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
+** this interface.
+**
+** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
+** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+  sqlite3*,
+  const char *zDb,
+  const char *zTable,
+  const char *zColumn,
+  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
+  int flags,
+  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
+**
+** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
+** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
+** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
+** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
+** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
+** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
+**
+** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
+** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
+** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
+** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
+** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
+** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
+** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
+** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
+** always returns zero.
+**
+** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
+**
+** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle].
+**
+** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
+** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
+** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
+** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
+** until the close operation if they will fit.
+**
+** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
+** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
+** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  Any errors that occur during
+** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^
+**
+** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
+** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^
+**
+** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned
+** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
+**
+** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
+** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
+** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
+** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
+**
+** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
+** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
+**
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
+** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
+** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
+**
+** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
+**
+** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
+** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
+** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
+**
+** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
+** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
+** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
+**
+** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
+** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  ^If N is
+** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
+** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
+**
+** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
+** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
+** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
+** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
+** or by other independent statements.
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
+**
+** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
+** that SQLite uses to interact
+** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
+** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
+** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
+** The following interfaces are provided.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
+** ^Names are case sensitive.
+** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
+**
+** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
+** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
+** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
+** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
+** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
+** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
+** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
+** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
+** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
+** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
+** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
+** permitted to use any of these routines.
+**
+** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
+** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
+** is selected automatically at compile-time.  ^(The following
+** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
+** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
+** a single-threaded application.  ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
+** and Windows.
+**
+** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
+** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
+** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
+** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
+** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  ^SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  ^(The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
+** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  ^If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
+** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  ^Six static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  ^But for the static
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated dynamic mutex.  ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** dynamic mutex that it allocates.  The dynamic mutexes must not be in
+** use when they are deallocated.  Attempting to deallocate a static
+** mutex results in undefined behavior.  ^SQLite never deallocates
+** a static mutex.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
+** upon successful entry.  ^(Mutexes created using
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
+** In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.)^  ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other
+** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+** SQLite will never exhibit
+** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^
+**
+** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
+** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
+** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  The SQLite core only ever uses
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.   ^(The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
+** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  SQLite will
+** never do either.)^
+**
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
+** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
+** behave as no-ops.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
+**
+** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
+** used to allocate and use mutexes.
+**
+** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
+** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
+** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
+** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
+** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
+** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
+** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
+** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
+** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
+**
+** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
+** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
+** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
+**
+** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
+** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
+** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
+** those obtained by the xMutexInit method.  ^The xMutexEnd()
+** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+**
+** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
+** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
+** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
+** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
+** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
+** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
+** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
+** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
+** it is passed a NULL pointer).
+**
+** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  ^It must be harmless to
+** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
+** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
+** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
+**
+** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
+** and its associates).  ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
+** allocation for a static mutex.  ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
+** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
+**
+** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
+** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
+** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
+** prior to returning.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
+  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
+  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
+  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
+**
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
+** are intended for use inside assert() statements.  ^The SQLite core
+** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
+** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  ^The SQLite core only
+** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
+** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  ^External mutex implementations
+** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
+** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
+**
+** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
+** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
+**
+** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
+** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
+** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
+** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
+**
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
+** the routine should return 1.   This seems counter-intuitive since
+** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But
+** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
+** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
+** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
+** the appropriate thing to do.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
+** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
+**
+** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
+** which is one of these integer constants.
+**
+** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
+** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
+** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
+** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
+** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
+** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
+** routine returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
+** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
+** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
+** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
+** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
+** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
+** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
+** main database file.
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
+** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
+** the xFileControl method.  ^The return value of the xFileControl
+** method becomes the return value of this routine.
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
+** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
+** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter.  ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
+** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
+** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
+**
+** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
+** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  ^This error
+** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
+** or [sqlite3_errmsg()].  The underlying xFileControl method might
+** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  There is no way to distinguish between
+** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
+** xFileControl method.
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
+** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
+** purposes.  ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
+** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
+**
+** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
+** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
+** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
+**
+** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
+** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
+** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
+** operate consistently from one release to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
+**
+** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
+** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
+**
+** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
+** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
+** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
+** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST                    5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    22
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
+**
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
+** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
+** the specific parameter to measure.  ^(Recognized integer codes
+** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
+** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
+** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  ^If the
+** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
+** *pHighwater is written.  ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
+** value.  For those parameters
+** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
+** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
+** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can be
+** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
+** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
+** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
+** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
+** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
+** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
+**
+** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
+** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
+** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
+** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
+** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
+** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
+** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
+** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
+** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
+** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
+** currently checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
+** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
+** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
+** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
+** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
+** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
+** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
+** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
+** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
+** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
+** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
+** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
+** slots were available.
+** </dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
+** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
+**
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
+** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
+** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
+** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
+** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
+** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
+** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  ^If
+** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
+** reset back down to the current value.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
+** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
+**
+** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
+** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
+** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
+** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
+** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
+** checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were 
+** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
+** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
+** memory already being in use.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
+** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
+** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
+** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
+** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
+** the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
+** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
+** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
+** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
+** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
+** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
+** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
+** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
+** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
+** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
+** </dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED       0
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED           1
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED          2
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED            3
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT        4
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 10   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
+**
+** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
+** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
+** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
+** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
+** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
+** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
+** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
+** an index.  
+**
+** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
+** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
+** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
+** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
+** to be interrogated.)^
+** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
+** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
+** interface call returns.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
+**
+** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
+** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
+** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
+** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
+** careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
+** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
+** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
+** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
+** to 2147483647.  The number of virtual machine operations can be 
+** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
+** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
+** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
+** </dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX         3
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP           4
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
+** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
+** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
+** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
+** to the object.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
+** page cache.  The page cache will allocate instances of this
+** object.  Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
+** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
+  void *pBuf;        /* The content of the page */
+  void *pExtra;      /* Extra information associated with the page */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
+** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
+**
+** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
+** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
+** SQLite is used for the page cache.
+** By implementing a 
+** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
+** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
+** how long.
+**
+** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
+** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
+** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
+**
+** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
+** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
+** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
+**
+** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
+** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
+** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
+** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
+** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
+** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
+** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
+** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+** page cache.)^
+**
+** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
+** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** It can be used to clean up 
+** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
+** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
+** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  ^The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
+** in multithreaded applications.
+**
+** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+**
+** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
+** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
+** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
+** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
+** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
+** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
+** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
+** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
+** database page on disk.  The value passed into szExtra depends
+** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
+** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
+** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
+** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
+** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
+** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
+** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
+** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
+** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
+** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
+** never contain any unpinned pages.
+**
+** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
+** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
+** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
+** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^  As with the bPurgeable
+** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
+** value; it is advisory only.
+**
+** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
+** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
+** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
+** 
+** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
+** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
+** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
+** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
+** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
+** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
+** for each entry in the page cache.
+**
+** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
+** is 1.  After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
+** to be "pinned".
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
+** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
+** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
+** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
+** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
+**
+** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
+** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache
+** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
+**                 Otherwise return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
+**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  SQLite
+** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
+** failed.)^  In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
+** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
+** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
+**
+** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
+** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
+** as its second argument.  If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
+** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
+** ^If the discard parameter is
+** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
+** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
+** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
+**
+** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
+** to xFetch().
+**
+** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
+** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
+** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
+** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
+** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
+** to be pinned.
+**
+** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
+** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
+** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
+** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
+** they can be safely discarded.
+**
+** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
+** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
+** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
+** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
+** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
+** functions.
+**
+** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
+** free up as much of heap memory as possible.  The page cache implementation
+** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
+** do their best.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
+  int iVersion;
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
+      unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+/*
+** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
+** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2.  This object is not used by SQLite.  It is
+** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
+** online backup operation.  ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
+** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
+**
+** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
+** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+**
+** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
+** for the duration of the backup operation.
+** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
+** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
+** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
+** preventing other database connections from
+** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
+** 
+** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
+**   <ol>
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
+**         backup, 
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
+**         the data between the two databases, and finally
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
+**         associated with the backup operation. 
+**   </ol>)^
+** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
+** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
+**
+** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
+** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
+** and the database name, respectively.
+** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
+** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
+** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
+** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
+** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
+** and database name of the source database, respectively.
+** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
+** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
+** an error.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
+** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
+** destination [database connection] D.
+** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
+** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
+** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_backup] object.
+** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
+** operation.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
+**
+** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
+** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
+** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
+** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
+** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
+** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
+** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
+** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
+** <ol>
+** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
+** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
+** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
+** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
+** destination and source page sizes differ.
+** </ol>)^
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
+** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
+** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
+** [database connection]
+** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
+** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
+** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
+** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
+**
+** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
+** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
+** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
+** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
+** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
+** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
+** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
+** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
+** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
+** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
+** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
+** updated at the same time.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
+**
+** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
+** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
+** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
+** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
+** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
+** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
+** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
+** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
+** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
+** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
+**
+** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
+** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
+**
+** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside
+** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed
+** up and the total number of pages in the source database file.
+** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces
+** retrieve these two values, respectively.
+**
+** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by
+** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup
+** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra
+** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file
+** changing.
+**
+** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
+**
+** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
+** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
+** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
+** from within other threads.
+**
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
+** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
+** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
+** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
+** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
+** nevertheless.  Use of the destination database connection while a
+** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
+**
+** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
+** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
+** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
+** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
+** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
+** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
+** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
+** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
+** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
+** possible that they return invalid values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
+  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
+  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
+  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
+**
+** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
+** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
+** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
+** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
+** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
+**
+** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
+**
+** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
+** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
+** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
+** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
+** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
+** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
+** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
+** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
+**
+** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
+** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
+** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
+** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
+** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
+**
+** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
+** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
+** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
+**
+** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
+** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
+** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
+** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
+** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
+** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
+** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
+** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
+** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
+** crash or deadlock may be the result.
+**
+** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
+** returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
+**
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
+** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
+** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
+** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
+** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
+** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
+**
+** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
+** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
+** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
+** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
+** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
+** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
+**
+** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
+**
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
+** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
+** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
+** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
+** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
+** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
+** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
+**
+** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
+** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
+** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
+** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
+** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
+** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
+** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
+** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
+** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
+** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
+** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
+**
+** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
+**
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
+** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
+** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
+** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
+** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
+** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
+** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
+** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
+**
+** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
+** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
+** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
+** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
+  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
+  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
+** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
+** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Globbing
+*
+** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches
+** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match
+** the glob pattern P.  ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in
+** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the
+** SQL dialect used by SQLite.  ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case
+** sensitive.
+**
+** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
+** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log]
+** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
+** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
+** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
+** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions.  While there is
+** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
+** is considered bad form.
+**
+** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
+** will not use dynamically allocated memory.  The log message is stored in
+** a fixed-length buffer on the stack.  If the log message is longer than
+** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
+** buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
+** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a
+** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in
+** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). 
+**
+** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
+** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation 
+** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
+**
+** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
+** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
+** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
+** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
+** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
+** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
+** including those that were just committed.
+**
+** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK].  ^If an error
+** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
+** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
+** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
+** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
+** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
+** are undefined.
+**
+** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
+** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
+** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
+** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
+** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
+** to automatically [checkpoint]
+** after committing a transaction if there are N or
+** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
+** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
+** checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
+** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+**
+** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.
+**
+** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
+** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
+** pages.  The use of this interface
+** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
+** for a particular application.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X
+** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed].  ^If X is NULL or an
+** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
+** connection D.  ^If the database connection D is not in
+** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.  ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be
+** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+**
+** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database 
+** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the 
+** eMode parameter:
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
+**   Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
+**   readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
+**   are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling 
+**   sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
+**   This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no
+**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
+**   snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
+**   database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
+**   but not database readers.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
+**   This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after 
+**   checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback)
+**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures 
+**   that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file 
+**   from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
+**   but not database readers.
+** </dl>
+**
+** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
+** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to
+** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already
+** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be
+** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK.
+** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1
+** before returning to communicate this to the caller.
+**
+** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If
+** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
+** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a 
+** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
+**
+** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive 
+** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained
+** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer
+** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is
+** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
+** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before
+** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
+** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
+** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
+** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
+**
+** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
+** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the
+** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If 
+** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
+** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
+** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other 
+** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
+** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error 
+** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
+** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
+** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If
+** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
+** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters
+**
+** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].  See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of
+** each of these values.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL    1
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
+**
+** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
+** various facets of the virtual table interface.
+**
+** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
+** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
+** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].)  Further options
+** may be added in the future.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
+**
+** These macros define the various options to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
+** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
+** <dd>Calls of the form
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
+** where X is an integer.  If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
+** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
+** support constraints.  In this configuration (which is the default) if
+** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
+** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
+** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
+** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
+**
+** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
+** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
+** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
+** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
+** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
+** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
+** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
+** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
+** had been ABORT.
+**
+** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
+** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
+** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
+** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
+** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
+** constraint handling.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
+**
+** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
+** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
+** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
+** [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
+**
+** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
+** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
+**
+** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
+** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
+** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
+/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
+#define SQLITE_FAIL     3
+/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4  // Also an error code */
+#define SQLITE_REPLACE  5
+
+
+
+/*
+** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
+** builds on processors without floating point support.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# undef double
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */
+
+/*
+** 2010 August 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info;
+
+/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the
+** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#else
+  typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
+** R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zGeom,
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*),
+  void *pContext
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first
+** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback().
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
+  void *pContext;                 /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
+  int nParam;                     /* Size of array aParam[] */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;      /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
+  void *pUser;                    /* Callback implementation user data */
+  void (*xDelUser)(void *);       /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
+};
+
+/*
+** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be 
+** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zQueryFunc,
+  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*),
+  void *pContext,
+  void (*xDestructor)(void*)
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the 
+** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
+**
+** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.  This structure is a subclass of
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info {
+  void *pContext;                   /* pContext from when function registered */
+  int nParam;                       /* Number of function parameters */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;        /* value of function parameters */
+  void *pUser;                      /* callback can use this, if desired */
+  void (*xDelUser)(void*);          /* function to free pUser */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord;        /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */
+  unsigned int *anQueue;            /* Number of pending entries in the queue */
+  int nCoord;                       /* Number of coordinates */
+  int iLevel;                       /* Level of current node or entry */
+  int mxLevel;                      /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */
+  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;             /* Rowid for current entry */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore;   /* Score of parent node */
+  int eParentWithin;                /* Visibility of parent node */
+  int eWithin;                      /* OUT: Visiblity */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore;         /* OUT: Write the score here */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin.
+*/
+#define NOT_WITHIN       0   /* Object completely outside of query region */
+#define PARTLY_WITHIN    1   /* Object partially overlaps query region */
+#define FULLY_WITHIN     2   /* Object fully contained within query region */
+
+
+#if 0
+}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */
+
+
+/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/*
+** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
+** autoconf-based build
+*/
+#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/
+/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** 
+** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes.   This also
+** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
+**
+** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
+** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This is the maximum number of
+**
+**    * Columns in a table
+**    * Columns in an index
+**    * Columns in a view
+**    * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
+**    * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
+**    * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
+**    * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
+**
+** The hard upper limit here is 32676.  Most database people will
+** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
+** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table.  And if
+** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
+** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
+**
+** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would
+** turn the limit off.  That is no longer true.  It is not possible
+** to turn this limit off.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to 
+** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might 
+** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an 
+** expression.
+**
+** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
+** But that is no longer true.  The limit is now strictly enforced
+** at all times.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
+** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
+** level of recursion for each term.  A stack overflow can result
+** if the number of terms is too large.  In practice, most SQL
+** never has more than 3 or 4 terms.  Use a value of 0 to disable
+** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
+# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
+** Not currently enforced.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
+# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
+# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
+** table and for temporary tables.  The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  2000
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE  500
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before
+** checkpointing the database in WAL mode.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT  1000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be between 0
+** and 62.  The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap
+** is used internally to track attached databases.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
+# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
+# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 65536.  This a limit
+** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page.
+**
+** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
+** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
+** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library 
+** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database 
+** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite 
+** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback 
+** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536
+
+
+/*
+** The default size of a database page.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases
+** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain
+** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support),
+** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value
+** SQLite will choose on its own.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
+**
+** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
+** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
+** max_page_count macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
+# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
+** operator.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
+**
+** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself
+** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all 
+** may be executed.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000
+#endif
+
+/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
+#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
+#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
+#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
+#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
+#endif
+
+/* Needed for various definitions... */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
+# define _BSD_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include standard header files as necessary
+*/
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and
+** integers to pointers.  The way you do this varies from one compiler
+** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements
+** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers.
+**
+** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. 
+** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or
+** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers
+** that vary from one machine to the next.
+**
+** Ticket #3860:  The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on
+** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct.  But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)).
+** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the
+** compiler.
+*/
+#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)  /* This case should work for GCC */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
+#elif !defined(__GNUC__)       /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
+#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)   /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
+#else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
+** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
+** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
+** level of threadsafety.  2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple
+** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
+** database connection at the same time.
+**
+** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
+** We support that for legacy.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
+# if defined(THREADSAFE)
+#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
+# else
+#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Powersafe overwrite is on by default.  But can be turned off using
+** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE
+# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
+** It determines whether or not the features related to 
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can
+** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS)
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
+** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
+**
+**     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc()
+**     SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC           // Use Win32 native heap API
+**     SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC            // Use a stub allocator that always fails
+**     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc()
+**
+** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the
+** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem
+** will cause HeapValidate to be called.  If heap validation should fail, an
+** assertion will be triggered.
+**
+** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
+** the default.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
+# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\
+ are defined but at most one is allowed:\
+ SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\
+ SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC"
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
+# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
+** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
+# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
+#endif
+
+/*
+** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
+** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD.
+** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit
+** it.
+*/
+#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
+#  define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
+#endif
+
+/*
+** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites.  It should always be true that
+** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG).  If this is not currently true,
+** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG.
+**
+** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the
+** assert() statements in the code.  So we want the default action
+** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG
+** is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
+** feature.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# undef NDEBUG
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing.  When 
+** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to
+** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to
+** get full branch coverage.  The testcase() macro is inserted
+** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple
+** condition/decision coverage is inadequate.  For example, testcase()
+** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested.  For
+** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit
+** is significant and used at least once.  On switch statements
+** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase()
+** can insure that all cases are evaluated.
+**
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3Coverage(int);
+# define testcase(X)  if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
+#else
+# define testcase(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
+** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
+** within testcase() and assert() macros.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define TESTONLY(X)  X
+#else
+# define TESTONLY(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
+** to setup for a later assert() statement.  We do not want this code to
+** appear when assert() is disabled.  The following macro is therefore
+** used to contain that setup code.  The "VVA" acronym stands for
+** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation".  In other words, the
+** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+# define VVA_ONLY(X)  X
+#else
+# define VVA_ONLY(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which 
+** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such
+** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they
+** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
+** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
+** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
+** hint of unplanned behavior.
+**
+** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code.
+**
+** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
+** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will
+** not be counted as untested code.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define ALWAYS(X)      (1)
+# define NEVER(X)       (0)
+#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
+# define ALWAYS(X)      ((X)?1:(assert(0),0))
+# define NEVER(X)       ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
+#else
+# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
+# define NEVER(X)       (X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large
+** to fit in 32-bits.  This macro is used inside of various testcase()
+** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
+*/
+#define IS_BIG_INT(X)  (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)
+
+/*
+** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
+** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds
+** a boolean expression that is usually true.  These hints could,
+** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but
+** currently they are just comments for human readers.
+*/
+#define likely(X)    (X)
+#define unlikely(X)  (X)
+
+/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
+** used in SQLite.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Hash Hash;
+typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+**
+** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list.
+** Hash.first points to the head of this list.
+**
+** There are Hash.htsize buckets.  Each bucket points to a spot in
+** the global doubly-linked list.  The contents of the bucket are the
+** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
+**
+** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero.  In that case lookup is done
+** by a linear search of the global list.  For small tables, the 
+** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
+** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
+** the hash table.
+*/
+struct Hash {
+  unsigned int htsize;      /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  unsigned int count;       /* Number of entries in this table */
+  HashElem *first;          /* The first element of the array */
+  struct _ht {              /* the hash table */
+    int count;                 /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    HashElem *chain;           /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct HashElem {
+  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
+  const char *pKey; int nKey;  /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Hash h;
+**   HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+/* #define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */
+/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)  // NOT USED */
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+/* #define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count) // NOT USED */
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
+
+/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
+#define TK_SEMI                             1
+#define TK_EXPLAIN                          2
+#define TK_QUERY                            3
+#define TK_PLAN                             4
+#define TK_BEGIN                            5
+#define TK_TRANSACTION                      6
+#define TK_DEFERRED                         7
+#define TK_IMMEDIATE                        8
+#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                        9
+#define TK_COMMIT                          10
+#define TK_END                             11
+#define TK_ROLLBACK                        12
+#define TK_SAVEPOINT                       13
+#define TK_RELEASE                         14
+#define TK_TO                              15
+#define TK_TABLE                           16
+#define TK_CREATE                          17
+#define TK_IF                              18
+#define TK_NOT                             19
+#define TK_EXISTS                          20
+#define TK_TEMP                            21
+#define TK_LP                              22
+#define TK_RP                              23
+#define TK_AS                              24
+#define TK_WITHOUT                         25
+#define TK_COMMA                           26
+#define TK_ID                              27
+#define TK_INDEXED                         28
+#define TK_ABORT                           29
+#define TK_ACTION                          30
+#define TK_AFTER                           31
+#define TK_ANALYZE                         32
+#define TK_ASC                             33
+#define TK_ATTACH                          34
+#define TK_BEFORE                          35
+#define TK_BY                              36
+#define TK_CASCADE                         37
+#define TK_CAST                            38
+#define TK_COLUMNKW                        39
+#define TK_CONFLICT                        40
+#define TK_DATABASE                        41
+#define TK_DESC                            42
+#define TK_DETACH                          43
+#define TK_EACH                            44
+#define TK_FAIL                            45
+#define TK_FOR                             46
+#define TK_IGNORE                          47
+#define TK_INITIALLY                       48
+#define TK_INSTEAD                         49
+#define TK_LIKE_KW                         50
+#define TK_MATCH                           51
+#define TK_NO                              52
+#define TK_KEY                             53
+#define TK_OF                              54
+#define TK_OFFSET                          55
+#define TK_PRAGMA                          56
+#define TK_RAISE                           57
+#define TK_RECURSIVE                       58
+#define TK_REPLACE                         59
+#define TK_RESTRICT                        60
+#define TK_ROW                             61
+#define TK_TRIGGER                         62
+#define TK_VACUUM                          63
+#define TK_VIEW                            64
+#define TK_VIRTUAL                         65
+#define TK_WITH                            66
+#define TK_REINDEX                         67
+#define TK_RENAME                          68
+#define TK_CTIME_KW                        69
+#define TK_ANY                             70
+#define TK_OR                              71
+#define TK_AND                             72
+#define TK_IS                              73
+#define TK_BETWEEN                         74
+#define TK_IN                              75
+#define TK_ISNULL                          76
+#define TK_NOTNULL                         77
+#define TK_NE                              78
+#define TK_EQ                              79
+#define TK_GT                              80
+#define TK_LE                              81
+#define TK_LT                              82
+#define TK_GE                              83
+#define TK_ESCAPE                          84
+#define TK_BITAND                          85
+#define TK_BITOR                           86
+#define TK_LSHIFT                          87
+#define TK_RSHIFT                          88
+#define TK_PLUS                            89
+#define TK_MINUS                           90
+#define TK_STAR                            91
+#define TK_SLASH                           92
+#define TK_REM                             93
+#define TK_CONCAT                          94
+#define TK_COLLATE                         95
+#define TK_BITNOT                          96
+#define TK_STRING                          97
+#define TK_JOIN_KW                         98
+#define TK_CONSTRAINT                      99
+#define TK_DEFAULT                        100
+#define TK_NULL                           101
+#define TK_PRIMARY                        102
+#define TK_UNIQUE                         103
+#define TK_CHECK                          104
+#define TK_REFERENCES                     105
+#define TK_AUTOINCR                       106
+#define TK_ON                             107
+#define TK_INSERT                         108
+#define TK_DELETE                         109
+#define TK_UPDATE                         110
+#define TK_SET                            111
+#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     112
+#define TK_FOREIGN                        113
+#define TK_DROP                           114
+#define TK_UNION                          115
+#define TK_ALL                            116
+#define TK_EXCEPT                         117
+#define TK_INTERSECT                      118
+#define TK_SELECT                         119
+#define TK_VALUES                         120
+#define TK_DISTINCT                       121
+#define TK_DOT                            122
+#define TK_FROM                           123
+#define TK_JOIN                           124
+#define TK_USING                          125
+#define TK_ORDER                          126
+#define TK_GROUP                          127
+#define TK_HAVING                         128
+#define TK_LIMIT                          129
+#define TK_WHERE                          130
+#define TK_INTO                           131
+#define TK_INTEGER                        132
+#define TK_FLOAT                          133
+#define TK_BLOB                           134
+#define TK_VARIABLE                       135
+#define TK_CASE                           136
+#define TK_WHEN                           137
+#define TK_THEN                           138
+#define TK_ELSE                           139
+#define TK_INDEX                          140
+#define TK_ALTER                          141
+#define TK_ADD                            142
+#define TK_TO_TEXT                        143
+#define TK_TO_BLOB                        144
+#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     145
+#define TK_TO_INT                         146
+#define TK_TO_REAL                        147
+#define TK_ISNOT                          148
+#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    149
+#define TK_ILLEGAL                        150
+#define TK_SPACE                          151
+#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                152
+#define TK_FUNCTION                       153
+#define TK_COLUMN                         154
+#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   155
+#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     156
+#define TK_UMINUS                         157
+#define TK_UPLUS                          158
+#define TK_REGISTER                       159
+
+/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/*
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite_int64
+# define float sqlite_int64
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
+# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
+#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
+# endif
+# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
+# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
+# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
+# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
+** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler 
+** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
+#else
+#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
+** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the
+** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
+** that the library can read.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default.  This can be
+** changed at run-time using a pragma.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
+** on the command-line
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1  /* Exclude from ctime.c */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
+** ourselves.
+*/
+#ifndef offsetof
+#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers.
+*/
+#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B))
+#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B))
+
+/*
+** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or
+** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
+*/
+#if 'A' == '\301'
+# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
+** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
+** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
+**
+**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
+*/
+#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T
+#  define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t
+# else
+#  define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T
+#  define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t
+# else
+#  define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T
+#  define INT16_TYPE int16_t
+# else
+#  define INT16_TYPE short int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T
+#  define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t
+# else
+#  define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T
+#  define INT8_TYPE int8_t
+# else
+#  define INT8_TYPE signed char
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
+typedef sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
+typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT8_TYPE i8;              /* 1-byte signed integer */
+
+/*
+** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value
+** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data.  The value
+** is 0x00000000ffffffff.  But because of quirks of some compilers, we
+** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown:
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_U32  ((((u64)1)<<32)-1)
+
+/*
+** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a
+** table or index.  This is an unsigned integer type.  For 99.9% of
+** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient.  But a 64-bit integer
+** can be used at compile-time if desired.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS
+ typedef u64 tRowcnt;    /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */
+#else
+ typedef u32 tRowcnt;    /* 32-bit is the default */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit
+** logarithms.  For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X).  This
+** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986.
+** But the allowed values are "grainy".  Not every value is representable.
+** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst
+** of 40.  However, since LogEst quantaties are suppose to be estimates,
+** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem.
+**
+** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate".
+**
+** Examples:
+**      1 -> 0              20 -> 43          10000 -> 132
+**      2 -> 10             25 -> 46          25000 -> 146
+**      3 -> 16            100 -> 66        1000000 -> 199
+**      4 -> 20           1000 -> 99        1048576 -> 200
+**     10 -> 33           1024 -> 100    4294967296 -> 320
+**
+** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. 
+** Examples:
+**
+**    0.5 -> -10           0.1 -> -33        0.0625 -> -40
+*/
+typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst;
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
+** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time.
+**
+** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order
+** using C-preprocessor macros.  If that is unsuccessful, or if
+** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined
+** at run-time.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
+#endif
+#if (defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
+     defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64)  ||    \
+     defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM)     || defined(__x86)   ||    \
+     defined(__arm__)) && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER)
+# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    1234
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
+#endif
+#if (defined(sparc)    || defined(__ppc__))  \
+    && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER)
+# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    4321
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    1
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16BE
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER)
+# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    0     /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
+** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
+** compilers.
+*/
+#define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+
+/* 
+** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used
+** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
+*/
+#define ROUND8(x)     (((x)+7)&~7)
+
+/*
+** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
+*/
+#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)
+
+/*
+** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  This
+** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
+** all alignment restrictions correct.
+**
+** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
+** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned
+** pointers.  In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
+# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
+#else
+# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work
+*/
+#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__)
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS
+*/
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+# include <TargetConditionals.h>
+# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
+#   undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+# if defined(__linux__) \
+  || defined(_WIN32) \
+  || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \
+  || defined(__sun)
+#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000  /* 2147418112 */
+# else
+#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
+# endif
+# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms.  Or, even if a larger
+** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does
+** not exceed the maximum mmap size.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1  /* Exclude from ctime.c */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined.
+** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4.  If either are defined, also
+** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
+#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
+#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
+** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
+**
+** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
+** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
+** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
+** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
+*/
+typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
+struct BusyHandler {
+  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
+  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
+  int nBusy;                 /* Incremented with each busy call */
+};
+
+/*
+** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
+** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
+** user tables and indices.
+*/
+#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
+#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
+
+/*
+** The root-page of the master database table.
+*/
+#define MASTER_ROOT       1
+
+/*
+** The name of the schema table.
+*/
+#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
+
+/*
+** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
+** an array.
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X)    ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
+
+/*
+** Determine if the argument is a power of two
+*/
+#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0)
+
+/*
+** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
+** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the 
+** one parameter that destructors normally want.  So we have to introduce 
+** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently.  Any 
+** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC
+** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize)
+
+/*
+** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
+** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
+** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
+** the heap.  When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
+** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead.  The SQLITE_WSD
+** macro is used for this purpose.  And instead of referencing the variable
+** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
+** buffer that holds real variable.  The constant is also the initializer
+** for the run-time allocated buffer.
+**
+** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
+** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  #define SQLITE_WSD const
+  #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
+  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
+SQLITE_API   int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
+SQLITE_API   void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
+#else
+  #define SQLITE_WSD 
+  #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
+  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to
+** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately 
+** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when
+** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the 
+** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the
+** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate,
+** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere.
+**
+** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function,
+** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer.
+** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to
+** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options.
+** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these
+** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions.
+*/
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y)
+
+/*
+** Forward references to structures
+*/
+typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
+typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
+typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo;
+typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
+typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
+typedef struct Column Column;
+typedef struct Db Db;
+typedef struct Schema Schema;
+typedef struct Expr Expr;
+typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
+typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
+typedef struct FKey FKey;
+typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor;
+typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
+typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
+typedef struct IdList IdList;
+typedef struct Index Index;
+typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample;
+typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
+typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
+typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
+typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
+typedef struct Module Module;
+typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
+typedef struct Parse Parse;
+typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments;
+typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
+typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
+typedef struct Select Select;
+typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
+typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
+typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
+typedef struct Table Table;
+typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
+typedef struct Token Token;
+typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
+typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
+typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
+typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
+typedef struct VTable VTable;
+typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx;
+typedef struct Walker Walker;
+typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
+typedef struct With With;
+
+/*
+** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
+** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
+** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
+*/
+/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
+** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
+** of what each interface routine does.
+*/
+#ifndef _BTREE_H_
+#define _BTREE_H_
+
+/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
+** needs to be revisited.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
+
+/*
+** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
+** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
+  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
+#endif
+
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0        /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1        /* Do full auto-vacuum */
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2        /* Incremental vacuum */
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations of structure
+*/
+typedef struct Btree Btree;
+typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
+typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* VFS to use with this b-tree */
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
+  sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
+  Btree **ppBtree,         /* Return open Btree* here */
+  int flags,               /* Flags */
+  int vfsFlags             /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
+);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
+** following values.
+**
+** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
+** pager.h.
+*/
+#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
+#define BTREE_MEMORY        2  /* This is an in-memory DB */
+#define BTREE_SINGLE        4  /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
+#define BTREE_UNORDERED     8  /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
+** of the flags shown below.
+**
+** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set.
+** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data
+** is stored in the leaves.  (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.)  With
+** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored
+** anywhere - the key is the content.  (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL
+** indices.)
+*/
+#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
+#define BTREE_BLOBKEY    2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p);
+
+/*
+** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
+** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned 
+** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
+** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
+**
+**   offset = 36 + (idx * 4)
+**
+** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of
+** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at
+** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7).
+*/
+#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT     0
+#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION      1
+#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT         2
+#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  3
+#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE   4
+#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING       5
+#define BTREE_USER_VERSION        6
+#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM         7
+#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID      8
+
+/*
+** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an
+** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call.
+*/
+#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
+  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
+  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo*,                     /* First argument to compare function */
+  BtCursor *pCursor                    /* Space to write cursor structure */
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+  BtCursor*,
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
+  i64 intKey,
+  int bias,
+  int *pRes
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
+                                  const void *pData, int nData,
+                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
+** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures.  So make the
+** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) 
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*);
+#endif
+#else
+
+# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
+
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
+# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
+
+/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
+**
+** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
+** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
+** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+/*
+** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
+** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
+** of this structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
+
+/*
+** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
+** for the VdbeOp definition.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem Mem;
+typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram;
+
+/*
+** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
+** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
+** as an instance of the following structure:
+*/
+struct VdbeOp {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
+  u8 opflags;         /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */
+  u8 p5;              /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
+  int p1;             /* First operand */
+  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  int p3;             /* The third parameter */
+  union {             /* fourth parameter */
+    int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
+    void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
+    char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
+    i64 *pI64;             /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
+    double *pReal;         /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
+    FuncDef *pFunc;        /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
+    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
+    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
+    VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
+    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
+    SubProgram *pProgram;  /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
+    int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *);
+  } p4;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
+#endif
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  u32 cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
+  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+  int iSrcLine;            /* Source-code line that generated this opcode */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
+
+
+/*
+** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program.
+*/
+struct SubProgram {
+  VdbeOp *aOp;                  /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */
+  int nOp;                      /* Elements in aOp[] */
+  int nMem;                     /* Number of memory cells required */
+  int nCsr;                     /* Number of cursors required */
+  int nOnce;                    /* Number of OP_Once instructions */
+  void *token;                  /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
+  SubProgram *pNext;            /* Next sub-program already visited */
+};
+
+/*
+** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
+** it takes up less space.
+*/
+struct VdbeOpList {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
+  signed char p2;     /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  signed char p3;     /* Third parameter */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type
+*/
+#define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
+#define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
+#define P4_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
+#define P4_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
+#define P4_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
+#define P4_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
+#define P4_MEM      (-8)  /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem*    structure */
+#define P4_TRANSIENT  0   /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
+#define P4_VTAB     (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
+#define P4_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
+#define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
+#define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
+#define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
+#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
+#define P4_SUBPROGRAM  (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */
+#define P4_ADVANCE  (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */
+
+/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */
+#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1
+#define P5_ConstraintUnique  2
+#define P5_ConstraintCheck   3
+#define P5_ConstraintFK      4
+
+/*
+** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
+** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
+*/
+#define COLNAME_NAME     0
+#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
+#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
+#define COLNAME_TABLE    3
+#define COLNAME_COLUMN   4
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define COLNAME_N        5      /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+#   define COLNAME_N      1      /* Store only the name */
+# else
+#   define COLNAME_N      2      /* Store the name and decltype */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
+** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
+** the macro again restores the address.
+*/
+#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))
+
+/*
+** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
+** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
+*/
+/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
+/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
+#define OP_Function        1 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])             */
+#define OP_Savepoint       2
+#define OP_AutoCommit      3
+#define OP_Transaction     4
+#define OP_SorterNext      5
+#define OP_PrevIfOpen      6
+#define OP_NextIfOpen      7
+#define OP_Prev            8
+#define OP_Next            9
+#define OP_AggStep        10 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])       */
+#define OP_Checkpoint     11
+#define OP_JournalMode    12
+#define OP_Vacuum         13
+#define OP_VFilter        14 /* synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'           */
+#define OP_VUpdate        15 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2]                    */
+#define OP_Goto           16
+#define OP_Gosub          17
+#define OP_Return         18
+#define OP_Not            19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]    */
+#define OP_InitCoroutine  20
+#define OP_EndCoroutine   21
+#define OP_Yield          22
+#define OP_HaltIfNull     23 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt               */
+#define OP_Halt           24
+#define OP_Integer        25 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1                         */
+#define OP_Int64          26 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4                         */
+#define OP_String         27 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)              */
+#define OP_Null           28 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL                   */
+#define OP_SoftNull       29 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL                       */
+#define OP_Blob           30 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)                */
+#define OP_Variable       31 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)           */
+#define OP_Move           32 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]                */
+#define OP_Copy           33 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]            */
+#define OP_SCopy          34 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]                      */
+#define OP_ResultRow      35 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2]                  */
+#define OP_CollSeq        36
+#define OP_AddImm         37 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2                   */
+#define OP_MustBeInt      38
+#define OP_RealAffinity   39
+#define OP_Permutation    40
+#define OP_Compare        41 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]            */
+#define OP_Jump           42
+#define OP_Once           43
+#define OP_If             44
+#define OP_IfNot          45
+#define OP_Column         46 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX                         */
+#define OP_Affinity       47 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])               */
+#define OP_MakeRecord     48 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])            */
+#define OP_Count          49 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count()                    */
+#define OP_ReadCookie     50
+#define OP_SetCookie      51
+#define OP_OpenRead       52 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
+#define OP_OpenWrite      53 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
+#define OP_OpenAutoindex  54 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
+#define OP_OpenEphemeral  55 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
+#define OP_SorterOpen     56
+#define OP_OpenPseudo     57 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]              */
+#define OP_Close          58
+#define OP_SeekLT         59
+#define OP_SeekLE         60
+#define OP_SeekGE         61
+#define OP_SeekGT         62
+#define OP_Seek           63 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P2]                     */
+#define OP_NoConflict     64 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_NotFound       65 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_Found          66 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_NotExists      67 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3]                     */
+#define OP_Sequence       68 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++           */
+#define OP_NewRowid       69 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
+#define OP_Insert         70 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]          */
+#define OP_Or             71 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */
+#define OP_And            72 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */
+#define OP_InsertInt      73 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]             */
+#define OP_Delete         74
+#define OP_ResetCount     75
+#define OP_IsNull         76 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */
+#define OP_NotNull        77 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */
+#define OP_Ne             78 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_Eq             79 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_Gt             80 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_Le             81 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_Lt             82 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_Ge             83 /* same as TK_GE, synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2 */
+#define OP_SorterCompare  84 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
+#define OP_BitAnd         85 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */
+#define OP_BitOr          86 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */
+#define OP_ShiftLeft      87 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1] */
+#define OP_ShiftRight     88 /* same as TK_RSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1] */
+#define OP_Add            89 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */
+#define OP_Subtract       90 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */
+#define OP_Multiply       91 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */
+#define OP_Divide         92 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */
+#define OP_Remainder      93 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */
+#define OP_Concat         94 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */
+#define OP_SorterData     95 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
+#define OP_BitNot         96 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */
+#define OP_String8        97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4'    */
+#define OP_RowKey         98 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key                        */
+#define OP_RowData        99 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
+#define OP_Rowid         100 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
+#define OP_NullRow       101
+#define OP_Last          102
+#define OP_SorterSort    103
+#define OP_Sort          104
+#define OP_Rewind        105
+#define OP_SorterInsert  106
+#define OP_IdxInsert     107 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
+#define OP_IdxDelete     108 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]                     */
+#define OP_IdxRowid      109 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
+#define OP_IdxLE         110 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_IdxGT         111 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_IdxLT         112 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_IdxGE         113 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
+#define OP_Destroy       114
+#define OP_Clear         115
+#define OP_ResetSorter   116
+#define OP_CreateIndex   117 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
+#define OP_CreateTable   118 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
+#define OP_ParseSchema   119
+#define OP_LoadAnalysis  120
+#define OP_DropTable     121
+#define OP_DropIndex     122
+#define OP_DropTrigger   123
+#define OP_IntegrityCk   124
+#define OP_RowSetAdd     125 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2]                 */
+#define OP_RowSetRead    126 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1)                 */
+#define OP_RowSetTest    127 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2   */
+#define OP_Program       128
+#define OP_Param         129
+#define OP_FkCounter     130 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2                    */
+#define OP_FkIfZero      131 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2          */
+#define OP_MemMax        132 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])           */
+#define OP_Real          133 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4       */
+#define OP_IfPos         134 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2               */
+#define OP_IfNeg         135 /* synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2               */
+#define OP_IfZero        136 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2   */
+#define OP_AggFinal      137 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2                 */
+#define OP_IncrVacuum    138
+#define OP_Expire        139
+#define OP_TableLock     140 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3          */
+#define OP_VBegin        141
+#define OP_VCreate       142
+#define OP_ToText        143 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT                         */
+#define OP_ToBlob        144 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB                         */
+#define OP_ToNumeric     145 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC                      */
+#define OP_ToInt         146 /* same as TK_TO_INT                          */
+#define OP_ToReal        147 /* same as TK_TO_REAL                         */
+#define OP_VDestroy      148
+#define OP_VOpen         149
+#define OP_VColumn       150 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)                */
+#define OP_VNext         151
+#define OP_VRename       152
+#define OP_Pagecount     153
+#define OP_MaxPgcnt      154
+#define OP_Init          155 /* synopsis: Start at P2                      */
+#define OP_Noop          156
+#define OP_Explain       157
+
+
+/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
+** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
+** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
+*/
+#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */
+#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002  /* out2-prerelease: */
+#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0004  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_OUT2            0x0020  /* out2:  P2 is an output */
+#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0040  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
+#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
+/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
+/*   8 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\
+/*  16 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x24, 0x01, 0x04, 0x05, 0x10,\
+/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\
+/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04,\
+/*  40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/*  48 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/*  56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x08,\
+/*  64 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x4c,\
+/*  72 */ 0x4c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15,\
+/*  80 */ 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\
+/*  88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00,\
+/*  96 */ 0x24, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01,\
+/* 104 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01,\
+/* 112 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00,\
+/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15,\
+/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08, 0x02, 0x05, 0x05,\
+/* 136 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04,\
+/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
+/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,}
+
+/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
+
+/*
+** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
+** for a description of what each of these routines does.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **);
+
+typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
+#endif
+
+/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on
+** each VDBE opcode.
+**
+** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op
+** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code
+** generator.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS
+#   define VdbeModuleComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
+# else
+#   define VdbeModuleComment(X)
+# endif
+#else
+# define VdbeComment(X)
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
+# define VdbeModuleComment(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point
+** for VDBE branch instructions.  The coverage testing points are line
+** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file.  VDBE branch coverage testing
+** only works with an amalagmation build.  That's ok since a VDBE branch
+** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only.  No application
+** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on.
+**
+**    VdbeCoverage(v)                  // Mark the previously coded instruction
+**                                     // as a branch
+**
+**    VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional)   // Mark previous if conditional true
+**
+**    VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v)       // Previous branch is always taken
+**
+**    VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v)        // Previous branch is never taken
+**
+** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above.
+** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and
+** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch()
+** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int);
+# define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__)
+# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__)
+# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,2);
+# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,1);
+# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x)
+#else
+# define VdbeCoverage(v)
+# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x)
+# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v)
+# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v)
+# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
+** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PAGER_H_
+#define _PAGER_H_
+
+/*
+** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative 
+** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the 
+** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
+  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
+** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
+*/
+typedef u32 Pgno;
+
+/*
+** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Pager Pager;
+
+/*
+** Handle type for pages.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
+
+/*
+** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
+** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
+** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
+** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c 
+** for details.
+*/
+#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
+**
+** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
+*/
+#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
+#define PAGER_MEMORY        0x0002    /* In-memory database */
+
+/*
+** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
+*/
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1
+
+/*
+** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.  
+*/
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY     (-1)  /* Query the value of journalmode */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE      0   /* Commit by deleting journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE    3   /* Commit by truncating journal */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY      4   /* In-memory journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL         5   /* Use write-ahead logging */
+
+/*
+** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire().
+*/
+#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT     0x01  /* Do not load data from disk */
+#define PAGER_GET_READONLY      0x02  /* Read-only page is acceptable */
+
+/*
+** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
+*/
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF       0x01  /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL    0x02  /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL      0x03  /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK      0x03  /* Mask for three values above */
+#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC             0x04  /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */
+#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC        0x08  /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */
+#define PAGER_CACHESPILL            0x10  /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */
+#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK            0x1c  /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */
+
+/*
+** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
+** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for 
+** a detailed description of each routine.
+*/
+
+/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs*,
+  Pager **ppPager,
+  const char*,
+  int,
+  int,
+  int,
+  void(*)(DbPage*)
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+
+/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
+
+/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
+#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);
+
+/* Operations on page references. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
+
+/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
+#endif
+
+/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);
+
+/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
+#endif
+
+/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
+  void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+  void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */
+
+/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem. 
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
+
+typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
+typedef struct PCache PCache;
+
+/*
+** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
+** structure.
+*/
+struct PgHdr {
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;    /* Pcache object page handle */
+  void *pData;                   /* Page data */
+  void *pExtra;                  /* Extra content */
+  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Transient list of dirty pages */
+  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager this page is part of */
+  Pgno pgno;                     /* Page number for this page */
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  u32 pageHash;                  /* Hash of page content */
+#endif
+  u16 flags;                     /* PGHDR flags defined below */
+
+  /**********************************************************************
+  ** Elements above are public.  All that follows is private to pcache.c
+  ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
+  */
+  i16 nRef;                      /* Number of users of this page */
+  PCache *pCache;                /* Cache that owns this page */
+
+  PgHdr *pDirtyNext;             /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
+  PgHdr *pDirtyPrev;             /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */
+};
+
+/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
+#define PGHDR_DIRTY             0x002  /* Page has changed */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC         0x004  /* Fsync the rollback journal before
+                                       ** writing this page to the database */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_READ         0x008  /* Content is unread */
+#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY    0x010  /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */
+#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE        0x020  /* Do not write content to disk */
+
+#define PGHDR_MMAP              0x040  /* This is an mmap page object */
+
+/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
+
+/* Page cache buffer management:
+** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
+
+/* Create a new pager cache.
+** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
+** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+  int szPage,                    /* Size of every page */
+  int szExtra,                   /* Extra space associated with each page */
+  int bPurgeable,                /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
+  void *pStress,                 /* Argument to xStress */
+  PCache *pToInit                /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+);
+
+/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
+
+/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.  Used to preallocate
+** storage space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
+
+/* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
+** Reference counted. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*);         /* Remove page from cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*);    /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*);    /* Mark a single page as clean */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*);    /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
+
+/* Change a page number.  Used by incr-vacuum. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
+
+/* Remove all pages with pgno>x.  Reset the cache if x==0 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
+
+/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
+
+/* Reset and close the cache object */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
+
+/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *);
+
+/* Discard the contents of the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
+
+/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
+
+/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*);
+
+/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
+** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the 
+** library is built.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
+#endif
+
+/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
+**
+** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
+** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
+** of the suggested cache-sizes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
+#endif
+
+/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);
+
+#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */
+
+/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/
+/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
+** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
+** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
+**
+** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
+** being included by every source file.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
+
+/*
+** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the
+** necessary pre-processor macros for it.
+*/
+/************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/
+/************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2013 November 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system
+** detection and/or setup.
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_SETUP_H_
+#define _OS_SETUP_H_
+
+/*
+** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating
+** system.
+**
+** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX,
+** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0.  One of
+** the three will be 1.  The other two will be 0.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+#  if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
+#    undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+#    define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#    undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#    define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#  else
+#    undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
+#  endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+#  define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
+#  ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#    if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \
+        defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#      define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
+#      define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#    else
+#      define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#      define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#  endif
+#else
+#  ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#    define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _OS_SETUP_H_ */
+
+/************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/
+
+/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
+** a no-op
+*/
+#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
+# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The default size of a disk sector
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
+** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
+** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
+** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
+** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
+** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
+** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
+**
+** 2006-10-31:  The default prefix used to be "sqlite_".  But then
+** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
+** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
+** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a 
+** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
+** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
+** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" 
+** spelled backwards.  So the temp files are still identified, but
+** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
+** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
+** of the file.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
+** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
+**
+** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
+** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
+**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
+** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
+**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
+**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
+** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
+**
+** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
+** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
+** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
+** sqlite3OsLock().
+*/
+#define NO_LOCK         0
+#define SHARED_LOCK     1
+#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
+#define PENDING_LOCK    3
+#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4
+
+/*
+** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
+**
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
+**
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
+** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
+** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
+** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
+**
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
+** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
+**
+** The same locking strategy and
+** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
+** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
+** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
+** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
+** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
+** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
+**
+** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
+** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
+** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
+** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
+** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
+** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
+** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
+** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
+**
+** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
+** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
+** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
+** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
+** 1GB boundary.
+**
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define PENDING_BYTE     (0x40000000)
+#else
+# define PENDING_BYTE      sqlite3PendingByte
+#endif
+#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
+#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
+#define SHARED_SIZE       510
+
+/*
+** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);
+
+/* 
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *);
+
+
+/* 
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);
+
+/*
+** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using 
+** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
+
+/************** End of os.h **************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations.
+** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available
+** to all source files.  We break it out in an effort to keep the code
+** better organized.
+**
+** NOTE:  source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
+** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
+** include this one indirectly.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Figure out what version of the code to use.  The choices are
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT         No mutex logic.  Not even stubs.  The
+**                             mutexes implemention cannot be overridden
+**                             at start-time.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications.  No
+**                             mutual exclusion is provided.  But this
+**                             implementation can be overridden at
+**                             start-time.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS     For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32          For multi-threaded applications on Win32.
+*/
+#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
+#  if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+#  elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+/*
+** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
+*/
+#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X)    ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)    
+#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X)      SQLITE_OK
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)    
+#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     ((void)(X),1)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  ((void)(X),1)
+#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X)      ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
+#define sqlite3MutexInit()        SQLITE_OK
+#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
+#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)
+#else
+#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)            X
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
+
+/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+
+/*
+** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
+** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
+** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
+** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
+** databases may be attached.
+*/
+struct Db {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
+  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
+  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */
+  Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
+**
+** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree.  The exception is
+** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing.
+** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple
+** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object.
+** 
+** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that
+** references them is destroyed.   The TEMP Schema is manually freed by
+** sqlite3_close().
+*
+** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order
+** to access Schema content.  This implies that the thread must also be
+** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree.
+** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required.
+*/
+struct Schema {
+  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
+  int iGeneration;     /* Generation counter.  Incremented with each change */
+  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
+  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
+  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
+  Hash fkeyHash;       /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
+  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
+  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
+  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
+  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this schema */
+  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
+};
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Db.pSchema->flags field.
+*/
+#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P))
+#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0)
+#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P)
+#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
+**
+** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
+** read into internal hash tables.
+**
+** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
+** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
+** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
+*/
+#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
+#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
+#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */
+
+/*
+** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
+** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1)
+
+/*
+** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
+** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
+** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
+** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
+** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
+** SQL statements.
+**
+** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
+** lookaside malloc subsystem.  Each available memory allocation in
+** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
+** objects.
+**
+** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated
+** with a particular database connection.  Hence, schema information cannot
+** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information
+** is shared by multiple database connections.  Therefore, while parsing
+** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that
+** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects.
+*/
+struct Lookaside {
+  u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
+  u8 bEnabled;            /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */
+  u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
+  int nOut;               /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
+  int mxOut;              /* Highwater mark for nOut */
+  int anStat[3];          /* 0: hits.  1: size misses.  2: full misses */
+  LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */
+  void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */
+  void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */
+};
+struct LookasideSlot {
+  LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
+};
+
+/*
+** A hash table for function definitions.
+**
+** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
+** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
+*/
+struct FuncDefHash {
+  FuncDef *a[23];       /* Hash table for functions */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3 {
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
+  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
+  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */
+  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
+  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
+  int flags;                    /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
+  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
+  i64 szMmap;                   /* Default mmap_size setting */
+  unsigned int openFlags;       /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
+  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
+  u16 dbOptFlags;               /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */
+  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
+  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
+  u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
+  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
+  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
+  u8 suppressErr;               /* Do not issue error messages if true */
+  u8 vtabOnConflict;            /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
+  u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
+  int nextPagesize;             /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
+  u32 magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
+  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
+  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
+  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
+  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
+    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
+    u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
+    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
+    u8 orphanTrigger;           /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
+  } init;
+  int nVdbeActive;              /* Number of VDBEs currently running */
+  int nVdbeRead;                /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */
+  int nVdbeWrite;               /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */
+  int nVdbeExec;                /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
+  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
+  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */
+  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);        /* Trace function */
+  void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
+  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
+  void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */
+  void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
+  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */
+  void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */   
+  void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
+  void *pUpdateArg;
+  void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int);
+  void *pWalArg;
+#endif
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
+  void *pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
+  union {
+    volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
+    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
+  } u1;
+  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+                                /* Access authorization function */
+  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
+  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
+  unsigned nProgressOps;        /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
+  Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
+  VtabCtx *pVtabCtx;            /* Context for active vtab connect/create */
+  VTable **aVTrans;             /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
+  VTable *pDisconnect;    /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
+#endif
+  FuncDefHash aFunc;            /* Hash table of connection functions */
+  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
+  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
+  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
+  Savepoint *pSavepoint;        /* List of active savepoints */
+  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
+  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
+  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
+  i64 nDeferredCons;            /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
+  i64 nDeferredImmCons;         /* Net deferred immediate constraints */
+  int *pnBytesFreed;            /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER 
+  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. 
+  **
+  ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
+  ** unlock so that it can proceed.
+  **
+  ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried
+  ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks
+  ** held by Y.
+  */
+  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
+  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
+  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
+  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
+  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
+*/
+#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
+#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000002  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
+#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00000004  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
+#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync  0x00000008  /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */
+#define SQLITE_CacheSpill     0x00000010  /* OK to spill pager cache */
+#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000020  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
+#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
+#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
+                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
+                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
+#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
+                                          /*   result set is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
+#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000800  /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000  /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */
+#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00002000  /* Do not enforce check constraints */
+#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000  /* For shared-cache mode */
+#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
+#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00010000  /* Ignore schema errors */
+#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00020000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
+#define SQLITE_RecTriggers    0x00040000  /* Enable recursive triggers */
+#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys    0x00080000  /* Enforce foreign key constraints  */
+#define SQLITE_AutoIndex      0x00100000  /* Enable automatic indexes */
+#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin  0x00200000  /* Preference to built-in funcs */
+#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00400000  /* Enable load_extension */
+#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x00800000  /* True to enable triggers */
+#define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x01000000  /* Defer all FK constraints */
+#define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x02000000  /* Disable database changes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        0x04000000  /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
+
+
+/*
+** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
+** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
+** selectively disable various optimizations.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001   /* Query flattening */
+#define SQLITE_ColumnCache    0x0002   /* Column cache */
+#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x0004   /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
+#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008   /* Constant factoring */
+/*                not used    0x0010   // Was: SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt */
+#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x0020   /* DISTINCT using indexes */
+#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x0040   /* Covering index scans */
+#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
+#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine  0x0100   /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */
+#define SQLITE_Transitive     0x0200   /* Transitive constraints */
+#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x0400   /* Omit unused tables in joins */
+#define SQLITE_Stat3          0x0800   /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */
+#define SQLITE_AdjustOutEst   0x1000   /* Adjust output estimates using WHERE */
+#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */
+
+/*
+** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
+#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
+#else
+#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  0
+#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization
+** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator.
+*/
+#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor)
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
+** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
+** than being distinct from one another.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK     0x4b771290  /* Error and awaiting close */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE   0x64cffc7f  /* Close with last statement close */
+
+/*
+** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
+** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
+** points to a linked list of these structures.
+*/
+struct FuncDef {
+  i16 nArg;            /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
+  u16 funcFlags;       /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
+  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
+  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
+  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finalizer */
+  char *zName;         /* SQL name of the function. */
+  FuncDef *pHash;      /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
+  FuncDestructor *pDestructor;   /* Reference counted destructor function */
+};
+
+/*
+** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as
+** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When
+** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor,
+** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to 
+** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether
+** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor
+** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated
+** FuncDestructor.
+**
+** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference
+** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor
+** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed.
+*/
+struct FuncDestructor {
+  int nRef;
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *);
+  void *pUserData;
+};
+
+/*
+** Possible values for FuncDef.flags.  Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF
+** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG.  There
+** are assert() statements in the code to verify this.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK  0x003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x010 /* Ephemeral.  Delete with VDBE */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH   0x040 /* Built-in length() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF   0x080 /* Built-in typeof() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */
+
+/*
+** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
+** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
+**
+**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
+**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
+**     implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
+**     value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
+**     as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If 
+**     argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set.
+**
+**   VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
+**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag.
+**
+**   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
+**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
+**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
+**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
+**     FUNCTION().
+**
+**   LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
+**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
+**     that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C 
+**     function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
+**     available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
+**     FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
+**     parameter.
+*/
+#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \
+  {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+   pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \
+   (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}
+
+/*
+** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
+** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
+** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
+** OP_Savepoint instruction.
+*/
+struct Savepoint {
+  char *zName;                        /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */
+  i64 nDeferredCons;                  /* Number of deferred fk violations */
+  i64 nDeferredImmCons;               /* Number of deferred imm fk. */
+  Savepoint *pNext;                   /* Parent savepoint (if any) */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(),
+** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction.
+*/
+#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN      0
+#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE    1
+#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK   2
+
+
+/*
+** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
+** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
+** hash table.
+*/
+struct Module {
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */
+  const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */
+  void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *);            /* Module destructor function */
+};
+
+/*
+** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
+** of this structure.
+*/
+struct Column {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
+  Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
+  char *zDflt;     /* Original text of the default value */
+  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
+  char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
+  u8 notNull;      /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */
+  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
+  u8 szEst;        /* Estimated size of this column.  INT==1 */
+  u8 colFlags;     /* Boolean properties.  See COLFLAG_ defines below */
+};
+
+/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags:
+*/
+#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY  0x0001    /* Column is part of the primary key */
+#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN   0x0002    /* A hidden column in a virtual table */
+
+/*
+** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
+** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
+**
+** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the
+** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
+** collating sequence may not be read or written.
+*/
+struct CollSeq {
+  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
+  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
+  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
+  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
+  void (*xDel)(void*);  /* Destructor for pUser */
+};
+
+/*
+** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
+#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */
+
+/*
+** Column affinity types.
+**
+** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
+** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
+** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.  
+**
+** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'.  That way,
+** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
+** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
+**
+** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
+** for a numeric type is a single comparison.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'a'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'b'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'c'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'd'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'e'
+
+#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
+** affinity value. 
+*/
+#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x67
+
+/*
+** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
+** changing the affinity.
+**
+** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL.
+** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison
+** operator is NULL.  It is added to certain comparison operators to
+** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x08  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
+#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x10  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
+#define SQLITE_NULLEQ       0x80  /* NULL=NULL */
+#define SQLITE_NOTNULL      0x88  /* Assert that operands are never NULL */
+
+/*
+** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
+** the database schema. 
+**
+** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
+** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
+** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique
+** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table 
+** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between 
+** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database 
+** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database
+** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method
+** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may
+** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables 
+** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers 
+** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database 
+** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table.
+**
+** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared
+** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by
+** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object.
+** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual
+** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the
+** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct
+** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query.
+**
+** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the
+** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not 
+** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed 
+** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to
+** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the
+** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected 
+** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done
+** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes.
+** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an
+** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect
+** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex.
+**
+** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by 
+** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as 
+** the first argument.
+*/
+struct VTable {
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection associated with this table */
+  Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to module implementation */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to vtab instance */
+  int nRef;                 /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  u8 bConstraint;           /* True if constraints are supported */
+  int iSavepoint;           /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */
+  VTable *pNext;            /* Next in linked list (see above) */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
+** following structure.
+**
+** Table.zName is the name of the table.  The case of the original
+** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
+** comparisons.
+**
+** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table.  Table.aCol is a
+** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
+**
+** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
+** the column that is that key.   Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative.  Note
+** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
+** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
+** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
+** is generated for each row of the table.  TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if
+** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
+**
+** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
+** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
+** in sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
+** holds temporary tables and indices.  If TF_Ephemeral is set
+** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
+** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
+** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
+** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
+** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause 
+** of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct Table {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of the table or view */
+  Column *aCol;        /* Information about each column */
+  Index *pIndex;       /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
+  Select *pSelect;     /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
+  FKey *pFKey;         /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
+  char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  ExprList *pCheck;    /* All CHECK constraints */
+#endif
+  LogEst nRowLogEst;   /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
+  int tnum;            /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
+  i16 iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
+  i16 nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
+  u16 nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this Table */
+  LogEst szTabRow;     /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */
+  u8 tabFlags;         /* Mask of TF_* values */
+  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */
+  char **azModuleArg;  /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
+  VTable *pVTable;     /* List of VTable objects. */
+#endif
+  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */
+  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
+  Table *pNextZombie;  /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags.
+*/
+#define TF_Readonly        0x01    /* Read-only system table */
+#define TF_Ephemeral       0x02    /* An ephemeral table */
+#define TF_HasPrimaryKey   0x04    /* Table has a primary key */
+#define TF_Autoincrement   0x08    /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
+#define TF_Virtual         0x10    /* Is a virtual table */
+#define TF_WithoutRowid    0x20    /* No rowid used. PRIMARY KEY is the key */
+
+
+/*
+** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
+** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
+** table support is omitted from the build.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+#  define IsVirtual(X)      (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
+#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
+#else
+#  define IsVirtual(X)      0
+#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Does the table have a rowid */
+#define HasRowid(X)     (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0)
+
+/*
+** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
+** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
+** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
+** Consider this example:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
+**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
+**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
+**     );
+**
+** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
+** Equivalent names:
+**
+**     from-table == child-table
+**       to-table == parent-table
+**
+** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
+** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
+** the from-table is created.  The existence of the to-table is not checked.
+**
+** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey.
+**
+** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist)
+** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z.
+*/
+struct FKey {
+  Table *pFrom;     /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */
+  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */
+  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */
+  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */
+  FKey *pPrevTo;    /* Previous with the same zTo */
+  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
+  /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
+  u8 isDeferred;       /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
+  u8 aAction[2];        /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */
+  Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */
+  struct sColMap {      /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
+    int iFrom;            /* Index of column in pFrom */
+    char *zCol;           /* Name of column in zTo.  If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */
+  } aCol[1];            /* One entry for each of nCol columns */
+};
+
+/*
+** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
+** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
+** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
+** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
+** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
+** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
+** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
+** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
+** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
+** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
+** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
+** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
+** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
+**
+** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
+** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
+** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
+** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
+** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
+** foreign key.
+** 
+** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
+** of action to take.
+*/
+#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
+#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
+#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
+#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
+#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
+#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
+
+#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
+#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
+#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
+#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */
+
+#define OE_Default  10  /* Do whatever the default action is */
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
+** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
+** comparison of the two index keys.
+**
+** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots.  There
+** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot
+** for the rowid at the end.
+*/
+struct KeyInfo {
+  u32 nRef;           /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */
+  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */
+  u16 nField;         /* Number of key columns in the index */
+  u16 nXField;        /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
+  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* Sort order for each column. */
+  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
+** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
+** values.
+**
+** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
+** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
+** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
+** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
+** OP_Column opcode.
+**
+** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
+** into its constituent fields.
+**
+** The r1 and r2 member variables are only used by the optimized comparison
+** functions vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString().
+*/
+struct UnpackedRecord {
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
+  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
+  i8 default_rc;      /* Comparison result if keys are equal */
+  u8 isCorrupt;       /* Corruption detected by xRecordCompare() */
+  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
+  int r1;             /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */
+  int r2;             /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+**
+** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
+** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
+** we have the following table and index:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
+**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
+**
+** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
+** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
+** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
+** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
+** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
+** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
+** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
+**
+** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
+** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
+** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
+** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
+** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
+** element.
+*/
+struct Index {
+  char *zName;             /* Name of this index */
+  i16 *aiColumn;           /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
+  LogEst *aiRowLogEst;     /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
+  Table *pTable;           /* The SQL table being indexed */
+  char *zColAff;           /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+  Index *pNext;            /* The next index associated with the same table */
+  Schema *pSchema;         /* Schema containing this index */
+  u8 *aSortOrder;          /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */
+  char **azColl;           /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
+  Expr *pPartIdxWhere;     /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;       /* A KeyInfo object suitable for this index */
+  int tnum;                /* DB Page containing root of this index */
+  LogEst szIdxRow;         /* Estimated average row size in bytes */
+  u16 nKeyCol;             /* Number of columns forming the key */
+  u16 nColumn;             /* Number of columns stored in the index */
+  u8 onError;              /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  unsigned idxType:2;      /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */
+  unsigned bUnordered:1;   /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */
+  unsigned uniqNotNull:1;  /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */
+  unsigned isResized:1;    /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */
+  unsigned isCovering:1;   /* True if this is a covering index */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  int nSample;             /* Number of elements in aSample[] */
+  int nSampleCol;          /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */
+  tRowcnt *aAvgEq;         /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */
+  IndexSample *aSample;    /* Samples of the left-most key */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for Index.idxType
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF      0   /* Created using CREATE INDEX */
+#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE      1   /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */
+#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY  2   /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */
+
+/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */
+#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X)  ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)
+
+/*
+** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory 
+** using a structure of this type.  See documentation at the top of the
+** analyze.c source file for additional information.
+*/
+struct IndexSample {
+  void *p;          /* Pointer to sampled record */
+  int n;            /* Size of record in bytes */
+  tRowcnt *anEq;    /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */
+  tRowcnt *anLt;    /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */
+  tRowcnt *anDLt;   /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
+** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
+**
+** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
+** may contain random values.  Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
+** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
+*/
+struct Token {
+  const char *z;     /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
+  unsigned int n;    /* Number of characters in this token */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
+** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
+**
+** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
+** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
+** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
+** code for that node.
+**
+** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
+** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These
+** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
+*/
+struct AggInfo {
+  u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
+                          ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
+  u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
+                          ** than the source table */
+  int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
+  int sortingIdxPTab;     /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */
+  int nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
+  int mnReg, mxReg;       /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
+  struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
+    Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
+    int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
+    int iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
+    int iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */
+    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
+    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
+  } *aCol;
+  int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
+  int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
+                          ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
+                          ** aggregate functions */
+  struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
+    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
+    FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
+    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
+    int iDistinct;           /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
+  } *aFunc;
+  int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
+};
+
+/*
+** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit.
+** Usually it is 16-bits.  But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater
+** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit.  16-bit is preferred because
+** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user
+** in systems with lots of prepared statements.  And few applications
+** need more than about 10 or 20 variables.  But some extreme users want
+** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them
+** the option is available (at compile-time).
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767
+typedef i16 ynVar;
+#else
+typedef int ynVar;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
+** of this structure.
+**
+** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused
+** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
+** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused
+** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
+** tree.
+**
+** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, 
+** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If
+** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the 
+** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION),
+** then Expr.token contains the name of the function.
+**
+** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a
+** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL.
+**
+** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function,
+** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)".
+** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of
+** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the
+** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is 
+** valid.
+**
+** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
+** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
+** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
+** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
+** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
+** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
+** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
+**
+** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark 
+** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index 
+** number for that variable.
+**
+** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
+** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
+** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery
+** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
+** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
+**
+** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
+** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
+** corresponding table definition.
+**
+** ALLOCATION NOTES:
+**
+** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema.  To
+** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be
+** truncated.  And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes
+** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation,
+** together with Expr.zToken strings.
+**
+** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when
+** an Expr object is truncated.  When EP_Reduced is set, then all
+** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees
+** are contained within the same memory allocation.  Note, however, that
+** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately
+** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set.
+*/
+struct Expr {
+  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
+  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
+  u32 flags;             /* Various flags.  EP_* See below */
+  union {
+    char *zToken;          /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
+    int iValue;            /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */
+  } u;
+
+  /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
+  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
+  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. 
+  *********************************************************************/
+
+  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
+  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
+  union {
+    ExprList *pList;     /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */
+    Select *pSelect;     /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */
+  } x;
+
+  /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
+  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
+  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
+  *********************************************************************/
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
+#endif
+  int iTable;            /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
+                         ** TK_REGISTER: register number
+                         ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old
+                         ** EP_Unlikely:  1000 times likelihood */
+  ynVar iColumn;         /* TK_COLUMN: column index.  -1 for rowid.
+                         ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */
+  i16 iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
+  i16 iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
+  u8 op2;                /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op
+                         ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column
+                         ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
+  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define EP_FromJoin  0x000001 /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
+#define EP_Agg       0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
+#define EP_Resolved  0x000004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
+#define EP_Error     0x000008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */
+#define EP_Distinct  0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
+#define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
+#define EP_DblQuoted 0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */
+#define EP_InfixFunc 0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
+#define EP_Collate   0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE operator */
+#define EP_Generic   0x000200 /* Ignore COLLATE or affinity on this tree */
+#define EP_IntValue  0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
+#define EP_xIsSelect 0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
+#define EP_Skip      0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */
+#define EP_Reduced   0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_Static    0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
+#define EP_MemToken  0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
+#define EP_NoReduce  0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
+#define EP_Unlikely  0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */
+#define EP_Constant  0x080000 /* Node is a constant */
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
+#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
+#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
+#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
+
+/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation,
+** and Accreditation only.  It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA
+** processes but is a no-op for delivery.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)  (E)->flags|=(P)
+#else
+# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr 
+** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags 
+** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
+*/
+#define EXPR_FULLSIZE           sizeof(Expr)           /* Full size */
+#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE        offsetof(Expr,iTable)  /* Common features */
+#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE      offsetof(Expr,pLeft)   /* Fewer features */
+
+/*
+** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment 
+** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
+*/
+#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE         0x0001  /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */
+
+/*
+** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
+** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
+** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
+** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
+** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
+** field is not used.
+**
+** By default the Expr.zSpan field holds a human-readable description of
+** the expression that is used in the generation of error messages and
+** column labels.  In this case, Expr.zSpan is typically the text of a
+** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement.  However, if
+** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name
+** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN.  This later
+** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses.
+*/
+struct ExprList {
+  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
+  struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */
+    Expr *pExpr;            /* The list of expressions */
+    char *zName;            /* Token associated with this expression */
+    char *zSpan;            /* Original text of the expression */
+    u8 sortOrder;           /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
+    unsigned done :1;       /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
+    unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */
+    unsigned reusable :1;   /* Constant expression is reusable */
+    union {
+      struct {
+        u16 iOrderByCol;      /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
+        u16 iAlias;           /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
+      } x;
+      int iConstExprReg;      /* Register in which Expr value is cached */
+    } u;
+  } *a;                  /* Alloc a power of two greater or equal to nExpr */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both
+** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an
+** expression.
+*/
+struct ExprSpan {
+  Expr *pExpr;          /* The expression parse tree */
+  const char *zStart;   /* First character of input text */
+  const char *zEnd;     /* One character past the end of input text */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
+** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
+**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
+**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
+**
+** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
+** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
+**
+**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
+**
+** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
+*/
+struct IdList {
+  struct IdList_item {
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
+    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
+  } *a;
+  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
+};
+
+/*
+** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
+**
+** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
+** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size
+** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
+*/
+typedef u64 Bitmask;
+
+/*
+** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
+*/
+#define BMS  ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8))
+
+/*
+** A bit in a Bitmask
+*/
+#define MASKBIT(n)   (((Bitmask)1)<<(n))
+#define MASKBIT32(n) (((unsigned int)1)<<(n))
+
+/*
+** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
+** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
+** the SrcList.a[] array.
+**
+** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
+** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
+** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
+** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
+** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
+**
+** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
+** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way.
+** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
+** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
+**
+** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table
+** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used.
+*/
+struct SrcList {
+  int nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
+  u32 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
+  struct SrcList_item {
+    Schema *pSchema;  /* Schema to which this item is fixed */
+    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
+    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
+    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
+    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
+    int addrFillSub;  /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */
+    int regReturn;    /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */
+    int regResult;    /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */
+    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
+    unsigned notIndexed :1;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
+    unsigned isCorrelated :1;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */
+    unsigned viaCoroutine :1;  /* Implemented as a co-routine */
+    unsigned isRecursive :1;   /* True for recursive reference in WITH */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+    u8 iSelectId;     /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
+#endif
+    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
+    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
+    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
+    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
+    char *zIndex;     /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */
+    Index *pIndex;    /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */
+  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
+};
+
+/*
+** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
+*/
+#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
+#define JT_CROSS     0x0002    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
+#define JT_NATURAL   0x0004    /* True for a "natural" join */
+#define JT_LEFT      0x0008    /* Left outer join */
+#define JT_RIGHT     0x0010    /* Right outer join */
+#define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
+#define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
+
+
+/*
+** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin()
+** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member.
+*/
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL   0x0000 /* No-op */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN      0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX      0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
+#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED  0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
+#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK    0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
+#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE  0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */
+#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE      0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */
+#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY    0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */
+#define WHERE_AND_ONLY         0x0080 /* Don't use indices for OR terms */
+#define WHERE_GROUPBY          0x0100 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY       0x0200 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */
+#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT    0x0400 /* All output needs to be distinct */
+#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP      0x0800 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */
+
+/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct()
+*/
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP      0  /* DISTINCT keyword not used */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE    1  /* No duplicates */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED   2  /* All duplicates are adjacent */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3  /* Duplicates are scattered */
+
+/*
+** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
+** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
+** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
+** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
+** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
+** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
+** other statements.
+**
+** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most 
+** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer
+** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context
+** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found
+** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of
+** the context containing the match is incremented. 
+**
+** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the
+** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the
+** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
+** subqueries looking for a match.
+*/
+struct NameContext {
+  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
+  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
+  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of result-set columns */
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
+  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
+  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
+  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
+  u8 ncFlags;          /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field.
+*/
+#define NC_AllowAgg  0x01    /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */
+#define NC_HasAgg    0x02    /* One or more aggregate functions seen */
+#define NC_IsCheck   0x04    /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
+#define NC_InAggFunc 0x08    /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
+#define NC_PartIdx   0x10    /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure contains all information
+** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
+**
+** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
+** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
+** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
+** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
+** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
+**
+** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
+** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
+** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor
+** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
+** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
+** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
+** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
+** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating
+** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+struct Select {
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
+  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
+  u16 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
+  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
+  int addrOpenEphm[2];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
+  u64 nSelectRow;        /* Estimated number of result rows */
+  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
+  Select *pNext;         /* Next select to the left in a compound */
+  Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
+  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
+  With *pWith;           /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
+** "Select Flag".
+*/
+#define SF_Distinct        0x0001  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
+#define SF_Resolved        0x0002  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
+#define SF_Aggregate       0x0004  /* Contains aggregate functions */
+#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x0008  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
+#define SF_Expanded        0x0010  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
+#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x0020  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
+                    /*     0x0040  NOT USED */
+#define SF_Values          0x0080  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
+                    /*     0x0100  NOT USED */
+#define SF_NestedFrom      0x0200  /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */
+#define SF_MaybeConvert    0x0400  /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
+#define SF_Recursive       0x0800  /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */
+#define SF_Compound        0x1000  /* Part of a compound query */
+
+
+/*
+** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
+** by one of the following macros.  The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result
+** Type".
+**
+**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary index 
+**                     identified by pDest->iSDParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary index pDest->iSDParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Exists      Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result
+**                     set is not empty.
+**
+**     SRT_Discard     Throw the results away.  This is used by SELECT
+**                     statements within triggers whose only purpose is
+**                     the side-effects of functions.
+**
+** All of the above are free to ignore their ORDER BY clause. Those that
+** follow must honor the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+**     SRT_Output      Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow
+**                     opcode) for each row in the result set.
+**
+**     SRT_Mem         Only valid if the result is a single column.
+**                     Store the first column of the first result row
+**                     in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest
+**                     of the query.  This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
+**
+**     SRT_Set         The result must be a single column.  Store each
+**                     row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm. 
+**                     Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing
+**                     results.  Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
+**
+**     SRT_EphemTab    Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store
+**                     the result there. The cursor is left open after
+**                     returning.  This is like SRT_Table except that
+**                     this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
+**                     the table first.
+**
+**     SRT_Coroutine   Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
+**                     results each time it is invoked.  The entry point
+**                     of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm
+**                     and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers
+**                     starting with pDest->iSdst.
+**
+**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
+**     SRT_Fifo        This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table
+**                     is assumed to already be open.  SRT_Fifo has
+**                     the additional property of being able to ignore
+**                     the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+**     SRT_DistFifo    Store results in a temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
+**                     But also use temporary table pDest->iSDParm+1 as
+**                     a record of all prior results and ignore any duplicate
+**                     rows.  Name means:  "Distinct Fifo".
+**
+**     SRT_Queue       Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm (really
+**                     an index).  Append a sequence number so that all entries
+**                     are distinct.
+**
+**     SRT_DistQueue   Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if
+**                     the same record has never been stored before.  The
+**                     index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores.
+*/
+#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
+#define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
+#define SRT_Exists       3  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */
+#define SRT_Discard      4  /* Do not save the results anywhere */
+#define SRT_Fifo         5  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
+#define SRT_DistFifo     6  /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */
+#define SRT_Queue        7  /* Store result in an queue */
+#define SRT_DistQueue    8  /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */
+
+/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
+#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue)
+
+#define SRT_Output       9  /* Output each row of result */
+#define SRT_Mem         10  /* Store result in a memory cell */
+#define SRT_Set         11  /* Store results as keys in an index */
+#define SRT_EphemTab    12  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
+#define SRT_Coroutine   13  /* Generate a single row of result */
+#define SRT_Table       14  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of
+** a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct SelectDest {
+  u8 eDest;            /* How to dispose of the results.  On of SRT_* above. */
+  char affSdst;        /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
+  int iSDParm;         /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
+  int iSdst;           /* Base register where results are written */
+  int nSdst;           /* Number of registers allocated */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* Key columns for SRT_Queue and SRT_DistQueue */
+};
+
+/*
+** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT 
+** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p
+** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that
+** the code generator needs.  We have to keep per-table autoincrement
+** information in case inserts are down within triggers.  Triggers do not
+** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the
+** loading and saving of autoincrement information.
+*/
+struct AutoincInfo {
+  AutoincInfo *pNext;   /* Next info block in a list of them all */
+  Table *pTab;          /* Table this info block refers to */
+  int iDb;              /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */
+  int regCtr;           /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */
+};
+
+/*
+** Size of the column cache
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
+# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
+#endif
+
+/*
+** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each 
+** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
+** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at
+** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been
+** completed.
+**
+** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger
+** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of
+** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable.
+** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
+** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
+**
+** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
+** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT 
+** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to
+** a mask of new.* columns used by the program.
+*/
+struct TriggerPrg {
+  Trigger *pTrigger;      /* Trigger this program was coded from */
+  TriggerPrg *pNext;      /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
+  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
+  int orconf;             /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
+  u32 aColmask[2];        /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
+};
+
+/*
+** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
+  typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask;
+#else
+  typedef unsigned int yDbMask;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
+** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
+** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
+**
+** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
+** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
+** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
+** each recursion.
+**
+** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache 
+** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
+** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
+** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
+** list.
+*/
+struct Parse {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
+  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
+  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
+  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
+  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
+  u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
+  u8 nTempReg;         /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
+  u8 isMultiWrite;     /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */
+  u8 mayAbort;         /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
+  u8 hasCompound;      /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
+  u8 okConstFactor;    /* OK to factor out constants */
+  int aTempReg[8];     /* Holding area for temporary registers */
+  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
+  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
+  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
+  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
+  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
+  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
+  int nOnce;           /* Number of OP_Once instructions so far */
+  int nOpAlloc;        /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
+  int iFixedOp;        /* Never back out opcodes iFixedOp-1 or earlier */
+  int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
+  int iPartIdxTab;     /* Table corresponding to a partial index */
+  int iCacheLevel;     /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
+  int iCacheCnt;       /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
+  int nLabel;          /* Number of labels used */
+  int *aLabel;         /* Space to hold the labels */
+  struct yColCache {
+    int iTable;           /* Table cursor number */
+    i16 iColumn;          /* Table column number */
+    u8 tempReg;           /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
+    int iLevel;           /* Nesting level */
+    int iReg;             /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
+    int lru;              /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
+  } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE];  /* One for each column cache entry */
+  ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */
+  Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
+  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
+  yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
+  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
+  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
+  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
+  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
+  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
+#endif
+  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
+
+  /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */
+  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
+  Table *pTriggerTab;  /* Table triggers are being coded for */
+  int addrCrTab;       /* Address of OP_CreateTable opcode on CREATE TABLE */
+  int addrSkipPK;      /* Address of instruction to skip PRIMARY KEY index */
+  u32 nQueryLoop;      /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */
+  u32 oldmask;         /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
+  u32 newmask;         /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */
+  u8 eTriggerOp;       /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
+  u8 eOrconf;          /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
+  u8 disableTriggers;  /* True to disable triggers */
+
+  /************************************************************************
+  ** Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
+  ** each recursion.  The boundary between these two regions is determined
+  ** using offsetof(Parse,nVar) so the nVar field must be the first field
+  ** in the recursive region.
+  ************************************************************************/
+
+  int nVar;                 /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
+  int nzVar;                /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */
+  u8 iPkSortOrder;          /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  u8 bFreeWith;             /* True if pWith should be freed with parser */
+  u8 explain;               /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  u8 declareVtab;           /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
+  int nVtabLock;            /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
+#endif
+  int nAlias;               /* Number of aliased result set columns */
+  int nHeight;              /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iSelectId;            /* ID of current select for EXPLAIN output */
+  int iNextSelectId;        /* Next available select ID for EXPLAIN output */
+#endif
+  char **azVar;             /* Pointers to names of parameters */
+  Vdbe *pReprepare;         /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */
+  const char *zTail;        /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
+  Table *pNewTable;         /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
+  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
+  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
+  Token sNameToken;         /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
+  Token sLastToken;         /* The last token parsed */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  Token sArg;               /* Complete text of a module argument */
+  Table **apVtabLock;       /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
+#endif
+  Table *pZombieTab;        /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
+  TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;  /* Linked list of coded triggers */
+  With *pWith;              /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */
+};
+
+/*
+** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
+#else
+  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
+** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
+*/
+struct AuthContext {
+  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
+  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
+};
+
+/*
+** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes.
+*/
+#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE       0x01    /* Set to update db->nChange */
+#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x02    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
+#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE      0x04    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
+#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
+#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
+#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE    0x20    /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */
+#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG     0x40    /* OP_Column only used for length() */
+#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG     0x80    /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
+#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR       0x01    /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
+#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG       0x02    /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */
+#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE       0x01    /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */
+
+/*
+ * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
+ * struct Trigger. 
+ *
+ * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
+ * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
+ *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
+ * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
+ *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
+ *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
+ *    struct Table.
+ *
+ * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
+ * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
+ */
+struct Trigger {
+  char *zName;            /* The name of the trigger                        */
+  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
+  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
+  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
+  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
+                             the <column-list> is stored here */
+  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
+  Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
+  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
+  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
+};
+
+/*
+** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants
+** determine which. 
+**
+** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
+** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
+*/
+#define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1
+#define TRIGGER_AFTER   2
+
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
+ * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
+ *
+ * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
+ * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
+ * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
+ * the first step of the trigger-program.
+ * 
+ * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
+ * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
+ * value of "op" as follows:
+ *
+ * (op == TK_INSERT)
+ * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
+ * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
+ *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
+ * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into.
+ * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
+ *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
+ * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
+ *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
+ *              inserted into.
+ *
+ * (op == TK_DELETE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * 
+ * (op == TK_UPDATE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
+ *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
+ *              argument.
+ * 
+ */
+struct TriggerStep {
+  u8 op;               /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
+  u8 orconf;           /* OE_Rollback etc. */
+  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
+  Select *pSelect;     /* SELECT statment or RHS of INSERT INTO .. SELECT ... */
+  Token target;        /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
+  Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
+  ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. */
+  IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */
+  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
+  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
+** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
+** explicit.  
+*/
+typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
+struct DbFixer {
+  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
+  Schema *pSchema;    /* Fix items to this schema */
+  int bVarOnly;       /* Check for variable references only */
+  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
+  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
+  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
+};
+
+/*
+** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
+** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
+*/
+struct StrAccum {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */
+  char *zBase;         /* A base allocation.  Not from malloc. */
+  char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */
+  int  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */
+  int  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
+  int  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed string length */
+  u8   useMalloc;      /* 0: none,  1: sqlite3DbMalloc,  2: sqlite3_malloc */
+  u8   accError;       /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */
+};
+#define STRACCUM_NOMEM   1
+#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG  2
+
+/*
+** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
+** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
+  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
+  int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
+  int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
+} InitData;
+
+/*
+** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
+**
+** This structure also contains some state information.
+*/
+struct Sqlite3Config {
+  int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */
+  int bCoreMutex;                   /* True to enable core mutexing */
+  int bFullMutex;                   /* True to enable full mutexing */
+  int bOpenUri;                     /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */
+  int bUseCis;                      /* Use covering indices for full-scans */
+  int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */
+  int neverCorrupt;                 /* Database is always well-formed */
+  int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */
+  int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */
+  sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
+  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */
+  sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2;  /* Low-level page-cache interface */
+  void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */
+  int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */
+  int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
+  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;             /* mmap() space per open file */
+  sqlite3_int64 mxMmap;             /* Maximum value for szMmap */
+  void *pScratch;                   /* Scratch memory */
+  int szScratch;                    /* Size of each scratch buffer */
+  int nScratch;                     /* Number of scratch buffers */
+  void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */
+  int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
+  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
+  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
+  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
+  /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always
+  ** initially be zero, however. */
+  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
+  int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */
+  int isMutexInit;                  /* True after mutexes are initialized */
+  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
+  int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
+  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
+  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
+  void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
+  void *pLogArg;                       /* First argument to xLog() */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+  void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int);
+  void *pSqllogArg;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+  /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch
+  ** operation.  Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE.
+  */
+  void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,int iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx);  /* Callback */
+  void *pVdbeBranchArg;                                     /* 1st argument */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+  int (*xTestCallback)(int);        /* Invoked by sqlite3FaultSim() */
+#endif
+  int bLocaltimeFault;              /* True to fail localtime() calls */
+};
+
+/*
+** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that
+** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database.  Instead of:
+**
+**     assert( X );
+**
+** One writes:
+**
+**     assert( X || CORRUPT_DB );
+**
+** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation.  CORRUPT_DB does not indicate
+** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt.
+** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special
+** sqlite3_test_control().  This enables assert() statements to prove
+** things that are always true for well-formed databases.
+*/
+#define CORRUPT_DB  (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0)
+
+/*
+** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
+*/
+struct Walker {
+  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
+  int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*);  /* Callback for SELECTs */
+  void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */
+  Parse *pParse;                            /* Parser context.  */
+  int walkerDepth;                          /* Number of subqueries */
+  union {                                   /* Extra data for callback */
+    NameContext *pNC;                          /* Naming context */
+    int i;                                     /* Integer value */
+    SrcList *pSrcList;                         /* FROM clause */
+    struct SrcCount *pSrcCount;                /* Counting column references */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
+
+/*
+** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
+** callbacks.
+*/
+#define WRC_Continue    0   /* Continue down into children */
+#define WRC_Prune       1   /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */
+#define WRC_Abort       2   /* Abandon the tree walk */
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure represents a set of one or more CTEs
+** (common table expressions) created by a single WITH clause.
+*/
+struct With {
+  int nCte;                       /* Number of CTEs in the WITH clause */
+  With *pOuter;                   /* Containing WITH clause, or NULL */
+  struct Cte {                    /* For each CTE in the WITH clause.... */
+    char *zName;                    /* Name of this CTE */
+    ExprList *pCols;                /* List of explicit column names, or NULL */
+    Select *pSelect;                /* The definition of this CTE */
+    const char *zErr;               /* Error message for circular references */
+  } a[1];
+};
+
+/*
+** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
+** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                        \
+  if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){                              \
+    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; }             \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with
+** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix.  These macros invoke
+** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated
+** using sqlite3_log().  The routines also provide a convenient place
+** to set a debugger breakpoint.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int);
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)
+
+
+/*
+** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also all
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems.  It is also
+** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \
+    (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION))
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(),
+** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The
+** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x)  ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01)
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06)
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02)
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04)
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08)
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)])
+#else
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x)   toupper((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   isspace((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   isalpha((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   tolower((unsigned char)(x))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Internal function prototypes
+*/
+#define sqlite3StrICmp sqlite3_stricmp
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
+#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void);
+
+/*
+** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make
+** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects.  By default,
+** obtain space from malloc().
+**
+** The alloca() routine never returns NULL.  This will cause code paths
+** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
+# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   alloca(N)
+# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  memset(alloca(N), 0, N)
+# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       
+#else
+# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N)
+# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N)
+# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       sqlite3DbFree(D,P)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
+#else
+# define sqlite3IsNaN(X)  0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL
+** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function.
+*/
+struct PrintfArguments {
+  int nArg;                /* Total number of arguments */
+  int nUsed;               /* Number of arguments used so far */
+  sqlite3_value **apArg;   /* The argument values */
+};
+
+#define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01
+#define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC  0x02
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...);
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
+#endif
+
+/* Output formatting for SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3ExplainBegin(X)
+# define sqlite3ExplainSelect(A,B)
+# define sqlite3ExplainExpr(A,B)
+# define sqlite3ExplainExprList(A,B)
+# define sqlite3ExplainFinish(X)
+# define sqlite3VdbeExplanation(X) 0
+#endif
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
+                    sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+# define sqlite3FaultSim(X) SQLITE_OK
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FaultSim(int);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, int iBatch, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X)
+# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
+                                      Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
+                          Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
+                         Expr*,ExprList*,u16,Expr*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Expr*,char*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, u8);
+#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP      0x01  /* Deep, not shallow copies */
+#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR   0x02  /* Factor out constant terms */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,int isView,struct SrcList_item *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int,
+                                     u8,u8,int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int, u8*, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
+                           Expr*,int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
+                            int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int);
+  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
+                                        Select*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
+# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
+#else
+# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
+# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
+# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
+# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
+# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I)
+# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F)
+# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
+# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
+# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
+# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst);
+
+/*
+** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
+** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
+** file.  Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions
+** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which 
+** the MACRO form does).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
+
+/*
+** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers.
+** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte.
+** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode
+** and decode of the integers in a record header.  It is faster for the common
+** case where the integer is a single byte.  It is a little slower when the
+** integer is two or more bytes.  But overall it is faster.
+**
+** The following expressions are equivalent:
+**
+**     x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B );
+**     x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B );
+**
+**     x = getVarint32( A, B );
+**     x = putVarint32( A, B );
+**
+*/
+#define getVarint32(A,B)  \
+  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
+#define putVarint32(A,B)  \
+  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
+  sqlite3PutVarint32((A),(B)))
+#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
+#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
+                        void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
+#endif
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(const char*, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, 
+  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
+  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,u8,int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+#  define sqlite3VtabClear(Y)
+#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
+#  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0
+#  define sqlite3VtabLock(X) 
+#  define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK
+#  define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y)  ((VTable*)0)
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int);
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   With *sqlite3WithAdd(Parse*,With*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3*,With*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3WithPush(Parse*, With*, u8);
+#else
+#define sqlite3WithPush(x,y,z)
+#define sqlite3WithDelete(x,y)
+#endif
+
+/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by
+** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign
+** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but
+** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In
+** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is 
+** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f)
+  #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f)
+  #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c)
+  #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b)         0
+  #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d)    0
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b)
+  #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0
+#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1
+
+/*
+** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
+** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+** is not defined.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
+  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
+#endif
+
+#define IN_INDEX_ROWID           1
+#define IN_INDEX_EPH             2
+#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC       3
+#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC      4
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
+  #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y)
+  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
+  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y)
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x)
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
+** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
+** print I/O tracing messages. 
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+# define IOTRACE(A)  if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
+#else
+# define IOTRACE(A)
+# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator
+** only.  They are used to verify that different "types" of memory
+** allocations are properly tracked by the system.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of
+** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below.  The type must be a bitmask with
+** a single bit set.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second
+** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
+** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second
+** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
+**
+** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP
+** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE.  If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means
+** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was
+** too large or lookaside was already full.  It is important to verify
+** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not
+** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines.  Asserts such as the
+** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify
+** this constraint. 
+**
+** All of this is no-op for a production build.  It only comes into
+** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8);
+#else
+# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y)  /* no-op */
+# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y)  1
+# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y)   1
+#endif
+#define MEMTYPE_HEAP       0x01  /* General heap allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE  0x02  /* Might have been lookaside memory */
+#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH    0x04  /* Scratch allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE     0x08  /* Page cache allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_DB         0x10  /* Uses sqlite3DbMalloc, not sqlite_malloc */
+
+#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */
+
+/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 June 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
+*/
+
+/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
+** lower-case character. 
+**
+** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
+** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
+** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
+     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
+    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
+    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
+    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
+    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
+    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
+    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
+    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
+    252,253,254,255
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
+     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
+     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
+     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
+     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
+     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
+     96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
+    112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
+    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
+    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
+    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
+    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
+    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
+    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
+    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
+** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
+**
+**   isspace()                        0x01
+**   isalpha()                        0x02
+**   isdigit()                        0x04
+**   isalnum()                        0x06
+**   isxdigit()                       0x08
+**   toupper()                        0x20
+**   SQLite identifier character      0x40
+**
+** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
+** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
+** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent
+** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as:
+**
+**   (x & ~(map[x]&0x20))
+**
+** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
+** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
+**
+** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an 
+** SQLite identifier.  Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
+** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
+** part of an identifier is 0x46.
+**
+** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a
+** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 00..07    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 08..0f    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 10..17    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 18..1f    ........ */
+  0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 20..27     !"#$%&' */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 28..2f    ()*+,-./ */
+  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c,  /* 30..37    01234567 */
+  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 38..3f    89:;<=>? */
+
+  0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02,  /* 40..47    @ABCDEFG */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 48..4f    HIJKLMNO */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 50..57    PQRSTUVW */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40,  /* 58..5f    XYZ[\]^_ */
+  0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22,  /* 60..67    `abcdefg */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 68..6f    hijklmno */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 70..77    pqrstuvw */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 78..7f    xyz{|}~. */
+
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 80..87    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 88..8f    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 90..97    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 98..9f    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a0..a7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a8..af    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b0..b7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b8..bf    ........ */
+
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c0..c7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c8..cf    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d0..d7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d8..df    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e0..e7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e8..ef    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* f0..f7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40   /* f8..ff    ........ */
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI
+# define  SQLITE_USE_URI 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
+# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
+** the SQLite library.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
+   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS,  /* bMemstat */
+   1,                         /* bCoreMutex */
+   SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1,      /* bFullMutex */
+   SQLITE_USE_URI,            /* bOpenUri */
+   SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN,   /* bUseCis */
+   0x7ffffffe,                /* mxStrlen */
+   0,                         /* neverCorrupt */
+   128,                       /* szLookaside */
+   500,                       /* nLookaside */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},         /* m */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},       /* mutex */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pHeap */
+   0,                         /* nHeap */
+   0, 0,                      /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
+   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE,  /* szMmap */
+   SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE,      /* mxMmap */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pScratch */
+   0,                         /* szScratch */
+   0,                         /* nScratch */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pPage */
+   0,                         /* szPage */
+   0,                         /* nPage */
+   0,                         /* mxParserStack */
+   0,                         /* sharedCacheEnabled */
+   /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */
+   0,                         /* isInit */
+   0,                         /* inProgress */
+   0,                         /* isMutexInit */
+   0,                         /* isMallocInit */
+   0,                         /* isPCacheInit */
+   0,                         /* nRefInitMutex */
+   0,                         /* pInitMutex */
+   0,                         /* xLog */
+   0,                         /* pLogArg */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+   0,                         /* xSqllog */
+   0,                         /* pSqllogArg */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+   0,                         /* xVdbeBranch */
+   0,                         /* pVbeBranchArg */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+   0,                         /* xTestCallback */
+#endif
+   0                          /* bLocaltimeFault */
+};
+
+/*
+** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
+** database connections.  After initialization, this table is
+** read-only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+
+/*
+** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = {
+   { "0", 1 },
+   { "1", 1 }
+};
+
+
+/*
+** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
+** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database.  SQLite never uses
+** the database page that contains the pending byte.  It never attempts
+** to read or write that page.  The pending byte page is set assign
+** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
+**
+** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to
+** a different position in the file.  This allows code that has to
+** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller
+** than 1 GiB.  The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to
+** move the pending byte.
+**
+** IMPORTANT:  Changing the pending byte to any value other than
+** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format!
+** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined
+** and dileterious behavior.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
+** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
+** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
+** the vdbe.c file.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
+
+/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options
+** SQLite was built with.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+
+
+/*
+** An array of names of all compile-time options.  This array should 
+** be sorted A-Z.
+**
+** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
+** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually
+** rather short and uses little memory space.
+*/
+static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = {
+
+/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define
+** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */
+#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt
+#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt)
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
+  "32BIT_ROWID",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
+  "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
+  "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  "CHECK_PAGES",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+  "COVERAGE_TEST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  "DEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
+  "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE),
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
+  "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+  "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+  "DISABLE_LFS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+  "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+  "ENABLE_CEROD",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+  "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+  "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+  "ENABLE_FTS1",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+  "ENABLE_FTS2",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+  "ENABLE_FTS3",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+  "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
+  "ENABLE_FTS4",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+  "ENABLE_ICU",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+  "ENABLE_IOTRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+  "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+  "ENABLE_MEMSYS3",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+  "ENABLE_MEMSYS5",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK
+  "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+  "ENABLE_RTREE",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+  "ENABLE_STAT4",
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
+  "ENABLE_STAT3",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+  "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
+  "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  "HAS_CODEC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+  "HAVE_ISNAN",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
+  "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+  "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+  "INT64_TYPE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+  "LOCK_TRACE",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
+  "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+  "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+  "MEMDEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+  "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  "NO_SYNC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+  "OMIT_ALTERTABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+  "OMIT_ANALYZE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
+  "OMIT_ATTACH",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  "OMIT_AUTOINIT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+  "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
+  "OMIT_AUTORESET",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+  "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+  "OMIT_BTREECOUNT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+  "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+  "OMIT_CAST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  "OMIT_CHECK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+  "OMIT_COMPLETE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+  "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+  "OMIT_CTE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+  "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+  "OMIT_DECLTYPE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  "OMIT_DEPRECATED",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+  "OMIT_DISKIO",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  "OMIT_EXPLAIN",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+  "OMIT_GET_TABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  "OMIT_INCRBLOB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+  "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+  "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+  "OMIT_LOCALTIME",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+  "OMIT_LOOKASIDE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+  "OMIT_MEMORYDB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
+  "OMIT_PRAGMA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+  "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+  "OMIT_REINDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  "OMIT_SUBQUERY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+  "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  "OMIT_TEMPDB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  "OMIT_TRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  "OMIT_TRIGGER",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  "OMIT_UTF16",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+  "OMIT_VACUUM",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  "OMIT_VIEW",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  "OMIT_WAL",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  "OMIT_WSD",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+  "OMIT_XFER_OPT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+  "PERFORMANCE_TRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+  "PROXY_DEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  "RTREE_INT_ONLY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+  "SECURE_DELETE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SMALL_STACK
+  "SMALL_STACK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+  "SOUNDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
+  "SYSTEM_MALLOC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TCL
+  "TCL",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE) && !defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc)
+  "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  "TEST",
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
+  "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
+  "USE_ALLOCA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+  "WIN32_MALLOC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
+  "ZERO_MALLOC"
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option
+** was used and false if not.
+**
+** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix
+** is not required for a match.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){
+  int i, n;
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
+  n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);
+
+  /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a
+  ** linear search is adequate.  No need for a binary search. */
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0
+     && sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)azCompileOpt[i][n]]==0
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the N-th compile-time option string.  If N is out of range,
+** return a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){
+  if( N>=0 && N<ArraySize(azCompileOpt) ){
+    return azCompileOpt[N];
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 June 18
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
+** functionality.
+*/
+/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for information that is private to the
+** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
+** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
+** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
+** this header information was factored out.
+*/
+#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
+#define _VDBEINT_H_
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse
+** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+# define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 50
+#endif
+
+/*
+** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
+** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
+** of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
+
+/*
+** Boolean values
+*/
+typedef unsigned Bool;
+
+/* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */
+typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter;
+
+/* Opaque type used by the explainer */
+typedef struct Explain Explain;
+
+/* Elements of the linked list at Vdbe.pAuxData */
+typedef struct AuxData AuxData;
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
+** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
+** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
+** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
+** is currently pointing to.
+**
+** Cursors can also point to virtual tables, sorters, or "pseudo-tables".
+** A pseudo-table is a single-row table implemented by registers.
+** 
+** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct VdbeCursor {
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
+  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
+  int seekResult;       /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
+  int pseudoTableReg;   /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
+  i16 nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
+  u16 nHdrParsed;       /* Number of header fields parsed so far */
+  i8 iDb;               /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
+  u8 nullRow;           /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
+  u8 rowidIsValid;      /* True if lastRowid is valid */
+  u8 deferredMoveto;    /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
+  Bool isEphemeral:1;   /* True for an ephemeral table */
+  Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
+  Bool isTable:1;       /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
+  Bool isOrdered:1;     /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
+  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
+  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
+  i64 lastRowid;        /* Rowid being deleted by OP_Delete */
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;  /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */
+
+  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
+  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheStatus matches
+  ** Vdbe.cacheCtr.  Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
+  ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
+  ** the cache is out of date.
+  **
+  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
+  ** be NULL.
+  */
+  u32 cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
+  u32 payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
+  u32 szRow;            /* Byte available in aRow */
+  u32 iHdrOffset;       /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */
+  const u8 *aRow;       /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
+  u32 aType[1];         /* Type values for all entries in the record */
+  /* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one
+  ** static element declared in the structure.  nField total array slots for
+  ** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
+
+/*
+** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
+** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
+** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
+** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, 
+** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
+** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
+** began executing.
+**
+** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory
+** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or
+** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it
+** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame
+** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing
+** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the
+** child frame are released.
+**
+** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is
+** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
+struct VdbeFrame {
+  Vdbe *v;                /* VM this frame belongs to */
+  VdbeFrame *pParent;     /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */
+  Op *aOp;                /* Program instructions for parent frame */
+  Mem *aMem;              /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */
+  u8 *aOnceFlag;          /* Array of OP_Once flags for parent frame */
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */
+  void *token;            /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
+  i64 lastRowid;          /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
+  int nCursor;            /* Number of entries in apCsr */
+  int pc;                 /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */
+  int nOp;                /* Size of aOp array */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of entries in aMem */
+  int nOnceFlag;          /* Number of entries in aOnceFlag */
+  int nChildMem;          /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
+  int nChildCsr;          /* Number of cursors for child frame */
+  int nChange;            /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
+};
+
+#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])
+
+/*
+** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
+*/
+#define CACHE_STALE 0
+
+/*
+** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
+** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
+** integer etc.) of the same value.
+*/
+struct Mem {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
+  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
+  double r;           /* Real value */
+  union {
+    i64 i;              /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
+    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
+    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
+    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame;  /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
+  } u;
+  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
+  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
+  u8  enc;            /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  Mem *pScopyFrom;    /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */
+  void *pFiller;      /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */
+#endif
+  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
+  char *zMalloc;      /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */
+};
+
+/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
+** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
+**
+** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
+** No other flags may be set in this case.
+**
+** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
+** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
+** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
+** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
+*/
+#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
+#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
+#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
+#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
+#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
+#define MEM_AffMask   0x001f   /* Mask of affinity bits */
+#define MEM_RowSet    0x0020   /* Value is a RowSet object */
+#define MEM_Frame     0x0040   /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
+#define MEM_Undefined 0x0080   /* Value is undefined */
+#define MEM_Cleared   0x0100   /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */
+#define MEM_TypeMask  0x01ff   /* Mask of type bits */
+
+
+/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
+** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
+** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
+** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
+*/
+#define MEM_Term      0x0200   /* String rep is nul terminated */
+#define MEM_Dyn       0x0400   /* Need to call Mem.xDel() on Mem.z */
+#define MEM_Static    0x0800   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
+#define MEM_Ephem     0x1000   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
+#define MEM_Agg       0x2000   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
+#define MEM_Zero      0x4000   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  #undef MEM_Zero
+  #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
+*/
+#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
+   ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
+
+/*
+** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid.  This macro
+** is for use inside assert() statements only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define memIsValid(M)  ((M)->flags & MEM_Undefined)==0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each auxilliary data pointer stored by a user defined function 
+** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance
+** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM
+** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed
+** when the VM is halted (if not before).
+*/
+struct AuxData {
+  int iOp;                        /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */
+  int iArg;                       /* Index of function argument. */
+  void *pAux;                     /* Aux data pointer */
+  void (*xDelete)(void *);        /* Destructor for the aux data */
+  AuxData *pNext;                 /* Next element in list */
+};
+
+/*
+** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
+** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
+** implement the SQL functions.
+**
+** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
+** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
+** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
+** structure are known.
+**
+** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
+** (Mem) which are only defined there.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_context {
+  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
+  Mem s;                /* The return value is stored here */
+  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
+  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;          /* The VM that owns this context */
+  int iOp;              /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
+  int isError;          /* Error code returned by the function. */
+  u8 skipFlag;          /* Skip skip accumulator loading if true */
+  u8 fErrorOrAux;       /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */
+};
+
+/*
+** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful
+** in describing recursive data structures.
+*/
+struct Explain {
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;       /* Attach the explanation to this Vdbe */
+  StrAccum str;      /* The string being accumulated */
+  int nIndent;       /* Number of elements in aIndent */
+  u16 aIndent[100];  /* Levels of indentation */
+  char zBase[100];   /* Initial space */
+};
+
+/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures.  Always follow with :N where
+** N is the number of bits.
+*/
+typedef unsigned bft;  /* Bit Field Type */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
+** state of the virtual machine.
+**
+** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare()
+** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
+**
+** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
+** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
+** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
+** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
+** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
+** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table 
+** method function.
+*/
+struct Vdbe {
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* The database connection that owns this statement */
+  Op *aOp;                /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
+  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
+  Mem **apArg;            /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
+  Mem *aColName;          /* Column names to return */
+  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
+  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context used to create this Vdbe */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
+  int nOp;                /* Number of instructions in the program */
+  int nCursor;            /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
+  u32 magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
+  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
+  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext;     /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
+  Mem *aVar;              /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
+  char **azVar;           /* Name of variables */
+  ynVar nVar;             /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
+  ynVar nzVar;            /* Number of entries in azVar[] */
+  u32 cacheCtr;           /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
+  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
+  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
+  u16 nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
+  u8 errorAction;         /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
+  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
+  bft explain:2;          /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
+  bft inVtabMethod:2;     /* See comments above */
+  bft changeCntOn:1;      /* True to update the change-counter */
+  bft expired:1;          /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
+  bft runOnlyOnce:1;      /* Automatically expire on reset */
+  bft usesStmtJournal:1;  /* True if uses a statement journal */
+  bft readOnly:1;         /* True for statements that do not write */
+  bft bIsReader:1;        /* True for statements that read */
+  bft isPrepareV2:1;      /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
+  bft doingRerun:1;       /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */
+  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
+  yDbMask btreeMask;      /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
+  yDbMask lockMask;       /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */
+  int iStatement;         /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
+  u32 aCounter[5];        /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
+#endif
+  i64 iCurrentTime;       /* Value of julianday('now') for this statement */
+  i64 nFkConstraint;      /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */
+  i64 nStmtDefCons;       /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */
+  i64 nStmtDefImmCons;    /* Number of def. imm constraints when stmt started */
+  char *zSql;             /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
+  void *pFree;            /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN
+  Explain *pExplain;      /* The explainer */
+  char *zExplain;         /* Explanation of data structures */
+#endif
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* Parent frame */
+  VdbeFrame *pDelFrame;   /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */
+  int nFrame;             /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
+  u32 expmask;            /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */
+  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */
+  int nOnceFlag;          /* Size of array aOnceFlag[] */
+  u8 *aOnceFlag;          /* Flags for OP_Once */
+  AuxData *pAuxData;      /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
+*/
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
+
+/*
+** Function prototypes
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
+void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe*, int, int);
+
+int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
+#define VdbeMemDynamic(X)  \
+  (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0)
+#define VdbeMemRelease(X)  \
+  if( VdbeMemDynamic(X) ) sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *, VdbeSorter *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
+# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
+  #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
+#else
+  #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
+  #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */
+
+/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/
+
+/*
+** Variables in which to record status information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
+  int nowValue[10];         /* Current value */
+  int mxValue[10];          /* Maximum value */
+} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
+
+
+/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
+** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdStatInit  sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
+# define wsdStat x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdStatInit
+# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the current value of a status parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+  return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+}
+
+/*
+** Add N to the value of a status record.  It is assumed that the
+** caller holds appropriate locks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+  wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
+  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of a status to X.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+  wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
+  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information.
+**
+** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
+** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation.  If that assumption is not true,
+** then this routine is not threadsafe.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
+  if( resetFlag ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information for a single database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* The database connection whose status is desired */
+  int op,               /* Status verb */
+  int *pCurrent,        /* Write current value here */
+  int *pHighwater,      /* Write high-water mark here */
+  int resetFlag         /* Reset high-water mark if true */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
+      *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
+      if( resetFlag ){
+        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: {
+      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT );
+      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE );
+      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL );
+      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 );
+      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 );
+      *pCurrent = 0;
+      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT];
+      if( resetFlag ){
+        db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* 
+    ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
+    ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection.  The
+    ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: {
+      int totalUsed = 0;
+      int i;
+      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+        if( pBt ){
+          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+          totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+      *pCurrent = totalUsed;
+      *pHighwater = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
+    ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed
+    ** databases.  *pHighwater is set to zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: {
+      int i;                      /* Used to iterate through schemas */
+      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */
+
+      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
+        if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){
+          HashElem *p;
+
+          nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
+              pSchema->tblHash.count 
+            + pSchema->trigHash.count
+            + pSchema->idxHash.count
+            + pSchema->fkeyHash.count
+          );
+          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht);
+          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht);
+          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht);
+          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht);
+
+          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+            sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p));
+          }
+          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+            sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p));
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+      *pHighwater = 0;
+      *pCurrent = nByte;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
+    ** to store all prepared statements.
+    ** *pHighwater is set to zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: {
+      struct Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* Used to iterate through VMs */
+      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */
+
+      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
+      for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe);
+      }
+      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
+
+      *pHighwater = 0;
+      *pCurrent = nByte;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
+    ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set 
+    ** to zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{
+      int i;
+      int nRet = 0;
+      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 );
+      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 );
+
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+          sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet);
+        }
+      }
+      *pHighwater = 0;
+      *pCurrent = nRet;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign
+    ** key constraints.  Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints
+    ** have been satisfied.  The *pHighwater is always set to zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS: {
+      *pHighwater = 0;
+      *pCurrent = db->nDeferredImmCons>0 || db->nDeferredCons>0;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default: {
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 October 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
+** functions for SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
+** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
+** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
+** calendar system. 
+**
+** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
+** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
+**
+** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
+** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
+** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
+** range of dates.
+**
+** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
+** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
+** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
+** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
+**
+** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
+** in the following text:
+**
+**      Jean Meeus
+**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
+**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
+**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
+**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+
+
+/*
+** A structure for holding a single date and time.
+*/
+typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
+struct DateTime {
+  sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
+  int Y, M, D;       /* Year, month, and day */
+  int h, m;          /* Hour and minutes */
+  int tz;            /* Timezone offset in minutes */
+  double s;          /* Seconds */
+  char validYMD;     /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
+  char validHMS;     /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
+  char validJD;      /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
+  char validTZ;      /* True (1) if tz is valid */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
+** come in groups of 5 as follows:
+**
+**       N       number of digits in the integer
+**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
+**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
+**       nextC   first character after the integer
+**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
+**
+** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
+** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
+*/
+static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int val;
+  int N;
+  int min;
+  int max;
+  int nextC;
+  int *pVal;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  va_start(ap, zDate);
+  do{
+    N = va_arg(ap, int);
+    min = va_arg(ap, int);
+    max = va_arg(ap, int);
+    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
+    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
+    val = 0;
+    while( N-- ){
+      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
+        goto end_getDigits;
+      }
+      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
+      zDate++;
+    }
+    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
+      goto end_getDigits;
+    }
+    *pVal = val;
+    zDate++;
+    cnt++;
+  }while( nextC );
+end_getDigits:
+  va_end(ap);
+  return cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
+** The extension is of the form:
+**
+**        (+/-)HH:MM
+**
+** Or the "zulu" notation:
+**
+**        Z
+**
+** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
+** of change in p->tz and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
+** return non-zero.
+**
+** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
+*/
+static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int sgn = 0;
+  int nHr, nMn;
+  int c;
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  p->tz = 0;
+  c = *zDate;
+  if( c=='-' ){
+    sgn = -1;
+  }else if( c=='+' ){
+    sgn = +1;
+  }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
+    zDate++;
+    goto zulu_time;
+  }else{
+    return c!=0;
+  }
+  zDate++;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
+zulu_time:
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  return *zDate!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
+** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
+** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
+**
+** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
+*/
+static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int h, m, s;
+  double ms = 0.0;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  if( *zDate==':' ){
+    zDate++;
+    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    zDate += 2;
+    if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
+      double rScale = 1.0;
+      zDate++;
+      while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
+        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
+        rScale *= 10.0;
+        zDate++;
+      }
+      ms /= rScale;
+    }
+  }else{
+    s = 0;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+  p->h = h;
+  p->m = m;
+  p->s = s + ms;
+  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
+  p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
+** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** Reference:  Meeus page 61
+*/
+static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
+
+  if( p->validJD ) return;
+  if( p->validYMD ){
+    Y = p->Y;
+    M = p->M;
+    D = p->D;
+  }else{
+    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
+    M = 1;
+    D = 1;
+  }
+  if( M<=2 ){
+    Y--;
+    M += 12;
+  }
+  A = Y/100;
+  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
+  X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
+  X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
+  p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
+  p->validJD = 1;
+  if( p->validHMS ){
+    p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
+    if( p->validTZ ){
+      p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
+      p->validYMD = 0;
+      p->validHMS = 0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse dates of the form
+**
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
+**     YYYY-MM-DD
+**
+** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
+** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
+** date.
+*/
+static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, neg;
+
+  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
+    zDate++;
+    neg = 1;
+  }else{
+    neg = 0;
+  }
+  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 10;
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
+  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    /* We got the time */
+  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
+    p->validHMS = 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
+  p->M = M;
+  p->D = D;
+  if( p->validTZ ){
+    computeJD(p);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS.
+**
+** Return the number of errors.
+*/
+static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
+  p->iJD = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
+  if( p->iJD>0 ){
+    p->validJD = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
+** the number of errors.
+**
+** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
+**
+**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
+**      DDDD.DD 
+**      now
+**
+** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
+** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
+** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
+** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
+** as there is a year and date.
+*/
+static int parseDateOrTime(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  const char *zDate, 
+  DateTime *p
+){
+  double r;
+  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
+    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+  }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+    p->validJD = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
+  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
+  if( p->validYMD ) return;
+  if( !p->validJD ){
+    p->Y = 2000;
+    p->M = 1;
+    p->D = 1;
+  }else{
+    Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
+    A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
+    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
+    B = A + 1524;
+    C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
+    D = (36525*C)/100;
+    E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
+    X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
+    p->D = B - D - X1;
+    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
+    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
+  }
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
+  int s;
+  if( p->validHMS ) return;
+  computeJD(p);
+  s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
+  p->s = s/1000.0;
+  s = (int)p->s;
+  p->s -= s;
+  p->h = s/3600;
+  s -= p->h*3600;
+  p->m = s/60;
+  p->s += s - p->m*60;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute both YMD and HMS
+*/
+static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
+  computeYMD(p);
+  computeHMS(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
+*/
+static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
+  p->validYMD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 0;
+  p->validTZ = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
+** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to 
+** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the 
+** order of the parameters is reversed.
+**
+** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
+**
+** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
+** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides 
+** localtime_s().
+*/
+#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \
+     defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
+#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+/*
+** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r()
+** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that
+** is available.  This routine returns 0 on success and
+** non-zero on any kind of error.
+**
+** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this
+** routine will always fail.
+**
+** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C
+** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of
+** local time.
+*/
+static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
+  int rc;
+#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \
+      && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S)
+  struct tm *pX;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  pX = localtime(t);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0;
+#endif
+  if( pX ) *pTm = *pX;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  rc = pX==0;
+#else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1;
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
+  rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0;
+#else
+  rc = localtime_s(pTm, t);
+#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
+#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+/*
+** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
+** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
+** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. 
+**
+** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
+** is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(
+  DateTime *p,                    /* Date at which to calculate offset */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Write error here if one occurs */
+  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */
+){
+  DateTime x, y;
+  time_t t;
+  struct tm sLocal;
+
+  /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */
+  memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal));
+
+  x = *p;
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55269-29598 The localtime_r() C function normally only
+    ** works for years between 1970 and 2037. For dates outside this range,
+    ** SQLite attempts to map the year into an equivalent year within this
+    ** range, do the calculation, then map the year back.
+    */
+    x.Y = 2000;
+    x.M = 1;
+    x.D = 1;
+    x.h = 0;
+    x.m = 0;
+    x.s = 0.0;
+  } else {
+    int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
+    x.s = s;
+  }
+  x.tz = 0;
+  x.validJD = 0;
+  computeJD(&x);
+  t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
+  if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1);
+    *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
+  y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
+  y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
+  y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
+  y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
+  y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
+  y.validYMD = 1;
+  y.validHMS = 1;
+  y.validJD = 0;
+  y.validTZ = 0;
+  computeJD(&y);
+  *pRc = SQLITE_OK;
+  return y.iJD - x.iJD;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
+
+/*
+** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
+** as follows:
+**
+**     NNN days
+**     NNN hours
+**     NNN minutes
+**     NNN.NNNN seconds
+**     NNN months
+**     NNN years
+**     start of month
+**     start of year
+**     start of week
+**     start of day
+**     weekday N
+**     unixepoch
+**     localtime
+**     utc
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error
+** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written
+** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is
+** written to pCtx.
+*/
+static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
+  int rc = 1;
+  int n;
+  double r;
+  char *z, zBuf[30];
+  z = zBuf;
+  for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
+    z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]];
+  }
+  z[n] = 0;
+  switch( z[0] ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+    case 'l': {
+      /*    localtime
+      **
+      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
+      ** show local time.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
+        computeJD(p);
+        p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case 'u': {
+      /*
+      **    unixepoch
+      **
+      ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
+      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
+        p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+      else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
+        sqlite3_int64 c1;
+        computeJD(p);
+        c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          p->iJD -= c1;
+          clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+          p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+    case 'w': {
+      /*
+      **    weekday N
+      **
+      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
+      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
+      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0
+               && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8)
+               && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
+        sqlite3_int64 Z;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->validTZ = 0;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
+        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
+        p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 's': {
+      /*
+      **    start of TTTTT
+      **
+      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
+      ** or month or year.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
+      z += 9;
+      computeYMD(p);
+      p->validHMS = 1;
+      p->h = p->m = 0;
+      p->s = 0.0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+      p->validJD = 0;
+      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        computeYMD(p);
+        p->M = 1;
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case '+':
+    case '-':
+    case '0':
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9': {
+      double rRounder;
+      for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){}
+      if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+        rc = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( z[n]==':' ){
+        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
+        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
+        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
+        ** omitted.
+        */
+        const char *z2 = z;
+        DateTime tx;
+        sqlite3_int64 day;
+        if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
+        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
+        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
+        computeJD(&tx);
+        tx.iJD -= 43200000;
+        day = tx.iJD/86400000;
+        tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
+        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
+        computeJD(p);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        p->iJD += tx.iJD;
+        rc = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      z += n;
+      while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
+      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
+      computeJD(p);
+      rc = 0;
+      rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
+      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder);
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
+      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        int x, y;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->M += (int)r;
+        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
+        p->Y += x;
+        p->M -= x*12;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        y = (int)r;
+        if( y!=r ){
+          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+        }
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        int y = (int)r;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->Y += y;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        if( y!=r ){
+          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+        }
+      }else{
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
+** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
+** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
+** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
+**
+** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
+** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
+*/
+static int isDate(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv, 
+  DateTime *p
+){
+  int i;
+  const unsigned char *z;
+  int eType;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  if( argc==0 ){
+    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+  }
+  if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
+                   || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+    p->validJD = 1;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    if( z==0 || parseModifier(context, (char*)z, p) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
+*/
+static void juliandayFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    computeJD(&x);
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void datetimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
+                     x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void timeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeHMS(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD
+*/
+static void dateFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
+**
+**   %d  day of month
+**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
+**   %H  hour 00-24
+**   %j  day of year 000-366
+**   %J  ** Julian day number
+**   %m  month 01-12
+**   %M  minute 00-59
+**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
+**   %S  seconds 00-59
+**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
+**   %W  week of year 00-53
+**   %Y  year 0000-9999
+**   %%  %
+*/
+static void strftimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  u64 n;
+  size_t i,j;
+  char *z;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
+  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
+    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
+      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
+        case 'd':
+        case 'H':
+        case 'm':
+        case 'M':
+        case 'S':
+        case 'W':
+          n++;
+          /* fall thru */
+        case 'w':
+        case '%':
+          break;
+        case 'f':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 'j':
+          n += 3;
+          break;
+        case 'Y':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 's':
+        case 'J':
+          n += 50;
+          break;
+        default:
+          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
+      }
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 );
+  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) );
+  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
+    z = zBuf;
+  }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    return;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
+    if( z==0 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  computeJD(&x);
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
+    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
+      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
+    }else{
+      i++;
+      switch( zFmt[i] ){
+        case 'd':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
+        case 'f': {
+          double s = x.s;
+          if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
+          sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
+          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'H':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
+        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
+        case 'j': {
+          int nDay;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
+          DateTime y = x;
+          y.validJD = 0;
+          y.M = 1;
+          y.D = 1;
+          computeJD(&y);
+          nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000);
+          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
+            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
+            wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7);
+            sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
+            j += 2;
+          }else{
+            sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
+            j += 3;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'J': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
+          j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
+        case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
+        case 's': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
+                           (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
+          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'S':  sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
+        case 'w': {
+          z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'Y': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        default:   z[j++] = '%'; break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1,
+                      z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_time()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as time('now').
+*/
+static void ctimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_date()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as date('now').
+*/
+static void cdateFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_timestamp()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
+*/
+static void ctimestampFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+/*
+** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
+** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
+** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
+** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
+** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
+**
+** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
+** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
+** as the user-data for the function.
+*/
+static void currentTimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  time_t t;
+  char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  sqlite3_int64 iT;
+  struct tm *pTm;
+  struct tm sNow;
+  char zBuf[20];
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
+  iT = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
+  if( iT<=0 ) return;
+  t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676;
+#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
+  pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
+#else
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+  pTm = gmtime(&t);
+  if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow));
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+#endif
+  if( pTm ){
+    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
+  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+    FUNCTION(julianday,        -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
+    FUNCTION(date,             -1, 0, 0, dateFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(time,             -1, 0, 0, timeFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(datetime,         -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc  ),
+    FUNCTION(strftime,         -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc  ),
+    FUNCTION(current_time,      0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc     ),
+    FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
+    FUNCTION(current_date,      0, 0, 0, cdateFunc     ),
+#else
+    STR_FUNCTION(current_time,      0, "%H:%M:%S",          0, currentTimeFunc),
+    STR_FUNCTION(current_date,      0, "%Y-%m-%d",          0, currentTimeFunc),
+    STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs);
+
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs); i++){
+    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 November 29
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
+** architectures.
+*/
+#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
+#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_
+
+/*
+** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate
+** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory
+** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may.
+** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX()
+** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro.
+**
+** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure 
+** testing:
+**
+**     sqlite3OsRead()
+**     sqlite3OsWrite()
+**     sqlite3OsSync()
+**     sqlite3OsFileSize()
+**     sqlite3OsLock()
+**     sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock()
+**     sqlite3OsFileControl()
+**     sqlite3OsShmMap()
+**     sqlite3OsOpen()
+**     sqlite3OsDelete()
+**     sqlite3OsAccess()
+**     sqlite3OsFullPathname()
+**
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1;
+  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)                                       \
+  if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3IsMemJournal(x))) {  \
+    void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10);                             \
+    if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;                       \
+    sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);                                         \
+  }
+#else
+  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
+** of the sqlite3_file object.  This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
+** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
+** C++ instead of plain old C.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pId->pMethods ){
+    rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId);
+    pId->pMethods = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
+  return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
+  return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail
+** and we need to know about the failures.  Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
+** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not
+** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it
+** is only a hint and can be safely ignored.  The sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
+** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO ){
+    /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite
+    ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding 
+    ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point 
+    ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM
+    ** but the transaction is committed anyway.
+    **
+    ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(),
+    ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably
+    ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned
+    ** to the user.  */
+    DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  }
+#endif
+  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
+  return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){
+  return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){
+  id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){
+  return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(
+  sqlite3_file *id,               /* Database file handle */
+  int iPage,
+  int pgsz,
+  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
+  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp);
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
+  return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p);
+}
+#else
+/* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
+  *pp = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
+** VFS methods.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
+  int flags, 
+  int *pFlagsOut
+){
+  int rc;
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
+  ** down into the VFS layer.  Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
+  ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
+  ** reaching the VFS. */
+  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 );
+  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  int flags, 
+  int *pResOut
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  int nPathOut, 
+  char *zPathOut
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  zPathOut[0] = 0;
+  return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
+  return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
+  pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){
+  return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
+  return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
+  return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){
+  int rc;
+  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64()
+  ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available
+  ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and
+  ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is
+  ** unavailable.
+  */
+  if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){
+    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut);
+  }else{
+    double r;
+    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r);
+    *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zFile, 
+  sqlite3_file **ppFile, 
+  int flags,
+  int *pOutFlags
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  sqlite3_file *pFile;
+  pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile);
+  if( pFile ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_free(pFile);
+    }else{
+      *ppFile = pFile;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pFile );
+  rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
+  sqlite3_free(pFile);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of
+** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the
+** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an
+** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){
+  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10);
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return sqlite3_os_init();
+}
+
+/*
+** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
+*/
+static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
+#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)
+
+/*
+** Locate a VFS by name.  If no name is given, simply return the
+** first VFS on the list.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return 0;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
+    if( zVfs==0 ) break;
+    if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return pVfs;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
+*/
+static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
+  if( pVfs==0 ){
+    /* No-op */
+  }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
+    vfsList = pVfs->pNext;
+  }else if( vfsList ){
+    sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList;
+    while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){
+      p = p->pNext;
+    }
+    if( p->pNext==pVfs ){
+      p->pNext = pVfs->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a VFS with the system.  It is harmless to register the same
+** VFS multiple times.  The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is
+** true.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
+  MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;)
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
+  if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
+    pVfs->pNext = vfsList;
+    vfsList = pVfs;
+  }else{
+    pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext;
+    vfsList->pNext = pVfs;
+  }
+  assert(vfsList);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/************** End of os.c **************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 Jan 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" 
+** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
+** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
+** and returns 0). 
+**
+** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
+** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
+** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
+** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this 
+** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The 
+** hash table will continue to function normally.  So a malloc failure 
+** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+
+/*
+** Global variables.
+*/
+typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
+  void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
+  void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
+} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };
+
+/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
+** structure.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdHooksInit \
+  BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
+# define wsdHooks x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdHooksInit
+# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
+** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(
+  void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
+  void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
+){
+  wsdHooksInit;
+  wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
+  wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that
+** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
+** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
+  wsdHooksInit;
+  if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){
+    wsdHooks.xBenignBegin();
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
+  wsdHooksInit;
+  if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
+    wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
+  }
+}
+
+#endif   /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when
+** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined.  The allocation drivers implemented
+** here always fail.  SQLite will not operate with these drivers.  These
+** are merely placeholders.  Real drivers must be substituted using
+** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
+** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
+** macros.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
+
+/*
+** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; }
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; }
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; }
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; }
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */
+
+/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
+** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
+** to obtain the memory it needs.
+**
+** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.  The content of
+** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined.  The
+** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the
+** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined.  The
+** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this
+** file.
+**
+** C-preprocessor macro summary:
+**
+**    HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE     The configure script sets this symbol if
+**                                the malloc_usable_size() interface exists
+**                                on the target platform.  Or, this symbol
+**                                can be set manually, if desired.
+**                                If an equivalent interface exists by
+**                                a different name, using a separate -D
+**                                option to rename it.
+**
+**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC   Some older macs lack support for the zone
+**                                memory allocator.  Set this symbol to enable
+**                                building on older macs.
+**
+**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE        Set this symbol to disable the use of
+**                                _msize() on windows systems.  This might
+**                                be necessary when compiling for Delphi,
+**                                for example.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
+** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
+** macros.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
+
+/*
+** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the
+** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined.
+*/
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <malloc/malloc.h>
+#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
+static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_;
+#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x))
+#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x));
+#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y))
+#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \
+        (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x))
+
+#else /* if not __APPLE__ */
+
+/*
+** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.  
+** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x)             malloc(x)
+#define SQLITE_FREE(x)               free(x)
+#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y)          realloc((x),(y))
+
+/*
+** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function
+** on some systems (e.g. Linux).
+*/
+#if defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H) && defined(HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE)
+#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H
+#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE
+/*
+** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize().  The
+** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with
+** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE.  Using the _msize() function also requires
+** the malloc.h header file.
+*/
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE)
+#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H
+#  define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary.  Also set define macro
+** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize()
+** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux).
+** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining
+** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H)
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE)
+#    if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
+#      define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x)   malloc_usable_size(x)
+#    endif
+#  elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE)
+#    if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
+#      define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE      _msize
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */
+
+#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */
+
+/*
+** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
+** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
+** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
+** routines.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte );
+  if( p==0 ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
+  }
+  return p;
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
+  p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 );
+  if( p ){
+    p[0] = nByte;
+    p++;
+  }else{
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
+  }
+  return (void *)p;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
+** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
+** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
+** by higher-level routines.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  SQLITE_FREE(pPrior);
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  p--;
+  SQLITE_FREE(p);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
+** or xRealloc().
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  return pPrior ? (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior) : 0;
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
+  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  p--;
+  return (int)p[0];
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Like realloc().  Resize an allocation previously obtained from
+** sqlite3MemMalloc().
+**
+** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0.  Cases where
+** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
+** redirected to xMalloc.  Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
+** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
+** routines and redirected to xFree.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
+      SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte);
+  }
+  return p;
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
+  assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
+  p--;
+  p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 );
+  if( p ){
+    p[0] = nByte;
+    p++;
+  }else{
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
+      sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte);
+  }
+  return (void*)p;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
+  return ROUND8(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
+  int cpuCount;
+  size_t len;
+  if( _sqliteZone_ ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  len = sizeof(cpuCount);
+  /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */
+  sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0);
+  if( cpuCount>1 ){
+    /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */
+    _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone();
+  }else{
+    /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, 
+    ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */
+    bool success;
+    malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0);
+    malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap");
+    do{
+      success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone, 
+                                 (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_);
+    }while(!_sqliteZone_);
+    if( !success ){
+      /* somebody registered a zone first */
+      malloc_destroy_zone(newzone);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */
+
+/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
+** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
+** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging
+** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory
+** leaks and memory usage errors.
+**
+** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the
+** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+
+/*
+** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC
+*/
+#ifdef __GLIBC__
+  extern int backtrace(void**,int);
+  extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
+#else
+# define backtrace(A,B) 1
+# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
+#endif
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+/*
+** Each memory allocation looks like this:
+**
+**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**  | Title |  backtrace pointers |  MemBlockHdr |  allocation |  EndGuard |
+**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation.  We have
+** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr.  The
+** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of
+** backtrace pointers.  There is also a guard word at the end of the
+** MemBlockHdr.
+*/
+struct MemBlockHdr {
+  i64 iSize;                          /* Size of this allocation */
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */
+  char nBacktrace;                    /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */
+  char nBacktraceSlots;               /* Available backtrace slots */
+  u8 nTitle;                          /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */
+  u8 eType;                           /* Allocation type code */
+  int iForeGuard;                     /* Guard word for sanity */
+};
+
+/*
+** Guard words
+*/
+#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153
+#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53
+
+/*
+** Number of malloc size increments to track.
+*/
+#define NCSIZE  1000
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static struct {
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+
+  /*
+  ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations
+  */
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
+  
+  /*
+  ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
+  */
+  int nBacktrace;
+  void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **);
+
+  /*
+  ** Title text to insert in front of each block
+  */
+  int nTitle;        /* Bytes of zTitle to save.  Includes '\0' and padding */
+  char zTitle[100];  /* The title text */
+
+  /* 
+  ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
+  ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
+  */
+  int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */
+
+  /*
+  ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations.
+  ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8
+  ** bytes.  i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for
+  ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes.
+  */
+  int nAlloc[NCSIZE];      /* Total number of allocations */
+  int nCurrent[NCSIZE];    /* Current number of allocations */
+  int mxCurrent[NCSIZE];   /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */
+
+} mem;
+
+
+/*
+** Adjust memory usage statistics
+*/
+static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){
+  int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8;
+  if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){
+    i = NCSIZE - 1;
+  }
+  if( increment>0 ){
+    mem.nAlloc[i]++;
+    mem.nCurrent[i]++;
+    if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){
+      mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i];
+    }
+  }else{
+    mem.nCurrent[i]--;
+    assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation.
+**
+** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and
+** if they are incorrect it asserts.
+*/
+static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *p;
+  int *pInt;
+  u8 *pU8;
+  int nReserve;
+
+  p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation;
+  p--;
+  assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD );
+  nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize);
+  pInt = (int*)pAllocation;
+  pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
+  assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
+  /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
+  ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure 
+  ** they haven't been overwritten.
+  */
+  while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  if( !p ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+  return (int)pHdr->iSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 );
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already
+    ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */
+    mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  mem.mutex = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
+  return ROUND8(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes.  This is used to preset
+** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and
+** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values.
+*/
+static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){
+  unsigned int x, y, r;
+  x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf);
+  y = nByte | 1;
+  while( nByte >= 4 ){
+    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
+    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
+    r = x ^ y;
+    *(int*)pBuf = r;
+    pBuf += 4;
+    nByte -= 4;
+  }
+  while( nByte-- > 0 ){
+    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
+    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
+    r = x ^ y;
+    *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  char *z;
+  int *pInt;
+  void *p = 0;
+  int totalSize;
+  int nReserve;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
+  nReserve = ROUND8(nByte);
+  totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) +
+               mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle;
+  p = malloc(totalSize);
+  if( p ){
+    z = p;
+    pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle];
+    pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace];
+    pHdr->pNext = 0;
+    pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast;
+    if( mem.pLast ){
+      mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr;
+    }else{
+      mem.pFirst = pHdr;
+    }
+    mem.pLast = pHdr;
+    pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
+    pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP;
+    pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
+    pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
+    if( mem.nBacktrace ){
+      void *aAddr[40];
+      pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1;
+      memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*));
+      assert(pBt[0]);
+      if( mem.xBacktrace ){
+        mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]);
+      }
+    }else{
+      pHdr->nBacktrace = 0;
+    }
+    if( mem.nTitle ){
+      memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle);
+    }
+    pHdr->iSize = nByte;
+    adjustStats(nByte, +1);
+    pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
+    pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
+    randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte);
+    memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte);
+    p = (void*)pInt;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+  return p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  char *z;
+  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 
+       || mem.mutex!=0 );
+  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
+  pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+  pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  if( pHdr->pPrev ){
+    assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr );
+    pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr );
+    mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pHdr->pNext ){
+    assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr );
+    pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev;
+  }else{
+    assert( mem.pLast==pHdr );
+    mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev;
+  }
+  z = (char*)pBt;
+  z -= pHdr->nTitle;
+  adjustStats((int)pHdr->iSize, -1);
+  randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
+                (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
+  free(z);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
+**
+** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
+** allocation into a new place in memory.  In this way, if the 
+** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is 
+** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
+** the error.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr;
+  void *pNew;
+  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
+  assert( (nByte & 7)==0 );     /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
+  pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
+  pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
+  if( pNew ){
+    memcpy(pNew, pPrior, (int)(nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize));
+    if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
+      randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - (int)pOldHdr->iSize);
+    }
+    sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the "type" of an allocation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
+    pHdr->eType = eType;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the
+** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
+**
+** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
+** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
+**
+**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
+  int rc = 1;
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
+    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the
+** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
+**
+** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
+** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
+**
+**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){
+  int rc = 1;
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
+    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation.
+** A value of zero turns off backtracing.  The number is always rounded
+** up to a multiple of 2.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){
+  if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; }
+  if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; }
+  depth = (depth+1)&0xfe;
+  mem.nBacktrace = depth;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){
+  mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the title string for subsequent allocations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){
+  unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1;
+  memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n);
+  mem.zTitle[n] = 0;
+  mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
+    void **pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+    pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+    mem.xBacktrace((int)pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
+  FILE *out;
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  int i;
+  out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+  if( out==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                    zFilename);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
+    char *z = (char*)pHdr;
+    z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
+    fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", 
+            pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
+    if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
+      fflush(out);
+      pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+      pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+      backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out));
+      fprintf(out, "\n");
+    }
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
+  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
+    if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
+      fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", 
+            i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){
+    fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
+             NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1],
+             mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]);
+  }
+  fclose(out);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
+  int i;
+  int nTotal = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE; i++){
+    nTotal += mem.nAlloc[i];
+  }
+  return nTotal;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */
+
+/************** End of mem2.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem3.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 October 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
+** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
+** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
+** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
+** be changed.
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
+** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is only built into the library
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. Defining this symbol does not
+** mean that the library will use a memory-pool by default, just that
+** it is available. The mempool allocator is activated by calling
+** sqlite3_config().
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+
+/*
+** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk.
+*/
+#define MX_SMALL 10
+
+
+/*
+** Number of freelist hash slots
+*/
+#define N_HASH  61
+
+/*
+** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or 
+** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes.  The first 8 bytes are 
+** a header that is not returned to the user.
+**
+** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
+** free.  The first block has format u.hdr.  u.hdr.size4x is 4 times the
+** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free.
+** The u.hdr.size4x&1 bit is true if the chunk is checked out and
+** false if the chunk is on the freelist.  The u.hdr.size4x&2 bit
+** is true if the previous chunk is checked out and false if the
+** previous chunk is free.  The u.hdr.prevSize field is the size of
+** the previous chunk in blocks if the previous chunk is on the
+** freelist. If the previous chunk is checked out, then
+** u.hdr.prevSize can be part of the data for that chunk and should
+** not be read or written.
+**
+** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem3.aPool[].  When
+** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of
+** the chunk.  In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1.
+** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent
+** of a NULL pointer.
+**
+** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list.  The
+** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
+** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] 
+** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
+**
+** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked 
+** out.  If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
+** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block;
+struct Mem3Block {
+  union {
+    struct {
+      u32 prevSize;   /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */
+      u32 size4x;     /* 4x the size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */
+    } hdr;
+    struct {
+      u32 next;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of next free chunk */
+      u32 prev;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of previous free chunk */
+    } list;
+  } u;
+};
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem3".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global {
+  /*
+  ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array
+  ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2.
+  */
+  u32 nPool;
+  Mem3Block *aPool;
+
+  /*
+  ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
+  */
+  int alarmBusy;
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+  
+  /*
+  ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
+  */
+  u32 mnMaster;
+
+  /*
+  ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk.  Most new allocations
+  ** occur off of this chunk.  szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
+  ** of the current master.  iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk.
+  ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
+  */
+  u32 iMaster;
+  u32 szMaster;
+
+  /*
+  ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size 
+  ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
+  ** chunks.
+  */
+  u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1];   /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */
+  u32 aiHash[N_HASH];        /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */
+} mem3 = { 97535575 };
+
+#define mem3 GLOBAL(struct Mem3Global, mem3)
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently
+** on.  *pRoot is the list that i is a member of.
+*/
+static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
+  u32 next = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
+  u32 prev = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  if( prev==0 ){
+    *pRoot = next;
+  }else{
+    mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next;
+  }
+  if( next ){
+    mem3.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev;
+  }
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0;
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at index i from 
+** whatever list is currently a member of.
+*/
+static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
+  u32 size, hash;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+  assert( size>=2 );
+  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
+    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
+  }else{
+    hash = size % N_HASH;
+    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted
+** at *pRoot.
+*/
+static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot;
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
+  if( *pRoot ){
+    mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i;
+  }
+  *pRoot = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate
+** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table.
+*/
+static void memsys3Link(u32 i){
+  u32 size, hash;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+  assert( size>=2 );
+  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
+    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
+  }else{
+    hash = size % N_HASH;
+    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
+** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
+*/
+static void memsys3Enter(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
+    mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
+}
+static void memsys3Leave(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes.
+*/
+static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){
+  if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){
+    mem3.alarmBusy = 1;
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+    sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
+    mem3.alarmBusy = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked.  Adjust its 
+** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the 
+** user portion of the chunk.
+*/
+static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
+  u32 x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock );
+  assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock );
+  x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2);
+  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+  return &mem3.aPool[i];
+}
+
+/*
+** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
+** Return a pointer to the new allocation.  Or, if the master chunk
+** is not large enough, return 0.
+*/
+static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
+  if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
+    /* Use the entire master */
+    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
+    mem3.iMaster = 0;
+    mem3.szMaster = 0;
+    mem3.mnMaster = 0;
+    return p;
+  }else{
+    /* Split the master block.  Return the tail. */
+    u32 newi, x;
+    newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
+    assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
+    mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+    if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
+      mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+    return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
+** or same size hash.  In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
+** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].  
+**
+** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
+** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.  
+**
+** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces 
+** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk.  In order for
+** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
+** linked into the hash tables.  That is not the normal state of
+** affairs, of course.  The calling routine must link the master
+** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
+** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished.
+*/
+static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
+  u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){
+    iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
+    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+    assert( (size&1)==0 );
+    if( (size&2)==0 ){
+      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot);
+      assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+      prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+      if( prev==iNext ){
+        iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next;
+      }
+      memsys3Unlink(prev);
+      size = i + size/4 - prev;
+      x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+      mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
+      memsys3Link(prev);
+      i = prev;
+    }else{
+      size /= 4;
+    }
+    if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
+      mem3.iMaster = i;
+      mem3.szMaster = size;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
+** Return NULL if unable.
+**
+** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
+** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
+*/
+static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
+  u32 i;
+  u32 nBlock;
+  u32 toFree;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
+  if( nByte<=12 ){
+    nBlock = 2;
+  }else{
+    nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8;
+  }
+  assert( nBlock>=2 );
+
+  /* STEP 1:
+  ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small
+  ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table.  This is
+  ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10).
+  */
+  if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){
+    i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2];
+    if( i>0 ){
+      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]);
+      return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
+    }
+  }else{
+    int hash = nBlock % N_HASH;
+    for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){
+      if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){
+        memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+        return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* STEP 2:
+  ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
+  ** of the master chunk.  This step usually works if step 1 fails.
+  */
+  if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
+    return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+  }
+
+
+  /* STEP 3:  
+  ** Loop through the entire memory pool.  Coalesce adjacent free
+  ** chunks.  Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
+  ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
+  ** of the end of the master chunk.  This step happens very
+  ** rarely (we hope!)
+  */
+  for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){
+    memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree);
+    if( mem3.iMaster ){
+      memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster);
+      mem3.iMaster = 0;
+      mem3.szMaster = 0;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
+      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
+      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]);
+    }
+    if( mem3.szMaster ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
+      if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
+        return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
+**
+** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
+** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
+*/
+static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
+  Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
+  int i;
+  u32 size, x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
+  i = p - mem3.aPool;
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 );
+  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1;
+  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
+  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
+  memsys3Link(i);
+
+  /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
+  if( mem3.iMaster ){
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
+      size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+      mem3.iMaster -= size;
+      mem3.szMaster += size;
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
+      x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
+      mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
+** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
+** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
+*/
+static int memsys3Size(void *p){
+  Mem3Block *pBlock;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p;
+  assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 );
+  return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int memsys3Roundup(int n){
+  if( n<=12 ){
+    return 12;
+  }else{
+    return ((n+11)&~7) - 4;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  assert( nBytes>0 );          /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */
+  memsys3Enter();
+  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  memsys3Leave();
+  return (void*)p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
+  assert( pPrior );
+  memsys3Enter();
+  memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  memsys3Leave();
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+  int nOld;
+  void *p;
+  if( pPrior==0 ){
+    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
+  }
+  if( nBytes<=0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior);
+  if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){
+    return pPrior;
+  }
+  memsys3Enter();
+  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  if( p ){
+    if( nOld<nBytes ){
+      memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
+    }else{
+      memcpy(p, pPrior, nBytes);
+    }
+    memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  }
+  memsys3Leave();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */
+  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
+  mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
+  mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
+
+  /* Initialize the master block. */
+  mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
+  mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
+  mem3.iMaster = 1;
+  mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2;
+  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool;
+  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  mem3.mutex = 0;
+  return;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  FILE *out;
+  u32 i, j;
+  u32 size;
+  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
+    out = stdout;
+  }else{
+    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+    if( out==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                      zFilename);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memsys3Enter();
+  fprintf(out, "CHUNKS:\n");
+  for(i=1; i<=mem3.nPool; i+=size/4){
+    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+    if( size/4<=1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( (size&1)==0 && mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size/4 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( size&1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
+                  i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
+    if( mem3.aiSmall[i]==0 ) continue;
+    fprintf(out, "small(%2d):", i);
+    for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
+      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
+              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
+    }
+    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
+    if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
+    fprintf(out, "hash(%2d):", i);
+    for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
+      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
+              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
+    }
+    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
+  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
+  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+  if( out==stdout ){
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }else{
+    fclose(out);
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
+** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
+**
+** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
+** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = {
+     memsys3Malloc,
+     memsys3Free,
+     memsys3Realloc,
+     memsys3Size,
+     memsys3Roundup,
+     memsys3Init,
+     memsys3Shutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &mempoolMethods;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */
+
+/************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 October 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
+** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
+** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
+** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
+** be changed.
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
+** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
+**
+** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm:
+**
+**   1.  All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2.
+**
+**   2.  If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block,
+**       then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block.
+**
+**   3.  New memory is allocated from the first available free block.
+**
+** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
+** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
+** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
+** 
+** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum
+** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.)  Let M
+** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time.  Let
+** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation.  Robson
+** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to 
+** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds:
+**
+**      N >=  M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1
+**
+** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so
+** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+
+/*
+** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
+** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
+** size of the array is a power of 2.
+**
+** The size of this object must be a power of two.  That fact is
+** verified in memsys5Init().
+*/
+typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link;
+struct Mem5Link {
+  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
+  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.szAtom). Since
+** mem5.szAtom is always at least 8 and 32-bit integers are used,
+** it is not actually possible to reach this limit.
+*/
+#define LOGMAX 30
+
+/*
+** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
+*/
+#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block */
+#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem5".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
+  /*
+  ** Memory available for allocation
+  */
+  int szAtom;      /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
+  int nBlock;      /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */
+  u8 *zPool;       /* Memory available to be allocated */
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+
+  /*
+  ** Performance statistics
+  */
+  u64 nAlloc;         /* Total number of calls to malloc */
+  u64 totalAlloc;     /* Total of all malloc calls - includes internal frag */
+  u64 totalExcess;    /* Total internal fragmentation */
+  u32 currentOut;     /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */
+  u32 currentCount;   /* Current number of distinct checkouts */
+  u32 maxOut;         /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */
+  u32 maxCount;       /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
+  u32 maxRequest;     /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
+  
+  /*
+  ** Lists of free blocks.  aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of
+  ** size mem5.szAtom.  aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2.
+  ** and so forth.
+  */
+  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];
+
+  /*
+  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
+  ** of each block.  One byte per block.
+  */
+  u8 *aCtrl;
+
+} mem5;
+
+/*
+** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD.
+*/
+#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)
+
+/*
+** Assuming mem5.zPool is divided up into an array of Mem5Link
+** structures, return a pointer to the idx-th such link.
+*/
+#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.szAtom]))
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently
+** on.  It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize].
+*/
+static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){
+  int next, prev;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
+
+  next = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
+  prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev;
+  if( prev<0 ){
+    mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
+  }else{
+    MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next;
+  }
+  if( next>=0 ){
+    MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
+** free list.
+*/
+static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){
+  int x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
+
+  x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
+  MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1;
+  if( x>=0 ){
+    assert( x<mem5.nBlock );
+    MEM5LINK(x)->prev = i;
+  }
+  mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
+** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
+*/
+static void memsys5Enter(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
+}
+static void memsys5Leave(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
+** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
+** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
+*/
+static int memsys5Size(void *p){
+  int iSize = 0;
+  if( p ){
+    int i = (int)(((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
+    assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+    iSize = mem5.szAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
+  }
+  return iSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
+** Return NULL if unable.  Return NULL if nBytes==0.
+**
+** The caller guarantees that nByte is positive.
+**
+** The caller has obtained a mutex prior to invoking this
+** routine so there is never any chance that two or more
+** threads can be in this routine at the same time.
+*/
+static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
+  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
+  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
+  int iFullSz;     /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
+  int iLogsize;    /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */
+
+  /* nByte must be a positive */
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+
+  /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request.  Even unfulfilled
+  ** requests are counted */
+  if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
+    mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
+  }
+
+  /* Abort if the requested allocation size is larger than the largest
+  ** power of two that we can represent using 32-bit signed integers.
+  */
+  if( nByte > 0x40000000 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
+  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){}
+
+  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
+  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
+  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
+  */
+  for(iBin=iLogsize; iBin<=LOGMAX && mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0; iBin++){}
+  if( iBin>LOGMAX ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  i = mem5.aiFreelist[iBin];
+  memsys5Unlink(i, iBin);
+  while( iBin>iLogsize ){
+    int newSize;
+
+    iBin--;
+    newSize = 1 << iBin;
+    mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
+    memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin);
+  }
+  mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
+
+  /* Update allocator performance statistics. */
+  mem5.nAlloc++;
+  mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz;
+  mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
+  mem5.currentCount++;
+  mem5.currentOut += iFullSz;
+  if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
+  if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Make sure the allocated memory does not assume that it is set to zero
+  ** or retains a value from a previous allocation */
+  memset(&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom], 0xAA, iFullSz);
+#endif
+
+  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
+  return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom];
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
+*/
+static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
+  u32 size, iLogsize;
+  int iBlock;
+
+  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
+  ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
+  */
+  iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
+
+  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
+  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.szAtom==0 );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );
+
+  iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
+  size = 1<<iLogsize;
+  assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock );
+
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
+  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
+  assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) );
+  mem5.currentCount--;
+  mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom;
+  assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
+  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );
+
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+  while( ALWAYS(iLogsize<LOGMAX) ){
+    int iBuddy;
+    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
+      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
+    }else{
+      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
+    }
+    assert( iBuddy>=0 );
+    if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>mem5.nBlock ) break;
+    if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
+    memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize);
+    iLogsize++;
+    if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
+      iBlock = iBuddy;
+    }else{
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
+    }
+    size *= 2;
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Overwrite freed memory with the 0x55 bit pattern to verify that it is
+  ** not used after being freed */
+  memset(&mem5.zPool[iBlock*mem5.szAtom], 0x55, size);
+#endif
+
+  memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
+  if( nBytes>0 ){
+    memsys5Enter();
+    p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+    memsys5Leave();
+  }
+  return (void*)p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+**
+** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
+** being called with pPrior==0.
+*/
+static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  memsys5Enter();
+  memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  memsys5Leave();  
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
+**
+** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
+** being called with pPrior==0.  
+**
+** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to
+** memsys5Round().  Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power
+** of two.  If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation
+** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this
+** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior.
+*/
+static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+  int nOld;
+  void *p;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 );  /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
+  assert( nBytes>=0 );
+  if( nBytes==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
+  if( nBytes<=nOld ){
+    return pPrior;
+  }
+  memsys5Enter();
+  p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  if( p ){
+    memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
+    memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  }
+  memsys5Leave();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.  If
+** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system,
+** return 0.
+**
+** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a
+** 32-bit signed integer.  Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000
+** or 1073741824 bytes.
+*/
+static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
+  int iFullSz;
+  if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0;
+  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2);
+  return iFullSz;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ceiling of the logarithm base 2 of iValue.
+**
+** Examples:   memsys5Log(1) -> 0
+**             memsys5Log(2) -> 1
+**             memsys5Log(4) -> 2
+**             memsys5Log(5) -> 3
+**             memsys5Log(8) -> 3
+**             memsys5Log(9) -> 4
+*/
+static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
+  int iLog;
+  for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
+  return iLog;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocator.
+**
+** This routine is not threadsafe.  The caller must be holding a mutex
+** to prevent multiple threads from entering at the same time.
+*/
+static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){
+  int ii;            /* Loop counter */
+  int nByte;         /* Number of bytes of memory available to this allocator */
+  u8 *zByte;         /* Memory usable by this allocator */
+  int nMinLog;       /* Log base 2 of minimum allocation size in bytes */
+  int iOffset;       /* An offset into mem5.aCtrl[] */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  /* For the purposes of this routine, disable the mutex */
+  mem5.mutex = 0;
+
+  /* The size of a Mem5Link object must be a power of two.  Verify that
+  ** this is case.
+  */
+  assert( (sizeof(Mem5Link)&(sizeof(Mem5Link)-1))==0 );
+
+  nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
+  zByte = (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
+  assert( zByte!=0 );  /* sqlite3_config() does not allow otherwise */
+
+  /* boundaries on sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq are enforced in sqlite3_config() */
+  nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
+  mem5.szAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
+  while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.szAtom ){
+    mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1;
+  }
+
+  mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8)));
+  mem5.zPool = zByte;
+  mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom];
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
+    mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
+  }
+
+  iOffset = 0;
+  for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
+    int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
+    if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){
+      mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
+      memsys5Link(iOffset, ii);
+      iOffset += nAlloc;
+    }
+    assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock);
+  }
+
+  /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){
+    mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  mem5.mutex = 0;
+  return;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
+  FILE *out;
+  int i, j, n;
+  int nMinLog;
+
+  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
+    out = stdout;
+  }else{
+    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+    if( out==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                      zFilename);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memsys5Enter();
+  nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom);
+  for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
+    for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
+    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n);
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut   = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut       = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount     = %u\n", mem5.maxCount);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
+  memsys5Leave();
+  if( out==stdout ){
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }else{
+    fclose(out);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
+** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = {
+     memsys5Malloc,
+     memsys5Free,
+     memsys5Realloc,
+     memsys5Size,
+     memsys5Roundup,
+     memsys5Init,
+     memsys5Shutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &memsys5Methods;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */
+
+/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
+**
+** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.
+*/
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT)
+/*
+** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized
+** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to
+** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0;
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+/*
+** Initialize the mutex system.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
+    /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
+    ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to 
+    ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
+    ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
+    */
+    sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom;
+    sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+      pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
+    }else{
+      pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex();
+    }
+    memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc));
+    memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree,
+           sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree));
+    pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1;
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
+** sqlite3MutexInit().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
+    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) );
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a dynamic mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block
+** until it can be obtained.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another
+** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
+** entered by the same thread.  The behavior is undefined if the mutex 
+** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
+** this function is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
+
+/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 07
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
+**
+** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
+** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
+** that use SQLite in a single thread.  The routines defined
+** here are place-holders.  Applications can substitute working
+** mutex routines at start-time using the
+**
+**     sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...)
+**
+** interface.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted
+** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being
+** called correctly.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Stub routines for all mutex methods.
+**
+** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking.
+*/
+static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ 
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+  return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; 
+}
+static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    noopMutexInit,
+    noopMutexEnd,
+    noopMutexAlloc,
+    noopMutexFree,
+    noopMutexEnter,
+    noopMutexTry,
+    noopMutexLeave,
+
+    0,
+    0,
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing
+** and debugging purposes.  The mutexes still do not provide any
+** mutual exclusion.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The mutex object
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex {
+  int id;     /* The mutex type */
+  int cnt;    /* Number of entries without a matching leave */
+} sqlite3_debug_mutex;
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
+}
+static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
+  static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6];
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
+  switch( id ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
+      if( pNew ){
+        pNew->id = id;
+        pNew->cnt = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( id-2 >= 0 );
+      assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) );
+      pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
+      pNew->id = id;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
+*/
+static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( p->cnt==0 );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
+  p->cnt++;
+}
+static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
+  p->cnt++;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) );
+  p->cnt--;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    debugMutexInit,
+    debugMutexEnd,
+    debugMutexAlloc,
+    debugMutexFree,
+    debugMutexEnter,
+    debugMutexTry,
+    debugMutexLeave,
+
+    debugMutexHeld,
+    debugMutexNotheld
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation
+** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  return sqlite3NoopMutex();
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
+
+/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe
+** under unix with pthreads.
+**
+** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that
+** supports recursive mutexes.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields
+** are necessary under two condidtions:  (1) Debug builds and (2) using
+** home-grown mutexes.  Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX)
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_mutex {
+  pthread_mutex_t mutex;     /* Mutex controlling the lock */
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
+  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of entrances */
+  volatile pthread_t owner;  /* Thread that is within this mutex */
+  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
+#endif
+};
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 }
+#else
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
+** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
+** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
+** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
+** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a 
+** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic.  But we are
+** told that HPUX is not such a platform.  If so, then these routines
+** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
+**
+** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite
+** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to
+** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
+** routines are never called.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
+}
+static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** </ul>
+**
+** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
+  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+  };
+  sqlite3_mutex *p;
+  switch( iType ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+        /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to
+        ** build our own.  See below. */
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
+#else
+        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
+        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
+        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
+        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
+        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+        p->id = iType;
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+        p->id = iType;
+#endif
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
+      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) );
+      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+      p->id = iType;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** mutex that it allocates.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->nRef==0 );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
+  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
+  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
+  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
+  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
+  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
+  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
+  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
+  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
+  */
+  {
+    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
+    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
+      p->nRef++;
+    }else{
+      pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
+      assert( p->nRef==0 );
+      p->owner = self;
+      p->nRef = 1;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
+  */
+  pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
+  p->owner = pthread_self();
+  p->nRef++;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  int rc;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
+  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
+  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
+  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
+  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
+  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
+  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
+  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
+  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
+  */
+  {
+    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
+    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
+      p->nRef++;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
+      assert( p->nRef==0 );
+      p->owner = self;
+      p->nRef = 1;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
+  */
+  if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+    p->owner = pthread_self();
+    p->nRef++;
+#endif
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
+    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) );
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+  p->nRef--;
+  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
+#endif
+  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  if( p->nRef==0 ){
+    pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
+  }
+#else
+  pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    pthreadMutexInit,
+    pthreadMutexEnd,
+    pthreadMutexAlloc,
+    pthreadMutexFree,
+    pthreadMutexEnter,
+    pthreadMutexTry,
+    pthreadMutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    pthreadMutexHeld,
+    pthreadMutexNotheld
+#else
+    0,
+    0
+#endif
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */
+
+/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
+*/
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+/*
+** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
+*/
+/************** Include os_win.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file os_win.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2013 November 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_WIN_H_
+#define _OS_WIN_H_
+
+/*
+** Include the primary Windows SDK header file.
+*/
+#include "windows.h"
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# include <sys/cygwin.h>
+# include <errno.h> /* amalgamator: dontcache */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT.
+**
+** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for Windows 9x or
+** Windows NT using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows:
+**
+** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT)
+** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
+** #else
+** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0
+** #endif
+**
+** However, Visual Studio 2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as
+** it ought to, so the above test does not work.  We'll just assume that
+** everything is Windows NT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise
+** by setting SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with Windows CE - which has a much reduced
+** API.
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of
+** the full Win32 API.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */
+
+/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
+** on a win32 system.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+
+/*
+** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_mutex {
+  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
+  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
+  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
+  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
+#endif
+};
+#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
+#else
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
+** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
+**
+** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call,
+** which is only available if your application was compiled with 
+** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400.  Currently, the only
+** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef 
+** this out as well.
+*/
+#if 0
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+# define mutexIsNT()  (1)
+#else
+  static int mutexIsNT(void){
+    static int osType = 0;
+    if( osType==0 ){
+      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
+      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
+      osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+    }
+    return osType==2;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
+}
+static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
+  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
+}
+static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
+  return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = {
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+};
+static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
+/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part
+** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown()
+** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not
+** strictly necessary.
+*/
+static LONG winMutex_lock = 0;
+
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */
+
+static int winMutexInit(void){ 
+  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
+  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0);
+#else
+      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
+#endif
+    }
+    winMutex_isInit = 1;
+  }else{
+    /* Someone else is in the process of initing the static mutexes */
+    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
+      sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+static int winMutexEnd(void){ 
+  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown 
+  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
+  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
+    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
+        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
+      }
+      winMutex_isInit = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** </ul>
+**
+** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
+  sqlite3_mutex *p;
+
+  switch( iType ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){  
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+        p->id = iType;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
+#else
+        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
+      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
+      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );
+      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      p->id = iType;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** mutex that it allocates.
+*/
+static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
+#endif
+  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
+  p->owner = tid; 
+  p->nRef++;
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
+#endif
+  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
+  /*
+  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
+  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
+  ** fail.  
+  **
+  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
+  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
+  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
+  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
+  ** ticket #2685.
+  */
+#if 0
+  if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
+    p->owner = tid;
+    p->nRef++;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
+    printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  assert( p->owner==tid );
+  p->nRef--;
+  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
+  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+#endif
+  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    winMutexInit,
+    winMutexEnd,
+    winMutexAlloc,
+    winMutexFree,
+    winMutexEnter,
+    winMutexTry,
+    winMutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    winMutexHeld,
+    winMutexNotheld
+#else
+    0,
+    0
+#endif
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */
+
+/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
+*/
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
+
+/*
+** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
+** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
+** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n);
+#else
+  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine
+  ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with
+  ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following object records the location of
+** each unused scratch buffer.
+*/
+typedef struct ScratchFreeslot {
+  struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext;   /* Next unused scratch buffer */
+} ScratchFreeslot;
+
+/*
+** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Mutex to serialize access */
+
+  /*
+  ** The alarm callback and its arguments.  The mem0.mutex lock will
+  ** be held while the callback is running.  Recursive calls into
+  ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
+  ** issued.
+  */
+  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
+  void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int);
+  void *alarmArg;
+
+  /*
+  ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory
+  ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation
+  ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of
+  ** unused scratch allocations.
+  */
+  void *pScratchEnd;
+  ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree;
+  u32 nScratchFree;
+
+  /*
+  ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the
+  ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting.
+  */
+  int nearlyFull;
+} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)
+
+/*
+** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the
+** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap
+** limit.
+*/
+static void softHeapLimitEnforcer(
+  void *NotUsed, 
+  sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2,
+  int allocSize
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize);
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the alarm callback
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(
+  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
+  void *pArg,
+  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
+){
+  int nUsed;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
+  mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
+  mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold;
+  nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
+  mem0.nearlyFull = (iThreshold>0 && iThreshold<=nUsed);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
+** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
+  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
+  void *pArg,
+  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
+){
+  return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or 
+** negative value indicates no limit.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){
+  sqlite3_int64 priorLimit;
+  sqlite3_int64 excess;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return -1;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  if( n<0 ) return priorLimit;
+  if( n>0 ){
+    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, n);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
+  if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff));
+  return priorLimit;
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
+  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
+    sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+  }
+  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
+      && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){
+    int i, n, sz;
+    ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
+    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz;
+    pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch;
+    n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
+    mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
+    mem0.nScratchFree = n;
+    for(i=0; i<n-1; i++){
+      pSlot->pNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot);
+      pSlot = pSlot->pNext;
+    }
+    pSlot->pNext = 0;
+    mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1];
+  }else{
+    mem0.pScratchEnd = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512
+      || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<1 ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = 0;
+  }
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other
+** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by
+** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){
+  return mem0.nearlyFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
+  }
+  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
+  int n, mx;
+  sqlite3_int64 res;
+  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0);
+  res = (sqlite3_int64)n;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
+** checked out since either the beginning of this process
+** or since the most recent reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
+  int n, mx;
+  sqlite3_int64 res;
+  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag);
+  res = (sqlite3_int64)mx;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Trigger the alarm 
+*/
+static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
+  void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int);
+  sqlite3_int64 nowUsed;
+  void *pArg;
+  if( mem0.alarmCallback==0 ) return;
+  xCallback = mem0.alarmCallback;
+  nowUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
+  pArg = mem0.alarmArg;
+  mem0.alarmCallback = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
+  mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms.  Assume the
+** lock is already held.
+*/
+static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
+  int nFull;
+  void *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) );
+  nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n);
+  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
+  if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){
+    int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
+    if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){
+      mem0.nearlyFull = 1;
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
+    }else{
+      mem0.nearlyFull = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
+    sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
+    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( p ){
+    nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
+  }
+  *pp = p;
+  return nFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
+** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  if( n<=0               /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */ 
+   || n>=0x7fffff00
+  ){
+    /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum
+    ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the
+    ** xMalloc().  Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving
+    ** 255 bytes of overhead.  SQLite itself will never use anything near
+    ** this amount.  The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */
+    p = 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
+  }
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );  /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
+** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
+** allocation.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
+** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
+** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
+** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+static int scratchAllocOut = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away.
+** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended
+** for situations where the memory might be held long-term.  This
+** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data
+** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an
+** embedded processor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  assert( n>0 );
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
+    p = mem0.pScratchFree;
+    mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
+    mem0.nScratchFree--;
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
+    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
+      n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
+      if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
+    }
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );
+
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+  /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocations per thread
+  ** are outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
+  ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
+  ** would be much more complicated.) */
+  assert( scratchAllocOut<=1 );
+  if( p ) scratchAllocOut++;
+#endif
+
+  return p;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
+  if( p ){
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+    /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread
+    ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
+    ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
+    ** would be much more complicated.) */
+    assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 );
+    scratchAllocOut--;
+#endif
+
+    if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && p<mem0.pScratchEnd ){
+      /* Release memory from the SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH allocation */
+      ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
+      pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)p;
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+      pSlot->pNext = mem0.pScratchFree;
+      mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
+      mem0.nScratchFree++;
+      assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+    }else{
+      /* Release memory back to the heap */
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
+      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  return p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
+}
+#else
+#define isLookaside(A,B) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from
+** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+    return db->lookaside.sz;
+  }else{
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+    assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
+    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;  /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p));
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( db ){
+    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
+      *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p);
+      return;
+    }
+    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+      LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+      /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
+      memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
+#endif
+      pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
+      db->lookaside.nOut--;
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
+  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
+  int nOld, nNew, nDiff;
+  void *pNew;
+  if( pOld==0 ){
+    return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */
+  }
+  if( nBytes<=0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
+    /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
+  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second
+  ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to
+  ** xRoundup. */
+  nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
+  if( nOld==nNew ){
+    pNew = pOld;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
+    nDiff = nNew - nOld;
+    if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= 
+          mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
+    }
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+    if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
+      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+    }
+    if( pNew ){
+      nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+  }
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
+** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero memory.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
+** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
+** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
+**
+** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc
+** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0.
+** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts
+** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset.
+** This is an important assumption.  There are many places in the
+** code that do things like this:
+**
+**         int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100);
+**         int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200);
+**         if( b ) a[10] = 9;
+**
+** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
+** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
+  void *p;
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+  if( db ){
+    LookasideSlot *pBuf;
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if( db->lookaside.bEnabled ){
+      if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){
+        db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;
+      }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){
+        db->lookaside.anStat[2]++;
+      }else{
+        db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
+        db->lookaside.nOut++;
+        db->lookaside.anStat[0]++;
+        if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
+          db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+        }
+        return (void*)pBuf;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+  if( !p && db ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB |
+         ((db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
+** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
+  void *pNew = 0;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+    if( p==0 ){
+      return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+    }
+    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+      if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){
+        return p;
+      }
+      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+      if( pNew ){
+        memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+      pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
+      if( !pNew ){
+        sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB | 
+            (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
+    }
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to reallocate p.  If the reallocation fails, then free p
+** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
+  void *pNew;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
+  if( !pNew ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These 
+** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
+** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are 
+** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
+** ThreadData structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
+  char *zNew;
+  size_t n;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1;
+  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
+  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
+  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+    zNew[n] = 0;
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows.
+** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz
+** point to that string.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
+  *pz = z;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
+** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
+** sqlite3_realloc.
+**
+** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
+** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous
+** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
+**
+** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred,
+** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode())
+** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
+  /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle
+  ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
+  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
+  */
+  assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+    db->mallocFailed = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
+}
+
+/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
+** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
+** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
+** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
+** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
+**
+**************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines.  These
+** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C
+** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support
+** SQLlite.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
+** following enumeration.
+*/
+#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
+#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
+#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
+#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
+#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
+#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
+#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
+#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
+#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
+/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
+#define etSQLESCAPE  10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
+#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
+                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
+#define etTOKEN      12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
+#define etSRCLIST    13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
+#define etPOINTER    14 /* The %p conversion */
+#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
+#define etORDINAL    16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */
+
+#define etINVALID     0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */
+
+
+/*
+** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char etByte;
+
+/*
+** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
+** by an instance of the following structure
+*/
+typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
+  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
+  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
+  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
+  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
+  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
+  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
+} et_info;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for et_info.flags
+*/
+#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
+#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
+#define FLAG_STRING  4     /* Allow infinity precision */
+
+
+/*
+** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
+** most frequently used conversion types first.
+*/
+static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
+static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
+static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
+  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  's',  0, 4, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
+  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
+  {  'z',  0, 4, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
+  {  'q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
+  {  'Q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
+  {  'w',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0,  0 },
+  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
+  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
+  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
+  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
+  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
+  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
+#endif
+  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
+  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
+  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
+
+/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal
+** use only */
+  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
+  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
+  {  'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
+};
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
+** conversions will work.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
+** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
+** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
+**
+** Example:
+**     input:     *val = 3.14159
+**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
+**
+** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
+** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
+** always returned.
+*/
+static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
+  int digit;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
+  if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0';
+  (*cnt)--;
+  digit = (int)*val;
+  d = digit;
+  digit += '0';
+  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
+  return (char)digit;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+
+/*
+** Set the StrAccum object to an error mode.
+*/
+static void setStrAccumError(StrAccum *p, u8 eError){
+  p->accError = eError;
+  p->nAlloc = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extra argument values from a PrintfArguments object
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 getIntArg(PrintfArguments *p){
+  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0;
+  return sqlite3_value_int64(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
+}
+static double getDoubleArg(PrintfArguments *p){
+  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0.0;
+  return sqlite3_value_double(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
+}
+static char *getTextArg(PrintfArguments *p){
+  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0;
+  return (char*)sqlite3_value_text(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
+** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70
+#endif
+#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */
+
+/*
+** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
+  StrAccum *pAccum,          /* Accumulate results here */
+  u32 bFlags,                /* SQLITE_PRINTF_* flags */
+  const char *fmt,           /* Format string */
+  va_list ap                 /* arguments */
+){
+  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
+  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
+  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
+  int length;                /* Length of the field */
+  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
+  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
+  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
+  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
+  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
+  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
+  etByte xtype = 0;          /* Conversion paradigm */
+  u8 bArgList;               /* True for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
+  u8 useIntern;              /* Ok to use internal conversions (ex: %T) */
+  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
+  sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
+  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
+  char *zOut;                /* Rendering buffer */
+  int nOut;                  /* Size of the rendering buffer */
+  char *zExtra;              /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
+  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
+  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
+  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
+  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
+#endif
+  PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
+  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
+
+  bufpt = 0;
+  if( bFlags ){
+    if( (bArgList = (bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC))!=0 ){
+      pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*);
+    }
+    useIntern = bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL;
+  }else{
+    bArgList = useIntern = 0;
+  }
+  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
+    if( c!='%' ){
+      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
+      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ){};
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt));
+      if( c==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
+      break;
+    }
+    /* Find out what flags are present */
+    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
+     flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
+    done = 0;
+    do{
+      switch( c ){
+        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     break;
+        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        break;
+        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       break;
+        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   break;
+        case '!':   flag_altform2 = 1;        break;
+        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         break;
+        default:    done = 1;                 break;
+      }
+    }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
+    /* Get the field width */
+    width = 0;
+    if( c=='*' ){
+      if( bArgList ){
+        width = (int)getIntArg(pArgList);
+      }else{
+        width = va_arg(ap,int);
+      }
+      if( width<0 ){
+        flag_leftjustify = 1;
+        width = -width;
+      }
+      c = *++fmt;
+    }else{
+      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+        width = width*10 + c - '0';
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Get the precision */
+    if( c=='.' ){
+      precision = 0;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='*' ){
+        if( bArgList ){
+          precision = (int)getIntArg(pArgList);
+        }else{
+          precision = va_arg(ap,int);
+        }
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
+          c = *++fmt;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      precision = -1;
+    }
+    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
+    if( c=='l' ){
+      flag_long = 1;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='l' ){
+        flag_longlong = 1;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        flag_longlong = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
+    }
+    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
+    infop = &fmtinfo[0];
+    xtype = etINVALID;
+    for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
+      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
+        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
+        if( useIntern || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
+          xtype = infop->type;
+        }else{
+          return;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    zExtra = 0;
+
+    /*
+    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
+    **
+    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
+    **   flag_altform2               TRUE if a '!' is present.
+    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
+    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
+    **                               field width was negative.
+    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
+    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
+    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
+    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
+    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
+    **                               is -1.
+    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
+    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
+    */
+    switch( xtype ){
+      case etPOINTER:
+        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
+        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
+        /* Fall through into the next case */
+      case etORDINAL:
+      case etRADIX:
+        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
+          i64 v;
+          if( bArgList ){
+            v = getIntArg(pArgList);
+          }else if( flag_longlong ){
+            v = va_arg(ap,i64);
+          }else if( flag_long ){
+            v = va_arg(ap,long int);
+          }else{
+            v = va_arg(ap,int);
+          }
+          if( v<0 ){
+            if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+              longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63;
+            }else{
+              longvalue = -v;
+            }
+            prefix = '-';
+          }else{
+            longvalue = v;
+            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
+            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
+            else                       prefix = 0;
+          }
+        }else{
+          if( bArgList ){
+            longvalue = (u64)getIntArg(pArgList);
+          }else if( flag_longlong ){
+            longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
+          }else if( flag_long ){
+            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
+          }else{
+            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
+          }
+          prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
+        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
+          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
+        }
+        if( precision<etBUFSIZE-10 ){
+          nOut = etBUFSIZE;
+          zOut = buf;
+        }else{
+          nOut = precision + 10;
+          zOut = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( nOut );
+          if( zOut==0 ){
+            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+            return;
+          }
+        }
+        bufpt = &zOut[nOut-1];
+        if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
+          static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
+          int x = (int)(longvalue % 10);
+          if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
+            x = 0;
+          }
+          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1];
+          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2];
+        }
+        {
+          const char *cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
+          u8 base = infop->base;
+          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
+            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
+            longvalue = longvalue/base;
+          }while( longvalue>0 );
+        }
+        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
+        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
+          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
+        }
+        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
+        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
+          const char *pre;
+          char x;
+          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
+          for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
+        }
+        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
+        break;
+      case etFLOAT:
+      case etEXP:
+      case etGENERIC:
+        if( bArgList ){
+          realvalue = getDoubleArg(pArgList);
+        }else{
+          realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
+        }
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+        length = 0;
+#else
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
+        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
+          realvalue = -realvalue;
+          prefix = '-';
+        }else{
+          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
+          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
+          else                         prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
+        if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
+        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
+        exp = 0;
+        if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){
+          bufpt = "NaN";
+          length = 3;
+          break;
+        }
+        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
+          LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
+          while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;}
+          while( realvalue>=1e64*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e64; exp+=64; }
+          while( realvalue>=1e8*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e8; exp+=8; }
+          while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; }
+          realvalue /= scale;
+          while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
+          while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
+          if( exp>350 ){
+            if( prefix=='-' ){
+              bufpt = "-Inf";
+            }else if( prefix=='+' ){
+              bufpt = "+Inf";
+            }else{
+              bufpt = "Inf";
+            }
+            length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        /*
+        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
+        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
+        */
+        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
+          realvalue += rounder;
+          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
+          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
+          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
+            xtype = etEXP;
+          }else{
+            precision = precision - exp;
+            xtype = etFLOAT;
+          }
+        }else{
+          flag_rtz = flag_altform2;
+        }
+        if( xtype==etEXP ){
+          e2 = 0;
+        }else{
+          e2 = exp;
+        }
+        if( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){
+          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width+15 );
+          if( bufpt==0 ){
+            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+            return;
+          }
+        }
+        zOut = bufpt;
+        nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10;
+        flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
+        /* The sign in front of the number */
+        if( prefix ){
+          *(bufpt++) = prefix;
+        }
+        /* Digits prior to the decimal point */
+        if( e2<0 ){
+          *(bufpt++) = '0';
+        }else{
+          for(; e2>=0; e2--){
+            *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          }
+        }
+        /* The decimal point */
+        if( flag_dp ){
+          *(bufpt++) = '.';
+        }
+        /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
+        ** significant digit of the number */
+        for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){
+          assert( precision>0 );
+          *(bufpt++) = '0';
+        }
+        /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
+        while( (precision--)>0 ){
+          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+        }
+        /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
+        if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
+          while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
+          assert( bufpt>zOut );
+          if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
+            if( flag_altform2 ){
+              *(bufpt++) = '0';
+            }else{
+              *(--bufpt) = 0;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
+        if( xtype==etEXP ){
+          *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
+          if( exp<0 ){
+            *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
+          }else{
+            *(bufpt++) = '+';
+          }
+          if( exp>=100 ){
+            *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0');        /* 100's digit */
+            exp %= 100;
+          }
+          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0');             /* 10's digit */
+          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0');             /* 1's digit */
+        }
+        *bufpt = 0;
+
+        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
+        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
+        ** integer conversions. */
+        length = (int)(bufpt-zOut);
+        bufpt = zOut;
+
+        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
+        ** set and we are not left justified */
+        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
+          int i;
+          int nPad = width - length;
+          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
+            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
+          }
+          i = prefix!=0;
+          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
+          length = width;
+        }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
+        break;
+      case etSIZE:
+        if( !bArgList ){
+          *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
+        }
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      case etPERCENT:
+        buf[0] = '%';
+        bufpt = buf;
+        length = 1;
+        break;
+      case etCHARX:
+        if( bArgList ){
+          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
+          c = bufpt ? bufpt[0] : 0;
+        }else{
+          c = va_arg(ap,int);
+        }
+        buf[0] = (char)c;
+        if( precision>=0 ){
+          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = (char)c;
+          length = precision;
+        }else{
+          length =1;
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        break;
+      case etSTRING:
+      case etDYNSTRING:
+        if( bArgList ){
+          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
+        }else{
+          bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        }
+        if( bufpt==0 ){
+          bufpt = "";
+        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING && !bArgList ){
+          zExtra = bufpt;
+        }
+        if( precision>=0 ){
+          for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
+        }else{
+          length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
+        }
+        break;
+      case etSQLESCAPE:
+      case etSQLESCAPE2:
+      case etSQLESCAPE3: {
+        int i, j, k, n, isnull;
+        int needQuote;
+        char ch;
+        char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\'');   /* Quote character */
+        char *escarg;
+
+        if( bArgList ){
+          escarg = getTextArg(pArgList);
+        }else{
+          escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        }
+        isnull = escarg==0;
+        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
+        k = precision;
+        for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){
+          if( ch==q )  n++;
+        }
+        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
+        n += i + 1 + needQuote*2;
+        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
+          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
+          if( bufpt==0 ){
+            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+            return;
+          }
+        }else{
+          bufpt = buf;
+        }
+        j = 0;
+        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
+        k = i;
+        for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+          bufpt[j++] = ch = escarg[i];
+          if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
+        }
+        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
+        bufpt[j] = 0;
+        length = j;
+        /* The precision in %q and %Q means how many input characters to
+        ** consume, not the length of the output...
+        ** if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
+        break;
+      }
+      case etTOKEN: {
+        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
+        assert( bArgList==0 );
+        if( pToken && pToken->n ){
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        }
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      case etSRCLIST: {
+        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
+        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
+        assert( bArgList==0 );
+        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
+        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase);
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
+        }
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zName);
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        assert( xtype==etINVALID );
+        return;
+      }
+    }/* End switch over the format type */
+    /*
+    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
+    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
+    ** the output.
+    */
+    width -= length;
+    if( width>0 && !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, width);
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
+    if( width>0 && flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, width);
+
+    if( zExtra ) sqlite3_free(zExtra);
+  }/* End for loop over the format string */
+} /* End of function */
+
+/*
+** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is
+** able to accept at least N more bytes of text.
+**
+** Return the number of bytes of text that StrAccum is able to accept
+** after the attempted enlargement.  The value returned might be zero.
+*/
+static int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum *p, int N){
+  char *zNew;
+  assert( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ); /* Only called if really needed */
+  if( p->accError ){
+    testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
+    testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( !p->useMalloc ){
+    N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
+    setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
+    return N;
+  }else{
+    char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText);
+    i64 szNew = p->nChar;
+    szNew += N + 1;
+    if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
+      sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+      setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
+      return 0;
+    }else{
+      p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
+    }
+    if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
+      zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc);
+    }else{
+      zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc);
+    }
+    if( zNew ){
+      assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 );
+      if( zOld==0 && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
+      p->zText = zNew;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+      setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return N;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append N space characters to the given string buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum *p, int N){
+  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc && (N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N))<=0 ) return;
+  while( (N--)>0 ) p->zText[p->nChar++] = ' ';
+}
+
+/*
+** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[].
+** So enlarge if first, then do the append.
+**
+** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case
+** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the
+** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics.
+*/
+static void enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
+  N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N);
+  if( N>0 ){
+    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
+    p->nChar += N;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.  Increase the
+** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
+  assert( z!=0 );
+  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError );
+  assert( N>=0 );
+  assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 );
+  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
+    enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( p->zText );
+  memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
+  p->nChar += N;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated.
+** Return a pointer to the resulting string.  Return a NULL
+** pointer if any kind of error was encountered.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
+  if( p->zText ){
+    p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
+    if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){
+      if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
+        p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
+      }else{
+        p->zText = sqlite3_malloc(p->nChar+1);
+      }
+      if( p->zText ){
+        memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
+      }else{
+        setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return p->zText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset an StrAccum string.  Reclaim all malloced memory.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
+  if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){
+    if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_free(p->zText);
+    }
+  }
+  p->zText = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a string accumulator
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
+  p->zText = p->zBase = zBase;
+  p->db = 0;
+  p->nChar = 0;
+  p->nAlloc = n;
+  p->mxAlloc = mx;
+  p->useMalloc = 1;
+  p->accError = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  StrAccum acc;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
+                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
+  acc.db = db;
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL, zFormat, ap);
+  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  if( acc.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting
+** the string and before returnning.  This routine is intended to be used
+** to modify an existing string.  For example:
+**
+**       x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x);
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  StrAccum acc;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+  acc.useMalloc = 2;
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()().  Omit the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
+** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
+** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
+** specified by some locales.
+**
+** Oops:  The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards
+** from the snprintf() standard.  Unfortunately, it is too late to change
+** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the
+** mistake.
+**
+** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  StrAccum acc;
+  if( n<=0 ) return zBuf;
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0);
+  acc.useMalloc = 0;
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+}
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  char *z;
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message.
+** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using
+** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled.
+**
+** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer.  It cannot dynamically
+** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator
+** mutex is held.
+*/
+static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  StrAccum acc;                          /* String accumulator */
+  char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3];    /* Complete log message */
+
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0);
+  acc.useMalloc = 0;
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode,
+                           sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc));
+}
+
+/*
+** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;                             /* Vararg list */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
+** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
+** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  StrAccum acc;
+  char zBuf[500];
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
+  acc.useMalloc = 0;
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
+  fflush(stdout);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, u32 bFlags, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(p, bFlags, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
+** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
+**
+** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
+** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
+*/
+
+
+/* All threads share a single random number generator.
+** This structure is the current state of the generator.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType {
+  unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
+  unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
+  unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
+} sqlite3Prng;
+
+/*
+** Return N random bytes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
+  unsigned char t;
+  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
+
+  /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator
+  ** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+  ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+  ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly
+  ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng);
+# define wsdPrng p[0]
+#else
+# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+#endif
+
+  if( N<=0 ){
+    wsdPrng.isInit = 0;
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
+  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
+  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
+  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
+  **
+  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
+  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
+  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
+  */
+  if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){
+    int i;
+    char k[256];
+    wsdPrng.j = 0;
+    wsdPrng.i = 0;
+    sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k);
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i];
+      t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
+      wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i];
+      wsdPrng.s[i] = t;
+    }
+    wsdPrng.isInit = 1;
+  }
+
+  assert( N>0 );
+  do{
+    wsdPrng.i++;
+    t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+    wsdPrng.j += t;
+    wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
+    wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
+    t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+    *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t];
+  }while( --N );
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+/*
+** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of
+** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or
+** to reset the PRNG to its initial state.  These routines accomplish
+** those tasks.
+**
+** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to
+** control the PRNG.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){
+  memcpy(
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
+    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
+  );
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
+  memcpy(
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
+    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
+  );
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of random.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
+** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
+**
+** Notes on UTF-8:
+**
+**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
+**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
+**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
+**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
+**
+**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
+**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
+**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
+**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
+**
+*/
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/*
+** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
+** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+/*
+** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
+** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
+*/
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
+
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);                            \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);                \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);               \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                    \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+  }else{                                                            \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+  }                                                                 \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                    \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }else{                                                            \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }                                                                 \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
+  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
+  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
+    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
+    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
+  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
+  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
+    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
+    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+/*
+** Translate a single UTF-8 character.  Return the unicode value.
+**
+** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
+** is a 0x00.
+**
+** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
+**
+** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
+**
+**  *  This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
+**     be encoded as a multi-byte character.  Any multi-byte character that
+**     attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
+**
+**  *  This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
+**     If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
+**     0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
+**
+**  *  Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
+**     byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
+**     and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
+**     invalid characters.
+**
+**  *  This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings
+**     for unicode values 0x80 and greater.  It do not change over-length
+**     encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
+*/
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
+  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
+    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
+    }                                                      \
+    if( c<0x80                                             \
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
+  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(
+  const unsigned char **pz    /* Pointer to string from which to read char */
+){
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
+  ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
+  */
+  c = *((*pz)++);
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
+    while( (*(*pz) & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *((*pz)++));
+    }
+    if( c<0x80
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*
+** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
+** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
+*/ 
+/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
+** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
+** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
+  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
+  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
+  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
+  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
+  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+
+#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
+    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
+  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
+  ** differently from the others.
+  */
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    u8 temp;
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
+    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1];
+    while( zIn<zTerm ){
+      temp = *zIn;
+      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
+      zIn++;
+      *zIn++ = temp;
+    }
+    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+    goto translate_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
+  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
+    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
+    ** A single byte is required for the output string
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    pMem->n &= ~1;
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
+  }else{
+    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
+    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
+    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
+  ** byte past the end.
+  **
+  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained
+  ** from sqlite3_malloc().
+  */
+  zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
+  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+  zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len);
+  if( !zOut ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  z = zOut;
+
+  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
+        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
+        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
+    *z++ = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
+  }
+  *z = 0;
+  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem);
+  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+  pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term);
+  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
+  pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
+
+translate_out:
+#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
+    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
+** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
+** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
+** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
+**
+** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
+** changed by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 bom = 0;
+
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+  if( pMem->n>1 ){
+    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
+    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
+    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+    }
+    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( bom ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pMem->n -= 2;
+      memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n);
+      pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0';
+      pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0';
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+      pMem->enc = bom;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
+** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
+** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
+** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
+** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
+  int r = 0;
+  const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn;
+  const u8 *zTerm;
+  if( nByte>=0 ){
+    zTerm = &z[nByte];
+  }else{
+    zTerm = (const u8*)(-1);
+  }
+  assert( z<=zTerm );
+  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
+    SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    r++;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. 
+** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8.
+**
+** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed
+** UTF-8.  Miscoded characters are removed.
+**
+** The translation is done in-place and aborted if the output
+** overruns the input.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
+  unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
+  unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
+  u32 c;
+
+  while( zIn[0] && zOut<=zIn ){
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&zIn);
+    if( c!=0xfffd ){
+      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
+    }
+  }
+  *zOut = 0;
+  return (int)(zOut - zStart);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
+** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc and must
+** be freed by the calling function.
+**
+** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte, u8 enc){
+  Mem m;
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  m.db = db;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+    m.z = 0;
+  }
+  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed );
+  return m.z;
+}
+
+/*
+** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
+** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
+** in pZ.  nChar must be non-negative.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
+  int c;
+  unsigned char const *z = zIn;
+  int n = 0;
+  
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    while( n<nChar ){
+      READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( n<nChar ){
+      READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
+** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
+** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
+  unsigned int i, t;
+  unsigned char zBuf[20];
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int n;
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
+    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
+    z[0] = 0;
+    z = zBuf;
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&z);
+    t = i;
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
+    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
+    assert( c==t );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
+    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
+    z[0] = 0;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
+    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
+    z[0] = 0;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
+**
+** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
+** strings, and stuff like that.
+**
+*/
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+# include <math.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
+  static unsigned dummy = 0;
+  dummy += (unsigned)x;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Give a callback to the test harness that can be used to simulate faults
+** in places where it is difficult or expensive to do so purely by means
+** of inputs.
+**
+** The intent of the integer argument is to let the fault simulator know
+** which of multiple sqlite3FaultSim() calls has been hit.
+**
+** Return whatever integer value the test callback returns, or return
+** SQLITE_OK if no test callback is installed.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int iTest){
+  int (*xCallback)(int) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback;
+  return xCallback ? xCallback(iTest) : SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
+**
+** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.
+** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
+  int rc;   /* The value return */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN)
+  /*
+  ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably
+  ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.  But we have
+  ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so
+  ** this implementation is provided as an alternative.
+  **
+  ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
+  ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
+  ** warning:
+  **
+  **      This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
+  **      -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
+  **      which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO 
+  **      rules/specifications for math functions.
+  **
+  ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating-
+  ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise.  From the MSDN 
+  ** documentation:
+  **
+  **      The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons 
+  **      involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN 
+  **      ...
+  */
+#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
+# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
+#endif
+  volatile double y = x;
+  volatile double z = y;
+  rc = (y!=z);
+#else  /* if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) */
+  rc = isnan(x);
+#endif /* SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN */
+  testcase( rc );
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+
+/*
+** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
+** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
+**
+** The value returned will never be negative.  Nor will it ever be greater
+** than the actual length of the string.  For very long strings (greater
+** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
+  const char *z2 = z;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
+  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
+** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
+**
+** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
+** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
+** format characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
+** encoded in UTF-8.
+**
+** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
+** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
+** to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  db->errCode = err_code;
+  if( zFormat && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){
+    char *z;
+    va_list ap;
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }else if( db->pErr ){
+    sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
+** The following formatting characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
+** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
+** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
+** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
+** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
+** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  char *zMsg;
+  va_list ap;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( db->suppressErr ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg);
+  }else{
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
+    pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg;
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** The input string must be zero-terminated.  A new zero-terminator
+** is added to the dequoted string.
+**
+** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the
+** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does
+** occur.
+**
+** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
+** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
+** "a-b-c".
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
+  char quote;
+  int i, j;
+  if( z==0 ) return -1;
+  quote = z[0];
+  switch( quote ){
+    case '\'':  break;
+    case '"':   break;
+    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
+    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
+    default:    return -1;
+  }
+  for(i=1, j=0;; i++){
+    assert( z[i] );
+    if( z[i]==quote ){
+      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
+        z[j++] = quote;
+        i++;
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      z[j++] = z[i];
+    }
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  return j;
+}
+
+/* Convenient short-hand */
+#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
+
+/*
+** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
+** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and
+** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare
+** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
+** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+
+/*
+** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number.
+** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult.
+**
+** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and
+** uses the encoding enc.  The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.
+**
+** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE
+** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text.  Valid numbers
+** are in one of these formats:
+**
+**    [+-]digits[E[+-]digits]
+**    [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits]
+**    [+-].digits[E[+-]digits]
+**
+** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining
+** validity.
+**
+** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine
+** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result
+** into *pResult.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  int incr;
+  const char *zEnd = z + length;
+  /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */
+  int sign = 1;    /* sign of significand */
+  i64 s = 0;       /* significand */
+  int d = 0;       /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */
+  int esign = 1;   /* sign of exponent */
+  int e = 0;       /* exponent */
+  int eValid = 1;  /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */
+  double result;
+  int nDigits = 0;
+  int nonNum = 0;
+
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  *pResult = 0.0;   /* Default return value, in case of an error */
+
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    incr = 1;
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    incr = 2;
+    assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+    for(i=3-enc; i<length && z[i]==0; i+=2){}
+    nonNum = i<length;
+    zEnd = z+i+enc-3;
+    z += (enc&1);
+  }
+
+  /* skip leading spaces */
+  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
+  if( z>=zEnd ) return 0;
+
+  /* get sign of significand */
+  if( *z=='-' ){
+    sign = -1;
+    z+=incr;
+  }else if( *z=='+' ){
+    z+=incr;
+  }
+
+  /* skip leading zeroes */
+  while( z<zEnd && z[0]=='0' ) z+=incr, nDigits++;
+
+  /* copy max significant digits to significand */
+  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
+    s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
+    z+=incr, nDigits++;
+  }
+
+  /* skip non-significant significand digits
+  ** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */
+  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++, d++;
+  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
+
+  /* if decimal point is present */
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    z+=incr;
+    /* copy digits from after decimal to significand
+    ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */
+    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
+      s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
+      z+=incr, nDigits++, d--;
+    }
+    /* skip non-significant digits */
+    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++;
+  }
+  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
+
+  /* if exponent is present */
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    z+=incr;
+    eValid = 0;
+    if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
+    /* get sign of exponent */
+    if( *z=='-' ){
+      esign = -1;
+      z+=incr;
+    }else if( *z=='+' ){
+      z+=incr;
+    }
+    /* copy digits to exponent */
+    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+      e = e<10000 ? (e*10 + (*z - '0')) : 10000;
+      z+=incr;
+      eValid = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* skip trailing spaces */
+  if( nDigits && eValid ){
+    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
+  }
+
+do_atof_calc:
+  /* adjust exponent by d, and update sign */
+  e = (e*esign) + d;
+  if( e<0 ) {
+    esign = -1;
+    e *= -1;
+  } else {
+    esign = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* if 0 significand */
+  if( !s ) {
+    /* In the IEEE 754 standard, zero is signed.
+    ** Add the sign if we've seen at least one digit */
+    result = (sign<0 && nDigits) ? -(double)0 : (double)0;
+  } else {
+    /* attempt to reduce exponent */
+    if( esign>0 ){
+      while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10;
+    }else{
+      while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10;
+    }
+
+    /* adjust the sign of significand */
+    s = sign<0 ? -s : s;
+
+    /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate
+    ** and store in result. */
+    if( e ){
+      LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
+      /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */
+      if( e>307 && e<342 ){
+        while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
+        if( esign<0 ){
+          result = s / scale;
+          result /= 1.0e+308;
+        }else{
+          result = s * scale;
+          result *= 1.0e+308;
+        }
+      }else if( e>=342 ){
+        if( esign<0 ){
+          result = 0.0*s;
+        }else{
+          result = 1e308*1e308*s;  /* Infinity */
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be 
+        ** represented exactly. */
+        while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
+        while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; }
+        if( esign<0 ){
+          result = s / scale;
+        }else{
+          result = s * scale;
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      result = (double)s;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* store the result */
+  *pResult = result;
+
+  /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */
+  return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0;
+#else
+  return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
+** value 2^63:  9223372036854775808.  Return negative, zero, or positive
+** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
+** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters.
+**
+** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference
+** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the
+** last digit.  So, for example,
+**
+**      compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1)
+**
+** will return -8.
+*/
+static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){
+  int c = 0;
+  int i;
+                    /* 012345678901234567 */
+  const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580";
+  for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){
+    c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10;
+  }
+  if( c==0 ){
+    c = zNum[18*incr] - '8';
+    testcase( c==(-1) );
+    testcase( c==0 );
+    testcase( c==(+1) );
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.
+**
+** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement 
+** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0.
+**
+** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2.  This special
+** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a 
+** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be.
+**
+** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not
+** 9223372036854775808  or if zNum contains any non-numeric text,
+** then return 1.
+**
+** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters).
+** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.  The encoding is
+** given by enc.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){
+  int incr;
+  u64 u = 0;
+  int neg = 0; /* assume positive */
+  int i;
+  int c = 0;
+  int nonNum = 0;
+  const char *zStart;
+  const char *zEnd = zNum + length;
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    incr = 1;
+  }else{
+    incr = 2;
+    assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+    for(i=3-enc; i<length && zNum[i]==0; i+=2){}
+    nonNum = i<length;
+    zEnd = zNum+i+enc-3;
+    zNum += (enc&1);
+  }
+  while( zNum<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum+=incr;
+  if( zNum<zEnd ){
+    if( *zNum=='-' ){
+      neg = 1;
+      zNum+=incr;
+    }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
+      zNum+=incr;
+    }
+  }
+  zStart = zNum;
+  while( zNum<zEnd && zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum+=incr; } /* Skip leading zeros. */
+  for(i=0; &zNum[i]<zEnd && (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){
+    u = u*10 + c - '0';
+  }
+  if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){
+    *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64;
+  }else if( neg ){
+    *pNum = -(i64)u;
+  }else{
+    *pNum = (i64)u;
+  }
+  testcase( i==18 );
+  testcase( i==19 );
+  testcase( i==20 );
+  if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]<zEnd) || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19*incr || nonNum ){
+    /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
+    ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */
+    return 1;
+  }else if( i<19*incr ){
+    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
+    assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers.  Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */
+    c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr);
+    if( c<0 ){
+      /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */
+      assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
+      return 0;
+    }else if( c>0 ){
+      /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */
+      return 1;
+    }else{
+      /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808.  Fits if negative.  The
+      ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
+      assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
+      return neg ? 0 : 2;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
+** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
+**
+** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
+** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
+** input number to be zero-terminated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
+  sqlite_int64 v = 0;
+  int i, c;
+  int neg = 0;
+  if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
+    neg = 1;
+    zNum++;
+  }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
+    zNum++;
+  }
+  while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
+  for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
+    v = v*10 + c;
+  }
+
+  /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits:
+  **
+  **             1234567890
+  **     2^31 -> 2147483648
+  */
+  testcase( i==10 );
+  if( i>10 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  testcase( v-neg==2147483647 );
+  if( v-neg>2147483647 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( neg ){
+    v = -v;
+  }
+  *pValue = (int)v;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string.  If the
+** string is not an integer, just return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){
+  int x = 0;
+  if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x);
+  return x;
+}
+
+/*
+** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** 28 bits - BBBA
+** 35 bits - BBBBA
+** 42 bits - BBBBBA
+** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
+** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
+** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
+*/
+
+/*
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
+** of bytes written is returned.
+**
+** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
+** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
+** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
+** 8 bits and is the last byte.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+  int i, j, n;
+  u8 buf[10];
+  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
+    p[8] = (u8)v;
+    v >>= 8;
+    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
+      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+      v >>= 7;
+    }
+    return 9;
+  }    
+  n = 0;
+  do{
+    buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 );
+  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
+  assert( n<=9 );
+  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
+    p[i] = buf[j];
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only
+** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for
+** the common case of small integers.  A MACRO version, putVarint32,
+** is provided which inlines the single-byte case.  All code should use
+** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has
+** already been handled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+#ifndef putVarint32
+  if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){
+    p[0] = v;
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
+    p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80);
+    p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f);
+    return 2;
+  }
+  return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);
+}
+
+/*
+** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
+** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
+** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
+**
+** SLOT_2_0     A mask for  (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f
+**
+** SLOT_4_2_0   A mask for  (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0
+*/
+#define SLOT_2_0     0x001fc07f
+#define SLOT_4_2_0   0xf01fc07f
+
+
+/*
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
+  u32 a,b,s;
+
+  a = *p;
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    *v = a;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  b = *p;
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= 0x7f;
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */
+  assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
+  assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= SLOT_2_0;
+    b &= 0x7f;
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 3;
+  }
+
+  /* CSE1 from below */
+  a &= SLOT_2_0;
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    b &= SLOT_2_0;
+    /* moved CSE1 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 4;
+  }
+
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+  /* moved CSE1 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+  b &= SLOT_2_0;
+  s = a;
+  /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>18;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 5;
+  }
+
+  /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+  s = s<<7;
+  s |= b;
+  /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a &= SLOT_2_0;
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>18;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 6;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    b &= SLOT_2_0;
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>11;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 7;
+  }
+
+  /* CSE2 from below */
+  a &= SLOT_2_0;
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    /* moved CSE2 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>4;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 8;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<15;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */
+
+  /* moved CSE2 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
+  b &= SLOT_2_0;
+  b = b<<8;
+  a |= b;
+
+  s = s<<4;
+  b = p[-4];
+  b &= 0x7f;
+  b = b>>3;
+  s |= b;
+
+  *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+
+  return 9;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+**
+** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned
+** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff.
+**
+** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
+** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
+** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
+  u32 a,b;
+
+  /* The 1-byte case.  Overwhelmingly the most common.  Handled inline
+  ** by the getVarin32() macro */
+  a = *p;
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
+#ifndef getVarint32
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 0 and 127 */
+    *v = a;
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* The 2-byte case */
+  p++;
+  b = *p;
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 128 and 16383 */
+    a &= 0x7f;
+    a = a<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 2;
+  }
+
+  /* The 3-byte case */
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */
+    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    b &= 0x7f;
+    b = b<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 3;
+  }
+
+  /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees.
+  ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint.
+  ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size
+  ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string.
+  **
+  ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases.  The very
+  ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint
+  ** routine.
+  */
+#if 1
+  {
+    u64 v64;
+    u8 n;
+
+    p -= 2;
+    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
+    assert( n>3 && n<=9 );
+    if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){
+      *v = 0xffffffff;
+    }else{
+      *v = (u32)v64;
+    }
+    return n;
+  }
+
+#else
+  /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an
+  ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases.  This code is
+  ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test.
+  */
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */
+    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    a = a<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 4;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values  between 268435456 and 34359738367 */
+    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    b = b<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 5;
+  }
+
+  /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database
+  ** file.  In that case we are not in any hurry.  Use the (relatively
+  ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the
+  ** value. */
+  {
+    u64 v64;
+    u8 n;
+
+    p -= 4;
+    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
+    assert( n>5 && n<=9 );
+    *v = (u32)v64;
+    return n;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
+** 64-bit integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
+  int i = 0;
+  do{
+    i++;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 && ALWAYS(i<9) );
+  return i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
+  testcase( p[0]&0x80 );
+  return ((unsigned)p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+  p[0] = (u8)(v>>24);
+  p[1] = (u8)(v>>16);
+  p[2] = (u8)(v>>8);
+  p[3] = (u8)v;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
+** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
+** character:  0..9a..fA..F
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){
+  assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') ||  (h>='a' && h<='f') ||  (h>='A' && h<='F') );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+  h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+  h += 9*(1&~(h>>4));
+#endif
+  return (u8)(h & 0xf);
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+/*
+** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
+** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
+** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
+** the calling routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
+  char *zBlob;
+  int i;
+
+  zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1);
+  n--;
+  if( zBlob ){
+    for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
+      zBlob[i/2] = (sqlite3HexToInt(z[i])<<4) | sqlite3HexToInt(z[i+1]);
+    }
+    zBlob[i/2] = 0;
+  }
+  return zBlob;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
+
+/*
+** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should
+** not have been used.  The "type" of connection pointer is given as the
+** argument.  The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid".
+*/
+static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
+     "API call with %s database connection pointer",
+     zType
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
+** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
+** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
+** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
+** 1 it means that the db pointer is valid and 0 if it should not be
+** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
+** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
+**
+** sqlite3SafetyCheckOk() requires that the db pointer be valid for
+** use.  sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk() allows a db pointer that failed to
+** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be
+** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
+  u32 magic;
+  if( db==0 ){
+    logBadConnection("NULL");
+    return 0;
+  }
+  magic = db->magic;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
+    if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+      testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+      logBadConnection("unopened");
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
+  u32 magic;
+  magic = db->magic;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
+      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
+      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    logBadConnection("invalid");
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against
+** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA.
+** Return 0 on success.  Or if the operation would have resulted in an
+** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+  i64 iA = *pA;
+  testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 );
+  testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 );
+  if( iB>=0 ){
+    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB );
+    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 );
+    if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1;
+  }else{
+    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 );
+    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 );
+    if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
+  }
+  *pA += iB;
+  return 0; 
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+  testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 );
+  if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+    testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 );
+    if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1;
+    *pA -= iB;
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB);
+  }
+}
+#define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32)
+#define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+  i64 iA = *pA;
+  i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r;
+
+  iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32;
+  iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32;
+  iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32;
+  iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32;
+  if( iA1==0 ){
+    if( iB1==0 ){
+      *pA *= iB;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    r = iA0*iB1;
+  }else if( iB1==0 ){
+    r = iA1*iB0;
+  }else{
+    /* If both iA1 and iB1 are non-zero, overflow will result */
+    return 1;
+  }
+  testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 );
+  testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) );
+  testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 );
+  testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 );
+  if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1;
+  r *= TWOPOWER32;
+  if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1;
+  *pA = r;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible.  Or 
+** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){
+  if( x>=0 ) return x;
+  if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff;
+  return -x;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+/*
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database
+** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and
+** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than
+** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three
+** characters of the original suffix.
+**
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always
+** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter.
+**
+** Examples:
+**
+**     test.db-journal    =>   test.nal
+**     test.db-wal        =>   test.wal
+**     test.db-shm        =>   test.shm
+**     test.db-mj7f3319fa =>   test.9fa
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2
+  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) )
+#endif
+  {
+    int i, sz;
+    sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+    for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){}
+    if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* 
+** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values.  This computation is
+** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic
+** value.
+** 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){
+  static const unsigned char x[] = {
+     10, 10,                         /* 0,1 */
+      9, 9,                          /* 2,3 */
+      8, 8,                          /* 4,5 */
+      7, 7, 7,                       /* 6,7,8 */
+      6, 6, 6,                       /* 9,10,11 */
+      5, 5, 5,                       /* 12-14 */
+      4, 4, 4, 4,                    /* 15-18 */
+      3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,              /* 19-24 */
+      2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,           /* 25-31 */
+  };
+  if( a>=b ){
+    if( a>b+49 ) return a;
+    if( a>b+31 ) return a+1;
+    return a+x[a-b];
+  }else{
+    if( b>a+49 ) return b;
+    if( b>a+31 ) return b+1;
+    return b+x[b-a];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an integer into a LogEst.  In other words, compute an
+** approximation for 10*log2(x).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){
+  static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 };
+  LogEst y = 40;
+  if( x<8 ){
+    if( x<2 ) return 0;
+    while( x<8 ){  y -= 10; x <<= 1; }
+  }else{
+    while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; }
+    while( x>15 ){  y += 10; x >>= 1; }
+  }
+  return a[x&7] + y - 10;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Convert a double into a LogEst
+** In other words, compute an approximation for 10*log2(x).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double x){
+  u64 a;
+  LogEst e;
+  assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(a)==8 );
+  if( x<=1 ) return 0;
+  if( x<=2000000000 ) return sqlite3LogEst((u64)x);
+  memcpy(&a, &x, 8);
+  e = (a>>52) - 1022;
+  return e*10;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** Convert a LogEst into an integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){
+  u64 n;
+  if( x<10 ) return 1;
+  n = x%10;
+  x /= 10;
+  if( n>=5 ) n -= 2;
+  else if( n>=1 ) n -= 1;
+  if( x>=3 ){
+    return x>60 ? (u64)LARGEST_INT64 : (n+8)<<(x-3);
+  }
+  return (n+8)>>(3-x);
+}
+
+/************** End of util.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
+** used in SQLite.
+*/
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
+  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    sqlite3_free(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The hashing function.
+*/
+static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){
+  unsigned int h = 0;
+  assert( nKey>=0 );
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h;
+}
+
+
+/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
+** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
+  if( pEntry ){
+    pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0;
+    pEntry->count++;
+    pEntry->chain = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pHead = 0;
+  }
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+**
+** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or
+** if the new size is the same as the prior size.
+** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not.
+*/
+static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
+  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
+  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
+
+#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0
+  if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
+    new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
+  }
+  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
+  ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error.  So mark the
+  ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of 
+  ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero()
+  ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will
+  ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which
+  ** may be larger than the requested amount).
+  */
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
+  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
+  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size;
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
+  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,           /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */
+  unsigned int h      /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+  }else{
+    elem = pH->first;
+    count = pH->count;
+  }
+  while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){
+    if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+      return elem;
+    }
+    elem = elem->next;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  unsigned int h    /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+      pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+    }
+    pEntry->count--;
+    assert( pEntry->count>=0 );
+  }
+  sqlite3_free( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count==0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){
+  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  assert( pKey!=0 );
+  assert( nKey>=0 );
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
+  }else{
+    h = 0;
+  }
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h);
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created and NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
+  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  assert( pKey!=0 );
+  assert( nKey>=0 );
+  if( pH->htsize ){
+    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
+  }else{
+    h = 0;
+  }
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+      elem->pKey = pKey;
+      assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  new_elem->pKey = pKey;
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
+    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
+      assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+      h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  }else{
+    insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define OpHelp(X) "\0" X
+#else
+# define OpHelp(X)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
+ static const char *const azName[] = { "?",
+     /*   1 */ "Function"         OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
+     /*   2 */ "Savepoint"        OpHelp(""),
+     /*   3 */ "AutoCommit"       OpHelp(""),
+     /*   4 */ "Transaction"      OpHelp(""),
+     /*   5 */ "SorterNext"       OpHelp(""),
+     /*   6 */ "PrevIfOpen"       OpHelp(""),
+     /*   7 */ "NextIfOpen"       OpHelp(""),
+     /*   8 */ "Prev"             OpHelp(""),
+     /*   9 */ "Next"             OpHelp(""),
+     /*  10 */ "AggStep"          OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
+     /*  11 */ "Checkpoint"       OpHelp(""),
+     /*  12 */ "JournalMode"      OpHelp(""),
+     /*  13 */ "Vacuum"           OpHelp(""),
+     /*  14 */ "VFilter"          OpHelp("iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'"),
+     /*  15 */ "VUpdate"          OpHelp("data=r[P3@P2]"),
+     /*  16 */ "Goto"             OpHelp(""),
+     /*  17 */ "Gosub"            OpHelp(""),
+     /*  18 */ "Return"           OpHelp(""),
+     /*  19 */ "Not"              OpHelp("r[P2]= !r[P1]"),
+     /*  20 */ "InitCoroutine"    OpHelp(""),
+     /*  21 */ "EndCoroutine"     OpHelp(""),
+     /*  22 */ "Yield"            OpHelp(""),
+     /*  23 */ "HaltIfNull"       OpHelp("if r[P3]=null halt"),
+     /*  24 */ "Halt"             OpHelp(""),
+     /*  25 */ "Integer"          OpHelp("r[P2]=P1"),
+     /*  26 */ "Int64"            OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
+     /*  27 */ "String"           OpHelp("r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)"),
+     /*  28 */ "Null"             OpHelp("r[P2..P3]=NULL"),
+     /*  29 */ "SoftNull"         OpHelp("r[P1]=NULL"),
+     /*  30 */ "Blob"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)"),
+     /*  31 */ "Variable"         OpHelp("r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)"),
+     /*  32 */ "Move"             OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"),
+     /*  33 */ "Copy"             OpHelp("r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]"),
+     /*  34 */ "SCopy"            OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"),
+     /*  35 */ "ResultRow"        OpHelp("output=r[P1@P2]"),
+     /*  36 */ "CollSeq"          OpHelp(""),
+     /*  37 */ "AddImm"           OpHelp("r[P1]=r[P1]+P2"),
+     /*  38 */ "MustBeInt"        OpHelp(""),
+     /*  39 */ "RealAffinity"     OpHelp(""),
+     /*  40 */ "Permutation"      OpHelp(""),
+     /*  41 */ "Compare"          OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"),
+     /*  42 */ "Jump"             OpHelp(""),
+     /*  43 */ "Once"             OpHelp(""),
+     /*  44 */ "If"               OpHelp(""),
+     /*  45 */ "IfNot"            OpHelp(""),
+     /*  46 */ "Column"           OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
+     /*  47 */ "Affinity"         OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
+     /*  48 */ "MakeRecord"       OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
+     /*  49 */ "Count"            OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
+     /*  50 */ "ReadCookie"       OpHelp(""),
+     /*  51 */ "SetCookie"        OpHelp(""),
+     /*  52 */ "OpenRead"         OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
+     /*  53 */ "OpenWrite"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
+     /*  54 */ "OpenAutoindex"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
+     /*  55 */ "OpenEphemeral"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
+     /*  56 */ "SorterOpen"       OpHelp(""),
+     /*  57 */ "OpenPseudo"       OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
+     /*  58 */ "Close"            OpHelp(""),
+     /*  59 */ "SeekLT"           OpHelp(""),
+     /*  60 */ "SeekLE"           OpHelp(""),
+     /*  61 */ "SeekGE"           OpHelp(""),
+     /*  62 */ "SeekGT"           OpHelp(""),
+     /*  63 */ "Seek"             OpHelp("intkey=r[P2]"),
+     /*  64 */ "NoConflict"       OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+     /*  65 */ "NotFound"         OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+     /*  66 */ "Found"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+     /*  67 */ "NotExists"        OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"),
+     /*  68 */ "Sequence"         OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
+     /*  69 */ "NewRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
+     /*  70 */ "Insert"           OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
+     /*  71 */ "Or"               OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"),
+     /*  72 */ "And"              OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"),
+     /*  73 */ "InsertInt"        OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
+     /*  74 */ "Delete"           OpHelp(""),
+     /*  75 */ "ResetCount"       OpHelp(""),
+     /*  76 */ "IsNull"           OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"),
+     /*  77 */ "NotNull"          OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"),
+     /*  78 */ "Ne"               OpHelp("if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2"),
+     /*  79 */ "Eq"               OpHelp("if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2"),
+     /*  80 */ "Gt"               OpHelp("if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2"),
+     /*  81 */ "Le"               OpHelp("if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2"),
+     /*  82 */ "Lt"               OpHelp("if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2"),
+     /*  83 */ "Ge"               OpHelp("if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2"),
+     /*  84 */ "SorterCompare"    OpHelp("if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
+     /*  85 */ "BitAnd"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"),
+     /*  86 */ "BitOr"            OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"),
+     /*  87 */ "ShiftLeft"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]"),
+     /*  88 */ "ShiftRight"       OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]"),
+     /*  89 */ "Add"              OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"),
+     /*  90 */ "Subtract"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"),
+     /*  91 */ "Multiply"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"),
+     /*  92 */ "Divide"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"),
+     /*  93 */ "Remainder"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"),
+     /*  94 */ "Concat"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"),
+     /*  95 */ "SorterData"       OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
+     /*  96 */ "BitNot"           OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"),
+     /*  97 */ "String8"          OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),
+     /*  98 */ "RowKey"           OpHelp("r[P2]=key"),
+     /*  99 */ "RowData"          OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
+     /* 100 */ "Rowid"            OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
+     /* 101 */ "NullRow"          OpHelp(""),
+     /* 102 */ "Last"             OpHelp(""),
+     /* 103 */ "SorterSort"       OpHelp(""),
+     /* 104 */ "Sort"             OpHelp(""),
+     /* 105 */ "Rewind"           OpHelp(""),
+     /* 106 */ "SorterInsert"     OpHelp(""),
+     /* 107 */ "IdxInsert"        OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
+     /* 108 */ "IdxDelete"        OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
+     /* 109 */ "IdxRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
+     /* 110 */ "IdxLE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+     /* 111 */ "IdxGT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+     /* 112 */ "IdxLT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+     /* 113 */ "IdxGE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
+     /* 114 */ "Destroy"          OpHelp(""),
+     /* 115 */ "Clear"            OpHelp(""),
+     /* 116 */ "ResetSorter"      OpHelp(""),
+     /* 117 */ "CreateIndex"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
+     /* 118 */ "CreateTable"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
+     /* 119 */ "ParseSchema"      OpHelp(""),
+     /* 120 */ "LoadAnalysis"     OpHelp(""),
+     /* 121 */ "DropTable"        OpHelp(""),
+     /* 122 */ "DropIndex"        OpHelp(""),
+     /* 123 */ "DropTrigger"      OpHelp(""),
+     /* 124 */ "IntegrityCk"      OpHelp(""),
+     /* 125 */ "RowSetAdd"        OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
+     /* 126 */ "RowSetRead"       OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"),
+     /* 127 */ "RowSetTest"       OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"),
+     /* 128 */ "Program"          OpHelp(""),
+     /* 129 */ "Param"            OpHelp(""),
+     /* 130 */ "FkCounter"        OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
+     /* 131 */ "FkIfZero"         OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"),
+     /* 132 */ "MemMax"           OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
+     /* 133 */ "Real"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
+     /* 134 */ "IfPos"            OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 goto P2"),
+     /* 135 */ "IfNeg"            OpHelp("if r[P1]<0 goto P2"),
+     /* 136 */ "IfZero"           OpHelp("r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2"),
+     /* 137 */ "AggFinal"         OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
+     /* 138 */ "IncrVacuum"       OpHelp(""),
+     /* 139 */ "Expire"           OpHelp(""),
+     /* 140 */ "TableLock"        OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
+     /* 141 */ "VBegin"           OpHelp(""),
+     /* 142 */ "VCreate"          OpHelp(""),
+     /* 143 */ "ToText"           OpHelp(""),
+     /* 144 */ "ToBlob"           OpHelp(""),
+     /* 145 */ "ToNumeric"        OpHelp(""),
+     /* 146 */ "ToInt"            OpHelp(""),
+     /* 147 */ "ToReal"           OpHelp(""),
+     /* 148 */ "VDestroy"         OpHelp(""),
+     /* 149 */ "VOpen"            OpHelp(""),
+     /* 150 */ "VColumn"          OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
+     /* 151 */ "VNext"            OpHelp(""),
+     /* 152 */ "VRename"          OpHelp(""),
+     /* 153 */ "Pagecount"        OpHelp(""),
+     /* 154 */ "MaxPgcnt"         OpHelp(""),
+     /* 155 */ "Init"             OpHelp("Start at P2"),
+     /* 156 */ "Noop"             OpHelp(""),
+     /* 157 */ "Explain"          OpHelp(""),
+  };
+  return azName[i];
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems
+** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others.
+**
+** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file.
+** The differences are in the way that file locking is done.  The default
+** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks.  Alternative implementations
+** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply
+** skip locking all together.
+**
+** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various
+** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division.  PLEASE
+** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT.  New code should be placed
+** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled.
+**
+** The layout of divisions is as follows:
+**
+**   *  General-purpose declarations and utility functions.
+**   *  Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks.
+**   *  Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking):
+**      + for Posix Advisory Locks
+**      + for no-op locks
+**      + for dot-file locks
+**      + for flock() locking
+**      + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only)
+**      + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only)
+**   *  sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
+**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
+**      methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
+**   *  sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
+**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
+**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
+**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
+
+/*
+** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
+** control:
+**
+**   1. POSIX locking (the default),
+**   2. No locking,
+**   3. Dot-file locking,
+**   4. flock() locking,
+**   5. AFP locking (OSX only),
+**   6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only),
+**   7. proxy locking. (OSX only)
+**
+** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+** is defined to 1.  The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
+** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
+** where the database is located.  
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+#  if defined(__APPLE__)
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on 
+** vxworks, or 0 otherwise.
+*/
+#ifndef OS_VXWORKS
+#  if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
+#    define OS_VXWORKS 1
+#  else
+#    define OS_VXWORKS 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** standard include files.
+*/
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+/* #include <time.h> */
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+# if OS_VXWORKS
+#  include <semaphore.h>
+#  include <limits.h>
+# else
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS)
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
+# include <utime.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS     0x1
+
+/*
+** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
+** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+/* # include <pthread.h> */
+# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default permissions when creating a new file
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum supported path-length.
+*/
+#define MAX_PATHNAME 512
+
+/*
+** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
+** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
+*/
+#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
+
+/* Forward references */
+typedef struct unixShm unixShm;               /* Connection shared memory */
+typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode;       /* Shared memory instance */
+typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo;   /* An i-node */
+typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd;     /* An unused file descriptor */
+
+/*
+** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor
+** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following
+** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an
+** opportunity to either close or reuse it.
+*/
+struct UnixUnusedFd {
+  int fd;                   /* File descriptor to close */
+  int flags;                /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;      /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */
+};
+
+/*
+** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
+** VFS implementations.
+*/
+typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
+struct unixFile {
+  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;                  /* The VFS that created this unixFile */
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;              /* Info about locks on this inode */
+  int h;                              /* The file descriptor */
+  unsigned char eFileLock;            /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+  unsigned short int ctrlFlags;       /* Behavioral bits.  UNIXFILE_* flags */
+  int lastErrno;                      /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
+  void *lockingContext;               /* Locking style specific state */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;              /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
+  const char *zPath;                  /* Name of the file */
+  unixShm *pShm;                      /* Shared memory segment information */
+  int szChunk;                        /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  int nFetchOut;                      /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSize;             /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual;       /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax;          /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
+  void *pMapRegion;                   /* Memory mapped region */
+#endif
+#ifdef __QNXNTO__
+  int sectorSize;                     /* Device sector size */
+  int deviceCharacteristics;          /* Precomputed device characteristics */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  int openFlags;                      /* The flags specified at open() */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
+  unsigned fsFlags;                   /* cached details from statfs() */
+#endif
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  struct vxworksFileId *pId;          /* Unique file ID */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
+  ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
+  ** whenever any part of the database changes.  An assertion fault will
+  ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
+  ** counter.  This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
+  ** one described by ticket #3584. 
+  */
+  unsigned char transCntrChng;   /* True if the transaction counter changed */
+  unsigned char dbUpdate;        /* True if any part of database file changed */
+  unsigned char inNormalWrite;   /* True if in a normal write operation */
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
+  ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
+  */
+  char aPadding[32];
+#endif
+};
+
+/* This variable holds the process id (pid) from when the xRandomness()
+** method was called.  If xOpen() is called from a different process id,
+** indicating that a fork() has occurred, the PRNG will be reset.
+*/
+static int randomnessPid = 0;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask:
+*/
+#define UNIXFILE_EXCL        0x01     /* Connections from one process only */
+#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY      0x02     /* Connection is read only */
+#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04     /* Persistent WAL mode */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x08     /* Directory sync needed */
+#else
+# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x00
+#endif
+#define UNIXFILE_PSOW        0x10     /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
+#define UNIXFILE_DELETE      0x20     /* Delete on close */
+#define UNIXFILE_URI         0x40     /* Filename might have query parameters */
+#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK      0x80     /* Do no file locking */
+#define UNIXFILE_WARNED    0x0100     /* verifyDbFile() warnings have been issued */
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
+#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
+# endif
+  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
+# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define OSTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
+              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/
+
+/*
+** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
+*/
+#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# undef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0.  Used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#define threadid pthread_self()
+#else
+#define threadid 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** HAVE_MREMAP defaults to true on Linux and false everywhere else.
+*/
+#if !defined(HAVE_MREMAP)
+# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+#  define HAVE_MREMAP 1
+# else
+#  define HAVE_MREMAP 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways.  Same use
+** open(const char*,int,mode_t).  Others use open(const char*,int,...).
+** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
+**
+** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
+** which always has the same well-defined interface.
+*/
+static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
+  return open(zFile, flags, mode);
+}
+
+/*
+** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security
+** log if they come from non-root processes.  So avoid calling fchown() if
+** we are not running as root.
+*/
+static int posixFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){
+  return geteuid() ? 0 : fchown(fd,uid,gid);
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static int openDirectory(const char*, int*);
+static int unixGetpagesize(void);
+
+/*
+** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
+** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
+** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
+** to all overrideable system calls.
+*/
+static struct unix_syscall {
+  const char *zName;            /* Name of the system call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
+} aSyscall[] = {
+  { "open",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen,  0  },
+#define osOpen      ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
+
+  { "close",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close,      0  },
+#define osClose     ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
+
+  { "access",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access,     0  },
+#define osAccess    ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
+
+  { "getcwd",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd,     0  },
+#define osGetcwd    ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
+
+  { "stat",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat,       0  },
+#define osStat      ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
+
+/*
+** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
+** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
+** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
+** DJGPP.  But it is DOS - what did you expect?
+*/
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  { "fstat",        0,                 0  },
+#define osFstat(a,b,c)    0
+#else     
+  { "fstat",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat,      0  },
+#define osFstat     ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+  { "ftruncate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate,  0  },
+#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
+
+  { "fcntl",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl,      0  },
+#define osFcntl     ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
+
+  { "read",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read,       0  },
+#define osRead      ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread,      0  },
+#else
+  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPread     ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64,    0  },
+#else
+  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPread64   ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
+
+  { "write",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write,      0  },
+#define osWrite     ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite,     0  },
+#else
+  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPwrite    ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
+                    aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64,   0  },
+#else
+  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPwrite64  ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
+                    aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
+
+  { "fchmod",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod,     0  },
+#define osFchmod    ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
+  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate,  0 },
+#else
+  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,                0 },
+#endif
+#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
+
+  { "unlink",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink,           0 },
+#define osUnlink    ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
+
+  { "openDirectory",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory,      0 },
+#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
+
+  { "mkdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir,           0 },
+#define osMkdir     ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
+
+  { "rmdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir,           0 },
+#define osRmdir     ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
+
+  { "fchown",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixFchown,     0 },
+#define osFchown    ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  { "mmap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap,     0 },
+#define osMmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
+
+  { "munmap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)munmap,          0 },
+#define osMunmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)
+
+#if HAVE_MREMAP
+  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap,          0 },
+#else
+  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
+#endif
+#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+  { "getpagesize",  (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 },
+#define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)
+
+}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
+
+/*
+** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
+** "unix" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
+** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
+** system call named zName.
+*/
+static int unixSetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
+  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
+    ** settings and return NULL
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
+    ** specified.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
+          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+        }
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
+** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
+** is currently undefined.
+*/
+static sqlite3_syscall_ptr unixGetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
+  const char *zName
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
+** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
+** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
+** system call.
+*/
+static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
+  int i = -1;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  if( zName ){
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
+    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid
+** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for 
+** standard input, output, and error.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR
+# define SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR 3
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Invoke open().  Do so multiple times, until it either succeeds or
+** fails for some reason other than EINTR.
+**
+** If the file creation mode "m" is 0 then set it to the default for
+** SQLite.  The default is SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS (normally
+** 0644) as modified by the system umask.  If m is not 0, then
+** make the file creation mode be exactly m ignoring the umask.
+**
+** The m parameter will be non-zero only when creating -wal, -journal,
+** and -shm files.  We want those files to have *exactly* the same
+** permissions as their original database, unadulterated by the umask.
+** In that way, if a database file is -rw-rw-rw or -rw-rw-r-, and a
+** transaction crashes and leaves behind hot journals, then any
+** process that is able to write to the database will also be able to
+** recover the hot journals.
+*/
+static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){
+  int fd;
+  mode_t m2 = m ? m : SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS;
+  while(1){
+#if defined(O_CLOEXEC)
+    fd = osOpen(z,f|O_CLOEXEC,m2);
+#else
+    fd = osOpen(z,f,m2);
+#endif
+    if( fd<0 ){
+      if( errno==EINTR ) continue;
+      break;
+    }
+    if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break;
+    osClose(fd);
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, 
+                "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd);
+    fd = -1;
+    if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break;
+  }
+  if( fd>=0 ){
+    if( m!=0 ){
+      struct stat statbuf;
+      if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 
+       && statbuf.st_size==0
+       && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m 
+      ){
+        osFchmod(fd, m);
+      }
+    }
+#if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0)
+    osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+#endif
+  }
+  return fd;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
+** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
+** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be 
+** shared by multiple threads.
+**
+** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
+** statements. e.g.
+**
+**   unixEnterMutex()
+**     assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+**   unixEnterLeave()
+*/
+static void unixEnterMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
+  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
+** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
+** integer lock-type.
+*/
+static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){
+  switch( eFileLock ){
+    case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
+    case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
+    case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
+    case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
+    case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
+  }
+  return "ERROR";
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+/*
+** Print out information about all locking operations.
+**
+** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
+** platforms.  Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+** command-line option on the compiler.  This code is normally
+** turned off.
+*/
+static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
+  char *zOpName, *zType;
+  int s;
+  int savedErrno;
+  if( op==F_GETLK ){
+    zOpName = "GETLK";
+  }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
+    zOpName = "SETLK";
+  }else{
+    s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
+    return s;
+  }
+  if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+    zType = "RDLCK";
+  }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+    zType = "WRLCK";
+  }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+    zType = "UNLCK";
+  }else{
+    assert( 0 );
+  }
+  assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
+  s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
+  savedErrno = errno;
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
+     threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
+     (int)p->l_pid, s);
+  if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
+    struct flock l2;
+    l2 = *p;
+    osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
+    if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+      zType = "RDLCK";
+    }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+      zType = "WRLCK";
+    }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+      zType = "UNLCK";
+    }else{
+      assert( 0 );
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
+       zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
+  }
+  errno = savedErrno;
+  return s;
+}
+#undef osFcntl
+#define osFcntl lockTrace
+#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
+
+/*
+** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
+*/
+static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
+  int rc;
+  do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
+** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
+** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
+** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into 
+** SQLITE_IOERR
+** 
+** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
+** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
+*/
+static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
+  switch (posixError) {
+#if 0
+  /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch
+  ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after
+  ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with
+  ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed,
+  ** errno should be non-zero.
+  **
+  ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return
+  ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be
+  ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0
+  ** will be handled by the "default:" case below.
+  */
+  case 0: 
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+  case EAGAIN:
+  case ETIMEDOUT:
+  case EBUSY:
+  case EINTR:
+  case ENOLCK:  
+    /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support 
+     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    
+  case EACCES: 
+    /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/
+    if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || 
+        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || 
+        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
+        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    /* else fall through */
+  case EPERM: 
+    return SQLITE_PERM;
+    
+  /* EDEADLK is only possible if a call to fcntl(F_SETLKW) is made. And
+  ** this module never makes such a call. And the code in SQLite itself 
+  ** asserts that SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED is never returned. For these reasons
+  ** this case is also commented out. If the system does set errno to EDEADLK,
+  ** the default SQLITE_IOERR_XXX code will be returned. */
+#if 0
+  case EDEADLK:
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
+#endif
+    
+#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
+  case EOPNOTSUPP: 
+    /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support 
+     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+#endif
+#ifdef ENOTSUP
+  case ENOTSUP: 
+    /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which 
+     * it actually means what it says */
+#endif
+  case EIO:
+  case EBADF:
+  case EINVAL:
+  case ENOTCONN:
+  case ENODEV:
+  case ENXIO:
+  case ENOENT:
+#ifdef ESTALE                     /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */
+  case ESTALE:
+#endif
+  case ENOSYS:
+    /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
+    
+  default: 
+    return sqliteIOErr;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ***************
+**
+** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating
+** the device number and the inode number.  But this does not work on VxWorks.
+** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename.
+**
+** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
+** unique file ID in VxWorks.  Each instance of this structure contains
+** a copy of the canonical filename.  There is also a reference count.  
+** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
+** zero.
+**
+** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not
+** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these
+** structures on a linked list.
+*/
+struct vxworksFileId {
+  struct vxworksFileId *pNext;  /* Next in a list of them all */
+  int nRef;                     /* Number of references to this one */
+  int nName;                    /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */
+  char *zCanonicalName;         /* Canonical filename */
+};
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+/* 
+** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
+** variable:
+*/
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0;
+
+/*
+** Simplify a filename into its canonical form
+** by making the following changes:
+**
+**  * removing any trailing and duplicate /
+**  * convert /./ into just /
+**  * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just /
+**
+** Changes are made in-place.  Return the new name length.
+**
+** The original filename is in z[0..n-1].  Return the number of
+** characters in the simplified name.
+*/
+static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){
+  int i, j;
+  while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; }
+  for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
+    if( z[i]=='/' ){
+      if( z[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
+      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+2<n && z[i+2]=='/' ){
+        i += 1;
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+3<n && z[i+2]=='.' && z[i+3]=='/' ){
+        while( j>0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
+        if( j>0 ){ j--; }
+        i += 2;
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+    z[j++] = z[i];
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  return j;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname.  Return
+** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object.  This pointer is the unique
+** file ID.
+**
+** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before
+** the object is returned.  A new vxworksFileId object is created
+** and added to the global list if necessary.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL.
+*/
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){
+  struct vxworksFileId *pNew;         /* search key and new file ID */
+  struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate;   /* For looping over existing file IDs */
+  int n;                              /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */
+
+  assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' );
+  n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName);
+  pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1];
+  memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1);
+  n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n);
+
+  /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name.
+  ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to
+  ** the existing file ID.
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
+    if( pCandidate->nName==n 
+     && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
+    ){
+       sqlite3_free(pNew);
+       pCandidate->nRef++;
+       unixLeaveMutex();
+       return pCandidate;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No match was found.  We will make a new file ID */
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
+  pNew->nName = n;
+  pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList;
+  vxworksFileList = pNew;
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object.  Free
+** the object when the reference count reaches zero.
+*/
+static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  assert( pId->nRef>0 );
+  pId->nRef--;
+  if( pId->nRef==0 ){
+    struct vxworksFileId **pp;
+    for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){}
+    assert( *pp==pId );
+    *pp = pId->pNext;
+    sqlite3_free(pId);
+  }
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Posix Advisory Locking ****************************
+**
+** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design.  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
+** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
+** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
+** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
+** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
+** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
+**
+**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**
+** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
+** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
+** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
+** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
+** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
+** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
+** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
+** file descriptors opened on different file names.
+**
+** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access
+** among competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
+** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
+** threads within the same process.
+**
+** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
+** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
+** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
+** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
+** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
+** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
+** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
+** inode.
+**
+** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks.
+** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on
+** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.)
+**
+** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
+** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
+** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
+** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
+** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
+** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
+** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
+** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
+** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
+** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
+**
+** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
+** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
+** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
+** a locked and an unlocked state.
+**
+** But wait:  there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks.
+**
+** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
+** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
+** released.  To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object
+** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode.
+** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
+** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
+** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
+** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
+** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
+** clears.
+**
+** Yet another problem:  LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks.
+**
+** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is
+** not posix compliant.  Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread
+** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B.
+** Only thread A can modify the lock.  Locking behavior is correct
+** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL)
+** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks
+** in thread B.  But there is no way to know at compile-time which
+** threading library is being used.  So there is no way to know at
+** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
+** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
+** current process.
+**
+** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads.  But support for LinuxThreads
+** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0.  SQLite will still work with
+** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection 
+** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
+** do not move across threads.
+*/
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object.
+*/
+struct unixFileId {
+  dev_t dev;                  /* Device number */
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  struct vxworksFileId *pId;  /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */
+#else
+  ino_t ino;                  /* Inode number */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode.  Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for
+** each inode opened by each thread.
+**
+** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
+** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
+** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
+*/
+struct unixInodeInfo {
+  struct unixFileId fileId;       /* The lookup key */
+  int nShared;                    /* Number of SHARED locks held */
+  unsigned char eFileLock;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+  unsigned char bProcessLock;     /* An exclusive process lock is held */
+  int nRef;                       /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* Shared memory associated with this inode */
+  int nLock;                      /* Number of outstanding file locks */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;          /* Unused file descriptors to close */
+  unixInodeInfo *pNext;           /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */
+  unixInodeInfo *pPrev;           /*    .... doubly linked */
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  unsigned long long sharedByte;  /* for AFP simulated shared lock */
+#endif
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  sem_t *pSem;                    /* Named POSIX semaphore */
+  char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2];  /* Name of that semaphore */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects.
+*/
+static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0;
+
+/*
+**
+** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro
+** unixLogError().
+**
+** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been
+** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
+** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or
+** strerror_r().
+**
+** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
+** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
+** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path,
+** if any.
+*/
+#define unixLogError(a,b,c)     unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__)
+static int unixLogErrorAtLine(
+  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
+  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
+  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
+  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
+){
+  char *zErr;                     /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */
+  int iErrno = errno;             /* Saved syscall error number */
+
+  /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
+  ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
+  ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
+  */ 
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
+  char aErr[80];
+  memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
+  zErr = aErr;
+
+  /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
+  ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that
+  ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer 
+  ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. 
+  ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of 
+  ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
+  **
+  ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
+  ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
+  ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available 
+  ** could lead to a segfault though.
+  */
+#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
+  zErr = 
+# endif
+  strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);
+
+#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */
+  zErr = "";
+#else
+  /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */
+  zErr = strerror(iErrno);
+#endif
+
+  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
+  sqlite3_log(errcode,
+      "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
+      iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr
+  );
+
+  return errcode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file descriptor.
+**
+** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a
+** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail.
+** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the
+** error.
+**
+** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the
+** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread.
+** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR.  Just log the error
+** and move on.
+*/
+static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){
+  if( osClose(h) ){
+    unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close",
+                       pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
+*/ 
+static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  UnixUnusedFd *p;
+  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
+  for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
+    pNext = p->pNext;
+    robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  pInode->pUnused = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo().
+**
+** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
+** when this function is called.
+*/
+static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+  if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){
+    pInode->nRef--;
+    if( pInode->nRef==0 ){
+      assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 );
+      closePendingFds(pFile);
+      if( pInode->pPrev ){
+        assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode );
+        pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext;
+      }else{
+        assert( inodeList==pInode );
+        inodeList = pInode->pNext;
+      }
+      if( pInode->pNext ){
+        assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode );
+        pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(pInode);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that
+** describes that file descriptor.  Create a new one if necessary.  The
+** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
+**
+** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
+** when this function is called.
+**
+** Return an appropriate error code.
+*/
+static int findInodeInfo(
+  unixFile *pFile,               /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
+  unixInodeInfo **ppInode        /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */
+){
+  int rc;                        /* System call return code */
+  int fd;                        /* The file descriptor for pFile */
+  struct unixFileId fileId;      /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */
+  struct stat statbuf;           /* Low-level file information */
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0;     /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */
+
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+
+  /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
+  ** create a unique name for the file.
+  */
+  fd = pFile->h;
+  rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+#ifdef EOVERFLOW
+    if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+  /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
+  ** incorrectly for zero-size files.  See ticket #3260.  To work
+  ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
+  ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte
+  ** prior to accessing the inode number.  The one byte written is
+  ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte
+  ** in the header of every SQLite database.  In this way, if there
+  ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
+  ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
+  */
+  if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){
+    do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+    if( rc!=1 ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+    rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
+  fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  fileId.pId = pFile->pId;
+#else
+  fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+#endif
+  pInode = inodeList;
+  while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
+    pInode = pInode->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pInode==0 ){
+    pInode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInode) );
+    if( pInode==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode));
+    memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId));
+    pInode->nRef = 1;
+    pInode->pNext = inodeList;
+    pInode->pPrev = 0;
+    if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode;
+    inodeList = pInode;
+  }else{
+    pInode->nRef++;
+  }
+  *ppInode = pInode;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened.
+*/
+static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){
+  struct stat buf;
+  return pFile->pInode!=0 &&
+         (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check a unixFile that is a database.  Verify the following:
+**
+** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file
+** (2) The file is not a symbolic link
+** (3) The file has not been renamed or unlinked
+**
+** Issue sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,...) messages if anything is not right.
+*/
+static void verifyDbFile(unixFile *pFile){
+  struct stat buf;
+  int rc;
+  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_WARNED ){
+    /* One or more of the following warnings have already been issued.  Do not
+    ** repeat them so as not to clutter the error log */
+    return;
+  }
+  rc = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "cannot fstat db file %s", pFile->zPath);
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( buf.st_nlink==0 && (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE)==0 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file unlinked while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( buf.st_nlink>1 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "multiple links to file: %s", pFile->zPath);
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( fileHasMoved(pFile) ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file renamed while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+  */
+#ifndef __DJGPP__
+  if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){
+    struct flock lock;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1;
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
+      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+    } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
+      reserved = 1;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile.  The lock is 
+** described by pLock.
+**
+** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
+** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once
+** the first time any lock is attempted.  All subsequent system locking
+** operations become no-ops.  Locking operations still happen internally,
+** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections
+** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the
+** operating system does not participate.
+**
+** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using
+** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl"
+** and is read-only.
+**
+** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call
+** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()).
+*/
+static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){
+  int rc;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+  assert( pInode!=0 );
+  if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock)
+   && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0)
+  ){
+    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+      struct flock lock;
+      assert( pInode->nLock==0 );
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+      lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+      rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+      if( rc<0 ) return rc;
+      pInode->bProcessLock = 1;
+      pInode->nLock++;
+    }else{
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
+  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
+  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
+  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
+  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
+  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
+  **
+  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
+  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
+  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
+  **
+  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
+  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
+  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
+  ** 'reserved byte'. 
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
+  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
+  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
+  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
+  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
+  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
+  ** after a crash.
+  **
+  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
+  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
+  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
+  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
+  ** database. 
+  **
+  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
+  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
+  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
+  */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int tErrno = 0;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h,
+      azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
+      azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared , getpid()));
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
+    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h,
+            azFileLock(eFileLock)));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct.
+  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
+  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
+  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
+  */
+  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+
+  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
+  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
+  */
+  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
+          (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+  ** return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
+      (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
+    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
+    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    pInode->nShared++;
+    pInode->nLock++;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  lock.l_len = 1L;
+  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
+  ){
+    lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+      goto end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+    /* Now get the read-lock */
+    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+    }
+
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1L;
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* This could happen with a network mount */
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
+    }
+
+    if( rc ){
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+      goto end_lock;
+    }else{
+      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+      pInode->nLock++;
+      pInode->nShared = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
+    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+
+    assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+    if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){
+      lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+      lock.l_len = 1L;
+    }else{
+      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
+  ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock.  The change
+  ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal
+  ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback).
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+   && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK
+   && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK
+  ){
+    pFile->transCntrChng = 0;
+    pFile->dbUpdate = 0;
+    pFile->inNormalWrite = 1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+
+end_lock:
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
+** pUnused list.
+*/
+static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
+  p->pNext = pInode->pUnused;
+  pInode->pUnused = p;
+  pFile->h = -1;
+  pFile->pUnused = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+** 
+** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
+** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
+** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked.  This works 
+** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to 
+** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
+*/
+static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+      pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
+      getpid()));
+
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
+    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
+    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
+    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
+    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
+    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
+    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
+    */
+    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
+#endif
+
+    /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
+    ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
+    ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a 
+    ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
+    **  1:   [WWWWW]
+    **  2:   [....W]
+    **  3:   [RRRRW]
+    **  4:   [RRRR.]
+    */
+    if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+
+#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+      (void)handleNFSUnlock;
+      assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 );
+#endif
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+      if( handleNFSUnlock ){
+        int tErrno;               /* Error code from system call errors */
+        off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
+        
+        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = divSize;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+          tErrno = errno;
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+          }
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = divSize;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+          tErrno = errno;
+          rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
+          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+          }
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize;
+        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+          tErrno = errno;
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+          }
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+      }else
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+      {
+        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+          /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
+          ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this 
+          ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
+          ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
+          ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes 
+          ** an assert to fail). */ 
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
+          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
+      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+      goto end_unlock;
+    }
+  }
+  if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
+    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
+    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+    ** the lock.
+    */
+    pInode->nShared--;
+    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
+      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
+      if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
+        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+      }else{
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
+    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
+    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
+    */
+    pInode->nLock--;
+    assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
+    if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
+      closePendingFds(pFile);
+    }
+  }
+
+end_unlock:
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || ((unixFile *)id)->nFetchOut==0 );
+#endif
+  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0);
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte);
+static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation 
+** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
+** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
+** structure to 0.
+**
+** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
+** even on VxWorks.  A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
+** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
+*/
+static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  unixUnmapfile(pFile);
+#endif
+  if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+    robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
+    pFile->h = -1;
+  }
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  if( pFile->pId ){
+    if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){
+      osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
+    }
+    vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
+    pFile->pId = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  OSTRACE(("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h));
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
+  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+  verifyDbFile(pFile);
+  unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  unixEnterMutex();
+
+  /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close
+  ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead.
+  */
+  assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+  if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
+    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+    ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list.  It will be automatically closed 
+    ** when the last lock is cleared.
+    */
+    setPendingFd(pFile);
+  }
+  releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+  rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation *****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
+**
+** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
+** simplest:  locking is ignored.  No attempt is made to lock the database
+** file for reading or writing.
+**
+** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
+** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.)  It can
+** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
+** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
+** database connections.  But there is a serious risk of database
+** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
+** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
+** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
+*/
+
+static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  *pResOut = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
+
+/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
+**
+** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock
+** files (really a directory) to control access to the database.  This works
+** on just about every filesystem imaginable.  But there are serious downsides:
+**
+**    (1)  There is zero concurrency.  A single reader blocks all other
+**         connections from reading or writing the database.
+**
+**    (2)  An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
+**         sitting around that need to be cleared manually.
+**
+** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no
+** other locking strategy is available.
+**
+** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as
+** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added.
+** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock.  All other
+** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the
+** lock directory.
+*/
+#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+**
+** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not.  So in this
+** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock
+** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked.
+*/
+static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process
+    ** holds a lock on the file.  No need to check further. */
+    reserved = 1;
+  }else{
+    /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */
+    const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext;
+    reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0;
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+**
+** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE.
+** But we track the other locking levels internally.
+*/
+static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+
+  /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists.  All we have
+  ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level.
+  */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
+    utime(zLockFile, NULL);
+#else
+    utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* grab an exclusive lock */
+  rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777);
+  if( rc<0 ){
+    /* failed to open/create the lock directory */
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    } else {
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+    }
+    return rc;
+  } 
+  
+  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file.
+*/
+static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the
+  ** lock state.  No need to mess with the file on disk.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
+  assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
+  rc = osRmdir(zLockFile);
+  if( rc<0 && errno==ENOTDIR ) rc = osUnlink(zLockFile);
+  if( rc<0 ){
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    rc = 0;
+    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+    }
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+    return rc; 
+  }
+  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.  Make sure the lock has been released before closing.
+*/
+static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation *******************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin flock Locking ********************************
+**
+** Use the flock() system call to do file locking.
+**
+** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various
+** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into
+** a single exclusive lock.  In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and
+** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock.  SQLite
+** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since
+** only a single process can be reading the database at a time.
+**
+** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if
+** compiling for VXWORKS.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
+
+/*
+** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR
+*/
+#ifdef EINTR
+static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){
+  int rc;
+  do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+  return rc;
+}
+#else
+# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
+#endif
+     
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    /* attempt to get the lock */
+    int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
+    if( !lrc ){
+      /* got the lock, unlock it */
+      lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
+      if ( lrc ) {
+        int tErrno = errno;
+        /* unlock failed with an error */
+        lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
+        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+          rc = lrc;
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      reserved = 1;
+      /* someone else might have it reserved */
+      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+        rc = lrc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    reserved=1;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
+  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
+  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* grab an exclusive lock */
+  
+  if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    /* didn't get, must be busy */
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
+  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* no, really, unlock. */
+  if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( id ){
+    flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */
+
+/******************* End of the flock lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************
+**
+** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks.
+**
+** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only
+** supports EXCLUSIVE locking.  Only a single process can read or write
+** the database file at a time.  This reduces potential concurrency, but
+** makes the lock implementation much easier.
+*/
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+    struct stat statBuf;
+
+    if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
+        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      } else {
+        /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
+        reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* we could have it if we want it */
+      sem_post(pSem);
+    }
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int fd;
+  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
+  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
+  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    goto sem_end_lock;
+  }
+  
+  /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
+  if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto sem_end_lock;
+  }
+
+  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+
+ sem_end_lock:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  assert( pSem );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
+  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* no, really unlock. */
+  if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
+    int rc, tErrno = errno;
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+    return rc; 
+  }
+  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ ** Close a file.
+ */
+static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    assert( pFile );
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+    closeUnixFile(id);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+/*
+** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
+**
+*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation ****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Begin AFP Locking *********************************
+**
+** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol.  AFP is a network filesystem found
+** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX.
+**
+** Third-party implementations of AFP are available.  But this code here
+** only works on OSX.
+*/
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/*
+** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
+*/
+typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
+struct afpLockingContext {
+  int reserved;
+  const char *dbPath;             /* Name of the open file */
+};
+
+struct ByteRangeLockPB2
+{
+  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
+  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
+  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
+  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
+  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
+  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
+};
+
+#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL        _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
+
+/*
+** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
+** AFP filesystem.
+** 
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
+*/
+static int afpSetLock(
+  const char *path,              /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */
+  unixFile *pFile,               /* Open file descriptor on path */
+  unsigned long long offset,     /* First byte to be locked */
+  unsigned long long length,     /* Number of bytes to lock */
+  int setLockFlag                /* True to set lock.  False to clear lock */
+){
+  struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
+  int err;
+  
+  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
+  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
+  pb.offset = offset;
+  pb.length = length; 
+  pb.fd = pFile->h;
+  
+  OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", 
+    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
+    offset, length));
+  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
+  if ( err==-1 ) {
+    int rc;
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
+             path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno)));
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+#else
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
+                    setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  } else {
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  afpLockingContext *context;
+  
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  if( context->reserved ){
+    *pResOut = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
+  
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+   */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    /* lock the RESERVED byte */
+    int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
+    if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
+      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
+      ** the original state */
+      lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    } else {
+      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
+      reserved = 1;
+    }
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+      rc=lrc;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+  
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
+           azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
+           azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid()));
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
+    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h,
+           azFileLock(eFileLock)));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
+  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
+  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
+  */
+  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+
+  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
+  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
+  */
+  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
+       (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
+     ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto afp_end_lock;
+  }
+  
+  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+  ** return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
+     (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
+    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
+    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    pInode->nShared++;
+    pInode->nLock++;
+    goto afp_end_lock;
+  }
+    
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
+  ){
+    int failed;
+    failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
+    if (failed) {
+      rc = failed;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0;
+    long lk, mask;
+    
+    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
+        
+    mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
+    /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
+    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
+    lk = random(); 
+    pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+    lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
+          SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
+      lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
+    }
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
+      pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno;
+      rc = lrc1;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
+      rc = lrc2;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
+      rc = lrc1;
+    } else {
+      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+      pInode->nLock++;
+      pInode->nShared = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
+    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+     ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    int failed = 0;
+    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
+    if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) {
+        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
+        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+      if( !failed ){
+        context->reserved = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
+      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
+        
+      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
+      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnlock
+      */
+      if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
+                         pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
+        int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
+        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
+        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
+                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
+        if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
+                       SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
+          /* Can't reestablish the shared lock.  Sqlite can't deal, this is
+          ** a critical I/O error
+          */
+          rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : 
+               SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+          goto afp_end_lock;
+        } 
+      }else{
+        rc = failed; 
+      }
+    }
+    if( failed ){
+      rc = failed;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+  
+afp_end_lock:
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+         rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  int skipShared = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  int h = pFile->h;
+#endif
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
+           getpid()));
+
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
+    SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+    SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
+    SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+    
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
+    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
+    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
+    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
+    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
+    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
+    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
+    */
+    assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
+           || pFile->dbUpdate==0
+           || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
+    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
+#endif
+    
+    if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
+        /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */
+        int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
+        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
+      } else {
+        skipShared = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    } 
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+      if( !rc ){ 
+        context->reserved = 0; 
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
+      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
+
+    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
+    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+    ** the lock.
+    */
+    unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
+    pInode->nShared--;
+    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+      SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      if( !skipShared ){
+        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
+      }
+      if( !rc ){
+        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pInode->nLock--;
+      assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
+      if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
+        closePendingFds(pFile);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
+*/
+static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
+      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+      ** descriptor to pInode->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
+      ** the last lock is cleared.
+      */
+      setPendingFd(pFile);
+    }
+    releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The code above is the AFP lock implementation.  The code is specific
+** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
+** is available.  If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp"
+** VFS is not available.
+**
+********************* End of the AFP lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/*
+ ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+ ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+ **
+ ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+ ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+ */
+static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1);
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The code above is the NFS lock implementation.  The code is specific
+** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
+** is available.  
+**
+********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
+**
+** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the 
+** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods.  The locking
+** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
+** division).  Those methods that are common to all locking modes
+** are gather together into this division.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
+** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
+**
+** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
+** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
+** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
+** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
+** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
+**
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
+*/
+static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
+  int got;
+  int prior = 0;
+#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
+  i64 newOffset;
+#endif
+  TIMER_START;
+  assert( cnt==(cnt&0x1ffff) );
+  assert( id->h>2 );
+  cnt &= 0x1ffff;
+  do{
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+    got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+    got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#else
+    newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+    SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
+    if( newOffset!=offset ){
+      if( newOffset == -1 ){
+        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+      }else{
+        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;
+      }
+      return -1;
+    }
+    got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
+#endif
+    if( got==cnt ) break;
+    if( got<0 ){
+      if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; }
+      prior = 0;
+      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+      break;
+    }else if( got>0 ){
+      cnt -= got;
+      offset += got;
+      prior += got;
+      pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf);
+    }
+  }while( got>0 );
+  TIMER_END;
+  OSTRACE(("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n",
+            id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED));
+  return got+prior;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+static int unixRead(
+  sqlite3_file *id, 
+  void *pBuf, 
+  int amt,
+  sqlite3_int64 offset
+){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+  int got;
+  assert( id );
+  assert( offset>=0 );
+  assert( amt>0 );
+
+  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+#if 0
+  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
+       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
+  );
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
+  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
+  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
+      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
+      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+      amt -= nCopy;
+      offset += nCopy;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
+  if( got==amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( got<0 ){
+    /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
+    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to
+** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from
+** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, 
+** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than
+** nBuf).
+*/
+static int seekAndWriteFd(
+  int fd,                         /* File descriptor to write to */
+  i64 iOff,                       /* File offset to begin writing at */
+  const void *pBuf,               /* Copy data from this buffer to the file */
+  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer pBuf in bytes */
+  int *piErrno                    /* OUT: Error number if error occurs */
+){
+  int rc = 0;                     /* Value returned by system call */
+
+  assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) );
+  assert( fd>2 );
+  nBuf &= 0x1ffff;
+  TIMER_START;
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+  do{ rc = osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  do{ rc = osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR);
+#else
+  do{
+    i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET);
+    SimulateIOError( iSeek-- );
+
+    if( iSeek!=iOff ){
+      if( piErrno ) *piErrno = (iSeek==-1 ? errno : 0);
+      return -1;
+    }
+    rc = osWrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf);
+  }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+#endif
+
+  TIMER_END;
+  OSTRACE(("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", fd, rc, iOff, TIMER_ELAPSED));
+
+  if( rc<0 && piErrno ) *piErrno = errno;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
+** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
+**
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
+*/
+static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
+  return seekAndWriteFd(id->h, offset, pBuf, cnt, &id->lastErrno);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+static int unixWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *id, 
+  const void *pBuf, 
+  int amt,
+  sqlite3_int64 offset 
+){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int wrote = 0;
+  assert( id );
+  assert( amt>0 );
+
+  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+#if 0
+  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
+       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
+  );
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
+  ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
+  ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
+  ** has changed.  If the transaction counter is modified, record that
+  ** fact too.
+  */
+  if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){
+    pFile->dbUpdate = 1;  /* The database has been modified */
+    if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
+      int rc;
+      char oldCntr[4];
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+      rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
+        pFile->transCntrChng = 1;  /* The transaction counter has changed */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
+  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
+  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
+      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
+      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+      amt -= nCopy;
+      offset += nCopy;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    offset += wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
+  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
+
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){
+      /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+    }else{
+      pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
+      return SQLITE_FULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync().  Some do.
+** Others do no.  To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower)
+** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
+** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync
+*/
+#if !defined(fdatasync)
+# define fdatasync fsync
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
+** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
+** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
+*/
+#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
+#else
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
+** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
+** it work better.
+**
+** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
+** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
+** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
+** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
+**
+** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
+** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
+** to disk, not the inode.  We only set dataOnly if the file size is 
+** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode.  However, 
+** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
+** file size has changed.  The only real difference between fdatasync()
+** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
+** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed.
+** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so
+** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate.
+** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of
+** the value of the dataOnly flag.
+*/
+static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
+  int rc;
+
+  /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
+  ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering 
+  ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#endif
+
+  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
+  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
+  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+  sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+
+  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+  ** no-op
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+  if( fullSync ){
+    rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
+  }else{
+    rc = 1;
+  }
+  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
+  ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
+  ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
+  ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
+  ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
+  ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
+  ** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
+  */
+  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
+
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+  /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly
+  ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
+  */
+  rc = fsync(fd);
+#else 
+  rc = fdatasync(fd);
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
+    rc = fsync(fd);
+  }
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
+
+  if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
+    rc = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
+** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
+** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
+** value.
+**
+** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to
+** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events
+** are flushed to disk.  Such fsyncs are not needed on newer
+** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems.
+**
+** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface.
+** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the
+** chromium sandbox.  Opening a directory is a security risk (we are
+** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to
+** replace this routine with a harmless no-op.  To make this routine
+** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves
+** *pFd set to a negative number.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
+** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
+*/
+static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
+  int ii;
+  int fd = -1;
+  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
+  for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
+  if( ii>0 ){
+    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
+    fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
+    if( fd>=0 ){
+      OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
+    }
+  }
+  *pFd = fd;
+  return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname));
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+**
+** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
+** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
+** file data is synced.
+**
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
+*/
+static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
+  int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+
+  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+  );
+
+  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
+  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
+  */
+  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h));
+  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+  if( rc ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+
+  /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag
+  ** is set.  This is a one-time occurrence.  Many systems (examples: AIX)
+  ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync.
+  */
+  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){
+    int dirfd;
+    OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath,
+            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync));
+    rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){
+      full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0);
+      robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__);
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+  int rc;
+  assert( pFile );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
+
+  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
+  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
+  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
+  ** size).
+  */
+  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+  }
+
+  rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, (off_t)nByte);
+  if( rc ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
+  }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
+    ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
+    ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length,
+    ** that effectively updates the change counter.  This might happen
+    ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length
+    ** source.
+    */
+    if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){
+      pFile->transCntrChng = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+    /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently
+    ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
+    ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.  
+    */
+    if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
+      pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+  int rc;
+  struct stat buf;
+  assert( id );
+  rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+  }
+  *pSize = buf.st_size;
+
+  /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure
+  ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
+  ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem.  In order to avoid problems with upper
+  ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
+  ** really 1.   Ticket #3260.
+  */
+  if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
+
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+/*
+** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs.  Defined below in the
+** proxying locking division.
+*/
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+#endif
+
+/* 
+** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 
+** file-control operation.  Enlarge the database to nBytes in size
+** (rounded up to the next chunk-size).  If the database is already
+** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
+  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+    i64 nSize;                    /* Required file size */
+    struct stat buf;              /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
+   
+    if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+
+    nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+    if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){
+
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
+      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() 
+      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, 
+      ** or an error number on  failure". See the manpage for details. */
+      int err;
+      do{
+        err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size);
+      }while( err==EINTR );
+      if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+#else
+      /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. First use
+      ** ftruncate() to set the file size, then write a single byte to
+      ** the last byte in each block within the extended region. This
+      ** is the same technique used by glibc to implement posix_fallocate()
+      ** on systems that do not have a real fallocate() system call.
+      */
+      int nBlk = buf.st_blksize;  /* File-system block size */
+      i64 iWrite;                 /* Next offset to write to */
+
+      if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nSize) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+        return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
+      }
+      iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1;
+      while( iWrite<nSize ){
+        int nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1);
+        if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+        iWrite += nBlk;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){
+    int rc;
+    if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){
+      if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+        return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
+      }
+    }
+
+    rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte);
+    return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
+** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
+**
+** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
+*/
+static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
+  if( *pArg<0 ){
+    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
+  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
+    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
+  }else{
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf);
+
+/*
+** Information and control of an open file handle.
+*/
+static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+      *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
+      *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
+      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
+      int rc;
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+      rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg);
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
+      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
+      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
+      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
+      char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname );
+      if( zTFile ){
+        unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile);
+        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: {
+      *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
+      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
+      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
+        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
+      }
+      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
+      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
+        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
+        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
+          unixUnmapfile(pFile);
+          rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1);
+        }
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
+    ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
+    ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
+    ** unchanged.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
+      ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
+    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
+*/
+#ifndef __QNXNTO__ 
+static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX.
+*/
+#ifdef __QNXNTO__
+#include <sys/dcmd_blk.h>
+#include <sys/statvfs.h>
+static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){
+    struct statvfs fsInfo;
+       
+    /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */
+    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
+    if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) {
+      return pFile->sectorSize;
+    }
+
+    if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) {
+      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K |       /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
+                                      ** the write succeeds */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+                                      ** so it is ordered */
+        0;
+    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){
+      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */
+        (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) |
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
+                                      ** the write succeeds */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+                                      ** so it is ordered */
+        0;
+    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){
+      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC |         /* All filesystem writes are atomic */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
+                                      ** the write succeeds */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+                                      ** so it is ordered */
+        0;
+    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){
+      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
+        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+                                      ** so it is ordered */
+        0;
+    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){
+      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
+        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
+                                      ** so it is ordered */
+        0;
+    }else{
+      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 |      /* blocks are atomic */
+        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
+                                      ** the write succeeds */
+        0;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Last chance verification.  If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512
+  ** then it isn't valid.*/
+  if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){
+    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
+    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  }
+  return pFile->sectorSize;
+}
+#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */
+
+/*
+** Return the device characteristics for the file.
+**
+** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
+** However, that choice is contraversial since technically the underlying
+** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
+** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never
+** written might end up being altered.)  However, non-PSOW behavior is very,
+** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
+** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
+**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
+** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
+*/
+static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = 0;
+#ifdef __QNXNTO__
+  if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id);
+  rc = p->deviceCharacteristics;
+#endif
+  if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){
+    rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+
+/*
+** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.  
+**
+** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
+** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
+** of this unixShmNode object.  In other words, each wal-index is opened
+** only once per process.
+**
+** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object.
+** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean
+** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most
+** open files) would have to carry around this extra information.  So
+** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object
+** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed.
+**
+** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
+** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
+**
+**      nRef
+**
+** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
+** 
+**      fid
+**      zFilename
+**
+** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and
+** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
+** in this structure.
+*/
+struct unixShmNode {
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;     /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
+  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the mmapped file */
+  int h;                     /* Open file descriptor */
+  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
+  u16 nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
+  u8 isReadonly;             /* True if read-only */
+  char **apRegion;           /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */
+  int nRef;                  /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */
+  unixShm *pFirst;           /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 exclMask;               /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+  u8 sharedMask;             /* Mask of shared locks held */
+  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available unixShm.id value */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
+** open shared memory connection.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
+** are read-only thereafter:
+**
+**    unixShm.pFile
+**    unixShm.id
+**
+** All other fields are read/write.  The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held
+** while accessing any read/write fields.
+*/
+struct unixShm {
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;     /* The underlying unixShmNode object */
+  unixShm *pNext;            /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */
+  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */
+  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */
+  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
+  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+};
+
+/*
+** Constants used for locking
+*/
+#define UNIX_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)         /* first lock byte */
+#define UNIX_SHM_DMS    (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
+
+/*
+** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1.
+**
+** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking
+** otherwise.
+*/
+static int unixShmSystemLock(
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
+  int lockType,          /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */
+  int ofst,              /* First byte of the locking range */
+  int n                  /* Number of bytes to lock */
+){
+  struct flock f;       /* The posix advisory locking structure */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Result code form fcntl() */
+
+  /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 );
+
+  /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */
+  assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );
+
+  /* Locks are within range */
+  assert( n>=1 && n<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+
+  if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
+    memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
+    f.l_type = lockType;
+    f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    f.l_start = ofst;
+    f.l_len = n;
+
+    rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f);
+    rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  { u16 mask;
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK "));
+  mask = ofst>31 ? 0xffff : (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("unlock %d ok", ofst));
+      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst));
+      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask;
+    }else{
+      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
+      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst));
+      pShmNode->exclMask |= mask;
+      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst));
+    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("read-lock failed"));
+    }else{
+      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
+      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst));
+    }
+  }
+  OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n",
+           pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;        
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the system page size.
+**
+** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. 
+** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize().
+*/
+static int unixGetpagesize(void){
+#if defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
+  return getpagesize();
+#else
+  return (int)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the minimum number of 32KB shm regions that should be mapped at
+** a time, assuming that each mapping must be an integer multiple of the
+** current system page-size.
+**
+** Usually, this is 1. The exception seems to be systems that are configured
+** to use 64KB pages - in this case each mapping must cover at least two
+** shm regions.
+*/
+static int unixShmRegionPerMap(void){
+  int shmsz = 32*1024;            /* SHM region size */
+  int pgsz = osGetpagesize();   /* System page size */
+  assert( ((pgsz-1)&pgsz)==0 );   /* Page size must be a power of 2 */
+  if( pgsz<shmsz ) return 1;
+  return pgsz/shmsz;
+}
+
+/*
+** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0.
+**
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+*/
+static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
+  unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode;
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+  if( p && p->nRef==0 ){
+    int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap();
+    int i;
+    assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode );
+    sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
+    for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i+=nShmPerMap){
+      if( p->h>=0 ){
+        osMunmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(p->apRegion);
+    if( p->h>=0 ){
+      robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__);
+      p->h = -1;
+    }
+    p->pInode->pShmNode = 0;
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.  
+** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
+**
+** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
+** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
+** file with the "-shm" suffix added.  For example, if the database file
+** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
+** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".  
+**
+** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
+** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
+** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
+** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
+** database to end up using different files for shared memory - 
+** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
+** in database corruption.  Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
+** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
+** or the equivalent.  The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time
+** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite;  builds of SQLite
+** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the
+** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely
+** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered
+** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release.
+**
+** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
+** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
+** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
+**
+** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS
+** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and
+** that no other processes are able to read or write the database.  In
+** that case, we do not really need shared memory.  No shared memory
+** file is created.  The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory.
+*/
+static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){
+  struct unixShm *p = 0;          /* The connection to be opened */
+  struct unixShmNode *pShmNode;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
+  int rc;                         /* Result code */
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;          /* The inode of fd */
+  char *zShmFilename;             /* Name of the file used for SHM */
+  int nShmFilename;               /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */
+  p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );
+
+  /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing
+  ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary.
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
+  pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode;
+  if( pShmNode==0 ){
+    struct stat sStat;                 /* fstat() info for database file */
+
+    /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If
+    ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it
+    ** with the same permissions.
+    */
+    if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
+    nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31;
+#else
+    nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath);
+#endif
+    pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename );
+    if( pShmNode==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+    memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
+    zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
+#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, 
+                     SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
+                     (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
+#else
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
+    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
+#endif
+    pShmNode->h = -1;
+    pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+    pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
+    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+
+    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+      int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+      if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){
+        openFlags = O_RDONLY;
+        pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
+      }
+      pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777));
+      if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
+        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename);
+        goto shm_open_err;
+      }
+
+      /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file
+      ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database.  Otherwise,
+      ** the original owner will not be able to connect.
+      */
+      osFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid);
+  
+      /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
+      ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. 
+      */
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      if( unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){
+          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
+      }
+      if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */
+  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
+#endif
+  pShmNode->nRef++;
+  pDbFd->pShm = p;
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+
+  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
+  ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
+  ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
+  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
+  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex 
+  ** mutex.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
+  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Jump here on any error */
+shm_open_err:
+  unixShmPurge(pDbFd);       /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
+** bytes in size.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
+** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
+** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
+** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
+**
+** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
+** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int unixShmMap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
+  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
+  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
+  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
+  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
+){
+  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
+  unixShm *p;
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap();
+  int nReqRegion;
+
+  /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
+  if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){
+    rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
+  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
+  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+
+  /* Minimum number of regions required to be mapped. */
+  nReqRegion = ((iRegion+nShmPerMap) / nShmPerMap) * nShmPerMap;
+
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){
+    char **apNew;                      /* New apRegion[] array */
+    int nByte = nReqRegion*szRegion;   /* Minimum required file size */
+    struct stat sStat;                 /* Used by fstat() */
+
+    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+
+    if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+      /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
+      ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
+      ** large enough to contain the requested region).
+      */
+      if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
+        goto shmpage_out;
+      }
+  
+      if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
+        /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
+        ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
+        */
+        if( !bExtend ){
+          goto shmpage_out;
+        }
+
+        /* Alternatively, if bExtend is true, extend the file. Do this by
+        ** writing a single byte to the end of each (OS) page being
+        ** allocated or extended. Technically, we need only write to the
+        ** last page in order to extend the file. But writing to all new
+        ** pages forces the OS to allocate them immediately, which reduces
+        ** the chances of SIGBUS while accessing the mapped region later on.
+        */
+        else{
+          static const int pgsz = 4096;
+          int iPg;
+
+          /* Write to the last byte of each newly allocated or extended page */
+          assert( (nByte % pgsz)==0 );
+          for(iPg=(sStat.st_size/pgsz); iPg<(nByte/pgsz); iPg++){
+            if( seekAndWriteFd(pShmNode->h, iPg*pgsz + pgsz-1, "", 1, 0)!=1 ){
+              const char *zFile = pShmNode->zFilename;
+              rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "write", zFile);
+              goto shmpage_out;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
+    apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(
+        pShmNode->apRegion, nReqRegion*sizeof(char *)
+    );
+    if( !apNew ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+      goto shmpage_out;
+    }
+    pShmNode->apRegion = apNew;
+    while( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){
+      int nMap = szRegion*nShmPerMap;
+      int i;
+      void *pMem;
+      if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+        pMem = osMmap(0, nMap,
+            pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, 
+            MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion
+        );
+        if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
+          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename);
+          goto shmpage_out;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pMem = sqlite3_malloc(szRegion);
+        if( pMem==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          goto shmpage_out;
+        }
+        memset(pMem, 0, szRegion);
+      }
+
+      for(i=0; i<nShmPerMap; i++){
+        pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion+i] = &((char*)pMem)[szRegion*i];
+      }
+      pShmNode->nRegion += nShmPerMap;
+    }
+  }
+
+shmpage_out:
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
+    *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion];
+  }else{
+    *pp = 0;
+  }
+  if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
+**
+** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little
+** different here than in posix.  In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked
+** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back.  But one may
+** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared.
+*/
+static int unixShmLock(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
+  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
+  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
+){
+  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;      /* Connection holding shared memory */
+  unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;             /* The shared memory being locked */
+  unixShm *pX;                          /* For looping over all siblings */
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;  /* The underlying file iNode */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
+  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */
+
+  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
+  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+  assert( n>=1 );
+  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
+  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
+  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
+  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+
+  mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
+  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
+    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
+
+    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( pX==p ) continue;
+      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
+      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
+    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
+      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* Undo the local locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    } 
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
+    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
+
+    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
+    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
+    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
+        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+      }else{
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Get the local shared locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->sharedMask |= mask;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
+    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
+    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
+        p->exclMask |= mask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n",
+           p->id, getpid(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
+**
+** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
+** any load or store begun after the barrier.
+*/
+static void unixShmBarrier(
+  sqlite3_file *fd                /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
+** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+**
+** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
+** routine is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+static int unixShmUnmap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* The underlying database file */
+  int deleteFlag                  /* Delete shared-memory if true */
+){
+  unixShm *p;                     /* The connection to be closed */
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* The underlying shared-memory file */
+  unixShm **pp;                   /* For looping over sibling connections */
+  unixFile *pDbFd;                /* The underlying database file */
+
+  pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
+  p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
+  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+
+  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
+  ** with pShmNode */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
+  *pp = p->pNext;
+
+  /* Free the connection p */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
+  ** shared-memory file, too */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
+  pShmNode->nRef--;
+  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
+    if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
+    unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
+  }
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+#else
+# define unixShmMap     0
+# define unixShmLock    0
+# define unixShmBarrier 0
+# define unixShmUnmap   0
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/*
+** If it is currently memory mapped, unmap file pFd.
+*/
+static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){
+  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+  if( pFd->pMapRegion ){
+    osMunmap(pFd->pMapRegion, pFd->mmapSizeActual);
+    pFd->pMapRegion = 0;
+    pFd->mmapSize = 0;
+    pFd->mmapSizeActual = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file 
+** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded.
+**
+** If successful, this function sets the following variables:
+**
+**       unixFile.pMapRegion
+**       unixFile.mmapSize
+**       unixFile.mmapSizeActual
+**
+** If unsuccessful, an error message is logged via sqlite3_log() and
+** the three variables above are zeroed. In this case SQLite should
+** continue accessing the database using the xRead() and xWrite()
+** methods.
+*/
+static void unixRemapfile(
+  unixFile *pFd,                  /* File descriptor object */
+  i64 nNew                        /* Required mapping size */
+){
+  const char *zErr = "mmap";
+  int h = pFd->h;                      /* File descriptor open on db file */
+  u8 *pOrig = (u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion;   /* Pointer to current file mapping */
+  i64 nOrig = pFd->mmapSizeActual;     /* Size of pOrig region in bytes */
+  u8 *pNew = 0;                        /* Location of new mapping */
+  int flags = PROT_READ;               /* Flags to pass to mmap() */
+
+  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+  assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize );
+  assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax );
+  assert( nNew>0 );
+  assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize );
+  assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 );
+
+  if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE;
+
+  if( pOrig ){
+#if HAVE_MREMAP
+    i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize;
+#else
+    const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize();
+    i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1));
+#endif
+    u8 *pReq = &pOrig[nReuse];
+
+    /* Unmap any pages of the existing mapping that cannot be reused. */
+    if( nReuse!=nOrig ){
+      osMunmap(pReq, nOrig-nReuse);
+    }
+
+#if HAVE_MREMAP
+    pNew = osMremap(pOrig, nReuse, nNew, MREMAP_MAYMOVE);
+    zErr = "mremap";
+#else
+    pNew = osMmap(pReq, nNew-nReuse, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, nReuse);
+    if( pNew!=MAP_FAILED ){
+      if( pNew!=pReq ){
+        osMunmap(pNew, nNew - nReuse);
+        pNew = 0;
+      }else{
+        pNew = pOrig;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* The attempt to extend the existing mapping failed. Free it. */
+    if( pNew==MAP_FAILED || pNew==0 ){
+      osMunmap(pOrig, nReuse);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If pNew is still NULL, try to create an entirely new mapping. */
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    pNew = osMmap(0, nNew, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( pNew==MAP_FAILED ){
+    pNew = 0;
+    nNew = 0;
+    unixLogError(SQLITE_OK, zErr, pFd->zPath);
+
+    /* If the mmap() above failed, assume that all subsequent mmap() calls
+    ** will probably fail too. Fall back to using xRead/xWrite exclusively
+    ** in this case.  */
+    pFd->mmapSizeMax = 0;
+  }
+  pFd->pMapRegion = (void *)pNew;
+  pFd->mmapSize = pFd->mmapSizeActual = nNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
+** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if 
+** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still 
+** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of 
+** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the 
+** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
+** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured 
+** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
+** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
+** code otherwise.
+*/
+static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte){
+  i64 nMap = nByte;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+  if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( nMap<0 ){
+    struct stat statbuf;          /* Low-level file information */
+    rc = osFstat(pFd->h, &statbuf);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+    }
+    nMap = statbuf.st_size;
+  }
+  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
+    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
+  }
+
+  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
+    if( nMap>0 ){
+      unixRemapfile(pFd, nMap);
+    }else{
+      unixUnmapfile(pFd);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
+
+/*
+** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
+** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
+**
+** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
+** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
+**
+** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually 
+** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch().
+*/
+static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
+#endif
+  *pp = 0;
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
+    if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
+      int rc = unixMapfile(pFd, -1);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
+      *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
+      pFd->nFetchOut++;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a 
+** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second
+** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
+** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. 
+**
+** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called 
+** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping 
+** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
+*/
+static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
+
+  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding 
+  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
+  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
+  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
+
+  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
+  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );
+
+  if( p ){
+    pFd->nFetchOut--;
+  }else{
+    unixUnmapfile(pFd);
+  }
+
+  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
+**
+********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that
+** implement various file locking strategies.  It also contains definitions
+** of "finder" functions.  A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate
+** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file.  The pAppData
+** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to
+** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
+**
+** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+** object.  The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
+** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
+** strategy from that.
+**
+** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created:
+**
+**    (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
+**
+**    (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
+**
+**
+** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
+** objects.  We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
+** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
+** from be cast into a function pointer.
+**
+**
+** Each instance of this macro generates two objects:
+**
+**   *  A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
+**      methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
+**
+**   *  An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
+**      to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
+*/
+#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK)      \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = {                                   \
+   VERSION,                    /* iVersion */                                \
+   CLOSE,                      /* xClose */                                  \
+   unixRead,                   /* xRead */                                   \
+   unixWrite,                  /* xWrite */                                  \
+   unixTruncate,               /* xTruncate */                               \
+   unixSync,                   /* xSync */                                   \
+   unixFileSize,               /* xFileSize */                               \
+   LOCK,                       /* xLock */                                   \
+   UNLOCK,                     /* xUnlock */                                 \
+   CKLOCK,                     /* xCheckReservedLock */                      \
+   unixFileControl,            /* xFileControl */                            \
+   unixSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */                             \
+   unixDeviceCharacteristics,  /* xDeviceCapabilities */                     \
+   unixShmMap,                 /* xShmMap */                                 \
+   unixShmLock,                /* xShmLock */                                \
+   unixShmBarrier,             /* xShmBarrier */                             \
+   unixShmUnmap,               /* xShmUnmap */                               \
+   unixFetch,                  /* xFetch */                                  \
+   unixUnfetch,                /* xUnfetch */                                \
+};                                                                           \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){   \
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);                                  \
+  return &METHOD;                                                            \
+}                                                                            \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p)    \
+    = FINDER##Impl;
+
+/*
+** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
+** locking strategies.  Functions that return pointers to these methods
+** are also created.
+*/
+IOMETHODS(
+  posixIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  posixIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  3,                        /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */
+  unixClose,                /* xClose method */
+  unixLock,                 /* xLock method */
+  unixUnlock,               /* xUnlock method */
+  unixCheckReservedLock     /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+  nolockIoFinder,           /* Finder function name */
+  nolockIoMethods,          /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  nolockClose,              /* xClose method */
+  nolockLock,               /* xLock method */
+  nolockUnlock,             /* xUnlock method */
+  nolockCheckReservedLock   /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+  dotlockIoFinder,          /* Finder function name */
+  dotlockIoMethods,         /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  dotlockClose,             /* xClose method */
+  dotlockLock,              /* xLock method */
+  dotlockUnlock,            /* xUnlock method */
+  dotlockCheckReservedLock  /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
+IOMETHODS(
+  flockIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  flockIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  flockClose,               /* xClose method */
+  flockLock,                /* xLock method */
+  flockUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
+  flockCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+IOMETHODS(
+  semIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
+  semIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  semClose,                 /* xClose method */
+  semLock,                  /* xLock method */
+  semUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
+  semCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+  afpIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
+  afpIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  afpClose,                 /* xClose method */
+  afpLock,                  /* xLock method */
+  afpUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
+  afpCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
+** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
+** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
+** secondary files.  For this reason, the division that implements
+** proxy locking is located much further down in the file.  But we need
+** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
+** for proxy locking here.  So we forward declare the I/O methods.
+*/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*);
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*);
+IOMETHODS(
+  proxyIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  proxyIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  proxyClose,               /* xClose method */
+  proxyLock,                /* xLock method */
+  proxyUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
+  proxyCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+  nfsIoFinder,               /* Finder function name */
+  nfsIoMethods,              /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                         /* shared memory is disabled */
+  unixClose,                 /* xClose method */
+  unixLock,                  /* xLock method */
+  nfsUnlock,                 /* xUnlock method */
+  unixCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/* 
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
+** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
+** object that implements that strategy.
+**
+** This is for MacOSX only.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
+  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
+  unixFile *pNew           /* open file object for the database file */
+){
+  static const struct Mapping {
+    const char *zFilesystem;              /* Filesystem type name */
+    const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;   /* Appropriate locking method */
+  } aMap[] = {
+    { "hfs",    &posixIoMethods },
+    { "ufs",    &posixIoMethods },
+    { "afpfs",  &afpIoMethods },
+    { "smbfs",  &afpIoMethods },
+    { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods },
+    { 0, 0 }
+  };
+  int i;
+  struct statfs fsInfo;
+  struct flock lockInfo;
+
+  if( !filePath ){
+    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
+    ** that does not need to be locked. */
+    return &nolockIoMethods;
+  }
+  if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
+    if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
+      return &nolockIoMethods;
+    }
+    for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
+      if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
+        return aMap[i].pMethods;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
+  ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
+  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
+  */
+  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+    if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){
+      return &nfsIoMethods;
+    } else {
+      return &posixIoMethods;
+    }
+  }else{
+    return &dotlockIoMethods;
+  }
+}
+static const sqlite3_io_methods 
+  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/* 
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
+** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
+** object that implements that strategy.
+**
+** This is for VXWorks only.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
+  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
+  unixFile *pNew           /* the open file object */
+){
+  struct flock lockInfo;
+
+  if( !filePath ){
+    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
+    ** that does not need to be locked. */
+    return &nolockIoMethods;
+  }
+
+  /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
+  ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
+  */
+  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+    return &posixIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    return &semIoMethods;
+  }
+}
+static const sqlite3_io_methods 
+  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
+
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+/*
+** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
+*/
+typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
+**
+** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
+** sqlite3_vfs object.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
+*/
+static int fillInUnixFile(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
+  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
+  int ctrlFlags           /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */
+){
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
+  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pNew->pInode==NULL );
+
+  /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The
+  ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that
+  ** include the special Apple locking styles.
+  */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' 
+    || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
+#else
+  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
+#endif
+
+  /* No locking occurs in temporary files */
+  assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 );
+
+  OSTRACE(("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
+  pNew->h = h;
+  pNew->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pNew->zPath = zFilename;
+  pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  pNew->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
+#endif
+  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0),
+                           "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
+    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW;
+  }
+  if( strcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl")==0 ){
+    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL;
+  }
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
+  if( pNew->pId==0 ){
+    ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){
+    pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
+    ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
+    ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
+    pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods
+#endif
+  ){
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* If an error occurred in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor
+      ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail
+      ** in two scenarios:
+      **
+      **   (a) A call to fstat() failed.
+      **   (b) A malloc failed.
+      **
+      ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other
+      ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file
+      ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by
+      ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
+      ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released
+      ** by doing so.
+      **
+      ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The
+      ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in
+      ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much.
+      */
+      robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+      h = -1;
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+  }
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
+    /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+    ** the afpLockingContext.
+    */
+    afpLockingContext *pCtx;
+    pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+    if( pCtx==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
+      ** according to requirement F11141.  So we do not need to make a
+      ** copy of the filename. */
+      pCtx->dbPath = zFilename;
+      pCtx->reserved = 0;
+      srandomdev();
+      unixEnterMutex();
+      rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext);
+        robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+        h = -1;
+      }
+      unixLeaveMutex();        
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+    /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+    ** the dotlockLockingContext 
+    */
+    char *zLockFile;
+    int nFilename;
+    assert( zFilename!=0 );
+    nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6;
+    zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename);
+    if( zLockFile==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename);
+    }
+    pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
+  }
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){
+    /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be
+    ** included in the semLockingContext
+    */
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+    if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){
+      char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName;
+      int n;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem",
+                       pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
+      for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ )
+        if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
+      pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
+      if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0';
+      }
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  pNew->lastErrno = 0;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+    h = -1;
+    osUnlink(zFilename);
+    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+  }else{
+    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
+    OpenCounter(+1);
+    verifyDbFile(pNew);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files.
+** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL.
+*/
+static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){
+  static const char *azDirs[] = {
+     0,
+     0,
+     0,
+     "/var/tmp",
+     "/usr/tmp",
+     "/tmp",
+     0        /* List terminator */
+  };
+  unsigned int i;
+  struct stat buf;
+  const char *zDir = 0;
+
+  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
+  if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMPDIR");
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
+    if( zDir==0 ) continue;
+    if( osStat(zDir, &buf) ) continue;
+    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
+    if( osAccess(zDir, 07) ) continue;
+    break;
+  }
+  return zDir;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be allocated
+** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
+** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
+*/
+static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  unsigned int i, j;
+  const char *zDir;
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. 
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+
+  zDir = unixTempFileDir();
+  if( zDir==0 ) zDir = ".";
+
+  /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
+  ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
+  */
+  if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= (size_t)nBuf ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  do{
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
+    j = (int)strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+    zBuf[j+1] = 0;
+  }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+/*
+** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
+** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
+** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
+*/
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database 
+** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
+** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
+** argument to this function.
+**
+** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed
+** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
+** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
+** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
+** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for 
+** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
+**
+** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
+** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned.
+*/
+static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0;
+
+  /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
+  ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
+  ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better 
+  ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure 
+  ** feature.  */
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+  struct stat sStat;                   /* Results of stat() call */
+
+  /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
+  ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
+  ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
+  ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
+  ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
+  **
+  ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
+  ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire.  */
+  if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){
+    unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    pInode = inodeList;
+    while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
+                     || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){
+       pInode = pInode->pNext;
+    }
+    if( pInode ){
+      UnixUnusedFd **pp;
+      for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+      pUnused = *pp;
+      if( pUnused ){
+        *pp = pUnused->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+  }
+#endif    /* if !OS_VXWORKS */
+  return pUnused;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
+** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
+** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
+** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is 
+** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
+**
+** In most cases cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
+** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
+** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
+** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then 
+** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the 
+** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever 
+** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions 
+** as the associated database file.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
+** original filename is unavailable.  But 8_3_NAMES is only used for
+** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use
+** the default permissions.
+*/
+static int findCreateFileMode(
+  const char *zPath,              /* Path of file (possibly) being created */
+  int flags,                      /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */
+  mode_t *pMode,                  /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */
+  uid_t *pUid,                    /* OUT: uid to set on the file */
+  gid_t *pGid                     /* OUT: gid to set on the file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  *pMode = 0;
+  *pUid = 0;
+  *pGid = 0;
+  if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
+    char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1];     /* Database file path */
+    int nDb;                      /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */
+    struct stat sStat;            /* Output of stat() on database file */
+
+    /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives
+    ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles
+    ** the following naming conventions:
+    **
+    **   "<path to db>-journal"
+    **   "<path to db>-wal"
+    **   "<path to db>-journalNN"
+    **   "<path to db>-walNN"
+    **
+    ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are 
+    ** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
+    */
+    nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; 
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+    while( nDb>0 && sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) ) nDb--;
+    if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]!='-' ) return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+    while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){
+      assert( nDb>0 );
+      assert( zPath[nDb]!='\n' );
+      nDb--;
+    }
+#endif
+    memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb);
+    zDb[nDb] = '\0';
+
+    if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){
+      *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777;
+      *pUid = sStat.st_uid;
+      *pGid = sStat.st_gid;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+    }
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
+    *pMode = 0600;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the file zPath.
+** 
+** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
+** one:
+**
+**     sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
+**     sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
+**     sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
+**
+** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
+**
+**     ReadWrite() ->     (READWRITE | CREATE)
+**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY) 
+**     OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
+**
+** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
+** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
+** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new 
+** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for 
+** OpenExclusive().
+*/
+static int unixOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,           /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
+  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
+  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
+  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
+){
+  unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
+  int fd = -1;                   /* File descriptor returned by open() */
+  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
+  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
+  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
+  int ctrlFlags = 0;             /* UNIXFILE_* flags */
+
+  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  int isAutoProxy  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY);
+#endif
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  struct statfs fsInfo;
+#endif
+
+  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
+  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
+  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
+  */
+  int syncDir = (isCreate && (
+        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  ));
+
+  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+  */
+  char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2];
+  const char *zName = zPath;
+
+  /* Check the following statements are true: 
+  **
+  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
+  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  */
+  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+
+  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
+  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
+
+  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  );
+
+  /* Detect a pid change and reset the PRNG.  There is a race condition
+  ** here such that two or more threads all trying to open databases at
+  ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG.  But multiple resets
+  ** are harmless.
+  */
+  if( randomnessPid!=getpid() ){
+    randomnessPid = getpid();
+    sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
+  }
+
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+
+  if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+    UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
+    pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
+    if( pUnused ){
+      fd = pUnused->fd;
+    }else{
+      pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
+      if( !pUnused ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }
+    p->pUnused = pUnused;
+
+    /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
+    ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
+    ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
+    assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
+
+  }else if( !zName ){
+    /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
+    assert(isDelete && !syncDir);
+    rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+2, zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    zName = zTmpname;
+
+    /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated
+    ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
+    assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
+  }
+
+  /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
+  ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
+  ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the 
+  ** 'conch file' locking functions later on.  */
+  if( isReadonly )  openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+  if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
+  if( isCreate )    openFlags |= O_CREAT;
+  if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
+  openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
+
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    mode_t openMode;              /* Permissions to create file with */
+    uid_t uid;                    /* Userid for the file */
+    gid_t gid;                    /* Groupid for the file */
+    rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( !p->pUnused );
+      assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+      return rc;
+    }
+    fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+    OSTRACE(("OPENX   %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags));
+    if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
+      /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
+      flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+      openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
+      flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+      openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+      isReadonly = 1;
+      fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+    }
+    if( fd<0 ){
+      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName);
+      goto open_finished;
+    }
+
+    /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback
+    ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be
+    ** the same as the original database.
+    */
+    if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
+      osFchown(fd, uid, gid);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( fd>=0 );
+  if( pOutFlags ){
+    *pOutFlags = flags;
+  }
+
+  if( p->pUnused ){
+    p->pUnused->fd = fd;
+    p->pUnused->flags = flags;
+  }
+
+  if( isDelete ){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+    zPath = zName;
+#else
+    osUnlink(zName);
+#endif
+  }
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  else{
+    p->openFlags = openFlags;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+
+  
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
+    ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;
+    robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+  }
+  if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
+    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */
+  if( isDelete )                ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
+  if( isReadonly )              ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
+  if( noLock )                  ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
+  if( syncDir )                 ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI;
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+  isAutoProxy = 1;
+#endif
+  if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){
+    char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
+    int useProxy = 0;
+
+    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
+    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
+    if( envforce!=NULL ){
+      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
+    }else{
+      if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
+        /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened
+        ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open
+        ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it,
+        ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice,
+        ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least
+        ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on
+        ** the same file are working.  */
+        p->lastErrno = errno;
+        robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+        goto open_finished;
+      }
+      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
+    }
+    if( useProxy ){
+      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile 
+          ** and clear all the structure's references.  Specifically, 
+          ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op 
+          */
+          unixClose(pFile);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+      goto open_finished;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
+
+open_finished:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
+** the directory after deleting the file.
+*/
+static int unixDelete(
+  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
+  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
+  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+  if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){
+    if( errno==ENOENT ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT;
+    }else{
+      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+  if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){
+    int fd;
+    rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+      if( fsync(fd)==-1 )
+#else
+      if( fsync(fd) )
+#endif
+      {
+        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath);
+      }
+      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Test the existence of or access permissions of file zPath. The
+** test performed depends on the value of flags:
+**
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
+**
+** Otherwise return 0.
+*/
+static int unixAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,   /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */
+  const char *zPath,      /* Path of the file to examine */
+  int flags,              /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */
+  int *pResOut            /* Write result boolean here */
+){
+  int amode = 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+  switch( flags ){
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+      amode = F_OK;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+      amode = W_OK|R_OK;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+      amode = R_OK;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+  }
+  *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0);
+  if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){
+    struct stat buf;
+    if( 0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){
+      *pResOut = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
+** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
+** zPath. 
+**
+** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes 
+** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
+** this buffer before returning.
+*/
+static int unixFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
+){
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+
+  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+
+  zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
+  if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
+  }else{
+    int nCwd;
+    if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
+      return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath);
+    }
+    nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+}
+
+/*
+** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
+** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
+** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
+** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
+** error message.
+*/
+static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+  const char *zErr;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  zErr = dlerror();
+  if( zErr ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
+  }
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
+  /* 
+  ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
+  ** cast into a pointer to a function.  And yet the library dlsym() routine
+  ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function.  So how do we
+  ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors?
+  **
+  ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking
+  ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
+  ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
+  ** (That assignment requires a cast.)  Then we call the function that
+  ** x points to.  
+  **
+  ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
+  ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*.  But then, on the
+  ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have
+  ** not really lost anything.
+  */
+  void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym;
+  return (*x)(p, zSym);
+}
+static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  dlclose(pHandle);
+}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+  #define unixDlOpen  0
+  #define unixDlError 0
+  #define unixDlSym   0
+  #define unixDlClose 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
+*/
+static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
+
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+  randomnessPid = getpid();  
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  {
+    int fd, got;
+    fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0);
+    if( fd<0 ){
+      time_t t;
+      time(&t);
+      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
+      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &randomnessPid, sizeof(randomnessPid));
+      assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(randomnessPid)<=(size_t)nBuf );
+      nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(randomnessPid);
+    }else{
+      do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
+      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return nBuf;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
+** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
+** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
+** than the argument.
+*/
+static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  struct timespec sp;
+
+  sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000;
+  sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000;
+  nanosleep(&sp, NULL);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return microseconds;
+#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+  usleep(microseconds);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return microseconds;
+#else
+  int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
+  sleep(seconds);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return seconds*1000000;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
+** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
+** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
+** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
+** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
+** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
+** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
+** cannot be found.
+*/
+static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
+  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#if defined(NO_GETTOD)
+  time_t t;
+  time(&t);
+  *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch;
+#elif OS_VXWORKS
+  struct timespec sNow;
+  clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow);
+  *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000;
+#else
+  struct timeval sNow;
+  if( gettimeofday(&sNow, 0)==0 ){
+    *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
+  }
+#endif
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
+  sqlite3_int64 i = 0;
+  int rc;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i);
+  *prNow = i/86400000.0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing
+** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up
+** during SQLite operation.  But so far, none of that has been implemented
+** in the core.  So this routine is never called.  For now, it is merely
+** a place-holder.
+*/
+static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods ***************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin Proxy Locking ********************************
+**
+** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense:  It uses the
+** other locking methods on secondary lock files.  Proxy locking is a
+** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above.  For
+** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred
+** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have
+** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available
+** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking.
+**
+****
+**
+** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the
+** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers
+** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html].  The five file locking
+** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented
+** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl),
+** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl
+** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states.
+** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected
+** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire
+** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock):
+**
+**      PENDING_BYTE        0x40000000
+**      RESERVED_BYTE       0x40000001
+**      SHARED_RANGE        0x40000002 -> 0x40000200
+**
+** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x
+** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables
+** the read cache when byte-range locks are present.  Enabling the read
+** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X
+** supported network file systems.  NFS and AFP both observe the
+** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency
+** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively
+** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple
+** readers and writers
+** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html].
+**
+** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
+** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
+** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
+** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.  
+**
+**
+** Using proxy locks
+** -----------------
+**
+** C APIs
+**
+**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+**                       <proxy_path> | ":auto:");
+**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &<proxy_path>);
+**
+**
+** SQL pragmas
+**
+**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto:
+**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
+**
+** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching
+** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise
+** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir
+** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the
+** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
+** database file.  For example:
+**
+**       For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" 
+**       The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
+**
+** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
+** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
+** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
+** connection or process). 
+**
+**
+** How proxy locking works
+** -----------------------
+**
+** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: 
+**
+**   *  conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
+**      at a time
+**
+**   *  proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally
+**      taken on the database
+**
+** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
+** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
+** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
+** proxy path against the values stored in the conch.  The conch file is
+** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
+** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch".
+** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the
+** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
+** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
+** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again.  If the conch
+** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
+** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+**
+** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
+** normally taken on the database file.   This allows for safe sharing
+** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same
+** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
+**
+** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
+** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.  
+** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
+** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
+** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until 
+** the connection to the database is closed. 
+**
+** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
+** to be created the first time they are used.
+**
+** Configuration options
+** ---------------------
+**
+**  SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+**
+**       Database files accessed on non-local file systems are
+**       automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
+**       named automatically using the same logic as
+**       PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
+**    
+**  SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+**
+**       Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
+**       retrieval and creation
+**
+**  LOCKPROXYDIR
+**
+**       Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that
+**       are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting
+**
+**  SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+**
+**       Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
+**       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
+**    
+**    
+** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
+** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
+** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
+** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
+** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
+** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
+*/
+
+/*
+** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
+*/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+
+/*
+** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote 
+** and local proxy files in it
+*/
+typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
+struct proxyLockingContext {
+  unixFile *conchFile;         /* Open conch file */
+  char *conchFilePath;         /* Name of the conch file */
+  unixFile *lockProxy;         /* Open proxy lock file */
+  char *lockProxyPath;         /* Name of the proxy lock file */
+  char *dbPath;                /* Name of the open file */
+  int conchHeld;               /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */
+  void *oldLockingContext;     /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
+  sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod;     /* Original I/O methods for close */
+};
+
+/* 
+** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, 
+** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
+** file path. 
+*/
+static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
+  int len;
+  int dbLen;
+  int i;
+
+#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR
+  len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen);
+#else
+# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR
+  {
+    if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){
+      OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n",
+               lPath, errno, getpid()));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+    }
+    len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);    
+  }
+# else
+  len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
+    len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
+  }
+  
+  /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
+  dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
+  for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
+    char c = dbPath[i];
+    lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c;
+  }
+  lPath[i+len]='\0';
+  strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen);
+  OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lPath, getpid()));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+ ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
+ */
+static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
+  int i, len;
+  char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+  int start = 0;
+  
+  assert(lockPath!=NULL);
+  /* try to create all the intermediate directories */
+  len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
+  buf[0] = lockPath[0];
+  for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
+    if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
+      /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
+      if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') 
+         || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
+        buf[i]='\0';
+        if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
+          int err=errno;
+          if( err!=EEXIST ) {
+            OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  FAILED creating %s, "
+                     "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",
+                     buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid()));
+            return err;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      start=i+1;
+    }
+    buf[i] = lockPath[i];
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid()));
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
+**
+** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
+** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
+*/
+static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
+    const char *path,        /* path for the new unixFile */
+    unixFile **ppFile,       /* unixFile created and returned by ref */
+    int islockfile           /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */
+) {
+  int fd = -1;
+  unixFile *pNew;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+  sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
+  int terrno = 0;
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL;
+
+  /* 1. first try to open/create the file
+  ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating
+  ** the parent directories and then try again.
+  ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only
+  ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file
+  */
+  pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags);
+  if( pUnused ){
+    fd = pUnused->fd;
+  }else{
+    pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
+    if( !pUnused ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
+    terrno = errno;
+    if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){
+      if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){
+        fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    openFlags = O_RDONLY;
+    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
+    terrno = errno;
+  }
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    if( islockfile ){
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    switch (terrno) {
+      case EACCES:
+        return SQLITE_PERM;
+      case EIO: 
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
+      default:
+        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
+  if( pNew==NULL ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_create_proxy;
+  }
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+  pNew->openFlags = openFlags;
+  memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
+  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
+  dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
+  pUnused->fd = fd;
+  pUnused->flags = openFlags;
+  pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
+  
+  rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppFile = pNew;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+end_create_proxy:    
+  robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
+  sqlite3_free(pNew);
+  sqlite3_free(pUnused);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
+#endif
+
+#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN    16  /* conch file host id length */
+
+/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */
+extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
+
+/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 
+** bytes of writable memory.
+*/
+static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
+  assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
+  memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+#if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\
+               && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050
+  {
+    static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
+    if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
+      int err = errno;
+      if( pError ){
+        *pError = err;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+  if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){
+    pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path
+ */
+#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2   /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */
+#define PROXY_HEADERLEN    1   /* conch file header length */
+#define PROXY_PATHINDEX    (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
+#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN  (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)
+
+/* 
+** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves 
+** it back.  The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
+** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is 
+** closed.  Returns zero if successful.
+*/
+static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+  char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+  char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+  char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath;
+  size_t readLen = 0;
+  size_t pathLen = 0;
+  char errmsg[64] = "";
+  int fd = -1;
+  int rc = -1;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID);
+
+  /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
+  pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+  if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || 
+     (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  /* read the conch content */
+  readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
+  if( readLen<PROXY_PATHINDEX ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"read error (len %d)",(int)readLen);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  /* write it out to the temporary break file */
+  fd = robust_open(tPath, (O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL), 0);
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "create failed (%d)", errno);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  if( osPwrite(fd, buf, readLen, 0) != (ssize_t)readLen ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "write failed (%d)", errno);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  if( rename(tPath, cPath) ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "rename failed (%d)", errno);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  rc = 0;
+  fprintf(stderr, "broke stale lock on %s\n", cPath);
+  robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__);
+  conchFile->h = fd;
+  conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+
+end_breaklock:
+  if( rc ){
+    if( fd>=0 ){
+      osUnlink(tPath);
+      robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
+    }
+    fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the 
+** host id matches.
+*/
+static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nTries = 0;
+  struct timespec conchModTime;
+  
+  memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime));
+  do {
+    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
+    nTries ++;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      /* If the lock failed (busy):
+       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. 
+       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait 
+       *           10 sec and try again
+       * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
+       */
+      struct stat buf;
+      if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+      }
+      
+      if( nTries==1 ){
+        conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
+        usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
+        continue;  
+      }
+
+      assert( nTries>1 );
+      if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || 
+         conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
+        return SQLITE_BUSY;
+      }
+      
+      if( nTries==2 ){  
+        char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+        int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
+        if( len<0 ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+          return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+        }
+        if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){
+          /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */
+          if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){
+            return SQLITE_BUSY;
+          }
+        }else{
+          /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */
+          return SQLITE_BUSY;
+        }
+        usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
+        continue; 
+      }
+      
+      assert( nTries==3 );
+      if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);          
+        }
+        if( !rc ){
+          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if 
+** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match.  A NULL 
+** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the 
+** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically 
+** and written to the conch file.
+*/
+static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  
+  if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+    uuid_t myHostID;
+    int pError = 0;
+    char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+    char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char *tempLockPath = NULL;
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    int createConch = 0;
+    int hostIdMatch = 0;
+    int readLen = 0;
+    int tryOldLockPath = 0;
+    int forceNewLockPath = 0;
+    
+    OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+             (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
+
+    rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError);
+    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = pError;
+      goto end_takeconch;
+    }
+    rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto end_takeconch;
+    }
+    /* read the existing conch file */
+    readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN);
+    if( readLen<0 ){
+      /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
+      pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno;
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+      goto end_takeconch;
+    }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || 
+             readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
+      /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new 
+      ** conch file. 
+      */
+      createConch = 1;
+    }
+    /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
+    ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll 
+    ** retry with a new auto-generated path 
+    */
+    do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */
+
+      if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
+        hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, 
+                                  PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+        /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
+        if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+          /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
+           ** use the local lock file path that's already in there
+           */
+          if( hostIdMatch ){
+            size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
+            
+            if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
+              pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
+            }
+            memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen);
+            lockPath[pathLen] = 0;
+            tempLockPath = lockPath;
+            tryOldLockPath = 1;
+            /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */
+            goto end_takeconch;
+          }
+        }else if( hostIdMatch
+               && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX],
+                           readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
+        ){
+          /* conch host and lock path match */
+          goto end_takeconch; 
+        }
+      }
+      
+      /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
+      if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        goto end_takeconch;
+      }
+      
+      /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
+      if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+        proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+        tempLockPath = lockPath;
+        /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
+      }
+      
+      /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
+      ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
+      ** stick.
+      */
+      futimes(conchFile->h, NULL);
+      if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){
+        if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){
+          /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+           ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+          rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        } else {          
+          rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+        }
+      }else{
+        rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+        int writeSize = 0;
+        
+        writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
+        memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
+          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+        }else{
+          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+        }
+        writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]);
+        robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
+        rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
+        fsync(conchFile->h);
+        /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a 
+         ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database 
+         */
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
+          struct stat buf;
+          int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
+          if( err==0 ){
+            mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP |
+                                        S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
+            /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */
+#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+            osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
+#else
+            do{
+              rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
+            }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR );
+            if( rc!=0 ){
+              int code = errno;
+              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
+                      cmode, code, strerror(code));
+            } else {
+              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode);
+            }
+          }else{
+            int code = errno;
+            fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", 
+                    err, code, strerror(code));
+#endif
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+      
+    end_takeconch:
+      OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE  %d\n", pFile->h));
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
+        int fd;
+        if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+          robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
+        }
+        pFile->h = -1;
+        fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0);
+        OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN  %d\n", fd));
+        if( fd>=0 ){
+          pFile->h = fd;
+        }else{
+          rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
+           during locking */
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
+        char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+        rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
+          /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
+           ** so try again via auto-naming 
+           */
+          forceNewLockPath = 1;
+          tryOldLockPath = 0;
+          continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value
+         ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack
+         */
+        if( tempLockPath ){
+          pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath);
+          if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
+        
+        if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+          afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
+          afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
+          afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+        }
+      } else {
+        conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+      }
+      OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+               rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
+      return rc;
+    } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - 
+                 ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock.
+*/
+static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Subroutine return code */
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;  /* The locking context for the proxy lock */
+  unixFile *conchFile;        /* Name of the conch file */
+
+  pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+           (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), 
+           getpid()));
+  if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+  }
+  pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file.
+** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** Make *pConchPath point to the new name.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory.
+**
+** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory
+** space is eventually freed.
+**
+** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs.
+*/
+static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
+  int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+  int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */
+  char *conchPath;              /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
+  ** the name of the original database file. */  
+  *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8);
+  if( conchPath==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
+  
+  /* now insert a "." before the last / character */
+  for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
+    if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
+      i++;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  conchPath[i]='.';
+  while ( i<len ){
+    conchPath[i+1]=dbPath[i];
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */
+  memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7);
+  assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 );
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
+** the local lock file path 
+*/
+static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+  char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }  
+
+  /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
+  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
+    (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+    pCtx->lockProxy=NULL;
+    pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+    if( lockProxy!=NULL ){
+      rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(oldPath);
+    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
+  }
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call.  dbPath
+** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size.
+**
+** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it
+** int dbPath.
+*/
+static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+  if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+    /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field 
+    ** of the struct */
+    assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+    strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+  } else
+#endif
+  if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+    /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
+    ** file path */
+    int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
+    memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
+  }else{
+    /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */
+    assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+    strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking 
+** will be performed on the local proxy lock file.  The following fields
+** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and 
+** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
+**  ->lockingContext
+**  ->pMethod
+*/
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;
+  char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1];       /* Name of the database file */
+  char *lockPath=NULL;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  
+  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath);
+  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){
+    lockPath=NULL;
+  }else{
+    lockPath=(char *)path;
+  }
+  
+  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
+           (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
+
+  pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+  if( pCtx==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx));
+
+  rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){
+      /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and
+      ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access.
+      ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts
+      ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR.
+      */
+      struct statfs fsInfo;
+      struct stat conchInfo;
+      int goLockless = 0;
+
+      if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) {
+        int err = errno;
+        if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){
+          goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY;
+        }
+      }
+      if( goLockless ){
+        pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
+    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
+    if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, 
+    ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
+    */
+    pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
+    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx;
+    pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
+    pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    if( pCtx->conchFile ){ 
+      pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
+      sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); 
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d %s\n", pFile->h,
+           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
+** to proxy locking.
+*/
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+      if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
+        proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+        proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+          *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+        }else{
+          *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
+        }
+      } else {
+        *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
+      if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
+        if( isProxyStyle ){
+          /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
+        }else{
+          /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }else{
+        const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
+        if( isProxyStyle ){
+          proxyLockingContext *pCtx = 
+            (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+          if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") 
+           || (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
+               !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
+          ){
+            rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          }else{
+            rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath);
+          }
+        }else{
+          /* turn on proxy file locking */
+          rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath);
+        }
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( 0 );  /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */
+    }
+  }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures
+** above this point are all utilities.  The lock-related methods of the
+** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+      return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
+    }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+      pResOut=0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+      rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
+      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
+    }else{
+      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+      rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
+      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
+    }else{
+      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file that uses proxy locks.
+*/
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    
+    if( lockProxy ){
+      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
+      pCtx->lockProxy = 0;
+    }
+    if( conchFile ){
+      if( pCtx->conchHeld ){
+        rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+      }
+      rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(conchFile);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath);
+    /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */
+    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext;
+    pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod;
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
+    return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
+** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
+** restricted to MacOSX.
+** 
+**
+******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Initialize the operating system interface.
+**
+** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating
+** systems.  This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows,
+** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other
+** files.
+**
+** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a
+** single thread.  The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not
+** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
+** should not be used.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ 
+  /* 
+  ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
+  ** The name of the VFS is NAME.  The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
+  ** to the "finder" function.  (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
+  ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer
+  ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems
+  ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.)
+  **
+  ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the
+  ** finder-function.  The finder-function returns a pointer to the
+  ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking
+  ** behaviors.  See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS
+  ** macro for addition information on finder-functions.
+  **
+  ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+  ** object.  But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
+  ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the 
+  ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
+  ** that filesystem time.
+  */
+  #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) {                        \
+    3,                    /* iVersion */                    \
+    sizeof(unixFile),     /* szOsFile */                    \
+    MAX_PATHNAME,         /* mxPathname */                  \
+    0,                    /* pNext */                       \
+    VFSNAME,              /* zName */                       \
+    (void*)&FINDER,       /* pAppData */                    \
+    unixOpen,             /* xOpen */                       \
+    unixDelete,           /* xDelete */                     \
+    unixAccess,           /* xAccess */                     \
+    unixFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */               \
+    unixDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */                     \
+    unixDlError,          /* xDlError */                    \
+    unixDlSym,            /* xDlSym */                      \
+    unixDlClose,          /* xDlClose */                    \
+    unixRandomness,       /* xRandomness */                 \
+    unixSleep,            /* xSleep */                      \
+    unixCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */                \
+    unixGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */               \
+    unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */           \
+    unixSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */              \
+    unixGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */              \
+    unixNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */             \
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
+  **
+  ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
+  ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered.  So the following
+  ** array cannot be const.
+  */
+  static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__))
+    UNIXVFS("unix",          autolockIoFinder ),
+#else
+    UNIXVFS("unix",          posixIoFinder ),
+#endif
+    UNIXVFS("unix-none",     nolockIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile",  dotlockIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-excl",     posixIoFinder ),
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+    UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",    posixIoFinder ),
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",    flockIoFinder ),
+#endif
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+    UNIXVFS("unix-afp",      afpIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-nfs",      nfsIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
+#endif
+  };
+  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */
+
+  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
+  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
+  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==25 );
+
+  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
+  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
+    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the operating system interface.
+**
+** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
+** to release dynamically allocated objects.  But not on unix.
+** This routine is a no-op for unix.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+ 
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
+
+/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for Windows only */
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
+#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
+# endif
+  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
+# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define OSTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
+              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
+
+/*
+** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Compiling and using WAL mode requires several APIs that are only
+** available in Windows platforms based on the NT kernel.
+*/
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+#  error "WAL mode requires support from the Windows NT kernel, compile\
+ with SQLITE_OMIT_WAL."
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Are most of the Win32 ANSI APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
+** based on the sub-platform)?
+*/
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI)
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Are most of the Win32 Unicode APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
+** based on the sub-platform)?
+*/
+#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && \
+    !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_WIDE)
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure at least one set of Win32 APIs is available.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+#  error "At least one of SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI and SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE\
+ must be defined."
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Define the required Windows SDK version constants if they are not
+** already available.
+*/
+#ifndef NTDDI_WIN8
+#  define NTDDI_WIN8                        0x06020000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE
+#  define NTDDI_WINBLUE                     0x06030000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions should be considered deprecated
+** and avoid using them in that case.  It should be noted here that if the
+** value of the SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX pre-processor macro is zero
+** (whether via this block or via being manually specified), that implies
+** the underlying operating system will always be based on the Windows NT
+** Kernel.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+#  if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE
+#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   0
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   1
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file).
+*/
+#ifndef MAX_PATH
+#  define MAX_PATH                      (260)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for Win32.  This should normally be
+** MAX_PATH.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS   (MAX_PATH)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinNT.h" SDK file).
+*/
+#ifndef UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS
+#  define UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS      (32767)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for WinNT.  This should normally be
+** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS
+#  define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS   (UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for Win32.  The MAX_PATH macro is in
+** characters, so we allocate 4 bytes per character assuming worst-case of
+** 4-bytes-per-character for UTF8.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES   (SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS*4)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for WinNT.  This should normally be
+** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS * sizeof(WCHAR).
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES
+#  define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES   \
+                            (sizeof(WCHAR) * SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum error message length (in chars) for WinRT.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS (1024)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Returns non-zero if the character should be treated as a directory
+** separator.
+*/
+#ifndef winIsDirSep
+#  define winIsDirSep(a)                (((a) == '/') || ((a) == '\\'))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is
+** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation).
+*/
+#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE
+#  define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x) (void)(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator.
+*/
+#ifndef winGetDirSep
+#  define winGetDirSep()                '\\'
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Do we need to manually define the Win32 file mapping APIs for use with WAL
+** mode (e.g. these APIs are available in the Windows CE SDK; however, they
+** are not present in the header file)?
+*/
+#if SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+/*
+** Two of the file mapping APIs are different under WinRT.  Figure out which
+** set we need.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingFromApp(HANDLE, \
+        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, ULONG, ULONG64, LPCWSTR);
+
+WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFileFromApp(HANDLE, ULONG, ULONG64, SIZE_T);
+#else
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingA(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+        DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCSTR);
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingW(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+        DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCWSTR);
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) */
+
+WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFile(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, SIZE_T);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
+
+/*
+** This file mapping API is common to both Win32 and WinRT.
+*/
+WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID);
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) */
+
+/*
+** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
+*/
+#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
+# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) 
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK
+# define FILE_FLAG_MASK          (0xFF3C0000)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK
+# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK     (0x0003FFF7)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/* Forward references to structures used for WAL */
+typedef struct winShm winShm;           /* A connection to shared-memory */
+typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode;   /* A region of shared-memory */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
+** with some code of our own.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+typedef struct winceLock {
+  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
+  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
+  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
+  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
+} winceLock;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
+** portability layer.
+*/
+typedef struct winFile winFile;
+struct winFile {
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;      /* The VFS used to open this file */
+  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
+  u8 locktype;            /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
+  u8 ctrlFlags;           /* Flags.  See WINFILE_* below */
+  DWORD lastErrno;        /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  winShm *pShm;           /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
+#endif
+  const char *zPath;      /* Full pathname of this file */
+  int szChunk;            /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
+  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
+  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
+  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
+  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  int nFetchOut;                /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */
+  HANDLE hMap;                  /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */
+  void *pMapRegion;             /* Area memory mapped */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSize;       /* Usable size of mapped region */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapped region */
+  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax;    /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags
+*/
+#define WINFILE_RDONLY          0x02   /* Connection is read only */
+#define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL     0x04   /* Persistent WAL mode */
+#define WINFILE_PSOW            0x10   /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
+
+/*
+ * The size of the buffer used by sqlite3_win32_write_debug().
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE   ((int)(4096-sizeof(DWORD)))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
+ * the data directory should be changed.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE (1)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
+ * the temporary directory should be changed.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE (2)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the
+ * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+
+/*
+ * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32
+ * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used.  This
+ * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT.  By default, this is enabled
+ * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the
+ *          winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3_shutdown
+ *          function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will
+ *          be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed
+ *          data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE    (TRUE)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \
+                                       (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE  (0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs.  This value may be
+ * zero for the default behavior.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS     (0)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific
+** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation.
+*/
+typedef struct winMemData winMemData;
+struct winMemData {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  u32 magic1;   /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
+#endif
+  HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */
+  BOOL bOwned;  /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  u32 magic2;   /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define WINMEM_MAGIC1     0x42b2830b
+#define WINMEM_MAGIC2     0xbd4d7cf4
+#endif
+
+static struct winMemData win_mem_data = {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  WINMEM_MAGIC1,
+#endif
+  NULL, FALSE
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  ,WINMEM_MAGIC2
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define winMemAssertMagic1() assert( win_mem_data.magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 )
+#define winMemAssertMagic2() assert( win_mem_data.magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 )
+#define winMemAssertMagic()  winMemAssertMagic1(); winMemAssertMagic2();
+#else
+#define winMemAssertMagic()
+#endif
+
+#define winMemGetDataPtr()  &win_mem_data
+#define winMemGetHeap()     win_mem_data.hHeap
+#define winMemGetOwned()    win_mem_data.bOwned
+
+static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes);
+static void winMemFree(void *pPrior);
+static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes);
+static int winMemSize(void *p);
+static int winMemRoundup(int n);
+static int winMemInit(void *pAppData);
+static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void);
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
+
+/*
+** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
+** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win9x
+** or WinNT.
+**
+** 0:   Operating system unknown.
+** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
+** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
+**
+** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
+** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
+      defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SYSCALL
+#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT.
+ */
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+#  define osAreFileApisANSI()       1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
+** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
+** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
+** to all overrideable system calls.
+*/
+static struct win_syscall {
+  const char *zName;            /* Name of the system call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
+} aSyscall[] = {
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI,         0 },
+#else
+  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osAreFileApisANSI
+#define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)CharLowerW,              0 },
+#else
+  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)CharUpperW,              0 },
+#else
+  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
+
+  { "CloseHandle",             (SYSCALL)CloseHandle,             0 },
+
+#define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileA,             0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileW,             0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
+
+#if (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && \
+        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
+  { "CreateFileMappingA",      (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingA,      0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileMappingA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileMappingA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+        DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
+        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
+  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW,      0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+        DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW,            0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \
+        LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA,             0 },
+#else
+  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW,             0 },
+#else
+  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 },
+#else
+  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
+        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime,    0 },
+#else
+  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
+        LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
+
+  { "FlushFileBuffers",        (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers,        0 },
+
+#define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA,          0 },
+#else
+  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \
+        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW,          0 },
+#else
+  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
+        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+  { "FreeLibrary",             (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary,             0 },
+#else
+  { "FreeLibrary",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetCurrentProcessId",     (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId,     0 },
+
+#define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA,       0 },
+#else
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW,       0 },
+#else
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA,      0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW,      0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW,    0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \
+        LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)GetFileSize,             0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA,        0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \
+        LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW,        0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
+        LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetLastError",            (SYSCALL)GetLastError,            0 },
+
+#define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent)
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */
+  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA,         0 },
+#else
+  /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
+  ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
+  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress,          0 },
+#endif
+#else
+  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \
+        LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo,           0 },
+#else
+  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetSystemTime",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime,           0 },
+
+#define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 },
+#else
+  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
+        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA,            0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW,            0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)GetTickCount,            0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && \
+        SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA,           0 },
+#else
+  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
+        LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
+        defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+  { "GetVersionExW",           (SYSCALL)GetVersionExW,           0 },
+#else
+  { "GetVersionExW",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetVersionExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
+        LPOSVERSIONINFOW))aSyscall[35].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapAlloc",               (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc,               0 },
+
+#define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)HeapCreate,              0 },
+#else
+  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[37].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy,             0 },
+#else
+  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[38].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapFree",                (SYSCALL)HeapFree,                0 },
+
+#define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapReAlloc",             (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc,             0 },
+
+#define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[40].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapSize",                (SYSCALL)HeapSize,                0 },
+
+#define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)HeapValidate,            0 },
+#else
+  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        LPCVOID))aSyscall[42].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "HeapCompact",             (SYSCALL)HeapCompact,             0 },
+#else
+  { "HeapCompact",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osHeapCompact ((UINT(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD))aSyscall[43].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA,            0 },
+#else
+  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[44].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
+        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW,            0 },
+#else
+  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[45].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)LocalFree,               0 },
+#else
+  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[46].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)LockFile,                0 },
+#else
+  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osLockFile
+#define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[47].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)LockFileEx,              0 },
+#else
+  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osLockFileEx
+#define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[48].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
+  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile,           0 },
+#else
+  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[49].pCurrent)
+
+  { "MultiByteToWideChar",     (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar,     0 },
+
+#define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \
+        int))aSyscall[50].pCurrent)
+
+  { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 },
+
+#define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
+        LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[51].pCurrent)
+
+  { "ReadFile",                (SYSCALL)ReadFile,                0 },
+
+#define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[52].pCurrent)
+
+  { "SetEndOfFile",            (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile,            0 },
+
+#define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[53].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer,          0 },
+#else
+  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)Sleep,                   0 },
+#else
+  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent)
+
+  { "SystemTimeToFileTime",    (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime,    0 },
+
+#define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \
+        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[56].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)UnlockFile,              0 },
+#else
+  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osUnlockFile
+#define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[57].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx,            0 },
+#else
+  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile,         0 },
+#else
+  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[59].pCurrent)
+
+  { "WideCharToMultiByte",     (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte,     0 },
+
+#define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \
+        LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[60].pCurrent)
+
+  { "WriteFile",               (SYSCALL)WriteFile,               0 },
+
+#define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[61].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW,          0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \
+        DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject,     0 },
+#else
+  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx,   0 },
+#else
+  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        BOOL))aSyscall[64].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx,        0 },
+#else
+  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \
+        PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[65].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0,                  0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+        FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp,    0 },
+#else
+  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[67].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)CreateFile2,             0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[68].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)LoadPackagedLibrary,     0 },
+#else
+  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[69].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64,          0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[70].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo,     0 },
+#else
+  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
+        LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[71].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA,      0 },
+#else
+  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW,      0 },
+#else
+  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[73].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetProcessHeap",          (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap,          0 },
+
+#define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[74].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent)
+
+}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
+
+/*
+** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
+** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
+** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
+** system call named zName.
+*/
+static int winSetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
+  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
+    ** settings and return NULL
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
+    ** specified.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
+          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+        }
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
+** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
+** is currently undefined.
+*/
+static sqlite3_syscall_ptr winGetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
+  const char *zName
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
+** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
+** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
+** system call.
+*/
+static const char *winNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
+  int i = -1;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  if( zName ){
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
+    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+/*
+** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
+** compact it.  Upon success, SQLITE_OK will be returned.  Upon failure, one
+** of SQLITE_NOMEM, SQLITE_ERROR, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND will be returned.  The
+** "pnLargest" argument, if non-zero, will be used to return the size of the
+** largest committed free block in the heap, in bytes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_compact_heap(LPUINT pnLargest){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  UINT nLargest = 0;
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if( (nLargest=osHeapCompact(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS))==0 ){
+    DWORD lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    if( lastErrno==NO_ERROR ){
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapCompact (no space), heap=%p",
+                  (void*)hHeap);
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, "failed to HeapCompact (%lu), heap=%p",
+                  osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTFOUND, "failed to HeapCompact, heap=%p",
+              (void*)hHeap);
+  rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+#endif
+  if( pnLargest ) *pnLargest = nLargest;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
+** destroy and recreate it.  If the Win32 native heap is not isolated and/or
+** the sqlite3_memory_used() function does not return zero, SQLITE_BUSY will
+** be returned and no changes will be made to the Win32 native heap.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){
+  int rc;
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMem; )    /* The memsys static mutex */
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMem = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); )
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMem);
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  if( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL && winMemGetOwned() && sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ){
+    /*
+    ** At this point, there should be no outstanding memory allocations on
+    ** the heap.  Also, since both the master and memsys locks are currently
+    ** being held by us, no other function (i.e. from another thread) should
+    ** be able to even access the heap.  Attempt to destroy and recreate our
+    ** isolated Win32 native heap now.
+    */
+    assert( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
+    assert( winMemGetOwned() );
+    assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
+    winMemShutdown(winMemGetDataPtr());
+    assert( winMemGetHeap()==NULL );
+    assert( !winMemGetOwned() );
+    assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
+    rc = winMemInit(winMemGetDataPtr());
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetOwned() );
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
+  }else{
+    /*
+    ** The Win32 native heap cannot be modified because it may be in use.
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMem);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
+
+/*
+** This function outputs the specified (ANSI) string to the Win32 debugger
+** (if available).
+*/
+
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_write_debug(const char *zBuf, int nBuf){
+  char zDbgBuf[SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE];
+  int nMin = MIN(nBuf, (SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE - 1)); /* may be negative. */
+  if( nMin<-1 ) nMin = -1; /* all negative values become -1. */
+  assert( nMin==-1 || nMin==0 || nMin<SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE );
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  if( nMin>0 ){
+    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
+    osOutputDebugStringA(zDbgBuf);
+  }else{
+    osOutputDebugStringA(zBuf);
+  }
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+  if ( osMultiByteToWideChar(
+          osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP, 0, zBuf,
+          nMin, (LPWSTR)zDbgBuf, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(WCHAR))<=0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  osOutputDebugStringW((LPCWSTR)zDbgBuf);
+#else
+  if( nMin>0 ){
+    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zDbgBuf);
+  }else{
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine suspends the current thread for at least ms
+** milliseconds.  This is equivalent to the Win32 Sleep() interface.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+static HANDLE sleepObj = NULL;
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if ( sleepObj==NULL ){
+    sleepObj = osCreateEventExW(NULL, NULL, CREATE_EVENT_MANUAL_RESET,
+                                SYNCHRONIZE);
+  }
+  assert( sleepObj!=NULL );
+  osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE);
+#else
+  osSleep(milliseconds);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
+** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
+# define osIsNT()  (1)
+#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+# define osIsNT()  (1)
+#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+# define osIsNT()  (0)
+#else
+  static int osIsNT(void){
+    if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
+#if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN8
+      OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo;
+      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+      osGetVersionExW(&sInfo);
+#else
+      OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo;
+      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+      osGetVersionExA(&sInfo);
+#endif
+      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+    }
+    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+  void *p;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+  assert( nBytes>=0 );
+  p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
+  if( !p ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
+                nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
+#endif
+  if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */
+  if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
+                pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+  void *p;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
+#endif
+  assert( nBytes>=0 );
+  if( !pPrior ){
+    p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
+  }else{
+    p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
+  }
+  if( !p ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
+                pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(),
+                (void*)hHeap);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.
+*/
+static int winMemSize(void *p){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+  SIZE_T n;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p) );
+#endif
+  if( !p ) return 0;
+  n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p);
+  if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
+                p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return (int)n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int winMemRoundup(int n){
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){
+  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
+
+  if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
+  assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
+  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+    DWORD dwInitialSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE;
+    DWORD dwMaximumSize = (DWORD)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
+    if( dwMaximumSize==0 ){
+      dwMaximumSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE;
+    }else if( dwInitialSize>dwMaximumSize ){
+      dwInitialSize = dwMaximumSize;
+    }
+    pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS,
+                                      dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize);
+    if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+          "failed to HeapCreate (%lu), flags=%u, initSize=%lu, maxSize=%lu",
+          osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize,
+          dwMaximumSize);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE;
+    assert( pWinMemData->bOwned );
+  }
+#else
+  pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap();
+  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+        "failed to GetProcessHeap (%lu)", osGetLastError());
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
+  assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned );
+#endif
+  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){
+  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
+
+  if( !pWinMemData ) return;
+  assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
+  assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );
+
+  if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+    assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+    assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+    if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){
+      if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){
+        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%lu), heap=%p",
+                    osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap);
+      }
+      pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
+    }
+    pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
+** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
+**
+** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
+** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = {
+    winMemMalloc,
+    winMemFree,
+    winMemRealloc,
+    winMemSize,
+    winMemRoundup,
+    winMemInit,
+    winMemShutdown,
+    &win_mem_data
+  };
+  return &winMemMethods;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32());
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
+
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?). 
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
+*/
+static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+  int nChar;
+  LPWSTR zWideFilename;
+
+  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
+  if( nChar==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zWideFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
+  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename,
+                                nChar);
+  if( nChar==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zWideFilename);
+    zWideFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zWideFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert Microsoft Unicode to UTF-8.  Space to hold the returned string is
+** obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static char *winUnicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  char *zFilename;
+
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
+  if( zFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
+                                0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zFilename);
+    zFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the
+** current codepage settings for file apis.
+** 
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
+** from sqlite3_malloc.
+*/
+static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  LPWSTR zMbcsFilename;
+  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+
+  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,
+                                0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
+  if( nByte==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zMbcsFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
+  if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename,
+                                nByte);
+  if( nByte==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zMbcsFilename);
+    zMbcsFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zMbcsFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert Microsoft Unicode to multi-byte character string, based on the
+** user's ANSI codepage.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static char *winUnicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  char *zFilename;
+  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
+  if( zFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename,
+                                nByte, 0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zFilename);
+    zFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8.  Space to hold the
+** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){
+  char *zFilenameUtf8;
+  LPWSTR zTmpWide;
+
+  zTmpWide = winMbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilenameUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
+  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
+  return zFilenameUtf8;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the 
+** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){
+  char *zFilenameMbcs;
+  LPWSTR zTmpWide;
+
+  zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilenameMbcs = winUnicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
+  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
+  return zFilenameMbcs;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function sets the data directory or the temporary directory based on
+** the provided arguments.  The type argument must be 1 in order to set the
+** data directory or 2 in order to set the temporary directory.  The zValue
+** argument is the name of the directory to use.  The return value will be
+** SQLITE_OK if successful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory(DWORD type, LPCWSTR zValue){
+  char **ppDirectory = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
+    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_data_directory;
+  }else if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
+    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  }
+  assert( !ppDirectory || type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+          || type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+  );
+  assert( !ppDirectory || sqlite3MemdebugHasType(*ppDirectory, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  if( ppDirectory ){
+    char *zValueUtf8 = 0;
+    if( zValue && zValue[0] ){
+      zValueUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zValue);
+      if ( zValueUtf8==0 ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(*ppDirectory);
+    *ppDirectory = zValueUtf8;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** The return value of winGetLastErrorMsg
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
+*/
+static int winGetLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure.  Otherwise it
+  ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
+  ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
+  */
+  DWORD dwLen = 0;
+  char *zOut = 0;
+
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    WCHAR zTempWide[SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS+1];
+    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+                             NULL,
+                             lastErrno,
+                             0,
+                             zTempWide,
+                             SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS,
+                             0);
+#else
+    LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL;
+    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+                             NULL,
+                             lastErrno,
+                             0,
+                             (LPWSTR) &zTempWide,
+                             0,
+                             0);
+#endif
+    if( dwLen > 0 ){
+      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTempWide);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
+      osLocalFree(zTempWide);
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    char *zTemp = NULL;
+    dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+                             NULL,
+                             lastErrno,
+                             0,
+                             (LPSTR) &zTemp,
+                             0,
+                             0);
+    if( dwLen > 0 ){
+      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
+      osLocalFree(zTemp);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( 0 == dwLen ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%lx (%lu)", lastErrno, lastErrno);
+  }else{
+    /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut);
+    /* free the UTF8 buffer */
+    sqlite3_free(zOut);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro
+** winLogError().
+**
+** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function.
+** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
+** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from 
+** FormatMessage.
+**
+** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
+** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
+** failed and the associated file-system path, if any.
+*/
+#define winLogError(a,b,c,d)   winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__)
+static int winLogErrorAtLine(
+  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
+  DWORD lastErrno,                /* Win32 last error */
+  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
+  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
+  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
+){
+  char zMsg[500];                 /* Human readable error text */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+
+  zMsg[0] = 0;
+  winGetLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg);
+  assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
+  for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){}
+  zMsg[i] = 0;
+  sqlite3_log(errcode,
+      "os_win.c:%d: (%lu) %s(%s) - %s",
+      iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg
+  );
+
+  return errcode;
+}
+
+/*
+** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile()
+** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by 
+** antivirus software.  Also the initial delay before the first retry.
+** The delay increases linearly with each retry.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25
+#endif
+static int winIoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY;
+static int winIoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY;
+
+/*
+** The "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro is used to determine if a particular I/O
+** error code obtained via GetLastError() is eligible to be retried.  It
+** must accept the error code DWORD as its only argument and should return
+** non-zero if the error code is transient in nature and the operation
+** responsible for generating the original error might succeed upon being
+** retried.  The argument to this macro should be a variable.
+**
+** Additionally, a macro named "winIoerrCanRetry2" may be defined.  If it
+** is defined, it will be consulted only when the macro "winIoerrCanRetry1"
+** returns zero.  The "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro is completely optional and
+** may be used to include additional error codes in the set that should
+** result in the failing I/O operation being retried by the caller.  If
+** defined, the "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro must exhibit external semantics
+** identical to those of the "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro.
+*/
+#if !defined(winIoerrCanRetry1)
+#define winIoerrCanRetry1(a) (((a)==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)        || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION)    || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION)       || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST)        || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED)      || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_SEM_TIMEOUT)          || \
+                              ((a)==ERROR_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine
+** to see if it should be retried.  Return TRUE to retry.  Return FALSE
+** to give up with an error.
+*/
+static int winRetryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){
+  DWORD e = osGetLastError();
+  if( *pnRetry>=winIoerrRetry ){
+    if( pError ){
+      *pError = e;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( winIoerrCanRetry1(e) ){
+    sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
+    ++*pnRetry;
+    return 1;
+  }
+#if defined(winIoerrCanRetry2)
+  else if( winIoerrCanRetry2(e) ){
+    sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
+    ++*pnRetry;
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pError ){
+    *pError = e;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Log a I/O error retry episode.
+*/
+static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry){
+  if( nRetry ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, 
+      "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict",
+      winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2
+    );
+  }
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+/*************************************************************************
+** This section contains code for WinCE only.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API
+/*
+** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function.  So
+** create a substitute.
+*/
+/* #include <time.h> */
+struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
+{
+  static struct tm y;
+  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
+  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
+  sqlite3_int64 t64;
+  t64 = *t;
+  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
+  uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF);
+  uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32);
+  osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
+  osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
+  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
+  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
+  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
+  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
+  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
+  y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
+  y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
+  return &y;
+}
+#endif
+
+#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)]
+
+/*
+** Acquire a lock on the handle h
+*/
+static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
+   DWORD dwErr;
+   do {
+     dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
+   } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
+}
+/*
+** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
+*/
+#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
+
+/*
+** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
+** descriptor pFile
+*/
+static int winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
+  LPWSTR zTok;
+  LPWSTR zName;
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+  BOOL bLogged = FALSE;
+  BOOL bInit = TRUE;
+
+  zName = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    /* out of memory */
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the local lockdata */
+  memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local));
+
+  /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
+  ** to derive a mutex name. */
+  zTok = osCharLowerW(zName);
+  for (;*zTok;zTok++){
+    if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
+  }
+
+  /* Create/open the named mutex */
+  pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
+  if (!pFile->hMutex){
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    sqlite3_free(zName);
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winceCreateLock1", zFilename);
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+  
+  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are 
+  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
+  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
+  */
+  osCharUpperW(zName);
+  pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
+                                        PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
+                                        zName);  
+
+  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it 
+  ** must be zero-initialized */
+  lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+  if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
+    bInit = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zName);
+
+  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
+  if( pFile->hShared ){
+    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, 
+             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
+    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
+    if( !pFile->shared ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
+                  "winceCreateLock2", zFilename);
+      bLogged = TRUE;
+      osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+      pFile->hShared = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
+  if( pFile->hShared==NULL ){
+    if( !bLogged ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
+                  "winceCreateLock3", zFilename);
+      bLogged = TRUE;
+    }
+    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
+  if( bInit ){
+    memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
+*/
+static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
+  if (pFile->hMutex){
+    /* Acquire the mutex */
+    winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+    /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
+       are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
+    if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+      pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bReserved){
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bPending){
+      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
+    osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
+    osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+
+    /* Done with the mutex */
+    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);    
+    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE
+*/
+static BOOL winceLockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
+){
+  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);
+
+  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
+  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST
+       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
+    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
+       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
+       bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Want a read-only lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
+           nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
+      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
+        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
+      }
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Want a pending lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
+           && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
+    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
+      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
+      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Want a reserved lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
+           && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
+      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return bReturn;
+}
+
+/*
+** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE
+*/
+static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
+){
+  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh);
+
+  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
+  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){
+    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
+    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE);
+      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
+    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE
+             || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1);
+      pFile->local.nReaders --;
+      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
+      {
+        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+      }
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Releasing a pending lock */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
+           && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->local.bPending){
+      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
+           && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
+      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return bReturn;
+}
+/*
+** End of the special code for wince
+*****************************************************************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+
+/*
+** Lock a file region.
+*/
+static BOOL winLockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD flags,
+  DWORD offsetLow,
+  DWORD offsetHigh,
+  DWORD numBytesLow,
+  DWORD numBytesHigh
+){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /*
+  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+  **       API LockFile.
+  */
+  return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
+                       numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
+#else
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
+    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
+    return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
+  }else{
+    return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
+                      numBytesHigh);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock a file region.
+ */
+static BOOL winUnlockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD offsetLow,
+  DWORD offsetHigh,
+  DWORD numBytesLow,
+  DWORD numBytesHigh
+){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /*
+  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+  **       API UnlockFile.
+  */
+  return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
+                         numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
+#else
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
+    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
+    return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
+  }else{
+    return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
+                        numBytesHigh);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
+** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
+*/
+#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first 
+** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. 
+** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero.
+*/
+static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  LONG upperBits;                 /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */
+  LONG lowerBits;                 /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */
+  DWORD dwRet;                    /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */
+  DWORD lastErrno;                /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
+
+  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset));
+
+  upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+  lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff);
+
+  /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword 
+  ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails,
+  ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, 
+  ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine 
+  ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call 
+  ** GetLastError().
+  */
+  dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+
+  if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+      && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
+                "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
+    OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+  return 0;
+#else
+  /*
+  ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT.
+  */
+
+  LARGE_INTEGER x;                /* The new offset */
+  BOOL bRet;                      /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */
+
+  x.QuadPart = iOffset;
+  bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN);
+
+  if(!bRet){
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
+                "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
+    OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for memory mapped files */
+static int winMapfile(winFile*, sqlite3_int64);
+static int winUnmapfile(winFile*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+**
+** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
+** fail.  This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious
+** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen.  If
+** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again.  As
+** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
+** giving up and returning an error.
+*/
+#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
+static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int rc, cnt = 0;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  assert( pFile->pShm==0 );
+#endif
+  assert( pFile->h!=NULL && pFile->h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+  OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p\n", pFile->h));
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  winUnmapfile(pFile);
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h);
+    /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */
+  }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) );
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
+  winceDestroyLock(pFile);
+  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    while(
+           osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
+        && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff 
+        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
+    ){
+       sqlite3_win32_sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( rc ){
+    pFile->h = NULL;
+  }
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+  return rc ? SQLITE_OK
+            : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(),
+                          "winClose", pFile->zPath);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+static int winRead(
+  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
+  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
+  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  OVERLAPPED overlapped;          /* The offset for ReadFile. */
+#endif
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* file handle */
+  DWORD nRead;                    /* Number of bytes actually read from file */
+  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retrys */
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  assert( amt>0 );
+  assert( offset>=0 );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
+  OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n",
+           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
+  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
+  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
+      OSTRACE(("READ-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
+      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
+      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+      amt -= nCopy;
+      offset += nCopy;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  if( winSeekFile(pFile, offset) ){
+    OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h));
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){
+#else
+  memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+  overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+  overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) &&
+         osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){
+#endif
+    DWORD lastErrno;
+    if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_READ\n", pFile->h));
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winRead", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+  winLogIoerr(nRetry);
+  if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){
+    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead);
+    OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ\n", pFile->h));
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+static int winWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to write into */
+  const void *pBuf,               /* The bytes to be written */
+  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
+){
+  int rc = 0;                     /* True if error has occurred, else false */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle */
+  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retries */
+
+  assert( amt>0 );
+  assert( pFile );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
+  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
+
+  OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n",
+           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
+  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
+  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
+    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
+      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
+      OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
+      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
+      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
+      amt -= nCopy;
+      offset += nCopy;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  rc = winSeekFile(pFile, offset);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+#else
+  {
+#endif
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    OVERLAPPED overlapped;        /* The offset for WriteFile. */
+#endif
+    u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf;        /* Data yet to be written */
+    int nRem = amt;               /* Number of bytes yet to be written */
+    DWORD nWrite;                 /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */
+    DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;   /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+    overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+    overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+#endif
+
+    while( nRem>0 ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){
+#else
+      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){
+#endif
+        if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
+        break;
+      }
+      assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem );
+      if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){
+        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        break;
+      }
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+      offset += nWrite;
+      overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+      overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+#endif
+      aRem += nWrite;
+      nRem -= nWrite;
+    }
+    if( nRem>0 ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc ){
+    if(   ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL )
+       || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){
+      OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h));
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_FULL, pFile->lastErrno,
+                         "winWrite1", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+    OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE\n", pFile->h));
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winWrite2", pFile->zPath);
+  }else{
+    winLogIoerr(nRetry);
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle object */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code for this function */
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
+  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, size=%lld, lock=%d\n",
+           pFile->h, nByte, pFile->locktype));
+
+  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
+  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
+  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
+  ** size).
+  */
+  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+  }
+
+  /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */
+  if( winSeekFile(pFile, nByte) ){
+    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
+                     "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath);
+  }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) &&
+            ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_USER_MAPPED_FILE) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
+                     "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  /* If the file was truncated to a size smaller than the currently
+  ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
+  ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
+  */
+  if( pFile->pMapRegion && nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
+    pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+*/
+static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  /*
+  ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined.
+   */
+  BOOL rc;
+#endif
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \
+    (defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG))
+  /*
+  ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or
+  ** OSTRACE() macros.
+   */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+#endif
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+  );
+
+  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
+  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
+  */
+  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+
+  OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, flags=%x, lock=%d\n",
+           pFile->h, flags, pFile->locktype));
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
+#else
+  if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
+    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+  }
+  sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+
+  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+  ** no-op
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  OSTRACE(("SYNC-NOP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+  rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE );
+  if( rc ){
+    OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC\n", pFile->h));
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winSync", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  assert( pSize!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
+  OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p\n", pFile->h, pSize));
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  {
+    FILE_STANDARD_INFO info;
+    if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo,
+                                     &info, sizeof(info)) ){
+      *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart;
+    }else{
+      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  {
+    DWORD upperBits;
+    DWORD lowerBits;
+    DWORD lastErrno;
+
+    lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
+    *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
+    if(   (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE)
+       && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p, *pSize=%lld, rc=%s\n",
+           pFile->h, pSize, *pSize, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
+*/
+#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
+# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+# define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions.
+** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail
+** immediately if the lock could not be obtained.  Also, it always expected to
+** obtain an exclusive lock.  These flags are used with the LockFileEx function
+** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS
+# define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS   (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \
+                                  LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the
+** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS
+# define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
+** is Win9x or WinNT.
+*/
+static int winGetReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+  int res;
+  OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+    **       API LockFileEx.
+    */
+    res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
+#else
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
+                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+#endif
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    int lk;
+    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+    pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1));
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
+                      SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( res == 0 ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    /* No need to log a failure to lock */
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res));
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo a readlock
+*/
+static int winUnlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+  int res;
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+  OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno,
+                "winUnlockReadLock", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res));
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  The winUnlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
+*/
+static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
+  int res = 1;           /* Result of a Windows lock call */
+  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
+  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
+           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+    OSTRACE(("LOCK-HELD file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
+  */
+  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
+  if(   (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK)
+     || (   (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+         && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK))
+  ){
+    int cnt = 3;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
+                                         PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
+      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  This is needed to work
+      ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on
+      ** Windows systems.
+      ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not
+      ** copy this retry logic.  It is a hack intended for Windows only.
+      */
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      OSTRACE(("LOCK-PENDING-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, result=%d\n",
+               pFile->h, cnt, res));
+      if( lastErrno==ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+        OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, rc=%s\n",
+                 pFile->h, cnt, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+        return rc;
+      }
+      if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
+    }
+    gotPendingLock = res;
+    if( !res ){
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a shared lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+    res = winGetReadLock(pFile);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    gotPendingLock = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
+                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      winGetReadLock(pFile);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+  ** release it now.
+  */
+  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+  ** return the appropriate result code.
+  */
+  if( res ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, wanted=%d, got=%d\n",
+             pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype));
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype;
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
+           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
+*/
+static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int res;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p\n", pFile->h, pResOut));
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    res = 1;
+    OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (local)\n", pFile->h, res));
+  }else{
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS,RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    }
+    res = !res;
+    OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (remote)\n", pFile->h, res));
+  }
+  *pResOut = res;
+  OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           pFile->h, pResOut, *pResOut));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+*/
+static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int type;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
+           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));
+  type = pFile->locktype;
+  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !winGetReadLock(pFile) ){
+      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
+      ** reacquire the read lock */
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(),
+                       "winUnlock", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+  }
+  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
+  }
+  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
+           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
+** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
+**
+** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
+*/
+static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
+  if( *pArg<0 ){
+    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
+  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
+    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
+  }else{
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */
+static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **);
+static int winIsDir(const void *);
+static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *);
+
+/*
+** Control and query of the open file handle.
+*/
+static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, op=%d, pArg=%p\n", pFile->h, op, pArg));
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+      *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype;
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
+      *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno;
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
+      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
+      if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+        sqlite3_int64 oldSz;
+        int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
+          if( newSz>oldSz ){
+            SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+            rc = winTruncate(id, newSz);
+            SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+          }
+        }
+        OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+        return rc;
+      }
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
+      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
+      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
+      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: {
+      int *a = (int*)pArg;
+      if( a[0]>0 ){
+        winIoerrRetry = a[0];
+      }else{
+        a[0] = winIoerrRetry;
+      }
+      if( a[1]>0 ){
+        winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
+      }else{
+        a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay;
+      }
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: {
+      LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg;
+      HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h;
+      pFile->h = *phFile;
+      *phFile = hOldFile;
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+               hOldFile, pFile->h));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+#endif
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
+      char *zTFile = 0;
+      int rc = winGetTempname(pFile->pVfs, &zTFile);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
+      }
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+      return rc;
+    }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
+      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
+      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
+        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
+      }
+      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
+      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
+        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
+        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
+          winUnmapfile(pFile);
+          rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1);
+        }
+      }
+      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+      return rc;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_NOTFOUND\n", pFile->h));
+  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
+*/
+static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  (void)id;
+  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a vector of device characteristics.
+*/
+static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  winFile *p = (winFile*)id;
+  return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN |
+         ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Windows will only let you create file view mappings
+** on allocation size granularity boundaries.
+** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo()
+** to get the granularity size.
+*/
+static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+/*
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
+** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by 
+** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
+**
+** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
+** statements. e.g.
+**
+**   winShmEnterMutex()
+**     assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
+**   winShmLeaveMutex()
+*/
+static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static int winShmMutexHeld(void) {
+  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide
+** shared memory.  When multiple threads all reference the same
+** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all
+** point to a single instance of this object.  In other words, each
+** log-summary is opened only once per process.
+**
+** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
+** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
+**
+**      nRef
+**      pNext 
+**
+** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
+** 
+**      fid
+**      zFilename
+**
+** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and
+** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
+** in this structure.
+**
+*/
+struct winShmNode {
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
+  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the file */
+  winFile hFile;             /* File handle from winOpen */
+
+  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
+  int nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
+  struct ShmRegion {
+    HANDLE hMap;             /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */
+    void *pMap;
+  } *aRegion;
+  DWORD lastErrno;           /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+
+  int nRef;                  /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */
+  winShm *pFirst;            /* All winShm objects pointing to this */
+  winShmNode *pNext;         /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available winShm.id value */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A global array of all winShmNode objects.
+**
+** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list.
+*/
+static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0;
+
+/*
+** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
+** open shared memory connection.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
+** are read-only thereafter:
+**
+**    winShm.pShmNode
+**    winShm.id
+**
+** All other fields are read/write.  The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held
+** while accessing any read/write fields.
+*/
+struct winShm {
+  winShmNode *pShmNode;      /* The underlying winShmNode object */
+  winShm *pNext;             /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */
+  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */
+  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
+  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Constants used for locking
+*/
+#define WIN_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)        /* first lock byte */
+#define WIN_SHM_DMS    (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
+
+/*
+** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst.
+*/
+#define _SHM_UNLCK  1
+#define _SHM_RDLCK  2
+#define _SHM_WRLCK  3
+static int winShmSystemLock(
+  winShmNode *pFile,    /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
+  int lockType,         /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */
+  int ofst,             /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */
+  int nByte             /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */
+){
+  int rc = 0;           /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */
+
+  /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 );
+
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n",
+           pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte));
+
+  /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */
+  if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){
+    rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
+  }else{
+    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
+    DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY;
+    if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
+  }
+  
+  if( rc!= 0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno =  osGetLastError();
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, func=%s, errno=%lu, rc=%s\n",
+           pFile->hFile.h, (lockType == _SHM_UNLCK) ? "winUnlockFile" :
+           "winLockFile", pFile->lastErrno, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Forward references to VFS methods */
+static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*);
+static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int);
+
+/*
+** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0.
+**
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+*/
+static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){
+  winShmNode **pp;
+  winShmNode *p;
+  assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid=%lu, deleteFlag=%d\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), deleteFlag));
+  pp = &winShmNodeList;
+  while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){
+    if( p->nRef==0 ){
+      int i;
+      if( p->mutex ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); }
+      for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
+        BOOL bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap);
+        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-UNMAP pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
+                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+        UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
+        bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap);
+        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-CLOSE pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
+                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+        UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
+      }
+      if( p->hFile.h!=NULL && p->hFile.h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+        winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile);
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      }
+      if( deleteFlag ){
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+        winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0);
+        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      }
+      *pp = p->pNext;
+      sqlite3_free(p->aRegion);
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+    }else{
+      pp = &p->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd.
+**
+** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
+** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
+** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
+*/
+static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){
+  struct winShm *p;                  /* The connection to be opened */
+  struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
+  int rc;                            /* Result code */
+  struct winShmNode *pNew;           /* Newly allocated winShmNode */
+  int nName;                         /* Size of zName in bytes */
+
+  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );    /* Not previously opened */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object.  Also speculatively
+  ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename.
+  */
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath);
+  pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1];
+  sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
+  sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename); 
+
+  /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used.
+  ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one.
+  */
+  winShmEnterMutex();
+  for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){
+    /* TBD need to come up with better match here.  Perhaps
+    ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  if( pShmNode ){
+    sqlite3_free(pNew);
+  }else{
+    pShmNode = pNew;
+    pNew = 0;
+    ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+    pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList;
+    winShmNodeList = pShmNode;
+
+    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+
+    rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs,
+                 pShmNode->zFilename,             /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+                 (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile,  /* File handle here */
+                 SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE,
+                 0);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+
+    /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
+    ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. 
+    */
+    if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+    }
+    if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
+  }
+
+  /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */
+  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
+#endif
+  pShmNode->nRef++;
+  pDbFd->pShm = p;
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+
+  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
+  ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
+  ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
+  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
+  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex 
+  ** mutex.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
+  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Jump here on any error */
+shm_open_err:
+  winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+  winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0);      /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  sqlite3_free(pNew);
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
+** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+*/
+static int winShmUnmap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database holding shared memory */
+  int deleteFlag             /* Delete after closing if true */
+){
+  winFile *pDbFd;       /* Database holding shared-memory */
+  winShm *p;            /* The connection to be closed */
+  winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
+  winShm **pp;          /* For looping over sibling connections */
+
+  pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
+  p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
+  ** with pShmNode */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
+  *pp = p->pNext;
+
+  /* Free the connection p */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
+  ** shared-memory file, too */
+  winShmEnterMutex();
+  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
+  pShmNode->nRef--;
+  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
+    winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag);
+  }
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
+*/
+static int winShmLock(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
+  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
+  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
+){
+  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;        /* Connection holding shared memory */
+  winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;              /* The shared memory being locked */
+  winShm *pX;                           /* For looping over all siblings */
+  winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
+  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */
+
+  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+  assert( n>=1 );
+  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
+  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
+
+  mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst));
+  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
+    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
+
+    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( pX==p ) continue;
+      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
+      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
+    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
+      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* Undo the local locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    } 
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
+    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
+
+    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
+    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
+    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
+        rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+      }else{
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Get the local shared locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->sharedMask |= mask;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
+    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
+    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
+        p->exclMask |= mask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
+           sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
+**
+** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
+** any load or store begun after the barrier.
+*/
+static void winShmBarrier(
+  sqlite3_file *fd          /* Database holding the shared memory */
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */
+  winShmEnterMutex();
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
+** bytes in size.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
+** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
+** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
+** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
+**
+** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
+** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int winShmMap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
+  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
+  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
+  int isWrite,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
+  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
+){
+  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
+  winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  winShmNode *pShmNode;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( !p ){
+    rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  }
+  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
+
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+    struct ShmRegion *apNew;           /* New aRegion[] array */
+    int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion;  /* Minimum required file size */
+    sqlite3_int64 sz;                  /* Current size of wal-index file */
+
+    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+
+    /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
+    ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
+    ** large enough to contain the requested region).
+    */
+    rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
+                       "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath);
+      goto shmpage_out;
+    }
+
+    if( sz<nByte ){
+      /* The requested memory region does not exist. If isWrite is set to
+      ** zero, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
+      **
+      ** Alternatively, if isWrite is non-zero, use ftruncate() to allocate
+      ** the requested memory region.
+      */
+      if( !isWrite ) goto shmpage_out;
+      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, nByte);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath);
+        goto shmpage_out;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
+    apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc(
+        pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0])
+    );
+    if( !apNew ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+      goto shmpage_out;
+    }
+    pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;
+
+    while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+      HANDLE hMap = NULL;         /* file-mapping handle */
+      void *pMap = 0;             /* Mapped memory region */
+     
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h,
+          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL
+      );
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+      hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h, 
+          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
+      );
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+      hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h, 
+          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
+      );
+#endif
+      OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte,
+               hMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
+      if( hMap ){
+        int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion;
+        int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+        pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
+            iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
+        );
+#else
+        pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
+            0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
+        );
+#endif
+        OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-MAP pid=%lu, region=%d, offset=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
+                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset,
+                 szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
+      }
+      if( !pMap ){
+        pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno,
+                         "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath);
+        if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap);
+        goto shmpage_out;
+      }
+
+      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap;
+      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap;
+      pShmNode->nRegion++;
+    }
+  }
+
+shmpage_out:
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
+    int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion;
+    int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
+    char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap;
+    *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift];
+  }else{
+    *pp = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#else
+# define winShmMap     0
+# define winShmLock    0
+# define winShmBarrier 0
+# define winShmUnmap   0
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** Cleans up the mapped region of the specified file, if any.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+static int winUnmapfile(winFile *pFile){
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
+           "mmapSize=%lld, mmapSizeActual=%lld, mmapSizeMax=%lld\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap, pFile->pMapRegion,
+           pFile->mmapSize, pFile->mmapSizeActual, pFile->mmapSizeMax));
+  if( pFile->pMapRegion ){
+    if( !osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
+               "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
+               pFile->pMapRegion));
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
+                         "winUnmapfile1", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+    pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
+    pFile->mmapSize = 0;
+    pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
+  }
+  if( pFile->hMap!=NULL ){
+    if( !osCloseHandle(pFile->hMap) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap));
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
+                         "winUnmapfile2", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+    pFile->hMap = NULL;
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
+** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if 
+** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still 
+** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of 
+** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the 
+** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
+** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured 
+** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
+** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
+** code otherwise.
+*/
+static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
+  sqlite3_int64 nMap = nByte;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
+  OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, size=%lld\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, nByte));
+
+  if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( nMap<0 ){
+    rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file*)pFd, &nMap);
+    if( rc ){
+      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+    }
+  }
+  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
+    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
+  }
+  nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1);
+ 
+  if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){
+    winUnmapfile(pFd);
+  }
+  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
+    void *pNew = 0;
+    DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY;
+    DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ;
+
+    winUnmapfile(pFd);
+    if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){
+      protect = PAGE_READWRITE;
+      flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE;
+    }
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL);
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
+                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
+                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
+                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
+                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
+#endif
+    if( pFd->hMap==NULL ){
+      pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
+                       "winMapfile1", pFd->zPath);
+      /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
+      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-CREATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    assert( (nMap % winSysInfo.dwPageSize)==0 );
+    assert( sizeof(SIZE_T)==sizeof(sqlite3_int64) || nMap<=0xffffffff );
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    pNew = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
+#else
+    pNew = osMapViewOfFile(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
+#endif
+    if( pNew==NULL ){
+      osCloseHandle(pFd->hMap);
+      pFd->hMap = NULL;
+      pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
+                       "winMapfile2", pFd->zPath);
+      /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
+      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-MAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
+               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    pFd->pMapRegion = pNew;
+    pFd->mmapSize = nMap;
+    pFd->mmapSizeActual = nMap;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
+
+/*
+** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
+** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
+**
+** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
+** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
+**
+** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually 
+** release the reference by calling winUnfetch().
+*/
+static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
+#endif
+  *pp = 0;
+
+  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, amount=%d, pp=%p\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, iOff, nAmt, pp));
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
+    if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
+      int rc = winMapfile(pFd, -1);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
+                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
+      *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
+      pFd->nFetchOut++;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a 
+** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second
+** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
+** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation. 
+**
+** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called 
+** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping 
+** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
+*/
+static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
+
+  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding 
+  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
+  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
+  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
+
+  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
+  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );
+
+  OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, p=%p\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p));
+
+  if( p ){
+    pFd->nFetchOut--;
+  }else{
+    /* FIXME:  If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a
+    ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call
+    ** is unnecessary can can be omitted - potentially improving
+    ** performance.  */
+    winUnmapfile(pFd);
+  }
+
+  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
+#endif
+
+  OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
+**
+********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
+** sqlite3_file for win32.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
+  3,                              /* iVersion */
+  winClose,                       /* xClose */
+  winRead,                        /* xRead */
+  winWrite,                       /* xWrite */
+  winTruncate,                    /* xTruncate */
+  winSync,                        /* xSync */
+  winFileSize,                    /* xFileSize */
+  winLock,                        /* xLock */
+  winUnlock,                      /* xUnlock */
+  winCheckReservedLock,           /* xCheckReservedLock */
+  winFileControl,                 /* xFileControl */
+  winSectorSize,                  /* xSectorSize */
+  winDeviceCharacteristics,       /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+  winShmMap,                      /* xShmMap */
+  winShmLock,                     /* xShmLock */
+  winShmBarrier,                  /* xShmBarrier */
+  winShmUnmap,                    /* xShmUnmap */
+  winFetch,                       /* xFetch */
+  winUnfetch                      /* xUnfetch */
+};
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
+**
+** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
+** sqlite3_vfs object.
+*/
+
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+/*
+** Convert a filename from whatever the underlying operating system
+** supports for filenames into UTF-8.  Space to hold the result is
+** obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling function.
+*/
+static char *winConvertToUtf8Filename(const void *zFilename){
+  char *zConverted = 0;
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    zConverted = winUnicodeToUtf8(zFilename);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    zConverted = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zFilename);
+  }
+#endif
+  /* caller will handle out of memory */
+  return zConverted;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
+** operating system wants filenames in.  Space to hold the result
+** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+*/
+static void *winConvertFromUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
+  void *zConverted = 0;
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    zConverted = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename);
+  }
+#endif
+  /* caller will handle out of memory */
+  return zConverted;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns non-zero if the specified UTF-8 string buffer
+** ends with a directory separator character or one was successfully
+** added to it.
+*/
+static int winMakeEndInDirSep(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  if( zBuf ){
+    int nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+    if( nLen>0 ){
+      if( winIsDirSep(zBuf[nLen-1]) ){
+        return 1;
+      }else if( nLen+1<nBuf ){
+        zBuf[nLen] = winGetDirSep();
+        zBuf[nLen+1] = '\0';
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name and store the resulting pointer into pzBuf.
+** The pointer returned in pzBuf must be freed via sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, char **pzBuf){
+  static char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  size_t i, j;
+  int nPre = sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
+  int nMax, nBuf, nDir, nLen;
+  char *zBuf;
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. 
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+
+  /* Allocate a temporary buffer to store the fully qualified file
+  ** name for the temporary file.  If this fails, we cannot continue.
+  */
+  nMax = pVfs->mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2;
+  zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero( nBuf );
+  if( !zBuf ){
+    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out the effective temporary directory.  First, check if one
+  ** has been explicitly set by the application; otherwise, use the one
+  ** configured by the operating system.
+  */
+  nDir = nMax - (nPre + 15);
+  assert( nDir>0 );
+  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    int nDirLen = sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_temp_directory);
+    if( nDirLen>0 ){
+      if( !winIsDirSep(sqlite3_temp_directory[nDirLen-1]) ){
+        nDirLen++;
+      }
+      if( nDirLen>nDir ){
+        sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+        OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
+        return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname1", 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
+    }
+  }
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  else{
+    static const char *azDirs[] = {
+       0, /* getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR") */
+       0, /* getenv("TMPDIR") */
+       0, /* getenv("TMP") */
+       0, /* getenv("TEMP") */
+       0, /* getenv("USERPROFILE") */
+       "/var/tmp",
+       "/usr/tmp",
+       "/tmp",
+       ".",
+       0        /* List terminator */
+    };
+    unsigned int i;
+    const char *zDir = 0;
+
+    if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
+    if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
+    if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMP");
+    if( !azDirs[3] ) azDirs[3] = getenv("TEMP");
+    if( !azDirs[4] ) azDirs[4] = getenv("USERPROFILE");
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
+      void *zConverted;
+      if( zDir==0 ) continue;
+      /* If the path starts with a drive letter followed by the colon
+      ** character, assume it is already a native Win32 path; otherwise,
+      ** it must be converted to a native Win32 path via the Cygwin API
+      ** prior to using it.
+      */
+      if( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zDir) ){
+        zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zDir);
+        if( !zConverted ){
+          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+          return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+        }
+        if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zDir);
+          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+          break;
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      }else{
+        zConverted = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax+1 );
+        if( !zConverted ){
+          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+          return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+        }
+        if( cygwin_conv_path(
+                osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A, zDir,
+                zConverted, nMax+1)<0 ){
+          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH\n"));
+          return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
+                             "winGetTempname2", zDir);
+        }
+        if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
+          /* At this point, we know the candidate directory exists and should
+          ** be used.  However, we may need to convert the string containing
+          ** its name into UTF-8 (i.e. if it is UTF-16 right now).
+          */
+          char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zConverted);
+          if( !zUtf8 ){
+            sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+            sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+            OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+            return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+          }
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
+          sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+          break;
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  else if( osIsNT() ){
+    char *zMulti;
+    LPWSTR zWidePath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax*sizeof(WCHAR) );
+    if( !zWidePath ){
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+    if( osGetTempPathW(nMax, zWidePath)==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winGetTempname2", 0);
+    }
+    zMulti = winUnicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
+    if( zMulti ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zMulti);
+      sqlite3_free(zMulti);
+      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    char *zUtf8;
+    char *zMbcsPath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax );
+    if( !zMbcsPath ){
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+    if( osGetTempPathA(nMax, zMbcsPath)==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winGetTempname3", 0);
+    }
+    zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zMbcsPath);
+    if( zUtf8 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
+      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI */
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
+
+  /*
+  ** Check to make sure the temporary directory ends with an appropriate
+  ** separator.  If it does not and there is not enough space left to add
+  ** one, fail.
+  */
+  if( !winMakeEndInDirSep(nDir+1, zBuf) ){
+    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname4", 0);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
+  ** name in the following format:
+  **
+  **   "<temporary_directory>/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0"
+  **
+  ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR.  The number 17 is used here in order to
+  ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the
+  ** two trailing NUL characters.  The final directory separator character
+  ** has already added if it was not already present.
+  */
+  nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+  if( (nLen + nPre + 17) > nBuf ){
+    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname5", 0);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-16-nLen, zBuf+nLen, SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
+
+  j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+  sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+  for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+  }
+  zBuf[j] = 0;
+  zBuf[j+1] = 0;
+  *pzBuf = zBuf;
+
+  OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME name=%s, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zBuf));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory.  Return false if
+** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory
+** allocation failure.
+*/
+static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){
+  DWORD attr;
+  int rc = 0;
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                             GetFileExInfoStandard,
+                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
+    if( !rc ){
+      return 0; /* Invalid name? */
+    }
+    attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+  }else{
+    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
+#endif
+  }
+  return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a file.
+*/
+static int winOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Used to get maximum path name length */
+  const char *zName,        /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3_file *id,         /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
+  int flags,                /* Open mode flags */
+  int *pOutFlags            /* Status return flags */
+){
+  HANDLE h;
+  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
+  DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
+  DWORD dwShareMode;
+  DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
+  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  int isTemp = 0;
+#endif
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  void *zConverted;              /* Filename in OS encoding */
+  const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
+  int cnt = 0;
+
+  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+  */
+  char *zTmpname = 0; /* For temporary filename, if necessary. */
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
+#endif
+
+  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
+        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  ));
+#endif
+
+  OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n",
+           zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags));
+
+  /* Check the following statements are true: 
+  **
+  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
+  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  */
+  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+
+  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
+  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
+
+  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  );
+
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile));
+  pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR,
+        "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT");
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
+  ** temporary file name to use 
+  */
+  if( !zUtf8Name ){
+    assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal );
+    rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+      return rc;
+    }
+    zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
+  }
+
+  /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
+  ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
+  ** sqlite3_uri_parameter().
+  */
+  assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) ||
+       zUtf8Name[sqlite3Strlen30(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 );
+
+  /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
+  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+    OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM", zUtf8Name));
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+    OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR", zUtf8Name));
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR;
+  }
+
+  if( isReadWrite ){
+    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
+  }else{
+    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
+  }
+
+  /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is 
+  ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" 
+  ** as it is usually understood.
+  */
+  if( isExclusive ){
+    /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
+    /* If the file exists, it fails. */
+    dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
+  }else if( isCreate ){
+    /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
+    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
+  }else{
+    /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
+    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
+  }
+
+  dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
+
+  if( isDelete ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
+    isTemp = 1;
+#else
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
+                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
+                               | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+#endif
+  }else{
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
+  }
+  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
+  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
+#endif
+
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters;
+    extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS);
+    extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes =
+            dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK;
+    extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK;
+    extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS;
+    extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL;
+    extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL;
+    while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                              dwDesiredAccess,
+                              dwShareMode,
+                              dwCreationDisposition,
+                              &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+               /* Noop */
+    }
+#else
+    while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                              dwDesiredAccess,
+                              dwShareMode, NULL,
+                              dwCreationDisposition,
+                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+               /* Noop */
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted,
+                              dwDesiredAccess,
+                              dwShareMode, NULL,
+                              dwCreationDisposition,
+                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+               /* Noop */
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  winLogIoerr(cnt);
+
+  OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name,
+           dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));
+
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+    if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
+      return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, 
+         ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) &
+                     ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)),
+         pOutFlags);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pOutFlags ){
+    if( isReadWrite ){
+      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
+    }else{
+      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, pOutFlags=%p, *pOutFlags=%d, "
+           "rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, pOutFlags, pOutFlags ?
+           *pOutFlags : 0, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
+       && (rc = winceCreateLock(zName, pFile))!=SQLITE_OK
+  ){
+    osCloseHandle(h);
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+    OSTRACE(("OPEN-CE-LOCK name=%s, rc=%s\n", zName, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( isTemp ){
+    pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
+  pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
+  pFile->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pFile->h = h;
+  if( isReadonly ){
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW;
+  }
+  pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
+  pFile->zPath = zName;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  pFile->hMap = NULL;
+  pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
+  pFile->mmapSize = 0;
+  pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
+  pFile->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
+#endif
+
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file.
+**
+** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
+** process has it open.  Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
+** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
+** whatever it does.  While this other process is holding the
+** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
+** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
+** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
+** up and returning an error.
+*/
+static int winDelete(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
+  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
+  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
+){
+  int cnt = 0;
+  int rc;
+  DWORD attr;
+  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
+  void *zConverted;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);
+
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+  OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, syncDir=%d\n", zFilename, syncDir));
+
+  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    do {
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+      memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+      if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard,
+                                  &sAttrData) ){
+        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+      }else{
+        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
+         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
+        }else{
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+#else
+      attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted);
+#endif
+      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
+        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
+         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
+        }else{
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
+        break;
+      }
+    } while(1);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    do {
+      attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted);
+      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
+        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
+         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
+        }else{
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
+        break;
+      }
+    } while(1);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){
+    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename);
+  }else{
+    winLogIoerr(cnt);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=%s\n", zFilename, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check the existence and status of a file.
+*/
+static int winAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */
+  const char *zFilename,     /* Name of file to check */
+  int flags,                 /* Type of test to make on this file */
+  int *pResOut               /* OUT: Result */
+){
+  DWORD attr;
+  int rc = 0;
+  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
+  void *zConverted;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+  OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, flags=%x, pResOut=%p\n",
+           zFilename, flags, pResOut));
+
+  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                             GetFileExInfoStandard, 
+                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
+    if( rc ){
+      /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
+      ** as if it does not exist.
+      */
+      if(    flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
+          && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 
+          && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){
+        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+      }else{
+        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+      }
+    }else{
+      winLogIoerr(cnt);
+      if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+        return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess",
+                           zFilename);
+      }else{
+        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  switch( flags ){
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
+             (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
+      break;
+    default:
+      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+  }
+  *pResOut = rc;
+  OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
+           zFilename, pResOut, *pResOut));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter
+** followed by a colon character.
+*/
+static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(
+  const char *zPathname
+){
+  return ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' );
+}
+
+/*
+** Returns non-zero if the specified path name should be used verbatim.  If
+** non-zero is returned from this function, the calling function must simply
+** use the provided path name verbatim -OR- resolve it into a full path name
+** using the GetFullPathName Win32 API function (if available).
+*/
+static BOOL winIsVerbatimPathname(
+  const char *zPathname
+){
+  /*
+  ** If the path name starts with a forward slash or a backslash, it is either
+  ** a legal UNC name, a volume relative path, or an absolute path name in the
+  ** "Unix" format on Windows.  There is no easy way to differentiate between
+  ** the final two cases; therefore, we return the safer return value of TRUE
+  ** so that callers of this function will simply use it verbatim.
+  */
+  if ( winIsDirSep(zPathname[0]) ){
+    return TRUE;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If the path name starts with a letter and a colon it is either a volume
+  ** relative path or an absolute path.  Callers of this function must not
+  ** attempt to treat it as a relative path name (i.e. they should simply use
+  ** it verbatim).
+  */
+  if ( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zPathname) ){
+    return TRUE;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If we get to this point, the path name should almost certainly be a purely
+  ** relative one (i.e. not a UNC name, not absolute, and not volume relative).
+  */
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
+** pathname into zOut[].  zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
+** bytes in size.
+*/
+static int winFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
+){
+  
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
+  assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname );
+  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
+    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+    **       one by prepending the data directory and a slash.
+    */
+    char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
+    if( !zOut ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+    if( cygwin_conv_path(
+            (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A) |
+            CCP_RELATIVE, zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zOut);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
+                         "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
+    }else{
+      char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
+      if( !zUtf8 ){
+        sqlite3_free(zOut);
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+      }
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
+                       sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zUtf8);
+      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+      sqlite3_free(zOut);
+    }
+  }else{
+    char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
+    if( !zOut ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+    if( cygwin_conv_path(
+            (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A),
+            zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zOut);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
+                         "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
+    }else{
+      char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
+      if( !zUtf8 ){
+        sqlite3_free(zOut);
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+      }
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zUtf8);
+      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+      sqlite3_free(zOut);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+  /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
+  /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */
+  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
+    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
+    */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
+                     sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  DWORD nByte;
+  void *zConverted;
+  char *zOut;
+
+  /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic
+  ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname.
+  */
+  if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){
+    zRelative++;
+  }
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
+    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
+    */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
+                     sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zRelative);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+    LPWSTR zTemp;
+    nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
+    }
+    nByte += 3;
+    zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+    if( zTemp==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+    nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+    if( nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
+    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    char *zTemp;
+    nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winFullPathname3", zRelative);
+    }
+    nByte += 3;
+    zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+    if( zTemp==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+    nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+    if( nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
+                         "winFullPathname4", zRelative);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
+    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( zOut ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut);
+    sqlite3_free(zOut);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
+  HANDLE h;
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  int nFull = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+  char *zFull = sqlite3MallocZero( nFull );
+  void *zConverted = 0;
+  if( zFull==0 ){
+    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( winFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFull, zFull)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(zFull);
+    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFull);
+  sqlite3_free(zFull);
+#else
+  void *zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+#endif
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( osIsNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    h = osLoadPackagedLibrary((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0);
+#else
+    h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted);
+#endif
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
+  }
+#endif
+  OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)h));
+  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  return (void*)h;
+}
+static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut);
+}
+static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,void *pH,const char *zSym))(void){
+  FARPROC proc;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  proc = osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pH, zSym);
+  OSTRACE(("DLSYM handle=%p, symbol=%s, address=%p\n",
+           (void*)pH, zSym, (void*)proc));
+  return (void(*)(void))proc;
+}
+static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
+  OSTRACE(("DLCLOSE handle=%p\n", (void*)pHandle));
+}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+  #define winDlOpen  0
+  #define winDlError 0
+  #define winDlSym   0
+  #define winDlClose 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
+*/
+static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  int n = 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  n = nBuf;
+  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#else
+  if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
+    SYSTEMTIME x;
+    osGetSystemTime(&x);
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
+    n += sizeof(x);
+  }
+  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+    DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+    n += sizeof(pid);
+  }
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if( sizeof(ULONGLONG)<=nBuf-n ){
+    ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
+    n += sizeof(cnt);
+  }
+#else
+  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+    DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
+    n += sizeof(cnt);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
+    LARGE_INTEGER i;
+    osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
+    n += sizeof(i);
+  }
+#endif
+  return n;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
+  sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
+** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
+** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
+** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
+** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
+** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
+** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
+** cannot be found.
+*/
+static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
+  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
+     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
+  */
+  FILETIME ft;
+  static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#endif
+  /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
+  static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = 
+      (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 +
+      (sqlite3_int64)294967296;
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  SYSTEMTIME time;
+  osGetSystemTime(&time);
+  /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
+  if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+#else
+  osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
+#endif
+
+  *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch +
+            ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + 
+               (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
+  }
+#endif
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_int64 i;
+  rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i);
+  if( !rc ){
+    *prNow = i/86400000.0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
+** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and
+** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS
+** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
+** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
+** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
+** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling
+** thread.
+**
+** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
+** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
+** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
+** in the output buffer.
+**
+** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
+** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
+** returns an error message:
+**
+**   int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+**     assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
+**     return 0;
+**   }
+**
+** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
+** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
+** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
+*/
+static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  return winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBuf);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+  static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
+    3,                   /* iVersion */
+    sizeof(winFile),     /* szOsFile */
+    SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
+    0,                   /* pNext */
+    "win32",             /* zName */
+    0,                   /* pAppData */
+    winOpen,             /* xOpen */
+    winDelete,           /* xDelete */
+    winAccess,           /* xAccess */
+    winFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */
+    winDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */
+    winDlError,          /* xDlError */
+    winDlSym,            /* xDlSym */
+    winDlClose,          /* xDlClose */
+    winRandomness,       /* xRandomness */
+    winSleep,            /* xSleep */
+    winCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */
+    winGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */
+    winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
+    winSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */
+    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
+    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
+  };
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathVfs = {
+    3,                   /* iVersion */
+    sizeof(winFile),     /* szOsFile */
+    SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
+    0,                   /* pNext */
+    "win32-longpath",    /* zName */
+    0,                   /* pAppData */
+    winOpen,             /* xOpen */
+    winDelete,           /* xDelete */
+    winAccess,           /* xAccess */
+    winFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */
+    winDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */
+    winDlError,          /* xDlError */
+    winDlSym,            /* xDlSym */
+    winDlClose,          /* xDlClose */
+    winRandomness,       /* xRandomness */
+    winSleep,            /* xSleep */
+    winCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */
+    winGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */
+    winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
+    winSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */
+    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
+    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
+  };
+#endif
+
+  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
+  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
+  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==76 );
+
+  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
+  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
+#else
+  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
+#endif
+  assert( winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity>0 );
+  assert( winSysInfo.dwPageSize>0 );
+
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0);
+#endif
+
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if( sleepObj!=NULL ){
+    osCloseHandle(sleepObj);
+    sleepObj = NULL;
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
+
+/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 February 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
+** bitmap.  Bits are numbered starting with 1.
+**
+** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been
+** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write"
+** property.  Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
+** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
+** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
+** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled.  In those cases, 
+** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality.  The algorithm needs 
+** to handle both cases well.
+**
+** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
+**
+** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created.  Individual bits
+** may be set or cleared one at a time.
+**
+** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
+** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
+** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
+** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
+** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
+** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
+** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
+*/
+
+/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
+#define BITVEC_SZ        512
+
+/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
+** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
+#define BITVEC_USIZE     (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
+
+/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. 
+** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. 
+** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
+** performance. */
+#define BITVEC_TELEM     u8
+/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */
+#define BITVEC_SZELEM    8
+/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NELEM     (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM))
+/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NBIT      (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM)
+
+/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
+#define BITVEC_NINT      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
+/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before 
+** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+#define BITVEC_MXHASH    (BITVEC_NINT/2)
+/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
+** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier 
+** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided 
+** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
+#define BITVEC_HASH(X)   (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
+
+#define BITVEC_NPTR      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
+
+
+/*
+** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** This bitmap records the existence of zero or more bits
+** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
+**
+** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
+** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
+** bitmap.  The least significant bit is bit 1.
+**
+** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
+** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
+**
+** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
+** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[].  Each subbitmap
+** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i.  apSub[0] holds
+** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
+** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
+** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
+** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
+*/
+struct Bitvec {
+  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index.  Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
+  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash
+                  ** element.  Max is BITVEC_NINT.  For BITVEC_SZ of 512,
+                  ** this would be 125. */
+  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
+                  /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
+                  /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1.  */
+                  /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
+  union {
+    BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM];    /* Bitmap representation */
+    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
+    Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR];  /* Recursive representation */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
+** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if 
+** malloc fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
+  Bitvec *p;
+  assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p ){
+    p->iSize = iSize;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the i-th bit is set.  Return true or false.
+** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
+** i is out of range, then return false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
+  i--;
+  while( p->iDivisor ){
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+    if (!p) {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0;
+  } else{
+    u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+    while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+      if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
+      h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
+** anything goes wrong.
+**
+** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated.  Failing
+** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only
+** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid.
+**
+** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object
+** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object.
+** Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  u32 h;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( i>0 );
+  assert( i<=p->iSize );
+  i--;
+  while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) {
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
+      p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
+      if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+  }
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+  /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */
+  /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */
+  /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+  if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){
+    if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) {
+      goto bitvec_set_end;
+    } else {
+      goto bitvec_set_rehash;
+    }
+  }
+  /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */
+  /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */
+  do {
+    if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
+    h++;
+    if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+  } while( p->u.aHash[h] );
+  /* we didn't find it in the hash.  h points to the first */
+  /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */
+  /* make our hash too "full".  */
+bitvec_set_rehash:
+  if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
+    unsigned int j;
+    int rc;
+    u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    if( aiValues==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+      memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub));
+      p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
+      rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
+      for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+        if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
+      }
+      sqlite3StackFree(0, aiValues);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+bitvec_set_end:
+  p->nSet++;
+  p->u.aHash[h] = i;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the i-th bit.
+**
+** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage
+** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  assert( i>0 );
+  i--;
+  while( p->iDivisor ){
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+    if (!p) {
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)));
+  }else{
+    unsigned int j;
+    u32 *aiValues = pBuf;
+    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    p->nSet = 0;
+    for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+      if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){
+        u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1);
+        p->nSet++;
+        while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+          h++;
+          if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+        }
+        p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a bitmap object.  Reclaim all memory used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( p->iDivisor ){
+    unsigned int i;
+    for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
+      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p
+** was created.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){
+  return p->iSize;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+/*
+** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
+** up to N bits.  Let I be an integer between 0 and N.  0<=I<N.
+** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
+** individual bits within V.
+*/
+#define SETBIT(V,I)      V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
+#define CLEARBIT(V,I)    V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
+#define TESTBIT(V,I)     (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
+
+/*
+** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
+**
+** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
+** to test the Bitvec.  The integers are opcodes followed
+** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode.  Another
+** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
+**
+** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5.  0 is the
+** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
+**
+**    0          Halt and return the number of errors
+**    1 N S X    Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+**    2 N S X    Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+**    3 N        Set N randomly chosen bits
+**    4 N        Clear N randomly chosen bits
+**    5 N S X    Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
+**
+** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
+** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
+** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
+** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
+** confirm that error detection works.
+**
+** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
+** against the Bitvec object.  If there are any differences,
+** an error is returned.  If they are the same, zero is returned.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
+  Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
+  unsigned char *pV = 0;
+  int rc = -1;
+  int i, nx, pc, op;
+  void *pTmpSpace;
+
+  /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
+  ** bits to act as the reference */
+  pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
+  pV = sqlite3MallocZero( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
+  pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc(BITVEC_SZ);
+  if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0  ) goto bitvec_end;
+
+  /* NULL pBitvec tests */
+  sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1);
+  sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace);
+
+  /* Run the program */
+  pc = 0;
+  while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
+    switch( op ){
+      case 1:
+      case 2:
+      case 5: {
+        nx = 4;
+        i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
+        aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
+        break;
+      }
+      case 3:
+      case 4: 
+      default: {
+        nx = 2;
+        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
+    pc += nx;
+    i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
+    if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
+      SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
+      if( op!=5 ){
+        if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
+      }
+    }else{
+      CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
+      sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
+  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
+  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
+  ** is found.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
+          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0)
+          + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz);
+  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
+    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
+      rc = i;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Free allocated structure */
+bitvec_end:
+  sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace);
+  sqlite3_free(pV);
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements that page cache.
+*/
+
+/*
+** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
+*/
+struct PCache {
+  PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail;         /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
+  PgHdr *pSynced;                     /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
+  int nRef;                           /* Number of referenced pages */
+  int szCache;                        /* Configured cache size */
+  int szPage;                         /* Size of every page in this cache */
+  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space for each page */
+  u8 bPurgeable;                      /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  u8 eCreate;                         /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */
+  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*);       /* Call to try make a page clean */
+  void *pStress;                      /* Argument to xStress */
+  sqlite3_pcache *pCache;             /* Pluggable cache module */
+  PgHdr *pPage1;                      /* Reference to page 1 */
+};
+
+/*
+** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run
+** even during normal debugging.  Use them only rarely on long-running
+** tests.  Enable the expensive asserts using the
+** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+# define expensive_assert(X)  assert(X)
+#else
+# define expensive_assert(X)
+#endif
+
+/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
+/*
+** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it
+** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return
+** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
+**
+**   expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
+*/
+static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
+    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
+  }
+  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
+}
+#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+
+/*
+** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages.
+*/
+static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
+  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
+
+  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+  assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
+
+  /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
+  if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
+    PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+    while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+      pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
+    }
+    p->pSynced = pSynced;
+  }
+
+  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+    p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+  }
+  if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
+    pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
+    p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+    if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){
+      assert( p->eCreate==1 );
+      p->eCreate = 2;
+    }
+  }
+  pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
+  pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
+
+  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to
+** pPage).
+*/
+static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
+  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
+
+  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
+
+  pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
+  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
+    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
+  }else if( p->bPurgeable ){
+    assert( p->eCreate==2 );
+    p->eCreate = 1;
+  }
+  p->pDirty = pPage;
+  if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
+    p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
+  }
+  if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+    p->pSynced = pPage;
+  }
+  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
+** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
+  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    if( p->pgno==1 ){
+      pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
+**
+** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
+** functions are threadsafe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
+    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
+    ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+    ** page cache. */
+    sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+  }
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){
+    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
+
+/*
+** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
+** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. 
+** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by 
+** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+  int szPage,                  /* Size of every page */
+  int szExtra,                 /* Extra space associated with each page */
+  int bPurgeable,              /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
+  void *pStress,               /* Argument to xStress */
+  PCache *p                    /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
+  p->szPage = szPage;
+  p->szExtra = szExtra;
+  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
+  p->eCreate = 2;
+  p->xStress = xStress;
+  p->pStress = pStress;
+  p->szCache = 100;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
+** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
+  assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+    pCache->pCache = 0;
+    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+  }
+  pCache->szPage = szPage;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the number of pages of cache requested.
+*/
+static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
+  if( p->szCache>=0 ){
+    return p->szCache;
+  }else{
+    return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(
+  PCache *pCache,       /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to obtain */
+  int createFlag,       /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
+  PgHdr **ppPage        /* Write the page here */
+){
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
+  PgHdr *pPgHdr = 0;
+  int eCreate;
+
+  assert( pCache!=0 );
+  assert( createFlag==1 || createFlag==0 );
+  assert( pgno>0 );
+
+  /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated,
+  ** allocate it now.
+  */
+  if( !pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3_pcache *p;
+    if( !createFlag ){
+      *ppPage = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate(
+        pCache->szPage, pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr), pCache->bPurgeable
+    );
+    if( !p ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(p, numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+    pCache->pCache = p;
+  }
+
+  /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist.
+  **    0     Do not allocate a new page.  (createFlag==0)
+  **    1     Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive.
+  **          (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty)
+  **    2     Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult.
+  **          (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty)
+  */
+  eCreate = createFlag==0 ? 0 : pCache->eCreate;
+  assert( (createFlag*(1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty)))==eCreate );
+  pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
+  if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){
+    PgHdr *pPg;
+
+    /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
+    ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+    ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
+    ** unreferenced dirty page.
+    */
+    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
+    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
+        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
+        pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
+    );
+    pCache->pSynced = pPg;
+    if( !pPg ){
+      for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
+    }
+    if( pPg ){
+      int rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
+                  "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
+                  pPg->pgno, pgno,
+                  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
+                  numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+#endif
+      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
+  }
+
+  if( pPage ){
+    pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra;
+
+    if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){
+      memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
+      pPgHdr->pPage = pPage;
+      pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf;
+      pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1];
+      memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra);
+      pPgHdr->pCache = pCache;
+      pPgHdr->pgno = pgno;
+    }
+    assert( pPgHdr->pCache==pCache );
+    assert( pPgHdr->pgno==pgno );
+    assert( pPgHdr->pData==pPage->pBuf );
+    assert( pPgHdr->pExtra==(void *)&pPgHdr[1] );
+
+    if( 0==pPgHdr->nRef ){
+      pCache->nRef++;
+    }
+    pPgHdr->nRef++;
+    if( pgno==1 ){
+      pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr;
+    }
+  }
+  *ppPage = pPgHdr;
+  return (pPgHdr==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
+** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  p->nRef--;
+  if( p->nRef==0 ){
+    PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+    pCache->nRef--;
+    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
+      pcacheUnpin(p);
+    }else{
+      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
+      pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+      pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
+  assert(p->nRef>0);
+  p->nRef++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
+** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
+** page pointed to by p is invalid.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
+  PCache *pCache;
+  assert( p->nRef==1 );
+  if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
+    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+  }
+  pCache = p->pCache;
+  pCache->nRef--;
+  if( p->pgno==1 ){
+    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
+  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+    p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
+    pcacheAddToDirtyList( p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
+  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
+    if( p->nRef==0 ){
+      pcacheUnpin(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make every page in the cache clean.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+    p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+  }
+  pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
+  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  assert( newPgno>0 );
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno);
+  p->pgno = newPgno;
+  if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+    pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
+** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
+** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
+**
+** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this
+** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but
+** the page object is not dropped.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    PgHdr *p;
+    PgHdr *pNext;
+    for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
+      pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
+      /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right
+      ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll().  So if there are dirty pages,
+      ** it must be that pgno==0.
+      */
+      assert( p->pgno>0 );
+      if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){
+        assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+        sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){
+      memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage);
+      pgno = 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Discard the contents of the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
+  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
+** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
+  PgHdr result, *pTail;
+  pTail = &result;
+  while( pA && pB ){
+    if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){
+      pTail->pDirty = pA;
+      pTail = pA;
+      pA = pA->pDirty;
+    }else{
+      pTail->pDirty = pB;
+      pTail = pB;
+      pB = pB->pDirty;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pA ){
+    pTail->pDirty = pA;
+  }else if( pB ){
+    pTail->pDirty = pB;
+  }else{
+    pTail->pDirty = 0;
+  }
+  return result.pDirty;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno.  Pages are
+** connected by pDirty pointers.  The pDirtyPrev pointers are
+** corrupted by this sort.
+**
+** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database,
+** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter.
+** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something
+** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect.
+*/
+#define N_SORT_BUCKET  32
+static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
+  PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p;
+  int i;
+  memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
+  while( pIn ){
+    p = pIn;
+    pIn = p->pDirty;
+    p->pDirty = 0;
+    for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1); i++){
+      if( a[i]==0 ){
+        a[i] = p;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
+        a[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( NEVER(i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1) ){
+      /* To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) elements in
+      ** the input list.  But that is impossible.
+      */
+      a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
+    }
+  }
+  p = a[0];
+  for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
+    p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+    p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext;
+  }
+  return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
+  return pCache->nRef;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
+  return p->nRef;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
+  int nPage = 0;
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
+  }
+  return nPage;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Get the suggested cache-size value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
+  return numberOfCachePages(pCache);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set the suggested cache-size value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
+  pCache->szCache = mxPage;
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache,
+                                           numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache);
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
+** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
+** defined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
+  PgHdr *pDirty;
+  for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){
+    xIter(pDirty);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 November 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
+** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
+** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
+** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
+** these two features are available.
+*/
+
+
+typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
+typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
+typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
+typedef struct PGroup PGroup;
+
+/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
+** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned
+** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
+** the following object.
+**
+** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
+**
+**   (1)  Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup.  There is
+**        one PGroup per PCache.
+**
+**   (2)  There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member
+**        of.
+**
+** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob
+** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex,
+** and is therefore often faster.  Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be
+** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently.
+**
+** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL.  For mode (2) there is only a single
+** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU.
+*/
+struct PGroup {
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
+  unsigned int nMaxPage;         /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
+  unsigned int nMinPage;         /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
+  unsigned int mxPinned;         /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
+  unsigned int nCurrentPage;     /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
+  PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail;   /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
+};
+
+/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object.  Every
+** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
+** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
+** is an instance of this object.
+**
+** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as 
+** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
+*/
+struct PCache1 {
+  /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
+  ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be 
+  ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method.
+  ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
+  */
+  PGroup *pGroup;                     /* PGroup this cache belongs to */
+  int szPage;                         /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */
+  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space in bytes */
+  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if cache is purgeable */
+  unsigned int nMin;                  /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
+  unsigned int nMax;                  /* Configured "cache_size" value */
+  unsigned int n90pct;                /* nMax*9/10 */
+  unsigned int iMaxKey;               /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */
+
+  /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
+  ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex.
+  */
+  unsigned int nRecyclable;           /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
+  unsigned int nPage;                 /* Total number of pages in apHash */
+  unsigned int nHash;                 /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
+  PgHdr1 **apHash;                    /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following 
+** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of
+** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure 
+** in memory.
+*/
+struct PgHdr1 {
+  sqlite3_pcache_page page;
+  unsigned int iKey;             /* Key value (page number) */
+  u8 isPinned;                   /* Page in use, not on the LRU list */
+  PgHdr1 *pNext;                 /* Next in hash table chain */
+  PCache1 *pCache;               /* Cache that currently owns this page */
+  PgHdr1 *pLruNext;              /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
+  PgHdr1 *pLruPrev;              /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
+};
+
+/*
+** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using
+** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism.
+*/
+struct PgFreeslot {
+  PgFreeslot *pNext;  /* Next free slot */
+};
+
+/*
+** Global data used by this cache.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
+  PGroup grp;                    /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */
+
+  /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings.  The
+  ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all
+  ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection.
+  ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection.
+  */
+  int isInit;                    /* True if initialized */
+  int szSlot;                    /* Size of each free slot */
+  int nSlot;                     /* The number of pcache slots */
+  int nReserve;                  /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
+  void *pStart, *pEnd;           /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
+  /* Above requires no mutex.  Use mutex below for variable that follow. */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* Mutex for accessing the following: */
+  PgFreeslot *pFree;             /* Free page blocks */
+  int nFreeSlot;                 /* Number of unused pcache slots */
+  /* The following value requires a mutex to change.  We skip the mutex on
+  ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and
+  ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this
+  ** is really just an optimization. */
+  int bUnderPressure;            /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */
+} pcache1_g;
+
+/*
+** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the
+** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
+** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
+*/
+#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g))
+
+/*
+** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex.
+*/
+#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex)
+#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex)
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/
+
+/*
+** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is 
+** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
+** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
+** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
+**
+** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed
+** to be serialized already.  There is no need for further mutexing.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
+  if( pcache1.isInit ){
+    PgFreeslot *p;
+    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
+    pcache1.szSlot = sz;
+    pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n;
+    pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1);
+    pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
+    pcache1.pFree = 0;
+    pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0;
+    while( n-- ){
+      p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
+      p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
+      pcache1.pFree = p;
+      pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
+    }
+    pcache1.pEnd = pBuf;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
+** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no 
+** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls 
+** back to sqlite3Malloc().
+**
+** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time.  Global variables
+** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex.
+*/
+static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
+  void *p = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
+  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
+  if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+    p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
+    if( p ){
+      pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
+      pcache1.nFreeSlot--;
+      pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
+      assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot>=0 );
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+  }
+  if( p==0 ){
+    /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool.  Get
+    ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead.
+    */
+    p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
+    if( p ){
+      int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+    }
+#endif
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
+*/
+static int pcache1Free(void *p){
+  int nFreed = 0;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
+    PgFreeslot *pSlot;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
+    pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
+    pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
+    pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
+    pcache1.nFreeSlot++;
+    pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
+    assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot<=pcache1.nSlot );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+  }else{
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+    nFreed = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -nFreed);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+#endif
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  return nFreed;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/*
+** Return the size of a pcache allocation
+*/
+static int pcache1MemSize(void *p){
+  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
+    return pcache1.szSlot;
+  }else{
+    int iSize;
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+    iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
+    return iSize;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
+*/
+static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){
+  PgHdr1 *p = 0;
+  void *pPg;
+
+  /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
+  ** is because it may call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that 
+  ** this mutex is not held. */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+  pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage);
+  p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra);
+  if( !pPg || !p ){
+    pcache1Free(pPg);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+    pPg = 0;
+  }
+#else
+  pPg = pcache1Alloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra);
+  p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage];
+#endif
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+
+  if( pPg ){
+    p->page.pBuf = pPg;
+    p->page.pExtra = &p[1];
+    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
+    }
+    return p;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
+**
+** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent.  But it turns out
+** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine
+** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS().
+*/
+static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
+  if( ALWAYS(p) ){
+    PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache;
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+    pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf);
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+#endif
+    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
+** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
+** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
+  return pcache1Alloc(sz);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
+  pcache1Free(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache
+** entry.
+**
+** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then
+** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because
+** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient
+** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the
+** allocation onto the heap.
+**
+** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is
+** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid
+** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing
+** the heap even further.
+*/
+static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){
+  if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){
+    return pcache1.bUnderPressure;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull();
+  }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/
+
+/*
+** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
+** as the first argument.
+**
+** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
+  PgHdr1 **apNew;
+  unsigned int nNew;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );
+
+  nNew = p->nHash*2;
+  if( nNew<256 ){
+    nNew = 256;
+  }
+
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup);
+  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
+  apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
+  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
+  pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup);
+  if( apNew ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){
+      PgHdr1 *pPage;
+      PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i];
+      while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){
+        unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew;
+        pNext = pPage->pNext;
+        pPage->pNext = apNew[h];
+        apNew[h] = pPage;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
+    p->apHash = apNew;
+    p->nHash = nNew;
+  }
+
+  return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
+** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
+** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
+  PCache1 *pCache;
+  PGroup *pGroup;
+
+  assert( pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
+  pCache = pPage->pCache;
+  pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+  assert( pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pGroup->pLruTail );
+  assert( pPage->pLruPrev || pPage==pGroup->pLruHead );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
+  if( pPage->pLruPrev ){
+    pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
+  }else{
+    pGroup->pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext;
+  }
+  if( pPage->pLruNext ){
+    pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
+  }else{
+    pGroup->pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev;
+  }
+  pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+  pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+  pPage->isPinned = 1;
+  pCache->nRecyclable--;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table 
+** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
+**
+** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){
+  unsigned int h;
+  PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
+  PgHdr1 **pp;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+  h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
+  for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
+  *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+
+  pCache->nPage--;
+}
+
+/*
+** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try
+** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage.
+*/
+static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PGroup *pGroup){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
+  while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage && pGroup->pLruTail ){
+    PgHdr1 *p = pGroup->pLruTail;
+    assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup );
+    assert( p->isPinned==0 );
+    pcache1PinPage(p);
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
+    pcache1FreePage(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) 
+** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this 
+** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
+**
+** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
+  PCache1 *pCache,             /* The cache to truncate */
+  unsigned int iLimit          /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */
+){
+  TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; )  /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */
+  unsigned int h;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+  for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){
+    PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; 
+    PgHdr1 *pPage;
+    while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
+      if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
+        pCache->nPage--;
+        *pp = pPage->pNext;
+        if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+        pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+      }else{
+        pp = &pPage->pNext;
+        TESTONLY( nPage++; )
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pCache->nPage==nPage );
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method.
+*/
+static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( pcache1.isInit==0 );
+  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
+    pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM);
+  }
+  pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10;
+  pcache1.isInit = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
+** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does 
+** not need to be freed.
+*/
+static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
+  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
+**
+** Allocate a new cache.
+*/
+static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
+  PCache1 *pCache;      /* The newly created page cache */
+  PGroup *pGroup;       /* The group the new page cache will belong to */
+  int sz;               /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */
+
+  /*
+  ** The separateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own private
+  ** PGroup.  In other words, separateCache is true for mode (1) where no
+  ** mutexing is required.
+  **
+  **   *  Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  **
+  **   *  Always use a unified cache in single-threaded applications
+  **
+  **   *  Otherwise (if multi-threaded and ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is off)
+  **      use separate caches (mode-1)
+  */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
+  const int separateCache = 0;
+#else
+  int separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0;
+#endif
+
+  assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 );
+  assert( szExtra < 300 );
+
+  sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*separateCache;
+  pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz);
+  if( pCache ){
+    if( separateCache ){
+      pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1];
+      pGroup->mxPinned = 10;
+    }else{
+      pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
+    }
+    pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
+    pCache->szPage = szPage;
+    pCache->szExtra = szExtra;
+    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
+    if( bPurgeable ){
+      pCache->nMin = 10;
+      pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+      pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
+      pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+      pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+    }
+  }
+  return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
+**
+** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
+*/
+static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+    pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
+    pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+    pCache->nMax = nMax;
+    pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10;
+    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
+    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. 
+**
+** Free up as much memory as possible.
+*/
+static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+    int savedMaxPage;
+    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+    savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage;
+    pGroup->nMaxPage = 0;
+    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
+    pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage;
+    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. 
+*/
+static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+  int n;
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+  n = pCache->nPage;
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
+**
+** Fetch a page by key value.
+**
+** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
+** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
+** page.  1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available.  2 
+** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
+**
+** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
+** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2.  So
+** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on
+** a non-purgeable cache.
+**
+** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
+** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
+**
+**   1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a 
+**      copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
+**
+**   2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
+**      returned.
+**
+**   3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then
+**      return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following
+**      conditions are true:
+**
+**       (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+**           PCache1.nMax, or
+**
+**       (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+**           the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of 
+**           nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
+**
+**   4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
+**      as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
+**
+**       (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already 
+**           PCache1.nMax, or
+**
+**       (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
+**           already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
+**           purgeable caches,
+**
+**       (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid
+**           unnecessary pages cache entry allocations
+**
+**      then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
+**      size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
+**      proceed to step 5. 
+**
+**   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
+*/
+static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
+  unsigned int iKey, 
+  int createFlag
+){
+  unsigned int nPinned;
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PGroup *pGroup;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
+
+  assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 );
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
+  assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup);
+
+  /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
+  if( pCache->nHash>0 ){
+    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
+    for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext);
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */
+  if( pPage ){
+    if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+    goto fetch_out;
+  }
+  if( createFlag==0 ){
+    goto fetch_out;
+  }
+
+  /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the
+  ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above.  But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined,
+  ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the
+  ** local variable here.  Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an
+  ** optimization:  The common case is to exit the module before reaching
+  ** this point.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+  pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+#endif
+
+  /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
+  assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable );
+  nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
+  assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
+  assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
+  if( createFlag==1 && (
+        nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
+     || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct
+     || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
+  )){
+    goto fetch_out;
+  }
+
+  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
+    goto fetch_out;
+  }
+  assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash );
+
+  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && (
+         (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax)
+      || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage
+      || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
+  )){
+    PCache1 *pOther;
+    pPage = pGroup->pLruTail;
+    assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
+    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+    pOther = pPage->pCache;
+
+    /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther
+    ** and pCache.  Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */
+    assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 );
+    assert( pCache->szExtra<512 );
+    assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 );
+    assert( pOther->szExtra<512 );
+
+    if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){
+      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+      pPage = 0;
+    }else{
+      pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
+  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
+  */
+  if( !pPage ){
+    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
+    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  }
+
+  if( pPage ){
+    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
+    pCache->nPage++;
+    pPage->iKey = iKey;
+    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+    pPage->pCache = pCache;
+    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+    pPage->isPinned = 1;
+    *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
+    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
+  }
+
+fetch_out:
+  if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
+    pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
+  }
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+  return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pPage;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
+**
+** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
+*/
+static void pcache1Unpin(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, 
+  int reuseUnlikely
+){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
+  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ 
+  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+
+  /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already 
+  ** part of the PGroup LRU list.
+  */
+  assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
+  assert( pGroup->pLruHead!=pPage && pGroup->pLruTail!=pPage );
+  assert( pPage->isPinned==1 );
+
+  if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
+    pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+  }else{
+    /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */
+    if( pGroup->pLruHead ){
+      pGroup->pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage;
+      pPage->pLruNext = pGroup->pLruHead;
+      pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
+    }else{
+      pGroup->pLruTail = pPage;
+      pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
+    }
+    pCache->nRecyclable++;
+    pPage->isPinned = 0;
+  }
+
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. 
+*/
+static void pcache1Rekey(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p,
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
+  unsigned int iOld,
+  unsigned int iNew
+){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
+  PgHdr1 **pp;
+  unsigned int h; 
+  assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
+  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
+
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+
+  h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
+  pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
+  while( (*pp)!=pPage ){
+    pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+  }
+  *pp = pPage->pNext;
+
+  h = iNew%pCache->nHash;
+  pPage->iKey = iNew;
+  pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+  pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
+  if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){
+    pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
+  }
+
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. 
+**
+** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
+** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
+** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned.
+*/
+static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+  if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
+    pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
+    pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
+  }
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. 
+**
+** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
+*/
+static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) );
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+  pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
+  assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax );
+  pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
+  assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin );
+  pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
+  pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+  pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+  sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
+  sqlite3_free(pCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to
+** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not
+** already provided an alternative.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = {
+    1,                       /* iVersion */
+    0,                       /* pArg */
+    pcache1Init,             /* xInit */
+    pcache1Shutdown,         /* xShutdown */
+    pcache1Create,           /* xCreate */
+    pcache1Cachesize,        /* xCachesize */
+    pcache1Pagecount,        /* xPagecount */
+    pcache1Fetch,            /* xFetch */
+    pcache1Unpin,            /* xUnpin */
+    pcache1Rekey,            /* xRekey */
+    pcache1Truncate,         /* xTruncate */
+    pcache1Destroy,          /* xDestroy */
+    pcache1Shrink            /* xShrink */
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/*
+** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
+** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
+** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
+**
+** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
+** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
+** of bytes of memory released.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
+  int nFree = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) );
+  if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
+    PgHdr1 *p;
+    pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp);
+    while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && ((p=pcache1.grp.pLruTail)!=0) ){
+      nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf);
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+      nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p);
+#endif
+      assert( p->isPinned==0 );
+      pcache1PinPage(p);
+      pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
+      pcache1FreePage(p);
+    }
+    pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp);
+  }
+  return nFree;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state
+** of the global cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
+  int *pnCurrent,      /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */
+  int *pnMax,          /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
+  int *pnMin,          /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
+  int *pnRecyclable    /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
+){
+  PgHdr1 *p;
+  int nRecyclable = 0;
+  for(p=pcache1.grp.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){
+    assert( p->isPinned==0 );
+    nRecyclable++;
+  }
+  *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage;
+  *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage;
+  *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage;
+  *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 December 3
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet".
+**
+** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids.  Rowids
+** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order.  Inserts
+** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been
+** previously inserted into the RowSet.
+**
+** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the
+** elements of the RowSet in sorted order.  Once this extraction
+** process has started, no new elements may be inserted.
+**
+** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are:
+**
+**    CREATE
+**    INSERT
+**    TEST
+**    SMALLEST
+**    DESTROY
+**
+** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor,
+** obviously.  The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet.
+** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet.  SMALLEST
+** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
+**
+** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory.  Memory is
+** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation.  There is an 
+** upper bound on the size of allocated memory.  No memory is freed
+** until DESTROY.
+**
+** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number.  The TEST primitive
+** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change
+** in the batch number.  In other words, if an INSERT occurs between
+** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the
+** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
+** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
+** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
+**
+** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST.  An assertion will fail if
+** that is attempted.
+**
+** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant.  (Sometime new memory
+** has to be allocated on an INSERT.)  The cost of a TEST with a new
+** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
+** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN).  The cost
+** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN).  Second and subsequent SMALLEST
+** primitives are constant time.  The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
+**
+** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
+** SMALLEST primitives.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Target size for allocation chunks.
+*/
+#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024
+
+/*
+** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
+*/
+#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK  \
+                       ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry))
+
+/*
+** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object.
+**
+** This same object is reused to store a linked list of trees of RowSetEntry
+** objects.  In that alternative use, pRight points to the next entry
+** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused.  The
+** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list.
+*/
+struct RowSetEntry {            
+  i64 v;                        /* ROWID value for this entry */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pRight;   /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;    /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
+};
+
+/*
+** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
+** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead.  The
+** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
+** when the RowSet is destroyed.
+*/
+struct RowSetChunk {
+  struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk;        /* Next chunk on list of them all */
+  struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
+};
+
+/*
+** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
+*/
+struct RowSet {
+  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk;    /* List of all chunk allocations */
+  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;    /* List of entries using pRight */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;     /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pFresh;    /* Source of new entry objects */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pForest;   /* List of binary trees of entries */
+  u16 nFresh;                    /* Number of objects on pFresh */
+  u16 rsFlags;                   /* Various flags */
+  int iBatch;                    /* Current insert batch */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for RowSet.rsFlags
+*/
+#define ROWSET_SORTED  0x01   /* True if RowSet.pEntry is sorted */
+#define ROWSET_NEXT    0x02   /* True if sqlite3RowSetNext() has been called */
+
+/*
+** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object.  N bytes of memory
+** are available at pSpace.  The db pointer is used as a memory context
+** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
+** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
+**
+** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset.  If not
+** an assertion fault occurs.
+** 
+** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
+** allocation of entries available to be filled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){
+  RowSet *p;
+  assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) );
+  p = pSpace;
+  p->pChunk = 0;
+  p->db = db;
+  p->pEntry = 0;
+  p->pLast = 0;
+  p->pForest = 0;
+  p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p);
+  p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
+  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
+  p->iBatch = 0;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet.  This frees all memory that
+** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime.  This routine is
+** the destructor for the RowSet.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
+  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
+  for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
+    pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk;
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
+  }
+  p->pChunk = 0;
+  p->nFresh = 0;
+  p->pEntry = 0;
+  p->pLast = 0;
+  p->pForest = 0;
+  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the
+** given RowSet.  Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized
+** objected.
+**
+** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this
+** routine returns NULL.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryAlloc(RowSet *p){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->nFresh==0 ){
+    struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
+    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk;
+    p->pChunk = pNew;
+    p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
+    p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
+  }
+  p->nFresh--;
+  return p->pFresh++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
+**
+** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
+** memory allocation fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
+  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;  /* The new entry */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;   /* The last prior entry */
+
+  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
+  assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
+
+  pEntry = rowSetEntryAlloc(p);
+  if( pEntry==0 ) return;
+  pEntry->v = rowid;
+  pEntry->pRight = 0;
+  pLast = p->pLast;
+  if( pLast ){
+    if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)!=0 && rowid<=pLast->v ){
+      p->rsFlags &= ~ROWSET_SORTED;
+    }
+    pLast->pRight = pEntry;
+  }else{
+    p->pEntry = pEntry;
+  }
+  p->pLast = pEntry;
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects.  Remove duplicates.
+**
+** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are 
+** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge(
+  struct RowSetEntry *pA,    /* First sorted list to be merged */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pB     /* Second sorted list to be merged */
+){
+  struct RowSetEntry head;
+  struct RowSetEntry *pTail;
+
+  pTail = &head;
+  while( pA && pB ){
+    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
+    assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
+    if( pA->v<pB->v ){
+      pTail->pRight = pA;
+      pA = pA->pRight;
+      pTail = pTail->pRight;
+    }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){
+      pTail->pRight = pB;
+      pB = pB->pRight;
+      pTail = pTail->pRight;
+    }else{
+      pA = pA->pRight;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pA ){
+    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
+    pTail->pRight = pA;
+  }else{
+    assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
+    pTail->pRight = pB;
+  }
+  return head.pRight;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of
+** increasing v.
+*/ 
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){
+  unsigned int i;
+  struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40];
+
+  memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
+  while( pIn ){
+    pNext = pIn->pRight;
+    pIn->pRight = 0;
+    for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
+      pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(aBucket[i], pIn);
+      aBucket[i] = 0;
+    }
+    aBucket[i] = pIn;
+    pIn = pNext;
+  }
+  pIn = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
+    pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(pIn, aBucket[i]);
+  }
+  return pIn;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects.
+** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers
+** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list.
+*/
+static void rowSetTreeToList(
+  struct RowSetEntry *pIn,         /* Root of the input tree */
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst,    /* Write head of the output list here */
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppLast      /* Write tail of the output list here */
+){
+  assert( pIn!=0 );
+  if( pIn->pLeft ){
+    struct RowSetEntry *p;
+    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p);
+    p->pRight = pIn;
+  }else{
+    *ppFirst = pIn;
+  }
+  if( pIn->pRight ){
+    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast);
+  }else{
+    *ppLast = pIn;
+  }
+  assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary
+** tree with depth of iDepth.  A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single
+** node taken from the head of *ppList.  A depth of 2 means a tree with
+** three nodes.  And so forth.
+**
+** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the
+** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list.  If the input
+** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree
+** and leave *ppList set to NULL.
+**
+** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree(
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppList,
+  int iDepth
+){
+  struct RowSetEntry *p;         /* Root of the new tree */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;     /* Left subtree */
+  if( *ppList==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( iDepth==1 ){
+    p = *ppList;
+    *ppList = p->pRight;
+    p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
+    return p;
+  }
+  pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
+  p = *ppList;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return pLeft;
+  }
+  p->pLeft = pLeft;
+  *ppList = p->pRight;
+  p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree
+** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){
+  int iDepth;           /* Depth of the tree so far */
+  struct RowSetEntry *p;       /* Current tree root */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;   /* Left subtree */
+
+  assert( pList!=0 );
+  p = pList;
+  pList = p->pRight;
+  p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
+  for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){
+    pLeft = p;
+    p = pList;
+    pList = p->pRight;
+    p->pLeft = pLeft;
+    p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Take all the entries on p->pEntry and on the trees in p->pForest and
+** sort them all together into one big ordered list on p->pEntry.
+**
+** This routine should only be called once in the life of a RowSet.
+*/
+static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){
+
+  /* This routine is called only once */
+  assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
+
+  if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
+    p->pEntry = rowSetEntrySort(p->pEntry);
+  }
+
+  /* While this module could theoretically support it, sqlite3RowSetNext()
+  ** is never called after sqlite3RowSetText() for the same RowSet.  So
+  ** there is never a forest to deal with.  Should this change, simply
+  ** remove the assert() and the #if 0. */
+  assert( p->pForest==0 );
+#if 0
+  while( p->pForest ){
+    struct RowSetEntry *pTree = p->pForest->pLeft;
+    if( pTree ){
+      struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail;
+      rowSetTreeToList(pTree, &pHead, &pTail);
+      p->pEntry = rowSetEntryMerge(p->pEntry, pHead);
+    }
+    p->pForest = p->pForest->pRight;
+  }
+#endif
+  p->rsFlags |= ROWSET_NEXT;  /* Verify this routine is never called again */
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet.
+** Write the element into *pRowid.  Return 1 on success.  Return
+** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
+**
+** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert()
+** routine may not be called again.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+
+  /* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */
+  if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ) rowSetToList(p);
+
+  /* Return the next entry on the list */
+  if( p->pEntry ){
+    *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
+    p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight;
+    if( p->pEntry==0 ){
+      sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
+    }
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as
+** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch.  Return 1 or 0.
+**
+** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entires
+** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entires into the forest at
+** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
+  struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree;
+
+  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
+  assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
+
+  /* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch 
+  */
+  if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){
+    p = pRowSet->pEntry;
+    if( p ){
+      struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest;
+      if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
+        p = rowSetEntrySort(p);
+      }
+      for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
+        ppPrevTree = &pTree->pRight;
+        if( pTree->pLeft==0 ){
+          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
+          break;
+        }else{
+          struct RowSetEntry *pAux, *pTail;
+          rowSetTreeToList(pTree->pLeft, &pAux, &pTail);
+          pTree->pLeft = 0;
+          p = rowSetEntryMerge(pAux, p);
+        }
+      }
+      if( pTree==0 ){
+        *ppPrevTree = pTree = rowSetEntryAlloc(pRowSet);
+        if( pTree ){
+          pTree->v = 0;
+          pTree->pRight = 0;
+          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
+        }
+      }
+      pRowSet->pEntry = 0;
+      pRowSet->pLast = 0;
+      pRowSet->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED;
+    }
+    pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch;
+  }
+
+  /* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest.
+  ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
+  */
+  for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
+    p = pTree->pLeft;
+    while( p ){
+      if( p->v<iRowid ){
+        p = p->pRight;
+      }else if( p->v>iRowid ){
+        p = p->pLeft;
+      }else{
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
+** 
+** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
+** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
+** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
+** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
+** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
+** another is writing.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/
+/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging 
+** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to 
+** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _WAL_H_
+#define _WAL_H_
+
+
+/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of
+** sqlite3WalFrames():
+*/
+#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS  0x20   /* Sync at the end of each transaction */
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK       0x13   /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z)                   0
+# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
+# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z)                0
+# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z)     0
+# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
+# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y)                     0
+# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y)      0
+# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x)        0
+# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z)                   0
+# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z)
+# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z)            0
+# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z)           0
+# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalCallback(z)                   0
+# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z)            0
+# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z)                 0
+# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z)                  0
+# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z)              0
+#else
+
+#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4
+
+/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. 
+** There is one object of this type for each pager. 
+*/
+typedef struct Wal Wal;
+
+/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *);
+
+/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);
+
+/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot.  A 
+** snapshot is like a read-transaction.  It is the state of the database
+** at an instant in time.  sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
+** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
+** write to or checkpoint the WAL.  sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the
+** transaction and releases the lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(Wal *, Pgno, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(Wal *, u32, int, u8 *);
+
+/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx);
+
+/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write
+** position in the WAL */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
+
+/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame.  Called in
+** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
+
+/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);
+
+/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Write-ahead log connection */
+  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
+  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer nBuf */
+  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
+);
+
+/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
+** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
+** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
+** the last call, then return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released)
+** by the pager layer on the database file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op);
+
+/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
+** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+/* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content
+** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+#endif /* _WAL_H_ */
+
+/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/
+
+
+/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
+**
+** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
+** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
+** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
+**
+** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
+** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
+** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
+** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
+**
+** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
+** one or more of the following are true about the page:
+** 
+**     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
+**          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
+**          synced.
+** 
+**     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
+** 
+**     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
+**          the database file at the start of the transaction.
+** 
+** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
+**     following are true:
+** 
+**     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
+** 
+**     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
+**         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
+**         number consists of a single page change.
+** 
+** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
+**     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
+**     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
+**     transaction.
+** 
+** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
+**     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
+** 
+** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
+**     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
+**     first 100 bytes of the database file.
+** 
+** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
+**     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
+** 
+** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
+**     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
+** 
+** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
+** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
+** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
+** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
+** of the database.
+** 
+** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
+**     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 
+**     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
+**     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
+** 
+** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
+**     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
+**     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
+**     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
+**     invoke it.)
+** 
+** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
+**     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
+**     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
+**     database to flush their caches.
+**
+** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
+**      than one billion transactions.
+**
+** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
+**      of every transaction.
+**
+** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
+**      the database file.
+**
+** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
+**      content out of the database file.
+**
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
+*/
+#if 0
+int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
+#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
+#define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
+#else
+#define PAGERTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
+** to print out file-descriptors. 
+**
+** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
+** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
+** struct as its argument.
+*/
+#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
+#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
+
+/*
+** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
+** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
+** state diagram.
+**
+**                            OPEN <------+------+
+**                              |         |      |
+**                              V         |      |
+**               +---------> READER-------+      |
+**               |              |                |
+**               |              V                |
+**               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
+**               |              |                ^  
+**               |              V                |
+**               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
+**               |              |                |
+**               |              V                |
+**               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
+**               |              |                |
+**               |              V                |
+**               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
+**
+**
+** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
+** 
+**   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
+**   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
+**
+**   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
+**   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
+**   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
+**   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
+**   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
+**
+**   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
+**   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
+** 
+**
+**  OPEN:
+**
+**    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
+**    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
+**    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
+**
+**    * No read or write transaction is active.
+**    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
+**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
+**
+**  READER:
+**
+**    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 
+**    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
+**    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 
+**    open. The database size is known in this state.
+**
+**    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
+**    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
+**    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
+**    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
+**    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
+**    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
+**    is via the ERROR state (see below).
+** 
+**    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
+**    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 
+**      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
+**      may not be trusted at this point.
+**    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
+**    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 
+**      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
+**
+**  WRITER_LOCKED:
+**
+**    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
+**    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 
+**    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 
+**    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
+**
+**    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 
+**    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
+**    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 
+**    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 
+**    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 
+**    file.
+**
+**    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
+**    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
+**    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 
+**      lock is held on the database file.
+**    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
+**      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
+**      called).
+**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
+**    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
+**    * The journal file may or may not be open.
+**    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
+**
+**  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
+**
+**    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
+**    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
+**    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
+**    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
+**      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
+**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
+**
+**  WRITER_DBMOD:
+**
+**    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
+**    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
+**    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
+**    just the log file).
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
+**      and synced to disk.
+**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
+**      written to disk).
+**
+**  WRITER_FINISHED:
+**
+**    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
+**
+**    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
+**    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
+**    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
+**    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 
+**    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 
+**    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
+**      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
+**      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
+**      to rollback the transaction. 
+**
+**  ERROR:
+**
+**    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
+**    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 
+**    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 
+**    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
+**
+**    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
+**    cannot.
+**
+**    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 
+**    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
+**    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
+**    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
+**    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
+**    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
+**    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
+**    instead of READER following such an error.
+**
+**    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
+**    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 
+**    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
+**    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 
+**    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
+**    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
+**    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
+**    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 
+**    from the error.
+**
+**    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
+**
+**      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
+**         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
+**
+**      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
+**         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
+**
+**      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
+**         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
+**         memory.
+**
+**    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
+**    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 
+**    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
+**
+**    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
+**    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
+**    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
+**    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
+**    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 
+**    state.
+**
+**    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
+**    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
+**      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
+**    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
+**    
+**
+** Notes:
+**
+**   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
+**     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
+**     of the first four states.
+**
+**   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
+**     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
+**     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 
+**     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
+**
+**   * See also: assert_pager_state().
+*/
+#define PAGER_OPEN                  0
+#define PAGER_READER                1
+#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
+#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
+#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
+#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
+#define PAGER_ERROR                 6
+
+/*
+** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 
+** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
+** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
+** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
+**
+** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
+** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
+** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
+** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
+** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
+** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
+** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
+** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
+**
+** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 
+** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
+** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
+**
+** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
+** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 
+** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
+** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
+** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
+** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
+** of hot-journal detection.
+**
+** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 
+** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 
+** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
+** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
+** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
+** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
+** without rolling it back.
+**
+** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
+** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
+** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
+** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
+** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 
+** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
+** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
+**
+** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 
+** PAGER_OPEN state.
+*/
+#define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
+
+/*
+** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
+    if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
+    if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
+    if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
+#else
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 
+** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
+** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
+** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
+*/
+#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
+** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
+** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
+** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
+**
+** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
+** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
+** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 
+** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
+** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
+** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
+*/
+typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
+struct PagerSavepoint {
+  i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
+  i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
+  Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
+  Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
+  Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
+*/
+#define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01      /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
+#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02      /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
+#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04      /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
+
+/*
+** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
+** some of the more important member variables follows:
+**
+** eState
+**
+**   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
+**   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
+**
+** eLock
+**
+**   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
+**   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+**
+**   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
+**   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
+**   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
+**   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
+**   need (and no reason to release them).
+**
+**   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
+**   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
+**   details.
+**
+** changeCountDone
+**
+**   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 
+**   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 
+**   not updated more often than necessary. 
+**
+**   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 
+**   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
+**   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 
+**   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
+**   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
+**   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
+**
+**   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 
+**   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
+**   committed.
+**
+** setMaster
+**
+**   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
+**   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 
+**   journal file before it is synced to disk.
+**
+**   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 
+**   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 
+**   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
+**   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
+**   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
+**   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 
+**   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 
+**   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
+**
+**   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
+**   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
+**   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
+**   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
+**
+**   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
+**   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
+**   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
+**   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
+**
+** doNotSpill
+**
+**   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
+**   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
+**   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
+**
+**   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
+**   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
+**   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
+**   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
+**   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
+**   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
+**   case is a user preference.
+** 
+**   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from pagerStress()
+**   is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
+**   by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
+**   the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening 
+**   in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 
+**
+** subjInMemory
+**
+**   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
+**   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
+**   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
+**
+**   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 
+**   write-transaction is opened.
+**
+** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
+**
+**   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
+**   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
+**   OPEN and ERROR). 
+**
+**   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 
+**   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
+**   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
+**   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
+**   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
+**   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
+**   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
+**   to dbSize==1).
+**
+**   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
+**   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
+**   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 
+**   dbSize is updated.
+**
+**   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 
+**   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
+**   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
+**   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
+**   being modified.
+**
+**   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
+**   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
+**   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
+**   to write or truncate the database file on disk. 
+**
+**   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 
+**   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 
+**   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 
+**   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 
+**   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
+**   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
+**   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
+**   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
+**   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
+**   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
+**
+** dbHintSize
+**
+**   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
+**   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 
+**
+**   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
+**   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
+**   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
+**   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
+**   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 
+**   details.
+**
+** errCode
+**
+**   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
+**   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 
+**   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 
+**   sub-codes.
+*/
+struct Pager {
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
+  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
+  u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
+  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
+  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
+  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
+  u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
+  u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
+  u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
+  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
+  u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
+  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
+  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+  ** The following block contains those class members that change during
+  ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
+  ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
+  ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
+  ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
+  ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
+  ** "configuration" of the pager.
+  */
+  u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
+  u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
+  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
+  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
+  u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
+  u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
+  Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
+  Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
+  Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
+  Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
+  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
+  int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
+  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
+  u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
+  Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
+  sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
+  sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
+  sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
+  i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
+  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
+  sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
+  PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
+  int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
+  char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
+
+  u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
+  int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
+  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
+  PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
+  /*
+  ** End of the routinely-changing class members
+  ***************************************************************************/
+
+  u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
+  i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
+  u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
+  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
+  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
+  i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
+  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
+  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
+  int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
+#endif
+  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
+  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
+  void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
+  void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
+#endif
+  char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
+  PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
+  char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
+** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 
+** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
+*/
+#define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
+#define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
+#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
+
+/*
+** The following global variables hold counters used for
+** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
+** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
+# define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
+#else
+# define PAGER_INCR(v)
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*
+** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
+** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
+**
+** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
+** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
+** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
+** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
+** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
+** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
+** journal and ignore it.
+**
+** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
+** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
+** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
+** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
+** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
+** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
+** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
+** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
+** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
+** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
+*/
+static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
+  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
+};
+
+/*
+** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
+** the following macro.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
+
+/*
+** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 
+** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
+
+/*
+** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
+** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
+** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
+** out code that would never execute.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+# define MEMDB 0
+#else
+# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
+** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+# define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
+#else
+# define USEFETCH(x) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
+*/
+#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
+
+/*
+** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
+** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
+**
+** This is so that expressions can be written as:
+**
+**   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
+**
+** instead of
+**
+**   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
+*/
+#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
+
+/*
+** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
+** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
+  return (pPager->pWal!=0);
+}
+#else
+# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
+# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
+# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
+# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
+# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG 
+/*
+** Usage:
+**
+**   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+**
+** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
+** the internal state of the Pager object.
+*/
+static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
+  Pager *pPager = p;
+
+  /* State must be valid. */
+  assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
+       || p->eState==PAGER_READER
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
+       || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+  );
+
+  /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
+  ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
+  ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
+  */
+  assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
+
+  /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 
+  ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
+  */
+  assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
+  assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
+
+  /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 
+  ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 
+  ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 
+  ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 
+  ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 
+  ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 
+  ** state.
+  */
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    assert( p->noSync );
+    assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+         || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+    );
+    assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
+    assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
+  }
+
+  /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
+  ** on the file.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+  assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+
+  switch( p->eState ){
+    case PAGER_OPEN:
+      assert( !MEMDB );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_READER:
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
+      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+      }
+      assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
+      assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
+      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+        /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
+        ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
+        ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
+        ** to journal_mode=wal.
+        */
+        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+        assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
+             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+        );
+      }
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
+      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+      assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
+      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_ERROR:
+      /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
+      ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
+      ** back to OPEN state.
+      */
+      assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
+** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
+** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
+** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
+**
+** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
+*/
+static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
+  static char zRet[1024];
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
+      "Filename:      %s\n"
+      "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
+      "Lock:          %s\n"
+      "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
+      "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
+      "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
+      "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
+      "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
+      , p->zFilename
+      , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
+      , (int)p->errCode
+      , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
+        p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
+        p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
+        p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
+        p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
+      , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
+      , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
+      , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
+      , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
+      , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
+  );
+
+  return zRet;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
+** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
+** or more open savepoints for which:
+**
+**   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
+**   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
+**     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
+*/
+static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  PagerSavepoint *p;
+  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
+    p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
+    if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
+*/
+static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
+  return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
+** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
+** error code is something goes wrong.
+**
+** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
+*/
+static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
+  unsigned char ac[4];
+  int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
+*/
+#define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
+
+
+/*
+** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
+*/
+static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
+  char ac[4];
+  put32bits(ac, val);
+  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
+** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
+** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
+**
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
+** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 
+** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
+*/
+static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
+  assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
+    rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
+    if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
+      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
+    }
+    IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
+** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
+** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 
+**
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 
+** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 
+** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 
+** of this.
+*/
+static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
+    rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
+      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
+      IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
+** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
+**
+**  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
+**      a database page may be written atomically, and
+**  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
+**      to the page size.
+**
+** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
+** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
+** database.
+**
+** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
+** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
+** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( !MEMDB );
+  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+    int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
+    int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
+    int szPage;                       /* Page size */
+
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+    dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+    nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
+    szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+
+    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+    if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
+** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
+** and debugging only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+/*
+** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
+*/
+static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
+  u32 hash = 0;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
+    hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
+  }
+  return hash;
+}
+static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
+  return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
+}
+static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
+  pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
+** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
+*/
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
+static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
+}
+
+#else
+#define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
+#define pager_pagehash(X)  0
+#define pager_set_pagehash(X)
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
+#endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
+
+/*
+** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
+** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 
+** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 
+** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
+** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
+**
+** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
+** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
+** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
+** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
+** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
+** were present in the journal.
+**
+** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
+** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
+** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
+** journal file name.
+**
+** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 
+** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
+**
+** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
+** error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
+  int rc;                    /* Return code */
+  u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
+  i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
+  u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
+  u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+  zMaster[0] = '\0';
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
+   || szJ<16
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
+   || len>=nMaster 
+   || len==0 
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
+   || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
+  for(u=0; u<len; u++){
+    cksum -= zMaster[u];
+  }
+  if( cksum ){
+    /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
+    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
+    ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
+    ** master-journal filename.
+    */
+    len = 0;
+  }
+  zMaster[len] = '\0';
+   
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 
+** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 
+** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
+**
+** i.e for a sector size of 512:
+**
+**   Pager.journalOff          Return value
+**   ---------------------------------------
+**   0                         0
+**   512                       512
+**   100                       512
+**   2000                      2048
+** 
+*/
+static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 offset = 0;
+  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
+  if( c ){
+    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  }
+  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
+  assert( offset>=c );
+  assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+  return offset;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
+**
+** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
+** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
+**
+** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
+** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
+** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 
+** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 
+** after writing or truncating it.
+**
+** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
+** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 
+** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
+** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
+** not need to be synced following this operation.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
+** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+  if( pPager->journalOff ){
+    const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
+
+    IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
+    if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+    }else{
+      static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
+    }
+
+    /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 
+    ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 
+    ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
+    ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
+    ** to sync the file following this operation.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
+      i64 sz;
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
+** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
+** current location.
+**
+** The format for the journal header is as follows:
+** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
+** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
+** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
+** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
+** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
+** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
+** 
+** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
+*/
+static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
+  char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
+  u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
+  u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
+  int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
+
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+  if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+    nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 
+  ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 
+  ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
+  */
+  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+    if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
+      pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+
+  /* 
+  ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
+  ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
+  ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 
+  ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
+  ** of records (see syncJournal()).
+  **
+  ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
+  ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
+  ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
+  ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
+  ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
+  ** where this risk can be ignored:
+  **
+  **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
+  **     power failure in this case anyway.
+  **
+  **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
+  **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
+  */
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
+  if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
+   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
+  ){
+    memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
+  }else{
+    memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
+  }
+
+  /* The random check-hash initializer */ 
+  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
+  /* The initial database size */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
+  /* The assumed sector size for this process */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
+
+  /* The page size */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
+
+  /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
+  ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
+  ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
+  ** take the performance hit.
+  */
+  memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
+         nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
+
+  /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 
+  ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 
+  ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 
+  ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
+  ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
+  **
+  ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 
+  ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
+  ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 
+  ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
+  ** is done. 
+  **
+  ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 
+  ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
+  ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
+  ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
+  */ 
+  for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
+    IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
+    assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
+    pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
+** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
+** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
+** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
+** a description of the journal header format.
+**
+** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
+** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
+** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
+** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** in this case.
+**
+** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
+** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
+** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readJournalHdr(
+  Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
+  int isHot,
+  i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
+  u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
+  u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
+){
+  int rc;                      /* Return code */
+  unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+  i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
+
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+  /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
+  ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
+  ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
+  */
+  pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+  /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
+  ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
+  ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
+  ** proceed.
+  */
+  if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
+  ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
+  ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+    u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
+    u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
+
+    /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
+     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
+    ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
+    ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
+    ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
+    */
+    if( iPageSize==0 ){
+      iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
+    }
+
+    /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
+    ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
+    ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 
+    ** respective compile time maximum limits.
+    */
+    if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
+     || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
+     || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 
+    ){
+      /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 
+      ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 
+      ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 
+      ** the journal file here.
+      */
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 
+    ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 
+    ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+
+    /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
+    ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
+    ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
+    ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
+    ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
+    */
+    pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
+** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
+** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
+** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
+** anything is written. The format is:
+**
+**   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
+**   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
+**   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
+**   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
+**   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
+**
+** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
+** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
+**
+** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
+** this call is a no-op.
+*/
+static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc;                          /* Return code */
+  int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
+  i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
+  i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
+  u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
+
+  assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+  if( !zMaster 
+   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+   || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pPager->setMaster = 1;
+  assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
+
+  /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
+  for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
+    cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
+  }
+
+  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
+  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
+  ** the journal has already been synced.
+  */
+  if( pPager->fullSync ){
+    pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+  }
+  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+  /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
+  ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
+  */
+  if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
+   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
+   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
+   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
+   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
+
+  /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 
+  ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
+  ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 
+  ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
+  ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 
+  ** whether or not the journal is hot. 
+  **
+  ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 
+  ** file to the required size.
+  */ 
+  if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
+   && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
+  ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
+** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not 
+** already in memory.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *p = 0;                     /* Return value */
+
+  /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
+  ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
+  */
+  (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
+*/
+static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
+  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+  sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
+** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
+** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
+*/
+static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
+  int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
+  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
+  }
+  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
+  pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
+  pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
+  pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 
+** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
+*/
+static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+    PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
+    if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
+      rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
+      testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
+** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
+** state.
+**
+** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
+** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
+** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
+** closed (if it is open).
+**
+** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 
+** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 
+** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
+** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
+** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
+** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
+*/
+static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 
+  );
+
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+    sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+  }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+    int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
+    int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
+
+    /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
+    ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
+    ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
+    ** out from under us.
+    */
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
+    if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
+     || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
+    ){
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+    }
+
+    /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
+    ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
+    ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
+    ** is necessary.
+    */
+    rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
+      pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
+    }
+
+    /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
+    ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
+    ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
+    */
+    assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+  }
+
+  /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
+  ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
+  ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
+  ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
+  */
+  if( pPager->errCode ){
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    pager_reset(pPager);
+    pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+    pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
+    if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
+** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
+** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 
+** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 
+** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 
+**
+** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
+** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
+** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
+** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
+**
+** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 
+** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 
+** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
+** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
+** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
+** it were a hot-journal).
+*/
+static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
+  int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
+  assert(
+       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
+       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
+       (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
+  );
+  if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    pPager->errCode = rc;
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
+
+/*
+** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 
+** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 
+** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
+** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
+** database transaction.
+** 
+** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
+** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
+** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
+**
+** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
+**
+** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 
+** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 
+** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
+** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
+** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
+** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
+**
+**   journalMode==MEMORY
+**     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 
+**     in-memory journal.
+**
+**   journalMode==TRUNCATE
+**     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
+**
+**   journalMode==PERSIST
+**     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
+**     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
+**     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
+**
+**   journalMode==DELETE
+**     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
+**
+**     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
+**     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
+**     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
+**     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
+**
+** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
+** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 
+** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
+** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
+** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 
+** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
+** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
+** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
+** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
+** returned.
+*/
+static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
+  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
+
+  /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
+  ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
+  ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
+  ** held under two circumstances:
+  **
+  **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
+  **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+  **
+  **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 
+  **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
+  **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 
+  **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
+  */
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+  if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+    /* Finalize the journal file. */
+    if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
+      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
+      if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+      }
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+      || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
+    ){
+      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
+      ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
+      ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
+      ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 
+      */
+      int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
+      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+      if( bDelete ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
+  if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
+    PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
+    if( p ){
+      p->pageHash = 0;
+      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+  pPager->nRec = 0;
+  sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 
+    ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 
+    ** lock held on the database file.
+    */
+    rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+    assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
+    /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
+    ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
+    ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 
+    ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
+    ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
+    ** required size.  */
+    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+    rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 
+   && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
+  ){
+    rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+  }
+  pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
+** database file. 
+**
+** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 
+** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
+** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
+** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 
+** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 
+** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 
+** will roll it back.
+**
+** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
+** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 
+** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
+** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
+*/
+static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
+    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+    if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+      pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  pager_unlock(pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
+** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 
+** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
+**
+** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 
+** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
+** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
+** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
+**
+** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
+** incompatible journal file format.
+**
+** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 
+** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 
+** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
+** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
+** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
+*/
+static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
+  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
+  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
+  while( i>0 ){
+    cksum += aData[i];
+    i -= 200;
+  }
+  return cksum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
+** to the codec.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
+    pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
+                           (int)pPager->nReserve);
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
+** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
+** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
+** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
+**
+** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 
+** not.
+**
+** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
+** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
+** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
+** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
+** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
+** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
+** prior to returning.
+**
+** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
+** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
+** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
+** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
+** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
+** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
+** two circumstances:
+** 
+**   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
+**   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
+**     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
+**
+** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
+**
+** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
+** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
+** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_playback_one_page(
+  Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
+  i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
+  Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
+  int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
+  int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
+){
+  int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
+  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
+  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
+  char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
+  sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
+  int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
+
+  assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
+  assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
+  assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
+  assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
+
+  aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+  assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
+  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
+
+  /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 
+  ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
+  ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
+  ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
+  ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+  );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
+
+  /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
+  ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
+  */
+  jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
+  rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
+
+  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
+  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
+  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
+  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
+  */
+  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+    assert( !isSavepnt );
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( isMainJrnl ){
+    rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
+  ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
+  */
+  if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
+  */
+  if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
+    pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
+    pagerReportSize(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
+  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
+  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
+  **
+  ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
+  ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
+  ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
+  ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
+  ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
+  ** assert()able.
+  **
+  ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
+  ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 
+  ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
+  ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
+  ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
+  **
+  ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
+  ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
+  ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
+  ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
+  ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
+  ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
+  ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
+  ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
+  ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
+  ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
+  ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
+  ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
+  ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
+  **
+  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
+  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
+  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
+  */
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    pPg = 0;
+  }else{
+    pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  }
+  assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
+  PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
+           PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
+           (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
+  ));
+  if( isMainJrnl ){
+    isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
+  }else{
+    isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
+  }
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
+   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+   && isSynced
+  ){
+    i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+    testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
+    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
+    if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+      pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
+    }
+    if( pPager->pBackup ){
+      CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
+      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
+      CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
+    }
+  }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
+    /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
+    ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
+    ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 
+    ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 
+    ** current. 
+    **
+    ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
+    ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 
+    ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
+    ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
+    **
+    ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
+    ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 
+    ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 
+    ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
+    */
+    assert( isSavepnt );
+    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
+    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
+    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
+    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+  }
+  if( pPg ){
+    /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
+    ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
+    ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
+    ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
+    ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
+    */
+    void *pData;
+    pData = pPg->pData;
+    memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
+    pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+    if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
+      /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 
+      ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 
+      ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
+      ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
+      ** database.
+      **
+      ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
+      ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 
+      ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
+      ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
+      ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
+      ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
+      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
+      ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
+      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
+      ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
+      ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
+      ** database corruption may ensue.
+      */
+      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+      sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+    }
+    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+
+    /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
+    ** Do this before any decoding. */
+    if( pgno==1 ){
+      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+    }
+
+    /* Decode the page just read from disk */
+    CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
+    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
+** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
+** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
+** and does so if it is.
+**
+** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 
+** available for use within this function.
+**
+** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 
+** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 
+** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 
+** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
+** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
+**
+**   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
+**
+** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 
+** journals have been rolled back.
+**
+** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 
+** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
+** each child journal, it checks if:
+**
+**   * if the child journal exists, and if so
+**   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 
+**     file zMaster
+**
+** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
+** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
+** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
+** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
+**
+** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
+** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 
+** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
+** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
+** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 
+** size.
+*/
+static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  int rc;                   /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
+  sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
+  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
+  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
+  char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
+  char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
+  int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
+
+  /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
+  ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
+  */
+  pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
+  pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
+  if( !pMaster ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+
+  /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
+  ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
+  ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
+  ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+  nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+  zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
+  if( !zMasterJournal ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto delmaster_out;
+  }
+  zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+  zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
+
+  zJournal = zMasterJournal;
+  while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
+    int exists;
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto delmaster_out;
+    }
+    if( exists ){
+      /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
+      ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
+      ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
+      */
+      int c;
+      int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
+      rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto delmaster_out;
+      }
+
+      rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
+      sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto delmaster_out;
+      }
+
+      c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
+      if( c ){
+        /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
+        goto delmaster_out;
+      }
+    }
+    zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
+  }
+ 
+  sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+  rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+
+delmaster_out:
+  sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
+  if( pMaster ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+    assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
+    sqlite3_free(pMaster);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 
+** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
+** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
+**
+** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
+** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 
+** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 
+** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
+** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
+**
+** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 
+** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 
+** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 
+** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 
+** the end of the new file instead.
+**
+** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
+** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
+*/
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
+  
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 
+   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 
+  ){
+    i64 currentSize, newSize;
+    int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+    /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
+    newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
+      if( currentSize>newSize ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
+      }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
+        char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+        memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
+        testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
+        testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
+** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+  int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
+  if( iRet<32 ){
+    iRet = 512;
+  }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
+    assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
+    iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  }
+  return iRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
+** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
+** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used 
+** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 
+** master journal pointers within created journal files.
+**
+** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
+**
+** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
+** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
+** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
+** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+**
+** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
+** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
+** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
+** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
+** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
+** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
+** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
+** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
+*/
+static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+
+  if( pPager->tempFile
+   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 
+              SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
+  ){
+    /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
+    ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
+    ** call will segfault. */
+    pPager->sectorSize = 512;
+  }else{
+    pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
+**
+** The journal file format is as follows: 
+**
+**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
+**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
+**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
+**       number of page records from the journal size.
+**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
+**       sanity checksum.
+**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
+**       database to during a rollback.
+**  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
+**       is this many bytes in size.
+**  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
+**  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
+**  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
+**        +  4 byte page number.
+**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
+**        +  4 byte checksum
+**
+** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
+** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
+**
+** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
+** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
+** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
+** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
+** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
+** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
+** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
+** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
+**
+** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
+** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
+** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
+** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
+**
+** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
+** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
+** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
+** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
+** been encountered.
+**
+** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
+** and an error code is returned.
+**
+** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
+** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is 
+** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
+** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
+** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
+** needed.
+*/
+static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
+  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
+  u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
+  int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
+  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
+  int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
+  int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
+
+  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
+  ** the journal is empty.
+  */
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
+  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
+  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
+  ** played back.
+  **
+  ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
+  ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
+  ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
+  **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
+  ** for pageSize.
+  */
+  zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+  rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+  }
+  zMaster = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  needPagerReset = isHot;
+
+  /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 
+  ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 
+  ** occurs. 
+  */
+  while( 1 ){
+    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
+    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
+    ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
+    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
+    */
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      goto end_playback;
+    }
+
+    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
+    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
+    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
+    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
+    */
+    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
+      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+      nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+    }
+
+    /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
+    ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
+    ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
+    ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
+    ** size of the file.
+    **
+    ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
+    ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
+    ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
+    ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
+    ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
+    ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 
+    ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
+    */
+    if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
+        pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
+      nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+    }
+
+    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
+    ** database file back to its original size.
+    */
+    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto end_playback;
+      }
+      pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 
+    ** database file and/or page cache.
+    */
+    for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
+      if( needPagerReset ){
+        pager_reset(pPager);
+        needPagerReset = 0;
+      }
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        nPlayback++;
+      }else{
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+          break;
+        }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+          /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
+          ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
+          ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
+          ** case, the database should have never been written in the
+          ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          goto end_playback;
+        }else{
+          /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
+          ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
+          ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
+          ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
+          */
+          goto end_playback;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+  assert( 0 );
+
+end_playback:
+  /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
+  ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
+  ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
+  ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 
+  ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 
+  ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 
+  ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 
+  ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
+  ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
+  ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
+  ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
+  */
+  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+    rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+  ){
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
+    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
+    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
+    */
+    rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  if( isHot && nPlayback ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
+                nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
+  }
+
+  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
+  ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
+  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
+  */
+  setSectorSize(pPager);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 
+** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
+** file before this function is called.
+**
+** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
+** the value read from the database file.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
+  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
+  int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  if( iFrame ){
+    /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
+    rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pgno==1 ){
+    if( rc ){
+      /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
+      ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
+      ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
+      ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
+      ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
+      ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
+      **
+      ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
+      ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
+      ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
+      ** we should still be ok.
+      */
+      memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+    }else{
+      u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
+      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+    }
+  }
+  CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
+
+  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
+  PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
+  IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+  PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
+** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
+**
+** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
+** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
+** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
+*/
+static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
+  u32 change_counter;
+
+  /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
+  change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
+  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
+
+  /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
+  ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
+  ** is valid. */
+  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
+  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 
+** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
+** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 
+** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
+**
+** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
+** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
+** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
+** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 
+** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+  pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
+  if( pPg ){
+    if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
+      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
+    }else{
+      u32 iFrame = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+      }
+      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
+  ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
+  ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
+  ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
+  ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 
+  ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
+  ** the backups must be restarted.
+  */
+  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
+*/
+static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
+
+  /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
+  ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 
+  ** following:
+  **
+  **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
+  **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
+  */
+  pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
+  rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
+  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+  while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
+    rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
+    pList = pNext;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
+** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
+** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
+** changed. 
+**
+** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
+** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
+*/ 
+static int pagerWalFrames(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
+  Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
+  int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
+  PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
+#endif
+
+  assert( pPager->pWal );
+  assert( pList );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
+  for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
+    assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
+  if( isCommit ){
+    /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
+    ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
+    ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
+    ** list here. */
+    PgHdr *p;
+    PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
+    nList = 0;
+    for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
+      if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
+        ppNext = &p->pDirty;
+        nList++;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pList );
+  }else{
+    nList = 1;
+  }
+  pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
+
+  if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
+  rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 
+      pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
+    PgHdr *p;
+    for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+    pager_set_pagehash(p);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
+**
+** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
+** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
+** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
+** other writers or checkpointers.
+*/
+static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
+
+  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+
+  /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
+  ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
+  ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
+  ** the duplicate call is harmless.
+  */
+  sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+
+  rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
+    pager_reset(pPager);
+    if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
+** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
+** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
+** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
+** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
+*/
+static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
+  Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
+
+  /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
+  ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
+  ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
+  ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
+  ** contains no valid committed transactions.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+  nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
+
+  /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
+  ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
+  ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
+  ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
+  ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
+  */
+  if( nPage==0 ){
+    i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+    if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+      int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
+  }
+
+  /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
+  ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
+  ** that the file can be read.
+  */
+  if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
+    pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
+  }
+
+  *pnPage = nPage;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
+** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
+** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
+**
+** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
+** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
+** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
+**
+** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
+** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 
+** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 
+** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 
+** other connection.
+*/
+static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+    int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
+    Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
+
+    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    if( nPage==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      isWal = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( isWal ){
+        testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+        rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
+      }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+        pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
+** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 
+** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 
+** savepoint.
+**
+** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 
+** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
+** performed in the order specified:
+**
+**   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
+**     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 
+**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
+**     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
+**
+**   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
+**     back starting from the journal header immediately following 
+**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
+**
+**   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
+**     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
+**     the journal file.
+**
+** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
+** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
+** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
+** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
+**
+** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
+** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
+**
+** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
+** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 
+** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
+** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
+*/
+static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
+  i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
+  Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+
+  /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
+  if( pSavepoint ){
+    pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
+    if( !pDone ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 
+  ** being reverted was opened.
+  */
+  pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
+  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+
+  if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
+  ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
+  ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
+  ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
+  */
+  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
+  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
+
+  /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
+  ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
+  ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
+  ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
+  ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
+  ** are played back.
+  */
+  if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
+    pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  }else{
+    pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
+  ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
+  ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
+  ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
+  */
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
+    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
+    u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
+    u32 dummy;
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+
+    /*
+    ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
+    ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
+    ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
+    */
+    if( nJRec==0 
+     && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
+    ){
+      nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+    }
+    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  }
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
+
+  /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
+  ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
+  ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
+  */
+  if( pSavepoint ){
+    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
+    i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+
+    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
+    }
+    for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
+      assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  }
+
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
+*/
+static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+  sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
+  if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 sz;
+    sz = pPager->szMmap;
+    pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
+  pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
+  pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
+  sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
+**
+** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
+** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
+** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
+** There are three levels:
+**
+**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
+**              for temporary and transient files.
+**
+**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
+**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
+**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
+**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
+**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
+**              when it is rolled back.
+**
+**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
+**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
+**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
+**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
+**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
+**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
+**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
+**
+** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
+** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
+** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
+** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
+** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
+** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
+** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
+** syncs associated with NORMAL.
+**
+** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
+** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
+** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
+** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
+** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
+** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
+**
+** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
+** and FULL=3.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
+  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
+  unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
+){
+  unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
+  assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
+  pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
+  pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
+  if( pPager->noSync ){
+    pPager->syncFlags = 0;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
+  }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+  }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+  }else{
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+  }
+  pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
+  if( pPager->fullSync ){
+    pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
+  }
+  if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
+    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
+  }else{
+    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
+** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
+** testing and analysis only.  
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Open a temporary file.
+**
+** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 
+** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 
+** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
+**
+** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
+** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
+**
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
+*/
+static int pagerOpentemp(
+  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
+  int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
+){
+  int rc;               /* Return code */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
+#endif
+
+  vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+            SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the busy handler function.
+**
+** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 
+** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
+** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 
+** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
+** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
+** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
+**
+**   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
+**   --------------------------------------------------------
+**   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
+**   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
+**   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
+**   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
+**
+** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 
+** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
+** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
+  Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
+  int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
+  void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
+){
+  pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
+  pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
+
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
+    assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
+    assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
+** is passed in *pPageSize.
+**
+** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
+** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 
+** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
+**
+** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 
+**     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
+**
+**   * there are no outstanding page references, and
+**
+**   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
+**     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
+**
+** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
+**
+** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 
+** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 
+** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
+** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
+** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 
+** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
+  ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
+  ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
+  **
+  ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 
+  ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
+  ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
+  ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
+  */
+
+  u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
+  assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
+  if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
+   && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 
+   && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 
+  ){
+    char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
+    i64 nByte = 0;
+
+    if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
+      if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pager_reset(pPager);
+      pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
+      pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
+      sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+      pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
+      sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
+    assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
+    pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
+    pagerReportSize(pPager);
+    pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
+** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
+** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
+** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
+** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
+** no rollbacks are happening.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pTmpSpace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 
+** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
+** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
+**
+** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  if( mxPage>0 ){
+    pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
+  assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
+  return pPager->mxPgno;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
+** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
+** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
+**
+** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
+** and generate no code.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
+static int saved_cnt;
+void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+  saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+  sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
+}
+void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+  sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
+}
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
+** that pDest points to. 
+**
+** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
+** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
+** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 
+** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
+** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
+**
+** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
+** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
+** output buffer undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  memset(pDest, 0, N);
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+
+  /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
+  ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
+  ** to WAL mode yet.
+  */
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
+** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
+**
+** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 
+** this is considered a 1 page file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
+  *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
+** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
+** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
+**
+** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 
+** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 
+** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 
+** obtain the lock succeeds.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
+** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 
+** variable to locktype before returning.
+*/
+static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+
+  /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 
+  ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
+  ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
+  ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
+  */
+  assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
+       || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
+       || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+  );
+
+  do {
+    rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 
+** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
+**
+**   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 
+**      current database image, in pages, OR
+**
+**   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
+**      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
+**      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
+**
+** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
+** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
+** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
+** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
+** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
+** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
+** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 
+** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
+** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 
+** this circumstance cannot arise.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
+  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+  assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
+}
+static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
+  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
+}
+#else
+# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 
+** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 
+** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 
+** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
+**
+** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
+** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
+** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
+** then continue writing to the database.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+  assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
+  pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+
+  /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
+  ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
+  ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 
+  ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
+  ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
+  ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 
+  ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 
+  ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
+  ** is no longer correct. */
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
+** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
+** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
+** that the entire journal file has been synced.
+**
+** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 
+** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
+** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
+** content as this process.
+**
+** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 
+** an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !pPager->noSync ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 
+** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
+** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
+** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
+** *ppPage to zero.
+**
+** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
+** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
+*/
+static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
+  void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
+  PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
+){
+  PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
+
+  if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
+    *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
+    pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
+    p->pDirty = 0;
+    memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
+  }else{
+    *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
+    if( p==0 ){
+      sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
+    p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
+    p->nRef = 1;
+    p->pPager = pPager;
+  }
+
+  assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
+  assert( p->pPage==0 );
+  assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
+  assert( p->pPager==pPager );
+  assert( p->nRef==1 );
+
+  p->pgno = pgno;
+  p->pData = pData;
+  pPager->nMmapOut++;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 
+** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
+*/
+static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  pPager->nMmapOut--;
+  pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
+  pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
+
+  assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
+  sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
+*/
+static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  PgHdr *pNext;
+  for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
+    pNext = p->pDirty;
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
+**
+** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
+** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
+** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
+** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
+** result in a coredump.
+**
+** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
+** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
+** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
+** to the caller.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
+  u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
+
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  disable_simulated_io_errors();
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
+  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
+  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
+  pPager->pWal = 0;
+#endif
+  pager_reset(pPager);
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    pager_unlock(pPager);
+  }else{
+    /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
+    ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 
+    ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 
+    ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
+    **
+    ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
+    ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
+    ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
+    ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
+    ** rollback before accessing the database file.
+    */
+    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
+    }
+    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
+  }
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  enable_simulated_io_errors();
+  PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
+  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+  sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
+  sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
+#endif
+
+  assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
+  assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
+
+  sqlite3_free(pPager);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** Return the page number for page pPg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->pgno;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
+  sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
+** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
+** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
+**
+** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 
+** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
+**
+**   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
+**     be taken.
+**
+**   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
+**     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
+**     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
+**     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
+**     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
+**
+**   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 
+**     journal file is synced.
+**
+** Or, in pseudo-code:
+**
+**   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
+**     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
+**       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
+**       <update nRec field>
+**     } 
+**     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
+**   }
+**
+** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 
+** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
+** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
+*/
+static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+  rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  if( !pPager->noSync ){
+    assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+      const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+
+      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
+        /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
+        ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
+        ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
+        ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
+        ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
+        ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 
+        ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 
+        ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 
+        ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 
+        ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
+        ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
+        ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
+        **
+        ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
+        ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
+        ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
+        **
+        ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
+        ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 
+        ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
+        ** the potential journal header.
+        */
+        i64 iNextHdrOffset;
+        u8 aMagic[8];
+        u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
+
+        memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+        put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
+
+        iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
+          static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
+          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
+        }
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+
+        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
+        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
+        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
+        ** it as a candidate for rollback.
+        **
+        ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
+        ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 
+        ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
+        ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
+        ** and never needs to be updated.
+        */
+        if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+          PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+          IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+        }
+        IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
+            pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+        PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+        IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 
+          (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+
+      pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+      if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
+        pPager->nRec = 0;
+        rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 
+  ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 
+  ** all pages.
+  */
+  sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
+  pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
+** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
+** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
+** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
+** a no-op.
+**
+** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
+** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
+** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
+** 
+** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
+** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 
+** written out.
+**
+** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
+** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
+** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
+**
+**   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
+**   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
+**
+** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
+** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
+** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
+** the database file.
+**
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
+** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
+** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+
+  /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
+  assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+
+  /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
+  ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
+  ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
+  */
+  if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
+  }
+
+  /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
+  ** file size will be.
+  */
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
+   && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
+   && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
+  ){
+    sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
+    pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
+    Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
+
+    /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
+    ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
+    ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
+    ** any such pages to the file.
+    **
+    ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
+    ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
+    */
+    if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
+      i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
+      char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */    
+
+      assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
+      if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
+
+      /* Encode the database */
+      CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
+
+      /* Write out the page data. */
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
+
+      /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
+      ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 
+      ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 
+      */
+      if( pgno==1 ){
+        memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+      }
+      if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+        pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
+      }
+      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
+
+      /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
+      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
+
+      PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+                   PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
+      IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+      PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
+    }else{
+      PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
+    }
+    pager_set_pagehash(pList);
+    pList = pList->pDirty;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 
+** function is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 
+** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 
+** fails.
+*/
+static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+    if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
+      sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
+    }else{
+      rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 
+** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check 
+** that it is really required before calling this function.
+**
+** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
+** for all open savepoints before returning.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
+** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
+** bitvec.
+*/
+static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+
+    /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
+    assert( pPager->useJournal );
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
+    assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 
+         || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 
+         || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 
+    );
+    rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
+
+    /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
+    ** write the journal record into the file.  */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      void *pData = pPg->pData;
+      i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+      char *pData2;
+  
+      CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
+      PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+      rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->nSubRec++;
+    assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
+    rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
+** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
+** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
+** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 
+** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
+** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 
+** argument.
+**
+** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
+** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
+** journal file. 
+**
+** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
+** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
+** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
+** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
+*/
+static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+
+  /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
+  ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
+  ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
+  ** pages belonging to the same sector.
+  **
+  ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
+  ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
+  ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
+  **
+  ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
+  ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it 
+  ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
+  ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
+  ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
+  ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
+  */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
+  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
+  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
+  if( pPager->doNotSpill
+   && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
+      || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  pPg->pDirty = 0;
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
+    if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 
+      rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }else{
+  
+    /* Sync the journal file if required. */
+    if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 
+     || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+    ){
+      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
+    }
+  
+    /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
+    ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
+    ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
+    ** actually write data to the file in this case.
+    **
+    ** Consider the following sequence of events:
+    **
+    **   BEGIN;
+    **     <journal page X>
+    **     <modify page X>
+    **     SAVEPOINT sp;
+    **       <shrink database file to Y pages>
+    **       pagerStress(page X)
+    **     ROLLBACK TO sp;
+    **
+    ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
+    ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
+    ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
+    ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
+    ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
+    ** was executed.
+    **
+    ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the 
+    ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
+    ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is 
+    ** executed.
+    */
+    if( NEVER(
+        rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
+    ) ){
+      rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
+    }
+  
+    /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
+      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Mark the page as clean. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+  }
+
+  return pager_error(pPager, rc); 
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
+** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
+** to sqlite3PagerClose().
+**
+** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
+** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
+** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
+** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 
+** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 
+** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
+**
+** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
+** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
+** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
+**
+** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
+** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
+** of the PAGER_* flags.
+**
+** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
+** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 
+**
+** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 
+** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
+** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
+** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 
+** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
+  Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
+  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
+  int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
+  int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
+){
+  u8 *pPtr;
+  Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
+  int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
+  int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
+  int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
+  int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
+  char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
+  int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
+  int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
+  int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
+  u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
+  const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
+  int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
+
+  /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
+  ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
+  ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 
+  ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
+  ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
+  ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 
+  ** source file journal.c).
+  */
+  if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
+    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
+  }else{
+    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
+  }
+
+  /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
+  *ppPager = 0;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+  if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
+    memDb = 1;
+    if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+      zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
+      if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
+      zFilename = 0;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
+  ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
+  ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
+  */
+  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+    const char *z;
+    nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+    zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
+    if( zPathname==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
+    rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
+    nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
+    z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
+    while( *z ){
+      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
+      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
+    }
+    nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
+    assert( nUri>=0 );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
+      /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
+      ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
+      ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
+      ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
+      ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
+      */
+      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
+  ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 
+  ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
+  **
+  **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
+  **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
+  **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
+  **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
+  **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
+  **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
+  **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
+  */
+  pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
+    ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
+    ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
+    ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
+    journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */ 
+    nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
+    nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
+#endif
+  );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
+  if( !pPtr ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
+  pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
+  pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
+  pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
+  pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+  pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
+
+  /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
+  if( zPathname ){
+    assert( nPathname>0 );
+    pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
+    memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
+    if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
+    memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
+    memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
+    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
+    memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
+    memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
+    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
+#endif
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+  }
+  pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
+
+  /* Open the pager file.
+  */
+  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+    int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
+    assert( !memDb );
+    readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+
+    /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
+    ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
+    ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
+    **
+    **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
+    **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
+    **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+      if( !readOnly ){
+        setSectorSize(pPager);
+        assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
+        if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
+          if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
+            szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+          }else{
+            szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
+          }
+        }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+        {
+          int ii;
+          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+          assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
+          for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
+            if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
+              szPageDflt = ii;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+#endif
+      }
+      pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
+      if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
+       || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
+          vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+          goto act_like_temp_file;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
+    ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
+    ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
+    **
+    ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
+    ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
+    ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
+    **
+    ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
+    */ 
+act_like_temp_file:
+    tempFile = 1;
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
+    pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE locking mode */
+    pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
+    readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+  }
+
+  /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 
+  ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+
+  /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the 
+  ** Pager structure and close the file.
+  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+    sqlite3_free(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the PCache object. */
+  assert( nExtra<1000 );
+  nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
+  sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
+                    !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
+  IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
+
+  pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
+  /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
+  /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
+  /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
+  /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
+  /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
+  /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
+  pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
+  /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
+  /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
+  pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
+  assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 
+          || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
+  pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 
+  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+  pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
+  pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
+  assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
+  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
+  if( pPager->noSync ){
+    assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
+    assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
+    assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
+    assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
+  }else{
+    pPager->fullSync = 1;
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+    pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+  }
+  /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
+  pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
+  pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
+  setSectorSize(pPager);
+  if( !useJournal ){
+    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
+  }else if( memDb ){
+    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
+  }
+  /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
+  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
+  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
+  /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
+
+  *ppPager = pPager;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
+** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
+** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
+** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
+*/
+static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
+  int bHasMoved = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+    /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
+    ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
+    ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
+** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
+** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 
+** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
+** file exists if the following criteria are met:
+**
+**   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
+**   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
+**   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
+**   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
+**
+** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
+** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
+** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
+** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
+** is returned.
+**
+** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
+** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
+** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
+** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
+** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 
+** will not roll it back. 
+**
+** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
+** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
+** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
+** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
+*/
+static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
+  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
+  int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
+  int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
+
+  assert( pPager->useJournal );
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+
+  assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
+    SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+  ));
+
+  *pExists = 0;
+  if( !jrnlOpen ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
+    int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
+
+    /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
+    ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 
+    ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
+    ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
+    ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
+    ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
+    ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
+      Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
+
+      rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
+        ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
+        ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
+        ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
+        ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
+        ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
+        ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
+        */
+        if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
+          sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+          if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
+            sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+            if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+          }
+          sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+        }else{
+          /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
+          ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
+          ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
+          ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 
+          ** it can be ignored.
+          */
+          if( !jrnlOpen ){
+            int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+            rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
+          }
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            u8 first = 0;
+            rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+              rc = SQLITE_OK;
+            }
+            if( !jrnlOpen ){
+              sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+            }
+            *pExists = (first!=0);
+          }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
+            /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
+            ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
+            ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
+            ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
+            ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
+            ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
+            ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
+            ** worry so much with race conditions.
+            */
+            *pExists = 1;
+            rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
+** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
+** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
+** this function is called, it is a no-op.
+**
+** The following operations are also performed by this function.
+**
+**   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
+**      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
+**      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
+**      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
+**      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 
+**      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
+**      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
+**      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
+**
+**   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
+**      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
+**      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
+**      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
+**      file.
+**
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
+** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 
+** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
+
+  /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
+  ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
+  ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 
+  ** exclusive access mode.
+  */
+  assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+  if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
+
+  if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
+    int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
+
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+
+    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      goto failed;
+    }
+
+    /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
+    ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
+    */
+    if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
+      rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto failed;
+    }
+    if( bHotJournal ){
+      if( pPager->readOnly ){
+        rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
+        goto failed;
+      }
+
+      /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
+      ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
+      ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
+      ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
+      ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 
+      ** hot-journal back.
+      ** 
+      ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
+      ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 
+      ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 
+      ** on the database file.
+      **
+      ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
+      ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
+      */
+      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto failed;
+      }
+ 
+      /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 
+      ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 
+      ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 
+      ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 
+      ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 
+      ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
+      **
+      ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 
+      ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 
+      ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 
+      ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
+      ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
+      */
+      if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+        sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+        int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
+        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+            pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
+          int fout = 0;
+          int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+          assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+          rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
+          assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+            rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+            sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+ 
+      /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
+      ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
+      ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
+      ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
+      ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
+      ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
+      ** the journal before playing it back.
+      */
+      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+        rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
+          pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+        }
+      }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+        pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
+        ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+        ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
+        ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
+        ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 
+        ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 
+        **
+        ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
+        ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
+        ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
+        ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
+        ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
+        ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
+        ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 
+        ** references.
+        */
+        pager_error(pPager, rc);
+        goto failed;
+      }
+
+      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+      assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
+           || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
+      );
+    }
+
+    if( !pPager->tempFile && (
+        pPager->pBackup 
+     || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 
+     || USEFETCH(pPager)
+    )){
+      /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
+      ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
+      ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
+      ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
+      ** cache.
+      **
+      ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
+      ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
+      ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
+      ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
+      ** a codec is in use.
+      ** 
+      ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 
+      ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
+      ** it can be neglected.
+      */
+      Pgno nPage = 0;
+      char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
+
+      rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+      if( rc ) goto failed;
+
+      if( nPage>0 ){
+        IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
+        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+          goto failed;
+        }
+      }else{
+        memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
+      }
+
+      if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
+        pager_reset(pPager);
+
+        /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
+        ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
+        ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
+        ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
+        ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
+        ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
+        if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
+          sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
+    ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
+    */
+    rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
+  }
+
+  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
+  }
+
+ failed:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    pager_unlock(pPager);
+    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+  }else{
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
+** transaction and unlock the pager.
+**
+** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
+** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
+** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
+*/ 
+static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
+    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
+** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 
+** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 
+** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
+** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
+** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
+** object with no outstanding references.
+**
+** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 
+** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 
+** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
+** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
+**
+** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 
+** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 
+** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 
+** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 
+** page is initialized to all zeros. 
+**
+** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
+** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
+**
+**   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
+**
+**   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
+**      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
+**      from the savepoint journal.
+**
+** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
+** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
+** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
+** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
+** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
+** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
+** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
+**
+** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
+** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
+** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
+** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
+** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
+** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
+** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
+** or journal files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
+  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
+  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
+  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
+  int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
+  u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
+  const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
+
+  /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
+  ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
+  ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 
+  ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
+  const int bMmapOk = (pgno!=1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
+   && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+   && pPager->xCodec==0
+#endif
+  );
+
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
+
+  if( pgno==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 
+  ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
+  if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pPager->errCode;
+  }else{
+
+    if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
+    }
+
+    if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
+      void *pData = 0;
+
+      rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 
+          (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
+      );
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
+        if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
+          (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
+        }
+        if( pPg==0 ){
+          rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
+        }
+        if( pPg ){
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+          *ppPage = pPg;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto pager_acquire_err;
+      }
+    }
+
+    rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
+    ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
+    ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
+    pPg = 0;
+    goto pager_acquire_err;
+  }
+  assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
+  assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
+
+  if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
+    /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
+    ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
+    assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+    pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  }else{
+    /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 
+    ** be initialized.  */
+
+    pPg = *ppPage;
+    pPg->pPager = pPager;
+
+    /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
+    ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
+    if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto pager_acquire_err;
+    }
+
+    if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+      if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+        goto pager_acquire_err;
+      }
+      if( noContent ){
+        /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
+        ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 
+        ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure 
+        ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 
+        ** a bit in a bit vector.
+        */
+        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+        if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+          TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
+          testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        }
+        TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
+        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+      }
+      memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+      IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+    }else{
+      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
+        rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
+      }
+      assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
+      rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto pager_acquire_err;
+      }
+    }
+    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+pager_acquire_err:
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( pPg ){
+    sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
+  }
+  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
+
+  *ppPage = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
+** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
+** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
+** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
+** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
+** has ever happened.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 );
+  assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
+  return pPg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a page reference.
+**
+** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
+** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
+** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
+** removed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  assert( pPg!=0 );
+  pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
+    pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+  }
+  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
+  if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
+** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 
+** file when this routine is called.
+**
+** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
+** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
+** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 
+** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 
+** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
+**
+** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
+** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
+** already open file. 
+**
+** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 
+** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
+*/
+static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+  
+  /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
+  ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
+  ** an error state. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+    pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+    if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  
+    /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
+    if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+        sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
+      }else{
+        const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
+          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+          (pPager->tempFile ? 
+            (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
+            (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
+          );
+
+        /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
+        ** it was originally opened. */
+        rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+          rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
+              pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
+          );
+#else
+          rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
+#endif
+        }
+      }
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+    }
+  
+  
+    /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 
+    ** the sub-journal if necessary.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
+      pPager->nRec = 0;
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+      pPager->setMaster = 0;
+      pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+      rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 
+** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
+** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
+** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 
+** functions need be called.
+**
+** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
+** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
+** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
+** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
+** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
+** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 
+** or using a temporary file otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
+  pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
+
+  if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
+    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+
+    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
+      ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
+      */
+      if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
+        rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
+      }
+
+      /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
+      ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
+      ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
+      ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+    }else{
+      /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
+      ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+      ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
+      ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
+      */
+      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
+        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
+      **
+      ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
+      ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
+      ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 
+      ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 
+      ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 
+      ** WAL mode.
+      */
+      pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
+      pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
+      pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
+      pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+    }
+
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  }
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 
+** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
+** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
+** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
+*/
+static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int inJournal;
+
+  /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 
+  ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
+  ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
+  assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
+
+  CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
+
+  /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
+  ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
+  ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
+  **
+  ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 
+  ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
+  ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
+  ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
+  */
+  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+    rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
+  ** to the journal then we can return right away.
+  */
+  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+  inJournal = pageInJournal(pPager, pPg);
+  if( inJournal && (pPager->nSavepoint==0 || !subjRequiresPage(pPg)) ){
+    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+  }else{
+  
+    /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
+    ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
+    ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
+    */
+    if( !inJournal && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
+      if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+        u32 cksum;
+        char *pData2;
+        i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+        /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
+        ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
+        ** that we do not. */
+        assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+
+        assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
+        CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
+        cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
+
+        /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
+        ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
+        ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
+        ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
+        ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
+        ** then corruption may follow.
+        */
+        pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+
+        rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+        rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+        IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 
+                 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
+        PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
+        PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
+             PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 
+             ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+        pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
+        pPager->nRec++;
+        assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
+        rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
+        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
+          pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+        }
+        PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
+               ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
+    ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
+    ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
+    ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
+    */
+    if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+      rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Update the database size and return.
+  */
+  if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
+    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 
+** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 
+** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 
+** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
+** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
+** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
+** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
+** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+
+  assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
+    Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
+    Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
+    int nPage = 0;            /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
+    int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
+    int needSync = 0;         /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
+    Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
+
+    /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
+    ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
+    ** this function.
+    */
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
+    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
+
+    /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
+    ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
+    ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
+    */
+    pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
+
+    nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
+    if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
+      nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
+    }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
+      nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
+    }else{
+      nPage = nPagePerSector;
+    }
+    assert(nPage>0);
+    assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
+    assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
+
+    for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+      Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
+      PgHdr *pPage;
+      if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
+        if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = pager_write(pPage);
+            if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+              needSync = 1;
+            }
+            sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
+          }
+        }
+      }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
+        if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+          needSync = 1;
+        }
+        sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
+    ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
+    ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
+    ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
+    ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
+      assert( !MEMDB );
+      for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
+        PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
+        if( pPage ){
+          pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+          sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
+    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
+  }else{
+    rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
+** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
+** to change the content of the page.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
+** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
+** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
+** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
+** content no longer matters.
+**
+** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
+** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
+** that it does not get written to disk.
+**
+** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 
+** DELETE operations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
+    PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
+    IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
+    pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 
+** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 
+** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
+** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
+**
+** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
+** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
+** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 
+** unconditional update of the change counters.
+**
+** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 
+** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
+** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
+** transaction is committed.
+**
+** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
+** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
+** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
+** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 
+** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
+*/
+static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
+  ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
+  ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
+  ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
+  **
+  ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
+  ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
+  ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
+  ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+# define DIRECT_MODE 0
+  assert( isDirectMode==0 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
+#else
+# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
+#endif
+
+  if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
+    PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
+
+    assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+    /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
+    assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+    /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
+    ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in 
+    ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
+    ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
+    */
+    if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
+      pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
+
+      /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
+      if( DIRECT_MODE ){
+        const void *zBuf;
+        assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
+        CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
+          pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
+          ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
+          ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
+          const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
+          memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+          pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Release the page reference. */
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
+** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
+**
+** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
+** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
+** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 
+** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 
+** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
+**
+** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
+** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 
+** returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
+** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
+** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
+** journal (a single database transaction).
+**
+** This routine ensures that:
+**
+**   * The database file change-counter is updated,
+**   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
+**   * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 
+**   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
+**   * the database file synced. 
+**
+** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 
+** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 
+** delete the master journal file if specified).
+**
+** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
+** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
+**
+** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
+** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
+** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
+** journal file in this case.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
+  int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 
+      pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
+
+  /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
+  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
+    ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
+    ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
+    */
+    sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+  }else{
+    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+      PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
+      if( pList==0 ){
+        /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
+        ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
+        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
+        pList = pPageOne;
+        pList->pDirty = 0;
+      }
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+        rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
+      }
+      sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
+      ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
+      ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 
+      ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 
+      **
+      **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
+      **      blocks of size page-size, and 
+      **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
+      **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
+      **
+      ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
+      ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
+      ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
+      ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
+      ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
+      ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
+      ** mode. 
+      **
+      ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
+      ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
+      ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
+      ** created for this transaction.
+      */
+  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+      PgHdr *pPg;
+      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
+       && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 
+       && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
+       && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
+      ){
+        /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 
+        ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 
+        ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 
+        ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 
+        ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
+        */
+        rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+        }
+      }
+  #else
+      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+  #endif
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+  
+      /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 
+      ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 
+      ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
+      */
+      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+  
+      /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
+      ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 
+      ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
+      **
+      ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
+      ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
+      ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
+      ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 
+      ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
+      ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 
+      */
+      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+  
+      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
+        goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+      }
+      sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+
+      /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 
+      ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
+      ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
+      ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
+      ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
+      ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
+      if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+        Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
+        assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
+        rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+      }
+  
+      /* Finally, sync the database file. */
+      if( !noSync ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
+      }
+      IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+    }
+  }
+
+commit_phase_one_exit:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
+** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
+** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 
+** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
+** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
+**
+** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 
+** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 
+** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
+** irrevocably committed.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
+** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+
+  /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
+  ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
+  ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
+       || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
+  ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
+  ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
+  **
+  ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 
+  ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
+  ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
+  ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 
+  ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
+  ** to drop any locks either.
+  */
+  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
+   && pPager->exclusiveMode 
+   && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+  ){
+    assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
+  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 
+** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
+** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
+** state if an error occurs.
+**
+** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
+** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
+**
+**   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 
+**      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
+**      was opened, and
+**
+**   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
+**      rollback at any point in the future.
+**
+** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 
+** rollback is successful.
+**
+** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
+** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
+** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
+** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+  PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+
+  /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
+  ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 
+  ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
+  */
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
+  if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    int rc2;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
+    rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+    int eState = pPager->eState;
+    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
+    if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+      /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 
+      ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
+      ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
+      */
+      pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
+      pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
+  }
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
+          || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 
+          || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
+  );
+
+  /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
+  ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
+  */
+  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
+** if the database is (in theory) writable.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->readOnly;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
+  return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
+** used by the pager and its associated cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
+  int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
+                                     + 5*sizeof(void*);
+  return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
+           + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
+           + pPager->pageSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
+  return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
+  static int a[11];
+  a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
+  a[4] = pPager->eState;
+  a[5] = pPager->errCode;
+  a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
+  a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
+  a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
+  a[9] = pPager->nRead;
+  a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
+  return a;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
+** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
+** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 
+** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 
+** returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
+
+  assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
+  );
+
+  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
+  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
+  assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
+
+  *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
+  if( reset ){
+    pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
+  return MEMDB;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
+** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
+** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
+** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 
+** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
+** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
+  int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
+    int ii;                                 /* Iterator variable */
+    PagerSavepoint *aNew;                   /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
+
+    /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
+    ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 
+    ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
+    */
+    aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
+        pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
+    );
+    if( !aNew ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
+    pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
+
+    /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
+    for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
+      aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
+      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
+        aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+      }else{
+        aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+      }
+      aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
+      aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+      if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+        sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
+      }
+      pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
+    }
+    assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
+    assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
+** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 
+** created savepoint.
+**
+** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
+** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
+** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
+** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
+**
+** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 
+** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
+** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
+** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
+** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
+** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 
+** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
+** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 
+** contents of the database to its original state. 
+**
+** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 
+** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
+** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
+** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 
+** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
+
+  assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+  assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
+    int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
+    int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
+
+    /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
+    ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 
+    ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
+    */
+    nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
+    for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
+    }
+    pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
+
+    /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 
+    ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
+    if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+      if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+        /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
+        if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
+          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+        }
+        pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
+    ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
+    ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
+    ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
+    */
+    else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
+      rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
+      assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the database file.
+**
+** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
+** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
+** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
+** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
+** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
+** participate in shared-cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
+  return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pVfs;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the file handle for the database file associated
+** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
+** not yet been opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->fd;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zJournal;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
+** if fsync()s are executed normally.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->noSync;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
+  Pager *pPager,
+  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
+  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
+  void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
+  void *pCodec
+){
+  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
+  pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
+  pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
+  pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
+  pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
+  pagerReportSize(pPager);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pCodec;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
+** into the log file.
+**
+** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
+** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
+  void *aData = 0;
+  CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
+  return aData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current pager state
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->eState;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
+**
+** There must be no references to the page previously located at
+** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
+** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
+** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
+**
+** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
+** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
+** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
+**
+** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
+** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
+** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
+** transaction is active).
+**
+** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
+** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 
+** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 
+** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
+** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
+  PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
+  Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
+  int rc;                      /* Return code */
+  Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
+
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
+  ** the page we are moving from.
+  */
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
+  ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 
+  ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
+  **
+  **   BEGIN;
+  **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
+  **     SAVEPOINT one;
+  **       <Move page X to location Y>
+  **     ROLLBACK TO one;
+  **
+  ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
+  ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
+  ** statement were is processed.
+  **
+  ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
+  ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
+  ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+  */
+  if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
+   && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
+   && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 
+      PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
+  IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
+
+  /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
+  ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
+  **
+  ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
+  ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 
+  ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
+  */
+  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
+    needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
+    assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
+            pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
+    assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+  }
+
+  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
+  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 
+  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
+  ** for the page moved there.
+  */
+  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+  pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
+  if( pPgOld ){
+    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
+    if( MEMDB ){
+      /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
+      ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
+      sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
+    }
+  }
+
+  origPgno = pPg->pgno;
+  sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
+  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+
+  /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
+  ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
+  ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
+  */
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    assert( pPgOld );
+    sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
+    sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
+  }
+
+  if( needSyncPgno ){
+    /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
+    ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
+    ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
+    ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
+    ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+    ** flag.
+    **
+    ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
+    ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
+    ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
+    ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
+    ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
+    ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
+    */
+    PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+        assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
+        sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+    pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
+    sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
+  return pPg->pData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 
+** allocated along with the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->pExtra;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
+** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
+** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
+**
+** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
+** locking-mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+  assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
+            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
+  assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
+  if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
+    pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
+  }
+  return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
+**
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+**
+** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
+** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
+**
+**   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
+**      or _MEMORY.
+**
+**   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
+**
+** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+  u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
+  ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
+  print_pager_state(pPager);
+#endif
+
+
+  /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
+  assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+
+  /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
+  ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
+  ** to WAL mode.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
+
+  /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
+  ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
+  */
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
+    if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+      eMode = eOld;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( eMode!=eOld ){
+
+    /* Change the journal mode. */
+    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+    pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
+
+    /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
+    ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
+    ** delete the journal file.
+    */
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
+
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
+    if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
+
+      /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
+      ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
+      ** here is an optimization only.
+      **
+      ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
+      ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
+      ** while it is in use by some other client.
+      */
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+      if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+        sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+      }else{
+        int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        int state = pPager->eState;
+        assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
+        if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
+          rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
+        }
+        if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+          rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
+          pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+        }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
+          pager_unlock(pPager);
+        }
+        assert( state==pPager->eState );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return the new journal mode */
+  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current journal mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
+  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
+** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
+** is unmodified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
+  if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
+**
+** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
+** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
+  if( iLimit>=-1 ){
+    pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
+    sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
+  }
+  return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
+** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
+** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
+** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
+  return &pPager->pBackup;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
+  if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
+** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
+** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->pWal ){
+    rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
+        pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
+        pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
+        pnLog, pnCkpt
+    );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
+  return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
+** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
+  return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
+** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
+*/
+static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 
+    ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
+    pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 
+** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
+** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
+*/
+static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
+  assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+
+  /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 
+  ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 
+  ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
+  ** file, to make sure this is safe.
+  */
+  if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 
+  ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
+        pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
+        pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
+    );
+  }
+  pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
+** this function.
+**
+** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
+** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
+** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 
+** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
+** not modified in either case.
+**
+** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
+** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
+** without doing anything.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
+  assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
+  assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
+
+  if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
+    if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+
+    /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+
+    rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
+      pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+    }
+  }else{
+    *pbOpen = 1;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
+** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
+**
+** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 
+** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
+** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
+** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
+
+  /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
+  ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
+  ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
+  */
+  if( !pPager->pWal ){
+    int logexists = 0;
+    rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
+      rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+    
+  /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
+  ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
+    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
+                           pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
+      pPager->pWal = 0;
+      pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+/*
+** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
+** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
+** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
+** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
+** is empty, return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+  return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
+
+/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in 
+** "journal_mode=WAL" mode.
+**
+** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT
+**
+** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames".
+** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the
+** database file.  All changes to the database are recorded by writing
+** frames into the WAL.  Transactions commit when a frame is written that
+** contains a commit marker.  A single WAL can and usually does record 
+** multiple transactions.  Periodically, the content of the WAL is
+** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a
+** "checkpoint".
+**
+** A single WAL file can be used multiple times.  In other words, the
+** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new
+** frames can overwrite the old ones.  A WAL always grows from beginning
+** toward the end.  Checksums and counters attached to each frame are
+** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which
+** are leftovers from prior checkpoints.
+**
+** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight
+** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values:
+**
+**     0: Magic number.  0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683
+**     4: File format version.  Currently 3007000
+**     8: Database page size.  Example: 1024
+**    12: Checkpoint sequence number
+**    16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint
+**    20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt
+**    24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
+**    28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
+**
+** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each
+** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes
+** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned 
+** integer values, as follows:
+**
+**     0: Page number.
+**     4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages 
+**        after the commit. For all other records, zero.
+**     8: Salt-1 (copied from the header)
+**    12: Salt-2 (copied from the header)
+**    16: Checksum-1.
+**    20: Checksum-2.
+**
+** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are
+** true:
+**
+**    (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match
+**        salt values in the wal-header
+**
+**    (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header
+**        exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the
+**        WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames
+**        up to and including the current frame.
+**
+** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the
+** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it
+** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682.
+** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a
+** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute
+** the checksum.  The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as
+** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N].  The
+** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows:
+** 
+**   for i from 0 to n-1 step 2:
+**     s0 += x[i] + s1;
+**     s1 += x[i+1] + s0;
+**   endfor
+**
+** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights
+** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element
+** of the sequence being summed.)  The s1 value spans all 32-bit 
+** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term.
+**
+** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the
+** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed.
+** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched
+** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the
+** xSync begins.
+**
+** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2
+** value is randomized.  This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from
+** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together
+** following a crash.
+**
+** READER ALGORITHM
+**
+** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader
+** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P.  If so, then the
+** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame
+** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read.  If the WAL
+** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit
+** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from
+** the database file.
+**
+** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last
+** valid frame in the WAL.  The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value
+** for all subsequent read operations.  New transactions can be appended
+** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value
+** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot
+** of the database from a single point in time.  This technique allows
+** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database
+** content simultaneously.
+**
+** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but 
+** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the
+** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames.  If the
+** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow,
+** and read performance suffers.  To overcome this problem, a separate
+** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the
+** search for frames of a particular page.
+** 
+** WAL-INDEX FORMAT
+**
+** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations
+** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file.  Because
+** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL 
+** on a network filesystem.  All users of the database must be able to
+** share memory.
+**
+** The wal-index is transient.  After a crash, the wal-index can (and should
+** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file.  In fact, the VFS is required
+** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last
+** connection to it closes.  Because the wal-index is transient, it can
+** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform.
+** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values
+** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native
+** byte order of the host computer.
+**
+** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly:  Given
+** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the 
+** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return
+** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M.
+**
+** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or
+** more index blocks.  
+**
+** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL
+** in the mxFrame field.
+**
+** Each index block except for the first contains information on 
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and 
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and
+** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the
+** wal-index.
+**
+** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the
+** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table 
+** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number.
+** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE
+** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the 
+** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the
+** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block
+** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in
+** the log, and so on.
+**
+** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full
+** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers,
+** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the
+** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely
+** contains unused entries.
+**
+** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P
+** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block
+** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and
+** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the
+** beginning.  The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame
+** holding the content for that page.
+**
+** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers.
+** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the
+** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash 
+** table is never more than half full.  The expected number of collisions 
+** prior to finding a match is 1.  Each entry of the hash table is an
+** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same
+** index block.   Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in
+** the mapping section.  (For index blocks other than the last, K will
+** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block
+** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).)  Unused slots of the hash table
+** contain a value of 0.
+**
+** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on
+** P as follows:
+**
+**      iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT
+**
+** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey
+** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is
+** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot
+** be at index iUnused.  (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was
+** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full,
+** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry.  Let 
+** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused,
+** where aHash[iMax]==P.  If there is no iMax entry (if there exists
+** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the
+** current index block.  Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the
+** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references 
+** page P.
+**
+** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the
+** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P.  On
+** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be
+** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to
+** establish that no such entry exists in the block.  Each index block
+** holds over 4000 entries.  So two or three index blocks are sufficient
+** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages.  8 or 10
+** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the
+** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL.  This
+** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL.
+**
+** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K.  Hence, one
+** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started
+** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL
+** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0.
+** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get
+** the correct result.  There may be entries in the hash table with
+** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused
+** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as
+** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table
+** in the first place - which is what reader one wants.  Meanwhile, the
+** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted
+** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.  
+**
+** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries
+** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed
+** from the hash table at this point.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0;
+# define WALTRACE(X)  if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define WALTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats
+** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite.
+**
+** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum
+** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not
+** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+**
+** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the 
+** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not
+** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite
+** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+#define WAL_MAX_VERSION      3007000
+#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000
+
+/*
+** Indices of various locking bytes.   WAL_NREADER is the number
+** of available reader locks and should be at least 3.
+*/
+#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK         0
+#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE      1
+#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK          1
+#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK       2
+#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I)       (3+(I))
+#define WAL_NREADER            (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3)
+
+
+/* Object declarations */
+typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr;
+typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator;
+typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo;
+
+
+/*
+** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content.
+**
+** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this
+** object.
+**
+** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive.
+** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page.  The latter case was
+** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.  
+*/
+struct WalIndexHdr {
+  u32 iVersion;                   /* Wal-index version */
+  u32 unused;                     /* Unused (padding) field */
+  u32 iChange;                    /* Counter incremented each transaction */
+  u8 isInit;                      /* 1 when initialized */
+  u8 bigEndCksum;                 /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */
+  u16 szPage;                     /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */
+  u32 mxFrame;                    /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */
+  u32 nPage;                      /* Size of database in pages */
+  u32 aFrameCksum[2];             /* Checksum of last frame in log */
+  u32 aSalt[2];                   /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */
+  u32 aCksum[2];                  /* Checksum over all prior fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately
+** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr.  This object stores
+** information used by checkpoint.
+**
+** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written
+** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to
+** database "backfilling".)  The nBackfill number is never greater than
+** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame.  nBackfill can only be increased by threads
+** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread).
+** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from
+** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset.
+**
+** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock.  If a reader
+** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than
+** the mxFrame for that reader.  The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff)
+** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused.  aReadMark[0] is 
+** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder
+** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one.  Readers holding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content
+** directly from the database.
+**
+** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that
+** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).  Thus, the value of
+** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark
+** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).
+**
+** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where
+** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is
+** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)).  New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the
+** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there
+** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame.  The exception to the
+** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything
+** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers
+** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will
+** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore 
+** the WAL.
+**
+** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL.  However,
+** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been
+** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL
+** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then
+** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start
+** writing new content beginning at frame 1.
+**
+** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in
+** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries.
+*/
+struct WalCkptInfo {
+  u32 nBackfill;                  /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */
+  u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER];     /* Reader marks */
+};
+#define READMARK_NOT_USED  0xffffffff
+
+
+/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at
+** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems
+** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data
+** from the region of the file on which locks are applied.
+*/
+#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET   (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo))
+#define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16
+#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE      (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED)
+
+/* Size of header before each frame in wal */
+#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24
+
+/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */
+/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */
+#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32
+
+/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least
+** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit
+** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file.
+**
+** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL
+** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit 
+** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting 
+** all data as 32-bit little-endian words.
+*/
+#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682
+
+/*
+** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, 
+** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned
+** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header.
+*/
+#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) (                               \
+  WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)         \
+)
+
+/*
+** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the
+** following object.
+*/
+struct Wal {
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;         /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */
+  sqlite3_file *pDbFd;       /* File handle for the database file */
+  sqlite3_file *pWalFd;      /* File handle for WAL file */
+  u32 iCallback;             /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */
+  i64 mxWalSize;             /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */
+  int nWiData;               /* Size of array apWiData */
+  int szFirstBlock;          /* Size of first block written to WAL file */
+  volatile u32 **apWiData;   /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */
+  u32 szPage;                /* Database page size */
+  i16 readLock;              /* Which read lock is being held.  -1 for none */
+  u8 syncFlags;              /* Flags to use to sync header writes */
+  u8 exclusiveMode;          /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */
+  u8 writeLock;              /* True if in a write transaction */
+  u8 ckptLock;               /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */
+  u8 readOnly;               /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */
+  u8 truncateOnCommit;       /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */
+  u8 syncHeader;             /* Fsync the WAL header if true */
+  u8 padToSectorBoundary;    /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */
+  WalIndexHdr hdr;           /* Wal-index header for current transaction */
+  const char *zWalName;      /* Name of WAL file */
+  u32 nCkpt;                 /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 lockError;              /* True if a locking error has occurred */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode.
+*/
+#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE     0
+#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE  1     
+#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2
+
+/*
+** Possible values for WAL.readOnly
+*/
+#define WAL_RDWR        0    /* Normal read/write connection */
+#define WAL_RDONLY      1    /* The WAL file is readonly */
+#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY  2    /* The SHM file is readonly */
+
+/*
+** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of
+** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type.
+*/
+typedef u16 ht_slot;
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through
+** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames
+** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the 
+** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with
+** the largest index).
+**
+** The internals of this structure are only accessed by:
+**
+**   walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator,
+**   walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator,
+**   walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator.
+**
+** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()).
+*/
+struct WalIterator {
+  int iPrior;                     /* Last result returned from the iterator */
+  int nSegment;                   /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */
+  struct WalSegment {
+    int iNext;                    /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */
+    ht_slot *aIndex;              /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */
+    u32 *aPgno;                   /* Array of page numbers. */
+    int nEntry;                   /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */
+    int iZero;                    /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */
+  } aSegment[1];                  /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */
+};
+
+/*
+** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There
+** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the
+** wal-index.
+**
+** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and
+** create incompatibilities.
+*/
+#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE      4096                 /* Must be power of 2 */
+#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1     383                  /* Should be prime */
+#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT      (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2)  /* Must be a power of 2 */
+
+/* 
+** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a
+** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete
+** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index.
+*/
+#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE  (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)))
+
+/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */
+#define WALINDEX_PGSZ   (                                         \
+    sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \
+)
+
+/*
+** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index
+** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are
+** numbered from zero.
+**
+** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index
+** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs,
+** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0.
+*/
+static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */
+  if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1);
+    volatile u32 **apNew;
+    apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
+    if( !apNew ){
+      *ppPage = 0;
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0,
+           sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData));
+    pWal->apWiData = apNew;
+    pWal->nWiData = iPage+1;
+  }
+
+  /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */
+  if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){
+    if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+      pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
+      if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, 
+          pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
+      );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
+        pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage];
+  assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index.
+*/
+static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+  return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index.
+*/
+static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+  return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0];
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian
+** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting
+** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it
+** returns the value that would be produced by intepreting the 4 bytes
+** of the input value as a little-endian integer.
+*/
+#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \
+    (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8)  \
+  + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8)  + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \
+)
+
+/*
+** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in 
+** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or
+** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL).
+**
+** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning.
+**
+** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8.
+*/
+static void walChecksumBytes(
+  int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */
+  u8 *a,           /* Content to be checksummed */
+  int nByte,       /* Bytes of content in a[].  Must be a multiple of 8. */
+  const u32 *aIn,  /* Initial checksum value input */
+  u32 *aOut        /* OUT: Final checksum value output */
+){
+  u32 s1, s2;
+  u32 *aData = (u32 *)a;
+  u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte];
+
+  if( aIn ){
+    s1 = aIn[0];
+    s2 = aIn[1];
+  }else{
+    s1 = s2 = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( nByte>=8 );
+  assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 );
+
+  if( nativeCksum ){
+    do {
+      s1 += *aData++ + s2;
+      s2 += *aData++ + s1;
+    }while( aData<aEnd );
+  }else{
+    do {
+      s1 += BYTESWAP32(aData[0]) + s2;
+      s2 += BYTESWAP32(aData[1]) + s1;
+      aData += 2;
+    }while( aData<aEnd );
+  }
+
+  aOut[0] = s1;
+  aOut[1] = s2;
+}
+
+static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+    sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index.
+**
+** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written.
+*/
+static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){
+  volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
+  const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum);
+
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  pWal->hdr.isInit = 1;
+  pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION;
+  walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum);
+  memcpy((void *)&aHdr[1], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+  walShmBarrier(pWal);
+  memcpy((void *)&aHdr[0], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+}
+
+/*
+** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer
+** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of 
+** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows:
+**
+**     0: Page number.
+**     4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages 
+**        after the commit. For all other records, zero.
+**     8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header)
+**    12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header)
+**    16: Checksum-1.
+**    20: Checksum-2.
+*/
+static void walEncodeFrame(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* The write-ahead log */
+  u32 iPage,                      /* Database page number for frame */
+  u32 nTruncate,                  /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */
+  u8 *aData,                      /* Pointer to page data */
+  u8 *aFrame                      /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */
+){
+  int nativeCksum;                /* True for native byte-order checksums */
+  u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
+  assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
+  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage);
+  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate);
+  memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
+
+  nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
+  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
+  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
+
+  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]);
+  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content
+** in aData[] is valid.  If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and
+** *pnTruncate and return true.  Return if the frame is not valid.
+*/
+static int walDecodeFrame(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* The write-ahead log */
+  u32 *piPage,                    /* OUT: Database page number for frame */
+  u32 *pnTruncate,                /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */
+  u8 *aData,                      /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */
+  u8 *aFrame                      /* Frame data */
+){
+  int nativeCksum;                /* True for native byte-order checksums */
+  u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
+  u32 pgno;                       /* Page number of the frame */
+  assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
+
+  /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header
+  ** match the salt values in the wal-header. 
+  */
+  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero.
+  */
+  pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]);
+  if( pgno==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header,
+  ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, 
+  ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 
+  ** bytes of this frame-header.
+  */
+  nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
+  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
+  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
+  if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) 
+   || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) 
+  ){
+    /* Checksum failed. */
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid.  Return the page number
+  ** and the new database size.
+  */
+  *piPage = pgno;
+  *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Names of locks.  This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not
+** a part of an ordinary build.
+*/
+static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){
+  if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){
+    return "WRITE-LOCK";
+  }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){
+    return "CKPT-LOCK";
+  }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){
+    return "RECOVER-LOCK";
+  }else{
+    static char zName[15];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]",
+                     lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+    return zName;
+  }
+}
+#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+    
+
+/*
+** Set or release locks on the WAL.  Locks are either shared or exclusive.
+** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go
+** through the unlocked state first.
+**
+** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops.
+*/
+static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
+  int rc;
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
+                        SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal,
+            walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+  return rc;
+}
+static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
+  (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
+                         SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx)));
+}
+static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
+  int rc;
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
+                        SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal,
+            walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+  return rc;
+}
+static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
+  (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
+                         SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal,
+             walLockName(lockIdx), n));
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a hash on a page number.  The resulting hash value must land
+** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1).  The walHashNext() function advances
+** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision.
+*/
+static int walHash(u32 iPage){
+  assert( iPage>0 );
+  assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 );
+  return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+}
+static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){
+  return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on
+** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages
+** numbered starting from 0.
+**
+** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table
+** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame 
+** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a
+** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number 
+** (*piZero+N) in the log.
+**
+** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the
+** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1).
+*/
+static int walHashGet(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
+  int iHash,                      /* Find the iHash'th table */
+  volatile ht_slot **paHash,      /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */
+  volatile u32 **paPgno,          /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */
+  u32 *piZero                     /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  volatile u32 *aPgno;
+
+  rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u32 iZero;
+    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
+
+    aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
+    if( iHash==0 ){
+      aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)];
+      iZero = 0;
+    }else{
+      iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
+    }
+  
+    *paPgno = &aPgno[-1];
+    *paHash = aHash;
+    *piZero = iZero;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table
+** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame
+** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages 
+** are numbered starting from 0.
+*/
+static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){
+  int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
+  assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
+       && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
+       && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
+       && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)
+       && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
+  );
+  return iHash;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL.
+*/
+static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){
+  int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame);
+  if( iHash==0 ){
+    return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1];
+  }
+  return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater
+** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+**
+** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due
+** to a rollback or savepoint.
+**
+** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be
+** updated.  Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when
+** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are
+** actually needed.
+*/
+static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){
+  volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0;    /* Pointer to hash table to clear */
+  volatile u32 *aPgno = 0;        /* Page number array for hash table */
+  u32 iZero = 0;                  /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */
+  int iLimit = 0;                 /* Zero values greater than this */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */
+
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 );
+  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE );
+  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 );
+
+  if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return;
+
+  /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing 
+  ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed
+  ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.
+  */
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) );
+  assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] );
+  walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+
+  /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater
+  ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+  */
+  iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero;
+  assert( iLimit>0 );
+  for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){
+    if( aHash[i]>iLimit ){
+      aHash[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with
+  ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. 
+  */
+  nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]);
+  memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+  /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable
+  ** via the hash table even after the cleanup.
+  */
+  if( iLimit ){
+    int i;           /* Loop counter */
+    int iKey;        /* Hash key */
+    for(i=1; i<=iLimit; i++){
+      for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+        if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
+      }
+      assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number
+** pPage into WAL frame iFrame.
+*/
+static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  u32 iZero = 0;                  /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */
+  volatile u32 *aPgno = 0;        /* Page number array */
+  volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0;    /* Hash table */
+
+  rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+
+  /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the
+  ** page number array and hash table entry.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iKey;                     /* Hash table key */
+    int idx;                      /* Value to write to hash-table slot */
+    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions */
+
+    idx = iFrame - iZero;
+    assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
+    
+    /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
+    ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceding. 
+    */
+    if( idx==1 ){
+      int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]);
+      memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte);
+    }
+
+    /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
+    ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after
+    ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). 
+    ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from 
+    ** the hash-table before writing any new entries.
+    */
+    if( aPgno[idx] ){
+      walCleanupHash(pWal);
+      assert( !aPgno[idx] );
+    }
+
+    /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */
+    nCollide = idx;
+    for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+      if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    aPgno[idx] = iPage;
+    aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+    /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals
+    ** the number of entries in the mapping region.
+    */
+    {
+      int i;           /* Loop counter */
+      int nEntry = 0;  /* Number of entries in the hash table */
+      for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ if( aHash[i] ) nEntry++; }
+      assert( nEntry==idx );
+    }
+
+    /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable
+    ** via the hash table.  This turns out to be a really, really expensive
+    ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every
+    ** iteration.
+    */
+    if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){
+      int i;           /* Loop counter */
+      for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){
+        for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+          if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
+        }
+        assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+  }
+
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. 
+**
+** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the
+** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything
+** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running.  The
+** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know
+** that this thread is running recovery.  If unable to establish
+** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.
+*/
+static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  i64 nSize;                      /* Size of log file */
+  u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0};
+  int iLock;                      /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */
+  int nLock;                      /* Number of locks to hold */
+
+  /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already
+  ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the
+  ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte.
+  ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before
+  ** this function returns.
+  */
+  assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 );
+  assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 );
+  assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE );
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock;
+  nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock;
+  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal));
+
+  memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto recovery_error;
+  }
+
+  if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){
+    u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE];         /* Buffer to load WAL header into */
+    u8 *aFrame = 0;               /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */
+    int szFrame;                  /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */
+    u8 *aData;                    /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */
+    int iFrame;                   /* Index of last frame read */
+    i64 iOffset;                  /* Next offset to read from log file */
+    int szPage;                   /* Page size according to the log */
+    u32 magic;                    /* Magic value read from WAL header */
+    u32 version;                  /* Magic value read from WAL header */
+    int isValid;                  /* True if this frame is valid */
+
+    /* Read in the WAL header. */
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto recovery_error;
+    }
+
+    /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than
+    ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid 
+    ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole
+    ** WAL file.
+    */
+    magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]);
+    szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]);
+    if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC 
+     || szPage&(szPage-1) 
+     || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
+     || szPage<512 
+    ){
+      goto finished;
+    }
+    pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001);
+    pWal->szPage = szPage;
+    pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]);
+    memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8);
+
+    /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */
+    walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, 
+        aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum
+    );
+    if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24])
+     || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28])
+    ){
+      goto finished;
+    }
+
+    /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that
+    ** are able to understand */
+    version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]);
+    if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+      goto finished;
+    }
+
+    /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */
+    szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+    aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc(szFrame);
+    if( !aFrame ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto recovery_error;
+    }
+    aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];
+
+    /* Read all frames from the log file. */
+    iFrame = 0;
+    for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){
+      u32 pgno;                   /* Database page number for frame */
+      u32 nTruncate;              /* dbsize field from frame header */
+
+      /* Read and decode the next log frame. */
+      iFrame++;
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+      isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame);
+      if( !isValid ) break;
+      rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+
+      /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */
+      if( nTruncate ){
+        pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
+        pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
+        pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
+        testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+        testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+        aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+        aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(aFrame);
+  }
+
+finished:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;
+    int i;
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1];
+    walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+
+    /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is 
+    ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and
+    ** checkpointers.
+    */
+    pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+    pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
+    pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0;
+    for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+
+    /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an
+    ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance
+    ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without
+    ** checkpointing the log file.
+    */
+    if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL,
+          "recovered %d frames from WAL file %s",
+          pWal->hdr.mxFrame, pWal->zWalName
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+recovery_error:
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an open wal-index.
+*/
+static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){
+      sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]);
+      pWal->apWiData[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must 
+** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points
+** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle.
+**
+** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function
+** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other
+** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process
+** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the
+** system would be badly broken.
+**
+** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and 
+** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs,
+** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,              /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */
+  sqlite3_file *pDbFd,            /* The open database file */
+  const char *zWalName,           /* Name of the WAL file */
+  int bNoShm,                     /* True to run in heap-memory mode */
+  i64 mxWalSize,                  /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */
+  Wal **ppWal                     /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  Wal *pRet;                      /* Object to allocate and return */
+  int flags;                      /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */
+
+  assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] );
+  assert( pDbFd );
+
+  /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before
+  ** this source file.  Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets
+  ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value.
+  */
+#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE
+  assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
+#endif
+#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE
+  assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
+#endif
+
+
+  /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */
+  *ppWal = 0;
+  pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile);
+  if( !pRet ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  pRet->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1];
+  pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd;
+  pRet->readLock = -1;
+  pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize;
+  pRet->zWalName = zWalName;
+  pRet->syncHeader = 1;
+  pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1;
+  pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE);
+
+  /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */
+  flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL);
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+    pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY;
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    walIndexClose(pRet, 0);
+    sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd);
+    sqlite3_free(pRet);
+  }else{
+    int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pDbFd);
+    if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; }
+    if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){
+      pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0;
+    }
+    *ppWal = pRet;
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){
+  if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that
+** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the
+** same WalIterator object.   Write into *piFrame the frame index where
+** that page was last written into the WAL.  Write into *piPage the page
+** number.
+**
+** Return 0 on success.  If there are no pages in the WAL with a page
+** number larger than *piPage, then return 1.
+*/
+static int walIteratorNext(
+  WalIterator *p,               /* Iterator */
+  u32 *piPage,                  /* OUT: The page number of the next page */
+  u32 *piFrame                  /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */
+){
+  u32 iMin;                     /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */
+  u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF;        /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */
+  int i;                        /* For looping through segments */
+
+  iMin = p->iPrior;
+  assert( iMin<0xffffffff );
+  for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){
+    struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i];
+    while( pSegment->iNext<pSegment->nEntry ){
+      u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]];
+      if( iPg>iMin ){
+        if( iPg<iRet ){
+          iRet = iPg;
+          *piFrame = pSegment->iZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext];
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      pSegment->iNext++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet;
+  return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list.
+**
+** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices.  The sort key is
+** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]].  Upon entry, the following
+** is guaranteed for all J<K:
+**
+**        aContent[aLeft[J]] < aContent[aLeft[K]]
+**        aContent[aRight[J]] < aContent[aRight[K]]
+**
+** This routine overwrites aRight[] with a new (probably longer) sequence
+** of indices such that the aRight[] contains every index that appears in
+** either aLeft[] or the old aRight[] and such that the second condition
+** above is still met.
+**
+** The aContent[aLeft[X]] values will be unique for all X.  And the
+** aContent[aRight[X]] values will be unique too.  But there might be
+** one or more combinations of X and Y such that
+**
+**      aLeft[X]!=aRight[Y]  &&  aContent[aLeft[X]] == aContent[aRight[Y]]
+**
+** When that happens, omit the aLeft[X] and use the aRight[Y] index.
+*/
+static void walMerge(
+  const u32 *aContent,            /* Pages in wal - keys for the sort */
+  ht_slot *aLeft,                 /* IN: Left hand input list */
+  int nLeft,                      /* IN: Elements in array *paLeft */
+  ht_slot **paRight,              /* IN/OUT: Right hand input list */
+  int *pnRight,                   /* IN/OUT: Elements in *paRight */
+  ht_slot *aTmp                   /* Temporary buffer */
+){
+  int iLeft = 0;                  /* Current index in aLeft */
+  int iRight = 0;                 /* Current index in aRight */
+  int iOut = 0;                   /* Current index in output buffer */
+  int nRight = *pnRight;
+  ht_slot *aRight = *paRight;
+
+  assert( nLeft>0 && nRight>0 );
+  while( iRight<nRight || iLeft<nLeft ){
+    ht_slot logpage;
+    Pgno dbpage;
+
+    if( (iLeft<nLeft) 
+     && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]])
+    ){
+      logpage = aLeft[iLeft++];
+    }else{
+      logpage = aRight[iRight++];
+    }
+    dbpage = aContent[logpage];
+
+    aTmp[iOut++] = logpage;
+    if( iLeft<nLeft && aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]==dbpage ) iLeft++;
+
+    assert( iLeft>=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage );
+    assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage );
+  }
+
+  *paRight = aLeft;
+  *pnRight = iOut;
+  memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key.
+** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the
+** larger aList[] values.
+**
+** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[].  The values in
+** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J<K:
+**
+**      aContent[aList[J]] < aContent[aList[K]]
+**
+** For any X and Y such that
+**
+**      aContent[aList[X]] == aContent[aList[Y]]
+**
+** Keep the larger of the two values aList[X] and aList[Y] and discard
+** the smaller.
+*/
+static void walMergesort(
+  const u32 *aContent,            /* Pages in wal */
+  ht_slot *aBuffer,               /* Buffer of at least *pnList items to use */
+  ht_slot *aList,                 /* IN/OUT: List to sort */
+  int *pnList                     /* IN/OUT: Number of elements in aList[] */
+){
+  struct Sublist {
+    int nList;                    /* Number of elements in aList */
+    ht_slot *aList;               /* Pointer to sub-list content */
+  };
+
+  const int nList = *pnList;      /* Size of input list */
+  int nMerge = 0;                 /* Number of elements in list aMerge */
+  ht_slot *aMerge = 0;            /* List to be merged */
+  int iList;                      /* Index into input list */
+  int iSub = 0;                   /* Index into aSub array */
+  struct Sublist aSub[13];        /* Array of sub-lists */
+
+  memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub));
+  assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 );
+  assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) );
+
+  for(iList=0; iList<nList; iList++){
+    nMerge = 1;
+    aMerge = &aList[iList];
+    for(iSub=0; iList & (1<<iSub); iSub++){
+      struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
+      assert( p->aList && p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
+      assert( p->aList==&aList[iList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
+      walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
+    }
+    aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge;
+    aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge;
+  }
+
+  for(iSub++; iSub<ArraySize(aSub); iSub++){
+    if( nList & (1<<iSub) ){
+      struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
+      assert( p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
+      assert( p->aList==&aList[nList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
+      walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( aMerge==aList );
+  *pnList = nMerge;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  {
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){
+      assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] );
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit().
+*/
+static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
+  sqlite3ScratchFree(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all 
+** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint
+** lock.
+**
+** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object
+** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine
+** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined.
+**
+** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the
+** WalIterator object when it has finished with it.
+*/
+static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){
+  WalIterator *p;                 /* Return value */
+  int nSegment;                   /* Number of segments to merge */
+  u32 iLast;                      /* Last frame in log */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to allocate */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  ht_slot *aTmp;                  /* Temp space used by merge-sort */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+
+  /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And
+  ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0).
+  */
+  assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 );
+  iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+
+  /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */
+  nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1;
+  nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) 
+        + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment)
+        + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot);
+  p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(nByte);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, nByte);
+  p->nSegment = nSegment;
+
+  /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block
+  ** of memory will be freed before this function returns.
+  */
+  aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(
+      sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast)
+  );
+  if( !aTmp ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){
+    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
+    u32 iZero;
+    volatile u32 *aPgno;
+
+    rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int j;                      /* Counter variable */
+      int nEntry;                 /* Number of entries in this segment */
+      ht_slot *aIndex;            /* Sorted index for this segment */
+
+      aPgno++;
+      if( (i+1)==nSegment ){
+        nEntry = (int)(iLast - iZero);
+      }else{
+        nEntry = (int)((u32*)aHash - (u32*)aPgno);
+      }
+      aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero];
+      iZero++;
+  
+      for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){
+        aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j;
+      }
+      walMergesort((u32 *)aPgno, aTmp, aIndex, &nEntry);
+      p->aSegment[i].iZero = iZero;
+      p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry;
+      p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex;
+      p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ScratchFree(aTmp);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    walIteratorFree(p);
+  }
+  *pp = p;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and
+** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a
+** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the
+** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0.
+*/
+static int walBusyLock(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL connection */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int lockIdx,                    /* Offset of first byte to lock */
+  int n                           /* Number of bytes to lock */
+){
+  int rc;
+  do {
+    rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n);
+  }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function.
+** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database.
+*/
+static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){
+  return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file
+** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent.
+**
+** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited
+** by active readers.  This routine will never overwrite a database page
+** that a concurrent reader might be using.
+**
+** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when
+** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL.  That means that if 
+** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background 
+** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call.
+**
+** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and
+** into the database.  This ensures that if the new content is persistent
+** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset.
+**
+** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire
+** WAL content is copied into the database file.  This second fsync makes
+** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the
+** database file.
+**
+** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
+** This is the only routine tha will increase the value of nBackfill.  
+** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
+** its value.)
+**
+** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
+** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
+** time.
+*/
+static int walCheckpoint(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
+  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
+  int (*xBusyCall)(void*),        /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */
+  u8 *zBuf                        /* Temporary buffer to use */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int szPage;                     /* Database page-size */
+  WalIterator *pIter = 0;         /* Wal iterator context */
+  u32 iDbpage = 0;                /* Next database page to write */
+  u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */
+  u32 mxSafeFrame;                /* Max frame that can be backfilled */
+  u32 mxPage;                     /* Max database page to write */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;    /* The checkpoint status information */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*) = 0;        /* Function to call when waiting for locks */
+
+  szPage = walPagesize(pWal);
+  testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+  testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+  if( pInfo->nBackfill>=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Allocate the iterator */
+  rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pIter );
+
+  if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ) xBusy = xBusyCall;
+
+  /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is
+  ** safe to write into the database.  Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
+  ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
+  ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL.
+  */
+  mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+  mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage;
+  for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+    u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
+    if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
+      assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+      rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED);
+        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        mxSafeFrame = y;
+        xBusy = 0;
+      }else{
+        goto walcheckpoint_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame
+   && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1))==SQLITE_OK
+  ){
+    i64 nSize;                    /* Current size of database file */
+    u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;
+
+    /* Sync the WAL to disk */
+    if( sync_flags ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags);
+    }
+
+    /* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint
+    ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage);
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){
+        sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq);
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file. */
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){
+      i64 iOffset;
+      assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage );
+      if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ) continue;
+      iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+      /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+      iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage;
+      testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) );
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+    }
+
+    /* If work was actually accomplished... */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){
+        i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage;
+        testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) );
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){
+          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */
+    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+    /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure
+    ** just because there are active readers.  */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART operation, and the entire wal
+  ** file has been copied into the database file, then block until all
+  ** readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that the next
+  ** process to write to the database restarts the wal file.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
+    assert( pWal->writeLock );
+    if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
+      assert( mxSafeFrame==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+      rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+ walcheckpoint_out:
+  walIteratorFree(pIter);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate
+** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it.
+*/
+static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){
+  i64 sz;
+  int rx;
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz);
+  if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){
+    rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax);
+  }
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  if( rx ){
+    sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to a log file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal to close */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+  int nBuf,
+  u8 *zBuf                        /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pWal ){
+    int isDelete = 0;             /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */
+
+    /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the
+    ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the
+    ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to
+    ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both
+    ** the wal and wal-index files.
+    **
+    ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
+        pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+          pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
+      );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int bPersist = -1;
+        sqlite3OsFileControlHint(
+            pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist
+        );
+        if( bPersist!=1 ){
+          /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and
+          ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal
+          ** mode (!bPersist) */
+          isDelete = 1;
+        }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
+          /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint
+          ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent
+          ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a
+          ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0).  Note that we truncate
+          ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might
+          ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */
+          walLimitSize(pWal, 0);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete);
+    sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd);
+    if( isDelete ){
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    }
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal));
+    sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData);
+    sqlite3_free(pWal);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to read the wal-index header.  Return 0 on success and 1 if
+** there is a problem.
+**
+** The wal-index is in shared memory.  Another thread or process might
+** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to
+** read it, which might result in inconsistency.  A dirty read is detected
+** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by
+** a checksum on the header.
+**
+** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from
+** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header
+** and *pChanged is set to 1.
+**
+** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header
+** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero.
+*/
+static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+  u32 aCksum[2];                  /* Checksum on the header content */
+  WalIndexHdr h1, h2;             /* Two copies of the header content */
+  WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr;     /* Header in shared memory */
+
+  /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+
+  /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the
+  ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP,
+  ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read
+  ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero.
+  **
+  ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index.
+  ** When reading, read [0] first then [1].  Writes are in the reverse order.
+  ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from
+  ** reordering the reads and writes.
+  */
+  aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
+  memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1));
+  walShmBarrier(pWal);
+  memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2));
+
+  if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){
+    return 1;   /* Dirty read */
+  }  
+  if( h1.isInit==0 ){
+    return 1;   /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */
+  }
+  walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum);
+  if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){
+    return 1;   /* Checksum does not match */
+  }
+
+  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
+    *pChanged = 1;
+    memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+    pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
+    testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 );
+    testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 );
+  }
+
+  /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
+** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
+** wal-index from the WAL before returning.
+**
+** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is
+** changed by this opertion.  If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
+** to 0.
+**
+** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. 
+** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int badHdr;                     /* True if a header read failed */
+  volatile u32 *page0;            /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */
+
+  /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the 
+  ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here.
+  */
+  assert( pChanged );
+  rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  };
+  assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+
+  /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the
+  ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually
+  ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently 
+  ** being modified by another thread or process.
+  */
+  badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1);
+
+  /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race
+  ** with a writer.  So get a WRITE lock and try again.
+  */
+  assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+  if( badHdr ){
+    if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){
+      if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){
+        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK);
+        rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY;
+      }
+    }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){
+      pWal->writeLock = 1;
+      if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){
+        badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+        if( badHdr ){
+          /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding
+          ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and
+          ** needs to be reconstructed.  So run recovery to do exactly that.
+          */
+          rc = walIndexRecover(pWal);
+          *pChanged = 1;
+        }
+      }
+      pWal->writeLock = 0;
+      walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make
+  ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that
+  ** this version of SQLite cannot understand.
+  */
+  if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to
+** be retried.
+*/
+#define WAL_RETRY  (-1)
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a read transaction.  This might fail due to a race or
+** other transient condition.  When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to
+** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately.
+**
+** On success return SQLITE_OK.  On a permanent failure (such an
+** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running
+** recovery) return a positive error code.
+**
+** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable
+** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely
+** checkpointed.  If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() 
+** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr.  If the 
+** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication 
+** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be 
+** flushed.)  When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already
+** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused.
+**
+** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to
+** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY.
+** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the
+** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive
+** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL.  The
+** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue
+** and is not honoring the locking protocol.  There is a vanishingly small
+** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really
+** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that
+** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe.
+**
+** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on 
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock).  The pWal->readLock integer is
+** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER.  If pWal->readLock==(-1)
+** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock.  The reader must not
+** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and
+** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock].  The reader will
+** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0
+** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL
+** completely and get all content directly from the database file.
+** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and
+** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success.
+** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the
+** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1.
+**
+** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header
+** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the
+** checkpoint process do as much work as possible.  This routine might
+** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does
+** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values.
+*/
+static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){
+  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;    /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */
+  u32 mxReadMark;                 /* Largest aReadMark[] value */
+  int mxI;                        /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code  */
+
+  assert( pWal->readLock<0 );     /* Not currently locked */
+
+  /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error.
+  **
+  ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest
+  ** instances of time.  No I/O or other system calls are done while the
+  ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But 
+  ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get
+  ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, 
+  ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock.  In that case,
+  ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free.
+  **
+  ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep().  The first few
+  ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond.  Really this
+  ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay.  But on the 10th
+  ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, 
+  ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 21 milliseconds.
+  ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 1 second.
+  */
+  if( cnt>5 ){
+    int nDelay = 1;                      /* Pause time in microseconds */
+    if( cnt>100 ){
+      VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; )
+      return SQLITE_PROTOCOL;
+    }
+    if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*238;  /* Max delay 21ms. Total delay 996ms */
+    sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay);
+  }
+
+  if( !useWal ){
+    rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process
+      ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY.  If recovery is known to
+      ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY.  There is a race here
+      ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY
+      ** would be technically correct.  But the race is benign since with
+      ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be
+      ** right on the second iteration.
+      */
+      if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){
+        /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY.
+        ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The
+        ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS 
+        ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the 
+        ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region 
+        ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned.
+        */
+        rc = WAL_RETRY;
+      }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){
+        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK);
+        rc = WAL_RETRY;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+  if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+    /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty).
+    ** and can be safely ignored.
+    */
+    rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+    walShmBarrier(pWal);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
+        /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames
+        ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained.
+        ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file,
+        ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy
+        ** snapshoT. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
+        ** happening, this is usually correct.
+        **
+        ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log 
+        ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
+        ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
+        ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
+        ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file.
+        */
+        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+        return WAL_RETRY;
+      }
+      pWal->readLock = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use
+  ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits.  The job now is
+  ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to
+  ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry.
+  */
+  mxReadMark = 0;
+  mxI = 0;
+  for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+    u32 thisMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
+    if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+      assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED );
+      mxReadMark = thisMark;
+      mxI = i;
+    }
+  }
+  /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */
+  {
+    if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0
+     && (mxReadMark<pWal->hdr.mxFrame || mxI==0)
+    ){
+      for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+        rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          mxReadMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+          mxI = i;
+          walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+          break;
+        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( mxI==0 ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 );
+      return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK;
+    }
+
+    rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc;
+    }
+    /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the
+    ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index
+    ** header have changed.
+    **
+    ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change
+    ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained
+    ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility
+    ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames
+    ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been
+    ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things
+    ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of
+    ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry
+    ** instead.
+    **
+    ** This does not guarantee that the copy of the wal-index header is up to
+    ** date before proceeding. That would not be possible without somehow
+    ** blocking writers. It only guarantees that a dangerous checkpoint or 
+    ** log-wrap (either of which would require an exclusive lock on
+    ** WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)) has not occurred since the snapshot was valid.
+    */
+    walShmBarrier(pWal);
+    if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark
+     || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))
+    ){
+      walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
+      return WAL_RETRY;
+    }else{
+      assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+      pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a read transaction on the database.
+**
+** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason:
+** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current
+** instant in time.  The current thread will continue to use this snapshot.
+** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but
+** that extra content is ignored by the current thread.
+**
+** If the database contents have changes since the previous read
+** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning.  The
+** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and
+** needs to be flushed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int cnt = 0;                    /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */
+
+  do{
+    rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt);
+  }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
+  testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
+  testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
+  testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
+  testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Finish with a read transaction.  All this does is release the
+** read-lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+  sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
+  if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){
+    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
+    pWal->readLock = -1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the wal file for page pgno. If found, set *piRead to the frame that
+** contains the page. Otherwise, if pgno is not in the wal file, set *piRead
+** to zero.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code if an error occurs. If an
+** error does occur, the final value of *piRead is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
+  Pgno pgno,                      /* Database page number to read data for */
+  u32 *piRead                     /* OUT: Frame number (or zero) */
+){
+  u32 iRead = 0;                  /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */
+  u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;  /* Last page in WAL for this reader */
+  int iHash;                      /* Used to loop through N hash tables */
+
+  /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
+
+  /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then
+  ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early
+  ** in this case as an optimization.  Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, 
+  ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the 
+  ** WAL were empty.
+  */
+  if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){
+    *piRead = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number
+  ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one
+  ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames).
+  **
+  ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend()
+  ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash 
+  ** table). This means the value just read from the hash 
+  ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the 
+  ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the
+  ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly -
+  ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume
+  ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was
+  ** opened remain unmodified.
+  **
+  ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner
+  ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required 
+  ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table:
+  **
+  **   (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): 
+  **     This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
+  **
+  **   (iFrame<=iLast): 
+  **     This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
+  **     table after the current read-transaction had started.
+  */
+  for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=0 && iRead==0; iHash--){
+    volatile ht_slot *aHash;      /* Pointer to hash table */
+    volatile u32 *aPgno;          /* Pointer to array of page numbers */
+    u32 iZero;                    /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */
+    int iKey;                     /* Hash slot index */
+    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions remaining */
+    int rc;                       /* Error code */
+
+    rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT;
+    for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+      u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero;
+      if( iFrame<=iLast && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){
+        /* assert( iFrame>iRead ); -- not true if there is corruption */
+        iRead = iFrame;
+      }
+      if( (nCollide--)==0 ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+  /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search
+  ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the
+  ** result obtained using the hash indexes above.  */
+  {
+    u32 iRead2 = 0;
+    u32 iTest;
+    for(iTest=iLast; iTest>0; iTest--){
+      if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){
+        iRead2 = iTest;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( iRead==iRead2 );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  *piRead = iRead;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the contents of frame iRead from the wal file into buffer pOut
+** (which is nOut bytes in size). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an
+** error code otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
+  u32 iRead,                      /* Frame to read */
+  int nOut,                       /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */
+  u8 *pOut                        /* Buffer to write page data to */
+){
+  int sz;
+  i64 iOffset;
+  sz = pWal->hdr.szPage;
+  sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16);
+  testcase( sz<=32768 );
+  testcase( sz>=65536 );
+  iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+  /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
+  return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){
+  if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){
+    return pWal->hdr.nPage;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* 
+** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL.
+**
+** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call
+** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction().
+**
+** If another thread or process has written into the database since
+** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this
+** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork.  So this routine
+** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started.
+**
+** There can only be a single writer active at a time.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read
+  ** transaction. */
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
+
+  if( pWal->readOnly ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+  /* Only one writer allowed at a time.  Get the write lock.  Return
+  ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable.
+  */
+  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pWal->writeLock = 1;
+
+  /* If another connection has written to the database file since the
+  ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then
+  ** the write is disallowed.
+  */
+  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
+    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    pWal->writeLock = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** End a write transaction.  The commit has already been done.  This
+** routine merely releases the lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+  if( pWal->writeLock ){
+    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    pWal->writeLock = 0;
+    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this
+** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction.
+**
+** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written
+** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns
+** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is
+** returned to the caller.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this
+** function returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){
+    Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+    Pgno iFrame;
+  
+    /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it
+    ** was in before the client began writing to the database. 
+    */
+    memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+
+    for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; 
+        ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; 
+        iFrame++
+    ){
+      /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number
+      ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and 
+      ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op
+      ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b)
+      ** is false).
+      **
+      ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there
+      ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And
+      ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is
+      ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail.
+      */
+      assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 );
+      rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame));
+    }
+    if( iMax!=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) walCleanupHash(pWal);
+  }
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 
+** values. This function populates the array with values required to 
+** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current 
+** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+  aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+  aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+  aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by
+** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array
+** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated
+** by a call to WalSavepoint().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+
+  if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){
+    /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction
+    ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around
+    ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match.
+    */
+    aWalData[0] = 0;
+    aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
+  }
+
+  if( aWalData[0]<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+    pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2];
+    walCleanupHash(pWal);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log
+** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending
+** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the
+** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so,
+** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left
+** unchanged.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether
+** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned
+** if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int cnt;
+
+  if( pWal->readLock==0 ){
+    volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+    assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+    if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){
+      u32 salt1;
+      sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1);
+      rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no
+        ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions
+        ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the
+        ** wal-index header to reflect this.
+        **
+        ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only
+        ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also
+        ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo()
+        ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back.
+        */
+        int i;                    /* Loop counter */
+        u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt;       /* Big-endian salt values */
+
+        pWal->nCkpt++;
+        pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0;
+        sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0]));
+        aSalt[1] = salt1;
+        walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+        pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
+        pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0;
+        for(i=2; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+        assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 );
+        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+    pWal->readLock = -1;
+    cnt = 0;
+    do{
+      int notUsed;
+      rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, &notUsed, 1, ++cnt);
+    }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
+    assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */
+    testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
+    testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
+    testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where
+** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into
+** walWriteToLog().
+*/
+typedef struct WalWriter {
+  Wal *pWal;                   /* The complete WAL information */
+  sqlite3_file *pFd;           /* The WAL file to which we write */
+  sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint;    /* Fsync at this offset */
+  int syncFlags;               /* Flags for the fsync */
+  int szPage;                  /* Size of one page */
+} WalWriter;
+
+/*
+** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset.
+** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary.
+**
+** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt,
+** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the
+** rest.
+*/
+static int walWriteToLog(
+  WalWriter *p,              /* WAL to write to */
+  void *pContent,            /* Content to be written */
+  int iAmt,                  /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite3_int64 iOffset      /* Start writing at this offset */
+){
+  int rc;
+  if( iOffset<p->iSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){
+    int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    iOffset += iFirstAmt;
+    iAmt -= iFirstAmt;
+    pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent);
+    assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) );
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
+    if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write out a single frame of the WAL
+*/
+static int walWriteOneFrame(
+  WalWriter *p,               /* Where to write the frame */
+  PgHdr *pPage,               /* The page of the frame to be written */
+  int nTruncate,              /* The commit flag.  Usually 0.  >0 for commit */
+  sqlite3_int64 iOffset       /* Byte offset at which to write */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Result code from subfunctions */
+  void *pData;                    /* Data actually written */
+  u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];   /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+  if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+#else
+  pData = pPage->pData;
+#endif
+  walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame);
+  rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  /* Write the page data */
+  rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock
+** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal handle to write to */
+  int szPage,                     /* Database page-size in bytes */
+  PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of dirty pages to write */
+  Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
+  int isCommit,                   /* True if this is a commit */
+  int sync_flags                  /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Used to catch return codes */
+  u32 iFrame;                     /* Next frame address */
+  PgHdr *p;                       /* Iterator to run through pList with. */
+  PgHdr *pLast = 0;               /* Last frame in list */
+  int nExtra = 0;                 /* Number of extra copies of last page */
+  int szFrame;                    /* The size of a single frame */
+  i64 iOffset;                    /* Next byte to write in WAL file */
+  WalWriter w;                    /* The writer */
+
+  assert( pList );
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+
+  /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0.  If
+  ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */
+  assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) );
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){}
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n",
+              pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill"));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the
+  ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL
+  ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of
+  ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format.
+  */
+  iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+  if( iFrame==0 ){
+    u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE];      /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */
+    u32 aCksum[2];                /* Checksum for wal-header */
+
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN));
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt);
+    if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt);
+    memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
+    walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]);
+    
+    pWal->szPage = szPage;
+    pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1];
+    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1;
+
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0);
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless
+    ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF).  Otherwise
+    ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in
+    ** database corruption.  See the ticket:
+    **
+    **     http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee
+    */
+    if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage );
+
+  /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */
+  w.pWal = pWal;
+  w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd;
+  w.iSyncPoint = 0;
+  w.syncFlags = sync_flags;
+  w.szPage = szPage;
+  iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage);
+  szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+
+  /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */
+  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+    int nDbSize;   /* 0 normally.  Positive == commit flag */
+    iFrame++;
+    assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) );
+    nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0;
+    rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pLast = p;
+    iOffset += szFrame;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad
+  ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file.
+  **
+  ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a
+  ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL.  If synchronous==NORMAL
+  ** or synchonous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed.
+  **
+  ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not
+  ** needed and only the sync is done.  If padding is needed, then the
+  ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector
+  ** boundary is crossed.  Only the part of the WAL prior to the last
+  ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends
+  ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync.
+  */
+  if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){
+    if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){
+      int sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pWal->pWalFd);
+      w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize;
+      while( iOffset<w.iSyncPoint ){
+        rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, pLast, nTruncate, iOffset);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+        iOffset += szFrame;
+        nExtra++;
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(w.pFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this frame set completes the first transaction in the WAL and
+  ** if PRAGMA journal_size_limit is set, then truncate the WAL to the
+  ** journal size limit, if possible.
+  */
+  if( isCommit && pWal->truncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
+    i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize;
+    if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){
+      sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage);
+    }
+    walLimitSize(pWal, sz);
+    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the 
+  ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index
+  ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may
+  ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten.
+  */
+  iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+  for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){
+    iFrame++;
+    rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno);
+  }
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){
+    iFrame++;
+    nExtra--;
+    rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* Update the private copy of the header. */
+    pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
+    testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+    testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+    pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
+    if( isCommit ){
+      pWal->hdr.iChange++;
+      pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
+    }
+    /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */
+    if( isCommit ){
+      walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+      pWal->iCallback = iFrame;
+    }
+  }
+
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and
+** related interfaces.
+**
+** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as
+** we can from WAL into the database.
+**
+** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler
+** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
+  int eMode,                      /* PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
+  int nBuf,                       /* Size of temporary buffer */
+  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int isChanged = 0;              /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */
+  int eMode2 = eMode;             /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */
+
+  assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 );
+  assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
+
+  if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal));
+  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+  if( rc ){
+    /* Usually this is SQLITE_BUSY meaning that another thread or process
+    ** is already running a checkpoint, or maybe a recovery.  But it might
+    ** also be SQLITE_IOERR. */
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pWal->ckptLock = 1;
+
+  /* If this is a blocking-checkpoint, then obtain the write-lock as well
+  ** to prevent any writers from running while the checkpoint is underway.
+  ** This has to be done before the call to walIndexReadHdr() below.
+  **
+  ** If the writer lock cannot be obtained, then a passive checkpoint is
+  ** run instead. Since the checkpointer is not holding the writer lock,
+  ** there is no point in blocking waiting for any readers. Assuming no 
+  ** other error occurs, this function will return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller.
+  */
+  if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
+    rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pWal->writeLock = 1;
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the wal-index header. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged);
+    if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
+      sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf);
+    }
+
+    /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+      if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( isChanged ){
+    /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was 
+    ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now
+    ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that
+    ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that
+    ** the cache needs to be reset.
+    */
+    memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+  }
+
+  /* Release the locks. */
+  sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
+  walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+  pWal->ckptLock = 0;
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc);
+}
+
+/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
+** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
+** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
+** the last call, then return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){
+  u32 ret = 0;
+  if( pWal ){
+    ret = pWal->iCallback;
+    pWal->iCallback = 0;
+  }
+  return (int)ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out
+** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.
+**
+** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE
+** into locking_mode=NORMAL.  This means that we must acquire a lock
+** on the pWal->readLock byte.  If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL
+** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0.  If the
+** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1.  This
+** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive
+** lock on the main database file.
+**
+** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into 
+** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  This means that the pWal->readLock must
+** be released.  Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the
+** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this
+** routine is a no-op.  The pager must already hold the exclusive lock
+** on the main database file before invoking this operation.
+**
+** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do
+** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it
+** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking
+** the op==1 case.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){
+  int rc;
+  assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
+  assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 );
+
+  /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a 
+  ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot 
+  ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock
+  ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to
+  ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error.
+  */
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) );
+
+  if( op==0 ){
+    if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){
+      pWal->exclusiveMode = 0;
+      if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+      }
+      rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
+    }else{
+      /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }else if( op>0 ){
+    assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 );
+    assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
+    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
+    pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+    rc = 1;
+  }else{
+    rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
+** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){
+  return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE );
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+/*
+** If the argument is not NULL, it points to a Wal object that holds a
+** read-lock. This function returns the database page-size if it is known,
+** or zero if it is not (or if pWal is NULL).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal){
+  assert( pWal==0 || pWal->readLock>=0 );
+  return (pWal ? pWal->szPage : 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
+** This code really belongs in btree.c.  But btree.c is getting too
+** big and we want to break it down some.  This packaged seemed like
+** a good breakout.
+*/
+/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
+**
+**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
+**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
+**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
+**
+** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
+** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
+**
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
+** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
+** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
+** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1).  And
+** so forth.
+**
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
+** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
+**
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
+** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
+** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
+** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
+** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
+** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
+** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
+** information such as the size of key and data.
+**
+** FORMAT DETAILS
+**
+** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
+** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
+** "no such page".  The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536.
+** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow
+** page, or a pointer-map page.
+**
+** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
+** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
+** The format of the file header is as follows:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
+**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  (1 means 65536)
+**     18       1     File format write version
+**     19       1     File format read version
+**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
+**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction (must be 64)
+**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction (must be 32)
+**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction (must be 32)
+**     24       4     File change counter
+**     28       4     Reserved for future use
+**     32       4     First freelist page
+**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
+**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
+**
+**     40       4     Schema cookie
+**     44       4     File format of schema layer
+**     48       4     Size of page cache
+**     52       4     Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum)
+**     56       4     1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be
+**     60       4     User version
+**     64       4     Incremental vacuum mode
+**     68       4     Application-ID
+**     72      20     unused
+**     92       4     The version-valid-for number
+**     96       4     SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+**
+** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
+**
+** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
+** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
+** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
+**
+** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
+** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
+** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
+** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
+** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
+**
+** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
+** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
+** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
+** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
+**
+** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
+** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
+** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
+** not specified in the header.
+**
+** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
+** cell pointer array, and the cell content area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
+** file header that occurs before the page header.
+**
+**      |----------------|
+**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
+**      |----------------|
+**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
+**      |----------------|
+**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
+**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
+**      |                |   v
+**      |----------------|
+**      | unallocated    |
+**      | space          |
+**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
+**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
+**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
+**      |----------------|
+**
+** The page headers looks like this:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
+**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
+**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
+**      3       2      number of cells on this page
+**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
+**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
+**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
+**
+** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
+** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
+** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
+** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
+** the payload area.
+**
+** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
+** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
+** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
+** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
+** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
+** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
+**
+** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
+** beginning of the page.
+**
+** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
+** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
+** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
+** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
+** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
+** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
+** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
+** in the page header at offset 7.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
+**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
+**
+** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
+** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
+** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
+** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
+**
+** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
+** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
+** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
+** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
+** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
+** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
+**
+**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
+**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
+**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
+**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
+**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
+**
+** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
+** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+**
+** The content of a cell looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
+**      *     Payload
+**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
+**
+** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
+** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
+** as 1 byte of data.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next overflow page
+**      *     Data
+**
+** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
+** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
+** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
+** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next trunk page
+**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
+**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
+*/
+
+
+/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
+** size give above.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8))
+
+/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
+** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes  (4 bytes for the cell itself
+** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header).  Such
+** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
+typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
+
+/*
+** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+**
+** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
+** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line.  The
+** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
+** the string itself should be 15 characters long.  If you change
+** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read 
+** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
+** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
+#  define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Page type flags.  An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
+** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
+*/
+#define PTF_INTKEY    0x01
+#define PTF_ZERODATA  0x02
+#define PTF_LEAFDATA  0x04
+#define PTF_LEAF      0x08
+
+/*
+** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
+** structure is appended and initialized to zero.  This structure stores
+** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
+**
+** The pParent field points back to the parent page.  This allows us to
+** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root.  Care must be taken to
+** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
+** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
+**
+** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
+** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
+*/
+struct MemPage {
+  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
+  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
+  u8 intKey;           /* True if intkey flag is set */
+  u8 leaf;             /* True if leaf flag is set */
+  u8 hasData;          /* True if this page stores data */
+  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
+  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
+  u8 max1bytePayload;  /* min(maxLocal,127) */
+  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
+  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
+  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
+  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
+  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
+  u16 maskPage;        /* Mask for page offset */
+  u16 aiOvfl[5];       /* Insert the i-th overflow cell before the aiOvfl-th
+                       ** non-overflow cell */
+  u8 *apOvfl[5];       /* Pointers to the body of overflow cells */
+  BtShared *pBt;       /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
+  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
+  u8 *aDataEnd;        /* One byte past the end of usable data */
+  u8 *aCellIdx;        /* The cell index area */
+  DbPage *pDbPage;     /* Pager page handle */
+  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
+};
+
+/*
+** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
+** to the end.  EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
+** that extra information.
+*/
+#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
+
+/*
+** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
+** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor 
+** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
+** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
+** a btree handle is closed.
+*/
+struct BtLock {
+  Btree *pBtree;        /* Btree handle holding this lock */
+  Pgno iTable;          /* Root page of table */
+  u8 eLock;             /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
+  BtLock *pNext;        /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
+};
+
+/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
+#define READ_LOCK     1
+#define WRITE_LOCK    2
+
+/* A Btree handle
+**
+** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
+** this object for every database file that it has open.  This structure
+** is opaque to the database connection.  The database connection cannot
+** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
+** this structure.
+**
+** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be 
+** shared between multiple connections.  In that case, each connection
+** has it own instance of this object.  But each instance of this object
+** points to the same BtShared object.  The database cache and the
+** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
+** the BtShared object.
+**
+** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
+** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors 
+** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
+** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
+** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
+*/
+struct Btree {
+  sqlite3 *db;       /* The database connection holding this btree */
+  BtShared *pBt;     /* Sharable content of this btree */
+  u8 inTrans;        /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
+  u8 sharable;       /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
+  u8 locked;         /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
+  int wantToLock;    /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
+  int nBackup;       /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
+  Btree *pNext;      /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
+  Btree *pPrev;      /* Back pointer of the same list */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  BtLock lock;       /* Object used to lock page 1 */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
+**
+** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
+** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
+** but any number may have active read transactions.
+*/
+#define TRANS_NONE  0
+#define TRANS_READ  1
+#define TRANS_WRITE 2
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
+** 
+** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two
+** or more database connections.  When two or more connections are
+** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
+** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
+** to this one BtShared object.  BtShared.nRef is the number of
+** connections currently sharing this database file.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
+** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex.  The pPager field
+** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
+** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
+** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
+**
+** isPending:
+**
+**   If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database
+**   table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table),
+**   the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is
+**   set to true.
+**
+**   The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of
+**   the following occur:
+**
+**     1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR
+**     2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
+**
+**   while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
+**   transaction.
+**
+**   This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
+*/
+struct BtShared {
+  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
+  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
+  u8 openFlags;         /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  u8 autoVacuum;        /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
+  u8 incrVacuum;        /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
+  u8 bDoTruncate;       /* True to truncate db on commit */
+#endif
+  u8 inTransaction;     /* Transaction state */
+  u8 max1bytePayload;   /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */
+  u16 btsFlags;         /* Boolean parameters.  See BTS_* macros below */
+  u16 maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  u16 minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  u16 maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+  u16 minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+  u32 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
+  u32 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
+  int nTransaction;     /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
+  u32 nPage;            /* Number of pages in the database */
+  void *pSchema;        /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
+  void (*xFreeSchema)(void*);  /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */
+  Bitvec *pHasContent;  /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  int nRef;             /* Number of references to this structure */
+  BtShared *pNext;      /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
+  BtLock *pLock;        /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
+  Btree *pWriter;       /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
+#endif
+  u8 *pTmpSpace;        /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags
+*/
+#define BTS_READ_ONLY        0x0001   /* Underlying file is readonly */
+#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED   0x0002   /* Page size can no longer be changed */
+#define BTS_SECURE_DELETE    0x0004   /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */
+#define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY  0x0008   /* Database was empty at trans start */
+#define BTS_NO_WAL           0x0010   /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */
+#define BTS_EXCLUSIVE        0x0020   /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */
+#define BTS_PENDING          0x0040   /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
+** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
+** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
+*/
+typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
+struct CellInfo {
+  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
+  u8 *pCell;     /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
+  u32 nData;     /* Number of bytes of data */
+  u32 nPayload;  /* Total amount of payload */
+  u16 nHeader;   /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
+  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally */
+  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
+  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
+** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
+** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
+** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
+**
+** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
+** assumed that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
+** b-tree within a database file.
+**
+** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
+** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
+**
+** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections,
+** but cursors cannot be shared.  Each cursor is associated with a
+** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** found at self->pBt->mutex. 
+*/
+struct BtCursor {
+  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
+  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
+  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
+  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
+  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
+  i64 nKey;                 /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
+  void *pKey;               /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
+  int nOvflAlloc;           /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */
+  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */
+  u8 curFlags;              /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
+  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
+  u8 hints;                             /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
+  i16 iPage;                            /* Index of current page in apPage */
+  u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];        /* Current index in apPage[i] */
+  MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];  /* Pages from root to current page */
+};
+
+/*
+** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags
+*/
+#define BTCF_WriteFlag    0x01   /* True if a write cursor */
+#define BTCF_ValidNKey    0x02   /* True if info.nKey is valid */
+#define BTCF_ValidOvfl    0x04   /* True if aOverflow is valid */
+#define BTCF_AtLast       0x08   /* Cursor is pointing ot the last entry */
+#define BTCF_Incrblob     0x10   /* True if an incremental I/O handle */
+
+/*
+** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
+**
+** CURSOR_INVALID:
+**   Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) 
+**   because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
+**   called.
+**
+** CURSOR_VALID:
+**   Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
+**
+** CURSOR_SKIPNEXT:
+**   Cursor is valid except that the Cursor.skipNext field is non-zero
+**   indicating that the next sqlite3BtreeNext() or sqlite3BtreePrevious()
+**   operation should be a no-op.
+**
+** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
+**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
+**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
+**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
+**   this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
+**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
+**
+** CURSOR_FAULT:
+**   A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
+**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
+**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
+**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
+**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
+*/
+#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
+#define CURSOR_VALID             1
+#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT          2
+#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       3
+#define CURSOR_FAULT             4
+
+/* 
+** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
+*/
+# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
+
+/*
+** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a 
+** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
+** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
+** page number to look up in the pointer map.
+**
+** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
+** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
+** the offset of the requested map entry.
+**
+** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
+** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
+** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
+** this test.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
+#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
+#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
+
+/*
+** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
+** each child page in the database file.  The parent page is the page that
+** contains a pointer to the child.  Every page in the database contains
+** 0 or 1 parent pages.  (In this context 'database page' refers
+** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.)  Each pointer map
+** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
+** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
+**
+** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
+** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum.  When a page
+** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
+** new location.  The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
+**
+** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
+**                  used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number 
+**                  is not used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of 
+**                   overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
+**                   contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
+**                   overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
+**                   page in the overflow page list.
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
+**               identifies the parent page in the btree.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
+#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
+#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
+
+/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
+** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
+*/
+#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
+  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
+  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); 
+
+
+/*
+** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
+** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
+** within an expression that is an argument to another macro 
+** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
+** So, this macro is defined instead.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
+#else
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
+** in order to keep track of some global state information.
+**
+** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in
+** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in
+** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to 
+** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which 
+** indicate corruption).
+*/
+typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
+struct IntegrityCk {
+  BtShared *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
+  Pager *pPager;    /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
+  u8 *aPgRef;       /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */
+  Pgno nPage;       /* Number of pages in the database */
+  int mxErr;        /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
+  int nErr;         /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
+  int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
+  StrAccum errMsg;  /* Accumulate the error message text here */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
+*/
+#define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
+#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
+#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
+#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
+
+/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+
+/*
+** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
+** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
+** p->locked boolean to true.
+*/
+static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->locked==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
+  p->pBt->db = p->db;
+  p->locked = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
+** clear the p->locked boolean.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( p->locked==1 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  assert( p->db==pBt->db );
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
+  p->locked = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
+**
+** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
+** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
+** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
+** of this interface is recursive.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
+** by all database connections.  The p->pNext is a list of other
+** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
+** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
+** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
+** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
+** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+  Btree *pLater;
+
+  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
+  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
+  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
+  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
+  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
+  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
+  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
+  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
+  assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
+
+  /* Check for locking consistency */
+  assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
+  assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
+
+  /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
+  ** should already be set correctly. */
+  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
+
+  if( !p->sharable ) return;
+  p->wantToLock++;
+  if( p->locked ) return;
+
+  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
+  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
+  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->pBt->db = p->db;
+    p->locked = 1;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
+  ** BtShared address.  Then acquire our lock.  Then reacquire
+  ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
+  ** order.
+  */
+  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+    assert( pLater->sharable );
+    assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
+    assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
+    if( pLater->locked ){
+      unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+    }
+  }
+  lockBtreeMutex(p);
+  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
+      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+    p->wantToLock--;
+    if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
+      unlockBtreeMutex(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
+** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.
+**
+** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
+** Btree.  These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
+** omitted if that module is not used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+
+/*
+** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
+** connection.  This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
+** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
+** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
+** reset out from under us.
+**
+** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
+**
+** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
+** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
+** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
+** at the same instant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  Btree *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  Btree *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock.  Return FALSE if
+** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){
+  return p->sharable;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
+** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
+**
+** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *p;
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p && p->sharable &&
+         (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the
+** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure.  The mutexes required for schema
+** access are:
+**
+**   (1) The mutex on db
+**   (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt.
+**
+** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and
+** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){
+  Btree *p;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0;
+  if( iDb==1 ) return 1;
+  p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above.  SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */
+/*
+** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use
+** in single threaded applications that use shared cache.  Except for
+** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and
+** are null #defines in btree.h.
+**
+** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including
+** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h.
+*/
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+  p->pBt->db = p->db;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ){
+      p->pBt->db = p->db;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
+** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database.
+*/
+static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
+
+/*
+** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
+** macro.
+*/
+#if 0
+int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
+# define TRACE(X)  if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
+#else
+# define TRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes.
+** But if the value is zero, make it 65536.
+**
+** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value
+** from the header of a btree page.  If the page size is 65536 and the page
+** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero.
+** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536.
+*/
+#define get2byteNotZero(X)  (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1)
+
+/*
+** Values passed as the 5th argument to allocateBtreePage()
+*/
+#define BTALLOC_ANY   0           /* Allocate any page */
+#define BTALLOC_EXACT 1           /* Allocate exact page if possible */
+#define BTALLOC_LE    2           /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */
+
+/*
+** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not 
+** defined, or 0 if it is. For example:
+**
+**   bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum);
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) (expr)
+#else
+#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
+** in shared cache.  This variable has file scope during normal builds,
+** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for 
+** test builds.
+**
+** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#else
+static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
+**
+** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
+** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
+** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  /*
+  ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(),
+  ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks()
+  ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
+  ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
+  ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
+  ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. 
+  ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
+  */
+  #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+  #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+  #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+  #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+  #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1
+  #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. ***
+**
+** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the 
+** table with root page iRoot.   Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
+**
+** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via 
+** Btree connection pBtree:
+**
+**    assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
+**
+** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the 
+** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
+** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated,
+** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine
+** the table corresponding to the index being written, this
+** function has to search through the database schema.
+**
+** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may
+** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also
+** acceptable.
+*/
+static int hasSharedCacheTableLock(
+  Btree *pBtree,         /* Handle that must hold lock */
+  Pgno iRoot,            /* Root page of b-tree */
+  int isIndex,           /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */
+  int eLockType          /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */
+){
+  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema;
+  Pgno iTab = 0;
+  BtLock *pLock;
+
+  /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
+  ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. 
+  ** Return true immediately.
+  */
+  if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
+   || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted))
+  ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* If the client is reading  or writing an index and the schema is
+  ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
+  ** the correct locks are held.  So do not bother - just return true.
+  ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
+  */
+  if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
+  ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
+  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
+  ** table.  */
+  if( isIndex ){
+    HashElem *p;
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
+        iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    iTab = iRoot;
+  }
+
+  /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a 
+  ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
+  ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found.  */
+  for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+    if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree 
+     && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
+     && pLock->eLock>=eLockType 
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Failed to find the required lock. */
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. ****
+**
+** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the
+** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are
+** simultaneously reading that same table or index.
+**
+** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that
+** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing
+** the iRoot table.  Except, if the other Btree object has the
+** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to
+** have a read cursor.
+**
+** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index
+** rooted at page iRoot, one should call:
+**
+**    assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) );
+*/
+static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot 
+     && p->pBtree!=pBtree
+     && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif    /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock 
+** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
+** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
+*/
+static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtLock *pIter;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+  assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
+  
+  /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
+  ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there 
+  ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
+  */
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  
+  /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
+  if( !p->sharable ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
+  ** requested lock may not be obtained.
+  */
+  if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db);
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }
+
+  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+    /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) 
+    ** statement is a simplification of:
+    **
+    **   (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
+    **
+    ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
+    ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
+    ** only be a single writer).
+    */
+    assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+    assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK);
+    if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){
+      sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
+      if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
+        assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
+        pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
+** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or 
+** WRITE_LOCK.
+**
+** This function assumes the following:
+**
+**   (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable
+**       database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and
+**
+**   (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts
+**       with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
+**       already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM 
+** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
+*/
+static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtLock *pLock = 0;
+  BtLock *pIter;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+
+  /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
+  ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
+  ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master 
+  ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans().  */
+  assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+
+  /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it 
+  ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock.  */
+  assert( p->sharable );
+  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
+
+  /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
+  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+    if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
+      pLock = pIter;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
+  ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
+  */
+  if( !pLock ){
+    pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
+    if( !pLock ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pLock->iTable = iTable;
+    pLock->pBtree = p;
+    pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
+    pBt->pLock = pLock;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
+  ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
+  ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
+  */
+  assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
+  if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
+    pLock->eLock = eLock;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
+** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p.
+**
+** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write 
+** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag
+** may be incorrectly cleared.
+*/
+static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
+  assert( p->inTrans>0 );
+
+  while( *ppIter ){
+    BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
+    assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );
+    assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock );
+    if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
+      *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
+      assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock );
+      if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){
+        sqlite3_free(pLock);
+      }
+    }else{
+      ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter );
+  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+    pBt->pWriter = 0;
+    pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
+  }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
+    /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its 
+    ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
+    ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
+    ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
+    ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0.
+    **
+    ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must
+    ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case.
+    */
+    pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks.
+*/
+static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+    BtLock *pLock;
+    pBt->pWriter = 0;
+    pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
+    for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+      assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p );
+      pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage);  /* Forward reference */
+
+/*
+***** This routine is used inside of assert() only ****
+**
+** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
+  return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Invalidate the overflow cache of the cursor passed as the first argument.
+** on the shared btree structure pBt.
+*/
+#define invalidateOverflowCache(pCur) (pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl)
+
+/*
+** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
+** on the shared btree structure pBt.
+*/
+static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    invalidateOverflowCache(p);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
+** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
+** row or one of the rows being modified.
+**
+** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
+** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
+** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
+**
+** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
+** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
+** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row.
+*/
+static void invalidateIncrblobCursors(
+  Btree *pBtree,          /* The database file to check */
+  i64 iRow,               /* The rowid that might be changing */
+  int isClearTable        /* True if all rows are being deleted */
+){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0 && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){
+      p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#else
+  /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */
+  #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+/*
+** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called 
+** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf 
+** page.
+**
+** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
+** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding
+** free-list leaf pages:
+**
+**   1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes
+**      a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database
+**      (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes
+**      such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified,
+**      why bother journalling it?).
+**
+**   2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read
+**      from the database or written to the journal file (why should it
+**      be, if it is not at all meaningful?).
+**
+** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy
+** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if
+** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same
+** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when
+** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it
+** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data
+** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
+** to restore the database to its original configuration.
+**
+** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is 
+** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
+** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
+** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already
+** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared
+** at the end of every transaction.
+*/
+static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+    assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage );
+    pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage);
+    if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector.
+**
+** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the
+** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the
+** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise.
+*/
+static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
+  return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
+** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
+*/
+static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
+  pBt->pHasContent = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor.
+*/
+static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+    releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+    pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
+  }
+  pCur->iPage = -1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey 
+** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
+**
+** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
+** prior to calling this routine.  
+*/
+static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
+  assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );  /* KeySize() cannot fail */
+
+  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
+  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
+  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
+  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
+  ** data.
+  */
+  if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
+    void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey );
+    if( pKey ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pCur->pKey = pKey;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_free(pKey);
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur);
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
+  }
+
+  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
+** the table  with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
+** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
+*/
+static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
+      if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+        int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
+        if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }else{
+        testcase( p->iPage>0 );
+        btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the current cursor position.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+  pCur->pKey = 0;
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+}
+
+/*
+** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
+** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode.  Unpack the
+** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
+*/
+static int btreeMoveto(
+  BtCursor *pCur,     /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
+  i64 nKey,           /* Integer key for tables.  Size of pKey for indices */
+  int bias,           /* Bias search to the high end */
+  int *pRes           /* Write search results here */
+){
+  int rc;                    /* Status code */
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;   /* Unpacked index key */
+  char aSpace[200];          /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */
+  char *pFree = 0;
+
+  if( pKey ){
+    assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
+    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
+        pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree
+    );
+    if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey);
+    if( pIdxKey->nField==0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree);
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pIdxKey = 0;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
+  if( pFree ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
+** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the 
+** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
+** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each 
+** saveCursorPosition().
+*/
+static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int rc;
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+    return pCur->skipNext;
+  }
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+    pCur->pKey = 0;
+    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
+    if( pCur->skipNext && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
+  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
+         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
+         SQLITE_OK)
+
+/*
+** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it
+** was last placed at.  Cursors can move when the row they are pointing
+** at is deleted out from under them.
+**
+** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong.  The
+** integer *pHasMoved is set as follows:
+**
+**    0:   The cursor is unchanged
+**    1:   The cursor is still pointing at the same row, but the pointers
+**         returned by sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch() or sqlite3BtreeDataFetch()
+**         might now be invalid because of a balance() or other change to the
+**         b-tree.
+**    2:   The cursor is no longer pointing to the row.  The row might have
+**         been deleted out from under the cursor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){
+  int rc;
+
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+    *pHasMoved = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  if( rc ){
+    *pHasMoved = 2;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || NEVER(pCur->skipNext!=0) ){
+    *pHasMoved = 2;
+  }else{
+    *pHasMoved = 1;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
+** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
+** input page number.
+**
+** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is
+** no pointer map associated with page 1.  The integrity_check logic
+** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1.
+*/
+static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  int nPagesPerMapPage;
+  Pgno iPtrMap, ret;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pgno<2 ) return 0;
+  nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
+  iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
+  ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; 
+  if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    ret++;
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an entry into the pointer map.
+**
+** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
+** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
+**
+** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is
+** a no-op.  If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written
+** into *pRC.
+*/
+static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;  /* The pointer map page */
+  u8 *pPtrmap;      /* The pointer map data */
+  Pgno iPtrmap;     /* The pointer map page number */
+  int offset;       /* Offset in pointer map page */
+  int rc;           /* Return code from subfunctions */
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
+  assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
+
+  assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+  if( key==0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    return;
+  }
+  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+  if( offset<0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    goto ptrmap_exit;
+  }
+  assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
+  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+  if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
+    TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
+    *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
+      put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
+    }
+  }
+
+ptrmap_exit:
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read an entry from the pointer map.
+**
+** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
+** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
+** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;   /* The pointer map page */
+  int iPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page index */
+  u8 *pPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page data */
+  int offset;        /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+  if( offset<0 ){
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
+  assert( pEType!=0 );
+  *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
+  if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
+
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+  if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+  #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc)
+  #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+  #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
+** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
+** to the cell content.
+**
+** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
+*/
+#define findCell(P,I) \
+  ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)])))
+#define findCellv2(D,M,O,I) (D+(M&get2byte(D+(O+2*(I)))))
+
+
+/*
+** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
+** pages that do contain overflow cells.
+*/
+static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  int i;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int k;
+    k = pPage->aiOvfl[i];
+    if( k<=iCell ){
+      if( k==iCell ){
+        return pPage->apOvfl[i];
+      }
+      iCell--;
+    }
+  }
+  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
+** are two versions of this function.  btreeParseCell() takes a 
+** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() 
+** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
+**
+** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
+** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
+*/
+static void btreeParseCellPtr(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  u16 n;                  /* Number bytes in cell content header */
+  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+
+  pInfo->pCell = pCell;
+  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
+  n = pPage->childPtrSize;
+  assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    if( pPage->hasData ){
+      assert( n==0 );
+      n = getVarint32(pCell, nPayload);
+    }else{
+      nPayload = 0;
+    }
+    n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
+    pInfo->nData = nPayload;
+  }else{
+    pInfo->nData = 0;
+    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
+    pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
+  }
+  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
+  pInfo->nHeader = n;
+  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
+  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+  if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){
+    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
+    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
+    */
+    if( (pInfo->nSize = (u16)(n+nPayload))<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
+    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
+    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
+    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
+    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
+    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
+    ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
+    **
+    ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
+    ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
+    */
+    int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
+    int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
+    int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+
+    minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+    maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
+    surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+    testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
+    testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
+    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
+      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
+    }else{
+      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
+    }
+    pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n);
+    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
+  }
+}
+#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
+  btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
+static void btreeParseCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
+** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
+** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
+** the space used by the cell pointer.
+*/
+static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+  u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize];
+  u32 nSize;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
+  ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
+  ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
+  ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
+  CellInfo debuginfo;
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
+#endif
+
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    u8 *pEnd;
+    if( pPage->hasData ){
+      pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
+    }else{
+      nSize = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length 
+    ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
+    ** past the end of the key value. */
+    pEnd = &pIter[9];
+    while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
+  }else{
+    pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
+  }
+
+  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+  if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
+    int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+    nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+    if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
+      nSize = minLocal;
+    }
+    nSize += 4;
+  }
+  nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);
+
+  /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */
+  if( nSize<4 ){
+    nSize = 4;
+  }
+
+  assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize );
+  return (u16)nSize;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements
+** only. */
+static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell));
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
+** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
+** for the overflow page.
+*/
+static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
+  CellInfo info;
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  assert( pCell!=0 );
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
+  if( info.iOverflow ){
+    Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+    ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
+** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
+** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
+** pointer array and the cell content area.
+*/
+static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
+  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
+  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
+  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
+  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
+  int cbrk;                  /* Offset to the cell content area */
+  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
+  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
+  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
+  int iCellFirst;            /* First allowable cell index */
+  int iCellLast;             /* Last possible cell index */
+
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  nCell = pPage->nCell;
+  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+  cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk);
+  cbrk = usableSize;
+  iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
+  iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
+    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
+    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
+    testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
+    testcase( pc==iCellLast );
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+    /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage()
+    ** if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK is defined 
+    */
+    if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+#endif
+    assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
+    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
+    cbrk -= size;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+    if( cbrk<iCellFirst ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+#else
+    if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+#endif
+    assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+    testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
+    testcase( pc+size==usableSize );
+    memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size);
+    put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
+  }
+  assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
+  data[hdr+1] = 0;
+  data[hdr+2] = 0;
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
+** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
+** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
+** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
+**
+** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the
+** allocation.  This routine might need to defragment in order to bring
+** all the space together, however.  This routine will avoid using
+** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
+** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
+** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
+*/
+static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
+  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
+  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
+  int nFrag;                           /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */
+  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */
+  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
+  int rc;         /* Integer return code */
+  int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */
+  
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+  assert( nByte < usableSize-8 );
+
+  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
+  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
+  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+  top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+  if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  testcase( gap+2==top );
+  testcase( gap+1==top );
+  testcase( gap==top );
+
+  if( nFrag>=60 ){
+    /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */
+    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+  }else if( gap+2<=top ){
+    /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy 
+    ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in 
+    ** the list that is large enough to accommodate it.
+    */
+    int pc, addr;
+    for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
+      int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
+      if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+      if( size>=nByte ){
+        int x = size - nByte;
+        testcase( x==4 );
+        testcase( x==3 );
+        if( x<4 ){
+          /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
+          ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
+          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
+          data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
+        }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
+          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        }else{
+          /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
+          ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
+          put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
+        }
+        *pIdx = pc + x;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy
+  ** the allocation.  If not, defragment.
+  */
+  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
+  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
+    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+    assert( gap+nByte<=top );
+  }
+
+
+  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
+  ** and the cell content area.  The btreeInitPage() call has already
+  ** validated the freelist.  Given that the freelist is valid, there
+  ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page.
+  ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence.
+  */
+  top -= nByte;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+  assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  *pIdx = top;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
+** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
+** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
+**
+** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
+** free blocks into a single big free block.
+*/
+static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
+  int addr, pbegin, hdr;
+  int iLast;                        /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
+  assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( size>=0 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+
+  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+    /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
+    ** option is enabled */
+    memset(&data[start], 0, size);
+  }
+
+  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks.  Note that
+  ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
+  ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or
+  ** freeblocks that overlapped cells.   Nor does it detect when the
+  ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header.  If these
+  ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt
+  ** the freelist.  So we do need to check for corruption while scanning
+  ** the freelist.
+  */
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  addr = hdr + 1;
+  iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4;
+  assert( start<=iLast );
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
+    if( pbegin<addr+4 ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    addr = pbegin;
+  }
+  if( pbegin>iLast ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
+  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
+  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
+  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
+  pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size;
+
+  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
+  addr = hdr + 1;
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+    int pnext, psize, x;
+    assert( pbegin>addr );
+    assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
+    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
+      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
+      if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag;
+      x = get2byte(&data[pnext]);
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin], x);
+      x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin;
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x);
+    }else{
+      addr = pbegin;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
+  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
+    int top;
+    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
+** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
+**
+** Only the following combinations are supported.  Anything different
+** indicates a corrupt database files:
+**
+**         PTF_ZERODATA
+**         PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
+**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
+**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
+*/
+static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
+  BtShared *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
+
+  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3);  assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
+  flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
+  pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
+    pPage->intKey = 1;
+    pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
+  }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
+    pPage->intKey = 0;
+    pPage->hasData = 0;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
+** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
+** we failed to detect any corruption.
+*/
+static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){
+
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+  if( !pPage->isInit ){
+    u16 pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
+    u8 hdr;            /* Offset to beginning of page header */
+    u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
+    BtShared *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
+    int usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
+    u16 cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
+    int nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
+    int top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */
+    int iCellFirst;    /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
+    int iCellLast;     /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */
+
+    pBt = pPage->pBt;
+
+    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+    data = pPage->aData;
+    if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
+    pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
+    pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+    usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+    pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+    pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize];
+    pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset];
+    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+    pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+    if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
+      /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
+
+    /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
+    ** of page when parsing a cell.  
+    **
+    ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
+    ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be 
+    ** returned if it does.
+    */
+    iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+    iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+    {
+      int i;            /* Index into the cell pointer array */
+      int sz;           /* Size of a cell */
+
+      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--;
+      for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+        pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]);
+        testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
+        testcase( pc==iCellLast );
+        if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        }
+        sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+        testcase( pc+sz==usableSize );
+        if( pc+sz>usableSize ){
+          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        }
+      }
+      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
+    }  
+#endif
+
+    /* Compute the total free space on the page */
+    pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;
+    while( pc>0 ){
+      u16 next, size;
+      if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+        /* Start of free block is off the page */
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
+      }
+      next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+      if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
+        /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
+        ** the free-block must lie on the database page.  */
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
+      }
+      nFree = nFree + size;
+      pc = next;
+    }
+
+    /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
+    ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within
+    ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size
+    ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also
+    ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content
+    ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
+    */
+    if( nFree>usableSize ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
+    }
+    pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst);
+    pPage->isInit = 1;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
+** no entries.
+*/
+static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  u16 first;
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+    memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
+  }
+  data[hdr] = (char)flags;
+  first = hdr + ((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ? 12 : 8);
+  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
+  pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first);
+  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
+  pPage->cellOffset = first;
+  pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize];
+  pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first];
+  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+  assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
+  pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
+  pPage->nCell = 0;
+  pPage->isInit = 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
+** the btree layer.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
+  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
+  pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+  pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
+  pPage->pBt = pBt;
+  pPage->pgno = pgno;
+  pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
+  return pPage; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+**
+** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
+** the content of the page at this time.  So do not go to the disk
+** to fetch the content.  Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
+** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
+** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
+** read should occur at that point.
+*/
+static int btreeGetPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,       /* The btree */
+  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to fetch */
+  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Return the page in this parameter */
+  int flags            /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */
+){
+  int rc;
+  DbPage *pDbPage;
+
+  assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
+** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
+  if( pDbPage ){
+    return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of
+** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
+*/
+static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
+  return pBt->nPage;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
+  return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine is just a
+** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and 
+** btreeInitPage().
+**
+** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It
+** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value.
+*/
+static int getAndInitPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,                  /* The database file */
+  Pgno pgno,                      /* Number of the page to get */
+  MemPage **ppPage,               /* Write the page pointer here */
+  int bReadonly                   /* PAGER_GET_READONLY or 0 */
+){
+  int rc;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( bReadonly==PAGER_GET_READONLY || bReadonly==0 );
+
+  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, bReadonly);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
+      rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        releasePage(*ppPage);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  testcase( pgno==0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
+** call to btreeGetPage.
+*/
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
+  if( pPage ){
+    assert( pPage->aData );
+    assert( pPage->pBt );
+    assert( pPage->pDbPage!=0 );
+    assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+    assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+    sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage->pDbPage);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
+** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
+** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
+** page to agree with the restored data.
+*/
+static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
+  assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 );
+  if( pPage->isInit ){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+    pPage->isInit = 0;
+    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){
+      /* pPage might not be a btree page;  it might be an overflow page
+      ** or ptrmap page or a free page.  In those cases, the following
+      ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
+      ** But no harm is done by this.  And it is very important that
+      ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
+      ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
+      btreeInitPage(pPage);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
+*/
+static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
+  BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
+  assert( pBt->db );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
+  return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a database file.
+** 
+** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
+** then an ephemeral database is created.  The ephemeral database might
+** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache.
+** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted 
+** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
+**
+** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
+** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
+**
+** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits like
+** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_MEMORY.
+**
+** If the database is already opened in the same database connection
+** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error.  We cannot allow two or more BtShared
+** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead
+** to problems with locking.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* VFS to use for this b-tree */
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Associated database handle */
+  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+  int flags,              /* Options */
+  int vfsFlags            /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt = 0;             /* Shared part of btree structure */
+  Btree *p;                      /* Handle to return */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0;  /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Result code from this function */
+  u8 nReserve;                   /* Byte of unused space on each page */
+  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];  /* Database header content */
+
+  /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */
+  const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0;
+
+  /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or 
+  ** false for a file-based database.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+  const int isMemdb = 0;
+#else
+  const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0)
+                       || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db))
+                       || (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
+#endif
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( pVfs!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( (flags&0xff)==flags );   /* flags fit in 8 bits */
+
+  /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */
+  assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 );
+
+  /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */
+  assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb );
+
+  if( isMemdb ){
+    flags |= BTREE_MEMORY;
+  }
+  if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){
+    vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+  }
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+  p->db = db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  p->lock.pBtree = p;
+  p->lock.iTable = 1;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+  /*
+  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
+  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
+  */
+  if( isTempDb==0 && (isMemdb==0 || (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_URI)!=0) ){
+    if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){
+      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+      char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
+      MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
+      p->sharable = 1;
+      if( !zFullPathname ){
+        sqlite3_free(p);
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      if( isMemdb ){
+        memcpy(zFullPathname, zFilename, sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename,
+                                   nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
+        if( rc ){
+          sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+          sqlite3_free(p);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+      mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
+      mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+#endif
+      for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
+        assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
+        if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 0))
+                 && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
+          int iDb;
+          for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){
+            Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+            if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){
+              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+              sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+              sqlite3_free(p);
+              return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+            }
+          }
+          p->pBt = pBt;
+          pBt->nRef++;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+      sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    else{
+      /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
+      ** even when they are not.  This exercises the locking code and
+      ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
+      ** statements to find locking problems.
+      */
+      p->sharable = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pBt==0 ){
+    /*
+    ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
+    ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
+    ** when compiling on a different architecture.
+    */
+    assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
+    assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
+    assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+    assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
+    assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
+  
+    pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
+    if( pBt==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto btree_open_out;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
+                          EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, db->szMmap);
+      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto btree_open_out;
+    }
+    pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags;
+    pBt->db = db;
+    sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
+    p->pBt = pBt;
+  
+    pBt->pCursor = 0;
+    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+    if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+#endif
+    pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16);
+    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
+      pBt->pageSize = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
+      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
+      ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
+      ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
+      ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
+      */
+      if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
+        pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
+        pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
+      }
+#endif
+      nReserve = 0;
+    }else{
+      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
+      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+    if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
+    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+    assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 );  /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
+   
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+    /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
+    */
+    if( p->sharable ){
+      MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
+      pBt->nRef = 1;
+      MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);)
+      if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+        pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+        if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          db->mallocFailed = 0;
+          goto btree_open_out;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+      pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+  /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
+  ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
+  ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
+  */
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    int i;
+    Btree *pSib;
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
+        while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
+        if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){
+          p->pNext = pSib;
+          p->pPrev = 0;
+          pSib->pPrev = p;
+        }else{
+          while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){
+            pSib = pSib->pNext;
+          }
+          p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
+          p->pPrev = pSib;
+          if( p->pNext ){
+            p->pNext->pPrev = p;
+          }
+          pSib->pNext = p;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  *ppBtree = p;
+
+btree_open_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
+      sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pBt);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+    *ppBtree = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
+    ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache,
+    ** do not change the pager-cache size.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){
+      sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
+    }
+  }
+  if( mutexOpen ){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter.  When it reaches zero,
+** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list.  Return
+** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
+** false if it is still positive.
+*/
+static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )
+  BtShared *pList;
+  int removed = 0;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  pBt->nRef--;
+  if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
+    if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
+      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
+    }else{
+      pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+      while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
+        pList=pList->pNext;
+      }
+      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+        pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
+    }
+    removed = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+  return removed;
+#else
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of 
+** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.
+*/
+static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+  if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
+    pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+
+    /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before
+    ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If
+    ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes
+    ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which
+    ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3
+    ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from
+    ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it
+    ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized 
+    ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error,
+    ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here.  */
+    if( pBt->pTmpSpace ) memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 4);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
+*/
+static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+  sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace);
+  pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+
+  /* Close all cursors opened via this handle.  */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  pCur = pBt->pCursor;
+  while( pCur ){
+    BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
+    pCur = pCur->pNext;
+    if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
+  ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
+  ** this handle.
+  */
+  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+
+  /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
+  ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 
+  ** up the shared-btree.
+  */
+  assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
+  if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
+    /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
+    ** it without having to hold the mutex.
+    **
+    ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
+    */
+    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
+    sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+    if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
+      pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema);
+    freeTempSpace(pBt);
+    sqlite3_free(pBt);
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
+  assert( p->locked==0 );
+  if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+  if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
+**
+** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
+** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
+** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
+** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
+** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
+** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
+** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
+** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
+** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
+** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
+** normally a worry.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+/*
+** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be
+** memory mapped.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, szMmap);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
+
+/*
+** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
+** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
+** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
+** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
+** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
+** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(
+  Btree *p,              /* The btree to set the safety level on */
+  unsigned pgFlags       /* Various PAGER_* flags */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, pgFlags);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1.  In other
+** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int rc;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );  
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
+** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY 
+** without changing anything.
+**
+** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
+** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
+** changed.
+**
+** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
+** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
+** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
+** at the beginning of a page.
+**
+** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
+** bytes per page is left unchanged.
+**
+** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size
+** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  if( nReserve<0 ){
+    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+  }
+  assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
+  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
+        ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
+    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+    assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
+    pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize;
+    freeTempSpace(pBt);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
+  if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the currently defined page size
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
+  return p->pBt->pageSize;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it
+** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already
+** held.
+**
+** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is
+** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the 
+** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter()
+** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the
+** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
+  return p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
+** are intentually left unused.  This is the "reserved" space that is
+** sometimes used by extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
+  int n;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
+** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
+** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+  int n;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the BTS_SECURE_DELETE flag if newFlag is 0 or 1.  If newFlag is -1,
+** then make no changes.  Always return the value of the BTS_SECURE_DELETE
+** setting after the change.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){
+  int b;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( newFlag>=0 ){
+    p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+    if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+  } 
+  b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return b;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
+
+/*
+** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
+** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
+** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 
+** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  return SQLITE_READONLY;
+#else
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }else{
+    pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0;
+    pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0;
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is 
+** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
+#else
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = (
+    (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
+    (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
+    BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
+  );
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
+** also acquire a readlock on that file.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
+** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if we run out of memory. 
+*/
+static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
+  int rc;              /* Result code from subfunctions */
+  MemPage *pPage1;     /* Page 1 of the database file */
+  int nPage;           /* Number of pages in the database */
+  int nPageFile = 0;   /* Number of pages in the database file */
+  int nPageHeader;     /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
+  ** a valid database file. 
+  */
+  nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
+  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile);
+  if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){
+    nPage = nPageFile;
+  }
+  if( nPage>0 ){
+    u32 pageSize;
+    u32 usableSize;
+    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
+    rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    if( page1[18]>1 ){
+      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+    }
+    if( page1[19]>1 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+#else
+    if( page1[18]>2 ){
+      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+    }
+    if( page1[19]>2 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+
+    /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed
+    ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then 
+    ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1.
+    ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is
+    ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer
+    ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log
+    ** file.
+    */
+    if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){
+      int isOpen = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto page1_init_failed;
+      }else if( isOpen==0 ){
+        releasePage(pPage1);
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%.  And the minimum
+    ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.
+    ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
+    ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
+    */
+    if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16);
+    if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
+     || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
+     || pageSize<=256 
+    ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+    usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
+    if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
+      /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
+      ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
+      ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
+      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
+      ** again with the correct page-size.
+      */
+      releasePage(pPage1);
+      pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
+      pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+      freeTempSpace(pBt);
+      rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize,
+                                   pageSize-usableSize);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    if( usableSize<480 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+    pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+    pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
+  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
+  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
+  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
+  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
+  **     4-byte child pointer
+  **     9-byte nKey value
+  **     4-byte nData value
+  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
+  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as
+  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
+  ** page pointer.
+  */
+  pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23);
+  pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
+  pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35);
+  pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
+  if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){
+    pBt->max1bytePayload = 127;
+  }else{
+    pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal;
+  }
+  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
+  pBt->nPage = nPage;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+page1_init_failed:
+  releasePage(pPage1);
+  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return the number of cursors open on pBt. This is for use
+** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
+** defined.
+**
+** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true.  If wrOnly is
+** false then all cursors are counted.
+**
+** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that
+** is capable of reading or writing to the databse.  Cursors that
+** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted.
+*/
+static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int r = 0;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
+     && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; 
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
+** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
+** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+**
+** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
+    assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
+    assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
+    assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
+    releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
+    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
+** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
+** the database.
+*/
+static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
+  MemPage *pP1;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pBt->nPage>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  assert( pP1!=0 );
+  data = pP1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
+  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
+  data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff);
+  data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff);
+  data[18] = 1;
+  data[19] = 1;
+  assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize);
+  data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
+  data[21] = 64;
+  data[22] = 32;
+  data[23] = 32;
+  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
+  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
+  pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
+  assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
+  put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
+  put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
+#endif
+  pBt->nPage = 1;
+  data[31] = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the first page of the database file (creating a database
+** consisting of a single page and no schema objects). Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  p->pBt->nPage = 0;
+  rc = newDatabase(p->pBt);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
+** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
+** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
+** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
+** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
+** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
+** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
+**
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
+** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
+** will work unless a transaction is started first:
+**
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
+**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
+**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
+**
+** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
+** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
+** if there is one.  But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
+** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY.  SQLITE_BUSY is 
+** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
+**
+** Suppose there are two processes A and B.  A has a read lock and B has
+** a reserved lock.  B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
+** of A's read lock.  A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
+** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
+** no progress.  By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
+** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
+** proceed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
+  sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
+  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
+  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
+  */
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
+    goto trans_begun;
+  }
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 );
+
+  /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
+  if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+    goto trans_begun;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction 
+  ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
+  ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
+  */
+  if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE)
+   || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0
+  ){
+    pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db;
+  }else if( wrflag>1 ){
+    BtLock *pIter;
+    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+      if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
+        pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pBlock ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
+    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+    goto trans_begun;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on 
+  ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock 
+  ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
+  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
+
+  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
+  if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
+  do {
+    /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
+    ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
+    ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
+    ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database 
+    ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
+    ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
+    */
+    while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) );
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+      if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+    }
+  }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
+          btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
+      pBt->nTransaction++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+      if( p->sharable ){
+        assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
+        p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK;
+        p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock;
+        pBt->pLock = &p->lock;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
+    if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
+      pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
+    }
+    if( wrflag ){
+      MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+      assert( !pBt->pWriter );
+      pBt->pWriter = p;
+      pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
+      if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
+#endif
+
+      /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old
+      ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing
+      ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely 
+      ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction
+      ** rollback occurs within the transaction.
+      */
+      if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+trans_begun:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+    /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
+    ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
+    ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
+  }
+
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+
+/*
+** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
+** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
+** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
+*/
+static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;                             /* Counter variable */
+  int nCell;                         /* Number of cells in page pPage */
+  int rc;                            /* Return code */
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+  Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
+  }
+  nCell = pPage->nCell;
+
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+
+    ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc);
+
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+  }
+
+set_child_ptrmaps_out:
+  pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom.  Modify this pointer so
+** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
+** be modified, as  follows:
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE:     pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 
+**                   page of pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
+**                   page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
+**                   overflow page in the list.
+*/
+static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
+    /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case.  */
+    if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
+  }else{
+    u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+    int i;
+    int nCell;
+
+    btreeInitPage(pPage);
+    nCell = pPage->nCell;
+
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
+        CellInfo info;
+        btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+        if( info.iOverflow
+         && pCell+info.iOverflow+3<=pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage
+         && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow])
+        ){
+          put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
+          break;
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
+          put4byte(pCell, iTo);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  
+    if( i==nCell ){
+      if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || 
+          get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
+    }
+
+    pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the 
+** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
+**
+** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
+** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno 
+** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
+** page.
+*/
+static int relocatePage(
+  BtShared *pBt,           /* Btree */
+  MemPage *pDbPage,        /* Open page to move */
+  u8 eType,                /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
+  Pgno iPtrPage,           /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
+  Pgno iFreePage,          /* The location to move pDbPage to */
+  int isCommit             /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */
+){
+  MemPage *pPtrPage;   /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
+  Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
+  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || 
+      eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
+
+  /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
+  TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", 
+      iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
+  rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
+
+  /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
+  ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
+  ** pages need to be changed.
+  **
+  ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
+  ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
+  ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
+  */
+  if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+    rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
+    if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
+  ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
+  ** iPtrPage.
+  */
+  if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(pPtrPage);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
+    releasePage(pPtrPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
+static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
+
+/*
+** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
+** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in 
+** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error 
+** occurs, return some other error code.
+**
+** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the database so 
+** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
+**
+** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
+** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
+**
+** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the 
+** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE 
+** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commmit 
+** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
+*/
+static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){
+  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( iLastPg>nFin );
+
+  if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    u8 eType;
+    Pgno iPtrPage;
+
+    nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+    if( nFreeList==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+
+    if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+      if( bCommit==0 ){
+        /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
+        ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
+        ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't 
+        ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
+        */
+        Pgno iFreePg;
+        MemPage *pFreePg;
+        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, BTALLOC_EXACT);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
+        releasePage(pFreePg);
+      }
+    } else {
+      Pgno iFreePg;             /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
+      MemPage *pLastPg;
+      u8 eMode = BTALLOC_ANY;   /* Mode parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
+      Pgno iNear = 0;           /* nearby parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
+
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+
+      /* If bCommit is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
+      ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
+      **
+      ** On the other hand, if bCommit is greater than zero, then keep
+      ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
+      ** of the file is found.
+      */
+      if( bCommit==0 ){
+        eMode = BTALLOC_LE;
+        iNear = nFin;
+      }
+      do {
+        MemPage *pFreePg;
+        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iNear, eMode);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          releasePage(pLastPg);
+          return rc;
+        }
+        releasePage(pFreePg);
+      }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin );
+      assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
+      
+      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, bCommit);
+      releasePage(pLastPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( bCommit==0 ){
+    do {
+      iLastPg--;
+    }while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) );
+    pBt->bDoTruncate = 1;
+    pBt->nPage = iLastPg;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database
+** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected 
+** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation.
+*/
+static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){
+  int nEntry;                     /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */
+  Pgno nPtrmap;                   /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */
+  Pgno nFin;                      /* Return value */
+
+  nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5;
+  nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry;
+  nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
+  if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    nFin--;
+  }
+  while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    nFin--;
+  }
+
+  return nFin;
+}
+
+/*
+** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
+** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
+**
+** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
+** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else{
+    Pgno nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
+    Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+    Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree);
+
+    if( nOrig<nFin ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }else if( nFree>0 ){
+      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+        rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, nOrig, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+        put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
+** is committed for an auto-vacuum database.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
+** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. 
+** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
+** pages are in use.
+*/
+static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+  assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
+  if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
+    Pgno nFin;         /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */
+    Pgno nFree;        /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */
+    Pgno iFree;        /* The next page to be freed */
+    Pgno nOrig;        /* Database size before freeing */
+
+    nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
+    if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
+      ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
+      ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
+      */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+
+    nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+    nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree);
+    if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    if( nFin<nOrig ){
+      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+    }
+    for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
+      rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree, 1);
+    }
+    if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin);
+      pBt->bDoTruncate = 1;
+      pBt->nPage = nFin;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( nRef>=sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit.  This routine
+** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
+** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
+** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
+** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
+** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
+** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
+** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
+** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
+** committed.  See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
+** commit process.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
+**
+** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
+** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
+** (single database transaction).
+**
+** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
+** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+**
+** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
+** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pBt->bDoTruncate ){
+      sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage);
+    }
+#endif
+    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback()
+** at the conclusion of a transaction.
+*/
+static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  pBt->bDoTruncate = 0;
+#endif
+  if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && db->nVdbeRead>1 ){
+    /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database
+    ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements
+    ** may still be reading from the database.  */
+    downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+    p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
+  }else{
+    /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the 
+    ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count 
+    ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
+    ** call below will unlock the pager.  */
+    if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
+      clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+      pBt->nTransaction--;
+      if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
+        pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the 
+    ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.  */
+    p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  }
+
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
+**
+** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
+** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
+** be invoked prior to calling this routine.  The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
+** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
+** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
+** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
+** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
+** drop locks.
+**
+** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to 
+** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and
+** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
+** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file 
+** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed 
+** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this 
+** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
+** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
+** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
+** transitioned to the error state.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){
+
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+  /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 
+  ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
+  */
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    int rc;
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){
+      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+    btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
+  }
+
+  btreeEndTransaction(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do both phases of a commit.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
+** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
+** references.
+**
+** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
+** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
+** the cache with pBtree.
+**
+** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
+** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
+** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
+** the rollback.  The rollback may have deleted tables
+** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
+** save the state of the cursor.  The cursor must be
+** invalidated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  if( pBtree==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    int i;
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
+    p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
+    p->skipNext = errCode;
+    for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
+      releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
+      p->apPage[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback the transaction in progress.  All cursors will be
+** invalided by this operation.  Any attempt to use a cursor
+** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
+** in an error.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( tripCode ){
+    sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode);
+  }
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    int rc2;
+
+    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
+    rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
+    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = rc2;
+    }
+
+    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
+    ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
+    ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
+    if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
+      testcase( nPage==0 );
+      if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+      testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage );
+      pBt->nPage = nPage;
+      releasePage(pPage1);
+    }
+    assert( countValidCursors(pBt, 1)==0 );
+    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+    btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
+  }
+
+  btreeEndTransaction(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled
+** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction 
+** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically 
+** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
+**
+** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
+** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
+** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
+** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+**
+** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The
+** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints,
+** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there
+** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open,
+** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
+** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+  assert( iStatement>0 );
+  assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with
+  ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using
+  ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any
+  ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
+** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
+** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value 
+** of op.
+**
+** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the 
+** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
+** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
+** transaction remains open.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+    assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){
+        pBt->nPage = 0;
+      }
+      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+      pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData);
+
+      /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header
+      ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset
+      ** 28 is nonzero. */
+      assert( pBt->nPage>0 );
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
+** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that
+** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open
+** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then
+** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction.
+**
+** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
+** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
+** writing if other conditions for writing are also met.  These
+** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
+** be allowed:
+**
+** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
+**
+** 2:  Other database connections that share the same pager cache
+**     but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
+**     cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table.  Otherwise
+**     the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
+**     the read cursors in the other database connection.
+**
+** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+**
+** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
+**
+** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
+** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
+** will not work correctly.
+**
+** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called
+** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine.
+*/
+static int btreeCursor(
+  Btree *p,                              /* The btree */
+  int iTable,                            /* Root page of table to open */
+  int wrFlag,                            /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* First arg to comparison function */
+  BtCursor *pCur                         /* Space for new cursor */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;                /* Shared b-tree handle */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 );
+
+  /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable 
+  ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, 
+  ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with 
+  ** this lock.  */
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
+
+  /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );
+
+  if( NEVER(wrFlag && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0) ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
+    assert( wrFlag==0 );
+    iTable = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
+  ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list.  */
+  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
+  pCur->iPage = -1;
+  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+  pCur->pBtree = p;
+  pCur->pBt = pBt;
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==BTCF_WriteFlag );
+  pCur->curFlags = wrFlag;
+  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
+  if( pCur->pNext ){
+    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
+  }
+  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree *p,                                   /* The btree */
+  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
+  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,                   /* First arg to xCompare() */
+  BtCursor *pCur                              /* Write new cursor here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
+**
+** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
+** sufficient storage to hold a cursor.  The BtCursor object is opaque
+** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
+** this routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){
+  return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor));
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object.
+**
+** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object
+** to zero.  But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays
+** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot
+** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){
+  memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage));
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
+** when the last cursor is closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
+  if( pBtree ){
+    int i;
+    BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
+    if( pCur->pPrev ){
+      pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
+    }else{
+      pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
+    }
+    if( pCur->pNext ){
+      pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+    }
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+    sqlite3DbFree(pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow);
+    /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
+** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
+** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
+**
+** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
+** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
+**
+** 2007-06-25:  There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
+** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
+** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
+** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
+** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.)  So we use a real function
+** for MSVC and a macro for everything else.  Ticket #2457.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+    CellInfo info;
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info);
+    assert( CORRUPT_DB || memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
+  }
+#else
+  #define assertCellInfo(x)
+#endif
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+  /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
+  static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+    if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
+      int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+      btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);
+      pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
+    }else{
+      assertCellInfo(pCur);
+    }
+  }
+#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
+  /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
+#define getCellInfo(pCur)                                                      \
+  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){                                                   \
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;                                                   \
+    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);        \
+    pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;                                          \
+  }else{                                                                       \
+    assertCellInfo(pCur);                                                      \
+  }
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG  /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */
+/*
+** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid.  A valid cursor is one
+** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table.
+** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
+** the key for the current entry.  If the cursor is not pointing
+** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 
+**
+** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
+** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
+**
+** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine.
+** 
+** This routine cannot fail.  It always returns SQLITE_OK.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    *pSize = 0;
+  }else{
+    getCellInfo(pCur);
+    *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
+** cursor currently points to.
+**
+** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL
+** valid entry.  In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee
+** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID.
+**
+** Failure is not possible.  This function always returns SQLITE_OK.
+** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue
+** to return an integer result code for historical reasons.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
+** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 
+** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
+** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. 
+**
+** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
+**
+** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is 
+** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked 
+** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. 
+**
+** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
+** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
+** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
+** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
+** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
+** *ppPage is set to zero.
+*/
+static int getOverflowPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,               /* The database file */
+  Pgno ovfl,                   /* Current overflow page number */
+  MemPage **ppPage,            /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */
+  Pgno *pPgnoNext              /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
+){
+  Pgno next = 0;
+  MemPage *pPage = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert(pPgnoNext);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
+  ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in 
+  ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns 
+  ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page 
+  ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
+  */
+  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    Pgno pgno;
+    Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
+    u8 eType;
+
+    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      iGuess++;
+    }
+
+    if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
+        next = iGuess;
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, (ppPage==0) ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pPgnoNext = next;
+  if( ppPage ){
+    *ppPage = pPage;
+  }else{
+    releasePage(pPage);
+  }
+  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
+**
+** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
+** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
+** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
+** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
+** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
+*/
+static int copyPayload(
+  void *pPayload,           /* Pointer to page data */
+  void *pBuf,               /* Pointer to buffer */
+  int nByte,                /* Number of bytes to copy */
+  int eOp,                  /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
+  DbPage *pDbPage           /* Page containing pPayload */
+){
+  if( eOp ){
+    /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
+    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
+  }else{
+    /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
+    memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
+** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp
+** argument is interpreted as follows:
+**
+**   0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache.
+**   1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache.
+**   2: The operation is a read. Do not populate the overflow cache.
+**
+** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
+** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
+**
+** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
+** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
+**
+** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the
+** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily 
+** popluates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). 
+** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset 
+** more efficient.
+**
+** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
+** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
+** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
+** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
+**
+**   * An incremental vacuum,
+**   * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
+**   * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
+*/
+static int accessPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  u32 offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
+  u32 amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
+  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
+  int eOp              /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
+){
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u32 nKey;
+  int iIdx = 0;
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
+  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;                  /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+  int bEnd;                                   /* True if reading to end of data */
+#endif
+
+  assert( pPage );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( eOp!=2 || offset==0 );      /* Always start from beginning for eOp==2 */
+
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
+  nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+  bEnd = (offset+amt==nKey+pCur->info.nData);
+#endif
+
+  if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) 
+   || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
+  ){
+    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
+  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
+    int a = amt;
+    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
+      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
+    }
+    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, (eOp & 0x01), pPage->pDbPage);
+    offset = 0;
+    pBuf += a;
+    amt -= a;
+  }else{
+    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+    const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
+    Pgno nextPage;
+
+    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
+
+    /* If the BtCursor.aOverflow[] has not been allocated, allocate it now.
+    ** Except, do not allocate aOverflow[] for eOp==2.
+    **
+    ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page
+    ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is
+    ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array
+    ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated).
+    */
+    if( eOp!=2 && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){
+      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
+      if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){
+        Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3DbRealloc(
+            pCur->pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno)
+        );
+        if( aNew==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        }else{
+          pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2;
+          pCur->aOverflow = aNew;
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno));
+        pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
+    ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
+    ** directly to it.
+    */
+    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
+      iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
+      nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
+      offset = (offset%ovflSize);
+    }
+
+    for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){
+
+      /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
+      if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 ){
+        assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
+        pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
+      }
+
+      if( offset>=ovflSize ){
+        /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
+        ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
+        ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
+        ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
+        ** function.
+        **
+        ** Note that the aOverflow[] array must be allocated because eOp!=2
+        ** here.  If eOp==2, then offset==0 and this branch is never taken.
+        */
+        assert( eOp!=2 );
+        assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl );
+        if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
+          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
+        }else{
+          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
+        }
+        offset -= ovflSize;
+      }else{
+        /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
+        ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
+        */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+        sqlite3_file *fd;
+#endif
+        int a = amt;
+        if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
+          a = ovflSize - offset;
+        }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+        /* If all the following are true:
+        **
+        **   1) this is a read operation, and 
+        **   2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and
+        **   3) the database is file-backed, and
+        **   4) there is no open write-transaction, and
+        **   5) the database is not a WAL database,
+        **   6) all data from the page is being read.
+        **
+        ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the
+        ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds
+        ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages.
+        */
+        if( (eOp&0x01)==0                                      /* (1) */
+         && offset==0                                          /* (2) */
+         && (bEnd || a==ovflSize)                              /* (6) */
+         && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ                     /* (4) */
+         && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods     /* (3) */
+         && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01                       /* (5) */
+        ){
+          u8 aSave[4];
+          u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4];
+          memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4);
+          rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1));
+          nextPage = get4byte(aWrite);
+          memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4);
+        }else
+#endif
+
+        {
+          DbPage *pDbPage;
+          rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage,
+              ((eOp&0x01)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0)
+          );
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+            nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
+            rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, (eOp&0x01), pDbPage);
+            sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+            offset = 0;
+          }
+        }
+        amt -= a;
+        pBuf += a;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
+** in the table.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+  return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  int rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+    return SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+    assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
+** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
+** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for
+** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available
+** key/data is written into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value
+** returned will not be a valid pointer.
+**
+** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
+** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
+** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
+** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
+** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
+** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
+**
+** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
+** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
+** any btree routine is called.
+*/
+static const void *fetchPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  u32 *pAmt            /* Write the number of available bytes here */
+){
+  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+  assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 );
+  *pAmt = pCur->info.nLocal;
+  return (void*)(pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
+** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
+** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
+**
+** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
+** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
+** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
+** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
+** this routine.
+**
+** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
+** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){
+  return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){
+  return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
+** page number of the child page to move to.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
+** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
+** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
+** vice-versa).
+*/
+static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
+  int rc;
+  int i = pCur->iPage;
+  MemPage *pNewPage;
+  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
+  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 );
+  if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage,
+               (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage;
+  pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0;
+  pCur->iPage++;
+
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+  if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*
+** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function 
+** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
+** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
+** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
+** the page.
+*/
+static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){
+  assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell );
+  if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){
+    assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
+  }else{
+    assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
+  }
+}
+#else
+#  define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) 
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
+**
+** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
+** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
+** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
+** the largest cell index.
+*/
+static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
+  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+
+  /* UPDATE: It is actually possible for the condition tested by the assert
+  ** below to be untrue if the database file is corrupt. This can occur if
+  ** one cursor has modified page pParent while a reference to it is held 
+  ** by a second cursor. Which can only happen if a single page is linked
+  ** into more than one b-tree structure in a corrupt database.  */
+#if 0
+  assertParentIndex(
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], 
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], 
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno
+  );
+#endif
+  testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell );
+
+  releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+  pCur->iPage--;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
+**
+** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
+** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
+** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a 
+** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
+**
+** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to 
+** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first
+** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state
+** is set to CURSOR_VALID.
+**
+** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
+** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected 
+** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
+** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
+** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo 
+** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
+** b-tree).
+*/
+static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  assert( CURSOR_VALID   < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  assert( CURSOR_FAULT   > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
+    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+      assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+      return pCur->skipNext;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
+  }
+
+  if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
+    while( pCur->iPage ) releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+  }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0],
+                 (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+      return rc;
+    }
+    pCur->iPage = 0;
+  }
+  pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
+  assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
+
+  /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
+  ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
+  ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
+  ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. 
+  **
+  ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail
+  ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e.
+  ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted 
+  ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table 
+  ** (or the freelist).  */
+  assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 );
+  if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+
+  if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+  }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){
+    Pgno subpage;
+    if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
+  }else{
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
+** entry to which it is currently pointing.
+**
+** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
+** in ascending order.
+*/
+static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]));
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
+** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
+** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
+** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
+** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
+**
+** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
+** key in ascending order.
+*/
+static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MemPage *pPage = 0;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidNKey;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+      *pRes = 1;
+    }else{
+      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
+      *pRes = 0;
+      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+ 
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+
+  /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
+  if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point 
+    ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
+    int ii;
+    for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
+      assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
+    }
+    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 );
+    assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf );
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+      *pRes = 1;
+    }else{
+      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+      *pRes = 0;
+      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_AtLast;
+      }else{
+        pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_AtLast;
+      }
+   
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key 
+** specified by pIdxKey or intKey.   Return a success code.
+**
+** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used.  pIdxKey 
+** must be NULL.  For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
+** is ignored.
+**
+** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
+** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
+** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
+** before or after the key.
+**
+** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
+** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is 
+** pointing.  The meaning of the integer written into
+** *pRes is as follows:
+**
+**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
+**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
+**
+**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
+**
+**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+  BtCursor *pCur,          /* The cursor to be moved */
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
+  i64 intKey,              /* The table key */
+  int biasRight,           /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
+  int *pRes                /* Write search results here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  RecordCompare xRecordCompare;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pRes );
+  assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
+
+  /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
+  ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0
+   && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey 
+  ){
+    if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
+      *pRes = -1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pIdxKey ){
+    xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey);
+    pIdxKey->isCorrupt = 0;
+    assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 
+         || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 
+         || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1
+    );
+  }else{
+    xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */
+  }
+
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+    *pRes = -1;
+    assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey );
+  for(;;){
+    int lwr, upr, idx, c;
+    Pgno chldPg;
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    u8 *pCell;                          /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */
+
+    /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page
+    ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop
+    ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine
+    ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must
+    ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise
+    ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption.  */
+    assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
+    assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) );
+    lwr = 0;
+    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
+    assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 );
+    idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+    if( xRecordCompare==0 ){
+      for(;;){
+        i64 nCellKey;
+        pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
+        if( pPage->hasData ){
+          while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){
+            if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          }
+        }
+        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
+        if( nCellKey<intKey ){
+          lwr = idx+1;
+          if( lwr>upr ){ c = -1; break; }
+        }else if( nCellKey>intKey ){
+          upr = idx-1;
+          if( lwr>upr ){ c = +1; break; }
+        }else{
+          assert( nCellKey==intKey );
+          pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
+          pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
+          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+          if( !pPage->leaf ){
+            lwr = idx;
+            goto moveto_next_layer;
+          }else{
+            *pRes = 0;
+            rc = SQLITE_OK;
+            goto moveto_finish;
+          }
+        }
+        assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
+        idx = (lwr+upr)>>1;  /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2; */
+      }
+    }else{
+      for(;;){
+        int nCell;
+        pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
+
+        /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that
+        ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
+        ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte
+        ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing 
+        ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is 
+        ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first 
+        ** 2 bytes of the cell.
+        */
+        nCell = pCell[0];
+        if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){
+          /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
+          ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
+          ** b-tree page.  */
+          testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
+          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey, 0);
+        }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 
+          && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
+        ){
+          /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 
+          ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page.  */
+          testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
+          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey, 0);
+        }else{
+          /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
+          ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
+          ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
+          ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
+          void *pCellKey;
+          u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
+          btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info);
+          nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
+          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell );
+          if( pCellKey==0 ){
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            goto moveto_finish;
+          }
+          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2);
+          if( rc ){
+            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
+            goto moveto_finish;
+          }
+          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey, 0);
+          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
+        }
+        assert( pIdxKey->isCorrupt==0 || c==0 );
+        if( c<0 ){
+          lwr = idx+1;
+        }else if( c>0 ){
+          upr = idx-1;
+        }else{
+          assert( c==0 );
+          *pRes = 0;
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+          if( pIdxKey->isCorrupt ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+          goto moveto_finish;
+        }
+        if( lwr>upr ) break;
+        assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
+        idx = (lwr+upr)>>1;  /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */
+      }
+    }
+    assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) );
+    assert( pPage->isInit );
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
+      *pRes = c;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      goto moveto_finish;
+    }
+moveto_next_layer:
+    if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
+      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    }else{
+      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
+    }
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
+    if( rc ) break;
+  }
+moveto_finish:
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
+**
+** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
+** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
+** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
+  /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
+  ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
+  ** as well as the boolean result value.
+  */
+  return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+**
+** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
+** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
+** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
+** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
+** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
+** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
+** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
+** implementation does use this hint, however.)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  int idx;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pRes!=0 );
+  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
+  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+    rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+      *pRes = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    if( pCur->skipNext ){
+      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+      if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
+        pCur->skipNext = 0;
+        *pRes = 0;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      pCur->skipNext = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+
+  /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx 
+  ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies
+  ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can
+  ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the
+  ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */
+  testcase( idx>pPage->nCell );
+
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+  if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+      if( rc ){
+        *pRes = 0;
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return rc;
+    }
+    do{
+      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+        *pRes = 1;
+        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
+    *pRes = 0;
+    if( pPage->intKey ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+  *pRes = 0;
+  if( pPage->leaf ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+**
+** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
+** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
+** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
+** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
+** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
+** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
+** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
+** implementation does use this hint, however.)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pRes!=0 );
+  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
+  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
+  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK) ){
+      rc = btreeRestoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        *pRes = 0;
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+      *pRes = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    if( pCur->skipNext ){
+      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+      if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
+        pCur->skipNext = 0;
+        *pRes = 0;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      pCur->skipNext = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
+    if( rc ){
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+  }else{
+    while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
+      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+        *pRes = 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+    }
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
+
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
+    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  *pRes = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new page from the database file.
+**
+** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
+** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
+** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
+** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
+** an error.  *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
+** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
+**
+** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to 
+** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
+** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
+** which in turn can make database access faster.
+**
+** If the eMode parameter is BTALLOC_EXACT and the nearby page exists
+** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guaranteed to be returned.  If
+** eMode is BTALLOC_LT then the page returned will be less than or equal
+** to nearby if any such page exists.  If eMode is BTALLOC_ANY then there
+** are no restrictions on which page is returned.
+*/
+static int allocateBtreePage(
+  BtShared *pBt,         /* The btree */
+  MemPage **ppPage,      /* Store pointer to the allocated page here */
+  Pgno *pPgno,           /* Store the page number here */
+  Pgno nearby,           /* Search for a page near this one */
+  u8 eMode               /* BTALLOC_EXACT, BTALLOC_LT, or BTALLOC_ANY */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  int rc;
+  u32 n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
+  u32 k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
+  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
+  MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
+  Pgno mxPage;     /* Total size of the database file */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) );
+  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt);
+  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
+  if( n>=mxPage ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( n>0 ){
+    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
+    Pgno iTrunk;
+    u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
+    
+    /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map
+    ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
+    ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT ){
+      if( nearby<=mxPage ){
+        u8 eType;
+        assert( nearby>0 );
+        assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+        rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+        if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+          searchList = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }else if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){
+      searchList = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
+    ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
+
+    /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
+    ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
+    ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT)
+    ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT)
+    */
+    do {
+      pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
+      if( pPrevTrunk ){
+        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
+      }else{
+        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+      }
+      testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
+      if( iTrunk>mxPage ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }else{
+        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc ){
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        goto end_allocate_page;
+      }
+      assert( pTrunk!=0 );
+      assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 );
+
+      k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */
+      if( k==0 && !searchList ){
+        /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 
+        ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 
+        ** allocated page */
+        assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        *pPgno = iTrunk;
+        memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+        *ppPage = pTrunk;
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+      }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){
+        /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        goto end_allocate_page;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      }else if( searchList 
+            && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) 
+      ){
+        /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
+        ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
+        */
+        *pPgno = iTrunk;
+        *ppPage = pTrunk;
+        searchList = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        if( k==0 ){
+          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+            memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          }else{
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+              goto end_allocate_page;
+            }
+            memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          }
+        }else{
+          /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains 
+          ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
+          ** page in this case.
+          */
+          MemPage *pNewTrunk;
+          Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
+          if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ 
+            rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage );
+          rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
+          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
+          releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+            assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) );
+            put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
+          }else{
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
+            if( rc ){
+              goto end_allocate_page;
+            }
+            put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
+          }
+        }
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+#endif
+      }else if( k>0 ){
+        /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
+        u32 closest;
+        Pgno iPage;
+        unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
+        if( nearby>0 ){
+          u32 i;
+          closest = 0;
+          if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){
+            for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+              iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]);
+              if( iPage<=nearby ){
+                closest = i;
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+          }else{
+            int dist;
+            dist = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby);
+            for(i=1; i<k; i++){
+              int d2 = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby);
+              if( d2<dist ){
+                closest = i;
+                dist = d2;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }else{
+          closest = 0;
+        }
+
+        iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
+        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+        if( iPage>mxPage ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+        if( !searchList 
+         || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) 
+        ){
+          int noContent;
+          *pPgno = iPage;
+          TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
+                 ": %d more free pages\n",
+                 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
+          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+          if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page;
+          if( closest<k-1 ){
+            memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
+          }
+          put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
+          noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno) ? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0;
+          rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+              releasePage(*ppPage);
+            }
+          }
+          searchList = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+      pPrevTrunk = 0;
+    }while( searchList );
+  }else{
+    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so append a new page to the
+    ** database image.
+    **
+    ** Normally, new pages allocated by this block can be requested from the
+    ** pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. This prevents the pager
+    ** from trying to read the pages content from disk. However, if the
+    ** current transaction has already run one or more incremental-vacuum
+    ** steps, then the page we are about to allocate may contain content
+    ** that is required in the event of a rollback. In this case, do
+    ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal
+    ** the current page content before overwriting it.
+    **
+    ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal 
+    ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database
+    ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization
+    ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the
+    ** database image and the end of the database file.
+    */
+    int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)) ? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0;
+
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pBt->nPage++;
+    if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){
+      /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
+      ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
+      ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
+      */
+      MemPage *pPg = 0;
+      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage));
+      assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, bNoContent);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
+        releasePage(pPg);
+      }
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      pBt->nPage++;
+      if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; }
+    }
+#endif
+    put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage);
+    *pPgno = pBt->nPage;
+
+    assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, bNoContent);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(*ppPage);
+    }
+    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
+  }
+
+  assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+
+end_allocate_page:
+  releasePage(pTrunk);
+  releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){
+      releasePage(*ppPage);
+      *ppPage = 0;
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
+  }else{
+    *ppPage = 0;
+  }
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerIswriteable((*ppPage)->pDbPage) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. 
+** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
+**
+** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
+** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object 
+** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. 
+** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
+**
+** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
+** its reference count is not altered by this function.
+*/
+static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
+  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;                /* Free-list trunk page */
+  Pgno iTrunk = 0;                    /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ 
+  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;      /* Local reference to page 1 */
+  MemPage *pPage;                     /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
+  int rc;                             /* Return Code */
+  int nFree;                          /* Initial number of pages on free-list */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( iPage>1 );
+  assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage );
+
+  if( pMemPage ){
+    pPage = pMemPage;
+    sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage);
+  }else{
+    pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage);
+  }
+
+  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+  nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1);
+
+  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+    /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then
+    ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
+    */
+    if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) )
+     ||            ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0)
+    ){
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+    memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
+  }
+
+  /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
+  ** to indicate that the page is free.
+  */
+  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc);
+    if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two
+  ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first
+  ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a
+  ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the
+  ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it
+  ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf.
+  */
+  if( nFree!=0 ){
+    u32 nLeaf;                /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
+
+    iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+
+    nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+    assert( pBt->usableSize>32 );
+    if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+    if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+      /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page
+      ** being freed as a new leaf.
+      **
+      ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
+      ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
+      ** coded.  But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to
+      ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
+      ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt.  In order
+      ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
+      ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
+      ** for now.  At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
+      ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
+      ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
+        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
+        if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){
+          sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+        }
+        rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage);
+      }
+      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
+  ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
+  ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the 
+  ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
+  ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
+  */
+  if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){
+    goto freepage_out;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto freepage_out;
+  }
+  put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk);
+  put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
+  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage);
+  TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk));
+
+freepage_out:
+  if( pPage ){
+    pPage->isInit = 0;
+  }
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  releasePage(pTrunk);
+  return rc;
+}
+static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
+  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
+*/
+static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  CellInfo info;
+  Pgno ovflPgno;
+  int rc;
+  int nOvfl;
+  u32 ovflPageSize;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
+  }
+  if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;  /* Cell extends past end of page */
+  }
+  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+  assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
+  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
+  assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
+  while( nOvfl-- ){
+    Pgno iNext = 0;
+    MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+    if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+      /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an 
+      ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the 
+      ** file the database must be corrupt. */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( nOvfl ){
+      rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+
+    if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) )
+     && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1
+    ){
+      /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference 
+      ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
+      ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it 
+      ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. 
+      ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as 
+      ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
+      ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
+      ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
+      ** can be problematic.
+      */
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
+    }
+
+    if( pOvfl ){
+      sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
+    }
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    ovflPgno = iNext;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
+** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
+** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
+** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
+** for pCell[].
+**
+** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
+** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
+** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
+** later.
+*/
+static int fillInCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
+  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key */
+  const void *pData,int nData,   /* The data */
+  int nZero,                     /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
+  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
+){
+  int nPayload;
+  const u8 *pSrc;
+  int nSrc, n, rc;
+  int spaceLeft;
+  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
+  unsigned char *pPrior;
+  unsigned char *pPayload;
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
+  int nHeader;
+  CellInfo info;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+
+  /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
+  ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
+  assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+  /* Fill in the header. */
+  nHeader = 0;
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    nHeader += 4;
+  }
+  if( pPage->hasData ){
+    nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero);
+  }else{
+    nData = nZero = 0;
+  }
+  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
+  assert( info.nKey==nKey );
+  assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) );
+  
+  /* Fill in the payload */
+  nPayload = nData + nZero;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    pSrc = pData;
+    nSrc = nData;
+    nData = 0;
+  }else{ 
+    if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    nPayload += (int)nKey;
+    pSrc = pKey;
+    nSrc = (int)nKey;
+  }
+  *pnSize = info.nSize;
+  spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
+  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
+  pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
+
+  while( nPayload>0 ){
+    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        do{
+          pgnoOvfl++;
+        } while( 
+          PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 
+        );
+      }
+#endif
+      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
+      ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
+      ** for that page now. 
+      **
+      ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry 
+      ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
+      ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
+      ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the
+      ** wrong pages from the database.
+      */
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
+        ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc);
+        if( rc ){
+          releasePage(pOvfl);
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      if( rc ){
+        releasePage(pToRelease);
+        return rc;
+      }
+
+      /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area
+      ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+      assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+
+      /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+      ** is still writeable */
+      assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
+      releasePage(pToRelease);
+      pToRelease = pOvfl;
+      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
+      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
+      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
+      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+    }
+    n = nPayload;
+    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
+
+    /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area
+    ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+    assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+
+    /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+    ** is still writeable */
+    assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+    if( nSrc>0 ){
+      if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
+      assert( pSrc );
+      memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
+    }else{
+      memset(pPayload, 0, n);
+    }
+    nPayload -= n;
+    pPayload += n;
+    pSrc += n;
+    nSrc -= n;
+    spaceLeft -= n;
+    if( nSrc==0 ){
+      nSrc = nData;
+      pSrc = pData;
+    }
+  }
+  releasePage(pToRelease);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
+** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
+** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
+** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
+**
+** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
+*/
+static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){
+  u32 pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
+  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
+  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
+  int rc;         /* The return code */
+  int hdr;        /* Beginning of the header.  0 most pages.  100 page 1 */
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
+  assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx];
+  pc = get2byte(ptr);
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
+  testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    return;
+  }
+  rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
+  if( rc ){
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  pPage->nCell--;
+  memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx));
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
+  pPage->nFree += 2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
+** content of the cell.
+**
+** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
+** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
+** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
+** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
+** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
+** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
+** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
+**
+** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
+** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
+** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location 
+** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
+*/
+static void insertCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
+  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
+  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
+  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
+  u8 *pTemp,        /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
+  Pgno iChild,      /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */
+  int *pRC          /* Read and write return code from here */
+){
+  int idx = 0;      /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
+  int j;            /* Loop counter */
+  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
+  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
+  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
+  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
+  int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0);
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
+  assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) );
+  assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  /* The cell should normally be sized correctly.  However, when moving a
+  ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
+  ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
+  ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node.  Hence
+  ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */
+  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) );
+  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
+    if( pTemp ){
+      memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
+      pCell = pTemp;
+    }
+    if( iChild ){
+      put4byte(pCell, iChild);
+    }
+    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
+    assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->apOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->apOvfl[0])) );
+    pPage->apOvfl[j] = pCell;
+    pPage->aiOvfl[j] = (u16)i;
+  }else{
+    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pRC = rc;
+      return;
+    }
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+    data = pPage->aData;
+    cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+    end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+    ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
+    rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx);
+    if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
+    /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties
+    ** if it returns success */
+    assert( idx >= end+2 );
+    assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+    pPage->nCell++;
+    pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
+    memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
+    if( iChild ){
+      put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
+    }
+    memmove(&data[ins+2], &data[ins], end-ins);
+    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
+    put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
+      ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
+      */
+      ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
+** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
+*/
+static void assemblePage(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
+  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
+  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
+  u16 *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
+){
+  int i;            /* Loop counter */
+  u8 *pCellptr;     /* Address of next cell pointer */
+  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
+  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;             /* Pointer to data for pPage */
+  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;           /* Offset of header on pPage */
+  const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */
+
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)
+            && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921);
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+  /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */
+  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+  assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable );
+
+  pCellptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[nCell*2];
+  cellbody = nUsable;
+  for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
+    u16 sz = aSize[i];
+    pCellptr -= 2;
+    cellbody -= sz;
+    put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody);
+    memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz);
+  }
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody);
+  pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody);
+  pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
+** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
+** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
+** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
+** NN neighbors on either side.
+**
+** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
+** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
+** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
+** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
+*/
+#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
+#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+/*
+** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
+** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
+** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
+** entry in the tree.
+**
+** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
+** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
+** that page.  This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
+** unbalanced.  But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
+** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
+** fill up.  On average.
+**
+** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
+** pParent is its parent.  pPage must have a single overflow entry
+** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
+**
+** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider
+** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4
+** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other
+** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at
+** least 13 bytes in size.
+*/
+static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){
+  BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt;    /* B-Tree Database */
+  MemPage *pNew;                       /* Newly allocated page */
+  int rc;                              /* Return Code */
+  Pgno pgnoNew;                        /* Page number of pNew */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );
+
+  /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
+  if( pPage->nCell==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+  /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of 
+  ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
+  ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
+  */
+  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+    u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4];
+    u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0];
+    u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
+    u8 *pStop;
+
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
+    assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
+    zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
+    assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
+
+    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
+    ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 
+    ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
+    ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
+    ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
+    ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
+    ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a
+    ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page.
+    */
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+      if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){
+        ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
+    ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
+    ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
+    ** largest key on pPage).
+    **
+    ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most 
+    ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the 
+    ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
+    ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
+    ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
+    ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the
+    ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer.
+    */
+    pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
+    pStop = &pCell[9];
+    while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
+    pStop = &pCell[9];
+    while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
+
+    /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */
+    insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace),
+               0, pPage->pgno, &rc);
+
+    /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
+    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
+  
+    /* Release the reference to the new page. */
+    releasePage(pNew);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
+
+#if 0
+/*
+** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
+** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible 
+** for setting pointer-map entries.
+*/
+static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
+  int i, j;
+  for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){
+    Pgno n;
+    u8 e;
+    MemPage *pPage = apPage[i];
+    BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+    assert( pPage->isInit );
+
+    for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){
+      CellInfo info;
+      u8 *z;
+     
+      z = findCell(pPage, j);
+      btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info);
+      if( info.iOverflow ){
+        Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]);
+        ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n);
+        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 );
+      }
+      if( !pPage->leaf ){
+        Pgno child = get4byte(z);
+        ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
+      }
+    }
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+      ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+      assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored 
+** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
+** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
+** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
+** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer
+** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
+**
+** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
+** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. 
+**
+** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
+**
+** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by 
+** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
+** which are called often under normal circumstances.
+*/
+static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){
+  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt;
+    u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData;
+    u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData;
+    int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset;
+    int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
+    int rc;
+    int iData;
+  
+  
+    assert( pFrom->isInit );
+    assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
+    assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize );
+  
+    /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
+    iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
+    memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
+    memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
+  
+    /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
+    ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under
+    ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized 
+    ** page pFrom.
+    */
+    pTo->isInit = 0;
+    rc = btreeInitPage(pTo);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pRC = rc;
+      return;
+    }
+  
+    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
+    ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
+    */
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent
+** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
+** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
+** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
+** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page 
+** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
+** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
+** participate in the balancing.
+**
+** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by 
+** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. 
+**
+** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
+** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
+** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated
+** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning.
+**
+** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be
+** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
+** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
+** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
+** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). 
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
+** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
+** be rolled back.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a
+** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent
+** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is
+** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts
+** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum
+** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
+** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
+** enough for all overflow cells.
+**
+** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
+#pragma optimize("", off)
+#endif
+static int balance_nonroot(
+  MemPage *pParent,               /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
+  int iParentIdx,                 /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
+  u8 *aOvflSpace,                 /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
+  int isRoot,                     /* True if pParent is a root-page */
+  int bBulk                       /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt;               /* The whole database */
+  int nCell = 0;               /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
+  int nMaxCells = 0;           /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
+  int nNew = 0;                /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
+  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
+  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
+  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* The return code */
+  u16 leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
+  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
+  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
+  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
+  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
+  int iSpace1 = 0;             /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
+  int iOvflSpace = 0;          /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
+  int szScratch;               /* Size of scratch memory requested */
+  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
+  MemPage *apCopy[NB];         /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
+  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
+  u8 *pRight;                  /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
+  u8 *apDiv[NB-1];             /* Divider cells in pParent */
+  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
+  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
+  u8 **apCell = 0;             /* All cells begin balanced */
+  u16 *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
+  u8 *aSpace1;                 /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
+  Pgno pgno;                   /* Temp var to store a page number in */
+
+  pBt = pParent->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+
+#if 0
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
+#endif
+
+  /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
+  ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with 
+  ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
+  ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
+  */
+  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 );
+  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aiOvfl[0]==iParentIdx );
+
+  if( !aOvflSpace ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent 
+  ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on 
+  ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, 
+  ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
+  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.  
+  **
+  ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
+  ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
+  ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will
+  ** have already been removed.
+  */
+  i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell;
+  if( i<2 ){
+    nxDiv = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 );
+    if( iParentIdx==0 ){                 
+      nxDiv = 0;
+    }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
+      nxDiv = i-2+bBulk;
+    }else{
+      assert( bBulk==0 );
+      nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
+    }
+    i = 2-bBulk;
+  }
+  nOld = i+1;
+  if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
+    pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];
+  }else{
+    pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
+  }
+  pgno = get4byte(pRight);
+  while( 1 ){
+    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i], 0);
+    if( rc ){
+      memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
+      goto balance_cleanup;
+    }
+    nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
+    if( (i--)==0 ) break;
+
+    if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aiOvfl[0] && pParent->nOverflow ){
+      apDiv[i] = pParent->apOvfl[0];
+      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+      szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+      pParent->nOverflow = 0;
+    }else{
+      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
+      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+      szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+
+      /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to
+      ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped.
+      ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
+      ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
+      ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
+      ** later on.  
+      **
+      ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode,
+      ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
+      ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[]
+      ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer
+      ** is allocated.  */
+      if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+        int iOff;
+
+        iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData);
+        if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
+          goto balance_cleanup;
+        }else{
+          memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]);
+          apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData];
+        }
+      }
+      dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
+  ** alignment */
+  nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate space for memory structures
+  */
+  k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage));
+  szScratch =
+       nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*)                       /* apCell */
+     + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16)                       /* szCell */
+     + pBt->pageSize                               /* aSpace1 */
+     + k*nOld;                                     /* Page copies (apCopy) */
+  apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 
+  if( apCell==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto balance_cleanup;
+  }
+  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
+  aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );
+
+  /*
+  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
+  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
+  ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the divider cells
+  ** from pParent.
+  **
+  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
+  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
+  ** into aSpace1[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
+  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
+  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
+  ** are alike.
+  **
+  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
+  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
+  */
+  leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4;
+  leafData = apOld[0]->hasData;
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    int limit;
+    
+    /* Before doing anything else, take a copy of the i'th original sibling
+    ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
+    ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
+    ** process of being overwritten.  */
+    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aSpace1[pBt->pageSize + k*i];
+    memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage));
+    pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1];
+    memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize);
+
+    limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
+    if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){
+      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+        apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
+        szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
+        nCell++;
+      }
+    }else{
+      u8 *aData = pOld->aData;
+      u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage;
+      u16 cellOffset = pOld->cellOffset;
+      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+        apCell[nCell] = findCellv2(aData, maskPage, cellOffset, j);
+        szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
+        nCell++;
+      }
+    }       
+    if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){
+      u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i];
+      u8 *pTemp;
+      assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+      szCell[nCell] = sz;
+      pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
+      iSpace1 += sz;
+      assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
+      assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
+      memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
+      apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
+      assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 );
+      szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection;
+      if( !pOld->leaf ){
+        assert( leafCorrection==0 );
+        assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
+        /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
+        ** pointer of the divider cell */
+        memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
+      }else{
+        assert( leafCorrection==4 );
+        if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
+          /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */
+          szCell[nCell] = 4;
+        }
+      }
+      nCell++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
+  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
+  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
+  ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
+  ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
+  **
+  ** Values computed by this block:
+  **
+  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
+  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
+  **   cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
+  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
+  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
+  ** 
+  */
+  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
+  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    assert( i<nMaxCells );
+    subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
+    if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
+      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
+      cntNew[k] = i;
+      if( leafData ){ i--; }
+      subtotal = 0;
+      k++;
+      if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
+    }
+  }
+  szNew[k] = subtotal;
+  cntNew[k] = nCell;
+  k++;
+
+  /*
+  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
+  ** on the left side.  The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
+  ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty.  This block of code attempts
+  ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
+  **
+  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
+  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
+  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
+  */
+  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
+    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
+    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
+    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
+    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
+
+    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+    d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    assert( d<nMaxCells );
+    assert( r<nMaxCells );
+    while( szRight==0 
+       || (!bBulk && szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2)) 
+    ){
+      szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
+      szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
+      cntNew[i-1]--;
+      r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+      d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    }
+    szNew[i] = szRight;
+    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
+  }
+
+  /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is
+  ** a virtual root page.  A virtual root page is when the real root
+  ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
+  **
+  ** UPDATE:  The assert() below is not necessarily true if the database
+  ** file is corrupt.  The corruption will be detected and reported later
+  ** in this procedure so there is no need to act upon it now.
+  */
+#if 0
+  assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
+#endif
+
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d  ",
+    apOld[0]->pgno, 
+    nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0,
+    nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0
+  ));
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
+  */
+  if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    goto balance_cleanup;
+  }
+  pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0];
+  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+    MemPage *pNew;
+    if( i<nOld ){
+      pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
+      apOld[i] = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
+      nNew++;
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    }else{
+      assert( i>0 );
+      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0);
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      apNew[i] = pNew;
+      nNew++;
+
+      /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
+      if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+        ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto balance_cleanup;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
+  */
+  while( i<nOld ){
+    freePage(apOld[i], &rc);
+    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    releasePage(apOld[i]);
+    apOld[i] = 0;
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Put the new pages in accending order.  This helps to
+  ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
+  ** of the table is a linear scan through the file.  That
+  ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
+  ** from the disk more rapidly.
+  **
+  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
+  ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
+  ** not be a problem.
+  **
+  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
+  ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
+    int minV = apNew[i]->pgno;
+    int minI = i;
+    for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
+      if( apNew[j]->pgno<(unsigned)minV ){
+        minI = j;
+        minV = apNew[j]->pgno;
+      }
+    }
+    if( minI>i ){
+      MemPage *pT;
+      pT = apNew[i];
+      apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
+      apNew[minI] = pT;
+    }
+  }
+  TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
+    apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0],
+    nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
+    nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
+    nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
+    nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+  put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
+
+  /*
+  ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
+  ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
+  */
+  j = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    /* Assemble the new sibling page. */
+    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
+    assert( j<nMaxCells );
+    zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
+    assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
+    assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
+    assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
+
+    j = cntNew[i];
+
+    /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
+    ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
+    */
+    assert( i<nNew-1 || j==nCell );
+    if( j<nCell ){
+      u8 *pCell;
+      u8 *pTemp;
+      int sz;
+
+      assert( j<nMaxCells );
+      pCell = apCell[j];
+      sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
+      pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace];
+      if( !pNew->leaf ){
+        memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
+      }else if( leafData ){
+        /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 
+        ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider 
+        ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 
+        ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
+        */
+        CellInfo info;
+        j--;
+        btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
+        pCell = pTemp;
+        sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
+        pTemp = 0;
+      }else{
+        pCell -= 4;
+        /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
+        ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
+        ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 
+        ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
+        ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to 
+        ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
+        **
+        ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
+        ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
+        ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
+        */
+        if( szCell[j]==4 ){
+          assert(leafCorrection==4);
+          sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
+        }
+      }
+      iOvflSpace += sz;
+      assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
+      assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
+      insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+
+      j++;
+      nxDiv++;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( j==nCell );
+  assert( nOld>0 );
+  assert( nNew>0 );
+  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
+    u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8];
+    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4);
+  }
+
+  if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
+    /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
+    ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
+    ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
+    ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
+    ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
+    **
+    ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() 
+    ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages 
+    ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
+    **
+    ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented
+    ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This
+    ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database
+    ** image.  */
+    assert( nNew==1 );
+    assert( apNew[0]->nFree == 
+        (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) 
+    );
+    copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
+    freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
+  }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+    /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. 
+    ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to
+    ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but
+    ** many have not. The following is a summary:
+    **
+    **   1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not
+    **      siblings when this function was called. These have already
+    **      been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were
+    **      moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care
+    **      of those.
+    **
+    **   2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow
+    **      page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These 
+    **      have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code.
+    **
+    **   3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of
+    **      cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated.
+    **
+    **   4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any
+    **      overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated
+    **      (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages).
+    **
+    **   5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map
+    **      entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need
+    **      to be updated.
+    **
+    ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next
+    ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since
+    ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this
+    ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have
+    ** actually moved between pages.  */
+    MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];
+    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0];
+    int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
+    int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow;
+    int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aiOvfl[0] : -1);
+    j = 0;                             /* Current 'old' sibling page */
+    k = 0;                             /* Current 'new' sibling page */
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      int isDivider = 0;
+      while( i==iNextOld ){
+        /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on old
+        ** sibling page j. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
+        ** intkey b-tree, then cell i was a divider cell. */
+        assert( j+1 < ArraySize(apCopy) );
+        assert( j+1 < nOld );
+        pOld = apCopy[++j];
+        iNextOld = i + !leafData + pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow;
+        if( pOld->nOverflow ){
+          nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
+          iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aiOvfl[0];
+        }
+        isDivider = !leafData;  
+      }
+
+      assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflow<i );
+      assert(nOverflow<2 || pOld->aiOvfl[0]==pOld->aiOvfl[1]-1);
+      assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aiOvfl[1]==pOld->aiOvfl[2]-1);
+      if( i==iOverflow ){
+        isDivider = 1;
+        if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){
+          iOverflow++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( i==cntNew[k] ){
+        /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new
+        ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
+        ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell.  */
+        pNew = apNew[++k];
+        if( !leafData ) continue;
+      }
+      assert( j<nOld );
+      assert( k<nNew );
+
+      /* If the cell was originally divider cell (and is not now) or
+      ** an overflow cell, or if the cell was located on a different sibling
+      ** page before the balancing, then the pointer map entries associated
+      ** with any child or overflow pages need to be updated.  */
+      if( isDivider || pOld->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){
+        if( !leafCorrection ){
+          ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+        }
+        if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){
+          ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( !leafCorrection ){
+      for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+        u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]);
+        ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
+    ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while 
+    ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
+    ** cause an assert() statement to fail.  */
+    ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
+    ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  assert( pParent->isInit );
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
+          nOld, nNew, nCell));
+
+  /*
+  ** Cleanup before returning.
+  */
+balance_cleanup:
+  sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    releasePage(apOld[i]);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    releasePage(apNew[i]);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
+#pragma optimize("", on)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is
+** overfull (has one or more overflow pages).
+**
+** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
+** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root
+** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child 
+** pointer pointing to the new page.
+**
+** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages 
+** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The
+** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root
+** page is also updated.
+**
+** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child 
+** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required
+** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs,
+** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0.
+*/
+static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){
+  int rc;                        /* Return value from subprocedures */
+  MemPage *pChild = 0;           /* Pointer to a new child page */
+  Pgno pgnoChild = 0;            /* Page number of the new child page */
+  BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt;    /* The BTree */
+
+  assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+  /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new 
+  ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
+  ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0);
+    copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc);
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    *ppChild = 0;
+    releasePage(pChild);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell );
+
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno));
+
+  /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */
+  memcpy(pChild->aiOvfl, pRoot->aiOvfl,
+         pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aiOvfl[0]));
+  memcpy(pChild->apOvfl, pRoot->apOvfl,
+         pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->apOvfl[0]));
+  pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow;
+
+  /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */
+  zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
+  put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
+
+  *ppChild = pChild;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
+** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
+** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing 
+** routine. Balancing routines are:
+**
+**   balance_quick()
+**   balance_deeper()
+**   balance_nonroot()
+*/
+static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3;
+  u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13];
+  u8 *pFree = 0;
+
+  TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 );
+  TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 );
+
+  do {
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage];
+
+    if( iPage==0 ){
+      if( pPage->nOverflow ){
+        /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the
+        ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
+        ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
+        ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
+        */ 
+        assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 );
+        rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pCur->iPage = 1;
+          pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+          pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0;
+          assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow );
+        }
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){
+      break;
+    }else{
+      MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
+      int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];
+
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+        if( pPage->hasData
+         && pPage->nOverflow==1
+         && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell
+         && pParent->pgno!=1
+         && pParent->nCell==iIdx
+        ){
+          /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
+          ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
+          ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
+          ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent 
+          ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
+          ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
+          ** buffer. 
+          **
+          ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
+          ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
+          ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
+          ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
+          */
+          assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 );
+          rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells
+          ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves
+          ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
+          ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
+          ** will balance the parent page to correct this.
+          ** 
+          ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
+          ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. 
+          ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
+          ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
+          ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
+          ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() 
+          ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
+          ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been 
+          ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
+          ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
+          */
+          u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize);
+          rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1, pCur->hints);
+          if( pFree ){
+            /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used 
+            ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
+            ** now stored either on real database pages or within the 
+            ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
+            sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
+          }
+
+          /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to
+          ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever
+          ** comes first. */
+          pFree = pSpace;
+        }
+      }
+
+      pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+
+      /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */
+      releasePage(pPage);
+      pCur->iPage--;
+    }
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  if( pFree ){
+    sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
+** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
+** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a random location.
+**
+** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
+** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
+**
+** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
+** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
+** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
+** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
+** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than 
+** (pKey, nKey)). 
+**
+** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
+** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
+** overwritten.  If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
+** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
+** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
+  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
+  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
+  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
+  int appendBias,                /* True if this is likely an append */
+  int seekResult                 /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int loc = seekResult;          /* -1: before desired location  +1: after */
+  int szNew = 0;
+  int idx;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  unsigned char *oldCell;
+  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
+
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+    assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+    return pCur->skipNext;
+  }
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0 && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE
+              && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
+
+  /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
+  ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
+  ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
+  ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
+  ** blob of associated data.  */
+  assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
+
+  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.
+  **
+  ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
+  ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
+  ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the 
+  ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the 
+  ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
+  ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
+  ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
+  ** not to clear the cursor here.
+  */
+  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+    /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob 
+    ** cursors open on the row being replaced */
+    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0);
+
+    /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a
+    ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary btreeMoveto()
+    ** call */
+    if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && nKey>0 && pCur->info.nKey==nKey-1 ){
+      loc = -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !loc ){
+    rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) );
+
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
+  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
+
+  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
+          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
+          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  allocateTempSpace(pBt);
+  newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+  if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
+  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
+  assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  if( loc==0 ){
+    u16 szOld;
+    assert( idx<pPage->nCell );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+    if( rc ){
+      goto end_insert;
+    }
+    oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
+    }
+    szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
+    dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc);
+    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+    idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+  }
+  insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
+
+  /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() 
+  ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
+  ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey
+  ** variables.
+  **
+  ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor
+  ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents
+  ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that,
+  ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations
+  ** slightly faster.
+  **
+  ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting
+  ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can
+  ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it
+  ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in
+  ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last
+  ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key
+  ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the
+  ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost.
+  */
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){
+    pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey);
+    rc = balance(pCur);
+
+    /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
+    ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. 
+    ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
+    ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor.  */
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 );
+
+end_insert:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;              
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+  MemPage *pPage;                      /* Page to delete cell from */
+  unsigned char *pCell;                /* Pointer to cell to delete */
+  int iCellIdx;                        /* Index of cell to delete */
+  int iCellDepth;                      /* Depth of node containing pCell */ 
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+  assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
+  assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
+
+  if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell) 
+   || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID)
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;  /* Something has gone awry. */
+  }
+
+  iCellDepth = pCur->iPage;
+  iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth];
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth];
+  pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx);
+
+  /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move
+  ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than
+  ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted
+  ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead
+  ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the
+  ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes
+  ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier.  */
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    int notUsed = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, &notUsed);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before
+  ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be 
+  ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the 
+  ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page.  
+  */
+  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree,
+  ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted.  */
+  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+  dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
+  ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
+  ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
+  ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
+  ** node to replace the deleted cell.  */
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    int nCell;
+    Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
+    unsigned char *pTmp;
+
+    pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
+    nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell);
+    assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell );
+
+    allocateTempSpace(pBt);
+    pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
+    insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
+    dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
+  ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first
+  ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is
+  ** never true.
+  **
+  ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then
+  ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to
+  ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly
+  ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may
+  ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm
+  ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
+  ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
+  ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
+  ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as 
+  ** well.  */
+  rc = balance(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+    while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+    }
+    rc = balance(pCur);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    moveToRoot(pCur);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
+** number for the root page of the new table.
+**
+** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
+** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
+** flags might not work:
+**
+**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
+**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
+*/
+static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;
+  int rc;
+  int ptfFlags;          /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+#else
+  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    Pgno pgnoMove;      /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
+    MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
+
+    /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
+    ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
+    ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
+    ** held by open cursors.
+    */
+    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+
+    /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
+    ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
+    ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
+    */
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
+    pgnoRoot++;
+
+    /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
+    ** PENDING_BYTE page.
+    */
+    while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
+        pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      pgnoRoot++;
+    }
+    assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
+
+    /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
+    ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
+    ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
+    */
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, BTALLOC_EXACT);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
+      /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
+      ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
+      ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
+      ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
+      ** is already journaled.
+      */
+      u8 eType = 0;
+      Pgno iPtrPage = 0;
+
+      /* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in
+      ** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference
+      ** corresponding to page pgnoRoot.  */
+      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+      releasePage(pPageMove);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+
+      /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+      if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        releasePage(pRoot);
+        return rc;
+      }
+      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
+      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
+      releasePage(pRoot);
+
+      /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        releasePage(pRoot);
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pRoot = pPageMove;
+    } 
+
+    /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
+    if( rc ){
+      releasePage(pRoot);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in
+    ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the
+    ** freelist count.  Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail.
+    */
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
+    if( NEVER(rc) ){
+      releasePage(pRoot);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+  if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){
+    ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF;
+  }else{
+    ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF;
+  }
+  zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags);
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
+  assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 );
+  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
+** the page to the freelist.
+*/
+static int clearDatabasePage(
+  BtShared *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
+  Pgno pgno,               /* Page number to clear */
+  int freePageFlag,        /* Deallocate page if true */
+  int *pnChange            /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *pCell;
+  int i;
+  int hdr;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
+      if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+    }
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange);
+    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+  }else if( pnChange ){
+    assert( pPage->intKey );
+    *pnChange += pPage->nCell;
+  }
+  if( freePageFlag ){
+    freePage(pPage, &rc);
+  }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
+    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[hdr] | PTF_LEAF);
+  }
+
+cleardatabasepage_out:
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
+** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
+** the root page is empty, but still exists.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
+** root of the table.
+**
+** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
+** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
+** entries in the table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+
+  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0);
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
+    ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
+    ** a no-op).  */
+    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1);
+    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all information from the single table that pCur is open on.
+**
+** This routine only work for pCur on an ephemeral table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
+** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
+** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** cursors on the table.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
+** root page in the database file, then the last root page 
+** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
+** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
+** is added to the freelist instead of iTable.  In this say, all
+** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
+** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right.  *piMoved is set to the 
+** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
+** the move.  If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
+** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
+** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
+*/
+static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage = 0;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+
+  /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
+  ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
+  ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
+  ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would 
+  ** occur.
+  **
+  ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point.
+  */
+  if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db);
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }
+
+  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    releasePage(pPage);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  *piMoved = 0;
+
+  if( iTable>1 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    freePage(pPage, &rc);
+    releasePage(pPage);
+#else
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      Pgno maxRootPgno;
+      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno);
+
+      if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
+        /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
+        ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. 
+        */
+        freePage(pPage, &rc);
+        releasePage(pPage);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
+        ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the 
+        ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
+        */
+        MemPage *pMove;
+        releasePage(pPage);
+        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0);
+        releasePage(pMove);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        pMove = 0;
+        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+        freePage(pMove, &rc);
+        releasePage(pMove);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
+      }
+
+      /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
+      ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
+      ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
+      ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
+      */
+      maxRootPgno--;
+      while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
+             || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
+        maxRootPgno--;
+      }
+      assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
+    }else{
+      freePage(pPage, &rc);
+      releasePage(pPage);
+    }
+#endif
+  }else{
+    /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1.
+    ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt
+    ** database. 
+    */
+    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
+    releasePage(pPage);
+  }
+  return rc;  
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
+** has a read or write transaction open on the database.
+**
+** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
+** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
+** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
+** is read-only, the others are read/write.
+** 
+** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
+** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
+** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1 );
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
+
+  *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);
+
+  /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
+  ** database, mark the database as read-only.  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){
+    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
+** read-only and may not be written.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  unsigned char *pP1;
+  int rc;
+  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){
+      assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
+      assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
+      pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+/*
+** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
+** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. 
+** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
+** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
+  i64 nEntry = 0;                      /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+
+  if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
+    *pnEntry = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+
+  /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
+  ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). 
+  */
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iIdx;                          /* Index of child node in parent */
+    MemPage *pPage;                    /* Current page of the b-tree */
+
+    /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then 
+    ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
+    ** accordingly.
+    */
+    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){
+      nEntry += pPage->nCell;
+    }
+
+    /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it 
+    ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
+    ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
+    ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
+    ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page
+    ** to visit is the right-child of its parent.
+    **
+    ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the
+    ** caller.
+    */
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      do {
+        if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+          /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
+          *pnEntry = nEntry;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+        moveToParent(pCur);
+      }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
+      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    }
+
+    /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently 
+    ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
+    */
+    iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+    if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+    }else{
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx)));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
+  return p->pBt->pPager;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** Append a message to the error message string.
+*/
+static void checkAppendMsg(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
+  char *zMsg1,
+  const char *zFormat,
+  ...
+){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
+  pCheck->mxErr--;
+  pCheck->nErr++;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
+  }
+  if( zMsg1 ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1);
+  }
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
+    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that
+** corresponds to page iPg is already set.
+*/
+static int getPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
+  assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
+  return (pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] & (1 << (iPg & 0x07)));
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that corresponds to page iPg.
+*/
+static void setPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
+  assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
+  pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
+** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
+** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
+** if this is the first reference to the page.
+**
+** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
+*/
+static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
+  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to 
+** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
+** to pCheck.
+*/
+static void checkPtrmap(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,   /* Integrity check context */
+  Pgno iChild,           /* Child page number */
+  u8 eType,              /* Expected pointer map type */
+  Pgno iParent,          /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
+  char *zContext         /* Context description (used for error msg) */
+){
+  int rc;
+  u8 ePtrmapType;
+  Pgno iPtrmapParent;
+
+  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
+      iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
+** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
+*/
+static void checkList(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
+  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
+  int N,                /* Expected number of pages in the list */
+  char *zContext        /* Context for error messages */
+){
+  int i;
+  int expected = N;
+  int iFirst = iPage;
+  while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
+    DbPage *pOvflPage;
+    unsigned char *pOvflData;
+    if( iPage<1 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
+          N+1, expected, iFirst);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
+    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
+      break;
+    }
+    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
+    if( isFreeList ){
+      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
+      }
+#endif
+      if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
+        N--;
+      }else{
+        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+          Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+          if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+            checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
+          }
+#endif
+          checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
+        }
+        N -= n;
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    else{
+      /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
+      ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
+      ** the following page matches iPage.
+      */
+      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
+        i = get4byte(pOvflData);
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+    iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
+** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
+** return 1, and so forth.
+** 
+** These checks are done:
+**
+**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
+**          but combine to completely cover the page.
+**  NO  2.  Make sure cell keys are in order.
+**  NO  3.  Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
+**  NO  4.  Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
+**      5.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
+**      6.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
+**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
+**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
+**          the root of the tree.
+*/
+static int checkTreePage(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
+  char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */
+  i64 *pnParentMinKey, 
+  i64 *pnParentMaxKey
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
+  int hdr, cellStart;
+  int nCell;
+  u8 *data;
+  BtShared *pBt;
+  int usableSize;
+  char zContext[100];
+  char *hit = 0;
+  i64 nMinKey = 0;
+  i64 nMaxKey = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);
+
+  /* Check that the page exists
+  */
+  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
+  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
+  if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
+  ** btreeInitPage() is executed.  */
+  pPage->isInit = 0;
+  if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );  /* The only possible error from InitPage */
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+                   "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
+    releasePage(pPage);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Check out all the cells.
+  */
+  depth = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
+    u8 *pCell;
+    u32 sz;
+    CellInfo info;
+
+    /* Check payload overflow pages
+    */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
+             "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
+    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
+    btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    sz = info.nData;
+    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey;
+    /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order.
+    */
+    else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey;
+    else{
+      if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+            "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey);
+      }
+      nMaxKey = info.nKey;
+    }
+    assert( sz==info.nPayload );
+    if( (sz>info.nLocal) 
+     && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize])
+    ){
+      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
+      Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
+      }
+#endif
+      checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
+    }
+
+    /* Check sanity of left child page.
+    */
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
+      }
+#endif
+      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
+      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
+      }
+      depth = d2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, 
+                     "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
+    }
+#endif
+    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
+  }
+ 
+  /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order
+  ** with any left/parent/right pages.
+  */
+  if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){
+    /* if we are a left child page */
+    if( pnParentMinKey ){
+      /* if we are the left most child page */
+      if( !pnParentMaxKey ){
+        if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){
+          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+              "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)",
+              nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey);
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){
+          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+              "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)",
+              nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey);
+        }
+        if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){
+          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+              "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)",
+              nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
+        }
+        *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey;
+      }
+    /* else if we're a right child page */
+    } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){
+      if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+            "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)",
+            nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
+  */
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+  if( hit==0 ){
+    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }else{
+    int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+    assert( contentOffset<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+    memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset);
+    memset(hit, 1, contentOffset);
+    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
+      u32 size = 65536;
+      int j;
+      if( pc<=usableSize-4 ){
+        size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+      }
+      if( (int)(pc+size-1)>=usableSize ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
+            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage);
+      }else{
+        for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
+      }
+    }
+    i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    while( i>0 ){
+      int size, j;
+      assert( i<=usableSize-4 );     /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
+      assert( i+size<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
+      j = get2byte(&data[i]);
+      assert( j==0 || j>i+size );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      assert( j<=usableSize-4 );   /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      i = j;
+    }
+    for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
+      if( hit[i]==0 ){
+        cnt++;
+      }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
+          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
+          "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
+          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3PageFree(hit);
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return depth+1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
+** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
+** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
+**
+** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling
+** this function.
+**
+** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr.  Except for some memory
+** allocation errors,  an error message held in memory obtained from
+** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero.  If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
+** returned.  If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
+  Btree *p,     /* The btree to be checked */
+  int *aRoot,   /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
+  int nRoot,    /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
+  int mxErr,    /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
+  int *pnErr    /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
+){
+  Pgno i;
+  int nRef;
+  IntegrityCk sCheck;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  char zErr[100];
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+  nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
+  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
+  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt);
+  sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
+  sCheck.nErr = 0;
+  sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
+  *pnErr = 0;
+  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1);
+  if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){
+    *pnErr = 1;
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
+  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i);
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+  sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2;
+
+  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
+  */
+  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
+            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
+
+  /* Check all the tables.
+  */
+  for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
+      checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
+    }
+#endif
+    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL);
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    }
+#else
+    /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
+    ** references to pointer-map pages.
+    */
+    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && 
+       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    }
+    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && 
+       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages.
+  ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check
+  ** of the integrity check.
+  */
+  if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){
+    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 
+      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
+      nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
+    );
+  }
+
+  /* Clean  up and report errors.
+  */
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef);
+  if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+    *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
+  if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.  Return
+** an empty string if the database is in-memory or a TEMP database.
+**
+** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
+** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
+** has been created or not.
+**
+** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
+  assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open 
+** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return p->nBackup!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
+** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
+** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with 
+** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
+**
+** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
+** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent 
+** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
+** of memory returned. 
+**
+** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
+** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
+** allocated, it is returned as normal.
+**
+** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the 
+** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the 
+** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free()
+** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){
+    pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes);
+    pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return pBt->pSchema;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared 
+** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the 
+** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab.  The
+** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
+** if it is false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE );
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
+    assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
+    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
+
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an 
+** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. 
+** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
+**
+** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to 
+** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
+** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
+** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
+  int rc;
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob );
+
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    return SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is
+  ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch
+  ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below.
+  **
+  ** Note that pCsr must be open on a BTREE_INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition()
+  ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence
+  ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  /* Check some assumptions: 
+  **   (a) the cursor is open for writing,
+  **   (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
+  **   (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
+  **   (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
+  **   (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
+  */
+  if( (pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0
+              && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) );
+  assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) );
+  assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey );
+
+  return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Incrblob;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and 
+** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
+** header to iVersion.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
+  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+ 
+  assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );
+
+  /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
+  ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2.
+  */
+  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
+  if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL;
+
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+    if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          aData[18] = (u8)iVersion;
+          aData[19] = (u8)iVersion;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** set the mask of hint flags for cursor pCsr. Currently the only valid
+** values are 0 and BTREE_BULKLOAD.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){
+  assert( mask==BTREE_BULKLOAD || mask==0 );
+  pCsr->hints = mask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the given Btree is read-only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){
+  return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0;
+}
+
+/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 January 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() 
+** API functions and the related features.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_backup {
+  sqlite3* pDestDb;        /* Destination database handle */
+  Btree *pDest;            /* Destination b-tree file */
+  u32 iDestSchema;         /* Original schema cookie in destination */
+  int bDestLocked;         /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
+
+  Pgno iNext;              /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
+  sqlite3* pSrcDb;         /* Source database handle */
+  Btree *pSrc;             /* Source b-tree file */
+
+  int rc;                  /* Backup process error code */
+
+  /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
+  ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
+  */
+  Pgno nRemaining;         /* Number of pages left to copy */
+  Pgno nPagecount;         /* Total number of pages to copy */
+
+  int isAttached;          /* True once backup has been registered with pager */
+  sqlite3_backup *pNext;   /* Next backup associated with source pager */
+};
+
+/*
+** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
+**
+**   Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
+**   structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
+**
+**     * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and 
+**       backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
+**       handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared 
+**       structure, in that order.
+**
+**     * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
+**       invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
+**       the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
+**       associated with the source database BtShared structure will always 
+**       be held when either of these functions are invoked.
+**
+**   The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
+**   backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
+**   while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
+**   the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
+**   BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
+**   or backup_pagecount().
+**
+**   Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
+**   the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
+**   Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
+**   associated mutexes.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
+** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
+** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
+**
+** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this 
+** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an 
+** error message to pErrorDb.
+*/
+static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
+  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
+
+  if( i==1 ){
+    Parse *pParse;
+    int rc = 0;
+    pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
+    if( pParse==0 ){
+      sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      pParse->db = pDb;
+      if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
+        sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
+      sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
+    }
+    if( rc ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( i<0 ){
+    sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size
+** of the source.
+*/
+static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
+** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
+** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
+**
+** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
+** stored in database handle pDestDb.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3* pDestDb,                     /* Database to write to */
+  const char *zDestDb,                  /* Name of database within pDestDb */
+  sqlite3* pSrcDb,                      /* Database connection to read from */
+  const char *zSrcDb                    /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
+){
+  sqlite3_backup *p;                    /* Value to return */
+
+  /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
+  ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
+  ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
+  ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
+  ** of the backup operation.  Any attempt to use the destination
+  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
+  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
+
+  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3Error(
+        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
+    );
+    p = 0;
+  }else {
+    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
+    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
+    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
+    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
+    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
+    if( !p ){
+      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
+  if( p ){
+    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
+    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
+    p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
+    p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
+    p->iNext = 1;
+    p->isAttached = 0;
+
+    if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM
+      ** error was hit.  The error has already been written into the
+      ** pDestDb handle.  All that is left to do here is free the
+      ** sqlite3_backup structure.
+      */
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+      p = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p ){
+    p->pSrc->nBackup++;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is 
+** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
+** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
+*/
+static int isFatalError(int rc){
+  return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED));
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for 
+** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the 
+** destination database.
+*/
+static int backupOnePage(
+  sqlite3_backup *p,              /* Backup handle */
+  Pgno iSrcPg,                    /* Source database page to backup */
+  const u8 *zSrcData,             /* Source database page data */
+  int bUpdate                     /* True for an update, false otherwise */
+){
+  Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
+  const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+  int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+  const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
+  const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is
+  ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle
+  ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner.  */
+  int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc);
+  int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest);
+#endif
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  i64 iOff;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 );
+  assert( p->bDestLocked );
+  assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
+  assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
+  assert( zSrcData );
+
+  /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
+  ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. 
+  */
+  if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing
+  ** and a codec is in use.
+  */
+  if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+  /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ
+  ** between source and destination.  If there is a difference, try to
+  ** fix the destination to agree with the source.  If that is not possible,
+  ** then the backup cannot proceed.
+  */
+  if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){
+    u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source 
+  ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
+  ** of the destination page.
+  */
+  for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
+    DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
+    Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
+    if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
+    if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
+    ){
+      const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
+      u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
+      u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
+
+      /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
+      ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
+      ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
+      ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
+      ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked 
+      ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
+      */
+      memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
+      ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
+      if( iOff==0 && bUpdate==0 ){
+        sqlite3Put4byte(&zOut[28], sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc));
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
+** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
+** this function is a no-op.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error 
+** code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
+  i64 iCurrent;
+  int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for
+** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated.
+*/
+static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  sqlite3_backup **pp;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) );
+  pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+  p->pNext = *pp;
+  *pp = p;
+  p->isAttached = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
+  int rc;
+  int destMode;       /* Destination journal mode */
+  int pgszSrc = 0;    /* Source page size */
+  int pgszDest = 0;   /* Destination page size */
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+  }
+
+  rc = p->rc;
+  if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
+    Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc);     /* Source pager */
+    Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);   /* Dest pager */
+    int ii;                            /* Iterator variable */
+    int nSrcPage = -1;                 /* Size of source db in pages */
+    int bCloseTrans = 0;               /* True if src db requires unlocking */
+
+    /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
+    ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
+    */
+    if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
+    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) 
+    ){
+      p->bDestLocked = 1;
+      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema);
+    }
+
+    /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
+    ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
+    ** before this function exits.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
+      bCloseTrans = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode
+    ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */
+    pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+    pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+    destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest));
+    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){
+      rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+    }
+  
+    /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
+    ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
+    */
+    nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc);
+    assert( nSrcPage>=0 );
+    for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
+      const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext;                 /* Source page number */
+      if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
+        DbPage *pSrcPg;                             /* Source page object */
+        rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg,
+                                 PAGER_GET_READONLY);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg), 0);
+          sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
+        }
+      }
+      p->iNext++;
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
+      p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
+      if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }else if( !p->isAttached ){
+        attachBackupObject(p);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
+    ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
+    ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
+    ** same schema version.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      if( nSrcPage==0 ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeNewDb(p->pDest);
+        nSrcPage = 1;
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( p->pDestDb ){
+          sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(p->pDestDb);
+        }
+        if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int nDestTruncate;
+        /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
+        ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
+        ** size may be different to the source page size. 
+        **
+        ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, 
+        ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
+        ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
+        ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the 
+        ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
+        ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
+        ** by the file truncation.
+        */
+        assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) );
+        assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) );
+        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
+          int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc;
+          nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
+          if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
+            nDestTruncate--;
+          }
+        }else{
+          nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest);
+        }
+        assert( nDestTruncate>0 );
+
+        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
+          /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
+          ** two extra things may need to happen:
+          **
+          **   * The destination may need to be truncated, and
+          **
+          **   * Data stored on the pages immediately following the 
+          **     pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
+          **     copied into the destination database.
+          */
+          const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage;
+          sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
+          Pgno iPg;
+          int nDstPage;
+          i64 iOff;
+          i64 iEnd;
+
+          assert( pFile );
+          assert( nDestTruncate==0 
+              || (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
+                nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
+             && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
+          ));
+
+          /* This block ensures that all data required to recreate the original
+          ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
+          ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
+          ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
+          ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the 
+          ** journal file.  */
+          sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage);
+          for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){
+            if( iPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
+              DbPage *pPg;
+              rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iPg, &pPg);
+              if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+                rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
+                sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1);
+          }
+
+          /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */
+          iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
+          for(
+            iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; 
+            rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; 
+            iOff+=pgszSrc
+          ){
+            PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
+            const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
+            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
+              rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
+            }
+            sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
+          }
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize);
+          }
+
+          /* Sync the database file to disk. */
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager, 0);
+          }
+        }else{
+          sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
+          rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
+        }
+    
+        /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
+        if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+         && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
+        ){
+          rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
+    ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
+    ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
+    ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
+    */
+    if( bCloseTrans ){
+      TESTONLY( int rc2 );
+      TESTONLY( rc2  = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
+      TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0);
+      assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+    }
+  
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p->rc = rc;
+  }
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  sqlite3_backup **pp;                 /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
+  sqlite3 *pSrcDb;                     /* Source database connection */
+  int rc;                              /* Value to return */
+
+  /* Enter the mutexes */
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pSrcDb = p->pSrcDb;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+  }
+
+  /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    p->pSrc->nBackup--;
+  }
+  if( p->isAttached ){
+    pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+    while( *pp!=p ){
+      pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+    }
+    *pp = p->pNext;
+  }
+
+  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
+  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK);
+
+  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
+  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);
+
+    /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
+    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
+    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
+    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(pSrcDb);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
+** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  return p->nRemaining;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most 
+** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  return p->nPagecount;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
+** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been 
+** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
+** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
+** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
+** complete.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
+  sqlite3_backup *p;                   /* Iterator variable */
+  for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+    if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){
+      /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
+      ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
+      ** the new data into the backup.
+      */
+      int rc;
+      assert( p->pDestDb );
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+      rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData, 1);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
+** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
+** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
+** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still 
+** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
+  sqlite3_backup *p;                   /* Iterator variable */
+  for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+    p->iNext = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
+** must be active for both files.
+**
+** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything 
+** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the 
+** transaction is committed before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_file *pFd;              /* File descriptor for database pTo */
+  sqlite3_backup b;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) );
+  pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo));
+  if( pFd->pMethods ){
+    i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom);
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    if( rc ) goto copy_finished;
+  }
+
+  /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
+  ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
+  ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
+  ** from this function, not directly by the user.
+  */
+  memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
+  b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
+  b.pSrc = pFrom;
+  b.pDest = pTo;
+  b.iNext = 1;
+
+  /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
+  ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
+  ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes 
+  ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
+  ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE 
+  ** or an error code.
+  */
+  sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
+  assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTo->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest));
+  }
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 );
+copy_finished:
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
+
+/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
+** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
+** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
+** name sqlite_value
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Check invariants on a Mem object.
+**
+** This routine is intended for use inside of assert() statements, like
+** this:    assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){
+  /* The MEM_Dyn bit is set if and only if Mem.xDel is a non-NULL destructor
+  ** function for Mem.z 
+  */
+  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 );
+  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 || p->xDel==0 );
+
+  /* If p holds a string or blob, the Mem.z must point to exactly
+  ** one of the following:
+  **
+  **   (1) Memory in Mem.zMalloc and managed by the Mem object
+  **   (2) Memory to be freed using Mem.xDel
+  **   (3) An ephermal string or blob
+  **   (4) A static string or blob
+  */
+  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->z!=0 ){
+    assert( 
+      ((p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) +
+      ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
+      ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
+      ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1
+    );
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
+** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
+** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
+**
+** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
+** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
+** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
+** between formats.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  int rc;
+#endif
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
+           || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+#else
+
+  /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
+  ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least 
+** min(n,32) bytes.
+**
+** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of
+** pMem->z into the new allocation.  pMem must be either a string or
+** blob if bPreserve is true.  If bPreserve is false, any prior content
+** in pMem->z is discarded.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){
+  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+  /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already
+  ** contain a valid string or blob value.  */
+  assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+  testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 );
+
+  if( pMem->zMalloc==0 || sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)<n ){
+    if( n<32 ) n = 32;
+    if( bPreserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
+      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
+      bPreserve = 0;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
+    }
+    if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){
+      VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+      pMem->z = 0;
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;  
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pMem->z && bPreserve && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
+    memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
+  }
+  if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){
+    assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+    pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
+  }
+
+  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+  pMem->xDel = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn.  In other words, make it so
+** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from
+** malloc().  In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be
+** overwritten or altered.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
+  int f;
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  ExpandBlob(pMem);
+  f = pMem->flags;
+  if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+    pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
+** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+    int nByte;
+    assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
+    assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+
+    /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
+    nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero;
+    if( nByte<=0 ){
+      nByte = 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+
+    memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero);
+    pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
+    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+  pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
+** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
+**
+** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
+** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
+** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
+** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
+** user and the later is an internal programming error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int fg = pMem->flags;
+  const int nByte = 32;
+
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
+  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
+  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
+  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
+  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
+  ** 
+  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
+  */
+  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+  }else{
+    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
+  }
+  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
+** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
+** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error.  SQLITE_OK
+** otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
+    sqlite3_context ctx;
+    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
+    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+    memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
+    ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+    ctx.s.db = pMem->db;
+    ctx.pMem = pMem;
+    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
+    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+    assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
+    sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+    memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s));
+    rc = ctx.isError;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
+** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
+** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
+  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
+    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
+  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
+    assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+    assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 );
+    p->xDel((void *)p->z);
+    p->xDel = 0;
+  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
+    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
+  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
+** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
+** (Mem.flags==MEM_Str).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
+  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
+  VdbeMemRelease(p);
+  if( p->zMalloc ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
+    p->zMalloc = 0;
+  }
+  p->z = 0;
+  assert( p->xDel==0 );  /* Zeroed by VdbeMemRelease() above */
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
+** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then
+** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer.
+*/
+static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */
+  return r;
+#else
+  /*
+  ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
+  ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
+  ** inconsistently.  And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
+  ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
+  ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
+  */
+  static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
+  static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
+
+  if( r<=(double)minInt ){
+    return minInt;
+  }else if( r>=(double)maxInt ){
+    return maxInt;
+  }else{
+    return (i64)r;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
+** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
+** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
+** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
+** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
+** it into a integer and return that.  If pMem represents an
+** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
+**
+** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags;
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return pMem->u.i;
+  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
+  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    i64 value = 0;
+    assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );
+    testcase( pMem->z==0 );
+    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
+    return value;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
+** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
+** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
+** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return pMem->r;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return (double)pMem->u.i;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+    double val = (double)0;
+    sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
+    return val;
+  }else{
+    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+    return (double)0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
+** MEM_Int if we can.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+  pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
+
+  /* Only mark the value as an integer if
+  **
+  **    (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
+  **    (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
+  **        possible integer (ticket #3922)
+  **
+  ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
+  ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
+  ** values to wrap around.
+  */
+  if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i
+   && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64
+   && pMem->u.i<LARGEST_INT64
+  ){
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+  pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
+**
+** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input
+** is a string that does not look completely like a number.  Convert
+** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){
+    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
+    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){
+      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+    }else{
+      pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame;
+    pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame;
+    pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame;
+  }
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+    sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
+  }
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); 
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
+** n containing all zeros.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
+  pMem->n = 0;
+  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  pMem->u.nZero = n;
+  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0);
+  if( pMem->z ){
+    pMem->n = n;
+    memset(pMem->z, 0, n);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type INTEGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->u.i = val;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type REAL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
+  if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->r = val;
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
+** empty boolean index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){
+  sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else{
+    assert( pMem->zMalloc );
+    pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, 
+                                       sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc));
+    assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
+    pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
+** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+  if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    int n = p->n;
+    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      n += p->u.nZero;
+    }
+    return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking
+** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow
+** copies of this cell as invalid.
+**
+** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow
+** copies are not misused.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){
+  int i;
+  Mem *pX;
+  for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){
+    if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){
+      pX->flags |= MEM_Undefined;
+      pX->pScopyFrom = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member.
+*/
+#define MEMCELLSIZE offsetof(Mem,zMalloc)
+
+/*
+** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
+** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
+** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
+** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
+  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+  pTo->xDel = 0;
+  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
+    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
+    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
+    pTo->flags |= srcType;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
+** freed before the copy is made.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+  pTo->xDel = 0;
+
+  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
+      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
+** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
+**
+** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
+  assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
+  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
+  pFrom->xDel = 0;
+  pFrom->zMalloc = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
+**
+** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
+** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the 
+** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the 
+** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
+** pointer copied.
+**
+** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
+** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs.  If the string can be
+** stored without allocating memory, then it is.  If a memory allocation
+** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged.  In
+** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
+  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
+  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
+  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
+  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+){
+  int nByte = n;      /* New value for pMem->n */
+  int iLimit;         /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
+  u16 flags = 0;      /* New value for pMem->flags */
+
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+  /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
+  if( !z ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( pMem->db ){
+    iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }else{
+    iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
+  }
+  flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
+  if( nByte<0 ){
+    assert( enc!=0 );
+    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){}
+    }else{
+      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
+    }
+    flags |= MEM_Term;
+  }
+
+  /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
+  ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
+  ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
+  */
+  if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+    int nAlloc = nByte;
+    if( flags&MEM_Term ){
+      nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+    }
+    if( nByte>iLimit ){
+      return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
+  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->z = (char *)z;
+    pMem->xDel = xDel;
+    flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
+  }
+
+  pMem->n = nByte;
+  pMem->flags = flags;
+  pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( nByte>iLimit ){
+    return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
+** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
+** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
+** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
+** into the pMem element.
+**
+** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized.  Any prior content
+** is overwritten without being freed.
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
+** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
+  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
+  u32 offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
+  u32 amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
+  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
+  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
+){
+  char *zData;        /* Data from the btree layer */
+  u32 available = 0;  /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+
+  /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() 
+  ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  if( key ){
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }else{
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }
+  assert( zData!=0 );
+
+  if( offset+amt<=available ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+    pMem->n = (int)amt;
+  }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){
+    if( key ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pMem->z[amt] = 0;
+      pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->n = (int)amt;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
+** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
+** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
+** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
+** SQLITE_UTF8.
+**
+** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
+** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
+** boundary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
+  if( !pVal ) return 0;
+
+  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
+  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str );
+  pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3;
+  ExpandBlob(pVal);
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
+    if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
+      assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */
+  }else{
+    assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
+    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
+  }
+  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
+              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
+    return pVal->z;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
+  Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p ){
+    p->flags = MEM_Null;
+    p->db = db;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to 
+** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details.
+*/
+struct ValueNewStat4Ctx {
+  Parse *pParse;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  UnpackedRecord **ppRec;
+  int iVal;
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return a pointer to a new sqlite3_value object. If
+** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated
+** by calling sqlite3ValueNew().
+**
+** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is 
+** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not
+** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that 
+** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer 
+** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array.
+*/
+static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( p ){
+    UnpackedRecord *pRec = p->ppRec[0];
+
+    if( pRec==0 ){
+      Index *pIdx = p->pIdx;      /* Index being probed */
+      int nByte;                  /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+      int i;                      /* Counter variable */
+      int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;   /* Number of index columns including rowid */
+  
+      nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord));
+      pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+      if( pRec ){
+        pRec->pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(p->pParse, pIdx);
+        if( pRec->pKeyInfo ){
+          assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField==nCol );
+          assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+          pRec->aMem = (Mem *)((u8*)pRec + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)));
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            pRec->aMem[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+            pRec->aMem[i].db = db;
+          }
+        }else{
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
+          pRec = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      if( pRec==0 ) return 0;
+      p->ppRec[0] = pRec;
+    }
+  
+    pRec->nField = p->iVal+1;
+    return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal];
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */
+  return sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract a value from the supplied expression in the manner described
+** above sqlite3ValueFromExpr(). Allocate the sqlite3_value object
+** using valueNew().
+**
+** If pCtx is NULL and an error occurs after the sqlite3_value object
+** has been allocated, it is freed before returning. Or, if pCtx is not
+** NULL, it is assumed that the caller will free any allocated object
+** in all cases.
+*/
+static int valueFromExpr(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The database connection */
+  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to evaluate */
+  u8 enc,                         /* Encoding to use */
+  u8 affinity,                    /* Affinity to use */
+  sqlite3_value **ppVal,          /* Write the new value here */
+  struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx   /* Second argument for valueNew() */
+){
+  int op;
+  char *zVal = 0;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+  int negInt = 1;
+  const char *zNeg = "";
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( !pExpr ){
+    *ppVal = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2;
+
+  /* Handle negative integers in a single step.  This is needed in the
+  ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_UMINUS
+   && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){
+    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+    op = pExpr->op;
+    negInt = -1;
+    zNeg = "-";
+  }
+
+  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
+    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
+    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt);
+    }else{
+      zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken);
+      if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+    }
+    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
+    }
+    if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
+    if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
+    }
+  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
+    /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs.  Ex: -(-5) */
+    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) 
+     && pVal!=0
+    ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
+      if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+        pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Int;
+        pVal->flags |= MEM_Real;
+        pVal->r = (double)SMALLEST_INT64;
+      }else{
+        pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i;
+      }
+      pVal->r = -pVal->r;
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
+    }
+  }else if( op==TK_NULL ){
+    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
+    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+  else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
+    int nVal;
+    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
+    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
+    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
+    if( !pVal ) goto no_mem;
+    zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
+    nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1;
+    assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
+                         0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  *ppVal = pVal;
+  return rc;
+
+no_mem:
+  db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
+  assert( *ppVal==0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( pCtx==0 ) sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+#else
+  assert( pCtx==0 ); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
+**
+** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
+** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
+** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
+** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
+** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
+** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* The database connection */
+  Expr *pExpr,              /* The expression to evaluate */
+  u8 enc,                   /* Encoding to use */
+  u8 affinity,              /* Affinity to use */
+  sqlite3_value **ppVal     /* Write the new value here */
+){
+  return valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, ppVal, 0);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** The implementation of the sqlite_record() function. This function accepts
+** a single argument of any type. The return value is a formatted database 
+** record (a blob) containing the argument value.
+**
+** This is used to convert the value stored in the 'sample' column of the
+** sqlite_stat3 table to the record format SQLite uses internally.
+*/
+static void recordFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const int file_format = 1;
+  int iSerial;                    /* Serial type */
+  int nSerial;                    /* Bytes of space for iSerial as varint */
+  int nVal;                       /* Bytes of space required for argv[0] */
+  int nRet;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  u8 *aRet;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
+  iSerial = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(argv[0], file_format);
+  nSerial = sqlite3VarintLen(iSerial);
+  nVal = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(iSerial);
+  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal;
+  aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRet);
+  if( aRet==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+  }else{
+    aRet[0] = nSerial+1;
+    sqlite3PutVarint(&aRet[1], iSerial);
+    sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial);
+    sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register built-in functions used to help read ANALYZE data.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void){
+  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAnalyzeTableFuncs[] = {
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_record,   1, 0, 0, recordFunc),
+  };
+  int i;
+  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAnalyzeTableFuncs);
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAnalyzeTableFuncs); i++){
+    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord 
+** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored 
+** in the sqlite_stat4 table.
+**
+** A single call to this function attempts to populates field iVal (leftmost 
+** is 0 etc.) of the unpacked record with a value extracted from expression
+** pExpr. Extraction of values is possible if:
+**
+**  * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL,
+**
+**  * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or
+**
+**  * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value 
+**    from the expression (i.e. the expression is a literal value).
+**
+** If a value can be extracted, the affinity passed as the 5th argument
+** is applied to it before it is copied into the UnpackedRecord. Output
+** parameter *pbOk is set to true if a value is extracted, or false 
+** otherwise.
+**
+** When this function is called, *ppRec must either point to an object
+** allocated by an earlier call to this function, or must be NULL. If it
+** is NULL and a value can be successfully extracted, a new UnpackedRecord
+** is allocated (and *ppRec set to point to it) before returning.
+**
+** Unless an error is encountered, SQLITE_OK is returned. It is not an
+** error if a value cannot be extracted from pExpr. If an error does
+** occur, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index being probed */
+  UnpackedRecord **ppRec,         /* IN/OUT: Probe record */
+  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to extract a value from */
+  u8 affinity,                    /* Affinity to use */
+  int iVal,                       /* Array element to populate */
+  int *pbOk                       /* OUT: True if value was extracted */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+
+  struct ValueNewStat4Ctx alloc;
+  alloc.pParse = pParse;
+  alloc.pIdx = pIdx;
+  alloc.ppRec = ppRec;
+  alloc.iVal = iVal;
+
+  /* Skip over any TK_COLLATE nodes */
+  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
+
+  if( !pExpr ){
+    pVal = valueNew(db, &alloc);
+    if( pVal ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)pVal);
+    }
+  }else if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE
+        || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE)
+  ){
+    Vdbe *v;
+    int iBindVar = pExpr->iColumn;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iBindVar);
+    if( (v = pParse->pReprepare)!=0 ){
+      pVal = valueNew(db, &alloc);
+      if( pVal ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem*)pVal, &v->aVar[iBindVar-1]);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, ENC(db));
+        }
+        pVal->db = pParse->db;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, ENC(db), affinity, &pVal, &alloc);
+  }
+  *pbOk = (pVal!=0);
+
+  assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==db );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unless it is NULL, the argument must be an UnpackedRecord object returned
+** by an earlier call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). This call deletes
+** the object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord *pRec){
+  if( pRec ){
+    int i;
+    int nCol = pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField;
+    Mem *aMem = pRec->aMem;
+    sqlite3 *db = aMem[0].db;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, aMem[i].zMalloc);
+    }
+    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pRec->pKeyInfo);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */
+
+/*
+** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
+  sqlite3_value *v,     /* Value to be set */
+  int n,                /* Length of string z */
+  const void *z,        /* Text of the new string */
+  u8 enc,               /* Encoding to use */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)   /* Destructor for the string */
+){
+  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
+  sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
+** that it uses the encoding "enc"
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
+    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      return p->n + p->u.nZero;
+    }else{
+      return p->n;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
+** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
+** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
+** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Create a new virtual database engine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *p;
+  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  p->db = db;
+  if( db->pVdbe ){
+    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
+  }
+  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
+  p->pPrev = 0;
+  db->pVdbe = p;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  p->pParse = pParse;
+  assert( pParse->aLabel==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nLabel==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nOpAlloc==0 );
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
+  assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 );
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG)
+  if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
+#endif
+  assert( p->zSql==0 );
+  p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
+  p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
+  Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
+  char *zTmp;
+  tmp = *pA;
+  *pA = *pB;
+  *pB = tmp;
+  pTmp = pA->pNext;
+  pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
+  pB->pNext = pTmp;
+  pTmp = pA->pPrev;
+  pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
+  pB->pPrev = pTmp;
+  zTmp = pA->zSql;
+  pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
+  pB->zSql = zTmp;
+  pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than 
+** it was.
+**
+** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
+** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain 
+** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be 
+** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
+*/
+static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v){
+  VdbeOp *pNew;
+  Parse *p = v->pParse;
+  int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
+  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, v->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
+  if( pNew ){
+    p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op);
+    v->aOp = pNew;
+  }
+  return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/* This routine is just a convenient place to set a breakpoint that will
+** fire after each opcode is inserted and displayed using
+** "PRAGMA vdbe_addoptrace=on".
+*/
+static void test_addop_breakpoint(void){
+  static int n = 0;
+  n++;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
+** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
+**
+** Parameters:
+**
+**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
+**
+**    op              The opcode for this instruction
+**
+**    p1, p2, p3      Operands
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
+** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
+** operand.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
+  int i;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+
+  i = p->nOp;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
+  if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){
+    if( growOpArray(p) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  p->nOp++;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+  pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
+  pOp->p5 = 0;
+  pOp->p1 = p1;
+  pOp->p2 = p2;
+  pOp->p3 = p3;
+  pOp->p4.p = 0;
+  pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+  pOp->zComment = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+    int jj, kk;
+    Parse *pParse = p->pParse;
+    for(jj=kk=0; jj<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; jj++){
+      struct yColCache *x = pParse->aColCache + jj;
+      if( x->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel || x->iReg==0 ) continue;
+      printf(" r[%d]={%d:%d}", x->iReg, x->iTable, x->iColumn);
+      kk++;
+    }
+    if( kk ) printf("\n");
+    sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+    test_addop_breakpoint();
+  }
+#endif
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  pOp->cycles = 0;
+  pOp->cnt = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+  pOp->iSrcLine = 0;
+#endif
+  return i;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+  int op,             /* The new opcode */
+  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
+  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
+  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
+  const char *zP4,    /* The P4 operand */
+  int p4type          /* P4 operand type */
+){
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode.  This routine is broken out from
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also needs to mark all btrees
+** as having been used.
+**
+** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){
+  int j;
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  for(j=0; j<p->db->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(
+  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+  int op,             /* The new opcode */
+  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
+  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
+  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
+  int p4              /* The P4 operand as an integer */
+){
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
+** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
+** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
+** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
+** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
+** the label into the resolved address.
+**
+** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
+** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
+** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
+**
+** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *v){
+  Parse *p = v->pParse;
+  int i = p->nLabel++;
+  assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( (i & (i-1))==0 ){
+    p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, 
+                                       (i*2+1)*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
+  }
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
+  }
+  return -1-i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
+** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
+** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *v, int x){
+  Parse *p = v->pParse;
+  int j = -1-x;
+  assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( j<p->nLabel );
+  if( ALWAYS(j>=0) && p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[j] = v->nOp;
+  }
+  p->iFixedOp = v->nOp - 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){
+  p->runOnlyOnce = 1;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */
+
+/*
+** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
+** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may 
+** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
+**
+**   Op *pOp;
+**   VdbeOpIter sIter;
+**
+**   memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+**   sIter.v = v;                            // v is of type Vdbe* 
+**   while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
+**     // Do something with pOp
+**   }
+**   sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+** 
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
+struct VdbeOpIter {
+  Vdbe *v;                   /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */
+  SubProgram **apSub;        /* Array of subprograms */
+  int nSub;                  /* Number of entries in apSub */
+  int iAddr;                 /* Address of next instruction to return */
+  int iSub;                  /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */
+};
+static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){
+  Vdbe *v = p->v;
+  Op *pRet = 0;
+  Op *aOp;
+  int nOp;
+
+  if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){
+
+    if( p->iSub==0 ){
+      aOp = v->aOp;
+      nOp = v->nOp;
+    }else{
+      aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp;
+      nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp;
+    }
+    assert( p->iAddr<nOp );
+
+    pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr];
+    p->iAddr++;
+    if( p->iAddr==nOp ){
+      p->iSub++;
+      p->iAddr = 0;
+    }
+  
+    if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+      int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){
+        if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break;
+      }
+      if( j==p->nSub ){
+        p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte);
+        if( !p->apSub ){
+          pRet = 0;
+        }else{
+          p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may
+** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction
+** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any
+** sub-programs contains any of the following:
+**
+**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+**   *  OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+**   *  OP_Destroy
+**   *  OP_VUpdate
+**   *  OP_VRename
+**   *  OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
+**
+** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
+** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does
+** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as
+** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to:
+**
+**   assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){
+  int hasAbort = 0;
+  Op *pOp;
+  VdbeOpIter sIter;
+  memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+  sIter.v = v;
+
+  while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
+    int opcode = pOp->opcode;
+    if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+     || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1) 
+#endif
+     || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) 
+      && ((pOp->p1&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
+    ){
+      hasAbort = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+
+  /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occurred.
+  ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated
+  ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
+  ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
+  ** from failing.  */
+  return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort );
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */
+
+/*
+** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
+** on jump instructions.  Each such value is a label.  Resolve the
+** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
+**
+** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
+**
+** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument 
+** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by 
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
+**
+** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes.
+*/
+static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
+  int i;
+  int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs;
+  Op *pOp;
+  Parse *pParse = p->pParse;
+  int *aLabel = pParse->aLabel;
+  p->readOnly = 1;
+  p->bIsReader = 0;
+  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
+    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
+
+    /* NOTE: Be sure to update mkopcodeh.awk when adding or removing
+    ** cases from this switch! */
+    switch( opcode ){
+      case OP_Function:
+      case OP_AggStep: {
+        if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
+        break;
+      }
+      case OP_Transaction: {
+        if( pOp->p2!=0 ) p->readOnly = 0;
+        /* fall thru */
+      }
+      case OP_AutoCommit:
+      case OP_Savepoint: {
+        p->bIsReader = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+      case OP_Checkpoint:
+#endif
+      case OP_Vacuum:
+      case OP_JournalMode: {
+        p->readOnly = 0;
+        p->bIsReader = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      case OP_VUpdate: {
+        if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
+        break;
+      }
+      case OP_VFilter: {
+        int n;
+        assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
+        assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
+        n = pOp[-1].p1;
+        if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
+        break;
+      }
+#endif
+      case OP_Next:
+      case OP_NextIfOpen:
+      case OP_SorterNext: {
+        pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext;
+        pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
+        break;
+      }
+      case OP_Prev:
+      case OP_PrevIfOpen: {
+        pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious;
+        pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode];
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){
+      assert( -1-pOp->p2<pParse->nLabel );
+      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pParse->aLabel);
+  pParse->aLabel = 0;
+  pParse->nLabel = 0;
+  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
+  assert( p->bIsReader!=0 || p->btreeMask==0 );
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  return p->nOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
+** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
+** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the 
+** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
+**
+** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
+** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and 
+** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the 
+** returned program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
+  VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
+  assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );
+
+  /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
+  assert( p->btreeMask==0 );
+
+  resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
+  *pnOp = p->nOp;
+  p->aOp = 0;
+  return aOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
+** address of the first operation added.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno){
+  int addr;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p->nOp + nOp > p->pParse->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  addr = p->nOp;
+  if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){
+    int i;
+    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
+    for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
+      int p2 = pIn->p2;
+      VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
+      pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
+      pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
+      if( p2<0 ){
+        assert( sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP );
+        pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
+      }else{
+        pOut->p2 = p2;
+      }
+      pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
+      pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+      pOut->p4.p = 0;
+      pOut->p5 = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+      pOut->zComment = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+      pOut->iSrcLine = iLineno+i;
+#else
+      (void)iLineno;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    p->nOp += nOp;
+  }
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
+** added operation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->aOp ){
+    assert( p->nOp>0 );
+    p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
+** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
+  p->pParse->iFixedOp = p->nOp - 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it.  If
+** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
+*/
+static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
+  if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
+  }
+}
+
+static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int);
+
+/*
+** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
+*/
+static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
+  if( p4 ){
+    assert( db );
+    switch( p4type ){
+      case P4_REAL:
+      case P4_INT64:
+      case P4_DYNAMIC:
+      case P4_INTARRAY: {
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_KEYINFO: {
+        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref((KeyInfo*)p4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_MPRINTF: {
+        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+        freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_MEM: {
+        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+          sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
+        }else{
+          Mem *p = (Mem*)p4;
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_VTAB : {
+        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
+** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain 
+** nOp entries. 
+*/
+static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
+  if( aOp ){
+    Op *pOp;
+    for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){
+      freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
+#endif     
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp);
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked
+** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program
+** objects when the VM is no longer required.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){
+  p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram;
+  pVdbe->pProgram = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  if( p->aOp ){
+    VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+    freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+    memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
+    pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
+    if( addr==p->nOp-1 ) p->nOp--;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the last opcode inserted
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe *p, u8 op){
+  if( (p->nOp-1)>(p->pParse->iFixedOp) && p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==op ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(p, p->nOp-1);
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+**
+** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
+** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
+** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
+** 
+** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
+** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
+** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
+**
+** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
+  Op *pOp;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  db = p->db;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
+    if( n!=P4_VTAB ){
+      freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+  assert( addr<p->nOp );
+  if( addr<0 ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_NOTUSED
+       || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32
+       || pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
+  freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+  pOp->p4.p = 0;
+  if( n==P4_INT32 ){
+    /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
+    ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
+    pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
+    pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
+  }else if( zP4==0 ){
+    pOp->p4.p = 0;
+    pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+  }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
+    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+    pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+  }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){
+    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+    pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB;
+    sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4);
+    assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db );
+  }else if( n<0 ){
+    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+    pOp->p4type = (signed char)n;
+  }else{
+    if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4);
+    pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
+    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the P4 on the most recently added opcode to the KeyInfo for the
+** index given.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pIdx!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIdx),
+                      P4_KEYINFO);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+/*
+** Change the comment on the most recently coded instruction.  Or
+** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction.  This
+** makes the code easier to read during debugging.  None of this happens
+** in a production build.
+*/
+static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
+  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( p->nOp ){
+    assert( p->aOp );
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment);
+    p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( p ){
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+#endif  /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+/*
+** Set the value if the iSrcLine field for the previously coded instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe *v, int iLine){
+  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v,-1)->iSrcLine = iLine;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE */
+
+/*
+** Return the opcode for a given address.  If the address is -1, then
+** return the most recently inserted opcode.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
+** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned.  That opcode
+** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
+** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
+** after a OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from 
+** this routine is a valid pointer.  But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
+** dummy will never be written to.  This is verified by code inspection and
+** by running with Valgrind.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all
+  ** zeros, which is correct.  MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */
+  static VdbeOp dummy;  /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( addr<0 ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+  }
+  assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    return (VdbeOp*)&dummy;
+  }else{
+    return &p->aOp[addr];
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS)
+/*
+** Return an integer value for one of the parameters to the opcode pOp
+** determined by character c.
+*/
+static int translateP(char c, const Op *pOp){
+  if( c=='1' ) return pOp->p1;
+  if( c=='2' ) return pOp->p2;
+  if( c=='3' ) return pOp->p3;
+  if( c=='4' ) return pOp->p4.i;
+  return pOp->p5;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a string for the "comment" field of a VDBE opcode listing.
+**
+** The Synopsis: field in comments in the vdbe.c source file gets converted
+** to an extra string that is appended to the sqlite3OpcodeName().  In the
+** absence of other comments, this synopsis becomes the comment on the opcode.
+** Some translation occurs:
+**
+**       "PX"      ->  "r[X]"
+**       "PX@PY"   ->  "r[X..X+Y-1]"  or "r[x]" if y is 0 or 1
+**       "PX@PY+1" ->  "r[X..X+Y]"    or "r[x]" if y is 0
+**       "PY..PY"  ->  "r[X..Y]"      or "r[x]" if y<=x
+*/
+static int displayComment(
+  const Op *pOp,     /* The opcode to be commented */
+  const char *zP4,   /* Previously obtained value for P4 */
+  char *zTemp,       /* Write result here */
+  int nTemp          /* Space available in zTemp[] */
+){
+  const char *zOpName;
+  const char *zSynopsis;
+  int nOpName;
+  int ii, jj;
+  zOpName = sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);
+  nOpName = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpName);
+  if( zOpName[nOpName+1] ){
+    int seenCom = 0;
+    char c;
+    zSynopsis = zOpName += nOpName + 1;
+    for(ii=jj=0; jj<nTemp-1 && (c = zSynopsis[ii])!=0; ii++){
+      if( c=='P' ){
+        c = zSynopsis[++ii];
+        if( c=='4' ){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", zP4);
+        }else if( c=='X' ){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", pOp->zComment);
+          seenCom = 1;
+        }else{
+          int v1 = translateP(c, pOp);
+          int v2;
+          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%d", v1);
+          if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@P", 2)==0 ){
+            ii += 3;
+            jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
+            v2 = translateP(zSynopsis[ii], pOp);
+            if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1,"+1",2)==0 ){
+              ii += 2;
+              v2++;
+            }
+            if( v2>1 ){
+              sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "..%d", v1+v2-1);
+            }
+          }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){
+            ii += 4;
+          }
+        }
+        jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
+      }else{
+        zTemp[jj++] = c;
+      }
+    }
+    if( !seenCom && jj<nTemp-5 && pOp->zComment ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "; %s", pOp->zComment);
+      jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
+    }
+    if( jj<nTemp ) zTemp[jj] = 0;
+  }else if( pOp->zComment ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s", pOp->zComment);
+    jj = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
+  }else{
+    zTemp[0] = 0;
+    jj = 0;
+  }
+  return jj;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
+     || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
+** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+*/
+static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
+  char *zP4 = zTemp;
+  assert( nTemp>=20 );
+  switch( pOp->p4type ){
+    case P4_KEYINFO: {
+      int i, j;
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+      assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "k(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
+      i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
+      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
+        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
+        const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : "nil";
+        int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl);
+        if( n==6 && memcmp(zColl,"BINARY",6)==0 ){
+          zColl = "B";
+          n = 1;
+        }
+        if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
+          memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
+          break;
+        }
+        zTemp[i++] = ',';
+        if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
+          zTemp[i++] = '-';
+        }
+        memcpy(&zTemp[i], zColl, n+1);
+        i += n;
+      }
+      zTemp[i++] = ')';
+      zTemp[i] = 0;
+      assert( i<nTemp );
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_COLLSEQ: {
+      CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+      FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_INT64: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_INT32: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_REAL: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_MEM: {
+      Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
+      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
+        zP4 = pMem->z;
+      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
+      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "NULL");
+      }else{
+        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
+        zP4 = "(blob)";
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    case P4_VTAB: {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case P4_INTARRAY: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_ADVANCE: {
+      zTemp[0] = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
+      if( zP4==0 ){
+        zP4 = zTemp;
+        zTemp[0] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  assert( zP4!=0 );
+  return zP4;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
+**
+** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of
+** attached databases that will be use.  A mask of these databases
+** is maintained in p->btreeMask.  The p->lockMask value is the subset of
+** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 );
+  assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
+  p->btreeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
+  if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
+    p->lockMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
+  }
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+/*
+** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
+** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
+** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also
+** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring
+** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required.
+**
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
+** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
+** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle 
+** associated with the VM.
+**
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
+** function is a no-op.
+**
+** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared 
+** statement p will ever use.  Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
+** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache.  Then the runtime of
+** this routine is N*N.  But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
+** be a problem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  yDbMask mask;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Db *aDb;
+  int nDb;
+  if( p->lockMask==0 ) return;  /* The common case */
+  db = p->db;
+  aDb = db->aDb;
+  nDb = db->nDb;
+  for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
+    if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
+      sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+/*
+** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  yDbMask mask;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Db *aDb;
+  int nDb;
+  if( p->lockMask==0 ) return;  /* The common case */
+  db = p->db;
+  aDb = db->aDb;
+  nDb = db->nDb;
+  for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
+    if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
+      sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
+  char *zP4;
+  char zPtr[50];
+  char zCom[100];
+  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-13s %.2X %s\n";
+  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
+  zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+  displayComment(pOp, zP4, zCom, sizeof(zCom));
+#else
+  zCom[0] = 0;
+#endif
+  /* NB:  The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created
+  ** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the
+  ** information from the vdbe.c source text */
+  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, 
+      sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
+      zCom
+  );
+  fflush(pOut);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Release an array of N Mem elements
+*/
+static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
+  if( p && N ){
+    Mem *pEnd;
+    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+    u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
+    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
+      for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+      }
+      return;
+    }
+    for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
+      assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
+      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
+
+      /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
+      ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is 
+      ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
+      **
+      ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to 
+      ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 
+      ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if 
+      ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
+      ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table 
+      ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() 
+      ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
+      */
+      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
+      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
+      testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
+      if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
+      }else if( p->zMalloc ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+        p->zMalloc = 0;
+      }
+
+      p->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+    }
+    db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
+** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){
+  int i;
+  Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p);
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem];
+  for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]);
+  }
+  releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem);
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
+**
+** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
+** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
+** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+**
+** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed.  When
+** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
+** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
+** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
+**
+** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of
+** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
+  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
+){
+  int nRow;                            /* Stop when row count reaches this */
+  int nSub = 0;                        /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
+  SubProgram **apSub = 0;              /* Array of sub-vdbes */
+  Mem *pSub = 0;                       /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;                 /* The database connection */
+  int i;                               /* Loop counter */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1];             /* First Mem of result set */
+
+  assert( p->explain );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+
+  /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
+  ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
+  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+  */
+  releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);
+  p->pResultSet = 0;
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the
+  ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE.
+  ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus
+  ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered
+  ** so far.  The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are
+  ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
+  */
+  nRow = p->nOp;
+  if( p->explain==1 ){
+    /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set.  So we will
+    ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers
+    ** to trigger subprograms.  The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9
+    ** cells.  */
+    assert( p->nMem>9 );
+    pSub = &p->aMem[9];
+    if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
+      /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL.  It is
+      ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */
+      nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
+      apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
+      nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
+    }
+  }
+
+  do{
+    i = p->pc++;
+  }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
+  if( i>=nRow ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
+  }else{
+    char *zP4;
+    Op *pOp;
+    if( i<p->nOp ){
+      /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the
+      ** main program. */
+      pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+    }else{
+      /* We are currently listing subprograms.  Figure out which one and
+      ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */
+      int j;
+      i -= p->nOp;
+      for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
+        i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
+      }
+      pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
+    }
+    if( p->explain==1 ){
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
+      pMem++;
+  
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
+      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pMem++;
+
+      /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
+      ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
+      ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
+      ** has not already been seen.
+      */
+      if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+        int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
+          if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
+        }
+        if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0) ){
+          apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+          apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+          pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+          pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->u.i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->u.i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->u.i = pOp->p3;                          /* P3 */
+    pMem++;
+
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){            /* P4 */
+      assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+    zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
+    if( zP4!=pMem->z ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+    }else{
+      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    }
+    pMem++;
+
+    if( p->explain==1 ){
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
+        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->n = 2;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5);   /* P5 */
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pMem++;
+  
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 500, 0) ){
+        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500);
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+#else
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;                       /* Comment */
+#endif
+    }
+
+    p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1);
+    p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
+  const char *z = 0;
+  if( p->zSql ){
+    z = p->zSql;
+  }else if( p->nOp>=1 ){
+    const VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+      z = pOp->p4.z;
+      while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( z ) printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
+/*
+** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
+  int nOp = p->nOp;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
+  if( nOp<1 ) return;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+    int i, j;
+    char z[1000];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+    for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+    for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
+      if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){
+        if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
+          z[j++] = ' ';
+        }
+      }else{
+        z[j++] = z[i];
+      }
+    }
+    z[j] = 0;
+    sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
+
+/*
+** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to
+** that space.  If insufficient space is available, return NULL.
+**
+** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will
+** receive the new memory.  pBuf is normally NULL.  If pBuf is not
+** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that
+** this routine should not allocate any new memory.  When pBuf is not
+** NULL simply return pBuf.  Only allocate new memory space when pBuf
+** is NULL.
+**
+** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed.
+**
+** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the
+** available space.  When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past
+** the end of the allocated space.
+**
+** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed
+** to allocate.  If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the
+** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request.
+*/
+static void *allocSpace(
+  void *pBuf,          /* Where return pointer will be stored */
+  int nByte,           /* Number of bytes to allocate */
+  u8 **ppFrom,         /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */
+  u8 *pEnd,            /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */
+  int *pnByte          /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */
+){
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) );
+  if( pBuf ) return pBuf;
+  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
+  if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){
+    pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom;
+    *ppFrom += nByte;
+  }else{
+    *pnByte += nByte;
+  }
+  return pBuf;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for
+** running it.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+  int i;
+#endif
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+
+  /* There should be at least one opcode.
+  */
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+
+  /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  for(i=1; i<p->nMem; i++){
+    assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db );
+  }
+#endif
+  p->pc = -1;
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  p->cacheCtr = 1;
+  p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
+  p->iStatement = 0;
+  p->nFkConstraint = 0;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+    p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
+    p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after
+** creating the virtual machine.  This involves things such
+** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
+** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
+**
+** This function may be called exact once on a each virtual machine.
+** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
+** to run.  After this routine is called, futher calls to 
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited.  This routine disconnects
+** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
+** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
+** destroyed.
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back
+** to its initial state after it has been run.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
+  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
+  Parse *pParse                  /* Parsing context */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
+  int nVar;                      /* Number of parameters */
+  int nMem;                      /* Number of VM memory registers */
+  int nCursor;                   /* Number of cursors required */
+  int nArg;                      /* Number of arguments in subprograms */
+  int nOnce;                     /* Number of OP_Once instructions */
+  int n;                         /* Loop counter */
+  u8 *zCsr;                      /* Memory available for allocation */
+  u8 *zEnd;                      /* First byte past allocated memory */
+  int nByte;                     /* How much extra memory is needed */
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( pParse==p->pParse );
+  db = p->db;
+  assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+  nVar = pParse->nVar;
+  nMem = pParse->nMem;
+  nCursor = pParse->nTab;
+  nArg = pParse->nMaxArg;
+  nOnce = pParse->nOnce;
+  if( nOnce==0 ) nOnce = 1; /* Ensure at least one byte in p->aOnceFlag[] */
+  
+  /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
+  ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
+  ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
+  ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with 
+  ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
+  ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
+  **
+  ** See also: allocateCursor().
+  */
+  nMem += nCursor;
+
+  /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and 
+  ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in.
+  */
+  zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp];            /* Memory avaliable for allocation */
+  zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[pParse->nOpAlloc];  /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */
+
+  resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
+  p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
+  if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){
+    nMem = 10;
+  }
+  memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
+  zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );
+  p->expired = 0;
+
+  /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two
+  ** passes.  On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the 
+  ** end of the opcode array.  If we are unable to satisfy all memory
+  ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
+  ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation.  
+  **
+  ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from
+  ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly
+  ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement.
+  */
+  do {
+    nByte = 0;
+    p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*),
+                          &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    p->aOnceFlag = allocSpace(p->aOnceFlag, nOnce, &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    if( nByte ){
+      p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+    }
+    zCsr = p->pFree;
+    zEnd = &zCsr[nByte];
+  }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed );
+
+  p->nCursor = nCursor;
+  p->nOnceFlag = nOnce;
+  if( p->aVar ){
+    p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar;
+    for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
+      p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+      p->aVar[n].db = db;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->azVar ){
+    p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar;
+    memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0]));
+    memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0]));
+  }
+  if( p->aMem ){
+    p->aMem--;                      /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
+    p->nMem = nMem;                 /*       not from 0..nMem-1 */
+    for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
+      p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Undefined;
+      p->aMem[n].db = db;
+    }
+  }
+  p->explain = pParse->explain;
+  sqlite3VdbeRewind(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor 
+** happens to hold.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
+  if( pCx==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx);
+  if( pCx->pBt ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
+    /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
+    ** the call above. */
+  }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
+    sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
+    const sqlite3_module *pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
+    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+    pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
+    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This
+** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore
+** control to the main program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){
+  Vdbe *v = pFrame->v;
+  v->aOnceFlag = pFrame->aOnceFlag;
+  v->nOnceFlag = pFrame->nOnceFlag;
+  v->aOp = pFrame->aOp;
+  v->nOp = pFrame->nOp;
+  v->aMem = pFrame->aMem;
+  v->nMem = pFrame->nMem;
+  v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr;
+  v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor;
+  v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
+  v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
+  return pFrame->pc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all cursors.
+**
+** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory 
+** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
+** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
+** open cursors.
+*/
+static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p->pFrame ){
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+    sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+  }
+  p->pFrame = 0;
+  p->nFrame = 0;
+
+  if( p->apCsr ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
+      VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
+      if( pC ){
+        sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
+        p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->aMem ){
+    releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
+  }
+  while( p->pDelFrame ){
+    VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame;
+    p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent;
+    sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete any auxdata allocations made by the VM */
+  sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, -1, 0);
+  assert( p->pAuxData==0 );
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up the VM after execution.
+**
+** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
+** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
+** variables in the aVar[] array.
+*/
+static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and 
+  ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up.  */
+  int i;
+  if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 );
+  if( p->aMem ){
+    for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Undefined );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = 0;
+  p->pResultSet = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
+** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
+** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
+** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
+  Mem *pColName;
+  int n;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+  n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
+  p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn;
+  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
+  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
+  while( n-- > 0 ){
+    pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
+    pColName->db = p->db;
+    pColName++;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
+** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
+**
+** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
+**
+** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
+** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
+** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(
+  Vdbe *p,                         /* Vdbe being configured */
+  int idx,                         /* Index of column zName applies to */
+  int var,                         /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */
+  const char *zName,               /* Pointer to buffer containing name */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)              /* Memory management strategy for zName */
+){
+  int rc;
+  Mem *pColName;
+  assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
+  assert( var<COLNAME_N );
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
+  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+  assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
+** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
+** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
+** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+*/
+static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int needXcommit = 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply 
+  ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. 
+  */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+#endif
+
+  /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
+  ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
+  ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is 
+  ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
+  ** to the transaction.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p);
+
+  /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
+  ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not 
+  ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than 
+  ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
+  ** file is required for an atomic commit.
+  */ 
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+      needXcommit = 1;
+      if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
+      sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
+      rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+      sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
+  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
+    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
+    if( rc ){
+      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
+  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
+  ** master-journal.
+  **
+  ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
+  ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file.  In 
+  ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the 
+  ** simple case then too.
+  */
+  if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
+   || nTrans<=1
+  ){
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. 
+    ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
+    ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
+    ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
+    */
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
+  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
+  ** committed atomicly.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+  else{
+    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+    int needSync = 0;
+    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
+    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
+    i64 offset = 0;
+    int res;
+    int retryCount = 0;
+    int nMainFile;
+
+    /* Select a master journal file name */
+    nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile);
+    zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz", zMainFile);
+    if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    do {
+      u32 iRandom;
+      if( retryCount ){
+        if( retryCount>100 ){
+          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster);
+          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+          break;
+        }else if( retryCount==1 ){
+          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster);
+        }
+      }
+      retryCount++;
+      sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X",
+                               (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff);
+      /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must
+      ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */
+      assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' );
+      sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster);
+      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+    }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Open the master journal. */
+      rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, 
+          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+ 
+    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
+    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
+    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
+    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
+    ** back independently if a failure occurs.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+        char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
+        if( zFile==0 ){
+          continue;  /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */
+        }
+        assert( zFile[0]!=0 );
+        if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
+          needSync = 1;
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
+        offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
+    ** flag is set this is not required.
+    */
+    if( needSync 
+     && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
+     && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
+    ){
+      sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+      sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
+    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
+    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
+    **
+    ** If the error occurs during the first call to
+    ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
+    ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
+    ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
+    ** file before the failure occurred.
+    */
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
+    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
+    ** transaction files are deleted.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+    zMaster = 0;
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
+    ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
+    ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
+    ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
+    ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
+    ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
+    */
+    disable_simulated_io_errors();
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    enable_simulated_io_errors();
+
+    sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable
+** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
+** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
+** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
+** step.
+**
+** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  int nWrite = 0;
+  int nRead = 0;
+  p = db->pVdbe;
+  while( p ){
+    if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
+      cnt++;
+      if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
+      if( p->bIsReader ) nRead++;
+    }
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }
+  assert( cnt==db->nVdbeActive );
+  assert( nWrite==db->nVdbeWrite );
+  assert( nRead==db->nVdbeRead );
+}
+#else
+#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
+** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
+** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
+** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the 
+** statement transaction is committed.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. 
+** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
+  sqlite3 *const db = p->db;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a 
+  ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception
+  ** is that an IO error may have occurred, causing an emergency rollback.
+  ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do.
+  */
+  if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
+    int i;
+    const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;
+
+    assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
+    assert( db->nStatement>0 );
+    assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
+
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
+        }
+        if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = rc2;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    db->nStatement--;
+    p->iStatement = 0;
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the 
+    ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when 
+    ** the statement transaction was opened.  */
+    if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+      db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
+      db->nDeferredImmCons = p->nStmtDefImmCons;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database 
+** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be 
+** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
+** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns 
+** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
+** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) 
+   || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) 
+  ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
+    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
+** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
+** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
+**
+** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
+** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.  It is harmless to
+** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
+**
+** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
+** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY.  If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
+** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc;                         /* Used to store transient return codes */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+  /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
+  ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
+  ** execution of this virtual machine. 
+  **
+  ** If any of the following errors occur:
+  **
+  **     SQLITE_NOMEM
+  **     SQLITE_IOERR
+  **     SQLITE_FULL
+  **     SQLITE_INTERRUPT
+  **
+  ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
+  ** state.  We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
+  ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
+  */
+
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( p->aOnceFlag ) memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);
+  closeAllCursors(p);
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+
+  /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started or if the
+  ** SQL statement does not read or write a database file.  */
+  if( p->pc>=0 && p->bIsReader ){
+    int mrc;   /* Primary error code from p->rc */
+    int eStatementOp = 0;
+    int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if a 'special' error */
+
+    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
+    sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
+
+    /* Check for one of the special errors */
+    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
+    assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );  /* This error no longer exists */
+    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
+                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
+    if( isSpecialError ){
+      /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, 
+      ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint 
+      ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a 
+      ** consistent state.
+      **
+      ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform
+      ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error 
+      ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database
+      ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function
+      ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore 
+      ** the pager to a consistent state.
+      */
+      if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
+        if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){
+          eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
+        }else{
+          /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
+          ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
+          */
+          sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+          sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+          db->autoCommit = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
+    }
+  
+    /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer 
+    ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. 
+    **
+    ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled 
+    ** above has occurred. 
+    */
+    if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 
+     && db->autoCommit 
+     && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) 
+    ){
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){
+            sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+            return SQLITE_ERROR;
+          }
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
+        }else{ 
+          /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful 
+          ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
+          ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit 
+          ** is required. */
+          rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){
+          sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+          return SQLITE_BUSY;
+        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          p->rc = rc;
+          sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
+        }else{
+          db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+          db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
+          db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs;
+          sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+        }
+      }else{
+        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
+      }
+      db->nStatement = 0;
+    }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE;
+      }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
+        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+        sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+        db->autoCommit = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
+    ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
+    ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
+    ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the
+    ** current statement error code.
+    */
+    if( eStatementOp ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp);
+      if( rc ){
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+          p->rc = rc;
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+          p->zErrMsg = 0;
+        }
+        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+        sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+        db->autoCommit = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
+    ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. 
+    */
+    if( p->changeCntOn ){
+      if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
+      }
+      p->nChange = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Release the locks */
+    sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+  }
+
+  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    db->nVdbeActive--;
+    if( !p->readOnly ) db->nVdbeWrite--;
+    if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead--;
+    assert( db->nVdbeActive>=db->nVdbeRead );
+    assert( db->nVdbeRead>=db->nVdbeWrite );
+    assert( db->nVdbeWrite>=0 );
+  }
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
+  ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() 
+  ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
+  */
+  if( db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
+  }
+
+  assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 );
+  return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
+** in p->rc.  This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed
+** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be 
+** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()).
+**
+** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just
+** copies them to the database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  int rc = p->rc;
+  if( p->zErrMsg ){
+    u8 mallocFailed = db->mallocFailed;
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed;
+    db->errCode = rc;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+/*
+** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, 
+** invoke it.
+*/
+static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog && v->rc==SQLITE_OK && v->zSql && v->pc>=0 ){
+    char *zExpanded = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(v, v->zSql);
+    assert( v->db->init.busy==0 );
+    if( zExpanded ){
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(
+          sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, v->db, zExpanded, 1
+      );
+      sqlite3DbFree(v->db, zExpanded);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define vdbeInvokeSqllog(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
+** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
+**
+** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
+** again.
+**
+** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
+** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  db = p->db;
+
+  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
+  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
+  ** it now.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+
+  /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
+  ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
+  ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
+  ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
+  */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    vdbeInvokeSqllog(p);
+    sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = 0;
+    if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
+  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
+    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
+    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
+    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
+    */
+    sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
+  */
+  Cleanup(p);
+
+  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
+  */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  {
+    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
+    if( out ){
+      int i;
+      fprintf(out, "---- ");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
+      }
+      fprintf(out, "\n");
+      if( p->zSql ){
+        char c, pc = 0;
+        fprintf(out, "-- ");
+        for(i=0; (c = p->zSql[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( pc=='\n' ) fprintf(out, "-- ");
+          putc(c, out);
+          pc = c;
+        }
+        if( pc!='\n' ) fprintf(out, "\n");
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        char zHdr[100];
+        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zHdr), zHdr, "%6u %12llu %8llu ",
+           p->aOp[i].cnt,
+           p->aOp[i].cycles,
+           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
+        );
+        fprintf(out, "%s", zHdr);
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+      }
+      fclose(out);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  p->iCurrentTime = 0;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  return p->rc & db->errMask;
+}
+ 
+/*
+** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
+** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
+    assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If parameter iOp is less than zero, then invoke the destructor for
+** all auxiliary data pointers currently cached by the VM passed as
+** the first argument.
+**
+** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is
+** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user 
+** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of 
+** VM pVdbe, and only then if:
+**
+**    * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting
+**      from left to right), or
+**
+**    * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first
+**      function parameter corrsponds to bit 0 etc.).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe *pVdbe, int iOp, int mask){
+  AuxData **pp = &pVdbe->pAuxData;
+  while( *pp ){
+    AuxData *pAux = *pp;
+    if( (iOp<0)
+     || (pAux->iOp==iOp && (pAux->iArg>31 || !(mask & MASKBIT32(pAux->iArg))))
+    ){
+      testcase( pAux->iArg==31 );
+      if( pAux->xDelete ){
+        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
+      }
+      *pp = pAux->pNext;
+      sqlite3DbFree(pVdbe->db, pAux);
+    }else{
+      pp= &pAux->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument,
+** except for object itself, which is preserved.
+**
+** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that
+** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with
+** the database connection and frees the object itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+  SubProgram *pSub, *pNext;
+  int i;
+  assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db );
+  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
+  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+  for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){
+    pNext = pSub->pNext;
+    vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub);
+  }
+  for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]);
+  vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zExplain);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pExplain);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire VDBE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+  db = p->db;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, p);
+  if( p->pPrev ){
+    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( db->pVdbe==p );
+    db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
+  }
+  if( p->pNext ){
+    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+  }
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
+  p->db = 0;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
+** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
+** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
+**
+** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
+** MoveTo now.  If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been
+** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as
+** a NULL row.
+**
+** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
+** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
+  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
+    int res, rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
+#endif
+    assert( p->isTable );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget;
+    if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    p->rowidIsValid = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }else if( p->pCursor ){
+    int hasMoved;
+    int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    if( hasMoved ){
+      p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+      if( hasMoved==2 ) p->nullRow = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following functions:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
+**
+** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
+** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
+** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
+** integer, stored as a varint.
+**
+** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
+** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
+** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
+** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
+** serial-type and data blob separately.
+**
+** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
+**
+**   serial type        bytes of data      type
+**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
+**      0                     0            NULL
+**      1                     1            signed integer
+**      2                     2            signed integer
+**      3                     3            signed integer
+**      4                     4            signed integer
+**      5                     6            signed integer
+**      6                     8            signed integer
+**      7                     8            IEEE float
+**      8                     0            Integer constant 0
+**      9                     0            Integer constant 1
+**     10,11                               reserved for expansion
+**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
+**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
+**
+** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4.  Prior versions
+** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  int n;
+
+  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
+    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
+#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
+    i64 i = pMem->u.i;
+    u64 u;
+    if( i<0 ){
+      if( i<(-MAX_6BYTE) ) return 6;
+      /* Previous test prevents:  u = -(-9223372036854775808) */
+      u = -i;
+    }else{
+      u = i;
+    }
+    if( u<=127 ){
+      return ((i&1)==i && file_format>=4) ? 8+(u32)u : 1;
+    }
+    if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
+    if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
+    if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
+    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
+    return 6;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
+    return 7;
+  }
+  assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+  n = pMem->n;
+  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
+    n += pMem->u.nZero;
+  }
+  assert( n>=0 );
+  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
+  if( serial_type>=12 ){
+    return (serial_type-12)/2;
+  }else{
+    static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+    return aSize[serial_type];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating 
+** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the 
+** upper 4 bytes.  Return the result.
+**
+** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
+**
+** (later):  It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
+** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip.  It seems
+** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
+** float in the wrong order.  And that error has been propagated
+** ever since.  The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
+** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
+** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
+** ABI get the byte order right.
+**
+** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
+** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once.  With DEBUG
+** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
+** floating point values is correct.
+**
+** (2007-08-30)  Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
+** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers.  Frank
+** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
+** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full 
+** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard.  (This is the
+** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.)  On such systems, floating point
+** byte swapping becomes very complicated.  To avoid problems,
+** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
+** rather than a 64-bit float.  Frank assures us that the code here
+** works for him.  We, the developers, have no way to independently
+** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
+** so we trust him.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
+  union {
+    u64 r;
+    u32 i[2];
+  } u;
+  u32 t;
+
+  u.r = in;
+  t = u.i[0];
+  u.i[0] = u.i[1];
+  u.i[1] = t;
+  return u.r;
+}
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)  X = floatSwap(X)
+#else
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
+** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
+** Return the number of bytes written.
+**
+** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[].  The caller is responsible
+** for allocating enough space to buf[] to hold the entire field, exclusive
+** of the pMem->u.nZero bytes for a MEM_Zero value.
+**
+** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[].  The number
+** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
+** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){
+  u32 len;
+
+  /* Integer and Real */
+  if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
+    u64 v;
+    u32 i;
+    if( serial_type==7 ){
+      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
+      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
+      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
+    }else{
+      v = pMem->u.i;
+    }
+    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    while( i-- ){
+      buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
+      v >>= 8;
+    }
+    return len;
+  }
+
+  /* String or blob */
+  if( serial_type>=12 ){
+    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
+             == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
+    len = pMem->n;
+    memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
+    return len;
+  }
+
+  /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a
+** big-endian integer.  Return the equivalent native integer
+*/
+#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x)    ((i8)(x)[0])
+#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x)    (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1])
+#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x)  (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2])
+#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x)  (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])
+
+/*
+** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
+** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
+  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
+  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+  u64 x;
+  u32 y;
+  switch( serial_type ){
+    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
+    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
+    case 0: {  /* NULL */
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+      break;
+    }
+    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = ONE_BYTE_INT(buf);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+      return 2;
+    }
+    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+      return 3;
+    }
+    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
+      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
+      pMem->u.i = (i64)*(int*)&y;
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+      return 4;
+    }
+    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+      return 6;
+    }
+    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
+    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+      /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
+      ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
+      ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
+      ** endian.
+      */
+      static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
+      static const double r1 = 1.0;
+      u64 t2 = t1;
+      swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
+      assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
+#endif
+      x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
+      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4);
+      x = (x<<32) | y;
+      if( serial_type==6 ){
+        pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+        testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
+      }else{
+        assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
+        swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
+        memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
+        pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
+      }
+      return 8;
+    }
+    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
+    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
+      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    default: {
+      static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem };
+      u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2;
+      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
+      pMem->n = len;
+      pMem->xDel = 0;
+      pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1];
+      return len;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord
+** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if
+** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo.
+**
+** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
+** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably
+** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should
+** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the 
+** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL
+** before returning.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* Description of the record */
+  char *pSpace,                   /* Unaligned space available */
+  int szSpace,                    /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
+  char **ppFree                   /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */
+){
+  UnpackedRecord *p;              /* Unpacked record to return */
+  int nOff;                       /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes required for *p */
+
+  /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned.
+  ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift 
+  ** it by.  If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero.
+  */
+  nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7;
+  nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1);
+  if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){
+    p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
+    *ppFree = (char *)p;
+    if( !p ) return 0;
+  }else{
+    p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff];
+    *ppFree = 0;
+  }
+
+  p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))];
+  assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+  p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+  p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the 
+** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the
+** contents of the decoded record.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,     /* Information about the record format */
+  int nKey,              /* Size of the binary record */
+  const void *pKey,      /* The binary record */
+  UnpackedRecord *p      /* Populate this structure before returning. */
+){
+  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
+  int d; 
+  u32 idx;                        /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */
+  u16 u;                          /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  u32 szHdr;
+  Mem *pMem = p->aMem;
+
+  p->default_rc = 0;
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
+  d = szHdr;
+  u = 0;
+  while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField && d<=nKey ){
+    u32 serial_type;
+
+    idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
+    pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+    pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
+    /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */
+    pMem->zMalloc = 0;
+    d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
+    pMem++;
+    u++;
+  }
+  assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
+  p->nField = u;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** This function compares two index or table record keys in the same way
+** as the sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() routine. Unlike VdbeRecordCompare(),
+** this function deserializes and compares values using the
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3MemCompare() functions. It is used
+** in assert() statements to ensure that the optimized code in
+** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() returns results with these two primitives.
+*/
+static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug(
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+  const UnpackedRecord *pPKey2  /* Right key */
+){
+  u32 d1;            /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+  u32 idx1;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
+  u32 szHdr1;        /* Number of bytes in header */
+  int i = 0;
+  int rc = 0;
+  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  Mem mem1;
+
+  pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
+  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+  mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
+  /* mem1.flags = 0;  // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */
+  VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
+
+  /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
+  ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
+  ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing 
+  ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
+  ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner.  And so, we choose
+  ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
+  */
+  /*  mem1.u.i = 0;  // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
+  
+  idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
+  d1 = szHdr1;
+  assert( pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB );
+  assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+  assert( pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
+  assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
+  do{
+    u32 serial_type1;
+
+    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
+    idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
+
+    /* Verify that there is enough key space remaining to avoid
+    ** a buffer overread.  The "d1+serial_type1+2" subexpression will
+    ** always be greater than or equal to the amount of required key space.
+    ** Use that approximation to avoid the more expensive call to
+    ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case.
+    */
+    if( d1+serial_type1+2>(u32)nKey1
+     && d1+sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u32)nKey1 
+    ){
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Extract the values to be compared.
+    */
+    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
+
+    /* Do the comparison
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], pKeyInfo->aColl[i]);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
+      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+        rc = -rc;  /* Invert the result for DESC sort order. */
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+    i++;
+  }while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField );
+
+  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
+  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
+  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).
+  */
+  assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );
+
+  /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
+  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the the default_rc
+  ** value.  */
+  return pPKey2->default_rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values
+** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero
+** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than 
+** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);".
+*/
+static int vdbeCompareMemString(
+  const Mem *pMem1,
+  const Mem *pMem2,
+  const CollSeq *pColl
+){
+  if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
+    /* The strings are already in the correct encoding.  Call the
+     ** comparison function directly */
+    return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
+  }else{
+    int rc;
+    const void *v1, *v2;
+    int n1, n2;
+    Mem c1;
+    Mem c2;
+    memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1));
+    memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2));
+    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
+    v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
+    n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
+    v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
+    n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
+    rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
+    return rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
+** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
+** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
+** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
+** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
+**
+** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
+  int rc;
+  int f1, f2;
+  int combined_flags;
+
+  f1 = pMem1->flags;
+  f2 = pMem2->flags;
+  combined_flags = f1|f2;
+  assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ 
+  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
+  ** are NULL, return 0.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
+  }
+
+  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
+  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
+  ** if both values are integers.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    double r1, r2;
+    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
+      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
+      r1 = pMem1->r;
+    }else if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+      r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
+    }else{
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
+      r2 = pMem2->r;
+    }else if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+      r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
+    }else{
+      return -1;
+    }
+    if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
+    if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
+  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
+    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
+    assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
+            pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+
+    /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
+    ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
+    ** compiled (this was not always the case).
+    */
+    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
+
+    if( pColl ){
+      return vdbeCompareMemString(pMem1, pMem2, pColl);
+    }
+    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
+    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
+  }
+ 
+  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
+  rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that
+** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive 
+** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value
+** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes
+** and returns the value.
+*/
+static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){
+  u32 y;
+  assert( CORRUPT_DB || (serial_type>=1 && serial_type<=9 && serial_type!=7) );
+  switch( serial_type ){
+    case 0:
+    case 1:
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      return ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+    case 2:
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      return TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+    case 3:
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      return THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+    case 4: {
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+      return (i64)*(int*)&y;
+    }
+    case 5: {
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      return FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+    }
+    case 6: {
+      u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
+      x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4);
+      return (i64)*(i64*)&x;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (serial_type - 8);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function compares the two table rows or index records
+** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2.  It returns a negative, zero
+** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or 
+** greater than key2.  The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
+** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.  The pPKey2
+** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
+** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
+**
+** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already
+** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal.
+**
+** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all 
+** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is 
+** returned.
+**
+** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->isCorrupt to non-zero
+** and return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
+  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,         /* Right key */
+  int bSkip                       /* If true, skip the first field */
+){
+  u32 d1;                         /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+  int i;                          /* Index of next field to compare */
+  u32 szHdr1;                     /* Size of record header in bytes */
+  u32 idx1;                       /* Offset of first type in header */
+  int rc = 0;                     /* Return value */
+  Mem *pRhs = pPKey2->aMem;       /* Next field of pPKey2 to compare */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
+  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+  Mem mem1;
+
+  /* If bSkip is true, then the caller has already determined that the first
+  ** two elements in the keys are equal. Fix the various stack variables so
+  ** that this routine begins comparing at the second field. */
+  if( bSkip ){
+    u32 s1;
+    idx1 = 1 + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], s1);
+    szHdr1 = aKey1[0];
+    d1 = szHdr1 + sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(s1);
+    i = 1;
+    pRhs++;
+  }else{
+    idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
+    d1 = szHdr1;
+    if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ 
+      pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      return 0;  /* Corruption */
+    }
+    i = 0;
+  }
+
+  VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
+  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField+pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField 
+       || CORRUPT_DB );
+  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
+  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
+  assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
+  do{
+    u32 serial_type;
+
+    /* RHS is an integer */
+    if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Int ){
+      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
+      testcase( serial_type==12 );
+      if( serial_type>=12 ){
+        rc = +1;
+      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
+        rc = -1;
+      }else if( serial_type==7 ){
+        double rhs = (double)pRhs->u.i;
+        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
+        if( mem1.r<rhs ){
+          rc = -1;
+        }else if( mem1.r>rhs ){
+          rc = +1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]);
+        i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i;
+        if( lhs<rhs ){
+          rc = -1;
+        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
+          rc = +1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* RHS is real */
+    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){
+      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
+      if( serial_type>=12 ){
+        rc = +1;
+      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
+        rc = -1;
+      }else{
+        double rhs = pRhs->r;
+        double lhs;
+        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
+        if( serial_type==7 ){
+          lhs = mem1.r;
+        }else{
+          lhs = (double)mem1.u.i;
+        }
+        if( lhs<rhs ){
+          rc = -1;
+        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
+          rc = +1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* RHS is a string */
+    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){
+      getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
+      testcase( serial_type==12 );
+      if( serial_type<12 ){
+        rc = -1;
+      }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){
+        rc = +1;
+      }else{
+        mem1.n = (serial_type - 12) / 2;
+        testcase( (d1+mem1.n)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+        testcase( (d1+mem1.n+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+        if( (d1+mem1.n) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){
+          pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          return 0;                /* Corruption */
+        }else if( pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){
+          mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+          mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
+          mem1.flags = MEM_Str;
+          mem1.z = (char*)&aKey1[d1];
+          rc = vdbeCompareMemString(&mem1, pRhs, pKeyInfo->aColl[i]);
+        }else{
+          int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n);
+          rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
+          if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; 
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* RHS is a blob */
+    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){
+      getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
+      testcase( serial_type==12 );
+      if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){
+        rc = -1;
+      }else{
+        int nStr = (serial_type - 12) / 2;
+        testcase( (d1+nStr)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+        testcase( (d1+nStr+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
+        if( (d1+nStr) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){
+          pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          return 0;                /* Corruption */
+        }else{
+          int nCmp = MIN(nStr, pRhs->n);
+          rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
+          if( rc==0 ) rc = nStr - pRhs->n;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* RHS is null */
+    else{
+      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
+      rc = (serial_type!=0);
+    }
+
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+        rc = -rc;
+      }
+      assert( CORRUPT_DB
+          || (rc<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0)
+          || (rc>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0)
+          || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
+      );
+      assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    i++;
+    pRhs++;
+    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    idx1 += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+  }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 );
+
+  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
+  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
+  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).  */
+  assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );
+
+  /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
+  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the the default_rc
+  ** value.  */
+  assert( CORRUPT_DB 
+       || pPKey2->default_rc==vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2) 
+  );
+  return pPKey2->default_rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
+** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the 
+** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
+** byte (i.e. is less than 128).
+**
+** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used
+** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less.
+*/
+static int vdbeRecordCompareInt(
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,       /* Right key */
+  int bSkip                     /* Ignored */
+){
+  const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F];
+  int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1];
+  int res;
+  u32 y;
+  u64 x;
+  i64 v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i;
+  i64 lhs;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(bSkip);
+
+  assert( bSkip==0 );
+  assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB );
+  switch( serial_type ){
+    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
+      lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
+      lhs = TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
+      lhs = THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
+      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+      lhs = (i64)*(int*)&y;
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
+      lhs = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 6: { /* 8-byte signed integer */
+      x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
+      x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4);
+      lhs = *(i64*)&x;
+      testcase( lhs<0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case 8: 
+      lhs = 0;
+      break;
+    case 9:
+      lhs = 1;
+      break;
+
+    /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running
+    ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch 
+    ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and
+    ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated
+    ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other 
+    ** compilers might be similar.  */ 
+    case 0: case 7:
+      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
+
+    default:
+      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( v>lhs ){
+    res = pPKey2->r1;
+  }else if( v<lhs ){
+    res = pPKey2->r2;
+  }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
+    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing 
+    ** fields.  */
+    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
+  }else{
+    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
+    ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
+    res = pPKey2->default_rc;
+  }
+
+  assert( (res==0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)==0)
+       || (res<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0)
+       || (res>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0)
+       || CORRUPT_DB
+  );
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
+** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field
+** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint 
+** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte.
+*/
+static int vdbeRecordCompareString(
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,       /* Right key */
+  int bSkip
+){
+  const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1;
+  int serial_type;
+  int res;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(bSkip);
+
+  assert( bSkip==0 );
+  getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type);
+
+  if( serial_type<12 ){
+    res = pPKey2->r1;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
+  }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ 
+    res = pPKey2->r2;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
+  }else{
+    int nCmp;
+    int nStr;
+    int szHdr = aKey1[0];
+
+    nStr = (serial_type-12) / 2;
+    if( (szHdr + nStr) > nKey1 ){
+      pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      return 0;    /* Corruption */
+    }
+    nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr );
+    res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp);
+
+    if( res==0 ){
+      res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n;
+      if( res==0 ){
+        if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
+          res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
+        }else{
+          res = pPKey2->default_rc;
+        }
+      }else if( res>0 ){
+        res = pPKey2->r2;
+      }else{
+        res = pPKey2->r1;
+      }
+    }else if( res>0 ){
+      res = pPKey2->r2;
+    }else{
+      res = pPKey2->r1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( (res==0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)==0)
+       || (res<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0)
+       || (res>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0)
+       || CORRUPT_DB
+  );
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to an sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() compatible function
+** suitable for comparing serialized records to the unpacked record passed
+** as the only argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){
+  /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume
+  ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record
+  ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt()
+  ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the 
+  ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is
+  ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each
+  ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to
+  ** limit the size of the header to 64 bytes in cases where the first field
+  ** is an integer.
+  **
+  ** The easiest way to enforce this limit is to consider only records with
+  ** 13 fields or less. If the first field is an integer, the maximum legal
+  ** header size is (12*5 + 1 + 1) bytes.  */
+  if( (p->pKeyInfo->nField + p->pKeyInfo->nXField)<=13 ){
+    int flags = p->aMem[0].flags;
+    if( p->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
+      p->r1 = 1;
+      p->r2 = -1;
+    }else{
+      p->r1 = -1;
+      p->r2 = 1;
+    }
+    if( (flags & MEM_Int) ){
+      return vdbeRecordCompareInt;
+    }
+    testcase( flags & MEM_Real );
+    testcase( flags & MEM_Null );
+    testcase( flags & MEM_Blob );
+    if( (flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob))==0 && p->pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 ){
+      assert( flags & MEM_Str );
+      return vdbeRecordCompareString;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare;
+}
+
+/*
+** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
+**
+** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
+** So the content cannot be trusted.  Do appropriate checks on the content.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
+  i64 nCellKey = 0;
+  int rc;
+  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
+  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
+  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
+  Mem m, v;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+
+  /* Get the size of the index entry.  Only indices entries of less
+  ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
+  ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
+  ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits  
+  */
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+  VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );     /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
+  assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );
+
+  /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
+  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
+  testcase( szHdr==3 );
+  testcase( szHdr==m.n );
+  if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){
+    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+  }
+
+  /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
+  ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
+  (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
+  testcase( typeRowid==1 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==2 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==3 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==4 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==5 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==6 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==8 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==9 );
+  if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){
+    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+  }
+  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+  testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid );
+  if( unlikely((u32)m.n<szHdr+lenRowid) ){
+    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+  }
+
+  /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
+  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
+  *rowid = v.u.i;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
+  ** allocated.  Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
+idx_rowid_corruption:
+  testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
+** the key string in pUnpacked.  Write into *pRes a number
+** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
+** or greater than pUnpacked.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+**
+** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
+** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
+** is ignored as well.  Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes 
+** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
+  VdbeCursor *pC,                  /* The cursor to compare against */
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked,       /* Unpacked version of key */
+  int *res                         /* Write the comparison result here */
+){
+  i64 nCellKey = 0;
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
+  Mem m;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+  VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
+  /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way
+  ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
+  if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
+    *res = 0;
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  db->nChange = nChange;
+  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
+** or reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
+  v->changeCntOn = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
+** as expired.
+**
+** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
+** recommend.  Statements expire when things happen that make their
+** programs obsolete.  Removing user-defined functions or collating
+** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
+** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
+  return v->db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound
+** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return 
+** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_*
+** constants) to the value before returning it.
+**
+** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){
+  assert( iVar>0 );
+  if( v ){
+    Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1];
+    if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){
+      sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db);
+      if( pRet ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem);
+        sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
+      }
+      return pRet;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals
+** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result
+** in a better query plan.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){
+  assert( iVar>0 );
+  if( iVar>32 ){
+    v->expmask = 0xffffffff;
+  }else{
+    v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1));
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored
+** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored
+** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
+  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
+** VDBE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
+** to be recompiled.  A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
+** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
+** that sqlite3_prepare() generates.  For example, if new functions or
+** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
+** added or changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return p==0 || p->expired;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized.  Log
+** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise
+** invalid).  Return false if it is ok.
+*/
+static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement");
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement");
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return vdbeSafety(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
+** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
+** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL
+    ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+    sqlite3 *db = v->db;
+    if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
+** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
+** the prior execution is returned.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeRewind(v);
+    assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
+    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
+    p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
+** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
+** structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
+    p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+    return p->n ? p->z : 0;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  static const u8 aType[] = {
+     SQLITE_BLOB,     /* 0x00 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x01 */
+     SQLITE_TEXT,     /* 0x02 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x03 */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x04 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x05 */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x06 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x07 */
+     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x08 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x09 */
+     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x0a */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0b */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x0c */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0d */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x0e */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0f */
+     SQLITE_BLOB,     /* 0x10 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x11 */
+     SQLITE_TEXT,     /* 0x12 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x13 */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x14 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x15 */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x16 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x17 */
+     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x18 */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x19 */
+     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x1a */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1b */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x1c */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1d */
+     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x1e */
+     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1f */
+  };
+  return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask];
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
+** the function result.
+**
+** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
+** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
+** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG
+*/
+static void setResultStrOrError(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,  /* Function context */
+  const char *z,          /* String pointer */
+  int n,                  /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+  u8 enc,                 /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)     /* Destructor function */
+){
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( n>=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#endif
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const char *z, 
+  int n,
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
+  pCtx->isError = errCode;
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+  if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
+                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, 
+                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+  pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It 
+** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
+*/
+static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      int nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+      if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
+** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
+**
+** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
+** API.  The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a 
+** schema change has occurred.  That detail is handled by the
+** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert(p);
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying
+    ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE.  But beginning
+    ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
+    ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+    ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, 
+    ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
+    ** definition.
+    **
+    ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
+    ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE 
+    ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change.  As a
+    ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
+    ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the 
+    ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
+    ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+      sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    }
+#else
+    sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */
+  db = p->db;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto end_of_step;
+  }
+  if( p->pc<0 ){
+    /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
+    ** reset the interrupt flag.  This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
+    ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
+    */
+    if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
+      db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+    }
+
+    assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 
+        || (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0)
+    );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
+      sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    db->nVdbeActive++;
+    if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->nVdbeWrite++;
+    if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead++;
+    p->pc = 0;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( p->explain ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+  {
+    db->nVdbeExec++;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
+    db->nVdbeExec--;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
+  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iNow;
+    sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow);
+    db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db);
+    if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  db->errCode = rc;
+  if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+end_of_step:
+  /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be 
+  ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy 
+  ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
+  ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc 
+  ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() 
+  ** were called on statement p.
+  */
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW  || rc==SQLITE_DONE   || rc==SQLITE_ERROR 
+       || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
+  );
+  assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+    /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
+    ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
+    ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
+    */ 
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
+  }
+  return (rc&db->errMask);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step().  Call
+** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work.  If a schema error occurs,
+** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Result from sqlite3Step() */
+  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */
+  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;  /* the prepared statement */
+  int cnt = 0;             /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */
+  sqlite3 *db;             /* The database connection */
+
+  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  db = v->db;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  v->doingRerun = 0;
+  while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
+         && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+         && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    v->doingRerun = 1;
+    assert( v->expired==0 );
+  }
+  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
+    ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
+    ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
+    ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
+    ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 
+    ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
+    ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
+    */
+    const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); 
+    assert( zErr!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
+    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+      v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
+      v->rc = rc2;
+    } else {
+      v->zErrMsg = 0;
+      v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc );
+  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface
+** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st
+** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and
+** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the
+** application defined function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc );
+  return p->s.db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current time for a statement
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context *p){
+  Vdbe *v = p->pVdbe;
+  int rc;
+  if( v->iCurrentTime==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(p->s.db->pVfs, &v->iCurrentTime);
+    if( rc ) v->iCurrentTime = 0;
+  }
+  return v->iCurrentTime;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
+** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
+** wrong context.  The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
+** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
+** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
+** method of virtual tables.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
+  sqlite3_context *context,  /* The function calling context */
+  int NotUsed,               /* Number of arguments to the function */
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2   /* Value of each argument */
+){
+  const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
+  char *zErr;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
+  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  sqlite3_free(zErr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
+** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
+** same context that was returned on prior calls.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+  Mem *pMem;
+  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
+  pMem = p->pMem;
+  testcase( nByte<0 );
+  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
+    if( nByte<=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+      pMem->z = 0;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
+      pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
+      if( pMem->z ){
+        memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return (void*)pMem->z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
+** the user-function defined by pCtx.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
+  AuxData *pAuxData;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
+    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
+  }
+
+  return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
+** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
+** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int iArg, 
+  void *pAux, 
+  void (*xDelete)(void*)
+){
+  AuxData *pAuxData;
+  Vdbe *pVdbe = pCtx->pVdbe;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
+
+  for(pAuxData=pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
+    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
+  }
+  if( pAuxData==0 ){
+    pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData));
+    if( !pAuxData ) goto failed;
+    pAuxData->iOp = pCtx->iOp;
+    pAuxData->iArg = iArg;
+    pAuxData->pNext = pVdbe->pAuxData;
+    pVdbe->pAuxData = pAuxData;
+    if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux==0 ){
+      pCtx->isError = 0;
+      pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( pAuxData->xDelete ){
+    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
+  }
+
+  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
+  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
+  return;
+
+failed:
+  if( xDelete ){
+    xDelete(pAux);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been 
+** called.
+**
+** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it for new code.  It is
+** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code.  New aggregate function
+** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
+** context.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  return p->pMem->n;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
+** currently executing statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
+  return pVm->nResColumn;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to static memory containing an SQL NULL value.
+*/
+static const Mem *columnNullValue(void){
+  /* Even though the Mem structure contains an element
+  ** of type i64, on certain architectures (x86) with certain compiler
+  ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary
+  ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when
+  ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s
+  ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent
+  ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
+  ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
+  ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro.  */
+  static const Mem nullMem 
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
+    __attribute__((aligned(8))) 
+#endif
+    = {0, "", (double)0, {0}, 0, MEM_Null, 0,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+       0, 0,  /* pScopyFrom, pFiller */
+#endif
+       0, 0 };
+  return &nullMem;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
+** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
+** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
+** of NULL.
+*/
+static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *pVm;
+  Mem *pOut;
+
+  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
+  }else{
+    if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    }
+    pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue();
+  }
+  return pOut;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a 
+** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
+** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If 
+** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
+** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+**
+** Specifically, this is called from within:
+**
+**     sqlite3_column_int()
+**     sqlite3_column_int64()
+**     sqlite3_column_text()
+**     sqlite3_column_text16()
+**     sqlite3_column_real()
+**     sqlite3_column_bytes()
+**     sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+**     sqiite3_column_blob()
+*/
+static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
+{
+  /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
+  ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
+  ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
+  ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
+  */
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( p ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_column_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
+** in the result set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const void *val;
+  val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
+  ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() 
+  ** expression. 
+  */
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
+  if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){
+    pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+  }
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return (sqlite3_value *)pOut;
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return iType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
+** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
+**
+** There are up to 5 names for each column.  useType determines which
+** name is returned.  Here are the names:
+**
+**    0      The column name as it should be displayed for output
+**    1      The datatype name for the column
+**    2      The name of the database that the column derives from
+**    3      The name of the table that the column derives from
+**    4      The name of the table column that the result column derives from
+**
+** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
+** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
+*/
+static const void *columnName(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+  int N,
+  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
+  int useType
+){
+  const void *ret = 0;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  int n;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+  if( N<n && N>=0 ){
+    N += useType*n;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+    ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
+     /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
+    ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
+    */
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 0;
+      ret = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
+** statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Constraint:  If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
+** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
+# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
+         and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+/*
+** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
+
+
+/******************************* sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
+** 
+** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
+*/
+/*
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
+** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
+** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p.
+** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs.
+**
+** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
+** value in any case.
+*/
+static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
+  Mem *pVar;
+  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
+        "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_RANGE;
+  }
+  i--;
+  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
+  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
+  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+
+  /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then 
+  ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
+  **
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
+  ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
+  ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
+  ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call
+  ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter.
+  */
+  if( p->isPrepareV2 &&
+     ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff)
+  ){
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Bind a text or BLOB value.
+*/
+static int bindText(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,   /* The statement to bind against */
+  int i,                 /* Index of the parameter to bind */
+  const void *zData,     /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
+  int nData,             /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
+  void (*xDel)(void*),   /* Destructor for the data */
+  u8 encoding            /* Encoding for the data */
+){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  Mem *pVar;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( zData!=0 ){
+      pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
+      }
+      sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
+      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+    xDel((void*)zData);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
+  return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( 
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const char *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
+  int rc;
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type((sqlite3_value*)pValue) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+        rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      rc = bindText(pStmt,i,  pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
+                              pValue->enc);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
+** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+**
+** The result is always UTF-8.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return p->azVar[i-1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
+** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
+** return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( zName ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nzVar; i++){
+      const char *z = p->azVar[i];
+      if( z && strncmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){
+        return i+1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
+  return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName));
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+  int i;
+  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
+  assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar );
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
+  for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
+** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
+**
+** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
+** database connections.  But as this is a deprecated interface, we
+** will not bother to check for that condition.
+**
+** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
+** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+  if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){
+    pTo->expired = 1;
+  }
+  if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){
+    pFrom->expired = 1;
+  }
+  return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
+** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
+** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
+** the statement in the first place.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the
+** database.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return v!=0 && v->pc>0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
+** with database connection pDb.  If pStmt is NULL, return the first
+** prepared statement for the database connection.  Return NULL if there
+** are no more.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
+  }else{
+    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
+  return pNext;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
+  Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  u32 v = pVdbe->aCounter[op];
+  if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op] = 0;
+  return (int)v;
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 November 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters
+** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace().
+**
+** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+
+/*
+** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text.  Return the number of
+** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in
+** a host parameter.  If the text contains no host parameters, return
+** the total number of bytes in the text.
+*/
+static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){
+  int tokenType;
+  int nTotal = 0;
+  int n;
+
+  *pnToken = 0;
+  while( zSql[0] ){
+    n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType);
+    assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL );
+    if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){
+      *pnToken = n;
+      break;
+    }
+    nTotal += n;
+    zSql += n;
+  }
+  return nTotal;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory
+** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the
+** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to 
+** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, 
+** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended
+** to each line of text.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT macro is defined to an integer, then
+** then long strings and blobs are truncated to that many bytes.  This
+** can be used to prevent unreasonably large trace strings when dealing
+** with large (multi-megabyte) strings and blobs.
+**
+** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned
+** is eventually freed.
+**
+** ALGORITHM:  Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of
+** these forms:  ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A.  Take care to avoid text within
+** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments.  For text forms,
+** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared
+** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode.  Once the host
+** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[].  Then render
+** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(
+  Vdbe *p,                 /* The prepared statement being evaluated */
+  const char *zRawSql      /* Raw text of the SQL statement */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;             /* The database connection */
+  int idx = 0;             /* Index of a host parameter */
+  int nextIndex = 1;       /* Index of next ? host parameter */
+  int n;                   /* Length of a token prefix */
+  int nToken;              /* Length of the parameter token */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  Mem *pVar;               /* Value of a host parameter */
+  StrAccum out;            /* Accumulate the output here */
+  char zBase[100];         /* Initial working space */
+
+  db = p->db;
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase), 
+                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
+  out.db = db;
+  if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){
+    while( *zRawSql ){
+      const char *zStart = zRawSql;
+      while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql );
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3);
+      assert( (zRawSql - zStart) > 0 );
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart));
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( zRawSql[0] ){
+      n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken);
+      assert( n>0 );
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n);
+      zRawSql += n;
+      assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 );
+      if( nToken==0 ) break;
+      if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){
+        if( nToken>1 ){
+          assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) );
+          sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx);
+        }else{
+          idx = nextIndex;
+        }
+      }else{
+        assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' );
+        testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' );
+        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' );
+        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' );
+        idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken);
+        assert( idx>0 );
+      }
+      zRawSql += nToken;
+      nextIndex = idx + 1;
+      assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar );
+      pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1];
+      if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4);
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%lld", pVar->u.i);
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%!.15g", pVar->r);
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){
+        int nOut;  /* Number of bytes of the string text to include in output */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+        u8 enc = ENC(db);
+        Mem utf8;
+        if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+          memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8));
+          utf8.db = db;
+          sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8);
+          pVar = &utf8;
+        }
+#endif
+        nOut = pVar->n;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+        if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ){
+          nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
+          while( nOut<pVar->n && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; }
+        }
+#endif    
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+        if( nOut<pVar->n ){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut);
+        }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+        if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8);
+#endif
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero);
+      }else{
+        int nOut;  /* Number of bytes of the blob to include in output */
+        assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob );
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2);
+        nOut = pVar->n;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+        if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ) nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
+#endif
+        for(i=0; i<nOut; i++){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff);
+        }
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
+        if( nOut<pVar->n ){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut);
+        }
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out);
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The following code implements the data-structure explaining logic
+** for the Vdbe.
+*/
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new Explain object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  if( pVdbe ){
+    Explain *p;
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    p = (Explain *)sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(Explain) );
+    if( p ){
+      p->pVdbe = pVdbe;
+      sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain);
+      pVdbe->pExplain = p;
+      sqlite3StrAccumInit(&p->str, p->zBase, sizeof(p->zBase),
+                          SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+      p->str.useMalloc = 2;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the Explain ends with a new-line.
+*/
+static int endsWithNL(Explain *p){
+  return p && p->str.zText && p->str.nChar
+           && p->str.zText[p->str.nChar-1]=='\n';
+}
+    
+/*
+** Append text to the indentation
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe *pVdbe, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  Explain *p;
+  if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){
+    va_list ap;
+    if( p->nIndent && endsWithNL(p) ){
+      int n = p->nIndent;
+      if( n>ArraySize(p->aIndent) ) n = ArraySize(p->aIndent);
+      sqlite3AppendSpace(&p->str, p->aIndent[n-1]);
+    }   
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    sqlite3VXPrintf(&p->str, SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a '\n' if there is not already one.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  Explain *p;
+  if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 && !endsWithNL(p) ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&p->str, "\n", 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Push a new indentation level.  Subsequent lines will be indented
+** so that they begin at the current cursor position.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  Explain *p;
+  if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){
+    if( p->str.zText && p->nIndent<ArraySize(p->aIndent) ){
+      const char *z = p->str.zText;
+      int i = p->str.nChar-1;
+      int x;
+      while( i>=0 && z[i]!='\n' ){ i--; }
+      x = (p->str.nChar - 1) - i;
+      if( p->nIndent && x<p->aIndent[p->nIndent-1] ){
+        x = p->aIndent[p->nIndent-1];
+      }
+      p->aIndent[p->nIndent] = x;
+    }
+    p->nIndent++;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the indentation stack by one level.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p && p->pExplain ) p->pExplain->nIndent--;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the indentation structure
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  if( pVdbe && pVdbe->pExplain ){
+    sqlite3_free(pVdbe->zExplain);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+    pVdbe->zExplain = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&pVdbe->pExplain->str);
+    sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain);
+    pVdbe->pExplain = 0;
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the explanation of a virtual machine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  return (pVdbe && pVdbe->zExplain) ? pVdbe->zExplain : 0;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+
+/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** The code in this file implements the function that runs the
+** bytecode of a prepared statement.
+**
+** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
+** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
+** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
+** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
+** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the
+** value of the cell.  This macro verifies that shallow copies are
+** not misused.  A shallow copy of a string or blob just copies a
+** pointer to the string or blob, not the content.  If the original
+** is changed while the copy is still in use, the string or blob might
+** be changed out from under the copy.  This macro verifies that nothing
+** like that ever happens.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M)
+#else
+# define memAboutToChange(P,M)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
+** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
+** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
+** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
+** each instruction in the VDBE.  When it reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
+** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate an interrupt.
+**
+** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
+** in an ordinary build.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
+** is executed.  The test procedures use this information to make sure that
+** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times.   This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
+** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode.  The test procedures
+** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
+** is working correctly.   This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
+static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
+  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
+    sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable is incremented each time the OP_Found opcode
+** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key
+** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
+** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)  updateMaxBlobsize(P)
+#else
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Invoke the VDBE coverage callback, if that callback is defined.  This
+** feature is used for test suite validation only and does not appear an
+** production builds.
+**
+** M is an integer, 2 or 3, that indices how many different ways the
+** branch can go.  It is usually 2.  "I" is the direction the branch
+** goes.  0 means falls through.  1 means branch is taken.  2 means the
+** second alternative branch is taken.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE)
+# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M)
+#else
+# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) vdbeTakeBranch(pOp->iSrcLine,I,M)
+  static void vdbeTakeBranch(int iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){
+    if( iSrcLine<=2 && ALWAYS(iSrcLine>0) ){
+      M = iSrcLine;
+      /* Assert the truth of VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken() and 
+      ** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken() */
+      assert( (M & I)==I );
+    }else{
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch==0 ) return;  /*NO_TEST*/
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg,
+                                      iSrcLine,I,M);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
+** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+#define Stringify(P, enc) \
+   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
+     { goto no_mem; }
+
+/*
+** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
+** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
+** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
+** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
+** knowing it.
+**
+** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
+** string that the register itself controls.  In other words, it
+** converts an MEM_Ephem string into a string with P.z==P.zMalloc.
+*/
+#define Deephemeralize(P) \
+   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
+       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
+
+/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */
+#define isSorter(x) ((x)->pSorter!=0)
+
+/*
+** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
+** if we run out of memory.
+*/
+static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
+  Vdbe *p,              /* The virtual machine */
+  int iCur,             /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
+  int nField,           /* Number of fields in the table or index */
+  int iDb,              /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
+  int isBtreeCursor     /* True for B-Tree.  False for pseudo-table or vtab */
+){
+  /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
+  ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a 
+  ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
+  ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
+  **
+  **   * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
+  **     purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
+  **     different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
+  **     allocations.
+  **
+  **   * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
+  **     be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
+  **     minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
+  **
+  ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
+  ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
+  ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
+  */
+  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
+
+  int nByte;
+  VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
+  nByte = 
+      ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + 
+      (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0);
+
+  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
+  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
+    p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
+    p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
+    memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor));
+    pCx->iDb = iDb;
+    pCx->nField = nField;
+    if( isBtreeCursor ){
+      pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
+          &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*sizeof(u32)*nField];
+      sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor);
+    }
+  }
+  return pCx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
+** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
+** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
+** look like a number, leave it alone.
+*/
+static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
+  if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
+    double rValue;
+    i64 iValue;
+    u8 enc = pRec->enc;
+    if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
+    if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
+    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
+      pRec->u.i = iValue;
+      pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
+    }else{
+      pRec->r = rValue;
+      pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
+** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
+**    Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a 
+**    floating-point representation if an integer representation
+**    is not possible.  Note that the integer representation is
+**    always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
+**    an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+**    Convert pRec to a text representation.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
+**    No-op.  pRec is unchanged.
+*/
+static void applyAffinity(
+  Mem *pRec,          /* The value to apply affinity to */
+  char affinity,      /* The affinity to be applied */
+  u8 enc              /* Use this text encoding */
+){
+  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
+    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
+    ** representation.
+    */
+    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
+    }
+    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
+  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+    applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
+    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
+      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
+** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
+** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
+** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
+  if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+    Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
+    applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
+    eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
+  }
+  return eType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
+** not the internal Mem* type.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
+  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
+  u8 affinity, 
+  u8 enc
+){
+  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
+** none.  
+**
+** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
+** But it does set pMem->r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
+*/
+static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){
+  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
+  }
+  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      return MEM_Int;
+    }
+    return MEM_Real;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
+** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
+  char *zCsr = zBuf;
+  int f = pMem->flags;
+
+  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
+
+  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
+    int i;
+    char c;
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      c = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      c = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      c = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      c = 's';
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
+    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
+    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
+      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      char z = pMem->z[i];
+      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
+      else *zCsr++ = z;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
+    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    if( f & MEM_Zero ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero);
+      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    }
+    *zCsr = '\0';
+  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
+    int j, k;
+    zBuf[0] = ' ';
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      zBuf[1] = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      zBuf[1] = 's';
+    }
+    k = 2;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+    zBuf[k++] = '[';
+    for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
+      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
+      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
+        zBuf[k++] = c;
+      }else{
+        zBuf[k++] = '.';
+      }
+    }
+    zBuf[k++] = ']';
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+    zBuf[k++] = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
+*/
+static void memTracePrint(Mem *p){
+  if( p->flags & MEM_Undefined ){
+    printf(" undefined");
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    printf(" NULL");
+  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
+    printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i);
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    printf(" i:%lld", p->u.i);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    printf(" r:%g", p->r);
+#endif
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+    printf(" (rowset)");
+  }else{
+    char zBuf[200];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
+    printf(" %s", zBuf);
+  }
+}
+static void registerTrace(int iReg, Mem *p){
+  printf("REG[%d] = ", iReg);
+  memTracePrint(p);
+  printf("\n");
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace)registerTrace(R,M)
+#else
+#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
+** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
+** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the 
+** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
+** 
+** Usage:
+**
+**     assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+*/
+static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){
+  int n = 0;
+  Savepoint *p;
+  for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
+  assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can.
+** This is the core of sqlite3_step().  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
+  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
+){
+  int pc=0;                  /* The program counter */
+  Op *aOp = p->aOp;          /* Copy of p->aOp */
+  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
+  u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
+  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
+  int iCompare = 0;          /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
+  unsigned nVmStep = 0;      /* Number of virtual machine steps */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  unsigned nProgressLimit = 0;/* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */
+#endif
+  Mem *aMem = p->aMem;       /* Copy of p->aMem */
+  Mem *pIn1 = 0;             /* 1st input operand */
+  Mem *pIn2 = 0;             /* 2nd input operand */
+  Mem *pIn3 = 0;             /* 3rd input operand */
+  Mem *pOut = 0;             /* Output operand */
+  int *aPermute = 0;         /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */
+  i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid;  /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  u64 start;                 /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
+#endif
+  /*** INSERT STACK UNION HERE ***/
+
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
+  sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+  assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 );
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  p->iCurrentTime = 0;
+  assert( p->explain==0 );
+  p->pResultSet = 0;
+  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+  if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+  sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  if( db->xProgress ){
+    assert( 0 < db->nProgressOps );
+    nProgressLimit = (unsigned)p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP];
+    if( nProgressLimit==0 ){
+      nProgressLimit = db->nProgressOps;
+    }else{
+      nProgressLimit %= (unsigned)db->nProgressOps;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  if( p->pc==0
+   && (p->db->flags & (SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeEQP|SQLITE_VdbeTrace))!=0
+  ){
+    int i;
+    int once = 1;
+    sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing ){
+      printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]);
+      }
+    }
+    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeEQP ){
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Explain ){
+          if( once ) printf("VDBE Query Plan:\n");
+          printf("%s\n", aOp[i].p4.z);
+          once = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace )  printf("VDBE Trace:\n");
+  }
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+#endif
+  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
+    assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    start = sqlite3Hwtime();
+#endif
+    nVmStep++;
+    pOp = &aOp[pc];
+
+    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, pc, pOp);
+    }
+#endif
+      
+
+    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
+    ** if we have a special test build.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
+      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
+      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
+        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelease" tag, free any
+    ** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be
+    ** an undefined integer.  Opcodes will either fill in the integer
+    ** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type.
+    */
+    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
+    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
+      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+      VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
+      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+    }
+
+    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
+      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
+      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]);
+    }
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
+      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
+      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+    }
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+    }
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+    }
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+    }
+#endif
+  
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
+** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
+** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
+** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
+** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
+** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
+** we transition back to normal indentation.
+**
+** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
+** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
+** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
+** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
+** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
+** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
+** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
+** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
+**
+** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
+** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
+** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3.  See
+** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
+**
+** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
+** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
+** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
+** file.
+**
+** SUMMARY:
+**
+**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
+**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 * * *
+**
+** An unconditional jump to address P2.
+** The next instruction executed will be 
+** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
+** the program.
+**
+** The P1 parameter is not actually used by this opcode.  However, it
+** is sometimes set to 1 instead of 0 as a hint to the command-line shell
+** that this Goto is the bottom of a loop and that the lines from P2 down
+** to the current line should be indented for EXPLAIN output.
+*/
+case OP_Goto: {             /* jump */
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+
+  /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev,
+  ** OP_VNext, OP_RowSetNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon
+  ** completion.  Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called
+  ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. 
+  **
+  ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean.
+  ** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this
+  ** way for performance, to avoid having to run the interrupt and progress
+  ** checks on every opcode.  This helps sqlite3_step() to run about 1.5%
+  ** faster according to "valgrind --tool=cachegrind" */
+check_for_interrupt:
+  if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
+  ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
+  ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
+  ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
+  ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
+  */
+  if( db->xProgress!=0 && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit ){
+    assert( db->nProgressOps!=0 );
+    nProgressLimit = nVmStep + db->nProgressOps - (nVmStep%db->nProgressOps);
+    if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+      goto vdbe_error_halt;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Gosub P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write the current address onto register P1
+** and then jump to address P2.
+*/
+case OP_Gosub: {            /* jump */
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
+  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pIn1->u.i = pc;
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Return P1 * * * *
+**
+** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.  After
+** the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
+*/
+case OP_Return: {           /* in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
+  pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Set up register P1 so that it will OP_Yield to the co-routine
+** located at address P3.
+**
+** If P2!=0 then the co-routine implementation immediately follows
+** this opcode.  So jump over the co-routine implementation to
+** address P2.
+*/
+case OP_InitCoroutine: {     /* jump */
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 &&  pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
+  assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp );
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) );
+  pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1;
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+  if( pOp->p2 ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  EndCoroutine P1 * * * *
+**
+** The instruction at the address in register P1 is an OP_Yield.
+** Jump to the P2 parameter of that OP_Yield.
+** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
+*/
+case OP_EndCoroutine: {           /* in1 */
+  VdbeOp *pCaller;
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
+  assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp );
+  pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
+  assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield );
+  assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2<p->nOp );
+  pc = pCaller->p2 - 1;
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Yield P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.
+**
+** If the co-routine ends with OP_Yield or OP_Return then continue
+** to the next instruction.  But if the co-routine ends with
+** OP_EndCoroutine, jump immediately to P2.
+*/
+case OP_Yield: {            /* in1, jump */
+  int pcDest;
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
+  pIn1->u.i = pc;
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+  pc = pcDest;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  HaltIfNull  P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis:  if r[P3]=null halt
+**
+** Check the value in register P3.  If it is NULL then Halt using
+** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction.  If the
+** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op.
+** The P5 parameter should be 1.
+*/
+case OP_HaltIfNull: {      /* in3 */
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break;
+  /* Fall through into OP_Halt */
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5
+**
+** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, etc are closed
+** automatically.
+**
+** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
+** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
+** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
+** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
+** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
+** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
+** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
+**
+** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
+**
+** P5 is a value between 0 and 4, inclusive, that modifies the P4 string.
+**
+**    0:  (no change)
+**    1:  NOT NULL contraint failed: P4
+**    2:  UNIQUE constraint failed: P4
+**    3:  CHECK constraint failed: P4
+**    4:  FOREIGN KEY constraint failed: P4
+**
+** If P5 is not zero and P4 is NULL, then everything after the ":" is
+** omitted.
+**
+** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
+** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
+** is the same as executing Halt.
+*/
+case OP_Halt: {
+  const char *zType;
+  const char *zLogFmt;
+
+  if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
+    /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame;
+    p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
+    p->nFrame--;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+    pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+    lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+    if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
+      /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program 
+      ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
+      ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
+      ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
+      ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program.  */
+      pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1;
+    }
+    aOp = p->aOp;
+    aMem = p->aMem;
+    break;
+  }
+  p->rc = pOp->p1;
+  p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
+  p->pc = pc;
+  if( p->rc ){
+    if( pOp->p5 ){
+      static const char * const azType[] = { "NOT NULL", "UNIQUE", "CHECK",
+                                             "FOREIGN KEY" };
+      assert( pOp->p5>=1 && pOp->p5<=4 );
+      testcase( pOp->p5==1 );
+      testcase( pOp->p5==2 );
+      testcase( pOp->p5==3 );
+      testcase( pOp->p5==4 );
+      zType = azType[pOp->p5-1];
+    }else{
+      zType = 0;
+    }
+    assert( zType!=0 || pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+    zLogFmt = "abort at %d in [%s]: %s";
+    if( zType && pOp->p4.z ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed: %s", 
+                       zType, pOp->p4.z);
+    }else if( pOp->p4.z ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed", zType);
+    }
+    sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, zLogFmt, pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 || db->nDeferredImmCons>0 );
+    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  goto vdbe_return;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P1
+**
+** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Integer: {         /* out2-prerelease */
+  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Int64: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
+  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
+  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
+  pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
+**
+** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
+** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.  During
+** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored
+** as the P1 parameter.
+*/
+case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
+  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
+    assert( pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z );
+    assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut)==0 );
+    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
+    if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
+    }
+    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+    pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
+    pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
+}
+  
+/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)
+**
+** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
+*/
+case OP_String: {          /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
+  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Null P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P2..P3]=NULL
+**
+** Write a NULL into registers P2.  If P3 greater than P2, then also write
+** NULL into register P3 and every register in between P2 and P3.  If P3
+** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is
+** set to NULL.
+**
+** If the P1 value is non-zero, then also set the MEM_Cleared flag so that
+** NULL values will not compare equal even if SQLITE_NULLEQ is set on
+** OP_Ne or OP_Eq.
+*/
+case OP_Null: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+  int cnt;
+  u16 nullFlag;
+  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
+  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
+  while( cnt>0 ){
+    pOut++;
+    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+    VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
+    pOut->flags = nullFlag;
+    cnt--;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P1]=NULL
+**
+** Set register P1 to have the value NULL as seen by the OP_MakeRecord
+** instruction, but do not free any string or blob memory associated with
+** the register, so that if the value was a string or blob that was
+** previously copied using OP_SCopy, the copies will continue to be valid.
+*/
+case OP_SoftNull: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut->flags = (pOut->flags|MEM_Null)&~MEM_Undefined;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)
+**
+** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long.  Store this
+** blob in register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Blob: {                /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)
+**
+** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2
+**
+** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4.
+** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
+*/
+case OP_Variable: {            /* out2-prerelease */
+  Mem *pVar;       /* Value being transferred */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
+  assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] );
+  pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1];
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]
+**
+** Move the P3 values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
+** registers P2..P2+P3-1.  Registers P1..P1+P3-1 are
+** left holding a NULL.  It is an error for register ranges
+** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.  It is an error
+** for P3 to be less than 1.
+*/
+case OP_Move: {
+  char *zMalloc;   /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
+  int n;           /* Number of registers left to copy */
+  int p1;          /* Register to copy from */
+  int p2;          /* Register to copy to */
+
+  n = pOp->p3;
+  p1 = pOp->p1;
+  p2 = pOp->p2;
+  assert( n>0 && p1>0 && p2>0 );
+  assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 );
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[p2];
+  do{
+    assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
+    assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
+    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+    VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
+    zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
+    memcpy(pOut, pIn1, sizeof(Mem));
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[p1+pOp->p3] ){
+      pOut->pScopyFrom += p1 - pOp->p2;
+    }
+#endif
+    pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+    pIn1->xDel = 0;
+    pIn1->zMalloc = zMalloc;
+    REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut);
+    pIn1++;
+    pOut++;
+  }while( --n );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]
+**
+** Make a copy of registers P1..P1+P3 into registers P2..P2+P3.
+**
+** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value.  A duplicate
+** is made of any string or blob constant.  See also OP_SCopy.
+*/
+case OP_Copy: {
+  int n;
+
+  n = pOp->p3;
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+  while( 1 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+    Deephemeralize(pOut);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    pOut->pScopyFrom = 0;
+#endif
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+pOp->p3-n, pOut);
+    if( (n--)==0 ) break;
+    pOut++;
+    pIn1++;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]
+**
+** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
+**
+** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value.  If the value
+** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
+** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
+** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
+** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
+** during the lifetime of the copy.  Use OP_Copy to make a complete
+** copy.
+*/
+case OP_SCopy: {            /* out2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1;
+#endif
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis:  output=r[P1@P2]
+**
+** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
+** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
+** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
+** structure to provide access to the r(P1)..r(P1+P2-1) values as
+** the result row.
+*/
+case OP_ResultRow: {
+  Mem *pMem;
+  int i;
+  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  /* Run the progress counter just before returning.
+  */
+  if( db->xProgress!=0
+   && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit
+   && db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+    goto vdbe_error_halt;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do
+  ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement
+  ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back.  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){
+    assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
+    assert( p->usesStmtJournal );
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then 
+  ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows 
+  ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that
+  ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode.
+  **
+  ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction
+  ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to
+  ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping.
+  ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user
+  ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This
+  ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions.
+  **
+  ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction.  Hence
+  ** the RELEASE call below can never fail.
+  */
+  assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
+  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
+  p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
+
+  /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
+  ** and have an assigned type.  The results are de-ephemeralized as
+  ** a side effect.
+  */
+  pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  for(i=0; i<pOp->p2; i++){
+    assert( memIsValid(&pMem[i]) );
+    Deephemeralize(&pMem[i]);
+    assert( (pMem[i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0
+            || (pMem[i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]);
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+
+  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
+  */
+  p->pc = pc + 1;
+  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+  goto vdbe_return;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]
+**
+** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
+** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
+** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
+**
+**   P3 = P2 || P1
+**
+** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
+** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
+** to avoid a memcpy().
+*/
+case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
+  i64 nByte;
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( pIn1!=pOut );
+  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+    break;
+  }
+  if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem;
+  Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
+  Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
+  nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
+  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
+  if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
+    memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
+  }
+  memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
+  pOut->z[nByte]=0;
+  pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0;
+  pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
+  pOut->n = (int)nByte;
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]
+**
+** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]
+**
+**
+** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]
+**
+** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]
+**
+** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in 
+** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is 
+** NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]
+**
+** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by 
+** register P1 and store the result in register P3. 
+** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
+  char bIntint;   /* Started out as two integer operands */
+  u16 flags;      /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
+  u16 type1;      /* Numeric type of left operand */
+  u16 type2;      /* Numeric type of right operand */
+  i64 iA;         /* Integer value of left operand */
+  i64 iB;         /* Integer value of right operand */
+  double rA;      /* Real value of left operand */
+  double rB;      /* Real value of right operand */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  type1 = numericType(pIn1);
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  type2 = numericType(pIn2);
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
+  if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+  if( (type1 & type2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
+    iA = pIn1->u.i;
+    iB = pIn2->u.i;
+    bIntint = 1;
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:       if( sqlite3AddInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
+      case OP_Subtract:  if( sqlite3SubInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
+      case OP_Multiply:  if( sqlite3MulInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        if( iA==-1 && iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math;
+        iB /= iA;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1;
+        iB %= iA;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    pOut->u.i = iB;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  }else{
+    bIntint = 0;
+fp_math:
+    rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
+    rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:         rB += rA;       break;
+      case OP_Subtract:    rB -= rA;       break;
+      case OP_Multiply:    rB *= rA;       break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+        if( rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        rB /= rA;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        iA = (i64)rA;
+        iB = (i64)rB;
+        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1;
+        rB = (double)(iB % iA);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    pOut->u.i = rB;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+#else
+    if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){
+      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+    }
+    pOut->r = rB;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
+    if( ((type1|type2)&MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){
+      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  break;
+
+arithmetic_result_is_null:
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CollSeq P1 * * P4
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
+** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
+** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
+** functions.
+**
+** If P1 is not zero, then it is a register that a subsequent min() or
+** max() aggregate will set to 1 if the current row is not the minimum or
+** maximum.  The P1 register is initialized to 0 by this instruction.
+**
+** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
+** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
+** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
+*/
+case OP_CollSeq: {
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p1], 0);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])
+**
+** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
+** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
+** successors.  The result of the function is stored in register P3.
+** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
+**
+** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
+** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
+** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
+** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
+** invocation of this opcode.
+**
+** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
+*/
+case OP_Function: {
+  int i;
+  Mem *pArg;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+  int n;
+
+  n = pOp->p5;
+  apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( apVal || n==0 );
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+
+  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1) );
+  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
+  pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
+    assert( memIsValid(pArg) );
+    apVal[i] = pArg;
+    Deephemeralize(pArg);
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pArg);
+  }
+
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
+  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+  ctx.iOp = pc;
+  ctx.pVdbe = p;
+
+  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
+  ** the pointer to ctx.s so in case the user-function can use
+  ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one.
+  */
+  memcpy(&ctx.s, pOut, sizeof(Mem));
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+  pOut->xDel = 0;
+  pOut->zMalloc = 0;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(&ctx.s, MEM_Null);
+
+  ctx.fErrorOrAux = 0;
+  if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+    assert( pOp>aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
+  }
+  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+  lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
+    ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
+    ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
+    ** associated with such a value.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+
+  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
+  if( ctx.fErrorOrAux ){
+    if( ctx.isError ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
+      rc = ctx.isError;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, pc, pOp->p1);
+  }
+
+  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding);
+  assert( pOut->flags==MEM_Null );
+  memcpy(pOut, &ctx.s, sizeof(Mem));
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+
+#if 0
+  /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this
+  ** statement to expire.  (Perhaps the function called sqlite3_exec()
+  ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.)
+  */
+  if( p->expired ) rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+#endif
+
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]
+**
+** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]
+**
+** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]
+**
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]
+**
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+  i64 iA;
+  u64 uA;
+  i64 iB;
+  u8 op;
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+    break;
+  }
+  iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+  iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
+  op = pOp->opcode;
+  if( op==OP_BitAnd ){
+    iA &= iB;
+  }else if( op==OP_BitOr ){
+    iA |= iB;
+  }else if( iB!=0 ){
+    assert( op==OP_ShiftRight || op==OP_ShiftLeft );
+
+    /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */
+    if( iB<0 ){
+      assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 );
+      op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - op;
+      iB = iB>(-64) ? -iB : 64;
+    }
+
+    if( iB>=64 ){
+      iA = (iA>=0 || op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1;
+    }else{
+      memcpy(&uA, &iA, sizeof(uA));
+      if( op==OP_ShiftLeft ){
+        uA <<= iB;
+      }else{
+        uA >>= iB;
+        /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */
+        if( iA<0 ) uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-iB);
+      }
+      memcpy(&iA, &uA, sizeof(iA));
+    }
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = iA;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P1]=r[P1]+P2
+** 
+** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
+** The result is always an integer.
+**
+** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
+*/
+case OP_AddImm: {            /* in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
+** 
+** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If the value
+** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
+** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
+** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
+*/
+case OP_MustBeInt: {            /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
+    VdbeBranchTaken((pIn1->flags&MEM_Int)==0, 2);
+    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+      if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }else{
+        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
+**
+** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
+**
+** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
+** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
+** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
+** to have only a real value.
+*/
+case OP_RealAffinity: {                  /* in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
+** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
+** equivalent of sprintf().  Blob values are unchanged and
+** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToText: {                  /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
+  assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
+  pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
+  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
+  pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
+** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
+** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
+** to the underlying data.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToBlob: {                  /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
+    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob);
+  }else{
+    pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
+  }
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an
+** integer or a floating-point number.)
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
+** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion 
+** is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToNumeric: {                  /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+
+/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If
+** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
+** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToInt: {                  /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
+** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
+** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToReal: {                  /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
+
+/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
+** jump to address P2.  
+**
+** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
+** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump.  If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 
+** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL.
+**
+** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made 
+** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
+** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
+** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
+** back into the input registers P1 and P3.  So this opcode can cause
+** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
+**
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, 
+** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
+** used to determine the results of the comparison.  If both values
+** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
+** P4 is  used to do the comparison.  If P4 is not specified then
+** memcmp() is used to compare text string.  If both values are
+** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
+** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
+** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump.  Instead,
+** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_NULLEQ bit is set in P5, then NULL values are considered
+** equal to one another, provided that they do not have their MEM_Cleared
+** bit set.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal.  See the Lt opcode for
+** additional information.
+**
+** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
+** true or false and is never NULL.  If both operands are NULL then the result
+** of comparison is false.  If either operand is NULL then the result is true.
+** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
+** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
+** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+**
+** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
+** true or false and is never NULL.  If both operands are NULL then the result
+** of comparison is true.  If either operand is NULL then the result is false.
+** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
+** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
+** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
+** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
+** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
+  int res;            /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
+  char affinity;      /* Affinity to use for comparison */
+  u16 flags1;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
+  u16 flags3;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  flags1 = pIn1->flags;
+  flags3 = pIn3->flags;
+  if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Null ){
+    /* One or both operands are NULL */
+    if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){
+      /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
+      ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether
+      ** or not both operands are null.
+      */
+      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
+      assert( (flags1 & MEM_Cleared)==0 );
+      assert( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)==0 );
+      if( (flags1&MEM_Null)!=0
+       && (flags3&MEM_Null)!=0
+       && (flags3&MEM_Cleared)==0
+      ){
+        res = 0;  /* Results are equal */
+      }else{
+        res = 1;  /* Results are not equal */
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL,
+      ** then the result is always NULL.
+      ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
+      */
+      if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+        pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+        MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+      }else{
+        VdbeBranchTaken(2,3);
+        if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
+          pc = pOp->p2-1;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Neither operand is NULL.  Do a comparison. */
+    affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
+    if( affinity ){
+      applyAffinity(pIn1, affinity, encoding);
+      applyAffinity(pIn3, affinity, encoding);
+      if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+    }
+
+    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
+    ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+    ExpandBlob(pIn3);
+    res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
+  }
+  switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
+    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
+    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
+    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
+    case OP_Gt:    res = res>0;      break;
+    default:       res = res>=0;     break;
+  }
+
+  if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+    pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+    pOut->u.i = res;
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+  }else{
+    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3);
+    if( res ){
+      pc = pOp->p2-1;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
+  pIn1->flags = (pIn1->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1&MEM_TypeMask);
+  pIn3->flags = (pIn3->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags3&MEM_TypeMask);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
+**
+** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
+** of integers in P4.
+**
+** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has
+** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should 
+** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
+*/
+case OP_Permutation: {
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
+  assert( pOp->p4.ai );
+  aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]
+**
+** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this
+** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B").  Save the result of
+** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
+**
+** If P5 has the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set, then the order of comparison is
+** determined by the most recent OP_Permutation operator.  If the
+** OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit is clear, then register are compared in sequential
+** order.
+**
+** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
+** orders for the comparison.  The permutation applies to registers
+** only.  The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
+**
+** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
+** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
+** and strings are less than blobs.
+*/
+case OP_Compare: {
+  int n;
+  int i;
+  int p1;
+  int p2;
+  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int idx;
+  CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
+  int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
+
+  if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ) aPermute = 0;
+  n = pOp->p3;
+  pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+  assert( n>0 );
+  assert( pKeyInfo!=0 );
+  p1 = pOp->p1;
+  p2 = pOp->p2;
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( aPermute ){
+    int k, mx = 0;
+    for(k=0; k<n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>mx ) mx = aPermute[k];
+    assert( p1>0 && p1+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+    assert( p2>0 && p2+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+  }else{
+    assert( p1>0 && p1+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+    assert( p2>0 && p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+    idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : i;
+    assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p1+idx]) );
+    assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p2+idx]) );
+    REGISTER_TRACE(p1+idx, &aMem[p1+idx]);
+    REGISTER_TRACE(p2+idx, &aMem[p2+idx]);
+    assert( i<pKeyInfo->nField );
+    pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i];
+    bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i];
+    iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl);
+    if( iCompare ){
+      if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  aPermute = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
+** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
+** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
+*/
+case OP_Jump: {             /* jump */
+  if( iCompare<0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p1 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(0,3);
+  }else if( iCompare==0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(1,3);
+  }else{
+    pc = pOp->p3 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(2,3);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])
+**
+** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
+** write the result into register P3.
+**
+** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
+** the other input is NULL.  A NULL and true or two NULLs give
+** a NULL output.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])
+**
+** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the answer in register P3.
+**
+** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
+** even if the other input is NULL.  A NULL and false or two NULLs
+** give a NULL output.
+*/
+case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
+  int v1;    /* Left operand:  0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+  int v2;    /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    v1 = 2;
+  }else{
+    v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
+  }
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    v2 = 2;
+  }else{
+    v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
+    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
+    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
+  }else{
+    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
+    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
+  }
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( v1==2 ){
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+  }else{
+    pOut->u.i = v1;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]
+**
+** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store the
+** boolean complement in register P2.  If the value in register P1 is 
+** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
+*/
+case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1]
+**
+** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Store the
+** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2.  If P1 holds
+** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
+*/
+case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Check if OP_Once flag P1 is set. If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise,
+** set the flag and fall through to the next instruction.  In other words,
+** this opcode causes all following opcodes up through P2 (but not including
+** P2) to run just once and to be skipped on subsequent times through the loop.
+*/
+case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
+  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
+  VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2);
+  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
+    pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }else{
+    p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value
+** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is non-zero.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value
+** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is zero.
+*/
+case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
+case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
+  int c;
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    c = pOp->p3;
+  }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
+#else
+    c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
+#endif
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
+  }
+  VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2);
+  if( c ){
+    pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis:  if r[P1]==NULL goto P2
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0, 2);
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  
+*/
+case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2);
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis:  r[P3]=PX
+**
+** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
+** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
+** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
+** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
+** values in the record, extract a NULL.
+**
+** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
+**
+** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
+** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
+** the result.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor,
+** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column.
+** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content
+** register has changed should have this bit set.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG bits are set on P5 when
+** the result is guaranteed to only be used as the argument of a length()
+** or typeof() function, respectively.  The loading of large blobs can be
+** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof().
+*/
+case OP_Column: {
+  i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
+  int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
+  u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
+  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
+  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
+  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
+  const u8 *zData;   /* Part of the record being decoded */
+  const u8 *zHdr;    /* Next unparsed byte of the header */
+  const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
+  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
+  u32 szField;       /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
+  u32 avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
+  u32 t;             /* A type code from the record header */
+  Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
+
+  p2 = pOp->p2;
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+  pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( p2<pC->nField );
+  aType = pC->aType;
+  aOffset = aType + pC->nField;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 ); /* OP_Column never called on virtual table */
+#endif
+  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+  assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ); /* pCrsr NULL on PseudoTables */
+  assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->nullRow );          /* pC->nullRow on PseudoTables */
+
+  /* If the cursor cache is stale, bring it up-to-date */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( pC->cacheStatus!=p->cacheCtr || (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE)!=0 ){
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      if( pCrsr==0 ){
+        assert( pC->pseudoTableReg>0 );
+        pReg = &aMem[pC->pseudoTableReg];
+        assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
+        assert( memIsValid(pReg) );
+        pC->payloadSize = pC->szRow = avail = pReg->n;
+        pC->aRow = (u8*)pReg->z;
+      }else{
+        MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
+        goto op_column_out;
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( pCrsr );
+      if( pC->isTable==0 ){
+        assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
+        VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
+        /* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the
+        ** payload size, so it is impossible for payloadSize64 to be
+        ** larger than 32 bits. */
+        assert( (payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)payloadSize64 );
+        pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+        pC->payloadSize = (u32)payloadSize64;
+      }else{
+        assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
+        VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &pC->payloadSize);
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
+        pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+      }
+      assert( avail<=65536 );  /* Maximum page size is 64KiB */
+      if( pC->payloadSize <= (u32)avail ){
+        pC->szRow = pC->payloadSize;
+      }else{
+        pC->szRow = avail;
+      }
+      if( pC->payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+        goto too_big;
+      }
+    }
+    pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
+    pC->iHdrOffset = getVarint32(pC->aRow, offset);
+    pC->nHdrParsed = 0;
+    aOffset[0] = offset;
+    if( avail<offset ){
+      /* pC->aRow does not have to hold the entire row, but it does at least
+      ** need to cover the header of the record.  If pC->aRow does not contain
+      ** the complete header, then set it to zero, forcing the header to be
+      ** dynamically allocated. */
+      pC->aRow = 0;
+      pC->szRow = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header.
+    ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation.
+    **
+    ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each.  But 4 and 5 byte
+    ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of
+    ** them, respectively.  So the maximum header length results from a
+    ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three
+    ** extra bytes for the header length itself.  32768*3 + 3 = 98307.
+    */
+    if( offset > 98307 || offset > pC->payloadSize ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto op_column_error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure at least the first p2+1 entries of the header have been
+  ** parsed and valid information is in aOffset[] and aType[].
+  */
+  if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
+    /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try
+    ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field 
+    */
+    if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){
+      /* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */
+      if( pC->aRow==0 ){
+        memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, aOffset[0], 
+                                     !pC->isTable, &sMem);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto op_column_error;
+        }
+        zData = (u8*)sMem.z;
+      }else{
+        zData = pC->aRow;
+      }
+  
+      /* Fill in aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */
+      i = pC->nHdrParsed;
+      offset = aOffset[i];
+      zHdr = zData + pC->iHdrOffset;
+      zEndHdr = zData + aOffset[0];
+      assert( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
+      do{
+        if( zHdr[0]<0x80 ){
+          t = zHdr[0];
+          zHdr++;
+        }else{
+          zHdr += sqlite3GetVarint32(zHdr, &t);
+        }
+        aType[i] = t;
+        szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t);
+        offset += szField;
+        if( offset<szField ){  /* True if offset overflows */
+          zHdr = &zEndHdr[1];  /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
+          break;
+        }
+        i++;
+        aOffset[i] = offset;
+      }while( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
+      pC->nHdrParsed = i;
+      pC->iHdrOffset = (u32)(zHdr - zData);
+      if( pC->aRow==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
+        sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
+      }
+  
+      /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header,
+      ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the
+      ** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end
+      ** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing 
+      ** with a corrupt database.
+      */
+      if( (zHdr > zEndHdr)
+       || (offset > pC->payloadSize)
+       || (zHdr==zEndHdr && offset!=pC->payloadSize)
+      ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        goto op_column_error;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If after trying to extra new entries from the header, nHdrParsed is
+    ** still not up to p2, that means that the record has fewer than p2
+    ** columns.  So the result will be either the default value or a NULL.
+    */
+    if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
+      if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
+      }else{
+        MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
+      }
+      goto op_column_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Extract the content for the p2+1-th column.  Control can only
+  ** reach this point if aOffset[p2], aOffset[p2+1], and aType[p2] are
+  ** all valid.
+  */
+  assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed );
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) );
+  if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){
+    /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original
+    ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */
+    VdbeMemRelease(pDest);
+    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], aType[p2], pDest);
+  }else{
+    /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */
+    t = aType[p2];
+    if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
+          && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0))
+     || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0
+    ){
+      /* Content is irrelevant for the typeof() function and for
+      ** the length(X) function if X is a blob.  So we might as well use
+      ** bogus content rather than reading content from disk.  NULL works
+      ** for text and blob and whatever is in the payloadSize64 variable
+      ** will work for everything else.  Content is also irrelevant if
+      ** the content length is 0. */
+      zData = t<=13 ? (u8*)&payloadSize64 : 0;
+      sMem.zMalloc = 0;
+    }else{
+      memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
+      sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sMem, pDest);
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, !pC->isTable,
+                                   &sMem);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto op_column_error;
+      }
+      zData = (u8*)sMem.z;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, t, pDest);
+    /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
+    ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
+    ** dynamically allocated space over to the pDest structure.
+    ** This prevents a memory copy. */
+    if( sMem.zMalloc ){
+      assert( sMem.z==sMem.zMalloc );
+      assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pDest)==0 );
+      assert( (pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))==0 || pDest->z==sMem.z );
+      pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+      pDest->flags |= MEM_Term;
+      pDest->z = sMem.z;
+      pDest->zMalloc = sMem.zMalloc;
+    }
+  }
+  pDest->enc = encoding;
+
+op_column_out:
+  Deephemeralize(pDest);
+op_column_error:
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])
+**
+** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
+**
+** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** memory cell in the range.
+*/
+case OP_Affinity: {
+  const char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
+  char cAff;               /* A single character of affinity */
+
+  zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+  assert( zAffinity!=0 );
+  assert( zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 );
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  while( (cAff = *(zAffinity++))!=0 ){
+    assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
+    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+    applyAffinity(pIn1, cAff, encoding);
+    pIn1++;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])
+**
+** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format]
+** use as a data record in a database table or as a key
+** in an index.  The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
+**
+** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long.  The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** field of the index key.
+**
+** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
+** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
+**
+** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
+*/
+case OP_MakeRecord: {
+  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
+  Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
+  u64 nData;             /* Number of bytes of data space */
+  int nHdr;              /* Number of bytes of header space */
+  i64 nByte;             /* Data space required for this record */
+  int nZero;             /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+  int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
+  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
+  Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
+  Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
+  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
+  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
+  int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
+  int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] header */
+  int j;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] content */
+  int len;               /* Length of a field */
+
+  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
+  ** like this:
+  **
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  **
+  ** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
+  ** and so froth.
+  **
+  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
+  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
+  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
+  ** of the record to data0.
+  */
+  nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
+  nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
+  nZero = 0;         /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+  nField = pOp->p1;
+  zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+  assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+  pData0 = &aMem[nField];
+  nField = pOp->p2;
+  pLast = &pData0[nField-1];
+  file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
+
+  /* Identify the output register */
+  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+
+  /* Apply the requested affinity to all inputs
+  */
+  assert( pData0<=pLast );
+  if( zAffinity ){
+    pRec = pData0;
+    do{
+      applyAffinity(pRec++, *(zAffinity++), encoding);
+      assert( zAffinity[0]==0 || pRec<=pLast );
+    }while( zAffinity[0] );
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
+  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
+  */
+  pRec = pLast;
+  do{
+    assert( memIsValid(pRec) );
+    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
+    len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      if( nData ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec);
+      }else{
+        nZero += pRec->u.nZero;
+        len -= pRec->u.nZero;
+      }
+    }
+    nData += len;
+    testcase( serial_type==127 );
+    testcase( serial_type==128 );
+    nHdr += serial_type<=127 ? 1 : sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+  }while( (--pRec)>=pData0 );
+
+  /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
+  testcase( nHdr==126 );
+  testcase( nHdr==127 );
+  if( nHdr<=126 ){
+    /* The common case */
+    nHdr += 1;
+  }else{
+    /* Rare case of a really large header */
+    nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
+    nHdr += nVarint;
+    if( nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ) nHdr++;
+  }
+  nByte = nHdr+nData;
+  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store 
+  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
+  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
+  ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
+  */
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte, 0) ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
+
+  /* Write the record */
+  i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
+  j = nHdr;
+  assert( pData0<=pLast );
+  pRec = pData0;
+  do{
+    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
+    i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type);            /* serial type */
+    j += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[j], pRec, serial_type); /* content */
+  }while( (++pRec)<=pLast );
+  assert( i==nHdr );
+  assert( j==nByte );
+
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+  pOut->n = (int)nByte;
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Blob;
+  pOut->xDel = 0;
+  if( nZero ){
+    pOut->u.nZero = nZero;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
+  }
+  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=count()
+**
+** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index 
+** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+case OP_Count: {         /* out2-prerelease */
+  i64 nEntry;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+
+  pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
+  assert( pCrsr );
+  nEntry = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry);
+  pOut->u.i = nEntry;
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
+** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
+** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
+*/
+case OP_Savepoint: {
+  int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
+  char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
+  int nName;
+  Savepoint *pNew;
+  Savepoint *pSavepoint;
+  Savepoint *pTmp;
+  int iSavepoint;
+  int ii;
+
+  p1 = pOp->p1;
+  zName = pOp->p4.z;
+
+  /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
+  ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. 
+  */
+  assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
+  assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+  assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 );
+  assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+
+  if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
+    if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
+      /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write 
+      ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
+      */
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - "
+        "SQL statements in progress");
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction
+      ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks.
+      ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed
+      ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty.  */
+      assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 );
+      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN,
+                                db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+#endif
+
+      /* Create a new savepoint structure. */
+      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+nName+1);
+      if( pNew ){
+        pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
+        memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1);
+    
+        /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
+        ** "transaction savepoint". */
+        if( db->autoCommit ){
+          db->autoCommit = 0;
+          db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
+        }else{
+          db->nSavepoint++;
+        }
+    
+        /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
+        pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
+        db->pSavepoint = pNew;
+        pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons;
+        pNew->nDeferredImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    iSavepoint = 0;
+
+    /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
+    ** an error is returned to the user.  */
+    for(
+      pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; 
+      pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName);
+      pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext
+    ){
+      iSavepoint++;
+    }
+    if( !pSavepoint ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", zName);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+      /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are 
+      ** active write statements.
+      */
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, 
+        "cannot release savepoint - SQL statements in progress"
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+
+      /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
+      ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction 
+      ** is committed. 
+      */
+      int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
+      if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+        if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto vdbe_return;
+        }
+        db->autoCommit = 1;
+        if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+          p->pc = pc;
+          db->autoCommit = 0;
+          p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+          goto vdbe_return;
+        }
+        db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+        rc = p->rc;
+      }else{
+        iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - iSavepoint - 1;
+        if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+          for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+            sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(db->aDb[ii].pBt, SQLITE_ABORT);
+          }
+        }
+        for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[ii].pBt, p1, iSavepoint);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            goto abort_due_to_error;
+          }
+        }
+        if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){
+          sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+          sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+          db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
+        }
+      }
+  
+      /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all 
+      ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
+      while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){
+        pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+        db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+        db->nSavepoint--;
+      }
+
+      /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on 
+      ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred 
+      ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored
+      ** when the savepoint was created.  */
+      if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+        assert( pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint );
+        db->pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pSavepoint);
+        if( !isTransaction ){
+          db->nSavepoint--;
+        }
+      }else{
+        db->nDeferredCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredCons;
+        db->nDeferredImmCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredImmCons;
+      }
+
+      if( !isTransaction ){
+        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, p1, iSavepoint);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
+** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
+** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails.  A COMMIT fails if
+** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache.
+**
+** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
+*/
+case OP_AutoCommit: {
+  int desiredAutoCommit;
+  int iRollback;
+  int turnOnAC;
+
+  desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1;
+  iRollback = pOp->p2;
+  turnOnAC = desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit;
+  assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || desiredAutoCommit==0 );
+  assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || iRollback==0 );
+  assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+
+#if 0
+  if( turnOnAC && iRollback && db->nVdbeActive>1 ){
+    /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are
+    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
+    ** that the other VMs must complete first. 
+    */
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - "
+        "SQL statements in progress");
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else
+#endif
+  if( turnOnAC && !iRollback && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
+    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
+    ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. 
+    */
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - "
+        "SQL statements in progress");
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else if( desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){
+    if( iRollback ){
+      assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 );
+      sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+      db->autoCommit = 1;
+    }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto vdbe_return;
+    }else{
+      db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit;
+      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        p->pc = pc;
+        db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit);
+        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        goto vdbe_return;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( db->nStatement==0 );
+    sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    goto vdbe_return;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+        (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
+        (iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
+                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
+         
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already
+** active.
+** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a 
+** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction.
+** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started.
+**
+** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
+** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
+** file used for temporary tables.  Indices of 2 or more are used for
+** attached databases.
+**
+** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is
+** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may
+** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened.
+** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database
+** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other
+** active statements. A statement transaction allows the changes made by this
+** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
+** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction
+** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts.
+**
+** If P5!=0 then this opcode also checks the schema cookie against P3
+** and the schema generation counter against P4.
+** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
+** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
+** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.  If the schema
+** cookie in P3 differs from the schema cookie in the database header or
+** if the schema generation counter in P4 differs from the current
+** generation counter, then an SQLITE_SCHEMA error is raised and execution
+** halts.  The sqlite3_step() wrapper function might then reprepare the
+** statement and rerun it from the beginning.
+*/
+case OP_Transaction: {
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int iMeta;
+  int iGen;
+
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+  if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+
+  if( pBt ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      p->pc = pc;
+      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      goto vdbe_return;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+
+    if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal 
+     && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) 
+    ){
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
+      if( p->iStatement==0 ){
+        assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
+        db->nStatement++; 
+        p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
+      }
+
+      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt, p->iStatement);
+      }
+
+      /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint
+      ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back,
+      ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too.  */
+      p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons;
+      p->nStmtDefImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons;
+    }
+
+    /* Gather the schema version number for checking */
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+    iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration;
+  }else{
+    iGen = iMeta = 0;
+  }
+  assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  if( pOp->p5 && (iMeta!=pOp->p3 || iGen!=pOp->p4.i) ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
+    /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie 
+    ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
+    ** not reload the schema from the database file.
+    **
+    ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
+    ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
+    ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
+    ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
+    ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
+    ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
+    ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within 
+    ** a v-table method.
+    */
+    if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, pOp->p1);
+    }
+    p->expired = 1;
+    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
+** P3==1 is the schema version.  P3==2 is the database format.
+** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
+** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
+** executing this instruction.
+*/
+case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2-prerelease */
+  int iMeta;
+  int iDb;
+  int iCookie;
+
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+  iDb = pOp->p1;
+  iCookie = pOp->p3;
+  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<iDb))!=0 );
+
+  sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+  pOut->u.i = iMeta;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
+** into cookie number P2 of database P1.  P2==1 is the schema version.  
+** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache 
+** size, and so forth.  P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the 
+** database file used to store temporary tables.
+**
+** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
+*/
+case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
+  Db *pDb;
+  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
+  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
+  if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){
+    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
+    pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){
+    /* Record changes in the file format */
+    pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i;
+  }
+  if( pOp->p1==1 ){
+    /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
+    ** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    p->expired = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
+**
+** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
+** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by P3. 
+** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for 
+** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
+** database.  Give the new cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1
+** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
+** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
+**
+** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
+** the value of P2 itself.
+**
+** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
+** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
+** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
+** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
+** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
+** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
+** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
+** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+**
+** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
+** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
+**
+** See also OpenWrite.
+*/
+/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
+**
+** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
+** page is P2.  Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
+** root page.
+**
+** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
+** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the
+** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used.
+**
+** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
+** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
+** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+**
+** See also OpenRead.
+*/
+case OP_OpenRead:
+case OP_OpenWrite: {
+  int nField;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int p2;
+  int iDb;
+  int wrFlag;
+  Btree *pX;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( (pOp->p5&(OPFLAG_P2ISREG|OPFLAG_BULKCSR))==pOp->p5 );
+  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 );
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || p->readOnly==0 );
+
+  if( p->expired ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  nField = 0;
+  pKeyInfo = 0;
+  p2 = pOp->p2;
+  iDb = pOp->p3;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<iDb))!=0 );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  pX = pDb->pBt;
+  assert( pX!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
+    wrFlag = 1;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
+      p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
+    }
+  }else{
+    wrFlag = 0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){
+    assert( p2>0 );
+    assert( p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+    pIn2 = &aMem[p2];
+    assert( memIsValid(pIn2) );
+    assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+    p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
+    /* The p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
+    ** that opcode will always set the p2 value to 2 or more or else fail.
+    ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted
+    ** before reaching this instruction. */
+    if( NEVER(p2<2) ) {
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
+    pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+    assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+    assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
+    nField = pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField;
+  }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){
+    nField = pOp->p4.i;
+  }
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  assert( nField>=0 );
+  testcase( nField==0 );  /* Table with INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and nothing else */
+  pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, nField, iDb, 1);
+  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCur->nullRow = 1;
+  pCur->isOrdered = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->pCursor);
+  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+  assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD );
+  sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(pCur->pCursor, (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR));
+
+  /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only value that
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return is SQLITE_OK. */
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of
+  ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
+  ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
+  ** since moved into the btree layer.  */  
+  pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5
+** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
+**
+** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
+** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
+** the main database is read-only.  The ephemeral
+** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
+**
+** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
+** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
+** if P4 is not 0.  If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
+** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+**
+** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined
+** in btree.h.  These flags control aspects of the operation of
+** the btree.  The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are
+** added automatically.
+*/
+/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
+**
+** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral.  It has a
+** different name to distinguish its use.  Tables created using
+** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
+** indices in joins.
+*/
+case OP_OpenAutoindex: 
+case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+
+  static const int vfsFlags = 
+      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  pCx->isEphemeral = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBt, 
+                        BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
+    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before
+    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
+    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table).
+    */
+    if( (pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){
+      int pgno;
+      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
+        assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
+        assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+        pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, pKeyInfo, pCx->pCursor);
+      }
+      pCx->isTable = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, pCx->pCursor);
+      pCx->isTable = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SorterOpen P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens
+** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large
+** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm.
+*/
+case OP_SorterOpen: {
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+  assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->db==db );
+  assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, pCx);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]
+**
+** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
+** row of data.  The content of that one row is the content of memory
+** register P2.  In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the 
+** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
+**
+** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
+** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
+** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.  The OP_Column opcode
+** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
+**
+** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
+** the pseudo-table.
+*/
+case OP_OpenPseudo: {
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  assert( pOp->p3>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2;
+  pCx->isTable = 1;
+  assert( pOp->p5==0 );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
+**
+** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
+** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_Close: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
+  p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
+** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
+** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
+** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
+** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
+** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
+** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
+*/
+case OP_SeekLT:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekLE:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGE:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGT: {       /* jump, in3 */
+  int res;
+  int oc;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+  int nField;
+  i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 );
+  assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 );
+  assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 );
+  assert( pC->isOrdered );
+  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+  oc = pOp->opcode;
+  pC->nullRow = 0;
+  if( pC->isTable ){
+    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
+    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
+    ** the seek, so covert it. */
+    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+    applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
+    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
+    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+
+    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
+    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
+    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
+        ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
+        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search
+      ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term
+      ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5:
+      **
+      **        (x >  4.9)    ->     (x >= 5)
+      **        (x <= 4.9)    ->     (x <  5)
+      */
+      if( pIn3->r<(double)iKey ){
+        assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) );
+        assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) );
+        assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) );
+        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--;
+      }
+
+      /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search
+      ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=.  */
+      else if( pIn3->r>(double)iKey ){
+        assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) );
+        assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) );
+        assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) );
+        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++;
+      }
+    } 
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    if( res==0 ){
+      pC->rowidIsValid = 1;
+      pC->lastRowid = iKey;
+    }
+  }else{
+    nField = pOp->p4.i;
+    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+    assert( nField>0 );
+    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+    r.nField = (u16)nField;
+
+    /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster:
+    **   if( oc==OP_SeekGT || oc==OP_SeekLE ){
+    **     r.default_rc = -1;
+    **   }else{
+    **     r.default_rc = +1;
+    **   }
+    */
+    r.default_rc = ((1 & (oc - OP_SeekLT)) ? -1 : +1);
+    assert( oc!=OP_SeekGT || r.default_rc==-1 );
+    assert( oc!=OP_SeekLE || r.default_rc==-1 );
+    assert( oc!=OP_SeekGE || r.default_rc==+1 );
+    assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 );
+
+    r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+    ExpandBlob(r.aMem);
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  }
+  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+  if( oc>=OP_SeekGE ){  assert( oc==OP_SeekGE || oc==OP_SeekGT );
+    if( res<0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekGT) ){
+      res = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+      pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+    }else{
+      res = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( oc==OP_SeekLT || oc==OP_SeekLE );
+    if( res>0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekLT) ){
+      res = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+      pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
+      ** see if this is the case.
+      */
+      res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+  if( res ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis:  intkey=r[P2]
+**
+** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer.  Arrange
+** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2.
+**
+** This is actually a deferred seek.  Nothing actually happens until
+** the cursor is used to read a record.  That way, if no reads
+** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
+*/
+case OP_Seek: {    /* in2 */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+  assert( pC->isTable );
+  pC->nullRow = 0;
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
+  break;
+}
+  
+
+/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
+**
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
+** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
+**
+** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe
+*/
+/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
+** 
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2.  If P1 
+** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
+** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
+** matching entry.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict
+*/
+/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
+** 
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2.  If all terms of the
+** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
+** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix.  If there are no matches, jump
+** immediately to P2.  If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1
+** cursor pointing to the matching row.
+**
+** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the
+** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL.
+**
+** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
+*/
+case OP_NoConflict:     /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
+  int alreadyExists;
+  int ii;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+  char *pFree;
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+  char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*4 + 7];
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++;
+#endif
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+  pFree = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to suppress a compiler warning. */
+  if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
+    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+    r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+    r.aMem = pIn3;
+    for(ii=0; ii<r.nField; ii++){
+      assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[ii]) );
+      ExpandBlob(&r.aMem[ii]);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      if( ii ) REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3+ii, &r.aMem[ii]);
+#endif
+    }
+    pIdxKey = &r;
+  }else{
+    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
+        pC->pKeyInfo, aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec), &pFree
+    ); 
+    if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
+    assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 );  /* zeroblobs already expanded */
+    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey);
+  }
+  pIdxKey->default_rc = 0;
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){
+    /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the
+    ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not
+    ** conflict */
+    for(ii=0; ii<r.nField; ii++){
+      if( r.aMem[ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
+        pc = pOp->p2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);
+  if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pFree);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    break;
+  }
+  pC->seekResult = res;
+  alreadyExists = (res==0);
+  pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists;
+  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+    VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2);
+    if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists==0,2);
+    if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3]
+**
+** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
+** keys).  P3 is an integer rowid.  If P1 does not contain a record with
+** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.  If P1 does contain a record
+** with rowid P3 then leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall
+** through to the next instruction.
+**
+** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
+** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict
+*/
+case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+  u64 iKey;
+
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->isTable );
+  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+  res = 0;
+  iKey = pIn3->u.i;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);
+  pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
+  pC->rowidIsValid = res==0 ?1:0;
+  pC->nullRow = 0;
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+  if( res!=0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
+  }
+  pC->seekResult = res;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++
+**
+** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
+** Write the sequence number into register P2.
+** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
+** instruction.  
+*/
+case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
+  pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
+**
+** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
+** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
+** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is written
+** written to register P2.
+**
+** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds 
+** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
+** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, 
+** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
+** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
+** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
+*/
+case OP_NewRowid: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+  i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
+  int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
+  int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
+  Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */
+
+  v = 0;
+  res = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( NEVER(pC->pCursor==0) ){
+    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
+  }else{
+    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
+    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
+    **
+    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
+    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
+    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
+    ** probabilistic algorithm
+    **
+    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
+    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
+    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
+    ** and try again, up to 100 times.
+    */
+    assert( pC->isTable );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
+#   define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
+#else
+    /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
+    ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL.  The following macro seems
+    ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
+    */
+#   define MAX_ROWID  (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
+#endif
+
+    if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      if( res ){
+        v = 1;   /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */
+      }else{
+        assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pC->pCursor) );
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */
+        if( v>=MAX_ROWID ){
+          pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
+        }else{
+          v++;   /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+    if( pOp->p3 ){
+      /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+      if( p->pFrame ){
+        for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+        /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+        assert( pOp->p3<=pFrame->nMem );
+        pMem = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3];
+      }else{
+        /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+        assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+        pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+        memAboutToChange(p, pMem);
+      }
+      assert( memIsValid(pMem) );
+
+      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem);
+      sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
+      assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
+      if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){
+        v = pMem->u.i + 1;
+      }
+      pMem->u.i = v;
+    }
+#endif
+    if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the
+      ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database
+      ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until
+      ** it finds one that is not previously used. */
+      assert( pOp->p3==0 );  /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is
+                             ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */
+      /* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */
+      v = lastRowid;
+      v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
+      v++; /* ensure non-zero */
+      cnt = 0;
+      while(   ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)v,
+                                                 0, &res))==SQLITE_OK)
+            && (res==0)
+            && (++cnt<100)){
+        /* collision - try another random rowid */
+        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
+        if( cnt<5 ){
+          /* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */
+          v &= 0xffffff;
+        }else{
+          v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
+        }
+        v++; /* ensure non-zero */
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      assert( v>0 );  /* EV: R-40812-03570 */
+    }
+    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = v;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]
+**
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register
+** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
+** be a MEM_Int.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
+** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
+** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of
+** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this
+** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing
+** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is
+** currently pointing to.  Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode
+** has already positioned the cursor correctly.  This is an optimization
+** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an
+** UPDATE operation.  Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode
+** is part of an INSERT operation.  The difference is only important to
+** the update hook.
+**
+** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
+** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook 
+** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
+**
+** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
+** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
+** and register P2 becomes ephemeral.  If the cursor is changed, the
+** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
+** cause any problems.)
+**
+** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
+** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
+*/
+/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis:  intkey=P3 data=r[P2]
+**
+** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the
+** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3.
+*/
+case OP_Insert: 
+case OP_InsertInt: {
+  Mem *pData;       /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
+  Mem *pKey;        /* MEM cell holding key  for the record */
+  i64 iKey;         /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;   /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
+  int nZero;        /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
+  int seekResult;   /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
+  const char *zDb;  /* database name - used by the update hook */
+  const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */
+  int op;           /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
+
+  pData = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( memIsValid(pData) );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  assert( pC->isTable );
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData);
+
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){
+    pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+    assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
+    assert( memIsValid(pKey) );
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey);
+    iKey = pKey->u.i;
+  }else{
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt );
+    iKey = pOp->p3;
+  }
+
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = iKey;
+  if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    pData->z = 0;
+    pData->n = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+  }
+  seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0);
+  if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+    nZero = pData->u.nZero;
+  }else{
+    nZero = 0;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey,
+                          pData->z, pData->n, nZero,
+                          (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND)!=0, seekResult
+  );
+  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+
+  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
+    zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
+    zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
+    op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
+    assert( pC->isTable );
+    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
+    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
+**
+** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
+** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
+** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
+** a record from within an Next loop.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).
+**
+** P1 must not be pseudo-table.  It has to be a real table with
+** multiple rows.
+**
+** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
+** pointing to.  The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
+** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
+** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
+*/
+case OP_Delete: {
+  i64 iKey;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );  /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */
+  iKey = pC->lastRowid;      /* Only used for the update hook */
+
+  /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or
+  ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that
+  ** might move or invalidate the cursor.  Hence cursor pC is always pointing
+  ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation
+  ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail.  We will run it anyhow, though,
+  ** to guard against future changes to the code generator.
+  **/
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor);
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+
+  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z && pC->isTable ){
+    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE,
+                        db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName, pOp->p4.z, iKey);
+    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
+  }
+  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  break;
+}
+/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * *
+**
+** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
+** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()).
+** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0.
+** This is used by trigger programs.
+*/
+case OP_ResetCount: {
+  sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4
+** Synopsis:  if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
+**
+** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
+** the record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that 
+** the sorter cursor currently points to.  The final P4 fields of both
+** the P3 and sorter record are ignored.
+**
+** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant
+** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then
+** the comparison is assumed to be equal.
+**
+** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to
+** each other.  Jump to P2 if they are different.
+*/
+case OP_SorterCompare: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+  int nIgnore;
+
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( isSorter(pC) );
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  nIgnore = pOp->p4.i;
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nIgnore, &res);
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+  if( res ){
+    pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }
+  break;
+};
+
+/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
+**
+** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1.
+*/
+case OP_SorterData: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( isSorter(pC) );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(pC, pOut);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pOut->flags & MEM_Blob) );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
+**
+** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.  
+** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
+** it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
+** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+*/
+/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=key
+**
+** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.  
+** The key is copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
+** it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
+** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+*/
+case OP_RowKey:
+case OP_RowData: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  u32 n;
+  i64 n64;
+
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+
+  /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( isSorter(pC)==0 );
+  assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData );
+  assert( pC->isTable==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->nullRow==0 );
+  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
+
+  /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
+  ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate
+  ** the cursor.  Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always
+  ** a no-op and can never fail.  But we leave it in place as a safety.
+  */
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  if( pC->isTable==0 ){
+    assert( !pC->isTable );
+    VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
+    if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+      goto too_big;
+    }
+    n = (u32)n64;
+  }else{
+    VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* DataSize() cannot fail */
+    if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+      goto too_big;
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, n, 0) ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  pOut->n = n;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
+  if( pC->isTable==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
+  }
+  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
+**
+** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
+** P1 is currently point to.
+**
+** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table.  There used to
+** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
+** one opcode now works for both table types.
+*/
+case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2-prerelease */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  i64 v;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 || pC->nullRow );
+  if( pC->nullRow ){
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){
+    v = pC->movetoTarget;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  }else if( pC->pVtabCursor ){
+    pVtab = pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+    pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+    assert( pModule->xRowid );
+    rc = pModule->xRowid(pC->pVtabCursor, &v);
+    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+  }else{
+    assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( pC->rowidIsValid ){
+      v = pC->lastRowid;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );  /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */
+    }
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = v;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
+**
+** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
+** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
+** write a NULL.
+*/
+case OP_NullRow: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pC->nullRow = 1;
+  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  if( pC->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+  res = 0;
+  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
+  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
+  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  if( pOp->p2>0 ){
+    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+    if( res ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
+** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
+**
+** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
+** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
+** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
+** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
+** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
+** correctly optimizing out sorts.
+*/
+case OP_SorterSort:    /* jump */
+case OP_Sort: {        /* jump */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_sort_count++;
+  sqlite3_search_count--;
+#endif
+  p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++;
+  /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
+}
+/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) );
+  res = 1;
+  if( isSorter(pC) ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, pC, &res);
+  }else{
+    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+    assert( pCrsr );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  }
+  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+  if( res ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  P1 must have
+** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault.
+**
+** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
+** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
+** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
+** always either 0 or 1.
+**
+** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
+** sqlite3BtreeNext().
+**
+** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
+** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
+**
+** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen
+*/
+/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This opcode works just like OP_Next except that if cursor P1 is not
+** open it behaves a no-op.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  If P1 is
+** not open then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
+** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
+** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
+** always either 0 or 1.
+**
+** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
+** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
+**
+** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
+** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
+*/
+/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This opcode works just like OP_Prev except that if cursor P1 is not
+** open it behaves a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_SorterNext: {  /* jump */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( isSorter(pC) );
+  res = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pC, &res);
+  goto next_tail;
+case OP_PrevIfOpen:    /* jump */
+case OP_NextIfOpen:    /* jump */
+  if( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]==0 ) break;
+  /* Fall through */
+case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
+case OP_Next:          /* jump */
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p5<ArraySize(p->aCounter) );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  res = pOp->p3;
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  assert( pC->pCursor );
+  assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) );
+  testcase( res==1 );
+  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
+  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious );
+  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
+  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious);
+  rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res);
+next_tail:
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2);
+  if( res==0 ){
+    pC->nullRow = 0;
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+  }else{
+    pC->nullRow = 1;
+  }
+  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  goto check_for_interrupt;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P2]
+**
+** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
+** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
+** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
+**
+** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
+** insert is likely to be an append.
+**
+** If P5 has the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit set, then the change counter is
+** incremented by this instruction.  If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit is clear,
+** then the change counter is unchanged.
+**
+** If P5 has the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT bit set, then the cursor must have
+** just done a seek to the spot where the new entry is to be inserted.
+** This flag avoids doing an extra seek.
+**
+** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
+** for tables is OP_Insert.
+*/
+case OP_SorterInsert:       /* in2 */
+case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int nKey;
+  const char *zKey;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) );
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( isSorter(pC) ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(db, pC, pIn2);
+    }else{
+      nKey = pIn2->n;
+      zKey = pIn2->z;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3, 
+          ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0)
+          );
+      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+      pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]
+**
+** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
+** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the 
+** index opened by cursor P1.
+*/
+case OP_IdxDelete: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+  assert( pOp->p5==0 );
+  r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+  r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
+  r.default_rc = 0;
+  r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, &r, 0, 0, &res);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
+  }
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
+**
+** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
+** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
+** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
+**
+** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
+*/
+case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2-prerelease */
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  i64 rowid;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+  if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+  if( !pC->nullRow ){
+    rowid = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pCrsr, &rowid);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    pOut->u.i = rowid;
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY.  Compare this key value against the index 
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID 
+** fields at the end.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY.  Compare this key value against the index 
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID 
+** fields at the end.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID.  Compare this key value against
+** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
+** ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
+** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID.  Compare this key value against
+** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
+** ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is less than or equal to the key value then jump
+** to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+case OP_IdxLE:          /* jump */
+case OP_IdxGT:          /* jump */
+case OP_IdxLT:          /* jump */
+case OP_IdxGE:  {       /* jump */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  assert( pC->isOrdered );
+  assert( pC->pCursor!=0);
+  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+  r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+  if( pOp->opcode<OP_IdxLT ){
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
+    r.default_rc = -1;
+  }else{
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
+    r.default_rc = 0;
+  }
+  r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+  res = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, &r, &res);
+  assert( (OP_IdxLE&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) && (OP_IdxGE&1)==(OP_IdxGT&1) );
+  if( (pOp->opcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
+    res = -res;
+  }else{
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
+    res++;
+  }
+  VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2);
+  if( res>0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
+** file is given by P1.
+**
+** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0.  If
+** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
+** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
+** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
+** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
+** is stored in register P2.  If no page 
+** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
+** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
+** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
+**
+** See also: Clear
+*/
+case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2-prerelease */
+  int iMoved;
+  int iCnt;
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;
+  int iDb;
+
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  iCnt = 0;
+  for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe = pVdbe->pNext){
+    if( pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->bIsReader 
+     && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0 
+    ){
+      iCnt++;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  iCnt = db->nVdbeRead;
+#endif
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+  if( iCnt>1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+  }else{
+    iDb = pOp->p3;
+    assert( iCnt==1 );
+    assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<iDb))!=0 );
+    iMoved = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only to silence a warning. */
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pOut->u.i = iMoved;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){
+      sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1);
+      /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */
+      assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==iDb+1 );
+      resetSchemaOnFault = iDb+1;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
+** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
+** remove the table or index from the database file.
+**
+** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an
+** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change 
+** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. 
+** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
+** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
+**
+** See also: Destroy
+*/
+case OP_Clear: {
+  int nChange;
+ 
+  nChange = 0;
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
+      db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0)
+  );
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    p->nChange += nChange;
+    if( pOp->p3>0 ){
+      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+      aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ResetSorter P1 * * * *
+**
+** Delete all contents from the ephemeral table or sorter
+** that is open on cursor P1.
+**
+** This opcode only works for cursors used for sorting and
+** opened with OP_OpenEphemeral or OP_SorterOpen.
+*/
+case OP_ResetSorter: {
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+ 
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( pC->pSorter ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pC->pSorter);
+  }else{
+    assert( pC->isEphemeral );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(pC->pCursor);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1
+**
+** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2
+**
+** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
+** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
+** has an arbitrary key but no data.
+**
+** See also: CreateIndex
+*/
+/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1
+**
+** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2.
+**
+** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2-prerelease */
+case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
+  int pgno;
+  int flags;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  pgno = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
+    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
+    flags = BTREE_INTKEY;
+  }else{
+    flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
+  pOut->u.i = pgno;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
+** that match the WHERE clause P4. 
+**
+** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
+** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
+*/
+case OP_ParseSchema: {
+  int iDb;
+  const char *zMaster;
+  char *zSql;
+  InitData initData;
+
+  /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes
+  ** on every btree.  This is a prerequisite for invoking 
+  ** sqlite3InitCallback().
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+    assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  iDb = pOp->p1;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) );
+  /* Used to be a conditional */ {
+    zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    initData.db = db;
+    initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
+    initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+       "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid",
+       db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+      db->init.busy = 1;
+      initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+      db->init.busy = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc ) sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  break;  
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE)
+/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
+**
+** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
+** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
+** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
+*/
+case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1);
+  break;  
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */
+
+/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTable: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropIndex: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTrigger: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
+**
+** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Store in
+** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
+** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
+**
+** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
+** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
+** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are 
+** seen.  Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
+**
+** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
+** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), ....  There are P2 tables
+** total.
+**
+** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
+** file, not the main database file.
+**
+** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
+*/
+case OP_IntegrityCk: {
+  int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
+  int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
+  int j;          /* Loop counter */
+  int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
+  char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
+  Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
+
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+  nRoot = pOp->p2;
+  assert( nRoot>0 );
+  aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) );
+  if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+  pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+  assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
+    aRoot[j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[j]);
+  }
+  aRoot[j] = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p5))!=0 );
+  z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
+                                 (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot);
+  pnErr->u.i -= nErr;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
+  if( nErr==0 ){
+    assert( z==0 );
+  }else if( z==0 ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis:  rowset(P1)=r[P2]
+**
+** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index
+** held in register P1.
+**
+** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
+*/
+case OP_RowSetAdd: {       /* in1, in2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
+    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+  sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis:  r[P3]=rowset(P1)
+**
+** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into
+** register P3.  Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
+** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
+*/
+case OP_RowSetRead: {       /* jump, in1, out3 */
+  i64 val;
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 
+   || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0
+  ){
+    /* The boolean index is empty */
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
+  }else{
+    /* A value was pulled from the index */
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val);
+    VdbeBranchTaken(0,2);
+  }
+  goto check_for_interrupt;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
+** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2
+**
+** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1
+** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains
+** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the
+** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the
+** next opcode.
+**
+** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets
+** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set
+** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set
+** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1.  P4 must be either -1 or
+** non-negative.  For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4
+** bits are significant.
+**
+** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test
+** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it,
+** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will
+** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is
+** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was
+** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously
+** inserted as part of some other set).
+*/
+case OP_RowSetTest: {                     /* jump, in1, in3 */
+  int iSet;
+  int exists;
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  iSet = pOp->p4.i;
+  assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
+
+  /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1,
+  ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset
+  */
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
+    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 );
+  if( iSet ){
+    exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, iSet, pIn3->u.i);
+    VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2);
+    if( exists ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( iSet>=0 ){
+    sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+
+/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). 
+**
+** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory 
+** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 
+** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE 
+** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address 
+** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the 
+** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime.
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
+**
+** If P5 is non-zero, then recursive program invocation is enabled.
+*/
+case OP_Program: {        /* jump */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
+  int nByte;              /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
+  Mem *pRt;               /* Register to allocate runtime space */
+  Mem *pMem;              /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
+  Mem *pEnd;              /* Last memory cell in new array */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
+  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Sub-program to execute */
+  void *t;                /* Token identifying trigger */
+
+  pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+  pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( pProgram->nOp>0 );
+  
+  /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is 
+  ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
+  ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set
+  ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear).
+  ** 
+  ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is 
+  ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one 
+  ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different 
+  ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a
+  ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token 
+  ** variable.  */
+  if( pOp->p5 ){
+    t = pProgram->token;
+    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame && pFrame->token!=t; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+    if( pFrame ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion");
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
+  ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
+  ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt 
+  ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized.  */
+  if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){
+    /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the 
+    ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
+    ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
+    ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
+    */
+    nMem = pProgram->nMem + pProgram->nCsr;
+    nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))
+              + nMem * sizeof(Mem)
+              + pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *)
+              + pProgram->nOnce * sizeof(u8);
+    pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+    if( !pFrame ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt);
+    pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
+    pRt->u.pFrame = pFrame;
+
+    pFrame->v = p;
+    pFrame->nChildMem = nMem;
+    pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr;
+    pFrame->pc = pc;
+    pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
+    pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
+    pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
+    pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
+    pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
+    pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
+    pFrame->token = pProgram->token;
+    pFrame->aOnceFlag = p->aOnceFlag;
+    pFrame->nOnceFlag = p->nOnceFlag;
+
+    pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[pFrame->nChildMem];
+    for(pMem=VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); pMem!=pEnd; pMem++){
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined;
+      pMem->db = db;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame;
+    assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem );
+    assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr );
+    assert( pc==pFrame->pc );
+  }
+
+  p->nFrame++;
+  pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
+  pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+  pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  p->pFrame = pFrame;
+  p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[-1];
+  p->nMem = pFrame->nChildMem;
+  p->nCursor = (u16)pFrame->nChildCsr;
+  p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1];
+  p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp;
+  p->nOp = pProgram->nOp;
+  p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor];
+  p->nOnceFlag = pProgram->nOnce;
+  pc = -1;
+  memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);
+
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the 
+** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory 
+** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames 
+** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* 
+** and old.* values.
+**
+** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
+** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the
+** calling OP_Program instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Param: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+  Mem *pIn;
+  pFrame = p->pFrame;
+  pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1];   
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem);
+  break;
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2
+**
+** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive).
+** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented 
+** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the 
+** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints).
+*/
+case OP_FkCounter: {
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs ){
+    db->nDeferredImmCons += pOp->p2;
+  }else if( pOp->p1 ){
+    db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2;
+  }else{
+    p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2
+**
+** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero.
+** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next 
+** instruction.
+**
+** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter
+** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is
+** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero
+** (immediate foreign key constraint violations).
+*/
+case OP_FkIfZero: {         /* jump */
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
+    if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }else{
+    VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
+    if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])
+**
+** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is
+** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed
+** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of 
+** its current value and the value in register P2.
+**
+** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
+** an integer.
+*/
+case OP_MemMax: {        /* in2 */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+  if( p->pFrame ){
+    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+    pIn1 = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  }else{
+    pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  }
+  assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+  if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
+    pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
+
+/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2
+**
+** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
+**
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
+*/
+case OP_IfPos: {        /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2);
+  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2
+**
+** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
+**
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
+*/
+case OP_IfNeg: {        /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2);
+  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2
+**
+** The register P1 must contain an integer.  Add literal P3 to the
+** value in register P1.  If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. 
+**
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
+*/
+case OP_IfZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
+  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
+  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])
+**
+** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
+** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
+** structure that specifies the function.  Use register
+** P3 as the accumulator.
+**
+** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
+** successors.
+*/
+case OP_AggStep: {
+  int n;
+  int i;
+  Mem *pMem;
+  Mem *pRec;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+
+  n = pOp->p5;
+  assert( n>=0 );
+  pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( apVal || n==0 );
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pRec++){
+    assert( memIsValid(pRec) );
+    apVal[i] = pRec;
+    memAboutToChange(p, pRec);
+  }
+  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+  ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  pMem->n++;
+  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+  ctx.s.z = 0;
+  ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
+  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
+  ctx.s.db = db;
+  ctx.isError = 0;
+  ctx.pColl = 0;
+  ctx.skipFlag = 0;
+  if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
+  }
+  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+  if( ctx.isError ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
+    rc = ctx.isError;
+  }
+  if( ctx.skipFlag ){
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    i = pOp[-1].p1;
+    if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
+
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2
+**
+** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
+** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
+**
+** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
+** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
+** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
+** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
+** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
+** the step function was not previously called.
+*/
+case OP_AggFinal: {
+  Mem *pMem;
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+  pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem));
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in
+** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL
+** or RESTART.  Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns
+** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively.  Write the number of pages in the
+** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages
+** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint
+** completes into mem[P3+2].  However on an error, mem[P3+1] and
+** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1.
+*/
+case OP_Checkpoint: {
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  int aRes[3];                    /* Results */
+  Mem *pMem;                      /* Write results here */
+
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  aRes[0] = 0;
+  aRes[1] = aRes[2] = -1;
+  assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
+       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
+       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
+  );
+  rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &aRes[1], &aRes[2]);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    aRes[0] = 1;
+  }
+  for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]);
+  }    
+  break;
+};  
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
+/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback
+** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple
+** operation. No IO is required.
+**
+** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated.
+**
+** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2.
+*/
+case OP_JournalMode: {    /* out2-prerelease */
+  Btree *pBt;                     /* Btree to change journal mode of */
+  Pager *pPager;                  /* Pager associated with pBt */
+  int eNew;                       /* New journal mode */
+  int eOld;                       /* The old journal mode */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  const char *zFilename;          /* Name of database file for pPager */
+#endif
+
+  eNew = pOp->p3;
+  assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
+  );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+  eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager);
+  if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) eNew = eOld;
+  if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(pPager) ) eNew = eOld;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1);
+
+  /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database
+  ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory 
+  */
+  if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+   && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0           /* Temp file */
+       || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager))   /* No shared-memory support */
+  ){
+    eNew = eOld;
+  }
+
+  if( (eNew!=eOld)
+   && (eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
+  ){
+    if( !db->autoCommit || db->nVdbeRead>1 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, 
+          "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction",
+          (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of")
+      );
+      break;
+    }else{
+ 
+      if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+        /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
+        ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log 
+        ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file 
+        ** after a successful return. 
+        */
+        rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
+        }
+      }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+        /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL.  Use mode OFF
+        ** as an intermediate */
+        sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
+      }
+  
+      /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal
+      ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal.
+      */
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+  if( rc ){
+    eNew = eOld;
+  }
+  eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
+
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+  pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(eNew);
+  pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z);
+  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
+  break;
+};
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
+/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
+**
+** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
+** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
+** a transaction.
+*/
+case OP_Vacuum: {
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
+** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
+** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* jump */
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
+  VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
+**
+** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
+** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed 
+** (via sqlite3_step()).
+** 
+** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
+** then only the currently executing statement is affected. 
+*/
+case OP_Expire: {
+  if( !pOp->p1 ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+  }else{
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3
+**
+** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
+** the shared-cache feature is enabled. 
+**
+** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
+** on which the lock is acquired.  A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
+** a write lock if P3==1.
+**
+** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
+**
+** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
+** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
+*/
+case OP_TableLock: {
+  u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
+  if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
+    int p1 = pOp->p1; 
+    assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
+    assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<p1))!=0 );
+    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
+    if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+      const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the 
+** xBegin method for that table.
+**
+** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
+** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error
+** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED.
+*/
+case OP_VBegin: {
+  VTable *pVTab;
+  pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
+  rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVTab);
+  if( pVTab ) sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVTab->pVtab);
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
+** for that table.
+*/
+case OP_VCreate: {
+  rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
+** of that table.
+*/
+case OP_VDestroy: {
+  p->inVtabMethod = 2;
+  rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
+** table and stores that cursor in P1.
+*/
+case OP_VOpen: {
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  sqlite3_module *pModule;
+
+  assert( p->bIsReader );
+  pCur = 0;
+  pVtabCursor = 0;
+  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+  assert(pVtab && pModule);
+  rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor);
+  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
+    pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab;
+
+    /* Initialize vdbe cursor object */
+    pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0);
+    if( pCur ){
+      pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor;
+    }else{
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** Synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'
+**
+** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen.  P2 is an address to jump to if
+** the filtered result set is empty.
+**
+** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
+** method of the module.  The interpretation of the P4 string is left
+** to the module implementation.
+**
+** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
+** by P1.  The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
+** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
+** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
+** additional parameters which are passed to
+** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
+**
+** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
+*/
+case OP_VFilter: {   /* jump */
+  int nArg;
+  int iQuery;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  Mem *pQuery;
+  Mem *pArgc;
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  int res;
+  int i;
+  Mem **apArg;
+
+  pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  pArgc = &pQuery[1];
+  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( memIsValid(pQuery) );
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery);
+  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+  pVtabCursor = pCur->pVtabCursor;
+  pVtab = pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+
+  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
+  assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
+  nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i;
+  iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i;
+
+  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
+  {
+    res = 0;
+    apArg = p->apArg;
+    for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){
+      apArg[i] = &pArgc[i+1];
+    }
+
+    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+    rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg);
+    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor);
+    }
+    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
+    if( res ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pCur->nullRow = 0;
+
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)
+**
+** Store the value of the P2-th column of
+** the row of the virtual-table that the 
+** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
+*/
+case OP_VColumn: {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  Mem *pDest;
+  sqlite3_context sContext;
+
+  VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
+  pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
+  if( pCur->nullRow ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
+    break;
+  }
+  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+  assert( pModule->xColumn );
+  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+
+  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
+  ** the current contents to sContext.s so in case the user-function 
+  ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a 
+  ** new one.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sContext.s, pDest);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(&sContext.s, MEM_Null);
+
+  rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);
+  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+  if( sContext.isError ){
+    rc = sContext.isError;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
+  ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any
+  ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is  released.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
+
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
+** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
+** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+case OP_VNext: {   /* jump */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  int res;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+
+  res = 0;
+  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+  if( pCur->nullRow ){
+    break;
+  }
+  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+  assert( pModule->xNext );
+
+  /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
+  ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
+  ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that 
+  ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
+  ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
+  */
+  p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+  rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor);
+  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
+  }
+  VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2);
+  if( !res ){
+    /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  goto check_for_interrupt;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
+** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
+*/
+case OP_VRename: {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  Mem *pName;
+
+  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  pName = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );
+  assert( memIsValid(pName) );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName);
+  assert( pName->flags & MEM_Str );
+  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pName, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z);
+    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+    p->expired = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Synopsis: data=r[P3@P2]
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
+** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate 
+** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the 
+** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
+**
+** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
+** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
+** is the rowid of a row to delete.  If argv[0] is NULL then no 
+** deletion occurs.  The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new 
+** row.  This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new 
+** rowid for itself.  The subsequent elements in the array are 
+** the values of columns in the new row.
+**
+** If P2==1 then no insert is performed.  argv[0] is the rowid of
+** a row to delete.
+**
+** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
+** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() 
+** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
+**
+** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to
+** apply in the case of a constraint failure on an insert or update.
+*/
+case OP_VUpdate: {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  int nArg;
+  int i;
+  sqlite_int64 rowid;
+  Mem **apArg;
+  Mem *pX;
+
+  assert( pOp->p2==1        || pOp->p5==OE_Fail   || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback 
+       || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace
+  );
+  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
+  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+  nArg = pOp->p2;
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
+  if( ALWAYS(pModule->xUpdate) ){
+    u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict;
+    apArg = p->apArg;
+    pX = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+    for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+      assert( memIsValid(pX) );
+      memAboutToChange(p, pX);
+      apArg[i] = pX;
+      pX++;
+    }
+    db->vtabOnConflict = pOp->p5;
+    rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid);
+    db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict;
+    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){
+      assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
+      db->lastRowid = lastRowid = rowid;
+    }
+    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){
+      if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }else{
+        p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5);
+      }
+    }else{
+      p->nChange++;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
+*/
+case OP_Pagecount: {            /* out2-prerelease */
+  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt);
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3.
+** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and
+** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0.
+**
+** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2.
+*/
+case OP_MaxPgcnt: {            /* out2-prerelease */
+  unsigned int newMax;
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  newMax = 0;
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
+    if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3;
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Opcode: Init * P2 * P4 *
+** Synopsis:  Start at P2
+**
+** Programs contain a single instance of this opcode as the very first
+** opcode.
+**
+** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
+** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
+** Or if P4 is blank, use the string returned by sqlite3_sql().
+**
+** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2.
+*/
+case OP_Init: {          /* jump */
+  char *zTrace;
+  char *z;
+
+  if( pOp->p2 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  if( db->xTrace
+   && !p->doingRerun
+   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
+  ){
+    z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace);
+    db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, z);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE
+  zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql);
+  if( zTrace ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( (MASKBIT(i) & p->btreeMask)==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
+   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
+  ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace);
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
+**
+** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
+** destination.
+*/
+/*
+** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
+** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
+** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
+** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
+*/
+default: {          /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
+  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain );
+  break;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
+** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
+** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
+** restored.
+*****************************************************************************/
+    }
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    {
+      u64 endTime = sqlite3Hwtime();
+      if( endTime>start ) pOp->cycles += endTime - start;
+      pOp->cnt++;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
+    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
+    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
+    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
+    */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
+      if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc);
+      if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){
+        registerTrace(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+      }
+      if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
+        registerTrace(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+      }
+    }
+#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif  /* NDEBUG */
+  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
+  ** an error of some kind.
+  */
+vdbe_error_halt:
+  assert( rc );
+  p->rc = rc;
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", 
+                   pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){
+    sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1);
+  }
+
+  /* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
+  ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
+  ** top. */
+vdbe_return:
+  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+  testcase( nVmStep>0 );
+  p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep;
+  sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+
+  /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+  ** is encountered.
+  */
+too_big:
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big");
+  rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
+  */
+no_mem:
+  db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory");
+  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
+  ** should hold the error number.
+  */
+abort_due_to_error:
+  assert( p->zErrMsg==0 );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+  }
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
+  ** flag.
+  */
+abort_due_to_interrupt:
+  assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
+  rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+  p->rc = rc;
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+}
+
+
+/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+
+/*
+** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
+*/
+typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
+struct Incrblob {
+  int flags;              /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
+  int nByte;              /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
+  int iOffset;            /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
+  int iCol;               /* Table column this handle is open on */
+  BtCursor *pCsr;         /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;    /* Statement holding cursor open */
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* The associated database */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks
+** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
+** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the
+** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may
+** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using
+** sqlite3DbFree().
+**
+** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will 
+** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
+  int rc;                         /* Error code */
+  char *zErr = 0;                 /* Error message */
+  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;
+
+  /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. 
+  ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid 
+  ** triggering asserts related to mutexes.
+  */
+  assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int );
+  v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    VdbeCursor *pC = v->apCsr[0];
+    u32 type = pC->aType[p->iCol];
+    if( type<12 ){
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s",
+          type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+      p->pStmt = 0;
+    }else{
+      p->iOffset = pC->aType[p->iCol + pC->nField];
+      p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
+      p->pCsr =  pC->pCursor;
+      sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(p->pCsr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( p->pStmt ){
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    p->pStmt = 0;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+
+  *pzErr = zErr;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+  sqlite3* db,            /* The database connection */
+  const char *zDb,        /* The attached database containing the blob */
+  const char *zTable,     /* The table containing the blob */
+  const char *zColumn,    /* The column containing the blob */
+  sqlite_int64 iRow,      /* The row containing the glob */
+  int flags,              /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
+  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob   /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
+){
+  int nAttempt = 0;
+  int iCol;               /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
+
+  /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified 
+  ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
+  ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
+  ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
+  ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
+  **
+  ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
+  ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
+  ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and 
+  ** blob_bytes() functions.
+  **
+  ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
+  ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the 
+  ** transaction.
+  */
+  static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(4);
+  static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
+    /* {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0},  // 0: Inserted separately */
+    {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0},       /* 1: Acquire a read or write lock */
+    /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */
+    {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0},        /* 2: Open cursor 0 for reading */
+    {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0},       /* 3: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
+    {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1},        /* 4: Push the rowid to the stack */
+    {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1},      /* 5: Seek the cursor */
+    {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1},          /* 6  */
+    {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0},       /* 7  */
+    {OP_Goto, 0, 4, 0},            /* 8  */
+    {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0},           /* 9  */
+    {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0},            /* 10 */
+  };
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Parse *pParse = 0;
+  Incrblob *pBlob = 0;
+
+  flags = !!flags;                /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */
+  *ppBlob = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+  pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
+  if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out;
+  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out;
+
+  do {
+    memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
+    pParse->db = db;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+    zErr = 0;
+
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
+    if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
+    }
+    if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open table without rowid: %s", zTable);
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+    if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
+    }
+#endif
+    if( !pTab ){
+      if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+        zErr = pParse->zErrMsg;
+        pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+      }
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+
+    /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+
+    /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
+    ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. 
+    ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these
+    ** descriptions applies for writing.  */
+    if( flags ){
+      const char *zFault = 0;
+      Index *pIdx;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+      if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+        /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It
+        ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent
+        ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this 
+        ** case.  */
+        FKey *pFKey;
+        for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; j<pFKey->nCol; j++){
+            if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){
+              zFault = "foreign key";
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
+          if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
+            zFault = "indexed";
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( zFault ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+        zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault);
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+        goto blob_open_out;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse);
+    assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed );
+    if( pBlob->pStmt ){
+      Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt;
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, flags, 
+                           pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie,
+                           pTab->pSchema->iGeneration);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);     
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn);
+
+      /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
+      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); 
+
+      /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 1);
+#else
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->tnum);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, flags);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+#endif
+
+      /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 
+      ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum.  */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 3 - flags);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2 + flags, pTab->tnum);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2 + flags, iDb);
+
+      /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
+      ** think that the table has one more column than it really
+      ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
+      ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
+      ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type 
+      ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 6, pTab->nCol);
+      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+        pParse->nVar = 1;
+        pParse->nMem = 1;
+        pParse->nTab = 1;
+        sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
+      }
+    }
+   
+    pBlob->flags = flags;
+    pBlob->iCol = iCol;
+    pBlob->db = db;
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow);
+    rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr);
+  } while( (++nAttempt)<SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
+
+blob_open_out:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
+  }else{
+    if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
+  }
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+  sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
+  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
+** sqlite3_blob_open().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( p ){
+    db = p->db;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
+*/
+static int blobReadWrite(
+  sqlite3_blob *pBlob, 
+  void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  int iOffset, 
+  int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  db = p->db;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
+
+  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
+    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0);
+  }else if( v==0 ){
+    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
+    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }else{
+    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
+    ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
+    */
+    assert( db == v->db );
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
+    rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+      p->pStmt = 0;
+    }else{
+      db->errCode = rc;
+      v->rc = rc;
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data to a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
+**
+** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
+** so no mutex is required for access.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same
+** database table.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
+** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the
+** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all 
+** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) 
+** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){
+  int rc;
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  db = p->db;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
+    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }else{
+    char *zErr;
+    rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2011 July 9
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with
+** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys (as may be required, for
+** example, by CREATE INDEX statements on tables too large to fit in main
+** memory).
+*/
+
+
+
+typedef struct VdbeSorterIter VdbeSorterIter;
+typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord;
+typedef struct FileWriter FileWriter;
+
+/*
+** NOTES ON DATA STRUCTURE USED FOR N-WAY MERGES:
+**
+** As keys are added to the sorter, they are written to disk in a series
+** of sorted packed-memory-arrays (PMAs). The size of each PMA is roughly
+** the same as the cache-size allowed for temporary databases. In order
+** to allow the caller to extract keys from the sorter in sorted order,
+** all PMAs currently stored on disk must be merged together. This comment
+** describes the data structure used to do so. The structure supports 
+** merging any number of arrays in a single pass with no redundant comparison 
+** operations.
+**
+** The aIter[] array contains an iterator for each of the PMAs being merged.
+** An aIter[] iterator either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. For 
+** the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is actually 
+** N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater to or equal 
+** to the number of iterators being merged. The extra aIter[] elements are 
+** treated as if they are empty (always at EOF).
+**
+** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in
+** the VdbeSorter.nTree variable.
+**
+** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing
+** pairs of iterator keys together. Element i contains the result of 
+** comparing aIter[2*i-N] and aIter[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the
+** aTree element is set to the index of it. 
+**
+** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any
+** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF
+** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored.
+**
+** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described 
+** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 iterators.
+** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the iterator that 
+** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused.
+**
+** Example:
+**
+**     aIter[0] -> Banana
+**     aIter[1] -> Feijoa
+**     aIter[2] -> Elderberry
+**     aIter[3] -> Currant
+**     aIter[4] -> Grapefruit
+**     aIter[5] -> Apple
+**     aIter[6] -> Durian
+**     aIter[7] -> EOF
+**
+**     aTree[] = { X, 5   0, 5    0, 3, 5, 6 }
+**
+** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by 
+** iterator 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, iterator 5 will
+** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is
+** "Eggplant":
+**
+**     aIter[5] -> Eggplant
+**
+** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new iterator
+** 5 key to the current key of iterator 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The iterator
+** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree.
+** The value of iterator 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of iterator
+** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (Banana<Durian),
+** so the value written into element 1 of the array is 0. As follows:
+**
+**     aTree[] = { X, 0   0, 6    0, 3, 5, 6 }
+**
+** In other words, each time we advance to the next sorter element, log2(N)
+** key comparison operations are required, where N is the number of segments
+** being merged (rounded up to the next power of 2).
+*/
+struct VdbeSorter {
+  i64 iWriteOff;                  /* Current write offset within file pTemp1 */
+  i64 iReadOff;                   /* Current read offset within file pTemp1 */
+  int nInMemory;                  /* Current size of pRecord list as PMA */
+  int nTree;                      /* Used size of aTree/aIter (power of 2) */
+  int nPMA;                       /* Number of PMAs stored in pTemp1 */
+  int mnPmaSize;                  /* Minimum PMA size, in bytes */
+  int mxPmaSize;                  /* Maximum PMA size, in bytes.  0==no limit */
+  VdbeSorterIter *aIter;          /* Array of iterators to merge */
+  int *aTree;                     /* Current state of incremental merge */
+  sqlite3_file *pTemp1;           /* PMA file 1 */
+  SorterRecord *pRecord;          /* Head of in-memory record list */
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Used to unpack keys */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following type is an iterator for a PMA. It caches the current key in 
+** variables nKey/aKey. If the iterator is at EOF, pFile==0.
+*/
+struct VdbeSorterIter {
+  i64 iReadOff;                   /* Current read offset */
+  i64 iEof;                       /* 1 byte past EOF for this iterator */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* Bytes of space at aAlloc */
+  int nKey;                       /* Number of bytes in key */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile;            /* File iterator is reading from */
+  u8 *aAlloc;                     /* Allocated space */
+  u8 *aKey;                       /* Pointer to current key */
+  u8 *aBuffer;                    /* Current read buffer */
+  int nBuffer;                    /* Size of read buffer in bytes */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to organize the stream of records
+** being written to files by the merge-sort code into aligned, page-sized
+** blocks.  Doing all I/O in aligned page-sized blocks helps I/O to go
+** faster on many operating systems.
+*/
+struct FileWriter {
+  int eFWErr;                     /* Non-zero if in an error state */
+  u8 *aBuffer;                    /* Pointer to write buffer */
+  int nBuffer;                    /* Size of write buffer in bytes */
+  int iBufStart;                  /* First byte of buffer to write */
+  int iBufEnd;                    /* Last byte of buffer to write */
+  i64 iWriteOff;                  /* Offset of start of buffer in file */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile;            /* File to write to */
+};
+
+/*
+** A structure to store a single record. All in-memory records are connected
+** together into a linked list headed at VdbeSorter.pRecord using the 
+** SorterRecord.pNext pointer.
+*/
+struct SorterRecord {
+  void *pVal;
+  int nVal;
+  SorterRecord *pNext;
+};
+
+/* Minimum allowable value for the VdbeSorter.nWorking variable */
+#define SORTER_MIN_WORKING 10
+
+/* Maximum number of segments to merge in a single pass. */
+#define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16
+
+/*
+** Free all memory belonging to the VdbeSorterIter object passed as the second
+** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning.
+*/
+static void vdbeSorterIterZero(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *pIter){
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aAlloc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aBuffer);
+  memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(VdbeSorterIter));
+}
+
+/*
+** Read nByte bytes of data from the stream of data iterated by object p.
+** If successful, set *ppOut to point to a buffer containing the data
+** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an SQLite
+** error code.
+**
+** The buffer indicated by *ppOut may only be considered valid until the
+** next call to this function.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterIterRead(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle (for malloc) */
+  VdbeSorterIter *p,              /* Iterator */
+  int nByte,                      /* Bytes of data to read */
+  u8 **ppOut                      /* OUT: Pointer to buffer containing data */
+){
+  int iBuf;                       /* Offset within buffer to read from */
+  int nAvail;                     /* Bytes of data available in buffer */
+  assert( p->aBuffer );
+
+  /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next 
+  ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less
+  ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data.  */
+  iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
+  if( iBuf==0 ){
+    int nRead;                    /* Bytes to read from disk */
+    int rc;                       /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */
+
+    /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */
+    if( (p->iEof - p->iReadOff) > (i64)p->nBuffer ){
+      nRead = p->nBuffer;
+    }else{
+      nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff);
+    }
+    assert( nRead>0 );
+
+    /* Read data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFile, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; 
+
+  if( nByte<=nAvail ){
+    /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this
+    ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a 
+    ** pointer into the buffer to the caller.  */
+    *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf];
+    p->iReadOff += nByte;
+  }else{
+    /* The requested data is not all available in the in-memory buffer.
+    ** In this case, allocate space at p->aAlloc[] to copy the requested
+    ** range into. Then return a copy of pointer p->aAlloc to the caller.  */
+    int nRem;                     /* Bytes remaining to copy */
+
+    /* Extend the p->aAlloc[] allocation if required. */
+    if( p->nAlloc<nByte ){
+      int nNew = p->nAlloc*2;
+      while( nByte>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2;
+      p->aAlloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->aAlloc, nNew);
+      if( !p->aAlloc ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      p->nAlloc = nNew;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy as much data as is available in the buffer into the start of
+    ** p->aAlloc[].  */
+    memcpy(p->aAlloc, &p->aBuffer[iBuf], nAvail);
+    p->iReadOff += nAvail;
+    nRem = nByte - nAvail;
+
+    /* The following loop copies up to p->nBuffer bytes per iteration into
+    ** the p->aAlloc[] buffer.  */
+    while( nRem>0 ){
+      int rc;                     /* vdbeSorterIterRead() return code */
+      int nCopy;                  /* Number of bytes to copy */
+      u8 *aNext;                  /* Pointer to buffer to copy data from */
+
+      nCopy = nRem;
+      if( nRem>p->nBuffer ) nCopy = p->nBuffer;
+      rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, nCopy, &aNext);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      assert( aNext!=p->aAlloc );
+      memcpy(&p->aAlloc[nByte - nRem], aNext, nCopy);
+      nRem -= nCopy;
+    }
+
+    *ppOut = p->aAlloc;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to
+** the value read.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterIterVarint(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *p, u64 *pnOut){
+  int iBuf;
+
+  iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
+  if( iBuf && (p->nBuffer-iBuf)>=9 ){
+    p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aBuffer[iBuf], pnOut);
+  }else{
+    u8 aVarint[16], *a;
+    int i = 0, rc;
+    do{
+      rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, 1, &a);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      aVarint[(i++)&0xf] = a[0];
+    }while( (a[0]&0x80)!=0 );
+    sqlite3GetVarint(aVarint, pnOut);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Advance iterator pIter to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if
+** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterIterNext(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle (for sqlite3DbMalloc() ) */
+  VdbeSorterIter *pIter           /* Iterator to advance */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  u64 nRec = 0;                   /* Size of record in bytes */
+
+  if( pIter->iReadOff>=pIter->iEof ){
+    /* This is an EOF condition */
+    vdbeSorterIterZero(db, pIter);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nRec);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pIter->nKey = (int)nRec;
+    rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, pIter, (int)nRec, &pIter->aKey);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize iterator pIter to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile
+** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function 
+** leaves the iterator pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the 
+** PMA is empty).
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterIterInit(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const VdbeSorter *pSorter,      /* Sorter object */
+  i64 iStart,                     /* Start offset in pFile */
+  VdbeSorterIter *pIter,          /* Iterator to populate */
+  i64 *pnByte                     /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nBuf;
+
+  nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+
+  assert( pSorter->iWriteOff>iStart );
+  assert( pIter->aAlloc==0 );
+  assert( pIter->aBuffer==0 );
+  pIter->pFile = pSorter->pTemp1;
+  pIter->iReadOff = iStart;
+  pIter->nAlloc = 128;
+  pIter->aAlloc = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pIter->nAlloc);
+  pIter->nBuffer = nBuf;
+  pIter->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf);
+
+  if( !pIter->aBuffer ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    int iBuf;
+
+    iBuf = iStart % nBuf;
+    if( iBuf ){
+      int nRead = nBuf - iBuf;
+      if( (iStart + nRead) > pSorter->iWriteOff ){
+        nRead = (int)(pSorter->iWriteOff - iStart);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(
+          pSorter->pTemp1, &pIter->aBuffer[iBuf], nRead, iStart
+      );
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      u64 nByte;                       /* Size of PMA in bytes */
+      pIter->iEof = pSorter->iWriteOff;
+      rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nByte);
+      pIter->iEof = pIter->iReadOff + nByte;
+      *pnByte += nByte;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, pIter);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, 
+** size nKey2 bytes).  Argument pKeyInfo supplies the collation functions
+** used by the comparison. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code.
+** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK and set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive
+** value, depending on whether key1 is smaller, equal to or larger than key2.
+**
+** If the bOmitRowid argument is non-zero, assume both keys end in a rowid
+** field. For the purposes of the comparison, ignore it. Also, if bOmitRowid
+** is true and key1 contains even a single NULL value, it is considered to
+** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values.
+**
+** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace
+** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2.
+*/
+static void vdbeSorterCompare(
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */
+  int nIgnore,                    /* Ignore the last nIgnore fields */
+  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
+  const void *pKey2, int nKey2,   /* Right side of comparison */
+  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
+){
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo;
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked;
+  int i;
+
+  if( pKey2 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
+  }
+
+  if( nIgnore ){
+    r2->nField = pKeyInfo->nField - nIgnore;
+    assert( r2->nField>0 );
+    for(i=0; i<r2->nField; i++){
+      if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
+        *pRes = -1;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( r2->default_rc==0 );
+  }
+
+  *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to compare two iterator keys when merging 
+** multiple b-tree segments. Parameter iOut is the index of the aTree[] 
+** value to recalculate.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterDoCompare(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int iOut){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  int i1;
+  int i2;
+  int iRes;
+  VdbeSorterIter *p1;
+  VdbeSorterIter *p2;
+
+  assert( iOut<pSorter->nTree && iOut>0 );
+
+  if( iOut>=(pSorter->nTree/2) ){
+    i1 = (iOut - pSorter->nTree/2) * 2;
+    i2 = i1 + 1;
+  }else{
+    i1 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2];
+    i2 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2+1];
+  }
+
+  p1 = &pSorter->aIter[i1];
+  p2 = &pSorter->aIter[i2];
+
+  if( p1->pFile==0 ){
+    iRes = i2;
+  }else if( p2->pFile==0 ){
+    iRes = i1;
+  }else{
+    int res;
+    assert( pCsr->pSorter->pUnpacked!=0 );  /* allocated in vdbeSorterMerge() */
+    vdbeSorterCompare(
+        pCsr, 0, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey, &res
+    );
+    if( res<=0 ){
+      iRes = i1;
+    }else{
+      iRes = i2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pSorter->aTree[iOut] = iRes;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
+  int pgsz;                       /* Page size of main database */
+  int mxCache;                    /* Cache size */
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;            /* The new sorter */
+  char *d;                        /* Dummy */
+
+  assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 );
+  pCsr->pSorter = pSorter = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VdbeSorter));
+  if( pSorter==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  
+  pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCsr->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &d);
+  if( pSorter->pUnpacked==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord *)d );
+
+  if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
+    pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    pSorter->mnPmaSize = SORTER_MIN_WORKING * pgsz;
+    mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size;
+    if( mxCache<SORTER_MIN_WORKING ) mxCache = SORTER_MIN_WORKING;
+    pSorter->mxPmaSize = mxCache * pgsz;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord.
+*/
+static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){
+  SorterRecord *p;
+  SorterRecord *pNext;
+  for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){
+    pNext = p->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorter *pSorter){
+  if( pSorter->aIter ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTree; i++){
+      vdbeSorterIterZero(db, &pSorter->aIter[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->aIter);
+    pSorter->aIter = 0;
+  }
+  if( pSorter->pTemp1 ){
+    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSorter->pTemp1);
+    pSorter->pTemp1 = 0;
+  }
+  vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pSorter->pRecord);
+  pSorter->pRecord = 0;
+  pSorter->iWriteOff = 0;
+  pSorter->iReadOff = 0;
+  pSorter->nInMemory = 0;
+  pSorter->nTree = 0;
+  pSorter->nPMA = 0;
+  pSorter->aTree = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  if( pSorter ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pSorter);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter);
+    pCsr->pSorter = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful,
+** set *ppFile to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, set *ppFile to 0 and return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file **ppFile){
+  int dummy;
+  return sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFile,
+      SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE    | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE    | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &dummy
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list.
+** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list.
+*/
+static void vdbeSorterMerge(
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* For pKeyInfo */
+  SorterRecord *p1,               /* First list to merge */
+  SorterRecord *p2,               /* Second list to merge */
+  SorterRecord **ppOut            /* OUT: Head of merged list */
+){
+  SorterRecord *pFinal = 0;
+  SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal;
+  void *pVal2 = p2 ? p2->pVal : 0;
+
+  while( p1 && p2 ){
+    int res;
+    vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, p1->pVal, p1->nVal, pVal2, p2->nVal, &res);
+    if( res<=0 ){
+      *pp = p1;
+      pp = &p1->pNext;
+      p1 = p1->pNext;
+      pVal2 = 0;
+    }else{
+      *pp = p2;
+       pp = &p2->pNext;
+      p2 = p2->pNext;
+      if( p2==0 ) break;
+      pVal2 = p2->pVal;
+    }
+  }
+  *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2;
+  *ppOut = pFinal;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort the linked list of records headed at pCsr->pRecord. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error
+** occurs.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterSort(const VdbeCursor *pCsr){
+  int i;
+  SorterRecord **aSlot;
+  SorterRecord *p;
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+
+  aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *));
+  if( !aSlot ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  p = pSorter->pRecord;
+  while( p ){
+    SorterRecord *pNext = p->pNext;
+    p->pNext = 0;
+    for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){
+      vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p);
+      aSlot[i] = 0;
+    }
+    aSlot[i] = p;
+    p = pNext;
+  }
+
+  p = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<64; i++){
+    vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p);
+  }
+  pSorter->pRecord = p;
+
+  sqlite3_free(aSlot);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a file-writer object.
+*/
+static void fileWriterInit(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database (for malloc) */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,            /* File to write to */
+  FileWriter *p,                  /* Object to populate */
+  i64 iStart                      /* Offset of pFile to begin writing at */
+){
+  int nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
+  p->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf);
+  if( !p->aBuffer ){
+    p->eFWErr = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    p->iBufEnd = p->iBufStart = (iStart % nBuf);
+    p->iWriteOff = iStart - p->iBufStart;
+    p->nBuffer = nBuf;
+    p->pFile = pFile;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write nData bytes of data to the file-write object. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static void fileWriterWrite(FileWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){
+  int nRem = nData;
+  while( nRem>0 && p->eFWErr==0 ){
+    int nCopy = nRem;
+    if( nCopy>(p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd) ){
+      nCopy = p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd;
+    }
+
+    memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy);
+    p->iBufEnd += nCopy;
+    if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){
+      p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, 
+          &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, 
+          p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
+      );
+      p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0;
+      p->iWriteOff += p->nBuffer;
+    }
+    assert( p->iBufEnd<p->nBuffer );
+
+    nRem -= nCopy;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the file-writer object.
+** The results of using the file-writer after this call are undefined.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not 
+** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the
+** last byte written to the file.
+*/
+static int fileWriterFinish(sqlite3 *db, FileWriter *p, i64 *piEof){
+  int rc;
+  if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){
+    p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, 
+        &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, 
+        p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
+    );
+  }
+  *piEof = (p->iWriteOff + p->iBufEnd);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aBuffer);
+  rc = p->eFWErr;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the file-write object. Return 
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static void fileWriterWriteVarint(FileWriter *p, u64 iVal){
+  int nByte; 
+  u8 aByte[10];
+  nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal);
+  fileWriterWrite(p, aByte, nByte);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the current contents of the in-memory linked-list to a PMA. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+**
+** The format of a PMA is:
+**
+**     * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content
+**       in the PMA (not including the varint itself).
+**
+**     * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. 
+**       Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the 
+**       key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  FileWriter writer;
+
+  memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
+
+  if( pSorter->nInMemory==0 ){
+    assert( pSorter->pRecord==0 );
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  rc = vdbeSorterSort(pCsr);
+
+  /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->pTemp1==0 ){
+    rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pSorter->pTemp1);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->pTemp1 );
+    assert( pSorter->iWriteOff==0 );
+    assert( pSorter->nPMA==0 );
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    SorterRecord *p;
+    SorterRecord *pNext = 0;
+
+    fileWriterInit(db, pSorter->pTemp1, &writer, pSorter->iWriteOff);
+    pSorter->nPMA++;
+    fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pSorter->nInMemory);
+    for(p=pSorter->pRecord; p; p=pNext){
+      pNext = p->pNext;
+      fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, p->nVal);
+      fileWriterWrite(&writer, p->pVal, p->nVal);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+    }
+    pSorter->pRecord = p;
+    rc = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &pSorter->iWriteOff);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a record to the sorter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,               /* Sorter cursor */
+  Mem *pVal                       /* Memory cell containing record */
+){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  SorterRecord *pNew;             /* New list element */
+
+  assert( pSorter );
+  pSorter->nInMemory += sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n) + pVal->n;
+
+  pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord));
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    pNew->pVal = (void *)&pNew[1];
+    memcpy(pNew->pVal, pVal->z, pVal->n);
+    pNew->nVal = pVal->n;
+    pNew->pNext = pSorter->pRecord;
+    pSorter->pRecord = pNew;
+  }
+
+  /* See if the contents of the sorter should now be written out. They
+  ** are written out when either of the following are true:
+  **
+  **   * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater 
+  **     than (page-size * cache-size), or
+  **
+  **   * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater 
+  **     than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->mxPmaSize>0 && (
+        (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mxPmaSize)
+     || (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull())
+  )){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    i64 nExpect = pSorter->iWriteOff
+                + sqlite3VarintLen(pSorter->nInMemory)
+                + pSorter->nInMemory;
+#endif
+    rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr);
+    pSorter->nInMemory = 0;
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nExpect==pSorter->iWriteOff) );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function for sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(). 
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterInitMerge(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Cursor handle for this sorter */
+  i64 *pnByte                     /* Sum of bytes in all opened PMAs */
+){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterator through aIter[] */
+  i64 nByte = 0;                  /* Total bytes in all opened PMAs */
+
+  /* Initialize the iterators. */
+  for(i=0; i<SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; i++){
+    VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[i];
+    rc = vdbeSorterIterInit(db, pSorter, pSorter->iReadOff, pIter, &nByte);
+    pSorter->iReadOff = pIter->iEof;
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff<=pSorter->iWriteOff );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff>=pSorter->iWriteOff ) break;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the aTree[] array. */
+  for(i=pSorter->nTree-1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i--){
+    rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i);
+  }
+
+  *pnByte = nByte;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Once the sorter has been populated, this function is called to prepare
+** for iterating through its contents in sorted order.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_file *pTemp2 = 0;       /* Second temp file to use */
+  i64 iWrite2 = 0;                /* Write offset for pTemp2 */
+  int nIter;                      /* Number of iterators used */
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space required for aIter/aTree */
+  int N = 2;                      /* Power of 2 >= nIter */
+
+  assert( pSorter );
+
+  /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead,
+  ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly
+  ** from the in-memory list.  */
+  if( pSorter->nPMA==0 ){
+    *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord;
+    assert( pSorter->aTree==0 );
+    return vdbeSorterSort(pCsr);
+  }
+
+  /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. */
+  rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Allocate space for aIter[] and aTree[]. */
+  nIter = pSorter->nPMA;
+  if( nIter>SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ) nIter = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
+  assert( nIter>0 );
+  while( N<nIter ) N += N;
+  nByte = N * (sizeof(int) + sizeof(VdbeSorterIter));
+  pSorter->aIter = (VdbeSorterIter *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+  if( !pSorter->aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pSorter->aTree = (int *)&pSorter->aIter[N];
+  pSorter->nTree = N;
+
+  do {
+    int iNew;                     /* Index of new, merged, PMA */
+
+    for(iNew=0; 
+        rc==SQLITE_OK && iNew*SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT<pSorter->nPMA; 
+        iNew++
+    ){
+      int rc2;                    /* Return code from fileWriterFinish() */
+      FileWriter writer;          /* Object used to write to disk */
+      i64 nWrite;                 /* Number of bytes in new PMA */
+
+      memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
+
+      /* If there are SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT or less PMAs in file pTemp1,
+      ** initialize an iterator for each of them and break out of the loop.
+      ** These iterators will be incrementally merged as the VDBE layer calls
+      ** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext().
+      **
+      ** Otherwise, if pTemp1 contains more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs,
+      ** initialize interators for SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT of them. These PMAs
+      ** are merged into a single PMA that is written to file pTemp2.
+      */
+      rc = vdbeSorterInitMerge(db, pCsr, &nWrite);
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ].pFile );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* Open the second temp file, if it is not already open. */
+      if( pTemp2==0 ){
+        assert( iWrite2==0 );
+        rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pTemp2);
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int bEof = 0;
+        fileWriterInit(db, pTemp2, &writer, iWrite2);
+        fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, nWrite);
+        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 ){
+          VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ];
+          assert( pIter->pFile );
+
+          fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pIter->nKey);
+          fileWriterWrite(&writer, pIter->aKey, pIter->nKey);
+          rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pCsr, &bEof);
+        }
+        rc2 = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &iWrite2);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
+      break;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_file *pTmp = pSorter->pTemp1;
+      pSorter->nPMA = iNew;
+      pSorter->pTemp1 = pTemp2;
+      pTemp2 = pTmp;
+      pSorter->iWriteOff = iWrite2;
+      pSorter->iReadOff = 0;
+      iWrite2 = 0;
+    }
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  if( pTemp2 ){
+    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTemp2);
+  }
+  *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance to the next element in the sorter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  if( pSorter->aTree ){
+    int iPrev = pSorter->aTree[1];/* Index of iterator to advance */
+    rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, &pSorter->aIter[iPrev]);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int i;                      /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */
+      VdbeSorterIter *pIter1;     /* First iterator to compare */
+      VdbeSorterIter *pIter2;     /* Second iterator to compare */
+      u8 *pKey2;                  /* To pIter2->aKey, or 0 if record cached */
+
+      /* Find the first two iterators to compare. The one that was just
+      ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array.  */
+      pIter1 = &pSorter->aIter[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)];
+      pIter2 = &pSorter->aIter[(iPrev | 0x0001)];
+      pKey2 = pIter2->aKey;
+
+      for(i=(pSorter->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){
+        /* Compare pIter1 and pIter2. Store the result in variable iRes. */
+        int iRes;
+        if( pIter1->pFile==0 ){
+          iRes = +1;
+        }else if( pIter2->pFile==0 ){
+          iRes = -1;
+        }else{
+          vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, 
+              pIter1->aKey, pIter1->nKey, pKey2, pIter2->nKey, &iRes
+          );
+        }
+
+        /* If pIter1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index.
+        ** Then set pIter2 to the next iterator to compare to pIter1. In this
+        ** case there is no cache of pIter2 in pSorter->pUnpacked, so set
+        ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pIter2.
+        **
+        ** Alternatively, if pIter2 contains the smaller of the two values,
+        ** set aTree[i] to its index and update pIter1. If vdbeSorterCompare()
+        ** was actually called above, then pSorter->pUnpacked now contains
+        ** a value equivalent to pIter2. So set pKey2 to NULL to prevent
+        ** vdbeSorterCompare() from decoding pIter2 again.  */
+        if( iRes<=0 ){
+          pSorter->aTree[i] = (int)(pIter1 - pSorter->aIter);
+          pIter2 = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
+          pKey2 = pIter2->aKey;
+        }else{
+          if( pIter1->pFile ) pKey2 = 0;
+          pSorter->aTree[i] = (int)(pIter2 - pSorter->aIter);
+          pIter1 = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
+        }
+
+      }
+      *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0);
+    }
+  }else{
+    SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->pRecord;
+    pSorter->pRecord = pFree->pNext;
+    pFree->pNext = 0;
+    vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree);
+    *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the 
+** current key.
+*/
+static void *vdbeSorterRowkey(
+  const VdbeSorter *pSorter,      /* Sorter object */
+  int *pnKey                      /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */
+){
+  void *pKey;
+  if( pSorter->aTree ){
+    VdbeSorterIter *pIter;
+    pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ];
+    *pnKey = pIter->nKey;
+    pKey = pIter->aKey;
+  }else{
+    *pnKey = pSorter->pRecord->nVal;
+    pKey = pSorter->pRecord->pVal;
+  }
+  return pKey;
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */
+
+  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nKey, 0) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pOut->n = nKey;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
+  memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor
+** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of
+** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM).
+** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
+** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
+** key.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Sorter cursor */
+  Mem *pVal,                      /* Value to compare to current sorter key */
+  int nIgnore,                    /* Ignore this many fields at the end */
+  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
+){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */
+
+  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
+  vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, nIgnore, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
+** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
+** is enabled.
+**
+** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
+** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
+** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
+** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
+** on disk is not created or populated until either:
+**
+**   1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated 
+**      buffer, or
+**   2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+
+
+/*
+** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
+** as an open file handle for journal files.
+*/
+struct JournalFile {
+  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* I/O methods on journal files */
+  int nBuf;                       /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
+  char *zBuf;                     /* Space to buffer journal writes */
+  int iSize;                      /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
+  int flags;                      /* xOpen flags */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* The "real" underlying VFS */
+  sqlite3_file *pReal;            /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
+  const char *zJournal;           /* Name of the journal file */
+};
+typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
+
+/*
+** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file 
+** for JournalFile p.
+*/
+static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !p->pReal ){
+    sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->pReal = pReal;
+      if( p->iSize>0 ){
+        assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* If an error occurred while writing to the file, close it before
+        ** returning. This way, SQLite uses the in-memory journal data to 
+        ** roll back changes made to the internal page-cache before this
+        ** function was called.  */
+        sqlite3OsClose(pReal);
+        p->pReal = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlRead(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
+  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+  }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){
+    rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }else{
+    memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data to the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
+  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
+    rc = createFile(p);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( p->pReal ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+    }else{
+      memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
+      if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
+        p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
+  }else if( size<p->iSize ){
+    p->iSize = size;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+*/
+static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
+  }else{
+    *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
+*/
+static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
+  1,             /* iVersion */
+  jrnlClose,     /* xClose */
+  jrnlRead,      /* xRead */
+  jrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
+  jrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
+  jrnlSync,      /* xSync */
+  jrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
+  0,             /* xLock */
+  0,             /* xUnlock */
+  0,             /* xCheckReservedLock */
+  0,             /* xFileControl */
+  0,             /* xSectorSize */
+  0,             /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+  0,             /* xShmMap */
+  0,             /* xShmLock */
+  0,             /* xShmBarrier */
+  0              /* xShmUnmap */
+};
+
+/* 
+** Open a journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the journal file */
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,        /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
+  int flags,                 /* Opening flags */
+  int nBuf                   /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
+){
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
+  if( nBuf>0 ){
+    p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
+    if( !p->zBuf ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
+  }
+  p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
+  p->nBuf = nBuf;
+  p->flags = flags;
+  p->zJournal = zName;
+  p->pVfs = pVfs;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
+** file has not yet been created, create it now.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
+  if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
+}
+
+/*
+** The file-handle passed as the only argument is guaranteed to be an open
+** file. It may or may not be of class JournalFile. If the file is a
+** JournalFile, and the underlying file on disk has not yet been opened,
+** return 0. Otherwise, return 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p){
+  return (p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods || ((JournalFile *)p)->pReal!=0);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
+** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+  return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
+** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
+** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
+*/
+
+/* Forward references to internal structures */
+typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal;
+typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint;
+typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;
+
+/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
+** this many bytes.
+**
+** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two.  That way,
+** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills
+** a power-of-two allocation.  This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two
+** memory allocators.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*)))
+
+/*
+** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
+*/
+struct FileChunk {
+  FileChunk *pNext;               /* Next chunk in the journal */
+  u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE];   /* Content of this chunk */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal.
+** The cursor can be either for reading or writing.
+*/
+struct FilePoint {
+  sqlite3_int64 iOffset;          /* Offset from the beginning of the file */
+  FileChunk *pChunk;              /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */
+};
+
+/*
+** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file.  Each open memory-journal
+** is an instance of this class.
+*/
+struct MemJournal {
+  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
+  FileChunk *pFirst;              /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */
+  FilePoint endpoint;             /* Pointer to the end of the file */
+  FilePoint readpoint;            /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */
+};
+
+/*
+** Read data from the in-memory journal file.  This is the implementation
+** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method.
+*/
+static int memjrnlRead(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
+  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  u8 *zOut = zBuf;
+  int nRead = iAmt;
+  int iChunkOffset;
+  FileChunk *pChunk;
+
+  /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */
+  assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset );
+
+  if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
+    for(pChunk=p->pFirst; 
+        ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst;
+        pChunk=pChunk->pNext
+    ){
+      iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk;
+  }
+
+  iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
+  do {
+    int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset;
+    int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset));
+    memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy);
+    zOut += nCopy;
+    nRead -= iSpace;
+    iChunkOffset = 0;
+  } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 );
+  p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt;
+  p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data to the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
+  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
+){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  int nWrite = iAmt;
+  u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf;
+
+  /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random
+  ** access writes are not required by sqlite.
+  */
+  assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst);
+
+  while( nWrite>0 ){
+    FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk;
+    int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
+    int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset);
+
+    if( iChunkOffset==0 ){
+      /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */
+      FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk));
+      if( !pNew ){
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pNew->pNext = 0;
+      if( pChunk ){
+        assert( p->pFirst );
+        pChunk->pNext = pNew;
+      }else{
+        assert( !p->pFirst );
+        p->pFirst = pNew;
+      }
+      p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew;
+    }
+
+    memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace);
+    zWrite += iSpace;
+    nWrite -= iSpace;
+    p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  FileChunk *pChunk;
+  assert(size==0);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(size);
+  pChunk = p->pFirst;
+  while( pChunk ){
+    FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk;
+    pChunk = pChunk->pNext;
+    sqlite3_free(pTmp);
+  }
+  sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Sync the file.
+**
+** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op.  And, in fact, this routine
+** is never called in a working implementation.  This implementation
+** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other
+** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake.
+*/
+static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+*/
+static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object.
+*/
+static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
+  1,                /* iVersion */
+  memjrnlClose,     /* xClose */
+  memjrnlRead,      /* xRead */
+  memjrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
+  memjrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
+  memjrnlSync,      /* xSync */
+  memjrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
+  0,                /* xLock */
+  0,                /* xUnlock */
+  0,                /* xCheckReservedLock */
+  0,                /* xFileControl */
+  0,                /* xSectorSize */
+  0,                /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+  0,                /* xShmMap */
+  0,                /* xShmLock */
+  0,                /* xShmBarrier */
+  0,                /* xShmUnmap */
+  0,                /* xFetch */
+  0                 /* xUnfetch */
+};
+
+/* 
+** Open a journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );
+  memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize());
+  p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is 
+** an in-memory journal 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){
+  return sizeof(MemJournal);
+}
+
+/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
+** an SQL statement.
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
+** of the expression, while decending.  (In other words, the callback
+** is invoked before visiting children.)
+**
+** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
+** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
+**
+**    WRC_Continue      Continue descending down the tree.
+**
+**    WRC_Prune         Do not descend into child nodes.  But allow
+**                      the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
+**
+**    WRC_Abort         Do no more callbacks.  Unwind the stack and
+**                      return the top-level walk call.
+**
+** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
+** and WRC_Continue to continue.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  int rc;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) );
+  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) );
+  rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
+  if( rc==WRC_Continue
+              && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){
+    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    }else{
+      if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc & WRC_Abort;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until
+** an abort request is seen.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( p ){
+    for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p.  Do
+** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
+** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
+** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
+** FROM clause of SELECT statement p.  Do not invoke the select
+** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
+** and on any subqueries further down in the tree.  Return 
+** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
+    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+} 
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
+** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
+** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. 
+**
+** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before
+** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2()
+** method, if it is not NULL, is invoked following the walk of the 
+** expressions and FROM clause.
+**
+** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions.  Return WRC_Abort if
+** there is an abort request.
+**
+** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine
+** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  int rc;
+  if( p==0 || (pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 && pWalker->xSelectCallback2==0) ){
+    return WRC_Continue;
+  }
+  rc = WRC_Continue;
+  pWalker->walkerDepth++;
+  while( p ){
+    if( pWalker->xSelectCallback ){
+       rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p);
+       if( rc ) break;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p)
+     || sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p)
+    ){
+      pWalker->walkerDepth--;
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+    if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2 ){
+      pWalker->xSelectCallback2(pWalker, p);
+    }
+    p = p->pPrior;
+  }
+  pWalker->walkerDepth--;
+  return rc & WRC_Abort;
+}
+
+/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 18
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
+** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
+** table and column.
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/*
+** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function
+** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node.
+** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an
+** outer query into an inner subquery.
+**
+** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine.  incrAggDepth(..)
+** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker.
+*/
+static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.i;
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static void incrAggFunctionDepth(Expr *pExpr, int N){
+  if( N>0 ){
+    Walker w;
+    memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+    w.xExprCallback = incrAggDepth;
+    w.u.i = N;
+    sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
+** result set in pEList.
+**
+** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine
+** makes an exact copy.  But for any other kind of expression, this
+** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the
+** TK_AS operator.  The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be
+** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias.
+**
+** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple
+** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as
+** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. 
+**
+** The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'.  This means
+** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice.  Hence:
+**
+**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x
+**
+** Is equivalent to:
+**
+**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5
+**
+** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different
+** from the result in the result-set.  On the other hand Standard SQL does
+** not allow the GROUP BY clause to contain references to result-set columns.
+** So this should never come up in well-formed queries.
+**
+** If the reference is followed by a COLLATE operator, then make sure
+** the COLLATE operator is preserved.  For example:
+**
+**     SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase;
+**
+** Should be transformed into:
+**
+**     SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY (a+b) COLLATE nocase;
+**
+** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the
+** alias is removed from the original expression.  The usually value is
+** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery
+** of the original expression.  The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION
+** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount.
+*/
+static void resolveAlias(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,      /* A result set */
+  int iCol,              /* A column in the result set.  0..pEList->nExpr-1 */
+  Expr *pExpr,           /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */
+  const char *zType,     /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */
+  int nSubquery          /* Number of subqueries that the label is moving */
+){
+  Expr *pOrig;           /* The iCol-th column of the result set */
+  Expr *pDup;            /* Copy of pOrig */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
+
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr );
+  pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
+  assert( pOrig!=0 );
+  assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
+  if( pDup==0 ) return;
+  if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){
+    incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery);
+    pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0);
+    if( pDup==0 ) return;
+    ExprSetProperty(pDup, EP_Skip);
+    if( pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias==0 ){
+      pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias);
+    }
+    pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias;
+  }
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){
+    pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken);
+  }
+
+  /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This 
+  ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
+  ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.
+  ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the
+  ** sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup) on the last line of this block, so be sure to
+  ** make a copy of the token before doing the sqlite3DbFree().
+  */
+  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+  memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) && pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ){
+    assert( (pExpr->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
+    pExpr->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken);
+    pExpr->flags |= EP_MemToken;
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause.
+**
+** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain
+** zCol.
+*/
+static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){
+  if( pUsing ){
+    int k;
+    for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Subqueries stores the original database, table and column names for their
+** result sets in ExprList.a[].zSpan, in the form "DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN".
+** Check to see if the zSpan given to this routine matches the zDb, zTab,
+** and zCol.  If any of zDb, zTab, and zCol are NULL then those fields will
+** match anything.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(
+  const char *zSpan,
+  const char *zCol,
+  const char *zTab,
+  const char *zDb
+){
+  int n;
+  for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){}
+  if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zSpan += n+1;
+  for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){}
+  if( zTab && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zTab, n)!=0 || zTab[n]!=0) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zSpan += n+1;
+  if( zCol && sqlite3StrICmp(zSpan, zCol)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
+** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
+** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
+** are made to pExpr:
+**
+**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X
+**                         (even if X is implied).
+**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
+**                         from pSrcList.
+**    pExpr->pTab          Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if
+**                         X and/or Y are implied.)
+**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
+**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
+**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
+**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
+**
+** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
+** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
+** can be used.  The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
+** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL.  If zTable is NULL it
+** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
+** can be used.
+**
+** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return WRC_Abort.  Return WRC_Prune on success.
+*/
+static int lookupName(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  const char *zDb,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
+  const char *zTab,    /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
+  const char *zCol,    /* Name of the column. */
+  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context used to resolve the name */
+  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
+){
+  int i, j;                         /* Loop counters */
+  int cnt = 0;                      /* Number of matching column names */
+  int cntTab = 0;                   /* Number of matching table names */
+  int nSubquery = 0;                /* How many levels of subquery */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;       /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
+  struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0;  /* The matching pSrcList item */
+  NameContext *pTopNC = pNC;        /* First namecontext in the list */
+  Schema *pSchema = 0;              /* Schema of the expression */
+  int isTrigger = 0;                /* True if resolved to a trigger column */
+  Table *pTab = 0;                  /* Table hold the row */
+  Column *pCol;                     /* A column of pTab */
+
+  assert( pNC );     /* the name context cannot be NULL. */
+  assert( zCol );    /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+
+  /* Initialize the node to no-match */
+  pExpr->iTable = -1;
+  pExpr->pTab = 0;
+  ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+
+  /* Translate the schema name in zDb into a pointer to the corresponding
+  ** schema.  If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match
+  ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine
+  */
+  if( zDb ){
+    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx );
+    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck );
+    if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){
+      /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and partial
+      ** indices.  Do not raise errors because that might break legacy and
+      ** because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the database name. */
+      zDb = 0;
+    }else{
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        assert( db->aDb[i].zName );
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zName,zDb)==0 ){
+          pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */
+  while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
+    ExprList *pEList;
+    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+
+    if( pSrcList ){
+      for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+        pTab = pItem->pTab;
+        assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 );
+        assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+        if( pItem->pSelect && (pItem->pSelect->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){
+          int hit = 0;
+          pEList = pItem->pSelect->pEList;
+          for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+            if( sqlite3MatchSpanName(pEList->a[j].zSpan, zCol, zTab, zDb) ){
+              cnt++;
+              cntTab = 2;
+              pMatch = pItem;
+              pExpr->iColumn = j;
+              hit = 1;
+            }
+          }
+          if( hit || zTab==0 ) continue;
+        }
+        if( zDb && pTab->pSchema!=pSchema ){
+          continue;
+        }
+        if( zTab ){
+          const char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName;
+          assert( zTabName!=0 );
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){
+            continue;
+          }
+        }
+        if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
+          pMatch = pItem;
+        }
+        for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+            /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match
+            ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a 
+            ** USING clause, then skip this match.
+            */
+            if( cnt==1 ){
+              if( pItem->jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue;
+              if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue;
+            }
+            cnt++;
+            pMatch = pItem;
+            /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+            pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( pMatch ){
+        pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor;
+        pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab;
+        pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema;
+      }
+    } /* if( pSrcList ) */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
+    ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
+    */
+    if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cntTab==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){
+      int op = pParse->eTriggerOp;
+      assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT );
+      if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = 1;
+        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+      }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = 0;
+        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+      }else{
+        pTab = 0;
+      }
+
+      if( pTab ){ 
+        int iCol;
+        pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+        cntTab++;
+        for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++){
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+            if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
+              iCol = -1;
+            }
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && HasRowid(pTab) ){
+          /* IMP: R-24309-18625 */
+          /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
+          iCol = -1;
+        }
+        if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
+          cnt++;
+          if( iCol<0 ){
+            pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+          }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){
+            testcase( iCol==31 );
+            testcase( iCol==32 );
+            pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
+          }else{
+            testcase( iCol==31 );
+            testcase( iCol==32 );
+            pParse->newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
+          }
+          pExpr->iColumn = (i16)iCol;
+          pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+          isTrigger = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+    /*
+    ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
+    */
+    if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && pMatch && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol)
+     && HasRowid(pMatch->pTab) ){
+      cnt = 1;
+      pExpr->iColumn = -1;     /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
+      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
+    ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
+    ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
+    **
+    **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
+    **
+    ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
+    ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
+    ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
+    ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
+    **
+    ** The ability to use an output result-set column in the WHERE, GROUP BY,
+    ** or HAVING clauses, or as part of a larger expression in the ORDRE BY
+    ** clause is not standard SQL.  This is a (goofy) SQLite extension, that
+    ** is supported for backwards compatibility only.  TO DO: Issue a warning
+    ** on sqlite3_log() whenever the capability is used.
+    */
+    if( (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0
+     && zTab==0
+     && cnt==0
+    ){
+      for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+        char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
+        if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+          Expr *pOrig;
+          assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+          assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 );
+          assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 );
+          pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
+          if( (pNC->ncFlags&NC_AllowAgg)==0 && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
+            return WRC_Abort;
+          }
+          resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "", nSubquery);
+          cnt = 1;
+          pMatch = 0;
+          assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
+          goto lookupname_end;
+        }
+      } 
+    }
+
+    /* Advance to the next name context.  The loop will exit when either
+    ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
+    */
+    if( cnt==0 ){
+      pNC = pNC->pNext;
+      nSubquery++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
+  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
+  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
+  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
+  ** pExpr.
+  **
+  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
+  ** fields are not changed in any context.
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+    pExpr->pTab = 0;
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
+  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
+  */
+  if( cnt!=1 ){
+    const char *zErr;
+    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
+    if( zDb ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
+    }else if( zTab ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    pTopNC->nErr++;
+  }
+
+  /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
+  ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask.  Column 0 causes
+  ** bit 0 to be set.  Column 1 sets bit 1.  And so forth.  If the
+  ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
+  ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
+  */
+  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
+    int n = pExpr->iColumn;
+    testcase( n==BMS-1 );
+    if( n>=BMS ){
+      n = BMS-1;
+    }
+    assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
+    pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up and return
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
+  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
+  pExpr->pRight = 0;
+  pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN);
+lookupname_end:
+  if( cnt==1 ){
+    assert( pNC!=0 );
+    if( pExpr->op!=TK_AS ){
+      sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
+    }
+    /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
+    ** the point where the name matched. */
+    for(;;){
+      assert( pTopNC!=0 );
+      pTopNC->nRef++;
+      if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
+      pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
+    }
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  } else {
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol
+** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){
+  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0);
+  if( p ){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc];
+    p->pTab = pItem->pTab;
+    p->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+    if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){
+      p->iColumn = -1;
+    }else{
+      p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol;
+      testcase( iCol==BMS );
+      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+      pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol);
+    }
+    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a partial index WHERE
+** clause.
+*/
+static void notValidPartIdxWhere(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Leave error message here */
+  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context */
+  const char *zMsg     /* Type of error */
+){
+  if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s prohibited in partial index WHERE clauses",
+                    zMsg);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+/*
+** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a CHECK constraint.
+*/
+static void notValidCheckConstraint(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Leave error message here */
+  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context */
+  const char *zMsg     /* Type of error */
+){
+  if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s prohibited in CHECK constraints", zMsg);
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define notValidCheckConstraint(P,N,M)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Expression p should encode a floating point value between 1.0 and 0.0.
+** Return 1024 times this value.  Or return -1 if p is not a floating point
+** value between 1.0 and 0.0.
+*/
+static int exprProbability(Expr *p){
+  double r = -1.0;
+  if( p->op!=TK_FLOAT ) return -1;
+  sqlite3AtoF(p->u.zToken, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken), SQLITE_UTF8);
+  assert( r>=0.0 );
+  if( r>1.0 ) return -1;
+  return (int)(r*1000.0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr().
+**
+** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
+** node in the expression tree.  Return 0 to continue the search down
+** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
+**
+** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
+** function names.  The operator for aggregate functions is changed
+** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
+*/
+static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  NameContext *pNC;
+  Parse *pParse;
+
+  pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  assert( pNC!=0 );
+  pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse );
+
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune;
+  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
+    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+      assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+    /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first
+    ** column in the FROM clause.  This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY
+    ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements.
+    */
+    case TK_ROW: {
+      SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+      assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 );
+      pItem = pSrcList->a; 
+      pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+      pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
+      pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
+
+    /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
+    */
+    case TK_ID: {
+      return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr);
+    }
+  
+    /* A table name and column name:     ID.ID
+    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
+    */
+    case TK_DOT: {
+      const char *zColumn;
+      const char *zTable;
+      const char *zDb;
+      Expr *pRight;
+
+      /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
+      pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+      if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
+        zDb = 0;
+        zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        zColumn = pRight->u.zToken;
+      }else{
+        assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
+        zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken;
+      }
+      return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr);
+    }
+
+    /* Resolve function names
+    */
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;    /* The argument list */
+      int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;    /* Number of arguments */
+      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
+      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
+      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
+      int auth;                   /* Authorization to use the function */
+      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
+      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
+      FuncDef *pDef;              /* Information about the function */
+      u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);   /* The database encoding */
+
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "functions");
+      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
+      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
+      if( pDef==0 ){
+        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -2, enc, 0);
+        if( pDef==0 ){
+          no_such_func = 1;
+        }else{
+          wrong_num_args = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
+        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
+          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip);
+          if( n==2 ){
+            pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr);
+            if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
+              sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "second argument to likelihood() must be a "
+                                      "constant between 0.0 and 1.0");
+              pNC->nErr++;
+            }
+          }else{
+            /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is equivalent to
+            ** likelihood(X, 0.0625).
+            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is short-hand for
+            ** likelihood(X,0.0625). */
+            pExpr->iTable = 62;  /* TUNING:  Default 2nd arg to unlikely() is 0.0625 */
+          }             
+        }
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+      if( pDef ){
+        auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
+        if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
+                                    pDef->zName);
+            pNC->nErr++;
+          }
+          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+          return WRC_Prune;
+        }
+        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT ) ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant);
+      }
+#endif
+      if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+        is_agg = 0;
+      }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
+             nId, zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+      }
+      if( is_agg ) pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
+      sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList);
+      if( is_agg ){
+        NameContext *pNC2 = pNC;
+        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
+        pExpr->op2 = 0;
+        while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){
+          pExpr->op2++;
+          pNC2 = pNC2->pNext;
+        }
+        if( pNC2 ) pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg;
+        pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
+      }
+      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
+      ** type of the function 
+      */
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_SELECT:
+    case TK_EXISTS:  testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
+#endif
+    case TK_IN: {
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN );
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        int nRef = pNC->nRef;
+        notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "subqueries");
+        notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "subqueries");
+        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+        assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
+        if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
+          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "parameters");
+      notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "parameters");
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the
+** a SELECT statement.  pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
+** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds
+** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list.  If it is,
+** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of
+** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry.  If there is
+** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine
+** return 0.
+**
+** pEList has been resolved.  pE has not.
+*/
+static int resolveAsName(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
+  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions to scan */
+  Expr *pE           /* Expression we are trying to match */
+){
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
+
+  if( pE->op==TK_ID ){
+    char *zCol = pE->u.zToken;
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
+      if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+        return i+1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the
+** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT.  The expression has not been
+** name resolved.
+**
+** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the
+** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set.  That
+** case is handled by the calling routine.
+**
+** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most
+** SELECT statement.  Return the index i of the matching column,
+** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column.
+** The left-most column is 1.  In other words, the value returned is the
+** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate
+** the column.
+**
+** If there is no match, return 0.  Return -1 if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
+  Select *pSelect,   /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
+  Expr *pE           /* The specific ORDER BY term */
+){
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  ExprList *pEList;  /* The columns of the result set */
+  NameContext nc;    /* Name context for resolving pE */
+  sqlite3 *db;       /* Database connection */
+  int rc;            /* Return code from subprocedures */
+  u8 savedSuppErr;   /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */
+
+  assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+
+  /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression
+  */
+  memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc));
+  nc.pParse = pParse;
+  nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+  nc.pEList = pEList;
+  nc.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
+  nc.nErr = 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr;
+  db->suppressErr = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE);
+  db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr;
+  if( rc ) return 0;
+
+  /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression
+  ** in the result set.  Return an 1-based index of the matching
+  ** result-set entry.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE, -1)<2 ){
+      return i+1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If no match, return 0. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error.
+*/
+static void resolveOutOfRangeError(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The error context into which to write the error */
+  const char *zType,     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+  int i,                 /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
+  int mx                 /* Largest permissible value of i */
+){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+    "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
+    "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement.   Modify
+** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1
+** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT.
+**
+** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are
+** unmodified.  ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of
+** 1 through N generate an error.  ORDER BY terms that are expressions
+** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT
+** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right.
+** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into
+** the integer column number.
+**
+** Return the number of errors seen.
+*/
+static int resolveCompoundOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
+  Select *pSelect       /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
+){
+  int i;
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int moreToDo = 1;
+
+  pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
+  }
+  pSelect->pNext = 0;
+  while( pSelect->pPrior ){
+    pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect;
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  }
+  while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    moreToDo = 0;
+    pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+    assert( pEList!=0 );
+    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+      int iCol = -1;
+      Expr *pE, *pDup;
+      if( pItem->done ) continue;
+      pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pItem->pExpr);
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+        if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+          resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+          return 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
+        if( iCol==0 ){
+          pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0);
+          if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+            assert(pDup);
+            iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
+          }
+          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
+        }
+      }
+      if( iCol>0 ){
+        /* Convert the ORDER BY term into an integer column number iCol,
+        ** taking care to preserve the COLLATE clause if it exists */
+        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
+        if( pNew==0 ) return 1;
+        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+        pNew->u.iValue = iCol;
+        if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){
+          pItem->pExpr = pNew;
+        }else{
+          assert( pItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
+          assert( pItem->pExpr->pLeft==pE );
+          pItem->pExpr->pLeft = pNew;
+        }
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
+        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+        pItem->done = 1;
+      }else{
+        moreToDo = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
+            "column in the result set", i+1);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of
+** the SELECT statement pSelect.  If any term is reference to a
+** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.u.x.iOrderByCol
+** field) then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set
+** column.
+**
+** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and
+** return non-zero.  Return zero if no errors are seen.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
+  const char *zType     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+
+  if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );  /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
+  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){
+      if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType,0);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
+** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC.  zType is either
+** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is.
+**
+** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression.
+** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the
+** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression
+** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression.  If
+** the order-by term is an identifier that corresponds to the AS-name of
+** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the
+** result-set expression.  Otherwise, the expression is resolved in
+** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors.  If errors occur, then
+** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse.  (OOM errors
+** excepted.)
+*/
+static int resolveOrderGroupBy(
+  NameContext *pNC,     /* The name context of the SELECT statement */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */
+  const char *zType     /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
+){
+  int i, j;                      /* Loop counters */
+  int iCol;                      /* Column number */
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;   /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
+  Parse *pParse;                 /* Parsing context */
+  int nResult;                   /* Number of terms in the result set */
+
+  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+  nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+  pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr;
+    Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE);
+    if( zType[0]!='G' ){
+      iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE2);
+      if( iCol>0 ){
+        /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
+        ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column.  The subsequent call to
+        ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
+        ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
+        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iCol) ){
+      /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant.  Again, set the column
+      ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
+      ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
+      if( iCol<1 || iCol>0xffff ){
+        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */
+    pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<pSelect->pEList->nExpr; j++){
+      if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pSelect->pEList->a[j].pExpr, -1)==0 ){
+        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = j+1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents.
+*/
+static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  NameContext *pOuterNC;  /* Context that contains this SELECT */
+  NameContext sNC;        /* Name context of this SELECT */
+  int isCompound;         /* True if p is a compound select */
+  int nCompound;          /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
+  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList;       /* Result set expression list */
+  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The GROUP BY clause */
+  Select *pLeftmost;      /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* Database connection */
+  
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }
+  pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have
+  ** already expanded this SELECT.  However, if this is a subquery within
+  ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a
+  ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand().  When that happens, let
+  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT.
+  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and
+  ** this routine in the correct order.
+  */
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){
+    sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+    return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune;
+  }
+
+  isCompound = p->pPrior!=0;
+  nCompound = 0;
+  pLeftmost = p;
+  while( p ){
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 );
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 );
+    p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved;
+
+    /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
+    ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
+    */
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
+        sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  
+    /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        NameContext *pNC;         /* Used to iterate name contexts */
+        int nRef = 0;             /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */
+        const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+
+        /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its
+        ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in
+        ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then
+        ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the
+        ** pItem->isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */
+        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef;
+
+        if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
+        sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC);
+        pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
+        if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;
+
+        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef;
+        assert( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 );
+        pItem->isCorrelated = (nRef!=0);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
+    ** resolve the result-set expression list.
+    */
+    sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
+    sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
+    sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
+  
+    /* Resolve names in the result set. */
+    pEList = p->pEList;
+    assert( pEList!=0 );
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
+    ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
+    */
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
+    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+    if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){
+      p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
+    }else{
+      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
+    }
+  
+    /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
+    */
+    if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  
+    /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the
+    ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
+    ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
+    ** aliases in the result set.
+    **
+    ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
+    ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
+    */
+    sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
+
+    /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
+    ** outer queries 
+    */
+    sNC.pNext = 0;
+    sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
+
+    /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements.
+    ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled
+    ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of
+    ** the compound have been resolved.
+    */
+    if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  
+    /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause.  At the same time, make sure 
+    ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
+    */
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    
+      if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+      for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
+              "the GROUP BY clause");
+          return WRC_Abort;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Advance to the next term of the compound
+    */
+    p = p->pPrior;
+    nCompound++;
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of
+  ** the compound have been resolved.
+  */
+  if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+
+  return WRC_Prune;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
+** table columns and result-set columns.  At the same time, do error
+** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
+** are seen.
+**
+** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the 
+** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
+**
+**      X:   The name of a database.  Ex:  "main" or "temp" or
+**           the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database.
+**
+**      Y:   The name of a table in a FROM clause.  Or in a trigger
+**           one of the special names "old" or "new".
+**
+**      Z:   The name of a column in table Y.
+**
+** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
+**
+**    Expr.op        Changed to TK_COLUMN
+**    Expr.pTab      Points to the Table object for X.Y
+**    Expr.iColumn   The column index in X.Y.  -1 for the rowid.
+**    Expr.iTable    The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
+**
+**
+** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
+** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
+** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT.  The Z expression
+** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
+** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
+** tree.  For example, in:
+**
+**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
+**
+** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render:
+**
+**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
+**
+** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is 
+** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
+** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is
+** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
+** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg
+** property on the expression is set.
+**
+** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss.  The number
+** if errors is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( 
+  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
+  Expr *pExpr             /* The expression to be analyzed. */
+){
+  u8 savedHasAgg;
+  Walker w;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  {
+    Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
+    if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
+  }
+#endif
+  savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg;
+  pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_HasAgg;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+  w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  w.u.pNC = pNC;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
+#endif
+  if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+  }
+  if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
+  }else if( savedHasAgg ){
+    pNC->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg;
+  }
+  return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
+** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,
+** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause
+** terms.
+**
+** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of
+** transformations that occur.
+**
+** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using
+** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */
+){
+  Walker w;
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  w.u.pNC = pOuterNC;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve names in expressions that can only reference a single table:
+**
+**    *   CHECK constraints
+**    *   WHERE clauses on partial indices
+**
+** The Expr.iTable value for Expr.op==TK_COLUMN nodes of the expression
+** is set to -1 and the Expr.iColumn value is set to the column number.
+**
+** Any errors cause an error message to be set in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* The table being referenced */
+  int type,           /* NC_IsCheck or NC_PartIdx */
+  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expression to resolve.  May be NULL. */
+  ExprList *pList     /* Expression list to resolve.  May be NUL. */
+){
+  SrcList sSrc;                   /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
+  NameContext sNC;                /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+
+  assert( type==NC_IsCheck || type==NC_PartIdx );
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
+  sSrc.nSrc = 1;
+  sSrc.a[0].zName = pTab->zName;
+  sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTab;
+  sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
+  sNC.ncFlags = type;
+  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pExpr) ) return;
+  if( pList ){
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
+** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
+**
+** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
+** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
+** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
+** indicating no affinity for the expression.
+**
+** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
+** have an affinity:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
+** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  int op;
+  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
+  if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
+    assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
+    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+  if( op==TK_CAST ){
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+    return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) 
+   && pExpr->pTab!=0
+  ){
+    /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
+    ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
+    int j = pExpr->iColumn;
+    if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol );
+    return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
+  }
+  return pExpr->affinity;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
+** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to a new Expr node that
+** implements the COLLATE operator.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db
+** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(
+  Parse *pParse,           /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pExpr,             /* Add the "COLLATE" clause to this expression */
+  const Token *pCollName   /* Name of collating sequence */
+){
+  if( pCollName->n>0 ){
+    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLLATE, pCollName, 1);
+    if( pNew ){
+      pNew->pLeft = pExpr;
+      pNew->flags |= EP_Collate|EP_Skip;
+      pExpr = pNew;
+    }
+  }
+  return pExpr;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, const char *zC){
+  Token s;
+  assert( zC!=0 );
+  s.z = zC;
+  s.n = sqlite3Strlen30(s.z);
+  return sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, pExpr, &s);
+}
+
+/*
+** Skip over any TK_COLLATE or TK_AS operators and any unlikely()
+** or likelihood() function at the root of an expression.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){
+  while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely) ){
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      assert( pExpr->x.pList->nExpr>0 );
+      assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION );
+      pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+    }else{
+      assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_AS );
+      pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+    }
+  }   
+  return pExpr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
+** there is no defined collating sequence, return NULL.
+**
+** The collating sequence might be determined by a COLLATE operator
+** or by the presence of a column with a defined collating sequence.
+** COLLATE operators take first precedence.  Left operands take
+** precedence over right operands.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+  Expr *p = pExpr;
+  while( p ){
+    int op = p->op;
+    if( p->flags & EP_Generic ) break;
+    if( op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS ){
+      p = p->pLeft;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){
+      pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( p->pTab!=0
+     && (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN
+          || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER)
+    ){
+      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
+      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
+      int j = p->iColumn;
+      if( j>=0 ){
+        const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
+        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){
+      if( ALWAYS(p->pLeft) && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
+        p = p->pLeft;
+      }else{
+        p = p->pRight;
+      }
+    }else{
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
+    pColl = 0;
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
+** type affinity of the other operand.  This routine returns the
+** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
+  char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
+  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
+    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
+    ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+    }
+  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
+    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
+    ** results directly.
+    */
+    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  }else{
+    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
+    assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
+    return (aff1 + aff2);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
+** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
+*/
+static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  char aff;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
+  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
+  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  if( pExpr->pRight ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
+  }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+  }else if( !aff ){
+    aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  }
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
+** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
+** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
+** the comparison in pExpr.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
+  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+  switch( aff ){
+    case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
+      return 1;
+    case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+      return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    default:
+      return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison
+** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
+*/
+static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
+  u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
+  aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull;
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
+** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
+**
+** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
+** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
+** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
+** type.
+**
+** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case,
+** it is not considered.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Expr *pLeft, 
+  Expr *pRight
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  assert( pLeft );
+  if( pLeft->flags & EP_Collate ){
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
+  }else if( pRight && (pRight->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
+  }else{
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
+    if( !pColl ){
+      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
+    }
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a comparison operator.
+*/
+static int codeCompare(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
+  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
+  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
+  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
+  int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */
+  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
+  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
+){
+  int p5;
+  int addr;
+  CollSeq *p4;
+
+  p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
+  p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
+                           (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+/*
+** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum
+** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in
+** pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
+  if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+       "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight
+    );
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList()
+** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height
+** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the
+** first argument.
+**
+** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed
+** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that
+** value.
+*/
+static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){
+      *pnHeight = p->nHeight;
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++){
+      heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight);
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
+    heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an 
+** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or 
+** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
+** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other 
+** referenced Expr plus one.
+*/
+static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){
+  int nHeight = 0;
+  heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
+  heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight);
+  }else{
+    heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight);
+  }
+  p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If
+** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth,
+** leave an error in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
+  exprSetHeight(p);
+  sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
+** by the select statement passed as an argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
+  int nHeight = 0;
+  heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
+  return nHeight;
+}
+#else
+  #define exprSetHeight(y)
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */
+
+/*
+** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes.
+**
+** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
+** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation
+** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc().  The calling function
+** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
+**
+** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted.
+** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performance.  The deQuote
+** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not
+** appear to be quoted.  If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes)
+** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node.
+**
+** Special case:  If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that
+** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not
+** stored in u.zToken.  Instead, the integer values is written
+** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set.  No extra storage
+** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  const Token *pToken,    /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
+  int dequote             /* True to dequote */
+){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  int nExtra = 0;
+  int iValue = 0;
+
+  if( pToken ){
+    if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0
+          || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){
+      nExtra = pToken->n+1;
+      assert( iValue>=0 );
+    }
+  }
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra);
+  if( pNew ){
+    pNew->op = (u8)op;
+    pNew->iAgg = -1;
+    if( pToken ){
+      if( nExtra==0 ){
+        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+        pNew->u.iValue = iValue;
+      }else{
+        int c;
+        pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1];
+        assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 );
+        if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0;
+        if( dequote && nExtra>=3 
+             && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){
+          sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken);
+          if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+    pNew->nHeight = 1;
+#endif  
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has
+** already been dequoted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  const char *zToken      /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
+){
+  Token x;
+  x.z = zToken;
+  x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0;
+  return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot.
+**
+** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred.
+** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  Expr *pRoot,
+  Expr *pLeft,
+  Expr *pRight
+){
+  if( pRoot==0 ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
+  }else{
+    if( pRight ){
+      pRoot->pRight = pRight;
+      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pRight->flags;
+    }
+    if( pLeft ){
+      pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
+      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags;
+    }
+    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
+**
+** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL.  Return a pointer to the new
+** Expr node.  Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
+** free the subtrees and return NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  Expr *pLeft,            /* Left operand */
+  Expr *pRight,           /* Right operand */
+  const Token *pToken     /* Argument token */
+){
+  Expr *p;
+  if( op==TK_AND && pLeft && pRight ){
+    /* Take advantage of short-circuit false optimization for AND */
+    p = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pLeft, pRight);
+  }else{
+    p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1);
+    sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight);
+  }
+  if( p ) {
+    sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the expression is always either TRUE or FALSE (respectively),
+** then return 1.  If one cannot determine the truth value of the
+** expression at compile-time return 0.
+**
+** This is an optimization.  If is OK to return 0 here even if
+** the expression really is always false or false (a false negative).
+** But it is a bug to return 1 if the expression might have different
+** boolean values in different circumstances (a false positive.)
+**
+** Note that if the expression is part of conditional for a
+** LEFT JOIN, then we cannot determine at compile-time whether or not
+** is it true or false, so always return 0.
+*/
+static int exprAlwaysTrue(Expr *p){
+  int v = 0;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0;
+  return v!=0;
+}
+static int exprAlwaysFalse(Expr *p){
+  int v = 0;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0;
+  return v==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
+** NULL, then just return the other expression.
+**
+** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, then instead
+** of returning an AND expression, just return a constant expression with
+** a value of false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
+  if( pLeft==0 ){
+    return pRight;
+  }else if( pRight==0 ){
+    return pLeft;
+  }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || exprAlwaysFalse(pRight) ){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
+    return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0);
+  }else{
+    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight);
+    return pNew;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
+** arguments.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pToken );
+  pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1);
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pNew->x.pList = pList;
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew);
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
+** in the original SQL statement.  
+**
+** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
+** variable number.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
+** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
+** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
+** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
+** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
+** assigned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  const char *z;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) );
+  z = pExpr->u.zToken;
+  assert( z!=0 );
+  assert( z[0]!=0 );
+  if( z[1]==0 ){
+    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
+    assert( z[0]=='?' );
+    pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
+  }else{
+    ynVar x = 0;
+    u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+    if( z[0]=='?' ){
+      /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
+      ** use it as the variable number */
+      i64 i;
+      int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8);
+      pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i;
+      testcase( i==0 );
+      testcase( i==1 );
+      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
+      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
+      if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
+            db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
+        x = 0;
+      }
+      if( i>pParse->nVar ){
+        pParse->nVar = (int)i;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa".  Reuse the same variable
+      ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
+      ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
+      */
+      ynVar i;
+      for(i=0; i<pParse->nzVar; i++){
+        if( pParse->azVar[i] && strcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z)==0 ){
+          pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
+    }
+    if( x>0 ){
+      if( x>pParse->nzVar ){
+        char **a;
+        a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0]));
+        if( a==0 ) return;  /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */
+        pParse->azVar = a;
+        memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0]));
+        pParse->nzVar = x;
+      }
+      if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]);
+        pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n);
+      }
+    }
+  } 
+  if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables");
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Recursively delete an expression tree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 );
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+    /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */
+    assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 );
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
+    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken);
+    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList);
+    }
+  }
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure 
+** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
+** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
+*/
+static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE;
+  return EXPR_FULLSIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required
+** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree.  They differ in
+** how much of the tree is measured.
+**
+**     dupedExprStructSize()     Size of only the Expr structure 
+**     dupedExprNodeSize()       Size of Expr + space for token
+**     dupedExprSize()           Expr + token + subtree components
+**
+***************************************************************************
+**
+** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:  
+** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and 
+** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be.
+** The return values is always one of:
+**
+**      EXPR_FULLSIZE
+**      EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE   | EP_Reduced
+**      EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly
+**
+** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value
+** of this routine with 0xfff.  The flags can be found by masking the
+** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
+**
+** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
+** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
+** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
+** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
+** off if the expression is reduced.  Note also that it does not work to
+** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression.  It is only legal
+** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser.  The implementation
+** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
+** to enforce this constraint.
+*/
+static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nSize;
+  assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
+  assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff );
+  assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
+  if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){
+    nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
+  }else{
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); 
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) );
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) );
+    if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){
+      nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced;
+    }else{
+      assert( p->pRight==0 );
+      nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly;
+    }
+  }
+  return nSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy 
+** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that
+** string is defined.)
+*/
+static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff;
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
+    nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1;
+  }
+  return ROUND8(nByte);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the 
+** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a
+** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
+**
+** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct
+** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any.
+**
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes 
+** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft 
+** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or 
+** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables).
+*/
+static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nByte = 0;
+  if( p ){
+    nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
+    if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){
+      nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags);
+    }
+  }
+  return nByte;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer 
+** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough 
+** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
+** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
+** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the
+** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
+*/
+static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
+  Expr *pNew = 0;                      /* Value to return */
+  if( p ){
+    const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    u8 *zAlloc;
+    u32 staticFlag = 0;
+
+    assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced );
+
+    /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */
+    if( pzBuffer ){
+      zAlloc = *pzBuffer;
+      staticFlag = EP_Static;
+    }else{
+      zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags));
+    }
+    pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc;
+
+    if( pNew ){
+      /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to
+      ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or
+      ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed
+      ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any).
+      */
+      const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags);
+      const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff;
+      int nToken;
+      if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
+        nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1;
+      }else{
+        nToken = 0;
+      }
+      if( isReduced ){
+        assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 );
+        memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize);
+      }else{
+        int nSize = exprStructSize(p);
+        memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize);
+        memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize);
+      }
+
+      /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */
+      pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken);
+      pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly);
+      pNew->flags |= staticFlag;
+
+      /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */
+      if( nToken ){
+        char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize];
+        memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken);
+      }
+
+      if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */
+        if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+          pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced);
+        }else{
+          pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){
+          pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
+          pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
+        }
+        if( pzBuffer ){
+          *pzBuffer = zAlloc;
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+          pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0);
+          pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0);
+        }
+      }
+
+    }
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second 
+** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned
+** and the db->mallocFailed flag set.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+static With *withDup(sqlite3 *db, With *p){
+  With *pRet = 0;
+  if( p ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nCte-1);
+    pRet = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+    if( pRet ){
+      int i;
+      pRet->nCte = p->nCte;
+      for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){
+        pRet->a[i].pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->a[i].pSelect, 0);
+        pRet->a[i].pCols = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->a[i].pCols, 0);
+        pRet->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->a[i].zName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+#else
+# define withDup(x,y) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
+** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
+** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
+** without effecting the originals.
+**
+** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
+** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
+** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
+**
+** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
+**
+** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a
+** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as
+** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){
+  return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){
+  ExprList *pNew;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nExpr = i = p->nExpr;
+  if( (flags & EXPRDUP_REDUCE)==0 ) for(i=1; i<p->nExpr; i+=i){}
+  pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db,  i*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pItem==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+    return 0;
+  } 
+  pOldItem = p->a;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
+    Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr;
+    pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags);
+    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan);
+    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
+    pItem->done = 0;
+    pItem->bSpanIsTab = pOldItem->bSpanIsTab;
+    pItem->u = pOldItem->u;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
+** the build, then none of the following routines, except for 
+** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
+** called with a NULL argument.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
+ || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){
+  SrcList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  int nByte;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    Table *pTab;
+    pNewItem->pSchema = pOldItem->pSchema;
+    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
+    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
+    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
+    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
+    pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub;
+    pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn;
+    pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated;
+    pNewItem->viaCoroutine = pOldItem->viaCoroutine;
+    pNewItem->isRecursive = pOldItem->isRecursive;
+    pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex);
+    pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed;
+    pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex;
+    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
+    if( pTab ){
+      pTab->nRef++;
+    }
+    pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags);
+    pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags);
+    pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing);
+    pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){
+  IdList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nId = p->nId;
+  pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pNew->a==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  /* Note that because the size of the allocation for p->a[] is not
+  ** necessarily a power of two, sqlite3IdListAppend() may not be called
+  ** on the duplicate created by this function. */
+  for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
+    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
+  Select *pNew, *pPrior;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags);
+  pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags);
+  pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags);
+  pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags);
+  pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags);
+  pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags);
+  pNew->op = p->op;
+  pNew->pPrior = pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags);
+  if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
+  pNew->pNext = 0;
+  pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags);
+  pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags);
+  pNew->iLimit = 0;
+  pNew->iOffset = 0;
+  pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
+  pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow;
+  pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith);
+  return pNew;
+}
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
+  assert( p==0 );
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
+** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and
+** NULL is returned.  If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed
+** that the new entry was successfully appended.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
+  Expr *pExpr             /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) );
+    if( pList==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    pList->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+    if( pList->a==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){
+    struct ExprList_item *a;
+    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+    a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, pList->nExpr*2*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+    if( a==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    pList->a = a;
+  }
+  assert( pList->a!=0 );
+  if( 1 ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
+    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
+    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+  }
+  return pList;
+
+no_mem:     
+  /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item
+** on the expression list.
+**
+** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pName should never be
+** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
+** is set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
+  Token *pName,           /* Name to be added */
+  int dequote             /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */
+){
+  assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+  if( pList ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+    pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
+    assert( pItem->zName==0 );
+    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n);
+    if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item
+** on the expression list.
+**
+** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pSpan should never be
+** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
+** is set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
+  ExprSpan *pSpan         /* The span to be added */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+  if( pList ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
+    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+    assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
+    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
+                                    (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements,
+** leave an error message in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  ExprList *pEList,
+  const char *zObject
+){
+  int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN];
+  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx );
+  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 );
+  if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire expression list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  assert( pList->a!=0 || pList->nExpr==0 );
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** These routines are Walker callbacks.  Walker.u.pi is a pointer
+** to an integer.  These routines are checking an expression to see
+** if it is a constant.  Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is
+** not constant.
+**
+** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
+**
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstant()
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()
+**
+*/
+static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+
+  /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from
+  ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
+  ** from being considered constant. */
+  if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+    pWalker->u.i = 0;
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
+    ** and either pWalker->u.i==2 or the function as the SQLITE_FUNC_CONST
+    ** flag. */
+    case TK_FUNCTION:
+      if( pWalker->u.i==2 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant) ){
+        return WRC_Continue;
+      }
+      /* Fall through */
+    case TK_ID:
+    case TK_COLUMN:
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      pWalker->u.i = 0;
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    default:
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
+      return WRC_Continue;
+  }
+}
+static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  pWalker->u.i = 0;
+  return WRC_Abort;
+}
+static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){
+  Walker w;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.u.i = initFlag;
+  w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
+  w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
+  return w.u.i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
+** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
+** an ON or USING clause.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 3);
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** or a function call with constant arguments.  Return and 0 if there
+** are any variables.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 2);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
+** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
+** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
+** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit
+  ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */
+  assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0
+           || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 );
+
+  if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+    *pValue = p->u.iValue;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_UPLUS: {
+      rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      int v;
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
+        assert( v!=(-2147483647-1) );
+        *pValue = -v;
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL.
+**
+** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex
+** to tell return TRUE.  
+**
+** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes
+** when we know that a value cannot be NULL.  Hence, a false positive
+** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might
+** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless.  On the other
+** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL)
+** will likely result in an incorrect answer.  So when in doubt, return
+** TRUE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){
+  u8 op;
+  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
+  op = p->op;
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_INTEGER:
+    case TK_STRING:
+    case TK_FLOAT:
+    case TK_BLOB:
+      return 0;
+    default:
+      return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
+** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second
+** argument.
+**
+** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation
+** can be omitted.  When in doubt return FALSE.  A false negative
+** is harmless.  A false positive, however, can result in the wrong
+** answer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){
+  u8 op;
+  if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ) return 1;
+  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
+  op = p->op;
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }
+    case TK_FLOAT: {
+      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    }
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      assert( p->iTable>=0 );  /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */
+      return p->iColumn<0
+          && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC);
+    }
+    default: {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a
+** query of the form
+**
+**       x IN (SELECT ...)
+**
+** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this
+** routine.
+**
+** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no
+** errors have been found.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Table *pTab;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;                   /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */
+  if( p->pPrior ) return 0;              /* Not a compound SELECT */
+  if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
+    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
+    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
+    return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */
+  }
+  assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );              /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
+  if( p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Has no LIMIT clause */
+  assert( p->pOffset==0 );               /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */
+  if( p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Has no WHERE clause */
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc!=0 );
+  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;          /* Single term in FROM clause */
+  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0;     /* FROM is not a subquery or view */
+  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0;
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );            /* FROM clause is not a view */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;        /* FROM clause not a virtual table */
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;       /* One column in the result set */
+  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Once instruction and allocate space for its flag. Return the 
+** address of the new instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);      /* Virtual machine being coded */
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
+** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which
+** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery.
+**
+** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can
+** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through
+** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates.
+**
+** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that the RHS of the IN operator
+** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor.
+**
+** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
+**
+**   IN_INDEX_ROWID      - The cursor was opened on a database table.
+**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC  - The cursor was opened on an ascending index.
+**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index.
+**   IN_INDEX_EPH        - The cursor was opened on a specially created and
+**                         populated epheremal table.
+**
+** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
+** subquery such as:
+**
+**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
+**
+** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
+** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
+** pX->iTable made to point to the ephermeral table instead of an
+** existing table.  
+**
+** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate
+** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an
+** epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed
+** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
+** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index.
+**
+** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used 
+** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must 
+** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can 
+** be found with <column> as its left-most column.
+**
+** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
+** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL 
+** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)".
+** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
+** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
+** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
+** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged.
+**
+** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then
+** its initial value is NULL.  If the (...) does not remain constant
+** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...)
+** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is
+** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the
+** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following:
+**
+**   if( register==NULL ){
+**     has_null = <test if data structure contains null>
+**     register = 1
+**   }
+**
+** in order to avoid running the <test if data structure contains null>
+** test more often than is necessary.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){
+  Select *p;                            /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
+  int eType = 0;                        /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
+  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;            /* Cursor of the RHS table */
+  int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0);   /* True if RHS must be unique */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);     /* Virtual machine being coded */
+
+  assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
+
+  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
+  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
+  ** ephemeral table.
+  */
+  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;              /* Database connection */
+    Table *pTab;                           /* Table <table>. */
+    Expr *pExpr;                           /* Expression <column> */
+    i16 iCol;                              /* Index of column <column> */
+    i16 iDb;                               /* Database idx for pTab */
+
+    assert( p );                        /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+    assert( p->pEList!=0 );             /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+    assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+    assert( p->pSrc!=0 );               /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+    pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+    pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+    iCol = (i16)pExpr->iColumn;
+   
+    /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for <table>. */
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+
+    /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe
+    ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always
+    ** successful here.
+    */
+    assert(v);
+    if( iCol<0 ){
+      int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
+
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
+    }else{
+      Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
+
+      /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to
+      ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according
+      ** to this collation sequence.  */
+      CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr);
+
+      /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the 
+      ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If
+      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
+      */
+      int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity);
+
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
+         && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq
+         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None))
+        ){
+          int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+          sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+          assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 );
+          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0];
+
+          if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
+            *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem;
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound);
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( eType==0 ){
+    /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
+    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
+    */
+    u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
+    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
+    if( prNotFound ){
+      *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound);
+    }else{
+      pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;
+      if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
+    pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
+  }else{
+    pX->iTable = iTab;
+  }
+  return eType;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS,
+** or IN operators.  Examples:
+**
+**     (SELECT a FROM b)          -- subquery
+**     EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b)   -- EXISTS subquery
+**     x IN (4,5,11)              -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
+**     x IN (SELECT a FROM b)     -- IN operator with subquery on the right
+**
+** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
+** operator or subquery.
+**
+** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed
+** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
+** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
+** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
+** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
+**
+** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
+** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.
+** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want
+** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate
+** all corresponding LHS elements.  All this routine does is initialize
+** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL.  Calling routines will take
+** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.
+**
+** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used
+** for membership testing only.  There is no need to initialize any
+** registers to indicate the presence or absence of NULLs on the RHS.
+**
+** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
+** result.  For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pExpr,            /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
+  int rMayHaveNull,       /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
+  int isRowid             /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
+){
+  int testAddr = -1;                      /* One-time test address */
+  int rReg = 0;                           /* Register storing resulting */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
+  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+
+  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
+  ** if any of the following is true:
+  **
+  **    *  The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
+  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
+  **    *  We are inside a trigger
+  **
+  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
+  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
+  */
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){
+    testAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
+        pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr>=0?"":"CORRELATED ",
+        pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId
+    );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_IN: {
+      char affinity;              /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
+      int addr;                   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;      /* Key information */
+
+      if( rMayHaveNull ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull);
+      }
+
+      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);
+
+      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
+      ** expression it is handled the same way.  An ephemeral table is 
+      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
+      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
+      **
+      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
+      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
+      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
+      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
+      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
+      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
+      ** is used.
+      */
+      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid);
+      pKeyInfo = isRowid ? 0 : sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, 1, 1);
+
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
+        **
+        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
+        ** table allocated and opened above.
+        */
+        SelectDest dest;
+        ExprList *pEList;
+
+        assert( !isRowid );
+        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
+        dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity;
+        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
+        pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0;
+        testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */
+        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){
+          sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
+          return 0;
+        }
+        pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList;
+        assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */
+        assert( pEList!=0 );
+        assert( pEList->nExpr>0 );
+        assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
+        pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
+                                                         pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
+        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
+        **
+        ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
+        ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
+        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
+        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
+        */
+        int i;
+        ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+        struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+        int r1, r2, r3;
+
+        if( !affinity ){
+          affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+        if( pKeyInfo ){
+          assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
+          pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+        }
+
+        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
+        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
+        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
+          int iValToIns;
+
+          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
+          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
+          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
+          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
+          */
+          if( testAddr>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
+            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr);
+            testAddr = -1;
+          }
+
+          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
+          if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
+          }else{
+            r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
+            if( isRowid ){
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3,
+                                sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+              VdbeCoverage(v);
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
+            }else{
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
+              sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      }
+      if( pKeyInfo ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_EXISTS:
+    case TK_SELECT:
+    default: {
+      /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
+      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
+      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.  If this is an EXISTS, write
+      ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell
+      ** and record that memory cell in iColumn.
+      */
+      Select *pSel;                         /* SELECT statement to encode */
+      SelectDest dest;                      /* How to deal with SELECt result */
+
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
+      assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
+
+      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
+      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
+        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
+      }else{
+        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
+      pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0,
+                                  &sqlite3IntTokens[1]);
+      pSel->iLimit = 0;
+      if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      rReg = dest.iSDParm;
+      ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( testAddr>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+
+  return rReg;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Generate code for an IN expression.
+**
+**      x IN (SELECT ...)
+**      x IN (value, value, ...)
+**
+** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression.  The right-hand side (RHS)
+** is an array of zero or more values.  The expression is true if the LHS is
+** contained within the RHS.  The value of the expression is unknown (NULL)
+** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the
+** RHS contains one or more NULL values.
+**
+** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not 
+** contained within the RHS.  If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
+** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull.  If the LHS is contained
+** within the RHS then fall through.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The IN expression */
+  int destIfFalse,      /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */
+  int destIfNull        /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */
+){
+  int rRhsHasNull = 0;  /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */
+  char affinity;        /* Comparison affinity to use */
+  int eType;            /* Type of the RHS */
+  int r1;               /* Temporary use register */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Statement under construction */
+
+  /* Compute the RHS.   After this step, the table with cursor
+  ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS.
+  */
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );       /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
+  eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull);
+
+  /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
+  ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
+  ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
+  */
+  affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+
+  /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)".
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1);
+
+  /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending
+  ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively.
+  */
+  if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
+    /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are
+    ** the same. */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }else{
+    int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  }
+
+  if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
+    /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }else{
+    /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
+
+    /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the 
+    ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
+    ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set 
+    ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
+    ** expression is also NULL.
+    */
+    if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){
+      /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS
+      ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result
+      ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema.
+      **
+      ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE
+      ** for this particular IN operator.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }else{
+      /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and
+      ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the
+      ** outcome.
+      */
+      int j1, j2;
+
+      /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS.  If so,
+      ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump
+      ** over all of the code that follows.
+      */
+      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+      /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not
+      ** contained within the RHS.  Generate additional code that
+      ** tests the RHS for NULLs.  If the RHS contains a NULL then
+      ** jump to destIfNull.  If there are no NULLs in the RHS then
+      ** jump to destIfFalse.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, rRhsHasNull, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, rRhsHasNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, rRhsHasNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
+
+      /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, 
+      ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+  VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+/*
+** Duplicate an 8-byte value
+*/
+static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){
+  char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8);
+  if( out ){
+    memcpy(out, in, 8);
+  }
+  return out;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
+** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
+**
+** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
+** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
+** like the continuation of the number.
+*/
+static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){
+  if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){
+    double value;
+    char *zV;
+    sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
+    assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */
+    if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
+    zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
+** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
+**
+** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated.
+*/
+static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+    int i = pExpr->u.iValue;
+    assert( i>=0 );
+    if( negFlag ) i = -i;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
+  }else{
+    int c;
+    i64 value;
+    const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
+    assert( z!=0 );
+    c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
+    if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){
+      char *zV;
+      if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
+      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
+    }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
+#else
+      codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear a cache entry.
+*/
+static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){
+  if( p->tempReg ){
+    if( pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
+      pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg;
+    }
+    p->tempReg = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a
+** particular table is stored in a particular register.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){
+  int i;
+  int minLru;
+  int idxLru;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+
+  assert( iReg>0 );  /* Register numbers are always positive */
+  assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 );  /* Finite column numbers */
+
+  /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache.  This is used
+  ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer
+  ** with and without the column cache.
+  */
+  if( OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_ColumnCache) ) return;
+
+  /* First replace any existing entry.
+  **
+  ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed
+  ** that the object will never already be in cache.  Verify this guarantee.
+  */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    assert( p->iReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Find an empty slot and replace it */
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iReg==0 ){
+      p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
+      p->iTable = iTab;
+      p->iColumn = iCol;
+      p->iReg = iReg;
+      p->tempReg = 0;
+      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Replace the last recently used */
+  minLru = 0x7fffffff;
+  idxLru = -1;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->lru<minLru ){
+      idxLru = i;
+      minLru = p->lru;
+    }
+  }
+  if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){
+    p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru];
+    p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
+    p->iTable = iTab;
+    p->iColumn = iCol;
+    p->iReg = iReg;
+    p->tempReg = 0;
+    p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten.
+** Purge the range of registers from the column cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
+  int i;
+  int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    int r = p->iReg;
+    if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+      p->iReg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remember the current column cache context.  Any new entries added
+** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the
+** corresponding pop occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){
+  pParse->iCacheLevel++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+    printf("PUSH to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the
+** the previous sqlite3ExprCachePush operation.  In other words, restore
+** the cache to the state it was in prior the most recent Push.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=1 );
+  pParse->iCacheLevel--;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+    printf("POP  to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel);
+  }
+#endif
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+      p->iReg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is
+** no longer available as a temp register.  ticket #3879:  that same
+** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to
+** get them all.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iReg==iReg ){
+      p->tempReg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(
+  Vdbe *v,        /* The VDBE under construction */
+  Table *pTab,    /* The table containing the value */
+  int iTabCur,    /* The table cursor.  Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */
+  int iCol,       /* Index of the column to extract */
+  int regOut      /* Extract the value into this register */
+){
+  if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut);
+  }else{
+    int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
+    int x = iCol;
+    if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab), iCol);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, x, regOut);
+  }
+  if( iCol>=0 ){
+    sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
+** table pTab and store the column value in a register.  An effort
+** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is
+** not guaranteed.  The location of the column value is returned.
+**
+** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
+** is called.  If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Description of the table we are reading from */
+  int iColumn,     /* Index of the table column */
+  int iTable,      /* The cursor pointing to the table */
+  int iReg,        /* Store results here */
+  u8 p5            /* P5 value for OP_Column */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){
+      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+      sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg);
+      return p->iReg;
+    }
+  }  
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
+  if( p5 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5);
+  }else{   
+    sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
+  }
+  return iReg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear all column cache entries.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
+    printf("CLEAR\n");
+  }
+#endif
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iReg ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+      p->iReg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount
+** registers starting with iStart.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
+  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
+** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    int x = p->iReg;
+    if( x>=iFrom && x<iFrom+nReg ){
+      p->iReg += iTo-iFrom;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+/*
+** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
+** is used as part of the column cache.
+**
+** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only
+** and does not appear in a normal build.
+*/
+static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    int r = p->iReg;
+    if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1;    /*NO_TEST*/
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */
+
+/*
+** Convert an expression node to a TK_REGISTER
+*/
+static void exprToRegister(Expr *p, int iReg){
+  p->op2 = p->op;
+  p->op = TK_REGISTER;
+  p->iTable = iReg;
+  ExprClearProperty(p, EP_Skip);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
+** expression.  Attempt to store the results in register "target".
+** Return the register where results are stored.
+**
+** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will
+** be stored in target.  The result might be stored in some other
+** register if it is convenient to do so.  The calling function
+** must check the return code and move the results to the desired
+** register.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* The VM under construction */
+  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
+  int inReg = target;       /* Results stored in register inReg */
+  int regFree1 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
+  int regFree2 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
+  int r1, r2, r3, r4;       /* Various register numbers */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+  Expr tempX;               /* Temporary expression node */
+
+  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
+  if( v==0 ){
+    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    op = TK_NULL;
+  }else{
+    op = pExpr->op;
+  }
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
+      AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
+      struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
+      if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
+        assert( pCol->iMem>0 );
+        inReg = pCol->iMem;
+        break;
+      }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab,
+                              pCol->iSorterColumn, target);
+        break;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
+    }
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      int iTab = pExpr->iTable;
+      if( iTab<0 ){
+        if( pParse->ckBase>0 ){
+          /* Generating CHECK constraints or inserting into partial index */
+          inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          /* Deleting from a partial index */
+          iTab = pParse->iPartIdxTab;
+        }
+      }
+      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
+                               pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target,
+                               pExpr->op2);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    case TK_FLOAT: {
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NULL: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      int n;
+      const char *z;
+      char *zBlob;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
+      z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
+      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1;
+      assert( z[n]=='\'' );
+      zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target);
+      if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){
+        assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' 
+             || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_REGISTER: {
+      inReg = pExpr->iTable;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AS: {
+      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+    case TK_CAST: {
+      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
+      int aff, to_op;
+      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
+      to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText;
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToText    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE    );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToInt     || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToReal    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL    );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToText );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal );
+      if( inReg!=target ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+        inReg = target;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg);
+      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2);
+      assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
+      assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
+      assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
+      assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
+      assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
+      assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT: {
+      testcase( op==TK_IS );
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AND:
+    case TK_OR:
+    case TK_PLUS:
+    case TK_STAR:
+    case TK_MINUS:
+    case TK_REM:
+    case TK_BITAND:
+    case TK_BITOR:
+    case TK_SLASH:
+    case TK_LSHIFT:
+    case TK_RSHIFT: 
+    case TK_CONCAT: {
+      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );            testcase( op==TK_AND );
+      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );              testcase( op==TK_OR );
+      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );           testcase( op==TK_PLUS );
+      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );     testcase( op==TK_MINUS );
+      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );      testcase( op==TK_REM );
+      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );      testcase( op==TK_BITAND );
+      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );        testcase( op==TK_BITOR );
+      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );       testcase( op==TK_SLASH );
+      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );   testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT );
+      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );  testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT );
+      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );      testcase( op==TK_CONCAT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      assert( pLeft );
+      if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+        codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target);
+#endif
+      }else{
+        tempX.op = TK_INTEGER;
+        tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly;
+        tempX.u.iValue = 0;
+        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, &regFree1);
+        r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree2);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target);
+        testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      }
+      inReg = target;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BITNOT:
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );   testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
+      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );         testcase( op==TK_NOT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      inReg = target;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      int addr;
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );   testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
+      if( pInfo==0 ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }else{
+        inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
+      int nFarg;             /* Number of function arguments */
+      FuncDef *pDef;         /* The function definition object */
+      int nId;               /* Length of the function name in bytes */
+      const char *zId;       /* The function name */
+      u32 constMask = 0;     /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */
+      int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+      u8 enc = ENC(db);      /* The text encoding used by this database */
+      CollSeq *pColl = 0;    /* A collating sequence */
+
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        pFarg = 0;
+      }else{
+        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
+      }
+      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
+      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
+      if( pDef==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
+      ** IFNULL() functions.  This avoids unnecessary evalation of
+      ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
+      */
+      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
+        int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        assert( nFarg>=2 );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
+        for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, target, endCoalesce);
+          VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, target, 1);
+          sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target);
+          sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op.  The result is the value
+      ** of the first argument.
+      */
+      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
+        assert( nFarg>=1 );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      for(i=0; i<nFarg; i++){
+        if( i<32 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pFarg->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          testcase( i==31 );
+          constMask |= MASKBIT32(i);
+        }
+        if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr);
+        }
+      }
+      if( pFarg ){
+        if( constMask ){
+          r1 = pParse->nMem+1;
+          pParse->nMem += nFarg;
+        }else{
+          r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg);
+        }
+
+        /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument,
+        ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG
+        ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data
+        ** loading.
+        */
+        if( (pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){
+          u8 exprOp;
+          assert( nFarg==1 );
+          assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 );
+          exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op;
+          if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
+            assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
+            assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG );
+            testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
+            pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = 
+                  pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
+          }
+        }
+
+        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);     /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
+        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1,
+                                SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);      /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
+      }else{
+        r1 = 0;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
+      ** a virtual table column.
+      **
+      ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
+      ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
+      ** see if it is a column in a virtual table.  This is done because
+      ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
+      ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
+      ** function.  The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to 
+      ** "glob(B,A).  We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
+      ** for function overloading.  But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
+      */
+      if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
+        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr);
+      }else if( nFarg>0 ){
+        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
+      }
+#endif
+      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; 
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target,
+                        (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg);
+      if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_EXISTS:
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
+      testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
+      inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IN: {
+      int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+      sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+
+    /*
+    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
+    **
+    ** This is equivalent to
+    **
+    **    x>=y AND x<=z
+    **
+    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
+    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
+    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
+    */
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a;
+      Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, &regFree2);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge,
+                  r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2);  VdbeCoverage(v);
+      pLItem++;
+      pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, &regFree2);
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_COLLATE: 
+    case TK_UPLUS: {
+      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_TRIGGER: {
+      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
+      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
+      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
+      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
+      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
+      ** read the rowid field.
+      **
+      ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1
+      ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1)
+      ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where 
+      ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is
+      ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table.
+      ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1
+      ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For
+      ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is
+      ** declared as:
+      **
+      **   CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
+      **
+      ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows:
+      **
+      **   p1==0   ->    old.rowid     p1==3   ->    new.rowid
+      **   p1==1   ->    old.a         p1==4   ->    new.a
+      **   p1==2   ->    old.b         p1==5   ->    new.b       
+      */
+      Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+      int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn;
+
+      assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 );
+      assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
+      assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey );
+      assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) );
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d",
+        (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"),
+        (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName),
+        target
+      ));
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an
+      ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real.  */
+      if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 
+       && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+      ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
+      }
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+    ** Form A:
+    **   CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+    **
+    ** Form B:
+    **   CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+    **
+    ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows:
+    **   CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ...
+    **        WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+    **
+    ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft.
+    ** Y is in the last element of pExpr->x.pList if pExpr->x.pList->nExpr is
+    ** odd.  The Y is also optional.  If the number of elements in x.pList
+    ** is even, then Y is omitted and the "otherwise" result is NULL.
+    ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1].
+    **
+    ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei,
+    ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is
+    ** no ELSE term, NULL.
+    */
+    default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); {
+      int endLabel;                     /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */
+      int nextCase;                     /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */
+      int nExpr;                        /* 2x number of WHEN terms */
+      int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+      ExprList *pEList;                 /* List of WHEN terms */
+      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;  /* Array of WHEN terms */
+      Expr opCompare;                   /* The X==Ei expression */
+      Expr *pX;                         /* The X expression */
+      Expr *pTest = 0;                  /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
+      VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; )
+
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList );
+      assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0);
+      pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
+      aListelem = pEList->a;
+      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
+      endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
+        tempX = *pX;
+        testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN );
+        exprToRegister(&tempX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, &regFree1));
+        testcase( regFree1==0 );
+        opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
+        opCompare.pLeft = &tempX;
+        pTest = &opCompare;
+        /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001:
+        ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result.
+        ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other
+        ** purposes and possibly overwritten.  */
+        regFree1 = 0;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr-1; i=i+2){
+        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+        if( pX ){
+          assert( pTest!=0 );
+          opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr;
+        }else{
+          pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr;
+        }
+        nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN );
+        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase);
+      }
+      if( (nExpr&1)!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[nExpr-1].pExpr, target);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+      }
+      assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 
+           || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel );
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    case TK_RAISE: {
+      assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback 
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore
+      );
+      if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
+        return 0;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){
+        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+      }
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+            v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER,
+                              pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+  return inReg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pExpr,      /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */
+  int regDest,      /* Store the value in this register */
+  u8 reusable       /* True if this expression is reusable */
+){
+  ExprList *p;
+  assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) );
+  p = pParse->pConstExpr;
+  pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0);
+  p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr);
+  if( p ){
+     struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1];
+     pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest;
+     pItem->reusable = reusable;
+  }
+  pParse->pConstExpr = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
+** into a register.  Return the register number where the results
+** are stored.
+**
+** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated,
+** then write its number into *pReg.  If the result register is not
+** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero.
+**
+** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this
+** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the
+** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){
+  int r2;
+  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
+  if( ConstFactorOk(pParse)
+   && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER
+   && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr)
+  ){
+    ExprList *p = pParse->pConstExpr;
+    int i;
+    *pReg  = 0;
+    if( p ){
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+      for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){
+        if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){
+          return pItem->u.iConstExprReg;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    r2 = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, r2, 1);
+  }else{
+    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
+    if( r2==r1 ){
+      *pReg = r1;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      *pReg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return r2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
+** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
+** in register target.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  int inReg;
+
+  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
+  if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target);
+  }else{
+    inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
+    assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
+** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
+** in register target.  If the expression is constant, then this routine
+** might choose to code the expression at initialization time.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
+    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result
+** in register target.
+**
+** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
+** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
+** the result is a copy of the cache register.
+**
+** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
+** times.  They are evaluated once and the results of the expression
+** are reused.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int iMem;
+
+  assert( target>0 );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER );
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
+  iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem);
+  exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe *pOut, Expr *pExpr){
+  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
+  const char *zBinOp = 0;   /* Binary operator */
+  const char *zUniOp = 0;   /* Unary operator */
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    op = TK_NULL;
+  }else{
+    op = pExpr->op;
+  }
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG{%d:%d}",
+            pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
+        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "COLUMN(%d)", pExpr->iColumn);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "{%d:%d}",
+                             pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    case TK_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NULL: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"NULL");
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)",
+                           pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_REGISTER: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AS: {
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+    case TK_CAST: {
+      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
+      const char *zAff = "unk";
+      switch( sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0) ){
+        case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:    zAff = "TEXT";     break;
+        case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:    zAff = "NONE";     break;
+        case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: zAff = "NUMERIC";  break;
+        case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: zAff = "INTEGER";  break;
+        case SQLITE_AFF_REAL:    zAff = "REAL";     break;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CAST-%s(", zAff);
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+    case TK_LT:      zBinOp = "LT";     break;
+    case TK_LE:      zBinOp = "LE";     break;
+    case TK_GT:      zBinOp = "GT";     break;
+    case TK_GE:      zBinOp = "GE";     break;
+    case TK_NE:      zBinOp = "NE";     break;
+    case TK_EQ:      zBinOp = "EQ";     break;
+    case TK_IS:      zBinOp = "IS";     break;
+    case TK_ISNOT:   zBinOp = "ISNOT";  break;
+    case TK_AND:     zBinOp = "AND";    break;
+    case TK_OR:      zBinOp = "OR";     break;
+    case TK_PLUS:    zBinOp = "ADD";    break;
+    case TK_STAR:    zBinOp = "MUL";    break;
+    case TK_MINUS:   zBinOp = "SUB";    break;
+    case TK_REM:     zBinOp = "REM";    break;
+    case TK_BITAND:  zBinOp = "BITAND"; break;
+    case TK_BITOR:   zBinOp = "BITOR";  break;
+    case TK_SLASH:   zBinOp = "DIV";    break;
+    case TK_LSHIFT:  zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break;
+    case TK_RSHIFT:  zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break;
+    case TK_CONCAT:  zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break;
+
+    case TK_UMINUS:  zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
+    case TK_UPLUS:   zUniOp = "UPLUS";  break;
+    case TK_BITNOT:  zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
+    case TK_NOT:     zUniOp = "NOT";    break;
+    case TK_ISNULL:  zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
+    case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;
+
+    case TK_COLLATE: {
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,".COLLATE(%s)",pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        pFarg = 0;
+      }else{
+        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
+      }
+      if( op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG_FUNCTION%d:%s(",
+                             pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "FUNCTION:%s(", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }
+      if( pFarg ){
+        sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pFarg);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_EXISTS: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "EXISTS(");
+      sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(");
+      sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IN: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "IN(");
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+    /*
+    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
+    **
+    ** This is equivalent to
+    **
+    **    x>=y AND x<=z
+    **
+    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
+    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
+    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
+    */
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft;
+      Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+      Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "BETWEEN(");
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pX);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pY);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pZ);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_TRIGGER: {
+      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
+      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
+      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
+      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
+      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
+      ** read the rowid field.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s(%d)", 
+          pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_CASE: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CASE(");
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
+      sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    case TK_RAISE: {
+      const char *zType = "unk";
+      switch( pExpr->affinity ){
+        case OE_Rollback:   zType = "rollback";  break;
+        case OE_Abort:      zType = "abort";     break;
+        case OE_Fail:       zType = "fail";      break;
+        case OE_Ignore:     zType = "ignore";    break;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "RAISE-%s(%s)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  if( zBinOp ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zBinOp);
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,",");
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pRight);
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");
+  }else if( zUniOp ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zUniOp);
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");
+  }
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe *pOut, ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(empty-list)");
+    return;
+  }else if( pList->nExpr==1 ){
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[0].pExpr);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut);
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "item[%d] = ", i);
+      sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut);
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+      sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut);
+      if( pList->a[i].zName ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " AS %s", pList->a[i].zName);
+      }
+      if( pList->a[i].bSpanIsTab ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " (%s)", pList->a[i].zSpan);
+      }
+      if( i<pList->nExpr-1 ){
+        sqlite3ExplainNL(pOut);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
+** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
+**
+** Return the number of elements evaluated.
+**
+** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being
+** filled using OP_SCopy.  OP_Copy must be used instead.
+**
+** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be
+** factored out into initialization code.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,   /* The expression list to be coded */
+  int target,        /* Where to write results */
+  u8 flags           /* SQLITE_ECEL_* flags */
+){
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  int i, n;
+  u8 copyOp = (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_DUP) ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy;
+  assert( pList!=0 );
+  assert( target>0 );
+  assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 );  /* Never gets this far otherwise */
+  n = pList->nExpr;
+  if( !ConstFactorOk(pParse) ) flags &= ~SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr;
+    if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
+      sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i, 0);
+    }else{
+      int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
+      if( inReg!=target+i ){
+        VdbeOp *pOp;
+        Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+        if( copyOp==OP_Copy
+         && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy
+         && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg
+         && pOp->p2+pOp->p3+1==target+i
+        ){
+          pOp->p3++;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, inReg, target+i);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator.
+**
+**    x BETWEEN y AND z
+**
+** The above is equivalent to 
+**
+**    x>=y AND x<=z
+**
+** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
+** elementation of x.
+*/
+static void exprCodeBetween(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Expr *pExpr,      /* The BETWEEN expression */
+  int dest,         /* Jump here if the jump is taken */
+  int jumpIfTrue,   /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */
+  int jumpIfNull    /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
+){
+  Expr exprAnd;     /* The AND operator in  x>=y AND x<=z  */
+  Expr compLeft;    /* The  x>=y  term */
+  Expr compRight;   /* The  x<=z  term */
+  Expr exprX;       /* The  x  subexpression */
+  int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */
+
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
+  exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
+  exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
+  exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
+  compLeft.op = TK_GE;
+  compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
+  compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+  compRight.op = TK_LE;
+  compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
+  compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+  exprToRegister(&exprX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, &regFree1));
+  if( jumpIfTrue ){
+    sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+
+  /* Ensure adequate test coverage */
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
+** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL.
+**
+** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
+** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
+** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
+** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
+** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  int regFree1 = 0;
+  int regFree2 = 0;
+  int r1, r2;
+
+  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
+  if( NEVER(v==0) )     return;  /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
+  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return;  /* No way this can happen */
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
+      assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
+      assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
+      assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
+      assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
+      assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT: {
+      testcase( op==TK_IS );
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );   testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_IN: {
+      int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse;
+      sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+      if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
+      }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
+        /* No-op */
+      }else{
+        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+        testcase( regFree1==0 );
+        testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);  
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
+** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull
+** is 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  int regFree1 = 0;
+  int regFree2 = 0;
+  int r1, r2;
+
+  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
+  if( pExpr==0 )    return;
+
+  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
+  **
+  **       pExpr->op            op
+  **       ---------          ----------
+  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
+  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
+  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
+  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
+  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
+  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
+  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
+  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
+  **
+  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
+  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
+  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
+  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
+  */
+  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
+
+  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
+  */
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
+      assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
+      assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
+      assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
+      assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
+      assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT: {
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );   VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
+      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_IN: {
+      if( jumpIfNull ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest);
+      }else{
+        int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+      if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
+      }else if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
+        /* no-op */
+      }else{
+        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+        testcase( regFree1==0 );
+        testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+}
+
+/*
+** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return 0 if the two
+** expressions are completely identical.  Return 1 if they differ only
+** by a COLLATE operator at the top level.  Return 2 if there are differences
+** other than the top-level COLLATE operator.
+**
+** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
+** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
+**
+** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER.  If that is the case and pB is
+** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0.
+**
+** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions
+** really are equivalent.  If we cannot prove that the expressions are
+** identical, we return 2 just to be safe.  So if this routine
+** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two
+** expressions are the same.  But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you
+** can be sure the expressions are the same.  In the places where
+** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that
+** just might result in some slightly slower code.  But returning
+** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){
+  u32 combinedFlags;
+  if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){
+    return pB==pA ? 0 : 2;
+  }
+  combinedFlags = pA->flags | pB->flags;
+  if( combinedFlags & EP_IntValue ){
+    if( (pA->flags&pB->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0 && pA->u.iValue==pB->u.iValue ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    return 2;
+  }
+  if( pA->op!=pB->op ){
+    if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB, iTab)<2 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA, pB->pLeft, iTab)<2 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    return 2;
+  }
+  if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pA->u.zToken ){
+    if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){
+      return pA->op==TK_COLLATE ? 1 : 2;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2;
+  if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){
+    if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2;
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2;
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight, iTab) ) return 2;
+    if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2;
+    if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0) ){
+      if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
+      if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable 
+       && (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare two ExprList objects.  Return 0 if they are identical and 
+** non-zero if they differ in any way.
+**
+** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
+** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
+**
+** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists.  The
+** only consequence will be disabled optimizations.  But this routine
+** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or
+** a malfunction will result.
+**
+** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same.  But a NULL pointer
+** always differs from a non-NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB, int iTab){
+  int i;
+  if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1;
+  if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1;
+  for(i=0; i<pA->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr;
+    Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1;
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB, iTab) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is
+** true.  Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might
+** be false.  Examples:
+**
+**     pE1: x==5       pE2: x==5             Result: true
+**     pE1: x>0        pE2: x==5             Result: false
+**     pE1: x=21       pE2: x=21 OR y=43     Result: true
+**     pE1: x!=123     pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: true
+**     pE1: x!=?1      pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: true
+**     pE1: x IS NULL  pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: false
+**     pE1: x IS ?2    pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Reuslt: false
+**
+** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has
+** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab.
+**
+** When in doubt, return false.  Returning true might give a performance
+** improvement.  Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but
+** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2, int iTab){
+  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1, pE2, iTab)==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pE2->op==TK_OR
+   && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab)
+             || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) )
+  ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL
+   && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1->pLeft, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0
+   && (pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS)
+  ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
+** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an 
+** aggregate function, in order to implement the
+** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine.
+*/
+struct SrcCount {
+  SrcList *pSrc;   /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */
+  int nThis;       /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */
+  int nOther;      /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */
+};
+
+/*
+** Count the number of references to columns.
+*/
+static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc()
+  ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the
+  ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN.  If
+  ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the
+  ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){
+    int i;
+    struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount;
+    SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;
+    for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+      if( pExpr->iTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break;
+    }
+    if( i<pSrc->nSrc ){
+      p->nThis++;
+    }else{
+      p->nOther++;
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference
+** pSrcList.  Return true if they do.  Also return true if the function
+** has no arguments or has only constant arguments.  Return false if pExpr
+** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){
+  Walker w;
+  struct SrcCount cnt;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount;
+  w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt;
+  cnt.pSrc = pSrcList;
+  cnt.nThis = 0;
+  cnt.nOther = 0;
+  sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList);
+  return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array.  Return the index of
+** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+*/
+static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
+  int i;
+  pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+       db,
+       pInfo->aCol,
+       sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]),
+       &pInfo->nColumn,
+       &i
+  );
+  return i;
+}    
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array.  Return the index of
+** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+*/
+static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
+  int i;
+  pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+       db, 
+       pInfo->aFunc,
+       sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
+       &pInfo->nFunc,
+       &i
+  );
+  return i;
+}    
+
+/*
+** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker.  It is used to
+** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates().  See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
+** for additional information.
+*/
+static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  int i;
+  NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
+      ** clause of the aggregate query */
+      if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
+        for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+          struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
+          assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+          if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
+            /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
+            ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.  
+            **
+            ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
+            ** is not an entry there already.
+            */
+            int k;
+            pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
+            for(k=0; k<pAggInfo->nColumn; k++, pCol++){
+              if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
+                  pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+            if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
+             && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 
+            ){
+              pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
+              pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+              pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
+              pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
+              pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+              pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
+              pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
+              if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
+                int j, n;
+                ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
+                struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
+                n = pGB->nExpr;
+                for(j=0; j<n; j++, pTerm++){
+                  Expr *pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+                  if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
+                      pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+                    pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
+                    break;
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+              if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
+                pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
+              }
+            }
+            /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
+            ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
+            ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
+            ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
+            */
+            ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+            pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
+            pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
+            pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k;
+            break;
+          } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
+        } /* end loop over pSrcList */
+      }
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0
+       && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2
+      ){
+        /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate 
+        ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
+        */
+        struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
+        for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){
+          if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
+          /* pExpr is original.  Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
+          */
+          u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
+          i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo);
+          if( i>=0 ){
+            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+            pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
+            pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+            pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+            pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
+                   pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
+                   pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
+            if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
+              pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
+            }else{
+              pItem->iDistinct = -1;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
+        */
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+        ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
+        pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i;
+        pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
+        return WRC_Prune;
+      }else{
+        return WRC_Continue;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and
+** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo
+** points to.  Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as
+** necessary.
+**
+** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
+** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
+  Walker w;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate;
+  w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect;
+  w.u.pNC = pNC;
+  assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 );
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
+** expression list.  Return the number of errors.
+**
+** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  int i;
+  if( pList ){
+    for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){
+  if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){
+    return ++pParse->nMem;
+  }
+  return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg];
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
+** purpose.
+**
+** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
+** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
+** the register becomes stale.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+  if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
+    int i;
+    struct yColCache *p;
+    for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+      if( p->iReg==iReg ){
+        p->tempReg = 1;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){
+  int i, n;
+  i = pParse->iRangeReg;
+  n = pParse->nRangeReg;
+  if( nReg<=n ){
+    assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) );
+    pParse->iRangeReg += nReg;
+    pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg;
+  }else{
+    i = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += nReg;
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
+  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg);
+  if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){
+    pParse->nRangeReg = nReg;
+    pParse->iRangeReg = iReg;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){
+  pParse->nTempReg = 0;
+  pParse->nRangeReg = 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 February 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
+** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
+** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the 
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
+** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in 
+** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
+** argument and the result returned. Examples:
+**
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
+**     -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
+**
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
+**     -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
+*/
+static void renameTableFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  int token;
+  Token tname;
+  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+  int len = 0;
+  char *zRet;
+
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE 
+  ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
+  ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
+  */
+  if( zSql ){
+    do {
+      if( !*zCsr ){
+        /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
+      tname.n = len;
+
+      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+      */
+      do {
+        zCsr += len;
+        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+      } while( token==TK_SPACE );
+      assert( len>0 );
+    } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
+
+    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql),
+       zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code
+** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition
+** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the 
+** parent table. It is passed three arguments:
+**
+**   1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified,
+**   2) The old name of the table being renamed, and
+**   3) The new name of the table being renamed.
+**
+** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example:
+**
+**   sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3')
+**       -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)'
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+static void renameParentFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  char *zOutput = 0;
+  char *zResult;
+  unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+
+  unsigned const char *z;         /* Pointer to token */
+  int n;                          /* Length of token z */
+  int token;                      /* Type of token */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( zInput==0 || zOld==0 ) return;
+  for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){
+    n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
+    if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){
+      char *zParent;
+      do {
+        z += n;
+        n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
+      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+
+      zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n);
+      if( zParent==0 ) break;
+      sqlite3Dequote(zParent);
+      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){
+        char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", 
+            (zOutput?zOutput:""), (int)(z-zInput), zInput, (const char *)zNew
+        );
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
+        zOutput = zOut;
+        zInput = &z[n];
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent);
+    }
+  }
+
+  zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), 
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER 
+** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE 
+** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result 
+** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
+** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
+*/
+static void renameTriggerFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  int token;
+  Token tname;
+  int dist = 3;
+  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+  int len = 0;
+  char *zRet;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
+  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
+  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
+  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
+  */
+  if( zSql ){
+    do {
+
+      if( !*zCsr ){
+        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
+      tname.n = len;
+
+      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+      */
+      do {
+        zCsr += len;
+        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+      assert( len>0 );
+
+      /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
+      ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN 
+      ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
+      ** to be met.
+      **
+      ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
+      ** there is no need to worry about syntax like 
+      ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
+      */
+      dist++;
+      if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
+        dist = 0;
+      }
+    } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
+
+    /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
+    ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
+    */
+    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql),
+       zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+#endif   /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+/*
+** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){
+  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = {
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table,   2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc),
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent,  3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc),
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs);
+
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs); i++){
+    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form:
+**
+**   name=<constant1> OR name=<constant2> OR ...
+**
+** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text 
+** "name=<constant>" is returned, where <constant> is the quoted version
+** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is
+** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the
+** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed.
+**
+** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is 
+** "<where> OR name=<constant>", where <where> is the contents of zWhere.
+** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning.
+** 
+*/
+static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( !zWhere ){
+    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant);
+  }else{
+    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+/*
+** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
+** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e.
+** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master
+** table.
+*/
+static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  FKey *p;
+  char *zWhere = 0;
+  for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+    zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName);
+  }
+  return zWhere;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
+** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
+** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the 
+** temporary database, NULL is returned.
+*/
+static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Trigger *pTrig;
+  char *zWhere = 0;
+  const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
+
+  /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is 
+  ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
+  ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE 
+  ** expression being built up in zWhere.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
+      if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
+        zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( zWhere ){
+    char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere);
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere);
+    zWhere = zNew;
+  }
+  return zWhere;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
+** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
+** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
+** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
+** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an 
+** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
+*/
+static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  char *zWhere;
+  int iDb;                   /* Index of database containing pTab */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  Trigger *pTrig;
+#endif
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
+  for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
+    int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+    assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema.  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+
+  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
+  zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
+  if( !zWhere ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp 
+  ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. 
+  */
+  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered
+** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN).
+** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message
+** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero.
+**
+** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned.
+*/
+static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" 
+** command. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* Parser context. */
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* The table to rename. */
+  Token *pName              /* The new table name. */
+){
+  int iDb;                  /* Database that contains the table */
+  char *zDb;                /* Name of database iDb */
+  Table *pTab;              /* Table being renamed */
+  char *zName = 0;          /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ 
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+  int nTabName;             /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
+  const char *zTabName;     /* Original name of the table */
+  Vdbe *v;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
+#endif
+  VTable *pVTab = 0;        /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */
+  int savedDbFlags;         /* Saved value of db->flags */
+
+  savedDbFlags = db->flags;  
+  if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table;
+  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]);
+  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+
+  /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
+
+  /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
+  ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
+  ** that the table is being renamed to.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto
+    exit_rename_table;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+    if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){
+      pVTab = 0;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. 
+  ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
+  ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
+  ** table.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb);
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+  /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
+  ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
+  ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
+  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pVTab ){
+    int i = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
+  zTabName = pTab->zName;
+  nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE 
+    ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints
+    ** for which the renamed table is the parent table.  */
+    if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+          "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+              "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) "
+              "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+          "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
+#else
+          "sql = CASE "
+            "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
+            "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
+#endif
+          "tbl_name = %Q, "
+          "name = CASE "
+            "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
+            "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
+             "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
+            "ELSE name END "
+      "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND "
+          "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", 
+      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+      zName,
+#endif
+      zName, nTabName, zTabName
+  );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update 
+  ** it with the new table name.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+        "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
+        zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
+  ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
+  ** the temp database.
+  */
+  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
+            "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
+            "tbl_name = %Q "
+            "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *p;
+    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+      Table *pFrom = p->pFrom;
+      if( pFrom!=pTab ){
+        reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
+  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
+
+exit_rename_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  db->flags = savedDbFlags;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat.
+** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called.
+  ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this
+  ** point */
+  if( ALWAYS(v) ){
+    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    int j1;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2);
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
+** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
+** column definition.
+**
+** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
+** the new column during parsing.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
+  Table *pNew;              /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
+  Table *pTab;              /* Table being altered */
+  int iDb;                  /* Database number */
+  const char *zDb;          /* Database name */
+  const char *zTab;         /* Table name */
+  char *zCol;               /* Null-terminated column definition */
+  Column *pCol;             /* The new column */
+  Expr *pDflt;              /* Default value for the new column */
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection; */
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
+  assert( pNew );
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  zTab = &pNew->zName[16];  /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */
+  pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
+  pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
+  assert( pTab );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a 
+  ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
+  ** for an SQL NULL default below.
+  */
+  if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
+    pDflt = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
+  ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
+  ** column must not be NULL.
+  */
+  if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pNew->pIndex ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+  ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
+  */
+  if( pDflt ){
+    sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+    if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+    if( !pVal ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  }
+
+  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
+  zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
+  if( zCol ){
+    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
+    int savedDbFlags = db->flags;
+    while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){
+      *zEnd-- = '\0';
+    }
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
+        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
+      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
+      zTab
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
+    db->flags = savedDbFlags;
+  }
+
+  /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
+  ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
+  ** the file format becomes 3.
+  */
+  sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
+
+  /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
+  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
+** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument 
+** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
+**
+** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
+** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
+** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
+** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to 
+** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c 
+** after parsing is finished.
+**
+** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
+** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  Table *pNew;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;
+  int i;
+  int nAlloc;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Look up the table being altered. */
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]);
+  if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+
+  assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+  /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
+  ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.  But modify
+  ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix.  By adding this
+  ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing
+  ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_"
+  ** prefix on their name.
+  */
+  pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+  if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
+  pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
+  assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
+  nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
+  assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
+  pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
+  pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName);
+  if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+  memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
+  for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
+    Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
+    pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
+    pCol->zColl = 0;
+    pCol->zType = 0;
+    pCol->pDflt = 0;
+    pCol->zDflt = 0;
+  }
+  pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
+
+  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+exit_begin_add_column:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+  return;
+}
+#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */
+
+/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005-07-08
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
+**
+** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables
+** and indices.  These statistics are made available to the query planner
+** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries.
+**
+** The following system tables are or have been supported:
+**
+**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat);
+**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample);
+**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample);
+**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat4(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample);
+**
+** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version
+** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled
+** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2.  The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated.
+** The sqlite_stat2 table is superseded by sqlite_stat3, which is only
+** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined.  The functionality of sqlite_stat3
+** is a superset of sqlite_stat2.  The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced
+** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later.  It is
+** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time.  If they
+** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence.
+**
+** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statisics required
+** for the query planner to make good choices.
+**
+** Format of sqlite_stat1:
+**
+** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the
+** name in the idx column.  The tbl column is the name of the table to
+** which the index belongs.  In each such row, the stat column will be
+** a string consisting of a list of integers.  The first integer in this
+** list is the number of rows in the index.  (This is the same as the
+** number of rows in the table, except for partial indices.)  The second
+** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same
+** value in the first column of the index.  The third integer is the average
+** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two
+** columns.  The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in 
+** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns.  For
+** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column.  If
+** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1.
+**
+** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed
+** by the keyword "unordered".  The "unordered" keyword, if it is present,
+** must be separated from the last integer by a single space.  If the
+** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that
+** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query.
+** 
+** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat
+** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of
+** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl.
+**
+** Format of sqlite_stat2:
+**
+** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled
+** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between
+** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8.  The "stat2" table contains additional information
+** about the distribution of keys within an index.  The index is identified by
+** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which
+** the index belongs.  There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2
+** table for each index.
+**
+** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9
+** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at
+** evenly spaced points along the index.  Let the number of samples be S
+** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index.
+** Then the sampled rows are given by:
+**
+**     rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2)
+**
+** For i between 0 and S-1.  Conceptually, the index space is divided into
+** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket.
+**
+** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference.  This
+** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2.  It neither reads nor
+** writes the sqlite_stat2 table.  This version of SQLite only supports
+** sqlite_stat3.
+**
+** Format for sqlite_stat3:
+**
+** The sqlite_stat3 format is a subset of sqlite_stat4.  Hence, the
+** sqlite_stat4 format will be described first.  Further information
+** about sqlite_stat3 follows the sqlite_stat4 description.
+**
+** Format for sqlite_stat4:
+**
+** As with sqlite_stat2, the sqlite_stat4 table contains histogram data
+** to aid the query planner in choosing good indices based on the values
+** that indexed columns are compared against in the WHERE clauses of
+** queries.
+**
+** The sqlite_stat4 table contains multiple entries for each index.
+** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the
+** index.  If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is
+** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  The sample column is a blob which is the
+** binary encoding of a key from the index.  The nEq column is a
+** list of integers.  The first integer is the approximate number
+** of entries in the index whose left-most column exactly matches
+** the left-most column of the sample.  The second integer in nEq
+** is the approximate number of entries in the index where the
+** first two columns match the first two columns of the sample.
+** And so forth.  nLt is another list of integers that show the approximate
+** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample.  The first
+** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the
+** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample.
+** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries 
+** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the
+** sample.  The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the 
+** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the
+** sample.
+**
+** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat4 entries per index.
+** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat4 tables
+** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across
+** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with
+** large nEq values.
+**
+** Format for sqlite_stat3 redux:
+**
+** The sqlite_stat3 table is like sqlite_stat4 except that it only
+** looks at the left-most column of the index.  The sqlite_stat3.sample
+** column contains the actual value of the left-most column instead
+** of a blob encoding of the complete index key as is found in
+** sqlite_stat4.sample.  The nEq, nLt, and nDLt entries of sqlite_stat3
+** all contain just a single integer which is the same as the first
+** integer in the equivalent columns in sqlite_stat4.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+# define IsStat4     1
+# define IsStat3     0
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
+# define IsStat4     0
+# define IsStat3     1
+#else
+# define IsStat4     0
+# define IsStat3     0
+# undef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
+# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 1
+#endif
+#define IsStat34    (IsStat3+IsStat4)  /* 1 for STAT3 or STAT4. 0 otherwise */
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_statN tables.
+** The sqlite_stat1 table is always relevant.  sqlite_stat2 is now
+** obsolete.  sqlite_stat3 and sqlite_stat4 are only opened when
+** appropriate compile-time options are provided.
+**
+** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created.
+**
+** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name,
+** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in
+** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted.
+** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries.
+*/
+static void openStatTable(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
+  int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
+  const char *zWhere,     /* Delete entries for this table or index */
+  const char *zWhereType  /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */
+){
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zName;
+    const char *zCols;
+  } aTable[] = {
+    { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" },
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+    { "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
+    { "sqlite_stat3", 0 },
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
+    { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
+    { "sqlite_stat4", 0 },
+#else
+    { "sqlite_stat3", 0 },
+    { "sqlite_stat4", 0 },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)];
+  u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)];
+
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them
+  ** if they do already exist.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){
+    const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName;
+    Table *pStat;
+    if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zName))==0 ){
+      if( aTable[i].zCols ){
+        /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a 
+        ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage 
+        ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important 
+        ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
+        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+            "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols
+        );
+        aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot;
+        aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries 
+      ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the
+      ** entire contents of the table. */
+      aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum;
+      aCreateTbl[i] = 0;
+      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab);
+      if( zWhere ){
+        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+           "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
+           pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere
+        );
+      }else{
+        /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */
+  for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){
+    assert( i<ArraySize(aTable) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb, 3);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Recommended number of samples for sqlite_stat4
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
+# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 24
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Three SQL functions - stat_init(), stat_push(), and stat_get() -
+** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state
+** information.
+*/
+typedef struct Stat4Accum Stat4Accum;
+typedef struct Stat4Sample Stat4Sample;
+struct Stat4Sample {
+  tRowcnt *anEq;                  /* sqlite_stat4.nEq */
+  tRowcnt *anDLt;                 /* sqlite_stat4.nDLt */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  tRowcnt *anLt;                  /* sqlite_stat4.nLt */
+  union {
+    i64 iRowid;                     /* Rowid in main table of the key */
+    u8 *aRowid;                     /* Key for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
+  } u;
+  u32 nRowid;                     /* Sizeof aRowid[] */
+  u8 isPSample;                   /* True if a periodic sample */
+  int iCol;                       /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */
+  u32 iHash;                      /* Tiebreaker hash */
+#endif
+};                                                    
+struct Stat4Accum {
+  tRowcnt nRow;             /* Number of rows in the entire table */
+  tRowcnt nPSample;         /* How often to do a periodic sample */
+  int nCol;                 /* Number of columns in index + rowid */
+  int mxSample;             /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */
+  Stat4Sample current;      /* Current row as a Stat4Sample */
+  u32 iPrn;                 /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */
+  Stat4Sample *aBest;       /* Array of nCol best samples */
+  int iMin;                 /* Index in a[] of entry with minimum score */
+  int nSample;              /* Current number of samples */
+  int iGet;                 /* Index of current sample accessed by stat_get() */
+  Stat4Sample *a;           /* Array of mxSample Stat4Sample objects */
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection, for malloc() */
+};
+
+/* Reclaim memory used by a Stat4Sample
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p){
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( p->nRowid ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
+    p->nRowid = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
+  p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+  if( p->u.aRowid ){
+    p->nRowid = n;
+    memcpy(p->u.aRowid, pData, n);
+  }else{
+    p->nRowid = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
+  p->nRowid = 0;
+  p->u.iRowid = iRowid;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo).
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){
+  pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample;
+  pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol;
+  pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash;
+  memcpy(pTo->anEq, pFrom->anEq, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
+  memcpy(pTo->anLt, pFrom->anLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
+  memcpy(pTo->anDLt, pFrom->anDLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
+  if( pFrom->nRowid ){
+    sampleSetRowid(p->db, pTo, pFrom->nRowid, pFrom->u.aRowid);
+  }else{
+    sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, pTo, pFrom->u.iRowid);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure.
+*/
+static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){
+  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i);
+  for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i);
+  sampleClear(p->db, &p->current);
+#endif
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the stat_init(N,C) SQL function. The two parameters
+** are the number of rows in the table or index (C) and the number of columns
+** in the index (N).  The second argument (C) is only used for STAT3 and STAT4.
+**
+** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
+** value is a pointer to the the Stat4Accum object encoded as a blob (i.e. 
+** the size of the blob is sizeof(void*) bytes). 
+*/
+static void statInit(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Stat4Accum *p;
+  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in index being sampled */
+  int nColUp;                     /* nCol rounded up for alignment */
+  int n;                          /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES;
+#endif
+
+  /* Decode the three function arguments */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+  assert( nCol>1 );               /* >1 because it includes the rowid column */
+  nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol;
+
+  /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */
+  n = sizeof(*p) 
+    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anEq */
+    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anLt */
+    + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample)     /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */
+    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample)
+#endif
+  ;
+  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  p->db = db;
+  p->nRow = 0;
+  p->nCol = nCol;
+  p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1];
+  p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp];
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  {
+    u8 *pSpace;                     /* Allocated space not yet assigned */
+    int i;                          /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */
+
+    p->iGet = -1;
+    p->mxSample = mxSample;
+    p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1);
+    p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp];
+    p->iPrn = nCol*0x689e962d ^ sqlite3_value_int(argv[1])*0xd0944565;
+  
+    /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */
+    p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp];
+    p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample];
+    pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]);
+    for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){
+      p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
+      p->a[i].anLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
+      p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
+    }
+    assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n );
+  
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      p->aBest[i].iCol = i;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller */
+  sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(p), stat4Destructor);
+}
+static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = {
+  1+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
+  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
+  0,               /* pUserData */
+  0,               /* pNext */
+  statInit,        /* xFunc */
+  0,               /* xStep */
+  0,               /* xFinalize */
+  "stat_init",     /* zName */
+  0,               /* pHash */
+  0                /* pDestructor */
+};
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+/*
+** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for 
+** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and 
+** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this
+** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
+** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected
+** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld.
+**
+** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
+** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. 
+*/
+static int sampleIsBetterPost(
+  Stat4Accum *pAccum, 
+  Stat4Sample *pNew, 
+  Stat4Sample *pOld
+){
+  int nCol = pAccum->nCol;
+  int i;
+  assert( pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol );
+  for(i=pNew->iCol+1; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( pNew->anEq[i]>pOld->anEq[i] ) return 1;
+    if( pNew->anEq[i]<pOld->anEq[i] ) return 0;
+  }
+  if( pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
+**
+** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
+** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. 
+*/
+static int sampleIsBetter(
+  Stat4Accum *pAccum, 
+  Stat4Sample *pNew, 
+  Stat4Sample *pOld
+){
+  tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol];
+  tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol];
+
+  assert( pOld->isPSample==0 && pNew->isPSample==0 );
+  assert( IsStat4 || (pNew->iCol==0 && pOld->iCol==0) );
+
+  if( (nEqNew>nEqOld) ) return 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+  if( nEqNew==nEqOld ){
+    if( pNew->iCol<pOld->iCol ) return 1;
+    return (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol && sampleIsBetterPost(pAccum, pNew, pOld));
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  return (nEqNew==nEqOld && pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary,
+** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room.
+*/
+static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){
+  Stat4Sample *pSample = 0;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+  if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){
+    Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0;
+    assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 );
+
+    /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column 
+    ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already
+    ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add
+    ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority
+    ** existing sample that shares this prefix.  */
+    for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
+      Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i];
+      if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){
+        if( pOld->isPSample ) return;
+        assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol );
+        assert( sampleIsBetter(p, pNew, pOld) );
+        if( pUpgrade==0 || sampleIsBetter(p, pOld, pUpgrade) ){
+          pUpgrade = pOld;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( pUpgrade ){
+      pUpgrade->iCol = pNew->iCol;
+      pUpgrade->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol] = pNew->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol];
+      goto find_new_min;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */
+  if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){
+    Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin];
+    tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq;
+    tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt;
+    tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt;
+    sampleClear(p->db, pMin);
+    memmove(pMin, &pMin[1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-p->iMin-1));
+    pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1];
+    pSample->nRowid = 0;
+    pSample->anEq = anEq;
+    pSample->anDLt = anDLt;
+    pSample->anLt = anLt;
+    p->nSample = p->mxSample-1;
+  }
+
+  /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that
+  ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would
+  ** be out of order. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+  assert( p->nSample==0 
+       || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] );
+#endif
+
+  /* Insert the new sample */
+  pSample = &p->a[p->nSample];
+  sampleCopy(p, pSample, pNew);
+  p->nSample++;
+
+  /* Zero the first nEqZero entries in the anEq[] array. */
+  memset(pSample->anEq, 0, sizeof(tRowcnt)*nEqZero);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ find_new_min:
+#endif
+  if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){
+    int iMin = -1;
+    for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++){
+      if( p->a[i].isPSample ) continue;
+      if( iMin<0 || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->a[iMin], &p->a[i]) ){
+        iMin = i;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( iMin>=0 );
+    p->iMin = iMin;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+/*
+** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point
+** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the
+** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are
+** correct at this point.
+*/
+static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+  int i;
+
+  /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed
+  ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point.  */
+  for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){
+    Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i];
+    pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i];
+    if( p->nSample<p->mxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){
+      sampleInsert(p, pBest, i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Update the anEq[] fields of any samples already collected. */
+  for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int j;
+    for(j=iChng; j<p->nCol; j++){
+      if( p->a[i].anEq[j]==0 ) p->a[i].anEq[j] = p->current.anEq[j];
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+  if( iChng==0 ){
+    tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[0];
+    tRowcnt nEq = p->current.anEq[0];
+
+    /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
+    if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+nEq)/p->nPSample ){
+      p->current.isPSample = 1;
+      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
+      p->current.isPSample = 0;
+    }else 
+
+    /* Or if it is a non-periodic sample. Add it in this case too. */
+    if( p->nSample<p->mxSample 
+     || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin]) 
+    ){
+      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( p );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function:  stat_push(P,C,R)
+** Arguments:
+**
+**    P     Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
+**    C     Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
+**    R     Rowid for the current row.  Might be a key record for
+**          WITHOUT ROWID tables.
+**
+** The SQL function always returns NULL.
+**
+** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
+*/
+static void statPush(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+
+  /* The three function arguments */
+  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+  int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( context );
+  assert( p->nCol>1 );        /* Includes rowid field */
+  assert( iChng<p->nCol );
+
+  if( p->nRow==0 ){
+    /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */
+    for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
+  }else{
+    /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */
+    samplePushPrevious(p, iChng);
+
+    /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply
+    ** to the current row of the index. */
+    for(i=0; i<iChng; i++){
+      p->current.anEq[i]++;
+    }
+    for(i=iChng; i<p->nCol; i++){
+      p->current.anDLt[i]++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+      p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i];
+#endif
+      p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  p->nRow++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+    sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2]));
+  }else{
+    sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]),
+                                       sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]));
+  }
+  p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+  {
+    tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1];
+
+    /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
+    if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){
+      p->current.isPSample = 1;
+      p->current.iCol = 0;
+      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, p->nCol-1);
+      p->current.isPSample = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Update the aBest[] array. */
+    for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){
+      p->current.iCol = i;
+      if( i>=iChng || sampleIsBetterPost(p, &p->current, &p->aBest[i]) ){
+        sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = {
+  2+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
+  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
+  0,               /* pUserData */
+  0,               /* pNext */
+  statPush,        /* xFunc */
+  0,               /* xStep */
+  0,               /* xFinalize */
+  "stat_push",     /* zName */
+  0,               /* pHash */
+  0                /* pDestructor */
+};
+
+#define STAT_GET_STAT1 0          /* "stat" column of stat1 table */
+#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1          /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */
+#define STAT_GET_NEQ   2          /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */
+#define STAT_GET_NLT   3          /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */
+#define STAT_GET_NDLT  4          /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function.  This routine is
+** used to query the results.  Content is returned for parameter J
+** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
+**
+** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
+** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
+** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
+** stat1 table entry information.
+*/
+static void statGet(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  /* STAT3 and STAT4 have a parameter on this routine. */
+  int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  assert( argc==2 );
+  assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ 
+       || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT
+       || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT 
+  );
+  if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 )
+#else
+  assert( argc==1 );
+#endif
+  {
+    /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1
+    ** table for this index.
+    **
+    ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing 
+    ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of 
+    ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list 
+    ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of
+    ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using
+    ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words,
+    ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is 
+    ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that:
+    **
+    **   * the index contains 100 rows,
+    **   * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and
+    **   * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows.
+    **
+    ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of 
+    ** rows, then each estimate is computed as:
+    **
+    **        I = (K+D-1)/D
+    */
+    char *z;
+    int i;
+
+    char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25);
+    if( zRet==0 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow);
+    z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet);
+    for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){
+      u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1;
+      u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal);
+      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+      assert( p->current.anEq[i] );
+    }
+    assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
+
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  else if( eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID ){
+    if( p->iGet<0 ){
+      samplePushPrevious(p, 0);
+      p->iGet = 0;
+    }
+    if( p->iGet<p->nSample ){
+      Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet;
+      if( pS->nRowid==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_result_blob(context, pS->u.aRowid, pS->nRowid,
+                            SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    tRowcnt *aCnt = 0;
+
+    assert( p->iGet<p->nSample );
+    switch( eCall ){
+      case STAT_GET_NEQ:  aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break;
+      case STAT_GET_NLT:  aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break;
+      default: {
+        aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; 
+        p->iGet++;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( IsStat3 ){
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, (i64)aCnt[0]);
+    }else{
+      char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25);
+      if( zRet==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+      }else{
+        int i;
+        char *z = zRet;
+        for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, "%llu ", (u64)aCnt[i]);
+          z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+        }
+        assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
+        z[-1] = '\0';
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
+#endif
+}
+static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = {
+  1+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
+  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
+  0,               /* pUserData */
+  0,               /* pNext */
+  statGet,         /* xFunc */
+  0,               /* xStep */
+  0,               /* xFinalize */
+  "stat_get",      /* zName */
+  0,               /* pHash */
+  0                /* pDestructor */
+};
+
+static void callStatGet(Vdbe *v, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){
+  assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1);
+#elif SQLITE_DEBUG
+  assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 );
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam );
+#endif
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4, regOut);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statGetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1 + IsStat34);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
+** a single table.
+*/
+static void analyzeOneTable(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
+  Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */
+  int iStatCur,    /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
+  int iMem,        /* Available memory locations begin here */
+  int iTab         /* Next available cursor */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* Database handle */
+  Index *pIdx;                 /* An index to being analyzed */
+  int iIdxCur;                 /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */
+  int iTabCur;                 /* Table cursor */
+  Vdbe *v;                     /* The virtual machine being built up */
+  int i;                       /* Loop counter */
+  int jZeroRows = -1;          /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */
+  int iDb;                     /* Index of database containing pTab */
+  u8 needTableCnt = 1;         /* True to count the table */
+  int regNewRowid = iMem++;    /* Rowid for the inserted record */
+  int regStat4 = iMem++;       /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */
+  int regChng = iMem++;        /* Index of changed index field */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  int regRowid = iMem++;       /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */
+#endif
+  int regTemp = iMem++;        /* Temporary use register */
+  int regTabname = iMem++;     /* Register containing table name */
+  int regIdxname = iMem++;     /* Register containing index name */
+  int regStat1 = iMem++;       /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */
+  int regPrev = iMem;          /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */
+
+  pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pTab->tnum==0 ){
+    /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */
+    return;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+    /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. 
+  ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number
+  ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at
+  ** this time though.  */
+  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+  iTabCur = iTab++;
+  iIdxCur = iTab++;
+  pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns indexed by pIdx */
+    int *aGotoChng;               /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
+    int addrRewind;               /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */
+    int addrGotoChng0;            /* Address of "Goto addr_chng_0" */
+    int addrNextRow;              /* Address of "next_row:" */
+    const char *zIdxName;         /* Name of the index */
+
+    if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
+    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0;
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin analysis of %s", pIdx->zName));
+    nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+    aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nCol+1));
+    if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
+    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      zIdxName = pTab->zName;
+    }else{
+      zIdxName = pIdx->zName;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0);
+
+    /*
+    ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push():
+    **
+    **   Rewind csr
+    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
+    **   regChng = 0
+    **   goto chng_addr_0;
+    **
+    **  next_row:
+    **   regChng = 0
+    **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
+    **   regChng = 1
+    **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
+    **   ...
+    **   regChng = N
+    **   goto chng_addr_N
+    **
+    **  chng_addr_0:
+    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
+    **  chng_addr_1:
+    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
+    **  ...
+    **
+    **  chng_addr_N:
+    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)
+    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)
+    **   Next csr
+    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
+    **
+    **  end_of_scan:
+    */
+
+    /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate 
+    ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
+    ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of 
+    ** the sqlite_stat4 table.  */
+    pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nCol);
+
+    /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
+    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+
+    /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
+    ** 
+    **    (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid,
+    **    (2) the number of rows in the index,
+    **
+    ** The second argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+2);
+#endif
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol+1, regStat4+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1+IsStat34);
+
+    /* Implementation of the following:
+    **
+    **   Rewind csr
+    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
+    **   regChng = 0
+    **   goto next_push_0;
+    **
+    */
+    addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);
+    addrGotoChng0 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+
+    /*
+    **  next_row:
+    **   regChng = 0
+    **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
+    **   regChng = 1
+    **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
+    **   ...
+    **   regChng = N
+    **   goto chng_addr_N
+    */
+    addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
+      aGotoChng[i] = 
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regChng);
+    aGotoChng[nCol] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+
+    /*
+    **  chng_addr_0:
+    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
+    **  chng_addr_1:
+    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
+    **  ...
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGotoChng0);
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  chng_addr_N:
+    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)            // STAT34 only
+    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)  // 3rd parameter STAT34 only
+    **   Next csr
+    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[nCol]);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
+    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
+    }else{
+      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
+      int j, k, regKey;
+      regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
+      for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
+        k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j);
+        VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName));
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol);
+    }
+#endif
+    assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 1, regStat4, regTemp);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+    /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */
+    callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+
+    /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    {
+      int regEq = regStat1;
+      int regLt = regStat1+1;
+      int regDLt = regStat1+2;
+      int regSample = regStat1+3;
+      int regCol = regStat1+4;
+      int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol;
+      int addrNext;
+      int addrIsNull;
+      u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;
+
+      pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol+1);
+
+      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid);
+      addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq);
+      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt);
+      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0);
+      /* We know that the regSampleRowid row exists because it was read by
+      ** the previous loop.  Thus the not-found jump of seekOp will never
+      ** be taken */
+      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+      sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, 
+                                      pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample);
+#else
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, iCol, regCol+i);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCol, nCol+1, regSample);
+#endif
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regTemp);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regTemp, regNewRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull);
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+    /* End of analysis */
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
+  }
+
+
+  /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index
+  ** name and the row count as the content.
+  */
+  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1);
+    jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
+** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
+*/
+static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
+*/
+static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;    /* Schema of database iDb */
+  HashElem *k;
+  int iStatCur;
+  int iMem;
+  int iTab;
+
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
+  pParse->nTab += 3;
+  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0);
+  iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
+  iTab = pParse->nTab;
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+    Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+    analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem, iTab);
+  }
+  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
+** a database.  If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index
+** in pTab that should be analyzed.
+*/
+static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){
+  int iDb;
+  int iStatCur;
+
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
+  pParse->nTab += 3;
+  if( pOnlyIdx ){
+    openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx");
+  }else{
+    openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl");
+  }
+  analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur,pParse->nMem+1,pParse->nTab);
+  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
+** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
+**
+**        ANALYZE                            -- 1
+**        ANALYZE  <database>                -- 2
+**        ANALYZE  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
+**
+** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
+** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
+** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+  int i;
+  char *z, *zDb;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Token *pTableName;
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 );
+  if( pName1==0 ){
+    /* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( i==1 ) continue;  /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
+      analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
+    }
+  }else if( pName2->n==0 ){
+    /* Form 2:  Analyze the database or table named */
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
+    if( iDb>=0 ){
+      analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
+    }else{
+      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
+      if( z ){
+        if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
+        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
+    if( iDb>=0 ){
+      zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
+      if( z ){
+        if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
+        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      }
+    }   
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
+** callback routine.
+*/
+typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
+struct analysisInfo {
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zDatabase;
+};
+
+/*
+** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing a
+** list of space separated integers. Read the first nOut of these into
+** the array aOut[].
+*/
+static void decodeIntArray(
+  char *zIntArray,       /* String containing int array to decode */
+  int nOut,              /* Number of slots in aOut[] */
+  tRowcnt *aOut,         /* Store integers here */
+  LogEst *aLog,          /* Or, if aOut==0, here */
+  Index *pIndex          /* Handle extra flags for this index, if not NULL */
+){
+  char *z = zIntArray;
+  int c;
+  int i;
+  tRowcnt v;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( z==0 ) z = "";
+#else
+  if( NEVER(z==0) ) z = "";
+#endif
+  for(i=0; *z && i<nOut; i++){
+    v = 0;
+    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
+      v = v*10 + c - '0';
+      z++;
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    if( aOut ){
+      aOut[i] = v;
+    }else
+#else
+    assert( aOut==0 );
+    UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut);
+#endif
+    {
+      aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v);
+    }
+    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  assert( pIndex!=0 );
+#else
+  if( pIndex )
+#endif
+  {
+    if( strcmp(z, "unordered")==0 ){
+      pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
+    }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){
+      int v32 = 0;
+      sqlite3GetInt32(z+3, &v32);
+      pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(v32);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
+** sqlite_stat1 table.  
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of the table
+**     argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL)
+**     argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
+**
+** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in
+** the table.
+*/
+static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
+  analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
+  Index *pIndex;
+  Table *pTable;
+  const char *z;
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
+
+  if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
+  if( pTable==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( argv[1]==0 ){
+    pIndex = 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[0],argv[1])==0 ){
+    pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable);
+  }else{
+    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
+  }
+  z = argv[2];
+
+  if( pIndex ){
+    decodeIntArray((char*)z, pIndex->nKeyCol+1, 0, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex);
+    if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0];
+  }else{
+    Index fakeIdx;
+    fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow;
+    decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx);
+    pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array
+** and its contents.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( pIdx->aSample ){
+    int j;
+    for(j=0; j<pIdx->nSample; j++){
+      IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j];
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->p);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample);
+  }
+  if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+    pIdx->nSample = 0;
+    pIdx->aSample = 0;
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx);
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently
+** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. 
+*/
+static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){
+  if( pIdx ){
+    IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
+    IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1];
+    int iCol;
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pIdx->nKeyCol; iCol++){
+      int i;                    /* Used to iterate through samples */
+      tRowcnt sumEq = 0;        /* Sum of the nEq values */
+      tRowcnt nSum = 0;         /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */
+      tRowcnt avgEq = 0;
+      tRowcnt nDLt = pFinal->anDLt[iCol];
+
+      /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
+      ** occur in the stat4 table for this index before pFinal. Set
+      ** sumEq to the sum of the nEq values for column iCol for the same
+      ** set (adding the value only once where there exist dupicate 
+      ** prefixes).  */
+      for(i=0; i<(pIdx->nSample-1); i++){
+        if( aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] ){
+          sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
+          nSum++;
+        }
+      }
+      if( nDLt>nSum ){
+        avgEq = (pFinal->anLt[iCol] - sumEq)/(nDLt - nSum);
+      }
+      if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1;
+      pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq;
+      if( pIdx->nSampleCol==1 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Look up an index by name.  Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table
+** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table.
+*/
+static Index *findIndexOrPrimaryKey(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zName,
+  const char *zDb
+){
+  Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb);
+  if( pIdx==0 ){
+    Table *pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
+    if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ) pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+  }
+  return pIdx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table 
+** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays.
+**
+** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return
+** data equivalent to the following (statements are different for stat3,
+** see the caller of this function for details):
+**
+**    zSql1: SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx
+**    zSql2: SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4
+**
+** where %Q is replaced with the database name before the SQL is executed.
+*/
+static int loadStatTbl(
+  sqlite3 *db,                  /* Database handle */
+  int bStat3,                   /* Assume single column records only */
+  const char *zSql1,            /* SQL statement 1 (see above) */
+  const char *zSql2,            /* SQL statement 2 (see above) */
+  const char *zDb               /* Database name (e.g. "main") */
+){
+  int rc;                       /* Result codes from subroutines */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;      /* An SQL statement being run */
+  char *zSql;                   /* Text of the SQL statement */
+  Index *pPrevIdx = 0;          /* Previous index in the loop */
+  IndexSample *pSample;         /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */
+
+  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql1, zDb);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    int nIdxCol = 1;              /* Number of columns in stat4 records */
+    int nAvgCol = 1;              /* Number of entries in Index.aAvgEq */
+
+    char *zIndex;   /* Index name */
+    Index *pIdx;    /* Pointer to the index object */
+    int nSample;    /* Number of samples */
+    int nByte;      /* Bytes of space required */
+    int i;          /* Bytes of space required */
+    tRowcnt *pSpace;
+
+    zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
+    if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
+    nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
+    pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
+    assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 );
+    /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been
+    ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data.  */
+    if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue;
+    if( bStat3==0 ){
+      nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol+1;
+      nAvgCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+    }
+    pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol;
+    nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample;
+    nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample;
+    nByte += nAvgCol * sizeof(tRowcnt);     /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */
+
+    pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+    if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample];
+    pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nAvgCol;
+    for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
+      pIdx->aSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
+      pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
+      pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
+    }
+    assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) );
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql2, zDb);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    char *zIndex;                 /* Index name */
+    Index *pIdx;                  /* Pointer to the index object */
+    int nCol = 1;                 /* Number of columns in index */
+
+    zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
+    if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
+    pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
+    if( pIdx==0 ) continue;
+    /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from 
+    ** the sqlite_stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data.  */
+    nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol;
+    if( bStat3 && nCol>1 ) continue;
+    if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){
+      initAvgEq(pPrevIdx);
+      pPrevIdx = pIdx;
+    }
+    pSample = &pIdx->aSample[pIdx->nSample];
+    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1),nCol,pSample->anEq,0,0);
+    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),nCol,pSample->anLt,0,0);
+    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),nCol,pSample->anDLt,0,0);
+
+    /* Take a copy of the sample. Add two 0x00 bytes the end of the buffer.
+    ** This is in case the sample record is corrupted. In that case, the
+    ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() may read up to two varints past the
+    ** end of the allocated buffer before it realizes it is dealing with
+    ** a corrupt record. Adding the two 0x00 bytes prevents this from causing
+    ** a buffer overread.  */
+    pSample->n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
+    pSample->p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pSample->n + 2);
+    if( pSample->p==0 ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memcpy(pSample->p, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), pSample->n);
+    pIdx->nSample++;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) initAvgEq(pPrevIdx);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into 
+** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices.
+*/
+static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Result codes from subroutines */
+
+  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){
+    rc = loadStatTbl(db, 0,
+      "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", 
+      "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4",
+      zDb
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){
+    rc = loadStatTbl(db, 1,
+      "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx", 
+      "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sqlite_record(sample) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3",
+      zDb
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+/*
+** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3/4 tables. The
+** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[]
+** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3/4 are used to populate the
+** Index.aSample[] arrays.
+**
+** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR
+** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined 
+** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is 
+** read from it.
+**
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the 
+** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is
+** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1
+** table (if it is present) before returning.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed.
+** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return
+** code may be ignored.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  analysisInfo sInfo;
+  HashElem *i;
+  char *zSql;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
+
+  /* Clear any prior statistics */
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
+    sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx);
+    pIdx->aSample = 0;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */
+  sInfo.db = db;
+  sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+      "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  }
+
+
+  /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int lookasideEnabled = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+    rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase);
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = lookasideEnabled;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */
+
+/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
+/*
+** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
+** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
+** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
+**
+** i.e. if the parser sees:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
+**
+** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
+** looking for columns of the same name.
+**
+** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
+**
+** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
+*/
+static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
+{
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pExpr ){
+    if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
+      rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr);
+    }else{
+      pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
+**
+**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
+**
+** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
+** third argument.
+*/
+static void attachFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  int rc = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  const char *zName;
+  const char *zFile;
+  char *zPath = 0;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  unsigned int flags;
+  Db *aNew;
+  char *zErrDyn = 0;
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
+  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
+
+  /* Check for the following errors:
+  **
+  **     * Too many attached databases,
+  **     * Transaction currently open
+  **     * Specified database name already being used.
+  */
+  if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
+      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
+    );
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
+    assert( z && zName );
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName);
+      goto attach_error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema
+  ** hash tables.
+  */
+  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
+    aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
+  }else{
+    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+  }
+  db->aDb = aNew;
+  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb];
+  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
+
+  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
+  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
+  ** or may not be initialized.
+  */
+  flags = db->openFlags;
+  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( pVfs );
+  flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags);
+  sqlite3_free( zPath );
+  db->nDb++;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached");
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Pager *pPager;
+    aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
+    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
+    sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
+    sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt,
+                             sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+    sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(aNew->pBt, 3 | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK));
+#endif
+  }
+  aNew->safety_level = 3;
+  aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
+    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+    int nKey;
+    char *zKey;
+    int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
+    switch( t ){
+      case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
+        zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        break;
+        
+      case SQLITE_TEXT:
+      case SQLITE_BLOB:
+        nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+        zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
+        rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+        break;
+
+      case SQLITE_NULL:
+        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
+        sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+        if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){
+          rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
+  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
+  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
+  ** we found it.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
+    assert( iDb>=2 );
+    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
+      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
+      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+    db->nDb = iDb;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory");
+    }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
+    }
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  
+  return;
+
+attach_error:
+  /* Return an error if we get here */
+  if( zErrDyn ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
+  }
+  if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
+**
+**     DETACH DATABASE x
+**
+**     SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
+*/
+static void detachFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  int i;
+  Db *pDb = 0;
+  char zErr[128];
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( i>=db->nDb ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( i<2 ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
+                     "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+  pDb->pBt = 0;
+  pDb->pSchema = 0;
+  sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  return;
+
+detach_error:
+  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
+** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
+*/
+static void codeAttach(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  int type,            /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
+  FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
+  Expr *pAuthArg,      /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
+  Expr *pFilename,     /* Name of database file */
+  Expr *pDbname,       /* Name of the database to use internally */
+  Expr *pKey           /* Database key for encryption extension */
+){
+  int rc;
+  NameContext sName;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
+  int regArgs;
+
+  memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
+  sName.pParse = pParse;
+
+  if( 
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
+  ){
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto attach_end;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( pAuthArg ){
+    char *zAuthArg;
+    if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){
+      zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken;
+    }else{
+      zAuthArg = 0;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
+    if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto attach_end;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);
+
+  assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3);
+    assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg );
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg));
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+
+    /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
+    ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
+    ** statements).
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
+  }
+  
+attach_end:
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
+**
+**     DETACH pDbname
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
+  static const FuncDef detach_func = {
+    1,                /* nArg */
+    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* funcFlags */
+    0,                /* pUserData */
+    0,                /* pNext */
+    detachFunc,       /* xFunc */
+    0,                /* xStep */
+    0,                /* xFinalize */
+    "sqlite_detach",  /* zName */
+    0,                /* pHash */
+    0                 /* pDestructor */
+  };
+  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
+**
+**     ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
+  static const FuncDef attach_func = {
+    3,                /* nArg */
+    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* funcFlags */
+    0,                /* pUserData */
+    0,                /* pNext */
+    attachFunc,       /* xFunc */
+    0,                /* xStep */
+    0,                /* xFinalize */
+    "sqlite_attach",  /* zName */
+    0,                /* pHash */
+    0                 /* pDestructor */
+  };
+  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
+
+/*
+** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
+** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(
+  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
+  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
+  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
+  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
+  pFix->pParse = pParse;
+  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  pFix->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pFix->zType = zType;
+  pFix->pName = pName;
+  pFix->bVarOnly = (iDb==1);
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
+** a specific database to all table references where the database name
+** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
+** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
+**
+** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
+** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
+** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
+** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
+** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
+** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
+** checks out, these routines return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+  if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0;
+  zDb = pFix->zDb;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pFix->bVarOnly==0 ){
+      if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
+            "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
+            pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase);
+      pItem->zDatabase = 0;
+      pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema;
+    }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
+#endif
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pSelect ){
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pGroupBy) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pOffset) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pExpr ){
+    if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+      if( pFix->pParse->db->init.busy ){
+        pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s cannot use variables", pFix->zType);
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1;
+    }else{
+      if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pStep ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pStep = pStep->pNext;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 January 11
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
+** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
+** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
+** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
+*/
+
+/*
+** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
+** macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+
+/*
+** Set or clear the access authorization function.
+**
+** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
+** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
+** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
+** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
+** to the auth function is one of these constants:
+**
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DELETE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_INSERT
+**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
+**       SQLITE_READ
+**       SQLITE_SELECT
+**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
+**       SQLITE_UPDATE
+**
+** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
+** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
+** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
+** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
+** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
+** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
+** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
+** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
+**
+** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
+** setting of the auth function is NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xAuth = xAuth;
+  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
+** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
+*/
+static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction");
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from
+** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization
+** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL).
+**
+** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed
+** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE
+** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* The parser context */
+  const char *zTab,               /* Table name */
+  const char *zCol,               /* Column name */
+  int iDb                         /* Index of containing database. */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */
+  int rc;                         /* Auth callback return code */
+
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
+    }
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
+** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
+** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
+**
+** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
+** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
+** then generate an error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
+  Schema *pSchema,      /* The schema of the expression */
+  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Table *pTab = 0;      /* The table being read */
+  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
+  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
+  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
+  int iCol;             /* Index of column in table */
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
+  if( iDb<0 ){
+    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
+    ** temporary table. */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER );
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){
+    pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+  }else{
+    assert( pTabList );
+    for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrc<pTabList->nSrc); iSrc++){
+      if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){
+        pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return;
+
+  if( iCol>=0 ){
+    assert( iCol<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
+  }else{
+    zCol = "ROWID";
+  }
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
+** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
+** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
+** modified appropriately.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  int code,
+  const char *zArg1,
+  const char *zArg2,
+  const char *zArg3
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
+  ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
+** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
+** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  AuthContext *pContext, 
+  const char *zContext
+){
+  assert( pParse );
+  pContext->pParse = pParse;
+  pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+  pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
+** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
+  if( pContext->pParse ){
+    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
+    pContext->pParse = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
+** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
+** following kinds of SQL syntax:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE
+**     DROP TABLE
+**     CREATE INDEX
+**     DROP INDEX
+**     creating ID lists
+**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
+**     COMMIT
+**     ROLLBACK
+*/
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
+** be parsed.  Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
+  pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and
+** codeTableLocks() functions.
+*/
+struct TableLock {
+  int iDb;             /* The database containing the table to be locked */
+  int iTab;            /* The root page of the table to be locked */
+  u8 isWriteLock;      /* True for write lock.  False for a read lock */
+  const char *zName;   /* Name of the table */
+};
+
+/*
+** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.  
+**
+** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
+** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
+**
+** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired.  The
+** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
+** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,           /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
+  int iTab,          /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
+  u8 isWriteLock,    /* True for a write lock */
+  const char *zName  /* Name of the table to be locked */
+){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  int i;
+  int nBytes;
+  TableLock *p;
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nTableLock; i++){
+    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i];
+    if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
+      p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1);
+  pToplevel->aTableLock =
+      sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes);
+  if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){
+    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++];
+    p->iDb = iDb;
+    p->iTab = iTab;
+    p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
+    p->zName = zName;
+  }else{
+    pToplevel->nTableLock = 0;
+    pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
+** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
+*/
+static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *pVdbe; 
+
+  pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */
+
+  for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
+    TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
+    int p1 = p->iDb;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock,
+                      p->zName, P4_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+#else
+  #define codeTableLocks(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
+** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
+** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
+** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
+** parse.
+**
+** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
+** no VDBE code was generated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( pParse->pToplevel==0 );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  if( pParse->nested ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+
+  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
+  ** vdbe program
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite 
+       || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
+  if( v ){
+    while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){}
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+
+    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
+    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
+    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
+    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
+    ** on each used database.
+    */
+    if( db->mallocFailed==0 && (pParse->cookieMask || pParse->pConstExpr) ){
+      yDbMask mask;
+      int iDb, i;
+      assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init );
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0);
+      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
+        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
+        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v,
+          OP_Transaction,                    /* Opcode */
+          iDb,                               /* P1 */
+          (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0,     /* P2 */
+          pParse->cookieValue[iDb],          /* P3 */
+          db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration  /* P4 */
+        );
+        if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
+        char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB);
+      }
+      pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
+#endif
+
+      /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, 
+      ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the 
+      ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
+      */
+      codeTableLocks(pParse);
+
+      /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required.
+      */
+      sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse);
+
+      /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */
+      if( pParse->pConstExpr ){
+        ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr;
+        pParse->okConstFactor = 0;
+        for(i=0; i<pEL->nExpr; i++){
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 1);
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
+  */
+  if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){
+    assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
+    /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
+    *  See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
+    if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
+  }else{
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pParse->nTab = 0;
+  pParse->nMem = 0;
+  pParse->nSet = 0;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
+  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
+** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
+** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
+** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
+** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
+** outermost parser.
+**
+** Not everything is nestable.  This facility is designed to permit
+** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER.  Use
+** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *zSql;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+# define SAVE_SZ  (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar))
+  char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ];
+
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+  assert( pParse->nested<10 );  /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    return;   /* A malloc must have failed */
+  }
+  pParse->nested++;
+  memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ);
+  memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ);
+  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
+  pParse->nested--;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
+** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
+** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
+** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
+**
+** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
+  Table *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  int nName;
+  assert( zName!=0 );
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
+  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
+** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
+** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
+** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* context in which to report errors */
+  int isView,            /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */
+  const char *zName,     /* Name of the table we are looking for */
+  const char *zDbase     /* Name of the database.  Might be NULL */
+){
+  Table *p;
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table";
+    if( zDbase ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the table identified by *p.
+**
+** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between
+** sqlite3LocateTable() and this function is that this function restricts
+** the search to schema (p->pSchema) if it is not NULL. p->pSchema may be
+** non-NULL if it is part of a view or trigger program definition. See
+** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  int isView, 
+  struct SrcList_item *p
+){
+  const char *zDb;
+  assert( p->pSchema==0 || p->zDatabase==0 );
+  if( p->pSchema ){
+    int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema);
+    zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  }else{
+    zDb = p->zDatabase;
+  }
+  return sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, p->zName, zDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
+** a particular index given the name of that index
+** and the name of the database that contains the index.
+** Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
+** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
+** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
+** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
+** using the ATTACH command.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
+  Index *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
+  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
+    assert( pSchema );
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reclaim the memory used by an index
+*/
+static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+  sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p);
+#endif
+  if( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->pKeyInfo);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
+  if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azColl);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
+** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
+** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
+** with the index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  int len;
+  Hash *pHash;
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
+  len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName);
+  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
+    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
+      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
+    }else{
+      Index *p;
+      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
+      ** indices. */
+      p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex;
+      while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; }
+      if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){
+        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
+  }
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if
+** any have been closed, remove them from the list.  Reallocate the
+** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible.
+**
+** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database)
+** are never candidates for being collapsed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i, j;
+  for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName);
+      pDb->zName = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( j<i ){
+      db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
+    }
+    j++;
+  }
+  memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
+  db->nDb = j;
+  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
+    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb);
+    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb.  Also reset the
+** TEMP schema.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  Db *pDb;
+  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+
+  /* Case 1:  Reset the single schema identified by iDb */
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
+  sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+
+  /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP
+  ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the
+  ** other database.
+  */
+  if( iDb!=1 ){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[1];
+    assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
+    sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including
+** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pSchema ){
+      sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+    }
+  }
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the
+** Table.aCol[] array).
+*/
+static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
+  int i;
+  Column *pCol;
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName);
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
+** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
+**
+** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
+** the table data structure from the hash table.  But it does destroy
+** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
+** the table.
+**
+** The db parameter is optional.  It is needed if the Table object 
+** contains lookaside memory.  (Table objects in the schema do not use
+** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.)  Or the
+** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory
+** used by the Table object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
+  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
+  TESTONLY( int nLookaside; ) /* Used to verify lookaside not used for schema */
+
+  assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 );
+
+  /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
+  if( !pTable ) return;
+  if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return;
+
+  /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables
+  ** prior to doing any free() operations.  Since schema Tables do not use
+  ** lookaside, this number should not change. */
+  TESTONLY( nLookaside = (db && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0) ?
+                         db->lookaside.nOut : 0 );
+
+  /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
+  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
+    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
+    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+      char *zName = pIndex->zName; 
+      TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
+         &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0
+      );
+      assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
+      assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
+    }
+    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */
+  sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable);
+
+  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
+  */
+  sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck);
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable);
+#endif
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable);
+
+  /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */
+  assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==db->lookaside.nOut );
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
+** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
+  Table *p;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( zTabName );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  testcase( zTabName[0]==0 );  /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName,
+                        sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0);
+  sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
+** token.  Space to hold the returned string
+** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+**
+** Any quotation marks (ex:  "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that
+** surround the body of the token are removed.
+**
+** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
+** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
+** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+  char *zName;
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
+    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+  }else{
+    zName = 0;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
+** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5);
+  if( p->nTab==0 ){
+    p->nTab = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name
+** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This
+** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or
+** -1 if the named db cannot be found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
+  int i = -1;         /* Database number */
+  if( zName ){
+    Db *pDb;
+    int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
+      if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && 
+          0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
+** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
+** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
+** does not exist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+  int i;                               /* Database number */
+  char *zName;                         /* Name we are searching for */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  return i;
+}
+
+/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
+** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+** 
+** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+**
+** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+**
+** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
+** database "xxx" is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
+  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
+){
+  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){
+    if( db->init.busy ) {
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database");
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return -1;
+    }
+    *pUnqual = pName2;
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
+    iDb = db->init.iDb;
+    *pUnqual = pName1;
+  }
+  return iDb;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
+** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
+** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
+** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
+** is reserved for internal use.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 
+          && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+          && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the PRIMARY KEY index of a table
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table *pTab){
+  Index *p;
+  for(p=pTab->pIndex; p && !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(p); p=p->pNext){}
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the column of index pIdx that corresponds to table
+** column iCol.  Return -1 if not found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index *pIdx, i16 iCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+    if( iCol==pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
+** the first of several action routines that get called in response
+** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
+** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
+** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
+** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
+** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
+** CREATE and TABLE.
+**
+** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
+** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
+** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
+** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
+** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
+  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
+  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
+  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
+  int isView,      /* True if this is a VIEW */
+  int isVirtual,   /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
+  int noErr        /* Do nothing if table already exists */
+){
+  Table *pTable;
+  char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
+  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
+
+  /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
+  ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+  ** 
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+  ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+  **
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+  **
+  ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+  ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
+  ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
+  ** created in.
+  */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){
+    /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless 
+    ** the database name is "temp" anyway.  */
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;
+
+  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto begin_table_error;
+  }
+  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
+  {
+    int code;
+    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
+  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
+  ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
+  ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
+  ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
+  ** collisions.
+  */
+  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
+    if( pTable ){
+      if( !noErr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
+      }else{
+        assert( !db->init.busy );
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      }
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+  if( pTable==0 ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto begin_table_error;
+  }
+  pTable->zName = zName;
+  pTable->iPKey = -1;
+  pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pTable->nRef = 1;
+  pTable->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
+
+  /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
+  ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
+  ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
+  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
+  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
+  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
+  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
+  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
+  ** now.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    int j1;
+    int fileFormat;
+    int reg1, reg2, reg3;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( isVirtual ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, 
+    ** set them now.
+    */
+    reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+    reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem;
+    reg3 = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
+                  1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+
+    /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
+    ** The record created does not contain anything yet.  It will be replaced
+    ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
+    **
+    ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid.
+    ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot.
+    ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that
+    ** sqlite3EndTable will generate.
+    */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+    if( isView || isVirtual ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      pParse->addrCrTab = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2);
+    }
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+  }
+
+  /* Normal (non-error) return. */
+  return;
+
+  /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
+begin_table_error:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
+** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
+** produces larger code.
+**
+** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
+** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
+*/
+#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
+sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]==   \
+sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)]     \
+&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )
+
+/*
+** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
+** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
+** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
+** column.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+  Column *pCol;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
+    Column *aNew;
+    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+    if( aNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      return;
+    }
+    p->aCol = aNew;
+  }
+  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
+  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+  pCol->zName = z;
+ 
+  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
+  ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
+  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
+  */
+  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  pCol->szEst = 1;
+  p->nCol++;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
+** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
+** the column currently under construction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
+  Table *p;
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
+  p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError;
+}
+
+/*
+** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
+** associated affinity type.
+**
+** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the 
+** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
+** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
+** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of 
+** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', 
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
+**
+** Substring     | Affinity
+** --------------------------------
+** 'INT'         | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
+** 'CHAR'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'CLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'TEXT'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'BLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+** 'REAL'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+** 'FLOA'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+** 'DOUB'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+**
+** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn, u8 *pszEst){
+  u32 h = 0;
+  char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+  const char *zChar = 0;
+
+  if( zIn==0 ) return aff;
+  while( zIn[0] ){
+    h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff];
+    zIn++;
+    if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){             /* CHAR */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+      zChar = zIn;
+    }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){       /* CLOB */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){       /* TEXT */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b')          /* BLOB */
+        && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+      if( zIn[0]=='(' ) zChar = zIn;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l')          /* REAL */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+    }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a')          /* FLOA */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+    }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b')          /* DOUB */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+#endif
+    }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){    /* INT */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size.  The
+  ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1.  */
+  if( pszEst ){
+    *pszEst = 1;   /* default size is approx 4 bytes */
+    if( aff<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+      if( zChar ){
+        while( zChar[0] ){
+          if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){
+            int v = 0;
+            sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v);
+            v = v/4 + 1;
+            if( v>255 ) v = 255;
+            *pszEst = v; /* BLOB(k), VARCHAR(k), CHAR(k) -> r=(k/4+1) */
+            break;
+          }
+          zChar++;
+        }
+      }else{
+        *pszEst = 5;   /* BLOB, TEXT, CLOB -> r=5  (approx 20 bytes)*/
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  The pFirst token is the first
+** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
+** column currently under construction.   pLast is the last token
+** in the sequence.  Use this information to construct a string
+** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
+** in zType.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){
+  Table *p;
+  Column *pCol;
+
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
+  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1];
+  assert( pCol->zType==0 );
+  pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType);
+  pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType, &pCol->szEst);
+}
+
+/*
+** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
+** of the table currently under construction.
+**
+** Default value expressions must be constant.  Raise an exception if this
+** is not the case.
+**
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){
+  Table *p;
+  Column *pCol;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p!=0 ){
+    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
+    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
+          pCol->zName);
+    }else{
+      /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
+      ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
+      ** is required by pragma table_info.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
+      pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
+      pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
+                                     (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
+** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
+** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
+**
+** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
+** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
+** error.
+**
+** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
+** then we will try to use that column as the rowid.  Set the Table.iPKey
+** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
+** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
+**
+** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
+** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,  /* List of field names to be indexed */
+  int onError,      /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
+  int autoInc,      /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
+  int sortOrder     /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */
+){
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+  char *zType = 0;
+  int iCol = -1, i;
+  int nTerm;
+  if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
+  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
+    goto primary_key_exit;
+  }
+  pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
+    pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
+    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+    nTerm = 1;
+  }else{
+    nTerm = pList->nExpr;
+    for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){
+      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
+          pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
+          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( nTerm==1
+   && zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
+   && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC
+  ){
+    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
+    pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError;
+    assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 );
+    pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement;
+    if( pList ) pParse->iPkSortOrder = pList->a[0].sortOrder;
+  }else if( autoInc ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
+       "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
+#endif
+  }else{
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+    Index *p;
+    if( v ) pParse->addrSkipPK = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop);
+    p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0,
+                           0, sortOrder, 0);
+    if( p ){
+      p->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY;
+      if( v ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->addrSkipPK);
+    }
+    pList = 0;
+  }
+
+primary_key_exit:
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pCheckExpr  /* The check expression */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB
+   && !sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(db->aDb[db->init.iDb].pBt)
+  ){
+    pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr);
+    if( pParse->constraintName.n ){
+      sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
+** to the CollSeq given.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *zColl;              /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
+  if( !zColl ) return;
+
+  if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl);
+    p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
+  
+    /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
+    ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
+    ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
+    */
+    for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 );
+      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
+        pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
+** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
+**
+** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
+** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
+** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
+** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
+** returned instead.
+**
+** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
+** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
+** pParse.
+**
+** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq().  This routine
+** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
+** and generates an error message.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  u8 enc = ENC(db);
+  u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy);
+  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
+    pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, enc, pColl, zName);
+  }
+
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
+**
+** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
+** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
+** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
+** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
+** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
+** since it was last read.
+**
+** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
+** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
+** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
+** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
+** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
+** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
+** but does not include the null terminator.
+**
+** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
+** really needed.
+*/
+static int identLength(const char *z){
+  int n;
+  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
+    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
+  }
+  return n + 2;
+}
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second 
+** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at
+** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the
+** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent,
+** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer
+** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning.
+** 
+** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric
+** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword,
+** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise,
+** it is quoted using double-quotes.
+*/
+static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
+  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
+  int i, j, needQuote;
+  i = *pIdx;
+
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
+  }
+  needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0])
+            || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID
+            || zIdent[j]!=0
+            || j==0;
+
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
+    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  z[i] = 0;
+  *pIdx = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
+** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
+*/
+static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  int i, k, n;
+  char *zStmt;
+  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd;
+  Column *pCol;
+  n = 0;
+  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5;
+  }
+  n += identLength(p->zName);
+  if( n<50 ){ 
+    zSep = "";
+    zSep2 = ",";
+    zEnd = ")";
+  }else{
+    zSep = "\n  ";
+    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
+    zEnd = "\n)";
+  }
+  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
+  zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n);
+  if( zStmt==0 ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
+  k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
+  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
+  zStmt[k++] = '(';
+  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    static const char * const azType[] = {
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    */ " TEXT",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE    */ "",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL    */ " REAL"
+    };
+    int len;
+    const char *zType;
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
+    zSep = zSep2;
+    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
+    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 );
+    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
+    
+    zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT];
+    len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
+    assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE 
+            || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) );
+    memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
+    k += len;
+    assert( k<=n );
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
+  return zStmt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize an Index object to hold N columns total.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success and SQLITE_NOMEM on an OOM error.
+*/
+static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){
+  char *zExtra;
+  int nByte;
+  if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pIdx->isResized==0 );
+  nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N;
+  zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+  if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn);
+  pIdx->azColl = (char**)zExtra;
+  zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N;
+  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn);
+  pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra;
+  zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N;
+  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aSortOrder, pIdx->nColumn);
+  pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)zExtra;
+  pIdx->nColumn = N;
+  pIdx->isResized = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Estimate the total row width for a table.
+*/
+static void estimateTableWidth(Table *pTab){
+  unsigned wTable = 0;
+  const Column *pTabCol;
+  int i;
+  for(i=pTab->nCol, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; i>0; i--, pTabCol++){
+    wTable += pTabCol->szEst;
+  }
+  if( pTab->iPKey<0 ) wTable++;
+  pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(wTable*4);
+}
+
+/*
+** Estimate the average size of a row for an index.
+*/
+static void estimateIndexWidth(Index *pIdx){
+  unsigned wIndex = 0;
+  int i;
+  const Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol;
+  for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+    i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+    assert( x<pIdx->pTable->nCol );
+    wIndex += x<0 ? 1 : aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].szEst;
+  }
+  pIdx->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(wIndex*4);
+}
+
+/* Return true if value x is found any of the first nCol entries of aiCol[]
+*/
+static int hasColumn(const i16 *aiCol, int nCol, int x){
+  while( nCol-- > 0 ) if( x==*(aiCol++) ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that
+** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause.  The job of this routine is to convert both
+** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they
+** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table.
+** Changes include:
+**
+**     (1)  Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex.  There is
+**          no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID.  Instead, the canonical
+**          data storage is a covering index btree.
+**     (2)  Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry
+**          for the PRIMARY KEY as the the primary key index is now
+**          identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself.
+**     (3)  Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the
+**          schema to the rootpage from the main table.
+**     (4)  Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
+**     (5)  Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object
+**          so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index.  The surplus
+**          columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for
+**          sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks.
+**     (6)  Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE
+**          indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns.
+*/
+static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Index *pPk;
+  int nPk;
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+
+  /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the
+  ** root-page for the table into a OP_CreateIndex opcode.  The index
+  ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index.
+  */
+  if( pParse->addrCrTab ){
+    assert( v );
+    sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrCrTab)->opcode = OP_CreateIndex;
+  }
+
+  /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master
+  ** table entry.
+  */
+  if( pParse->addrSkipPK ){
+    assert( v );
+    sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrSkipPK)->opcode = OP_Goto;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index.  Or, if this table was originally
+  ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. 
+  */
+  if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    ExprList *pList;
+    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0);
+    if( pList==0 ) return;
+    pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db,
+                                        pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName);
+    pList->a[0].sortOrder = pParse->iPkSortOrder;
+    assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab );
+    pPk = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( pPk==0 ) return;
+    pPk->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY;
+    pTab->iPKey = -1;
+  }else{
+    pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+  }
+  pPk->isCovering = 1;
+  assert( pPk!=0 );
+  nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+
+  /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL */
+  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
+    pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].notNull = 1;
+  }
+  pPk->uniqNotNull = 1;
+
+  /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */
+  pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum;
+
+  /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting
+  ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY.
+  */
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    int n;
+    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ) continue;
+    for(i=n=0; i<nPk; i++){
+      if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ) n++;
+    }
+    if( n==0 ){
+      /* This index is a superset of the primary key */
+      pIdx->nColumn = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( resizeIndexObject(db, pIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol+n) ) return;
+    for(i=0, j=pIdx->nKeyCol; i<nPk; i++){
+      if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){
+        pIdx->aiColumn[j] = pPk->aiColumn[i];
+        pIdx->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i];
+        j++;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pIdx->nColumn>=pIdx->nKeyCol+n );
+    assert( pIdx->nColumn>=j );
+  }
+
+  /* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index
+  */
+  if( nPk<pTab->nCol ){
+    if( resizeIndexObject(db, pPk, pTab->nCol) ) return;
+    for(i=0, j=nPk; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, i) ){
+        assert( j<pPk->nColumn );
+        pPk->aiColumn[j] = i;
+        pPk->azColl[j] = "BINARY";
+        j++;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pPk->nColumn==j );
+    assert( pTab->nCol==j );
+  }else{
+    pPk->nColumn = pTab->nCol;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
+** a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** The table structure that other action routines have been building
+** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
+** occurred.
+**
+** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
+** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
+** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
+** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
+** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
+** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
+**
+** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
+** was called to create a table generated from a 
+** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
+** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
+  Token *pCons,           /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
+  Token *pEnd,            /* The ')' before options in the CREATE TABLE */
+  u8 tabOpts,             /* Extra table options. Usually 0. */
+  Select *pSelect         /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
+){
+  Table *p;                 /* The new table */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+  int iDb;                  /* Database in which the table lives */
+  Index *pIdx;              /* An implied index of the table */
+
+  if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){
+    return;
+  }
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+
+  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
+  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
+  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
+  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
+  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+  }
+
+  /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */
+  if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){
+    if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+          "AUTOINCREMENT not allowed on WITHOUT ROWID tables");
+      return;
+    }
+    if( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "PRIMARY KEY missing on table %s", p->zName);
+    }else{
+      p->tabFlags |= TF_WithoutRowid;
+      convertToWithoutRowidTable(pParse, p);
+    }
+  }
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
+  */
+  if( p->pCheck ){
+    sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, p, NC_IsCheck, 0, p->pCheck);
+  }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
+
+  /* Estimate the average row size for the table and for all implied indices */
+  estimateTableWidth(p);
+  for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    estimateIndexWidth(pIdx);
+  }
+
+  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
+  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.
+  **
+  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
+  ** file instead of into the main database file.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    int n;
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *zType;    /* "view" or "table" */
+    char *zType2;   /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
+    char *zStmt;    /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
+
+    /* 
+    ** Initialize zType for the new view or table.
+    */
+    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
+      /* A regular table */
+      zType = "table";
+      zType2 = "TABLE";
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+    }else{
+      /* A view */
+      zType = "view";
+      zType2 = "VIEW";
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
+    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
+    ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot.
+    **
+    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
+    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
+    ** by the new table.
+    **
+    ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
+    ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
+    ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
+    ** be redundant.
+    */
+    if( pSelect ){
+      SelectDest dest;
+      Table *pSelTab;
+
+      assert(pParse->nTab==1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG);
+      pParse->nTab = 2;
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1);
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1);
+      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+        pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect);
+        if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
+        assert( p->aCol==0 );
+        p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+        p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+        pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+        pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+        sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
+    if( pSelect ){
+      zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p);
+    }else{
+      Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd;
+      n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z);
+      if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n;
+      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+          "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
+      );
+    }
+
+    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
+    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
+    ** the information we've collected.
+    */
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
+         "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q "
+       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+      zType,
+      p->zName,
+      p->zName,
+      pParse->regRoot,
+      zStmt,
+      pParse->regRowid
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+    /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
+    ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
+    */
+    if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+      Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+      if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
+        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+          "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
+          pDb->zName
+        );
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+           sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q' AND type!='trigger'", p->zName));
+  }
+
+
+  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Table *pOld;
+    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName,
+                             sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p);
+    if( pOld ){
+      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+    if( !p->pSelect ){
+      const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
+      int nName;
+      assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
+      if( pCons->z==0 ){
+        pCons = pEnd;
+      }
+      nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName);
+      p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
+  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
+  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
+  int isTemp,        /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
+  int noErr          /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
+){
+  Table *p;
+  int n;
+  const char *z;
+  Token sEnd;
+  DbFixer sFix;
+  Token *pName = 0;
+  int iDb;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
+  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName);
+  if( sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
+  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
+  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
+  ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+  */
+  p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
+  ** the end.
+  */
+  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
+  if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
+    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
+  }
+  sEnd.n = 0;
+  n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z);
+  z = pBegin->z;
+  while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; }
+  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
+  sEnd.n = 1;
+
+  /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0);
+  return;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+/*
+** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
+** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
+** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
+  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
+  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
+  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
+  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+
+  assert( pTable );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
+  ** already known.
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
+  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
+  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
+  **
+  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
+  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
+  **
+  ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point.
+  ** But the following test is still important as it does come up
+  ** in the following:
+  ** 
+  **     CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a);
+  **     CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1;
+  **     SELECT * FROM temp.ex1;
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
+  ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
+  ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
+  ** to the elements of the FROM clause.  But we do not want these changes
+  ** to be permanent.  So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
+  ** statement that defines the view.
+  */
+  assert( pTable->pSelect );
+  pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0);
+  if( pSel ){
+    u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+    n = pParse->nTab;
+    sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
+    pTable->nCol = -1;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    xAuth = db->xAuth;
+    db->xAuth = 0;
+    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
+    db->xAuth = xAuth;
+#else
+    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
+#endif
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+    pParse->nTab = n;
+    if( pSelTab ){
+      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
+      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
+      pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
+    }else{
+      pTable->nCol = 0;
+      nErr++;
+    }
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
+  } else {
+    nErr++;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+  return nErr;  
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+/*
+** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
+*/
+static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
+  HashElem *i;
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) );
+  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( pTab->pSelect ){
+      sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab);
+      pTab->aCol = 0;
+      pTab->nCol = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
+}
+#else
+# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
+** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
+** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
+** to iTo.
+**
+** Ticket #1728:  The symbol table might still contain information
+** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
+** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
+** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
+** being moved.  So we cannot stop searching after the first match 
+** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
+** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
+** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
+** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
+** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Hash *pHash;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
+      pTab->tnum = iTo;
+    }
+  }
+  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
+      pIdx->tnum = iTo;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
+** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
+** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
+** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+*/ 
+static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb);
+  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
+  ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
+  ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
+  ** reflect this.
+  **
+  ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
+  ** is in register NNN.  See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER
+  ** token for additional information.
+  */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+     "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
+     pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1);
+#endif
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
+** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
+** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
+** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+*/
+static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+  }
+#else
+  /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
+  ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically 
+  ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
+  ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
+  ** following were coded:
+  **
+  ** OP_Destroy 4 0
+  ** ...
+  ** OP_Destroy 5 0
+  **
+  ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
+  ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the 
+  ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
+  ** a free-list page.
+  */
+  int iTab = pTab->tnum;
+  int iDestroyed = 0;
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    int iLargest = 0;
+
+    if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){
+      iLargest = iTab;
+    }
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
+      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){
+        iLargest = iIdx;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iLargest==0 ){
+      return;
+    }else{
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+      assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
+      destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
+      iDestroyed = iLargest;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3))
+** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ClearStatTables(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parsing context */
+  int iDb,               /* The database number */
+  const char *zType,     /* "idx" or "tbl" */
+  const char *zName      /* Name of index or table */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  for(i=1; i<=4; i++){
+    char zTab[24];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i);
+    if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
+        zDbName, zTab, zType, zName
+      );
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to drop a table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
+  ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
+  ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
+  */
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+  while( pTrigger ){
+    assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || 
+        pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+    sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
+    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
+  ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
+  ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
+  ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
+  */
+  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
+      pDb->zName, pTab->zName
+    );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
+  ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
+  ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
+  ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be
+  ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
+  ** database.
+  */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+      "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
+      pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);
+  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
+  ** the schema cookie.
+  */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
+** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++;
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, isView, &pName->a[0]);
+  if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--;
+
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+
+  /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure
+  ** it is initialized.
+  */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zArg2 = 0;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
+      zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
+    && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
+  ** on a table.
+  */
+  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
+  ** on disk.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName);
+    sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab);
+    sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView);
+  }
+
+exit_drop_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
+** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
+** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
+** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
+** the table referred to (a.k.a the "parent" table).  pToCol is a list
+** of tables in the parent pTo table.  flags contains all
+** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
+** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
+**
+** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
+** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.
+**
+** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
+** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
+  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
+  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
+  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  FKey *pFKey = 0;
+  FKey *pNextTo;
+  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  int nByte;
+  int i;
+  int nCol;
+  char *z;
+
+  assert( pTo!=0 );
+  if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
+    if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end;
+    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
+         " should reference only one column of table %T",
+         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
+      goto fk_end;
+    }
+    nCol = 1;
+  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
+        "columns in the referenced table");
+    goto fk_end;
+  }else{
+    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
+  }
+  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
+      nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte );
+  if( pFKey==0 ){
+    goto fk_end;
+  }
+  pFKey->pFrom = p;
+  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
+  z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol];
+  pFKey->zTo = z;
+  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
+  z[pTo->n] = 0;
+  sqlite3Dequote(z);
+  z += pTo->n+1;
+  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=p->nCol ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
+          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
+        goto fk_end;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName);
+      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
+      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
+      z[n] = 0;
+      z += n+1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
+  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
+  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
+  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
+      pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey
+  );
+  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    goto fk_end;
+  }
+  if( pNextTo ){
+    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
+    pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo;
+    pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey;
+  }
+
+  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
+  */
+  p->pFKey = pFKey;
+  pFKey = 0;
+
+fk_end:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
+** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
+** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
+** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
+** accordingly.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  Table *pTab;
+  FKey *pFKey;
+  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
+  assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
+  pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx.  This is
+** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
+** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
+**
+** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
+** created.  The register specified by memRootPage contains the
+** root page number of the index.  If memRootPage is negative, then
+** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
+** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
+*/
+static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
+  Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;  /* The table that is indexed */
+  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
+  int iIdx = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
+  int iSorter;                   /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
+  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
+  int addr2;                     /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
+  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
+  int iPartIdxLabel;             /* Jump to this label to skip a row */
+  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
+  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assemblied index record */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
+  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
+  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
+    tnum = memRootPage;
+  }else{
+    tnum = pIndex->tnum;
+  }
+  pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex);
+
+  /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */
+  iSorter = pParse->nTab++;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, 0, (char*)
+                    sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO);
+
+  /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index
+  ** records into the sorter. */
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+
+  sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse,pIndex,iTab,regRecord,0,&iPartIdxLabel,0,0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord);
+  sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
+                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));
+
+  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
+  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None && pKey!=0 ){
+    int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2);
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
+                         pKey->nField - pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
+  }else{
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns.
+**
+** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes
+** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a
+** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* Database connection */
+  i16 nCol,            /* Total number of columns in the index */
+  int nExtra,          /* Number of bytes of extra space to alloc */
+  char **ppExtra       /* Pointer to the "extra" space */
+){
+  Index *p;            /* Allocated index object */
+  int nByte;           /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */
+
+  nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) +              /* Index structure  */
+          ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol) +         /* Index.azColl     */
+          ROUND8(sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1) +     /* Index.aiRowLogEst   */
+                 sizeof(i16)*nCol +            /* Index.aiColumn   */
+                 sizeof(u8)*nCol);             /* Index.aSortOrder */
+  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte + nExtra);
+  if( p ){
+    char *pExtra = ((char*)p)+ROUND8(sizeof(Index));
+    p->azColl = (char**)pExtra;       pExtra += ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol);
+    p->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1);
+    p->aiColumn = (i16*)pExtra;       pExtra += sizeof(i16)*nCol;
+    p->aSortOrder = (u8*)pExtra;
+    p->nColumn = nCol;
+    p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1;
+    *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
+** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
+** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
+** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
+** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
+** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
+** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
+** to the table currently under construction.  
+**
+** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index
+** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index
+** as the tables primary key (Index.idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* All information about this parse */
+  Token *pName1,     /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
+  Token *pName2,     /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
+  SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
+  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
+  int onError,       /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  Token *pStart,     /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */
+  Expr *pPIWhere,    /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
+  int sortOrder,     /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
+  int ifNotExist     /* Omit error if index already exists */
+){
+  Index *pRet = 0;     /* Pointer to return */
+  Table *pTab = 0;     /* Table to be indexed */
+  Index *pIndex = 0;   /* The index to be created */
+  char *zName = 0;     /* Name of the index */
+  int nName;           /* Number of characters in zName */
+  int i, j;
+  DbFixer sFix;        /* For assigning database names to pTable */
+  int sortOrderMask;   /* 1 to honor DESC in index.  0 to ignore. */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;             /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database that is being written */
+  Token *pName = 0;    /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
+  struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
+  const Column *pTabCol;           /* A column in the table */
+  int nExtra = 0;                  /* Space allocated for zExtra[] */
+  int nExtraCol;                   /* Number of extra columns needed */
+  char *zExtra = 0;                /* Extra space after the Index object */
+  Index *pPk = 0;      /* PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
+
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );      /* Never called with prior errors */
+  if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
+  */
+  if( pTblName!=0 ){
+
+    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
+    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
+    ** before looking up the table.
+    */
+    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( pName && pName->z );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table
+    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this
+    ** if initialising a database schema.
+    */
+    if( !db->init.busy ){
+      pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
+      if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+        iDb = 1;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName);
+    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){
+      /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
+      ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
+      assert(0);
+    }
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pTblName->a[0]);
+    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 );
+    if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+           "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"",
+           pTab->zName);
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+  }else{
+    assert( pName==0 );
+    assert( pStart==0 );
+    pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  }
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
+       && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
+  ** index or table with the same name.  
+  **
+  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
+  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
+  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
+  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
+  **
+  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
+  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
+  ** own name.
+  */
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( pName->z!=0 );
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    if( !db->init.busy ){
+      if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
+      if( !ifNotExist ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
+      }else{
+        assert( !db->init.busy );
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      }
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }else{
+    int n;
+    Index *pLoop;
+    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
+    zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n);
+    if( zName==0 ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    const char *zDb = pDb->zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
+  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
+  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
+  */
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0);
+    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db,
+                                        pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName);
+    pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
+  ** specified collation sequence names.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( pExpr ){
+      assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
+      nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* 
+  ** Allocate the index structure. 
+  */
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1;
+  pIndex = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(db, pList->nExpr + nExtraCol,
+                                      nName + nExtra + 1, &zExtra);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowLogEst) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) );
+  pIndex->zName = zExtra;
+  zExtra += nName + 1;
+  memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
+  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
+  pIndex->onError = (u8)onError;
+  pIndex->uniqNotNull = onError!=OE_None;
+  pIndex->idxType = pName ? SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF : SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE;
+  pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pIndex->nKeyCol = pList->nExpr;
+  if( pPIWhere ){
+    sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_PartIdx, pPIWhere, 0);
+    pIndex->pPartIdxWhere = pPIWhere;
+    pPIWhere = 0;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+
+  /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
+  */
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
+    sortOrderMask = -1;   /* Honor DESC */
+  }else{
+    sortOrderMask = 0;    /* Ignore DESC */
+  }
+
+  /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
+  ** load the column indices into the Index structure.  Report an error
+  ** if any column is not found.
+  **
+  ** TODO:  Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named
+  ** more than once within the same index.  Only the first instance of
+  ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer.  Note that using the
+  ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would 
+  ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
+  */
+  for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){
+    const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
+    int requestedSortOrder;
+    char *zColl;                   /* Collation sequence name */
+
+    for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pTabCol++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
+        pTab->zName, zColName);
+      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    assert( pTab->nCol<=0x7fff && j<=0x7fff );
+    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j;
+    if( pListItem->pExpr ){
+      int nColl;
+      assert( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
+      zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken;
+      nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
+      assert( nExtra>=nColl );
+      memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl);
+      zColl = zExtra;
+      zExtra += nColl;
+      nExtra -= nColl;
+    }else{
+      zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
+      if( !zColl ) zColl = "BINARY";
+    }
+    if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
+    requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
+    pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder;
+    if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0;
+  }
+  if( pPk ){
+    for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
+      int x = pPk->aiColumn[j];
+      if( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn, pIndex->nKeyCol, x) ){
+        pIndex->nColumn--; 
+      }else{
+        pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x;
+        pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j];
+        pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = pPk->aSortOrder[j];
+        i++;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( i==pIndex->nColumn );
+  }else{
+    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = -1;
+    pIndex->azColl[i] = "BINARY";
+  }
+  sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
+  if( pParse->pNewTable==0 ) estimateIndexWidth(pIndex);
+
+  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
+    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
+    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
+    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
+    ** i.e. one of:
+    **
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
+    **
+    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
+    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
+    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
+    ** explicit indices.
+    **
+    ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent
+    ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different
+    ** sort orders.
+    **
+    ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
+    ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
+    ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
+    */
+    Index *pIdx;
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int k;
+      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
+      assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF );
+      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );
+
+      if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue;
+      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nKeyCol; k++){
+        const char *z1;
+        const char *z2;
+        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
+        z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
+        z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
+        if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
+      }
+      if( k==pIdx->nKeyCol ){
+        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
+          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
+          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
+          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
+          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
+          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
+          ** explicitly specified behavior for the index.
+          */
+          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
+          }
+          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
+            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
+          }
+        }
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
+  ** in-memory database structures. 
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Index *p;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
+    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
+                          pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName),
+                          pIndex);
+    if( p ){
+      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+    if( pTblName!=0 ){
+      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the
+  ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then
+  ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for
+  ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with
+  ** content.  But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master
+  ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index
+  ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.
+  **
+  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as an implied PRIMARY KEY
+  ** or UNIQUE index in a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
+  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
+  ** step can be skipped.
+  */
+  else if( pParse->nErr==0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || pTblName!=0) ){
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *zStmt;
+    int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+
+
+    /* Create the rootpage for the index
+    */
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem);
+
+    /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
+    ** the zStmt variable
+    */
+    if( pStart ){
+      int n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z - pName->z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
+      if( pName->z[n-1]==';' ) n--;
+      /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
+      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
+        onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", n, pName->z);
+    }else{
+      /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
+      /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
+      zStmt = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
+    */
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
+        db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+        pIndex->zName,
+        pTab->zName,
+        iMem,
+        zStmt
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+
+    /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
+    ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
+    */
+    if( pTblName ){
+      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
+      sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
+  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
+  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct constraint check
+  ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of
+  ** UPDATE and INSERT statements.  
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
+    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
+         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
+      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
+      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
+    }else{
+      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
+      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
+        pOther = pOther->pNext;
+      }
+      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
+    }
+    pRet = pIndex;
+    pIndex = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up before exiting */
+exit_create_index:
+  if( pIndex ) freeIndex(db, pIndex);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPIWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
+** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
+**
+** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index.
+** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
+** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
+** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
+** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns
+** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
+*
+**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
+**           aiRowEst[N]>=1
+**
+** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
+** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized.  The numbers generated here
+** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
+  /*                10,  9,  8,  7,  6 */
+  LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 };
+  LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst;
+  int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol);
+  int i;
+
+  /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated 
+  ** number of rows in the table. Or 10, if the estimated number of rows 
+  ** in the table is less than that.  */
+  a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst;
+  if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33;        assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) );
+
+  /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is
+  ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5.  */
+  memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst));
+  for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+    a[i] = 23;                    assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) );
+  }
+
+  assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) );
+  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
+** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );   /* Never called with prior errors */
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( pIndex==0 ){
+    if( !ifExists ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  if( pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
+      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
+    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
+       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName
+    );
+    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
+  }
+
+exit_drop_index:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the
+** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc()
+** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end.
+**
+** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of
+** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes
+** in total).
+**
+** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the
+** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to
+** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation
+** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains
+** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+  sqlite3 *db,      /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
+  void *pArray,     /* Array of objects.  Might be reallocated */
+  int szEntry,      /* Size of each object in the array */
+  int *pnEntry,     /* Number of objects currently in use */
+  int *pIdx         /* Write the index of a new slot here */
+){
+  char *z;
+  int n = *pnEntry;
+  if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){
+    int sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n;
+    void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry);
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      *pIdx = -1;
+      return pArray;
+    }
+    pArray = pNew;
+  }
+  z = (char*)pArray;
+  memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry);
+  *pIdx = n;
+  ++*pnEntry;
+  return pArray;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
+** need be.
+**
+** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+      db,
+      pList->a,
+      sizeof(pList->a[0]),
+      &pList->nId,
+      &i
+  );
+  if( i<0 ){
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an IdList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
+** if not found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by
+** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart.  iStart is zero based.
+** New slots are zeroed.
+**
+** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B.
+** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this:
+**
+**    sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2);
+**
+** After the call above it would contain:  A, B, nil, nil, nil.
+** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result
+** would have been:  A, nil, nil, nil, B.  To prepend the new slots,
+** the iStart value would be 0.  The result then would
+** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B.
+**
+** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged.  The
+** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */
+  SrcList *pSrc,     /* The SrcList to be enlarged */
+  int nExtra,        /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */
+  int iStart         /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */
+  assert( iStart>=0 );
+  assert( nExtra>=1 );
+  assert( pSrc!=0 );
+  assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc );
+
+  /* Allocate additional space if needed */
+  if( (u32)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){
+    SrcList *pNew;
+    int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra;
+    int nGot;
+    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc,
+               sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) );
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      assert( db->mallocFailed );
+      return pSrc;
+    }
+    pSrc = pNew;
+    nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1;
+    pSrc->nAlloc = nGot;
+  }
+
+  /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots
+  ** out of the way */
+  for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){
+    pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i];
+  }
+  pSrc->nSrc += nExtra;
+
+  /* Zero the newly allocated slots */
+  memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra);
+  for(i=iStart; i<iStart+nExtra; i++){
+    pSrc->a[i].iCursor = -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */
+  return pSrc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
+** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL.
+**
+** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error.  The returned
+** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be
+** a new one.  If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList
+** that is input to this routine is automatically freed.
+**
+** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
+** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
+** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
+** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
+** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
+** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
+** or with NULL if no database is specified.
+**
+** In other words, if call like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0);
+**
+** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
+** like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C);
+**
+** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.  If C is defined
+** then so is B.  In other words, we never have a case where:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C);
+**
+** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted.  They are dequoted
+** before being added to the SrcList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(
+  sqlite3 *db,        /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
+  SrcList *pList,     /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */
+  Token *pTable,      /* Table to append */
+  Token *pDatabase    /* Database of the table */
+){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 );  /* Cannot have C without B */
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+    pList->nAlloc = 1;
+  }
+  pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1];
+  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
+    pDatabase = 0;
+  }
+  if( pDatabase ){
+    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
+    pDatabase = pTable;
+    pTable = pTemp;
+  }
+  pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable);
+  pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase);
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( pList ){
+    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+      if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
+      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex);
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
+** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
+** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
+** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
+** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
+** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
+** usual case.  If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the
+** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
+** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
+** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
+** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
+**
+** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
+** term added.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  SrcList *p,             /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
+  Token *pTable,          /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
+  Token *pDatabase,       /* Name of the database containing pTable */
+  Token *pAlias,          /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
+  Select *pSubquery,      /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
+  Expr *pOn,              /* The ON clause of a join */
+  IdList *pUsing          /* The USING clause of a join */
+){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", 
+      (pOn ? "ON" : "USING")
+    );
+    goto append_from_error;
+  }
+  p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase);
+  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){
+    goto append_from_error;
+  }
+  pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+  assert( pAlias!=0 );
+  if( pAlias->n ){
+    pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias);
+  }
+  pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
+  pItem->pOn = pOn;
+  pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
+  return p;
+
+ append_from_error:
+  assert( p==0 );
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added 
+** element of the source-list passed as the second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){
+  assert( pIndexedBy!=0 );
+  if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+    assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 );
+    if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){
+      /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y 
+      ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */
+      pItem->notIndexed = 1;
+    }else{
+      pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
+** is initially attached to the left operand.  But the code generator
+** expects the join operator to be on the right operand.  This routine
+** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
+** clause.
+**
+** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
+**
+**           A natural cross join B
+**
+** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
+** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
+** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
+  if( p ){
+    int i;
+    assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 );
+    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
+      p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
+    }
+    p->a[0].jointype = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+/*  if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
+      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  assert( pParse->db!=0 );
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  assert( pParse->db!=0 );
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create,
+** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){
+  char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
+  if( zName ){
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" };
+    assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 );
+#endif
+    if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName);
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
+** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
+    int rc;
+    Btree *pBt;
+    static const int flags = 
+          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
+        "file for storing temporary tables");
+      pParse->rc = rc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt;
+    assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+    if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Record the fact that the schema cookie will need to be verified
+** for database iDb.  The code to actually verify the schema cookie
+** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated
+** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;
+  yDbMask mask;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
+  assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  mask = ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
+  if( (pToplevel->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
+    pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask;
+    pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+      sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each 
+** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
+** might change the database.
+**
+** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
+** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
+** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
+** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
+** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
+** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
+** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
+** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+  pToplevel->writeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
+  pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
+}
+
+/*
+** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
+** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
+** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)
+** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will
+** be necessary to undo the completed writes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1;
+}
+
+/* 
+** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is
+** possible to abort a statement prior to completion.  In order to 
+** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make
+** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction.
+**
+** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the
+** isMultiWrite flag was previously set.  There is a time dependency
+** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite.  This makes
+** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm
+** go a little faster.  But taking advantage of this time dependency
+** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in 
+** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective
+** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen
+** to take the safe route and skip the optimization.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  pToplevel->mayAbort = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
+** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement
+** and/or current transaction is rolled back.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  int errCode,      /* extended error code */
+  int onError,      /* Constraint type */
+  char *p4,         /* Error message */
+  i8 p4type,        /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */
+  u8 p5Errmsg       /* P5_ErrMsg type */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
+  if( onError==OE_Abort ){
+    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, errCode, onError, 0, p4, p4type);
+  if( p5Errmsg ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5Errmsg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Halt due to UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint violation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  int onError,      /* Constraint type */
+  Index *pIdx       /* The index that triggers the constraint */
+){
+  char *zErr;
+  int j;
+  StrAccum errMsg;
+  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200);
+  errMsg.db = pParse->db;
+  for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
+    char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
+    if( j ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ", ", 2);
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, pTab->zName);
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ".", 1);
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, zCol);
+  }
+  zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg);
+  sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, 
+    IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY 
+                            : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE,
+    onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Halt due to non-unique rowid.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  int onError,      /* Conflict resolution algorithm */
+  Table *pTab       /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ 
+){
+  char *zMsg;
+  int rc;
+  if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
+                          pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName);
+    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY;
+  }else{
+    zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.rowid", pTab->zName);
+    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID;
+  }
+  sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, rc, onError, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC,
+                        P5_ConstraintUnique);
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl.  Return
+** true if it does and false if it does not.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
+  int i;
+  assert( zColl!=0 );
+  for(i=0; i<pIndex->nColumn; i++){
+    const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
+    assert( z!=0 || pIndex->aiColumn[i]<0 );
+    if( pIndex->aiColumn[i]>=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
+** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
+  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
+
+  for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
+    if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
+** indices use the collating sequence pColl.  If pColl==0 then recompute
+** all indices everywhere.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
+  Db *pDb;                    /* A single database */
+  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
+  HashElem *k;                /* For looping over tables in pDb */
+  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );  /* Needed for schema access */
+  for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
+    assert( pDb!=0 );
+    for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash);  k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+      pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+      reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
+**
+**        REINDEX                            -- 1
+**        REINDEX  <collation>               -- 2
+**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
+**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<indexname>  -- 4
+**
+** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
+** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
+** collating function.  Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
+** indices associated with the named table.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
+  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
+  char *z;                    /* Name of a table or index */
+  const char *zDb;            /* Name of the database */
+  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
+  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
+  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
+  Token *pObjName;            /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( pName1==0 ){
+    reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
+    return;
+  }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){
+    char *zColl;
+    assert( pName1->z );
+    zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1);
+    if( !zColl ) return;
+    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
+    if( pColl ){
+      reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
+  if( pTab ){
+    reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+    return;
+  }
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+  if( pIndex ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index.
+**
+** The KeyInfo structure for an index is cached in the Index object.
+** So there might be multiple references to the returned pointer.  The
+** caller should not try to modify the KeyInfo object.
+**
+** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object
+** when it has finished using it.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db!=pParse->db ){
+    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo);
+    pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pIdx->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+    int i;
+    int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+    int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol;
+    KeyInfo *pKey;
+    if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){
+      pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey);
+    }else{
+      pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0);
+    }
+    if( pKey ){
+      assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) );
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
+        assert( zColl!=0 );
+        pKey->aColl[i] = strcmp(zColl,"BINARY")==0 ? 0 :
+                          sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
+        pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
+      }
+      if( pParse->nErr ){
+        sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey);
+      }else{
+        pIdx->pKeyInfo = pKey;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pIdx->pKeyInfo);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+/* 
+** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a 
+** WITH clause. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  With *pWith,            /* Existing WITH clause, or NULL */
+  Token *pName,           /* Name of the common-table */
+  ExprList *pArglist,     /* Optional column name list for the table */
+  Select *pQuery          /* Query used to initialize the table */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  With *pNew;
+  char *zName;
+
+  /* Check that the CTE name is unique within this WITH clause. If
+  ** not, store an error in the Parse structure. */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
+  if( zName && pWith ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, pWith->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate WITH table name: %s", zName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pWith ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(*pWith) + (sizeof(pWith->a[1]) * pWith->nCte);
+    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pWith, nByte);
+  }else{
+    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pWith));
+  }
+  assert( zName!=0 || pNew==0 );
+  assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pNew==0 );
+
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pArglist);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pQuery);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+    pNew = pWith;
+  }else{
+    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pSelect = pQuery;
+    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pCols = pArglist;
+    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zName = zName;
+    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zErr = 0;
+    pNew->nCte++;
+  }
+
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the contents of the With object passed as the second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){
+  if( pWith ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
+      struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i];
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCte->pCols);
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pCte->pSelect);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCte->zName);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWith);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CTE) */
+
+/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 May 23 
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
+** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
+** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName.
+*/
+static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){
+  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
+  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
+    char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+    if( !zExternal ) return;
+    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
+    char const *zExternal;
+    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+    if( zExternal ){
+      db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
+** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
+** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
+** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
+** possible.
+*/
+static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
+  CollSeq *pColl2;
+  char *z = pColl->zName;
+  int i;
+  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
+  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
+    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0);
+    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
+      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
+      pColl->xDel = 0;         /* Do not copy the destructor */
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
+** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
+** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding.
+** 
+** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
+** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
+**
+** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
+** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
+** sequence can be found.  If no collation is found, leave an error message.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  u8 enc,               /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */
+  CollSeq *pColl,       /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */
+  const char *zName     /* Collating sequence name */
+){
+  CollSeq *p;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  p = pColl;
+  if( !p ){
+    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
+  }
+  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
+    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+    */
+    callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName);
+    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
+  }
+  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
+    p = 0;
+  }
+  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
+** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
+** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
+** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
+**
+** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
+** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
+** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
+** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+  if( pColl ){
+    const char *zName = pColl->zName;
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), pColl, zName);
+    if( !p ){
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    assert( p==pColl );
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
+** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
+** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
+** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
+** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
+**
+** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
+** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
+** each collation sequence structure.
+*/
+static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
+  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
+  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+
+  if( 0==pColl && create ){
+    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
+    if( pColl ){
+      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
+      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
+      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
+      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
+
+      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
+      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
+      ** to the hash table).
+      */
+      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
+      if( pDel!=0 ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
+        pColl = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
+** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
+** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
+**
+** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
+** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
+** this routine.  sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
+** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
+** cannot be found.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  u8 enc,
+  const char *zName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  if( zName ){
+    pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create);
+  }else{
+    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+  }
+  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure
+** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument
+** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system
+** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the
+** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match.
+**
+** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg
+** is also -1.  In other words, we are searching for a function that
+** takes a variable number of arguments.
+**
+** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function 
+** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive
+** match score for any
+**
+** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows:
+**
+** 0: Not a match.
+** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments.
+** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args.
+** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments
+** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly
+** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly
+** 6: Perfect match:  encoding and argument count match exactly.
+**
+** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xStep or xFunc is
+** a perfect match and any function with both xStep and xFunc NULL is
+** a non-match.
+*/
+#define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6  /* The score for a perfect match */
+static int matchQuality(
+  FuncDef *p,     /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */
+  int nArg,       /* Desired number of arguments.  (-1)==any */
+  u8 enc          /* Desired text encoding */
+){
+  int match;
+
+  /* nArg of -2 is a special case */
+  if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xFunc==0 && p->xStep==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH;
+
+  /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */
+  if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments
+  ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */
+  if( p->nArg==nArg ){
+    match = 4;
+  }else{
+    match = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */
+  if( enc==(p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) ){
+    match += 2;  /* Exact encoding match */
+  }else if( (enc & p->funcFlags & 2)!=0 ){
+    match += 1;  /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */
+  }
+
+  return match;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name.  Return
+** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match.
+*/
+static FuncDef *functionSearch(
+  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* Hash table to search */
+  int h,               /* Hash of the name */
+  const char *zFunc,   /* Name of function */
+  int nFunc            /* Number of bytes in zFunc */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;
+  for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){
+      return p;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(
+  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* The hash table into which to insert */
+  FuncDef *pDef        /* The function definition to insert */
+){
+  FuncDef *pOther;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName);
+  u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0];
+  int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a);
+  pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName);
+  if( pOther ){
+    assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef );
+    pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+    pOther->pNext = pDef;
+  }else{
+    pDef->pNext = 0;
+    pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h];
+    pHash->a[h] = pDef;
+  }
+}
+  
+  
+
+/*
+** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
+** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
+** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
+** NULL if the function does not exist.
+**
+** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
+** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
+** no matching function previously existed.
+**
+** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned.  A
+** function is valid if either xFunc or xStep is non-zero.  The nArg==(-2)
+** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number
+** of arguments.  If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0.
+**
+** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
+** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
+** match that requested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
+  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
+  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
+  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
+  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
+  u8 createFlag      /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
+  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
+  int bestScore = 0;  /* Score of best match */
+  int h;              /* Hash value */
+
+  assert( nArg>=(-2) );
+  assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 );
+  h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a);
+
+  /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions.
+  */
+  p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName);
+  while( p ){
+    int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+    if( score>bestScore ){
+      pBest = p;
+      bestScore = score;
+    }
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }
+
+  /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
+  **
+  ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in
+  ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found.  And give
+  ** priority to built-in functions.
+  **
+  ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
+  ** install a new function.  Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will
+  ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
+  ** new function.  But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
+  ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
+  */ 
+  if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){
+    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+    bestScore = 0;
+    p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName);
+    while( p ){
+      int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+      if( score>bestScore ){
+        pBest = p;
+        bestScore = score;
+      }
+      p = p->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an
+  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
+  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
+  */
+  if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH && 
+      (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
+    pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1];
+    pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg;
+    pBest->funcFlags = enc;
+    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
+    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
+    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest);
+  }
+
+  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
+    return pBest;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
+** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the 
+** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents
+** of the schema hash tables).
+**
+** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){
+  Hash temp1;
+  Hash temp2;
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
+
+  temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
+  temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
+  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash);
+  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash);
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
+  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
+  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
+  if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
+    pSchema->iGeneration++;
+    pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
+** a new one if necessary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
+  Schema * p;
+  if( pBt ){
+    p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear);
+  }else{
+    p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema));
+  }
+  if( !p ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash);
+    p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
+*/
+
+/*
+** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries
+** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains
+** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE,
+** or UPDATE statement.  Look up that table in the symbol table and
+** return a pointer.  Set an error message and return NULL if the table 
+** name is not found or if any other error occurs.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc:
+**
+**    pSrc->a[0].pTab       Pointer to the Table object
+**    pSrc->a[0].pIndex     Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
+  Table *pTab;
+  assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem);
+  sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
+  pItem->pTab = pTab;
+  if( pTab ){
+    pTab->nRef++;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){
+    pTab = 0;
+  }
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
+** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
+** writable return 0;
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
+  /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances:
+  **
+  **   1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method
+  **      has been provided, or
+  **   2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not
+  **      part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not 
+  **      been specified.
+  **
+  ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero.
+  */
+  if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) 
+     && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 )
+   || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
+     && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+     && pParse->nested==0 )
+  ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+/*
+** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table.  The
+** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
+** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pView,        /* View definition */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
+  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */
+){
+  SelectDest dest;
+  Select *pSel;
+  SrcList *pFrom;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema);
+  pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
+  pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( pFrom ){
+    assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 );
+    pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName);
+    pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
+    assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
+  }
+  pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+/*
+** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY,
+** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements.
+**
+**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1;
+**                            \__________________________/
+**                               pLimitWhere (pInClause)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(
+  Parse *pParse,               /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,               /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+  Expr *pWhere,                /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,          /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be null */
+  Expr *pLimit,                /* The LIMIT clause.  May be null */
+  Expr *pOffset,               /* The OFFSET clause.  May be null */
+  char *zStmtType              /* Either DELETE or UPDATE.  For err msgs. */
+){
+  Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL;    /* WHERE rowid .. */
+  Expr *pInClause = NULL;      /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */
+  Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL;   /* SELECT rowid ... */
+  ExprList *pEList = NULL;     /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */
+  SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL;  /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */
+  Select *pSelect = NULL;      /* Complete SELECT tree */
+
+  /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) {
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType);
+    goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+  }
+
+  /* We only need to generate a select expression if there
+  ** is a limit/offset term to enforce.
+  */
+  if( pLimit == 0 ) {
+    /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */
+    assert( pOffset == 0 );
+    return pWhere;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset 
+  ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement.  For example:
+  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+  ** becomes:
+  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( 
+  **     SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+  **   );
+  */
+
+  pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid);
+  if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+
+  /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree
+  ** and the SELECT subtree. */
+  pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0);
+  if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) {
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList);
+    goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+  }
+
+  /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
+  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0,
+                             pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset);
+  if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */
+  pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
+  pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0);
+  if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
+
+  pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect;
+  pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect;
+  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause);
+  return pInClause;
+
+  /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */
+limit_where_cleanup_1:
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
+  return 0;
+
+limit_where_cleanup_2:
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */
+       /*      && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
+**
+**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
+**                 \________/       \________________/
+**                  pTabList              pWhere
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
+  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
+  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
+  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int iTabCur;           /* Cursor number for the table */
+  int iDataCur;          /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */
+  int iIdxCur;           /* Cursor number of the first index */
+  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
+  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
+  int iDb;               /* Database number */
+  int memCnt = -1;       /* Memory cell used for change counting */
+  int rcauth;            /* Value returned by authorization callback */
+  int okOnePass;         /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
+  int aiCurOnePass[2];   /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
+  u8 *aToOpen = 0;       /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */
+  Index *pPk;            /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */
+  int iPk = 0;           /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */
+  i16 nPk = 1;           /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */
+  int iKey;              /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */
+  i16 nKey;              /* Number of memory cells in the row key */
+  int iEphCur = 0;       /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
+  int iRowSet = 0;       /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
+  int addrBypass = 0;    /* Address of jump over the delete logic */
+  int addrLoop = 0;      /* Top of the delete loop */
+  int addrDelete = 0;    /* Jump directly to the delete logic */
+  int addrEphOpen = 0;   /* Instruction to open the Ephermeral table */
+ 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of table triggers, if required */
+#endif
+
+  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
+  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
+  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
+  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** deleted from is a view
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb);
+  assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
+  if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert(!isView || pTrigger);
+
+  /* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
+  ** a ephemeral table.
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur);
+    iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
+  */
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
+  ** we are counting rows.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
+  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5,
+  ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by 
+  ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly.  */
+  if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) 
+   && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0)
+  ){
+    assert( !isView );
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
+    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt,
+                        pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
+    }
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
+  {
+    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */
+      pPk = 0;
+      nPk = 1;
+      iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
+    }else{
+      /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephermeral table used to
+      ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */
+      pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+      assert( pPk!=0 );
+      nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+      iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
+      pParse->nMem += nPk;
+      iEphCur = pParse->nTab++;
+      addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
+    }
+  
+    /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row
+    ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause.
+    */
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, 
+                               WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK,
+                               iTabCur+1);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
+    okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
+  
+    /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
+    }
+  
+    /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */
+    if( pPk ){
+      for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur,
+                                        pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i);
+      }
+      iKey = iPk;
+    }else{
+      iKey = pParse->nMem + 1;
+      iKey = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iTabCur, iKey, 0);
+      if( iKey>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = iKey;
+    }
+  
+    if( okOnePass ){
+      /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key.  There is only
+      ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the
+      ** delete code.
+      */
+      nKey = nPk; /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
+      aToOpen = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nIdx+2);
+      if( aToOpen==0 ){
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        goto delete_from_cleanup;
+      }
+      memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
+      aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0;
+      if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0;
+      if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0;
+      if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen);
+      addrDelete = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); /* Jump to DELETE logic */
+    }else if( pPk ){
+      /* Construct a composite key for the row to be deleted and remember it */
+      iKey = ++pParse->nMem;
+      nKey = 0;   /* Zero tells OP_Found to use a composite key */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, iKey,
+                        sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEphCur, iKey);
+    }else{
+      /* Get the rowid of the row to be deleted and remember it in the RowSet */
+      nKey = 1;  /* OP_Seek always uses a single rowid */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey);
+    }
+  
+    /* End of the WHERE loop */
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+    if( okOnePass ){
+      /* Bypass the delete logic below if the WHERE loop found zero rows */
+      addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBypass);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrDelete);
+    }
+  
+    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
+    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
+    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
+    ** triggers.
+    */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen,
+                                 &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
+      assert( pPk || iDataCur==iTabCur );
+      assert( pPk || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
+    }
+  
+    /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
+    ** where-clause loop above.
+    */
+    if( okOnePass ){
+      /* Just one row.  Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */
+      assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
+      if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){
+        assert( pPk!=0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+    }else if( pPk ){
+      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEphCur, iKey);
+      assert( nKey==0 );  /* OP_Found will use a composite key */
+    }else{
+      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      assert( nKey==1 );
+    }  
+  
+    /* Delete the row */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iKey, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort);
+      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      int count = (pParse->nested==0);    /* True to count changes */
+      sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+                               iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, okOnePass);
+    }
+  
+    /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */
+    if( okOnePass ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass);
+    }else if( pPk ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEphCur, addrLoop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrLoop);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
+    }     
+  
+    /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */
+    if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      if( !pPk ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur);
+      for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur + i);
+      }
+    }
+  } /* End non-truncate path */
+
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+delete_from_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen);
+  return;
+}
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
+** single table to be deleted.  Both the original table entry and
+** all indices are removed.
+**
+** Preconditions:
+**
+**   1.  iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data
+**       store for the table.  (This will be either the table itself,
+**       in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case
+**       of a WITHOUT ROWID table.)
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a
+**       sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk.  If nPk==0 that means
+**       that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the
+**       single memory location iPk.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */
+  int iDataCur,      /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */
+  int iIdxCur,       /* First index cursor */
+  int iPk,           /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */
+  i16 nPk,           /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */
+  u8 count,          /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */
+  u8 onconf,         /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */
+  u8 bNoSeek         /* iDataCur is already pointing to the row to delete */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;        /* Vdbe */
+  int iOld = 0;                   /* First register in OLD.* array */
+  int iLabel;                     /* Label resolved to end of generated code */
+  u8 opSeek;                      /* Seek opcode */
+
+  /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */
+  assert( v );
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)",
+                         iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk));
+
+  /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists 
+  ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do
+  ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers.  */
+  iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;
+  if( !bNoSeek ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
+  }
+ 
+  /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to
+  ** use for the old.* references in the triggers.  */
+  if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){
+    u32 mask;                     /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
+    int iCol;                     /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */
+    int addrStart;                /* Start of BEFORE trigger programs */
+
+    /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to
+    ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register.  */
+    mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+        pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf
+    );
+    mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab);
+    iOld = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol);
+
+    /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be 
+    ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld);
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+      testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==31 );
+      testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==32 );
+      if( mask==0xffffffff || (iCol<=31 && (mask & MASKBIT32(iCol))!=0) ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */
+    addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
+        TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
+    );
+
+    /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the 
+    ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved
+    ** the cursor or of already deleted the row that the cursor was
+    ** pointing to.
+    */
+    if( addrStart<sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
+    }
+
+    /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that
+    ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) 
+    ** are not violated by deleting this row.  */
+    sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really
+  ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to
+  ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers).  */ 
+  if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
+    if( count ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
+  ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
+  ** to the row just deleted. */ 
+  sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0);
+
+  /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */
+  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
+      TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
+  );
+
+  /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE
+  ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a 
+  ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception.  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel);
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()"));
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
+** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab
+**
+** Preconditions:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage
+**       btree for the table pTab.  (This will be either the table itself
+**       for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID
+**       tables.)
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index.  (The pTab->pIndex
+**       index is the 0-th index.)
+**
+**   3.  The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row
+**       that is to be deleted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iDataCur,      /* Cursor of table holding data. */
+  int iIdxCur,       /* First index cursor */
+  int *aRegIdx       /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
+){
+  int i;             /* Index loop counter */
+  int r1 = -1;       /* Register holding an index key */
+  int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */
+  Index *pIdx;       /* Current index */
+  Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */
+  Vdbe *v;           /* The prepared statement under construction */
+  Index *pPk;        /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */
+
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    assert( iIdxCur+i!=iDataCur || pPk==pIdx );
+    if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
+    if( pIdx==pPk ) continue;
+    VdbeModuleComment((v, "GenRowIdxDel for %s", pIdx->zName));
+    r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 1,
+                                 &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1,
+                      pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn);
+    sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
+    pPrior = pIdx;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register
+** regOut.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
+** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
+** the entry that needs indexing.  If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
+** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index.
+**
+** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
+** registers that holds the elements of the index key.  The
+** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
+** this routine returns.
+**
+** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump
+** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped.
+** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
+** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates
+** to false or null.  If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel
+** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by
+** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
+**
+** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to
+** avoid unnecessary register loads.  If pPrior is not NULL, then it is
+** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been
+** computed into register regPrior.  If the current pIdx index is generating
+** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share
+** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already
+** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped.
+** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK 
+** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or
+** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  Index *pIdx,         /* The index for which to generate a key */
+  int iDataCur,        /* Cursor number from which to take column data */
+  int regOut,          /* Put the new key into this register if not 0 */
+  int prefixOnly,      /* Compute only a unique prefix of the key */
+  int *piPartIdxLabel, /* OUT: Jump to this label to skip partial index */
+  Index *pPrior,       /* Previously generated index key */
+  int regPrior         /* Register holding previous generated key */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int j;
+  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+  int regBase;
+  int nCol;
+
+  if( piPartIdxLabel ){
+    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
+      *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      pParse->iPartIdxTab = iDataCur;
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, 
+                         SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    }else{
+      *piPartIdxLabel = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  nCol = (prefixOnly && pIdx->uniqNotNull) ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn;
+  regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+  if( pPrior && (regBase!=regPrior || pPrior->pPartIdxWhere) ) pPrior = 0;
+  for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+    if( pPrior && pPrior->aiColumn[j]==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ) continue;
+    sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j],
+                                    regBase+j);
+    /* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it
+    ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact
+    ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode.
+    ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where
+    ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again.  So omit the OP_RealAffinity
+    ** opcode if it is present */
+    sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity);
+  }
+  if( regOut ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut);
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
+  return regBase;
+}
+
+/*
+** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label
+** because it was a partial index, then this routine should be called to
+** resolve that label.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse *pParse, int iLabel){
+  if( iLabel ){
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, iLabel);
+    sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2002 February 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
+** functions of SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** Return the collating function associated with a function.
+*/
+static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
+  return context->pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this
+** iteration of the aggregate loop.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){
+  context->skipFlag = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
+*/
+static void minmaxFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
+  int iBest;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+
+  assert( argc>1 );
+  mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
+  pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  assert( pColl );
+  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
+  iBest = 0;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+    if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
+      testcase( mask==0 );
+      iBest = i;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the type of the argument.
+*/
+static void typeofFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *z = 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
+    case SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
+    default:             z = "null";    break;
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the length() function
+*/
+static void lengthFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int len;
+
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      if( z==0 ) return;
+      len = 0;
+      while( *z ){
+        len++;
+        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the abs() function.
+**
+** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of
+** the numeric argument X. 
+*/
+static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+      if( iVal<0 ){
+        if( iVal==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+          /* IMP: R-31676-45509 If X is the integer -9223372036854775808
+          ** then abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no
+          ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */
+          sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
+          return;
+        }
+        iVal = -iVal;
+      } 
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not
+      ** something that can be converted into a number, we have:
+      ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that
+      ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. 
+      */
+      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the instr() function.
+**
+** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle
+** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1,
+** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack.
+**
+** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than
+** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle,
+** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack.
+*/
+static void instrFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zHaystack;
+  const unsigned char *zNeedle;
+  int nHaystack;
+  int nNeedle;
+  int typeHaystack, typeNeedle;
+  int N = 1;
+  int isText;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
+  typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]);
+  if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+    zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+    zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+    isText = 0;
+  }else{
+    zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+    isText = 1;
+  }
+  while( nNeedle<=nHaystack && memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0 ){
+    N++;
+    do{
+      nHaystack--;
+      zHaystack++;
+    }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 );
+  }
+  if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, N);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the printf() function.
+*/
+static void printfFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  PrintfArguments x;
+  StrAccum str;
+  const char *zFormat;
+  int n;
+
+  if( argc>=1 && (zFormat = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
+    x.nArg = argc-1;
+    x.nUsed = 0;
+    x.apArg = argv+1;
+    sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+    str.db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+    sqlite3XPrintf(&str, SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC, zFormat, &x);
+    n = str.nChar;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str), n,
+                        SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the substr() function.
+**
+** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
+** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
+** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
+** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
+**
+** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
+**
+** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1.
+*/
+static void substrFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *z;
+  const unsigned char *z2;
+  int len;
+  int p0type;
+  i64 p1, p2;
+  int negP2 = 0;
+
+  assert( argc==3 || argc==2 );
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+   || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL)
+  ){
+    return;
+  }
+  p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
+  p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+    len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+    z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+    if( z==0 ) return;
+    assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) );
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    if( z==0 ) return;
+    len = 0;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
+        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+    if( p2<0 ){
+      p2 = -p2;
+      negP2 = 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }
+  if( p1<0 ){
+    p1 += len;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      p2 += p1;
+      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }
+  }else if( p1>0 ){
+    p1--;
+  }else if( p2>0 ){
+    p2--;
+  }
+  if( negP2 ){
+    p1 -= p2;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      p2 += p1;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 );
+  if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
+    while( *z && p1 ){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+      p1--;
+    }
+    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+    }
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    if( p1+p2>len ){
+      p2 = len-p1;
+      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the round() function
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  int n = 0;
+  double r;
+  char *zBuf;
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
+    n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
+    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+  /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int,
+  ** handle the rounding directly,
+  ** otherwise use printf.
+  */
+  if( n==0 && r>=0 && r<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
+    r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+0.5));
+  }else if( n==0 && r<0 && (-r)<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
+    r = -(double)((sqlite_int64)((-r)+0.5));
+  }else{
+    zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r);
+    if( zBuf==0 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8);
+    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the
+** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
+** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL.
+** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then
+** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL.
+*/
+static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){
+  char *z;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    z = 0;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte);
+    if( !z ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    }
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
+*/
+static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  char *z1;
+  const char *z2;
+  int i, n;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
+  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( z2 ){
+    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
+    if( z1 ){
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z2[i]);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  char *z1;
+  const char *z2;
+  int i, n;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
+  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( z2 ){
+    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
+    if( z1 ){
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z2[i]);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Some functions like COALESCE() and IFNULL() and UNLIKELY() are implemented
+** as VDBE code so that unused argument values do not have to be computed.
+** However, we still need some kind of function implementation for this
+** routines in the function table.  The noopFunc macro provides this.
+** noopFunc will never be called so it doesn't matter what the implementation
+** is.  We might as well use the "version()" function as a substitute.
+*/
+#define noopFunc versionFunc   /* Substitute function - never called */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of random().  Return a random integer.  
+*/
+static void randomFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite_int64 r;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
+  if( r<0 ){
+    /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 
+    ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that
+    ** number of you get the same value back again.  To do this
+    ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative
+    ** values, resulting in a positive value.  Then take the 
+    ** 2s complement of that positive value.  The end result can
+    ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807.
+    */
+    r = -(r & LARGEST_INT64);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, r);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of randomblob(N).  Return a random blob
+** that is N bytes long.
+*/
+static void randomBlob(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int n;
+  unsigned char *p;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+  if( n<1 ){
+    n = 1;
+  }
+  p = contextMalloc(context, n);
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3_randomness(n, p);
+    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function.  The return
+** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
+*/
+static void last_insert_rowid(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int NotUsed, 
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a
+  ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface
+  ** function. */
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.
+**
+** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper
+** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same
+** rules for counting changes.
+*/
+static void changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function.  The return value is
+** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
+*/
+static void total_changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the
+  ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
+*/
+struct compareInfo {
+  u8 matchAll;
+  u8 matchOne;
+  u8 matchSet;
+  u8 noCase;
+};
+
+/*
+** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
+** character is exactly one byte in size.  Also, all characters are
+** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC
+** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
+# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A)    (*((*A)++))
+# define GlobUpperToLower(A)   A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
+#else
+# define GlobUpperToLower(A)   if( !((A)&~0x7f) ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }
+#endif
+
+static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
+/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
+** case.  Thus  'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
+static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
+/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
+** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
+static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_',   0, 0 };
+
+/*
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
+** potentially be a "glob" expression.  Return true (1) if they
+** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
+**
+** Globbing rules:
+**
+**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
+**
+**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
+**
+**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
+**                characters.
+**
+**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
+**
+** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
+** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
+** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
+** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
+** it the last character in the list.
+**
+** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
+**
+** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]".  Like this:
+**
+**         abc[*]xyz        Matches "abc*xyz" only
+*/
+static int patternCompare(
+  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
+  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
+  const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
+  u32 esc                          /* The escape character */
+){
+  u32 c, c2;
+  int invert;
+  int seen;
+  u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
+  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
+  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
+  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 
+  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */
+
+  while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern))!=0 ){
+    if( c==matchAll && !prevEscape ){
+      while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern)) == matchAll
+               || c == matchOne ){
+        if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){
+          return 0;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        return 1;
+      }else if( c==esc ){
+        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+        if( c==0 ){
+          return 0;
+        }
+      }else if( c==matchSet ){
+        assert( esc==0 );         /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */
+        assert( matchSet<0x80 );  /* '[' is a single-byte character */
+        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
+          SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
+        }
+        return *zString!=0;
+      }
+      while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString))!=0 ){
+        if( noCase ){
+          GlobUpperToLower(c2);
+          GlobUpperToLower(c);
+          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
+            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
+            GlobUpperToLower(c2);
+          }
+        }else{
+          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
+            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
+          }
+        }
+        if( c2==0 ) return 0;
+        if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
+      }
+      return 0;
+    }else if( c==matchOne && !prevEscape ){
+      if( sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else if( c==matchSet ){
+      u32 prior_c = 0;
+      assert( esc==0 );    /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
+      seen = 0;
+      invert = 0;
+      c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
+      if( c==0 ) return 0;
+      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+      if( c2=='^' ){
+        invert = 1;
+        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+      }
+      if( c2==']' ){
+        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
+        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+      }
+      while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
+        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
+          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
+          prior_c = 0;
+        }else{
+          if( c==c2 ){
+            seen = 1;
+          }
+          prior_c = c2;
+        }
+        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
+      }
+      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){
+      prevEscape = 1;
+    }else{
+      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
+      if( noCase ){
+        GlobUpperToLower(c);
+        GlobUpperToLower(c2);
+      }
+      if( c!=c2 ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      prevEscape = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return *zString==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_strglob() interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlobPattern, const char *zString){
+  return patternCompare((u8*)zGlobPattern, (u8*)zString, &globInfo, 0)==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
+** just a variation of LIKE) gets called.  This is used for testing
+** only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B,A).
+**
+** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
+** the GLOB operator.
+*/
+static void likeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
+  u32 escape = 0;
+  int nPat;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
+  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
+  */
+  nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] );
+  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 );
+  if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* Encoding did not change */
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
+    ** Otherwise, return an error.
+    */
+    const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+    if( zEsc==0 ) return;
+    if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+    escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc);
+  }
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_like_count++;
+#endif
+    
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
+** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
+** arguments are equal to each other.
+*/
+static void nullifFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function.  The result is the version
+** of the SQLite library that is running.
+*/
+static void versionFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
+  ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string
+** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build
+** SQLite.
+*/
+static void sourceidFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
+  ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function.  This is a wrapper around
+** sqlite3_log().  The return value is NULL.  The function exists purely for
+** its side-effects.
+*/
+static void errlogFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(context);
+  sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function.
+** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option
+** was used to build SQLite.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+static void compileoptionusedFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zOptName;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL
+  ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++
+  ** function.
+  */
+  if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName));
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. 
+** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options 
+** used to build SQLite.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+static void compileoptiongetFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int n;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function
+  ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function.
+  */
+  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
+** digits. */
+static const char hexdigits[] = {
+  '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
+  '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
+};
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
+** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
+** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
+** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
+** single-quote escapes.
+*/
+static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      double r1, r2;
+      char zBuf[50];
+      r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1);
+      sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8);
+      if( r1!=r2 ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      char *zText = 0;
+      char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+      assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
+      zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); 
+      if( zText ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
+          zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
+          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
+        }
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
+        zText[0] = 'X';
+        zText[1] = '\'';
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+        sqlite3_free(zText);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      int i,j;
+      u64 n;
+      const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      char *z;
+
+      if( zArg==0 ) return;
+      for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
+      z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3);
+      if( z ){
+        z[0] = '\'';
+        for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
+          z[j++] = zArg[i];
+          if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
+            z[j++] = '\'';
+          }
+        }
+        z[j++] = '\'';
+        z[j] = 0;
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL );
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The unicode() function.  Return the integer unicode code-point value
+** for the first character of the input string. 
+*/
+static void unicodeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  (void)argc;
+  if( z && z[0] ) sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3Utf8Read(&z));
+}
+
+/*
+** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is
+** an integer.  It constructs a string where each character of the string
+** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument.
+*/
+static void charFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  unsigned char *z, *zOut;
+  int i;
+  zOut = z = sqlite3_malloc( argc*4+1 );
+  if( z==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    sqlite3_int64 x;
+    unsigned c;
+    x = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[i]);
+    if( x<0 || x>0x10ffff ) x = 0xfffd;
+    c = (unsigned)(x & 0x1fffff);
+    if( c<0x00080 ){
+      *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);
+    }else if( c<0x00800 ){
+      *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
+    }else if( c<0x10000 ){
+      *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
+    }else{
+      *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
+      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
+    }                                                    \
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(zOut-z), sqlite3_free);
+}
+
+/*
+** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
+** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
+*/
+static void hexFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i, n;
+  const unsigned char *pBlob;
+  char *zHex, *z;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1);
+  if( zHex ){
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++, pBlob++){
+      unsigned char c = *pBlob;
+      *(z++) = hexdigits[(c>>4)&0xf];
+      *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
+    }
+    *z = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
+*/
+static void zeroblobFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  i64 n;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+  testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+  testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+  if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The replace() function.  Three arguments are all strings: call
+** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived
+** from A by replacing every occurrence of B with C.  The match
+** must be exact.  Collating sequences are not used.
+*/
+static void replaceFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zStr;        /* The input string A */
+  const unsigned char *zPattern;    /* The pattern string B */
+  const unsigned char *zRep;        /* The replacement string C */
+  unsigned char *zOut;              /* The output */
+  int nStr;                /* Size of zStr */
+  int nPattern;            /* Size of zPattern */
+  int nRep;                /* Size of zRep */
+  i64 nOut;                /* Maximum size of zOut */
+  int loopLimit;           /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
+  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zStr==0 ) return;
+  nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zPattern==0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+            || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed );
+    return;
+  }
+  if( zPattern[0]==0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL );
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+    return;
+  }
+  nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+  if( zRep==0 ) return;
+  nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+  assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) );
+  nOut = nStr + 1;
+  assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+  zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut);
+  if( zOut==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;  
+  for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
+    if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
+      zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
+    }else{
+      u8 *zOld;
+      sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+      nOut += nRep - nPattern;
+      testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+      testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+      if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+        sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+        sqlite3_free(zOut);
+        return;
+      }
+      zOld = zOut;
+      zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut);
+      if( zOut==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+        sqlite3_free(zOld);
+        return;
+      }
+      memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
+      j += nRep;
+      i += nPattern-1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
+  memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
+  j += nStr - i;
+  assert( j<=nOut );
+  zOut[j] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
+** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
+*/
+static void trimFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zIn;         /* Input string */
+  const unsigned char *zCharSet;    /* Set of characters to trim */
+  int nIn;                          /* Number of bytes in input */
+  int flags;                        /* 1: trimleft  2: trimright  3: trim */
+  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+  unsigned char *aLen = 0;          /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
+  unsigned char **azChar = 0;       /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
+  int nChar;                        /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
+
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
+    return;
+  }
+  zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zIn==0 ) return;
+  nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( argc==1 ){
+    static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
+    static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
+    nChar = 1;
+    aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
+    azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne;
+    zCharSet = 0;
+  }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){
+    return;
+  }else{
+    const unsigned char *z;
+    for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    }
+    if( nChar>0 ){
+      azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1));
+      if( azChar==0 ){
+        return;
+      }
+      aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar];
+      for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
+        azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z;
+        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+        aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( nChar>0 ){
+    flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context));
+    if( flags & 1 ){
+      while( nIn>0 ){
+        int len = 0;
+        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
+          len = aLen[i];
+          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break;
+        }
+        if( i>=nChar ) break;
+        zIn += len;
+        nIn -= len;
+      }
+    }
+    if( flags & 2 ){
+      while( nIn>0 ){
+        int len = 0;
+        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
+          len = aLen[i];
+          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break;
+        }
+        if( i>=nChar ) break;
+        nIn -= len;
+      }
+    }
+    if( zCharSet ){
+      sqlite3_free(azChar);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+
+/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It
+** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used
+** when SQLite is built.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+/*
+** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
+**
+** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the
+** soundex encoding of the string X. 
+*/
+static void soundexFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  char zResult[8];
+  const u8 *zIn;
+  int i, j;
+  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  };
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
+  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
+  if( zIn[i] ){
+    u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+    zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]);
+    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
+      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+      if( code>0 ){
+        if( code!=prevcode ){
+          prevcode = code;
+          zResult[j++] = code + '0';
+        }
+      }else{
+        prevcode = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    while( j<4 ){
+      zResult[j++] = '0';
+    }
+    zResult[j] = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument
+    ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
+*/
+static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const char *zProc;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  }else{
+    zProc = 0;
+  }
+  if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
+** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
+*/
+typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
+struct SumCtx {
+  double rSum;      /* Floating point sum */
+  i64 iSum;         /* Integer sum */   
+  i64 cnt;          /* Number of elements summed */
+  u8 overflow;      /* True if integer overflow seen */
+  u8 approx;        /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total.
+**
+** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means
+** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs.  TOTAL returns
+** 0.0 in that case.  In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where
+** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point
+** value.  TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if
+** it overflows an integer.
+*/
+static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  int type;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
+  if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+    p->cnt++;
+    if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+      i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+      p->rSum += v;
+      if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){
+        p->overflow = 1;
+      }
+    }else{
+      p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      p->approx = 1;
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+    if( p->overflow ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
+    }else if( p->approx ){
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
+  }
+}
+static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0);
+}
+
+/*
+** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
+** count() aggregate function.
+*/
+typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
+struct CountCtx {
+  i64 n;
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
+*/
+static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
+    p->n++;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated.  But just to make
+  ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our 
+  ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be
+  ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */
+  assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff
+          || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) );
+#endif
+}   
+static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
+*/
+static void minmaxStep(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int NotUsed, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
+  Mem *pBest;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
+  if( !pBest ) return;
+
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
+    if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
+  }else if( pBest->flags ){
+    int max;
+    int cmp;
+    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
+    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
+    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
+    ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
+    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
+    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
+    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
+    */
+    max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0;
+    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
+    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+  }
+}
+static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  sqlite3_value *pRes;
+  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( pRes ){
+    if( pRes->flags ){
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?)
+*/
+static void groupConcatStep(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zVal;
+  StrAccum *pAccum;
+  const char *zSep;
+  int nVal, nSep;
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));
+
+  if( pAccum ){
+    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+    int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0;
+    pAccum->useMalloc = 2;
+    pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+    if( !firstTerm ){
+      if( argc==2 ){
+        zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+        nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+      }else{
+        zSep = ",";
+        nSep = 1;
+      }
+      if( nSep ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep);
+    }
+    zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+    if( zVal ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
+  }
+}
+static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  StrAccum *pAccum;
+  pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( pAccum ){
+    if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    }else if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    }else{    
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, 
+                          sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine does per-connection function registration.  Most
+** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set.
+** This routine only deals with those that are not global.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
+*/
+static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){
+  FuncDef *pDef;
+  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName),
+                             2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){
+    pDef->funcFlags |= flagVal;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions.  The caseSensitive
+** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
+** sensitive.  GLOB is always case sensitive.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
+  struct compareInfo *pInfo;
+  if( caseSensitive ){
+    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
+  }else{
+    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
+  }
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 
+      (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+  setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
+  setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", 
+      caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function.  If
+** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
+** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
+** return TRUE.  If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
+** return FALSE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
+  FuncDef *pDef;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION 
+   || !pExpr->x.pList 
+   || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2
+  ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, 
+                             sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
+                             2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+  if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
+  ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure.  The
+  ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
+  */
+  memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
+  assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
+  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
+  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
+  *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
+** to the global function hash table.  This occurs at start-time (as
+** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
+**
+** After this routine runs
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
+  /*
+  ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions
+  ** defined in this file.
+  **
+  ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the
+  ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time.  The elements of this array
+  ** are read-only after initialization is complete.
+  */
+  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = {
+    FUNCTION(ltrim,              1, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(ltrim,              2, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(rtrim,              1, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(rtrim,              2, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(trim,               1, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(trim,               2, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(min,               -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
+    AGGREGATE(min,               1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
+    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
+    AGGREGATE(max,               1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
+    FUNCTION2(typeof,            1, 0, 0, typeofFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
+    FUNCTION2(length,            1, 0, 0, lengthFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH),
+    FUNCTION(instr,              2, 0, 0, instrFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(printf,            -1, 0, 0, printfFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(unicode,            1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(char,              -1, 0, 0, charFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(abs,                1, 0, 0, absFunc          ),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    FUNCTION(round,              1, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(round,              2, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
+#endif
+    FUNCTION(upper,              1, 0, 0, upperFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(lower,              1, 0, 0, lowerFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(coalesce,           1, 0, 0, 0                ),
+    FUNCTION(coalesce,           0, 0, 0, 0                ),
+    FUNCTION2(coalesce,         -1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
+    FUNCTION(hex,                1, 0, 0, hexFunc          ),
+    FUNCTION2(ifnull,            2, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
+    FUNCTION2(unlikely,          1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
+    FUNCTION2(likelihood,        2, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
+    VFUNCTION(random,            0, 0, 0, randomFunc       ),
+    VFUNCTION(randomblob,        1, 0, 0, randomBlob       ),
+    FUNCTION(nullif,             2, 0, 1, nullifFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_version,     0, 0, 0, versionFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id,   0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc     ),
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_log,         2, 0, 0, errlogFunc       ),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc  ),
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc  ),
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+    FUNCTION(quote,              1, 0, 0, quoteFunc        ),
+    VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
+    VFUNCTION(changes,           0, 0, 0, changes          ),
+    VFUNCTION(total_changes,     0, 0, 0, total_changes    ),
+    FUNCTION(replace,            3, 0, 0, replaceFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(zeroblob,           1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc     ),
+  #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+    FUNCTION(soundex,            1, 0, 0, soundexFunc      ),
+  #endif
+  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+    FUNCTION(load_extension,     1, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
+    FUNCTION(load_extension,     2, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
+  #endif
+    AGGREGATE(sum,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         sumFinalize    ),
+    AGGREGATE(total,             1, 0, 0, sumStep,         totalFinalize    ),
+    AGGREGATE(avg,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         avgFinalize    ),
+ /* AGGREGATE(count,             0, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ), */
+    {0,SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0},
+    AGGREGATE(count,             1, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ),
+    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+  
+    LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+  #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+  #else
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+  #endif
+  };
+
+  int i;
+  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc);
+
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc); i++){
+    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions();
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+  sqlite3AlterFunctions();
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
+  sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions();
+#endif
+}
+
+/************** End of func.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/
+/*
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key
+** support to compiled SQL statements.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+
+/*
+** Deferred and Immediate FKs
+** --------------------------
+**
+** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate.
+** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated,
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current
+** statement transaction rolled back. If a 
+** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken 
+** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the 
+** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails.
+**
+** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated
+** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a 
+** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed 
+** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each
+** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from
+** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is
+** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is
+** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks:
+**
+**   * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, 
+**     there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied,
+**     or which row it is not satisfied for.
+**
+**   * If the database contains foreign key violations when the 
+**     transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
+**
+** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler
+** than the alternatives.
+**
+** INSERT operations:
+**
+**   I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search
+**        the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the
+**        constraint counter.
+**
+**   I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, 
+**        search the child table for rows that correspond to the new
+**        row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row
+**        found (as the constraint is now satisfied).
+**
+** DELETE operations:
+**
+**   D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, 
+**        search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the 
+**        deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, 
+**        decrement the counter.
+**
+**   D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search 
+**        the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row 
+**        in the parent table. For each found increment the counter.
+**
+** UPDATE operations:
+**
+**   An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only
+**   for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually 
+**   modified (values must be compared at runtime).
+**
+** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2.
+** This simplifies the implementation a bit.
+**
+** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict
+** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted.
+** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception
+** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new 
+** row is inserted.
+**
+** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference 
+** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement
+** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate
+** constraint counter is greater than zero,
+** it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
+** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT
+** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case,
+** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the
+** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such
+** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction.
+**
+** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a 
+** table be handled?
+**
+**
+** Query API Notes
+** ---------------
+**
+** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator
+** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation
+** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original
+** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were
+** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be 
+** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before
+** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE
+** generation code to query for this information are:
+**
+**   sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required.
+**   sqlite3FkOldmask()  - Query for the set of required old.* columns.
+**
+**
+** Externally accessible module functions
+** --------------------------------------
+**
+**   sqlite3FkCheck()    - Check for foreign key violations.
+**   sqlite3FkActions()  - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions.
+**   sqlite3FkDelete()   - Delete an FKey structure.
+*/
+
+/*
+** VDBE Calling Convention
+** -----------------------
+**
+** Example:
+**
+**   For the following INSERT statement:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c);
+**     INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1);
+**
+**   Register (x):        2    (type integer)
+**   Register (x+1):      1    (type integer)
+**   Register (x+2):      NULL (type NULL)
+**   Register (x+3):      3.1  (type real)
+*/
+
+/*
+** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent
+** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint.
+** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, 
+** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns. 
+**
+** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY 
+** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx 
+** is set to point to the unique index. 
+** 
+** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint
+** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL.
+** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where
+** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the
+** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK
+** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column
+** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the
+** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of
+** *ppIdx, and so on.
+**
+** If the required index cannot be found, either because:
+**
+**   1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or
+**
+**   2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a
+**      UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or
+**
+**   3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
+**      foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a
+**      PRIMARY KEY, or
+**
+**   4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
+**      foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table 
+**      consists of a a different number of columns to the child key in 
+**      the child table.
+**
+** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
+** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the
+** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context to store any error in */
+  Table *pParent,                 /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to find index for */
+  Index **ppIdx,                  /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */
+  int **paiCol                    /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */
+){
+  Index *pIdx = 0;                    /* Value to return via *ppIdx */
+  int *aiCol = 0;                     /* Value to return via *paiCol */
+  int nCol = pFKey->nCol;             /* Number of columns in parent key */
+  char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol;   /* Name of left-most parent key column */
+
+  /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */
+  assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 );
+  assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 );
+  assert( pParse );
+
+  /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it 
+  ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx 
+  ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. 
+  **
+  ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate
+  ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol).
+  ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array.
+  */
+  if( nCol==1 ){
+    /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true:
+    **
+    **   1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly 
+    **      mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or
+    **   2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER
+    **      PRIMARY KEY.
+    */
+    if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){
+      if( !zKey ) return 0;
+      if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0;
+    }
+  }else if( paiCol ){
+    assert( nCol>1 );
+    aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
+    if( !aiCol ) return 1;
+    *paiCol = aiCol;
+  }
+
+  for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ 
+      /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
+      ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
+      ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner.  */
+
+      if( zKey==0 ){
+        /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to 
+        ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be 
+        ** identified by the test.  */
+        if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
+          if( aiCol ){
+            int i;
+            for(i=0; i<nCol; i++) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to
+        ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this
+        ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses
+        ** the default collation sequences for each column. */
+        int i, j;
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];     /* Index of column in parent tbl */
+          char *zDfltColl;                  /* Def. collation for column */
+          char *zIdxCol;                    /* Name of indexed column */
+
+          /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from
+          ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is
+          ** unusable. Bail out early in this case.  */
+          zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl;
+          if( !zDfltColl ){
+            zDfltColl = "BINARY";
+          }
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break;
+
+          zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName;
+          for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+            if( sqlite3StrICmp(pFKey->aCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){
+              if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          if( j==nCol ) break;
+        }
+        if( i==nCol ) break;      /* pIdx is usable */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pIdx ){
+    if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+           "foreign key mismatch - \"%w\" referencing \"%w\"",
+           pFKey->pFrom->zName, pFKey->zTo);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  *ppIdx = pIdx;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the 
+** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed 
+** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row
+** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the
+** new row.
+**
+** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the
+** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into 
+** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no 
+** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be
+** found in the parent table:
+**
+**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
+**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**   INSERT      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   INSERT      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
+** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1".
+*/
+static void fkLookupParent(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parse context */
+  int iDb,              /* Index of database housing pTab */
+  Table *pTab,          /* Parent table of FK pFKey */
+  Index *pIdx,          /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */
+  FKey *pFKey,          /* Foreign key constraint */
+  int *aiCol,           /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */
+  int regData,          /* Address of array containing child table row */
+  int nIncr,            /* Increment constraint counter by this */
+  int isIgnore          /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */
+){
+  int i;                                    /* Iterator variable */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);         /* Vdbe to add code to */
+  int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1;              /* Cursor number to use */
+  int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);        /* jump here if parent key found */
+
+  /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any
+  ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need
+  ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations.
+  **
+  ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If 
+  ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to 
+  ** search for a matching row in the parent table.  */
+  if( nIncr<0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+    int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  if( isIgnore==0 ){
+    if( pIdx==0 ){
+      /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY
+      ** column of the parent table (table pTab).  */
+      int iMustBeInt;               /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */
+      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  
+      /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. 
+      ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there
+      ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of
+      ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column
+      ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct.  */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp);
+      iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+  
+      /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
+      ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
+      ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
+      ** increment the constraint-counter.  */
+      if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+      }
+  
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp);
+    }else{
+      int nCol = pFKey->nCol;
+      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+      int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i);
+      }
+  
+      /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
+      ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
+      ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
+      ** increment the constraint-counter. 
+      **
+      ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match 
+      ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any
+      ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that
+      ** none of the child key values are).
+      */
+      if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
+        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1;
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          int iChild = aiCol[i]+1+regData;
+          int iParent = pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1+regData;
+          assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey );
+          if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
+            /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */
+            iParent = regData;
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
+      }
+  
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec,
+                        sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), nCol);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
+   && !pParse->pToplevel 
+   && !pParse->isMultiWrite 
+  ){
+    /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly
+    ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of
+    ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being
+    ** generated for will not open a statement transaction.  */
+    assert( nIncr==1 );
+    sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
+        OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
+  }else{
+    if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
+      sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return an Expr object that refers to a memory register corresponding
+** to column iCol of table pTab.
+**
+** regBase is the first of an array of register that contains the data
+** for pTab.  regBase itself holds the rowid.  regBase+1 holds the first
+** column.  regBase+2 holds the second column, and so forth.
+*/
+static Expr *exprTableRegister(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Table *pTab,       /* The table whose content is at r[regBase]... */
+  int regBase,       /* Contents of table pTab */
+  i16 iCol           /* Which column of pTab is desired */
+){
+  Expr *pExpr;
+  Column *pCol;
+  const char *zColl;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
+  if( pExpr ){
+    if( iCol>=0 && iCol!=pTab->iPKey ){
+      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+      pExpr->iTable = regBase + iCol + 1;
+      pExpr->affinity = pCol->affinity;
+      zColl = pCol->zColl;
+      if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
+      pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pExpr, zColl);
+    }else{
+      pExpr->iTable = regBase;
+      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    }
+  }
+  return pExpr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which
+** has cursor iCur.
+*/
+static Expr *exprTableColumn(
+  sqlite3 *db,      /* The database connection */
+  Table *pTab,      /* The table whose column is desired */
+  int iCursor,      /* The open cursor on the table */
+  i16 iCol          /* The column that is wanted */
+){
+  Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
+  if( pExpr ){
+    pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+    pExpr->iTable = iCursor;
+    pExpr->iColumn = iCol;
+  }
+  return pExpr;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
+** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is 
+** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
+** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
+** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.
+**
+** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child
+** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted.
+** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken:
+**
+**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
+**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**   DELETE      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
+**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
+**                           throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception.
+**
+**   INSERT      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
+**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
+**                           throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception.
+**
+**   INSERT      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
+** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2".
+*/
+static void fkScanChildren(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,                  /* The child table to be scanned */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* The parent table */
+  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index on parent covering the foreign key */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* The foreign key linking pSrc to pTab */
+  int *aiCol,                     /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */
+  int regData,                    /* Parent row data starts here */
+  int nIncr                       /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  Expr *pWhere = 0;               /* WHERE clause to scan with */
+  NameContext sNameContext;       /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;              /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */
+  int iFkIfZero = 0;              /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+
+  assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->pTable==pTab );
+  assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nKeyCol==pFKey->nCol );
+  assert( pIdx!=0 || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+  assert( pIdx!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) );
+
+  if( nIncr<0 ){
+    iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like:
+  **
+  **   <parent-key1> = <child-key1> AND <parent-key2> = <child-key2> ...
+  **
+  ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of
+  ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should
+  ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
+    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
+    Expr *pEq;                    /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
+    i16 iCol;                     /* Index of column in child table */ 
+    const char *zCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
+
+    iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1;
+    pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol);
+    iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+    assert( iCol>=0 );
+    zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName;
+    pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol);
+    pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+  }
+
+  /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, then add terms
+  ** to the WHERE clause that prevent this entry from being scanned.
+  ** The added WHERE clause terms are like this:
+  **
+  **     $current_rowid!=rowid
+  **     NOT( $current_a==a AND $current_b==b AND ... )
+  **
+  ** The first form is used for rowid tables.  The second form is used
+  ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables.  In the second form, the primary key is
+  ** (a,b,...)
+  */
+  if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){
+    Expr *pNe;                    /* Expression (pLeft != pRight) */
+    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
+    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
+    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, -1);
+      pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, -1);
+      pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+    }else{
+      Expr *pEq, *pAll = 0;
+      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+      assert( pIdx!=0 );
+      for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+        i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol);
+        pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, iCol);
+        pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+        pAll = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAll, pEq);
+      }
+      pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pAll, 0, 0);
+    }
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNe);
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */
+  memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
+  sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc;
+  sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);
+
+  /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
+  ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for
+  ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the
+  ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected.  */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
+    sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
+  if( pWInfo ){
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  if( iFkIfZero ){
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a linked list of FKey objects (connected by
+** FKey.pNextTo) holding all children of table pTab.  For example,
+** given the following schema:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY);
+**   CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a);
+**
+** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
+** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
+** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
+** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
+** table).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName);
+  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName);
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
+** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
+** and all of its sub-components.
+**
+** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from
+** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem.
+*/
+static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){
+  if( p ){
+    TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list;
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen);
+    sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is
+** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument
+** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to
+** table pTab.
+**
+** Normally, no code is required. However, if either
+**
+**   (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or
+**   (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is
+**       determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK 
+**       constraint violations in the database,
+**
+** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping
+** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this
+** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){
+    int iSkip = 0;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+
+    assert( v );                  /* VDBE has already been allocated */
+    if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){
+      /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table
+      ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without 
+      ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over
+      ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints
+      ** when this statement is run.  */
+      FKey *p;
+      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+        if( p->isDeferred || (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ) break;
+      }
+      if( !p ) return;
+      iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+
+    pParse->disableTriggers = 1;
+    sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0);
+    pParse->disableTriggers = 0;
+
+    /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint 
+    ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before
+    ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement
+    ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.  
+    **
+    ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as
+    ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK
+    ** constraints are violated.
+    */
+    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
+          OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
+    }
+
+    if( iSkip ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
+** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
+** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is 
+** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
+** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
+** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
+** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero.
+**
+** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the
+** child key for FK constraint *p are modified.
+*/
+static int fkChildIsModified(
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated */
+  FKey *p,                        /* Foreign key for which pTab is the child */
+  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating modified columns */
+  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is modified by this update */
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom;
+    if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1;
+    if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
+** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
+** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is 
+** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
+** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
+** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
+** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero.
+**
+** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the
+** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified.
+*/
+static int fkParentIsModified(
+  Table *pTab, 
+  FKey *p, 
+  int *aChange, 
+  int bChngRowid
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol;
+    int iKey;
+    for(iKey=0; iKey<pTab->nCol; iKey++){
+      if( aChange[iKey]>=0 || (iKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid) ){
+        Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey];
+        if( zKey ){
+          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) ) return 1;
+        }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
+** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint 
+** processing for the operation.
+**
+** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
+** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the
+** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values
+** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed
+** zero in this case.
+**
+** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the
+** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new
+** row data.
+**
+** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before
+** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention
+** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted
+** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Row is being deleted from this table */ 
+  int regOld,                     /* Previous row data is stored here */
+  int regNew,                     /* New row data is stored here */
+  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
+  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Used to iterate through FKs */
+  int iDb;                        /* Index of database containing pTab */
+  const char *zDb;                /* Name of database containing pTab */
+  int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers;
+
+  /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */
+  assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) );
+
+  /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return;
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+
+  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the
+  ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of).  */
+  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+    Table *pTo;                   /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Index on key columns in pTo */
+    int *aiFree = 0;
+    int *aiCol;
+    int iCol;
+    int i;
+    int isIgnore = 0;
+
+    if( aChange 
+     && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0
+     && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 
+    ){
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index 
+    ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these 
+    ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return 
+    ** early.  */
+    if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
+      pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
+    }else{
+      pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
+    }
+    if( !pTo || sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){
+      assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) );
+      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+      if( pTo==0 ){
+        /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this
+        ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped
+        ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints.
+        ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is
+        ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant
+        ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys.
+        */
+        Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1;
+        for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+          int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1);
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+    assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) );
+
+    if( aiFree ){
+      aiCol = aiFree;
+    }else{
+      iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+      aiCol = &iCol;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+      if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
+        aiCol[i] = -1;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+      /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the 
+      ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
+      ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
+      if( db->xAuth ){
+        int rcauth;
+        char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName;
+        rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb);
+        isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate 
+    ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns 
+    ** in the parent table.  */
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
+    pParse->nTab++;
+
+    if( regOld!=0 ){
+      /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
+      ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an 
+      ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
+      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore);
+    }
+    if( regNew!=0 ){
+      /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
+      ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ 
+      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree);
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table.
+  ** (the "child" constraints) */
+  for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Foreign key index for pFKey */
+    SrcList *pSrc;
+    int *aiCol = 0;
+
+    if( aChange && fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) 
+     && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite 
+    ){
+      assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
+      /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate
+      ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case.  */
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){
+      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+      continue;
+    }
+    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+
+    /* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table.  We need the
+    ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( pSrc ){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
+      pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom;
+      pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
+      pItem->pTab->nRef++;
+      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  
+      if( regNew!=0 ){
+        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
+      }
+      if( regOld!=0 ){
+        /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation
+        ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception 
+        ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a
+        ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking
+        ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented
+        ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default.  */
+        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1);
+      }
+      pItem->zName = 0;
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
+  }
+}
+
+#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x)))
+
+/*
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
+** row contained in table pTab.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab                     /* Table being modified */
+){
+  u32 mask = 0;
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *p;
+    int i;
+    for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+      for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom);
+    }
+    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+      Index *pIdx = 0;
+      sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0);
+      if( pIdx ){
+        for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
+** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then
+** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points
+** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab.
+** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding 
+** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified,
+** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the
+** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table.
+**
+** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns
+** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function 
+** returns false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being modified */
+  int *aChange,                   /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */
+  int chngRowid                   /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */
+){
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    if( !aChange ){
+      /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the 
+      ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any 
+      ** foreign key constraint.  */
+      return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey);
+    }else{
+      /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the
+      ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */
+      FKey *p;
+
+      /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */
+      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+        if( fkChildIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1;
+      }
+
+      /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */
+      for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+        if( fkParentIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being 
+** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey.
+** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is
+** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a
+** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer.
+**
+** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger
+** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey.
+** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is
+** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers
+** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()).
+**
+** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in 
+** the following schema:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY);
+**   CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE);
+**
+** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to:
+**
+**   CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN
+**     DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk;
+**   END;
+**
+** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It
+** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by 
+** sqlite3FkDelete().
+*/
+static Trigger *fkActionTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to get action for */
+  ExprList *pChanges              /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  int action;                     /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;              /* Trigger definition to return */
+  int iAction = (pChanges!=0);    /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */
+
+  action = pFKey->aAction[iAction];
+  pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction];
+
+  if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){
+    u8 enableLookaside;           /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
+    char const *zFrom;            /* Name of child table */
+    int nFrom;                    /* Length in bytes of zFrom */
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Parent key index for this FK */
+    int *aiCol = 0;               /* child table cols -> parent key cols */
+    TriggerStep *pStep = 0;        /* First (only) step of trigger program */
+    Expr *pWhere = 0;             /* WHERE clause of trigger step */
+    ExprList *pList = 0;          /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */
+    Select *pSelect = 0;          /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */
+    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
+    Expr *pWhen = 0;              /* WHEN clause for the trigger */
+
+    if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0;
+    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+
+    for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+      Token tOld = { "old", 3 };  /* Literal "old" token */
+      Token tNew = { "new", 3 };  /* Literal "new" token */
+      Token tFromCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
+      Token tToCol;               /* Name of column in parent table */
+      int iFromCol;               /* Idx of column in child table */
+      Expr *pEq;                  /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */
+
+      iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+      assert( iFromCol>=0 );
+      tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid";
+      tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName;
+
+      tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z);
+      tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z);
+
+      /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important
+      ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so
+      ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the
+      ** parent table are used for the comparison. */
+      pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ,
+          sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
+          , 0),
+          sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol)
+      , 0);
+      pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+
+      /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause.
+      ** The final WHEN clause will be like this:
+      **
+      **    WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN)
+      */
+      if( pChanges ){
+        pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS,
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
+              0),
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
+              0),
+            0);
+        pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq);
+      }
+  
+      if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){
+        Expr *pNew;
+        if( action==OE_Cascade ){
+          pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
+          , 0);
+        }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){
+          Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt;
+          if( pDflt ){
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0);
+          }else{
+            pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
+          }
+        }else{
+          pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
+        }
+        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew);
+        sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
+
+    zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
+    nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom);
+
+    if( action==OE_Restrict ){
+      Token tFrom;
+      Expr *pRaise; 
+
+      tFrom.z = zFrom;
+      tFrom.n = nFrom;
+      pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed");
+      if( pRaise ){
+        pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort;
+      }
+      pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 
+          sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise),
+          sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0),
+          pWhere,
+          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+      );
+      pWhere = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */
+    enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+
+    pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
+        sizeof(Trigger) +         /* struct Trigger */
+        sizeof(TriggerStep) +     /* Single step in trigger program */
+        nFrom + 1                 /* Space for pStep->target.z */
+    );
+    if( pTrigger ){
+      pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1];
+      pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1];
+      pStep->target.n = nFrom;
+      memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom);
+  
+      pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      if( pWhen ){
+        pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0);
+        pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){
+      fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    assert( pStep!=0 );
+
+    switch( action ){
+      case OE_Restrict:
+        pStep->op = TK_SELECT; 
+        break;
+      case OE_Cascade: 
+        if( !pChanges ){ 
+          pStep->op = TK_DELETE; 
+          break; 
+        }
+      default:
+        pStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
+    }
+    pStep->pTrig = pTrigger;
+    pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger;
+    pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE);
+  }
+
+  return pTrigger;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement
+** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
+  ExprList *pChanges,             /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
+  int regOld,                     /* Address of array containing old row */
+  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
+  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
+){
+  /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that 
+  ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK 
+  ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated 
+  ** trigger sub-program.  */
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *pFKey;                  /* Iterator variable */
+    for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
+      if( aChange==0 || fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) ){
+        Trigger *pAct = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges);
+        if( pAct ){
+          sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAct, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+/*
+** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to
+** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash
+** hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
+  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Iterator variable */
+  FKey *pNext;                    /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */
+
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) );
+  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){
+
+    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
+    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+      if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
+        pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
+      }else{
+        void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
+        const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
+        sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p);
+      }
+      if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
+        pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is
+    ** classified as either immediate or deferred.
+    */
+    assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 );
+
+    /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]);
+    fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]);
+#endif
+
+    pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
+
+/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will 
+**
+**   (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then
+**   (2) open pTab as cursor iCur.
+**
+** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index
+** for that table that is actually opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(
+  Parse *pParse,  /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
+  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
+  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
+  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
+  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 
+                   (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
+  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+  }else{
+    Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+    assert( pPk!=0 );
+    assert( pPk->tnum=pTab->tnum );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pPk->tnum, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
+** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in 
+** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'a'            TEXT
+**  'b'            NONE
+**  'c'            NUMERIC
+**  'd'            INTEGER
+**  'e'            REAL
+**
+** An extra 'd' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
+** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
+**
+** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string
+** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be
+** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
+  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
+    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
+    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
+    **
+    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
+    ** up.
+    */
+    int n;
+    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
+    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
+      i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[n];
+      pIdx->zColAff[n] = x<0 ? SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER : pTab->aCol[x].affinity;
+    }
+    pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
+  }
+ 
+  return pIdx->zColAff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been
+** computed.  As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_NONE affinities.
+**
+** If the affinity exists (if it is no entirely SQLITE_AFF_NONE values) and
+** if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the affinities
+** for register iReg and following.  Or if affinities exists and iReg==0,
+** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should  be
+** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string.
+**
+** A column affinity string has one character per column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'a'            TEXT
+**  'b'            NONE
+**  'c'            NUMERIC
+**  'd'            INTEGER
+**  'e'            REAL
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){
+  int i;
+  char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff;
+  if( zColAff==0 ){
+    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
+    zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1);
+    if( !zColAff ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
+    }
+    do{
+      zColAff[i--] = 0;
+    }while( i>=0 && zColAff[i]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
+    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
+  }
+  i = sqlite3Strlen30(zColAff);
+  if( i ){
+    if( iReg ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zColAff, i);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
+** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if 
+** a statement of the form  "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can 
+** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. 
+*/
+static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+  int i;
+  int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0;
+#endif
+
+  for(i=1; i<iEnd; i++){
+    VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, i);
+    assert( pOp!=0 );
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){
+      Index *pIndex;
+      int tnum = pOp->p2;
+      if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
+        if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){
+      assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 );
+      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
+      return 1;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+/*
+** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab
+** which is in database iDb.  Return the register number for the register
+** that holds the maximum rowid.
+**
+** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the
+** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within
+** triggers.  A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the
+** first use of table pTab.  On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original
+** AutoincInfo structure is used.
+**
+** Three memory locations are allocated:
+**
+**   (1)  Register to hold the name of the pTab table.
+**   (2)  Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab.
+**   (3)  Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab
+**
+** The 2nd register is the one that is returned.  That is all the
+** insert routine needs to know about.
+*/
+static int autoIncBegin(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
+  Table *pTab         /* The table we are writing to */
+){
+  int memId = 0;      /* Register holding maximum rowid */
+  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+    Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+    AutoincInfo *pInfo;
+
+    pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc;
+    while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; }
+    if( pInfo==0 ){
+      pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo));
+      if( pInfo==0 ) return 0;
+      pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc;
+      pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo;
+      pInfo->pTab = pTab;
+      pInfo->iDb = iDb;
+      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Register to hold name of table */
+      pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem;  /* Max rowid register */
+      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */
+    }
+    memId = pInfo->regCtr;
+  }
+  return memId;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the
+** register used by the autoincrement tracker.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){
+  AutoincInfo *p;            /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
+  Db *pDb;                   /* Database only autoinc table */
+  int memId;                 /* Register holding max rowid */
+  int addr;                  /* A VDBE address */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* VDBE under construction */
+
+  /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation.  It is
+  ** only called from the top-level */
+  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 );
+  assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) );
+
+  assert( v );   /* We failed long ago if this is not so */
+  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+    memId = p->regCtr;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, memId, memId+1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
+**
+** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a
+** new rowid that is about to be inserted.  If that new rowid is
+** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the
+** memory cell is updated.  The stack is unchanged.
+*/
+static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){
+  if( memId>0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement
+** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register.
+** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement
+** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this
+** routine just before the "exit" code.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){
+  AutoincInfo *p;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  assert( v );
+  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+    int j1;
+    int iRec;
+    int memId = p->regCtr;
+
+    iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec);
+  }
+}
+#else
+/*
+** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines
+** above are all no-ops
+*/
+# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0)
+# define autoIncStep(A,B,C)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static int xferOptimization(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
+  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
+);
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to handle SQL of the following forms:
+**
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
+**
+** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
+** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted.  The IDLIST
+** appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
+**
+** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
+** statement above, and pSelect is NULL.  For the second form, pList is
+** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
+** data for the insert.
+**
+** The code generated follows one of four templates.  For a simple
+** insert with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
+** once straight down through.  Pseudo-code follows (we call this
+** the "1st template"):
+**
+**         open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         put VALUES clause expressions into registers
+**         write the resulting record into <table>
+**         cleanup
+**
+** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
+**
+**   INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
+**
+** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" -
+** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
+** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
+** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical
+** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
+** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>.
+** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
+** template.  This is the 2nd template.
+**
+**         open a write cursor to <table>
+**         open read cursor on <table2>
+**         transfer all records in <table2> over to <table>
+**         close cursors
+**         foreach index on <table>
+**           open a write cursor on the <table> index
+**           open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index
+**           transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
+**           close cursors
+**         end foreach
+**
+** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply
+** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time.
+** The generated code follows this template:
+**
+**         X <- A
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the rows in the SELECT
+**           load values into registers R..R+n
+**           yield X
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         end-coroutine X
+**      B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**      C: yield X, at EOF goto D
+**         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
+**         goto C
+**      D: cleanup
+**
+** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
+** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
+** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
+** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
+** the select.  The template is like this:
+**
+**         X <- A
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+**           load value into register R..R+n
+**           yield X
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         end co-routine R
+**      B: open temp table
+**      L: yield X, at EOF goto M
+**         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
+**         goto L
+**      M: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         rewind temp table
+**      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
+**           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
+**         end loop
+**      D: cleanup
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
+  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
+  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into.  aka TABLE */
+  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
+  const char *zDb;      /* Name of the database holding this table */
+  int i, j, idx;        /* Loop counters */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
+  int nHidden = 0;      /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */
+  int iDataCur = 0;     /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */
+  int iIdxCur = 0;      /* First index cursor */
+  int ipkColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
+  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
+  int addrInsTop = 0;   /* Jump to label "D" */
+  int addrCont = 0;     /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */
+  SelectDest dest;      /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */
+  int iDb;              /* Index of database holding TABLE */
+  Db *pDb;              /* The database containing table being inserted into */
+  u8 useTempTable = 0;  /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
+  u8 appendFlag = 0;    /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
+  u8 withoutRowid;      /* 0 for normal table.  1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */
+  u8 bIdListInOrder = 1; /* True if IDLIST is in table order */
+  ExprList *pList = 0;  /* List of VALUES() to be inserted  */
+
+  /* Register allocations */
+  int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
+  int regAutoinc = 0;   /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
+  int regRowCount = 0;  /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
+  int regIns;           /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
+  int regRowid;         /* registers holding insert rowid */
+  int regData;          /* register holding first column to insert */
+  int *aRegIdx = 0;     /* One register allocated to each index */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;                 /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;          /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+  int tmask;                  /* Mask of trigger times */
+#endif
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest));
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* If the Select object is really just a simple VALUES() list with a
+  ** single row values (the common case) then keep that one row of values
+  ** and go ahead and discard the Select object
+  */
+  if( pSelect && (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Values)!=0 && pSelect->pPrior==0 ){
+    pList = pSelect->pEList;
+    pSelect->pEList = 0;
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    pSelect = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
+  if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  zDb = pDb->zName;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  withoutRowid = !HasRowid(pTab);
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** inserted into is a view
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define tmask 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+  assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) );
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Cannot insert into a read-only table.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a VDBE
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+  /* If the statement is of the form
+  **
+  **       INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>;
+  **
+  ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
+  ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
+  **
+  ** This is the 2nd template.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){
+    assert( !pTrigger );
+    assert( pList==0 );
+    goto insert_end;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
+
+  /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
+  ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
+  */
+  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);
+
+  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
+  ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record.
+  */
+  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
+  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    regRowid++;
+    pParse->nMem++;
+  }
+  regData = regRowid+1;
+
+  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
+  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
+  ** remember the column indices.
+  **
+  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
+  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the ipkColumn variable
+  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  ipkColumn is
+  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
+  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the INTEGER
+  ** PRIMARY KEY in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
+  */
+  if( pColumn ){
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
+          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
+          if( i!=j ) bIdListInOrder = 0;
+          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+            ipkColumn = i;  assert( !withoutRowid );
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+        if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) && !withoutRowid ){
+          ipkColumn = i;
+          bIdListInOrder = 0;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
+              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
+          pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+          goto insert_cleanup;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
+  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that
+  ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation.  The
+  ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates.
+  */
+  if( pSelect ){
+    /* Data is coming from a SELECT.  Generate a co-routine to run the SELECT */
+    int regYield;       /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */
+    int addrTop;        /* Top of the co-routine */
+    int rc;             /* Result code */
+
+    regYield = ++pParse->nMem;
+    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop);
+    sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield);
+    dest.iSdst = bIdListInOrder ? regData : 0;
+    dest.nSdst = pTab->nCol;
+    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+    regFromSelect = dest.iSdst;
+    assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc );
+    if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) goto insert_cleanup;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regYield);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1);                       /* label B: */
+    assert( pSelect->pEList );
+    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+
+    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
+    ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4).  Set to
+    ** FALSE if each output row of the SELECT can be written directly into
+    ** the destination table (template 3).
+    **
+    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
+    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
+    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
+    */
+    if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){
+      useTempTable = 1;
+    }
+
+    if( useTempTable ){
+      /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT
+      ** and add it to a transient table srcTab.  The code generated
+      ** here is from the 4th template:
+      **
+      **      B: open temp table
+      **      L: yield X, goto M at EOF
+      **         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
+      **         goto L
+      **      M: ...
+      */
+      int regRec;          /* Register to hold packed record */
+      int regTempRowid;    /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */
+      int addrL;           /* Label "L" */
+
+      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
+      regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn);
+      addrL = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrL);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrL);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid);
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
+    ** clause
+    */
+    NameContext sNC;
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    srcTab = -1;
+    assert( useTempTable==0 );
+    nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
+    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+        goto insert_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
+  ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key 
+  ** column index in the original table definition.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
+    ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
+  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
+  */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
+    }
+  }
+  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
+       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+    
+  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
+  }
+
+  /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */
+  if( !isView ){
+    int nIdx;
+    nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, -1, 0,
+                                      &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
+    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1));
+    if( aRegIdx==0 ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nIdx; i++){
+      aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
+    ** following pseudocode (template 4):
+    **
+    **         rewind temp table, if empty goto D
+    **      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
+    **           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
+    **         end loop
+    **      D: ...
+    */
+    addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
+    ** following pseudocode (template 3):
+    **
+    **      C: yield X, at EOF goto D
+    **         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
+    **         goto C
+    **      D: ...
+    */
+    addrInsTop = addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
+  */
+  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
+    int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1);
+
+    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
+    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
+    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
+    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
+    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
+    */
+    if( ipkColumn<0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
+    }else{
+      int j1;
+      assert( !withoutRowid );
+      if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regCols);
+      }else{
+        assert( pSelect==0 );  /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regCols);
+      }
+      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+
+    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
+    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
+    */
+    assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
+
+    /* Create the new column data
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        j = i;
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); 
+      }else{
+        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
+        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
+    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
+    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
+    ** table column affinities.
+    */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regCols+1);
+    }
+
+    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, 
+        pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop);
+
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1);
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the content of the next row to insert into a range of
+  ** registers beginning at regIns.
+  */
+  if( !isView ){
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns);
+    }
+    if( ipkColumn>=0 ){
+      if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regRowid);
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFromSelect+ipkColumn, regRowid);
+      }else{
+        VdbeOp *pOp;
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
+        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
+        if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+          appendFlag = 1;
+          pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
+          pOp->p1 = iDataCur;
+          pOp->p2 = regRowid;
+          pOp->p3 = regAutoinc;
+        }
+      }
+      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
+      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
+      */
+      if( !appendFlag ){
+        int j1;
+        if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+          j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+        }else{
+          j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) || withoutRowid ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
+      appendFlag = 1;
+    }
+    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
+
+    /* Compute data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
+    ** with the first column.
+    */
+    nHidden = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i;
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
+        ** Whenever this column is read, the rowid will be substituted
+        ** in its place.  Hence, fill this column with a NULL to avoid
+        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used.
+        ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore);
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
+          assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+          j = -1;
+          nHidden++;
+        }else{
+          j = i - nHidden;
+        }
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); 
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        if( regFromSelect!=regData ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore);
+        }
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
+    ** do the insertion.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
+      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      int isReplace;    /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */
+      sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+          regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace
+      );
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+                               regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
+  }
+
+  if( pTrigger ){
+    /* Code AFTER triggers */
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, 
+        pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop);
+  }
+
+  /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source
+  ** is a SELECT statement.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
+  }
+
+  if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){
+    /* Close all tables opened */
+    if( iDataCur<iIdxCur ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur);
+    for(idx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+iIdxCur);
+    }
+  }
+
+insert_end:
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+insert_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
+}
+
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+#ifdef tmask
+ #undef tmask
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE
+** on table pTab.
+**
+** The regNewData parameter is the first register in a range that contains
+** the data to be inserted or the data after the update.  There will be
+** pTab->nCol+1 registers in this range.  The first register (the one
+** that regNewData points to) will contain the new rowid, or NULL in the
+** case of a WITHOUT ROWID table.  The second register in the range will
+** contain the content of the first table column.  The third register will
+** contain the content of the second table column.  And so forth.
+**
+** The regOldData parameter is similar to regNewData except that it contains
+** the data prior to an UPDATE rather than afterwards.  regOldData is zero
+** for an INSERT.  This routine can distinguish between UPDATE and INSERT by
+** checking regOldData for zero.
+**
+** For an UPDATE, the pkChng boolean is true if the true primary key (the
+** rowid for a normal table or the PRIMARY KEY for a WITHOUT ROWID table)
+** might be modified by the UPDATE.  If pkChng is false, then the key of
+** the iDataCur content table is guaranteed to be unchanged by the UPDATE.
+**
+** For an INSERT, the pkChng boolean indicates whether or not the rowid
+** was explicitly specified as part of the INSERT statement.  If pkChng
+** is zero, it means that the either rowid is computed automatically or
+** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid.  On an INSERT,
+** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer
+** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias.
+**
+** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into
+** registers identified by aRegIdx[].  No index entry is created for
+** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.  The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
+** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
+** at pTab->pIndex.
+**
+** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main
+** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which
+** aRegIdx[] is not zero).  iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when
+** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY
+** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table.  iIdxCur is the cursor
+** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list.  Cursors for other indices
+** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list.
+**
+** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
+** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
+** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
+** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
+**
+**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
+**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
+**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
+**                                sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
+**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
+**                                cause sqlite3_step() to return immediately
+**                                with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              FAIL         Sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
+**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
+**                                changes to prior rows are retained.
+**
+**  any              IGNORE       The attempt in insert or update the current
+**                                row is skipped, without throwing an error.
+**                                Processing continues with the next row.
+**                                (There is an immediate jump to ignoreDest.)
+**
+**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
+**                                value for that column.  If the default value
+**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
+**
+**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
+**                                being inserted is removed.
+**
+**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
+**
+** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
+** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
+** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
+** for the constraint is used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table being inserted or updated */
+  int *aRegIdx,        /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i.  0 for unused */
+  int iDataCur,        /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */
+  int iIdxCur,         /* First index cursor */
+  int regNewData,      /* First register in a range holding values to insert */
+  int regOldData,      /* Previous content.  0 for INSERTs */
+  u8 pkChng,           /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */
+  u8 overrideError,    /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
+  int ignoreDest,      /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
+  int *pbMayReplace    /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;             /* VDBE under constrution */
+  Index *pIdx;         /* Pointer to one of the indices */
+  Index *pPk = 0;      /* The PRIMARY KEY index */
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* Database connection */
+  int i;               /* loop counter */
+  int ix;              /* Index loop counter */
+  int nCol;            /* Number of columns */
+  int onError;         /* Conflict resolution strategy */
+  int j1;              /* Addresss of jump instruction */
+  int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */
+  int nPkField;        /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */
+  int ipkTop = 0;      /* Top of the rowid change constraint check */
+  int ipkBottom = 0;   /* Bottom of the rowid change constraint check */
+  u8 isUpdate;         /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */
+  u8 bAffinityDone = 0;  /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */
+  int regRowid = -1;   /* Register holding ROWID value */
+
+  isUpdate = regOldData!=0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  nCol = pTab->nCol;
+  
+  /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for
+  ** normal rowid tables.  nPkField is the number of key fields in the 
+  ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table.  In other words, nPkField is the
+  ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */
+  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+    pPk = 0;
+    nPkField = 1;
+  }else{
+    pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+    nPkField = pPk->nKeyCol;
+  }
+
+  /* Record that this module has started */
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenCnstCks(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)",
+                     iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, regOldData, pkChng));
+
+  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
+    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
+        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Abort:
+        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+        /* Fall through */
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
+                                    pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL, onError,
+                          regNewData+1+i, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, P5_ConstraintNotNull);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regNewData+1+i, ignoreDest);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
+        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regNewData+1+i);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test all CHECK constraints
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
+    ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck;
+    pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
+    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
+    for(i=0; i<pCheck->nExpr; i++){
+      int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[i].pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+      }else{
+        char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zName;
+        if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName;
+        if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */
+        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK,
+                              onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT,
+                              P5_ConstraintCheck);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
+
+  /* If rowid is changing, make sure the new rowid does not previously
+  ** exist in the table.
+  */
+  if( pkChng && pPk==0 ){
+    int addrRowidOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* Figure out what action to take in case of a rowid collision */
+    onError = pTab->keyConf;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      /* pkChng!=0 does not mean that the rowid has change, only that
+      ** it might have changed.  Skip the conflict logic below if the rowid
+      ** is unchanged. */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regNewData, addrRowidOk, regOldData);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+
+    /* If the response to a rowid conflict is REPLACE but the response
+    ** to some other UNIQUE constraint is FAIL or IGNORE, then we need
+    ** to defer the running of the rowid conflict checking until after
+    ** the UNIQUE constraints have run.
+    */
+    if( onError==OE_Replace && overrideError!=OE_Replace ){
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Ignore || pIdx->onError==OE_Fail ){
+          ipkTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check to see if the new rowid already exists in the table.  Skip
+    ** the following conflict logic if it does not. */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, addrRowidOk, regNewData);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+    /* Generate code that deals with a rowid collision */
+    switch( onError ){
+      default: {
+        onError = OE_Abort;
+        /* Fall thru into the next case */
+      }
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pTab);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the
+        ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to
+        ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire
+        ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries.
+        **
+        ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers
+        ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call 
+        ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries 
+        ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry 
+        ** when it is inserted.  
+        **
+        ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called,
+        ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require
+        ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete
+        ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless,
+        ** but being more selective here allows statements like:
+        **
+        **   REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid)
+        **
+        ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the
+        ** table.
+        */
+        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+        if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
+          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+        }
+        if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){
+          sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+          sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+                                   regNewData, 1, 0, OE_Replace, 1);
+        }else if( pTab->pIndex ){
+          sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+          sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0);
+        }
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        /*assert( seenReplace==0 );*/
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrRowidOk);
+    if( ipkTop ){
+      ipkBottom = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkTop);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
+  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
+  ** Compute the revised record entries for indices as we go.
+  **
+  ** This loop also handles the case of the PRIMARY KEY index for a
+  ** WITHOUT ROWID table.
+  */
+  for(ix=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, ix++){
+    int regIdx;          /* Range of registers hold conent for pIdx */
+    int regR;            /* Range of registers holding conflicting PK */
+    int iThisCur;        /* Cursor for this UNIQUE index */
+    int addrUniqueOk;    /* Jump here if the UNIQUE constraint is satisfied */
+
+    if( aRegIdx[ix]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip indices that do not change */
+    if( bAffinityDone==0 ){
+      sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1);
+      bAffinityDone = 1;
+    }
+    iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix;
+    addrUniqueOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* Skip partial indices for which the WHERE clause is not true */
+    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, aRegIdx[ix]);
+      pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, addrUniqueOk,
+                         SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      pParse->ckBase = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Create a record for this index entry as it should appear after
+    ** the insert or update.  Store that record in the aRegIdx[ix] register
+    */
+    regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn);
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+      int iField = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+      int x;
+      if( iField<0 || iField==pTab->iPKey ){
+        if( regRowid==regIdx+i ) continue; /* ROWID already in regIdx+i */
+        x = regNewData;
+        regRowid =  pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ? -1 : regIdx+i;
+      }else{
+        x = iField + regNewData + 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, x, regIdx+i);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s", iField<0 ? "rowid" : pTab->aCol[iField].zName));
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, aRegIdx[ix]);
+    VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pIdx->zName));
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
+
+    /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index 
+    ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the
+    ** primary key, then no collision is possible.  The collision detection
+    ** logic below can all be skipped. */
+    if( isUpdate && pPk==pIdx && pkChng==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */
+    onError = pIdx->onError;
+    if( onError==OE_None ){ 
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
+      continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
+    }
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    
+    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk,
+                         regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+    /* Generate code to handle collisions */
+    regR = (pIdx==pPk) ? regIdx : sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPkField);
+    if( isUpdate || onError==OE_Replace ){
+      if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iThisCur, regR);
+        /* Conflict only if the rowid of the existing index entry
+        ** is different from old-rowid */
+        if( isUpdate ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regR, addrUniqueOk, regOldData);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+          VdbeCoverage(v);
+        }
+      }else{
+        int x;
+        /* Extract the PRIMARY KEY from the end of the index entry and
+        ** store it in registers regR..regR+nPk-1 */
+        if( pIdx!=pPk ){
+          for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+            x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iThisCur, x, regR+i);
+            VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
+                         pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName));
+          }
+        }
+        if( isUpdate ){
+          /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID 
+          ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually
+          ** different from the old.
+          **
+          ** For a UNIQUE index, only conflict if the PRIMARY KEY values
+          ** of the matched index row are different from the original PRIMARY
+          ** KEY values of this row before the update.  */
+          int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol;
+          int op = OP_Ne;
+          int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR);
+  
+          for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+            char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]);
+            x = pPk->aiColumn[i];
+            if( i==(pPk->nKeyCol-1) ){
+              addrJump = addrUniqueOk;
+              op = OP_Eq;
+            }
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, 
+                regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ
+            );
+            sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+            VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq);
+            VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
+    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
+        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, onError, pIdx);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
+        sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+        if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
+          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+                                 regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace, pIdx==pPk);
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
+    if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField);
+  }
+  if( ipkTop ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ipkTop+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom);
+  }
+  
+  *pbMayReplace = seenReplace;
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace));
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
+** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the
+** rowid and the content to be inserted.
+**
+** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
+** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int iDataCur,       /* Cursor of the canonical data source */
+  int iIdxCur,        /* First index cursor */
+  int regNewData,     /* Range of content */
+  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
+  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int appendBias,     /* True if this is likely to be an append */
+  int useSeekResult   /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;            /* Prepared statements under construction */
+  Index *pIdx;        /* An index being inserted or updated */
+  u8 pik_flags;       /* flag values passed to the btree insert */
+  int regData;        /* Content registers (after the rowid) */
+  int regRec;         /* Register holding assemblied record for the table */
+  int i;              /* Loop counter */
+  u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
+    bAffinityDone = 1;
+    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i]);
+    pik_flags = 0;
+    if( useSeekResult ) pik_flags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
+    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+      assert( pParse->nested==0 );
+      pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
+    }
+    if( pik_flags )  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
+  }
+  if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return;
+  regData = regNewData + 1;
+  regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
+  if( !bAffinityDone ) sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
+  if( pParse->nested ){
+    pik_flags = 0;
+  }else{
+    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
+    pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
+  }
+  if( appendBias ){
+    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
+  }
+  if( useSeekResult ){
+    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, regRec, regNewData);
+  if( !pParse->nested ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate
+** code to open and initialized those cursors.
+**
+** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally
+** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT
+** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur.  The first index cursor is
+** returned in *piIdxCur.  The number of indices is returned.
+**
+** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables
+** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative.
+** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor.
+**
+** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur.
+** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range
+** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the
+** pTab->pIndex list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
+  int op,          /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+  int iBase,       /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */
+  u8 *aToOpen,     /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */
+  int *piDataCur,  /* Write the database source cursor number here */
+  int *piIdxCur    /* Write the first index cursor number here */
+){
+  int i;
+  int iDb;
+  int iDataCur;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite );
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    assert( aToOpen==0 );
+    *piDataCur = 0;
+    *piIdxCur = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab;
+  iDataCur = iBase++;
+  if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iDataCur;
+  if( HasRowid(pTab) && (aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[0]) ){
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, op==OP_OpenWrite, pTab->zName);
+  }
+  if( piIdxCur ) *piIdxCur = iBase;
+  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    int iIdxCur = iBase++;
+    assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) && piDataCur ){
+      *piDataCur = iIdxCur;
+    }
+    if( aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[i+1] ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+    }
+  }
+  if( iBase>pParse->nTab ) pParse->nTab = iBase;
+  return i;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
+** transfer optimization is used.  This is used for testing
+** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
+** is happening when it is suppose to.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+/*
+** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible.
+*/
+static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){
+  if( z1==0 ){
+    return z2==0;
+  }
+  if( z2==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
+** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization.  The rules
+** for a compatible index:
+**
+**    *   The index is over the same set of columns
+**    *   The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
+**    *   The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
+**    *   The same collating sequence on each column
+**    *   The index has the exact same WHERE clause
+*/
+static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){
+  int i;
+  assert( pDest && pSrc );
+  assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable );
+  if( pDest->nKeyCol!=pSrc->nKeyCol ){
+    return 0;   /* Different number of columns */
+  }
+  if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){
+    return 0;   /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nKeyCol; i++){
+    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
+      return 0;   /* Different columns indexed */
+    }
+    if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
+      return 0;   /* Different sort orders */
+    }
+    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){
+      return 0;   /* Different collating sequences */
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pPartIdxWhere, pDest->pPartIdxWhere, -1) ){
+    return 0;     /* Different WHERE clauses */
+  }
+
+  /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
+**
+**     INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
+**
+** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.  
+** Columns are not decoded and reassemblied, which greatly improves
+** performance.  Raw index records are transferred in the same way.
+**
+** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible.
+** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments
+** embedded in the code for details.
+**
+** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used.
+** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table
+** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time.  In that
+** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also
+** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the
+** xfer optimization code if the test fails.  In that case, this routine
+** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate
+** an unoptimized transfer.  This routine also returns FALSE if there
+** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied.
+**
+** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster.
+*/
+static int xferOptimization(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
+  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
+){
+  ExprList *pEList;                /* The result set of the SELECT */
+  Table *pSrc;                     /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
+  Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx;       /* Source and destination indices */
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;      /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
+  int i;                           /* Loop counter */
+  int iDbSrc;                      /* The database of pSrc */
+  int iSrc, iDest;                 /* Cursors from source and destination */
+  int addr1, addr2;                /* Loop addresses */
+  int emptyDestTest = 0;           /* Address of test for empty pDest */
+  int emptySrcTest = 0;            /* Address of test for empty pSrc */
+  Vdbe *v;                         /* The VDBE we are building */
+  int regAutoinc;                  /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */
+  int destHasUniqueIdx = 0;        /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */
+  int regData, regRowid;           /* Registers holding data and rowid */
+
+  if( pSelect==0 ){
+    return 0;   /* Must be of the form  INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */
+  }
+  if( pParse->pWith || pSelect->pWith ){
+    /* Do not attempt to process this query if there are an WITH clauses
+    ** attached to it. Proceeding may generate a false "no such table: xxx"
+    ** error if pSelect reads from a CTE named "xxx".  */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 must not have triggers */
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
+  }
+#endif
+  if( onError==OE_Default ){
+    if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf;
+    if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort;
+  }
+  assert(pSelect->pSrc);   /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */
+  if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pWhere ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */
+  }
+  /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause.  If HAVING is present but
+  ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */
+  if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pLimit ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
+  }
+  assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 );  /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
+  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
+  }
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
+    return 0;   /* The result set must have exactly one column */
+  }
+  assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
+  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){
+    return 0;   /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
+  }
+
+  /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
+  ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization.  Now
+  ** we have to check the semantics.
+  */
+  pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a;
+  pSrc = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem);
+  if( pSrc==0 ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
+  }
+  if( pSrc==pDest ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
+  }
+  if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){
+    return 0;   /* source and destination must both be WITHOUT ROWID or not */
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
+    return 0;   /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pSrc->pSelect ){
+    return 0;   /* tab2 may not be a view */
+  }
+  if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){
+    return 0;   /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */
+  }
+  if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
+    return 0;   /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){
+    Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i];
+    Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i];
+    if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){
+      return 0;    /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
+    }
+    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl) ){
+      return 0;    /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
+    }
+    if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){
+      return 0;    /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */
+    }
+    /* Default values for second and subsequent columns need to match. */
+    if( i>0
+     && ((pDestCol->zDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->zDflt==0) 
+         || (pDestCol->zDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->zDflt, pSrcCol->zDflt)!=0))
+    ){
+      return 0;    /* Default values must be the same for all columns */
+    }
+  }
+  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
+    if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
+      destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
+    }
+    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
+      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
+    }
+    if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
+      return 0;    /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */
+    }
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck,pDest->pCheck,-1) ){
+    return 0;   /* Tables have different CHECK constraints.  Ticket #2252 */
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
+  ** any foreign key constraints.  This is more restrictive than necessary.
+  ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM 
+  ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints.  So
+  ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
+  ** not worth the effort.  Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
+  */
+  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+    return 0;  /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at
+  ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination
+  ** table (tab1) is initially empty.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
+#endif
+  iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
+  iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
+  iDest = pParse->nTab++;
+  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
+  regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
+  assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx );
+  if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0)          /* (1) */
+   || destHasUniqueIdx                              /* (2) */
+   || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback)   /* (3) */
+  ){
+    /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization
+    ** only if the destination table is initially empty.  This code makes
+    ** that determination.  Conditions under which the destination must
+    ** be empty:
+    **
+    ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices.
+    **     (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields
+    **     of index entries might need to change.)
+    **
+    ** (2) The destination has a unique index.  (The xfer optimization 
+    **     is unable to test uniqueness.)
+    **
+    ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback.
+    */
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  }
+  if( HasRowid(pSrc) ){
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
+    emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
+      addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pDest);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
+      autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
+    }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
+    }else{
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
+      assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName);
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName);
+  }
+  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
+    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
+      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
+    }
+    assert( pSrcIdx );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+  }
+  if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData);
+  if( emptyDestTest ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
+
+/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
+** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
+** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
+**
+** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
+** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
+** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
+** is invoked, even for queries.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
+  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Return code */
+  const char *zLeftover;      /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;    /* The current SQL statement */
+  char **azCols = 0;          /* Names of result columns */
+  int callbackIsInit;         /* True if callback data is initialized */
+
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){
+    int nCol;
+    char **azVals = 0;
+
+    pStmt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( !pStmt ){
+      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
+      zSql = zLeftover;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    callbackIsInit = 0;
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+
+    while( 1 ){
+      int i;
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
+      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
+          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit
+                           && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
+        if( !callbackIsInit ){
+          azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
+          if( azCols==0 ){
+            goto exec_out;
+          }
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+            /* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8
+            ** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */
+            assert( azCols[i]!=0 );
+          }
+          callbackIsInit = 1;
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
+            if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+              db->mallocFailed = 1;
+              goto exec_out;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+          sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+          pStmt = 0;
+          sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0);
+          goto exec_out;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+        pStmt = 0;
+        zSql = zLeftover;
+        while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
+    azCols = 0;
+  }
+
+exec_out:
+  if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
+
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){
+    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
+    if( *pzErrMsg ){
+      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+    }
+  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
+** the SQLite library.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  #define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
+#endif
+/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
+** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
+** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
+** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
+** sqlite3.h.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
+#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
+
+/*
+** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
+** routines.
+**
+** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
+** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
+** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
+** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared
+** libraries!
+*/
+struct sqlite3_api_routines {
+  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
+  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
+  int  (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int  (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
+  int  (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
+  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
+  int  (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
+  int  (*changes)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*close)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
+                           int eTextRep,const char*));
+  int  (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
+                             int eTextRep,const void*));
+  const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
+  const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  double  (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
+  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
+  int  (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
+                           int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,
+                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
+                          void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                          void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                          void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int  (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,
+                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
+  int  (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
+  int  (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
+  const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
+  const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
+  int  (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*free)(void*);
+  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
+  int  (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  int  (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
+  int  (*global_recover)(void);
+  void  (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
+  const char * (*libversion)(void);
+  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
+  void *(*malloc)(int);
+  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
+  int  (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int  (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
+  void  (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
+  int  (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
+  void  (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
+  void  (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
+  void  (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  void  (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
+  void  (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
+  void  (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
+  void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,
+                         const char*,const char*),void*);
+  void  (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
+  char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
+  int  (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,
+                                char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
+  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
+  int  (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
+  int  (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+  void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,
+                                         sqlite_int64),void*);
+  void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
+  const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  double  (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
+  /* Added ??? */
+  int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+  /* Added by 3.3.13 */
+  int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  /* Added by 3.4.1 */
+  int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,
+                          void (*xDestroy)(void *));
+  /* Added by 3.5.0 */
+  int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
+  int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
+  int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,
+                   int,sqlite3_blob**);
+  int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
+  int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
+  int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
+                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+                             void(*)(void*));
+  int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
+  void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
+  int (*release_memory)(int);
+  void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
+  void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int (*sleep)(int);
+  void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
+  sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
+  int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
+  int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
+  int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
+  void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  int (*test_control)(int, ...);
+  void (*randomness)(int,void*);
+  sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int);
+  int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int);
+  sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+  const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
+  int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int);
+  const char *(*compileoption_get)(int);
+  int (*compileoption_used)(const char*);
+  int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
+                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+                            void(*xDestroy)(void*));
+  int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*);
+  int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int);
+  int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*);
+  void (*log)(int,const char*,...);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64);
+  const char *(*sourceid)(void);
+  int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int);
+  int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*);
+  int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int);
+  int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*);
+  int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64);
+  int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...);
+  int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*);
+  /* Version 3.7.16 and later */
+  int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*);
+  const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*);
+  const char *(*errstr)(int);
+  int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*);
+  int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64);
+  const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*);
+  char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list);
+  int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*);
+};
+
+/*
+** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
+** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
+**
+** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
+** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
+** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
+** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
+** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
+** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_context      sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_count        sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_bind_blob              sqlite3_api->bind_blob
+#define sqlite3_bind_double            sqlite3_api->bind_double
+#define sqlite3_bind_int               sqlite3_api->bind_int
+#define sqlite3_bind_int64             sqlite3_api->bind_int64
+#define sqlite3_bind_null              sqlite3_api->bind_null
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
+#define sqlite3_bind_text              sqlite3_api->bind_text
+#define sqlite3_bind_text16            sqlite3_api->bind_text16
+#define sqlite3_bind_value             sqlite3_api->bind_value
+#define sqlite3_busy_handler           sqlite3_api->busy_handler
+#define sqlite3_busy_timeout           sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
+#define sqlite3_changes                sqlite3_api->changes
+#define sqlite3_close                  sqlite3_api->close
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed       sqlite3_api->collation_needed
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed16     sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
+#define sqlite3_column_blob            sqlite3_api->column_blob
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes           sqlite3_api->column_bytes
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes16         sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_column_count           sqlite3_api->column_count
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name   sqlite3_api->column_database_name
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype        sqlite3_api->column_decltype
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype16      sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
+#define sqlite3_column_double          sqlite3_api->column_double
+#define sqlite3_column_int             sqlite3_api->column_int
+#define sqlite3_column_int64           sqlite3_api->column_int64
+#define sqlite3_column_name            sqlite3_api->column_name
+#define sqlite3_column_name16          sqlite3_api->column_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name     sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name      sqlite3_api->column_table_name
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name16    sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_text            sqlite3_api->column_text
+#define sqlite3_column_text16          sqlite3_api->column_text16
+#define sqlite3_column_type            sqlite3_api->column_type
+#define sqlite3_column_value           sqlite3_api->column_value
+#define sqlite3_commit_hook            sqlite3_api->commit_hook
+#define sqlite3_complete               sqlite3_api->complete
+#define sqlite3_complete16             sqlite3_api->complete16
+#define sqlite3_create_collation       sqlite3_api->create_collation
+#define sqlite3_create_collation16     sqlite3_api->create_collation16
+#define sqlite3_create_function        sqlite3_api->create_function
+#define sqlite3_create_function16      sqlite3_api->create_function16
+#define sqlite3_create_module          sqlite3_api->create_module
+#define sqlite3_create_module_v2       sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
+#define sqlite3_data_count             sqlite3_api->data_count
+#define sqlite3_db_handle              sqlite3_api->db_handle
+#define sqlite3_declare_vtab           sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
+#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
+#define sqlite3_errcode                sqlite3_api->errcode
+#define sqlite3_errmsg                 sqlite3_api->errmsg
+#define sqlite3_errmsg16               sqlite3_api->errmsg16
+#define sqlite3_exec                   sqlite3_api->exec
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_expired                sqlite3_api->expired
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_finalize               sqlite3_api->finalize
+#define sqlite3_free                   sqlite3_api->free
+#define sqlite3_free_table             sqlite3_api->free_table
+#define sqlite3_get_autocommit         sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
+#define sqlite3_get_auxdata            sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_get_table              sqlite3_api->get_table
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_global_recover         sqlite3_api->global_recover
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_interrupt              sqlite3_api->interruptx
+#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
+#define sqlite3_libversion             sqlite3_api->libversion
+#define sqlite3_libversion_number      sqlite3_api->libversion_number
+#define sqlite3_malloc                 sqlite3_api->malloc
+#define sqlite3_mprintf                sqlite3_api->mprintf
+#define sqlite3_open                   sqlite3_api->open
+#define sqlite3_open16                 sqlite3_api->open16
+#define sqlite3_prepare                sqlite3_api->prepare
+#define sqlite3_prepare16              sqlite3_api->prepare16
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_profile                sqlite3_api->profile
+#define sqlite3_progress_handler       sqlite3_api->progress_handler
+#define sqlite3_realloc                sqlite3_api->realloc
+#define sqlite3_reset                  sqlite3_api->reset
+#define sqlite3_result_blob            sqlite3_api->result_blob
+#define sqlite3_result_double          sqlite3_api->result_double
+#define sqlite3_result_error           sqlite3_api->result_error
+#define sqlite3_result_error16         sqlite3_api->result_error16
+#define sqlite3_result_int             sqlite3_api->result_int
+#define sqlite3_result_int64           sqlite3_api->result_int64
+#define sqlite3_result_null            sqlite3_api->result_null
+#define sqlite3_result_text            sqlite3_api->result_text
+#define sqlite3_result_text16          sqlite3_api->result_text16
+#define sqlite3_result_text16be        sqlite3_api->result_text16be
+#define sqlite3_result_text16le        sqlite3_api->result_text16le
+#define sqlite3_result_value           sqlite3_api->result_value
+#define sqlite3_rollback_hook          sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
+#define sqlite3_set_authorizer         sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
+#define sqlite3_set_auxdata            sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_snprintf               sqlite3_api->snprintf
+#define sqlite3_step                   sqlite3_api->step
+#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
+#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup         sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
+#define sqlite3_total_changes          sqlite3_api->total_changes
+#define sqlite3_trace                  sqlite3_api->trace
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings      sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_update_hook            sqlite3_api->update_hook
+#define sqlite3_user_data              sqlite3_api->user_data
+#define sqlite3_value_blob             sqlite3_api->value_blob
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes            sqlite3_api->value_bytes
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes16          sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_value_double           sqlite3_api->value_double
+#define sqlite3_value_int              sqlite3_api->value_int
+#define sqlite3_value_int64            sqlite3_api->value_int64
+#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type     sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
+#define sqlite3_value_text             sqlite3_api->value_text
+#define sqlite3_value_text16           sqlite3_api->value_text16
+#define sqlite3_value_text16be         sqlite3_api->value_text16be
+#define sqlite3_value_text16le         sqlite3_api->value_text16le
+#define sqlite3_value_type             sqlite3_api->value_type
+#define sqlite3_vmprintf               sqlite3_api->vmprintf
+#define sqlite3_overload_function      sqlite3_api->overload_function
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_clear_bindings         sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob          sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_blob_bytes             sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
+#define sqlite3_blob_close             sqlite3_api->blob_close
+#define sqlite3_blob_open              sqlite3_api->blob_open
+#define sqlite3_blob_read              sqlite3_api->blob_read
+#define sqlite3_blob_write             sqlite3_api->blob_write
+#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2    sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
+#define sqlite3_file_control           sqlite3_api->file_control
+#define sqlite3_memory_highwater       sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
+#define sqlite3_memory_used            sqlite3_api->memory_used
+#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc            sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter            sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
+#define sqlite3_mutex_free             sqlite3_api->mutex_free
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave            sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
+#define sqlite3_mutex_try              sqlite3_api->mutex_try
+#define sqlite3_open_v2                sqlite3_api->open_v2
+#define sqlite3_release_memory         sqlite3_api->release_memory
+#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem     sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
+#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig    sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
+#define sqlite3_sleep                  sqlite3_api->sleep
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit        sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
+#define sqlite3_vfs_find               sqlite3_api->vfs_find
+#define sqlite3_vfs_register           sqlite3_api->vfs_register
+#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister         sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
+#define sqlite3_threadsafe             sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
+#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob        sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_result_error_code      sqlite3_api->result_error_code
+#define sqlite3_test_control           sqlite3_api->test_control
+#define sqlite3_randomness             sqlite3_api->randomness
+#define sqlite3_context_db_handle      sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
+#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes  sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes
+#define sqlite3_limit                  sqlite3_api->limit
+#define sqlite3_next_stmt              sqlite3_api->next_stmt
+#define sqlite3_sql                    sqlite3_api->sql
+#define sqlite3_status                 sqlite3_api->status
+#define sqlite3_backup_finish          sqlite3_api->backup_finish
+#define sqlite3_backup_init            sqlite3_api->backup_init
+#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount       sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount
+#define sqlite3_backup_remaining       sqlite3_api->backup_remaining
+#define sqlite3_backup_step            sqlite3_api->backup_step
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_get      sqlite3_api->compileoption_get
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_used     sqlite3_api->compileoption_used
+#define sqlite3_create_function_v2     sqlite3_api->create_function_v2
+#define sqlite3_db_config              sqlite3_api->db_config
+#define sqlite3_db_mutex               sqlite3_api->db_mutex
+#define sqlite3_db_status              sqlite3_api->db_status
+#define sqlite3_extended_errcode       sqlite3_api->extended_errcode
+#define sqlite3_log                    sqlite3_api->log
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64      sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64
+#define sqlite3_sourceid               sqlite3_api->sourceid
+#define sqlite3_stmt_status            sqlite3_api->stmt_status
+#define sqlite3_strnicmp               sqlite3_api->strnicmp
+#define sqlite3_unlock_notify          sqlite3_api->unlock_notify
+#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint     sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint         sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_hook               sqlite3_api->wal_hook
+#define sqlite3_blob_reopen            sqlite3_api->blob_reopen
+#define sqlite3_vtab_config            sqlite3_api->vtab_config
+#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict       sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict
+/* Version 3.7.16 and later */
+#define sqlite3_close_v2               sqlite3_api->close_v2
+#define sqlite3_db_filename            sqlite3_api->db_filename
+#define sqlite3_db_readonly            sqlite3_api->db_readonly
+#define sqlite3_db_release_memory      sqlite3_api->db_release_memory
+#define sqlite3_errstr                 sqlite3_api->errstr
+#define sqlite3_stmt_busy              sqlite3_api->stmt_busy
+#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly          sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly
+#define sqlite3_stricmp                sqlite3_api->stricmp
+#define sqlite3_uri_boolean            sqlite3_api->uri_boolean
+#define sqlite3_uri_int64              sqlite3_api->uri_int64
+#define sqlite3_uri_parameter          sqlite3_api->uri_parameter
+#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf          sqlite3_api->vsnprintf
+#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2      sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2
+#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable 
+  ** extension */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api=v;
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3     \
+    extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
+#else
+  /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the 
+  ** application */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     /*no-op*/
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  (void)v; /* unused parameter */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3     /*no-op*/
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */
+
+/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+
+/*
+** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
+** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
+** for any missing APIs.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name   0
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name      0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name     0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
+# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+# define sqlite3_set_authorizer         0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+# define sqlite3_bind_text16            0
+# define sqlite3_collation_needed16     0
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
+# define sqlite3_column_name16          0
+# define sqlite3_column_text16          0
+# define sqlite3_complete16             0
+# define sqlite3_create_collation16     0
+# define sqlite3_create_function16      0
+# define sqlite3_errmsg16               0
+# define sqlite3_open16                 0
+# define sqlite3_prepare16              0
+# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           0
+# define sqlite3_result_error16         0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16          0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16be        0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16le        0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16           0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16be         0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16le         0
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+# define sqlite3_complete 0
+# define sqlite3_complete16 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype        0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+# define sqlite3_create_module 0
+# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
+# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
+# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0
+# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+# define sqlite3_profile       0
+# define sqlite3_trace         0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+# define sqlite3_free_table    0
+# define sqlite3_get_table     0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob  0
+#define sqlite3_blob_bytes     0
+#define sqlite3_blob_close     0
+#define sqlite3_blob_open      0
+#define sqlite3_blob_read      0
+#define sqlite3_blob_write     0
+#define sqlite3_blob_reopen    0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
+** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
+** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
+** library.
+**
+** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
+** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
+**
+** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
+** intend to use is supported by the library.  Extensions should
+** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
+** not NULL before calling it.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
+  sqlite3_aggregate_context,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_aggregate_count,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_bind_blob,
+  sqlite3_bind_double,
+  sqlite3_bind_int,
+  sqlite3_bind_int64,
+  sqlite3_bind_null,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
+  sqlite3_bind_text,
+  sqlite3_bind_text16,
+  sqlite3_bind_value,
+  sqlite3_busy_handler,
+  sqlite3_busy_timeout,
+  sqlite3_changes,
+  sqlite3_close,
+  sqlite3_collation_needed,
+  sqlite3_collation_needed16,
+  sqlite3_column_blob,
+  sqlite3_column_bytes,
+  sqlite3_column_bytes16,
+  sqlite3_column_count,
+  sqlite3_column_database_name,
+  sqlite3_column_database_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_decltype,
+  sqlite3_column_decltype16,
+  sqlite3_column_double,
+  sqlite3_column_int,
+  sqlite3_column_int64,
+  sqlite3_column_name,
+  sqlite3_column_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_origin_name,
+  sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_table_name,
+  sqlite3_column_table_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_text,
+  sqlite3_column_text16,
+  sqlite3_column_type,
+  sqlite3_column_value,
+  sqlite3_commit_hook,
+  sqlite3_complete,
+  sqlite3_complete16,
+  sqlite3_create_collation,
+  sqlite3_create_collation16,
+  sqlite3_create_function,
+  sqlite3_create_function16,
+  sqlite3_create_module,
+  sqlite3_data_count,
+  sqlite3_db_handle,
+  sqlite3_declare_vtab,
+  sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
+  sqlite3_errcode,
+  sqlite3_errmsg,
+  sqlite3_errmsg16,
+  sqlite3_exec,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_expired,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_finalize,
+  sqlite3_free,
+  sqlite3_free_table,
+  sqlite3_get_autocommit,
+  sqlite3_get_auxdata,
+  sqlite3_get_table,
+  0,     /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
+  sqlite3_interrupt,
+  sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
+  sqlite3_libversion,
+  sqlite3_libversion_number,
+  sqlite3_malloc,
+  sqlite3_mprintf,
+  sqlite3_open,
+  sqlite3_open16,
+  sqlite3_prepare,
+  sqlite3_prepare16,
+  sqlite3_profile,
+  sqlite3_progress_handler,
+  sqlite3_realloc,
+  sqlite3_reset,
+  sqlite3_result_blob,
+  sqlite3_result_double,
+  sqlite3_result_error,
+  sqlite3_result_error16,
+  sqlite3_result_int,
+  sqlite3_result_int64,
+  sqlite3_result_null,
+  sqlite3_result_text,
+  sqlite3_result_text16,
+  sqlite3_result_text16be,
+  sqlite3_result_text16le,
+  sqlite3_result_value,
+  sqlite3_rollback_hook,
+  sqlite3_set_authorizer,
+  sqlite3_set_auxdata,
+  sqlite3_snprintf,
+  sqlite3_step,
+  sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_total_changes,
+  sqlite3_trace,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_update_hook,
+  sqlite3_user_data,
+  sqlite3_value_blob,
+  sqlite3_value_bytes,
+  sqlite3_value_bytes16,
+  sqlite3_value_double,
+  sqlite3_value_int,
+  sqlite3_value_int64,
+  sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
+  sqlite3_value_text,
+  sqlite3_value_text16,
+  sqlite3_value_text16be,
+  sqlite3_value_text16le,
+  sqlite3_value_type,
+  sqlite3_vmprintf,
+  /*
+  ** The original API set ends here.  All extensions can call any
+  ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL.  But
+  ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
+  ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
+  ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
+  *************************************************************************
+  */
+  sqlite3_overload_function,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added after 3.3.13
+  */
+  sqlite3_prepare_v2,
+  sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
+  sqlite3_clear_bindings,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.4.1
+  */
+  sqlite3_create_module_v2,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.5.0
+  */
+  sqlite3_bind_zeroblob,
+  sqlite3_blob_bytes,
+  sqlite3_blob_close,
+  sqlite3_blob_open,
+  sqlite3_blob_read,
+  sqlite3_blob_write,
+  sqlite3_create_collation_v2,
+  sqlite3_file_control,
+  sqlite3_memory_highwater,
+  sqlite3_memory_used,
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+  0, 
+  0, 
+  0,
+  0,
+  0,
+#else
+  sqlite3_mutex_alloc,
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter,
+  sqlite3_mutex_free,
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave,
+  sqlite3_mutex_try,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_open_v2,
+  sqlite3_release_memory,
+  sqlite3_result_error_nomem,
+  sqlite3_result_error_toobig,
+  sqlite3_sleep,
+  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit,
+  sqlite3_vfs_find,
+  sqlite3_vfs_register,
+  sqlite3_vfs_unregister,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.5.8
+  */
+  sqlite3_threadsafe,
+  sqlite3_result_zeroblob,
+  sqlite3_result_error_code,
+  sqlite3_test_control,
+  sqlite3_randomness,
+  sqlite3_context_db_handle,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.6.0
+  */
+  sqlite3_extended_result_codes,
+  sqlite3_limit,
+  sqlite3_next_stmt,
+  sqlite3_sql,
+  sqlite3_status,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.7.4
+  */
+  sqlite3_backup_finish,
+  sqlite3_backup_init,
+  sqlite3_backup_pagecount,
+  sqlite3_backup_remaining,
+  sqlite3_backup_step,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+  sqlite3_compileoption_get,
+  sqlite3_compileoption_used,
+#else
+  0,
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_create_function_v2,
+  sqlite3_db_config,
+  sqlite3_db_mutex,
+  sqlite3_db_status,
+  sqlite3_extended_errcode,
+  sqlite3_log,
+  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64,
+  sqlite3_sourceid,
+  sqlite3_stmt_status,
+  sqlite3_strnicmp,
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+  sqlite3_unlock_notify,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint,
+  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint,
+  sqlite3_wal_hook,
+#else
+  0,
+  0,
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_blob_reopen,
+  sqlite3_vtab_config,
+  sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict,
+  sqlite3_close_v2,
+  sqlite3_db_filename,
+  sqlite3_db_readonly,
+  sqlite3_db_release_memory,
+  sqlite3_errstr,
+  sqlite3_stmt_busy,
+  sqlite3_stmt_readonly,
+  sqlite3_stricmp,
+  sqlite3_uri_boolean,
+  sqlite3_uri_int64,
+  sqlite3_uri_parameter,
+  sqlite3_vsnprintf,
+  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2
+};
+
+/*
+** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
+** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
+** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
+** of the default name is recommended.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
+**
+** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
+** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
+** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
+*/
+static int sqlite3LoadExtension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+  void *handle;
+  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
+  char *zErrmsg = 0;
+  const char *zEntry;
+  char *zAltEntry = 0;
+  void **aHandle;
+  int nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile);
+  int ii;
+
+  /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */
+  static const char *azEndings[] = {
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+     "dll"   
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+     "dylib"
+#else
+     "so"
+#endif
+  };
+
+
+  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
+
+  /* Ticket #1863.  To avoid a creating security problems for older
+  ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
+  ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default.  One
+  ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
+  ** loading.  Otherwise you get the following error.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  zEntry = zProc ? zProc : "sqlite3_extension_init";
+
+  handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN
+  for(ii=0; ii<ArraySize(azEndings) && handle==0; ii++){
+    char *zAltFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%s.%s", zFile, azEndings[ii]);
+    if( zAltFile==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zAltFile);
+    sqlite3_free(zAltFile);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( handle==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
+      if( zErrmsg ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, 
+            "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
+        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
+      }
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+                   sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry);
+
+  /* If no entry point was specified and the default legacy
+  ** entry point name "sqlite3_extension_init" was not found, then
+  ** construct an entry point name "sqlite3_X_init" where the X is
+  ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic 
+  ** character in the filename after the last "/" upto the first ".",
+  ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib".  
+  ** Examples:
+  **
+  **    /usr/local/lib/libExample5.4.3.so ==>  sqlite3_example_init
+  **    C:/lib/mathfuncs.dll              ==>  sqlite3_mathfuncs_init
+  */
+  if( xInit==0 && zProc==0 ){
+    int iFile, iEntry, c;
+    int ncFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zFile);
+    zAltEntry = sqlite3_malloc(ncFile+30);
+    if( zAltEntry==0 ){
+      sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8);
+    for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){}
+    iFile++;
+    if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3;
+    for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){
+      if( sqlite3Isalpha(c) ){
+        zAltEntry[iEntry++] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned)c];
+      }
+    }
+    memcpy(zAltEntry+iEntry, "_init", 6);
+    zEntry = zAltEntry;
+    xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+                     sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry);
+  }
+  if( xInit==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zEntry);
+      *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
+      if( zErrmsg ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
+            "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zEntry, zFile);
+        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+    sqlite3_free(zAltEntry);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zAltEntry);
+  if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
+  aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1));
+  if( aHandle==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( db->nExtension>0 ){
+    memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
+  db->aExtension = aHandle;
+
+  db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
+** to clean up loaded extensions
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){
+    sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
+}
+
+/*
+** Enable or disable extension loading.  Extension loading is disabled by
+** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( onoff ){
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+  }else{
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+
+/*
+** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension
+** loading is supported.  We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that
+** code if regular extension loading is not available.  This is that
+** dummy pointer.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 };
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
+** extensions.
+**
+** This list is shared across threads.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
+  int nExt;              /* Number of entries in aExt[] */          
+  void (**aExt)(void);   /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
+} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
+
+/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension
+** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdAutoextInit \
+  sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext)
+# define wsdAutoext x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdAutoextInit
+# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
+** loaded by every new database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    int i;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+    wsdAutoextInit;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+    for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){
+      if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break;
+    }
+    if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){
+      int nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]);
+      void (**aNew)(void);
+      aNew = sqlite3_realloc(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte);
+      if( aNew==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew;
+        wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit;
+        wsdAutoext.nExt++;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+    assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
+    return rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Cancel a prior call to sqlite3_auto_extension.  Remove xInit from the
+** set of routines that is invoked for each new database connection, if it
+** is currently on the list.  If xInit is not on the list, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** Return 1 if xInit was found on the list and removed.  Return 0 if xInit
+** was not on the list.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  int i;
+  int n = 0;
+  wsdAutoextInit;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  for(i=wsdAutoext.nExt-1; i>=0; i--){
+    if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ){
+      wsdAutoext.nExt--;
+      wsdAutoext.aExt[i] = wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt];
+      n++;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK )
+#endif
+  {
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+    wsdAutoextInit;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+    sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt);
+    wsdAutoext.aExt = 0;
+    wsdAutoext.nExt = 0;
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Load all automatic extensions.
+**
+** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  int go = 1;
+  int rc;
+  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
+
+  wsdAutoextInit;
+  if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){
+    /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0; go; i++){
+    char *zErrmsg;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+    if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){
+      xInit = 0;
+      go = 0;
+    }else{
+      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+              wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+    zErrmsg = 0;
+    if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, rc,
+            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
+      go = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+#  if defined(__APPLE__)
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** The next block of code, including the PragTyp_XXXX macro definitions and
+** the aPragmaName[] object is composed of generated code. DO NOT EDIT.
+**
+** To add new pragmas, edit the code in ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl and rerun
+** that script.  Then copy/paste the output in place of the following:
+*/
+#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE                   0
+#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM                    1
+#define PragTyp_FLAG                           2
+#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT                   3
+#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE                     4
+#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE            5
+#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST                 6
+#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS                7
+#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY           8
+#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST                  9
+#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE            10
+#define PragTyp_ENCODING                      11
+#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK             12
+#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST              13
+#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM            14
+#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO                    15
+#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST                    16
+#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK               17
+#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE                  18
+#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT            19
+#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE               20
+#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE                  21
+#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT                    22
+#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE                     23
+#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE                     24
+#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE                 25
+#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY                 26
+#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT               27
+#define PragTyp_STATS                         28
+#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS                   29
+#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO                    30
+#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE                    31
+#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY          32
+#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT            33
+#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT                34
+#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS           35
+#define PragTyp_HEXKEY                        36
+#define PragTyp_KEY                           37
+#define PragTyp_REKEY                         38
+#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS                   39
+#define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE                  40
+#define PragFlag_NeedSchema           0x01
+static const struct sPragmaNames {
+  const char *const zName;  /* Name of pragma */
+  u8 ePragTyp;              /* PragTyp_XXX value */
+  u8 mPragFlag;             /* Zero or more PragFlag_XXX values */
+  u32 iArg;                 /* Extra argument */
+} aPragmaNames[] = {
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+  { /* zName:     */ "activate_extensions",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "application_id",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+  { /* zName:     */ "auto_vacuum",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX)
+  { /* zName:     */ "automatic_index",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_AutoIndex },
+#endif
+#endif
+  { /* zName:     */ "busy_timeout",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "cache_size",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "cache_spill",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CacheSpill },
+#endif
+  { /* zName:     */ "case_sensitive_like",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "checkpoint_fullfsync",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CkptFullFSync },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "collation_list",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "compile_options",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "count_changes",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CountRows },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_OS_WIN
+  { /* zName:     */ "data_store_directory",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "database_list",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+  { /* zName:     */ "default_cache_size",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  { /* zName:     */ "defer_foreign_keys",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_DeferFKs },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "empty_result_callbacks",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_NullCallback },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16)
+  { /* zName:     */ "encoding",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_ENCODING,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  { /* zName:     */ "foreign_key_check",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY)
+  { /* zName:     */ "foreign_key_list",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  { /* zName:     */ "foreign_keys",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ForeignKeys },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "freelist_count",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "full_column_names",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_FullColNames },
+  { /* zName:     */ "fullfsync",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_FullFSync },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+  { /* zName:     */ "hexkey",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEXKEY,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+  { /* zName:     */ "hexrekey",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEXKEY,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK)
+  { /* zName:     */ "ignore_check_constraints",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_IgnoreChecks },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+  { /* zName:     */ "incremental_vacuum",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "index_info",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+  { /* zName:     */ "index_list",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
+  { /* zName:     */ "integrity_check",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "journal_mode",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+  { /* zName:     */ "journal_size_limit",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+  { /* zName:     */ "key",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_KEY,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "legacy_file_format",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  { /* zName:     */ "lock_proxy_file",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  { /* zName:     */ "lock_status",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "locking_mode",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+  { /* zName:     */ "max_page_count",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+  { /* zName:     */ "mmap_size",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+  { /* zName:     */ "page_count",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+  { /* zName:     */ "page_size",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  { /* zName:     */ "parser_trace",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "query_only",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_QueryOnly },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
+  { /* zName:     */ "quick_check",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "read_uncommitted",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
+  { /* zName:     */ "recursive_triggers",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_RecTriggers },
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+  { /* zName:     */ "rekey",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_REKEY,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "reverse_unordered_selects",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ReverseOrder },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "schema_version",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "secure_delete",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "short_column_names",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ShortColNames },
+#endif
+  { /* zName:     */ "shrink_memory",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+  { /* zName:     */ "soft_heap_limit",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  { /* zName:     */ "sql_trace",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_SqlTrace },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "stats",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_STATS,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "synchronous",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "table_info",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "temp_store",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+  { /* zName:     */ "temp_store_directory",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "user_version",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_addoptrace",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace },
+  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_debug",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_SqlTrace|SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeTrace },
+  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_eqp",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeEQP },
+  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_listing",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeListing },
+  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_trace",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeTrace },
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+  { /* zName:     */ "wal_autocheckpoint",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+  { /* zName:     */ "wal_checkpoint",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
+    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
+  { /* zName:     */ "writable_schema",
+    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
+    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
+    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
+#endif
+};
+/* Number of pragmas: 56 on by default, 69 total. */
+/* End of the automatically generated pragma table.
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
+** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
+** unrecognized string argument.  The FULL option is disallowed
+** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
+**
+** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
+** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
+** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
+** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
+*/
+static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, int dflt){
+                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
+  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
+  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
+  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
+  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
+  int i, n;
+  if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+    return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z);
+  }
+  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(iLength)-omitFull; i++){
+    if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+      return iValue[i];
+    }
+  }
+  return dflt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z, int dflt){
+  return getSafetyLevel(z,1,dflt)!=0;
+}
+
+/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
+** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing.  So omit
+** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA)
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value.
+*/
+static int getLockingMode(const char *z){
+  if( z ){
+    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE;
+    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL;
+  }
+  return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
+**
+** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are 
+** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
+*/
+static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
+  int i;
+  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
+  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
+  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
+  i = sqlite3Atoi(z);
+  return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
+}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
+** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
+** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
+*/
+static int getTempStore(const char *z){
+  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
+    return z[0] - '0';
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
+    return 2;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
+** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
+*/
+static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+    if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
+        "from within a transaction");
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
+** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
+*/
+static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
+  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  db->temp_store = (u8)ts;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+/*
+** Generate code to return a single integer value.
+*/
+static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
+  i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value));
+  if( pI64 ){
+    memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value));
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64);
+  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+  sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Set the safety_level and pager flags for pager iDb.  Or if iDb<0
+** set these values for all pagers.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+static void setAllPagerFlags(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->autoCommit ){
+    Db *pDb = db->aDb;
+    int n = db->nDb;
+    assert( SQLITE_FullFSync==PAGER_FULLFSYNC );
+    assert( SQLITE_CkptFullFSync==PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC );
+    assert( SQLITE_CacheSpill==PAGER_CACHESPILL );
+    assert( (PAGER_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CACHESPILL)
+             ==  PAGER_FLAGS_MASK );
+    assert( (pDb->safety_level & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)==pDb->safety_level );
+    while( (n--) > 0 ){
+      if( pDb->pBt ){
+        sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pDb->pBt,
+                 pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK) );
+      }
+      pDb++;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define setAllPagerFlags(X)  /* no-op */
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+static const char *actionName(u8 action){
+  const char *zName;
+  switch( action ){
+    case OE_SetNull:  zName = "SET NULL";        break;
+    case OE_SetDflt:  zName = "SET DEFAULT";     break;
+    case OE_Cascade:  zName = "CASCADE";         break;
+    case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT";        break;
+    default:          zName = "NO ACTION";  
+                      assert( action==OE_None ); break;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants
+** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase
+** journal-mode name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){
+  static char * const azModeName[] = {
+    "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory"
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+     , "wal"
+#endif
+  };
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 );
+  assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) );
+
+  if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0;
+  return azModeName[eMode];
+}
+
+/*
+** Process a pragma statement.  
+**
+** Pragmas are of this form:
+**
+**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
+**
+** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
+** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
+** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
+**
+** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
+** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
+** id and pId2 is any empty string.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
+  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
+  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
+  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
+){
+  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
+  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
+  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
+  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
+  char *aFcntl[4];       /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
+  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
+  int lwr, upr, mid;           /* Binary search bounds */
+  int rc;                      /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* The database connection */
+  Db *pDb;                     /* The specific database being pragmaed */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);  /* Prepared statement */
+
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
+  pParse->nMem = 2;
+
+  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
+  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
+  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
+  */
+  if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId);
+  if( !zLeft ) return;
+  if( minusFlag ){
+    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue);
+  }else{
+    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue);
+  }
+
+  assert( pId2 );
+  zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS
+  ** connection.  If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS
+  ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement.
+  */
+  aFcntl[0] = 0;
+  aFcntl[1] = zLeft;
+  aFcntl[2] = zRight;
+  aFcntl[3] = 0;
+  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( aFcntl[0] ){
+      int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, mem, 0, aFcntl[0], 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "result", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
+      sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
+    }
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+    if( aFcntl[0] ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]);
+      sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
+    }
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the pragma in the lookup table */
+  lwr = 0;
+  upr = ArraySize(aPragmaNames)-1;
+  while( lwr<=upr ){
+    mid = (lwr+upr)/2;
+    rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zLeft, aPragmaNames[mid].zName);
+    if( rc==0 ) break;
+    if( rc<0 ){
+      upr = mid - 1;
+    }else{
+      lwr = mid + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( lwr>upr ) goto pragma_out;
+
+  /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */
+  if( (aPragmaNames[mid].mPragFlag & PragFlag_NeedSchema)!=0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */
+  switch( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp ){
+  
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
+  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
+  ** stored in the database file.
+  **
+  ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a
+  ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF.  These days, synchronous
+  ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache
+  ** size.  But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache
+  ** size of historical compatibility.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE: {
+    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
+      { OP_Transaction, 0, 0,        0},                         /* 0 */
+      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 1,        BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE},  /* 1 */
+      { OP_IfPos,       1, 8,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 2,        0},
+      { OP_Subtract,    1, 2,        1},
+      { OP_IfPos,       1, 8,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 1,        0},                         /* 6 */
+      { OP_Noop,        0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_ResultRow,   1, 1,        0},
+    };
+    int addr;
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    if( !zRight ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      pParse->nMem += 2;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize,iLn);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
+    }else{
+      int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1);
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
+  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
+  ** the database has not yet been created.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: {
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( !zRight ){
+      int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
+    }else{
+      /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
+      ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
+      */
+      db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
+      if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** secure_delete flag.  The second form changes the secure_delete
+  ** flag setting and reports thenew value.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: {
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    int b = -1;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( zRight ){
+      b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0);
+    }
+    if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){
+      int ii;
+      for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+        sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b);
+      }
+    }
+    b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b);
+    returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** maximum number of pages in the database file.  The 
+  ** second form attempts to change this setting.  Both
+  ** forms return the current setting.
+  **
+  ** The absolute value of N is used.  This is undocumented and might
+  ** change.  The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test
+  ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function.
+  **
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_count
+  **
+  ** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: {
+    int iReg;
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+    if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, 
+                        sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)));
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
+  */
+  case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: {
+    const char *zRet = "normal";
+    int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);
+
+    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
+      /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
+      ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to
+      ** the locking-mode of the main database).
+      */
+      eMode = db->dfltLockMode;
+    }else{
+      Pager *pPager;
+      if( pId2->n==0 ){
+        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
+        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be
+        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
+        **
+        ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that
+        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
+        ** locking mode.
+        */
+        int ii;
+        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
+        for(ii=2; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+          pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
+          sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+        }
+        db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode;
+      }
+      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+    }
+
+    assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+    if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){
+      zRet = "exclusive";
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode =
+  **                      (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off)
+  */
+  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: {
+    int eMode;        /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */
+    int ii;           /* Loop counter */
+
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+    if( zRight==0 ){
+      /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the
+      ** current mode */
+      eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
+    }else{
+      const char *zMode;
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight);
+      for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){
+        if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break;
+      }
+      if( !zMode ){
+        /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode,
+        ** then do a query */
+        eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
+      }
+    }
+    if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){
+      /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */
+      iDb = 0;
+      pId2->n = 1;
+    }
+    for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
+      if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N
+  **
+  ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: {
+    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+    i64 iLimit = -2;
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight), SQLITE_UTF8);
+      if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1;
+    }
+    iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
+    returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit);
+    break;
+  }
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
+  **
+  ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
+  ** The value is one of:  0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: {
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt));
+    }else{
+      int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
+      assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 );
+      db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto;
+      /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
+      ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
+      ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
+      ** as an auto-vacuum capable db.
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
+        /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or 
+        ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
+        ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
+        ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
+        */
+        static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+        static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = {
+          { OP_Transaction,    0,         1,                 0},    /* 0 */
+          { OP_ReadCookie,     0,         1,         BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE},
+          { OP_If,             1,         0,                 0},    /* 2 */
+          { OP_Halt,           SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort,          0},    /* 3 */
+          { OP_Integer,        0,         1,                 0},    /* 4 */
+          { OP_SetCookie,      0,         BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1},    /* 5 */
+        };
+        int iAddr;
+        iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6, iLn);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb);
+        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N)
+  **
+  ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: {
+    int iLimit, addr;
+    if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
+      iLimit = 0x7fffffff;
+    }
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+    break;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
+  ** page cache size. The second form sets the local
+  ** page cache size value.  If N is positive then that is the
+  ** number of pages in the cache.  If N is negative, then the
+  ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes
+  ** of memory.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: {
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }else{
+      int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
+      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]mmap_size(N)
+  **
+  ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is
+  ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the
+  ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping
+  ** is not used at all.  If N is negative, then the default memory map
+  ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set.
+  ** The parameter N is measured in bytes.
+  **
+  ** This value is advisory.  The underlying VFS is free to memory map
+  ** as little or as much as it wants.  Except, if N is set to 0 then the
+  ** upper layers will never invoke the xFetch interfaces to the VFS.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: {
+    sqlite3_int64 sz;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    if( zRight ){
+      int ii;
+      sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &sz, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight), SQLITE_UTF8);
+      if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
+      if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz;
+      for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
+        if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
+          sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sz = -1;
+    rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
+#else
+    sz = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "mmap_size", sz);
+    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      pParse->rc = rc;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
+  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
+  **
+  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
+  ** override this setting
+  */
+  case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE: {
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
+    }else{
+      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag.  Changing
+  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
+  ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
+  ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
+  **
+  */
+  case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY: {
+    if( !zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
+            "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+      }
+    }else{
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        int res;
+        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
+          goto pragma_out;
+        }
+      }
+      if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0
+       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
+       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
+      ){
+        invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory);
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+      }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA data_store_directory
+  **   PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag.  Changing
+  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that
+  ** were specified with a relative pathname.  Setting to a null string reverts
+  ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with
+  ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the
+  ** process.  Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted
+  ** by this setting, regardless of its value.
+  **
+  */
+  case PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY: {
+    if( !zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3_data_directory ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
+            "data_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_data_directory, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+      }
+    }else{
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        int res;
+        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
+          goto pragma_out;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory);
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
+      }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag.  Changing
+  ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks.
+  **
+  */
+  case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: {
+    if( !zRight ){
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      char *proxy_file_path = NULL;
+      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+      sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                           &proxy_file_path);
+      
+      if( proxy_file_path ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
+                              "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+      }
+    }else{
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+      int res;
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                                     zRight);
+      } else {
+        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                                     NULL);
+      }
+      if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file");
+        goto pragma_out;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */      
+    
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
+  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
+  ** opened.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: {
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
+    }else{
+      if( !db->autoCommit ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
+      }else{
+        pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1;
+        setAllPagerFlags(db);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+  case PragTyp_FLAG: {
+    if( zRight==0 ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, aPragmaNames[mid].zName,
+                     (db->flags & aPragmaNames[mid].iArg)!=0 );
+    }else{
+      int mask = aPragmaNames[mid].iArg;    /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
+      if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
+        /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
+        ** in auto-commit mode.  */
+        mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
+      }
+
+      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
+        db->flags |= mask;
+      }else{
+        db->flags &= ~mask;
+        if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL 
+      ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
+      ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
+      setAllPagerFlags(db);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
+  **
+  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
+  ** the returned data set are:
+  **
+  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
+  ** name:       Column name
+  ** type:       Column declaration type.
+  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
+  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      int i, k;
+      int nHidden = 0;
+      Column *pCol;
+      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
+      pParse->nMem = 6;
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
+      for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+        if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){
+          nHidden++;
+          continue;
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+           pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4);
+        if( pCol->zDflt ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5);
+        }
+        if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){
+          k = 0;
+        }else if( pPk==0 ){
+          k = 1;
+        }else{
+          for(k=1; ALWAYS(k<=pTab->nCol) && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){}
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, k, 6);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+
+  case PragTyp_STATS: {
+    Index *pIdx;
+    HashElem *i;
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4);
+    pParse->nMem = 4;
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "index", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "width", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "height", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+      Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
+                           (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->szTabRow), 3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 
+          (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->nRowLogEst), 4);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4);
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
+                             (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->szIdxRow), 3);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 
+            (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]), 4);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+
+  case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pIdx ){
+      int i;
+      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+      pParse->nMem = 3;
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+        i16 cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2);
+        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+
+  case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    int i;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+      pParse->nMem = 3;
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+
+  case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: {
+    int i;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+    pParse->nMem = 3;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
+      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+           sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+
+  case PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST: {
+    int i = 0;
+    HashElem *p;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+    pParse->nMem = 2;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST: if( zRight ){
+    FKey *pFK;
+    Table *pTab;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
+      if( pFK ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8);
+        pParse->nMem = 8;
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        while(pFK){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
+            char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol;
+            char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]);
+            char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
+                              pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8);
+          }
+          ++i;
+          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK: {
+    FKey *pFK;             /* A foreign key constraint */
+    Table *pTab;           /* Child table contain "REFERENCES" keyword */
+    Table *pParent;        /* Parent table that child points to */
+    Index *pIdx;           /* Index in the parent table */
+    int i;                 /* Loop counter:  Foreign key number for pTab */
+    int j;                 /* Loop counter:  Field of the foreign key */
+    HashElem *k;           /* Loop counter:  Next table in schema */
+    int x;                 /* result variable */
+    int regResult;         /* 3 registers to hold a result row */
+    int regKey;            /* Register to hold key for checking the FK */
+    int regRow;            /* Registers to hold a row from pTab */
+    int addrTop;           /* Top of a loop checking foreign keys */
+    int addrOk;            /* Jump here if the key is OK */
+    int *aiCols;           /* child to parent column mapping */
+
+    regResult = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += 4;
+    regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
+    regRow = ++pParse->nMem;
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "rowid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "parent", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "fkid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash);
+    while( k ){
+      if( zRight ){
+        pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb);
+        k = 0;
+      }else{
+        pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+        k = sqliteHashNext(k);
+      }
+      if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+      if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow;
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult, 0, pTab->zName,
+                        P4_TRANSIENT);
+      for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){
+        pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb);
+        if( pParent==0 ) continue;
+        pIdx = 0;
+        sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName);
+        x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0);
+        if( x==0 ){
+          if( pIdx==0 ){
+            sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+            sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+          }
+        }else{
+          k = 0;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( pParse->nErr>0 || pFK==0 );
+      if( pFK ) break;
+      if( pParse->nTab<i ) pParse->nTab = i;
+      addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){
+        pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb);
+        pIdx = 0;
+        aiCols = 0;
+        if( pParent ){
+          x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols);
+          assert( x==0 );
+        }
+        addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        if( pParent && pIdx==0 ){
+          int iKey = pFK->aCol[0].iFrom;
+          assert( iKey>=0 && iKey<pTab->nCol );
+          if( iKey!=pTab->iPKey ){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, iKey, regRow);
+            sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iKey, regRow);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRow, 
+               sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regRow);
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, i, 0, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrOk);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
+        }else{
+          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
+            sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, 0,
+                            aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom, regRow+j);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow+j, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          }
+          if( pParent ){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, pFK->nCol, regKey,
+                              sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), pFK->nCol);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, i, addrOk, regKey, 0);
+            VdbeCoverage(v);
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regResult+1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult+2, 0, 
+                          pFK->zTo, P4_TRANSIENT);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-1, regResult+3);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 4);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOk);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCols);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: {
+    if( zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
+        sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif
+
+  /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions.  The variant of LIKE
+  ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE: {
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0));
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX
+# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+  /* Pragma "quick_check" is reduced version of 
+  ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
+  ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: {
+    int i, j, addr, mxErr;
+
+    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
+    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
+    ** error message
+    */
+    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
+      { OP_AddImm,      1, 0,        0},    /* 0 */
+      { OP_IfNeg,       1, 0,        0},    /* 1 */
+      { OP_String8,     0, 3,        0},    /* 2 */
+      { OP_ResultRow,   3, 1,        0},
+    };
+
+    int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q');
+
+    /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA <db>.integrity_check",
+    ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by <db>.
+    ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by
+    ** the VDBE created below.
+    **
+    ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or
+    ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb
+    ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity
+    ** of all attached databases.  */
+    assert( iDb>=0 );
+    assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z );
+    if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1;
+
+    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
+    pParse->nMem = 6;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+    /* Set the maximum error count */
+    mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr);
+      if( mxErr<=0 ){
+        mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1);  /* reg[1] holds errors left */
+
+    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      HashElem *x;
+      Hash *pTbls;
+      int cnt = 0;
+
+      if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;
+      if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue;
+
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+
+      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
+      **
+      ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers
+      ** for all tables and indices in the database.
+      */
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) );
+      pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt);
+          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+          cnt++;
+        }
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt);
+          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+          cnt++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */
+      pParse->nMem = MAX( pParse->nMem, cnt+8 );
+
+      /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
+         P4_DYNAMIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+
+      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
+      */
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx, *pPk;
+        Index *pPrior = 0;
+        int loopTop;
+        int iDataCur, iIdxCur;
+        int r1 = -1;
+
+        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
+        pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);  /* Stop if out of errors */
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead,
+                                   1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7);
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */
+        }
+        pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, 8+j);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1);
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4;
+          if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
+          r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3,
+                                       pPrior, r1);
+          pPrior = pIdx;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1);  /* increment entry count */
+          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, 0, r1,
+                                      pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, "row ", P4_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, " missing from index ",
+                            P4_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1);
+          jmp4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
+          sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, 
+                     "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC);
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur+j, 3);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, 8+j, addr+8, 3); VdbeCoverage(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 3, 2, 7);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 7, 1);
+        }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
+      } 
+    }
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC);
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA encoding
+  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
+  **
+  ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
+  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
+  **
+  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
+  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
+  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
+  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
+  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
+  ** 
+  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
+  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
+  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
+  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
+  **
+  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
+  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
+  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
+  */
+  case PragTyp_ENCODING: {
+    static const struct EncName {
+      char *zName;
+      u8 enc;
+    } encnames[] = {
+      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },  /* Must be element [1] */
+      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },  /* Must be element [2] */
+      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },  /* Must be element [3] */
+      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF-16",   0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+      { "UTF16",    0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+      { 0, 0 }
+    };
+    const struct EncName *pEnc;
+    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
+      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1);
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
+      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
+      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
+      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
+      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
+      */
+      if( 
+        !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || 
+        DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) 
+      ){
+        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
+            ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( !pEnc->zName ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = <integer>
+  **
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version = <integer>
+  **
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]freelist_count = <integer>
+  **
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]application_id
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]application_id = <integer>
+  **
+  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
+  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
+  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
+  ** stored in the database header.
+  **
+  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
+  ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
+  ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
+  ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
+  ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
+  ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
+  ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
+  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
+  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
+  **
+  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
+  ** applications for any purpose.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: {
+    int iCookie;   /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    switch( zLeft[0] ){
+      case 'a': case 'A':
+        iCookie = BTREE_APPLICATION_ID;
+        break;
+      case 'f': case 'F':
+        iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT;
+        break;
+      case 's': case 'S':
+        iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION;
+        break;
+      default:
+        iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){
+      /* Write the specified cookie value */
+      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
+        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
+        { OP_Integer,        0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
+        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  1},    /* 2 */
+      };
+      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
+    }else{
+      /* Read the specified cookie value */
+      static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
+        { OP_Transaction,     0,  0,  0},    /* 0 */
+        { OP_ReadCookie,      0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
+        { OP_ResultRow,       1,  1,  0}
+      };
+      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA compile_options
+  **
+  ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build,
+  ** one option per row.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS: {
+    int i = 0;
+    const char *zOpt;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    pParse->nMem = 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart
+  **
+  ** Checkpoint the database.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: {
+    int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED);
+    int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
+    if( zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){
+        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL;
+      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){
+        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+    pParse->nMem = 3;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+  }
+  break;
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint
+  **   PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N
+  **
+  ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database
+  ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value
+  ** of N.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT: {
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+    }
+    returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint", 
+       db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? 
+           SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0);
+  }
+  break;
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA shrink_memory
+  **
+  ** This pragma attempts to free as much memory as possible from the
+  ** current database connection.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY: {
+    sqlite3_db_release_memory(db);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA busy_timeout
+  **   PRAGMA busy_timeout = N
+  **
+  ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N).  Return the current timeout value
+  ** if one is set.  If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set
+  ** then 0 is returned.  Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative
+  ** disables the timeout.
+  */
+  /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: {
+    assert( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT );
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+    }
+    returnSingleInt(pParse, "timeout",  db->busyTimeout);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA soft_heap_limit
+  **   PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N
+  **
+  ** Call sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N).  Return the result.  If N is omitted,
+  ** use -1.
+  */
+  case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: {
+    sqlite3_int64 N;
+    if( zRight && sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &N, 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N);
+    }
+    returnSingleInt(pParse, "soft_heap_limit",  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1));
+    break;
+  }
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  /*
+  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
+  */
+  case PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS: {
+    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
+      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
+    };
+    int i;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+    pParse->nMem = 2;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt;
+      const char *zState = "unknown";
+      int j;
+      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC);
+      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){
+        zState = "closed";
+      }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, 
+                                     SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
+         zState = azLockName[j];
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  case PragTyp_KEY: {
+    if( zRight ) sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+    break;
+  }
+  case PragTyp_REKEY: {
+    if( zRight ) sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+    break;
+  }
+  case PragTyp_HEXKEY: {
+    if( zRight ){
+      u8 iByte;
+      int i;
+      char zKey[40];
+      for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zKey)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zRight[i]); i++){
+        iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zRight[i]);
+        if( (i&1)!=0 ) zKey[i/2] = iByte;
+      }
+      if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){
+        sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+  case PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS: if( zRight ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
+      sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
+      sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  break;
+#endif
+
+  } /* End of the PRAGMA switch */
+
+pragma_out:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
+
+/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 May 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
+** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
+** from disk.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
+** that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+static void corruptSchema(
+  InitData *pData,     /* Initialization context */
+  const char *zObj,    /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
+  const char *zExtra   /* Error information */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){
+    if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
+    sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db,
+      "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
+    if( zExtra ){
+      *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, 
+                                 "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra);
+    }
+  }
+  pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
+** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
+** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
+**
+** Each callback contains the following information:
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
+**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
+**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
+  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  int iDb = pData->iDb;
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
+  if( argv[1]==0 ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
+  }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
+    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
+    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
+    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
+    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
+    */
+    int rc;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+    TESTONLY(int rcp);            /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */
+
+    assert( db->init.busy );
+    db->init.iDb = iDb;
+    db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]);
+    db->init.orphanTrigger = 0;
+    TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    rc = db->errCode;
+    assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) );
+    db->init.iDb = 0;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+      if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){
+        assert( iDb==1 );
+      }else{
+        pData->rc = rc;
+        if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+          db->mallocFailed = 1;
+        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+          corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  }else if( argv[0]==0 ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
+  }else{
+    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
+    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
+    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
+    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
+    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
+    */
+    Index *pIndex;
+    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    if( pIndex==0 ){
+      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
+      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
+      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
+      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
+      */
+      /* Do Nothing */;
+    }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){
+      corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage");
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
+** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
+** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
+** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
+** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
+** indicate success or failure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  int size;
+#endif
+  Table *pTab;
+  Db *pDb;
+  char const *azArg[4];
+  int meta[5];
+  InitData initData;
+  char const *zMasterSchema;
+  char const *zMasterName;
+  int openedTransaction = 0;
+
+  /*
+  ** The master database table has a structure like this
+  */
+  static const char master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+#else
+  #define temp_master_schema 0
+#endif
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
+
+  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
+  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
+  ** initialized. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
+  */
+  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
+  }else{
+    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
+  }
+  zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+
+  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
+  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
+  azArg[1] = "1";
+  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
+  azArg[3] = 0;
+  initData.db = db;
+  initData.iDb = iDb;
+  initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
+  sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
+  if( initData.rc ){
+    rc = initData.rc;
+    goto error_out;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){
+    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
+  }
+
+  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
+  */
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){
+      DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    }
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
+  ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
+  ** will be closed before this function returns.  */
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
+  if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+      goto initone_error_out;
+    }
+    openedTransaction = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the database meta information.
+  **
+  ** Meta values are as follows:
+  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
+  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
+  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
+  **    meta[3]   Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode)
+  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
+  **    meta[5]   User version
+  **    meta[6]   Incremental vacuum mode
+  **    meta[7]   unused
+  **    meta[8]   unused
+  **    meta[9]   unused
+  **
+  ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
+  ** the possible values of meta[4].
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
+  }
+  pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1];
+
+  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
+  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
+  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
+  ** as sqlite3.enc.
+  */
+  if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){  /* text encoding */
+    if( iDb==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+      u8 encoding;
+      /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
+      encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3;
+      if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      ENC(db) = encoding;
+#else
+      ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
+      if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){
+        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same"
+            " text encoding as main database");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        goto initone_error_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+  }
+  pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
+
+  if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+    size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]);
+    if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
+    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+#else
+    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE;
+#endif
+    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
+  ** file_format==2    Version 3.1.3.  // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
+  ** file_format==3    Version 3.1.4.  // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
+  ** file_format==4    Version 3.3.0.  // DESC indices.  Boolean constants
+  */
+  pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1];
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
+    pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
+  }
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format");
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto initone_error_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Ticket #2804:  When we open a database in the newer file format,
+  ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will
+  ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending
+  ** indices that the user might have created.
+  */
+  if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
+  */
+  assert( db->init.busy );
+  {
+    char *zSql;
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid",
+        db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+      xAuth = db->xAuth;
+      db->xAuth = 0;
+#endif
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+      db->xAuth = xAuth;
+    }
+#endif
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
+    /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
+    ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the 
+    ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
+    ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
+    ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary
+    ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
+    ** even when its contents have been corrupted.
+    */
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating
+  ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs
+  ** before that point, jump to error_out.
+  */
+initone_error_out:
+  if( openedTransaction ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
+
+error_out:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
+** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
+** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
+** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
+**
+** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
+** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
+** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int i, rc;
+  int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
+  
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  db->init.busy = 1;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Once all the other databases have been initialized, load the schema
+  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
+  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1)
+                    && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  db->init.busy = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){
+    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  }
+
+  return rc; 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialized.
+** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
+** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA.  If all schema cookies
+** make no changes to pParse->rc.
+*/
+static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+  int rc;
+  int cookie;
+
+  assert( pParse->checkSchema );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+    int openedTransaction = 0;         /* True if a transaction is opened */
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;     /* Btree database to read cookie from */
+    if( pBt==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
+    ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
+    ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */
+    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
+      openedTransaction = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the 
+    ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation,
+    ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie);
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb);
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+    }
+
+    /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */
+    if( openedTransaction ){
+      sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
+** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
+**
+** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
+** attached database is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
+  int i = -1000000;
+
+  /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in 
+  ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
+  ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this 
+  ** function should never be used.
+  **
+  ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
+  ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much 
+  ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
+  ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
+  */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( pSchema ){
+    for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){
+  if( pParse ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  Vdbe *pReprepare,         /* VM being reprepared */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing context */
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;        /* Error message */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
+  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
+
+  /* Allocate the parsing context */
+  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( pParse==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_prepare;
+  }
+  pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare;
+  assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
+  ** database schemas.  The inability to get a read lock indicates that
+  ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
+  ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
+  ** to the schema.
+  **
+  ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted
+  ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled
+  ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this
+  ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect
+  ** the schema change.  Disaster would follow.
+  **
+  ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
+  ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
+  ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
+  ** while this routine is running.  Hence, we do not need to hold 
+  ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is 
+  ** holding them.
+  **
+  ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
+  ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still
+  ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
+      if( rc ){
+        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
+        sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
+        testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
+        goto end_prepare;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+
+  pParse->db = db;
+  pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;  /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */
+  if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
+    char *zSqlCopy;
+    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+    testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
+    testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
+    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
+      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
+      goto end_prepare;
+    }
+    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
+    if( zSqlCopy ){
+      sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy];
+    }else{
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+  }
+  assert( 0==pParse->nQueryLoop );
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pParse->checkSchema ){
+    schemaIsValid(pParse);
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pzTail ){
+    *pzTail = pParse->zTail;
+  }
+  rc = pParse->rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){
+    static const char * const azColName[] = {
+       "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment",
+       "selectid", "order", "from", "detail"
+    };
+    int iFirst, mx;
+    if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4);
+      iFirst = 8;
+      mx = 12;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8);
+      iFirst = 0;
+      mx = 8;
+    }
+    for(i=iFirst; i<mx; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(pParse->pVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME,
+                            azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( db->init.busy==0 ){
+    Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag);
+  }
+  if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
+    assert(!(*ppStmt));
+  }else{
+    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe;
+  }
+
+  if( zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
+  while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
+    TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
+    pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);
+  }
+
+end_prepare:
+
+  sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
+  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+  return rc;
+}
+static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  Vdbe *pOld,               /* VM being reprepared */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  assert( ppStmt!=0 );
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
+**
+** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
+** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has
+** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
+** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
+  const char *zSql;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) );
+  zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p);
+  assert( zSql!=0 );  /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
+  db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    }
+    assert( pNew==0 );
+    return rc;
+  }else{
+    assert( pNew!=0 );
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
+  sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+  sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
+  sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
+** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
+** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
+** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
+** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
+** occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
+  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
+  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
+  */
+  char *zSql8;
+  const char *zTail8 = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( ppStmt );
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( nBytes>=0 ){
+    int sz;
+    const char *z = (const char*)zSql;
+    for(sz=0; sz<nBytes && (z[sz]!=0 || z[sz+1]!=0); sz += 2){}
+    nBytes = sz;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8);
+  }
+
+  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
+    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
+    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
+    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
+    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
+    */
+    int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
+    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); 
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
+** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
+** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
+** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
+** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
+** occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
+** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information
+** into the selectInnerLoop() routine.
+*/
+typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx;
+struct DistinctCtx {
+  u8 isTnct;      /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  u8 eTnctType;   /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* operators */
+  int tabTnct;    /* Ephemeral table used for DISTINCT processing */
+  int addrTnct;   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcode for tabTnct */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
+** the ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause of query is being coded.
+*/
+typedef struct SortCtx SortCtx;
+struct SortCtx {
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY (or GROUP BY clause) */
+  int nOBSat;           /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */
+  int iECursor;         /* Cursor number for the sorter */
+  int regReturn;        /* Register holding block-output return address */
+  int labelBkOut;       /* Start label for the block-output subroutine */
+  int addrSortIndex;    /* Address of the OP_SorterOpen or OP_OpenEphemeral */
+  u8 sortFlags;         /* Zero or more SORTFLAG_* bits */
+};
+#define SORTFLAG_UseSorter  0x01   /* Use SorterOpen instead of OpenEphemeral */
+
+/*
+** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
+** the select structure itself.
+*/
+static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
+  sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
+  pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest;
+  pDest->iSDParm = iParm;
+  pDest->affSdst = 0;
+  pDest->iSdst = 0;
+  pDest->nSdst = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
+** structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
+  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
+  u16 selFlags,         /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */
+  Expr *pLimit,         /* LIMIT value.  NULL means not used */
+  Expr *pOffset         /* OFFSET value.  NULL means no offset */
+){
+  Select *pNew;
+  Select standin;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    pNew = &standin;
+    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
+  }
+  if( pEList==0 ){
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0));
+  }
+  pNew->pEList = pEList;
+  if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc));
+  pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
+  pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+  pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
+  pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  pNew->selFlags = selFlags;
+  pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
+  pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
+  assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 );
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) {
+    clearSelect(db, pNew);
+    if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+    pNew = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 );
+  }
+  assert( pNew!=&standin );
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
+  if( p ){
+    clearSelect(db, p);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound.
+*/
+static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){
+  while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceding the JOIN keyword, determine the
+** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
+** in terms of the following bit values:
+**
+**     JT_INNER
+**     JT_CROSS
+**     JT_OUTER
+**     JT_NATURAL
+**     JT_LEFT
+**     JT_RIGHT
+**
+** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
+**
+** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
+** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
+  int jointype = 0;
+  Token *apAll[3];
+  Token *p;
+                             /*   0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */
+  static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross";
+  static const struct {
+    u8 i;        /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */
+    u8 nChar;    /* Length of the keyword in characters */
+    u8 code;     /* Join type mask */
+  } aKeyword[] = {
+    /* natural */ { 0,  7, JT_NATURAL                },
+    /* left    */ { 6,  4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER          },
+    /* outer   */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER                  },
+    /* right   */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER         },
+    /* full    */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+    /* inner   */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER                  },
+    /* cross   */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS         },
+  };
+  int i, j;
+  apAll[0] = pA;
+  apAll[1] = pB;
+  apAll[2] = pC;
+  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
+    p = apAll[i];
+    for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){
+      if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar 
+          && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){
+        jointype |= aKeyword[j].code;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 );
+    if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){
+      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if(
+     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
+     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
+  ){
+    const char *zSp = " ";
+    assert( pB!=0 );
+    if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; }
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
+       "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC);
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 
+         && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }
+  return jointype;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
+** is not contained in the table.
+*/
+static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a
+** table that has a column named zCol.  
+**
+** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index
+** of the matching column and return TRUE.
+**
+** If not found, return FALSE.
+*/
+static int tableAndColumnIndex(
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* Array of tables to search */
+  int N,               /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */
+  const char *zCol,    /* Name of the column we are looking for */
+  int *piTab,          /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */
+  int *piCol           /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */
+){
+  int i;               /* For looping over tables in pSrc */
+  int iCol;            /* Index of column matching zCol */
+
+  assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) );  /* Both or neither are NULL */
+  for(i=0; i<N; i++){
+    iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol);
+    if( iCol>=0 ){
+      if( piTab ){
+        *piTab = i;
+        *piCol = iCol;
+      }
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the
+** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which
+** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form:
+**
+**    (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2)
+**
+** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the 
+** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is
+** column iColRight of tab2.
+*/
+static void addWhereTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,                  /* List of tables in FROM clause */
+  int iLeft,                      /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */
+  int iColLeft,                   /* Index of column in first table */
+  int iRight,                     /* Index of second table in pSrc */
+  int iColRight,                  /* Index of column in second table */
+  int isOuterJoin,                /* True if this is an OUTER join */
+  Expr **ppWhere                  /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Expr *pE1;
+  Expr *pE2;
+  Expr *pEq;
+
+  assert( iLeft<iRight );
+  assert( pSrc->nSrc>iRight );
+  assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab );
+  assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab );
+
+  pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft);
+  pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight);
+
+  pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0);
+  if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin);
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    ExprSetVVAProperty(pEq, EP_NoReduce);
+    pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable;
+  }
+  *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
+** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the
+** expression.
+**
+** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
+** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
+** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
+** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
+** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
+** originated in the ON or USING clause.
+**
+** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the
+** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not
+** explicitly mentioned in the expression.  That information is needed
+** for cases like this:
+**
+**    SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5
+**
+** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5
+** term until after the t2 loop of the join.  In that way, a
+** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5.  If we do not
+** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately
+** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in
+** the output, which is incorrect.
+*/
+static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
+  while( p ){
+    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    ExprSetVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce);
+    p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable;
+    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
+    p = p->pRight;
+  } 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
+** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
+** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
+**
+** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
+** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
+** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
+** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
+** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
+** also attached to the left entry.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
+*/
+static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
+  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
+  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
+  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */
+
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
+  pRight = &pLeft[1];
+  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
+    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
+    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
+    int isOuter;
+
+    if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue;
+    isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
+
+    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
+    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
+    */
+    if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
+      if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
+           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(j=0; j<pRightTab->nCol; j++){
+        char *zName;   /* Name of column in the right table */
+        int iLeft;     /* Matching left table */
+        int iLeftCol;  /* Matching column in the left table */
+
+        zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName;
+        if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){
+          addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j,
+                       isOuter, &p->pWhere);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
+    */
+    if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
+        "clauses in the same join");
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
+    ** an AND operator.
+    */
+    if( pRight->pOn ){
+      if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor);
+      p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn);
+      pRight->pOn = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
+    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
+    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
+    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
+    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
+    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
+    */
+    if( pRight->pUsing ){
+      IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
+      for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
+        char *zName;     /* Name of the term in the USING clause */
+        int iLeft;       /* Table on the left with matching column name */
+        int iLeftCol;    /* Column number of matching column on the left */
+        int iRightCol;   /* Column number of matching column on the right */
+
+        zName = pList->a[j].zName;
+        iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName);
+        if( iRightCol<0
+         || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol)
+        ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
+            "not present in both tables", zName);
+          return 1;
+        }
+        addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol,
+                     isOuter, &p->pWhere);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,     /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
+  int iStart,          /* Begin with this column of pList */
+  int nExtra           /* Add this many extra columns to the end */
+);
+
+/*
+** Insert code into "v" that will push the record in register regData
+** into the sorter.
+*/
+static void pushOntoSorter(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* Parser context */
+  SortCtx *pSort,        /* Information about the ORDER BY clause */
+  Select *pSelect,       /* The whole SELECT statement */
+  int regData            /* Register holding data to be sorted */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int nExpr = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  int regRecord = ++pParse->nMem;
+  int regBase = pParse->nMem+1;
+  int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat;
+  int op;
+
+  pParse->nMem += nExpr+2;        /* nExpr+2 registers allocated at regBase */
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nExpr+2-nOBSat,regRecord);
+  if( nOBSat>0 ){
+    int regPrevKey;   /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */
+    int addrFirst;    /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */
+    int addrJmp;      /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */
+    VdbeOp *pOp;      /* Opcode that opens the sorter */
+    int nKey;         /* Number of sorting key columns, including OP_Sequence */
+    KeyInfo *pKI;     /* Original KeyInfo on the sorter table */
+
+    regPrevKey = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat;
+    nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + 1;
+    addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPrevKey, regBase, pSort->nOBSat);
+    pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex);
+    if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return;
+    pOp->p2 = nKey + 1;
+    pKI = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+    memset(pKI->aSortOrder, 0, pKI->nField); /* Makes OP_Jump below testable */
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKI, P4_KEYINFO);
+    pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, nOBSat, 1);
+    addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp);
+  }
+  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
+    op = OP_SorterInsert;
+  }else{
+    op = OP_IdxInsert;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pSort->iECursor, regRecord);
+  if( pSelect->iLimit ){
+    int addr1, addr2;
+    int iLimit;
+    if( pSelect->iOffset ){
+      iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1;
+    }else{
+      iLimit = pSelect->iLimit;
+    }
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1);
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pSort->iECursor);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pSort->iECursor);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add code to implement the OFFSET
+*/
+static void codeOffset(
+  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
+  int iOffset,      /* Register holding the offset counter */
+  int iContinue     /* Jump here to skip the current record */
+){
+  if( iOffset>0 ){
+    int addr;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iOffset, -1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
+    VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records"));
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem
+** form a distinct entry.  iTab is a sorting index that holds previously
+** seen combinations of the N values.  A new entry is made in iTab
+** if the current N values are new.
+**
+** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the
+** stack if the top N elements are not distinct.
+*/
+static void codeDistinct(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  int iTab,          /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */
+  int addrRepeat,    /* Jump to here if not distinct */
+  int N,             /* Number of elements */
+  int iMem           /* First element */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int r1;
+
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression
+** (example:  "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result
+** column.  We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur
+** in multiple places.  (The error only occurs in one place now, but we
+** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.)
+*/
+static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context. */
+  SelectDest *pDest,   /* Destination of SELECT results */
+  int nExpr            /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */
+){
+  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
+  if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
+       "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
+** of a SELECT.
+**
+** If srcTab is negative, then the pEList expressions
+** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If srcTab is
+** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only 
+** to get number columns and the datatype for each column.
+*/
+static void selectInnerLoop(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
+  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
+  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
+  SortCtx *pSort,         /* If not NULL, info on how to process ORDER BY */
+  DistinctCtx *pDistinct, /* If not NULL, info on how to process DISTINCT */
+  SelectDest *pDest,      /* How to dispose of the results */
+  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
+  int iBreak              /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  int hasDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int regResult;              /* Start of memory holding result set */
+  int eDest = pDest->eDest;   /* How to dispose of results */
+  int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */
+  int nResultCol;             /* Number of result columns */
+
+  assert( v );
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+  hasDistinct = pDistinct ? pDistinct->eTnctType : WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP;
+  if( pSort && pSort->pOrderBy==0 ) pSort = 0;
+  if( pSort==0 && !hasDistinct ){
+    assert( iContinue!=0 );
+    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
+  }
+
+  /* Pull the requested columns.
+  */
+  nResultCol = pEList->nExpr;
+
+  if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
+    pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
+  }else if( pDest->iSdst+nResultCol > pParse->nMem ){
+    /* This is an error condition that can result, for example, when a SELECT
+    ** on the right-hand side of an INSERT contains more result columns than
+    ** there are columns in the table on the left.  The error will be caught
+    ** and reported later.  But we need to make sure enough memory is allocated
+    ** to avoid other spurious errors in the meantime. */
+    pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
+  }
+  pDest->nSdst = nResultCol;
+  regResult = pDest->iSdst;
+  if( srcTab>=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i, regResult+i);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pEList->a[i].zName));
+    }
+  }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){
+    /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual
+    ** values returned by the SELECT are not required.
+    */
+    sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult,
+                  (eDest==SRT_Output||eDest==SRT_Coroutine)?SQLITE_ECEL_DUP:0);
+  }
+
+  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
+  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
+  ** part of the result.
+  */
+  if( hasDistinct ){
+    switch( pDistinct->eTnctType ){
+      case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: {
+        VdbeOp *pOp;            /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */
+        int iJump;              /* Jump destination */
+        int regPrev;            /* Previous row content */
+
+        /* Allocate space for the previous row */
+        regPrev = pParse->nMem+1;
+        pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
+
+        /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Null
+        ** sets the MEM_Cleared bit on the first register of the
+        ** previous value.  This will cause the OP_Ne below to always
+        ** fail on the first iteration of the loop even if the first
+        ** row is all NULLs.
+        */
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
+        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
+        pOp->opcode = OP_Null;
+        pOp->p1 = 1;
+        pOp->p2 = regPrev;
+
+        iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nResultCol;
+        for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){
+          CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+          if( i<nResultCol-1 ){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, regResult+i, iJump, regPrev+i);
+            VdbeCoverage(v);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regResult+i, iContinue, regPrev+i);
+            VdbeCoverage(v);
+           }
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+        }
+        assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regResult, regPrev, nResultCol-1);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default: {
+        assert( pDistinct->eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED );
+        codeDistinct(pParse, pDistinct->tabTnct, iContinue, nResultCol, regResult);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pSort==0 ){
+      codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
+    }
+  }
+
+  switch( eDest ){
+    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
+    ** table iParm.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+    case SRT_Union: {
+      int r1;
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
+    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
+    ** the temporary table iParm.
+    */
+    case SRT_Except: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nResultCol);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
+
+    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+    */
+    case SRT_Fifo:
+    case SRT_DistFifo:
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+      if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){
+        /* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
+        ** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present
+        ** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the
+        ** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the
+        ** output table as well.  */
+        int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1);
+        assert( pSort==0 );
+      }
+#endif
+      if( pSort ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1);
+      }else{
+        int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      }
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
+    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+    */
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      assert( nResultCol==1 );
+      pDest->affSdst =
+                  sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst);
+      if( pSort ){
+        /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the
+        ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set
+        ** does not matter.  But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which
+        ** case the order does matter */
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult);
+      }else{
+        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult,1,r1, &pDest->affSdst, 1);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
+    */
+    case SRT_Exists: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+    ** of the scan loop.
+    */
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nResultCol==1 );
+      if( pSort ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1);
+        /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+    case SRT_Coroutine:       /* Send data to a co-routine */
+    case SRT_Output: {        /* Return the results */
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
+      if( pSort ){
+        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1);
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nResultCol);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+    /* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to
+    ** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO).  pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an
+    ** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns.  Build a key using pSO for the first
+    ** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a
+    ** final OP_Sequence column.  The last column is the record as a blob.
+    */
+    case SRT_DistQueue:
+    case SRT_Queue: {
+      int nKey;
+      int r1, r2, r3;
+      int addrTest = 0;
+      ExprList *pSO;
+      pSO = pDest->pOrderBy;
+      assert( pSO );
+      nKey = pSO->nExpr;
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2);
+      r3 = r2+nKey+1;
+      if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
+        /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
+        ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously
+        ** added to the queue. */
+        addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, 
+                                        regResult, nResultCol);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3);
+      if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nKey; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy,
+                          regResult + pSO->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol - 1,
+                          r2+i);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, iParm, r2+nKey);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r2, nKey+2, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
+      if( addrTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTest);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r2, nKey+2);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */
+
+
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
+    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
+    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
+    ** about the actual results of the select.
+    */
+    default: {
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.  Except, if
+  ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited
+  ** the output for us.
+  */
+  if( pSort==0 && p->iLimit ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a KeyInfo object sufficient for an index of N key columns and
+** X extra columns.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3 *db, int N, int X){
+  KeyInfo *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, 
+                   sizeof(KeyInfo) + (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1));
+  if( p ){
+    p->aSortOrder = (u8*)&p->aColl[N+X];
+    p->nField = (u16)N;
+    p->nXField = (u16)X;
+    p->enc = ENC(db);
+    p->db = db;
+    p->nRef = 1;
+  }else{
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate a KeyInfo object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo *p){
+  if( p ){
+    assert( p->nRef>0 );
+    p->nRef--;
+    if( p->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFree(0, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a new pointer to a KeyInfo object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo *p){
+  if( p ){
+    assert( p->nRef>0 );
+    p->nRef++;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Return TRUE if a KeyInfo object can be change.  The KeyInfo object
+** can only be changed if this is just a single reference to the object.
+**
+** This routine is used only inside of assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo *p){ return p->nRef==1; }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records
+** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list.
+**
+** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
+** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
+** implement that clause.  If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
+** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
+** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
+**
+** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc.  The calling
+** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
+** freed.
+*/
+static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,     /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
+  int iStart,          /* Begin with this column of pList */
+  int nExtra           /* Add this many extra columns to the end */
+){
+  int nExpr;
+  KeyInfo *pInfo;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;
+
+  nExpr = pList->nExpr;
+  pInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr+nExtra-iStart, 1);
+  if( pInfo ){
+    assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pInfo) );
+    for(i=iStart, pItem=pList->a+iStart; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+      CollSeq *pColl;
+      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
+      if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      pInfo->aColl[i-iStart] = pColl;
+      pInfo->aSortOrder[i-iStart] = pItem->sortOrder;
+    }
+  }
+  return pInfo;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+/*
+** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
+*/
+static const char *selectOpName(int id){
+  char *z;
+  switch( id ){
+    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
+    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
+    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
+    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
+** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
+** where the caption is of the form:
+**
+**   "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx"
+**
+** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which
+** is determined by the zUsage argument.
+*/
+static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro
+** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code
+** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that
+** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the
+** code with #ifndef directives.
+*/
+# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b
+
+#else
+/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
+# define explainTempTable(y,z)
+# define explainSetInteger(y,z)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT)
+/*
+** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
+** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
+** where the caption is of one of the two forms:
+**
+**   "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)"
+**   "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)"
+**
+** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding
+** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter
+** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT,
+** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is 
+** false, or the second form if it is true.
+*/
+static void explainComposite(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  int op,                         /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */
+  int iSub1,                      /* Subquery id 1 */
+  int iSub2,                      /* Subquery id 2 */
+  int bUseTmp                     /* True if a temp table was used */
+){
+  assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL );
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
+        pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2,
+        bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op)
+    );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+#else
+/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
+# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
+** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
+** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
+** routine generates the code needed to do that.
+*/
+static void generateSortTail(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement */
+  SortCtx *pSort,   /* Information on the ORDER BY clause */
+  int nColumn,      /* Number of columns of data */
+  SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;                     /* The prepared statement */
+  int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);     /* Jump here to exit loop */
+  int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Jump here for next cycle */
+  int addr;
+  int addrOnce = 0;
+  int iTab;
+  int pseudoTab = 0;
+  ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy;
+  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
+  int iParm = pDest->iSDParm;
+  int regRow;
+  int regRowid;
+  int nKey;
+
+  if( pSort->labelBkOut ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBreak);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut);
+    addrOnce = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+  iTab = pSort->iECursor;
+  regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+    pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn);
+    regRowid = 0;
+  }else{
+    regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  }
+  nKey = pOrderBy->nExpr - pSort->nOBSat;
+  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
+    int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem;
+    int ptab2 = pParse->nTab++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, ptab2, regSortOut, nKey+2);
+    if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce);
+    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ptab2, nKey+1, regRow);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE);
+  }else{
+    if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce);
+    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, nKey+1, regRow);
+  }
+  switch( eDest ){
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid,
+                        &pDest->affSdst, 1);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+      int i;
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); 
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+        assert( regRow!=pDest->iSdst+i );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iSdst+i);
+        if( i==0 ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE);
+        }
+      }
+      if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+
+  /* The bottom of the loop
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue);
+  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+  if( pSort->regReturn ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pSort->regReturn);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
+** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
+**
+** Also try to estimate the size of the returned value and return that
+** result in *pEstWidth.
+**
+** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the
+** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
+** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
+** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
+** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is 
+** considered a column by this function.
+**
+**   SELECT col FROM tbl;
+**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
+**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
+**   SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
+** 
+** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
+**
+** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA compile-time option is used.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,C,D,E,F)
+static const char *columnTypeImpl(
+  NameContext *pNC, 
+  Expr *pExpr,
+  const char **pzOrigDb,
+  const char **pzOrigTab,
+  const char **pzOrigCol,
+  u8 *pEstWidth
+){
+  char const *zOrigDb = 0;
+  char const *zOrigTab = 0;
+  char const *zOrigCol = 0;
+#else /* if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */
+# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,F)
+static const char *columnTypeImpl(
+  NameContext *pNC, 
+  Expr *pExpr,
+  u8 *pEstWidth
+){
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */
+  char const *zType = 0;
+  int j;
+  u8 estWidth = 1;
+
+  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
+      ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
+      ** database table or a subquery.
+      */
+      Table *pTab = 0;            /* Table structure column is extracted from */
+      Select *pS = 0;             /* Select the column is extracted from */
+      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;  /* Index of column in pTab */
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      while( pNC && !pTab ){
+        SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
+        for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
+        if( j<pTabList->nSrc ){
+          pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+          pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
+        }else{
+          pNC = pNC->pNext;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pTab==0 ){
+        /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would
+        ** cause this condition to run.  Since then, we have restructured how
+        ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer 
+        ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like
+        ** the following:
+        **
+        **   CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER);
+        **   SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1;
+        **
+        ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the 
+        ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even
+        ** though it should really be "INTEGER".
+        **
+        ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never
+        ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression 
+        ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT
+        ** branch below.  */
+        break;
+      }
+
+      assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab );
+      if( pS ){
+        /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
+        ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
+        ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
+        */
+        if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){
+          /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
+          ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see 
+          ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
+          */
+          NameContext sNC;
+          Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
+          sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
+          sNC.pNext = pNC;
+          sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+          zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol, &estWidth); 
+        }
+      }else if( pTab->pSchema ){
+        /* A real table */
+        assert( !pS );
+        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+        assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+        if( iCol<0 ){
+          zType = "INTEGER";
+          zOrigCol = "rowid";
+        }else{
+          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+          zOrigCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+          estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst;
+        }
+        zOrigTab = pTab->zName;
+        if( pNC->pParse ){
+          int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+          zOrigDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+        }
+#else
+        if( iCol<0 ){
+          zType = "INTEGER";
+        }else{
+          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+          estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst;
+        }
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and
+      ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT
+      ** statement.
+      */
+      NameContext sNC;
+      Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+      Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
+      sNC.pNext = pNC;
+      sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+      zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, &estWidth); 
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA  
+  if( pzOrigDb ){
+    assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol );
+    *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb;
+    *pzOrigTab = zOrigTab;
+    *pzOrigCol = zOrigCol;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pEstWidth ) *pEstWidth = estWidth;
+  return zType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
+** in the result set.
+*/
+static void generateColumnTypes(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  NameContext sNC;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    const char *zType;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+    const char *zOrigDb = 0;
+    const char *zOrigTab = 0;
+    const char *zOrigCol = 0;
+    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, 0);
+
+    /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other 
+    ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
+    ** virtual machine is deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+#else
+    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+#endif
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) */
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
+** in the result set.  This information is used to provide the
+** azCol[] values in the callback.
+*/
+static void generateColumnNames(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int fullNames, shortNames;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
+  if( pParse->explain ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
+  fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
+  shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
+  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p;
+    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue;
+    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
+      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){
+      Table *pTab;
+      char *zCol;
+      int iCol = p->iColumn;
+      for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pTabList->nSrc); j++){
+        if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break;
+      }
+      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
+      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+      if( iCol<0 ){
+        zCol = "rowid";
+      }else{
+        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+      }
+      if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, 
+            sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+      }else if( fullNames ){
+        char *zName = 0;
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }
+    }else{
+      const char *z = pEList->a[i].zSpan;
+      z = z==0 ? sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1) : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, z);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+    }
+  }
+  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
+** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
+** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
+**
+** All column names will be unique.
+**
+** Only the column names are computed.  Column.zType, Column.zColl,
+** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If a memory allocation error occurs,
+** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+static int selectColumnsFromExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,       /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
+  i16 *pnCol,             /* Write the number of columns here */
+  Column **paCol          /* Write the new column list here */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database connection */
+  int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
+  int cnt;                    /* Index added to make the name unique */
+  Column *aCol, *pCol;        /* For looping over result columns */
+  int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the result set */
+  Expr *p;                    /* Expression for a single result column */
+  char *zName;                /* Column name */
+  int nName;                  /* Size of name in zName[] */
+
+  if( pEList ){
+    nCol = pEList->nExpr;
+    aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
+    testcase( aCol==0 );
+  }else{
+    nCol = 0;
+    aCol = 0;
+  }
+  *pnCol = nCol;
+  *paCol = aCol;
+
+  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
+    */
+    p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
+      /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
+      zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+    }else{
+      Expr *pColExpr = p;  /* The expression that is the result column name */
+      Table *pTab;         /* Table associated with this expression */
+      while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){
+        pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
+        assert( pColExpr!=0 );
+      }
+      if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){
+        /* For columns use the column name name */
+        int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
+        pTab = pColExpr->pTab;
+        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s",
+                 iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid");
+      }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken);
+      }else{
+        /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan);
+      }
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
+    ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
+    */
+    nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
+        char *zNewName;
+        int k;
+        for(k=nName-1; k>1 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[k]); k--){}
+        if( k>=0 && zName[k]==':' ) nName = k;
+        zName[nName] = 0;
+        zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+        zName = zNewName;
+        j = -1;
+        if( zName==0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    pCol->zName = zName;
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol);
+    *paCol = 0;
+    *pnCol = 0;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add type and collation information to a column list based on
+** a SELECT statement.
+** 
+** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList().
+** The column list has only names, not types or collations.  This
+** routine goes through and adds the types and collations.
+**
+** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT
+** statement be resolved.
+*/
+static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing contexts */
+  Table *pTab,          /* Add column type information to this table */
+  Select *pSelect       /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  NameContext sNC;
+  Column *pCol;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int i;
+  Expr *p;
+  struct ExprList_item *a;
+  u64 szAll = 0;
+
+  assert( pSelect!=0 );
+  assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+  a = pSelect->pEList->a;
+  for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    p = a[i].pExpr;
+    pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p,0,0,0, &pCol->szEst));
+    szAll += pCol->szEst;
+    pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
+    if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+    if( pColl ){
+      pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
+    }
+  }
+  pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(szAll*4);
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
+** the result set of that SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+  Table *pTab;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int savedFlags;
+
+  savedFlags = db->flags;
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames;
+  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0);
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
+  while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  db->flags = savedFlags;
+  pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside
+  ** is disabled */
+  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
+  pTab->nRef = 1;
+  pTab->zName = 0;
+  pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+  selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+  selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSelect);
+  pTab->iPKey = -1;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
+** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( v==0 ){
+    v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse);
+    if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Init);
+    if( pParse->pToplevel==0
+     && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst)
+    ){
+      pParse->okConstFactor = 1;
+    }
+
+  }
+  return v;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
+** pLimit and pOffset expressions.  pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
+** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
+** keywords.  Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset 
+** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute 
+** the limit and offset.  If there is no limit and/or offset, then 
+** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
+**
+** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
+** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset.  iLimit and
+** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero)
+** prior to calling this routine.
+**
+** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value
+** of the OFFSET.  The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT.  Register
+** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET.
+**
+** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
+** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
+** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
+** SELECT statements.
+*/
+static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){
+  Vdbe *v = 0;
+  int iLimit = 0;
+  int iOffset;
+  int addr1, n;
+  if( p->iLimit ) return;
+
+  /* 
+  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
+  ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be.
+  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
+  ** no rows.
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 );
+  if( p->pLimit ){
+    p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    assert( v!=0 );
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit);
+      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
+      if( n==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak);
+      }else if( n>=0 && p->nSelectRow>(u64)n ){
+        p->nSelectRow = n;
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+    if( p->pOffset ){
+      p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
+      pParse->nMem++;   /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter"));
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET"));
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+/*
+** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
+** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
+** the column has no default collating sequence.
+**
+** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
+** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
+*/
+static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
+  CollSeq *pRet;
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
+  }else{
+    pRet = 0;
+  }
+  assert( iCol>=0 );
+  if( pRet==0 && iCol<p->pEList->nExpr ){
+    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT
+** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo
+** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY.
+**
+** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling
+** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually
+** freed.
+*/
+static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){
+  ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  int nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  KeyInfo *pRet = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nOrderBy+nExtra, 1);
+  if( pRet ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pOrderBy->a[i];
+      Expr *pTerm = pItem->pExpr;
+      CollSeq *pColl;
+
+      if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){
+        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm);
+      }else{
+        pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1);
+        if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+        pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr =
+          sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName);
+      }
+      assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pRet) );
+      pRet->aColl[i] = pColl;
+      pRet->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code to compute the content of a WITH RECURSIVE
+** query of the form:
+**
+**   <recursive-table> AS (<setup-query> UNION [ALL] <recursive-query>)
+**                         \___________/             \_______________/
+**                           p->pPrior                      p
+**
+**
+** There is exactly one reference to the recursive-table in the FROM clause
+** of recursive-query, marked with the SrcList->a[].isRecursive flag.
+**
+** The setup-query runs once to generate an initial set of rows that go
+** into a Queue table.  Rows are extracted from the Queue table one by
+** one.  Each row extracted from Queue is output to pDest.  Then the single
+** extracted row (now in the iCurrent table) becomes the content of the
+** recursive-table for a recursive-query run.  The output of the recursive-query
+** is added back into the Queue table.  Then another row is extracted from Queue
+** and the iteration continues until the Queue table is empty.
+**
+** If the compound query operator is UNION then no duplicate rows are ever
+** inserted into the Queue table.  The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows
+** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be
+** discarded.  If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed.
+** 
+** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in
+** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle.  Without
+** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO.
+**
+** If a LIMIT clause is provided, then the iteration stops after LIMIT rows
+** have been output to pDest.  A LIMIT of zero means to output no rows and a
+** negative LIMIT means to output all rows.  If there is also an OFFSET clause
+** with a positive value, then the first OFFSET outputs are discarded rather
+** than being sent to pDest.  The LIMIT count does not begin until after OFFSET
+** rows have been skipped.
+*/
+static void generateWithRecursiveQuery(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The recursive SELECT to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+){
+  SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the recursive query */
+  int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;  /* Number of columns in the recursive table */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The prepared statement under construction */
+  Select *pSetup = p->pPrior;   /* The setup query */
+  int addrTop;                  /* Top of the loop */
+  int addrCont, addrBreak;      /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */
+  int iCurrent = 0;             /* The Current table */
+  int regCurrent;               /* Register holding Current table */
+  int iQueue;                   /* The Queue table */
+  int iDistinct = 0;            /* To ensure unique results if UNION */
+  int eDest = SRT_Fifo;         /* How to write to Queue */
+  SelectDest destQueue;         /* SelectDest targetting the Queue table */
+  int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+  int rc;                       /* Result code */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;           /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;       /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */
+  int regLimit, regOffset;      /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */
+
+  /* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_RECURSIVE, 0, 0, 0) ) return;
+
+  /* Process the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses, if they exist */
+  addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak);
+  pLimit = p->pLimit;
+  pOffset = p->pOffset;
+  regLimit = p->iLimit;
+  regOffset = p->iOffset;
+  p->pLimit = p->pOffset = 0;
+  p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0;
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+
+  /* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */
+  for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<pSrc->nSrc); i++){
+    if( pSrc->a[i].isRecursive ){
+      iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct.  The cursor number for
+  ** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order
+  ** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */
+  iQueue = pParse->nTab++;
+  if( p->op==TK_UNION ){
+    eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo;
+    iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
+  }else{
+    eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo;
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue);
+
+  /* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */
+  regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol);
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
+                      (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+    destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol);
+  }
+  VdbeComment((v, "Queue table"));
+  if( iDistinct ){
+    p->addrOpenEphm[0] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iDistinct, 0);
+    p->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+  }
+
+  /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */
+  p->pOrderBy = 0;
+
+  /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */
+  pSetup->pNext = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue);
+  pSetup->pNext = p;
+  if( rc ) goto end_of_recursive_query;
+
+  /* Find the next row in the Queue and output that row */
+  addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iQueue, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+  /* Transfer the next row in Queue over to Current */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCurrent); /* To reset column cache */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regCurrent);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iQueue, regCurrent);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iQueue);
+
+  /* Output the single row in Current */
+  addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  codeOffset(v, regOffset, addrCont);
+  selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, iCurrent,
+      0, 0, pDest, addrCont, addrBreak);
+  if( regLimit ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, regLimit, addrBreak, -1);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont);
+
+  /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as
+  ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue.
+  */
+  p->pPrior = 0;
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue);
+  assert( p->pPrior==0 );
+  p->pPrior = pSetup;
+
+  /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
+
+end_of_recursive_query:
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy);
+  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  p->pLimit = pLimit;
+  p->pOffset = pOffset;
+  return;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */
+
+/* Forward references */
+static int multiSelectOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to process a compound query form from
+** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or
+** INTERSECT
+**
+** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
+** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
+** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
+**
+** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
+** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
+**
+** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
+**
+** This statement is parsed up as follows:
+**
+**     SELECT c FROM t3
+**      |
+**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
+**                |
+**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
+**
+** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
+** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
+** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
+**
+** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
+** individual selects always group from left to right.
+*/
+static int multiSelect(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
+  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+  SelectDest dest;      /* Alternative data destination */
+  Select *pDelete = 0;  /* Chain of simple selects to delete */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iSub1 = 0;        /* EQP id of left-hand query */
+  int iSub2 = 0;        /* EQP id of right-hand query */
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
+  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
+  */
+  assert( p && p->pPrior );  /* Calling function guarantees this much */
+  assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || p->op==TK_ALL || p->op==TK_UNION );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  pPrior = p->pPrior;
+  dest = *pDest;
+  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+  if( pPrior->pLimit ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );  /* The VDBE already created by calling function */
+
+  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
+  */
+  if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
+    assert( p->pEList );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
+    dest.eDest = SRT_Table;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
+  ** in their result sets.
+  */
+  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
+  if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
+    if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms");
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
+        " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
+    }
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){
+    generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest);
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately.
+  */
+  if( p->pOrderBy ){
+    return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest);
+  }else
+
+  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
+  */
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_ALL: {
+      int addr = 0;
+      int nLimit;
+      assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
+      pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit;
+      pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset;
+      pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
+      p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
+      if( p->iLimit ){
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
+      }
+      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
+      if( pPrior->pLimit
+       && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit)
+       && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > (u64)nLimit 
+      ){
+        p->nSelectRow = nLimit;
+      }
+      if( addr ){
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_EXCEPT:
+    case TK_UNION: {
+      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
+      u8 op = 0;       /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
+      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
+      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
+      int addr;
+      SelectDest uniondest;
+
+      testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_UNION );
+      priorOp = SRT_Union;
+      if( dest.eDest==priorOp ){
+        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
+        ** right.
+        */
+        assert( p->pLimit==0 );      /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
+        assert( p->pOffset==0 );     /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
+        unionTab = dest.iSDParm;
+      }else{
+        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
+        ** intermediate results.
+        */
+        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
+        assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
+        assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
+        p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
+        findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+        assert( p->pEList );
+      }
+
+      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
+      */
+      assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
+      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT statement
+      */
+      if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){
+        op = SRT_Except;
+      }else{
+        assert( p->op==TK_UNION );
+        op = SRT_Union;
+      }
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      uniondest.eDest = op;
+      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
+      ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->pOrderBy = 0;
+      if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+      p->pLimit = pLimit;
+      p->pOffset = pOffset;
+      p->iLimit = 0;
+      p->iOffset = 0;
+
+      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
+      ** it is that we currently need.
+      */
+      assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp );
+      if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){
+        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+        assert( p->pEList );
+        if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
+          Select *pFirst = p;
+          while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+          generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
+        }
+        iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab,
+                        0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); {
+      int tab1, tab2;
+      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
+      int addr;
+      SelectDest intersectdest;
+      int r1;
+
+      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
+      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
+      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
+      */
+      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
+      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
+      assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
+      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
+      p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
+      findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+      assert( p->pEList );
+
+      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
+      */
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
+      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
+      */
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
+      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 );
+      p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr;
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2;
+      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+      p->pLimit = pLimit;
+      p->pOffset = pOffset;
+
+      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
+      ** tables.
+      */
+      assert( p->pEList );
+      if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
+        Select *pFirst = p;
+        while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
+      }
+      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1,
+                      0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL);
+
+  /* Compute collating sequences used by 
+  ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
+  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
+  **
+  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
+  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
+  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
+  ** no temp tables are required.
+  */
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){
+    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
+    Select *pLoop;                /* For looping through SELECT statements */
+    CollSeq **apColl;             /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
+    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in result set */
+
+    assert( p->pNext==0 );
+    nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
+    pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nCol, 1);
+    if( !pKeyInfo ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto multi_select_end;
+    }
+    for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){
+      *apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+      if( 0==*apColl ){
+        *apColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      }
+    }
+
+    for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){
+      for(i=0; i<2; i++){
+        int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i];
+        if( addr<0 ){
+          /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused.  So we can
+          ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */
+          assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 );
+          break;
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo),
+                            P4_KEYINFO);
+        pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
+  }
+
+multi_select_end:
+  pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst;
+  pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst;
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
+
+/*
+** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a
+** SELECT statment.
+**
+** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst.  There are
+** pIn->nSdst columns to be output.  pDest is where the output should
+** be sent.
+**
+** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine
+** return address.
+**
+** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that
+** records the previous output.  mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false
+** if there has been no previous output.  If regPrev>0 then code is
+** generated to suppress duplicates.  pKeyInfo is used for comparing
+** keys.
+**
+** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to
+** iBreak.
+*/
+static int generateOutputSubroutine(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,              /* The SELECT statement */
+  SelectDest *pIn,        /* Coroutine supplying data */
+  SelectDest *pDest,      /* Where to send the data */
+  int regReturn,          /* The return address register */
+  int regPrev,            /* Previous result register.  No uniqueness if 0 */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,      /* For comparing with previous entry */
+  int iBreak              /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int iContinue;
+  int addr;
+
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT 
+  */
+  if( regPrev ){
+    int j1, j2;
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst,
+                              (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst-1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev);
+  }
+  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+
+  /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause
+  */
+  codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
+
+  switch( pDest->eDest ){
+    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+    */
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table );
+      testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
+    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+    */
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      int r1;
+      assert( pIn->nSdst==1 );
+      pDest->affSdst = 
+         sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst);
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, 1, r1, &pDest->affSdst,1);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#if 0  /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */
+    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
+    */
+    case SRT_Exists: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iSDParm);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+    ** of the scan loop.
+    */
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( pIn->nSdst==1 );
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, 1);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+    /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers
+    ** starting at pDest->iSdst.  Then the co-routine yields.
+    */
+    case SRT_Coroutine: {
+      if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
+        pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst);
+        pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pDest->nSdst);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be
+    ** SRT_Output.  This routine is never called with any other
+    ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output.
+    **
+    ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.  
+    ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to
+    ** return the next row of result.
+    */
+    default: {
+      assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
+  */
+  if( p->iLimit ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate the subroutine return
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn);
+
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there
+** is an ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** We assume a query of the following form:
+**
+**      <selectA>  <operator>  <selectB>  ORDER BY <orderbylist>
+**
+** <operator> is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT.  The idea
+** is to code both <selectA> and <selectB> with the ORDER BY clause as
+** co-routines.  Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results
+** into the output.  In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and
+** selectB) there are 7 subroutines:
+**
+**    outA:    Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output
+**             of the compound query.
+**
+**    outB:    Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output
+**             of the compound query.  (Only generated for UNION and
+**             UNION ALL.  EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that
+**             appears only in B.)
+**
+**    AltB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A<B.
+**
+**    AeqB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A==B.
+**
+**    AgtB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A>B.
+**
+**    EofA:    Called when data is exhausted from selectA.
+**
+**    EofB:    Called when data is exhausted from selectB.
+**
+** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which 
+** <operator> is used:
+**
+**
+**             UNION ALL         UNION            EXCEPT          INTERSECT
+**          -------------  -----------------  --------------  -----------------
+**   AltB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         nextA
+**
+**   AeqB:   outA, nextA         nextA             nextA         outA, nextA
+**
+**   AgtB:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          nextB            nextB
+**
+**   EofA:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          halt             halt
+**
+**   EofB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         halt
+**
+** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA
+** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes
+** an immediate jump to EofB.  Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or
+** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing.
+**
+** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled
+** within the output subroutine.  The regPrev register set holds the previously
+** output value.  A comparison is made against this value and the output
+** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous.
+**
+** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven
+** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom.  Like this:
+**
+**          goto Init
+**     coA: coroutine for left query (A)
+**     coB: coroutine for right query (B)
+**    outA: output one row of A
+**    outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only)
+**    EofA: ...
+**    EofB: ...
+**    AltB: ...
+**    AeqB: ...
+**    AgtB: ...
+**    Init: initialize coroutine registers
+**          yield coA
+**          if eof(A) goto EofA
+**          yield coB
+**          if eof(B) goto EofB
+**    Cmpr: Compare A, B
+**          Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB
+**     End: ...
+**
+** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not
+** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return.  EofA and EofB loop
+** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe.  AltB, AeqB,
+** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+static int multiSelectOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+){
+  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
+  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+  SelectDest destA;     /* Destination for coroutine A */
+  SelectDest destB;     /* Destination for coroutine B */
+  int regAddrA;         /* Address register for select-A coroutine */
+  int regAddrB;         /* Address register for select-B coroutine */
+  int addrSelectA;      /* Address of the select-A coroutine */
+  int addrSelectB;      /* Address of the select-B coroutine */
+  int regOutA;          /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */
+  int regOutB;          /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */
+  int addrOutA;         /* Address of the output-A subroutine */
+  int addrOutB = 0;     /* Address of the output-B subroutine */
+  int addrEofA;         /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */
+  int addrEofA_noB;     /* Alternate addrEofA if B is uninitialized */
+  int addrEofB;         /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */
+  int addrAltB;         /* Address of the A<B subroutine */
+  int addrAeqB;         /* Address of the A==B subroutine */
+  int addrAgtB;         /* Address of the A>B subroutine */
+  int regLimitA;        /* Limit register for select-A */
+  int regLimitB;        /* Limit register for select-A */
+  int regPrev;          /* A range of registers to hold previous output */
+  int savedLimit;       /* Saved value of p->iLimit */
+  int savedOffset;      /* Saved value of p->iOffset */
+  int labelCmpr;        /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */
+  int labelEnd;         /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */
+  int j1;               /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */
+  int op;               /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyMerge;   /* Comparison information for merging rows */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  int nOrderBy;         /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  int *aPermute;        /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iSub1;            /* EQP id of left-hand query */
+  int iSub2;            /* EQP id of right-hand query */
+#endif
+
+  assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
+  assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this.  Ticket #3382. */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );       /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */
+  labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+
+  /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause
+  */
+  op = p->op;  
+  pPrior = p->pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  assert( pOrderBy );
+  nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+
+  /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that
+  ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set.  Add
+  ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary.
+  */
+  if( op!=TK_ALL ){
+    for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+      for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; j<nOrderBy; j++, pItem++){
+        assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0 );
+        if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==i ) break;
+      }
+      if( j==nOrderBy ){
+        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
+        if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+        pNew->u.iValue = i;
+        pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew);
+        if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)i;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with
+  ** the permutation used to determine if the next
+  ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB.  Also add explicit
+  ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries
+  ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct
+  ** collation.
+  */
+  aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy);
+  if( aPermute ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){
+      assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0
+          && pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr );
+      aPermute[i] = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol - 1;
+    }
+    pKeyMerge = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1);
+  }else{
+    pKeyMerge = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query.
+  */
+  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0);
+
+  /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed
+  ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the
+  ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL).
+  */
+  if( op==TK_ALL ){
+    regPrev = 0;
+  }else{
+    int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr;
+    assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
+    regPrev = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += nExpr+1;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev);
+    pKeyDup = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr, 1);
+    if( pKeyDup ){
+      assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyDup) );
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
+        pKeyDup->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+        pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+ 
+  /* Separate the left and the right query from one another
+  */
+  p->pPrior = 0;
+  pPrior->pNext = 0;
+  sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
+  if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){
+    sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the limit registers */
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd);
+  if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){
+    regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem;
+    regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit,
+                                  regLimitA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB);
+  }else{
+    regLimitA = regLimitB = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+  p->pLimit = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
+  p->pOffset = 0;
+
+  regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regOutA = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regOutB = ++pParse->nMem;
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA);
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB);
+
+  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the
+  ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select.
+  */
+  addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
+  j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrA, 0, addrSelectA);
+  VdbeComment((v, "left SELECT"));
+  pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA;
+  explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrA);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+
+  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on 
+  ** the right - the "B" select
+  */
+  addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
+  j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrB, 0, addrSelectB);
+  VdbeComment((v, "right SELECT"));
+  savedLimit = p->iLimit;
+  savedOffset = p->iOffset;
+  p->iLimit = regLimitB;
+  p->iOffset = 0;  
+  explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
+  p->iLimit = savedLimit;
+  p->iOffset = savedOffset;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrB);
+
+  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A
+  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A"));
+  addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
+                 p, &destA, pDest, regOutA,
+                 regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
+  
+  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B
+  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B"));
+    addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
+                 p, &destB, pDest, regOutB,
+                 regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
+  }
+  sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyDup);
+
+  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A
+  ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+    addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd;
+  }else{  
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine"));
+    addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
+    addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd);
+                                     VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA);
+    p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B
+  ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+    addrEofB = addrEofA;
+    if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
+  }else{  
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
+    addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code to handle the case of A<B
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-lt-B subroutine"));
+  addrAltB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
+
+  /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B
+  */
+  if( op==TK_ALL ){
+    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
+  }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
+    addrAltB++;
+  }else{
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine"));
+    addrAeqB =
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine"));
+  addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
+
+  /* This code runs once to initialize everything.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA_noB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+  /* Implement the main merge loop
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy,
+                         (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+  /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd);
+
+  /* Set the number of output columns
+  */
+  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
+    Select *pFirst = pPrior;
+    while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+    generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
+  }
+
+  /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly
+  ** by the calling function */
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
+  }
+  p->pPrior = pPrior;
+  pPrior->pNext = p;
+
+  /*** TBD:  Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
+  **** subqueries ****/
+  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/* Forward Declarations */
+static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
+static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *);
+
+/*
+** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
+** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
+** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
+** unchanged.)
+**
+** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
+** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
+** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
+** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
+** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
+** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
+*/
+static Expr *substExpr(
+  sqlite3 *db,        /* Report malloc errors to this connection */
+  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expr in which substitution occurs */
+  int iTable,         /* Table to be substituted */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Substitute expressions */
+){
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
+    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
+      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+    }else{
+      Expr *pNew;
+      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+      pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+      pExpr = pNew;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
+    pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList);
+    }else{
+      substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList);
+    }
+  }
+  return pExpr;
+}
+static void substExprList(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
+  ExprList *pList,     /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */
+  int iTable,          /* Table to be substituted */
+  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
+  }
+}
+static void substSelect(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
+  Select *p,           /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */
+  int iTable,          /* Table to be replaced */
+  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
+){
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  int i;
+  if( !p ) return;
+  substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
+  substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
+  substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList);
+  p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
+  p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
+  substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList);
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc );  /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */
+  if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
+    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/*
+** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization.
+** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs.
+**
+** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
+** query:
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
+**
+** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
+** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
+** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
+** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
+** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
+** optimized.
+**
+** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
+** a single flat select, like this:
+**
+**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
+**
+** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
+** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
+** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
+** avoided.
+**
+** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
+**
+**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
+**        (Originally ticket #306.  Strengthened by ticket #3300)
+**
+**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT.
+**
+**  (**)  At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
+**        sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction 
+**        (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries.
+**
+**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
+**        DISTINCT.
+**
+**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.  TODO:  For subqueries without
+**        A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM close with the special
+**        table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a
+**        single NULL.
+**
+**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
+**        aggregates.
+**
+**  (10)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
+**        use LIMIT.
+**
+**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
+**
+**  (**)  Not implemented.  Subsumed into restriction (3).  Was previously
+**        a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
+**
+**  (13)  The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT.
+**
+**  (14)  The subquery does not use OFFSET.
+**
+**  (15)  The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
+**        subquery does not have a LIMIT clause.
+**        (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]).
+**
+**  (16)  The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does
+**        not contain ORDER BY.  (Ticket #2942)  This used to not matter
+**        until we introduced the group_concat() function.  
+**
+**  (17)  The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL 
+**        compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and 
+**        the parent query:
+**
+**          * is not itself part of a compound select,
+**          * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and
+**          * is not a join
+**
+**        The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to
+**        rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY,
+**        LIMIT and OFFSET clauses.  The subquery cannot use any compound
+**        operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound
+**        operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by
+**        restriction (4).
+**
+**        Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number
+**        of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound
+**        SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no
+**        such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the
+**        syntax error and return a detailed message.
+**
+**  (18)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
+**        ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to 
+**        columns of the sub-query.
+**
+**  (19)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not
+**        have a WHERE clause.
+**
+**  (20)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use
+**        an ORDER BY clause.  Ticket #3773.  We could relax this constraint
+**        somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must
+**        appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query.  But we
+**        have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case.
+**
+**  (21)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not
+**        DISTINCT.  (See ticket [752e1646fc]).
+**
+**  (22)  The subquery is not a recursive CTE.
+**
+**  (23)  The parent is not a recursive CTE, or the sub-query is not a
+**        compound query. This restriction is because transforming the
+**        parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles
+**        recursive queries in multiSelect().
+**
+**
+** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
+** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
+** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
+**
+** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
+** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
+**
+** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
+** the subquery before this routine runs.
+*/
+static int flattenSubquery(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
+  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
+  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
+  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
+){
+  const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+  Select *pParent;
+  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
+  Select *pSub1;      /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */
+  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
+  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
+  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
+  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
+  int i;              /* Loop counter */
+  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
+  */
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->pPrior==0 );  /* Unable to flatten compound queries */
+  if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0;
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
+  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
+  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
+  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
+  assert( pSub!=0 );
+  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;                 /* Restriction (1)  */
+  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;          /* Restriction (2)  */
+  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
+  assert( pSubSrc );
+  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
+  ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
+  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
+  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
+  ** and (14). */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Restriction (13) */
+  if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0;                          /* Restriction (14) */
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){
+    return 0;                                            /* Restriction (15) */
+  }
+  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;                       /* Restriction (7)  */
+  if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0;           /* Restriction (5)  */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){
+     return 0;         /* Restrictions (8)(9) */
+  }
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){
+     return 0;         /* Restriction (6)  */
+  }
+  if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){
+     return 0;                                           /* Restriction (11) */
+  }
+  if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;                /* Restriction (16) */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Restriction (19) */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){
+     return 0;         /* Restriction (21) */
+  }
+  if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0;          /* Restriction (22)  */
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive) && pSub->pPrior ) return 0;       /* (23)  */
+
+  /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
+  ** Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
+  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
+  ** is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
+  **
+  ** which is not at all the same thing.
+  **
+  ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2:
+  ** Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
+  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
+  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
+  **
+  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
+  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
+  **
+  ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE:
+  ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN
+  ** is fraught with danger.  Best to avoid the whole thing.  If the
+  ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten.
+  */
+  if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must
+  ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries
+  ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct
+  ** queries.
+  */
+  if( pSub->pPrior ){
+    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+      return 0;  /* Restriction 20 */
+    }
+    if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){
+      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
+      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
+      assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 );
+      if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0
+       || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) 
+       || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1
+       || pSub->pEList->nExpr!=pSub1->pEList->nExpr
+      ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 );
+    }
+
+    /* Restriction 18. */
+    if( p->pOrderBy ){
+      int ii;
+      for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
+        if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
+
+  /* Authorize the subquery */
+  pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
+  TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+  testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY );
+  pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
+
+  /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
+  ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must 
+  ** be of the form:
+  **
+  **     SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> 
+  **
+  ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
+  ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or 
+  ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
+  ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
+  ** select statements in the compound sub-query.
+  **
+  ** Example:
+  **
+  **     SELECT a+1 FROM (
+  **        SELECT x FROM tab
+  **        UNION ALL
+  **        SELECT y FROM tab
+  **        UNION ALL
+  **        SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2
+  **     ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1
+  **
+  ** Transformed into:
+  **
+  **     SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5
+  **     UNION ALL
+  **     SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5
+  **     UNION ALL
+  **     SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5
+  **     ORDER BY 1
+  **
+  ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening".
+  */
+  for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){
+    Select *pNew;
+    ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+    Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
+    Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset;
+    Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
+    p->pOrderBy = 0;
+    p->pSrc = 0;
+    p->pPrior = 0;
+    p->pLimit = 0;
+    p->pOffset = 0;
+    pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0);
+    p->pOffset = pOffset;
+    p->pLimit = pLimit;
+    p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+    p->pSrc = pSrc;
+    p->op = TK_ALL;
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+    }else{
+      pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
+      if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
+      pNew->pNext = p;
+      p->pPrior = pNew;
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause 
+  ** in the outer query.
+  */
+  pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
+
+  /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the
+  ** subquery
+  */
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias);
+  pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
+  pSubitem->zName = 0;
+  pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
+  pSubitem->pSelect = 0;
+
+  /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the
+  ** subquery until code generation is
+  ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that
+  ** refer to the subquery even after flattening.  Ticket #3346.
+  **
+  ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above.
+  */
+  if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){
+    Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab;
+    if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){
+      Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+      pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab;
+      pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel;
+    }else{
+      pTabToDel->nRef--;
+    }
+    pSubitem->pTab = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery
+  ** flattening (as described above).  If we are doing a different kind
+  ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening -
+  ** then this loop only runs once.
+  **
+  ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
+  ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
+  ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
+  ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
+  ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
+  ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
+  ** elements we are now copying in.
+  */
+  for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){
+    int nSubSrc;
+    u8 jointype = 0;
+    pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of subquery */
+    nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;  /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */
+    pSrc = pParent->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of the outer query */
+
+    if( pSrc ){
+      assert( pParent==p );  /* First time through the loop */
+      jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
+    }else{
+      assert( pParent!=p );  /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */
+      pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+      if( pSrc==0 ){
+        assert( db->mallocFailed );
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer
+    ** query.  If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause,
+    ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements
+    ** of the subquery.
+    **
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **    SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB;
+    **
+    ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause.  One slot of the
+    ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery.  The next
+    ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots.  The middle
+    ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the
+    ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery.
+    */
+    if( nSubSrc>1 ){
+      pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1);
+      if( db->mallocFailed ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the
+    ** outer query.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
+      sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pSrc->a[i+iFrom].pUsing);
+      pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
+      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
+    }
+    pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype;
+  
+    /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
+    ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
+    ** 
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
+    **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
+    **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
+    **
+    ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
+    ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
+    */
+    pList = pParent->pEList;
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){
+        char *zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pList->a[i].zSpan);
+        sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+        pList->a[i].zName = zName;
+      }
+    }
+    substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    if( isAgg ){
+      substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+      pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    }
+    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+      assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );
+      pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
+      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
+    }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){
+      substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    }
+    if( pSub->pWhere ){
+      pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
+    }else{
+      pWhere = 0;
+    }
+    if( subqueryIsAgg ){
+      assert( pParent->pHaving==0 );
+      pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere;
+      pParent->pWhere = pWhere;
+      pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+      pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, 
+                                  sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0));
+      assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 );
+      pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0);
+    }else{
+      pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+      pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere);
+    }
+  
+    /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
+    ** outer query is distinct. 
+    */
+    pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct;
+  
+    /*
+    ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
+    **
+    ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits.  But this
+    ** does not work if either limit is negative.
+    */
+    if( pSub->pLimit ){
+      pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
+      pSub->pLimit = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
+  ** success.
+  */
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+
+/*
+** Based on the contents of the AggInfo structure indicated by the first
+** argument, this function checks if the following are true:
+**
+**    * the query contains just a single aggregate function,
+**    * the aggregate function is either min() or max(), and
+**    * the argument to the aggregate function is a column value.
+**
+** If all of the above are true, then WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX
+** is returned as appropriate. Also, *ppMinMax is set to point to the 
+** list of arguments passed to the aggregate before returning.
+**
+** Or, if the conditions above are not met, *ppMinMax is set to 0 and
+** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL is returned.
+*/
+static u8 minMaxQuery(AggInfo *pAggInfo, ExprList **ppMinMax){
+  int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;          /* Return value */
+
+  *ppMinMax = 0;
+  if( pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){
+    Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pExpr; /* Aggregate function */
+    ExprList *pEList = pExpr->x.pList;      /* Arguments to agg function */
+
+    assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+    if( pEList && pEList->nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
+      const char *zFunc = pExpr->u.zToken;
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){
+        eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
+        *ppMinMax = pEList;
+      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){
+        eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
+        *ppMinMax = pEList;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 );
+  return eRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
+** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This 
+** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
+**
+**   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
+**
+** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query
+** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing
+** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
+*/
+static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Expr *pExpr;
+
+  assert( !p->pGroupBy );
+
+  if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 
+   || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect
+  ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+  pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+  assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr );
+
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
+  if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0;
+  if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0;
+
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an
+** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there
+** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return 
+** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate 
+** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
+  if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){
+    Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+    char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex;
+    Index *pIdx;
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; 
+        pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); 
+        pIdx=pIdx->pNext
+    );
+    if( !pIdx ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0);
+      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pFrom->pIndex = pIdx;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with 
+** an alternative collating sequence.
+**
+**    SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ...
+**
+** These are rewritten as a subquery:
+**
+**    SELECT * FROM (SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2)
+**     ORDER BY ... COLLATE ...
+**
+** This transformation is necessary because the multiSelectOrderBy() routine
+** above that generates the code for a compound SELECT with an ORDER BY clause
+** uses a merge algorithm that requires the same collating sequence on the
+** result columns as on the ORDER BY clause.  See ticket
+** http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/6709574d2a
+**
+** This transformation is only needed for EXCEPT, INTERSECT, and UNION.
+** The UNION ALL operator works fine with multiSelectOrderBy() even when
+** there are COLLATE terms in the ORDER BY.
+*/
+static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  int i;
+  Select *pNew;
+  Select *pX;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  struct ExprList_item *a;
+  SrcList *pNewSrc;
+  Parse *pParse;
+  Token dummy;
+
+  if( p->pPrior==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+  if( p->pOrderBy==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+  for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){}
+  if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+  a = p->pOrderBy->a;
+  for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){
+    if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break;
+  }
+  if( i<0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+
+  /* If we reach this point, that means the transformation is required. */
+
+  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+  memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy));
+  pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0);
+  if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+  *pNew = *p;
+  p->pSrc = pNewSrc;
+  p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ALL, 0));
+  p->op = TK_SELECT;
+  p->pWhere = 0;
+  pNew->pGroupBy = 0;
+  pNew->pHaving = 0;
+  pNew->pOrderBy = 0;
+  p->pPrior = 0;
+  p->pNext = 0;
+  p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound;
+  assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 );
+  pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew;
+  pNew->pLimit = 0;
+  pNew->pOffset = 0;
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+/*
+** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested 
+** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by 
+** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) 
+** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise
+** return NULL.
+**
+** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With
+** object that the returned CTE belongs to.
+*/
+static struct Cte *searchWith(
+  With *pWith,                    /* Current outermost WITH clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem,     /* FROM clause element to resolve */
+  With **ppContext                /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */
+){
+  const char *zName;
+  if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){
+    With *p;
+    for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, p->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+          *ppContext = p;
+          return &p->a[i];
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* The code generator maintains a stack of active WITH clauses
+** with the inner-most WITH clause being at the top of the stack.
+**
+** This routine pushes the WITH clause passed as the second argument
+** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this
+** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it
+** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when
+** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT 
+** statement with which it is associated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){
+  assert( bFree==0 || pParse->pWith==0 );
+  if( pWith ){
+    pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith;
+    pParse->pWith = pWith;
+    pParse->bFreeWith = bFree;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by 
+** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And,
+** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive
+** reference to the current CTE.
+**
+** If pFrom falls into either of the two categories above, pFrom->pTab
+** and other fields are populated accordingly. The caller should check
+** (pFrom->pTab!=0) to determine whether or not a successful match
+** was found.
+**
+** Whether or not a match is found, SQLITE_OK is returned if no error
+** occurs. If an error does occur, an error message is stored in the
+** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int withExpand(
+  Walker *pWalker, 
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom
+){
+  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  struct Cte *pCte;               /* Matched CTE (or NULL if no match) */
+  With *pWith;                    /* WITH clause that pCte belongs to */
+
+  assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+
+  pCte = searchWith(pParse->pWith, pFrom, &pWith);
+  if( pCte ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    ExprList *pEList;
+    Select *pSel;
+    Select *pLeft;                /* Left-most SELECT statement */
+    int bMayRecursive;            /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */
+    With *pSavedWith;             /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */
+
+    /* If pCte->zErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal
+    ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return
+    ** early. If pCte->zErr is NULL, then this is not a recursive reference.
+    ** In this case, proceed.  */
+    if( pCte->zErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, pCte->zErr, pCte->zName);
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+    pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+    if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+    pTab->nRef = 1;
+    pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCte->zName);
+    pTab->iPKey = -1;
+    pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
+    pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pCte->pSelect, 0);
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    assert( pFrom->pSelect );
+
+    /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */
+    pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+    bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION );
+    if( bMayRecursive ){
+      int i;
+      SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc;
+      for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i];
+        if( pItem->zDatabase==0 
+         && pItem->zName!=0 
+         && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName)
+          ){
+          pItem->pTab = pTab;
+          pItem->isRecursive = 1;
+          pTab->nRef++;
+          pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ 
+    if( pTab->nRef>2 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(
+          pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName
+      );
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    assert( pTab->nRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nRef==2 ));
+
+    pCte->zErr = "circular reference: %s";
+    pSavedWith = pParse->pWith;
+    pParse->pWith = pWith;
+    sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, bMayRecursive ? pSel->pPrior : pSel);
+
+    for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior);
+    pEList = pLeft->pEList;
+    if( pCte->pCols ){
+      if( pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns",
+            pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr
+        );
+        pParse->pWith = pSavedWith;
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      pEList = pCte->pCols;
+    }
+
+    selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+    if( bMayRecursive ){
+      if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){
+        pCte->zErr = "multiple recursive references: %s";
+      }else{
+        pCte->zErr = "recursive reference in a subquery: %s";
+      }
+      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
+    }
+    pCte->zErr = 0;
+    pParse->pWith = pSavedWith;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+/*
+** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH 
+** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object.
+**
+** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by
+** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table
+** names and other FROM clause elements. 
+*/
+static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith;
+  if( pWith!=0 ){
+    assert( pParse->pWith==pWith );
+    pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter;
+  }
+}
+#else
+#define selectPopWith 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement.
+** "Expanding" means to do the following:
+**
+**    (1)  Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
+**         element of the FROM clause.
+**
+**    (2)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
+**         defines FROM clause.  When views appear in the FROM clause,
+**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
+**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
+**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
+**         without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
+**         of the view.
+**
+**    (3)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
+**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
+**
+**    (4)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
+**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
+**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
+**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
+**
+*/
+static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  int i, j, k;
+  SrcList *pTabList;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr;
+  u16 selFlags = p->selFlags;
+
+  p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
+  if( db->mallocFailed  ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+  if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, findRightmost(p)->pWith, 0);
+
+  /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
+  ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
+  */
+  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
+
+  /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select.  If
+  ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
+  ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
+  */
+  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+    Table *pTab;
+    assert( pFrom->isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab );
+    if( pFrom->isRecursive ) continue;
+    if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){
+      /* This statement has already been prepared.  There is no need
+      ** to go further. */
+      assert( i==0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+      selectPopWith(pWalker, p);
+#endif
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
+    if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else
+#endif
+    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+      assert( pSel!=0 );
+      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+      pTab->nRef = 1;
+      pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_sq_%p", (void*)pTab);
+      while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
+      selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+      pTab->iPKey = -1;
+      pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
+      pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
+      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pFrom);
+      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+      if( pTab->nRef==0xffff ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many references to \"%s\": max 65535",
+           pTab->zName);
+        pFrom->pTab = 0;
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+      pTab->nRef++;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+      if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
+        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
+        assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 );
+        pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0);
+        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */
+    if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
+  */
+  if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+
+  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
+  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
+  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
+  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
+  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
+  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
+  **
+  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
+  ** that need expanding.
+  */
+  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+    pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
+    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
+    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) );
+    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+  }
+  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
+    /*
+    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
+    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
+    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
+    */
+    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
+    ExprList *pNew = 0;
+    int flags = pParse->db->flags;
+    int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
+                      && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
+
+    /* When processing FROM-clause subqueries, it is always the case
+    ** that full_column_names=OFF and short_column_names=ON.  The
+    ** sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() routine makes it so. */
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0
+          || ((flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)==0 &&
+              (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0) );
+
+    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+      pE = a[k].pExpr;
+      pRight = pE->pRight;
+      assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 );
+      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
+        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
+        */
+        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr);
+        if( pNew ){
+          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
+          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan;
+          a[k].zName = 0;
+          a[k].zSpan = 0;
+        }
+        a[k].pExpr = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
+        ** expanded. */
+        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
+        char *zTName = 0;       /* text of name of TABLE */
+        if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){
+          assert( pE->pLeft!=0 );
+          assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) );
+          zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        }
+        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+          Select *pSub = pFrom->pSelect;
+          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
+          const char *zSchemaName = 0;
+          int iDb;
+          if( zTabName==0 ){
+            zTabName = pTab->zName;
+          }
+          if( db->mallocFailed ) break;
+          if( pSub==0 || (pSub->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 ){
+            pSub = 0;
+            if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){
+              continue;
+            }
+            iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+            zSchemaName = iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zName : "*";
+          }
+          for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
+            char *zColname;  /* The computed column name */
+            char *zToFree;   /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */
+            Token sColname;  /* Computed column name as a token */
+
+            assert( zName );
+            if( zTName && pSub
+             && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0
+            ){
+              continue;
+            }
+
+            /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
+            ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
+            ** result-set list.
+            */
+            if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
+              assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
+              continue;
+            }
+            tableSeen = 1;
+
+            if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
+              if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
+                && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0)
+              ){
+                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
+                ** table to the right of the join */
+                continue;
+              }
+              if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
+                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
+                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+            pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName);
+            zColname = zName;
+            zToFree = 0;
+            if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
+              Expr *pLeft;
+              pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName);
+              pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+              if( zSchemaName ){
+                pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zSchemaName);
+                pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pExpr, 0);
+              }
+              if( longNames ){
+                zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName);
+                zToFree = zColname;
+              }
+            }else{
+              pExpr = pRight;
+            }
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr);
+            sColname.z = zColname;
+            sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname);
+            sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0);
+            if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){
+              struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1];
+              if( pSub ){
+                pX->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan);
+                testcase( pX->zSpan==0 );
+              }else{
+                pX->zSpan = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s.%s",
+                                           zSchemaName, zTabName, zColname);
+                testcase( pX->zSpan==0 );
+              }
+              pX->bSpanIsTab = 1;
+            }
+            sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree);
+          }
+        }
+        if( !tableSeen ){
+          if( zTName ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+    p->pEList = pNew;
+  }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
+  }
+#endif
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
+**
+** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
+** are walked without any actions being taken at each node.  Presumably,
+** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then 
+** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every 
+** subquery in the parser tree.
+*/
+static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries.
+** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT
+** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above.
+**
+** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a
+** SELECT statement.  The SELECT statement must be expanded before
+** name resolution is performed.
+**
+** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse.
+** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr
+** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+  Walker w;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  if( pParse->hasCompound ){
+    w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery;
+    sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+  }
+  w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander;
+  w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo()
+** interface.
+**
+** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl
+** information to the Table structure that represents the result set
+** of that subquery.
+**
+** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed
+** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted
+** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved.  This
+** routine is called after identifier resolution.
+*/
+static void selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  Parse *pParse;
+  int i;
+  SrcList *pTabList;
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+
+  assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved );
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){
+    p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
+    pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+    pTabList = p->pSrc;
+    for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+      Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+      if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
+        /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+        Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+        if( pSel ){
+          while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
+          selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSel);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to
+** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a
+** SELECT statement.
+**
+** Use this routine after name resolution.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  Walker w;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xSelectCallback2 = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo;
+  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing.  The
+** following is accomplished:
+**
+**     *  VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms.
+**     *  Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries.
+**     *  ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements
+**     *  Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded.
+**     *  Identifiers in expression are matched to tables.
+**
+** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for container */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return;
+  sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p);
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the aggregate accumulator.
+**
+** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold
+** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate.  This
+** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory
+** cells.
+*/
+static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
+  int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn;
+  if( nReg==0 ) return;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by
+  ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */
+  assert( nReg==pAggInfo->mxReg-pAggInfo->mnReg+1 );
+  for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
+    assert( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg
+         && pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){
+    assert( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg
+         && pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg );
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg);
+  for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){
+    if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
+      Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one "
+           "argument");
+        pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
+      }else{
+        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0,
+                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
+** in the AggInfo structure.
+*/
+static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
+  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
+    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0,
+                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
+** the current cursor position.
+*/
+static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  int regHit = 0;
+  int addrHitTest = 0;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
+  struct AggInfo_col *pC;
+
+  pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
+  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
+    int nArg;
+    int addrNext = 0;
+    int regAgg;
+    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+    if( pList ){
+      nArg = pList->nExpr;
+      regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg);
+      sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP);
+    }else{
+      nArg = 0;
+      regAgg = 0;
+    }
+    if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
+      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      assert( nArg==1 );
+      codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg);
+    }
+    if( pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+      int j;
+      assert( pList!=0 );  /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */
+      for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){
+        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
+      }
+      if( !pColl ){
+        pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+      }
+      if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
+                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
+    if( addrNext ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache.
+  ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present 
+  ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value
+  ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register
+  ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the
+  ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5].
+  **
+  ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached
+  ** values to an OP_Copy.
+  */
+  if( regHit ){
+    addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
+  }
+  pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  if( addrHitTest ){
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple
+** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab").
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+static void explainSimpleCount(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being queried */
+  Index *pIdx                     /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */
+){
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    int bCover = (pIdx!=0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx)));
+    char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s%s%s",
+        pTab->zName,
+        bCover ? " USING COVERING INDEX " : "",
+        bCover ? pIdx->zName : ""
+    );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+        pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC
+    );
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.  
+**
+** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure.
+** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
+** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
+** pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
+** calling function needs to do that.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  SelectDest *pDest      /* What to do with the query results */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual machine under construction */
+  int isAgg;             /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* List of columns to extract. */
+  SrcList *pTabList;     /* List of tables to select from */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
+  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
+  DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */
+  SortCtx sSort;         /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */
+  AggInfo sAggInfo;      /* Information used by aggregate queries */
+  int iEnd;              /* Address of the end of the query */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId;
+  pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++;
+#endif
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
+  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
+
+  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo );
+  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo );
+  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue );
+  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue );
+  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
+    assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || 
+           pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard ||
+           pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue  || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo ||
+           pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo);
+    /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does
+    ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+    p->pOrderBy = 0;
+    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0);
+  memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort));
+  sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+  isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
+  ** only a single column may be output.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+  for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
+    SelectDest dest;
+    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
+    int isAggSub;
+
+    if( pSub==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* Sometimes the code for a subquery will be generated more than
+    ** once, if the subquery is part of the WHERE clause in a LEFT JOIN,
+    ** for example.  In that case, do not regenerate the code to manifest
+    ** a view or the co-routine to implement a view.  The first instance
+    ** is sufficient, though the subroutine to manifest the view does need
+    ** to be invoked again. */
+    if( pItem->addrFillSub ){
+      if( pItem->viaCoroutine==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub);
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
+    ** tree referred to by this, the parent select. The child select
+    ** may contain expression trees of at most
+    ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
+    ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing
+    ** an exact limit.
+    */
+    pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
+
+    isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
+    if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
+      /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */
+      if( isAggSub ){
+        isAgg = 1;
+        p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
+      }
+      i = -1;
+    }else if( pTabList->nSrc==1
+           && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SubqCoroutine)
+    ){
+      /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result
+      ** set on each invocation.
+      */
+      int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1;
+      pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName));
+      pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop;
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn);
+      explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
+      pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow);
+      pItem->viaCoroutine = 1;
+      pItem->regResult = dest.iSdst;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, pItem->regReturn);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1);
+      sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
+    }else{
+      /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with
+      ** the content of this subquery.  pItem->addrFillSub will point
+      ** to the address of the generated subroutine.  pItem->regReturn
+      ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address
+      */
+      int topAddr;
+      int onceAddr = 0;
+      int retAddr;
+      assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 );
+      pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
+      topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn);
+      pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1;
+      if( pItem->isCorrelated==0 ){
+        /* If the subquery is not correlated and if we are not inside of
+        ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery
+        ** once. */
+        onceAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        VdbeComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName));
+      }else{
+        VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName));
+      }
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
+      explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
+      pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow);
+      if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr);
+      retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn);
+      VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName));
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr);
+      sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
+    }
+    if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
+    pTabList = p->pSrc;
+    if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
+      sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+    }
+  }
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+#endif
+  pWhere = p->pWhere;
+  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+  pHaving = p->pHaving;
+  sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
+  */
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
+    explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
+    return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and 
+  ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query
+  ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this:
+  **
+  **     SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz
+  **
+  ** is transformed to:
+  **
+  **     SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz
+  **
+  ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be 
+  ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally 
+  ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER 
+  ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other.
+  */
+  if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct 
+   && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, p->pEList, -1)==0
+  ){
+    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
+    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0);
+    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+    sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
+    /* Notice that even thought SF_Distinct has been cleared from p->selFlags,
+    ** the sDistinct.isTnct is still set.  Hence, isTnct represents the
+    ** original setting of the SF_Distinct flag, not the current setting */
+    assert( sDistinct.isTnct );
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
+  ** index might end up being unused if the data can be 
+  ** extracted in pre-sorted order.  If that is the case, then the
+  ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once
+  ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed.  The addrSortIndex
+  ** variable is used to facilitate that change.
+  */
+  if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, sSort.pOrderBy, 0, 0);
+    sSort.iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
+    sSort.addrSortIndex =
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
+                           sSort.iECursor, sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
+                           (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+  }else{
+    sSort.addrSortIndex = -1;
+  }
+
+  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
+  */
+  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the limiter.
+  */
+  iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  p->nSelectRow = LARGEST_INT64;
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);
+  if( p->iLimit==0 && sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sSort.addrSortIndex)->opcode = OP_SorterOpen;
+    sSort.sortFlags |= SORTFLAG_UseSorter;
+  }
+
+  /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
+  */
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
+    sDistinct.tabTnct = pParse->nTab++;
+    sDistinct.addrTnct = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
+                                sDistinct.tabTnct, 0, 0,
+                                (char*)keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList,0,0),
+                                P4_KEYINFO);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
+    sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED;
+  }else{
+    sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP;
+  }
+
+  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
+    /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */
+    u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0);
+
+    /* Begin the database scan. */
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy,
+                               p->pEList, wctrlFlags, 0);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+    if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){
+      p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo);
+    }
+    if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){
+      sDistinct.eTnctType = sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo);
+    }
+    if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
+      sSort.nOBSat = sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo);
+      if( sSort.nOBSat==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){
+        sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
+    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
+    ** into an OP_Noop.
+    */
+    if( sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 && sSort.pOrderBy==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex);
+    }
+
+    /* Use the standard inner loop. */
+    selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest,
+                    sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo),
+                    sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
+
+    /* End the database scan loop.
+    */
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }else{
+    /* This case when there exist aggregate functions or a GROUP BY clause
+    ** or both */
+    NameContext sNC;    /* Name context for processing aggregate information */
+    int iAMem;          /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */
+    int iBMem;          /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */
+    int iUseFlag;       /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least
+                        ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been
+                        ** processed */
+    int iAbortFlag;     /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
+    int groupBySort;    /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */
+    int addrEnd;        /* End of processing for this SELECT */
+    int sortPTab = 0;   /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */
+    int sortOut = 0;    /* Output register from the sorter */
+    int orderByGrp = 0; /* True if the GROUP BY and ORDER BY are the same */
+
+    /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the
+    ** GROUP BY clause.
+    */
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      int k;                        /* Loop counter */
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;  /* For looping over expression in a list */
+
+      for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+        pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0;
+      }
+      for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+        pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0;
+      }
+      if( p->nSelectRow>100 ) p->nSelectRow = 100;
+    }else{
+      p->nSelectRow = 1;
+    }
+
+
+    /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
+    ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause 
+    ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out 
+    ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY may use a
+    ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required
+    ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the
+    ** ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses are the same by setting the orderByGrp
+    ** variable.  */
+    if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){
+      orderByGrp = 1;
+    }
+ 
+    /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */
+    addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
+    ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
+    ** SELECT statement.
+    */
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+    sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
+    sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1;
+    sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0;
+    sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
+    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy);
+    if( pHaving ){
+      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
+    }
+    sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
+    for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      sNC.ncFlags |= NC_InAggFunc;
+      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr->x.pList);
+      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc;
+    }
+    sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem;
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
+
+    /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
+    ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY.
+    */
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Keying information for the group by clause */
+      int j1;             /* A-vs-B comparision jump */
+      int addrOutputRow;  /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
+      int regOutputRow;   /* Return address register for output subroutine */
+      int addrSetAbort;   /* Set the abort flag and return */
+      int addrTopOfLoop;  /* Top of the input loop */
+      int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
+      int addrReset;      /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
+      int regReset;       /* Return address register for reset subroutine */
+
+      /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
+      ** implement it.  Allocate that sorting index now.  If it turns out
+      ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction
+      ** will be converted into a Noop.  
+      */
+      sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+      pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, 0, 0);
+      addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, 
+          sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, 
+          0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+
+      /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
+      */
+      iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+      iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+      regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem;
+      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      regReset = ++pParse->nMem;
+      addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
+      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
+      iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
+      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1);
+
+      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
+      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
+      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
+      ** in the right order to begin with.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
+      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0,
+          WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0
+      );
+      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+      if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){
+        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
+        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
+        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
+        */
+        groupBySort = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order.  We have to push
+        ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop,
+        ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output
+        ** in sorted order
+        */
+        int regBase;
+        int regRecord;
+        int nCol;
+        int nGroupBy;
+
+        explainTempTable(pParse, 
+            (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ?
+                    "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY");
+
+        groupBySort = 1;
+        nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
+        nCol = nGroupBy + 1;
+        j = nGroupBy+1;
+        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
+          if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){
+            nCol++;
+            j++;
+          }
+        }
+        regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy);
+        j = nGroupBy+1;
+        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
+          struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
+          if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
+            int r1 = j + regBase;
+            int r2;
+
+            r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, 
+                               pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0);
+            if( r1!=r2 ){
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1);
+            }
+            j++;
+          }
+        }
+        regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++;
+        sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
+        VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v);
+        sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
+        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+
+      }
+
+      /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort
+      ** will naturally deliver rows in the order required by the ORDER BY
+      ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier.
+      **
+      ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
+      ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to 
+      ** disable this optimization for testing purposes.  */
+      if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) 
+       && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo))
+      ){
+        sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex);
+      }
+
+      /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
+      ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
+      ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
+      ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
+      */
+      addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+      if( groupBySort ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sortOut);
+      }
+      for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
+        if( groupBySort ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j);
+          if( j==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE);
+        }else{
+          sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr,
+                          (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO);
+      j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+      /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes.
+      ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code
+      ** block.  If there were no changes, this block is skipped.
+      **
+      ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,...
+      ** over to a0,a1,a2.  It then calls the output subroutine
+      ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation
+      ** for the next GROUP BY batch.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "output one row"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
+      VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator"));
+
+      /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of
+      ** the current row
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator"));
+
+      /* End of the loop
+      */
+      if( groupBySort ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx);
+      }
+
+      /* Output the final row of result
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "output final row"));
+
+      /* Jump over the subroutines
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd);
+
+      /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
+      ** set.  This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag.  If iUseFlag
+      ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op.  If
+      ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
+      ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
+      ** order to signal the caller to abort.
+      */
+      addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow);
+      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, &sSort,
+                      &sDistinct, pDest,
+                      addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
+
+      /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
+      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
+     
+    } /* endif pGroupBy.  Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */
+    else {
+      ExprList *pDel = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+      Table *pTab;
+      if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){
+        /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then
+        ** the SQL statement is of the form:
+        **
+        **   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
+        **
+        ** where the Table structure returned represents table <tbl>.
+        **
+        ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The
+        ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that
+        ** contains the data for table <tbl> or on one of its indexes. It
+        ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost
+        ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables.
+        */
+        const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+        const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++;     /* Cursor to scan b-tree */
+        Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
+        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;               /* Keyinfo for scanned index */
+        Index *pBest = 0;                    /* Best index found so far */
+        int iRoot = pTab->tnum;              /* Root page of scanned b-tree */
+
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+        sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+
+        /* Search for the index that has the lowest scan cost.
+        **
+        ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index.
+        **
+        ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index.
+        **
+        ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only 
+        ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy.
+        */
+        if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          if( pIdx->bUnordered==0
+           && pIdx->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow
+           && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0
+           && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRow<pBest->szIdxRow)
+          ){
+            pBest = pIdx;
+          }
+        }
+        if( pBest ){
+          iRoot = pBest->tnum;
+          pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest);
+        }
+
+        /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1);
+        if( pKeyInfo ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
+        explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest);
+      }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
+      {
+        /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms:
+        **
+        **   SELECT min(x) FROM ...
+        **   SELECT max(x) FROM ...
+        **
+        ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results
+        ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. 
+        ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then
+        ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the 
+        ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is 
+        ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum 
+        ** value of x, the only row required).
+        **
+        ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly
+        ** modify behavior as follows:
+        **
+        **   + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by
+        **     where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value
+        **     for x.
+        **
+        **   + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
+        **     index or indices to use) should place a different priority on 
+        **     satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
+        **     Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
+        */
+        ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
+        u8 flag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+        
+        assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
+        assert( flag==0 );
+        if( p->pHaving==0 ){
+          flag = minMaxQuery(&sAggInfo, &pMinMax);
+        }
+        assert( flag==0 || (pMinMax!=0 && pMinMax->nExpr==1) );
+
+        if( flag ){
+          pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMinMax, 0);
+          pDel = pMinMax;
+          if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
+            pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
+            pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+          }
+        }
+  
+        /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
+        ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
+        ** of output.
+        */
+        resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax,0,flag,0);
+        if( pWInfo==0 ){
+          sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
+          goto select_end;
+        }
+        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+        assert( pMinMax==0 || pMinMax->nExpr==1 );
+        if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
+          VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index",
+                (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
+        }
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      }
+
+      sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, 0, 0, 
+                      pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd);
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
+    
+  } /* endif aggregate query */
+
+  if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){
+    explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT");
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
+  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
+  */
+  if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
+    explainTempTable(pParse, sSort.nOBSat>0 ? "RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY":"ORDER BY");
+    generateSortTail(pParse, p, &sSort, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
+  }
+
+  /* Jump here to skip this query
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);
+
+  /* The SELECT was successfully coded.   Set the return code to 0
+  ** to indicate no errors.
+  */
+  rc = 0;
+
+  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
+  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
+  */
+select_end:
+  explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
+
+  /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
+    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object.
+*/
+static void explainOneSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){
+  sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "SELECT ");
+  if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
+    if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "DISTINCT ");
+    }
+    if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "agg_flag ");
+    }
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "   ");
+  }
+  sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pEList);
+  sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){
+    int i;
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "FROM ");
+    sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe);
+    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "{%d,*} = ", pItem->iCursor);
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3ExplainSelect(pVdbe, pItem->pSelect);
+        if( pItem->pTab ){
+          sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (tabname=%s)", pItem->pTab->zName);
+        }
+      }else if( pItem->zName ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s", pItem->zName);
+      }
+      if( pItem->zAlias ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias);
+      }
+      if( pItem->jointype & JT_LEFT ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " LEFT-JOIN");
+      }
+      sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+    }
+    sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pWhere ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "WHERE ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pGroupBy ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "GROUPBY ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pGroupBy);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pHaving ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "HAVING ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pHaving);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "ORDERBY ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pOrderBy);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pLimit ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "LIMIT ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pLimit);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pOffset ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "OFFSET ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pOffset);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "(null-select)");
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe);
+  while( p ){
+    explainOneSelect(pVdbe, p);
+    p = p->pNext;
+    if( p==0 ) break;
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s\n", selectOpName(p->op));
+  }
+  sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "END");
+  sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe);
+}
+
+/* End of the structure debug printing code
+*****************************************************************************/
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */
+
+/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
+** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
+** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
+**
+** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
+** if they are not used.
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
+** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
+*/
+typedef struct TabResult {
+  char **azResult;   /* Accumulated output */
+  char *zErrMsg;     /* Error message text, if an error occurs */
+  int nAlloc;        /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */
+  int nRow;          /* Number of rows in the result */
+  int nColumn;       /* Number of columns in the result */
+  int nData;         /* Slots used in azResult[].  (nRow+1)*nColumn */
+  int rc;            /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */
+} TabResult;
+
+/*
+** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
+** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
+** memory as necessary.
+*/
+static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
+  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;  /* Result accumulator */
+  int need;                         /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */
+  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+  char *z;                          /* A single column of result */
+
+  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
+  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
+    need = nCol*2;
+  }else{
+    need = nCol;
+  }
+  if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
+    char **azNew;
+    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
+    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
+    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+    p->azResult = azNew;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
+  ** the names of all columns.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 ){
+    p->nColumn = nCol;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
+      if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
+    );
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy over the row data
+  */
+  if( argv!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( argv[i]==0 ){
+        z = 0;
+      }else{
+        int n = sqlite3Strlen30(argv[i])+1;
+        z = sqlite3_malloc( n );
+        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+        memcpy(z, argv[i], n);
+      }
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+    p->nRow++;
+  }
+  return 0;
+
+malloc_failed:
+  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
+** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
+** at the conclusion of the call.
+**
+** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
+** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
+** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
+** the calling procedure is finished using it.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
+  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
+  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  TabResult res;
+
+  *pazResult = 0;
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
+  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  res.zErrMsg = 0;
+  res.nRow = 0;
+  res.nColumn = 0;
+  res.nData = 1;
+  res.nAlloc = 20;
+  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
+  if( res.azResult==0 ){
+     db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  res.azResult[0] = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
+  assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
+  res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData);
+  if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    if( res.zErrMsg ){
+      if( pzErrMsg ){
+        sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
+    }
+    db->errCode = res.rc;  /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */
+    return res.rc;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
+    char **azNew;
+    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData );
+    if( azNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+      db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    res.azResult = azNew;
+  }
+  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(
+  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
+){
+  if( azResult ){
+    int i, n;
+    azResult--;
+    assert( azResult!=0 );
+    n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
+    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
+    sqlite3_free(azResult);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */
+
+/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/
+/*
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/*
+** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to 
+** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
+**
+** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab
+** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger.  But there might be additional
+** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema.  This routine prepends all
+** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list
+** and returns the combined list.
+**
+** To state it another way:  This routine returns a list of all triggers
+** that fire off of pTab.  The list will include any TEMP triggers on
+** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema;
+  Trigger *pList = 0;                  /* List of triggers to return */
+
+  if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
+    HashElem *p;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) );
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
+       && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) 
+      ){
+        pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
+        pList = pTrig;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
+** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
+** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
+** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
+** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
+** construction process.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
+  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
+  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
+  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
+  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
+  int isTemp,         /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
+  int noErr           /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;  /* The new trigger */
+  Table *pTab;            /* Table that the trigger fires off of */
+  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
+  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
+  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
+  DbFixer sFix;           /* State vector for the DB fixer */
+  int iTabDb;             /* Index of the database holding pTab */
+
+  assert( pName1!=0 );   /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
+  assert( pName2!=0 );
+  assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE );
+  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
+  if( isTemp ){
+    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
+    if( pName2->n>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    iDb = 1;
+    pName = pName1;
+  }else{
+    /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed:
+  **
+  **    CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab ....
+  **                                                 ^^^^^^^^
+  **
+  ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database
+  ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing our of SQLITE_MASTER.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
+  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
+  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
+  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab
+        && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+    iDb = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
+  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName);
+  if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( !pTab ){
+    /* The table does not exist. */
+    if( db->init.iDb==1 ){
+      /* Ticket #3810.
+      ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are
+      ** dropped too.  But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table
+      ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the
+      ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the
+      ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped.  This results in an
+      ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing.
+      */
+      db->init.orphanTrigger = 1;
+    }
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
+  ** specified name exists */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
+                      zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){
+    if( !noErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
+    }else{
+      assert( !db->init.busy );
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    }
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
+  ** of triggers.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
+        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
+        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
+    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
+    if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
+  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
+  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
+  ** elsewhere.
+  */
+  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
+    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
+  }
+
+  /* Build the Trigger object */
+  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTrigger->zName = zName;
+  zName = 0;
+  pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
+  pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+  pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
+  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
+  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
+
+trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+  if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+  }else{
+    assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
+** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
+  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;   /* Trigger being finished */
+  char *zName;                            /* Name of trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;               /* The database */
+  DbFixer sFix;                           /* Fixer object */
+  int iDb;                                /* Database containing the trigger */
+  Token nameToken;                        /* Trigger name for error reporting */
+
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+  if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  zName = pTrig->zName;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+  pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
+  while( pStepList ){
+    pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
+    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
+  }
+  nameToken.z = pTrig->zName;
+  nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z);
+  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken);
+  if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) 
+   || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) 
+  ){
+    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* if we are not initializing,
+  ** build the sqlite_master entry
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *z;
+
+    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+       "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
+       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName,
+       pTrig->table, z);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
+  }
+
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
+    Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig);
+    if( pTrig ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
+      Table *pTab;
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table);
+      pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n);
+      assert( pTab!=0 );
+      pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
+      pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
+    }
+  }
+
+triggerfinish_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig);
+  assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
+** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
+** body of a TRIGGER.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step.  The allocated space
+** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set.
+*/
+static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Database connection */
+  u8 op,                      /* Trigger opcode */
+  Token *pName                /* The target name */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1];
+    memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n);
+    pTriggerStep->target.z = z;
+    pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n;
+    pTriggerStep->op = op;
+  }
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
+** to the new trigger step.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
+** body of a trigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,        /* The database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
+  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
+  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
+  u8 orconf           /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
+
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* The database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
+  u8 orconf            /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,      /* The table from which rows are deleted */
+  Expr *pWhere            /* The WHERE clause */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
+**
+** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
+** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
+** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
+** instead of the trigger name.
+**/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
+  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
+    if( pTrigger ) break;
+  }
+  if( !pTrigger ){
+    if( !noErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
+
+drop_trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
+** is set on.
+*/
+static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
+  int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table);
+  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  Table   *pTable;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+  assert( pTable );
+  assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
+      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
+  */
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    int base;
+    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
+    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        2},
+      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 4: "trigger" */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        2},
+      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
+    };
+
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger, iLn);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0);
+    if( pParse->nMem<3 ){
+      pParse->nMem = 3;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  Hash *pHash;
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
+  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
+    if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
+      Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+      Trigger **pp;
+      for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+      *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
+** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>.  If any of the entries
+** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
+** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
+** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
+** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
+** if there is no match.
+*/
+static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
+  int e;
+  if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1;
+  for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
+    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least
+** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is 
+** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at
+** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,            /* The table the contains the triggers */
+  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,     /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
+  int *pMask              /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+){
+  int mask = 0;
+  Trigger *pList = 0;
+  Trigger *p;
+
+  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+  }
+  assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 );
+  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+      mask |= p->tr_tm;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pMask ){
+    *pMask = mask;
+  }
+  return (mask ? pList : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
+** to that SrcList.
+**
+** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
+** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
+** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
+** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
+** wants.
+*/
+static SrcList *targetSrcList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
+){
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
+  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
+
+  pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
+  if( pSrc ){
+    assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 );
+    assert( pSrc->a!=0 );
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
+    if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
+      pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    }
+  }
+  return pSrc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single 
+** trigger.
+*/
+static int codeTriggerProgram(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
+  int orconf                /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
+){
+  TriggerStep *pStep;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel );
+  assert( pStepList );
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){
+    /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step
+    ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger
+    ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use
+    ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger
+    ** step statement. Example:
+    **
+    **   CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN;
+    **     INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b);
+    **   END;
+    **
+    **   INSERT INTO t1 ... ;            -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy
+    **   INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ;  -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy
+    */
+    pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf;
+    assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 );
+
+    switch( pStep->op ){
+      case TK_UPDATE: {
+        sqlite3Update(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), 
+          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 
+          pParse->eOrconf
+        );
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_INSERT: {
+        sqlite3Insert(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), 
+          sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), 
+          pParse->eOrconf
+        );
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_DELETE: {
+        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0)
+        );
+        break;
+      }
+      default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); {
+        SelectDest sDest;
+        Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0);
+        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0);
+        sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest);
+        sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+        break;
+      }
+    } 
+    if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+/*
+** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE
+** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging.
+*/
+static const char *onErrorText(int onError){
+  switch( onError ){
+    case OE_Abort:    return "abort";
+    case OE_Rollback: return "rollback";
+    case OE_Fail:     return "fail";
+    case OE_Replace:  return "replace";
+    case OE_Ignore:   return "ignore";
+    case OE_Default:  return "default";
+  }
+  return "n/a";
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe
+** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information
+** from pFrom to pTo.
+*/
+static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){
+  assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr );
+  assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr );
+  if( pTo->nErr==0 ){
+    pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg;
+    pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program 
+** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf.
+*/
+static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table pTrigger is attached to */
+  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */
+){
+  Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database handle */
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;           /* Value to return */
+  Expr *pWhen = 0;            /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */
+  Vdbe *v;                    /* Temporary VM */
+  NameContext sNC;            /* Name context for sub-vdbe */
+  SubProgram *pProgram = 0;   /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */
+  Parse *pSubParse;           /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */
+  int iEndTrigger = 0;        /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */
+
+  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
+  assert( pTop->pVdbe );
+
+  /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they
+  ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg 
+  ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later.  */
+  pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg));
+  if( !pPrg ) return 0;
+  pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg;
+  pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg;
+  pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram));
+  if( !pProgram ) return 0;
+  sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram);
+  pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger;
+  pPrg->orconf = orconf;
+  pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff;
+  pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff;
+
+  /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the 
+  ** trigger sub-program.  */
+  pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse));
+  if( !pSubParse ) return 0;
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pSubParse;
+  pSubParse->db = db;
+  pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab;
+  pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop;
+  pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName;
+  pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op;
+  pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse);
+  if( v ){
+    VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", 
+      pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf),
+      (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""),
+      pTab->zName
+    ));
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, 
+      sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC
+    );
+#endif
+
+    /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false
+    ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the 
+    ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program.  */
+    if( pTrigger->pWhen ){
+      pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0);
+      if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) 
+       && db->mallocFailed==0 
+      ){
+        iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+    }
+
+    /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */
+    codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf);
+
+    /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */
+    if( iEndTrigger ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+    VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf)));
+
+    transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse);
+    if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+      pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg);
+    }
+    pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem;
+    pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab;
+    pProgram->nOnce = pSubParse->nOnce;
+    pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger;
+    pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask;
+    pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask;
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(v);
+  }
+
+  assert( !pSubParse->pAinc       && !pSubParse->pZombieTab );
+  assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg );
+  sqlite3ParserReset(pSubParse);
+  sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse);
+
+  return pPrg;
+}
+    
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for
+** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such
+** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before
+** being returned.
+*/
+static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */
+  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */
+){
+  Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+
+  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
+
+  /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the
+  ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with
+  ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere
+  ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry.  */
+  for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; 
+      pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); 
+      pPrg=pPrg->pNext
+  );
+
+  /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */
+  if( !pPrg ){
+    pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf);
+  }
+
+  return pPrg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on 
+** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this
+** function are the same as those described in the header function for
+** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *p,          /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int reg,             /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+  pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
+  assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+
+  /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program 
+  ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program.  */
+  if( pPrg ){
+    int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers));
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM);
+    VdbeComment(
+        (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf)));
+
+    /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if
+    ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive
+    ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger,
+    ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers
+    ** is clear.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation
+** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE)
+** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the
+** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then
+** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified.
+**
+** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified
+** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers 
+** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references
+** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab
+** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows:
+**
+**   Register       Contains
+**   ------------------------------------------------------
+**   reg+0          OLD.rowid
+**   reg+1          OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
+**   ...            ...
+**   reg+N          OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab
+**   reg+N+1        NEW.rowid
+**   reg+N+2        OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
+**   ...            ...
+**   reg+N+N+1      NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab
+**
+** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will
+** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or 
+** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). 
+** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers
+** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an
+** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg
+** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through 
+** (reg+N+N+1) are.
+**
+** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the
+** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump
+** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program
+** raises an IGNORE exception.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
+  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  int tr_tm,           /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int reg,             /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Trigger *p;          /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */
+
+  assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE );
+  assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER );
+  assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) );
+
+  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
+
+    /* Sanity checking:  The schema for the trigger and for the table are
+    ** always defined.  The trigger must be in the same schema as the table
+    ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
+    assert( p->pSchema!=0 );
+    assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 );
+    assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema 
+         || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+
+    /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
+    if( p->op==op 
+     && p->tr_tm==tr_tm 
+     && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges)
+    ){
+      sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. 
+** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the 
+** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information 
+** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire
+** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command.
+**
+** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the
+** table may be accessed using an [old|new].<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if
+** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there
+** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
+** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
+**
+** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is 
+** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
+**
+** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned
+** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table.
+**
+** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE
+** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only
+** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the
+** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only
+** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  int isNew,           /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */
+  int tr_tm,           /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int orconf           /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
+){
+  const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE;
+  u32 mask = 0;
+  Trigger *p;
+
+  assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 );
+  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm)
+     && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges)
+    ){
+      TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+      pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
+      if( pPrg ){
+        mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return mask;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle UPDATE statements.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Forward declaration */
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+  Expr *pRowidExpr,    /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+  int onError          /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
+);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
+** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the 
+** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
+**
+** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the 
+** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
+** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
+** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
+** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
+** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
+** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
+** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
+**
+** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have 
+** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
+** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated 
+** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
+** into the sqlite_master table.)
+**
+** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
+** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
+** sqlite3_value objects.
+**
+** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction
+** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is 
+** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save 
+** space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  if( !pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3_value *pValue = 0;
+    u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
+    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
+    assert( i<pTab->nCol );
+    sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, 
+                         pCol->affinity, &pValue);
+    if( pValue ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM);
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Process an UPDATE statement.
+**
+**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
+**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
+*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
+  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
+  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
+  int addrTop = 0;       /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
+  Index *pPk;            /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
+  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
+  int iBaseCur;          /* Base cursor number */
+  int iDataCur;          /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */
+  int iIdxCur;           /* Cursor for the first index */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
+  int *aRegIdx = 0;      /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */
+  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
+                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
+                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
+  u8 *aToOpen;           /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */
+  u8 chngPk;             /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */
+  u8 chngRowid;          /* Rowid changed in a normal table */
+  u8 chngKey;            /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */
+  Expr *pRowidExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
+  NameContext sNC;       /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
+  int iDb;               /* Database containing the table being updated */
+  int okOnePass;         /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
+  int hasFK;             /* True if foreign key processing is required */
+  int labelBreak;        /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */
+  int labelContinue;     /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;            /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;     /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+  int tmask;             /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+#endif
+  int newmask;           /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */
+  int iEph = 0;          /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
+  int nKey = 0;          /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */
+  int aiCurOnePass[2];   /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
+
+  /* Register Allocations */
+  int regRowCount = 0;   /* A count of rows changed */
+  int regOldRowid;       /* The old rowid */
+  int regNewRowid;       /* The new rowid */
+  int regNew;            /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */
+  int regOld = 0;        /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */
+  int regRowSet = 0;     /* Rowset of rows to be updated */
+  int regKey = 0;        /* composite PRIMARY KEY value */
+
+  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** updated is a view.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 );
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define isView 0
+# define tmask 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
+  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
+  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
+  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
+  */
+  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  iIdxCur = iDataCur+1;
+  pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
+    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && pPk!=0 ){
+      iDataCur = pParse->nTab;
+      pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur;
+    }
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[].  
+  ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values.
+  */
+  aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 );
+  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  aRegIdx = aXRef+pTab->nCol;
+  aToOpen = (u8*)(aRegIdx+nIdx);
+  memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
+  aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
+
+  /* Initialize the name-context */
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
+  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
+  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
+  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
+  ** that column.
+  */
+  chngRowid = chngPk = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+          chngRowid = 1;
+          pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+        }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){
+          chngPk = 1;
+        }
+        aXRef[j] = i;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      if( pPk==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
+        j = -1;
+        chngRowid = 1;
+        pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
+        pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      int rc;
+      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
+                            j<0 ? "ROWID" : pTab->aCol[j].zName,
+                            db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+        aXRef[j] = -1;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  assert( (chngRowid & chngPk)==0 );
+  assert( chngRowid==0 || chngRowid==1 );
+  assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 );
+  chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk;
+
+  /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop.
+  ** So reset the colUsed mask
+  */
+  pTabList->a[0].colUsed = 0;
+
+  hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngKey);
+
+  /* There is one entry in the aRegIdx[] array for each index on the table
+  ** being updated.  Fill in aRegIdx[] with a register number that will hold
+  ** the key for accessing each index.  
+  */
+  for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+    int reg;
+    if( chngKey || hasFK || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere || pIdx==pPk ){
+      reg = ++pParse->nMem;
+    }else{
+      reg = 0;
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){
+          reg = ++pParse->nMem;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0;
+    aRegIdx[j] = reg;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code. */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
+                       pWhere, onError);
+    pWhere = 0;
+    pTabList = 0;
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Allocate required registers. */
+  regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+  if( chngPk || pTrigger || hasFK ){
+    regOld = pParse->nMem + 1;
+    pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
+  }
+  if( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK ){
+    regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+  }
+  regNew = pParse->nMem + 1;
+  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
+
+  /* Start the view context. */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
+  ** a ephemeral table.
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
+  ** WHERE clause.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin the database scan
+  */
+  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(
+        pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur
+    );
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+    okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
+  
+    /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid);
+    if( !okOnePass ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
+    }
+  
+    /* End the database scan loop.
+    */
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }else{
+    int iPk;         /* First of nPk memory cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */
+    i16 nPk;         /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */
+    int addrOpen;    /* Address of the OpenEphemeral instruction */
+
+    assert( pPk!=0 );
+    nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+    iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += nPk;
+    regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
+    iEph = pParse->nTab++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk);
+    addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, 
+                               WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+    okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
+    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
+      sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pPk->aiColumn[i],
+                                      iPk+i);
+    }
+    if( okOnePass ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen);
+      nKey = nPk;
+      regKey = iPk;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey,
+                        sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey);
+    }
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
+  }
+
+  labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( !isView ){
+    /* 
+    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
+    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
+    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
+    ** to be deleting some records.
+    */
+    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
+      memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
+    }else{
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
+          memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( okOnePass ){
+      if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0;
+      if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iBaseCur, aToOpen,
+                               0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Top of the update loop */
+  if( okOnePass ){
+    if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iBaseCur] ){
+      assert( pPk!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey);
+      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
+    }
+    labelContinue = labelBreak;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }else if( pPk ){
+    labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEph, regKey);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }else{
+    labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, labelBreak,
+                             regOldRowid);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to
+  ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified,
+  ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is
+  ** already populated.  */
+  assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid );
+  if( chngRowid ){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the old pre-UPDATE content of the row being changed, if that
+  ** information is needed */
+  if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){
+    u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0);
+    oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, 
+        pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError
+    );
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( oldmask==0xffffffff
+       || (i<32 && (oldmask & MASKBIT32(i))!=0)
+       || (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0
+      ){
+        testcase(  oldmask!=0xffffffff && i==31 );
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regOld+i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i);
+      }
+    }
+    if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new
+  ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new
+  ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references
+  ** made by triggers.
+  **
+  ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
+  ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
+  ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
+  ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from 
+  ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger 
+  ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to
+  ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes.
+  */
+  newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+      pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError
+  );
+  /*sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew, regNew+pTab->nCol-1);*/
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
+    }else{
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j>=0 ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i);
+      }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){
+        /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed 
+        ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or
+        ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via
+        ** a new.* reference in a trigger program.
+        */
+        testcase( i==31 );
+        testcase( i==32 );
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are
+  ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong.
+  */
+  if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
+    sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew);
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
+        TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
+
+    /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this
+    ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are 
+    ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated
+    ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
+    ** documentation.
+    */
+    if( pPk ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+
+    /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified 
+    ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for 
+    ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their 
+    ** registers in case this has happened.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !isView ){
+    int j1 = 0;           /* Address of jump instruction */
+    int bReplace = 0;     /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */
+
+    /* Do constraint checks. */
+    assert( regOldRowid>0 );
+    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+        regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace);
+
+    /* Do FK constraint checks. */
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0, aXRef, chngKey);
+    }
+
+    /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record.  */
+    if( bReplace || chngKey ){
+      if( pPk ){
+        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, 0, regKey, nKey);
+      }else{
+        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, 0, regOldRowid);
+      }
+      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
+    }
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, aRegIdx);
+  
+    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.  */
+    if( hasFK || chngKey || pPk!=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0);
+    }
+    if( bReplace || chngKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    }
+
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
+    }
+  
+    /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */
+    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
+                             regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0);
+
+    /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
+    ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
+    ** to the row just updated. */ 
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Increment the row counter 
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
+      TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
+
+  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
+  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
+  */
+  if( okOnePass ){
+    /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */
+  }else if( pPk ){
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelContinue);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak);
+
+  /* Close all tables */
+  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    assert( aRegIdx );
+    if( aToOpen[i+1] ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur+i, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  if( iDataCur<iIdxCur ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDataCur, 0);
+
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+update_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return;
+}
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
+**
+** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
+** for each row to be changed:
+**
+**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
+**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
+**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
+**
+** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
+** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
+**
+** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
+**
+** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
+** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
+** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
+*/
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+  Expr *pRowid,        /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+  int onError          /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* Virtual machine under construction */
+  ExprList *pEList = 0;     /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
+  Select *pSelect = 0;      /* The SELECT statement */
+  Expr *pExpr;              /* Temporary expression */
+  int ephemTab;             /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
+  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
+  int addr;                 /* Address of top of loop */
+  int iReg;                 /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+  const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+  SelectDest dest;
+
+  /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
+  ** all updated rows. 
+  */
+  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_"));
+  if( pRowid ){
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList,
+                                   sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0));
+  }
+  assert( pTab->iPKey<0 );
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
+      pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0);
+    }else{
+      pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+    }
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr);
+  }
+  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  
+  /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
+  ** be stored.
+  */
+  assert( v );
+  ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
+
+  /* fill the ephemeral table 
+  */
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+
+  /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */
+  iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1;
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column,  ephemTab, 0, iReg);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1);
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i);
+  }
+  sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
+  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
+
+  /* Cleanup */
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);  
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/************** End of update.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
+**
+** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
+** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
+/*
+** Finalize a prepared statement.  If there was an error, store the
+** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
+*/
+static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
+*/
+static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  VVA_ONLY( int rc; )
+  if( !zSql ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  }
+  VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) );
+  return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
+** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
+*/
+static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
+}
+
+/*
+** The VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
+** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
+** in PostgreSQL.  The VACUUM command works as follows:
+**
+**   (1)  Create a new transient database file
+**   (2)  Copy all content from the database being vacuumed into
+**        the new transient database file
+**   (3)  Copy content from the transient database back into the
+**        original database.
+**
+** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately
+** equal to the size of the original database.  The copy operation of
+** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal
+** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal.
+** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the
+** orginal database is required.  Every page of the database is written
+** approximately 3 times:  Once for step (2) and twice for step (3).
+** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original
+** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to
+** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content.
+**
+** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if
+** the copy of step (3) were replace by deleting the original database
+** and renaming the transient database as the original.  But that will
+** not work if other processes are attached to the original database.
+** And a power loss in between deleting the original and renaming the
+** transient would cause the database file to appear to be deleted
+** following reboot.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, 0);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
+  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
+  Btree *pTemp;           /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
+  char *zSql = 0;         /* SQL statements */
+  int saved_flags;        /* Saved value of the db->flags */
+  int saved_nChange;      /* Saved value of db->nChange */
+  int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
+  void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*);  /* Saved db->xTrace */
+  Db *pDb = 0;            /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
+  int isMemDb;            /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */
+  int nRes;               /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */
+  int nDb;                /* Number of attached databases */
+
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( db->nVdbeActive>1 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be 
+  ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and
+  ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints.  */
+  saved_flags = db->flags;
+  saved_nChange = db->nChange;
+  saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
+  saved_xTrace = db->xTrace;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+  db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder);
+  db->xTrace = 0;
+
+  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
+  isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain));
+
+  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
+  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
+  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
+  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
+  **
+  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
+  ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but
+  ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower.  Very little journalling
+  ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially
+  ** empty.  Only the journal header is written.  Apparently it takes more
+  ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
+  ** to write the journal header file.
+  */
+  nDb = db->nDb;
+  if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
+    zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;";
+  }else{
+    zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
+  }
+  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql);
+  if( db->nDb>nDb ){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
+    assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
+
+  /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file
+  ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction
+  ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't
+  ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below.  */
+  sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+
+  nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain);
+
+  /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( db->nextPagesize ){
+    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+    int nKey;
+    char *zKey;
+    sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+    if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database
+  ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below,
+  ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database.
+  */
+  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN;");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 2);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */
+  if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain))
+                                               ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+    db->nextPagesize = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0)
+   || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0))
+   || NEVER(db->mallocFailed)
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac :
+                                           sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
+#endif
+
+  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
+  ** in the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
+      "   AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)"
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
+  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy
+  ** the contents to the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+      "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'"
+      "FROM main.sqlite_master "
+      "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
+      "  AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Copy over the sequence table
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
+      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+      "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' "
+      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+
+  /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
+  ** over to the temporary database.  None of these objects has any
+  ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
+  ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
+  */
+  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
+      "  SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
+      "    FROM main.sqlite_master"
+      "   WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
+      "      OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
+  );
+  if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the 
+  ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs,
+  ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database
+  ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit
+  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit().
+  */
+  {
+    u32 meta;
+    int i;
+
+    /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
+    ** vacuum.  Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
+    ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
+    ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
+    ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
+    */
+    static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
+       BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION,     1,  /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
+       BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0,  /* Preserve the default page cache size */
+       BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING,      0,  /* Preserve the text encoding */
+       BTREE_USER_VERSION,       0,  /* Preserve the user version */
+       BTREE_APPLICATION_ID,     0,  /* Preserve the application id */
+    };
+
+    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
+    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
+
+    /* Copy Btree meta values */
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){
+      /* GetMeta() and UpdateMeta() cannot fail in this context because
+      ** we already have page 1 loaded into cache and marked dirty. */
+      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
+      if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    }
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
+#endif
+  }
+
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1);
+
+end_of_vacuum:
+  /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
+  db->flags = saved_flags;
+  db->nChange = saved_nChange;
+  db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
+  db->xTrace = saved_xTrace;
+  sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1);
+
+  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
+  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
+  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
+  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
+  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
+  ** is closed by the DETACH.
+  */
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+
+  if( pDb ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+    pDb->pBt = 0;
+    pDb->pSchema = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[]
+  ** array. */ 
+  sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif  /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
+
+/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+
+/*
+** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the
+** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of
+** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of 
+** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
+** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
+*/
+struct VtabCtx {
+  VTable *pVTable;    /* The virtual table being constructed */
+  Table *pTab;        /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */
+};
+
+/*
+** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
+** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
+** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
+*/
+static int createModule(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nName;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName, nName) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    Module *pMod;
+    pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
+    if( pMod ){
+      Module *pDel;
+      char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
+      memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
+      pMod->zName = zCopy;
+      pMod->pModule = pModule;
+      pMod->pAux = pAux;
+      pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+      pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,nName,(void*)pMod);
+      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod );
+      if( pDel ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux);
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux                      /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+){
+  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
+){
+  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
+** Locks nest.  Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
+** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.  
+**
+** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
+** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){
+  pVTab->nRef++;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table.
+** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access 
+** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
+  VTable *pVtab;
+  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+  for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext);
+  return pVtab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count
+** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db;
+
+  assert( db );
+  assert( pVTab->nRef>0 );
+  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE );
+
+  pVTab->nRef--;
+  if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){
+    sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
+    if( p ){
+      p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the
+** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated
+** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. 
+** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with
+** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list.
+*/
+static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  VTable *pRet = 0;
+  VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable;
+  p->pVTable = 0;
+
+  /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database 
+  ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments 
+  ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why
+  ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any
+  ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list.
+  */
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
+
+  while( pVTable ){
+    sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db;
+    VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext;
+    assert( db2 );
+    if( db2==db ){
+      pRet = pVTable;
+      p->pVTable = pRet;
+      pRet->pNext = 0;
+    }else{
+      pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect;
+      db2->pDisconnect = pVTable;
+    }
+    pVTable = pNext;
+  }
+
+  assert( !db || pRet );
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object
+** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked
+** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is
+** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable
+** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may
+** be being used by other shared-cache connections).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  VTable **ppVTab;
+
+  assert( IsVirtual(p) );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){
+    if( (*ppVTab)->db==db  ){
+      VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab;
+      *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list.
+**
+** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all
+** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the 
+** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The
+** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows:
+**
+**   1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex
+**      associated with the database handle itself must be held.
+**
+**   2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to
+**      the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex
+**      associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held
+**      or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then
+**      the database handle mutex is held.
+**
+** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously 
+** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){
+  VTable *p = db->pDisconnect;
+  db->pDisconnect = 0;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    do {
+      VTable *pNext = p->pNext;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
+      p = pNext;
+    }while( p );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
+** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
+** record.
+**
+** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer
+** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable 
+** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema.
+** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database 
+** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the 
+** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures
+** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated 
+** database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p);
+  if( p->azModuleArg ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){
+      if( i!=1 ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
+** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored.  The
+** string will be freed automatically when the table is
+** deleted.
+*/
+static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){
+  int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
+  int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg);
+  char **azModuleArg;
+  azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
+  if( azModuleArg==0 ){
+    int j;
+    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg[j]);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg);
+    pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
+  }else{
+    azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
+    azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
+  }
+  pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** statement.  The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
+** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Token *pName1,        /* Name of new table, or database name */
+  Token *pName2,        /* Name of new table or NULL */
+  Token *pModuleName,   /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
+  int ifNotExists       /* No error if the table already exists */
+){
+  int iDb;              /* The database the table is being created in */
+  Table *pTable;        /* The new virtual table */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
+
+  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists);
+  pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( pTable==0 ) return;
+  assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+  pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual;
+  pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, 0);
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
+  pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
+  ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
+  ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
+  ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
+  */
+  if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
+    sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, 
+            pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
+** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
+** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
+*/
+static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
+  if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){
+    const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
+    int n = pParse->sArg.n;
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
+** has been completely parsed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;  /* The table being constructed */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
+
+  if( pTab==0 ) return;
+  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
+  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
+  if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
+  
+  /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
+  ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
+  ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
+  ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
+  ** in the sqlite_master table.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    char *zStmt;
+    char *zWhere;
+    int iDb;
+    Vdbe *v;
+
+    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
+    if( pEnd ){
+      pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n;
+    }
+    zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
+
+    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
+    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
+    ** the information we've collected.  
+    **
+    ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
+    ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
+    ** by sqlite3StartTable().
+    */
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
+         "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
+       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+      pTab->zName,
+      pTab->zName,
+      zStmt,
+      pParse->regRowid
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
+    zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, 
+                         pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1);
+  }
+
+  /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
+  ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until
+  ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
+  ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
+  ** the required virtual table implementations are registered.  */
+  else {
+    Table *pOld;
+    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
+    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
+    if( pOld ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+      return;
+    }
+    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
+** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
+  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
+  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
+  pParse->sArg.n = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
+** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
+  Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
+  if( pArg->z==0 ){
+    pArg->z = p->z;
+    pArg->n = p->n;
+  }else{
+    assert(pArg->z < p->z);
+    pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
+** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
+** to this procedure.
+*/
+static int vtabCallConstructor(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  Table *pTab,
+  Module *pMod,
+  int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  VtabCtx sCtx, *pPriorCtx;
+  VTable *pVTable;
+  int rc;
+  const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
+  int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
+  int iDb;
+
+  if( !zModuleName ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable));
+  if( !pVTable ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pVTable->db = db;
+  pVTable->pMod = pMod;
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+
+  /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
+  assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
+  assert( xConstruct );
+  sCtx.pTab = pTab;
+  sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
+  pPriorCtx = db->pVtabCtx;
+  db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
+  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
+  db->pVtabCtx = pPriorCtx;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+    if( zErr==0 ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
+    }else {
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable);
+  }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){
+    /* Justification of ALWAYS():  A correct vtab constructor must allocate
+    ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful.  */
+    pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
+    pVTable->nRef = 1;
+    if( sCtx.pTab ){
+      const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      int iCol;
+      /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
+      ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the 
+      ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
+      ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from
+      ** the type string.  */
+      pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable;
+      pTab->pVTable = pVTable;
+
+      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+        char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+        int nType;
+        int i = 0;
+        if( !zType ) continue;
+        nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
+        if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
+          for(i=0; i<nType; i++){
+            if( (0==sqlite3StrNICmp(" hidden", &zType[i], 7))
+             && (zType[i+7]=='\0' || zType[i+7]==' ')
+            ){
+              i++;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( i<nType ){
+          int j;
+          int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0);
+          for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){
+            zType[j] = zType[j+nDel];
+          }
+          if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){
+            assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
+            zType[i-1] = '\0';
+          }
+          pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
+** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned 
+** and an error left in pParse.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  const char *zMod;
+  Module *pMod;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pTab );
+  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
+  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));
+
+  if( !pMod ){
+    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    char *zErr = 0;
+    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+/*
+** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one
+** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
+*/
+static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){
+  const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;
+
+  /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
+  if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
+    VTable **aVTrans;
+    int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
+    aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
+    if( !aVTrans ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
+    db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should
+** have already been reserved using growVTrans().
+*/
+static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
+  /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
+  db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab;
+  sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. 
+**
+** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language
+** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
+** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Module *pMod;
+  const char *zMod;
+
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable );
+
+  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
+  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));
+
+  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
+  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
+  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
+  */
+  if( !pMod ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
+  }
+
+  /* Justification of ALWAYS():  The xConstructor method is required to
+  ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){
+    rc = growVTrans(db);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table.  It is only
+** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
+** virtual table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
+  Parse *pParse;
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
+
+  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( pParse==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    pParse->declareVtab = 1;
+    pParse->db = db;
+    pParse->nQueryLoop = 1;
+  
+    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) 
+     && pParse->pNewTable
+     && !db->mallocFailed
+     && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect
+     && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
+    ){
+      if( !pTab->aCol ){
+        pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
+        pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
+        pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
+        pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
+      }
+      db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
+  
+    if( pParse->pVdbe ){
+      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+    sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
+    sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+  }
+
+  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
+** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){
+    VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab);
+
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab);
+
+    /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 );
+      p->pVtab = 0;
+      pTab->pVTable = 0;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
+** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
+** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
+** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
+**
+** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. 
+*/
+static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
+  int i;
+  if( db->aVTrans ){
+    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+      VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
+      sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
+      if( p ){
+        int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
+        x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset);
+        if( x ) x(p);
+      }
+      pVTab->iSavepoint = 0;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans);
+    db->nVTrans = 0;
+    db->aVTrans = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans
+** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or
+** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
+**
+** If an error message is available, leave it in p->zErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
+
+  db->aVTrans = 0;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+    int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
+    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab;
+    if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){
+      rc = x(pVtab);
+      sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
+    }
+  }
+  db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the 
+** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
+  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the 
+** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
+  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
+** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
+** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
+**
+** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer
+** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+
+  /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
+  ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
+  ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to 
+  ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+  }
+  if( !pVTab ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  } 
+  pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule;
+
+  if( pModule->xBegin ){
+    int i;
+
+    /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+      if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the 
+    ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */
+    rc = growVTrans(db);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        addToVTrans(db, pVTab);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all
+** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint
+** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked.
+**
+** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is 
+** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with
+** an open transaction is invoked.
+**
+** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, 
+** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this
+** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN );
+  assert( iSavepoint>=0 );
+  if( db->aVTrans ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+      VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
+      const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule;
+      if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){
+        int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int);
+        switch( op ){
+          case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN:
+            xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint;
+            pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1;
+            break;
+          case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK:
+            xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo;
+            break;
+          default:
+            xMethod = pMod->xRelease;
+            break;
+        }
+        if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){
+          rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation.  The
+** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
+** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
+** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
+**
+** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
+** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
+**
+** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a 
+** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
+** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,    /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */
+  FuncDef *pDef,  /* Function to possibly overload */
+  int nArg,       /* Number of arguments to the function */
+  Expr *pExpr     /* First argument to the function */
+){
+  Table *pTab;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  sqlite3_module *pMod;
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0;
+  void *pArg = 0;
+  FuncDef *pNew;
+  int rc = 0;
+  char *zLowerName;
+  unsigned char *z;
+
+
+  /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
+  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
+  pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef;
+  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef;
+  pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab;
+  assert( pVtab!=0 );
+  assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
+  pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+  if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
+ 
+  /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
+  ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function 
+  */
+  zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
+  if( zLowerName ){
+    for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
+      *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
+    }
+    rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName);
+  }
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    return pDef;
+  }
+
+  /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
+  ** function */
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew)
+                             + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1);
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    return pDef;
+  }
+  *pNew = *pDef;
+  pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
+  memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1);
+  pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
+  pNew->pUserData = pArg;
+  pNew->funcFlags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
+** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it.  Add pTab to the
+** array if it is missing.  If pTab is already in the array, this routine
+** is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  int i, n;
+  Table **apVtabLock;
+
+  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+  for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nVtabLock; i++){
+    if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
+  }
+  n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]);
+  apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n);
+  if( apVtabLock ){
+    pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock;
+    pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
+  }else{
+    pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual
+** table update operation currently in progress.
+**
+** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from
+** within an xUpdate method.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const unsigned char aMap[] = { 
+    SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE 
+  };
+  assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 );
+  assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 );
+  assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 );
+  return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide 
+** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior
+** of the virtual table being implemented.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: {
+      VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx;
+      if( !p ){
+        rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+      }else{
+        assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
+        p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+      break;
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
+** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is responsible for
+** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
+** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
+** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
+** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
+*/
+/************** Include whereInt.h in the middle of where.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file whereInt.h ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2013-11-12
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query
+** planner logic in "where.c".  These definitions are broken out into
+** a separate source file for easier editing.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \
+    && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE))
+# define WHERETRACE(K,X)  if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+# define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1
+#else
+# define WHERETRACE(K,X)
+#endif
+
+/* Forward references
+*/
+typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
+typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet;
+typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo;
+typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo;
+typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
+typedef struct WhereLoop WhereLoop;
+typedef struct WherePath WherePath;
+typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
+typedef struct WhereLoopBuilder WhereLoopBuilder;
+typedef struct WhereScan WhereScan;
+typedef struct WhereOrCost WhereOrCost;
+typedef struct WhereOrSet WhereOrSet;
+
+/*
+** This object contains information needed to implement a single nested
+** loop in WHERE clause.
+**
+** Contrast this object with WhereLoop.  This object describes the
+** implementation of the loop.  WhereLoop describes the algorithm.
+** This object contains a pointer to the WhereLoop algorithm as one of
+** its elements.
+**
+** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for
+** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the
+** nested loops as implemented).  The order of WhereLevel objects determines
+** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and
+** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop.
+*/
+struct WhereLevel {
+  int iLeftJoin;        /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
+  int iTabCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
+  int iIdxCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */
+  int addrBrk;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int addrNxt;          /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
+  int addrSkip;         /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */
+  int addrCont;         /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
+  int addrFirst;        /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
+  int addrBody;         /* Beginning of the body of this loop */
+  u8 iFrom;             /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
+  u8 op, p3, p5;        /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */
+  int p1, p2;           /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */
+  union {               /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */
+    struct {
+      int nIn;              /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */
+      struct InLoop {
+        int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
+        int addrInTop;         /* Top of the IN loop */
+        u8 eEndLoopOp;         /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */
+      } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
+    } in;                 /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
+    Index *pCovidx;       /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */
+  } u;
+  struct WhereLoop *pWLoop;  /* The selected WhereLoop object */
+  Bitmask notReady;          /* FROM entries not usable at this level */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each instance of this object represents an algorithm for evaluating one
+** term of a join.  Every term of the FROM clause will have at least
+** one corresponding WhereLoop object (unless INDEXED BY constraints
+** prevent a query solution - which is an error) and many terms of the
+** FROM clause will have multiple WhereLoop objects, each describing a
+** potential way of implementing that FROM-clause term, together with
+** dependencies and cost estimates for using the chosen algorithm.
+**
+** Query planning consists of building up a collection of these WhereLoop
+** objects, then computing a particular sequence of WhereLoop objects, with
+** one WhereLoop object per FROM clause term, that satisfy all dependencies
+** and that minimize the overall cost.
+*/
+struct WhereLoop {
+  Bitmask prereq;       /* Bitmask of other loops that must run first */
+  Bitmask maskSelf;     /* Bitmask identifying table iTab */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  char cId;             /* Symbolic ID of this loop for debugging use */
+#endif
+  u8 iTab;              /* Position in FROM clause of table for this loop */
+  u8 iSortIdx;          /* Sorting index number.  0==None */
+  LogEst rSetup;        /* One-time setup cost (ex: create transient index) */
+  LogEst rRun;          /* Cost of running each loop */
+  LogEst nOut;          /* Estimated number of output rows */
+  union {
+    struct {               /* Information for internal btree tables */
+      u16 nEq;               /* Number of equality constraints */
+      u16 nSkip;             /* Number of initial index columns to skip */
+      Index *pIndex;         /* Index used, or NULL */
+    } btree;
+    struct {               /* Information for virtual tables */
+      int idxNum;            /* Index number */
+      u8 needFree;           /* True if sqlite3_free(idxStr) is needed */
+      i8 isOrdered;          /* True if satisfies ORDER BY */
+      u16 omitMask;          /* Terms that may be omitted */
+      char *idxStr;          /* Index identifier string */
+    } vtab;
+  } u;
+  u32 wsFlags;          /* WHERE_* flags describing the plan */
+  u16 nLTerm;           /* Number of entries in aLTerm[] */
+  /**** whereLoopXfer() copies fields above ***********************/
+# define WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ offsetof(WhereLoop,nLSlot)
+  u16 nLSlot;           /* Number of slots allocated for aLTerm[] */
+  WhereTerm **aLTerm;   /* WhereTerms used */
+  WhereLoop *pNextLoop; /* Next WhereLoop object in the WhereClause */
+  WhereTerm *aLTermSpace[4];  /* Initial aLTerm[] space */
+};
+
+/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a
+** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause.
+** See WhereOrSet for additional information 
+*/
+struct WhereOrCost {
+  Bitmask prereq;     /* Prerequisites */
+  LogEst rRun;        /* Cost of running this subquery */
+  LogEst nOut;        /* Number of outputs for this subquery */
+};
+
+/* The WhereOrSet object holds a set of possible WhereOrCosts that
+** correspond to the subquery(s) of OR-clause processing.  Only the
+** best N_OR_COST elements are retained.
+*/
+#define N_OR_COST 3
+struct WhereOrSet {
+  u16 n;                      /* Number of valid a[] entries */
+  WhereOrCost a[N_OR_COST];   /* Set of best costs */
+};
+
+
+/* Forward declaration of methods */
+static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int);
+
+/*
+** Each instance of this object holds a sequence of WhereLoop objects
+** that implement some or all of a query plan.
+**
+** Think of each WhereLoop object as a node in a graph with arcs
+** showing dependencies and costs for travelling between nodes.  (That is
+** not a completely accurate description because WhereLoop costs are a
+** vector, not a scalar, and because dependencies are many-to-one, not
+** one-to-one as are graph nodes.  But it is a useful visualization aid.)
+** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some
+** or all of the WhereLoop objects once.
+**
+** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length
+** 1.  Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects
+** of length 2.  And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the
+** number of nodes in the FROM clause.  The best (lowest cost) WherePath
+** at the end is the choosen query plan.
+*/
+struct WherePath {
+  Bitmask maskLoop;     /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */
+  Bitmask revLoop;      /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */
+  LogEst nRow;          /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */
+  LogEst rCost;         /* Total cost of this path */
+  i8 isOrdered;         /* No. of ORDER BY terms satisfied. -1 for unknown */
+  WhereLoop **aLoop;    /* Array of WhereLoop objects implementing this path */
+};
+
+/*
+** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
+** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
+** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators,
+** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR.
+**
+** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.  
+** The following identity holds:
+**
+**        WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
+**
+** When a term is of the form:
+**
+**              X <op> <expr>
+**
+** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators,
+** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the
+** cursor number and column number for X.  WhereTerm.eOperator records
+** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below.  The
+** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
+** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
+**
+** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR:
+**
+**         (t1.X <op> <expr>) OR (t1.Y <op> <expr>) OR ....
+**
+** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR
+** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that
+** is collected about the OR clause.
+**
+** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous
+** categories, then eOperator==0.  The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set
+** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately
+** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful.
+**
+** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
+** but they do so indirectly.  A single WhereMaskSet structure translates
+** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
+** fields.  The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
+** bits that will fit in a Bitmask.  The VDBE cursor numbers might be
+** spread out over the non-negative integers.  For example, the cursor
+** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45.  The WhereMaskSet
+** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
+** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
+** bits in the Bitmask.  So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
+** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
+**
+** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits
+** in prereqRight and prereqAll.  The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite
+** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables.
+*/
+struct WhereTerm {
+  Expr *pExpr;            /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */
+  int iParent;            /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
+  int leftCursor;         /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
+  union {
+    int leftColumn;         /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
+    WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;   /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */
+    WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */
+  } u;
+  LogEst truthProb;       /* Probability of truth for this expression */
+  u16 eOperator;          /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */
+  u8 wtFlags;             /* TERM_xxx bit flags.  See below */
+  u8 nChild;              /* Number of children that must disable us */
+  WhereClause *pWC;       /* The clause this term is part of */
+  Bitmask prereqRight;    /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */
+  Bitmask prereqAll;      /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags
+*/
+#define TERM_DYNAMIC    0x01   /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */
+#define TERM_VIRTUAL    0x02   /* Added by the optimizer.  Do not code */
+#define TERM_CODED      0x04   /* This term is already coded */
+#define TERM_COPIED     0x08   /* Has a child */
+#define TERM_ORINFO     0x10   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */
+#define TERM_ANDINFO    0x20   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */
+#define TERM_OR_OK      0x40   /* Used during OR-clause processing */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+#  define TERM_VNULL    0x80   /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */
+#else
+#  define TERM_VNULL    0x00   /* Disabled if not using stat3 */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating
+** terms in the WHERE clause that are useful to the query planner.
+*/
+struct WhereScan {
+  WhereClause *pOrigWC;      /* Original, innermost WhereClause */
+  WhereClause *pWC;          /* WhereClause currently being scanned */
+  char *zCollName;           /* Required collating sequence, if not NULL */
+  char idxaff;               /* Must match this affinity, if zCollName!=NULL */
+  unsigned char nEquiv;      /* Number of entries in aEquiv[] */
+  unsigned char iEquiv;      /* Next unused slot in aEquiv[] */
+  u32 opMask;                /* Acceptable operators */
+  int k;                     /* Resume scanning at this->pWC->a[this->k] */
+  int aEquiv[22];            /* Cursor,Column pairs for equivalence classes */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
+** WHERE clause.  Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms.
+**
+** Explanation of pOuter:  For a WHERE clause of the form
+**
+**           a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f
+**
+** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for
+** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)".  The pOuter field of the
+** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause.
+*/
+struct WhereClause {
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;       /* WHERE clause processing context */
+  WhereClause *pOuter;     /* Outer conjunction */
+  u8 op;                   /* Split operator.  TK_AND or TK_OR */
+  int nTerm;               /* Number of terms */
+  int nSlot;               /* Number of entries in a[] */
+  WhereTerm *a;            /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
+#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
+  WhereTerm aStatic[1];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
+#else
+  WhereTerm aStatic[8];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereOrInfo {
+  WhereClause wc;          /* Decomposition into subterms */
+  Bitmask indexable;       /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */
+};
+
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereAndInfo {
+  WhereClause wc;          /* The subexpression broken out */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
+** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
+**
+** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in 
+** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields.  For any given WHERE 
+** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
+** contain gaps in the numbering sequence.  But we want to make maximum
+** use of the bits in our bitmasks.  This structure provides a mapping
+** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
+** with 0.
+**
+** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
+** corresponds VDBE cursor number B.  The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A.
+**
+** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE
+** cursors:  4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73.  Then the  WhereMaskSet structure
+** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5.
+**
+** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered.  In the example
+** above, the mapping might go like this:  4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
+** 57->5, 73->4.  Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
+** does not really matter.  What is important is that sparse cursor
+** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
+** no gaps.
+*/
+struct WhereMaskSet {
+  int n;                        /* Number of assigned cursor values */
+  int ix[BMS];                  /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
+};
+
+/*
+** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed
+** to construct WhereLoop objects for a particular query.
+*/
+struct WhereLoopBuilder {
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;        /* Information about this WHERE */
+  WhereClause *pWC;         /* WHERE clause terms */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;       /* ORDER BY clause */
+  WhereLoop *pNew;          /* Template WhereLoop */
+  WhereOrSet *pOrSet;       /* Record best loops here, if not NULL */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  UnpackedRecord *pRec;     /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */
+  int nRecValid;            /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
+** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
+** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
+** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
+** into the second half to give some continuity.
+**
+** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query
+** planner.
+*/
+struct WhereInfo {
+  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  SrcList *pTabList;        /* List of tables in the join */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;       /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */
+  ExprList *pResultSet;     /* Result set. DISTINCT operates on these */
+  WhereLoop *pLoops;        /* List of all WhereLoop objects */
+  Bitmask revMask;          /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */
+  LogEst nRowOut;           /* Estimated number of output rows */
+  u16 wctrlFlags;           /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+  i8 nOBSat;                /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */
+  u8 sorted;                /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */
+  u8 okOnePass;             /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE/DELETE */
+  u8 untestedTerms;         /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */
+  u8 eDistinct;             /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values below */
+  u8 nLevel;                /* Number of nested loop */
+  int iTop;                 /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
+  int iContinue;            /* Jump here to continue with next record */
+  int iBreak;               /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int savedNQueryLoop;      /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */
+  int aiCurOnePass[2];      /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */
+  WhereMaskSet sMaskSet;    /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */
+  WhereClause sWC;          /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
+  WhereLevel a[1];          /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
+};
+
+/*
+** Bitmasks for the operators on WhereTerm objects.  These are all
+** operators that are of interest to the query planner.  An
+** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
+** particular WhereTerms within a WhereClause.
+*/
+#define WO_IN     0x001
+#define WO_EQ     0x002
+#define WO_LT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_LE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_GT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_GE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_MATCH  0x040
+#define WO_ISNULL 0x080
+#define WO_OR     0x100       /* Two or more OR-connected terms */
+#define WO_AND    0x200       /* Two or more AND-connected terms */
+#define WO_EQUIV  0x400       /* Of the form A==B, both columns */
+#define WO_NOOP   0x800       /* This term does not restrict search space */
+
+#define WO_ALL    0xfff       /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */
+#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff       /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */
+
+/*
+** These are definitions of bits in the WhereLoop.wsFlags field.
+** The particular combination of bits in each WhereLoop help to
+** determine the algorithm that WhereLoop represents.
+*/
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ    0x00000001  /* x=EXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00000002  /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN    0x00000004  /* x IN (...) */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL  0x00000008  /* x IS NULL */
+#define WHERE_CONSTRAINT   0x0000000f  /* Any of the WHERE_COLUMN_xxx values */
+#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT    0x00000010  /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT    0x00000020  /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT   0x00000030  /* Both x>EXPR and x<EXPR */
+#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x00000040  /* Use index only - omit table */
+#define WHERE_IPK          0x00000100  /* x is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+#define WHERE_INDEXED      0x00000200  /* WhereLoop.u.btree.pIndex is valid */
+#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x00000400  /* WhereLoop.u.vtab is valid */
+#define WHERE_IN_ABLE      0x00000800  /* Able to support an IN operator */
+#define WHERE_ONEROW       0x00001000  /* Selects no more than one row */
+#define WHERE_MULTI_OR     0x00002000  /* OR using multiple indices */
+#define WHERE_AUTO_INDEX   0x00004000  /* Uses an ephemeral index */
+#define WHERE_SKIPSCAN     0x00008000  /* Uses the skip-scan algorithm */
+#define WHERE_UNQ_WANTED   0x00010000  /* WHERE_ONEROW would have been helpful*/
+
+/************** End of whereInt.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in where.c **********************/
+
+/*
+** Return the estimated number of output rows from a WHERE clause
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  return sqlite3LogEstToInt(pWInfo->nRowOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this
+** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  return pWInfo->eDistinct;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order.
+** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  return pWInfo->nOBSat;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to continue
+** immediately with the next row of a WHERE clause.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  assert( pWInfo->iContinue!=0 );
+  return pWInfo->iContinue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to break
+** out of a WHERE loop.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  return pWInfo->iBreak;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if an UPDATE or DELETE statement can operate directly on
+** the rowids returned by a WHERE clause.  Return FALSE if doing an
+** UPDATE or DELETE might change subsequent WHERE clause results.
+**
+** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true)
+** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS
+** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1].  iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data
+** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index.
+** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used.
+** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing.
+**
+** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is
+** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){
+  memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2);
+  return pWInfo->okOnePass;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the content of pSrc into pDest
+*/
+static void whereOrMove(WhereOrSet *pDest, WhereOrSet *pSrc){
+  pDest->n = pSrc->n;
+  memcpy(pDest->a, pSrc->a, pDest->n*sizeof(pDest->a[0]));
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to insert a new prerequisite/cost entry into the WhereOrSet pSet.
+**
+** The new entry might overwrite an existing entry, or it might be
+** appended, or it might be discarded.  Do whatever is the right thing
+** so that pSet keeps the N_OR_COST best entries seen so far.
+*/
+static int whereOrInsert(
+  WhereOrSet *pSet,      /* The WhereOrSet to be updated */
+  Bitmask prereq,        /* Prerequisites of the new entry */
+  LogEst rRun,           /* Run-cost of the new entry */
+  LogEst nOut            /* Number of outputs for the new entry */
+){
+  u16 i;
+  WhereOrCost *p;
+  for(i=pSet->n, p=pSet->a; i>0; i--, p++){
+    if( rRun<=p->rRun && (prereq & p->prereq)==prereq ){
+      goto whereOrInsert_done;
+    }
+    if( p->rRun<=rRun && (p->prereq & prereq)==p->prereq ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pSet->n<N_OR_COST ){
+    p = &pSet->a[pSet->n++];
+    p->nOut = nOut;
+  }else{
+    p = pSet->a;
+    for(i=1; i<pSet->n; i++){
+      if( p->rRun>pSet->a[i].rRun ) p = pSet->a + i;
+    }
+    if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0;
+  }
+whereOrInsert_done:
+  p->prereq = prereq;
+  p->rRun = rRun;
+  if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
+*/
+static void whereClauseInit(
+  WhereClause *pWC,        /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo        /* The WHERE processing context */
+){
+  pWC->pWInfo = pWInfo;
+  pWC->pOuter = 0;
+  pWC->nTerm = 0;
+  pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic);
+  pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*);
+
+/*
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object.
+*/
+static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){
+  whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object.
+*/
+static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){
+  whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate a WhereClause structure.  The WhereClause structure
+** itself is not freed.  This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit().
+*/
+static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){
+  int i;
+  WhereTerm *a;
+  sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
+  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
+    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr);
+    }
+    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){
+      whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo);
+    }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){
+      whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo);
+    }
+  }
+  if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC.
+** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags.
+** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success.
+** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory
+** allocation error.  The memory allocation failure will be recorded in
+** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it.
+**
+** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary.
+**
+** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
+** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC.
+** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm.
+**
+** WARNING:  This routine might reallocate the space used to store
+** WhereTerms.  All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after
+** calling this routine.  Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
+** the pWC->a[] array.
+*/
+static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int idx;
+  testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+  if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
+    WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
+    sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
+    pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
+    if( pWC->a==0 ){
+      if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p);
+      }
+      pWC->a = pOld;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm);
+    if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld);
+    }
+    pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]);
+  }
+  pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++];
+  if( p && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Unlikely) ){
+    pTerm->truthProb = sqlite3LogEst(p->iTable) - 99;
+  }else{
+    pTerm->truthProb = 1;
+  }
+  pTerm->pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(p);
+  pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags;
+  pTerm->pWC = pWC;
+  pTerm->iParent = -1;
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
+** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
+** operator specified in the op parameter.  The WhereClause structure
+** is filled with pointers to subexpressions.  For example:
+**
+**    WHERE  a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
+**           \________/     \_______________/     \________________/
+**            slot[0]            slot[1]               slot[2]
+**
+** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered.  All this routine
+** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
+**
+** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
+** the WhereClause.a[] array.  The slot[] array grows as needed to contain
+** all terms of the WHERE clause.
+*/
+static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){
+  pWC->op = op;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  if( pExpr->op!=op ){
+    whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
+  }else{
+    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op);
+    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object
+*/
+#define initMaskSet(P)  (P)->n=0
+
+/*
+** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number.  Return 0 if
+** iCursor is not in the set.
+*/
+static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+  int i;
+  assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 );
+  for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
+    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
+      return MASKBIT(i);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor.
+**
+** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause.  The number of
+** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine.  So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
+** array will never overflow.
+*/
+static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+  assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
+  pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
+}
+
+/*
+** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate
+** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
+** tree.
+*/
+static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*);
+static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*);
+static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
+  Bitmask mask = 0;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+    mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
+    return mask;
+  }
+  mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
+  mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect);
+  }else{
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList);
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  Bitmask mask = 0;
+  if( pList ){
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
+  Bitmask mask = 0;
+  while( pS ){
+    SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc;
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy);
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy);
+    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
+    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
+    if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+        mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect);
+        mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn);
+      }
+    }
+    pS = pS->pPrior;
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
+** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term.  The allowed operators are
+** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "IN", and "IS NULL"
+*/
+static int allowedOp(int op){
+  assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE );
+  assert( TK_LT>TK_EQ && TK_LT<TK_GE );
+  assert( TK_LE>TK_EQ && TK_LE<TK_GE );
+  assert( TK_GE==TK_EQ+4 );
+  return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL;
+}
+
+/*
+** Swap two objects of type TYPE.
+*/
+#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
+
+/*
+** Commute a comparison operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
+** are converted into "Y op X".
+**
+** If left/right precedence rules come into play when determining the
+** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure
+** that the collating sequence does not change.  For example:
+** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on
+** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence 
+** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag
+** is not commuted.
+*/
+static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate);
+  u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate);
+  assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
+  if( expRight==expLeft ){
+    /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */
+    if( expRight ){
+      /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators.  Make sure X is always
+      ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */
+      pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
+    }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
+      /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default
+      ** collating sequence.  So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause
+      ** it to be searched first. */
+      pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate;
+    }
+  }
+  SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
+  if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
+    assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
+    assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
+    assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
+    assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
+    assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
+    pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
+*/
+static u16 operatorMask(int op){
+  u16 c;
+  assert( allowedOp(op) );
+  if( op==TK_IN ){
+    c = WO_IN;
+  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    c = WO_ISNULL;
+  }else{
+    assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff );
+    c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ));
+  }
+  assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
+  assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
+  assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ );
+  assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT );
+  assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE );
+  assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT );
+  assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE );
+  return c;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria
+** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit().
+** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms.
+*/
+static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){
+  int iCur;            /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */
+  int iColumn;         /* The column on the LHS of the term.  -1 for IPK */
+  Expr *pX;            /* An expression being tested */
+  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;    /* The term being tested */
+  int k = pScan->k;    /* Where to start scanning */
+
+  while( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv ){
+    iCur = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-2];
+    iColumn = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-1];
+    while( (pWC = pScan->pWC)!=0 ){
+      for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; k<pWC->nTerm; k++, pTerm++){
+        if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
+         && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn
+         && (pScan->iEquiv<=2 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
+        ){
+          if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0
+           && pScan->nEquiv<ArraySize(pScan->aEquiv)
+          ){
+            int j;
+            pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pTerm->pExpr->pRight);
+            assert( pX->op==TK_COLUMN );
+            for(j=0; j<pScan->nEquiv; j+=2){
+              if( pScan->aEquiv[j]==pX->iTable
+               && pScan->aEquiv[j+1]==pX->iColumn ){
+                  break;
+              }
+            }
+            if( j==pScan->nEquiv ){
+              pScan->aEquiv[j] = pX->iTable;
+              pScan->aEquiv[j+1] = pX->iColumn;
+              pScan->nEquiv += 2;
+            }
+          }
+          if( (pTerm->eOperator & pScan->opMask)!=0 ){
+            /* Verify the affinity and collating sequence match */
+            if( pScan->zCollName && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){
+              CollSeq *pColl;
+              Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse;
+              pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+              if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pScan->idxaff) ){
+                continue;
+              }
+              assert(pX->pLeft);
+              pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse,
+                                                  pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+              if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+              if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pScan->zCollName) ){
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+            if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)!=0
+             && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN
+             && pX->iTable==pScan->aEquiv[0]
+             && pX->iColumn==pScan->aEquiv[1]
+            ){
+              continue;
+            }
+            pScan->k = k+1;
+            return pTerm;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      pScan->pWC = pScan->pWC->pOuter;
+      k = 0;
+    }
+    pScan->pWC = pScan->pOrigWC;
+    k = 0;
+    pScan->iEquiv += 2;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a WHERE clause scanner object.  Return a pointer to the
+** first match.  Return NULL if there are no matches.
+**
+** The scanner will be searching the WHERE clause pWC.  It will look
+** for terms of the form "X <op> <expr>" where X is column iColumn of table
+** iCur.  The <op> must be one of the operators described by opMask.
+**
+** If the search is for X and the WHERE clause contains terms of the
+** form X=Y then this routine might also return terms of the form
+** "Y <op> <expr>".  The number of levels of transitivity is limited,
+** but is enough to handle most commonly occurring SQL statements.
+**
+** If X is not the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then X must be compatible with
+** index pIdx.
+*/
+static WhereTerm *whereScanInit(
+  WhereScan *pScan,       /* The WhereScan object being initialized */
+  WhereClause *pWC,       /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */
+  int iCur,               /* Cursor to scan for */
+  int iColumn,            /* Column to scan for */
+  u32 opMask,             /* Operator(s) to scan for */
+  Index *pIdx             /* Must be compatible with this index */
+){
+  int j;
+
+  /* memset(pScan, 0, sizeof(*pScan)); */
+  pScan->pOrigWC = pWC;
+  pScan->pWC = pWC;
+  if( pIdx && iColumn>=0 ){
+    pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
+    for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){
+      if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nKeyCol) ) return 0;
+    }
+    pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j];
+  }else{
+    pScan->idxaff = 0;
+    pScan->zCollName = 0;
+  }
+  pScan->opMask = opMask;
+  pScan->k = 0;
+  pScan->aEquiv[0] = iCur;
+  pScan->aEquiv[1] = iColumn;
+  pScan->nEquiv = 2;
+  pScan->iEquiv = 2;
+  return whereScanNext(pScan);
+}
+
+/*
+** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>"
+** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and <op> is one of
+** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter.
+** Return a pointer to the term.  Return 0 if not found.
+**
+** The term returned might by Y=<expr> if there is another constraint in
+** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y.  Any such constraints will be
+** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field.  The
+** aEquiv[] array holds X and all its equivalents, with each SQL variable
+** taking up two slots in aEquiv[].  The first slot is for the cursor number
+** and the second is for the column number.  There are 22 slots in aEquiv[]
+** so that means we can look for X plus up to 10 other equivalent values.
+** Hence a search for X will return <expr> if X=A1 and A1=A2 and A2=A3
+** and ... and A9=A10 and A10=<expr>.
+**
+** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X <op> <expr>"
+** then try for the one with no dependencies on <expr> - in other words where
+** <expr> is a constant expression of some kind.  Only return entries of
+** the form "X <op> Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of
+** the form "X <op> <const-expr>" exist.   If no terms with a constant RHS
+** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV.
+*/
+static WhereTerm *findTerm(
+  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
+  int iCur,             /* Cursor number of LHS */
+  int iColumn,          /* Column number of LHS */
+  Bitmask notReady,     /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
+  u32 op,               /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
+  Index *pIdx           /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
+){
+  WhereTerm *pResult = 0;
+  WhereTerm *p;
+  WhereScan scan;
+
+  p = whereScanInit(&scan, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx);
+  while( p ){
+    if( (p->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ){
+      if( p->prereqRight==0 && (p->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 ){
+        return p;
+      }
+      if( pResult==0 ) pResult = p;
+    }
+    p = whereScanNext(&scan);
+  }
+  return pResult;
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int);
+
+/*
+** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.  
+*/
+static void exprAnalyzeAll(
+  SrcList *pTabList,       /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC         /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
+    exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+/*
+** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that
+** can be optimized using inequality constraints.  Return TRUE if it is
+** so and false if not.
+**
+** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string
+** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.  
+*/
+static int isLikeOrGlob(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Expr *pExpr,      /* Test this expression */
+  Expr **ppPrefix,  /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */
+  int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
+  int *pnoCase      /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
+){
+  const char *z = 0;         /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
+  Expr *pRight, *pLeft;      /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */
+  ExprList *pList;           /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */
+  int c;                     /* One character in z[] */
+  int cnt;                   /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
+  char wc[3];                /* Wildcard characters */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+  int op;                    /* Opcode of pRight */
+
+  if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+  if( *pnoCase ) return 0;
+#endif
+  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+  pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
+  if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN 
+   || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 
+   || IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab)
+  ){
+    /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must
+    ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */
+
+  pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr);
+  op = pRight->op;
+  if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+    Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare;
+    int iCol = pRight->iColumn;
+    pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
+    if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+      z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol);
+    assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER );
+  }else if( op==TK_STRING ){
+    z = pRight->u.zToken;
+  }
+  if( z ){
+    cnt = 0;
+    while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){
+      cnt++;
+    }
+    if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
+      Expr *pPrefix;
+      *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
+      pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z);
+      if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0;
+      *ppPrefix = pPrefix;
+      if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+        Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+        sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn);
+        if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){
+          /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current
+          ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE
+          ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
+          ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
+          ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
+          */ 
+          int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+          sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
+          sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      z = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  return (z!=0);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Check to see if the given expression is of the form
+**
+**         column MATCH expr
+**
+** If it is then return TRUE.  If not, return FALSE.
+*/
+static int isMatchOfColumn(
+  Expr *pExpr      /* Test this expression */
+){
+  ExprList *pList;
+
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+  if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
+** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
+*/
+static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){
+  if( pDerived ){
+    pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin;
+    pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable;
+  }
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+/*
+** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected
+** subterms.  So in:
+**
+**     ... WHERE  (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13)
+**                          ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+**
+** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example.
+** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under
+** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis.  Hence:
+**
+**     WhereTerm.wtFlags   |=  TERM_ORINFO
+**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo  =  a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object
+**
+** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms.
+** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms.
+** Examples of terms under analysis:
+**
+**     (A)     t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5
+**     (B)     x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3
+**     (C)     t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15)
+**     (D)     x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*')
+**     (E)     (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6)
+**
+** CASE 1:
+**
+** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C and
+** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual
+** term that is an equivalent IN expression.  In other words, if the term
+** being analyzed is:
+**
+**      x = expr1  OR  expr2 = x  OR  x = expr3
+**
+** then create a new virtual term like this:
+**
+**      x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
+**
+** CASE 2:
+**
+** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set
+**
+**     WhereTerm.eOperator              =  WO_OR
+**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable  |=  the cursor number for table T
+**
+** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
+** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and 
+** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
+** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
+** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable.  Indexable AND 
+** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
+** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
+**
+** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
+** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists.
+** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that
+** is decided elsewhere.  This analysis only looks at whether subterms
+** appropriate for indexing exist.
+**
+** All examples A through E above satisfy case 2.  But if a term
+** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will
+** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not
+** satisfied.
+**
+** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable.  For example,
+** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R.
+**
+** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using
+** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing
+** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object.  This is similar
+** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines.
+**
+** OTHERWISE:
+**
+** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to
+** zero.  This term is not useful for search.
+*/
+static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm(
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the complete WHERE clause */
+  int idxTerm               /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */
+){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;        /* WHERE clause processing context */
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;         /* Parser context */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;               /* Database connection */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];    /* The term to be analyzed */
+  Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;             /* The expression of the term */
+  int i;                                  /* Loop counters */
+  WhereClause *pOrWc;       /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */
+  WhereTerm *pOrTerm;       /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */
+  WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;     /* Additional information associated with pTerm */
+  Bitmask chngToIN;         /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */
+  Bitmask indexable;        /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */
+
+  /*
+  ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms.  The subterms are
+  ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo
+  ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term.
+  */
+  assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 );
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR );
+  pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo));
+  if( pOrInfo==0 ) return;
+  pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO;
+  pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc;
+  whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWInfo);
+  whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR);
+  exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 );
+
+  /*
+  ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2.
+  */
+  indexable = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){
+    if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){
+      WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo;
+      assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 );
+      chngToIN = 0;
+      pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo));
+      if( pAndInfo ){
+        WhereClause *pAndWC;
+        WhereTerm *pAndTerm;
+        int j;
+        Bitmask b = 0;
+        pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo;
+        pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO;
+        pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND;
+        pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc;
+        whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pWInfo);
+        whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND);
+        exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC);
+        pAndWC->pOuter = pWC;
+        testcase( db->mallocFailed );
+        if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+          for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){
+            assert( pAndTerm->pExpr );
+            if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){
+              b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        indexable &= b;
+      }
+    }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){
+      /* Skip this term for now.  We revisit it when we process the
+      ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */
+    }else{
+      Bitmask b;
+      b = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor);
+      if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){
+        WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent];
+        b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor);
+      }
+      indexable &= b;
+      if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ){
+        chngToIN = 0;
+      }else{
+        chngToIN &= b;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2.  The set might be
+  ** empty.
+  */
+  pOrInfo->indexable = indexable;
+  pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR;
+
+  /*
+  ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1.  But
+  ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really
+  ** is satisfied.
+  **
+  ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits.  The 0-bit case means
+  ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an
+  ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain
+  ** something other than == on a column in the single table.  The 1-bit
+  ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form
+  ** "table.column=expr" for some single table.  The one bit that is set
+  ** will correspond to the common table.  We still need to check to make
+  ** sure the same column is used on all terms.  The 2-bit case is when
+  ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column".  It
+  ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column
+  ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of
+  ** the OR clause.
+  **
+  ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the
+  ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized.
+  */
+  if( chngToIN ){
+    int okToChngToIN = 0;     /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */
+    int iColumn = -1;         /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */
+    int iCursor = -1;         /* Table cursor common to all terms */
+    int j = 0;                /* Loop counter */
+
+    /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the
+    ** other of the == operator in every subterm.  That table and column
+    ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn.  There might not be any
+    ** such table and column.  Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table
+    ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found.
+    */
+    for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){
+      pOrTerm = pOrWc->a;
+      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+        pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){
+          /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and
+          ** current term is from the first iteration.  So skip this term. */
+          assert( j==1 );
+          continue;
+        }
+        if( (chngToIN & getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
+          /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
+          ** chngToIN set but t1 is not.  This term will be either preceeded
+          ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a).  Skip this term 
+          ** and use its inversion. */
+          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
+          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+          assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) );
+          continue;
+        }
+        iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn;
+        iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( i<0 ){
+        /* No candidate table+column was found.  This can only occur
+        ** on the second iteration */
+        assert( j==1 );
+        assert( IsPowerOfTwo(chngToIN) );
+        assert( chngToIN==getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCursor) );
+        break;
+      }
+      testcase( j==1 );
+
+      /* We have found a candidate table and column.  Check to see if that
+      ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */
+      okToChngToIN = 1;
+      for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
+          pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+        }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){
+          okToChngToIN = 0;
+        }else{
+          int affLeft, affRight;
+          /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
+          ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type
+          ** conversions are required on the right.  (Ticket #2249)
+          */
+          affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
+          affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
+          if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){
+            okToChngToIN = 0;
+          }else{
+            pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
+    ** case 1.  In that case, construct a new virtual term that is 
+    ** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
+    */
+    if( okToChngToIN ){
+      Expr *pDup;            /* A transient duplicate expression */
+      ExprList *pList = 0;   /* The RHS of the IN operator */
+      Expr *pLeft = 0;       /* The LHS of the IN operator */
+      Expr *pNew;            /* The complete IN operator */
+
+      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+        assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor );
+        assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn );
+        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0);
+        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup);
+        pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
+      }
+      assert( pLeft!=0 );
+      pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
+      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
+      if( pNew ){
+        int idxNew;
+        transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
+        pNew->x.pList = pList;
+        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+        testcase( idxNew==0 );
+        exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+        pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
+        pTerm->nChild = 1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+      }
+      pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP;  /* case 1 trumps case 2 */
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+/*
+** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
+** "pExpr" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
+** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm
+** structure.
+**
+** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted
+** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>".
+**
+** If the expression is of the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are
+** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual
+** term of the form "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and
+** analyzed separately.  The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED
+** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr
+** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it
+** is a commuted copy of a prior term.)  The original term has nChild=1
+** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term.
+*/
+static void exprAnalyze(
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the WHERE clause */
+  int idxTerm               /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
+){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;                /* The term to be analyzed */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;          /* Set of table index masks */
+  Expr *pExpr;                     /* The expression to be analyzed */
+  Bitmask prereqLeft;              /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */
+  Bitmask prereqAll;               /* Prerequesites of pExpr */
+  Bitmask extraRight = 0;          /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */
+  Expr *pStr1 = 0;                 /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+  int isComplete = 0;              /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */
+  int noCase = 0;                  /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */
+  int op;                          /* Top-level operator.  pExpr->op */
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;  /* Parsing context */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;        /* Database connection */
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    return;
+  }
+  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+  pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet;
+  pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AS && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE );
+  prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  if( op==TK_IN ){
+    assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+    }else{
+      pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList);
+    }
+  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    pTerm->prereqRight = 0;
+  }else{
+    pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
+  }
+  prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+    Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
+    prereqAll |= x;
+    extraRight = x-1;  /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index
+                       ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN.  Ticket #3015 */
+  }
+  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
+  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
+  pTerm->iParent = -1;
+  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
+  if( allowedOp(op) ){
+    Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft);
+    Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight);
+    u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV;
+    if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask;
+    }
+    if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      WhereTerm *pNew;
+      Expr *pDup;
+      u16 eExtraOp = 0;        /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */
+      if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){
+        int idxNew;
+        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+        if( db->mallocFailed ){
+          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
+          return;
+        }
+        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+        if( idxNew==0 ) return;
+        pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+        pNew->iParent = idxTerm;
+        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+        pTerm->nChild = 1;
+        pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+        if( pExpr->op==TK_EQ
+         && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
+         && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Transitive)
+        ){
+          pTerm->eOperator |= WO_EQUIV;
+          eExtraOp = WO_EQUIV;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pDup = pExpr;
+        pNew = pTerm;
+      }
+      exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
+      pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDup->pLeft);
+      pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft );
+      pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight;
+      pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
+      pNew->eOperator = (operatorMask(pDup->op) + eExtraOp) & opMask;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
+  ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements.  For example:
+  **
+  **      a BETWEEN b AND c
+  **
+  ** is converted into:
+  **
+  **      (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c)
+  **
+  ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object.
+  ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN
+  ** term.  That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are
+  ** skipped.  Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original
+  ** BETWEEN term is skipped.
+  */
+  else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
+    ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+    int i;
+    static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
+    assert( pList!=0 );
+    assert( pList->nExpr==2 );
+    for(i=0; i<2; i++){
+      Expr *pNewExpr;
+      int idxNew;
+      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], 
+                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0),
+                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0);
+      transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr);
+      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+      testcase( idxNew==0 );
+      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+      pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
+    }
+    pTerm->nChild = 2;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+  /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by
+  ** an OR operator.
+  */
+  else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
+    assert( pWC->op==TK_AND );
+    exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm);
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB
+  ** operator.
+  **
+  ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints
+  **
+  **          x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%'
+  **
+  ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
+  ** termination condition "abd".
+  */
+  if( pWC->op==TK_AND 
+   && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase)
+  ){
+    Expr *pLeft;       /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+    Expr *pStr2;       /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+    Expr *pNewExpr1;
+    Expr *pNewExpr2;
+    int idxNew1;
+    int idxNew2;
+    Token sCollSeqName;  /* Name of collating sequence */
+
+    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+    pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
+    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+      u8 c, *pC;       /* Last character before the first wildcard */
+      pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1];
+      c = *pC;
+      if( noCase ){
+        /* The point is to increment the last character before the first
+        ** wildcard.  But if we increment '@', that will push it into the
+        ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the 
+        ** inequality.  To avoid this, make sure to also run the full
+        ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag
+        */
+        if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0;
+        c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
+      }
+      *pC = c + 1;
+    }
+    sCollSeqName.z = noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY";
+    sCollSeqName.n = 6;
+    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
+    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, 
+           sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr1,&sCollSeqName),
+           pStr1, 0);
+    transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr1, pExpr);
+    idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+    testcase( idxNew1==0 );
+    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
+    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
+    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT,
+           sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr2,&sCollSeqName),
+           pStr2, 0);
+    transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr2, pExpr);
+    idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+    testcase( idxNew2==0 );
+    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+    if( isComplete ){
+      pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm;
+      pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm;
+      pTerm->nChild = 2;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the
+  ** current expression is of the form:  column MATCH expr.
+  ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of
+  ** virtual tables.  The native query optimizer does not attempt
+  ** to do anything with MATCH functions.
+  */
+  if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){
+    int idxNew;
+    Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
+    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
+    Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr;
+
+    pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+    prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight);
+    prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
+    if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
+      Expr *pNewExpr;
+      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, 
+                              0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0);
+      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+      testcase( idxNew==0 );
+      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+      pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
+      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
+      pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+      pTerm->nChild = 1;
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the
+  ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently
+  ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  So construct a
+  ** virtual term of that form.
+  **
+  ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL.  This
+  ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning
+  ** of the loop.  Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at
+  ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned.
+  */
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL
+   && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN
+   && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0
+   && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3)
+  ){
+    Expr *pNewExpr;
+    Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+    int idxNew;
+    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
+
+    pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT,
+                            sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0),
+                            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
+
+    idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr,
+                              TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL);
+    if( idxNew ){
+      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+      pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0;
+      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT;
+      pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+      pTerm->nChild = 1;
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+  /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
+  ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
+  */
+  pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function searches pList for a entry that matches the iCol-th column
+** of index pIdx.
+**
+** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If
+** no expression is found, -1 is returned.
+*/
+static int findIndexCol(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  ExprList *pList,                /* Expression list to search */
+  int iBase,                      /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */
+  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index to match column of */
+  int iCol                        /* Column of index to match */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol];
+
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN
+     && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]
+     && p->iTable==iBase
+    ){
+      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+      if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
+        return i;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument
+** is redundant.
+**
+** A DISTINCT list is redundant if the database contains some subset of
+** columns that are unique and non-null.
+*/
+static int isDistinctRedundant(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* Parsing context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,        /* The FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC,         /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pDistinct       /* The result set that needs to be DISTINCT */
+){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int i;                          
+  int iBase;
+
+  /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of
+  ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT 
+  ** clause is redundant. */
+  if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
+  iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor;
+  pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
+
+  /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return 
+  ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
+  ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes
+  ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if:
+  **
+  **   1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and
+  **
+  **   2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct
+  **      list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X",
+  **      where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the
+  **      comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index.
+  **
+  **   3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not
+  **      contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint.
+  */
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( pIdx->onError==OE_None ) continue;
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
+      i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+      if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){
+        int iIdxCol = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i);
+        if( iIdxCol<0 || pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull==0 ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( i==pIdx->nKeyCol ){
+      /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2.
+*/
+static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){
+  LogEst x = sqlite3LogEst(N);
+  return x>33 ? x - 33 : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info
+** structure.  Used for testing and debugging only.  If neither
+** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
+** are no-ops.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED)
+static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aConstraint[i].iColumn,
+       p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset,
+       p->aConstraint[i].op,
+       p->aConstraint[i].usable);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<p->nOrderBy; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn,
+       p->aOrderBy[i].desc);
+  }
+}
+static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex,
+       p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit);
+  }
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedRows=%lld\n", p->estimatedRows);
+}
+#else
+#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
+#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it
+** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate
+** index existed.
+*/
+static int termCanDriveIndex(
+  WhereTerm *pTerm,              /* WHERE clause term to check */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,     /* Table we are trying to access */
+  Bitmask notReady               /* Tables in outer loops of the join */
+){
+  char aff;
+  if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0;
+  if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ) return 0;
+  if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0;
+  if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0;
+  aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity;
+  if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+/*
+** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index
+** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator
+** makes use of the automatic index.
+*/
+static void constructAutomaticIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */
+  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel          /* Write new index here */
+){
+  int nKeyCol;                /* Number of columns in the constructed index */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;           /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+  WhereTerm *pWCEnd;          /* End of pWC->a[] */
+  Index *pIdx;                /* Object describing the transient index */
+  Vdbe *v;                    /* Prepared statement under construction */
+  int addrInit;               /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */
+  Table *pTable;              /* The table being indexed */
+  int addrTop;                /* Top of the index fill loop */
+  int regRecord;              /* Register holding an index record */
+  int n;                      /* Column counter */
+  int i;                      /* Loop counter */
+  int mxBitCol;               /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */
+  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to on a column */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;           /* The Loop object */
+  char *zNotUsed;             /* Extra space on the end of pIdx */
+  Bitmask idxCols;            /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */
+  Bitmask extraCols;          /* Bitmap of additional columns */
+  u8 sentWarning = 0;         /* True if a warnning has been issued */
+
+  /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the
+  ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  addrInit = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+  /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index
+  ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */
+  nKeyCol = 0;
+  pTable = pSrc->pTab;
+  pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
+  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+  idxCols = 0;
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
+      testcase( iCol==BMS );
+      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+      if( !sentWarning ){
+        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX,
+            "automatic index on %s(%s)", pTable->zName,
+            pTable->aCol[iCol].zName);
+        sentWarning = 1;
+      }
+      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
+        if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pLoop, nKeyCol+1) ) return;
+        pLoop->aLTerm[nKeyCol++] = pTerm;
+        idxCols |= cMask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  assert( nKeyCol>0 );
+  pLoop->u.btree.nEq = pLoop->nLTerm = nKeyCol;
+  pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED
+                     | WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
+
+  /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a
+  ** covering index.  A "covering index" is an index that contains all
+  ** columns that are needed by the query.  With a covering index, the
+  ** original table never needs to be accessed.  Automatic indices must
+  ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the
+  ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used
+  ** if they go out of sync.
+  */
+  extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | MASKBIT(BMS-1));
+  mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol;
+  testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 );
+  testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 );
+  for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
+    if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ) nKeyCol++;
+  }
+  if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){
+    nKeyCol += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1;
+  }
+  pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+
+  /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */
+  pIdx = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(pParse->db, nKeyCol+1, 0, &zNotUsed);
+  if( pIdx==0 ) return;
+  pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx;
+  pIdx->zName = "auto-index";
+  pIdx->pTable = pTable;
+  n = 0;
+  idxCols = 0;
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
+      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+      testcase( iCol==BMS );
+      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
+        Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+        idxCols |= cMask;
+        pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+        pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+        pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY";
+        n++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq );
+
+  /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into
+  ** a covering index */
+  for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
+    if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ){
+      pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
+      pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){
+    for(i=BMS-1; i<pTable->nCol; i++){
+      pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
+      pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( n==nKeyCol );
+  pIdx->aiColumn[n] = -1;
+  pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
+
+  /* Create the automatic index */
+  assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 );
+  pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nKeyCol+1);
+  sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
+  VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName));
+
+  /* Fill the automatic index with content */
+  addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+  
+  /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the 
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure
+** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  WhereClause *pWC,
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,
+  ExprList *pOrderBy
+){
+  int i, j;
+  int nTerm;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
+  struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int nOrderBy;
+  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
+
+  /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
+  ** to this virtual table */
+  for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
+    assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL );
+    if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
+    nTerm++;
+  }
+
+  /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
+  ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
+  ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
+  */
+  nOrderBy = 0;
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    int n = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+      Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+      if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
+    }
+    if( i==n){
+      nOrderBy = n;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure
+  */
+  pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
+                           + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
+                           + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
+  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the structure.  The sqlite3_index_info structure contains
+  ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
+  ** changing them.  We have to do some funky casting in order to
+  ** initialize those fields.
+  */
+  pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
+  pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
+  pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
+  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
+  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
+                                                                   pUsage;
+
+  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+    u8 op;
+    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
+    assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL );
+    if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
+    pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+    pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
+    op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL;
+    if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ;
+    pIdxCons[j].op = op;
+    /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
+    ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
+    ** following asserts verify this fact. */
+    assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
+    assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
+    assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
+    assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
+    assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
+    assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
+    assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
+    j++;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
+    pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+  }
+
+  return pIdxInfo;
+}
+
+/*
+** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function
+** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex()
+** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info object that
+** comes in as the 3rd argument to this function.
+**
+** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a
+** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output
+** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated.
+**
+** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the
+** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates
+** that this is required.
+*/
+static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab;
+  int i;
+  int rc;
+
+  TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p);
+  rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p);
+  TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
+  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+    if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+          "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pParse->nErr;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an
+** index.  Store the results in aStat as follows:
+**
+**    aStat[0]      Est. number of rows less than pVal
+**    aStat[1]      Est. number of rows equal to pVal
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+*/
+static void whereKeyStats(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* Database connection */
+  Index *pIdx,                /* Index to consider domain of */
+  UnpackedRecord *pRec,       /* Vector of values to consider */
+  int roundUp,                /* Round up if true.  Round down if false */
+  tRowcnt *aStat              /* OUT: stats written here */
+){
+  IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
+  int iCol;                   /* Index of required stats in anEq[] etc. */
+  int iMin = 0;               /* Smallest sample not yet tested */
+  int i = pIdx->nSample;      /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */
+  int iTest;                  /* Next sample to test */
+  int res;                    /* Result of comparison operation */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER( pParse );
+#endif
+  assert( pRec!=0 );
+  iCol = pRec->nField - 1;
+  assert( pIdx->nSample>0 );
+  assert( pRec->nField>0 && iCol<pIdx->nSampleCol );
+  do{
+    iTest = (iMin+i)/2;
+    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iTest].n, aSample[iTest].p, pRec, 0);
+    if( res<0 ){
+      iMin = iTest+1;
+    }else{
+      i = iTest;
+    }
+  }while( res && iMin<i );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The following assert statements check that the binary search code
+  ** above found the right answer. This block serves no purpose other
+  ** than to invoke the asserts.  */
+  if( res==0 ){
+    /* If (res==0) is true, then sample $i must be equal to pRec */
+    assert( i<pIdx->nSample );
+    assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0)
+         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+  }else{
+    /* Otherwise, pRec must be smaller than sample $i and larger than
+    ** sample ($i-1).  */
+    assert( i==pIdx->nSample 
+         || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0)>0
+         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    assert( i==0
+         || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec, 0)<0
+         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+  }
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+  /* At this point, aSample[i] is the first sample that is greater than
+  ** or equal to pVal.  Or if i==pIdx->nSample, then all samples are less
+  ** than pVal.  If aSample[i]==pVal, then res==0.
+  */
+  if( res==0 ){
+    aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
+    aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
+  }else{
+    tRowcnt iLower, iUpper, iGap;
+    if( i==0 ){
+      iLower = 0;
+      iUpper = aSample[0].anLt[iCol];
+    }else{
+      i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]);
+      iUpper = i>=pIdx->nSample ? nRow0 : aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
+      iLower = aSample[i-1].anEq[iCol] + aSample[i-1].anLt[iCol];
+    }
+    aStat[1] = (pIdx->nKeyCol>iCol ? pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] : 1);
+    if( iLower>=iUpper ){
+      iGap = 0;
+    }else{
+      iGap = iUpper - iLower;
+    }
+    if( roundUp ){
+      iGap = (iGap*2)/3;
+    }else{
+      iGap = iGap/3;
+    }
+    aStat[0] = iLower + iGap;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+/*
+** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower
+** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated 
+** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number
+** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account.
+**
+** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term,
+** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of
+** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term
+** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25.
+*/
+static LogEst whereRangeAdjust(WhereTerm *pTerm, LogEst nNew){
+  LogEst nRet = nNew;
+  if( pTerm ){
+    if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){
+      nRet += pTerm->truthProb;
+    }else if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){
+      nRet -= 20;        assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) );
+    }
+  }
+  return nRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited
+** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper
+** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper
+** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For
+** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a):
+**
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
+**                    |_____|   |_____|
+**                       |         |
+**                     pLower    pUpper
+**
+** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in
+** place of the corresponding WhereTerm.
+**
+** The value in (pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq) is the index of the index
+** column subject to the range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of
+** equality constraints optimized by the proposed index scan. For example,
+** assuming index p is on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is:
+**
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ...
+**
+** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second 
+** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is:
+**
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
+**
+** then nEq is set to 0.
+**
+** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the
+** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without 
+** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, this is the number of 
+** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced)
+** to account for the range contraints pLower and pUpper.
+** 
+** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be
+** used, each range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. 
+** Hence a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of
+** rows visited by a factor of 16.
+*/
+static int whereRangeScanEst(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+  WhereTerm *pLower,   /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */
+  WhereTerm *pUpper,   /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop     /* Modify the .nOut and maybe .rRun fields */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nOut = pLoop->nOut;
+  LogEst nNew;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+  Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+  int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
+
+  if( p->nSample>0
+   && nEq==pBuilder->nRecValid
+   && nEq<p->nSampleCol
+   && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Stat3) 
+  ){
+    UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec;
+    tRowcnt a[2];
+    u8 aff;
+
+    /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in 
+    ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The
+    ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the
+    ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most
+    ** columns of the index, and $L is the value in pLower.
+    **
+    ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it
+    ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the
+    ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even
+    ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and 
+    ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values used.
+    **
+    ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows
+    ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound
+    ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values
+    ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used.
+    */
+    tRowcnt iLower;
+    tRowcnt iUpper;
+
+    if( nEq==p->nKeyCol ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    }else{
+      aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq]].affinity;
+    }
+    /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */
+    if( nEq==0 ){
+      iLower = 0;
+      iUpper = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]);
+    }else{
+      /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must 
+      ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst().  */
+      whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
+      iLower = a[0];
+      iUpper = a[0] + a[1];
+    }
+
+    /* If possible, improve on the iLower estimate using ($P:$L). */
+    if( pLower ){
+      int bOk;                    /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */
+      Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight;
+      assert( (pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_GE))!=0 );
+      rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){
+        tRowcnt iNew;
+        whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
+        iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & WO_GT) ? a[1] : 0);
+        if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew;
+        nOut--;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */
+    if( pUpper ){
+      int bOk;                    /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */
+      Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight;
+      assert( (pUpper->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE))!=0 );
+      rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){
+        tRowcnt iNew;
+        whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a);
+        iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & WO_LE) ? a[1] : 0);
+        if( iNew<iUpper ) iUpper = iNew;
+        nOut--;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pBuilder->pRec = pRec;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iUpper>iLower ){
+        nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower);
+      }else{
+        nNew = 10;        assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
+      }
+      if( nNew<nOut ){
+        nOut = nNew;
+      }
+      pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut;
+      WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range scan regions: %u..%u  est=%d\n",
+                         (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, nOut));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pBuilder);
+#endif
+  assert( pLower || pUpper );
+  assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
+  nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut);
+  nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew);
+
+  /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit, assume the range is
+  ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended
+  ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the
+  ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to
+  ** match 1/64 of the index. */ 
+  if( pLower && pUpper ) nNew -= 20;
+
+  nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0);
+  if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10;
+  if( nNew<nOut ) nOut = nNew;
+  pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
+** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in
+** the histogram data.  This only works when x is the left-most
+** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available
+** for that index.  When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is
+** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE".
+**
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. 
+** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
+** non-zero.
+**
+** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
+** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
+** for a UTF conversion required for comparison.  The error is stored
+** in the pParse structure.
+*/
+static int whereEqualScanEst(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+  Expr *pExpr,         /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */
+  tRowcnt *pnRow       /* Write the revised row estimate here */
+){
+  Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex;
+  int nEq = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq;
+  UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec;
+  u8 aff;                   /* Column affinity */
+  int rc;                   /* Subfunction return code */
+  tRowcnt a[2];             /* Statistics */
+  int bOk;
+
+  assert( nEq>=1 );
+  assert( nEq<=(p->nKeyCol+1) );
+  assert( p->aSample!=0 );
+  assert( p->nSample>0 );
+  assert( pBuilder->nRecValid<nEq );
+
+  /* If values are not available for all fields of the index to the left
+  ** of this one, no estimate can be made. Return SQLITE_NOTFOUND. */
+  if( pBuilder->nRecValid<(nEq-1) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+  }
+
+  /* This is an optimization only. The call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue()
+  ** below would return the same value.  */
+  if( nEq>p->nKeyCol ){
+    *pnRow = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq-1]].affinity;
+  rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq-1, &bOk);
+  pBuilder->pRec = pRec;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  if( bOk==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+  pBuilder->nRecValid = nEq;
+
+  whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
+  WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions: %d\n", (int)a[1]));
+  *pnRow = a[1];
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+/*
+** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
+** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator
+** is a list of values.  Example:
+**
+**        WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4)
+**
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. 
+** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
+** non-zero.
+**
+** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
+** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
+** for a UTF conversion required for comparison.  The error is stored
+** in the pParse structure.
+*/
+static int whereInScanEst(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+  ExprList *pList,     /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */
+  tRowcnt *pnRow       /* Write the revised row estimate here */
+){
+  Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex;
+  i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]);
+  int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Subfunction return code */
+  tRowcnt nEst;           /* Number of rows for a single term */
+  tRowcnt nRowEst = 0;    /* New estimate of the number of rows */
+  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
+
+  assert( p->aSample!=0 );
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    nEst = nRow0;
+    rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst);
+    nRowEst += nEst;
+    pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0;
+    *pnRow = nRowEst;
+    WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%g\n", nRowEst));
+  }
+  assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid );
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
+
+/*
+** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
+** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
+** or USING clause of that join.
+**
+** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
+**
+**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
+**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**
+** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
+** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
+** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
+**
+** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
+** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  When terms are satisfied
+** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
+** loop.  We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
+** but joins might run a little slower.  The trick is to disable as much
+** as we can without disabling too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get
+** the wrong answer.  See ticket #813.
+*/
+static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
+  if( pTerm
+      && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0
+      && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
+      && (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0
+  ){
+    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+    if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){
+      WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
+      if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){
+        disableTerm(pLevel, pOther);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff
+** to the n registers starting at base. 
+**
+** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the
+** beginning and end of zAff are ignored.  If all entries in zAff are
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated.
+**
+** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free
+** to modify zAff after this routine returns.
+*/
+static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( zAff==0 ){
+    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( v!=0 );
+
+  /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning
+  ** and end of the affinity string.
+  */
+  while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+    n--;
+    base++;
+    zAff++;
+  }
+  while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+    n--;
+  }
+
+  /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */
+  if( n>0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
+** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...).   pTerm is the term to be 
+** coded.
+**
+** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg.
+**
+** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its
+** result is left on the stack.  For constraints of the form X IN (...)
+** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
+*/
+static int codeEqualityTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm,   /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The level of the FROM clause we are working on */
+  int iEq,            /* Index of the equality term within this level */
+  int bRev,           /* True for reverse-order IN operations */
+  int iTarget         /* Attempt to leave results in this register */
+){
+  Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int iReg;                  /* Register holding results */
+
+  assert( iTarget>0 );
+  if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){
+    iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget);
+  }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    iReg = iTarget;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  }else{
+    int eType;
+    int iTab;
+    struct InLoop *pIn;
+    WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+
+    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0
+      && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0
+      && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->aSortOrder[iEq]
+    ){
+      testcase( iEq==0 );
+      testcase( bRev );
+      bRev = !bRev;
+    }
+    assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
+    iReg = iTarget;
+    eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0);
+    if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){
+      testcase( bRev );
+      bRev = !bRev;
+    }
+    iTab = pX->iTable;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, !bRev);
+    assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 );
+    pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_ABLE;
+    if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){
+      pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    }
+    pLevel->u.in.nIn++;
+    pLevel->u.in.aInLoop =
+       sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop,
+                              sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn);
+    pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop;
+    if( pIn ){
+      pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1;
+      pIn->iCur = iTab;
+      if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
+        pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg);
+      }else{
+        pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg);
+      }
+      pIn->eEndLoopOp = bRev ? OP_PrevIfOpen : OP_NextIfOpen;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }else{
+      pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+  return iReg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
+** index scan.
+**
+** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
+** Suppose the WHERE clause is this:  a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
+** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
+** example, the third "c" value is an inequality.  So only two 
+** constraints are coded.  This routine will generate code to evaluate
+** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3).  The current values for a and b will be stored
+** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned.
+**
+** In the example above nEq==2.  But this subroutine works for any value
+** of nEq including 0.  If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
+** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and
+** compute the affinity string.
+**
+** The nExtraReg parameter is 0 or 1.  It is 0 if all WHERE clause constraints
+** are == or IN and are covered by the nEq.  nExtraReg is 1 if there is
+** an inequality constraint (such as the "c>=5 AND c<10" in the example) that
+** occurs after the nEq quality constraints.
+**
+** This routine allocates a range of nEq+nExtraReg memory cells and returns
+** the index of the first memory cell in that range. The code that
+** calls this routine will use that memory range to store keys for
+** start and termination conditions of the loop.
+** key value of the loop.  If one or more IN operators appear, then
+** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
+** use.
+**
+** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a
+** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using
+** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated
+** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b);
+**   SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b;
+**
+** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since
+** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity,
+** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of
+** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity
+** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE.
+*/
+static int codeAllEqualityTerms(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel,   /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
+  int bRev,             /* Reverse the order of IN operators */
+  int nExtraReg,        /* Number of extra registers to allocate */
+  char **pzAff          /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */
+){
+  u16 nEq;                      /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
+  u16 nSkip;                    /* Number of left-most columns to skip */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The vm under construction */
+  Index *pIdx;                  /* The index being used for this loop */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single constraint term */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;             /* The WhereLoop object */
+  int j;                        /* Loop counter */
+  int regBase;                  /* Base register */
+  int nReg;                     /* Number of registers to allocate */
+  char *zAff;                   /* Affinity string to return */
+
+  /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */
+  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+  assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
+  nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
+  nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip;
+  pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+  assert( pIdx!=0 );
+
+  /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
+  */
+  regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
+  nReg = pLoop->u.btree.nEq + nExtraReg;
+  pParse->nMem += nReg;
+
+  zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx));
+  if( !zAff ){
+    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+
+  if( nSkip ){
+    int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (bRev?OP_Last:OP_Rewind), iIdxCur);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+    VdbeComment((v, "begin skip-scan on %s", pIdx->zName));
+    j = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+    pLevel->addrSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, (bRev?OP_SeekLT:OP_SeekGT),
+                            iIdxCur, 0, regBase, nSkip);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j);
+    for(j=0; j<nSkip; j++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, j, regBase+j);
+      assert( pIdx->aiColumn[j]>=0 );
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->pTable->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName));
+    }
+  }    
+
+  /* Evaluate the equality constraints
+  */
+  assert( zAff==0 || (int)strlen(zAff)>=nEq );
+  for(j=nSkip; j<nEq; j++){
+    int r1;
+    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
+    assert( pTerm!=0 );
+    /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. 
+    ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */
+    testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 );
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+    r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, regBase+j);
+    if( r1!=regBase+j ){
+      if( nReg==1 ){
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase);
+        regBase = r1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
+      }
+    }
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
+    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
+      Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
+      if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+      if( zAff ){
+        if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+          zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+        if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){
+          zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *pzAff = zAff;
+  return regBase;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below
+**
+** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term
+** at a time.  This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression.
+** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent
+** terms only.
+*/
+static void explainAppendTerm(
+  StrAccum *pStr,             /* The text expression being built */
+  int iTerm,                  /* Index of this term.  First is zero */
+  const char *zColumn,        /* Name of the column */
+  const char *zOp             /* Name of the operator */
+){
+  if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5);
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pStr, zColumn);
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1);
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This 
+** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description
+** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an
+** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned.
+**
+** For example, if the query:
+**
+**   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2;
+**
+** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a
+** string similar to:
+**
+**   "a=? AND b>?"
+**
+** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc().
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is
+** no longer required.
+*/
+static char *explainIndexRange(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pLoop, Table *pTab){
+  Index *pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+  u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
+  u16 nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip;
+  int i, j;
+  Column *aCol = pTab->aCol;
+  i16 *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn;
+  StrAccum txt;
+
+  if( nEq==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+  txt.db = db;
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2);
+  for(i=0; i<nEq; i++){
+    char *z = (i==pIndex->nKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[i]].zName;
+    if( i>=nSkip ){
+      explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "=");
+    }else{
+      if( i ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " AND ", 5);
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, "ANY(", 4);
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&txt, z);
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  j = i;
+  if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+    char *z = (j==pIndex->nKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName;
+    explainAppendTerm(&txt, i++, z, ">");
+  }
+  if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+    char *z = (j==pIndex->nKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName;
+    explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "<");
+  }
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1);
+  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&txt);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
+** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single
+** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in 
+** pLevel.
+*/
+static void explainOneScan(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,              /* Table list this loop refers to */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel,             /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Value for "level" column of output */
+  int iFrom,                      /* Value for "from" column of output */
+  u16 wctrlFlags                  /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pParse->explain==2 )
+#endif
+  {
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* VM being constructed */
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;     /* Database handle */
+    char *zMsg;                   /* Text to add to EQP output */
+    int iId = pParse->iSelectId;  /* Select id (left-most output column) */
+    int isSearch;                 /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */
+    WhereLoop *pLoop;             /* The controlling WhereLoop object */
+    u32 flags;                    /* Flags that describe this loop */
+
+    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+    flags = pLoop->wsFlags;
+    if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return;
+
+    isSearch = (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0
+            || ((flags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && (pLoop->u.btree.nEq>0))
+            || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX));
+
+    zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN");
+    if( pItem->pSelect ){
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId);
+    }else{
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName);
+    }
+
+    if( pItem->zAlias ){
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias);
+    }
+    if( (flags & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0
+     && ALWAYS(pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0)
+    ){
+      const char *zFmt;
+      Index *pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+      char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLoop, pItem->pTab);
+      assert( !(flags&WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) || (flags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY) );
+      if( !HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
+        zFmt = zWhere ? "%s USING PRIMARY KEY%.0s%s" : "%s%.0s%s";
+      }else if( flags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX ){
+        zFmt = "%s USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX%.0s%s";
+      }else if( flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
+        zFmt = "%s USING COVERING INDEX %s%s";
+      }else{
+        zFmt = "%s USING INDEX %s%s";
+      }
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, zFmt, zMsg, pIdx->zName, zWhere);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+    }else if( (flags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (flags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 ){
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg);
+
+      if( flags&(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg);
+      }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid<?)", zMsg);
+      }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>?)", zMsg);
+      }else if( ALWAYS(flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid<?)", zMsg);
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg,
+                  pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr);
+    }
+#endif
+    zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s", zMsg);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
+** implementation described by pWInfo.
+*/
+static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart(
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo,   /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
+  int iLevel,          /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
+  Bitmask notReady     /* Which tables are currently available */
+){
+  int j, k;            /* Loop counters */
+  int iCur;            /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
+  int addrNxt;         /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
+  int omitTable;       /* True if we use the index only */
+  int bRev;            /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;  /* The where level to be coded */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;    /* The WhereLoop object being coded */
+  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;               /* A WHERE clause term */
+  Parse *pParse;                  /* Parsing context */
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
+  Vdbe *v;                        /* The prepared stmt under constructions */
+  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* FROM clause term being coded */
+  int addrBrk;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int addrCont;                   /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */
+  int iRowidReg = 0;        /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */
+  int iReleaseReg = 0;      /* Temp register to free before returning */
+
+  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel];
+  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+  pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+  iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+  pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur);
+  bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1;
+  omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 
+           && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0;
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName));
+
+  /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
+  ** for the current loop.  Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop.
+  ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
+  ** loop.
+  **
+  ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that
+  ** means to continue with the next IN value combination.  When
+  ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label
+  ** is the same as "addrBrk".
+  */
+  addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
+  ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
+  ** row of the left table of the join.
+  */
+  if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+    pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+    VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
+  }
+
+  /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */
+  if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine ){
+    int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub);
+    pLevel->p2 =  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regYield, addrBrk);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName));
+    pLevel->op = OP_Goto;
+  }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if(  (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+    /* Case 1:  The table is a virtual-table.  Use the VFilter and VNext
+    **          to access the data.
+    */
+    int iReg;   /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
+    int addrNotFound;
+    int nConstraint = pLoop->nLTerm;
+
+    sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+    iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
+    addrNotFound = pLevel->addrBrk;
+    for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){
+      int iTarget = iReg+j+2;
+      pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
+      if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
+      if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
+        codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, iTarget);
+        addrNotFound = pLevel->addrNxt;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTerm->pExpr->pRight, iTarget);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, iReg);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nConstraint, iReg+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrNotFound, iReg,
+                      pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr,
+                      pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+    for(j=0; j<nConstraint && j<16; j++){
+      if( (pLoop->u.vtab.omitMask>>j)&1 ){
+        disableTerm(pLevel, pLoop->aLTerm[j]);
+      }
+    }
+    pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
+    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
+    sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+  if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0
+   && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))!=0
+  ){
+    /* Case 2:  We can directly reference a single row using an
+    **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
+    **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
+    **          construct.
+    */
+    assert( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==1 );
+    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
+    assert( pTerm!=0 );
+    assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
+    assert( omitTable==0 );
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+    iReleaseReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+    iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, bRev, iReleaseReg);
+    if( iRowidReg!=iReleaseReg ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg);
+    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, iRowidReg, 1);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+    VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+    pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+  }else if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0
+         && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE)!=0
+  ){
+    /* Case 3:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
+    */
+    int testOp = OP_Noop;
+    int start;
+    int memEndValue = 0;
+    WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
+
+    assert( omitTable==0 );
+    j = 0;
+    pStart = pEnd = 0;
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ) pStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ) pEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+    assert( pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0 );
+    if( bRev ){
+      pTerm = pStart;
+      pStart = pEnd;
+      pEnd = pTerm;
+    }
+    if( pStart ){
+      Expr *pX;             /* The expression that defines the start bound */
+      int r1, rTemp;        /* Registers for holding the start boundary */
+
+      /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding 
+      ** seek opcodes.  It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx
+      */
+      const u8 aMoveOp[] = {
+           /* TK_GT */  OP_SeekGT,
+           /* TK_LE */  OP_SeekLE,
+           /* TK_LT */  OP_SeekLT,
+           /* TK_GE */  OP_SeekGE
+      };
+      assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 );      /* Make sure the ordering.. */
+      assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );      /*  ... of the TK_xx values... */
+      assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 );      /*  ... is correcct. */
+
+      assert( (pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
+      testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+      pX = pStart->pExpr;
+      assert( pX!=0 );
+      testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GT);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LE);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LT);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GE);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp);
+      disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+    }
+    if( pEnd ){
+      Expr *pX;
+      pX = pEnd->pExpr;
+      assert( pX!=0 );
+      assert( (pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
+      testcase( pEnd->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* Transitive constraints */
+      testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+      memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue);
+      if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
+        testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
+      }else{
+        testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
+      }
+      disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
+    }
+    start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+    pLevel->p2 = start;
+    assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
+    if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+      iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Le);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Lt);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Ge);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Gt);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    }
+  }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
+    /* Case 4: A scan using an index.
+    **
+    **         The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality 
+    **         terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
+    **         left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
+    **         inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
+    **         column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only 
+    **         the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
+    **         use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the 
+    **         index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all 
+    **         optimized:
+    **
+    **            x=5
+    **            x=5 AND y=10
+    **            x=5 AND y<10
+    **            x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
+    **            x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
+    **
+    **         The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
+    **         the x=5 term:
+    **
+    **            x=5 AND z<10
+    **
+    **         N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
+    **         If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
+    **         least one.
+    **
+    **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
+    **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
+    **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
+    */  
+    static const u8 aStartOp[] = {
+      0,
+      0,
+      OP_Rewind,           /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq &&  !bRev) */
+      OP_Last,             /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq &&   bRev) */
+      OP_SeekGT,           /* 4: (start_constraints  && !startEq && !bRev) */
+      OP_SeekLT,           /* 5: (start_constraints  && !startEq &&  bRev) */
+      OP_SeekGE,           /* 6: (start_constraints  &&  startEq && !bRev) */
+      OP_SeekLE            /* 7: (start_constraints  &&  startEq &&  bRev) */
+    };
+    static const u8 aEndOp[] = {
+      OP_IdxGE,            /* 0: (end_constraints && !bRev && !endEq) */
+      OP_IdxGT,            /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev &&  endEq) */
+      OP_IdxLE,            /* 2: (end_constraints &&  bRev && !endEq) */
+      OP_IdxLT,            /* 3: (end_constraints &&  bRev &&  endEq) */
+    };
+    u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;     /* Number of == or IN terms */
+    int regBase;                 /* Base register holding constraint values */
+    WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0;  /* Inequality constraint at range start */
+    WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0;    /* Inequality constraint at range end */
+    int startEq;                 /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
+    int endEq;                   /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
+    int start_constraints;       /* Start of range is constrained */
+    int nConstraint;             /* Number of constraint terms */
+    Index *pIdx;                 /* The index we will be using */
+    int iIdxCur;                 /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
+    int nExtraReg = 0;           /* Number of extra registers needed */
+    int op;                      /* Instruction opcode */
+    char *zStartAff;             /* Affinity for start of range constraint */
+    char cEndAff = 0;            /* Affinity for end of range constraint */
+    u8 bSeekPastNull = 0;        /* True to seek past initial nulls */
+    u8 bStopAtNull = 0;          /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */
+
+    pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+    iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+    assert( nEq>=pLoop->u.btree.nSkip );
+
+    /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that 
+    ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." 
+    ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
+    ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
+    ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
+    ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
+    ** this requires some special handling.
+    */
+    assert( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0
+         || pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr==1
+         || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 );
+    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
+     && pWInfo->nOBSat>0
+     && (pIdx->nKeyCol>nEq)
+    ){
+      assert( pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0 );
+      bSeekPastNull = 1;
+      nExtraReg = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end 
+    ** of the range. 
+    */
+    j = nEq;
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+      pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+      nExtraReg = 1;
+    }
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+      pRangeEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
+      nExtraReg = 1;
+      if( pRangeStart==0
+       && (j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq])>=0 
+       && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0
+      ){
+        bSeekPastNull = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
+
+    /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
+    ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
+    ** starting at regBase.
+    */
+    regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse,pLevel,bRev,nExtraReg,&zStartAff);
+    assert( zStartAff==0 || sqlite3Strlen30(zStartAff)>=nEq );
+    if( zStartAff ) cEndAff = zStartAff[nEq];
+    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
+
+    /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
+    ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the 
+    ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
+    */
+    if( (nEq<pIdx->nKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC))
+     || (bRev && pIdx->nKeyCol==nEq)
+    ){
+      SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
+      SWAP(u8, bSeekPastNull, bStopAtNull);
+    }
+
+    testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
+    testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
+    testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
+    testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
+    startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+    endEq =   !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+    start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
+
+    /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
+    nConstraint = nEq;
+    if( pRangeStart ){
+      Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
+      if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
+       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
+      ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+      if( zStartAff ){
+        if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){
+          /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions
+          ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to 
+          ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE.  */
+          zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+        if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){
+          zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+      }  
+      nConstraint++;
+      testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+    }else if( bSeekPastNull ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
+      nConstraint++;
+      startEq = 0;
+      start_constraints = 1;
+    }
+    codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff);
+    op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
+    assert( op!=0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
+    VdbeCoverage(v);
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind);  testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last);    testcase( op==OP_Last );
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT);  testcase( op==OP_SeekGT );
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE);  testcase( op==OP_SeekGE );
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE);  testcase( op==OP_SeekLE );
+    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT);  testcase( op==OP_SeekLT );
+
+    /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
+    ** range (if any).
+    */
+    nConstraint = nEq;
+    if( pRangeEnd ){
+      Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight;
+      sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
+      if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
+       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
+      ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+      }
+      if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, cEndAff)!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+       && !sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, cEndAff)
+      ){
+        codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1, &cEndAff);
+      }
+      nConstraint++;
+      testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+    }else if( bStopAtNull ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
+      endEq = 0;
+      nConstraint++;
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff);
+
+    /* Top of the loop body */
+    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+
+    /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
+    if( nConstraint ){
+      op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq];
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
+      testcase( op==OP_IdxGT );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT );
+      testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE );
+      testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT );
+      testcase( op==OP_IdxLE );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE );
+    }
+
+    /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
+    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
+    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
+    if( omitTable ){
+      /* pIdx is a covering index.  No need to access the main table. */
+    }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){
+      iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg);  /* Deferred seek */
+    }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){
+      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
+      iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
+      for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
+        k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, iRowidReg+j);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont,
+                           iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
+    }
+
+    /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable 
+    ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
+    */
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){
+      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+    }else if( bRev ){
+      pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
+    }else{
+      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+    }
+    pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
+    pLevel->p3 = (pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)!=0 ? 1:0;
+    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)==0 ){
+      pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+    }else{
+      assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+  if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+    /* Case 5:  Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR
+    **
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **   CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c);
+    **
+    **   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13)
+    **
+    ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR.
+    ** The top of the loop looks like this:
+    **
+    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
+    **
+    ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to
+    ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted
+    ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the
+    ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd().
+    **
+    **        sqlite3WhereBegin(<term>)
+    **          RowSetTest                  # Insert rowid into rowset
+    **          Gosub      2 A
+    **        sqlite3WhereEnd()
+    **
+    ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target
+    ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto.
+    **
+    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
+    **          Goto       B                # The loop is finished.
+    **
+    **       A: <loop body>                 # Return data, whatever.
+    **
+    **          Return     2                # Jump back to the Gosub
+    **
+    **       B: <after the loop>
+    **
+    ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
+    ** use an ephermeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary
+    ** keys of the rows we have already seen.
+    **
+    */
+    WhereClause *pOrWc;    /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
+    SrcList *pOrTab;       /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */
+    Index *pCov = 0;             /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */
+    int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++;  /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */
+
+    int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;           /* Register used with OP_Gosub */
+    int regRowset = 0;                        /* Register for RowSet object */
+    int regRowid = 0;                         /* Register holding rowid */
+    int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Start of loop body */
+    int iRetInit;                             /* Address of regReturn init */
+    int untestedTerms = 0;             /* Some terms not completely tested */
+    int ii;                            /* Loop counter */
+    Expr *pAndExpr = 0;                /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */
+    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+   
+    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
+    assert( pTerm!=0 );
+    assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR );
+    assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
+    pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+    pLevel->op = OP_Return;
+    pLevel->p1 = regReturn;
+
+    /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned
+    ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots.
+    ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin().
+    */
+    if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){
+      int nNotReady;                 /* The number of notReady tables */
+      struct SrcList_item *origSrc;     /* Original list of tables */
+      nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1;
+      pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db,
+                            sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0]));
+      if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady;
+      pOrTab->nAlloc = (u8)(nNotReady + 1);
+      pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc;
+      memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem));
+      origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
+      for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){
+        memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k]));
+      }
+    }else{
+      pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is 
+    ** equivalent to an empty rowset.  Or, create an ephermeral index
+    ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID.
+    **
+    ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction 
+    ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
+    ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
+    ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the 
+    ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to 
+    ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if
+    ** called on an uninitialized cursor.
+    */
+    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
+      if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+        regRowset = ++pParse->nMem;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset);
+      }else{
+        Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+        regRowset = pParse->nTab++;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
+      }
+      regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+    }
+    iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn);
+
+    /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form:  (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y
+    ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z
+    ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will
+    ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below.
+    **
+    ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is
+    ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the
+    ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as 
+    ** indices.
+    **
+    ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term
+    ** is not contained in the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN.
+    ** See ticket http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/f2369304e4
+    */
+    if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){
+      int iTerm;
+      for(iTerm=0; iTerm<pWC->nTerm; iTerm++){
+        Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr;
+        if( &pWC->a[iTerm] == pTerm ) continue;
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue;
+        testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO );
+        testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+        if( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & (TERM_ORINFO|TERM_VIRTUAL) ) continue;
+        if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue;
+        pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+        pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAndExpr, pExpr);
+      }
+      if( pAndExpr ){
+        pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND, 0, pAndExpr, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause.  After
+    ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each
+    ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine.
+    */
+    for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){
+      WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
+      if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
+        WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;           /* Info for single OR-term scan */
+        Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */
+        int j1 = 0;                     /* Address of jump operation */
+        if( pAndExpr && !ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+          pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr;
+          pOrExpr = pAndExpr;
+        }
+        /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
+        pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0,
+                        WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE | WHERE_AND_ONLY |
+                        WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY, iCovCur);
+        assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed );
+        if( pSubWInfo ){
+          WhereLoop *pSubLoop;
+          explainOneScan(
+              pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
+          );
+          /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body.  First skip over
+          ** duplicate rows from prior sub-WHERE clauses, and record the
+          ** rowid (or PRIMARY KEY) for the current row so that the same
+          ** row will be skipped in subsequent sub-WHERE clauses.
+          */
+          if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
+            int r;
+            int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii);
+            if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+              r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, regRowid, 0);
+              j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, 0, r,iSet);
+              VdbeCoverage(v);
+            }else{
+              Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+              int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+              int iPk;
+
+              /* Read the PK into an array of temp registers. */
+              r = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPk);
+              for(iPk=0; iPk<nPk; iPk++){
+                int iCol = pPk->aiColumn[iPk];
+                sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, iCol, iCur, r+iPk, 0);
+              }
+
+              /* Check if the temp table already contains this key. If so,
+              ** the row has already been included in the result set and
+              ** can be ignored (by jumping past the Gosub below). Otherwise,
+              ** insert the key into the temp table and proceed with processing
+              ** the row.
+              **
+              ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet
+              ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in
+              ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no 
+              ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never 
+              ** be tested for.  */ 
+              if( iSet ){
+                j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk);
+                VdbeCoverage(v);
+              }
+              if( iSet>=0 ){
+                sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r, nPk, regRowid);
+                sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, regRowset, regRowid, 0);
+                if( iSet ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+              }
+
+              /* Release the array of temp registers */
+              sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r, nPk);
+            }
+          }
+
+          /* Invoke the main loop body as a subroutine */
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody);
+
+          /* Jump here (skipping the main loop body subroutine) if the
+          ** current sub-WHERE row is a duplicate from prior sub-WHEREs. */
+          if( j1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+
+          /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term
+          ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table.  The
+          ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will
+          ** need to be tested later.
+          */
+          if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1;
+
+          /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same
+          ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number
+          ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may
+          ** be possible to use that index as a covering index.
+          **
+          ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that
+          ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term
+          ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous
+          ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set 
+          ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will 
+          ** be available.
+          */
+          pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop;
+          assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 );
+          if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
+           && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov)
+           && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex))
+          ){
+            assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur );
+            pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+          }else{
+            pCov = 0;
+          }
+
+          /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
+          sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov;
+    if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur;
+    if( pAndExpr ){
+      pAndExpr->pLeft = 0;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pAndExpr);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody);
+
+    if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(db, pOrTab);
+    if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+  {
+    /* Case 6:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
+    **          scan of the entire table.
+    */
+    static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev };
+    static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last };
+    assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 );
+    if( pTabItem->isRecursive ){
+      /* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in
+      ** a pseudo-cursor.  No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */
+      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+    }else{
+      pLevel->op = aStep[bRev];
+      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
+      pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
+  ** computed using the current set of tables.
+  */
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
+    Expr *pE;
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){
+      testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0
+               && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 );
+      pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1;
+      continue;
+    }
+    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+    assert( pE!=0 );
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+  }
+
+  /* Insert code to test for implied constraints based on transitivity
+  ** of the "==" operator.
+  **
+  ** Example: If the WHERE clause contains "t1.a=t2.b" and "t2.b=123"
+  ** and we are coding the t1 loop and the t2 loop has not yet coded,
+  ** then we cannot use the "t1.a=t2.b" constraint, but we can code
+  ** the implied "t1.a=123" constraint.
+  */
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
+    Expr *pE, *pEAlt;
+    WhereTerm *pAlt;
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->eOperator!=(WO_EQUIV|WO_EQ) ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->leftCursor!=iCur ) continue;
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ) continue;
+    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) );
+    assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 );
+    pAlt = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
+    if( pAlt==0 ) continue;
+    if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ );
+    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN );
+    VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint"));
+    pEAlt = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pEAlt));
+    if( pEAlt ){
+      *pEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr;
+      pEAlt->pLeft = pE->pLeft;
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      sqlite3StackFree(db, pEAlt);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
+  ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
+  */
+  if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+    pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+    VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
+    sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+    for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
+      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+      if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){
+        assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms );
+        continue;
+      }
+      assert( pTerm->pExpr );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pLevel->notReady;
+}
+
+#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+/*
+** Generate "Explanation" text for a WhereTerm.
+*/
+static void whereExplainTerm(Vdbe *v, WhereTerm *pTerm){
+  char zType[4];
+  memcpy(zType, "...", 4);
+  if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) zType[0] = 'V';
+  if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV  ) zType[1] = 'E';
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) zType[2] = 'L';
+  sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "%s ", zType);
+  sqlite3ExplainExpr(v, pTerm->pExpr);
+}
+#endif /* WHERETRACE_ENABLED && SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN */
+
+
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+/*
+** Print a WhereLoop object for debugging purposes
+*/
+static void whereLoopPrint(WhereLoop *p, WhereClause *pWC){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;
+  int nb = 1+(pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc+7)/8;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab;
+  Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId,
+                     p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s",
+                     pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName);
+  if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
+     const char *zName;
+     if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){
+      if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){
+        int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1;
+        while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--;
+        zName += i;
+      }
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("%20s","");
+    }
+  }else{
+    char *z;
+    if( p->u.vtab.idxStr ){
+      z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,\"%s\",%x)",
+                p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
+    }else{
+      z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z);
+    sqlite3_free(z);
+  }
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %04x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN
+  /* If the 0x100 bit of wheretracing is set, then show all of the constraint
+  ** expressions in the WhereLoop.aLTerm[] array.
+  */
+  if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){  /* WHERETRACE 0x100 */
+    int i;
+    Vdbe *v = pWInfo->pParse->pVdbe;
+    sqlite3ExplainBegin(v);
+    for(i=0; i<p->nLTerm; i++){
+      WhereTerm *pTerm = p->aLTerm[i];
+      if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "  (%d) #%-2d ", i+1, (int)(pTerm-pWC->a));
+      sqlite3ExplainPush(v);
+      whereExplainTerm(v, pTerm);
+      sqlite3ExplainPop(v);
+      sqlite3ExplainNL(v);
+    }
+    sqlite3ExplainFinish(v);
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", sqlite3VdbeExplanation(v));
+  }
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed
+** to whereLoopClear harmlessly.
+*/
+static void whereLoopInit(WhereLoop *p){
+  p->aLTerm = p->aLTermSpace;
+  p->nLTerm = 0;
+  p->nLSlot = ArraySize(p->aLTermSpace);
+  p->wsFlags = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the WhereLoop.u union.  Leave WhereLoop.pLTerm intact.
+*/
+static void whereLoopClearUnion(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
+  if( p->wsFlags & (WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) ){
+    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 && p->u.vtab.needFree ){
+      sqlite3_free(p->u.vtab.idxStr);
+      p->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+      p->u.vtab.idxStr = 0;
+    }else if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && p->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex->zColAff);
+      sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->u.btree.pIndex->pKeyInfo);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex);
+      p->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object
+*/
+static void whereLoopClear(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
+  if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm);
+  whereLoopClearUnion(db, p);
+  whereLoopInit(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Increase the memory allocation for pLoop->aLTerm[] to be at least n.
+*/
+static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p, int n){
+  WhereTerm **paNew;
+  if( p->nLSlot>=n ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  n = (n+7)&~7;
+  paNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*n);
+  if( paNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memcpy(paNew, p->aLTerm, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*p->nLSlot);
+  if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm);
+  p->aLTerm = paNew;
+  p->nLSlot = n;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer content from the second pLoop into the first.
+*/
+static int whereLoopXfer(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pTo, WhereLoop *pFrom){
+  whereLoopClearUnion(db, pTo);
+  if( whereLoopResize(db, pTo, pFrom->nLTerm) ){
+    memset(&pTo->u, 0, sizeof(pTo->u));
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ);
+  memcpy(pTo->aLTerm, pFrom->aLTerm, pTo->nLTerm*sizeof(pTo->aLTerm[0]));
+  if( pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){
+    pFrom->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+  }else if( (pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){
+    pFrom->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a WhereLoop object
+*/
+static void whereLoopDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
+  whereLoopClear(db, p);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a WhereInfo structure
+*/
+static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){
+    whereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC);
+    while( pWInfo->pLoops ){
+      WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops;
+      pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop;
+      whereLoopDelete(db, p);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if both of the following are true:
+**
+**   (1)  X has the same or lower cost that Y
+**   (2)  X is a proper subset of Y
+**
+** By "proper subset" we mean that X uses fewer WHERE clause terms
+** than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is also used
+** by Y.
+**
+** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought
+** to have a lower cost.  This routine returns TRUE when that cost 
+** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted.
+*/
+static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(
+  const WhereLoop *pX,       /* First WhereLoop to compare */
+  const WhereLoop *pY        /* Compare against this WhereLoop */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  if( pX->nLTerm >= pY->nLTerm ) return 0; /* X is not a subset of Y */
+  if( pX->rRun >= pY->rRun ){
+    if( pX->rRun > pY->rRun ) return 0;    /* X costs more than Y */
+    if( pX->nOut > pY->nOut ) return 0;    /* X costs more than Y */
+  }
+  for(i=pX->nLTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
+    for(j=pY->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
+      if( pY->aLTerm[j]==pX->aLTerm[i] ) break;
+    }
+    if( j<0 ) return 0;  /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */
+  }
+  return 1;  /* All conditions meet */
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to adjust the cost of WhereLoop pTemplate upwards or downwards so
+** that:
+**
+**   (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper
+**       subset of pTemplate
+**
+**   (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate
+**       is a proper subset.
+**
+** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer
+** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is
+** also used by Y.
+**
+** This adjustment is omitted for SKIPSCAN loops.  In a SKIPSCAN loop, the
+** WhereLoop.nLTerm field is not an accurate measure of the number of WHERE
+** clause terms covered, since some of the first nLTerm entries in aLTerm[]
+** will be NULL (because they are skipped).  That makes it more difficult
+** to compare the loops.  We could add extra code to do the comparison, and
+** perhaps we will someday.  But SKIPSCAN is sufficiently uncommon, and this
+** adjustment is sufficient minor, that it is very difficult to construct
+** a test case where the extra code would improve the query plan.  Better
+** to avoid the added complexity and just omit cost adjustments to SKIPSCAN
+** loops.
+*/
+static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){
+  if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) return;
+  if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) return;
+  for(; p; p=p->pNextLoop){
+    if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue;
+    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue;
+    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) continue;
+    if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){
+      /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its 
+      ** subset p */
+      pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun;
+      pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut - 1;
+    }else if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(pTemplate, p) ){
+      /* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since
+      ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */
+      pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun;
+      pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut + 1;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be
+** supplanted by pTemplate.
+**
+** Return NULL if the WhereLoop list contains an entry that can supplant
+** pTemplate, in other words if pTemplate does not belong on the list.
+**
+** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can supplant, then return the
+** link that points to pX.
+**
+** If pTemplate cannot supplant any existing element of the list but needs
+** to be added to the list, then return a pointer to the tail of the list.
+*/
+static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser(
+  WhereLoop **ppPrev,
+  const WhereLoop *pTemplate
+){
+  WhereLoop *p;
+  for(p=(*ppPrev); p; ppPrev=&p->pNextLoop, p=*ppPrev){
+    if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab || p->iSortIdx!=pTemplate->iSortIdx ){
+      /* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different
+      ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately.  Neither is
+      ** a candidate to replace the other. */
+      continue;
+    }
+    /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero
+    ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN
+    ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */
+    assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 
+                 || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup );
+
+    /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index
+    ** case first.  Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger
+    ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */
+    assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup );
+
+    /* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be
+    ** discarded.  WhereLoop p is better if:
+    **   (1)  p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and
+    **   (2)  p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate
+    */
+    if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==p->prereq    /* (1)  */
+     && p->rSetup<=pTemplate->rSetup                  /* (2a) */
+     && p->rRun<=pTemplate->rRun                      /* (2b) */
+     && p->nOut<=pTemplate->nOut                      /* (2c) */
+    ){
+      return 0;  /* Discard pTemplate */
+    }
+
+    /* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten
+    ** with pTemplate.  pTemplate is better than p if:
+    **   (1)  pTemplate has no more dependences than p, and
+    **   (2)  pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p.
+    */
+    if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq   /* (1)  */
+     && p->rRun>=pTemplate->rRun                             /* (2a) */
+     && p->nOut>=pTemplate->nOut                             /* (2b) */
+    ){
+      assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* SETUP-INVARIANT above */
+      break;   /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */
+    }
+  }
+  return ppPrev;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert or replace a WhereLoop entry using the template supplied.
+**
+** An existing WhereLoop entry might be overwritten if the new template
+** is better and has fewer dependencies.  Or the template will be ignored
+** and no insert will occur if an existing WhereLoop is faster and has
+** fewer dependencies than the template.  Otherwise a new WhereLoop is
+** added based on the template.
+**
+** If pBuilder->pOrSet is not NULL then we care about only the
+** prerequisites and rRun and nOut costs of the N best loops.  That
+** information is gathered in the pBuilder->pOrSet object.  This special
+** processing mode is used only for OR clause processing.
+**
+** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we
+** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the
+** new template is better.  Loops may be overwritten if the following 
+** conditions are met:
+**
+**    (1)  They have the same iTab.
+**    (2)  They have the same iSortIdx.
+**    (3)  The template has same or fewer dependencies than the current loop
+**    (4)  The template has the same or lower cost than the current loop
+*/
+static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){
+  WhereLoop **ppPrev, *p;
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
+
+  /* If pBuilder->pOrSet is defined, then only keep track of the costs
+  ** and prereqs.
+  */
+  if( pBuilder->pOrSet!=0 ){
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+    u16 n = pBuilder->pOrSet->n;
+    int x =
+#endif
+    whereOrInsert(pBuilder->pOrSet, pTemplate->prereq, pTemplate->rRun,
+                                    pTemplate->nOut);
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+    if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf(x?"   or-%d:  ":"   or-X:  ", n);
+      whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
+    }
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Look for an existing WhereLoop to replace with pTemplate
+  */
+  whereLoopAdjustCost(pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate);
+  ppPrev = whereLoopFindLesser(&pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate);
+
+  if( ppPrev==0 ){
+    /* There already exists a WhereLoop on the list that is better
+    ** than pTemplate, so just ignore pTemplate */
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+    if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-noop: ");
+      whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
+    }
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_OK;  
+  }else{
+    p = *ppPrev;
+  }
+
+  /* If we reach this point it means that either p[] should be overwritten
+  ** with pTemplate[] if p[] exists, or if p==NULL then allocate a new
+  ** WhereLoop and insert it.
+  */
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+  if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+    if( p!=0 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-del:  ");
+      whereLoopPrint(p, pBuilder->pWC);
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-new:  ");
+    whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( p==0 ){
+    /* Allocate a new WhereLoop to add to the end of the list */
+    *ppPrev = p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(WhereLoop));
+    if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    whereLoopInit(p);
+    p->pNextLoop = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* We will be overwriting WhereLoop p[].  But before we do, first
+    ** go through the rest of the list and delete any other entries besides
+    ** p[] that are also supplated by pTemplate */
+    WhereLoop **ppTail = &p->pNextLoop;
+    WhereLoop *pToDel;
+    while( *ppTail ){
+      ppTail = whereLoopFindLesser(ppTail, pTemplate);
+      if( NEVER(ppTail==0) ) break;
+      pToDel = *ppTail;
+      if( pToDel==0 ) break;
+      *ppTail = pToDel->pNextLoop;
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
+      if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-del: ");
+        whereLoopPrint(pToDel, pBuilder->pWC);
+      }
+#endif
+      whereLoopDelete(db, pToDel);
+    }
+  }
+  whereLoopXfer(db, p, pTemplate);
+  if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
+    Index *pIndex = p->u.btree.pIndex;
+    if( pIndex && pIndex->tnum==0 ){
+      p->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the
+** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an
+** index.
+**
+** In the current implementation, the first extra WHERE clause term reduces
+** the number of output rows by a factor of 10 and each additional term
+** reduces the number of output rows by sqrt(2).
+*/
+static void whereLoopOutputAdjust(WhereClause *pWC, WhereLoop *pLoop){
+  WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX;
+  Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf);
+  int i, j;
+
+  if( !OptimizationEnabled(pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_AdjustOutEst) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){
+    if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break;
+    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue;
+    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue;
+    for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
+      pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
+      if( pX==0 ) continue;
+      if( pX==pTerm ) break;
+      if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break;
+    }
+    if( j<0 ){
+      pLoop->nOut += (pTerm->truthProb<=0 ? pTerm->truthProb : -1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the 
+** index pIndex. Try to match one more.
+**
+** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the 
+** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq 
+** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this 
+** function returns.
+**
+** If pProbe->tnum==0, that means pIndex is a fake index used for the
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,     /* The WhereLoop factory */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,      /* FROM clause term being analyzed */
+  Index *pProbe,                  /* An index on pSrc */
+  LogEst nInMul                   /* log(Number of iterations due to IN) */
+){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;  /* WHERE analyse context */
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;        /* Parsing context */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database connection malloc context */
+  WhereLoop *pNew;                /* Template WhereLoop under construction */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;               /* A WhereTerm under consideration */
+  int opMask;                     /* Valid operators for constraints */
+  WhereScan scan;                 /* Iterator for WHERE terms */
+  Bitmask saved_prereq;           /* Original value of pNew->prereq */
+  u16 saved_nLTerm;               /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */
+  u16 saved_nEq;                  /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */
+  u16 saved_nSkip;                /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nSkip */
+  u32 saved_wsFlags;              /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */
+  LogEst saved_nOut;              /* Original value of pNew->nOut */
+  int iCol;                       /* Index of the column in the table */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  LogEst rLogSize;                /* Logarithm of table size */
+  WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */
+
+  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
+  assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 );
+  if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+    opMask = WO_LT|WO_LE;
+  }else if( pProbe->tnum<=0 || (pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+    opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE;
+  }else{
+    opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE;
+  }
+  if( pProbe->bUnordered ) opMask &= ~(WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE);
+
+  assert( pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nKeyCol );
+  if( pNew->u.btree.nEq < pProbe->nKeyCol ){
+    iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[pNew->u.btree.nEq];
+  }else{
+    iCol = -1;
+  }
+  pTerm = whereScanInit(&scan, pBuilder->pWC, pSrc->iCursor, iCol,
+                        opMask, pProbe);
+  saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq;
+  saved_nSkip = pNew->u.btree.nSkip;
+  saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm;
+  saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags;
+  saved_prereq = pNew->prereq;
+  saved_nOut = pNew->nOut;
+  pNew->rSetup = 0;
+  rLogSize = estLog(pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]);
+
+  /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints
+  ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average
+  ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. 
+  **
+  ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
+  ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
+  ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of
+  ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. 
+  ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly
+  ** more expensive.  */
+  assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) );
+  if( pTerm==0
+   && saved_nEq==saved_nSkip
+   && saved_nEq+1<pProbe->nKeyCol
+   && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42  /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */
+   && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK
+  ){
+    LogEst nIter;
+    pNew->u.btree.nEq++;
+    pNew->u.btree.nSkip++;
+    pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0;
+    pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN;
+    nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1];
+    pNew->nOut -= nIter;
+    whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul);
+    pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+  }
+  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){
+    u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator;   /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */
+    LogEst rCostIdx;
+    LogEst nOutUnadjusted;        /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */
+    int nIn = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid;
+#endif
+    if( (eOp==WO_ISNULL || (pTerm->wtFlags&TERM_VNULL)!=0)
+     && (iCol<0 || pSrc->pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull)
+    ){
+      continue; /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */
+    }
+    if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue;
+
+    pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
+    pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
+    pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm;
+    if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */
+    pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTerm;
+    pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf;
+
+    assert( nInMul==0
+        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 
+        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 
+        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 
+    );
+
+    if( eOp & WO_IN ){
+      Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        /* "x IN (SELECT ...)":  TUNING: the SELECT returns 25 rows */
+        nIn = 46;  assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) );
+      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){
+        /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */
+        nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr);
+      }
+      assert( nIn>0 );  /* RHS always has 2 or more terms...  The parser
+                        ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */
+
+    }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ) ){
+      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
+      if( iCol<0 || (nInMul==0 && pNew->u.btree.nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){
+        if( iCol>=0 && pProbe->onError==OE_None ){
+          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED;
+        }else{
+          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
+        }
+      }
+    }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
+      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
+    }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){
+      testcase( eOp & WO_GT );
+      testcase( eOp & WO_GE );
+      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
+      pBtm = pTerm;
+      pTop = 0;
+    }else{
+      assert( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) );
+      testcase( eOp & WO_LT );
+      testcase( eOp & WO_LE );
+      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
+      pTop = pTerm;
+      pBtm = (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0 ?
+                     pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm-2] : 0;
+    }
+
+    /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to
+    ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the
+    ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all 
+    ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates
+    ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul).  */
+    assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
+    if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
+      /* Adjust nOut using stat3/stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat3/stat4
+      ** data, using some other estimate.  */
+      whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew);
+    }else{
+      int nEq = ++pNew->u.btree.nEq;
+      assert( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_EQ|WO_IN) );
+
+      assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
+      if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 && iCol>=0 ){
+        assert( (eOp & WO_IN) || nIn==0 );
+        testcase( eOp & WO_IN );
+        pNew->nOut += pTerm->truthProb;
+        pNew->nOut -= nIn;
+      }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+        tRowcnt nOut = 0;
+        if( nInMul==0 
+         && pProbe->nSample 
+         && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol
+         && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3) 
+         && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect))
+        ){
+          Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+          if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0 ){
+            testcase( eOp & WO_EQ );
+            testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL );
+            rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut);
+          }else{
+            rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut);
+          }
+          assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nOut>0 );
+          if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;          /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */
+          if( nOut ){
+            pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut);
+            if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+            pNew->nOut -= nIn;
+          }
+        }
+        if( nOut==0 )
+#endif
+        {
+          pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]);
+          if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
+            /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a 
+            ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows 
+            ** as (col=?). */
+            pNew->nOut += 10;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set rCostIdx to the cost of visiting selected rows in index. Add
+    ** it to pNew->rRun, which is currently set to the cost of the index
+    ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of
+    ** visiting the rows in the main table.  */
+    rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow;
+    pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx);
+    if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){
+      pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16);
+    }
+
+    nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut;
+    pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn;
+    pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn;
+    whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew);
+    rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+
+    if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
+      pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+    }else{
+      pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted;
+    }
+
+    if( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0
+     && pNew->u.btree.nEq<(pProbe->nKeyCol + (pProbe->zName!=0))
+    ){
+      whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nInMul+nIn);
+    }
+    pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid;
+#endif
+  }
+  pNew->prereq = saved_prereq;
+  pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
+  pNew->u.btree.nSkip = saved_nSkip;
+  pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
+  pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
+  pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in
+** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder.
+**
+** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or
+** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that
+** ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+  Index *pIndex,
+  int iCursor
+){
+  ExprList *pOB;
+  int ii, jj;
+
+  if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0;
+  if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0;
+  for(ii=0; ii<pOB->nExpr; ii++){
+    Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr);
+    if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
+    if( pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){
+      for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){
+        if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a bitmask where 1s indicate that the corresponding column of
+** the table is used by an index.  Only the first 63 columns are considered.
+*/
+static Bitmask columnsInIndex(Index *pIdx){
+  Bitmask m = 0;
+  int j;
+  for(j=pIdx->nColumn-1; j>=0; j--){
+    int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+    if( x>=0 ){
+      testcase( x==BMS-1 );
+      testcase( x==BMS-2 );
+      if( x<BMS-1 ) m |= MASKBIT(x);
+    }
+  }
+  return m;
+}
+
+/* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used
+** in the current query.  Return true if it can be and false if not.
+*/
+static int whereUsablePartialIndex(int iTab, WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pWhere){
+  int i;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pTerm->pExpr, pWhere, iTab) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add all WhereLoop objects for a single table of the join where the table
+** is idenfied by pBuilder->pNew->iTab.  That table is guaranteed to be
+** a b-tree table, not a virtual table.
+**
+** The costs (WhereLoop.rRun) of the b-tree loops added by this function
+** are calculated as follows:
+**
+** For a full scan, assuming the table (or index) contains nRow rows:
+**
+**     cost = nRow * 3.0                    // full-table scan
+**     cost = nRow * K                      // scan of covering index
+**     cost = nRow * (K+3.0)                // scan of non-covering index
+**
+** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative 
+** estimated average size of the index and table records.
+**
+** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited
+** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on 
+** the index b-tree:
+**
+**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit)          // covering index
+**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit)    // non-covering index
+**
+** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the 
+** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when 
+** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans.
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddBtree(
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */
+  Bitmask mExtra              /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */
+){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;          /* WHERE analysis context */
+  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
+  Index sPk;                  /* A fake index object for the primary key */
+  LogEst aiRowEstPk[2];       /* The aiRowLogEst[] value for the sPk index */
+  i16 aiColumnPk = -1;        /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */
+  SrcList *pTabList;          /* The FROM clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc;  /* The FROM clause btree term to add */
+  WhereLoop *pNew;            /* Template WhereLoop object */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Return code */
+  int iSortIdx = 1;           /* Index number */
+  int b;                      /* A boolean value */
+  LogEst rSize;               /* number of rows in the table */
+  LogEst rLogSize;            /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */
+  WhereClause *pWC;           /* The parsed WHERE clause */
+  Table *pTab;                /* Table being queried */
+  
+  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+  pSrc = pTabList->a + pNew->iTab;
+  pTab = pSrc->pTab;
+  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
+  assert( !IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) );
+
+  if( pSrc->pIndex ){
+    /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */
+    pProbe = pSrc->pIndex;
+  }else if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+    pProbe = pTab->pIndex;
+  }else{
+    /* There is no INDEXED BY clause.  Create a fake Index object in local
+    ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index.  Make this
+    ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real
+    ** indices to follow */
+    Index *pFirst;                  /* First of real indices on the table */
+    memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index));
+    sPk.nKeyCol = 1;
+    sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk;
+    sPk.aiRowLogEst = aiRowEstPk;
+    sPk.onError = OE_Replace;
+    sPk.pTable = pTab;
+    sPk.szIdxRow = pTab->szTabRow;
+    aiRowEstPk[0] = pTab->nRowLogEst;
+    aiRowEstPk[1] = 0;
+    pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
+    if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){
+      /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the
+      ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */
+      sPk.pNext = pFirst;
+    }
+    pProbe = &sPk;
+  }
+  rSize = pTab->nRowLogEst;
+  rLogSize = estLog(rSize);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+  /* Automatic indexes */
+  if( !pBuilder->pOrSet
+   && (pWInfo->pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)!=0
+   && pSrc->pIndex==0
+   && !pSrc->viaCoroutine
+   && !pSrc->notIndexed
+   && HasRowid(pTab)
+   && !pSrc->isCorrelated
+   && !pSrc->isRecursive
+  ){
+    /* Generate auto-index WhereLoops */
+    WhereTerm *pTerm;
+    WhereTerm *pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
+    for(pTerm=pWC->a; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+      if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue;
+      if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, 0) ){
+        pNew->u.btree.nEq = 1;
+        pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0;
+        pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
+        pNew->nLTerm = 1;
+        pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
+        /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is
+        ** approximately 7*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in
+        ** the table being indexed. */
+        pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 28;  assert( 28==sqlite3LogEst(7) );
+        /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table.  This
+        ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way
+        ** of knowning how selective the index will ultimately be.  It would
+        ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */
+        pNew->nOut = 43;  assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) );
+        pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut);
+        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
+        pNew->prereq = mExtra | pTerm->prereqRight;
+        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
+
+  /* Loop over all indices
+  */
+  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext, iSortIdx++){
+    if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0
+     && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pNew->iTab, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){
+      continue;  /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */
+    }
+    rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0];
+    pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0;
+    pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0;
+    pNew->nLTerm = 0;
+    pNew->iSortIdx = 0;
+    pNew->rSetup = 0;
+    pNew->prereq = mExtra;
+    pNew->nOut = rSize;
+    pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe;
+    b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor);
+    /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */
+    assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 );
+    if( pProbe->tnum<=0 ){
+      /* Integer primary key index */
+      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK;
+
+      /* Full table scan */
+      pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
+      /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */
+      pNew->rRun = rSize + 16;
+      whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew);
+      rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+      pNew->nOut = rSize;
+      if( rc ) break;
+    }else{
+      Bitmask m;
+      if( pProbe->isCovering ){
+        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED;
+        m = 0;
+      }else{
+        m = pSrc->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pProbe);
+        pNew->wsFlags = (m==0) ? (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_INDEXED) : WHERE_INDEXED;
+      }
+
+      /* Full scan via index */
+      if( b
+       || !HasRowid(pTab)
+       || ( m==0
+         && pProbe->bUnordered==0
+         && (pProbe->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow)
+         && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0
+         && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis
+         && OptimizationEnabled(pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_CoverIdxScan)
+          )
+      ){
+        pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
+
+        /* The cost of visiting the index rows is N*K, where K is
+        ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the
+        ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan,
+        ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0).  */
+        pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow;
+        if( m!=0 ){
+          pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16);
+        }
+
+        whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew);
+        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+        pNew->nOut = rSize;
+        if( rc ) break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
+    sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(pBuilder->pRec);
+    pBuilder->nRecValid = 0;
+    pBuilder->pRec = 0;
+#endif
+
+    /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is
+    ** considered. */
+    if( pSrc->pIndex ) break;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by
+** pBuilder->pNew->iTab.  That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table.
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddVirtual(
+  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,  /* WHERE clause information */
+  Bitmask mExtra
+){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;           /* WHERE analysis context */
+  Parse *pParse;               /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC;            /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc;   /* The FROM clause term to search */
+  Table *pTab;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int i, j;
+  int iTerm, mxTerm;
+  int nConstraint;
+  int seenIn = 0;              /* True if an IN operator is seen */
+  int seenVar = 0;             /* True if a non-constant constraint is seen */
+  int iPhase;                  /* 0: const w/o IN, 1: const, 2: no IN,  2: IN */
+  WhereLoop *pNew;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
+  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+  pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab];
+  pTab = pSrc->pTab;
+  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+  pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy);
+  if( pIdxInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pNew->prereq = 0;
+  pNew->rSetup = 0;
+  pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
+  pNew->nLTerm = 0;
+  pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+  pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
+  nConstraint = pIdxInfo->nConstraint;
+  if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, nConstraint) ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  for(iPhase=0; iPhase<=3; iPhase++){
+    if( !seenIn && (iPhase&1)!=0 ){
+      iPhase++;
+      if( iPhase>3 ) break;
+    }
+    if( !seenVar && iPhase>1 ) break;
+    pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+    for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
+      j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
+      switch( iPhase ){
+        case 0:    /* Constants without IN operator */
+          pIdxCons->usable = 0;
+          if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){
+            seenIn = 1;
+          }
+          if( pTerm->prereqRight!=0 ){
+            seenVar = 1;
+          }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0 ){
+            pIdxCons->usable = 1;
+          }
+          break;
+        case 1:    /* Constants with IN operators */
+          assert( seenIn );
+          pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight==0);
+          break;
+        case 2:    /* Variables without IN */
+          assert( seenVar );
+          pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0;
+          break;
+        default:   /* Variables with IN */
+          assert( seenVar && seenIn );
+          pIdxCons->usable = 1;
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+    memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
+    if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
+    pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
+    pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
+    pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
+    pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
+    pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / (double)2;
+    pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 25;
+    rc = vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo);
+    if( rc ) goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit;
+    pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+    pNew->prereq = mExtra;
+    mxTerm = -1;
+    assert( pNew->nLSlot>=nConstraint );
+    for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++) pNew->aLTerm[i] = 0;
+    pNew->u.vtab.omitMask = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
+      if( (iTerm = pUsage[i].argvIndex - 1)>=0 ){
+        j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
+        if( iTerm>=nConstraint
+         || j<0
+         || j>=pWC->nTerm
+         || pNew->aLTerm[iTerm]!=0
+        ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s.xBestIndex() malfunction", pTab->zName);
+          goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit;
+        }
+        testcase( iTerm==nConstraint-1 );
+        testcase( j==0 );
+        testcase( j==pWC->nTerm-1 );
+        pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
+        pNew->prereq |= pTerm->prereqRight;
+        assert( iTerm<pNew->nLSlot );
+        pNew->aLTerm[iTerm] = pTerm;
+        if( iTerm>mxTerm ) mxTerm = iTerm;
+        testcase( iTerm==15 );
+        testcase( iTerm==16 );
+        if( iTerm<16 && pUsage[i].omit ) pNew->u.vtab.omitMask |= 1<<iTerm;
+        if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){
+          if( pUsage[i].omit==0 ){
+            /* Do not attempt to use an IN constraint if the virtual table
+            ** says that the equivalent EQ constraint cannot be safely omitted.
+            ** If we do attempt to use such a constraint, some rows might be
+            ** repeated in the output. */
+            break;
+          }
+          /* A virtual table that is constrained by an IN clause may not
+          ** consume the ORDER BY clause because (1) the order of IN terms
+          ** is not necessarily related to the order of output terms and
+          ** (2) Multiple outputs from a single IN value will not merge
+          ** together.  */
+          pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( i>=nConstraint ){
+      pNew->nLTerm = mxTerm+1;
+      assert( pNew->nLTerm<=pNew->nLSlot );
+      pNew->u.vtab.idxNum = pIdxInfo->idxNum;
+      pNew->u.vtab.needFree = pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr;
+      pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
+      pNew->u.vtab.idxStr = pIdxInfo->idxStr;
+      pNew->u.vtab.isOrdered = (i8)(pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ?
+                                      pIdxInfo->nOrderBy : 0);
+      pNew->rSetup = 0;
+      pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(pIdxInfo->estimatedCost);
+      pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(pIdxInfo->estimatedRows);
+      whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+      if( pNew->u.vtab.needFree ){
+        sqlite3_free(pNew->u.vtab.idxStr);
+        pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }  
+
+whereLoopAddVtab_exit:
+  if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** Add WhereLoop entries to handle OR terms.  This works for either
+** btrees or virtual tables.
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddOr(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, Bitmask mExtra){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  WhereClause *pWC;
+  WhereLoop *pNew;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm, *pWCEnd;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iCur;
+  WhereClause tempWC;
+  WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild;
+  WhereOrSet sSum, sCur;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  
+  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
+  if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_AND_ONLY ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
+  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+  memset(&sSum, 0, sizeof(sSum));
+  pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + pNew->iTab;
+  iCur = pItem->iCursor;
+
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd && rc==SQLITE_OK; pTerm++){
+    if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0
+     && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 
+    ){
+      WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+      WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm];
+      WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
+      int once = 1;
+      int i, j;
+    
+      sSubBuild = *pBuilder;
+      sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0;
+      sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur;
+
+      for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerm<pOrWCEnd; pOrTerm++){
+        if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
+          sSubBuild.pWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc;
+        }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){
+          tempWC.pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;
+          tempWC.pOuter = pWC;
+          tempWC.op = TK_AND;
+          tempWC.nTerm = 1;
+          tempWC.a = pOrTerm;
+          sSubBuild.pWC = &tempWC;
+        }else{
+          continue;
+        }
+        sCur.n = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+        if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){
+          rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(&sSubBuild, mExtra);
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          rc = whereLoopAddBtree(&sSubBuild, mExtra);
+        }
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || sCur.n==0 );
+        if( sCur.n==0 ){
+          sSum.n = 0;
+          break;
+        }else if( once ){
+          whereOrMove(&sSum, &sCur);
+          once = 0;
+        }else{
+          WhereOrSet sPrev;
+          whereOrMove(&sPrev, &sSum);
+          sSum.n = 0;
+          for(i=0; i<sPrev.n; i++){
+            for(j=0; j<sCur.n; j++){
+              whereOrInsert(&sSum, sPrev.a[i].prereq | sCur.a[j].prereq,
+                            sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].rRun, sCur.a[j].rRun),
+                            sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].nOut, sCur.a[j].nOut));
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      pNew->nLTerm = 1;
+      pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
+      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR;
+      pNew->rSetup = 0;
+      pNew->iSortIdx = 0;
+      memset(&pNew->u, 0, sizeof(pNew->u));
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<sSum.n; i++){
+        /* TUNING: Currently sSum.a[i].rRun is set to the sum of the costs
+        ** of all sub-scans required by the OR-scan. However, due to rounding
+        ** errors, it may be that the cost of the OR-scan is equal to its
+        ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty 
+        ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that 
+        ** this does not happen. Otherwise, for WHERE clauses such as the
+        ** following where there is an index on "y":
+        **
+        **     WHERE likelihood(x=?, 0.99) OR y=?
+        **
+        ** the planner may elect to "OR" together a full-table scan and an
+        ** index lookup. And other similarly odd results.  */
+        pNew->rRun = sSum.a[i].rRun + 1;
+        pNew->nOut = sSum.a[i].nOut;
+        pNew->prereq = sSum.a[i].prereq;
+        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables 
+*/
+static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  Bitmask mExtra = 0;
+  Bitmask mPrior = 0;
+  int iTab;
+  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
+  int nTabList = pWInfo->nLevel;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 priorJoinType = 0;
+  WhereLoop *pNew;
+
+  /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */
+  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
+  whereLoopInit(pNew);
+  for(iTab=0, pItem=pTabList->a; iTab<nTabList; iTab++, pItem++){
+    pNew->iTab = iTab;
+    pNew->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor);
+    if( ((pItem->jointype|priorJoinType) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){
+      mExtra = mPrior;
+    }
+    priorJoinType = pItem->jointype;
+    if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){
+      rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(pBuilder, mExtra);
+    }else{
+      rc = whereLoopAddBtree(pBuilder, mExtra);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = whereLoopAddOr(pBuilder, mExtra);
+    }
+    mPrior |= pNew->maskSelf;
+    if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) break;
+  }
+  whereLoopClear(db, pNew);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 5th
+** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY
+** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation.  Return N:
+** 
+**   N>0:   N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
+**   N==0:  No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
+**   N<0:   Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.   
+**
+** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as
+** strict.  With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that
+** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another.  GROUP BY
+** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long
+** as equivelent rows are grouped together.  Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT
+** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order.  With ORDER BY, the 
+** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order.
+*/
+static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo,    /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */
+  WherePath *pPath,     /* The WherePath to check */
+  u16 wctrlFlags,       /* Might contain WHERE_GROUPBY or WHERE_DISTINCTBY */
+  u16 nLoop,            /* Number of entries in pPath->aLoop[] */
+  WhereLoop *pLast,     /* Add this WhereLoop to the end of pPath->aLoop[] */
+  Bitmask *pRevMask     /* OUT: Mask of WhereLoops to run in reverse order */
+){
+  u8 revSet;            /* True if rev is known */
+  u8 rev;               /* Composite sort order */
+  u8 revIdx;            /* Index sort order */
+  u8 isOrderDistinct;   /* All prior WhereLoops are order-distinct */
+  u8 distinctColumns;   /* True if the loop has UNIQUE NOT NULL columns */
+  u8 isMatch;           /* iColumn matches a term of the ORDER BY clause */
+  u16 nKeyCol;          /* Number of key columns in pIndex */
+  u16 nColumn;          /* Total number of ordered columns in the index */
+  u16 nOrderBy;         /* Number terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  int iLoop;            /* Index of WhereLoop in pPath being processed */
+  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
+  int iCur;             /* Cursor number for current WhereLoop */
+  int iColumn;          /* A column number within table iCur */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop = 0; /* Current WhereLoop being processed. */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;     /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+  Expr *pOBExpr;        /* An expression from the ORDER BY clause */
+  CollSeq *pColl;       /* COLLATE function from an ORDER BY clause term */
+  Index *pIndex;        /* The index associated with pLoop */
+  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;  /* Database connection */
+  Bitmask obSat = 0;    /* Mask of ORDER BY terms satisfied so far */
+  Bitmask obDone;       /* Mask of all ORDER BY terms */
+  Bitmask orderDistinctMask;  /* Mask of all well-ordered loops */
+  Bitmask ready;              /* Mask of inner loops */
+
+  /*
+  ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one
+  ** row of output.  A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true:
+  **  (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ.
+  **  (b) The index is unique
+  ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row.
+  ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags.
+  **
+  ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from
+  ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every
+  ** row of the WhereLoop.  Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically
+  ** order-distinct.   A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause
+  ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being
+  ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that 
+  ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct.
+  ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL.
+  **
+  ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the
+  ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is
+  ** automatically order-distinct.
+  */
+
+  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
+  if( nLoop && OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin) ) return 0;
+
+  nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  testcase( nOrderBy==BMS-1 );
+  if( nOrderBy>BMS-1 ) return 0;  /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */
+  isOrderDistinct = 1;
+  obDone = MASKBIT(nOrderBy)-1;
+  orderDistinctMask = 0;
+  ready = 0;
+  for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat<obDone && iLoop<=nLoop; iLoop++){
+    if( iLoop>0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf;
+    pLoop = iLoop<nLoop ? pPath->aLoop[iLoop] : pLast;
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){
+      if( pLoop->u.vtab.isOrdered ) obSat = obDone;
+      break;
+    }
+    iCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].iCursor;
+
+    /* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of
+    ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE
+    ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer
+    ** loops.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+      if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
+      pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+      if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue;
+      if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue;
+      pTerm = findTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn,
+                       ~ready, WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL, 0);
+      if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
+      if( (pTerm->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
+        const char *z1, *z2;
+        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+        z1 = pColl->zName;
+        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pTerm->pExpr);
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+        z2 = pColl->zName;
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)!=0 ) continue;
+      }
+      obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
+    }
+
+    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){
+      if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ){
+        pIndex = 0;
+        nKeyCol = 0;
+        nColumn = 1;
+      }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){
+        return 0;
+      }else{
+        nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol;
+        nColumn = pIndex->nColumn;
+        assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) );
+        assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==(-1) || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable));
+        isOrderDistinct = pIndex->onError!=OE_None;
+      }
+
+      /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones
+      ** that are not constrained by == or IN.
+      */
+      rev = revSet = 0;
+      distinctColumns = 0;
+      for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){
+        u8 bOnce;   /* True to run the ORDER BY search loop */
+
+        /* Skip over == and IS NULL terms */
+        if( j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq
+         && pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0
+         && ((i = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator) & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0
+        ){
+          if( i & WO_ISNULL ){
+            testcase( isOrderDistinct );
+            isOrderDistinct = 0;
+          }
+          continue;  
+        }
+
+        /* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order
+        ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index.
+        */
+        if( pIndex ){
+          iColumn = pIndex->aiColumn[j];
+          revIdx = pIndex->aSortOrder[j];
+          if( iColumn==pIndex->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = -1;
+        }else{
+          iColumn = -1;
+          revIdx = 0;
+        }
+
+        /* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this
+        ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered
+        */
+        if( isOrderDistinct
+         && iColumn>=0
+         && j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq
+         && pIndex->pTable->aCol[iColumn].notNull==0
+        ){
+          isOrderDistinct = 0;
+        }
+
+        /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column
+        ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off 
+        */
+        bOnce = 1;
+        isMatch = 0;
+        for(i=0; bOnce && i<nOrderBy; i++){
+          if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
+          pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+          testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY );
+          testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY );
+          if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0;
+          if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue;
+          if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue;
+          if( pOBExpr->iColumn!=iColumn ) continue;
+          if( iColumn>=0 ){
+            pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+            if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+            if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIndex->azColl[j])!=0 ) continue;
+          }
+          isMatch = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+        if( isMatch && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY)==0 ){
+          /* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause.
+          ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */
+          if( revSet ){
+            if( (rev ^ revIdx)!=pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder ) isMatch = 0;
+          }else{
+            rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+            if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop);
+            revSet = 1;
+          }
+        }
+        if( isMatch ){
+          if( iColumn<0 ){
+            testcase( distinctColumns==0 );
+            distinctColumns = 1;
+          }
+          obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
+        }else{
+          /* No match found */
+          if( j==0 || j<nKeyCol ){
+            testcase( isOrderDistinct!=0 );
+            isOrderDistinct = 0;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      } /* end Loop over all index columns */
+      if( distinctColumns ){
+        testcase( isOrderDistinct==0 );
+        isOrderDistinct = 1;
+      }
+    } /* end-if not one-row */
+
+    /* Mark off any other ORDER BY terms that reference pLoop */
+    if( isOrderDistinct ){
+      orderDistinctMask |= pLoop->maskSelf;
+      for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+        Expr *p;
+        Bitmask mTerm;
+        if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
+        p = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+        mTerm = exprTableUsage(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,p);
+        if( mTerm==0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p) ) continue;
+        if( (mTerm&~orderDistinctMask)==0 ){
+          obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */
+  if( obSat==obDone ) return (i8)nOrderBy;
+  if( !isOrderDistinct ){
+    for(i=nOrderBy-1; i>0; i--){
+      Bitmask m = MASKBIT(i) - 1;
+      if( (obSat&m)==m ) return i;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in the mask passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(),
+** the planner assumes that the specified pOrderBy list is actually a GROUP
+** BY clause - and so any order that groups rows as required satisfies the
+** request.
+**
+** Normally, in this case it is not possible for the caller to determine
+** whether or not the rows are really being delivered in sorted order, or
+** just in some other order that provides the required grouping. However,
+** if the WHERE_SORTBYGROUP flag is also passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), then
+** this function may be called on the returned WhereInfo object. It returns
+** true if the rows really will be sorted in the specified order, or false
+** otherwise.
+**
+** For example, assuming:
+**
+**   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(x, Y);
+**
+** then
+**
+**   SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY x,y ORDER BY x,y;   -- IsSorted()==1
+**   SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY y,x ORDER BY y,x;   -- IsSorted()==0
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY );
+  assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP );
+  return pWInfo->sorted;
+}
+
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+/* For debugging use only: */
+static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){
+  static char zName[65];
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nLoop; i++){ zName[i] = pPath->aLoop[i]->cId; }
+  if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId;
+  zName[i] = 0;
+  return zName;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine
+** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop
+** once.  This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields.
+**
+** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted
+** will be nRowEst (in the 10*log2 representation).  Or, ignore sorting
+** costs if nRowEst==0.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM of a memory allocation
+** error occurs.
+*/
+static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){
+  int mxChoice;             /* Maximum number of simultaneous paths tracked */
+  int nLoop;                /* Number of terms in the join */
+  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing context */
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection */
+  int iLoop;                /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */
+  int ii, jj;               /* Loop counters */
+  int mxI = 0;              /* Index of next entry to replace */
+  int nOrderBy;             /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */
+  LogEst rCost;             /* Cost of a path */
+  LogEst nOut;              /* Number of outputs */
+  LogEst mxCost = 0;        /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */
+  LogEst mxOut = 0;         /* Maximum nOut value on the set of paths */
+  int nTo, nFrom;           /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */
+  WherePath *aFrom;         /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */
+  WherePath *aTo;           /* The nTo best paths at the current level */
+  WherePath *pFrom;         /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */
+  WherePath *pTo;           /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */
+  WhereLoop *pWLoop;        /* One of the WhereLoop objects */
+  WhereLoop **pX;           /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */
+  char *pSpace;             /* Temporary memory used by this routine */
+
+  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel;
+  /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked.
+  ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed.
+  ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */
+  mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10);
+  assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc );
+  WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver\n"));
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo and aFrom */
+  ii = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2;
+  pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, ii);
+  if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace;
+  aFrom = aTo+mxChoice;
+  memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0]));
+  pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice);
+  for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){
+    pFrom->aLoop = pX;
+  }
+
+  /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops.
+  **
+  ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 25.  If the cost
+  ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 25
+  ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */
+  aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 46);  assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) );
+  nFrom = 1;
+
+  /* Precompute the cost of sorting the final result set, if the caller
+  ** to sqlite3WhereBegin() was concerned about sorting */
+  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){
+    aFrom[0].isOrdered = 0;
+    nOrderBy = 0;
+  }else{
+    aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : 1;
+    nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  }
+
+  /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation
+  ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next.  Keep track of the mxChoice
+  ** best paths at each generation */
+  for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){
+    nTo = 0;
+    for(ii=0, pFrom=aFrom; ii<nFrom; ii++, pFrom++){
+      for(pWLoop=pWInfo->pLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){
+        Bitmask maskNew;
+        Bitmask revMask = 0;
+        i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered;
+        if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
+        if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
+        /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. 
+        ** Compute its cost */
+        rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow);
+        rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost, pFrom->rCost);
+        nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut;
+        maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
+        if( isOrdered<0 ){
+          isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo,
+                       pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags,
+                       iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask);
+          if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrdered<nOrderBy ){
+            /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is 
+            ** the number of rows to sort is:
+            **
+            **   cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)).
+            ** 
+            ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y 
+            ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the 
+            ** sorting cost to:
+            **
+            **   cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X)
+            **
+            ** The (Y/X) term is implemented using stack variable rScale
+            ** below.  */
+            LogEst rScale, rSortCost;
+            assert( nOrderBy>0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) );
+            rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-isOrdered)*100/nOrderBy) - 66;
+            rSortCost = nRowEst + estLog(nRowEst) + rScale + 16;
+
+            /* TUNING: The cost of implementing DISTINCT using a B-TREE is
+            ** similar but with a larger constant of proportionality. 
+            ** Multiply by an additional factor of 3.0.  */
+            if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
+              rSortCost += 16;
+            }
+            WHERETRACE(0x002,
+               ("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n",
+                rSortCost, (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, rCost,
+                sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost,rSortCost)));
+            rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost, rSortCost);
+          }
+        }else{
+          revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
+        }
+        /* Check to see if pWLoop should be added to the mxChoice best so far */
+        for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jj<nTo; jj++, pTo++){
+          if( pTo->maskLoop==maskNew
+           && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&80)==0
+           && ((pTo->rCost<=rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut) ||
+                (pTo->rCost>=rCost && pTo->nRow>=nOut))
+          ){
+            testcase( jj==nTo-1 );
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( jj>=nTo ){
+          if( nTo>=mxChoice && rCost>=mxCost ){
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+            if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+              sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip   %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
+                  wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+                  isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+            }
+#endif
+            continue;
+          }
+          /* Add a new Path to the aTo[] set */
+          if( nTo<mxChoice ){
+            /* Increase the size of the aTo set by one */
+            jj = nTo++;
+          }else{
+            /* New path replaces the prior worst to keep count below mxChoice */
+            jj = mxI;
+          }
+          pTo = &aTo[jj];
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+          if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+            sqlite3DebugPrintf("New    %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
+                wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+                isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+          }
+#endif
+        }else{
+          if( pTo->rCost<=rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut ){
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+            if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+              sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+                  "Skip   %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
+                  wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+                  isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+              sqlite3DebugPrintf("   vs %s cost=%-3d,%d order=%c\n",
+                  wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
+                  pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+            }
+#endif
+            testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost );
+            continue;
+          }
+          testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 );
+          /* A new and better score for a previously created equivalent path */
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
+          if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
+            sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+                "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
+                wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
+                isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+            sqlite3DebugPrintf("  was %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
+                wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
+                pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?');
+          }
+#endif
+        }
+        /* pWLoop is a winner.  Add it to the set of best so far */
+        pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
+        pTo->revLoop = revMask;
+        pTo->nRow = nOut;
+        pTo->rCost = rCost;
+        pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered;
+        memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop);
+        pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop;
+        if( nTo>=mxChoice ){
+          mxI = 0;
+          mxCost = aTo[0].rCost;
+          mxOut = aTo[0].nRow;
+          for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jj<mxChoice; jj++, pTo++){
+            if( pTo->rCost>mxCost || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->nRow>mxOut) ){
+              mxCost = pTo->rCost;
+              mxOut = pTo->nRow;
+              mxI = jj;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED  /* >=2 */
+    if( sqlite3WhereTrace>=2 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- after round %d ----\n", iLoop);
+      for(ii=0, pTo=aTo; ii<nTo; ii++, pTo++){
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %s cost=%-3d nrow=%-3d order=%c",
+           wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
+           pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? (pTo->isOrdered+'0') : '?');
+        if( pTo->isOrdered>0 ){
+          sqlite3DebugPrintf(" rev=0x%llx\n", pTo->revLoop);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Swap the roles of aFrom and aTo for the next generation */
+    pFrom = aTo;
+    aTo = aFrom;
+    aFrom = pFrom;
+    nFrom = nTo;
+  }
+
+  if( nFrom==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no query solution");
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Find the lowest cost path.  pFrom will be left pointing to that path */
+  pFrom = aFrom;
+  for(ii=1; ii<nFrom; ii++){
+    if( pFrom->rCost>aFrom[ii].rCost ) pFrom = &aFrom[ii];
+  }
+  assert( pWInfo->nLevel==nLoop );
+  /* Load the lowest cost path into pWInfo */
+  for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){
+    WhereLevel *pLevel = pWInfo->a + iLoop;
+    pLevel->pWLoop = pWLoop = pFrom->aLoop[iLoop];
+    pLevel->iFrom = pWLoop->iTab;
+    pLevel->iTabCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor;
+  }
+  if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)!=0
+   && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY)==0
+   && pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP
+   && nRowEst
+  ){
+    Bitmask notUsed;
+    int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pResultSet, pFrom,
+                 WHERE_DISTINCTBY, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &notUsed);
+    if( rc==pWInfo->pResultSet->nExpr ){
+      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
+    if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){
+      if( pFrom->isOrdered==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){
+        pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered;
+      if( pWInfo->nOBSat<0 ) pWInfo->nOBSat = 0;
+      pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
+    }
+    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP)
+        && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr
+    ){
+      Bitmask notUsed = 0;
+      int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, 
+          pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &notUsed
+      );
+      assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 );
+      pWInfo->sorted = (nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr);
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  pWInfo->nRowOut = pFrom->nRow;
+
+  /* Free temporary memory and return success */
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have
+** simple == constraints against indexed fields.  This routine attempts
+** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the
+** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare()
+** times for the common case.
+**
+** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this
+** no-frills query planner.  Return zero if this query needs the 
+** general-purpose query planner.
+*/
+static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  WhereClause *pWC;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;
+  int iCur;
+  int j;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  
+  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
+  if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE ) return 0;
+  assert( pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc>=1 );
+  pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
+  pTab = pItem->pTab;
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
+  if( pItem->zIndex ) return 0;
+  iCur = pItem->iCursor;
+  pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
+  pLoop = pBuilder->pNew;
+  pLoop->wsFlags = 0;
+  pLoop->u.btree.nSkip = 0;
+  pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ, 0);
+  if( pTerm ){
+    pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_IPK|WHERE_ONEROW;
+    pLoop->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
+    pLoop->nLTerm = 1;
+    pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1;
+    /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */
+    pLoop->rRun = 33;  /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */
+  }else{
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm );
+      assert( ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace)==4 );
+      if( pIdx->onError==OE_None 
+       || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 
+       || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) 
+      ) continue;
+      for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
+        pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j], 0, WO_EQ, pIdx);
+        if( pTerm==0 ) break;
+        pLoop->aLTerm[j] = pTerm;
+      }
+      if( j!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue;
+      pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ONEROW|WHERE_INDEXED;
+      if( pIdx->isCovering || (pItem->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pIdx))==0 ){
+        pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+      }
+      pLoop->nLTerm = j;
+      pLoop->u.btree.nEq = j;
+      pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx;
+      /* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */
+      pLoop->rRun = 39;  /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pLoop->wsFlags ){
+    pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)1;
+    pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop = pLoop;
+    pLoop->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur);
+    pWInfo->a[0].iTabCur = iCur;
+    pWInfo->nRowOut = 1;
+    if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat =  pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr;
+    if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
+      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    pLoop->cId = '0';
+#endif
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
+** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
+** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
+** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
+** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
+**
+** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
+**
+** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
+** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
+** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
+** example, if the SQL is this:
+**
+**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
+**
+** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
+**
+**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
+**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
+**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
+**            ...
+**          end                     \    Code generated
+**        end                        |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
+**      end                         /
+**
+** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
+** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
+** use of indices.  Note also that when the IN operator appears in
+** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
+** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
+**
+** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
+** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
+** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
+** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
+**
+** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
+** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries.  The [...] code
+** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
+** data from the various tables of the loop.
+**
+** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
+** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
+** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
+** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
+** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
+** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
+**
+** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
+** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
+** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
+** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
+** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
+** most loop)
+**
+** OUTER JOINS
+**
+** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
+**
+**    foreach row1 in t1 do
+**      flag = 0
+**      foreach row2 in t2 do
+**        start:
+**          ...
+**          flag = 1
+**      end
+**      if flag==0 then
+**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
+**        goto start
+**      fi
+**    end
+**
+** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
+**
+** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause
+** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement
+** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
+** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL.
+**
+** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index.  If 
+** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index
+** to use for OR clause processing.  The WHERE clause should use this
+** specific cursor.  If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is
+** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices.  iIdxCur should
+** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is
+** used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */
+  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */
+  ExprList *pResultSet, /* Result set of the query */
+  u16 wctrlFlags,       /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
+  int iIdxCur           /* If WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, index cursor number */
+){
+  int nByteWInfo;            /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
+  int nTabList;              /* Number of elements in pTabList */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
+  Bitmask notReady;          /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
+  WhereLoopBuilder sWLB;     /* The WhereLoop builder */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;    /* The expression mask set */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;        /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;          /* Pointer to a single WhereLoop object */
+  int ii;                    /* Loop counter */
+  sqlite3 *db;               /* Database connection */
+  int rc;                    /* Return code */
+
+
+  /* Variable initialization */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  memset(&sWLB, 0, sizeof(sWLB));
+
+  /* An ORDER/GROUP BY clause of more than 63 terms cannot be optimized */
+  testcase( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==BMS-1 );
+  if( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr>=BMS ) pOrderBy = 0;
+  sWLB.pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+
+  /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via
+  ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */
+  if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_DistinctOpt) ){
+    wctrlFlags &= ~WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT;
+  }
+
+  /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
+  ** bits in a Bitmask 
+  */
+  testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS );
+  if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in 
+  ** pTabList.  But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should
+  ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that
+  ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized.
+  */
+  nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc;
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
+  ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo
+  ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure
+  ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte
+  ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on
+  ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below.
+  */
+  nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel));
+  pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereLoop));
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
+    pWInfo = 0;
+    goto whereBeginError;
+  }
+  pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = -1;
+  pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList;
+  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
+  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
+  pWInfo->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  pWInfo->pResultSet = pResultSet;
+  pWInfo->iBreak = pWInfo->iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
+  pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+  pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet;
+  sWLB.pWInfo = pWInfo;
+  sWLB.pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
+  sWLB.pNew = (WhereLoop*)(((char*)pWInfo)+nByteWInfo);
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(sWLB.pNew) );
+  whereLoopInit(sWLB.pNew);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  sWLB.pNew->cId = '*';
+#endif
+
+  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
+  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
+  */
+  initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
+  whereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo);
+  whereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND);
+    
+  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
+  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
+  */
+  for(ii=0; ii<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; ii++){
+    if( nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr) ){
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak,
+                         SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      sWLB.pWC->a[ii].wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Special case: No FROM clause
+  */
+  if( nTabList==0 ){
+    if( pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+    if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
+      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause.
+  **
+  ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be
+  ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then
+  ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term
+  ** is (X-1).   An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use
+  ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table
+  ** of the join.  Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a
+  ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join.  Knowing the bitmask
+  ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important.  Ticket #3015.
+  **
+  ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in
+  ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables.  nTabList is normally
+  ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the
+  ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set.
+  */
+  for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){
+    createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor);
+  }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  {
+    Bitmask toTheLeft = 0;
+    for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){
+      Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor);
+      assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft );
+      toTheLeft |= m;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions.  Note that exprAnalyze() might
+  ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause.  We do not
+  ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
+  ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
+  */
+  exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto whereBeginError;
+  }
+
+  if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
+    if( isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC, pResultSet) ){
+      /* The DISTINCT marking is pointless.  Ignore it. */
+      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
+    }else if( pOrderBy==0 ){
+      /* Try to ORDER BY the result set to make distinct processing easier */
+      pWInfo->wctrlFlags |= WHERE_DISTINCTBY;
+      pWInfo->pOrderBy = pResultSet;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Construct the WhereLoop objects */
+  WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
+  /* Display all terms of the WHERE clause */
+#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+  if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){
+    int i;
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+    sqlite3ExplainBegin(v);
+    for(i=0; i<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; i++){
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "#%-2d ", i);
+      sqlite3ExplainPush(v);
+      whereExplainTerm(v, &sWLB.pWC->a[i]);
+      sqlite3ExplainPop(v);
+      sqlite3ExplainNL(v);
+    }
+    sqlite3ExplainFinish(v);
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", sqlite3VdbeExplanation(v));
+  }
+#endif
+  if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){
+    rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB);
+    if( rc ) goto whereBeginError;
+  
+    /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects if wheretrace is enabled */
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */
+    if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){
+      WhereLoop *p;
+      int i;
+      static char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz"
+                                       "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ";
+      for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){
+        p->cId = zLabel[i%sizeof(zLabel)];
+        whereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  
+    wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0);
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
+    if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
+       wherePathSolver(pWInfo, pWInfo->nRowOut+1);
+       if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){
+     pWInfo->revMask = (Bitmask)(-1);
+  }
+  if( pParse->nErr || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){
+    goto whereBeginError;
+  }
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */
+  if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){
+    int ii;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- Solution nRow=%d", pWInfo->nRowOut);
+    if( pWInfo->nOBSat>0 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ORDERBY=%d,0x%llx", pWInfo->nOBSat, pWInfo->revMask);
+    }
+    switch( pWInfo->eDistinct ){
+      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=unique");
+        break;
+      }
+      case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: {
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=ordered");
+        break;
+      }
+      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED: {
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=unordered");
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+    for(ii=0; ii<pWInfo->nLevel; ii++){
+      whereLoopPrint(pWInfo->a[ii].pWLoop, sWLB.pWC);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not effect the result */
+  if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2
+   && pResultSet!=0
+   && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin)
+  ){
+    Bitmask tabUsed = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pResultSet);
+    if( sWLB.pOrderBy ) tabUsed |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy);
+    while( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 ){
+      WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd;
+      pLoop = pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1].pWLoop;
+      if( (pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) break;
+      if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0
+       && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0
+      ){
+        break;
+      }
+      if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) break;
+      pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm;
+      for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTerm<pEnd; pTerm++){
+        if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0
+         && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
+        ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( pTerm<pEnd ) break;
+      WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("-> drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId));
+      pWInfo->nLevel--;
+      nTabList--;
+    }
+  }
+  WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
+  pWInfo->pParse->nQueryLoop += pWInfo->nRowOut;
+
+  /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting
+  ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate.
+  ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constrains
+  ** the statement to update a single row.
+  */
+  assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
+  if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 
+   && (pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0 ){
+    pWInfo->okOnePass = 1;
+    if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) ){
+      pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
+  ** searching those tables.
+  */
+  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  for(ii=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; ii<nTabList; ii++, pLevel++){
+    Table *pTab;     /* Table to open */
+    int iDb;         /* Index of database containing table/index */
+    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;
+
+    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){
+      /* Do nothing */
+    }else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      /* noop */
+    }else
+#endif
+    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+         && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){
+      int op = OP_OpenRead;
+      if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){
+        op = OP_OpenWrite;
+        pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pTabItem->iCursor;
+      };
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
+      assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur );
+      testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 );
+      testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS );
+      if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol<BMS && HasRowid(pTab) ){
+        Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
+        int n = 0;
+        for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 
+                            SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32);
+        assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+    }
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
+      Index *pIx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+      int iIndexCur;
+      int op = OP_OpenRead;
+      /* iIdxCur is always set if to a positive value if ONEPASS is possible */
+      assert( iIdxCur!=0 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 );
+      if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIx)
+       && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0
+      ){
+        /* This is one term of an OR-optimization using the PRIMARY KEY of a
+        ** WITHOUT ROWID table.  No need for a separate index */
+        iIndexCur = pLevel->iTabCur;
+        op = 0;
+      }else if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){
+        Index *pJ = pTabItem->pTab->pIndex;
+        iIndexCur = iIdxCur;
+        assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED );
+        while( ALWAYS(pJ) && pJ!=pIx ){
+          iIndexCur++;
+          pJ = pJ->pNext;
+        }
+        op = OP_OpenWrite;
+        pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur;
+      }else if( iIdxCur && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ){
+        iIndexCur = iIdxCur;
+      }else{
+        iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++;
+      }
+      pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur;
+      assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      assert( iIndexCur>=0 );
+      if( op ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIx);
+        VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
+      }
+    }
+    if( iDb>=0 ) sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    notReady &= ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
+  }
+  pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
+
+  /* Generate the code to do the search.  Each iteration of the for
+  ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
+  ** program.
+  */
+  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  for(ii=0; ii<nTabList; ii++){
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[ii];
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+    if( (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){
+      constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, &pWInfo->sWC,
+                &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom], notReady, pLevel);
+      if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
+    }
+#endif
+    explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, ii, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags);
+    pLevel->addrBody = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, ii, notReady);
+    pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont;
+  }
+
+  /* Done. */
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core"));
+  return pWInfo;
+
+  /* Jump here if malloc fails */
+whereBeginError:
+  if( pWInfo ){
+    pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
+    whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;
+  WhereLoop *pLoop;
+  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Generate loop termination code.
+  */
+  VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-core"));
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int addr;
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont);
+    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2, pLevel->p3);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5);
+      VdbeCoverage(v);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Next);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Prev);
+      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_VNext);
+    }
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){
+      struct InLoop *pIn;
+      int j;
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt);
+      for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop);
+        VdbeCoverage(v);
+        VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_PrevIfOpen);
+        VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_NextIfOpen);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1);
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk);
+    if( pLevel->addrSkip ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrSkip);
+      VdbeComment((v, "next skip-scan on %s", pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName));
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip-2);
+    }
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v);
+      assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+           || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 );
+      if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+      }
+      if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+      }
+      if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+    }
+    VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-loop%d: %s", i,
+                     pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].pTab->zName));
+  }
+
+  /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
+  ** Set it.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
+
+  assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc );
+  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++, pLevel++){
+    int k, last;
+    VdbeOp *pOp;
+    Index *pIdx = 0;
+    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
+
+    /* For a co-routine, change all OP_Column references to the table of
+    ** the co-routine into OP_SCopy of result contained in a register.
+    ** OP_Rowid becomes OP_Null.
+    */
+    if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine && !db->mallocFailed ){
+      last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      k = pLevel->addrBody;
+      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k);
+      for(; k<last; k++, pOp++){
+        if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
+        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
+          pOp->opcode = OP_Copy;
+          pOp->p1 = pOp->p2 + pTabItem->regResult;
+          pOp->p2 = pOp->p3;
+          pOp->p3 = 0;
+        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
+          pOp->opcode = OP_Null;
+          pOp->p1 = 0;
+          pOp->p3 = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin.
+    ** Except, do not close cursors that will be reused by the OR optimization
+    ** (WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE).  And do not close the OP_OpenWrite cursors
+    ** created for the ONEPASS optimization.
+    */
+    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0
+     && pTab->pSelect==0
+     && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0
+    ){
+      int ws = pLoop->wsFlags;
+      if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
+      }
+      if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
+       && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 
+       && pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1]
+      ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If this scan uses an index, make VDBE code substitutions to read data
+    ** from the index instead of from the table where possible.  In some cases
+    ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can
+    ** yield a significant performance boost.
+    ** 
+    ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
+    ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
+    ** directly.  This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
+    ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
+    ** reference the index.
+    */
+    if( pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){
+      pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
+    }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+      pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx;
+    }
+    if( pIdx && !db->mallocFailed ){
+      last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      k = pLevel->addrBody;
+      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k);
+      for(; k<last; k++, pOp++){
+        if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
+        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
+          int x = pOp->p2;
+          assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab );
+          if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
+            Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+            x = pPk->aiColumn[x];
+          }
+          x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x);
+          if( x>=0 ){
+            pOp->p2 = x;
+            pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+          }
+          assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 );
+        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
+          pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+          pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Final cleanup
+  */
+  pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
+  whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
+  return;
+}
+
+/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/
+/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite.
+** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER()
+** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general
+** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the
+** specific grammar used by SQLite.
+*/
+/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
+** in the input grammar file. */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down
+** automaton.
+*/
+#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1
+
+/*
+** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
+*/
+#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds information about the
+** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct LimitVal {
+  Expr *pLimit;    /* The LIMIT expression.  NULL if there is no limit */
+  Expr *pOffset;   /* The OFFSET expression.  NULL if there is none */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
+** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
+*/
+struct LikeOp {
+  Token eOperator;  /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */
+  int bNot;         /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
+** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
+** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
+**
+**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
+**
+** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
+*/
+struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
+*/
+struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };
+
+
+  /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and
+  ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete
+  ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd.
+  */
+  static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){
+    pOut->zStart = pStart->z;
+    pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n];
+  }
+
+  /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier.  Use the
+  ** new Expr to populate pOut.  Set the span of pOut to be the identifier
+  ** that created the expression.
+  */
+  static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue);
+    pOut->zStart = pValue->z;
+    pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n];
+  }
+
+  /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan
+  ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object.
+  */
+  static void spanBinaryExpr(
+    ExprSpan *pOut,     /* Write the result here */
+    Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context.  Errors accumulate here */
+    int op,             /* The binary operation */
+    ExprSpan *pLeft,    /* The left operand */
+    ExprSpan *pRight    /* The right operand */
+  ){
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0);
+    pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart;
+    pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd;
+  }
+
+  /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator
+  */
+  static void spanUnaryPostfix(
+    ExprSpan *pOut,        /* Write the new expression node here */
+    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
+    int op,                /* The operator */
+    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand */
+    Token *pPostOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
+  ){
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
+    pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart;
+    pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n];
+  }                           
+
+  /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a
+  ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */
+  static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){
+      pA->op = (u8)op;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight);
+      pA->pRight = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator
+  */
+  static void spanUnaryPrefix(
+    ExprSpan *pOut,        /* Write the new expression node here */
+    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
+    int op,                /* The operator */
+    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand */
+    Token *pPreOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
+  ){
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
+    pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z;
+    pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd;
+  }
+/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
+** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
+*/
+/* 
+** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
+** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
+** understands. 
+**
+** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
+*/
+/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
+**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
+**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
+**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
+**                       table.
+**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
+**                       original value of the token will not parse.
+**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
+**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
+**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
+**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
+**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
+**                       which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
+**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
+**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
+**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
+**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
+**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
+**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
+**                       defined, then do no error processing.
+*/
+#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
+#define YYNOCODE 254
+#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
+#define YYWILDCARD 70
+#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
+typedef union {
+  int yyinit;
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
+  Select* yy3;
+  ExprList* yy14;
+  With* yy59;
+  SrcList* yy65;
+  struct LikeOp yy96;
+  Expr* yy132;
+  u8 yy186;
+  int yy328;
+  ExprSpan yy346;
+  struct TrigEvent yy378;
+  u16 yy381;
+  IdList* yy408;
+  struct {int value; int mask;} yy429;
+  TriggerStep* yy473;
+  struct LimitVal yy476;
+} YYMINORTYPE;
+#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
+#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
+#endif
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
+#define YYNSTATE 642
+#define YYNRULE 327
+#define YYFALLBACK 1
+#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
+
+/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
+** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
+static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 };
+
+/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
+** otherwise.
+**
+** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section
+** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage.  For production
+** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off.  But it is useful
+** for testing.
+*/
+#ifndef yytestcase
+# define yytestcase(X)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.  
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
+**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
+**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
+**
+**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**
+** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
+** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
+** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
+** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
+**
+** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting terminals.
+**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+*/
+#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1497)
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
+ /*     0 */   306,  212,  432,  955,  639,  191,  955,  295,  559,   88,
+ /*    10 */    88,   88,   88,   81,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,
+ /*    20 */    84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  185,  184,  183,  635,  635,
+ /*    30 */   292,  606,  606,   88,   88,   88,   88,  683,   86,   86,
+ /*    40 */    86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,   16,
+ /*    50 */   436,  597,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,
+ /*    60 */    87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  684,   86,   86,   86,   86,
+ /*    70 */    85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  306,  559,   84,
+ /*    80 */    84,   84,   83,  330,   65,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,
+ /*    90 */    85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  635,  635,  634,  633,
+ /*   100 */   182,  682,  550,  379,  376,  375,   17,  322,  606,  606,
+ /*   110 */   371,  198,  479,   91,  374,   82,   79,  165,   85,   85,
+ /*   120 */    84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  598,  635,  635,  107,   89,
+ /*   130 */    90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,
+ /*   140 */    88,   88,  186,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,
+ /*   150 */    84,   84,   83,  330,  306,  594,  594,  142,  328,  327,
+ /*   160 */   484,  249,  344,  238,  635,  635,  634,  633,  585,  448,
+ /*   170 */   526,  525,  229,  388,    1,  394,  450,  584,  449,  635,
+ /*   180 */   635,  635,  635,  319,  395,  606,  606,  199,  157,  273,
+ /*   190 */   382,  268,  381,  187,  635,  635,  634,  633,  311,  555,
+ /*   200 */   266,  593,  593,  266,  347,  588,   89,   90,   80,  600,
+ /*   210 */   599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  478,
+ /*   220 */    86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,
+ /*   230 */   330,  306,  272,  536,  634,  633,  146,  610,  197,  310,
+ /*   240 */   575,  182,  482,  271,  379,  376,  375,  506,   21,  634,
+ /*   250 */   633,  634,  633,  635,  635,  374,  611,  574,  548,  440,
+ /*   260 */   111,  563,  606,  606,  634,  633,  324,  479,  608,  608,
+ /*   270 */   608,  300,  435,  573,  119,  407,  210,  162,  562,  883,
+ /*   280 */   592,  592,  306,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,
+ /*   290 */    87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  506,   86,   86,   86,
+ /*   300 */    86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  620,  111,
+ /*   310 */   635,  635,  361,  606,  606,  358,  249,  349,  248,  433,
+ /*   320 */   243,  479,  586,  634,  633,  195,  611,   93,  119,  221,
+ /*   330 */   575,  497,  534,  534,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,
+ /*   340 */   601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  574,   86,   86,
+ /*   350 */    86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  306,
+ /*   360 */    77,  429,  638,  573,  589,  530,  240,  230,  242,  105,
+ /*   370 */   249,  349,  248,  515,  588,  208,  460,  529,  564,  173,
+ /*   380 */   634,  633,  970,  144,  430,    2,  424,  228,  380,  557,
+ /*   390 */   606,  606,  190,  153,  159,  158,  514,   51,  632,  631,
+ /*   400 */   630,   71,  536,  432,  954,  196,  610,  954,  614,   45,
+ /*   410 */    18,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,
+ /*   420 */    88,   88,   88,   88,  261,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,
+ /*   430 */    85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  306,  608,  608,  608,
+ /*   440 */   542,  424,  402,  385,  241,  506,  451,  320,  211,  543,
+ /*   450 */   164,  436,  386,  293,  451,  587,  108,  496,  111,  334,
+ /*   460 */   391,  591,  424,  614,   27,  452,  453,  606,  606,   72,
+ /*   470 */   257,   70,  259,  452,  339,  342,  564,  582,   68,  415,
+ /*   480 */   469,  328,  327,   62,  614,   45,  110,  393,   89,   90,
+ /*   490 */    80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,
+ /*   500 */    88,  152,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,
+ /*   510 */    84,   83,  330,  306,  110,  499,  520,  538,  402,  389,
+ /*   520 */   424,  110,  566,  500,  593,  593,  454,   82,   79,  165,
+ /*   530 */   424,  591,  384,  564,  340,  615,  188,  162,  424,  350,
+ /*   540 */   616,  424,  614,   44,  606,  606,  445,  582,  300,  434,
+ /*   550 */   151,   19,  614,    9,  568,  580,  348,  615,  469,  567,
+ /*   560 */   614,   26,  616,  614,   45,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,
+ /*   570 */   601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  411,   86,
+ /*   580 */    86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,
+ /*   590 */   306,  579,  110,  578,  521,  282,  433,  398,  400,  255,
+ /*   600 */   486,   82,   79,  165,  487,  164,   82,   79,  165,  488,
+ /*   610 */   488,  364,  387,  424,  544,  544,  509,  350,  362,  155,
+ /*   620 */   191,  606,  606,  559,  642,  640,  333,   82,   79,  165,
+ /*   630 */   305,  564,  507,  312,  357,  614,   45,  329,  596,  595,
+ /*   640 */   194,  337,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,
+ /*   650 */    87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,
+ /*   660 */    85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  306,   20,  323,
+ /*   670 */   150,  263,  211,  543,  421,  596,  595,  614,   22,  424,
+ /*   680 */   193,  424,  284,  424,  391,  424,  509,  424,  577,  424,
+ /*   690 */   186,  335,  424,  559,  424,  313,  120,  546,  606,  606,
+ /*   700 */    67,  614,   47,  614,   50,  614,   48,  614,  100,  614,
+ /*   710 */    99,  614,  101,  576,  614,  102,  614,  109,  326,   89,
+ /*   720 */    90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,
+ /*   730 */    88,   88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,
+ /*   740 */    84,   84,   83,  330,  306,  424,  311,  424,  585,   54,
+ /*   750 */   424,  516,  517,  590,  614,  112,  424,  584,  424,  572,
+ /*   760 */   424,  195,  424,  571,  424,   67,  424,  614,   94,  614,
+ /*   770 */    98,  424,  614,   97,  264,  606,  606,  195,  614,   46,
+ /*   780 */   614,   96,  614,   30,  614,   49,  614,  115,  614,  114,
+ /*   790 */   418,  229,  388,  614,  113,  306,   89,   90,   80,  600,
+ /*   800 */   599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  424,
+ /*   810 */    86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,
+ /*   820 */   330,  119,  424,  590,  110,  372,  606,  606,  195,   53,
+ /*   830 */   250,  614,   29,  195,  472,  438,  729,  190,  302,  498,
+ /*   840 */    14,  523,  641,    2,  614,   43,  306,   89,   90,   80,
+ /*   850 */   600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,
+ /*   860 */   424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,
+ /*   870 */    83,  330,  424,  613,  964,  964,  354,  606,  606,  420,
+ /*   880 */   312,   64,  614,   42,  391,  355,  283,  437,  301,  255,
+ /*   890 */   414,  410,  495,  492,  614,   28,  471,  306,   89,   90,
+ /*   900 */    80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,
+ /*   910 */    88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,
+ /*   920 */    84,   83,  330,  424,  110,  110,  110,  110,  606,  606,
+ /*   930 */   110,  254,   13,  614,   41,  532,  531,  283,  481,  531,
+ /*   940 */   457,  284,  119,  561,  356,  614,   40,  284,  306,   89,
+ /*   950 */    78,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,
+ /*   960 */    88,   88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,
+ /*   970 */    84,   84,   83,  330,  110,  424,  341,  220,  555,  606,
+ /*   980 */   606,  351,  555,  318,  614,   95,  413,  255,   83,  330,
+ /*   990 */   284,  284,  255,  640,  333,  356,  255,  614,   39,  306,
+ /*  1000 */   356,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,
+ /*  1010 */    88,   88,   88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,
+ /*  1020 */    84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  424,  317,  316,  141,  465,
+ /*  1030 */   606,  606,  219,  619,  463,  614,   10,  417,  462,  255,
+ /*  1040 */   189,  510,  553,  351,  207,  363,  161,  614,   38,  315,
+ /*  1050 */   218,  255,  255,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,
+ /*  1060 */    88,   88,   88,   88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,
+ /*  1070 */    85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,   76,  419,  255,    3,
+ /*  1080 */   878,  461,  424,  247,  331,  331,  614,   37,  217,   76,
+ /*  1090 */   419,  390,    3,  216,  215,  422,    4,  331,  331,  424,
+ /*  1100 */   547,   12,  424,  545,  614,   36,  424,  541,  422,  424,
+ /*  1110 */   540,  424,  214,  424,  408,  424,  539,  403,  605,  605,
+ /*  1120 */   237,  614,   25,  119,  614,   24,  588,  408,  614,   45,
+ /*  1130 */   118,  614,   35,  614,   34,  614,   33,  614,   23,  588,
+ /*  1140 */    60,  223,  603,  602,  513,  378,   73,   74,  140,  139,
+ /*  1150 */   424,  110,  265,   75,  426,  425,   59,  424,  610,   73,
+ /*  1160 */    74,  549,  402,  404,  424,  373,   75,  426,  425,  604,
+ /*  1170 */   138,  610,  614,   11,  392,   76,  419,  181,    3,  614,
+ /*  1180 */    32,  271,  369,  331,  331,  493,  614,   31,  149,  608,
+ /*  1190 */   608,  608,  607,   15,  422,  365,  614,    8,  137,  489,
+ /*  1200 */   136,  190,  608,  608,  608,  607,   15,  485,  176,  135,
+ /*  1210 */     7,  252,  477,  408,  174,  133,  175,  474,   57,   56,
+ /*  1220 */   132,  130,  119,   76,  419,  588,    3,  468,  245,  464,
+ /*  1230 */   171,  331,  331,  125,  123,  456,  447,  122,  446,  104,
+ /*  1240 */   336,  231,  422,  166,  154,   73,   74,  332,  116,  431,
+ /*  1250 */   121,  309,   75,  426,  425,  222,  106,  610,  308,  637,
+ /*  1260 */   204,  408,  629,  627,  628,    6,  200,  428,  427,  290,
+ /*  1270 */   203,  622,  201,  588,   62,   63,  289,   66,  419,  399,
+ /*  1280 */     3,  401,  288,   92,  143,  331,  331,  287,  608,  608,
+ /*  1290 */   608,  607,   15,   73,   74,  227,  422,  325,   69,  416,
+ /*  1300 */    75,  426,  425,  612,  412,  610,  192,   61,  569,  209,
+ /*  1310 */   396,  226,  278,  225,  383,  408,  527,  558,  276,  533,
+ /*  1320 */   552,  528,  321,  523,  370,  508,  180,  588,  494,  179,
+ /*  1330 */   366,  117,  253,  269,  522,  503,  608,  608,  608,  607,
+ /*  1340 */    15,  551,  502,   58,  274,  524,  178,   73,   74,  304,
+ /*  1350 */   501,  368,  303,  206,   75,  426,  425,  491,  360,  610,
+ /*  1360 */   213,  177,  483,  131,  345,  298,  297,  296,  202,  294,
+ /*  1370 */   480,  490,  466,  134,  172,  129,  444,  346,  470,  128,
+ /*  1380 */   314,  459,  103,  127,  126,  148,  124,  167,  443,  235,
+ /*  1390 */   608,  608,  608,  607,   15,  442,  439,  623,  234,  299,
+ /*  1400 */   145,  583,  291,  377,  581,  160,  119,  156,  270,  636,
+ /*  1410 */   971,  169,  279,  626,  520,  625,  473,  624,  170,  621,
+ /*  1420 */   618,  119,  168,   55,  409,  423,  537,  609,  286,  285,
+ /*  1430 */   405,  570,  560,  556,    5,   52,  458,  554,  147,  267,
+ /*  1440 */   519,  504,  518,  406,  262,  239,  260,  512,  343,  511,
+ /*  1450 */   258,  353,  565,  256,  224,  251,  359,  277,  275,  476,
+ /*  1460 */   475,  246,  352,  244,  467,  455,  236,  233,  232,  307,
+ /*  1470 */   441,  281,  205,  163,  397,  280,  535,  505,  330,  617,
+ /*  1480 */   971,  971,  971,  971,  367,  971,  971,  971,  971,  971,
+ /*  1490 */   971,  971,  971,  971,  971,  971,  338,
+};
+static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
+ /*     0 */    19,   22,   22,   23,    1,   24,   26,   15,   27,   80,
+ /*    10 */    81,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
+ /*    20 */    91,   92,   93,   94,   95,  108,  109,  110,   27,   28,
+ /*    30 */    23,   50,   51,   80,   81,   82,   83,  122,   85,   86,
+ /*    40 */    87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   22,
+ /*    50 */    70,   23,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*    60 */    79,   80,   81,   82,   83,  122,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*    70 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   19,   97,   91,
+ /*    80 */    92,   93,   94,   95,   26,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,
+ /*    90 */    90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   27,   28,   97,   98,
+ /*   100 */    99,  122,  211,  102,  103,  104,   79,   19,   50,   51,
+ /*   110 */    19,  122,   59,   55,  113,  224,  225,  226,   89,   90,
+ /*   120 */    91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   23,   27,   28,   26,   71,
+ /*   130 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   140 */    82,   83,   51,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,
+ /*   150 */    92,   93,   94,   95,   19,  132,  133,   58,   89,   90,
+ /*   160 */    21,  108,  109,  110,   27,   28,   97,   98,   33,  100,
+ /*   170 */     7,    8,  119,  120,   22,   19,  107,   42,  109,   27,
+ /*   180 */    28,   27,   28,   95,   28,   50,   51,   99,  100,  101,
+ /*   190 */   102,  103,  104,  105,   27,   28,   97,   98,  107,  152,
+ /*   200 */   112,  132,  133,  112,   65,   69,   71,   72,   73,   74,
+ /*   210 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   11,
+ /*   220 */    85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,
+ /*   230 */    95,   19,  101,   97,   97,   98,   24,  101,  122,  157,
+ /*   240 */    12,   99,  103,  112,  102,  103,  104,  152,   22,   97,
+ /*   250 */    98,   97,   98,   27,   28,  113,   27,   29,   91,  164,
+ /*   260 */   165,  124,   50,   51,   97,   98,  219,   59,  132,  133,
+ /*   270 */   134,   22,   23,   45,   66,   47,  212,  213,  124,  140,
+ /*   280 */   132,  133,   19,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,
+ /*   290 */    78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,
+ /*   300 */    88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,  164,  165,
+ /*   310 */    27,   28,  230,   50,   51,  233,  108,  109,  110,   70,
+ /*   320 */    16,   59,   23,   97,   98,   26,   97,   22,   66,  185,
+ /*   330 */    12,  187,   27,   28,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   340 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   29,   85,   86,
+ /*   350 */    87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   19,
+ /*   360 */    22,  148,  149,   45,   23,   47,   62,  154,   64,  156,
+ /*   370 */   108,  109,  110,   37,   69,   23,  163,   59,   26,   26,
+ /*   380 */    97,   98,  144,  145,  146,  147,  152,  200,   52,   23,
+ /*   390 */    50,   51,   26,   22,   89,   90,   60,  210,    7,    8,
+ /*   400 */     9,  138,   97,   22,   23,   26,  101,   26,  174,  175,
+ /*   410 */   197,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,
+ /*   420 */    80,   81,   82,   83,   16,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,
+ /*   430 */    90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   19,  132,  133,  134,
+ /*   440 */    23,  152,  208,  209,  140,  152,  152,  111,  195,  196,
+ /*   450 */    98,   70,  163,  160,  152,   23,   22,  164,  165,  246,
+ /*   460 */   207,   27,  152,  174,  175,  171,  172,   50,   51,  137,
+ /*   470 */    62,  139,   64,  171,  172,  222,  124,   27,  138,   24,
+ /*   480 */   163,   89,   90,  130,  174,  175,  197,  163,   71,   72,
+ /*   490 */    73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,
+ /*   500 */    83,   22,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,
+ /*   510 */    93,   94,   95,   19,  197,  181,  182,   23,  208,  209,
+ /*   520 */   152,  197,   26,  189,  132,  133,  232,  224,  225,  226,
+ /*   530 */   152,   97,   91,   26,  232,  116,  212,  213,  152,  222,
+ /*   540 */   121,  152,  174,  175,   50,   51,  243,   97,   22,   23,
+ /*   550 */    22,  234,  174,  175,  177,   23,  239,  116,  163,  177,
+ /*   560 */   174,  175,  121,  174,  175,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,
+ /*   570 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   24,   85,
+ /*   580 */    86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,
+ /*   590 */    19,   23,  197,   11,   23,  227,   70,  208,  220,  152,
+ /*   600 */    31,  224,  225,  226,   35,   98,  224,  225,  226,  108,
+ /*   610 */   109,  110,  115,  152,  117,  118,   27,  222,   49,  123,
+ /*   620 */    24,   50,   51,   27,    0,    1,    2,  224,  225,  226,
+ /*   630 */   166,  124,  168,  169,  239,  174,  175,  170,  171,  172,
+ /*   640 */    22,  194,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*   650 */    79,   80,   81,   82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*   660 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   19,   22,  208,
+ /*   670 */    24,   23,  195,  196,  170,  171,  172,  174,  175,  152,
+ /*   680 */    26,  152,  152,  152,  207,  152,   97,  152,   23,  152,
+ /*   690 */    51,  244,  152,   97,  152,  247,  248,   23,   50,   51,
+ /*   700 */    26,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,
+ /*   710 */   175,  174,  175,   23,  174,  175,  174,  175,  188,   71,
+ /*   720 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   730 */    82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,
+ /*   740 */    92,   93,   94,   95,   19,  152,  107,  152,   33,   24,
+ /*   750 */   152,  100,  101,   27,  174,  175,  152,   42,  152,   23,
+ /*   760 */   152,   26,  152,   23,  152,   26,  152,  174,  175,  174,
+ /*   770 */   175,  152,  174,  175,   23,   50,   51,   26,  174,  175,
+ /*   780 */   174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,
+ /*   790 */   163,  119,  120,  174,  175,   19,   71,   72,   73,   74,
+ /*   800 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,  152,
+ /*   810 */    85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,
+ /*   820 */    95,   66,  152,   97,  197,   23,   50,   51,   26,   53,
+ /*   830 */    23,  174,  175,   26,   23,   23,   23,   26,   26,   26,
+ /*   840 */    36,  106,  146,  147,  174,  175,   19,   71,   72,   73,
+ /*   850 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,
+ /*   860 */   152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,
+ /*   870 */    94,   95,  152,  196,  119,  120,   19,   50,   51,  168,
+ /*   880 */   169,   26,  174,  175,  207,   28,  152,  249,  250,  152,
+ /*   890 */   163,  163,  163,  163,  174,  175,  163,   19,   71,   72,
+ /*   900 */    73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,
+ /*   910 */    83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,
+ /*   920 */    93,   94,   95,  152,  197,  197,  197,  197,   50,   51,
+ /*   930 */   197,  194,   36,  174,  175,  191,  192,  152,  191,  192,
+ /*   940 */   163,  152,   66,  124,  152,  174,  175,  152,   19,   71,
+ /*   950 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   960 */    82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,
+ /*   970 */    92,   93,   94,   95,  197,  152,  100,  188,  152,   50,
+ /*   980 */    51,  152,  152,  188,  174,  175,  252,  152,   94,   95,
+ /*   990 */   152,  152,  152,    1,    2,  152,  152,  174,  175,   19,
+ /*  1000 */   152,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*  1010 */    81,   82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
+ /*  1020 */    91,   92,   93,   94,   95,  152,  188,  188,   22,  194,
+ /*  1030 */    50,   51,  240,  173,  194,  174,  175,  252,  194,  152,
+ /*  1040 */    36,  181,   28,  152,   23,  219,  122,  174,  175,  219,
+ /*  1050 */   221,  152,  152,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,
+ /*  1060 */    80,   81,   82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,
+ /*  1070 */    90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   19,   20,  152,   22,
+ /*  1080 */    23,  194,  152,  240,   27,   28,  174,  175,  240,   19,
+ /*  1090 */    20,   26,   22,  194,  194,   38,   22,   27,   28,  152,
+ /*  1100 */    23,   22,  152,  116,  174,  175,  152,   23,   38,  152,
+ /*  1110 */    23,  152,  221,  152,   57,  152,   23,  163,   50,   51,
+ /*  1120 */   194,  174,  175,   66,  174,  175,   69,   57,  174,  175,
+ /*  1130 */    40,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,   69,
+ /*  1140 */    22,   53,   74,   75,   30,   53,   89,   90,   22,   22,
+ /*  1150 */   152,  197,   23,   96,   97,   98,   22,  152,  101,   89,
+ /*  1160 */    90,   91,  208,  209,  152,   53,   96,   97,   98,  101,
+ /*  1170 */    22,  101,  174,  175,  152,   19,   20,  105,   22,  174,
+ /*  1180 */   175,  112,   19,   27,   28,   20,  174,  175,   24,  132,
+ /*  1190 */   133,  134,  135,  136,   38,   44,  174,  175,  107,   61,
+ /*  1200 */    54,   26,  132,  133,  134,  135,  136,   54,  107,   22,
+ /*  1210 */     5,  140,    1,   57,   36,  111,  122,   28,   79,   79,
+ /*  1220 */   131,  123,   66,   19,   20,   69,   22,    1,   16,   20,
+ /*  1230 */   125,   27,   28,  123,  111,  120,   23,  131,   23,   16,
+ /*  1240 */    68,  142,   38,   15,   22,   89,   90,    3,  167,    4,
+ /*  1250 */   248,  251,   96,   97,   98,  180,  180,  101,  251,  151,
+ /*  1260 */     6,   57,  151,   13,  151,   26,   25,  151,  161,  202,
+ /*  1270 */   153,  162,  153,   69,  130,  128,  203,   19,   20,  127,
+ /*  1280 */    22,  126,  204,  129,   22,   27,   28,  205,  132,  133,
+ /*  1290 */   134,  135,  136,   89,   90,  231,   38,   95,  137,  179,
+ /*  1300 */    96,   97,   98,  206,  179,  101,  122,  107,  159,  159,
+ /*  1310 */   125,  231,  216,  228,  107,   57,  184,  217,  216,  176,
+ /*  1320 */   217,  176,   48,  106,   18,  184,  158,   69,  159,  158,
+ /*  1330 */    46,   71,  237,  176,  176,  176,  132,  133,  134,  135,
+ /*  1340 */   136,  217,  176,  137,  216,  178,  158,   89,   90,  179,
+ /*  1350 */   176,  159,  179,  159,   96,   97,   98,  159,  159,  101,
+ /*  1360 */     5,  158,  202,   22,   18,   10,   11,   12,   13,   14,
+ /*  1370 */   190,  238,   17,  190,  158,  193,   41,  159,  202,  193,
+ /*  1380 */   159,  202,  245,  193,  193,  223,  190,   32,  159,   34,
+ /*  1390 */   132,  133,  134,  135,  136,  159,   39,  155,   43,  150,
+ /*  1400 */   223,  177,  201,  178,  177,  186,   66,  199,  177,  152,
+ /*  1410 */   253,   56,  215,  152,  182,  152,  202,  152,   63,  152,
+ /*  1420 */   152,   66,   67,  242,  229,  152,  174,  152,  152,  152,
+ /*  1430 */   152,  152,  152,  152,  199,  242,  202,  152,  198,  152,
+ /*  1440 */   152,  152,  183,  192,  152,  215,  152,  183,  215,  183,
+ /*  1450 */   152,  241,  214,  152,  211,  152,  152,  211,  211,  152,
+ /*  1460 */   152,  241,  152,  152,  152,  152,  152,  152,  152,  114,
+ /*  1470 */   152,  152,  235,  152,  152,  152,  174,  187,   95,  174,
+ /*  1480 */   253,  253,  253,  253,  236,  253,  253,  253,  253,  253,
+ /*  1490 */   253,  253,  253,  253,  253,  253,  141,
+};
+#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-86)
+#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (429)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MIN   (-85)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MAX   (1383)
+static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */   992, 1057, 1355, 1156, 1204, 1204,    1,  262,  -19,  135,
+ /*    10 */   135,  776, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,   69,   69,   53,  208,
+ /*    20 */   283,  755,   58,  725,  648,  571,  494,  417,  340,  263,
+ /*    30 */   212,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,
+ /*    40 */   827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  878,  827,  929,  980,
+ /*    50 */   980, 1070, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
+ /*    60 */  1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
+ /*    70 */  1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
+ /*    80 */  1258, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
+ /*    90 */  1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,  -71,  -47,  -47,  -47,  -47,  -47,
+ /*   100 */     0,   29,  -12,  283,  283,  139,   91,  392,  392,  894,
+ /*   110 */   672,  726, 1383,  -86,  -86,  -86,   88,  318,  318,   99,
+ /*   120 */   381,  -20,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,
+ /*   130 */   283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,
+ /*   140 */   283,  283,  283,  283,  624,  876,  726,  672, 1340, 1340,
+ /*   150 */  1340, 1340, 1340, 1340,  -86,  -86,  -86,  305,  136,  136,
+ /*   160 */   142,  167,  226,  154,  137,  152,  283,  283,  283,  283,
+ /*   170 */   283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,
+ /*   180 */   283,  283,  283,  336,  336,  336,  283,  283,  352,  283,
+ /*   190 */   283,  283,  283,  283,  228,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,
+ /*   200 */   283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  501,  569,  596,  596,  596,
+ /*   210 */   507,  497,  441,  391,  353,  156,  156,  857,  353,  857,
+ /*   220 */   735,  813,  639,  715,  156,  332,  715,  715,  496,  419,
+ /*   230 */   646, 1357, 1184, 1184, 1335, 1335, 1184, 1341, 1260, 1144,
+ /*   240 */  1346, 1346, 1346, 1346, 1184, 1306, 1144, 1341, 1260, 1260,
+ /*   250 */  1144, 1184, 1306, 1206, 1284, 1184, 1184, 1306, 1184, 1306,
+ /*   260 */  1184, 1306, 1262, 1207, 1207, 1207, 1274, 1262, 1207, 1217,
+ /*   270 */  1207, 1274, 1207, 1207, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200,
+ /*   280 */  1184, 1184, 1161, 1262, 1202, 1202, 1262, 1154, 1155, 1147,
+ /*   290 */  1152, 1144, 1241, 1239, 1250, 1250, 1254, 1254, 1254, 1254,
+ /*   300 */   -86,  -86,  -86,  -86,  -86,  -86, 1068,  304,  526,  249,
+ /*   310 */   408,  -83,  434,  812,   27,  811,  807,  802,  751,  589,
+ /*   320 */   651,  163,  131,  674,  366,  450,  299,  148,   23,  102,
+ /*   330 */   229,  -21, 1245, 1244, 1222, 1099, 1228, 1172, 1223, 1215,
+ /*   340 */  1213, 1115, 1106, 1123, 1110, 1209, 1105, 1212, 1226, 1098,
+ /*   350 */  1089, 1140, 1139, 1104, 1189, 1178, 1094, 1211, 1205, 1187,
+ /*   360 */  1101, 1071, 1153, 1175, 1146, 1138, 1151, 1091, 1164, 1165,
+ /*   370 */  1163, 1069, 1072, 1148, 1112, 1134, 1127, 1129, 1126, 1092,
+ /*   380 */  1114, 1118, 1088, 1090, 1093, 1087, 1084,  987, 1079, 1077,
+ /*   390 */  1074, 1065,  924, 1021, 1014, 1004, 1006,  819,  739,  896,
+ /*   400 */   855,  804,  739,  740,  736,  690,  654,  665,  618,  582,
+ /*   410 */   568,  528,  554,  379,  532,  479,  455,  379,  432,  371,
+ /*   420 */   341,   28,  338,  116,  -11,  -57,  -85,    7,   -8,    3,
+};
+#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-110)
+#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (305)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MIN   (-109)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MAX   (1323)
+static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */   238,  954,  213,  289,  310,  234,  144,  317, -109,  382,
+ /*    10 */   377,  303,  461,  389,  378,  368,  302,  294,  253,  395,
+ /*    20 */   293,  324,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,
+ /*    30 */   403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,
+ /*    40 */   403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,
+ /*    50 */   403, 1022, 1012, 1005,  998,  963,  961,  959,  957,  950,
+ /*    60 */   947,  930,  912,  873,  861,  823,  810,  771,  759,  720,
+ /*    70 */   708,  670,  657,  619,  614,  612,  610,  608,  606,  604,
+ /*    80 */   598,  595,  593,  580,  542,  540,  537,  535,  533,  531,
+ /*    90 */   529,  527,  503,  386,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,
+ /*   100 */   403,  403,  403,   95,  447,   82,  334,  504,  467,  403,
+ /*   110 */   477,  464,  403,  403,  403,  403,  860,  747,  744,  785,
+ /*   120 */   638,  638,  926,  891,  900,  899,  887,  844,  840,  835,
+ /*   130 */   848,  830,  843,  829,  792,  839,  826,  737,  838,  795,
+ /*   140 */   789,   47,  734,  530,  696,  777,  711,  677,  733,  730,
+ /*   150 */   729,  728,  727,  627,  448,   64,  187, 1305, 1302, 1252,
+ /*   160 */  1290, 1273, 1323, 1322, 1321, 1319, 1318, 1316, 1315, 1314,
+ /*   170 */  1313, 1312, 1311, 1310, 1308, 1307, 1304, 1303, 1301, 1298,
+ /*   180 */  1294, 1292, 1289, 1266, 1264, 1259, 1288, 1287, 1238, 1285,
+ /*   190 */  1281, 1280, 1279, 1278, 1251, 1277, 1276, 1275, 1273, 1268,
+ /*   200 */  1267, 1265, 1263, 1261, 1257, 1248, 1237, 1247, 1246, 1243,
+ /*   210 */  1238, 1240, 1235, 1249, 1234, 1233, 1230, 1220, 1214, 1210,
+ /*   220 */  1225, 1219, 1232, 1231, 1197, 1195, 1227, 1224, 1201, 1208,
+ /*   230 */  1242, 1137, 1236, 1229, 1193, 1181, 1221, 1177, 1196, 1179,
+ /*   240 */  1191, 1190, 1186, 1182, 1218, 1216, 1176, 1162, 1183, 1180,
+ /*   250 */  1160, 1199, 1203, 1133, 1095, 1198, 1194, 1188, 1192, 1171,
+ /*   260 */  1169, 1168, 1173, 1174, 1166, 1159, 1141, 1170, 1158, 1167,
+ /*   270 */  1157, 1132, 1145, 1143, 1124, 1128, 1103, 1102, 1100, 1096,
+ /*   280 */  1150, 1149, 1085, 1125, 1080, 1064, 1120, 1097, 1082, 1078,
+ /*   290 */  1073, 1067, 1109, 1107, 1119, 1117, 1116, 1113, 1111, 1108,
+ /*   300 */  1007, 1000, 1002, 1076, 1075, 1081,
+};
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
+ /*     0 */   647,  964,  964,  964,  878,  878,  969,  964,  774,  802,
+ /*    10 */   802,  938,  969,  969,  969,  876,  969,  969,  969,  964,
+ /*    20 */   969,  778,  808,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*    30 */   969,  937,  939,  816,  815,  918,  789,  813,  806,  810,
+ /*    40 */   879,  872,  873,  871,  875,  880,  969,  809,  841,  856,
+ /*    50 */   840,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*    60 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*    70 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*    80 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*    90 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  850,  855,  862,  854,  851,  843,
+ /*   100 */   842,  844,  845,  969,  969,  673,  739,  969,  969,  846,
+ /*   110 */   969,  685,  847,  859,  858,  857,  680,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   120 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   130 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   140 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  647,  964,  969,  969,  964,  964,
+ /*   150 */   964,  964,  964,  964,  956,  778,  768,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   160 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  944,  942,  969,
+ /*   170 */   891,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   180 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   190 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   200 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  653,  969,  911,  774,  774,  774,
+ /*   210 */   776,  754,  766,  655,  812,  791,  791,  923,  812,  923,
+ /*   220 */   710,  733,  707,  802,  791,  874,  802,  802,  775,  766,
+ /*   230 */   969,  949,  782,  782,  941,  941,  782,  821,  743,  812,
+ /*   240 */   750,  750,  750,  750,  782,  670,  812,  821,  743,  743,
+ /*   250 */   812,  782,  670,  917,  915,  782,  782,  670,  782,  670,
+ /*   260 */   782,  670,  884,  741,  741,  741,  725,  884,  741,  710,
+ /*   270 */   741,  725,  741,  741,  795,  790,  795,  790,  795,  790,
+ /*   280 */   782,  782,  969,  884,  888,  888,  884,  807,  796,  805,
+ /*   290 */   803,  812,  676,  728,  663,  663,  652,  652,  652,  652,
+ /*   300 */   961,  961,  956,  712,  712,  695,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   310 */   969,  969,  687,  969,  893,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   320 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   330 */   969,  828,  969,  648,  951,  969,  969,  948,  969,  969,
+ /*   340 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   350 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  921,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   360 */   969,  969,  969,  914,  913,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   370 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   380 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  757,  969,  969,
+ /*   390 */   969,  761,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  804,  969,
+ /*   400 */   797,  969,  877,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
+ /*   410 */   969,  969,  969,  966,  969,  969,  969,  965,  969,  969,
+ /*   420 */   969,  969,  969,  830,  969,  829,  833,  969,  661,  969,
+ /*   430 */   644,  649,  960,  963,  962,  959,  958,  957,  952,  950,
+ /*   440 */   947,  946,  945,  943,  940,  936,  897,  895,  902,  901,
+ /*   450 */   900,  899,  898,  896,  894,  892,  818,  817,  814,  811,
+ /*   460 */   753,  935,  890,  752,  749,  748,  669,  953,  920,  929,
+ /*   470 */   928,  927,  822,  926,  925,  924,  922,  919,  906,  820,
+ /*   480 */   819,  744,  882,  881,  672,  910,  909,  908,  912,  916,
+ /*   490 */   907,  784,  751,  671,  668,  675,  679,  731,  732,  740,
+ /*   500 */   738,  737,  736,  735,  734,  730,  681,  686,  724,  709,
+ /*   510 */   708,  717,  716,  722,  721,  720,  719,  718,  715,  714,
+ /*   520 */   713,  706,  705,  711,  704,  727,  726,  723,  703,  747,
+ /*   530 */   746,  745,  742,  702,  701,  700,  833,  699,  698,  838,
+ /*   540 */   837,  866,  826,  755,  759,  758,  762,  763,  771,  770,
+ /*   550 */   769,  780,  781,  793,  792,  824,  823,  794,  779,  773,
+ /*   560 */   772,  788,  787,  786,  785,  777,  767,  799,  798,  868,
+ /*   570 */   783,  867,  865,  934,  933,  932,  931,  930,  870,  967,
+ /*   580 */   968,  887,  889,  886,  801,  800,  885,  869,  839,  836,
+ /*   590 */   690,  691,  905,  904,  903,  693,  692,  689,  688,  863,
+ /*   600 */   860,  852,  864,  861,  853,  849,  848,  834,  832,  831,
+ /*   610 */   827,  835,  760,  756,  825,  765,  764,  697,  696,  694,
+ /*   620 */   678,  677,  674,  667,  665,  664,  666,  662,  660,  659,
+ /*   630 */   658,  657,  656,  684,  683,  682,  654,  651,  650,  646,
+ /*   640 */   645,  643,
+};
+
+/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
+** like the following:
+** 
+**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+*/
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
+    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
+    0,  /*       SEMI => nothing */
+   27,  /*    EXPLAIN => ID */
+   27,  /*      QUERY => ID */
+   27,  /*       PLAN => ID */
+   27,  /*      BEGIN => ID */
+    0,  /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
+   27,  /*   DEFERRED => ID */
+   27,  /*  IMMEDIATE => ID */
+   27,  /*  EXCLUSIVE => ID */
+    0,  /*     COMMIT => nothing */
+   27,  /*        END => ID */
+   27,  /*   ROLLBACK => ID */
+   27,  /*  SAVEPOINT => ID */
+   27,  /*    RELEASE => ID */
+    0,  /*         TO => nothing */
+    0,  /*      TABLE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     CREATE => nothing */
+   27,  /*         IF => ID */
+    0,  /*        NOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     EXISTS => nothing */
+   27,  /*       TEMP => ID */
+    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
+   27,  /*    WITHOUT => ID */
+    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
+    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
+    0,  /*    INDEXED => nothing */
+   27,  /*      ABORT => ID */
+   27,  /*     ACTION => ID */
+   27,  /*      AFTER => ID */
+   27,  /*    ANALYZE => ID */
+   27,  /*        ASC => ID */
+   27,  /*     ATTACH => ID */
+   27,  /*     BEFORE => ID */
+   27,  /*         BY => ID */
+   27,  /*    CASCADE => ID */
+   27,  /*       CAST => ID */
+   27,  /*   COLUMNKW => ID */
+   27,  /*   CONFLICT => ID */
+   27,  /*   DATABASE => ID */
+   27,  /*       DESC => ID */
+   27,  /*     DETACH => ID */
+   27,  /*       EACH => ID */
+   27,  /*       FAIL => ID */
+   27,  /*        FOR => ID */
+   27,  /*     IGNORE => ID */
+   27,  /*  INITIALLY => ID */
+   27,  /*    INSTEAD => ID */
+   27,  /*    LIKE_KW => ID */
+   27,  /*      MATCH => ID */
+   27,  /*         NO => ID */
+   27,  /*        KEY => ID */
+   27,  /*         OF => ID */
+   27,  /*     OFFSET => ID */
+   27,  /*     PRAGMA => ID */
+   27,  /*      RAISE => ID */
+   27,  /*  RECURSIVE => ID */
+   27,  /*    REPLACE => ID */
+   27,  /*   RESTRICT => ID */
+   27,  /*        ROW => ID */
+   27,  /*    TRIGGER => ID */
+   27,  /*     VACUUM => ID */
+   27,  /*       VIEW => ID */
+   27,  /*    VIRTUAL => ID */
+   27,  /*       WITH => ID */
+   27,  /*    REINDEX => ID */
+   27,  /*     RENAME => ID */
+   27,  /*   CTIME_KW => ID */
+};
+#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
+
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
+**
+**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+**
+**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
+**
+**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
+**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+*/
+struct yyStackEntry {
+  YYACTIONTYPE stateno;  /* The state-number */
+  YYCODETYPE major;      /* The major token value.  This is the code
+                         ** number for the token at this stack level */
+  YYMINORTYPE minor;     /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
+                         ** is the value of the token  */
+};
+typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
+
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct yyParser {
+  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  int yyidxMax;                 /* Maximum value of yyidx */
+#endif
+  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  int yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
+  yyStackEntry *yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
+#else
+  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* 
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL 
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
+**      turned off.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
+  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
+  "$",             "SEMI",          "EXPLAIN",       "QUERY",       
+  "PLAN",          "BEGIN",         "TRANSACTION",   "DEFERRED",    
+  "IMMEDIATE",     "EXCLUSIVE",     "COMMIT",        "END",         
+  "ROLLBACK",      "SAVEPOINT",     "RELEASE",       "TO",          
+  "TABLE",         "CREATE",        "IF",            "NOT",         
+  "EXISTS",        "TEMP",          "LP",            "RP",          
+  "AS",            "WITHOUT",       "COMMA",         "ID",          
+  "INDEXED",       "ABORT",         "ACTION",        "AFTER",       
+  "ANALYZE",       "ASC",           "ATTACH",        "BEFORE",      
+  "BY",            "CASCADE",       "CAST",          "COLUMNKW",    
+  "CONFLICT",      "DATABASE",      "DESC",          "DETACH",      
+  "EACH",          "FAIL",          "FOR",           "IGNORE",      
+  "INITIALLY",     "INSTEAD",       "LIKE_KW",       "MATCH",       
+  "NO",            "KEY",           "OF",            "OFFSET",      
+  "PRAGMA",        "RAISE",         "RECURSIVE",     "REPLACE",     
+  "RESTRICT",      "ROW",           "TRIGGER",       "VACUUM",      
+  "VIEW",          "VIRTUAL",       "WITH",          "REINDEX",     
+  "RENAME",        "CTIME_KW",      "ANY",           "OR",          
+  "AND",           "IS",            "BETWEEN",       "IN",          
+  "ISNULL",        "NOTNULL",       "NE",            "EQ",          
+  "GT",            "LE",            "LT",            "GE",          
+  "ESCAPE",        "BITAND",        "BITOR",         "LSHIFT",      
+  "RSHIFT",        "PLUS",          "MINUS",         "STAR",        
+  "SLASH",         "REM",           "CONCAT",        "COLLATE",     
+  "BITNOT",        "STRING",        "JOIN_KW",       "CONSTRAINT",  
+  "DEFAULT",       "NULL",          "PRIMARY",       "UNIQUE",      
+  "CHECK",         "REFERENCES",    "AUTOINCR",      "ON",          
+  "INSERT",        "DELETE",        "UPDATE",        "SET",         
+  "DEFERRABLE",    "FOREIGN",       "DROP",          "UNION",       
+  "ALL",           "EXCEPT",        "INTERSECT",     "SELECT",      
+  "VALUES",        "DISTINCT",      "DOT",           "FROM",        
+  "JOIN",          "USING",         "ORDER",         "GROUP",       
+  "HAVING",        "LIMIT",         "WHERE",         "INTO",        
+  "INTEGER",       "FLOAT",         "BLOB",          "VARIABLE",    
+  "CASE",          "WHEN",          "THEN",          "ELSE",        
+  "INDEX",         "ALTER",         "ADD",           "error",       
+  "input",         "cmdlist",       "ecmd",          "explain",     
+  "cmdx",          "cmd",           "transtype",     "trans_opt",   
+  "nm",            "savepoint_opt",  "create_table",  "create_table_args",
+  "createkw",      "temp",          "ifnotexists",   "dbnm",        
+  "columnlist",    "conslist_opt",  "table_options",  "select",      
+  "column",        "columnid",      "type",          "carglist",    
+  "typetoken",     "typename",      "signed",        "plus_num",    
+  "minus_num",     "ccons",         "term",          "expr",        
+  "onconf",        "sortorder",     "autoinc",       "idxlist_opt", 
+  "refargs",       "defer_subclause",  "refarg",        "refact",      
+  "init_deferred_pred_opt",  "conslist",      "tconscomma",    "tcons",       
+  "idxlist",       "defer_subclause_opt",  "orconf",        "resolvetype", 
+  "raisetype",     "ifexists",      "fullname",      "selectnowith",
+  "oneselect",     "with",          "multiselect_op",  "distinct",    
+  "selcollist",    "from",          "where_opt",     "groupby_opt", 
+  "having_opt",    "orderby_opt",   "limit_opt",     "values",      
+  "nexprlist",     "exprlist",      "sclp",          "as",          
+  "seltablist",    "stl_prefix",    "joinop",        "indexed_opt", 
+  "on_opt",        "using_opt",     "joinop2",       "idlist",      
+  "sortlist",      "setlist",       "insert_cmd",    "inscollist_opt",
+  "likeop",        "between_op",    "in_op",         "case_operand",
+  "case_exprlist",  "case_else",     "uniqueflag",    "collate",     
+  "nmnum",         "trigger_decl",  "trigger_cmd_list",  "trigger_time",
+  "trigger_event",  "foreach_clause",  "when_clause",   "trigger_cmd", 
+  "trnm",          "tridxby",       "database_kw_opt",  "key_opt",     
+  "add_column_fullname",  "kwcolumn_opt",  "create_vtab",   "vtabarglist", 
+  "vtabarg",       "vtabargtoken",  "lp",            "anylist",     
+  "wqlist",      
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+*/
+static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
+ /*   0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
+ /*   1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
+ /*   2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
+ /*   3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
+ /*   4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
+ /*   5 */ "explain ::=",
+ /*   6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
+ /*   7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
+ /*   8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
+ /*   9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
+ /*  10 */ "trans_opt ::=",
+ /*  11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
+ /*  12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
+ /*  13 */ "transtype ::=",
+ /*  14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
+ /*  15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
+ /*  17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
+ /*  18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
+ /*  19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
+ /*  20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT",
+ /*  21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=",
+ /*  22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm",
+ /*  23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm",
+ /*  24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm",
+ /*  25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
+ /*  26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
+ /*  27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE",
+ /*  28 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
+ /*  29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
+ /*  30 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
+ /*  31 */ "temp ::=",
+ /*  32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options",
+ /*  33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
+ /*  34 */ "table_options ::=",
+ /*  35 */ "table_options ::= WITHOUT nm",
+ /*  36 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
+ /*  37 */ "columnlist ::= column",
+ /*  38 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
+ /*  39 */ "columnid ::= nm",
+ /*  40 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED",
+ /*  41 */ "nm ::= STRING",
+ /*  42 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /*  43 */ "type ::=",
+ /*  44 */ "type ::= typetoken",
+ /*  45 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
+ /*  46 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
+ /*  47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
+ /*  48 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING",
+ /*  49 */ "typename ::= typename ID|STRING",
+ /*  50 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
+ /*  51 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
+ /*  52 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons",
+ /*  53 */ "carglist ::=",
+ /*  54 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /*  55 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
+ /*  56 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
+ /*  57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
+ /*  58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
+ /*  59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED",
+ /*  60 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
+ /*  61 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
+ /*  62 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
+ /*  63 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
+ /*  64 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
+ /*  65 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
+ /*  66 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  67 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /*  68 */ "autoinc ::=",
+ /*  69 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
+ /*  70 */ "refargs ::=",
+ /*  71 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
+ /*  72 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
+ /*  73 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
+ /*  74 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
+ /*  75 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
+ /*  76 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
+ /*  77 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
+ /*  78 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
+ /*  79 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
+ /*  80 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION",
+ /*  81 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  82 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  83 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
+ /*  84 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
+ /*  85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  86 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
+ /*  87 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
+ /*  88 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons",
+ /*  89 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
+ /*  90 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA",
+ /*  91 */ "tconscomma ::=",
+ /*  92 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /*  93 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
+ /*  94 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /*  95 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
+ /*  96 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
+ /*  97 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
+ /*  98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  99 */ "onconf ::=",
+ /* 100 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
+ /* 101 */ "orconf ::=",
+ /* 102 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
+ /* 103 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
+ /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
+ /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 106 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
+ /* 107 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
+ /* 108 */ "ifexists ::=",
+ /* 109 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
+ /* 110 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
+ /* 111 */ "cmd ::= select",
+ /* 112 */ "select ::= with selectnowith",
+ /* 113 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect",
+ /* 114 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect",
+ /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
+ /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
+ /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
+ /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
+ /* 119 */ "oneselect ::= values",
+ /* 120 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP",
+ /* 121 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 122 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
+ /* 123 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
+ /* 124 */ "distinct ::=",
+ /* 125 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
+ /* 126 */ "sclp ::=",
+ /* 127 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
+ /* 128 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
+ /* 129 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
+ /* 130 */ "as ::= AS nm",
+ /* 131 */ "as ::= ID|STRING",
+ /* 132 */ "as ::=",
+ /* 133 */ "from ::=",
+ /* 134 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
+ /* 135 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
+ /* 136 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
+ /* 137 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 138 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 139 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 140 */ "dbnm ::=",
+ /* 141 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
+ /* 142 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
+ /* 143 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
+ /* 144 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
+ /* 145 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
+ /* 146 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
+ /* 147 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
+ /* 148 */ "on_opt ::=",
+ /* 149 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
+ /* 150 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 151 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 152 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP",
+ /* 153 */ "using_opt ::=",
+ /* 154 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
+ /* 155 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
+ /* 156 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder",
+ /* 157 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder",
+ /* 158 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
+ /* 159 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
+ /* 160 */ "sortorder ::=",
+ /* 161 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
+ /* 162 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
+ /* 163 */ "having_opt ::=",
+ /* 164 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
+ /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::=",
+ /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
+ /* 167 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
+ /* 168 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
+ /* 169 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
+ /* 170 */ "where_opt ::=",
+ /* 171 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
+ /* 172 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 173 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
+ /* 174 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
+ /* 175 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 176 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
+ /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
+ /* 178 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 179 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
+ /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP",
+ /* 181 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm",
+ /* 182 */ "idlist ::= nm",
+ /* 183 */ "expr ::= term",
+ /* 184 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /* 185 */ "term ::= NULL",
+ /* 186 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED",
+ /* 187 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 188 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
+ /* 190 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
+ /* 191 */ "term ::= STRING",
+ /* 192 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
+ /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /* 194 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
+ /* 195 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP",
+ /* 196 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP",
+ /* 197 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
+ /* 198 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
+ /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
+ /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
+ /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
+ /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
+ /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
+ /* 206 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH",
+ /* 207 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH",
+ /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
+ /* 209 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr",
+ /* 210 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
+ /* 211 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
+ /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr",
+ /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr",
+ /* 214 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
+ /* 215 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
+ /* 216 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
+ /* 217 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
+ /* 218 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
+ /* 219 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
+ /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
+ /* 221 */ "in_op ::= IN",
+ /* 222 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
+ /* 223 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 224 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
+ /* 225 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
+ /* 226 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
+ /* 227 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
+ /* 228 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
+ /* 229 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 230 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 231 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
+ /* 232 */ "case_else ::=",
+ /* 233 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
+ /* 234 */ "case_operand ::=",
+ /* 235 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
+ /* 236 */ "exprlist ::=",
+ /* 237 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 238 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
+ /* 239 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt",
+ /* 240 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
+ /* 241 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
+ /* 242 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 243 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
+ /* 244 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 245 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 246 */ "collate ::=",
+ /* 247 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
+ /* 248 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
+ /* 249 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
+ /* 250 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
+ /* 251 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
+ /* 252 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
+ /* 253 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
+ /* 254 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
+ /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP",
+ /* 256 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
+ /* 257 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
+ /* 258 */ "nmnum ::= ON",
+ /* 259 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE",
+ /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT",
+ /* 261 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 262 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 263 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 264 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
+ /* 265 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
+ /* 266 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
+ /* 267 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
+ /* 268 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
+ /* 269 */ "trigger_time ::=",
+ /* 270 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
+ /* 271 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
+ /* 272 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist",
+ /* 273 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
+ /* 274 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
+ /* 275 */ "when_clause ::=",
+ /* 276 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
+ /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 279 */ "trnm ::= nm",
+ /* 280 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 281 */ "tridxby ::=",
+ /* 282 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 283 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 285 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 286 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt",
+ /* 287 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
+ /* 288 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
+ /* 289 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
+ /* 290 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
+ /* 291 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
+ /* 292 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
+ /* 293 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
+ /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
+ /* 295 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
+ /* 296 */ "key_opt ::=",
+ /* 297 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
+ /* 298 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
+ /* 299 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
+ /* 300 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
+ /* 301 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
+ /* 302 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
+ /* 303 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
+ /* 304 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
+ /* 305 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column",
+ /* 306 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
+ /* 307 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
+ /* 308 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
+ /* 309 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
+ /* 310 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
+ /* 311 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm",
+ /* 312 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
+ /* 313 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
+ /* 314 */ "vtabarg ::=",
+ /* 315 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
+ /* 316 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
+ /* 317 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
+ /* 318 */ "lp ::= LP",
+ /* 319 */ "anylist ::=",
+ /* 320 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP",
+ /* 321 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
+ /* 322 */ "with ::=",
+ /* 323 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist",
+ /* 324 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist",
+ /* 325 */ "wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP",
+ /* 326 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP",
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+/*
+** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.
+*/
+static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
+  int newSize;
+  yyStackEntry *pNew;
+
+  newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
+  pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
+  if( pNew ){
+    p->yystack = pNew;
+    p->yystksz = newSize;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if( yyTraceFILE ){
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n",
+              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+**
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
+  yyParser *pParser;
+  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
+  if( pParser ){
+    pParser->yyidx = -1;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+    pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
+#endif
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+    pParser->yystack = NULL;
+    pParser->yystksz = 0;
+    yyGrowStack(pParser);
+#endif
+  }
+  return pParser;
+}
+
+/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
+** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
+** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
+** the value.
+*/
+static void yy_destructor(
+  yyParser *yypParser,    /* The parser */
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+  switch( yymajor ){
+    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
+    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
+    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+    **
+    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
+    ** inside the C code.
+    */
+    case 163: /* select */
+    case 195: /* selectnowith */
+    case 196: /* oneselect */
+    case 207: /* values */
+{
+sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy3));
+}
+      break;
+    case 174: /* term */
+    case 175: /* expr */
+{
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy346).pExpr);
+}
+      break;
+    case 179: /* idxlist_opt */
+    case 188: /* idxlist */
+    case 200: /* selcollist */
+    case 203: /* groupby_opt */
+    case 205: /* orderby_opt */
+    case 208: /* nexprlist */
+    case 209: /* exprlist */
+    case 210: /* sclp */
+    case 220: /* sortlist */
+    case 221: /* setlist */
+    case 228: /* case_exprlist */
+{
+sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy14));
+}
+      break;
+    case 194: /* fullname */
+    case 201: /* from */
+    case 212: /* seltablist */
+    case 213: /* stl_prefix */
+{
+sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy65));
+}
+      break;
+    case 197: /* with */
+    case 252: /* wqlist */
+{
+sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy59));
+}
+      break;
+    case 202: /* where_opt */
+    case 204: /* having_opt */
+    case 216: /* on_opt */
+    case 227: /* case_operand */
+    case 229: /* case_else */
+    case 238: /* when_clause */
+    case 243: /* key_opt */
+{
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy132));
+}
+      break;
+    case 217: /* using_opt */
+    case 219: /* idlist */
+    case 223: /* inscollist_opt */
+{
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy408));
+}
+      break;
+    case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */
+    case 239: /* trigger_cmd */
+{
+sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy473));
+}
+      break;
+    case 236: /* trigger_event */
+{
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy378).b);
+}
+      break;
+    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
+**
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
+**
+** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
+*/
+static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
+  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
+
+  /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below
+  ** empty in SQLite.  */
+  if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+      yyTracePrompt,
+      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
+  }
+#endif
+  yymajor = yytos->major;
+  yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor);
+  pParser->yyidx--;
+  return yymajor;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
+**       obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc.
+** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
+**       from malloc.
+** </ul>
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(
+  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
+  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully
+  ** created in the first place. */
+  if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return;
+  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  free(pParser->yystack);
+#endif
+  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
+*/
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  return pParser->yyidxMax;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_shift_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT
+   || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    if( iLookAhead>0 ){
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+      YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
+      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
+             && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
+        }
+#endif
+        return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYWILDCARD
+      {
+        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
+        if( 
+#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
+          j>=0 &&
+#endif
+#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
+          j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
+#endif
+          yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD
+        ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+          if( yyTraceFILE ){
+            fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
+               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
+          }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+          return yy_action[j];
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
+    }
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_reduce_action(
+  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
+  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+#else
+  assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
+#endif
+  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+  assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
+  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
+  i += iLookAhead;
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+#else
+  assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
+  assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
+#endif
+  return yy_action[i];
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
+*/
+static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){
+   sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+   yypParser->yyidx--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+   if( yyTraceFILE ){
+     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+   }
+#endif
+   while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+   ** stack every overflows */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
+   sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a shift action.
+*/
+static void yy_shift(
+  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
+  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
+  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */
+){
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;
+  yypParser->yyidx++;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){
+    yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx;
+  }
+#endif
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
+    yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
+    return;
+  }
+#else
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
+    yyGrowStack(yypParser);
+    if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
+      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+  yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState;
+  yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor;
+  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
+    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
+*/
+static const struct {
+  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} yyRuleInfo[] = {
+  { 144, 1 },
+  { 145, 2 },
+  { 145, 1 },
+  { 146, 1 },
+  { 146, 3 },
+  { 147, 0 },
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 148, 1 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 151, 0 },
+  { 151, 1 },
+  { 151, 2 },
+  { 150, 0 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 153, 1 },
+  { 153, 0 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 149, 5 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 154, 6 },
+  { 156, 1 },
+  { 158, 0 },
+  { 158, 3 },
+  { 157, 1 },
+  { 157, 0 },
+  { 155, 5 },
+  { 155, 2 },
+  { 162, 0 },
+  { 162, 2 },
+  { 160, 3 },
+  { 160, 1 },
+  { 164, 3 },
+  { 165, 1 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 166, 0 },
+  { 166, 1 },
+  { 168, 1 },
+  { 168, 4 },
+  { 168, 6 },
+  { 169, 1 },
+  { 169, 2 },
+  { 170, 1 },
+  { 170, 1 },
+  { 167, 2 },
+  { 167, 0 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 4 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 5 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 4 },
+  { 173, 4 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 178, 0 },
+  { 178, 1 },
+  { 180, 0 },
+  { 180, 2 },
+  { 182, 2 },
+  { 182, 3 },
+  { 182, 3 },
+  { 182, 3 },
+  { 183, 2 },
+  { 183, 2 },
+  { 183, 1 },
+  { 183, 1 },
+  { 183, 2 },
+  { 181, 3 },
+  { 181, 2 },
+  { 184, 0 },
+  { 184, 2 },
+  { 184, 2 },
+  { 161, 0 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 185, 3 },
+  { 185, 1 },
+  { 186, 1 },
+  { 186, 0 },
+  { 187, 2 },
+  { 187, 7 },
+  { 187, 5 },
+  { 187, 5 },
+  { 187, 10 },
+  { 189, 0 },
+  { 189, 1 },
+  { 176, 0 },
+  { 176, 3 },
+  { 190, 0 },
+  { 190, 2 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 193, 2 },
+  { 193, 0 },
+  { 149, 8 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 163, 2 },
+  { 195, 1 },
+  { 195, 3 },
+  { 198, 1 },
+  { 198, 2 },
+  { 198, 1 },
+  { 196, 9 },
+  { 196, 1 },
+  { 207, 4 },
+  { 207, 5 },
+  { 199, 1 },
+  { 199, 1 },
+  { 199, 0 },
+  { 210, 2 },
+  { 210, 0 },
+  { 200, 3 },
+  { 200, 2 },
+  { 200, 4 },
+  { 211, 2 },
+  { 211, 1 },
+  { 211, 0 },
+  { 201, 0 },
+  { 201, 2 },
+  { 213, 2 },
+  { 213, 0 },
+  { 212, 7 },
+  { 212, 7 },
+  { 212, 7 },
+  { 159, 0 },
+  { 159, 2 },
+  { 194, 2 },
+  { 214, 1 },
+  { 214, 2 },
+  { 214, 3 },
+  { 214, 4 },
+  { 216, 2 },
+  { 216, 0 },
+  { 215, 0 },
+  { 215, 3 },
+  { 215, 2 },
+  { 217, 4 },
+  { 217, 0 },
+  { 205, 0 },
+  { 205, 3 },
+  { 220, 4 },
+  { 220, 2 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 177, 0 },
+  { 203, 0 },
+  { 203, 3 },
+  { 204, 0 },
+  { 204, 2 },
+  { 206, 0 },
+  { 206, 2 },
+  { 206, 4 },
+  { 206, 4 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 202, 0 },
+  { 202, 2 },
+  { 149, 8 },
+  { 221, 5 },
+  { 221, 3 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 149, 7 },
+  { 222, 2 },
+  { 222, 1 },
+  { 223, 0 },
+  { 223, 3 },
+  { 219, 3 },
+  { 219, 1 },
+  { 175, 1 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 175, 1 },
+  { 175, 1 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 175, 1 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 6 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 175, 4 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 224, 1 },
+  { 224, 2 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 4 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 225, 1 },
+  { 225, 2 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 226, 1 },
+  { 226, 2 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 175, 4 },
+  { 175, 4 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 228, 5 },
+  { 228, 4 },
+  { 229, 2 },
+  { 229, 0 },
+  { 227, 1 },
+  { 227, 0 },
+  { 209, 1 },
+  { 209, 0 },
+  { 208, 3 },
+  { 208, 1 },
+  { 149, 12 },
+  { 230, 1 },
+  { 230, 0 },
+  { 179, 0 },
+  { 179, 3 },
+  { 188, 5 },
+  { 188, 3 },
+  { 231, 0 },
+  { 231, 2 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 149, 5 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 149, 5 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 232, 1 },
+  { 232, 1 },
+  { 232, 1 },
+  { 232, 1 },
+  { 232, 1 },
+  { 171, 2 },
+  { 171, 1 },
+  { 172, 2 },
+  { 149, 5 },
+  { 233, 11 },
+  { 235, 1 },
+  { 235, 1 },
+  { 235, 2 },
+  { 235, 0 },
+  { 236, 1 },
+  { 236, 1 },
+  { 236, 3 },
+  { 237, 0 },
+  { 237, 3 },
+  { 238, 0 },
+  { 238, 2 },
+  { 234, 3 },
+  { 234, 2 },
+  { 240, 1 },
+  { 240, 3 },
+  { 241, 0 },
+  { 241, 3 },
+  { 241, 2 },
+  { 239, 7 },
+  { 239, 5 },
+  { 239, 5 },
+  { 239, 1 },
+  { 175, 4 },
+  { 175, 6 },
+  { 192, 1 },
+  { 192, 1 },
+  { 192, 1 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 243, 0 },
+  { 243, 2 },
+  { 242, 1 },
+  { 242, 0 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 3 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 244, 1 },
+  { 245, 0 },
+  { 245, 1 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 246, 8 },
+  { 247, 1 },
+  { 247, 3 },
+  { 248, 0 },
+  { 248, 2 },
+  { 249, 1 },
+  { 249, 3 },
+  { 250, 1 },
+  { 251, 0 },
+  { 251, 4 },
+  { 251, 2 },
+  { 197, 0 },
+  { 197, 2 },
+  { 197, 3 },
+  { 252, 6 },
+  { 252, 8 },
+};
+
+static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
+
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void yy_reduce(
+  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
+  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
+  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
+  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
+  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
+  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
+        && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
+      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
+  }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+  /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
+  ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
+  ** switch.  yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
+  ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal.  Leaving the
+  ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
+  ** as the value is never used.  So really the only thing this code
+  ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.  
+  **
+  ** 2007-01-16:  The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
+  ** without this code, their parser segfaults.  I'm not sure what there
+  ** parser is doing to make this happen.  This is the second bug report
+  ** from wireshark this week.  Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
+  ** that it has not been previously stressed...  (SQLite ticket #2172)
+  */
+  /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/
+  yygotominor = yyzerominor;
+
+
+  switch( yyruleno ){
+  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
+  ** follows:
+  **   case 0:
+  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
+  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
+  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
+  **     break;
+  */
+      case 5: /* explain ::= */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
+        break;
+      case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
+        break;
+      case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); }
+        break;
+      case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */
+{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
+        break;
+      case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
+{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 13: /* transtype ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_DEFERRED;}
+        break;
+      case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
+      case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15);
+      case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16);
+      case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115);
+      case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].major;}
+        break;
+      case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */
+      case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18);
+{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */
+{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
+{
+   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy328,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */
+{
+  pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+}
+        break;
+      case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */
+      case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31);
+      case 68: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==68);
+      case 81: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==81);
+      case 83: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83);
+      case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85);
+      case 97: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==97);
+      case 108: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108);
+      case 218: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==218);
+      case 221: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==221);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
+      case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30);
+      case 69: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==69);
+      case 84: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84);
+      case 107: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==107);
+      case 219: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219);
+      case 222: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = 1;}
+        break;
+      case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy186,0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+}
+        break;
+      case 34: /* table_options ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 35: /* table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */
+{
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){
+    yygotominor.yy186 = TF_WithoutRowid;
+  }else{
+    yygotominor.yy186 = 0;
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z);
+  }
+}
+        break;
+      case 38: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
+}
+        break;
+      case 39: /* columnid ::= nm */
+{
+  sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+  pParse->constraintName.n = 0;
+}
+        break;
+      case 40: /* nm ::= ID|INDEXED */
+      case 41: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41);
+      case 42: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42);
+      case 45: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==45);
+      case 48: /* typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==48);
+      case 130: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==130);
+      case 131: /* as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==131);
+      case 141: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==141);
+      case 150: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==150);
+      case 247: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247);
+      case 256: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==256);
+      case 257: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==257);
+      case 258: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==258);
+      case 259: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==259);
+      case 260: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260);
+      case 261: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261);
+      case 262: /* plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262);
+      case 263: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263);
+      case 279: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279);
+{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+        break;
+      case 44: /* type ::= typetoken */
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z);
+}
+        break;
+      case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z);
+}
+        break;
+      case 49: /* typename ::= typename ID|STRING */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);}
+        break;
+      case 54: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
+      case 92: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92);
+{pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+        break;
+      case 55: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
+      case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==57);
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);}
+        break;
+      case 56: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);}
+        break;
+      case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
+{
+  ExprSpan v;
+  v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z;
+  v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+}
+        break;
+      case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED */
+{
+  ExprSpan v;
+  spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+}
+        break;
+      case 61: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
+{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 62: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 63: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 64: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 65: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */
+{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 66: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
+{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 67: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */
+{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 70: /* refargs ::= */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */}
+        break;
+      case 71: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy328 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy429.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy429.value; }
+        break;
+      case 72: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
+      case 73: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==73);
+{ yygotominor.yy429.value = 0;     yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x000000; }
+        break;
+      case 74: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;     yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+        break;
+      case 75: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328<<8;  yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+        break;
+      case 76: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetNull;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 77: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetDflt;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 78: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Cascade;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 79: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 80: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None;     /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 82: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+      case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98);
+      case 100: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==100);
+      case 103: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==103);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;}
+        break;
+      case 86: /* conslist_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 87: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
+{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;}
+        break;
+      case 90: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */
+{pParse->constraintName.n = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 93: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328,0);}
+        break;
+      case 94: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 95: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 96: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
+{
+    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 99: /* onconf ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Default;}
+        break;
+      case 101: /* orconf ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Default;}
+        break;
+      case 102: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;}
+        break;
+      case 104: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Ignore;}
+        break;
+      case 105: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Replace;}
+        break;
+      case 106: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 109: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
+{
+  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-6].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 110: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 111: /* cmd ::= select */
+{
+  SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, &dest);
+  sqlite3ExplainBegin(pParse->pVdbe);
+  sqlite3ExplainSelect(pParse->pVdbe, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+  sqlite3ExplainFinish(pParse->pVdbe);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+}
+        break;
+      case 112: /* select ::= with selectnowith */
+{
+  Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy3, *pNext, *pLoop;
+  if( p ){
+    int cnt = 0, mxSelect;
+    p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy59;
+    if( p->pPrior ){
+      pNext = 0;
+      for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pNext=pLoop, pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){
+        pLoop->pNext = pNext;
+        pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound;
+      }
+      mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT];
+      if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy59);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy3 = p;
+}
+        break;
+      case 113: /* selectnowith ::= oneselect */
+      case 119: /* oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119);
+{yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;}
+        break;
+      case 114: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */
+{
+  Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;
+  if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){
+    SrcList *pFrom;
+    Token x;
+    x.n = 0;
+    pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0);
+    pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+  }
+  if( pRhs ){
+    pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy328;
+    pRhs->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy3;
+    if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy328!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy3);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy3 = pRhs;
+}
+        break;
+      case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_ALL;}
+        break;
+      case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy14,yymsp[-5].minor.yy65,yymsp[-4].minor.yy132,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-2].minor.yy132,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[-7].minor.yy381,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pOffset);
+}
+        break;
+      case 120: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 121: /* values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP */
+{
+  Select *pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0);
+  if( pRight ){
+    pRight->op = TK_ALL;
+    pRight->pPrior = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3;
+    yygotominor.yy3 = pRight;
+  }else{
+    yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3;
+  }
+}
+        break;
+      case 122: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */
+{yygotominor.yy381 = SF_Distinct;}
+        break;
+      case 123: /* distinct ::= ALL */
+      case 124: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==124);
+{yygotominor.yy381 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 125: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
+      case 243: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==243);
+{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;}
+        break;
+      case 126: /* sclp ::= */
+      case 154: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==154);
+      case 161: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161);
+      case 236: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236);
+      case 242: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242);
+{yygotominor.yy14 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 127: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
+{
+   yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+   if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
+   sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);
+}
+        break;
+      case 128: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
+{
+  Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, p);
+}
+        break;
+      case 129: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
+{
+  Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14, pDot);
+}
+        break;
+      case 132: /* as ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 133: /* from ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy65));}
+        break;
+      case 134: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[0].minor.yy65;
+  sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy65);
+}
+        break;
+      case 135: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
+{
+   yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy65;
+   if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy65 && yygotominor.yy65->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+}
+        break;
+      case 136: /* stl_prefix ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy65 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 137: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy65, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 138: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
+{
+    yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy3,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
+  }
+        break;
+      case 139: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
+{
+    if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy65==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy132==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy408==0 ){
+      yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65;
+    }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->nSrc==1 ){
+      yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
+      if( yygotominor.yy65 ){
+        struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1];
+        struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->a;
+        pNew->zName = pOld->zName;
+        pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase;
+        pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect;
+        pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0;
+        pOld->pSelect = 0;
+      }
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65);
+    }else{
+      Select *pSubquery;
+      sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy65);
+      pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0,0);
+      yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
+    }
+  }
+        break;
+      case 140: /* dbnm ::= */
+      case 149: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==149);
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;}
+        break;
+      case 142: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
+{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 143: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = JT_INNER; }
+        break;
+      case 144: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
+        break;
+      case 145: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
+        break;
+      case 146: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
+        break;
+      case 147: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
+      case 164: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==164);
+      case 171: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==171);
+      case 231: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==231);
+      case 233: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==233);
+{yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 148: /* on_opt ::= */
+      case 163: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==163);
+      case 170: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==170);
+      case 232: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==232);
+      case 234: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==234);
+{yygotominor.yy132 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 151: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;}
+        break;
+      case 152: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */
+      case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180);
+{yygotominor.yy408 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy408;}
+        break;
+      case 153: /* using_opt ::= */
+      case 179: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==179);
+{yygotominor.yy408 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 155: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
+      case 162: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162);
+      case 235: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235);
+{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[0].minor.yy14;}
+        break;
+      case 156: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+}
+        break;
+      case 157: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  if( yygotominor.yy14 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy14->a) ) yygotominor.yy14->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+}
+        break;
+      case 158: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
+      case 160: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+        break;
+      case 159: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+        break;
+      case 165: /* limit_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 167: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 168: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 169: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1);
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy65,yymsp[0].minor.yy132);
+}
+        break;
+      case 172: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, 1);
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,"set list"); 
+  sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy132,yymsp[-5].minor.yy186);
+}
+        break;
+      case 173: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+}
+        break;
+      case 174: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+}
+        break;
+      case 175: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
+{
+  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1);
+  sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);
+}
+        break;
+      case 176: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
+{
+  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy59, 1);
+  sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy408, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186);
+}
+        break;
+      case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = yymsp[0].minor.yy186;}
+        break;
+      case 178: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Replace;}
+        break;
+      case 181: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */
+{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy408,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 182: /* idlist ::= nm */
+{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 183: /* expr ::= term */
+{yygotominor.yy346 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346;}
+        break;
+      case 184: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
+{yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 185: /* term ::= NULL */
+      case 190: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==190);
+      case 191: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191);
+{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 186: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */
+      case 187: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187);
+{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 188: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 192: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
+{
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>=2 && yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1]) ){
+    /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression
+    ** that look like this:   #1 #2 ...  These terms refer to registers
+    ** in the virtual machine.  #N is the N-th register. */
+    if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = 0;
+    }else{
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+      if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->iTable);
+    }
+  }else{
+    spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+    sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+  }
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 193: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+        break;
+      case 194: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 195: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */
+{
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy381 && yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct;
+  }
+}
+        break;
+      case 196: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 197: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 198: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
+      case 199: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==199);
+      case 200: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200);
+      case 201: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201);
+      case 202: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202);
+      case 203: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203);
+      case 204: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204);
+      case 205: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205);
+{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);}
+        break;
+      case 206: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */
+{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 207: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */
+{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 1;}
+        break;
+      case 208: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */
+{
+  ExprList *pList;
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.eOperator);
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+}
+        break;
+      case 209: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */
+{
+  ExprList *pList;
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.eOperator);
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+}
+        break;
+      case 210: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
+{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 211: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
+{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 212: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */
+{
+  spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);
+  binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_ISNULL);
+}
+        break;
+      case 213: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */
+{
+  spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);
+  binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL);
+}
+        break;
+      case 214: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
+      case 215: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==215);
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 216: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 217: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 220: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
+{
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+  } 
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+}
+        break;
+      case 223: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
+{
+    if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14==0 ){
+      /* Expressions of the form
+      **
+      **      expr1 IN ()
+      **      expr1 NOT IN ()
+      **
+      ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively,
+      ** regardless of the value of expr1.
+      */
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy328]);
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+    }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr==1 ){
+      /* Expressions of the form:
+      **
+      **      expr1 IN (?1)
+      **      expr1 NOT IN (?2)
+      **
+      ** with exactly one value on the RHS can be simplified to something
+      ** like this:
+      **
+      **      expr1 == ?1
+      **      expr1 <> ?2
+      **
+      ** But, the RHS of the == or <> is marked with the EP_Generic flag
+      ** so that it may not contribute to the computation of comparison
+      ** affinity or the collating sequence to use for comparison.  Otherwise,
+      ** the semantics would be subtly different from IN or NOT IN.
+      */
+      Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr;
+      yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr = 0;
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14);
+      /* pRHS cannot be NULL because a malloc error would have been detected
+      ** before now and control would have never reached this point */
+      if( ALWAYS(pRHS) ){
+        pRHS->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
+        pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic;
+      }
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, pRHS, 0);
+    }else{
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+      if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+        yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;
+        sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14);
+      }
+      if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    }
+    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
+    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 224: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
+{
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
+      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+    }
+    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
+    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 225: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
+{
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
+      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+    }
+    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
+    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 226: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
+{
+    SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
+    }
+    if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart;
+    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 227: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
+{
+    Expr *p = yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( p ){
+      p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
+      ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+    }
+    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 228: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy132, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy132 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy14;
+    sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy132);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+        break;
+      case 229: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 230: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 237: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
+{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 238: /* nexprlist ::= expr */
+{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 239: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, 
+                     sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328,
+                      &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 240: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
+      case 291: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==291);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Abort;}
+        break;
+      case 241: /* uniqueflag ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None;}
+        break;
+      case 244: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
+{
+  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, p);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1);
+  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index");
+  if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+}
+        break;
+      case 245: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
+{
+  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index");
+  if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+}
+        break;
+      case 246: /* collate ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 248: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
+{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 249: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
+      case 250: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==250);
+{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 251: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 252: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 253: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 254: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);}
+        break;
+      case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);}
+        break;
+      case 264: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
+{
+  Token all;
+  all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+  all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy473, &all);
+}
+        break;
+      case 265: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
+{
+  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328);
+  yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 266: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
+      case 269: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269);
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_BEFORE; }
+        break;
+      case 267: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_AFTER;  }
+        break;
+      case 268: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_INSTEAD;}
+        break;
+      case 270: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
+      case 271: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==271);
+{yygotominor.yy378.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy378.b = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 272: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */
+{yygotominor.yy378.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy378.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy408;}
+        break;
+      case 275: /* when_clause ::= */
+      case 296: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==296);
+{ yygotominor.yy132 = 0; }
+        break;
+      case 276: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
+      case 297: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==297);
+{ yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; }
+        break;
+      case 277: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{
+  assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy473!=0 );
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+  yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy473;
+}
+        break;
+      case 278: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{ 
+  assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy473!=0 );
+  yymsp[-1].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+  yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+}
+        break;
+      case 280: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE "
+        "statements within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 282: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
+{
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
+        "within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 283: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
+{
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
+        "within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 284: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */
+{ yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); }
+        break;
+      case 285: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */
+{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);}
+        break;
+      case 286: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */
+{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);}
+        break;
+      case 287: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
+{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); }
+        break;
+      case 288: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore;
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+        break;
+      case 289: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); 
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) {
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy328;
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+        break;
+      case 290: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Rollback;}
+        break;
+      case 292: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Fail;}
+        break;
+      case 293: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 294: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);
+}
+        break;
+      case 295: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
+{
+  sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 300: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
+{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
+        break;
+      case 301: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 302: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
+{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
+        break;
+      case 303: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 304: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
+{
+  sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy65,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 305: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */
+{
+  sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 306: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
+{
+  pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+  sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65);
+}
+        break;
+      case 309: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
+{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
+        break;
+      case 310: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
+{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 311: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */
+{
+    sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 314: /* vtabarg ::= */
+{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 316: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
+      case 317: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317);
+      case 318: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318);
+{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 322: /* with ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy59 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 323: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */
+      case 324: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324);
+{ yygotominor.yy59 = yymsp[0].minor.yy59; }
+        break;
+      case 325: /* wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+}
+        break;
+      case 326: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+}
+        break;
+      default:
+      /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0);
+      /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1);
+      /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2);
+      /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3);
+      /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4);
+      /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10);
+      /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11);
+      /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12);
+      /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20);
+      /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21);
+      /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25);
+      /* (36) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==36);
+      /* (37) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==37);
+      /* (43) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43);
+      /* (50) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==50);
+      /* (51) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51);
+      /* (52) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52);
+      /* (53) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53);
+      /* (60) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==60);
+      /* (88) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==88);
+      /* (89) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==89);
+      /* (91) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91);
+      /* (273) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==273);
+      /* (274) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==274);
+      /* (281) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281);
+      /* (298) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298);
+      /* (299) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==299);
+      /* (307) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307);
+      /* (308) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==308);
+      /* (312) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==312);
+      /* (313) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==313);
+      /* (315) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315);
+      /* (319) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319);
+      /* (320) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320);
+      /* (321) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321);
+        break;
+  };
+  assert( yyruleno>=0 && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleInfo)/sizeof(yyRuleInfo[0]) );
+  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
+  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
+  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
+  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+    /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least
+    ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back
+    ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift().
+    ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */
+    if( yysize ){
+      yypParser->yyidx++;
+      yymsp -= yysize-1;
+      yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
+      yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
+      yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 );
+    yy_accept(yypParser);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
+*/
+#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+static void yy_parse_failed(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser fails */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+*/
+static void yy_syntax_error(
+  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor);  /* Silence some compiler warnings */
+  assert( TOKEN.z[0] );  /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+*/
+static void yy_accept(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser accepts */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
+** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
+  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
+#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+#endif
+  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
+
+  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
+  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+    if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
+      /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
+      yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
+      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
+    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+  }
+  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+#endif
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
+    if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
+      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
+    }else{
+      assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      int yymx;
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      /* A syntax error has occurred.
+      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
+      **
+      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
+      **
+      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+      **    the error symbol.
+      **
+      **  * Set the error count to three.
+      **
+      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
+      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
+      **    shifted successfully.
+      **
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
+      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+        }
+#endif
+        yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }else{
+         while(
+          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
+          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
+          (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
+                        yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
+                        YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
+        ){
+          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+        }
+        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
+          yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+          YYMINORTYPE u2;
+          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
+          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+        }
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yyerrorhit = 1;
+#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+      /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
+      ** do any kind of error recovery.  Instead, simply invoke the syntax
+      ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
+      **
+      ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
+      ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
+      */
+      yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      
+#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+      **
+      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+      **
+      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      if( yyendofinput ){
+        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+      }
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+#endif
+    }
+  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
+  return;
+}
+
+/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
+** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
+** parser for analysis.
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+
+/*
+** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
+** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
+** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
+** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
+** need to be translated.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
+const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
+/* 0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   A   B   C   D   E   F */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 0x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 1x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 2x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 3x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 4x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 5x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 95,  0,  0,  /* 6x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 7x */
+   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 8x */
+   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 9x */
+   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ax */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Bx */
+   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Cx */
+   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Dx */
+   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ex */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Fx */
+};
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
+** it is a keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
+** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
+**
+** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
+** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
+** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
+** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
+** the #include below.
+*/
+/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
+/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
+/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
+**
+** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
+**
+**   sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+**
+** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
+** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword.  The same thing
+** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
+** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
+** is substantially reduced.  This is important for embedded applications
+** on platforms with limited memory.
+*/
+/* Hash score: 182 */
+static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
+  /* zText[] encodes 834 bytes of keywords in 554 bytes */
+  /*   REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT       */
+  /*   ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE         */
+  /*   XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY         */
+  /*   UNIQUERYWITHOUTERELEASEATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERECURSIVE         */
+  /*   BETWEENOTNULLIKECASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACH     */
+  /*   IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN     */
+  /*   WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMIT         */
+  /*   CONFLICTCROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAIL        */
+  /*   FROMFULLGLOBYIFISNULLORDERESTRICTRIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSING        */
+  /*   VACUUMVIEWINITIALLY                                                */
+  static const char zText[553] = {
+    'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H',
+    'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G',
+    'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A',
+    'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F',
+    'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N',
+    'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I',
+    'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E',
+    'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E',
+    'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T',
+    'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q',
+    'U','E','R','Y','W','I','T','H','O','U','T','E','R','E','L','E','A','S',
+    'E','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U','P','D','A',
+    'T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','C','U','R','S','I','V','E',
+    'B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C','A',
+    'S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L','A',
+    'T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D','A',
+    'T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E','J',
+    'O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A','L',
+    'Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U','E',
+    'S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W','H',
+    'E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C','E',
+    'A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R','E',
+    'M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M','M',
+    'I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U','R',
+    'R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M','A',
+    'R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T','D',
+    'R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L','O',
+    'B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S','T',
+    'R','I','C','T','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L','B','A','C','K','R',
+    'O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V','A','C','U','U','M',
+    'V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y',
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
+      76, 105, 117,  74,   0,  45,   0,   0,  82,   0,  77,   0,   0,
+      42,  12,  78,  15,   0, 116,  85,  54, 112,   0,  19,   0,   0,
+     121,   0, 119, 115,   0,  22,  93,   0,   9,   0,   0,  70,  71,
+       0,  69,   6,   0,  48,  90, 102,   0, 118, 101,   0,   0,  44,
+       0, 103,  24,   0,  17,   0, 122,  53,  23,   0,   5, 110,  25,
+      96,   0,   0, 124, 106,  60, 123,  57,  28,  55,   0,  91,   0,
+     100,  26,   0,  99,   0,   0,   0,  95,  92,  97,  88, 109,  14,
+      39, 108,   0,  81,   0,  18,  89, 111,  32,   0, 120,  80, 113,
+      62,  46,  84,   0,   0,  94,  40,  59, 114,   0,  36,   0,   0,
+      29,   0,  86,  63,  64,   0,  20,  61,   0,  56,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aNext[124] = {
+       0,   0,   0,   0,   4,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   2,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  13,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   7,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,  33,   0,  21,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  50,
+       0,  43,   3,  47,   0,   0,   0,   0,  30,   0,  58,   0,  38,
+       0,   0,   0,   1,  66,   0,   0,  67,   0,  41,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,  49,  65,   0,   0,   0,   0,  31,  52,  16,  34,
+      10,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  11,  72,  79,   0,   8,
+       0, 104,  98,   0, 107,   0,  87,   0,  75,  51,   0,  27,  37,
+      73,  83,   0,  35,  68,   0,   0,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aLen[124] = {
+       7,   7,   5,   4,   6,   4,   5,   3,   6,   7,   3,   6,   6,
+       7,   7,   3,   8,   2,   6,   5,   4,   4,   3,  10,   4,   6,
+      11,   6,   2,   7,   5,   5,   9,   6,   9,   9,   7,  10,  10,
+       4,   6,   2,   3,   9,   4,   2,   6,   5,   7,   4,   5,   7,
+       6,   6,   5,   6,   5,   5,   9,   7,   7,   3,   2,   4,   4,
+       7,   3,   6,   4,   7,   6,  12,   6,   9,   4,   6,   5,   4,
+       7,   6,   5,   6,   7,   5,   4,   5,   6,   5,   7,   3,   7,
+      13,   2,   2,   4,   6,   6,   8,   5,  17,  12,   7,   8,   8,
+       2,   4,   4,   4,   4,   4,   2,   2,   6,   5,   8,   5,   8,
+       3,   5,   5,   6,   4,   9,   3,
+  };
+  static const unsigned short int aOffset[124] = {
+       0,   2,   2,   8,   9,  14,  16,  20,  23,  25,  25,  29,  33,
+      36,  41,  46,  48,  53,  54,  59,  62,  65,  67,  69,  78,  81,
+      86,  91,  95,  96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152,
+     159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 184, 188, 192,
+     199, 204, 209, 212, 218, 221, 225, 234, 240, 240, 240, 243, 246,
+     250, 251, 255, 261, 265, 272, 278, 290, 296, 305, 307, 313, 318,
+     320, 327, 332, 337, 343, 349, 354, 358, 361, 367, 371, 378, 380,
+     387, 389, 391, 400, 404, 410, 416, 424, 429, 429, 445, 452, 459,
+     460, 467, 471, 475, 479, 483, 486, 488, 490, 496, 500, 508, 513,
+     521, 524, 529, 534, 540, 544, 549,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aCode[124] = {
+    TK_REINDEX,    TK_INDEXED,    TK_INDEX,      TK_DESC,       TK_ESCAPE,     
+    TK_EACH,       TK_CHECK,      TK_KEY,        TK_BEFORE,     TK_FOREIGN,    
+    TK_FOR,        TK_IGNORE,     TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_EXPLAIN,    TK_INSTEAD,    
+    TK_ADD,        TK_DATABASE,   TK_AS,         TK_SELECT,     TK_TABLE,      
+    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_THEN,       TK_END,        TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,       
+    TK_EXCEPT,     TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION,     TK_ON,         TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_ALTER,      TK_RAISE,      TK_EXCLUSIVE,  TK_EXISTS,     TK_SAVEPOINT,  
+    TK_INTERSECT,  TK_TRIGGER,    TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO,       
+    TK_OFFSET,     TK_OF,         TK_SET,        TK_TEMP,       TK_TEMP,       
+    TK_OR,         TK_UNIQUE,     TK_QUERY,      TK_WITHOUT,    TK_WITH,       
+    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_RELEASE,    TK_ATTACH,     TK_HAVING,     TK_GROUP,      
+    TK_UPDATE,     TK_BEGIN,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_RECURSIVE,  TK_BETWEEN,    
+    TK_NOTNULL,    TK_NOT,        TK_NO,         TK_NULL,       TK_LIKE_KW,    
+    TK_CASCADE,    TK_ASC,        TK_DELETE,     TK_CASE,       TK_COLLATE,    
+    TK_CREATE,     TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_DETACH,     TK_IMMEDIATE,  TK_JOIN,       
+    TK_INSERT,     TK_MATCH,      TK_PLAN,       TK_ANALYZE,    TK_PRAGMA,     
+    TK_ABORT,      TK_VALUES,     TK_VIRTUAL,    TK_LIMIT,      TK_WHEN,       
+    TK_WHERE,      TK_RENAME,     TK_AFTER,      TK_REPLACE,    TK_AND,        
+    TK_DEFAULT,    TK_AUTOINCR,   TK_TO,         TK_IN,         TK_CAST,       
+    TK_COLUMNKW,   TK_COMMIT,     TK_CONFLICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_CTIME_KW,   
+    TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_PRIMARY,    TK_DEFERRED,   TK_DISTINCT,   TK_IS,         
+    TK_DROP,       TK_FAIL,       TK_FROM,       TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_LIKE_KW,    
+    TK_BY,         TK_IF,         TK_ISNULL,     TK_ORDER,      TK_RESTRICT,   
+    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_ROLLBACK,   TK_ROW,        TK_UNION,      TK_USING,      
+    TK_VACUUM,     TK_VIEW,       TK_INITIALLY,  TK_ALL,        
+  };
+  int h, i;
+  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
+  h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
+      (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
+      n) % 127;
+  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
+    if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+      testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */
+      testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */
+      testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */
+      testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */
+      testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */
+      testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */
+      testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */
+      testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */
+      testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */
+      testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */
+      testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */
+      testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */
+      testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */
+      testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */
+      testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */
+      testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */
+      testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */
+      testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */
+      testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */
+      testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */
+      testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */
+      testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */
+      testcase( i==22 ); /* END */
+      testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */
+      testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */
+      testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */
+      testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */
+      testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */
+      testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */
+      testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */
+      testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */
+      testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */
+      testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */
+      testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */
+      testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */
+      testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */
+      testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */
+      testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */
+      testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */
+      testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */
+      testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */
+      testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */
+      testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */
+      testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */
+      testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */
+      testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */
+      testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */
+      testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */
+      testcase( i==48 ); /* WITHOUT */
+      testcase( i==49 ); /* WITH */
+      testcase( i==50 ); /* OUTER */
+      testcase( i==51 ); /* RELEASE */
+      testcase( i==52 ); /* ATTACH */
+      testcase( i==53 ); /* HAVING */
+      testcase( i==54 ); /* GROUP */
+      testcase( i==55 ); /* UPDATE */
+      testcase( i==56 ); /* BEGIN */
+      testcase( i==57 ); /* INNER */
+      testcase( i==58 ); /* RECURSIVE */
+      testcase( i==59 ); /* BETWEEN */
+      testcase( i==60 ); /* NOTNULL */
+      testcase( i==61 ); /* NOT */
+      testcase( i==62 ); /* NO */
+      testcase( i==63 ); /* NULL */
+      testcase( i==64 ); /* LIKE */
+      testcase( i==65 ); /* CASCADE */
+      testcase( i==66 ); /* ASC */
+      testcase( i==67 ); /* DELETE */
+      testcase( i==68 ); /* CASE */
+      testcase( i==69 ); /* COLLATE */
+      testcase( i==70 ); /* CREATE */
+      testcase( i==71 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */
+      testcase( i==72 ); /* DETACH */
+      testcase( i==73 ); /* IMMEDIATE */
+      testcase( i==74 ); /* JOIN */
+      testcase( i==75 ); /* INSERT */
+      testcase( i==76 ); /* MATCH */
+      testcase( i==77 ); /* PLAN */
+      testcase( i==78 ); /* ANALYZE */
+      testcase( i==79 ); /* PRAGMA */
+      testcase( i==80 ); /* ABORT */
+      testcase( i==81 ); /* VALUES */
+      testcase( i==82 ); /* VIRTUAL */
+      testcase( i==83 ); /* LIMIT */
+      testcase( i==84 ); /* WHEN */
+      testcase( i==85 ); /* WHERE */
+      testcase( i==86 ); /* RENAME */
+      testcase( i==87 ); /* AFTER */
+      testcase( i==88 ); /* REPLACE */
+      testcase( i==89 ); /* AND */
+      testcase( i==90 ); /* DEFAULT */
+      testcase( i==91 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */
+      testcase( i==92 ); /* TO */
+      testcase( i==93 ); /* IN */
+      testcase( i==94 ); /* CAST */
+      testcase( i==95 ); /* COLUMN */
+      testcase( i==96 ); /* COMMIT */
+      testcase( i==97 ); /* CONFLICT */
+      testcase( i==98 ); /* CROSS */
+      testcase( i==99 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */
+      testcase( i==100 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */
+      testcase( i==101 ); /* PRIMARY */
+      testcase( i==102 ); /* DEFERRED */
+      testcase( i==103 ); /* DISTINCT */
+      testcase( i==104 ); /* IS */
+      testcase( i==105 ); /* DROP */
+      testcase( i==106 ); /* FAIL */
+      testcase( i==107 ); /* FROM */
+      testcase( i==108 ); /* FULL */
+      testcase( i==109 ); /* GLOB */
+      testcase( i==110 ); /* BY */
+      testcase( i==111 ); /* IF */
+      testcase( i==112 ); /* ISNULL */
+      testcase( i==113 ); /* ORDER */
+      testcase( i==114 ); /* RESTRICT */
+      testcase( i==115 ); /* RIGHT */
+      testcase( i==116 ); /* ROLLBACK */
+      testcase( i==117 ); /* ROW */
+      testcase( i==118 ); /* UNION */
+      testcase( i==119 ); /* USING */
+      testcase( i==120 ); /* VACUUM */
+      testcase( i==121 ); /* VIEW */
+      testcase( i==122 ); /* INITIALLY */
+      testcase( i==123 ); /* ALL */
+      return aCode[i];
+    }
+  }
+  return TK_ID;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
+  return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
+}
+#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 124
+
+/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/
+
+
+/*
+** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
+** IdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
+**
+** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
+** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
+** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
+**
+** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
+** end result.
+**
+** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
+** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
+** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
+** But the feature is undocumented.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 4x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 5x */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,  /* 6x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* 8x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0,  /* 9x */
+    1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Ax */
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* Bx */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Cx */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Dx */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Ex */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Fx */
+};
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
+** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
+  int i, c;
+  switch( *z ){
+    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
+      testcase( z[0]==' ' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\t' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\n' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\f' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\r' );
+      for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '-': {
+      if( z[1]=='-' ){
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
+        *tokenType = TK_SPACE;   /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
+        return i;
+      }
+      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '(': {
+      *tokenType = TK_LP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ')': {
+      *tokenType = TK_RP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ';': {
+      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '+': {
+      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '*': {
+      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '/': {
+      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      if( c ) i++;
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;   /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '%': {
+      *tokenType = TK_REM;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '=': {
+      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
+      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
+    }
+    case '<': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='<' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_LT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '>': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_GE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_GT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '!': {
+      if( z[1]!='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case '|': {
+      if( z[1]!='|' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
+        return 1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case ',': {
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '&': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '~': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '`':
+    case '\'':
+    case '"': {
+      int delim = z[0];
+      testcase( delim=='`' );
+      testcase( delim=='\'' );
+      testcase( delim=='"' );
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( c==delim ){
+          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( c=='\'' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_STRING;
+        return i+1;
+      }else if( c!=0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ID;
+        return i+1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return i;
+      }
+    }
+    case '.': {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
+#endif
+      {
+        *tokenType = TK_DOT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
+      ** number that begins with ".".  Fall thru into the next case */
+    }
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
+      testcase( z[0]=='0' );  testcase( z[0]=='1' );  testcase( z[0]=='2' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='3' );  testcase( z[0]=='4' );  testcase( z[0]=='5' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='6' );  testcase( z[0]=='7' );  testcase( z[0]=='8' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='9' );
+      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
+      for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      if( z[i]=='.' ){
+        i++;
+        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
+           ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) 
+            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
+           )
+      ){
+        i += 2;
+        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+#endif
+      while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        i++;
+      }
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '[': {
+      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '?': {
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      return i;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+    case '$':
+#endif
+    case '@':  /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
+    case '#':
+    case ':': {
+      int n = 0;
+      testcase( z[0]=='$' );  testcase( z[0]=='@' );
+      testcase( z[0]==':' );  testcase( z[0]=='#' );
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( IdChar(c) ){
+          n++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+        }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
+          do{
+            i++;
+          }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
+          if( c==')' ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+          }
+          break;
+        }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
+          i++;
+#endif
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case 'x': case 'X': {
+      testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' );
+      if( z[1]=='\'' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
+        for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+        if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){
+          *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+          while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; }
+        }
+        if( z[i] ) i++;
+        return i;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
+** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
+** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into 
+** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
+** error message.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int nErr = 0;                   /* Number of errors encountered */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  void *pEngine;                  /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
+  int tokenType;                  /* type of the next token */
+  int lastTokenParsed = -1;       /* type of the previous token */
+  u8 enableLookaside;             /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* The database connection */
+  int mxSqlLen;                   /* Max length of an SQL string */
+
+
+  mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+  if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
+    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+  }
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  pParse->zTail = zSql;
+  i = 0;
+  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc);
+  if( pEngine==0 ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nzVar==0 );
+  assert( pParse->azVar==0 );
+  enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+  if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
+  while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
+    assert( i>=0 );
+    pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
+    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
+    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
+    if( i>mxSqlLen ){
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+      break;
+    }
+    switch( tokenType ){
+      case TK_SPACE: {
+        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
+          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
+                        &pParse->sLastToken);
+        nErr++;
+        goto abort_parse;
+      }
+      case TK_SEMI: {
+        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+        /* Fall thru into the default case */
+      }
+      default: {
+        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
+        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+abort_parse:
+  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
+      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+  }
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
+      sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
+  );
+#endif /* YYDEBUG */
+  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
+  db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
+  }
+  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
+    sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg);
+    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+    nErr++;
+  }
+  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
+    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
+    pParse->aTableLock = 0;
+    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock);
+#endif
+
+  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
+    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
+    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
+    */
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+  }
+
+  if( pParse->bFreeWith ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWith);
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
+  for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar);
+  while( pParse->pAinc ){
+    AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
+    pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+  while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
+    Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
+    pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+  }
+  if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
+** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file.  But by
+** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
+** static links that do not use it.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+
+/*
+** This is defined in tokenize.c.  We just have to import the definition.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+
+/*
+** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
+** comments on that procedure for additional information.
+*/
+#define tkSEMI    0
+#define tkWS      1
+#define tkOTHER   2
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+#define tkEXPLAIN 3
+#define tkCREATE  4
+#define tkTEMP    5
+#define tkTRIGGER 6
+#define tkEND     7
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
+**
+** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
+** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
+** must end with ";END;".
+**
+** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states:
+**
+**   (0) INVALID   We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character.
+**
+**   (1) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
+**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
+**                 in any other state.
+**
+**   (2) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
+**                 semicolon.
+**
+**   (3) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
+**                 a statement.
+**
+**   (4) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
+**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
+**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
+**
+**   (5) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
+**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
+**
+**   (6) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
+**                 the end of a trigger definition.
+**
+**   (7) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
+**                 of a trigger difinition.
+**
+** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
+** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
+**
+**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
+**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace.
+**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
+**   (3) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
+**   (4) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
+**   (5) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
+**   (6) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
+**   (7) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
+**
+** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
+** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid.
+**
+** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
+** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted.  All we have to do
+** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
+  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
+  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
+  ** statement.  This is the normal case.
+  */
+  static const u8 trans[8][8] = {
+                     /* Token:                                                */
+     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER  EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END */
+     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2,       3,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2,       3,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2,       2,      2,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ {    1,  3,     3,       2,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 4  CREATE: */ {    1,  4,     2,       2,      2,    4,       5,   2, },
+     /* 5 TRIGGER: */ {    6,  5,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
+     /* 6    SEMI: */ {    6,  6,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   7, },
+     /* 7     END: */ {    1,  7,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
+  };
+#else
+  /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
+  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
+  */
+  static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
+                     /* Token:           */
+     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
+     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2, },
+     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2, },
+     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2, },
+  };
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+  while( *zSql ){
+    switch( *zSql ){
+      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
+        token = tkSEMI;
+        break;
+      }
+      case ' ':
+      case '\r':
+      case '\t':
+      case '\n':
+      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
+        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        zSql += 2;
+        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
+        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
+        zSql++;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
+        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '`':     /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
+      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
+      case '\'': {
+        int c = *zSql;
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+        unsigned char c;
+#endif
+        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
+          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
+          int nId;
+          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+          token = tkOTHER;
+#else
+          switch( *zSql ){
+            case 'c': case 'C': {
+              if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
+                token = tkCREATE;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 't': case 'T': {
+              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkTRIGGER;
+              }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 'e':  case 'E': {
+              if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
+                token = tkEND;
+              }else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkEXPLAIN;
+              }else
+#endif
+              {
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            default: {
+              token = tkOTHER;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+          zSql += nId-1;
+        }else{
+          /* Operators and special symbols */
+          token = tkOTHER;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    state = trans[state][token];
+    zSql++;
+  }
+  return state==1;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
+** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
+** UTF-8.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  char const *zSql8;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
+
+/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** FTS3 library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
+*/
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/
+/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** RTREE library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface.
+*/
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** ICU extension.  All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface.
+*/
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant
+** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. 
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
+#endif
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns
+** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. 
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a
+** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
+** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. 
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function
+** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns
+** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to
+** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
+/*
+** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
+** I/O active are written using this function.  These messages
+** are intended for debugging activity only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+**
+** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** all database files specified with a relative pathname.
+**
+** See also the "PRAGMA data_store_directory" SQL command.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** Initialize SQLite.  
+**
+** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
+** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
+** SQLite.  But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
+** sqlite3_open().  
+**
+** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
+** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
+**
+** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
+** completion.  If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
+** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
+** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
+**
+** The first thread might call this routine recursively.  Recursive
+** calls to this routine should not block, of course.  Otherwise the
+** initialization process would never complete.
+**
+** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine.  Let Y be some other
+** thread.  Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
+** incomplete, it is required that:
+**
+**    *  Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
+**       call by X completes.
+**
+**    *  Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
+**       without blocking.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )       /* The main static mutex */
+  int rc;                                      /* Result code */
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+  int bRunExtraInit = 0;                       /* Extra initialization needed */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
+  ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op.  But the initialization
+  ** must be complete.  So isInit must not be set until the very end
+  ** of this routine.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized.  If unable to 
+  ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
+  ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
+  ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
+  **
+  ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
+  ** initialization.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
+  ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex.  Note that
+  ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
+  ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
+  ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
+  */
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1;
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+    rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
+    if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex =
+           sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+
+  /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc
+  ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate
+  ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case.  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
+  ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
+  ** sqlite3_initialize().  The recursive calls normally come through
+  ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
+  ** recursive calls might also be possible.
+  **
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls
+  ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.
+  **
+  ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit
+  ** methods.  The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the
+  ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize().
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
+    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
+    memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
+    sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
+      rc = sqlite3OsInit();
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, 
+          sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+      bRunExtraInit = 1;
+#endif
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+
+  /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
+  ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
+    sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+
+  /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
+  ** been compiled correctly.  It is important to run this code, but
+  ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
+  ** reason.  So we run it once during initialization.
+  */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
+  if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
+    double y;
+    assert(sizeof(x)==8);
+    assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
+    memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
+    assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
+  }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+  ** compile-time option.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+  if( bRunExtraInit ){
+    int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*);
+    rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize().  Must not be called while
+** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
+** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread.  This
+** routine is not threadsafe.  But it is safe to invoke this routine
+** on when SQLite is already shut down.  If SQLite is already shut down
+** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN
+    void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void);
+    SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN();
+#endif
+    sqlite3_os_end();
+    sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){
+    sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+    sqlite3MallocEnd();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES
+    /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed
+    ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
+    ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these
+    ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the
+    ** heap subsystem was shutdown.  This is only done if the current call to
+    ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown.
+    */
+    sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
+    sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+#endif
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){
+    sqlite3MutexEnd();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
+** the SQLite library at run-time.
+**
+** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding
+** database connections or memory allocations.  This routine is not
+** threadsafe.  Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable
+** behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
+  ** the SQLite library is in use. */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+
+    /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe
+    ** compile. 
+    */
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
+      /* Disable all mutexing */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
+      /* Disable mutexing of database connections */
+      /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
+      /* Enable all mutexing */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
+      /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
+      /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
+      /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
+      /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
+      /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
+      /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
+      /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: {
+      /* no-op */
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: {
+      /* now an error */
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: {
+      /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: {
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
+        sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+      }
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2;
+      break;
+    }
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
+      /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
+
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1;
+      }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){
+        /* cap min request size at 2^12 */
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12);
+      }
+
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
+        /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation
+        ** back to NULL pointers too.  This will cause the malloc to go
+        ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is
+        ** run.
+        */
+        memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
+      }else{
+        /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the
+        ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods.  The enclosing #if guarantees at
+        ** least one of these methods is currently enabled.
+        */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    
+    /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument.
+    ** The default is NULL.  Logging is disabled if the function pointer is
+    ** NULL.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: {
+      /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
+      ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
+      ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*));
+      */
+      typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: {
+      typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: {
+      sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64);
+      sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64);
+      if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){
+        mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE;
+      }
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap;
+      if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE;
+      if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap;
+      break;
+    }
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC)
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    default: {
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  
+** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
+** The cnt parameter is the number of slots.  If pStart is NULL the
+** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for
+** the lookaside memory.
+*/
+static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
+  void *pStart;
+  if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
+  ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for 
+  ** both at the same time.
+  */
+  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+  }
+  /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger
+  ** than a pointer to be useful.
+  */
+  sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);  /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */
+  if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0;
+  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
+  if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){
+    sz = 0;
+    pStart = 0;
+  }else if( pBuf==0 ){
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt );  /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz;
+  }else{
+    pStart = pBuf;
+  }
+  db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
+  db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
+  db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
+  if( pStart ){
+    int i;
+    LookasideSlot *p;
+    assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
+    p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
+    for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
+      p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+      db->lookaside.pFree = p;
+      p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
+    }
+    db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
+    db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0;
+  }else{
+    db->lookaside.pStart = db;
+    db->lookaside.pEnd = db;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+    db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the mutex associated with a database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->mutex;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+      sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc;
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+      void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */
+      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);       /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */
+      int cnt = va_arg(ap, int);      /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */
+      rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      static const struct {
+        int op;      /* The opcode */
+        u32 mask;    /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */
+      } aFlagOp[] = {
+        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY,    SQLITE_ForeignKeys    },
+        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger  },
+      };
+      unsigned int i;
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
+      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){
+        if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){
+          int onoff = va_arg(ap, int);
+          int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*);
+          int oldFlags = db->flags;
+          if( onoff>0 ){
+            db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask;
+          }else if( onoff==0 ){
+            db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask;
+          }
+          if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){
+            sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+          }
+          if( pRes ){
+            *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0;
+          }
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
+*/
+static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
+  while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
+  return n==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
+** available.
+**
+** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
+** of strings is ignored.  This implements the RTRIM collation.
+*/
+static int binCollFunc(
+  void *padFlag,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int rc, n;
+  n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
+  rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( padFlag
+     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n)
+     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n)
+    ){
+      /* Leave rc unchanged at 0 */
+    }else{
+      rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
+**
+** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent
+** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
+** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+**
+** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+*/
+static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
+      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( 0==r ){
+    r = nKey1-nKey2;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->lastRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nTotalChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the
+** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open
+** at the b-tree/pager level.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){
+  while( db->pSavepoint ){
+    Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+    db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+  }
+  db->nSavepoint = 0;
+  db->nStatement = 0;
+  db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except,
+** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple
+** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called
+** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding.
+*/
+static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){
+  FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor;
+  if( pDestructor ){
+    pDestructor->nRef--;
+    if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){
+      pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection
+** db. This is called when db is being closed.
+*/
+static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  int i;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
+    if( db->aDb[i].pSchema ){
+      HashElem *p;
+      for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+        Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p);
+        if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects.  
+*/
+static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){
+  int j;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( db->pVdbe ) return 1;
+  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt;
+    if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an existing SQLite database
+*/
+static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){
+  if( !db ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+  /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */
+  disconnectAllVtab(db);
+
+  /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above
+  ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
+  ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
+  ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
+  ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
+  ** some prepared statements internally.
+  */
+  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+
+  /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return
+  ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately.
+  */
+  if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
+       "statements or unfinished backups");
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
+    /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it.
+  */
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE;
+  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database
+** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and
+** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups.  The sqlite3_close_v2()
+** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are
+** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last
+** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); }
+
+
+/*
+** Close the mutex on database connection db.
+**
+** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there
+** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and
+** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has
+** finished, then free all resources.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){
+  HashElem *i;                    /* Hash table iterator */
+  int j;
+
+  /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects
+  ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(),
+  ** then just leave the mutex and return.
+  */
+  if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has
+  ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been
+  ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie).  Therefore,
+  ** go ahead and free all resources.
+  */
+
+  /* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if
+  ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction
+  ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make
+  ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */
+  sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
+
+  /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
+  sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+
+  /* Close all database connections */
+  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
+    if( pDb->pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+      pDb->pBt = 0;
+      if( j!=1 ){
+        pDb->pSchema = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */
+  if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+    sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema);
+  }
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+
+  /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */
+  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
+  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
+  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
+
+  /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any
+  ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks.
+  */
+  sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db);
+
+  for(j=0; j<ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); j++){
+    FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p;
+    for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){
+      pHash = p->pHash;
+      while( p ){
+        functionDestroy(db, p);
+        pNext = p->pNext;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+        p = pNext;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
+    /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
+    for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+      if( pColl[j].xDel ){
+        pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( pMod->xDestroy ){
+      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
+  sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
+  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
+
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+
+  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
+  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
+  ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
+  ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database 
+  ** structure?
+  */
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+  sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
+  assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 );  /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */
+  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback all database files.  If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then
+** any open cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit
+** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further
+** attempts to use that cursor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){
+  int i;
+  int inTrans = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+
+  /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). 
+  ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has
+  ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken
+  ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between
+  ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false
+  ** corruption reports in some cases.  */
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ){
+      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
+        inTrans = 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+  /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */
+  db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+  db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs;
+
+  /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
+  if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
+    db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code
+** specified in the argument.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){
+  const char *zName = 0;
+  int i, origRc = rc;
+  for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){
+    switch( rc ){
+      case SQLITE_OK:                 zName = "SQLITE_OK";                break;
+      case SQLITE_ERROR:              zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";             break;
+      case SQLITE_INTERNAL:           zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL";          break;
+      case SQLITE_PERM:               zName = "SQLITE_PERM";              break;
+      case SQLITE_ABORT:              zName = "SQLITE_ABORT";             break;
+      case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK:     zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK";    break;
+      case SQLITE_BUSY:               zName = "SQLITE_BUSY";              break;
+      case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY:      zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY";     break;
+      case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT:      zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT";     break;
+      case SQLITE_LOCKED:             zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED";            break;
+      case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break;
+      case SQLITE_NOMEM:              zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM";             break;
+      case SQLITE_READONLY:           zName = "SQLITE_READONLY";          break;
+      case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break;
+      case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK"; break;
+      case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break;
+      case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED:   zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED";  break;
+      case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:          zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";         break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR:              zName = "SQLITE_IOERR";             break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_READ:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ";        break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ:   zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ";  break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE";       break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC";       break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC";   break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE:     zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE";    break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT";       break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK";      break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK";      break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE";      break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED";     break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM";       break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS";      break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK";        break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE";       break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE";   break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN";     break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE";     break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK";     break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP";      break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK";        break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP";        break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break;
+      case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH:     zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH";    break;
+      case SQLITE_CORRUPT:            zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";           break;
+      case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB:       zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB";      break;
+      case SQLITE_NOTFOUND:           zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND";          break;
+      case SQLITE_FULL:               zName = "SQLITE_FULL";              break;
+      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:           zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";          break;
+      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break;
+      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR:     zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR";    break;
+      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break;
+      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break;
+      case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:           zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";          break;
+      case SQLITE_EMPTY:              zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY";             break;
+      case SQLITE_SCHEMA:             zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA";            break;
+      case SQLITE_TOOBIG:             zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG";            break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT:         zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT";        break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE:  zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY";   break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK:   zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK";  break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY";   break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK";   break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB:    zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB";   break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION";     break;
+      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID:   zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID";  break;
+      case SQLITE_MISMATCH:           zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH";          break;
+      case SQLITE_MISUSE:             zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE";            break;
+      case SQLITE_NOLFS:              zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS";             break;
+      case SQLITE_AUTH:               zName = "SQLITE_AUTH";              break;
+      case SQLITE_FORMAT:             zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT";            break;
+      case SQLITE_RANGE:              zName = "SQLITE_RANGE";             break;
+      case SQLITE_NOTADB:             zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB";            break;
+      case SQLITE_ROW:                zName = "SQLITE_ROW";               break;
+      case SQLITE_NOTICE:             zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE";            break;
+      case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break;
+      case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK:
+                                zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break;
+      case SQLITE_WARNING:            zName = "SQLITE_WARNING";           break;
+      case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX:  zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break;
+      case SQLITE_DONE:               zName = "SQLITE_DONE";              break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    static char zBuf[50];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc);
+    zName = zBuf;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
+  static const char* const aMsg[] = {
+    /* SQLITE_OK          */ "not an error",
+    /* SQLITE_ERROR       */ "SQL logic error or missing database",
+    /* SQLITE_INTERNAL    */ 0,
+    /* SQLITE_PERM        */ "access permission denied",
+    /* SQLITE_ABORT       */ "callback requested query abort",
+    /* SQLITE_BUSY        */ "database is locked",
+    /* SQLITE_LOCKED      */ "database table is locked",
+    /* SQLITE_NOMEM       */ "out of memory",
+    /* SQLITE_READONLY    */ "attempt to write a readonly database",
+    /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT   */ "interrupted",
+    /* SQLITE_IOERR       */ "disk I/O error",
+    /* SQLITE_CORRUPT     */ "database disk image is malformed",
+    /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND    */ "unknown operation",
+    /* SQLITE_FULL        */ "database or disk is full",
+    /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN    */ "unable to open database file",
+    /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL    */ "locking protocol",
+    /* SQLITE_EMPTY       */ "table contains no data",
+    /* SQLITE_SCHEMA      */ "database schema has changed",
+    /* SQLITE_TOOBIG      */ "string or blob too big",
+    /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  */ "constraint failed",
+    /* SQLITE_MISMATCH    */ "datatype mismatch",
+    /* SQLITE_MISUSE      */ "library routine called out of sequence",
+    /* SQLITE_NOLFS       */ "large file support is disabled",
+    /* SQLITE_AUTH        */ "authorization denied",
+    /* SQLITE_FORMAT      */ "auxiliary database format error",
+    /* SQLITE_RANGE       */ "bind or column index out of range",
+    /* SQLITE_NOTADB      */ "file is encrypted or is not a database",
+  };
+  const char *zErr = "unknown error";
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: {
+      zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK";
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      rc &= 0xff;
+      if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<ArraySize(aMsg) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
+        zErr = aMsg[rc];
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return zErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
+** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
+** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
+** argument.
+*/
+static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
+ void *ptr,               /* Database connection */
+ int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
+){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
+  static const u8 delays[] =
+     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50, 100 };
+  static const u8 totals[] =
+     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
+# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays)
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+  int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
+  int delay, prior;
+
+  assert( count>=0 );
+  if( count < NDELAY ){
+    delay = delays[count];
+    prior = totals[count];
+  }else{
+    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
+    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
+  }
+  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
+    delay = timeout - prior;
+    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
+  return 1;
+#else
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+  int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
+  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the given busy handler.
+**
+** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
+** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried.  If it
+** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
+  int rc;
+  if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
+  rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    p->nBusy = -1;
+  }else{
+    p->nBusy++;
+  }
+  return rc; 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
+  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
+  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+  db->busyTimeout = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+/*
+** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
+** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  int nOps,
+  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
+  void *pArg
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( nOps>0 ){
+    db->xProgress = xProgress;
+    db->nProgressOps = (unsigned)nOps;
+    db->pProgressArg = pArg;
+  }else{
+    db->xProgress = 0;
+    db->nProgressOps = 0;
+    db->pProgressArg = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
+** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
+  if( ms>0 ){
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
+    db->busyTimeout = ms;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
+  db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
+** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
+** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
+** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *pUserData,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
+){
+  FuncDef *p;
+  int nName;
+  int extraFlags;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
+      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
+      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
+      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
+      (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
+      (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC );
+  extraFlags = enc &  SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC;
+  enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY);
+  
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  **
+  ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
+  ** to the hash table.
+  */
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|extraFlags,
+         pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE|extraFlags,
+          pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+  }
+#else
+  enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+#endif
+  
+  /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
+  ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
+  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
+  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
+  */
+  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
+  if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
+    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
+      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    }
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
+  assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is
+  ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */
+  functionDestroy(db, p);
+
+  if( pDestructor ){
+    pDestructor->nRef++;
+  }
+  p->pDestructor = pDestructor;
+  p->funcFlags = (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) | extraFlags;
+  testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC );
+  p->xFunc = xFunc;
+  p->xStep = xStep;
+  p->xFinalize = xFinal;
+  p->pUserData = pUserData;
+  p->nArg = (u16)nArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create new user functions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunc,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *p,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep,
+                                    xFinal, 0);
+}
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunc,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *p,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  FuncDestructor *pArg = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( xDestroy ){
+    pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor));
+    if( !pArg ){
+      xDestroy(p);
+      goto out;
+    }
+    pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+    pArg->pUserData = p;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg);
+  if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    xDestroy(p);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg);
+  }
+
+ out:
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *p,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zFunc8;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
+**
+** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
+** this routine is a no-op.  If the function does not exist, then create
+** a new one that always throws a run-time error.  
+**
+** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
+** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
+** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
+** properly.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nArg
+){
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+                           0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/*
+** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
+** is returned.  
+**
+** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
+** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
+** SQL statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
+  void *pOld;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pTraceArg;
+  db->xTrace = xTrace;
+  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
+}
+/*
+** Register a profile function.  The pArg from the previously registered 
+** profile function is returned.  
+**
+** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes.  A non-NULL
+** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
+** each SQL statement that is run.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  void *pOld;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pProfileArg;
+  db->xProfile = xProfile;
+  db->pProfileArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+
+/*
+** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits.
+** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
+** rollback.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pOld;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pCommitArg;
+  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
+** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pRet;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
+  db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
+** back by this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pRet;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
+  db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint().
+** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file
+** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by
+** wal_autocheckpoint()).
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(
+  void *pClientData,     /* Argument */
+  sqlite3 *db,           /* Connection */
+  const char *zDb,       /* Database */
+  int nFrame             /* Size of WAL */
+){
+  if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb);
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint
+** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or
+** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the
+** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback
+** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame);
+#else
+  if( nFrame>0 ){
+    sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame));
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written
+** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Attach the hook to this db handle */
+  int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int),
+  void *pArg                      /* First argument passed to xCallback() */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  void *pRet;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pWalArg;
+  db->xWalCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pWalArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
+#else
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Checkpoint database zDb.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED;  /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */
+
+  /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */
+  if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1;
+  if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1;
+
+  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE );
+  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
+  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE+2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
+  if( eMode<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || eMode>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
+  }
+  if( iDb<0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points
+** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are 
+** checkpointed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
+  return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is
+** not currently open in WAL mode.
+**
+** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this 
+** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If 
+** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is 
+** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex
+** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by
+** this function while the checkpoint is running.
+**
+** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are
+** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately -
+** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */
+  int bBusy = 0;                  /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 );
+  assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+      pnLog = 0;
+      pnCkpt = 0;
+      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        bBusy = 1;
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of
+** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals.
+** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime
+** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The
+** following table describes the relationship between these two values
+** and this functions return value.
+**
+**   SQLITE_TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
+**   -----------------     --------------     ------------------------------
+**   0                     any                file      (return 0)
+**   1                     1                  file      (return 0)
+**   1                     2                  memory    (return 1)
+**   1                     0                  file      (return 0)
+**   2                     1                  file      (return 0)
+**   2                     2                  memory    (return 1)
+**   2                     0                  memory    (return 1)
+**   3                     any                memory    (return 1)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
+  return ( db->temp_store==2 );
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
+  return ( db->temp_store!=1 );
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3
+  return 1;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
+  const char *z;
+  if( !db ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  }
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  }else{
+    testcase( db->pErr==0 );
+    z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+    assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+    if( z==0 ){
+      z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return z;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const u16 outOfMem[] = {
+    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0
+  };
+  static const u16 misuse[] = {
+    'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', 
+    'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', 
+    'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', 
+    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 
+    'o', 'f', ' ', 
+    's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0
+  };
+
+  const void *z;
+  if( !db ){
+    return (void *)outOfMem;
+  }
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return (void *)misuse;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    z = (void *)outOfMem;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+    if( z==0 ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode));
+      z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+    }
+    /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
+    ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
+    ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
+    ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
+    */
+    db->mallocFailed = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return z;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
+** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return db->errCode & db->errMask;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return db->errCode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument.  For now, this simply calls the internal sqlite3ErrStr()
+** function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){
+  return sqlite3ErrStr(rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Invalidate all cached KeyInfo objects for database connection "db"
+*/
+static void invalidateCachedKeyInfo(sqlite3 *db){
+  Db *pDb;                    /* A single database */
+  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
+  HashElem *k;                /* For looping over tables in pDb */
+  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
+  Index *pIdx;                /* Each index */
+
+  for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
+    for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash);  k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+      pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db==db ){
+          sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo);
+          pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new collating function for database "db".  The name is zName
+** and the encoding is enc.
+*/
+static int createCollation(
+  sqlite3* db,
+  const char *zName, 
+  u8 enc,
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int enc2;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  */
+  enc2 = enc;
+  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 );
+  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED );
+  if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){
+    enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }
+  if( enc2<SQLITE_UTF8 || enc2>SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
+  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
+  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
+  */
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
+  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
+    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    invalidateCachedKeyInfo(db);
+
+    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
+    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
+    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
+    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
+    ** to be called.
+    */ 
+    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
+      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
+        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
+          if( p->xDel ){
+            p->xDel(p->pUser);
+          }
+          p->xCmp = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
+  if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
+  pColl->pUser = pCtx;
+  pColl->xDel = xDel;
+  pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
+** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
+** #defines in sqlite3.h.
+*/
+static const int aHardLimit[] = {
+  SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
+  SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
+  SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
+  SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
+  SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
+  SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,
+  SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH,
+};
+
+/*
+** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
+# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
+# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>62
+# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 62
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Change the value of a limit.  Report the old value.
+** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
+** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
+** new limit is negative.
+**
+** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
+** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
+** from forming.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
+  int oldLimit;
+
+
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME
+  ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor
+  ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to
+  ** "_MAX_".)
+  */
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT);
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]==
+                                               SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH );
+  assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) );
+
+
+  if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
+    return -1;
+  }
+  oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
+  if( newLimit>=0 ){                   /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */
+    if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
+      newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId];  /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */
+    }
+    db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
+  }
+  return oldLimit;                     /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the
+** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database
+** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements.
+**
+** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or
+** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx"
+** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename)
+** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain
+** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in
+** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains 
+** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to
+** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to
+** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the 
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release
+** this buffer.
+**
+** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error 
+** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release
+** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(
+  const char *zDefaultVfs,        /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */
+  const char *zUri,               /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */
+  unsigned int *pFlags,           /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
+  sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs,            /* OUT: VFS to use */ 
+  char **pzFile,                  /* OUT: Filename component of URI */
+  char **pzErrMsg                 /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unsigned int flags = *pFlags;
+  const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs;
+  char *zFile;
+  char c;
+  int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri);
+
+  assert( *pzErrMsg==0 );
+
+  if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) 
+   && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 
+  ){
+    char *zOpt;
+    int eState;                   /* Parser state when parsing URI */
+    int iIn;                      /* Input character index */
+    int iOut = 0;                 /* Output character index */
+    int nByte = nUri+2;           /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+
+    /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen 
+    ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name.  */
+    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+
+    for(iIn=0; iIn<nUri; iIn++) nByte += (zUri[iIn]=='&');
+    zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+    iIn = 5;
+#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY
+    /* Discard the scheme and authority segments of the URI. */
+    if( zUri[5]=='/' && zUri[6]=='/' ){
+      iIn = 7;
+      while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++;
+      if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", 
+            iIn-7, &zUri[7]);
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        goto parse_uri_out;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. 
+    ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. 
+    **
+    ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending
+    ** on the parsing context. As follows:
+    **
+    **   0: Parsing file-name.
+    **   1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter.
+    **   2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter.
+    */
+    eState = 0;
+    while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){
+      iIn++;
+      if( c=='%' 
+       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) 
+       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) 
+      ){
+        int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
+        octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);
+
+        assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 );
+        if( octet==0 ){
+          /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this
+          ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
+          ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
+          ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
+          while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' 
+              && (eState!=0 || c!='?')
+              && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
+              && (eState!=2 || c!='&')
+          ){
+            iIn++;
+          }
+          continue;
+        }
+        c = octet;
+      }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){
+        if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){
+          /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */
+          while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++;
+          continue;
+        }
+        if( c=='&' ){
+          zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+        }else{
+          eState = 2;
+        }
+        c = 0;
+      }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){
+        c = 0;
+        eState = 1;
+      }
+      zFile[iOut++] = c;
+    }
+    if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+    zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+    zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+
+    /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted 
+    ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that
+    ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2()
+    ** method. */
+    zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1];
+    while( zOpt[0] ){
+      int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt);
+      char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1];
+      int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal);
+
+      if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){
+        zVfs = zVal;
+      }else{
+        struct OpenMode {
+          const char *z;
+          int mode;
+        } *aMode = 0;
+        char *zModeType = 0;
+        int mask = 0;
+        int limit = 0;
+
+        if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){
+          static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = {
+            { "shared",  SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE },
+            { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE },
+            { 0, 0 }
+          };
+
+          mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE;
+          aMode = aCacheMode;
+          limit = mask;
+          zModeType = "cache";
+        }
+        if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){
+          static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = {
+            { "ro",  SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY },
+            { "rw",  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, 
+            { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE },
+            { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY },
+            { 0, 0 }
+          };
+
+          mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+                   | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY;
+          aMode = aOpenMode;
+          limit = mask & flags;
+          zModeType = "access";
+        }
+
+        if( aMode ){
+          int i;
+          int mode = 0;
+          for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){
+            const char *z = aMode[i].z;
+            if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){
+              mode = aMode[i].mode;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          if( mode==0 ){
+            *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal);
+            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+            goto parse_uri_out;
+          }
+          if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){
+            *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s",
+                                        zModeType, zVal);
+            rc = SQLITE_PERM;
+            goto parse_uri_out;
+          }
+          flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode;
+        }
+      }
+
+      zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1];
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nUri+2);
+    if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri);
+    zFile[nUri] = '\0';
+    zFile[nUri+1] = '\0';
+    flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+  }
+
+  *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
+  if( *ppVfs==0 ){
+    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+ parse_uri_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(zFile);
+    zFile = 0;
+  }
+  *pFlags = flags;
+  *pzFile = zFile;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
+** is UTF-8 encoded.
+*/
+static int openDatabase(
+  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,        /* OUT: Returned database handle */
+  unsigned int flags,    /* Operational flags */
+  const char *zVfs       /* Name of the VFS to use */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Store allocated handle here */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int isThreadsafe;               /* True for threadsafe connections */
+  char *zOpen = 0;                /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;              /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */
+
+  *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+
+  /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.  
+  ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used.  If we
+  ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger
+  ** assert() statements in deeper layers.  Sensible combinations
+  ** are:
+  **
+  **  1:  SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
+  **  2:  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+  **  6:  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
+  */
+  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY  == 0x01 );
+  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 );
+  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE    == 0x04 );
+  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */
+  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */
+  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */
+  if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
+    isThreadsafe = 0;
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
+    isThreadsafe = 0;
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
+    isThreadsafe = 1;
+  }else{
+    isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
+  }
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){
+    flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
+    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter
+  **
+  ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were
+  ** dealt with in the previous code block.  Besides these, the only
+  ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY,
+  ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE,
+  ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits.  Silently mask
+  ** off all other flags.
+  */
+  flags &=  ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+             );
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
+  db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
+  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
+  if( isThreadsafe ){
+    db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+    if( db->mutex==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(db);
+      db = 0;
+      goto opendb_out;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->errMask = 0xff;
+  db->nDb = 2;
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+
+  assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
+  memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+  db->nextAutovac = -1;
+  db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
+  db->nextPagesize = 0;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+                 | SQLITE_AutoIndex
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
+                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
+                 | SQLITE_RecTriggers
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS
+                 | SQLITE_ForeignKeys
+#endif
+      ;
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule);
+#endif
+
+  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
+  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
+  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
+  */
+  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
+  assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
+
+  /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
+  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
+
+  /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
+  db->openFlags = flags;
+  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Open the backend database driver */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
+                        flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
+  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
+
+
+  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
+  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  
+  */
+  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
+  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
+  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
+  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
+
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
+  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
+  ** is accessed.
+  */
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
+
+  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
+  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
+    rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto opendb_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+  if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+    extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
+    rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
+  ** mode.  -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
+  ** mode.  Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
+  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
+  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
+                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
+#endif
+
+  if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+
+  /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
+  setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
+                        sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
+
+  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);
+
+opendb_out:
+  sqlite3_free(zOpen);
+  if( db ){
+    assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_close(db);
+    db = 0;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
+  }
+  *ppDb = db;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
+    /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */
+    void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb 
+){
+  return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
+                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+  int flags,              /* Flags */
+  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
+){
+  return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb
+){
+  char const *zFilename8;   /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( zFilename );
+  assert( ppDb );
+  *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zFilename8 ){
+    rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb,
+                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
+    assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+      ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const void *zName,
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zName8;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+  if( zName8 ){
+    rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
+** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
+** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
+** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
+** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->autoCommit;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT,
+** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error
+** constants.  They server two purposes:
+**
+**   1.  Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger
+**       to detect when version error conditions occurs.
+**
+**   2.  Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where
+**       a low-level error is first detected.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT,
+              "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]",
+              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
+              "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]",
+              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+  return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, 
+              "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]",
+              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+  return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
+** data for this thread has been deallocated.
+**
+** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
+** no-op.  It is retained for historical compatibility.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
+** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
+  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
+  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
+  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
+  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  Table *pTab = 0;
+  Column *pCol = 0;
+  int iCol;
+
+  char const *zDataType = 0;
+  char const *zCollSeq = 0;
+  int notnull = 0;
+  int primarykey = 0;
+  int autoinc = 0;
+
+  /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+    goto error_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the table in question */
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
+  if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
+    pTab = 0;
+    goto error_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Find the column for which info is requested */
+  if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
+    iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+    if( iCol>=0 ){
+      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+    }
+  }else{
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      goto error_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
+  ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
+  ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
+  ** 
+  **     1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" 
+  **        and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. 
+  **
+  **     2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an 
+  **        explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
+  */ 
+  if( pCol ){
+    zDataType = pCol->zType;
+    zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
+    notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
+    primarykey  = (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0;
+    autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
+  }else{
+    zDataType = "INTEGER";
+    primarykey = 1;
+  }
+  if( !zCollSeq ){
+    zCollSeq = "BINARY";
+  }
+
+error_out:
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+  /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
+  ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
+  ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
+  */
+  if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
+  if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
+  if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
+  if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
+  if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+    zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
+        zColumnName);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
+  int rc;
+  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
+  if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() 
+  ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
+  */
+  rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  Btree *pBtree;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+  if( pBtree ){
+    Pager *pPager;
+    sqlite3_file *fd;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
+    assert( pPager!=0 );
+    fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+    assert( fd!=0 );
+    if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){
+      *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( fd->pMethods ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;   
+}
+
+/*
+** Interface to the testing logic.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
+  int rc = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+
+    /*
+    ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
+      sqlite3PrngSaveState();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
+    ** PRNG_SAVE.  If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
+    ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
+      sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state.  The next call
+    ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
+    ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
+      sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
+    **
+    ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size.  The program argument
+    ** is an array of integers that defines the test.  Return -1 on a
+    ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
+    ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
+      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+      int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
+      rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback)
+    **
+    ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called,
+    ** if xCallback is not NULL.
+    **
+    ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0)
+    ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return
+    ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from
+    ** sqlite3_test_control().
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: {
+      /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
+      ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
+      ** sqlite3Config.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, int(*)(int));
+      */
+      typedef int(*TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t)(int);
+      sqlite3Config.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t);
+      rc = sqlite3FaultSim(0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
+    **
+    ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures 
+    ** are benign.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
+      typedef void (*void_function)(void);
+      void_function xBenignBegin;
+      void_function xBenignEnd;
+      xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+      xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+      sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
+    **
+    ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
+    ** Make no changes if X==0.  Return the value of the pending byte
+    ** as it existing before this routine was called.
+    **
+    ** IMPORTANT:  Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
+    ** an incompatible database file format.  Changing the PENDING byte
+    ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
+    ** dileterious behavior.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
+      rc = PENDING_BYTE;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+      {
+        unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
+        if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;
+      }
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X)
+    **
+    ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not
+    ** assert() was enabled at compile-time.  If X is true and assert()
+    ** is enabled, then the return value is true.  If X is true and
+    ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero.  If X is
+    ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the
+    ** process aborts.  If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the
+    ** return value is zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: {
+      volatile int x = 0;
+      assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 );
+      rc = x;
+      break;
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X)
+    **
+    ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and
+    ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time.
+    **
+    ** The return value is ALWAYS(X).  
+    **
+    ** The recommended test is X==2.  If the return value is 2, that means
+    ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the
+    ** default setting.  If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either
+    ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false.
+    ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if
+    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second
+    ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if
+    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled.
+    **
+    ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this:
+    **
+    **    if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){
+    **      // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros
+    **    }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){
+    **      // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false.
+    **    }else{
+    **      // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1.  NEVER(x) is a constant 0.
+    **    }
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: {
+      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+      rc = ALWAYS(x);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER);
+    **
+    ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which
+    ** SQLite is running:
+    **
+    **       1     big-endian,    determined at run-time
+    **      10     little-endian, determined at run-time
+    **  432101     big-endian,    determined at compile-time
+    **  123410     little-endian, determined at compile-time
+    */ 
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: {
+      rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N)
+    **
+    ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database
+    ** connection db.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: {
+      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+      sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N)
+    **
+    ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes.  The 
+    ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled.  For normal
+    ** operation N should be 0.  The idea is that a test program (like the
+    ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
+    ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer
+    ** is obtained in every case.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: {
+      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+      db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD
+    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord)
+    **
+    ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the
+    ** number of keywords.  Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0.
+    ** 
+    ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since
+    ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite
+    ** is built using separate source files.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: {
+      const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*);
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord);
+      rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif 
+
+    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree);
+    **
+    ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). 
+    ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew.  
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: {
+      void *pFree, **ppNew;
+      int sz;
+      sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+      ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**);
+      pFree = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz);
+      sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff);
+    **
+    ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all
+    ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero,
+    ** undo this setting.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT,
+    **                        sqlite3_stmt*,const char**);
+    **
+    ** If compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN, each sqlite3_stmt holds
+    ** a string that describes the optimized parse tree.  This test-control
+    ** returns a pointer to that string.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT: {
+      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_stmt*);
+      const char **pzRet = va_arg(ap, const char**);
+      *pzRet = sqlite3VdbeExplanation((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int);
+    **
+    ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well-
+    ** formed and never corrupt.  This flag is clear by default, indicating that
+    ** database files might have arbitrary corruption.  Setting the flag during
+    ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated
+    ** that demonstrat invariants on well-formed database files.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.neverCorrupt = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr);
+    **
+    ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context 
+    ** pointer ptr.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+      typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*);
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
+**
+** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
+** method of a VFS implementation.  The zParam argument is the name of the
+** query parameter we seek.  This routine returns the value of the zParam
+** parameter if it exists.  If the parameter does not exist, this routine
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){
+  if( zFilename==0 ) return 0;
+  zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+  while( zFilename[0] ){
+    int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam);
+    zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+    if( x==0 ) return zFilename;
+    zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a boolean value for a query parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){
+  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
+  bDflt = bDflt!=0;
+  return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(
+  const char *zFilename,    /* Filename as passed to xOpen */
+  const char *zParam,       /* URI parameter sought */
+  sqlite3_int64 bDflt       /* return if parameter is missing */
+){
+  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
+  sqlite3_int64 v;
+  if( z && sqlite3Atoi64(z, &v, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    bDflt = v;
+  }
+  return bDflt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName.  Return NULL if not found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( db->aDb[i].pBt
+     && (zDbName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDbName, db->aDb[i].zName)==0)
+    ){
+      return db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the filename of the database associated with a database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
+  Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+  return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write.  Return -1 if
+** no such database exists.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
+  Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+  return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) : -1;
+}
+
+/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 March 3
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+** API method and its associated functionality.
+*/
+
+/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+
+/*
+** Public interfaces:
+**
+**   sqlite3ConnectionBlocked()
+**   sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
+**   sqlite3ConnectionClosed()
+**   sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+*/
+
+#define assertMutexHeld() \
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
+
+/*
+** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
+** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
+** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
+** mutex is held.
+*/
+static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following 
+** properties of the blocked connections list:
+**
+**   1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either 
+**      pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
+**
+**   2) All entries in the list that share a common value for 
+**      xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
+**
+**   3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
+**      blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection
+**      set to db. This is used when closing connection db.
+*/
+static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 *p;
+  for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){
+    int seen = 0;
+    sqlite3 *p2;
+
+    /* Verify property (1) */
+    assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection );
+
+    /* Verify property (2) */
+    for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){
+      if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1;
+      assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen );
+      assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db );
+      assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db );
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define checkListProperties(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection
+** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 **pp;
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){
+    if( *pp==db ){
+      *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed
+** that it is not already a part of the list.
+*/
+static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 **pp;
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  for(
+    pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; 
+    *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; 
+    pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
+  );
+  db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
+  *pp = db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
+*/
+static void enterMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+  checkListProperties(0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
+*/
+static void leaveMutex(void){
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  checkListProperties(0);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+
+/*
+** Register an unlock-notify callback.
+**
+** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation
+** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection
+** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared
+** cache.  pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection.
+**
+** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately,
+** before this routine returns.
+**
+** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate
+** a deadlock.
+**
+** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops
+** its locks.
+**
+** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered
+** on the same "db".  If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately
+** cancelled.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  enterMutex();
+
+  if( xNotify==0 ){
+    removeFromBlockedList(db);
+    db->pBlockingConnection = 0;
+    db->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+    db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+    db->pUnlockArg = 0;
+  }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
+    /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a 
+    ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
+    ** immediately. 
+    */
+    xNotify(&pArg, 1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3 *p;
+
+    for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){}
+    if( p ){
+      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;              /* Deadlock detected. */
+    }else{
+      db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
+      db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
+      db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
+      removeFromBlockedList(db);
+      addToBlockedList(db);
+    }
+  }
+
+  leaveMutex();
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement 
+** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
+** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
+** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){
+  enterMutex();
+  if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+    addToBlockedList(db);
+  }
+  db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
+  leaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when
+** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held 
+** by database connection db have been released.
+**
+** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
+** list and does the following:
+**
+**   1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
+**      set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
+**
+**   2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is
+**      set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and
+**      set pUnlockConnection=0.
+**
+**   3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and
+**      pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
+**      list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
+  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
+  int nArg = 0;                            /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
+  sqlite3 **pp;                            /* Iterator variable */
+  void **aArg;               /* Arguments to the unlock callback */
+  void **aDyn = 0;           /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */
+  void *aStatic[16];         /* Starter space for aArg[].  No malloc required */
+
+  aArg = aStatic;
+  enterMutex();         /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+
+  /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
+  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
+    sqlite3 *p = *pp;
+
+    /* Step 1. */
+    if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){
+      p->pBlockingConnection = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Step 2. */
+    if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){
+      assert( p->xUnlockNotify );
+      if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){
+        xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+        nArg = 0;
+      }
+
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) );
+      assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn );
+      if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic))
+       || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*)))
+      ){
+        /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */
+        void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2);
+        if( pNew ){
+          memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *));
+          sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+          aDyn = aArg = pNew;
+        }else{
+          /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
+          ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
+          ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to 
+          ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
+          **
+          ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
+          ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code
+          ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
+          ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
+          ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
+          ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never 
+          ** arrive.
+          **
+          ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
+          ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
+          ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without 
+          ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
+          ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
+          ** context pointers the application will receive two or more
+          ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
+          ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple 
+          ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
+          ** circumstances.
+          */
+          xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+          nArg = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+      aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg;
+      xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify;
+      p->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+      p->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+      p->pUnlockArg = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Step 3. */
+    if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+      /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */
+      *pp = p->pNextBlocked;
+      p->pNextBlocked = 0;
+    }else{
+      pp = &p->pNextBlocked;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nArg!=0 ){
+    xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+  leaveMutex();         /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is 
+** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
+  enterMutex();
+  removeFromBlockedList(db);
+  checkListProperties(db);
+  leaveMutex();
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+
+/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like)
+** structures called segments which map terms to doclists.  The
+** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the
+** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable.  Since trees
+** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the
+** bottom up.
+**
+**
+**** Varints ****
+** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a
+** varint.  We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order
+** using seven bits * per byte as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** and so on.
+**
+** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but
+** the encoding is not the same.  SQLite varints are big-endian
+** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are
+** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory).
+**
+** Example encodings:
+**
+**     1:    0x01
+**   127:    0x7f
+**   128:    0x81 0x00
+**
+**
+**** Document lists ****
+** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
+** given term.  Doclists hold docids and associated token positions.
+** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document.
+** A position is the index of a word within the document.  The first 
+** word of the document has a position of 0.
+**
+** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time
+** option.  But that functionality is no longer supported.
+**
+** A doclist is stored like this:
+**
+** array {
+**   varint docid;          (delta from previous doclist)
+**   array {                (position list for column 0)
+**     varint position;     (2 more than the delta from previous position)
+**   }
+**   array {
+**     varint POS_COLUMN;   (marks start of position list for new column)
+**     varint column;       (index of new column)
+**     array {
+**       varint position;   (2 more than the delta from previous position)
+**     }
+**   }
+**   varint POS_END;        (marks end of positions for this document.
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory.  A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
+** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur 
+** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
+** ending a position list array.  POS_END is 0.  POS_COLUMN is 1.
+** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more
+** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus
+** 2 for the first position.  Example:
+**
+**   label:       A B C D E  F  G H   I  J K
+**   value:     123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0
+**
+** The 123 value is the first docid.  For column zero in this document
+** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3).  The 1
+** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the
+** new column is column number 1.  There are two positions at 12 and 45
+** (14-2 and 35-2+12).  The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document.  The
+** 234 at I is the delta to next docid (357).  It has one position 70
+** (72-2) and then terminates with the 0 at K.
+**
+** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for
+** a single docid.  A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single
+** column.  Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists,
+** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and
+** a doclist consists of one or more document records.
+**
+** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an 
+** array of varint-encoded docids.
+**
+**** Segment leaf nodes ****
+** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term.  Leaf
+** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to
+** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to
+** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer).  Leaf nodes have
+** the format:
+**
+** varint iHeight;             (height from leaf level, always 0)
+** varint nTerm;               (length of first term)
+** char pTerm[nTerm];          (content of first term)
+** varint nDoclist;            (length of term's associated doclist)
+** char pDoclist[nDoclist];    (content of doclist)
+** array {
+**                             (further terms are delta-encoded)
+**   varint nPrefix;           (length of prefix shared with previous term)
+**   varint nSuffix;           (length of unshared suffix)
+**   char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term)
+**   varint nDoclist;          (length of term's associated doclist)
+**   char pDoclist[nDoclist];  (content of doclist)
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory.
+**
+** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in
+** the %_segments table in sorted order.  This means that when the end
+** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next
+** greater node id.
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node
+** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048).  New data which itself is
+** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone
+** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist).  The goal of
+** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while
+** making it efficient to directly access large doclists.  The
+** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more
+** likely to be query targets.
+**
+** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more
+** dynamic.  For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf
+** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes.  My intuition is
+** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize.
+**
+**
+**** Segment interior nodes ****
+** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms
+** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree.  Interior
+** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using
+** InteriorReader.  InteriorWriters are created as needed when
+** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node
+** itself grows too big and must be split.  The format of interior
+** nodes:
+**
+** varint iHeight;           (height from leaf level, always >0)
+** varint iBlockid;          (block id of node's leftmost subtree)
+** optional {
+**   varint nTerm;           (length of first term)
+**   char pTerm[nTerm];      (content of first term)
+**   array {
+**                                (further terms are delta-encoded)
+**     varint nPrefix;            (length of shared prefix with previous term)
+**     varint nSuffix;            (length of unshared suffix)
+**     char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term)
+**   }
+** }
+**
+** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X }
+** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory.
+**
+** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees.  The
+** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid
+** is encoded.  The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less
+** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded).
+** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less
+** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at
+** iBlockid+i.  Interior nodes only store enough term data to
+** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left
+** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is
+** "wicked", only "w" is stored).
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when
+** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048).
+** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing
+** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny.  The interior nodes
+** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at
+** height+1, and so on.
+**
+**
+**** Segment directory ****
+** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for
+** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the
+** segment's tree.
+**
+** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding
+** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024).
+** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node.  If the top
+** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments
+** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit
+** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the
+** height and the blockid of the previous root).
+**
+** The meta-information in the segment directory is:
+**   level               - segment level (see below)
+**   idx                 - index within level
+**                       - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment)
+**   start_block         - first leaf node
+**   leaves_end_block    - last leaf node
+**   end_block           - last block (including interior nodes)
+**   root                - contents of root node
+**
+** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block,
+** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0.
+**
+**
+**** Segment merging ****
+** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and
+** merged in batches.  Each increase in level represents exponentially
+** more documents.
+**
+** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
+** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with
+** incrementing idx.  When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all
+** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment.  Level 1
+** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1
+** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing
+** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on.
+**
+** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in
+** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge.  Since segment
+** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this
+** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently.
+** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are
+** deleted.
+**
+** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments.  16 seems to be
+** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance.  32 and 64 show
+** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're
+** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time
+** sorting).  8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than
+** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16.
+**
+** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments
+** which need to be scanned and merged.  For instance, with 100k docs
+** inserted:
+**
+**    MERGE_COUNT   segments
+**       16           25
+**        8           12
+**        4           10
+**        2            6
+**
+** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very
+** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge
+** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast
+** even with many segments.
+**
+** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side
+** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16.  Also, it is possible/likely that
+** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet
+** spot around.
+**
+**
+**
+**** Handling of deletions and updates ****
+** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented
+** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term
+** index when a document is deleted or updated.  For deletions, we
+** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates
+** we simply write the new doclist.  Segment merges overwrite older
+** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates
+** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out.  The
+** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out
+** older data.
+*/
+
+/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/
+/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 Nov 12
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTSINT_H
+#define _FTSINT_H
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also all
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3
+#endif
+
+/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
+/*
+** 2006 July 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
+** are three basic components:
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
+** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
+** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
+** functions that make up an implementation.
+**
+** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
+** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
+** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an 
+** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
+** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+**
+** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
+** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
+** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
+** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
+** object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+
+  /*
+  ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1.
+  */
+  int iVersion;
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
+  ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+  ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
+  ** the following SQL is executed:
+  **
+  **   CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
+  **
+  ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
+  ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
+  **
+  ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error 
+  ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
+  ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
+  ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by
+  ** this callback. The caller will do so.
+  */
+  int (*xCreate)(
+    int argc,                           /* Size of argv array */
+    const char *const*argv,             /* Tokenizer argument strings */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer     /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
+  ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+  */
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
+  ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
+  ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). 
+  */
+  int (*xOpen)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,       /* Tokenizer object */
+    const char *pInput, int nBytes,      /* Input buffer */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor  /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this 
+  ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
+  */
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+
+  /*
+  ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
+  ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
+  ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
+  ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
+  **
+  ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the 
+  ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
+  ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
+  ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
+  ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
+  ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
+  ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
+  ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
+  ** the input buffer.
+  **
+  ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
+  ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
+  ** to xNext() or xClose(). 
+  */
+  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+  ** should be converted to zInput.
+  */
+  int (*xNext)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,   /* Tokenizer cursor */
+    const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,  /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
+    int *piStartOffset,  /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
+    int *piEndOffset,    /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
+    int *piPosition      /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
+  );
+
+  /***********************************************************************
+  ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1.
+  */
+
+  /* 
+  ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor.
+  */
+  int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid);
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
+int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
+
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
+/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
+** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
+#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash;
+typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Fts3Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  Fts3HashElem *first;    /* The first element of the array */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _fts3ht {        /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    Fts3HashElem *chain;     /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct Fts3HashElem {
+  Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;      /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   FTS3_HASH_STRING        pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is respected in comparisons.
+**
+**   FTS3_HASH_BINARY        pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+#define FTS3_HASH_STRING    1
+#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY    2
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int);
+
+/*
+** Shorthand for the functions above
+*/
+#define fts3HashInit     sqlite3Fts3HashInit
+#define fts3HashInsert   sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
+#define fts3HashFind     sqlite3Fts3HashFind
+#define fts3HashClear    sqlite3Fts3HashClear
+#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Fts3Hash h;
+**   Fts3HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define fts3HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define fts3HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define fts3HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define fts3HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define fts3HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
+
+/*
+** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree
+** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform 
+** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large
+** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts
+** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow).
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 12
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are
+** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single
+** segment of level N+1.
+*/
+#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16
+
+/*
+** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the 
+** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is
+** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction
+** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed.
+** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new 
+** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately.
+*/
+#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024)
+
+/*
+** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a
+** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid
+** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3.
+*/
+#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
+
+
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different
+** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9.
+*/
+#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10
+
+/*
+** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms
+** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored
+** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. 
+**
+** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the
+** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index
+** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with
+** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels
+** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on.
+**
+** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In 
+** theory though this may happen, but only after at least 
+** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables.
+*/
+#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL      1024
+#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024"
+
+/*
+** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation.  If undefined,
+** make it a no-op.
+*/
+#ifndef testcase
+# define testcase(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists.
+*/
+#define POS_COLUMN  (1)     /* Column-list terminator */
+#define POS_END     (0)     /* Position-list terminator */ 
+
+/*
+** This section provides definitions to allow the
+** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the 
+** amalgamation.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/*
+** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or
+** false.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+# define ALWAYS(x) (1)
+# define NEVER(X)  (0)
+#else
+# define ALWAYS(x) (x)
+# define NEVER(x)  (x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Internal types used by SQLite.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char u8;         /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */
+typedef short int i16;            /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */
+typedef unsigned int u32;         /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64;       /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;        /* 8-byte signed integer */
+
+/*
+** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters.
+*/
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+
+/*
+** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
+** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
+** within testcase() and assert() macros.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define TESTONLY(X)  X
+#else
+# define TESTONLY(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void);
+# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt()
+#else
+# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB
+#endif
+
+typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table;
+typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor;
+typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
+typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
+typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken;
+
+typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist;
+typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter;
+typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken;
+typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader;
+typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader;
+
+/*
+** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following
+** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance
+** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance.
+** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their
+** arguments.
+*/
+struct Fts3Table {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* The database connection */
+  const char *zDb;                /* logical database name */
+  const char *zName;              /* virtual table name */
+  int nColumn;                    /* number of named columns in virtual table */
+  char **azColumn;                /* column names.  malloced */
+  u8 *abNotindexed;               /* True for 'notindexed' columns */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;  /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */
+  char *zContentTbl;              /* content=xxx option, or NULL */
+  char *zLanguageid;              /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */
+  int nAutoincrmerge;             /* Value configured by 'automerge' */
+  u32 nLeafAdd;                   /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */
+
+  /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these 
+  ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. 
+  */
+  sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40];
+
+  char *zReadExprlist;
+  char *zWriteExprlist;
+
+  int nNodeSize;                  /* Soft limit for node size */
+  u8 bFts4;                       /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
+  u8 bHasStat;                    /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */
+  u8 bHasDocsize;                 /* True if %_docsize table exists */
+  u8 bDescIdx;                    /* True if doclists are in reverse order */
+  u8 bIgnoreSavepoint;            /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */
+  int nPgsz;                      /* Page size for host database */
+  char *zSegmentsTbl;             /* Name of %_segments table */
+  sqlite3_blob *pSegments;        /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */
+
+  /* 
+  ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index 
+  ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one
+  ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature).
+  ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid.
+  **
+  ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index
+  ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the
+  ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[]
+  ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length.
+  **
+  ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the 
+  ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including
+  ** malloc overhead.  When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash
+  ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most 
+  ** recently inserted record.
+  */
+  int nIndex;                     /* Size of aIndex[] */
+  struct Fts3Index {
+    int nPrefix;                  /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */
+    Fts3Hash hPending;            /* Pending terms table for this index */
+  } *aIndex;
+  int nMaxPendingData;            /* Max pending data before flush to disk */
+  int nPendingData;               /* Current bytes of pending data */
+  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;        /* Docid of most recently inserted document */
+  int iPrevLangid;                /* Langid of recently inserted document */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+  /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control
+  ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times.  These
+  ** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for
+  ** verifying the operation of the SQLite core.
+  */
+  int inTransaction;     /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */
+  int mxSavepoint;       /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  /* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled
+  ** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'.  */
+  int bNoIncrDoclist;
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a
+** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using
+** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method.
+*/
+struct Fts3Cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  i16 eSearch;                    /* Search strategy (see below) */
+  u8 isEof;                       /* True if at End Of Results */
+  u8 isRequireSeek;               /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr;                /* Parsed MATCH query string */
+  int iLangid;                    /* Language being queried for */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;   /* Deferred search tokens, if any */
+  sqlite3_int64 iPrevId;          /* Previous id read from aDoclist */
+  char *pNextId;                  /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */
+  char *aDoclist;                 /* List of docids for full-text queries */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */
+  u8 bDesc;                       /* True to sort in descending order */
+  int eEvalmode;                  /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */
+  int nRowAvg;                    /* Average size of database rows, in pages */
+  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;             /* Documents in table */
+  i64 iMinDocid;                  /* Minimum docid to return */
+  i64 iMaxDocid;                  /* Maximum docid to return */
+  int isMatchinfoNeeded;          /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */
+  u32 *aMatchinfo;                /* Information about most recent match */
+  int nMatchinfo;                 /* Number of elements in aMatchinfo[] */
+  char *zMatchinfo;               /* Matchinfo specification */
+};
+
+#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER    0
+#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT      1
+#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2
+
+/*
+** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following.
+** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to
+** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH.  If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index
+** of the column to be searched.  For example, in
+**
+**     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d);
+**     SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three';
+** 
+** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b",
+** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1.  (+0 for a,
+** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.)  If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" 
+** indicating that all columns should be searched,
+** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4.
+*/
+#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0    /* Linear scan of %_content table */
+#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH    1    /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */
+#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2    /* Full-text index search */
+
+/*
+** The lower 16-bits of the sqlite3_index_info.idxNum value set by
+** the xBestIndex() method contains the Fts3Cursor.eSearch value described
+** above. The upper 16-bits contain a combination of the following
+** bits, used to describe extra constraints on full-text searches.
+*/
+#define FTS3_HAVE_LANGID    0x00010000      /* languageid=? */
+#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE  0x00020000      /* docid>=? */
+#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE  0x00040000      /* docid<=? */
+
+struct Fts3Doclist {
+  char *aAll;                    /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */
+  int nAll;                      /* Size of a[] in bytes */
+  char *pNextDocid;              /* Pointer to next docid */
+
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;          /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */
+  int bFreeList;                 /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */
+  char *pList;                   /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */
+  int nList;                     /* Length of position list */
+};
+
+/*
+** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
+** sequence.  A single token is the base case and the most common case.
+** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three")
+** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string.
+*/
+struct Fts3PhraseToken {
+  char *z;                        /* Text of the token */
+  int n;                          /* Number of bytes in buffer z */
+  int isPrefix;                   /* True if token ends with a "*" character */
+  int bFirst;                     /* True if token must appear at position 0 */
+
+  /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is
+  ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are
+  ** used when evaluating the expression. */
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;   /* Deferred token object for this token */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Segment-reader for this token */
+};
+
+struct Fts3Phrase {
+  /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */
+  Fts3Doclist doclist;
+  int bIncr;                 /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */
+  int iDoclistToken;
+
+  /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing 
+  ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. 
+  */
+  int nToken;                /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
+  int iColumn;               /* Index of column this phrase must match */
+  Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
+};
+
+/*
+** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
+**
+** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist 
+** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results 
+** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial 
+** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this 
+** buffer.
+**
+** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global
+** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3,
+** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array
+** is populated as follows:
+**
+**   aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined
+**   aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+**   aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+**
+** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed 
+** when the expression node is.
+*/
+struct Fts3Expr {
+  int eType;                 /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
+  int nNear;                 /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
+  Fts3Expr *pParent;         /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
+  Fts3Expr *pLeft;           /* Left operand */
+  Fts3Expr *pRight;          /* Right operand */
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;       /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
+
+  /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;      /* Current docid */
+  u8 bEof;                   /* True this expression is at EOF already */
+  u8 bStart;                 /* True if iDocid is valid */
+  u8 bDeferred;              /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */
+
+  u32 *aMI;
+};
+
+/*
+** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
+** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For 
+** example, the following:
+**
+**   "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
+**
+** is equivalent to:
+**
+**   "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
+*/
+#define FTSQUERY_NEAR   1
+#define FTSQUERY_NOT    2
+#define FTSQUERY_AND    3
+#define FTSQUERY_OR     4
+#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
+
+
+/* fts3_write.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64,
+  sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
+  Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *);
+#else
+# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x)
+# define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x)
+# define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *);
+
+/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */
+#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING        -1
+#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL            -2
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, 
+    int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+
+/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS   0x00000001
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY  0x00000002
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX        0x00000008
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN          0x00000010
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST         0x00000020
+
+/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
+struct Fts3SegFilter {
+  const char *zTerm;
+  int nTerm;
+  int iCol;
+  int flags;
+};
+
+struct Fts3MultiSegReader {
+  /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment;      /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */
+  int nSegment;                   /* Size of apSegment array */
+  int nAdvance;                   /* How many seg-readers to advance */
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter;         /* Pointer to filter object */
+  char *aBuffer;                  /* Buffer to merge doclists in */
+  int nBuffer;                    /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */
+
+  int iColFilter;                 /* If >=0, filter for this column */
+  int bRestart;
+
+  /* Used by fts3.c only. */
+  int nCost;                      /* Cost of running iterator */
+  int bLookup;                    /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */
+
+  /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to term buffer */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  char *aDoclist;                 /* Pointer to doclist buffer */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */
+};
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int);
+
+#define fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) (                                           \
+  (*(u8*)(p)&0x80) ? sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) : (*piVal=*(u8*)(p), 1) \
+)
+
+/* fts3.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*);
+
+/* fts3_tokenizer.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, 
+    sqlite3_tokenizer **, char **
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char);
+
+/* fts3_snippet.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *,
+  const char *, const char *, int, int
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *);
+
+/* fts3_expr.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int,
+  char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char **
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **
+);
+
+/* fts3_aux.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+    Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+    Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);
+
+/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *);
+
+/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
+#endif /* _FTSINT_H */
+
+/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
+# define SQLITE_CORE 1
+#endif
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stddef.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE 
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#endif
+
+static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
+static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
+static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
+    Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **);
+
+/* 
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
+** The number of bytes written is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
+  unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
+  sqlite_uint64 vu = v;
+  do{
+    *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+    vu >>= 7;
+  }while( vu!=0 );
+  q[-1] &= 0x7f;  /* turn off high bit in final byte */
+  assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX );
+  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+}
+
+#define GETVARINT_STEP(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \
+  v = (v & mask1) | ( (*ptr++) << shift );                    \
+  if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; }
+#define GETVARINT_INIT(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \
+  v = (*ptr++);                                               \
+  if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; }
+
+/* 
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
+** The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){
+  const char *pStart = p;
+  u32 a;
+  u64 b;
+  int shift;
+
+  GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0,  0x00,     0x80, *v, 1);
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7,  0x7F,     0x4000, *v, 2);
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF,   0x200000, *v, 3);
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *v, 4);
+  b = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF );
+
+  for(shift=28; shift<=63; shift+=7){
+    u64 c = *p++;
+    b += (c&0x7F) << shift;
+    if( (c & 0x80)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  *v = b;
+  return (int)(p - pStart);
+}
+
+/*
+** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a
+** 32-bit integer before it is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
+  u32 a;
+
+#ifndef fts3GetVarint32
+  GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0,  0x00,     0x80, *pi, 1);
+#else
+  a = (*p++);
+  assert( a & 0x80 );
+#endif
+
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7,  0x7F,     0x4000, *pi, 2);
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF,   0x200000, *pi, 3);
+  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *pi, 4);
+  a = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF );
+  *pi = (int)(a | ((u32)(*p & 0x0F) << 28));
+  return 5;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){
+  int i = 0;
+  do{
+    i++;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 );
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Examples:
+**
+**     "abc"   becomes   abc
+**     'xyz'   becomes   xyz
+**     [pqr]   becomes   pqr
+**     `mno`   becomes   mno
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){
+  char quote;                     /* Quote character (if any ) */
+
+  quote = z[0];
+  if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){
+    int iIn = 1;                  /* Index of next byte to read from input */
+    int iOut = 0;                 /* Index of next byte to write to output */
+
+    /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */
+    if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';  
+
+    while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){
+      if( z[iIn]==quote ){
+        if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break;
+        z[iOut++] = quote;
+        iIn += 2;
+      }else{
+        z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
+      }
+    }
+    z[iOut] = '\0';
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point
+** to the first byte past the end of the varint.  Add the value of the varint
+** to *pVal.
+*/
+static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+  *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
+  *pVal += iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a
+** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list
+** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint,
+** and sets *pVal by the varint value.
+**
+** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the
+** varint is part of.
+*/
+static void fts3GetReverseVarint(
+  char **pp, 
+  char *pStart, 
+  sqlite3_int64 *pVal
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+  char *p;
+
+  /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are 
+  ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is
+  ** clear on character p[-1]. */
+  for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--);
+  p++;
+  *pp = p;
+
+  sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal);
+  *pVal = iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xDisconnect() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+
+  /* Free any prepared statements held */
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(p->aStmt); i++){
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zLanguageid);
+
+  /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */
+  p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer);
+
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given
+** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written
+** into *pRc.
+**
+** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts3DbExec(
+  int *pRc,              /* Success code */
+  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database in which to run SQL */
+  const char *zFormat,   /* Format string for SQL */
+  ...                    /* Arguments to the format string */
+){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *zSql;
+  if( *pRc ) return;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The xDestroy() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;              /* Return code */
+  const char *zDb = p->zDb;        /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;             /* Database handle */
+
+  /* Drop the shadow tables */
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", zDb, p->zName);
+  }
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", zDb,p->zName);
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", zDb, p->zName);
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", zDb, p->zName);
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", zDb, p->zName);
+
+  /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the
+  ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK.
+  ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
+  */
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table
+** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect()
+** and xCreate() methods.
+**
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. 
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
+** before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
+    int rc;                       /* Return code */
+    char *zSql;                   /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */
+    char *zCols;                  /* List of user defined columns */
+    const char *zLanguageid;
+
+    zLanguageid = (p->zLanguageid ? p->zLanguageid : "__langid");
+    sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
+
+    /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */
+    zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]);
+    for(i=1; zCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]);
+    }
+
+    /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", 
+        zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid
+    );
+    if( !zCols || !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    sqlite3_free(zCols);
+    *pRc = rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+  fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, 
+      "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'"
+          "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);",
+      p->zDb, p->zName
+  );
+  if( (*pRc)==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir)
+** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done
+** as part of the vtab xCreate() method.
+**
+** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an
+** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and
+** %_stat tables required by FTS4.
+*/
+static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;            /* The database connection */
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    const char *zLanguageid = p->zLanguageid;
+    char *zContentCols;           /* Columns of %_content table */
+
+    /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */
+    zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
+    for(i=0; zContentCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      char *z = p->azColumn[i];
+      zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z);
+    }
+    if( zLanguageid && zContentCols ){
+      zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid);
+    }
+    if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  
+    /* Create the content table */
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+       "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)",
+       p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols
+    );
+    sqlite3_free(zContentCols);
+  }
+
+  /* Create other tables */
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+      "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);",
+      p->zDb, p->zName
+  );
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+      "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'("
+        "level INTEGER,"
+        "idx INTEGER,"
+        "start_block INTEGER,"
+        "leaves_end_block INTEGER,"
+        "end_block INTEGER,"
+        "root BLOB,"
+        "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)"
+      ");",
+      p->zDb, p->zName
+  );
+  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+        "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);",
+        p->zDb, p->zName
+    );
+  }
+  assert( p->bHasStat==p->bFts4 );
+  if( p->bHasStat ){
+    sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz.
+**
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. 
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
+** before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc;                       /* Return code */
+    char *zSql;                   /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;          /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */
+  
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb);
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+        p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){
+        p->nPgsz = 1024;
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    *pRc = rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form:
+**
+**   <key> = <value>
+**
+** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value> 
+** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not.
+*/
+static int fts3IsSpecialColumn(
+  const char *z, 
+  int *pnKey,
+  char **pzValue
+){
+  char *zValue;
+  const char *zCsr = z;
+
+  while( *zCsr!='=' ){
+    if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0;
+    zCsr++;
+  }
+
+  *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z);
+  zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]);
+  if( zValue ){
+    sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue);
+  }
+  *pzValue = zValue;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string.
+*/
+static void fts3Appendf(
+  int *pRc,                       /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+  char **pz,                      /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */
+  const char *zFormat,            /* Printf format string to append */
+  ...                             /* Arguments for printf format string */
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    va_list ap;
+    char *z;
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+    if( z && *pz ){
+      char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z);
+      sqlite3_free(z);
+      z = z2;
+    }
+    if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3_free(*pz);
+    *pz = z;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and
+** with all double quote characters escaped. For example:
+**
+**     fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"")   ->    "un \"\"zip\"\""
+**
+** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this
+** memory.
+*/
+static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){
+  int nRet;
+  char *zRet;
+  nRet = 2 + (int)strlen(zInput)*2 + 1;
+  zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet);
+  if( zRet ){
+    int i;
+    char *z = zRet;
+    *(z++) = '"';
+    for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){
+      if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"';
+      *(z++) = zInput[i];
+    }
+    *(z++) = '"';
+    *(z++) = '\0';
+  }
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that 
+** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following:
+**
+**     SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ...
+**
+** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order
+** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of
+** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL
+** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the
+** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following
+** string is returned:
+**
+**     "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x"
+**
+** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
+** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
+** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
+*/
+static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  char *zFree = 0;
+  char *zFunction;
+  int i;
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    if( !zFunc ){
+      zFunction = "";
+    }else{
+      zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
+    }
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid");
+    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]);
+    }
+    if( p->zLanguageid ){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", "langid");
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zFree);
+  }else{
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid");
+    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]);
+    }
+    if( p->zLanguageid ){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid);
+    }
+  }
+  fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", 
+      p->zDb,
+      (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName),
+      (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content")
+  );
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number
+** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each
+** user-defined text column).
+**
+** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark
+** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed
+** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three 
+** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned:
+**
+**     "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)"
+**
+** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
+** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
+** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
+*/
+static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  char *zFree = 0;
+  char *zFunction;
+  int i;
+
+  if( !zFunc ){
+    zFunction = "";
+  }else{
+    zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
+  }
+  fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?");
+  for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction);
+  }
+  if( p->zLanguageid ){
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", ?");
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zFree);
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer
+** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then 
+** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of
+** the integer value.
+**
+** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. 
+**
+** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and
+** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter.
+*/
+static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){
+  const char *p;                  /* Iterator pointer */
+  int nInt = 0;                   /* Output value */
+
+  for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){
+    nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0');
+  }
+  if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  *pnOut = nInt;
+  *pp = p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures
+** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables
+** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or
+** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter
+** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+**
+** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was
+** specified, or NULL otherwise.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to
+** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the
+** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility
+** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it.
+*/
+static int fts3PrefixParameter(
+  const char *zParam,             /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */
+  int *pnIndex,                   /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */
+  struct Fts3Index **apIndex      /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */
+){
+  struct Fts3Index *aIndex;       /* Allocated array */
+  int nIndex = 1;                 /* Number of entries in array */
+
+  if( zParam && zParam[0] ){
+    const char *p;
+    nIndex++;
+    for(p=zParam; *p; p++){
+      if( *p==',' ) nIndex++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+  *apIndex = aIndex;
+  *pnIndex = nIndex;
+  if( !aIndex ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+  if( zParam ){
+    const char *p = zParam;
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<nIndex; i++){
+      int nPrefix;
+      if( fts3GobbleInt(&p, &nPrefix) ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      aIndex[i].nPrefix = nPrefix;
+      p++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when initializing an FTS4 table that uses the
+** content=xxx option. It determines the number of and names of the columns
+** of the new FTS4 table.
+**
+** The third argument passed to this function is the value passed to the
+** config=xxx option (i.e. "xxx"). This function queries the database for
+** a table of that name. If found, the output variables are populated
+** as follows:
+**
+**   *pnCol:   Set to the number of columns table xxx has,
+**
+**   *pnStr:   Set to the total amount of space required to store a copy
+**             of each columns name, including the nul-terminator.
+**
+**   *pazCol:  Set to point to an array of *pnCol strings. Each string is
+**             the name of the corresponding column in table xxx. The array
+**             and its contents are allocated using a single allocation. It
+**             is the responsibility of the caller to free this allocation
+**             by eventually passing the *pazCol value to sqlite3_free().
+**
+** If the table cannot be found, an error code is returned and the output
+** variables are undefined. Or, if an OOM is encountered, SQLITE_NOMEM is
+** returned (and the output variables are undefined).
+*/
+static int fts3ContentColumns(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (i.e. "main", "temp" etc.) */
+  const char *zTbl,               /* Name of content table */
+  const char ***pazCol,           /* OUT: Malloc'd array of column names */
+  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Size of array *pazCol */
+  int *pnStr                      /* OUT: Bytes of string content */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  char *zSql;                     /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */  
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Compiled version of zSql */
+
+  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char **azCol;           /* Output array */
+    int nStr = 0;                 /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */
+    int nCol;                     /* Number of table columns */
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through columns */
+
+    /* Loop through the returned columns. Set nStr to the number of bytes of
+    ** space required to store a copy of each column name, including the
+    ** nul-terminator byte.  */
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+      nStr += (int)strlen(zCol) + 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Allocate and populate the array to return. */
+    azCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *) * nCol + nStr);
+    if( azCol==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      char *p = (char *)&azCol[nCol];
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+        int n = (int)strlen(zCol)+1;
+        memcpy(p, zCol, n);
+        azCol[i] = p;
+        p += n;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+
+    /* Set the output variables. */
+    *pnCol = nCol;
+    *pnStr = nStr;
+    *pazCol = azCol;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
+** methods of the FTS3 virtual table.
+**
+** The argv[] array contains the following:
+**
+**   argv[0]   -> module name  ("fts3" or "fts4")
+**   argv[1]   -> database name
+**   argv[2]   -> table name
+**   argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields.
+*/
+static int fts3InitVtab(
+  int isCreate,                   /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The SQLite database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Hash table containing tokenizers */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,          /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
+  char **pzErr                    /* Write any error message here */
+){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux;
+  Fts3Table *p = 0;               /* Pointer to allocated vtab */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  int nByte;                      /* Size of allocation used for *p */
+  int iCol;                       /* Column index */
+  int nString = 0;                /* Bytes required to hold all column names */
+  int nCol = 0;                   /* Number of columns in the FTS table */
+  char *zCsr;                     /* Space for holding column names */
+  int nDb;                        /* Bytes required to hold database name */
+  int nName;                      /* Bytes required to hold table name */
+  int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
+  const char **aCol;              /* Array of column names */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;        /* Tokenizer for this table */
+
+  int nIndex;                     /* Size of aIndex[] array */
+  struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0;   /* Array of indexes for this table */
+
+  /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */
+  int bNoDocsize = 0;             /* True to omit %_docsize table */
+  int bDescIdx = 0;               /* True to store descending indexes */
+  char *zPrefix = 0;              /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */
+  char *zCompress = 0;            /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */
+  char *zUncompress = 0;          /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */
+  char *zContent = 0;             /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */
+  char *zLanguageid = 0;          /* languageid=? parameter (or NULL) */
+  char **azNotindexed = 0;        /* The set of notindexed= columns */
+  int nNotindexed = 0;            /* Size of azNotindexed[] array */
+
+  assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 );
+  assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4)
+       || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4)
+  );
+
+  nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1;
+  nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1;
+
+  nByte = sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2);
+  aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( aCol ){
+    memset((void*)aCol, 0, nByte);
+    azNotindexed = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  }
+  if( azNotindexed ){
+    memset(azNotindexed, 0, nByte);
+  }
+  if( !aCol || !azNotindexed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto fts3_init_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4
+  ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop
+  ** does the following:
+  **
+  **   + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and
+  **     the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies
+  **     of the column names.
+  **
+  **   + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments,
+  **     initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer.
+  */
+  for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){
+    char const *z = argv[i];
+    int nKey;
+    char *zVal;
+
+    /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */
+    if( !pTokenizer 
+     && strlen(z)>8
+     && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) 
+     && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8])
+    ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */
+    else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){
+      struct Fts4Option {
+        const char *zOpt;
+        int nOpt;
+      } aFts4Opt[] = {
+        { "matchinfo",   9 },     /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */
+        { "prefix",      6 },     /* 1 -> PREFIX */
+        { "compress",    8 },     /* 2 -> COMPRESS */
+        { "uncompress", 10 },     /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */
+        { "order",       5 },     /* 4 -> ORDER */
+        { "content",     7 },     /* 5 -> CONTENT */
+        { "languageid", 10 },     /* 6 -> LANGUAGEID */
+        { "notindexed", 10 }      /* 7 -> NOTINDEXED */
+      };
+
+      int iOpt;
+      if( !zVal ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        for(iOpt=0; iOpt<SizeofArray(aFts4Opt); iOpt++){
+          struct Fts4Option *pOp = &aFts4Opt[iOpt];
+          if( nKey==pOp->nOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){
+          *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z);
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }else{
+          switch( iOpt ){
+            case 0:               /* MATCHINFO */
+              if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){
+                *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal);
+                rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+              }
+              bNoDocsize = 1;
+              break;
+
+            case 1:               /* PREFIX */
+              sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
+              zPrefix = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 2:               /* COMPRESS */
+              sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+              zCompress = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 3:               /* UNCOMPRESS */
+              sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+              zUncompress = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 4:               /* ORDER */
+              if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) 
+               && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) 
+              ){
+                *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized order: %s", zVal);
+                rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+              }
+              bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D');
+              break;
+
+            case 5:              /* CONTENT */
+              sqlite3_free(zContent);
+              zContent = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 6:              /* LANGUAGEID */
+              assert( iOpt==6 );
+              sqlite3_free(zLanguageid);
+              zLanguageid = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 7:              /* NOTINDEXED */
+              azNotindexed[nNotindexed++] = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(zVal);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */
+    else {
+      nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1);
+      aCol[nCol++] = z;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following:
+  **
+  **   1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options.
+  **
+  **   2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+  **      TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){
+    sqlite3_free(zCompress); 
+    sqlite3_free(zUncompress); 
+    zCompress = 0;
+    zUncompress = 0;
+    if( nCol==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); 
+      aCol = 0;
+      rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent, &aCol, &nCol, &nString);
+
+      /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id
+      ** column from the aCol[] array. */ 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+          if( sqlite3_stricmp(zLanguageid, aCol[j])==0 ){
+            int k;
+            for(k=j; k<nCol; k++) aCol[k] = aCol[k+1];
+            nCol--;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+  if( nCol==0 ){
+    assert( nString==0 );
+    aCol[0] = "content";
+    nString = 8;
+    nCol = 1;
+  }
+
+  if( pTokenizer==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+  }
+  assert( pTokenizer );
+
+  rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+    assert( zPrefix );
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) +                  /* Fts3Table */
+          nCol * sizeof(char *) +              /* azColumn */
+          nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) +  /* aIndex */
+          nCol * sizeof(u8) +                  /* abNotindexed */
+          nName +                              /* zName */
+          nDb +                                /* zDb */
+          nString;                             /* Space for azColumn strings */
+  p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto fts3_init_out;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, nByte);
+  p->db = db;
+  p->nColumn = nCol;
+  p->nPendingData = 0;
+  p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1];
+  p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+  p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA;
+  p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0);
+  p->bHasStat = isFts4;
+  p->bFts4 = isFts4;
+  p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx;
+  p->nAutoincrmerge = 0xff;   /* 0xff means setting unknown */
+  p->zContentTbl = zContent;
+  p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid;
+  zContent = 0;
+  zLanguageid = 0;
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 );
+
+  p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol];
+  memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+  p->nIndex = nIndex;
+  for(i=0; i<nIndex; i++){
+    fts3HashInit(&p->aIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  }
+  p->abNotindexed = (u8 *)&p->aIndex[nIndex];
+
+  /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */
+  zCsr = (char *)&p->abNotindexed[nCol];
+  p->zName = zCsr;
+  memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName);
+  zCsr += nName;
+  p->zDb = zCsr;
+  memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb);
+  zCsr += nDb;
+
+  /* Fill in the azColumn array */
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+    char *z; 
+    int n = 0;
+    z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n);
+    memcpy(zCsr, z, n);
+    zCsr[n] = '\0';
+    sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zCsr);
+    p->azColumn[iCol] = zCsr;
+    zCsr += n+1;
+    assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] );
+  }
+
+  /* Fill in the abNotindexed array */
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+    int n = (int)strlen(p->azColumn[iCol]);
+    for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){
+      char *zNot = azNotindexed[i];
+      if( zNot && n==(int)strlen(zNot)
+       && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n) 
+      ){
+        p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1;
+        sqlite3_free(zNot);
+        azNotindexed[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){
+    if( azNotindexed[i] ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such column: %s", azNotindexed[i]);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (zCompress==0)!=(zUncompress==0) ){
+    char const *zMiss = (zCompress==0 ? "compress" : "uncompress");
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("missing %s parameter in fts4 constructor", zMiss);
+  }
+  p->zReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc);
+  p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+  /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the 
+  ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist.
+  */
+  if( isCreate ){
+    rc = fts3CreateTables(p);
+  }
+
+  /* Check to see if a legacy fts3 table has been "upgraded" by the
+  ** addition of a %_stat table so that it can use incremental merge.
+  */
+  if( !isFts4 && !isCreate ){
+    p->bHasStat = 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to
+  ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database.  */
+  fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p);
+  p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35;
+
+  /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */
+  fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p);
+
+fts3_init_out:
+  sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
+  sqlite3_free(aIndex);
+  sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+  sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+  sqlite3_free(zContent);
+  sqlite3_free(zLanguageid);
+  for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++) sqlite3_free(azNotindexed[i]);
+  sqlite3_free((void *)aCol);
+  sqlite3_free((void *)azNotindexed);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( p ){
+      fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p);
+    }else if( pTokenizer ){
+      pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+    *ppVTab = &p->base;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the
+** work is done in function fts3InitVtab().
+*/
+static int fts3ConnectMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+static int fts3CreateMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this
+** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to
+** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts3SetEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){
+#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002
+  if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){
+    pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There
+** are three possible strategies, in order of preference:
+**
+**   1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. 
+**   2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column.
+**   3. Linear scan of %_content table.
+*/
+static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab;
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  int iCons = -1;                 /* Index of constraint to use */
+
+  int iLangidCons = -1;           /* Index of langid=x constraint, if present */
+  int iDocidGe = -1;              /* Index of docid>=x constraint, if present */
+  int iDocidLe = -1;              /* Index of docid<=x constraint, if present */
+  int iIdx;
+
+  /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option,
+  ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient 
+  ** strategy is possible.
+  */
+  pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
+  pInfo->estimatedCost = 5000000;
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    int bDocid;                 /* True if this constraint is on docid */
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
+    if( pCons->usable==0 ){
+      if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){
+        /* There exists an unusable MATCH constraint. This means that if
+        ** the planner does elect to use the results of this call as part
+        ** of the overall query plan the user will see an "unable to use
+        ** function MATCH in the requested context" error. To discourage
+        ** this, return a very high cost here.  */
+        pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
+        pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50;
+        fts3SetEstimatedRows(pInfo, ((sqlite3_int64)1) << 50);
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    bDocid = (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1);
+
+    /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */
+    if( iCons<0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && bDocid ){
+      pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
+      iCons = i;
+    }
+
+    /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search.
+    **
+    ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first
+    ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct
+    ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even 
+    ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting
+    ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested 
+    ** context" error.
+    */
+    if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 
+     && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn
+    ){
+      pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0;
+      iCons = i;
+    }
+
+    /* Equality constraint on the langid column */
+    if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 
+     && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2
+    ){
+      iLangidCons = i;
+    }
+
+    if( bDocid ){
+      switch( pCons->op ){
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE:
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT:
+          iDocidGe = i;
+          break;
+
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE:
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT:
+          iDocidLe = i;
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  iIdx = 1;
+  if( iCons>=0 ){
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1;
+  } 
+  if( iLangidCons>=0 ){
+    pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+  } 
+  if( iDocidGe>=0 ){
+    pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+  } 
+  if( iDocidLe>=0 ){
+    pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
+  } 
+
+  /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or
+  ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. 
+  */
+  if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){
+    struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0];
+    if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){
+      if( pOrder->desc ){
+        pInfo->idxStr = "DESC";
+      }else{
+        pInfo->idxStr = "ASC";
+      }
+      pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xOpen method.
+*/
+static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr;               /* Allocated cursor */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the
+  ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, 
+  ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+  */
+  *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
+  if( !pCsr ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the cursor.  For additional information see the documentation
+** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
+*/
+static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
+  sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then
+** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form:
+**
+**    "SELECT <columns> FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?"
+**
+** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to
+** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** Otherwise, set *ppStmt to point to pCsr->pStmt and return SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    char *zSql;
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist);
+    if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+  *ppStmt = pCsr->pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row
+** of the %_content table that contains the last match.  Return
+** SQLITE_OK on success.  
+*/
+static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+
+    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pStmt);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId);
+      pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0;
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){
+          /* If no row was found and no error has occurred, then the %_content
+          ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index.
+          ** The data structures are corrupt.  */
+          rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+          pCsr->isEof = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching
+** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this 
+** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is
+** passed in zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid
+** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term.
+**
+** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node
+** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is
+** a prefix.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3ScanInteriorNode(
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to select leaves for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+  const char *zNode,              /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
+  int nNode,                      /* Size of buffer at zNode */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piFirst,         /* OUT: Selected child node */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLast           /* OUT: Selected child node */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  const char *zCsr = zNode;       /* Cursor to iterate through node */
+  const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */
+  char *zBuffer = 0;              /* Buffer to load terms into */
+  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Size of allocated buffer */
+  int isFirstTerm = 1;            /* True when processing first term on page */
+  sqlite3_int64 iChild;           /* Block id of child node to descend to */
+
+  /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every 
+  ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree
+  ** node into variable iChild.  
+  **
+  ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two
+  ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a
+  ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does
+  ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always
+  ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of
+  ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments
+  ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the
+  ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details).
+  */
+  zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
+  zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
+  if( zCsr>zEnd ){
+    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  }
+  
+  while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){
+    int cmp;                      /* memcmp() result */
+    int nSuffix;                  /* Size of term suffix */
+    int nPrefix = 0;              /* Size of term prefix */
+    int nBuffer;                  /* Total term size */
+  
+    /* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand
+    ** the size of zBuffer if required.  */
+    if( !isFirstTerm ){
+      zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nPrefix);
+    }
+    isFirstTerm = 0;
+    zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix);
+    
+    if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<0 || &zCsr[nSuffix]>zEnd ){
+      rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      goto finish_scan;
+    }
+    if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){
+      char *zNew;
+      nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2;
+      zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        goto finish_scan;
+      }
+      zBuffer = zNew;
+    }
+    assert( zBuffer );
+    memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix);
+    nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix;
+    zCsr += nSuffix;
+
+    /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from
+    ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal
+    ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree 
+    ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search 
+    ** iChild.
+    **
+    ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then
+    ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term.
+    */
+    cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer));
+    if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){
+      *piFirst = iChild;
+      piFirst = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( piLast && cmp<0 ){
+      *piLast = iChild;
+      piLast = 0;
+    }
+
+    iChild++;
+  };
+
+  if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild;
+  if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild;
+
+ finish_scan:
+  sqlite3_free(zBuffer);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an
+** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes)
+** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode
+** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term
+** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix.
+**
+** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the 
+** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term.
+** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the
+** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified
+** term is a prefix.
+**
+** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain 
+** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the 
+** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified
+** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and
+** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/ 
+static int fts3SelectLeaf(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to select leaves for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+  const char *zNode,              /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
+  int nNode,                      /* Size of buffer at zNode */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf,          /* Selected leaf node */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2          /* Selected leaf node */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int iHeight;                    /* Height of this node in tree */
+
+  assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 );
+
+  fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight);
+  rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
+  assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){
+    char *zBlob = 0;              /* Blob read from %_segments table */
+    int nBlob;                    /* Size of zBlob in bytes */
+
+    if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(zBlob);
+      piLeaf = 0;
+      zBlob = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zBlob);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 
+** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list.
+*/
+static void fts3PutDeltaVarint(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piPrev,          /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal              /* Write this value to the list */
+){
+  assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) );
+  *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev);
+  *piPrev = iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the 
+** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
+** first byte after the position-list.
+**
+** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for 
+** a single document record of a doclist.  So, in other words, this
+** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in
+** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist.
+**
+** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied
+** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
+** before this function returns.
+*/
+static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
+  char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
+  char c = 0;
+
+  /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 
+  ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by
+  ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail
+  ** of some other, multi-byte, value.
+  **
+  ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not 
+  ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments
+  ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the
+  ** last byte in the position-list.
+  */
+  while( *pEnd | c ){
+    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+    testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 );
+  }
+  pEnd++;  /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */
+
+  if( pp ){
+    int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
+    char *p = *pp;
+    memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
+    p += n;
+    *pp = p;
+  }
+  *ppPoslist = pEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the 
+** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
+** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list.
+**
+** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column
+** within a single document within a doclist.
+**
+** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or
+** a POS_END varint (0).  This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to
+** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list.
+**
+** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied
+** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
+** before this function returns.  The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator
+** is not copied into *pp.
+*/
+static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
+  char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
+  char c = 0;
+
+  /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is
+  ** not part of a multi-byte varint.
+  */
+  while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
+    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+    testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 );
+  }
+  if( pp ){
+    int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
+    char *p = *pp;
+    memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
+    p += n;
+    *pp = p;
+  }
+  *ppPoslist = pEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because
+** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms.
+*/
+#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff
+
+/*
+** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is
+** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list
+** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list
+** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or
+** (1)).
+**
+** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to 
+** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp,
+** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to
+** point to the next value before returning.
+**
+** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of
+** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position
+** in the position-list.  Because positions are delta-encoded, the value
+** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of
+** the next position.
+*/
+static void fts3ReadNextPos(
+  char **pp,                    /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *pi             /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */
+){
+  if( (**pp)&0xFE ){
+    fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi);
+    *pi -= 2;
+  }else{
+    *pi = POSITION_LIST_END;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by
+** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp.   This will start a new
+** column list.
+**
+** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before 
+** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes
+** written (0 if iCol==0).
+*/
+static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){
+  int n = 0;                      /* Number of bytes written */
+  if( iCol ){
+    char *p = *pp;                /* Output pointer */
+    n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol);
+    *p = 0x01;
+    *pp = &p[n];
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the union of two position lists.  The output written
+** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted
+** order and with any duplicates removed.  All pointers are
+** updated appropriately.   The caller is responsible for insuring
+** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output.
+*/
+static void fts3PoslistMerge(
+  char **pp,                      /* Output buffer */
+  char **pp1,                     /* Left input list */
+  char **pp2                      /* Right input list */
+){
+  char *p = *pp;
+  char *p1 = *pp1;
+  char *p2 = *pp2;
+
+  while( *p1 || *p2 ){
+    int iCol1;         /* The current column index in pp1 */
+    int iCol2;         /* The current column index in pp2 */
+
+    if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1);
+    else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END;
+    else iCol1 = 0;
+
+    if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2);
+    else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END;
+    else iCol2 = 0;
+
+    if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
+      sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;       /* Last position from pp1 */
+      sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;       /* Last position from pp2 */
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+      int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
+      p1 += n;
+      p2 += n;
+
+      /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists
+      ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2).
+      ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each 
+      ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a
+      ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists
+      ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte
+      ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is
+      ** written to the output.
+      */
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2);
+      do {
+        fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2); 
+        iPrev -= 2;
+        if( i1==i2 ){
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
+        }else if( i1<i2 ){
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
+        }else{
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
+        }
+      }while( i1!=POSITION_LIST_END || i2!=POSITION_LIST_END );
+    }else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
+      p1 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p1);
+    }else{
+      p2 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol2);
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *p++ = POS_END;
+  *pp = p;
+  *pp1 = p1 + 1;
+  *pp2 = p2 + 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is
+** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is
+** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row
+** contains:
+**
+**     'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a'
+**
+** Then the position list for this row for token 'b' would consist of:
+**
+**     0x02 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x03 0x00
+**
+** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the
+** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists.
+**
+** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for 
+** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in
+** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e.
+** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken
+** slots before it.
+**
+** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions.
+*/
+static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */
+  int nToken,                     /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+  int isSaveLeft,                 /* Save the left position */
+  int isExact,                    /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */
+  char **pp1,                     /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
+  char **pp2                      /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
+){
+  char *p = *pp;
+  char *p1 = *pp1;
+  char *p2 = *pp2;
+  int iCol1 = 0;
+  int iCol2 = 0;
+
+  /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */
+  assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 );
+
+  assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 );
+  if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ 
+    p1++;
+    p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+  }
+  if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ 
+    p2++;
+    p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
+      char *pSave = p;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0;
+
+      if( iCol1 ){
+        *p++ = POS_COLUMN;
+        p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1);
+      }
+
+      assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN );
+      assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN );
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
+
+      while( 1 ){
+        if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken 
+         || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) 
+        ){
+          sqlite3_int64 iSave;
+          iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2;
+          fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2;
+          pSave = 0;
+          assert( p );
+        }
+        if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){
+          if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break;
+          fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
+        }else{
+          if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break;
+          fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pSave ){
+        assert( pp && p );
+        p = pSave;
+      }
+
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
+      assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 );
+      if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break;
+
+      p1++;
+      p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+      p2++;
+      p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+    }
+
+    /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of
+    ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the
+    ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next 
+    ** column-number in the position list. 
+    */
+    else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
+      if( 0==*p1 ) break;
+      p1++;
+      p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+    }else{
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
+      if( 0==*p2 ) break;
+      p2++;
+      p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
+  fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
+  *pp1 = p1;
+  *pp2 = p2;
+  if( *pp==p ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  *p++ = 0x00;
+  *pp = p;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument
+** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression 
+** like:
+**
+**     "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2"
+**
+** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR 
+** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position 
+** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" 
+** in the example above).
+**
+** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those
+** entries that are not sufficiently NEAR entries in *pp1 removed.
+*/
+static int fts3PoslistNearMerge(
+  char **pp,                      /* Output buffer */
+  char *aTmp,                     /* Temporary buffer space */
+  int nRight,                     /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+  int nLeft,                      /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+  char **pp1,                     /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
+  char **pp2                      /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
+){
+  char *p1 = *pp1;
+  char *p2 = *pp2;
+
+  char *pTmp1 = aTmp;
+  char *pTmp2;
+  char *aTmp2;
+  int res = 1;
+
+  fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2);
+  aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1;
+  *pp1 = p1;
+  *pp2 = p2;
+  fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1);
+  if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
+    fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2);
+  }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){
+    fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp);
+  }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
+    fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2);
+  }else{
+    res = 0;
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* 
+** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially
+** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query.
+** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details.
+*/
+typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect;
+struct TermSelect {
+  char *aaOutput[16];             /* Malloc'd output buffers */
+  int anOutput[16];               /* Size each output buffer in bytes */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is used to read a single varint from a buffer. Parameter
+** pEnd points 1 byte past the end of the buffer. When this function is
+** called, if *pp points to pEnd or greater, then the end of the buffer
+** has been reached. In this case *pp is set to 0 and the function returns.
+**
+** If *pp does not point to or past pEnd, then a single varint is read
+** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint.
+**
+** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning.
+** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this 
+** function returns.
+*/
+static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Point to read varint from */
+  char *pEnd,                     /* End of buffer */
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if docids are descending */
+  sqlite3_int64 *pVal             /* IN/OUT: Integer value */
+){
+  if( *pp>=pEnd ){
+    *pp = 0;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+    *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
+    if( bDescIdx ){
+      *pVal -= iVal;
+    }else{
+      *pVal += iVal;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint
+** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the
+** end of the value written.
+**
+** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to
+** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. 
+**
+** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value 
+** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal)
+** (if bDescIdx is non-zero).
+**
+** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev
+** to the value of parameter iVal.
+*/
+static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True for descending docids */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piPrev,          /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
+  int *pbFirst,                   /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal              /* Write this value to the list */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iWrite;
+  if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){
+    iWrite = iVal - *piPrev;
+  }else{
+    iWrite = *piPrev - iVal;
+  }
+  assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 );
+  assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 );
+  *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite);
+  *piPrev = iVal;
+  *pbFirst = 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two
+** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable
+** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). 
+** Otherwise, (i2-i1).
+**
+** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are
+** sorted in either ascending or descending order.
+*/
+#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2))
+
+/*
+** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all
+** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the 
+** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist
+** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be
+** passed a non-zero value.
+**
+** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer
+** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case
+** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values
+** are undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3DoclistOrMerge(
+  int bDescDoclist,               /* True if arguments are desc */
+  char *a1, int n1,               /* First doclist */
+  char *a2, int n2,               /* Second doclist */
+  char **paOut, int *pnOut        /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+  char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1];
+  char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2];
+  char *p1 = a1;
+  char *p2 = a2;
+  char *p;
+  char *aOut;
+  int bFirstOut = 0;
+
+  *paOut = 0;
+  *pnOut = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists
+  ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0),
+  ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For
+  ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the
+  ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in
+  ** ascending order).
+  **
+  ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the 
+  ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is
+  ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list 
+  ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since
+  ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must
+  ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from 
+  ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid
+  ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists
+  ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output.
+  **
+  ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number,
+  ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may
+  ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value
+  ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid).
+  **
+  ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the
+  ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input
+  ** docids to grow. 
+  **
+  ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending 
+  ** order.
+  */
+  aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1);
+  if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  p = aOut;
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
+  while( p1 || p2 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);
+
+    if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+      fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+    }else{
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2);
+      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *paOut = aOut;
+  *pnOut = (int)(p-aOut);
+  assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge,
+** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input
+** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist
+** exactly nDist tokens before it.
+**
+** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order,
+** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending 
+** order, it should be passed a non-zero value.
+**
+** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function.
+*/
+static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(
+  int bDescDoclist,               /* True if arguments are desc */
+  int nDist,                      /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */
+  char *aLeft, int nLeft,         /* Left doclist */
+  char *aRight, int *pnRight      /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+  char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft];
+  char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight];
+  char *p1 = aLeft;
+  char *p2 = aRight;
+  char *p;
+  int bFirstOut = 0;
+  char *aOut = aRight;
+
+  assert( nDist>0 );
+
+  p = aOut;
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
+
+  while( p1 && p2 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);
+    if( iDiff==0 ){
+      char *pSave = p;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev;
+      int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut;
+
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+      if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
+        p = pSave;
+        iPrev = iPrevSave;
+        bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave;
+      }
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }else if( iDiff<0 ){
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+    }else{
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pnRight = (int)(p - aOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This
+** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for
+** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta
+** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only
+** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte.
+** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(
+  sqlite3_int64 iDelta,           /* Varint that may be written to pOut */
+  char *pList,                    /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */
+  int nList,                      /* Size of pList in bytes */
+  char *pOut                      /* Write output here */
+){
+  int nOut = 0;
+  int bWritten = 0;               /* True once iDelta has been written */
+  char *p = pList;
+  char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
+
+  if( *p!=0x01 ){
+    if( *p==0x02 ){
+      nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta);
+      pOut[nOut++] = 0x02;
+      bWritten = 1;
+    }
+    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p);
+  }
+
+  while( p<pEnd && *p==0x01 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iCol;
+    p++;
+    p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iCol);
+    if( *p==0x02 ){
+      if( bWritten==0 ){
+        nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta);
+        bWritten = 1;
+      }
+      pOut[nOut++] = 0x01;
+      nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iCol);
+      pOut[nOut++] = 0x02;
+    }
+    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p);
+  }
+  if( bWritten ){
+    pOut[nOut++] = 0x00;
+  }
+
+  return nOut;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single
+** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all
+** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is
+** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the
+** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){
+  char *aOut = 0;
+  int nOut = 0;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all
+  ** into a single doclist.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); i++){
+    if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){
+      if( !aOut ){
+        aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i];
+        nOut = pTS->anOutput[i];
+        pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
+      }else{
+        int nNew;
+        char *aNew;
+
+        int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, 
+            pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3_free(aOut);
+          return rc;
+        }
+
+        sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]);
+        sqlite3_free(aOut);
+        pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
+        aOut = aNew;
+        nOut = nNew;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut;
+  pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed
+** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function
+** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details).
+**
+** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches
+** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist
+** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of
+** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect
+** object.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an
+** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSelectMerge(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
+  TermSelect *pTS,                /* TermSelect object to merge into */
+  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to doclist */
+  int nDoclist                    /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */
+){
+  if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){
+    /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output
+    ** buffer using memcpy(). */
+    pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist);
+    pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist;
+    if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){
+      memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }else{
+    char *aMerge = aDoclist;
+    int nMerge = nDoclist;
+    int iOut;
+
+    for(iOut=0; iOut<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); iOut++){
+      if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){
+        assert( iOut>0 );
+        pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
+        pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        char *aNew;
+        int nNew;
+
+        int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, 
+            pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
+          return rc;
+        }
+
+        if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
+        sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]);
+        pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0;
+  
+        aMerge = aNew;
+        nMerge = nNew;
+        if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){
+          pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
+          pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, 
+  Fts3SegReader *pNew
+){
+  if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){
+    Fts3SegReader **apNew;
+    int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*);
+    apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte);
+    if( !apNew ){
+      sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pCsr->apSegment = apNew;
+  }
+  pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the
+** 8th argument.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code
+** otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCursor(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level of segments to scan */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
+  int isScan,                     /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Error code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement to iterate through segments */
+  int rc2;                        /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */
+
+  /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader 
+  ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being
+  ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling
+  ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by 
+  ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these
+  ** calls out here.  */
+  if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pSeg);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){
+      rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt);
+    }
+
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){
+      Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+
+      /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */
+      sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
+      sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2);
+      sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3);
+      int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
+      char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4);
+
+      /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its
+      ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */
+      if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){
+        sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0);
+        rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+        if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock;
+      }
+ 
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, 
+          (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0),
+          iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, 
+          iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg
+      );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+      rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+    }
+  }
+
+ finished:
+  rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a 
+** single level therein.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language-id to search */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level of segments to scan */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
+  int isScan,                     /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr       /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
+      ||  iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING 
+      ||  iLevel>=0
+  );
+  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+  assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL<0 && FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING<0 );
+  assert( isPrefix==0 || isScan==0 );
+
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
+  return fts3SegReaderCursor(
+      p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** In addition to its current configuration, have the Fts3MultiSegReader
+** passed as the 4th argument also scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS virtual table handle */
+  int iLangid,
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to scan doclist of */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */
+){
+  return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, 
+      iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or,
+** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which 
+** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write
+** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return
+** an SQLite error code.
+**
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually
+** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() 
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Virtual table cursor handle */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr   /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
+){
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Object to allocate and return */
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;          /* Return code */
+
+  pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
+  if( pSegcsr ){
+    int i;
+    int bFound = 0;               /* True once an index has been found */
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+
+    if( isPrefix ){
+      for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){
+          bFound = 1;
+          rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
+              i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr
+          );
+          pSegcsr->bLookup = 1;
+        }
+      }
+
+      for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){
+          bFound = 1;
+          rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
+              i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr
+          );
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
+                p, pCsr->iLangid, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr
+            );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( bFound==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
+          0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr
+      );
+      pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor().
+*/
+static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pSegcsr);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function retrieves the doclist for the specified term (or term
+** prefix) from the database.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSelect(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pTok,          /* Token to query for */
+  int iColumn,                    /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */
+  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */
+  char **ppOut                    /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */
+  TermSelect tsc;                 /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;           /* Segment term filter configuration */
+
+  pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr;
+  memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect));
+
+  filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS
+        | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0)
+        | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0)
+        | (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0);
+  filter.iCol = iColumn;
+  filter.zTerm = pTok->z;
+  filter.nTerm = pTok->n;
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter);
+  while( SQLITE_OK==rc
+      && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) 
+  ){
+    rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0];
+    *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0];
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(tsc.aaOutput); i++){
+      sqlite3_free(tsc.aaOutput[i]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pSegcsr);
+  pTok->pSegcsr = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored
+** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes.
+**
+** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist
+** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed
+** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded 
+** varints.
+*/
+static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){
+  int nDoc = 0;                   /* Return value */
+  if( aList ){
+    char *aEnd = &aList[nList];   /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */
+    char *p = aList;              /* Cursor */
+    while( p<aEnd ){
+      nDoc++;
+      while( (*p++)&0x80 );     /* Skip docid varint */
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);   /* Skip over position list */
+    }
+  }
+
+  return nDoc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next row in the %_content table that
+** matches the search criteria.  For a MATCH search, this will be
+** the next row that matches. For a full-table scan, this will be
+** simply the next row in the %_content table.  For a docid lookup,
+** this routine simply sets the EOF flag.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong.  SQLITE_OK is returned
+** even if we reach end-of-file.  The fts3EofMethod() will be called
+** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit.
+*/
+static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  int rc;
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+  if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
+      pCsr->isEof = 1;
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+    }else{
+      pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor);
+  }
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following are copied from sqliteInt.h.
+**
+** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
+** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
+** compilers.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+# define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the numeric type of argument pVal is "integer", then return it
+** converted to a 64-bit signed integer. Otherwise, return a copy of
+** the second parameter, iDefault.
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 fts3DocidRange(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){
+  if( pVal ){
+    int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal);
+    if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+      return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal);
+    }
+  }
+  return iDefault;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table.  See
+** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
+** information.
+**
+** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against
+** the %_content table.
+**
+** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry
+** in the %_content table.
+**
+** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index.  The
+** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
+** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed.  argv[0] is the right-hand
+** side of the MATCH operator.
+*/
+static int fts3FilterMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
+  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
+  const char *idxStr,             /* Unused */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zSql;                     /* SQL statement used to access %_content */
+  int eSearch;
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+
+  sqlite3_value *pCons = 0;       /* The MATCH or rowid constraint, if any */
+  sqlite3_value *pLangid = 0;     /* The "langid = ?" constraint, if any */
+  sqlite3_value *pDocidGe = 0;    /* The "docid >= ?" constraint, if any */
+  sqlite3_value *pDocidLe = 0;    /* The "docid <= ?" constraint, if any */
+  int iIdx;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+  eSearch = (idxNum & 0x0000FFFF);
+  assert( eSearch>=0 && eSearch<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) );
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+
+  /* Collect arguments into local variables */
+  iIdx = 0;
+  if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++];
+  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++];
+  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++];
+  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++];
+  assert( iIdx==nVal );
+
+  /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
+  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
+  memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor));
+
+  /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */
+  pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);
+  pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64);
+
+  if( idxStr ){
+    pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D');
+  }else{
+    pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx;
+  }
+  pCsr->eSearch = (i16)eSearch;
+
+  if( eSearch!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+    int iCol = eSearch-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH;
+    const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pCons);
+
+    if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(pCons)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+
+    pCsr->iLangid = 0;
+    if( pLangid ) pCsr->iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(pLangid);
+
+    assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 );
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
+        p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, 
+        &p->base.zErrMsg
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
+    sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist;
+    pCsr->iPrevId = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the
+  ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a
+  ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single
+  ** row by docid.
+  */
+  if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s",
+        p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
+    );
+    if( zSql ){
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){
+    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pCsr->pStmt);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCons);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  return fts3NextMethod(pCursor);
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this 
+** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
+*/
+static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
+** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3
+** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
+** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
+*/
+static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
+  *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
+** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
+**
+** If:
+**
+**   (iCol <  p->nColumn)   -> The value of the iCol'th user column.
+**   (iCol == p->nColumn)   -> Magic column with the same name as the table.
+**   (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column
+**   (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column
+*/
+static int fts3ColumnMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
+
+  /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 );
+
+  if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){
+    /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an 
+    ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value.
+    */
+    sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId);
+  }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){
+    /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table.
+    ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor.  */
+    sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 && pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid);
+  }else{
+    /* The requested column is either a user column (one that contains 
+    ** indexed data), or the language-id column.  */
+    rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 ){
+        int iLangid = 0;
+        if( p->zLanguageid ){
+          iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pCsr->pStmt, p->nColumn+1);
+        }
+        sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, iLangid);
+      }else if( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)>(iCol+1) ){
+        sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by 
+** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
+** inserted, updated or deleted.
+*/
+static int fts3UpdateMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  int nArg,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
+){
+  return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms
+** hash-table to the database.
+*/
+static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+
+  /* Following an incremental-merge operation, assuming that the input
+  ** segments are not completely consumed (the usual case), they are updated
+  ** in place to remove the entries that have already been merged. This
+  ** involves updating the leaf block that contains the smallest unmerged
+  ** entry and each block (if any) between the leaf and the root node. So
+  ** if the height of the input segment b-trees is N, and input segments
+  ** are merged eight at a time, updating the input segments at the end
+  ** of an incremental-merge requires writing (8*(1+N)) blocks. N is usually
+  ** small - often between 0 and 2. So the overhead of the incremental
+  ** merge is somewhere between 8 and 24 blocks. To avoid this overhead
+  ** dwarfing the actual productive work accomplished, the incremental merge
+  ** is only attempted if it will write at least 64 leaf blocks. Hence
+  ** nMinMerge.
+  **
+  ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch
+  ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead
+  ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input 
+  ** segments.
+  */
+  const u32 nMinMerge = 64;       /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */
+
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
+   && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) 
+   && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff
+  ){
+    int mxLevel = 0;              /* Maximum relative level value in db */
+    int A;                        /* Incr-merge parameter A */
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(p, &mxLevel);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || mxLevel==0 );
+    A = p->nLeafAdd * mxLevel;
+    A += (A/2);
+    if( A>(int)nMinMerge ) rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, A, p->nAutoincrmerge);
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If it is currently unknown whether or not the FTS table has an %_stat
+** table (if p->bHasStat==2), attempt to determine this (set p->bHasStat
+** to 0 or 1). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code
+** if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3SetHasStat(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->bHasStat==2 ){
+    const char *zFmt ="SELECT 1 FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name='%q_stat'";
+    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, p->zDb, p->zName);
+    if( zSql ){
+      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int bHasStat = (sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW);
+        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = bHasStat;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xBegin() method. 
+*/
+static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  assert( p->inTransaction!=1 );
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+  p->nLeafAdd = 0;
+  return fts3SetHasStat(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of
+** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database
+** by fts3SyncMethod().
+*/
+static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms
+** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite.
+*/
+static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+  assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the
+** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function
+** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the
+** same position list.
+*/
+static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){
+  char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2];
+  char c = 0;
+
+  while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 );
+  while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ 
+    c = *p--; 
+  }
+  if( p>pStart ){ p = &p[2]; }
+  while( *p++&0x80 );
+  *ppPoslist = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(),
+** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions.
+**
+** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size
+** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the 
+** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error
+** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The
+** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message.
+*/
+static int fts3FunctionArg(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQL function call context */
+  const char *zFunc,              /* Function name */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal,            /* argv[0] passed to function */
+  Fts3Cursor **ppCsr              /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pRet;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB 
+   || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)
+  ){
+    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc);
+    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *));
+  *ppCsr = pRet;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of apVal[] array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+  const char *zStart = "<b>";
+  const char *zEnd = "</b>";
+  const char *zEllipsis = "<b>...</b>";
+  int iCol = -1;
+  int nToken = 15;                /* Default number of tokens in snippet */
+
+  /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise
+  ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one).
+  */
+  assert( nVal>=1 );
+
+  if( nVal>6 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, 
+        "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
+
+  switch( nVal ){
+    case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]);
+    case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
+    case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
+    case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
+    case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+  }
+  if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext);
+  }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
+    sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3
+*/
+static void fts3OffsetsFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+  assert( nVal==1 );
+  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
+  assert( pCsr );
+  if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
+    sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This 
+** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment.
+** Example usage is:
+**
+**   SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1;
+**
+** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table.
+*/
+static void fts3OptimizeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  Fts3Table *p;                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCursor;            /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+  assert( nVal==1 );
+  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return;
+  p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab;
+  assert( p );
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p);
+
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_OK:
+      sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_DONE:
+      sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    default:
+      sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3
+*/
+static void fts3MatchinfoFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+  assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 );
+  if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){
+    const char *zArg = 0;
+    if( nVal>1 ){
+      zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
+** virtual table.
+*/
+static int fts3FindFunctionMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of SQL function arguments */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name of SQL function */
+  void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */
+  void **ppArg                    /* Unused */
+){
+  struct Overloaded {
+    const char *zName;
+    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } aOverload[] = {
+    { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc },
+    { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc },
+    { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc },
+    { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc },
+  };
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg);
+
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(aOverload); i++){
+    if( strcmp(zName, aOverload[i].zName)==0 ){
+      *pxFunc = aOverload[i].xFunc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of FTS3 xRename method. Rename an fts3 table.
+*/
+static int fts3RenameMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  const char *zName               /* New name of table */
+){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;            /* Database connection */
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+
+  /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
+  ** So bHasStat may not be 2.  */
+  rc = fts3SetHasStat(p);
+  
+  /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is
+  ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction 
+  ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method 
+  ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to
+  ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes.
+  */
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+  }
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content'  RENAME TO '%q_content';",
+      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'  RENAME TO '%q_docsize';",
+      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+    );
+  }
+  if( p->bHasStat ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat'  RENAME TO '%q_stat';",
+      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+    );
+  }
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';",
+    p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+  );
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'   RENAME TO '%q_segdir';",
+    p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+  );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xSavepoint() method.
+**
+** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk.
+*/
+static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction );
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint );
+  TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
+  if( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ){
+    rc = fts3SyncMethod(pVtab);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xRelease() method.
+**
+** This is a no-op.
+*/
+static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  assert( p->inTransaction );
+  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xRollbackTo() method.
+**
+** Discard the contents of the pending terms table.
+*/
+static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+  assert( p->inTransaction );
+  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
+  /* iVersion      */ 2,
+  /* xCreate       */ fts3CreateMethod,
+  /* xConnect      */ fts3ConnectMethod,
+  /* xBestIndex    */ fts3BestIndexMethod,
+  /* xDisconnect   */ fts3DisconnectMethod,
+  /* xDestroy      */ fts3DestroyMethod,
+  /* xOpen         */ fts3OpenMethod,
+  /* xClose        */ fts3CloseMethod,
+  /* xFilter       */ fts3FilterMethod,
+  /* xNext         */ fts3NextMethod,
+  /* xEof          */ fts3EofMethod,
+  /* xColumn       */ fts3ColumnMethod,
+  /* xRowid        */ fts3RowidMethod,
+  /* xUpdate       */ fts3UpdateMethod,
+  /* xBegin        */ fts3BeginMethod,
+  /* xSync         */ fts3SyncMethod,
+  /* xCommit       */ fts3CommitMethod,
+  /* xRollback     */ fts3RollbackMethod,
+  /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod,
+  /* xRename */       fts3RenameMethod,
+  /* xSavepoint    */ fts3SavepointMethod,
+  /* xRelease      */ fts3ReleaseMethod,
+  /* xRollbackTo   */ fts3RollbackToMethod,
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an
+** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory
+** allocated for the tokenizer hash table.
+*/
+static void hashDestroy(void *p){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p;
+  sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+  sqlite3_free(pHash);
+}
+
+/*
+** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are 
+** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c
+** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions
+** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations.
+**
+** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
+** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
+** And so on.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
+** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
+** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
+** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
+  sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+  sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#endif
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
+  sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
+  pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash));
+  if( !pHash ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
+     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) 
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) 
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+     || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
+#endif
+    ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload 
+  ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
+  ** module with sqlite.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc 
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1))
+  ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+        db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
+    );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+          db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTok(db, (void *)pHash);
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+
+  /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( pHash ){
+    sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+    sqlite3_free(pHash);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
+** by pExpr. 
+**
+** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
+** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
+** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan
+** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name.
+**
+** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
+** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
+** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
+** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory 
+** doclist and then traversed.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Allocate readers for this expression */
+  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */
+  int *pnOr,                      /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
+    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+      int i;
+      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+      *pnToken += nToken;
+      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i];
+        int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, 
+            pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          *pRc = rc;
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 );
+      pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1;
+    }else{
+      *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR);
+      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
+      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p.
+** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll.
+**
+** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using
+** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually
+** freeing the buffer.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS Table pointer */
+  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */
+  int iToken,                     /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */
+  char *pList,                    /* Pointer to doclist */
+  int nList                       /* Number of bytes in pList */
+){
+  assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken );
+
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll);
+    p->doclist.aAll = 0;
+    p->doclist.nAll = 0;
+  }
+
+  else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){
+    p->doclist.aAll = pList;
+    p->doclist.nAll = nList;
+  }
+
+  else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pList);
+  }
+
+  else {
+    char *pLeft;
+    char *pRight;
+    int nLeft;
+    int nRight;
+    int nDiff;
+
+    if( p->iDoclistToken<iToken ){
+      pLeft = p->doclist.aAll;
+      nLeft = p->doclist.nAll;
+      pRight = pList;
+      nRight = nList;
+      nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken;
+    }else{
+      pRight = p->doclist.aAll;
+      nRight = p->doclist.nAll;
+      pLeft = pList;
+      nLeft = nList;
+      nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken;
+    }
+
+    fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, pRight,&nRight);
+    sqlite3_free(pLeft);
+    p->doclist.aAll = pRight;
+    p->doclist.nAll = nRight;
+  }
+
+  if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist
+** does not take deferred tokens into account.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Phrase *p                   /* Phrase object */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int iToken;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<p->nToken; iToken++){
+    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken];
+    assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
+
+    if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
+      int nThis = 0;
+      char *pThis = 0;
+      rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis);
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for
+** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases
+** current position list to include only those positions that are really
+** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this
+** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList
+** and doclist.nList are both zeroed.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+  int iToken;                     /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */
+  char *aPoslist = 0;             /* Position list for deferred tokens */
+  int nPoslist = 0;               /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */
+  int iPrev = -1;                 /* Token number of previous deferred token */
+
+  assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
+
+  for(iToken=0; iToken<pPhrase->nToken; iToken++){
+    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
+    Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred;
+
+    if( pDeferred ){
+      char *pList;
+      int nList;
+      int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+      if( pList==0 ){
+        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+        pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+        pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+
+      }else if( aPoslist==0 ){
+        aPoslist = pList;
+        nPoslist = nList;
+
+      }else{
+        char *aOut = pList;
+        char *p1 = aPoslist;
+        char *p2 = aOut;
+
+        assert( iPrev>=0 );
+        fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2);
+        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+        aPoslist = pList;
+        nPoslist = (int)(aOut - aPoslist);
+        if( nPoslist==0 ){
+          sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+          pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+          pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+      iPrev = iToken;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iPrev>=0 ){
+    int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken;
+    if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){
+      pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist;
+      pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist;
+      pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+      pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
+    }else{
+      int nDistance;
+      char *p1;
+      char *p2;
+      char *aOut;
+
+      if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){
+        p1 = aPoslist;
+        p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+        nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev;
+      }else{
+        p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+        p2 = aPoslist;
+        nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred;
+      }
+
+      aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8);
+      if( !aOut ){
+        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      
+      pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut;
+      if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
+        pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
+        pPhrase->doclist.nList = (int)(aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_free(aOut);
+        pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+        pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of tokens a phrase may have to be considered for the
+** incremental doclists strategy.
+*/
+#define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4
+
+/*
+** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query 
+** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this
+** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be
+** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids.
+**
+** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the
+** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into
+** memory within this call.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Error code */
+  int i;
+
+  /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is
+  ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be
+  ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of 
+  ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first"
+  ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index.  */
+  int bHaveIncr = 0;
+  int bIncrOk = (bOptOk 
+   && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx 
+   && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0
+   && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+   && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0
+#endif
+  );
+  for(i=0; bIncrOk==1 && i<p->nToken; i++){
+    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i];
+    if( pToken->bFirst || (pToken->pSegcsr!=0 && !pToken->pSegcsr->bLookup) ){
+      bIncrOk = 0;
+    }
+    if( pToken->pSegcsr ) bHaveIncr = 1;
+  }
+
+  if( bIncrOk && bHaveIncr ){
+    /* Use the incremental approach. */
+    int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn);
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken; i++){
+      Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i];
+      Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr = pToken->pSegcsr;
+      if( pSegcsr ){
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(pTab, pSegcsr, iCol, pToken->z, pToken->n);
+      }
+    }
+    p->bIncr = 1;
+  }else{
+    /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */
+    rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p);
+    p->bIncr = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) 
+** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase
+** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through
+** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc".
+**
+** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or 
+** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this
+** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if the doclist is desc */
+  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to entire doclist */
+  int nDoclist,                   /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
+  char **ppIter,                  /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
+  int *pnList,                    /* OUT: List length pointer */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
+){
+  char *p = *ppIter;
+
+  assert( nDoclist>0 );
+  assert( *pbEof==0 );
+  assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
+  assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
+
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0;
+    char *pNext = 0;
+    char *pDocid = aDoclist;
+    char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist];
+    int iMul = 1;
+
+    while( pDocid<pEnd ){
+      sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+      pDocid += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pDocid, &iDelta);
+      iDocid += (iMul * iDelta);
+      pNext = pDocid;
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pDocid);
+      while( pDocid<pEnd && *pDocid==0 ) pDocid++;
+      iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
+    }
+
+    *pnList = (int)(pEnd - pNext);
+    *ppIter = pNext;
+    *piDocid = iDocid;
+  }else{
+    int iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
+    sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+    fts3GetReverseVarint(&p, aDoclist, &iDelta);
+    *piDocid -= (iMul * iDelta);
+
+    if( p==aDoclist ){
+      *pbEof = 1;
+    }else{
+      char *pSave = p;
+      fts3ReversePoslist(aDoclist, &p);
+      *pnList = (int)(pSave - p);
+    }
+    *ppIter = p;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterate forwards through a doclist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if the doclist is desc */
+  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to entire doclist */
+  int nDoclist,                   /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
+  char **ppIter,                  /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
+){
+  char *p = *ppIter;
+
+  assert( nDoclist>0 );
+  assert( *pbEof==0 );
+  assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
+  assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
+
+  if( p==0 ){
+    p = aDoclist;
+    p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid);
+  }else{
+    fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);
+    if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){
+      *pbEof = 1;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_int64 iVar;
+      p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVar);
+      *piDocid += ((bDescIdx ? -1 : 1) * iVar);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppIter = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator pDL to the next entry in pDL->aAll/nAll. Set *pbEof
+** to true if EOF is reached.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,
+  Fts3Doclist *pDL,
+  u8 *pbEof
+){
+  char *pIter;                            /* Used to iterate through aAll */
+  char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll];     /* 1 byte past end of aAll */
+ 
+  if( pDL->pNextDocid ){
+    pIter = pDL->pNextDocid;
+  }else{
+    pIter = pDL->aAll;
+  }
+
+  if( pIter>=pEnd ){
+    /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */
+    *pbEof = 1;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+    pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta);
+    if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){
+      pDL->iDocid += iDelta;
+    }else{
+      pDL->iDocid -= iDelta;
+    }
+    pDL->pList = pIter;
+    fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter);
+    pDL->nList = (int)(pIter - pDL->pList);
+
+    /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position-
+    ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was
+    ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually
+    ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals
+    ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by
+    ** fts3EvalNearTrim().  */
+    while( pIter<pEnd && *pIter==0 ) pIter++;
+
+    pDL->pNextDocid = pIter;
+    assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter );
+    *pbEof = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper type used by fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext() and incrPhraseTokenNext().
+*/
+typedef struct TokenDoclist TokenDoclist;
+struct TokenDoclist {
+  int bIgnore;
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+  char *pList;
+  int nList;
+};
+
+/*
+** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a 
+** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the
+** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new
+** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return 
+** SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int incrPhraseTokenNext(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase,            /* Phrase to advance token of */
+  int iToken,                     /* Specific token to advance */
+  TokenDoclist *p,                /* OUT: Docid and doclist for new entry */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: True if iterator is at EOF */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pPhrase->iDoclistToken==iToken ){
+    assert( p->bIgnore==0 );
+    assert( pPhrase->aToken[iToken].pSegcsr==0 );
+    fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, &pPhrase->doclist, pbEof);
+    p->pList = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+    p->nList = pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+    p->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
+  }else{
+    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
+    assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
+    assert( pToken->pSegcsr || pPhrase->iDoclistToken>=0 );
+    if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
+      assert( p->bIgnore==0 );
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+          pTab, pToken->pSegcsr, &p->iDocid, &p->pList, &p->nList
+      );
+      if( p->pList==0 ) *pbEof = 1;
+    }else{
+      p->bIgnore = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument:
+**
+**   * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and 
+**
+**   * does not contain any deferred tokens.
+**
+** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate
+** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. 
+**
+** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
+** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
+** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return 
+** SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  u8 bEof = 0;
+
+  /* This is only called if it is guaranteed that the phrase has at least
+  ** one incremental token. In which case the bIncr flag is set. */
+  assert( p->bIncr==1 );
+
+  if( p->nToken==1 && p->bIncr ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, 
+        &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList
+    );
+    if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1;
+  }else{
+    int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc;
+    struct TokenDoclist a[MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS];
+
+    memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
+    assert( p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS );
+    assert( p->iDoclistToken<MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS );
+
+    while( bEof==0 ){
+      int bMaxSet = 0;
+      sqlite3_int64 iMax = 0;     /* Largest docid for all iterators */
+      int i;                      /* Used to iterate through tokens */
+
+      /* Advance the iterator for each token in the phrase once. */
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken && bEof==0; i++){
+        rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
+        if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){
+          iMax = a[i].iDocid;
+          bMaxSet = 1;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0 );
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet );
+
+      /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */
+      for(i=0; i<p->nToken; i++){
+        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 
+            && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 
+        ){
+          rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
+          if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){
+            iMax = a[i].iDocid;
+            i = 0;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Check if the current entries really are a phrase match */
+      if( bEof==0 ){
+        int nList = 0;
+        int nByte = a[p->nToken-1].nList;
+        char *aDoclist = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1);
+        if( !aDoclist ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        memcpy(aDoclist, a[p->nToken-1].pList, nByte+1);
+
+        for(i=0; i<(p->nToken-1); i++){
+          if( a[i].bIgnore==0 ){
+            char *pL = a[i].pList;
+            char *pR = aDoclist;
+            char *pOut = aDoclist;
+            int nDist = p->nToken-1-i;
+            int res = fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pOut, nDist, 0, 1, &pL, &pR);
+            if( res==0 ) break;
+            nList = (int)(pOut - aDoclist);
+          }
+        }
+        if( i==(p->nToken-1) ){
+          pDL->iDocid = iMax;
+          pDL->pList = aDoclist;
+          pDL->nList = nList;
+          pDL->bFreeList = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(aDoclist);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pbEof = bEof;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. 
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return 
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
+** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
+** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalPhraseNext(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+
+  if( p->bIncr ){
+    rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof);
+  }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){
+    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, 
+        &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof
+    );
+    pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid;
+  }else{
+    fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, pDL, pbEof);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the
+** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any
+** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred.
+**
+** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the
+** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for
+** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing).
+** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression
+** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available.
+**
+** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error
+** code before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalStartReaders(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to initialize phrases in */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
+    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+      int i;
+      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+        if( pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break;
+      }
+      pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken);
+      *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 1, pExpr->pPhrase);
+    }else{
+      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+      pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process
+** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part
+** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each
+** token in the FTS expression.
+**
+** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong
+** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or
+** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered
+** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in 
+** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot.
+*/
+typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost;
+struct Fts3TokenAndCost {
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;            /* The phrase the token belongs to */
+  int iToken;                     /* Position of token in phrase */
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;        /* The token itself */
+  Fts3Expr *pRoot;                /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */
+  int nOvfl;                      /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */
+  int iCol;                       /* The column the token must match */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an
+** SQLite error code.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalTokenCosts(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pRoot,                /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to consider */
+  Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC,        /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */
+  Fts3Expr ***ppOr,               /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+      Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+        Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++;
+        pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase;
+        pTC->iToken = i;
+        pTC->pRoot = pRoot;
+        pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i];
+        pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn;
+        *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl);
+      }
+    }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
+      assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR
+           || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND
+           || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+      );
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight );
+      if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+        pRoot = pExpr->pLeft;
+        **ppOr = pRoot;
+        (*ppOr)++;
+      }
+      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
+      if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+        pRoot = pExpr->pRight;
+        **ppOr = pRoot;
+        (*ppOr)++;
+      }
+      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful,
+** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return
+** an SQLite error code.
+**
+** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating 
+** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount
+** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in
+** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus
+** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){
+  if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){
+    /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost
+    ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required 
+    ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it.
+    **
+    ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 
+    ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table.
+    ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in
+    ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of
+    ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left
+    ** to right.
+    */
+    int rc;
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+    sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
+    sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0;
+    const char *pEnd;
+    const char *a;
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
+    assert( a );
+
+    pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)];
+    a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
+    while( a<pEnd ){
+      a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nByte);
+    }
+    if( nDoc==0 || nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+
+    pCsr->nDoc = nDoc;
+    pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz);
+    assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); 
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be 
+** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is
+** called.
+**
+** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the 
+** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within
+** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition
+** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken()
+** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
+** returned.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pRoot,                /* Consider tokens with this root node */
+  Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC,          /* Array of expression tokens and costs */
+  int nTC                         /* Number of entries in aTC[] */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int nDocSize = 0;               /* Number of pages per doc loaded */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int ii;                         /* Iterator variable for various purposes */
+  int nOvfl = 0;                  /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */
+  int nToken = 0;                 /* Total number of tokens in cluster */
+
+  int nMinEst = 0;                /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */
+  int nLoad4 = 1;                 /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */
+
+  /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx
+  ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content
+  ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from
+  ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely
+  ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */
+  if( pTab->zContentTbl ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists
+  ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is
+  ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */
+  for(ii=0; ii<nTC; ii++){
+    if( aTC[ii].pRoot==pRoot ){
+      nOvfl += aTC[ii].nOvfl;
+      nToken++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( nOvfl==0 || nToken<2 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Obtain the average docsize (in pages). */
+  rc = fts3EvalAverageDocsize(pCsr, &nDocSize);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 );
+
+
+  /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order 
+  ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer 
+  ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index.
+  ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either:
+  **
+  **   a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the
+  **      first iteration of this loop), or
+  **
+  **   b. Part of a multi-token phrase.
+  **
+  ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the
+  ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist
+  ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in 
+  ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded.
+  ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that
+  ** one or more tokens will not be deferred.
+  **
+  ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in
+  ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as:
+  **
+  **    (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther)
+  */
+  for(ii=0; ii<nToken && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+    int iTC;                      /* Used to iterate through aTC[] array. */
+    Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = 0;    /* Set to cheapest remaining token. */
+
+    /* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */
+    for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){
+      if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot 
+       && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) 
+      ){
+        pTC = &aTC[iTC];
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pTC );
+
+    if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){
+      /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all
+      ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages 
+      ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred.
+      */
+      Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol);
+      fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr);
+      pToken->pSegcsr = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the
+      ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from 
+      ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */
+      if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4;
+
+      if( ii==0 || (pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 && ii!=nToken-1) ){
+        /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is
+        ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will
+        ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */
+        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
+        int nList = 0;
+        char *pList = 0;
+        rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList);
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 );
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          int nCount;
+          fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList);
+          nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids(
+              pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll
+          );
+          if( ii==0 || nCount<nMinEst ) nMinEst = nCount;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    pTC->pToken = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes
+** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through
+** the results of a query, the caller does:
+**
+**    fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
+**    while( 1 ){
+**      fts3EvalNext(pCsr);
+**      if( pCsr->bEof ) break;
+**      ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ...
+**    }
+*/
+static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nToken = 0;
+  int nOr = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */
+  fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc);
+
+  /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bFts4 ){
+    Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC;
+    Fts3Expr **apOr;
+    aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc(
+        sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken
+      + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2
+    );
+    apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken];
+
+    if( !aTC ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      int ii;
+      Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC;
+      Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr;
+
+      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc);
+      nToken = (int)(pTC-aTC);
+      nOr = (int)(ppOr-apOr);
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken);
+        for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nOr; ii++){
+          rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, apOr[ii], aTC, nToken);
+        }
+      }
+
+      sqlite3_free(aTC);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+  if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){
+    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList);
+  }
+  pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+  pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+  pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to edit the position list associated with
+** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR
+** condition. For example:
+**
+**     abc NEAR/5 "def ghi"
+**
+** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in
+** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to
+** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the
+** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example,
+** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to
+** the position list associated with phrase "abc".
+**
+** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently
+** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this
+** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero.
+**
+** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit 
+** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in
+** pPhrase.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalNearTrim(
+  int nNear,                      /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */
+  char *aTmp,                     /* Temporary space to use */
+  char **paPoslist,               /* IN/OUT: Position list */
+  int *pnToken,                   /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase             /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */
+){
+  int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken;
+  int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken;
+  int nNew;
+  char *p2; 
+  char *pOut; 
+  int res;
+
+  assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList );
+
+  p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+  res = fts3PoslistNearMerge(
+    &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2
+  );
+  if( res ){
+    nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1;
+    assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' );
+    assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 );
+    memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew);
+    pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew;
+    *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+    *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken;
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called.
+** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to
+** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through
+** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero,
+** or descending if it is non-zero.
+**
+** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if
+** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set:
+**
+**   Fts3Expr.bEof                (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row)
+**   Fts3Expr.iDocid              (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row)
+**
+** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not
+** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list
+** for the phrase for the visited row:
+**
+**   FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList        (length of pList in bytes)
+**   FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList        (pointer to position list)
+**
+** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next
+** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions:
+**
+**   1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists
+**      entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in
+**      the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. 
+**
+**      Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or
+**      more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the 
+**      next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other
+**      words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression
+**      is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", 
+**      where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case
+**      is populated as for "A * C" before returning.
+**
+**   2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is 
+**      advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y".
+** 
+** See fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear() for details on testing if a row is
+** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalNextRow(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc;         /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */
+    assert( pExpr->bEof==0 );
+    pExpr->bStart = 1;
+
+    switch( pExpr->eType ){
+      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+      case FTSQUERY_AND: {
+        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+        assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred );
+
+        if( pLeft->bDeferred ){
+          /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
+          ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
+          pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof;
+        }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){
+          /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
+          ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+          pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
+        }else{
+          /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+            if( iDiff==0 ) break;
+            if( iDiff<0 ){
+              fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+            }else{
+              fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+            }
+          }
+          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+          pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+  
+      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+        sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+
+        assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
+        assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
+
+        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+        }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+        }else{
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+        }
+
+        pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof);
+        iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 &&  iCmp<0) ){
+          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+        }else{
+          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
+        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+
+        if( pRight->bStart==0 ){
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart );
+        }
+
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+        if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){
+          while( !*pRc 
+              && !pRight->bEof 
+              && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 
+          ){
+            fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          }
+        }
+        pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+        pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default: {
+        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+        fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof);
+        pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR
+** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately.
+**
+** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR 
+** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists 
+** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. 
+**
+** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each
+** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those
+** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR
+** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not 
+** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not
+** be edited if 0 is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
+  int res = 1;
+
+  /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query.
+  ** For example, the query:
+  **
+  **         "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z"
+  **
+  ** which is represented in tree form as:
+  **
+  **                               |
+  **                          +--NEAR--+      <-- root of NEAR query
+  **                          |        |
+  **                     +--NEAR--+   "z"
+  **                     |        |
+  **                +--NEAR--+   "y"
+  **                |        |
+  **               "w"      "x"
+  **
+  ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The 
+  ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are
+  ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works.
+  */
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK 
+   && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
+   && pExpr->bEof==0
+   && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+  ){
+    Fts3Expr *p; 
+    int nTmp = 0;                 /* Bytes of temp space */
+    char *aTmp;                   /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */
+
+    /* Allocate temporary working space. */
+    for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){
+      nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+    }
+    nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+    if( nTmp==0 ){
+      res = 0;
+    }else{
+      aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2);
+      if( !aTmp ){
+        *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        res = 0;
+      }else{
+        char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+        int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken;
+
+        for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){
+          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase;
+          int nNear = p->nNear;
+          res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
+        }
+
+        aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+        nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
+        for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){
+          int nNear;
+          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;
+          assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p );
+          nNear = p->pParent->nNear;
+          pPhrase = (
+              p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase
+              );
+          res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
+        }
+      }
+
+      sqlite3_free(aTmp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear().
+** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the
+** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr 
+** currently points to, or zero if it does not.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to 
+** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is 
+** undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalTestExpr(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  int bHit = 1;                   /* Return value */
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    switch( pExpr->eType ){
+      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+      case FTSQUERY_AND:
+        bHit = (
+            fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
+         && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
+         && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc)
+        );
+
+        /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for 
+        ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(),
+        ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize 
+        ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. 
+        ** For example if this expression:
+        **
+        **    ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)'
+        **
+        ** is matched against a row containing:
+        **
+        **        'a b d e'
+        **
+        ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b"
+        ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause).
+        */
+        if( bHit==0 
+         && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
+         && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+        ){
+          Fts3Expr *p;
+          for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){
+            if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
+              fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase);
+            }
+          }
+          if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
+            fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase);
+          }
+        }
+
+        break;
+
+      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+        int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+        int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+        bHit = bHit1 || bHit2;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+        bHit = (
+            fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
+         && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
+        );
+        break;
+
+      default: {
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+        if( pCsr->pDeferred 
+         && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred)
+        ){
+          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+          assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
+          if( pExpr->bDeferred ){
+            fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+          }
+          *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase);
+          bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0);
+          pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return bHit;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when
+** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the
+** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the
+** following caveats:
+**
+**   * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been
+**     treated as "AND".
+**
+**   * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately
+** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR
+** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the
+** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true:
+**
+**   1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and
+**
+**   2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens,
+**      it is determined that the row does *not* match the query.
+**
+** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS
+** query, return 0.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){
+  int rc = *pRc;
+  int bMiss = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+    /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into
+    ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred
+    ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred
+    ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account
+    ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). 
+    */
+    if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+      rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
+      }
+    }
+    bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc));
+
+    /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */
+    sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
+    *pRc = rc;
+  }
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss);
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in
+** Fts3Cursor.pExpr.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
+  assert( pCsr->isEof==0 );
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    pCsr->isEof = 1;
+  }else{
+    do {
+      if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){
+        sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+      }
+      assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
+      fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+      pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof;
+      pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
+      pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+      pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid;
+    }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) );
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the cursor is past the end of the docid range specified
+  ** by Fts3Cursor.iMinDocid/iMaxDocid. If so, set the EOF flag.  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (
+        (pCsr->bDesc==0 && pCsr->iPrevId>pCsr->iMaxDocid)
+     || (pCsr->bDesc!=0 && pCsr->iPrevId<pCsr->iMinDocid)
+  )){
+    pCsr->isEof = 1;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to
+** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental 
+** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration.
+**
+** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
+** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an
+** SQLite error code before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalRestart(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,
+  int *pRc
+){
+  if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+
+    if( pPhrase ){
+      fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+      if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+          Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i];
+          assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
+          if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
+            sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pToken->pSegcsr);
+          }
+        }
+        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase);
+      }
+      pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0;
+      pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0;
+    }
+
+    pExpr->iDocid = 0;
+    pExpr->bEof = 0;
+    pExpr->bStart = 0;
+
+    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the 
+** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched
+** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments
+** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently
+** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase 
+** expression nodes.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr ){
+    Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+    if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){
+      int iCol = 0;
+      char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+
+      assert( *p );
+      while( 1 ){
+        u8 c = 0;
+        int iCnt = 0;
+        while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){
+          if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++;
+          c = *p++ & 0x80;
+        }
+
+        /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+        ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+        */
+        pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt;
+        pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0);
+        if( *p==0x00 ) break;
+        p++;
+        p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol);
+      }
+    }
+
+    fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft);
+    fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
+**
+** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and
+** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part
+** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array
+** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and
+** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalGatherStats(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor object */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr                 /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+  if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){
+    Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    Fts3Expr *pRoot;                /* Root of NEAR expression */
+    Fts3Expr *p;                    /* Iterator used for several purposes */
+
+    sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId;
+    sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+    u8 bEof;
+
+    /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */
+    pRoot = pExpr;
+    while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+      pRoot = pRoot->pParent;
+    }
+    iDocid = pRoot->iDocid;
+    bEof = pRoot->bEof;
+    assert( pRoot->bStart );
+
+    /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */
+    for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){
+      Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight);
+      assert( pE->aMI==0 );
+      pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
+      if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
+    }
+
+    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+
+    while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+      do {
+        /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */
+        if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+        assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
+
+        /* Advance to the next document */
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+        pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof;
+        pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
+        pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+        pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid;
+      }while( pCsr->isEof==0 
+           && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
+           && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) 
+      );
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){
+        fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot);
+      }
+    }
+
+    pCsr->isEof = 0;
+    pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId;
+
+    if( bEof ){
+      pRoot->bEof = bEof;
+    }else{
+      /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending
+      ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the 
+      ** do loop can not be written:
+      **
+      **   do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      */
+      fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+      do {
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+        assert( pRoot->bEof==0 );
+      }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase 
+** expression node for the following information:
+**
+**   1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of 
+**      the FTS table (considering all rows), and
+**
+**   2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the
+**      column contains at least one instance of the phrase.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column
+** written into the array aiOut as follows:
+**
+**   aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+**   aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+**
+** Caveats:
+**
+**   * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output 
+**     values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other
+**     words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each 
+**     column of each row of the table.
+**
+**   * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred 
+**     tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering
+**     the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences.
+**
+**   * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances
+**     that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression */
+  u32 *aiOut                      /* Array to write results into (see above) */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iCol;
+
+  if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+    assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 );
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+      aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
+      aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( pExpr->aMI );
+      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+        aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1];
+        aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function
+** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. 
+**
+** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing
+** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol
+** of the current row. 
+**
+** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each 
+** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) 
+** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example,
+** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list
+** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain:
+**
+**     0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01   or   0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00
+**
+** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred,
+** incremental, or neither.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 cursor object */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase to return doclist for */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to return position list for */
+  char **ppOut                    /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
+){
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  char *pIter;
+  int iThis;
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+
+  /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than 
+  ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer.  */
+  *ppOut = 0;
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn );
+  if( (pPhrase->iColumn<pTab->nColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  iDocid = pExpr->iDocid;
+  pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+  if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){
+    int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx;      /* For DOCID_CMP macro */
+    int iMul;                     /* +1 if csr dir matches index dir, else -1 */
+    int bOr = 0;
+    u8 bEof = 0;
+    u8 bTreeEof = 0;
+    Fts3Expr *p;                  /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */
+    Fts3Expr *pNear;              /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */
+
+    /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, 
+    ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid 
+    ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the
+    ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node
+    ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */
+    pNear = pExpr;
+    for(p=pExpr->pParent; p; p=p->pParent){
+      if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ) bOr = 1;
+      if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pNear = p;
+      if( p->bEof ) bTreeEof = 1;
+    }
+    if( bOr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+    /* This is the descendent of an OR node. In this case we cannot use
+    ** an incremental phrase. Load the entire doclist for the phrase
+    ** into memory in this case.  */
+    if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
+      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      int bEofSave = pExpr->bEof;
+      fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pExpr->bEof ){
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+        if( bEofSave==0 && pExpr->iDocid==iDocid ) break;
+      }
+      pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPhrase->bIncr==0 );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    
+    iMul = ((pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist) ? 1 : -1);
+    while( bTreeEof==1 
+        && pNear->bEof==0
+        && (DOCID_CMP(pNear->iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId) * iMul)<0
+    ){
+      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      iDocid = pExpr->iDocid;
+      pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+    }
+
+    bEof = (pPhrase->doclist.nAll==0);
+    assert( bDescDoclist==0 || bDescDoclist==1 );
+    assert( pCsr->bDesc==0 || pCsr->bDesc==1 );
+
+    if( bEof==0 ){
+      if( pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist ){
+        int dummy;
+        if( pNear->bEof ){
+          /* This expression is already at EOF. So position it to point to the
+          ** last entry in the doclist at pPhrase->doclist.aAll[]. Variable
+          ** iDocid is already set for this entry, so all that is required is
+          ** to set pIter to point to the first byte of the last position-list
+          ** in the doclist. 
+          **
+          ** It would also be correct to set pIter and iDocid to zero. In
+          ** this case, the first call to sqltie3Fts4DoclistPrev() below
+          ** would also move the iterator to point to the last entry in the 
+          ** doclist. However, this is expensive, as to do so it has to 
+          ** iterate through the entire doclist from start to finish (since
+          ** it does not know the docid for the last entry).  */
+          pIter = &pPhrase->doclist.aAll[pPhrase->doclist.nAll-1];
+          fts3ReversePoslist(pPhrase->doclist.aAll, &pIter);
+        }
+        while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){
+          sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
+              bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, 
+              &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof
+          );
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( pNear->bEof ){
+          pIter = 0;
+          iDocid = 0;
+        }
+        while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){
+          sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
+              bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, 
+              &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof
+          );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( bEof || iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId ) pIter = 0;
+  }
+  if( pIter==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( *pIter==0x01 ){
+    pIter++;
+    pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
+  }else{
+    iThis = 0;
+  }
+  while( iThis<iCol ){
+    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &pIter);
+    if( *pIter==0x00 ) return 0;
+    pIter++;
+    pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
+  }
+
+  *ppOut = ((iCol==iThis)?pIter:0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all components of the Fts3Phrase structure that were allocated by
+** the eval module. Specifically, this means to free:
+**
+**   * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and
+**   * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+  if( pPhrase ){
+    int i;
+    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll);
+    fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+    memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist));
+    for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+      fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr);
+      pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+/*
+** Initialize API pointer table, if required.
+*/
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2011 Jan 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable;
+typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor;
+
+struct Fts3auxTable {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
+};
+
+struct Fts3auxCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;        /* Must be right after "base" */
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;
+  char *zStop;
+  int nStop;                      /* Byte-length of string zStop */
+  int iLangid;                    /* Language id to query */
+  int isEof;                      /* True if cursor is at EOF */
+  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;           /* Current rowid */
+
+  int iCol;                       /* Current value of 'col' column */
+  int nStat;                      /* Size of aStat[] array */
+  struct Fts3auxColstats {
+    sqlite3_int64 nDoc;           /* 'documents' values for current csr row */
+    sqlite3_int64 nOcc;           /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */
+  } *aStat;
+};
+
+/*
+** Schema of the terms table.
+*/
+#define FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA \
+  "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences, languageid HIDDEN)"
+
+/*
+** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
+** and xCreate are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3auxConnectMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pUnused,                  /* Unused */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  char const *zDb;                /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */
+  char const *zFts3;              /* Name of fts3 table */
+  int nDb;                        /* Result of strlen(zDb) */
+  int nFts3;                      /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space to allocate here */
+  int rc;                         /* value returned by declare_vtab() */
+  Fts3auxTable *p;                /* Virtual table object to return */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused);
+
+  /* The user should invoke this in one of two forms:
+  **
+  **     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table);
+  **     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table-db, fts4-table);
+  */
+  if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args;
+
+  zDb = argv[1]; 
+  nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
+  if( argc==5 ){
+    if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){
+      zDb = argv[3]; 
+      nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
+      zFts3 = argv[4];
+    }else{
+      goto bad_args;
+    }
+  }else{
+    zFts3 = argv[3];
+  }
+  nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3);
+
+  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2;
+  p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(p, 0, nByte);
+
+  p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1];
+  p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1];
+  p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1];
+  p->pFts3Tab->db = db;
+  p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1;
+
+  memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb);
+  memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3);
+  sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName);
+
+  *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ bad_args:
+  *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid arguments to fts4aux constructor");
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
+** and xDestroy are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab;
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Free any prepared statements held */
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pFts3->aStmt); i++){
+    sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1
+#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2
+#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4
+
+/*
+** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, 
+  sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
+){
+  int i;
+  int iEq = -1;
+  int iGe = -1;
+  int iLe = -1;
+  int iLangid = -1;
+  int iNext = 1;                  /* Next free argvIndex value */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */
+  if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 
+   && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 
+   && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
+  ){
+    pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. 
+  ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){
+      int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op;
+      int iCol = pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn;
+
+      if( iCol==0 ){
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i;
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i;
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i;
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i;
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i;
+      }
+      if( iCol==4 ){
+        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iLangid = i;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iEq>=0 ){
+    pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = iNext++;
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = 5;
+  }else{
+    pInfo->idxNum = 0;
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000;
+    if( iGe>=0 ){
+      pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = iNext++;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
+    }
+    if( iLe>=0 ){
+      pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = iNext++;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
+    }
+  }
+  if( iLangid>=0 ){
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++;
+    pInfo->estimatedCost--;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xOpen - Open a cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr;            /* Pointer to cursor object to return */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
+  if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
+
+  *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xClose - Close a cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
+  sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){
+  if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){
+    struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew;
+    aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat, 
+        sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize
+    );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, 
+        sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat)
+    );
+    pCsr->aStat = aNew;
+    pCsr->nStat = nSize;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
+*/
+static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */
+  pCsr->iRowid++;
+
+  for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<pCsr->nStat; pCsr->iCol++){
+    if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    int i = 0;
+    int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist;
+    char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist;
+    int iCol;
+
+    int eState = 0;
+
+    if( pCsr->zStop ){
+      int n = (pCsr->nStop<pCsr->csr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm;
+      int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n);
+      if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){
+        pCsr->isEof = 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat);
+    iCol = 0;
+
+    while( i<nDoclist ){
+      sqlite3_int64 v = 0;
+
+      i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&aDoclist[i], &v);
+      switch( eState ){
+        /* State 0. In this state the integer just read was a docid. */
+        case 0:
+          pCsr->aStat[0].nDoc++;
+          eState = 1;
+          iCol = 0;
+          break;
+
+        /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating
+        ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the
+        ** start of a position list for column 0.  
+        ** 
+        ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the
+        ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to
+        ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term.
+        */
+        case 1:
+          assert( iCol==0 );
+          if( v>1 ){
+            pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++;
+          }
+          eState = 2;
+          /* fall through */
+
+        case 2:
+          if( v==0 ){       /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */
+            eState = 0;
+          }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */
+            eState = 3;
+          }else{            /* 2 or greater. A position. */
+            pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++;
+            pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */
+        default: assert( eState==3 );
+          iCol = (int)v;
+          if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++;
+          eState = 2;
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pCsr->iCol = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pCsr->isEof = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
+*/
+static int fts3auxFilterMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
+  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
+  const char *idxStr,             /* Unused */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+  int rc;
+  int isScan = 0;
+  int iLangVal = 0;               /* Language id to query */
+
+  int iEq = -1;                   /* Index of term=? value in apVal */
+  int iGe = -1;                   /* Index of term>=? value in apVal */
+  int iLe = -1;                   /* Index of term<=? value in apVal */
+  int iLangid = -1;               /* Index of languageid=? value in apVal */
+  int iNext = 0;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+
+  assert( idxStr==0 );
+  assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0
+       || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT
+       || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT)
+  );
+
+  if( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT ){
+    iEq = iNext++;
+  }else{
+    isScan = 1;
+    if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT ){
+      iGe = iNext++;
+    }
+    if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){
+      iLe = iNext++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( iNext<nVal ){
+    iLangid = iNext++;
+  }
+
+  /* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */
+  testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
+  sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
+  memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr);
+
+  pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+  if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
+
+  if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){
+    const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+    assert( (iEq==0 && iGe==-1) || (iEq==-1 && iGe==0) );
+    if( zStr ){
+      pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr);
+      pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
+      if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iLe>=0 ){
+    pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iLe]));
+    pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iLe]);
+    if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  
+  if( iLangid>=0 ){
+    iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]);
+
+    /* If the user specified a negative value for the languageid, use zero
+    ** instead. This works, as the "languageid=?" constraint will also
+    ** be tested by the VDBE layer. The test will always be false (since
+    ** this module will not return a row with a negative languageid), and
+    ** so the overall query will return zero rows.  */
+    if( iLangVal<0 ) iLangVal = 0;
+  }
+  pCsr->iLangid = iLangVal;
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, iLangVal, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL,
+      pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  return pCsr->isEof;
+}
+
+/*
+** xColumn - Return a column value.
+*/
+static int fts3auxColumnMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+  Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  assert( p->isEof==0 );
+  switch( iCol ){
+    case 0: /* term */
+      sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+
+    case 1: /* col */
+      if( p->iCol ){
+        sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iCol-1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 2: /* documents */
+      sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc);
+      break;
+
+    case 3: /* occurrences */
+      sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc);
+      break;
+
+    default: /* languageid */
+      assert( iCol==4 );
+      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iLangid);
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3auxRowidMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: Rowid value */
+){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = {
+     0,                           /* iVersion      */
+     fts3auxConnectMethod,        /* xCreate       */
+     fts3auxConnectMethod,        /* xConnect      */
+     fts3auxBestIndexMethod,      /* xBestIndex    */
+     fts3auxDisconnectMethod,     /* xDisconnect   */
+     fts3auxDisconnectMethod,     /* xDestroy      */
+     fts3auxOpenMethod,           /* xOpen         */
+     fts3auxCloseMethod,          /* xClose        */
+     fts3auxFilterMethod,         /* xFilter       */
+     fts3auxNextMethod,           /* xNext         */
+     fts3auxEofMethod,            /* xEof          */
+     fts3auxColumnMethod,         /* xColumn       */
+     fts3auxRowidMethod,          /* xRowid        */
+     0,                           /* xUpdate       */
+     0,                           /* xBegin        */
+     0,                           /* xSync         */
+     0,                           /* xCommit       */
+     0,                           /* xRollback     */
+     0,                           /* xFindFunction */
+     0,                           /* xRename       */
+     0,                           /* xSavepoint    */
+     0,                           /* xRelease      */
+     0                            /* xRollbackTo   */
+  };
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 Nov 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
+** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported 
+** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
+** hand-coded. 
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/*
+** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been 
+** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
+** the new and the old syntaxes are:
+**
+**  a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not.
+**
+**  b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
+**
+**  c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not 
+**     supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
+**
+**  d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
+**     than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit
+**     AND operators have a higher precedence than OR.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
+** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
+** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to 
+** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
+** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
+**
+** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
+** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
+** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
+** custom parser.
+**
+**   query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
+**
+**   andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
+**
+**   notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
+**   notexpr ::= LP query RP.
+**
+**   nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
+**
+**   distance_opt ::= .
+**   distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
+**
+**   phrase ::= TOKEN.
+**   phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
+**   phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS 
+#  define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
+# else
+#  define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default span for NEAR operators.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** isNot:
+**   This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is
+**   called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a 
+**   FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the
+**   FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to
+**   zero.
+*/
+typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext;
+struct ParseContext {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;      /* Tokenizer module */
+  int iLangid;                        /* Language id used with tokenizer */
+  const char **azCol;                 /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+  int bFts4;                          /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
+  int nCol;                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+  int iDefaultCol;                    /* Default column to query */
+  int isNot;                          /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx;              /* Write error message here */
+  int nNest;                          /* Number of nested brackets */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. 
+**
+** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
+** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed
+** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type
+** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper
+** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for
+** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e.
+** negative values).
+*/
+static int fts3isspace(char c){
+  return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f';
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful,
+** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, 
+** return NULL.
+*/
+static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){
+  void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+  int iLangid,
+  const char *z,
+  int n,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+    if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){
+      rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        pModule->xClose(pCsr);
+        pCsr = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *ppCsr = pCsr;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself
+** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *);
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer
+** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr
+** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
+** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
+** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated 
+** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
+** fails.
+*/
+static int getNextToken(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  int iCol,                               /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
+  const char *z, int n,                   /* Input string */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: expression */
+  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
+  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+  int i = 0;
+
+  /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+    if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && (z[i]=='(' || z[i]==')') ) break;
+    if( z[i]=='*' || z[i]=='"' ) break;
+  }
+
+  *pnConsumed = i;
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, z, i, &pCursor);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char *zToken;
+    int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0;
+    int nByte;                               /* total space to allocate */
+
+    rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
+      pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte);
+      if( !pRet ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+        pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1];
+        pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1;
+        pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol;
+        pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken;
+        pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1];
+        memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken);
+
+        if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){
+          pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1;
+          iEnd++;
+        }
+
+        while( 1 ){
+          if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 
+           && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' 
+          ){
+            pParse->isNot = 1;
+            iStart--;
+          }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){
+            pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1;
+            iStart--;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+
+      }
+      *pnConsumed = iEnd;
+    }else if( i && rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+  }
+  
+  *ppExpr = pRet;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Enlarge a memory allocation.  If an out-of-memory allocation occurs,
+** then free the old allocation.
+*/
+static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){
+  void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew);
+  if( !pRet ){
+    sqlite3_free(pOrig);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
+** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
+** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
+** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE 
+** containing the results.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
+** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory
+** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set
+** to 0.
+*/
+static int getNextString(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,         /* Input string */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr                       /* OUT: expression */
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  int rc;
+  Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
+  char *zTemp = 0;
+  int nTemp = 0;
+
+  const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
+  int nToken = 0;
+
+  /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase,
+  ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single 
+  ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to
+  ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach.
+  **
+  ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate
+  ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree()
+  ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers:
+  **
+  **   Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase
+  **             structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken 
+  **             structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array.
+  **
+  **   Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens.
+  **
+  ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below,
+  ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase
+  ** structures.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
+      pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int ii;
+    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+      const char *zByte;
+      int nByte = 0, iBegin = 0, iEnd = 0, iPos = 0;
+      rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;
+
+        p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
+        if( !p ) goto no_mem;
+
+        zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte);
+        if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem;
+
+        assert( nToken==ii );
+        pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii];
+        memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
+
+        memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte);
+        nTemp += nByte;
+
+        pToken->n = nByte;
+        pToken->isPrefix = (iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*');
+        pToken->bFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^');
+        nToken = ii+1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+    pCursor = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    int jj;
+    char *zBuf = 0;
+
+    p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp);
+    if( !p ) goto no_mem;
+    memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p);
+    p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+    p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
+    p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+    p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken;
+
+    zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken];
+    if( zTemp ){
+      memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp);
+      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+    }else{
+      assert( nTemp==0 );
+    }
+
+    for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){
+      p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf;
+      zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n;
+    }
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  *ppExpr = p;
+  return rc;
+no_mem:
+
+  if( pCursor ){
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  *ppExpr = 0;
+  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+}
+
+/*
+** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr 
+** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
+**
+** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
+** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered.
+** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message.
+*/
+static int getNextNode(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  const char *z, int n,                   /* Input string */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: expression */
+  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+  static const struct Fts3Keyword {
+    char *z;                              /* Keyword text */
+    unsigned char n;                      /* Length of the keyword */
+    unsigned char parenOnly;              /* Only valid in paren mode */
+    unsigned char eType;                  /* Keyword code */
+  } aKeyword[] = {
+    { "OR" ,  2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR   },
+    { "AND",  3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND  },
+    { "NOT",  3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT  },
+    { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR }
+  };
+  int ii;
+  int iCol;
+  int iColLen;
+  int rc;
+  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+
+  const char *zInput = z;
+  int nInput = n;
+
+  pParse->isNot = 0;
+
+  /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
+  ** close bracket, or a quoted string. 
+  */
+  while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
+    nInput--;
+    zInput++;
+  }
+  if( nInput==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+
+  /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */
+  for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){
+    const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii];
+
+    if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){
+      int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
+      int nKey = pKey->n;
+      char cNext;
+
+      /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */
+      if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+        assert( nKey==4 );
+        if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
+          nNear = 0;
+          for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
+            nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
+      ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
+      ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. 
+      */
+      cNext = zInput[nKey];
+      if( fts3isspace(cNext) 
+       || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
+      ){
+        pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+        if( !pRet ){
+          return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        }
+        pRet->eType = pKey->eType;
+        pRet->nNear = nNear;
+        *ppExpr = pRet;
+        *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey);
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+
+      /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the
+      ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue.
+      */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then
+  ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString()
+  ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping
+  ** a quote character embedded in a string.
+  */
+  if( *zInput=='"' ){
+    for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++);
+    *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + ii + 1);
+    if( ii==nInput ){
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr);
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+    if( *zInput=='(' ){
+      int nConsumed = 0;
+      pParse->nNest++;
+      rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, zInput+1, nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }
+      *pnConsumed = (int)(zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed;
+      return rc;
+    }else if( *zInput==')' ){
+      pParse->nNest--;
+      *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1);
+      *ppExpr = 0;
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or 
+  ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
+  ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
+  ** column specifier for the token. 
+  **
+  ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
+  ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
+  ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
+  ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the 
+  ** limitation.
+  */
+  iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+  iColLen = 0;
+  for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
+    const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
+    int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
+    if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' 
+     && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 
+    ){
+      iCol = ii;
+      iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed);
+  *pnConsumed += iColLen;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type
+** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the
+** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e.
+** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator
+** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence.
+**
+** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to
+** lowest is:
+**
+**   NEAR
+**   NOT
+**   AND (including implicit ANDs)
+**   OR
+**
+** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher
+** precedence than the AND operator.
+*/
+static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){
+  assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+  if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+    return p->eType;
+  }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+    return 2;
+  }
+  assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND );
+  return 3;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query 
+** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
+** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
+** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
+** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head
+** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node.
+*/
+static void insertBinaryOperator(
+  Fts3Expr **ppHead,       /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */
+  Fts3Expr *pPrev,         /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */
+  Fts3Expr *pNew           /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */
+){
+  Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev;
+  while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){
+    pSplit = pSplit->pParent;
+  }
+
+  if( pSplit->pParent ){
+    assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit );
+    pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew;
+    pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent;
+  }else{
+    *ppHead = pNew;
+  }
+  pNew->pLeft = pSplit;
+  pSplit->pParent = pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
+** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched 
+** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
+** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of
+** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParse(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  const char *z, int n,                   /* Text of MATCH query */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+  Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0;
+  Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0;               /* Only used in legacy parse mode */
+  int nIn = n;
+  const char *zIn = z;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int isRequirePhrase = 1;
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+    int nByte = 0;
+
+    rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte);
+    assert( nByte>0 || (rc!=SQLITE_OK && p==0) );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( p ){
+        int isPhrase;
+
+        if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 
+            && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot 
+        ){
+          /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
+          Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+          if( !pNot ){
+            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            goto exprparse_out;
+          }
+          pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT;
+          pNot->pRight = p;
+          p->pParent = pNot;
+          if( pNotBranch ){
+            pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch;
+            pNotBranch->pParent = pNot;
+          }
+          pNotBranch = pNot;
+          p = pPrev;
+        }else{
+          int eType = p->eType;
+          isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft);
+
+          /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or
+          ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a
+          ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when
+          ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error.
+          */
+          if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){
+            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+            goto exprparse_out;
+          }
+
+          if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){
+            /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */
+            Fts3Expr *pAnd;
+            assert( pRet && pPrev );
+            pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+            if( !pAnd ){
+              sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+              rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+              goto exprparse_out;
+            }
+            pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND;
+            insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd);
+            pPrev = pAnd;
+          }
+
+          /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR
+           ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of
+           ** the following:
+           **
+           **    (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase
+           **    phrase NEAR (bracketed expression)
+           **
+           ** Return an error in either case.
+           */
+          if( pPrev && (
+            (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE)
+         || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+          )){
+            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+            goto exprparse_out;
+          }
+
+          if( isPhrase ){
+            if( pRet ){
+              assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 );
+              pPrev->pRight = p;
+              p->pParent = pPrev;
+            }else{
+              pRet = p;
+            }
+          }else{
+            insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p);
+          }
+          isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase;
+        }
+        pPrev = p;
+      }
+      assert( nByte>0 );
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) );
+    nIn -= nByte;
+    zIn += nByte;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){
+      if( !pRet ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch;
+        while( pIter->pLeft ){
+          pIter = pIter->pLeft;
+        }
+        pIter->pLeft = pRet;
+        pRet->pParent = pIter;
+        pRet = pNotBranch;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *pnConsumed = n - nIn;
+
+exprparse_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet);
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch);
+    pRet = 0;
+  }
+  *ppExpr = pRet;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed 
+** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ 
+      rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+    }else{
+      rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pRight, nMaxDepth-1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to
+** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the 
+** new root expression node. 
+**
+** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree.
+**
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and 
+** expression (*pp) freed.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Fts3Expr *pRoot = *pp;          /* Initial root node */
+  Fts3Expr *pFree = 0;            /* List of free nodes. Linked by pParent. */
+  int eType = pRoot->eType;       /* Type of node in this tree */
+
+  if( nMaxDepth==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eType==FTSQUERY_AND || eType==FTSQUERY_OR) ){
+    Fts3Expr **apLeaf;
+    apLeaf = (Fts3Expr **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth);
+    if( 0==apLeaf ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memset(apLeaf, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int i;
+      Fts3Expr *p;
+
+      /* Set $p to point to the left-most leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */
+      for(p=pRoot; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft){
+        assert( p->pParent==0 || p->pParent->pLeft==p );
+        assert( p->pLeft && p->pRight );
+      }
+
+      /* This loop runs once for each leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */
+      while( 1 ){
+        int iLvl;
+        Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent;     /* Current parent of p */
+
+        assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pLeft==p );
+        p->pParent = 0;
+        if( pParent ){
+          pParent->pLeft = 0;
+        }else{
+          pRoot = 0;
+        }
+        rc = fts3ExprBalance(&p, nMaxDepth-1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+
+        for(iLvl=0; p && iLvl<nMaxDepth; iLvl++){
+          if( apLeaf[iLvl]==0 ){
+            apLeaf[iLvl] = p;
+            p = 0;
+          }else{
+            assert( pFree );
+            pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[iLvl];
+            pFree->pRight = p;
+            pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree;
+            pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree;
+
+            p = pFree;
+            pFree = pFree->pParent;
+            p->pParent = 0;
+            apLeaf[iLvl] = 0;
+          }
+        }
+        if( p ){
+          sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+          rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        /* If that was the last leaf node, break out of the loop */
+        if( pParent==0 ) break;
+
+        /* Set $p to point to the next leaf in the tree of eType nodes */
+        for(p=pParent->pRight; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft);
+
+        /* Remove pParent from the original tree. */
+        assert( pParent->pParent==0 || pParent->pParent->pLeft==pParent );
+        pParent->pRight->pParent = pParent->pParent;
+        if( pParent->pParent ){
+          pParent->pParent->pLeft = pParent->pRight;
+        }else{
+          assert( pParent==pRoot );
+          pRoot = pParent->pRight;
+        }
+
+        /* Link pParent into the free node list. It will be used as an
+        ** internal node of the new tree.  */
+        pParent->pParent = pFree;
+        pFree = pParent;
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        p = 0;
+        for(i=0; i<nMaxDepth; i++){
+          if( apLeaf[i] ){
+            if( p==0 ){
+              p = apLeaf[i];
+              p->pParent = 0;
+            }else{
+              assert( pFree!=0 );
+              pFree->pRight = p;
+              pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[i];
+              pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree;
+              pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree;
+
+              p = pFree;
+              pFree = pFree->pParent;
+              p->pParent = 0;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        pRoot = p;
+      }else{
+        /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array 
+        ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to
+        ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below.  */
+        Fts3Expr *pDel;
+        for(i=0; i<nMaxDepth; i++){
+          sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(apLeaf[i]);
+        }
+        while( (pDel=pFree)!=0 ){
+          pFree = pDel->pParent;
+          sqlite3_free(pDel);
+        }
+      }
+
+      assert( pFree==0 );
+      sqlite3_free( apLeaf );
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot);
+    pRoot = 0;
+  }
+  *pp = pRoot;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is similar to sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(), with the following
+** differences:
+**
+**   1. It does not do expression rebalancing.
+**   2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the 
+**      maximum allowable depth.
+**   3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an 
+**      expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree()
+**      in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,      /* Tokenizer module */
+  int iLangid,                        /* Language id for tokenizer */
+  char **azCol,                       /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+  int bFts4,                          /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
+  int nCol,                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+  int iDefaultCol,                    /* Default column to query */
+  const char *z, int n,               /* Text of MATCH query */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr                   /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+){
+  int nParsed;
+  int rc;
+  ParseContext sParse;
+
+  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(ParseContext));
+  sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+  sParse.iLangid = iLangid;
+  sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol;
+  sParse.nCol = nCol;
+  sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol;
+  sParse.bFts4 = bFts4;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    *ppExpr = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( n<0 ){
+    n = (int)strlen(z);
+  }
+  rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppExpr==0 );
+
+  /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing
+** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the
+** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the
+** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head
+** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error
+** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse
+** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0.
+**
+** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a
+** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen().
+**
+** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
+** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
+** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
+** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. 
+** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
+**
+** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
+** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default
+** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly
+** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default
+** match any table column.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,      /* Tokenizer module */
+  int iLangid,                        /* Language id for tokenizer */
+  char **azCol,                       /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+  int bFts4,                          /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
+  int nCol,                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+  int iDefaultCol,                    /* Default column to query */
+  const char *z, int n,               /* Text of MATCH query */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                  /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+  char **pzErr                        /* OUT: Error message (sqlite3_malloc) */
+){
+  int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
+      pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr
+  );
+  
+  /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed
+  ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH.  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){
+    rc = fts3ExprBalance(ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(*ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr);
+    *ppExpr = 0;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", 
+          SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", z);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a single node of an expression tree.
+*/
+static void fts3FreeExprNode(Fts3Expr *p){
+  assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 );
+  sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase);
+  sqlite3_free(p->aMI);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse().
+**
+** This function would be simpler if it recursively called itself. But
+** that would mean passing a sufficiently large expression to ExprParse()
+** could cause a stack overflow.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){
+  Fts3Expr *p;
+  assert( pDel==0 || pDel->pParent==0 );
+  for(p=pDel; p && (p->pLeft||p->pRight); p=(p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight)){
+    assert( p->pParent==0 || p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft );
+  }
+  while( p ){
+    Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent;
+    fts3FreeExprNode(p);
+    if( pParent && p==pParent->pLeft && pParent->pRight ){
+      p = pParent->pRight;
+      while( p && (p->pLeft || p->pRight) ){
+        assert( p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft );
+        p = (p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight);
+      }
+    }else{
+      p = pParent;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+*****************************************************************************
+** Everything after this point is just test code.
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+/*
+** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
+*/
+static int queryTestTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  const char *zName,  
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+
+  *pp = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the
+** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use 
+** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered,
+** NULL is returned.
+**
+** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to 
+** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    return sqlite3_mprintf("");
+  }
+  switch( pExpr->eType ){
+    case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: {
+      Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+      int i;
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn);
+      for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+        zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, 
+            pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z,
+            (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"")
+        );
+      }
+      return zBuf;
+    }
+
+    case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear);
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf);
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_AND:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf);
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_OR:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf);
+      break;
+  }
+
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf);
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf);
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf);
+
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf);
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf);
+
+  return zBuf;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the 
+** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
+**
+**   fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
+**
+** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used
+** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument
+** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name
+** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to.
+** For example:
+**
+**   SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2');
+*/
+static void fts3ExprTest(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+  int rc;
+  char **azCol = 0;
+  const char *zExpr;
+  int nExpr;
+  int nCol;
+  int ii;
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr;
+  char *zBuf = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  if( argc<3 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+        "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
+    );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  rc = queryTestTokenizer(db,
+                          (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }else if( !pModule ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
+
+  rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
+  pTokenizer->pModule = pModule;
+
+  zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  nCol = argc-2;
+  azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *));
+  if( !azCol ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
+    azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]);
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_user_data(context) ){
+    char *zDummy = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+        pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr, &zDummy
+    );
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pExpr==0 );
+    sqlite3_free(zDummy);
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
+        pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1);
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
+
+exprtest_out:
+  if( pModule && pTokenizer ){
+    rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(azCol);
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() 
+** with database connection db. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
+  int rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+      db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", 
+        -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void *)1, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
+** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
+** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** Malloc and Free functions
+*/
+static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants 
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){
+  Fts3HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    fts3HashFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  unsigned h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return (int)(h & 0x7fffffff);
+}
+static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of ftsHashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &fts3StrHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &fts3BinHash;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &fts3StrCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &fts3BinCompare;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void fts3HashInsertElement(
+  Fts3Hash *pH,            /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _fts3ht *pEntry,  /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  Fts3HashElem *pNew       /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  Fts3HashElem *pHead;     /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+**
+** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _fts3ht *new_ht;          /* The new hash table */
+  Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem;  /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);   /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return 1;
+  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
+  const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  Fts3HashElem *elem;            /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
+  Fts3Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  Fts3HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h                 /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  fts3HashFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    fts3HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(
+  const Fts3Hash *pH, 
+  const void *pKey, 
+  int nKey
+){
+  int h;                          /* A hash on key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+}
+
+/* 
+** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  Fts3HashElem *pElem;            /* The element that matches key (if any) */
+
+  pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
+  return pElem ? pElem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
+  Fts3Hash *pH,        /* The hash table to insert into */
+  const void *pKey,    /* The key */
+  int nKey,            /* Number of bytes in the key */
+  void *data           /* The data */
+){
+  int hraw;                 /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                    /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  Fts3HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  Fts3HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8))
+   || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2))
+  ){
+    pH->count = 0;
+    return data;
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      fts3HashFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 September 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
+** a Porter stemmer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
+} porter_tokenizer;
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int porterCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  porter_tokenizer *t;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
+  t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int porterOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
+
+  c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->zInput = zInput;
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    c->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nInput = nInput;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** porterOpen() above.
+*/
+static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** Vowel or consonant
+*/
+static const char cType[] = {
+   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+};
+
+/*
+** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
+** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
+** to Porter ruls.  
+**
+** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
+** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
+** in which case it is a vowel.
+**
+** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
+** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
+** consonent.
+*/
+static int isVowel(const char*);
+static int isConsonant(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return j;
+  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+}
+static int isVowel(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
+  return isConsonant(z + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
+** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
+** represented as:
+**
+**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
+**
+** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
+** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
+** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
+** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
+**
+** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
+** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
+** by a consonant.
+**
+** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
+** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
+*/
+static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
+** exactly 1
+*/
+static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
+** or m>0
+*/
+static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
+*/
+static int hasVowel(const char *z){
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
+**
+** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
+** the first two characters of z[].
+*/
+static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
+  return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
+** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
+** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+**
+** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
+** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+*/
+static int star_oh(const char *z){
+  return
+    isConsonant(z) &&
+    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
+    isVowel(z+1) &&
+    isConsonant(z+2);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
+** ending to zTo.
+**
+** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
+** is in normal order. 
+**
+** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
+** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
+** no substitution occurs.
+*/
+static int stem(
+  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
+  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
+  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
+  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
+){
+  char *z = *pz;
+  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
+  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
+  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
+  while( *zTo ){
+    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
+  }
+  *pz = z;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
+** inappropriate.  The input word is copied into the output with
+** US-ASCII case folding.  If the input word is too long (more
+** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
+** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
+** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
+*/
+static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, mx, j;
+  int hasDigit = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
+    char c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
+    }else{
+      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
+      zOut[i] = c;
+    }
+  }
+  mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
+  if( nIn>mx*2 ){
+    for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
+      zOut[j] = zOut[i];
+    }
+    i = j;
+  }
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  *pnOut = i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
+** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
+** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
+**
+** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
+** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
+** unchanged.
+**
+** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
+** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
+** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
+** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
+** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
+** 
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
+** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
+** case folding.
+**
+** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
+** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
+*/
+static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, j;
+  char zReverse[28];
+  char *z, *z2;
+  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
+    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
+    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
+    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
+    char c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
+    }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c;
+    }else{
+      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
+      ** to the copy stemmer */
+      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
+  z = &zReverse[j+1];
+
+
+  /* Step 1a */
+  if( z[0]=='s' ){
+    if(
+     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
+     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
+     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
+    ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1b */  
+  z2 = z;
+  if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
+    /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+  }else if( 
+     (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
+      && z!=z2
+  ){
+     if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
+       /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+     }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
+       z++;
+     }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
+       *(--z) = 'e';
+     }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1c */
+  if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
+    z[0] = 'i';
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     if( !stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){
+       stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     if( !stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ){
+       stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'g':
+     stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) 
+      && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0)
+     ){
+       stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     if( !stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0)
+     ){
+       stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     if( !stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0)
+     ){
+       stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     if( !stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0)
+     ){
+       stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 3 */
+  switch( z[0] ){
+   case 'e':
+     if( !stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0)
+      && !stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)
+     ){
+       stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( !stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ){
+       stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 4 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e')  && m_gt_1(z+4)  ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'n':
+     if( z[0]=='t' ){
+       if( z[2]=='a' ){
+         if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+           z += 3;
+         }
+       }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
+         if( !stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1)
+          && !stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1)
+         ){
+           stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
+         }
+       }
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     if( z[0]=='u' ){
+       if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+         z += 2;
+       }
+     }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
+       stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     if( !stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ){
+       stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'u':
+     if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'v':
+   case 'z':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5a */
+  if( z[0]=='e' ){
+    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5b */
+  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+
+  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
+  ** around into forward order and return.
+  */
+  *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z);
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Characters that can be part of a token.  We assume any character
+** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
+** part of a token.  In other words, delimiters all must have
+** values of 0x7f or lower.
+*/
+static const char porterIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
+*/
+static int porterNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
+  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  const char *z = c->zInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
+    int iStartOffset, ch;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nAllocated ){
+        char *pNew;
+        c->nAllocated = n+20;
+        pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
+        if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        c->zToken = pNew;
+      }
+      porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+      *pzToken = c->zToken;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  porterCreate,
+  porterDestroy,
+  porterOpen,
+  porterClose,
+  porterNext,
+  0
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 
+** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
+**
+** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
+** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
+** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
+** an error is returned.
+**
+** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
+** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
+*/
+static void scalarFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash;
+  void *pPtr = 0;
+  const unsigned char *zName;
+  int nName;
+
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+
+  pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+
+  zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
+
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    void *pOld;
+    int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+    if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+    pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+    pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
+    if( pOld==pPtr ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
+    if( !pPtr ){
+      char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){
+  static const char isFtsIdChar[] = {
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 0x */
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 1x */
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
+      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+      0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+      0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+  };
+  return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){
+  const char *z1;
+  const char *z2 = 0;
+
+  /* Find the start of the next token. */
+  z1 = zStr;
+  while( z2==0 ){
+    char c = *z1;
+    switch( c ){
+      case '\0': return 0;        /* No more tokens here */
+      case '\'':
+      case '"':
+      case '`': {
+        z2 = z1;
+        while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) );
+        break;
+      }
+      case '[':
+        z2 = &z1[1];
+        while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++;
+        if( *z2 ) z2++;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){
+          z2 = &z1[1];
+          while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++;
+        }else{
+          z1++;
+        }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pn = (int)(z2-z1);
+  return z1;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(
+  Fts3Hash *pHash,                /* Tokenizer hash table */
+  const char *zArg,               /* Tokenizer name */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok,      /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *z = (char *)zArg;
+  int n = 0;
+  char *zCopy;
+  char *zEnd;                     /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m;
+
+  zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg);
+  if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)];
+
+  z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n);
+  z[n] = '\0';
+  sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
+
+  m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1);
+  if( !m ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", z);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    char const **aArg = 0;
+    int iArg = 0;
+    z = &z[n+1];
+    while( z<zEnd && (NULL!=(z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(z, &n))) ){
+      int nNew = sizeof(char *)*(iArg+1);
+      char const **aNew = (const char **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)aArg, nNew);
+      if( !aNew ){
+        sqlite3_free(zCopy);
+        sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      aArg = aNew;
+      aArg[iArg++] = z;
+      z[n] = '\0';
+      sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
+      z = &z[n+1];
+    }
+    rc = m->xCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer");
+    }else{
+      (*ppTok)->pModule = m; 
+    }
+    sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zCopy);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers 
+** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
+** function must be called with two or more arguments:
+**
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, ..., <input-string>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
+** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
+**
+** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
+** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
+** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the 
+** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
+** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, 
+** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
+**
+**   SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
+**
+** will return the string:
+**
+**   "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
+**   
+*/
+static void testFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
+
+  const char *zErr = 0;
+
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  const char *zInput;
+  int nInput;
+
+  const char *azArg[64];
+
+  const char *zToken;
+  int nToken = 0;
+  int iStart = 0;
+  int iEnd = 0;
+  int iPos = 0;
+  int i;
+
+  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
+
+  if( argc<2 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
+  zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
+
+  pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
+
+  if( !p ){
+    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
+
+  for(i=1; i<argc-1; i++){
+    azArg[i-1] = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+  }
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(argc-2, azArg, &pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xCreate()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  pTokenizer->pModule = p;
+  if( sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, 0, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xOpen()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+
+  while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+    zToken = &zInput[iStart];
+    nToken = iEnd-iStart;
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+  }
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xClose()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+
+finish:
+  if( zErr ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
+}
+
+static
+int registerTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName, 
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+static
+int queryTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName,  
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+
+  *pp = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
+** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
+** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
+** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
+** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
+** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
+** test them.
+**
+** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
+** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
+** detected. i.e.:
+**
+**     SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
+**
+*/
+static void intTestFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int rc;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
+  /* Test the query function */
+  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( p1==p2 );
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+  assert( p2==0 );
+  assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
+
+  /* Test the storage function */
+  rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( p2==p1 );
+
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
+** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
+** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy 
+** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
+**
+**    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+**
+** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
+** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
+** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header 
+** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both 
+** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
+** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  Fts3Hash *pHash, 
+  const char *zName
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  void *p = (void *)pHash;
+  const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  char *zTest = 0;
+  char *zTest2 = 0;
+  void *pdb = (void *)db;
+  zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
+  zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
+  if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, -1, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_free(zTest);
+  sqlite3_free(zTest2);
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
+} simple_tokenizer;
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *pInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nBytes;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in pInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *pToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nTokenAllocated;         /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
+  return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
+}
+static int fts3_isalnum(int x){
+  return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z');
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int simpleCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  simple_tokenizer *t;
+
+  t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+
+  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
+  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
+  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
+  ** information on the initial create.
+  */
+  if( argc>1 ){
+    int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+      unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
+      /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
+      if( ch>=0x80 ){
+        sqlite3_free(t);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      t->delim[ch] = 1;
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
+      t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int simpleOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *pInput, int nBytes,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
+
+  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->pInput = pInput;
+  if( pInput==0 ){
+    c->nBytes = 0;
+  }else if( nBytes<0 ){
+    c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nBytes = nBytes;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->pToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int simpleNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
+  unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
+    int iStartOffset;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
+        char *pNew;
+        c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
+        pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
+        if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        c->pToken = pNew;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
+        ** case-insensitivity.
+        */
+        unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
+        c->pToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch);
+      }
+      *ppToken = c->pToken;
+      *pnBytes = n;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  simpleCreate,
+  simpleDestroy,
+  simpleOpen,
+  simpleClose,
+  simpleNext,
+  0,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new simple tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenize_vtab.c ******************************/
+/*
+** 2013 Apr 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code for the "fts3tokenize" virtual table module.
+** An fts3tokenize virtual table is created as follows:
+**
+**   CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE <tbl> USING fts3tokenize(
+**       <tokenizer-name>, <arg-1>, ...
+**   );
+**
+** The table created has the following schema:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE <tbl>(input, token, start, end, position)
+**
+** When queried, the query must include a WHERE clause of type:
+**
+**   input = <string>
+**
+** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3 
+** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE 
+** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With
+** fields set as follows:
+**
+**   input:   Always set to a copy of <string>
+**   token:   A token from the input.
+**   start:   Byte offset of the token within the input <string>.
+**   end:     Byte offset of the byte immediately following the end of the
+**            token within the input string.
+**   pos:     Token offset of token within input.
+**
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+typedef struct Fts3tokTable Fts3tokTable;
+typedef struct Fts3tokCursor Fts3tokCursor;
+
+/*
+** Virtual table structure.
+*/
+struct Fts3tokTable {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok;
+};
+
+/*
+** Virtual table cursor structure.
+*/
+struct Fts3tokCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  char *zInput;                   /* Input string */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */
+  int iRowid;                     /* Current 'rowid' value */
+  const char *zToken;             /* Current 'token' value */
+  int nToken;                     /* Size of zToken in bytes */
+  int iStart;                     /* Current 'start' value */
+  int iEnd;                       /* Current 'end' value */
+  int iPos;                       /* Current 'pos' value */
+};
+
+/*
+** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName.
+*/
+static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer(
+  Fts3Hash *pHash,
+  const char *zName,
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
+  int nName = (int)strlen(zName);
+
+  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
+  if( !p ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  *pp = p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated
+** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a 
+** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear
+** to be quoted.
+**
+** If successful, output parameter *pazDequote is set to point at the
+** array of dequoted strings and SQLITE_OK is returned. The caller is
+** responsible for eventually calling sqlite3_free() to free the array
+** in this case. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+** The final value of *pazDequote is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3tokDequoteArray(
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv[] */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* Input array */
+  char ***pazDequote              /* Output array */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  if( argc==0 ){
+    *pazDequote = 0;
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    int nByte = 0;
+    char **azDequote;
+
+    for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+      nByte += (int)(strlen(argv[i]) + 1);
+    }
+
+    *pazDequote = azDequote = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *)*argc + nByte);
+    if( azDequote==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      char *pSpace = (char *)&azDequote[argc];
+      for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+        int n = (int)strlen(argv[i]);
+        azDequote[i] = pSpace;
+        memcpy(pSpace, argv[i], n+1);
+        sqlite3Fts3Dequote(pSpace);
+        pSpace += (n+1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Schema of the tokenizer table.
+*/
+#define FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position)"
+
+/*
+** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
+** and xCreate are identical operations.
+**
+**   argv[0]: module name
+**   argv[1]: database name 
+**   argv[2]: table name
+**   argv[3]: first argument (tokenizer name)
+*/
+static int fts3tokConnectMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pHash,                    /* Hash table of tokenizers */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  Fts3tokTable *pTab;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok = 0;
+  int rc;
+  char **azDequote = 0;
+  int nDequote;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  nDequote = argc-3;
+  rc = fts3tokDequoteArray(nDequote, &argv[3], &azDequote);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char *zModule;
+    if( nDequote<1 ){
+      zModule = "simple";
+    }else{
+      zModule = azDequote[0];
+    }
+    rc = fts3tokQueryTokenizer((Fts3Hash*)pHash, zModule, &pMod, pzErr);
+  }
+
+  assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK)==(pMod!=0) );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char * const *azArg = (const char * const *)&azDequote[1];
+    rc = pMod->xCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokTable));
+    if( pTab==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokTable));
+    pTab->pMod = pMod;
+    pTab->pTok = pTok;
+    *ppVtab = &pTab->base;
+  }else{
+    if( pTok ){
+      pMod->xDestroy(pTok);
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(azDequote);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
+** and xDestroy are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)pVtab;
+
+  pTab->pMod->xDestroy(pTab->pTok);
+  sqlite3_free(pTab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, 
+  sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
+){
+  int i;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable 
+     && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 
+     && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 
+    ){
+      pInfo->idxNum = 1;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pInfo->idxNum = 0;
+  assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 );
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xOpen - Open a cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
+  if( pCsr==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
+
+  *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had
+** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod().
+*/
+static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){
+  if( pCsr->pCsr ){
+    Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
+    pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr);
+    pCsr->pCsr = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput);
+  pCsr->zInput = 0;
+  pCsr->zToken = 0;
+  pCsr->nToken = 0;
+  pCsr->iStart = 0;
+  pCsr->iEnd = 0;
+  pCsr->iPos = 0;
+  pCsr->iRowid = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** xClose - Close a cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
+*/
+static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+  Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  pCsr->iRowid++;
+  rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr,
+      &pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken,
+      &pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos
+  );
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
+*/
+static int fts3tokFilterMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
+  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
+  const char *idxStr,             /* Unused */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+  Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+  fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
+  if( idxNum==1 ){
+    const char *zByte = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+    int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
+    pCsr->zInput = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1);
+    if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte);
+      pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0;
+      rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor);
+}
+
+/*
+** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+  return (pCsr->zToken==0);
+}
+
+/*
+** xColumn - Return a column value.
+*/
+static int fts3tokColumnMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  /* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */
+  switch( iCol ){
+    case 0:
+      sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nToken, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iStart);
+      break;
+    case 3:
+      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iEnd);
+      break;
+    default:
+      assert( iCol==4 );
+      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos);
+      break;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3tokRowidMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: Rowid value */
+){
+  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
+  *pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){
+  static const sqlite3_module fts3tok_module = {
+     0,                           /* iVersion      */
+     fts3tokConnectMethod,        /* xCreate       */
+     fts3tokConnectMethod,        /* xConnect      */
+     fts3tokBestIndexMethod,      /* xBestIndex    */
+     fts3tokDisconnectMethod,     /* xDisconnect   */
+     fts3tokDisconnectMethod,     /* xDestroy      */
+     fts3tokOpenMethod,           /* xOpen         */
+     fts3tokCloseMethod,          /* xClose        */
+     fts3tokFilterMethod,         /* xFilter       */
+     fts3tokNextMethod,           /* xNext         */
+     fts3tokEofMethod,            /* xEof          */
+     fts3tokColumnMethod,         /* xColumn       */
+     fts3tokRowidMethod,          /* xRowid        */
+     0,                           /* xUpdate       */
+     0,                           /* xBegin        */
+     0,                           /* xSync         */
+     0,                           /* xCommit       */
+     0,                           /* xRollback     */
+     0,                           /* xFindFunction */
+     0,                           /* xRename       */
+     0,                           /* xSavepoint    */
+     0,                           /* xRelease      */
+     0                            /* xRollbackTo   */
+  };
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts3tokenize", &fts3tok_module, (void*)pHash);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenize_vtab.c **********************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 Oct 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically,
+** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3
+** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some
+** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query 
+** code in fts3.c.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+
+
+#define FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT 16
+
+/*
+** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they
+** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end 
+** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer
+** of 920 bytes is allocated for it.
+**
+** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data,
+** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an
+** overread, even if the node data is corrupted.
+*/
+#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2)
+
+/*
+** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into
+** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance
+** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext()
+** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example,
+** if a query has a LIMIT clause).
+**
+** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD 
+** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes.
+** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values 
+** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful 
+** for testing purposes.
+**
+** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may
+** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains
+** a Tcl interface to read and write the values.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024);
+int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4;
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE       test_fts3_node_chunksize
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold
+#else
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) 
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The two values that may be meaningfully bound to the :1 parameter in
+** statements SQL_REPLACE_STAT and SQL_SELECT_STAT.
+*/
+#define FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL      0
+#define FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT 1
+#define FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE 2
+
+/*
+** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic
+** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for 
+** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production
+** systems.
+*/
+#ifdef FTS3_LOG_MERGES
+static void fts3LogMerge(int nMerge, sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel){
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "%d-way merge from level %d", nMerge, (int)iAbsLevel);
+}
+#else
+#define fts3LogMerge(x, y)
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct PendingList PendingList;
+typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode;
+typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter;
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists
+** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details.
+*/
+struct PendingList {
+  int nData;
+  char *aData;
+  int nSpace;
+  sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid;
+  sqlite3_int64 iLastCol;
+  sqlite3_int64 iLastPos;
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects.
+*/
+struct Fts3DeferredToken {
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;        /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */
+  int iCol;                       /* Column token must occur in */
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pNext;       /* Next in list of deferred tokens */
+  PendingList *pList;             /* Doclist is assembled here */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on
+** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of
+** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles
+** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through
+** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions:
+**
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew()
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree()
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate()
+**
+** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures:
+**
+**   fts3SegReaderNext()
+**   fts3SegReaderFirstDocid()
+**   fts3SegReaderNextDocid()
+*/
+struct Fts3SegReader {
+  int iIdx;                       /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */
+  u8 bLookup;                     /* True for a lookup only */
+  u8 rootOnly;                    /* True for a root-only reader */
+
+  sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock;      /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock;    /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock;        /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */
+  sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock;    /* Current leaf block (or 0) */
+
+  char *aNode;                    /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */
+  int nNode;                      /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */
+  int nPopulate;                  /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */
+  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;            /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */
+
+  Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem;
+
+  /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly
+  ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns
+  ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK
+  ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE).
+  */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in current term */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to current term */
+  int nTermAlloc;                 /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */
+  char *aDoclist;                 /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of doclist in current entry */
+
+  /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate 
+  ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist).
+  */
+  char *pOffsetList;
+  int nOffsetList;                /* For descending pending seg-readers only */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+};
+
+#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0)
+#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->rootOnly!=0)
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the
+** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the
+** following functions:
+**
+**   fts3SegWriterAdd()
+**   fts3SegWriterFlush()
+**   fts3SegWriterFree()
+*/
+struct SegmentWriter {
+  SegmentNode *pTree;             /* Pointer to interior tree structure */
+  sqlite3_int64 iFirst;           /* First slot in %_segments written */
+  sqlite3_int64 iFree;            /* Next free slot in %_segments */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+  int nMalloc;                    /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
+  char *zMalloc;                  /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
+  int nSize;                      /* Size of allocation at aData */
+  int nData;                      /* Bytes of data in aData */
+  char *aData;                    /* Pointer to block from malloc() */
+  i64 nLeafData;                  /* Number of bytes of leaf data written */
+};
+
+/*
+** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create
+** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except
+** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code
+** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above.
+**
+**   fts3NodeAddTerm()
+**   fts3NodeWrite()
+**   fts3NodeFree()
+**
+** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge
+** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the 
+** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of
+** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have
+** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually
+** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively 
+** little memory.
+*/
+struct SegmentNode {
+  SegmentNode *pParent;           /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */
+  SegmentNode *pRight;            /* Pointer to right-sibling */
+  SegmentNode *pLeftmost;         /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */
+  int nEntry;                     /* Number of terms written to node so far */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+  int nMalloc;                    /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
+  char *zMalloc;                  /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
+  int nData;                      /* Bytes of valid data so far */
+  char *aData;                    /* Node data */
+};
+
+/*
+** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt().
+*/
+#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT             0
+#define SQL_IS_EMPTY                   1
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT         2 
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS        3
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR          4
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE         5
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT            6
+#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID    7
+#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX         8
+#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS            9
+#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID          10
+#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR             11
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL              12
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE        13
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT        14
+#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL   15
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL       16
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE     17
+#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT            18
+#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE            19
+#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE           20
+#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE            21
+#define SQL_SELECT_STAT               22
+#define SQL_REPLACE_STAT              23
+
+#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL   24
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR   25
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE       26
+#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID         27
+#define SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL          28
+#define SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE    29
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY       30
+#define SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY        31
+#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR             32
+#define SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR              33
+#define SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE     34
+#define SQL_SELECT_INDEXES            35
+#define SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL            36
+
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2       37
+#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX          38
+#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL              39
+
+/*
+** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle
+** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful,
+** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0.
+**
+** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with
+** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound 
+** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before
+** returning.
+*/
+static int fts3SqlStmt(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  int eStmt,                      /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */
+  sqlite3_stmt **pp,              /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Values to bind to statement */
+){
+  const char *azSql[] = {
+/* 0  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?",
+/* 1  */  "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)",
+/* 2  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'",
+/* 3  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'",
+/* 4  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+/* 5  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'",
+/* 6  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'",
+/* 7  */  "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?",
+/* 8  */  "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1",
+/* 9  */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)",
+/* 10 */  "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)",
+/* 11 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)",
+
+          /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ 
+/* 12 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC",
+/* 13 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?"
+            "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
+
+/* 14 */  "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
+/* 15 */  "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+
+/* 16 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
+/* 17 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+/* 18 */  "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)",
+/* 19 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?",
+/* 20 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)",
+/* 21 */  "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?",
+/* 22 */  "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=?",
+/* 23 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(?,?)",
+/* 24 */  "",
+/* 25 */  "",
+
+/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+/* 27 */ "SELECT DISTINCT level / (1024 * ?) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+
+/* This statement is used to determine which level to read the input from
+** when performing an incremental merge. It returns the absolute level number
+** of the oldest level in the db that contains at least ? segments. Or,
+** if no level in the FTS index contains more than ? segments, the statement
+** returns zero rows.  */
+/* 28 */ "SELECT level FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' GROUP BY level HAVING count(*)>=?"
+         "  ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1",
+
+/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment
+** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See 
+** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details.  */
+/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) "
+         "  FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?",
+
+/* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY
+**   Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2.  */
+/* 30 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY
+**   Modify the idx value for the segment with idx=:3 on absolute level :2
+**   to :1.  */
+/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR
+**   Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute 
+**   level :1 with index value :2.  */
+/* 32 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR
+**   Update the start_block (:1) and root (:2) fields of the %_segdir
+**   entry located on absolute level :3 with index :4.  */
+/* 33 */  "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET start_block = ?, root = ?"
+            "WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE
+**   Return a single row if the segment with end_block=? is appendable. Or
+**   no rows otherwise.  */
+/* 34 */  "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid=? AND block IS NULL",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_INDEXES
+**   Return the list of valid segment indexes for absolute level ?  */
+/* 35 */  "SELECT idx FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level=? ORDER BY 1 ASC",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL
+**   Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes.  */
+/* 36 */  "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+
+          /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ 
+/* 37 */  "SELECT level, idx, end_block "
+            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? "
+            "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
+
+          /* Update statements used while promoting segments */
+/* 38 */  "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=-1,idx=? "
+            "WHERE level=? AND idx=?",
+/* 39 */  "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=? WHERE level=-1"
+
+  };
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+  assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) );
+  assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 );
+  
+  pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt];
+  if( !pStmt ){
+    char *zSql;
+    if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist);
+    }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist);
+    }else{
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName);
+    }
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+      p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt;
+    }
+  }
+  if( apVal ){
+    int i;
+    int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nParam; i++){
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i+1, apVal[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  *pp = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+static int fts3SelectDocsize(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid to bind for SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid);
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      pStmt = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppStmt = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  int rc;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+    if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)!=SQLITE_ROW
+     || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB
+    ){
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      pStmt = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  *ppStmt = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid to read size data for */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+  return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, iDocid, ppStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in
+** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement
+** is executed.
+**
+** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an
+** SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static void fts3SqlExec(
+  int *pRC,                /* Result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,            /* The FTS3 table */
+  int eStmt,               /* Index of statement to evaluate */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal    /* Parameters to bind */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); 
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  *pRC = rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive 
+** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before 
+** writing data to the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then
+** the caller may end up attempting to take this lock as part of committing
+** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or 
+** LOCKED_SHAREDCACHEto a COMMIT command.
+**
+** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when 
+** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. 
+** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. 
+** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly 
+** instead of accessing them via FTS.
+*/
+static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  
+  if( p->nPendingData==0 ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1);
+      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer).
+** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the
+** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS 
+** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative
+** levels").
+**
+** All three of these values (the language id, the specific index and the
+** level within the index) are encoded in 64-bit integer values stored
+** in the %_segdir table on disk. This function is used to convert three
+** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that
+** can be used to query the %_segdir table.
+**
+** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 
+** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index
+** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index
+** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on.
+** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0.
+**
+** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of
+** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index 
+** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024).
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index in p->aIndex[] */
+  int iLevel                      /* Level of segments */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iBase;            /* First absolute level for iLangid/iIndex */
+  assert( iLangid>=0 );
+  assert( p->nIndex>0 );
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  iBase = ((sqlite3_int64)iLangid * p->nIndex + iIndex) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL;
+  return iBase + iLevel;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through
+** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, 
+** return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for
+** each FTS3 table.
+**
+** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table:
+**
+**   0: idx
+**   1: start_block
+**   2: leaves_end_block
+**   3: end_block
+**   4: root
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language being queried */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex[] */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level to select (relative level) */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Compiled statement */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+
+  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 );
+  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  if( iLevel<0 ){
+    /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, 
+          getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+      );
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel));
+    }
+  }
+  *ppStmt = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+**
+** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself.
+** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two
+** varints:
+**
+**   PendingList *p = 0;
+**   fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1);
+**   fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2);
+*/
+static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint(
+  PendingList **pp,               /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */
+  sqlite3_int64 i                 /* Value to append to data */
+){
+  PendingList *p = *pp;
+
+  /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */
+  if( !p ){
+    p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100);
+    if( !p ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p->nSpace = 100;
+    p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
+    p->nData = 0;
+  }
+  else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){
+    int nNew = p->nSpace * 2;
+    p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew);
+    if( !p ){
+      sqlite3_free(*pp);
+      *pp = 0;
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p->nSpace = nNew;
+    p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
+  }
+
+  /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */
+  p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i);
+  p->aData[p->nData] = '\0';
+  *pp = p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero
+** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding
+** the entry. Otherwise, zero.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning.
+** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs,
+** it is set to SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingListAppend(
+  PendingList **pp,               /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid for entry to add */
+  sqlite3_int64 iCol,             /* Column for entry to add */
+  sqlite3_int64 iPos,             /* Position of term for entry to add */
+  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Return code */
+){
+  PendingList *p = *pp;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid );
+
+  if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0);
+    if( p ){
+      assert( p->nData<p->nSpace );
+      assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 );
+      p->nData++;
+    }
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){
+      goto pendinglistappend_out;
+    }
+    p->iLastCol = -1;
+    p->iLastPos = 0;
+    p->iLastDocid = iDocid;
+  }
+  if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1))
+     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol))
+    ){
+      goto pendinglistappend_out;
+    }
+    p->iLastCol = iCol;
+    p->iLastPos = 0;
+  }
+  if( iCol>=0 ){
+    assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) );
+    rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->iLastPos = iPos;
+    }
+  }
+
+ pendinglistappend_out:
+  *pRc = rc;
+  if( p!=*pp ){
+    *pp = p;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend().
+*/
+static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){
+  sqlite3_free(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+  Fts3Table *p,
+  int iCol,
+  int iPos,
+  Fts3Hash *pHash,                /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */
+  const char *zToken,
+  int nToken
+){
+  PendingList *pList;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken);
+  if( pList ){
+    p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
+  }
+  if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){
+    if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){
+      /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only 
+      ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token.
+      */
+      assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) );
+      sqlite3_free(pList);
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the
+** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in
+** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingTermsAdd(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table into which text will be inserted */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to use */
+  const char *zText,              /* Text of document to be inserted */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column into which text is being inserted */
+  u32 *pnWord                     /* IN/OUT: Incr. by number tokens inserted */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int iStart = 0;
+  int iEnd = 0;
+  int iPos = 0;
+  int nWord = 0;
+
+  char const *zToken;
+  int nToken = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr;
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
+      const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*);
+
+  assert( pTokenizer && pModule );
+
+  /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with
+  ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and 
+  ** return early. */
+  if( zText==0 ){
+    *pnWord = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, iLangid, zText, -1, &pCsr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  xNext = pModule->xNext;
+  while( SQLITE_OK==rc
+      && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos))
+  ){
+    int i;
+    if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1;
+
+    /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally.
+    ** Tokens must have a non-zero length.
+    */
+    if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the term to the terms index */
+    rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+        p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken
+    );
+    
+    /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too 
+    ** short for. */
+    for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+      struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i];
+      if( nToken<pIndex->nPrefix ) continue;
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+          p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  pModule->xClose(pCsr);
+  *pnWord += nWord;
+  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to 
+** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the
+** contents of the document with docid iDocid.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingTermsDocid(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Full-text table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id of row being written */
+  sqlite_int64 iDocid             /* Docid of row being written */
+){
+  assert( iLangid>=0 );
+
+  /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on
+  ** forced-flush would provide better performance.  I suspect that if
+  ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the
+  ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
+  ** generate longer doclists.
+  */
+  if( iDocid<=p->iPrevDocid 
+   || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid
+   || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData 
+  ){
+    int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  p->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
+  p->iPrevLangid = iLangid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+    Fts3HashElem *pElem;
+    Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending;
+    for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){
+      PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
+      fts3PendingListDelete(pList);
+    }
+    fts3HashClear(pHash);
+  }
+  p->nPendingData = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT
+** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the
+** pendingTerms hash table.
+**
+** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to
+** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row.
+*/
+static int fts3InsertTerms(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid, 
+  sqlite3_value **apVal, 
+  u32 *aSz
+){
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  for(i=2; i<p->nColumn+2; i++){
+    int iCol = i-2;
+    if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
+      const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]);
+      int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, iCol, &aSz[iCol]);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation.
+** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by
+** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e:
+**
+**   apVal[0]                Not used for INSERT.
+**   apVal[1]                rowid
+**   apVal[2]                Left-most user-defined column
+**   ...
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+1]     Right-most user-defined column
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+2]     Hidden column with same name as table
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+3]     Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid)
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+4]     Hidden languageid column
+*/
+static int fts3InsertData(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Full-text table */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of values to insert */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid          /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert;   /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl ){
+    sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3];
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+      pRowid = apVal[1];
+    }
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    }
+    *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content
+  ** table. The SQL for this statement is:
+  **
+  **   INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...)
+  **
+  ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user
+  ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field.
+  */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_int(
+        pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, 
+        sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4])
+    );
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified
+  ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both.
+  ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the
+  ** same value. For example:
+  **
+  **   INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2);
+  **
+  ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values
+  ** for both docid and some other rowid alias.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])
+     && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])
+    ){
+      /* A rowid/docid conflict. */
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the 
+  ** new docid value. 
+  */
+  sqlite3_step(pContentInsert);
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert);
+
+  *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing
+** pending terms.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+  /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as
+  ** is if bContent is false.  */
+  assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 );
+  if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0);
+  fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0);
+  fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0);
+  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+    fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0);
+  }
+  if( p->bHasStat ){
+    fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+*/
+static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){
+  int iLangid = 0;
+  if( p->zLanguageid ) iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, p->nColumn+1);
+  return iLangid;
+}
+
+/*
+** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid
+** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the
+** full-text index.
+*/
+static void fts3DeleteTerms( 
+  int *pRC,               /* Result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,           /* The FTS table to delete from */
+  sqlite3_value *pRowid,  /* The docid to be deleted */
+  u32 *aSz,               /* Sizes of deleted document written here */
+  int *pbFound            /* OUT: Set to true if row really does exist */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
+
+  assert( *pbFound==0 );
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+      int i;
+      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect);
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0));
+      for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=p->nColumn; i++){
+        int iCol = i-1;
+        if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
+          const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i);
+          rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, -1, &aSz[iCol]);
+          aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+        *pRC = rc;
+        return;
+      }
+      *pbFound = 1;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+  }
+  *pRC = rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between
+** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx().
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int);
+
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table.
+** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting
+** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned
+** by:
+**
+**   SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel
+**
+** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested
+** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the 
+** allocated index is 0.
+**
+** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK
+** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
+  int iLevel, 
+  int *piIdx
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx;         /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */
+  int iNext = 0;                  /* Result of query pNextIdx */
+
+  assert( iLangid>=0 );
+  assert( p->nIndex>=1 );
+
+  /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(
+        pNextIdx, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)
+    );
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){
+      iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0);
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already
+    ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1
+    ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise,
+    ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext.
+    */
+    if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){
+      fts3LogMerge(16, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel));
+      rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel);
+      *piIdx = 0;
+    }else{
+      *piIdx = iNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The %_segments table is declared as follows:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB)
+**
+** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The
+** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not
+** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated
+** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the 
+** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set
+** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row,
+** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If
+** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to
+** eventually free the returned buffer.
+**
+** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the
+** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls
+** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the
+** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy
+** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed
+** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held
+** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table
+** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function
+** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlockid,         /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */
+  char **paBlob,                  /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */
+  int *pnBlob,                    /* OUT: Size of blob data */
+  int *pnLoad                     /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */
+  assert( pnBlob );
+
+  if( p->pSegments ){
+    rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid);
+  }else{
+    if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){
+      p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName);
+      if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_blob_open(
+       p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments);
+    *pnBlob = nByte;
+    if( paBlob ){
+      char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+      if( !aByte ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){
+          nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE;
+          *pnLoad = nByte;
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0);
+        memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3_free(aByte);
+          aByte = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      *paBlob = aByte;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above
+** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){
+  sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments);
+  p->pSegments = 0;
+}
+    
+static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+  int nRead;                      /* Number of bytes to read */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE);
+  rc = sqlite3_blob_read(
+      pReader->pBlob, 
+      &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate],
+      nRead,
+      pReader->nPopulate
+  );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pReader->nPopulate += nRead;
+    memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+    if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){
+      sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+      pReader->pBlob = 0;
+      pReader->nPopulate = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( !pReader->pBlob 
+       || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode])
+  );
+  while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK 
+     &&  (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate
+  ){
+    rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF.
+*/
+static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){
+  if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode);
+    sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob);
+    pSeg->pBlob = 0;
+  }
+  pSeg->aNode = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the
+** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term,
+** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderNext(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader,
+  int bIncr
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code of various sub-routines */
+  char *pNext;                    /* Cursor variable */
+  int nPrefix;                    /* Number of bytes in term prefix */
+  int nSuffix;                    /* Number of bytes in term suffix */
+
+  if( !pReader->aDoclist ){
+    pNext = pReader->aNode;
+  }else{
+    pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
+  }
+
+  if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){
+
+    if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+      Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem);
+      if( pElem==0 ){
+        pReader->aNode = 0;
+      }else{
+        PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
+        pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem);
+        pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem);
+        pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = pList->nData + 1;
+        pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = pList->aData;
+        pReader->ppNextElem++;
+        assert( pReader->aNode );
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader);
+
+    /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf 
+    ** blocks have already been traversed.  */
+    assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock );
+    if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
+        p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, 
+        (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0)
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    assert( pReader->pBlob==0 );
+    if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulate<pReader->nNode ){
+      pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments;
+      p->pSegments = 0;
+    }
+    pNext = pReader->aNode;
+  }
+
+  assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) );
+
+  rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  
+  /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is 
+  ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */
+  pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix);
+  pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix);
+  if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 
+   || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] 
+  ){
+    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  }
+
+  if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){
+    int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2;
+    char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew);
+    if( !zNew ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pReader->zTerm = zNew;
+    pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew;
+  }
+
+  rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix);
+  pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix;
+  pNext += nSuffix;
+  pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist);
+  pReader->aDoclist = pNext;
+  pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+
+  /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the
+  ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either 
+  ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt.
+  */
+  if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] 
+   || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1])
+  ){
+    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated
+** with the current term.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pReader->aDoclist );
+  assert( !pReader->pOffsetList );
+  if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+    u8 bEof = 0;
+    pReader->iDocid = 0;
+    pReader->nOffsetList = 0;
+    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
+        pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, 
+        &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
+    );
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid);
+      pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n];
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist
+** associated with the current term.
+** 
+** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then 
+** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list
+** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint).
+** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset
+** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example:
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader,         /* Reader to advance to next docid */
+  char **ppOffsetList,            /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */
+  int *pnOffsetList               /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *p = pReader->pOffsetList;
+  char c = 0;
+
+  assert( p );
+
+  if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+    /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc.
+    ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so
+    ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */
+    u8 bEof = 0;
+    if( ppOffsetList ){
+      *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
+      *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
+        pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid,
+        &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
+    );
+    if( bEof ){
+      pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+    }else{
+      pReader->pOffsetList = p;
+    }
+  }else{
+    char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
+
+    /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The
+    ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of
+    ** the same offset list. */
+    while( 1 ){
+  
+      /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is
+      ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired 
+      ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk
+      ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past
+      ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[].
+      */
+      while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
+      assert( *p==0 );
+  
+      if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break;
+      rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    p++;
+  
+    /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the
+    ** size of the previous offset-list.
+    */
+    if( ppOffsetList ){
+      *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
+      *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1);
+    }
+
+    /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */
+    while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++;
+  
+    /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to
+    ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and
+    ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before
+    ** returning.
+    */
+    if( p>=pEnd ){
+      pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+        pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta);
+        if( pTab->bDescIdx ){
+          pReader->iDocid -= iDelta;
+        }else{
+          pReader->iDocid += iDelta;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr, 
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,
+  int *pnOvfl
+){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int nOvfl = 0;
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int pgsz = p->nPgsz;
+
+  assert( p->bFts4 );
+  assert( pgsz>0 );
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){
+    Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii];
+    if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) 
+     && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) 
+    ){
+      sqlite3_int64 jj;
+      for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){
+        int nBlob;
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+        if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){
+          nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *pnOvfl = nOvfl;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the 
+** second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+  if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm);
+    if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){
+      sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode);
+      sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pReader);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new SegReader object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(
+  int iAge,                       /* Segment "age". */
+  int bLookup,                    /* True for a lookup only */
+  sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf,       /* First leaf to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf,         /* Final leaf to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock,        /* Final block of segment */
+  const char *zRoot,              /* Buffer containing root node */
+  int nRoot,                      /* Size of buffer containing root node */
+  Fts3SegReader **ppReader        /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */
+){
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader;         /* Newly allocated SegReader object */
+  int nExtra = 0;                 /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */
+
+  assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf );
+  if( iStartLeaf==0 ){
+    nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING;
+  }
+
+  pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra);
+  if( !pReader ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader));
+  pReader->iIdx = iAge;
+  pReader->bLookup = bLookup!=0;
+  pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf;
+  pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf;
+  pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock;
+
+  if( nExtra ){
+    /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */
+    pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1];
+    pReader->rootOnly = 1;
+    pReader->nNode = nRoot;
+    memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot);
+    memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+  }else{
+    pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1;
+  }
+  *ppReader = pReader;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting
+** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing
+** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database.
+*/
+static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){
+  char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
+  char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
+  int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
+  int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
+
+  int n = (n1<n2 ? n1 : n2);
+  int c = memcmp(z1, z2, n);
+  if( c==0 ){
+    c = n1 - n2;
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to allocate an Fts3SegReader that iterates through
+** a subset of the terms stored in the Fts3Table.pendingTerms array.
+**
+** If the isPrefixIter parameter is zero, then the returned SegReader iterates
+** through each term in the pending-terms table. Or, if isPrefixIter is
+** non-zero, it iterates through each term and its prefixes. For example, if
+** the pending terms hash table contains the terms "sqlite", "mysql" and
+** "firebird", then the iterator visits the following 'terms' (in the order
+** shown):
+**
+**   f fi fir fire fireb firebi firebir firebird
+**   m my mys mysq mysql
+**   s sq sql sqli sqlit sqlite
+**
+** Whereas if isPrefixIter is zero, the terms visited are:
+**
+**   firebird mysql sqlite
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to search for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of buffer zTerm */
+  int bPrefix,                    /* True for a prefix iterator */
+  Fts3SegReader **ppReader        /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */
+){
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0;     /* Fts3SegReader object to return */
+  Fts3HashElem *pE;               /* Iterator variable */
+  Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0;       /* Array of term hash entries to scan */
+  int nElem = 0;                  /* Size of array at aElem */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  Fts3Hash *pHash;
+
+  pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending;
+  if( bPrefix ){
+    int nAlloc = 0;               /* Size of allocated array at aElem */
+
+    for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){
+      char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE);
+      int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE);
+      if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){
+        if( nElem==nAlloc ){
+          Fts3HashElem **aElem2;
+          nAlloc += 16;
+          aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc(
+              aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)
+          );
+          if( !aElem2 ){
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            nElem = 0;
+            break;
+          }
+          aElem = aElem2;
+        }
+
+        aElem[nElem++] = pE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem
+    ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison
+    ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk.
+    */
+    if( nElem>1 ){
+      qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm);
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in
+    ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. 
+    **
+    ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer
+    ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid
+    ** within this entire function, not just this "else{...}" block.
+    */
+    pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm);
+    if( pE ){
+      aElem = &pE;
+      nElem = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nElem>0 ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *);
+    pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( !pReader ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memset(pReader, 0, nByte);
+      pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+      pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1];
+      memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *));
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( bPrefix ){
+    sqlite3_free(aElem);
+  }
+  *ppReader = pReader;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. 
+** Comparison is as follows:
+**
+**   1) EOF is greater than not EOF.
+**
+**   2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one
+**      term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the
+**      larger.
+**
+**   3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+  int rc;
+  if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){
+    int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm;
+    if( rc2<0 ){
+      rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm);
+    }else{
+      rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm);
+    }
+    if( rc==0 ){
+      rc = rc2;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0);
+  }
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+  }
+  assert( rc!=0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this
+** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in
+** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows:
+**
+**   1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF.
+**
+**   2) By current docid.
+**
+**   3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+  int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
+      rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+    }else{
+      rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
+  return rc;
+}
+static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+  int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
+      rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+    }else{
+      rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument
+** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. 
+**
+** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return
+** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are
+** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp(
+  Fts3SegReader *pSeg,            /* Segment reader object */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to compare to */
+  int nTerm                       /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+){
+  int res = 0;
+  if( pSeg->aNode ){
+    if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){
+      res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+    }else{
+      res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm);
+    }
+    if( res==0 ){
+      res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm;
+    }
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that
+** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order
+** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles
+** the array around until all entries are in sorted order.
+*/
+static void fts3SegReaderSort(
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment,                     /* Array to sort entries of */
+  int nSegment,                                  /* Size of apSegment array */
+  int nSuspect,                                  /* Unsorted entry count */
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *)  /* Comparison function */
+){
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+
+  assert( nSuspect<=nSegment );
+
+  if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--;
+  for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int j;
+    for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){
+      Fts3SegReader *pTmp;
+      if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break;
+      pTmp = apSegment[j+1];
+      apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j];
+      apSegment[j] = pTmp;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */
+  for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){
+    assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 );
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** Insert a record into the %_segments table.
+*/
+static int fts3WriteSegment(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlock,           /* Block id for new block */
+  char *z,                        /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */
+  int n                           /* Size of buffer z in bytes */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock);
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set
+** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs,
+** set *pnMax to zero and return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){
+  int rc;
+  int mxLevel = 0;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  *pnMax = mxLevel;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Insert a record into the %_segdir table.
+*/
+static int fts3WriteSegdir(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLevel,           /* Value for "level" field (absolute level) */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Value for "idx" field */
+  sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock,      /* Value for "start_block" field */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock,    /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock,        /* Value for "end_block" field */
+  sqlite3_int64 nLeafData,        /* Bytes of leaf data in segment */
+  char *zRoot,                    /* Blob value for "root" field */
+  int nRoot                       /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock);
+    if( nLeafData==0 ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock);
+    }else{
+      char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData);
+      if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and
+** zNext, in bytes. For example, 
+**
+**   fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6)   // returns 3
+**   fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6)   // returns 2
+**   fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6)   // returns 0
+*/
+static int fts3PrefixCompress(
+  const char *zPrev,              /* Buffer containing previous term */
+  int nPrev,                      /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */
+  const char *zNext,              /* Buffer containing next term */
+  int nNext                       /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */
+){
+  int n;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext);
+  for(n=0; n<nPrev && zPrev[n]==zNext[n]; n++);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add term zTerm to the SegmentNode. It is guaranteed that zTerm is larger
+** (according to memcmp) than the previous term.
+*/
+static int fts3NodeAddTerm(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentNode **ppTree,           /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ 
+  int isCopyTerm,                 /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+  int nTerm                       /* Size of term in bytes */
+){
+  SegmentNode *pTree = *ppTree;
+  int rc;
+  SegmentNode *pNew;
+
+  /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if 
+  ** this is possible.
+  */
+  if( pTree ){
+    int nData = pTree->nData;     /* Current size of node in bytes */
+    int nReq = nData;             /* Required space after adding zTerm */
+    int nPrefix;                  /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */
+    int nSuffix;                  /* Suffix length */
+
+    nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+    nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
+
+    nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix;
+    if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){
+
+      if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
+        /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node
+        ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large
+        ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes
+        ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when
+        ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, 
+        ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. 
+        */
+        assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] );
+        pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq);
+        if( !pTree->aData ){
+          return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pTree->zTerm ){
+        /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */
+        nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix);
+      }
+
+      nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix);
+      memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+      pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix;
+      pTree->nEntry++;
+
+      if( isCopyTerm ){
+        if( pTree->nMalloc<nTerm ){
+          char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pTree->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
+          if( !zNew ){
+            return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          }
+          pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
+          pTree->zMalloc = zNew;
+        }
+        pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc;
+        memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+        pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
+      }else{
+        pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
+        pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the
+  ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node).
+  ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it.
+  **
+  ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for
+  ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree 
+  ** has no parent, one is created here.
+  */
+  pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize);
+  if( !pNew ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode));
+  pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX;
+  pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1];
+
+  if( pTree ){
+    SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent;
+    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+    if( pTree->pParent==0 ){
+      pTree->pParent = pParent;
+    }
+    pTree->pRight = pNew;
+    pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost;
+    pNew->pParent = pParent;
+    pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc;
+    pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc;
+    pTree->zMalloc = 0;
+  }else{
+    pNew->pLeftmost = pNew;
+    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); 
+  }
+
+  *ppTree = pNew;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite().
+*/
+static int fts3TreeFinishNode(
+  SegmentNode *pTree, 
+  int iHeight, 
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild
+){
+  int nStart;
+  assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 );
+  nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild);
+  pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight;
+  sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild);
+  return nStart;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the
+** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of 
+** pTree and its peers to the database. 
+**
+** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead,
+** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is
+** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no
+** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is 
+** returned.
+*/
+static int fts3NodeWrite(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentNode *pTree,             /* SegmentNode handle */
+  int iHeight,                    /* Height of this node in tree */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeaf,            /* Block id of first leaf node */
+  sqlite3_int64 iFree,            /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLast,          /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */
+  char **paRoot,                  /* OUT: Data for root node */
+  int *pnRoot                     /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( !pTree->pParent ){
+    /* Root node of the tree. */
+    int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf);
+    *piLast = iFree-1;
+    *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart;
+    *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart];
+  }else{
+    SegmentNode *pIter;
+    sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree;
+    sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf;
+    for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){
+      int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf);
+      int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart;
+  
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite);
+      iNextFree++;
+      iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( iNextLeaf==iFree );
+      rc = fts3NodeWrite(
+          p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree.
+*/
+static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){
+  if( pTree ){
+    SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost;
+    fts3NodeFree(p->pParent);
+    while( p ){
+      SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight;
+      if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){
+        sqlite3_free(p->aData);
+      }
+      assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 );
+      sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc);
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+      p = pRight;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object
+** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should
+** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object
+** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegWriterAdd(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentWriter **ppWriter,       /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ 
+  int isCopyTerm,                 /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term in bytes */
+  const char *aDoclist,           /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */
+  int nDoclist                    /* Size of doclist in bytes */
+){
+  int nPrefix;                    /* Size of term prefix in bytes */
+  int nSuffix;                    /* Size of term suffix in bytes */
+  int nReq;                       /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */
+  int nData;
+  SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter;
+
+  if( !pWriter ){
+    int rc;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+    /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */
+    pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter));
+    if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter));
+    *ppWriter = pWriter;
+
+    /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */
+    pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize);
+    if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize;
+
+    /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+      pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  nData = pWriter->nData;
+
+  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+  nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
+
+  /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */
+  nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) +    /* varint containing prefix size */
+    sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) +         /* varint containing suffix size */
+    nSuffix +                               /* Term suffix */
+    sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) +        /* Size of doclist */
+    nDoclist;                               /* Doclist data */
+
+  if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
+    int rc;
+
+    /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */
+    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    p->nLeafAdd++;
+
+    /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to
+    ** the interior tree must:
+    **
+    **   a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
+    **      to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and
+    **
+    **   b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new
+    **      leaf node (zTerm/nTerm).
+    **
+    ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than
+    ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm.
+    */
+    assert( nPrefix<nTerm );
+    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pWriter->pTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    nData = 0;
+    pWriter->nTerm = 0;
+
+    nPrefix = 0;
+    nSuffix = nTerm;
+    nReq = 1 +                              /* varint containing prefix size */
+      sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) +         /* varint containing suffix size */
+      nTerm +                               /* Term suffix */
+      sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) +      /* Size of doclist */
+      nDoclist;                             /* Doclist data */
+  }
+
+  /* Increase the total number of bytes written to account for the new entry. */
+  pWriter->nLeafData += nReq;
+
+  /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc
+  ** the buffer to make it large enough.
+  */
+  if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){
+    char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq);
+    if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pWriter->aData = aNew;
+    pWriter->nSize = nReq;
+  }
+  assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize );
+
+  /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */
+  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix);
+  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix);
+  memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+  nData += nSuffix;
+  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist);
+  memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+  pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist;
+
+  /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next.
+  ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by
+  ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just
+  ** store a copy of the pointer.
+  */
+  if( isCopyTerm ){
+    if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
+      pWriter->zMalloc = zNew;
+      pWriter->zTerm = zNew;
+    }
+    assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc );
+    memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+  }else{
+    pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
+  }
+  pWriter->nTerm = nTerm;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the
+** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added
+** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is
+** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegWriterFlush(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentWriter *pWriter,         /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLevel,           /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */
+  int iIdx                        /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  if( pWriter->pTree ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0;      /* Largest block id written to database */
+    sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf;      /* Largest leaf block id written to db */
+    char *zRoot = NULL;           /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */
+    int nRoot = 0;                /* Size of buffer zRoot */
+
+    iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree;
+    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1,
+          pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, 
+          pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot);
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */
+    rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, 
+        0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
+  }
+  p->nLeafAdd++;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the 
+** first argument.
+*/
+static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){
+  if( pWriter ){
+    sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData);
+    sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc);
+    fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree);
+    sqlite3_free(pWriter);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer.
+** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that
+** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid
+** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty.
+**
+** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for
+** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
+** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  if( p->zContentTbl ){
+    /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */
+    *pisEmpty = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+        *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index
+** iIndex.
+**
+** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not.
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid,
+  int iIndex, 
+  sqlite3_int64 *pnMax
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of:
+  **
+  **   SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?
+  **
+  ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR).
+  */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, 
+      getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+  );
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+  }
+  return sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** iAbsLevel is an absolute level that may be assumed to exist within
+** the database. This function checks if it is the largest level number
+** within its index. Assuming no error occurs, *pbMax is set to 1 if
+** iAbsLevel is indeed the largest level, or 0 otherwise, and SQLITE_OK
+** is returned. If an error occurs, an error code is returned and the
+** final value of *pbMax is undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){
+
+  /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of:
+  **
+  **   SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?
+  **
+  ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR).
+  */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, 
+      ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL
+  );
+
+  *pbMax = 0;
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    *pbMax = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_NULL;
+  }
+  return sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all entries in the %_segments table associated with the segment
+** opened with seg-reader pSeg. This function does not affect the contents
+** of the %_segdir table.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteSegment(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
+  Fts3SegReader *pSeg             /* Segment to delete */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  if( pSeg->iStartBlock ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pDelete;        /* SQL statement to delete rows */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSeg->iStartBlock);
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSeg->iEndBlock);
+      sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large
+** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically,
+** it:
+** 
+**   1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with 
+**      each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third 
+**      argument, and
+**
+**   2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir
+**      entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0).
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteSegdir(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment,      /* Array of SegReader objects */
+  int nReader                     /* Size of array apSegment */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0;      /* SQL statement to delete rows */
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nReader; i++){
+    rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, apSegment[i]);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  assert( iLevel>=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL );
+  if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, 
+          getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+      );
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(
+          pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains 
+** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This
+** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they
+** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol.
+**
+** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then
+** *pnList is set to zero before returning.
+**
+** If parameter bZero is non-zero, then any part of the input list following
+** the end of the output list is zeroed before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3ColumnFilter(
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to filter on */
+  int bZero,                      /* Zero out anything following *ppList */
+  char **ppList,                  /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */
+  int *pnList                     /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */
+){
+  char *pList = *ppList;
+  int nList = *pnList;
+  char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
+  int iCurrent = 0;
+  char *p = pList;
+
+  assert( iCol>=0 );
+  while( 1 ){
+    char c = 0;
+    while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
+  
+    if( iCol==iCurrent ){
+      nList = (int)(p - pList);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    nList -= (int)(p - pList);
+    pList = p;
+    if( nList==0 ){
+      break;
+    }
+    p = &pList[1];
+    p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCurrent);
+  }
+
+  if( bZero && &pList[nList]!=pEnd ){
+    memset(&pList[nList], 0, pEnd - &pList[nList]);
+  }
+  *ppList = pList;
+  *pnList = nList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Cache data in the Fts3MultiSegReader.aBuffer[] buffer (overwriting any
+** existing data). Grow the buffer if required.
+**
+** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** trying to resize the buffer, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+static int fts3MsrBufferData(
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,       /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
+  char *pList,
+  int nList
+){
+  if( nList>pMsr->nBuffer ){
+    char *pNew;
+    pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2;
+    pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer);
+    if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pMsr->aBuffer = pNew;
+  }
+
+  memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,       /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* OUT: Docid value */
+  char **paPoslist,               /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
+  int *pnPoslist                  /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */
+){
+  int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance;
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment;
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+  );
+
+  if( nMerge==0 ){
+    *paPoslist = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg;
+    pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0];
+
+    if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){
+      *paPoslist = 0;
+      break;
+    }else{
+      int rc;
+      char *pList;
+      int nList;
+      int j;
+      sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
+
+      rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
+      j = 1;
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK 
+        && j<nMerge
+        && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
+        && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
+      ){
+        rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
+        j++;
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
+
+      if( nList>0 && fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
+        rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+        assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 );
+        pList = pMsr->aBuffer;
+      }
+
+      if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){
+        fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, 1, &pList, &nList);
+      }
+
+      if( nList>0 ){
+        *paPoslist = pList;
+        *piDocid = iDocid;
+        *pnPoslist = nList;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fts3SegReaderStart(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term searched for (or NULL) */
+  int nTerm                       /* Length of zTerm in bytes */
+){
+  int i;
+  int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment;
+
+  /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search 
+  ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of
+  ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many
+  ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment
+  ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term.
+  */
+  for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+    int res = 0;
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
+    do {
+      int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }while( zTerm && (res = fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm))<0 );
+
+    if( pSeg->bLookup && res!=0 ){
+      fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg);
+    }
+  }
+  fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter          /* Restrictions on range of iteration */
+){
+  pCsr->pFilter = pFilter;
+  return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to match on. */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */
+  int nTerm                       /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+){
+  int i;
+  int rc;
+  int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+  );
+
+  assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 );
+  assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 );
+
+  /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */
+  rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */
+  for(i=0; i<nSegment; i++){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
+    if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  pCsr->nAdvance = i;
+
+  /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */
+  for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
+    rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp);
+
+  assert( iCol<0 || iCol<p->nColumn );
+  pCsr->iColFilter = iCol;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using
+** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also
+** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such
+** a state that if the next two calls are:
+**
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart()
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep()
+**
+** then the entire doclist for the term is available in 
+** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */
+
+  assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 );
+
+  pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
+  pCsr->bRestart = 1;
+  for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+    pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0;
+    pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0;
+    pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  int isIgnoreEmpty =  (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY);
+  int isRequirePos =   (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS);
+  int isColFilter =    (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER);
+  int isPrefix =       (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX);
+  int isScan =         (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN);
+  int isFirst =        (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST);
+
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment;
+  int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter;
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+  );
+
+  if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  do {
+    int nMerge;
+    int i;
+  
+    /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array
+    ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again.  
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
+      Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i];
+      if( pSeg->bLookup ){
+        fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg);
+      }else{
+        rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp);
+    pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
+
+    /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break;
+
+    pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm;
+    pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm;
+
+    /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points
+    ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all 
+    ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early.
+    **
+    ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term
+    ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early.
+    */
+    if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){
+      if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm 
+       || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm)
+       || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) 
+      ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    nMerge = 1;
+    while( nMerge<nSegment 
+        && apSegment[nMerge]->aNode
+        && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm 
+        && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm)
+    ){
+      nMerge++;
+    }
+
+    assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) );
+    if( nMerge==1 
+     && !isIgnoreEmpty 
+     && !isFirst 
+     && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0)
+    ){
+      pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist;
+      if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
+        rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist);
+        pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
+      }else{
+        pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist;
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+    }else{
+      int nDoclist = 0;           /* Size of doclist */
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;    /* Previous docid stored in doclist */
+
+      /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array
+      ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged
+      ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist.
+      */
+      for(i=0; i<nMerge; i++){
+        fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, apSegment[i]);
+      }
+      fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, nMerge, xCmp);
+      while( apSegment[0]->pOffsetList ){
+        int j;                    /* Number of segments that share a docid */
+        char *pList = 0;
+        int nList = 0;
+        int nByte;
+        sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
+        fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
+        j = 1;
+        while( j<nMerge
+            && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
+            && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
+        ){
+          fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
+          j++;
+        }
+
+        if( isColFilter ){
+          fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, 0, &pList, &nList);
+        }
+
+        if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){
+
+          /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged 
+          ** doclist. */
+          sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+          if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){
+            iDelta = iPrev - iDocid;
+          }else{
+            iDelta = iDocid - iPrev;
+          }
+          assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) );
+          assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid );
+
+          nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0);
+          if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){
+            char *aNew;
+            pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2;
+            aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer);
+            if( !aNew ){
+              return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            }
+            pCsr->aBuffer = aNew;
+          }
+
+          if( isFirst ){
+            char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist];
+            int nWrite;
+           
+            nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a);
+            if( nWrite ){
+              iPrev = iDocid;
+              nDoclist += nWrite;
+            }
+          }else{
+            nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta);
+            iPrev = iDocid;
+            if( isRequirePos ){
+              memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList);
+              nDoclist += nList;
+              pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0';
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
+      }
+      if( nDoclist>0 ){
+        pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
+        pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist;
+        rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+      }
+    }
+    pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge;
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr       /* Cursor object */
+){
+  if( pCsr ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+      sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment);
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer);
+
+    pCsr->nSegment = 0;
+    pCsr->apSegment = 0;
+    pCsr->aBuffer = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT 
+** statement passed as the first argument. 
+**
+** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field
+** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated 
+** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock 
+** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, 
+** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second.
+*/
+static void fts3ReadEndBlockField(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int iCol, 
+  i64 *piEndBlock,
+  i64 *pnByte
+){
+  const unsigned char *zText = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol);
+  if( zText ){
+    int i;
+    int iMul = 1;
+    i64 iVal = 0;
+    for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){
+      iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0');
+    }
+    *piEndBlock = iVal;
+    while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++;
+    iVal = 0;
+    if( zText[i]=='-' ){
+      i++;
+      iMul = -1;
+    }
+    for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){
+      iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0');
+    }
+    *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** A segment of size nByte bytes has just been written to absolute level
+** iAbsLevel. Promote any segments that should be promoted as a result.
+*/
+static int fts3PromoteSegments(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level just updated */
+  sqlite3_int64 nByte             /* Size of new segment at iAbsLevel */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pRange;
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2, &pRange, 0);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int bOk = 0;
+    i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1;
+    i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2;
+
+    /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to 
+    ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is
+    ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all 
+    ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be 
+    ** promoted to level iAbsLevel.  */
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast);
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){
+      i64 nSize = 0, dummy;
+      fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize);
+      if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){
+        /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not 
+        ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an
+        ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine
+        ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not
+        ** take place.  */
+        bOk = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      bOk = 1;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange);
+
+    if( bOk ){
+      int iIdx = 0;
+      sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate1;
+      sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate2;
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX, &pUpdate1, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL, &pUpdate2, 0);
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+        /* Loop through all %_segdir entries for segments in this index with
+        ** levels equal to or greater than iAbsLevel. As each entry is visited,
+        ** updated it to set (level = -1) and (idx = N), where N is 0 for the
+        ** oldest segment in the range, 1 for the next oldest, and so on.
+        **
+        ** In other words, move all segments being promoted to level -1,
+        ** setting the "idx" fields as appropriate to keep them in the same
+        ** order. The contents of level -1 (which is never used, except
+        ** transiently here), will be moved back to level iAbsLevel below.  */
+        sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel);
+        while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){
+          sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 1, iIdx++);
+          sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 2, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 0));
+          sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 3, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 1));
+          sqlite3_step(pUpdate1);
+          rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate1);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            sqlite3_reset(pRange);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange);
+      }
+
+      /* Move level -1 to level iAbsLevel */
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate2, 1, iAbsLevel);
+        sqlite3_step(pUpdate2);
+        rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate2);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single 
+** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a
+** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level 
+** currently present in the database.
+**
+** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one
+** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. 
+** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, 
+** an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMerge(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to merge */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */
+  int iLevel                      /* Level to merge */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int iIdx = 0;                   /* Index of new segment */
+  sqlite3_int64 iNewLevel = 0;    /* Level/index to create new segment at */
+  SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0;     /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;           /* Segment term filter condition */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;         /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */
+  int bIgnoreEmpty = 0;           /* True to ignore empty segments */
+  i64 iMaxLevel = 0;              /* Max level number for this index/langid */
+
+  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
+       || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
+       || iLevel>=0
+  );
+  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished;
+
+  if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+    rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, &iMaxLevel);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+  }
+
+  if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
+    /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single
+    ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the numerically
+    ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this
+    ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0.  */
+    if( csr.nSegment==1 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      goto finished;
+    }
+    iNewLevel = iMaxLevel;
+    bIgnoreEmpty = 1;
+
+  }else{
+    /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next
+    ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to
+    ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to 
+    ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary.  */
+    assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 );
+    iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1);
+    rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx);
+    bIgnoreEmpty = (iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING) && (iNewLevel>iMaxLevel);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+
+  assert( csr.nSegment>0 );
+  assert( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) );
+  assert( iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) );
+
+  memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter));
+  filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
+  filter.flags |= (bIgnoreEmpty ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0);
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
+  while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break;
+    rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, 
+        csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+  assert( pWriter || bIgnoreEmpty );
+
+  if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+    rc = fts3DeleteSegdir(
+        p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, csr.apSegment, csr.nSegment
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+  }
+  if( pWriter ){
+    rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iNewLevel<iMaxLevel ){
+        rc = fts3PromoteSegments(p, iNewLevel, pWriter->nLeafData);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+ finished:
+  fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/* 
+** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+        
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+    rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+  /* Determine the auto-incr-merge setting if unknown.  If enabled,
+  ** estimate the number of leaf blocks of content to be written
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bHasStat
+   && p->nAutoincrmerge==0xff && p->nLeafAdd>0
+  ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE);
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+        p->nAutoincrmerge = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+        if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 ) p->nAutoincrmerge = 8;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        p->nAutoincrmerge = 0;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Encode N integers as varints into a blob.
+*/
+static void fts3EncodeIntArray(
+  int N,             /* The number of integers to encode */
+  u32 *a,            /* The integer values */
+  char *zBuf,        /* Write the BLOB here */
+  int *pNBuf         /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
+    j += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&zBuf[j], (sqlite3_int64)a[i]);
+  }
+  *pNBuf = j;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode a blob of varints into N integers
+*/
+static void fts3DecodeIntArray(
+  int N,             /* The number of integers to decode */
+  u32 *a,            /* Write the integer values */
+  const char *zBuf,  /* The BLOB containing the varints */
+  int nBuf           /* size of the BLOB */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nBuf);
+  for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
+    sqlite3_int64 x;
+    j += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&zBuf[j], &x);
+    assert(j<=nBuf);
+    a[i] = (u32)(x & 0xffffffff);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert the sizes (in tokens) for each column of the document
+** with docid equal to p->iPrevDocid.  The sizes are encoded as
+** a blob of varints.
+*/
+static void fts3InsertDocsize(
+  int *pRC,                       /* Result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table into which to insert */
+  u32 *aSz                        /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */
+){
+  char *pBlob;             /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */
+  int nBlob;               /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Statement used to insert the encoding */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code from subfunctions */
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn );
+  if( pBlob==0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    return;
+  }
+  fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob);
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3_free(pBlob);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints,
+** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus
+** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the 
+** varints are set as follows:
+**
+**   Varint 0:       Total number of rows in the table.
+**
+**   Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in
+**                   the column for all rows of the table.
+**
+**   Varint 1+nCol:  The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all
+**                   columns of all rows of the table.
+**
+*/
+static void fts3UpdateDocTotals(
+  int *pRC,                       /* The result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table being updated */
+  u32 *aSzIns,                    /* Size increases */
+  u32 *aSzDel,                    /* Size decreases */
+  int nChng                       /* Change in the number of documents */
+){
+  char *pBlob;             /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */
+  int nBlob;               /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */
+  u32 *a;                  /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Statement for reading and writing */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code from subfunctions */
+
+  const int nStat = p->nColumn+2;
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat );
+  if( a==0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    return;
+  }
+  pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat];
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3_free(a);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+  if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a,
+         sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0),
+         sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0));
+  }else{
+    memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) );
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(a);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){
+    a[0] = 0;
+  }else{
+    a[0] += nChng;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<p->nColumn+1; i++){
+    u32 x = a[i+1];
+    if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){
+      x = 0;
+    }else{
+      x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i];
+    }
+    a[i+1] = x;
+  }
+  fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob);
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3_free(a);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  sqlite3_free(a);
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each 
+** iIndex/iLangid combination.
+*/
+static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){
+  int bSeenDone = 0;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0;
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex);
+    while( sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      int i;
+      int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0);
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+          bSeenDone = 1;
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when the user executes the following statement:
+**
+**     INSERT INTO <tbl>(<tbl>) VALUES('rebuild');
+**
+** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one 
+** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on
+** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based
+** on the contents of the %_content table.
+*/
+static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+
+  rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u32 *aSz = 0;
+    u32 *aSzIns = 0;
+    u32 *aSzDel = 0;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    int nEntry = 0;
+
+    /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */
+    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1)*3;
+      aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+      if( aSz==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memset(aSz, 0, nByte);
+        aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1];
+        aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1];
+      }
+    }
+
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      int iCol;
+      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0));
+      memset(aSz, 0, sizeof(aSz[0]) * (p->nColumn+1));
+      for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
+        if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
+          const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
+          rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]);
+          aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
+        }
+      }
+      if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+        fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+        pStmt = 0;
+      }else{
+        nEntry++;
+        for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){
+          aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol];
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( p->bFts4 ){
+      fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(aSz);
+
+    if( pStmt ){
+      int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an 
+** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan
+** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute 
+** level iAbsLevel.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeCsr(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level to open */
+  int nSeg,                       /* Number of segments to merge */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */  
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(*pCsr));
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) * nSeg;
+  pCsr->apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+
+  if( pCsr->apSegment==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    memset(pCsr->apSegment, 0, nByte);
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    assert( pCsr->nSegment==0 );
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW && i<nSeg; i++){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(i, 0,
+          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1),        /* segdir.start_block */
+          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2),        /* segdir.leaves_end_block */
+          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3),        /* segdir.end_block */
+          sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4),         /* segdir.root */
+          sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4),        /* segdir.root */
+          &pCsr->apSegment[i]
+      );
+      pCsr->nSegment++;
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+typedef struct IncrmergeWriter IncrmergeWriter;
+typedef struct NodeWriter NodeWriter;
+typedef struct Blob Blob;
+typedef struct NodeReader NodeReader;
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used as a dynamic buffer
+** to build up nodes or other blobs of data in.
+**
+** The function blobGrowBuffer() is used to extend the allocation.
+*/
+struct Blob {
+  char *a;                        /* Pointer to allocation */
+  int n;                          /* Number of valid bytes of data in a[] */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* Allocated size of a[] (nAlloc>=n) */
+};
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree 
+** nodes (blocks).
+*/
+struct NodeWriter {
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlock;           /* Current block id */
+  Blob key;                       /* Last key written to the current block */
+  Blob block;                     /* Current block image */
+};
+
+/*
+** An object of this type contains the state required to create or append
+** to an appendable b-tree segment.
+*/
+struct IncrmergeWriter {
+  int nLeafEst;                   /* Space allocated for leaf blocks */
+  int nWork;                      /* Number of leaf pages flushed */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel;        /* Absolute level of input segments */
+  int iIdx;                       /* Index of *output* segment in iAbsLevel+1 */
+  sqlite3_int64 iStart;           /* Block number of first allocated block */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEnd;             /* Block number of last allocated block */
+  sqlite3_int64 nLeafData;        /* Bytes of leaf page data so far */
+  u8 bNoLeafData;                 /* If true, store 0 for segment size */
+  NodeWriter aNodeWriter[FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT];
+};
+
+/*
+** An object of the following type is used to read data from a single
+** FTS segment node. See the following functions:
+**
+**     nodeReaderInit()
+**     nodeReaderNext()
+**     nodeReaderRelease()
+*/
+struct NodeReader {
+  const char *aNode;
+  int nNode;
+  int iOff;                       /* Current offset within aNode[] */
+
+  /* Output variables. Containing the current node entry. */
+  sqlite3_int64 iChild;           /* Pointer to child node */
+  Blob term;                      /* Current term */
+  const char *aDoclist;           /* Pointer to doclist */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of doclist in bytes */
+};
+
+/*
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if the allocation at pBlob->a is not already at least nMin
+** bytes in size, extend (realloc) it to be so.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and leave pBlob->a
+** unmodified. Otherwise, if the allocation succeeds, update pBlob->nAlloc
+** to reflect the new size of the pBlob->a[] buffer.
+*/
+static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && nMin>pBlob->nAlloc ){
+    int nAlloc = nMin;
+    char *a = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pBlob->a, nAlloc);
+    if( a ){
+      pBlob->nAlloc = nAlloc;
+      pBlob->a = a;
+    }else{
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to
+** the next entry on the node. 
+**
+** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). 
+** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node
+** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to
+** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output 
+** variables for the new entry.
+*/
+static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){
+  int bFirst = (p->term.n==0);    /* True for first term on the node */
+  int nPrefix = 0;                /* Bytes to copy from previous term */
+  int nSuffix = 0;                /* Bytes to append to the prefix */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( p->aNode );
+  if( p->iChild && bFirst==0 ) p->iChild++;
+  if( p->iOff>=p->nNode ){
+    /* EOF */
+    p->aNode = 0;
+  }else{
+    if( bFirst==0 ){
+      p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nPrefix);
+    }
+    p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nSuffix);
+
+    blobGrowBuffer(&p->term, nPrefix+nSuffix, &rc);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      memcpy(&p->term.a[nPrefix], &p->aNode[p->iOff], nSuffix);
+      p->term.n = nPrefix+nSuffix;
+      p->iOff += nSuffix;
+      if( p->iChild==0 ){
+        p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &p->nDoclist);
+        p->aDoclist = &p->aNode[p->iOff];
+        p->iOff += p->nDoclist;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( p->iOff<=p->nNode );
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all dynamic resources held by node-reader object *p.
+*/
+static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p->term.a);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to 
+** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite
+** error code is returned.
+*/
+static int nodeReaderInit(NodeReader *p, const char *aNode, int nNode){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(NodeReader));
+  p->aNode = aNode;
+  p->nNode = nNode;
+
+  /* Figure out if this is a leaf or an internal node. */
+  if( p->aNode[0] ){
+    /* An internal node. */
+    p->iOff = 1 + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&p->aNode[1], &p->iChild);
+  }else{
+    p->iOff = 1;
+  }
+
+  return nodeReaderNext(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called while writing an FTS segment each time a leaf o
+** node is finished and written to disk. The key (zTerm/nTerm) is guaranteed
+** to be greater than the largest key on the node just written, but smaller
+** than or equal to the first key that will be written to the next leaf
+** node.
+**
+** The block id of the leaf node just written to disk may be found in
+** (pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock) when this function is called.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergePush(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Writer object */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to write to internal node */
+  int nTerm                       /* Bytes at zTerm */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iPtr = pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock;
+  int iLayer;
+
+  assert( nTerm>0 );
+  for(iLayer=1; ALWAYS(iLayer<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT); iLayer++){
+    sqlite3_int64 iNextPtr = 0;
+    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iLayer];
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    int nPrefix;
+    int nSuffix;
+    int nSpace;
+
+    /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to
+    ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, 
+    ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to
+    ** be added to.  */
+    nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+    nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+    nSpace  = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
+    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+
+    if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ 
+      /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding
+      ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize 
+      ** bytes in size, write the key here.  */
+
+      Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block;
+      if( pBlk->n==0 ){
+        blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, p->nNodeSize, &rc);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pBlk->a[0] = (char)iLayer;
+          pBlk->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[1], iPtr);
+        }
+      }
+      blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, pBlk->n + nSpace, &rc);
+      blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, nTerm, &rc);
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( pNode->key.n ){
+          pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nPrefix);
+        }
+        pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nSuffix);
+        memcpy(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+        pBlk->n += nSuffix;
+
+        memcpy(pNode->key.a, zTerm, nTerm);
+        pNode->key.n = nTerm;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* Otherwise, flush the current node of layer iLayer to disk.
+      ** Then allocate a new, empty sibling node. The key will be written
+      ** into the parent of this node. */
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+
+      assert( pNode->block.nAlloc>=p->nNodeSize );
+      pNode->block.a[0] = (char)iLayer;
+      pNode->block.n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->block.a[1], iPtr+1);
+
+      iNextPtr = pNode->iBlock;
+      pNode->iBlock++;
+      pNode->key.n = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iNextPtr==0 ) return rc;
+    iPtr = iNextPtr;
+  }
+
+  assert( 0 );
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a term and (optionally) doclist to the FTS segment node currently
+** stored in blob *pNode. The node need not contain any terms, but the
+** header must be written before this function is called.
+**
+** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint
+** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node.
+**
+** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a 
+** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal
+** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0.
+**
+** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first
+** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the 
+** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a
+** copy of zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** It is assumed that the buffer associated with pNode is already large
+** enough to accommodate the new entry. The buffer associated with pPrev
+** is extended by this function if requrired.
+**
+** If an error (i.e. OOM condition) occurs, an SQLite error code is
+** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3AppendToNode(
+  Blob *pNode,                    /* Current node image to append to */
+  Blob *pPrev,                    /* Buffer containing previous term written */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* New term to write */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  const char *aDoclist,           /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */
+  int nDoclist                    /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ 
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0);     /* True if this is the first term written */
+  int nPrefix;                    /* Size of term prefix in bytes */
+  int nSuffix;                    /* Size of term suffix in bytes */
+
+  /* Node must have already been started. There must be a doclist for a
+  ** leaf node, and there must not be a doclist for an internal node.  */
+  assert( pNode->n>0 );
+  assert( (pNode->a[0]=='\0')==(aDoclist!=0) );
+
+  blobGrowBuffer(pPrev, nTerm, &rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pPrev->a, pPrev->n, zTerm, nTerm);
+  nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+  memcpy(pPrev->a, zTerm, nTerm);
+  pPrev->n = nTerm;
+
+  if( bFirst==0 ){
+    pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nPrefix);
+  }
+  pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nSuffix);
+  memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+  pNode->n += nSuffix;
+
+  if( aDoclist ){
+    pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nDoclist);
+    memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+    pNode->n += nDoclist;
+  }
+
+  assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc );
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the
+** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeAppend(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Writer object */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor containing term and doclist */
+){
+  const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm;
+  int nTerm = pCsr->nTerm;
+  const char *aDoclist = pCsr->aDoclist;
+  int nDoclist = pCsr->nDoclist;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
+  int nSpace;                   /* Total space in bytes required on leaf */
+  int nPrefix;                  /* Size of prefix shared with previous term */
+  int nSuffix;                  /* Size of suffix (nTerm - nPrefix) */
+  NodeWriter *pLeaf;            /* Object used to write leaf nodes */
+
+  pLeaf = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[0];
+  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pLeaf->key.a, pLeaf->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+  nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+
+  nSpace  = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
+  nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+  nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist;
+
+  /* If the current block is not empty, and if adding this term/doclist
+  ** to the current block would make it larger than Fts3Table.nNodeSize
+  ** bytes, write this block out to the database. */
+  if( pLeaf->block.n>0 && (pLeaf->block.n + nSpace)>p->nNodeSize ){
+    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n);
+    pWriter->nWork++;
+
+    /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the 
+    ** parent must:
+    **
+    **   a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
+    **      to the database (still available in pLeaf->key), and
+    **
+    **   b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new
+    **      leaf node (zTerm/nTerm).
+    **
+    ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than
+    ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3IncrmergePush(p, pWriter, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
+    }
+
+    /* Advance to the next output block */
+    pLeaf->iBlock++;
+    pLeaf->key.n = 0;
+    pLeaf->block.n = 0;
+
+    nSuffix = nTerm;
+    nSpace  = 1;
+    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist;
+  }
+
+  pWriter->nLeafData += nSpace;
+  blobGrowBuffer(&pLeaf->block, pLeaf->block.n + nSpace, &rc);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pLeaf->block.n==0 ){
+      pLeaf->block.n = 1;
+      pLeaf->block.a[0] = '\0';
+    }
+    rc = fts3AppendToNode(
+        &pLeaf->block, &pLeaf->key, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to release all dynamic resources held by the
+** merge-writer object pWriter, and if no error has occurred, to flush
+** all outstanding node buffers held by pWriter to disk.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, then no attempt
+** is made to write any data to disk. Instead, this function serves only
+** to release outstanding resources.
+**
+** Otherwise, if *pRc is initially SQLITE_OK and an error occurs while
+** flushing buffers to disk, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code before
+** returning.
+*/
+static void fts3IncrmergeRelease(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Merge-writer object */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through non-root layers */
+  int iRoot;                      /* Index of root in pWriter->aNodeWriter */
+  NodeWriter *pRoot;              /* NodeWriter for root node */
+  int rc = *pRc;                  /* Error code */
+
+  /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment 
+  ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot
+  ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot
+  ** will be 1. And so on.  */
+  for(iRoot=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT-1; iRoot>=0; iRoot--){
+    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot];
+    if( pNode->block.n>0 ) break;
+    assert( *pRc || pNode->block.nAlloc==0 );
+    assert( *pRc || pNode->key.nAlloc==0 );
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a);
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a);
+  }
+
+  /* Empty output segment. This is a no-op. */
+  if( iRoot<0 ) return;
+
+  /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means
+  ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir
+  ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that 
+  ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the 
+  ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. 
+  ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle 
+  ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0.
+  **
+  ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a 
+  ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a
+  ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node.
+  **
+  ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments 
+  ** table until we are sure it is needed.
+  */
+  if( iRoot==0 ){
+    Blob *pBlock = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[1].block;
+    blobGrowBuffer(pBlock, 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX, &rc);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pBlock->a[0] = 0x01;
+      pBlock->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(
+          &pBlock->a[1], pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock
+      );
+    }
+    iRoot = 1;
+  }
+  pRoot = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot];
+
+  /* Flush all currently outstanding nodes to disk. */
+  for(i=0; i<iRoot; i++){
+    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i];
+    if( pNode->block.n>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a);
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a);
+  }
+
+  /* Write the %_segdir record. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, 
+        pWriter->iAbsLevel+1,               /* level */
+        pWriter->iIdx,                      /* idx */
+        pWriter->iStart,                    /* start_block */
+        pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock,     /* leaves_end_block */
+        pWriter->iEnd,                      /* end_block */
+        (pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ? pWriter->nLeafData : 0),   /* end_block */
+        pRoot->block.a, pRoot->block.n      /* root */
+    );
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pRoot->block.a);
+  sqlite3_free(pRoot->key.a);
+
+  *pRc = rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the term in buffer zLhs (size in bytes nLhs) with that in
+** zRhs (size in bytes nRhs) using memcmp. If one term is a prefix of
+** the other, it is considered to be smaller than the other.
+**
+** Return -ve if zLhs is smaller than zRhs, 0 if it is equal, or +ve
+** if it is greater.
+*/
+static int fts3TermCmp(
+  const char *zLhs, int nLhs,     /* LHS of comparison */
+  const char *zRhs, int nRhs      /* RHS of comparison */
+){
+  int nCmp = MIN(nLhs, nRhs);
+  int res;
+
+  res = memcmp(zLhs, zRhs, nCmp);
+  if( res==0 ) res = nLhs - nRhs;
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is 
+** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before
+** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. 
+**
+** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite 
+** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case.
+**
+** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it
+** is, then a NULL entry has been inserted into the %_segments table
+** with blockid %_segdir.end_block.
+*/
+static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){
+  int bRes = 0;                   /* Result to set *pbRes to */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pCheck = 0;       /* Statement to query database with */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE, &pCheck, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck, 1, iEnd);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1;
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck);
+  }
+  
+  *pbRes = bRes;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation.
+** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level 
+** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the
+** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it.
+**
+** An existing segment can be appended to by an incremental merge if:
+**
+**   * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required
+**     space pre-allocated), and
+**
+**   * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is 
+**     greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential
+**     output segment.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeLoad(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of input segments */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Index of candidate output segment */
+  const char *zKey,               /* First key to write */
+  int nKey,                       /* Number of bytes in nKey */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter        /* Populate this object */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;      /* SELECT to read %_segdir entry */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iStart = 0;     /* Value of %_segdir.start_block */
+    sqlite3_int64 iLeafEnd = 0;   /* Value of %_segdir.leaves_end_block */
+    sqlite3_int64 iEnd = 0;       /* Value of %_segdir.end_block */
+    const char *aRoot = 0;        /* Pointer to %_segdir.root buffer */
+    int nRoot = 0;                /* Size of aRoot[] in bytes */
+    int rc2;                      /* Return code from sqlite3_reset() */
+    int bAppendable = 0;          /* Set to true if segment is appendable */
+
+    /* Read the %_segdir entry for index iIdx absolute level (iAbsLevel+1) */
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 2, iIdx);
+    if( sqlite3_step(pSelect)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 1);
+      iLeafEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 2);
+      fts3ReadEndBlockField(pSelect, 3, &iEnd, &pWriter->nLeafData);
+      if( pWriter->nLeafData<0 ){
+        pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1;
+      }
+      pWriter->bNoLeafData = (pWriter->nLeafData==0);
+      nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 4);
+      aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 4);
+    }else{
+      return sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the zero-length marker in the %_segments table */
+    rc = fts3IsAppendable(p, iEnd, &bAppendable);
+
+    /* Check that zKey/nKey is larger than the largest key the candidate */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){
+      char *aLeaf = 0;
+      int nLeaf = 0;
+
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iLeafEnd, &aLeaf, &nLeaf, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        NodeReader reader;
+        for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aLeaf, nLeaf);
+            rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode;
+            rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
+        ){
+          assert( reader.aNode );
+        }
+        if( fts3TermCmp(zKey, nKey, reader.term.a, reader.term.n)<=0 ){
+          bAppendable = 0;
+        }
+        nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(aLeaf);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){
+      /* It is possible to append to this segment. Set up the IncrmergeWriter
+      ** object to do so.  */
+      int i;
+      int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0];
+      NodeWriter *pNode;
+
+      pWriter->nLeafEst = (int)((iEnd - iStart) + 1)/FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT;
+      pWriter->iStart = iStart;
+      pWriter->iEnd = iEnd;
+      pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel;
+      pWriter->iIdx = iIdx;
+
+      for(i=nHeight+1; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){
+        pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst;
+      }
+
+      pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight];
+      pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight;
+      blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize), &rc);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        memcpy(pNode->block.a, aRoot, nRoot);
+        pNode->block.n = nRoot;
+      }
+
+      for(i=nHeight; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
+        NodeReader reader;
+        pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i];
+
+        rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+        while( reader.aNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader);
+        blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, reader.term.n, &rc);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          memcpy(pNode->key.a, reader.term.a, reader.term.n);
+          pNode->key.n = reader.term.n;
+          if( i>0 ){
+            char *aBlock = 0;
+            int nBlock = 0;
+            pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1];
+            pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild;
+            rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0);
+            blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize), &rc);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              memcpy(pNode->block.a, aBlock, nBlock);
+              pNode->block.n = nBlock;
+            }
+            sqlite3_free(aBlock);
+          }
+        }
+        nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+      }
+    }
+
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute
+** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus
+** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all 
+** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
+** *piIdx is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( 
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS Table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute index of input segments */
+  int *piIdx                      /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pOutputIdx = 0;   /* SQL used to find output index */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pOutputIdx, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pOutputIdx, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+    sqlite3_step(pOutputIdx);
+    *piIdx = sqlite3_column_int(pOutputIdx, 0);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pOutputIdx);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1
+** with idx value iIdx.
+**
+** In the %_segdir table, a segment is defined by the values in three
+** columns:
+**
+**     start_block
+**     leaves_end_block
+**     end_block
+**
+** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the
+** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the
+** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number
+** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack 
+** variable nLeafEst.
+**
+** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment
+** is created ((1 + end_block - start_block)==16*nLeafEst). The contiguous
+** array of leaf nodes starts at the first block allocated. The array
+** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block
+** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on.
+**
+** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the 
+** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( 
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of input segments */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Index of new output segment */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor that data will be read from */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter        /* Populate this object */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  int nLeafEst = 0;               /* Blocks allocated for leaf nodes */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pLeafEst = 0;     /* SQL used to determine nLeafEst */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pFirstBlock = 0;  /* SQL used to determine first block */
+
+  /* Calculate nLeafEst. */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE, &pLeafEst, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 2, pCsr->nSegment);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLeafEst) ){
+      nLeafEst = sqlite3_column_int(pLeafEst, 0);
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pLeafEst);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Calculate the first block to use in the output segment */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pFirstBlock, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFirstBlock) ){
+      pWriter->iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFirstBlock, 0);
+      pWriter->iEnd = pWriter->iStart - 1;
+      pWriter->iEnd += nLeafEst * FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pFirstBlock);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries
+  ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify 
+  ** appendable segments.  */
+  rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel;
+  pWriter->nLeafEst = nLeafEst;
+  pWriter->iIdx = iIdx;
+
+  /* Set up the array of NodeWriter objects */
+  for(i=0; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){
+    pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the 
+** following two statements:
+**
+**   DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx
+**   UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx
+**
+** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE 
+** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated
+** idx values.
+*/
+static int fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level to delete from */
+  int iIdx                        /* Index of %_segdir entry to delete */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0;      /* DELETE statement */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pDelete, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, iIdx);
+    sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** One or more segments have just been removed from absolute level iAbsLevel.
+** Update the 'idx' values of the remaining segments in the level so that
+** the idx values are a contiguous sequence starting from 0.
+*/
+static int fts3RepackSegdirLevel(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel         /* Absolute level to repack */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int *aIdx = 0;                  /* Array of remaining idx values */
+  int nIdx = 0;                   /* Valid entries in aIdx[] */
+  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Allocated size of aIdx[] */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;      /* Select statement to read idx values */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0;      /* Update statement to modify idx values */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_INDEXES, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+      if( nIdx>=nAlloc ){
+        int *aNew;
+        nAlloc += 16;
+        aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aIdx, nAlloc*sizeof(int));
+        if( !aNew ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          break;
+        }
+        aIdx = aNew;
+      }
+      aIdx[nIdx++] = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, 0);
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pUpdate, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate, 2, iAbsLevel);
+  }
+
+  assert( p->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 );
+  p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 1;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nIdx; i++){
+    if( aIdx[i]!=i ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 3, aIdx[i]);
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 1, i);
+      sqlite3_step(pUpdate);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate);
+    }
+  }
+  p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_free(aIdx);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts3StartNode(Blob *pNode, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iChild){
+  pNode->a[0] = (char)iHeight;
+  if( iChild ){
+    assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iChild) );
+    pNode->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[1], iChild);
+  }else{
+    assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1 );
+    pNode->n = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The first two arguments are a pointer to and the size of a segment b-tree
+** node. The node may be a leaf or an internal node.
+**
+** This function creates a new node image in blob object *pNew by copying
+** all terms that are greater than or equal to zTerm/nTerm (for leaf nodes)
+** or greater than zTerm/nTerm (for internal nodes) from aNode/nNode.
+*/
+static int fts3TruncateNode(
+  const char *aNode,              /* Current node image */
+  int nNode,                      /* Size of aNode in bytes */
+  Blob *pNew,                     /* OUT: Write new node image here */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Omit all terms smaller than this */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piBlock          /* OUT: Block number in next layer down */
+){
+  NodeReader reader;              /* Reader object */
+  Blob prev = {0, 0, 0};          /* Previous term written to new node */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int bLeaf = aNode[0]=='\0';     /* True for a leaf node */
+
+  /* Allocate required output space */
+  blobGrowBuffer(pNew, nNode, &rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  pNew->n = 0;
+
+  /* Populate new node buffer */
+  for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); 
+      rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; 
+      rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
+  ){
+    if( pNew->n==0 ){
+      int res = fts3TermCmp(reader.term.a, reader.term.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+      if( res<0 || (bLeaf==0 && res==0) ) continue;
+      fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild);
+      *piBlock = reader.iChild;
+    }
+    rc = fts3AppendToNode(
+        pNew, &prev, reader.term.a, reader.term.n,
+        reader.aDoclist, reader.nDoclist
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+  }
+  if( pNew->n==0 ){
+    fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild);
+    *piBlock = reader.iChild;
+  }
+  assert( pNew->n<=pNew->nAlloc );
+
+  nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+  sqlite3_free(prev.a);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute 
+** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments
+** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir
+** tables.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the segment is updated successfully. Or an
+** SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3TruncateSegment(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of segment to modify */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Index within level of segment to modify */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Remove terms smaller than this */
+  int nTerm                      /* Number of bytes in buffer zTerm */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Blob root = {0,0,0};            /* New root page image */
+  Blob block = {0,0,0};           /* Buffer used for any other block */
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlock = 0;       /* Block id */
+  sqlite3_int64 iNewStart = 0;    /* New value for iStartBlock */
+  sqlite3_int64 iOldStart = 0;    /* Old value for iStartBlock */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pFetch = 0;       /* Statement used to fetch segdir */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pFetch, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;                      /* sqlite3_reset() return code */
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pFetch, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pFetch, 2, iIdx);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFetch) ){
+      const char *aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pFetch, 4);
+      int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pFetch, 4);
+      iOldStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFetch, 1);
+      rc = fts3TruncateNode(aRoot, nRoot, &root, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock);
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pFetch);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBlock ){
+    char *aBlock = 0;
+    int nBlock = 0;
+    iNewStart = iBlock;
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iBlock, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3TruncateNode(aBlock, nBlock, &block, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNewStart, block.a, block.n);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(aBlock);
+  }
+
+  /* Variable iNewStart now contains the first valid leaf node. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNewStart ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0;
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDel, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iOldStart);
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 2, iNewStart-1);
+      sqlite3_step(pDel);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pChomp = 0;
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR, &pChomp, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart);
+      sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel);
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx);
+      sqlite3_step(pChomp);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(root.a);
+  sqlite3_free(block.a);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after an incrmental-merge operation has run to
+** merge (or partially merge) two or more segments from absolute level
+** iAbsLevel.
+**
+** Each input segment is either removed from the db completely (if all of
+** its data was copied to the output segment by the incrmerge operation)
+** or modified in place so that it no longer contains those entries that
+** have been duplicated in the output segment.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeChomp(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level containing segments */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Chomp all segments opened by this cursor */
+  int *pnRem                      /* Number of segments not deleted */
+){
+  int i;
+  int nRem = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  for(i=pCsr->nSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+    int j;
+
+    /* Find the Fts3SegReader object with Fts3SegReader.iIdx==i. It is hiding
+    ** somewhere in the pCsr->apSegment[] array.  */
+    for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pCsr->nSegment); j++){
+      pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[j];
+      if( pSeg->iIdx==i ) break;
+    }
+    assert( j<pCsr->nSegment && pSeg->iIdx==i );
+
+    if( pSeg->aNode==0 ){
+      /* Seg-reader is at EOF. Remove the entire input segment. */
+      rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, pSeg);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx);
+      }
+      *pnRem = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this 
+      ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place
+      ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ 
+      const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm;
+      int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm;
+      rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm);
+      nRem++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem!=pCsr->nSegment ){
+    rc = fts3RepackSegdirLevel(p, iAbsLevel);
+  }
+
+  *pnRem = nRem;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store an incr-merge hint in the database.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(pReplace);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one 
+** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table.
+**
+** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat
+** table and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an
+** SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  pHint->n = 0;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+      const char *aHint = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 0);
+      int nHint = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 0);
+      if( aHint ){
+        blobGrowBuffer(pHint, nHint, &rc);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          memcpy(pHint->a, aHint, nHint);
+          pHint->n = nHint;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry
+** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments 
+** and the number of input segments.
+**
+** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs,
+** set *pRc to an SQLite error code before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush(
+  Blob *pHint,                    /* Hint blob to append to */
+  i64 iAbsLevel,                  /* First varint to store in hint */
+  int nInput,                     /* Second varint to store in hint */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  blobGrowBuffer(pHint, pHint->n + 2*FTS3_VARINT_MAX, pRc);
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], iAbsLevel);
+    pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], (i64)nInput);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint
+** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and 
+** *pnInput before returning.
+**
+** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does
+** not contain at least two valid varints, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){
+  const int nHint = pHint->n;
+  int i;
+
+  i = pHint->n-2;
+  while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--;
+  while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--;
+
+  pHint->n = i;
+  i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&pHint->a[i], piAbsLevel);
+  i += fts3GetVarint32(&pHint->a[i], pnInput);
+  if( i!=nHint ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks.
+**
+** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments 
+** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest 
+** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains 
+** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to 
+** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int nRem = nMerge;              /* Number of leaf pages yet to  be written */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr;       /* Cursor used to read input data */
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter;         /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter;       /* Writer object */
+  int nSeg = 0;                   /* Number of input segments */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0;    /* Absolute level number to work on */
+  Blob hint = {0, 0, 0};          /* Hint read from %_stat table */
+  int bDirtyHint = 0;             /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */
+  const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter);
+  pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc);
+  if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1];
+  pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1];
+
+  rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint);
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){
+    const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */
+    int bUseHint = 0;             /* True if attempting to append */
+    int iIdx = 0;                 /* Largest idx in level (iAbsLevel+1) */
+
+    /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest
+    ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any.
+    ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and
+    ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, 
+    ** set nSeg to -1.
+    */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pFindLevel, 1, nMin);
+    if( sqlite3_step(pFindLevel)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      iAbsLevel = sqlite3_column_int64(pFindLevel, 0);
+      nSeg = nMin;
+    }else{
+      nSeg = -1;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pFindLevel);
+
+    /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the
+    ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal
+    ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this 
+    ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){
+      int nHint = hint.n;
+      sqlite3_int64 iHintAbsLevel = 0;      /* Hint level */
+      int nHintSeg = 0;                     /* Hint number of segments */
+
+      rc = fts3IncrmergeHintPop(&hint, &iHintAbsLevel, &nHintSeg);
+      if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){
+        iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel;
+        nSeg = nHintSeg;
+        bUseHint = 1;
+        bDirtyHint = 1;
+      }else{
+        /* This undoes the effect of the HintPop() above - so that no entry
+        ** is removed from the hint blob.  */
+        hint.n = nHint;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least
+    ** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do.
+    ** Exit early in this case.  */
+    if( nSeg<0 ) break;
+
+    /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg 
+    ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using 
+    ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg
+    ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is
+    ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop 
+    ** to start work on some other level.  */
+    memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc);
+    pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx);
+      assert( bUseHint==1 || bUseHint==0 );
+      if( iIdx==0 || (bUseHint && iIdx==1) ){
+        int bIgnore = 0;
+        rc = fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(p, iAbsLevel+1, &bIgnore);
+        if( bIgnore ){
+          pFilter->flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3IncrmergeCsr(p, iAbsLevel, nSeg, pCsr);
+    }
+    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && pCsr->nSegment==nSeg
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter))
+     && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr))
+    ){
+      if( bUseHint && iIdx>0 ){
+        const char *zKey = pCsr->zTerm;
+        int nKey = pCsr->nTerm;
+        rc = fts3IncrmergeLoad(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx-1, zKey, nKey, pWriter);
+      }else{
+        rc = fts3IncrmergeWriter(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx, pCsr, pWriter);
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pWriter->nLeafEst ){
+        fts3LogMerge(nSeg, iAbsLevel);
+        do {
+          rc = fts3IncrmergeAppend(p, pWriter, pCsr);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr);
+          if( pWriter->nWork>=nRem && rc==SQLITE_ROW ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }while( rc==SQLITE_ROW );
+
+        /* Update or delete the input segments */
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          nRem -= (1 + pWriter->nWork);
+          rc = fts3IncrmergeChomp(p, iAbsLevel, pCsr, &nSeg);
+          if( nSeg!=0 ){
+            bDirtyHint = 1;
+            fts3IncrmergeHintPush(&hint, iAbsLevel, nSeg, &rc);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( nSeg!=0 ){
+        pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1;
+      }
+      fts3IncrmergeRelease(p, pWriter, &rc);
+      if( nSeg==0 && pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ){
+        fts3PromoteSegments(p, iAbsLevel+1, pWriter->nLeafData);
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pCsr);
+  }
+
+  /* Write the hint values into the %_stat table for the next incr-merger */
+  if( bDirtyHint && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3IncrmergeHintStore(p, &hint);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(pWriter);
+  sqlite3_free(hint.a);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the text beginning at *pz into an integer and return
+** its value.  Advance *pz to point to the first character past
+** the integer.
+*/
+static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){
+  const char *z = *pz;
+  int i = 0;
+  while( (*z)>='0' && (*z)<='9' ) i = 10*i + *(z++) - '0';
+  *pz = z;
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process statements of the form:
+**
+**    INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('merge=A,B');
+**
+** A and B are integers that decode to be the number of leaf pages
+** written for the merge, and the minimum number of segments on a level
+** before it will be selected for a merge, respectively.
+*/
+static int fts3DoIncrmerge(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  const char *zParam              /* Nul-terminated string containing "A,B" */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int nMin = (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT / 2);
+  int nMerge = 0;
+  const char *z = zParam;
+
+  /* Read the first integer value */
+  nMerge = fts3Getint(&z);
+
+  /* If the first integer value is followed by a ',',  read the second
+  ** integer value. */
+  if( z[0]==',' && z[1]!='\0' ){
+    z++;
+    nMin = fts3Getint(&z);
+  }
+
+  if( z[0]!='\0' || nMin<2 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    if( !p->bHasStat ){
+      assert( p->bFts4==0 );
+      sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, nMerge, nMin);
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process statements of the form:
+**
+**    INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('automerge=X');
+**
+** where X is an integer.  X==0 means to turn automerge off.  X!=0 means
+** turn it on.  The setting is persistent.
+*/
+static int fts3DoAutoincrmerge(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  const char *zParam              /* Nul-terminated string containing boolean */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  p->nAutoincrmerge = fts3Getint(&zParam);
+  if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 || p->nAutoincrmerge>FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){
+    p->nAutoincrmerge = 8;
+  }
+  if( !p->bHasStat ){
+    assert( p->bFts4==0 );
+    sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE);
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, p->nAutoincrmerge);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a 64-bit checksum for the FTS index entry specified by the
+** arguments to this function.
+*/
+static u64 fts3ChecksumEntry(
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id for current row */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index (0..Fts3Table.nIndex-1) */
+  i64 iDocid,                     /* Docid for current row. */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column number */
+  int iPos                        /* Position */
+){
+  int i;
+  u64 ret = (u64)iDocid;
+
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iLangid;
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iIndex;
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iCol;
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iPos;
+  for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++) ret += (ret<<3) + zTerm[i];
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a checksum of all entries in the FTS index that correspond to
+** language id iLangid. The checksum is calculated by XORing the checksums
+** of each individual entry (see fts3ChecksumEntry()) together.
+**
+** If successful, the checksum value is returned and *pRc set to SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. The
+** return value is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static u64 fts3ChecksumIndex(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to return cksum for */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index to cksum (0..p->nIndex-1) */
+  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Return code */
+){
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;
+  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;
+  int rc;
+  u64 cksum = 0;
+
+  assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(filter));
+  memset(&csr, 0, sizeof(csr));
+  filter.flags =  FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+  filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+      p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, 0, 0, 0, 1,&csr
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr)) ){
+      char *pCsr = csr.aDoclist;
+      char *pEnd = &pCsr[csr.nDoclist];
+
+      i64 iDocid = 0;
+      i64 iCol = 0;
+      i64 iPos = 0;
+
+      pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iDocid);
+      while( pCsr<pEnd ){
+        i64 iVal = 0;
+        pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal);
+        if( pCsr<pEnd ){
+          if( iVal==0 || iVal==1 ){
+            iCol = 0;
+            iPos = 0;
+            if( iVal ){
+              pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iCol);
+            }else{
+              pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal);
+              iDocid += iVal;
+            }
+          }else{
+            iPos += (iVal - 2);
+            cksum = cksum ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+                csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, iLangid, iIndex, iDocid,
+                (int)iCol, (int)iPos
+            );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
+
+  *pRc = rc;
+  return cksum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check if the contents of the FTS index match the current contents of the
+** content table. If no error occurs and the contents do match, set *pbOk
+** to true and return SQLITE_OK. Or if the contents do not match, set *pbOk
+** to false before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error 
+** code. The final value of *pbOk is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  u64 cksum1 = 0;                 /* Checksum based on FTS index contents */
+  u64 cksum2 = 0;                 /* Checksum based on %_content contents */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0;   /* Statement to return all language-ids */
+
+  /* This block calculates the checksum according to the FTS index. */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex);
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0);
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        cksum1 = cksum1 ^ fts3ChecksumIndex(p, iLangid, i, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  /* This block calculates the checksum according to the %_content table */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    char *zSql;
+   
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+      int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
+      int iCol;
+
+      for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
+        const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
+        int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
+        sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0;
+
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText, &pT);
+        while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
+          int nToken = 0;           /* Number of bytes in token */
+          int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
+          int iPos = 0;             /* Position of token in zText */
+
+          rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            int i;
+            cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+                zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos
+            );
+            for(i=1; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+              if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix<=nToken ){
+                cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+                  zToken, p->aIndex[i].nPrefix, iLang, i, iDocid, iCol, iPos
+                );
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( pT ) pModule->xClose(pT);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  }
+
+  *pbOk = (cksum1==cksum2);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the integrity-check. If no error occurs and the current contents of
+** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the
+** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+**
+** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite 
+** error code.
+**
+** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token
+** prefix in the document set, a 64-bit checksum is calculated (by code
+** in fts3ChecksumEntry()) based on the following:
+**
+**     + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix
+**       index etc.),
+**     + The token (or token prefix) text itself, 
+**     + The language-id of the row it appears in,
+**     + The docid of the row it appears in,
+**     + The column it appears in, and
+**     + The tokens position within that column.
+**
+** The checksums for all entries in the index are XORed together to create
+** a single checksum for the entire index.
+**
+** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways:
+**
+**     1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and 
+**     2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table.
+**
+** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have
+** passed.
+*/
+static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck(
+  Fts3Table *p                    /* FTS3 table handle */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int bOk = 0;
+  rc = fts3IntegrityCheck(p, &bOk);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form:
+**
+**   "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES(<expr>)"
+**
+** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only 
+** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'.
+*/
+static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  const char *zVal = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+  int nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal);
+
+  if( !zVal ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){
+    rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0);
+  }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){
+    rc = fts3DoRebuild(p);
+  }else if( nVal==15 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "integrity-check", 15) ){
+    rc = fts3DoIntegrityCheck(p);
+  }else if( nVal>6 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "merge=", 6) ){
+    rc = fts3DoIncrmerge(p, &zVal[6]);
+  }else if( nVal>10 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "automerge=", 10) ){
+    rc = fts3DoAutoincrmerge(p, &zVal[10]);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){
+    p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){
+    p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( nVal>21 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "test-no-incr-doclist=", 21) ){
+    p->bNoIncrDoclist = atoi(&zVal[21]);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+/*
+** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached
+** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;
+  for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+    fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList);
+    pDef->pList = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to 
+** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pNext;
+  for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){
+    pNext = pDef->pNext;
+    fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList);
+    sqlite3_free(pDef);
+  }
+  pCsr->pDeferred = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list
+** based on the row that pCsr currently points to.
+**
+** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information
+** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the
+** table, not for all rows.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through table columns */
+    sqlite3_int64 iDocid;         /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */
+    Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;      /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */
+  
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer;
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule;
+   
+    assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
+    iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+  
+    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+      if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){
+        const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
+        sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0;
+
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC);
+        while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
+          int nToken = 0;           /* Number of bytes in token */
+          int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
+          int iPos = 0;             /* Position of token in zText */
+
+          rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
+          for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+            Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken;
+            if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i)
+                && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0)
+                && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->n<nToken))
+                && (0==memcmp(zToken, pPT->z, pPT->n))
+              ){
+              fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+      if( pDef->pList ){
+        rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(
+  Fts3DeferredToken *p, 
+  char **ppData, 
+  int *pnData
+){
+  char *pRet;
+  int nSkip;
+  sqlite3_int64 dummy;
+
+  *ppData = 0;
+  *pnData = 0;
+
+  if( p->pList==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData);
+  if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy);
+  *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip;
+  *ppData = pRet;
+  
+  memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Fts3 table cursor */
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken,        /* Token to defer */
+  int iCol                        /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */
+){
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;
+  pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred));
+  if( !pDeferred ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred));
+  pDeferred->pToken = pToken;
+  pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; 
+  pDeferred->iCol = iCol;
+  pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred;
+
+  assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
+  pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be
+** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents
+** of subsiduary data structures accordingly.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteByRowid(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  sqlite3_value *pRowid, 
+  int *pnChng,                    /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */
+  u32 *aSzDel
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int bFound = 0;                 /* True if *pRowid really is in the table */
+
+  fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel, &bFound);
+  if( bFound && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int isEmpty = 0;              /* Deleting *pRowid leaves the table empty */
+    rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( isEmpty ){
+        /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case
+        ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any
+        ** data in the pendingTerms hash table.  */
+        rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1);
+        *pnChng = 0;
+        memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1) * 2);
+      }else{
+        *pnChng = *pnChng - 1;
+        if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+          fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid);
+        }
+        if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+          fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual
+** tables. The schema of the virtual table being:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE <table name>( 
+**       <user columns>,
+**       <table name> HIDDEN, 
+**       docid HIDDEN, 
+**       <langid> HIDDEN
+**     );
+**
+** 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* FTS3 vtab object */
+  int nArg,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
+){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  int isRemove = 0;               /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */
+  u32 *aSzIns = 0;                /* Sizes of inserted documents */
+  u32 *aSzDel = 0;                /* Sizes of deleted documents */
+  int nChng = 0;                  /* Net change in number of documents */
+  int bInsertDone = 0;
+
+  /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
+  ** So bHasStat may not be 2.  */
+  assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 );
+
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  assert( 
+      nArg==1                     /* DELETE operations */
+   || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3)  /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */
+  );
+
+  /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form:
+  **
+  **   INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command');
+  */
+  if( nArg>1 
+   && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL 
+   && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL 
+  ){
+    rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]);
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+
+  if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */
+  aSzDel = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 );
+  if( aSzDel==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+  aSzIns = &aSzDel[p->nColumn+1];
+  memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2);
+
+  rc = fts3Writelock(p);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto update_out;
+
+  /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid
+  ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling.
+  **
+  ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row
+  ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or,
+  ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must
+  ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to
+  ** modify the database file.
+  */
+  if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */
+    sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn];
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+      pNewRowid = apVal[1];
+    }
+
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( 
+        sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+     || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid)
+    )){
+      /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be
+      ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and 
+      ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the
+      ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any
+      ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. 
+      **
+      ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into 
+      ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any
+      ** other error) while doing so, return immediately.
+      **
+      ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot
+      ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual 
+      ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this
+      ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is 
+      ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have
+      ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value).
+      */
+      if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){
+        rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel);
+      }else{
+        rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
+        bInsertDone = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+    assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER );
+    rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel);
+    isRemove = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */
+  if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]);
+    if( bInsertDone==0 ){
+      rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+        rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=p->iPrevDocid ) ){
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, *pRowid);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid );
+      rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns);
+    }
+    if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+      fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns);
+    }
+    nChng++;
+  }
+
+  if( p->bFts4 ){
+    fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng);
+  }
+
+ update_out:
+  sqlite3_free(aSzDel);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful,
+** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if 
+** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3_write.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_snippet.c ************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 Oct 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo().
+*/
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE   'p'        /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL      'c'        /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC      'n'        /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a'        /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH    'l'        /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS       's'        /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS      'x'        /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */
+
+/*
+** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). 
+*/
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT   "pcx"
+
+
+/*
+** Used as an fts3ExprIterate() context when loading phrase doclists to
+** Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist.
+*/
+typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx;
+struct LoadDoclistCtx {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* FTS3 Cursor */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of phrases seen so far */
+  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens seen so far */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the 
+** fts3BestSnippet() routine.
+*/
+typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter;
+typedef struct SnippetPhrase SnippetPhrase;
+typedef struct SnippetFragment SnippetFragment;
+
+struct SnippetIter {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor snippet is being generated from */
+  int iCol;                       /* Extract snippet from this column */
+  int nSnippet;                   /* Requested snippet length (in tokens) */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of phrases in query */
+  SnippetPhrase *aPhrase;         /* Array of size nPhrase */
+  int iCurrent;                   /* First token of current snippet */
+};
+
+struct SnippetPhrase {
+  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens in phrase */
+  char *pList;                    /* Pointer to start of phrase position list */
+  int iHead;                      /* Next value in position list */
+  char *pHead;                    /* Position list data following iHead */
+  int iTail;                      /* Next value in trailing position list */
+  char *pTail;                    /* Position list data following iTail */
+};
+
+struct SnippetFragment {
+  int iCol;                       /* Column snippet is extracted from */
+  int iPos;                       /* Index of first token in snippet */
+  u64 covered;                    /* Mask of query phrases covered */
+  u64 hlmask;                     /* Mask of snippet terms to highlight */
+};
+
+/*
+** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while 
+** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function.
+*/
+typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo;
+struct MatchInfo {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCursor;            /* FTS3 Cursor */
+  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in table */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
+  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;             /* Number of docs in database */
+  u32 *aMatchinfo;                /* Pre-allocated buffer */
+};
+
+
+
+/*
+** The snippet() and offsets() functions both return text values. An instance
+** of the following structure is used to accumulate those values while the
+** functions are running. See fts3StringAppend() for details.
+*/
+typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer;
+struct StrBuffer {
+  char *z;                        /* Pointer to buffer containing string */
+  int n;                          /* Length of z in bytes (excl. nul-term) */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* Allocated size of buffer z in bytes */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used to help iterate through a position-list. A position
+** list is a list of unique integers, sorted from smallest to largest. Each
+** element of the list is represented by an FTS3 varint that takes the value
+** of the difference between the current element and the previous one plus
+** two. For example, to store the position-list:
+**
+**     4 9 113
+**
+** the three varints:
+**
+**     6 7 106
+**
+** are encoded.
+**
+** When this function is called, *pp points to the start of an element of
+** the list. *piPos contains the value of the previous entry in the list.
+** After it returns, *piPos contains the value of the next element of the
+** list and *pp is advanced to the following varint.
+*/
+static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){
+  int iVal;
+  *pp += fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal);
+  *piPos += (iVal-2);
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function for fts3ExprIterate() (see below).
+*/
+static int fts3ExprIterate2(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to iterate phrases of */
+  int *piPhrase,                  /* Pointer to phrase counter */
+  int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*),  /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Second argument to pass to callback */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int eType = pExpr->eType;       /* Type of expression node pExpr */
+
+  if( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+    assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight );
+    rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pLeft, piPhrase, x, pCtx);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
+      rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pRight, piPhrase, x, pCtx);
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = x(pExpr, *piPhrase, pCtx);
+    (*piPhrase)++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterate through all phrase nodes in an FTS3 query, except those that
+** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator.
+** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked.
+**
+** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, 
+** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately.
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for
+** all eligible phrase nodes.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprIterate(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to iterate phrases of */
+  int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*),  /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Second argument to pass to callback */
+){
+  int iPhrase = 0;                /* Variable used as the phrase counter */
+  return fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr, &iPhrase, x, pCtx);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists
+** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also
+** fts3ExprLoadDoclists().
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+  LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
+
+  p->nPhrase++;
+  p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor
+** pCsr. 
+**
+** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable 
+** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or 
+** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If 
+** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all
+** matchable phrases of the expression.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Fts3 cursor for current query */
+  int *pnPhrase,                  /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */
+  int *pnToken                    /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0};  /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */
+  sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
+  rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx);
+  if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase;
+  if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  (*(int *)ctx)++;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pExpr);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
+  int nPhrase = 0;
+  (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase);
+  return nPhrase;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two 
+** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater
+** than or equal to parameter iNext.
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetAdvance(char **ppIter, int *piIter, int iNext){
+  char *pIter = *ppIter;
+  if( pIter ){
+    int iIter = *piIter;
+
+    while( iIter<iNext ){
+      if( 0==(*pIter & 0xFE) ){
+        iIter = -1;
+        pIter = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pIter, &iIter);
+    }
+
+    *piIter = iIter;
+    *ppIter = pIter;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the snippet iterator to the next candidate snippet.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetNextCandidate(SnippetIter *pIter){
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+
+  if( pIter->iCurrent<0 ){
+    /* The SnippetIter object has just been initialized. The first snippet
+    ** candidate always starts at offset 0 (even if this candidate has a
+    ** score of 0.0).
+    */
+    pIter->iCurrent = 0;
+
+    /* Advance the 'head' iterator of each phrase to the first offset that
+    ** is greater than or equal to (iNext+nSnippet).
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, pIter->nSnippet);
+    }
+  }else{
+    int iStart;
+    int iEnd = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+      if( pPhrase->pHead && pPhrase->iHead<iEnd ){
+        iEnd = pPhrase->iHead;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iEnd==0x7FFFFFFF ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    pIter->iCurrent = iStart = iEnd - pIter->nSnippet + 1;
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, iEnd+1);
+      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pTail, &pPhrase->iTail, iStart);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet 
+** iterator pIter.
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetDetails(
+  SnippetIter *pIter,             /* Snippet iterator */
+  u64 mCovered,                   /* Bitmask of phrases already covered */
+  int *piToken,                   /* OUT: First token of proposed snippet */
+  int *piScore,                   /* OUT: "Score" for this snippet */
+  u64 *pmCover,                   /* OUT: Bitmask of phrases covered */
+  u64 *pmHighlight                /* OUT: Bitmask of terms to highlight */
+){
+  int iStart = pIter->iCurrent;   /* First token of snippet */
+  int iScore = 0;                 /* Score of this snippet */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  u64 mCover = 0;                 /* Mask of phrases covered by this snippet */
+  u64 mHighlight = 0;             /* Mask of tokens to highlight in snippet */
+
+  for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+    SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+    if( pPhrase->pTail ){
+      char *pCsr = pPhrase->pTail;
+      int iCsr = pPhrase->iTail;
+
+      while( iCsr<(iStart+pIter->nSnippet) ){
+        int j;
+        u64 mPhrase = (u64)1 << i;
+        u64 mPos = (u64)1 << (iCsr - iStart);
+        assert( iCsr>=iStart );
+        if( (mCover|mCovered)&mPhrase ){
+          iScore++;
+        }else{
+          iScore += 1000;
+        }
+        mCover |= mPhrase;
+
+        for(j=0; j<pPhrase->nToken; j++){
+          mHighlight |= (mPos>>j);
+        }
+
+        if( 0==(*pCsr & 0x0FE) ) break;
+        fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iCsr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the output variables before returning. */
+  *piToken = iStart;
+  *piScore = iScore;
+  *pmCover = mCover;
+  *pmHighlight = mHighlight;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by fts3BestSnippet().
+** Each invocation populates an element of the SnippetIter.aPhrase[] array.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx;
+  SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase];
+  char *pCsr;
+  int rc;
+
+  pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pCsr);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 );
+  if( pCsr ){
+    int iFirst = 0;
+    pPhrase->pList = pCsr;
+    fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst);
+    assert( iFirst>=0 );
+    pPhrase->pHead = pCsr;
+    pPhrase->pTail = pCsr;
+    pPhrase->iHead = iFirst;
+    pPhrase->iTail = iFirst;
+  }else{
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (
+       pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 
+    ));
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens 
+** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet
+** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated
+** by adding:
+**
+**   (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet.
+**
+**   (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in 
+**       the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set.
+**
+** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before
+** returning. The score of the selected snippet is stored in *piScore
+** before returning.
+*/
+static int fts3BestSnippet(
+  int nSnippet,                   /* Desired snippet length */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor to create snippet for */
+  int iCol,                       /* Index of column to create snippet from */
+  u64 mCovered,                   /* Mask of phrases already covered */
+  u64 *pmSeen,                    /* IN/OUT: Mask of phrases seen */
+  SnippetFragment *pFragment,     /* OUT: Best snippet found */
+  int *piScore                    /* OUT: Score of snippet pFragment */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  int nList;                      /* Number of phrases in expression */
+  SnippetIter sIter;              /* Iterates through snippet candidates */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes of space to allocate */
+  int iBestScore = -1;            /* Best snippet score found so far */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+
+  memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+
+  /* Iterate through the phrases in the expression to count them. The same
+  ** callback makes sure the doclists are loaded for each phrase.
+  */
+  rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nList, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Now that it is known how many phrases there are, allocate and zero
+  ** the required space using malloc().
+  */
+  nByte = sizeof(SnippetPhrase) * nList;
+  sIter.aPhrase = (SnippetPhrase *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !sIter.aPhrase ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(sIter.aPhrase, 0, nByte);
+
+  /* Initialize the contents of the SnippetIter object. Then iterate through
+  ** the set of phrases in the expression to populate the aPhrase[] array.
+  */
+  sIter.pCsr = pCsr;
+  sIter.iCol = iCol;
+  sIter.nSnippet = nSnippet;
+  sIter.nPhrase = nList;
+  sIter.iCurrent = -1;
+  (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3SnippetFindPositions, (void *)&sIter);
+
+  /* Set the *pmSeen output variable. */
+  for(i=0; i<nList; i++){
+    if( sIter.aPhrase[i].pHead ){
+      *pmSeen |= (u64)1 << i;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in 
+  ** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore.
+  */
+  pFragment->iCol = iCol;
+  while( !fts3SnippetNextCandidate(&sIter) ){
+    int iPos;
+    int iScore;
+    u64 mCover;
+    u64 mHighlight;
+    fts3SnippetDetails(&sIter, mCovered, &iPos, &iScore, &mCover, &mHighlight);
+    assert( iScore>=0 );
+    if( iScore>iBestScore ){
+      pFragment->iPos = iPos;
+      pFragment->hlmask = mHighlight;
+      pFragment->covered = mCover;
+      iBestScore = iScore;
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(sIter.aPhrase);
+  *piScore = iBestScore;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Append a string to the string-buffer passed as the first argument.
+**
+** If nAppend is negative, then the length of the string zAppend is
+** determined using strlen().
+*/
+static int fts3StringAppend(
+  StrBuffer *pStr,                /* Buffer to append to */
+  const char *zAppend,            /* Pointer to data to append to buffer */
+  int nAppend                     /* Size of zAppend in bytes (or -1) */
+){
+  if( nAppend<0 ){
+    nAppend = (int)strlen(zAppend);
+  }
+
+  /* If there is insufficient space allocated at StrBuffer.z, use realloc()
+  ** to grow the buffer until so that it is big enough to accomadate the
+  ** appended data.
+  */
+  if( pStr->n+nAppend+1>=pStr->nAlloc ){
+    int nAlloc = pStr->nAlloc+nAppend+100;
+    char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pStr->z, nAlloc);
+    if( !zNew ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pStr->z = zNew;
+    pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc;
+  }
+  assert( pStr->z!=0 && (pStr->nAlloc >= pStr->n+nAppend+1) );
+
+  /* Append the data to the string buffer. */
+  memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend);
+  pStr->n += nAppend;
+  pStr->z[pStr->n] = '\0';
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The fts3BestSnippet() function often selects snippets that end with a
+** query term. That is, the final term of the snippet is always a term
+** that requires highlighting. For example, if 'X' is a highlighted term
+** and '.' is a non-highlighted term, BestSnippet() may select:
+**
+**     ........X.....X
+**
+** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the 
+** document so that there are approximately the same number of 
+** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there
+** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this:
+**
+**     ....X.....X....
+**
+** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting
+** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there
+** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document 
+** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. 
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetShift(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to use in tokenizing */
+  int nSnippet,                   /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */
+  const char *zDoc,               /* Document text to extract snippet from */
+  int nDoc,                       /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */
+  int *piPos,                     /* IN/OUT: First token of snippet */
+  u64 *pHlmask                    /* IN/OUT: Mask of tokens to highlight */
+){
+  u64 hlmask = *pHlmask;          /* Local copy of initial highlight-mask */
+
+  if( hlmask ){
+    int nLeft;                    /* Tokens to the left of first highlight */
+    int nRight;                   /* Tokens to the right of last highlight */
+    int nDesired;                 /* Ideal number of tokens to shift forward */
+
+    for(nLeft=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << nLeft)); nLeft++);
+    for(nRight=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << (nSnippet-1-nRight))); nRight++);
+    nDesired = (nLeft-nRight)/2;
+
+    /* Ideally, the start of the snippet should be pushed forward in the
+    ** document nDesired tokens. This block checks if there are actually
+    ** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and
+    ** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the
+    ** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens
+    ** available.
+    */
+    if( nDesired>0 ){
+      int nShift;                 /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */
+      int iCurrent = 0;           /* Token counter */
+      int rc;                     /* Return Code */
+      sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
+      sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;
+      pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+
+      /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired)
+      ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc.
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){
+        const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0;
+        rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent);
+      }
+      pMod->xClose(pC);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; }
+
+      nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet;
+      assert( nShift<=nDesired );
+      if( nShift>0 ){
+        *piPos += nShift;
+        *pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and
+** append it to string buffer pOut.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetText(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 Cursor */
+  SnippetFragment *pFragment,     /* Snippet to extract */
+  int iFragment,                  /* Fragment number */
+  int isLast,                     /* True for final fragment in snippet */
+  int nSnippet,                   /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */
+  const char *zOpen,              /* String inserted before highlighted term */
+  const char *zClose,             /* String inserted after highlighted term */
+  const char *zEllipsis,          /* String inserted between snippets */
+  StrBuffer *pOut                 /* Write output here */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  const char *zDoc;               /* Document text to extract snippet from */
+  int nDoc;                       /* Size of zDoc in bytes */
+  int iCurrent = 0;               /* Current token number of document */
+  int iEnd = 0;                   /* Byte offset of end of current token */
+  int isShiftDone = 0;            /* True after snippet is shifted */
+  int iPos = pFragment->iPos;     /* First token of snippet */
+  u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */
+  int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1;   /* Query column to extract text from */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;   /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */
+  
+  zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
+  if( zDoc==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
+
+  /* Open a token cursor on the document. */
+  pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char *ZDUMMY;           /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
+    int DUMMY1 = -1;              /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
+    int iBegin = 0;               /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */
+    int iFin = 0;                 /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */
+    int isHighlight = 0;          /* True for highlighted terms */
+
+    /* Variable DUMMY1 is initialized to a negative value above. Elsewhere
+    ** in the FTS code the variable that the third argument to xNext points to
+    ** is initialized to zero before the first (*but not necessarily
+    ** subsequent*) call to xNext(). This is done for a particular application
+    ** that needs to know whether or not the tokenizer is being used for
+    ** snippet generation or for some other purpose.
+    **
+    ** Extreme care is required when writing code to depend on this
+    ** initialization. It is not a documented part of the tokenizer interface.
+    ** If a tokenizer is used directly by any code outside of FTS, this
+    ** convention might not be respected.  */
+    rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token
+        ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end
+        ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. 
+        ** Then break out of the loop. */
+        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    if( iCurrent<iPos ){ continue; }
+
+    if( !isShiftDone ){
+      int n = nDoc - iBegin;
+      rc = fts3SnippetShift(
+          pTab, pCsr->iLangid, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask
+      );
+      isShiftDone = 1;
+
+      /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are
+      ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment,
+      ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. 
+      */
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (iPos>0 || iFragment>0) ){
+        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent<iPos ) continue;
+    }
+
+    if( iCurrent>=(iPos+nSnippet) ){
+      if( isLast ){
+        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Set isHighlight to true if this term should be highlighted. */
+    isHighlight = (hlmask & ((u64)1 << (iCurrent-iPos)))!=0;
+
+    if( iCurrent>iPos ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], iBegin-iEnd);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zOpen, -1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iBegin], iFin-iBegin);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zClose, -1);
+
+    iEnd = iFin;
+  }
+
+  pMod->xClose(pC);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a 
+** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single 
+** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the
+** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that
+** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data).
+** Before returning, *ppCollist is set to point to the first byte after
+** the last varint in the column-list (either the 0x00 signifying the end
+** of the position-list, or the 0x01 that precedes the column number of
+** the next column in the position-list).
+**
+** The number of elements in the column-list is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){
+  char *pEnd = *ppCollist;
+  char c = 0;
+  int nEntry = 0;
+
+  /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00. */
+  while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
+    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+    if( !c ) nEntry++;
+  }
+
+  *ppCollist = pEnd;
+  return nEntry;
+}
+
+/*
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats
+** for a single query. 
+**
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements 
+** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the 
+** current query.
+**
+** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This
+** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows:
+**
+**   for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+**     aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 1] = X;
+**     aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 2] = Y;
+**   }
+**
+** where X is the number of matches for phrase iPhrase is column iCol of all
+** rows of the table. Y is the number of rows for which column iCol contains
+** at least one instance of phrase iPhrase.
+**
+** If the phrase pExpr consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all X and
+** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the 
+** file system. This is done because the full-text index doclist is required
+** to calculate these values properly, and the full-text index doclist is
+** not available for deferred tokens.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
+  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
+){
+  MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx;
+  return sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
+      p->pCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol]
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the 
+** array that are different for each row returned by the query.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
+  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx;
+  int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3;
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    char *pCsr;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i, &pCsr);
+    if( pCsr ){
+      p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr);
+    }else{
+      p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoCheck(
+  Fts3Table *pTab, 
+  char cArg,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bFts4)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bFts4)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS)
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg);
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){
+  int nVal;                       /* Number of integers output by cArg */
+
+  switch( cArg ){
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: 
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: 
+      nVal = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH:
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH:
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS:
+      nVal = pInfo->nCol;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS );
+      nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return nVal;
+}
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
+  sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc,
+  const char **paLen
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char *a;
+  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;
+
+  if( !*ppStmt ){
+    int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  pStmt = *ppStmt;
+  assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 );
+
+  a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
+  a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
+  if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc;
+
+  if( paLen ) *paLen = a;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while 
+** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the
+** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the
+** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request.
+*/
+typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator;
+struct LcsIterator {
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr;                /* Pointer to phrase expression */
+  int iPosOffset;                 /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */
+  char *pRead;                    /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */
+  int iPos;                       /* Current position */
+};
+
+/* 
+** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has
+** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns.
+*/
+#define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF;
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
+  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
+){
+  LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx;
+  aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return
+** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the
+** position list for the next column.
+*/
+static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){
+  char *pRead = pIter->pRead;
+  sqlite3_int64 iRead;
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead);
+  if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){
+    pRead = 0;
+    rc = 1;
+  }else{
+    pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2);
+  }
+
+  pIter->pRead = pRead;
+  return rc;
+}
+  
+/*
+** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. 
+**
+** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each
+** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] 
+** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the
+** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is 
+** undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){
+  LcsIterator *aIter;
+  int i;
+  int iCol;
+  int nToken = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array
+  ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query.
+  **/
+  aIter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase);
+  if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase);
+  (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter);
+
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+    LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i];
+    nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+    pIter->iPosOffset = nToken;
+  }
+
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+    int nLcs = 0;                 /* LCS value for this column */
+    int nLive = 0;                /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */
+
+    for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+      int rc;
+      LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i];
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol, &pIt->pRead);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      if( pIt->pRead ){
+        pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset;
+        fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]);
+        nLive++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    while( nLive>0 ){
+      LcsIterator *pAdv = 0;      /* The iterator to advance by one position */
+      int nThisLcs = 0;           /* LCS for the current iterator positions */
+
+      for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+        LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i];
+        if( pIter->pRead==0 ){
+          /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */
+          nThisLcs = 0;
+        }else{
+          if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPos<pAdv->iPos ){
+            pAdv = pIter;
+          }
+          if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){
+            nThisLcs++;
+          }else{
+            nThisLcs = 1;
+          }
+          if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs;
+        }
+      }
+      if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--;
+    }
+
+    pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aIter);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to
+** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the 
+** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the
+** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format
+** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array
+** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output.
+**
+** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output.
+** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between
+** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS)
+** have already been populated.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error 
+** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the
+** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3MatchinfoValues(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 cursor object */
+  int bGlobal,                    /* True to grab the global stats */
+  MatchInfo *pInfo,               /* Matchinfo context object */
+  const char *zArg                /* Matchinfo format string */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){
+
+    switch( zArg[i] ){
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE:
+        if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase;
+        break;
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
+        if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol;
+        break;
+        
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
+        if( bGlobal ){
+          sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
+          rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0);
+          pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: 
+        if( bGlobal ){
+          sqlite3_int64 nDoc;     /* Number of rows in table */
+          const char *a;          /* Aggregate column length array */
+
+          rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            int iCol;
+            for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+              u32 iVal;
+              sqlite3_int64 nToken;
+              a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken);
+              iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc);
+              pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: {
+        sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          int iCol;
+          const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0);
+          for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+            sqlite3_int64 nToken;
+            a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken);
+            pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken;
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS:
+        rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo);
+        }
+        break;
+
+      default: {
+        Fts3Expr *pExpr;
+        assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS );
+        pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
+        rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+        if( bGlobal ){
+          if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+            rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+          }
+          rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+        }
+        (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The 
+** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32).
+*/
+static int fts3GetMatchinfo(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 Cursor object */
+  const char *zArg                /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */
+){
+  MatchInfo sInfo;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int bGlobal = 0;                /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */
+
+  memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo));
+  sInfo.pCursor = pCsr;
+  sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn;
+
+  /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the 
+  ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard 
+  ** the cached data. */
+  if( pCsr->zMatchinfo && strcmp(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){
+    assert( pCsr->aMatchinfo );
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
+    pCsr->zMatchinfo = 0;
+    pCsr->aMatchinfo = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] is NULL, then this is the first time the
+  ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case 
+  ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and
+  ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row.
+  */
+  if( pCsr->aMatchinfo==0 ){
+    int nMatchinfo = 0;           /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */
+    int nArg;                     /* Bytes in zArg */
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through zArg */
+
+    /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */
+    pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
+    sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase;
+
+    /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */
+    for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){
+      nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]);
+    }
+
+    /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */
+    nArg = (int)strlen(zArg);
+    pCsr->aMatchinfo = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo + nArg + 1);
+    if( !pCsr->aMatchinfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+    pCsr->zMatchinfo = (char *)&pCsr->aMatchinfo[nMatchinfo];
+    pCsr->nMatchinfo = nMatchinfo;
+    memcpy(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg, nArg+1);
+    memset(pCsr->aMatchinfo, 0, sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo);
+    pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+    bGlobal = 1;
+  }
+
+  sInfo.aMatchinfo = pCsr->aMatchinfo;
+  sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase;
+  if( pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded ){
+    rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg);
+    pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of snippet() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* SQLite function call context */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor object */
+  const char *zStart,             /* Snippet start text - "<b>" */
+  const char *zEnd,               /* Snippet end text - "</b>" */
+  const char *zEllipsis,          /* Snippet ellipsis text - "<b>...</b>" */
+  int iCol,                       /* Extract snippet from this column */
+  int nToken                      /* Approximate number of tokens in snippet */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0};
+
+  /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from
+  ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop
+  ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in 
+  ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query
+  ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text
+  ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate
+  ** a pair of fragments, and so on.
+  */
+  int nSnippet = 0;               /* Number of fragments in this snippet */
+  SnippetFragment aSnippet[4];    /* Maximum of 4 fragments per snippet */
+  int nFToken = -1;               /* Number of tokens in each fragment */
+
+  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  for(nSnippet=1; 1; nSnippet++){
+
+    int iSnip;                    /* Loop counter 0..nSnippet-1 */
+    u64 mCovered = 0;             /* Bitmask of phrases covered by snippet */
+    u64 mSeen = 0;                /* Bitmask of phrases seen by BestSnippet() */
+
+    if( nToken>=0 ){
+      nFToken = (nToken+nSnippet-1) / nSnippet;
+    }else{
+      nFToken = -1 * nToken;
+    }
+
+    for(iSnip=0; iSnip<nSnippet; iSnip++){
+      int iBestScore = -1;        /* Best score of columns checked so far */
+      int iRead;                  /* Used to iterate through columns */
+      SnippetFragment *pFragment = &aSnippet[iSnip];
+
+      memset(pFragment, 0, sizeof(*pFragment));
+
+      /* Loop through all columns of the table being considered for snippets.
+      ** If the iCol argument to this function was negative, this means all
+      ** columns of the FTS3 table. Otherwise, only column iCol is considered.
+      */
+      for(iRead=0; iRead<pTab->nColumn; iRead++){
+        SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0};
+        int iS;
+        if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue;
+
+        /* Find the best snippet of nFToken tokens in column iRead. */
+        rc = fts3BestSnippet(nFToken, pCsr, iRead, mCovered, &mSeen, &sF, &iS);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto snippet_out;
+        }
+        if( iS>iBestScore ){
+          *pFragment = sF;
+          iBestScore = iS;
+        }
+      }
+
+      mCovered |= pFragment->covered;
+    }
+
+    /* If all query phrases seen by fts3BestSnippet() are present in at least
+    ** one of the nSnippet snippet fragments, break out of the loop.
+    */
+    assert( (mCovered&mSeen)==mCovered );
+    if( mSeen==mCovered || nSnippet==SizeofArray(aSnippet) ) break;
+  }
+
+  assert( nFToken>0 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<nSnippet && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i], 
+        i, (i==nSnippet-1), nFToken, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, &res
+    );
+  }
+
+ snippet_out:
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+    sqlite3_free(res.z);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, -1, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+}
+
+
+typedef struct TermOffset TermOffset;
+typedef struct TermOffsetCtx TermOffsetCtx;
+
+struct TermOffset {
+  char *pList;                    /* Position-list */
+  int iPos;                       /* Position just read from pList */
+  int iOff;                       /* Offset of this term from read positions */
+};
+
+struct TermOffsetCtx {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;
+  int iCol;                       /* Column of table to populate aTerm for */
+  int iTerm;
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+  TermOffset *aTerm;
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by sqlite3Fts3Offsets().
+*/
+static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  TermOffsetCtx *p = (TermOffsetCtx *)ctx;
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of tokens in phrase */
+  int iTerm;                      /* For looping through nTerm phrase terms */
+  char *pList;                    /* Pointer to position list for phrase */
+  int iPos = 0;                   /* First position in position-list */
+  int rc;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pList);
+  nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+  if( pList ){
+    fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos);
+    assert( iPos>=0 );
+  }
+
+  for(iTerm=0; iTerm<nTerm; iTerm++){
+    TermOffset *pT = &p->aTerm[p->iTerm++];
+    pT->iOff = nTerm-iTerm-1;
+    pT->pList = pList;
+    pT->iPos = iPos;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of offsets() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* SQLite function call context */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr                /* Cursor object */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens in query */
+  int iCol;                       /* Column currently being processed */
+  StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0};      /* Result string */
+  TermOffsetCtx sCtx;             /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */
+
+  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx));
+  assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
+
+  /* Count the number of terms in the query */
+  rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, &nToken);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
+
+  /* Allocate the array of TermOffset iterators. */
+  sCtx.aTerm = (TermOffset *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TermOffset)*nToken);
+  if( 0==sCtx.aTerm ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto offsets_out;
+  }
+  sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+  sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
+
+  /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to 
+  ** string-buffer res for each column.
+  */
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */
+    const char *ZDUMMY;           /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
+    int NDUMMY = 0;               /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
+    int iStart = 0;
+    int iEnd = 0;
+    int iCurrent = 0;
+    const char *zDoc;
+    int nDoc;
+
+    /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is 
+    ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from
+    ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded.
+    */
+    sCtx.iCol = iCol;
+    sCtx.iTerm = 0;
+    (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void *)&sCtx);
+
+    /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored 
+    ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop.
+    ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite
+    ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM 
+    ** to the caller. 
+    */
+    zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
+    nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
+    if( zDoc==0 ){
+      if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+        continue;
+      }
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto offsets_out;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
+        zDoc, nDoc, &pC
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
+
+    rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent);
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int i;                      /* Used to loop through terms */
+      int iMinPos = 0x7FFFFFFF;   /* Position of next token */
+      TermOffset *pTerm = 0;      /* TermOffset associated with next token */
+
+      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+        TermOffset *pT = &sCtx.aTerm[i];
+        if( pT->pList && (pT->iPos-pT->iOff)<iMinPos ){
+          iMinPos = pT->iPos-pT->iOff;
+          pTerm = pT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( !pTerm ){
+        /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }else{
+        assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos );
+        if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){
+          pTerm->pList = 0;
+        }else{
+          fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pTerm->pList, &pTerm->iPos);
+        }
+        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<iMinPos ){
+          rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          char aBuffer[64];
+          sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, 
+              "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart
+          );
+          rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1);
+        }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){
+          rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    pMod->xClose(pC);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
+  }
+
+ offsets_out:
+  sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx,  rc);
+    sqlite3_free(res.z);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of matchinfo() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* Function call context */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 table cursor */
+  const char *zArg                /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+  const char *zFormat;
+
+  if( zArg ){
+    for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){
+      char *zErr = 0;
+      if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){
+        sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
+        sqlite3_free(zErr);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    zFormat = zArg;
+  }else{
+    zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT;
+  }
+
+  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */
+  rc = fts3GetMatchinfo(pCsr, zFormat);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+  }else{
+    int n = pCsr->nMatchinfo * sizeof(u32);
+    sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, pCsr->aMatchinfo, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_unicode.c ************************************/
+/*
+** 2012 May 24
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied
+** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part
+** of the amalgamation, they are not required.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
+
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
+  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
+    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
+    }                                                      \
+    if( c<0x80                                             \
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
+  }
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);                            \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);                \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);               \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer;
+typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor;
+
+struct unicode_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  int bRemoveDiacritic;
+  int nException;
+  int *aiException;
+};
+
+struct unicode_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const unsigned char *aInput;    /* Input text being tokenized */
+  int nInput;                     /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */
+  int iOff;                       /* Current offset within aInput[] */
+  int iToken;                     /* Index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                   /* storage for current token */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* space allocated at zToken */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer allocated by unicodeCreate().
+*/
+static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  if( pTokenizer ){
+    unicode_tokenizer *p = (unicode_tokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+    sqlite3_free(p->aiException);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** As part of a tokenchars= or separators= option, the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** statement has specified that the tokenizer for this table shall consider
+** all characters in string zIn/nIn to be separators (if bAlnum==0) or
+** token characters (if bAlnum==1).
+**
+** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the
+** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result.
+** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the 
+** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization,
+** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all
+** codepoints in the aiException[] array.
+**
+** If a standalone diacritic mark (one that sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic()
+** identifies as a diacritic) occurs in the zIn/nIn string it is ignored.
+** It is not possible to change the behavior of the tokenizer with respect
+** to these codepoints.
+*/
+static int unicodeAddExceptions(
+  unicode_tokenizer *p,           /* Tokenizer to add exceptions to */
+  int bAlnum,                     /* Replace Isalnum() return value with this */
+  const char *zIn,                /* Array of characters to make exceptions */
+  int nIn                         /* Length of z in bytes */
+){
+  const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
+  const unsigned char *zTerm = &z[nIn];
+  int iCode;
+  int nEntry = 0;
+
+  assert( bAlnum==0 || bAlnum==1 );
+
+  while( z<zTerm ){
+    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+    assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
+    if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode)!=bAlnum 
+     && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0 
+    ){
+      nEntry++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nEntry ){
+    int *aNew;                    /* New aiException[] array */
+    int nNew;                     /* Number of valid entries in array aNew[] */
+
+    aNew = sqlite3_realloc(p->aiException, (p->nException+nEntry)*sizeof(int));
+    if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    nNew = p->nException;
+
+    z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
+    while( z<zTerm ){
+      READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+      if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode)!=bAlnum 
+       && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0
+      ){
+        int i, j;
+        for(i=0; i<nNew && aNew[i]<iCode; i++);
+        for(j=nNew; j>i; j--) aNew[j] = aNew[j-1];
+        aNew[i] = iCode;
+        nNew++;
+      }
+    }
+    p->aiException = aNew;
+    p->nException = nNew;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode.
+*/
+static int unicodeIsException(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){
+  if( p->nException>0 ){
+    int *a = p->aiException;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    int iHi = p->nException-1;
+
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      if( iCode==a[iTest] ){
+        return 1;
+      }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenization, codepoint iCode is
+** considered a token character (not a separator).
+*/
+static int unicodeIsAlnum(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){
+  assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
+  return sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ unicodeIsException(p, iCode);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int unicodeCreate(
+  int nArg,                       /* Size of array argv[] */
+  const char * const *azArg,      /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **pp          /* OUT: New tokenizer handle */
+){
+  unicode_tokenizer *pNew;        /* New tokenizer object */
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
+  if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
+  pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){
+    const char *z = azArg[i];
+    int n = strlen(z);
+
+    if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=1", z, 19)==0 ){
+      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
+    }
+    else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){
+      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0;
+    }
+    else if( n>=11 && memcmp("tokenchars=", z, 11)==0 ){
+      rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 1, &z[11], n-11);
+    }
+    else if( n>=11 && memcmp("separators=", z, 11)==0 ){
+      rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 0, &z[11], n-11);
+    }
+    else{
+      /* Unrecognized argument */
+      rc  = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew);
+    pNew = 0;
+  }
+  *pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int unicodeOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *p,           /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *aInput,             /* Input string */
+  int nInput,                     /* Size of string aInput in bytes */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp   /* OUT: New cursor object */
+){
+  unicode_cursor *pCsr;
+
+  pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor));
+  if( pCsr==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor));
+
+  pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput;
+  if( aInput==0 ){
+    pCsr->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput);
+  }else{
+    pCsr->nInput = nInput;
+  }
+
+  *pp = &pCsr->base;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int unicodeNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC,   /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **paToken,           /* OUT: Token text */
+  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */
+  int *piStart,                   /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEnd,                     /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPos                      /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC;
+  unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer);
+  int iCode;
+  char *zOut;
+  const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff];
+  const unsigned char *zStart = z;
+  const unsigned char *zEnd;
+  const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];
+
+  /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.
+  ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of 
+  ** the input.  */
+  while( z<zTerm ){
+    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+    if( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) ) break;
+    zStart = z;
+  }
+  if( zStart>=zTerm ) return SQLITE_DONE;
+
+  zOut = pCsr->zToken;
+  do {
+    int iOut;
+
+    /* Grow the output buffer if required. */
+    if( (zOut-pCsr->zToken)>=(pCsr->nAlloc-4) ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nAlloc+64);
+      if( !zNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      zOut = &zNew[zOut - pCsr->zToken];
+      pCsr->zToken = zNew;
+      pCsr->nAlloc += 64;
+    }
+
+    /* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */
+    zEnd = z;
+    iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic);
+    if( iOut ){
+      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut);
+    }
+
+    /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */
+    if( z>=zTerm ) break;
+    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+  }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) 
+       || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)
+  );
+
+  /* Set the output variables and return. */
+  pCsr->iOff = (z - pCsr->aInput);
+  *paToken = pCsr->zToken;
+  *pnToken = zOut - pCsr->zToken;
+  *piStart = (zStart - pCsr->aInput);
+  *piEnd = (zEnd - pCsr->aInput);
+  *piPos = pCsr->iToken++;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module 
+** structure for the unicode tokenizer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){
+  static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module module = {
+    0,
+    unicodeCreate,
+    unicodeDestroy,
+    unicodeOpen,
+    unicodeClose,
+    unicodeNext,
+    0,
+  };
+  *ppModule = &module;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 */
+
+/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/
+/*
+** 2012 May 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/*
+** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
+*/
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61)
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint
+** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false.
+**
+** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
+** is less than zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){
+  /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous
+  ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e.
+  ** codepoints for which this function should return 0).
+  **
+  ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first 
+  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
+  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
+  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
+  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
+  ** using this format.
+  */
+  const static unsigned int aEntry[] = {
+    0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07,
+    0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01,
+    0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401,
+    0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01,
+    0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01,
+    0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802,
+    0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F,
+    0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401,
+    0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804,
+    0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403,
+    0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812,
+    0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001,
+    0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802,
+    0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805,
+    0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401,
+    0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03,
+    0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807,
+    0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001,
+    0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01,
+    0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804,
+    0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001,
+    0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802,
+    0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01,
+    0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06,
+    0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007,
+    0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006,
+    0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417,
+    0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14,
+    0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07,
+    0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01,
+    0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001,
+    0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802,
+    0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F,
+    0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002,
+    0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802,
+    0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006,
+    0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D,
+    0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802,
+    0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027,
+    0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403,
+    0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805,
+    0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04,
+    0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401,
+    0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005,
+    0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B,
+    0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A,
+    0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001,
+    0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59,
+    0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807,
+    0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01,
+    0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E,
+    0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100,
+    0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10,
+    0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402,
+    0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804,
+    0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012,
+    0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004,
+    0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002,
+    0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803,
+    0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07,
+    0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02,
+    0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802,
+    0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013,
+    0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06,
+    0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003,
+    0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01,
+    0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403,
+    0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009,
+    0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003,
+    0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003,
+    0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E,
+    0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046,
+    0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401,
+    0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401,
+    0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F,
+    0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C,
+    0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002,
+    0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025,
+    0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6,
+    0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46,
+    0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060,
+    0x380400F0,
+  };
+  static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = {
+    0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001,
+  };
+
+  if( c<128 ){
+    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
+  }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
+    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
+    int iRes;
+    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
+        iRes = iTest;
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( aEntry[0]<key );
+    assert( key>=aEntry[iRes] );
+    return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF)));
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter
+** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint
+** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN
+** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER
+** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an
+** uppercase letter are undefined.
+*/
+static int remove_diacritic(int c){
+  unsigned short aDia[] = {
+        0,  1797,  1848,  1859,  1891,  1928,  1940,  1995, 
+     2024,  2040,  2060,  2110,  2168,  2206,  2264,  2286, 
+     2344,  2383,  2472,  2488,  2516,  2596,  2668,  2732, 
+     2782,  2842,  2894,  2954,  2984,  3000,  3028,  3336, 
+     3456,  3696,  3712,  3728,  3744,  3896,  3912,  3928, 
+     3968,  4008,  4040,  4106,  4138,  4170,  4202,  4234, 
+     4266,  4296,  4312,  4344,  4408,  4424,  4472,  4504, 
+     6148,  6198,  6264,  6280,  6360,  6429,  6505,  6529, 
+    61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726, 
+    61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122, 
+    62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536, 
+    62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 
+    62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390, 
+  };
+  char aChar[] = {
+    '\0', 'a',  'c',  'e',  'i',  'n',  'o',  'u',  'y',  'y',  'a',  'c',  
+    'd',  'e',  'e',  'g',  'h',  'i',  'j',  'k',  'l',  'n',  'o',  'r',  
+    's',  't',  'u',  'u',  'w',  'y',  'z',  'o',  'u',  'a',  'i',  'o',  
+    'u',  'g',  'k',  'o',  'j',  'g',  'n',  'a',  'e',  'i',  'o',  'r',  
+    'u',  's',  't',  'h',  'a',  'e',  'o',  'y',  '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 
+    '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a',  'b',  'd',  'd',  'e',  'f',  'g',  'h',  
+    'h',  'i',  'k',  'l',  'l',  'm',  'n',  'p',  'r',  'r',  's',  't',  
+    'u',  'v',  'w',  'w',  'x',  'y',  'z',  'h',  't',  'w',  'y',  'a',  
+    'e',  'i',  'o',  'u',  'y',  
+  };
+
+  unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
+  int iRes = 0;
+  int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1;
+  int iLo = 0;
+  while( iHi>=iLo ){
+    int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+    if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){
+      iRes = iTest;
+      iLo = iTest+1;
+    }else{
+      iHi = iTest-1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
+  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint
+** is a diacritical modifier character.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){
+  unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF;
+  unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8;
+  if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0;
+  return (c < 768+32) ?
+      (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) :
+      (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32)));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint
+** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent,
+** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version.
+** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument.
+**
+** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
+** is less than zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){
+  /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range
+  ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange
+  ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode.
+  **
+  ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies
+  ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and
+  ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to
+  ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C.
+  **
+  ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[]
+  ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower
+  ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF).
+  **
+  ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt
+  ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See
+  ** http://www.unicode.org for details.
+  */
+  static const struct TableEntry {
+    unsigned short iCode;
+    unsigned char flags;
+    unsigned char nRange;
+  } aEntry[] = {
+    {65, 14, 26},          {181, 64, 1},          {192, 14, 23},
+    {216, 14, 7},          {256, 1, 48},          {306, 1, 6},
+    {313, 1, 16},          {330, 1, 46},          {376, 116, 1},
+    {377, 1, 6},           {383, 104, 1},         {385, 50, 1},
+    {386, 1, 4},           {390, 44, 1},          {391, 0, 1},
+    {393, 42, 2},          {395, 0, 1},           {398, 32, 1},
+    {399, 38, 1},          {400, 40, 1},          {401, 0, 1},
+    {403, 42, 1},          {404, 46, 1},          {406, 52, 1},
+    {407, 48, 1},          {408, 0, 1},           {412, 52, 1},
+    {413, 54, 1},          {415, 56, 1},          {416, 1, 6},
+    {422, 60, 1},          {423, 0, 1},           {425, 60, 1},
+    {428, 0, 1},           {430, 60, 1},          {431, 0, 1},
+    {433, 58, 2},          {435, 1, 4},           {439, 62, 1},
+    {440, 0, 1},           {444, 0, 1},           {452, 2, 1},
+    {453, 0, 1},           {455, 2, 1},           {456, 0, 1},
+    {458, 2, 1},           {459, 1, 18},          {478, 1, 18},
+    {497, 2, 1},           {498, 1, 4},           {502, 122, 1},
+    {503, 134, 1},         {504, 1, 40},          {544, 110, 1},
+    {546, 1, 18},          {570, 70, 1},          {571, 0, 1},
+    {573, 108, 1},         {574, 68, 1},          {577, 0, 1},
+    {579, 106, 1},         {580, 28, 1},          {581, 30, 1},
+    {582, 1, 10},          {837, 36, 1},          {880, 1, 4},
+    {886, 0, 1},           {902, 18, 1},          {904, 16, 3},
+    {908, 26, 1},          {910, 24, 2},          {913, 14, 17},
+    {931, 14, 9},          {962, 0, 1},           {975, 4, 1},
+    {976, 140, 1},         {977, 142, 1},         {981, 146, 1},
+    {982, 144, 1},         {984, 1, 24},          {1008, 136, 1},
+    {1009, 138, 1},        {1012, 130, 1},        {1013, 128, 1},
+    {1015, 0, 1},          {1017, 152, 1},        {1018, 0, 1},
+    {1021, 110, 3},        {1024, 34, 16},        {1040, 14, 32},
+    {1120, 1, 34},         {1162, 1, 54},         {1216, 6, 1},
+    {1217, 1, 14},         {1232, 1, 88},         {1329, 22, 38},
+    {4256, 66, 38},        {4295, 66, 1},         {4301, 66, 1},
+    {7680, 1, 150},        {7835, 132, 1},        {7838, 96, 1},
+    {7840, 1, 96},         {7944, 150, 8},        {7960, 150, 6},
+    {7976, 150, 8},        {7992, 150, 8},        {8008, 150, 6},
+    {8025, 151, 8},        {8040, 150, 8},        {8072, 150, 8},
+    {8088, 150, 8},        {8104, 150, 8},        {8120, 150, 2},
+    {8122, 126, 2},        {8124, 148, 1},        {8126, 100, 1},
+    {8136, 124, 4},        {8140, 148, 1},        {8152, 150, 2},
+    {8154, 120, 2},        {8168, 150, 2},        {8170, 118, 2},
+    {8172, 152, 1},        {8184, 112, 2},        {8186, 114, 2},
+    {8188, 148, 1},        {8486, 98, 1},         {8490, 92, 1},
+    {8491, 94, 1},         {8498, 12, 1},         {8544, 8, 16},
+    {8579, 0, 1},          {9398, 10, 26},        {11264, 22, 47},
+    {11360, 0, 1},         {11362, 88, 1},        {11363, 102, 1},
+    {11364, 90, 1},        {11367, 1, 6},         {11373, 84, 1},
+    {11374, 86, 1},        {11375, 80, 1},        {11376, 82, 1},
+    {11378, 0, 1},         {11381, 0, 1},         {11390, 78, 2},
+    {11392, 1, 100},       {11499, 1, 4},         {11506, 0, 1},
+    {42560, 1, 46},        {42624, 1, 24},        {42786, 1, 14},
+    {42802, 1, 62},        {42873, 1, 4},         {42877, 76, 1},
+    {42878, 1, 10},        {42891, 0, 1},         {42893, 74, 1},
+    {42896, 1, 4},         {42912, 1, 10},        {42922, 72, 1},
+    {65313, 14, 26},       
+  };
+  static const unsigned short aiOff[] = {
+   1,     2,     8,     15,    16,    26,    28,    32,    
+   37,    38,    40,    48,    63,    64,    69,    71,    
+   79,    80,    116,   202,   203,   205,   206,   207,   
+   209,   210,   211,   213,   214,   217,   218,   219,   
+   775,   7264,  10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, 
+   54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, 
+   57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, 
+   65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, 
+   65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, 
+   65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, 
+  };
+
+  int ret = c;
+
+  assert( c>=0 );
+  assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 );
+
+  if( c<128 ){
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A');
+  }else if( c<65536 ){
+    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    int iRes = -1;
+
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode);
+      if( cmp>=0 ){
+        iRes = iTest;
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( iRes<0 || c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode );
+
+    if( iRes>=0 ){
+      const struct TableEntry *p = &aEntry[iRes];
+      if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){
+        ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF;
+        assert( ret>0 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = remove_diacritic(ret);
+  }
+  
+  else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
+    ret = c + 40;
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/
+/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree
+** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Database Format of R-Tree Tables
+** --------------------------------
+**
+** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three 
+** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character
+** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree
+** table.
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE %_node(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB)
+**   CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER)
+**   CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER)
+**
+** The data for each node of the r-tree structure is stored in the %_node
+** table. For each node that is not the root node of the r-tree, there is
+** an entry in the %_parent table associating the node with its parent.
+** And for each row of data in the table, there is an entry in the %_rowid
+** table that maps from the entries rowid to the id of the node that it
+** is stored on.
+**
+** The root node of an r-tree always exists, even if the r-tree table is
+** empty. The nodeno of the root node is always 1. All other nodes in the
+** table must be the same size as the root node. The content of each node
+** is formatted as follows:
+**
+**   1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes
+**      of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer.
+**      For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused.
+**
+**   2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently 
+**      stored in the node.
+**
+**   3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry
+**      consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number
+**      of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid
+**      of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a
+**      child page.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE)
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#else
+#endif
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+#include "sqlite3rtree.h"
+typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
+typedef unsigned char u8;
+typedef unsigned short u16;
+typedef unsigned int u32;
+#endif
+
+/*  The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings.
+*/
+#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER
+# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+#endif
+
+typedef struct Rtree Rtree;
+typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor;
+typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode;
+typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell;
+typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint;
+typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg;
+typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback;
+typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord;
+typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint;
+
+/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */
+#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5
+
+/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to
+** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is 
+** used.
+*/
+#define HASHSIZE 97
+
+/* The xBestIndex method of this virtual table requires an estimate of
+** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of
+** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the
+** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum).
+** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use 
+** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST.
+*/
+#define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576
+#define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST         100
+
+/* 
+** An rtree virtual-table object.
+*/
+struct Rtree {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;          /* Base class.  Must be first */
+  sqlite3 *db;                /* Host database connection */
+  int iNodeSize;              /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */
+  u8 nDim;                    /* Number of dimensions */
+  u8 eCoordType;              /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */
+  u8 nBytesPerCell;           /* Bytes consumed per cell */
+  int iDepth;                 /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */
+  char *zDb;                  /* Name of database containing r-tree table */
+  char *zName;                /* Name of r-tree table */ 
+  int nBusy;                  /* Current number of users of this structure */
+  i64 nRowEst;                /* Estimated number of rows in this table */
+
+  /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is
+  ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains -
+  ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree 
+  ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0).
+  */
+  RtreeNode *pDeleted;
+  int iReinsertHeight;        /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReadNode;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode;
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid;
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent;
+
+  RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ 
+};
+
+/* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */
+#define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0
+#define RTREE_COORD_INT32  1
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY is defined, then this virtual table will
+** only deal with integer coordinates.  No floating point operations
+** will be done.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  typedef sqlite3_int64 RtreeDValue;       /* High accuracy coordinate */
+  typedef int RtreeValue;                  /* Low accuracy coordinate */
+# define RTREE_ZERO 0
+#else
+  typedef double RtreeDValue;              /* High accuracy coordinate */
+  typedef float RtreeValue;                /* Low accuracy coordinate */
+# define RTREE_ZERO 0.0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When doing a search of an r-tree, instances of the following structure
+** record intermediate results from the tree walk.
+**
+** The id is always a node-id.  For iLevel>=1 the id is the node-id of
+** the node that the RtreeSearchPoint represents.  When iLevel==0, however,
+** the id is of the parent node and the cell that RtreeSearchPoint
+** represents is the iCell-th entry in the parent node.
+*/
+struct RtreeSearchPoint {
+  RtreeDValue rScore;    /* The score for this node.  Smallest goes first. */
+  sqlite3_int64 id;      /* Node ID */
+  u8 iLevel;             /* 0=entries.  1=leaf node.  2+ for higher */
+  u8 eWithin;            /* PARTLY_WITHIN or FULLY_WITHIN */
+  u8 iCell;              /* Cell index within the node */
+};
+
+/*
+** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the 
+** maximum. In Gutman's notation:
+**
+**     m = M/3
+**
+** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of
+** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree.
+*/
+#define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3)
+#define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p)
+#define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51
+
+/*
+** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest
+** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates).
+** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since 
+** 2^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of
+** 40 or less.
+*/
+#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40
+
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in the cursor RtreeNode cache.  The first entry is
+** used to cache the RtreeNode for RtreeCursor.sPoint.  The remaining
+** entries cache the RtreeNode for the first elements of the priority queue.
+*/
+#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ  5
+
+/* 
+** An rtree cursor object.
+*/
+struct RtreeCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;         /* Base class.  Must be first */
+  u8 atEOF;                         /* True if at end of search */
+  u8 bPoint;                        /* True if sPoint is valid */
+  int iStrategy;                    /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */
+  int nConstraint;                  /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
+  RtreeConstraint *aConstraint;     /* Search constraints. */
+  int nPointAlloc;                  /* Number of slots allocated for aPoint[] */
+  int nPoint;                       /* Number of slots used in aPoint[] */
+  int mxLevel;                      /* iLevel value for root of the tree */
+  RtreeSearchPoint *aPoint;         /* Priority queue for search points */
+  RtreeSearchPoint sPoint;          /* Cached next search point */
+  RtreeNode *aNode[RTREE_CACHE_SZ]; /* Rtree node cache */
+  u32 anQueue[RTREE_MAX_DEPTH+1];   /* Number of queued entries by iLevel */
+};
+
+/* Return the Rtree of a RtreeCursor */
+#define RTREE_OF_CURSOR(X)   ((Rtree*)((X)->base.pVtab))
+
+/*
+** A coordinate can be either a floating point number or a integer.  All
+** coordinates within a single R-Tree are always of the same time.
+*/
+union RtreeCoord {
+  RtreeValue f;      /* Floating point value */
+  int i;             /* Integer value */
+  u32 u;             /* Unsigned for byte-order conversions */
+};
+
+/*
+** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord
+** formatted as a RtreeDValue (double or int64). This macro assumes that local
+** variable pRtree points to the Rtree structure associated with the
+** RtreeCoord.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+# define DCOORD(coord) ((RtreeDValue)coord.i)
+#else
+# define DCOORD(coord) (                           \
+    (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ?      \
+      ((double)coord.f) :                           \
+      ((double)coord.i)                             \
+  )
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A search constraint.
+*/
+struct RtreeConstraint {
+  int iCoord;                     /* Index of constrained coordinate */
+  int op;                         /* Constraining operation */
+  union {
+    RtreeDValue rValue;             /* Constraint value. */
+    int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*);
+    int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*);
+  } u;
+  sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo;  /* xGeom and xQueryFunc argument */
+};
+
+/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */
+#define RTREE_EQ    0x41  /* A */
+#define RTREE_LE    0x42  /* B */
+#define RTREE_LT    0x43  /* C */
+#define RTREE_GE    0x44  /* D */
+#define RTREE_GT    0x45  /* E */
+#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46  /* F: Old-style sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() */
+#define RTREE_QUERY 0x47  /* G: New-style sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() */
+
+
+/* 
+** An rtree structure node.
+*/
+struct RtreeNode {
+  RtreeNode *pParent;         /* Parent node */
+  i64 iNode;                  /* The node number */
+  int nRef;                   /* Number of references to this node */
+  int isDirty;                /* True if the node needs to be written to disk */
+  u8 *zData;                  /* Content of the node, as should be on disk */
+  RtreeNode *pNext;           /* Next node in this hash collision chain */
+};
+
+/* Return the number of cells in a node  */
+#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2])
+
+/* 
+** A single cell from a node, deserialized
+*/
+struct RtreeCell {
+  i64 iRowid;                                 /* Node or entry ID */
+  RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];  /* Bounding box coordinates */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** This object becomes the sqlite3_user_data() for the SQL functions
+** that are created by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH
+** operators in order to constrain a search.
+**
+** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions.  Exactly one of 
+** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the
+** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
+** 
+** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2().
+*/
+struct RtreeGeomCallback {
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*);
+  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*);
+  void (*xDestructor)(void*);
+  void *pContext;
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Value for the first field of every RtreeMatchArg object. The MATCH
+** operator tests that the first field of a blob operand matches this
+** value to avoid operating on invalid blobs (which could cause a segfault).
+*/
+#define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure (in the form of a BLOB) is returned by
+** the SQL functions that sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() create, and is read as the right-hand
+** operand to the MATCH operator of an R-Tree.
+*/
+struct RtreeMatchArg {
+  u32 magic;                  /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */
+  RtreeGeomCallback cb;       /* Info about the callback functions */
+  int nParam;                 /* Number of parameters to the SQL function */
+  RtreeDValue aParam[1];      /* Values for parameters to the SQL function */
+};
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x))
+#endif
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
+** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned.
+*/
+static int readInt16(u8 *p){
+  return (p[0]<<8) + p[1];
+}
+static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
+  u32 i = (
+    (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + 
+    (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + 
+    (((u32)p[2]) <<  8) + 
+    (((u32)p[3]) <<  0)
+  );
+  *(u32 *)pCoord = i;
+}
+static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){
+  return (
+    (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + 
+    (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + 
+    (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + 
+    (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + 
+    (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + 
+    (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + 
+    (((i64)p[6]) <<  8) + 
+    (((i64)p[7]) <<  0)
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
+** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written
+** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively).
+*/
+static int writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){
+  p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+  return 2;
+}
+static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
+  u32 i;
+  assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 );
+  assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+  i = *(u32 *)pCoord;
+  p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
+  p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+  return 4;
+}
+static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){
+  p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF;
+  p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF;
+  p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF;
+  p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
+  p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
+  p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+  return 8;
+}
+
+/*
+** Increment the reference count of node p.
+*/
+static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){
+  if( p ){
+    p->nRef++;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00).
+*/
+static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){
+  memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2);
+  p->isDirty = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use
+** in the Rtree.aHash table.
+*/
+static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){
+  return iNode % HASHSIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer
+** to it. Otherwise, return 0.
+*/
+static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){
+  RtreeNode *p;
+  for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add node pNode to the node hash table.
+*/
+static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int iHash;
+  assert( pNode->pNext==0 );
+  iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode);
+  pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash];
+  pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove node pNode from the node hash table.
+*/
+static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  RtreeNode **pp;
+  if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){
+    pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)];
+    for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); }
+    *pp = pNode->pNext;
+    pNode->pNext = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0),
+** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is
+** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the
+** node contents out to the database.
+*/
+static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
+  pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
+  if( pNode ){
+    memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
+    pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
+    pNode->nRef = 1;
+    pNode->pParent = pParent;
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+    nodeReference(pParent);
+  }
+  return pNode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node.
+*/
+static int nodeAcquire(
+  Rtree *pRtree,             /* R-tree structure */
+  i64 iNode,                 /* Node number to load */
+  RtreeNode *pParent,        /* Either the parent node or NULL */
+  RtreeNode **ppNode         /* OUT: Acquired node */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
+
+  /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so,
+  ** increase its reference count and return it.
+  */
+  if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){
+    assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent );
+    if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){
+      nodeReference(pParent);
+      pNode->pParent = pParent;
+    }
+    pNode->nRef++;
+    *ppNode = pNode;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode);
+  rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0);
+    if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_column_bytes(pRtree->pReadNode, 0) ){
+      pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize);
+      if( !pNode ){
+        rc2 = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        pNode->pParent = pParent;
+        pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
+        pNode->nRef = 1;
+        pNode->iNode = iNode;
+        pNode->isDirty = 0;
+        pNode->pNext = 0;
+        memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+        nodeReference(pParent);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+
+  /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height
+  ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on
+  ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node
+  ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node
+  ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt.
+  */
+  if( pNode && iNode==1 ){
+    pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData);
+    if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries"
+  ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to 
+  ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+  */
+  if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pNode!=0 ){
+      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+    *ppNode = pNode;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_free(pNode);
+    *ppNode = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell.
+*/
+static void nodeOverwriteCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree,             /* The overall R-Tree */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,          /* The node into which the cell is to be written */
+  RtreeCell *pCell,          /* The cell to write */
+  int iCell                  /* Index into pNode into which pCell is written */
+){
+  int ii;
+  u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
+  p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid);
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii++){
+    p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]);
+  }
+  pNode->isDirty = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the cell with index iCell from node pNode.
+*/
+static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){
+  u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
+  u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell];
+  int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
+  memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte);
+  writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1);
+  pNode->isDirty = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert
+** is successful, return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL.
+*/
+static int nodeInsertCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree,                /* The overall R-Tree */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,             /* Write new cell into this node */
+  RtreeCell *pCell              /* The cell to be inserted */
+){
+  int nCell;                    /* Current number of cells in pNode */
+  int nMaxCell;                 /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */
+
+  nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
+  nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+
+  assert( nCell<=nMaxCell );
+  if( nCell<nMaxCell ){
+    nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell, nCell);
+    writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], nCell+1);
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+  }
+
+  return (nCell==nMaxCell);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database.
+*/
+static int nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pNode->isDirty ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode;
+    if( pNode->iNode ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1);
+    }
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(p);
+    pNode->isDirty = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(p);
+    if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
+      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference
+** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database.
+*/
+static int nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pNode ){
+    assert( pNode->nRef>0 );
+    pNode->nRef--;
+    if( pNode->nRef==0 ){
+      if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+        pRtree->iDepth = -1;
+      }
+      if( pNode->pParent ){
+        rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode);
+      }
+      nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
+      sqlite3_free(pNode);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of
+** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is
+** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number.
+*/
+static i64 nodeGetRowid(
+  Rtree *pRtree,       /* The overall R-Tree */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,    /* The node from which to extract the ID */
+  int iCell            /* The cell index from which to extract the ID */
+){
+  assert( iCell<NCELL(pNode) );
+  return readInt64(&pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode.
+*/
+static void nodeGetCoord(
+  Rtree *pRtree,               /* The overall R-Tree */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,            /* The node from which to extract a coordinate */
+  int iCell,                   /* The index of the cell within the node */
+  int iCoord,                  /* Which coordinate to extract */
+  RtreeCoord *pCoord           /* OUT: Space to write result to */
+){
+  readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord);
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed
+** to by pCell with the results.
+*/
+static void nodeGetCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree,               /* The overall R-Tree */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,            /* The node containing the cell to be read */
+  int iCell,                   /* Index of the cell within the node */
+  RtreeCell *pCell             /* OUT: Write the cell contents here */
+){
+  u8 *pData;
+  u8 *pEnd;
+  RtreeCoord *pCoord;
+  pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
+  pData = pNode->zData + (12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell);
+  pEnd = pData + pRtree->nDim*8;
+  pCoord = pCell->aCoord;
+  for(; pData<pEnd; pData+=4, pCoord++){
+    readCoord(pData, pCoord);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/* Forward declaration for the function that does the work of
+** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods.
+*/
+static int rtreeInit(
+  sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int
+);
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method.
+*/
+static int rtreeCreate(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method.
+*/
+static int rtreeConnect(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Increment the r-tree reference count.
+*/
+static void rtreeReference(Rtree *pRtree){
+  pRtree->nBusy++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches
+** zero the structure is deleted.
+*/
+static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){
+  pRtree->nBusy--;
+  if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadNode);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
+    sqlite3_free(pRtree);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method.
+*/
+static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method.
+*/
+static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc;
+  char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';"
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';"
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';",
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, 
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
+  );
+  if( !zCreate ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method.
+*/
+static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr;
+
+  pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor));
+  if( pCsr ){
+    memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
+    pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents.
+*/
+static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){
+  if( pCsr->aConstraint ){
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through constraint array */
+    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nConstraint; i++){
+      sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pInfo;
+      if( pInfo ){
+        if( pInfo->xDelUser ) pInfo->xDelUser(pInfo->pUser);
+        sqlite3_free(pInfo);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
+    pCsr->aConstraint = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
+*/
+static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab);
+  int ii;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
+  for(ii=0; ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ; ii++) nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->aNode[ii]);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rtree virtual table module xEof method.
+**
+** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid 
+** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
+*/
+static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+  return pCsr->atEOF;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value.
+** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little-
+** endian platforms.  The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if
+** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is
+** false.  a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded.
+** Store the results in "r".
+**
+** There are three versions of this macro, one each for little-endian and
+** big-endian processors and a third generic implementation.  The endian-
+** specific implementations are much faster and are preferred if the
+** processor endianness is known at compile-time.  The SQLITE_BYTEORDER
+** macro is part of sqliteInt.h and hence the endian-specific
+** implementation will only be used if this module is compiled as part
+** of the amalgamation.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234
+#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
+    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
+    memcpy(&c.u,a,4);                                           \
+    c.u = ((c.u>>24)&0xff)|((c.u>>8)&0xff00)|                   \
+          ((c.u&0xff)<<24)|((c.u&0xff00)<<8);                   \
+    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
+}
+#elif defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
+#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
+    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
+    memcpy(&c.u,a,4);                                           \
+    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
+}
+#else
+#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
+    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
+    c.u = ((u32)a[0]<<24) + ((u32)a[1]<<16)                     \
+           +((u32)a[2]<<8) + a[3];                              \
+    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH
+** constraint pConstraint.  
+*/
+static int rtreeCallbackConstraint(
+  RtreeConstraint *pConstraint,  /* The constraint to test */
+  int eInt,                      /* True if RTree holding integer coordinates */
+  u8 *pCellData,                 /* Raw cell content */
+  RtreeSearchPoint *pSearch,     /* Container of this cell */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *prScore,    /* OUT: score for the cell */
+  int *peWithin                  /* OUT: visibility of the cell */
+){
+  int i;                                                /* Loop counter */
+  sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pConstraint->pInfo; /* Callback info */
+  int nCoord = pInfo->nCoord;                           /* No. of coordinates */
+  int rc;                                             /* Callback return code */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];   /* Decoded coordinates */
+
+  assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH || pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY );
+  assert( nCoord==2 || nCoord==4 || nCoord==6 || nCoord==8 || nCoord==10 );
+
+  if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY && pSearch->iLevel==1 ){
+    pInfo->iRowid = readInt64(pCellData);
+  }
+  pCellData += 8;
+  for(i=0; i<nCoord; i++, pCellData += 4){
+    RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, aCoord[i]);
+  }
+  if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH ){
+    rc = pConstraint->u.xGeom((sqlite3_rtree_geometry*)pInfo,
+                              nCoord, aCoord, &i);
+    if( i==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
+    *prScore = RTREE_ZERO;
+  }else{
+    pInfo->aCoord = aCoord;
+    pInfo->iLevel = pSearch->iLevel - 1;
+    pInfo->rScore = pInfo->rParentScore = pSearch->rScore;
+    pInfo->eWithin = pInfo->eParentWithin = pSearch->eWithin;
+    rc = pConstraint->u.xQueryFunc(pInfo);
+    if( pInfo->eWithin<*peWithin ) *peWithin = pInfo->eWithin;
+    if( pInfo->rScore<*prScore || *prScore<RTREE_ZERO ){
+      *prScore = pInfo->rScore;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p.
+** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node,
+** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN.
+*/
+static void rtreeNonleafConstraint(
+  RtreeConstraint *p,        /* The constraint to test */
+  int eInt,                  /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */
+  u8 *pCellData,             /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */
+  int *peWithin              /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */
+){
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl val;     /* Coordinate value convert to a double */
+
+  /* p->iCoord might point to either a lower or upper bound coordinate
+  ** in a coordinate pair.  But make pCellData point to the lower bound.
+  */
+  pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe);
+
+  assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
+      || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case RTREE_LE:
+    case RTREE_LT:
+    case RTREE_EQ:
+      RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val);
+      /* val now holds the lower bound of the coordinate pair */
+      if( p->u.rValue>=val ) return;
+      if( p->op!=RTREE_EQ ) break;  /* RTREE_LE and RTREE_LT end here */
+      /* Fall through for the RTREE_EQ case */
+
+    default: /* RTREE_GT or RTREE_GE,  or fallthrough of RTREE_EQ */
+      pCellData += 4;
+      RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val);
+      /* val now holds the upper bound of the coordinate pair */
+      if( p->u.rValue<=val ) return;
+  }
+  *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check the leaf RTree cell given by pCellData against constraint p.
+** If this constraint is not satisfied, set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN.
+** If the constraint is satisfied, leave *peWithin unchanged.
+**
+** The constraint is of the form:  xN op $val
+**
+** The op is given by p->op.  The xN is p->iCoord-th coordinate in
+** pCellData.  $val is given by p->u.rValue.
+*/
+static void rtreeLeafConstraint(
+  RtreeConstraint *p,        /* The constraint to test */
+  int eInt,                  /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */
+  u8 *pCellData,             /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */
+  int *peWithin              /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */
+){
+  RtreeDValue xN;      /* Coordinate value converted to a double */
+
+  assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
+      || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
+  pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4;
+  RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, xN);
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case RTREE_LE: if( xN <= p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
+    case RTREE_LT: if( xN <  p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
+    case RTREE_GE: if( xN >= p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
+    case RTREE_GT: if( xN >  p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
+    default:       if( xN == p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
+  }
+  *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
+}
+
+/*
+** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit 
+** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell.
+*/
+static int nodeRowidIndex(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  i64 iRowid,
+  int *piIndex
+){
+  int ii;
+  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+  assert( nCell<200 );
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    if( nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)==iRowid ){
+      *piIndex = ii;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index of the cell containing a pointer to node pNode
+** in its parent. If pNode is the root node, return -1.
+*/
+static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int *piIndex){
+  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  if( pParent ){
+    return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex);
+  }
+  *piIndex = -1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare two search points.  Return negative, zero, or positive if the first
+** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
+**
+** The rScore is the primary key.  Smaller rScore values come first.
+** If the rScore is a tie, then use iLevel as the tie breaker with smaller
+** iLevel values coming first.  In this way, if rScore is the same for all
+** SearchPoints, then iLevel becomes the deciding factor and the result
+** is a depth-first search, which is the desired default behavior.
+*/
+static int rtreeSearchPointCompare(
+  const RtreeSearchPoint *pA,
+  const RtreeSearchPoint *pB
+){
+  if( pA->rScore<pB->rScore ) return -1;
+  if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1;
+  if( pA->iLevel<pB->iLevel ) return -1;
+  if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interchange to search points in a cursor.
+*/
+static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){
+  RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i];
+  assert( i<j );
+  p->aPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j];
+  p->aPoint[j] = t;
+  i++; j++;
+  if( i<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+    if( j>=RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+      nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]);
+      p->aNode[i] = 0;
+    }else{
+      RtreeNode *pTemp = p->aNode[i];
+      p->aNode[i] = p->aNode[j];
+      p->aNode[j] = pTemp;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the search point with the lowest current score.
+*/
+static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointFirst(RtreeCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur->bPoint ? &pCur->sPoint : pCur->nPoint ? pCur->aPoint : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get the RtreeNode for the search point with the lowest score.
+*/
+static RtreeNode *rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(RtreeCursor *pCur, int *pRC){
+  sqlite3_int64 id;
+  int ii = 1 - pCur->bPoint;
+  assert( ii==0 || ii==1 );
+  assert( pCur->bPoint || pCur->nPoint );
+  if( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 ){
+    assert( pRC!=0 );
+    id = ii ? pCur->aPoint[0].id : pCur->sPoint.id;
+    *pRC = nodeAcquire(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), id, 0, &pCur->aNode[ii]);
+  }
+  return pCur->aNode[ii];
+}
+
+/*
+** Push a new element onto the priority queue
+*/
+static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeEnqueue(
+  RtreeCursor *pCur,    /* The cursor */
+  RtreeDValue rScore,   /* Score for the new search point */
+  u8 iLevel             /* Level for the new search point */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  RtreeSearchPoint *pNew;
+  if( pCur->nPoint>=pCur->nPointAlloc ){
+    int nNew = pCur->nPointAlloc*2 + 8;
+    pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCur->aPoint, nNew*sizeof(pCur->aPoint[0]));
+    if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+    pCur->aPoint = pNew;
+    pCur->nPointAlloc = nNew;
+  }
+  i = pCur->nPoint++;
+  pNew = pCur->aPoint + i;
+  pNew->rScore = rScore;
+  pNew->iLevel = iLevel;
+  assert( iLevel>=0 && iLevel<=RTREE_MAX_DEPTH );
+  while( i>0 ){
+    RtreeSearchPoint *pParent;
+    j = (i-1)/2;
+    pParent = pCur->aPoint + j;
+    if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(pNew, pParent)>=0 ) break;
+    rtreeSearchPointSwap(pCur, j, i);
+    i = j;
+    pNew = pParent;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it.  Return
+** NULL if malloc fails.
+*/
+static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew(
+  RtreeCursor *pCur,    /* The cursor */
+  RtreeDValue rScore,   /* Score for the new search point */
+  u8 iLevel             /* Level for the new search point */
+){
+  RtreeSearchPoint *pNew, *pFirst;
+  pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur);
+  pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++;
+  if( pFirst==0
+   || pFirst->rScore>rScore 
+   || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel)
+  ){
+    if( pCur->bPoint ){
+      int ii;
+      pNew = rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel);
+      if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+      ii = (int)(pNew - pCur->aPoint) + 1;
+      if( ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+        assert( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 );
+        pCur->aNode[ii] = pCur->aNode[0];
+       }else{
+        nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), pCur->aNode[0]);
+      }
+      pCur->aNode[0] = 0;
+      *pNew = pCur->sPoint;
+    }
+    pCur->sPoint.rScore = rScore;
+    pCur->sPoint.iLevel = iLevel;
+    pCur->bPoint = 1;
+    return &pCur->sPoint;
+  }else{
+    return rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel);
+  }
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Tracing routines for the RtreeSearchPoint queue */
+static void tracePoint(RtreeSearchPoint *p, int idx, RtreeCursor *pCur){
+  if( idx<0 ){ printf(" s"); }else{ printf("%2d", idx); }
+  printf(" %d.%05lld.%02d %g %d",
+    p->iLevel, p->id, p->iCell, p->rScore, p->eWithin
+  );
+  idx++;
+  if( idx<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
+    printf(" %p\n", pCur->aNode[idx]);
+  }else{
+    printf("\n");
+  }
+}
+static void traceQueue(RtreeCursor *pCur, const char *zPrefix){
+  int ii;
+  printf("=== %9s ", zPrefix);
+  if( pCur->bPoint ){
+    tracePoint(&pCur->sPoint, -1, pCur);
+  }
+  for(ii=0; ii<pCur->nPoint; ii++){
+    if( ii>0 || pCur->bPoint ) printf("              ");
+    tracePoint(&pCur->aPoint[ii], ii, pCur);
+  }
+}
+# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) traceQueue(A,B)
+#else
+# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B)   /* no-op */
+#endif
+
+/* Remove the search point with the lowest current score.
+*/
+static void rtreeSearchPointPop(RtreeCursor *p){
+  int i, j, k, n;
+  i = 1 - p->bPoint;
+  assert( i==0 || i==1 );
+  if( p->aNode[i] ){
+    nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]);
+    p->aNode[i] = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->bPoint ){
+    p->anQueue[p->sPoint.iLevel]--;
+    p->bPoint = 0;
+  }else if( p->nPoint ){
+    p->anQueue[p->aPoint[0].iLevel]--;
+    n = --p->nPoint;
+    p->aPoint[0] = p->aPoint[n];
+    if( n<RTREE_CACHE_SZ-1 ){
+      p->aNode[1] = p->aNode[n+1];
+      p->aNode[n+1] = 0;
+    }
+    i = 0;
+    while( (j = i*2+1)<n ){
+      k = j+1;
+      if( k<n && rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[j])<0 ){
+        if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){
+          rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, k);
+          i = k;
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[j], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){
+          rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, j);
+          i = j;
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Continue the search on cursor pCur until the front of the queue
+** contains an entry suitable for returning as a result-set row,
+** or until the RtreeSearchPoint queue is empty, indicating that the
+** query has completed.
+*/
+static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){
+  RtreeSearchPoint *p;
+  Rtree *pRtree = RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur);
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
+  int eWithin;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCell;
+  int nConstraint = pCur->nConstraint;
+  int ii;
+  int eInt;
+  RtreeSearchPoint x;
+
+  eInt = pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32;
+  while( (p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur))!=0 && p->iLevel>0 ){
+    pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCur, &rc);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+    assert( nCell<200 );
+    while( p->iCell<nCell ){
+      sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore = (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)-1;
+      u8 *pCellData = pNode->zData + (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*p->iCell);
+      eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN;
+      for(ii=0; ii<nConstraint; ii++){
+        RtreeConstraint *pConstraint = pCur->aConstraint + ii;
+        if( pConstraint->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){
+          rc = rtreeCallbackConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, p,
+                                       &rScore, &eWithin);
+          if( rc ) return rc;
+        }else if( p->iLevel==1 ){
+          rtreeLeafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin);
+        }else{
+          rtreeNonleafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin);
+        }
+        if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) break;
+      }
+      p->iCell++;
+      if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) continue;
+      x.iLevel = p->iLevel - 1;
+      if( x.iLevel ){
+        x.id = readInt64(pCellData);
+        x.iCell = 0;
+      }else{
+        x.id = p->id;
+        x.iCell = p->iCell - 1;
+      }
+      if( p->iCell>=nCell ){
+        RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-S:");
+        rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur);
+      }
+      if( rScore<RTREE_ZERO ) rScore = RTREE_ZERO;
+      p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCur, rScore, x.iLevel);
+      if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      p->eWithin = eWithin;
+      p->id = x.id;
+      p->iCell = x.iCell;
+      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "PUSH-S:");
+      break;
+    }
+    if( p->iCell>=nCell ){
+      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-Se:");
+      rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur);
+    }
+  }
+  pCur->atEOF = p==0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xNext method.
+*/
+static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */
+  RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "POP-Nx:");
+  rtreeSearchPointPop(pCsr);
+  rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method.
+*/
+static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+  RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr);
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p ){
+    *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCsr), pNode, p->iCell);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method.
+*/
+static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+  RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr);
+  RtreeCoord c;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);
+
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( i==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell));
+  }else{
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell, i-1, &c);
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+      sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 );
+      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with 
+** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and
+** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set
+** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf
+** to zero and return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int findLeafNode(
+  Rtree *pRtree,              /* RTree to search */
+  i64 iRowid,                 /* The rowid searching for */
+  RtreeNode **ppLeaf,         /* Write the node here */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piNode       /* Write the node-id here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  *ppLeaf = 0;
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid);
+  if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0);
+    if( piNode ) *piNode = iNode;
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf);
+    sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed
+** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the
+** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH
+** operator.
+*/
+static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){
+  RtreeMatchArg *pBlob;              /* BLOB returned by geometry function */
+  sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo;   /* Callback information */
+  int nBlob;                         /* Size of the geometry function blob */
+  int nExpected;                     /* Expected size of the BLOB */
+
+  /* Check that value is actually a blob. */
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(pValue)!=SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+
+  /* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */
+  nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue);
+  if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) 
+   || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(RtreeDValue))!=0
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  pInfo = (sqlite3_rtree_query_info*)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInfo)+nBlob );
+  if( !pInfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pInfo, 0, sizeof(*pInfo));
+  pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg*)&pInfo[1];
+
+  memcpy(pBlob, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob);
+  nExpected = (int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) +
+                    (pBlob->nParam-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue));
+  if( pBlob->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC || nBlob!=nExpected ){
+    sqlite3_free(pInfo);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pInfo->pContext = pBlob->cb.pContext;
+  pInfo->nParam = pBlob->nParam;
+  pInfo->aParam = pBlob->aParam;
+
+  if( pBlob->cb.xGeom ){
+    pCons->u.xGeom = pBlob->cb.xGeom;
+  }else{
+    pCons->op = RTREE_QUERY;
+    pCons->u.xQueryFunc = pBlob->cb.xQueryFunc;
+  }
+  pCons->pInfo = pInfo;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method.
+*/
+static int rtreeFilter(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
+  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iCell = 0;
+
+  rtreeReference(pRtree);
+
+  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
+  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
+
+  if( idxNum==1 ){
+    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
+    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
+    RtreeSearchPoint *p;     /* Search point for the the leaf */
+    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+    i64 iNode = 0;
+    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){
+      p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0);
+      assert( p!=0 );  /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */
+      pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf;
+      p->id = iNode;
+      p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
+      rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell);
+      p->iCell = iCell;
+      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:");
+    }else{
+      pCsr->atEOF = 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array 
+    ** with the configured constraints. 
+    */
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){
+      pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
+      pCsr->nConstraint = argc;
+      if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
+        memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1));
+        assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0)
+                || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) );
+        for(ii=0; ii<argc; ii++){
+          RtreeConstraint *p = &pCsr->aConstraint[ii];
+          p->op = idxStr[ii*2];
+          p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'0';
+          if( p->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){
+            /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that
+            ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using
+            ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function.
+            */
+            rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+              break;
+            }
+            p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2;
+            p->pInfo->anQueue = pCsr->anQueue;
+            p->pInfo->mxLevel = pRtree->iDepth + 1;
+          }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+            p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]);
+#else
+            p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]);
+#endif
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      RtreeSearchPoint *pNew;
+      pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, pRtree->iDepth+1);
+      if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      pNew->id = 1;
+      pNew->iCell = 0;
+      pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
+      assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 );
+      pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot;
+      pRoot = 0;
+      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:");
+      rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this
+** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to
+** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void setEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){
+#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002
+  if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){
+    pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three
+** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to 
+** least desirable):
+**
+**   idxNum     idxStr        Strategy
+**   ------------------------------------------------
+**     1        Unused        Direct lookup by rowid.
+**     2        See below     R-tree query or full-table scan.
+**   ------------------------------------------------
+**
+** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy
+** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each 
+** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to 
+** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with
+** (argvIndex==1) etc.
+**
+** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint
+** operator as follows:
+**
+**   Operator    Byte Value
+**   ----------------------
+**      =        0x41 ('A')
+**     <=        0x42 ('B')
+**      <        0x43 ('C')
+**     >=        0x44 ('D')
+**      >        0x45 ('E')
+**   MATCH       0x46 ('F')
+**   ----------------------
+**
+** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column
+** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column
+** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc.
+*/
+static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree*)tab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int ii;
+  i64 nRow;                       /* Estimated rows returned by this scan */
+
+  int iIdx = 0;
+  char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1];
+  memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr));
+
+  assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 );
+  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
+
+    if( p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
+      /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */
+      int jj;
+      for(jj=0; jj<ii; jj++){
+        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0;
+        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0;
+      }
+      pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1;
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1;
+
+      /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures
+      ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be 
+      ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which 
+      ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return
+      ** a single row.
+      */ 
+      pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0;
+      setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, 1);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){
+      u8 op;
+      switch( p->op ){
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break;
+        default:
+          assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
+          op = RTREE_MATCH; 
+          break;
+      }
+      zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op;
+      zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + '0';
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2);
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2;
+  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1;
+  if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  nRow = pRtree->nRowEst / (iIdx + 1);
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)6.0 * (double)nRow;
+  setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, nRow);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p.
+*/
+static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
+  RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1;
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+    area = (area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])));
+  }
+  return area;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum
+** of the objects size in each dimension.
+*/
+static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
+  RtreeDValue margin = (RtreeDValue)0;
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+    margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
+  }
+  return margin;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1.
+*/
+static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
+  int ii;
+  if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+      p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f);
+      p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f);
+    }
+  }else{
+    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+      p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i);
+      p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered
+** by p1. False otherwise.
+*/
+static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
+  int ii;
+  int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32);
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+    RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii];
+    RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii];
+    if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) 
+     || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) 
+    ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell.
+*/
+static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){
+  RtreeDValue area;
+  RtreeCell cell;
+  memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
+  cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
+  return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area);
+}
+
+static RtreeDValue cellOverlap(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeCell *p, 
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell
+){
+  int ii;
+  RtreeDValue overlap = RTREE_ZERO;
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    int jj;
+    RtreeDValue o = (RtreeDValue)1;
+    for(jj=0; jj<(pRtree->nDim*2); jj+=2){
+      RtreeDValue x1, x2;
+      x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj]));
+      x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1]));
+      if( x2<x1 ){
+        o = (RtreeDValue)0;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        o = o * (x2-x1);
+      }
+    }
+    overlap += o;
+  }
+  return overlap;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function implements the ChooseLeaf algorithm from Gutman[84].
+** ChooseSubTree in r*tree terminology.
+*/
+static int ChooseLeaf(
+  Rtree *pRtree,               /* Rtree table */
+  RtreeCell *pCell,            /* Cell to insert into rtree */
+  int iHeight,                 /* Height of sub-tree rooted at pCell */
+  RtreeNode **ppLeaf           /* OUT: Selected leaf page */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int ii;
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
+  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pNode);
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){
+    int iCell;
+    sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0;
+
+    RtreeDValue fMinGrowth = RTREE_ZERO;
+    RtreeDValue fMinArea = RTREE_ZERO;
+
+    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    RtreeNode *pChild;
+
+    RtreeCell *aCell = 0;
+
+    /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell
+    ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with
+    ** the smallest area.
+    */
+    for(iCell=0; iCell<nCell; iCell++){
+      int bBest = 0;
+      RtreeDValue growth;
+      RtreeDValue area;
+      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell, &cell);
+      growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
+      area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
+      if( iCell==0||growth<fMinGrowth||(growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea) ){
+        bBest = 1;
+      }
+      if( bBest ){
+        fMinGrowth = growth;
+        fMinArea = area;
+        iBest = cell.iRowid;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(aCell);
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iBest, pNode, &pChild);
+    nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
+    pNode = pChild;
+  }
+
+  *ppLeaf = pNode;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A cell with the same content as pCell has just been inserted into
+** the node pNode. This function updates the bounding box cells in
+** all ancestor elements.
+*/
+static int AdjustTree(
+  Rtree *pRtree,                    /* Rtree table */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,                 /* Adjust ancestry of this node. */
+  RtreeCell *pCell                  /* This cell was just inserted */
+){
+  RtreeNode *p = pNode;
+  while( p->pParent ){
+    RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent;
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    int iCell;
+
+    if( nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell);
+    if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){
+      cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
+      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell);
+    }
+ 
+    p = pParent;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the <rtree>_rowid table.
+*/
+static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid);
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the <rtree>_parent table.
+*/
+static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode);
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+}
+
+static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int);
+
+
+/*
+** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size
+** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to 
+** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
+** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For
+** example, assuming the inputs:
+**
+**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
+**   aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 }
+**
+** this function sets the aIdx array to contain:
+**
+**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
+**
+** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the
+** sorting algorithm.
+*/
+static void SortByDistance(
+  int *aIdx, 
+  int nIdx, 
+  RtreeDValue *aDistance, 
+  int *aSpare
+){
+  if( nIdx>1 ){
+    int iLeft = 0;
+    int iRight = 0;
+
+    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
+    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
+    int *aLeft = aIdx;
+    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
+
+    SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare);
+    SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare);
+
+    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
+    aLeft = aSpare;
+
+    while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){
+      if( iLeft==nLeft ){
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
+        iRight++;
+      }else if( iRight==nRight ){
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
+        iLeft++;
+      }else{
+        RtreeDValue fLeft = aDistance[aLeft[iLeft]];
+        RtreeDValue fRight = aDistance[aRight[iRight]];
+        if( fLeft<fRight ){
+          aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
+          iLeft++;
+        }else{
+          aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
+          iRight++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    /* Check that the sort worked */
+    {
+      int jj;
+      for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
+        RtreeDValue left = aDistance[aIdx[jj-1]];
+        RtreeDValue right = aDistance[aIdx[jj]];
+        assert( left<=right );
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size
+** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to 
+** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
+** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The
+** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the
+** maximum used to break ties.
+**
+** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the
+** sorting algorithm.
+*/
+static void SortByDimension(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  int *aIdx, 
+  int nIdx, 
+  int iDim, 
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int *aSpare
+){
+  if( nIdx>1 ){
+
+    int iLeft = 0;
+    int iRight = 0;
+
+    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
+    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
+    int *aLeft = aIdx;
+    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
+
+    SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
+    SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
+
+    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
+    aLeft = aSpare;
+    while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){
+      RtreeDValue xleft1 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+      RtreeDValue xleft2 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+      RtreeDValue xright1 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+      RtreeDValue xright2 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+      if( (iLeft!=nLeft) && ((iRight==nRight)
+       || (xleft1<xright1)
+       || (xleft1==xright1 && xleft2<xright2)
+      )){
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
+        iLeft++;
+      }else{
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
+        iRight++;
+      }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    /* Check that the sort worked */
+    {
+      int jj;
+      for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
+        RtreeDValue xleft1 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2];
+        RtreeDValue xleft2 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
+        RtreeDValue xright1 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2];
+        RtreeDValue xright2 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
+        assert( xleft1<=xright1 && (xleft1<xright1 || xleft2<=xright2) );
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the R*-tree variant of SplitNode from Beckman[1990].
+*/
+static int splitNodeStartree(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell,
+  int nCell,
+  RtreeNode *pLeft,
+  RtreeNode *pRight,
+  RtreeCell *pBboxLeft,
+  RtreeCell *pBboxRight
+){
+  int **aaSorted;
+  int *aSpare;
+  int ii;
+
+  int iBestDim = 0;
+  int iBestSplit = 0;
+  RtreeDValue fBestMargin = RTREE_ZERO;
+
+  int nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int));
+
+  aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !aaSorted ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell];
+  memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte);
+  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
+    int jj;
+    aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell];
+    for(jj=0; jj<nCell; jj++){
+      aaSorted[ii][jj] = jj;
+    }
+    SortByDimension(pRtree, aaSorted[ii], nCell, ii, aCell, aSpare);
+  }
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
+    RtreeDValue margin = RTREE_ZERO;
+    RtreeDValue fBestOverlap = RTREE_ZERO;
+    RtreeDValue fBestArea = RTREE_ZERO;
+    int iBestLeft = 0;
+    int nLeft;
+
+    for(
+      nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); 
+      nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); 
+      nLeft++
+    ){
+      RtreeCell left;
+      RtreeCell right;
+      int kk;
+      RtreeDValue overlap;
+      RtreeDValue area;
+
+      memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+      memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+      for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){
+        if( kk<nLeft ){
+          cellUnion(pRtree, &left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]);
+        }else{
+          cellUnion(pRtree, &right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]);
+        }
+      }
+      margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &left);
+      margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &right);
+      overlap = cellOverlap(pRtree, &left, &right, 1);
+      area = cellArea(pRtree, &left) + cellArea(pRtree, &right);
+      if( (nLeft==RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree))
+       || (overlap<fBestOverlap)
+       || (overlap==fBestOverlap && area<fBestArea)
+      ){
+        iBestLeft = nLeft;
+        fBestOverlap = overlap;
+        fBestArea = area;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( ii==0 || margin<fBestMargin ){
+      iBestDim = ii;
+      fBestMargin = margin;
+      iBestSplit = iBestLeft;
+    }
+  }
+
+  memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][iBestSplit]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    RtreeNode *pTarget = (ii<iBestSplit)?pLeft:pRight;
+    RtreeCell *pBbox = (ii<iBestSplit)?pBboxLeft:pBboxRight;
+    RtreeCell *pCell = &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][ii]];
+    nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pTarget, pCell);
+    cellUnion(pRtree, pBbox, pCell);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aaSorted);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+static int updateMapping(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  i64 iRowid, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64);
+  xSetMapping = ((iHeight==0)?rowidWrite:parentWrite);
+  if( iHeight>0 ){
+    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid);
+    if( pChild ){
+      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
+      nodeReference(pNode);
+      pChild->pParent = pNode;
+    }
+  }
+  return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+}
+
+static int SplitNode(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeNode *pNode,
+  RtreeCell *pCell,
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int i;
+  int newCellIsRight = 0;
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+  RtreeCell *aCell;
+  int *aiUsed;
+
+  RtreeNode *pLeft = 0;
+  RtreeNode *pRight = 0;
+
+  RtreeCell leftbbox;
+  RtreeCell rightbbox;
+
+  /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and 
+  ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node.
+  */
+  aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1));
+  if( !aCell ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+  aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1];
+  memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1));
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, i, &aCell[i]);
+  }
+  nodeZero(pRtree, pNode);
+  memcpy(&aCell[nCell], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  nCell++;
+
+  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode);
+    pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode);
+    pRtree->iDepth++;
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+    writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
+  }else{
+    pLeft = pNode;
+    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent);
+    nodeReference(pLeft);
+  }
+
+  if( !pLeft || !pRight ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+  memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+
+  rc = splitNodeStartree(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight,
+                         &leftbbox, &rightbbox);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling
+  ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created
+  ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number.
+  ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite().
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight))
+   || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft)))
+  ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode;
+  leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode;
+
+  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+    rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto splitnode_out;
+    }
+  }else{
+    RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent;
+    int iCell;
+    rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell);
+      rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto splitnode_out;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; i<NCELL(pRight); i++){
+    i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRight, i);
+    rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pRight, iHeight);
+    if( iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){
+      newCellIsRight = 1;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto splitnode_out;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+    for(i=0; i<NCELL(pLeft); i++){
+      i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pLeft, i);
+      rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pLeft, iHeight);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto splitnode_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( newCellIsRight==0 ){
+    rc = updateMapping(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pLeft, iHeight);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
+    pRight = 0;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
+    pLeft = 0;
+  }
+
+splitnode_out:
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
+  sqlite3_free(aCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is 
+** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate
+** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node.
+**
+** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update
+** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the
+** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which
+** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this 
+** function is called to determine its ancestry.
+*/
+static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf;
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){
+    int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;          /* sqlite3_reset() return code */
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode);
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      RtreeNode *pTest;           /* Used to test for reference loops */
+      i64 iNode;                  /* Node number of parent node */
+
+      /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a
+      ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't
+      ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete
+      ** the referenced counted node structures.
+      */
+      iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0);
+      for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent);
+      if( !pTest ){
+        rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent);
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    pChild = pChild->pParent;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int);
+
+static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){
+  int rc;
+  int rc2;
+  RtreeNode *pParent = 0;
+  int iCell;
+
+  assert( pNode->nRef==1 );
+
+  /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */
+  rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParent = pNode->pParent;
+    pNode->pParent = 0;
+    rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1);
+  }
+  rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = rc2;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  
+  /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into
+  ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on.
+  */
+  nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
+  pNode->iNode = iHeight;
+  pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted;
+  pNode->nRef++;
+  pRtree->pDeleted = pNode;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK; 
+  if( pParent ){
+    int ii; 
+    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+    RtreeCell box;                            /* Bounding box for pNode */
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box);
+    for(ii=1; ii<nCell; ii++){
+      RtreeCell cell;
+      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell);
+      cellUnion(pRtree, &box, &cell);
+    }
+    box.iRowid = pNode->iNode;
+    rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii);
+      rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the
+** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required.
+*/
+static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){
+  RtreeNode *pParent;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around
+  ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail.
+  */
+  nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
+
+  /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum
+  ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the
+  ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated
+  ** node.
+  */
+  pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 );
+  if( pParent ){
+    if( NCELL(pNode)<RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree) ){
+      rc = removeNode(pRtree, pNode, iHeight);
+    }else{
+      rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int Reinsert(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  RtreeCell *pCell, 
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int *aOrder;
+  int *aSpare;
+  RtreeCell *aCell;
+  RtreeDValue *aDistance;
+  int nCell;
+  RtreeDValue aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS];
+  int iDim;
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int n;
+
+  memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(RtreeDValue)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS);
+
+  nCell = NCELL(pNode)+1;
+  n = (nCell+1)&(~1);
+
+  /* Allocate the buffers used by this operation. The allocation is
+  ** relinquished before this function returns.
+  */
+  aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc(n * (
+    sizeof(RtreeCell)     +         /* aCell array */
+    sizeof(int)           +         /* aOrder array */
+    sizeof(int)           +         /* aSpare array */
+    sizeof(RtreeDValue)             /* aDistance array */
+  ));
+  if( !aCell ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  aOrder    = (int *)&aCell[n];
+  aSpare    = (int *)&aOrder[n];
+  aDistance = (RtreeDValue *)&aSpare[n];
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    if( ii==(nCell-1) ){
+      memcpy(&aCell[ii], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell));
+    }else{
+      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &aCell[ii]);
+    }
+    aOrder[ii] = ii;
+    for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
+      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+    }
+  }
+  for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
+    aCenterCoord[iDim] = (aCenterCoord[iDim]/(nCell*(RtreeDValue)2));
+  }
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    aDistance[ii] = RTREE_ZERO;
+    for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
+      RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - 
+                               DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]));
+      aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare);
+  nodeZero(pRtree, pNode);
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){
+    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
+    nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p);
+    if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){
+      if( iHeight==0 ){
+        rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }else{
+        rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
+  }
+  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){
+    /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
+    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
+    */
+    RtreeNode *pInsert;
+    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
+    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a 
+** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0).
+*/
+static int rtreeInsertCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeNode *pNode,
+  RtreeCell *pCell,
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( iHeight>0 ){
+    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid);
+    if( pChild ){
+      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
+      nodeReference(pNode);
+      pChild->pParent = pNode;
+    }
+  }
+  if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){
+    if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){
+      rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
+    }else{
+      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight;
+      rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iHeight==0 ){
+        rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }else{
+        rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){
+    RtreeNode *pInsert;
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell);
+
+    /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
+    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
+    */
+    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record.
+*/
+static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1);
+  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure.
+*/
+static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0;           /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */
+  int iCell;                      /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */
+  RtreeNode *pRoot;               /* Root node of rtree structure */
+
+
+  /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */
+  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
+
+  /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry 
+  ** about to be deleted. 
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0);
+    }
+    rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = rc2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the corresponding entry in the <rtree>_rowid table. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete);
+    sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove
+  ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and 
+  ** reduce the tree height by one.
+  **
+  ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into
+  ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform 
+  ** in this scenario).
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){
+    int rc2;
+    RtreeNode *pChild;
+    i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0);
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1);
+    }
+    rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pRtree->iDepth--;
+      writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
+      pRoot->isDirty = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */
+  for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf);
+    }
+    pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext;
+    sqlite3_free(pLeaf);
+  }
+
+  /* Release the reference to the root node. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+  }else{
+    nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rounding constants for float->double conversion.
+*/
+#define RNDTOWARDS  (1.0 - 1.0/8388608.0)  /* Round towards zero */
+#define RNDAWAY     (1.0 + 1.0/8388608.0)  /* Round away from zero */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY)
+/*
+** Convert an sqlite3_value into an RtreeValue (presumably a float)
+** while taking care to round toward negative or positive, respectively.
+*/
+static RtreeValue rtreeValueDown(sqlite3_value *v){
+  double d = sqlite3_value_double(v);
+  float f = (float)d;
+  if( f>d ){
+    f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDAWAY : RNDTOWARDS));
+  }
+  return f;
+}
+static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){
+  double d = sqlite3_value_double(v);
+  float f = (float)d;
+  if( f<d ){
+    f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDTOWARDS : RNDAWAY));
+  }
+  return f;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) */
+
+
+/*
+** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables.
+*/
+static int rtreeUpdate(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, 
+  int nData, 
+  sqlite3_value **azData, 
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid
+){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeCell cell;                 /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */
+  int bHaveRowid = 0;             /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */
+
+  rtreeReference(pRtree);
+  assert(nData>=1);
+
+  /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return
+  ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons:
+  **
+  **   1. A duplicate rowid value, or
+  **   2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint.
+  **
+  ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then
+  ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second
+  ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the
+  ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user.
+  */
+  if( nData>1 ){
+    int ii;
+
+    /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */
+    assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+      for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+        cell.aCoord[ii].f = rtreeValueDown(azData[ii+3]);
+        cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = rtreeValueUp(azData[ii+4]);
+        if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+          goto constraint;
+        }
+      }
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+        cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]);
+        cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]);
+        if( cell.aCoord[ii].i>cell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+          goto constraint;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in 
+    ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+      cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]);
+      if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+       || sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])!=cell.iRowid
+      ){
+        int steprc;
+        sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid);
+        steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+        rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+        if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){
+          if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){
+            rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid);
+          }else{
+            rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+            goto constraint;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      bHaveRowid = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a
+  ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does
+  ** just that.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+    rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0]));
+  }
+
+  /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements
+  ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into
+  ** the r-tree structure.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){
+    /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */
+    RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0;
+
+    /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */
+    if( bHaveRowid==0 ){
+      rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid);
+    }
+    *pRowid = cell.iRowid;
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+constraint:
+  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables.
+*/
+static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node'   RENAME TO \"%w_node\";"
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";"
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid'  RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";"
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
+  );
+  if( zSql ){
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function populates the pRtree->nRowEst variable with an estimate
+** of the number of rows in the virtual table. If possible, this is based
+** on sqlite_stat1 data. Otherwise, use RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST.
+*/
+static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){
+  const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'";
+  char *zSql;
+  sqlite3_stmt *p;
+  int rc;
+  i64 nRow = 0;
+
+  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( sqlite3_step(p)==SQLITE_ROW ) nRow = sqlite3_column_int64(p, 0);
+      rc = sqlite3_finalize(p);
+    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( nRow==0 ){
+        pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST;
+      }else{
+        pRtree->nRowEst = MAX(nRow, RTREE_MIN_ROWEST);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = {
+  0,                          /* iVersion */
+  rtreeCreate,                /* xCreate - create a table */
+  rtreeConnect,               /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
+  rtreeBestIndex,             /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
+  rtreeDisconnect,            /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */
+  rtreeDestroy,               /* xDestroy - Drop a table */
+  rtreeOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
+  rtreeClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
+  rtreeFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
+  rtreeNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
+  rtreeEof,                   /* xEof */
+  rtreeColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
+  rtreeRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
+  rtreeUpdate,                /* xUpdate - write data */
+  0,                          /* xBegin - begin transaction */
+  0,                          /* xSync - sync transaction */
+  0,                          /* xCommit - commit transaction */
+  0,                          /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
+  0,                          /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
+  rtreeRename,                /* xRename - rename the table */
+  0,                          /* xSavepoint */
+  0,                          /* xRelease */
+  0                           /* xRollbackTo */
+};
+
+static int rtreeSqlInit(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  const char *zDb, 
+  const char *zPrefix, 
+  int isCreate
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  #define N_STATEMENT 9
+  static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = {
+    /* Read and write the xxx_node table */
+    "SELECT data FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
+
+    /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */
+    "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
+
+    /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */
+    "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1",
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1"
+  };
+  sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT];
+  int i;
+
+  pRtree->db = db;
+
+  if( isCreate ){
+    char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);"
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);"
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+                                  " parentnode INTEGER);"
+"INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))",
+      zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize
+    );
+    if( !zCreate ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pReadNode;
+  appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pWriteNode;
+  appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode;
+  appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pReadRowid;
+  appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid;
+  appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid;
+  appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pReadParent;
+  appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent;
+  appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent;
+
+  rc = rtreeQueryStat1(db, pRtree);
+  for(i=0; i<N_STATEMENT && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[i], zDb, zPrefix);
+    if( zSql ){
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, appStmt[i], 0); 
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument to this function contains the text of an SQL statement
+** that returns a single integer value. The statement is compiled and executed
+** using database connection db. If successful, the integer value returned
+** is written to *piVal and SQLITE_OK returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error
+** code is returned and the value of *piVal after returning is not defined.
+*/
+static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  if( zSql ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+        *piVal = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called from within the xConnect() or xCreate() method to
+** determine the node-size used by the rtree table being created or connected
+** to. If successful, pRtree->iNodeSize is populated and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+** If this function is being called as part of an xConnect(), then the rtree
+** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting
+** the root node of the tree.
+**
+** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. 
+** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the 
+** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries 
+** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size.
+*/
+static int getNodeSize(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  Rtree *pRtree,                  /* Rtree handle */
+  int isCreate,                   /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Error message, if any */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zSql;
+  if( isCreate ){
+    int iPageSize = 0;
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", pRtree->zDb);
+    rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64;
+      if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)<pRtree->iNodeSize ){
+        pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS;
+      }
+    }else{
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }
+  }else{
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "SELECT length(data) FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = 1",
+        pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
+    );
+    rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
+** methods of the r-tree virtual table.
+**
+**   argv[0]   -> module name
+**   argv[1]   -> database name
+**   argv[2]   -> table name
+**   argv[...] -> column names...
+*/
+static int rtreeInit(
+  sqlite3 *db,                        /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                         /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,   /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,              /* OUT: New virtual table */
+  char **pzErr,                       /* OUT: Error message, if any */
+  int isCreate                        /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Rtree *pRtree;
+  int nDb;              /* Length of string argv[1] */
+  int nName;            /* Length of string argv[2] */
+  int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32);
+
+  const char *aErrMsg[] = {
+    0,                                                    /* 0 */
+    "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table",         /* 1 */
+    "Too few columns for an rtree table",                 /* 2 */
+    "Too many columns for an rtree table"                 /* 3 */
+  };
+
+  int iErr = (argc<6) ? 2 : argc>(RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2+4) ? 3 : argc%2;
+  if( aErrMsg[iErr] ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */
+  nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
+  nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]);
+  pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
+  if( !pRtree ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
+  pRtree->nBusy = 1;
+  pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule;
+  pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1];
+  pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1];
+  pRtree->nDim = (argc-4)/2;
+  pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim*4*2;
+  pRtree->eCoordType = eCoordType;
+  memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb);
+  memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName);
+
+  /* Figure out the node size to use. */
+  rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr);
+
+  /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If
+  ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure
+  ** the r-tree table schema.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }else{
+      char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]);
+      char *zTmp;
+      int ii;
+      for(ii=4; zSql && ii<argc; ii++){
+        zTmp = zSql;
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s, %s", zTmp, argv[ii]);
+        sqlite3_free(zTmp);
+      }
+      if( zSql ){
+        zTmp = zSql;
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s);", zTmp);
+        sqlite3_free(zTmp);
+      }
+      if( !zSql ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSql)) ){
+        *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree;
+  }else{
+    assert( *ppVtab==0 );
+    assert( pRtree->nBusy==1 );
+    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to
+** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis.
+**
+** The scalar function takes two arguments: (1) the number of dimensions
+** to the rtree (between 1 and 5, inclusive) and (2) a blob of data containing
+** an r-tree node.  For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to
+** deserialize all nodes, a statement like:
+**
+**   SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node;
+**
+** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one
+** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a
+** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the 
+** <num-dimension>*2 coordinates.
+*/
+static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  char *zText = 0;
+  RtreeNode node;
+  Rtree tree;
+  int ii;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
+  memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode));
+  memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree));
+  tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]);
+  tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim;
+  node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]);
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<NCELL(&node); ii++){
+    char zCell[512];
+    int nCell = 0;
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    int jj;
+
+    nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%lld", cell.iRowid);
+    nCell = (int)strlen(zCell);
+    for(jj=0; jj<tree.nDim*2; jj++){
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+      sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %g",
+                       (double)cell.aCoord[jj].f);
+#else
+      sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %d",
+                       cell.aCoord[jj].i);
+#endif
+      nCell = (int)strlen(zCell);
+    }
+
+    if( zText ){
+      char *zTextNew = sqlite3_mprintf("%s {%s}", zText, zCell);
+      sqlite3_free(zText);
+      zText = zTextNew;
+    }else{
+      zText = sqlite3_mprintf("{%s}", zCell);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zText, -1, sqlite3_free);
+}
+
+/* This routine implements an SQL function that returns the "depth" parameter
+** from the front of a blob that is an r-tree node.  For example:
+**
+**     SELECT rtreedepth(data) FROM rt_node WHERE nodeno=1;
+**
+** The depth value is 0 for all nodes other than the root node, and the root
+** node always has nodeno=1, so the example above is the primary use for this
+** routine.  This routine is intended for testing and analysis only.
+*/
+static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB 
+   || sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2
+  ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); 
+  }else{
+    u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]);
+    sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the
+** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar 
+** function "rtreenode".
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){
+  const int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreenode", 2, utf8, 0, rtreenode, 0, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
+#else
+    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_REAL32;
+#endif
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree_i32", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine deletes the RtreeGeomCallback object that was attached
+** one of the SQL functions create by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback()
+** or sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().  In other words, this routine is the
+** destructor for an RtreeGeomCallback objecct.  This routine is called when
+** the corresponding SQL function is deleted.
+*/
+static void rtreeFreeCallback(void *p){
+  RtreeGeomCallback *pInfo = (RtreeGeomCallback*)p;
+  if( pInfo->xDestructor ) pInfo->xDestructor(pInfo->pContext);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite
+** scalar function that is implemented by this routine.
+**
+** All this function does is construct an RtreeMatchArg object that
+** contains the geometry-checking callback routines and a list of
+** parameters to this function, then return that RtreeMatchArg object
+** as a BLOB.
+**
+** The R-Tree MATCH operator will read the returned BLOB, deserialize
+** the RtreeMatchArg object, and use the RtreeMatchArg object to figure
+** out which elements of the R-Tree should be returned by the query.
+*/
+static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){
+  RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx);
+  RtreeMatchArg *pBlob;
+  int nBlob;
+
+  nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue);
+  pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob);
+  if( !pBlob ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx);
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    pBlob->magic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC;
+    pBlob->cb = pGeomCtx[0];
+    pBlob->nParam = nArg;
+    for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+      pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_int64(aArg[i]);
+#else
+      pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]);
+#endif
+    }
+    sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,                  /* Register SQL function on this connection */
+  const char *zGeom,            /* Name of the new SQL function */
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*), /* Callback */
+  void *pContext                /* Extra data associated with the callback */
+){
+  RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx;      /* Context object for new user-function */
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the context object. */
+  pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback));
+  if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom;
+  pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0;
+  pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0;
+  pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
+  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, 
+      (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new 2nd-generation geometry function for use with the
+** r-tree MATCH operator.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,                 /* Register SQL function on this connection */
+  const char *zQueryFunc,      /* Name of new SQL function */
+  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), /* Callback */
+  void *pContext,              /* Extra data passed into the callback */
+  void (*xDestructor)(void*)   /* Destructor for the extra data */
+){
+  RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx;      /* Context object for new user-function */
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the context object. */
+  pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback));
+  if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pGeomCtx->xGeom = 0;
+  pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc;
+  pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor;
+  pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
+  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, 
+      (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
+  );
+}
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $
+**
+** This file implements an integration between the ICU library 
+** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library 
+** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses 
+** ICU to provide the following to SQLite:
+**
+**   * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP
+**     operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs.
+**
+**   * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions
+**     for case mapping.
+**
+**   * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences.
+**
+**   * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to 
+**     provide case-independent matching.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU)
+
+/* Include ICU headers */
+#include <unicode/utypes.h>
+#include <unicode/uregex.h>
+#include <unicode/ustring.h>
+#include <unicode/ucol.h>
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#else
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
+** operator.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro.
+*/
+static void xFree(void *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is
+** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and 
+** false (0) if they are different.
+*/
+static int icuLikeCompare(
+  const uint8_t *zPattern,   /* LIKE pattern */
+  const uint8_t *zString,    /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */
+  const UChar32 uEsc         /* The escape character */
+){
+  static const int MATCH_ONE = (UChar32)'_';
+  static const int MATCH_ALL = (UChar32)'%';
+
+  int iPattern = 0;       /* Current byte index in zPattern */
+  int iString = 0;        /* Current byte index in zString */
+
+  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was uEsc */
+
+  while( zPattern[iPattern]!=0 ){
+
+    /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */
+    UChar32 uPattern;
+    U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zPattern, iPattern, uPattern);
+    assert(uPattern!=0);
+
+    /* There are now 4 possibilities:
+    **
+    **     1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%",
+    **     2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_",
+    **     3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or
+    **     4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character
+    */
+    if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){
+      /* Case 1. */
+      uint8_t c;
+
+      /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a
+      ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the 
+      ** test string.
+      */
+      while( (c=zPattern[iPattern]) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){
+        if( c==MATCH_ONE ){
+          if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
+          U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+        }
+        iPattern++;
+      }
+
+      if( zPattern[iPattern]==0 ) return 1;
+
+      while( zString[iString] ){
+        if( icuLikeCompare(&zPattern[iPattern], &zString[iString], uEsc) ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+        U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+      }
+      return 0;
+
+    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){
+      /* Case 2. */
+      if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
+      U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+
+    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==uEsc){
+      /* Case 3. */
+      prevEscape = 1;
+
+    }else{
+      /* Case 4. */
+      UChar32 uString;
+      U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zString, iString, uString);
+      uString = u_foldCase(uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
+      uPattern = u_foldCase(uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
+      if( uString!=uPattern ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      prevEscape = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return zString[iString]==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, 
+**
+**       A LIKE B ESCAPE E
+**
+** is mapped to like(B, A, E).
+*/
+static void icuLikeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  UChar32 uEsc = 0;
+
+  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
+  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
+    ** Otherwise, return an error.
+    */
+    int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+    const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+    int i = 0;
+    if( zE==0 ) return;
+    U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc);
+    if( i!=nE){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when an ICU function called from within
+** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error.
+**
+** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is 
+** loaded with an error message based on the following two args.
+*/
+static void icuFunctionError(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,       /* SQLite scalar function context */
+  const char *zName,           /* Name of ICU function that failed */
+  UErrorCode e                 /* Error code returned by ICU function */
+){
+  char zBuf[128];
+  sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e));
+  zBuf[127] = '\0';
+  sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as
+** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata().
+*/
+static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){
+  URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p;
+  uregex_close(pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes
+** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile
+** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either 
+** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result
+** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise.
+**
+** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such
+** that the following two are equivalent:
+**
+**     zString REGEXP zPattern
+**     regexp(zPattern, zString)
+**
+** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs:
+**
+**     uregex_open()
+**     uregex_matches()
+**     uregex_close()
+*/
+static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  URegularExpression *pExpr;
+  UBool res;
+  const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]);
+
+  (void)nArg;  /* Unused parameter */
+
+  /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, 
+  ** then the result is also NULL. 
+  */
+  if( !zString ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0);
+  if( !pExpr ){
+    const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
+    if( !zPattern ){
+      return;
+    }
+    pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status);
+
+    if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+      sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete);
+    }else{
+      assert(!pExpr);
+      icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */
+  uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Attempt the match */
+  res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL
+  ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than 
+  ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid
+  ** pointer after this function returns.
+  */
+  uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status);
+
+  /* Return 1 or 0. */
+  sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and 
+** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC).
+** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc).
+**
+** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and
+** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences
+** between the two.
+**
+** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar 
+** functions are invoked with one argument:
+**
+**     upper('ABC') -> 'abc'
+**     lower('abc') -> 'ABC'
+**
+** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower()
+** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name
+** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value
+** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version
+** of upper() or lower().
+**
+**     lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i'
+**     lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'ı' (small dotless i)
+**
+** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
+*/
+static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  const UChar *zInput;
+  UChar *zOutput;
+  int nInput;
+  int nOutput;
+
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  const char *zLocale = 0;
+
+  assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2);
+  if( nArg==2 ){
+    zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
+  }
+
+  zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
+  if( !zInput ){
+    return;
+  }
+  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]);
+
+  nOutput = nInput * 2 + 2;
+  zOutput = sqlite3_malloc(nOutput);
+  if( !zOutput ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_user_data(p) ){
+    u_strToUpper(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
+  }else{
+    u_strToLower(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
+  }
+
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "u_strToLower()/u_strToUpper", status);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, -1, xFree);
+}
+
+/*
+** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to
+** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
+*/
+static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){
+  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
+  ucol_close(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to
+** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
+*/
+static int icuCollationColl(
+  void *pCtx,
+  int nLeft,
+  const void *zLeft,
+  int nRight,
+  const void *zRight
+){
+  UCollationResult res;
+  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
+  res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2);
+  switch( res ){
+    case UCOL_LESS:    return -1;
+    case UCOL_GREATER: return +1;
+    case UCOL_EQUAL:   return 0;
+  }
+  assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()");
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation().
+**
+** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation 
+** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called
+** as follows:
+**
+**     SELECT icu_load_collation(<locale>, <collation-name>);
+**
+** Where <locale> is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e.
+** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and <collation-name> is the name of the
+** collation sequence to create.
+*/
+static void icuLoadCollation(
+  sqlite3_context *p, 
+  int nArg, 
+  sqlite3_value **apArg
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p);
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  const char *zLocale;      /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */
+  const char *zName;        /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */
+  UCollator *pUCollator;    /* ICU library collation object */
+  int rc;                   /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */
+
+  assert(nArg==2);
+  zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
+
+  if( !zLocale || !zName ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert(p);
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, 
+      icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    ucol_close(pUCollator);
+    sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the ICU extension functions with database db.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){
+  struct IcuScalar {
+    const char *zName;                        /* Function name */
+    int nArg;                                 /* Number of arguments */
+    int enc;                                  /* Optimal text encoding */
+    void *pContext;                           /* sqlite3_user_data() context */
+    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } scalars[] = {
+    {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY,          0, icuRegexpFunc},
+
+    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+
+    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+
+    {"like",   2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
+    {"like",   3, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
+
+    {"icu_load_collation",  2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, icuLoadCollation},
+  };
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){
+    struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+        db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+#ifdef _WIN32
+__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3IcuInit(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of icu.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+#include <unicode/ubrk.h>
+/* #include <unicode/ucol.h> */
+/* #include <unicode/ustring.h> */
+#include <unicode/utf16.h>
+
+typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
+typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;
+
+struct IcuTokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char *zLocale;
+};
+
+struct IcuCursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+
+  UBreakIterator *pIter;      /* ICU break-iterator object */
+  int nChar;                  /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */
+  UChar *aChar;               /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */
+  int *aOffset;               /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */
+
+  int nBuffer;
+  char *zBuffer;
+
+  int iToken;
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int icuCreate(
+  int argc,                            /* Number of entries in argv[] */
+  const char * const *argv,            /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer      /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+){
+  IcuTokenizer *p;
+  int n = 0;
+
+  if( argc>0 ){
+    n = strlen(argv[0])+1;
+  }
+  p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer));
+
+  if( n ){
+    p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1];
+    memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n);
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int icuOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput,                    /* Input string */
+  int nInput,                            /* Length of zInput in bytes */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  IcuCursor *pCsr;
+
+  const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT;
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  int nChar;
+
+  UChar32 c;
+  int iInput = 0;
+  int iOut = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = 0;
+
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    nInput = 0;
+    zInput = "";
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    nInput = strlen(zInput);
+  }
+  nChar = nInput+1;
+  pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
+      sizeof(IcuCursor) +                /* IcuCursor */
+      ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) +   /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
+      (nChar+1) * sizeof(int)            /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
+  );
+  if( !pCsr ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
+  pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
+  pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3];
+
+  pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+  U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); 
+  while( c>0 ){
+    int isError = 0;
+    c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
+    U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);
+    if( isError ){
+      sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+
+    if( iInput<nInput ){
+      U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
+    }else{
+      c = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pCsr->pIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCsr->nChar = iOut;
+
+  ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter);
+  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen().
+*/
+static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+  ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.
+*/
+static int icuNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  int iStart = 0;
+  int iEnd = 0;
+  int nByte = 0;
+
+  while( iStart==iEnd ){
+    UChar32 c;
+
+    iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter);
+    iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter);
+    if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    while( iStart<iEnd ){
+      int iWhite = iStart;
+      U16_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
+      if( u_isspace(c) ){
+        iStart = iWhite;
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert(iStart<=iEnd);
+  }
+
+  do {
+    UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+    if( nByte ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pCsr->zBuffer = zNew;
+      pCsr->nBuffer = nByte;
+    }
+
+    u_strToUTF8(
+        pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte,    /* Output vars */
+        &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart,       /* Input vars */
+        &status                                  /* Output success/failure */
+    );
+  } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer );
+
+  *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer;
+  *pnBytes = nByte;
+  *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart];
+  *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd];
+  *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = {
+  0,                           /* iVersion */
+  icuCreate,                   /* xCreate  */
+  icuDestroy,                  /* xCreate  */
+  icuOpen,                     /* xOpen    */
+  icuClose,                    /* xClose   */
+  icuNext,                     /* xNext    */
+};
+
+/*
+** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/
diff --git a/code/sqlite3-binding.h b/code/sqlite3-binding.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e86d83f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/code/sqlite3-binding.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7478 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
+** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
+** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
+** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
+** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
+**
+** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
+** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
+** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
+** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
+** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
+**
+** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
+** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
+** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
+**
+** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
+** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
+** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
+** part of the build process.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
+#define _SQLITE3_H_
+#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Add the ability to override 'extern'
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
+# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_API
+# define SQLITE_API
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
+** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
+** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards
+** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
+** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
+**
+** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
+** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
+** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
+** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
+** noop macros.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
+#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
+
+/*
+** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
+**
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
+** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
+** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
+** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
+** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
+** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
+** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
+** be larger than the release from which it is derived.  Either Y will
+** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
+** and Z will be reset to zero.
+**
+** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
+** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
+** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
+** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
+** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
+** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
+** hash of the entire source tree.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
+** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
+** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.5"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008005
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2014-06-04 14:06:34 b1ed4f2a34ba66c29b130f8d13e9092758019212"
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
+**
+** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
+** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
+** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
+** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
+** the header, and thus insure that the application is
+** compiled with matching library and header files.
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
+** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
+** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
+** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
+** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
+** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
+** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[];
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
+** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
+** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
+** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
+** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
+** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
+** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
+**
+** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
+** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
+** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
+**
+** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
+** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
+** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
+**
+** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
+** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
+** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
+** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
+**
+** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
+** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
+** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
+** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
+**
+** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
+** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
+** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
+**
+** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
+** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
+** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
+** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
+** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
+** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  ^(The return value of the
+** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
+** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
+** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
+** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
+**
+** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
+** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
+**
+** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
+** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
+** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
+** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
+** interfaces (such as
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
+** sqlite3 object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
+**
+** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
+** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
+**
+** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
+** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
+** compatibility only.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
+** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
+** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
+** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
+#else
+  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
+typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
+
+/*
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite3_int64
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
+** for the [sqlite3] object.
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if
+** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
+** resources are deallocated.
+**
+** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
+** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
+** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
+** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
+** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
+** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
+** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
+** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
+** destructors are called is arbitrary.
+**
+** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
+** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
+** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
+** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
+** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
+** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation
+** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
+** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
+**
+** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
+** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
+**
+** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
+** must be either a NULL
+** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
+** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
+** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
+** argument is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** The type for a callback function.
+** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
+** compatibility and is not documented.
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
+**
+** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
+** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
+** without having to use a lot of C code. 
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
+** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
+** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
+** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
+** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements.  ^The 4th argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
+** callback invocation.  ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
+** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
+** ignored.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
+** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
+** subsequent statements are skipped.  ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
+** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
+** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
+** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
+** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
+** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
+** NULL before returning.
+**
+** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
+** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
+** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
+** number of columns in the result.  ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
+** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
+** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column.  ^If an element of a
+** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer.  ^The 4th argument to the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
+** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
+** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
+**
+** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
+** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
+** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
+** is not changed.
+**
+** Restrictions:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+**      is a valid and open [database connection].
+** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
+**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
+**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** </ul>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
+  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
+  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
+**
+** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
+** here in order to indicate success or failure.
+**
+** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
+/* beginning-of-error-codes */
+#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
+#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
+#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
+#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
+#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
+#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
+#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
+#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
+#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
+#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
+#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
+#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
+#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
+#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
+#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
+#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
+#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE      27   /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */
+#define SQLITE_WARNING     28   /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
+#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
+#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
+/* end-of-error-codes */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
+**
+** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
+** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
+** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
+** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
+** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
+** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
+** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
+** on a per database connection basis using the
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
+**
+** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
+** One may expect the number of extended result codes will increase
+** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
+** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
+** be exactly zero.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED        (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION     (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
+**
+** These bit values are intended for use in the
+** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
+** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY        0x00000020  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI              0x00000040  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY           0x00000080  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL              0x00080000  /* VFS only */
+
+/* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
+**
+** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
+** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
+** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** refers to.
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
+** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
+** file that were written at the application level might have changed
+** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
+** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
+** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
+** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
+** elevated privileges.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K              0x00000040
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE              0x00002000
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
+**
+** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
+** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
+** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
+**
+** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
+** these integer values as the second argument.
+**
+** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
+** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
+** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
+** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
+** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
+** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
+**
+** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
+** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
+** settings.  The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
+** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
+** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
+** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
+** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
+** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
+** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
+** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
+** cares about the difference.)
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
+**
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
+** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
+** implementations will
+** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
+** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
+** I/O operations on the open file.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
+struct sqlite3_file {
+  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
+**
+** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
+** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
+** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
+** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
+** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
+**
+** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
+** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
+** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
+** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
+** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
+** to NULL.
+**
+** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
+** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
+** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
+** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
+** and not its inode needs to be synced.
+**
+** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
+** </ul>
+** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
+** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
+** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
+** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
+** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
+**
+** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
+** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
+** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
+** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
+** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
+** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
+** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
+** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
+** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
+** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
+** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
+** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
+** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
+** recognize.
+**
+** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
+** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
+** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
+** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
+** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
+** underlying device:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().
+**
+** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
+** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
+** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
+** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
+** database corruption.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
+struct sqlite3_io_methods {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
+  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
+  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
+  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
+  int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
+  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
+  void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
+  int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
+  int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
+  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
+**
+** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
+** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
+** interface.
+**
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
+** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
+** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
+** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
+** is defined.
+** <ul>
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
+** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
+** current transaction.  This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
+** is often close.  The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
+** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
+** file run faster.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
+** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
+** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
+** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
+** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
+** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
+** improve performance on some systems.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
+** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
+** connection.  See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
+** additional information.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
+** No longer in use.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
+** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
+** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked 
+** because the user has configured SQLite with 
+** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place 
+** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
+** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
+** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
+** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that 
+** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications 
+** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may 
+** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
+** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
+** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
+** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the 
+** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
+** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
+** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
+** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
+** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
+** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
+** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
+** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
+** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
+** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
+** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
+** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
+** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
+** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
+** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting.  By default, the auxiliary
+** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
+** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
+** closes.  Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
+** close.  Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
+** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
+** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
+** in order for the database to be readable.  The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
+** WAL mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** WAL persistence setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting.  The PSOW setting
+** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
+** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
+** mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** zero-damage mode setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
+** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
+** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
+** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
+** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
+** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
+** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
+** do anything.  Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
+** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
+** is intended for diagnostic use only.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
+** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
+** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
+** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
+** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
+** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
+** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument.  ^The handler for an
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
+** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
+** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
+** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
+** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
+** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
+** prepared statement.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
+** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
+** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
+** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
+** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]
+** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
+** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
+** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
+** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
+** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
+** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
+** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
+** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
+** current operation.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
+** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control
+** to have SQLite generate a
+** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
+** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses.  The
+** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
+** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  The caller should
+** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the
+** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O.
+** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
+** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map.  The
+** pointer is overwritten with the old value.  The limit is not changed if
+** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit 
+** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number.  This
+** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
+** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
+** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
+** The argument is a zero-terminated string.  Higher layers in the
+** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
+** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
+** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
+** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
+** was first opened.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
+** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
+** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** </ul>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
+#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
+#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
+#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
+**
+** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
+** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
+** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
+** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
+**
+** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
+**
+** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
+** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
+** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".  See
+** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
+**
+** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
+** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
+** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
+** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
+** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
+** modified.
+**
+** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
+** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
+** a pathname in this VFS.
+**
+** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
+** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
+** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
+** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
+** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
+** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
+**
+** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
+** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
+** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
+** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
+** object once the object has been registered.
+**
+** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
+** be unique across all VFS modules.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
+** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
+** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
+** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
+** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
+** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
+** ^SQLite further guarantees that
+** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
+** called. Because of the previous sentence,
+** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
+** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
+** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
+** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
+** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
+**
+** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
+** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
+** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
+** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
+** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
+**
+** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
+** call, depending on the object being opened:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
+** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
+** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
+** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
+** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
+** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
+** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
+** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
+**
+** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
+** deleted when it is closed.  ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
+** databases, and subjournals.
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
+** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
+** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
+** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
+** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
+** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
+** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
+** for exclusive access.
+**
+** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
+** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
+** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
+** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
+** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
+** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
+** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
+** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
+** or failure of the xOpen call.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
+** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
+** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
+** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
+** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
+** directory.
+**
+** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
+** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
+** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
+** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
+** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
+** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
+**
+** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
+** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
+** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
+** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
+** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
+** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
+** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
+** least the number of microseconds given.  ^The xCurrentTime()
+** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
+** a floating point value.
+** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
+** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
+** a 24-hour day).  
+** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
+** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
+** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
+** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
+**
+** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
+** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
+** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
+** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
+** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
+** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
+** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
+** next.  Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
+** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
+** from one release to the next.  Applications must not attempt to access
+** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
+typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
+struct sqlite3_vfs {
+  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
+  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
+  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
+  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
+  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
+               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
+  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
+  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
+  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
+  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
+  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
+  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
+  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
+  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
+  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
+  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
+  ** definition.  Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
+  */
+  int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
+  */
+  int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
+  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
+  */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
+** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object.  They determine
+** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
+** simply checks whether the file exists.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
+** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
+** the directory).
+** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
+** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the file is readable.  The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
+** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
+** SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1   /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2   /* Unused */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants define the various locking operations
+** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods].  The
+** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
+** xShmLock method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** </ul>
+**
+** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
+** was given no the corresponding lock.  
+**
+** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
+** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
+** and EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK       1
+#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK         2
+#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED       4
+#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE    8
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
+**
+** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
+** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
+** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
+** lock outside of this range
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK        8
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
+** SQLite library.  ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
+** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
+** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
+** shutdown on embedded systems.  Workstation applications using
+** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
+** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
+** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  ^(Only an effective call
+** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
+** are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
+** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  ^(Only
+** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
+** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
+** is not.  The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
+** single thread.  All open [database connections] must be closed and all
+** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
+** sqlite3_shutdown().
+**
+** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
+** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
+** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
+** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
+** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
+** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
+** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
+** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
+** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
+** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
+** already.  ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
+** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
+** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
+** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
+** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
+** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
+** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
+** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
+** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
+**
+** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
+** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
+** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
+** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
+** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
+** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
+** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
+**
+** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
+** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
+** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
+** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
+** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
+** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
+** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
+** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
+** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
+** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
+** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
+** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
+** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
+** failure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
+** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
+** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
+** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
+** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
+** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
+** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
+** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
+** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
+** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
+** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
+**
+** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
+** [configuration option] that determines
+** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
+** vary depending on the [configuration option]
+** in the first argument.
+**
+** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
+** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
+**
+** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
+** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
+** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
+** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
+**
+** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
+** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
+** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
+**
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
+** the call is considered successful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
+**
+** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
+** and low-level memory allocation routines.
+**
+** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
+** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
+** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
+** By creating an instance of this object
+** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
+** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
+** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
+** dynamic memory needs.
+**
+** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
+** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
+** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
+** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
+** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
+** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
+** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
+** conditions.
+**
+** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
+** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
+** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
+**
+** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
+** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
+** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
+**
+** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
+** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
+** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
+** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
+** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
+** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
+** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
+**
+** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  For example,
+** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
+** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
+** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
+** xInit and xShutdown.
+**
+** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
+** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
+** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
+** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
+** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
+** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
+** serialization.
+**
+** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
+  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
+  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
+  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
+  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
+  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
+** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Single-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
+** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
+** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+** configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Multi-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** The application is responsible for serializing access to
+** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
+** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
+** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
+** [database connection] at the same time.  ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
+** all mutexes including the recursive
+** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
+** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
+** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
+** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
+** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
+** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
+** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
+** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
+** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
+** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
+** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the 
+** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
+**   <ul>
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_status()]
+**   </ul>)^
+** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
+** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
+** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer an 8-byte
+** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
+** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
+** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).  The sz
+** argument must be a multiple of 16.
+** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
+** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread.  So
+** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads.
+** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6
+** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional
+** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation.  
+** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
+** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option.
+** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
+** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
+** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
+** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each
+** page header.  ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on
+** the host architecture.  ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
+** to make sz a little too large.  The first
+** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
+** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  ^If additional
+** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
+** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
+** The pointer in the first argument must
+** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite
+** will be undefined.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
+** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
+** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
+** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
+** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
+** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
+** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
+** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
+** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
+** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
+** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
+** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
+** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
+** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
+** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
+** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
+** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
+** profiling or testing, for example.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default
+** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each
+** [database connection].  The first argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
+** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(This option sets the
+** <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
+** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
+** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
+** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies the interface
+** to a custom page cache implementation.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
+** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of the current
+** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
+** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
+** global [error log].
+** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
+** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
+** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
+** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
+** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
+** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
+** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
+** function whenever that function is invoked.  ^The second parameter to
+** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
+** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
+** [extended result code].  ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
+** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
+** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
+** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
+** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
+** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
+** <dd>^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
+** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling
+** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
+** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or
+** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
+** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
+** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
+** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
+** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
+** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
+** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
+** <dd>^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as
+** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
+** full table scans in the query optimizer.  ^The default setting is determined
+** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
+** if that compile-time option is omitted.
+** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
+** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
+** when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
+** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
+** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
+** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
+** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
+** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
+** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
+** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
+** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
+** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
+** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
+** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
+** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
+** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
+** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
+** third parameter is passed NULL In this case.  An example of using this
+** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in
+** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
+** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
+** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
+** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
+** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
+** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control.  ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
+** cannot be changed at run-time.  Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size
+** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
+** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
+** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
+** changed to its compile-time default.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
+** <dd>^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows
+** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined.
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
+** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE    22  /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE      23  /* int nByte */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
+** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
+** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
+** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
+** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
+** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
+** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot.  ^The third argument is the number of
+** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
+** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
+** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  ^If the second argument to
+** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
+** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8.  ^(The lookaside memory
+** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
+** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
+** when the "current value" returned by
+** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
+** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
+** [foreign key constraints].  There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
+** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
+** unchanged.  The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
+** There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
+** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
+** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
+** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
+**
+** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
+** has a unique 64-bit signed
+** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
+** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
+** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
+** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
+** is another alias for the rowid.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the 
+** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
+** on database connection D.
+** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded.
+** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables
+** have ever occurred on the database connection D, 
+** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero.
+**
+** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
+** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
+** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running.
+** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned 
+** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual
+** table method began.)^
+**
+** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
+** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
+** routine.  ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
+** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
+** routine when their insertion fails.  ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
+** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
+** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
+** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
+** the return value of this interface.)^
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
+** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
+**
+** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
+** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
+** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
+** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
+** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
+** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
+** last insert [rowid].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
+** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
+** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
+** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
+** or [DELETE] statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
+** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the
+** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes
+** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions.
+**
+** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
+** are not counted.  Only real table changes are counted.
+**
+** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
+** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
+** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution,
+** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other
+** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^
+**
+** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
+** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. 
+** Most SQL statements are
+** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
+** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
+** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
+** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
+**
+** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
+** not create a new trigger context.
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
+** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
+** trigger context.
+**
+** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
+** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that also occurred at the top level.  ^(Within the body of a trigger,
+** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
+** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** statement within the body of the same trigger.
+** However, the number returned does not include changes
+** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
+** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
+** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened.
+** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes
+** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by
+** [foreign key actions]. However,
+** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints,
+** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing.  The
+** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger],
+** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes 
+** are counted.)^
+** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as
+** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle
+** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]).
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
+** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
+**
+** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
+** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
+** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
+** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
+** immediately.
+**
+** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
+** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
+** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
+** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
+**
+** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
+** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
+** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
+**
+** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
+** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
+** will be rolled back automatically.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
+** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
+** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
+** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
+** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
+** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
+** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
+** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
+**
+** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
+** is running then bad things will likely happen.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
+**
+** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
+** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
+** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
+** SQLite for parsing.  ^These routines return 1 if the input string
+** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  ^A statement is judged to be
+** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
+** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  ^Semicolons that are embedded within
+** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
+** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
+** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  ^Whitespace
+** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
+**
+** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  ^If a
+** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+**
+** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
+** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
+**
+** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
+** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
+** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
+** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-8 string.
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
+**
+** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
+** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
+** or process has locked.
+**
+** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
+** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
+** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
+** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
+** been invoked for this locking event.  ^If the
+** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
+** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
+** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
+** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
+**
+** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
+** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
+** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
+** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
+** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
+** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
+** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
+** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
+** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
+** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
+** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
+** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
+** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
+** the second process to proceed.
+**
+** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
+** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
+** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
+** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
+** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
+** readers.  ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
+** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
+** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
+** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  ^This error code promotion
+** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
+** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
+** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
+** this is important.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
+** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
+** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
+** will also set or clear the busy handler.
+**
+** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
+** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions
+** result in undefined behavior.
+** 
+** A busy handler must not close the database connection
+** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
+**
+** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
+** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
+** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
+** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
+** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
+**
+** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
+** turns off all busy handlers.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
+** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
+** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
+** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
+**
+** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
+** Use of this interface is not recommended.
+**
+** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
+** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
+** complete query results from one or more queries.
+**
+** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
+** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
+** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
+** and M be the number of columns.
+**
+** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
+** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
+** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
+** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
+** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
+**
+** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
+** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
+** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
+**
+** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
+** is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
+** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
+** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
+**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
+**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
+**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
+**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
+** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
+** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
+** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
+**
+** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
+** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
+** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
+** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
+** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
+**
+** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
+** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
+** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
+** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
+** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
+  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
+  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
+  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
+  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
+);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
+**
+** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
+** from the standard C library.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
+** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+** The strings returned by these two routines should be
+** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
+** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
+** memory to hold the resulting string.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
+** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
+** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
+** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
+** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
+** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
+** backwards compatibility.  ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
+** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
+** characters actually written into the buffer.)^  We admit that
+** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
+** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
+** now without breaking compatibility.
+**
+** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
+** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
+** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
+** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
+** written will be n-1 characters.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
+**
+** These routines all implement some additional formatting
+** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
+** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
+** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
+**
+** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
+** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
+** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
+** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
+** the string.
+**
+** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
+** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
+** would have looked like this:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
+** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
+**
+** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
+** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
+** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
+** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
+** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
+** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
+** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
+** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
+** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
+** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
+** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
+** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
+** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
+** a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
+** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
+** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
+** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
+** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
+** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
+** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
+** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
+** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
+** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
+** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
+** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
+** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
+** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
+** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
+** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
+** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
+** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
+** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
+** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
+** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
+** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
+** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
+** is not freed.
+**
+** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
+** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
+** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
+** option is used.
+**
+** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
+** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
+** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
+** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
+**
+** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
+** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
+** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
+** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
+** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
+** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
+** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
+**
+** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
+** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
+** not yet been released.
+**
+** The application must not read or write any part of
+** a block of memory after it has been released using
+** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
+**
+** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
+** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
+** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
+** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
+** was last reset.  ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
+** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
+** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
+** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
+**
+** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
+** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  ^The value returned
+** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
+** prior to the reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
+**
+** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
+** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
+** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
+** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
+** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
+**
+** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
+** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness
+** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then
+** the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
+** method.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
+**
+** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
+** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
+** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
+** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
+** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
+** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
+** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
+** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
+** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
+** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
+** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
+** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
+** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
+** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
+** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
+**
+** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
+** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
+** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
+** access is denied. 
+**
+** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
+** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
+** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
+** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
+** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
+** details about the action to be authorized.
+**
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
+** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
+** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
+** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
+** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
+** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
+** columns of a table.
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
+** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
+** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
+**
+** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
+** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
+** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
+** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
+** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
+** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
+** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
+** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
+** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
+** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
+**
+** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
+** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
+** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
+** in addition to using an authorizer.
+**
+** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
+** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
+** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
+** The authorizer is disabled by default.
+**
+** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
+** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
+** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
+**
+** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
+** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
+** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
+** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
+** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3*,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pUserData
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
+** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
+** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
+** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
+** information.
+**
+** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
+** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
+#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
+** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
+** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
+** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
+** the authorizer callback may be passed.
+**
+** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
+** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
+** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
+** codes is used as the second parameter.  ^(The 5th parameter to the
+** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
+** etc.) if applicable.)^  ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
+** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
+** top-level SQL code.
+*/
+/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
+#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
+#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
+#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
+#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
+**
+** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
+** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
+** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
+** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
+** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
+** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
+** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
+** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
+**
+** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit
+** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace().
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
+** as each SQL statement finishes.  ^The profile callback contains
+** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
+** of how long that statement took to run.  ^The profile callback
+** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
+** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
+** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
+** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
+** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
+** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
+** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
+** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
+** database connection D.  An example use for this
+** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
+**
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
+** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of 
+** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
+** invocations of the callback X.  ^If N is less than one then the progress
+** handler is disabled.
+**
+** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
+** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
+** old one.  ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
+** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
+** than 1.
+**
+** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
+** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
+** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
+**
+** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
+**
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
+** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
+** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
+** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
+** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
+** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
+** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
+** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
+** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
+** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
+**
+** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
+** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
+**
+** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
+** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
+** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
+**
+** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
+** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
+** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
+** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
+** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
+**
+** <dl>
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
+** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
+** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
+** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
+** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
+** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
+** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
+** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
+** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
+** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
+** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
+** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
+** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
+** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
+** the new database connection should use.  ^If the fourth parameter is
+** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
+**
+** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
+** is created for the connection.  ^This in-memory database will vanish when
+** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
+** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
+** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
+** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
+** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
+**
+** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
+** on-disk database will be created.  ^This private database will be
+** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
+**
+** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
+**
+** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
+** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
+** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
+** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
+** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
+** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
+** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
+** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
+** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
+** information.
+**
+** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
+** present, is ignored.
+**
+** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
+** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
+** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
+** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
+**
+** [[core URI query parameters]]
+** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
+** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
+** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
+**     a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
+**     be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
+**     an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
+**     VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
+**     present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
+**     the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
+**     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
+**     an error)^. 
+**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
+**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
+**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
+**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
+**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
+**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
+**     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
+**     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
+**     the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
+**     the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
+**     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
+**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
+**     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
+**     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
+**     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
+**
+**  <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter may be "true" (or "on" or "yes" or
+**     "1") or "false" (or "off" or "no" or "0") to indicate that the
+**     [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
+**     storage media on which the database file resides.  ^The psow query
+**     parameter only works for the built-in unix and Windows VFSes.
+**
+**  <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
+**     which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes.  This
+**     is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
+**     support locking.  Caution:  Database corruption might result if two
+**     or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
+**     processes uses nolock=1.
+**
+**  <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
+**     parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
+**     read-only media.  ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
+**     database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
+**     privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
+**     and change detection is disabled.  Caution: Setting the immutable
+**     property on a database file that does in fact change can result
+**     in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
+**     See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
+**       
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
+** error.  Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
+** parameters.  See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
+** additional information.
+**
+** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
+**
+** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
+** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
+** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
+**          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
+**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
+**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
+**          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
+** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
+**          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
+** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
+**          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
+**     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
+**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
+**          necessary - space characters can be used literally
+**          in URI filenames.
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
+**          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
+**          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
+**          default, use a private cache.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
+**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
+**          that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
+**          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
+** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
+** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
+** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
+** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
+** the results are undefined.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
+** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
+** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
+** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+  int flags,              /* Flags */
+  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
+**
+** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
+**
+** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
+** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
+** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
+** P is the name of the query parameter, then
+** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
+** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
+** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
+** a pointer to an empty string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
+** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
+** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
+** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
+** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
+** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
+** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
+** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
+** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
+** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
+** zero is returned.
+** 
+** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
+** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
+** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
+** undesirable.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
+** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
+** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
+** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
+** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.  ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
+** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
+** disabled.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
+** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
+** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
+** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
+** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text
+** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
+** and must not be freed by the application)^.
+**
+** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
+** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
+** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
+** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
+** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
+** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
+** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
+** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
+** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
+**
+** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
+** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
+** error code and message may or may not be set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
+** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
+** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
+** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
+**
+** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
+**      function.
+** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
+**      interfaces.
+** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
+** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
+**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
+** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
+** </ol>
+**
+** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
+** information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
+**
+** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
+** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
+** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
+** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
+** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
+** new limit for that construct.)^
+**
+** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
+** [limits | hard upper bound]
+** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
+** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
+** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
+** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
+** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
+**
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
+** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
+** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
+** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
+**
+** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
+** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
+** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
+** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
+** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
+** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
+** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
+** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
+** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
+** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
+** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
+** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
+**
+** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
+** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
+**
+** These constants define various performance limits
+** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
+** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
+** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
+** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
+** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
+** used to implement an SQL statement.  This limit is not currently
+** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
+** SQLite.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
+** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
+**
+** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
+** program using one of these routines.
+**
+** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
+** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
+** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
+**
+** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
+** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
+** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
+** use UTF-16.
+**
+** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
+** number of  bytes read from zSql.  ^When nByte is non-negative, the
+** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
+** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
+** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
+** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
+** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
+** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to
+** make a copy of the input string.
+**
+** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
+** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
+** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
+** what remains uncompiled.
+**
+** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
+** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
+** to NULL.  ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
+** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
+** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
+** ppStmt may not be NULL.
+**
+** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
+** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
+** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
+** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
+** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
+** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
+** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
+** behave differently in three ways:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li>
+** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
+** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
+** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY]
+** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
+** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  ^The legacy behavior was that
+** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
+** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
+** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
+** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the 
+** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
+** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
+** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
+** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
+** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
+** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
+** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
+** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
+** </li>
+** </ol>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
+**
+** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
+** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
+** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
+** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
+** the content of the database file.
+**
+** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
+** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
+** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
+** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
+** change the database file through side-effects:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
+** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
+**
+** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
+** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
+** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
+** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
+** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
+** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
+** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
+** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
+** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not 
+** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
+** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
+** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
+**
+** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
+** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
+** statements that are holding a transaction open.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
+** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
+**
+** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
+** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
+** for the values it stores.  ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
+** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
+**
+** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
+** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
+** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
+** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
+** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
+**
+** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
+** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
+** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
+** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
+** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
+** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
+** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
+** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
+** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
+** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
+** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
+** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
+** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
+** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
+**
+** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
+** sqlite3_context object.  ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
+** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
+** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
+** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
+** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
+** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
+** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
+** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
+**
+** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
+** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
+** templates:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  ?
+** <li>  ?NNN
+** <li>  :VVV
+** <li>  @VVV
+** <li>  $VVV
+** </ul>
+**
+** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
+** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
+** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
+** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
+** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
+**
+** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
+** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
+** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
+** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
+** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
+** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
+** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
+** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
+**
+** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
+** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
+**
+** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
+** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
+** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
+** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** is negative, then the length of the string is
+** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
+** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
+** the behavior is undefined.
+** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
+** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset
+** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
+** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
+** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
+** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
+** with embedded NULs is undefined.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
+** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
+** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(),
+** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.  
+** ^If the fifth argument is
+** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
+** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
+** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
+** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
+** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
+** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
+** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
+** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
+** content is later written using
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
+** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
+**
+** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
+** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
+** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
+** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
+** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
+** result is undefined and probably harmful.
+**
+** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
+** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
+** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
+** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
+** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
+**
+** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
+** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
+** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
+** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
+** to the parameters at a later time.
+**
+** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
+** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
+** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
+** there may be gaps in the list.)^
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
+** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
+** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** respectively.
+** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
+** is included as part of the name.)^
+** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
+** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
+**
+** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
+**
+** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
+** nameless, then NULL is returned.  ^The returned string is
+** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
+** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
+** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
+**
+** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
+** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
+** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
+** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
+** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
+** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
+**
+** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
+** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
+**
+** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
+** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
+** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
+**
+** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
+** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
+** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
+** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
+** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
+** column number.  ^The leftmost column is number 0.
+**
+** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
+** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the next call to
+** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
+** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
+** NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
+** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
+** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
+** one release of SQLite to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
+**
+** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
+** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
+** [SELECT] statement.
+** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
+** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
+** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
+** the origin_ routines return the column name.
+** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
+** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the same information is requested
+** again in a different encoding.
+**
+** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
+** database, table, and column.
+**
+** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
+** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
+** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
+** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
+**
+** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
+** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
+** NULL.  ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
+** occurs.  ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
+** or column that query result column was extracted from.
+**
+** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
+** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
+**
+** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
+** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
+** undefined.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more
+** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
+** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
+** at the same time then the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
+**
+** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
+** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
+** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
+** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
+** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
+**
+** ^(For example, given the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
+**
+** and the following statement to be compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
+**
+** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
+** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
+**
+** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  ^So just because a column
+** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
+** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
+** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  ^Type
+** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
+** used to hold those values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
+**
+** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
+** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
+**
+** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
+** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
+** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
+** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
+** interface will continue to be supported.
+**
+** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
+** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
+** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
+** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
+** database locks it needs to do its job.  ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
+** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
+** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
+** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
+** continuing.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
+** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
+** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
+** machine back to its initial state.
+**
+** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
+** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
+** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
+** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
+** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
+** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
+** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
+** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
+** [prepared statement].  ^In the "v2" interface,
+** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
+**
+** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
+** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
+** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
+** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
+** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
+** more threads at the same moment in time.
+**
+** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
+** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
+** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
+** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
+** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
+** sqlite3_step().  But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
+** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
+** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
+** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
+** is broken by definition.  The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
+** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
+**
+** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
+** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
+** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
+** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
+** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
+** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
+** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
+** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
+** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
+** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
+** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
+** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
+** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
+** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
+** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
+** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE].  ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
+** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
+** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
+** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
+** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
+**
+** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> 64-bit signed integer
+** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
+** <li> string
+** <li> BLOB
+** <li> NULL
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** These constants are codes for each of those types.
+**
+** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
+** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
+** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
+** SQLITE_TEXT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
+#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
+#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
+#define SQLITE_NULL     5
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
+# undef SQLITE_TEXT
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
+#endif
+#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
+** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
+**
+** These routines form the "result set" interface.
+**
+** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
+** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
+** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
+** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
+** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
+** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
+** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
+** [sqlite3_column_count()].
+**
+** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
+** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
+** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
+** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
+** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
+** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
+** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
+** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
+** are pending, then the results are undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
+** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
+** of the result column.  ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
+** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
+** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
+** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
+** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
+** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
+** following a type conversion.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
+** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
+** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
+**
+** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
+** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
+** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
+**
+** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
+** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
+** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  An unprotected sqlite3_value object
+** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
+** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
+** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
+** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
+** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
+** conversion automatically.  ^(The following table details the conversions
+** that are applied:
+**
+** <blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
+**
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> [CAST] to BLOB
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
+** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
+** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
+** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
+** C programmers.
+**
+** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
+** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
+** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
+** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
+** in the following cases:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
+**      need to be added to the string.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-16.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-8.</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
+** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
+** that the prior pointer references will have been modified.  Other kinds
+** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
+** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
+**
+** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
+** in one of the following ways:
+**
+** <ul>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
+** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
+** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
+** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
+** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
+**
+** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
+** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  ^The memory space used to hold strings
+** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
+** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
+** [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
+** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
+** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
+** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
+** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
+** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
+** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
+** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
+** [extended error code].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
+** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
+** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
+** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
+** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
+** completed execution.
+**
+** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
+** resource leaks.  It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
+** a prepared statement after it has been finalized.  Any use of a prepared
+** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
+** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
+** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
+** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
+** back to the beginning of its program.
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
+** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
+** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
+** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
+** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
+** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
+**
+** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
+** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
+** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
+** these routines are the text encoding expected for
+** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
+** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
+** the application data pointer.
+**
+** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
+** function is to be added.  ^If an application uses more than one database
+** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
+** to each database connection separately.
+**
+** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
+** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
+** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
+** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
+** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
+** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
+**
+** ^The third parameter (nArg)
+** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
+** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
+** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
+** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
+** undefined.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
+** its parameters.  The application should set this parameter to
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes 
+** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
+** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
+** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
+** otherwise.  ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using
+** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for
+** each encoding.
+** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
+** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]
+** to signal that the function will always return the same result given
+** the same inputs within a single SQL statement.  Most SQL functions are
+** deterministic.  The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a
+** function that is not deterministic.  The SQLite query planner is able to
+** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use
+** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible.
+**
+** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
+** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
+**
+** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
+** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
+** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
+** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
+** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
+** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
+** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
+** callbacks.
+**
+** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
+** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. 
+** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
+** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
+** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
+** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
+** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data 
+** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
+**
+** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
+** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
+** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  ^SQLite will use
+** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
+** SQL function is used.  ^A function implementation with a non-negative
+** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
+** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
+** matches the database encoding is a better
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
+** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
+** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
+** between UTF8 and UTF16.
+**
+** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
+**
+** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
+** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
+** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
+** statement in which the function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
+**
+** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
+** text encodings supported by SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_UTF8           1
+#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
+#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
+#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
+#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* Deprecated */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
+**
+** These constants may be ORed together with the 
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC    0x800
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
+** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
+** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
+** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
+                      void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values
+**
+** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
+** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
+** the function or aggregate.
+**
+** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
+** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
+** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
+** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
+** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
+**
+** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
+** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
+** object results in undefined behavior.
+**
+** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
+** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
+** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
+** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
+** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
+** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
+** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
+** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
+** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
+** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
+** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
+** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
+**
+** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
+** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
+** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
+** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread as
+** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
+**
+** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
+** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
+**
+** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
+** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
+** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
+** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
+** the same buffer is returned.  Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
+** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
+** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked.  ^(When no rows match
+** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
+** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
+** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
+** first time from within xFinal().)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer 
+** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
+** allocate error occurs.
+**
+** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
+** determined by the N parameter on first successful call.  Changing the
+** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
+** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
+** allocation.)^  Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
+** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no 
+** pointless memory allocations occur.
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
+**
+** The first parameter must be a copy of the
+** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
+** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
+** function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the aggregate SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the application-defined function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
+**
+** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
+** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
+** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
+** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
+** metadata associated with the pattern string.  
+** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
+** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
+** invocations of the same function.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
+** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
+** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata
+** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th
+** argument of the application-defined function.  ^Subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or
+** NULL if the metadata has been discarded.
+** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL,
+** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly
+** once, when the metadata is discarded.
+** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul>
+** <li> when the corresponding function parameter changes, or
+** <li> when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the
+**      SQL statement, or
+** <li> when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or
+** <li> during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory 
+**      allocation error occurs. </ul>)^
+**
+** Note the last bullet in particular.  The destructor X in 
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns.  Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
+** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
+** function implementation should not make any use of P after
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called.
+**
+** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
+** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal
+** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
+** the SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
+**
+** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  ^If the destructor
+** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  ^The
+** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
+** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
+** the content before returning.
+**
+** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
+** C++ compilers.
+*/
+typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
+#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
+#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
+**
+** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
+** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
+** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** for additional information.
+**
+** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
+** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
+** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
+** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
+** third parameter.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
+** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
+** by its 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
+** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
+** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
+** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
+** as the text of an error message.  ^SQLite interprets the error
+** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
+** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
+** byte order.  ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
+** message all text up through the first zero character.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
+** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
+** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
+** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
+** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
+** modify the text after they return without harm.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
+** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  ^By default,
+** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
+** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
+** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
+** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
+** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
+** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
+** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
+** through the first zero character.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
+** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
+** function result.  If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
+** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
+** appear if the string where NUL terminated.  If any NUL characters occur
+** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
+** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
+** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
+** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
+** finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
+** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
+** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
+** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
+** when it has finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
+** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a copy the
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
+** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
+** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
+** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
+** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
+** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
+**
+** If these routines are called from within the different thread
+** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
+** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
+**
+** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
+** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
+**
+** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
+** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
+** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
+** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
+** considered to be the same name.
+**
+** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
+** </ul>)^
+** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
+** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
+** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
+** on an even byte address.
+**
+** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
+** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
+** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
+** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
+** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
+** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
+** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
+** that collation is no longer usable.
+**
+** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
+** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
+** by the eTextRep argument.  The collating function must return an
+** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
+** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
+** respectively.  A collating function must always return the same answer
+** given the same inputs.  If two or more collating functions are registered
+** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
+** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
+** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
+** strings A, B, and C:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> If A==B then B==A.
+** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
+** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A.
+** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C.
+** </ol>
+**
+** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
+** collating function is  registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
+** is undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
+** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
+** the collating function is deleted.
+** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
+** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
+** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
+** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
+** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
+** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
+** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
+** compatibility.
+**
+** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const void *zName,
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
+**
+** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
+** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
+** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
+** sequence is required.
+**
+** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
+** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
+** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
+** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
+** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
+**
+** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
+** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
+** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
+** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** required collation sequence.)^
+**
+** The callback function should register the desired collation using
+** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*, 
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*,
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
+** called right after sqlite3_open().
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
+** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
+** database is decrypted.
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a SEE database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
+**
+** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
+** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
+**
+** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
+** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
+** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the operating system is returned.
+**
+** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
+** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.  If the xSleep() method
+** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
+** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
+** in the previous paragraphs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
+** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
+** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
+** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
+** temporary file directory.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
+** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+** &nbsp;     TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf&#91;MAX_PATH + 1&#93;;
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+** &nbsp;     NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
+** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
+** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
+** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
+** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
+** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
+** for the process.  Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
+** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
+**
+** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
+** open can result in a corrupt database.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
+** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
+** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
+** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
+** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
+** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
+**
+** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
+** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
+** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
+** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
+** an error is to use this function.
+**
+** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
+** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
+** is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
+** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
+** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
+** that was the first argument
+** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
+** create the statement in the first place.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
+** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
+** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
+** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
+** a NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
+** xFullPathname method of the [VFS].  ^In other words, the filename
+** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
+** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
+** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
+** the name of a database on connection D.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
+** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
+** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
+** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
+** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
+**
+** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
+** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
+** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
+** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
+** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call for each function on D.
+**
+** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
+** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
+** or rollback hook in the first place.
+** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
+** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
+** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
+**
+** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
+** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
+** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
+** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
+** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
+** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
+** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
+** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
+** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
+** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
+** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
+** a rowid table.
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+**
+** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
+** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table.
+** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
+** to sqlite3_update_hook().
+** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
+** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
+** to be invoked.
+** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
+** database and table name containing the affected row.
+** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
+** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
+**
+** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
+** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
+**
+** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
+** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
+** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
+** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
+** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+**
+** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
+** returns the P argument from the previous call
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call on D.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
+** interfaces.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
+**
+** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
+** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
+** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
+** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
+**
+** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
+** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
+** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
+**
+** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
+** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
+** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
+** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
+**
+** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
+** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
+**
+** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
+** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
+** cache setting should set it explicitly.
+**
+** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
+** 32-bit integer is atomic.
+**
+** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
+** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
+** held by the database library.   Memory used to cache database
+** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
+** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
+** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
+** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
+** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
+** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
+** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
+** omitted.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
+** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
+** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
+** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
+** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
+** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
+** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
+** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
+** is advisory only.
+**
+** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
+** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
+** error.  ^If the argument N is negative
+** then no change is made to the soft heap limit.  Hence, the current
+** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
+** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
+**
+** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
+**
+** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
+** if one or more of following conditions are true:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
+** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
+**      the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
+** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
+** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
+**      by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
+**      from the heap.
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced
+** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
+** compile-time option is invoked.  With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
+** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation.  Without
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
+** when memory is allocated by the page cache.  Testing suggests that because
+** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
+** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
+** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
+** changes in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+** interface.  This routine is provided for historical compatibility
+** only.  All new applications should use the
+** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
+**
+** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
+** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
+** passed as the first function argument.
+**
+** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
+** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database
+** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
+** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
+** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
+** resolve unqualified table references.
+**
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
+** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
+** may be NULL.
+**
+** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
+** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
+** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
+**
+** ^(<blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
+**
+** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
+** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
+** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
+** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
+** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
+** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
+** call to any SQLite API function.
+**
+** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
+** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
+** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
+** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output
+** parameters are set as follows:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
+** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
+** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
+** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^
+**
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
+  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
+  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
+  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
+  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
+**
+** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
+** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile.  If
+** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
+** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
+** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like
+** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might
+** be tried also.
+**
+** ^The entry point is zProc.
+** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an
+** entry point name on its own.  It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the
+** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic
+** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following
+** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
+** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
+** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
+** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
+** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
+** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
+** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
+** otherwise an error will be returned.
+**
+** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
+**
+** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
+** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
+** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
+** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
+**
+** ^Extension loading is off by default.
+** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
+** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
+** it back off again.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
+**
+** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
+** each new [database connection] that is created.  The idea here is that
+** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension]
+** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
+**
+** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
+** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
+** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the
+** entry point where as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** &nbsp;  int xEntryPoint(
+** &nbsp;    sqlite3 *db,
+** &nbsp;    const char **pzErrMsg,
+** &nbsp;    const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+** &nbsp;  );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
+** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
+** and return an appropriate [error code].  ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
+** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint().  ^SQLite will invoke
+** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns.  ^If any
+** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
+** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
+** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
+** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
+** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
+** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)].  ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
+** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully 
+** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
+** routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
+** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the virtual table interface
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
+typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
+typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
+**
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
+** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
+**
+** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
+** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
+** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
+** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
+** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
+** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
+** any database connection.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_module {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
+  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
+  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
+  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
+  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
+                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                       void **ppArg);
+  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
+  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
+  ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
+  int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
+**
+** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
+** of the [virtual table] interface to
+** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
+** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
+** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
+** results into the **Outputs** fields.
+**
+** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
+**
+** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
+**
+** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^  ^(The particular operator is
+** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
+** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
+** ^(The index of the column is stored in
+** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^  ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
+** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
+** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
+**
+** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
+** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
+** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
+** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
+** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
+**
+** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
+** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
+** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
+** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
+** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
+** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
+** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
+**
+** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
+** [xFilter] method.
+** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
+** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
+**
+** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
+** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
+** sorting step is required.
+**
+** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
+** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
+** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
+** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
+**
+** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
+** will be returned by the strategy.
+**
+** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
+** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
+** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
+** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
+** value greater than or equal to 3008002.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_index_info {
+  /* Inputs */
+  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
+     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
+     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
+     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
+  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
+  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
+     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
+  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  /* Outputs */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
+    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
+    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
+  } *aConstraintUsage;
+  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
+  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
+  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
+  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
+  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
+  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
+**
+** These macros defined the allowed values for the
+** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
+** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
+** a query that uses a [virtual table].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
+**
+** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
+** ^Module names must be registered before
+** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
+** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
+**
+** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
+** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
+** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
+** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
+** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
+** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
+** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
+** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData.  ^SQLite will
+** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
+** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  ^The destructor will also
+** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
+** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
+** destructor.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
+** of this object to describe a particular instance
+** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
+** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
+** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
+** common to all module implementations.
+**
+** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
+** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
+** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
+** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  ^After the error message
+** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
+** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab {
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
+  int nRef;                       /* NO LONGER USED */
+  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
+** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
+** [virtual table] and are used
+** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
+** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
+** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cursors are used
+** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
+** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
+** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
+**
+** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
+** are common to all implementations.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
+**
+** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
+** [virtual table module] call this interface
+** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
+** the virtual tables they implement.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
+**
+** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
+** But global versions of those functions
+** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
+**
+** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
+** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
+** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^  ^The implementation
+** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
+** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
+** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
+** by a [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
+** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
+** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
+** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
+** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
+** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
+**
+** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
+** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
+** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
+** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
+** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary 
+** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is 
+** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing.
+**
+** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
+** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
+** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
+** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main".
+** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
+**
+** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
+** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set
+** to be a null pointer.)^
+** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
+** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related
+** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a
+** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob
+** regardless of the success or failure of this routine.
+**
+** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
+** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
+** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
+** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
+** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
+** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
+** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
+** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
+** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
+**
+** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
+** the opened blob.  ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
+** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
+** blob.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID]
+** table.  Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
+** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
+** this interface.
+**
+** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
+** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+  sqlite3*,
+  const char *zDb,
+  const char *zTable,
+  const char *zColumn,
+  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
+  int flags,
+  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
+**
+** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
+** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
+** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
+** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
+** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
+** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
+**
+** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
+** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
+** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
+** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
+** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
+** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
+** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
+** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
+** always returns zero.
+**
+** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
+**
+** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle].
+**
+** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
+** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
+** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
+** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
+** until the close operation if they will fit.
+**
+** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
+** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
+** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  Any errors that occur during
+** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^
+**
+** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
+** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^
+**
+** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned
+** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
+**
+** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
+** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
+** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
+** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
+**
+** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
+** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
+**
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
+** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
+** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
+**
+** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
+**
+** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
+** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
+** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
+**
+** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
+** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
+** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
+**
+** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
+** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  ^If N is
+** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
+** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
+**
+** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
+** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
+** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
+** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
+** or by other independent statements.
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
+**
+** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
+** that SQLite uses to interact
+** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
+** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
+** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
+** The following interfaces are provided.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
+** ^Names are case sensitive.
+** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
+**
+** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
+** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
+** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
+** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
+** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
+** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
+** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
+** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
+** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
+** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
+** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
+** permitted to use any of these routines.
+**
+** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
+** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
+** is selected automatically at compile-time.  ^(The following
+** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
+** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
+** a single-threaded application.  ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
+** and Windows.
+**
+** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
+** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
+** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
+** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
+** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  ^SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  ^(The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
+** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  ^If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
+** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  ^Six static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  ^But for the static
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated dynamic mutex.  ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** dynamic mutex that it allocates.  The dynamic mutexes must not be in
+** use when they are deallocated.  Attempting to deallocate a static
+** mutex results in undefined behavior.  ^SQLite never deallocates
+** a static mutex.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
+** upon successful entry.  ^(Mutexes created using
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
+** In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.)^  ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other
+** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+** SQLite will never exhibit
+** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^
+**
+** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
+** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
+** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  The SQLite core only ever uses
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.   ^(The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
+** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  SQLite will
+** never do either.)^
+**
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
+** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
+** behave as no-ops.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
+**
+** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
+** used to allocate and use mutexes.
+**
+** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
+** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
+** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
+** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
+** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
+** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
+** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
+** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
+** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
+**
+** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
+** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
+** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
+**
+** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
+** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
+** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
+** those obtained by the xMutexInit method.  ^The xMutexEnd()
+** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+**
+** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
+** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
+** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
+** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
+** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
+** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
+** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
+** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
+** it is passed a NULL pointer).
+**
+** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  ^It must be harmless to
+** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
+** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
+** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
+**
+** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
+** and its associates).  ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
+** allocation for a static mutex.  ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
+** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
+**
+** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
+** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
+** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
+** prior to returning.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
+  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
+  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
+  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
+**
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
+** are intended for use inside assert() statements.  ^The SQLite core
+** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
+** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  ^The SQLite core only
+** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
+** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  ^External mutex implementations
+** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
+** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
+**
+** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
+** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
+**
+** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
+** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
+** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
+** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
+**
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
+** the routine should return 1.   This seems counter-intuitive since
+** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But
+** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
+** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
+** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
+** the appropriate thing to do.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
+** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
+**
+** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
+** which is one of these integer constants.
+**
+** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
+** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
+** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
+** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
+** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
+** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
+** routine returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
+** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
+** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
+** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
+** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
+** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
+** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
+** main database file.
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
+** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
+** the xFileControl method.  ^The return value of the xFileControl
+** method becomes the return value of this routine.
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
+** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
+** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter.  ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
+** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
+** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
+**
+** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
+** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  ^This error
+** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
+** or [sqlite3_errmsg()].  The underlying xFileControl method might
+** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  There is no way to distinguish between
+** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
+** xFileControl method.
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
+** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
+** purposes.  ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
+** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
+**
+** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
+** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
+** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
+**
+** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
+** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
+** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
+** operate consistently from one release to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
+**
+** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
+** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
+**
+** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
+** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
+** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
+** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST                    5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    22
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
+**
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
+** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
+** the specific parameter to measure.  ^(Recognized integer codes
+** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
+** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
+** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  ^If the
+** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
+** *pHighwater is written.  ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
+** value.  For those parameters
+** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
+** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
+** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can be
+** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
+** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
+** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
+** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
+** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
+** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
+**
+** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
+** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
+** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
+** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
+** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
+** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
+** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
+** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
+** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
+** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
+** currently checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
+** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
+** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
+** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
+** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
+** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
+** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
+** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
+** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
+** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
+** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
+** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
+** slots were available.
+** </dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
+** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
+**
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
+** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
+** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
+** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
+** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
+** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
+** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  ^If
+** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
+** reset back down to the current value.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
+** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
+**
+** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
+** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
+** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
+** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
+** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
+** checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were 
+** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
+** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
+** memory already being in use.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
+** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
+** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
+** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
+** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
+** the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
+** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
+** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
+** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
+** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
+** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
+** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
+** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
+** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
+** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
+** </dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED       0
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED           1
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED          2
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED            3
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT        4
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 10   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
+**
+** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
+** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
+** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
+** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
+** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
+** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
+** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
+** an index.  
+**
+** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
+** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
+** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
+** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
+** to be interrogated.)^
+** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
+** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
+** interface call returns.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
+**
+** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
+** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
+** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
+** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
+** careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
+** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
+** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
+** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
+** to 2147483647.  The number of virtual machine operations can be 
+** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
+** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
+** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
+** </dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX         3
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP           4
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
+** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
+** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
+** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
+** to the object.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
+** page cache.  The page cache will allocate instances of this
+** object.  Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
+** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
+  void *pBuf;        /* The content of the page */
+  void *pExtra;      /* Extra information associated with the page */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
+** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
+**
+** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
+** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
+** SQLite is used for the page cache.
+** By implementing a 
+** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
+** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
+** how long.
+**
+** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
+** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
+** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
+**
+** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
+** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
+** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
+**
+** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
+** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
+** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
+** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
+** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
+** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
+** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
+** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+** page cache.)^
+**
+** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
+** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** It can be used to clean up 
+** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
+** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
+** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  ^The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
+** in multithreaded applications.
+**
+** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+**
+** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
+** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
+** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
+** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
+** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
+** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
+** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
+** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
+** database page on disk.  The value passed into szExtra depends
+** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
+** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
+** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
+** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
+** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
+** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
+** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
+** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
+** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
+** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
+** never contain any unpinned pages.
+**
+** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
+** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
+** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
+** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^  As with the bPurgeable
+** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
+** value; it is advisory only.
+**
+** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
+** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
+** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
+** 
+** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
+** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
+** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
+** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
+** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
+** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
+** for each entry in the page cache.
+**
+** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
+** is 1.  After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
+** to be "pinned".
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
+** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
+** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
+** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
+** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
+**
+** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
+** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache
+** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
+**                 Otherwise return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
+**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  SQLite
+** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
+** failed.)^  In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
+** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
+** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
+**
+** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
+** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
+** as its second argument.  If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
+** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
+** ^If the discard parameter is
+** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
+** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
+** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
+**
+** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
+** to xFetch().
+**
+** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
+** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
+** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
+** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
+** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
+** to be pinned.
+**
+** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
+** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
+** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
+** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
+** they can be safely discarded.
+**
+** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
+** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
+** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
+** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
+** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
+** functions.
+**
+** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
+** free up as much of heap memory as possible.  The page cache implementation
+** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
+** do their best.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
+  int iVersion;
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
+      unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+/*
+** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
+** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2.  This object is not used by SQLite.  It is
+** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
+** online backup operation.  ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
+** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
+**
+** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
+** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+**
+** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
+** for the duration of the backup operation.
+** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
+** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
+** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
+** preventing other database connections from
+** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
+** 
+** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
+**   <ol>
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
+**         backup, 
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
+**         the data between the two databases, and finally
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
+**         associated with the backup operation. 
+**   </ol>)^
+** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
+** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
+**
+** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
+** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
+** and the database name, respectively.
+** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
+** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
+** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
+** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
+** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
+** and database name of the source database, respectively.
+** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
+** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
+** an error.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
+** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
+** destination [database connection] D.
+** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
+** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
+** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_backup] object.
+** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
+** operation.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
+**
+** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
+** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
+** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
+** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
+** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
+** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
+** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
+** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
+** <ol>
+** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
+** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
+** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
+** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
+** destination and source page sizes differ.
+** </ol>)^
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
+** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
+** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
+** [database connection]
+** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
+** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
+** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
+** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
+**
+** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
+** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
+** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
+** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
+** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
+** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
+** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
+** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
+** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
+** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
+** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
+** updated at the same time.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
+**
+** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
+** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
+** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
+** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
+** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
+** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
+** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
+** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
+** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
+** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
+**
+** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
+** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
+**
+** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside
+** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed
+** up and the total number of pages in the source database file.
+** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces
+** retrieve these two values, respectively.
+**
+** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by
+** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup
+** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra
+** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file
+** changing.
+**
+** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
+**
+** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
+** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
+** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
+** from within other threads.
+**
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
+** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
+** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
+** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
+** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
+** nevertheless.  Use of the destination database connection while a
+** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
+**
+** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
+** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
+** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
+** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
+** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
+** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
+** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
+** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
+** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
+** possible that they return invalid values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
+  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
+  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
+  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
+**
+** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
+** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
+** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
+** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
+** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
+**
+** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
+**
+** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
+** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
+** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
+** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
+** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
+** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
+** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
+** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
+**
+** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
+** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
+** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
+** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
+** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
+**
+** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
+** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
+** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
+**
+** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
+** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
+** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
+** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
+** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
+** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
+** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
+** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
+** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
+** crash or deadlock may be the result.
+**
+** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
+** returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
+**
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
+** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
+** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
+** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
+** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
+** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
+**
+** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
+** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
+** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
+** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
+** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
+** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
+**
+** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
+**
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
+** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
+** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
+** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
+** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
+** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
+** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
+**
+** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
+** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
+** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
+** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
+** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
+** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
+** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
+** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
+** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
+** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
+** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
+**
+** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
+**
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
+** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
+** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
+** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
+** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
+** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
+** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
+** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
+**
+** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
+** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
+** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
+** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
+  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
+  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
+** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
+** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Globbing
+*
+** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches
+** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match
+** the glob pattern P.  ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in
+** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the
+** SQL dialect used by SQLite.  ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case
+** sensitive.
+**
+** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
+** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log]
+** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
+** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
+** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
+** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions.  While there is
+** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
+** is considered bad form.
+**
+** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
+** will not use dynamically allocated memory.  The log message is stored in
+** a fixed-length buffer on the stack.  If the log message is longer than
+** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
+** buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
+** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a
+** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in
+** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). 
+**
+** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
+** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation 
+** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
+**
+** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
+** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
+** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
+** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
+** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
+** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
+** including those that were just committed.
+**
+** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK].  ^If an error
+** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
+** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
+** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
+** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
+** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
+** are undefined.
+**
+** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
+** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
+** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
+** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
+** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
+** to automatically [checkpoint]
+** after committing a transaction if there are N or
+** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
+** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
+** checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
+** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+**
+** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.
+**
+** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
+** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
+** pages.  The use of this interface
+** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
+** for a particular application.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X
+** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed].  ^If X is NULL or an
+** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
+** connection D.  ^If the database connection D is not in
+** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.  ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be
+** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+**
+** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database 
+** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the 
+** eMode parameter:
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
+**   Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
+**   readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
+**   are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling 
+**   sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
+**   This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no
+**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
+**   snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
+**   database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
+**   but not database readers.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
+**   This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after 
+**   checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback)
+**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures 
+**   that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file 
+**   from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
+**   but not database readers.
+** </dl>
+**
+** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
+** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to
+** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already
+** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be
+** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK.
+** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1
+** before returning to communicate this to the caller.
+**
+** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If
+** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
+** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a 
+** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
+**
+** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive 
+** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained
+** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer
+** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is
+** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
+** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before
+** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
+** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
+** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
+** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
+**
+** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
+** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the
+** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If 
+** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
+** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
+** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other 
+** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
+** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error 
+** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
+** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
+** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If
+** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
+** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters
+**
+** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].  See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of
+** each of these values.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL    1
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
+**
+** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
+** various facets of the virtual table interface.
+**
+** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
+** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
+** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].)  Further options
+** may be added in the future.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
+**
+** These macros define the various options to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
+** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
+** <dd>Calls of the form
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
+** where X is an integer.  If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
+** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
+** support constraints.  In this configuration (which is the default) if
+** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
+** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
+** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
+** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
+**
+** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
+** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
+** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
+** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
+** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
+** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
+** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
+** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
+** had been ABORT.
+**
+** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
+** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
+** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
+** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
+** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
+** constraint handling.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
+**
+** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
+** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
+** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
+** [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
+**
+** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
+** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
+**
+** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
+** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
+** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
+/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
+#define SQLITE_FAIL     3
+/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4  // Also an error code */
+#define SQLITE_REPLACE  5
+
+
+
+/*
+** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
+** builds on processors without floating point support.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# undef double
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */
+
+/*
+** 2010 August 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info;
+
+/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the
+** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#else
+  typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
+** R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zGeom,
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*),
+  void *pContext
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first
+** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback().
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
+  void *pContext;                 /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
+  int nParam;                     /* Size of array aParam[] */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;      /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
+  void *pUser;                    /* Callback implementation user data */
+  void (*xDelUser)(void *);       /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
+};
+
+/*
+** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be 
+** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zQueryFunc,
+  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*),
+  void *pContext,
+  void (*xDestructor)(void*)
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the 
+** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
+**
+** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.  This structure is a subclass of
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info {
+  void *pContext;                   /* pContext from when function registered */
+  int nParam;                       /* Number of function parameters */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;        /* value of function parameters */
+  void *pUser;                      /* callback can use this, if desired */
+  void (*xDelUser)(void*);          /* function to free pUser */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord;        /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */
+  unsigned int *anQueue;            /* Number of pending entries in the queue */
+  int nCoord;                       /* Number of coordinates */
+  int iLevel;                       /* Level of current node or entry */
+  int mxLevel;                      /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */
+  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;             /* Rowid for current entry */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore;   /* Score of parent node */
+  int eParentWithin;                /* Visibility of parent node */
+  int eWithin;                      /* OUT: Visiblity */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore;         /* OUT: Write the score here */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin.
+*/
+#define NOT_WITHIN       0   /* Object completely outside of query region */
+#define PARTLY_WITHIN    1   /* Object partially overlaps query region */
+#define FULLY_WITHIN     2   /* Object fully contained within query region */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */
+
diff --git a/sqlite3ext.h b/code/sqlite3ext.h
similarity index 100%
rename from sqlite3ext.h
rename to code/sqlite3ext.h
diff --git a/sqlite3-binding.c b/sqlite3-binding.c
index 9228d24..7ca6381 100644
--- a/sqlite3-binding.c
+++ b/sqlite3-binding.c
@@ -1,147782 +1,4 @@
-/******************************************************************************
-** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
-** version 3.8.5.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
-** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
-** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
-** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
-** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
-** translation unit.
-**
-** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
-** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines
-** the programming interface to the SQLite library.  (If you do not have 
-** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within
-** the text of this file.  Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start
-** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed
-** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming
-** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a
-** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CORE 1
-#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
-#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE
-# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_API
-# define SQLITE_API
-#endif
-/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
-**
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
-#define _SQLITEINT_H_
-
-/*
-** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the
-** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
-** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
-**
-** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any
-** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first
-** code in all source files.
-**
-** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
-** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
-** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work
-** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0).  If you compile on Red Hat 7.2
-** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
-** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
-** portability you should omit LFS.
-**
-** The previous paragraph was written in 2005.  (This paragraph is written
-** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so
-** you should probably leave LFS enabled.  But some embedded platforms might
-** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful.
-**
-** Similar is true for Mac OS X.  LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-# define _LARGE_FILE       1
-# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
-#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
-# endif
-# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its
-** version information, among other things.  Normally, this internal MinGW
-** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header
-** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this
-** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and
-** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it.  This entire #if block
-** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting
-** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define
-** some MinGW-specific macros).  When compiling for MinGW, either the
-** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be
-** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be
-** disabled.
-*/
-#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H)
-# include "mingw.h"
-#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H)
-# include "_mingw.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
-** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime
-** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP).
-*/
-#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \
-    defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \
-    defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \
-    defined(__MSVCRT__)
-# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
-#endif
-
-/* The public SQLite interface.  The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear
-** first in QNX.  Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for
-** MinGW.
-*/
-/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/
-/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
-** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
-** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
-** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
-** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
-**
-** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
-** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
-** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
-** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
-** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
-**
-** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
-** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
-** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
-**
-** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
-** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
-** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
-** part of the build process.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
-#define _SQLITE3_H_
-#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
-
-/*
-** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
-*/
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Add the ability to override 'extern'
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
-# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_API
-# define SQLITE_API
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
-** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
-** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards
-** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
-** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
-**
-** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
-** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
-** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
-** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
-** noop macros.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
-#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
-
-/*
-** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
-**
-** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
-** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
-** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
-** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
-** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
-** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
-** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
-** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
-** be larger than the release from which it is derived.  Either Y will
-** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
-** and Z will be reset to zero.
-**
-** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
-** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
-** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
-** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
-** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
-** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
-** hash of the entire source tree.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
-** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
-** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.5"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008005
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2014-06-04 14:06:34 b1ed4f2a34ba66c29b130f8d13e9092758019212"
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
-**
-** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
-** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
-** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
-** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
-** the header, and thus insure that the application is
-** compiled with matching library and header files.
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
-** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
-** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
-** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
-** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
-** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
-** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
-** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
-** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
-** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
-** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
-** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
-** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
-**
-** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
-** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
-** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
-**
-** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
-** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
-** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
-**
-** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
-** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
-** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
-** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
-**
-** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
-** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
-** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
-** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
-**
-** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
-** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
-** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
-**
-** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
-** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
-** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
-** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
-** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
-** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  ^(The return value of the
-** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
-** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
-** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
-** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
-**
-** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
-** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
-**
-** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
-** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
-** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
-** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
-** interfaces (such as
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
-** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
-** sqlite3 object.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
-**
-** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
-** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
-**
-** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
-** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
-** compatibility only.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
-** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
-** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
-** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
-  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
-#else
-  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
-#endif
-typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
-typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
-
-/*
-** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
-** substitute integer for floating-point.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define double sqlite3_int64
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
-** for the [sqlite3] object.
-** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if
-** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
-** resources are deallocated.
-**
-** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
-** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
-** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
-** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
-** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
-** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
-** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
-** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
-** destructors are called is arbitrary.
-**
-** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
-** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
-** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
-** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
-** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
-** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
-** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation
-** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
-** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
-**
-** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
-** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
-**
-** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
-** must be either a NULL
-** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
-** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
-** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
-** argument is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** The type for a callback function.
-** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
-** compatibility and is not documented.
-*/
-typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
-**
-** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
-** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
-** without having to use a lot of C code. 
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
-** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
-** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
-** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
-** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
-** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements.  ^The 4th argument to
-** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
-** callback invocation.  ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
-** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
-** ignored.
-**
-** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
-** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
-** subsequent statements are skipped.  ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
-** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
-** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
-** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
-** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
-** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
-** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
-** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
-** NULL before returning.
-**
-** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
-** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
-** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
-**
-** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
-** number of columns in the result.  ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
-** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
-** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column.  ^If an element of a
-** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
-** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer.  ^The 4th argument to the
-** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
-** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
-** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
-**
-** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
-** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
-** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
-** is not changed.
-**
-** Restrictions:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
-**      is a valid and open [database connection].
-** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
-**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
-** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
-**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
-** </ul>
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
-  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
-  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
-  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
-  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
-**
-** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
-** here in order to indicate success or failure.
-**
-** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
-**
-** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
-/* beginning-of-error-codes */
-#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
-#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
-#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
-#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
-#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
-#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
-#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
-#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
-#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
-#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
-#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
-#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
-#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
-#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
-#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
-#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
-#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
-#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
-#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
-#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE      27   /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */
-#define SQLITE_WARNING     28   /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
-#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
-#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
-/* end-of-error-codes */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
-**
-** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
-** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
-** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
-** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
-** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
-** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
-** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
-** on a per database connection basis using the
-** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
-**
-** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
-** One may expect the number of extended result codes will increase
-** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
-** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
-** be exactly zero.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
-#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED        (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION     (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
-**
-** These bit values are intended for use in the
-** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
-** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY        0x00000020  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI              0x00000040  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY           0x00000080  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL              0x00080000  /* VFS only */
-
-/* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
-**
-** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
-** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
-** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** refers to.
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
-** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
-** file that were written at the application level might have changed
-** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
-** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
-** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
-** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
-** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
-** elevated privileges.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K              0x00000040
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE              0x00002000
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
-**
-** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
-** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
-** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
-**
-** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
-** these integer values as the second argument.
-**
-** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
-** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
-** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
-** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
-** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
-** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
-**
-** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
-** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
-** settings.  The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
-** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
-** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
-** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
-** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
-** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
-** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
-** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
-** cares about the difference.)
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
-**
-** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
-** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
-** implementations will
-** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
-** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
-** I/O operations on the open file.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
-struct sqlite3_file {
-  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
-**
-** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
-** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
-** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
-** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
-** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
-**
-** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
-** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
-** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
-** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
-** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
-** to NULL.
-**
-** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
-** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
-** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
-** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
-** and not its inode needs to be synced.
-**
-** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
-** </ul>
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
-** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
-** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
-** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
-** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
-**
-** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
-** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
-** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
-** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
-** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
-** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
-** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
-** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
-** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
-** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
-** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
-** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
-** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
-** recognize.
-**
-** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
-** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
-** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
-** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
-** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
-** underlying device:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
-** </ul>
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().
-**
-** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
-** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
-** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
-** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
-** database corruption.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
-struct sqlite3_io_methods {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
-  int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
-  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
-  void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
-  int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
-  int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
-  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
-**
-** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
-** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
-** interface.
-**
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
-** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
-** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
-** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
-** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
-** is defined.
-** <ul>
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
-** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
-** current transaction.  This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
-** is often close.  The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
-** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
-** file run faster.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
-** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
-** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
-** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
-** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
-** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
-** improve performance on some systems.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
-** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
-** connection.  See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
-** additional information.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
-** No longer in use.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
-** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
-** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked 
-** because the user has configured SQLite with 
-** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place 
-** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
-** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
-** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
-** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that 
-** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications 
-** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may 
-** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
-** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
-** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
-** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the 
-** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
-** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
-** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
-** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
-** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
-** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
-** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
-** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
-** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
-** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
-** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
-** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
-** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
-** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
-** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
-** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting.  By default, the auxiliary
-** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
-** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
-** closes.  Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
-** close.  Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
-** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
-** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
-** in order for the database to be readable.  The fourth parameter to
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
-** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
-** WAL mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
-** WAL persistence setting.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
-** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting.  The PSOW setting
-** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
-** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
-** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
-** mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
-** zero-damage mode setting.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
-** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
-** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
-** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
-** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
-** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
-** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
-** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
-** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
-** do anything.  Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
-** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
-** is intended for diagnostic use only.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
-** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
-** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
-** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
-** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
-** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
-** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
-** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument.  ^The handler for an
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
-** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
-** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
-** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
-** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
-** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
-** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
-** prepared statement.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
-** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
-** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
-** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
-** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
-** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]
-** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
-** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
-** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
-** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
-** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
-** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
-** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
-** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
-** current operation.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
-** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control
-** to have SQLite generate a
-** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
-** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses.  The
-** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
-** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  The caller should
-** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the
-** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O.
-** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
-** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map.  The
-** pointer is overwritten with the old value.  The limit is not changed if
-** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit 
-** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number.  This
-** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
-** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
-** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
-** The argument is a zero-terminated string.  Higher layers in the
-** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
-** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
-** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
-** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
-** was first opened.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
-** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
-** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
-** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
-**
-** </ul>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
-#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
-#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
-#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
-**
-** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
-** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
-** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
-** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
-**
-** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
-**
-** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
-** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
-** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".  See
-** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
-**
-** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
-** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
-** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
-** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
-** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
-** modified.
-**
-** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
-** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
-** a pathname in this VFS.
-**
-** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
-** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
-** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
-** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
-** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
-** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
-**
-** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
-** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
-** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
-** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
-** object once the object has been registered.
-**
-** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
-** be unique across all VFS modules.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
-** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
-** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
-** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
-** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
-** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
-** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
-** ^SQLite further guarantees that
-** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
-** called. Because of the previous sentence,
-** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
-** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
-** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
-** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
-** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
-** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
-**
-** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
-** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
-** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
-** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
-** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
-**
-** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
-** call, depending on the object being opened:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
-** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
-** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
-** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
-** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
-** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
-** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
-** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
-**
-** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
-** </ul>
-**
-** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
-** deleted when it is closed.  ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
-** databases, and subjournals.
-**
-** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
-** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
-** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
-** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
-** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
-** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
-** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
-** for exclusive access.
-**
-** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
-** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
-** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
-** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
-** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
-** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
-** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
-** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
-** or failure of the xOpen call.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
-** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
-** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
-** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
-** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
-** directory.
-**
-** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
-** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
-** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
-** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
-** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
-** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
-**
-** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
-** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
-** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
-** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
-** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
-** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
-** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
-** least the number of microseconds given.  ^The xCurrentTime()
-** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
-** a floating point value.
-** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
-** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
-** a 24-hour day).  
-** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
-** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
-** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
-** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
-**
-** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
-** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
-** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
-** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
-** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
-** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
-** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
-** next.  Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
-** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
-** from one release to the next.  Applications must not attempt to access
-** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
-typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
-struct sqlite3_vfs {
-  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
-  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
-  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
-  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
-  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
-               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
-  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
-  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
-  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
-  ** definition.  Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
-  */
-  int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
-  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
-  */
-  int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
-  const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
-  ** New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
-  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
-  */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
-**
-** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
-** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object.  They determine
-** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
-** simply checks whether the file exists.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
-** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
-** the directory).
-** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
-** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
-** release of SQLite.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the file is readable.  The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
-** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
-** SQLite.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1   /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2   /* Unused */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
-**
-** These integer constants define the various locking operations
-** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods].  The
-** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
-** xShmLock method:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
-** </ul>
-**
-** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
-** was given no the corresponding lock.  
-**
-** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
-** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
-** and EXCLUSIVE.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK       1
-#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK         2
-#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED       4
-#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE    8
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
-**
-** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
-** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
-** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
-** lock outside of this range
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK        8
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
-** SQLite library.  ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
-** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
-** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
-** shutdown on embedded systems.  Workstation applications using
-** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
-** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
-** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
-** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  ^(Only an effective call
-** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
-** are harmless no-ops.)^
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
-** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  ^(Only
-** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
-** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
-**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
-** is not.  The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
-** single thread.  All open [database connections] must be closed and all
-** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
-** sqlite3_shutdown().
-**
-** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
-** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
-** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
-** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
-** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
-** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
-** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
-** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
-** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
-** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
-** already.  ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
-** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
-** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
-** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
-** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
-** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
-** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
-** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
-** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
-**
-** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
-** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
-** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
-** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
-** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
-** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
-** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
-**
-** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
-** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
-** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
-** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
-** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
-** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
-** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
-** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
-** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
-** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
-** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
-** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
-** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
-** failure.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
-** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
-** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
-** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
-** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
-** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
-** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
-** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
-** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
-** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
-** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
-** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
-**
-** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
-** [configuration option] that determines
-** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
-** vary depending on the [configuration option]
-** in the first argument.
-**
-** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
-** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
-** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
-**
-** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
-** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
-** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
-** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
-**
-** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
-** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
-** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
-** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
-**
-** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
-** the call is considered successful.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
-**
-** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
-** and low-level memory allocation routines.
-**
-** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
-** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
-** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
-** By creating an instance of this object
-** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
-** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
-** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
-** dynamic memory needs.
-**
-** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
-** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
-** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
-** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
-** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
-** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
-** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
-** conditions.
-**
-** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
-** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
-** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
-** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
-**
-** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
-** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
-** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
-**
-** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
-** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
-** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
-** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
-** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
-** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
-** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
-**
-** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  For example,
-** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
-** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
-** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
-** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
-** xInit and xShutdown.
-**
-** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
-** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
-** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
-** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
-** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
-** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
-** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
-** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
-** serialization.
-**
-** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
-** call to xShutdown().
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
-  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
-  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
-  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
-  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
-  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
-  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
-  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
-** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Single-thread.  In other words, it disables
-** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
-** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
-** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
-** configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Multi-thread.  In other words, it disables
-** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** The application is responsible for serializing access to
-** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
-** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
-** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
-** [database connection] at the same time.  ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
-** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
-** all mutexes including the recursive
-** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
-** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
-** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
-** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
-** ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
-** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
-** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
-** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
-** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
-** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
-** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
-** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
-** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
-** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
-** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the 
-** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
-**   <ul>
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_status()]
-**   </ul>)^
-** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
-** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
-** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer an 8-byte
-** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
-** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
-** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).  The sz
-** argument must be a multiple of 16.
-** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
-** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread.  So
-** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads.
-** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6
-** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional
-** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation.  
-** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
-** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option.
-** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
-** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
-** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
-** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each
-** page header.  ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on
-** the host architecture.  ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
-** to make sz a little too large.  The first
-** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
-** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  ^If additional
-** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
-** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
-** The pointer in the first argument must
-** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite
-** will be undefined.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
-** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
-** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
-** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
-** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
-** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
-** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
-** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
-** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
-** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
-** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
-** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
-** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
-** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
-** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
-** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
-** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
-** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
-** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
-** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
-** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
-** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
-** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
-** profiling or testing, for example.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
-** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
-** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default
-** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each
-** [database connection].  The first argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
-** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(This option sets the
-** <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
-** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
-** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
-** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies the interface
-** to a custom page cache implementation.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
-** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of the current
-** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
-** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
-** global [error log].
-** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
-** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
-** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
-** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
-** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
-** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
-** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
-** function whenever that function is invoked.  ^The second parameter to
-** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
-** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
-** [extended result code].  ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
-** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
-** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
-** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
-** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
-** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
-** <dd>^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
-** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling
-** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
-** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or
-** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
-** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
-** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
-** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
-** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
-** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
-** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
-** <dd>^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as
-** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
-** full table scans in the query optimizer.  ^The default setting is determined
-** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
-** if that compile-time option is omitted.
-** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
-** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
-** when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
-** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
-** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
-** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
-** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
-** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
-** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
-** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
-** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
-** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
-** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
-** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
-** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
-** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
-** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
-** third parameter is passed NULL In this case.  An example of using this
-** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in
-** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
-** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
-** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
-** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
-** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
-** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control.  ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
-** cannot be changed at run-time.  Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size
-** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
-** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
-** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
-** changed to its compile-time default.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
-** <dd>^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows
-** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined.
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
-** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE    22  /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE      23  /* int nByte */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
-** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
-** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
-** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
-** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
-** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
-** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot.  ^The third argument is the number of
-** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
-** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
-** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  ^If the second argument to
-** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
-** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8.  ^(The lookaside memory
-** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
-** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
-** when the "current value" returned by
-** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
-** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
-** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
-** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
-** [foreign key constraints].  There should be two additional arguments.
-** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
-** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
-** unchanged.  The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
-** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
-** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
-** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
-** There should be two additional arguments.
-** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
-** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
-** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
-** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
-** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
-** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
-**
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
-** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
-** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
-**
-** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
-** has a unique 64-bit signed
-** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
-** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
-** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
-** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
-** is another alias for the rowid.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the 
-** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
-** on database connection D.
-** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded.
-** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables
-** have ever occurred on the database connection D, 
-** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero.
-**
-** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
-** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
-** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running.
-** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned 
-** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual
-** table method began.)^
-**
-** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
-** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
-** routine.  ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
-** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
-** routine when their insertion fails.  ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
-** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
-** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
-** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
-** the return value of this interface.)^
-**
-** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
-** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
-**
-** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
-** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
-** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
-** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
-** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
-** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
-** last insert [rowid].
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
-**
-** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
-** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
-** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
-** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
-** or [DELETE] statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
-** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the
-** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes
-** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions.
-**
-** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
-** are not counted.  Only real table changes are counted.
-**
-** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
-** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
-** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution,
-** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other
-** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^
-**
-** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
-** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. 
-** Most SQL statements are
-** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
-** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
-** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
-** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
-**
-** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
-** not create a new trigger context.
-**
-** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
-** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
-** trigger context.
-**
-** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
-** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that also occurred at the top level.  ^(Within the body of a trigger,
-** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
-** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** statement within the body of the same trigger.
-** However, the number returned does not include changes
-** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
-** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
-** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
-**
-** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
-** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened.
-** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes
-** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by
-** [foreign key actions]. However,
-** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints,
-** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing.  The
-** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger],
-** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes 
-** are counted.)^
-** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as
-** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle
-** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]).
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
-** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
-** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
-**
-** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
-** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
-** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
-** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
-** immediately.
-**
-** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
-** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
-** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
-** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
-**
-** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
-** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
-** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
-**
-** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
-** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
-** will be rolled back automatically.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
-** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
-** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
-** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
-** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
-** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
-** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
-** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
-**
-** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
-** is running then bad things will likely happen.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
-**
-** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
-** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
-** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
-** SQLite for parsing.  ^These routines return 1 if the input string
-** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  ^A statement is judged to be
-** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
-** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  ^Semicolons that are embedded within
-** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
-** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
-** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  ^Whitespace
-** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
-**
-** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  ^If a
-** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
-**
-** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
-** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
-**
-** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
-** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
-** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
-** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
-** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
-**
-** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
-** UTF-8 string.
-**
-** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
-** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
-**
-** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
-** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
-** or process has locked.
-**
-** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
-** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
-**
-** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
-** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
-** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
-** been invoked for this locking event.  ^If the
-** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
-** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
-** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
-** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
-**
-** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
-** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
-** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
-** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
-** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
-** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
-** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
-** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
-** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
-** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
-** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
-** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
-** the second process to proceed.
-**
-** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
-**
-** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
-** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
-** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
-** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
-** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
-** readers.  ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
-** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
-** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
-** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  ^This error code promotion
-** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
-** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
-** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
-** this is important.
-**
-** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
-** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
-** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
-** will also set or clear the busy handler.
-**
-** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
-** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions
-** result in undefined behavior.
-** 
-** A busy handler must not close the database connection
-** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
-**
-** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
-** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
-** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
-** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
-** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
-**
-** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
-** turns off all busy handlers.
-**
-** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
-** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
-** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
-** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
-**
-** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
-** Use of this interface is not recommended.
-**
-** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
-** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
-** complete query results from one or more queries.
-**
-** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
-** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
-** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
-** and M be the number of columns.
-**
-** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
-** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
-** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
-** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
-** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
-**
-** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
-** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
-** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
-**
-** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
-** is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        Name        | Age
-**        -----------------------
-**        Alice       | 43
-**        Bob         | 28
-**        Cindy       | 21
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
-** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
-** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
-**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
-**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
-**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
-**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
-**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
-**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
-**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
-** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
-** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
-** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
-**
-** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
-** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
-** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
-** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
-** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
-** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
-** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
-** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
-** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
-  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
-  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
-  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
-  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
-);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
-**
-** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
-** from the standard C library.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
-** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-** The strings returned by these two routines should be
-** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
-** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
-** memory to hold the resulting string.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
-** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
-** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
-** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
-** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
-** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
-** backwards compatibility.  ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
-** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
-** characters actually written into the buffer.)^  We admit that
-** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
-** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
-** now without breaking compatibility.
-**
-** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
-** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
-** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
-** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
-** written will be n-1 characters.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
-**
-** These routines all implement some additional formatting
-** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
-** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
-** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
-**
-** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
-** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
-** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
-** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
-** the string.
-**
-** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
-** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
-** would have looked like this:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
-** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
-**
-** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
-** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
-** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
-** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
-** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
-** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
-** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
-**
-** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
-** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
-** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
-** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
-** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
-** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
-** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
-** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
-** a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
-** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
-** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
-** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
-** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
-** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
-** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
-** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
-** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
-** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
-** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
-** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
-** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
-** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
-** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
-** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
-** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
-** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
-** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
-** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
-** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
-** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
-** is not freed.
-**
-** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
-** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
-** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
-** option is used.
-**
-** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
-** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
-** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
-** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
-**
-** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
-** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
-** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
-** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
-** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
-** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
-** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
-** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
-** not yet been released.
-**
-** The application must not read or write any part of
-** a block of memory after it has been released using
-** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
-**
-** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
-** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
-** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
-** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
-** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
-** was last reset.  ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
-** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
-** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
-** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
-** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
-**
-** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
-** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
-** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  ^The value returned
-** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
-** prior to the reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
-**
-** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
-** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
-** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
-** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
-** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
-**
-** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
-** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
-** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness
-** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then
-** the pseudo-randomness is generated
-** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
-** method.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
-**
-** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
-** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
-** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
-** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
-** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
-** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
-** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
-** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
-** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
-** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
-** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
-** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
-** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
-** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
-** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
-**
-** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
-** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
-** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied. 
-**
-** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
-** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
-** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
-** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
-** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
-** details about the action to be authorized.
-**
-** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
-** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
-** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
-** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
-** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
-** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
-** columns of a table.
-** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
-** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
-** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
-**
-** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
-** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
-** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
-** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
-** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
-** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
-** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
-** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
-** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
-** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
-**
-** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
-** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
-** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
-** in addition to using an authorizer.
-**
-** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
-** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
-** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
-** The authorizer is disabled by default.
-**
-** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
-** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
-** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
-** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
-** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
-** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
-** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
-** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
-  sqlite3*,
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
-  void *pUserData
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
-** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
-** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
-** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
-** information.
-**
-** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
-** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
-#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
-** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
-** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
-** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
-** the authorizer callback may be passed.
-**
-** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
-** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
-** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
-** codes is used as the second parameter.  ^(The 5th parameter to the
-** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
-** etc.) if applicable.)^  ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
-** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
-** top-level SQL code.
-*/
-/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
-#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
-#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
-#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
-#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
-**
-** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
-** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
-**
-** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
-** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
-** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
-** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
-** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
-** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
-** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
-**
-** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit
-** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace().
-**
-** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
-** as each SQL statement finishes.  ^The profile callback contains
-** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
-** of how long that statement took to run.  ^The profile callback
-** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
-** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
-** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
-** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
-** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
-** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
-   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
-** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
-** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
-** database connection D.  An example use for this
-** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
-**
-** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
-** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of 
-** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
-** invocations of the callback X.  ^If N is less than one then the progress
-** handler is disabled.
-**
-** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
-** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
-** old one.  ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
-** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
-** than 1.
-**
-** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
-** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
-** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
-**
-** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
-**
-** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
-** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
-** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
-** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
-** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
-** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
-** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
-** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
-** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
-** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
-**
-** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
-** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
-**
-** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
-** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
-** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
-**
-** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
-** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
-** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
-** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
-** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
-**
-** <dl>
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
-** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
-**
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
-** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
-** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
-**
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
-** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-**
-** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
-** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
-** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
-** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
-** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
-** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
-** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
-** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
-** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
-** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
-** the new database connection should use.  ^If the fourth parameter is
-** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
-**
-** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
-** is created for the connection.  ^This in-memory database will vanish when
-** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
-** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
-** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
-** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
-** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
-**
-** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
-** on-disk database will be created.  ^This private database will be
-** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
-**
-** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
-**
-** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
-** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
-** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
-** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
-** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
-** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
-** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
-** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
-** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
-** information.
-**
-** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
-** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
-** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
-** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
-** present, is ignored.
-**
-** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
-** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
-** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
-** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
-** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
-** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
-** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
-**
-** [[core URI query parameters]]
-** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
-** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
-** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
-**
-** <ul>
-**   <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
-**     a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
-**     be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
-**     an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
-**     VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
-**     present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
-**     the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-**   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
-**     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
-**     an error)^. 
-**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
-**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
-**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
-**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
-**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
-**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
-**     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
-**     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
-**     the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
-**     the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-**   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
-**     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
-**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
-**     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
-**     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
-**     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
-**
-**  <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter may be "true" (or "on" or "yes" or
-**     "1") or "false" (or "off" or "no" or "0") to indicate that the
-**     [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
-**     storage media on which the database file resides.  ^The psow query
-**     parameter only works for the built-in unix and Windows VFSes.
-**
-**  <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
-**     which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes.  This
-**     is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
-**     support locking.  Caution:  Database corruption might result if two
-**     or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
-**     processes uses nolock=1.
-**
-**  <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
-**     parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
-**     read-only media.  ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
-**     database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
-**     privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
-**     and change detection is disabled.  Caution: Setting the immutable
-**     property on a database file that does in fact change can result
-**     in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
-**     See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
-**       
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
-** error.  Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
-** parameters.  See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
-** additional information.
-**
-** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
-**
-** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
-** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
-** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
-**          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
-** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
-**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
-**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
-**          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
-** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
-**          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
-** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
-**          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
-**     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
-**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
-**          necessary - space characters can be used literally
-**          in URI filenames.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
-**          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
-**          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
-**          default, use a private cache.
-** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
-**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
-**          that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
-**          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
-** </table>
-**
-** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
-** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
-** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
-** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
-** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
-** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
-** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
-** the results are undefined.
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
-** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
-** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
-** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
-** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  Otherwise, various
-** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
-  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-  int flags,              /* Flags */
-  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
-**
-** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
-** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
-** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
-**
-** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
-** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
-** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
-** P is the name of the query parameter, then
-** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
-** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
-** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
-** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
-** a pointer to an empty string.
-**
-** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
-** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
-** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
-** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
-** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
-** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
-** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
-** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
-** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
-** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
-**
-** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
-** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
-** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
-** zero is returned.
-** 
-** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
-** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
-** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
-** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
-** undesirable.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
-** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
-** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
-** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
-** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.  ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
-** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
-** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
-** disabled.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
-** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
-** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
-** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
-** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
-** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text
-** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8.
-** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
-** and must not be freed by the application)^.
-**
-** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
-** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
-** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
-** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
-** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
-** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
-** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
-** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
-** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
-**
-** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
-** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
-** error code and message may or may not be set.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
-** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
-** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
-** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
-**
-** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
-**      function.
-** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
-**      interfaces.
-** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
-** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
-**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
-** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
-** </ol>
-**
-** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
-** information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
-**
-** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
-** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
-** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
-** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
-** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
-** new limit for that construct.)^
-**
-** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
-** [limits | hard upper bound]
-** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
-** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
-** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
-** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
-** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
-**
-** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
-** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
-** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
-** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
-**
-** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
-** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
-** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
-** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
-** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
-** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
-** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
-** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
-** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
-** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
-** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
-** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
-**
-** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
-** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
-**
-** These constants define various performance limits
-** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
-** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
-** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
-** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
-** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
-** used to implement an SQL statement.  This limit is not currently
-** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
-** SQLite.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
-** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
-**
-** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
-** program using one of these routines.
-**
-** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
-** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
-** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
-**
-** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
-** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
-** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
-** use UTF-16.
-**
-** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
-** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
-** number of  bytes read from zSql.  ^When nByte is non-negative, the
-** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
-** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
-** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
-** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
-** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
-** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to
-** make a copy of the input string.
-**
-** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
-** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
-** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
-** what remains uncompiled.
-**
-** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
-** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
-** to NULL.  ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
-** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
-** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
-** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
-** ppStmt may not be NULL.
-**
-** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
-** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
-** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
-** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
-** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
-** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
-** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
-** behave differently in three ways:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li>
-** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
-** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
-** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY]
-** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error.
-** </li>
-**
-** <li>
-** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
-** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  ^The legacy behavior was that
-** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
-** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
-** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
-** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
-** </li>
-**
-** <li>
-** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the 
-** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
-** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
-** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
-** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
-** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
-** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
-** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
-** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
-** </li>
-** </ol>
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
-**
-** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
-** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
-** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
-** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
-** the content of the database file.
-**
-** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
-** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
-** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
-** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
-** change the database file through side-effects:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
-** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
-**
-** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
-** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
-** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
-** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
-** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
-** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
-** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
-** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
-** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
-** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not 
-** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
-** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
-** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
-** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
-**
-** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
-** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
-** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
-** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
-** statements that are holding a transaction open.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
-** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
-**
-** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
-** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
-** for the values it stores.  ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
-** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
-**
-** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
-** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
-** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
-** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
-** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
-**
-** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
-** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
-** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
-** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
-** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
-** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
-** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
-** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
-** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
-** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
-** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
-** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
-** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
-** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
-**
-** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
-** sqlite3_context object.  ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
-** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
-** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
-** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
-** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
-** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
-** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
-** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
-**
-** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
-** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
-** templates:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  ?
-** <li>  ?NNN
-** <li>  :VVV
-** <li>  @VVV
-** <li>  $VVV
-** </ul>
-**
-** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
-** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
-** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
-** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
-**
-** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
-** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
-**
-** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
-** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
-** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
-** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
-** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
-** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
-** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
-** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
-**
-** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
-** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
-** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
-** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
-**
-** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
-** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
-** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
-** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
-** is negative, then the length of the string is
-** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
-** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
-** the behavior is undefined.
-** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
-** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset
-** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
-** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
-** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
-** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
-** with embedded NULs is undefined.
-**
-** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
-** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
-** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
-** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(),
-** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.  
-** ^If the fifth argument is
-** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
-** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
-** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
-** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
-** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
-** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
-** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
-** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
-** content is later written using
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
-** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
-**
-** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
-** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
-** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
-** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
-** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
-** result is undefined and probably harmful.
-**
-** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
-** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
-** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
-** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
-** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
-**
-** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
-** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
-** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
-** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
-** to the parameters at a later time.
-**
-** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
-** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
-** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
-** there may be gaps in the list.)^
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
-** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
-** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** respectively.
-** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
-** is included as part of the name.)^
-** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
-** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
-**
-** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
-**
-** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
-** nameless, then NULL is returned.  ^The returned string is
-** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
-** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
-** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
-**
-** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
-** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
-** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
-** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
-** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
-** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
-**
-** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
-** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
-**
-** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
-** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
-** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
-**
-** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
-** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
-** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
-** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
-** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
-** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
-** column number.  ^The leftmost column is number 0.
-**
-** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
-** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
-** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
-** or until the next call to
-** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
-**
-** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
-** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
-** NULL pointer is returned.
-**
-** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
-** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
-** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
-** one release of SQLite to the next.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
-**
-** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
-** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
-** [SELECT] statement.
-** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
-** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
-** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
-** the origin_ routines return the column name.
-** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
-** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
-** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
-** or until the same information is requested
-** again in a different encoding.
-**
-** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
-** database, table, and column.
-**
-** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
-** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
-** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
-** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
-**
-** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
-** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
-** NULL.  ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
-** occurs.  ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
-** or column that query result column was extracted from.
-**
-** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
-** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
-**
-** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
-**
-** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
-** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
-** undefined.
-**
-** If two or more threads call one or more
-** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
-** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
-** at the same time then the results are undefined.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
-**
-** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
-** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
-** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
-** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
-** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
-** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
-** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
-**
-** ^(For example, given the database schema:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
-**
-** and the following statement to be compiled:
-**
-** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
-**
-** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
-** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
-**
-** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  ^So just because a column
-** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
-** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
-** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  ^Type
-** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
-** used to hold those values.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
-**
-** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
-** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
-** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
-**
-** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
-** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
-** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
-** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
-** interface will continue to be supported.
-**
-** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
-** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
-** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
-** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
-** database locks it needs to do its job.  ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
-** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
-** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
-** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
-** continuing.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
-** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
-** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
-** machine back to its initial state.
-**
-** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
-** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
-** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
-** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
-** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
-** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
-** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
-** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
-** [prepared statement].  ^In the "v2" interface,
-** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
-**
-** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
-** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
-** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
-** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
-** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
-** more threads at the same moment in time.
-**
-** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
-** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
-** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
-** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
-** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
-** sqlite3_step().  But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
-** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
-** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
-** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
-** is broken by definition.  The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
-** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
-**
-** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
-** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
-** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
-** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
-** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
-** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
-** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
-** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
-** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
-** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
-** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
-** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
-** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
-** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
-** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
-** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE].  ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
-** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
-** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
-** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
-** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
-**
-** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> 64-bit signed integer
-** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
-** <li> string
-** <li> BLOB
-** <li> NULL
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** These constants are codes for each of those types.
-**
-** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
-** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
-** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
-** SQLITE_TEXT.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
-#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
-#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
-#define SQLITE_NULL     5
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
-# undef SQLITE_TEXT
-#else
-# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
-#endif
-#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
-** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
-**
-** These routines form the "result set" interface.
-**
-** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
-** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
-** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
-** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
-** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
-** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
-** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
-** [sqlite3_column_count()].
-**
-** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
-** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
-** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
-** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
-** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
-** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
-** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
-** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
-** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
-** are pending, then the results are undefined.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
-** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
-** of the result column.  ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
-** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
-** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
-** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
-** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
-** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
-** following a type conversion.
-**
-** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
-** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
-** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
-** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
-** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
-** the number of bytes in that string.
-** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
-**
-** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
-** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
-** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
-** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
-** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
-** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
-** the number of bytes in that string.
-** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
-**
-** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
-** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
-** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
-** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
-**
-** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
-** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
-** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  An unprotected sqlite3_value object
-** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
-** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
-** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
-** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
-** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
-** conversion automatically.  ^(The following table details the conversions
-** that are applied:
-**
-** <blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
-**
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> [CAST] to BLOB
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>)^
-**
-** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
-** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
-** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
-** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
-** C programmers.
-**
-** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
-** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
-** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
-** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
-** in the following cases:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
-**      need to be added to the string.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-16.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-8.</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
-** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
-** that the prior pointer references will have been modified.  Other kinds
-** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
-** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
-**
-** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
-** in one of the following ways:
-**
-** <ul>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
-** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
-** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
-** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
-** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
-**
-** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
-** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  ^The memory space used to hold strings
-** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
-** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
-** [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
-** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
-** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
-** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
-** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
-** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
-** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
-** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
-** [extended error code].
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
-** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
-** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
-** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
-** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
-** completed execution.
-**
-** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
-** resource leaks.  It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
-** a prepared statement after it has been finalized.  Any use of a prepared
-** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
-** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
-** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
-** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
-** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
-** back to the beginning of its program.
-**
-** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
-** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
-** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
-**
-** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
-** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
-** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
-** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
-**
-** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
-** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
-** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
-** these routines are the text encoding expected for
-** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
-** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
-** the application data pointer.
-**
-** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
-** function is to be added.  ^If an application uses more than one database
-** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
-** to each database connection separately.
-**
-** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
-** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
-** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
-** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
-** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
-** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
-**
-** ^The third parameter (nArg)
-** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
-** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
-** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
-** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
-** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
-** undefined.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
-** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
-** its parameters.  The application should set this parameter to
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes 
-** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
-** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
-** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
-** otherwise.  ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using
-** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for
-** each encoding.
-** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
-** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]
-** to signal that the function will always return the same result given
-** the same inputs within a single SQL statement.  Most SQL functions are
-** deterministic.  The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a
-** function that is not deterministic.  The SQLite query planner is able to
-** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use
-** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible.
-**
-** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
-** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
-**
-** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
-** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
-** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
-** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
-** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
-** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
-** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
-** callbacks.
-**
-** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
-** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. 
-** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
-** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
-** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
-** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
-** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
-** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data 
-** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
-**
-** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
-** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
-** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  ^SQLite will use
-** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
-** SQL function is used.  ^A function implementation with a non-negative
-** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
-** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
-** matches the database encoding is a better
-** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
-** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
-** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
-** between UTF8 and UTF16.
-**
-** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
-**
-** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
-** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
-** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
-** statement in which the function is running.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const void *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
-**
-** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
-** text encodings supported by SQLite.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_UTF8           1
-#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
-#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
-#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
-#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* Deprecated */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
-**
-** These constants may be ORed together with the 
-** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
-** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
-** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC    0x800
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
-** DEPRECATED
-**
-** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
-** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
-** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
-** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
-                      void*,sqlite3_int64);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values
-**
-** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
-** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
-** the function or aggregate.
-**
-** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
-** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
-** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
-** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
-** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
-** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
-**
-** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
-** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
-** object results in undefined behavior.
-**
-** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
-** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
-** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
-** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
-** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
-** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
-** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
-** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
-** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
-** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
-** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
-** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
-**
-** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
-** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
-** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
-** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread as
-** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
-**
-** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
-** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
-**
-** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
-** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
-** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
-** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
-** the same buffer is returned.  Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
-** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
-** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked.  ^(When no rows match
-** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
-** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
-** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
-** first time from within xFinal().)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer 
-** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
-** allocate error occurs.
-**
-** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
-** determined by the N parameter on first successful call.  Changing the
-** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
-** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
-** allocation.)^  Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
-** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no 
-** pointless memory allocations occur.
-**
-** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
-** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
-**
-** The first parameter must be a copy of the
-** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
-** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
-** function.
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the aggregate SQL function is running.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function.
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the application-defined function is running.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
-**
-** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
-** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
-** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
-** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
-** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
-** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
-** metadata associated with the pattern string.  
-** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
-** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
-** invocations of the same function.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
-** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
-** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata
-** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface
-** returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th
-** argument of the application-defined function.  ^Subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or
-** NULL if the metadata has been discarded.
-** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL,
-** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly
-** once, when the metadata is discarded.
-** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul>
-** <li> when the corresponding function parameter changes, or
-** <li> when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the
-**      SQL statement, or
-** <li> when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or
-** <li> during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory 
-**      allocation error occurs. </ul>)^
-**
-** Note the last bullet in particular.  The destructor X in 
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns.  Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
-** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
-** function implementation should not make any use of P after
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called.
-**
-** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
-** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal
-** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
-** the SQL function is running.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
-**
-** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
-** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  ^If the destructor
-** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
-** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  ^The
-** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
-** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
-** the content before returning.
-**
-** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
-** C++ compilers.
-*/
-typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
-#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
-#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
-**
-** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
-** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
-** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** for additional information.
-**
-** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
-** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
-** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
-** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
-** third parameter.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
-** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
-** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
-** by its 2nd argument.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
-** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
-** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
-** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
-** as the text of an error message.  ^SQLite interprets the error
-** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
-** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
-** byte order.  ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
-** message all text up through the first zero character.
-** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
-** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
-** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
-** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
-** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
-** modify the text after they return without harm.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
-** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  ^By default,
-** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
-** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
-** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
-** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
-** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
-** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
-** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
-** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
-** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
-** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
-** through the first zero character.
-** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
-** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
-** function result.  If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
-** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
-** appear if the string where NUL terminated.  If any NUL characters occur
-** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
-** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
-** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
-** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
-** finished using that result.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
-** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
-** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
-** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
-** when it has finished using that result.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
-** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
-** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
-** the application-defined function to be a copy the
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
-** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
-** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
-** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
-** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
-** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
-**
-** If these routines are called from within the different thread
-** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
-** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
-**
-** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
-** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
-**
-** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
-** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
-** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
-** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
-** considered to be the same name.
-**
-** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
-** </ul>)^
-** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
-** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
-** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
-** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
-** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
-** on an even byte address.
-**
-** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
-** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
-**
-** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
-** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
-** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
-** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
-** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
-** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
-** that collation is no longer usable.
-**
-** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
-** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
-** by the eTextRep argument.  The collating function must return an
-** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
-** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
-** respectively.  A collating function must always return the same answer
-** given the same inputs.  If two or more collating functions are registered
-** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
-** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
-** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
-** strings A, B, and C:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li> If A==B then B==A.
-** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
-** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A.
-** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C.
-** </ol>
-**
-** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
-** collating function is  registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
-** is undefined.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
-** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
-** the collating function is deleted.
-** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
-** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
-** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
-** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
-** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
-** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
-** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
-** compatibility.
-**
-** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const void *zName,
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
-**
-** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
-** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
-** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
-** sequence is required.
-**
-** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
-** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
-** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
-** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
-** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
-**
-** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
-** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
-** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
-** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
-** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
-** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
-** required collation sequence.)^
-**
-** The callback function should register the desired collation using
-** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
-** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*, 
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*,
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
-** called right after sqlite3_open().
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
-** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
-** database is decrypted.
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Specify the activation key for a SEE database.  Unless 
-** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
-  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
-);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
-/*
-** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
-** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
-  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
-);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
-**
-** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
-** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
-**
-** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
-** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
-** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the operating system is returned.
-**
-** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
-** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.  If the xSleep() method
-** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
-** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
-** in the previous paragraphs.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
-**
-** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
-** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
-** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
-** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
-** temporary file directory.
-**
-** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
-** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
-** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
-** thread.
-** It is intended that this variable be set once
-** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
-** thereafter.
-**
-** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
-** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
-** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
-** using [sqlite3_free].
-** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
-** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
-** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
-** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
-** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
-** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
-** &nbsp;     TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
-** char zPathBuf&#91;MAX_PATH + 1&#93;;
-** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
-** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
-** &nbsp;     NULL, NULL);
-** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
-**
-** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
-** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
-** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
-** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
-** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
-** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
-** for the process.  Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
-** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
-**
-** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
-** open can result in a corrupt database.
-**
-** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
-** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
-** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
-** thread.
-** It is intended that this variable be set once
-** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
-** thereafter.
-**
-** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
-** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
-** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
-** using [sqlite3_free].
-** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
-** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
-** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
-** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
-** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
-** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
-** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
-** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
-**
-** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
-** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
-** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
-** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
-** an error is to use this function.
-**
-** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
-** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
-** is undefined.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
-** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
-** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
-** that was the first argument
-** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
-** create the statement in the first place.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
-** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
-** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
-** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
-** a NULL pointer is returned.
-**
-** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
-** xFullPathname method of the [VFS].  ^In other words, the filename
-** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
-** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
-** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
-** the name of a database on connection D.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
-**
-** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
-** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
-** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
-** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
-** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
-**
-** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
-** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
-** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
-** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
-** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
-** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
-** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
-** the first call for each function on D.
-**
-** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
-** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
-** or rollback hook in the first place.
-** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
-** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
-** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
-**
-** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
-** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
-** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
-** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
-** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
-**
-** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
-** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
-** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
-** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
-** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
-** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
-** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
-** a rowid table.
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-**
-** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
-** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table.
-** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
-** to sqlite3_update_hook().
-** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
-** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
-** to be invoked.
-** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
-** database and table name containing the affected row.
-** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
-** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
-**
-** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
-** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
-** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
-**
-** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
-** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
-** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
-** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
-** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
-** release of SQLite.
-**
-** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
-** returns the P argument from the previous call
-** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
-** the first call on D.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
-** interfaces.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
-  void*
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
-**
-** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
-** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
-** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
-** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
-**
-** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
-** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
-** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
-**
-** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
-** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
-** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
-** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
-**
-** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
-** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
-**
-** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
-** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
-** cache setting should set it explicitly.
-**
-** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
-** 32-bit integer is atomic.
-**
-** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
-** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
-** held by the database library.   Memory used to cache database
-** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
-** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
-** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
-** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
-** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
-** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
-** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
-** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
-** omitted.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
-** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
-** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
-** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
-** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
-** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
-** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
-** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
-** is advisory only.
-**
-** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
-** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
-** error.  ^If the argument N is negative
-** then no change is made to the soft heap limit.  Hence, the current
-** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
-** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
-**
-** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
-**
-** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
-** if one or more of following conditions are true:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
-** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
-**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
-**      the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
-** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
-**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
-** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
-**      by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
-**      from the heap.
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced
-** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
-** compile-time option is invoked.  With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
-** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation.  Without
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
-** when memory is allocated by the page cache.  Testing suggests that because
-** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
-** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
-** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
-**
-** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
-** changes in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
-** DEPRECATED
-**
-** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
-** interface.  This routine is provided for historical compatibility
-** only.  All new applications should use the
-** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
-**
-** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
-** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
-** passed as the first function argument.
-**
-** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
-** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database
-** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
-** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
-** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
-** resolve unqualified table references.
-**
-** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
-** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
-** may be NULL.
-**
-** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
-** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
-** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
-**
-** ^(<blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
-**
-** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
-** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
-** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
-** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
-** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
-** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
-** call to any SQLite API function.
-**
-** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
-** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
-** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
-** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output
-** parameters are set as follows:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     data type: "INTEGER"
-**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
-**     not null: 0
-**     primary key: 1
-**     auto increment: 0
-** </pre>)^
-**
-** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
-** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
-** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
-** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^
-**
-** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
-  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
-  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
-  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
-  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
-  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
-  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
-  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
-  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
-**
-** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
-** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile.  If
-** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
-** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
-** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like
-** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might
-** be tried also.
-**
-** ^The entry point is zProc.
-** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an
-** entry point name on its own.  It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init".
-** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the
-** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic
-** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following
-** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^
-** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
-** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
-** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
-** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
-** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
-** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
-** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
-** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
-** otherwise an error will be returned.
-**
-** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
-**
-** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
-** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
-** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
-** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
-**
-** ^Extension loading is off by default.
-** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
-** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
-** it back off again.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
-**
-** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
-** each new [database connection] that is created.  The idea here is that
-** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension]
-** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
-**
-** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
-** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
-** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the
-** entry point where as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** &nbsp;  int xEntryPoint(
-** &nbsp;    sqlite3 *db,
-** &nbsp;    const char **pzErrMsg,
-** &nbsp;    const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
-** &nbsp;  );
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
-** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
-** and return an appropriate [error code].  ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
-** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint().  ^SQLite will invoke
-** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns.  ^If any
-** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
-**
-** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
-** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
-** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
-** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
-** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
-** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)].  ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
-** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully 
-** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
-** routines.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
-**
-** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
-** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
-
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Structures used by the virtual table interface
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
-typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
-typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
-**
-** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
-** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
-** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
-**
-** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
-** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
-** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
-** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
-** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
-** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
-** any database connection.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_module {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
-  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
-  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
-  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
-  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
-  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
-                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                       void **ppArg);
-  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
-  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
-  ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
-  int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-  int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-  int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
-**
-** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
-** of the [virtual table] interface to
-** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
-** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
-** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
-** results into the **Outputs** fields.
-**
-** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
-**
-** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
-**
-** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^  ^(The particular operator is
-** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
-** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
-** ^(The index of the column is stored in
-** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^  ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
-** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
-** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
-**
-** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
-** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
-** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
-** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
-** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
-**
-** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
-** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
-**
-** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
-** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
-** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
-** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
-** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
-** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
-**
-** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
-** [xFilter] method.
-** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
-** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
-**
-** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
-** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
-** sorting step is required.
-**
-** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
-** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
-** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
-** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
-** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
-**
-** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
-** will be returned by the strategy.
-**
-** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
-** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
-** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
-** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
-** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
-** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
-** value greater than or equal to 3008002.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_index_info {
-  /* Inputs */
-  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
-     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
-     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
-     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
-  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
-  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
-  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
-     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
-  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  /* Outputs */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
-    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
-    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
-  } *aConstraintUsage;
-  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
-  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
-  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
-  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
-  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
-  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
-  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
-**
-** These macros defined the allowed values for the
-** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
-** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
-** a query that uses a [virtual table].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
-**
-** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
-** ^Module names must be registered before
-** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
-** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
-**
-** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
-** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
-** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
-** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
-** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
-** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
-** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
-** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData.  ^SQLite will
-** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
-** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  ^The destructor will also
-** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
-** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
-** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
-** destructor.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
-  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
-  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
-**
-** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
-** of this object to describe a particular instance
-** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
-** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
-** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
-** common to all module implementations.
-**
-** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
-** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
-** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
-** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  ^After the error message
-** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
-** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab {
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
-  int nRef;                       /* NO LONGER USED */
-  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
-**
-** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
-** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
-** [virtual table] and are used
-** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
-** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
-** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cursors are used
-** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
-** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
-** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
-**
-** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
-** are common to all implementations.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
-**
-** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
-** [virtual table module] call this interface
-** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
-** the virtual tables they implement.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
-**
-** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
-** But global versions of those functions
-** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
-**
-** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
-** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
-** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^  ^The implementation
-** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
-** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
-** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
-** by a [virtual table].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
-
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
-** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
-** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
-** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
-** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
-** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
-** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
-**
-** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
-** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
-** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
-** </pre>)^
-**
-** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
-** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
-** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary 
-** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is 
-** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing.
-**
-** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
-** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
-** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
-** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main".
-** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
-**
-** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
-** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set
-** to be a null pointer.)^
-** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
-** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related
-** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a
-** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob
-** regardless of the success or failure of this routine.
-**
-** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
-** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
-** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
-** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
-** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
-** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
-** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
-** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
-** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
-**
-** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
-** the opened blob.  ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
-** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
-** blob.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID]
-** table.  Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
-** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
-** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
-** this interface.
-**
-** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
-** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
-  sqlite3*,
-  const char *zDb,
-  const char *zTable,
-  const char *zColumn,
-  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
-  int flags,
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
-**
-** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
-** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
-** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
-** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
-** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
-** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
-**
-** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
-** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
-** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
-** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
-** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
-** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
-** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
-** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
-** always returns zero.
-**
-** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
-**
-** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle].
-**
-** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
-** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
-** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
-** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
-** until the close operation if they will fit.
-**
-** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
-** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
-** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  Any errors that occur during
-** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^
-**
-** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
-** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^
-**
-** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned
-** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
-**
-** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
-** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
-** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
-** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
-**
-** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
-** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
-** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
-**
-** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
-** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
-** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
-** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
-**
-** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
-**
-** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
-** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
-** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
-**
-** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
-** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
-** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
-**
-** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
-** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
-** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  ^If N is
-** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
-** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
-** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
-**
-** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
-** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
-** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
-** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
-** or by other independent statements.
-**
-** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
-**
-** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
-** that SQLite uses to interact
-** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
-** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
-** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
-** The following interfaces are provided.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
-** ^Names are case sensitive.
-** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
-** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
-**
-** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
-** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
-** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
-** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
-** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
-** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
-** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
-** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
-** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
-**
-** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
-** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
-** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
-** permitted to use any of these routines.
-**
-** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
-** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
-** is selected automatically at compile-time.  ^(The following
-** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
-** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
-** a single-threaded application.  ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
-** and Windows.
-**
-** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
-** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
-** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
-** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
-** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  ^SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error.  ^(The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
-** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  ^If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
-** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  ^Six static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  ^But for the static
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated dynamic mutex.  ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** dynamic mutex that it allocates.  The dynamic mutexes must not be in
-** use when they are deallocated.  Attempting to deallocate a static
-** mutex results in undefined behavior.  ^SQLite never deallocates
-** a static mutex.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
-** upon successful entry.  ^(Mutexes created using
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-** In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.)^  ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other
-** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-** SQLite will never exhibit
-** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^
-**
-** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
-** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
-** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.   ^(The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
-** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  SQLite will
-** never do either.)^
-**
-** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
-** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
-** behave as no-ops.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
-**
-** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
-** used to allocate and use mutexes.
-**
-** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
-** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
-** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
-** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
-** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
-** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
-** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
-** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
-** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
-**
-** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
-** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
-** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
-**
-** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
-** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
-** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
-** those obtained by the xMutexInit method.  ^The xMutexEnd()
-** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-**
-** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
-** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
-** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
-**
-** <ul>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
-** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
-** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
-** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
-** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
-** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
-** it is passed a NULL pointer).
-**
-** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  ^It must be harmless to
-** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
-** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
-** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
-**
-** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
-** and its associates).  ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
-** allocation for a static mutex.  ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
-** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
-**
-** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
-** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
-** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
-** prior to returning.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
-  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
-  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
-  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
-**
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
-** are intended for use inside assert() statements.  ^The SQLite core
-** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
-** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  ^The SQLite core only
-** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
-** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  ^External mutex implementations
-** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
-** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
-**
-** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
-** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
-**
-** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
-** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
-** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
-** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
-**
-** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
-** the routine should return 1.   This seems counter-intuitive since
-** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But
-** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
-** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
-** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
-** the appropriate thing to do.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
-** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
-**
-** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
-** which is one of these integer constants.
-**
-** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
-** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
-** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
-**
-** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
-** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
-** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
-** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
-** routine returns a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
-** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
-** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
-** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
-** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
-** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
-** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
-** main database file.
-** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
-** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
-** the xFileControl method.  ^The return value of the xFileControl
-** method becomes the return value of this routine.
-**
-** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
-** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
-** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter.  ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
-** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
-** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
-**
-** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
-** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  ^This error
-** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
-** or [sqlite3_errmsg()].  The underlying xFileControl method might
-** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  There is no way to distinguish between
-** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
-** xFileControl method.
-**
-** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
-** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
-** purposes.  ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
-** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
-**
-** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
-** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
-** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
-**
-** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
-** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
-** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
-** operate consistently from one release to the next.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
-**
-** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
-** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
-**
-** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
-** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
-** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
-** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST                    5
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    22
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
-**
-** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
-** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
-** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
-** the specific parameter to measure.  ^(Recognized integer codes
-** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
-** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
-** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  ^If the
-** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
-** *pHighwater is written.  ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
-** value.  For those parameters
-** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
-** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
-** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
-** non-zero [error code] on failure.
-**
-** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can be
-** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
-** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
-** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
-** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
-** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
-** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
-**
-** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
-** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
-** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
-** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
-** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
-** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
-** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
-** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
-** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
-** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
-** currently checked out.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
-** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
-** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
-** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
-** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
-** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
-** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
-** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
-** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
-** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
-** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
-** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
-** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
-** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
-** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
-** slots were available.
-** </dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
-** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-**
-** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
-**
-** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
-** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
-** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
-** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
-** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
-** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
-** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
-** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
-** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  ^If
-** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
-** reset back down to the current value.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
-** non-zero [error code] on failure.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
-** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
-**
-** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
-** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
-**
-** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
-** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
-** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
-** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
-** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
-** checked out.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were 
-** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
-** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
-** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
-** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
-** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
-** memory already being in use.
-** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
-** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
-** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
-** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
-** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
-** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
-** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
-** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
-** the database connection.)^
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
-** is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
-** is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
-** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
-** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
-** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
-** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
-** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
-** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
-** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
-** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
-** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
-** </dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED       0
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED           1
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED          2
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED            3
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT        4
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 10   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
-**
-** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
-** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
-** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
-** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
-** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
-** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
-** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
-** an index.  
-**
-** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
-** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
-** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
-** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
-** to be interrogated.)^
-** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
-** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
-** interface call returns.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
-** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
-**
-** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
-** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
-** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
-** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
-** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
-** careful use of indices.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
-** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
-** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
-** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
-** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
-** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
-** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
-** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
-** to 2147483647.  The number of virtual machine operations can be 
-** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
-** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
-** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
-** </dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX         3
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP           4
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
-** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
-** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
-** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
-** to the object.
-**
-** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
-** page cache.  The page cache will allocate instances of this
-** object.  Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
-** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
-**
-** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
-  void *pBuf;        /* The content of the page */
-  void *pExtra;      /* Extra information associated with the page */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
-** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
-**
-** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
-** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
-** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
-** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
-** SQLite is used for the page cache.
-** By implementing a 
-** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
-** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
-** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
-** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
-** how long.
-**
-** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
-** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
-** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
-**
-** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
-** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
-** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
-** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
-**
-** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
-** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
-** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
-** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
-** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
-** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
-** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
-** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
-** page cache.)^
-**
-** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
-** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** It can be used to clean up 
-** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
-** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
-**
-** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
-** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  ^The
-** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
-** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
-** in multithreaded applications.
-**
-** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
-** call to xShutdown().
-**
-** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
-** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
-** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
-** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
-** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
-** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
-** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
-** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
-** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
-** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
-** database page on disk.  The value passed into szExtra depends
-** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
-** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
-** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
-** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
-** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
-** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
-** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
-** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
-** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
-** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
-** never contain any unpinned pages.
-**
-** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
-** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
-** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
-** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^  As with the bPurgeable
-** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
-** value; it is advisory only.
-**
-** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
-** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
-** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
-** 
-** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
-** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
-** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
-** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
-** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
-** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
-** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
-** for each entry in the page cache.
-**
-** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
-** is 1.  After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
-** to be "pinned".
-**
-** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
-** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
-** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
-** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
-** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
-**
-** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
-** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache
-** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
-** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
-**                 Otherwise return NULL.
-** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
-**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
-** </table>
-**
-** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  SQLite
-** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
-** failed.)^  In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
-** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
-** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
-**
-** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
-** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
-** as its second argument.  If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
-** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
-** ^If the discard parameter is
-** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
-** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
-** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
-**
-** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
-** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
-** to xFetch().
-**
-** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
-** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
-** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
-** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
-** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
-** to be pinned.
-**
-** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
-** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
-** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
-** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
-** they can be safely discarded.
-**
-** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
-** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
-** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
-** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
-** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
-** functions.
-**
-** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
-** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
-** free up as much of heap memory as possible.  The page cache implementation
-** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
-** do their best.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
-  int iVersion;
-  void *pArg;
-  int (*xInit)(void*);
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
-  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
-  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
-  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
-  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
-  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
-      unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
-  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
-  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-};
-
-/*
-** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
-** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2.  This object is not used by SQLite.  It is
-** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
-  void *pArg;
-  int (*xInit)(void*);
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
-  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
-  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
-  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
-  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
-  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
-  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
-  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-};
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
-** online backup operation.  ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
-** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
-** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
-**
-** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
-** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
-** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
-**
-** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
-** for the duration of the backup operation.
-** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
-** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
-** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
-** preventing other database connections from
-** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
-** 
-** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
-**   <ol>
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
-**         backup, 
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
-**         the data between the two databases, and finally
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
-**         associated with the backup operation. 
-**   </ol>)^
-** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
-** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
-**
-** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
-** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
-** and the database name, respectively.
-** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
-** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
-** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
-** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
-** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
-** and database name of the source database, respectively.
-** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
-** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
-** an error.
-**
-** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
-** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
-** destination [database connection] D.
-** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
-** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
-** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
-** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_backup] object.
-** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
-** operation.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
-**
-** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
-** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
-** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
-** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
-** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
-** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
-** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
-** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
-** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
-** <ol>
-** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
-** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
-** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
-** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
-** destination and source page sizes differ.
-** </ol>)^
-**
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
-** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
-** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
-** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
-** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
-** [database connection]
-** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
-** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
-** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
-** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
-** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
-** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
-** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
-** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
-** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
-**
-** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
-** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
-** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
-** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
-** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
-** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
-** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
-** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
-** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
-** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
-** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
-** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
-** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
-** updated at the same time.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
-**
-** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
-** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
-** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
-** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
-** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
-** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
-** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
-**
-** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
-** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
-** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
-** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
-** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
-**
-** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
-** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
-** sqlite3_backup_finish().
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
-** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
-**
-** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside
-** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed
-** up and the total number of pages in the source database file.
-** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces
-** retrieve these two values, respectively.
-**
-** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by
-** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup
-** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra
-** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file
-** changing.
-**
-** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
-**
-** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
-** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
-** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
-** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
-** from within other threads.
-**
-** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
-** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
-** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
-** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
-** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
-** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
-** nevertheless.  Use of the destination database connection while a
-** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
-**
-** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
-** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
-** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
-** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
-** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
-** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
-**
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
-** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
-** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
-** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
-** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
-** possible that they return invalid values.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
-  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
-  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
-  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
-  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
-**
-** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
-** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
-** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
-** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
-** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
-** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
-** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
-**
-** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
-** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
-**
-** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
-** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
-** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
-** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
-** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
-** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
-** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
-** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
-** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
-**
-** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
-** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
-** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
-** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
-** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
-**
-** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
-** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
-** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
-** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
-**
-** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
-** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
-** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
-** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
-** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
-** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
-** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
-** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
-** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
-** crash or deadlock may be the result.
-**
-** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
-** returns SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
-**
-** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
-** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
-** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
-** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
-** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
-** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
-**
-** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
-** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
-** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
-** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
-** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
-** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
-** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
-** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
-**
-** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
-**
-** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
-** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
-** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
-** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
-** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
-** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
-** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
-**
-** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
-** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
-** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
-** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
-** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
-** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
-** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
-** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
-** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
-** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
-** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
-** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
-**
-** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
-**
-** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
-** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
-** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
-** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
-** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
-** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
-** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
-** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
-**
-** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
-** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
-** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
-** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
-** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
-  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
-  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
-  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
-);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
-** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
-** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
-** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: String Globbing
-*
-** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches
-** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match
-** the glob pattern P.  ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in
-** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the
-** SQL dialect used by SQLite.  ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case
-** sensitive.
-**
-** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
-** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log]
-** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
-** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
-** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
-**
-** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
-** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions.  While there is
-** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
-** is considered bad form.
-**
-** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
-**
-** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
-** will not use dynamically allocated memory.  The log message is stored in
-** a fixed-length buffer on the stack.  If the log message is longer than
-** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
-** buffer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
-** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a
-** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in
-** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). 
-**
-** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
-** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation 
-** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
-**
-** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
-** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
-** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
-** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
-** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
-** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
-** including those that were just committed.
-**
-** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK].  ^If an error
-** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
-** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
-** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
-** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
-** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
-** are undefined.
-**
-** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
-** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
-** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
-** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
-** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
-** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
-  void*
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
-** to automatically [checkpoint]
-** after committing a transaction if there are N or
-** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
-** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
-** checkpoints entirely.
-**
-** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
-** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
-** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
-** configured by this function.
-**
-** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
-** from SQL.
-**
-** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
-** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
-** pages.  The use of this interface
-** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
-** for a particular application.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X
-** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed].  ^If X is NULL or an
-** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
-** connection D.  ^If the database connection D is not in
-** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
-** from SQL.  ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
-** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be
-** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
-**
-** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database 
-** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the 
-** eMode parameter:
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
-**   Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
-**   readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
-**   are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling 
-**   sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked.
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
-**   This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no
-**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
-**   snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
-**   database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
-**   but not database readers.
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
-**   This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after 
-**   checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback)
-**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures 
-**   that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file 
-**   from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
-**   but not database readers.
-** </dl>
-**
-** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
-** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to
-** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already
-** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be
-** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK.
-** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1
-** before returning to communicate this to the caller.
-**
-** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If
-** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
-** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a 
-** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
-**
-** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive 
-** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained
-** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer
-** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is
-** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
-** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before
-** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
-** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
-** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
-** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
-**
-** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
-** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the
-** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If 
-** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
-** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
-** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other 
-** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
-** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error 
-** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
-** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
-** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If
-** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
-** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
-  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
-  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
-  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters
-**
-** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to
-** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].  See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
-** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of
-** each of these values.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL    1
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
-**
-** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
-** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
-** various facets of the virtual table interface.
-**
-** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
-** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
-** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].)  Further options
-** may be added in the future.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
-**
-** These macros define the various options to the
-** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
-** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
-** <dd>Calls of the form
-** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
-** where X is an integer.  If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
-** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
-** support constraints.  In this configuration (which is the default) if
-** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
-** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
-** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
-** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
-**
-** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
-** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
-** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
-** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
-** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
-** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
-** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
-** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
-** had been ABORT.
-**
-** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
-** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
-** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
-** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
-** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
-** constraint handling.
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
-**
-** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
-** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
-** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
-** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
-** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
-** [virtual table].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
-**
-** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
-** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
-** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
-**
-** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
-** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
-** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
-/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
-#define SQLITE_FAIL     3
-/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4  // Also an error code */
-#define SQLITE_REPLACE  5
-
-
-
-/*
-** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
-** builds on processors without floating point support.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# undef double
-#endif
-
-#if 0
-}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
-#endif
-#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */
-
-/*
-** 2010 August 30
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-*/
-
-#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
-#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
-
-
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
-typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info;
-
-/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the
-** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-  typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
-#else
-  typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
-** R-Tree geometry query as follows:
-**
-**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...)
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zGeom,
-  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*),
-  void *pContext
-);
-
-
-/*
-** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first
-** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback().
-*/
-struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
-  void *pContext;                 /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
-  int nParam;                     /* Size of array aParam[] */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;      /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
-  void *pUser;                    /* Callback implementation user data */
-  void (*xDelUser)(void *);       /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
-};
-
-/*
-** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be 
-** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
-**
-**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zQueryFunc,
-  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*),
-  void *pContext,
-  void (*xDestructor)(void*)
-);
-
-
-/*
-** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the 
-** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
-** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
-**
-** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to
-** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.  This structure is a subclass of
-** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info {
-  void *pContext;                   /* pContext from when function registered */
-  int nParam;                       /* Number of function parameters */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;        /* value of function parameters */
-  void *pUser;                      /* callback can use this, if desired */
-  void (*xDelUser)(void*);          /* function to free pUser */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord;        /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */
-  unsigned int *anQueue;            /* Number of pending entries in the queue */
-  int nCoord;                       /* Number of coordinates */
-  int iLevel;                       /* Level of current node or entry */
-  int mxLevel;                      /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */
-  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;             /* Rowid for current entry */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore;   /* Score of parent node */
-  int eParentWithin;                /* Visibility of parent node */
-  int eWithin;                      /* OUT: Visiblity */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore;         /* OUT: Write the score here */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin.
-*/
-#define NOT_WITHIN       0   /* Object completely outside of query region */
-#define PARTLY_WITHIN    1   /* Object partially overlaps query region */
-#define FULLY_WITHIN     2   /* Object fully contained within query region */
-
-
-#if 0
-}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
-#endif
-
-#endif  /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */
-
-
-/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-
-/*
-** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
-** autoconf-based build
-*/
-#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/
-/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 May 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** 
-** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes.   This also
-** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
-**
-** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
-** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This is the maximum number of
-**
-**    * Columns in a table
-**    * Columns in an index
-**    * Columns in a view
-**    * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
-**    * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
-**    * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
-**    * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
-**
-** The hard upper limit here is 32676.  Most database people will
-** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
-** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table.  And if
-** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
-** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
-**
-** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would
-** turn the limit off.  That is no longer true.  It is not possible
-** to turn this limit off.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to 
-** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might 
-** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an 
-** expression.
-**
-** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
-** But that is no longer true.  The limit is now strictly enforced
-** at all times.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
-** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
-** level of recursion for each term.  A stack overflow can result
-** if the number of terms is too large.  In practice, most SQL
-** never has more than 3 or 4 terms.  Use a value of 0 to disable
-** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
-# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
-** Not currently enforced.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
-# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
-# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
-** table and for temporary tables.  The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  2000
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE  500
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before
-** checkpointing the database in WAL mode.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT  1000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be between 0
-** and 62.  The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap
-** is used internally to track attached databases.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
-# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
-# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
-#endif
-
-/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 65536.  This a limit
-** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page.
-**
-** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
-** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
-** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library 
-** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database 
-** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite 
-** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback 
-** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-#endif
-#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536
-
-
-/*
-** The default size of a database page.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases
-** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain
-** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support),
-** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value
-** SQLite will choose on its own.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
-**
-** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
-** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
-** max_page_count macro.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
-# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
-** operator.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
-**
-** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself
-** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all 
-** may be executed.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000
-#endif
-
-/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-
-/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
-#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
-#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
-#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
-#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
-#endif
-
-/* Needed for various definitions... */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
-# define _BSD_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Include standard header files as necessary
-*/
-#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
-#include <stdint.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-#include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and
-** integers to pointers.  The way you do this varies from one compiler
-** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements
-** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers.
-**
-** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. 
-** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or
-** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers
-** that vary from one machine to the next.
-**
-** Ticket #3860:  The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on
-** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct.  But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)).
-** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the
-** compiler.
-*/
-#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)  /* This case should work for GCC */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
-#elif !defined(__GNUC__)       /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
-#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)   /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
-#else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X))
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
-** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
-** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
-** level of threadsafety.  2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple
-** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
-** database connection at the same time.
-**
-** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
-** We support that for legacy.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
-# if defined(THREADSAFE)
-#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
-# else
-#   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Powersafe overwrite is on by default.  But can be turned off using
-** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE
-# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
-** It determines whether or not the features related to 
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can
-** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS)
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
-** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
-**
-**     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc()
-**     SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC           // Use Win32 native heap API
-**     SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC            // Use a stub allocator that always fails
-**     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc()
-**
-** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the
-** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem
-** will cause HeapValidate to be called.  If heap validation should fail, an
-** assertion will be triggered.
-**
-** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
-** the default.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
-# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\
- are defined but at most one is allowed:\
- SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\
- SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC"
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
-  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
-# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
-** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
-# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
-#endif
-
-/*
-** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
-** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD.
-** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit
-** it.
-*/
-#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#  define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
-#endif
-
-/*
-** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites.  It should always be true that
-** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG).  If this is not currently true,
-** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG.
-**
-** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the
-** assert() statements in the code.  So we want the default action
-** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG
-** is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
-** feature.
-*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
-# define NDEBUG 1
-#endif
-#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# undef NDEBUG
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing.  When 
-** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to
-** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to
-** get full branch coverage.  The testcase() macro is inserted
-** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple
-** condition/decision coverage is inadequate.  For example, testcase()
-** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested.  For
-** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit
-** is significant and used at least once.  On switch statements
-** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase()
-** can insure that all cases are evaluated.
-**
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3Coverage(int);
-# define testcase(X)  if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
-#else
-# define testcase(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
-** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
-** within testcase() and assert() macros.
-*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
-# define TESTONLY(X)  X
-#else
-# define TESTONLY(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
-** to setup for a later assert() statement.  We do not want this code to
-** appear when assert() is disabled.  The following macro is therefore
-** used to contain that setup code.  The "VVA" acronym stands for
-** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation".  In other words, the
-** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-# define VVA_ONLY(X)  X
-#else
-# define VVA_ONLY(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which 
-** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such
-** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they
-** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
-** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
-** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
-** hint of unplanned behavior.
-**
-** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code.
-**
-** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
-** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will
-** not be counted as untested code.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
-# define ALWAYS(X)      (1)
-# define NEVER(X)       (0)
-#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
-# define ALWAYS(X)      ((X)?1:(assert(0),0))
-# define NEVER(X)       ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
-#else
-# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
-# define NEVER(X)       (X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large
-** to fit in 32-bits.  This macro is used inside of various testcase()
-** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
-*/
-#define IS_BIG_INT(X)  (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)
-
-/*
-** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
-** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds
-** a boolean expression that is usually true.  These hints could,
-** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but
-** currently they are just comments for human readers.
-*/
-#define likely(X)    (X)
-#define unlikely(X)  (X)
-
-/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
-** used in SQLite.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
-#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
-
-/* Forward declarations of structures. */
-typedef struct Hash Hash;
-typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
-
-/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
-** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
-** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
-** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
-** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
-** this structure opaque.
-**
-** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list.
-** Hash.first points to the head of this list.
-**
-** There are Hash.htsize buckets.  Each bucket points to a spot in
-** the global doubly-linked list.  The contents of the bucket are the
-** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
-**
-** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero.  In that case lookup is done
-** by a linear search of the global list.  For small tables, the 
-** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
-** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
-** the hash table.
-*/
-struct Hash {
-  unsigned int htsize;      /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
-  unsigned int count;       /* Number of entries in this table */
-  HashElem *first;          /* The first element of the array */
-  struct _ht {              /* the hash table */
-    int count;                 /* Number of entries with this hash */
-    HashElem *chain;           /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
-  } *ht;
-};
-
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
-** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
-**
-** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
-** be opaque because it is used by macros.
-*/
-struct HashElem {
-  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
-  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
-  const char *pKey; int nKey;  /* Key associated with this element */
-};
-
-/*
-** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
-
-/*
-** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
-** like this:
-**
-**   Hash h;
-**   HashElem *p;
-**   ...
-**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
-**     // do something with pData
-**   }
-*/
-#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
-#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
-#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
-/* #define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */
-/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)  // NOT USED */
-
-/*
-** Number of entries in a hash table
-*/
-/* #define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count) // NOT USED */
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
-
-/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
-#define TK_SEMI                             1
-#define TK_EXPLAIN                          2
-#define TK_QUERY                            3
-#define TK_PLAN                             4
-#define TK_BEGIN                            5
-#define TK_TRANSACTION                      6
-#define TK_DEFERRED                         7
-#define TK_IMMEDIATE                        8
-#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                        9
-#define TK_COMMIT                          10
-#define TK_END                             11
-#define TK_ROLLBACK                        12
-#define TK_SAVEPOINT                       13
-#define TK_RELEASE                         14
-#define TK_TO                              15
-#define TK_TABLE                           16
-#define TK_CREATE                          17
-#define TK_IF                              18
-#define TK_NOT                             19
-#define TK_EXISTS                          20
-#define TK_TEMP                            21
-#define TK_LP                              22
-#define TK_RP                              23
-#define TK_AS                              24
-#define TK_WITHOUT                         25
-#define TK_COMMA                           26
-#define TK_ID                              27
-#define TK_INDEXED                         28
-#define TK_ABORT                           29
-#define TK_ACTION                          30
-#define TK_AFTER                           31
-#define TK_ANALYZE                         32
-#define TK_ASC                             33
-#define TK_ATTACH                          34
-#define TK_BEFORE                          35
-#define TK_BY                              36
-#define TK_CASCADE                         37
-#define TK_CAST                            38
-#define TK_COLUMNKW                        39
-#define TK_CONFLICT                        40
-#define TK_DATABASE                        41
-#define TK_DESC                            42
-#define TK_DETACH                          43
-#define TK_EACH                            44
-#define TK_FAIL                            45
-#define TK_FOR                             46
-#define TK_IGNORE                          47
-#define TK_INITIALLY                       48
-#define TK_INSTEAD                         49
-#define TK_LIKE_KW                         50
-#define TK_MATCH                           51
-#define TK_NO                              52
-#define TK_KEY                             53
-#define TK_OF                              54
-#define TK_OFFSET                          55
-#define TK_PRAGMA                          56
-#define TK_RAISE                           57
-#define TK_RECURSIVE                       58
-#define TK_REPLACE                         59
-#define TK_RESTRICT                        60
-#define TK_ROW                             61
-#define TK_TRIGGER                         62
-#define TK_VACUUM                          63
-#define TK_VIEW                            64
-#define TK_VIRTUAL                         65
-#define TK_WITH                            66
-#define TK_REINDEX                         67
-#define TK_RENAME                          68
-#define TK_CTIME_KW                        69
-#define TK_ANY                             70
-#define TK_OR                              71
-#define TK_AND                             72
-#define TK_IS                              73
-#define TK_BETWEEN                         74
-#define TK_IN                              75
-#define TK_ISNULL                          76
-#define TK_NOTNULL                         77
-#define TK_NE                              78
-#define TK_EQ                              79
-#define TK_GT                              80
-#define TK_LE                              81
-#define TK_LT                              82
-#define TK_GE                              83
-#define TK_ESCAPE                          84
-#define TK_BITAND                          85
-#define TK_BITOR                           86
-#define TK_LSHIFT                          87
-#define TK_RSHIFT                          88
-#define TK_PLUS                            89
-#define TK_MINUS                           90
-#define TK_STAR                            91
-#define TK_SLASH                           92
-#define TK_REM                             93
-#define TK_CONCAT                          94
-#define TK_COLLATE                         95
-#define TK_BITNOT                          96
-#define TK_STRING                          97
-#define TK_JOIN_KW                         98
-#define TK_CONSTRAINT                      99
-#define TK_DEFAULT                        100
-#define TK_NULL                           101
-#define TK_PRIMARY                        102
-#define TK_UNIQUE                         103
-#define TK_CHECK                          104
-#define TK_REFERENCES                     105
-#define TK_AUTOINCR                       106
-#define TK_ON                             107
-#define TK_INSERT                         108
-#define TK_DELETE                         109
-#define TK_UPDATE                         110
-#define TK_SET                            111
-#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     112
-#define TK_FOREIGN                        113
-#define TK_DROP                           114
-#define TK_UNION                          115
-#define TK_ALL                            116
-#define TK_EXCEPT                         117
-#define TK_INTERSECT                      118
-#define TK_SELECT                         119
-#define TK_VALUES                         120
-#define TK_DISTINCT                       121
-#define TK_DOT                            122
-#define TK_FROM                           123
-#define TK_JOIN                           124
-#define TK_USING                          125
-#define TK_ORDER                          126
-#define TK_GROUP                          127
-#define TK_HAVING                         128
-#define TK_LIMIT                          129
-#define TK_WHERE                          130
-#define TK_INTO                           131
-#define TK_INTEGER                        132
-#define TK_FLOAT                          133
-#define TK_BLOB                           134
-#define TK_VARIABLE                       135
-#define TK_CASE                           136
-#define TK_WHEN                           137
-#define TK_THEN                           138
-#define TK_ELSE                           139
-#define TK_INDEX                          140
-#define TK_ALTER                          141
-#define TK_ADD                            142
-#define TK_TO_TEXT                        143
-#define TK_TO_BLOB                        144
-#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     145
-#define TK_TO_INT                         146
-#define TK_TO_REAL                        147
-#define TK_ISNOT                          148
-#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    149
-#define TK_ILLEGAL                        150
-#define TK_SPACE                          151
-#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                152
-#define TK_FUNCTION                       153
-#define TK_COLUMN                         154
-#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   155
-#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     156
-#define TK_UMINUS                         157
-#define TK_UPLUS                          158
-#define TK_REGISTER                       159
-
-/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/*
-** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
-** substitute integer for floating-point
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define double sqlite_int64
-# define float sqlite_int64
-# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
-# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
-#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
-# endif
-# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
-# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
-# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
-# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
-** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler 
-** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
-#else
-#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
-** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the
-** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
-** that the library can read.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default.  This can be
-** changed at run-time using a pragma.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
-** on the command-line
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
-# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
-# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1  /* Exclude from ctime.c */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
-** ourselves.
-*/
-#ifndef offsetof
-#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers.
-*/
-#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B))
-#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B))
-
-/*
-** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or
-** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
-*/
-#if 'A' == '\301'
-# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
-#else
-# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
-** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
-** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
-**
-**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
-*/
-#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T
-#  define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t
-# else
-#  define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T
-#  define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t
-# else
-#  define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T
-#  define INT16_TYPE int16_t
-# else
-#  define INT16_TYPE short int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T
-#  define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t
-# else
-#  define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef INT8_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T
-#  define INT8_TYPE int8_t
-# else
-#  define INT8_TYPE signed char
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
-# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
-#endif
-typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
-typedef sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
-typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef INT8_TYPE i8;              /* 1-byte signed integer */
-
-/*
-** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value
-** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data.  The value
-** is 0x00000000ffffffff.  But because of quirks of some compilers, we
-** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown:
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MAX_U32  ((((u64)1)<<32)-1)
-
-/*
-** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a
-** table or index.  This is an unsigned integer type.  For 99.9% of
-** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient.  But a 64-bit integer
-** can be used at compile-time if desired.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS
- typedef u64 tRowcnt;    /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */
-#else
- typedef u32 tRowcnt;    /* 32-bit is the default */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit
-** logarithms.  For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X).  This
-** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986.
-** But the allowed values are "grainy".  Not every value is representable.
-** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst
-** of 40.  However, since LogEst quantaties are suppose to be estimates,
-** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem.
-**
-** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate".
-**
-** Examples:
-**      1 -> 0              20 -> 43          10000 -> 132
-**      2 -> 10             25 -> 46          25000 -> 146
-**      3 -> 16            100 -> 66        1000000 -> 199
-**      4 -> 20           1000 -> 99        1048576 -> 200
-**     10 -> 33           1024 -> 100    4294967296 -> 320
-**
-** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. 
-** Examples:
-**
-**    0.5 -> -10           0.1 -> -33        0.0625 -> -40
-*/
-typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst;
-
-/*
-** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
-** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time.
-**
-** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order
-** using C-preprocessor macros.  If that is unsuccessful, or if
-** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined
-** at run-time.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
-#endif
-#if (defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \
-     defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64)  ||    \
-     defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM)     || defined(__x86)   ||    \
-     defined(__arm__)) && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER)
-# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    1234
-# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
-# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
-# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
-#endif
-#if (defined(sparc)    || defined(__ppc__))  \
-    && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER)
-# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    4321
-# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    1
-# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0
-# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16BE
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER)
-# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER    0     /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */
-# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
-# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
-# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
-** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
-** compilers.
-*/
-#define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
-#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
-
-/* 
-** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used
-** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
-*/
-#define ROUND8(x)     (((x)+7)&~7)
-
-/*
-** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
-*/
-#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)
-
-/*
-** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  This
-** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
-** all alignment restrictions correct.
-**
-** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
-** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned
-** pointers.  In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
-# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
-#else
-# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work
-*/
-#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__)
-# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS
-*/
-#ifdef __APPLE__
-# include <TargetConditionals.h>
-# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
-#   undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
-#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
-# if defined(__linux__) \
-  || defined(_WIN32) \
-  || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \
-  || defined(__sun)
-#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000  /* 2147418112 */
-# else
-#   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0
-# endif
-# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms.  Or, even if a larger
-** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does
-** not exceed the maximum mmap size.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1  /* Exclude from ctime.c */
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined.
-** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4.  If either are defined, also
-** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
-#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
-#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-#endif
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
-** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
-**
-** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
-** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
-** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
-** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
-*/
-typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
-struct BusyHandler {
-  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
-  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
-  int nBusy;                 /* Incremented with each busy call */
-};
-
-/*
-** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
-** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
-** user tables and indices.
-*/
-#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
-#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
-
-/*
-** The root-page of the master database table.
-*/
-#define MASTER_ROOT       1
-
-/*
-** The name of the schema table.
-*/
-#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
-
-/*
-** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
-** an array.
-*/
-#define ArraySize(X)    ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
-
-/*
-** Determine if the argument is a power of two
-*/
-#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0)
-
-/*
-** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
-** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the 
-** one parameter that destructors normally want.  So we have to introduce 
-** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently.  Any 
-** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC
-** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize)
-
-/*
-** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
-** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
-** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
-** the heap.  When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
-** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead.  The SQLITE_WSD
-** macro is used for this purpose.  And instead of referencing the variable
-** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
-** buffer that holds real variable.  The constant is also the initializer
-** for the run-time allocated buffer.
-**
-** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
-** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  #define SQLITE_WSD const
-  #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
-  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
-SQLITE_API   int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
-SQLITE_API   void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
-#else
-  #define SQLITE_WSD 
-  #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
-  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to
-** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately 
-** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when
-** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the 
-** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the
-** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate,
-** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere.
-**
-** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function,
-** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer.
-** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to
-** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options.
-** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these
-** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions.
-*/
-#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
-#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y)
-
-/*
-** Forward references to structures
-*/
-typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
-typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
-typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo;
-typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
-typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
-typedef struct Column Column;
-typedef struct Db Db;
-typedef struct Schema Schema;
-typedef struct Expr Expr;
-typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
-typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
-typedef struct FKey FKey;
-typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor;
-typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
-typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
-typedef struct IdList IdList;
-typedef struct Index Index;
-typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample;
-typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
-typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
-typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
-typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
-typedef struct Module Module;
-typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
-typedef struct Parse Parse;
-typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments;
-typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
-typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
-typedef struct Select Select;
-typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
-typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
-typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
-typedef struct Table Table;
-typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
-typedef struct Token Token;
-typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
-typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
-typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
-typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
-typedef struct VTable VTable;
-typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx;
-typedef struct Walker Walker;
-typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
-typedef struct With With;
-
-/*
-** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
-** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
-** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
-*/
-/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
-** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
-** of what each interface routine does.
-*/
-#ifndef _BTREE_H_
-#define _BTREE_H_
-
-/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
-** needs to be revisited.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
-
-/*
-** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
-** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
-  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
-
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0        /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1        /* Do full auto-vacuum */
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2        /* Incremental vacuum */
-
-/*
-** Forward declarations of structure
-*/
-typedef struct Btree Btree;
-typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
-typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
-
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* VFS to use with this b-tree */
-  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
-  sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
-  Btree **ppBtree,         /* Return open Btree* here */
-  int flags,               /* Flags */
-  int vfsFlags             /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
-);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
-** following values.
-**
-** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
-** pager.h.
-*/
-#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
-#define BTREE_MEMORY        2  /* This is an in-memory DB */
-#define BTREE_SINGLE        4  /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
-#define BTREE_UNORDERED     8  /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
-** of the flags shown below.
-**
-** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set.
-** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data
-** is stored in the leaves.  (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.)  With
-** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored
-** anywhere - the key is the content.  (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL
-** indices.)
-*/
-#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
-#define BTREE_BLOBKEY    2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p);
-
-/*
-** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
-** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned 
-** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
-** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
-**
-**   offset = 36 + (idx * 4)
-**
-** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of
-** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at
-** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7).
-*/
-#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT     0
-#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION      1
-#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT         2
-#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  3
-#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE   4
-#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING       5
-#define BTREE_USER_VERSION        6
-#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM         7
-#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID      8
-
-/*
-** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an
-** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call.
-*/
-#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
-  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
-  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
-  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
-  struct KeyInfo*,                     /* First argument to compare function */
-  BtCursor *pCursor                    /* Space to write cursor structure */
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
-  BtCursor*,
-  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
-  i64 intKey,
-  int bias,
-  int *pRes
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
-                                  const void *pData, int nData,
-                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt);
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
-** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures.  So make the
-** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) 
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*);
-#endif
-#else
-
-# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
-
-# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
-# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
-# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
-
-/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
-**
-** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
-** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
-** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
-#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
-/* #include <stdio.h> */
-
-/*
-** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
-** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
-** of this structure.
-*/
-typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
-
-/*
-** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
-** for the VdbeOp definition.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem Mem;
-typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram;
-
-/*
-** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
-** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
-** as an instance of the following structure:
-*/
-struct VdbeOp {
-  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
-  signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
-  u8 opflags;         /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */
-  u8 p5;              /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
-  int p1;             /* First operand */
-  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
-  int p3;             /* The third parameter */
-  union {             /* fourth parameter */
-    int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
-    void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
-    char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
-    i64 *pI64;             /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
-    double *pReal;         /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
-    FuncDef *pFunc;        /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
-    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
-    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
-    VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
-    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
-    SubProgram *pProgram;  /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
-    int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *);
-  } p4;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
-#endif
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  u32 cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
-  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-  int iSrcLine;            /* Source-code line that generated this opcode */
-#endif
-};
-typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
-
-
-/*
-** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program.
-*/
-struct SubProgram {
-  VdbeOp *aOp;                  /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */
-  int nOp;                      /* Elements in aOp[] */
-  int nMem;                     /* Number of memory cells required */
-  int nCsr;                     /* Number of cursors required */
-  int nOnce;                    /* Number of OP_Once instructions */
-  void *token;                  /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
-  SubProgram *pNext;            /* Next sub-program already visited */
-};
-
-/*
-** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
-** it takes up less space.
-*/
-struct VdbeOpList {
-  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
-  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
-  signed char p2;     /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
-  signed char p3;     /* Third parameter */
-};
-typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
-
-/*
-** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type
-*/
-#define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
-#define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
-#define P4_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
-#define P4_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
-#define P4_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
-#define P4_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
-#define P4_MEM      (-8)  /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem*    structure */
-#define P4_TRANSIENT  0   /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
-#define P4_VTAB     (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
-#define P4_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
-#define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
-#define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
-#define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
-#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
-#define P4_SUBPROGRAM  (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */
-#define P4_ADVANCE  (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */
-
-/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */
-#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1
-#define P5_ConstraintUnique  2
-#define P5_ConstraintCheck   3
-#define P5_ConstraintFK      4
-
-/*
-** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
-** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
-*/
-#define COLNAME_NAME     0
-#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
-#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
-#define COLNAME_TABLE    3
-#define COLNAME_COLUMN   4
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define COLNAME_N        5      /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */
-#else
-# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-#   define COLNAME_N      1      /* Store only the name */
-# else
-#   define COLNAME_N      2      /* Store the name and decltype */
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
-** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
-** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
-** the macro again restores the address.
-*/
-#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))
-
-/*
-** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
-** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
-*/
-/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
-/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
-/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
-/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
-#define OP_Function        1 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])             */
-#define OP_Savepoint       2
-#define OP_AutoCommit      3
-#define OP_Transaction     4
-#define OP_SorterNext      5
-#define OP_PrevIfOpen      6
-#define OP_NextIfOpen      7
-#define OP_Prev            8
-#define OP_Next            9
-#define OP_AggStep        10 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])       */
-#define OP_Checkpoint     11
-#define OP_JournalMode    12
-#define OP_Vacuum         13
-#define OP_VFilter        14 /* synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'           */
-#define OP_VUpdate        15 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2]                    */
-#define OP_Goto           16
-#define OP_Gosub          17
-#define OP_Return         18
-#define OP_Not            19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]    */
-#define OP_InitCoroutine  20
-#define OP_EndCoroutine   21
-#define OP_Yield          22
-#define OP_HaltIfNull     23 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt               */
-#define OP_Halt           24
-#define OP_Integer        25 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1                         */
-#define OP_Int64          26 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4                         */
-#define OP_String         27 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)              */
-#define OP_Null           28 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL                   */
-#define OP_SoftNull       29 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL                       */
-#define OP_Blob           30 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)                */
-#define OP_Variable       31 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)           */
-#define OP_Move           32 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]                */
-#define OP_Copy           33 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]            */
-#define OP_SCopy          34 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]                      */
-#define OP_ResultRow      35 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2]                  */
-#define OP_CollSeq        36
-#define OP_AddImm         37 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2                   */
-#define OP_MustBeInt      38
-#define OP_RealAffinity   39
-#define OP_Permutation    40
-#define OP_Compare        41 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]            */
-#define OP_Jump           42
-#define OP_Once           43
-#define OP_If             44
-#define OP_IfNot          45
-#define OP_Column         46 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX                         */
-#define OP_Affinity       47 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])               */
-#define OP_MakeRecord     48 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])            */
-#define OP_Count          49 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count()                    */
-#define OP_ReadCookie     50
-#define OP_SetCookie      51
-#define OP_OpenRead       52 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
-#define OP_OpenWrite      53 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
-#define OP_OpenAutoindex  54 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
-#define OP_OpenEphemeral  55 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
-#define OP_SorterOpen     56
-#define OP_OpenPseudo     57 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]              */
-#define OP_Close          58
-#define OP_SeekLT         59
-#define OP_SeekLE         60
-#define OP_SeekGE         61
-#define OP_SeekGT         62
-#define OP_Seek           63 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P2]                     */
-#define OP_NoConflict     64 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
-#define OP_NotFound       65 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
-#define OP_Found          66 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
-#define OP_NotExists      67 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3]                     */
-#define OP_Sequence       68 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++           */
-#define OP_NewRowid       69 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
-#define OP_Insert         70 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]          */
-#define OP_Or             71 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */
-#define OP_And            72 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */
-#define OP_InsertInt      73 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]             */
-#define OP_Delete         74
-#define OP_ResetCount     75
-#define OP_IsNull         76 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */
-#define OP_NotNull        77 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */
-#define OP_Ne             78 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 */
-#define OP_Eq             79 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 */
-#define OP_Gt             80 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 */
-#define OP_Le             81 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 */
-#define OP_Lt             82 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2 */
-#define OP_Ge             83 /* same as TK_GE, synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2 */
-#define OP_SorterCompare  84 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
-#define OP_BitAnd         85 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */
-#define OP_BitOr          86 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */
-#define OP_ShiftLeft      87 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1] */
-#define OP_ShiftRight     88 /* same as TK_RSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1] */
-#define OP_Add            89 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */
-#define OP_Subtract       90 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */
-#define OP_Multiply       91 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */
-#define OP_Divide         92 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */
-#define OP_Remainder      93 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */
-#define OP_Concat         94 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */
-#define OP_SorterData     95 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
-#define OP_BitNot         96 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */
-#define OP_String8        97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4'    */
-#define OP_RowKey         98 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key                        */
-#define OP_RowData        99 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
-#define OP_Rowid         100 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
-#define OP_NullRow       101
-#define OP_Last          102
-#define OP_SorterSort    103
-#define OP_Sort          104
-#define OP_Rewind        105
-#define OP_SorterInsert  106
-#define OP_IdxInsert     107 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
-#define OP_IdxDelete     108 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]                     */
-#define OP_IdxRowid      109 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
-#define OP_IdxLE         110 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
-#define OP_IdxGT         111 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
-#define OP_IdxLT         112 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
-#define OP_IdxGE         113 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]                     */
-#define OP_Destroy       114
-#define OP_Clear         115
-#define OP_ResetSorter   116
-#define OP_CreateIndex   117 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
-#define OP_CreateTable   118 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1                */
-#define OP_ParseSchema   119
-#define OP_LoadAnalysis  120
-#define OP_DropTable     121
-#define OP_DropIndex     122
-#define OP_DropTrigger   123
-#define OP_IntegrityCk   124
-#define OP_RowSetAdd     125 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2]                 */
-#define OP_RowSetRead    126 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1)                 */
-#define OP_RowSetTest    127 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2   */
-#define OP_Program       128
-#define OP_Param         129
-#define OP_FkCounter     130 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2                    */
-#define OP_FkIfZero      131 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2          */
-#define OP_MemMax        132 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])           */
-#define OP_Real          133 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4       */
-#define OP_IfPos         134 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2               */
-#define OP_IfNeg         135 /* synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2               */
-#define OP_IfZero        136 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2   */
-#define OP_AggFinal      137 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2                 */
-#define OP_IncrVacuum    138
-#define OP_Expire        139
-#define OP_TableLock     140 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3          */
-#define OP_VBegin        141
-#define OP_VCreate       142
-#define OP_ToText        143 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT                         */
-#define OP_ToBlob        144 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB                         */
-#define OP_ToNumeric     145 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC                      */
-#define OP_ToInt         146 /* same as TK_TO_INT                          */
-#define OP_ToReal        147 /* same as TK_TO_REAL                         */
-#define OP_VDestroy      148
-#define OP_VOpen         149
-#define OP_VColumn       150 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)                */
-#define OP_VNext         151
-#define OP_VRename       152
-#define OP_Pagecount     153
-#define OP_MaxPgcnt      154
-#define OP_Init          155 /* synopsis: Start at P2                      */
-#define OP_Noop          156
-#define OP_Explain       157
-
-
-/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
-** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
-** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
-*/
-#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */
-#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002  /* out2-prerelease: */
-#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0004  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
-#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */
-#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
-#define OPFLG_OUT2            0x0020  /* out2:  P2 is an output */
-#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0040  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
-#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
-/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\
-/*   8 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\
-/*  16 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x24, 0x01, 0x04, 0x05, 0x10,\
-/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\
-/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04,\
-/*  40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/*  48 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/*  56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x08,\
-/*  64 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x4c,\
-/*  72 */ 0x4c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15,\
-/*  80 */ 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\
-/*  88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00,\
-/*  96 */ 0x24, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01,\
-/* 104 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01,\
-/* 112 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00,\
-/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15,\
-/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08, 0x02, 0x05, 0x05,\
-/* 136 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04,\
-/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
-/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,}
-
-/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
-
-/*
-** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
-** for a description of what each of these routines does.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **);
-
-typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
-#endif
-
-/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on
-** each VDBE opcode.
-**
-** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op
-** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code
-** generator.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
-# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
-# define VdbeNoopComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
-# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS
-#   define VdbeModuleComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
-# else
-#   define VdbeModuleComment(X)
-# endif
-#else
-# define VdbeComment(X)
-# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
-# define VdbeModuleComment(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point
-** for VDBE branch instructions.  The coverage testing points are line
-** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file.  VDBE branch coverage testing
-** only works with an amalagmation build.  That's ok since a VDBE branch
-** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only.  No application
-** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on.
-**
-**    VdbeCoverage(v)                  // Mark the previously coded instruction
-**                                     // as a branch
-**
-**    VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional)   // Mark previous if conditional true
-**
-**    VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v)       // Previous branch is always taken
-**
-**    VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v)        // Previous branch is never taken
-**
-** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above.
-** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and
-** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch()
-** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int);
-# define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__)
-# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__)
-# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,2);
-# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,1);
-# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x)
-#else
-# define VdbeCoverage(v)
-# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x)
-# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v)
-# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v)
-# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
-** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _PAGER_H_
-#define _PAGER_H_
-
-/*
-** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative 
-** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the 
-** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
-  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
-** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
-*/
-typedef u32 Pgno;
-
-/*
-** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
-*/
-typedef struct Pager Pager;
-
-/*
-** Handle type for pages.
-*/
-typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
-
-/*
-** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
-** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
-** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
-** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
-** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c 
-** for details.
-*/
-#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
-**
-** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
-*/
-#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
-#define PAGER_MEMORY        0x0002    /* In-memory database */
-
-/*
-** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
-*/
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1
-
-/*
-** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.  
-*/
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY     (-1)  /* Query the value of journalmode */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE      0   /* Commit by deleting journal file */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE    3   /* Commit by truncating journal */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY      4   /* In-memory journal file */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL         5   /* Use write-ahead logging */
-
-/*
-** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire().
-*/
-#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT     0x01  /* Do not load data from disk */
-#define PAGER_GET_READONLY      0x02  /* Read-only page is acceptable */
-
-/*
-** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
-*/
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF       0x01  /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL    0x02  /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL      0x03  /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK      0x03  /* Mask for three values above */
-#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC             0x04  /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */
-#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC        0x08  /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */
-#define PAGER_CACHESPILL            0x10  /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */
-#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK            0x1c  /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */
-
-/*
-** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
-** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for 
-** a detailed description of each routine.
-*/
-
-/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs*,
-  Pager **ppPager,
-  const char*,
-  int,
-  int,
-  int,
-  void(*)(DbPage*)
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
-
-/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
-
-/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
-#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);
-
-/* Operations on page references. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
-
-/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
-#endif
-
-/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);
-
-/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
-#endif
-
-/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
-  void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
-  void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
-#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */
-
-/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
-/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 August 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem. 
-*/
-
-#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
-
-typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
-typedef struct PCache PCache;
-
-/*
-** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
-** structure.
-*/
-struct PgHdr {
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;    /* Pcache object page handle */
-  void *pData;                   /* Page data */
-  void *pExtra;                  /* Extra content */
-  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Transient list of dirty pages */
-  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager this page is part of */
-  Pgno pgno;                     /* Page number for this page */
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-  u32 pageHash;                  /* Hash of page content */
-#endif
-  u16 flags;                     /* PGHDR flags defined below */
-
-  /**********************************************************************
-  ** Elements above are public.  All that follows is private to pcache.c
-  ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
-  */
-  i16 nRef;                      /* Number of users of this page */
-  PCache *pCache;                /* Cache that owns this page */
-
-  PgHdr *pDirtyNext;             /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
-  PgHdr *pDirtyPrev;             /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */
-};
-
-/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
-#define PGHDR_DIRTY             0x002  /* Page has changed */
-#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC         0x004  /* Fsync the rollback journal before
-                                       ** writing this page to the database */
-#define PGHDR_NEED_READ         0x008  /* Content is unread */
-#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY    0x010  /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */
-#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE        0x020  /* Do not write content to disk */
-
-#define PGHDR_MMAP              0x040  /* This is an mmap page object */
-
-/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
-
-/* Page cache buffer management:
-** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
-
-/* Create a new pager cache.
-** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
-** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
-  int szPage,                    /* Size of every page */
-  int szExtra,                   /* Extra space associated with each page */
-  int bPurgeable,                /* True if pages are on backing store */
-  int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
-  void *pStress,                 /* Argument to xStress */
-  PCache *pToInit                /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
-);
-
-/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
-
-/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.  Used to preallocate
-** storage space.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
-
-/* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
-** Reference counted. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*);         /* Remove page from cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*);    /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*);    /* Mark a single page as clean */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*);    /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
-
-/* Change a page number.  Used by incr-vacuum. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
-
-/* Remove all pages with pgno>x.  Reset the cache if x==0 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
-
-/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
-
-/* Reset and close the cache object */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
-
-/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *);
-
-/* Discard the contents of the cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
-
-/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
-
-/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*);
-
-/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
-** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the 
-** library is built.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
-#endif
-
-/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
-**
-** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
-** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
-** of the suggested cache-sizes.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
-#endif
-
-/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);
-
-#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */
-
-/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-
-/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/
-/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
-** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
-** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
-**
-** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
-** being included by every source file.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
-#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
-
-/*
-** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the
-** necessary pre-processor macros for it.
-*/
-/************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/
-/************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2013 November 25
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system
-** detection and/or setup.
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_SETUP_H_
-#define _OS_SETUP_H_
-
-/*
-** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating
-** system.
-**
-** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX,
-** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0.  One of
-** the three will be 1.  The other two will be 0.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
-#  if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
-#    undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-#    define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-#    undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#    define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-#  else
-#    undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
-#  endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
-#  define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
-#  ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#    if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \
-        defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#      define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
-#      define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-#    else
-#      define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-#      define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
-#    endif
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-#  endif
-#else
-#  ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#    define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _OS_SETUP_H_ */
-
-/************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/
-
-/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
-** a no-op
-*/
-#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
-# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The default size of a disk sector
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
-** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
-** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
-** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
-** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
-** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
-** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
-**
-** 2006-10-31:  The default prefix used to be "sqlite_".  But then
-** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
-** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
-** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a 
-** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
-** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
-** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" 
-** spelled backwards.  So the temp files are still identified, but
-** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
-** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
-** of the file.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
-# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
-** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
-**
-** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
-** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
-**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
-** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
-**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
-**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
-** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
-**
-** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
-** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
-** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
-** sqlite3OsLock().
-*/
-#define NO_LOCK         0
-#define SHARED_LOCK     1
-#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
-#define PENDING_LOCK    3
-#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4
-
-/*
-** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
-**
-** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
-** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
-** UnlockFile().
-**
-** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
-** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
-** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
-** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
-** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
-** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
-** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
-** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
-** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
-** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
-**
-** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
-** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
-** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
-** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
-** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
-** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
-** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
-**
-** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
-** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
-** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
-** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
-**
-** The same locking strategy and
-** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
-** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
-** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
-** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
-** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
-** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
-**
-** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
-** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
-** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
-** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
-** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
-** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
-** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
-** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
-**
-** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
-** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
-** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
-** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
-** 1GB boundary.
-**
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define PENDING_BYTE     (0x40000000)
-#else
-# define PENDING_BYTE      sqlite3PendingByte
-#endif
-#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
-#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
-#define SHARED_SIZE       510
-
-/*
-** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);
-
-/* 
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *);
-
-
-/* 
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);
-
-/*
-** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using 
-** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
-
-/************** End of os.h **************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations.
-** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available
-** to all source files.  We break it out in an effort to keep the code
-** better organized.
-**
-** NOTE:  source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
-** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
-** include this one indirectly.
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** Figure out what version of the code to use.  The choices are
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT         No mutex logic.  Not even stubs.  The
-**                             mutexes implemention cannot be overridden
-**                             at start-time.
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications.  No
-**                             mutual exclusion is provided.  But this
-**                             implementation can be overridden at
-**                             start-time.
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS     For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32          For multi-threaded applications on Win32.
-*/
-#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
-#  if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-#  elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-/*
-** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
-*/
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X)    ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)    
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X)      SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)    
-#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     ((void)(X),1)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  ((void)(X),1)
-#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X)      ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
-#define sqlite3MutexInit()        SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
-#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)
-#else
-#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)            X
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
-
-/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-
-
-/*
-** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
-** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
-** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
-** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
-** databases may be attached.
-*/
-struct Db {
-  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
-  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
-  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */
-  Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
-**
-** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree.  The exception is
-** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing.
-** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple
-** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object.
-** 
-** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that
-** references them is destroyed.   The TEMP Schema is manually freed by
-** sqlite3_close().
-*
-** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order
-** to access Schema content.  This implies that the thread must also be
-** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree.
-** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required.
-*/
-struct Schema {
-  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
-  int iGeneration;     /* Generation counter.  Incremented with each change */
-  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
-  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
-  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
-  Hash fkeyHash;       /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
-  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
-  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
-  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
-  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this schema */
-  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
-};
-
-/*
-** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
-** Db.pSchema->flags field.
-*/
-#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P))
-#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0)
-#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P)
-#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P)
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
-**
-** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
-** read into internal hash tables.
-**
-** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
-** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
-** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
-*/
-#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
-#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
-#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */
-
-/*
-** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
-** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1)
-
-/*
-** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
-** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
-** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
-** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
-** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
-** SQL statements.
-**
-** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
-** lookaside malloc subsystem.  Each available memory allocation in
-** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
-** objects.
-**
-** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated
-** with a particular database connection.  Hence, schema information cannot
-** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information
-** is shared by multiple database connections.  Therefore, while parsing
-** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that
-** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects.
-*/
-struct Lookaside {
-  u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
-  u8 bEnabled;            /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */
-  u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
-  int nOut;               /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
-  int mxOut;              /* Highwater mark for nOut */
-  int anStat[3];          /* 0: hits.  1: size misses.  2: full misses */
-  LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */
-  void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */
-  void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */
-};
-struct LookasideSlot {
-  LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
-};
-
-/*
-** A hash table for function definitions.
-**
-** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
-** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
-*/
-struct FuncDefHash {
-  FuncDef *a[23];       /* Hash table for functions */
-};
-
-/*
-** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct sqlite3 {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
-  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
-  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */
-  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
-  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
-  int flags;                    /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
-  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
-  i64 szMmap;                   /* Default mmap_size setting */
-  unsigned int openFlags;       /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
-  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
-  u16 dbOptFlags;               /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */
-  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
-  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
-  u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
-  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
-  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
-  u8 suppressErr;               /* Do not issue error messages if true */
-  u8 vtabOnConflict;            /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
-  u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
-  int nextPagesize;             /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
-  u32 magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
-  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
-  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
-  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
-  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
-    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
-    u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
-    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
-    u8 orphanTrigger;           /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
-  } init;
-  int nVdbeActive;              /* Number of VDBEs currently running */
-  int nVdbeRead;                /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */
-  int nVdbeWrite;               /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */
-  int nVdbeExec;                /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
-  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
-  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */
-  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);        /* Trace function */
-  void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
-  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
-  void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */
-  void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
-  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */
-  void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */   
-  void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
-  void *pUpdateArg;
-  void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int);
-  void *pWalArg;
-#endif
-  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
-  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
-  void *pCollNeededArg;
-  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
-  union {
-    volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
-    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
-  } u1;
-  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
-                                /* Access authorization function */
-  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
-  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
-  unsigned nProgressOps;        /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
-  Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
-  VtabCtx *pVtabCtx;            /* Context for active vtab connect/create */
-  VTable **aVTrans;             /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
-  VTable *pDisconnect;    /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
-#endif
-  FuncDefHash aFunc;            /* Hash table of connection functions */
-  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
-  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
-  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
-  Savepoint *pSavepoint;        /* List of active savepoints */
-  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
-  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
-  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
-  i64 nDeferredCons;            /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
-  i64 nDeferredImmCons;         /* Net deferred immediate constraints */
-  int *pnBytesFreed;            /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER 
-  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. 
-  **
-  ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
-  ** unlock so that it can proceed.
-  **
-  ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried
-  ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks
-  ** held by Y.
-  */
-  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
-  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
-  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
-  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
-  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
-*/
-#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)
-
-/*
-** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
-#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000002  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
-#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00000004  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
-#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync  0x00000008  /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */
-#define SQLITE_CacheSpill     0x00000010  /* OK to spill pager cache */
-#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000020  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
-#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
-#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
-                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
-                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
-#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
-                                          /*   result set is empty */
-#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
-#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
-#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000800  /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
-#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000  /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */
-#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00002000  /* Do not enforce check constraints */
-#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000  /* For shared-cache mode */
-#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
-#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00010000  /* Ignore schema errors */
-#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00020000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
-#define SQLITE_RecTriggers    0x00040000  /* Enable recursive triggers */
-#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys    0x00080000  /* Enforce foreign key constraints  */
-#define SQLITE_AutoIndex      0x00100000  /* Enable automatic indexes */
-#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin  0x00200000  /* Preference to built-in funcs */
-#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00400000  /* Enable load_extension */
-#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x00800000  /* True to enable triggers */
-#define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x01000000  /* Defer all FK constraints */
-#define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x02000000  /* Disable database changes */
-#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        0x04000000  /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
-
-
-/*
-** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
-** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
-** selectively disable various optimizations.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001   /* Query flattening */
-#define SQLITE_ColumnCache    0x0002   /* Column cache */
-#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x0004   /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
-#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008   /* Constant factoring */
-/*                not used    0x0010   // Was: SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt */
-#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x0020   /* DISTINCT using indexes */
-#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x0040   /* Covering index scans */
-#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
-#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine  0x0100   /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */
-#define SQLITE_Transitive     0x0200   /* Transitive constraints */
-#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x0400   /* Omit unused tables in joins */
-#define SQLITE_Stat3          0x0800   /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */
-#define SQLITE_AdjustOutEst   0x1000   /* Adjust output estimates using WHERE */
-#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */
-
-/*
-** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
-#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
-#else
-#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  0
-#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization
-** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator.
-*/
-#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor)
-
-/*
-** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
-** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
-** than being distinct from one another.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK     0x4b771290  /* Error and awaiting close */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE   0x64cffc7f  /* Close with last statement close */
-
-/*
-** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
-** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
-** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
-** points to a linked list of these structures.
-*/
-struct FuncDef {
-  i16 nArg;            /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
-  u16 funcFlags;       /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
-  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
-  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
-  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finalizer */
-  char *zName;         /* SQL name of the function. */
-  FuncDef *pHash;      /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
-  FuncDestructor *pDestructor;   /* Reference counted destructor function */
-};
-
-/*
-** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as
-** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When
-** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor,
-** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to 
-** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether
-** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor
-** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated
-** FuncDestructor.
-**
-** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference
-** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor
-** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed.
-*/
-struct FuncDestructor {
-  int nRef;
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *);
-  void *pUserData;
-};
-
-/*
-** Possible values for FuncDef.flags.  Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF
-** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG.  There
-** are assert() statements in the code to verify this.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK  0x003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x010 /* Ephemeral.  Delete with VDBE */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH   0x040 /* Built-in length() function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF   0x080 /* Built-in typeof() function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */
-
-/*
-** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
-** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
-**
-**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
-**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
-**     implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
-**     value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
-**     as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If 
-**     argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set.
-**
-**   VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
-**     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag.
-**
-**   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
-**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
-**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
-**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
-**     FUNCTION().
-**
-**   LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
-**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
-**     that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C 
-**     function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
-**     available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
-**     FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
-**     parameter.
-*/
-#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
-   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
-   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \
-  {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\
-   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
-   pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \
-   (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
-#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
-   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}
-
-/*
-** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
-** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
-** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
-** OP_Savepoint instruction.
-*/
-struct Savepoint {
-  char *zName;                        /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */
-  i64 nDeferredCons;                  /* Number of deferred fk violations */
-  i64 nDeferredImmCons;               /* Number of deferred imm fk. */
-  Savepoint *pNext;                   /* Parent savepoint (if any) */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(),
-** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction.
-*/
-#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN      0
-#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE    1
-#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK   2
-
-
-/*
-** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
-** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
-** hash table.
-*/
-struct Module {
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */
-  const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */
-  void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *);            /* Module destructor function */
-};
-
-/*
-** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
-** of this structure.
-*/
-struct Column {
-  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
-  Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
-  char *zDflt;     /* Original text of the default value */
-  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
-  char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
-  u8 notNull;      /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */
-  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
-  u8 szEst;        /* Estimated size of this column.  INT==1 */
-  u8 colFlags;     /* Boolean properties.  See COLFLAG_ defines below */
-};
-
-/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags:
-*/
-#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY  0x0001    /* Column is part of the primary key */
-#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN   0x0002    /* A hidden column in a virtual table */
-
-/*
-** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
-** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
-** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
-**
-** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the
-** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
-** collating sequence may not be read or written.
-*/
-struct CollSeq {
-  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
-  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
-  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
-  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
-  void (*xDel)(void*);  /* Destructor for pUser */
-};
-
-/*
-** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
-#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */
-
-/*
-** Column affinity types.
-**
-** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
-** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
-** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.  
-**
-** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'.  That way,
-** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
-** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
-**
-** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
-** for a numeric type is a single comparison.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'a'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'b'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'c'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'd'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'e'
-
-#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
-** affinity value. 
-*/
-#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x67
-
-/*
-** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
-** changing the affinity.
-**
-** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL.
-** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison
-** operator is NULL.  It is added to certain comparison operators to
-** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x08  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
-#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x10  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
-#define SQLITE_NULLEQ       0x80  /* NULL=NULL */
-#define SQLITE_NOTNULL      0x88  /* Assert that operands are never NULL */
-
-/*
-** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
-** the database schema. 
-**
-** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
-** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
-** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique
-** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table 
-** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between 
-** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database 
-** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database
-** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method
-** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may
-** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables 
-** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers 
-** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database 
-** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table.
-**
-** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared
-** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by
-** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object.
-** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual
-** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the
-** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct
-** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query.
-**
-** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the
-** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not 
-** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed 
-** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to
-** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the
-** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected 
-** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done
-** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes.
-** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an
-** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect
-** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex.
-**
-** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by 
-** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as 
-** the first argument.
-*/
-struct VTable {
-  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection associated with this table */
-  Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to module implementation */
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to vtab instance */
-  int nRef;                 /* Number of pointers to this structure */
-  u8 bConstraint;           /* True if constraints are supported */
-  int iSavepoint;           /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */
-  VTable *pNext;            /* Next in linked list (see above) */
-};
-
-/*
-** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
-** following structure.
-**
-** Table.zName is the name of the table.  The case of the original
-** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
-** comparisons.
-**
-** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table.  Table.aCol is a
-** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
-**
-** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
-** the column that is that key.   Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative.  Note
-** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
-** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
-** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
-** is generated for each row of the table.  TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if
-** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
-**
-** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
-** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
-** in sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
-** holds temporary tables and indices.  If TF_Ephemeral is set
-** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
-** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
-** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
-** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
-** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause 
-** of a SELECT statement.
-*/
-struct Table {
-  char *zName;         /* Name of the table or view */
-  Column *aCol;        /* Information about each column */
-  Index *pIndex;       /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
-  Select *pSelect;     /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
-  FKey *pFKey;         /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
-  char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  ExprList *pCheck;    /* All CHECK constraints */
-#endif
-  LogEst nRowLogEst;   /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
-  int tnum;            /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
-  i16 iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
-  i16 nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
-  u16 nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this Table */
-  LogEst szTabRow;     /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */
-  u8 tabFlags;         /* Mask of TF_* values */
-  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */
-  char **azModuleArg;  /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
-  VTable *pVTable;     /* List of VTable objects. */
-#endif
-  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */
-  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
-  Table *pNextZombie;  /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags.
-*/
-#define TF_Readonly        0x01    /* Read-only system table */
-#define TF_Ephemeral       0x02    /* An ephemeral table */
-#define TF_HasPrimaryKey   0x04    /* Table has a primary key */
-#define TF_Autoincrement   0x08    /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
-#define TF_Virtual         0x10    /* Is a virtual table */
-#define TF_WithoutRowid    0x20    /* No rowid used. PRIMARY KEY is the key */
-
-
-/*
-** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
-** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
-** table support is omitted from the build.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-#  define IsVirtual(X)      (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
-#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
-#else
-#  define IsVirtual(X)      0
-#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0
-#endif
-
-/* Does the table have a rowid */
-#define HasRowid(X)     (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0)
-
-/*
-** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
-** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
-** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
-** Consider this example:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
-**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
-**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
-**     );
-**
-** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
-** Equivalent names:
-**
-**     from-table == child-table
-**       to-table == parent-table
-**
-** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
-** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
-** the from-table is created.  The existence of the to-table is not checked.
-**
-** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey.
-**
-** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist)
-** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z.
-*/
-struct FKey {
-  Table *pFrom;     /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */
-  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */
-  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */
-  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */
-  FKey *pPrevTo;    /* Previous with the same zTo */
-  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
-  /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
-  u8 isDeferred;       /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
-  u8 aAction[2];        /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */
-  Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */
-  struct sColMap {      /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
-    int iFrom;            /* Index of column in pFrom */
-    char *zCol;           /* Name of column in zTo.  If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */
-  } aCol[1];            /* One entry for each of nCol columns */
-};
-
-/*
-** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
-** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
-** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
-** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
-** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
-** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
-** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
-** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
-** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
-** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
-** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
-** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
-** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
-**
-** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
-** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
-** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
-** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
-** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
-** foreign key.
-** 
-** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
-** of action to take.
-*/
-#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
-#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
-#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
-#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
-#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
-#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
-
-#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
-#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
-#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
-#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */
-
-#define OE_Default  10  /* Do whatever the default action is */
-
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
-** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
-** comparison of the two index keys.
-**
-** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots.  There
-** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot
-** for the rowid at the end.
-*/
-struct KeyInfo {
-  u32 nRef;           /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */
-  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */
-  u16 nField;         /* Number of key columns in the index */
-  u16 nXField;        /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
-  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* Sort order for each column. */
-  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
-** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
-** values.
-**
-** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
-** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
-** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
-** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
-** OP_Column opcode.
-**
-** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
-** into its constituent fields.
-**
-** The r1 and r2 member variables are only used by the optimized comparison
-** functions vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString().
-*/
-struct UnpackedRecord {
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
-  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
-  i8 default_rc;      /* Comparison result if keys are equal */
-  u8 isCorrupt;       /* Corruption detected by xRecordCompare() */
-  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
-  int r1;             /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */
-  int r2;             /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
-** instance of the following structure.
-**
-** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
-** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
-** we have the following table and index:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
-**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
-**
-** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
-** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
-** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
-** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
-** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
-** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
-** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
-**
-** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
-** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
-** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
-** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
-** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
-** element.
-*/
-struct Index {
-  char *zName;             /* Name of this index */
-  i16 *aiColumn;           /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
-  LogEst *aiRowLogEst;     /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
-  Table *pTable;           /* The SQL table being indexed */
-  char *zColAff;           /* String defining the affinity of each column */
-  Index *pNext;            /* The next index associated with the same table */
-  Schema *pSchema;         /* Schema containing this index */
-  u8 *aSortOrder;          /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */
-  char **azColl;           /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
-  Expr *pPartIdxWhere;     /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;       /* A KeyInfo object suitable for this index */
-  int tnum;                /* DB Page containing root of this index */
-  LogEst szIdxRow;         /* Estimated average row size in bytes */
-  u16 nKeyCol;             /* Number of columns forming the key */
-  u16 nColumn;             /* Number of columns stored in the index */
-  u8 onError;              /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
-  unsigned idxType:2;      /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */
-  unsigned bUnordered:1;   /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */
-  unsigned uniqNotNull:1;  /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */
-  unsigned isResized:1;    /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */
-  unsigned isCovering:1;   /* True if this is a covering index */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  int nSample;             /* Number of elements in aSample[] */
-  int nSampleCol;          /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */
-  tRowcnt *aAvgEq;         /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */
-  IndexSample *aSample;    /* Samples of the left-most key */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for Index.idxType
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF      0   /* Created using CREATE INDEX */
-#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE      1   /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */
-#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY  2   /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */
-
-/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */
-#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X)  ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)
-
-/*
-** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory 
-** using a structure of this type.  See documentation at the top of the
-** analyze.c source file for additional information.
-*/
-struct IndexSample {
-  void *p;          /* Pointer to sampled record */
-  int n;            /* Size of record in bytes */
-  tRowcnt *anEq;    /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */
-  tRowcnt *anLt;    /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */
-  tRowcnt *anDLt;   /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */
-};
-
-/*
-** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
-** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
-**
-** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
-** may contain random values.  Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
-** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
-*/
-struct Token {
-  const char *z;     /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
-  unsigned int n;    /* Number of characters in this token */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
-** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
-**
-** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
-** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
-** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
-** code for that node.
-**
-** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
-** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These
-** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
-*/
-struct AggInfo {
-  u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
-                          ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
-  u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
-                          ** than the source table */
-  int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
-  int sortingIdxPTab;     /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */
-  int nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
-  int mnReg, mxReg;       /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
-  struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
-    Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
-    int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
-    int iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
-    int iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */
-    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
-    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
-  } *aCol;
-  int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
-  int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
-                          ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
-                          ** aggregate functions */
-  struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
-    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
-    FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
-    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
-    int iDistinct;           /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
-  } *aFunc;
-  int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
-};
-
-/*
-** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit.
-** Usually it is 16-bits.  But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater
-** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit.  16-bit is preferred because
-** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user
-** in systems with lots of prepared statements.  And few applications
-** need more than about 10 or 20 variables.  But some extreme users want
-** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them
-** the option is available (at compile-time).
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767
-typedef i16 ynVar;
-#else
-typedef int ynVar;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
-** of this structure.
-**
-** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused
-** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
-** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused
-** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
-** tree.
-**
-** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, 
-** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If
-** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the 
-** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION),
-** then Expr.token contains the name of the function.
-**
-** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a
-** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL.
-**
-** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function,
-** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)".
-** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of
-** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the
-** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is 
-** valid.
-**
-** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
-** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
-** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
-** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
-** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
-** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
-** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
-**
-** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark 
-** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index 
-** number for that variable.
-**
-** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
-** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
-** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery
-** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
-** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
-**
-** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
-** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
-** corresponding table definition.
-**
-** ALLOCATION NOTES:
-**
-** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema.  To
-** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be
-** truncated.  And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes
-** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation,
-** together with Expr.zToken strings.
-**
-** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when
-** an Expr object is truncated.  When EP_Reduced is set, then all
-** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees
-** are contained within the same memory allocation.  Note, however, that
-** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately
-** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set.
-*/
-struct Expr {
-  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
-  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
-  u32 flags;             /* Various flags.  EP_* See below */
-  union {
-    char *zToken;          /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
-    int iValue;            /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */
-  } u;
-
-  /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
-  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
-  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. 
-  *********************************************************************/
-
-  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
-  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
-  union {
-    ExprList *pList;     /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */
-    Select *pSelect;     /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */
-  } x;
-
-  /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
-  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
-  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
-  *********************************************************************/
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
-#endif
-  int iTable;            /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
-                         ** TK_REGISTER: register number
-                         ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old
-                         ** EP_Unlikely:  1000 times likelihood */
-  ynVar iColumn;         /* TK_COLUMN: column index.  -1 for rowid.
-                         ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */
-  i16 iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
-  i16 iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
-  u8 op2;                /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op
-                         ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column
-                         ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */
-  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
-  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
-*/
-#define EP_FromJoin  0x000001 /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
-#define EP_Agg       0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
-#define EP_Resolved  0x000004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
-#define EP_Error     0x000008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */
-#define EP_Distinct  0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
-#define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
-#define EP_DblQuoted 0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */
-#define EP_InfixFunc 0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
-#define EP_Collate   0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE operator */
-#define EP_Generic   0x000200 /* Ignore COLLATE or affinity on this tree */
-#define EP_IntValue  0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
-#define EP_xIsSelect 0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
-#define EP_Skip      0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */
-#define EP_Reduced   0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
-#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
-#define EP_Static    0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
-#define EP_MemToken  0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
-#define EP_NoReduce  0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
-#define EP_Unlikely  0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */
-#define EP_Constant  0x080000 /* Node is a constant */
-
-/*
-** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
-** Expr.flags field.
-*/
-#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
-#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
-#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
-#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
-
-/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation,
-** and Accreditation only.  It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA
-** processes but is a no-op for delivery.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)  (E)->flags|=(P)
-#else
-# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr 
-** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags 
-** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
-*/
-#define EXPR_FULLSIZE           sizeof(Expr)           /* Full size */
-#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE        offsetof(Expr,iTable)  /* Common features */
-#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE      offsetof(Expr,pLeft)   /* Fewer features */
-
-/*
-** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment 
-** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
-*/
-#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE         0x0001  /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */
-
-/*
-** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
-** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
-** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
-** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
-** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
-** field is not used.
-**
-** By default the Expr.zSpan field holds a human-readable description of
-** the expression that is used in the generation of error messages and
-** column labels.  In this case, Expr.zSpan is typically the text of a
-** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement.  However, if
-** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name
-** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN.  This later
-** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses.
-*/
-struct ExprList {
-  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
-  struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */
-    Expr *pExpr;            /* The list of expressions */
-    char *zName;            /* Token associated with this expression */
-    char *zSpan;            /* Original text of the expression */
-    u8 sortOrder;           /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
-    unsigned done :1;       /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
-    unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */
-    unsigned reusable :1;   /* Constant expression is reusable */
-    union {
-      struct {
-        u16 iOrderByCol;      /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
-        u16 iAlias;           /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
-      } x;
-      int iConstExprReg;      /* Register in which Expr value is cached */
-    } u;
-  } *a;                  /* Alloc a power of two greater or equal to nExpr */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both
-** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an
-** expression.
-*/
-struct ExprSpan {
-  Expr *pExpr;          /* The expression parse tree */
-  const char *zStart;   /* First character of input text */
-  const char *zEnd;     /* One character past the end of input text */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
-** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
-**
-**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
-**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
-**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
-**
-** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
-** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
-**
-**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
-**
-** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
-*/
-struct IdList {
-  struct IdList_item {
-    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
-    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
-  } *a;
-  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
-};
-
-/*
-** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
-**
-** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
-** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size
-** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
-*/
-typedef u64 Bitmask;
-
-/*
-** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
-*/
-#define BMS  ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8))
-
-/*
-** A bit in a Bitmask
-*/
-#define MASKBIT(n)   (((Bitmask)1)<<(n))
-#define MASKBIT32(n) (((unsigned int)1)<<(n))
-
-/*
-** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
-** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
-** the SrcList.a[] array.
-**
-** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
-** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
-** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
-** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
-** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
-**
-** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
-** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way.
-** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
-** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
-**
-** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table
-** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used.
-*/
-struct SrcList {
-  int nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
-  u32 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
-  struct SrcList_item {
-    Schema *pSchema;  /* Schema to which this item is fixed */
-    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
-    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
-    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
-    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
-    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
-    int addrFillSub;  /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */
-    int regReturn;    /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */
-    int regResult;    /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */
-    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
-    unsigned notIndexed :1;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
-    unsigned isCorrelated :1;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */
-    unsigned viaCoroutine :1;  /* Implemented as a co-routine */
-    unsigned isRecursive :1;   /* True for recursive reference in WITH */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-    u8 iSelectId;     /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
-#endif
-    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
-    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
-    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
-    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
-    char *zIndex;     /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */
-    Index *pIndex;    /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */
-  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
-};
-
-/*
-** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
-*/
-#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
-#define JT_CROSS     0x0002    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
-#define JT_NATURAL   0x0004    /* True for a "natural" join */
-#define JT_LEFT      0x0008    /* Left outer join */
-#define JT_RIGHT     0x0010    /* Right outer join */
-#define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
-#define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
-
-
-/*
-** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin()
-** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member.
-*/
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL   0x0000 /* No-op */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN      0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX      0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
-#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED  0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
-#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK    0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
-#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE  0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */
-#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE      0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */
-#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY    0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */
-#define WHERE_AND_ONLY         0x0080 /* Don't use indices for OR terms */
-#define WHERE_GROUPBY          0x0100 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */
-#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY       0x0200 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */
-#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT    0x0400 /* All output needs to be distinct */
-#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP      0x0800 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */
-
-/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct()
-*/
-#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP      0  /* DISTINCT keyword not used */
-#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE    1  /* No duplicates */
-#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED   2  /* All duplicates are adjacent */
-#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3  /* Duplicates are scattered */
-
-/*
-** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
-** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
-** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
-** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
-** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
-** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
-** other statements.
-**
-** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most 
-** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer
-** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context
-** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found
-** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of
-** the context containing the match is incremented. 
-**
-** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the
-** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the
-** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
-** subqueries looking for a match.
-*/
-struct NameContext {
-  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
-  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
-  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of result-set columns */
-  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
-  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
-  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
-  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
-  u8 ncFlags;          /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field.
-*/
-#define NC_AllowAgg  0x01    /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */
-#define NC_HasAgg    0x02    /* One or more aggregate functions seen */
-#define NC_IsCheck   0x04    /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
-#define NC_InAggFunc 0x08    /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
-#define NC_PartIdx   0x10    /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure contains all information
-** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
-**
-** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
-** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
-** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
-** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
-** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
-**
-** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
-** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
-** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor
-** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
-** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
-** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
-** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
-** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating
-** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
-*/
-struct Select {
-  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
-  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
-  u16 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
-  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
-  int addrOpenEphm[2];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
-  u64 nSelectRow;        /* Estimated number of result rows */
-  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
-  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
-  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
-  Select *pNext;         /* Next select to the left in a compound */
-  Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
-  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
-  With *pWith;           /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
-** "Select Flag".
-*/
-#define SF_Distinct        0x0001  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
-#define SF_Resolved        0x0002  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
-#define SF_Aggregate       0x0004  /* Contains aggregate functions */
-#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x0008  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
-#define SF_Expanded        0x0010  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
-#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x0020  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
-                    /*     0x0040  NOT USED */
-#define SF_Values          0x0080  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
-                    /*     0x0100  NOT USED */
-#define SF_NestedFrom      0x0200  /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */
-#define SF_MaybeConvert    0x0400  /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
-#define SF_Recursive       0x0800  /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */
-#define SF_Compound        0x1000  /* Part of a compound query */
-
-
-/*
-** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
-** by one of the following macros.  The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result
-** Type".
-**
-**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary index 
-**                     identified by pDest->iSDParm.
-**
-**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary index pDest->iSDParm.
-**
-**     SRT_Exists      Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result
-**                     set is not empty.
-**
-**     SRT_Discard     Throw the results away.  This is used by SELECT
-**                     statements within triggers whose only purpose is
-**                     the side-effects of functions.
-**
-** All of the above are free to ignore their ORDER BY clause. Those that
-** follow must honor the ORDER BY clause.
-**
-**     SRT_Output      Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow
-**                     opcode) for each row in the result set.
-**
-**     SRT_Mem         Only valid if the result is a single column.
-**                     Store the first column of the first result row
-**                     in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest
-**                     of the query.  This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
-**
-**     SRT_Set         The result must be a single column.  Store each
-**                     row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm. 
-**                     Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing
-**                     results.  Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
-**
-**     SRT_EphemTab    Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store
-**                     the result there. The cursor is left open after
-**                     returning.  This is like SRT_Table except that
-**                     this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
-**                     the table first.
-**
-**     SRT_Coroutine   Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
-**                     results each time it is invoked.  The entry point
-**                     of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm
-**                     and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers
-**                     starting with pDest->iSdst.
-**
-**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
-**     SRT_Fifo        This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table
-**                     is assumed to already be open.  SRT_Fifo has
-**                     the additional property of being able to ignore
-**                     the ORDER BY clause.
-**
-**     SRT_DistFifo    Store results in a temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
-**                     But also use temporary table pDest->iSDParm+1 as
-**                     a record of all prior results and ignore any duplicate
-**                     rows.  Name means:  "Distinct Fifo".
-**
-**     SRT_Queue       Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm (really
-**                     an index).  Append a sequence number so that all entries
-**                     are distinct.
-**
-**     SRT_DistQueue   Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if
-**                     the same record has never been stored before.  The
-**                     index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores.
-*/
-#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
-#define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
-#define SRT_Exists       3  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */
-#define SRT_Discard      4  /* Do not save the results anywhere */
-#define SRT_Fifo         5  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
-#define SRT_DistFifo     6  /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */
-#define SRT_Queue        7  /* Store result in an queue */
-#define SRT_DistQueue    8  /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */
-
-/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
-#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue)
-
-#define SRT_Output       9  /* Output each row of result */
-#define SRT_Mem         10  /* Store result in a memory cell */
-#define SRT_Set         11  /* Store results as keys in an index */
-#define SRT_EphemTab    12  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
-#define SRT_Coroutine   13  /* Generate a single row of result */
-#define SRT_Table       14  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
-
-/*
-** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of
-** a SELECT statement.
-*/
-struct SelectDest {
-  u8 eDest;            /* How to dispose of the results.  On of SRT_* above. */
-  char affSdst;        /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
-  int iSDParm;         /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
-  int iSdst;           /* Base register where results are written */
-  int nSdst;           /* Number of registers allocated */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* Key columns for SRT_Queue and SRT_DistQueue */
-};
-
-/*
-** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT 
-** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p
-** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that
-** the code generator needs.  We have to keep per-table autoincrement
-** information in case inserts are down within triggers.  Triggers do not
-** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the
-** loading and saving of autoincrement information.
-*/
-struct AutoincInfo {
-  AutoincInfo *pNext;   /* Next info block in a list of them all */
-  Table *pTab;          /* Table this info block refers to */
-  int iDb;              /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */
-  int regCtr;           /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */
-};
-
-/*
-** Size of the column cache
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
-# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
-#endif
-
-/*
-** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each 
-** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
-** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at
-** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been
-** completed.
-**
-** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger
-** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of
-** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable.
-** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
-** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
-**
-** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
-** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT 
-** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to
-** a mask of new.* columns used by the program.
-*/
-struct TriggerPrg {
-  Trigger *pTrigger;      /* Trigger this program was coded from */
-  TriggerPrg *pNext;      /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
-  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
-  int orconf;             /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
-  u32 aColmask[2];        /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
-};
-
-/*
-** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
-  typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask;
-#else
-  typedef unsigned int yDbMask;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
-** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
-** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
-**
-** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
-** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
-** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
-** each recursion.
-**
-** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache 
-** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
-** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
-** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
-** list.
-*/
-struct Parse {
-  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
-  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
-  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
-  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
-  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
-  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
-  u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
-  u8 nTempReg;         /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
-  u8 isMultiWrite;     /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */
-  u8 mayAbort;         /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
-  u8 hasCompound;      /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
-  u8 okConstFactor;    /* OK to factor out constants */
-  int aTempReg[8];     /* Holding area for temporary registers */
-  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
-  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
-  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
-  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
-  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
-  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
-  int nOnce;           /* Number of OP_Once instructions so far */
-  int nOpAlloc;        /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
-  int iFixedOp;        /* Never back out opcodes iFixedOp-1 or earlier */
-  int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
-  int iPartIdxTab;     /* Table corresponding to a partial index */
-  int iCacheLevel;     /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
-  int iCacheCnt;       /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
-  int nLabel;          /* Number of labels used */
-  int *aLabel;         /* Space to hold the labels */
-  struct yColCache {
-    int iTable;           /* Table cursor number */
-    i16 iColumn;          /* Table column number */
-    u8 tempReg;           /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
-    int iLevel;           /* Nesting level */
-    int iReg;             /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
-    int lru;              /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
-  } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE];  /* One for each column cache entry */
-  ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */
-  Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
-  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
-  yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
-  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
-  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
-  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
-  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
-  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
-#endif
-  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
-
-  /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */
-  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
-  Table *pTriggerTab;  /* Table triggers are being coded for */
-  int addrCrTab;       /* Address of OP_CreateTable opcode on CREATE TABLE */
-  int addrSkipPK;      /* Address of instruction to skip PRIMARY KEY index */
-  u32 nQueryLoop;      /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */
-  u32 oldmask;         /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
-  u32 newmask;         /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */
-  u8 eTriggerOp;       /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
-  u8 eOrconf;          /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
-  u8 disableTriggers;  /* True to disable triggers */
-
-  /************************************************************************
-  ** Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
-  ** each recursion.  The boundary between these two regions is determined
-  ** using offsetof(Parse,nVar) so the nVar field must be the first field
-  ** in the recursive region.
-  ************************************************************************/
-
-  int nVar;                 /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
-  int nzVar;                /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */
-  u8 iPkSortOrder;          /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-  u8 bFreeWith;             /* True if pWith should be freed with parser */
-  u8 explain;               /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  u8 declareVtab;           /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
-  int nVtabLock;            /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
-#endif
-  int nAlias;               /* Number of aliased result set columns */
-  int nHeight;              /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  int iSelectId;            /* ID of current select for EXPLAIN output */
-  int iNextSelectId;        /* Next available select ID for EXPLAIN output */
-#endif
-  char **azVar;             /* Pointers to names of parameters */
-  Vdbe *pReprepare;         /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */
-  const char *zTail;        /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
-  Table *pNewTable;         /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
-  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
-  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
-  Token sNameToken;         /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
-  Token sLastToken;         /* The last token parsed */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  Token sArg;               /* Complete text of a module argument */
-  Table **apVtabLock;       /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
-#endif
-  Table *pZombieTab;        /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
-  TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;  /* Linked list of coded triggers */
-  With *pWith;              /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */
-};
-
-/*
-** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
-#else
-  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
-** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
-*/
-struct AuthContext {
-  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
-  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
-};
-
-/*
-** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes.
-*/
-#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE       0x01    /* Set to update db->nChange */
-#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x02    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
-#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE      0x04    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
-#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
-#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
-#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE    0x20    /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */
-#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG     0x40    /* OP_Column only used for length() */
-#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG     0x80    /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
-#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR       0x01    /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
-#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG       0x02    /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */
-#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE       0x01    /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */
-
-/*
- * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
- * struct Trigger. 
- *
- * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
- * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
- *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
- * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
- *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
- *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
- *    struct Table.
- *
- * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
- * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
- */
-struct Trigger {
-  char *zName;            /* The name of the trigger                        */
-  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
-  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
-  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
-  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
-  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
-                             the <column-list> is stored here */
-  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
-  Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
-  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
-  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
-};
-
-/*
-** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants
-** determine which. 
-**
-** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
-** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
-*/
-#define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1
-#define TRIGGER_AFTER   2
-
-/*
- * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
- * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
- *
- * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
- * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
- * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
- * the first step of the trigger-program.
- * 
- * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
- * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
- * value of "op" as follows:
- *
- * (op == TK_INSERT)
- * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
- * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
- *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
- * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into.
- * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
- *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
- * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
- *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
- *              inserted into.
- *
- * (op == TK_DELETE)
- * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from.
- * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
- *              Otherwise NULL.
- * 
- * (op == TK_UPDATE)
- * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of.
- * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
- *              Otherwise NULL.
- * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
- *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
- *              argument.
- * 
- */
-struct TriggerStep {
-  u8 op;               /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
-  u8 orconf;           /* OE_Rollback etc. */
-  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
-  Select *pSelect;     /* SELECT statment or RHS of INSERT INTO .. SELECT ... */
-  Token target;        /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
-  Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
-  ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. */
-  IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */
-  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
-  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
-** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
-** explicit.  
-*/
-typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
-struct DbFixer {
-  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
-  Schema *pSchema;    /* Fix items to this schema */
-  int bVarOnly;       /* Check for variable references only */
-  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
-  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
-  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
-};
-
-/*
-** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
-** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
-*/
-struct StrAccum {
-  sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */
-  char *zBase;         /* A base allocation.  Not from malloc. */
-  char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */
-  int  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */
-  int  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
-  int  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed string length */
-  u8   useMalloc;      /* 0: none,  1: sqlite3DbMalloc,  2: sqlite3_malloc */
-  u8   accError;       /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */
-};
-#define STRACCUM_NOMEM   1
-#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG  2
-
-/*
-** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
-** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
-*/
-typedef struct {
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
-  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
-  int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
-  int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
-} InitData;
-
-/*
-** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
-**
-** This structure also contains some state information.
-*/
-struct Sqlite3Config {
-  int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */
-  int bCoreMutex;                   /* True to enable core mutexing */
-  int bFullMutex;                   /* True to enable full mutexing */
-  int bOpenUri;                     /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */
-  int bUseCis;                      /* Use covering indices for full-scans */
-  int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */
-  int neverCorrupt;                 /* Database is always well-formed */
-  int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */
-  int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */
-  sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
-  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */
-  sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2;  /* Low-level page-cache interface */
-  void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */
-  int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */
-  int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
-  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;             /* mmap() space per open file */
-  sqlite3_int64 mxMmap;             /* Maximum value for szMmap */
-  void *pScratch;                   /* Scratch memory */
-  int szScratch;                    /* Size of each scratch buffer */
-  int nScratch;                     /* Number of scratch buffers */
-  void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */
-  int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
-  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
-  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
-  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
-  /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always
-  ** initially be zero, however. */
-  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
-  int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */
-  int isMutexInit;                  /* True after mutexes are initialized */
-  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
-  int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
-  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
-  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
-  void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
-  void *pLogArg;                       /* First argument to xLog() */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-  void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int);
-  void *pSqllogArg;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-  /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch
-  ** operation.  Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE.
-  */
-  void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,int iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx);  /* Callback */
-  void *pVdbeBranchArg;                                     /* 1st argument */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  int (*xTestCallback)(int);        /* Invoked by sqlite3FaultSim() */
-#endif
-  int bLocaltimeFault;              /* True to fail localtime() calls */
-};
-
-/*
-** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that
-** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database.  Instead of:
-**
-**     assert( X );
-**
-** One writes:
-**
-**     assert( X || CORRUPT_DB );
-**
-** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation.  CORRUPT_DB does not indicate
-** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt.
-** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special
-** sqlite3_test_control().  This enables assert() statements to prove
-** things that are always true for well-formed databases.
-*/
-#define CORRUPT_DB  (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0)
-
-/*
-** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
-*/
-struct Walker {
-  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
-  int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*);  /* Callback for SELECTs */
-  void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */
-  Parse *pParse;                            /* Parser context.  */
-  int walkerDepth;                          /* Number of subqueries */
-  union {                                   /* Extra data for callback */
-    NameContext *pNC;                          /* Naming context */
-    int i;                                     /* Integer value */
-    SrcList *pSrcList;                         /* FROM clause */
-    struct SrcCount *pSrcCount;                /* Counting column references */
-  } u;
-};
-
-/* Forward declarations */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
-
-/*
-** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
-** callbacks.
-*/
-#define WRC_Continue    0   /* Continue down into children */
-#define WRC_Prune       1   /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */
-#define WRC_Abort       2   /* Abandon the tree walk */
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure represents a set of one or more CTEs
-** (common table expressions) created by a single WITH clause.
-*/
-struct With {
-  int nCte;                       /* Number of CTEs in the WITH clause */
-  With *pOuter;                   /* Containing WITH clause, or NULL */
-  struct Cte {                    /* For each CTE in the WITH clause.... */
-    char *zName;                    /* Name of this CTE */
-    ExprList *pCols;                /* List of explicit column names, or NULL */
-    Select *pSelect;                /* The definition of this CTE */
-    const char *zErr;               /* Error message for circular references */
-  } a[1];
-};
-
-/*
-** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
-** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                        \
-  if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){                              \
-    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; }             \
-  }                                                    \
-}
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with
-** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix.  These macros invoke
-** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated
-** using sqlite3_log().  The routines also provide a convenient place
-** to set a debugger breakpoint.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int);
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
-#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)
-
-
-/*
-** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also all
-** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems.  It is also
-** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \
-    (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION))
-# include <ctype.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(),
-** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The
-** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-# define sqlite3Toupper(x)  ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20))
-# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01)
-# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06)
-# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02)
-# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04)
-# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08)
-# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)])
-#else
-# define sqlite3Toupper(x)   toupper((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   isspace((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   isalpha((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
-# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   tolower((unsigned char)(x))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Internal function prototypes
-*/
-#define sqlite3StrICmp sqlite3_stricmp
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
-#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void);
-
-/*
-** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make
-** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects.  By default,
-** obtain space from malloc().
-**
-** The alloca() routine never returns NULL.  This will cause code paths
-** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
-# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   alloca(N)
-# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  memset(alloca(N), 0, N)
-# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       
-#else
-# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N)
-# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N)
-# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       sqlite3DbFree(D,P)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
-#else
-# define sqlite3IsNaN(X)  0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL
-** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function.
-*/
-struct PrintfArguments {
-  int nArg;                /* Total number of arguments */
-  int nUsed;               /* Number of arguments used so far */
-  sqlite3_value **apArg;   /* The argument values */
-};
-
-#define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01
-#define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC  0x02
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, va_list);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...);
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
-#endif
-
-/* Output formatting for SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN */
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe*, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3ExplainBegin(X)
-# define sqlite3ExplainSelect(A,B)
-# define sqlite3ExplainExpr(A,B)
-# define sqlite3ExplainExprList(A,B)
-# define sqlite3ExplainFinish(X)
-# define sqlite3VdbeExplanation(X) 0
-#endif
-
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
-                    sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-# define sqlite3FaultSim(X) SQLITE_OK
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FaultSim(int);
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, int iBatch, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
-#else
-# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X)
-# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X)
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
-                                      Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
-                          Expr*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
-                         Expr*,ExprList*,u16,Expr*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Expr*,char*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, u8);
-#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP      0x01  /* Deep, not shallow copies */
-#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR   0x02  /* Factor out constant terms */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,int isView,struct SrcList_item *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int,
-                                     u8,u8,int,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int, u8*, int*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
-                           Expr*,int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
-                            int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int);
-  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
-                                        Select*,u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
-# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
-#else
-# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
-# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
-# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
-# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
-# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I)
-# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F)
-# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
-# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
-# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int);
-#else
-# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
-# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
-# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
-# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst);
-
-/*
-** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
-** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
-** file.  Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions
-** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which 
-** the MACRO form does).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
-
-/*
-** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers.
-** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte.
-** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode
-** and decode of the integers in a record header.  It is faster for the common
-** case where the integer is a single byte.  It is a little slower when the
-** integer is two or more bytes.  But overall it is faster.
-**
-** The following expressions are equivalent:
-**
-**     x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B );
-**     x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B );
-**
-**     x = getVarint32( A, B );
-**     x = putVarint32( A, B );
-**
-*/
-#define getVarint32(A,B)  \
-  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
-#define putVarint32(A,B)  \
-  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
-  sqlite3PutVarint32((A),(B)))
-#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
-#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
-
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,int);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
-                        void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[];
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[];
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
-#endif
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(const char*, const char*, const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, 
-  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
-  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum*,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,u8,int,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-#  define sqlite3VtabClear(Y)
-#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
-#  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
-#  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
-#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0
-#  define sqlite3VtabLock(X) 
-#  define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X)
-#  define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X)
-#  define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK
-#  define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y)  ((VTable*)0)
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
-#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int);
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   With *sqlite3WithAdd(Parse*,With*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3*,With*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3WithPush(Parse*, With*, u8);
-#else
-#define sqlite3WithPush(x,y,z)
-#define sqlite3WithDelete(x,y)
-#endif
-
-/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by
-** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign
-** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but
-** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In
-** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is 
-** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system).
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f)
-  #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f)
-  #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c)
-  #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b)         0
-  #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d)    0
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b)
-  #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0
-#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1
-
-/*
-** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
-** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-** is not defined.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
-  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
-#endif
-
-#define IN_INDEX_ROWID           1
-#define IN_INDEX_EPH             2
-#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC       3
-#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC      4
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
-  #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y)
-  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
-  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y)
-  #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x)
-  #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
-** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
-** print I/O tracing messages. 
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
-# define IOTRACE(A)  if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
-#else
-# define IOTRACE(A)
-# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator
-** only.  They are used to verify that different "types" of memory
-** allocations are properly tracked by the system.
-**
-** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of
-** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below.  The type must be a bitmask with
-** a single bit set.
-**
-** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second
-** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
-** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements.
-**
-** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second
-** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
-**
-** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP
-** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE.  If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means
-** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was
-** too large or lookaside was already full.  It is important to verify
-** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not
-** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines.  Asserts such as the
-** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify
-** this constraint. 
-**
-** All of this is no-op for a production build.  It only comes into
-** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8);
-#else
-# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y)  /* no-op */
-# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y)  1
-# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y)   1
-#endif
-#define MEMTYPE_HEAP       0x01  /* General heap allocations */
-#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE  0x02  /* Might have been lookaside memory */
-#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH    0x04  /* Scratch allocations */
-#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE     0x08  /* Page cache allocations */
-#define MEMTYPE_DB         0x10  /* Uses sqlite3DbMalloc, not sqlite_malloc */
-
-#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */
-
-/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 June 13
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
-*/
-
-/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
-** lower-case character. 
-**
-** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
-** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
-** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
-     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
-     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
-     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
-    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
-    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
-    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
-    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
-    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
-    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
-    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
-    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
-    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
-    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
-    252,253,254,255
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
-     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
-     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
-     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
-     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
-     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
-     96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
-    112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
-    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
-    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
-    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
-    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
-    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
-    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
-    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
-    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
-** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
-**
-**   isspace()                        0x01
-**   isalpha()                        0x02
-**   isdigit()                        0x04
-**   isalnum()                        0x06
-**   isxdigit()                       0x08
-**   toupper()                        0x20
-**   SQLite identifier character      0x40
-**
-** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
-** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
-** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent
-** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as:
-**
-**   (x & ~(map[x]&0x20))
-**
-** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
-** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
-**
-** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an 
-** SQLite identifier.  Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
-** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
-** part of an identifier is 0x46.
-**
-** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a
-** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
-  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 00..07    ........ */
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 08..0f    ........ */
-  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 10..17    ........ */
-  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 18..1f    ........ */
-  0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 20..27     !"#$%&' */
-  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 28..2f    ()*+,-./ */
-  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c,  /* 30..37    01234567 */
-  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 38..3f    89:;<=>? */
-
-  0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02,  /* 40..47    @ABCDEFG */
-  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 48..4f    HIJKLMNO */
-  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 50..57    PQRSTUVW */
-  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40,  /* 58..5f    XYZ[\]^_ */
-  0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22,  /* 60..67    `abcdefg */
-  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 68..6f    hijklmno */
-  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 70..77    pqrstuvw */
-  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 78..7f    xyz{|}~. */
-
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 80..87    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 88..8f    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 90..97    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 98..9f    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a0..a7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a8..af    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b0..b7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b8..bf    ........ */
-
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c0..c7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c8..cf    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d0..d7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d8..df    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e0..e7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e8..ef    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* f0..f7    ........ */
-  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40   /* f8..ff    ........ */
-};
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI
-# define  SQLITE_USE_URI 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
-# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
-** the SQLite library.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
-   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS,  /* bMemstat */
-   1,                         /* bCoreMutex */
-   SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1,      /* bFullMutex */
-   SQLITE_USE_URI,            /* bOpenUri */
-   SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN,   /* bUseCis */
-   0x7ffffffe,                /* mxStrlen */
-   0,                         /* neverCorrupt */
-   128,                       /* szLookaside */
-   500,                       /* nLookaside */
-   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},         /* m */
-   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},       /* mutex */
-   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */
-   (void*)0,                  /* pHeap */
-   0,                         /* nHeap */
-   0, 0,                      /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
-   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE,  /* szMmap */
-   SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE,      /* mxMmap */
-   (void*)0,                  /* pScratch */
-   0,                         /* szScratch */
-   0,                         /* nScratch */
-   (void*)0,                  /* pPage */
-   0,                         /* szPage */
-   0,                         /* nPage */
-   0,                         /* mxParserStack */
-   0,                         /* sharedCacheEnabled */
-   /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */
-   0,                         /* isInit */
-   0,                         /* inProgress */
-   0,                         /* isMutexInit */
-   0,                         /* isMallocInit */
-   0,                         /* isPCacheInit */
-   0,                         /* nRefInitMutex */
-   0,                         /* pInitMutex */
-   0,                         /* xLog */
-   0,                         /* pLogArg */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-   0,                         /* xSqllog */
-   0,                         /* pSqllogArg */
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-   0,                         /* xVdbeBranch */
-   0,                         /* pVbeBranchArg */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-   0,                         /* xTestCallback */
-#endif
-   0                          /* bLocaltimeFault */
-};
-
-/*
-** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
-** database connections.  After initialization, this table is
-** read-only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
-
-/*
-** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = {
-   { "0", 1 },
-   { "1", 1 }
-};
-
-
-/*
-** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
-** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database.  SQLite never uses
-** the database page that contains the pending byte.  It never attempts
-** to read or write that page.  The pending byte page is set assign
-** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
-**
-** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to
-** a different position in the file.  This allows code that has to
-** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller
-** than 1 GiB.  The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to
-** move the pending byte.
-**
-** IMPORTANT:  Changing the pending byte to any value other than
-** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format!
-** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined
-** and dileterious behavior.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
-** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
-** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
-** the vdbe.c file.  
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
-
-/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2010 February 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options
-** SQLite was built with.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-
-
-/*
-** An array of names of all compile-time options.  This array should 
-** be sorted A-Z.
-**
-** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
-** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually
-** rather short and uses little memory space.
-*/
-static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = {
-
-/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define
-** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */
-#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt
-#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt)
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
-  "32BIT_ROWID",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
-  "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
-  "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-  "CHECK_PAGES",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-  "COVERAGE_TEST",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  "DEBUG",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
-  "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE),
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
-  "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE),
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
-  "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-  "DISABLE_LFS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-  "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
-  "ENABLE_CEROD",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-  "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
-  "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
-  "ENABLE_FTS1",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
-  "ENABLE_FTS2",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-  "ENABLE_FTS3",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
-  "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
-  "ENABLE_FTS4",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-  "ENABLE_ICU",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
-  "ENABLE_IOTRACE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
-  "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE),
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-  "ENABLE_MEMSYS3",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-  "ENABLE_MEMSYS5",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK
-  "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-  "ENABLE_RTREE",
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
-  "ENABLE_STAT4",
-#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
-  "ENABLE_STAT3",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-  "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
-  "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  "HAS_CODEC",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
-  "HAVE_ISNAN",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-  "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
-  "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
-  "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
-  "INT64_TYPE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-  "LOCK_TRACE",
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
-  "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE),
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
-  "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY),
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-  "MEMDEBUG",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-  "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  "NO_SYNC",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-  "OMIT_ALTERTABLE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-  "OMIT_ANALYZE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-  "OMIT_ATTACH",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  "OMIT_AUTOINIT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-  "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
-  "OMIT_AUTORESET",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
-  "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-  "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-  "OMIT_BTREECOUNT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-  "OMIT_CAST",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  "OMIT_CHECK",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-  "OMIT_COMPLETE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-  "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-  "OMIT_CTE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-  "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-  "OMIT_DECLTYPE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  "OMIT_DEPRECATED",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-  "OMIT_DISKIO",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  "OMIT_EXPLAIN",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
-  "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-  "OMIT_GET_TABLE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  "OMIT_INCRBLOB",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-  "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
-  "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-  "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-  "OMIT_LOCALTIME",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
-  "OMIT_LOOKASIDE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-  "OMIT_MEMORYDB",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
-  "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-  "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
-  "OMIT_PRAGMA",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
-  "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-  "OMIT_REINDEX",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
-  "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
-  "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  "OMIT_SUBQUERY",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
-  "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  "OMIT_TEMPDB",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  "OMIT_TRACE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  "OMIT_TRIGGER",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
-  "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  "OMIT_UTF16",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-  "OMIT_VACUUM",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  "OMIT_VIEW",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  "OMIT_WAL",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  "OMIT_WSD",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
-  "OMIT_XFER_OPT",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-  "PERFORMANCE_TRACE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
-  "PROXY_DEBUG",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-  "RTREE_INT_ONLY",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-  "SECURE_DELETE",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_SMALL_STACK
-  "SMALL_STACK",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
-  "SOUNDEX",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
-  "SYSTEM_MALLOC",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TCL
-  "TCL",
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE) && !defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc)
-  "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE),
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  "TEST",
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
-  "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
-  "USE_ALLOCA",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
-  "WIN32_MALLOC",
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
-  "ZERO_MALLOC"
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option
-** was used and false if not.
-**
-** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix
-** is not required for a match.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){
-  int i, n;
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
-  n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);
-
-  /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a
-  ** linear search is adequate.  No need for a binary search. */
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0
-     && sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)azCompileOpt[i][n]]==0
-    ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the N-th compile-time option string.  If N is out of range,
-** return a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){
-  if( N>=0 && N<ArraySize(azCompileOpt) ){
-    return azCompileOpt[N];
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
-
-/************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 June 18
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
-** functionality.
-*/
-/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 September 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for information that is private to the
-** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
-** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
-** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
-** this header information was factored out.
-*/
-#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
-#define _VDBEINT_H_
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse
-** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
-# define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 50
-#endif
-
-/*
-** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
-** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
-** of the following structure.
-*/
-typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
-
-/*
-** Boolean values
-*/
-typedef unsigned Bool;
-
-/* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */
-typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter;
-
-/* Opaque type used by the explainer */
-typedef struct Explain Explain;
-
-/* Elements of the linked list at Vdbe.pAuxData */
-typedef struct AuxData AuxData;
-
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
-** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
-** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
-** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
-** is currently pointing to.
-**
-** Cursors can also point to virtual tables, sorters, or "pseudo-tables".
-** A pseudo-table is a single-row table implemented by registers.
-** 
-** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
-** instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct VdbeCursor {
-  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
-  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
-  int seekResult;       /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
-  int pseudoTableReg;   /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
-  i16 nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
-  u16 nHdrParsed;       /* Number of header fields parsed so far */
-  i8 iDb;               /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
-  u8 nullRow;           /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
-  u8 rowidIsValid;      /* True if lastRowid is valid */
-  u8 deferredMoveto;    /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
-  Bool isEphemeral:1;   /* True for an ephemeral table */
-  Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
-  Bool isTable:1;       /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
-  Bool isOrdered:1;     /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
-  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
-  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
-  i64 lastRowid;        /* Rowid being deleted by OP_Delete */
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter;  /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */
-
-  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
-  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheStatus matches
-  ** Vdbe.cacheCtr.  Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
-  ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
-  ** the cache is out of date.
-  **
-  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
-  ** be NULL.
-  */
-  u32 cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
-  u32 payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
-  u32 szRow;            /* Byte available in aRow */
-  u32 iHdrOffset;       /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */
-  const u8 *aRow;       /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
-  u32 aType[1];         /* Type values for all entries in the record */
-  /* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one
-  ** static element declared in the structure.  nField total array slots for
-  ** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */
-};
-typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
-
-/*
-** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
-** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
-** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
-** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, 
-** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
-** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
-** began executing.
-**
-** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory
-** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or
-** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it
-** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame
-** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing
-** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the
-** child frame are released.
-**
-** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is
-** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program.
-*/
-typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
-struct VdbeFrame {
-  Vdbe *v;                /* VM this frame belongs to */
-  VdbeFrame *pParent;     /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */
-  Op *aOp;                /* Program instructions for parent frame */
-  Mem *aMem;              /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */
-  u8 *aOnceFlag;          /* Array of OP_Once flags for parent frame */
-  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */
-  void *token;            /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
-  i64 lastRowid;          /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
-  int nCursor;            /* Number of entries in apCsr */
-  int pc;                 /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */
-  int nOp;                /* Size of aOp array */
-  int nMem;               /* Number of entries in aMem */
-  int nOnceFlag;          /* Number of entries in aOnceFlag */
-  int nChildMem;          /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
-  int nChildCsr;          /* Number of cursors for child frame */
-  int nChange;            /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
-};
-
-#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])
-
-/*
-** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
-*/
-#define CACHE_STALE 0
-
-/*
-** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
-** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
-** integer etc.) of the same value.
-*/
-struct Mem {
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
-  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
-  double r;           /* Real value */
-  union {
-    i64 i;              /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
-    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
-    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
-    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
-    VdbeFrame *pFrame;  /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
-  } u;
-  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
-  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
-  u8  enc;            /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  Mem *pScopyFrom;    /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */
-  void *pFiller;      /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */
-#endif
-  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
-  char *zMalloc;      /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */
-};
-
-/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
-** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
-**
-** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
-** No other flags may be set in this case.
-**
-** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
-** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
-** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
-** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
-** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
-*/
-#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
-#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
-#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
-#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
-#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
-#define MEM_AffMask   0x001f   /* Mask of affinity bits */
-#define MEM_RowSet    0x0020   /* Value is a RowSet object */
-#define MEM_Frame     0x0040   /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
-#define MEM_Undefined 0x0080   /* Value is undefined */
-#define MEM_Cleared   0x0100   /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */
-#define MEM_TypeMask  0x01ff   /* Mask of type bits */
-
-
-/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
-** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
-** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
-** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
-*/
-#define MEM_Term      0x0200   /* String rep is nul terminated */
-#define MEM_Dyn       0x0400   /* Need to call Mem.xDel() on Mem.z */
-#define MEM_Static    0x0800   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
-#define MEM_Ephem     0x1000   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
-#define MEM_Agg       0x2000   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
-#define MEM_Zero      0x4000   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  #undef MEM_Zero
-  #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
-*/
-#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
-   ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
-
-/*
-** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid.  This macro
-** is for use inside assert() statements only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#define memIsValid(M)  ((M)->flags & MEM_Undefined)==0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Each auxilliary data pointer stored by a user defined function 
-** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance
-** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM
-** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed
-** when the VM is halted (if not before).
-*/
-struct AuxData {
-  int iOp;                        /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */
-  int iArg;                       /* Index of function argument. */
-  void *pAux;                     /* Aux data pointer */
-  void (*xDelete)(void *);        /* Destructor for the aux data */
-  AuxData *pNext;                 /* Next element in list */
-};
-
-/*
-** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
-** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
-** implement the SQL functions.
-**
-** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
-** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
-** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
-** structure are known.
-**
-** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
-** (Mem) which are only defined there.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_context {
-  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
-  Mem s;                /* The return value is stored here */
-  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
-  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
-  Vdbe *pVdbe;          /* The VM that owns this context */
-  int iOp;              /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
-  int isError;          /* Error code returned by the function. */
-  u8 skipFlag;          /* Skip skip accumulator loading if true */
-  u8 fErrorOrAux;       /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */
-};
-
-/*
-** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful
-** in describing recursive data structures.
-*/
-struct Explain {
-  Vdbe *pVdbe;       /* Attach the explanation to this Vdbe */
-  StrAccum str;      /* The string being accumulated */
-  int nIndent;       /* Number of elements in aIndent */
-  u16 aIndent[100];  /* Levels of indentation */
-  char zBase[100];   /* Initial space */
-};
-
-/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures.  Always follow with :N where
-** N is the number of bits.
-*/
-typedef unsigned bft;  /* Bit Field Type */
-
-/*
-** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
-** state of the virtual machine.
-**
-** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare()
-** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
-**
-** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
-** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
-** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
-** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
-** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
-** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table 
-** method function.
-*/
-struct Vdbe {
-  sqlite3 *db;            /* The database connection that owns this statement */
-  Op *aOp;                /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
-  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
-  Mem **apArg;            /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
-  Mem *aColName;          /* Column names to return */
-  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
-  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context used to create this Vdbe */
-  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
-  int nOp;                /* Number of instructions in the program */
-  int nCursor;            /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
-  u32 magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
-  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
-  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext;     /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
-  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
-  Mem *aVar;              /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
-  char **azVar;           /* Name of variables */
-  ynVar nVar;             /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
-  ynVar nzVar;            /* Number of entries in azVar[] */
-  u32 cacheCtr;           /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
-  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
-  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
-  u16 nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
-  u8 errorAction;         /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
-  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
-  bft explain:2;          /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
-  bft inVtabMethod:2;     /* See comments above */
-  bft changeCntOn:1;      /* True to update the change-counter */
-  bft expired:1;          /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
-  bft runOnlyOnce:1;      /* Automatically expire on reset */
-  bft usesStmtJournal:1;  /* True if uses a statement journal */
-  bft readOnly:1;         /* True for statements that do not write */
-  bft bIsReader:1;        /* True for statements that read */
-  bft isPrepareV2:1;      /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
-  bft doingRerun:1;       /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */
-  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
-  yDbMask btreeMask;      /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
-  yDbMask lockMask;       /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */
-  int iStatement;         /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
-  u32 aCounter[5];        /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
-#endif
-  i64 iCurrentTime;       /* Value of julianday('now') for this statement */
-  i64 nFkConstraint;      /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */
-  i64 nStmtDefCons;       /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */
-  i64 nStmtDefImmCons;    /* Number of def. imm constraints when stmt started */
-  char *zSql;             /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
-  void *pFree;            /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN
-  Explain *pExplain;      /* The explainer */
-  char *zExplain;         /* Explanation of data structures */
-#endif
-  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* Parent frame */
-  VdbeFrame *pDelFrame;   /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */
-  int nFrame;             /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
-  u32 expmask;            /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */
-  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */
-  int nOnceFlag;          /* Size of array aOnceFlag[] */
-  u8 *aOnceFlag;          /* Flags for OP_Once */
-  AuxData *pAuxData;      /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
-*/
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
-
-/*
-** Function prototypes
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
-void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe*, int, int);
-
-int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
-#define VdbeMemDynamic(X)  \
-  (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0)
-#define VdbeMemRelease(X)  \
-  if( VdbeMemDynamic(X) ) sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *, VdbeSorter *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
-# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem*);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int);
-#else
-# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
-  #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
-#else
-  #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
-  #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */
-
-/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/
-
-/*
-** Variables in which to record status information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
-  int nowValue[10];         /* Current value */
-  int mxValue[10];          /* Maximum value */
-} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
-
-
-/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
-** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdStatInit  sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
-# define wsdStat x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdStatInit
-# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the current value of a status parameter.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
-  return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-}
-
-/*
-** Add N to the value of a status record.  It is assumed that the
-** caller holds appropriate locks.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
-  wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
-  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
-    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the value of a status to X.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
-  wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
-  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
-    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Query status information.
-**
-** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
-** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation.  If that assumption is not true,
-** then this routine is not threadsafe.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
-  if( resetFlag ){
-    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query status information for a single database connection
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* The database connection whose status is desired */
-  int op,               /* Status verb */
-  int *pCurrent,        /* Write current value here */
-  int *pHighwater,      /* Write high-water mark here */
-  int resetFlag         /* Reset high-water mark if true */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Return code */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
-      *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
-      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
-      if( resetFlag ){
-        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT:
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE:
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: {
-      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT );
-      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE );
-      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL );
-      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 );
-      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 );
-      *pCurrent = 0;
-      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT];
-      if( resetFlag ){
-        db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* 
-    ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
-    ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection.  The
-    ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: {
-      int totalUsed = 0;
-      int i;
-      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-        Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-        if( pBt ){
-          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
-          totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager);
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-      *pCurrent = totalUsed;
-      *pHighwater = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
-    ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed
-    ** databases.  *pHighwater is set to zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: {
-      int i;                      /* Used to iterate through schemas */
-      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */
-
-      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
-      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-        Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
-        if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){
-          HashElem *p;
-
-          nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
-              pSchema->tblHash.count 
-            + pSchema->trigHash.count
-            + pSchema->idxHash.count
-            + pSchema->fkeyHash.count
-          );
-          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht);
-          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht);
-          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht);
-          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht);
-
-          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-            sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p));
-          }
-          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-            sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p));
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-
-      *pHighwater = 0;
-      *pCurrent = nByte;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
-    ** to store all prepared statements.
-    ** *pHighwater is set to zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: {
-      struct Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* Used to iterate through VMs */
-      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */
-
-      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
-      for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
-        sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe);
-      }
-      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
-
-      *pHighwater = 0;
-      *pCurrent = nByte;
-
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
-    ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set 
-    ** to zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS:
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{
-      int i;
-      int nRet = 0;
-      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 );
-      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 );
-
-      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-        if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
-          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt);
-          sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet);
-        }
-      }
-      *pHighwater = 0;
-      *pCurrent = nRet;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign
-    ** key constraints.  Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints
-    ** have been satisfied.  The *pHighwater is always set to zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS: {
-      *pHighwater = 0;
-      *pCurrent = db->nDeferredImmCons>0 || db->nDeferredCons>0;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    default: {
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 October 31
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
-** functions for SQLite.  
-**
-** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
-** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
-** All other code has file scope.
-**
-** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
-** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
-** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
-** calendar system. 
-**
-** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
-** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
-**
-** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
-** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
-** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
-** range of dates.
-**
-** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
-** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
-** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
-** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
-**
-** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
-** in the following text:
-**
-**      Jean Meeus
-**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
-**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
-**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
-**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
-*/
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-#include <time.h>
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-
-
-/*
-** A structure for holding a single date and time.
-*/
-typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
-struct DateTime {
-  sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
-  int Y, M, D;       /* Year, month, and day */
-  int h, m;          /* Hour and minutes */
-  int tz;            /* Timezone offset in minutes */
-  double s;          /* Seconds */
-  char validYMD;     /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
-  char validHMS;     /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
-  char validJD;      /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
-  char validTZ;      /* True (1) if tz is valid */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
-** come in groups of 5 as follows:
-**
-**       N       number of digits in the integer
-**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
-**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
-**       nextC   first character after the integer
-**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
-**
-** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
-** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
-*/
-static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int val;
-  int N;
-  int min;
-  int max;
-  int nextC;
-  int *pVal;
-  int cnt = 0;
-  va_start(ap, zDate);
-  do{
-    N = va_arg(ap, int);
-    min = va_arg(ap, int);
-    max = va_arg(ap, int);
-    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
-    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
-    val = 0;
-    while( N-- ){
-      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
-        goto end_getDigits;
-      }
-      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
-      zDate++;
-    }
-    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
-      goto end_getDigits;
-    }
-    *pVal = val;
-    zDate++;
-    cnt++;
-  }while( nextC );
-end_getDigits:
-  va_end(ap);
-  return cnt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
-** The extension is of the form:
-**
-**        (+/-)HH:MM
-**
-** Or the "zulu" notation:
-**
-**        Z
-**
-** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
-** of change in p->tz and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
-** return non-zero.
-**
-** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
-*/
-static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
-  int sgn = 0;
-  int nHr, nMn;
-  int c;
-  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
-  p->tz = 0;
-  c = *zDate;
-  if( c=='-' ){
-    sgn = -1;
-  }else if( c=='+' ){
-    sgn = +1;
-  }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
-    zDate++;
-    goto zulu_time;
-  }else{
-    return c!=0;
-  }
-  zDate++;
-  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  zDate += 5;
-  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
-zulu_time:
-  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
-  return *zDate!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
-** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
-** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
-**
-** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
-*/
-static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
-  int h, m, s;
-  double ms = 0.0;
-  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  zDate += 5;
-  if( *zDate==':' ){
-    zDate++;
-    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    zDate += 2;
-    if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
-      double rScale = 1.0;
-      zDate++;
-      while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
-        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
-        rScale *= 10.0;
-        zDate++;
-      }
-      ms /= rScale;
-    }
-  }else{
-    s = 0;
-  }
-  p->validJD = 0;
-  p->validHMS = 1;
-  p->h = h;
-  p->m = m;
-  p->s = s + ms;
-  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
-  p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
-** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** Reference:  Meeus page 61
-*/
-static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
-  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
-
-  if( p->validJD ) return;
-  if( p->validYMD ){
-    Y = p->Y;
-    M = p->M;
-    D = p->D;
-  }else{
-    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
-    M = 1;
-    D = 1;
-  }
-  if( M<=2 ){
-    Y--;
-    M += 12;
-  }
-  A = Y/100;
-  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
-  X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
-  X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
-  p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
-  p->validJD = 1;
-  if( p->validHMS ){
-    p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
-    if( p->validTZ ){
-      p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
-      p->validYMD = 0;
-      p->validHMS = 0;
-      p->validTZ = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse dates of the form
-**
-**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
-**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
-**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
-**     YYYY-MM-DD
-**
-** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
-** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
-** date.
-*/
-static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
-  int Y, M, D, neg;
-
-  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
-    zDate++;
-    neg = 1;
-  }else{
-    neg = 0;
-  }
-  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  zDate += 10;
-  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
-  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
-    /* We got the time */
-  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
-    p->validHMS = 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-  p->validJD = 0;
-  p->validYMD = 1;
-  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
-  p->M = M;
-  p->D = D;
-  if( p->validTZ ){
-    computeJD(p);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS.
-**
-** Return the number of errors.
-*/
-static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
-  p->iJD = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
-  if( p->iJD>0 ){
-    p->validJD = 1;
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
-** the number of errors.
-**
-** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
-**
-**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
-**      DDDD.DD 
-**      now
-**
-** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
-** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
-** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
-** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
-** as there is a year and date.
-*/
-static int parseDateOrTime(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  const char *zDate, 
-  DateTime *p
-){
-  double r;
-  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
-    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
-  }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){
-    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
-    p->validJD = 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
-*/
-static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
-  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
-  if( p->validYMD ) return;
-  if( !p->validJD ){
-    p->Y = 2000;
-    p->M = 1;
-    p->D = 1;
-  }else{
-    Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
-    A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
-    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
-    B = A + 1524;
-    C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
-    D = (36525*C)/100;
-    E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
-    X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
-    p->D = B - D - X1;
-    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
-    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
-  }
-  p->validYMD = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
-*/
-static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
-  int s;
-  if( p->validHMS ) return;
-  computeJD(p);
-  s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
-  p->s = s/1000.0;
-  s = (int)p->s;
-  p->s -= s;
-  p->h = s/3600;
-  s -= p->h*3600;
-  p->m = s/60;
-  p->s += s - p->m*60;
-  p->validHMS = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute both YMD and HMS
-*/
-static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
-  computeYMD(p);
-  computeHMS(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
-*/
-static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
-  p->validYMD = 0;
-  p->validHMS = 0;
-  p->validTZ = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
-** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to 
-** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the 
-** order of the parameters is reversed.
-**
-** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
-**
-** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
-** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides 
-** localtime_s().
-*/
-#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \
-     defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
-#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-/*
-** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r()
-** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that
-** is available.  This routine returns 0 on success and
-** non-zero on any kind of error.
-**
-** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this
-** routine will always fail.
-**
-** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C
-** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of
-** local time.
-*/
-static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
-  int rc;
-#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \
-      && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S)
-  struct tm *pX;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  pX = localtime(t);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0;
-#endif
-  if( pX ) *pTm = *pX;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  rc = pX==0;
-#else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1;
-#endif
-#if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
-  rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0;
-#else
-  rc = localtime_s(pTm, t);
-#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
-#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-/*
-** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
-** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
-** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. 
-**
-** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
-** is undefined in this case.
-*/
-static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(
-  DateTime *p,                    /* Date at which to calculate offset */
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Write error here if one occurs */
-  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */
-){
-  DateTime x, y;
-  time_t t;
-  struct tm sLocal;
-
-  /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */
-  memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal));
-
-  x = *p;
-  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
-  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55269-29598 The localtime_r() C function normally only
-    ** works for years between 1970 and 2037. For dates outside this range,
-    ** SQLite attempts to map the year into an equivalent year within this
-    ** range, do the calculation, then map the year back.
-    */
-    x.Y = 2000;
-    x.M = 1;
-    x.D = 1;
-    x.h = 0;
-    x.m = 0;
-    x.s = 0.0;
-  } else {
-    int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
-    x.s = s;
-  }
-  x.tz = 0;
-  x.validJD = 0;
-  computeJD(&x);
-  t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
-  if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1);
-    *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
-  y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
-  y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
-  y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
-  y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
-  y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
-  y.validYMD = 1;
-  y.validHMS = 1;
-  y.validJD = 0;
-  y.validTZ = 0;
-  computeJD(&y);
-  *pRc = SQLITE_OK;
-  return y.iJD - x.iJD;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
-
-/*
-** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
-** as follows:
-**
-**     NNN days
-**     NNN hours
-**     NNN minutes
-**     NNN.NNNN seconds
-**     NNN months
-**     NNN years
-**     start of month
-**     start of year
-**     start of week
-**     start of day
-**     weekday N
-**     unixepoch
-**     localtime
-**     utc
-**
-** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error
-** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written
-** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is
-** written to pCtx.
-*/
-static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
-  int rc = 1;
-  int n;
-  double r;
-  char *z, zBuf[30];
-  z = zBuf;
-  for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
-    z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]];
-  }
-  z[n] = 0;
-  switch( z[0] ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-    case 'l': {
-      /*    localtime
-      **
-      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
-      ** show local time.
-      */
-      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
-        computeJD(p);
-        p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case 'u': {
-      /*
-      **    unixepoch
-      **
-      ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
-      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
-      */
-      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
-        p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        rc = 0;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-      else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
-        sqlite3_int64 c1;
-        computeJD(p);
-        c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          p->iJD -= c1;
-          clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-          p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
-        }
-      }
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-    case 'w': {
-      /*
-      **    weekday N
-      **
-      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
-      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
-      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
-      */
-      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0
-               && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8)
-               && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
-        sqlite3_int64 Z;
-        computeYMD_HMS(p);
-        p->validTZ = 0;
-        p->validJD = 0;
-        computeJD(p);
-        Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
-        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
-        p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        rc = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case 's': {
-      /*
-      **    start of TTTTT
-      **
-      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
-      ** or month or year.
-      */
-      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
-      z += 9;
-      computeYMD(p);
-      p->validHMS = 1;
-      p->h = p->m = 0;
-      p->s = 0.0;
-      p->validTZ = 0;
-      p->validJD = 0;
-      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
-        p->D = 1;
-        rc = 0;
-      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
-        computeYMD(p);
-        p->M = 1;
-        p->D = 1;
-        rc = 0;
-      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
-        rc = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case '+':
-    case '-':
-    case '0':
-    case '1':
-    case '2':
-    case '3':
-    case '4':
-    case '5':
-    case '6':
-    case '7':
-    case '8':
-    case '9': {
-      double rRounder;
-      for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){}
-      if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
-        rc = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-      if( z[n]==':' ){
-        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
-        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
-        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
-        ** omitted.
-        */
-        const char *z2 = z;
-        DateTime tx;
-        sqlite3_int64 day;
-        if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
-        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
-        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
-        computeJD(&tx);
-        tx.iJD -= 43200000;
-        day = tx.iJD/86400000;
-        tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
-        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
-        computeJD(p);
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        p->iJD += tx.iJD;
-        rc = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-      z += n;
-      while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
-      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
-      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
-      computeJD(p);
-      rc = 0;
-      rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
-      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder);
-      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder);
-      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
-      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
-      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
-        int x, y;
-        computeYMD_HMS(p);
-        p->M += (int)r;
-        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
-        p->Y += x;
-        p->M -= x*12;
-        p->validJD = 0;
-        computeJD(p);
-        y = (int)r;
-        if( y!=r ){
-          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
-        }
-      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
-        int y = (int)r;
-        computeYMD_HMS(p);
-        p->Y += y;
-        p->validJD = 0;
-        computeJD(p);
-        if( y!=r ){
-          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
-        }
-      }else{
-        rc = 1;
-      }
-      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
-** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
-** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
-** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
-**
-** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
-** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
-*/
-static int isDate(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv, 
-  DateTime *p
-){
-  int i;
-  const unsigned char *z;
-  int eType;
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-  if( argc==0 ){
-    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
-  }
-  if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
-                   || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5);
-    p->validJD = 1;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
-    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
-    if( z==0 || parseModifier(context, (char*)z, p) ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-
-/*
-**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
-*/
-static void juliandayFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    computeJD(&x);
-    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
-*/
-static void datetimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    char zBuf[100];
-    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
-                     x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return HH:MM:SS
-*/
-static void timeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    char zBuf[100];
-    computeHMS(&x);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return YYYY-MM-DD
-*/
-static void dateFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    char zBuf[100];
-    computeYMD(&x);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
-**
-**   %d  day of month
-**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
-**   %H  hour 00-24
-**   %j  day of year 000-366
-**   %J  ** Julian day number
-**   %m  month 01-12
-**   %M  minute 00-59
-**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
-**   %S  seconds 00-59
-**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
-**   %W  week of year 00-53
-**   %Y  year 0000-9999
-**   %%  %
-*/
-static void strftimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  u64 n;
-  size_t i,j;
-  char *z;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  char zBuf[100];
-  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
-  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
-    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
-      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
-        case 'd':
-        case 'H':
-        case 'm':
-        case 'M':
-        case 'S':
-        case 'W':
-          n++;
-          /* fall thru */
-        case 'w':
-        case '%':
-          break;
-        case 'f':
-          n += 8;
-          break;
-        case 'j':
-          n += 3;
-          break;
-        case 'Y':
-          n += 8;
-          break;
-        case 's':
-        case 'J':
-          n += 50;
-          break;
-        default:
-          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
-      }
-      i++;
-    }
-  }
-  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 );
-  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) );
-  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
-  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
-  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
-    z = zBuf;
-  }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-    return;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
-    if( z==0 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  computeJD(&x);
-  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
-  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
-    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
-      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
-    }else{
-      i++;
-      switch( zFmt[i] ){
-        case 'd':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
-        case 'f': {
-          double s = x.s;
-          if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
-          sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
-          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'H':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
-        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
-        case 'j': {
-          int nDay;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
-          DateTime y = x;
-          y.validJD = 0;
-          y.M = 1;
-          y.D = 1;
-          computeJD(&y);
-          nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000);
-          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
-            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
-            wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7);
-            sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
-            j += 2;
-          }else{
-            sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
-            j += 3;
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'J': {
-          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
-          j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
-        case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
-        case 's': {
-          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
-                           (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
-          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'S':  sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
-        case 'w': {
-          z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'Y': {
-          sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
-          break;
-        }
-        default:   z[j++] = '%'; break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  z[j] = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1,
-                      z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-}
-
-/*
-** current_time()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as time('now').
-*/
-static void ctimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** current_date()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as date('now').
-*/
-static void cdateFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** current_timestamp()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
-*/
-static void ctimestampFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-/*
-** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
-** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
-** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
-** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
-** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
-**
-** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
-** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
-** as the user-data for the function.
-*/
-static void currentTimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  time_t t;
-  char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  sqlite3_int64 iT;
-  struct tm *pTm;
-  struct tm sNow;
-  char zBuf[20];
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
-
-  iT = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context);
-  if( iT<=0 ) return;
-  t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676;
-#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
-  pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
-#else
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-  pTm = gmtime(&t);
-  if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow));
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-#endif
-  if( pTm ){
-    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
-** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
-** external linkage.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
-  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-    FUNCTION(julianday,        -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
-    FUNCTION(date,             -1, 0, 0, dateFunc      ),
-    FUNCTION(time,             -1, 0, 0, timeFunc      ),
-    FUNCTION(datetime,         -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc  ),
-    FUNCTION(strftime,         -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc  ),
-    FUNCTION(current_time,      0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc     ),
-    FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
-    FUNCTION(current_date,      0, 0, 0, cdateFunc     ),
-#else
-    STR_FUNCTION(current_time,      0, "%H:%M:%S",          0, currentTimeFunc),
-    STR_FUNCTION(current_date,      0, "%Y-%m-%d",          0, currentTimeFunc),
-    STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
-#endif
-  };
-  int i;
-  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs);
-
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs); i++){
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
-  }
-}
-
-/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 November 29
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
-** architectures.
-*/
-#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
-#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_
-
-/*
-** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate
-** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory
-** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may.
-** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX()
-** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro.
-**
-** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure 
-** testing:
-**
-**     sqlite3OsRead()
-**     sqlite3OsWrite()
-**     sqlite3OsSync()
-**     sqlite3OsFileSize()
-**     sqlite3OsLock()
-**     sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock()
-**     sqlite3OsFileControl()
-**     sqlite3OsShmMap()
-**     sqlite3OsOpen()
-**     sqlite3OsDelete()
-**     sqlite3OsAccess()
-**     sqlite3OsFullPathname()
-**
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1;
-  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)                                       \
-  if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3IsMemJournal(x))) {  \
-    void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10);                             \
-    if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;                       \
-    sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);                                         \
-  }
-#else
-  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
-** of the sqlite3_file object.  This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
-** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
-** C++ instead of plain old C.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pId->pMethods ){
-    rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId);
-    pId->pMethods = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
-  return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
-  return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail
-** and we need to know about the failures.  Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
-** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not
-** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it
-** is only a hint and can be safely ignored.  The sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
-** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO ){
-    /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite
-    ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding 
-    ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point 
-    ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM
-    ** but the transaction is committed anyway.
-    **
-    ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(),
-    ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably
-    ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned
-    ** to the user.  */
-    DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  }
-#endif
-  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
-  return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){
-  return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){
-  id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){
-  return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *id,               /* Database file handle */
-  int iPage,
-  int pgsz,
-  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
-  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */
-){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp);
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
-  return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
-  return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p);
-}
-#else
-/* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){
-  *pp = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
-** VFS methods.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pFlagsOut
-){
-  int rc;
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
-  /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
-  ** down into the VFS layer.  Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
-  ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
-  ** reaching the VFS. */
-  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
-  assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 );
-  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
-  return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int nPathOut, 
-  char *zPathOut
-){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
-  zPathOut[0] = 0;
-  return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
-  return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){
-  return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
-  return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){
-  int rc;
-  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64()
-  ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available
-  ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and
-  ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is
-  ** unavailable.
-  */
-  if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){
-    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut);
-  }else{
-    double r;
-    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r);
-    *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zFile, 
-  sqlite3_file **ppFile, 
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  sqlite3_file *pFile;
-  pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile);
-  if( pFile ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_free(pFile);
-    }else{
-      *ppFile = pFile;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pFile );
-  rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
-  sqlite3_free(pFile);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of
-** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the
-** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an
-** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){
-  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10);
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return sqlite3_os_init();
-}
-
-/*
-** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
-*/
-static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
-#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)
-
-/*
-** Locate a VFS by name.  If no name is given, simply return the
-** first VFS on the list.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return 0;
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
-    if( zVfs==0 ) break;
-    if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return pVfs;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
-*/
-static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
-  if( pVfs==0 ){
-    /* No-op */
-  }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
-    vfsList = pVfs->pNext;
-  }else if( vfsList ){
-    sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList;
-    while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){
-      p = p->pNext;
-    }
-    if( p->pNext==pVfs ){
-      p->pNext = pVfs->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a VFS with the system.  It is harmless to register the same
-** VFS multiple times.  The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is
-** true.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
-  MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;)
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
-  if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
-    pVfs->pNext = vfsList;
-    vfsList = pVfs;
-  }else{
-    pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext;
-    vfsList->pNext = pVfs;
-  }
-  assert(vfsList);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/************** End of os.c **************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 Jan 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" 
-** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
-** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
-** and returns 0). 
-**
-** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
-** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
-** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
-** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this 
-** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The 
-** hash table will continue to function normally.  So a malloc failure 
-** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-
-/*
-** Global variables.
-*/
-typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
-  void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
-  void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
-} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };
-
-/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
-** structure.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdHooksInit \
-  BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
-# define wsdHooks x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdHooksInit
-# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
-** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(
-  void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
-  void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
-){
-  wsdHooksInit;
-  wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
-  wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
-}
-
-/*
-** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that
-** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
-** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
-  wsdHooksInit;
-  if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){
-    wsdHooks.xBenignBegin();
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
-  wsdHooksInit;
-  if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
-    wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
-  }
-}
-
-#endif   /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-
-/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 October 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when
-** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined.  The allocation drivers implemented
-** here always fail.  SQLite will not operate with these drivers.  These
-** are merely placeholders.  Real drivers must be substituted using
-** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate.
-*/
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
-** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
-** macros.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
-
-/*
-** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; }
-static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; }
-static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; }
-static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; }
-static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; }
-static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; }
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
-**
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
-     sqlite3MemMalloc,
-     sqlite3MemFree,
-     sqlite3MemRealloc,
-     sqlite3MemSize,
-     sqlite3MemRoundup,
-     sqlite3MemInit,
-     sqlite3MemShutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */
-
-/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
-** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
-** to obtain the memory it needs.
-**
-** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
-** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.  The content of
-** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined.  The
-** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the
-** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined.  The
-** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this
-** file.
-**
-** C-preprocessor macro summary:
-**
-**    HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE     The configure script sets this symbol if
-**                                the malloc_usable_size() interface exists
-**                                on the target platform.  Or, this symbol
-**                                can be set manually, if desired.
-**                                If an equivalent interface exists by
-**                                a different name, using a separate -D
-**                                option to rename it.
-**
-**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC   Some older macs lack support for the zone
-**                                memory allocator.  Set this symbol to enable
-**                                building on older macs.
-**
-**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE        Set this symbol to disable the use of
-**                                _msize() on windows systems.  This might
-**                                be necessary when compiling for Delphi,
-**                                for example.
-*/
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
-** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
-** macros.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
-
-/*
-** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the
-** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined.
-*/
-#include <sys/sysctl.h>
-#include <malloc/malloc.h>
-#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
-static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_;
-#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x))
-#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x));
-#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y))
-#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \
-        (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x))
-
-#else /* if not __APPLE__ */
-
-/*
-** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.  
-** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x)             malloc(x)
-#define SQLITE_FREE(x)               free(x)
-#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y)          realloc((x),(y))
-
-/*
-** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function
-** on some systems (e.g. Linux).
-*/
-#if defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H) && defined(HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE)
-#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H
-#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE
-/*
-** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize().  The
-** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with
-** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE.  Using the _msize() function also requires
-** the malloc.h header file.
-*/
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE)
-#  define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H
-#  define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary.  Also set define macro
-** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize()
-** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux).
-** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining
-** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H)
-#  include <malloc.h>
-#  if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE)
-#    if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
-#      define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x)   malloc_usable_size(x)
-#    endif
-#  elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE)
-#    if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE)
-#      define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE      _msize
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */
-
-#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */
-
-/*
-** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
-** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
-**
-** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
-** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
-** routines.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
-  void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte );
-  if( p==0 ){
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
-  }
-  return p;
-#else
-  sqlite3_int64 *p;
-  assert( nByte>0 );
-  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
-  p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 );
-  if( p ){
-    p[0] = nByte;
-    p++;
-  }else{
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
-  }
-  return (void *)p;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
-** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
-**
-** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
-** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
-** by higher-level routines.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
-  SQLITE_FREE(pPrior);
-#else
-  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
-  assert( pPrior!=0 );
-  p--;
-  SQLITE_FREE(p);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
-** or xRealloc().
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
-  return pPrior ? (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior) : 0;
-#else
-  sqlite3_int64 *p;
-  if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
-  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
-  p--;
-  return (int)p[0];
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Like realloc().  Resize an allocation previously obtained from
-** sqlite3MemMalloc().
-**
-** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0.  Cases where
-** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
-** redirected to xMalloc.  Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
-** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
-** routines and redirected to xFree.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
-  void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte);
-  if( p==0 ){
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
-      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
-      SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte);
-  }
-  return p;
-#else
-  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
-  assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
-  assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
-  p--;
-  p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 );
-  if( p ){
-    p[0] = nByte;
-    p++;
-  }else{
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
-      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
-      sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte);
-  }
-  return (void*)p;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
-  return ROUND8(n);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize this module.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
-  int cpuCount;
-  size_t len;
-  if( _sqliteZone_ ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  len = sizeof(cpuCount);
-  /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */
-  sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0);
-  if( cpuCount>1 ){
-    /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */
-    _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone();
-  }else{
-    /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, 
-    ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */
-    bool success;
-    malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0);
-    malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap");
-    do{
-      success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone, 
-                                 (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_);
-    }while(!_sqliteZone_);
-    if( !success ){
-      /* somebody registered a zone first */
-      malloc_destroy_zone(newzone);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
-**
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
-     sqlite3MemMalloc,
-     sqlite3MemFree,
-     sqlite3MemRealloc,
-     sqlite3MemSize,
-     sqlite3MemRoundup,
-     sqlite3MemInit,
-     sqlite3MemShutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */
-
-/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
-** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
-** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging
-** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory
-** leaks and memory usage errors.
-**
-** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
-** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
-*/
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the
-** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-
-/*
-** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC
-*/
-#ifdef __GLIBC__
-  extern int backtrace(void**,int);
-  extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
-#else
-# define backtrace(A,B) 1
-# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
-#endif
-/* #include <stdio.h> */
-
-/*
-** Each memory allocation looks like this:
-**
-**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-**  | Title |  backtrace pointers |  MemBlockHdr |  allocation |  EndGuard |
-**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-**
-** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation.  We have
-** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr.  The
-** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of
-** backtrace pointers.  There is also a guard word at the end of the
-** MemBlockHdr.
-*/
-struct MemBlockHdr {
-  i64 iSize;                          /* Size of this allocation */
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */
-  char nBacktrace;                    /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */
-  char nBacktraceSlots;               /* Available backtrace slots */
-  u8 nTitle;                          /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */
-  u8 eType;                           /* Allocation type code */
-  int iForeGuard;                     /* Guard word for sanity */
-};
-
-/*
-** Guard words
-*/
-#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153
-#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53
-
-/*
-** Number of malloc size increments to track.
-*/
-#define NCSIZE  1000
-
-/*
-** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
-** into a single structure named "mem".  This is to keep the
-** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
-** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
-*/
-static struct {
-  
-  /*
-  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-
-  /*
-  ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations
-  */
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
-  
-  /*
-  ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
-  */
-  int nBacktrace;
-  void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **);
-
-  /*
-  ** Title text to insert in front of each block
-  */
-  int nTitle;        /* Bytes of zTitle to save.  Includes '\0' and padding */
-  char zTitle[100];  /* The title text */
-
-  /* 
-  ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
-  ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
-  */
-  int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */
-
-  /*
-  ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations.
-  ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8
-  ** bytes.  i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for
-  ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes.
-  */
-  int nAlloc[NCSIZE];      /* Total number of allocations */
-  int nCurrent[NCSIZE];    /* Current number of allocations */
-  int mxCurrent[NCSIZE];   /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */
-
-} mem;
-
-
-/*
-** Adjust memory usage statistics
-*/
-static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){
-  int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8;
-  if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){
-    i = NCSIZE - 1;
-  }
-  if( increment>0 ){
-    mem.nAlloc[i]++;
-    mem.nCurrent[i]++;
-    if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){
-      mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i];
-    }
-  }else{
-    mem.nCurrent[i]--;
-    assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 );
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation.
-**
-** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and
-** if they are incorrect it asserts.
-*/
-static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *p;
-  int *pInt;
-  u8 *pU8;
-  int nReserve;
-
-  p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation;
-  p--;
-  assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD );
-  nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize);
-  pInt = (int*)pAllocation;
-  pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
-  assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
-  /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
-  ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure 
-  ** they haven't been overwritten.
-  */
-  while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  if( !p ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
-  return (int)pHdr->iSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 );
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already
-    ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */
-    mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  mem.mutex = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
-  return ROUND8(n);
-}
-
-/*
-** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes.  This is used to preset
-** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and
-** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values.
-*/
-static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){
-  unsigned int x, y, r;
-  x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf);
-  y = nByte | 1;
-  while( nByte >= 4 ){
-    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
-    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
-    r = x ^ y;
-    *(int*)pBuf = r;
-    pBuf += 4;
-    nByte -= 4;
-  }
-  while( nByte-- > 0 ){
-    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
-    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
-    r = x ^ y;
-    *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  void **pBt;
-  char *z;
-  int *pInt;
-  void *p = 0;
-  int totalSize;
-  int nReserve;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
-  nReserve = ROUND8(nByte);
-  totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) +
-               mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle;
-  p = malloc(totalSize);
-  if( p ){
-    z = p;
-    pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle];
-    pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace];
-    pHdr->pNext = 0;
-    pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast;
-    if( mem.pLast ){
-      mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr;
-    }else{
-      mem.pFirst = pHdr;
-    }
-    mem.pLast = pHdr;
-    pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
-    pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP;
-    pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
-    pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
-    if( mem.nBacktrace ){
-      void *aAddr[40];
-      pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1;
-      memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*));
-      assert(pBt[0]);
-      if( mem.xBacktrace ){
-        mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]);
-      }
-    }else{
-      pHdr->nBacktrace = 0;
-    }
-    if( mem.nTitle ){
-      memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle);
-    }
-    pHdr->iSize = nByte;
-    adjustStats(nByte, +1);
-    pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
-    pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
-    randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte);
-    memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte);
-    p = (void*)pInt;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-  return p; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  void **pBt;
-  char *z;
-  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 
-       || mem.mutex!=0 );
-  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
-  pBt = (void**)pHdr;
-  pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  if( pHdr->pPrev ){
-    assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr );
-    pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext;
-  }else{
-    assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr );
-    mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext;
-  }
-  if( pHdr->pNext ){
-    assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr );
-    pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev;
-  }else{
-    assert( mem.pLast==pHdr );
-    mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev;
-  }
-  z = (char*)pBt;
-  z -= pHdr->nTitle;
-  adjustStats((int)pHdr->iSize, -1);
-  randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
-                (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
-  free(z);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
-**
-** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
-** allocation into a new place in memory.  In this way, if the 
-** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is 
-** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
-** the error.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr;
-  void *pNew;
-  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
-  assert( (nByte & 7)==0 );     /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
-  pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
-  pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
-  if( pNew ){
-    memcpy(pNew, pPrior, (int)(nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize));
-    if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
-      randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - (int)pOldHdr->iSize);
-    }
-    sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
-     sqlite3MemMalloc,
-     sqlite3MemFree,
-     sqlite3MemRealloc,
-     sqlite3MemSize,
-     sqlite3MemRoundup,
-     sqlite3MemInit,
-     sqlite3MemShutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the "type" of an allocation.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){
-  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
-    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
-    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
-    pHdr->eType = eType;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the
-** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
-**
-** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
-** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
-**
-**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
-  int rc = 1;
-  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
-    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
-    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
-    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){
-      rc = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the
-** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
-**
-** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
-** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
-**
-**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){
-  int rc = 1;
-  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
-    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
-    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
-    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){
-      rc = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation.
-** A value of zero turns off backtracing.  The number is always rounded
-** up to a multiple of 2.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){
-  if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; }
-  if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; }
-  depth = (depth+1)&0xfe;
-  mem.nBacktrace = depth;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){
-  mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the title string for subsequent allocations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){
-  unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1;
-  memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n);
-  mem.zTitle[n] = 0;
-  mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
-    void **pBt = (void**)pHdr;
-    pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
-    mem.xBacktrace((int)pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
-** allocations into that log.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
-  FILE *out;
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  void **pBt;
-  int i;
-  out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
-  if( out==0 ){
-    fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
-                    zFilename);
-    return;
-  }
-  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
-    char *z = (char*)pHdr;
-    z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
-    fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", 
-            pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
-    if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
-      fflush(out);
-      pBt = (void**)pHdr;
-      pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
-      backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out));
-      fprintf(out, "\n");
-    }
-  }
-  fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
-  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
-    if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
-      fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", 
-            i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){
-    fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
-             NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1],
-             mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]);
-  }
-  fclose(out);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
-  int i;
-  int nTotal = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE; i++){
-    nTotal += mem.nAlloc[i];
-  }
-  return nTotal;
-}
-
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */
-
-/************** End of mem2.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem3.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 October 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
-** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
-** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
-** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
-** be changed.
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
-** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined.
-*/
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is only built into the library
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. Defining this symbol does not
-** mean that the library will use a memory-pool by default, just that
-** it is available. The mempool allocator is activated by calling
-** sqlite3_config().
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-
-/*
-** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk.
-*/
-#define MX_SMALL 10
-
-
-/*
-** Number of freelist hash slots
-*/
-#define N_HASH  61
-
-/*
-** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or 
-** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes.  The first 8 bytes are 
-** a header that is not returned to the user.
-**
-** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
-** free.  The first block has format u.hdr.  u.hdr.size4x is 4 times the
-** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free.
-** The u.hdr.size4x&1 bit is true if the chunk is checked out and
-** false if the chunk is on the freelist.  The u.hdr.size4x&2 bit
-** is true if the previous chunk is checked out and false if the
-** previous chunk is free.  The u.hdr.prevSize field is the size of
-** the previous chunk in blocks if the previous chunk is on the
-** freelist. If the previous chunk is checked out, then
-** u.hdr.prevSize can be part of the data for that chunk and should
-** not be read or written.
-**
-** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem3.aPool[].  When
-** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of
-** the chunk.  In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1.
-** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent
-** of a NULL pointer.
-**
-** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list.  The
-** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
-** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] 
-** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
-**
-** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked 
-** out.  If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
-** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block;
-struct Mem3Block {
-  union {
-    struct {
-      u32 prevSize;   /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */
-      u32 size4x;     /* 4x the size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */
-    } hdr;
-    struct {
-      u32 next;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of next free chunk */
-      u32 prev;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of previous free chunk */
-    } list;
-  } u;
-};
-
-/*
-** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
-** into a single structure named "mem3".  This is to keep the
-** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
-** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global {
-  /*
-  ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array
-  ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2.
-  */
-  u32 nPool;
-  Mem3Block *aPool;
-
-  /*
-  ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
-  */
-  int alarmBusy;
-  
-  /*
-  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-  
-  /*
-  ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
-  */
-  u32 mnMaster;
-
-  /*
-  ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk.  Most new allocations
-  ** occur off of this chunk.  szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
-  ** of the current master.  iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk.
-  ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
-  */
-  u32 iMaster;
-  u32 szMaster;
-
-  /*
-  ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size 
-  ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
-  ** chunks.
-  */
-  u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1];   /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */
-  u32 aiHash[N_HASH];        /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */
-} mem3 = { 97535575 };
-
-#define mem3 GLOBAL(struct Mem3Global, mem3)
-
-/*
-** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently
-** on.  *pRoot is the list that i is a member of.
-*/
-static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
-  u32 next = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
-  u32 prev = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  if( prev==0 ){
-    *pRoot = next;
-  }else{
-    mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next;
-  }
-  if( next ){
-    mem3.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev;
-  }
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0;
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlink the chunk at index i from 
-** whatever list is currently a member of.
-*/
-static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
-  u32 size, hash;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
-  assert( i>=1 );
-  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
-  assert( size>=2 );
-  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
-    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
-  }else{
-    hash = size % N_HASH;
-    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted
-** at *pRoot.
-*/
-static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot;
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
-  if( *pRoot ){
-    mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i;
-  }
-  *pRoot = i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate
-** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table.
-*/
-static void memsys3Link(u32 i){
-  u32 size, hash;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( i>=1 );
-  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
-  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
-  assert( size>=2 );
-  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
-    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
-  }else{
-    hash = size % N_HASH;
-    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
-** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
-*/
-static void memsys3Enter(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
-    mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
-}
-static void memsys3Leave(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes.
-*/
-static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){
-  if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){
-    mem3.alarmBusy = 1;
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
-    sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
-    mem3.alarmBusy = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked.  Adjust its 
-** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the 
-** user portion of the chunk.
-*/
-static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
-  u32 x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( i>=1 );
-  assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock );
-  assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock );
-  x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
-  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2);
-  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
-  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
-  return &mem3.aPool[i];
-}
-
-/*
-** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
-** Return a pointer to the new allocation.  Or, if the master chunk
-** is not large enough, return 0.
-*/
-static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
-  if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
-    /* Use the entire master */
-    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
-    mem3.iMaster = 0;
-    mem3.szMaster = 0;
-    mem3.mnMaster = 0;
-    return p;
-  }else{
-    /* Split the master block.  Return the tail. */
-    u32 newi, x;
-    newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
-    assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
-    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
-    mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
-    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
-    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-    if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
-      mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
-    }
-    return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
-** or same size hash.  In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
-** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].  
-**
-** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
-** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.  
-**
-** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces 
-** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk.  In order for
-** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
-** linked into the hash tables.  That is not the normal state of
-** affairs, of course.  The calling routine must link the master
-** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
-** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished.
-*/
-static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
-  u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){
-    iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
-    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
-    assert( (size&1)==0 );
-    if( (size&2)==0 ){
-      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot);
-      assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
-      prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
-      if( prev==iNext ){
-        iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next;
-      }
-      memsys3Unlink(prev);
-      size = i + size/4 - prev;
-      x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-      mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x;
-      mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
-      memsys3Link(prev);
-      i = prev;
-    }else{
-      size /= 4;
-    }
-    if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
-      mem3.iMaster = i;
-      mem3.szMaster = size;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
-** Return NULL if unable.
-**
-** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
-** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
-*/
-static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
-  u32 i;
-  u32 nBlock;
-  u32 toFree;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
-  if( nByte<=12 ){
-    nBlock = 2;
-  }else{
-    nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8;
-  }
-  assert( nBlock>=2 );
-
-  /* STEP 1:
-  ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small
-  ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table.  This is
-  ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10).
-  */
-  if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){
-    i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2];
-    if( i>0 ){
-      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]);
-      return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
-    }
-  }else{
-    int hash = nBlock % N_HASH;
-    for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){
-      if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){
-        memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
-        return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* STEP 2:
-  ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
-  ** of the master chunk.  This step usually works if step 1 fails.
-  */
-  if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
-    return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
-  }
-
-
-  /* STEP 3:  
-  ** Loop through the entire memory pool.  Coalesce adjacent free
-  ** chunks.  Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
-  ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
-  ** of the end of the master chunk.  This step happens very
-  ** rarely (we hope!)
-  */
-  for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){
-    memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree);
-    if( mem3.iMaster ){
-      memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster);
-      mem3.iMaster = 0;
-      mem3.szMaster = 0;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
-      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]);
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
-      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]);
-    }
-    if( mem3.szMaster ){
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
-      if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
-        return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
-**
-** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
-** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
-*/
-static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
-  Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
-  int i;
-  u32 size, x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
-  i = p - mem3.aPool;
-  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
-  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 );
-  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1;
-  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
-  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
-  memsys3Link(i);
-
-  /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
-  if( mem3.iMaster ){
-    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
-      size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
-      mem3.iMaster -= size;
-      mem3.szMaster += size;
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
-      x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
-    }
-    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
-      mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
-** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
-** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
-*/
-static int memsys3Size(void *p){
-  Mem3Block *pBlock;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p;
-  assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 );
-  return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4;
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int memsys3Roundup(int n){
-  if( n<=12 ){
-    return 12;
-  }else{
-    return ((n+11)&~7) - 4;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nBytes of memory.
-*/
-static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p;
-  assert( nBytes>0 );          /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */
-  memsys3Enter();
-  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-  memsys3Leave();
-  return (void*)p; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory.
-*/
-static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
-  assert( pPrior );
-  memsys3Enter();
-  memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  memsys3Leave();
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
-*/
-static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
-  int nOld;
-  void *p;
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
-  }
-  if( nBytes<=0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior);
-  if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){
-    return pPrior;
-  }
-  memsys3Enter();
-  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-  if( p ){
-    if( nOld<nBytes ){
-      memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
-    }else{
-      memcpy(p, pPrior, nBytes);
-    }
-    memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  }
-  memsys3Leave();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize this module.
-*/
-static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */
-  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
-  mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
-  mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
-
-  /* Initialize the master block. */
-  mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
-  mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
-  mem3.iMaster = 1;
-  mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2;
-  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool;
-  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  mem3.mutex = 0;
-  return;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
-** allocations into that log.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  FILE *out;
-  u32 i, j;
-  u32 size;
-  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
-    out = stdout;
-  }else{
-    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
-    if( out==0 ){
-      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
-                      zFilename);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  memsys3Enter();
-  fprintf(out, "CHUNKS:\n");
-  for(i=1; i<=mem3.nPool; i+=size/4){
-    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
-    if( size/4<=1 ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
-      assert( 0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    if( (size&1)==0 && mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size/4 ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
-      assert( 0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
-      assert( 0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    if( size&1 ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
-    }else{
-      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
-                  i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
-    if( mem3.aiSmall[i]==0 ) continue;
-    fprintf(out, "small(%2d):", i);
-    for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
-      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
-              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
-    }
-    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
-    if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
-    fprintf(out, "hash(%2d):", i);
-    for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
-      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
-              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
-    }
-    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
-  }
-  fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
-  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
-  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
-  if( out==stdout ){
-    fflush(stdout);
-  }else{
-    fclose(out);
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
-** linkage.
-**
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
-** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
-**
-** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
-** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = {
-     memsys3Malloc,
-     memsys3Free,
-     memsys3Realloc,
-     memsys3Size,
-     memsys3Roundup,
-     memsys3Init,
-     memsys3Shutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  return &mempoolMethods;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */
-
-/************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 October 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
-** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
-** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
-** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
-** be changed.
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
-** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
-**
-** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm:
-**
-**   1.  All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2.
-**
-**   2.  If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block,
-**       then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block.
-**
-**   3.  New memory is allocated from the first available free block.
-**
-** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
-** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
-** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
-** 
-** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum
-** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.)  Let M
-** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time.  Let
-** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation.  Robson
-** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to 
-** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds:
-**
-**      N >=  M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1
-**
-** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so
-** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint.
-*/
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-
-/*
-** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
-** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
-** size of the array is a power of 2.
-**
-** The size of this object must be a power of two.  That fact is
-** verified in memsys5Init().
-*/
-typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link;
-struct Mem5Link {
-  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
-  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
-};
-
-/*
-** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.szAtom). Since
-** mem5.szAtom is always at least 8 and 32-bit integers are used,
-** it is not actually possible to reach this limit.
-*/
-#define LOGMAX 30
-
-/*
-** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
-*/
-#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block */
-#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */
-
-/*
-** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
-** into a single structure named "mem5".  This is to keep the
-** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
-** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
-  /*
-  ** Memory available for allocation
-  */
-  int szAtom;      /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
-  int nBlock;      /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */
-  u8 *zPool;       /* Memory available to be allocated */
-  
-  /*
-  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-
-  /*
-  ** Performance statistics
-  */
-  u64 nAlloc;         /* Total number of calls to malloc */
-  u64 totalAlloc;     /* Total of all malloc calls - includes internal frag */
-  u64 totalExcess;    /* Total internal fragmentation */
-  u32 currentOut;     /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */
-  u32 currentCount;   /* Current number of distinct checkouts */
-  u32 maxOut;         /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */
-  u32 maxCount;       /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
-  u32 maxRequest;     /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
-  
-  /*
-  ** Lists of free blocks.  aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of
-  ** size mem5.szAtom.  aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2.
-  ** and so forth.
-  */
-  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];
-
-  /*
-  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
-  ** of each block.  One byte per block.
-  */
-  u8 *aCtrl;
-
-} mem5;
-
-/*
-** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD.
-*/
-#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)
-
-/*
-** Assuming mem5.zPool is divided up into an array of Mem5Link
-** structures, return a pointer to the idx-th such link.
-*/
-#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.szAtom]))
-
-/*
-** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently
-** on.  It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize].
-*/
-static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){
-  int next, prev;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
-  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
-  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
-
-  next = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
-  prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev;
-  if( prev<0 ){
-    mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
-  }else{
-    MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next;
-  }
-  if( next>=0 ){
-    MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
-** free list.
-*/
-static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){
-  int x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) );
-  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
-  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
-  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
-
-  x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
-  MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1;
-  if( x>=0 ){
-    assert( x<mem5.nBlock );
-    MEM5LINK(x)->prev = i;
-  }
-  mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
-** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
-*/
-static void memsys5Enter(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
-}
-static void memsys5Leave(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
-** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
-** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
-*/
-static int memsys5Size(void *p){
-  int iSize = 0;
-  if( p ){
-    int i = (int)(((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
-    assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
-    iSize = mem5.szAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
-  }
-  return iSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
-** Return NULL if unable.  Return NULL if nBytes==0.
-**
-** The caller guarantees that nByte is positive.
-**
-** The caller has obtained a mutex prior to invoking this
-** routine so there is never any chance that two or more
-** threads can be in this routine at the same time.
-*/
-static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
-  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
-  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
-  int iFullSz;     /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
-  int iLogsize;    /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */
-
-  /* nByte must be a positive */
-  assert( nByte>0 );
-
-  /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request.  Even unfulfilled
-  ** requests are counted */
-  if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
-    mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
-  }
-
-  /* Abort if the requested allocation size is larger than the largest
-  ** power of two that we can represent using 32-bit signed integers.
-  */
-  if( nByte > 0x40000000 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
-  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){}
-
-  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
-  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
-  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
-  */
-  for(iBin=iLogsize; iBin<=LOGMAX && mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0; iBin++){}
-  if( iBin>LOGMAX ){
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  i = mem5.aiFreelist[iBin];
-  memsys5Unlink(i, iBin);
-  while( iBin>iLogsize ){
-    int newSize;
-
-    iBin--;
-    newSize = 1 << iBin;
-    mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
-    memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin);
-  }
-  mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
-
-  /* Update allocator performance statistics. */
-  mem5.nAlloc++;
-  mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz;
-  mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
-  mem5.currentCount++;
-  mem5.currentOut += iFullSz;
-  if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
-  if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Make sure the allocated memory does not assume that it is set to zero
-  ** or retains a value from a previous allocation */
-  memset(&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom], 0xAA, iFullSz);
-#endif
-
-  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
-  return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom];
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
-*/
-static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
-  u32 size, iLogsize;
-  int iBlock;
-
-  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
-  ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
-  */
-  iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
-
-  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
-  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
-  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.szAtom==0 );
-  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );
-
-  iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
-  size = 1<<iLogsize;
-  assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock );
-
-  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
-  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
-  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
-  assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) );
-  mem5.currentCount--;
-  mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom;
-  assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
-  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );
-
-  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-  while( ALWAYS(iLogsize<LOGMAX) ){
-    int iBuddy;
-    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
-      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
-    }else{
-      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
-    }
-    assert( iBuddy>=0 );
-    if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>mem5.nBlock ) break;
-    if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
-    memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize);
-    iLogsize++;
-    if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
-      iBlock = iBuddy;
-    }else{
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
-    }
-    size *= 2;
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Overwrite freed memory with the 0x55 bit pattern to verify that it is
-  ** not used after being freed */
-  memset(&mem5.zPool[iBlock*mem5.szAtom], 0x55, size);
-#endif
-
-  memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nBytes of memory.
-*/
-static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
-  if( nBytes>0 ){
-    memsys5Enter();
-    p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-    memsys5Leave();
-  }
-  return (void*)p; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory.
-**
-** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
-** being called with pPrior==0.
-*/
-static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
-  assert( pPrior!=0 );
-  memsys5Enter();
-  memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  memsys5Leave();  
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
-**
-** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
-** being called with pPrior==0.  
-**
-** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to
-** memsys5Round().  Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power
-** of two.  If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation
-** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this
-** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior.
-*/
-static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
-  int nOld;
-  void *p;
-  assert( pPrior!=0 );
-  assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 );  /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
-  assert( nBytes>=0 );
-  if( nBytes==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
-  if( nBytes<=nOld ){
-    return pPrior;
-  }
-  memsys5Enter();
-  p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-  if( p ){
-    memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
-    memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  }
-  memsys5Leave();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.  If
-** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system,
-** return 0.
-**
-** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a
-** 32-bit signed integer.  Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000
-** or 1073741824 bytes.
-*/
-static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
-  int iFullSz;
-  if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0;
-  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2);
-  return iFullSz;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the ceiling of the logarithm base 2 of iValue.
-**
-** Examples:   memsys5Log(1) -> 0
-**             memsys5Log(2) -> 1
-**             memsys5Log(4) -> 2
-**             memsys5Log(5) -> 3
-**             memsys5Log(8) -> 3
-**             memsys5Log(9) -> 4
-*/
-static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
-  int iLog;
-  for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
-  return iLog;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the memory allocator.
-**
-** This routine is not threadsafe.  The caller must be holding a mutex
-** to prevent multiple threads from entering at the same time.
-*/
-static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){
-  int ii;            /* Loop counter */
-  int nByte;         /* Number of bytes of memory available to this allocator */
-  u8 *zByte;         /* Memory usable by this allocator */
-  int nMinLog;       /* Log base 2 of minimum allocation size in bytes */
-  int iOffset;       /* An offset into mem5.aCtrl[] */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  /* For the purposes of this routine, disable the mutex */
-  mem5.mutex = 0;
-
-  /* The size of a Mem5Link object must be a power of two.  Verify that
-  ** this is case.
-  */
-  assert( (sizeof(Mem5Link)&(sizeof(Mem5Link)-1))==0 );
-
-  nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
-  zByte = (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
-  assert( zByte!=0 );  /* sqlite3_config() does not allow otherwise */
-
-  /* boundaries on sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq are enforced in sqlite3_config() */
-  nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
-  mem5.szAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
-  while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.szAtom ){
-    mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1;
-  }
-
-  mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8)));
-  mem5.zPool = zByte;
-  mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom];
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
-    mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
-  }
-
-  iOffset = 0;
-  for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
-    int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
-    if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){
-      mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
-      memsys5Link(iOffset, ii);
-      iOffset += nAlloc;
-    }
-    assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock);
-  }
-
-  /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){
-    mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  mem5.mutex = 0;
-  return;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
-** allocations into that log.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
-  FILE *out;
-  int i, j, n;
-  int nMinLog;
-
-  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
-    out = stdout;
-  }else{
-    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
-    if( out==0 ){
-      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
-                      zFilename);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  memsys5Enter();
-  nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom);
-  for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
-    for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
-    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n);
-  }
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut   = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut       = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount     = %u\n", mem5.maxCount);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
-  memsys5Leave();
-  if( out==stdout ){
-    fflush(stdout);
-  }else{
-    fclose(out);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
-** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
-** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = {
-     memsys5Malloc,
-     memsys5Free,
-     memsys5Realloc,
-     memsys5Size,
-     memsys5Roundup,
-     memsys5Init,
-     memsys5Shutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  return &memsys5Methods;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */
-
-/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
-**
-** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.
-*/
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT)
-/*
-** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized
-** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to
-** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0;
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-/*
-** Initialize the mutex system.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
-    /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
-    ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to 
-    ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
-    ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
-    */
-    sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom;
-    sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
-
-    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-      pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
-    }else{
-      pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex();
-    }
-    memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc));
-    memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree,
-           sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree));
-    pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1;
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
-** sqlite3MutexInit().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
-    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0;
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) );
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a dynamic mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block
-** until it can be obtained.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another
-** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p ){
-    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
-** entered by the same thread.  The behavior is undefined if the mutex 
-** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
-** this function is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use inside assert() statements.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
-
-/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 October 07
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
-**
-** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
-** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
-** that use SQLite in a single thread.  The routines defined
-** here are place-holders.  Applications can substitute working
-** mutex routines at start-time using the
-**
-**     sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...)
-**
-** interface.
-**
-** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted
-** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being
-** called correctly.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Stub routines for all mutex methods.
-**
-** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking.
-*/
-static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ 
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
-  return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; 
-}
-static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
-static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
-static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    noopMutexInit,
-    noopMutexEnd,
-    noopMutexAlloc,
-    noopMutexFree,
-    noopMutexEnter,
-    noopMutexTry,
-    noopMutexLeave,
-
-    0,
-    0,
-  };
-
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing
-** and debugging purposes.  The mutexes still do not provide any
-** mutual exclusion.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The mutex object
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex {
-  int id;     /* The mutex type */
-  int cnt;    /* Number of entries without a matching leave */
-} sqlite3_debug_mutex;
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use inside assert() statements.
-*/
-static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
-}
-static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
-*/
-static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
-  static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6];
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
-  switch( id ){
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
-      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
-      if( pNew ){
-        pNew->id = id;
-        pNew->cnt = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      assert( id-2 >= 0 );
-      assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) );
-      pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
-      pNew->id = id;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
-*/
-static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  assert( p->cnt==0 );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
-** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
-** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
-  p->cnt++;
-}
-static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
-  p->cnt++;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
-** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
-*/
-static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
-  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
-  assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) );
-  p->cnt--;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    debugMutexInit,
-    debugMutexEnd,
-    debugMutexAlloc,
-    debugMutexFree,
-    debugMutexEnter,
-    debugMutexTry,
-    debugMutexLeave,
-
-    debugMutexHeld,
-    debugMutexNotheld
-  };
-
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-/*
-** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation
-** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
-  return sqlite3NoopMutex();
-}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
-
-/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/
-/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe
-** under unix with pthreads.
-**
-** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that
-** supports recursive mutexes.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-
-#include <pthread.h>
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields
-** are necessary under two condidtions:  (1) Debug builds and (2) using
-** home-grown mutexes.  Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX)
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1
-#else
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_mutex {
-  pthread_mutex_t mutex;     /* Mutex controlling the lock */
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
-  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of entrances */
-  volatile pthread_t owner;  /* Thread that is within this mutex */
-  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
-#endif
-};
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 }
-#else
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
-** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
-** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
-** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
-** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a 
-** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic.  But we are
-** told that HPUX is not such a platform.  If so, then these routines
-** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
-**
-** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite
-** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to
-** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
-** routines are never called.
-*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
-}
-static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
-*/
-static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
-** </ul>
-**
-** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
-  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
-  };
-  sqlite3_mutex *p;
-  switch( iType ){
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
-      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-      if( p ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-        /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to
-        ** build our own.  See below. */
-        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
-#else
-        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
-        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
-        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
-        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
-        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-        p->id = iType;
-#endif
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
-      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-      if( p ){
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-        p->id = iType;
-#endif
-        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
-      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) );
-      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-      p->id = iType;
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** mutex that it allocates.
-*/
-static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p->nRef==0 );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-  pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
-** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
-** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
-  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
-  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
-  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
-  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
-  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
-  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
-  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
-  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
-  */
-  {
-    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
-    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
-      p->nRef++;
-    }else{
-      pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
-      assert( p->nRef==0 );
-      p->owner = self;
-      p->nRef = 1;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
-  */
-  pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
-  p->owner = pthread_self();
-  p->nRef++;
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( p->trace ){
-    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  int rc;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
-  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
-  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
-  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
-  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
-  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
-  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
-  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
-  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
-  */
-  {
-    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
-    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
-      p->nRef++;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
-      assert( p->nRef==0 );
-      p->owner = self;
-      p->nRef = 1;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
-  */
-  if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-    p->owner = pthread_self();
-    p->nRef++;
-#endif
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
-    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
-** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
-*/
-static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) );
-#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
-  p->nRef--;
-  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
-#endif
-  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-  if( p->nRef==0 ){
-    pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
-  }
-#else
-  pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( p->trace ){
-    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    pthreadMutexInit,
-    pthreadMutexEnd,
-    pthreadMutexAlloc,
-    pthreadMutexFree,
-    pthreadMutexEnter,
-    pthreadMutexTry,
-    pthreadMutexLeave,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    pthreadMutexHeld,
-    pthreadMutexNotheld
-#else
-    0,
-    0
-#endif
-  };
-
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */
-
-/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/
-/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
-*/
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-/*
-** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
-*/
-/************** Include os_win.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file os_win.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2013 November 25
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_WIN_H_
-#define _OS_WIN_H_
-
-/*
-** Include the primary Windows SDK header file.
-*/
-#include "windows.h"
-
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# include <sys/cygwin.h>
-# include <errno.h> /* amalgamator: dontcache */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT.
-**
-** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for Windows 9x or
-** Windows NT using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows:
-**
-** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT)
-** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
-** #else
-** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0
-** #endif
-**
-** However, Visual Studio 2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as
-** it ought to, so the above test does not work.  We'll just assume that
-** everything is Windows NT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise
-** by setting SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT)
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with Windows CE - which has a much reduced
-** API.
-*/
-#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
-#else
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of
-** the full Win32 API.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT)
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */
-
-/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
-** on a win32 system.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-
-/*
-** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_mutex {
-  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
-  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
-  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
-  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
-#endif
-};
-#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
-#else
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
-** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
-**
-** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
-** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
-** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
-** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
-** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
-** the LockFileEx() API.
-**
-** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call,
-** which is only available if your application was compiled with 
-** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400.  Currently, the only
-** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef 
-** this out as well.
-*/
-#if 0
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-# define mutexIsNT()  (1)
-#else
-  static int mutexIsNT(void){
-    static int osType = 0;
-    if( osType==0 ){
-      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
-      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
-      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
-      osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
-    }
-    return osType==2;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
-*/
-static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
-}
-static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
-  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
-}
-static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
-  return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = {
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
-};
-static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
-/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part
-** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown()
-** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not
-** strictly necessary.
-*/
-static LONG winMutex_lock = 0;
-
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */
-
-static int winMutexInit(void){ 
-  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
-  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-      InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0);
-#else
-      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
-#endif
-    }
-    winMutex_isInit = 1;
-  }else{
-    /* Someone else is in the process of initing the static mutexes */
-    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
-      sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
-}
-
-static int winMutexEnd(void){ 
-  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown 
-  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
-  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
-    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
-        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
-      }
-      winMutex_isInit = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
-** </ul>
-**
-** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
-  sqlite3_mutex *p;
-
-  switch( iType ){
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
-      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-      if( p ){  
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-        p->id = iType;
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
-#else
-        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-#endif
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
-      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
-      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );
-      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      p->id = iType;
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** mutex that it allocates.
-*/
-static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-  DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
-** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
-** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
-#endif
-  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
-  p->owner = tid; 
-  p->nRef++;
-  if( p->trace ){
-    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
-#endif
-  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
-  /*
-  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
-  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
-  ** fail.  
-  **
-  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
-  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
-  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
-  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
-  ** ticket #2685.
-  */
-#if 0
-  if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
-    p->owner = tid;
-    p->nRef++;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
-    printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
-** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
-*/
-static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  assert( p->owner==tid );
-  p->nRef--;
-  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
-  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-#endif
-  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( p->trace ){
-    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    winMutexInit,
-    winMutexEnd,
-    winMutexAlloc,
-    winMutexFree,
-    winMutexEnter,
-    winMutexTry,
-    winMutexLeave,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    winMutexHeld,
-    winMutexNotheld
-#else
-    0,
-    0
-#endif
-  };
-
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */
-
-/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
-*/
-/* #include <stdarg.h> */
-
-/*
-** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
-** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
-** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n);
-#else
-  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine
-  ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with
-  ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
-  return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following object records the location of
-** each unused scratch buffer.
-*/
-typedef struct ScratchFreeslot {
-  struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext;   /* Next unused scratch buffer */
-} ScratchFreeslot;
-
-/*
-** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Mutex to serialize access */
-
-  /*
-  ** The alarm callback and its arguments.  The mem0.mutex lock will
-  ** be held while the callback is running.  Recursive calls into
-  ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
-  ** issued.
-  */
-  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
-  void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int);
-  void *alarmArg;
-
-  /*
-  ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory
-  ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation
-  ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of
-  ** unused scratch allocations.
-  */
-  void *pScratchEnd;
-  ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree;
-  u32 nScratchFree;
-
-  /*
-  ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the
-  ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting.
-  */
-  int nearlyFull;
-} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
-
-#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)
-
-/*
-** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the
-** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap
-** limit.
-*/
-static void softHeapLimitEnforcer(
-  void *NotUsed, 
-  sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2,
-  int allocSize
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the alarm callback
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(
-  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
-  void *pArg,
-  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
-){
-  int nUsed;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-  mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
-  mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
-  mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold;
-  nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
-  mem0.nearlyFull = (iThreshold>0 && iThreshold<=nUsed);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
-** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
-  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
-  void *pArg,
-  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
-){
-  return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or 
-** negative value indicates no limit.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){
-  sqlite3_int64 priorLimit;
-  sqlite3_int64 excess;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return -1;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-  priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  if( n<0 ) return priorLimit;
-  if( n>0 ){
-    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, n);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
-  }
-  excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
-  if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff));
-  return priorLimit;
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
-  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
-  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
-    sqlite3MemSetDefault();
-  }
-  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-    mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
-      && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){
-    int i, n, sz;
-    ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
-    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch);
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz;
-    pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch;
-    n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
-    mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
-    mem0.nScratchFree = n;
-    for(i=0; i<n-1; i++){
-      pSlot->pNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot);
-      pSlot = pSlot->pNext;
-    }
-    pSlot->pNext = 0;
-    mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1];
-  }else{
-    mem0.pScratchEnd = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512
-      || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<1 ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = 0;
-  }
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other
-** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by
-** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){
-  return mem0.nearlyFull;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
-  }
-  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
-  int n, mx;
-  sqlite3_int64 res;
-  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0);
-  res = (sqlite3_int64)n;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
-** checked out since either the beginning of this process
-** or since the most recent reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
-  int n, mx;
-  sqlite3_int64 res;
-  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag);
-  res = (sqlite3_int64)mx;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Trigger the alarm 
-*/
-static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
-  void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int);
-  sqlite3_int64 nowUsed;
-  void *pArg;
-  if( mem0.alarmCallback==0 ) return;
-  xCallback = mem0.alarmCallback;
-  nowUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
-  pArg = mem0.alarmArg;
-  mem0.alarmCallback = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-  mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
-  mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms.  Assume the
-** lock is already held.
-*/
-static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
-  int nFull;
-  void *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) );
-  nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n);
-  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
-  if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){
-    int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
-    if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){
-      mem0.nearlyFull = 1;
-      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
-    }else{
-      mem0.nearlyFull = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
-    sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
-    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( p ){
-    nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
-  }
-  *pp = p;
-  return nFull;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
-** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
-  void *p;
-  if( n<=0               /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */ 
-   || n>=0x7fffff00
-  ){
-    /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum
-    ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the
-    ** xMalloc().  Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving
-    ** 255 bytes of overhead.  SQLite itself will never use anything near
-    ** this amount.  The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */
-    p = 0;
-  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
-  }
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );  /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
-** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
-** allocation.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
-}
-
-/*
-** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
-** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
-** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
-** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
-static int scratchAllocOut = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away.
-** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended
-** for situations where the memory might be held long-term.  This
-** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data
-** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an
-** embedded processor.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
-  void *p;
-  assert( n>0 );
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-  if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
-    p = mem0.pScratchFree;
-    mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
-    mem0.nScratchFree--;
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
-    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
-      n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
-      if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-      p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
-    }
-    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );
-
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
-  /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocations per thread
-  ** are outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
-  ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
-  ** would be much more complicated.) */
-  assert( scratchAllocOut<=1 );
-  if( p ) scratchAllocOut++;
-#endif
-
-  return p;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
-  if( p ){
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
-    /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread
-    ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
-    ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
-    ** would be much more complicated.) */
-    assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 );
-    scratchAllocOut--;
-#endif
-
-    if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && p<mem0.pScratchEnd ){
-      /* Release memory from the SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH allocation */
-      ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
-      pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)p;
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-      pSlot->pNext = mem0.pScratchFree;
-      mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
-      mem0.nScratchFree++;
-      assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
-      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-    }else{
-      /* Release memory back to the heap */
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
-      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
-        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
-        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
-static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-  return p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
-}
-#else
-#define isLookaside(A,B) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from
-** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
-    return db->lookaside.sz;
-  }else{
-    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
-    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-    assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
-    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;  /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p));
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
-** connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  if( db ){
-    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
-      *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p);
-      return;
-    }
-    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
-      LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-      /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
-      memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
-#endif
-      pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
-      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
-      db->lookaside.nOut--;
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
-  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
-  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
-  int nOld, nNew, nDiff;
-  void *pNew;
-  if( pOld==0 ){
-    return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */
-  }
-  if( nBytes<=0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
-    /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
-  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second
-  ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to
-  ** xRoundup. */
-  nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
-  if( nOld==nNew ){
-    pNew = pOld;
-  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
-    nDiff = nNew - nOld;
-    if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= 
-          mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
-      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
-    }
-    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-    assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
-    if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
-      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
-      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
-    }
-    if( pNew ){
-      nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
-      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
-  }
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
-** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate and zero memory.
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){
-  void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
-  if( p ){
-    memset(p, 0, n);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
-** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){
-  void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-  if( p ){
-    memset(p, 0, n);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
-** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
-**
-** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc
-** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0.
-** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts
-** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset.
-** This is an important assumption.  There are many places in the
-** code that do things like this:
-**
-**         int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100);
-**         int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200);
-**         if( b ) a[10] = 9;
-**
-** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
-** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
-  void *p;
-  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
-  if( db ){
-    LookasideSlot *pBuf;
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    if( db->lookaside.bEnabled ){
-      if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){
-        db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;
-      }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){
-        db->lookaside.anStat[2]++;
-      }else{
-        db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
-        db->lookaside.nOut++;
-        db->lookaside.anStat[0]++;
-        if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
-          db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
-        }
-        return (void*)pBuf;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
-  if( !p && db ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB |
-         ((db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
-** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
-  void *pNew = 0;
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-    if( p==0 ){
-      return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-    }
-    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
-      if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){
-        return p;
-      }
-      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-      if( pNew ){
-        memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-      }
-    }else{
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
-      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-      pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
-      if( !pNew ){
-        sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB | 
-            (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
-    }
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to reallocate p.  If the reallocation fails, then free p
-** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
-  void *pNew;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
-  if( !pNew ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These 
-** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
-** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are 
-** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
-** ThreadData structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
-  char *zNew;
-  size_t n;
-  if( z==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1;
-  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
-  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
-  if( zNew ){
-    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
-  }
-  return zNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
-  char *zNew;
-  if( z==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
-  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
-  if( zNew ){
-    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
-    zNew[n] = 0;
-  }
-  return zNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows.
-** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz
-** point to that string.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *z;
-
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
-  *pz = z;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
-** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
-** sqlite3_realloc.
-**
-** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
-** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous
-** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
-**
-** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred,
-** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode())
-** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
-  /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle
-  ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
-  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
-  */
-  assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
-    db->mallocFailed = 0;
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
-}
-
-/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
-** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
-** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
-** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
-** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
-**
-**************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines.  These
-** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C
-** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support
-** SQLlite.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
-** following enumeration.
-*/
-#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
-#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
-#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
-#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
-#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
-#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
-#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
-#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
-#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
-/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
-#define etSQLESCAPE  10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
-#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
-                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
-#define etTOKEN      12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
-#define etSRCLIST    13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
-#define etPOINTER    14 /* The %p conversion */
-#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
-#define etORDINAL    16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */
-
-#define etINVALID     0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */
-
-
-/*
-** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
-*/
-typedef unsigned char etByte;
-
-/*
-** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
-** by an instance of the following structure
-*/
-typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
-  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
-  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
-  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
-  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
-  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
-  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
-} et_info;
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for et_info.flags
-*/
-#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
-#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
-#define FLAG_STRING  4     /* Allow infinity precision */
-
-
-/*
-** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
-** most frequently used conversion types first.
-*/
-static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
-static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
-static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
-  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
-  {  's',  0, 4, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
-  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
-  {  'z',  0, 4, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
-  {  'q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
-  {  'Q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
-  {  'w',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0,  0 },
-  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
-  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
-  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
-  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
-  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
-  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
-  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
-  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
-#endif
-  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
-  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
-  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
-  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
-
-/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal
-** use only */
-  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
-  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
-  {  'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
-};
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
-** conversions will work.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/*
-** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
-** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
-** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
-**
-** Example:
-**     input:     *val = 3.14159
-**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
-**
-** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
-** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
-** always returned.
-*/
-static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
-  int digit;
-  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
-  if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0';
-  (*cnt)--;
-  digit = (int)*val;
-  d = digit;
-  digit += '0';
-  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
-  return (char)digit;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
-
-/*
-** Set the StrAccum object to an error mode.
-*/
-static void setStrAccumError(StrAccum *p, u8 eError){
-  p->accError = eError;
-  p->nAlloc = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extra argument values from a PrintfArguments object
-*/
-static sqlite3_int64 getIntArg(PrintfArguments *p){
-  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0;
-  return sqlite3_value_int64(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
-}
-static double getDoubleArg(PrintfArguments *p){
-  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0.0;
-  return sqlite3_value_double(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
-}
-static char *getTextArg(PrintfArguments *p){
-  if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0;
-  return (char*)sqlite3_value_text(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
-** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70
-#endif
-#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */
-
-/*
-** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
-  StrAccum *pAccum,          /* Accumulate results here */
-  u32 bFlags,                /* SQLITE_PRINTF_* flags */
-  const char *fmt,           /* Format string */
-  va_list ap                 /* arguments */
-){
-  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
-  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
-  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
-  int length;                /* Length of the field */
-  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
-  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
-  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
-  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
-  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
-  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
-  etByte xtype = 0;          /* Conversion paradigm */
-  u8 bArgList;               /* True for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
-  u8 useIntern;              /* Ok to use internal conversions (ex: %T) */
-  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
-  sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
-  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
-  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
-  char *zOut;                /* Rendering buffer */
-  int nOut;                  /* Size of the rendering buffer */
-  char *zExtra;              /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
-  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
-  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
-  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
-  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
-#endif
-  PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
-  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
-
-  bufpt = 0;
-  if( bFlags ){
-    if( (bArgList = (bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC))!=0 ){
-      pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*);
-    }
-    useIntern = bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL;
-  }else{
-    bArgList = useIntern = 0;
-  }
-  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
-    if( c!='%' ){
-      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
-      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ){};
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt));
-      if( c==0 ) break;
-    }
-    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
-      break;
-    }
-    /* Find out what flags are present */
-    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
-     flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
-    done = 0;
-    do{
-      switch( c ){
-        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     break;
-        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        break;
-        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       break;
-        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   break;
-        case '!':   flag_altform2 = 1;        break;
-        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         break;
-        default:    done = 1;                 break;
-      }
-    }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
-    /* Get the field width */
-    width = 0;
-    if( c=='*' ){
-      if( bArgList ){
-        width = (int)getIntArg(pArgList);
-      }else{
-        width = va_arg(ap,int);
-      }
-      if( width<0 ){
-        flag_leftjustify = 1;
-        width = -width;
-      }
-      c = *++fmt;
-    }else{
-      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
-        width = width*10 + c - '0';
-        c = *++fmt;
-      }
-    }
-    /* Get the precision */
-    if( c=='.' ){
-      precision = 0;
-      c = *++fmt;
-      if( c=='*' ){
-        if( bArgList ){
-          precision = (int)getIntArg(pArgList);
-        }else{
-          precision = va_arg(ap,int);
-        }
-        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
-        c = *++fmt;
-      }else{
-        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
-          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
-          c = *++fmt;
-        }
-      }
-    }else{
-      precision = -1;
-    }
-    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
-    if( c=='l' ){
-      flag_long = 1;
-      c = *++fmt;
-      if( c=='l' ){
-        flag_longlong = 1;
-        c = *++fmt;
-      }else{
-        flag_longlong = 0;
-      }
-    }else{
-      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
-    }
-    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
-    infop = &fmtinfo[0];
-    xtype = etINVALID;
-    for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
-      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
-        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
-        if( useIntern || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
-          xtype = infop->type;
-        }else{
-          return;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    zExtra = 0;
-
-    /*
-    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
-    **
-    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
-    **   flag_altform2               TRUE if a '!' is present.
-    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
-    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
-    **                               field width was negative.
-    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
-    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
-    **                               the conversion character.
-    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
-    **                               the conversion character.
-    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
-    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
-    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
-    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
-    **                               is -1.
-    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
-    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
-    */
-    switch( xtype ){
-      case etPOINTER:
-        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
-        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
-        /* Fall through into the next case */
-      case etORDINAL:
-      case etRADIX:
-        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
-          i64 v;
-          if( bArgList ){
-            v = getIntArg(pArgList);
-          }else if( flag_longlong ){
-            v = va_arg(ap,i64);
-          }else if( flag_long ){
-            v = va_arg(ap,long int);
-          }else{
-            v = va_arg(ap,int);
-          }
-          if( v<0 ){
-            if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
-              longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63;
-            }else{
-              longvalue = -v;
-            }
-            prefix = '-';
-          }else{
-            longvalue = v;
-            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
-            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
-            else                       prefix = 0;
-          }
-        }else{
-          if( bArgList ){
-            longvalue = (u64)getIntArg(pArgList);
-          }else if( flag_longlong ){
-            longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
-          }else if( flag_long ){
-            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
-          }else{
-            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
-          }
-          prefix = 0;
-        }
-        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
-        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
-          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
-        }
-        if( precision<etBUFSIZE-10 ){
-          nOut = etBUFSIZE;
-          zOut = buf;
-        }else{
-          nOut = precision + 10;
-          zOut = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( nOut );
-          if( zOut==0 ){
-            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-            return;
-          }
-        }
-        bufpt = &zOut[nOut-1];
-        if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
-          static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
-          int x = (int)(longvalue % 10);
-          if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
-            x = 0;
-          }
-          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1];
-          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2];
-        }
-        {
-          const char *cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
-          u8 base = infop->base;
-          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
-            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
-            longvalue = longvalue/base;
-          }while( longvalue>0 );
-        }
-        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
-        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
-          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
-        }
-        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
-        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
-          const char *pre;
-          char x;
-          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
-          for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
-        }
-        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
-        break;
-      case etFLOAT:
-      case etEXP:
-      case etGENERIC:
-        if( bArgList ){
-          realvalue = getDoubleArg(pArgList);
-        }else{
-          realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
-        }
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-        length = 0;
-#else
-        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
-        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
-          realvalue = -realvalue;
-          prefix = '-';
-        }else{
-          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
-          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
-          else                         prefix = 0;
-        }
-        if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
-        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
-        if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
-        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
-        exp = 0;
-        if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){
-          bufpt = "NaN";
-          length = 3;
-          break;
-        }
-        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
-          LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
-          while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;}
-          while( realvalue>=1e64*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e64; exp+=64; }
-          while( realvalue>=1e8*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e8; exp+=8; }
-          while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; }
-          realvalue /= scale;
-          while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
-          while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
-          if( exp>350 ){
-            if( prefix=='-' ){
-              bufpt = "-Inf";
-            }else if( prefix=='+' ){
-              bufpt = "+Inf";
-            }else{
-              bufpt = "Inf";
-            }
-            length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        bufpt = buf;
-        /*
-        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
-        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
-        */
-        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
-          realvalue += rounder;
-          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
-        }
-        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
-          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
-          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
-            xtype = etEXP;
-          }else{
-            precision = precision - exp;
-            xtype = etFLOAT;
-          }
-        }else{
-          flag_rtz = flag_altform2;
-        }
-        if( xtype==etEXP ){
-          e2 = 0;
-        }else{
-          e2 = exp;
-        }
-        if( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){
-          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width+15 );
-          if( bufpt==0 ){
-            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-            return;
-          }
-        }
-        zOut = bufpt;
-        nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10;
-        flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
-        /* The sign in front of the number */
-        if( prefix ){
-          *(bufpt++) = prefix;
-        }
-        /* Digits prior to the decimal point */
-        if( e2<0 ){
-          *(bufpt++) = '0';
-        }else{
-          for(; e2>=0; e2--){
-            *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
-          }
-        }
-        /* The decimal point */
-        if( flag_dp ){
-          *(bufpt++) = '.';
-        }
-        /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
-        ** significant digit of the number */
-        for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){
-          assert( precision>0 );
-          *(bufpt++) = '0';
-        }
-        /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
-        while( (precision--)>0 ){
-          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
-        }
-        /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
-        if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
-          while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
-          assert( bufpt>zOut );
-          if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
-            if( flag_altform2 ){
-              *(bufpt++) = '0';
-            }else{
-              *(--bufpt) = 0;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
-        if( xtype==etEXP ){
-          *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
-          if( exp<0 ){
-            *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
-          }else{
-            *(bufpt++) = '+';
-          }
-          if( exp>=100 ){
-            *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0');        /* 100's digit */
-            exp %= 100;
-          }
-          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0');             /* 10's digit */
-          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0');             /* 1's digit */
-        }
-        *bufpt = 0;
-
-        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
-        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
-        ** integer conversions. */
-        length = (int)(bufpt-zOut);
-        bufpt = zOut;
-
-        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
-        ** set and we are not left justified */
-        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
-          int i;
-          int nPad = width - length;
-          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
-            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
-          }
-          i = prefix!=0;
-          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
-          length = width;
-        }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
-        break;
-      case etSIZE:
-        if( !bArgList ){
-          *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
-        }
-        length = width = 0;
-        break;
-      case etPERCENT:
-        buf[0] = '%';
-        bufpt = buf;
-        length = 1;
-        break;
-      case etCHARX:
-        if( bArgList ){
-          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
-          c = bufpt ? bufpt[0] : 0;
-        }else{
-          c = va_arg(ap,int);
-        }
-        buf[0] = (char)c;
-        if( precision>=0 ){
-          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = (char)c;
-          length = precision;
-        }else{
-          length =1;
-        }
-        bufpt = buf;
-        break;
-      case etSTRING:
-      case etDYNSTRING:
-        if( bArgList ){
-          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
-        }else{
-          bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
-        }
-        if( bufpt==0 ){
-          bufpt = "";
-        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING && !bArgList ){
-          zExtra = bufpt;
-        }
-        if( precision>=0 ){
-          for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
-        }else{
-          length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
-        }
-        break;
-      case etSQLESCAPE:
-      case etSQLESCAPE2:
-      case etSQLESCAPE3: {
-        int i, j, k, n, isnull;
-        int needQuote;
-        char ch;
-        char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\'');   /* Quote character */
-        char *escarg;
-
-        if( bArgList ){
-          escarg = getTextArg(pArgList);
-        }else{
-          escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
-        }
-        isnull = escarg==0;
-        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
-        k = precision;
-        for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){
-          if( ch==q )  n++;
-        }
-        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
-        n += i + 1 + needQuote*2;
-        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
-          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
-          if( bufpt==0 ){
-            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-            return;
-          }
-        }else{
-          bufpt = buf;
-        }
-        j = 0;
-        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
-        k = i;
-        for(i=0; i<k; i++){
-          bufpt[j++] = ch = escarg[i];
-          if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
-        }
-        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
-        bufpt[j] = 0;
-        length = j;
-        /* The precision in %q and %Q means how many input characters to
-        ** consume, not the length of the output...
-        ** if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
-        break;
-      }
-      case etTOKEN: {
-        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
-        assert( bArgList==0 );
-        if( pToken && pToken->n ){
-          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
-        }
-        length = width = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-      case etSRCLIST: {
-        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
-        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
-        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
-        assert( bArgList==0 );
-        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
-        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
-          sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase);
-          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
-        }
-        sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zName);
-        length = width = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        assert( xtype==etINVALID );
-        return;
-      }
-    }/* End switch over the format type */
-    /*
-    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
-    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
-    ** the output.
-    */
-    width -= length;
-    if( width>0 && !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, width);
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
-    if( width>0 && flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, width);
-
-    if( zExtra ) sqlite3_free(zExtra);
-  }/* End for loop over the format string */
-} /* End of function */
-
-/*
-** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is
-** able to accept at least N more bytes of text.
-**
-** Return the number of bytes of text that StrAccum is able to accept
-** after the attempted enlargement.  The value returned might be zero.
-*/
-static int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum *p, int N){
-  char *zNew;
-  assert( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ); /* Only called if really needed */
-  if( p->accError ){
-    testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
-    testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( !p->useMalloc ){
-    N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
-    setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
-    return N;
-  }else{
-    char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText);
-    i64 szNew = p->nChar;
-    szNew += N + 1;
-    if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
-      sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
-      setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG);
-      return 0;
-    }else{
-      p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
-    }
-    if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
-      zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc);
-    }else{
-      zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc);
-    }
-    if( zNew ){
-      assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 );
-      if( zOld==0 && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
-      p->zText = zNew;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
-      setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return N;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append N space characters to the given string buffer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum *p, int N){
-  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc && (N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N))<=0 ) return;
-  while( (N--)>0 ) p->zText[p->nChar++] = ' ';
-}
-
-/*
-** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[].
-** So enlarge if first, then do the append.
-**
-** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case
-** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the
-** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics.
-*/
-static void enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
-  N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N);
-  if( N>0 ){
-    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
-    p->nChar += N;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.  Increase the
-** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
-  assert( z!=0 );
-  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError );
-  assert( N>=0 );
-  assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 );
-  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
-    enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N);
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( p->zText );
-  memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
-  p->nChar += N;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z));
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated.
-** Return a pointer to the resulting string.  Return a NULL
-** pointer if any kind of error was encountered.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
-  if( p->zText ){
-    p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
-    if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){
-      if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
-        p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
-      }else{
-        p->zText = sqlite3_malloc(p->nChar+1);
-      }
-      if( p->zText ){
-        memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
-      }else{
-        setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return p->zText;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset an StrAccum string.  Reclaim all malloced memory.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
-  if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){
-    if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_free(p->zText);
-    }
-  }
-  p->zText = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a string accumulator
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
-  p->zText = p->zBase = zBase;
-  p->db = 0;
-  p->nChar = 0;
-  p->nAlloc = n;
-  p->mxAlloc = mx;
-  p->useMalloc = 1;
-  p->accError = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  char *z;
-  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
-  StrAccum acc;
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
-                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
-  acc.db = db;
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL, zFormat, ap);
-  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  if( acc.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *z;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting
-** the string and before returnning.  This routine is intended to be used
-** to modify an existing string.  For example:
-**
-**       x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x);
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *z;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  char *z;
-  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
-  StrAccum acc;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-  acc.useMalloc = 2;
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()().  Omit the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *z;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
-** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
-** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
-** specified by some locales.
-**
-** Oops:  The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards
-** from the snprintf() standard.  Unfortunately, it is too late to change
-** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the
-** mistake.
-**
-** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  StrAccum acc;
-  if( n<=0 ) return zBuf;
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0);
-  acc.useMalloc = 0;
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-}
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  char *z;
-  va_list ap;
-  va_start(ap,zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message.
-** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using
-** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled.
-**
-** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer.  It cannot dynamically
-** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator
-** mutex is held.
-*/
-static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  StrAccum acc;                          /* String accumulator */
-  char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3];    /* Complete log message */
-
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0);
-  acc.useMalloc = 0;
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode,
-                           sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc));
-}
-
-/*
-** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;                             /* Vararg list */
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-  }
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
-** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
-** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  StrAccum acc;
-  char zBuf[500];
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
-  acc.useMalloc = 0;
-  va_start(ap,zFormat);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
-  fflush(stdout);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, u32 bFlags, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  va_start(ap,zFormat);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(p, bFlags, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-}
-
-/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
-** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
-**
-** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
-** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
-*/
-
-
-/* All threads share a single random number generator.
-** This structure is the current state of the generator.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType {
-  unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
-  unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
-  unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
-} sqlite3Prng;
-
-/*
-** Return N random bytes.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
-  unsigned char t;
-  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
-
-  /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator
-  ** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-  ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-  ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly
-  ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng);
-# define wsdPrng p[0]
-#else
-# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-#endif
-
-  if( N<=0 ){
-    wsdPrng.isInit = 0;
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
-  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
-  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
-  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
-  **
-  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
-  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
-  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
-  */
-  if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){
-    int i;
-    char k[256];
-    wsdPrng.j = 0;
-    wsdPrng.i = 0;
-    sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k);
-    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
-      wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
-      wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i];
-      t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
-      wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i];
-      wsdPrng.s[i] = t;
-    }
-    wsdPrng.isInit = 1;
-  }
-
-  assert( N>0 );
-  do{
-    wsdPrng.i++;
-    t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
-    wsdPrng.j += t;
-    wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
-    wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
-    t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
-    *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t];
-  }while( --N );
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-/*
-** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of
-** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or
-** to reset the PRNG to its initial state.  These routines accomplish
-** those tasks.
-**
-** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to
-** control the PRNG.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){
-  memcpy(
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
-    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
-  );
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
-  memcpy(
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
-    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
-  );
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-
-/************** End of random.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 April 13
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
-** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
-**
-** Notes on UTF-8:
-**
-**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
-**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
-**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
-**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**
-**
-** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
-**
-**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
-**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**
-**
-** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
-**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
-**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
-**
-*/
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-/*
-** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
-** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
-#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
-
-/*
-** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
-** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
-*/
-static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
-  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
-  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
-};
-
-
-#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
-  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);                            \
-  }                                                    \
-  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
-    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);                \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
-  }                                                    \
-  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
-    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);               \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
-  }else{                                               \
-    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
-  }                                                    \
-}
-
-#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                    \
-  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
-  }else{                                                            \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
-  }                                                                 \
-}
-
-#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                    \
-  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
-  }else{                                                            \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
-  }                                                                 \
-}
-
-#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
-  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
-  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
-  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
-    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
-    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
-    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
-  }                                                                   \
-}
-
-#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
-  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
-  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
-  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
-    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
-    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
-    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
-  }                                                                   \
-}
-
-/*
-** Translate a single UTF-8 character.  Return the unicode value.
-**
-** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
-** is a 0x00.
-**
-** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
-**
-** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
-**
-**  *  This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
-**     be encoded as a multi-byte character.  Any multi-byte character that
-**     attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
-**
-**  *  This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
-**     If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
-**     0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
-**
-**  *  Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
-**     byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
-**     and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
-**     invalid characters.
-**
-**  *  This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings
-**     for unicode values 0x80 and greater.  It do not change over-length
-**     encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
-*/
-#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
-  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
-  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
-    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
-      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
-    }                                                      \
-    if( c<0x80                                             \
-        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
-        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
-  }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(
-  const unsigned char **pz    /* Pointer to string from which to read char */
-){
-  unsigned int c;
-
-  /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
-  ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
-  */
-  c = *((*pz)++);
-  if( c>=0xc0 ){
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
-    while( (*(*pz) & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
-      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *((*pz)++));
-    }
-    if( c<0x80
-        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
-        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }
-  }
-  return c;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*
-** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
-** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
-*/ 
-/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
-** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
-** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
-  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
-  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
-  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
-  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
-  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
-  unsigned int c;
-
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
-  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
-  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
-  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
-
-#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  {
-    char zBuf[100];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
-    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
-  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
-  ** differently from the others.
-  */
-  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    u8 temp;
-    int rc;
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
-    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1];
-    while( zIn<zTerm ){
-      temp = *zIn;
-      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
-      zIn++;
-      *zIn++ = temp;
-    }
-    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
-    goto translate_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
-  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
-    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
-    ** A single byte is required for the output string
-    ** nul-terminator.
-    */
-    pMem->n &= ~1;
-    len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
-  }else{
-    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
-    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
-    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
-    ** nul-terminator.
-    */
-    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
-  }
-
-  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
-  ** byte past the end.
-  **
-  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained
-  ** from sqlite3_malloc().
-  */
-  zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
-  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
-  zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len);
-  if( !zOut ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  z = zOut;
-
-  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
-      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
-        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
-      }
-    }else{
-      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
-        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
-      }
-    }
-    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
-    *z++ = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
-    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
-      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
-        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
-        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
-      }
-    }
-    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
-  }
-  *z = 0;
-  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
-
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem);
-  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
-  pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term);
-  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
-  pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
-
-translate_out:
-#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  {
-    char zBuf[100];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
-    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
-  }
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
-** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
-** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
-** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
-**
-** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
-** changed by this function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  u8 bom = 0;
-
-  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
-  if( pMem->n>1 ){
-    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
-    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
-    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
-      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
-    }
-    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
-      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  if( bom ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pMem->n -= 2;
-      memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n);
-      pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0';
-      pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0';
-      pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
-      pMem->enc = bom;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
-** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
-** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
-** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
-** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
-  int r = 0;
-  const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn;
-  const u8 *zTerm;
-  if( nByte>=0 ){
-    zTerm = &z[nByte];
-  }else{
-    zTerm = (const u8*)(-1);
-  }
-  assert( z<=zTerm );
-  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
-    SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-    r++;
-  }
-  return r;
-}
-
-/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. 
-** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8.
-**
-** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed
-** UTF-8.  Miscoded characters are removed.
-**
-** The translation is done in-place and aborted if the output
-** overruns the input.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
-  unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
-  unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
-  u32 c;
-
-  while( zIn[0] && zOut<=zIn ){
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&zIn);
-    if( c!=0xfffd ){
-      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
-    }
-  }
-  *zOut = 0;
-  return (int)(zOut - zStart);
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
-** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc and must
-** be freed by the calling function.
-**
-** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte, u8 enc){
-  Mem m;
-  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
-  m.db = db;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
-    m.z = 0;
-  }
-  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed );
-  return m.z;
-}
-
-/*
-** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
-** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
-** in pZ.  nChar must be non-negative.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
-  int c;
-  unsigned char const *z = zIn;
-  int n = 0;
-  
-  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
-    while( n<nChar ){
-      READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
-      n++;
-    }
-  }else{
-    while( n<nChar ){
-      READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
-      n++;
-    }
-  }
-  return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn);
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-/*
-** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
-** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
-** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
-  unsigned int i, t;
-  unsigned char zBuf[20];
-  unsigned char *z;
-  int n;
-  unsigned int c;
-
-  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
-    z = zBuf;
-    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
-    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
-    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
-    z[0] = 0;
-    z = zBuf;
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&z);
-    t = i;
-    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
-    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
-    assert( c==t );
-    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
-    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
-    z = zBuf;
-    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
-    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
-    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
-    z[0] = 0;
-    z = zBuf;
-    READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
-    assert( c==i );
-    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
-    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
-    z = zBuf;
-    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
-    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
-    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
-    z[0] = 0;
-    z = zBuf;
-    READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
-    assert( c==i );
-    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/
-/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
-**
-** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
-** strings, and stuff like that.
-**
-*/
-/* #include <stdarg.h> */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
-# include <math.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
-  static unsigned dummy = 0;
-  dummy += (unsigned)x;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Give a callback to the test harness that can be used to simulate faults
-** in places where it is difficult or expensive to do so purely by means
-** of inputs.
-**
-** The intent of the integer argument is to let the fault simulator know
-** which of multiple sqlite3FaultSim() calls has been hit.
-**
-** Return whatever integer value the test callback returns, or return
-** SQLITE_OK if no test callback is installed.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int iTest){
-  int (*xCallback)(int) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback;
-  return xCallback ? xCallback(iTest) : SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/*
-** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
-**
-** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.
-** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
-  int rc;   /* The value return */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN)
-  /*
-  ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably
-  ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.  But we have
-  ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so
-  ** this implementation is provided as an alternative.
-  **
-  ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
-  ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
-  ** warning:
-  **
-  **      This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
-  **      -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
-  **      which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO 
-  **      rules/specifications for math functions.
-  **
-  ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating-
-  ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise.  From the MSDN 
-  ** documentation:
-  **
-  **      The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons 
-  **      involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN 
-  **      ...
-  */
-#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
-# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
-#endif
-  volatile double y = x;
-  volatile double z = y;
-  rc = (y!=z);
-#else  /* if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) */
-  rc = isnan(x);
-#endif /* SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN */
-  testcase( rc );
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
-
-/*
-** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
-** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
-**
-** The value returned will never be negative.  Nor will it ever be greater
-** than the actual length of the string.  For very long strings (greater
-** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
-  const char *z2 = z;
-  if( z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
-  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
-** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
-**
-** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
-** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
-** format characters are allowed:
-**
-**      %s      Insert a string
-**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
-**      %d      Insert an integer
-**      %T      Insert a token
-**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
-**
-** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
-** encoded in UTF-8.
-**
-** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
-** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
-** to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  db->errCode = err_code;
-  if( zFormat && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){
-    char *z;
-    va_list ap;
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }else if( db->pErr ){
-    sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
-** The following formatting characters are allowed:
-**
-**      %s      Insert a string
-**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
-**      %d      Insert an integer
-**      %T      Insert a token
-**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
-**
-** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
-** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
-** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
-** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
-** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
-** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  char *zMsg;
-  va_list ap;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( db->suppressErr ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg);
-  }else{
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
-    pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg;
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
-** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
-** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
-** is a no-op.
-**
-** The input string must be zero-terminated.  A new zero-terminator
-** is added to the dequoted string.
-**
-** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the
-** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does
-** occur.
-**
-** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
-** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
-** "a-b-c".
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
-  char quote;
-  int i, j;
-  if( z==0 ) return -1;
-  quote = z[0];
-  switch( quote ){
-    case '\'':  break;
-    case '"':   break;
-    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
-    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
-    default:    return -1;
-  }
-  for(i=1, j=0;; i++){
-    assert( z[i] );
-    if( z[i]==quote ){
-      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
-        z[j++] = quote;
-        i++;
-      }else{
-        break;
-      }
-    }else{
-      z[j++] = z[i];
-    }
-  }
-  z[j] = 0;
-  return j;
-}
-
-/* Convenient short-hand */
-#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
-
-/*
-** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
-** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
-**
-** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and
-** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare
-** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
-** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
-** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
-  register unsigned char *a, *b;
-  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
-  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
-  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
-  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
-  register unsigned char *a, *b;
-  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
-  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
-  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
-  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
-}
-
-/*
-** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number.
-** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult.
-**
-** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and
-** uses the encoding enc.  The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.
-**
-** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE
-** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text.  Valid numbers
-** are in one of these formats:
-**
-**    [+-]digits[E[+-]digits]
-**    [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits]
-**    [+-].digits[E[+-]digits]
-**
-** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining
-** validity.
-**
-** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine
-** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result
-** into *pResult.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  int incr;
-  const char *zEnd = z + length;
-  /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */
-  int sign = 1;    /* sign of significand */
-  i64 s = 0;       /* significand */
-  int d = 0;       /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */
-  int esign = 1;   /* sign of exponent */
-  int e = 0;       /* exponent */
-  int eValid = 1;  /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */
-  double result;
-  int nDigits = 0;
-  int nonNum = 0;
-
-  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  *pResult = 0.0;   /* Default return value, in case of an error */
-
-  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    incr = 1;
-  }else{
-    int i;
-    incr = 2;
-    assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
-    for(i=3-enc; i<length && z[i]==0; i+=2){}
-    nonNum = i<length;
-    zEnd = z+i+enc-3;
-    z += (enc&1);
-  }
-
-  /* skip leading spaces */
-  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
-  if( z>=zEnd ) return 0;
-
-  /* get sign of significand */
-  if( *z=='-' ){
-    sign = -1;
-    z+=incr;
-  }else if( *z=='+' ){
-    z+=incr;
-  }
-
-  /* skip leading zeroes */
-  while( z<zEnd && z[0]=='0' ) z+=incr, nDigits++;
-
-  /* copy max significant digits to significand */
-  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
-    s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
-    z+=incr, nDigits++;
-  }
-
-  /* skip non-significant significand digits
-  ** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */
-  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++, d++;
-  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
-
-  /* if decimal point is present */
-  if( *z=='.' ){
-    z+=incr;
-    /* copy digits from after decimal to significand
-    ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */
-    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
-      s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
-      z+=incr, nDigits++, d--;
-    }
-    /* skip non-significant digits */
-    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++;
-  }
-  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
-
-  /* if exponent is present */
-  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
-    z+=incr;
-    eValid = 0;
-    if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
-    /* get sign of exponent */
-    if( *z=='-' ){
-      esign = -1;
-      z+=incr;
-    }else if( *z=='+' ){
-      z+=incr;
-    }
-    /* copy digits to exponent */
-    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
-      e = e<10000 ? (e*10 + (*z - '0')) : 10000;
-      z+=incr;
-      eValid = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* skip trailing spaces */
-  if( nDigits && eValid ){
-    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
-  }
-
-do_atof_calc:
-  /* adjust exponent by d, and update sign */
-  e = (e*esign) + d;
-  if( e<0 ) {
-    esign = -1;
-    e *= -1;
-  } else {
-    esign = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* if 0 significand */
-  if( !s ) {
-    /* In the IEEE 754 standard, zero is signed.
-    ** Add the sign if we've seen at least one digit */
-    result = (sign<0 && nDigits) ? -(double)0 : (double)0;
-  } else {
-    /* attempt to reduce exponent */
-    if( esign>0 ){
-      while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10;
-    }else{
-      while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10;
-    }
-
-    /* adjust the sign of significand */
-    s = sign<0 ? -s : s;
-
-    /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate
-    ** and store in result. */
-    if( e ){
-      LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
-      /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */
-      if( e>307 && e<342 ){
-        while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
-        if( esign<0 ){
-          result = s / scale;
-          result /= 1.0e+308;
-        }else{
-          result = s * scale;
-          result *= 1.0e+308;
-        }
-      }else if( e>=342 ){
-        if( esign<0 ){
-          result = 0.0*s;
-        }else{
-          result = 1e308*1e308*s;  /* Infinity */
-        }
-      }else{
-        /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be 
-        ** represented exactly. */
-        while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
-        while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; }
-        if( esign<0 ){
-          result = s / scale;
-        }else{
-          result = s * scale;
-        }
-      }
-    } else {
-      result = (double)s;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* store the result */
-  *pResult = result;
-
-  /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */
-  return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0;
-#else
-  return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
-** value 2^63:  9223372036854775808.  Return negative, zero, or positive
-** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
-** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters.
-**
-** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference
-** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the
-** last digit.  So, for example,
-**
-**      compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1)
-**
-** will return -8.
-*/
-static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){
-  int c = 0;
-  int i;
-                    /* 012345678901234567 */
-  const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580";
-  for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){
-    c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10;
-  }
-  if( c==0 ){
-    c = zNum[18*incr] - '8';
-    testcase( c==(-1) );
-    testcase( c==0 );
-    testcase( c==(+1) );
-  }
-  return c;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.
-**
-** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement 
-** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0.
-**
-** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2.  This special
-** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a 
-** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be.
-**
-** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not
-** 9223372036854775808  or if zNum contains any non-numeric text,
-** then return 1.
-**
-** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters).
-** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.  The encoding is
-** given by enc.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){
-  int incr;
-  u64 u = 0;
-  int neg = 0; /* assume positive */
-  int i;
-  int c = 0;
-  int nonNum = 0;
-  const char *zStart;
-  const char *zEnd = zNum + length;
-  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    incr = 1;
-  }else{
-    incr = 2;
-    assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
-    for(i=3-enc; i<length && zNum[i]==0; i+=2){}
-    nonNum = i<length;
-    zEnd = zNum+i+enc-3;
-    zNum += (enc&1);
-  }
-  while( zNum<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum+=incr;
-  if( zNum<zEnd ){
-    if( *zNum=='-' ){
-      neg = 1;
-      zNum+=incr;
-    }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
-      zNum+=incr;
-    }
-  }
-  zStart = zNum;
-  while( zNum<zEnd && zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum+=incr; } /* Skip leading zeros. */
-  for(i=0; &zNum[i]<zEnd && (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){
-    u = u*10 + c - '0';
-  }
-  if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){
-    *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64;
-  }else if( neg ){
-    *pNum = -(i64)u;
-  }else{
-    *pNum = (i64)u;
-  }
-  testcase( i==18 );
-  testcase( i==19 );
-  testcase( i==20 );
-  if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]<zEnd) || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19*incr || nonNum ){
-    /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
-    ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */
-    return 1;
-  }else if( i<19*incr ){
-    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
-    assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers.  Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */
-    c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr);
-    if( c<0 ){
-      /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */
-      assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
-      return 0;
-    }else if( c>0 ){
-      /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */
-      return 1;
-    }else{
-      /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808.  Fits if negative.  The
-      ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
-      assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
-      return neg ? 0 : 2;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
-** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
-**
-** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
-** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
-** input number to be zero-terminated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
-  sqlite_int64 v = 0;
-  int i, c;
-  int neg = 0;
-  if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
-    neg = 1;
-    zNum++;
-  }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
-    zNum++;
-  }
-  while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
-  for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
-    v = v*10 + c;
-  }
-
-  /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits:
-  **
-  **             1234567890
-  **     2^31 -> 2147483648
-  */
-  testcase( i==10 );
-  if( i>10 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  testcase( v-neg==2147483647 );
-  if( v-neg>2147483647 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( neg ){
-    v = -v;
-  }
-  *pValue = (int)v;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string.  If the
-** string is not an integer, just return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){
-  int x = 0;
-  if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x);
-  return x;
-}
-
-/*
-** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
-**
-** KEY:
-**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
-**
-**  7 bits - A
-** 14 bits - BA
-** 21 bits - BBA
-** 28 bits - BBBA
-** 35 bits - BBBBA
-** 42 bits - BBBBBA
-** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
-** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
-** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
-*/
-
-/*
-** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
-** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
-** of bytes written is returned.
-**
-** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
-** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
-** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
-** 8 bits and is the last byte.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
-  int i, j, n;
-  u8 buf[10];
-  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
-    p[8] = (u8)v;
-    v >>= 8;
-    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
-      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
-      v >>= 7;
-    }
-    return 9;
-  }    
-  n = 0;
-  do{
-    buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
-    v >>= 7;
-  }while( v!=0 );
-  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
-  assert( n<=9 );
-  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
-    p[i] = buf[j];
-  }
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only
-** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for
-** the common case of small integers.  A MACRO version, putVarint32,
-** is provided which inlines the single-byte case.  All code should use
-** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has
-** already been handled.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
-#ifndef putVarint32
-  if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){
-    p[0] = v;
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
-    p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80);
-    p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f);
-    return 2;
-  }
-  return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);
-}
-
-/*
-** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
-** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
-** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
-**
-** SLOT_2_0     A mask for  (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f
-**
-** SLOT_4_2_0   A mask for  (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0
-*/
-#define SLOT_2_0     0x001fc07f
-#define SLOT_4_2_0   0xf01fc07f
-
-
-/*
-** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
-** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
-  u32 a,b,s;
-
-  a = *p;
-  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    *v = a;
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  b = *p;
-  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= 0x7f;
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    *v = a;
-    return 2;
-  }
-
-  /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */
-  assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
-  assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= SLOT_2_0;
-    b &= 0x7f;
-    b = b<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    *v = a;
-    return 3;
-  }
-
-  /* CSE1 from below */
-  a &= SLOT_2_0;
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    b &= SLOT_2_0;
-    /* moved CSE1 up */
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    *v = a;
-    return 4;
-  }
-
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
-  /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
-  /* moved CSE1 up */
-  /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-  b &= SLOT_2_0;
-  s = a;
-  /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    b = b<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>18;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 5;
-  }
-
-  /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
-  s = s<<7;
-  s |= b;
-  /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
-
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
-    /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    a &= SLOT_2_0;
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>18;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 6;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
-    b &= SLOT_2_0;
-    b = b<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>11;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 7;
-  }
-
-  /* CSE2 from below */
-  a &= SLOT_2_0;
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
-    /* moved CSE2 up */
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>4;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 8;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<15;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */
-
-  /* moved CSE2 up */
-  /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
-  b &= SLOT_2_0;
-  b = b<<8;
-  a |= b;
-
-  s = s<<4;
-  b = p[-4];
-  b &= 0x7f;
-  b = b>>3;
-  s |= b;
-
-  *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-
-  return 9;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
-** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
-**
-** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned
-** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff.
-**
-** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
-** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
-** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
-  u32 a,b;
-
-  /* The 1-byte case.  Overwhelmingly the most common.  Handled inline
-  ** by the getVarin32() macro */
-  a = *p;
-  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
-#ifndef getVarint32
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    /* Values between 0 and 127 */
-    *v = a;
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* The 2-byte case */
-  p++;
-  b = *p;
-  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    /* Values between 128 and 16383 */
-    a &= 0x7f;
-    a = a<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 2;
-  }
-
-  /* The 3-byte case */
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */
-    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    b &= 0x7f;
-    b = b<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 3;
-  }
-
-  /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees.
-  ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint.
-  ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size
-  ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string.
-  **
-  ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases.  The very
-  ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint
-  ** routine.
-  */
-#if 1
-  {
-    u64 v64;
-    u8 n;
-
-    p -= 2;
-    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
-    assert( n>3 && n<=9 );
-    if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){
-      *v = 0xffffffff;
-    }else{
-      *v = (u32)v64;
-    }
-    return n;
-  }
-
-#else
-  /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an
-  ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases.  This code is
-  ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test.
-  */
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */
-    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    a = a<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 4;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    /* Values  between 268435456 and 34359738367 */
-    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
-    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
-    b = b<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 5;
-  }
-
-  /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database
-  ** file.  In that case we are not in any hurry.  Use the (relatively
-  ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the
-  ** value. */
-  {
-    u64 v64;
-    u8 n;
-
-    p -= 4;
-    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
-    assert( n>5 && n<=9 );
-    *v = (u32)v64;
-    return n;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
-** 64-bit integer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
-  int i = 0;
-  do{
-    i++;
-    v >>= 7;
-  }while( v!=0 && ALWAYS(i<9) );
-  return i;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
-  testcase( p[0]&0x80 );
-  return ((unsigned)p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
-  p[0] = (u8)(v>>24);
-  p[1] = (u8)(v>>16);
-  p[2] = (u8)(v>>8);
-  p[3] = (u8)v;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
-** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
-** character:  0..9a..fA..F
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){
-  assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') ||  (h>='a' && h<='f') ||  (h>='A' && h<='F') );
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-  h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-  h += 9*(1&~(h>>4));
-#endif
-  return (u8)(h & 0xf);
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-/*
-** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
-** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
-** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
-** the calling routine.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
-  char *zBlob;
-  int i;
-
-  zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1);
-  n--;
-  if( zBlob ){
-    for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
-      zBlob[i/2] = (sqlite3HexToInt(z[i])<<4) | sqlite3HexToInt(z[i+1]);
-    }
-    zBlob[i/2] = 0;
-  }
-  return zBlob;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
-
-/*
-** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should
-** not have been used.  The "type" of connection pointer is given as the
-** argument.  The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid".
-*/
-static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
-     "API call with %s database connection pointer",
-     zType
-  );
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
-** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
-** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
-** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
-** 1 it means that the db pointer is valid and 0 if it should not be
-** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
-** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
-**
-** sqlite3SafetyCheckOk() requires that the db pointer be valid for
-** use.  sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk() allows a db pointer that failed to
-** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be
-** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
-  u32 magic;
-  if( db==0 ){
-    logBadConnection("NULL");
-    return 0;
-  }
-  magic = db->magic;
-  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
-    if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-      testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-      logBadConnection("unopened");
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
-  u32 magic;
-  magic = db->magic;
-  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
-      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
-      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
-    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-    logBadConnection("invalid");
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against
-** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA.
-** Return 0 on success.  Or if the operation would have resulted in an
-** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
-  i64 iA = *pA;
-  testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 );
-  testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 );
-  if( iB>=0 ){
-    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB );
-    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 );
-    if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1;
-  }else{
-    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 );
-    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 );
-    if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
-  }
-  *pA += iB;
-  return 0; 
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
-  testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 );
-  if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
-    testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 );
-    if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1;
-    *pA -= iB;
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB);
-  }
-}
-#define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32)
-#define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
-  i64 iA = *pA;
-  i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r;
-
-  iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32;
-  iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32;
-  iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32;
-  iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32;
-  if( iA1==0 ){
-    if( iB1==0 ){
-      *pA *= iB;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    r = iA0*iB1;
-  }else if( iB1==0 ){
-    r = iA1*iB0;
-  }else{
-    /* If both iA1 and iB1 are non-zero, overflow will result */
-    return 1;
-  }
-  testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 );
-  testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) );
-  testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 );
-  testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 );
-  if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1;
-  r *= TWOPOWER32;
-  if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1;
-  *pA = r;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible.  Or 
-** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){
-  if( x>=0 ) return x;
-  if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff;
-  return -x;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
-/*
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database
-** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and
-** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than
-** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three
-** characters of the original suffix.
-**
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always
-** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter.
-**
-** Examples:
-**
-**     test.db-journal    =>   test.nal
-**     test.db-wal        =>   test.wal
-**     test.db-shm        =>   test.shm
-**     test.db-mj7f3319fa =>   test.9fa
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2
-  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) )
-#endif
-  {
-    int i, sz;
-    sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-    for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){}
-    if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/* 
-** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values.  This computation is
-** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic
-** value.
-** 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){
-  static const unsigned char x[] = {
-     10, 10,                         /* 0,1 */
-      9, 9,                          /* 2,3 */
-      8, 8,                          /* 4,5 */
-      7, 7, 7,                       /* 6,7,8 */
-      6, 6, 6,                       /* 9,10,11 */
-      5, 5, 5,                       /* 12-14 */
-      4, 4, 4, 4,                    /* 15-18 */
-      3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,              /* 19-24 */
-      2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,           /* 25-31 */
-  };
-  if( a>=b ){
-    if( a>b+49 ) return a;
-    if( a>b+31 ) return a+1;
-    return a+x[a-b];
-  }else{
-    if( b>a+49 ) return b;
-    if( b>a+31 ) return b+1;
-    return b+x[b-a];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an integer into a LogEst.  In other words, compute an
-** approximation for 10*log2(x).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){
-  static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 };
-  LogEst y = 40;
-  if( x<8 ){
-    if( x<2 ) return 0;
-    while( x<8 ){  y -= 10; x <<= 1; }
-  }else{
-    while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; }
-    while( x>15 ){  y += 10; x >>= 1; }
-  }
-  return a[x&7] + y - 10;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Convert a double into a LogEst
-** In other words, compute an approximation for 10*log2(x).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double x){
-  u64 a;
-  LogEst e;
-  assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(a)==8 );
-  if( x<=1 ) return 0;
-  if( x<=2000000000 ) return sqlite3LogEst((u64)x);
-  memcpy(&a, &x, 8);
-  e = (a>>52) - 1022;
-  return e*10;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** Convert a LogEst into an integer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){
-  u64 n;
-  if( x<10 ) return 1;
-  n = x%10;
-  x /= 10;
-  if( n>=5 ) n -= 2;
-  else if( n>=1 ) n -= 1;
-  if( x>=3 ){
-    return x>60 ? (u64)LARGEST_INT64 : (n+8)<<(x-3);
-  }
-  return (n+8)>>(3-x);
-}
-
-/************** End of util.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
-** used in SQLite.
-*/
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-
-/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
-** fields of the Hash structure.
-**
-** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){
-  assert( pNew!=0 );
-  pNew->first = 0;
-  pNew->count = 0;
-  pNew->htsize = 0;
-  pNew->ht = 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
-** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
-** to the empty state.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
-  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  elem = pH->first;
-  pH->first = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = 0;
-  pH->htsize = 0;
-  while( elem ){
-    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
-    sqlite3_free(elem);
-    elem = next_elem;
-  }
-  pH->count = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The hashing function.
-*/
-static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){
-  unsigned int h = 0;
-  assert( nKey>=0 );
-  while( nKey > 0  ){
-    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
-    nKey--;
-  }
-  return h;
-}
-
-
-/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
-** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
-*/
-static void insertElement(
-  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
-  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
-  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
-){
-  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
-  if( pEntry ){
-    pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0;
-    pEntry->count++;
-    pEntry->chain = pNew;
-  }else{
-    pHead = 0;
-  }
-  if( pHead ){
-    pNew->next = pHead;
-    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
-    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
-    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
-    pHead->prev = pNew;
-  }else{
-    pNew->next = pH->first;
-    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
-    pNew->prev = 0;
-    pH->first = pNew;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-**
-** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or
-** if the new size is the same as the prior size.
-** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not.
-*/
-static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
-  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
-  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
-
-#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0
-  if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
-    new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
-  }
-  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0;
-#endif
-
-  /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
-  ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error.  So mark the
-  ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of 
-  ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero()
-  ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will
-  ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which
-  ** may be larger than the requested amount).
-  */
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-
-  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
-  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = new_ht;
-  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
-  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
-  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
-    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size;
-    next_elem = elem->next;
-    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
-** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
-** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
-*/
-static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
-  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
-  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
-  int nKey,           /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */
-  unsigned int h      /* The hash for this key. */
-){
-  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
-  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
-
-  if( pH->ht ){
-    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-    elem = pEntry->chain;
-    count = pEntry->count;
-  }else{
-    elem = pH->first;
-    count = pH->count;
-  }
-  while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){
-    if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
-      return elem;
-    }
-    elem = elem->next;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
-** element and a hash on the element's key.
-*/
-static void removeElementGivenHash(
-  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
-  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
-  unsigned int h    /* Hash value for the element */
-){
-  struct _ht *pEntry;
-  if( elem->prev ){
-    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
-  }else{
-    pH->first = elem->next;
-  }
-  if( elem->next ){
-    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
-  }
-  if( pH->ht ){
-    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-    if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
-      pEntry->chain = elem->next;
-    }
-    pEntry->count--;
-    assert( pEntry->count>=0 );
-  }
-  sqlite3_free( elem );
-  pH->count--;
-  if( pH->count==0 ){
-    assert( pH->first==0 );
-    assert( pH->count==0 );
-    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
-  }
-}
-
-/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
-** found, or NULL if there is no match.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){
-  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
-  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  assert( pKey!=0 );
-  assert( nKey>=0 );
-  if( pH->ht ){
-    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
-  }else{
-    h = 0;
-  }
-  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h);
-  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
-}
-
-/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
-** and the data is "data".
-**
-** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
-** element is created and NULL is returned.
-**
-** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
-** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
-** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
-** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
-**
-** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
-** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
-  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
-  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
-  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  assert( pKey!=0 );
-  assert( nKey>=0 );
-  if( pH->htsize ){
-    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
-  }else{
-    h = 0;
-  }
-  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
-  if( elem ){
-    void *old_data = elem->data;
-    if( data==0 ){
-      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
-    }else{
-      elem->data = data;
-      elem->pKey = pKey;
-      assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
-    }
-    return old_data;
-  }
-  if( data==0 ) return 0;
-  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
-  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
-  new_elem->pKey = pKey;
-  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
-  new_elem->data = data;
-  pH->count++;
-  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
-    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
-      assert( pH->htsize>0 );
-      h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pH->ht ){
-    insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
-  }else{
-    insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
-/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
-/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# define OpHelp(X) "\0" X
-#else
-# define OpHelp(X)
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
- static const char *const azName[] = { "?",
-     /*   1 */ "Function"         OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
-     /*   2 */ "Savepoint"        OpHelp(""),
-     /*   3 */ "AutoCommit"       OpHelp(""),
-     /*   4 */ "Transaction"      OpHelp(""),
-     /*   5 */ "SorterNext"       OpHelp(""),
-     /*   6 */ "PrevIfOpen"       OpHelp(""),
-     /*   7 */ "NextIfOpen"       OpHelp(""),
-     /*   8 */ "Prev"             OpHelp(""),
-     /*   9 */ "Next"             OpHelp(""),
-     /*  10 */ "AggStep"          OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
-     /*  11 */ "Checkpoint"       OpHelp(""),
-     /*  12 */ "JournalMode"      OpHelp(""),
-     /*  13 */ "Vacuum"           OpHelp(""),
-     /*  14 */ "VFilter"          OpHelp("iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'"),
-     /*  15 */ "VUpdate"          OpHelp("data=r[P3@P2]"),
-     /*  16 */ "Goto"             OpHelp(""),
-     /*  17 */ "Gosub"            OpHelp(""),
-     /*  18 */ "Return"           OpHelp(""),
-     /*  19 */ "Not"              OpHelp("r[P2]= !r[P1]"),
-     /*  20 */ "InitCoroutine"    OpHelp(""),
-     /*  21 */ "EndCoroutine"     OpHelp(""),
-     /*  22 */ "Yield"            OpHelp(""),
-     /*  23 */ "HaltIfNull"       OpHelp("if r[P3]=null halt"),
-     /*  24 */ "Halt"             OpHelp(""),
-     /*  25 */ "Integer"          OpHelp("r[P2]=P1"),
-     /*  26 */ "Int64"            OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
-     /*  27 */ "String"           OpHelp("r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)"),
-     /*  28 */ "Null"             OpHelp("r[P2..P3]=NULL"),
-     /*  29 */ "SoftNull"         OpHelp("r[P1]=NULL"),
-     /*  30 */ "Blob"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)"),
-     /*  31 */ "Variable"         OpHelp("r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)"),
-     /*  32 */ "Move"             OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"),
-     /*  33 */ "Copy"             OpHelp("r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]"),
-     /*  34 */ "SCopy"            OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"),
-     /*  35 */ "ResultRow"        OpHelp("output=r[P1@P2]"),
-     /*  36 */ "CollSeq"          OpHelp(""),
-     /*  37 */ "AddImm"           OpHelp("r[P1]=r[P1]+P2"),
-     /*  38 */ "MustBeInt"        OpHelp(""),
-     /*  39 */ "RealAffinity"     OpHelp(""),
-     /*  40 */ "Permutation"      OpHelp(""),
-     /*  41 */ "Compare"          OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"),
-     /*  42 */ "Jump"             OpHelp(""),
-     /*  43 */ "Once"             OpHelp(""),
-     /*  44 */ "If"               OpHelp(""),
-     /*  45 */ "IfNot"            OpHelp(""),
-     /*  46 */ "Column"           OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
-     /*  47 */ "Affinity"         OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
-     /*  48 */ "MakeRecord"       OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
-     /*  49 */ "Count"            OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
-     /*  50 */ "ReadCookie"       OpHelp(""),
-     /*  51 */ "SetCookie"        OpHelp(""),
-     /*  52 */ "OpenRead"         OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
-     /*  53 */ "OpenWrite"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
-     /*  54 */ "OpenAutoindex"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
-     /*  55 */ "OpenEphemeral"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
-     /*  56 */ "SorterOpen"       OpHelp(""),
-     /*  57 */ "OpenPseudo"       OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
-     /*  58 */ "Close"            OpHelp(""),
-     /*  59 */ "SeekLT"           OpHelp(""),
-     /*  60 */ "SeekLE"           OpHelp(""),
-     /*  61 */ "SeekGE"           OpHelp(""),
-     /*  62 */ "SeekGT"           OpHelp(""),
-     /*  63 */ "Seek"             OpHelp("intkey=r[P2]"),
-     /*  64 */ "NoConflict"       OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
-     /*  65 */ "NotFound"         OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
-     /*  66 */ "Found"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
-     /*  67 */ "NotExists"        OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"),
-     /*  68 */ "Sequence"         OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
-     /*  69 */ "NewRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
-     /*  70 */ "Insert"           OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
-     /*  71 */ "Or"               OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"),
-     /*  72 */ "And"              OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"),
-     /*  73 */ "InsertInt"        OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
-     /*  74 */ "Delete"           OpHelp(""),
-     /*  75 */ "ResetCount"       OpHelp(""),
-     /*  76 */ "IsNull"           OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"),
-     /*  77 */ "NotNull"          OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"),
-     /*  78 */ "Ne"               OpHelp("if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2"),
-     /*  79 */ "Eq"               OpHelp("if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2"),
-     /*  80 */ "Gt"               OpHelp("if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2"),
-     /*  81 */ "Le"               OpHelp("if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2"),
-     /*  82 */ "Lt"               OpHelp("if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2"),
-     /*  83 */ "Ge"               OpHelp("if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2"),
-     /*  84 */ "SorterCompare"    OpHelp("if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
-     /*  85 */ "BitAnd"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"),
-     /*  86 */ "BitOr"            OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"),
-     /*  87 */ "ShiftLeft"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]"),
-     /*  88 */ "ShiftRight"       OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]"),
-     /*  89 */ "Add"              OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"),
-     /*  90 */ "Subtract"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"),
-     /*  91 */ "Multiply"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"),
-     /*  92 */ "Divide"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"),
-     /*  93 */ "Remainder"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"),
-     /*  94 */ "Concat"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"),
-     /*  95 */ "SorterData"       OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
-     /*  96 */ "BitNot"           OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"),
-     /*  97 */ "String8"          OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),
-     /*  98 */ "RowKey"           OpHelp("r[P2]=key"),
-     /*  99 */ "RowData"          OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
-     /* 100 */ "Rowid"            OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
-     /* 101 */ "NullRow"          OpHelp(""),
-     /* 102 */ "Last"             OpHelp(""),
-     /* 103 */ "SorterSort"       OpHelp(""),
-     /* 104 */ "Sort"             OpHelp(""),
-     /* 105 */ "Rewind"           OpHelp(""),
-     /* 106 */ "SorterInsert"     OpHelp(""),
-     /* 107 */ "IdxInsert"        OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
-     /* 108 */ "IdxDelete"        OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
-     /* 109 */ "IdxRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
-     /* 110 */ "IdxLE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
-     /* 111 */ "IdxGT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
-     /* 112 */ "IdxLT"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
-     /* 113 */ "IdxGE"            OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"),
-     /* 114 */ "Destroy"          OpHelp(""),
-     /* 115 */ "Clear"            OpHelp(""),
-     /* 116 */ "ResetSorter"      OpHelp(""),
-     /* 117 */ "CreateIndex"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
-     /* 118 */ "CreateTable"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"),
-     /* 119 */ "ParseSchema"      OpHelp(""),
-     /* 120 */ "LoadAnalysis"     OpHelp(""),
-     /* 121 */ "DropTable"        OpHelp(""),
-     /* 122 */ "DropIndex"        OpHelp(""),
-     /* 123 */ "DropTrigger"      OpHelp(""),
-     /* 124 */ "IntegrityCk"      OpHelp(""),
-     /* 125 */ "RowSetAdd"        OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
-     /* 126 */ "RowSetRead"       OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"),
-     /* 127 */ "RowSetTest"       OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"),
-     /* 128 */ "Program"          OpHelp(""),
-     /* 129 */ "Param"            OpHelp(""),
-     /* 130 */ "FkCounter"        OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
-     /* 131 */ "FkIfZero"         OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"),
-     /* 132 */ "MemMax"           OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
-     /* 133 */ "Real"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
-     /* 134 */ "IfPos"            OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 goto P2"),
-     /* 135 */ "IfNeg"            OpHelp("if r[P1]<0 goto P2"),
-     /* 136 */ "IfZero"           OpHelp("r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2"),
-     /* 137 */ "AggFinal"         OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
-     /* 138 */ "IncrVacuum"       OpHelp(""),
-     /* 139 */ "Expire"           OpHelp(""),
-     /* 140 */ "TableLock"        OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
-     /* 141 */ "VBegin"           OpHelp(""),
-     /* 142 */ "VCreate"          OpHelp(""),
-     /* 143 */ "ToText"           OpHelp(""),
-     /* 144 */ "ToBlob"           OpHelp(""),
-     /* 145 */ "ToNumeric"        OpHelp(""),
-     /* 146 */ "ToInt"            OpHelp(""),
-     /* 147 */ "ToReal"           OpHelp(""),
-     /* 148 */ "VDestroy"         OpHelp(""),
-     /* 149 */ "VOpen"            OpHelp(""),
-     /* 150 */ "VColumn"          OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
-     /* 151 */ "VNext"            OpHelp(""),
-     /* 152 */ "VRename"          OpHelp(""),
-     /* 153 */ "Pagecount"        OpHelp(""),
-     /* 154 */ "MaxPgcnt"         OpHelp(""),
-     /* 155 */ "Init"             OpHelp("Start at P2"),
-     /* 156 */ "Noop"             OpHelp(""),
-     /* 157 */ "Explain"          OpHelp(""),
-  };
-  return azName[i];
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems
-** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others.
-**
-** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file.
-** The differences are in the way that file locking is done.  The default
-** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks.  Alternative implementations
-** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply
-** skip locking all together.
-**
-** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various
-** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division.  PLEASE
-** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT.  New code should be placed
-** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled.
-**
-** The layout of divisions is as follows:
-**
-**   *  General-purpose declarations and utility functions.
-**   *  Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks.
-**   *  Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking):
-**      + for Posix Advisory Locks
-**      + for no-op locks
-**      + for dot-file locks
-**      + for flock() locking
-**      + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only)
-**      + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only)
-**   *  sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
-**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
-**      methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
-**   *  sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
-**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
-**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
-**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
-
-/*
-** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
-** control:
-**
-**   1. POSIX locking (the default),
-**   2. No locking,
-**   3. Dot-file locking,
-**   4. flock() locking,
-**   5. AFP locking (OSX only),
-**   6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only),
-**   7. proxy locking. (OSX only)
-**
-** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-** is defined to 1.  The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
-** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
-** where the database is located.  
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
-#  if defined(__APPLE__)
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on 
-** vxworks, or 0 otherwise.
-*/
-#ifndef OS_VXWORKS
-#  if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
-#    define OS_VXWORKS 1
-#  else
-#    define OS_VXWORKS 0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** standard include files.
-*/
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-/* #include <time.h> */
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#endif
-
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-# include <sys/ioctl.h>
-# if OS_VXWORKS
-#  include <semaphore.h>
-#  include <limits.h>
-# else
-#  include <sys/file.h>
-#  include <sys/param.h>
-# endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS)
-# include <sys/mount.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
-# include <utime.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS     0x1
-
-/*
-** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
-** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-/* # include <pthread.h> */
-# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Default permissions when creating a new file
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum supported path-length.
-*/
-#define MAX_PATHNAME 512
-
-/*
-** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
-** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
-*/
-#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
-
-/* Forward references */
-typedef struct unixShm unixShm;               /* Connection shared memory */
-typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode;       /* Shared memory instance */
-typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo;   /* An i-node */
-typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd;     /* An unused file descriptor */
-
-/*
-** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor
-** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following
-** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an
-** opportunity to either close or reuse it.
-*/
-struct UnixUnusedFd {
-  int fd;                   /* File descriptor to close */
-  int flags;                /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */
-  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;      /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */
-};
-
-/*
-** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
-** VFS implementations.
-*/
-typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
-struct unixFile {
-  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;                  /* The VFS that created this unixFile */
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;              /* Info about locks on this inode */
-  int h;                              /* The file descriptor */
-  unsigned char eFileLock;            /* The type of lock held on this fd */
-  unsigned short int ctrlFlags;       /* Behavioral bits.  UNIXFILE_* flags */
-  int lastErrno;                      /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
-  void *lockingContext;               /* Locking style specific state */
-  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;              /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
-  const char *zPath;                  /* Name of the file */
-  unixShm *pShm;                      /* Shared memory segment information */
-  int szChunk;                        /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  int nFetchOut;                      /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSize;             /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual;       /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax;          /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
-  void *pMapRegion;                   /* Memory mapped region */
-#endif
-#ifdef __QNXNTO__
-  int sectorSize;                     /* Device sector size */
-  int deviceCharacteristics;          /* Precomputed device characteristics */
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  int openFlags;                      /* The flags specified at open() */
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
-  unsigned fsFlags;                   /* cached details from statfs() */
-#endif
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  struct vxworksFileId *pId;          /* Unique file ID */
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
-  ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
-  ** whenever any part of the database changes.  An assertion fault will
-  ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
-  ** counter.  This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
-  ** one described by ticket #3584. 
-  */
-  unsigned char transCntrChng;   /* True if the transaction counter changed */
-  unsigned char dbUpdate;        /* True if any part of database file changed */
-  unsigned char inNormalWrite;   /* True if in a normal write operation */
-
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
-  ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
-  */
-  char aPadding[32];
-#endif
-};
-
-/* This variable holds the process id (pid) from when the xRandomness()
-** method was called.  If xOpen() is called from a different process id,
-** indicating that a fork() has occurred, the PRNG will be reset.
-*/
-static int randomnessPid = 0;
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask:
-*/
-#define UNIXFILE_EXCL        0x01     /* Connections from one process only */
-#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY      0x02     /* Connection is read only */
-#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04     /* Persistent WAL mode */
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
-# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x08     /* Directory sync needed */
-#else
-# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x00
-#endif
-#define UNIXFILE_PSOW        0x10     /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
-#define UNIXFILE_DELETE      0x20     /* Delete on close */
-#define UNIXFILE_URI         0x40     /* Filename might have query parameters */
-#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK      0x80     /* Do no file locking */
-#define UNIXFILE_WARNED    0x0100     /* verifyDbFile() warnings have been issued */
-
-/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
-/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
-** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
-** files.
-**
-** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
-** general purpose header file.
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
-#define _OS_COMMON_H_
-
-/*
-** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
-** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
-** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
-*/
-#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
-# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
-#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
-# endif
-  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
-# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-#else
-# define OSTRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
-** on i486 hardware.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-
-/* 
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
-
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
-*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
-      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
-
-  #if defined(__GNUC__)
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     unsigned int lo, hi;
-     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
-     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
-  }
-
-  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     __asm {
-        rdtsc
-        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
-     }
-  }
-
-  #endif
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long val;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
-      return val;
-  }
- 
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long long retval;
-      unsigned long junk;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
-          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
-                  mftb    %L0\n\
-                  mftbu   %0\n\
-                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
-                  bne     1b"
-                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
-      return retval;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
-  /*
-  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
-  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
-  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
-  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
-  ** least compile and run.
-  */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
-
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
-
-static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
-static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
-#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
-#else
-#define TIMER_START
-#define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
-** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
-** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
-  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
-       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
-              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
-static void local_ioerr(){
-  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
-  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
-  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
-}
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
-   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
-     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
-       local_ioerr(); \
-       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
-       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
-       CODE; \
-     }else{ \
-       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
-     } \
-   }
-#else
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(A)
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
-#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
-#else
-#define OpenCounter(X)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
-
-/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/
-
-/*
-** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
-*/
-#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
-# define O_LARGEFILE 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-# undef O_LARGEFILE
-# define O_LARGEFILE 0
-#endif
-#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
-# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
-#endif
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0.  Used for
-** testing and debugging only.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-#define threadid pthread_self()
-#else
-#define threadid 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** HAVE_MREMAP defaults to true on Linux and false everywhere else.
-*/
-#if !defined(HAVE_MREMAP)
-# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-#  define HAVE_MREMAP 1
-# else
-#  define HAVE_MREMAP 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways.  Same use
-** open(const char*,int,mode_t).  Others use open(const char*,int,...).
-** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
-**
-** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
-** which always has the same well-defined interface.
-*/
-static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
-  return open(zFile, flags, mode);
-}
-
-/*
-** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security
-** log if they come from non-root processes.  So avoid calling fchown() if
-** we are not running as root.
-*/
-static int posixFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){
-  return geteuid() ? 0 : fchown(fd,uid,gid);
-}
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static int openDirectory(const char*, int*);
-static int unixGetpagesize(void);
-
-/*
-** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
-** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
-** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
-** to all overrideable system calls.
-*/
-static struct unix_syscall {
-  const char *zName;            /* Name of the system call */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
-} aSyscall[] = {
-  { "open",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen,  0  },
-#define osOpen      ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
-
-  { "close",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close,      0  },
-#define osClose     ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
-
-  { "access",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access,     0  },
-#define osAccess    ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
-
-  { "getcwd",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd,     0  },
-#define osGetcwd    ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
-
-  { "stat",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat,       0  },
-#define osStat      ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
-
-/*
-** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
-** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
-** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
-** DJGPP.  But it is DOS - what did you expect?
-*/
-#ifdef __DJGPP__
-  { "fstat",        0,                 0  },
-#define osFstat(a,b,c)    0
-#else     
-  { "fstat",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat,      0  },
-#define osFstat     ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
-  { "ftruncate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate,  0  },
-#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
-
-  { "fcntl",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl,      0  },
-#define osFcntl     ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
-
-  { "read",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read,       0  },
-#define osRead      ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread,      0  },
-#else
-  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
-#endif
-#define osPread     ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
-  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64,    0  },
-#else
-  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
-#endif
-#define osPread64   ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
-
-  { "write",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write,      0  },
-#define osWrite     ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite,     0  },
-#else
-  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
-#endif
-#define osPwrite    ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
-                    aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
-  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64,   0  },
-#else
-  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
-#endif
-#define osPwrite64  ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
-                    aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
-
-  { "fchmod",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod,     0  },
-#define osFchmod    ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
-  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate,  0 },
-#else
-  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,                0 },
-#endif
-#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
-
-  { "unlink",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink,           0 },
-#define osUnlink    ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
-
-  { "openDirectory",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory,      0 },
-#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
-
-  { "mkdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir,           0 },
-#define osMkdir     ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
-
-  { "rmdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir,           0 },
-#define osRmdir     ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
-
-  { "fchown",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixFchown,     0 },
-#define osFchown    ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  { "mmap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap,     0 },
-#define osMmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
-
-  { "munmap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)munmap,          0 },
-#define osMunmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)
-
-#if HAVE_MREMAP
-  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap,          0 },
-#else
-  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
-#endif
-#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
-  { "getpagesize",  (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 },
-#define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)
-
-}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
-
-/*
-** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
-** "unix" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
-** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
-** system call named zName.
-*/
-static int unixSetSystemCall(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
-  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
-){
-  unsigned int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
-  if( zName==0 ){
-    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
-    ** settings and return NULL
-    */
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
-        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
-    ** specified.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
-        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
-          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
-        }
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
-        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
-** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
-** is currently undefined.
-*/
-static sqlite3_syscall_ptr unixGetSystemCall(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
-  const char *zName
-){
-  unsigned int i;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
-** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
-** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
-** system call.
-*/
-static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
-  int i = -1;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-  if( zName ){
-    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
-      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
-    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid
-** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for 
-** standard input, output, and error.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR
-# define SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR 3
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Invoke open().  Do so multiple times, until it either succeeds or
-** fails for some reason other than EINTR.
-**
-** If the file creation mode "m" is 0 then set it to the default for
-** SQLite.  The default is SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS (normally
-** 0644) as modified by the system umask.  If m is not 0, then
-** make the file creation mode be exactly m ignoring the umask.
-**
-** The m parameter will be non-zero only when creating -wal, -journal,
-** and -shm files.  We want those files to have *exactly* the same
-** permissions as their original database, unadulterated by the umask.
-** In that way, if a database file is -rw-rw-rw or -rw-rw-r-, and a
-** transaction crashes and leaves behind hot journals, then any
-** process that is able to write to the database will also be able to
-** recover the hot journals.
-*/
-static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){
-  int fd;
-  mode_t m2 = m ? m : SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS;
-  while(1){
-#if defined(O_CLOEXEC)
-    fd = osOpen(z,f|O_CLOEXEC,m2);
-#else
-    fd = osOpen(z,f,m2);
-#endif
-    if( fd<0 ){
-      if( errno==EINTR ) continue;
-      break;
-    }
-    if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break;
-    osClose(fd);
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, 
-                "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd);
-    fd = -1;
-    if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break;
-  }
-  if( fd>=0 ){
-    if( m!=0 ){
-      struct stat statbuf;
-      if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 
-       && statbuf.st_size==0
-       && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m 
-      ){
-        osFchmod(fd, m);
-      }
-    }
-#if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0)
-    osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
-  }
-  return fd;
-}
-
-/*
-** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
-** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
-** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be 
-** shared by multiple threads.
-**
-** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
-** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
-** statements. e.g.
-**
-**   unixEnterMutex()
-**     assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-**   unixEnterLeave()
-*/
-static void unixEnterMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
-  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
-** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
-** integer lock-type.
-*/
-static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){
-  switch( eFileLock ){
-    case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
-    case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
-    case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
-    case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
-    case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
-  }
-  return "ERROR";
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-/*
-** Print out information about all locking operations.
-**
-** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
-** platforms.  Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-** command-line option on the compiler.  This code is normally
-** turned off.
-*/
-static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
-  char *zOpName, *zType;
-  int s;
-  int savedErrno;
-  if( op==F_GETLK ){
-    zOpName = "GETLK";
-  }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
-    zOpName = "SETLK";
-  }else{
-    s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
-    return s;
-  }
-  if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
-    zType = "RDLCK";
-  }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
-    zType = "WRLCK";
-  }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
-    zType = "UNLCK";
-  }else{
-    assert( 0 );
-  }
-  assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
-  s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
-  savedErrno = errno;
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
-     threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
-     (int)p->l_pid, s);
-  if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
-    struct flock l2;
-    l2 = *p;
-    osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
-    if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
-      zType = "RDLCK";
-    }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
-      zType = "WRLCK";
-    }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
-      zType = "UNLCK";
-    }else{
-      assert( 0 );
-    }
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
-       zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
-  }
-  errno = savedErrno;
-  return s;
-}
-#undef osFcntl
-#define osFcntl lockTrace
-#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
-
-/*
-** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
-*/
-static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
-  int rc;
-  do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
-** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
-** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
-** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into 
-** SQLITE_IOERR
-** 
-** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
-** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
-*/
-static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
-  switch (posixError) {
-#if 0
-  /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch
-  ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after
-  ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with
-  ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed,
-  ** errno should be non-zero.
-  **
-  ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return
-  ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be
-  ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0
-  ** will be handled by the "default:" case below.
-  */
-  case 0: 
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
-  case EAGAIN:
-  case ETIMEDOUT:
-  case EBUSY:
-  case EINTR:
-  case ENOLCK:  
-    /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support 
-     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    
-  case EACCES: 
-    /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/
-    if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || 
-        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || 
-        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
-        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-    /* else fall through */
-  case EPERM: 
-    return SQLITE_PERM;
-    
-  /* EDEADLK is only possible if a call to fcntl(F_SETLKW) is made. And
-  ** this module never makes such a call. And the code in SQLite itself 
-  ** asserts that SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED is never returned. For these reasons
-  ** this case is also commented out. If the system does set errno to EDEADLK,
-  ** the default SQLITE_IOERR_XXX code will be returned. */
-#if 0
-  case EDEADLK:
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
-#endif
-    
-#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
-  case EOPNOTSUPP: 
-    /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support 
-     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
-#endif
-#ifdef ENOTSUP
-  case ENOTSUP: 
-    /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which 
-     * it actually means what it says */
-#endif
-  case EIO:
-  case EBADF:
-  case EINVAL:
-  case ENOTCONN:
-  case ENODEV:
-  case ENXIO:
-  case ENOENT:
-#ifdef ESTALE                     /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */
-  case ESTALE:
-#endif
-  case ENOSYS:
-    /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
-    
-  default: 
-    return sqliteIOErr;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/******************************************************************************
-****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ***************
-**
-** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating
-** the device number and the inode number.  But this does not work on VxWorks.
-** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename.
-**
-** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
-** unique file ID in VxWorks.  Each instance of this structure contains
-** a copy of the canonical filename.  There is also a reference count.  
-** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
-** zero.
-**
-** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not
-** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these
-** structures on a linked list.
-*/
-struct vxworksFileId {
-  struct vxworksFileId *pNext;  /* Next in a list of them all */
-  int nRef;                     /* Number of references to this one */
-  int nName;                    /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */
-  char *zCanonicalName;         /* Canonical filename */
-};
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-/* 
-** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
-** variable:
-*/
-static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0;
-
-/*
-** Simplify a filename into its canonical form
-** by making the following changes:
-**
-**  * removing any trailing and duplicate /
-**  * convert /./ into just /
-**  * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just /
-**
-** Changes are made in-place.  Return the new name length.
-**
-** The original filename is in z[0..n-1].  Return the number of
-** characters in the simplified name.
-*/
-static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){
-  int i, j;
-  while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; }
-  for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
-    if( z[i]=='/' ){
-      if( z[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
-      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+2<n && z[i+2]=='/' ){
-        i += 1;
-        continue;
-      }
-      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+3<n && z[i+2]=='.' && z[i+3]=='/' ){
-        while( j>0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
-        if( j>0 ){ j--; }
-        i += 2;
-        continue;
-      }
-    }
-    z[j++] = z[i];
-  }
-  z[j] = 0;
-  return j;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname.  Return
-** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object.  This pointer is the unique
-** file ID.
-**
-** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before
-** the object is returned.  A new vxworksFileId object is created
-** and added to the global list if necessary.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL.
-*/
-static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){
-  struct vxworksFileId *pNew;         /* search key and new file ID */
-  struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate;   /* For looping over existing file IDs */
-  int n;                              /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */
-
-  assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' );
-  n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName);
-  pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1];
-  memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1);
-  n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n);
-
-  /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name.
-  ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to
-  ** the existing file ID.
-  */
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
-    if( pCandidate->nName==n 
-     && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
-    ){
-       sqlite3_free(pNew);
-       pCandidate->nRef++;
-       unixLeaveMutex();
-       return pCandidate;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* No match was found.  We will make a new file ID */
-  pNew->nRef = 1;
-  pNew->nName = n;
-  pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList;
-  vxworksFileList = pNew;
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object.  Free
-** the object when the reference count reaches zero.
-*/
-static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  assert( pId->nRef>0 );
-  pId->nRef--;
-  if( pId->nRef==0 ){
-    struct vxworksFileId **pp;
-    for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){}
-    assert( *pp==pId );
-    *pp = pId->pNext;
-    sqlite3_free(pId);
-  }
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-}
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
-/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ****************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-
-/******************************************************************************
-*************************** Posix Advisory Locking ****************************
-**
-** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design.  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
-** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
-** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
-** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
-** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
-** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
-**
-**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
-**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
-**
-** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
-** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
-** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
-** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
-** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
-** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
-** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
-** file descriptors opened on different file names.
-**
-** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access
-** among competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
-** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
-** threads within the same process.
-**
-** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
-** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
-** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
-** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
-** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
-** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
-** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
-** inode.
-**
-** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks.
-** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on
-** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.)
-**
-** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
-** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
-** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
-** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
-** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
-** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
-** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
-** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
-** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
-** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
-**
-** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
-** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
-** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
-** a locked and an unlocked state.
-**
-** But wait:  there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks.
-**
-** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
-** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
-** released.  To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object
-** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode.
-** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
-** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
-** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
-** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
-** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
-** clears.
-**
-** Yet another problem:  LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks.
-**
-** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is
-** not posix compliant.  Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread
-** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B.
-** Only thread A can modify the lock.  Locking behavior is correct
-** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL)
-** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks
-** in thread B.  But there is no way to know at compile-time which
-** threading library is being used.  So there is no way to know at
-** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
-** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
-** current process.
-**
-** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads.  But support for LinuxThreads
-** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0.  SQLite will still work with
-** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection 
-** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
-** do not move across threads.
-*/
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object.
-*/
-struct unixFileId {
-  dev_t dev;                  /* Device number */
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  struct vxworksFileId *pId;  /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */
-#else
-  ino_t ino;                  /* Inode number */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
-** inode.  Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for
-** each inode opened by each thread.
-**
-** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
-** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
-** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
-*/
-struct unixInodeInfo {
-  struct unixFileId fileId;       /* The lookup key */
-  int nShared;                    /* Number of SHARED locks held */
-  unsigned char eFileLock;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
-  unsigned char bProcessLock;     /* An exclusive process lock is held */
-  int nRef;                       /* Number of pointers to this structure */
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* Shared memory associated with this inode */
-  int nLock;                      /* Number of outstanding file locks */
-  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;          /* Unused file descriptors to close */
-  unixInodeInfo *pNext;           /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */
-  unixInodeInfo *pPrev;           /*    .... doubly linked */
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  unsigned long long sharedByte;  /* for AFP simulated shared lock */
-#endif
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  sem_t *pSem;                    /* Named POSIX semaphore */
-  char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2];  /* Name of that semaphore */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects.
-*/
-static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0;
-
-/*
-**
-** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro
-** unixLogError().
-**
-** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been
-** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
-** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or
-** strerror_r().
-**
-** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
-** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
-** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
-** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path,
-** if any.
-*/
-#define unixLogError(a,b,c)     unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__)
-static int unixLogErrorAtLine(
-  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
-  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
-  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
-  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
-){
-  char *zErr;                     /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */
-  int iErrno = errno;             /* Saved syscall error number */
-
-  /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
-  ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
-  ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
-  */ 
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
-  char aErr[80];
-  memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
-  zErr = aErr;
-
-  /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
-  ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that
-  ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer 
-  ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. 
-  ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of 
-  ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
-  **
-  ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
-  ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
-  ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available 
-  ** could lead to a segfault though.
-  */
-#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
-  zErr = 
-# endif
-  strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);
-
-#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */
-  zErr = "";
-#else
-  /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */
-  zErr = strerror(iErrno);
-#endif
-
-  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
-  sqlite3_log(errcode,
-      "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
-      iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr
-  );
-
-  return errcode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file descriptor.
-**
-** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a
-** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail.
-** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the
-** error.
-**
-** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the
-** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread.
-** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR.  Just log the error
-** and move on.
-*/
-static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){
-  if( osClose(h) ){
-    unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close",
-                       pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
-*/ 
-static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  UnixUnusedFd *p;
-  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
-  for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
-    pNext = p->pNext;
-    robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-  pInode->pUnused = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo().
-**
-** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
-** when this function is called.
-*/
-static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-  if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){
-    pInode->nRef--;
-    if( pInode->nRef==0 ){
-      assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 );
-      closePendingFds(pFile);
-      if( pInode->pPrev ){
-        assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode );
-        pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext;
-      }else{
-        assert( inodeList==pInode );
-        inodeList = pInode->pNext;
-      }
-      if( pInode->pNext ){
-        assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode );
-        pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev;
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(pInode);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that
-** describes that file descriptor.  Create a new one if necessary.  The
-** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
-**
-** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
-** when this function is called.
-**
-** Return an appropriate error code.
-*/
-static int findInodeInfo(
-  unixFile *pFile,               /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
-  unixInodeInfo **ppInode        /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */
-){
-  int rc;                        /* System call return code */
-  int fd;                        /* The file descriptor for pFile */
-  struct unixFileId fileId;      /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */
-  struct stat statbuf;           /* Low-level file information */
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0;     /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */
-
-  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-
-  /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
-  ** create a unique name for the file.
-  */
-  fd = pFile->h;
-  rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-#ifdef EOVERFLOW
-    if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
-#endif
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-
-#ifdef __APPLE__
-  /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
-  ** incorrectly for zero-size files.  See ticket #3260.  To work
-  ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
-  ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte
-  ** prior to accessing the inode number.  The one byte written is
-  ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte
-  ** in the header of every SQLite database.  In this way, if there
-  ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
-  ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
-  */
-  if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){
-    do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
-    if( rc!=1 ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-      return SQLITE_IOERR;
-    }
-    rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
-    if( rc!=0 ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-      return SQLITE_IOERR;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
-  fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  fileId.pId = pFile->pId;
-#else
-  fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
-#endif
-  pInode = inodeList;
-  while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
-    pInode = pInode->pNext;
-  }
-  if( pInode==0 ){
-    pInode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInode) );
-    if( pInode==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode));
-    memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId));
-    pInode->nRef = 1;
-    pInode->pNext = inodeList;
-    pInode->pPrev = 0;
-    if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode;
-    inodeList = pInode;
-  }else{
-    pInode->nRef++;
-  }
-  *ppInode = pInode;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened.
-*/
-static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){
-  struct stat buf;
-  return pFile->pInode!=0 &&
-         (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Check a unixFile that is a database.  Verify the following:
-**
-** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file
-** (2) The file is not a symbolic link
-** (3) The file has not been renamed or unlinked
-**
-** Issue sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,...) messages if anything is not right.
-*/
-static void verifyDbFile(unixFile *pFile){
-  struct stat buf;
-  int rc;
-  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_WARNED ){
-    /* One or more of the following warnings have already been issued.  Do not
-    ** repeat them so as not to clutter the error log */
-    return;
-  }
-  rc = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "cannot fstat db file %s", pFile->zPath);
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
-    return;
-  }
-  if( buf.st_nlink==0 && (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE)==0 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file unlinked while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
-    return;
-  }
-  if( buf.st_nlink>1 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "multiple links to file: %s", pFile->zPath);
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
-    return;
-  }
-  if( fileHasMoved(pFile) ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file renamed while open: %s", pFile->zPath);
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED;
-    return;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
-
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
-  */
-#ifndef __DJGPP__
-  if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){
-    struct flock lock;
-    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
-    lock.l_len = 1;
-    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-    if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
-      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-    } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
-      reserved = 1;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile.  The lock is 
-** described by pLock.
-**
-** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
-** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once
-** the first time any lock is attempted.  All subsequent system locking
-** operations become no-ops.  Locking operations still happen internally,
-** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections
-** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the
-** operating system does not participate.
-**
-** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using
-** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl"
-** and is read-only.
-**
-** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call
-** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()).
-*/
-static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){
-  int rc;
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-  assert( pInode!=0 );
-  if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock)
-   && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0)
-  ){
-    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
-      struct flock lock;
-      assert( pInode->nLock==0 );
-      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-      lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-      rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
-      if( rc<0 ) return rc;
-      pInode->bProcessLock = 1;
-      pInode->nLock++;
-    }else{
-      rc = 0;
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
-  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
-  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
-  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
-  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
-  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
-  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
-  **
-  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
-  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
-  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
-  **
-  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
-  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
-  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
-  **
-  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
-  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
-  ** 'reserved byte'. 
-  **
-  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
-  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
-  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
-  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
-  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
-  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
-  ** after a crash.
-  **
-  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
-  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
-  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
-  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
-  ** database. 
-  **
-  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
-  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
-  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
-  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
-  */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
-  struct flock lock;
-  int tErrno = 0;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h,
-      azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
-      azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared , getpid()));
-
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
-    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h,
-            azFileLock(eFileLock)));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct.
-  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
-  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
-  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
-  */
-  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-
-  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
-  */
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  pInode = pFile->pInode;
-
-  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
-  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
-  */
-  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
-          (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
-  ){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    goto end_lock;
-  }
-
-  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
-  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
-  ** return SQLITE_OK.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
-      (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
-    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
-    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
-    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-    pInode->nShared++;
-    pInode->nLock++;
-    goto end_lock;
-  }
-
-
-  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
-  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
-  ** be released.
-  */
-  lock.l_len = 1L;
-  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
-      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
-  ){
-    lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
-    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
-    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
-      tErrno = errno;
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-      }
-      goto end_lock;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
-  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
-    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-    /* Now get the read-lock */
-    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
-      tErrno = errno;
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-    }
-
-    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
-    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
-    lock.l_len = 1L;
-    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* This could happen with a network mount */
-      tErrno = errno;
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
-    }
-
-    if( rc ){
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-      }
-      goto end_lock;
-    }else{
-      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-      pInode->nLock++;
-      pInode->nShared = 1;
-    }
-  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
-    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
-    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else{
-    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
-    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
-    ** already.
-    */
-    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
-    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-
-    assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-    if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){
-      lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
-      lock.l_len = 1L;
-    }else{
-      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-    }
-
-    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
-      tErrno = errno;
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
-  ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock.  The change
-  ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal
-  ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback).
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
-   && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK
-   && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK
-  ){
-    pFile->transCntrChng = 0;
-    pFile->dbUpdate = 0;
-    pFile->inNormalWrite = 1;
-  }
-#endif
-
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
-    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
-  }
-
-end_lock:
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
-      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
-** pUnused list.
-*/
-static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
-  p->pNext = pInode->pUnused;
-  pInode->pUnused = p;
-  pFile->h = -1;
-  pFile->pUnused = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-** 
-** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
-** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
-** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked.  This works 
-** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to 
-** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
-*/
-static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
-  struct flock lock;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
-      pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
-      getpid()));
-
-  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
-    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
-    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
-    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
-    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
-    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
-    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
-    */
-    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
-#endif
-
-    /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
-    ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
-    ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a 
-    ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
-    **  1:   [WWWWW]
-    **  2:   [....W]
-    **  3:   [RRRRW]
-    **  4:   [RRRR.]
-    */
-    if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
-
-#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-      (void)handleNFSUnlock;
-      assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 );
-#endif
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-      if( handleNFSUnlock ){
-        int tErrno;               /* Error code from system call errors */
-        off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
-        
-        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-        lock.l_len = divSize;
-        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
-          tErrno = errno;
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-          }
-          goto end_unlock;
-        }
-        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-        lock.l_len = divSize;
-        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
-          tErrno = errno;
-          rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
-          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-          }
-          goto end_unlock;
-        }
-        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize;
-        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize;
-        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
-          tErrno = errno;
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-          }
-          goto end_unlock;
-        }
-      }else
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-      {
-        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
-          /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
-          ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this 
-          ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
-          ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
-          ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes 
-          ** an assert to fail). */ 
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
-          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-          goto end_unlock;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
-    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
-    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
-      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-      goto end_unlock;
-    }
-  }
-  if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
-    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
-    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
-    ** the lock.
-    */
-    pInode->nShared--;
-    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
-      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
-      if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
-        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-      }else{
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
-    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
-    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
-    */
-    pInode->nLock--;
-    assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
-    if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
-      closePendingFds(pFile);
-    }
-  }
-
-end_unlock:
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || ((unixFile *)id)->nFetchOut==0 );
-#endif
-  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0);
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte);
-static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation 
-** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
-** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
-** structure to 0.
-**
-** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
-** even on VxWorks.  A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
-** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
-*/
-static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  unixUnmapfile(pFile);
-#endif
-  if( pFile->h>=0 ){
-    robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
-    pFile->h = -1;
-  }
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  if( pFile->pId ){
-    if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){
-      osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
-    }
-    vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
-    pFile->pId = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  OSTRACE(("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h));
-  OpenCounter(-1);
-  sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-*/
-static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
-  verifyDbFile(pFile);
-  unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-  unixEnterMutex();
-
-  /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close
-  ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead.
-  */
-  assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
-  if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
-    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
-    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
-    ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list.  It will be automatically closed 
-    ** when the last lock is cleared.
-    */
-    setPendingFd(pFile);
-  }
-  releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
-  rc = closeUnixFile(id);
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation *****************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
-**
-** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
-** simplest:  locking is ignored.  No attempt is made to lock the database
-** file for reading or writing.
-**
-** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
-** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.)  It can
-** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
-** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
-** database connections.  But there is a serious risk of database
-** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
-** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
-** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
-*/
-
-static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  *pResOut = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the file.
-*/
-static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  return closeUnixFile(id);
-}
-
-/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
-**
-** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock
-** files (really a directory) to control access to the database.  This works
-** on just about every filesystem imaginable.  But there are serious downsides:
-**
-**    (1)  There is zero concurrency.  A single reader blocks all other
-**         connections from reading or writing the database.
-**
-**    (2)  An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
-**         sitting around that need to be cleared manually.
-**
-** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no
-** other locking strategy is available.
-**
-** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as
-** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added.
-** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock.  All other
-** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the
-** lock directory.
-*/
-#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-**
-** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not.  So in this
-** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock
-** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked.
-*/
-static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process
-    ** holds a lock on the file.  No need to check further. */
-    reserved = 1;
-  }else{
-    /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */
-    const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext;
-    reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0;
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-**
-** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE.
-** But we track the other locking levels internally.
-*/
-static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-
-  /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists.  All we have
-  ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level.
-  */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
-#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
-    utime(zLockFile, NULL);
-#else
-    utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
-#endif
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* grab an exclusive lock */
-  rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777);
-  if( rc<0 ){
-    /* failed to open/create the lock directory */
-    int tErrno = errno;
-    if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    } else {
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-      }
-    }
-    return rc;
-  } 
-  
-  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
-  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file.
-*/
-static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
-           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
-  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* no-op if possible */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the
-  ** lock state.  No need to mess with the file on disk.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
-  assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
-  rc = osRmdir(zLockFile);
-  if( rc<0 && errno==ENOTDIR ) rc = osUnlink(zLockFile);
-  if( rc<0 ){
-    int tErrno = errno;
-    rc = 0;
-    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-    }
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-    }
-    return rc; 
-  }
-  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.  Make sure the lock has been released before closing.
-*/
-static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( id ){
-    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-    dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
-    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation *******************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-************************** Begin flock Locking ********************************
-**
-** Use the flock() system call to do file locking.
-**
-** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various
-** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into
-** a single exclusive lock.  In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and
-** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock.  SQLite
-** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since
-** only a single process can be reading the database at a time.
-**
-** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if
-** compiling for VXWORKS.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
-
-/*
-** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR
-*/
-#ifdef EINTR
-static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){
-  int rc;
-  do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
-  return rc;
-}
-#else
-# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
-#endif
-     
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-  
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
-  if( !reserved ){
-    /* attempt to get the lock */
-    int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
-    if( !lrc ){
-      /* got the lock, unlock it */
-      lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
-      if ( lrc ) {
-        int tErrno = errno;
-        /* unlock failed with an error */
-        lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
-        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
-          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-          rc = lrc;
-        }
-      }
-    } else {
-      int tErrno = errno;
-      reserved = 1;
-      /* someone else might have it reserved */
-      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
-      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-        rc = lrc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
-  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    reserved=1;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
-** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
-** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
-** access the file.
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-
-  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
-  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
-  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* grab an exclusive lock */
-  
-  if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
-    int tErrno = errno;
-    /* didn't get, must be busy */
-    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-    }
-  } else {
-    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
-           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
-  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
-           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
-  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* no-op if possible */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
-  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* no, really, unlock. */
-  if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-  }else{
-    pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-*/
-static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( id ){
-    flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */
-
-/******************* End of the flock lock implementation *********************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************
-**
-** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks.
-**
-** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only
-** supports EXCLUSIVE locking.  Only a single process can read or write
-** the database file at a time.  This reduces potential concurrency, but
-** makes the lock implementation much easier.
-*/
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-  
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
-  if( !reserved ){
-    sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
-    struct stat statBuf;
-
-    if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
-      int tErrno = errno;
-      if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
-        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-      } else {
-        /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
-        reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK);
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* we could have it if we want it */
-      sem_post(pSem);
-    }
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
-** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
-** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
-** access the file.
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int fd;
-  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
-  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
-  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    goto sem_end_lock;
-  }
-  
-  /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
-  if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    goto sem_end_lock;
-  }
-
-  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
-  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-
- sem_end_lock:
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  assert( pSem );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
-           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
-  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* no-op if possible */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
-  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* no, really unlock. */
-  if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
-    int rc, tErrno = errno;
-    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-    }
-    return rc; 
-  }
-  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- ** Close a file.
- */
-static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  if( id ){
-    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-    semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-    assert( pFile );
-    unixEnterMutex();
-    releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
-    unixLeaveMutex();
-    closeUnixFile(id);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
-/*
-** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
-**
-*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation ****************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-
-/******************************************************************************
-*************************** Begin AFP Locking *********************************
-**
-** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol.  AFP is a network filesystem found
-** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX.
-**
-** Third-party implementations of AFP are available.  But this code here
-** only works on OSX.
-*/
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
-** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
-*/
-typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
-struct afpLockingContext {
-  int reserved;
-  const char *dbPath;             /* Name of the open file */
-};
-
-struct ByteRangeLockPB2
-{
-  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
-  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
-  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
-  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
-  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
-  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
-};
-
-#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL        _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
-
-/*
-** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
-** AFP filesystem.
-** 
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
-*/
-static int afpSetLock(
-  const char *path,              /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */
-  unixFile *pFile,               /* Open file descriptor on path */
-  unsigned long long offset,     /* First byte to be locked */
-  unsigned long long length,     /* Number of bytes to lock */
-  int setLockFlag                /* True to set lock.  False to clear lock */
-){
-  struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
-  int err;
-  
-  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
-  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
-  pb.offset = offset;
-  pb.length = length; 
-  pb.fd = pFile->h;
-  
-  OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", 
-    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
-    offset, length));
-  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
-  if ( err==-1 ) {
-    int rc;
-    int tErrno = errno;
-    OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
-             path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno)));
-#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-#else
-    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
-                    setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
-#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-    }
-    return rc;
-  } else {
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  afpLockingContext *context;
-  
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-  if( context->reserved ){
-    *pResOut = 1;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
-  
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-  
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
-   */
-  if( !reserved ){
-    /* lock the RESERVED byte */
-    int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
-    if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
-      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
-      ** the original state */
-      lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
-    } else {
-      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
-      reserved = 1;
-    }
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
-      rc=lrc;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-  
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
-           azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
-           azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid()));
-
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
-    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h,
-           azFileLock(eFileLock)));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
-  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
-  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
-  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
-  */
-  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
-  */
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  pInode = pFile->pInode;
-
-  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
-  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
-  */
-  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
-       (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
-     ){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    goto afp_end_lock;
-  }
-  
-  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
-  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
-  ** return SQLITE_OK.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
-     (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
-    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
-    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
-    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-    pInode->nShared++;
-    pInode->nLock++;
-    goto afp_end_lock;
-  }
-    
-  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
-  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
-  ** be released.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
-      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
-  ){
-    int failed;
-    failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
-    if (failed) {
-      rc = failed;
-      goto afp_end_lock;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
-  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
-  */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0;
-    long lk, mask;
-    
-    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
-    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
-        
-    mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
-    /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
-    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
-    lk = random(); 
-    pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
-    lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
-          SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
-      lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
-    }
-    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
-    lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
-    
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
-      pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno;
-      rc = lrc1;
-      goto afp_end_lock;
-    } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
-      rc = lrc2;
-      goto afp_end_lock;
-    } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
-      rc = lrc1;
-    } else {
-      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-      pInode->nLock++;
-      pInode->nShared = 1;
-    }
-  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
-    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
-     ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else{
-    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
-    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
-    ** already.
-    */
-    int failed = 0;
-    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
-    if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) {
-        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
-        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
-      if( !failed ){
-        context->reserved = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
-      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
-        
-      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
-      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnlock
-      */
-      if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
-                         pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
-        int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
-        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
-        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
-                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
-        if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
-                       SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
-          /* Can't reestablish the shared lock.  Sqlite can't deal, this is
-          ** a critical I/O error
-          */
-          rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : 
-               SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
-          goto afp_end_lock;
-        } 
-      }else{
-        rc = failed; 
-      }
-    }
-    if( failed ){
-      rc = failed;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
-    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
-  }
-  
-afp_end_lock:
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
-         rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
-  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-  int skipShared = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int h = pFile->h;
-#endif
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
-           pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
-           getpid()));
-
-  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  pInode = pFile->pInode;
-  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
-  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
-    SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-    SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
-    SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-    
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
-    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
-    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
-    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
-    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
-    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
-    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
-    */
-    assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
-           || pFile->dbUpdate==0
-           || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
-    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
-#endif
-    
-    if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
-        /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */
-        int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
-        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
-      } else {
-        skipShared = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
-      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
-    } 
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
-      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
-      if( !rc ){ 
-        context->reserved = 0; 
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
-      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
-
-    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
-    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
-    ** the lock.
-    */
-    unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
-    pInode->nShared--;
-    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-      SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-      if( !skipShared ){
-        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
-      }
-      if( !rc ){
-        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pInode->nLock--;
-      assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
-      if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
-        closePendingFds(pFile);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
-*/
-static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( id ){
-    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-    afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-    unixEnterMutex();
-    if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
-      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
-      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
-      ** descriptor to pInode->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
-      ** the last lock is cleared.
-      */
-      setPendingFd(pFile);
-    }
-    releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
-    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
-    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
-    unixLeaveMutex();
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-/*
-** The code above is the AFP lock implementation.  The code is specific
-** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
-** is available.  If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp"
-** VFS is not available.
-**
-********************* End of the AFP lock implementation **********************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
- ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
- ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
- **
- ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
- ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
- */
-static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
-  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1);
-}
-
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-/*
-** The code above is the NFS lock implementation.  The code is specific
-** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
-** is available.  
-**
-********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
-**
-** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the 
-** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods.  The locking
-** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
-** division).  Those methods that are common to all locking modes
-** are gather together into this division.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
-** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
-**
-** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
-** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
-** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
-** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
-** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
-**
-** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
-** is set before returning.
-*/
-static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
-  int got;
-  int prior = 0;
-#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
-  i64 newOffset;
-#endif
-  TIMER_START;
-  assert( cnt==(cnt&0x1ffff) );
-  assert( id->h>2 );
-  cnt &= 0x1ffff;
-  do{
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
-    got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
-    got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#else
-    newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
-    SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
-    if( newOffset!=offset ){
-      if( newOffset == -1 ){
-        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
-      }else{
-        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;
-      }
-      return -1;
-    }
-    got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
-#endif
-    if( got==cnt ) break;
-    if( got<0 ){
-      if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; }
-      prior = 0;
-      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
-      break;
-    }else if( got>0 ){
-      cnt -= got;
-      offset += got;
-      prior += got;
-      pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf);
-    }
-  }while( got>0 );
-  TIMER_END;
-  OSTRACE(("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n",
-            id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED));
-  return got+prior;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int unixRead(
-  sqlite3_file *id, 
-  void *pBuf, 
-  int amt,
-  sqlite3_int64 offset
-){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
-  int got;
-  assert( id );
-  assert( offset>=0 );
-  assert( amt>0 );
-
-  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
-  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
-#if 0
-  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
-       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
-       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
-  );
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
-  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
-  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
-    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
-      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
-      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
-      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
-      amt -= nCopy;
-      offset += nCopy;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
-  if( got==amt ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( got<0 ){
-    /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-  }else{
-    pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
-    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
-    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to
-** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from
-** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, 
-** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than
-** nBuf).
-*/
-static int seekAndWriteFd(
-  int fd,                         /* File descriptor to write to */
-  i64 iOff,                       /* File offset to begin writing at */
-  const void *pBuf,               /* Copy data from this buffer to the file */
-  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer pBuf in bytes */
-  int *piErrno                    /* OUT: Error number if error occurs */
-){
-  int rc = 0;                     /* Value returned by system call */
-
-  assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) );
-  assert( fd>2 );
-  nBuf &= 0x1ffff;
-  TIMER_START;
-
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
-  do{ rc = osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
-  do{ rc = osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR);
-#else
-  do{
-    i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET);
-    SimulateIOError( iSeek-- );
-
-    if( iSeek!=iOff ){
-      if( piErrno ) *piErrno = (iSeek==-1 ? errno : 0);
-      return -1;
-    }
-    rc = osWrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf);
-  }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
-#endif
-
-  TIMER_END;
-  OSTRACE(("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", fd, rc, iOff, TIMER_ELAPSED));
-
-  if( rc<0 && piErrno ) *piErrno = errno;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
-** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
-**
-** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value
-** is set before returning.
-*/
-static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
-  return seekAndWriteFd(id->h, offset, pBuf, cnt, &id->lastErrno);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
-*/
-static int unixWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *id, 
-  const void *pBuf, 
-  int amt,
-  sqlite3_int64 offset 
-){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int wrote = 0;
-  assert( id );
-  assert( amt>0 );
-
-  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
-  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
-#if 0
-  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
-       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
-       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
-  );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
-  ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
-  ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
-  ** has changed.  If the transaction counter is modified, record that
-  ** fact too.
-  */
-  if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){
-    pFile->dbUpdate = 1;  /* The database has been modified */
-    if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
-      int rc;
-      char oldCntr[4];
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-      rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-      if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
-        pFile->transCntrChng = 1;  /* The transaction counter has changed */
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
-  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
-  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
-    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
-      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset;
-      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
-      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
-      amt -= nCopy;
-      offset += nCopy;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
-    amt -= wrote;
-    offset += wrote;
-    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
-  }
-  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
-  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
-
-  if( amt>0 ){
-    if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){
-      /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-    }else{
-      pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
-      return SQLITE_FULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync().  Some do.
-** Others do no.  To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower)
-** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
-** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync
-*/
-#if !defined(fdatasync)
-# define fdatasync fsync
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
-** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
-** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
-*/
-#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
-#else
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
-** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
-** it work better.
-**
-** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
-** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
-** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
-** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
-**
-** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
-** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
-** to disk, not the inode.  We only set dataOnly if the file size is 
-** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode.  However, 
-** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
-** file size has changed.  The only real difference between fdatasync()
-** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
-** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed.
-** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so
-** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate.
-** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of
-** the value of the dataOnly flag.
-*/
-static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
-  int rc;
-
-  /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
-  ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering 
-  ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
-#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
-#endif
-
-  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
-  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
-  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
-  sqlite3_sync_count++;
-#endif
-
-  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
-  ** no-op
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
-  if( fullSync ){
-    rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
-  }else{
-    rc = 1;
-  }
-  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
-  ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
-  ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
-  ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
-  ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
-  ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
-  ** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
-  */
-  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
-
-#elif defined(__APPLE__)
-  /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly
-  ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
-  */
-  rc = fsync(fd);
-#else 
-  rc = fdatasync(fd);
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
-    rc = fsync(fd);
-  }
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
-#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
-
-  if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
-    rc = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
-** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
-** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
-** value.
-**
-** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to
-** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events
-** are flushed to disk.  Such fsyncs are not needed on newer
-** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems.
-**
-** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface.
-** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the
-** chromium sandbox.  Opening a directory is a security risk (we are
-** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to
-** replace this routine with a harmless no-op.  To make this routine
-** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves
-** *pFd set to a negative number.
-**
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
-** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
-*/
-static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
-  int ii;
-  int fd = -1;
-  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
-  for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
-  if( ii>0 ){
-    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
-    fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
-    if( fd>=0 ){
-      OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
-    }
-  }
-  *pFd = fd;
-  return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname));
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-**
-** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
-** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
-** file data is synced.
-**
-** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
-** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
-** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
-** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
-** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
-** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
-** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
-*/
-static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
-  int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
-
-  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
-  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
-      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
-  );
-
-  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
-  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
-  */
-  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE(("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h));
-  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
-  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
-  if( rc ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
-  }
-
-  /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag
-  ** is set.  This is a one-time occurrence.  Many systems (examples: AIX)
-  ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync.
-  */
-  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){
-    int dirfd;
-    OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath,
-            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync));
-    rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){
-      full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0);
-      robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__);
-    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
-  int rc;
-  assert( pFile );
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
-
-  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
-  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
-  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
-  ** size).
-  */
-  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
-    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
-  }
-
-  rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, (off_t)nByte);
-  if( rc ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
-  }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
-    ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
-    ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length,
-    ** that effectively updates the change counter.  This might happen
-    ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length
-    ** source.
-    */
-    if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){
-      pFile->transCntrChng = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-    /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently
-    ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
-    ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.  
-    */
-    if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
-      pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
-  int rc;
-  struct stat buf;
-  assert( id );
-  rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
-  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-  }
-  *pSize = buf.st_size;
-
-  /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure
-  ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
-  ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem.  In order to avoid problems with upper
-  ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
-  ** really 1.   Ticket #3260.
-  */
-  if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
-
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-/*
-** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs.  Defined below in the
-** proxying locking division.
-*/
-static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
-#endif
-
-/* 
-** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 
-** file-control operation.  Enlarge the database to nBytes in size
-** (rounded up to the next chunk-size).  If the database is already
-** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
-  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
-    i64 nSize;                    /* Required file size */
-    struct stat buf;              /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
-   
-    if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-
-    nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
-    if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){
-
-#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
-      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() 
-      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, 
-      ** or an error number on  failure". See the manpage for details. */
-      int err;
-      do{
-        err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size);
-      }while( err==EINTR );
-      if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-#else
-      /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. First use
-      ** ftruncate() to set the file size, then write a single byte to
-      ** the last byte in each block within the extended region. This
-      ** is the same technique used by glibc to implement posix_fallocate()
-      ** on systems that do not have a real fallocate() system call.
-      */
-      int nBlk = buf.st_blksize;  /* File-system block size */
-      i64 iWrite;                 /* Next offset to write to */
-
-      if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nSize) ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-        return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
-      }
-      iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1;
-      while( iWrite<nSize ){
-        int nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1);
-        if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-        iWrite += nBlk;
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){
-    int rc;
-    if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){
-      if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-        return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
-      }
-    }
-
-    rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte);
-    return rc;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
-** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
-**
-** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
-*/
-static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
-  if( *pArg<0 ){
-    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
-  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
-    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
-  }else{
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
-  }
-}
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf);
-
-/*
-** Information and control of an open file handle.
-*/
-static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
-      *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
-      *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
-      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
-      int rc;
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-      rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg);
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
-      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
-      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
-      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
-      char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname );
-      if( zTFile ){
-        unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile);
-        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
-      }
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: {
-      *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
-      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
-      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
-        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
-      }
-      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
-      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
-        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
-        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
-          unixUnmapfile(pFile);
-          rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1);
-        }
-      }
-      return rc;
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
-    ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
-    ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
-    ** unchanged.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
-      ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
-    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
-      return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
-  }
-  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
-*/
-#ifndef __QNXNTO__ 
-static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX.
-*/
-#ifdef __QNXNTO__
-#include <sys/dcmd_blk.h>
-#include <sys/statvfs.h>
-static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){
-    struct statvfs fsInfo;
-       
-    /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */
-    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
-    if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) {
-      return pFile->sectorSize;
-    }
-
-    if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) {
-      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K |       /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
-                                      ** the write succeeds */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
-                                      ** so it is ordered */
-        0;
-    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){
-      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */
-        (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) |
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
-                                      ** the write succeeds */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
-                                      ** so it is ordered */
-        0;
-    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){
-      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC |         /* All filesystem writes are atomic */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
-                                      ** the write succeeds */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
-                                      ** so it is ordered */
-        0;
-    }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){
-      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
-        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
-                                      ** so it is ordered */
-        0;
-    }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){
-      pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize;
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */
-        ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 |
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL |     /* The ram filesystem has no write behind
-                                      ** so it is ordered */
-        0;
-    }else{
-      pFile->deviceCharacteristics =
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 |      /* blocks are atomic */
-        SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |    /* growing the file does not occur until
-                                      ** the write succeeds */
-        0;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Last chance verification.  If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512
-  ** then it isn't valid.*/
-  if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){
-    pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
-    pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-  }
-  return pFile->sectorSize;
-}
-#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */
-
-/*
-** Return the device characteristics for the file.
-**
-** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
-** However, that choice is contraversial since technically the underlying
-** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
-** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never
-** written might end up being altered.)  However, non-PSOW behavior is very,
-** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
-** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
-**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
-** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
-*/
-static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id;
-  int rc = 0;
-#ifdef __QNXNTO__
-  if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id);
-  rc = p->deviceCharacteristics;
-#endif
-  if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){
-    rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-
-
-/*
-** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.  
-**
-** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
-** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
-** of this unixShmNode object.  In other words, each wal-index is opened
-** only once per process.
-**
-** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object.
-** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean
-** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most
-** open files) would have to carry around this extra information.  So
-** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object
-** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed.
-**
-** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
-** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
-**
-**      nRef
-**
-** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
-** 
-**      fid
-**      zFilename
-**
-** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and
-** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
-** in this structure.
-*/
-struct unixShmNode {
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;     /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
-  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the mmapped file */
-  int h;                     /* Open file descriptor */
-  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
-  u16 nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
-  u8 isReadonly;             /* True if read-only */
-  char **apRegion;           /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */
-  int nRef;                  /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */
-  unixShm *pFirst;           /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  u8 exclMask;               /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
-  u8 sharedMask;             /* Mask of shared locks held */
-  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available unixShm.id value */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
-** open shared memory connection.
-**
-** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
-** are read-only thereafter:
-**
-**    unixShm.pFile
-**    unixShm.id
-**
-** All other fields are read/write.  The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held
-** while accessing any read/write fields.
-*/
-struct unixShm {
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode;     /* The underlying unixShmNode object */
-  unixShm *pNext;            /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */
-  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */
-  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */
-  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
-  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
-};
-
-/*
-** Constants used for locking
-*/
-#define UNIX_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)         /* first lock byte */
-#define UNIX_SHM_DMS    (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
-
-/*
-** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1.
-**
-** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking
-** otherwise.
-*/
-static int unixShmSystemLock(
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
-  int lockType,          /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */
-  int ofst,              /* First byte of the locking range */
-  int n                  /* Number of bytes to lock */
-){
-  struct flock f;       /* The posix advisory locking structure */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Result code form fcntl() */
-
-  /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 );
-
-  /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */
-  assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );
-
-  /* Locks are within range */
-  assert( n>=1 && n<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
-
-  if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
-    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
-    memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
-    f.l_type = lockType;
-    f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-    f.l_start = ofst;
-    f.l_len = n;
-
-    rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f);
-    rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  { u16 mask;
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK "));
-  mask = ofst>31 ? 0xffff : (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
-      OSTRACE(("unlock %d ok", ofst));
-      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
-      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
-    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
-      OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst));
-      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
-      pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask;
-    }else{
-      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
-      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst));
-      pShmNode->exclMask |= mask;
-      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
-    }
-  }else{
-    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
-      OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst));
-    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
-      OSTRACE(("read-lock failed"));
-    }else{
-      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
-      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst));
-    }
-  }
-  OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n",
-           pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask));
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return rc;        
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the system page size.
-**
-** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. 
-** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize().
-*/
-static int unixGetpagesize(void){
-#if defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
-  return getpagesize();
-#else
-  return (int)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the minimum number of 32KB shm regions that should be mapped at
-** a time, assuming that each mapping must be an integer multiple of the
-** current system page-size.
-**
-** Usually, this is 1. The exception seems to be systems that are configured
-** to use 64KB pages - in this case each mapping must cover at least two
-** shm regions.
-*/
-static int unixShmRegionPerMap(void){
-  int shmsz = 32*1024;            /* SHM region size */
-  int pgsz = osGetpagesize();   /* System page size */
-  assert( ((pgsz-1)&pgsz)==0 );   /* Page size must be a power of 2 */
-  if( pgsz<shmsz ) return 1;
-  return pgsz/shmsz;
-}
-
-/*
-** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0.
-**
-** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
-** by VFS shared-memory methods.
-*/
-static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
-  unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode;
-  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
-  if( p && p->nRef==0 ){
-    int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap();
-    int i;
-    assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode );
-    sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
-    for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i+=nShmPerMap){
-      if( p->h>=0 ){
-        osMunmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(p->apRegion);
-    if( p->h>=0 ){
-      robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__);
-      p->h = -1;
-    }
-    p->pInode->pShmNode = 0;
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.  
-** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
-**
-** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
-** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
-** file with the "-shm" suffix added.  For example, if the database file
-** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
-** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".  
-**
-** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
-** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
-** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
-** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
-** database to end up using different files for shared memory - 
-** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
-** in database corruption.  Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
-** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
-** or the equivalent.  The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time
-** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite;  builds of SQLite
-** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the
-** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely
-** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered
-** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release.
-**
-** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
-** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
-** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
-**
-** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS
-** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and
-** that no other processes are able to read or write the database.  In
-** that case, we do not really need shared memory.  No shared memory
-** file is created.  The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory.
-*/
-static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){
-  struct unixShm *p = 0;          /* The connection to be opened */
-  struct unixShmNode *pShmNode;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
-  int rc;                         /* Result code */
-  unixInodeInfo *pInode;          /* The inode of fd */
-  char *zShmFilename;             /* Name of the file used for SHM */
-  int nShmFilename;               /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */
-
-  /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */
-  p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );
-
-  /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing
-  ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary.
-  */
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
-  pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode;
-  if( pShmNode==0 ){
-    struct stat sStat;                 /* fstat() info for database file */
-
-    /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If
-    ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it
-    ** with the same permissions.
-    */
-    if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-      goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
-    nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31;
-#else
-    nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath);
-#endif
-    pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename );
-    if( pShmNode==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-    memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
-    zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
-#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, 
-                     SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
-                     (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
-#else
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
-    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
-#endif
-    pShmNode->h = -1;
-    pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
-    pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
-    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
-    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-
-    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
-      int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
-      if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){
-        openFlags = O_RDONLY;
-        pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
-      }
-      pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777));
-      if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
-        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename);
-        goto shm_open_err;
-      }
-
-      /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file
-      ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database.  Otherwise,
-      ** the original owner will not be able to connect.
-      */
-      osFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid);
-  
-      /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
-      ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. 
-      */
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      if( unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
-        if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){
-          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename);
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
-      }
-      if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */
-  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
-#endif
-  pShmNode->nRef++;
-  pDbFd->pShm = p;
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-
-  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
-  ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
-  ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
-  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
-  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex 
-  ** mutex.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
-  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Jump here on any error */
-shm_open_err:
-  unixShmPurge(pDbFd);       /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
-** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
-** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
-** bytes in size.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
-**
-** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
-** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
-** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
-** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
-** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
-**
-** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
-** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
-** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
-** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
-*/
-static int unixShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
-  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
-  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
-  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
-  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
-){
-  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
-  unixShm *p;
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap();
-  int nReqRegion;
-
-  /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
-  if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){
-    rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  p = pDbFd->pShm;
-  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
-  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
-  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
-  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
-
-  /* Minimum number of regions required to be mapped. */
-  nReqRegion = ((iRegion+nShmPerMap) / nShmPerMap) * nShmPerMap;
-
-  if( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){
-    char **apNew;                      /* New apRegion[] array */
-    int nByte = nReqRegion*szRegion;   /* Minimum required file size */
-    struct stat sStat;                 /* Used by fstat() */
-
-    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
-
-    if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
-      /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
-      ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
-      ** large enough to contain the requested region).
-      */
-      if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
-        goto shmpage_out;
-      }
-  
-      if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
-        /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
-        ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
-        */
-        if( !bExtend ){
-          goto shmpage_out;
-        }
-
-        /* Alternatively, if bExtend is true, extend the file. Do this by
-        ** writing a single byte to the end of each (OS) page being
-        ** allocated or extended. Technically, we need only write to the
-        ** last page in order to extend the file. But writing to all new
-        ** pages forces the OS to allocate them immediately, which reduces
-        ** the chances of SIGBUS while accessing the mapped region later on.
-        */
-        else{
-          static const int pgsz = 4096;
-          int iPg;
-
-          /* Write to the last byte of each newly allocated or extended page */
-          assert( (nByte % pgsz)==0 );
-          for(iPg=(sStat.st_size/pgsz); iPg<(nByte/pgsz); iPg++){
-            if( seekAndWriteFd(pShmNode->h, iPg*pgsz + pgsz-1, "", 1, 0)!=1 ){
-              const char *zFile = pShmNode->zFilename;
-              rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "write", zFile);
-              goto shmpage_out;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
-    apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(
-        pShmNode->apRegion, nReqRegion*sizeof(char *)
-    );
-    if( !apNew ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      goto shmpage_out;
-    }
-    pShmNode->apRegion = apNew;
-    while( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){
-      int nMap = szRegion*nShmPerMap;
-      int i;
-      void *pMem;
-      if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
-        pMem = osMmap(0, nMap,
-            pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, 
-            MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion
-        );
-        if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
-          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename);
-          goto shmpage_out;
-        }
-      }else{
-        pMem = sqlite3_malloc(szRegion);
-        if( pMem==0 ){
-          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          goto shmpage_out;
-        }
-        memset(pMem, 0, szRegion);
-      }
-
-      for(i=0; i<nShmPerMap; i++){
-        pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion+i] = &((char*)pMem)[szRegion*i];
-      }
-      pShmNode->nRegion += nShmPerMap;
-    }
-  }
-
-shmpage_out:
-  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
-    *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion];
-  }else{
-    *pp = 0;
-  }
-  if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
-**
-** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little
-** different here than in posix.  In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked
-** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back.  But one may
-** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared.
-*/
-static int unixShmLock(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
-  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
-  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
-  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
-){
-  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;      /* Connection holding shared memory */
-  unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;             /* The shared memory being locked */
-  unixShm *pX;                          /* For looping over all siblings */
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;  /* The underlying file iNode */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
-  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */
-
-  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
-  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
-  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
-  assert( n>=1 );
-  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
-  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
-  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
-  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
-
-  mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
-  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
-    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
-
-    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( pX==p ) continue;
-      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
-      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
-    }
-
-    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
-    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
-      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    /* Undo the local locks */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
-      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
-    } 
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
-    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
-
-    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
-    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
-    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
-    */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        break;
-      }
-      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
-    }
-
-    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
-        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
-      }else{
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Get the local shared locks */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->sharedMask |= mask;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
-    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
-    */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
-    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
-        p->exclMask |= mask;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n",
-           p->id, getpid(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
-**
-** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
-** any load or store begun after the barrier.
-*/
-static void unixShmBarrier(
-  sqlite3_file *fd                /* Database file holding the shared memory */
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
-** storage if deleteFlag is true.
-**
-** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
-** routine is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-static int unixShmUnmap(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* The underlying database file */
-  int deleteFlag                  /* Delete shared-memory if true */
-){
-  unixShm *p;                     /* The connection to be closed */
-  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* The underlying shared-memory file */
-  unixShm **pp;                   /* For looping over sibling connections */
-  unixFile *pDbFd;                /* The underlying database file */
-
-  pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
-  p = pDbFd->pShm;
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
-
-  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
-  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
-
-  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
-  ** with pShmNode */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
-  *pp = p->pNext;
-
-  /* Free the connection p */
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-
-  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
-  ** shared-memory file, too */
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
-  pShmNode->nRef--;
-  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
-    if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
-    unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
-  }
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-#else
-# define unixShmMap     0
-# define unixShmLock    0
-# define unixShmBarrier 0
-# define unixShmUnmap   0
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-/*
-** If it is currently memory mapped, unmap file pFd.
-*/
-static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){
-  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
-  if( pFd->pMapRegion ){
-    osMunmap(pFd->pMapRegion, pFd->mmapSizeActual);
-    pFd->pMapRegion = 0;
-    pFd->mmapSize = 0;
-    pFd->mmapSizeActual = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file 
-** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded.
-**
-** If successful, this function sets the following variables:
-**
-**       unixFile.pMapRegion
-**       unixFile.mmapSize
-**       unixFile.mmapSizeActual
-**
-** If unsuccessful, an error message is logged via sqlite3_log() and
-** the three variables above are zeroed. In this case SQLite should
-** continue accessing the database using the xRead() and xWrite()
-** methods.
-*/
-static void unixRemapfile(
-  unixFile *pFd,                  /* File descriptor object */
-  i64 nNew                        /* Required mapping size */
-){
-  const char *zErr = "mmap";
-  int h = pFd->h;                      /* File descriptor open on db file */
-  u8 *pOrig = (u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion;   /* Pointer to current file mapping */
-  i64 nOrig = pFd->mmapSizeActual;     /* Size of pOrig region in bytes */
-  u8 *pNew = 0;                        /* Location of new mapping */
-  int flags = PROT_READ;               /* Flags to pass to mmap() */
-
-  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
-  assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize );
-  assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax );
-  assert( nNew>0 );
-  assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize );
-  assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 );
-
-  if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE;
-
-  if( pOrig ){
-#if HAVE_MREMAP
-    i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize;
-#else
-    const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize();
-    i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1));
-#endif
-    u8 *pReq = &pOrig[nReuse];
-
-    /* Unmap any pages of the existing mapping that cannot be reused. */
-    if( nReuse!=nOrig ){
-      osMunmap(pReq, nOrig-nReuse);
-    }
-
-#if HAVE_MREMAP
-    pNew = osMremap(pOrig, nReuse, nNew, MREMAP_MAYMOVE);
-    zErr = "mremap";
-#else
-    pNew = osMmap(pReq, nNew-nReuse, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, nReuse);
-    if( pNew!=MAP_FAILED ){
-      if( pNew!=pReq ){
-        osMunmap(pNew, nNew - nReuse);
-        pNew = 0;
-      }else{
-        pNew = pOrig;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* The attempt to extend the existing mapping failed. Free it. */
-    if( pNew==MAP_FAILED || pNew==0 ){
-      osMunmap(pOrig, nReuse);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If pNew is still NULL, try to create an entirely new mapping. */
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    pNew = osMmap(0, nNew, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, 0);
-  }
-
-  if( pNew==MAP_FAILED ){
-    pNew = 0;
-    nNew = 0;
-    unixLogError(SQLITE_OK, zErr, pFd->zPath);
-
-    /* If the mmap() above failed, assume that all subsequent mmap() calls
-    ** will probably fail too. Fall back to using xRead/xWrite exclusively
-    ** in this case.  */
-    pFd->mmapSizeMax = 0;
-  }
-  pFd->pMapRegion = (void *)pNew;
-  pFd->mmapSize = pFd->mmapSizeActual = nNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
-** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if 
-** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still 
-** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
-**
-** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of 
-** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the 
-** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
-** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured 
-** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
-** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
-** code otherwise.
-*/
-static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte){
-  i64 nMap = nByte;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
-  if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( nMap<0 ){
-    struct stat statbuf;          /* Low-level file information */
-    rc = osFstat(pFd->h, &statbuf);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-    }
-    nMap = statbuf.st_size;
-  }
-  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
-    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
-  }
-
-  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
-    if( nMap>0 ){
-      unixRemapfile(pFd, nMap);
-    }else{
-      unixUnmapfile(pFd);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
-
-/*
-** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
-** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
-**
-** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
-** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
-** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
-** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
-**
-** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually 
-** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch().
-*/
-static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
-#endif
-  *pp = 0;
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
-    if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
-      int rc = unixMapfile(pFd, -1);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }
-    if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
-      *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
-      pFd->nFetchOut++;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a 
-** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second
-** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
-** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. 
-**
-** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called 
-** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping 
-** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
-*/
-static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
-
-  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding 
-  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
-  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
-  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
-
-  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
-  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );
-
-  if( p ){
-    pFd->nFetchOut--;
-  }else{
-    unixUnmapfile(pFd);
-  }
-
-  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
-**
-********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that
-** implement various file locking strategies.  It also contains definitions
-** of "finder" functions.  A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate
-** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file.  The pAppData
-** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to
-** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
-**
-** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
-** object.  The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
-** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
-** strategy from that.
-**
-** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created:
-**
-**    (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
-**
-**    (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
-**
-**
-** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
-** objects.  We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
-** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
-** from be cast into a function pointer.
-**
-**
-** Each instance of this macro generates two objects:
-**
-**   *  A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
-**      methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
-**
-**   *  An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
-**      to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
-*/
-#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK)      \
-static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = {                                   \
-   VERSION,                    /* iVersion */                                \
-   CLOSE,                      /* xClose */                                  \
-   unixRead,                   /* xRead */                                   \
-   unixWrite,                  /* xWrite */                                  \
-   unixTruncate,               /* xTruncate */                               \
-   unixSync,                   /* xSync */                                   \
-   unixFileSize,               /* xFileSize */                               \
-   LOCK,                       /* xLock */                                   \
-   UNLOCK,                     /* xUnlock */                                 \
-   CKLOCK,                     /* xCheckReservedLock */                      \
-   unixFileControl,            /* xFileControl */                            \
-   unixSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */                             \
-   unixDeviceCharacteristics,  /* xDeviceCapabilities */                     \
-   unixShmMap,                 /* xShmMap */                                 \
-   unixShmLock,                /* xShmLock */                                \
-   unixShmBarrier,             /* xShmBarrier */                             \
-   unixShmUnmap,               /* xShmUnmap */                               \
-   unixFetch,                  /* xFetch */                                  \
-   unixUnfetch,                /* xUnfetch */                                \
-};                                                                           \
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){   \
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);                                  \
-  return &METHOD;                                                            \
-}                                                                            \
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p)    \
-    = FINDER##Impl;
-
-/*
-** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
-** locking strategies.  Functions that return pointers to these methods
-** are also created.
-*/
-IOMETHODS(
-  posixIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
-  posixIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  3,                        /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */
-  unixClose,                /* xClose method */
-  unixLock,                 /* xLock method */
-  unixUnlock,               /* xUnlock method */
-  unixCheckReservedLock     /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-IOMETHODS(
-  nolockIoFinder,           /* Finder function name */
-  nolockIoMethods,          /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  nolockClose,              /* xClose method */
-  nolockLock,               /* xLock method */
-  nolockUnlock,             /* xUnlock method */
-  nolockCheckReservedLock   /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-IOMETHODS(
-  dotlockIoFinder,          /* Finder function name */
-  dotlockIoMethods,         /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  dotlockClose,             /* xClose method */
-  dotlockLock,              /* xLock method */
-  dotlockUnlock,            /* xUnlock method */
-  dotlockCheckReservedLock  /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
-IOMETHODS(
-  flockIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
-  flockIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  flockClose,               /* xClose method */
-  flockLock,                /* xLock method */
-  flockUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
-  flockCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-#endif
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-IOMETHODS(
-  semIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
-  semIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  semClose,                 /* xClose method */
-  semLock,                  /* xLock method */
-  semUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
-  semCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-IOMETHODS(
-  afpIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
-  afpIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  afpClose,                 /* xClose method */
-  afpLock,                  /* xLock method */
-  afpUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
-  afpCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
-** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
-** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
-** secondary files.  For this reason, the division that implements
-** proxy locking is located much further down in the file.  But we need
-** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
-** for proxy locking here.  So we forward declare the I/O methods.
-*/
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*);
-static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*);
-IOMETHODS(
-  proxyIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
-  proxyIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
-  proxyClose,               /* xClose method */
-  proxyLock,                /* xLock method */
-  proxyUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
-  proxyCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-#endif
-
-/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-IOMETHODS(
-  nfsIoFinder,               /* Finder function name */
-  nfsIoMethods,              /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
-  1,                         /* shared memory is disabled */
-  unixClose,                 /* xClose method */
-  unixLock,                  /* xLock method */
-  nfsUnlock,                 /* xUnlock method */
-  unixCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
-)
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/* 
-** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
-** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
-** object that implements that strategy.
-**
-** This is for MacOSX only.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
-  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
-  unixFile *pNew           /* open file object for the database file */
-){
-  static const struct Mapping {
-    const char *zFilesystem;              /* Filesystem type name */
-    const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;   /* Appropriate locking method */
-  } aMap[] = {
-    { "hfs",    &posixIoMethods },
-    { "ufs",    &posixIoMethods },
-    { "afpfs",  &afpIoMethods },
-    { "smbfs",  &afpIoMethods },
-    { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods },
-    { 0, 0 }
-  };
-  int i;
-  struct statfs fsInfo;
-  struct flock lockInfo;
-
-  if( !filePath ){
-    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
-    ** that does not need to be locked. */
-    return &nolockIoMethods;
-  }
-  if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
-    if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
-      return &nolockIoMethods;
-    }
-    for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
-      if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
-        return aMap[i].pMethods;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
-  ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
-  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
-  */
-  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
-  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
-  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
-    if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){
-      return &nfsIoMethods;
-    } else {
-      return &posixIoMethods;
-    }
-  }else{
-    return &dotlockIoMethods;
-  }
-}
-static const sqlite3_io_methods 
-  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
-
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/* 
-** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
-** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
-** object that implements that strategy.
-**
-** This is for VXWorks only.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
-  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
-  unixFile *pNew           /* the open file object */
-){
-  struct flock lockInfo;
-
-  if( !filePath ){
-    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
-    ** that does not need to be locked. */
-    return &nolockIoMethods;
-  }
-
-  /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
-  ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
-  */
-  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
-  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
-  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
-    return &posixIoMethods;
-  }else{
-    return &semIoMethods;
-  }
-}
-static const sqlite3_io_methods 
-  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
-
-#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-/*
-** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
-*/
-typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);
-
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
-**
-** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
-** sqlite3_vfs object.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
-*/
-static int fillInUnixFile(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
-  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
-  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
-  int ctrlFlags           /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */
-){
-  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
-  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pNew->pInode==NULL );
-
-  /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The
-  ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that
-  ** include the special Apple locking styles.
-  */
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' 
-    || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
-#else
-  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
-#endif
-
-  /* No locking occurs in temporary files */
-  assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 );
-
-  OSTRACE(("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
-  pNew->h = h;
-  pNew->pVfs = pVfs;
-  pNew->zPath = zFilename;
-  pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  pNew->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
-#endif
-  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0),
-                           "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
-    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW;
-  }
-  if( strcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl")==0 ){
-    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL;
-  }
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
-  if( pNew->pId==0 ){
-    ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){
-    pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
-  }else{
-    pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew);
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-    /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
-    ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
-    ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
-    pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
-#endif
-  }
-
-  if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-    || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods
-#endif
-  ){
-    unixEnterMutex();
-    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* If an error occurred in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor
-      ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail
-      ** in two scenarios:
-      **
-      **   (a) A call to fstat() failed.
-      **   (b) A malloc failed.
-      **
-      ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other
-      ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file
-      ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by
-      ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
-      ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released
-      ** by doing so.
-      **
-      ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The
-      ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in
-      ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much.
-      */
-      robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
-      h = -1;
-    }
-    unixLeaveMutex();
-  }
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-  else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
-    /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
-    ** the afpLockingContext.
-    */
-    afpLockingContext *pCtx;
-    pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
-    if( pCtx==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
-      ** according to requirement F11141.  So we do not need to make a
-      ** copy of the filename. */
-      pCtx->dbPath = zFilename;
-      pCtx->reserved = 0;
-      srandomdev();
-      unixEnterMutex();
-      rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext);
-        robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
-        h = -1;
-      }
-      unixLeaveMutex();        
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
-    /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
-    ** the dotlockLockingContext 
-    */
-    char *zLockFile;
-    int nFilename;
-    assert( zFilename!=0 );
-    nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6;
-    zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename);
-    if( zLockFile==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename);
-    }
-    pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
-  }
-
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){
-    /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be
-    ** included in the semLockingContext
-    */
-    unixEnterMutex();
-    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
-    if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){
-      char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName;
-      int n;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem",
-                       pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
-      for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ )
-        if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
-      pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
-      if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0';
-      }
-    }
-    unixLeaveMutex();
-  }
-#endif
-  
-  pNew->lastErrno = 0;
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
-    h = -1;
-    osUnlink(zFilename);
-    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
-  }else{
-    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
-    OpenCounter(+1);
-    verifyDbFile(pNew);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files.
-** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL.
-*/
-static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){
-  static const char *azDirs[] = {
-     0,
-     0,
-     0,
-     "/var/tmp",
-     "/usr/tmp",
-     "/tmp",
-     0        /* List terminator */
-  };
-  unsigned int i;
-  struct stat buf;
-  const char *zDir = 0;
-
-  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
-  if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
-  if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMPDIR");
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
-    if( zDir==0 ) continue;
-    if( osStat(zDir, &buf) ) continue;
-    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
-    if( osAccess(zDir, 07) ) continue;
-    break;
-  }
-  return zDir;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be allocated
-** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
-** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
-*/
-static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
-    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
-    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
-    "0123456789";
-  unsigned int i, j;
-  const char *zDir;
-
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. 
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
-
-  zDir = unixTempFileDir();
-  if( zDir==0 ) zDir = ".";
-
-  /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
-  ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
-  */
-  if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= (size_t)nBuf ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  do{
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
-    j = (int)strlen(zBuf);
-    sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
-    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
-      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
-    }
-    zBuf[j] = 0;
-    zBuf[j+1] = 0;
-  }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-/*
-** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
-** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
-** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
-*/
-static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database 
-** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
-** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
-** argument to this function.
-**
-** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed
-** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
-** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
-** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
-** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for 
-** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
-**
-** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
-** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned.
-*/
-static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
-  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0;
-
-  /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
-  ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
-  ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better 
-  ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure 
-  ** feature.  */
-#if !OS_VXWORKS
-  struct stat sStat;                   /* Results of stat() call */
-
-  /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
-  ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
-  ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
-  ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
-  ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
-  **
-  ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
-  ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire.  */
-  if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){
-    unixInodeInfo *pInode;
-
-    unixEnterMutex();
-    pInode = inodeList;
-    while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
-                     || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){
-       pInode = pInode->pNext;
-    }
-    if( pInode ){
-      UnixUnusedFd **pp;
-      for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
-      pUnused = *pp;
-      if( pUnused ){
-        *pp = pUnused->pNext;
-      }
-    }
-    unixLeaveMutex();
-  }
-#endif    /* if !OS_VXWORKS */
-  return pUnused;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
-** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
-** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
-** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is 
-** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
-**
-** In most cases cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
-** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
-** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
-** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then 
-** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the 
-** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever 
-** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions 
-** as the associated database file.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
-** original filename is unavailable.  But 8_3_NAMES is only used for
-** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use
-** the default permissions.
-*/
-static int findCreateFileMode(
-  const char *zPath,              /* Path of file (possibly) being created */
-  int flags,                      /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */
-  mode_t *pMode,                  /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */
-  uid_t *pUid,                    /* OUT: uid to set on the file */
-  gid_t *pGid                     /* OUT: gid to set on the file */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-  *pMode = 0;
-  *pUid = 0;
-  *pGid = 0;
-  if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
-    char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1];     /* Database file path */
-    int nDb;                      /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */
-    struct stat sStat;            /* Output of stat() on database file */
-
-    /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives
-    ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles
-    ** the following naming conventions:
-    **
-    **   "<path to db>-journal"
-    **   "<path to db>-wal"
-    **   "<path to db>-journalNN"
-    **   "<path to db>-walNN"
-    **
-    ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are 
-    ** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
-    */
-    nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
-    while( nDb>0 && sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) ) nDb--;
-    if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]!='-' ) return SQLITE_OK;
-#else
-    while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){
-      assert( nDb>0 );
-      assert( zPath[nDb]!='\n' );
-      nDb--;
-    }
-#endif
-    memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb);
-    zDb[nDb] = '\0';
-
-    if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){
-      *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777;
-      *pUid = sStat.st_uid;
-      *pGid = sStat.st_gid;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-    }
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
-    *pMode = 0600;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the file zPath.
-** 
-** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
-** one:
-**
-**     sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
-**     sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
-**     sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
-**
-** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
-**
-**     ReadWrite() ->     (READWRITE | CREATE)
-**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY) 
-**     OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
-**
-** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
-** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
-** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new 
-** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for 
-** OpenExclusive().
-*/
-static int unixOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,           /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
-  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
-  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
-  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
-){
-  unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
-  int fd = -1;                   /* File descriptor returned by open() */
-  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
-  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
-  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
-  int ctrlFlags = 0;             /* UNIXFILE_* flags */
-
-  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
-  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
-  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  int isAutoProxy  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY);
-#endif
-#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  struct statfs fsInfo;
-#endif
-
-  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
-  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
-  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
-  */
-  int syncDir = (isCreate && (
-        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
-     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
-     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
-  ));
-
-  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
-  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
-  */
-  char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2];
-  const char *zName = zPath;
-
-  /* Check the following statements are true: 
-  **
-  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
-  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
-  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  */
-  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
-  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
-  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
-  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
-
-  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
-  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
-
-  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
-  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
-  );
-
-  /* Detect a pid change and reset the PRNG.  There is a race condition
-  ** here such that two or more threads all trying to open databases at
-  ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG.  But multiple resets
-  ** are harmless.
-  */
-  if( randomnessPid!=getpid() ){
-    randomnessPid = getpid();
-    sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
-  }
-
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-
-  if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
-    UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
-    pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
-    if( pUnused ){
-      fd = pUnused->fd;
-    }else{
-      pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
-      if( !pUnused ){
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-    }
-    p->pUnused = pUnused;
-
-    /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
-    ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
-    ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
-    assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
-
-  }else if( !zName ){
-    /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
-    assert(isDelete && !syncDir);
-    rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+2, zTmpname);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    zName = zTmpname;
-
-    /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated
-    ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
-    assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
-  }
-
-  /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
-  ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
-  ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the 
-  ** 'conch file' locking functions later on.  */
-  if( isReadonly )  openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
-  if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
-  if( isCreate )    openFlags |= O_CREAT;
-  if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
-  openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
-
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    mode_t openMode;              /* Permissions to create file with */
-    uid_t uid;                    /* Userid for the file */
-    gid_t gid;                    /* Groupid for the file */
-    rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( !p->pUnused );
-      assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
-      return rc;
-    }
-    fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
-    OSTRACE(("OPENX   %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags));
-    if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
-      /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
-      flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-      openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
-      flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-      openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
-      isReadonly = 1;
-      fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
-    }
-    if( fd<0 ){
-      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName);
-      goto open_finished;
-    }
-
-    /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback
-    ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be
-    ** the same as the original database.
-    */
-    if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
-      osFchown(fd, uid, gid);
-    }
-  }
-  assert( fd>=0 );
-  if( pOutFlags ){
-    *pOutFlags = flags;
-  }
-
-  if( p->pUnused ){
-    p->pUnused->fd = fd;
-    p->pUnused->flags = flags;
-  }
-
-  if( isDelete ){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-    zPath = zName;
-#else
-    osUnlink(zName);
-#endif
-  }
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  else{
-    p->openFlags = openFlags;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
-
-  
-#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
-    ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;
-    robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
-  }
-  if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
-    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */
-  if( isDelete )                ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
-  if( isReadonly )              ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
-  if( noLock )                  ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
-  if( syncDir )                 ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI;
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
-  isAutoProxy = 1;
-#endif
-  if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){
-    char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
-    int useProxy = 0;
-
-    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
-    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
-    if( envforce!=NULL ){
-      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
-    }else{
-      if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
-        /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened
-        ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open
-        ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it,
-        ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice,
-        ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least
-        ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on
-        ** the same file are working.  */
-        p->lastErrno = errno;
-        robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
-        goto open_finished;
-      }
-      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
-    }
-    if( useProxy ){
-      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile 
-          ** and clear all the structure's references.  Specifically, 
-          ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op 
-          */
-          unixClose(pFile);
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-      goto open_finished;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  
-  rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
-
-open_finished:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
-** the directory after deleting the file.
-*/
-static int unixDelete(
-  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
-  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
-  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
-  if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){
-    if( errno==ENOENT ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT;
-    }else{
-      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
-    }
-    return rc;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
-  if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){
-    int fd;
-    rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-      if( fsync(fd)==-1 )
-#else
-      if( fsync(fd) )
-#endif
-      {
-        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath);
-      }
-      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
-    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Test the existence of or access permissions of file zPath. The
-** test performed depends on the value of flags:
-**
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
-**
-** Otherwise return 0.
-*/
-static int unixAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,   /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */
-  const char *zPath,      /* Path of the file to examine */
-  int flags,              /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */
-  int *pResOut            /* Write result boolean here */
-){
-  int amode = 0;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
-  switch( flags ){
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
-      amode = F_OK;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
-      amode = W_OK|R_OK;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
-      amode = R_OK;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
-  }
-  *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0);
-  if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){
-    struct stat buf;
-    if( 0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){
-      *pResOut = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
-** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
-** zPath. 
-**
-** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes 
-** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
-** this buffer before returning.
-*/
-static int unixFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
-  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
-){
-
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
-  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
-
-  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-
-  zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
-  if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
-  }else{
-    int nCwd;
-    if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
-      return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath);
-    }
-    nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
-}
-
-/*
-** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
-** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
-** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
-** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
-** error message.
-*/
-static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
-  const char *zErr;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  unixEnterMutex();
-  zErr = dlerror();
-  if( zErr ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
-  }
-  unixLeaveMutex();
-}
-static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
-  /* 
-  ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
-  ** cast into a pointer to a function.  And yet the library dlsym() routine
-  ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function.  So how do we
-  ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors?
-  **
-  ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking
-  ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
-  ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
-  ** (That assignment requires a cast.)  Then we call the function that
-  ** x points to.  
-  **
-  ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
-  ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*.  But then, on the
-  ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have
-  ** not really lost anything.
-  */
-  void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym;
-  return (*x)(p, zSym);
-}
-static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  dlclose(pHandle);
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
-  #define unixDlOpen  0
-  #define unixDlError 0
-  #define unixDlSym   0
-  #define unixDlClose 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
-*/
-static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
-
-  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
-  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
-  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
-  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
-  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
-  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
-  ** in the random seed.
-  **
-  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
-  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
-  ** tests repeatable.
-  */
-  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
-  randomnessPid = getpid();  
-#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  {
-    int fd, got;
-    fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0);
-    if( fd<0 ){
-      time_t t;
-      time(&t);
-      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
-      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &randomnessPid, sizeof(randomnessPid));
-      assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(randomnessPid)<=(size_t)nBuf );
-      nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(randomnessPid);
-    }else{
-      do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
-      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  return nBuf;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
-** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
-** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
-** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
-** than the argument.
-*/
-static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-  struct timespec sp;
-
-  sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000;
-  sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000;
-  nanosleep(&sp, NULL);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return microseconds;
-#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
-  usleep(microseconds);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return microseconds;
-#else
-  int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
-  sleep(seconds);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return seconds*1000000;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
-** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
-** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
-** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
-** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
-** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
-** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
-** cannot be found.
-*/
-static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
-  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#if defined(NO_GETTOD)
-  time_t t;
-  time(&t);
-  *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch;
-#elif OS_VXWORKS
-  struct timespec sNow;
-  clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow);
-  *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000;
-#else
-  struct timeval sNow;
-  if( gettimeofday(&sNow, 0)==0 ){
-    *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000;
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
-    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
-  }
-#endif
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
-*/
-static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
-  sqlite3_int64 i = 0;
-  int rc;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i);
-  *prNow = i/86400000.0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing
-** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up
-** during SQLite operation.  But so far, none of that has been implemented
-** in the core.  So this routine is never called.  For now, it is merely
-** a place-holder.
-*/
-static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods ***************************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/******************************************************************************
-************************** Begin Proxy Locking ********************************
-**
-** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense:  It uses the
-** other locking methods on secondary lock files.  Proxy locking is a
-** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above.  For
-** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred
-** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have
-** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available
-** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking.
-**
-****
-**
-** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the
-** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers
-** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html].  The five file locking
-** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented
-** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl),
-** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl
-** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states.
-** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected
-** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire
-** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock):
-**
-**      PENDING_BYTE        0x40000000
-**      RESERVED_BYTE       0x40000001
-**      SHARED_RANGE        0x40000002 -> 0x40000200
-**
-** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x
-** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables
-** the read cache when byte-range locks are present.  Enabling the read
-** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X
-** supported network file systems.  NFS and AFP both observe the
-** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency
-** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively
-** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple
-** readers and writers
-** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html].
-**
-** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
-** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
-** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
-** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.  
-**
-**
-** Using proxy locks
-** -----------------
-**
-** C APIs
-**
-**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
-**                       <proxy_path> | ":auto:");
-**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &<proxy_path>);
-**
-**
-** SQL pragmas
-**
-**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto:
-**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
-**
-** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching
-** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise
-** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir
-** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the
-** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
-** database file.  For example:
-**
-**       For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" 
-**       The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
-**
-** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
-** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
-** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
-** connection or process). 
-**
-**
-** How proxy locking works
-** -----------------------
-**
-** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: 
-**
-**   *  conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
-**      at a time
-**
-**   *  proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally
-**      taken on the database
-**
-** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
-** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
-** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
-** proxy path against the values stored in the conch.  The conch file is
-** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
-** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch".
-** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the
-** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
-** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
-** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again.  If the conch
-** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
-** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
-**
-** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
-** normally taken on the database file.   This allows for safe sharing
-** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same
-** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
-**
-** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
-** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.  
-** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
-** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
-** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until 
-** the connection to the database is closed. 
-**
-** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
-** to be created the first time they are used.
-**
-** Configuration options
-** ---------------------
-**
-**  SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
-**
-**       Database files accessed on non-local file systems are
-**       automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
-**       named automatically using the same logic as
-**       PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
-**    
-**  SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
-**
-**       Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
-**       retrieval and creation
-**
-**  LOCKPROXYDIR
-**
-**       Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that
-**       are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting
-**
-**  SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
-**
-**       Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
-**       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
-**    
-**    
-** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
-** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
-** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
-** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
-** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
-** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
-*/
-
-/*
-** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
-*/
-#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-
-/*
-** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote 
-** and local proxy files in it
-*/
-typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
-struct proxyLockingContext {
-  unixFile *conchFile;         /* Open conch file */
-  char *conchFilePath;         /* Name of the conch file */
-  unixFile *lockProxy;         /* Open proxy lock file */
-  char *lockProxyPath;         /* Name of the proxy lock file */
-  char *dbPath;                /* Name of the open file */
-  int conchHeld;               /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */
-  void *oldLockingContext;     /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
-  sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod;     /* Original I/O methods for close */
-};
-
-/* 
-** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, 
-** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
-** file path. 
-*/
-static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
-  int len;
-  int dbLen;
-  int i;
-
-#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR
-  len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen);
-#else
-# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR
-  {
-    if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){
-      OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n",
-               lPath, errno, getpid()));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
-    }
-    len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);    
-  }
-# else
-  len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-  if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
-    len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
-  }
-  
-  /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
-  dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
-  for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
-    char c = dbPath[i];
-    lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c;
-  }
-  lPath[i+len]='\0';
-  strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen);
-  OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lPath, getpid()));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
- ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
- */
-static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
-  int i, len;
-  char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
-  int start = 0;
-  
-  assert(lockPath!=NULL);
-  /* try to create all the intermediate directories */
-  len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
-  buf[0] = lockPath[0];
-  for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
-    if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
-      /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
-      if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') 
-         || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
-        buf[i]='\0';
-        if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
-          int err=errno;
-          if( err!=EEXIST ) {
-            OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  FAILED creating %s, "
-                     "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",
-                     buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid()));
-            return err;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      start=i+1;
-    }
-    buf[i] = lockPath[i];
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid()));
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
-**
-** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
-** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
-*/
-static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
-    const char *path,        /* path for the new unixFile */
-    unixFile **ppFile,       /* unixFile created and returned by ref */
-    int islockfile           /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */
-) {
-  int fd = -1;
-  unixFile *pNew;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
-  sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
-  int terrno = 0;
-  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL;
-
-  /* 1. first try to open/create the file
-  ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating
-  ** the parent directories and then try again.
-  ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only
-  ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file
-  */
-  pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags);
-  if( pUnused ){
-    fd = pUnused->fd;
-  }else{
-    pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
-    if( !pUnused ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
-    terrno = errno;
-    if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){
-      if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){
-        fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    openFlags = O_RDONLY;
-    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
-    terrno = errno;
-  }
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    if( islockfile ){
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-    switch (terrno) {
-      case EACCES:
-        return SQLITE_PERM;
-      case EIO: 
-        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
-      default:
-        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
-  if( pNew==NULL ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto end_create_proxy;
-  }
-  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-  pNew->openFlags = openFlags;
-  memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
-  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
-  dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
-  pUnused->fd = fd;
-  pUnused->flags = openFlags;
-  pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
-  
-  rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *ppFile = pNew;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-end_create_proxy:    
-  robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
-  sqlite3_free(pNew);
-  sqlite3_free(pUnused);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
-#endif
-
-#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN    16  /* conch file host id length */
-
-/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */
-extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
-
-/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 
-** bytes of writable memory.
-*/
-static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
-  assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
-  memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
-#if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\
-               && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050
-  {
-    static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
-    if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
-      int err = errno;
-      if( pError ){
-        *pError = err;
-      }
-      return SQLITE_IOERR;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
-  if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){
-    pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
-  }
-#endif
-  
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path
- */
-#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2   /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */
-#define PROXY_HEADERLEN    1   /* conch file header length */
-#define PROXY_PATHINDEX    (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
-#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN  (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)
-
-/* 
-** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves 
-** it back.  The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
-** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is 
-** closed.  Returns zero if successful.
-*/
-static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
-  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
-  char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
-  char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
-  char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath;
-  size_t readLen = 0;
-  size_t pathLen = 0;
-  char errmsg[64] = "";
-  int fd = -1;
-  int rc = -1;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID);
-
-  /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
-  pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
-  if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || 
-     (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
-    goto end_breaklock;
-  }
-  /* read the conch content */
-  readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
-  if( readLen<PROXY_PATHINDEX ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"read error (len %d)",(int)readLen);
-    goto end_breaklock;
-  }
-  /* write it out to the temporary break file */
-  fd = robust_open(tPath, (O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL), 0);
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "create failed (%d)", errno);
-    goto end_breaklock;
-  }
-  if( osPwrite(fd, buf, readLen, 0) != (ssize_t)readLen ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "write failed (%d)", errno);
-    goto end_breaklock;
-  }
-  if( rename(tPath, cPath) ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "rename failed (%d)", errno);
-    goto end_breaklock;
-  }
-  rc = 0;
-  fprintf(stderr, "broke stale lock on %s\n", cPath);
-  robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__);
-  conchFile->h = fd;
-  conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
-
-end_breaklock:
-  if( rc ){
-    if( fd>=0 ){
-      osUnlink(tPath);
-      robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
-    }
-    fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the 
-** host id matches.
-*/
-static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
-  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nTries = 0;
-  struct timespec conchModTime;
-  
-  memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime));
-  do {
-    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
-    nTries ++;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      /* If the lock failed (busy):
-       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. 
-       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait 
-       *           10 sec and try again
-       * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
-       */
-      struct stat buf;
-      if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
-      }
-      
-      if( nTries==1 ){
-        conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
-        usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
-        continue;  
-      }
-
-      assert( nTries>1 );
-      if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || 
-         conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
-        return SQLITE_BUSY;
-      }
-      
-      if( nTries==2 ){  
-        char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
-        int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
-        if( len<0 ){
-          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
-          return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
-        }
-        if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){
-          /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */
-          if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){
-            return SQLITE_BUSY;
-          }
-        }else{
-          /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */
-          return SQLITE_BUSY;
-        }
-        usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
-        continue; 
-      }
-      
-      assert( nTries==3 );
-      if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);          
-        }
-        if( !rc ){
-          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
-  
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if 
-** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match.  A NULL 
-** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the 
-** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically 
-** and written to the conch file.
-*/
-static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
-  
-  if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
-    uuid_t myHostID;
-    int pError = 0;
-    char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
-    char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN];
-    char *tempLockPath = NULL;
-    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    int createConch = 0;
-    int hostIdMatch = 0;
-    int readLen = 0;
-    int tryOldLockPath = 0;
-    int forceNewLockPath = 0;
-    
-    OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
-             (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
-
-    rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError);
-    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = pError;
-      goto end_takeconch;
-    }
-    rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto end_takeconch;
-    }
-    /* read the existing conch file */
-    readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN);
-    if( readLen<0 ){
-      /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
-      pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno;
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-      goto end_takeconch;
-    }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || 
-             readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
-      /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new 
-      ** conch file. 
-      */
-      createConch = 1;
-    }
-    /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
-    ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll 
-    ** retry with a new auto-generated path 
-    */
-    do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */
-
-      if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
-        hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, 
-                                  PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
-        /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
-        if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
-          /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
-           ** use the local lock file path that's already in there
-           */
-          if( hostIdMatch ){
-            size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
-            
-            if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
-              pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
-            }
-            memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen);
-            lockPath[pathLen] = 0;
-            tempLockPath = lockPath;
-            tryOldLockPath = 1;
-            /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */
-            goto end_takeconch;
-          }
-        }else if( hostIdMatch
-               && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX],
-                           readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
-        ){
-          /* conch host and lock path match */
-          goto end_takeconch; 
-        }
-      }
-      
-      /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
-      if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        goto end_takeconch;
-      }
-      
-      /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
-      if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
-        proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
-        tempLockPath = lockPath;
-        /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
-      }
-      
-      /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
-      ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
-      ** stick.
-      */
-      futimes(conchFile->h, NULL);
-      if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){
-        if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){
-          /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
-           ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
-          rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        } else {          
-          rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-        }
-      }else{
-        rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
-        int writeSize = 0;
-        
-        writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
-        memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
-        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
-          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN);
-        }else{
-          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
-        }
-        writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]);
-        robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
-        rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
-        fsync(conchFile->h);
-        /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a 
-         ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database 
-         */
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
-          struct stat buf;
-          int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
-          if( err==0 ){
-            mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP |
-                                        S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
-            /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */
-#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
-            osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
-#else
-            do{
-              rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
-            }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR );
-            if( rc!=0 ){
-              int code = errno;
-              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
-                      cmode, code, strerror(code));
-            } else {
-              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode);
-            }
-          }else{
-            int code = errno;
-            fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", 
-                    err, code, strerror(code));
-#endif
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
-      
-    end_takeconch:
-      OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE  %d\n", pFile->h));
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
-        int fd;
-        if( pFile->h>=0 ){
-          robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
-        }
-        pFile->h = -1;
-        fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0);
-        OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN  %d\n", fd));
-        if( fd>=0 ){
-          pFile->h = fd;
-        }else{
-          rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
-           during locking */
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
-        char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
-        rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
-          /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
-           ** so try again via auto-naming 
-           */
-          forceNewLockPath = 1;
-          tryOldLockPath = 0;
-          continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value
-         ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack
-         */
-        if( tempLockPath ){
-          pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath);
-          if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
-            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
-        
-        if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
-          afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
-          afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
-          afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
-        }
-      } else {
-        conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
-      }
-      OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
-               rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
-      return rc;
-    } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - 
-                 ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock.
-*/
-static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Subroutine return code */
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;  /* The locking context for the proxy lock */
-  unixFile *conchFile;        /* Name of the conch file */
-
-  pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-  conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
-  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
-           (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), 
-           getpid()));
-  if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
-    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
-  }
-  pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
-  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
-           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file.
-** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** Make *pConchPath point to the new name.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory.
-**
-** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory
-** space is eventually freed.
-**
-** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs.
-*/
-static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
-  int i;                        /* Loop counter */
-  int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */
-  char *conchPath;              /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
-
-  /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
-  ** the name of the original database file. */  
-  *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8);
-  if( conchPath==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
-  
-  /* now insert a "." before the last / character */
-  for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
-    if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
-      i++;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  conchPath[i]='.';
-  while ( i<len ){
-    conchPath[i+1]=dbPath[i];
-    i++;
-  }
-
-  /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */
-  memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7);
-  assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 );
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
-** the local lock file path 
-*/
-static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
-  char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }  
-
-  /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
-  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
-    (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
-    pCtx->lockProxy=NULL;
-    pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
-    if( lockProxy!=NULL ){
-      rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(oldPath);
-    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
-  }
-  
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call.  dbPath
-** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size.
-**
-** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it
-** int dbPath.
-*/
-static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
-#if defined(__APPLE__)
-  if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
-    /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field 
-    ** of the struct */
-    assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
-    strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN);
-  } else
-#endif
-  if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
-    /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
-    ** file path */
-    int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
-    memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
-  }else{
-    /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */
-    assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
-    strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking 
-** will be performed on the local proxy lock file.  The following fields
-** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and 
-** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
-**  ->lockingContext
-**  ->pMethod
-*/
-static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;
-  char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1];       /* Name of the database file */
-  char *lockPath=NULL;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  
-  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath);
-  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){
-    lockPath=NULL;
-  }else{
-    lockPath=(char *)path;
-  }
-  
-  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
-           (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
-
-  pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
-  if( pCtx==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx));
-
-  rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){
-      /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and
-      ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access.
-      ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts
-      ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR.
-      */
-      struct statfs fsInfo;
-      struct stat conchInfo;
-      int goLockless = 0;
-
-      if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) {
-        int err = errno;
-        if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){
-          goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY;
-        }
-      }
-      if( goLockless ){
-        pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-  }  
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
-    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
-    if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, 
-    ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
-    */
-    pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
-    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx;
-    pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
-    pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
-  }else{
-    if( pCtx->conchFile ){ 
-      pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
-      sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
-    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); 
-    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d %s\n", pFile->h,
-           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
-** to proxy locking.
-*/
-static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
-      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-      if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
-        proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
-        proxyTakeConch(pFile);
-        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
-          *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
-        }else{
-          *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
-        }
-      } else {
-        *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
-      }
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
-      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
-      if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
-        if( isProxyStyle ){
-          /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
-        }else{
-          /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        }
-      }else{
-        const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
-        if( isProxyStyle ){
-          proxyLockingContext *pCtx = 
-            (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
-          if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") 
-           || (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
-               !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
-          ){
-            rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          }else{
-            rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath);
-          }
-        }else{
-          /* turn on proxy file locking */
-          rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath);
-        }
-      }
-      return rc;
-    }
-    default: {
-      assert( 0 );  /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */
-    }
-  }
-  /*NOTREACHED*/
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures
-** above this point are all utilities.  The lock-related methods of the
-** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow.
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
-      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
-      return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
-    }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
-      pResOut=0;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
-      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
-      rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
-      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
-    }else{
-      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
-      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
-      rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
-      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
-    }else{
-      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file that uses proxy locks.
-*/
-static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  if( id ){
-    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
-    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
-    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    
-    if( lockProxy ){
-      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
-      pCtx->lockProxy = 0;
-    }
-    if( conchFile ){
-      if( pCtx->conchHeld ){
-        rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile);
-        if( rc ) return rc;
-      }
-      rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      sqlite3_free(conchFile);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
-    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath);
-    /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */
-    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext;
-    pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod;
-    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
-    return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-/*
-** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
-** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
-** restricted to MacOSX.
-** 
-**
-******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Initialize the operating system interface.
-**
-** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating
-** systems.  This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows,
-** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other
-** files.
-**
-** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a
-** single thread.  The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not
-** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
-** should not be used.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ 
-  /* 
-  ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
-  ** The name of the VFS is NAME.  The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
-  ** to the "finder" function.  (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
-  ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer
-  ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems
-  ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.)
-  **
-  ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the
-  ** finder-function.  The finder-function returns a pointer to the
-  ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking
-  ** behaviors.  See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS
-  ** macro for addition information on finder-functions.
-  **
-  ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
-  ** object.  But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
-  ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the 
-  ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
-  ** that filesystem time.
-  */
-  #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) {                        \
-    3,                    /* iVersion */                    \
-    sizeof(unixFile),     /* szOsFile */                    \
-    MAX_PATHNAME,         /* mxPathname */                  \
-    0,                    /* pNext */                       \
-    VFSNAME,              /* zName */                       \
-    (void*)&FINDER,       /* pAppData */                    \
-    unixOpen,             /* xOpen */                       \
-    unixDelete,           /* xDelete */                     \
-    unixAccess,           /* xAccess */                     \
-    unixFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */               \
-    unixDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */                     \
-    unixDlError,          /* xDlError */                    \
-    unixDlSym,            /* xDlSym */                      \
-    unixDlClose,          /* xDlClose */                    \
-    unixRandomness,       /* xRandomness */                 \
-    unixSleep,            /* xSleep */                      \
-    unixCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */                \
-    unixGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */               \
-    unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */           \
-    unixSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */              \
-    unixGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */              \
-    unixNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */             \
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
-  **
-  ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
-  ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered.  So the following
-  ** array cannot be const.
-  */
-  static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__))
-    UNIXVFS("unix",          autolockIoFinder ),
-#else
-    UNIXVFS("unix",          posixIoFinder ),
-#endif
-    UNIXVFS("unix-none",     nolockIoFinder ),
-    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile",  dotlockIoFinder ),
-    UNIXVFS("unix-excl",     posixIoFinder ),
-#if OS_VXWORKS
-    UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",    posixIoFinder ),
-#if !OS_VXWORKS
-    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",    flockIoFinder ),
-#endif
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
-    UNIXVFS("unix-afp",      afpIoFinder ),
-    UNIXVFS("unix-nfs",      nfsIoFinder ),
-    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
-#endif
-  };
-  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */
-
-  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
-  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
-  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==25 );
-
-  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
-  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
-    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the operating system interface.
-**
-** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
-** to release dynamically allocated objects.  But not on unix.
-** This routine is a no-op for unix.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
-}
- 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
-
-/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for Windows only */
-
-/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
-** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
-** files.
-**
-** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
-** general purpose header file.
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
-#define _OS_COMMON_H_
-
-/*
-** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
-** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
-** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
-*/
-#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
-# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
-#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
-# endif
-  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
-# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-#else
-# define OSTRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
-** on i486 hardware.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-
-/* 
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
-
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
-*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
-      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
-
-  #if defined(__GNUC__)
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     unsigned int lo, hi;
-     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
-     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
-  }
-
-  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     __asm {
-        rdtsc
-        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
-     }
-  }
-
-  #endif
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long val;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
-      return val;
-  }
- 
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long long retval;
-      unsigned long junk;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
-          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
-                  mftb    %L0\n\
-                  mftbu   %0\n\
-                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
-                  bne     1b"
-                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
-      return retval;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
-  /*
-  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
-  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
-  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
-  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
-  ** least compile and run.
-  */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
-
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
-
-static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
-static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
-#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
-#else
-#define TIMER_START
-#define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
-** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
-** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
-  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
-       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
-              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
-static void local_ioerr(){
-  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
-  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
-  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
-}
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
-   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
-     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
-       local_ioerr(); \
-       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
-       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
-       CODE; \
-     }else{ \
-       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
-     } \
-   }
-#else
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(A)
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
-#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
-#else
-#define OpenCounter(X)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
-
-/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
-
-/*
-** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Compiling and using WAL mode requires several APIs that are only
-** available in Windows platforms based on the NT kernel.
-*/
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-#  error "WAL mode requires support from the Windows NT kernel, compile\
- with SQLITE_OMIT_WAL."
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Are most of the Win32 ANSI APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
-** based on the sub-platform)?
-*/
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI)
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Are most of the Win32 Unicode APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions
-** based on the sub-platform)?
-*/
-#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && \
-    !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_WIDE)
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Make sure at least one set of Win32 APIs is available.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-#  error "At least one of SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI and SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE\
- must be defined."
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Define the required Windows SDK version constants if they are not
-** already available.
-*/
-#ifndef NTDDI_WIN8
-#  define NTDDI_WIN8                        0x06020000
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE
-#  define NTDDI_WINBLUE                     0x06030000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Check if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions should be considered deprecated
-** and avoid using them in that case.  It should be noted here that if the
-** value of the SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX pre-processor macro is zero
-** (whether via this block or via being manually specified), that implies
-** the underlying operating system will always be based on the Windows NT
-** Kernel.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
-#  if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE
-#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   0
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   1
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file).
-*/
-#ifndef MAX_PATH
-#  define MAX_PATH                      (260)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for Win32.  This should normally be
-** MAX_PATH.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS   (MAX_PATH)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinNT.h" SDK file).
-*/
-#ifndef UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS
-#  define UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS      (32767)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for WinNT.  This should normally be
-** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS
-#  define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS   (UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for Win32.  The MAX_PATH macro is in
-** characters, so we allocate 4 bytes per character assuming worst-case of
-** 4-bytes-per-character for UTF8.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES   (SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS*4)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for WinNT.  This should normally be
-** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS * sizeof(WCHAR).
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES
-#  define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES   \
-                            (sizeof(WCHAR) * SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum error message length (in chars) for WinRT.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS (1024)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Returns non-zero if the character should be treated as a directory
-** separator.
-*/
-#ifndef winIsDirSep
-#  define winIsDirSep(a)                (((a) == '/') || ((a) == '\\'))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is
-** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation).
-*/
-#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE
-#  define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x) (void)(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator.
-*/
-#ifndef winGetDirSep
-#  define winGetDirSep()                '\\'
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Do we need to manually define the Win32 file mapping APIs for use with WAL
-** mode (e.g. these APIs are available in the Windows CE SDK; however, they
-** are not present in the header file)?
-*/
-#if SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-/*
-** Two of the file mapping APIs are different under WinRT.  Figure out which
-** set we need.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingFromApp(HANDLE, \
-        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, ULONG, ULONG64, LPCWSTR);
-
-WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFileFromApp(HANDLE, ULONG, ULONG64, SIZE_T);
-#else
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingA(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
-        DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCSTR);
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) */
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingW(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
-        DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCWSTR);
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) */
-
-WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFile(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, SIZE_T);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
-
-/*
-** This file mapping API is common to both Win32 and WinRT.
-*/
-WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID);
-#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) */
-
-/*
-** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
-*/
-#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
-# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) 
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK
-# define FILE_FLAG_MASK          (0xFF3C0000)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK
-# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK     (0x0003FFF7)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/* Forward references to structures used for WAL */
-typedef struct winShm winShm;           /* A connection to shared-memory */
-typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode;   /* A region of shared-memory */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
-** with some code of our own.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-typedef struct winceLock {
-  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
-  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
-  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
-  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
-} winceLock;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
-** portability layer.
-*/
-typedef struct winFile winFile;
-struct winFile {
-  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;      /* The VFS used to open this file */
-  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
-  u8 locktype;            /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
-  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
-  u8 ctrlFlags;           /* Flags.  See WINFILE_* below */
-  DWORD lastErrno;        /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  winShm *pShm;           /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
-#endif
-  const char *zPath;      /* Full pathname of this file */
-  int szChunk;            /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
-  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
-  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
-  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
-  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  int nFetchOut;                /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */
-  HANDLE hMap;                  /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */
-  void *pMapRegion;             /* Area memory mapped */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSize;       /* Usable size of mapped region */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapped region */
-  sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax;    /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags
-*/
-#define WINFILE_RDONLY          0x02   /* Connection is read only */
-#define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL     0x04   /* Persistent WAL mode */
-#define WINFILE_PSOW            0x10   /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
-
-/*
- * The size of the buffer used by sqlite3_win32_write_debug().
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE   ((int)(4096-sizeof(DWORD)))
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
- * the data directory should be changed.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE (1)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
- * the temporary directory should be changed.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE (2)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the
- * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
-
-/*
- * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32
- * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used.  This
- * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT.  By default, this is enabled
- * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data.
- *
- ******************************************************************************
- * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the
- *          winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3_shutdown
- *          function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will
- *          be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed
- *          data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation.
- ******************************************************************************
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE    (TRUE)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \
-                                       (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE  (0)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs.  This value may be
- * zero for the default behavior.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS
-#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS     (0)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific
-** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation.
-*/
-typedef struct winMemData winMemData;
-struct winMemData {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  u32 magic1;   /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
-#endif
-  HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */
-  BOOL bOwned;  /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  u32 magic2;   /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#define WINMEM_MAGIC1     0x42b2830b
-#define WINMEM_MAGIC2     0xbd4d7cf4
-#endif
-
-static struct winMemData win_mem_data = {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  WINMEM_MAGIC1,
-#endif
-  NULL, FALSE
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  ,WINMEM_MAGIC2
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#define winMemAssertMagic1() assert( win_mem_data.magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 )
-#define winMemAssertMagic2() assert( win_mem_data.magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 )
-#define winMemAssertMagic()  winMemAssertMagic1(); winMemAssertMagic2();
-#else
-#define winMemAssertMagic()
-#endif
-
-#define winMemGetDataPtr()  &win_mem_data
-#define winMemGetHeap()     win_mem_data.hHeap
-#define winMemGetOwned()    win_mem_data.bOwned
-
-static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes);
-static void winMemFree(void *pPrior);
-static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes);
-static int winMemSize(void *p);
-static int winMemRoundup(int n);
-static int winMemInit(void *pAppData);
-static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void);
-#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
-
-/*
-** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
-** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win9x
-** or WinNT.
-**
-** 0:   Operating system unknown.
-** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
-** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
-**
-** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
-** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
-#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
-      defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SYSCALL
-#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT.
- */
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-#  define osAreFileApisANSI()       1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
-** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
-** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
-** to all overrideable system calls.
-*/
-static struct win_syscall {
-  const char *zName;            /* Name of the system call */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
-} aSyscall[] = {
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI,         0 },
-#else
-  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#ifndef osAreFileApisANSI
-#define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)CharLowerW,              0 },
-#else
-  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)CharUpperW,              0 },
-#else
-  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
-
-  { "CloseHandle",             (SYSCALL)CloseHandle,             0 },
-
-#define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileA,             0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileW,             0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
-
-#if (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && \
-        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
-  { "CreateFileMappingA",      (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingA,      0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFileMappingA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFileMappingA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
-        DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
-        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
-  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW,      0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
-        DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW,            0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \
-        LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA,             0 },
-#else
-  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW,             0 },
-#else
-  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 },
-#else
-  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
-        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime,    0 },
-#else
-  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
-        LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
-
-  { "FlushFileBuffers",        (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers,        0 },
-
-#define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA,          0 },
-#else
-  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \
-        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW,          0 },
-#else
-  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
-        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-  { "FreeLibrary",             (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary,             0 },
-#else
-  { "FreeLibrary",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
-
-  { "GetCurrentProcessId",     (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId,     0 },
-
-#define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA,       0 },
-#else
-  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
-        LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW,       0 },
-#else
-  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
-        LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA,      0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW,      0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW,    0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \
-        LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)GetFileSize,             0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA,        0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \
-        LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW,        0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
-        LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent)
-
-  { "GetLastError",            (SYSCALL)GetLastError,            0 },
-
-#define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent)
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */
-  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA,         0 },
-#else
-  /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
-  ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
-  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress,          0 },
-#endif
-#else
-  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \
-        LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo,           0 },
-#else
-  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent)
-
-  { "GetSystemTime",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime,           0 },
-
-#define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 },
-#else
-  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
-        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA,            0 },
-#else
-  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW,            0 },
-#else
-  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)GetTickCount,            0 },
-#else
-  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && \
-        SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
-  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA,           0 },
-#else
-  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
-        LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
-        defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
-  { "GetVersionExW",           (SYSCALL)GetVersionExW,           0 },
-#else
-  { "GetVersionExW",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetVersionExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
-        LPOSVERSIONINFOW))aSyscall[35].pCurrent)
-
-  { "HeapAlloc",               (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc,               0 },
-
-#define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
-        SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)HeapCreate,              0 },
-#else
-  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \
-        SIZE_T))aSyscall[37].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy,             0 },
-#else
-  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[38].pCurrent)
-
-  { "HeapFree",                (SYSCALL)HeapFree,                0 },
-
-#define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent)
-
-  { "HeapReAlloc",             (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc,             0 },
-
-#define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \
-        SIZE_T))aSyscall[40].pCurrent)
-
-  { "HeapSize",                (SYSCALL)HeapSize,                0 },
-
-#define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
-        LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)HeapValidate,            0 },
-#else
-  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
-        LPCVOID))aSyscall[42].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "HeapCompact",             (SYSCALL)HeapCompact,             0 },
-#else
-  { "HeapCompact",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osHeapCompact ((UINT(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD))aSyscall[43].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA,            0 },
-#else
-  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[44].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
-        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW,            0 },
-#else
-  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[45].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)LocalFree,               0 },
-#else
-  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[46].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)LockFile,                0 },
-#else
-  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#ifndef osLockFile
-#define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        DWORD))aSyscall[47].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)LockFileEx,              0 },
-#else
-  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#ifndef osLockFileEx
-#define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[48].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
-  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile,           0 },
-#else
-  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        SIZE_T))aSyscall[49].pCurrent)
-
-  { "MultiByteToWideChar",     (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar,     0 },
-
-#define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \
-        int))aSyscall[50].pCurrent)
-
-  { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 },
-
-#define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
-        LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[51].pCurrent)
-
-  { "ReadFile",                (SYSCALL)ReadFile,                0 },
-
-#define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
-        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[52].pCurrent)
-
-  { "SetEndOfFile",            (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile,            0 },
-
-#define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[53].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer,          0 },
-#else
-  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \
-        DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)Sleep,                   0 },
-#else
-  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent)
-
-  { "SystemTimeToFileTime",    (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime,    0 },
-
-#define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \
-        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[56].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)UnlockFile,              0 },
-#else
-  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#ifndef osUnlockFile
-#define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        DWORD))aSyscall[57].pCurrent)
-#endif
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx,            0 },
-#else
-  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile,         0 },
-#else
-  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[59].pCurrent)
-
-  { "WideCharToMultiByte",     (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte,     0 },
-
-#define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \
-        LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[60].pCurrent)
-
-  { "WriteFile",               (SYSCALL)WriteFile,               0 },
-
-#define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
-        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[61].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW,          0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \
-        DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent)
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject,     0 },
-#else
-  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
-        DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx,   0 },
-#else
-  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
-        BOOL))aSyscall[64].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx,        0 },
-#else
-  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \
-        PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[65].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 },
-#else
-  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0,                  0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
-        FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp,    0 },
-#else
-  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \
-        SIZE_T))aSyscall[67].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)CreateFile2,             0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
-        LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[68].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)LoadPackagedLibrary,     0 },
-#else
-  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \
-        DWORD))aSyscall[69].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64,          0 },
-#else
-  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[70].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo,     0 },
-#else
-  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
-        LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[71].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA,      0 },
-#else
-  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW,      0 },
-#else
-  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[73].pCurrent)
-
-  { "GetProcessHeap",          (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap,          0 },
-
-#define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[74].pCurrent)
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 },
-#else
-  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
-#endif
-
-#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
-        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent)
-
-}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
-
-/*
-** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
-** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
-** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
-** system call named zName.
-*/
-static int winSetSystemCall(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
-  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
-){
-  unsigned int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
-  if( zName==0 ){
-    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
-    ** settings and return NULL
-    */
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
-        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
-    ** specified.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
-        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
-          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
-        }
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
-        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
-** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
-** is currently undefined.
-*/
-static sqlite3_syscall_ptr winGetSystemCall(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
-  const char *zName
-){
-  unsigned int i;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
-    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
-** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
-** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
-** system call.
-*/
-static const char *winNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
-  int i = -1;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-  if( zName ){
-    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
-      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
-    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
-/*
-** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
-** compact it.  Upon success, SQLITE_OK will be returned.  Upon failure, one
-** of SQLITE_NOMEM, SQLITE_ERROR, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND will be returned.  The
-** "pnLargest" argument, if non-zero, will be used to return the size of the
-** largest committed free block in the heap, in bytes.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_compact_heap(LPUINT pnLargest){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  UINT nLargest = 0;
-  HANDLE hHeap;
-
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
-  assert( hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
-#endif
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  if( (nLargest=osHeapCompact(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS))==0 ){
-    DWORD lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    if( lastErrno==NO_ERROR ){
-      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapCompact (no space), heap=%p",
-                  (void*)hHeap);
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, "failed to HeapCompact (%lu), heap=%p",
-                  osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTFOUND, "failed to HeapCompact, heap=%p",
-              (void*)hHeap);
-  rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-#endif
-  if( pnLargest ) *pnLargest = nLargest;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to
-** destroy and recreate it.  If the Win32 native heap is not isolated and/or
-** the sqlite3_memory_used() function does not return zero, SQLITE_BUSY will
-** be returned and no changes will be made to the Win32 native heap.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){
-  int rc;
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMem; )    /* The memsys static mutex */
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMem = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); )
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMem);
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  if( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL && winMemGetOwned() && sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ){
-    /*
-    ** At this point, there should be no outstanding memory allocations on
-    ** the heap.  Also, since both the master and memsys locks are currently
-    ** being held by us, no other function (i.e. from another thread) should
-    ** be able to even access the heap.  Attempt to destroy and recreate our
-    ** isolated Win32 native heap now.
-    */
-    assert( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
-    assert( winMemGetOwned() );
-    assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
-    winMemShutdown(winMemGetDataPtr());
-    assert( winMemGetHeap()==NULL );
-    assert( !winMemGetOwned() );
-    assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
-    rc = winMemInit(winMemGetDataPtr());
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetHeap()!=NULL );
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetOwned() );
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_memory_used()==0 );
-  }else{
-    /*
-    ** The Win32 native heap cannot be modified because it may be in use.
-    */
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMem);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
-
-/*
-** This function outputs the specified (ANSI) string to the Win32 debugger
-** (if available).
-*/
-
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_write_debug(const char *zBuf, int nBuf){
-  char zDbgBuf[SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE];
-  int nMin = MIN(nBuf, (SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE - 1)); /* may be negative. */
-  if( nMin<-1 ) nMin = -1; /* all negative values become -1. */
-  assert( nMin==-1 || nMin==0 || nMin<SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE );
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-  if( nMin>0 ){
-    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
-    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
-    osOutputDebugStringA(zDbgBuf);
-  }else{
-    osOutputDebugStringA(zBuf);
-  }
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
-  if ( osMultiByteToWideChar(
-          osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP, 0, zBuf,
-          nMin, (LPWSTR)zDbgBuf, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(WCHAR))<=0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  osOutputDebugStringW((LPCWSTR)zDbgBuf);
-#else
-  if( nMin>0 ){
-    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
-    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
-    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zDbgBuf);
-  }else{
-    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zBuf);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routine suspends the current thread for at least ms
-** milliseconds.  This is equivalent to the Win32 Sleep() interface.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-static HANDLE sleepObj = NULL;
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  if ( sleepObj==NULL ){
-    sleepObj = osCreateEventExW(NULL, NULL, CREATE_EVENT_MANUAL_RESET,
-                                SYNCHRONIZE);
-  }
-  assert( sleepObj!=NULL );
-  osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE);
-#else
-  osSleep(milliseconds);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
-** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
-**
-** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
-** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
-** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
-** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
-** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
-** the LockFileEx() API.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
-# define osIsNT()  (1)
-#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-# define osIsNT()  (1)
-#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-# define osIsNT()  (0)
-#else
-  static int osIsNT(void){
-    if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
-#if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN8
-      OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo;
-      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
-      osGetVersionExW(&sInfo);
-#else
-      OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo;
-      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
-      osGetVersionExA(&sInfo);
-#endif
-      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
-    }
-    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
-/*
-** Allocate nBytes of memory.
-*/
-static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
-  HANDLE hHeap;
-  void *p;
-
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
-  assert( hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
-#endif
-  assert( nBytes>=0 );
-  p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
-  if( !p ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
-                nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory.
-*/
-static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){
-  HANDLE hHeap;
-
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
-  assert( hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
-#endif
-  if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */
-  if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
-                pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
-*/
-static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
-  HANDLE hHeap;
-  void *p;
-
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
-  assert( hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
-#endif
-  assert( nBytes>=0 );
-  if( !pPrior ){
-    p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
-  }else{
-    p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
-  }
-  if( !p ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p",
-                pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(),
-                (void*)hHeap);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.
-*/
-static int winMemSize(void *p){
-  HANDLE hHeap;
-  SIZE_T n;
-
-  winMemAssertMagic();
-  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
-  assert( hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p) );
-#endif
-  if( !p ) return 0;
-  n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p);
-  if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%lu), heap=%p",
-                p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return (int)n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int winMemRoundup(int n){
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize this module.
-*/
-static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){
-  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
-
-  if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
-  assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
-  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
-    DWORD dwInitialSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE;
-    DWORD dwMaximumSize = (DWORD)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
-    if( dwMaximumSize==0 ){
-      dwMaximumSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE;
-    }else if( dwInitialSize>dwMaximumSize ){
-      dwInitialSize = dwMaximumSize;
-    }
-    pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS,
-                                      dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize);
-    if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
-      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
-          "failed to HeapCreate (%lu), flags=%u, initSize=%lu, maxSize=%lu",
-          osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize,
-          dwMaximumSize);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE;
-    assert( pWinMemData->bOwned );
-  }
-#else
-  pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap();
-  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
-        "failed to GetProcessHeap (%lu)", osGetLastError());
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
-  assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned );
-#endif
-  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 );
-  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-  assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){
-  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
-
-  if( !pWinMemData ) return;
-  assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 );
-  assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 );
-
-  if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){
-    assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
-    assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
-#endif
-    if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){
-      if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){
-        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%lu), heap=%p",
-                    osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap);
-      }
-      pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
-    }
-    pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
-** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
-**
-** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
-** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = {
-    winMemMalloc,
-    winMemFree,
-    winMemRealloc,
-    winMemSize,
-    winMemRoundup,
-    winMemInit,
-    winMemShutdown,
-    &win_mem_data
-  };
-  return &winMemMethods;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32());
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
-
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?). 
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
-*/
-static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
-  int nChar;
-  LPWSTR zWideFilename;
-
-  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
-  if( nChar==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zWideFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
-  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename,
-                                nChar);
-  if( nChar==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(zWideFilename);
-    zWideFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zWideFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert Microsoft Unicode to UTF-8.  Space to hold the returned string is
-** obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-static char *winUnicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  char *zFilename;
-
-  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
-  if( zFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
-                                0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(zFilename);
-    zFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the
-** current codepage settings for file apis.
-** 
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
-** from sqlite3_malloc.
-*/
-static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  LPWSTR zMbcsFilename;
-  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
-
-  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,
-                                0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
-  if( nByte==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zMbcsFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
-  if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename,
-                                nByte);
-  if( nByte==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(zMbcsFilename);
-    zMbcsFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zMbcsFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert Microsoft Unicode to multi-byte character string, based on the
-** user's ANSI codepage.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-static char *winUnicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  char *zFilename;
-  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
-
-  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte );
-  if( zFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename,
-                                nByte, 0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(zFilename);
-    zFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8.  Space to hold the
-** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){
-  char *zFilenameUtf8;
-  LPWSTR zTmpWide;
-
-  zTmpWide = winMbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
-  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zFilenameUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
-  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
-  return zFilenameUtf8;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the 
-** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){
-  char *zFilenameMbcs;
-  LPWSTR zTmpWide;
-
-  zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zFilenameMbcs = winUnicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
-  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
-  return zFilenameMbcs;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function sets the data directory or the temporary directory based on
-** the provided arguments.  The type argument must be 1 in order to set the
-** data directory or 2 in order to set the temporary directory.  The zValue
-** argument is the name of the directory to use.  The return value will be
-** SQLITE_OK if successful.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory(DWORD type, LPCWSTR zValue){
-  char **ppDirectory = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-  if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
-    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_data_directory;
-  }else if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
-    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_temp_directory;
-  }
-  assert( !ppDirectory || type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
-          || type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
-  );
-  assert( !ppDirectory || sqlite3MemdebugHasType(*ppDirectory, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
-  if( ppDirectory ){
-    char *zValueUtf8 = 0;
-    if( zValue && zValue[0] ){
-      zValueUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zValue);
-      if ( zValueUtf8==0 ){
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(*ppDirectory);
-    *ppDirectory = zValueUtf8;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** The return value of winGetLastErrorMsg
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
-*/
-static int winGetLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure.  Otherwise it
-  ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
-  ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
-  */
-  DWORD dwLen = 0;
-  char *zOut = 0;
-
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-    WCHAR zTempWide[SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS+1];
-    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
-                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
-                             NULL,
-                             lastErrno,
-                             0,
-                             zTempWide,
-                             SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS,
-                             0);
-#else
-    LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL;
-    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
-                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
-                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
-                             NULL,
-                             lastErrno,
-                             0,
-                             (LPWSTR) &zTempWide,
-                             0,
-                             0);
-#endif
-    if( dwLen > 0 ){
-      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTempWide);
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
-      osLocalFree(zTempWide);
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    char *zTemp = NULL;
-    dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
-                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
-                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
-                             NULL,
-                             lastErrno,
-                             0,
-                             (LPSTR) &zTemp,
-                             0,
-                             0);
-    if( dwLen > 0 ){
-      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
-      osLocalFree(zTemp);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  if( 0 == dwLen ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%lx (%lu)", lastErrno, lastErrno);
-  }else{
-    /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut);
-    /* free the UTF8 buffer */
-    sqlite3_free(zOut);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-**
-** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro
-** winLogError().
-**
-** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function.
-** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
-** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from 
-** FormatMessage.
-**
-** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
-** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
-** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
-** failed and the associated file-system path, if any.
-*/
-#define winLogError(a,b,c,d)   winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__)
-static int winLogErrorAtLine(
-  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
-  DWORD lastErrno,                /* Win32 last error */
-  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
-  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
-  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
-){
-  char zMsg[500];                 /* Human readable error text */
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-
-  zMsg[0] = 0;
-  winGetLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg);
-  assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
-  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
-  for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){}
-  zMsg[i] = 0;
-  sqlite3_log(errcode,
-      "os_win.c:%d: (%lu) %s(%s) - %s",
-      iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg
-  );
-
-  return errcode;
-}
-
-/*
-** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile()
-** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by 
-** antivirus software.  Also the initial delay before the first retry.
-** The delay increases linearly with each retry.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY
-# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY
-# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25
-#endif
-static int winIoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY;
-static int winIoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY;
-
-/*
-** The "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro is used to determine if a particular I/O
-** error code obtained via GetLastError() is eligible to be retried.  It
-** must accept the error code DWORD as its only argument and should return
-** non-zero if the error code is transient in nature and the operation
-** responsible for generating the original error might succeed upon being
-** retried.  The argument to this macro should be a variable.
-**
-** Additionally, a macro named "winIoerrCanRetry2" may be defined.  If it
-** is defined, it will be consulted only when the macro "winIoerrCanRetry1"
-** returns zero.  The "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro is completely optional and
-** may be used to include additional error codes in the set that should
-** result in the failing I/O operation being retried by the caller.  If
-** defined, the "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro must exhibit external semantics
-** identical to those of the "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro.
-*/
-#if !defined(winIoerrCanRetry1)
-#define winIoerrCanRetry1(a) (((a)==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)        || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION)    || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION)       || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST)        || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED)      || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_SEM_TIMEOUT)          || \
-                              ((a)==ERROR_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine
-** to see if it should be retried.  Return TRUE to retry.  Return FALSE
-** to give up with an error.
-*/
-static int winRetryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){
-  DWORD e = osGetLastError();
-  if( *pnRetry>=winIoerrRetry ){
-    if( pError ){
-      *pError = e;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( winIoerrCanRetry1(e) ){
-    sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
-    ++*pnRetry;
-    return 1;
-  }
-#if defined(winIoerrCanRetry2)
-  else if( winIoerrCanRetry2(e) ){
-    sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
-    ++*pnRetry;
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pError ){
-    *pError = e;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Log a I/O error retry episode.
-*/
-static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry){
-  if( nRetry ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, 
-      "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict",
-      winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2
-    );
-  }
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-/*************************************************************************
-** This section contains code for WinCE only.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API
-/*
-** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function.  So
-** create a substitute.
-*/
-/* #include <time.h> */
-struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
-{
-  static struct tm y;
-  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
-  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
-  sqlite3_int64 t64;
-  t64 = *t;
-  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
-  uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF);
-  uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32);
-  osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
-  osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
-  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
-  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
-  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
-  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
-  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
-  y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
-  y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
-  return &y;
-}
-#endif
-
-#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)]
-
-/*
-** Acquire a lock on the handle h
-*/
-static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
-   DWORD dwErr;
-   do {
-     dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
-   } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
-}
-/*
-** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
-*/
-#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
-
-/*
-** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
-** descriptor pFile
-*/
-static int winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
-  LPWSTR zTok;
-  LPWSTR zName;
-  DWORD lastErrno;
-  BOOL bLogged = FALSE;
-  BOOL bInit = TRUE;
-
-  zName = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-  if( zName==0 ){
-    /* out of memory */
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the local lockdata */
-  memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local));
-
-  /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
-  ** to derive a mutex name. */
-  zTok = osCharLowerW(zName);
-  for (;*zTok;zTok++){
-    if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
-  }
-
-  /* Create/open the named mutex */
-  pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
-  if (!pFile->hMutex){
-    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    sqlite3_free(zName);
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winceCreateLock1", zFilename);
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-  
-  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are 
-  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
-  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
-  */
-  osCharUpperW(zName);
-  pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
-                                        PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
-                                        zName);  
-
-  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it 
-  ** must be zero-initialized */
-  lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-  if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
-    bInit = FALSE;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(zName);
-
-  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
-  if( pFile->hShared ){
-    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, 
-             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
-    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
-    if( !pFile->shared ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
-                  "winceCreateLock2", zFilename);
-      bLogged = TRUE;
-      osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
-      pFile->hShared = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
-  if( pFile->hShared==NULL ){
-    if( !bLogged ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
-                  "winceCreateLock3", zFilename);
-      bLogged = TRUE;
-    }
-    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
-    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-  
-  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
-  if( bInit ){
-    memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
-  }
-
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
-*/
-static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
-  if (pFile->hMutex){
-    /* Acquire the mutex */
-    winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
-    /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
-       are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
-    if (pFile->local.nReaders){
-      pFile->shared->nReaders --;
-    }
-    if (pFile->local.bReserved){
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
-    }
-    if (pFile->local.bPending){
-      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
-    }
-    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
-      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
-    osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
-    osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
-
-    /* Done with the mutex */
-    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);    
-    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
-    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
-  }
-}
-
-/* 
-** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE
-*/
-static BOOL winceLockFile(
-  LPHANDLE phFile,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
-){
-  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
-  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);
-
-  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
-  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
-  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST
-       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
-    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
-       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
-       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
-       bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Want a read-only lock? */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
-           nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
-      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
-      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
-        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
-      }
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Want a pending lock? */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
-           && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
-    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
-      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
-      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Want a reserved lock? */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
-           && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
-      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return bReturn;
-}
-
-/*
-** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE
-*/
-static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
-  LPHANDLE phFile,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
-){
-  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
-  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh);
-
-  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
-  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
-  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){
-    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
-    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
-      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE);
-      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
-    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
-      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE
-             || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1);
-      pFile->local.nReaders --;
-      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
-      {
-        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
-      }
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Releasing a pending lock */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE
-           && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->local.bPending){
-      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE
-           && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
-      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return bReturn;
-}
-/*
-** End of the special code for wince
-*****************************************************************************/
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
-
-/*
-** Lock a file region.
-*/
-static BOOL winLockFile(
-  LPHANDLE phFile,
-  DWORD flags,
-  DWORD offsetLow,
-  DWORD offsetHigh,
-  DWORD numBytesLow,
-  DWORD numBytesHigh
-){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  /*
-  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
-  **       API LockFile.
-  */
-  return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
-                       numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
-#else
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
-    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
-    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
-    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
-    return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
-  }else{
-    return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
-                      numBytesHigh);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock a file region.
- */
-static BOOL winUnlockFile(
-  LPHANDLE phFile,
-  DWORD offsetLow,
-  DWORD offsetHigh,
-  DWORD numBytesLow,
-  DWORD numBytesHigh
-){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  /*
-  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
-  **       API UnlockFile.
-  */
-  return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
-                         numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
-#else
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
-    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
-    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
-    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
-    return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
-  }else{
-    return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
-                        numBytesHigh);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
-** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
-*/
-#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
-# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first 
-** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. 
-** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero.
-*/
-static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  LONG upperBits;                 /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */
-  LONG lowerBits;                 /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */
-  DWORD dwRet;                    /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */
-  DWORD lastErrno;                /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
-
-  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset));
-
-  upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
-  lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff);
-
-  /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword 
-  ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails,
-  ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, 
-  ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine 
-  ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call 
-  ** GetLastError().
-  */
-  dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
-
-  if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
-      && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
-                "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
-    OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-  return 0;
-#else
-  /*
-  ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT.
-  */
-
-  LARGE_INTEGER x;                /* The new offset */
-  BOOL bRet;                      /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */
-
-  x.QuadPart = iOffset;
-  bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN);
-
-  if(!bRet){
-    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
-                "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath);
-    OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h));
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-  return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for memory mapped files */
-static int winMapfile(winFile*, sqlite3_int64);
-static int winUnmapfile(winFile*);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-**
-** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
-** fail.  This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious
-** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen.  If
-** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again.  As
-** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
-** giving up and returning an error.
-*/
-#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
-static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int rc, cnt = 0;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-
-  assert( id!=0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  assert( pFile->pShm==0 );
-#endif
-  assert( pFile->h!=NULL && pFile->h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
-  OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p\n", pFile->h));
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  winUnmapfile(pFile);
-#endif
-
-  do{
-    rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h);
-    /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */
-  }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) );
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
-  winceDestroyLock(pFile);
-  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
-    int cnt = 0;
-    while(
-           osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
-        && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff 
-        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
-    ){
-       sqlite3_win32_sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( rc ){
-    pFile->h = NULL;
-  }
-  OpenCounter(-1);
-  OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed"));
-  return rc ? SQLITE_OK
-            : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(),
-                          "winClose", pFile->zPath);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int winRead(
-  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
-  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
-  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
-  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  OVERLAPPED overlapped;          /* The offset for ReadFile. */
-#endif
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* file handle */
-  DWORD nRead;                    /* Number of bytes actually read from file */
-  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retrys */
-
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  assert( amt>0 );
-  assert( offset>=0 );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
-  OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n",
-           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering
-  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
-  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
-    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
-      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt);
-      OSTRACE(("READ-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
-      memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy);
-      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
-      amt -= nCopy;
-      offset += nCopy;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  if( winSeekFile(pFile, offset) ){
-    OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h));
-    return SQLITE_FULL;
-  }
-  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){
-#else
-  memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
-  overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
-  overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
-  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) &&
-         osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){
-#endif
-    DWORD lastErrno;
-    if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_READ\n", pFile->h));
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winRead", pFile->zPath);
-  }
-  winLogIoerr(nRetry);
-  if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){
-    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
-    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead);
-    OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ\n", pFile->h));
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
-*/
-static int winWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to write into */
-  const void *pBuf,               /* The bytes to be written */
-  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
-){
-  int rc = 0;                     /* True if error has occurred, else false */
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle */
-  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retries */
-
-  assert( amt>0 );
-  assert( pFile );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
-  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
-
-  OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n",
-           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
-  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
-  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
-    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
-      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
-      OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset);
-      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy);
-      pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy];
-      amt -= nCopy;
-      offset += nCopy;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  rc = winSeekFile(pFile, offset);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-#else
-  {
-#endif
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-    OVERLAPPED overlapped;        /* The offset for WriteFile. */
-#endif
-    u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf;        /* Data yet to be written */
-    int nRem = amt;               /* Number of bytes yet to be written */
-    DWORD nWrite;                 /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */
-    DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;   /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-    memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
-    overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
-    overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
-#endif
-
-    while( nRem>0 ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){
-#else
-      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){
-#endif
-        if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
-        break;
-      }
-      assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem );
-      if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){
-        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-        break;
-      }
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-      offset += nWrite;
-      overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
-      overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
-#endif
-      aRem += nWrite;
-      nRem -= nWrite;
-    }
-    if( nRem>0 ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-      rc = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc ){
-    if(   ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL )
-       || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){
-      OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h));
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_FULL, pFile->lastErrno,
-                         "winWrite1", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-    OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE\n", pFile->h));
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winWrite2", pFile->zPath);
-  }else{
-    winLogIoerr(nRetry);
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle object */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code for this function */
-  DWORD lastErrno;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
-  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, size=%lld, lock=%d\n",
-           pFile->h, nByte, pFile->locktype));
-
-  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
-  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
-  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
-  ** size).
-  */
-  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
-    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
-  }
-
-  /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */
-  if( winSeekFile(pFile, nByte) ){
-    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
-                     "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath);
-  }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) &&
-            ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_USER_MAPPED_FILE) ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
-                     "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath);
-  }
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  /* If the file was truncated to a size smaller than the currently
-  ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
-  ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
-  */
-  if( pFile->pMapRegion && nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
-    pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-*/
-static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  /*
-  ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined.
-   */
-  BOOL rc;
-#endif
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \
-    (defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG))
-  /*
-  ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or
-  ** OSTRACE() macros.
-   */
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
-#endif
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
-  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
-      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
-  );
-
-  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
-  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
-  */
-  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
-
-  OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, flags=%x, lock=%d\n",
-           pFile->h, flags, pFile->locktype));
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
-#else
-  if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
-    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
-  }
-  sqlite3_sync_count++;
-#endif
-
-  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
-  ** no-op
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  OSTRACE(("SYNC-NOP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#else
-  rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h);
-  SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE );
-  if( rc ){
-    OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC\n", pFile->h));
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winSync", pFile->zPath);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  assert( pSize!=0 );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
-  OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p\n", pFile->h, pSize));
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  {
-    FILE_STANDARD_INFO info;
-    if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo,
-                                     &info, sizeof(info)) ){
-      *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart;
-    }else{
-      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  {
-    DWORD upperBits;
-    DWORD lowerBits;
-    DWORD lastErrno;
-
-    lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
-    *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
-    if(   (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE)
-       && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
-                       "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p, *pSize=%lld, rc=%s\n",
-           pFile->h, pSize, *pSize, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
-*/
-#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
-# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-# define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions.
-** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail
-** immediately if the lock could not be obtained.  Also, it always expected to
-** obtain an exclusive lock.  These flags are used with the LockFileEx function
-** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS
-# define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS   (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \
-                                  LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the
-** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS
-# define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Acquire a reader lock.
-** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
-** is Win9x or WinNT.
-*/
-static int winGetReadLock(winFile *pFile){
-  int res;
-  OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-    /*
-    ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
-    **       API LockFileEx.
-    */
-    res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
-#else
-    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
-                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-#endif
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    int lk;
-    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
-    pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1));
-    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
-                      SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( res == 0 ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    /* No need to log a failure to lock */
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res));
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Undo a readlock
-*/
-static int winUnlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
-  int res;
-  DWORD lastErrno;
-  OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno,
-                "winUnlockReadLock", pFile->zPath);
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res));
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  The winUnlock() routine
-** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
-** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
-** must go straight to locking level 0.
-*/
-static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
-  int res = 1;           /* Result of a Windows lock call */
-  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
-  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
-
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
-           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));
-
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
-    OSTRACE(("LOCK-HELD file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
-  */
-  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-
-  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
-  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
-  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
-  */
-  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
-  if(   (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK)
-     || (   (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
-         && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK))
-  ){
-    int cnt = 3;
-    while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
-                                         PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
-      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  This is needed to work
-      ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on
-      ** Windows systems.
-      ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not
-      ** copy this retry logic.  It is a hack intended for Windows only.
-      */
-      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      OSTRACE(("LOCK-PENDING-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, result=%d\n",
-               pFile->h, cnt, res));
-      if( lastErrno==ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
-        OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, rc=%s\n",
-                 pFile->h, cnt, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-        return rc;
-      }
-      if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
-    }
-    gotPendingLock = res;
-    if( !res ){
-      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a shared lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
-    res = winGetReadLock(pFile);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }else{
-      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
-    }else{
-      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
-    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
-    gotPendingLock = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
-    res = winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
-    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
-                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
-    }else{
-      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      winGetReadLock(pFile);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
-  ** release it now.
-  */
-  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
-  ** return the appropriate result code.
-  */
-  if( res ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, wanted=%d, got=%d\n",
-             pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype));
-  }
-  pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype;
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
-           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero, otherwise zero.
-*/
-static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int res;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p\n", pFile->h, pResOut));
-
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    res = 1;
-    OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (local)\n", pFile->h, res));
-  }else{
-    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS,RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-    if( res ){
-      winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-    }
-    res = !res;
-    OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (remote)\n", pFile->h, res));
-  }
-  *pResOut = res;
-  OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           pFile->h, pResOut, *pResOut));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
-** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
-** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
-*/
-static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  int type;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n",
-           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype));
-  type = pFile->locktype;
-  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !winGetReadLock(pFile) ){
-      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
-      ** reacquire the read lock */
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(),
-                       "winUnlock", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-  }
-  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
-    winUnlockReadLock(pFile);
-  }
-  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
-    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-  pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
-  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
-           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
-** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
-**
-** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
-*/
-static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
-  if( *pArg<0 ){
-    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
-  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
-    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
-  }else{
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
-  }
-}
-
-/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */
-static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **);
-static int winIsDir(const void *);
-static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *);
-
-/*
-** Control and query of the open file handle.
-*/
-static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, op=%d, pArg=%p\n", pFile->h, op, pArg));
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
-      *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype;
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
-      *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno;
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
-      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
-      if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
-        sqlite3_int64 oldSz;
-        int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
-          if( newSz>oldSz ){
-            SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-            rc = winTruncate(id, newSz);
-            SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-          }
-        }
-        OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-        return rc;
-      }
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
-      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
-      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
-      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: {
-      int *a = (int*)pArg;
-      if( a[0]>0 ){
-        winIoerrRetry = a[0];
-      }else{
-        a[0] = winIoerrRetry;
-      }
-      if( a[1]>0 ){
-        winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
-      }else{
-        a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay;
-      }
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: {
-      LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg;
-      HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h;
-      pFile->h = *phFile;
-      *phFile = hOldFile;
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-               hOldFile, pFile->h));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-#endif
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: {
-      char *zTFile = 0;
-      int rc = winGetTempname(pFile->pVfs, &zTFile);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        *(char**)pArg = zTFile;
-      }
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-      return rc;
-    }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
-      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
-      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
-        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
-      }
-      *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax;
-      if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){
-        pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit;
-        if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){
-          winUnmapfile(pFile);
-          rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1);
-        }
-      }
-      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-      return rc;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_NOTFOUND\n", pFile->h));
-  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
-*/
-static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  (void)id;
-  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a vector of device characteristics.
-*/
-static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  winFile *p = (winFile*)id;
-  return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN |
-         ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Windows will only let you create file view mappings
-** on allocation size granularity boundaries.
-** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo()
-** to get the granularity size.
-*/
-static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-
-/*
-** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
-** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by 
-** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
-**
-** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
-** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
-** statements. e.g.
-**
-**   winShmEnterMutex()
-**     assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
-**   winShmLeaveMutex()
-*/
-static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int winShmMutexHeld(void) {
-  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide
-** shared memory.  When multiple threads all reference the same
-** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all
-** point to a single instance of this object.  In other words, each
-** log-summary is opened only once per process.
-**
-** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
-** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
-**
-**      nRef
-**      pNext 
-**
-** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
-** 
-**      fid
-**      zFilename
-**
-** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and
-** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
-** in this structure.
-**
-*/
-struct winShmNode {
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
-  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the file */
-  winFile hFile;             /* File handle from winOpen */
-
-  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
-  int nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
-  struct ShmRegion {
-    HANDLE hMap;             /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */
-    void *pMap;
-  } *aRegion;
-  DWORD lastErrno;           /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
-
-  int nRef;                  /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */
-  winShm *pFirst;            /* All winShm objects pointing to this */
-  winShmNode *pNext;         /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available winShm.id value */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** A global array of all winShmNode objects.
-**
-** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list.
-*/
-static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0;
-
-/*
-** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
-** open shared memory connection.
-**
-** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
-** are read-only thereafter:
-**
-**    winShm.pShmNode
-**    winShm.id
-**
-** All other fields are read/write.  The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held
-** while accessing any read/write fields.
-*/
-struct winShm {
-  winShmNode *pShmNode;      /* The underlying winShmNode object */
-  winShm *pNext;             /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */
-  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */
-  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
-  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Constants used for locking
-*/
-#define WIN_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)        /* first lock byte */
-#define WIN_SHM_DMS    (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
-
-/*
-** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst.
-*/
-#define _SHM_UNLCK  1
-#define _SHM_RDLCK  2
-#define _SHM_WRLCK  3
-static int winShmSystemLock(
-  winShmNode *pFile,    /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
-  int lockType,         /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */
-  int ofst,             /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */
-  int nByte             /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */
-){
-  int rc = 0;           /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */
-
-  /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 );
-
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n",
-           pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte));
-
-  /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */
-  if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){
-    rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
-  }else{
-    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
-    DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY;
-    if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
-    rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
-  }
-  
-  if( rc!= 0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    pFile->lastErrno =  osGetLastError();
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, func=%s, errno=%lu, rc=%s\n",
-           pFile->hFile.h, (lockType == _SHM_UNLCK) ? "winUnlockFile" :
-           "winLockFile", pFile->lastErrno, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Forward references to VFS methods */
-static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*);
-static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int);
-
-/*
-** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0.
-**
-** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
-** by VFS shared-memory methods.
-*/
-static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){
-  winShmNode **pp;
-  winShmNode *p;
-  assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid=%lu, deleteFlag=%d\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), deleteFlag));
-  pp = &winShmNodeList;
-  while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){
-    if( p->nRef==0 ){
-      int i;
-      if( p->mutex ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); }
-      for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
-        BOOL bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap);
-        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-UNMAP pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
-                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
-        UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
-        bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap);
-        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-CLOSE pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n",
-                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
-        UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc);
-      }
-      if( p->hFile.h!=NULL && p->hFile.h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
-        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-        winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile);
-        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-      }
-      if( deleteFlag ){
-        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-        winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0);
-        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-      }
-      *pp = p->pNext;
-      sqlite3_free(p->aRegion);
-      sqlite3_free(p);
-    }else{
-      pp = &p->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd.
-**
-** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
-** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
-** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
-*/
-static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){
-  struct winShm *p;                  /* The connection to be opened */
-  struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
-  int rc;                            /* Result code */
-  struct winShmNode *pNew;           /* Newly allocated winShmNode */
-  int nName;                         /* Size of zName in bytes */
-
-  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );    /* Not previously opened */
-
-  /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object.  Also speculatively
-  ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename.
-  */
-  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath);
-  pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 );
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1];
-  sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
-  sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename); 
-
-  /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used.
-  ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one.
-  */
-  winShmEnterMutex();
-  for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){
-    /* TBD need to come up with better match here.  Perhaps
-    ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure.
-    */
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break;
-  }
-  if( pShmNode ){
-    sqlite3_free(pNew);
-  }else{
-    pShmNode = pNew;
-    pNew = 0;
-    ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-    pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList;
-    winShmNodeList = pShmNode;
-
-    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
-    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-
-    rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs,
-                 pShmNode->zFilename,             /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
-                 (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile,  /* File handle here */
-                 SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE,
-                 0);
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-      goto shm_open_err;
-    }
-
-    /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
-    ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. 
-    */
-    if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
-      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
-    }
-    if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
-  }
-
-  /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */
-  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
-#endif
-  pShmNode->nRef++;
-  pDbFd->pShm = p;
-  winShmLeaveMutex();
-
-  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
-  ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
-  ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
-  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
-  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex 
-  ** mutex.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
-  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Jump here on any error */
-shm_open_err:
-  winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
-  winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0);      /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  sqlite3_free(pNew);
-  winShmLeaveMutex();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
-** storage if deleteFlag is true.
-*/
-static int winShmUnmap(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database holding shared memory */
-  int deleteFlag             /* Delete after closing if true */
-){
-  winFile *pDbFd;       /* Database holding shared-memory */
-  winShm *p;            /* The connection to be closed */
-  winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
-  winShm **pp;          /* For looping over sibling connections */
-
-  pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
-  p = pDbFd->pShm;
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
-
-  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
-  ** with pShmNode */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
-  *pp = p->pNext;
-
-  /* Free the connection p */
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-
-  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
-  ** shared-memory file, too */
-  winShmEnterMutex();
-  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
-  pShmNode->nRef--;
-  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
-    winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag);
-  }
-  winShmLeaveMutex();
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
-*/
-static int winShmLock(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
-  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
-  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
-  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
-){
-  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;        /* Connection holding shared memory */
-  winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;              /* The shared memory being locked */
-  winShm *pX;                           /* For looping over all siblings */
-  winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
-  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */
-
-  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
-  assert( n>=1 );
-  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
-       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
-  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
-
-  mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst));
-  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
-    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
-
-    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( pX==p ) continue;
-      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
-      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
-    }
-
-    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
-    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
-      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    /* Undo the local locks */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
-      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
-    } 
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
-    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
-
-    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
-    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
-    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
-    */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        break;
-      }
-      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
-    }
-
-    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
-        rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
-      }else{
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Get the local shared locks */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->sharedMask |= mask;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
-    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
-    */
-    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
-      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
-    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
-        p->exclMask |= mask;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
-           sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
-**
-** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
-** any load or store begun after the barrier.
-*/
-static void winShmBarrier(
-  sqlite3_file *fd          /* Database holding the shared memory */
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
-  /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */
-  winShmEnterMutex();
-  winShmLeaveMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
-** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
-** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
-** bytes in size.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
-**
-** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
-** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
-** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
-** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
-** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
-**
-** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
-** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
-** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
-** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
-*/
-static int winShmMap(
-  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
-  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
-  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
-  int isWrite,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
-  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
-){
-  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
-  winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;
-  winShmNode *pShmNode;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( !p ){
-    rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    p = pDbFd->pShm;
-  }
-  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
-  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
-
-  if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
-    struct ShmRegion *apNew;           /* New aRegion[] array */
-    int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion;  /* Minimum required file size */
-    sqlite3_int64 sz;                  /* Current size of wal-index file */
-
-    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
-
-    /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
-    ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
-    ** large enough to contain the requested region).
-    */
-    rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
-                       "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath);
-      goto shmpage_out;
-    }
-
-    if( sz<nByte ){
-      /* The requested memory region does not exist. If isWrite is set to
-      ** zero, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
-      **
-      ** Alternatively, if isWrite is non-zero, use ftruncate() to allocate
-      ** the requested memory region.
-      */
-      if( !isWrite ) goto shmpage_out;
-      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, nByte);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath);
-        goto shmpage_out;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
-    apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc(
-        pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0])
-    );
-    if( !apNew ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      goto shmpage_out;
-    }
-    pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;
-
-    while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
-      HANDLE hMap = NULL;         /* file-mapping handle */
-      void *pMap = 0;             /* Mapped memory region */
-     
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-      hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h,
-          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL
-      );
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-      hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h, 
-          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
-      );
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-      hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h, 
-          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
-      );
-#endif
-      OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte,
-               hMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
-      if( hMap ){
-        int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion;
-        int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-        pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
-            iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
-        );
-#else
-        pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
-            0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
-        );
-#endif
-        OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-MAP pid=%lu, region=%d, offset=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
-                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset,
-                 szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
-      }
-      if( !pMap ){
-        pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno,
-                         "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath);
-        if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap);
-        goto shmpage_out;
-      }
-
-      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap;
-      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap;
-      pShmNode->nRegion++;
-    }
-  }
-
-shmpage_out:
-  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
-    int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion;
-    int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
-    char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap;
-    *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift];
-  }else{
-    *pp = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#else
-# define winShmMap     0
-# define winShmLock    0
-# define winShmBarrier 0
-# define winShmUnmap   0
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-/*
-** Cleans up the mapped region of the specified file, if any.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-static int winUnmapfile(winFile *pFile){
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
-           "mmapSize=%lld, mmapSizeActual=%lld, mmapSizeMax=%lld\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap, pFile->pMapRegion,
-           pFile->mmapSize, pFile->mmapSizeActual, pFile->mmapSizeMax));
-  if( pFile->pMapRegion ){
-    if( !osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, "
-               "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
-               pFile->pMapRegion));
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
-                         "winUnmapfile1", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-    pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
-    pFile->mmapSize = 0;
-    pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
-  }
-  if( pFile->hMap!=NULL ){
-    if( !osCloseHandle(pFile->hMap) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap));
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno,
-                         "winUnmapfile2", pFile->zPath);
-    }
-    pFile->hMap = NULL;
-  }
-  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
-** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if 
-** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still 
-** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
-**
-** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of 
-** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the 
-** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
-** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured 
-** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
-** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
-** code otherwise.
-*/
-static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
-  sqlite3_int64 nMap = nByte;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
-  OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, size=%lld\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, nByte));
-
-  if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( nMap<0 ){
-    rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file*)pFd, &nMap);
-    if( rc ){
-      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-    }
-  }
-  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
-    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
-  }
-  nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1);
- 
-  if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){
-    winUnmapfile(pFd);
-  }
-  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
-    void *pNew = 0;
-    DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY;
-    DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ;
-
-    winUnmapfile(pFd);
-    if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){
-      protect = PAGE_READWRITE;
-      flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE;
-    }
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL);
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
-                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
-                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
-#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
-    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
-                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
-                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
-#endif
-    if( pFd->hMap==NULL ){
-      pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
-                       "winMapfile1", pFd->zPath);
-      /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
-      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-CREATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    assert( (nMap % winSysInfo.dwPageSize)==0 );
-    assert( sizeof(SIZE_T)==sizeof(sqlite3_int64) || nMap<=0xffffffff );
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-    pNew = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
-#else
-    pNew = osMapViewOfFile(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap);
-#endif
-    if( pNew==NULL ){
-      osCloseHandle(pFd->hMap);
-      pFd->hMap = NULL;
-      pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno,
-                       "winMapfile2", pFd->zPath);
-      /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */
-      OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-MAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
-               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    pFd->pMapRegion = pNew;
-    pFd->mmapSize = nMap;
-    pFd->mmapSizeActual = nMap;
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
-
-/*
-** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset
-** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
-**
-** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
-** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
-** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
-** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
-**
-** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually 
-** release the reference by calling winUnfetch().
-*/
-static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
-#endif
-  *pp = 0;
-
-  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, amount=%d, pp=%p\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, iOff, nAmt, pp));
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){
-    if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){
-      int rc = winMapfile(pFd, -1);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n",
-                 osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){
-      *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff];
-      pFd->nFetchOut++;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a 
-** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second
-** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
-** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation. 
-**
-** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called 
-** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping 
-** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
-*/
-static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
-
-  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding 
-  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
-  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
-  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
-
-  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
-  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );
-
-  OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, p=%p\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p));
-
-  if( p ){
-    pFd->nFetchOut--;
-  }else{
-    /* FIXME:  If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a
-    ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call
-    ** is unnecessary can can be omitted - potentially improving
-    ** performance.  */
-    winUnmapfile(pFd);
-  }
-
-  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
-#endif
-
-  OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
-**
-********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
-** sqlite3_file for win32.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
-  3,                              /* iVersion */
-  winClose,                       /* xClose */
-  winRead,                        /* xRead */
-  winWrite,                       /* xWrite */
-  winTruncate,                    /* xTruncate */
-  winSync,                        /* xSync */
-  winFileSize,                    /* xFileSize */
-  winLock,                        /* xLock */
-  winUnlock,                      /* xUnlock */
-  winCheckReservedLock,           /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  winFileControl,                 /* xFileControl */
-  winSectorSize,                  /* xSectorSize */
-  winDeviceCharacteristics,       /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  winShmMap,                      /* xShmMap */
-  winShmLock,                     /* xShmLock */
-  winShmBarrier,                  /* xShmBarrier */
-  winShmUnmap,                    /* xShmUnmap */
-  winFetch,                       /* xFetch */
-  winUnfetch                      /* xUnfetch */
-};
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
-**
-** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
-** sqlite3_vfs object.
-*/
-
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-/*
-** Convert a filename from whatever the underlying operating system
-** supports for filenames into UTF-8.  Space to hold the result is
-** obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling function.
-*/
-static char *winConvertToUtf8Filename(const void *zFilename){
-  char *zConverted = 0;
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    zConverted = winUnicodeToUtf8(zFilename);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    zConverted = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zFilename);
-  }
-#endif
-  /* caller will handle out of memory */
-  return zConverted;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
-** operating system wants filenames in.  Space to hold the result
-** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
-*/
-static void *winConvertFromUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
-  void *zConverted = 0;
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    zConverted = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename);
-  }
-#endif
-  /* caller will handle out of memory */
-  return zConverted;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns non-zero if the specified UTF-8 string buffer
-** ends with a directory separator character or one was successfully
-** added to it.
-*/
-static int winMakeEndInDirSep(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  if( zBuf ){
-    int nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
-    if( nLen>0 ){
-      if( winIsDirSep(zBuf[nLen-1]) ){
-        return 1;
-      }else if( nLen+1<nBuf ){
-        zBuf[nLen] = winGetDirSep();
-        zBuf[nLen+1] = '\0';
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name and store the resulting pointer into pzBuf.
-** The pointer returned in pzBuf must be freed via sqlite3_free().
-*/
-static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, char **pzBuf){
-  static char zChars[] =
-    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
-    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
-    "0123456789";
-  size_t i, j;
-  int nPre = sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
-  int nMax, nBuf, nDir, nLen;
-  char *zBuf;
-
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. 
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
-
-  /* Allocate a temporary buffer to store the fully qualified file
-  ** name for the temporary file.  If this fails, we cannot continue.
-  */
-  nMax = pVfs->mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2;
-  zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero( nBuf );
-  if( !zBuf ){
-    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out the effective temporary directory.  First, check if one
-  ** has been explicitly set by the application; otherwise, use the one
-  ** configured by the operating system.
-  */
-  nDir = nMax - (nPre + 15);
-  assert( nDir>0 );
-  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
-    int nDirLen = sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_temp_directory);
-    if( nDirLen>0 ){
-      if( !winIsDirSep(sqlite3_temp_directory[nDirLen-1]) ){
-        nDirLen++;
-      }
-      if( nDirLen>nDir ){
-        sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-        OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
-        return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname1", 0);
-      }
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
-    }
-  }
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  else{
-    static const char *azDirs[] = {
-       0, /* getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR") */
-       0, /* getenv("TMPDIR") */
-       0, /* getenv("TMP") */
-       0, /* getenv("TEMP") */
-       0, /* getenv("USERPROFILE") */
-       "/var/tmp",
-       "/usr/tmp",
-       "/tmp",
-       ".",
-       0        /* List terminator */
-    };
-    unsigned int i;
-    const char *zDir = 0;
-
-    if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR");
-    if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
-    if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMP");
-    if( !azDirs[3] ) azDirs[3] = getenv("TEMP");
-    if( !azDirs[4] ) azDirs[4] = getenv("USERPROFILE");
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
-      void *zConverted;
-      if( zDir==0 ) continue;
-      /* If the path starts with a drive letter followed by the colon
-      ** character, assume it is already a native Win32 path; otherwise,
-      ** it must be converted to a native Win32 path via the Cygwin API
-      ** prior to using it.
-      */
-      if( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zDir) ){
-        zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zDir);
-        if( !zConverted ){
-          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-          return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-        }
-        if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
-          sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zDir);
-          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-          break;
-        }
-        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      }else{
-        zConverted = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax+1 );
-        if( !zConverted ){
-          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-          return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-        }
-        if( cygwin_conv_path(
-                osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A, zDir,
-                zConverted, nMax+1)<0 ){
-          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-          sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-          OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH\n"));
-          return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
-                             "winGetTempname2", zDir);
-        }
-        if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
-          /* At this point, we know the candidate directory exists and should
-          ** be used.  However, we may need to convert the string containing
-          ** its name into UTF-8 (i.e. if it is UTF-16 right now).
-          */
-          char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zConverted);
-          if( !zUtf8 ){
-            sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-            sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-            OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-            return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-          }
-          sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
-          sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
-          sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-          break;
-        }
-        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  else if( osIsNT() ){
-    char *zMulti;
-    LPWSTR zWidePath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax*sizeof(WCHAR) );
-    if( !zWidePath ){
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    if( osGetTempPathW(nMax, zWidePath)==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winGetTempname2", 0);
-    }
-    zMulti = winUnicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
-    if( zMulti ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zMulti);
-      sqlite3_free(zMulti);
-      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_free(zWidePath);
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    char *zUtf8;
-    char *zMbcsPath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax );
-    if( !zMbcsPath ){
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    if( osGetTempPathA(nMax, zMbcsPath)==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n"));
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winGetTempname3", 0);
-    }
-    zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zMbcsPath);
-    if( zUtf8 ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8);
-      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-      OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n"));
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI */
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
-
-  /*
-  ** Check to make sure the temporary directory ends with an appropriate
-  ** separator.  If it does not and there is not enough space left to add
-  ** one, fail.
-  */
-  if( !winMakeEndInDirSep(nDir+1, zBuf) ){
-    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname4", 0);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
-  ** name in the following format:
-  **
-  **   "<temporary_directory>/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0"
-  **
-  ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR.  The number 17 is used here in order to
-  ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the
-  ** two trailing NUL characters.  The final directory separator character
-  ** has already added if it was not already present.
-  */
-  nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
-  if( (nLen + nPre + 17) > nBuf ){
-    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
-    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname5", 0);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-16-nLen, zBuf+nLen, SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
-
-  j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
-  sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
-  for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
-    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
-  }
-  zBuf[j] = 0;
-  zBuf[j+1] = 0;
-  *pzBuf = zBuf;
-
-  OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME name=%s, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zBuf));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory.  Return false if
-** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory
-** allocation failure.
-*/
-static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){
-  DWORD attr;
-  int rc = 0;
-  DWORD lastErrno;
-
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    int cnt = 0;
-    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
-    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
-    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
-                             GetFileExInfoStandard,
-                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
-    if( !rc ){
-      return 0; /* Invalid name? */
-    }
-    attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
-  }else{
-    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
-#endif
-  }
-  return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a file.
-*/
-static int winOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Used to get maximum path name length */
-  const char *zName,        /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3_file *id,         /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
-  int flags,                /* Open mode flags */
-  int *pOutFlags            /* Status return flags */
-){
-  HANDLE h;
-  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
-  DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
-  DWORD dwShareMode;
-  DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
-  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  int isTemp = 0;
-#endif
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  void *zConverted;              /* Filename in OS encoding */
-  const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
-  int cnt = 0;
-
-  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
-  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
-  */
-  char *zTmpname = 0; /* For temporary filename, if necessary. */
-
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
-#endif
-
-  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
-  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
-  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
-        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
-     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
-     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
-  ));
-#endif
-
-  OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n",
-           zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags));
-
-  /* Check the following statements are true: 
-  **
-  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
-  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
-  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  */
-  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
-  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
-  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
-  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
-
-  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
-  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
-
-  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
-  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
-  );
-
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile));
-  pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR,
-        "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT");
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
-  ** temporary file name to use 
-  */
-  if( !zUtf8Name ){
-    assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal );
-    rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-      return rc;
-    }
-    zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
-  }
-
-  /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
-  ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
-  ** sqlite3_uri_parameter().
-  */
-  assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) ||
-       zUtf8Name[sqlite3Strlen30(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 );
-
-  /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
-  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
-    OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM", zUtf8Name));
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
-    OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR", zUtf8Name));
-    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR;
-  }
-
-  if( isReadWrite ){
-    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
-  }else{
-    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
-  }
-
-  /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is 
-  ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" 
-  ** as it is usually understood.
-  */
-  if( isExclusive ){
-    /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
-    /* If the file exists, it fails. */
-    dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
-  }else if( isCreate ){
-    /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
-    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
-  }else{
-    /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
-    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
-  }
-
-  dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
-
-  if( isDelete ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
-    isTemp = 1;
-#else
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
-                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
-                               | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
-#endif
-  }else{
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
-  }
-  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
-  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
-#endif
-
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-    CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters;
-    extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS);
-    extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes =
-            dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK;
-    extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK;
-    extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS;
-    extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL;
-    extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL;
-    while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
-                              dwDesiredAccess,
-                              dwShareMode,
-                              dwCreationDisposition,
-                              &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
-                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
-               /* Noop */
-    }
-#else
-    while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
-                              dwDesiredAccess,
-                              dwShareMode, NULL,
-                              dwCreationDisposition,
-                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
-                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
-                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
-               /* Noop */
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted,
-                              dwDesiredAccess,
-                              dwShareMode, NULL,
-                              dwCreationDisposition,
-                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
-                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
-                              winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
-               /* Noop */
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  winLogIoerr(cnt);
-
-  OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name,
-           dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));
-
-  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
-    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
-    winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
-    if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
-      return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, 
-         ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) &
-                     ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)),
-         pOutFlags);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pOutFlags ){
-    if( isReadWrite ){
-      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
-    }else{
-      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-    }
-  }
-
-  OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, pOutFlags=%p, *pOutFlags=%d, "
-           "rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, pOutFlags, pOutFlags ?
-           *pOutFlags : 0, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok"));
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
-       && (rc = winceCreateLock(zName, pFile))!=SQLITE_OK
-  ){
-    osCloseHandle(h);
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
-    OSTRACE(("OPEN-CE-LOCK name=%s, rc=%s\n", zName, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( isTemp ){
-    pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
-  pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
-  pFile->pVfs = pVfs;
-  pFile->h = h;
-  if( isReadonly ){
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
-    pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW;
-  }
-  pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
-  pFile->zPath = zName;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  pFile->hMap = NULL;
-  pFile->pMapRegion = 0;
-  pFile->mmapSize = 0;
-  pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0;
-  pFile->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
-#endif
-
-  OpenCounter(+1);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the named file.
-**
-** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
-** process has it open.  Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
-** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
-** whatever it does.  While this other process is holding the
-** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
-** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
-** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
-** up and returning an error.
-*/
-static int winDelete(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
-  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
-  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
-){
-  int cnt = 0;
-  int rc;
-  DWORD attr;
-  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
-  void *zConverted;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);
-
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
-  OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, syncDir=%d\n", zFilename, syncDir));
-
-  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    do {
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-      WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
-      memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
-      if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard,
-                                  &sAttrData) ){
-        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
-      }else{
-        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
-         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
-        }else{
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-#else
-      attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted);
-#endif
-      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
-        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
-         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
-        }else{
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
-        break;
-      }
-    } while(1);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    do {
-      attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted);
-      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
-        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
-        if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
-         || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */
-        }else{
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
-        break;
-      }
-      if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
-        break;
-      }
-    } while(1);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){
-    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename);
-  }else{
-    winLogIoerr(cnt);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-  OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=%s\n", zFilename, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check the existence and status of a file.
-*/
-static int winAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */
-  const char *zFilename,     /* Name of file to check */
-  int flags,                 /* Type of test to make on this file */
-  int *pResOut               /* OUT: Result */
-){
-  DWORD attr;
-  int rc = 0;
-  DWORD lastErrno = 0;
-  void *zConverted;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
-  OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, flags=%x, pResOut=%p\n",
-           zFilename, flags, pResOut));
-
-  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename));
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    int cnt = 0;
-    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
-    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
-    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
-                             GetFileExInfoStandard, 
-                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
-    if( rc ){
-      /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
-      ** as if it does not exist.
-      */
-      if(    flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
-          && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 
-          && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){
-        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
-      }else{
-        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
-      }
-    }else{
-      winLogIoerr(cnt);
-      if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
-        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-        return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess",
-                           zFilename);
-      }else{
-        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-  switch( flags ){
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
-      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
-      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
-             (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
-      break;
-    default:
-      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
-  }
-  *pResOut = rc;
-  OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
-           zFilename, pResOut, *pResOut));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter
-** followed by a colon character.
-*/
-static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(
-  const char *zPathname
-){
-  return ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' );
-}
-
-/*
-** Returns non-zero if the specified path name should be used verbatim.  If
-** non-zero is returned from this function, the calling function must simply
-** use the provided path name verbatim -OR- resolve it into a full path name
-** using the GetFullPathName Win32 API function (if available).
-*/
-static BOOL winIsVerbatimPathname(
-  const char *zPathname
-){
-  /*
-  ** If the path name starts with a forward slash or a backslash, it is either
-  ** a legal UNC name, a volume relative path, or an absolute path name in the
-  ** "Unix" format on Windows.  There is no easy way to differentiate between
-  ** the final two cases; therefore, we return the safer return value of TRUE
-  ** so that callers of this function will simply use it verbatim.
-  */
-  if ( winIsDirSep(zPathname[0]) ){
-    return TRUE;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** If the path name starts with a letter and a colon it is either a volume
-  ** relative path or an absolute path.  Callers of this function must not
-  ** attempt to treat it as a relative path name (i.e. they should simply use
-  ** it verbatim).
-  */
-  if ( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zPathname) ){
-    return TRUE;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** If we get to this point, the path name should almost certainly be a purely
-  ** relative one (i.e. not a UNC name, not absolute, and not volume relative).
-  */
-  return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
-** pathname into zOut[].  zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
-** bytes in size.
-*/
-static int winFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
-  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
-){
-  
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
-  assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname );
-  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
-    /*
-    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
-    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
-    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
-    **       one by prepending the data directory and a slash.
-    */
-    char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
-    if( !zOut ){
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    if( cygwin_conv_path(
-            (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A) |
-            CCP_RELATIVE, zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zOut);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
-                         "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
-    }else{
-      char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
-      if( !zUtf8 ){
-        sqlite3_free(zOut);
-        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      }
-      sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
-                       sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zUtf8);
-      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
-      sqlite3_free(zOut);
-    }
-  }else{
-    char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 );
-    if( !zOut ){
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    if( cygwin_conv_path(
-            (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A),
-            zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zOut);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno,
-                         "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
-    }else{
-      char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut);
-      if( !zUtf8 ){
-        sqlite3_free(zOut);
-        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      }
-      sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zUtf8);
-      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
-      sqlite3_free(zOut);
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
-#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
-  /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
-  /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */
-  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
-    /*
-    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
-    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
-    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
-    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
-    */
-    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
-                     sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  DWORD nByte;
-  void *zConverted;
-  char *zOut;
-
-  /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic
-  ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname.
-  */
-  if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){
-    zRelative++;
-  }
-
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
-  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
-  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
-    /*
-    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
-    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
-    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
-    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
-    */
-    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s",
-                     sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zRelative);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-    LPWSTR zTemp;
-    nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( nByte==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winFullPathname1", zRelative);
-    }
-    nByte += 3;
-    zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
-    if( zTemp==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
-    if( nByte==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winFullPathname2", zRelative);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-    zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
-    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    char *zTemp;
-    nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( nByte==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winFullPathname3", zRelative);
-    }
-    nByte += 3;
-    zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
-    if( zTemp==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }
-    nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
-    if( nByte==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-      return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(),
-                         "winFullPathname4", zRelative);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-    zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
-    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( zOut ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut);
-    sqlite3_free(zOut);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
-  HANDLE h;
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  int nFull = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-  char *zFull = sqlite3MallocZero( nFull );
-  void *zConverted = 0;
-  if( zFull==0 ){
-    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( winFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFull, zFull)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(zFull);
-    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFull);
-  sqlite3_free(zFull);
-#else
-  void *zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-#endif
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0));
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( osIsNT() ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-    h = osLoadPackagedLibrary((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0);
-#else
-    h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted);
-#endif
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
-  else{
-    h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
-  }
-#endif
-  OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)h));
-  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
-  return (void*)h;
-}
-static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut);
-}
-static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,void *pH,const char *zSym))(void){
-  FARPROC proc;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  proc = osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pH, zSym);
-  OSTRACE(("DLSYM handle=%p, symbol=%s, address=%p\n",
-           (void*)pH, zSym, (void*)proc));
-  return (void(*)(void))proc;
-}
-static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
-  OSTRACE(("DLCLOSE handle=%p\n", (void*)pHandle));
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
-  #define winDlOpen  0
-  #define winDlError 0
-  #define winDlSym   0
-  #define winDlClose 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
-*/
-static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  int n = 0;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  n = nBuf;
-  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
-#else
-  if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
-    SYSTEMTIME x;
-    osGetSystemTime(&x);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
-    n += sizeof(x);
-  }
-  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
-    DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId();
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
-    n += sizeof(pid);
-  }
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  if( sizeof(ULONGLONG)<=nBuf-n ){
-    ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64();
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
-    n += sizeof(cnt);
-  }
-#else
-  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
-    DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount();
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
-    n += sizeof(cnt);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
-    LARGE_INTEGER i;
-    osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
-    n += sizeof(i);
-  }
-#endif
-  return n;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
-*/
-static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
-  sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
-** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
-** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
-** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
-** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
-** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
-** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
-** cannot be found.
-*/
-static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
-  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
-     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
-  */
-  FILETIME ft;
-  static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
-#endif
-  /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
-  static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = 
-      (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 +
-      (sqlite3_int64)294967296;
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  SYSTEMTIME time;
-  osGetSystemTime(&time);
-  /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
-  if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-#else
-  osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
-#endif
-
-  *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch +
-            ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + 
-               (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
-    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
-  }
-#endif
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
-*/
-static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_int64 i;
-  rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i);
-  if( !rc ){
-    *prNow = i/86400000.0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
-** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and
-** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS
-** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
-** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
-** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
-** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling
-** thread.
-**
-** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
-** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
-** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
-** in the output buffer.
-**
-** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
-** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
-** returns an error message:
-**
-**   int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-**     assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
-**     return 0;
-**   }
-**
-** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
-** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
-** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
-*/
-static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
-  return winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBuf);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
-  static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
-    3,                   /* iVersion */
-    sizeof(winFile),     /* szOsFile */
-    SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
-    0,                   /* pNext */
-    "win32",             /* zName */
-    0,                   /* pAppData */
-    winOpen,             /* xOpen */
-    winDelete,           /* xDelete */
-    winAccess,           /* xAccess */
-    winFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */
-    winDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */
-    winDlError,          /* xDlError */
-    winDlSym,            /* xDlSym */
-    winDlClose,          /* xDlClose */
-    winRandomness,       /* xRandomness */
-    winSleep,            /* xSleep */
-    winCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */
-    winGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */
-    winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
-    winSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */
-    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
-    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
-  };
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathVfs = {
-    3,                   /* iVersion */
-    sizeof(winFile),     /* szOsFile */
-    SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */
-    0,                   /* pNext */
-    "win32-longpath",    /* zName */
-    0,                   /* pAppData */
-    winOpen,             /* xOpen */
-    winDelete,           /* xDelete */
-    winAccess,           /* xAccess */
-    winFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */
-    winDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */
-    winDlError,          /* xDlError */
-    winDlSym,            /* xDlSym */
-    winDlClose,          /* xDlClose */
-    winRandomness,       /* xRandomness */
-    winSleep,            /* xSleep */
-    winCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */
-    winGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */
-    winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
-    winSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */
-    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
-    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
-  };
-#endif
-
-  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
-  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
-  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==76 );
-
-  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
-  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
-#else
-  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
-#endif
-  assert( winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity>0 );
-  assert( winSysInfo.dwPageSize>0 );
-
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0);
-#endif
-
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
-}
-
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
-  if( sleepObj!=NULL ){
-    osCloseHandle(sleepObj);
-    sleepObj = NULL;
-  }
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
-
-/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 February 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
-** bitmap.  Bits are numbered starting with 1.
-**
-** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been
-** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write"
-** property.  Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
-** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
-** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
-** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled.  In those cases, 
-** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality.  The algorithm needs 
-** to handle both cases well.
-**
-** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
-**
-** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created.  Individual bits
-** may be set or cleared one at a time.
-**
-** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
-** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
-** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
-** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
-** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
-** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
-** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
-*/
-
-/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
-#define BITVEC_SZ        512
-
-/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
-** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
-#define BITVEC_USIZE     (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
-
-/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. 
-** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. 
-** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
-** performance. */
-#define BITVEC_TELEM     u8
-/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */
-#define BITVEC_SZELEM    8
-/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */
-#define BITVEC_NELEM     (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM))
-/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */
-#define BITVEC_NBIT      (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM)
-
-/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
-#define BITVEC_NINT      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
-/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before 
-** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
-#define BITVEC_MXHASH    (BITVEC_NINT/2)
-/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
-** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier 
-** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided 
-** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
-#define BITVEC_HASH(X)   (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
-
-#define BITVEC_NPTR      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
-
-
-/*
-** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** This bitmap records the existence of zero or more bits
-** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
-**
-** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
-** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
-** bitmap.  The least significant bit is bit 1.
-**
-** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
-** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
-**
-** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
-** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[].  Each subbitmap
-** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i.  apSub[0] holds
-** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
-** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
-** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
-** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
-*/
-struct Bitvec {
-  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index.  Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
-  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash
-                  ** element.  Max is BITVEC_NINT.  For BITVEC_SZ of 512,
-                  ** this would be 125. */
-  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
-                  /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
-                  /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1.  */
-                  /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
-  union {
-    BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM];    /* Bitmap representation */
-    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
-    Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR];  /* Recursive representation */
-  } u;
-};
-
-/*
-** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
-** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if 
-** malloc fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
-  Bitvec *p;
-  assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
-  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-  if( p ){
-    p->iSize = iSize;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if the i-th bit is set.  Return true or false.
-** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
-** i is out of range, then return false.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
-  i--;
-  while( p->iDivisor ){
-    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
-    i = i%p->iDivisor;
-    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
-    if (!p) {
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0;
-  } else{
-    u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
-    while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
-      if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
-      h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
-** anything goes wrong.
-**
-** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated.  Failing
-** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only
-** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid.
-**
-** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object
-** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object.
-** Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
-  u32 h;
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( i>0 );
-  assert( i<=p->iSize );
-  i--;
-  while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) {
-    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
-    i = i%p->iDivisor;
-    if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
-      p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
-      if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
-  }
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
-  /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */
-  /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */
-  /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
-  if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){
-    if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) {
-      goto bitvec_set_end;
-    } else {
-      goto bitvec_set_rehash;
-    }
-  }
-  /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */
-  /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */
-  do {
-    if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
-    h++;
-    if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
-  } while( p->u.aHash[h] );
-  /* we didn't find it in the hash.  h points to the first */
-  /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */
-  /* make our hash too "full".  */
-bitvec_set_rehash:
-  if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
-    unsigned int j;
-    int rc;
-    u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
-    if( aiValues==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
-      memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub));
-      p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
-      rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
-      for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
-        if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
-      }
-      sqlite3StackFree(0, aiValues);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-bitvec_set_end:
-  p->nSet++;
-  p->u.aHash[h] = i;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the i-th bit.
-**
-** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage
-** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  assert( i>0 );
-  i--;
-  while( p->iDivisor ){
-    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
-    i = i%p->iDivisor;
-    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
-    if (!p) {
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)));
-  }else{
-    unsigned int j;
-    u32 *aiValues = pBuf;
-    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
-    memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
-    p->nSet = 0;
-    for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
-      if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){
-        u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1);
-        p->nSet++;
-        while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
-          h++;
-          if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
-        }
-        p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j];
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy a bitmap object.  Reclaim all memory used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  if( p->iDivisor ){
-    unsigned int i;
-    for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
-      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p
-** was created.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){
-  return p->iSize;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-/*
-** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
-** up to N bits.  Let I be an integer between 0 and N.  0<=I<N.
-** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
-** individual bits within V.
-*/
-#define SETBIT(V,I)      V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
-#define CLEARBIT(V,I)    V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
-#define TESTBIT(V,I)     (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
-
-/*
-** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
-**
-** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
-** to test the Bitvec.  The integers are opcodes followed
-** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode.  Another
-** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
-**
-** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5.  0 is the
-** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
-**
-**    0          Halt and return the number of errors
-**    1 N S X    Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-**    2 N S X    Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-**    3 N        Set N randomly chosen bits
-**    4 N        Clear N randomly chosen bits
-**    5 N S X    Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
-**
-** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
-** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
-** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
-** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
-** confirm that error detection works.
-**
-** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
-** against the Bitvec object.  If there are any differences,
-** an error is returned.  If they are the same, zero is returned.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
-  Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
-  unsigned char *pV = 0;
-  int rc = -1;
-  int i, nx, pc, op;
-  void *pTmpSpace;
-
-  /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
-  ** bits to act as the reference */
-  pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
-  pV = sqlite3MallocZero( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
-  pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc(BITVEC_SZ);
-  if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0  ) goto bitvec_end;
-
-  /* NULL pBitvec tests */
-  sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1);
-  sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace);
-
-  /* Run the program */
-  pc = 0;
-  while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
-    switch( op ){
-      case 1:
-      case 2:
-      case 5: {
-        nx = 4;
-        i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
-        aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
-        break;
-      }
-      case 3:
-      case 4: 
-      default: {
-        nx = 2;
-        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
-    pc += nx;
-    i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
-    if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
-      SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
-      if( op!=5 ){
-        if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
-      }
-    }else{
-      CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
-      sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
-  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
-  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
-  ** is found.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
-          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0)
-          + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz);
-  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
-    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
-      rc = i;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Free allocated structure */
-bitvec_end:
-  sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace);
-  sqlite3_free(pV);
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-
-/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 August 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements that page cache.
-*/
-
-/*
-** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
-*/
-struct PCache {
-  PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail;         /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
-  PgHdr *pSynced;                     /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
-  int nRef;                           /* Number of referenced pages */
-  int szCache;                        /* Configured cache size */
-  int szPage;                         /* Size of every page in this cache */
-  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space for each page */
-  u8 bPurgeable;                      /* True if pages are on backing store */
-  u8 eCreate;                         /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */
-  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*);       /* Call to try make a page clean */
-  void *pStress;                      /* Argument to xStress */
-  sqlite3_pcache *pCache;             /* Pluggable cache module */
-  PgHdr *pPage1;                      /* Reference to page 1 */
-};
-
-/*
-** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run
-** even during normal debugging.  Use them only rarely on long-running
-** tests.  Enable the expensive asserts using the
-** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
-# define expensive_assert(X)  assert(X)
-#else
-# define expensive_assert(X)
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
-
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
-/*
-** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it
-** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return
-** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
-**
-**   expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
-*/
-static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
-    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
-  }
-  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
-}
-#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
-
-/*
-** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages.
-*/
-static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
-  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
-
-  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
-  assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
-
-  /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
-  if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
-    PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
-    while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
-      pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
-    }
-    p->pSynced = pSynced;
-  }
-
-  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
-    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
-  }else{
-    assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
-    p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
-  }
-  if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
-    pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
-  }else{
-    assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
-    p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
-    if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){
-      assert( p->eCreate==1 );
-      p->eCreate = 2;
-    }
-  }
-  pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
-  pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
-
-  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
-}
-
-/*
-** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to
-** pPage).
-*/
-static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
-  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
-
-  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
-
-  pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
-  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
-    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
-    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
-  }else if( p->bPurgeable ){
-    assert( p->eCreate==2 );
-    p->eCreate = 1;
-  }
-  p->pDirty = pPage;
-  if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
-    p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
-  }
-  if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
-    p->pSynced = pPage;
-  }
-  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
-}
-
-/*
-** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
-** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
-*/
-static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
-  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    if( p->pgno==1 ){
-      pCache->pPage1 = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
-**
-** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
-** functions are threadsafe.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
-    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
-    ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
-    ** page cache. */
-    sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
-  }
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){
-    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
-
-/*
-** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
-** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. 
-** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by 
-** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
-  int szPage,                  /* Size of every page */
-  int szExtra,                 /* Extra space associated with each page */
-  int bPurgeable,              /* True if pages are on backing store */
-  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
-  void *pStress,               /* Argument to xStress */
-  PCache *p                    /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
-){
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
-  p->szPage = szPage;
-  p->szExtra = szExtra;
-  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
-  p->eCreate = 2;
-  p->xStress = xStress;
-  p->pStress = pStress;
-  p->szCache = 100;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
-** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
-  assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
-  if( pCache->pCache ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
-    pCache->pCache = 0;
-    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
-  }
-  pCache->szPage = szPage;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the number of pages of cache requested.
-*/
-static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
-  if( p->szCache>=0 ){
-    return p->szCache;
-  }else{
-    return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(
-  PCache *pCache,       /* Obtain the page from this cache */
-  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to obtain */
-  int createFlag,       /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
-  PgHdr **ppPage        /* Write the page here */
-){
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
-  PgHdr *pPgHdr = 0;
-  int eCreate;
-
-  assert( pCache!=0 );
-  assert( createFlag==1 || createFlag==0 );
-  assert( pgno>0 );
-
-  /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated,
-  ** allocate it now.
-  */
-  if( !pCache->pCache ){
-    sqlite3_pcache *p;
-    if( !createFlag ){
-      *ppPage = 0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate(
-        pCache->szPage, pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr), pCache->bPurgeable
-    );
-    if( !p ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(p, numberOfCachePages(pCache));
-    pCache->pCache = p;
-  }
-
-  /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist.
-  **    0     Do not allocate a new page.  (createFlag==0)
-  **    1     Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive.
-  **          (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty)
-  **    2     Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult.
-  **          (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty)
-  */
-  eCreate = createFlag==0 ? 0 : pCache->eCreate;
-  assert( (createFlag*(1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty)))==eCreate );
-  pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
-  if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){
-    PgHdr *pPg;
-
-    /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
-    ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
-    ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
-    ** unreferenced dirty page.
-    */
-    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
-    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
-        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
-        pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
-    );
-    pCache->pSynced = pPg;
-    if( !pPg ){
-      for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
-    }
-    if( pPg ){
-      int rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
-      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
-                  "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
-                  pPg->pgno, pgno,
-                  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
-                  numberOfCachePages(pCache));
-#endif
-      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-
-    pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
-  }
-
-  if( pPage ){
-    pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra;
-
-    if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){
-      memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
-      pPgHdr->pPage = pPage;
-      pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf;
-      pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1];
-      memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra);
-      pPgHdr->pCache = pCache;
-      pPgHdr->pgno = pgno;
-    }
-    assert( pPgHdr->pCache==pCache );
-    assert( pPgHdr->pgno==pgno );
-    assert( pPgHdr->pData==pPage->pBuf );
-    assert( pPgHdr->pExtra==(void *)&pPgHdr[1] );
-
-    if( 0==pPgHdr->nRef ){
-      pCache->nRef++;
-    }
-    pPgHdr->nRef++;
-    if( pgno==1 ){
-      pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr;
-    }
-  }
-  *ppPage = pPgHdr;
-  return (pPgHdr==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
-** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  p->nRef--;
-  if( p->nRef==0 ){
-    PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
-    pCache->nRef--;
-    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
-      pcacheUnpin(p);
-    }else{
-      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
-      pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
-      pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
-  assert(p->nRef>0);
-  p->nRef++;
-}
-
-/*
-** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
-** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
-** page pointed to by p is invalid.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
-  PCache *pCache;
-  assert( p->nRef==1 );
-  if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
-    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
-  }
-  pCache = p->pCache;
-  pCache->nRef--;
-  if( p->pgno==1 ){
-    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
-** make it so.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
-  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
-    p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
-    pcacheAddToDirtyList( p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
-** make it so.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
-  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
-    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
-    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
-    if( p->nRef==0 ){
-      pcacheUnpin(p);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make every page in the cache clean.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
-    p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-  }
-  pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
-  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  assert( newPgno>0 );
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno);
-  p->pgno = newPgno;
-  if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
-    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
-    pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
-** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
-** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
-**
-** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this
-** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but
-** the page object is not dropped.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
-  if( pCache->pCache ){
-    PgHdr *p;
-    PgHdr *pNext;
-    for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
-      pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
-      /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right
-      ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll().  So if there are dirty pages,
-      ** it must be that pgno==0.
-      */
-      assert( p->pgno>0 );
-      if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){
-        assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
-        sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
-      }
-    }
-    if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){
-      memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage);
-      pgno = 1;
-    }
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
-  if( pCache->pCache ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
-  }
-}
-
-/* 
-** Discard the contents of the cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
-  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
-** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers.
-*/
-static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
-  PgHdr result, *pTail;
-  pTail = &result;
-  while( pA && pB ){
-    if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){
-      pTail->pDirty = pA;
-      pTail = pA;
-      pA = pA->pDirty;
-    }else{
-      pTail->pDirty = pB;
-      pTail = pB;
-      pB = pB->pDirty;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pA ){
-    pTail->pDirty = pA;
-  }else if( pB ){
-    pTail->pDirty = pB;
-  }else{
-    pTail->pDirty = 0;
-  }
-  return result.pDirty;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno.  Pages are
-** connected by pDirty pointers.  The pDirtyPrev pointers are
-** corrupted by this sort.
-**
-** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database,
-** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter.
-** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something
-** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect.
-*/
-#define N_SORT_BUCKET  32
-static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
-  PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p;
-  int i;
-  memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
-  while( pIn ){
-    p = pIn;
-    pIn = p->pDirty;
-    p->pDirty = 0;
-    for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1); i++){
-      if( a[i]==0 ){
-        a[i] = p;
-        break;
-      }else{
-        p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
-        a[i] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    if( NEVER(i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1) ){
-      /* To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) elements in
-      ** the input list.  But that is impossible.
-      */
-      a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
-    }
-  }
-  p = a[0];
-  for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
-    p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
-    p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext;
-  }
-  return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
-  return pCache->nRef;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
-  return p->nRef;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
-  int nPage = 0;
-  if( pCache->pCache ){
-    nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
-  }
-  return nPage;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Get the suggested cache-size value.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
-  return numberOfCachePages(pCache);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set the suggested cache-size value.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
-  pCache->szCache = mxPage;
-  if( pCache->pCache ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache,
-                                           numberOfCachePages(pCache));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){
-  if( pCache->pCache ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache);
-  }
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
-** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
-** defined.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
-  PgHdr *pDirty;
-  for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){
-    xIter(pDirty);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 November 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
-** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
-** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
-** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
-** these two features are available.
-*/
-
-
-typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
-typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
-typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
-typedef struct PGroup PGroup;
-
-/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
-** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned
-** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
-** the following object.
-**
-** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
-**
-**   (1)  Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup.  There is
-**        one PGroup per PCache.
-**
-**   (2)  There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member
-**        of.
-**
-** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob
-** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex,
-** and is therefore often faster.  Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be
-** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently.
-**
-** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL.  For mode (2) there is only a single
-** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU.
-*/
-struct PGroup {
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
-  unsigned int nMaxPage;         /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
-  unsigned int nMinPage;         /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
-  unsigned int mxPinned;         /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
-  unsigned int nCurrentPage;     /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
-  PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail;   /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
-};
-
-/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object.  Every
-** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
-** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
-** is an instance of this object.
-**
-** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as 
-** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
-*/
-struct PCache1 {
-  /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
-  ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be 
-  ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method.
-  ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
-  */
-  PGroup *pGroup;                     /* PGroup this cache belongs to */
-  int szPage;                         /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */
-  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space in bytes */
-  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if cache is purgeable */
-  unsigned int nMin;                  /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
-  unsigned int nMax;                  /* Configured "cache_size" value */
-  unsigned int n90pct;                /* nMax*9/10 */
-  unsigned int iMaxKey;               /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */
-
-  /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
-  ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex.
-  */
-  unsigned int nRecyclable;           /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
-  unsigned int nPage;                 /* Total number of pages in apHash */
-  unsigned int nHash;                 /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
-  PgHdr1 **apHash;                    /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */
-};
-
-/*
-** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following 
-** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of
-** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure 
-** in memory.
-*/
-struct PgHdr1 {
-  sqlite3_pcache_page page;
-  unsigned int iKey;             /* Key value (page number) */
-  u8 isPinned;                   /* Page in use, not on the LRU list */
-  PgHdr1 *pNext;                 /* Next in hash table chain */
-  PCache1 *pCache;               /* Cache that currently owns this page */
-  PgHdr1 *pLruNext;              /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
-  PgHdr1 *pLruPrev;              /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
-};
-
-/*
-** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using
-** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism.
-*/
-struct PgFreeslot {
-  PgFreeslot *pNext;  /* Next free slot */
-};
-
-/*
-** Global data used by this cache.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
-  PGroup grp;                    /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */
-
-  /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings.  The
-  ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all
-  ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection.
-  ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection.
-  */
-  int isInit;                    /* True if initialized */
-  int szSlot;                    /* Size of each free slot */
-  int nSlot;                     /* The number of pcache slots */
-  int nReserve;                  /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
-  void *pStart, *pEnd;           /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
-  /* Above requires no mutex.  Use mutex below for variable that follow. */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* Mutex for accessing the following: */
-  PgFreeslot *pFree;             /* Free page blocks */
-  int nFreeSlot;                 /* Number of unused pcache slots */
-  /* The following value requires a mutex to change.  We skip the mutex on
-  ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and
-  ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this
-  ** is really just an optimization. */
-  int bUnderPressure;            /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */
-} pcache1_g;
-
-/*
-** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the
-** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
-** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
-*/
-#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g))
-
-/*
-** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex.
-*/
-#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex)
-#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex)
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/
-
-/*
-** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is 
-** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
-** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
-** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
-**
-** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed
-** to be serialized already.  There is no need for further mutexing.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
-  if( pcache1.isInit ){
-    PgFreeslot *p;
-    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
-    pcache1.szSlot = sz;
-    pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n;
-    pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1);
-    pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
-    pcache1.pFree = 0;
-    pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0;
-    while( n-- ){
-      p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
-      p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
-      pcache1.pFree = p;
-      pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
-    }
-    pcache1.pEnd = pBuf;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
-** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no 
-** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls 
-** back to sqlite3Malloc().
-**
-** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time.  Global variables
-** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex.
-*/
-static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
-  void *p = 0;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
-  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
-  if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
-    p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
-    if( p ){
-      pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
-      pcache1.nFreeSlot--;
-      pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
-      assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot>=0 );
-      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
-  }
-  if( p==0 ){
-    /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool.  Get
-    ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead.
-    */
-    p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
-    if( p ){
-      int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
-      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
-    }
-#endif
-    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
-*/
-static int pcache1Free(void *p){
-  int nFreed = 0;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
-    PgFreeslot *pSlot;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
-    pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
-    pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
-    pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
-    pcache1.nFreeSlot++;
-    pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
-    assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot<=pcache1.nSlot );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
-  }else{
-    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
-    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-    nFreed = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -nFreed);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
-#endif
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-  return nFreed;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/*
-** Return the size of a pcache allocation
-*/
-static int pcache1MemSize(void *p){
-  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
-    return pcache1.szSlot;
-  }else{
-    int iSize;
-    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
-    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
-    iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
-    return iSize;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
-*/
-static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){
-  PgHdr1 *p = 0;
-  void *pPg;
-
-  /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
-  ** is because it may call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that 
-  ** this mutex is not held. */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
-  pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage);
-  p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra);
-  if( !pPg || !p ){
-    pcache1Free(pPg);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-    pPg = 0;
-  }
-#else
-  pPg = pcache1Alloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra);
-  p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage];
-#endif
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-
-  if( pPg ){
-    p->page.pBuf = pPg;
-    p->page.pExtra = &p[1];
-    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
-    }
-    return p;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
-**
-** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent.  But it turns out
-** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine
-** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS().
-*/
-static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
-  if( ALWAYS(p) ){
-    PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache;
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
-    pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf);
-#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-#endif
-    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
-** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
-** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
-  return pcache1Alloc(sz);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
-  pcache1Free(p);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache
-** entry.
-**
-** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then
-** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because
-** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient
-** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the
-** allocation onto the heap.
-**
-** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is
-** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid
-** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing
-** the heap even further.
-*/
-static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){
-  if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){
-    return pcache1.bUnderPressure;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull();
-  }
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/
-
-/*
-** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
-** as the first argument.
-**
-** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
-*/
-static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
-  PgHdr1 **apNew;
-  unsigned int nNew;
-  unsigned int i;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );
-
-  nNew = p->nHash*2;
-  if( nNew<256 ){
-    nNew = 256;
-  }
-
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup);
-  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
-  apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
-  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
-  pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup);
-  if( apNew ){
-    for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){
-      PgHdr1 *pPage;
-      PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i];
-      while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){
-        unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew;
-        pNext = pPage->pNext;
-        pPage->pNext = apNew[h];
-        apNew[h] = pPage;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
-    p->apHash = apNew;
-    p->nHash = nNew;
-  }
-
-  return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
-** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
-** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
-**
-** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
-*/
-static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
-  PCache1 *pCache;
-  PGroup *pGroup;
-
-  assert( pPage!=0 );
-  assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
-  pCache = pPage->pCache;
-  pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-  assert( pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pGroup->pLruTail );
-  assert( pPage->pLruPrev || pPage==pGroup->pLruHead );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
-  if( pPage->pLruPrev ){
-    pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
-  }else{
-    pGroup->pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext;
-  }
-  if( pPage->pLruNext ){
-    pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
-  }else{
-    pGroup->pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev;
-  }
-  pPage->pLruNext = 0;
-  pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
-  pPage->isPinned = 1;
-  pCache->nRecyclable--;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table 
-** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
-**
-** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
-*/
-static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){
-  unsigned int h;
-  PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
-  PgHdr1 **pp;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
-  h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
-  for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
-  *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
-
-  pCache->nPage--;
-}
-
-/*
-** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try
-** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage.
-*/
-static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PGroup *pGroup){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
-  while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage && pGroup->pLruTail ){
-    PgHdr1 *p = pGroup->pLruTail;
-    assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup );
-    assert( p->isPinned==0 );
-    pcache1PinPage(p);
-    pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
-    pcache1FreePage(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) 
-** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this 
-** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
-**
-** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
-*/
-static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
-  PCache1 *pCache,             /* The cache to truncate */
-  unsigned int iLimit          /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */
-){
-  TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; )  /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */
-  unsigned int h;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
-  for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){
-    PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; 
-    PgHdr1 *pPage;
-    while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
-      if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
-        pCache->nPage--;
-        *pp = pPage->pNext;
-        if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);
-        pcache1FreePage(pPage);
-      }else{
-        pp = &pPage->pNext;
-        TESTONLY( nPage++; )
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  assert( pCache->nPage==nPage );
-}
-
-/******************************************************************************/
-/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method.
-*/
-static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  assert( pcache1.isInit==0 );
-  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-    pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
-    pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM);
-  }
-  pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10;
-  pcache1.isInit = 1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
-** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does 
-** not need to be freed.
-*/
-static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
-  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
-**
-** Allocate a new cache.
-*/
-static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
-  PCache1 *pCache;      /* The newly created page cache */
-  PGroup *pGroup;       /* The group the new page cache will belong to */
-  int sz;               /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */
-
-  /*
-  ** The separateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own private
-  ** PGroup.  In other words, separateCache is true for mode (1) where no
-  ** mutexing is required.
-  **
-  **   *  Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  **
-  **   *  Always use a unified cache in single-threaded applications
-  **
-  **   *  Otherwise (if multi-threaded and ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is off)
-  **      use separate caches (mode-1)
-  */
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
-  const int separateCache = 0;
-#else
-  int separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0;
-#endif
-
-  assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 );
-  assert( szExtra < 300 );
-
-  sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*separateCache;
-  pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz);
-  if( pCache ){
-    if( separateCache ){
-      pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1];
-      pGroup->mxPinned = 10;
-    }else{
-      pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
-    }
-    pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
-    pCache->szPage = szPage;
-    pCache->szExtra = szExtra;
-    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
-    if( bPurgeable ){
-      pCache->nMin = 10;
-      pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
-      pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
-      pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
-      pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
-    }
-  }
-  return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
-**
-** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
-*/
-static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
-    pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
-    pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
-    pCache->nMax = nMax;
-    pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10;
-    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
-    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. 
-**
-** Free up as much memory as possible.
-*/
-static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-    int savedMaxPage;
-    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
-    savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage;
-    pGroup->nMaxPage = 0;
-    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
-    pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage;
-    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. 
-*/
-static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
-  int n;
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-  n = pCache->nPage;
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
-**
-** Fetch a page by key value.
-**
-** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
-** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
-** page.  1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available.  2 
-** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
-**
-** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
-** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2.  So
-** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on
-** a non-purgeable cache.
-**
-** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
-** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
-**
-**   1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a 
-**      copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
-**
-**   2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
-**      returned.
-**
-**   3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then
-**      return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following
-**      conditions are true:
-**
-**       (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
-**           PCache1.nMax, or
-**
-**       (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
-**           the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of 
-**           nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
-**
-**   4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
-**      as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
-**
-**       (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already 
-**           PCache1.nMax, or
-**
-**       (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
-**           already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
-**           purgeable caches,
-**
-**       (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid
-**           unnecessary pages cache entry allocations
-**
-**      then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
-**      size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
-**      proceed to step 5. 
-**
-**   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
-*/
-static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
-  unsigned int iKey, 
-  int createFlag
-){
-  unsigned int nPinned;
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  PGroup *pGroup;
-  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
-
-  assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 );
-  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
-  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
-  assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
-  assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup);
-
-  /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
-  if( pCache->nHash>0 ){
-    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
-    for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext);
-  }
-
-  /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */
-  if( pPage ){
-    if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);
-    goto fetch_out;
-  }
-  if( createFlag==0 ){
-    goto fetch_out;
-  }
-
-  /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the
-  ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above.  But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined,
-  ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the
-  ** local variable here.  Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an
-  ** optimization:  The common case is to exit the module before reaching
-  ** this point.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-  pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-#endif
-
-  /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
-  assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable );
-  nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
-  assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
-  assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
-  if( createFlag==1 && (
-        nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
-     || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct
-     || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
-  )){
-    goto fetch_out;
-  }
-
-  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
-    goto fetch_out;
-  }
-  assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash );
-
-  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && (
-         (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax)
-      || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage
-      || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
-  )){
-    PCache1 *pOther;
-    pPage = pGroup->pLruTail;
-    assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
-    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
-    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
-    pOther = pPage->pCache;
-
-    /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther
-    ** and pCache.  Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */
-    assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 );
-    assert( pCache->szExtra<512 );
-    assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 );
-    assert( pOther->szExtra<512 );
-
-    if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){
-      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
-      pPage = 0;
-    }else{
-      pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
-  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
-  */
-  if( !pPage ){
-    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
-    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  }
-
-  if( pPage ){
-    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
-    pCache->nPage++;
-    pPage->iKey = iKey;
-    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
-    pPage->pCache = pCache;
-    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
-    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
-    pPage->isPinned = 1;
-    *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
-    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
-  }
-
-fetch_out:
-  if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
-    pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
-  }
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
-  return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pPage;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
-**
-** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
-*/
-static void pcache1Unpin(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, 
-  int reuseUnlikely
-){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
-  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
- 
-  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
-
-  /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already 
-  ** part of the PGroup LRU list.
-  */
-  assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
-  assert( pGroup->pLruHead!=pPage && pGroup->pLruTail!=pPage );
-  assert( pPage->isPinned==1 );
-
-  if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){
-    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
-    pcache1FreePage(pPage);
-  }else{
-    /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */
-    if( pGroup->pLruHead ){
-      pGroup->pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage;
-      pPage->pLruNext = pGroup->pLruHead;
-      pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
-    }else{
-      pGroup->pLruTail = pPage;
-      pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
-    }
-    pCache->nRecyclable++;
-    pPage->isPinned = 0;
-  }
-
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. 
-*/
-static void pcache1Rekey(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p,
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
-  unsigned int iOld,
-  unsigned int iNew
-){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
-  PgHdr1 **pp;
-  unsigned int h; 
-  assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
-  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
-
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-
-  h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
-  pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
-  while( (*pp)!=pPage ){
-    pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
-  }
-  *pp = pPage->pNext;
-
-  h = iNew%pCache->nHash;
-  pPage->iKey = iNew;
-  pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
-  pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
-  if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){
-    pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
-  }
-
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. 
-**
-** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
-** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
-** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned.
-*/
-static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-  if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
-    pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
-    pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
-  }
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. 
-**
-** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
-*/
-static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
-  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
-  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) );
-  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
-  pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
-  assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax );
-  pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
-  assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin );
-  pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
-  pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
-  pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
-  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
-  sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
-  sqlite3_free(pCache);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to
-** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not
-** already provided an alternative.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
-  static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = {
-    1,                       /* iVersion */
-    0,                       /* pArg */
-    pcache1Init,             /* xInit */
-    pcache1Shutdown,         /* xShutdown */
-    pcache1Create,           /* xCreate */
-    pcache1Cachesize,        /* xCachesize */
-    pcache1Pagecount,        /* xPagecount */
-    pcache1Fetch,            /* xFetch */
-    pcache1Unpin,            /* xUnpin */
-    pcache1Rekey,            /* xRekey */
-    pcache1Truncate,         /* xTruncate */
-    pcache1Destroy,          /* xDestroy */
-    pcache1Shrink            /* xShrink */
-  };
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/*
-** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
-** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
-** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
-**
-** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
-** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
-** of bytes of memory released.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
-  int nFree = 0;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) );
-  if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
-    PgHdr1 *p;
-    pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp);
-    while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && ((p=pcache1.grp.pLruTail)!=0) ){
-      nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf);
-#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
-      nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p);
-#endif
-      assert( p->isPinned==0 );
-      pcache1PinPage(p);
-      pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
-      pcache1FreePage(p);
-    }
-    pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp);
-  }
-  return nFree;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state
-** of the global cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
-  int *pnCurrent,      /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */
-  int *pnMax,          /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
-  int *pnMin,          /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
-  int *pnRecyclable    /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
-){
-  PgHdr1 *p;
-  int nRecyclable = 0;
-  for(p=pcache1.grp.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){
-    assert( p->isPinned==0 );
-    nRecyclable++;
-  }
-  *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage;
-  *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage;
-  *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage;
-  *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 December 3
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet".
-**
-** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids.  Rowids
-** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order.  Inserts
-** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been
-** previously inserted into the RowSet.
-**
-** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the
-** elements of the RowSet in sorted order.  Once this extraction
-** process has started, no new elements may be inserted.
-**
-** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are:
-**
-**    CREATE
-**    INSERT
-**    TEST
-**    SMALLEST
-**    DESTROY
-**
-** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor,
-** obviously.  The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet.
-** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet.  SMALLEST
-** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
-**
-** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory.  Memory is
-** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation.  There is an 
-** upper bound on the size of allocated memory.  No memory is freed
-** until DESTROY.
-**
-** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number.  The TEST primitive
-** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change
-** in the batch number.  In other words, if an INSERT occurs between
-** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the
-** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
-** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
-** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
-**
-** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST.  An assertion will fail if
-** that is attempted.
-**
-** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant.  (Sometime new memory
-** has to be allocated on an INSERT.)  The cost of a TEST with a new
-** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
-** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN).  The cost
-** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN).  Second and subsequent SMALLEST
-** primitives are constant time.  The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
-**
-** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
-** SMALLEST primitives.
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** Target size for allocation chunks.
-*/
-#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024
-
-/*
-** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
-*/
-#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK  \
-                       ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry))
-
-/*
-** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object.
-**
-** This same object is reused to store a linked list of trees of RowSetEntry
-** objects.  In that alternative use, pRight points to the next entry
-** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused.  The
-** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list.
-*/
-struct RowSetEntry {            
-  i64 v;                        /* ROWID value for this entry */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pRight;   /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;    /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
-};
-
-/*
-** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
-** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead.  The
-** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
-** when the RowSet is destroyed.
-*/
-struct RowSetChunk {
-  struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk;        /* Next chunk on list of them all */
-  struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
-};
-
-/*
-** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
-*/
-struct RowSet {
-  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk;    /* List of all chunk allocations */
-  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;    /* List of entries using pRight */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;     /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pFresh;    /* Source of new entry objects */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pForest;   /* List of binary trees of entries */
-  u16 nFresh;                    /* Number of objects on pFresh */
-  u16 rsFlags;                   /* Various flags */
-  int iBatch;                    /* Current insert batch */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for RowSet.rsFlags
-*/
-#define ROWSET_SORTED  0x01   /* True if RowSet.pEntry is sorted */
-#define ROWSET_NEXT    0x02   /* True if sqlite3RowSetNext() has been called */
-
-/*
-** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object.  N bytes of memory
-** are available at pSpace.  The db pointer is used as a memory context
-** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
-** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
-**
-** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset.  If not
-** an assertion fault occurs.
-** 
-** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
-** allocation of entries available to be filled.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){
-  RowSet *p;
-  assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) );
-  p = pSpace;
-  p->pChunk = 0;
-  p->db = db;
-  p->pEntry = 0;
-  p->pLast = 0;
-  p->pForest = 0;
-  p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p);
-  p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
-  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
-  p->iBatch = 0;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet.  This frees all memory that
-** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime.  This routine is
-** the destructor for the RowSet.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
-  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
-  for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
-    pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk;
-    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
-  }
-  p->pChunk = 0;
-  p->nFresh = 0;
-  p->pEntry = 0;
-  p->pLast = 0;
-  p->pForest = 0;
-  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the
-** given RowSet.  Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized
-** objected.
-**
-** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this
-** routine returns NULL.
-*/
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryAlloc(RowSet *p){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  if( p->nFresh==0 ){
-    struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
-    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk;
-    p->pChunk = pNew;
-    p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
-    p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
-  }
-  p->nFresh--;
-  return p->pFresh++;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
-**
-** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
-** memory allocation fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
-  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;  /* The new entry */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;   /* The last prior entry */
-
-  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
-  assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
-
-  pEntry = rowSetEntryAlloc(p);
-  if( pEntry==0 ) return;
-  pEntry->v = rowid;
-  pEntry->pRight = 0;
-  pLast = p->pLast;
-  if( pLast ){
-    if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)!=0 && rowid<=pLast->v ){
-      p->rsFlags &= ~ROWSET_SORTED;
-    }
-    pLast->pRight = pEntry;
-  }else{
-    p->pEntry = pEntry;
-  }
-  p->pLast = pEntry;
-}
-
-/*
-** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects.  Remove duplicates.
-**
-** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are 
-** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
-*/
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge(
-  struct RowSetEntry *pA,    /* First sorted list to be merged */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pB     /* Second sorted list to be merged */
-){
-  struct RowSetEntry head;
-  struct RowSetEntry *pTail;
-
-  pTail = &head;
-  while( pA && pB ){
-    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
-    assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
-    if( pA->v<pB->v ){
-      pTail->pRight = pA;
-      pA = pA->pRight;
-      pTail = pTail->pRight;
-    }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){
-      pTail->pRight = pB;
-      pB = pB->pRight;
-      pTail = pTail->pRight;
-    }else{
-      pA = pA->pRight;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pA ){
-    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
-    pTail->pRight = pA;
-  }else{
-    assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
-    pTail->pRight = pB;
-  }
-  return head.pRight;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of
-** increasing v.
-*/ 
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){
-  unsigned int i;
-  struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40];
-
-  memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
-  while( pIn ){
-    pNext = pIn->pRight;
-    pIn->pRight = 0;
-    for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
-      pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(aBucket[i], pIn);
-      aBucket[i] = 0;
-    }
-    aBucket[i] = pIn;
-    pIn = pNext;
-  }
-  pIn = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
-    pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(pIn, aBucket[i]);
-  }
-  return pIn;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects.
-** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers
-** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list.
-*/
-static void rowSetTreeToList(
-  struct RowSetEntry *pIn,         /* Root of the input tree */
-  struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst,    /* Write head of the output list here */
-  struct RowSetEntry **ppLast      /* Write tail of the output list here */
-){
-  assert( pIn!=0 );
-  if( pIn->pLeft ){
-    struct RowSetEntry *p;
-    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p);
-    p->pRight = pIn;
-  }else{
-    *ppFirst = pIn;
-  }
-  if( pIn->pRight ){
-    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast);
-  }else{
-    *ppLast = pIn;
-  }
-  assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 );
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary
-** tree with depth of iDepth.  A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single
-** node taken from the head of *ppList.  A depth of 2 means a tree with
-** three nodes.  And so forth.
-**
-** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the
-** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list.  If the input
-** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree
-** and leave *ppList set to NULL.
-**
-** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree.
-*/
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree(
-  struct RowSetEntry **ppList,
-  int iDepth
-){
-  struct RowSetEntry *p;         /* Root of the new tree */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;     /* Left subtree */
-  if( *ppList==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( iDepth==1 ){
-    p = *ppList;
-    *ppList = p->pRight;
-    p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
-    return p;
-  }
-  pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
-  p = *ppList;
-  if( p==0 ){
-    return pLeft;
-  }
-  p->pLeft = pLeft;
-  *ppList = p->pRight;
-  p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree
-** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list.
-*/
-static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){
-  int iDepth;           /* Depth of the tree so far */
-  struct RowSetEntry *p;       /* Current tree root */
-  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;   /* Left subtree */
-
-  assert( pList!=0 );
-  p = pList;
-  pList = p->pRight;
-  p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
-  for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){
-    pLeft = p;
-    p = pList;
-    pList = p->pRight;
-    p->pLeft = pLeft;
-    p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Take all the entries on p->pEntry and on the trees in p->pForest and
-** sort them all together into one big ordered list on p->pEntry.
-**
-** This routine should only be called once in the life of a RowSet.
-*/
-static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){
-
-  /* This routine is called only once */
-  assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
-
-  if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
-    p->pEntry = rowSetEntrySort(p->pEntry);
-  }
-
-  /* While this module could theoretically support it, sqlite3RowSetNext()
-  ** is never called after sqlite3RowSetText() for the same RowSet.  So
-  ** there is never a forest to deal with.  Should this change, simply
-  ** remove the assert() and the #if 0. */
-  assert( p->pForest==0 );
-#if 0
-  while( p->pForest ){
-    struct RowSetEntry *pTree = p->pForest->pLeft;
-    if( pTree ){
-      struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail;
-      rowSetTreeToList(pTree, &pHead, &pTail);
-      p->pEntry = rowSetEntryMerge(p->pEntry, pHead);
-    }
-    p->pForest = p->pForest->pRight;
-  }
-#endif
-  p->rsFlags |= ROWSET_NEXT;  /* Verify this routine is never called again */
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet.
-** Write the element into *pRowid.  Return 1 on success.  Return
-** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
-**
-** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert()
-** routine may not be called again.  
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-
-  /* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */
-  if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ) rowSetToList(p);
-
-  /* Return the next entry on the list */
-  if( p->pEntry ){
-    *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
-    p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight;
-    if( p->pEntry==0 ){
-      sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
-    }
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as
-** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch.  Return 1 or 0.
-**
-** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entires
-** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entires into the forest at
-** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
-  struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree;
-
-  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
-  assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
-
-  /* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch 
-  */
-  if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){
-    p = pRowSet->pEntry;
-    if( p ){
-      struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest;
-      if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
-        p = rowSetEntrySort(p);
-      }
-      for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
-        ppPrevTree = &pTree->pRight;
-        if( pTree->pLeft==0 ){
-          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
-          break;
-        }else{
-          struct RowSetEntry *pAux, *pTail;
-          rowSetTreeToList(pTree->pLeft, &pAux, &pTail);
-          pTree->pLeft = 0;
-          p = rowSetEntryMerge(pAux, p);
-        }
-      }
-      if( pTree==0 ){
-        *ppPrevTree = pTree = rowSetEntryAlloc(pRowSet);
-        if( pTree ){
-          pTree->v = 0;
-          pTree->pRight = 0;
-          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
-        }
-      }
-      pRowSet->pEntry = 0;
-      pRowSet->pLast = 0;
-      pRowSet->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED;
-    }
-    pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch;
-  }
-
-  /* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest.
-  ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
-  */
-  for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
-    p = pTree->pLeft;
-    while( p ){
-      if( p->v<iRowid ){
-        p = p->pRight;
-      }else if( p->v>iRowid ){
-        p = p->pLeft;
-      }else{
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
-** 
-** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
-** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
-** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
-** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
-** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
-** another is writing.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/
-/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/
-/*
-** 2010 February 1
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging 
-** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to 
-** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _WAL_H_
-#define _WAL_H_
-
-
-/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of
-** sqlite3WalFrames():
-*/
-#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS  0x20   /* Sync at the end of each transaction */
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK       0x13   /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z)                   0
-# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
-# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z)                0
-# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z)     0
-# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
-# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y)                     0
-# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y)      0
-# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x)        0
-# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z)                   0
-# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z)
-# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z)            0
-# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z)           0
-# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
-# define sqlite3WalCallback(z)                   0
-# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z)            0
-# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z)                 0
-# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z)                  0
-# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z)              0
-#else
-
-#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4
-
-/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. 
-** There is one object of this type for each pager. 
-*/
-typedef struct Wal Wal;
-
-/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *);
-
-/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);
-
-/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot.  A 
-** snapshot is like a read-transaction.  It is the state of the database
-** at an instant in time.  sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
-** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
-** write to or checkpoint the WAL.  sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the
-** transaction and releases the lock.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal);
-
-/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(Wal *, Pgno, u32 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(Wal *, u32, int, u8 *);
-
-/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal);
-
-/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
-
-/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx);
-
-/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write
-** position in the WAL */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
-
-/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame.  Called in
-** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
-
-/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);
-
-/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* Write-ahead log connection */
-  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */
-  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
-  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
-  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
-  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer nBuf */
-  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
-  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
-  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
-);
-
-/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
-** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
-** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
-** the last call, then return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal);
-
-/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released)
-** by the pager layer on the database file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op);
-
-/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
-** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
-** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
-/* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content
-** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal);
-#endif
-
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-#endif /* _WAL_H_ */
-
-/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/
-
-
-/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
-**
-** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
-** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
-** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
-**
-** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
-** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
-** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
-** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
-**
-** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
-** one or more of the following are true about the page:
-** 
-**     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
-**          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
-**          synced.
-** 
-**     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
-** 
-**     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
-**          the database file at the start of the transaction.
-** 
-** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
-**     following are true:
-** 
-**     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
-** 
-**     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
-**         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
-**         number consists of a single page change.
-** 
-** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
-**     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
-**     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
-**     transaction.
-** 
-** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
-**     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
-** 
-** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
-**     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
-**     first 100 bytes of the database file.
-** 
-** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
-**     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
-** 
-** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
-**     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
-** 
-** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
-** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
-** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
-** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
-** of the database.
-** 
-** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
-**     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 
-**     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
-**     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
-** 
-** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
-**     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
-**     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
-**     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
-**     invoke it.)
-** 
-** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
-**     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
-**     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
-**     database to flush their caches.
-**
-** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
-**      than one billion transactions.
-**
-** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
-**      of every transaction.
-**
-** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
-**      the database file.
-**
-** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
-**      content out of the database file.
-**
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
-*/
-#if 0
-int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
-#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
-#define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
-#else
-#define PAGERTRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
-** to print out file-descriptors. 
-**
-** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
-** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
-** struct as its argument.
-*/
-#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
-#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
-
-/*
-** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
-** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
-** state diagram.
-**
-**                            OPEN <------+------+
-**                              |         |      |
-**                              V         |      |
-**               +---------> READER-------+      |
-**               |              |                |
-**               |              V                |
-**               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
-**               |              |                ^  
-**               |              V                |
-**               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
-**               |              |                |
-**               |              V                |
-**               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
-**               |              |                |
-**               |              V                |
-**               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
-**
-**
-** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
-** 
-**   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
-**   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
-**
-**   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
-**   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
-**   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
-**   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
-**   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
-**
-**   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
-**   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
-** 
-**
-**  OPEN:
-**
-**    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
-**    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
-**    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
-**
-**    * No read or write transaction is active.
-**    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
-**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
-**
-**  READER:
-**
-**    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 
-**    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
-**    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 
-**    open. The database size is known in this state.
-**
-**    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
-**    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
-**    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
-**    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
-**    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
-**    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
-**    is via the ERROR state (see below).
-** 
-**    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
-**    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-**    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 
-**      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
-**      may not be trusted at this point.
-**    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
-**    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 
-**      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
-**
-**  WRITER_LOCKED:
-**
-**    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
-**    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 
-**    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 
-**    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
-**
-**    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 
-**    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
-**    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 
-**    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 
-**    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 
-**    file.
-**
-**    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
-**    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
-**    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
-**
-**    * A write transaction is active.
-**    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 
-**      lock is held on the database file.
-**    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
-**      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
-**      called).
-**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
-**    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
-**    * The journal file may or may not be open.
-**    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
-**
-**  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
-**
-**    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
-**    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
-**    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
-**    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
-**
-**    * A write transaction is active.
-**    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
-**      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
-**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
-**
-**  WRITER_DBMOD:
-**
-**    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
-**    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
-**    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
-**    just the log file).
-**
-**    * A write transaction is active.
-**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
-**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
-**      and synced to disk.
-**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
-**      written to disk).
-**
-**  WRITER_FINISHED:
-**
-**    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
-**
-**    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
-**    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
-**    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
-**    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 
-**    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 
-**    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
-**
-**    * A write transaction is active.
-**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
-**    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
-**      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
-**      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
-**      to rollback the transaction. 
-**
-**  ERROR:
-**
-**    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
-**    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 
-**    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 
-**    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
-**
-**    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
-**    cannot.
-**
-**    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 
-**    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
-**    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
-**    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
-**    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
-**    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
-**    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
-**    instead of READER following such an error.
-**
-**    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
-**    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 
-**    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
-**    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 
-**    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
-**    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
-**    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
-**    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 
-**    from the error.
-**
-**    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
-**
-**      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
-**         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
-**
-**      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
-**         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
-**
-**      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
-**         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
-**         memory.
-**
-**    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
-**    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 
-**    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
-**
-**    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
-**    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
-**    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
-**    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
-**    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 
-**    state.
-**
-**    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
-**    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
-**      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
-**    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
-**    
-**
-** Notes:
-**
-**   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
-**     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
-**     of the first four states.
-**
-**   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
-**     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
-**     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 
-**     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
-**
-**   * See also: assert_pager_state().
-*/
-#define PAGER_OPEN                  0
-#define PAGER_READER                1
-#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
-#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
-#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
-#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
-#define PAGER_ERROR                 6
-
-/*
-** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 
-** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
-** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
-** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
-** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
-**
-** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
-** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
-** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
-** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
-** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
-** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
-** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
-** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
-**
-** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 
-** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
-** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
-**
-** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
-** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 
-** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
-** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
-** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
-** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
-** of hot-journal detection.
-**
-** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 
-** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 
-** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
-** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
-** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
-** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
-** without rolling it back.
-**
-** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
-** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
-** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
-** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
-** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 
-** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
-** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
-** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
-**
-** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 
-** PAGER_OPEN state.
-*/
-#define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
-
-/*
-** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
-    if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
-    if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
-    if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
-#else
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 
-** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
-** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
-** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
-*/
-#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
-** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
-** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
-** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
-**
-** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
-** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
-** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 
-** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
-** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
-** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
-*/
-typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
-struct PagerSavepoint {
-  i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
-  i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
-  Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
-  Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
-  Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
-*/
-#define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01      /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
-#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02      /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
-#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04      /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
-
-/*
-** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
-** some of the more important member variables follows:
-**
-** eState
-**
-**   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
-**   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
-**
-** eLock
-**
-**   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
-**   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
-**
-**   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
-**   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
-**   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
-**   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
-**   need (and no reason to release them).
-**
-**   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
-**   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
-**   details.
-**
-** changeCountDone
-**
-**   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 
-**   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 
-**   not updated more often than necessary. 
-**
-**   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 
-**   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
-**   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 
-**   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
-**   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
-**   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
-**
-**   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 
-**   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
-**   committed.
-**
-** setMaster
-**
-**   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
-**   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 
-**   journal file before it is synced to disk.
-**
-**   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 
-**   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 
-**   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
-**   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
-**   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
-**   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 
-**   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 
-**   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
-**
-**   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
-**   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
-**   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
-**   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
-**
-**   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
-**   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
-**   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
-**   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
-**
-** doNotSpill
-**
-**   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
-**   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
-**   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
-**
-**   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
-**   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
-**   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
-**   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
-**   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
-**   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
-**   case is a user preference.
-** 
-**   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from pagerStress()
-**   is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
-**   by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
-**   the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening 
-**   in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 
-**
-** subjInMemory
-**
-**   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
-**   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
-**   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
-**
-**   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 
-**   write-transaction is opened.
-**
-** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
-**
-**   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
-**   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
-**   OPEN and ERROR). 
-**
-**   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 
-**   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
-**   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
-**   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
-**   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
-**   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
-**   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
-**   to dbSize==1).
-**
-**   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
-**   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
-**   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 
-**   dbSize is updated.
-**
-**   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 
-**   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
-**   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
-**   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
-**   being modified.
-**
-**   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
-**   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
-**   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
-**   to write or truncate the database file on disk. 
-**
-**   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 
-**   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 
-**   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 
-**   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 
-**   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
-**   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
-**   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
-**   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
-**   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
-**   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
-**
-** dbHintSize
-**
-**   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
-**   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 
-**
-**   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
-**   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
-**   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
-**   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
-**   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 
-**   details.
-**
-** errCode
-**
-**   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
-**   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 
-**   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 
-**   sub-codes.
-*/
-struct Pager {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
-  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
-  u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
-  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
-  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
-  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
-  u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
-  u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
-  u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
-  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
-  u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
-  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
-  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
-
-  /**************************************************************************
-  ** The following block contains those class members that change during
-  ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
-  ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
-  ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
-  ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
-  ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
-  ** "configuration" of the pager.
-  */
-  u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
-  u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
-  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
-  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
-  u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
-  u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
-  Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
-  Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
-  Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
-  Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
-  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
-  int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
-  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
-  u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
-  Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
-  sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
-  sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
-  sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
-  i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
-  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
-  sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
-  PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
-  int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
-  char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
-
-  u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
-  int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
-  sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
-  PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
-  /*
-  ** End of the routinely-changing class members
-  ***************************************************************************/
-
-  u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
-  i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
-  u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-  u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
-  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
-  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
-  i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
-  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
-  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
-  int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
-  void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
-  int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
-#endif
-  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
-  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
-  void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
-  void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
-#endif
-  char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
-  PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
-  char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
-** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 
-** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
-*/
-#define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
-#define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
-#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
-
-/*
-** The following global variables hold counters used for
-** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
-** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
-# define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
-#else
-# define PAGER_INCR(v)
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*
-** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
-** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
-**
-** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
-** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
-** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
-** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
-** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
-** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
-** journal and ignore it.
-**
-** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
-** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
-** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
-** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
-** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
-** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
-** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
-** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
-** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
-** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
-*/
-static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
-  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
-};
-
-/*
-** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
-** the following macro.
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
-
-/*
-** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 
-** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
-
-/*
-** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
-** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
-** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
-** out code that would never execute.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-# define MEMDB 0
-#else
-# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
-** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-# define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
-#else
-# define USEFETCH(x) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
-*/
-#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
-
-/*
-** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
-** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
-**
-** This is so that expressions can be written as:
-**
-**   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
-**
-** instead of
-**
-**   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
-*/
-#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
-
-/*
-** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
-** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
-  return (pPager->pWal!=0);
-}
-#else
-# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
-# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
-# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
-# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
-# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG 
-/*
-** Usage:
-**
-**   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-**
-** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
-** the internal state of the Pager object.
-*/
-static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
-  Pager *pPager = p;
-
-  /* State must be valid. */
-  assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
-       || p->eState==PAGER_READER
-       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
-       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
-       || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
-  );
-
-  /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
-  ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
-  ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
-  */
-  assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-  assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
-
-  /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 
-  ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
-  */
-  assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
-  assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
-
-  /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 
-  ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 
-  ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 
-  ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 
-  ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 
-  ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 
-  ** state.
-  */
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    assert( p->noSync );
-    assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-         || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
-    );
-    assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
-    assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
-  }
-
-  /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
-  ** on the file.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
-  assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
-
-  switch( p->eState ){
-    case PAGER_OPEN:
-      assert( !MEMDB );
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_READER:
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
-      assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
-      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
-      }
-      assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
-      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
-      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
-      assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
-      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-        /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
-        ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
-        ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
-        ** to journal_mode=wal.
-        */
-        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
-        assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
-             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-        );
-      }
-      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
-      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
-      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-      assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-      );
-      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
-      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
-      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-      );
-      break;
-
-    case PAGER_ERROR:
-      /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
-      ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
-      ** back to OPEN state.
-      */
-      assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
-      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
-      break;
-  }
-
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
-** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
-** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
-** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
-**
-** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
-*/
-static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
-  static char zRet[1024];
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
-      "Filename:      %s\n"
-      "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
-      "Lock:          %s\n"
-      "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
-      "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
-      "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
-      "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
-      "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
-      , p->zFilename
-      , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
-        p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
-      , (int)p->errCode
-      , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
-        p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
-        p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
-        p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
-        p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
-      , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
-      , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
-        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
-        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
-        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
-        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
-        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
-      , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
-      , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
-      , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
-  );
-
-  return zRet;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
-** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
-** or more open savepoints for which:
-**
-**   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
-**   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
-**     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
-*/
-static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  PagerSavepoint *p;
-  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
-    p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
-    if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
-*/
-static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
-  return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
-** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
-** error code is something goes wrong.
-**
-** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
-*/
-static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
-  unsigned char ac[4];
-  int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
-*/
-#define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
-
-
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
-*/
-static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
-  char ac[4];
-  put32bits(ac, val);
-  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
-** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
-** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
-**
-** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
-** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 
-** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
-*/
-static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
-  assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
-    rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
-    if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
-      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
-    }
-    IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
-** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
-** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 
-**
-** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 
-** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 
-** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 
-** of this.
-*/
-static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-  if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
-    rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
-      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
-      IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
-** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
-**
-**  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
-**      a database page may be written atomically, and
-**  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
-**      to the page size.
-**
-** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
-** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
-** database.
-**
-** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
-** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
-** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
-  assert( !MEMDB );
-  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
-    int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
-    int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
-    int szPage;                       /* Page size */
-
-    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
-    dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
-    nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
-    szPage = pPager->pageSize;
-
-    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
-    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
-    if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
-** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
-** and debugging only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-/*
-** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
-*/
-static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
-  u32 hash = 0;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
-    hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
-  }
-  return hash;
-}
-static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
-  return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
-}
-static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
-  pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
-** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
-*/
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
-static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-  assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
-}
-
-#else
-#define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
-#define pager_pagehash(X)  0
-#define pager_set_pagehash(X)
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
-#endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
-
-/*
-** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
-** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 
-** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 
-** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
-** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
-**
-** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
-** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
-** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
-** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
-** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
-** were present in the journal.
-**
-** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
-** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
-** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
-** journal file name.
-**
-** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 
-** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
-**
-** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
-** error code is returned.
-*/
-static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
-  int rc;                    /* Return code */
-  u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
-  i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
-  u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
-  u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
-  unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
-  zMaster[0] = '\0';
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
-   || szJ<16
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
-   || len>=nMaster 
-   || len==0 
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
-   || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
-  for(u=0; u<len; u++){
-    cksum -= zMaster[u];
-  }
-  if( cksum ){
-    /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
-    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
-    ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
-    ** master-journal filename.
-    */
-    len = 0;
-  }
-  zMaster[len] = '\0';
-   
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 
-** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 
-** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
-**
-** i.e for a sector size of 512:
-**
-**   Pager.journalOff          Return value
-**   ---------------------------------------
-**   0                         0
-**   512                       512
-**   100                       512
-**   2000                      2048
-** 
-*/
-static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
-  i64 offset = 0;
-  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
-  if( c ){
-    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-  }
-  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
-  assert( offset>=c );
-  assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
-  return offset;
-}
-
-/*
-** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
-**
-** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
-** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
-**
-** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
-** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
-** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 
-** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 
-** after writing or truncating it.
-**
-** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
-** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 
-** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
-** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
-** not need to be synced following this operation.
-**
-** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
-** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-  if( pPager->journalOff ){
-    const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
-
-    IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
-    if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
-    }else{
-      static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
-    }
-
-    /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 
-    ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 
-    ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
-    ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
-    ** to sync the file following this operation.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
-      i64 sz;
-      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
-** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
-** current location.
-**
-** The format for the journal header is as follows:
-** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
-** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
-** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
-** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
-** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
-** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
-** 
-** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
-*/
-static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
-  char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
-  u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
-  u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
-  int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
-
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
-
-  if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
-    nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-  }
-
-  /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 
-  ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 
-  ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
-  */
-  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
-    if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
-      pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
-
-  /* 
-  ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
-  ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
-  ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 
-  ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
-  ** of records (see syncJournal()).
-  **
-  ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
-  ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
-  ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
-  ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
-  ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
-  ** where this risk can be ignored:
-  **
-  **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
-  **     power failure in this case anyway.
-  **
-  **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
-  **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
-  */
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
-  if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
-   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
-  ){
-    memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
-    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
-  }else{
-    memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
-  }
-
-  /* The random check-hash initializer */ 
-  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
-  /* The initial database size */
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
-  /* The assumed sector size for this process */
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
-
-  /* The page size */
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
-
-  /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
-  ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
-  ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
-  ** take the performance hit.
-  */
-  memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
-         nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
-
-  /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 
-  ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 
-  ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 
-  ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
-  ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
-  **
-  ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 
-  ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
-  ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 
-  ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
-  ** is done. 
-  **
-  ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 
-  ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
-  ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
-  ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
-  */ 
-  for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
-    IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
-    assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
-    pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
-** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
-** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
-** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
-** a description of the journal header format.
-**
-** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
-** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
-** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
-** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
-** in this case.
-**
-** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
-** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
-** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
-*/
-static int readJournalHdr(
-  Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
-  int isHot,
-  i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
-  u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
-  u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
-){
-  int rc;                      /* Return code */
-  unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
-  i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
-
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
-
-  /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
-  ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
-  ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
-  */
-  pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
-  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
-
-  /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
-  ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
-  ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
-  ** proceed.
-  */
-  if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
-    if( rc ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
-  ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
-  ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
-  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
-    u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
-    u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
-
-    /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
-     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
-    ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
-    ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
-    ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
-    */
-    if( iPageSize==0 ){
-      iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
-    }
-
-    /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
-    ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
-    ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 
-    ** respective compile time maximum limits.
-    */
-    if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
-     || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
-     || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 
-    ){
-      /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 
-      ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 
-      ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 
-      ** the journal file here.
-      */
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-
-    /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 
-    ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 
-    ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-
-    /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
-    ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
-    ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
-    ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
-    ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
-    */
-    pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
-  }
-
-  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
-** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
-** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
-** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
-** anything is written. The format is:
-**
-**   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
-**   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
-**   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
-**   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
-**   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
-**
-** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
-** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
-**
-** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
-** this call is a no-op.
-*/
-static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
-  int rc;                          /* Return code */
-  int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
-  i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
-  i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
-  u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
-
-  assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
-  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-
-  if( !zMaster 
-   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
-   || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
-  ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  pPager->setMaster = 1;
-  assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
-
-  /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
-  for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
-    cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
-  }
-
-  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
-  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
-  ** the journal has already been synced.
-  */
-  if( pPager->fullSync ){
-    pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
-  }
-  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
-
-  /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
-  ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
-  */
-  if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
-   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
-   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
-   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
-   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
-
-  /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 
-  ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
-  ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 
-  ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
-  ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 
-  ** whether or not the journal is hot. 
-  **
-  ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 
-  ** file to the required size.
-  */ 
-  if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
-   && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
-  ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
-** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not 
-** already in memory.
-*/
-static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
-  PgHdr *p = 0;                     /* Return value */
-
-  /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
-  ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
-  */
-  (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
-*/
-static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
-  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
-  sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
-** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
-** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
-*/
-static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
-  int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
-  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
-    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
-  }
-  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
-  pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
-  pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
-  pPager->nSubRec = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 
-** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
-** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
-*/
-static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
-  int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
-    PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
-    if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
-      rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
-      testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
-** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
-** state.
-**
-** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
-** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
-** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
-** closed (if it is open).
-**
-** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 
-** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 
-** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
-** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
-** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
-** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
-*/
-static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 
-  );
-
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
-
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-    sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
-  }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-    int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
-    int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
-
-    /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
-    ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
-    ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
-    ** out from under us.
-    */
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
-    if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
-     || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
-    ){
-      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-    }
-
-    /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
-    ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
-    ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
-    ** is necessary.
-    */
-    rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
-      pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
-    }
-
-    /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
-    ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
-    ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
-    */
-    assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
-  }
-
-  /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
-  ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
-  ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
-  ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
-  */
-  if( pPager->errCode ){
-    assert( !MEMDB );
-    pager_reset(pPager);
-    pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
-    pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
-    if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  pPager->journalOff = 0;
-  pPager->journalHdr = 0;
-  pPager->setMaster = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
-** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
-** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 
-** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 
-** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 
-**
-** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
-** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
-** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
-** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
-**
-** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 
-** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 
-** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
-** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
-** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
-** it were a hot-journal).
-*/
-static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
-  int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
-  assert(
-       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
-       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
-       (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
-  );
-  if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
-    pPager->errCode = rc;
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
-
-/*
-** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 
-** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 
-** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
-** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
-** database transaction.
-** 
-** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
-** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
-** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
-**
-** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
-**
-** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 
-** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 
-** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
-** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
-** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
-** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
-**
-**   journalMode==MEMORY
-**     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 
-**     in-memory journal.
-**
-**   journalMode==TRUNCATE
-**     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
-**
-**   journalMode==PERSIST
-**     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
-**     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
-**     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
-**
-**   journalMode==DELETE
-**     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
-**
-**     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
-**     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
-**     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
-**     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
-**
-** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
-** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 
-** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
-** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
-** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 
-** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
-** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
-** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
-** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
-** returned.
-*/
-static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
-  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
-
-  /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
-  ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
-  ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
-  ** held under two circumstances:
-  **
-  **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
-  **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
-  **
-  **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 
-  **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
-  **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 
-  **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
-  */
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-  if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-
-    /* Finalize the journal file. */
-    if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
-      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
-      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
-      if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
-      }
-      pPager->journalOff = 0;
-    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-      || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
-    ){
-      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
-      pPager->journalOff = 0;
-    }else{
-      /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
-      ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
-      ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
-      ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 
-      */
-      int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
-      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
-           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
-           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-      );
-      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-      if( bDelete ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
-  if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
-    PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
-    if( p ){
-      p->pageHash = 0;
-      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-  pPager->nRec = 0;
-  sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
-
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 
-    ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 
-    ** lock held on the database file.
-    */
-    rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
-    assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
-    /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
-    ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
-    ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 
-    ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
-    ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
-    ** required size.  */
-    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-    rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 
-   && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
-  ){
-    rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
-  }
-  pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
-  pPager->setMaster = 0;
-
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
-** database file. 
-**
-** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 
-** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
-** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
-** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 
-** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 
-** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 
-** will roll it back.
-**
-** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
-** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 
-** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
-** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
-*/
-static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
-  if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
-    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-    if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
-      pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
-    }
-  }
-  pager_unlock(pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
-** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 
-** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
-**
-** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 
-** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
-** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
-** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
-**
-** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
-** incompatible journal file format.
-**
-** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 
-** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 
-** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
-** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
-** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
-*/
-static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
-  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
-  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
-  while( i>0 ){
-    cksum += aData[i];
-    i -= 200;
-  }
-  return cksum;
-}
-
-/*
-** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
-** to the codec.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
-  if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
-    pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
-                           (int)pPager->nReserve);
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
-** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
-** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
-** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
-**
-** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 
-** not.
-**
-** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
-** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
-** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
-** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
-** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
-** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
-** prior to returning.
-**
-** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
-** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
-** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
-** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
-** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
-** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
-** two circumstances:
-** 
-**   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
-**   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
-**     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
-**
-** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
-**
-** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
-** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
-** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
-*/
-static int pager_playback_one_page(
-  Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
-  i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
-  Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
-  int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
-  int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
-){
-  int rc;
-  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
-  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
-  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
-  char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
-  sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
-  int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
-
-  assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
-  assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
-  assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
-  assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
-
-  aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-  assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
-  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
-
-  /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 
-  ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
-  ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
-  ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
-  ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
-  );
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
-
-  /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
-  ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
-  */
-  jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
-  rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
-
-  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
-  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
-  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
-  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
-  */
-  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-    assert( !isSavepnt );
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( isMainJrnl ){
-    rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
-  ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
-  */
-  if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
-  */
-  if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
-    pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
-    pagerReportSize(pPager);
-  }
-
-  /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
-  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
-  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
-  **
-  ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
-  ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
-  ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
-  ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
-  ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
-  ** assert()able.
-  **
-  ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
-  ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 
-  ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
-  ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
-  ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
-  **
-  ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
-  ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
-  ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
-  ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
-  ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
-  ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
-  ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
-  ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
-  ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
-  ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
-  ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
-  ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
-  ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
-  **
-  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
-  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
-  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
-  */
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    pPg = 0;
-  }else{
-    pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
-  }
-  assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
-  PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
-           PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
-           (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
-  ));
-  if( isMainJrnl ){
-    isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
-  }else{
-    isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
-  }
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
-   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
-   && isSynced
-  ){
-    i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
-    testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
-    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
-    if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
-      pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
-    }
-    if( pPager->pBackup ){
-      CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
-      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
-      CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
-    }
-  }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
-    /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
-    ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
-    ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 
-    ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 
-    ** current. 
-    **
-    ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
-    ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 
-    ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
-    ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
-    **
-    ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
-    ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 
-    ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 
-    ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
-    */
-    assert( isSavepnt );
-    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
-    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
-    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
-    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
-    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
-  }
-  if( pPg ){
-    /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
-    ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
-    ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
-    ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
-    ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
-    */
-    void *pData;
-    pData = pPg->pData;
-    memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
-    pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
-    if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
-      /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 
-      ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 
-      ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
-      ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
-      ** database.
-      **
-      ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
-      ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 
-      ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
-      ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
-      ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
-      ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
-      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
-      ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
-      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
-      ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
-      ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
-      ** database corruption may ensue.
-      */
-      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-      sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
-    }
-    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
-
-    /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
-    ** Do this before any decoding. */
-    if( pgno==1 ){
-      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-    }
-
-    /* Decode the page just read from disk */
-    CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
-    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
-** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
-** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
-** and does so if it is.
-**
-** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 
-** available for use within this function.
-**
-** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 
-** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 
-** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 
-** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
-** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
-**
-**   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
-**
-** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 
-** journals have been rolled back.
-**
-** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 
-** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
-** each child journal, it checks if:
-**
-**   * if the child journal exists, and if so
-**   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 
-**     file zMaster
-**
-** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
-** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
-** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
-** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
-**
-** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
-** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 
-** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
-** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
-** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 
-** size.
-*/
-static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  int rc;                   /* Return code */
-  sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
-  sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
-  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
-  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
-  char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
-  char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
-  int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
-
-  /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
-  ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
-  */
-  pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
-  pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
-  if( !pMaster ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-
-  /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
-  ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
-  ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
-  ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-  nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-  zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
-  if( !zMasterJournal ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto delmaster_out;
-  }
-  zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-  zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
-
-  zJournal = zMasterJournal;
-  while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
-    int exists;
-    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto delmaster_out;
-    }
-    if( exists ){
-      /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
-      ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
-      ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
-      */
-      int c;
-      int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
-      rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto delmaster_out;
-      }
-
-      rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
-      sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto delmaster_out;
-      }
-
-      c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
-      if( c ){
-        /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
-        goto delmaster_out;
-      }
-    }
-    zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
-  }
- 
-  sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
-  rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-
-delmaster_out:
-  sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
-  if( pMaster ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
-    assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
-    sqlite3_free(pMaster);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 
-** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
-** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
-**
-** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
-** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 
-** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 
-** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
-** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
-**
-** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 
-** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 
-** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 
-** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 
-** the end of the new file instead.
-**
-** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
-** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
-*/
-static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
-  
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 
-   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 
-  ){
-    i64 currentSize, newSize;
-    int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
-    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-    /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
-    newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
-      if( currentSize>newSize ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
-      }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
-        char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-        memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
-        testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
-        testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
-** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
-  if( iRet<32 ){
-    iRet = 512;
-  }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
-    assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
-    iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
-  }
-  return iRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
-** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
-** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used 
-** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 
-** master journal pointers within created journal files.
-**
-** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
-**
-** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
-** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
-** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
-** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
-**
-** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
-** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
-** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
-** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
-** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
-** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
-** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
-** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
-*/
-static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
-
-  if( pPager->tempFile
-   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 
-              SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
-  ){
-    /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
-    ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
-    ** call will segfault. */
-    pPager->sectorSize = 512;
-  }else{
-    pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
-** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
-**
-** The journal file format is as follows: 
-**
-**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
-**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
-**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
-**       number of page records from the journal size.
-**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
-**       sanity checksum.
-**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
-**       database to during a rollback.
-**  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
-**       is this many bytes in size.
-**  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
-**  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
-**  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
-**        +  4 byte page number.
-**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
-**        +  4 byte checksum
-**
-** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
-** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
-**
-** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
-** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
-** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
-** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
-** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
-** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
-** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
-** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
-**
-** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
-** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
-** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
-** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
-** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
-**
-** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
-** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
-** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
-** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
-** been encountered.
-**
-** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
-** and an error code is returned.
-**
-** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
-** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is 
-** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
-** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
-** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
-** needed.
-*/
-static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
-  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
-  u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
-  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
-  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
-  int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
-  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
-  int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
-  int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
-
-  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
-  ** the journal is empty.
-  */
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto end_playback;
-  }
-
-  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
-  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
-  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
-  ** played back.
-  **
-  ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
-  ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
-  ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
-  **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
-  ** for pageSize.
-  */
-  zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-  rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
-  }
-  zMaster = 0;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
-    goto end_playback;
-  }
-  pPager->journalOff = 0;
-  needPagerReset = isHot;
-
-  /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 
-  ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 
-  ** occurs. 
-  */
-  while( 1 ){
-    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
-    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
-    ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
-    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
-    */
-    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
-      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      goto end_playback;
-    }
-
-    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
-    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
-    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
-    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
-    */
-    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
-      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
-      nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
-    }
-
-    /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
-    ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
-    ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
-    ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
-    ** size of the file.
-    **
-    ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
-    ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
-    ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
-    ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
-    ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
-    ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 
-    ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
-    */
-    if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
-        pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
-      nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
-    }
-
-    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
-    ** database file back to its original size.
-    */
-    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
-      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto end_playback;
-      }
-      pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
-    }
-
-    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 
-    ** database file and/or page cache.
-    */
-    for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
-      if( needPagerReset ){
-        pager_reset(pPager);
-        needPagerReset = 0;
-      }
-      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        nPlayback++;
-      }else{
-        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
-          break;
-        }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-          /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
-          ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
-          ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
-          ** case, the database should have never been written in the
-          ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          goto end_playback;
-        }else{
-          /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
-          ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
-          ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
-          ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
-          */
-          goto end_playback;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /*NOTREACHED*/
-  assert( 0 );
-
-end_playback:
-  /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
-  ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
-  ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
-  ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 
-  ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 
-  ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 
-  ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 
-  ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
-  ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
-  ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
-  ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
-  */
-  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-    rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
-   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
-  ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
-    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
-    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
-    */
-    rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  }
-  if( isHot && nPlayback ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
-                nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
-  }
-
-  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
-  ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
-  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
-  */
-  setSectorSize(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 
-** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
-** file before this function is called.
-**
-** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
-** the value read from the database file.
-**
-** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
-** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
-  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
-  int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  if( iFrame ){
-    /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
-    rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pgno==1 ){
-    if( rc ){
-      /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
-      ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
-      ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
-      ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
-      ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
-      ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
-      **
-      ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
-      ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
-      ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
-      ** we should still be ok.
-      */
-      memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-    }else{
-      u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
-      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-    }
-  }
-  CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
-
-  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
-  PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
-  IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
-  PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
-               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
-** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
-**
-** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
-** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
-** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
-*/
-static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
-  u32 change_counter;
-
-  /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
-  change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
-  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
-
-  /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
-  ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
-  ** is valid. */
-  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
-  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 
-** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
-** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 
-** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
-**
-** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
-** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
-** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
-** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 
-** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
-  PgHdr *pPg;
-
-  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-  pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
-  if( pPg ){
-    if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
-      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
-    }else{
-      u32 iFrame = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
-      }
-      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
-  ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
-  ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
-  ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
-  ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 
-  ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
-  ** the backups must be restarted.
-  */
-  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
-*/
-static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
-
-  /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
-  ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 
-  ** following:
-  **
-  **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
-  **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
-  */
-  pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
-  rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
-  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
-  while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
-    rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
-    pList = pNext;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
-** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
-** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
-** changed. 
-**
-** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
-** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
-*/ 
-static int pagerWalFrames(
-  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
-  PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
-  Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
-  int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
-  PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
-#endif
-
-  assert( pPager->pWal );
-  assert( pList );
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
-  for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
-    assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
-  if( isCommit ){
-    /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
-    ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
-    ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
-    ** list here. */
-    PgHdr *p;
-    PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
-    nList = 0;
-    for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
-      if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
-        ppNext = &p->pDirty;
-        nList++;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pList );
-  }else{
-    nList = 1;
-  }
-  pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
-
-  if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
-  rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 
-      pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
-  );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
-    PgHdr *p;
-    for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
-      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
-  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
-    pager_set_pagehash(p);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
-**
-** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
-** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
-** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
-** other writers or checkpointers.
-*/
-static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
-
-  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
-
-  /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
-  ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
-  ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
-  ** the duplicate call is harmless.
-  */
-  sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
-
-  rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
-    pager_reset(pPager);
-    if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
-** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
-** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
-**
-** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
-** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
-** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
-*/
-static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
-  Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
-
-  /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
-  ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
-  ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
-  ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
-  ** contains no valid committed transactions.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
-  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
-  nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
-
-  /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
-  ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
-  ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
-  ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
-  ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
-  */
-  if( nPage==0 ){
-    i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
-    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
-    if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-      int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
-  }
-
-  /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
-  ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
-  ** that the file can be read.
-  */
-  if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
-    pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
-  }
-
-  *pnPage = nPage;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
-** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
-** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
-**
-** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
-** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
-** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
-**
-** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
-** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 
-** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 
-** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 
-** other connection.
-*/
-static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
-  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
-
-  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
-    int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
-    Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
-
-    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    if( nPage==0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      isWal = 0;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
-          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
-      );
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( isWal ){
-        testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
-        rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
-      }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
-        pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
-** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 
-** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 
-** savepoint.
-**
-** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 
-** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
-** performed in the order specified:
-**
-**   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
-**     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 
-**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
-**     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
-**
-**   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
-**     back starting from the journal header immediately following 
-**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
-**
-**   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
-**     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
-**     the journal file.
-**
-** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
-** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
-** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
-** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
-**
-** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
-** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
-**
-** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
-** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 
-** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
-** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
-*/
-static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
-  i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
-  i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
-  Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-
-  /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
-  if( pSavepoint ){
-    pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
-    if( !pDone ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 
-  ** being reverted was opened.
-  */
-  pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
-  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
-
-  if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
-  }
-
-  /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
-  ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
-  ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
-  ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
-  */
-  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
-  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
-
-  /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
-  ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
-  ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
-  ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
-  ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
-  ** are played back.
-  */
-  if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
-    pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
-      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
-    }
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-  }else{
-    pPager->journalOff = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
-  ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
-  ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
-  ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
-  */
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
-    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
-    u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
-    u32 dummy;
-    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-
-    /*
-    ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
-    ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
-    ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
-    */
-    if( nJRec==0 
-     && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
-    ){
-      nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
-    }
-    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
-      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
-    }
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-  }
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
-
-  /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
-  ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
-  ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
-  */
-  if( pSavepoint ){
-    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
-    i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
-
-    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-      rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
-    }
-    for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
-      assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
-      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
-    }
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-  }
-
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
-  sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
-*/
-static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-  sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
-  if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
-    sqlite3_int64 sz;
-    sz = pPager->szMmap;
-    pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
-    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
-  pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
-  pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
-  sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
-}
-
-/*
-** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
-**
-** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
-** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
-** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
-** There are three levels:
-**
-**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
-**              for temporary and transient files.
-**
-**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
-**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
-**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
-**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
-**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
-**              when it is rolled back.
-**
-**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
-**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
-**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
-**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
-**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
-**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
-**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
-**
-** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
-** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
-** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
-** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
-** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
-** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
-** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
-** syncs associated with NORMAL.
-**
-** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
-** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
-** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
-** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
-** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
-** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
-** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
-**
-** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
-** and FULL=3.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
-  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
-  unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
-){
-  unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
-  assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
-  pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
-  pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
-  if( pPager->noSync ){
-    pPager->syncFlags = 0;
-    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
-  }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
-    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
-    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
-  }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
-    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
-  }else{
-    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-  }
-  pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
-  if( pPager->fullSync ){
-    pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
-  }
-  if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
-    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
-  }else{
-    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
-** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
-** testing and analysis only.  
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Open a temporary file.
-**
-** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 
-** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 
-** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
-**
-** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
-** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
-**
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
-*/
-static int pagerOpentemp(
-  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
-  int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
-){
-  int rc;               /* Return code */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
-#endif
-
-  vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-            SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the busy handler function.
-**
-** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 
-** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
-** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 
-** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
-** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
-** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
-**
-**   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
-**   --------------------------------------------------------
-**   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
-**   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
-**   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
-**   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
-**
-** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 
-** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
-** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
-  Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
-  int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
-  void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
-){
-  pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
-  pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
-
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
-    assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
-    assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
-    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
-** is passed in *pPageSize.
-**
-** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
-** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 
-** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
-**
-** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
-**
-**   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 
-**     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
-**
-**   * there are no outstanding page references, and
-**
-**   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
-**     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
-**
-** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
-**
-** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 
-** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 
-** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
-** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
-** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 
-** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
-  ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
-  ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
-  **
-  ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 
-  ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
-  ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
-  ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
-  */
-
-  u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
-  assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
-  if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
-   && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 
-   && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 
-  ){
-    char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
-    i64 nByte = 0;
-
-    if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
-      if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pager_reset(pPager);
-      pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
-      pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
-      sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
-      pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
-      sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
-    }
-  }
-
-  *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
-    assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
-    pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
-    pagerReportSize(pPager);
-    pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
-** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
-** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
-** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
-** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
-** no rollbacks are happening.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->pTmpSpace;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 
-** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
-** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
-**
-** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
-  if( mxPage>0 ){
-    pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
-  }
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
-  assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
-  return pPager->mxPgno;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
-** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
-** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
-**
-** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
-** and generate no code.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
-static int saved_cnt;
-void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
-  saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
-}
-void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
-}
-#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
-** that pDest points to. 
-**
-** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
-** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
-** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 
-** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
-** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
-**
-** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
-** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
-** output buffer undefined.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  memset(pDest, 0, N);
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
-
-  /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
-  ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
-  ** to WAL mode yet.
-  */
-  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
-** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
-**
-** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 
-** this is considered a 1 page file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
-  *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
-** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
-** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
-**
-** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 
-** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 
-** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 
-** obtain the lock succeeds.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
-** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 
-** variable to locktype before returning.
-*/
-static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
-  int rc;                              /* Return code */
-
-  /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 
-  ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
-  ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
-  ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
-  */
-  assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
-       || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
-       || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
-  );
-
-  do {
-    rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
-  }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 
-** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
-**
-**   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 
-**      current database image, in pages, OR
-**
-**   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
-**      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
-**      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
-**
-** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
-** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
-** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
-** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
-** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
-** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
-** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 
-** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
-** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 
-** this circumstance cannot arise.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
-  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
-  assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
-}
-static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
-  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
-}
-#else
-# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 
-** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 
-** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 
-** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
-**
-** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
-** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
-** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
-** then continue writing to the database.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
-  assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
-  pPager->dbSize = nPage;
-
-  /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
-  ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
-  ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 
-  ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
-  ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
-  ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 
-  ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 
-  ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
-  ** is no longer correct. */
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
-** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
-** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
-** that the entire journal file has been synced.
-**
-** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 
-** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
-** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
-** content as this process.
-**
-** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 
-** an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !pPager->noSync ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 
-** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
-** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
-** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
-** *ppPage to zero.
-**
-** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
-** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
-*/
-static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
-  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
-  Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
-  void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
-  PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
-){
-  PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
-
-  if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
-    *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
-    pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
-    p->pDirty = 0;
-    memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
-  }else{
-    *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
-    if( p==0 ){
-      sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
-    p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
-    p->nRef = 1;
-    p->pPager = pPager;
-  }
-
-  assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
-  assert( p->pPage==0 );
-  assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
-  assert( p->pPager==pPager );
-  assert( p->nRef==1 );
-
-  p->pgno = pgno;
-  p->pData = pData;
-  pPager->nMmapOut++;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 
-** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
-*/
-static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  pPager->nMmapOut--;
-  pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
-  pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
-
-  assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
-  sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
-*/
-static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  PgHdr *pNext;
-  for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
-    pNext = p->pDirty;
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
-**
-** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
-** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
-** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
-** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
-** result in a coredump.
-**
-** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
-** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
-** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
-** to the caller.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
-  u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
-
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  disable_simulated_io_errors();
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
-  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
-  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
-  pPager->pWal = 0;
-#endif
-  pager_reset(pPager);
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    pager_unlock(pPager);
-  }else{
-    /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
-    ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 
-    ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 
-    ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
-    **
-    ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
-    ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
-    ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
-    ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
-    ** rollback before accessing the database file.
-    */
-    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-      pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
-    }
-    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
-  }
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  enable_simulated_io_errors();
-  PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-  IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
-  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
-  sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
-  sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
-#endif
-
-  assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
-  assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
-
-  sqlite3_free(pPager);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-/*
-** Return the page number for page pPg.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
-  return pPg->pgno;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
-  sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
-** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
-** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
-**
-** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 
-** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
-**
-**   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
-**     be taken.
-**
-**   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
-**     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
-**     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
-**     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
-**     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
-**
-**   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 
-**     journal file is synced.
-**
-** Or, in pseudo-code:
-**
-**   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
-**     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
-**       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
-**       <update nRec field>
-**     } 
-**     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
-**   }
-**
-** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 
-** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
-** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
-*/
-static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-
-  rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  if( !pPager->noSync ){
-    assert( !pPager->tempFile );
-    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
-      const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
-      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-
-      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
-        /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
-        ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
-        ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
-        ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
-        ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
-        ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 
-        ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 
-        ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 
-        ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 
-        ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
-        ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
-        ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
-        **
-        ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
-        ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
-        ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
-        **
-        ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
-        ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 
-        ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
-        ** the potential journal header.
-        */
-        i64 iNextHdrOffset;
-        u8 aMagic[8];
-        u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
-
-        memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
-        put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
-
-        iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
-        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
-          static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
-          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
-        }
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-
-        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
-        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
-        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
-        ** it as a candidate for rollback.
-        **
-        ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
-        ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 
-        ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
-        ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
-        ** and never needs to be updated.
-        */
-        if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
-          PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-          IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-        }
-        IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
-            pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
-        );
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      }
-      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
-        PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-        IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 
-          (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
-        );
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      }
-
-      pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
-      if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
-        pPager->nRec = 0;
-        rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 
-  ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 
-  ** all pages.
-  */
-  sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
-  pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
-** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
-** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
-** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
-** a no-op.
-**
-** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
-** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
-** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
-** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
-** 
-** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
-** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 
-** written out.
-**
-** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
-** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
-** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
-**
-**   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
-**   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
-**
-** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
-** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
-** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
-** the database file.
-**
-** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
-** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
-** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
-*/
-static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
-
-  /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
-  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
-  assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-
-  /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
-  ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
-  ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
-  */
-  if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
-  }
-
-  /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
-  ** file size will be.
-  */
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
-   && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
-   && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
-  ){
-    sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
-    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
-    pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
-  }
-
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
-    Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
-
-    /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
-    ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
-    ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
-    ** any such pages to the file.
-    **
-    ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
-    ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
-    */
-    if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
-      i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
-      char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */    
-
-      assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
-      if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
-
-      /* Encode the database */
-      CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
-
-      /* Write out the page data. */
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
-
-      /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
-      ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 
-      ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 
-      */
-      if( pgno==1 ){
-        memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-      }
-      if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
-        pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
-      }
-      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
-
-      /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
-      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
-
-      PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
-                   PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
-      IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
-      PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
-    }else{
-      PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
-    }
-    pager_set_pagehash(pList);
-    pList = pList->pDirty;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 
-** function is a no-op.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 
-** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 
-** fails.
-*/
-static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
-    if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
-      sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
-    }else{
-      rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 
-** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check 
-** that it is really required before calling this function.
-**
-** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
-** for all open savepoints before returning.
-**
-** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
-** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 
-** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
-** bitvec.
-*/
-static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-
-    /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
-    assert( pPager->useJournal );
-    assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-    assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
-    assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 
-         || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 
-         || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 
-    );
-    rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
-
-    /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
-    ** write the journal record into the file.  */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      void *pData = pPg->pData;
-      i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
-      char *pData2;
-  
-      CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
-      PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
-      rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pPager->nSubRec++;
-    assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
-    rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
-** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
-** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
-** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 
-** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
-** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 
-** argument.
-**
-** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
-** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
-** journal file. 
-**
-** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
-** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
-** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
-** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
-** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
-*/
-static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
-  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
-
-  /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
-  ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
-  ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
-  ** pages belonging to the same sector.
-  **
-  ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
-  ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
-  ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
-  **
-  ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
-  ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it 
-  ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
-  ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
-  ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
-  ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
-  */
-  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
-  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
-  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
-  if( pPager->doNotSpill
-   && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
-      || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
-  ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  pPg->pDirty = 0;
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
-    if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 
-      rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
-    }
-  }else{
-  
-    /* Sync the journal file if required. */
-    if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 
-     || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-    ){
-      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
-    }
-  
-    /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
-    ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
-    ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
-    ** actually write data to the file in this case.
-    **
-    ** Consider the following sequence of events:
-    **
-    **   BEGIN;
-    **     <journal page X>
-    **     <modify page X>
-    **     SAVEPOINT sp;
-    **       <shrink database file to Y pages>
-    **       pagerStress(page X)
-    **     ROLLBACK TO sp;
-    **
-    ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
-    ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
-    ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
-    ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
-    ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
-    ** was executed.
-    **
-    ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the 
-    ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
-    ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is 
-    ** executed.
-    */
-    if( NEVER(
-        rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
-    ) ){
-      rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
-    }
-  
-    /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
-      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Mark the page as clean. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
-    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
-  }
-
-  return pager_error(pPager, rc); 
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
-** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
-** to sqlite3PagerClose().
-**
-** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
-** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
-** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
-** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 
-** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 
-** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
-**
-** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
-** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
-** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
-**
-** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
-** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
-** of the PAGER_* flags.
-**
-** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
-** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 
-**
-** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 
-** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
-** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
-** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
-** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 
-** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
-  Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
-  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
-  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
-  int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
-  int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-  void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
-){
-  u8 *pPtr;
-  Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
-  int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
-  int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
-  int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
-  int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
-  char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
-  int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
-  int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
-  int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
-  u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
-  const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
-  int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
-
-  /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
-  ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
-  ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 
-  ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
-  ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
-  ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 
-  ** source file journal.c).
-  */
-  if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
-    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
-  }else{
-    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
-  }
-
-  /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
-  *ppPager = 0;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-  if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
-    memDb = 1;
-    if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
-      zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
-      if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
-      zFilename = 0;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
-  ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
-  ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
-  */
-  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
-    const char *z;
-    nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-    zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
-    if( zPathname==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
-    rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
-    nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
-    z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
-    while( *z ){
-      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
-      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
-    }
-    nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
-    assert( nUri>=0 );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
-      /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
-      ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
-      ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
-      ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
-      ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
-      */
-      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
-  ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 
-  ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
-  **
-  **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
-  **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
-  **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
-  **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
-  **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
-  **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
-  **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
-  */
-  pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
-    ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
-    ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
-    ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
-    journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */ 
-    nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
-    nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-    + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
-#endif
-  );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
-  if( !pPtr ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
-  pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
-  pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
-  pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
-  pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
-  pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
-
-  /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
-  if( zPathname ){
-    assert( nPathname>0 );
-    pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
-    memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
-    if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
-    memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
-    memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
-    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-    pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
-    memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
-    memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
-    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
-#endif
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
-  }
-  pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
-  pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
-
-  /* Open the pager file.
-  */
-  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
-    int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
-    assert( !memDb );
-    readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-
-    /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
-    ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
-    ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
-    **
-    **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
-    **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
-    **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
-      if( !readOnly ){
-        setSectorSize(pPager);
-        assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
-        if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
-          if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
-            szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
-          }else{
-            szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
-          }
-        }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-        {
-          int ii;
-          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
-          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
-          assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
-          for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
-            if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
-              szPageDflt = ii;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-#endif
-      }
-      pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
-      if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
-       || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
-          vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-          goto act_like_temp_file;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
-    ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
-    ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
-    **
-    ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
-    ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
-    ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
-    **
-    ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
-    */ 
-act_like_temp_file:
-    tempFile = 1;
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
-    pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE locking mode */
-    pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
-    readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-  }
-
-  /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 
-  ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
-    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  }
-
-  /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the 
-  ** Pager structure and close the file.
-  */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
-    sqlite3_free(pPager);
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the PCache object. */
-  assert( nExtra<1000 );
-  nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
-  sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
-                    !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
-
-  PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
-  IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
-
-  pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
-  /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
-  /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
-  /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
-  /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
-  /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
-  /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
-  pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
-  /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
-  /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
-  pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
-  assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 
-          || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
-  pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 
-  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
-  pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
-  pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
-  assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
-  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
-  if( pPager->noSync ){
-    assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
-    assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
-    assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
-    assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
-  }else{
-    pPager->fullSync = 1;
-    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-    pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
-    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-  }
-  /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
-  /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
-  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
-  pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
-  pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
-  setSectorSize(pPager);
-  if( !useJournal ){
-    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
-  }else if( memDb ){
-    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
-  }
-  /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
-  /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
-  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
-  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
-  /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
-
-  *ppPager = pPager;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
-** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
-** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
-** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
-*/
-static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
-  int bHasMoved = 0;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
-    /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
-    ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
-    ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
-** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
-** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 
-** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
-** file exists if the following criteria are met:
-**
-**   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
-**   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
-**   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
-**   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
-**
-** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
-** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
-** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
-** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
-** is returned.
-**
-** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
-** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
-** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
-** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
-** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 
-** will not roll it back. 
-**
-** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 
-** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
-** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
-** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
-** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
-*/
-static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
-  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
-  int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
-  int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
-
-  assert( pPager->useJournal );
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
-
-  assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
-    SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
-  ));
-
-  *pExists = 0;
-  if( !jrnlOpen ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
-    int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
-
-    /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
-    ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 
-    ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
-    ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
-    ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
-    ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
-    ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
-      Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
-
-      rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
-        ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
-        ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
-        ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
-        ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
-        ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
-        ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
-        */
-        if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
-          sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-          if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
-            sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-            if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-          }
-          sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-        }else{
-          /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
-          ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
-          ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
-          ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 
-          ** it can be ignored.
-          */
-          if( !jrnlOpen ){
-            int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
-            rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
-          }
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            u8 first = 0;
-            rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
-            if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-              rc = SQLITE_OK;
-            }
-            if( !jrnlOpen ){
-              sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-            }
-            *pExists = (first!=0);
-          }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
-            /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
-            ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
-            ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
-            ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
-            ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
-            ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
-            ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
-            ** worry so much with race conditions.
-            */
-            *pExists = 1;
-            rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
-** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
-** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
-** this function is called, it is a no-op.
-**
-** The following operations are also performed by this function.
-**
-**   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
-**      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
-**      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
-**      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
-**      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 
-**      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
-**      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
-**      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
-**
-**   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
-**      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
-**      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
-**      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
-**      file.
-**
-** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
-** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 
-** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
-
-  /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
-  ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
-  ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 
-  ** exclusive access mode.
-  */
-  assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
-  if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
-
-  if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
-    int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
-
-    assert( !MEMDB );
-
-    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
-      goto failed;
-    }
-
-    /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
-    ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
-    */
-    if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
-      rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto failed;
-    }
-    if( bHotJournal ){
-      if( pPager->readOnly ){
-        rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
-        goto failed;
-      }
-
-      /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
-      ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
-      ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
-      ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
-      ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 
-      ** hot-journal back.
-      ** 
-      ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
-      ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 
-      ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 
-      ** on the database file.
-      **
-      ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
-      ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
-      */
-      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto failed;
-      }
- 
-      /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 
-      ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 
-      ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 
-      ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 
-      ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 
-      ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
-      **
-      ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 
-      ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 
-      ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 
-      ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
-      ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
-      */
-      if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-        sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-        int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
-        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
-            pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
-          int fout = 0;
-          int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
-          assert( !pPager->tempFile );
-          rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
-          assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
-            rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-            sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-          }
-        }
-      }
- 
-      /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
-      ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
-      ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
-      ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
-      ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
-      ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
-      ** the journal before playing it back.
-      */
-      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-        rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
-          pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
-        }
-      }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-        pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-      }
-
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
-        ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
-        ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
-        ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
-        ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 
-        ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 
-        **
-        ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
-        ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
-        ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
-        ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
-        ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
-        ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
-        ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 
-        ** references.
-        */
-        pager_error(pPager, rc);
-        goto failed;
-      }
-
-      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
-      assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
-           || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
-      );
-    }
-
-    if( !pPager->tempFile && (
-        pPager->pBackup 
-     || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 
-     || USEFETCH(pPager)
-    )){
-      /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
-      ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
-      ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
-      ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
-      ** cache.
-      **
-      ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
-      ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
-      ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
-      ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
-      ** a codec is in use.
-      ** 
-      ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 
-      ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
-      ** it can be neglected.
-      */
-      Pgno nPage = 0;
-      char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
-
-      rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-      if( rc ) goto failed;
-
-      if( nPage>0 ){
-        IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
-        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-          goto failed;
-        }
-      }else{
-        memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
-      }
-
-      if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
-        pager_reset(pPager);
-
-        /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
-        ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
-        ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
-        ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
-        ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
-        ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
-        if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
-          sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
-    ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
-    */
-    rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-    assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-#endif
-  }
-
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
-  }
-
-  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
-  }
-
- failed:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( !MEMDB );
-    pager_unlock(pPager);
-    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
-  }else{
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
-** transaction and unlock the pager.
-**
-** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
-** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
-** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
-*/ 
-static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
-  if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
-    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
-** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 
-** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
-**
-** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 
-** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
-** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
-** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
-** object with no outstanding references.
-**
-** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 
-** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 
-** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
-** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
-**
-** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 
-** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 
-** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 
-** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 
-** page is initialized to all zeros. 
-**
-** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
-** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
-**
-**   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
-**
-**   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
-**      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
-**      from the savepoint journal.
-**
-** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
-** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
-** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
-** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
-** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
-** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
-** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
-**
-** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
-** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
-**
-** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
-** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
-** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
-** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
-** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
-** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
-** or journal files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
-  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
-  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
-  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
-  int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
-  u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
-  const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
-
-  /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
-  ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
-  ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 
-  ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
-  const int bMmapOk = (pgno!=1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
-   && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-   && pPager->xCodec==0
-#endif
-  );
-
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
-
-  if( pgno==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 
-  ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
-  if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pPager->errCode;
-  }else{
-
-    if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
-    }
-
-    if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
-      void *pData = 0;
-
-      rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 
-          (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
-      );
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
-        if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
-          (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
-        }
-        if( pPg==0 ){
-          rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
-        }
-        if( pPg ){
-          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-          *ppPage = pPg;
-          return SQLITE_OK;
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto pager_acquire_err;
-      }
-    }
-
-    rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
-    ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
-    ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
-    pPg = 0;
-    goto pager_acquire_err;
-  }
-  assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
-  assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
-
-  if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
-    /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
-    ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
-    assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
-    pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  }else{
-    /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 
-    ** be initialized.  */
-
-    pPg = *ppPage;
-    pPg->pPager = pPager;
-
-    /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
-    ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
-    if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto pager_acquire_err;
-    }
-
-    if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-      if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
-        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-        goto pager_acquire_err;
-      }
-      if( noContent ){
-        /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
-        ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 
-        ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure 
-        ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 
-        ** a bit in a bit vector.
-        */
-        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-        if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
-          TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
-          testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-        }
-        TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
-        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-      }
-      memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
-      IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
-    }else{
-      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
-        rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
-      }
-      assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
-      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
-      rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto pager_acquire_err;
-      }
-    }
-    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-pager_acquire_err:
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  if( pPg ){
-    sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
-  }
-  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
-
-  *ppPage = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
-** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
-** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 
-**
-** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
-** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
-** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
-** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
-** has ever happened.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
-  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
-  assert( pPager!=0 );
-  assert( pgno!=0 );
-  assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-  sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
-  return pPg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a page reference.
-**
-** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
-** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
-** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
-** removed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  assert( pPg!=0 );
-  pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
-    pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
-  }
-  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
-  if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
-** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 
-** file when this routine is called.
-**
-** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
-** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
-** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 
-** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 
-** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
-**
-** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
-** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
-** already open file. 
-**
-** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
-** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 
-** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 
-** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
-*/
-static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
-  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-  
-  /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
-  ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
-  ** an error state. */
-  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
-
-  if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-    pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
-    if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  
-    /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
-    if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-      if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
-        sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
-      }else{
-        const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
-          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
-          (pPager->tempFile ? 
-            (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
-            (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
-          );
-
-        /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
-        ** it was originally opened. */
-        rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-          rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
-              pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
-          );
-#else
-          rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
-#endif
-        }
-      }
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-    }
-  
-  
-    /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 
-    ** the sub-journal if necessary.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
-      pPager->nRec = 0;
-      pPager->journalOff = 0;
-      pPager->setMaster = 0;
-      pPager->journalHdr = 0;
-      rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 
-** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
-**
-** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
-** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
-** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 
-** functions need be called.
-**
-** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
-** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
-** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
-** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
-** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
-** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 
-** or using a temporary file otherwise.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
-  pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
-
-  if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
-    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-
-    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-      /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
-      ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
-      */
-      if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
-        rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
-      }
-
-      /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
-      ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
-      ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
-      ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
-      */
-      rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
-    }else{
-      /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
-      ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
-      ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
-      ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
-      */
-      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
-        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
-      **
-      ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
-      ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
-      ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 
-      ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 
-      ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 
-      ** WAL mode.
-      */
-      pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
-      pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
-      pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
-      pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
-      pPager->journalOff = 0;
-    }
-
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  }
-
-  PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 
-** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
-** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 
-** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
-** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
-*/
-static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int inJournal;
-
-  /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 
-  ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
-  ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
-  assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
-
-  CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
-
-  /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
-  ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
-  ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
-  **
-  ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 
-  ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
-  ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
-  ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
-  */
-  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
-    rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
-  ** to the journal then we can return right away.
-  */
-  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
-  inJournal = pageInJournal(pPager, pPg);
-  if( inJournal && (pPager->nSavepoint==0 || !subjRequiresPage(pPg)) ){
-    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-  }else{
-  
-    /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
-    ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
-    ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
-    */
-    if( !inJournal && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-      assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
-      if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-        u32 cksum;
-        char *pData2;
-        i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
-
-        /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
-        ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
-        ** that we do not. */
-        assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
-
-        assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
-        CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
-        cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
-
-        /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
-        ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
-        ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
-        ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
-        ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
-        ** then corruption may follow.
-        */
-        pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-
-        rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-        rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-        IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 
-                 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
-        PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
-        PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
-             PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 
-             ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
-
-        pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
-        pPager->nRec++;
-        assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
-        rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
-        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-        rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }else{
-        if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
-          pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-        }
-        PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
-                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
-               ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
-    ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
-    ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
-    ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
-    */
-    if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
-      rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Update the database size and return.
-  */
-  if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
-    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 
-** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 
-** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 
-** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
-** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
-** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
-** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
-**
-** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
-** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-
-  assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
-    Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
-    Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
-    int nPage = 0;            /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
-    int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
-    int needSync = 0;         /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
-    Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
-
-    /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
-    ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
-    ** this function.
-    */
-    assert( !MEMDB );
-    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
-    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
-
-    /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
-    ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
-    ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
-    */
-    pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
-
-    nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
-    if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
-      nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
-    }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
-      nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
-    }else{
-      nPage = nPagePerSector;
-    }
-    assert(nPage>0);
-    assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
-    assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
-
-    for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
-      Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
-      PgHdr *pPage;
-      if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
-        if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = pager_write(pPage);
-            if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
-              needSync = 1;
-            }
-            sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
-          }
-        }
-      }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
-        if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
-          needSync = 1;
-        }
-        sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
-    ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
-    ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
-    ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
-    ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
-      assert( !MEMDB );
-      for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
-        PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
-        if( pPage ){
-          pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-          sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
-    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
-  }else{
-    rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
-** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
-** to change the content of the page.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
-  return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
-** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
-** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
-** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
-** content no longer matters.
-**
-** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
-** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
-** that it does not get written to disk.
-**
-** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 
-** DELETE operations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
-    PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
-    IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
-    pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
-    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 
-** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 
-** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
-** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
-**
-** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
-** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
-** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 
-** unconditional update of the change counters.
-**
-** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 
-** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
-** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
-** transaction is committed.
-**
-** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
-** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
-** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
-** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 
-** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
-*/
-static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
-  ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
-  ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
-  ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
-  **
-  ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
-  ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
-  ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
-  ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-# define DIRECT_MODE 0
-  assert( isDirectMode==0 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
-#else
-# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
-#endif
-
-  if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
-    PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
-
-    assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
-
-    /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
-    assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-    /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
-    ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in 
-    ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
-    ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
-    */
-    if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
-      pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
-
-      /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
-      if( DIRECT_MODE ){
-        const void *zBuf;
-        assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
-        CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
-          pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
-          ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
-          ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
-          const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
-          memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-          pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Release the page reference. */
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
-** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
-**
-** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
-** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
-    void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
-    assert( !MEMDB );
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
-** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 
-** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 
-** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
-**
-** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
-** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 
-** returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
-** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
-** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
-** journal (a single database transaction).
-**
-** This routine ensures that:
-**
-**   * The database file change-counter is updated,
-**   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
-**   * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 
-**   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
-**   * the database file synced. 
-**
-** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 
-** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 
-** delete the master journal file if specified).
-**
-** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
-** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
-**
-** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
-** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
-** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
-** journal file in this case.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
-  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
-  const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
-  int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
-  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
-
-  PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 
-      pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
-
-  /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
-  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
-    ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
-    ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
-    */
-    sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
-  }else{
-    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-      PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
-      PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
-      if( pList==0 ){
-        /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
-        ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
-        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
-        pList = pPageOne;
-        pList->pDirty = 0;
-      }
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
-        rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
-      }
-      sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
-      ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
-      ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 
-      ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 
-      **
-      **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
-      **      blocks of size page-size, and 
-      **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
-      **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
-      **
-      ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
-      ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
-      ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
-      ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
-      ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
-      ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
-      ** mode. 
-      **
-      ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
-      ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
-      ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
-      ** created for this transaction.
-      */
-  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-      PgHdr *pPg;
-      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
-           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-      );
-      if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
-       && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 
-       && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
-       && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
-      ){
-        /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 
-        ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 
-        ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 
-        ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 
-        ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
-        */
-        rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
-        }
-      }
-  #else
-      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
-  #endif
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-  
-      /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 
-      ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 
-      ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
-      */
-      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-  
-      /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
-      ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 
-      ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
-      **
-      ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
-      ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
-      ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
-      ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 
-      ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
-      ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 
-      */
-      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-  
-      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
-        goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-      }
-      sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-
-      /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 
-      ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
-      ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
-      ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
-      ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
-      ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
-      if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
-        Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
-        assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
-        rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-      }
-  
-      /* Finally, sync the database file. */
-      if( !noSync ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
-      }
-      IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-    }
-  }
-
-commit_phase_one_exit:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
-** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
-** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 
-** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
-** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
-**
-** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 
-** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 
-** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
-** irrevocably committed.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
-** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
-
-  /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
-  ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
-  ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
-  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
-       || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
-  ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
-  ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
-  **
-  ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 
-  ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
-  ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
-  ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 
-  ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
-  ** to drop any locks either.
-  */
-  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
-   && pPager->exclusiveMode 
-   && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-  ){
-    assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
-    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-  rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
-  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 
-** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
-** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
-** state if an error occurs.
-**
-** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
-** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
-**
-** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
-**
-**   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 
-**      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
-**      was opened, and
-**
-**   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
-**      rollback at any point in the future.
-**
-** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 
-** rollback is successful.
-**
-** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
-** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
-** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
-** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
-  PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
-
-  /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
-  ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 
-  ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
-  */
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
-  if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    int rc2;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
-    rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
-    int eState = pPager->eState;
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
-    if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
-      /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 
-      ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
-      ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
-      */
-      pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
-      pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
-  }
-
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
-          || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 
-          || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
-  );
-
-  /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
-  ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
-  */
-  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
-** if the database is (in theory) writable.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->readOnly;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of references to the pager.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
-  return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
-** used by the pager and its associated cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
-  int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
-                                     + 5*sizeof(void*);
-  return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
-           + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
-           + pPager->pageSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of references to the specified page.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
-  return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
-  static int a[11];
-  a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
-  a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
-  a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
-  a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
-  a[4] = pPager->eState;
-  a[5] = pPager->errCode;
-  a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
-  a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
-  a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
-  a[9] = pPager->nRead;
-  a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
-  return a;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
-** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
-** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 
-** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 
-** returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
-
-  assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
-       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
-       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
-  );
-
-  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
-  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
-  assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
-
-  *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
-  if( reset ){
-    pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
-  return MEMDB;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
-** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
-** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
-** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
-**
-** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 
-** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
-** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
-  int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
-
-  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
-    int ii;                                 /* Iterator variable */
-    PagerSavepoint *aNew;                   /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
-
-    /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
-    ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 
-    ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
-    */
-    aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
-        pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
-    );
-    if( !aNew ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
-    pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
-
-    /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
-    for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
-      aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
-      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
-        aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
-      }else{
-        aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-      }
-      aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
-      aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
-      if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-        sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
-      }
-      pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
-    }
-    assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
-    assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
-** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 
-** created savepoint.
-**
-** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
-** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
-** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
-** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
-**
-** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 
-** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
-** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
-** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
-** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
-**
-** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
-** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 
-** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
-** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 
-** contents of the database to its original state. 
-**
-** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 
-** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
-** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
-**
-** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
-** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 
-** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
-  int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
-
-  assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
-  assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
-    int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
-    int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
-
-    /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
-    ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 
-    ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
-    */
-    nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
-    for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
-      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
-    }
-    pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
-
-    /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 
-    ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
-    if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
-      if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
-        /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
-        if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
-          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
-          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-        }
-        pPager->nSubRec = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
-    ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
-    ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
-    ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
-    */
-    else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-      PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
-      rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
-      assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the database file.
-**
-** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
-** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
-** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
-** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
-** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
-** participate in shared-cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
-  return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->pVfs;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the file handle for the database file associated
-** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
-** not yet been opened.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->fd;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->zJournal;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
-** if fsync()s are executed normally.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->noSync;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
-  Pager *pPager,
-  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
-  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
-  void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
-  void *pCodec
-){
-  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
-  pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
-  pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
-  pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
-  pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
-  pagerReportSize(pPager);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->pCodec;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
-** into the log file.
-**
-** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
-** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
-  void *aData = 0;
-  CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
-  return aData;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current pager state
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->eState;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
-**
-** There must be no references to the page previously located at
-** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
-** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
-** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
-**
-** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
-** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
-** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
-**
-** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
-** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
-** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
-** transaction is active).
-**
-** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
-** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 
-** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 
-** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
-**
-** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
-** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
-  PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
-  Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
-  int rc;                      /* Return code */
-  Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
-
-  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
-  );
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-
-  /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
-  ** the page we are moving from.
-  */
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
-  ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 
-  ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
-  **
-  **   BEGIN;
-  **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
-  **     SAVEPOINT one;
-  **       <Move page X to location Y>
-  **     ROLLBACK TO one;
-  **
-  ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
-  ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
-  ** statement were is processed.
-  **
-  ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
-  ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
-  ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
-  */
-  if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
-   && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
-   && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 
-      PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
-  IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
-
-  /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
-  ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
-  **
-  ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
-  ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 
-  ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
-  */
-  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
-    needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
-    assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
-            pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
-    assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
-  }
-
-  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
-  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 
-  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
-  ** for the page moved there.
-  */
-  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-  pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
-  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
-  if( pPgOld ){
-    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
-    if( MEMDB ){
-      /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
-      ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
-      sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
-    }
-  }
-
-  origPgno = pPg->pgno;
-  sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
-  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
-
-  /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
-  ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
-  ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
-  */
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    assert( pPgOld );
-    sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
-    sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
-  }
-
-  if( needSyncPgno ){
-    /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
-    ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
-    ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
-    ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
-    ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
-    ** flag.
-    **
-    ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
-    ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
-    ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
-    ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
-    ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
-    ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
-    */
-    PgHdr *pPgHdr;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
-        assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
-        sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
-      }
-      return rc;
-    }
-    pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
-    sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
-  assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
-  return pPg->pData;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 
-** allocated along with the specified page.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
-  return pPg->pExtra;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
-** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
-** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
-**
-** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
-** locking-mode.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
-  assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
-            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
-            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
-  assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
-  if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
-    pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
-  }
-  return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
-**
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
-**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
-**
-** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
-** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
-**
-**   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
-**      or _MEMORY.
-**
-**   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
-**
-** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
-  u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
-  ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
-  print_pager_state(pPager);
-#endif
-
-
-  /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
-  assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
-
-  /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
-  ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
-  ** to WAL mode.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
-
-  /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
-  ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
-  */
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
-    if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-      eMode = eOld;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( eMode!=eOld ){
-
-    /* Change the journal mode. */
-    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
-    pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
-
-    /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
-    ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
-    ** delete the journal file.
-    */
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
-    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
-
-    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
-    if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
-
-      /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
-      ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
-      ** here is an optimization only.
-      **
-      ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
-      ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
-      ** while it is in use by some other client.
-      */
-      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-      if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-        sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-      }else{
-        int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        int state = pPager->eState;
-        assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
-        if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
-          rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
-        }
-        if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
-          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-          rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
-          pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-        }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
-          pager_unlock(pPager);
-        }
-        assert( state==pPager->eState );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return the new journal mode */
-  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current journal mode.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
-  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
-** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
-** is unmodified.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
-  if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
-**
-** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
-** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
-  if( iLimit>=-1 ){
-    pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
-    sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
-  }
-  return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
-** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
-** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
-** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
-  return &pPager->pBackup;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-/*
-** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
-  if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
-** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
-** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
-**
-** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pPager->pWal ){
-    rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
-        pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
-        pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
-        pnLog, pnCkpt
-    );
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
-  return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
-** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
-  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
-  return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
-** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
-*/
-static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-  rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 
-    ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
-    pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 
-** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
-** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
-** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
-*/
-static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
-  assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-
-  /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 
-  ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 
-  ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
-  ** file, to make sure this is safe.
-  */
-  if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
-  }
-
-  /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 
-  ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
-        pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
-        pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
-    );
-  }
-  pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
-** this function.
-**
-** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
-** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
-** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 
-** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
-** not modified in either case.
-**
-** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
-** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
-** without doing anything.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
-  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
-  int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-
-  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
-  assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
-  assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
-
-  if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
-    if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-
-    /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-
-    rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
-      pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
-    }
-  }else{
-    *pbOpen = 1;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
-** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
-**
-** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 
-** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
-** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
-** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
-
-  /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
-  ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
-  ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
-  */
-  if( !pPager->pWal ){
-    int logexists = 0;
-    rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
-          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
-      );
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
-      rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-    
-  /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
-  ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
-    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
-                           pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
-      pPager->pWal = 0;
-      pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
-/*
-** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
-** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
-** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
-** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
-** is empty, return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
-  return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
-
-/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/
-/*
-** 2010 February 1
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in 
-** "journal_mode=WAL" mode.
-**
-** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT
-**
-** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames".
-** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the
-** database file.  All changes to the database are recorded by writing
-** frames into the WAL.  Transactions commit when a frame is written that
-** contains a commit marker.  A single WAL can and usually does record 
-** multiple transactions.  Periodically, the content of the WAL is
-** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a
-** "checkpoint".
-**
-** A single WAL file can be used multiple times.  In other words, the
-** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new
-** frames can overwrite the old ones.  A WAL always grows from beginning
-** toward the end.  Checksums and counters attached to each frame are
-** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which
-** are leftovers from prior checkpoints.
-**
-** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight
-** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values:
-**
-**     0: Magic number.  0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683
-**     4: File format version.  Currently 3007000
-**     8: Database page size.  Example: 1024
-**    12: Checkpoint sequence number
-**    16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint
-**    20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt
-**    24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
-**    28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
-**
-** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each
-** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes
-** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned 
-** integer values, as follows:
-**
-**     0: Page number.
-**     4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages 
-**        after the commit. For all other records, zero.
-**     8: Salt-1 (copied from the header)
-**    12: Salt-2 (copied from the header)
-**    16: Checksum-1.
-**    20: Checksum-2.
-**
-** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are
-** true:
-**
-**    (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match
-**        salt values in the wal-header
-**
-**    (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header
-**        exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the
-**        WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames
-**        up to and including the current frame.
-**
-** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the
-** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it
-** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682.
-** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a
-** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute
-** the checksum.  The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as
-** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N].  The
-** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows:
-** 
-**   for i from 0 to n-1 step 2:
-**     s0 += x[i] + s1;
-**     s1 += x[i+1] + s0;
-**   endfor
-**
-** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights
-** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element
-** of the sequence being summed.)  The s1 value spans all 32-bit 
-** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term.
-**
-** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the
-** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed.
-** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched
-** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the
-** xSync begins.
-**
-** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2
-** value is randomized.  This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from
-** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together
-** following a crash.
-**
-** READER ALGORITHM
-**
-** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader
-** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P.  If so, then the
-** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame
-** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read.  If the WAL
-** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit
-** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from
-** the database file.
-**
-** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last
-** valid frame in the WAL.  The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value
-** for all subsequent read operations.  New transactions can be appended
-** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value
-** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot
-** of the database from a single point in time.  This technique allows
-** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database
-** content simultaneously.
-**
-** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but 
-** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the
-** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames.  If the
-** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow,
-** and read performance suffers.  To overcome this problem, a separate
-** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the
-** search for frames of a particular page.
-** 
-** WAL-INDEX FORMAT
-**
-** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations
-** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file.  Because
-** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL 
-** on a network filesystem.  All users of the database must be able to
-** share memory.
-**
-** The wal-index is transient.  After a crash, the wal-index can (and should
-** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file.  In fact, the VFS is required
-** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last
-** connection to it closes.  Because the wal-index is transient, it can
-** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform.
-** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values
-** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native
-** byte order of the host computer.
-**
-** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly:  Given
-** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the 
-** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return
-** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M.
-**
-** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or
-** more index blocks.  
-**
-** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL
-** in the mxFrame field.
-**
-** Each index block except for the first contains information on 
-** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on
-** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and 
-** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and
-** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the
-** wal-index.
-**
-** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the
-** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table 
-** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number.
-** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE
-** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the 
-** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the
-** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block
-** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in
-** the log, and so on.
-**
-** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full
-** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers,
-** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the
-** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely
-** contains unused entries.
-**
-** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P
-** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block
-** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and
-** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the
-** beginning.  The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame
-** holding the content for that page.
-**
-** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers.
-** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the
-** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash 
-** table is never more than half full.  The expected number of collisions 
-** prior to finding a match is 1.  Each entry of the hash table is an
-** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same
-** index block.   Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in
-** the mapping section.  (For index blocks other than the last, K will
-** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block
-** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).)  Unused slots of the hash table
-** contain a value of 0.
-**
-** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on
-** P as follows:
-**
-**      iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT
-**
-** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey
-** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is
-** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot
-** be at index iUnused.  (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was
-** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full,
-** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry.  Let 
-** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused,
-** where aHash[iMax]==P.  If there is no iMax entry (if there exists
-** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the
-** current index block.  Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the
-** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references 
-** page P.
-**
-** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the
-** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P.  On
-** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be
-** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to
-** establish that no such entry exists in the block.  Each index block
-** holds over 4000 entries.  So two or three index blocks are sufficient
-** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages.  8 or 10
-** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the
-** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL.  This
-** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL.
-**
-** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K.  Hence, one
-** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started
-** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL
-** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0.
-** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get
-** the correct result.  There may be entries in the hash table with
-** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused
-** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as
-** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table
-** in the first place - which is what reader one wants.  Meanwhile, the
-** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted
-** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.  
-**
-** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries
-** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed
-** from the hash table at this point.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-
-
-/*
-** Trace output macros
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0;
-# define WALTRACE(X)  if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-#else
-# define WALTRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats
-** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite.
-**
-** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum
-** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not
-** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
-**
-** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the 
-** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not
-** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite
-** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
-*/
-#define WAL_MAX_VERSION      3007000
-#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000
-
-/*
-** Indices of various locking bytes.   WAL_NREADER is the number
-** of available reader locks and should be at least 3.
-*/
-#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK         0
-#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE      1
-#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK          1
-#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK       2
-#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I)       (3+(I))
-#define WAL_NREADER            (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3)
-
-
-/* Object declarations */
-typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr;
-typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator;
-typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo;
-
-
-/*
-** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content.
-**
-** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this
-** object.
-**
-** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive.
-** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page.  The latter case was
-** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.  
-*/
-struct WalIndexHdr {
-  u32 iVersion;                   /* Wal-index version */
-  u32 unused;                     /* Unused (padding) field */
-  u32 iChange;                    /* Counter incremented each transaction */
-  u8 isInit;                      /* 1 when initialized */
-  u8 bigEndCksum;                 /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */
-  u16 szPage;                     /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */
-  u32 mxFrame;                    /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */
-  u32 nPage;                      /* Size of database in pages */
-  u32 aFrameCksum[2];             /* Checksum of last frame in log */
-  u32 aSalt[2];                   /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */
-  u32 aCksum[2];                  /* Checksum over all prior fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately
-** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr.  This object stores
-** information used by checkpoint.
-**
-** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written
-** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to
-** database "backfilling".)  The nBackfill number is never greater than
-** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame.  nBackfill can only be increased by threads
-** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread).
-** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from
-** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset.
-**
-** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock.  If a reader
-** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than
-** the mxFrame for that reader.  The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff)
-** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused.  aReadMark[0] is 
-** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder
-** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one.  Readers holding
-** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content
-** directly from the database.
-**
-** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that
-** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).  Thus, the value of
-** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark
-** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).
-**
-** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where
-** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is
-** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding
-** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)).  New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the
-** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there
-** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame.  The exception to the
-** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything
-** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers
-** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will
-** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore 
-** the WAL.
-**
-** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL.  However,
-** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been
-** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL
-** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then
-** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start
-** writing new content beginning at frame 1.
-**
-** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in
-** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries.
-*/
-struct WalCkptInfo {
-  u32 nBackfill;                  /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */
-  u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER];     /* Reader marks */
-};
-#define READMARK_NOT_USED  0xffffffff
-
-
-/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at
-** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems
-** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data
-** from the region of the file on which locks are applied.
-*/
-#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET   (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo))
-#define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16
-#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE      (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED)
-
-/* Size of header before each frame in wal */
-#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24
-
-/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */
-/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */
-#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32
-
-/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least
-** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit
-** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file.
-**
-** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL
-** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit 
-** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting 
-** all data as 32-bit little-endian words.
-*/
-#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682
-
-/*
-** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, 
-** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned
-** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header.
-*/
-#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) (                               \
-  WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)         \
-)
-
-/*
-** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the
-** following object.
-*/
-struct Wal {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;         /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */
-  sqlite3_file *pDbFd;       /* File handle for the database file */
-  sqlite3_file *pWalFd;      /* File handle for WAL file */
-  u32 iCallback;             /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */
-  i64 mxWalSize;             /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */
-  int nWiData;               /* Size of array apWiData */
-  int szFirstBlock;          /* Size of first block written to WAL file */
-  volatile u32 **apWiData;   /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */
-  u32 szPage;                /* Database page size */
-  i16 readLock;              /* Which read lock is being held.  -1 for none */
-  u8 syncFlags;              /* Flags to use to sync header writes */
-  u8 exclusiveMode;          /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */
-  u8 writeLock;              /* True if in a write transaction */
-  u8 ckptLock;               /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */
-  u8 readOnly;               /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */
-  u8 truncateOnCommit;       /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */
-  u8 syncHeader;             /* Fsync the WAL header if true */
-  u8 padToSectorBoundary;    /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */
-  WalIndexHdr hdr;           /* Wal-index header for current transaction */
-  const char *zWalName;      /* Name of WAL file */
-  u32 nCkpt;                 /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  u8 lockError;              /* True if a locking error has occurred */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode.
-*/
-#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE     0
-#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE  1     
-#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2
-
-/*
-** Possible values for WAL.readOnly
-*/
-#define WAL_RDWR        0    /* Normal read/write connection */
-#define WAL_RDONLY      1    /* The WAL file is readonly */
-#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY  2    /* The SHM file is readonly */
-
-/*
-** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of
-** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type.
-*/
-typedef u16 ht_slot;
-
-/*
-** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through
-** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames
-** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the 
-** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with
-** the largest index).
-**
-** The internals of this structure are only accessed by:
-**
-**   walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator,
-**   walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator,
-**   walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator.
-**
-** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()).
-*/
-struct WalIterator {
-  int iPrior;                     /* Last result returned from the iterator */
-  int nSegment;                   /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */
-  struct WalSegment {
-    int iNext;                    /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */
-    ht_slot *aIndex;              /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */
-    u32 *aPgno;                   /* Array of page numbers. */
-    int nEntry;                   /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */
-    int iZero;                    /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */
-  } aSegment[1];                  /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */
-};
-
-/*
-** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There
-** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the
-** wal-index.
-**
-** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and
-** create incompatibilities.
-*/
-#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE      4096                 /* Must be power of 2 */
-#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1     383                  /* Should be prime */
-#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT      (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2)  /* Must be a power of 2 */
-
-/* 
-** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a
-** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete
-** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index.
-*/
-#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE  (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)))
-
-/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */
-#define WALINDEX_PGSZ   (                                         \
-    sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \
-)
-
-/*
-** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index
-** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are
-** numbered from zero.
-**
-** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index
-** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs,
-** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0.
-*/
-static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */
-  if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){
-    int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1);
-    volatile u32 **apNew;
-    apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
-    if( !apNew ){
-      *ppPage = 0;
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0,
-           sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData));
-    pWal->apWiData = apNew;
-    pWal->nWiData = iPage+1;
-  }
-
-  /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */
-  if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){
-    if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
-      pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
-      if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, 
-          pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
-      );
-      if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
-        pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage];
-  assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index.
-*/
-static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){
-  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
-  return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index.
-*/
-static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){
-  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
-  return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0];
-}
-
-/*
-** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian
-** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting
-** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it
-** returns the value that would be produced by intepreting the 4 bytes
-** of the input value as a little-endian integer.
-*/
-#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \
-    (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8)  \
-  + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8)  + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \
-)
-
-/*
-** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in 
-** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or
-** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL).
-**
-** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning.
-**
-** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8.
-*/
-static void walChecksumBytes(
-  int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */
-  u8 *a,           /* Content to be checksummed */
-  int nByte,       /* Bytes of content in a[].  Must be a multiple of 8. */
-  const u32 *aIn,  /* Initial checksum value input */
-  u32 *aOut        /* OUT: Final checksum value output */
-){
-  u32 s1, s2;
-  u32 *aData = (u32 *)a;
-  u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte];
-
-  if( aIn ){
-    s1 = aIn[0];
-    s2 = aIn[1];
-  }else{
-    s1 = s2 = 0;
-  }
-
-  assert( nByte>=8 );
-  assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 );
-
-  if( nativeCksum ){
-    do {
-      s1 += *aData++ + s2;
-      s2 += *aData++ + s1;
-    }while( aData<aEnd );
-  }else{
-    do {
-      s1 += BYTESWAP32(aData[0]) + s2;
-      s2 += BYTESWAP32(aData[1]) + s1;
-      aData += 2;
-    }while( aData<aEnd );
-  }
-
-  aOut[0] = s1;
-  aOut[1] = s2;
-}
-
-static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
-    sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index.
-**
-** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written.
-*/
-static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){
-  volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
-  const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum);
-
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-  pWal->hdr.isInit = 1;
-  pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION;
-  walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum);
-  memcpy((void *)&aHdr[1], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-  walShmBarrier(pWal);
-  memcpy((void *)&aHdr[0], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-}
-
-/*
-** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer
-** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of 
-** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows:
-**
-**     0: Page number.
-**     4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages 
-**        after the commit. For all other records, zero.
-**     8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header)
-**    12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header)
-**    16: Checksum-1.
-**    20: Checksum-2.
-*/
-static void walEncodeFrame(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* The write-ahead log */
-  u32 iPage,                      /* Database page number for frame */
-  u32 nTruncate,                  /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */
-  u8 *aData,                      /* Pointer to page data */
-  u8 *aFrame                      /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */
-){
-  int nativeCksum;                /* True for native byte-order checksums */
-  u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
-  assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
-  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage);
-  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate);
-  memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
-
-  nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
-  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
-  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
-
-  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]);
-  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content
-** in aData[] is valid.  If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and
-** *pnTruncate and return true.  Return if the frame is not valid.
-*/
-static int walDecodeFrame(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* The write-ahead log */
-  u32 *piPage,                    /* OUT: Database page number for frame */
-  u32 *pnTruncate,                /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */
-  u8 *aData,                      /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */
-  u8 *aFrame                      /* Frame data */
-){
-  int nativeCksum;                /* True for native byte-order checksums */
-  u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
-  u32 pgno;                       /* Page number of the frame */
-  assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
-
-  /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header
-  ** match the salt values in the wal-header. 
-  */
-  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero.
-  */
-  pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]);
-  if( pgno==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header,
-  ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, 
-  ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 
-  ** bytes of this frame-header.
-  */
-  nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
-  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
-  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
-  if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) 
-   || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) 
-  ){
-    /* Checksum failed. */
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid.  Return the page number
-  ** and the new database size.
-  */
-  *piPage = pgno;
-  *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]);
-  return 1;
-}
-
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Names of locks.  This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not
-** a part of an ordinary build.
-*/
-static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){
-  if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){
-    return "WRITE-LOCK";
-  }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){
-    return "CKPT-LOCK";
-  }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){
-    return "RECOVER-LOCK";
-  }else{
-    static char zName[15];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]",
-                     lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
-    return zName;
-  }
-}
-#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
-    
-
-/*
-** Set or release locks on the WAL.  Locks are either shared or exclusive.
-** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go
-** through the unlocked state first.
-**
-** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops.
-*/
-static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
-  int rc;
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
-                        SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal,
-            walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-  VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
-  return rc;
-}
-static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
-  (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
-                         SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx)));
-}
-static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
-  int rc;
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
-                        SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal,
-            walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-  VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
-  return rc;
-}
-static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
-  (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
-                         SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal,
-             walLockName(lockIdx), n));
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute a hash on a page number.  The resulting hash value must land
-** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1).  The walHashNext() function advances
-** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision.
-*/
-static int walHash(u32 iPage){
-  assert( iPage>0 );
-  assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 );
-  return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
-}
-static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){
-  return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on
-** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages
-** numbered starting from 0.
-**
-** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table
-** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame 
-** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a
-** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number 
-** (*piZero+N) in the log.
-**
-** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the
-** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1).
-*/
-static int walHashGet(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
-  int iHash,                      /* Find the iHash'th table */
-  volatile ht_slot **paHash,      /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */
-  volatile u32 **paPgno,          /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */
-  u32 *piZero                     /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  volatile u32 *aPgno;
-
-  rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u32 iZero;
-    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
-
-    aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
-    if( iHash==0 ){
-      aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)];
-      iZero = 0;
-    }else{
-      iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
-    }
-  
-    *paPgno = &aPgno[-1];
-    *paHash = aHash;
-    *piZero = iZero;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table
-** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame
-** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages 
-** are numbered starting from 0.
-*/
-static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){
-  int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
-  assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
-       && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
-       && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
-       && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)
-       && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
-  );
-  return iHash;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL.
-*/
-static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){
-  int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame);
-  if( iHash==0 ){
-    return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1];
-  }
-  return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater
-** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
-**
-** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due
-** to a rollback or savepoint.
-**
-** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be
-** updated.  Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when
-** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are
-** actually needed.
-*/
-static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){
-  volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0;    /* Pointer to hash table to clear */
-  volatile u32 *aPgno = 0;        /* Page number array for hash table */
-  u32 iZero = 0;                  /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */
-  int iLimit = 0;                 /* Zero values greater than this */
-  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */
-  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */
-
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 );
-  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE );
-  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 );
-
-  if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return;
-
-  /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing 
-  ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed
-  ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.
-  */
-  assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) );
-  assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] );
-  walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
-
-  /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater
-  ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
-  */
-  iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero;
-  assert( iLimit>0 );
-  for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){
-    if( aHash[i]>iLimit ){
-      aHash[i] = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with
-  ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. 
-  */
-  nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]);
-  memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
-  /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable
-  ** via the hash table even after the cleanup.
-  */
-  if( iLimit ){
-    int i;           /* Loop counter */
-    int iKey;        /* Hash key */
-    for(i=1; i<=iLimit; i++){
-      for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
-        if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
-      }
-      assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number
-** pPage into WAL frame iFrame.
-*/
-static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  u32 iZero = 0;                  /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */
-  volatile u32 *aPgno = 0;        /* Page number array */
-  volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0;    /* Hash table */
-
-  rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
-
-  /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the
-  ** page number array and hash table entry.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int iKey;                     /* Hash table key */
-    int idx;                      /* Value to write to hash-table slot */
-    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions */
-
-    idx = iFrame - iZero;
-    assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
-    
-    /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
-    ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceding. 
-    */
-    if( idx==1 ){
-      int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]);
-      memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte);
-    }
-
-    /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
-    ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after
-    ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). 
-    ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from 
-    ** the hash-table before writing any new entries.
-    */
-    if( aPgno[idx] ){
-      walCleanupHash(pWal);
-      assert( !aPgno[idx] );
-    }
-
-    /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */
-    nCollide = idx;
-    for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
-      if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    aPgno[idx] = iPage;
-    aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
-    /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals
-    ** the number of entries in the mapping region.
-    */
-    {
-      int i;           /* Loop counter */
-      int nEntry = 0;  /* Number of entries in the hash table */
-      for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ if( aHash[i] ) nEntry++; }
-      assert( nEntry==idx );
-    }
-
-    /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable
-    ** via the hash table.  This turns out to be a really, really expensive
-    ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every
-    ** iteration.
-    */
-    if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){
-      int i;           /* Loop counter */
-      for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){
-        for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
-          if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
-        }
-        assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
-      }
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
-  }
-
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. 
-**
-** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the
-** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything
-** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running.  The
-** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know
-** that this thread is running recovery.  If unable to establish
-** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.
-*/
-static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  i64 nSize;                      /* Size of log file */
-  u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0};
-  int iLock;                      /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */
-  int nLock;                      /* Number of locks to hold */
-
-  /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already
-  ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the
-  ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte.
-  ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before
-  ** this function returns.
-  */
-  assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 );
-  assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 );
-  assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE );
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-  iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock;
-  nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock;
-  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal));
-
-  memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto recovery_error;
-  }
-
-  if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){
-    u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE];         /* Buffer to load WAL header into */
-    u8 *aFrame = 0;               /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */
-    int szFrame;                  /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */
-    u8 *aData;                    /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */
-    int iFrame;                   /* Index of last frame read */
-    i64 iOffset;                  /* Next offset to read from log file */
-    int szPage;                   /* Page size according to the log */
-    u32 magic;                    /* Magic value read from WAL header */
-    u32 version;                  /* Magic value read from WAL header */
-    int isValid;                  /* True if this frame is valid */
-
-    /* Read in the WAL header. */
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto recovery_error;
-    }
-
-    /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than
-    ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid 
-    ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole
-    ** WAL file.
-    */
-    magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]);
-    szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]);
-    if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC 
-     || szPage&(szPage-1) 
-     || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
-     || szPage<512 
-    ){
-      goto finished;
-    }
-    pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001);
-    pWal->szPage = szPage;
-    pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]);
-    memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8);
-
-    /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */
-    walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, 
-        aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum
-    );
-    if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24])
-     || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28])
-    ){
-      goto finished;
-    }
-
-    /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that
-    ** are able to understand */
-    version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]);
-    if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-      goto finished;
-    }
-
-    /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */
-    szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
-    aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc(szFrame);
-    if( !aFrame ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto recovery_error;
-    }
-    aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];
-
-    /* Read all frames from the log file. */
-    iFrame = 0;
-    for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){
-      u32 pgno;                   /* Database page number for frame */
-      u32 nTruncate;              /* dbsize field from frame header */
-
-      /* Read and decode the next log frame. */
-      iFrame++;
-      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-      isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame);
-      if( !isValid ) break;
-      rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-
-      /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */
-      if( nTruncate ){
-        pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
-        pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
-        pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
-        testcase( szPage<=32768 );
-        testcase( szPage>=65536 );
-        aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
-        aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
-      }
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_free(aFrame);
-  }
-
-finished:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;
-    int i;
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0];
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1];
-    walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
-
-    /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is 
-    ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and
-    ** checkpointers.
-    */
-    pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
-    pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
-    pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0;
-    for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
-    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-
-    /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an
-    ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance
-    ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without
-    ** checkpointing the log file.
-    */
-    if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){
-      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL,
-          "recovered %d frames from WAL file %s",
-          pWal->hdr.mxFrame, pWal->zWalName
-      );
-    }
-  }
-
-recovery_error:
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-  walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an open wal-index.
-*/
-static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){
-  if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){
-      sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]);
-      pWal->apWiData[i] = 0;
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete);
-  }
-}
-
-/* 
-** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must 
-** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points
-** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle.
-**
-** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function
-** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other
-** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process
-** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the
-** system would be badly broken.
-**
-** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and 
-** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs,
-** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,              /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */
-  sqlite3_file *pDbFd,            /* The open database file */
-  const char *zWalName,           /* Name of the WAL file */
-  int bNoShm,                     /* True to run in heap-memory mode */
-  i64 mxWalSize,                  /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */
-  Wal **ppWal                     /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  Wal *pRet;                      /* Object to allocate and return */
-  int flags;                      /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */
-
-  assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] );
-  assert( pDbFd );
-
-  /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before
-  ** this source file.  Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets
-  ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value.
-  */
-#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE
-  assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
-#endif
-#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE
-  assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
-#endif
-
-
-  /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */
-  *ppWal = 0;
-  pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile);
-  if( !pRet ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  pRet->pVfs = pVfs;
-  pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1];
-  pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd;
-  pRet->readLock = -1;
-  pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize;
-  pRet->zWalName = zWalName;
-  pRet->syncHeader = 1;
-  pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1;
-  pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE);
-
-  /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */
-  flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL);
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
-    pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY;
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    walIndexClose(pRet, 0);
-    sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd);
-    sqlite3_free(pRet);
-  }else{
-    int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pDbFd);
-    if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; }
-    if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){
-      pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0;
-    }
-    *ppWal = pRet;
-    WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet));
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){
-  if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that
-** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the
-** same WalIterator object.   Write into *piFrame the frame index where
-** that page was last written into the WAL.  Write into *piPage the page
-** number.
-**
-** Return 0 on success.  If there are no pages in the WAL with a page
-** number larger than *piPage, then return 1.
-*/
-static int walIteratorNext(
-  WalIterator *p,               /* Iterator */
-  u32 *piPage,                  /* OUT: The page number of the next page */
-  u32 *piFrame                  /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */
-){
-  u32 iMin;                     /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */
-  u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF;        /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */
-  int i;                        /* For looping through segments */
-
-  iMin = p->iPrior;
-  assert( iMin<0xffffffff );
-  for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){
-    struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i];
-    while( pSegment->iNext<pSegment->nEntry ){
-      u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]];
-      if( iPg>iMin ){
-        if( iPg<iRet ){
-          iRet = iPg;
-          *piFrame = pSegment->iZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext];
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      pSegment->iNext++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet;
-  return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list.
-**
-** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices.  The sort key is
-** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]].  Upon entry, the following
-** is guaranteed for all J<K:
-**
-**        aContent[aLeft[J]] < aContent[aLeft[K]]
-**        aContent[aRight[J]] < aContent[aRight[K]]
-**
-** This routine overwrites aRight[] with a new (probably longer) sequence
-** of indices such that the aRight[] contains every index that appears in
-** either aLeft[] or the old aRight[] and such that the second condition
-** above is still met.
-**
-** The aContent[aLeft[X]] values will be unique for all X.  And the
-** aContent[aRight[X]] values will be unique too.  But there might be
-** one or more combinations of X and Y such that
-**
-**      aLeft[X]!=aRight[Y]  &&  aContent[aLeft[X]] == aContent[aRight[Y]]
-**
-** When that happens, omit the aLeft[X] and use the aRight[Y] index.
-*/
-static void walMerge(
-  const u32 *aContent,            /* Pages in wal - keys for the sort */
-  ht_slot *aLeft,                 /* IN: Left hand input list */
-  int nLeft,                      /* IN: Elements in array *paLeft */
-  ht_slot **paRight,              /* IN/OUT: Right hand input list */
-  int *pnRight,                   /* IN/OUT: Elements in *paRight */
-  ht_slot *aTmp                   /* Temporary buffer */
-){
-  int iLeft = 0;                  /* Current index in aLeft */
-  int iRight = 0;                 /* Current index in aRight */
-  int iOut = 0;                   /* Current index in output buffer */
-  int nRight = *pnRight;
-  ht_slot *aRight = *paRight;
-
-  assert( nLeft>0 && nRight>0 );
-  while( iRight<nRight || iLeft<nLeft ){
-    ht_slot logpage;
-    Pgno dbpage;
-
-    if( (iLeft<nLeft) 
-     && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]])
-    ){
-      logpage = aLeft[iLeft++];
-    }else{
-      logpage = aRight[iRight++];
-    }
-    dbpage = aContent[logpage];
-
-    aTmp[iOut++] = logpage;
-    if( iLeft<nLeft && aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]==dbpage ) iLeft++;
-
-    assert( iLeft>=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage );
-    assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage );
-  }
-
-  *paRight = aLeft;
-  *pnRight = iOut;
-  memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key.
-** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the
-** larger aList[] values.
-**
-** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[].  The values in
-** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J<K:
-**
-**      aContent[aList[J]] < aContent[aList[K]]
-**
-** For any X and Y such that
-**
-**      aContent[aList[X]] == aContent[aList[Y]]
-**
-** Keep the larger of the two values aList[X] and aList[Y] and discard
-** the smaller.
-*/
-static void walMergesort(
-  const u32 *aContent,            /* Pages in wal */
-  ht_slot *aBuffer,               /* Buffer of at least *pnList items to use */
-  ht_slot *aList,                 /* IN/OUT: List to sort */
-  int *pnList                     /* IN/OUT: Number of elements in aList[] */
-){
-  struct Sublist {
-    int nList;                    /* Number of elements in aList */
-    ht_slot *aList;               /* Pointer to sub-list content */
-  };
-
-  const int nList = *pnList;      /* Size of input list */
-  int nMerge = 0;                 /* Number of elements in list aMerge */
-  ht_slot *aMerge = 0;            /* List to be merged */
-  int iList;                      /* Index into input list */
-  int iSub = 0;                   /* Index into aSub array */
-  struct Sublist aSub[13];        /* Array of sub-lists */
-
-  memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub));
-  assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 );
-  assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) );
-
-  for(iList=0; iList<nList; iList++){
-    nMerge = 1;
-    aMerge = &aList[iList];
-    for(iSub=0; iList & (1<<iSub); iSub++){
-      struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
-      assert( p->aList && p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
-      assert( p->aList==&aList[iList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
-      walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
-    }
-    aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge;
-    aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge;
-  }
-
-  for(iSub++; iSub<ArraySize(aSub); iSub++){
-    if( nList & (1<<iSub) ){
-      struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
-      assert( p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
-      assert( p->aList==&aList[nList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
-      walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
-    }
-  }
-  assert( aMerge==aList );
-  *pnList = nMerge;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  {
-    int i;
-    for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){
-      assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] );
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* 
-** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit().
-*/
-static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
-  sqlite3ScratchFree(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all 
-** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint
-** lock.
-**
-** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object
-** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine
-** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined.
-**
-** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the
-** WalIterator object when it has finished with it.
-*/
-static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){
-  WalIterator *p;                 /* Return value */
-  int nSegment;                   /* Number of segments to merge */
-  u32 iLast;                      /* Last frame in log */
-  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to allocate */
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  ht_slot *aTmp;                  /* Temp space used by merge-sort */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-
-  /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And
-  ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0).
-  */
-  assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 );
-  iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-
-  /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */
-  nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1;
-  nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) 
-        + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment)
-        + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot);
-  p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(nByte);
-  if( !p ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(p, 0, nByte);
-  p->nSegment = nSegment;
-
-  /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block
-  ** of memory will be freed before this function returns.
-  */
-  aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(
-      sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast)
-  );
-  if( !aTmp ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){
-    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
-    u32 iZero;
-    volatile u32 *aPgno;
-
-    rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int j;                      /* Counter variable */
-      int nEntry;                 /* Number of entries in this segment */
-      ht_slot *aIndex;            /* Sorted index for this segment */
-
-      aPgno++;
-      if( (i+1)==nSegment ){
-        nEntry = (int)(iLast - iZero);
-      }else{
-        nEntry = (int)((u32*)aHash - (u32*)aPgno);
-      }
-      aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero];
-      iZero++;
-  
-      for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){
-        aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j;
-      }
-      walMergesort((u32 *)aPgno, aTmp, aIndex, &nEntry);
-      p->aSegment[i].iZero = iZero;
-      p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry;
-      p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex;
-      p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ScratchFree(aTmp);
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    walIteratorFree(p);
-  }
-  *pp = p;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and
-** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a
-** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the
-** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0.
-*/
-static int walBusyLock(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL connection */
-  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
-  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
-  int lockIdx,                    /* Offset of first byte to lock */
-  int n                           /* Number of bytes to lock */
-){
-  int rc;
-  do {
-    rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n);
-  }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function.
-** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database.
-*/
-static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){
-  return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file
-** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent.
-**
-** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited
-** by active readers.  This routine will never overwrite a database page
-** that a concurrent reader might be using.
-**
-** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when
-** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL.  That means that if 
-** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background 
-** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call.
-**
-** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and
-** into the database.  This ensures that if the new content is persistent
-** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset.
-**
-** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire
-** WAL content is copied into the database file.  This second fsync makes
-** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the
-** database file.
-**
-** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
-** This is the only routine tha will increase the value of nBackfill.  
-** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
-** its value.)
-**
-** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
-** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
-** time.
-*/
-static int walCheckpoint(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
-  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
-  int (*xBusyCall)(void*),        /* Function to call when busy */
-  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
-  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */
-  u8 *zBuf                        /* Temporary buffer to use */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int szPage;                     /* Database page-size */
-  WalIterator *pIter = 0;         /* Wal iterator context */
-  u32 iDbpage = 0;                /* Next database page to write */
-  u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */
-  u32 mxSafeFrame;                /* Max frame that can be backfilled */
-  u32 mxPage;                     /* Max database page to write */
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;    /* The checkpoint status information */
-  int (*xBusy)(void*) = 0;        /* Function to call when waiting for locks */
-
-  szPage = walPagesize(pWal);
-  testcase( szPage<=32768 );
-  testcase( szPage>=65536 );
-  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
-  if( pInfo->nBackfill>=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Allocate the iterator */
-  rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pIter );
-
-  if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ) xBusy = xBusyCall;
-
-  /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is
-  ** safe to write into the database.  Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
-  ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
-  ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL.
-  */
-  mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-  mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage;
-  for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
-    u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
-    if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
-      assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
-      rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED);
-        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
-      }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        mxSafeFrame = y;
-        xBusy = 0;
-      }else{
-        goto walcheckpoint_out;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame
-   && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1))==SQLITE_OK
-  ){
-    i64 nSize;                    /* Current size of database file */
-    u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;
-
-    /* Sync the WAL to disk */
-    if( sync_flags ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags);
-    }
-
-    /* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint
-    ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage);
-      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){
-        sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq);
-      }
-    }
-
-
-    /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file. */
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){
-      i64 iOffset;
-      assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage );
-      if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ) continue;
-      iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
-      /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */
-      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-      iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage;
-      testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) );
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-    }
-
-    /* If work was actually accomplished... */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){
-        i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage;
-        testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) );
-        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){
-          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags);
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */
-    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-    /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure
-    ** just because there are active readers.  */
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART operation, and the entire wal
-  ** file has been copied into the database file, then block until all
-  ** readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that the next
-  ** process to write to the database restarts the wal file.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
-    assert( pWal->writeLock );
-    if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }else if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
-      assert( mxSafeFrame==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
-      rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
- walcheckpoint_out:
-  walIteratorFree(pIter);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate
-** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it.
-*/
-static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){
-  i64 sz;
-  int rx;
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz);
-  if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){
-    rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax);
-  }
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  if( rx ){
-    sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a connection to a log file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal to close */
-  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
-  int nBuf,
-  u8 *zBuf                        /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pWal ){
-    int isDelete = 0;             /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */
-
-    /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the
-    ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the
-    ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to
-    ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both
-    ** the wal and wal-index files.
-    **
-    ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
-        pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
-          pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
-      );
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        int bPersist = -1;
-        sqlite3OsFileControlHint(
-            pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist
-        );
-        if( bPersist!=1 ){
-          /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and
-          ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal
-          ** mode (!bPersist) */
-          isDelete = 1;
-        }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
-          /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint
-          ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent
-          ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a
-          ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0).  Note that we truncate
-          ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might
-          ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */
-          walLimitSize(pWal, 0);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete);
-    sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd);
-    if( isDelete ){
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0);
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    }
-    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal));
-    sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData);
-    sqlite3_free(pWal);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to read the wal-index header.  Return 0 on success and 1 if
-** there is a problem.
-**
-** The wal-index is in shared memory.  Another thread or process might
-** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to
-** read it, which might result in inconsistency.  A dirty read is detected
-** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by
-** a checksum on the header.
-**
-** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from
-** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header
-** and *pChanged is set to 1.
-**
-** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header
-** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero.
-*/
-static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
-  u32 aCksum[2];                  /* Checksum on the header content */
-  WalIndexHdr h1, h2;             /* Two copies of the header content */
-  WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr;     /* Header in shared memory */
-
-  /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */
-  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
-
-  /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the
-  ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP,
-  ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read
-  ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero.
-  **
-  ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index.
-  ** When reading, read [0] first then [1].  Writes are in the reverse order.
-  ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from
-  ** reordering the reads and writes.
-  */
-  aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
-  memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1));
-  walShmBarrier(pWal);
-  memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2));
-
-  if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){
-    return 1;   /* Dirty read */
-  }  
-  if( h1.isInit==0 ){
-    return 1;   /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */
-  }
-  walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum);
-  if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){
-    return 1;   /* Checksum does not match */
-  }
-
-  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
-    *pChanged = 1;
-    memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-    pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
-    testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 );
-    testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 );
-  }
-
-  /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
-** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
-** wal-index from the WAL before returning.
-**
-** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is
-** changed by this opertion.  If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
-** to 0.
-**
-** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. 
-** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int badHdr;                     /* True if a header read failed */
-  volatile u32 *page0;            /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */
-
-  /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the 
-  ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here.
-  */
-  assert( pChanged );
-  rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  };
-  assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
-
-  /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the
-  ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually
-  ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently 
-  ** being modified by another thread or process.
-  */
-  badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1);
-
-  /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race
-  ** with a writer.  So get a WRITE lock and try again.
-  */
-  assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
-  if( badHdr ){
-    if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){
-      if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){
-        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK);
-        rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY;
-      }
-    }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){
-      pWal->writeLock = 1;
-      if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){
-        badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged);
-        if( badHdr ){
-          /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding
-          ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and
-          ** needs to be reconstructed.  So run recovery to do exactly that.
-          */
-          rc = walIndexRecover(pWal);
-          *pChanged = 1;
-        }
-      }
-      pWal->writeLock = 0;
-      walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make
-  ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that
-  ** this version of SQLite cannot understand.
-  */
-  if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){
-    rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to
-** be retried.
-*/
-#define WAL_RETRY  (-1)
-
-/*
-** Attempt to start a read transaction.  This might fail due to a race or
-** other transient condition.  When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to
-** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately.
-**
-** On success return SQLITE_OK.  On a permanent failure (such an
-** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running
-** recovery) return a positive error code.
-**
-** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable
-** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely
-** checkpointed.  If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() 
-** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr.  If the 
-** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication 
-** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be 
-** flushed.)  When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already
-** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused.
-**
-** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to
-** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY.
-** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the
-** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive
-** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL.  The
-** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue
-** and is not honoring the locking protocol.  There is a vanishingly small
-** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really
-** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that
-** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe.
-**
-** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on 
-** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock).  The pWal->readLock integer is
-** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER.  If pWal->readLock==(-1)
-** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock.  The reader must not
-** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and
-** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock].  The reader will
-** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0
-** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL
-** completely and get all content directly from the database file.
-** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and
-** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success.
-** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the
-** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1.
-**
-** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header
-** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the
-** checkpoint process do as much work as possible.  This routine might
-** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does
-** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding
-** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values.
-*/
-static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){
-  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;    /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */
-  u32 mxReadMark;                 /* Largest aReadMark[] value */
-  int mxI;                        /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code  */
-
-  assert( pWal->readLock<0 );     /* Not currently locked */
-
-  /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error.
-  **
-  ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest
-  ** instances of time.  No I/O or other system calls are done while the
-  ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But 
-  ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get
-  ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, 
-  ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock.  In that case,
-  ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free.
-  **
-  ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep().  The first few
-  ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond.  Really this
-  ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay.  But on the 10th
-  ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, 
-  ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 21 milliseconds.
-  ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 1 second.
-  */
-  if( cnt>5 ){
-    int nDelay = 1;                      /* Pause time in microseconds */
-    if( cnt>100 ){
-      VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; )
-      return SQLITE_PROTOCOL;
-    }
-    if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*238;  /* Max delay 21ms. Total delay 996ms */
-    sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay);
-  }
-
-  if( !useWal ){
-    rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process
-      ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY.  If recovery is known to
-      ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY.  There is a race here
-      ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY
-      ** would be technically correct.  But the race is benign since with
-      ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be
-      ** right on the second iteration.
-      */
-      if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){
-        /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY.
-        ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The
-        ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS 
-        ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the 
-        ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region 
-        ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned.
-        */
-        rc = WAL_RETRY;
-      }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){
-        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK);
-        rc = WAL_RETRY;
-      }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY;
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
-  if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
-    /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty).
-    ** and can be safely ignored.
-    */
-    rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
-    walShmBarrier(pWal);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
-        /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames
-        ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained.
-        ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file,
-        ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy
-        ** snapshoT. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
-        ** happening, this is usually correct.
-        **
-        ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log 
-        ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
-        ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
-        ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
-        ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file.
-        */
-        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
-        return WAL_RETRY;
-      }
-      pWal->readLock = 0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use
-  ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits.  The job now is
-  ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to
-  ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry.
-  */
-  mxReadMark = 0;
-  mxI = 0;
-  for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
-    u32 thisMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
-    if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
-      assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED );
-      mxReadMark = thisMark;
-      mxI = i;
-    }
-  }
-  /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */
-  {
-    if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0
-     && (mxReadMark<pWal->hdr.mxFrame || mxI==0)
-    ){
-      for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
-        rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          mxReadMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-          mxI = i;
-          walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
-          break;
-        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( mxI==0 ){
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 );
-      return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK;
-    }
-
-    rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
-    if( rc ){
-      return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc;
-    }
-    /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the
-    ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index
-    ** header have changed.
-    **
-    ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change
-    ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained
-    ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility
-    ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames
-    ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been
-    ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things
-    ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of
-    ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry
-    ** instead.
-    **
-    ** This does not guarantee that the copy of the wal-index header is up to
-    ** date before proceeding. That would not be possible without somehow
-    ** blocking writers. It only guarantees that a dangerous checkpoint or 
-    ** log-wrap (either of which would require an exclusive lock on
-    ** WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)) has not occurred since the snapshot was valid.
-    */
-    walShmBarrier(pWal);
-    if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark
-     || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))
-    ){
-      walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
-      return WAL_RETRY;
-    }else{
-      assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
-      pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin a read transaction on the database.
-**
-** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason:
-** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current
-** instant in time.  The current thread will continue to use this snapshot.
-** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but
-** that extra content is ignored by the current thread.
-**
-** If the database contents have changes since the previous read
-** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning.  The
-** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and
-** needs to be flushed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int cnt = 0;                    /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */
-
-  do{
-    rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt);
-  }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
-  testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
-  testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
-  testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
-  testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Finish with a read transaction.  All this does is release the
-** read-lock.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){
-  sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
-  if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){
-    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
-    pWal->readLock = -1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Search the wal file for page pgno. If found, set *piRead to the frame that
-** contains the page. Otherwise, if pgno is not in the wal file, set *piRead
-** to zero.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code if an error occurs. If an
-** error does occur, the final value of *piRead is undefined.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
-  Pgno pgno,                      /* Database page number to read data for */
-  u32 *piRead                     /* OUT: Frame number (or zero) */
-){
-  u32 iRead = 0;                  /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */
-  u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;  /* Last page in WAL for this reader */
-  int iHash;                      /* Used to loop through N hash tables */
-
-  /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */
-  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
-
-  /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then
-  ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early
-  ** in this case as an optimization.  Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, 
-  ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the 
-  ** WAL were empty.
-  */
-  if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){
-    *piRead = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number
-  ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one
-  ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames).
-  **
-  ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend()
-  ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash 
-  ** table). This means the value just read from the hash 
-  ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the 
-  ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the
-  ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly -
-  ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume
-  ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was
-  ** opened remain unmodified.
-  **
-  ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner
-  ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required 
-  ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table:
-  **
-  **   (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): 
-  **     This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
-  **
-  **   (iFrame<=iLast): 
-  **     This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
-  **     table after the current read-transaction had started.
-  */
-  for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=0 && iRead==0; iHash--){
-    volatile ht_slot *aHash;      /* Pointer to hash table */
-    volatile u32 *aPgno;          /* Pointer to array of page numbers */
-    u32 iZero;                    /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */
-    int iKey;                     /* Hash slot index */
-    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions remaining */
-    int rc;                       /* Error code */
-
-    rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT;
-    for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
-      u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero;
-      if( iFrame<=iLast && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){
-        /* assert( iFrame>iRead ); -- not true if there is corruption */
-        iRead = iFrame;
-      }
-      if( (nCollide--)==0 ){
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
-  /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search
-  ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the
-  ** result obtained using the hash indexes above.  */
-  {
-    u32 iRead2 = 0;
-    u32 iTest;
-    for(iTest=iLast; iTest>0; iTest--){
-      if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){
-        iRead2 = iTest;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( iRead==iRead2 );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  *piRead = iRead;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read the contents of frame iRead from the wal file into buffer pOut
-** (which is nOut bytes in size). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an
-** error code otherwise.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
-  u32 iRead,                      /* Frame to read */
-  int nOut,                       /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */
-  u8 *pOut                        /* Buffer to write page data to */
-){
-  int sz;
-  i64 iOffset;
-  sz = pWal->hdr.szPage;
-  sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16);
-  testcase( sz<=32768 );
-  testcase( sz>=65536 );
-  iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
-  /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
-  return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){
-  if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){
-    return pWal->hdr.nPage;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* 
-** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL.
-**
-** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call
-** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction().
-**
-** If another thread or process has written into the database since
-** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this
-** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork.  So this routine
-** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started.
-**
-** There can only be a single writer active at a time.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
-  int rc;
-
-  /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read
-  ** transaction. */
-  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
-
-  if( pWal->readOnly ){
-    return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-
-  /* Only one writer allowed at a time.  Get the write lock.  Return
-  ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable.
-  */
-  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pWal->writeLock = 1;
-
-  /* If another connection has written to the database file since the
-  ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then
-  ** the write is disallowed.
-  */
-  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
-    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
-    pWal->writeLock = 0;
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** End a write transaction.  The commit has already been done.  This
-** routine merely releases the lock.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
-  if( pWal->writeLock ){
-    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
-    pWal->writeLock = 0;
-    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this
-** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction.
-**
-** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written
-** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns
-** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is
-** returned to the caller.
-**
-** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this
-** function returns SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){
-    Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-    Pgno iFrame;
-  
-    /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it
-    ** was in before the client began writing to the database. 
-    */
-    memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-
-    for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; 
-        ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; 
-        iFrame++
-    ){
-      /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number
-      ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and 
-      ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op
-      ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b)
-      ** is false).
-      **
-      ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there
-      ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And
-      ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is
-      ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail.
-      */
-      assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 );
-      rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame));
-    }
-    if( iMax!=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) walCleanupHash(pWal);
-  }
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 
-** values. This function populates the array with values required to 
-** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current 
-** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-  aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-  aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
-  aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
-  aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by
-** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array
-** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated
-** by a call to WalSavepoint().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-  assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
-
-  if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){
-    /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction
-    ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around
-    ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match.
-    */
-    aWalData[0] = 0;
-    aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
-  }
-
-  if( aWalData[0]<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
-    pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0];
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1];
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2];
-    walCleanupHash(pWal);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log
-** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending
-** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the
-** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so,
-** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left
-** unchanged.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether
-** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned
-** if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int cnt;
-
-  if( pWal->readLock==0 ){
-    volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
-    assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
-    if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){
-      u32 salt1;
-      sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1);
-      rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no
-        ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions
-        ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the
-        ** wal-index header to reflect this.
-        **
-        ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only
-        ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also
-        ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo()
-        ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back.
-        */
-        int i;                    /* Loop counter */
-        u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt;       /* Big-endian salt values */
-
-        pWal->nCkpt++;
-        pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0;
-        sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0]));
-        aSalt[1] = salt1;
-        walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
-        pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
-        pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0;
-        for(i=2; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
-        assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 );
-        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
-      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
-    pWal->readLock = -1;
-    cnt = 0;
-    do{
-      int notUsed;
-      rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, &notUsed, 1, ++cnt);
-    }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
-    assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */
-    testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
-    testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
-    testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where
-** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into
-** walWriteToLog().
-*/
-typedef struct WalWriter {
-  Wal *pWal;                   /* The complete WAL information */
-  sqlite3_file *pFd;           /* The WAL file to which we write */
-  sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint;    /* Fsync at this offset */
-  int syncFlags;               /* Flags for the fsync */
-  int szPage;                  /* Size of one page */
-} WalWriter;
-
-/*
-** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset.
-** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary.
-**
-** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt,
-** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the
-** rest.
-*/
-static int walWriteToLog(
-  WalWriter *p,              /* WAL to write to */
-  void *pContent,            /* Content to be written */
-  int iAmt,                  /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite3_int64 iOffset      /* Start writing at this offset */
-){
-  int rc;
-  if( iOffset<p->iSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){
-    int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset);
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    iOffset += iFirstAmt;
-    iAmt -= iFirstAmt;
-    pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent);
-    assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) );
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
-    if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write out a single frame of the WAL
-*/
-static int walWriteOneFrame(
-  WalWriter *p,               /* Where to write the frame */
-  PgHdr *pPage,               /* The page of the frame to be written */
-  int nTruncate,              /* The commit flag.  Usually 0.  >0 for commit */
-  sqlite3_int64 iOffset       /* Byte offset at which to write */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Result code from subfunctions */
-  void *pData;                    /* Data actually written */
-  u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];   /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-  if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
-  pData = pPage->pData;
-#endif
-  walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame);
-  rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  /* Write the page data */
-  rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock
-** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal handle to write to */
-  int szPage,                     /* Database page-size in bytes */
-  PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of dirty pages to write */
-  Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
-  int isCommit,                   /* True if this is a commit */
-  int sync_flags                  /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Used to catch return codes */
-  u32 iFrame;                     /* Next frame address */
-  PgHdr *p;                       /* Iterator to run through pList with. */
-  PgHdr *pLast = 0;               /* Last frame in list */
-  int nExtra = 0;                 /* Number of extra copies of last page */
-  int szFrame;                    /* The size of a single frame */
-  i64 iOffset;                    /* Next byte to write in WAL file */
-  WalWriter w;                    /* The writer */
-
-  assert( pList );
-  assert( pWal->writeLock );
-
-  /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0.  If
-  ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */
-  assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) );
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){}
-    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n",
-              pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill"));
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the
-  ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
-  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL
-  ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of
-  ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format.
-  */
-  iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-  if( iFrame==0 ){
-    u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE];      /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */
-    u32 aCksum[2];                /* Checksum for wal-header */
-
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN));
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION);
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage);
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt);
-    if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt);
-    memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
-    walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum);
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]);
-    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]);
-    
-    pWal->szPage = szPage;
-    pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0];
-    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1];
-    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1;
-
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0);
-    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless
-    ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF).  Otherwise
-    ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in
-    ** database corruption.  See the ticket:
-    **
-    **     http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee
-    */
-    if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage );
-
-  /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */
-  w.pWal = pWal;
-  w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd;
-  w.iSyncPoint = 0;
-  w.syncFlags = sync_flags;
-  w.szPage = szPage;
-  iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage);
-  szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
-
-  /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */
-  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
-    int nDbSize;   /* 0 normally.  Positive == commit flag */
-    iFrame++;
-    assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) );
-    nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0;
-    rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    pLast = p;
-    iOffset += szFrame;
-  }
-
-  /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad
-  ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file.
-  **
-  ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a
-  ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL.  If synchronous==NORMAL
-  ** or synchonous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed.
-  **
-  ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not
-  ** needed and only the sync is done.  If padding is needed, then the
-  ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector
-  ** boundary is crossed.  Only the part of the WAL prior to the last
-  ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends
-  ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync.
-  */
-  if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){
-    if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){
-      int sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pWal->pWalFd);
-      w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize;
-      while( iOffset<w.iSyncPoint ){
-        rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, pLast, nTruncate, iOffset);
-        if( rc ) return rc;
-        iOffset += szFrame;
-        nExtra++;
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3OsSync(w.pFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If this frame set completes the first transaction in the WAL and
-  ** if PRAGMA journal_size_limit is set, then truncate the WAL to the
-  ** journal size limit, if possible.
-  */
-  if( isCommit && pWal->truncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
-    i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize;
-    if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){
-      sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage);
-    }
-    walLimitSize(pWal, sz);
-    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the 
-  ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index
-  ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may
-  ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten.
-  */
-  iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-  for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){
-    iFrame++;
-    rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno);
-  }
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){
-    iFrame++;
-    nExtra--;
-    rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* Update the private copy of the header. */
-    pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
-    testcase( szPage<=32768 );
-    testcase( szPage>=65536 );
-    pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
-    if( isCommit ){
-      pWal->hdr.iChange++;
-      pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
-    }
-    /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */
-    if( isCommit ){
-      walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
-      pWal->iCallback = iFrame;
-    }
-  }
-
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and
-** related interfaces.
-**
-** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as
-** we can from WAL into the database.
-**
-** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler
-** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
-  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
-  int eMode,                      /* PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
-  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
-  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
-  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
-  int nBuf,                       /* Size of temporary buffer */
-  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
-  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
-  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int isChanged = 0;              /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */
-  int eMode2 = eMode;             /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */
-
-  assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 );
-  assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
-
-  if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal));
-  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
-  if( rc ){
-    /* Usually this is SQLITE_BUSY meaning that another thread or process
-    ** is already running a checkpoint, or maybe a recovery.  But it might
-    ** also be SQLITE_IOERR. */
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pWal->ckptLock = 1;
-
-  /* If this is a blocking-checkpoint, then obtain the write-lock as well
-  ** to prevent any writers from running while the checkpoint is underway.
-  ** This has to be done before the call to walIndexReadHdr() below.
-  **
-  ** If the writer lock cannot be obtained, then a passive checkpoint is
-  ** run instead. Since the checkpointer is not holding the writer lock,
-  ** there is no point in blocking waiting for any readers. Assuming no 
-  ** other error occurs, this function will return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller.
-  */
-  if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
-    rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pWal->writeLock = 1;
-    }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the wal-index header. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged);
-    if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
-      sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }else{
-      rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf);
-    }
-
-    /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-      if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( isChanged ){
-    /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was 
-    ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now
-    ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that
-    ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that
-    ** the cache needs to be reset.
-    */
-    memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
-  }
-
-  /* Release the locks. */
-  sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
-  walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
-  pWal->ckptLock = 0;
-  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc);
-}
-
-/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
-** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
-** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
-** the last call, then return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){
-  u32 ret = 0;
-  if( pWal ){
-    ret = pWal->iCallback;
-    pWal->iCallback = 0;
-  }
-  return (int)ret;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out
-** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.
-**
-** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE
-** into locking_mode=NORMAL.  This means that we must acquire a lock
-** on the pWal->readLock byte.  If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL
-** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0.  If the
-** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1.  This
-** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive
-** lock on the main database file.
-**
-** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into 
-** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  This means that the pWal->readLock must
-** be released.  Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the
-** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this
-** routine is a no-op.  The pager must already hold the exclusive lock
-** on the main database file before invoking this operation.
-**
-** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do
-** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it
-** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking
-** the op==1 case.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){
-  int rc;
-  assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
-  assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 );
-
-  /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a 
-  ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot 
-  ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock
-  ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to
-  ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error.
-  */
-  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
-  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) );
-
-  if( op==0 ){
-    if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){
-      pWal->exclusiveMode = 0;
-      if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
-      }
-      rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
-    }else{
-      /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */
-      rc = 0;
-    }
-  }else if( op>0 ){
-    assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 );
-    assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
-    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
-    pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
-    rc = 1;
-  }else{
-    rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
-** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
-** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){
-  return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE );
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
-/*
-** If the argument is not NULL, it points to a Wal object that holds a
-** read-lock. This function returns the database page-size if it is known,
-** or zero if it is not (or if pWal is NULL).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal){
-  assert( pWal==0 || pWal->readLock>=0 );
-  return (pWal ? pWal->szPage : 0);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/
-/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
-** This code really belongs in btree.c.  But btree.c is getting too
-** big and we want to break it down some.  This packaged seemed like
-** a good breakout.
-*/
-/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
-**
-**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
-**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
-**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
-**
-** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
-** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
-**
-**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
-**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
-**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
-**
-** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
-** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
-** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
-** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1).  And
-** so forth.
-**
-** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
-** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
-**
-** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
-** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
-** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
-** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
-** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
-** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
-** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
-** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
-** information such as the size of key and data.
-**
-** FORMAT DETAILS
-**
-** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
-** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
-** "no such page".  The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536.
-** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow
-** page, or a pointer-map page.
-**
-** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
-** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
-** The format of the file header is as follows:
-**
-**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
-**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  (1 means 65536)
-**     18       1     File format write version
-**     19       1     File format read version
-**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
-**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction (must be 64)
-**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction (must be 32)
-**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction (must be 32)
-**     24       4     File change counter
-**     28       4     Reserved for future use
-**     32       4     First freelist page
-**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
-**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
-**
-**     40       4     Schema cookie
-**     44       4     File format of schema layer
-**     48       4     Size of page cache
-**     52       4     Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum)
-**     56       4     1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be
-**     60       4     User version
-**     64       4     Incremental vacuum mode
-**     68       4     Application-ID
-**     72      20     unused
-**     92       4     The version-valid-for number
-**     96       4     SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-**
-** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
-**
-** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
-** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
-** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
-**
-** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
-** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
-** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
-** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
-** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
-**
-** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
-** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
-** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
-** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
-**
-** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
-** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
-** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
-** not specified in the header.
-**
-** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
-** cell pointer array, and the cell content area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
-** file header that occurs before the page header.
-**
-**      |----------------|
-**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
-**      |----------------|
-**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
-**      |----------------|
-**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
-**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
-**      |                |   v
-**      |----------------|
-**      | unallocated    |
-**      | space          |
-**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
-**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
-**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
-**      |----------------|
-**
-** The page headers looks like this:
-**
-**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
-**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
-**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
-**      3       2      number of cells on this page
-**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
-**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
-**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
-**
-** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
-** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
-** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
-** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
-** the payload area.
-**
-** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
-** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
-** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
-** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
-** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
-** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
-**
-** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
-** beginning of the page.
-**
-** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
-** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
-** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
-** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
-** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
-** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
-** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
-** in the page header at offset 7.
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
-**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
-**
-** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
-** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
-** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
-** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
-**
-** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
-** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
-** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
-** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
-** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
-** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
-** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
-**
-**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
-**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
-**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
-**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
-**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
-**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
-**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
-**
-** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
-** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
-**
-** The content of a cell looks like this:
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
-**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
-**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
-**      *     Payload
-**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
-**
-** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
-** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
-** as 1 byte of data.
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of next overflow page
-**      *     Data
-**
-** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
-** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
-** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
-** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of next trunk page
-**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
-**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
-*/
-
-
-/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
-** size give above.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8))
-
-/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
-** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes  (4 bytes for the cell itself
-** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header).  Such
-** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
-
-/* Forward declarations */
-typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
-typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
-
-/*
-** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
-**
-** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
-** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line.  The
-** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
-** the string itself should be 15 characters long.  If you change
-** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read 
-** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
-** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
-#  define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Page type flags.  An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
-** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
-*/
-#define PTF_INTKEY    0x01
-#define PTF_ZERODATA  0x02
-#define PTF_LEAFDATA  0x04
-#define PTF_LEAF      0x08
-
-/*
-** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
-** structure is appended and initialized to zero.  This structure stores
-** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
-**
-** The pParent field points back to the parent page.  This allows us to
-** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root.  Care must be taken to
-** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
-** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
-**
-** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
-** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
-*/
-struct MemPage {
-  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
-  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
-  u8 intKey;           /* True if intkey flag is set */
-  u8 leaf;             /* True if leaf flag is set */
-  u8 hasData;          /* True if this page stores data */
-  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
-  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
-  u8 max1bytePayload;  /* min(maxLocal,127) */
-  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
-  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
-  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
-  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
-  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
-  u16 maskPage;        /* Mask for page offset */
-  u16 aiOvfl[5];       /* Insert the i-th overflow cell before the aiOvfl-th
-                       ** non-overflow cell */
-  u8 *apOvfl[5];       /* Pointers to the body of overflow cells */
-  BtShared *pBt;       /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
-  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
-  u8 *aDataEnd;        /* One byte past the end of usable data */
-  u8 *aCellIdx;        /* The cell index area */
-  DbPage *pDbPage;     /* Pager page handle */
-  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
-};
-
-/*
-** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
-** to the end.  EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
-** that extra information.
-*/
-#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
-
-/*
-** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
-** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor 
-** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
-** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
-** a btree handle is closed.
-*/
-struct BtLock {
-  Btree *pBtree;        /* Btree handle holding this lock */
-  Pgno iTable;          /* Root page of table */
-  u8 eLock;             /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
-  BtLock *pNext;        /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
-};
-
-/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
-#define READ_LOCK     1
-#define WRITE_LOCK    2
-
-/* A Btree handle
-**
-** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
-** this object for every database file that it has open.  This structure
-** is opaque to the database connection.  The database connection cannot
-** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
-** this structure.
-**
-** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be 
-** shared between multiple connections.  In that case, each connection
-** has it own instance of this object.  But each instance of this object
-** points to the same BtShared object.  The database cache and the
-** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
-** the BtShared object.
-**
-** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
-** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors 
-** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
-** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
-** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
-*/
-struct Btree {
-  sqlite3 *db;       /* The database connection holding this btree */
-  BtShared *pBt;     /* Sharable content of this btree */
-  u8 inTrans;        /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
-  u8 sharable;       /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
-  u8 locked;         /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
-  int wantToLock;    /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
-  int nBackup;       /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
-  Btree *pNext;      /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
-  Btree *pPrev;      /* Back pointer of the same list */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  BtLock lock;       /* Object used to lock page 1 */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
-**
-** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
-** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
-** but any number may have active read transactions.
-*/
-#define TRANS_NONE  0
-#define TRANS_READ  1
-#define TRANS_WRITE 2
-
-/*
-** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
-** 
-** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two
-** or more database connections.  When two or more connections are
-** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
-** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
-** to this one BtShared object.  BtShared.nRef is the number of
-** connections currently sharing this database file.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
-** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex.  The pPager field
-** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
-** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
-** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
-**
-** isPending:
-**
-**   If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database
-**   table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table),
-**   the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is
-**   set to true.
-**
-**   The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of
-**   the following occur:
-**
-**     1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR
-**     2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
-**
-**   while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
-**   transaction.
-**
-**   This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
-*/
-struct BtShared {
-  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
-  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
-  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
-  u8 openFlags;         /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  u8 autoVacuum;        /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
-  u8 incrVacuum;        /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
-  u8 bDoTruncate;       /* True to truncate db on commit */
-#endif
-  u8 inTransaction;     /* Transaction state */
-  u8 max1bytePayload;   /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */
-  u16 btsFlags;         /* Boolean parameters.  See BTS_* macros below */
-  u16 maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
-  u16 minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
-  u16 maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
-  u16 minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
-  u32 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
-  u32 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
-  int nTransaction;     /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
-  u32 nPage;            /* Number of pages in the database */
-  void *pSchema;        /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
-  void (*xFreeSchema)(void*);  /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */
-  Bitvec *pHasContent;  /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  int nRef;             /* Number of references to this structure */
-  BtShared *pNext;      /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
-  BtLock *pLock;        /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
-  Btree *pWriter;       /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
-#endif
-  u8 *pTmpSpace;        /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags
-*/
-#define BTS_READ_ONLY        0x0001   /* Underlying file is readonly */
-#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED   0x0002   /* Page size can no longer be changed */
-#define BTS_SECURE_DELETE    0x0004   /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */
-#define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY  0x0008   /* Database was empty at trans start */
-#define BTS_NO_WAL           0x0010   /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */
-#define BTS_EXCLUSIVE        0x0020   /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */
-#define BTS_PENDING          0x0040   /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
-** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
-** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
-*/
-typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
-struct CellInfo {
-  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
-  u8 *pCell;     /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
-  u32 nData;     /* Number of bytes of data */
-  u32 nPayload;  /* Total amount of payload */
-  u16 nHeader;   /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
-  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally */
-  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
-  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
-};
-
-/*
-** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
-** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
-** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
-** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
-**
-** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
-** assumed that the database is corrupt.
-*/
-#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
-
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
-** b-tree within a database file.
-**
-** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
-** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
-**
-** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections,
-** but cursors cannot be shared.  Each cursor is associated with a
-** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** found at self->pBt->mutex. 
-*/
-struct BtCursor {
-  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
-  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
-  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
-  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
-  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
-  i64 nKey;                 /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
-  void *pKey;               /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
-  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
-  int nOvflAlloc;           /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */
-  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */
-  u8 curFlags;              /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
-  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
-  u8 hints;                             /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
-  i16 iPage;                            /* Index of current page in apPage */
-  u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];        /* Current index in apPage[i] */
-  MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];  /* Pages from root to current page */
-};
-
-/*
-** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags
-*/
-#define BTCF_WriteFlag    0x01   /* True if a write cursor */
-#define BTCF_ValidNKey    0x02   /* True if info.nKey is valid */
-#define BTCF_ValidOvfl    0x04   /* True if aOverflow is valid */
-#define BTCF_AtLast       0x08   /* Cursor is pointing ot the last entry */
-#define BTCF_Incrblob     0x10   /* True if an incremental I/O handle */
-
-/*
-** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
-**
-** CURSOR_INVALID:
-**   Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) 
-**   because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
-**   called.
-**
-** CURSOR_VALID:
-**   Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
-**
-** CURSOR_SKIPNEXT:
-**   Cursor is valid except that the Cursor.skipNext field is non-zero
-**   indicating that the next sqlite3BtreeNext() or sqlite3BtreePrevious()
-**   operation should be a no-op.
-**
-** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
-**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
-**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
-**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
-**   this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
-**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
-**
-** CURSOR_FAULT:
-**   A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
-**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
-**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
-**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
-**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
-*/
-#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
-#define CURSOR_VALID             1
-#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT          2
-#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       3
-#define CURSOR_FAULT             4
-
-/* 
-** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
-*/
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
-
-/*
-** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a 
-** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
-** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
-** page number to look up in the pointer map.
-**
-** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
-** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
-** the offset of the requested map entry.
-**
-** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
-** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
-** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
-** this test.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
-#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
-#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
-
-/*
-** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
-** each child page in the database file.  The parent page is the page that
-** contains a pointer to the child.  Every page in the database contains
-** 0 or 1 parent pages.  (In this context 'database page' refers
-** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.)  Each pointer map
-** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
-** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
-**
-** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
-** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum.  When a page
-** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
-** new location.  The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
-**
-** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
-**                  used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number 
-**                  is not used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of 
-**                   overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
-**                   contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
-**                   overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
-**                   page in the overflow page list.
-**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
-**               identifies the parent page in the btree.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
-#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
-#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
-
-/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
-** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
-*/
-#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
-  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
-  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); 
-
-
-/*
-** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
-** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
-** within an expression that is an argument to another macro 
-** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
-** So, this macro is defined instead.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
-#else
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
-** in order to keep track of some global state information.
-**
-** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in
-** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in
-** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to 
-** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which 
-** indicate corruption).
-*/
-typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
-struct IntegrityCk {
-  BtShared *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
-  Pager *pPager;    /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
-  u8 *aPgRef;       /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */
-  Pgno nPage;       /* Number of pages in the database */
-  int mxErr;        /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
-  int nErr;         /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
-  int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
-  StrAccum errMsg;  /* Accumulate the error message text here */
-};
-
-/*
-** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
-*/
-#define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
-#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
-#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
-#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
-
-/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-
-/*
-** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
-** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
-** p->locked boolean to true.
-*/
-static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->locked==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
-  p->pBt->db = p->db;
-  p->locked = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
-** clear the p->locked boolean.
-*/
-static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( p->locked==1 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  assert( p->db==pBt->db );
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
-  p->locked = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
-**
-** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
-** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
-** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
-** of this interface is recursive.
-**
-** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
-** by all database connections.  The p->pNext is a list of other
-** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
-** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
-** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
-** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
-** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
-  Btree *pLater;
-
-  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
-  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
-  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
-  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
-  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
-  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
-  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
-  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
-  assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
-
-  /* Check for locking consistency */
-  assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
-  assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
-
-  /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-
-  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
-  ** should already be set correctly. */
-  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
-
-  if( !p->sharable ) return;
-  p->wantToLock++;
-  if( p->locked ) return;
-
-  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
-  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
-  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    p->pBt->db = p->db;
-    p->locked = 1;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
-  ** BtShared address.  Then acquire our lock.  Then reacquire
-  ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
-  ** order.
-  */
-  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
-    assert( pLater->sharable );
-    assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
-    assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
-    if( pLater->locked ){
-      unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
-    }
-  }
-  lockBtreeMutex(p);
-  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
-    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
-      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
-    p->wantToLock--;
-    if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
-      unlockBtreeMutex(p);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
-** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.
-**
-** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
-  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
-  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-
-  return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
-** Btree.  These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
-** omitted if that module is not used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
-
-
-/*
-** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
-** connection.  This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
-** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
-** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
-** reset out from under us.
-**
-** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
-**
-** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
-** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
-** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
-** at the same instant.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  Btree *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  Btree *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock.  Return FALSE if
-** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){
-  return p->sharable;
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
-** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
-**
-** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *p;
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p && p->sharable &&
-         (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the
-** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure.  The mutexes required for schema
-** access are:
-**
-**   (1) The mutex on db
-**   (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt.
-**
-** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and
-** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){
-  Btree *p;
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0;
-  if( iDb==1 ) return 1;
-  p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above.  SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */
-/*
-** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use
-** in single threaded applications that use shared cache.  Except for
-** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and
-** are null #defines in btree.h.
-**
-** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including
-** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h.
-*/
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
-  p->pBt->db = p->db;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p ){
-      p->pBt->db = p->db;
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
-** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database.
-*/
-static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
-
-/*
-** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
-** macro.
-*/
-#if 0
-int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
-# define TRACE(X)  if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
-#else
-# define TRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes.
-** But if the value is zero, make it 65536.
-**
-** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value
-** from the header of a btree page.  If the page size is 65536 and the page
-** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero.
-** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536.
-*/
-#define get2byteNotZero(X)  (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1)
-
-/*
-** Values passed as the 5th argument to allocateBtreePage()
-*/
-#define BTALLOC_ANY   0           /* Allocate any page */
-#define BTALLOC_EXACT 1           /* Allocate exact page if possible */
-#define BTALLOC_LE    2           /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */
-
-/*
-** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not 
-** defined, or 0 if it is. For example:
-**
-**   bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum);
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) (expr)
-#else
-#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
-** in shared cache.  This variable has file scope during normal builds,
-** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for 
-** test builds.
-**
-** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-#else
-static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
-**
-** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
-** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
-** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  /*
-  ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(),
-  ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks()
-  ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
-  ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
-  ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
-  ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. 
-  ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
-  */
-  #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
-  #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
-  #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
-  #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
-  #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1
-  #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. ***
-**
-** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the 
-** table with root page iRoot.   Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
-**
-** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via 
-** Btree connection pBtree:
-**
-**    assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
-**
-** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the 
-** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
-** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated,
-** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine
-** the table corresponding to the index being written, this
-** function has to search through the database schema.
-**
-** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may
-** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also
-** acceptable.
-*/
-static int hasSharedCacheTableLock(
-  Btree *pBtree,         /* Handle that must hold lock */
-  Pgno iRoot,            /* Root page of b-tree */
-  int isIndex,           /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */
-  int eLockType          /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */
-){
-  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema;
-  Pgno iTab = 0;
-  BtLock *pLock;
-
-  /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
-  ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. 
-  ** Return true immediately.
-  */
-  if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
-   || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted))
-  ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  /* If the client is reading  or writing an index and the schema is
-  ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
-  ** the correct locks are held.  So do not bother - just return true.
-  ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
-  */
-  if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
-  ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
-  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
-  ** table.  */
-  if( isIndex ){
-    HashElem *p;
-    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-      Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
-      if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
-        iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    iTab = iRoot;
-  }
-
-  /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a 
-  ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
-  ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found.  */
-  for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
-    if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree 
-     && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
-     && pLock->eLock>=eLockType 
-    ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Failed to find the required lock. */
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. ****
-**
-** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the
-** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are
-** simultaneously reading that same table or index.
-**
-** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that
-** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing
-** the iRoot table.  Except, if the other Btree object has the
-** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to
-** have a read cursor.
-**
-** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index
-** rooted at page iRoot, one should call:
-**
-**    assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) );
-*/
-static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot 
-     && p->pBtree!=pBtree
-     && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)
-    ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif    /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock 
-** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
-** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
-*/
-static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock *pIter;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
-  assert( p->db!=0 );
-  assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
-  
-  /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
-  ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there 
-  ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
-  */
-  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
-  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  
-  /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
-  if( !p->sharable ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
-  ** requested lock may not be obtained.
-  */
-  if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db);
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
-  }
-
-  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-    /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) 
-    ** statement is a simplification of:
-    **
-    **   (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
-    **
-    ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
-    ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
-    ** only be a single writer).
-    */
-    assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
-    assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK);
-    if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){
-      sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
-      if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
-        assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
-        pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING;
-      }
-      return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
-** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or 
-** WRITE_LOCK.
-**
-** This function assumes the following:
-**
-**   (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable
-**       database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and
-**
-**   (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts
-**       with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
-**       already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM 
-** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
-*/
-static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock *pLock = 0;
-  BtLock *pIter;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
-  assert( p->db!=0 );
-
-  /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
-  ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
-  ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master 
-  ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans().  */
-  assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
-
-  /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it 
-  ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock.  */
-  assert( p->sharable );
-  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
-
-  /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
-  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-    if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
-      pLock = pIter;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
-  ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
-  */
-  if( !pLock ){
-    pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
-    if( !pLock ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pLock->iTable = iTable;
-    pLock->pBtree = p;
-    pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
-    pBt->pLock = pLock;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
-  ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
-  ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
-  */
-  assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
-  if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
-    pLock->eLock = eLock;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
-** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p.
-**
-** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write 
-** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag
-** may be incorrectly cleared.
-*/
-static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
-  assert( p->inTrans>0 );
-
-  while( *ppIter ){
-    BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
-    assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );
-    assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock );
-    if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
-      *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
-      assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock );
-      if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){
-        sqlite3_free(pLock);
-      }
-    }else{
-      ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter );
-  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
-    pBt->pWriter = 0;
-    pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
-  }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
-    /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its 
-    ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
-    ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
-    ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
-    ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0.
-    **
-    ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must
-    ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case.
-    */
-    pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks.
-*/
-static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
-    BtLock *pLock;
-    pBt->pWriter = 0;
-    pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
-    for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
-      assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p );
-      pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage);  /* Forward reference */
-
-/*
-***** This routine is used inside of assert() only ****
-**
-** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
-  return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow cache of the cursor passed as the first argument.
-** on the shared btree structure pBt.
-*/
-#define invalidateOverflowCache(pCur) (pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl)
-
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
-** on the shared btree structure pBt.
-*/
-static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    invalidateOverflowCache(p);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
-** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
-** row or one of the rows being modified.
-**
-** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
-** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
-** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
-**
-** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
-** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
-** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row.
-*/
-static void invalidateIncrblobCursors(
-  Btree *pBtree,          /* The database file to check */
-  i64 iRow,               /* The rowid that might be changing */
-  int isClearTable        /* True if all rows are being deleted */
-){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
-  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0 && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){
-      p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#else
-  /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */
-  #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
-
-/*
-** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called 
-** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf 
-** page.
-**
-** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
-** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding
-** free-list leaf pages:
-**
-**   1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes
-**      a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database
-**      (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes
-**      such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified,
-**      why bother journalling it?).
-**
-**   2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read
-**      from the database or written to the journal file (why should it
-**      be, if it is not at all meaningful?).
-**
-** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy
-** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if
-** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same
-** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when
-** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it
-** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data
-** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
-** to restore the database to its original configuration.
-**
-** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is 
-** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
-** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
-** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already
-** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared
-** at the end of every transaction.
-*/
-static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
-    assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage );
-    pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage);
-    if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){
-    rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector.
-**
-** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the
-** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the
-** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise.
-*/
-static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
-  Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
-  return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
-** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
-*/
-static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
-  pBt->pHasContent = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor.
-*/
-static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
-    releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
-    pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
-  }
-  pCur->iPage = -1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey 
-** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
-**
-** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
-** prior to calling this routine.  
-*/
-static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
-  assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );  /* KeySize() cannot fail */
-
-  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
-  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
-  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
-  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
-  ** data.
-  */
-  if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
-    void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey );
-    if( pKey ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pCur->pKey = pKey;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_free(pKey);
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur);
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
-  }
-
-  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
-** the table  with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
-** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
-*/
-static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
-  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
-      if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
-        int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
-        if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }else{
-        testcase( p->iPage>0 );
-        btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the current cursor position.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
-  pCur->pKey = 0;
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-}
-
-/*
-** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
-** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode.  Unpack the
-** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
-*/
-static int btreeMoveto(
-  BtCursor *pCur,     /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
-  const void *pKey,   /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
-  i64 nKey,           /* Integer key for tables.  Size of pKey for indices */
-  int bias,           /* Bias search to the high end */
-  int *pRes           /* Write search results here */
-){
-  int rc;                    /* Status code */
-  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;   /* Unpacked index key */
-  char aSpace[200];          /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */
-  char *pFree = 0;
-
-  if( pKey ){
-    assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
-    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
-        pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree
-    );
-    if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey);
-    if( pIdxKey->nField==0 ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree);
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-  }else{
-    pIdxKey = 0;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
-  if( pFree ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
-** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the 
-** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
-** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each 
-** saveCursorPosition().
-*/
-static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int rc;
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-    return pCur->skipNext;
-  }
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-  rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
-    pCur->pKey = 0;
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
-    if( pCur->skipNext && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
-      pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
-  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
-         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
-         SQLITE_OK)
-
-/*
-** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it
-** was last placed at.  Cursors can move when the row they are pointing
-** at is deleted out from under them.
-**
-** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong.  The
-** integer *pHasMoved is set as follows:
-**
-**    0:   The cursor is unchanged
-**    1:   The cursor is still pointing at the same row, but the pointers
-**         returned by sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch() or sqlite3BtreeDataFetch()
-**         might now be invalid because of a balance() or other change to the
-**         b-tree.
-**    2:   The cursor is no longer pointing to the row.  The row might have
-**         been deleted out from under the cursor.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){
-  int rc;
-
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
-    *pHasMoved = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc ){
-    *pHasMoved = 2;
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || NEVER(pCur->skipNext!=0) ){
-    *pHasMoved = 2;
-  }else{
-    *pHasMoved = 1;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
-** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
-** input page number.
-**
-** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is
-** no pointer map associated with page 1.  The integrity_check logic
-** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1.
-*/
-static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
-  int nPagesPerMapPage;
-  Pgno iPtrMap, ret;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pgno<2 ) return 0;
-  nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
-  iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
-  ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; 
-  if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    ret++;
-  }
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write an entry into the pointer map.
-**
-** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
-** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
-**
-** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is
-** a no-op.  If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written
-** into *pRC.
-*/
-static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;  /* The pointer map page */
-  u8 *pPtrmap;      /* The pointer map data */
-  Pgno iPtrmap;     /* The pointer map page number */
-  int offset;       /* Offset in pointer map page */
-  int rc;           /* Return code from subfunctions */
-
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
-  assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
-
-  assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
-  if( key==0 ){
-    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    return;
-  }
-  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pRC = rc;
-    return;
-  }
-  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
-  if( offset<0 ){
-    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    goto ptrmap_exit;
-  }
-  assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
-  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-
-  if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
-    TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
-    *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
-      put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
-    }
-  }
-
-ptrmap_exit:
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read an entry from the pointer map.
-**
-** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
-** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;   /* The pointer map page */
-  int iPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page index */
-  u8 *pPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page data */
-  int offset;        /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-
-  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-
-  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
-  if( offset<0 ){
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
-  assert( pEType!=0 );
-  *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
-  if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
-
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-  if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-  #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc)
-  #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
-  #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
-** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
-** to the cell content.
-**
-** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
-*/
-#define findCell(P,I) \
-  ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)])))
-#define findCellv2(D,M,O,I) (D+(M&get2byte(D+(O+2*(I)))))
-
-
-/*
-** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
-** pages that do contain overflow cells.
-*/
-static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
-  int i;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
-    int k;
-    k = pPage->aiOvfl[i];
-    if( k<=iCell ){
-      if( k==iCell ){
-        return pPage->apOvfl[i];
-      }
-      iCell--;
-    }
-  }
-  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
-** are two versions of this function.  btreeParseCell() takes a 
-** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() 
-** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
-**
-** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
-** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
-*/
-static void btreeParseCellPtr(
-  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
-  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
-  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
-){
-  u16 n;                  /* Number bytes in cell content header */
-  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-
-  pInfo->pCell = pCell;
-  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
-  n = pPage->childPtrSize;
-  assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
-  if( pPage->intKey ){
-    if( pPage->hasData ){
-      assert( n==0 );
-      n = getVarint32(pCell, nPayload);
-    }else{
-      nPayload = 0;
-    }
-    n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
-    pInfo->nData = nPayload;
-  }else{
-    pInfo->nData = 0;
-    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
-    pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
-  }
-  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
-  pInfo->nHeader = n;
-  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
-  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
-  if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){
-    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
-    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
-    */
-    if( (pInfo->nSize = (u16)(n+nPayload))<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
-    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
-    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
-  }else{
-    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
-    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
-    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
-    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
-    ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
-    **
-    ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
-    ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
-    */
-    int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
-    int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
-    int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
-
-    minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
-    maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
-    surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
-    testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
-    testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
-    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
-      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
-    }else{
-      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
-    }
-    pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n);
-    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
-  }
-}
-#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
-  btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
-static void btreeParseCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
-  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
-  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
-){
-  parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
-** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
-** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
-** the space used by the cell pointer.
-*/
-static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
-  u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize];
-  u32 nSize;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
-  ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
-  ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
-  ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
-  CellInfo debuginfo;
-  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
-#endif
-
-  if( pPage->intKey ){
-    u8 *pEnd;
-    if( pPage->hasData ){
-      pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
-    }else{
-      nSize = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length 
-    ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
-    ** past the end of the key value. */
-    pEnd = &pIter[9];
-    while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
-  }else{
-    pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
-  }
-
-  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
-  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
-  if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
-    int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
-    nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
-    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
-    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
-    if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
-      nSize = minLocal;
-    }
-    nSize += 4;
-  }
-  nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);
-
-  /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */
-  if( nSize<4 ){
-    nSize = 4;
-  }
-
-  assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize );
-  return (u16)nSize;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements
-** only. */
-static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
-  return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell));
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
-*/
-static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
-  CellInfo info;
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-  assert( pCell!=0 );
-  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
-  if( info.iOverflow ){
-    Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-    ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
-** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
-** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
-** pointer array and the cell content area.
-*/
-static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
-  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
-  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
-  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
-  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
-  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
-  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
-  int cbrk;                  /* Offset to the cell content area */
-  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
-  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
-  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
-  int iCellFirst;            /* First allowable cell index */
-  int iCellLast;             /* Last possible cell index */
-
-
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
-  nCell = pPage->nCell;
-  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
-  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
-  cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-  memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk);
-  cbrk = usableSize;
-  iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
-  iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
-  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
-    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
-    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
-    testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
-    testcase( pc==iCellLast );
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
-    /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage()
-    ** if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK is defined 
-    */
-    if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-#endif
-    assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
-    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
-    cbrk -= size;
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
-    if( cbrk<iCellFirst ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-#else
-    if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-#endif
-    assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
-    testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
-    testcase( pc+size==usableSize );
-    memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size);
-    put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
-  }
-  assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
-  data[hdr+1] = 0;
-  data[hdr+2] = 0;
-  data[hdr+7] = 0;
-  memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
-** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
-** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
-** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
-**
-** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the
-** allocation.  This routine might need to defragment in order to bring
-** all the space together, however.  This routine will avoid using
-** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
-** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
-** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
-*/
-static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
-  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
-  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
-  int nFrag;                           /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */
-  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */
-  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
-  int rc;         /* Integer return code */
-  int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */
-  
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->pBt );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
-  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
-  assert( nByte < usableSize-8 );
-
-  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
-  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
-  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
-  top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
-  if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  testcase( gap+2==top );
-  testcase( gap+1==top );
-  testcase( gap==top );
-
-  if( nFrag>=60 ){
-    /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */
-    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
-  }else if( gap+2<=top ){
-    /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy 
-    ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in 
-    ** the list that is large enough to accommodate it.
-    */
-    int pc, addr;
-    for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
-      int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
-      if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
-      if( size>=nByte ){
-        int x = size - nByte;
-        testcase( x==4 );
-        testcase( x==3 );
-        if( x<4 ){
-          /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
-          ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
-          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
-          data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
-        }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
-          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        }else{
-          /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
-          ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
-          put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
-        }
-        *pIdx = pc + x;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy
-  ** the allocation.  If not, defragment.
-  */
-  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
-  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
-    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
-    assert( gap+nByte<=top );
-  }
-
-
-  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
-  ** and the cell content area.  The btreeInitPage() call has already
-  ** validated the freelist.  Given that the freelist is valid, there
-  ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page.
-  ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence.
-  */
-  top -= nByte;
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
-  assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-  *pIdx = top;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
-** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
-** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
-**
-** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
-** free blocks into a single big free block.
-*/
-static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
-  int addr, pbegin, hdr;
-  int iLast;                        /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
-  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
-
-  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
-  assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( size>=0 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
-
-  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
-    /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
-    ** option is enabled */
-    memset(&data[start], 0, size);
-  }
-
-  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks.  Note that
-  ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
-  ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or
-  ** freeblocks that overlapped cells.   Nor does it detect when the
-  ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header.  If these
-  ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt
-  ** the freelist.  So we do need to check for corruption while scanning
-  ** the freelist.
-  */
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  addr = hdr + 1;
-  iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4;
-  assert( start<=iLast );
-  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
-    if( pbegin<addr+4 ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    addr = pbegin;
-  }
-  if( pbegin>iLast ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
-  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
-  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
-  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
-  pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size;
-
-  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
-  addr = hdr + 1;
-  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
-    int pnext, psize, x;
-    assert( pbegin>addr );
-    assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
-    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
-    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
-    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
-      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
-      if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-      data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag;
-      x = get2byte(&data[pnext]);
-      put2byte(&data[pbegin], x);
-      x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin;
-      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x);
-    }else{
-      addr = pbegin;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
-  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
-    int top;
-    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
-    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
-    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
-    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
-** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
-**
-** Only the following combinations are supported.  Anything different
-** indicates a corrupt database files:
-**
-**         PTF_ZERODATA
-**         PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
-**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
-**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
-*/
-static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
-  BtShared *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
-
-  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3);  assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
-  flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
-  pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
-    pPage->intKey = 1;
-    pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf;
-    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
-    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
-  }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
-    pPage->intKey = 0;
-    pPage->hasData = 0;
-    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
-    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
-** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
-** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
-** we failed to detect any corruption.
-*/
-static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){
-
-  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
-  if( !pPage->isInit ){
-    u16 pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
-    u8 hdr;            /* Offset to beginning of page header */
-    u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
-    BtShared *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
-    int usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
-    u16 cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
-    int nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
-    int top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */
-    int iCellFirst;    /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
-    int iCellLast;     /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */
-
-    pBt = pPage->pBt;
-
-    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-    data = pPage->aData;
-    if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
-    pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
-    pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-    usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
-    pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
-    pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize];
-    pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset];
-    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
-    pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
-    if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
-      /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
-
-    /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
-    ** of page when parsing a cell.  
-    **
-    ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
-    ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be 
-    ** returned if it does.
-    */
-    iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
-    iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
-    {
-      int i;            /* Index into the cell pointer array */
-      int sz;           /* Size of a cell */
-
-      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--;
-      for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
-        pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]);
-        testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
-        testcase( pc==iCellLast );
-        if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
-          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        }
-        sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
-        testcase( pc+sz==usableSize );
-        if( pc+sz>usableSize ){
-          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        }
-      }
-      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
-    }  
-#endif
-
-    /* Compute the total free space on the page */
-    pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
-    nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;
-    while( pc>0 ){
-      u16 next, size;
-      if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
-        /* Start of free block is off the page */
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-      }
-      next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
-      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
-      if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
-        /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
-        ** the free-block must lie on the database page.  */
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-      }
-      nFree = nFree + size;
-      pc = next;
-    }
-
-    /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
-    ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within
-    ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size
-    ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also
-    ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content
-    ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
-    */
-    if( nFree>usableSize ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-    }
-    pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst);
-    pPage->isInit = 1;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
-** no entries.
-*/
-static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
-  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  u16 first;
-
-  assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
-    memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
-  }
-  data[hdr] = (char)flags;
-  first = hdr + ((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ? 12 : 8);
-  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
-  data[hdr+7] = 0;
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
-  pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first);
-  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
-  pPage->cellOffset = first;
-  pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize];
-  pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first];
-  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-  assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
-  pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
-  pPage->nCell = 0;
-  pPage->isInit = 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
-** the btree layer.
-*/
-static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
-  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
-  pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-  pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
-  pPage->pBt = pBt;
-  pPage->pgno = pgno;
-  pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
-  return pPage; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
-**
-** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
-** the content of the page at this time.  So do not go to the disk
-** to fetch the content.  Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
-** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
-** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
-** read should occur at that point.
-*/
-static int btreeGetPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,       /* The btree */
-  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to fetch */
-  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Return the page in this parameter */
-  int flags            /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */
-){
-  int rc;
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
-
-  assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
-** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
-*/
-static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
-  if( pDbPage ){
-    return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of
-** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
-*/
-static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
-  return pBt->nPage;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
-  return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine is just a
-** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and 
-** btreeInitPage().
-**
-** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It
-** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value.
-*/
-static int getAndInitPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,                  /* The database file */
-  Pgno pgno,                      /* Number of the page to get */
-  MemPage **ppPage,               /* Write the page pointer here */
-  int bReadonly                   /* PAGER_GET_READONLY or 0 */
-){
-  int rc;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( bReadonly==PAGER_GET_READONLY || bReadonly==0 );
-
-  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }else{
-    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, bReadonly);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
-      rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        releasePage(*ppPage);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  testcase( pgno==0 );
-  assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
-** call to btreeGetPage.
-*/
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
-  if( pPage ){
-    assert( pPage->aData );
-    assert( pPage->pBt );
-    assert( pPage->pDbPage!=0 );
-    assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
-    assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-    sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage->pDbPage);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
-** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
-** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
-**
-** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
-** page to agree with the restored data.
-*/
-static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
-  assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 );
-  if( pPage->isInit ){
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-    pPage->isInit = 0;
-    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){
-      /* pPage might not be a btree page;  it might be an overflow page
-      ** or ptrmap page or a free page.  In those cases, the following
-      ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
-      ** But no harm is done by this.  And it is very important that
-      ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
-      ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
-      btreeInitPage(pPage);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
-*/
-static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
-  BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
-  assert( pBt->db );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
-  return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a database file.
-** 
-** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
-** then an ephemeral database is created.  The ephemeral database might
-** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache.
-** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted 
-** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
-**
-** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
-** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
-**
-** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits like
-** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_MEMORY.
-**
-** If the database is already opened in the same database connection
-** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error.  We cannot allow two or more BtShared
-** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead
-** to problems with locking.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* VFS to use for this b-tree */
-  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Associated database handle */
-  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
-  int flags,              /* Options */
-  int vfsFlags            /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-){
-  BtShared *pBt = 0;             /* Shared part of btree structure */
-  Btree *p;                      /* Handle to return */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0;  /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Result code from this function */
-  u8 nReserve;                   /* Byte of unused space on each page */
-  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];  /* Database header content */
-
-  /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */
-  const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0;
-
-  /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or 
-  ** false for a file-based database.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-  const int isMemdb = 0;
-#else
-  const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0)
-                       || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db))
-                       || (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
-#endif
-
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( pVfs!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( (flags&0xff)==flags );   /* flags fit in 8 bits */
-
-  /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */
-  assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 );
-
-  /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */
-  assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb );
-
-  if( isMemdb ){
-    flags |= BTREE_MEMORY;
-  }
-  if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){
-    vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
-  if( !p ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-  p->db = db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  p->lock.pBtree = p;
-  p->lock.iTable = 1;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-  /*
-  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
-  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
-  */
-  if( isTempDb==0 && (isMemdb==0 || (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_URI)!=0) ){
-    if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){
-      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-      char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
-      MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
-      p->sharable = 1;
-      if( !zFullPathname ){
-        sqlite3_free(p);
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      if( isMemdb ){
-        memcpy(zFullPathname, zFilename, sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1);
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename,
-                                   nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
-        if( rc ){
-          sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
-          sqlite3_free(p);
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-      mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN);
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
-      mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
-#endif
-      for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
-        assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
-        if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 0))
-                 && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
-          int iDb;
-          for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){
-            Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
-            if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){
-              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
-              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
-              sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
-              sqlite3_free(p);
-              return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-            }
-          }
-          p->pBt = pBt;
-          pBt->nRef++;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
-      sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    else{
-      /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
-      ** even when they are not.  This exercises the locking code and
-      ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
-      ** statements to find locking problems.
-      */
-      p->sharable = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pBt==0 ){
-    /*
-    ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
-    ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
-    ** when compiling on a different architecture.
-    */
-    assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
-    assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
-    assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
-    assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
-    assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
-  
-    pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
-    if( pBt==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto btree_open_out;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
-                          EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, db->szMmap);
-      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto btree_open_out;
-    }
-    pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags;
-    pBt->db = db;
-    sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
-    p->pBt = pBt;
-  
-    pBt->pCursor = 0;
-    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-    if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
-#endif
-    pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16);
-    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
-      pBt->pageSize = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
-      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
-      ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
-      ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
-      ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
-      */
-      if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
-        pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
-        pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
-      }
-#endif
-      nReserve = 0;
-    }else{
-      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
-      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
-      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
-    if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
-    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
-    assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 );  /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
-   
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-    /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
-    */
-    if( p->sharable ){
-      MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
-      pBt->nRef = 1;
-      MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);)
-      if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-        pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
-        if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
-          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          db->mallocFailed = 0;
-          goto btree_open_out;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
-      pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
-      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-  /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
-  ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
-  ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
-  */
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    int i;
-    Btree *pSib;
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
-        while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
-        if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){
-          p->pNext = pSib;
-          p->pPrev = 0;
-          pSib->pPrev = p;
-        }else{
-          while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){
-            pSib = pSib->pNext;
-          }
-          p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
-          p->pPrev = pSib;
-          if( p->pNext ){
-            p->pNext->pPrev = p;
-          }
-          pSib->pNext = p;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  *ppBtree = p;
-
-btree_open_out:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
-      sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pBt);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-    *ppBtree = 0;
-  }else{
-    /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
-    ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache,
-    ** do not change the pager-cache size.
-    */
-    if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){
-      sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
-    }
-  }
-  if( mutexOpen ){
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter.  When it reaches zero,
-** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list.  Return
-** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
-** false if it is still positive.
-*/
-static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )
-  BtShared *pList;
-  int removed = 0;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  pBt->nRef--;
-  if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
-    if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
-      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
-    }else{
-      pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
-      while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
-        pList=pList->pNext;
-      }
-      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
-        pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
-      }
-    }
-    if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
-    }
-    removed = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-  return removed;
-#else
-  return 1;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of 
-** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.
-*/
-static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
-  if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
-    pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
-
-    /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before
-    ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If
-    ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes
-    ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which
-    ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3
-    ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from
-    ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it
-    ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized 
-    ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error,
-    ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here.  */
-    if( pBt->pTmpSpace ) memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 4);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
-*/
-static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
-  sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace);
-  pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-
-  /* Close all cursors opened via this handle.  */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pCur = pBt->pCursor;
-  while( pCur ){
-    BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
-    pCur = pCur->pNext;
-    if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
-      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
-  ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
-  ** this handle.
-  */
-  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-
-  /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
-  ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 
-  ** up the shared-btree.
-  */
-  assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
-  if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
-    /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
-    ** it without having to hold the mutex.
-    **
-    ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
-    */
-    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
-    sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
-    if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
-      pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema);
-    freeTempSpace(pBt);
-    sqlite3_free(pBt);
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
-  assert( p->locked==0 );
-  if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
-  if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
-**
-** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
-** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
-** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
-** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
-** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
-** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
-** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
-** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
-** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
-** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
-** normally a worry.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-/*
-** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be
-** memory mapped.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, szMmap);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
-
-/*
-** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
-** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
-** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
-** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
-** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
-** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(
-  Btree *p,              /* The btree to set the safety level on */
-  unsigned pgFlags       /* Various PAGER_* flags */
-){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, pgFlags);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1.  In other
-** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );  
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
-** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY 
-** without changing anything.
-**
-** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
-** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
-** changed.
-**
-** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
-** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
-** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
-** at the beginning of a page.
-**
-** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
-** bytes per page is left unchanged.
-**
-** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size
-** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-  if( nReserve<0 ){
-    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
-  }
-  assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
-  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
-        ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
-    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
-    assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
-    pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize;
-    freeTempSpace(pBt);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
-  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
-  if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the currently defined page size
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
-  return p->pBt->pageSize;
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it
-** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already
-** held.
-**
-** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is
-** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the 
-** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter()
-** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the
-** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
-  return p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
-** are intentually left unused.  This is the "reserved" space that is
-** sometimes used by extensions.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
-  int n;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
-** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
-** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
-  int n;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the BTS_SECURE_DELETE flag if newFlag is 0 or 1.  If newFlag is -1,
-** then make no changes.  Always return the value of the BTS_SECURE_DELETE
-** setting after the change.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){
-  int b;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( newFlag>=0 ){
-    p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
-    if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
-  } 
-  b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return b;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
-
-/*
-** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
-** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
-** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 
-** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  return SQLITE_READONLY;
-#else
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }else{
-    pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0;
-    pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is 
-** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
-#else
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = (
-    (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
-    (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
-    BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
-  );
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
-** also acquire a readlock on that file.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
-** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
-** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if we run out of memory. 
-*/
-static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
-  int rc;              /* Result code from subfunctions */
-  MemPage *pPage1;     /* Page 1 of the database file */
-  int nPage;           /* Number of pages in the database */
-  int nPageFile = 0;   /* Number of pages in the database file */
-  int nPageHeader;     /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pBt->pPage1==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
-  ** a valid database file. 
-  */
-  nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
-  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile);
-  if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){
-    nPage = nPageFile;
-  }
-  if( nPage>0 ){
-    u32 pageSize;
-    u32 usableSize;
-    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
-    rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
-    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-    if( page1[18]>1 ){
-      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
-    }
-    if( page1[19]>1 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-#else
-    if( page1[18]>2 ){
-      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
-    }
-    if( page1[19]>2 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-
-    /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed
-    ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then 
-    ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1.
-    ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is
-    ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer
-    ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log
-    ** file.
-    */
-    if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){
-      int isOpen = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto page1_init_failed;
-      }else if( isOpen==0 ){
-        releasePage(pPage1);
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%.  And the minimum
-    ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.
-    ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
-    ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
-    */
-    if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16);
-    if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
-     || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
-     || pageSize<=256 
-    ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
-    usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
-    if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
-      /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
-      ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
-      ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
-      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
-      ** again with the correct page-size.
-      */
-      releasePage(pPage1);
-      pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
-      pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
-      freeTempSpace(pBt);
-      rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize,
-                                   pageSize-usableSize);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    if( usableSize<480 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
-    pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
-    pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
-  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
-  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
-  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
-  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
-  **     4-byte child pointer
-  **     9-byte nKey value
-  **     4-byte nData value
-  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
-  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as
-  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
-  ** page pointer.
-  */
-  pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23);
-  pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
-  pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35);
-  pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
-  if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){
-    pBt->max1bytePayload = 127;
-  }else{
-    pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal;
-  }
-  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
-  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
-  pBt->nPage = nPage;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-page1_init_failed:
-  releasePage(pPage1);
-  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return the number of cursors open on pBt. This is for use
-** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
-** defined.
-**
-** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true.  If wrOnly is
-** false then all cursors are counted.
-**
-** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that
-** is capable of reading or writing to the databse.  Cursors that
-** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted.
-*/
-static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-  int r = 0;
-  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
-    if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
-     && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; 
-  }
-  return r;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
-** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
-** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
-** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
-**
-** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
-  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
-    assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
-    assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
-    assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
-    releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
-    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
-** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
-** the database.
-*/
-static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
-  MemPage *pP1;
-  unsigned char *data;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pBt->nPage>0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
-  assert( pP1!=0 );
-  data = pP1->aData;
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
-  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
-  data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff);
-  data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff);
-  data[18] = 1;
-  data[19] = 1;
-  assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize);
-  data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
-  data[21] = 64;
-  data[22] = 32;
-  data[23] = 32;
-  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
-  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
-  pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
-  assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
-  put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
-  put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
-#endif
-  pBt->nPage = 1;
-  data[31] = 1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the first page of the database file (creating a database
-** consisting of a single page and no schema objects). Return SQLITE_OK
-** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  p->pBt->nPage = 0;
-  rc = newDatabase(p->pBt);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
-** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
-** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
-** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
-** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
-** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
-** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
-**
-** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
-** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
-** will work unless a transaction is started first:
-**
-**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
-**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
-**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
-**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
-**
-** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
-** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
-** if there is one.  But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
-** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY.  SQLITE_BUSY is 
-** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
-**
-** Suppose there are two processes A and B.  A has a read lock and B has
-** a reserved lock.  B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
-** of A's read lock.  A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
-** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
-** no progress.  By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
-** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
-** proceed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
-  sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-
-  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
-  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
-  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
-  */
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 );
-
-  /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
-  if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction 
-  ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
-  ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
-  */
-  if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE)
-   || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0
-  ){
-    pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db;
-  }else if( wrflag>1 ){
-    BtLock *pIter;
-    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-      if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
-        pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( pBlock ){
-    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
-    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on 
-  ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock 
-  ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
-  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
-
-  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
-  if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
-  do {
-    /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
-    ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
-    ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
-    ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database 
-    ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
-    ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
-    */
-    while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) );
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
-      if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = newDatabase(pBt);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    }
-  }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
-          btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
-      pBt->nTransaction++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-      if( p->sharable ){
-        assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
-        p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK;
-        p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock;
-        pBt->pLock = &p->lock;
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-    p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
-    if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
-      pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
-    }
-    if( wrflag ){
-      MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-      assert( !pBt->pWriter );
-      pBt->pWriter = p;
-      pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
-      if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
-#endif
-
-      /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old
-      ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing
-      ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely 
-      ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction
-      ** rollback occurs within the transaction.
-      */
-      if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-trans_begun:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
-    /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
-    ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
-    ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
-  }
-
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-
-/*
-** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
-** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
-** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
-*/
-static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
-  int i;                             /* Counter variable */
-  int nCell;                         /* Number of cells in page pPage */
-  int rc;                            /* Return code */
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
-  Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
-  }
-  nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
-  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-
-    ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc);
-
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
-      ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
-  }
-
-set_child_ptrmaps_out:
-  pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom.  Modify this pointer so
-** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
-** be modified, as  follows:
-**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE:     pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 
-**                   page of pPage.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
-**                   page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
-**                   overflow page in the list.
-*/
-static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
-    /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case.  */
-    if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
-  }else{
-    u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
-    int i;
-    int nCell;
-
-    btreeInitPage(pPage);
-    nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
-    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-      u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
-        CellInfo info;
-        btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-        if( info.iOverflow
-         && pCell+info.iOverflow+3<=pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage
-         && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow])
-        ){
-          put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
-          break;
-        }
-      }else{
-        if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
-          put4byte(pCell, iTo);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    if( i==nCell ){
-      if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || 
-          get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-      put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
-    }
-
-    pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the 
-** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
-**
-** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
-** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno 
-** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
-** page.
-*/
-static int relocatePage(
-  BtShared *pBt,           /* Btree */
-  MemPage *pDbPage,        /* Open page to move */
-  u8 eType,                /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
-  Pgno iPtrPage,           /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
-  Pgno iFreePage,          /* The location to move pDbPage to */
-  int isCommit             /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */
-){
-  MemPage *pPtrPage;   /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
-  Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
-  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || 
-      eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
-
-  /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
-  TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", 
-      iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
-  rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
-
-  /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
-  ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
-  ** pages need to be changed.
-  **
-  ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
-  ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
-  ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
-  */
-  if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-    rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }else{
-    Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
-    if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
-      ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
-  ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
-  ** iPtrPage.
-  */
-  if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(pPtrPage);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
-    releasePage(pPtrPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
-static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
-
-/*
-** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
-** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in 
-** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error 
-** occurs, return some other error code.
-**
-** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the database so 
-** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
-**
-** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
-** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
-**
-** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the 
-** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE 
-** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commmit 
-** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
-*/
-static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){
-  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( iLastPg>nFin );
-
-  if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    u8 eType;
-    Pgno iPtrPage;
-
-    nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
-    if( nFreeList==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-
-    rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-
-    if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-      if( bCommit==0 ){
-        /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
-        ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
-        ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't 
-        ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
-        */
-        Pgno iFreePg;
-        MemPage *pFreePg;
-        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, BTALLOC_EXACT);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
-        releasePage(pFreePg);
-      }
-    } else {
-      Pgno iFreePg;             /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
-      MemPage *pLastPg;
-      u8 eMode = BTALLOC_ANY;   /* Mode parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
-      Pgno iNear = 0;           /* nearby parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
-
-      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-
-      /* If bCommit is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
-      ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
-      **
-      ** On the other hand, if bCommit is greater than zero, then keep
-      ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
-      ** of the file is found.
-      */
-      if( bCommit==0 ){
-        eMode = BTALLOC_LE;
-        iNear = nFin;
-      }
-      do {
-        MemPage *pFreePg;
-        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iNear, eMode);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          releasePage(pLastPg);
-          return rc;
-        }
-        releasePage(pFreePg);
-      }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin );
-      assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
-      
-      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, bCommit);
-      releasePage(pLastPg);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( bCommit==0 ){
-    do {
-      iLastPg--;
-    }while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) );
-    pBt->bDoTruncate = 1;
-    pBt->nPage = iLastPg;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database
-** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected 
-** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation.
-*/
-static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){
-  int nEntry;                     /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */
-  Pgno nPtrmap;                   /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */
-  Pgno nFin;                      /* Return value */
-
-  nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5;
-  nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry;
-  nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
-  if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    nFin--;
-  }
-  while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    nFin--;
-  }
-
-  return nFin;
-}
-
-/*
-** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
-** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
-**
-** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
-** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-  if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-  }else{
-    Pgno nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
-    Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
-    Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree);
-
-    if( nOrig<nFin ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }else if( nFree>0 ){
-      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-        rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, nOrig, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-        put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
-** is committed for an auto-vacuum database.
-**
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
-** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. 
-** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
-** pages are in use.
-*/
-static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
-  VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-  assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
-  if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
-    Pgno nFin;         /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */
-    Pgno nFree;        /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */
-    Pgno iFree;        /* The next page to be freed */
-    Pgno nOrig;        /* Database size before freeing */
-
-    nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
-    if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-      /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
-      ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
-      ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
-      */
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-
-    nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
-    nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree);
-    if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    if( nFin<nOrig ){
-      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-    }
-    for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
-      rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree, 1);
-    }
-    if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
-      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
-      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin);
-      pBt->bDoTruncate = 1;
-      pBt->nPage = nFin;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( nRef>=sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit.  This routine
-** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
-** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
-** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
-** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
-** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
-** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
-** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
-** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
-** committed.  See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
-** commit process.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
-**
-** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
-** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
-** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
-** (single database transaction).
-**
-** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
-** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
-**
-** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
-** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pBt->bDoTruncate ){
-      sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage);
-    }
-#endif
-    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback()
-** at the conclusion of a transaction.
-*/
-static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  pBt->bDoTruncate = 0;
-#endif
-  if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && db->nVdbeRead>1 ){
-    /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database
-    ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements
-    ** may still be reading from the database.  */
-    downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
-    p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
-  }else{
-    /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the 
-    ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count 
-    ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
-    ** call below will unlock the pager.  */
-    if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
-      clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
-      pBt->nTransaction--;
-      if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
-        pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the 
-    ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.  */
-    p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-  }
-
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
-**
-** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
-** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
-** be invoked prior to calling this routine.  The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
-** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
-** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
-** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
-** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
-** drop locks.
-**
-** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to 
-** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and
-** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
-** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file 
-** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed 
-** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this 
-** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
-** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
-** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
-** transitioned to the error state.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){
-
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-
-  /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 
-  ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
-  */
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    int rc;
-    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
-    btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
-  }
-
-  btreeEndTransaction(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Do both phases of a commit.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
-** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
-** references.
-**
-** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
-** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
-** the cache with pBtree.
-**
-** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
-** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
-** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
-** the rollback.  The rollback may have deleted tables
-** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
-** save the state of the cursor.  The cursor must be
-** invalidated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  if( pBtree==0 ) return;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    int i;
-    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
-    p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
-    p->skipNext = errCode;
-    for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
-      releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
-      p->apPage[i] = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback the transaction in progress.  All cursors will be
-** invalided by this operation.  Any attempt to use a cursor
-** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
-** in an error.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  MemPage *pPage1;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( tripCode ){
-    sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode);
-  }
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    int rc2;
-
-    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
-    rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
-    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = rc2;
-    }
-
-    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
-    ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
-    ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
-    if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
-      testcase( nPage==0 );
-      if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
-      testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage );
-      pBt->nPage = nPage;
-      releasePage(pPage1);
-    }
-    assert( countValidCursors(pBt, 1)==0 );
-    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
-    btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
-  }
-
-  btreeEndTransaction(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled
-** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction 
-** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically 
-** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
-**
-** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
-** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
-** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
-** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
-**
-** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The
-** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints,
-** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there
-** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open,
-** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
-** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
-  assert( iStatement>0 );
-  assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with
-  ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using
-  ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any
-  ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
-** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
-** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value 
-** of op.
-**
-** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
-** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the 
-** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
-** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
-** transaction remains open.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-    assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
-    assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){
-        pBt->nPage = 0;
-      }
-      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
-      pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData);
-
-      /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header
-      ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset
-      ** 28 is nonzero. */
-      assert( pBt->nPage>0 );
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
-** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that
-** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open
-** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then
-** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction.
-**
-** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
-** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
-** writing if other conditions for writing are also met.  These
-** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
-** be allowed:
-**
-** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
-**
-** 2:  Other database connections that share the same pager cache
-**     but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
-**     cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table.  Otherwise
-**     the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
-**     the read cursors in the other database connection.
-**
-** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
-**
-** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
-**
-** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
-** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
-** will not work correctly.
-**
-** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called
-** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine.
-*/
-static int btreeCursor(
-  Btree *p,                              /* The btree */
-  int iTable,                            /* Root page of table to open */
-  int wrFlag,                            /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* First arg to comparison function */
-  BtCursor *pCur                         /* Space for new cursor */
-){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;                /* Shared b-tree handle */
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 );
-
-  /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable 
-  ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, 
-  ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with 
-  ** this lock.  */
-  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) );
-  assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
-
-  /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */
-  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
-  assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );
-
-  if( NEVER(wrFlag && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0) ){
-    return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-  if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
-    assert( wrFlag==0 );
-    iTable = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
-  ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list.  */
-  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
-  pCur->iPage = -1;
-  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-  pCur->pBtree = p;
-  pCur->pBt = pBt;
-  assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==BTCF_WriteFlag );
-  pCur->curFlags = wrFlag;
-  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
-  if( pCur->pNext ){
-    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
-  }
-  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
-  Btree *p,                                   /* The btree */
-  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
-  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,                   /* First arg to xCompare() */
-  BtCursor *pCur                              /* Write new cursor here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
-**
-** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
-** sufficient storage to hold a cursor.  The BtCursor object is opaque
-** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
-** this routine.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){
-  return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor));
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object.
-**
-** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object
-** to zero.  But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays
-** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot
-** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){
-  memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage));
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
-** when the last cursor is closed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
-  if( pBtree ){
-    int i;
-    BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
-    if( pCur->pPrev ){
-      pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
-    }else{
-      pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
-    }
-    if( pCur->pNext ){
-      pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
-      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
-    }
-    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    sqlite3DbFree(pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow);
-    /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
-** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
-** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
-**
-** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
-** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
-**
-** 2007-06-25:  There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
-** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
-** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
-** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
-** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.)  So we use a real function
-** for MSVC and a macro for everything else.  Ticket #2457.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
-    CellInfo info;
-    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
-    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
-    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info);
-    assert( CORRUPT_DB || memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
-  }
-#else
-  #define assertCellInfo(x)
-#endif
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-  /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
-  static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
-    if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
-      int iPage = pCur->iPage;
-      btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);
-      pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
-    }else{
-      assertCellInfo(pCur);
-    }
-  }
-#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
-  /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
-#define getCellInfo(pCur)                                                      \
-  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){                                                   \
-    int iPage = pCur->iPage;                                                   \
-    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);        \
-    pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;                                          \
-  }else{                                                                       \
-    assertCellInfo(pCur);                                                      \
-  }
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG  /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */
-/*
-** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid.  A valid cursor is one
-** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table.
-** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){
-  return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
-** the key for the current entry.  If the cursor is not pointing
-** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 
-**
-** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
-** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
-**
-** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine.
-** 
-** This routine cannot fail.  It always returns SQLITE_OK.  
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
-    *pSize = 0;
-  }else{
-    getCellInfo(pCur);
-    *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
-** cursor currently points to.
-**
-** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL
-** valid entry.  In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee
-** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID.
-**
-** Failure is not possible.  This function always returns SQLITE_OK.
-** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue
-** to return an integer result code for historical reasons.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  getCellInfo(pCur);
-  *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
-** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 
-** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
-** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. 
-**
-** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
-**
-** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is 
-** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked 
-** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. 
-**
-** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
-** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
-** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
-** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
-** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
-** *ppPage is set to zero.
-*/
-static int getOverflowPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,               /* The database file */
-  Pgno ovfl,                   /* Current overflow page number */
-  MemPage **ppPage,            /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */
-  Pgno *pPgnoNext              /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
-){
-  Pgno next = 0;
-  MemPage *pPage = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert(pPgnoNext);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
-  ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in 
-  ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns 
-  ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page 
-  ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
-  */
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    Pgno pgno;
-    Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
-    u8 eType;
-
-    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-      iGuess++;
-    }
-
-    if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){
-      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
-        next = iGuess;
-        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, (ppPage==0) ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
-    }
-  }
-
-  *pPgnoNext = next;
-  if( ppPage ){
-    *ppPage = pPage;
-  }else{
-    releasePage(pPage);
-  }
-  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
-**
-** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
-** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
-** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
-** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
-** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
-*/
-static int copyPayload(
-  void *pPayload,           /* Pointer to page data */
-  void *pBuf,               /* Pointer to buffer */
-  int nByte,                /* Number of bytes to copy */
-  int eOp,                  /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
-  DbPage *pDbPage           /* Page containing pPayload */
-){
-  if( eOp ){
-    /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
-    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
-  }else{
-    /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
-    memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
-** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp
-** argument is interpreted as follows:
-**
-**   0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache.
-**   1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache.
-**   2: The operation is a read. Do not populate the overflow cache.
-**
-** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
-** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
-**
-** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
-** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
-**
-** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the
-** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily 
-** popluates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). 
-** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset 
-** more efficient.
-**
-** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
-** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
-** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
-** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
-**
-**   * An incremental vacuum,
-**   * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
-**   * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
-*/
-static int accessPayload(
-  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
-  u32 offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
-  u32 amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
-  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
-  int eOp              /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
-){
-  unsigned char *aPayload;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  u32 nKey;
-  int iIdx = 0;
-  MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
-  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;                  /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-  int bEnd;                                   /* True if reading to end of data */
-#endif
-
-  assert( pPage );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( eOp!=2 || offset==0 );      /* Always start from beginning for eOp==2 */
-
-  getCellInfo(pCur);
-  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
-  nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-  bEnd = (offset+amt==nKey+pCur->info.nData);
-#endif
-
-  if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) 
-   || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
-  ){
-    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
-  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
-    int a = amt;
-    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
-      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
-    }
-    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, (eOp & 0x01), pPage->pDbPage);
-    offset = 0;
-    pBuf += a;
-    amt -= a;
-  }else{
-    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
-    const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
-    Pgno nextPage;
-
-    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
-
-    /* If the BtCursor.aOverflow[] has not been allocated, allocate it now.
-    ** Except, do not allocate aOverflow[] for eOp==2.
-    **
-    ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page
-    ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is
-    ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array
-    ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated).
-    */
-    if( eOp!=2 && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){
-      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
-      if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){
-        Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3DbRealloc(
-            pCur->pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno)
-        );
-        if( aNew==0 ){
-          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        }else{
-          pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2;
-          pCur->aOverflow = aNew;
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno));
-        pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
-    ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
-    ** directly to it.
-    */
-    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
-      iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
-      nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
-      offset = (offset%ovflSize);
-    }
-
-    for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){
-
-      /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
-      if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 ){
-        assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
-        pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
-      }
-
-      if( offset>=ovflSize ){
-        /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
-        ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
-        ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
-        ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
-        ** function.
-        **
-        ** Note that the aOverflow[] array must be allocated because eOp!=2
-        ** here.  If eOp==2, then offset==0 and this branch is never taken.
-        */
-        assert( eOp!=2 );
-        assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl );
-        if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
-          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
-        }else{
-          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
-        }
-        offset -= ovflSize;
-      }else{
-        /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
-        ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
-        */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-        sqlite3_file *fd;
-#endif
-        int a = amt;
-        if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
-          a = ovflSize - offset;
-        }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-        /* If all the following are true:
-        **
-        **   1) this is a read operation, and 
-        **   2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and
-        **   3) the database is file-backed, and
-        **   4) there is no open write-transaction, and
-        **   5) the database is not a WAL database,
-        **   6) all data from the page is being read.
-        **
-        ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the
-        ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds
-        ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages.
-        */
-        if( (eOp&0x01)==0                                      /* (1) */
-         && offset==0                                          /* (2) */
-         && (bEnd || a==ovflSize)                              /* (6) */
-         && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ                     /* (4) */
-         && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods     /* (3) */
-         && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01                       /* (5) */
-        ){
-          u8 aSave[4];
-          u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4];
-          memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4);
-          rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1));
-          nextPage = get4byte(aWrite);
-          memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4);
-        }else
-#endif
-
-        {
-          DbPage *pDbPage;
-          rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage,
-              ((eOp&0x01)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0)
-          );
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-            nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
-            rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, (eOp&0x01), pDbPage);
-            sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-            offset = 0;
-          }
-        }
-        amt -= a;
-        pBuf += a;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
-**
-** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
-** in the table.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
-  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-  return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
-  int rc;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-    return SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-    assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
-    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
-** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
-** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for
-** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available
-** key/data is written into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value
-** returned will not be a valid pointer.
-**
-** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
-** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
-** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
-** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
-** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
-** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
-**
-** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
-** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
-** any btree routine is called.
-*/
-static const void *fetchPayload(
-  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
-  u32 *pAmt            /* Write the number of available bytes here */
-){
-  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-  assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 );
-  *pAmt = pCur->info.nLocal;
-  return (void*)(pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
-** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
-** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
-**
-** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
-** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
-** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
-** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
-** this routine.
-**
-** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
-** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){
-  return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){
-  return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
-** page number of the child page to move to.
-**
-** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
-** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
-** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
-** vice-versa).
-*/
-static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
-  int rc;
-  int i = pCur->iPage;
-  MemPage *pNewPage;
-  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
-  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 );
-  if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage,
-               (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage;
-  pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0;
-  pCur->iPage++;
-
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-  if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#if 0
-/*
-** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function 
-** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
-** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
-** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
-** the page.
-*/
-static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){
-  assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell );
-  if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){
-    assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
-  }else{
-    assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
-  }
-}
-#else
-#  define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) 
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
-**
-** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
-** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
-** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
-** the largest cell index.
-*/
-static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
-  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
-
-  /* UPDATE: It is actually possible for the condition tested by the assert
-  ** below to be untrue if the database file is corrupt. This can occur if
-  ** one cursor has modified page pParent while a reference to it is held 
-  ** by a second cursor. Which can only happen if a single page is linked
-  ** into more than one b-tree structure in a corrupt database.  */
-#if 0
-  assertParentIndex(
-    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], 
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], 
-    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno
-  );
-#endif
-  testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell );
-
-  releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
-  pCur->iPage--;
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
-**
-** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
-** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
-** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a 
-** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
-**
-** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to 
-** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first
-** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state
-** is set to CURSOR_VALID.
-**
-** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
-** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected 
-** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
-** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
-** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo 
-** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
-** b-tree).
-*/
-static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
-  MemPage *pRoot;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  assert( CURSOR_VALID   < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  assert( CURSOR_FAULT   > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-      assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
-      return pCur->skipNext;
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
-  }
-
-  if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
-    while( pCur->iPage ) releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
-  }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0],
-                 (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-      return rc;
-    }
-    pCur->iPage = 0;
-  }
-  pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
-  assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
-
-  /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
-  ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
-  ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
-  ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. 
-  **
-  ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail
-  ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e.
-  ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted 
-  ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table 
-  ** (or the freelist).  */
-  assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 );
-  if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-
-  if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
-  }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){
-    Pgno subpage;
-    if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
-  }else{
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
-** entry to which it is currently pointing.
-**
-** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
-** in ascending order.
-*/
-static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Pgno pgno;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
-    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
-    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]));
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
-** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
-** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
-** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
-** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
-**
-** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
-** key in ascending order.
-*/
-static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Pgno pgno;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  MemPage *pPage = 0;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
-    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
-    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-    pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidNKey;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
-      *pRes = 1;
-    }else{
-      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
-      *pRes = 0;
-      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
- 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-
-  /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
-  if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point 
-    ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
-    int ii;
-    for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
-      assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
-    }
-    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 );
-    assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf );
-#endif
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
-      *pRes = 1;
-    }else{
-      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-      *pRes = 0;
-      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_AtLast;
-      }else{
-        pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_AtLast;
-      }
-   
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key 
-** specified by pIdxKey or intKey.   Return a success code.
-**
-** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used.  pIdxKey 
-** must be NULL.  For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
-** is ignored.
-**
-** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
-** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
-** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
-** before or after the key.
-**
-** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
-** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is 
-** pointing.  The meaning of the integer written into
-** *pRes is as follows:
-**
-**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
-**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
-**
-**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
-**
-**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
-  BtCursor *pCur,          /* The cursor to be moved */
-  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
-  i64 intKey,              /* The table key */
-  int biasRight,           /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
-  int *pRes                /* Write search results here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  RecordCompare xRecordCompare;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pRes );
-  assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
-
-  /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
-  ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0
-   && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey 
-  ){
-    if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
-      *pRes = 0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
-      *pRes = -1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pIdxKey ){
-    xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey);
-    pIdxKey->isCorrupt = 0;
-    assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 
-         || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 
-         || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1
-    );
-  }else{
-    xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */
-  }
-
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
-  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-    *pRes = -1;
-    assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey );
-  for(;;){
-    int lwr, upr, idx, c;
-    Pgno chldPg;
-    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    u8 *pCell;                          /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */
-
-    /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page
-    ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop
-    ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine
-    ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must
-    ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise
-    ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption.  */
-    assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
-    assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) );
-    lwr = 0;
-    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
-    assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 );
-    idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
-    if( xRecordCompare==0 ){
-      for(;;){
-        i64 nCellKey;
-        pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
-        if( pPage->hasData ){
-          while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){
-            if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-          }
-        }
-        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
-        if( nCellKey<intKey ){
-          lwr = idx+1;
-          if( lwr>upr ){ c = -1; break; }
-        }else if( nCellKey>intKey ){
-          upr = idx-1;
-          if( lwr>upr ){ c = +1; break; }
-        }else{
-          assert( nCellKey==intKey );
-          pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
-          pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
-          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
-          if( !pPage->leaf ){
-            lwr = idx;
-            goto moveto_next_layer;
-          }else{
-            *pRes = 0;
-            rc = SQLITE_OK;
-            goto moveto_finish;
-          }
-        }
-        assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
-        idx = (lwr+upr)>>1;  /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2; */
-      }
-    }else{
-      for(;;){
-        int nCell;
-        pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
-
-        /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that
-        ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
-        ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte
-        ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing 
-        ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is 
-        ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first 
-        ** 2 bytes of the cell.
-        */
-        nCell = pCell[0];
-        if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){
-          /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
-          ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
-          ** b-tree page.  */
-          testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
-          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey, 0);
-        }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 
-          && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
-        ){
-          /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 
-          ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page.  */
-          testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
-          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey, 0);
-        }else{
-          /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
-          ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
-          ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
-          ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
-          void *pCellKey;
-          u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
-          btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info);
-          nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
-          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell );
-          if( pCellKey==0 ){
-            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-            goto moveto_finish;
-          }
-          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
-          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2);
-          if( rc ){
-            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
-            goto moveto_finish;
-          }
-          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey, 0);
-          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
-        }
-        assert( pIdxKey->isCorrupt==0 || c==0 );
-        if( c<0 ){
-          lwr = idx+1;
-        }else if( c>0 ){
-          upr = idx-1;
-        }else{
-          assert( c==0 );
-          *pRes = 0;
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
-          if( pIdxKey->isCorrupt ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-          goto moveto_finish;
-        }
-        if( lwr>upr ) break;
-        assert( lwr+upr>=0 );
-        idx = (lwr+upr)>>1;  /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */
-      }
-    }
-    assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) );
-    assert( pPage->isInit );
-    if( pPage->leaf ){
-      assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
-      *pRes = c;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      goto moveto_finish;
-    }
-moveto_next_layer:
-    if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
-      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    }else{
-      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
-    }
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
-    if( rc ) break;
-  }
-moveto_finish:
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
-**
-** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
-** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
-** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
-  /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
-  ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
-  ** as well as the boolean result value.
-  */
-  return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
-** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
-**
-** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
-** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
-** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
-** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
-** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
-** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
-** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
-** implementation does use this hint, however.)
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
-  int idx;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pRes!=0 );
-  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
-  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
-  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
-    invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
-    rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      *pRes = 0;
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-      *pRes = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( pCur->skipNext ){
-      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
-      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
-      if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
-        pCur->skipNext = 0;
-        *pRes = 0;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      pCur->skipNext = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-  idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
-  assert( pPage->isInit );
-
-  /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx 
-  ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies
-  ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can
-  ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the
-  ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */
-  testcase( idx>pPage->nCell );
-
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-  if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
-      if( rc ){
-        *pRes = 0;
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-      *pRes = 0;
-      return rc;
-    }
-    do{
-      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
-        *pRes = 1;
-        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      moveToParent(pCur);
-      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
-    *pRes = 0;
-    if( pPage->intKey ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    return rc;
-  }
-  *pRes = 0;
-  if( pPage->leaf ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
-** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
-**
-** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1.  The initial *pRes value
-** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and
-** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been
-** a unique index.  Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero.
-** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the
-** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current
-** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree
-** implementation does use this hint, however.)
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pRes!=0 );
-  assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 );
-  assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
-  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
-    if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK) ){
-      rc = btreeRestoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        *pRes = 0;
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-      *pRes = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( pCur->skipNext ){
-      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT );
-      pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
-      if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
-        pCur->skipNext = 0;
-        *pRes = 0;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      pCur->skipNext = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-  assert( pPage->isInit );
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
-    if( rc ){
-      *pRes = 0;
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
-  }else{
-    while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
-      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
-        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-        *pRes = 1;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      moveToParent(pCur);
-    }
-    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-    pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
-
-    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
-    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  *pRes = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new page from the database file.
-**
-** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
-** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
-** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
-** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
-** an error.  *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
-** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
-**
-** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to 
-** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
-** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
-** which in turn can make database access faster.
-**
-** If the eMode parameter is BTALLOC_EXACT and the nearby page exists
-** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guaranteed to be returned.  If
-** eMode is BTALLOC_LT then the page returned will be less than or equal
-** to nearby if any such page exists.  If eMode is BTALLOC_ANY then there
-** are no restrictions on which page is returned.
-*/
-static int allocateBtreePage(
-  BtShared *pBt,         /* The btree */
-  MemPage **ppPage,      /* Store pointer to the allocated page here */
-  Pgno *pPgno,           /* Store the page number here */
-  Pgno nearby,           /* Search for a page near this one */
-  u8 eMode               /* BTALLOC_EXACT, BTALLOC_LT, or BTALLOC_ANY */
-){
-  MemPage *pPage1;
-  int rc;
-  u32 n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
-  u32 k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
-  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
-  MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
-  Pgno mxPage;     /* Total size of the database file */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) );
-  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
-  mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt);
-  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
-  testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
-  if( n>=mxPage ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( n>0 ){
-    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
-    Pgno iTrunk;
-    u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
-    
-    /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map
-    ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
-    ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT ){
-      if( nearby<=mxPage ){
-        u8 eType;
-        assert( nearby>0 );
-        assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
-        rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
-        if( rc ) return rc;
-        if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-          searchList = 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }else if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){
-      searchList = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
-    ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
-
-    /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
-    ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
-    ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT)
-    ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT)
-    */
-    do {
-      pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
-      if( pPrevTrunk ){
-        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
-      }else{
-        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
-      }
-      testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
-      if( iTrunk>mxPage ){
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }else{
-        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc ){
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        goto end_allocate_page;
-      }
-      assert( pTrunk!=0 );
-      assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 );
-
-      k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */
-      if( k==0 && !searchList ){
-        /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 
-        ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 
-        ** allocated page */
-        assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-        if( rc ){
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        *pPgno = iTrunk;
-        memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-        *ppPage = pTrunk;
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
-      }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){
-        /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        goto end_allocate_page;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      }else if( searchList 
-            && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) 
-      ){
-        /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
-        ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
-        */
-        *pPgno = iTrunk;
-        *ppPage = pTrunk;
-        searchList = 0;
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-        if( rc ){
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        if( k==0 ){
-          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
-            memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          }else{
-            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-              goto end_allocate_page;
-            }
-            memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          }
-        }else{
-          /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains 
-          ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
-          ** page in this case.
-          */
-          MemPage *pNewTrunk;
-          Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
-          if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ 
-            rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage );
-          rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            releasePage(pNewTrunk);
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
-          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
-          releasePage(pNewTrunk);
-          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
-            assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) );
-            put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
-          }else{
-            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
-            if( rc ){
-              goto end_allocate_page;
-            }
-            put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
-          }
-        }
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
-#endif
-      }else if( k>0 ){
-        /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
-        u32 closest;
-        Pgno iPage;
-        unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
-        if( nearby>0 ){
-          u32 i;
-          closest = 0;
-          if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){
-            for(i=0; i<k; i++){
-              iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]);
-              if( iPage<=nearby ){
-                closest = i;
-                break;
-              }
-            }
-          }else{
-            int dist;
-            dist = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby);
-            for(i=1; i<k; i++){
-              int d2 = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby);
-              if( d2<dist ){
-                closest = i;
-                dist = d2;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }else{
-          closest = 0;
-        }
-
-        iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
-        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
-        if( iPage>mxPage ){
-          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
-        if( !searchList 
-         || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) 
-        ){
-          int noContent;
-          *pPgno = iPage;
-          TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
-                 ": %d more free pages\n",
-                 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
-          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-          if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page;
-          if( closest<k-1 ){
-            memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
-          }
-          put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
-          noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno) ? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0;
-          rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-              releasePage(*ppPage);
-            }
-          }
-          searchList = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
-      pPrevTrunk = 0;
-    }while( searchList );
-  }else{
-    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so append a new page to the
-    ** database image.
-    **
-    ** Normally, new pages allocated by this block can be requested from the
-    ** pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. This prevents the pager
-    ** from trying to read the pages content from disk. However, if the
-    ** current transaction has already run one or more incremental-vacuum
-    ** steps, then the page we are about to allocate may contain content
-    ** that is required in the event of a rollback. In this case, do
-    ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal
-    ** the current page content before overwriting it.
-    **
-    ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal 
-    ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database
-    ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization
-    ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the
-    ** database image and the end of the database file.
-    */
-    int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)) ? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0;
-
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    pBt->nPage++;
-    if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){
-      /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
-      ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
-      ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
-      */
-      MemPage *pPg = 0;
-      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage));
-      assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, bNoContent);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
-        releasePage(pPg);
-      }
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      pBt->nPage++;
-      if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; }
-    }
-#endif
-    put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage);
-    *pPgno = pBt->nPage;
-
-    assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, bNoContent);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(*ppPage);
-    }
-    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
-  }
-
-  assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-
-end_allocate_page:
-  releasePage(pTrunk);
-  releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){
-      releasePage(*ppPage);
-      *ppPage = 0;
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
-  }else{
-    *ppPage = 0;
-  }
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerIswriteable((*ppPage)->pDbPage) );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. 
-** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
-**
-** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
-** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object 
-** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. 
-** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
-**
-** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
-** its reference count is not altered by this function.
-*/
-static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
-  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;                /* Free-list trunk page */
-  Pgno iTrunk = 0;                    /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ 
-  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;      /* Local reference to page 1 */
-  MemPage *pPage;                     /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
-  int rc;                             /* Return Code */
-  int nFree;                          /* Initial number of pages on free-list */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( iPage>1 );
-  assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage );
-
-  if( pMemPage ){
-    pPage = pMemPage;
-    sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage);
-  }else{
-    pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage);
-  }
-
-  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
-  nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
-  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1);
-
-  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
-    /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then
-    ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
-    */
-    if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) )
-     ||            ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0)
-    ){
-      goto freepage_out;
-    }
-    memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
-  }
-
-  /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
-  ** to indicate that the page is free.
-  */
-  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-    ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc);
-    if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two
-  ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first
-  ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a
-  ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the
-  ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it
-  ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf.
-  */
-  if( nFree!=0 ){
-    u32 nLeaf;                /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
-
-    iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
-    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto freepage_out;
-    }
-
-    nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
-    assert( pBt->usableSize>32 );
-    if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto freepage_out;
-    }
-    if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
-      /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page
-      ** being freed as a new leaf.
-      **
-      ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
-      ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
-      ** coded.  But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to
-      ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
-      ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt.  In order
-      ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
-      ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
-      ** for now.  At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
-      ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
-      ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
-      */
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
-        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
-        if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){
-          sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-        }
-        rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage);
-      }
-      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
-      goto freepage_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
-  ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
-  ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the 
-  ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
-  ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
-  */
-  if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){
-    goto freepage_out;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto freepage_out;
-  }
-  put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk);
-  put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
-  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage);
-  TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk));
-
-freepage_out:
-  if( pPage ){
-    pPage->isInit = 0;
-  }
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  releasePage(pTrunk);
-  return rc;
-}
-static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
-  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
-*/
-static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  CellInfo info;
-  Pgno ovflPgno;
-  int rc;
-  int nOvfl;
-  u32 ovflPageSize;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
-  }
-  if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;  /* Cell extends past end of page */
-  }
-  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-  assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
-  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
-  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
-  assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
-  while( nOvfl-- ){
-    Pgno iNext = 0;
-    MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
-    if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
-      /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an 
-      ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the 
-      ** file the database must be corrupt. */
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    if( nOvfl ){
-      rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-    }
-
-    if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) )
-     && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1
-    ){
-      /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference 
-      ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
-      ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it 
-      ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. 
-      ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as 
-      ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
-      ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
-      ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
-      ** can be problematic.
-      */
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }else{
-      rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
-    }
-
-    if( pOvfl ){
-      sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
-    }
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    ovflPgno = iNext;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
-** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
-** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
-** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
-** for pCell[].
-**
-** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
-** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
-** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
-** later.
-*/
-static int fillInCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
-  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
-  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key */
-  const void *pData,int nData,   /* The data */
-  int nZero,                     /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
-  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
-){
-  int nPayload;
-  const u8 *pSrc;
-  int nSrc, n, rc;
-  int spaceLeft;
-  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
-  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
-  unsigned char *pPrior;
-  unsigned char *pPayload;
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
-  int nHeader;
-  CellInfo info;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-
-  /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
-  ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
-  assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
-            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
-  /* Fill in the header. */
-  nHeader = 0;
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    nHeader += 4;
-  }
-  if( pPage->hasData ){
-    nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero);
-  }else{
-    nData = nZero = 0;
-  }
-  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
-  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
-  assert( info.nKey==nKey );
-  assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) );
-  
-  /* Fill in the payload */
-  nPayload = nData + nZero;
-  if( pPage->intKey ){
-    pSrc = pData;
-    nSrc = nData;
-    nData = 0;
-  }else{ 
-    if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    nPayload += (int)nKey;
-    pSrc = pKey;
-    nSrc = (int)nKey;
-  }
-  *pnSize = info.nSize;
-  spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
-  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
-  pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
-
-  while( nPayload>0 ){
-    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        do{
-          pgnoOvfl++;
-        } while( 
-          PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 
-        );
-      }
-#endif
-      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
-      ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
-      ** for that page now. 
-      **
-      ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry 
-      ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
-      ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
-      ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the
-      ** wrong pages from the database.
-      */
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
-        ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc);
-        if( rc ){
-          releasePage(pOvfl);
-        }
-      }
-#endif
-      if( rc ){
-        releasePage(pToRelease);
-        return rc;
-      }
-
-      /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area
-      ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
-      assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
-
-      /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
-      ** is still writeable */
-      assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
-            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
-      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
-      releasePage(pToRelease);
-      pToRelease = pOvfl;
-      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
-      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
-      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
-      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
-    }
-    n = nPayload;
-    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
-
-    /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area
-    ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
-    assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
-
-    /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
-    ** is still writeable */
-    assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
-            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
-    if( nSrc>0 ){
-      if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
-      assert( pSrc );
-      memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
-    }else{
-      memset(pPayload, 0, n);
-    }
-    nPayload -= n;
-    pPayload += n;
-    pSrc += n;
-    nSrc -= n;
-    spaceLeft -= n;
-    if( nSrc==0 ){
-      nSrc = nData;
-      pSrc = pData;
-    }
-  }
-  releasePage(pToRelease);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
-** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
-** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
-** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
-**
-** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
-*/
-static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){
-  u32 pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
-  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
-  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
-  int rc;         /* The return code */
-  int hdr;        /* Beginning of the header.  0 most pages.  100 page 1 */
-
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-
-  assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
-  assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx];
-  pc = get2byte(ptr);
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
-  testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-  if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
-    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    return;
-  }
-  rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
-  if( rc ){
-    *pRC = rc;
-    return;
-  }
-  pPage->nCell--;
-  memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx));
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
-  pPage->nFree += 2;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
-** content of the cell.
-**
-** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
-** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
-** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
-** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
-** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
-** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
-** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
-**
-** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
-** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
-** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location 
-** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
-*/
-static void insertCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
-  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
-  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
-  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
-  u8 *pTemp,        /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
-  Pgno iChild,      /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */
-  int *pRC          /* Read and write return code from here */
-){
-  int idx = 0;      /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
-  int j;            /* Loop counter */
-  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
-  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
-  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
-  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
-  int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0);
-
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
-  assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) );
-  assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  /* The cell should normally be sized correctly.  However, when moving a
-  ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
-  ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
-  ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node.  Hence
-  ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */
-  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) );
-  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
-    if( pTemp ){
-      memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
-      pCell = pTemp;
-    }
-    if( iChild ){
-      put4byte(pCell, iChild);
-    }
-    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
-    assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->apOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->apOvfl[0])) );
-    pPage->apOvfl[j] = pCell;
-    pPage->aiOvfl[j] = (u16)i;
-  }else{
-    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      *pRC = rc;
-      return;
-    }
-    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-    data = pPage->aData;
-    cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
-    end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
-    ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
-    rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx);
-    if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
-    /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties
-    ** if it returns success */
-    assert( idx >= end+2 );
-    assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-    pPage->nCell++;
-    pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
-    memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
-    if( iChild ){
-      put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
-    }
-    memmove(&data[ins+2], &data[ins], end-ins);
-    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
-    put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
-      ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
-      */
-      ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
-** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
-*/
-static void assemblePage(
-  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
-  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
-  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
-  u16 *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
-){
-  int i;            /* Loop counter */
-  u8 *pCellptr;     /* Address of next cell pointer */
-  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
-  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;             /* Pointer to data for pPage */
-  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;           /* Offset of header on pPage */
-  const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */
-
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)
-            && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921);
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
-  /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */
-  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
-  assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable );
-
-  pCellptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[nCell*2];
-  cellbody = nUsable;
-  for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
-    u16 sz = aSize[i];
-    pCellptr -= 2;
-    cellbody -= sz;
-    put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody);
-    memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz);
-  }
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody);
-  pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody);
-  pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
-** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
-** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
-** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
-** NN neighbors on either side.
-**
-** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
-** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
-** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
-** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
-*/
-#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
-#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
-/*
-** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
-** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
-** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
-** entry in the tree.
-**
-** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
-** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
-** that page.  This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
-** unbalanced.  But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
-** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
-** fill up.  On average.
-**
-** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
-** pParent is its parent.  pPage must have a single overflow entry
-** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
-**
-** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider
-** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4
-** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other
-** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at
-** least 13 bytes in size.
-*/
-static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){
-  BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt;    /* B-Tree Database */
-  MemPage *pNew;                       /* Newly allocated page */
-  int rc;                              /* Return Code */
-  Pgno pgnoNew;                        /* Page number of pNew */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );
-
-  /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
-  if( pPage->nCell==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-
-  /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of 
-  ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
-  ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
-  */
-  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-
-    u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4];
-    u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0];
-    u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
-    u8 *pStop;
-
-    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
-    assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
-    zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
-    assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
-
-    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
-    ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 
-    ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
-    ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
-    ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
-    ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
-    ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a
-    ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page.
-    */
-    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
-      if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){
-        ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
-    ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
-    ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
-    ** largest key on pPage).
-    **
-    ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most 
-    ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the 
-    ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
-    ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
-    ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
-    ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the
-    ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer.
-    */
-    pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
-    pStop = &pCell[9];
-    while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
-    pStop = &pCell[9];
-    while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
-
-    /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */
-    insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace),
-               0, pPage->pgno, &rc);
-
-    /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
-    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
-  
-    /* Release the reference to the new page. */
-    releasePage(pNew);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
-
-#if 0
-/*
-** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
-** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible 
-** for setting pointer-map entries.
-*/
-static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
-  int i, j;
-  for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){
-    Pgno n;
-    u8 e;
-    MemPage *pPage = apPage[i];
-    BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-    assert( pPage->isInit );
-
-    for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){
-      CellInfo info;
-      u8 *z;
-     
-      z = findCell(pPage, j);
-      btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info);
-      if( info.iOverflow ){
-        Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]);
-        ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n);
-        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 );
-      }
-      if( !pPage->leaf ){
-        Pgno child = get4byte(z);
-        ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
-        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
-      }
-    }
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-      ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
-      assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
-    }
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored 
-** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
-** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
-** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
-** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer
-** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
-**
-** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
-** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. 
-**
-** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
-**
-** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by 
-** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
-** which are called often under normal circumstances.
-*/
-static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){
-  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt;
-    u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData;
-    u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData;
-    int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset;
-    int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
-    int rc;
-    int iData;
-  
-  
-    assert( pFrom->isInit );
-    assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
-    assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize );
-  
-    /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
-    iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
-    memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
-    memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
-  
-    /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
-    ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under
-    ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized 
-    ** page pFrom.
-    */
-    pTo->isInit = 0;
-    rc = btreeInitPage(pTo);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      *pRC = rc;
-      return;
-    }
-  
-    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
-    ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
-    */
-    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-      *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent
-** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
-** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
-** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
-** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page 
-** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
-** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
-** participate in the balancing.
-**
-** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by 
-** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. 
-**
-** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
-** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
-** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated
-** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning.
-**
-** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be
-** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
-** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
-** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
-** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). 
-**
-** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
-** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
-** be rolled back.
-**
-** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a
-** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent
-** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is
-** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts
-** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum
-** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
-** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
-** enough for all overflow cells.
-**
-** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns 
-** SQLITE_NOMEM.
-*/
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
-#pragma optimize("", off)
-#endif
-static int balance_nonroot(
-  MemPage *pParent,               /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
-  int iParentIdx,                 /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
-  u8 *aOvflSpace,                 /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
-  int isRoot,                     /* True if pParent is a root-page */
-  int bBulk                       /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */
-){
-  BtShared *pBt;               /* The whole database */
-  int nCell = 0;               /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
-  int nMaxCells = 0;           /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
-  int nNew = 0;                /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
-  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
-  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
-  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* The return code */
-  u16 leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
-  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
-  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
-  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
-  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
-  int iSpace1 = 0;             /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
-  int iOvflSpace = 0;          /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
-  int szScratch;               /* Size of scratch memory requested */
-  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
-  MemPage *apCopy[NB];         /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
-  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
-  u8 *pRight;                  /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
-  u8 *apDiv[NB-1];             /* Divider cells in pParent */
-  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
-  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
-  u8 **apCell = 0;             /* All cells begin balanced */
-  u16 *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
-  u8 *aSpace1;                 /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
-  Pgno pgno;                   /* Temp var to store a page number in */
-
-  pBt = pParent->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-
-#if 0
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
-#endif
-
-  /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
-  ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with 
-  ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
-  ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
-  */
-  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 );
-  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aiOvfl[0]==iParentIdx );
-
-  if( !aOvflSpace ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent 
-  ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on 
-  ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, 
-  ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
-  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.  
-  **
-  ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
-  ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
-  ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will
-  ** have already been removed.
-  */
-  i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell;
-  if( i<2 ){
-    nxDiv = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 );
-    if( iParentIdx==0 ){                 
-      nxDiv = 0;
-    }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
-      nxDiv = i-2+bBulk;
-    }else{
-      assert( bBulk==0 );
-      nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
-    }
-    i = 2-bBulk;
-  }
-  nOld = i+1;
-  if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
-    pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];
-  }else{
-    pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
-  }
-  pgno = get4byte(pRight);
-  while( 1 ){
-    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i], 0);
-    if( rc ){
-      memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
-      goto balance_cleanup;
-    }
-    nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
-    if( (i--)==0 ) break;
-
-    if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aiOvfl[0] && pParent->nOverflow ){
-      apDiv[i] = pParent->apOvfl[0];
-      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
-      szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
-      pParent->nOverflow = 0;
-    }else{
-      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
-      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
-      szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
-
-      /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to
-      ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped.
-      ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
-      ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
-      ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
-      ** later on.  
-      **
-      ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode,
-      ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
-      ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[]
-      ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer
-      ** is allocated.  */
-      if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
-        int iOff;
-
-        iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData);
-        if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){
-          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-          memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
-          goto balance_cleanup;
-        }else{
-          memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]);
-          apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData];
-        }
-      }
-      dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
-  ** alignment */
-  nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
-
-  /*
-  ** Allocate space for memory structures
-  */
-  k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage));
-  szScratch =
-       nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*)                       /* apCell */
-     + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16)                       /* szCell */
-     + pBt->pageSize                               /* aSpace1 */
-     + k*nOld;                                     /* Page copies (apCopy) */
-  apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 
-  if( apCell==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto balance_cleanup;
-  }
-  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
-  aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );
-
-  /*
-  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
-  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
-  ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the divider cells
-  ** from pParent.
-  **
-  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
-  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
-  ** into aSpace1[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
-  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
-  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
-  ** are alike.
-  **
-  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
-  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
-  */
-  leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4;
-  leafData = apOld[0]->hasData;
-  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
-    int limit;
-    
-    /* Before doing anything else, take a copy of the i'th original sibling
-    ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
-    ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
-    ** process of being overwritten.  */
-    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aSpace1[pBt->pageSize + k*i];
-    memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage));
-    pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1];
-    memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize);
-
-    limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
-    if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){
-      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
-        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
-        apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
-        szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
-        nCell++;
-      }
-    }else{
-      u8 *aData = pOld->aData;
-      u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage;
-      u16 cellOffset = pOld->cellOffset;
-      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
-        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
-        apCell[nCell] = findCellv2(aData, maskPage, cellOffset, j);
-        szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
-        nCell++;
-      }
-    }       
-    if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){
-      u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i];
-      u8 *pTemp;
-      assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
-      szCell[nCell] = sz;
-      pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
-      iSpace1 += sz;
-      assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
-      assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
-      memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
-      apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
-      assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 );
-      szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection;
-      if( !pOld->leaf ){
-        assert( leafCorrection==0 );
-        assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
-        /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
-        ** pointer of the divider cell */
-        memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
-      }else{
-        assert( leafCorrection==4 );
-        if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
-          /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */
-          szCell[nCell] = 4;
-        }
-      }
-      nCell++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
-  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
-  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
-  ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
-  ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
-  **
-  ** Values computed by this block:
-  **
-  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
-  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
-  **   cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
-  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
-  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
-  ** 
-  */
-  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
-  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    assert( i<nMaxCells );
-    subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
-    if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
-      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
-      cntNew[k] = i;
-      if( leafData ){ i--; }
-      subtotal = 0;
-      k++;
-      if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
-    }
-  }
-  szNew[k] = subtotal;
-  cntNew[k] = nCell;
-  k++;
-
-  /*
-  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
-  ** on the left side.  The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
-  ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty.  This block of code attempts
-  ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
-  **
-  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
-  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
-  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
-  */
-  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
-    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
-    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
-    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
-    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
-
-    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
-    d = r + 1 - leafData;
-    assert( d<nMaxCells );
-    assert( r<nMaxCells );
-    while( szRight==0 
-       || (!bBulk && szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2)) 
-    ){
-      szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
-      szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
-      cntNew[i-1]--;
-      r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
-      d = r + 1 - leafData;
-    }
-    szNew[i] = szRight;
-    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
-  }
-
-  /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is
-  ** a virtual root page.  A virtual root page is when the real root
-  ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
-  **
-  ** UPDATE:  The assert() below is not necessarily true if the database
-  ** file is corrupt.  The corruption will be detected and reported later
-  ** in this procedure so there is no need to act upon it now.
-  */
-#if 0
-  assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
-#endif
-
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d  ",
-    apOld[0]->pgno, 
-    nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0,
-    nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0
-  ));
-
-  /*
-  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
-  */
-  if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    goto balance_cleanup;
-  }
-  pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0];
-  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
-    MemPage *pNew;
-    if( i<nOld ){
-      pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
-      apOld[i] = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
-      nNew++;
-      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-    }else{
-      assert( i>0 );
-      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0);
-      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-      apNew[i] = pNew;
-      nNew++;
-
-      /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
-      if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-        ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto balance_cleanup;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
-  */
-  while( i<nOld ){
-    freePage(apOld[i], &rc);
-    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-    releasePage(apOld[i]);
-    apOld[i] = 0;
-    i++;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Put the new pages in accending order.  This helps to
-  ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
-  ** of the table is a linear scan through the file.  That
-  ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
-  ** from the disk more rapidly.
-  **
-  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
-  ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
-  ** not be a problem.
-  **
-  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
-  ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
-    int minV = apNew[i]->pgno;
-    int minI = i;
-    for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
-      if( apNew[j]->pgno<(unsigned)minV ){
-        minI = j;
-        minV = apNew[j]->pgno;
-      }
-    }
-    if( minI>i ){
-      MemPage *pT;
-      pT = apNew[i];
-      apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
-      apNew[minI] = pT;
-    }
-  }
-  TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
-    apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0],
-    nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
-    nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
-    nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
-    nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
-
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-  put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
-
-  /*
-  ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
-  ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
-  */
-  j = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
-    /* Assemble the new sibling page. */
-    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
-    assert( j<nMaxCells );
-    zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
-    assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
-    assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
-    assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
-
-    j = cntNew[i];
-
-    /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
-    ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
-    */
-    assert( i<nNew-1 || j==nCell );
-    if( j<nCell ){
-      u8 *pCell;
-      u8 *pTemp;
-      int sz;
-
-      assert( j<nMaxCells );
-      pCell = apCell[j];
-      sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
-      pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace];
-      if( !pNew->leaf ){
-        memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
-      }else if( leafData ){
-        /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 
-        ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider 
-        ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 
-        ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
-        */
-        CellInfo info;
-        j--;
-        btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
-        pCell = pTemp;
-        sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
-        pTemp = 0;
-      }else{
-        pCell -= 4;
-        /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
-        ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
-        ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 
-        ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
-        ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to 
-        ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
-        **
-        ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
-        ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
-        ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
-        */
-        if( szCell[j]==4 ){
-          assert(leafCorrection==4);
-          sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
-        }
-      }
-      iOvflSpace += sz;
-      assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
-      assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
-      insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
-      assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-
-      j++;
-      nxDiv++;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( j==nCell );
-  assert( nOld>0 );
-  assert( nNew>0 );
-  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
-    u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8];
-    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4);
-  }
-
-  if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
-    /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
-    ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
-    ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
-    ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
-    ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
-    **
-    ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() 
-    ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages 
-    ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
-    **
-    ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented
-    ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This
-    ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database
-    ** image.  */
-    assert( nNew==1 );
-    assert( apNew[0]->nFree == 
-        (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) 
-    );
-    copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
-    freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
-  }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-    /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. 
-    ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to
-    ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but
-    ** many have not. The following is a summary:
-    **
-    **   1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not
-    **      siblings when this function was called. These have already
-    **      been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were
-    **      moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care
-    **      of those.
-    **
-    **   2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow
-    **      page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These 
-    **      have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code.
-    **
-    **   3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of
-    **      cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated.
-    **
-    **   4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any
-    **      overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated
-    **      (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages).
-    **
-    **   5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map
-    **      entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need
-    **      to be updated.
-    **
-    ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next
-    ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since
-    ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this
-    ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have
-    ** actually moved between pages.  */
-    MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];
-    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0];
-    int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
-    int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow;
-    int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aiOvfl[0] : -1);
-    j = 0;                             /* Current 'old' sibling page */
-    k = 0;                             /* Current 'new' sibling page */
-    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-      int isDivider = 0;
-      while( i==iNextOld ){
-        /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on old
-        ** sibling page j. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
-        ** intkey b-tree, then cell i was a divider cell. */
-        assert( j+1 < ArraySize(apCopy) );
-        assert( j+1 < nOld );
-        pOld = apCopy[++j];
-        iNextOld = i + !leafData + pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow;
-        if( pOld->nOverflow ){
-          nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
-          iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aiOvfl[0];
-        }
-        isDivider = !leafData;  
-      }
-
-      assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflow<i );
-      assert(nOverflow<2 || pOld->aiOvfl[0]==pOld->aiOvfl[1]-1);
-      assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aiOvfl[1]==pOld->aiOvfl[2]-1);
-      if( i==iOverflow ){
-        isDivider = 1;
-        if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){
-          iOverflow++;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( i==cntNew[k] ){
-        /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new
-        ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
-        ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell.  */
-        pNew = apNew[++k];
-        if( !leafData ) continue;
-      }
-      assert( j<nOld );
-      assert( k<nNew );
-
-      /* If the cell was originally divider cell (and is not now) or
-      ** an overflow cell, or if the cell was located on a different sibling
-      ** page before the balancing, then the pointer map entries associated
-      ** with any child or overflow pages need to be updated.  */
-      if( isDivider || pOld->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){
-        if( !leafCorrection ){
-          ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);
-        }
-        if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){
-          ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( !leafCorrection ){
-      for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
-        u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]);
-        ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
-      }
-    }
-
-#if 0
-    /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
-    ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while 
-    ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
-    ** cause an assert() statement to fail.  */
-    ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
-    ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);
-#endif
-  }
-
-  assert( pParent->isInit );
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
-          nOld, nNew, nCell));
-
-  /*
-  ** Cleanup before returning.
-  */
-balance_cleanup:
-  sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
-  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
-    releasePage(apOld[i]);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
-    releasePage(apNew[i]);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
-#pragma optimize("", on)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is
-** overfull (has one or more overflow pages).
-**
-** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
-** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root
-** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child 
-** pointer pointing to the new page.
-**
-** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages 
-** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The
-** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root
-** page is also updated.
-**
-** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child 
-** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required
-** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs,
-** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0.
-*/
-static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){
-  int rc;                        /* Return value from subprocedures */
-  MemPage *pChild = 0;           /* Pointer to a new child page */
-  Pgno pgnoChild = 0;            /* Page number of the new child page */
-  BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt;    /* The BTree */
-
-  assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-
-  /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new 
-  ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
-  ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0);
-    copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc);
-    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc);
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc ){
-    *ppChild = 0;
-    releasePage(pChild);
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell );
-
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno));
-
-  /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */
-  memcpy(pChild->aiOvfl, pRoot->aiOvfl,
-         pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aiOvfl[0]));
-  memcpy(pChild->apOvfl, pRoot->apOvfl,
-         pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->apOvfl[0]));
-  pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow;
-
-  /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */
-  zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
-  put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
-
-  *ppChild = pChild;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
-** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
-** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing 
-** routine. Balancing routines are:
-**
-**   balance_quick()
-**   balance_deeper()
-**   balance_nonroot()
-*/
-static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3;
-  u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13];
-  u8 *pFree = 0;
-
-  TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 );
-  TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 );
-
-  do {
-    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
-    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage];
-
-    if( iPage==0 ){
-      if( pPage->nOverflow ){
-        /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the
-        ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
-        ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
-        ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
-        */ 
-        assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 );
-        rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          pCur->iPage = 1;
-          pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
-          pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0;
-          assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow );
-        }
-      }else{
-        break;
-      }
-    }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){
-      break;
-    }else{
-      MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
-      int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];
-
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
-        if( pPage->hasData
-         && pPage->nOverflow==1
-         && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell
-         && pParent->pgno!=1
-         && pParent->nCell==iIdx
-        ){
-          /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
-          ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
-          ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
-          ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent 
-          ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
-          ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
-          ** buffer. 
-          **
-          ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
-          ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
-          ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
-          ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
-          */
-          assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 );
-          rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
-        }else
-#endif
-        {
-          /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells
-          ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves
-          ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
-          ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
-          ** will balance the parent page to correct this.
-          ** 
-          ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
-          ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. 
-          ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
-          ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
-          ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
-          ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() 
-          ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
-          ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been 
-          ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
-          ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
-          */
-          u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize);
-          rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1, pCur->hints);
-          if( pFree ){
-            /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used 
-            ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
-            ** now stored either on real database pages or within the 
-            ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
-            sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
-          }
-
-          /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to
-          ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever
-          ** comes first. */
-          pFree = pSpace;
-        }
-      }
-
-      pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-
-      /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */
-      releasePage(pPage);
-      pCur->iPage--;
-    }
-  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-  if( pFree ){
-    sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
-** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
-** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
-** is left pointing at a random location.
-**
-** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
-** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
-**
-** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
-** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
-** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
-** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
-** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than 
-** (pKey, nKey)). 
-**
-** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
-** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
-** overwritten.  If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
-** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
-** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
-  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
-  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
-  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
-  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
-  int appendBias,                /* True if this is likely an append */
-  int seekResult                 /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int loc = seekResult;          /* -1: before desired location  +1: after */
-  int szNew = 0;
-  int idx;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  unsigned char *oldCell;
-  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
-
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-    assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
-    return pCur->skipNext;
-  }
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0 && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE
-              && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
-  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
-
-  /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
-  ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
-  ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
-  ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
-  ** blob of associated data.  */
-  assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
-
-  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.
-  **
-  ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
-  ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
-  ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the 
-  ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the 
-  ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
-  ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
-  ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
-  ** not to clear the cursor here.
-  */
-  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
-    /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob 
-    ** cursors open on the row being replaced */
-    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0);
-
-    /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a
-    ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary btreeMoveto()
-    ** call */
-    if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && nKey>0 && pCur->info.nKey==nKey-1 ){
-      loc = -1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !loc ){
-    rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) );
-
-  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
-  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
-
-  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
-          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
-          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
-  assert( pPage->isInit );
-  allocateTempSpace(pBt);
-  newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
-  if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
-  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
-  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
-  assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
-  idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
-  if( loc==0 ){
-    u16 szOld;
-    assert( idx<pPage->nCell );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ){
-      goto end_insert;
-    }
-    oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
-    }
-    szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
-    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
-    dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc);
-    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
-  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
-    assert( pPage->leaf );
-    idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
-  }else{
-    assert( pPage->leaf );
-  }
-  insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
-
-  /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() 
-  ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
-  ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey
-  ** variables.
-  **
-  ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor
-  ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents
-  ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that,
-  ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations
-  ** slightly faster.
-  **
-  ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting
-  ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can
-  ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it
-  ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in
-  ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last
-  ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key
-  ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the
-  ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost.
-  */
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){
-    pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey);
-    rc = balance(pCur);
-
-    /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
-    ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. 
-    ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
-    ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor.  */
-    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 );
-
-end_insert:
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
-** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;              
-  int rc;                              /* Return code */
-  MemPage *pPage;                      /* Page to delete cell from */
-  unsigned char *pCell;                /* Pointer to cell to delete */
-  int iCellIdx;                        /* Index of cell to delete */
-  int iCellDepth;                      /* Depth of node containing pCell */ 
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
-  assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag );
-  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
-  assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
-
-  if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell) 
-   || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID)
-  ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;  /* Something has gone awry. */
-  }
-
-  iCellDepth = pCur->iPage;
-  iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth];
-  pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth];
-  pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx);
-
-  /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move
-  ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than
-  ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted
-  ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead
-  ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the
-  ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes
-  ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier.  */
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    int notUsed = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, &notUsed);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before
-  ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be 
-  ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the 
-  ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page.  
-  */
-  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree,
-  ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted.  */
-  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
-    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
-  dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
-  ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
-  ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
-  ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
-  ** node to replace the deleted cell.  */
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    int nCell;
-    Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
-    unsigned char *pTmp;
-
-    pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
-    nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell);
-    assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell );
-
-    allocateTempSpace(pBt);
-    pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;
-
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
-    insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
-    dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
-  ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first
-  ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is
-  ** never true.
-  **
-  ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then
-  ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to
-  ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly
-  ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may
-  ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm
-  ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
-  ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
-  ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
-  ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as 
-  ** well.  */
-  rc = balance(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
-    while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
-      releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
-    }
-    rc = balance(pCur);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    moveToRoot(pCur);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
-** number for the root page of the new table.
-**
-** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
-** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
-** flags might not work:
-**
-**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
-**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
-*/
-static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  MemPage *pRoot;
-  Pgno pgnoRoot;
-  int rc;
-  int ptfFlags;          /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-#else
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    Pgno pgnoMove;      /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
-    MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
-
-    /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
-    ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
-    ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
-    ** held by open cursors.
-    */
-    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-
-    /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
-    ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
-    ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
-    */
-    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
-    pgnoRoot++;
-
-    /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
-    ** PENDING_BYTE page.
-    */
-    while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
-        pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-      pgnoRoot++;
-    }
-    assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
-
-    /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
-    ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
-    ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
-    */
-    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, BTALLOC_EXACT);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
-      /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
-      ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
-      ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
-      ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
-      ** is already journaled.
-      */
-      u8 eType = 0;
-      Pgno iPtrPage = 0;
-
-      /* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in
-      ** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference
-      ** corresponding to page pgnoRoot.  */
-      rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-      releasePage(pPageMove);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-
-      /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
-      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
-      if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        releasePage(pRoot);
-        return rc;
-      }
-      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
-      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
-      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
-      releasePage(pRoot);
-
-      /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        releasePage(pRoot);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pRoot = pPageMove;
-    } 
-
-    /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
-    ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
-    if( rc ){
-      releasePage(pRoot);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in
-    ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the
-    ** freelist count.  Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail.
-    */
-    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
-    if( NEVER(rc) ){
-      releasePage(pRoot);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-  }else{
-    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-#endif
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
-  if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){
-    ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF;
-  }else{
-    ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF;
-  }
-  zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags);
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
-  assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 );
-  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
-** the page to the freelist.
-*/
-static int clearDatabasePage(
-  BtShared *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
-  Pgno pgno,               /* Page number to clear */
-  int freePageFlag,        /* Deallocate page if true */
-  int *pnChange            /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */
-){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  int rc;
-  unsigned char *pCell;
-  int i;
-  int hdr;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
-    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
-      if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-    }
-    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
-    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-  }
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange);
-    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-  }else if( pnChange ){
-    assert( pPage->intKey );
-    *pnChange += pPage->nCell;
-  }
-  if( freePageFlag ){
-    freePage(pPage, &rc);
-  }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
-    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[hdr] | PTF_LEAF);
-  }
-
-cleardatabasepage_out:
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
-** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
-** the root page is empty, but still exists.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
-** root of the table.
-**
-** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
-** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
-** entries in the table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-
-  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0);
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
-    /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
-    ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
-    ** a no-op).  */
-    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1);
-    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete all information from the single table that pCur is open on.
-**
-** This routine only work for pCur on an ephemeral table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  return sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
-** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
-** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** cursors on the table.
-**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
-** root page in the database file, then the last root page 
-** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
-** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
-** is added to the freelist instead of iTable.  In this say, all
-** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
-** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right.  *piMoved is set to the 
-** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
-** the move.  If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
-** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
-** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
-*/
-static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){
-  int rc;
-  MemPage *pPage = 0;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-
-  /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
-  ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
-  ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
-  ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would 
-  ** occur.
-  **
-  ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point.
-  */
-  if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){
-    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db);
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
-  }
-
-  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    releasePage(pPage);
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  *piMoved = 0;
-
-  if( iTable>1 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    freePage(pPage, &rc);
-    releasePage(pPage);
-#else
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      Pgno maxRootPgno;
-      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno);
-
-      if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
-        /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
-        ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. 
-        */
-        freePage(pPage, &rc);
-        releasePage(pPage);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }else{
-        /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
-        ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the 
-        ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
-        */
-        MemPage *pMove;
-        releasePage(pPage);
-        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0);
-        releasePage(pMove);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        pMove = 0;
-        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
-        freePage(pMove, &rc);
-        releasePage(pMove);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
-      }
-
-      /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
-      ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
-      ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
-      ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
-      */
-      maxRootPgno--;
-      while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
-             || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
-        maxRootPgno--;
-      }
-      assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
-    }else{
-      freePage(pPage, &rc);
-      releasePage(pPage);
-    }
-#endif
-  }else{
-    /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1.
-    ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt
-    ** database. 
-    */
-    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
-    releasePage(pPage);
-  }
-  return rc;  
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
-** has a read or write transaction open on the database.
-**
-** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
-** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
-** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
-** is read-only, the others are read/write.
-** 
-** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
-** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
-** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
-  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
-  assert( pBt->pPage1 );
-  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
-
-  *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);
-
-  /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
-  ** database, mark the database as read-only.  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){
-    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
-** read-only and may not be written.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  unsigned char *pP1;
-  int rc;
-  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
-  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){
-      assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
-      assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
-      pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-/*
-** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
-** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. 
-** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
-** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
-  i64 nEntry = 0;                      /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
-  int rc;                              /* Return code */
-
-  if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
-    *pnEntry = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-
-  /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
-  ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). 
-  */
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int iIdx;                          /* Index of child node in parent */
-    MemPage *pPage;                    /* Current page of the b-tree */
-
-    /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then 
-    ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
-    ** accordingly.
-    */
-    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){
-      nEntry += pPage->nCell;
-    }
-
-    /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it 
-    ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
-    ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
-    ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
-    ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page
-    ** to visit is the right-child of its parent.
-    **
-    ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the
-    ** caller.
-    */
-    if( pPage->leaf ){
-      do {
-        if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
-          /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
-          *pnEntry = nEntry;
-          return SQLITE_OK;
-        }
-        moveToParent(pCur);
-      }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-
-      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
-      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
-    }
-
-    /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently 
-    ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
-    */
-    iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
-    if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){
-      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
-    }else{
-      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx)));
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
-** testing and debugging only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
-  return p->pBt->pPager;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Append a message to the error message string.
-*/
-static void checkAppendMsg(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
-  char *zMsg1,
-  const char *zFormat,
-  ...
-){
-  va_list ap;
-  if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
-  pCheck->mxErr--;
-  pCheck->nErr++;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
-  }
-  if( zMsg1 ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1);
-  }
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
-    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that
-** corresponds to page iPg is already set.
-*/
-static int getPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
-  assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
-  return (pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] & (1 << (iPg & 0x07)));
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that corresponds to page iPg.
-*/
-static void setPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
-  assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
-  pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07));
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
-** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
-** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
-** if this is the first reference to the page.
-**
-** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
-*/
-static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){
-  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
-  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to 
-** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
-** to pCheck.
-*/
-static void checkPtrmap(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,   /* Integrity check context */
-  Pgno iChild,           /* Child page number */
-  u8 eType,              /* Expected pointer map type */
-  Pgno iParent,          /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
-  char *zContext         /* Context description (used for error msg) */
-){
-  int rc;
-  u8 ePtrmapType;
-  Pgno iPtrmapParent;
-
-  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
-      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
-      iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
-** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
-*/
-static void checkList(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
-  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
-  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
-  int N,                /* Expected number of pages in the list */
-  char *zContext        /* Context for error messages */
-){
-  int i;
-  int expected = N;
-  int iFirst = iPage;
-  while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
-    DbPage *pOvflPage;
-    unsigned char *pOvflData;
-    if( iPage<1 ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
-         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
-          N+1, expected, iFirst);
-      break;
-    }
-    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
-    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
-      break;
-    }
-    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
-    if( isFreeList ){
-      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
-      }
-#endif
-      if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
-           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
-        N--;
-      }else{
-        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-          Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-          if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
-            checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
-          }
-#endif
-          checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
-        }
-        N -= n;
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    else{
-      /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
-      ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
-      ** the following page matches iPage.
-      */
-      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
-        i = get4byte(pOvflData);
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-    iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
-** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
-** return 1, and so forth.
-** 
-** These checks are done:
-**
-**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
-**          but combine to completely cover the page.
-**  NO  2.  Make sure cell keys are in order.
-**  NO  3.  Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
-**  NO  4.  Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
-**      5.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
-**      6.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
-**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
-**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
-**          the root of the tree.
-*/
-static int checkTreePage(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
-  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
-  char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */
-  i64 *pnParentMinKey, 
-  i64 *pnParentMaxKey
-){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
-  int hdr, cellStart;
-  int nCell;
-  u8 *data;
-  BtShared *pBt;
-  int usableSize;
-  char zContext[100];
-  char *hit = 0;
-  i64 nMinKey = 0;
-  i64 nMaxKey = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);
-
-  /* Check that the page exists
-  */
-  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
-  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
-  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
-  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
-  if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
-       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
-  ** btreeInitPage() is executed.  */
-  pPage->isInit = 0;
-  if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );  /* The only possible error from InitPage */
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
-                   "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
-    releasePage(pPage);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Check out all the cells.
-  */
-  depth = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
-    u8 *pCell;
-    u32 sz;
-    CellInfo info;
-
-    /* Check payload overflow pages
-    */
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
-             "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
-    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
-    btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-    sz = info.nData;
-    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey;
-    /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order.
-    */
-    else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey;
-    else{
-      if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
-            "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey);
-      }
-      nMaxKey = info.nKey;
-    }
-    assert( sz==info.nPayload );
-    if( (sz>info.nLocal) 
-     && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize])
-    ){
-      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
-      Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
-      }
-#endif
-      checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
-    }
-
-    /* Check sanity of left child page.
-    */
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
-      }
-#endif
-      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
-      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
-      }
-      depth = d2;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, 
-                     "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
-    }
-#endif
-    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
-  }
- 
-  /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order
-  ** with any left/parent/right pages.
-  */
-  if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){
-    /* if we are a left child page */
-    if( pnParentMinKey ){
-      /* if we are the left most child page */
-      if( !pnParentMaxKey ){
-        if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){
-          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
-              "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)",
-              nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey);
-        }
-      }else{
-        if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){
-          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
-              "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)",
-              nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey);
-        }
-        if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){
-          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
-              "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)",
-              nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
-        }
-        *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey;
-      }
-    /* else if we're a right child page */
-    } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){
-      if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
-            "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)",
-            nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
-  */
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
-  if( hit==0 ){
-    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }else{
-    int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
-    assert( contentOffset<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
-    memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset);
-    memset(hit, 1, contentOffset);
-    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
-    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
-    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-      int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
-      u32 size = 65536;
-      int j;
-      if( pc<=usableSize-4 ){
-        size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
-      }
-      if( (int)(pc+size-1)>=usableSize ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
-            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage);
-      }else{
-        for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
-      }
-    }
-    i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
-    while( i>0 ){
-      int size, j;
-      assert( i<=usableSize-4 );     /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
-      size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
-      assert( i+size<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
-      for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
-      j = get2byte(&data[i]);
-      assert( j==0 || j>i+size );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
-      assert( j<=usableSize-4 );   /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
-      i = j;
-    }
-    for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
-      if( hit[i]==0 ){
-        cnt++;
-      }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
-          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
-          "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
-          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3PageFree(hit);
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  return depth+1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
-** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
-** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
-**
-** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling
-** this function.
-**
-** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr.  Except for some memory
-** allocation errors,  an error message held in memory obtained from
-** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero.  If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
-** returned.  If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
-  Btree *p,     /* The btree to be checked */
-  int *aRoot,   /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
-  int nRoot,    /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
-  int mxErr,    /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
-  int *pnErr    /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
-){
-  Pgno i;
-  int nRef;
-  IntegrityCk sCheck;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  char zErr[100];
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
-  nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
-  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
-  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
-  sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt);
-  sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
-  sCheck.nErr = 0;
-  sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
-  *pnErr = 0;
-  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1);
-  if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){
-    *pnErr = 1;
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
-  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i);
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-  sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2;
-
-  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
-  */
-  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
-            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
-
-  /* Check all the tables.
-  */
-  for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
-    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
-      checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
-    }
-#endif
-    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL);
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
-  */
-  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
-    }
-#else
-    /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
-    ** references to pointer-map pages.
-    */
-    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && 
-       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
-    }
-    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && 
-       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages.
-  ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check
-  ** of the integrity check.
-  */
-  if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){
-    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 
-      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
-      nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
-    );
-  }
-
-  /* Clean  up and report errors.
-  */
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef);
-  if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
-    *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
-  if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
-  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.  Return
-** an empty string if the database is in-memory or a TEMP database.
-**
-** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
-** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
-** has been created or not.
-**
-** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
-  assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open 
-** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to.
-**
-** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p ){
-    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-    if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){
-      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  return p->nBackup!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
-** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
-** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with 
-** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
-**
-** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
-** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent 
-** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
-** of memory returned. 
-**
-** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
-** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
-** allocated, it is returned as normal.
-**
-** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the 
-** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the 
-** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free()
-** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){
-    pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes);
-    pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return pBt->pSchema;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared 
-** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the 
-** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab.  The
-** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
-** if it is false.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE );
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
-    assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
-    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
-
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-    rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an 
-** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. 
-** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
-**
-** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to 
-** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
-** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
-** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
-  int rc;
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob );
-
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
-    return SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }
-
-  /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is
-  ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch
-  ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below.
-  **
-  ** Note that pCsr must be open on a BTREE_INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition()
-  ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence
-  ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK.
-  */
-  VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-  /* Check some assumptions: 
-  **   (a) the cursor is open for writing,
-  **   (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
-  **   (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
-  **   (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
-  **   (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
-  */
-  if( (pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-  assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0
-              && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) );
-  assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) );
-  assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey );
-
-  return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Incrblob;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and 
-** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
-** header to iVersion.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
-  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
- 
-  assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );
-
-  /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
-  ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2.
-  */
-  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
-  if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL;
-
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData;
-    if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          aData[18] = (u8)iVersion;
-          aData[19] = (u8)iVersion;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** set the mask of hint flags for cursor pCsr. Currently the only valid
-** values are 0 and BTREE_BULKLOAD.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){
-  assert( mask==BTREE_BULKLOAD || mask==0 );
-  pCsr->hints = mask;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the given Btree is read-only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){
-  return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0;
-}
-
-/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2009 January 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() 
-** API functions and the related features.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_backup {
-  sqlite3* pDestDb;        /* Destination database handle */
-  Btree *pDest;            /* Destination b-tree file */
-  u32 iDestSchema;         /* Original schema cookie in destination */
-  int bDestLocked;         /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
-
-  Pgno iNext;              /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
-  sqlite3* pSrcDb;         /* Source database handle */
-  Btree *pSrc;             /* Source b-tree file */
-
-  int rc;                  /* Backup process error code */
-
-  /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
-  ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
-  */
-  Pgno nRemaining;         /* Number of pages left to copy */
-  Pgno nPagecount;         /* Total number of pages to copy */
-
-  int isAttached;          /* True once backup has been registered with pager */
-  sqlite3_backup *pNext;   /* Next backup associated with source pager */
-};
-
-/*
-** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
-**
-**   Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
-**   structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
-**
-**     * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and 
-**       backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
-**       handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared 
-**       structure, in that order.
-**
-**     * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
-**       invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
-**       the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
-**       associated with the source database BtShared structure will always 
-**       be held when either of these functions are invoked.
-**
-**   The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
-**   backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
-**   while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
-**   the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
-**   BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
-**   or backup_pagecount().
-**
-**   Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
-**   the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
-**   Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
-**   associated mutexes.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
-** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
-** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
-**
-** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this 
-** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an 
-** error message to pErrorDb.
-*/
-static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
-  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
-
-  if( i==1 ){
-    Parse *pParse;
-    int rc = 0;
-    pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
-    if( pParse==0 ){
-      sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      pParse->db = pDb;
-      if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
-        sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-      sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
-      sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
-      sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
-    }
-    if( rc ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( i<0 ){
-    sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size
-** of the source.
-*/
-static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
-** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
-** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
-**
-** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
-** stored in database handle pDestDb.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
-  sqlite3* pDestDb,                     /* Database to write to */
-  const char *zDestDb,                  /* Name of database within pDestDb */
-  sqlite3* pSrcDb,                      /* Database connection to read from */
-  const char *zSrcDb                    /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
-){
-  sqlite3_backup *p;                    /* Value to return */
-
-  /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
-  ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
-  ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
-  ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
-  ** of the backup operation.  Any attempt to use the destination
-  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
-  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
-
-  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
-    sqlite3Error(
-        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
-    );
-    p = 0;
-  }else {
-    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
-    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
-    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
-    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
-    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
-    if( !p ){
-      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
-  if( p ){
-    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
-    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
-    p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
-    p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
-    p->iNext = 1;
-    p->isAttached = 0;
-
-    if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM
-      ** error was hit.  The error has already been written into the
-      ** pDestDb handle.  All that is left to do here is free the
-      ** sqlite3_backup structure.
-      */
-      sqlite3_free(p);
-      p = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  if( p ){
-    p->pSrc->nBackup++;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is 
-** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
-** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
-*/
-static int isFatalError(int rc){
-  return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED));
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for 
-** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the 
-** destination database.
-*/
-static int backupOnePage(
-  sqlite3_backup *p,              /* Backup handle */
-  Pgno iSrcPg,                    /* Source database page to backup */
-  const u8 *zSrcData,             /* Source database page data */
-  int bUpdate                     /* True for an update, false otherwise */
-){
-  Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
-  const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
-  int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
-  const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
-  const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is
-  ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle
-  ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner.  */
-  int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc);
-  int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest);
-#endif
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  i64 iOff;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 );
-  assert( p->bDestLocked );
-  assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
-  assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
-  assert( zSrcData );
-
-  /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
-  ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. 
-  */
-  if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing
-  ** and a codec is in use.
-  */
-  if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-
-  /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ
-  ** between source and destination.  If there is a difference, try to
-  ** fix the destination to agree with the source.  If that is not possible,
-  ** then the backup cannot proceed.
-  */
-  if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){
-    u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source 
-  ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
-  ** of the destination page.
-  */
-  for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
-    DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
-    Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
-    if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
-    if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
-     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
-    ){
-      const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
-      u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
-      u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
-
-      /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
-      ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
-      ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
-      ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
-      ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked 
-      ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
-      */
-      memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
-      ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
-      if( iOff==0 && bUpdate==0 ){
-        sqlite3Put4byte(&zOut[28], sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc));
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
-** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
-** this function is a no-op.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error 
-** code if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
-  i64 iCurrent;
-  int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for
-** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated.
-*/
-static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){
-  sqlite3_backup **pp;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) );
-  pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
-  p->pNext = *pp;
-  *pp = p;
-  p->isAttached = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
-  int rc;
-  int destMode;       /* Destination journal mode */
-  int pgszSrc = 0;    /* Source page size */
-  int pgszDest = 0;   /* Destination page size */
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
-  }
-
-  rc = p->rc;
-  if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
-    Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc);     /* Source pager */
-    Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);   /* Dest pager */
-    int ii;                            /* Iterator variable */
-    int nSrcPage = -1;                 /* Size of source db in pages */
-    int bCloseTrans = 0;               /* True if src db requires unlocking */
-
-    /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
-    ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
-    */
-    if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
-    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
-     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) 
-    ){
-      p->bDestLocked = 1;
-      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema);
-    }
-
-    /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
-    ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
-    ** before this function exits.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
-      bCloseTrans = 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode
-    ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */
-    pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
-    pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
-    destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest));
-    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){
-      rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-    }
-  
-    /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
-    ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
-    */
-    nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc);
-    assert( nSrcPage>=0 );
-    for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
-      const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext;                 /* Source page number */
-      if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
-        DbPage *pSrcPg;                             /* Source page object */
-        rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg,
-                                 PAGER_GET_READONLY);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg), 0);
-          sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
-        }
-      }
-      p->iNext++;
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
-      p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
-      if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
-        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-      }else if( !p->isAttached ){
-        attachBackupObject(p);
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
-    ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
-    ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
-    ** same schema version.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      if( nSrcPage==0 ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeNewDb(p->pDest);
-        nSrcPage = 1;
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        if( p->pDestDb ){
-          sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(p->pDestDb);
-        }
-        if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
-          rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2);
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        int nDestTruncate;
-        /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
-        ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
-        ** size may be different to the source page size. 
-        **
-        ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, 
-        ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
-        ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
-        ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the 
-        ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
-        ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
-        ** by the file truncation.
-        */
-        assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) );
-        assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) );
-        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
-          int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc;
-          nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
-          if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
-            nDestTruncate--;
-          }
-        }else{
-          nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest);
-        }
-        assert( nDestTruncate>0 );
-
-        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
-          /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
-          ** two extra things may need to happen:
-          **
-          **   * The destination may need to be truncated, and
-          **
-          **   * Data stored on the pages immediately following the 
-          **     pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
-          **     copied into the destination database.
-          */
-          const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage;
-          sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
-          Pgno iPg;
-          int nDstPage;
-          i64 iOff;
-          i64 iEnd;
-
-          assert( pFile );
-          assert( nDestTruncate==0 
-              || (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
-                nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
-             && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
-          ));
-
-          /* This block ensures that all data required to recreate the original
-          ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
-          ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
-          ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
-          ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the 
-          ** journal file.  */
-          sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage);
-          for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){
-            if( iPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
-              DbPage *pPg;
-              rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iPg, &pPg);
-              if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-                rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
-                sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-              }
-            }
-          }
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1);
-          }
-
-          /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */
-          iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
-          for(
-            iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; 
-            rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; 
-            iOff+=pgszSrc
-          ){
-            PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
-            const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
-            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
-            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-              u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
-              rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
-            }
-            sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
-          }
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize);
-          }
-
-          /* Sync the database file to disk. */
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager, 0);
-          }
-        }else{
-          sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
-          rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
-        }
-    
-        /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
-        if( SQLITE_OK==rc
-         && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
-        ){
-          rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
-    ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
-    ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
-    ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
-    */
-    if( bCloseTrans ){
-      TESTONLY( int rc2 );
-      TESTONLY( rc2  = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
-      TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0);
-      assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
-    }
-  
-    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    p->rc = rc;
-  }
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
-  sqlite3_backup **pp;                 /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
-  sqlite3 *pSrcDb;                     /* Source database connection */
-  int rc;                              /* Value to return */
-
-  /* Enter the mutexes */
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pSrcDb = p->pSrcDb;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
-  }
-
-  /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    p->pSrc->nBackup--;
-  }
-  if( p->isAttached ){
-    pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
-    while( *pp!=p ){
-      pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
-    }
-    *pp = p->pNext;
-  }
-
-  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
-  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK);
-
-  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
-  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);
-
-    /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
-    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
-  if( p->pDestDb ){
-    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
-    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
-    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(pSrcDb);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
-** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
-  return p->nRemaining;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most 
-** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
-  return p->nPagecount;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
-** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been 
-** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
-** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
-** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
-** complete.
-**
-** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
-** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
-** called.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
-  sqlite3_backup *p;                   /* Iterator variable */
-  for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
-    if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){
-      /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
-      ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
-      ** the new data into the backup.
-      */
-      int rc;
-      assert( p->pDestDb );
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
-      rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData, 1);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        p->rc = rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
-** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
-** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
-** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still 
-** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
-**
-** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
-** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
-** called.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
-  sqlite3_backup *p;                   /* Iterator variable */
-  for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
-    p->iNext = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-/*
-** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
-** must be active for both files.
-**
-** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything 
-** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the 
-** transaction is committed before returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_file *pFd;              /* File descriptor for database pTo */
-  sqlite3_backup b;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) );
-  pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo));
-  if( pFd->pMethods ){
-    i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom);
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    if( rc ) goto copy_finished;
-  }
-
-  /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
-  ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
-  ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
-  ** from this function, not directly by the user.
-  */
-  memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
-  b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
-  b.pSrc = pFrom;
-  b.pDest = pTo;
-  b.iNext = 1;
-
-  /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
-  ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
-  ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes 
-  ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
-  ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE 
-  ** or an error code.
-  */
-  sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
-  assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pTo->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest));
-  }
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 );
-copy_finished:
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
-
-/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
-** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
-** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
-** name sqlite_value
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Check invariants on a Mem object.
-**
-** This routine is intended for use inside of assert() statements, like
-** this:    assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){
-  /* The MEM_Dyn bit is set if and only if Mem.xDel is a non-NULL destructor
-  ** function for Mem.z 
-  */
-  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 );
-  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 || p->xDel==0 );
-
-  /* If p holds a string or blob, the Mem.z must point to exactly
-  ** one of the following:
-  **
-  **   (1) Memory in Mem.zMalloc and managed by the Mem object
-  **   (2) Memory to be freed using Mem.xDel
-  **   (3) An ephermal string or blob
-  **   (4) A static string or blob
-  */
-  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->z!=0 ){
-    assert( 
-      ((p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) +
-      ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
-      ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
-      ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1
-    );
-  }
-
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
-** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
-** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
-**
-** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
-** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
-** routine is a no-op.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
-** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
-** between formats.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  int rc;
-#endif
-  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
-           || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-#else
-
-  /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
-  ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least 
-** min(n,32) bytes.
-**
-** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of
-** pMem->z into the new allocation.  pMem must be either a string or
-** blob if bPreserve is true.  If bPreserve is false, any prior content
-** in pMem->z is discarded.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){
-  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
-  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-
-  /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already
-  ** contain a valid string or blob value.  */
-  assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
-  testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 );
-
-  if( pMem->zMalloc==0 || sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)<n ){
-    if( n<32 ) n = 32;
-    if( bPreserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
-      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
-      bPreserve = 0;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
-      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
-    }
-    if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){
-      VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-      pMem->z = 0;
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;  
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pMem->z && bPreserve && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
-    memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
-  }
-  if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){
-    assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
-    pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
-  }
-
-  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
-  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
-  pMem->xDel = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn.  In other words, make it so
-** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from
-** malloc().  In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be
-** overwritten or altered.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
-  int f;
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  ExpandBlob(pMem);
-  f = pMem->flags;
-  if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
-    pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
-    pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
-#endif
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
-** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
-  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-    int nByte;
-    assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
-    assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-
-    /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
-    nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero;
-    if( nByte<=0 ){
-      nByte = 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-
-    memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero);
-    pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
-    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
-  }
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
-  pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
-  pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
-** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
-** is a no-op.
-**
-** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
-**
-** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
-** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
-** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
-** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
-** user and the later is an internal programming error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int fg = pMem->flags;
-  const int nByte = 32;
-
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
-  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
-  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
-  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
-
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
-  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
-  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
-  ** 
-  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
-  */
-  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
-  }else{
-    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
-  }
-  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
-  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
-** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
-** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error.  SQLITE_OK
-** otherwise.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
-    sqlite3_context ctx;
-    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
-    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-    memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
-    ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
-    ctx.s.db = pMem->db;
-    ctx.pMem = pMem;
-    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
-    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
-    assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
-    sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
-    memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s));
-    rc = ctx.isError;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
-** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
-** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
-  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
-    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
-  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
-    assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-    assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 );
-    p->xDel((void *)p->z);
-    p->xDel = 0;
-  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
-    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
-  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
-** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
-** (Mem.flags==MEM_Str).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
-  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
-  VdbeMemRelease(p);
-  if( p->zMalloc ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
-    p->zMalloc = 0;
-  }
-  p->z = 0;
-  assert( p->xDel==0 );  /* Zeroed by VdbeMemRelease() above */
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
-** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then
-** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer.
-*/
-static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */
-  return r;
-#else
-  /*
-  ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
-  ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
-  ** inconsistently.  And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
-  ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
-  ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
-  */
-  static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
-  static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
-
-  if( r<=(double)minInt ){
-    return minInt;
-  }else if( r>=(double)maxInt ){
-    return maxInt;
-  }else{
-    return (i64)r;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
-** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
-** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
-** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
-** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
-** it into a integer and return that.  If pMem represents an
-** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
-**
-** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
-  int flags;
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-  flags = pMem->flags;
-  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
-    return pMem->u.i;
-  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
-    return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
-  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    i64 value = 0;
-    assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );
-    testcase( pMem->z==0 );
-    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
-    return value;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
-** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
-** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
-** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
-    return pMem->r;
-  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    return (double)pMem->u.i;
-  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
-    double val = (double)0;
-    sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
-    return val;
-  }else{
-    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
-    return (double)0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
-** MEM_Int if we can.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
-  pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
-
-  /* Only mark the value as an integer if
-  **
-  **    (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
-  **    (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
-  **        possible integer (ticket #3922)
-  **
-  ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
-  ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
-  ** values to wrap around.
-  */
-  if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i
-   && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64
-   && pMem->u.i<LARGEST_INT64
-  ){
-    pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
-  pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
-  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
-**
-** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input
-** is a string that does not look completely like a number.  Convert
-** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
-  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){
-    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
-    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){
-      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
-    }else{
-      pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
-      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
-      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
-    }
-  }
-  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
-  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
-  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){
-    VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame;
-    pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame;
-    pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame;
-  }
-  if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
-    sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
-  }
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); 
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
-** n containing all zeros.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
-  pMem->n = 0;
-  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
-  pMem->u.nZero = n;
-  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0);
-  if( pMem->z ){
-    pMem->n = n;
-    memset(pMem->z, 0, n);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type INTEGER.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  pMem->u.i = val;
-  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type REAL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
-  if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->r = val;
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
-** empty boolean index.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){
-  sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-  }else{
-    assert( pMem->zMalloc );
-    pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, 
-                                       sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc));
-    assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
-    pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
-** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
-  assert( p->db!=0 );
-  if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    int n = p->n;
-    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      n += p->u.nZero;
-    }
-    return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-  }
-  return 0; 
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking
-** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow
-** copies of this cell as invalid.
-**
-** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow
-** copies are not misused.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){
-  int i;
-  Mem *pX;
-  for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){
-    if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){
-      pX->flags |= MEM_Undefined;
-      pX->pScopyFrom = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member.
-*/
-#define MEMCELLSIZE offsetof(Mem,zMalloc)
-
-/*
-** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
-** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
-** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
-** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
-  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
-  pTo->xDel = 0;
-  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
-    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
-    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
-    pTo->flags |= srcType;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
-** freed before the copy is made.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
-  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
-  pTo->xDel = 0;
-
-  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
-      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
-** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
-**
-** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
-  assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
-
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
-  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
-  pFrom->xDel = 0;
-  pFrom->zMalloc = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
-**
-** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
-** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the 
-** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the 
-** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
-** pointer copied.
-**
-** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
-** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs.  If the string can be
-** stored without allocating memory, then it is.  If a memory allocation
-** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged.  In
-** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
-  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
-  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
-  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
-  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
-  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
-){
-  int nByte = n;      /* New value for pMem->n */
-  int iLimit;         /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
-  u16 flags = 0;      /* New value for pMem->flags */
-
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-
-  /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
-  if( !z ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( pMem->db ){
-    iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-  }else{
-    iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
-  }
-  flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
-  if( nByte<0 ){
-    assert( enc!=0 );
-    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){}
-    }else{
-      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
-    }
-    flags |= MEM_Term;
-  }
-
-  /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
-  ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
-  ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
-  */
-  if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
-    int nAlloc = nByte;
-    if( flags&MEM_Term ){
-      nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
-    }
-    if( nByte>iLimit ){
-      return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
-  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
-    pMem->xDel = 0;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->z = (char *)z;
-    pMem->xDel = xDel;
-    flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
-  }
-
-  pMem->n = nByte;
-  pMem->flags = flags;
-  pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( nByte>iLimit ){
-    return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
-** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
-** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
-** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
-** into the pMem element.
-**
-** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized.  Any prior content
-** is overwritten without being freed.
-**
-** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
-** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
-  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
-  u32 offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
-  u32 amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
-  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
-  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
-){
-  char *zData;        /* Data from the btree layer */
-  u32 available = 0;  /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
-
-  /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() 
-  ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
-  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-  if( key ){
-    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
-  }else{
-    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
-  }
-  assert( zData!=0 );
-
-  if( offset+amt<=available ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
-    pMem->n = (int)amt;
-  }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){
-    if( key ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pMem->z[amt] = 0;
-      pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->n = (int)amt;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
-** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
-** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
-** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
-** SQLITE_UTF8.
-**
-** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
-** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
-** boundary.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
-  if( !pVal ) return 0;
-
-  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
-  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
-  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-
-  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str );
-  pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3;
-  ExpandBlob(pVal);
-  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
-    if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
-      assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
-      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */
-  }else{
-    assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
-    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
-  }
-  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
-              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
-    return pVal->z;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
-  Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
-  if( p ){
-    p->flags = MEM_Null;
-    p->db = db;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to 
-** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details.
-*/
-struct ValueNewStat4Ctx {
-  Parse *pParse;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  UnpackedRecord **ppRec;
-  int iVal;
-};
-
-/*
-** Allocate and return a pointer to a new sqlite3_value object. If
-** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated
-** by calling sqlite3ValueNew().
-**
-** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is 
-** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not
-** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that 
-** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer 
-** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array.
-*/
-static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( p ){
-    UnpackedRecord *pRec = p->ppRec[0];
-
-    if( pRec==0 ){
-      Index *pIdx = p->pIdx;      /* Index being probed */
-      int nByte;                  /* Bytes of space to allocate */
-      int i;                      /* Counter variable */
-      int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;   /* Number of index columns including rowid */
-  
-      nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord));
-      pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-      if( pRec ){
-        pRec->pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(p->pParse, pIdx);
-        if( pRec->pKeyInfo ){
-          assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField==nCol );
-          assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
-          pRec->aMem = (Mem *)((u8*)pRec + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)));
-          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-            pRec->aMem[i].flags = MEM_Null;
-            pRec->aMem[i].db = db;
-          }
-        }else{
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
-          pRec = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      if( pRec==0 ) return 0;
-      p->ppRec[0] = pRec;
-    }
-  
-    pRec->nField = p->iVal+1;
-    return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal];
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */
-  return sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract a value from the supplied expression in the manner described
-** above sqlite3ValueFromExpr(). Allocate the sqlite3_value object
-** using valueNew().
-**
-** If pCtx is NULL and an error occurs after the sqlite3_value object
-** has been allocated, it is freed before returning. Or, if pCtx is not
-** NULL, it is assumed that the caller will free any allocated object
-** in all cases.
-*/
-static int valueFromExpr(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The database connection */
-  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to evaluate */
-  u8 enc,                         /* Encoding to use */
-  u8 affinity,                    /* Affinity to use */
-  sqlite3_value **ppVal,          /* Write the new value here */
-  struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx   /* Second argument for valueNew() */
-){
-  int op;
-  char *zVal = 0;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
-  int negInt = 1;
-  const char *zNeg = "";
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( !pExpr ){
-    *ppVal = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  op = pExpr->op;
-  if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2;
-
-  /* Handle negative integers in a single step.  This is needed in the
-  ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808.
-  */
-  if( op==TK_UMINUS
-   && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){
-    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
-    op = pExpr->op;
-    negInt = -1;
-    zNeg = "-";
-  }
-
-  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
-    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
-    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt);
-    }else{
-      zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken);
-      if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
-      sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-    }
-    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
-    }
-    if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
-    if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
-    }
-  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
-    /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs.  Ex: -(-5) */
-    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) 
-     && pVal!=0
-    ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
-      if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
-        pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Int;
-        pVal->flags |= MEM_Real;
-        pVal->r = (double)SMALLEST_INT64;
-      }else{
-        pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i;
-      }
-      pVal->r = -pVal->r;
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
-    }
-  }else if( op==TK_NULL ){
-    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
-    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-  else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
-    int nVal;
-    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
-    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
-    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
-    if( !pVal ) goto no_mem;
-    zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
-    nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1;
-    assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
-                         0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  *ppVal = pVal;
-  return rc;
-
-no_mem:
-  db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
-  assert( *ppVal==0 );
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( pCtx==0 ) sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-#else
-  assert( pCtx==0 ); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
-**
-** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
-** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
-** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
-** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
-** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
-** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* The database connection */
-  Expr *pExpr,              /* The expression to evaluate */
-  u8 enc,                   /* Encoding to use */
-  u8 affinity,              /* Affinity to use */
-  sqlite3_value **ppVal     /* Write the new value here */
-){
-  return valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, ppVal, 0);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** The implementation of the sqlite_record() function. This function accepts
-** a single argument of any type. The return value is a formatted database 
-** record (a blob) containing the argument value.
-**
-** This is used to convert the value stored in the 'sample' column of the
-** sqlite_stat3 table to the record format SQLite uses internally.
-*/
-static void recordFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const int file_format = 1;
-  int iSerial;                    /* Serial type */
-  int nSerial;                    /* Bytes of space for iSerial as varint */
-  int nVal;                       /* Bytes of space required for argv[0] */
-  int nRet;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  u8 *aRet;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
-  iSerial = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(argv[0], file_format);
-  nSerial = sqlite3VarintLen(iSerial);
-  nVal = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(iSerial);
-  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal;
-  aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRet);
-  if( aRet==0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-  }else{
-    aRet[0] = nSerial+1;
-    sqlite3PutVarint(&aRet[1], iSerial);
-    sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial);
-    sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register built-in functions used to help read ANALYZE data.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void){
-  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAnalyzeTableFuncs[] = {
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_record,   1, 0, 0, recordFunc),
-  };
-  int i;
-  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAnalyzeTableFuncs);
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAnalyzeTableFuncs); i++){
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord 
-** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored 
-** in the sqlite_stat4 table.
-**
-** A single call to this function attempts to populates field iVal (leftmost 
-** is 0 etc.) of the unpacked record with a value extracted from expression
-** pExpr. Extraction of values is possible if:
-**
-**  * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL,
-**
-**  * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or
-**
-**  * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value 
-**    from the expression (i.e. the expression is a literal value).
-**
-** If a value can be extracted, the affinity passed as the 5th argument
-** is applied to it before it is copied into the UnpackedRecord. Output
-** parameter *pbOk is set to true if a value is extracted, or false 
-** otherwise.
-**
-** When this function is called, *ppRec must either point to an object
-** allocated by an earlier call to this function, or must be NULL. If it
-** is NULL and a value can be successfully extracted, a new UnpackedRecord
-** is allocated (and *ppRec set to point to it) before returning.
-**
-** Unless an error is encountered, SQLITE_OK is returned. It is not an
-** error if a value cannot be extracted from pExpr. If an error does
-** occur, an SQLite error code is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index being probed */
-  UnpackedRecord **ppRec,         /* IN/OUT: Probe record */
-  Expr *pExpr,                    /* The expression to extract a value from */
-  u8 affinity,                    /* Affinity to use */
-  int iVal,                       /* Array element to populate */
-  int *pbOk                       /* OUT: True if value was extracted */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-
-  struct ValueNewStat4Ctx alloc;
-  alloc.pParse = pParse;
-  alloc.pIdx = pIdx;
-  alloc.ppRec = ppRec;
-  alloc.iVal = iVal;
-
-  /* Skip over any TK_COLLATE nodes */
-  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
-
-  if( !pExpr ){
-    pVal = valueNew(db, &alloc);
-    if( pVal ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)pVal);
-    }
-  }else if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE
-        || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE)
-  ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    int iBindVar = pExpr->iColumn;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iBindVar);
-    if( (v = pParse->pReprepare)!=0 ){
-      pVal = valueNew(db, &alloc);
-      if( pVal ){
-        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem*)pVal, &v->aVar[iBindVar-1]);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, ENC(db));
-        }
-        pVal->db = pParse->db;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, ENC(db), affinity, &pVal, &alloc);
-  }
-  *pbOk = (pVal!=0);
-
-  assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==db );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unless it is NULL, the argument must be an UnpackedRecord object returned
-** by an earlier call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). This call deletes
-** the object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord *pRec){
-  if( pRec ){
-    int i;
-    int nCol = pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField;
-    Mem *aMem = pRec->aMem;
-    sqlite3 *db = aMem[0].db;
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, aMem[i].zMalloc);
-    }
-    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pRec->pKeyInfo);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */
-
-/*
-** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
-  sqlite3_value *v,     /* Value to be set */
-  int n,                /* Length of string z */
-  const void *z,        /* Text of the new string */
-  u8 enc,               /* Encoding to use */
-  void (*xDel)(void*)   /* Destructor for the string */
-){
-  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an sqlite3_value object
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
-  if( !v ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
-  sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
-** that it uses the encoding "enc"
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
-  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
-  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
-    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      return p->n + p->u.nZero;
-    }else{
-      return p->n;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 September 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
-** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
-** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
-** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Create a new virtual database engine.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *p;
-  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  p->db = db;
-  if( db->pVdbe ){
-    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
-  }
-  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
-  p->pPrev = 0;
-  db->pVdbe = p;
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
-  p->pParse = pParse;
-  assert( pParse->aLabel==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nLabel==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nOpAlloc==0 );
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
-  assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 );
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG)
-  if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
-#endif
-  assert( p->zSql==0 );
-  p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
-  p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
-  Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
-  char *zTmp;
-  tmp = *pA;
-  *pA = *pB;
-  *pB = tmp;
-  pTmp = pA->pNext;
-  pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
-  pB->pNext = pTmp;
-  pTmp = pA->pPrev;
-  pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
-  pB->pPrev = pTmp;
-  zTmp = pA->zSql;
-  pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
-  pB->zSql = zTmp;
-  pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
-}
-
-/*
-** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than 
-** it was.
-**
-** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
-** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain 
-** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be 
-** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
-*/
-static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v){
-  VdbeOp *pNew;
-  Parse *p = v->pParse;
-  int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
-  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, v->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
-  if( pNew ){
-    p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op);
-    v->aOp = pNew;
-  }
-  return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/* This routine is just a convenient place to set a breakpoint that will
-** fire after each opcode is inserted and displayed using
-** "PRAGMA vdbe_addoptrace=on".
-*/
-static void test_addop_breakpoint(void){
-  static int n = 0;
-  n++;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
-** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
-**
-** Parameters:
-**
-**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
-**
-**    op              The opcode for this instruction
-**
-**    p1, p2, p3      Operands
-**
-** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
-** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
-** operand.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
-  int i;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-
-  i = p->nOp;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
-  if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){
-    if( growOpArray(p) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  p->nOp++;
-  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
-  pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
-  pOp->p5 = 0;
-  pOp->p1 = p1;
-  pOp->p2 = p2;
-  pOp->p3 = p3;
-  pOp->p4.p = 0;
-  pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-  pOp->zComment = 0;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
-    int jj, kk;
-    Parse *pParse = p->pParse;
-    for(jj=kk=0; jj<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; jj++){
-      struct yColCache *x = pParse->aColCache + jj;
-      if( x->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel || x->iReg==0 ) continue;
-      printf(" r[%d]={%d:%d}", x->iReg, x->iTable, x->iColumn);
-      kk++;
-    }
-    if( kk ) printf("\n");
-    sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-    test_addop_breakpoint();
-  }
-#endif
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  pOp->cycles = 0;
-  pOp->cnt = 0;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-  pOp->iSrcLine = 0;
-#endif
-  return i;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
-  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
-  int op,             /* The new opcode */
-  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
-  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
-  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
-  const char *zP4,    /* The P4 operand */
-  int p4type          /* P4 operand type */
-){
-  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
-  return addr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode.  This routine is broken out from
-** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also needs to mark all btrees
-** as having been used.
-**
-** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){
-  int j;
-  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  for(j=0; j<p->db->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j);
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(
-  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
-  int op,             /* The new opcode */
-  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
-  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
-  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
-  int p4              /* The P4 operand as an integer */
-){
-  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32);
-  return addr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
-** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
-** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
-** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
-** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
-** the label into the resolved address.
-**
-** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
-** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
-** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
-**
-** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *v){
-  Parse *p = v->pParse;
-  int i = p->nLabel++;
-  assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( (i & (i-1))==0 ){
-    p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, 
-                                       (i*2+1)*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
-  }
-  if( p->aLabel ){
-    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
-  }
-  return -1-i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
-** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
-** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *v, int x){
-  Parse *p = v->pParse;
-  int j = -1-x;
-  assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  assert( j<p->nLabel );
-  if( ALWAYS(j>=0) && p->aLabel ){
-    p->aLabel[j] = v->nOp;
-  }
-  p->iFixedOp = v->nOp - 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){
-  p->runOnlyOnce = 1;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */
-
-/*
-** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
-** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may 
-** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
-**
-**   Op *pOp;
-**   VdbeOpIter sIter;
-**
-**   memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
-**   sIter.v = v;                            // v is of type Vdbe* 
-**   while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
-**     // Do something with pOp
-**   }
-**   sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
-** 
-*/
-typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
-struct VdbeOpIter {
-  Vdbe *v;                   /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */
-  SubProgram **apSub;        /* Array of subprograms */
-  int nSub;                  /* Number of entries in apSub */
-  int iAddr;                 /* Address of next instruction to return */
-  int iSub;                  /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */
-};
-static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){
-  Vdbe *v = p->v;
-  Op *pRet = 0;
-  Op *aOp;
-  int nOp;
-
-  if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){
-
-    if( p->iSub==0 ){
-      aOp = v->aOp;
-      nOp = v->nOp;
-    }else{
-      aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp;
-      nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp;
-    }
-    assert( p->iAddr<nOp );
-
-    pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr];
-    p->iAddr++;
-    if( p->iAddr==nOp ){
-      p->iSub++;
-      p->iAddr = 0;
-    }
-  
-    if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
-      int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
-      int j;
-      for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){
-        if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break;
-      }
-      if( j==p->nSub ){
-        p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte);
-        if( !p->apSub ){
-          pRet = 0;
-        }else{
-          p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may
-** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction
-** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any
-** sub-programs contains any of the following:
-**
-**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
-**   *  OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
-**   *  OP_Destroy
-**   *  OP_VUpdate
-**   *  OP_VRename
-**   *  OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
-**
-** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
-** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does
-** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as
-** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to:
-**
-**   assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) );
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){
-  int hasAbort = 0;
-  Op *pOp;
-  VdbeOpIter sIter;
-  memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
-  sIter.v = v;
-
-  while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
-    int opcode = pOp->opcode;
-    if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-     || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1) 
-#endif
-     || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) 
-      && ((pOp->p1&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
-    ){
-      hasAbort = 1;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
-
-  /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occurred.
-  ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated
-  ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
-  ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
-  ** from failing.  */
-  return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort );
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */
-
-/*
-** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
-** on jump instructions.  Each such value is a label.  Resolve the
-** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
-**
-** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
-**
-** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument 
-** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by 
-** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
-**
-** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes.
-*/
-static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
-  int i;
-  int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs;
-  Op *pOp;
-  Parse *pParse = p->pParse;
-  int *aLabel = pParse->aLabel;
-  p->readOnly = 1;
-  p->bIsReader = 0;
-  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
-    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
-
-    /* NOTE: Be sure to update mkopcodeh.awk when adding or removing
-    ** cases from this switch! */
-    switch( opcode ){
-      case OP_Function:
-      case OP_AggStep: {
-        if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
-        break;
-      }
-      case OP_Transaction: {
-        if( pOp->p2!=0 ) p->readOnly = 0;
-        /* fall thru */
-      }
-      case OP_AutoCommit:
-      case OP_Savepoint: {
-        p->bIsReader = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-      case OP_Checkpoint:
-#endif
-      case OP_Vacuum:
-      case OP_JournalMode: {
-        p->readOnly = 0;
-        p->bIsReader = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      case OP_VUpdate: {
-        if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
-        break;
-      }
-      case OP_VFilter: {
-        int n;
-        assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
-        assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
-        n = pOp[-1].p1;
-        if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
-        break;
-      }
-#endif
-      case OP_Next:
-      case OP_NextIfOpen:
-      case OP_SorterNext: {
-        pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext;
-        pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
-        break;
-      }
-      case OP_Prev:
-      case OP_PrevIfOpen: {
-        pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious;
-        pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode];
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){
-      assert( -1-pOp->p2<pParse->nLabel );
-      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pParse->aLabel);
-  pParse->aLabel = 0;
-  pParse->nLabel = 0;
-  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
-  assert( p->bIsReader!=0 || p->btreeMask==0 );
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  return p->nOp;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
-** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
-** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the 
-** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
-**
-** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
-** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and 
-** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the 
-** returned program.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
-  VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
-  assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );
-
-  /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
-  assert( p->btreeMask==0 );
-
-  resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
-  *pnOp = p->nOp;
-  p->aOp = 0;
-  return aOp;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
-** address of the first operation added.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno){
-  int addr;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p->nOp + nOp > p->pParse->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  addr = p->nOp;
-  if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){
-    int i;
-    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
-    for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
-      int p2 = pIn->p2;
-      VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
-      pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
-      pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
-      if( p2<0 ){
-        assert( sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP );
-        pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
-      }else{
-        pOut->p2 = p2;
-      }
-      pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
-      pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-      pOut->p4.p = 0;
-      pOut->p5 = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-      pOut->zComment = 0;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-      pOut->iSrcLine = iLineno+i;
-#else
-      (void)iLineno;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
-        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-    p->nOp += nOp;
-  }
-  return addr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
-    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
-    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
-    p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
-** added operation.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  if( p->aOp ){
-    assert( p->nOp>0 );
-    p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
-** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
-  p->pParse->iFixedOp = p->nOp - 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it.  If
-** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
-*/
-static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
-  if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
-  }
-}
-
-static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int);
-
-/*
-** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
-*/
-static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
-  if( p4 ){
-    assert( db );
-    switch( p4type ){
-      case P4_REAL:
-      case P4_INT64:
-      case P4_DYNAMIC:
-      case P4_INTARRAY: {
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_KEYINFO: {
-        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref((KeyInfo*)p4);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_MPRINTF: {
-        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_FUNCDEF: {
-        freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_MEM: {
-        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
-          sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
-        }else{
-          Mem *p = (Mem*)p4;
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_VTAB : {
-        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
-** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain 
-** nOp entries. 
-*/
-static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
-  if( aOp ){
-    Op *pOp;
-    for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){
-      freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
-#endif     
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp);
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked
-** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program
-** objects when the VM is no longer required.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){
-  p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram;
-  pVdbe->pProgram = p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){
-  if( p->aOp ){
-    VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
-    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-    freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-    memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
-    pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
-    if( addr==p->nOp-1 ) p->nOp--;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the last opcode inserted
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe *p, u8 op){
-  if( (p->nOp-1)>(p->pParse->iFixedOp) && p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==op ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(p, p->nOp-1);
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
-**
-** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
-** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
-** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
-** 
-** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
-** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
-** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
-**
-** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
-  Op *pOp;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  db = p->db;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
-    if( n!=P4_VTAB ){
-      freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( p->nOp>0 );
-  assert( addr<p->nOp );
-  if( addr<0 ){
-    addr = p->nOp - 1;
-  }
-  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_NOTUSED
-       || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32
-       || pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
-  freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-  pOp->p4.p = 0;
-  if( n==P4_INT32 ){
-    /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
-    ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
-    pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
-    pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
-  }else if( zP4==0 ){
-    pOp->p4.p = 0;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-  }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
-    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
-  }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){
-    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB;
-    sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4);
-    assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db );
-  }else if( n<0 ){
-    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
-    pOp->p4type = (signed char)n;
-  }else{
-    if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4);
-    pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
-    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the P4 on the most recently added opcode to the KeyInfo for the
-** index given.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  assert( pIdx!=0 );
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIdx),
-                      P4_KEYINFO);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-/*
-** Change the comment on the most recently coded instruction.  Or
-** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction.  This
-** makes the code easier to read during debugging.  None of this happens
-** in a production build.
-*/
-static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
-  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( p->nOp ){
-    assert( p->aOp );
-    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment);
-    p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  if( p ){
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-  }
-}
-#endif  /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-/*
-** Set the value if the iSrcLine field for the previously coded instruction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe *v, int iLine){
-  sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v,-1)->iSrcLine = iLine;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE */
-
-/*
-** Return the opcode for a given address.  If the address is -1, then
-** return the most recently inserted opcode.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
-** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned.  That opcode
-** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
-** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
-** after a OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from 
-** this routine is a valid pointer.  But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
-** dummy will never be written to.  This is verified by code inspection and
-** by running with Valgrind.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
-  /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all
-  ** zeros, which is correct.  MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */
-  static VdbeOp dummy;  /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( addr<0 ){
-    addr = p->nOp - 1;
-  }
-  assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    return (VdbeOp*)&dummy;
-  }else{
-    return &p->aOp[addr];
-  }
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS)
-/*
-** Return an integer value for one of the parameters to the opcode pOp
-** determined by character c.
-*/
-static int translateP(char c, const Op *pOp){
-  if( c=='1' ) return pOp->p1;
-  if( c=='2' ) return pOp->p2;
-  if( c=='3' ) return pOp->p3;
-  if( c=='4' ) return pOp->p4.i;
-  return pOp->p5;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute a string for the "comment" field of a VDBE opcode listing.
-**
-** The Synopsis: field in comments in the vdbe.c source file gets converted
-** to an extra string that is appended to the sqlite3OpcodeName().  In the
-** absence of other comments, this synopsis becomes the comment on the opcode.
-** Some translation occurs:
-**
-**       "PX"      ->  "r[X]"
-**       "PX@PY"   ->  "r[X..X+Y-1]"  or "r[x]" if y is 0 or 1
-**       "PX@PY+1" ->  "r[X..X+Y]"    or "r[x]" if y is 0
-**       "PY..PY"  ->  "r[X..Y]"      or "r[x]" if y<=x
-*/
-static int displayComment(
-  const Op *pOp,     /* The opcode to be commented */
-  const char *zP4,   /* Previously obtained value for P4 */
-  char *zTemp,       /* Write result here */
-  int nTemp          /* Space available in zTemp[] */
-){
-  const char *zOpName;
-  const char *zSynopsis;
-  int nOpName;
-  int ii, jj;
-  zOpName = sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);
-  nOpName = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpName);
-  if( zOpName[nOpName+1] ){
-    int seenCom = 0;
-    char c;
-    zSynopsis = zOpName += nOpName + 1;
-    for(ii=jj=0; jj<nTemp-1 && (c = zSynopsis[ii])!=0; ii++){
-      if( c=='P' ){
-        c = zSynopsis[++ii];
-        if( c=='4' ){
-          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", zP4);
-        }else if( c=='X' ){
-          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", pOp->zComment);
-          seenCom = 1;
-        }else{
-          int v1 = translateP(c, pOp);
-          int v2;
-          sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%d", v1);
-          if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@P", 2)==0 ){
-            ii += 3;
-            jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
-            v2 = translateP(zSynopsis[ii], pOp);
-            if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1,"+1",2)==0 ){
-              ii += 2;
-              v2++;
-            }
-            if( v2>1 ){
-              sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "..%d", v1+v2-1);
-            }
-          }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){
-            ii += 4;
-          }
-        }
-        jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
-      }else{
-        zTemp[jj++] = c;
-      }
-    }
-    if( !seenCom && jj<nTemp-5 && pOp->zComment ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "; %s", pOp->zComment);
-      jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
-    }
-    if( jj<nTemp ) zTemp[jj] = 0;
-  }else if( pOp->zComment ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s", pOp->zComment);
-    jj = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
-  }else{
-    zTemp[0] = 0;
-    jj = 0;
-  }
-  return jj;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
-     || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
-** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
-*/
-static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
-  char *zP4 = zTemp;
-  assert( nTemp>=20 );
-  switch( pOp->p4type ){
-    case P4_KEYINFO: {
-      int i, j;
-      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-      assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "k(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
-      i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
-      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
-        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
-        const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : "nil";
-        int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl);
-        if( n==6 && memcmp(zColl,"BINARY",6)==0 ){
-          zColl = "B";
-          n = 1;
-        }
-        if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
-          memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
-          break;
-        }
-        zTemp[i++] = ',';
-        if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
-          zTemp[i++] = '-';
-        }
-        memcpy(&zTemp[i], zColl, n+1);
-        i += n;
-      }
-      zTemp[i++] = ')';
-      zTemp[i] = 0;
-      assert( i<nTemp );
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_COLLSEQ: {
-      CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_FUNCDEF: {
-      FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_INT64: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_INT32: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_REAL: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_MEM: {
-      Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
-      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
-        zP4 = pMem->z;
-      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
-      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
-      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "NULL");
-      }else{
-        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
-        zP4 = "(blob)";
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    case P4_VTAB: {
-      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case P4_INTARRAY: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_ADVANCE: {
-      zTemp[0] = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
-      if( zP4==0 ){
-        zP4 = zTemp;
-        zTemp[0] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  assert( zP4!=0 );
-  return zP4;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
-**
-** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of
-** attached databases that will be use.  A mask of these databases
-** is maintained in p->btreeMask.  The p->lockMask value is the subset of
-** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 );
-  assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
-  p->btreeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
-  if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
-    p->lockMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
-  }
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-/*
-** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
-** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
-** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also
-** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring
-** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required.
-**
-** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
-** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
-** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle 
-** associated with the VM.
-**
-** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
-** function is a no-op.
-**
-** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared 
-** statement p will ever use.  Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
-** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache.  Then the runtime of
-** this routine is N*N.  But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
-** be a problem.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  yDbMask mask;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Db *aDb;
-  int nDb;
-  if( p->lockMask==0 ) return;  /* The common case */
-  db = p->db;
-  aDb = db->aDb;
-  nDb = db->nDb;
-  for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
-    if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
-      sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-/*
-** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  yDbMask mask;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Db *aDb;
-  int nDb;
-  if( p->lockMask==0 ) return;  /* The common case */
-  db = p->db;
-  aDb = db->aDb;
-  nDb = db->nDb;
-  for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
-    if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
-  char *zP4;
-  char zPtr[50];
-  char zCom[100];
-  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-13s %.2X %s\n";
-  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
-  zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-  displayComment(pOp, zP4, zCom, sizeof(zCom));
-#else
-  zCom[0] = 0;
-#endif
-  /* NB:  The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created
-  ** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the
-  ** information from the vdbe.c source text */
-  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, 
-      sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
-      zCom
-  );
-  fflush(pOut);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Release an array of N Mem elements
-*/
-static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
-  if( p && N ){
-    Mem *pEnd;
-    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-    u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
-    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
-      for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
-      }
-      return;
-    }
-    for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
-      assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
-      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
-
-      /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
-      ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is 
-      ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
-      **
-      ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to 
-      ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 
-      ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if 
-      ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
-      ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table 
-      ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() 
-      ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
-      */
-      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
-      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
-      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
-      testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
-      if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
-      }else if( p->zMalloc ){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
-        p->zMalloc = 0;
-      }
-
-      p->flags = MEM_Undefined;
-    }
-    db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
-** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){
-  int i;
-  Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p);
-  VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem];
-  for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]);
-  }
-  releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem);
-  sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-/*
-** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
-**
-** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
-** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
-** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
-**
-** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed.  When
-** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
-** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
-** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
-**
-** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of
-** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
-  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
-){
-  int nRow;                            /* Stop when row count reaches this */
-  int nSub = 0;                        /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
-  SubProgram **apSub = 0;              /* Array of sub-vdbes */
-  Mem *pSub = 0;                       /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;                 /* The database connection */
-  int i;                               /* Loop counter */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
-  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1];             /* First Mem of result set */
-
-  assert( p->explain );
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
-  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-
-  /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
-  ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
-  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
-  */
-  releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);
-  p->pResultSet = 0;
-
-  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
-    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the
-  ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE.
-  ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus
-  ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered
-  ** so far.  The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are
-  ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
-  */
-  nRow = p->nOp;
-  if( p->explain==1 ){
-    /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set.  So we will
-    ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers
-    ** to trigger subprograms.  The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9
-    ** cells.  */
-    assert( p->nMem>9 );
-    pSub = &p->aMem[9];
-    if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
-      /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL.  It is
-      ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */
-      nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
-      apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
-      nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
-    }
-  }
-
-  do{
-    i = p->pc++;
-  }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
-  if( i>=nRow ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
-  }else{
-    char *zP4;
-    Op *pOp;
-    if( i<p->nOp ){
-      /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the
-      ** main program. */
-      pOp = &p->aOp[i];
-    }else{
-      /* We are currently listing subprograms.  Figure out which one and
-      ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */
-      int j;
-      i -= p->nOp;
-      for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
-        i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
-      }
-      pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
-    }
-    if( p->explain==1 ){
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
-      pMem++;
-  
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
-      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
-      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pMem++;
-
-      /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
-      ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
-      ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
-      ** has not already been seen.
-      */
-      if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
-        int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
-        int j;
-        for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
-          if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
-        }
-        if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0) ){
-          apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
-          apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
-          pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
-          pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pMem->u.i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
-    pMem++;
-
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pMem->u.i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
-    pMem++;
-
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pMem->u.i = pOp->p3;                          /* P3 */
-    pMem++;
-
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){            /* P4 */
-      assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-    zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
-    if( zP4!=pMem->z ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
-    }else{
-      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
-      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-    }
-    pMem++;
-
-    if( p->explain==1 ){
-      if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
-        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->n = 2;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5);   /* P5 */
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pMem++;
-  
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-      if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 500, 0) ){
-        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500);
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-#else
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;                       /* Comment */
-#endif
-    }
-
-    p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1);
-    p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
-    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
-  const char *z = 0;
-  if( p->zSql ){
-    z = p->zSql;
-  }else if( p->nOp>=1 ){
-    const VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[0];
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
-      z = pOp->p4.z;
-      while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
-    }
-  }
-  if( z ) printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-/*
-** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
-  int nOp = p->nOp;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-  if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
-  if( nOp<1 ) return;
-  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
-    int i, j;
-    char z[1000];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
-    for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
-    for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
-      if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){
-        if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
-          z[j++] = ' ';
-        }
-      }else{
-        z[j++] = z[i];
-      }
-    }
-    z[j] = 0;
-    sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
-
-/*
-** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to
-** that space.  If insufficient space is available, return NULL.
-**
-** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will
-** receive the new memory.  pBuf is normally NULL.  If pBuf is not
-** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that
-** this routine should not allocate any new memory.  When pBuf is not
-** NULL simply return pBuf.  Only allocate new memory space when pBuf
-** is NULL.
-**
-** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed.
-**
-** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the
-** available space.  When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past
-** the end of the allocated space.
-**
-** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed
-** to allocate.  If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the
-** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request.
-*/
-static void *allocSpace(
-  void *pBuf,          /* Where return pointer will be stored */
-  int nByte,           /* Number of bytes to allocate */
-  u8 **ppFrom,         /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */
-  u8 *pEnd,            /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */
-  int *pnByte          /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */
-){
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) );
-  if( pBuf ) return pBuf;
-  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
-  if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){
-    pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom;
-    *ppFrom += nByte;
-  }else{
-    *pnByte += nByte;
-  }
-  return pBuf;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for
-** running it.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
-  int i;
-#endif
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-
-  /* There should be at least one opcode.
-  */
-  assert( p->nOp>0 );
-
-  /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  for(i=1; i<p->nMem; i++){
-    assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db );
-  }
-#endif
-  p->pc = -1;
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
-  p->nChange = 0;
-  p->cacheCtr = 1;
-  p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
-  p->iStatement = 0;
-  p->nFkConstraint = 0;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-    p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
-    p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after
-** creating the virtual machine.  This involves things such
-** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
-** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
-**
-** This function may be called exact once on a each virtual machine.
-** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
-** to run.  After this routine is called, futher calls to 
-** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited.  This routine disconnects
-** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
-** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
-** destroyed.
-**
-** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back
-** to its initial state after it has been run.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
-  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
-  Parse *pParse                  /* Parsing context */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
-  int nVar;                      /* Number of parameters */
-  int nMem;                      /* Number of VM memory registers */
-  int nCursor;                   /* Number of cursors required */
-  int nArg;                      /* Number of arguments in subprograms */
-  int nOnce;                     /* Number of OP_Once instructions */
-  int n;                         /* Loop counter */
-  u8 *zCsr;                      /* Memory available for allocation */
-  u8 *zEnd;                      /* First byte past allocated memory */
-  int nByte;                     /* How much extra memory is needed */
-
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( p->nOp>0 );
-  assert( pParse!=0 );
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  assert( pParse==p->pParse );
-  db = p->db;
-  assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
-  nVar = pParse->nVar;
-  nMem = pParse->nMem;
-  nCursor = pParse->nTab;
-  nArg = pParse->nMaxArg;
-  nOnce = pParse->nOnce;
-  if( nOnce==0 ) nOnce = 1; /* Ensure at least one byte in p->aOnceFlag[] */
-  
-  /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
-  ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
-  ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
-  ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with 
-  ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
-  ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
-  **
-  ** See also: allocateCursor().
-  */
-  nMem += nCursor;
-
-  /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and 
-  ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in.
-  */
-  zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp];            /* Memory avaliable for allocation */
-  zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[pParse->nOpAlloc];  /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */
-
-  resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
-  p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
-  if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){
-    nMem = 10;
-  }
-  memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
-  zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );
-  p->expired = 0;
-
-  /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two
-  ** passes.  On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the 
-  ** end of the opcode array.  If we are unable to satisfy all memory
-  ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
-  ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation.  
-  **
-  ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from
-  ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly
-  ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement.
-  */
-  do {
-    nByte = 0;
-    p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-    p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-    p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-    p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-    p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*),
-                          &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-    p->aOnceFlag = allocSpace(p->aOnceFlag, nOnce, &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
-    if( nByte ){
-      p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-    }
-    zCsr = p->pFree;
-    zEnd = &zCsr[nByte];
-  }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed );
-
-  p->nCursor = nCursor;
-  p->nOnceFlag = nOnce;
-  if( p->aVar ){
-    p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar;
-    for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
-      p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
-      p->aVar[n].db = db;
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->azVar ){
-    p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar;
-    memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0]));
-    memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0]));
-  }
-  if( p->aMem ){
-    p->aMem--;                      /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
-    p->nMem = nMem;                 /*       not from 0..nMem-1 */
-    for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
-      p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Undefined;
-      p->aMem[n].db = db;
-    }
-  }
-  p->explain = pParse->explain;
-  sqlite3VdbeRewind(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor 
-** happens to hold.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
-  if( pCx==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx);
-  if( pCx->pBt ){
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
-    /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
-    ** the call above. */
-  }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
-    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
-    sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
-    const sqlite3_module *pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
-    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
-    pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
-    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This
-** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore
-** control to the main program.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){
-  Vdbe *v = pFrame->v;
-  v->aOnceFlag = pFrame->aOnceFlag;
-  v->nOnceFlag = pFrame->nOnceFlag;
-  v->aOp = pFrame->aOp;
-  v->nOp = pFrame->nOp;
-  v->aMem = pFrame->aMem;
-  v->nMem = pFrame->nMem;
-  v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr;
-  v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor;
-  v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
-  v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
-  return pFrame->pc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close all cursors.
-**
-** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory 
-** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
-** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
-** open cursors.
-*/
-static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
-  if( p->pFrame ){
-    VdbeFrame *pFrame;
-    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
-    sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
-  }
-  p->pFrame = 0;
-  p->nFrame = 0;
-
-  if( p->apCsr ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
-      VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
-      if( pC ){
-        sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
-        p->apCsr[i] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->aMem ){
-    releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
-  }
-  while( p->pDelFrame ){
-    VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame;
-    p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent;
-    sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel);
-  }
-
-  /* Delete any auxdata allocations made by the VM */
-  sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, -1, 0);
-  assert( p->pAuxData==0 );
-}
-
-/*
-** Clean up the VM after execution.
-**
-** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
-** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
-** variables in the aVar[] array.
-*/
-static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and 
-  ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up.  */
-  int i;
-  if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 );
-  if( p->aMem ){
-    for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Undefined );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-  p->zErrMsg = 0;
-  p->pResultSet = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
-** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
-** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
-** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
-  Mem *pColName;
-  int n;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
-  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
-  n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
-  p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn;
-  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
-  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
-  while( n-- > 0 ){
-    pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
-    pColName->db = p->db;
-    pColName++;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
-** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
-**
-** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
-**
-** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
-** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
-** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(
-  Vdbe *p,                         /* Vdbe being configured */
-  int idx,                         /* Index of column zName applies to */
-  int var,                         /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */
-  const char *zName,               /* Pointer to buffer containing name */
-  void (*xDel)(void*)              /* Memory management strategy for zName */
-){
-  int rc;
-  Mem *pColName;
-  assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
-  assert( var<COLNAME_N );
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
-  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
-  assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
-** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
-** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
-** takes care of the master journal trickery.
-*/
-static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int needXcommit = 0;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply 
-  ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. 
-  */
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-#endif
-
-  /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
-  ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
-  ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is 
-  ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
-  ** to the transaction.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p);
-
-  /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
-  ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not 
-  ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than 
-  ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
-  ** file is required for an atomic commit.
-  */ 
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
-      needXcommit = 1;
-      if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
-      sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
-      rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
-  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
-    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
-    if( rc ){
-      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
-  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
-  ** master-journal.
-  **
-  ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
-  ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file.  In 
-  ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the 
-  ** simple case then too.
-  */
-  if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
-   || nTrans<=1
-  ){
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. 
-    ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
-    ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
-    ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
-    */
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0);
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
-  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
-  ** committed atomicly.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-  else{
-    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
-    int needSync = 0;
-    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
-    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-    sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
-    i64 offset = 0;
-    int res;
-    int retryCount = 0;
-    int nMainFile;
-
-    /* Select a master journal file name */
-    nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile);
-    zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz", zMainFile);
-    if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    do {
-      u32 iRandom;
-      if( retryCount ){
-        if( retryCount>100 ){
-          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster);
-          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-          break;
-        }else if( retryCount==1 ){
-          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster);
-        }
-      }
-      retryCount++;
-      sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
-      sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X",
-                               (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff);
-      /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must
-      ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */
-      assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' );
-      sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster);
-      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
-    }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* Open the master journal. */
-      rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, 
-          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
-          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
-      );
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
- 
-    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
-    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
-    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
-    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
-    ** back independently if a failure occurs.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
-        char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
-        if( zFile==0 ){
-          continue;  /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */
-        }
-        assert( zFile[0]!=0 );
-        if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
-          needSync = 1;
-        }
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
-        offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
-    ** flag is set this is not required.
-    */
-    if( needSync 
-     && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
-     && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
-    ){
-      sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-      sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
-    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
-    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
-    **
-    ** If the error occurs during the first call to
-    ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
-    ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
-    ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
-    ** file before the failure occurred.
-    */
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
-    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
-    ** transaction files are deleted.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-    zMaster = 0;
-    if( rc ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
-    ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
-    ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
-    ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
-    ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
-    ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
-    */
-    disable_simulated_io_errors();
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    enable_simulated_io_errors();
-
-    sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable
-** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
-** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
-** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
-** step.
-**
-** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  int cnt = 0;
-  int nWrite = 0;
-  int nRead = 0;
-  p = db->pVdbe;
-  while( p ){
-    if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
-      cnt++;
-      if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
-      if( p->bIsReader ) nRead++;
-    }
-    p = p->pNext;
-  }
-  assert( cnt==db->nVdbeActive );
-  assert( nWrite==db->nVdbeWrite );
-  assert( nRead==db->nVdbeRead );
-}
-#else
-#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
-** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
-** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
-** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the 
-** statement transaction is committed.
-**
-** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. 
-** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
-  sqlite3 *const db = p->db;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a 
-  ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception
-  ** is that an IO error may have occurred, causing an emergency rollback.
-  ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do.
-  */
-  if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
-    int i;
-    const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;
-
-    assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
-    assert( db->nStatement>0 );
-    assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
-
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-      int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
-          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
-        }
-        if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = rc2;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    db->nStatement--;
-    p->iStatement = 0;
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
-        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the 
-    ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when 
-    ** the statement transaction was opened.  */
-    if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
-      db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
-      db->nDeferredImmCons = p->nStmtDefImmCons;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database 
-** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be 
-** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
-** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns 
-** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
-** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) 
-   || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) 
-  ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
-    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
-** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
-** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
-**
-** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
-** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.  It is harmless to
-** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
-**
-** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
-** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY.  If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
-** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
-  int rc;                         /* Used to store transient return codes */
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
-  /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
-  ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
-  ** execution of this virtual machine. 
-  **
-  ** If any of the following errors occur:
-  **
-  **     SQLITE_NOMEM
-  **     SQLITE_IOERR
-  **     SQLITE_FULL
-  **     SQLITE_INTERRUPT
-  **
-  ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
-  ** state.  We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
-  ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
-  */
-
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( p->aOnceFlag ) memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);
-  closeAllCursors(p);
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
-
-  /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started or if the
-  ** SQL statement does not read or write a database file.  */
-  if( p->pc>=0 && p->bIsReader ){
-    int mrc;   /* Primary error code from p->rc */
-    int eStatementOp = 0;
-    int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if a 'special' error */
-
-    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
-    sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
-
-    /* Check for one of the special errors */
-    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
-    assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );  /* This error no longer exists */
-    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
-                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
-    if( isSpecialError ){
-      /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, 
-      ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint 
-      ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a 
-      ** consistent state.
-      **
-      ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform
-      ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error 
-      ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database
-      ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function
-      ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore 
-      ** the pager to a consistent state.
-      */
-      if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
-        if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){
-          eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
-        }else{
-          /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
-          ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
-          */
-          sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
-          sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
-          db->autoCommit = 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */
-    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
-    }
-  
-    /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer 
-    ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. 
-    **
-    ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled 
-    ** above has occurred. 
-    */
-    if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 
-     && db->autoCommit 
-     && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) 
-    ){
-      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
-        rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){
-            sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
-            return SQLITE_ERROR;
-          }
-          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
-        }else{ 
-          /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful 
-          ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
-          ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit 
-          ** is required. */
-          rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){
-          sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
-          return SQLITE_BUSY;
-        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          p->rc = rc;
-          sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
-        }else{
-          db->nDeferredCons = 0;
-          db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
-          db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs;
-          sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
-        }
-      }else{
-        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
-      }
-      db->nStatement = 0;
-    }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){
-      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
-        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE;
-      }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
-        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
-        sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
-        db->autoCommit = 1;
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
-    ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
-    ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
-    ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the
-    ** current statement error code.
-    */
-    if( eStatementOp ){
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp);
-      if( rc ){
-        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
-          p->rc = rc;
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-          p->zErrMsg = 0;
-        }
-        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
-        sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
-        db->autoCommit = 1;
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
-    ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. 
-    */
-    if( p->changeCntOn ){
-      if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
-      }
-      p->nChange = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Release the locks */
-    sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
-  }
-
-  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
-  if( p->pc>=0 ){
-    db->nVdbeActive--;
-    if( !p->readOnly ) db->nVdbeWrite--;
-    if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead--;
-    assert( db->nVdbeActive>=db->nVdbeRead );
-    assert( db->nVdbeRead>=db->nVdbeWrite );
-    assert( db->nVdbeWrite>=0 );
-  }
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
-  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
-  ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() 
-  ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
-  */
-  if( db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
-  }
-
-  assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 );
-  return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
-** in p->rc.  This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed
-** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be 
-** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()).
-**
-** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just
-** copies them to the database handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  int rc = p->rc;
-  if( p->zErrMsg ){
-    u8 mallocFailed = db->mallocFailed;
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed;
-    db->errCode = rc;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-/*
-** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, 
-** invoke it.
-*/
-static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog && v->rc==SQLITE_OK && v->zSql && v->pc>=0 ){
-    char *zExpanded = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(v, v->zSql);
-    assert( v->db->init.busy==0 );
-    if( zExpanded ){
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(
-          sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, v->db, zExpanded, 1
-      );
-      sqlite3DbFree(v->db, zExpanded);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define vdbeInvokeSqllog(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
-** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
-**
-** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
-** again.
-**
-** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
-** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
-** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  db = p->db;
-
-  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
-  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
-  ** it now.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-
-  /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
-  ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
-  ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
-  ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
-  */
-  if( p->pc>=0 ){
-    vdbeInvokeSqllog(p);
-    sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = 0;
-    if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
-  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
-    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
-    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
-    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
-    */
-    sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
-  */
-  Cleanup(p);
-
-  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
-  */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  {
-    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
-    if( out ){
-      int i;
-      fprintf(out, "---- ");
-      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
-      }
-      fprintf(out, "\n");
-      if( p->zSql ){
-        char c, pc = 0;
-        fprintf(out, "-- ");
-        for(i=0; (c = p->zSql[i])!=0; i++){
-          if( pc=='\n' ) fprintf(out, "-- ");
-          putc(c, out);
-          pc = c;
-        }
-        if( pc!='\n' ) fprintf(out, "\n");
-      }
-      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-        char zHdr[100];
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zHdr), zHdr, "%6u %12llu %8llu ",
-           p->aOp[i].cnt,
-           p->aOp[i].cycles,
-           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
-        );
-        fprintf(out, "%s", zHdr);
-        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-      }
-      fclose(out);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  p->iCurrentTime = 0;
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
-  return p->rc & db->errMask;
-}
- 
-/*
-** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
-** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
-    assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If parameter iOp is less than zero, then invoke the destructor for
-** all auxiliary data pointers currently cached by the VM passed as
-** the first argument.
-**
-** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is
-** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user 
-** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of 
-** VM pVdbe, and only then if:
-**
-**    * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting
-**      from left to right), or
-**
-**    * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first
-**      function parameter corrsponds to bit 0 etc.).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe *pVdbe, int iOp, int mask){
-  AuxData **pp = &pVdbe->pAuxData;
-  while( *pp ){
-    AuxData *pAux = *pp;
-    if( (iOp<0)
-     || (pAux->iOp==iOp && (pAux->iArg>31 || !(mask & MASKBIT32(pAux->iArg))))
-    ){
-      testcase( pAux->iArg==31 );
-      if( pAux->xDelete ){
-        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
-      }
-      *pp = pAux->pNext;
-      sqlite3DbFree(pVdbe->db, pAux);
-    }else{
-      pp= &pAux->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument,
-** except for object itself, which is preserved.
-**
-** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that
-** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with
-** the database connection and frees the object itself.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
-  SubProgram *pSub, *pNext;
-  int i;
-  assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db );
-  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
-  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
-  for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){
-    pNext = pSub->pNext;
-    vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub);
-  }
-  for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]);
-  vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zExplain);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pExplain);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an entire VDBE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
-  db = p->db;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, p);
-  if( p->pPrev ){
-    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
-  }else{
-    assert( db->pVdbe==p );
-    db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
-  }
-  if( p->pNext ){
-    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
-  }
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
-  p->db = 0;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
-** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
-** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
-**
-** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
-** MoveTo now.  If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been
-** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as
-** a NULL row.
-**
-** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
-** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
-  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
-    int res, rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
-#endif
-    assert( p->isTable );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget;
-    if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    p->rowidIsValid = 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
-    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  }else if( p->pCursor ){
-    int hasMoved;
-    int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    if( hasMoved ){
-      p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-      if( hasMoved==2 ) p->nullRow = 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following functions:
-**
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
-**
-** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
-** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
-** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
-** integer, stored as a varint.
-**
-** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
-** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
-** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
-** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
-** serial-type and data blob separately.
-**
-** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
-**
-**   serial type        bytes of data      type
-**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
-**      0                     0            NULL
-**      1                     1            signed integer
-**      2                     2            signed integer
-**      3                     3            signed integer
-**      4                     4            signed integer
-**      5                     6            signed integer
-**      6                     8            signed integer
-**      7                     8            IEEE float
-**      8                     0            Integer constant 0
-**      9                     0            Integer constant 1
-**     10,11                               reserved for expansion
-**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
-**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
-**
-** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4.  Prior versions
-** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
-  int flags = pMem->flags;
-  int n;
-
-  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
-    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
-#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
-    i64 i = pMem->u.i;
-    u64 u;
-    if( i<0 ){
-      if( i<(-MAX_6BYTE) ) return 6;
-      /* Previous test prevents:  u = -(-9223372036854775808) */
-      u = -i;
-    }else{
-      u = i;
-    }
-    if( u<=127 ){
-      return ((i&1)==i && file_format>=4) ? 8+(u32)u : 1;
-    }
-    if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
-    if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
-    if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
-    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
-    return 6;
-  }
-  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
-    return 7;
-  }
-  assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
-  n = pMem->n;
-  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
-    n += pMem->u.nZero;
-  }
-  assert( n>=0 );
-  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
-  if( serial_type>=12 ){
-    return (serial_type-12)/2;
-  }else{
-    static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
-    return aSize[serial_type];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating 
-** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the 
-** upper 4 bytes.  Return the result.
-**
-** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
-**
-** (later):  It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
-** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip.  It seems
-** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
-** float in the wrong order.  And that error has been propagated
-** ever since.  The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
-** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
-** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
-** ABI get the byte order right.
-**
-** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
-** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once.  With DEBUG
-** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
-** floating point values is correct.
-**
-** (2007-08-30)  Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
-** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers.  Frank
-** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
-** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full 
-** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard.  (This is the
-** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.)  On such systems, floating point
-** byte swapping becomes very complicated.  To avoid problems,
-** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
-** rather than a 64-bit float.  Frank assures us that the code here
-** works for him.  We, the developers, have no way to independently
-** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
-** so we trust him.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
-  union {
-    u64 r;
-    u32 i[2];
-  } u;
-  u32 t;
-
-  u.r = in;
-  t = u.i[0];
-  u.i[0] = u.i[1];
-  u.i[1] = t;
-  return u.r;
-}
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)  X = floatSwap(X)
-#else
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
-** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
-** Return the number of bytes written.
-**
-** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[].  The caller is responsible
-** for allocating enough space to buf[] to hold the entire field, exclusive
-** of the pMem->u.nZero bytes for a MEM_Zero value.
-**
-** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[].  The number
-** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
-** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){
-  u32 len;
-
-  /* Integer and Real */
-  if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
-    u64 v;
-    u32 i;
-    if( serial_type==7 ){
-      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
-      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
-      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
-    }else{
-      v = pMem->u.i;
-    }
-    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
-    while( i-- ){
-      buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
-      v >>= 8;
-    }
-    return len;
-  }
-
-  /* String or blob */
-  if( serial_type>=12 ){
-    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
-             == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
-    len = pMem->n;
-    memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
-    return len;
-  }
-
-  /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a
-** big-endian integer.  Return the equivalent native integer
-*/
-#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x)    ((i8)(x)[0])
-#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x)    (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1])
-#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x)  (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2])
-#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x)  (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])
-
-/*
-** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
-** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
-  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
-  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
-  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
-){
-  u64 x;
-  u32 y;
-  switch( serial_type ){
-    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
-    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
-    case 0: {  /* NULL */
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-      break;
-    }
-    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = ONE_BYTE_INT(buf);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-      return 2;
-    }
-    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-      return 3;
-    }
-    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
-      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
-      pMem->u.i = (i64)*(int*)&y;
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-      return 4;
-    }
-    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-      return 6;
-    }
-    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
-    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
-      /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
-      ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
-      ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
-      ** endian.
-      */
-      static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
-      static const double r1 = 1.0;
-      u64 t2 = t1;
-      swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
-      assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
-#endif
-      x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
-      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4);
-      x = (x<<32) | y;
-      if( serial_type==6 ){
-        pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-        testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
-      }else{
-        assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
-        swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
-        memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
-        pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
-      }
-      return 8;
-    }
-    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
-    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
-      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    default: {
-      static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem };
-      u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2;
-      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
-      pMem->n = len;
-      pMem->xDel = 0;
-      pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1];
-      return len;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord
-** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if
-** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo.
-**
-** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
-** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably
-** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should
-** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the 
-** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL
-** before returning.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* Description of the record */
-  char *pSpace,                   /* Unaligned space available */
-  int szSpace,                    /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
-  char **ppFree                   /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */
-){
-  UnpackedRecord *p;              /* Unpacked record to return */
-  int nOff;                       /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */
-  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes required for *p */
-
-  /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned.
-  ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift 
-  ** it by.  If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero.
-  */
-  nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7;
-  nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1);
-  if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){
-    p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
-    *ppFree = (char *)p;
-    if( !p ) return 0;
-  }else{
-    p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff];
-    *ppFree = 0;
-  }
-
-  p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))];
-  assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
-  p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-  p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the 
-** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the
-** contents of the decoded record.
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,     /* Information about the record format */
-  int nKey,              /* Size of the binary record */
-  const void *pKey,      /* The binary record */
-  UnpackedRecord *p      /* Populate this structure before returning. */
-){
-  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
-  int d; 
-  u32 idx;                        /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */
-  u16 u;                          /* Unsigned loop counter */
-  u32 szHdr;
-  Mem *pMem = p->aMem;
-
-  p->default_rc = 0;
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
-  d = szHdr;
-  u = 0;
-  while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField && d<=nKey ){
-    u32 serial_type;
-
-    idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
-    pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
-    pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
-    /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */
-    pMem->zMalloc = 0;
-    d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
-    pMem++;
-    u++;
-  }
-  assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
-  p->nField = u;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** This function compares two index or table record keys in the same way
-** as the sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() routine. Unlike VdbeRecordCompare(),
-** this function deserializes and compares values using the
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3MemCompare() functions. It is used
-** in assert() statements to ensure that the optimized code in
-** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() returns results with these two primitives.
-*/
-static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug(
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
-  const UnpackedRecord *pPKey2  /* Right key */
-){
-  u32 d1;            /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
-  u32 idx1;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
-  u32 szHdr1;        /* Number of bytes in header */
-  int i = 0;
-  int rc = 0;
-  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-  Mem mem1;
-
-  pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
-  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
-  mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
-  /* mem1.flags = 0;  // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */
-  VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
-
-  /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
-  ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
-  ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing 
-  ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
-  ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner.  And so, we choose
-  ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
-  */
-  /*  mem1.u.i = 0;  // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
-  
-  idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
-  d1 = szHdr1;
-  assert( pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB );
-  assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
-  assert( pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
-  assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
-  do{
-    u32 serial_type1;
-
-    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
-    idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
-
-    /* Verify that there is enough key space remaining to avoid
-    ** a buffer overread.  The "d1+serial_type1+2" subexpression will
-    ** always be greater than or equal to the amount of required key space.
-    ** Use that approximation to avoid the more expensive call to
-    ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case.
-    */
-    if( d1+serial_type1+2>(u32)nKey1
-     && d1+sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u32)nKey1 
-    ){
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Extract the values to be compared.
-    */
-    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
-
-    /* Do the comparison
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], pKeyInfo->aColl[i]);
-    if( rc!=0 ){
-      assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
-      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
-        rc = -rc;  /* Invert the result for DESC sort order. */
-      }
-      return rc;
-    }
-    i++;
-  }while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField );
-
-  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
-  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
-  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).
-  */
-  assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );
-
-  /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
-  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the the default_rc
-  ** value.  */
-  return pPKey2->default_rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values
-** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero
-** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than 
-** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);".
-*/
-static int vdbeCompareMemString(
-  const Mem *pMem1,
-  const Mem *pMem2,
-  const CollSeq *pColl
-){
-  if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
-    /* The strings are already in the correct encoding.  Call the
-     ** comparison function directly */
-    return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
-  }else{
-    int rc;
-    const void *v1, *v2;
-    int n1, n2;
-    Mem c1;
-    Mem c2;
-    memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1));
-    memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2));
-    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
-    v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
-    n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
-    v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
-    n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
-    rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
-    return rc;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
-** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
-** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
-** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
-** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
-**
-** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
-  int rc;
-  int f1, f2;
-  int combined_flags;
-
-  f1 = pMem1->flags;
-  f2 = pMem2->flags;
-  combined_flags = f1|f2;
-  assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- 
-  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
-  ** are NULL, return 0.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
-  }
-
-  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
-  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
-  ** if both values are integers.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
-    double r1, r2;
-    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
-      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
-      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
-      r1 = pMem1->r;
-    }else if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
-      r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
-    }else{
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
-      r2 = pMem2->r;
-    }else if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
-      r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
-    }else{
-      return -1;
-    }
-    if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
-    if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
-  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
-    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
-      return -1;
-    }
-
-    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
-    assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
-            pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-
-    /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
-    ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
-    ** compiled (this was not always the case).
-    */
-    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
-
-    if( pColl ){
-      return vdbeCompareMemString(pMem1, pMem2, pColl);
-    }
-    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
-    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
-  }
- 
-  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
-  rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that
-** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive 
-** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value
-** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes
-** and returns the value.
-*/
-static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){
-  u32 y;
-  assert( CORRUPT_DB || (serial_type>=1 && serial_type<=9 && serial_type!=7) );
-  switch( serial_type ){
-    case 0:
-    case 1:
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      return ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-    case 2:
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      return TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-    case 3:
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      return THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-    case 4: {
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
-      return (i64)*(int*)&y;
-    }
-    case 5: {
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      return FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-    }
-    case 6: {
-      u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
-      testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 );
-      x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4);
-      return (i64)*(i64*)&x;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return (serial_type - 8);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function compares the two table rows or index records
-** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2.  It returns a negative, zero
-** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or 
-** greater than key2.  The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
-** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.  The pPKey2
-** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
-** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
-**
-** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already
-** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal.
-**
-** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all 
-** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is 
-** returned.
-**
-** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->isCorrupt to non-zero
-** and return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
-  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,         /* Right key */
-  int bSkip                       /* If true, skip the first field */
-){
-  u32 d1;                         /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
-  int i;                          /* Index of next field to compare */
-  u32 szHdr1;                     /* Size of record header in bytes */
-  u32 idx1;                       /* Offset of first type in header */
-  int rc = 0;                     /* Return value */
-  Mem *pRhs = pPKey2->aMem;       /* Next field of pPKey2 to compare */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
-  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
-  Mem mem1;
-
-  /* If bSkip is true, then the caller has already determined that the first
-  ** two elements in the keys are equal. Fix the various stack variables so
-  ** that this routine begins comparing at the second field. */
-  if( bSkip ){
-    u32 s1;
-    idx1 = 1 + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], s1);
-    szHdr1 = aKey1[0];
-    d1 = szHdr1 + sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(s1);
-    i = 1;
-    pRhs++;
-  }else{
-    idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
-    d1 = szHdr1;
-    if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ 
-      pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      return 0;  /* Corruption */
-    }
-    i = 0;
-  }
-
-  VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
-  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField+pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField 
-       || CORRUPT_DB );
-  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
-  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
-  assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
-  do{
-    u32 serial_type;
-
-    /* RHS is an integer */
-    if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Int ){
-      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
-      testcase( serial_type==12 );
-      if( serial_type>=12 ){
-        rc = +1;
-      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
-        rc = -1;
-      }else if( serial_type==7 ){
-        double rhs = (double)pRhs->u.i;
-        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
-        if( mem1.r<rhs ){
-          rc = -1;
-        }else if( mem1.r>rhs ){
-          rc = +1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]);
-        i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i;
-        if( lhs<rhs ){
-          rc = -1;
-        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
-          rc = +1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* RHS is real */
-    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){
-      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
-      if( serial_type>=12 ){
-        rc = +1;
-      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
-        rc = -1;
-      }else{
-        double rhs = pRhs->r;
-        double lhs;
-        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
-        if( serial_type==7 ){
-          lhs = mem1.r;
-        }else{
-          lhs = (double)mem1.u.i;
-        }
-        if( lhs<rhs ){
-          rc = -1;
-        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
-          rc = +1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* RHS is a string */
-    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){
-      getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
-      testcase( serial_type==12 );
-      if( serial_type<12 ){
-        rc = -1;
-      }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){
-        rc = +1;
-      }else{
-        mem1.n = (serial_type - 12) / 2;
-        testcase( (d1+mem1.n)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
-        testcase( (d1+mem1.n+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
-        if( (d1+mem1.n) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){
-          pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-          return 0;                /* Corruption */
-        }else if( pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){
-          mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
-          mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
-          mem1.flags = MEM_Str;
-          mem1.z = (char*)&aKey1[d1];
-          rc = vdbeCompareMemString(&mem1, pRhs, pKeyInfo->aColl[i]);
-        }else{
-          int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n);
-          rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
-          if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; 
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* RHS is a blob */
-    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){
-      getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
-      testcase( serial_type==12 );
-      if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){
-        rc = -1;
-      }else{
-        int nStr = (serial_type - 12) / 2;
-        testcase( (d1+nStr)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
-        testcase( (d1+nStr+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 );
-        if( (d1+nStr) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){
-          pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-          return 0;                /* Corruption */
-        }else{
-          int nCmp = MIN(nStr, pRhs->n);
-          rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
-          if( rc==0 ) rc = nStr - pRhs->n;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* RHS is null */
-    else{
-      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
-      rc = (serial_type!=0);
-    }
-
-    if( rc!=0 ){
-      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
-        rc = -rc;
-      }
-      assert( CORRUPT_DB
-          || (rc<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0)
-          || (rc>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0)
-          || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
-      );
-      assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    i++;
-    pRhs++;
-    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
-    idx1 += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
-  }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 );
-
-  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
-  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
-  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).  */
-  assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );
-
-  /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
-  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the the default_rc
-  ** value.  */
-  assert( CORRUPT_DB 
-       || pPKey2->default_rc==vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2) 
-  );
-  return pPKey2->default_rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
-** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the 
-** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
-** byte (i.e. is less than 128).
-**
-** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used
-** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less.
-*/
-static int vdbeRecordCompareInt(
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
-  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,       /* Right key */
-  int bSkip                     /* Ignored */
-){
-  const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F];
-  int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1];
-  int res;
-  u32 y;
-  u64 x;
-  i64 v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i;
-  i64 lhs;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(bSkip);
-
-  assert( bSkip==0 );
-  assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB );
-  switch( serial_type ){
-    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
-      lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
-      lhs = TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
-      lhs = THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
-      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
-      lhs = (i64)*(int*)&y;
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
-      lhs = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey);
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 6: { /* 8-byte signed integer */
-      x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey);
-      x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4);
-      lhs = *(i64*)&x;
-      testcase( lhs<0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case 8: 
-      lhs = 0;
-      break;
-    case 9:
-      lhs = 1;
-      break;
-
-    /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running
-    ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch 
-    ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and
-    ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated
-    ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other 
-    ** compilers might be similar.  */ 
-    case 0: case 7:
-      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
-
-    default:
-      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
-  }
-
-  if( v>lhs ){
-    res = pPKey2->r1;
-  }else if( v<lhs ){
-    res = pPKey2->r2;
-  }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
-    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing 
-    ** fields.  */
-    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
-  }else{
-    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
-    ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
-    res = pPKey2->default_rc;
-  }
-
-  assert( (res==0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)==0)
-       || (res<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0)
-       || (res>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0)
-       || CORRUPT_DB
-  );
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
-** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field
-** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint 
-** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte.
-*/
-static int vdbeRecordCompareString(
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
-  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,       /* Right key */
-  int bSkip
-){
-  const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1;
-  int serial_type;
-  int res;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(bSkip);
-
-  assert( bSkip==0 );
-  getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type);
-
-  if( serial_type<12 ){
-    res = pPKey2->r1;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
-  }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ 
-    res = pPKey2->r2;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
-  }else{
-    int nCmp;
-    int nStr;
-    int szHdr = aKey1[0];
-
-    nStr = (serial_type-12) / 2;
-    if( (szHdr + nStr) > nKey1 ){
-      pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      return 0;    /* Corruption */
-    }
-    nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr );
-    res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp);
-
-    if( res==0 ){
-      res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n;
-      if( res==0 ){
-        if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
-          res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
-        }else{
-          res = pPKey2->default_rc;
-        }
-      }else if( res>0 ){
-        res = pPKey2->r2;
-      }else{
-        res = pPKey2->r1;
-      }
-    }else if( res>0 ){
-      res = pPKey2->r2;
-    }else{
-      res = pPKey2->r1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( (res==0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)==0)
-       || (res<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0)
-       || (res>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0)
-       || CORRUPT_DB
-  );
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to an sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() compatible function
-** suitable for comparing serialized records to the unpacked record passed
-** as the only argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){
-  /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume
-  ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record
-  ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt()
-  ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the 
-  ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is
-  ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each
-  ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to
-  ** limit the size of the header to 64 bytes in cases where the first field
-  ** is an integer.
-  **
-  ** The easiest way to enforce this limit is to consider only records with
-  ** 13 fields or less. If the first field is an integer, the maximum legal
-  ** header size is (12*5 + 1 + 1) bytes.  */
-  if( (p->pKeyInfo->nField + p->pKeyInfo->nXField)<=13 ){
-    int flags = p->aMem[0].flags;
-    if( p->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
-      p->r1 = 1;
-      p->r2 = -1;
-    }else{
-      p->r1 = -1;
-      p->r2 = 1;
-    }
-    if( (flags & MEM_Int) ){
-      return vdbeRecordCompareInt;
-    }
-    testcase( flags & MEM_Real );
-    testcase( flags & MEM_Null );
-    testcase( flags & MEM_Blob );
-    if( (flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob))==0 && p->pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 ){
-      assert( flags & MEM_Str );
-      return vdbeRecordCompareString;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare;
-}
-
-/*
-** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
-** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
-**
-** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
-** So the content cannot be trusted.  Do appropriate checks on the content.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
-  i64 nCellKey = 0;
-  int rc;
-  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
-  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
-  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
-  Mem m, v;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
-
-  /* Get the size of the index entry.  Only indices entries of less
-  ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
-  ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
-  ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits  
-  */
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
-  VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );     /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
-  assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );
-
-  /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
-  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
-  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
-  testcase( szHdr==3 );
-  testcase( szHdr==m.n );
-  if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){
-    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
-  }
-
-  /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
-  ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
-  (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
-  testcase( typeRowid==1 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==2 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==3 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==4 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==5 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==6 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==8 );
-  testcase( typeRowid==9 );
-  if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){
-    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
-  }
-  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
-  testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid );
-  if( unlikely((u32)m.n<szHdr+lenRowid) ){
-    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
-  }
-
-  /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
-  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
-  *rowid = v.u.i;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
-  ** allocated.  Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
-idx_rowid_corruption:
-  testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
-  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
-** the key string in pUnpacked.  Write into *pRes a number
-** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
-** or greater than pUnpacked.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
-**
-** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
-** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
-** is ignored as well.  Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes 
-** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
-  VdbeCursor *pC,                  /* The cursor to compare against */
-  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked,       /* Unpacked version of key */
-  int *res                         /* Write the comparison result here */
-){
-  i64 nCellKey = 0;
-  int rc;
-  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
-  Mem m;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
-  VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
-  /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way
-  ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
-  if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
-    *res = 0;
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  db->nChange = nChange;
-  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
-** or reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
-  v->changeCntOn = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
-** as expired.
-**
-** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
-** recommend.  Statements expire when things happen that make their
-** programs obsolete.  Removing user-defined functions or collating
-** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
-** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
-    p->expired = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
-  return v->db;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound
-** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return 
-** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_*
-** constants) to the value before returning it.
-**
-** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){
-  assert( iVar>0 );
-  if( v ){
-    Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1];
-    if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){
-      sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db);
-      if( pRet ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem);
-        sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
-      }
-      return pRet;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals
-** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result
-** in a better query plan.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){
-  assert( iVar>0 );
-  if( iVar>32 ){
-    v->expmask = 0xffffffff;
-  }else{
-    v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1));
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored
-** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored
-** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-  p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
-  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
-** VDBE.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
-** to be recompiled.  A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
-** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
-** that sqlite3_prepare() generates.  For example, if new functions or
-** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
-** added or changed.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  return p==0 || p->expired;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized.  Log
-** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise
-** invalid).  Return false if it is ok.
-*/
-static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){
-  if( p->db==0 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement");
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){
-  if( p==0 ){
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement");
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    return vdbeSafety(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
-** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
-** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
-** machine.
-**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc;
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL
-    ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-    sqlite3 *db = v->db;
-    if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
-    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
-** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
-** the prior execution is returned.
-**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc;
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeRewind(v);
-    assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
-    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
-    p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
-  }
-  if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){
-    p->expired = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
-** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
-** structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
-  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
-    p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
-    return p->n ? p->z : 0;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
-  static const u8 aType[] = {
-     SQLITE_BLOB,     /* 0x00 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x01 */
-     SQLITE_TEXT,     /* 0x02 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x03 */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x04 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x05 */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x06 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x07 */
-     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x08 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x09 */
-     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x0a */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0b */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x0c */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0d */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x0e */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x0f */
-     SQLITE_BLOB,     /* 0x10 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x11 */
-     SQLITE_TEXT,     /* 0x12 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x13 */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x14 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x15 */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x16 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x17 */
-     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x18 */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x19 */
-     SQLITE_FLOAT,    /* 0x1a */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1b */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x1c */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1d */
-     SQLITE_INTEGER,  /* 0x1e */
-     SQLITE_NULL,     /* 0x1f */
-  };
-  return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask];
-}
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
-** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
-** the function result.
-**
-** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
-** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
-** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG
-*/
-static void setResultStrOrError(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,  /* Function context */
-  const char *z,          /* String pointer */
-  int n,                  /* Bytes in string, or negative */
-  u8 enc,                 /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
-  void (*xDel)(void*)     /* Destructor function */
-){
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( n>=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#endif
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const char *z, 
-  int n,
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
-  pCtx->isError = errCode;
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-  if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
-                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, 
-                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-  pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It 
-** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
-*/
-static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( pBt ){
-      int nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
-      if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
-** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
-**
-** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
-** API.  The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a 
-** schema change has occurred.  That detail is handled by the
-** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert(p);
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
-    /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying
-    ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE.  But beginning
-    ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
-    ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
-    ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, 
-    ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
-    ** definition.
-    **
-    ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
-    ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE 
-    ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change.  As a
-    ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
-    ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the 
-    ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
-    ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
-    if( p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
-      sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-    }
-#else
-    sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */
-  db = p->db;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto end_of_step;
-  }
-  if( p->pc<0 ){
-    /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
-    ** reset the interrupt flag.  This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
-    ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
-    */
-    if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
-      db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
-    }
-
-    assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 
-        || (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0)
-    );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-    if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
-      sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    db->nVdbeActive++;
-    if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->nVdbeWrite++;
-    if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead++;
-    p->pc = 0;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  if( p->explain ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-  {
-    db->nVdbeExec++;
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
-    db->nVdbeExec--;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
-  */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){
-    sqlite3_int64 iNow;
-    sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow);
-    db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db);
-    if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-
-  db->errCode = rc;
-  if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-end_of_step:
-  /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be 
-  ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy 
-  ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
-  ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc 
-  ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() 
-  ** were called on statement p.
-  */
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW  || rc==SQLITE_DONE   || rc==SQLITE_ERROR 
-       || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
-  );
-  assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-  if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
-    /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
-    ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
-    ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
-    */ 
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
-  }
-  return (rc&db->errMask);
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step().  Call
-** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work.  If a schema error occurs,
-** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Result from sqlite3Step() */
-  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */
-  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;  /* the prepared statement */
-  int cnt = 0;             /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */
-  sqlite3 *db;             /* The database connection */
-
-  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  db = v->db;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  v->doingRerun = 0;
-  while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
-         && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
-         && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-    v->doingRerun = 1;
-    assert( v->expired==0 );
-  }
-  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
-    ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
-    ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
-    ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
-    ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 
-    ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
-    ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
-    */
-    const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); 
-    assert( zErr!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
-    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-      v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
-      v->rc = rc2;
-    } else {
-      v->zErrMsg = 0;
-      v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pFunc );
-  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
-**
-** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface
-** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st
-** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and
-** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the
-** application defined function.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pFunc );
-  return p->s.db;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current time for a statement
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context *p){
-  Vdbe *v = p->pVdbe;
-  int rc;
-  if( v->iCurrentTime==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(p->s.db->pVfs, &v->iCurrentTime);
-    if( rc ) v->iCurrentTime = 0;
-  }
-  return v->iCurrentTime;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
-** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
-** wrong context.  The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
-** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
-** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
-** method of virtual tables.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
-  sqlite3_context *context,  /* The function calling context */
-  int NotUsed,               /* Number of arguments to the function */
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2   /* Value of each argument */
-){
-  const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
-  char *zErr;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
-      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
-  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-  sqlite3_free(zErr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
-** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
-** same context that was returned on prior calls.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
-  Mem *pMem;
-  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
-  pMem = p->pMem;
-  testcase( nByte<0 );
-  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
-    if( nByte<=0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-      pMem->z = 0;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
-      pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
-      if( pMem->z ){
-        memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return (void*)pMem->z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
-** the user-function defined by pCtx.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
-  AuxData *pAuxData;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
-    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
-  }
-
-  return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
-** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
-** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int iArg, 
-  void *pAux, 
-  void (*xDelete)(void*)
-){
-  AuxData *pAuxData;
-  Vdbe *pVdbe = pCtx->pVdbe;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
-
-  for(pAuxData=pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
-    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
-  }
-  if( pAuxData==0 ){
-    pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData));
-    if( !pAuxData ) goto failed;
-    pAuxData->iOp = pCtx->iOp;
-    pAuxData->iArg = iArg;
-    pAuxData->pNext = pVdbe->pAuxData;
-    pVdbe->pAuxData = pAuxData;
-    if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux==0 ){
-      pCtx->isError = 0;
-      pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
-    }
-  }else if( pAuxData->xDelete ){
-    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
-  }
-
-  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
-  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
-  return;
-
-failed:
-  if( xDelete ){
-    xDelete(pAux);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been 
-** called.
-**
-** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it for new code.  It is
-** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code.  New aggregate function
-** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
-** context.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
-  return p->pMem->n;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
-** currently executing statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
-  return pVm->nResColumn;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to static memory containing an SQL NULL value.
-*/
-static const Mem *columnNullValue(void){
-  /* Even though the Mem structure contains an element
-  ** of type i64, on certain architectures (x86) with certain compiler
-  ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary
-  ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when
-  ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s
-  ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent
-  ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
-  ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
-  ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro.  */
-  static const Mem nullMem 
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
-    __attribute__((aligned(8))) 
-#endif
-    = {0, "", (double)0, {0}, 0, MEM_Null, 0,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-       0, 0,  /* pScopyFrom, pFiller */
-#endif
-       0, 0 };
-  return &nullMem;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
-** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
-** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
-** of NULL.
-*/
-static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  Vdbe *pVm;
-  Mem *pOut;
-
-  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
-    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
-  }else{
-    if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
-      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
-    }
-    pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue();
-  }
-  return pOut;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a 
-** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
-** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If 
-** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
-** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
-**
-** Specifically, this is called from within:
-**
-**     sqlite3_column_int()
-**     sqlite3_column_int64()
-**     sqlite3_column_text()
-**     sqlite3_column_text16()
-**     sqlite3_column_real()
-**     sqlite3_column_bytes()
-**     sqlite3_column_bytes16()
-**     sqiite3_column_blob()
-*/
-static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
-{
-  /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
-  ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
-  ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
-  ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
-  */
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( p ){
-    p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-}
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_column_  *******************************
-** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
-** in the result set.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const void *val;
-  val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
-  ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() 
-  ** expression. 
-  */
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
-  if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){
-    pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static;
-    pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
-  }
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return (sqlite3_value *)pOut;
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return iType;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
-** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
-**
-** There are up to 5 names for each column.  useType determines which
-** name is returned.  Here are the names:
-**
-**    0      The column name as it should be displayed for output
-**    1      The datatype name for the column
-**    2      The name of the database that the column derives from
-**    3      The name of the table that the column derives from
-**    4      The name of the table column that the result column derives from
-**
-** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
-** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
-*/
-static const void *columnName(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
-  int N,
-  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
-  int useType
-){
-  const void *ret = 0;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  int n;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-  if( N<n && N>=0 ){
-    N += useType*n;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
-    ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
-     /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
-    ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
-    */
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 0;
-      ret = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  }
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
-** statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Constraint:  If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
-** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
-# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
-         and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-/*
-** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
-** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-/*
-** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
-
-
-/******************************* sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
-** 
-** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
-*/
-/*
-** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
-** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
-** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p.
-** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs.
-**
-** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
-** value in any case.
-*/
-static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
-  Mem *pVar;
-  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
-    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
-        "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
-    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-    return SQLITE_RANGE;
-  }
-  i--;
-  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
-  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
-  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-
-  /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then 
-  ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
-  **
-  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
-  ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
-  ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
-  ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call
-  ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter.
-  */
-  if( p->isPrepareV2 &&
-     ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff)
-  ){
-    p->expired = 1;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Bind a text or BLOB value.
-*/
-static int bindText(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,   /* The statement to bind against */
-  int i,                 /* Index of the parameter to bind */
-  const void *zData,     /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
-  int nData,             /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
-  void (*xDel)(void*),   /* Destructor for the data */
-  u8 encoding            /* Encoding for the data */
-){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  Mem *pVar;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( zData!=0 ){
-      pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
-        rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
-      }
-      sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
-      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
-    xDel((void*)zData);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const void *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
-  return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( 
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const char *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const void *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
-  int rc;
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type((sqlite3_value*)pValue) ){
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
-      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-      rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
-      if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-        rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
-      rc = bindText(pStmt,i,  pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
-                              pValue->enc);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
-** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
-** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
-**
-** The result is always UTF-8.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return p->azVar[i-1];
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
-** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
-** return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( zName ){
-    for(i=0; i<p->nzVar; i++){
-      const char *z = p->azVar[i];
-      if( z && strncmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){
-        return i+1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
-  return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName));
-}
-
-/*
-** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
-  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
-  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
-  int i;
-  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
-  assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar );
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
-  for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
-** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
-**
-** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
-** database connections.  But as this is a deprecated interface, we
-** will not bother to check for that condition.
-**
-** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
-** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
-** SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
-  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
-  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
-  if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){
-    pTo->expired = 1;
-  }
-  if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){
-    pFrom->expired = 1;
-  }
-  return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
-** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
-** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
-** the statement in the first place.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the
-** database.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  return v!=0 && v->pc>0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
-** with database connection pDb.  If pStmt is NULL, return the first
-** prepared statement for the database connection.  Return NULL if there
-** are no more.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
-  }else{
-    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
-  return pNext;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
-  Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  u32 v = pVdbe->aCounter[op];
-  if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op] = 0;
-  return (int)v;
-}
-
-/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2009 November 25
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters
-** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace().
-**
-** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-
-/*
-** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text.  Return the number of
-** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in
-** a host parameter.  If the text contains no host parameters, return
-** the total number of bytes in the text.
-*/
-static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){
-  int tokenType;
-  int nTotal = 0;
-  int n;
-
-  *pnToken = 0;
-  while( zSql[0] ){
-    n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType);
-    assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL );
-    if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){
-      *pnToken = n;
-      break;
-    }
-    nTotal += n;
-    zSql += n;
-  }
-  return nTotal;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory
-** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the
-** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to 
-** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, 
-** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended
-** to each line of text.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT macro is defined to an integer, then
-** then long strings and blobs are truncated to that many bytes.  This
-** can be used to prevent unreasonably large trace strings when dealing
-** with large (multi-megabyte) strings and blobs.
-**
-** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned
-** is eventually freed.
-**
-** ALGORITHM:  Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of
-** these forms:  ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A.  Take care to avoid text within
-** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments.  For text forms,
-** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared
-** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode.  Once the host
-** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[].  Then render
-** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(
-  Vdbe *p,                 /* The prepared statement being evaluated */
-  const char *zRawSql      /* Raw text of the SQL statement */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;             /* The database connection */
-  int idx = 0;             /* Index of a host parameter */
-  int nextIndex = 1;       /* Index of next ? host parameter */
-  int n;                   /* Length of a token prefix */
-  int nToken;              /* Length of the parameter token */
-  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
-  Mem *pVar;               /* Value of a host parameter */
-  StrAccum out;            /* Accumulate the output here */
-  char zBase[100];         /* Initial working space */
-
-  db = p->db;
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase), 
-                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
-  out.db = db;
-  if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){
-    while( *zRawSql ){
-      const char *zStart = zRawSql;
-      while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql );
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3);
-      assert( (zRawSql - zStart) > 0 );
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart));
-    }
-  }else{
-    while( zRawSql[0] ){
-      n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken);
-      assert( n>0 );
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n);
-      zRawSql += n;
-      assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 );
-      if( nToken==0 ) break;
-      if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){
-        if( nToken>1 ){
-          assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) );
-          sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx);
-        }else{
-          idx = nextIndex;
-        }
-      }else{
-        assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' );
-        testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' );
-        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' );
-        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' );
-        idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken);
-        assert( idx>0 );
-      }
-      zRawSql += nToken;
-      nextIndex = idx + 1;
-      assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar );
-      pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1];
-      if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){
-        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4);
-      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){
-        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%lld", pVar->u.i);
-      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){
-        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%!.15g", pVar->r);
-      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){
-        int nOut;  /* Number of bytes of the string text to include in output */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-        u8 enc = ENC(db);
-        Mem utf8;
-        if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-          memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8));
-          utf8.db = db;
-          sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8);
-          pVar = &utf8;
-        }
-#endif
-        nOut = pVar->n;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
-        if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ){
-          nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
-          while( nOut<pVar->n && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; }
-        }
-#endif    
-        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
-        if( nOut<pVar->n ){
-          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut);
-        }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-        if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8);
-#endif
-      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero);
-      }else{
-        int nOut;  /* Number of bytes of the blob to include in output */
-        assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob );
-        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2);
-        nOut = pVar->n;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
-        if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ) nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
-#endif
-        for(i=0; i<nOut; i++){
-          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff);
-        }
-        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
-        if( nOut<pVar->n ){
-          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut);
-        }
-#endif
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out);
-}
-
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The following code implements the data-structure explaining logic
-** for the Vdbe.
-*/
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new Explain object
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe *pVdbe){
-  if( pVdbe ){
-    Explain *p;
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    p = (Explain *)sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(Explain) );
-    if( p ){
-      p->pVdbe = pVdbe;
-      sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain);
-      pVdbe->pExplain = p;
-      sqlite3StrAccumInit(&p->str, p->zBase, sizeof(p->zBase),
-                          SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-      p->str.useMalloc = 2;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the Explain ends with a new-line.
-*/
-static int endsWithNL(Explain *p){
-  return p && p->str.zText && p->str.nChar
-           && p->str.zText[p->str.nChar-1]=='\n';
-}
-    
-/*
-** Append text to the indentation
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe *pVdbe, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  Explain *p;
-  if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){
-    va_list ap;
-    if( p->nIndent && endsWithNL(p) ){
-      int n = p->nIndent;
-      if( n>ArraySize(p->aIndent) ) n = ArraySize(p->aIndent);
-      sqlite3AppendSpace(&p->str, p->aIndent[n-1]);
-    }   
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    sqlite3VXPrintf(&p->str, SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Append a '\n' if there is not already one.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe *pVdbe){
-  Explain *p;
-  if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 && !endsWithNL(p) ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&p->str, "\n", 1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Push a new indentation level.  Subsequent lines will be indented
-** so that they begin at the current cursor position.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe *pVdbe){
-  Explain *p;
-  if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){
-    if( p->str.zText && p->nIndent<ArraySize(p->aIndent) ){
-      const char *z = p->str.zText;
-      int i = p->str.nChar-1;
-      int x;
-      while( i>=0 && z[i]!='\n' ){ i--; }
-      x = (p->str.nChar - 1) - i;
-      if( p->nIndent && x<p->aIndent[p->nIndent-1] ){
-        x = p->aIndent[p->nIndent-1];
-      }
-      p->aIndent[p->nIndent] = x;
-    }
-    p->nIndent++;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Pop the indentation stack by one level.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe *p){
-  if( p && p->pExplain ) p->pExplain->nIndent--;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the indentation structure
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe *pVdbe){
-  if( pVdbe && pVdbe->pExplain ){
-    sqlite3_free(pVdbe->zExplain);
-    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
-    pVdbe->zExplain = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&pVdbe->pExplain->str);
-    sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain);
-    pVdbe->pExplain = 0;
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the explanation of a virtual machine.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe *pVdbe){
-  return (pVdbe && pVdbe->zExplain) ? pVdbe->zExplain : 0;
-}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
-
-/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** The code in this file implements the function that runs the
-** bytecode of a prepared statement.
-**
-** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
-** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
-** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
-** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
-** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the
-** value of the cell.  This macro verifies that shallow copies are
-** not misused.  A shallow copy of a string or blob just copies a
-** pointer to the string or blob, not the content.  If the original
-** is changed while the copy is still in use, the string or blob might
-** be changed out from under the copy.  This macro verifies that nothing
-** like that ever happens.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M)
-#else
-# define memAboutToChange(P,M)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
-** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
-** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
-** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
-** each instruction in the VDBE.  When it reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
-** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate an interrupt.
-**
-** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
-** in an ordinary build.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
-** is executed.  The test procedures use this information to make sure that
-** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times.   This variable
-** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
-** library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
-** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode.  The test procedures
-** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
-** is working correctly.   This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
-static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
-  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
-    sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next global variable is incremented each time the OP_Found opcode
-** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key
-** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable
-** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
-** library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
-** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)  updateMaxBlobsize(P)
-#else
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Invoke the VDBE coverage callback, if that callback is defined.  This
-** feature is used for test suite validation only and does not appear an
-** production builds.
-**
-** M is an integer, 2 or 3, that indices how many different ways the
-** branch can go.  It is usually 2.  "I" is the direction the branch
-** goes.  0 means falls through.  1 means branch is taken.  2 means the
-** second alternative branch is taken.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE)
-# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M)
-#else
-# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) vdbeTakeBranch(pOp->iSrcLine,I,M)
-  static void vdbeTakeBranch(int iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){
-    if( iSrcLine<=2 && ALWAYS(iSrcLine>0) ){
-      M = iSrcLine;
-      /* Assert the truth of VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken() and 
-      ** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken() */
-      assert( (M & I)==I );
-    }else{
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch==0 ) return;  /*NO_TEST*/
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg,
-                                      iSrcLine,I,M);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
-** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
-*/
-#define Stringify(P, enc) \
-   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
-     { goto no_mem; }
-
-/*
-** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
-** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
-** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
-** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
-** knowing it.
-**
-** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
-** string that the register itself controls.  In other words, it
-** converts an MEM_Ephem string into a string with P.z==P.zMalloc.
-*/
-#define Deephemeralize(P) \
-   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
-       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
-
-/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */
-#define isSorter(x) ((x)->pSorter!=0)
-
-/*
-** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
-** if we run out of memory.
-*/
-static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
-  Vdbe *p,              /* The virtual machine */
-  int iCur,             /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
-  int nField,           /* Number of fields in the table or index */
-  int iDb,              /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
-  int isBtreeCursor     /* True for B-Tree.  False for pseudo-table or vtab */
-){
-  /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
-  ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a 
-  ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
-  ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
-  **
-  **   * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
-  **     purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
-  **     different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
-  **     allocations.
-  **
-  **   * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
-  **     be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
-  **     minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
-  **
-  ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
-  ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
-  ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
-  */
-  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
-
-  int nByte;
-  VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
-  nByte = 
-      ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + 
-      (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0);
-
-  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
-  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
-    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
-    p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
-    p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
-    memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor));
-    pCx->iDb = iDb;
-    pCx->nField = nField;
-    if( isBtreeCursor ){
-      pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
-          &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*sizeof(u32)*nField];
-      sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor);
-    }
-  }
-  return pCx;
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
-** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
-** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
-** look like a number, leave it alone.
-*/
-static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
-  if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
-    double rValue;
-    i64 iValue;
-    u8 enc = pRec->enc;
-    if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
-    if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
-    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
-      pRec->u.i = iValue;
-      pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
-    }else{
-      pRec->r = rValue;
-      pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
-** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
-**    Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a 
-**    floating-point representation if an integer representation
-**    is not possible.  Note that the integer representation is
-**    always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
-**    an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
-**    Convert pRec to a text representation.
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
-**    No-op.  pRec is unchanged.
-*/
-static void applyAffinity(
-  Mem *pRec,          /* The value to apply affinity to */
-  char affinity,      /* The affinity to be applied */
-  u8 enc              /* Use this text encoding */
-){
-  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
-    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
-    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
-    ** representation.
-    */
-    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
-    }
-    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
-  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
-    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
-    applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
-    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
-      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
-** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
-** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
-** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
-  if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
-    Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
-    applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
-    eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
-  }
-  return eType;
-}
-
-/*
-** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
-** not the internal Mem* type.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
-  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
-  u8 affinity, 
-  u8 enc
-){
-  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
-** none.  
-**
-** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
-** But it does set pMem->r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
-*/
-static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){
-  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
-    return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
-  }
-  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){
-      return MEM_Int;
-    }
-    return MEM_Real;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
-** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
-  char *zCsr = zBuf;
-  int f = pMem->flags;
-
-  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
-
-  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
-    int i;
-    char c;
-    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
-      c = 'z';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
-      c = 't';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
-      c = 'e';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
-    }else{
-      c = 's';
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
-    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
-    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
-    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
-      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
-      char z = pMem->z[i];
-      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
-      else *zCsr++ = z;
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
-    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
-    if( f & MEM_Zero ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero);
-      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
-    }
-    *zCsr = '\0';
-  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
-    int j, k;
-    zBuf[0] = ' ';
-    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
-      zBuf[1] = 'z';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
-      zBuf[1] = 't';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
-      zBuf[1] = 'e';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
-    }else{
-      zBuf[1] = 's';
-    }
-    k = 2;
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
-    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
-    zBuf[k++] = '[';
-    for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
-      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
-      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
-        zBuf[k++] = c;
-      }else{
-        zBuf[k++] = '.';
-      }
-    }
-    zBuf[k++] = ']';
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
-    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
-    zBuf[k++] = 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
-*/
-static void memTracePrint(Mem *p){
-  if( p->flags & MEM_Undefined ){
-    printf(" undefined");
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    printf(" NULL");
-  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
-    printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i);
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    printf(" i:%lld", p->u.i);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
-    printf(" r:%g", p->r);
-#endif
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
-    printf(" (rowset)");
-  }else{
-    char zBuf[200];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
-    printf(" %s", zBuf);
-  }
-}
-static void registerTrace(int iReg, Mem *p){
-  printf("REG[%d] = ", iReg);
-  memTracePrint(p);
-  printf("\n");
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace)registerTrace(R,M)
-#else
-#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-
-/* 
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
-
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
-*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
-      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
-
-  #if defined(__GNUC__)
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     unsigned int lo, hi;
-     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
-     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
-  }
-
-  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     __asm {
-        rdtsc
-        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
-     }
-  }
-
-  #endif
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long val;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
-      return val;
-  }
- 
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long long retval;
-      unsigned long junk;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
-          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
-                  mftb    %L0\n\
-                  mftbu   %0\n\
-                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
-                  bne     1b"
-                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
-      return retval;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
-  /*
-  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
-  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
-  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
-  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
-  ** least compile and run.
-  */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
-
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
-
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
-** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
-** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the 
-** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
-** 
-** Usage:
-**
-**     assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
-*/
-static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){
-  int n = 0;
-  Savepoint *p;
-  for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
-  assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can.
-** This is the core of sqlite3_step().  
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
-  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
-){
-  int pc=0;                  /* The program counter */
-  Op *aOp = p->aOp;          /* Copy of p->aOp */
-  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
-  u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
-  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
-  int iCompare = 0;          /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
-  unsigned nVmStep = 0;      /* Number of virtual machine steps */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  unsigned nProgressLimit = 0;/* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */
-#endif
-  Mem *aMem = p->aMem;       /* Copy of p->aMem */
-  Mem *pIn1 = 0;             /* 1st input operand */
-  Mem *pIn2 = 0;             /* 2nd input operand */
-  Mem *pIn3 = 0;             /* 3rd input operand */
-  Mem *pOut = 0;             /* Output operand */
-  int *aPermute = 0;         /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */
-  i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid;  /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  u64 start;                 /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
-#endif
-  /*** INSERT STACK UNION HERE ***/
-
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
-  sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
-  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
-    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
-  assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 );
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  p->iCurrentTime = 0;
-  assert( p->explain==0 );
-  p->pResultSet = 0;
-  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
-  if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
-  sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  if( db->xProgress ){
-    assert( 0 < db->nProgressOps );
-    nProgressLimit = (unsigned)p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP];
-    if( nProgressLimit==0 ){
-      nProgressLimit = db->nProgressOps;
-    }else{
-      nProgressLimit %= (unsigned)db->nProgressOps;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  if( p->pc==0
-   && (p->db->flags & (SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeEQP|SQLITE_VdbeTrace))!=0
-  ){
-    int i;
-    int once = 1;
-    sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
-    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing ){
-      printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
-      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]);
-      }
-    }
-    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeEQP ){
-      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-        if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Explain ){
-          if( once ) printf("VDBE Query Plan:\n");
-          printf("%s\n", aOp[i].p4.z);
-          once = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace )  printf("VDBE Trace:\n");
-  }
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-#endif
-  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
-    assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-    start = sqlite3Hwtime();
-#endif
-    nVmStep++;
-    pOp = &aOp[pc];
-
-    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
-      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, pc, pOp);
-    }
-#endif
-      
-
-    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
-    ** if we have a special test build.
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
-      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
-      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
-        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelease" tag, free any
-    ** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be
-    ** an undefined integer.  Opcodes will either fill in the integer
-    ** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type.
-    */
-    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
-    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
-      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-      VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
-      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-    }
-
-    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
-      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]);
-    }
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
-      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
-    }
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
-      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
-    }
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
-    }
-    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
-    }
-#endif
-  
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
-** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
-** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
-** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
-** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
-** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
-** we transition back to normal indentation.
-**
-** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
-** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
-** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
-** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
-** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
-** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
-** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
-** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
-**
-** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
-** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
-** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3.  See
-** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
-**
-** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
-** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
-** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
-** file.
-**
-** SUMMARY:
-**
-**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
-**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
-**
-*****************************************************************************/
-
-/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 * * *
-**
-** An unconditional jump to address P2.
-** The next instruction executed will be 
-** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
-** the program.
-**
-** The P1 parameter is not actually used by this opcode.  However, it
-** is sometimes set to 1 instead of 0 as a hint to the command-line shell
-** that this Goto is the bottom of a loop and that the lines from P2 down
-** to the current line should be indented for EXPLAIN output.
-*/
-case OP_Goto: {             /* jump */
-  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-
-  /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev,
-  ** OP_VNext, OP_RowSetNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon
-  ** completion.  Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called
-  ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. 
-  **
-  ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean.
-  ** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this
-  ** way for performance, to avoid having to run the interrupt and progress
-  ** checks on every opcode.  This helps sqlite3_step() to run about 1.5%
-  ** faster according to "valgrind --tool=cachegrind" */
-check_for_interrupt:
-  if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
-  ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
-  ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
-  ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
-  ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
-  */
-  if( db->xProgress!=0 && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit ){
-    assert( db->nProgressOps!=0 );
-    nProgressLimit = nVmStep + db->nProgressOps - (nVmStep%db->nProgressOps);
-    if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-      goto vdbe_error_halt;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  Gosub P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write the current address onto register P1
-** and then jump to address P2.
-*/
-case OP_Gosub: {            /* jump */
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
-  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
-  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pIn1->u.i = pc;
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  Return P1 * * * *
-**
-** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.  After
-** the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
-*/
-case OP_Return: {           /* in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
-  pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
-  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Set up register P1 so that it will OP_Yield to the co-routine
-** located at address P3.
-**
-** If P2!=0 then the co-routine implementation immediately follows
-** this opcode.  So jump over the co-routine implementation to
-** address P2.
-*/
-case OP_InitCoroutine: {     /* jump */
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 &&  pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
-  assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp );
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) );
-  pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1;
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-  if( pOp->p2 ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  EndCoroutine P1 * * * *
-**
-** The instruction at the address in register P1 is an OP_Yield.
-** Jump to the P2 parameter of that OP_Yield.
-** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
-*/
-case OP_EndCoroutine: {           /* in1 */
-  VdbeOp *pCaller;
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
-  assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp );
-  pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
-  assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield );
-  assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2<p->nOp );
-  pc = pCaller->p2 - 1;
-  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  Yield P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.
-**
-** If the co-routine ends with OP_Yield or OP_Return then continue
-** to the next instruction.  But if the co-routine ends with
-** OP_EndCoroutine, jump immediately to P2.
-*/
-case OP_Yield: {            /* in1, jump */
-  int pcDest;
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
-  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
-  pIn1->u.i = pc;
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-  pc = pcDest;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  HaltIfNull  P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis:  if r[P3]=null halt
-**
-** Check the value in register P3.  If it is NULL then Halt using
-** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction.  If the
-** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op.
-** The P5 parameter should be 1.
-*/
-case OP_HaltIfNull: {      /* in3 */
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break;
-  /* Fall through into OP_Halt */
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5
-**
-** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, etc are closed
-** automatically.
-**
-** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
-** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
-** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
-** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
-** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
-** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
-** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
-**
-** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
-**
-** P5 is a value between 0 and 4, inclusive, that modifies the P4 string.
-**
-**    0:  (no change)
-**    1:  NOT NULL contraint failed: P4
-**    2:  UNIQUE constraint failed: P4
-**    3:  CHECK constraint failed: P4
-**    4:  FOREIGN KEY constraint failed: P4
-**
-** If P5 is not zero and P4 is NULL, then everything after the ":" is
-** omitted.
-**
-** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
-** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
-** is the same as executing Halt.
-*/
-case OP_Halt: {
-  const char *zType;
-  const char *zLogFmt;
-
-  if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
-    /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
-    VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame;
-    p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
-    p->nFrame--;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
-    pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
-    lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
-    if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
-      /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program 
-      ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
-      ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
-      ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
-      ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program.  */
-      pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1;
-    }
-    aOp = p->aOp;
-    aMem = p->aMem;
-    break;
-  }
-  p->rc = pOp->p1;
-  p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
-  p->pc = pc;
-  if( p->rc ){
-    if( pOp->p5 ){
-      static const char * const azType[] = { "NOT NULL", "UNIQUE", "CHECK",
-                                             "FOREIGN KEY" };
-      assert( pOp->p5>=1 && pOp->p5<=4 );
-      testcase( pOp->p5==1 );
-      testcase( pOp->p5==2 );
-      testcase( pOp->p5==3 );
-      testcase( pOp->p5==4 );
-      zType = azType[pOp->p5-1];
-    }else{
-      zType = 0;
-    }
-    assert( zType!=0 || pOp->p4.z!=0 );
-    zLogFmt = "abort at %d in [%s]: %s";
-    if( zType && pOp->p4.z ){
-      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed: %s", 
-                       zType, pOp->p4.z);
-    }else if( pOp->p4.z ){
-      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed", zType);
-    }
-    sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, zLogFmt, pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else{
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 || db->nDeferredImmCons>0 );
-    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  goto vdbe_return;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=P1
-**
-** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Integer: {         /* out2-prerelease */
-  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Int64: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
-  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
-  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
-  pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
-**
-** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
-** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.  During
-** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored
-** as the P1 parameter.
-*/
-case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
-  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
-  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
-    assert( pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z );
-    assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut)==0 );
-    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
-    pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
-    if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
-    }
-    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
-    pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
-    pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
-}
-  
-/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)
-**
-** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
-*/
-case OP_String: {          /* out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
-  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
-  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Null P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P2..P3]=NULL
-**
-** Write a NULL into registers P2.  If P3 greater than P2, then also write
-** NULL into register P3 and every register in between P2 and P3.  If P3
-** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is
-** set to NULL.
-**
-** If the P1 value is non-zero, then also set the MEM_Cleared flag so that
-** NULL values will not compare equal even if SQLITE_NULLEQ is set on
-** OP_Ne or OP_Eq.
-*/
-case OP_Null: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  int cnt;
-  u16 nullFlag;
-  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
-  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
-  while( cnt>0 ){
-    pOut++;
-    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-    VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
-    pOut->flags = nullFlag;
-    cnt--;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P1]=NULL
-**
-** Set register P1 to have the value NULL as seen by the OP_MakeRecord
-** instruction, but do not free any string or blob memory associated with
-** the register, so that if the value was a string or blob that was
-** previously copied using OP_SCopy, the copies will continue to be valid.
-*/
-case OP_SoftNull: {
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pOut->flags = (pOut->flags|MEM_Null)&~MEM_Undefined;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)
-**
-** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long.  Store this
-** blob in register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Blob: {                /* out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)
-**
-** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2
-**
-** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4.
-** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
-*/
-case OP_Variable: {            /* out2-prerelease */
-  Mem *pVar;       /* Value being transferred */
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
-  assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] );
-  pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1];
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]
-**
-** Move the P3 values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
-** registers P2..P2+P3-1.  Registers P1..P1+P3-1 are
-** left holding a NULL.  It is an error for register ranges
-** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.  It is an error
-** for P3 to be less than 1.
-*/
-case OP_Move: {
-  char *zMalloc;   /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
-  int n;           /* Number of registers left to copy */
-  int p1;          /* Register to copy from */
-  int p2;          /* Register to copy to */
-
-  n = pOp->p3;
-  p1 = pOp->p1;
-  p2 = pOp->p2;
-  assert( n>0 && p1>0 && p2>0 );
-  assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 );
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[p1];
-  pOut = &aMem[p2];
-  do{
-    assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
-    assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
-    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
-    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-    VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
-    zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
-    memcpy(pOut, pIn1, sizeof(Mem));
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[p1+pOp->p3] ){
-      pOut->pScopyFrom += p1 - pOp->p2;
-    }
-#endif
-    pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
-    pIn1->xDel = 0;
-    pIn1->zMalloc = zMalloc;
-    REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut);
-    pIn1++;
-    pOut++;
-  }while( --n );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]
-**
-** Make a copy of registers P1..P1+P3 into registers P2..P2+P3.
-**
-** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value.  A duplicate
-** is made of any string or blob constant.  See also OP_SCopy.
-*/
-case OP_Copy: {
-  int n;
-
-  n = pOp->p3;
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
-  while( 1 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
-    Deephemeralize(pOut);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    pOut->pScopyFrom = 0;
-#endif
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+pOp->p3-n, pOut);
-    if( (n--)==0 ) break;
-    pOut++;
-    pIn1++;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1]
-**
-** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
-**
-** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value.  If the value
-** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
-** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
-** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
-** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
-** during the lifetime of the copy.  Use OP_Copy to make a complete
-** copy.
-*/
-case OP_SCopy: {            /* out2 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1;
-#endif
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis:  output=r[P1@P2]
-**
-** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
-** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
-** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
-** structure to provide access to the r(P1)..r(P1+P2-1) values as
-** the result row.
-*/
-case OP_ResultRow: {
-  Mem *pMem;
-  int i;
-  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  /* Run the progress counter just before returning.
-  */
-  if( db->xProgress!=0
-   && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit
-   && db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0
-  ){
-    rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-    goto vdbe_error_halt;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do
-  ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement
-  ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back.  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){
-    assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
-    assert( p->usesStmtJournal );
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then 
-  ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows 
-  ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that
-  ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode.
-  **
-  ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction
-  ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to
-  ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping.
-  ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user
-  ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This
-  ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions.
-  **
-  ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction.  Hence
-  ** the RELEASE call below can never fail.
-  */
-  assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
-  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
-  p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
-
-  /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
-  ** and have an assigned type.  The results are de-ephemeralized as
-  ** a side effect.
-  */
-  pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  for(i=0; i<pOp->p2; i++){
-    assert( memIsValid(&pMem[i]) );
-    Deephemeralize(&pMem[i]);
-    assert( (pMem[i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0
-            || (pMem[i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]);
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-
-  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
-  */
-  p->pc = pc + 1;
-  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
-  goto vdbe_return;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]
-**
-** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
-** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
-** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
-**
-**   P3 = P2 || P1
-**
-** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
-** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
-** to avoid a memcpy().
-*/
-case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
-  i64 nByte;
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( pIn1!=pOut );
-  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-    break;
-  }
-  if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem;
-  Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
-  Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
-  nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
-  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
-  if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
-    memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
-  }
-  memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
-  pOut->z[nByte]=0;
-  pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0;
-  pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
-  pOut->n = (int)nByte;
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]
-**
-** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]
-**
-**
-** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]
-**
-** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]
-**
-** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in 
-** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is 
-** NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]
-**
-** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by 
-** register P1 and store the result in register P3. 
-** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL.
-** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
-  char bIntint;   /* Started out as two integer operands */
-  u16 flags;      /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
-  u16 type1;      /* Numeric type of left operand */
-  u16 type2;      /* Numeric type of right operand */
-  i64 iA;         /* Integer value of left operand */
-  i64 iB;         /* Integer value of right operand */
-  double rA;      /* Real value of left operand */
-  double rB;      /* Real value of right operand */
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  type1 = numericType(pIn1);
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  type2 = numericType(pIn2);
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
-  if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-  if( (type1 & type2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
-    iA = pIn1->u.i;
-    iB = pIn2->u.i;
-    bIntint = 1;
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
-      case OP_Add:       if( sqlite3AddInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
-      case OP_Subtract:  if( sqlite3SubInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
-      case OP_Multiply:  if( sqlite3MulInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
-      case OP_Divide: {
-        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        if( iA==-1 && iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math;
-        iB /= iA;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1;
-        iB %= iA;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    pOut->u.i = iB;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  }else{
-    bIntint = 0;
-fp_math:
-    rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
-    rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
-      case OP_Add:         rB += rA;       break;
-      case OP_Subtract:    rB -= rA;       break;
-      case OP_Multiply:    rB *= rA;       break;
-      case OP_Divide: {
-        /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
-        if( rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        rB /= rA;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        iA = (i64)rA;
-        iB = (i64)rB;
-        if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1;
-        rB = (double)(iB % iA);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    pOut->u.i = rB;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-#else
-    if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){
-      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-    }
-    pOut->r = rB;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
-    if( ((type1|type2)&MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){
-      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  break;
-
-arithmetic_result_is_null:
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: CollSeq P1 * * P4
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
-** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
-** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
-** functions.
-**
-** If P1 is not zero, then it is a register that a subsequent min() or
-** max() aggregate will set to 1 if the current row is not the minimum or
-** maximum.  The P1 register is initialized to 0 by this instruction.
-**
-** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
-** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
-** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
-*/
-case OP_CollSeq: {
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
-  if( pOp->p1 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p1], 0);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])
-**
-** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
-** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
-** successors.  The result of the function is stored in register P3.
-** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
-**
-** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
-** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
-** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
-** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
-** invocation of this opcode.
-**
-** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
-*/
-case OP_Function: {
-  int i;
-  Mem *pArg;
-  sqlite3_context ctx;
-  sqlite3_value **apVal;
-  int n;
-
-  n = pOp->p5;
-  apVal = p->apArg;
-  assert( apVal || n==0 );
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-
-  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1) );
-  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
-  pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
-    assert( memIsValid(pArg) );
-    apVal[i] = pArg;
-    Deephemeralize(pArg);
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pArg);
-  }
-
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
-  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
-  ctx.iOp = pc;
-  ctx.pVdbe = p;
-
-  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
-  ** the pointer to ctx.s so in case the user-function can use
-  ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one.
-  */
-  memcpy(&ctx.s, pOut, sizeof(Mem));
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
-  pOut->xDel = 0;
-  pOut->zMalloc = 0;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(&ctx.s, MEM_Null);
-
-  ctx.fErrorOrAux = 0;
-  if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
-    assert( pOp>aOp );
-    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
-    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
-    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
-  }
-  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
-  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
-  lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
-    ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
-    ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
-    ** associated with such a value.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-
-  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
-  if( ctx.fErrorOrAux ){
-    if( ctx.isError ){
-      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
-      rc = ctx.isError;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, pc, pOp->p1);
-  }
-
-  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding);
-  assert( pOut->flags==MEM_Null );
-  memcpy(pOut, &ctx.s, sizeof(Mem));
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-
-#if 0
-  /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this
-  ** statement to expire.  (Perhaps the function called sqlite3_exec()
-  ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.)
-  */
-  if( p->expired ) rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-#endif
-
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]
-**
-** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]
-**
-** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]
-**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]
-**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
-  i64 iA;
-  u64 uA;
-  i64 iB;
-  u8 op;
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-    break;
-  }
-  iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
-  iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
-  op = pOp->opcode;
-  if( op==OP_BitAnd ){
-    iA &= iB;
-  }else if( op==OP_BitOr ){
-    iA |= iB;
-  }else if( iB!=0 ){
-    assert( op==OP_ShiftRight || op==OP_ShiftLeft );
-
-    /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */
-    if( iB<0 ){
-      assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 );
-      op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - op;
-      iB = iB>(-64) ? -iB : 64;
-    }
-
-    if( iB>=64 ){
-      iA = (iA>=0 || op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1;
-    }else{
-      memcpy(&uA, &iA, sizeof(uA));
-      if( op==OP_ShiftLeft ){
-        uA <<= iB;
-      }else{
-        uA >>= iB;
-        /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */
-        if( iA<0 ) uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-iB);
-      }
-      memcpy(&iA, &uA, sizeof(iA));
-    }
-  }
-  pOut->u.i = iA;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P1]=r[P1]+P2
-** 
-** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
-** The result is always an integer.
-**
-** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
-*/
-case OP_AddImm: {            /* in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
-** 
-** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If the value
-** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
-** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
-** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
-*/
-case OP_MustBeInt: {            /* jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
-    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
-    VdbeBranchTaken((pIn1->flags&MEM_Int)==0, 2);
-    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
-      if( pOp->p2==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }else{
-        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
-**
-** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
-**
-** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
-** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
-** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
-** to have only a real value.
-*/
-case OP_RealAffinity: {                  /* in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
-** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
-** equivalent of sprintf().  Blob values are unchanged and
-** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToText: {                  /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
-  assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
-  pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
-  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
-  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
-  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
-  pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
-** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
-** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
-** to the underlying data.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToBlob: {                  /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
-    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
-    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob);
-  }else{
-    pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
-  }
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an
-** integer or a floating-point number.)
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
-** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion 
-** is possible.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToNumeric: {                  /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-
-/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If
-** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
-** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToInt: {                  /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
-/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
-** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
-** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToReal: {                  /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
-
-/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
-** jump to address P2.  
-**
-** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
-** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump.  If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 
-** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL.
-**
-** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made 
-** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
-** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
-** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
-** back into the input registers P1 and P3.  So this opcode can cause
-** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
-**
-** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, 
-** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
-** used to determine the results of the comparison.  If both values
-** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
-** P4 is  used to do the comparison.  If P4 is not specified then
-** memcmp() is used to compare text string.  If both values are
-** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
-** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
-** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump.  Instead,
-** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_NULLEQ bit is set in P5, then NULL values are considered
-** equal to one another, provided that they do not have their MEM_Cleared
-** bit set.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal.  See the Lt opcode for
-** additional information.
-**
-** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
-** true or false and is never NULL.  If both operands are NULL then the result
-** of comparison is false.  If either operand is NULL then the result is true.
-** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
-** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
-** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-**
-** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
-** true or false and is never NULL.  If both operands are NULL then the result
-** of comparison is true.  If either operand is NULL then the result is false.
-** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
-** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
-** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
-** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
-** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
-  int res;            /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
-  char affinity;      /* Affinity to use for comparison */
-  u16 flags1;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
-  u16 flags3;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  flags1 = pIn1->flags;
-  flags3 = pIn3->flags;
-  if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Null ){
-    /* One or both operands are NULL */
-    if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){
-      /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
-      ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether
-      ** or not both operands are null.
-      */
-      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
-      assert( (flags1 & MEM_Cleared)==0 );
-      assert( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)==0 );
-      if( (flags1&MEM_Null)!=0
-       && (flags3&MEM_Null)!=0
-       && (flags3&MEM_Cleared)==0
-      ){
-        res = 0;  /* Results are equal */
-      }else{
-        res = 1;  /* Results are not equal */
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL,
-      ** then the result is always NULL.
-      ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
-      */
-      if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
-        pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-        MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
-        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-      }else{
-        VdbeBranchTaken(2,3);
-        if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
-          pc = pOp->p2-1;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Neither operand is NULL.  Do a comparison. */
-    affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
-    if( affinity ){
-      applyAffinity(pIn1, affinity, encoding);
-      applyAffinity(pIn3, affinity, encoding);
-      if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-    }
-
-    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
-    ExpandBlob(pIn1);
-    ExpandBlob(pIn3);
-    res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
-  }
-  switch( pOp->opcode ){
-    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
-    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
-    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
-    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
-    case OP_Gt:    res = res>0;      break;
-    default:       res = res>=0;     break;
-  }
-
-  if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
-    pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-    pOut->u.i = res;
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-  }else{
-    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3);
-    if( res ){
-      pc = pOp->p2-1;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
-  pIn1->flags = (pIn1->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1&MEM_TypeMask);
-  pIn3->flags = (pIn3->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags3&MEM_TypeMask);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
-**
-** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
-** of integers in P4.
-**
-** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has
-** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should 
-** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
-*/
-case OP_Permutation: {
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
-  assert( pOp->p4.ai );
-  aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]
-**
-** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this
-** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B").  Save the result of
-** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
-**
-** If P5 has the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set, then the order of comparison is
-** determined by the most recent OP_Permutation operator.  If the
-** OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit is clear, then register are compared in sequential
-** order.
-**
-** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
-** orders for the comparison.  The permutation applies to registers
-** only.  The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
-**
-** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
-** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
-** and strings are less than blobs.
-*/
-case OP_Compare: {
-  int n;
-  int i;
-  int p1;
-  int p2;
-  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-  int idx;
-  CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
-  int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
-
-  if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ) aPermute = 0;
-  n = pOp->p3;
-  pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( pKeyInfo!=0 );
-  p1 = pOp->p1;
-  p2 = pOp->p2;
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( aPermute ){
-    int k, mx = 0;
-    for(k=0; k<n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>mx ) mx = aPermute[k];
-    assert( p1>0 && p1+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-    assert( p2>0 && p2+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-  }else{
-    assert( p1>0 && p1+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-    assert( p2>0 && p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-    idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : i;
-    assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p1+idx]) );
-    assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p2+idx]) );
-    REGISTER_TRACE(p1+idx, &aMem[p1+idx]);
-    REGISTER_TRACE(p2+idx, &aMem[p2+idx]);
-    assert( i<pKeyInfo->nField );
-    pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i];
-    bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i];
-    iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl);
-    if( iCompare ){
-      if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  aPermute = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
-** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
-** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
-*/
-case OP_Jump: {             /* jump */
-  if( iCompare<0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p1 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(0,3);
-  }else if( iCompare==0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(1,3);
-  }else{
-    pc = pOp->p3 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(2,3);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])
-**
-** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
-** write the result into register P3.
-**
-** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
-** the other input is NULL.  A NULL and true or two NULLs give
-** a NULL output.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])
-**
-** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the answer in register P3.
-**
-** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
-** even if the other input is NULL.  A NULL and false or two NULLs
-** give a NULL output.
-*/
-case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
-  int v1;    /* Left operand:  0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
-  int v2;    /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    v1 = 2;
-  }else{
-    v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
-  }
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    v2 = 2;
-  }else{
-    v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
-  }
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
-    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
-    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
-  }else{
-    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
-    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
-  }
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  if( v1==2 ){
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
-  }else{
-    pOut->u.i = v1;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]
-**
-** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store the
-** boolean complement in register P2.  If the value in register P1 is 
-** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
-*/
-case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1]
-**
-** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Store the
-** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2.  If P1 holds
-** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
-*/
-case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Check if OP_Once flag P1 is set. If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise,
-** set the flag and fall through to the next instruction.  In other words,
-** this opcode causes all following opcodes up through P2 (but not including
-** P2) to run just once and to be skipped on subsequent times through the loop.
-*/
-case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
-  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
-  VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2);
-  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
-    pc = pOp->p2-1;
-  }else{
-    p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value
-** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is non-zero.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value
-** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is zero.
-*/
-case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
-case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
-  int c;
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    c = pOp->p3;
-  }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
-#else
-    c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
-#endif
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
-  }
-  VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2);
-  if( c ){
-    pc = pOp->p2-1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis:  if r[P1]==NULL goto P2
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
-*/
-case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0, 2);
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  
-*/
-case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2);
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=PX
-**
-** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
-** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
-** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
-** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
-** values in the record, extract a NULL.
-**
-** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
-**
-** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
-** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
-** the result.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor,
-** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column.
-** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content
-** register has changed should have this bit set.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG bits are set on P5 when
-** the result is guaranteed to only be used as the argument of a length()
-** or typeof() function, respectively.  The loading of large blobs can be
-** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof().
-*/
-case OP_Column: {
-  i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
-  int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
-  u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
-  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
-  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
-  int i;             /* Loop counter */
-  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
-  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
-  const u8 *zData;   /* Part of the record being decoded */
-  const u8 *zHdr;    /* Next unparsed byte of the header */
-  const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
-  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
-  u32 szField;       /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
-  u32 avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
-  u32 t;             /* A type code from the record header */
-  Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
-
-  p2 = pOp->p2;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( p2<pC->nField );
-  aType = pC->aType;
-  aOffset = aType + pC->nField;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 ); /* OP_Column never called on virtual table */
-#endif
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ); /* pCrsr NULL on PseudoTables */
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->nullRow );          /* pC->nullRow on PseudoTables */
-
-  /* If the cursor cache is stale, bring it up-to-date */
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-  if( pC->cacheStatus!=p->cacheCtr || (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE)!=0 ){
-    if( pC->nullRow ){
-      if( pCrsr==0 ){
-        assert( pC->pseudoTableReg>0 );
-        pReg = &aMem[pC->pseudoTableReg];
-        assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
-        assert( memIsValid(pReg) );
-        pC->payloadSize = pC->szRow = avail = pReg->n;
-        pC->aRow = (u8*)pReg->z;
-      }else{
-        MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
-        goto op_column_out;
-      }
-    }else{
-      assert( pCrsr );
-      if( pC->isTable==0 ){
-        assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
-        VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
-        /* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the
-        ** payload size, so it is impossible for payloadSize64 to be
-        ** larger than 32 bits. */
-        assert( (payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)payloadSize64 );
-        pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
-        pC->payloadSize = (u32)payloadSize64;
-      }else{
-        assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
-        VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &pC->payloadSize);
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
-        pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
-      }
-      assert( avail<=65536 );  /* Maximum page size is 64KiB */
-      if( pC->payloadSize <= (u32)avail ){
-        pC->szRow = pC->payloadSize;
-      }else{
-        pC->szRow = avail;
-      }
-      if( pC->payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-        goto too_big;
-      }
-    }
-    pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
-    pC->iHdrOffset = getVarint32(pC->aRow, offset);
-    pC->nHdrParsed = 0;
-    aOffset[0] = offset;
-    if( avail<offset ){
-      /* pC->aRow does not have to hold the entire row, but it does at least
-      ** need to cover the header of the record.  If pC->aRow does not contain
-      ** the complete header, then set it to zero, forcing the header to be
-      ** dynamically allocated. */
-      pC->aRow = 0;
-      pC->szRow = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header.
-    ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation.
-    **
-    ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each.  But 4 and 5 byte
-    ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of
-    ** them, respectively.  So the maximum header length results from a
-    ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three
-    ** extra bytes for the header length itself.  32768*3 + 3 = 98307.
-    */
-    if( offset > 98307 || offset > pC->payloadSize ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto op_column_error;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure at least the first p2+1 entries of the header have been
-  ** parsed and valid information is in aOffset[] and aType[].
-  */
-  if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
-    /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try
-    ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field 
-    */
-    if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){
-      /* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */
-      if( pC->aRow==0 ){
-        memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
-        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, aOffset[0], 
-                                     !pC->isTable, &sMem);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto op_column_error;
-        }
-        zData = (u8*)sMem.z;
-      }else{
-        zData = pC->aRow;
-      }
-  
-      /* Fill in aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */
-      i = pC->nHdrParsed;
-      offset = aOffset[i];
-      zHdr = zData + pC->iHdrOffset;
-      zEndHdr = zData + aOffset[0];
-      assert( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
-      do{
-        if( zHdr[0]<0x80 ){
-          t = zHdr[0];
-          zHdr++;
-        }else{
-          zHdr += sqlite3GetVarint32(zHdr, &t);
-        }
-        aType[i] = t;
-        szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t);
-        offset += szField;
-        if( offset<szField ){  /* True if offset overflows */
-          zHdr = &zEndHdr[1];  /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
-          break;
-        }
-        i++;
-        aOffset[i] = offset;
-      }while( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
-      pC->nHdrParsed = i;
-      pC->iHdrOffset = (u32)(zHdr - zData);
-      if( pC->aRow==0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
-        sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
-      }
-  
-      /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header,
-      ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the
-      ** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end
-      ** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing 
-      ** with a corrupt database.
-      */
-      if( (zHdr > zEndHdr)
-       || (offset > pC->payloadSize)
-       || (zHdr==zEndHdr && offset!=pC->payloadSize)
-      ){
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        goto op_column_error;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If after trying to extra new entries from the header, nHdrParsed is
-    ** still not up to p2, that means that the record has fewer than p2
-    ** columns.  So the result will be either the default value or a NULL.
-    */
-    if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
-      if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
-      }else{
-        MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
-      }
-      goto op_column_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Extract the content for the p2+1-th column.  Control can only
-  ** reach this point if aOffset[p2], aOffset[p2+1], and aType[p2] are
-  ** all valid.
-  */
-  assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed );
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) );
-  if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){
-    /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original
-    ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */
-    VdbeMemRelease(pDest);
-    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], aType[p2], pDest);
-  }else{
-    /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */
-    t = aType[p2];
-    if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
-          && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0))
-     || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0
-    ){
-      /* Content is irrelevant for the typeof() function and for
-      ** the length(X) function if X is a blob.  So we might as well use
-      ** bogus content rather than reading content from disk.  NULL works
-      ** for text and blob and whatever is in the payloadSize64 variable
-      ** will work for everything else.  Content is also irrelevant if
-      ** the content length is 0. */
-      zData = t<=13 ? (u8*)&payloadSize64 : 0;
-      sMem.zMalloc = 0;
-    }else{
-      memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
-      sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sMem, pDest);
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, !pC->isTable,
-                                   &sMem);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto op_column_error;
-      }
-      zData = (u8*)sMem.z;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, t, pDest);
-    /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
-    ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
-    ** dynamically allocated space over to the pDest structure.
-    ** This prevents a memory copy. */
-    if( sMem.zMalloc ){
-      assert( sMem.z==sMem.zMalloc );
-      assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pDest)==0 );
-      assert( (pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))==0 || pDest->z==sMem.z );
-      pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
-      pDest->flags |= MEM_Term;
-      pDest->z = sMem.z;
-      pDest->zMalloc = sMem.zMalloc;
-    }
-  }
-  pDest->enc = encoding;
-
-op_column_out:
-  Deephemeralize(pDest);
-op_column_error:
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])
-**
-** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
-**
-** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** memory cell in the range.
-*/
-case OP_Affinity: {
-  const char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
-  char cAff;               /* A single character of affinity */
-
-  zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
-  assert( zAffinity!=0 );
-  assert( zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 );
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  while( (cAff = *(zAffinity++))!=0 ){
-    assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
-    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
-    applyAffinity(pIn1, cAff, encoding);
-    pIn1++;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])
-**
-** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format]
-** use as a data record in a database table or as a key
-** in an index.  The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
-**
-** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long.  The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** field of the index key.
-**
-** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
-** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
-**
-** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
-*/
-case OP_MakeRecord: {
-  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
-  Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
-  u64 nData;             /* Number of bytes of data space */
-  int nHdr;              /* Number of bytes of header space */
-  i64 nByte;             /* Data space required for this record */
-  int nZero;             /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
-  int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
-  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
-  Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
-  Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
-  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
-  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
-  int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
-  int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] header */
-  int j;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] content */
-  int len;               /* Length of a field */
-
-  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
-  ** like this:
-  **
-  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
-  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  **
-  ** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
-  ** and so froth.
-  **
-  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
-  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
-  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
-  ** of the record to data0.
-  */
-  nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
-  nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
-  nZero = 0;         /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
-  nField = pOp->p1;
-  zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
-  assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-  pData0 = &aMem[nField];
-  nField = pOp->p2;
-  pLast = &pData0[nField-1];
-  file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
-
-  /* Identify the output register */
-  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-
-  /* Apply the requested affinity to all inputs
-  */
-  assert( pData0<=pLast );
-  if( zAffinity ){
-    pRec = pData0;
-    do{
-      applyAffinity(pRec++, *(zAffinity++), encoding);
-      assert( zAffinity[0]==0 || pRec<=pLast );
-    }while( zAffinity[0] );
-  }
-
-  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
-  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
-  */
-  pRec = pLast;
-  do{
-    assert( memIsValid(pRec) );
-    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
-    len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
-    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      if( nData ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec);
-      }else{
-        nZero += pRec->u.nZero;
-        len -= pRec->u.nZero;
-      }
-    }
-    nData += len;
-    testcase( serial_type==127 );
-    testcase( serial_type==128 );
-    nHdr += serial_type<=127 ? 1 : sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
-  }while( (--pRec)>=pData0 );
-
-  /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
-  testcase( nHdr==126 );
-  testcase( nHdr==127 );
-  if( nHdr<=126 ){
-    /* The common case */
-    nHdr += 1;
-  }else{
-    /* Rare case of a really large header */
-    nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
-    nHdr += nVarint;
-    if( nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ) nHdr++;
-  }
-  nByte = nHdr+nData;
-  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store 
-  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
-  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
-  ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
-  */
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte, 0) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
-
-  /* Write the record */
-  i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
-  j = nHdr;
-  assert( pData0<=pLast );
-  pRec = pData0;
-  do{
-    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
-    i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type);            /* serial type */
-    j += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[j], pRec, serial_type); /* content */
-  }while( (++pRec)<=pLast );
-  assert( i==nHdr );
-  assert( j==nByte );
-
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pOut->n = (int)nByte;
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Blob;
-  pOut->xDel = 0;
-  if( nZero ){
-    pOut->u.nZero = nZero;
-    pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
-  }
-  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=count()
-**
-** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index 
-** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-case OP_Count: {         /* out2-prerelease */
-  i64 nEntry;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-
-  pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr );
-  nEntry = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry);
-  pOut->u.i = nEntry;
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
-** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
-** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
-*/
-case OP_Savepoint: {
-  int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
-  char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
-  int nName;
-  Savepoint *pNew;
-  Savepoint *pSavepoint;
-  Savepoint *pTmp;
-  int iSavepoint;
-  int ii;
-
-  p1 = pOp->p1;
-  zName = pOp->p4.z;
-
-  /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
-  ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. 
-  */
-  assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
-  assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
-  assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 );
-  assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-
-  if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
-    if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
-      /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write 
-      ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
-      */
-      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - "
-        "SQL statements in progress");
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }else{
-      nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction
-      ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks.
-      ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed
-      ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty.  */
-      assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 );
-      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN,
-                                db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-#endif
-
-      /* Create a new savepoint structure. */
-      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+nName+1);
-      if( pNew ){
-        pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
-        memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1);
-    
-        /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
-        ** "transaction savepoint". */
-        if( db->autoCommit ){
-          db->autoCommit = 0;
-          db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
-        }else{
-          db->nSavepoint++;
-        }
-    
-        /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
-        pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
-        db->pSavepoint = pNew;
-        pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons;
-        pNew->nDeferredImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    iSavepoint = 0;
-
-    /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
-    ** an error is returned to the user.  */
-    for(
-      pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; 
-      pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName);
-      pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext
-    ){
-      iSavepoint++;
-    }
-    if( !pSavepoint ){
-      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", zName);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
-      /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are 
-      ** active write statements.
-      */
-      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, 
-        "cannot release savepoint - SQL statements in progress"
-      );
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }else{
-
-      /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
-      ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction 
-      ** is committed. 
-      */
-      int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
-      if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
-        if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto vdbe_return;
-        }
-        db->autoCommit = 1;
-        if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-          p->pc = pc;
-          db->autoCommit = 0;
-          p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-          goto vdbe_return;
-        }
-        db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
-        rc = p->rc;
-      }else{
-        iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - iSavepoint - 1;
-        if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
-          for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
-            sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(db->aDb[ii].pBt, SQLITE_ABORT);
-          }
-        }
-        for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
-          rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[ii].pBt, p1, iSavepoint);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            goto abort_due_to_error;
-          }
-        }
-        if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){
-          sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-          sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-          db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
-        }
-      }
-  
-      /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all 
-      ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
-      while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){
-        pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
-        db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
-        db->nSavepoint--;
-      }
-
-      /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on 
-      ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred 
-      ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored
-      ** when the savepoint was created.  */
-      if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
-        assert( pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint );
-        db->pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pSavepoint);
-        if( !isTransaction ){
-          db->nSavepoint--;
-        }
-      }else{
-        db->nDeferredCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredCons;
-        db->nDeferredImmCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredImmCons;
-      }
-
-      if( !isTransaction ){
-        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, p1, iSavepoint);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
-** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
-** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails.  A COMMIT fails if
-** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache.
-**
-** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
-*/
-case OP_AutoCommit: {
-  int desiredAutoCommit;
-  int iRollback;
-  int turnOnAC;
-
-  desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1;
-  iRollback = pOp->p2;
-  turnOnAC = desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit;
-  assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || desiredAutoCommit==0 );
-  assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || iRollback==0 );
-  assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-
-#if 0
-  if( turnOnAC && iRollback && db->nVdbeActive>1 ){
-    /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are
-    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
-    ** that the other VMs must complete first. 
-    */
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - "
-        "SQL statements in progress");
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else
-#endif
-  if( turnOnAC && !iRollback && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
-    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
-    ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. 
-    */
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - "
-        "SQL statements in progress");
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else if( desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){
-    if( iRollback ){
-      assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 );
-      sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
-      db->autoCommit = 1;
-    }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto vdbe_return;
-    }else{
-      db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit;
-      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        p->pc = pc;
-        db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit);
-        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        goto vdbe_return;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( db->nStatement==0 );
-    sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
-    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    goto vdbe_return;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
-        (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
-        (iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
-                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
-         
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already
-** active.
-** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a 
-** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction.
-** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started.
-**
-** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
-** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
-** file used for temporary tables.  Indices of 2 or more are used for
-** attached databases.
-**
-** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is
-** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may
-** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened.
-** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database
-** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other
-** active statements. A statement transaction allows the changes made by this
-** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
-** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction
-** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts.
-**
-** If P5!=0 then this opcode also checks the schema cookie against P3
-** and the schema generation counter against P4.
-** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
-** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
-** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.  If the schema
-** cookie in P3 differs from the schema cookie in the database header or
-** if the schema generation counter in P4 differs from the current
-** generation counter, then an SQLITE_SCHEMA error is raised and execution
-** halts.  The sqlite3_step() wrapper function might then reprepare the
-** statement and rerun it from the beginning.
-*/
-case OP_Transaction: {
-  Btree *pBt;
-  int iMeta;
-  int iGen;
-
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
-  if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-    goto abort_due_to_error;
-  }
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-
-  if( pBt ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      p->pc = pc;
-      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-      goto vdbe_return;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-
-    if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal 
-     && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) 
-    ){
-      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
-      if( p->iStatement==0 ){
-        assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
-        db->nStatement++; 
-        p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
-      }
-
-      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt, p->iStatement);
-      }
-
-      /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint
-      ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back,
-      ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too.  */
-      p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons;
-      p->nStmtDefImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons;
-    }
-
-    /* Gather the schema version number for checking */
-    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&iMeta);
-    iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration;
-  }else{
-    iGen = iMeta = 0;
-  }
-  assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  if( pOp->p5 && (iMeta!=pOp->p3 || iGen!=pOp->p4.i) ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
-    /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie 
-    ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
-    ** not reload the schema from the database file.
-    **
-    ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
-    ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
-    ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
-    ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
-    ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
-    ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
-    ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within 
-    ** a v-table method.
-    */
-    if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
-      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, pOp->p1);
-    }
-    p->expired = 1;
-    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
-** P3==1 is the schema version.  P3==2 is the database format.
-** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
-** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
-** temporary tables.
-**
-** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
-** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
-** executing this instruction.
-*/
-case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2-prerelease */
-  int iMeta;
-  int iDb;
-  int iCookie;
-
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-  iDb = pOp->p1;
-  iCookie = pOp->p3;
-  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<iDb))!=0 );
-
-  sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
-  pOut->u.i = iMeta;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
-** into cookie number P2 of database P1.  P2==1 is the schema version.  
-** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache 
-** size, and so forth.  P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the 
-** database file used to store temporary tables.
-**
-** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
-*/
-case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
-  Db *pDb;
-  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
-  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
-  if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){
-    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
-    pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i;
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){
-    /* Record changes in the file format */
-    pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i;
-  }
-  if( pOp->p1==1 ){
-    /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
-    ** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    p->expired = 0;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
-**
-** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
-** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by P3. 
-** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for 
-** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
-** database.  Give the new cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1
-** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
-** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
-**
-** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
-** the value of P2 itself.
-**
-** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
-** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
-** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
-** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
-** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
-** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
-** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
-** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
-**
-** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
-** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
-** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
-** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
-** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
-**
-** See also OpenWrite.
-*/
-/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
-**
-** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
-** page is P2.  Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
-** root page.
-**
-** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
-** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
-** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
-** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
-** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the
-** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used.
-**
-** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
-** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
-** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
-**
-** See also OpenRead.
-*/
-case OP_OpenRead:
-case OP_OpenWrite: {
-  int nField;
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-  int p2;
-  int iDb;
-  int wrFlag;
-  Btree *pX;
-  VdbeCursor *pCur;
-  Db *pDb;
-
-  assert( (pOp->p5&(OPFLAG_P2ISREG|OPFLAG_BULKCSR))==pOp->p5 );
-  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 );
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || p->readOnly==0 );
-
-  if( p->expired ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-    break;
-  }
-
-  nField = 0;
-  pKeyInfo = 0;
-  p2 = pOp->p2;
-  iDb = pOp->p3;
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<iDb))!=0 );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  pX = pDb->pBt;
-  assert( pX!=0 );
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
-    wrFlag = 1;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
-      p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
-    }
-  }else{
-    wrFlag = 0;
-  }
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){
-    assert( p2>0 );
-    assert( p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-    pIn2 = &aMem[p2];
-    assert( memIsValid(pIn2) );
-    assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
-    p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
-    /* The p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
-    ** that opcode will always set the p2 value to 2 or more or else fail.
-    ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted
-    ** before reaching this instruction. */
-    if( NEVER(p2<2) ) {
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
-    pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-    assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
-    assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
-    nField = pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField;
-  }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){
-    nField = pOp->p4.i;
-  }
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
-  assert( nField>=0 );
-  testcase( nField==0 );  /* Table with INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and nothing else */
-  pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, nField, iDb, 1);
-  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCur->nullRow = 1;
-  pCur->isOrdered = 1;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->pCursor);
-  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-  assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD );
-  sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(pCur->pCursor, (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR));
-
-  /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only value that
-  ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return is SQLITE_OK. */
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-  /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of
-  ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
-  ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
-  ** since moved into the btree layer.  */  
-  pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5
-** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
-**
-** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
-** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
-** the main database is read-only.  The ephemeral
-** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
-**
-** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
-** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
-** if P4 is not 0.  If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
-** that defines the format of keys in the index.
-**
-** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined
-** in btree.h.  These flags control aspects of the operation of
-** the btree.  The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are
-** added automatically.
-*/
-/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
-**
-** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral.  It has a
-** different name to distinguish its use.  Tables created using
-** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
-** indices in joins.
-*/
-case OP_OpenAutoindex: 
-case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
-  VdbeCursor *pCx;
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-
-  static const int vfsFlags = 
-      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
-  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
-  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCx->nullRow = 1;
-  pCx->isEphemeral = 1;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBt, 
-                        BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
-    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before
-    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
-    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table).
-    */
-    if( (pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){
-      int pgno;
-      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); 
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
-        assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
-        assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
-        pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, pKeyInfo, pCx->pCursor);
-      }
-      pCx->isTable = 0;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, pCx->pCursor);
-      pCx->isTable = 1;
-    }
-  }
-  pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SorterOpen P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens
-** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large
-** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm.
-*/
-case OP_SorterOpen: {
-  VdbeCursor *pCx;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
-  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
-  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-  assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->db==db );
-  assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, pCx);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]
-**
-** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
-** row of data.  The content of that one row is the content of memory
-** register P2.  In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the 
-** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
-**
-** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
-** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
-** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.  The OP_Column opcode
-** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
-**
-** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
-** the pseudo-table.
-*/
-case OP_OpenPseudo: {
-  VdbeCursor *pCx;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
-  assert( pOp->p3>=0 );
-  pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0);
-  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCx->nullRow = 1;
-  pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2;
-  pCx->isTable = 1;
-  assert( pOp->p5==0 );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
-**
-** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
-** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
-*/
-case OP_Close: {
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
-  p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
-** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
-** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
-** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
-** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
-** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
-** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
-*/
-case OP_SeekLT:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_SeekLE:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_SeekGE:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_SeekGT: {       /* jump, in3 */
-  int res;
-  int oc;
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  UnpackedRecord r;
-  int nField;
-  i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
-  assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 );
-  assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 );
-  assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 );
-  assert( pC->isOrdered );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  oc = pOp->opcode;
-  pC->nullRow = 0;
-  if( pC->isTable ){
-    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
-    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
-    ** the seek, so covert it. */
-    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-    applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
-    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
-    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-
-    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
-    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
-    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
-      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
-        /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
-        ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
-        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search
-      ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term
-      ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5:
-      **
-      **        (x >  4.9)    ->     (x >= 5)
-      **        (x <= 4.9)    ->     (x <  5)
-      */
-      if( pIn3->r<(double)iKey ){
-        assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) );
-        assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) );
-        assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) );
-        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--;
-      }
-
-      /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search
-      ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=.  */
-      else if( pIn3->r>(double)iKey ){
-        assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) );
-        assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) );
-        assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) );
-        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++;
-      }
-    } 
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-    if( res==0 ){
-      pC->rowidIsValid = 1;
-      pC->lastRowid = iKey;
-    }
-  }else{
-    nField = pOp->p4.i;
-    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-    assert( nField>0 );
-    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-    r.nField = (u16)nField;
-
-    /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster:
-    **   if( oc==OP_SeekGT || oc==OP_SeekLE ){
-    **     r.default_rc = -1;
-    **   }else{
-    **     r.default_rc = +1;
-    **   }
-    */
-    r.default_rc = ((1 & (oc - OP_SeekLT)) ? -1 : +1);
-    assert( oc!=OP_SeekGT || r.default_rc==-1 );
-    assert( oc!=OP_SeekLE || r.default_rc==-1 );
-    assert( oc!=OP_SeekGE || r.default_rc==+1 );
-    assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 );
-
-    r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
-#endif
-    ExpandBlob(r.aMem);
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  }
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
-  if( oc>=OP_SeekGE ){  assert( oc==OP_SeekGE || oc==OP_SeekGT );
-    if( res<0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekGT) ){
-      res = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-      pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-    }else{
-      res = 0;
-    }
-  }else{
-    assert( oc==OP_SeekLT || oc==OP_SeekLE );
-    if( res>0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekLT) ){
-      res = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-      pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-    }else{
-      /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
-      ** see if this is the case.
-      */
-      res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
-    }
-  }
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-  if( res ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis:  intkey=r[P2]
-**
-** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer.  Arrange
-** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2.
-**
-** This is actually a deferred seek.  Nothing actually happens until
-** the cursor is used to read a record.  That way, if no reads
-** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
-*/
-case OP_Seek: {    /* in2 */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable );
-  pC->nullRow = 0;
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
-  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
-  break;
-}
-  
-
-/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
-** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
-** record.
-**
-** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
-** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
-** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
-**
-** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe
-*/
-/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
-** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
-** record.
-** 
-** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
-** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2.  If P1 
-** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
-** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
-** matching entry.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict
-*/
-/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
-** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
-** record.
-** 
-** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
-** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2.  If all terms of the
-** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
-** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix.  If there are no matches, jump
-** immediately to P2.  If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1
-** cursor pointing to the matching row.
-**
-** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the
-** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL.
-**
-** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
-*/
-case OP_NoConflict:     /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  int alreadyExists;
-  int ii;
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  int res;
-  char *pFree;
-  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
-  UnpackedRecord r;
-  char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*4 + 7];
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++;
-#endif
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-  pFree = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to suppress a compiler warning. */
-  if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
-    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-    r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
-    r.aMem = pIn3;
-    for(ii=0; ii<r.nField; ii++){
-      assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[ii]) );
-      ExpandBlob(&r.aMem[ii]);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      if( ii ) REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3+ii, &r.aMem[ii]);
-#endif
-    }
-    pIdxKey = &r;
-  }else{
-    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
-        pC->pKeyInfo, aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec), &pFree
-    ); 
-    if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem;
-    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
-    assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 );  /* zeroblobs already expanded */
-    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey);
-  }
-  pIdxKey->default_rc = 0;
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){
-    /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the
-    ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not
-    ** conflict */
-    for(ii=0; ii<r.nField; ii++){
-      if( r.aMem[ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
-        pc = pOp->p2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);
-  if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pFree);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    break;
-  }
-  pC->seekResult = res;
-  alreadyExists = (res==0);
-  pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
-    VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2);
-    if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }else{
-    VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists==0,2);
-    if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3]
-**
-** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
-** keys).  P3 is an integer rowid.  If P1 does not contain a record with
-** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.  If P1 does contain a record
-** with rowid P3 then leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall
-** through to the next instruction.
-**
-** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
-** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict
-*/
-case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-  u64 iKey;
-
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
-  res = 0;
-  iKey = pIn3->u.i;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);
-  pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
-  pC->rowidIsValid = res==0 ?1:0;
-  pC->nullRow = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-  if( res!=0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
-  }
-  pC->seekResult = res;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++
-**
-** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
-** Write the sequence number into register P2.
-** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
-** instruction.  
-*/
-case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
-  pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
-  break;
-}
-
-
-/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
-**
-** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
-** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
-** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is written
-** written to register P2.
-**
-** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds 
-** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
-** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, 
-** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
-** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
-** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
-*/
-case OP_NewRowid: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
-  int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
-  int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
-  Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
-  VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */
-
-  v = 0;
-  res = 0;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  if( NEVER(pC->pCursor==0) ){
-    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
-  }else{
-    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
-    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
-    **
-    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
-    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
-    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
-    ** probabilistic algorithm
-    **
-    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
-    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
-    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
-    ** and try again, up to 100 times.
-    */
-    assert( pC->isTable );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
-#   define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
-#else
-    /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
-    ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL.  The following macro seems
-    ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
-    */
-#   define MAX_ROWID  (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
-#endif
-
-    if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      if( res ){
-        v = 1;   /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */
-      }else{
-        assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pC->pCursor) );
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */
-        if( v>=MAX_ROWID ){
-          pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
-        }else{
-          v++;   /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    if( pOp->p3 ){
-      /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
-      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-      if( p->pFrame ){
-        for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
-        /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
-        assert( pOp->p3<=pFrame->nMem );
-        pMem = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3];
-      }else{
-        /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
-        assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-        pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-        memAboutToChange(p, pMem);
-      }
-      assert( memIsValid(pMem) );
-
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem);
-      sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
-      assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
-      if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
-        rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){
-        v = pMem->u.i + 1;
-      }
-      pMem->u.i = v;
-    }
-#endif
-    if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
-      /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the
-      ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database
-      ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until
-      ** it finds one that is not previously used. */
-      assert( pOp->p3==0 );  /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is
-                             ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */
-      /* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */
-      v = lastRowid;
-      v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
-      v++; /* ensure non-zero */
-      cnt = 0;
-      while(   ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)v,
-                                                 0, &res))==SQLITE_OK)
-            && (res==0)
-            && (++cnt<100)){
-        /* collision - try another random rowid */
-        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
-        if( cnt<5 ){
-          /* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */
-          v &= 0xffffff;
-        }else{
-          v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
-        }
-        v++; /* ensure non-zero */
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      assert( v>0 );  /* EV: R-40812-03570 */
-    }
-    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  }
-  pOut->u.i = v;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]
-**
-** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
-** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
-** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register
-** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
-** be a MEM_Int.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
-** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
-** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of
-** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this
-** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing
-** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is
-** currently pointing to.  Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode
-** has already positioned the cursor correctly.  This is an optimization
-** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an
-** UPDATE operation.  Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode
-** is part of an INSERT operation.  The difference is only important to
-** the update hook.
-**
-** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
-** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook 
-** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
-**
-** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
-** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
-** and register P2 becomes ephemeral.  If the cursor is changed, the
-** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
-** cause any problems.)
-**
-** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
-** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
-*/
-/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis:  intkey=P3 data=r[P2]
-**
-** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the
-** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3.
-*/
-case OP_Insert: 
-case OP_InsertInt: {
-  Mem *pData;       /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
-  Mem *pKey;        /* MEM cell holding key  for the record */
-  i64 iKey;         /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;   /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
-  int nZero;        /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
-  int seekResult;   /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
-  const char *zDb;  /* database name - used by the update hook */
-  const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */
-  int op;           /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
-
-  pData = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  assert( memIsValid(pData) );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable );
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData);
-
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){
-    pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-    assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
-    assert( memIsValid(pKey) );
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey);
-    iKey = pKey->u.i;
-  }else{
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt );
-    iKey = pOp->p3;
-  }
-
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = iKey;
-  if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    pData->z = 0;
-    pData->n = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
-  }
-  seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0);
-  if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-    nZero = pData->u.nZero;
-  }else{
-    nZero = 0;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey,
-                          pData->z, pData->n, nZero,
-                          (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND)!=0, seekResult
-  );
-  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-
-  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
-    zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
-    zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
-    op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
-    assert( pC->isTable );
-    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
-    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
-**
-** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
-** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
-** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
-** a record from within an Next loop.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not).
-**
-** P1 must not be pseudo-table.  It has to be a real table with
-** multiple rows.
-**
-** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
-** pointing to.  The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
-** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
-** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
-*/
-case OP_Delete: {
-  i64 iKey;
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );  /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */
-  iKey = pC->lastRowid;      /* Only used for the update hook */
-
-  /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or
-  ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that
-  ** might move or invalidate the cursor.  Hence cursor pC is always pointing
-  ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation
-  ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail.  We will run it anyhow, though,
-  ** to guard against future changes to the code generator.
-  **/
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor);
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-
-  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z && pC->isTable ){
-    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE,
-                        db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName, pOp->p4.z, iKey);
-    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
-  }
-  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
-  break;
-}
-/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * *
-**
-** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
-** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()).
-** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0.
-** This is used by trigger programs.
-*/
-case OP_ResetCount: {
-  sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
-  p->nChange = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4
-** Synopsis:  if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
-**
-** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
-** the record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that 
-** the sorter cursor currently points to.  The final P4 fields of both
-** the P3 and sorter record are ignored.
-**
-** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant
-** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then
-** the comparison is assumed to be equal.
-**
-** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to
-** each other.  Jump to P2 if they are different.
-*/
-case OP_SorterCompare: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  int res;
-  int nIgnore;
-
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( isSorter(pC) );
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  nIgnore = pOp->p4.i;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nIgnore, &res);
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-  if( res ){
-    pc = pOp->p2-1;
-  }
-  break;
-};
-
-/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
-**
-** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1.
-*/
-case OP_SorterData: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( isSorter(pC) );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(pC, pOut);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pOut->flags & MEM_Blob) );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
-**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.  
-** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
-** it is found in the database file.
-**
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-*/
-/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=key
-**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.  
-** The key is copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
-** it is found in the database file.
-**
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-*/
-case OP_RowKey:
-case OP_RowData: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  u32 n;
-  i64 n64;
-
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
-
-  /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( isSorter(pC)==0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData );
-  assert( pC->isTable==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->nullRow==0 );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
-
-  /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
-  ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate
-  ** the cursor.  Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always
-  ** a no-op and can never fail.  But we leave it in place as a safety.
-  */
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-
-  if( pC->isTable==0 ){
-    assert( !pC->isTable );
-    VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
-    if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-      goto too_big;
-    }
-    n = (u32)n64;
-  }else{
-    VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* DataSize() cannot fail */
-    if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-      goto too_big;
-    }
-  }
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, n, 0) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  pOut->n = n;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
-  if( pC->isTable==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
-  }
-  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
-**
-** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
-** P1 is currently point to.
-**
-** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table.  There used to
-** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
-** one opcode now works for both table types.
-*/
-case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2-prerelease */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  i64 v;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 || pC->nullRow );
-  if( pC->nullRow ){
-    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
-    break;
-  }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){
-    v = pC->movetoTarget;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  }else if( pC->pVtabCursor ){
-    pVtab = pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-    pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-    assert( pModule->xRowid );
-    rc = pModule->xRowid(pC->pVtabCursor, &v);
-    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-  }else{
-    assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-    if( pC->rowidIsValid ){
-      v = pC->lastRowid;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );  /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */
-    }
-  }
-  pOut->u.i = v;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
-**
-** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
-** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
-** write a NULL.
-*/
-case OP_NullRow: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pC->nullRow = 1;
-  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  if( pC->pCursor ){
-    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
-** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
-** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
-** to the following instruction.
-*/
-case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  res = 0;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
-  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  if( pOp->p2>0 ){
-    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-    if( res ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-
-/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
-** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
-**
-** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
-** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
-** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
-** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
-** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
-** correctly optimizing out sorts.
-*/
-case OP_SorterSort:    /* jump */
-case OP_Sort: {        /* jump */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_sort_count++;
-  sqlite3_search_count--;
-#endif
-  p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++;
-  /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
-}
-/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
-** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
-** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
-** to the following instruction.
-*/
-case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) );
-  res = 1;
-  if( isSorter(pC) ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, pC, &res);
-  }else{
-    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-    assert( pCrsr );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  }
-  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-  if( res ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
-** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
-**
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  P1 must have
-** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault.
-**
-** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
-** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
-** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
-** always either 0 or 1.
-**
-** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
-** sqlite3BtreeNext().
-**
-** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
-** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
-**
-** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen
-*/
-/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** This opcode works just like OP_Next except that if cursor P1 is not
-** open it behaves a no-op.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
-** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
-**
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  If P1 is
-** not open then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
-** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
-** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
-** always either 0 or 1.
-**
-** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
-** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
-**
-** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
-** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
-*/
-/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** This opcode works just like OP_Prev except that if cursor P1 is not
-** open it behaves a no-op.
-*/
-case OP_SorterNext: {  /* jump */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  int res;
-
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( isSorter(pC) );
-  res = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pC, &res);
-  goto next_tail;
-case OP_PrevIfOpen:    /* jump */
-case OP_NextIfOpen:    /* jump */
-  if( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]==0 ) break;
-  /* Fall through */
-case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
-case OP_Next:          /* jump */
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p5<ArraySize(p->aCounter) );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  res = pOp->p3;
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor );
-  assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) );
-  testcase( res==1 );
-  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
-  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious );
-  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
-  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious);
-  rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res);
-next_tail:
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2);
-  if( res==0 ){
-    pC->nullRow = 0;
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
-  }else{
-    pC->nullRow = 1;
-  }
-  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  goto check_for_interrupt;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
-** Synopsis: key=r[P2]
-**
-** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
-** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
-** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
-**
-** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
-** insert is likely to be an append.
-**
-** If P5 has the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit set, then the change counter is
-** incremented by this instruction.  If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit is clear,
-** then the change counter is unchanged.
-**
-** If P5 has the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT bit set, then the cursor must have
-** just done a seek to the spot where the new entry is to be inserted.
-** This flag avoids doing an extra seek.
-**
-** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
-** for tables is OP_Insert.
-*/
-case OP_SorterInsert:       /* in2 */
-case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int nKey;
-  const char *zKey;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) );
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( isSorter(pC) ){
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(db, pC, pIn2);
-    }else{
-      nKey = pIn2->n;
-      zKey = pIn2->z;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3, 
-          ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0)
-          );
-      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-      pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]
-**
-** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
-** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the 
-** index opened by cursor P1.
-*/
-case OP_IdxDelete: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-  UnpackedRecord r;
-
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
-  assert( pOp->p5==0 );
-  r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-  r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
-  r.default_rc = 0;
-  r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
-#endif
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, &r, 0, 0, &res);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
-  }
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
-**
-** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
-** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
-** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
-**
-** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
-*/
-case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2-prerelease */
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  i64 rowid;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-  if( !pC->nullRow ){
-    rowid = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pCrsr, &rowid);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-    pOut->u.i = rowid;
-    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY.  Compare this key value against the index 
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID 
-** fields at the end.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
-** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY.  Compare this key value against the index 
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID 
-** fields at the end.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value
-** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID.  Compare this key value against
-** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
-** ROWID on the P1 index.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
-** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID.  Compare this key value against
-** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
-** ROWID on the P1 index.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is less than or equal to the key value then jump
-** to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-case OP_IdxLE:          /* jump */
-case OP_IdxGT:          /* jump */
-case OP_IdxLT:          /* jump */
-case OP_IdxGE:  {       /* jump */
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
-  int res;
-  UnpackedRecord r;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->isOrdered );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0);
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-  assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-  r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
-  if( pOp->opcode<OP_IdxLT ){
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
-    r.default_rc = -1;
-  }else{
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
-    r.default_rc = 0;
-  }
-  r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
-#endif
-  res = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, &r, &res);
-  assert( (OP_IdxLE&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) && (OP_IdxGE&1)==(OP_IdxGT&1) );
-  if( (pOp->opcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
-    res = -res;
-  }else{
-    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
-    res++;
-  }
-  VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2);
-  if( res>0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
-** file is given by P1.
-**
-** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0.  If
-** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
-**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
-** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
-** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
-** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
-** is stored in register P2.  If no page 
-** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
-** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
-** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
-**
-** See also: Clear
-*/
-case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2-prerelease */
-  int iMoved;
-  int iCnt;
-  Vdbe *pVdbe;
-  int iDb;
-
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  iCnt = 0;
-  for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe = pVdbe->pNext){
-    if( pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->bIsReader 
-     && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0 
-    ){
-      iCnt++;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  iCnt = db->nVdbeRead;
-#endif
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
-  if( iCnt>1 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
-    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
-  }else{
-    iDb = pOp->p3;
-    assert( iCnt==1 );
-    assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<iDb))!=0 );
-    iMoved = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only to silence a warning. */
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
-    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pOut->u.i = iMoved;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){
-      sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1);
-      /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */
-      assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==iDb+1 );
-      resetSchemaOnFault = iDb+1;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3
-**
-** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
-** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
-** remove the table or index from the database file.
-**
-** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
-** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
-**
-** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an
-** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change 
-** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. 
-** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
-** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
-**
-** See also: Destroy
-*/
-case OP_Clear: {
-  int nChange;
- 
-  nChange = 0;
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
-      db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0)
-  );
-  if( pOp->p3 ){
-    p->nChange += nChange;
-    if( pOp->p3>0 ){
-      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
-      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
-      aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ResetSorter P1 * * * *
-**
-** Delete all contents from the ephemeral table or sorter
-** that is open on cursor P1.
-**
-** This opcode only works for cursors used for sorting and
-** opened with OP_OpenEphemeral or OP_SorterOpen.
-*/
-case OP_ResetSorter: {
-  VdbeCursor *pC;
- 
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  if( pC->pSorter ){
-    sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pC->pSorter);
-  }else{
-    assert( pC->isEphemeral );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(pC->pCursor);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1
-**
-** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2
-**
-** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
-** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
-** has an arbitrary key but no data.
-**
-** See also: CreateIndex
-*/
-/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1
-**
-** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2.
-**
-** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
-*/
-case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2-prerelease */
-case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
-  int pgno;
-  int flags;
-  Db *pDb;
-
-  pgno = 0;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
-    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
-    flags = BTREE_INTKEY;
-  }else{
-    flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
-  pOut->u.i = pgno;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
-** that match the WHERE clause P4. 
-**
-** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
-** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
-*/
-case OP_ParseSchema: {
-  int iDb;
-  const char *zMaster;
-  char *zSql;
-  InitData initData;
-
-  /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes
-  ** on every btree.  This is a prerequisite for invoking 
-  ** sqlite3InitCallback().
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
-    assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  iDb = pOp->p1;
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) );
-  /* Used to be a conditional */ {
-    zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    initData.db = db;
-    initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
-    initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
-    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
-       "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid",
-       db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
-    if( zSql==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      assert( db->init.busy==0 );
-      db->init.busy = 1;
-      initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-      db->init.busy = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc ) sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  break;  
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE)
-/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
-**
-** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
-** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
-** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
-*/
-case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1);
-  break;  
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */
-
-/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
-*/
-case OP_DropTable: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
-*/
-case OP_DropIndex: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
-*/
-case OP_DropTrigger: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
-**
-** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Store in
-** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
-** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
-**
-** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
-** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
-** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are 
-** seen.  Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
-**
-** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
-** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), ....  There are P2 tables
-** total.
-**
-** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
-** file, not the main database file.
-**
-** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
-*/
-case OP_IntegrityCk: {
-  int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
-  int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
-  int j;          /* Loop counter */
-  int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
-  char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
-  Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
-
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-  nRoot = pOp->p2;
-  assert( nRoot>0 );
-  aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) );
-  if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
-  assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
-    aRoot[j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[j]);
-  }
-  aRoot[j] = 0;
-  assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p5))!=0 );
-  z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
-                                 (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot);
-  pnErr->u.i -= nErr;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
-  if( nErr==0 ){
-    assert( z==0 );
-  }else if( z==0 ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis:  rowset(P1)=r[P2]
-**
-** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index
-** held in register P1.
-**
-** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
-*/
-case OP_RowSetAdd: {       /* in1, in2 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
-    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  }
-  sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis:  r[P3]=rowset(P1)
-**
-** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into
-** register P3.  Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
-** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
-*/
-case OP_RowSetRead: {       /* jump, in1, out3 */
-  i64 val;
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 
-   || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0
-  ){
-    /* The boolean index is empty */
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
-  }else{
-    /* A value was pulled from the index */
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val);
-    VdbeBranchTaken(0,2);
-  }
-  goto check_for_interrupt;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
-** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2
-**
-** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1
-** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains
-** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the
-** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the
-** next opcode.
-**
-** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets
-** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set
-** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set
-** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1.  P4 must be either -1 or
-** non-negative.  For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4
-** bits are significant.
-**
-** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test
-** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it,
-** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will
-** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is
-** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was
-** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously
-** inserted as part of some other set).
-*/
-case OP_RowSetTest: {                     /* jump, in1, in3 */
-  int iSet;
-  int exists;
-
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  iSet = pOp->p4.i;
-  assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
-
-  /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1,
-  ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset
-  */
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
-    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  }
-
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 );
-  if( iSet ){
-    exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, iSet, pIn3->u.i);
-    VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2);
-    if( exists ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( iSet>=0 ){
-    sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-
-/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). 
-**
-** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory 
-** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 
-** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE 
-** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address 
-** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the 
-** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime.
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
-**
-** If P5 is non-zero, then recursive program invocation is enabled.
-*/
-case OP_Program: {        /* jump */
-  int nMem;               /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
-  int nByte;              /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
-  Mem *pRt;               /* Register to allocate runtime space */
-  Mem *pMem;              /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
-  Mem *pEnd;              /* Last memory cell in new array */
-  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
-  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Sub-program to execute */
-  void *t;                /* Token identifying trigger */
-
-  pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
-  pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( pProgram->nOp>0 );
-  
-  /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is 
-  ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
-  ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set
-  ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear).
-  ** 
-  ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is 
-  ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one 
-  ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different 
-  ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a
-  ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token 
-  ** variable.  */
-  if( pOp->p5 ){
-    t = pProgram->token;
-    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame && pFrame->token!=t; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
-    if( pFrame ) break;
-  }
-
-  if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion");
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
-  ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
-  ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt 
-  ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized.  */
-  if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){
-    /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the 
-    ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
-    ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
-    ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
-    */
-    nMem = pProgram->nMem + pProgram->nCsr;
-    nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))
-              + nMem * sizeof(Mem)
-              + pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *)
-              + pProgram->nOnce * sizeof(u8);
-    pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-    if( !pFrame ){
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt);
-    pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
-    pRt->u.pFrame = pFrame;
-
-    pFrame->v = p;
-    pFrame->nChildMem = nMem;
-    pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr;
-    pFrame->pc = pc;
-    pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
-    pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
-    pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
-    pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
-    pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
-    pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
-    pFrame->token = pProgram->token;
-    pFrame->aOnceFlag = p->aOnceFlag;
-    pFrame->nOnceFlag = p->nOnceFlag;
-
-    pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[pFrame->nChildMem];
-    for(pMem=VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); pMem!=pEnd; pMem++){
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined;
-      pMem->db = db;
-    }
-  }else{
-    pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame;
-    assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem );
-    assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr );
-    assert( pc==pFrame->pc );
-  }
-
-  p->nFrame++;
-  pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
-  pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid;
-  pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
-  p->nChange = 0;
-  p->pFrame = pFrame;
-  p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[-1];
-  p->nMem = pFrame->nChildMem;
-  p->nCursor = (u16)pFrame->nChildCsr;
-  p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1];
-  p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp;
-  p->nOp = pProgram->nOp;
-  p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor];
-  p->nOnceFlag = pProgram->nOnce;
-  pc = -1;
-  memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);
-
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the 
-** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory 
-** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames 
-** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* 
-** and old.* values.
-**
-** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
-** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the
-** calling OP_Program instruction.
-*/
-case OP_Param: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
-  Mem *pIn;
-  pFrame = p->pFrame;
-  pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1];   
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem);
-  break;
-}
-
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2
-**
-** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive).
-** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented 
-** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the 
-** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints).
-*/
-case OP_FkCounter: {
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs ){
-    db->nDeferredImmCons += pOp->p2;
-  }else if( pOp->p1 ){
-    db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2;
-  }else{
-    p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2
-**
-** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero.
-** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next 
-** instruction.
-**
-** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter
-** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is
-** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero
-** (immediate foreign key constraint violations).
-*/
-case OP_FkIfZero: {         /* jump */
-  if( pOp->p1 ){
-    VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
-    if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
-  }else{
-    VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
-    if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])
-**
-** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is
-** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed
-** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of 
-** its current value and the value in register P2.
-**
-** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
-** an integer.
-*/
-case OP_MemMax: {        /* in2 */
-  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
-  if( p->pFrame ){
-    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
-    pIn1 = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  }else{
-    pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  }
-  assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
-  if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
-    pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
-
-/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2
-**
-** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
-**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
-*/
-case OP_IfPos: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2);
-  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
-     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2
-**
-** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
-**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
-*/
-case OP_IfNeg: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2);
-  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
-     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2
-**
-** The register P1 must contain an integer.  Add literal P3 to the
-** value in register P1.  If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. 
-**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
-*/
-case OP_IfZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
-  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
-  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
-     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])
-**
-** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
-** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
-** structure that specifies the function.  Use register
-** P3 as the accumulator.
-**
-** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
-** successors.
-*/
-case OP_AggStep: {
-  int n;
-  int i;
-  Mem *pMem;
-  Mem *pRec;
-  sqlite3_context ctx;
-  sqlite3_value **apVal;
-
-  n = pOp->p5;
-  assert( n>=0 );
-  pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  apVal = p->apArg;
-  assert( apVal || n==0 );
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pRec++){
-    assert( memIsValid(pRec) );
-    apVal[i] = pRec;
-    memAboutToChange(p, pRec);
-  }
-  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  pMem->n++;
-  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
-  ctx.s.z = 0;
-  ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
-  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
-  ctx.s.db = db;
-  ctx.isError = 0;
-  ctx.pColl = 0;
-  ctx.skipFlag = 0;
-  if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
-    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
-    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
-    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
-    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
-  }
-  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
-  if( ctx.isError ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
-    rc = ctx.isError;
-  }
-  if( ctx.skipFlag ){
-    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
-    i = pOp[-1].p1;
-    if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
-
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2
-**
-** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
-** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
-**
-** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
-** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
-** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
-** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
-** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
-** the step function was not previously called.
-*/
-case OP_AggFinal: {
-  Mem *pMem;
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem));
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in
-** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL
-** or RESTART.  Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns
-** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively.  Write the number of pages in the
-** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages
-** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint
-** completes into mem[P3+2].  However on an error, mem[P3+1] and
-** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1.
-*/
-case OP_Checkpoint: {
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-  int aRes[3];                    /* Results */
-  Mem *pMem;                      /* Write results here */
-
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  aRes[0] = 0;
-  aRes[1] = aRes[2] = -1;
-  assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
-       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
-       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
-  );
-  rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &aRes[1], &aRes[2]);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    aRes[0] = 1;
-  }
-  for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]);
-  }    
-  break;
-};  
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
-/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback
-** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple
-** operation. No IO is required.
-**
-** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated.
-**
-** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2.
-*/
-case OP_JournalMode: {    /* out2-prerelease */
-  Btree *pBt;                     /* Btree to change journal mode of */
-  Pager *pPager;                  /* Pager associated with pBt */
-  int eNew;                       /* New journal mode */
-  int eOld;                       /* The old journal mode */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  const char *zFilename;          /* Name of database file for pPager */
-#endif
-
-  eNew = pOp->p3;
-  assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
-       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
-  );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-  pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
-  eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager);
-  if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) eNew = eOld;
-  if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(pPager) ) eNew = eOld;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1);
-
-  /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database
-  ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory 
-  */
-  if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
-   && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0           /* Temp file */
-       || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager))   /* No shared-memory support */
-  ){
-    eNew = eOld;
-  }
-
-  if( (eNew!=eOld)
-   && (eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
-  ){
-    if( !db->autoCommit || db->nVdbeRead>1 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, 
-          "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction",
-          (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of")
-      );
-      break;
-    }else{
- 
-      if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
-        /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
-        ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log 
-        ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file 
-        ** after a successful return. 
-        */
-        rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
-        }
-      }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
-        /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL.  Use mode OFF
-        ** as an intermediate */
-        sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
-      }
-  
-      /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal
-      ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal.
-      */
-      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 );
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1));
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-  if( rc ){
-    eNew = eOld;
-  }
-  eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
-
-  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
-  pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(eNew);
-  pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z);
-  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
-  break;
-};
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
-/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
-**
-** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
-** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
-** a transaction.
-*/
-case OP_Vacuum: {
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
-** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
-** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* jump */
-  Btree *pBt;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
-  VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
-**
-** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
-** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed 
-** (via sqlite3_step()).
-** 
-** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
-** then only the currently executing statement is affected. 
-*/
-case OP_Expire: {
-  if( !pOp->p1 ){
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-  }else{
-    p->expired = 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3
-**
-** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
-** the shared-cache feature is enabled. 
-**
-** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
-** on which the lock is acquired.  A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
-** a write lock if P3==1.
-**
-** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
-**
-** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
-** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
-*/
-case OP_TableLock: {
-  u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
-  if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
-    int p1 = pOp->p1; 
-    assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
-    assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<p1))!=0 );
-    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
-    if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
-      const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
-      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the 
-** xBegin method for that table.
-**
-** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
-** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error
-** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED.
-*/
-case OP_VBegin: {
-  VTable *pVTab;
-  pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
-  rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVTab);
-  if( pVTab ) sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVTab->pVtab);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
-** for that table.
-*/
-case OP_VCreate: {
-  rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
-** of that table.
-*/
-case OP_VDestroy: {
-  p->inVtabMethod = 2;
-  rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
-** table and stores that cursor in P1.
-*/
-case OP_VOpen: {
-  VdbeCursor *pCur;
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  sqlite3_module *pModule;
-
-  assert( p->bIsReader );
-  pCur = 0;
-  pVtabCursor = 0;
-  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
-  pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
-  assert(pVtab && pModule);
-  rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor);
-  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
-    /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
-    pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab;
-
-    /* Initialize vdbe cursor object */
-    pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0);
-    if( pCur ){
-      pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor;
-    }else{
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'
-**
-** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen.  P2 is an address to jump to if
-** the filtered result set is empty.
-**
-** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
-** method of the module.  The interpretation of the P4 string is left
-** to the module implementation.
-**
-** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
-** by P1.  The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
-** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
-** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
-** additional parameters which are passed to
-** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
-**
-** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
-*/
-case OP_VFilter: {   /* jump */
-  int nArg;
-  int iQuery;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  Mem *pQuery;
-  Mem *pArgc;
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  VdbeCursor *pCur;
-  int res;
-  int i;
-  Mem **apArg;
-
-  pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  pArgc = &pQuery[1];
-  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( memIsValid(pQuery) );
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery);
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  pVtabCursor = pCur->pVtabCursor;
-  pVtab = pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-
-  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
-  assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
-  nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i;
-  iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i;
-
-  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
-  {
-    res = 0;
-    apArg = p->apArg;
-    for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){
-      apArg[i] = &pArgc[i+1];
-    }
-
-    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
-    rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg);
-    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
-    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor);
-    }
-    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
-    if( res ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    }
-  }
-  pCur->nullRow = 0;
-
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)
-**
-** Store the value of the P2-th column of
-** the row of the virtual-table that the 
-** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
-*/
-case OP_VColumn: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  Mem *pDest;
-  sqlite3_context sContext;
-
-  VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
-  pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-  memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
-  if( pCur->nullRow ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
-    break;
-  }
-  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-  assert( pModule->xColumn );
-  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
-
-  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
-  ** the current contents to sContext.s so in case the user-function 
-  ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a 
-  ** new one.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sContext.s, pDest);
-  MemSetTypeFlag(&sContext.s, MEM_Null);
-
-  rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);
-  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-  if( sContext.isError ){
-    rc = sContext.isError;
-  }
-
-  /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
-  ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any
-  ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is  released.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
-
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
-** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
-** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-case OP_VNext: {   /* jump */
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  int res;
-  VdbeCursor *pCur;
-
-  res = 0;
-  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  if( pCur->nullRow ){
-    break;
-  }
-  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-  assert( pModule->xNext );
-
-  /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
-  ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
-  ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that 
-  ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
-  ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
-  */
-  p->inVtabMethod = 1;
-  rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor);
-  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
-  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
-  }
-  VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2);
-  if( !res ){
-    /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  goto check_for_interrupt;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
-** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
-*/
-case OP_VRename: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  Mem *pName;
-
-  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
-  pName = &aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );
-  assert( memIsValid(pName) );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName);
-  assert( pName->flags & MEM_Str );
-  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
-  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pName, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z);
-    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-    p->expired = 0;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-** Synopsis: data=r[P3@P2]
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
-** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate 
-** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the 
-** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
-**
-** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
-** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
-** is the rowid of a row to delete.  If argv[0] is NULL then no 
-** deletion occurs.  The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new 
-** row.  This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new 
-** rowid for itself.  The subsequent elements in the array are 
-** the values of columns in the new row.
-**
-** If P2==1 then no insert is performed.  argv[0] is the rowid of
-** a row to delete.
-**
-** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
-** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() 
-** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
-**
-** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to
-** apply in the case of a constraint failure on an insert or update.
-*/
-case OP_VUpdate: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  int nArg;
-  int i;
-  sqlite_int64 rowid;
-  Mem **apArg;
-  Mem *pX;
-
-  assert( pOp->p2==1        || pOp->p5==OE_Fail   || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback 
-       || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace
-  );
-  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
-  pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
-  pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
-  nArg = pOp->p2;
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
-  if( ALWAYS(pModule->xUpdate) ){
-    u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict;
-    apArg = p->apArg;
-    pX = &aMem[pOp->p3];
-    for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-      assert( memIsValid(pX) );
-      memAboutToChange(p, pX);
-      apArg[i] = pX;
-      pX++;
-    }
-    db->vtabOnConflict = pOp->p5;
-    rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid);
-    db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict;
-    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){
-      assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
-      db->lastRowid = lastRowid = rowid;
-    }
-    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){
-      if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }else{
-        p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5);
-      }
-    }else{
-      p->nChange++;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
-*/
-case OP_Pagecount: {            /* out2-prerelease */
-  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt);
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3.
-** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and
-** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0.
-**
-** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2.
-*/
-case OP_MaxPgcnt: {            /* out2-prerelease */
-  unsigned int newMax;
-  Btree *pBt;
-
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-  newMax = 0;
-  if( pOp->p3 ){
-    newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
-    if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3;
-  }
-  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* Opcode: Init * P2 * P4 *
-** Synopsis:  Start at P2
-**
-** Programs contain a single instance of this opcode as the very first
-** opcode.
-**
-** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
-** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
-** Or if P4 is blank, use the string returned by sqlite3_sql().
-**
-** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2.
-*/
-case OP_Init: {          /* jump */
-  char *zTrace;
-  char *z;
-
-  if( pOp->p2 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  if( db->xTrace
-   && !p->doingRerun
-   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
-  ){
-    z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace);
-    db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, z);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE
-  zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql);
-  if( zTrace ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( (MASKBIT(i) & p->btreeMask)==0 ) continue;
-      sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace);
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
-   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
-  ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace);
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
-  break;
-}
-
-
-/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
-**
-** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
-** destination.
-*/
-/*
-** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
-** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
-** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
-** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
-*/
-default: {          /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
-  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain );
-  break;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
-** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
-** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
-** restored.
-*****************************************************************************/
-    }
-
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-    {
-      u64 endTime = sqlite3Hwtime();
-      if( endTime>start ) pOp->cycles += endTime - start;
-      pOp->cnt++;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
-    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
-    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
-    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
-    */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
-      if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc);
-      if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){
-        registerTrace(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
-      }
-      if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
-        registerTrace(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
-      }
-    }
-#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-#endif  /* NDEBUG */
-  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
-
-  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
-  ** an error of some kind.
-  */
-vdbe_error_halt:
-  assert( rc );
-  p->rc = rc;
-  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-  sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", 
-                   pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){
-    sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1);
-  }
-
-  /* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
-  ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
-  ** top. */
-vdbe_return:
-  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
-  testcase( nVmStep>0 );
-  p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep;
-  sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-
-  /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-  ** is encountered.
-  */
-too_big:
-  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big");
-  rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
-  */
-no_mem:
-  db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory");
-  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
-  ** should hold the error number.
-  */
-abort_due_to_error:
-  assert( p->zErrMsg==0 );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-  }
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
-  ** flag.
-  */
-abort_due_to_interrupt:
-  assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
-  rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-  p->rc = rc;
-  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-}
-
-
-/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 May 1
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-
-/*
-** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
-*/
-typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
-struct Incrblob {
-  int flags;              /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
-  int nByte;              /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
-  int iOffset;            /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
-  int iCol;               /* Table column this handle is open on */
-  BtCursor *pCsr;         /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;    /* Statement holding cursor open */
-  sqlite3 *db;            /* The associated database */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks
-** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow.
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row.
-**
-** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
-** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the
-** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may
-** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using
-** sqlite3DbFree().
-**
-** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will 
-** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
-*/
-static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
-  int rc;                         /* Error code */
-  char *zErr = 0;                 /* Error message */
-  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;
-
-  /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. 
-  ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid 
-  ** triggering asserts related to mutexes.
-  */
-  assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int );
-  v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    VdbeCursor *pC = v->apCsr[0];
-    u32 type = pC->aType[p->iCol];
-    if( type<12 ){
-      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s",
-          type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
-      );
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
-      p->pStmt = 0;
-    }else{
-      p->iOffset = pC->aType[p->iCol + pC->nField];
-      p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
-      p->pCsr =  pC->pCursor;
-      sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(p->pCsr);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( p->pStmt ){
-    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
-    p->pStmt = 0;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }else{
-      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-
-  *pzErr = zErr;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a blob handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
-  sqlite3* db,            /* The database connection */
-  const char *zDb,        /* The attached database containing the blob */
-  const char *zTable,     /* The table containing the blob */
-  const char *zColumn,    /* The column containing the blob */
-  sqlite_int64 iRow,      /* The row containing the glob */
-  int flags,              /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob   /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
-){
-  int nAttempt = 0;
-  int iCol;               /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
-
-  /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified 
-  ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
-  ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
-  ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
-  ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
-  **
-  ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
-  ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
-  ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and 
-  ** blob_bytes() functions.
-  **
-  ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
-  ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the 
-  ** transaction.
-  */
-  static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(4);
-  static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
-    /* {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0},  // 0: Inserted separately */
-    {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0},       /* 1: Acquire a read or write lock */
-    /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */
-    {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0},        /* 2: Open cursor 0 for reading */
-    {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0},       /* 3: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
-    {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1},        /* 4: Push the rowid to the stack */
-    {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1},      /* 5: Seek the cursor */
-    {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1},          /* 6  */
-    {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0},       /* 7  */
-    {OP_Goto, 0, 4, 0},            /* 8  */
-    {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0},           /* 9  */
-    {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0},            /* 10 */
-  };
-
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Parse *pParse = 0;
-  Incrblob *pBlob = 0;
-
-  flags = !!flags;                /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */
-  *ppBlob = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
-  pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
-  if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out;
-  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
-  if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out;
-
-  do {
-    memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
-    pParse->db = db;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-    zErr = 0;
-
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
-    if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
-    }
-    if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open table without rowid: %s", zTable);
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-    if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
-    }
-#endif
-    if( !pTab ){
-      if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-        zErr = pParse->zErrMsg;
-        pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
-      }
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-
-    /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
-    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-
-    /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
-    ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. 
-    ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these
-    ** descriptions applies for writing.  */
-    if( flags ){
-      const char *zFault = 0;
-      Index *pIdx;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-      if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-        /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It
-        ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent
-        ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this 
-        ** case.  */
-        FKey *pFKey;
-        for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
-          int j;
-          for(j=0; j<pFKey->nCol; j++){
-            if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){
-              zFault = "foreign key";
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-#endif
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        int j;
-        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
-          if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
-            zFault = "indexed";
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( zFault ){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-        zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault);
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-        goto blob_open_out;
-      }
-    }
-
-    pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse);
-    assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed );
-    if( pBlob->pStmt ){
-      Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt;
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, flags, 
-                           pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie,
-                           pTab->pSchema->iGeneration);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);     
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn);
-
-      /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
-      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); 
-
-      /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 1);
-#else
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->tnum);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, flags);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
-#endif
-
-      /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 
-      ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum.  */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 3 - flags);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2 + flags, pTab->tnum);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2 + flags, iDb);
-
-      /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
-      ** think that the table has one more column than it really
-      ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
-      ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
-      ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type 
-      ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 6, pTab->nCol);
-      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-        pParse->nVar = 1;
-        pParse->nMem = 1;
-        pParse->nTab = 1;
-        sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
-      }
-    }
-   
-    pBlob->flags = flags;
-    pBlob->iCol = iCol;
-    pBlob->db = db;
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow);
-    rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr);
-  } while( (++nAttempt)<SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
-
-blob_open_out:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
-  }else{
-    if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
-  }
-  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-  sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
-  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
-** sqlite3_blob_open().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( p ){
-    db = p->db;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
-*/
-static int blobReadWrite(
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob, 
-  void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  int iOffset, 
-  int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  db = p->db;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
-
-  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
-    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0);
-  }else if( v==0 ){
-    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
-    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
-    */
-    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }else{
-    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
-    ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
-    */
-    assert( db == v->db );
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
-    rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
-      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
-      p->pStmt = 0;
-    }else{
-      db->errCode = rc;
-      v->rc = rc;
-    }
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a blob handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
-  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to a blob handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
-  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
-**
-** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
-** so no mutex is required for access.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same
-** database table.
-**
-** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
-** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the
-** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all 
-** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) 
-** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){
-  int rc;
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  db = p->db;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
-  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
-    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
-    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
-    */
-    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }else{
-    char *zErr;
-    rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-    }
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
-
-/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2011 July 9
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with
-** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys (as may be required, for
-** example, by CREATE INDEX statements on tables too large to fit in main
-** memory).
-*/
-
-
-
-typedef struct VdbeSorterIter VdbeSorterIter;
-typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord;
-typedef struct FileWriter FileWriter;
-
-/*
-** NOTES ON DATA STRUCTURE USED FOR N-WAY MERGES:
-**
-** As keys are added to the sorter, they are written to disk in a series
-** of sorted packed-memory-arrays (PMAs). The size of each PMA is roughly
-** the same as the cache-size allowed for temporary databases. In order
-** to allow the caller to extract keys from the sorter in sorted order,
-** all PMAs currently stored on disk must be merged together. This comment
-** describes the data structure used to do so. The structure supports 
-** merging any number of arrays in a single pass with no redundant comparison 
-** operations.
-**
-** The aIter[] array contains an iterator for each of the PMAs being merged.
-** An aIter[] iterator either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. For 
-** the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is actually 
-** N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater to or equal 
-** to the number of iterators being merged. The extra aIter[] elements are 
-** treated as if they are empty (always at EOF).
-**
-** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in
-** the VdbeSorter.nTree variable.
-**
-** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing
-** pairs of iterator keys together. Element i contains the result of 
-** comparing aIter[2*i-N] and aIter[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the
-** aTree element is set to the index of it. 
-**
-** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any
-** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF
-** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored.
-**
-** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described 
-** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 iterators.
-** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the iterator that 
-** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused.
-**
-** Example:
-**
-**     aIter[0] -> Banana
-**     aIter[1] -> Feijoa
-**     aIter[2] -> Elderberry
-**     aIter[3] -> Currant
-**     aIter[4] -> Grapefruit
-**     aIter[5] -> Apple
-**     aIter[6] -> Durian
-**     aIter[7] -> EOF
-**
-**     aTree[] = { X, 5   0, 5    0, 3, 5, 6 }
-**
-** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by 
-** iterator 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, iterator 5 will
-** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is
-** "Eggplant":
-**
-**     aIter[5] -> Eggplant
-**
-** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new iterator
-** 5 key to the current key of iterator 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The iterator
-** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree.
-** The value of iterator 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of iterator
-** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (Banana<Durian),
-** so the value written into element 1 of the array is 0. As follows:
-**
-**     aTree[] = { X, 0   0, 6    0, 3, 5, 6 }
-**
-** In other words, each time we advance to the next sorter element, log2(N)
-** key comparison operations are required, where N is the number of segments
-** being merged (rounded up to the next power of 2).
-*/
-struct VdbeSorter {
-  i64 iWriteOff;                  /* Current write offset within file pTemp1 */
-  i64 iReadOff;                   /* Current read offset within file pTemp1 */
-  int nInMemory;                  /* Current size of pRecord list as PMA */
-  int nTree;                      /* Used size of aTree/aIter (power of 2) */
-  int nPMA;                       /* Number of PMAs stored in pTemp1 */
-  int mnPmaSize;                  /* Minimum PMA size, in bytes */
-  int mxPmaSize;                  /* Maximum PMA size, in bytes.  0==no limit */
-  VdbeSorterIter *aIter;          /* Array of iterators to merge */
-  int *aTree;                     /* Current state of incremental merge */
-  sqlite3_file *pTemp1;           /* PMA file 1 */
-  SorterRecord *pRecord;          /* Head of in-memory record list */
-  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Used to unpack keys */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following type is an iterator for a PMA. It caches the current key in 
-** variables nKey/aKey. If the iterator is at EOF, pFile==0.
-*/
-struct VdbeSorterIter {
-  i64 iReadOff;                   /* Current read offset */
-  i64 iEof;                       /* 1 byte past EOF for this iterator */
-  int nAlloc;                     /* Bytes of space at aAlloc */
-  int nKey;                       /* Number of bytes in key */
-  sqlite3_file *pFile;            /* File iterator is reading from */
-  u8 *aAlloc;                     /* Allocated space */
-  u8 *aKey;                       /* Pointer to current key */
-  u8 *aBuffer;                    /* Current read buffer */
-  int nBuffer;                    /* Size of read buffer in bytes */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is used to organize the stream of records
-** being written to files by the merge-sort code into aligned, page-sized
-** blocks.  Doing all I/O in aligned page-sized blocks helps I/O to go
-** faster on many operating systems.
-*/
-struct FileWriter {
-  int eFWErr;                     /* Non-zero if in an error state */
-  u8 *aBuffer;                    /* Pointer to write buffer */
-  int nBuffer;                    /* Size of write buffer in bytes */
-  int iBufStart;                  /* First byte of buffer to write */
-  int iBufEnd;                    /* Last byte of buffer to write */
-  i64 iWriteOff;                  /* Offset of start of buffer in file */
-  sqlite3_file *pFile;            /* File to write to */
-};
-
-/*
-** A structure to store a single record. All in-memory records are connected
-** together into a linked list headed at VdbeSorter.pRecord using the 
-** SorterRecord.pNext pointer.
-*/
-struct SorterRecord {
-  void *pVal;
-  int nVal;
-  SorterRecord *pNext;
-};
-
-/* Minimum allowable value for the VdbeSorter.nWorking variable */
-#define SORTER_MIN_WORKING 10
-
-/* Maximum number of segments to merge in a single pass. */
-#define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16
-
-/*
-** Free all memory belonging to the VdbeSorterIter object passed as the second
-** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning.
-*/
-static void vdbeSorterIterZero(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *pIter){
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aAlloc);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aBuffer);
-  memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(VdbeSorterIter));
-}
-
-/*
-** Read nByte bytes of data from the stream of data iterated by object p.
-** If successful, set *ppOut to point to a buffer containing the data
-** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an SQLite
-** error code.
-**
-** The buffer indicated by *ppOut may only be considered valid until the
-** next call to this function.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterIterRead(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle (for malloc) */
-  VdbeSorterIter *p,              /* Iterator */
-  int nByte,                      /* Bytes of data to read */
-  u8 **ppOut                      /* OUT: Pointer to buffer containing data */
-){
-  int iBuf;                       /* Offset within buffer to read from */
-  int nAvail;                     /* Bytes of data available in buffer */
-  assert( p->aBuffer );
-
-  /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next 
-  ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less
-  ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data.  */
-  iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
-  if( iBuf==0 ){
-    int nRead;                    /* Bytes to read from disk */
-    int rc;                       /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */
-
-    /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */
-    if( (p->iEof - p->iReadOff) > (i64)p->nBuffer ){
-      nRead = p->nBuffer;
-    }else{
-      nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff);
-    }
-    assert( nRead>0 );
-
-    /* Read data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFile, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-  nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; 
-
-  if( nByte<=nAvail ){
-    /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this
-    ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a 
-    ** pointer into the buffer to the caller.  */
-    *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf];
-    p->iReadOff += nByte;
-  }else{
-    /* The requested data is not all available in the in-memory buffer.
-    ** In this case, allocate space at p->aAlloc[] to copy the requested
-    ** range into. Then return a copy of pointer p->aAlloc to the caller.  */
-    int nRem;                     /* Bytes remaining to copy */
-
-    /* Extend the p->aAlloc[] allocation if required. */
-    if( p->nAlloc<nByte ){
-      int nNew = p->nAlloc*2;
-      while( nByte>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2;
-      p->aAlloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->aAlloc, nNew);
-      if( !p->aAlloc ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      p->nAlloc = nNew;
-    }
-
-    /* Copy as much data as is available in the buffer into the start of
-    ** p->aAlloc[].  */
-    memcpy(p->aAlloc, &p->aBuffer[iBuf], nAvail);
-    p->iReadOff += nAvail;
-    nRem = nByte - nAvail;
-
-    /* The following loop copies up to p->nBuffer bytes per iteration into
-    ** the p->aAlloc[] buffer.  */
-    while( nRem>0 ){
-      int rc;                     /* vdbeSorterIterRead() return code */
-      int nCopy;                  /* Number of bytes to copy */
-      u8 *aNext;                  /* Pointer to buffer to copy data from */
-
-      nCopy = nRem;
-      if( nRem>p->nBuffer ) nCopy = p->nBuffer;
-      rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, nCopy, &aNext);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      assert( aNext!=p->aAlloc );
-      memcpy(&p->aAlloc[nByte - nRem], aNext, nCopy);
-      nRem -= nCopy;
-    }
-
-    *ppOut = p->aAlloc;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to
-** the value read.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterIterVarint(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *p, u64 *pnOut){
-  int iBuf;
-
-  iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
-  if( iBuf && (p->nBuffer-iBuf)>=9 ){
-    p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aBuffer[iBuf], pnOut);
-  }else{
-    u8 aVarint[16], *a;
-    int i = 0, rc;
-    do{
-      rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, 1, &a);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      aVarint[(i++)&0xf] = a[0];
-    }while( (a[0]&0x80)!=0 );
-    sqlite3GetVarint(aVarint, pnOut);
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Advance iterator pIter to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if
-** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterIterNext(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle (for sqlite3DbMalloc() ) */
-  VdbeSorterIter *pIter           /* Iterator to advance */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  u64 nRec = 0;                   /* Size of record in bytes */
-
-  if( pIter->iReadOff>=pIter->iEof ){
-    /* This is an EOF condition */
-    vdbeSorterIterZero(db, pIter);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nRec);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pIter->nKey = (int)nRec;
-    rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, pIter, (int)nRec, &pIter->aKey);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize iterator pIter to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile
-** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function 
-** leaves the iterator pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the 
-** PMA is empty).
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterIterInit(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  const VdbeSorter *pSorter,      /* Sorter object */
-  i64 iStart,                     /* Start offset in pFile */
-  VdbeSorterIter *pIter,          /* Iterator to populate */
-  i64 *pnByte                     /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nBuf;
-
-  nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-
-  assert( pSorter->iWriteOff>iStart );
-  assert( pIter->aAlloc==0 );
-  assert( pIter->aBuffer==0 );
-  pIter->pFile = pSorter->pTemp1;
-  pIter->iReadOff = iStart;
-  pIter->nAlloc = 128;
-  pIter->aAlloc = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pIter->nAlloc);
-  pIter->nBuffer = nBuf;
-  pIter->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf);
-
-  if( !pIter->aBuffer ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    int iBuf;
-
-    iBuf = iStart % nBuf;
-    if( iBuf ){
-      int nRead = nBuf - iBuf;
-      if( (iStart + nRead) > pSorter->iWriteOff ){
-        nRead = (int)(pSorter->iWriteOff - iStart);
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3OsRead(
-          pSorter->pTemp1, &pIter->aBuffer[iBuf], nRead, iStart
-      );
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      u64 nByte;                       /* Size of PMA in bytes */
-      pIter->iEof = pSorter->iWriteOff;
-      rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nByte);
-      pIter->iEof = pIter->iReadOff + nByte;
-      *pnByte += nByte;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, pIter);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, 
-** size nKey2 bytes).  Argument pKeyInfo supplies the collation functions
-** used by the comparison. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code.
-** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK and set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive
-** value, depending on whether key1 is smaller, equal to or larger than key2.
-**
-** If the bOmitRowid argument is non-zero, assume both keys end in a rowid
-** field. For the purposes of the comparison, ignore it. Also, if bOmitRowid
-** is true and key1 contains even a single NULL value, it is considered to
-** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values.
-**
-** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace
-** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2.
-*/
-static void vdbeSorterCompare(
-  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */
-  int nIgnore,                    /* Ignore the last nIgnore fields */
-  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
-  const void *pKey2, int nKey2,   /* Right side of comparison */
-  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
-){
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo;
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked;
-  int i;
-
-  if( pKey2 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
-  }
-
-  if( nIgnore ){
-    r2->nField = pKeyInfo->nField - nIgnore;
-    assert( r2->nField>0 );
-    for(i=0; i<r2->nField; i++){
-      if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
-        *pRes = -1;
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( r2->default_rc==0 );
-  }
-
-  *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to compare two iterator keys when merging 
-** multiple b-tree segments. Parameter iOut is the index of the aTree[] 
-** value to recalculate.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterDoCompare(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int iOut){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  int i1;
-  int i2;
-  int iRes;
-  VdbeSorterIter *p1;
-  VdbeSorterIter *p2;
-
-  assert( iOut<pSorter->nTree && iOut>0 );
-
-  if( iOut>=(pSorter->nTree/2) ){
-    i1 = (iOut - pSorter->nTree/2) * 2;
-    i2 = i1 + 1;
-  }else{
-    i1 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2];
-    i2 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2+1];
-  }
-
-  p1 = &pSorter->aIter[i1];
-  p2 = &pSorter->aIter[i2];
-
-  if( p1->pFile==0 ){
-    iRes = i2;
-  }else if( p2->pFile==0 ){
-    iRes = i1;
-  }else{
-    int res;
-    assert( pCsr->pSorter->pUnpacked!=0 );  /* allocated in vdbeSorterMerge() */
-    vdbeSorterCompare(
-        pCsr, 0, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey, &res
-    );
-    if( res<=0 ){
-      iRes = i1;
-    }else{
-      iRes = i2;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pSorter->aTree[iOut] = iRes;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
-  int pgsz;                       /* Page size of main database */
-  int mxCache;                    /* Cache size */
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter;            /* The new sorter */
-  char *d;                        /* Dummy */
-
-  assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 );
-  pCsr->pSorter = pSorter = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VdbeSorter));
-  if( pSorter==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  
-  pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCsr->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &d);
-  if( pSorter->pUnpacked==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord *)d );
-
-  if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
-    pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-    pSorter->mnPmaSize = SORTER_MIN_WORKING * pgsz;
-    mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size;
-    if( mxCache<SORTER_MIN_WORKING ) mxCache = SORTER_MIN_WORKING;
-    pSorter->mxPmaSize = mxCache * pgsz;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord.
-*/
-static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){
-  SorterRecord *p;
-  SorterRecord *pNext;
-  for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){
-    pNext = p->pNext;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorter *pSorter){
-  if( pSorter->aIter ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTree; i++){
-      vdbeSorterIterZero(db, &pSorter->aIter[i]);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->aIter);
-    pSorter->aIter = 0;
-  }
-  if( pSorter->pTemp1 ){
-    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSorter->pTemp1);
-    pSorter->pTemp1 = 0;
-  }
-  vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pSorter->pRecord);
-  pSorter->pRecord = 0;
-  pSorter->iWriteOff = 0;
-  pSorter->iReadOff = 0;
-  pSorter->nInMemory = 0;
-  pSorter->nTree = 0;
-  pSorter->nPMA = 0;
-  pSorter->aTree = 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  if( pSorter ){
-    sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pSorter);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter);
-    pCsr->pSorter = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful,
-** set *ppFile to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise, set *ppFile to 0 and return an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file **ppFile){
-  int dummy;
-  return sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFile,
-      SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE    | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE    | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &dummy
-  );
-}
-
-/*
-** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list.
-** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list.
-*/
-static void vdbeSorterMerge(
-  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* For pKeyInfo */
-  SorterRecord *p1,               /* First list to merge */
-  SorterRecord *p2,               /* Second list to merge */
-  SorterRecord **ppOut            /* OUT: Head of merged list */
-){
-  SorterRecord *pFinal = 0;
-  SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal;
-  void *pVal2 = p2 ? p2->pVal : 0;
-
-  while( p1 && p2 ){
-    int res;
-    vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, p1->pVal, p1->nVal, pVal2, p2->nVal, &res);
-    if( res<=0 ){
-      *pp = p1;
-      pp = &p1->pNext;
-      p1 = p1->pNext;
-      pVal2 = 0;
-    }else{
-      *pp = p2;
-       pp = &p2->pNext;
-      p2 = p2->pNext;
-      if( p2==0 ) break;
-      pVal2 = p2->pVal;
-    }
-  }
-  *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2;
-  *ppOut = pFinal;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sort the linked list of records headed at pCsr->pRecord. Return SQLITE_OK
-** if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error
-** occurs.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterSort(const VdbeCursor *pCsr){
-  int i;
-  SorterRecord **aSlot;
-  SorterRecord *p;
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-
-  aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *));
-  if( !aSlot ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  p = pSorter->pRecord;
-  while( p ){
-    SorterRecord *pNext = p->pNext;
-    p->pNext = 0;
-    for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){
-      vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p);
-      aSlot[i] = 0;
-    }
-    aSlot[i] = p;
-    p = pNext;
-  }
-
-  p = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<64; i++){
-    vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p);
-  }
-  pSorter->pRecord = p;
-
-  sqlite3_free(aSlot);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a file-writer object.
-*/
-static void fileWriterInit(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database (for malloc) */
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,            /* File to write to */
-  FileWriter *p,                  /* Object to populate */
-  i64 iStart                      /* Offset of pFile to begin writing at */
-){
-  int nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
-  p->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf);
-  if( !p->aBuffer ){
-    p->eFWErr = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    p->iBufEnd = p->iBufStart = (iStart % nBuf);
-    p->iWriteOff = iStart - p->iBufStart;
-    p->nBuffer = nBuf;
-    p->pFile = pFile;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Write nData bytes of data to the file-write object. Return SQLITE_OK
-** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
-*/
-static void fileWriterWrite(FileWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){
-  int nRem = nData;
-  while( nRem>0 && p->eFWErr==0 ){
-    int nCopy = nRem;
-    if( nCopy>(p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd) ){
-      nCopy = p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd;
-    }
-
-    memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy);
-    p->iBufEnd += nCopy;
-    if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){
-      p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, 
-          &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, 
-          p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
-      );
-      p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0;
-      p->iWriteOff += p->nBuffer;
-    }
-    assert( p->iBufEnd<p->nBuffer );
-
-    nRem -= nCopy;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the file-writer object.
-** The results of using the file-writer after this call are undefined.
-** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not 
-** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
-**
-** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the
-** last byte written to the file.
-*/
-static int fileWriterFinish(sqlite3 *db, FileWriter *p, i64 *piEof){
-  int rc;
-  if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){
-    p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, 
-        &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, 
-        p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
-    );
-  }
-  *piEof = (p->iWriteOff + p->iBufEnd);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aBuffer);
-  rc = p->eFWErr;
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the file-write object. Return 
-** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
-*/
-static void fileWriterWriteVarint(FileWriter *p, u64 iVal){
-  int nByte; 
-  u8 aByte[10];
-  nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal);
-  fileWriterWrite(p, aByte, nByte);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write the current contents of the in-memory linked-list to a PMA. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
-**
-** The format of a PMA is:
-**
-**     * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content
-**       in the PMA (not including the varint itself).
-**
-**     * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. 
-**       Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the 
-**       key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data.
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  FileWriter writer;
-
-  memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
-
-  if( pSorter->nInMemory==0 ){
-    assert( pSorter->pRecord==0 );
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  rc = vdbeSorterSort(pCsr);
-
-  /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->pTemp1==0 ){
-    rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pSorter->pTemp1);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->pTemp1 );
-    assert( pSorter->iWriteOff==0 );
-    assert( pSorter->nPMA==0 );
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    SorterRecord *p;
-    SorterRecord *pNext = 0;
-
-    fileWriterInit(db, pSorter->pTemp1, &writer, pSorter->iWriteOff);
-    pSorter->nPMA++;
-    fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pSorter->nInMemory);
-    for(p=pSorter->pRecord; p; p=pNext){
-      pNext = p->pNext;
-      fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, p->nVal);
-      fileWriterWrite(&writer, p->pVal, p->nVal);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-    }
-    pSorter->pRecord = p;
-    rc = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &pSorter->iWriteOff);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a record to the sorter.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,               /* Sorter cursor */
-  Mem *pVal                       /* Memory cell containing record */
-){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-  SorterRecord *pNew;             /* New list element */
-
-  assert( pSorter );
-  pSorter->nInMemory += sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n) + pVal->n;
-
-  pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord));
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    pNew->pVal = (void *)&pNew[1];
-    memcpy(pNew->pVal, pVal->z, pVal->n);
-    pNew->nVal = pVal->n;
-    pNew->pNext = pSorter->pRecord;
-    pSorter->pRecord = pNew;
-  }
-
-  /* See if the contents of the sorter should now be written out. They
-  ** are written out when either of the following are true:
-  **
-  **   * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater 
-  **     than (page-size * cache-size), or
-  **
-  **   * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater 
-  **     than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->mxPmaSize>0 && (
-        (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mxPmaSize)
-     || (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull())
-  )){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    i64 nExpect = pSorter->iWriteOff
-                + sqlite3VarintLen(pSorter->nInMemory)
-                + pSorter->nInMemory;
-#endif
-    rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr);
-    pSorter->nInMemory = 0;
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nExpect==pSorter->iWriteOff) );
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Helper function for sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(). 
-*/
-static int vdbeSorterInitMerge(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Cursor handle for this sorter */
-  i64 *pnByte                     /* Sum of bytes in all opened PMAs */
-){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int i;                          /* Used to iterator through aIter[] */
-  i64 nByte = 0;                  /* Total bytes in all opened PMAs */
-
-  /* Initialize the iterators. */
-  for(i=0; i<SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; i++){
-    VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[i];
-    rc = vdbeSorterIterInit(db, pSorter, pSorter->iReadOff, pIter, &nByte);
-    pSorter->iReadOff = pIter->iEof;
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff<=pSorter->iWriteOff );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff>=pSorter->iWriteOff ) break;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the aTree[] array. */
-  for(i=pSorter->nTree-1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i--){
-    rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i);
-  }
-
-  *pnByte = nByte;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Once the sorter has been populated, this function is called to prepare
-** for iterating through its contents in sorted order.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  sqlite3_file *pTemp2 = 0;       /* Second temp file to use */
-  i64 iWrite2 = 0;                /* Write offset for pTemp2 */
-  int nIter;                      /* Number of iterators used */
-  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space required for aIter/aTree */
-  int N = 2;                      /* Power of 2 >= nIter */
-
-  assert( pSorter );
-
-  /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead,
-  ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly
-  ** from the in-memory list.  */
-  if( pSorter->nPMA==0 ){
-    *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord;
-    assert( pSorter->aTree==0 );
-    return vdbeSorterSort(pCsr);
-  }
-
-  /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. */
-  rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Allocate space for aIter[] and aTree[]. */
-  nIter = pSorter->nPMA;
-  if( nIter>SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ) nIter = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
-  assert( nIter>0 );
-  while( N<nIter ) N += N;
-  nByte = N * (sizeof(int) + sizeof(VdbeSorterIter));
-  pSorter->aIter = (VdbeSorterIter *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-  if( !pSorter->aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pSorter->aTree = (int *)&pSorter->aIter[N];
-  pSorter->nTree = N;
-
-  do {
-    int iNew;                     /* Index of new, merged, PMA */
-
-    for(iNew=0; 
-        rc==SQLITE_OK && iNew*SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT<pSorter->nPMA; 
-        iNew++
-    ){
-      int rc2;                    /* Return code from fileWriterFinish() */
-      FileWriter writer;          /* Object used to write to disk */
-      i64 nWrite;                 /* Number of bytes in new PMA */
-
-      memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
-
-      /* If there are SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT or less PMAs in file pTemp1,
-      ** initialize an iterator for each of them and break out of the loop.
-      ** These iterators will be incrementally merged as the VDBE layer calls
-      ** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext().
-      **
-      ** Otherwise, if pTemp1 contains more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs,
-      ** initialize interators for SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT of them. These PMAs
-      ** are merged into a single PMA that is written to file pTemp2.
-      */
-      rc = vdbeSorterInitMerge(db, pCsr, &nWrite);
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ].pFile );
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
-        break;
-      }
-
-      /* Open the second temp file, if it is not already open. */
-      if( pTemp2==0 ){
-        assert( iWrite2==0 );
-        rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pTemp2);
-      }
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        int bEof = 0;
-        fileWriterInit(db, pTemp2, &writer, iWrite2);
-        fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, nWrite);
-        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 ){
-          VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ];
-          assert( pIter->pFile );
-
-          fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pIter->nKey);
-          fileWriterWrite(&writer, pIter->aKey, pIter->nKey);
-          rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pCsr, &bEof);
-        }
-        rc2 = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &iWrite2);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
-      break;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_file *pTmp = pSorter->pTemp1;
-      pSorter->nPMA = iNew;
-      pSorter->pTemp1 = pTemp2;
-      pTemp2 = pTmp;
-      pSorter->iWriteOff = iWrite2;
-      pSorter->iReadOff = 0;
-      iWrite2 = 0;
-    }
-  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-  if( pTemp2 ){
-    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTemp2);
-  }
-  *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance to the next element in the sorter.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  if( pSorter->aTree ){
-    int iPrev = pSorter->aTree[1];/* Index of iterator to advance */
-    rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, &pSorter->aIter[iPrev]);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int i;                      /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */
-      VdbeSorterIter *pIter1;     /* First iterator to compare */
-      VdbeSorterIter *pIter2;     /* Second iterator to compare */
-      u8 *pKey2;                  /* To pIter2->aKey, or 0 if record cached */
-
-      /* Find the first two iterators to compare. The one that was just
-      ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array.  */
-      pIter1 = &pSorter->aIter[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)];
-      pIter2 = &pSorter->aIter[(iPrev | 0x0001)];
-      pKey2 = pIter2->aKey;
-
-      for(i=(pSorter->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){
-        /* Compare pIter1 and pIter2. Store the result in variable iRes. */
-        int iRes;
-        if( pIter1->pFile==0 ){
-          iRes = +1;
-        }else if( pIter2->pFile==0 ){
-          iRes = -1;
-        }else{
-          vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, 
-              pIter1->aKey, pIter1->nKey, pKey2, pIter2->nKey, &iRes
-          );
-        }
-
-        /* If pIter1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index.
-        ** Then set pIter2 to the next iterator to compare to pIter1. In this
-        ** case there is no cache of pIter2 in pSorter->pUnpacked, so set
-        ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pIter2.
-        **
-        ** Alternatively, if pIter2 contains the smaller of the two values,
-        ** set aTree[i] to its index and update pIter1. If vdbeSorterCompare()
-        ** was actually called above, then pSorter->pUnpacked now contains
-        ** a value equivalent to pIter2. So set pKey2 to NULL to prevent
-        ** vdbeSorterCompare() from decoding pIter2 again.  */
-        if( iRes<=0 ){
-          pSorter->aTree[i] = (int)(pIter1 - pSorter->aIter);
-          pIter2 = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
-          pKey2 = pIter2->aKey;
-        }else{
-          if( pIter1->pFile ) pKey2 = 0;
-          pSorter->aTree[i] = (int)(pIter2 - pSorter->aIter);
-          pIter1 = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
-        }
-
-      }
-      *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0);
-    }
-  }else{
-    SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->pRecord;
-    pSorter->pRecord = pFree->pNext;
-    pFree->pNext = 0;
-    vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree);
-    *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the 
-** current key.
-*/
-static void *vdbeSorterRowkey(
-  const VdbeSorter *pSorter,      /* Sorter object */
-  int *pnKey                      /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */
-){
-  void *pKey;
-  if( pSorter->aTree ){
-    VdbeSorterIter *pIter;
-    pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ];
-    *pnKey = pIter->nKey;
-    pKey = pIter->aKey;
-  }else{
-    *pnKey = pSorter->pRecord->nVal;
-    pKey = pSorter->pRecord->pVal;
-  }
-  return pKey;
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */
-
-  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nKey, 0) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pOut->n = nKey;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
-  memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey);
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor
-** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of
-** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record.
-**
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM).
-** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
-** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
-** key.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(
-  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Sorter cursor */
-  Mem *pVal,                      /* Value to compare to current sorter key */
-  int nIgnore,                    /* Ignore this many fields at the end */
-  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
-){
-  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
-  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */
-
-  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
-  vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, nIgnore, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
-** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
-** is enabled.
-**
-** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
-** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
-** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
-** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
-** on disk is not created or populated until either:
-**
-**   1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated 
-**      buffer, or
-**   2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-
-
-/*
-** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
-** as an open file handle for journal files.
-*/
-struct JournalFile {
-  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* I/O methods on journal files */
-  int nBuf;                       /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
-  char *zBuf;                     /* Space to buffer journal writes */
-  int iSize;                      /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
-  int flags;                      /* xOpen flags */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* The "real" underlying VFS */
-  sqlite3_file *pReal;            /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
-  const char *zJournal;           /* Name of the journal file */
-};
-typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
-
-/*
-** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file 
-** for JournalFile p.
-*/
-static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !p->pReal ){
-    sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->pReal = pReal;
-      if( p->iSize>0 ){
-        assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* If an error occurred while writing to the file, close it before
-        ** returning. This way, SQLite uses the in-memory journal data to 
-        ** roll back changes made to the internal page-cache before this
-        ** function was called.  */
-        sqlite3OsClose(pReal);
-        p->pReal = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
-  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-  }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){
-    rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }else{
-    memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
-  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
-    rc = createFile(p);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( p->pReal ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-    }else{
-      memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
-      if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
-        p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
-  }else if( size<p->iSize ){
-    p->iSize = size;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query the size of the file in bytes.
-*/
-static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
-  }else{
-    *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
-*/
-static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
-  1,             /* iVersion */
-  jrnlClose,     /* xClose */
-  jrnlRead,      /* xRead */
-  jrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
-  jrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
-  jrnlSync,      /* xSync */
-  jrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
-  0,             /* xLock */
-  0,             /* xUnlock */
-  0,             /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  0,             /* xFileControl */
-  0,             /* xSectorSize */
-  0,             /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  0,             /* xShmMap */
-  0,             /* xShmLock */
-  0,             /* xShmBarrier */
-  0              /* xShmUnmap */
-};
-
-/* 
-** Open a journal file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the journal file */
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,        /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
-  int flags,                 /* Opening flags */
-  int nBuf                   /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
-){
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
-  if( nBuf>0 ){
-    p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
-    if( !p->zBuf ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
-  }
-  p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
-  p->nBuf = nBuf;
-  p->flags = flags;
-  p->zJournal = zName;
-  p->pVfs = pVfs;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
-** file has not yet been created, create it now.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
-  if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The file-handle passed as the only argument is guaranteed to be an open
-** file. It may or may not be of class JournalFile. If the file is a
-** JournalFile, and the underlying file on disk has not yet been opened,
-** return 0. Otherwise, return 1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p){
-  return (p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods || ((JournalFile *)p)->pReal!=0);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
-** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-  return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 October 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
-** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
-** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
-*/
-
-/* Forward references to internal structures */
-typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal;
-typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint;
-typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;
-
-/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
-** this many bytes.
-**
-** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two.  That way,
-** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills
-** a power-of-two allocation.  This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two
-** memory allocators.
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*)))
-
-/*
-** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
-*/
-struct FileChunk {
-  FileChunk *pNext;               /* Next chunk in the journal */
-  u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE];   /* Content of this chunk */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal.
-** The cursor can be either for reading or writing.
-*/
-struct FilePoint {
-  sqlite3_int64 iOffset;          /* Offset from the beginning of the file */
-  FileChunk *pChunk;              /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */
-};
-
-/*
-** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file.  Each open memory-journal
-** is an instance of this class.
-*/
-struct MemJournal {
-  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
-  FileChunk *pFirst;              /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */
-  FilePoint endpoint;             /* Pointer to the end of the file */
-  FilePoint readpoint;            /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */
-};
-
-/*
-** Read data from the in-memory journal file.  This is the implementation
-** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method.
-*/
-static int memjrnlRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
-  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
-  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
-  u8 *zOut = zBuf;
-  int nRead = iAmt;
-  int iChunkOffset;
-  FileChunk *pChunk;
-
-  /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */
-  assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset );
-
-  if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
-    sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
-    for(pChunk=p->pFirst; 
-        ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst;
-        pChunk=pChunk->pNext
-    ){
-      iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE;
-    }
-  }else{
-    pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk;
-  }
-
-  iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
-  do {
-    int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset;
-    int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset));
-    memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy);
-    zOut += nCopy;
-    nRead -= iSpace;
-    iChunkOffset = 0;
-  } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 );
-  p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt;
-  p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to the file.
-*/
-static int memjrnlWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
-  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
-){
-  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
-  int nWrite = iAmt;
-  u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf;
-
-  /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random
-  ** access writes are not required by sqlite.
-  */
-  assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst);
-
-  while( nWrite>0 ){
-    FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk;
-    int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
-    int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset);
-
-    if( iChunkOffset==0 ){
-      /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */
-      FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk));
-      if( !pNew ){
-        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-      }
-      pNew->pNext = 0;
-      if( pChunk ){
-        assert( p->pFirst );
-        pChunk->pNext = pNew;
-      }else{
-        assert( !p->pFirst );
-        p->pFirst = pNew;
-      }
-      p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew;
-    }
-
-    memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace);
-    zWrite += iSpace;
-    nWrite -= iSpace;
-    p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate the file.
-*/
-static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
-  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
-  FileChunk *pChunk;
-  assert(size==0);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(size);
-  pChunk = p->pFirst;
-  while( pChunk ){
-    FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk;
-    pChunk = pChunk->pNext;
-    sqlite3_free(pTmp);
-  }
-  sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the file.
-*/
-static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
-  memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Sync the file.
-**
-** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op.  And, in fact, this routine
-** is never called in a working implementation.  This implementation
-** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other
-** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake.
-*/
-static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query the size of the file in bytes.
-*/
-static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
-  *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object.
-*/
-static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
-  1,                /* iVersion */
-  memjrnlClose,     /* xClose */
-  memjrnlRead,      /* xRead */
-  memjrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
-  memjrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
-  memjrnlSync,      /* xSync */
-  memjrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
-  0,                /* xLock */
-  0,                /* xUnlock */
-  0,                /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  0,                /* xFileControl */
-  0,                /* xSectorSize */
-  0,                /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-  0,                /* xShmMap */
-  0,                /* xShmLock */
-  0,                /* xShmBarrier */
-  0,                /* xShmUnmap */
-  0,                /* xFetch */
-  0                 /* xUnfetch */
-};
-
-/* 
-** Open a journal file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
-  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );
-  memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize());
-  p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is 
-** an in-memory journal 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
-  return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){
-  return sizeof(MemJournal);
-}
-
-/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/
-/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 August 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
-** an SQL statement.
-*/
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-/* #include <string.h> */
-
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
-** of the expression, while decending.  (In other words, the callback
-** is invoked before visiting children.)
-**
-** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
-** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
-**
-**    WRC_Continue      Continue descending down the tree.
-**
-**    WRC_Prune         Do not descend into child nodes.  But allow
-**                      the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
-**
-**    WRC_Abort         Do no more callbacks.  Unwind the stack and
-**                      return the top-level walk call.
-**
-** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
-** and WRC_Continue to continue.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  int rc;
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) );
-  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) );
-  rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
-  if( rc==WRC_Continue
-              && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){
-    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    }else{
-      if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc & WRC_Abort;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until
-** an abort request is seen.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){
-  int i;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( p ){
-    for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-      if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p.  Do
-** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
-** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
-** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
-** FROM clause of SELECT statement p.  Do not invoke the select
-** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
-** and on any subqueries further down in the tree.  Return 
-** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  SrcList *pSrc;
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
-    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-} 
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
-** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
-** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. 
-**
-** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before
-** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2()
-** method, if it is not NULL, is invoked following the walk of the 
-** expressions and FROM clause.
-**
-** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions.  Return WRC_Abort if
-** there is an abort request.
-**
-** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine
-** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  int rc;
-  if( p==0 || (pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 && pWalker->xSelectCallback2==0) ){
-    return WRC_Continue;
-  }
-  rc = WRC_Continue;
-  pWalker->walkerDepth++;
-  while( p ){
-    if( pWalker->xSelectCallback ){
-       rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p);
-       if( rc ) break;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p)
-     || sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p)
-    ){
-      pWalker->walkerDepth--;
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-    if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2 ){
-      pWalker->xSelectCallback2(pWalker, p);
-    }
-    p = p->pPrior;
-  }
-  pWalker->walkerDepth--;
-  return rc & WRC_Abort;
-}
-
-/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 August 18
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
-** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
-** table and column.
-*/
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-/* #include <string.h> */
-
-/*
-** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function
-** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node.
-** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an
-** outer query into an inner subquery.
-**
-** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine.  incrAggDepth(..)
-** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker.
-*/
-static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.i;
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-static void incrAggFunctionDepth(Expr *pExpr, int N){
-  if( N>0 ){
-    Walker w;
-    memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-    w.xExprCallback = incrAggDepth;
-    w.u.i = N;
-    sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
-** result set in pEList.
-**
-** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine
-** makes an exact copy.  But for any other kind of expression, this
-** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the
-** TK_AS operator.  The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be
-** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias.
-**
-** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple
-** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as
-** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. 
-**
-** The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'.  This means
-** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice.  Hence:
-**
-**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x
-**
-** Is equivalent to:
-**
-**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5
-**
-** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different
-** from the result in the result-set.  On the other hand Standard SQL does
-** not allow the GROUP BY clause to contain references to result-set columns.
-** So this should never come up in well-formed queries.
-**
-** If the reference is followed by a COLLATE operator, then make sure
-** the COLLATE operator is preserved.  For example:
-**
-**     SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase;
-**
-** Should be transformed into:
-**
-**     SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY (a+b) COLLATE nocase;
-**
-** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the
-** alias is removed from the original expression.  The usually value is
-** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery
-** of the original expression.  The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION
-** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount.
-*/
-static void resolveAlias(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList,      /* A result set */
-  int iCol,              /* A column in the result set.  0..pEList->nExpr-1 */
-  Expr *pExpr,           /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */
-  const char *zType,     /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */
-  int nSubquery          /* Number of subqueries that the label is moving */
-){
-  Expr *pOrig;           /* The iCol-th column of the result set */
-  Expr *pDup;            /* Copy of pOrig */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
-
-  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr );
-  pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
-  assert( pOrig!=0 );
-  assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved );
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
-  if( pDup==0 ) return;
-  if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){
-    incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery);
-    pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0);
-    if( pDup==0 ) return;
-    ExprSetProperty(pDup, EP_Skip);
-    if( pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias==0 ){
-      pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias);
-    }
-    pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias;
-  }
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){
-    pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken);
-  }
-
-  /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This 
-  ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
-  ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.
-  ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the
-  ** sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup) on the last line of this block, so be sure to
-  ** make a copy of the token before doing the sqlite3DbFree().
-  */
-  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
-  memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
-  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) && pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ){
-    assert( (pExpr->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
-    pExpr->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken);
-    pExpr->flags |= EP_MemToken;
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause.
-**
-** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain
-** zCol.
-*/
-static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){
-  if( pUsing ){
-    int k;
-    for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Subqueries stores the original database, table and column names for their
-** result sets in ExprList.a[].zSpan, in the form "DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN".
-** Check to see if the zSpan given to this routine matches the zDb, zTab,
-** and zCol.  If any of zDb, zTab, and zCol are NULL then those fields will
-** match anything.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(
-  const char *zSpan,
-  const char *zCol,
-  const char *zTab,
-  const char *zDb
-){
-  int n;
-  for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){}
-  if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zSpan += n+1;
-  for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){}
-  if( zTab && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zTab, n)!=0 || zTab[n]!=0) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zSpan += n+1;
-  if( zCol && sqlite3StrICmp(zSpan, zCol)!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
-** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
-** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
-** are made to pExpr:
-**
-**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X
-**                         (even if X is implied).
-**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
-**                         from pSrcList.
-**    pExpr->pTab          Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if
-**                         X and/or Y are implied.)
-**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
-**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
-**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
-**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
-**
-** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
-** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
-** can be used.  The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
-** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL.  If zTable is NULL it
-** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
-** can be used.
-**
-** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
-** in pParse and return WRC_Abort.  Return WRC_Prune on success.
-*/
-static int lookupName(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  const char *zDb,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
-  const char *zTab,    /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
-  const char *zCol,    /* Name of the column. */
-  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context used to resolve the name */
-  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
-){
-  int i, j;                         /* Loop counters */
-  int cnt = 0;                      /* Number of matching column names */
-  int cntTab = 0;                   /* Number of matching table names */
-  int nSubquery = 0;                /* How many levels of subquery */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;       /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
-  struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0;  /* The matching pSrcList item */
-  NameContext *pTopNC = pNC;        /* First namecontext in the list */
-  Schema *pSchema = 0;              /* Schema of the expression */
-  int isTrigger = 0;                /* True if resolved to a trigger column */
-  Table *pTab = 0;                  /* Table hold the row */
-  Column *pCol;                     /* A column of pTab */
-
-  assert( pNC );     /* the name context cannot be NULL. */
-  assert( zCol );    /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-
-  /* Initialize the node to no-match */
-  pExpr->iTable = -1;
-  pExpr->pTab = 0;
-  ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
-
-  /* Translate the schema name in zDb into a pointer to the corresponding
-  ** schema.  If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match
-  ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine
-  */
-  if( zDb ){
-    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx );
-    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck );
-    if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){
-      /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and partial
-      ** indices.  Do not raise errors because that might break legacy and
-      ** because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the database name. */
-      zDb = 0;
-    }else{
-      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-        assert( db->aDb[i].zName );
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zName,zDb)==0 ){
-          pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */
-  while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
-    ExprList *pEList;
-    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-
-    if( pSrcList ){
-      for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-        pTab = pItem->pTab;
-        assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 );
-        assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
-        if( pItem->pSelect && (pItem->pSelect->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){
-          int hit = 0;
-          pEList = pItem->pSelect->pEList;
-          for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
-            if( sqlite3MatchSpanName(pEList->a[j].zSpan, zCol, zTab, zDb) ){
-              cnt++;
-              cntTab = 2;
-              pMatch = pItem;
-              pExpr->iColumn = j;
-              hit = 1;
-            }
-          }
-          if( hit || zTab==0 ) continue;
-        }
-        if( zDb && pTab->pSchema!=pSchema ){
-          continue;
-        }
-        if( zTab ){
-          const char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName;
-          assert( zTabName!=0 );
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){
-            continue;
-          }
-        }
-        if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
-          pMatch = pItem;
-        }
-        for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
-            /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match
-            ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a 
-            ** USING clause, then skip this match.
-            */
-            if( cnt==1 ){
-              if( pItem->jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue;
-              if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue;
-            }
-            cnt++;
-            pMatch = pItem;
-            /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-            pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( pMatch ){
-        pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor;
-        pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab;
-        pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema;
-      }
-    } /* if( pSrcList ) */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
-    ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
-    */
-    if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cntTab==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){
-      int op = pParse->eTriggerOp;
-      assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT );
-      if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){
-        pExpr->iTable = 1;
-        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
-      }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){
-        pExpr->iTable = 0;
-        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
-      }else{
-        pTab = 0;
-      }
-
-      if( pTab ){ 
-        int iCol;
-        pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-        cntTab++;
-        for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++){
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
-            if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
-              iCol = -1;
-            }
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && HasRowid(pTab) ){
-          /* IMP: R-24309-18625 */
-          /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
-          iCol = -1;
-        }
-        if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
-          cnt++;
-          if( iCol<0 ){
-            pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-          }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){
-            testcase( iCol==31 );
-            testcase( iCol==32 );
-            pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
-          }else{
-            testcase( iCol==31 );
-            testcase( iCol==32 );
-            pParse->newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
-          }
-          pExpr->iColumn = (i16)iCol;
-          pExpr->pTab = pTab;
-          isTrigger = 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
-    /*
-    ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
-    */
-    if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && pMatch && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol)
-     && HasRowid(pMatch->pTab) ){
-      cnt = 1;
-      pExpr->iColumn = -1;     /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
-      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
-    ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
-    ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
-    **
-    **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
-    **
-    ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
-    ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
-    ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
-    ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
-    **
-    ** The ability to use an output result-set column in the WHERE, GROUP BY,
-    ** or HAVING clauses, or as part of a larger expression in the ORDRE BY
-    ** clause is not standard SQL.  This is a (goofy) SQLite extension, that
-    ** is supported for backwards compatibility only.  TO DO: Issue a warning
-    ** on sqlite3_log() whenever the capability is used.
-    */
-    if( (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0
-     && zTab==0
-     && cnt==0
-    ){
-      for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
-        char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
-        if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
-          Expr *pOrig;
-          assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
-          assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 );
-          assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 );
-          pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
-          if( (pNC->ncFlags&NC_AllowAgg)==0 && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
-            return WRC_Abort;
-          }
-          resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "", nSubquery);
-          cnt = 1;
-          pMatch = 0;
-          assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
-          goto lookupname_end;
-        }
-      } 
-    }
-
-    /* Advance to the next name context.  The loop will exit when either
-    ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
-    */
-    if( cnt==0 ){
-      pNC = pNC->pNext;
-      nSubquery++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
-  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
-  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
-  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
-  ** pExpr.
-  **
-  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
-  ** fields are not changed in any context.
-  */
-  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
-    pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
-    pExpr->pTab = 0;
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
-  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
-  */
-  if( cnt!=1 ){
-    const char *zErr;
-    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
-    if( zDb ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
-    }else if( zTab ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
-    }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-    pTopNC->nErr++;
-  }
-
-  /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
-  ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask.  Column 0 causes
-  ** bit 0 to be set.  Column 1 sets bit 1.  And so forth.  If the
-  ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
-  ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
-  */
-  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
-    int n = pExpr->iColumn;
-    testcase( n==BMS-1 );
-    if( n>=BMS ){
-      n = BMS-1;
-    }
-    assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
-    pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
-  }
-
-  /* Clean up and return
-  */
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
-  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
-  pExpr->pRight = 0;
-  pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN);
-lookupname_end:
-  if( cnt==1 ){
-    assert( pNC!=0 );
-    if( pExpr->op!=TK_AS ){
-      sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
-    }
-    /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
-    ** the point where the name matched. */
-    for(;;){
-      assert( pTopNC!=0 );
-      pTopNC->nRef++;
-      if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
-      pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
-    }
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  } else {
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol
-** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){
-  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0);
-  if( p ){
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc];
-    p->pTab = pItem->pTab;
-    p->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
-    if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){
-      p->iColumn = -1;
-    }else{
-      p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol;
-      testcase( iCol==BMS );
-      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
-      pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol);
-    }
-    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a partial index WHERE
-** clause.
-*/
-static void notValidPartIdxWhere(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Leave error message here */
-  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context */
-  const char *zMsg     /* Type of error */
-){
-  if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s prohibited in partial index WHERE clauses",
-                    zMsg);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-/*
-** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a CHECK constraint.
-*/
-static void notValidCheckConstraint(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Leave error message here */
-  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context */
-  const char *zMsg     /* Type of error */
-){
-  if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s prohibited in CHECK constraints", zMsg);
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define notValidCheckConstraint(P,N,M)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Expression p should encode a floating point value between 1.0 and 0.0.
-** Return 1024 times this value.  Or return -1 if p is not a floating point
-** value between 1.0 and 0.0.
-*/
-static int exprProbability(Expr *p){
-  double r = -1.0;
-  if( p->op!=TK_FLOAT ) return -1;
-  sqlite3AtoF(p->u.zToken, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken), SQLITE_UTF8);
-  assert( r>=0.0 );
-  if( r>1.0 ) return -1;
-  return (int)(r*1000.0);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr().
-**
-** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
-** node in the expression tree.  Return 0 to continue the search down
-** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
-**
-** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
-** function names.  The operator for aggregate functions is changed
-** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
-*/
-static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  NameContext *pNC;
-  Parse *pParse;
-
-  pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
-  assert( pNC!=0 );
-  pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse );
-
-  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune;
-  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
-    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
-      assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-    /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first
-    ** column in the FROM clause.  This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY
-    ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements.
-    */
-    case TK_ROW: {
-      SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-      assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 );
-      pItem = pSrcList->a; 
-      pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
-      pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
-      pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
-      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
-      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
-
-    /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
-    */
-    case TK_ID: {
-      return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr);
-    }
-  
-    /* A table name and column name:     ID.ID
-    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
-    */
-    case TK_DOT: {
-      const char *zColumn;
-      const char *zTable;
-      const char *zDb;
-      Expr *pRight;
-
-      /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
-      pRight = pExpr->pRight;
-      if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
-        zDb = 0;
-        zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
-        zColumn = pRight->u.zToken;
-      }else{
-        assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
-        zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
-        zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken;
-        zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken;
-      }
-      return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr);
-    }
-
-    /* Resolve function names
-    */
-    case TK_FUNCTION: {
-      ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;    /* The argument list */
-      int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;    /* Number of arguments */
-      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
-      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
-      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
-      int auth;                   /* Authorization to use the function */
-      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
-      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
-      FuncDef *pDef;              /* Information about the function */
-      u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);   /* The database encoding */
-
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "functions");
-      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
-      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
-      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
-      if( pDef==0 ){
-        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -2, enc, 0);
-        if( pDef==0 ){
-          no_such_func = 1;
-        }else{
-          wrong_num_args = 1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
-        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
-          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip);
-          if( n==2 ){
-            pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr);
-            if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
-              sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "second argument to likelihood() must be a "
-                                      "constant between 0.0 and 1.0");
-              pNC->nErr++;
-            }
-          }else{
-            /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is equivalent to
-            ** likelihood(X, 0.0625).
-            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is short-hand for
-            ** likelihood(X,0.0625). */
-            pExpr->iTable = 62;  /* TUNING:  Default 2nd arg to unlikely() is 0.0625 */
-          }             
-        }
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-      if( pDef ){
-        auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
-        if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
-                                    pDef->zName);
-            pNC->nErr++;
-          }
-          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-          return WRC_Prune;
-        }
-        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT ) ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant);
-      }
-#endif
-      if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-        is_agg = 0;
-      }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
-             nId, zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-      }
-      if( is_agg ) pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
-      sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList);
-      if( is_agg ){
-        NameContext *pNC2 = pNC;
-        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
-        pExpr->op2 = 0;
-        while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){
-          pExpr->op2++;
-          pNC2 = pNC2->pNext;
-        }
-        if( pNC2 ) pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg;
-        pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
-      }
-      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
-      ** type of the function 
-      */
-      return WRC_Prune;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_SELECT:
-    case TK_EXISTS:  testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
-#endif
-    case TK_IN: {
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN );
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-        int nRef = pNC->nRef;
-        notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "subqueries");
-        notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "subqueries");
-        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect);
-        assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
-        if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
-          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_VARIABLE: {
-      notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "parameters");
-      notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "parameters");
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the
-** a SELECT statement.  pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
-** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds
-** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list.  If it is,
-** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of
-** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry.  If there is
-** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine
-** return 0.
-**
-** pEList has been resolved.  pE has not.
-*/
-static int resolveAsName(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
-  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions to scan */
-  Expr *pE           /* Expression we are trying to match */
-){
-  int i;             /* Loop counter */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
-
-  if( pE->op==TK_ID ){
-    char *zCol = pE->u.zToken;
-    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-      char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
-      if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
-        return i+1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the
-** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT.  The expression has not been
-** name resolved.
-**
-** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the
-** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set.  That
-** case is handled by the calling routine.
-**
-** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most
-** SELECT statement.  Return the index i of the matching column,
-** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column.
-** The left-most column is 1.  In other words, the value returned is the
-** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate
-** the column.
-**
-** If there is no match, return 0.  Return -1 if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
-  Select *pSelect,   /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
-  Expr *pE           /* The specific ORDER BY term */
-){
-  int i;             /* Loop counter */
-  ExprList *pEList;  /* The columns of the result set */
-  NameContext nc;    /* Name context for resolving pE */
-  sqlite3 *db;       /* Database connection */
-  int rc;            /* Return code from subprocedures */
-  u8 savedSuppErr;   /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */
-
-  assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-
-  /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression
-  */
-  memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc));
-  nc.pParse = pParse;
-  nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
-  nc.pEList = pEList;
-  nc.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
-  nc.nErr = 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr;
-  db->suppressErr = 1;
-  rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE);
-  db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr;
-  if( rc ) return 0;
-
-  /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression
-  ** in the result set.  Return an 1-based index of the matching
-  ** result-set entry.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE, -1)<2 ){
-      return i+1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If no match, return 0. */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error.
-*/
-static void resolveOutOfRangeError(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The error context into which to write the error */
-  const char *zType,     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
-  int i,                 /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
-  int mx                 /* Largest permissible value of i */
-){
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-    "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
-    "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
-}
-
-/*
-** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement.   Modify
-** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1
-** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT.
-**
-** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are
-** unmodified.  ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of
-** 1 through N generate an error.  ORDER BY terms that are expressions
-** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT
-** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right.
-** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into
-** the integer column number.
-**
-** Return the number of errors seen.
-*/
-static int resolveCompoundOrderBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
-  Select *pSelect       /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
-){
-  int i;
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int moreToDo = 1;
-
-  pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
-  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
-    pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
-  }
-  pSelect->pNext = 0;
-  while( pSelect->pPrior ){
-    pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect;
-    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  }
-  while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-    moreToDo = 0;
-    pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-    assert( pEList!=0 );
-    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-      int iCol = -1;
-      Expr *pE, *pDup;
-      if( pItem->done ) continue;
-      pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pItem->pExpr);
-      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
-        if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
-          resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
-        if( iCol==0 ){
-          pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0);
-          if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-            assert(pDup);
-            iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
-          }
-          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
-        }
-      }
-      if( iCol>0 ){
-        /* Convert the ORDER BY term into an integer column number iCol,
-        ** taking care to preserve the COLLATE clause if it exists */
-        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
-        if( pNew==0 ) return 1;
-        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
-        pNew->u.iValue = iCol;
-        if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){
-          pItem->pExpr = pNew;
-        }else{
-          assert( pItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
-          assert( pItem->pExpr->pLeft==pE );
-          pItem->pExpr->pLeft = pNew;
-        }
-        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
-        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
-        pItem->done = 1;
-      }else{
-        moreToDo = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
-    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
-            "column in the result set", i+1);
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of
-** the SELECT statement pSelect.  If any term is reference to a
-** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.u.x.iOrderByCol
-** field) then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set
-** column.
-**
-** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and
-** return non-zero.  Return zero if no errors are seen.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
-  const char *zType     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
-){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-
-  if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-  assert( pEList!=0 );  /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
-  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){
-      if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){
-        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType,0);
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
-** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC.  zType is either
-** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is.
-**
-** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression.
-** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the
-** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression
-** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression.  If
-** the order-by term is an identifier that corresponds to the AS-name of
-** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the
-** result-set expression.  Otherwise, the expression is resolved in
-** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
-**
-** This routine returns the number of errors.  If errors occur, then
-** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse.  (OOM errors
-** excepted.)
-*/
-static int resolveOrderGroupBy(
-  NameContext *pNC,     /* The name context of the SELECT statement */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */
-  const char *zType     /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
-){
-  int i, j;                      /* Loop counters */
-  int iCol;                      /* Column number */
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;   /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
-  Parse *pParse;                 /* Parsing context */
-  int nResult;                   /* Number of terms in the result set */
-
-  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
-  nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
-  pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr;
-    Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE);
-    if( zType[0]!='G' ){
-      iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE2);
-      if( iCol>0 ){
-        /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
-        ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column.  The subsequent call to
-        ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
-        ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
-        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
-        continue;
-      }
-    }
-    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iCol) ){
-      /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant.  Again, set the column
-      ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
-      ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
-      if( iCol<1 || iCol>0xffff ){
-        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */
-    pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    for(j=0; j<pSelect->pEList->nExpr; j++){
-      if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pSelect->pEList->a[j].pExpr, -1)==0 ){
-        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = j+1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
-}
-
-/*
-** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents.
-*/
-static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  NameContext *pOuterNC;  /* Context that contains this SELECT */
-  NameContext sNC;        /* Name context of this SELECT */
-  int isCompound;         /* True if p is a compound select */
-  int nCompound;          /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
-  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList;       /* Result set expression list */
-  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The GROUP BY clause */
-  Select *pLeftmost;      /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
-  sqlite3 *db;            /* Database connection */
-  
-
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  }
-  pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
-  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have
-  ** already expanded this SELECT.  However, if this is a subquery within
-  ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a
-  ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand().  When that happens, let
-  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT.
-  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and
-  ** this routine in the correct order.
-  */
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){
-    sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
-    return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune;
-  }
-
-  isCompound = p->pPrior!=0;
-  nCompound = 0;
-  pLeftmost = p;
-  while( p ){
-    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 );
-    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 );
-    p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved;
-
-    /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
-    ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
-    */
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
-        sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  
-    /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
-      if( pItem->pSelect ){
-        NameContext *pNC;         /* Used to iterate name contexts */
-        int nRef = 0;             /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */
-        const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-
-        /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its
-        ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in
-        ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then
-        ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the
-        ** pItem->isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */
-        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef;
-
-        if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
-        sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC);
-        pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
-        if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;
-
-        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef;
-        assert( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 );
-        pItem->isCorrelated = (nRef!=0);
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
-    ** resolve the result-set expression list.
-    */
-    sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
-    sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
-    sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
-  
-    /* Resolve names in the result set. */
-    pEList = p->pEList;
-    assert( pEList!=0 );
-    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-      Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
-    ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
-    */
-    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
-    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-    if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){
-      p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
-    }else{
-      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
-    }
-  
-    /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
-    */
-    if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  
-    /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the
-    ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
-    ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
-    ** aliases in the result set.
-    **
-    ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
-    ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
-    */
-    sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
-
-    /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
-    ** outer queries 
-    */
-    sNC.pNext = 0;
-    sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
-
-    /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements.
-    ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled
-    ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of
-    ** the compound have been resolved.
-    */
-    if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  
-    /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause.  At the same time, make sure 
-    ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
-    */
-    if( pGroupBy ){
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-    
-      if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-      for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-        if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
-              "the GROUP BY clause");
-          return WRC_Abort;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Advance to the next term of the compound
-    */
-    p = p->pPrior;
-    nCompound++;
-  }
-
-  /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of
-  ** the compound have been resolved.
-  */
-  if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-
-  return WRC_Prune;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
-** table columns and result-set columns.  At the same time, do error
-** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
-** are seen.
-**
-** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the 
-** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
-**
-**      X:   The name of a database.  Ex:  "main" or "temp" or
-**           the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database.
-**
-**      Y:   The name of a table in a FROM clause.  Or in a trigger
-**           one of the special names "old" or "new".
-**
-**      Z:   The name of a column in table Y.
-**
-** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
-**
-**    Expr.op        Changed to TK_COLUMN
-**    Expr.pTab      Points to the Table object for X.Y
-**    Expr.iColumn   The column index in X.Y.  -1 for the rowid.
-**    Expr.iTable    The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
-**
-**
-** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
-** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
-** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT.  The Z expression
-** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
-** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
-** tree.  For example, in:
-**
-**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
-**
-** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render:
-**
-**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
-**
-** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is 
-** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
-** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is
-** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
-** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg
-** property on the expression is set.
-**
-** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss.  The number
-** if errors is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( 
-  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
-  Expr *pExpr             /* The expression to be analyzed. */
-){
-  u8 savedHasAgg;
-  Walker w;
-
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  {
-    Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
-    if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
-  }
-#endif
-  savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg;
-  pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_HasAgg;
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
-  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
-  w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  w.u.pNC = pNC;
-  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
-#endif
-  if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
-  }
-  if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
-  }else if( savedHasAgg ){
-    pNC->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg;
-  }
-  return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
-** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,
-** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause
-** terms.
-**
-** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of
-** transformations that occur.
-**
-** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using
-** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
-  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */
-){
-  Walker w;
-
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
-  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
-  w.pParse = pParse;
-  w.u.pNC = pOuterNC;
-  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Resolve names in expressions that can only reference a single table:
-**
-**    *   CHECK constraints
-**    *   WHERE clauses on partial indices
-**
-** The Expr.iTable value for Expr.op==TK_COLUMN nodes of the expression
-** is set to -1 and the Expr.iColumn value is set to the column number.
-**
-** Any errors cause an error message to be set in pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pTab,        /* The table being referenced */
-  int type,           /* NC_IsCheck or NC_PartIdx */
-  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expression to resolve.  May be NULL. */
-  ExprList *pList     /* Expression list to resolve.  May be NUL. */
-){
-  SrcList sSrc;                   /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
-  NameContext sNC;                /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-
-  assert( type==NC_IsCheck || type==NC_PartIdx );
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
-  sSrc.nSrc = 1;
-  sSrc.a[0].zName = pTab->zName;
-  sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTab;
-  sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
-  sNC.ncFlags = type;
-  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pExpr) ) return;
-  if( pList ){
-    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
-** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
-**
-** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
-** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
-** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
-** indicating no affinity for the expression.
-**
-** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
-** have an affinity:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
-** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
-  int op;
-  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
-  if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-  op = pExpr->op;
-  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
-    assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
-    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-  if( op==TK_CAST ){
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-    return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) 
-   && pExpr->pTab!=0
-  ){
-    /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
-    ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
-    int j = pExpr->iColumn;
-    if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-    assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol );
-    return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
-  }
-  return pExpr->affinity;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
-** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to a new Expr node that
-** implements the COLLATE operator.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db
-** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(
-  Parse *pParse,           /* Parsing context */
-  Expr *pExpr,             /* Add the "COLLATE" clause to this expression */
-  const Token *pCollName   /* Name of collating sequence */
-){
-  if( pCollName->n>0 ){
-    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLLATE, pCollName, 1);
-    if( pNew ){
-      pNew->pLeft = pExpr;
-      pNew->flags |= EP_Collate|EP_Skip;
-      pExpr = pNew;
-    }
-  }
-  return pExpr;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, const char *zC){
-  Token s;
-  assert( zC!=0 );
-  s.z = zC;
-  s.n = sqlite3Strlen30(s.z);
-  return sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, pExpr, &s);
-}
-
-/*
-** Skip over any TK_COLLATE or TK_AS operators and any unlikely()
-** or likelihood() function at the root of an expression.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){
-  while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely) ){
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      assert( pExpr->x.pList->nExpr>0 );
-      assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION );
-      pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
-    }else{
-      assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_AS );
-      pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
-    }
-  }   
-  return pExpr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
-** there is no defined collating sequence, return NULL.
-**
-** The collating sequence might be determined by a COLLATE operator
-** or by the presence of a column with a defined collating sequence.
-** COLLATE operators take first precedence.  Left operands take
-** precedence over right operands.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
-  Expr *p = pExpr;
-  while( p ){
-    int op = p->op;
-    if( p->flags & EP_Generic ) break;
-    if( op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS ){
-      p = p->pLeft;
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){
-      pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-    if( p->pTab!=0
-     && (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN
-          || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER)
-    ){
-      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
-      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
-      int j = p->iColumn;
-      if( j>=0 ){
-        const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
-        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){
-      if( ALWAYS(p->pLeft) && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
-        p = p->pLeft;
-      }else{
-        p = p->pRight;
-      }
-    }else{
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
-    pColl = 0;
-  }
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
-** type affinity of the other operand.  This routine returns the
-** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
-  char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
-  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
-    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
-    ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
-    */
-    if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
-      return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-    }
-  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
-    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
-    ** results directly.
-    */
-    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-  }else{
-    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
-    assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
-    return (aff1 + aff2);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
-** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
-*/
-static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
-  char aff;
-  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
-          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
-          pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
-  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
-  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
-  if( pExpr->pRight ){
-    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
-  }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
-  }else if( !aff ){
-    aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-  }
-  return aff;
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
-** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
-** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
-** the comparison in pExpr.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
-  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
-  switch( aff ){
-    case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
-      return 1;
-    case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
-      return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    default:
-      return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison
-** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
-*/
-static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
-  u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
-  aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull;
-  return aff;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
-** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
-**
-** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
-** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
-** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
-** type.
-**
-** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case,
-** it is not considered.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
-  Parse *pParse, 
-  Expr *pLeft, 
-  Expr *pRight
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  assert( pLeft );
-  if( pLeft->flags & EP_Collate ){
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
-  }else if( pRight && (pRight->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
-  }else{
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
-    if( !pColl ){
-      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
-    }
-  }
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a comparison operator.
-*/
-static int codeCompare(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
-  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
-  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
-  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
-  int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */
-  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
-  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
-){
-  int p5;
-  int addr;
-  CollSeq *p4;
-
-  p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
-  p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
-                           (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5);
-  return addr;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-/*
-** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum
-** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in
-** pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
-  if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-       "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight
-    );
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList()
-** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height
-** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the
-** first argument.
-**
-** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed
-** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that
-** value.
-*/
-static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){
-      *pnHeight = p->nHeight;
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++){
-      heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight);
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
-    heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an 
-** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or 
-** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
-** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other 
-** referenced Expr plus one.
-*/
-static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){
-  int nHeight = 0;
-  heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
-  heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-    heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight);
-  }else{
-    heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight);
-  }
-  p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If
-** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth,
-** leave an error in pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
-  exprSetHeight(p);
-  sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
-** by the select statement passed as an argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
-  int nHeight = 0;
-  heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
-  return nHeight;
-}
-#else
-  #define exprSetHeight(y)
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */
-
-/*
-** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes.
-**
-** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
-** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation
-** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc().  The calling function
-** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
-**
-** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted.
-** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performance.  The deQuote
-** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not
-** appear to be quoted.  If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes)
-** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node.
-**
-** Special case:  If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that
-** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not
-** stored in u.zToken.  Instead, the integer values is written
-** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set.  No extra storage
-** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
-  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
-  const Token *pToken,    /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
-  int dequote             /* True to dequote */
-){
-  Expr *pNew;
-  int nExtra = 0;
-  int iValue = 0;
-
-  if( pToken ){
-    if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0
-          || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){
-      nExtra = pToken->n+1;
-      assert( iValue>=0 );
-    }
-  }
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra);
-  if( pNew ){
-    pNew->op = (u8)op;
-    pNew->iAgg = -1;
-    if( pToken ){
-      if( nExtra==0 ){
-        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
-        pNew->u.iValue = iValue;
-      }else{
-        int c;
-        pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1];
-        assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 );
-        if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n);
-        pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0;
-        if( dequote && nExtra>=3 
-             && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){
-          sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken);
-          if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-    pNew->nHeight = 1;
-#endif  
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has
-** already been dequoted.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
-  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
-  const char *zToken      /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
-){
-  Token x;
-  x.z = zToken;
-  x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0;
-  return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot.
-**
-** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred.
-** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  Expr *pRoot,
-  Expr *pLeft,
-  Expr *pRight
-){
-  if( pRoot==0 ){
-    assert( db->mallocFailed );
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
-  }else{
-    if( pRight ){
-      pRoot->pRight = pRight;
-      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pRight->flags;
-    }
-    if( pLeft ){
-      pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
-      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags;
-    }
-    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
-**
-** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL.  Return a pointer to the new
-** Expr node.  Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
-** free the subtrees and return NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
-  Expr *pLeft,            /* Left operand */
-  Expr *pRight,           /* Right operand */
-  const Token *pToken     /* Argument token */
-){
-  Expr *p;
-  if( op==TK_AND && pLeft && pRight ){
-    /* Take advantage of short-circuit false optimization for AND */
-    p = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pLeft, pRight);
-  }else{
-    p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1);
-    sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight);
-  }
-  if( p ) {
-    sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression is always either TRUE or FALSE (respectively),
-** then return 1.  If one cannot determine the truth value of the
-** expression at compile-time return 0.
-**
-** This is an optimization.  If is OK to return 0 here even if
-** the expression really is always false or false (a false negative).
-** But it is a bug to return 1 if the expression might have different
-** boolean values in different circumstances (a false positive.)
-**
-** Note that if the expression is part of conditional for a
-** LEFT JOIN, then we cannot determine at compile-time whether or not
-** is it true or false, so always return 0.
-*/
-static int exprAlwaysTrue(Expr *p){
-  int v = 0;
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
-  if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0;
-  return v!=0;
-}
-static int exprAlwaysFalse(Expr *p){
-  int v = 0;
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
-  if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0;
-  return v==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
-** NULL, then just return the other expression.
-**
-** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, then instead
-** of returning an AND expression, just return a constant expression with
-** a value of false.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
-  if( pLeft==0 ){
-    return pRight;
-  }else if( pRight==0 ){
-    return pLeft;
-  }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || exprAlwaysFalse(pRight) ){
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
-    return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0);
-  }else{
-    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight);
-    return pNew;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
-** arguments.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
-  Expr *pNew;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  assert( pToken );
-  pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1);
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pNew->x.pList = pList;
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
-  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew);
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
-** in the original SQL statement.  
-**
-** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
-** variable number.
-**
-** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
-** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
-** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
-**
-** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
-** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
-** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
-** assigned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  const char *z;
-
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) );
-  z = pExpr->u.zToken;
-  assert( z!=0 );
-  assert( z[0]!=0 );
-  if( z[1]==0 ){
-    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
-    assert( z[0]=='?' );
-    pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
-  }else{
-    ynVar x = 0;
-    u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-    if( z[0]=='?' ){
-      /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
-      ** use it as the variable number */
-      i64 i;
-      int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8);
-      pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i;
-      testcase( i==0 );
-      testcase( i==1 );
-      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
-      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
-      if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
-            db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
-        x = 0;
-      }
-      if( i>pParse->nVar ){
-        pParse->nVar = (int)i;
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa".  Reuse the same variable
-      ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
-      ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
-      */
-      ynVar i;
-      for(i=0; i<pParse->nzVar; i++){
-        if( pParse->azVar[i] && strcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z)==0 ){
-          pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
-    }
-    if( x>0 ){
-      if( x>pParse->nzVar ){
-        char **a;
-        a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0]));
-        if( a==0 ) return;  /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */
-        pParse->azVar = a;
-        memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0]));
-        pParse->nzVar = x;
-      }
-      if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]);
-        pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n);
-      }
-    }
-  } 
-  if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables");
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Recursively delete an expression tree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 );
-  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
-    /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */
-    assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 );
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
-    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken);
-    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList);
-    }
-  }
-  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure 
-** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
-** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
-*/
-static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE;
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE;
-  return EXPR_FULLSIZE;
-}
-
-/*
-** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required
-** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree.  They differ in
-** how much of the tree is measured.
-**
-**     dupedExprStructSize()     Size of only the Expr structure 
-**     dupedExprNodeSize()       Size of Expr + space for token
-**     dupedExprSize()           Expr + token + subtree components
-**
-***************************************************************************
-**
-** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:  
-** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and 
-** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be.
-** The return values is always one of:
-**
-**      EXPR_FULLSIZE
-**      EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE   | EP_Reduced
-**      EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly
-**
-** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value
-** of this routine with 0xfff.  The flags can be found by masking the
-** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
-**
-** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
-** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
-** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
-** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
-** off if the expression is reduced.  Note also that it does not work to
-** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression.  It is only legal
-** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser.  The implementation
-** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
-** to enforce this constraint.
-*/
-static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
-  int nSize;
-  assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
-  assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff );
-  assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
-  if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){
-    nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
-  }else{
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); 
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) );
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) );
-    if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){
-      nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced;
-    }else{
-      assert( p->pRight==0 );
-      nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly;
-    }
-  }
-  return nSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy 
-** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that
-** string is defined.)
-*/
-static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){
-  int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff;
-  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
-    nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1;
-  }
-  return ROUND8(nByte);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the 
-** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a
-** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
-**
-** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct
-** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any.
-**
-** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes 
-** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft 
-** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or 
-** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables).
-*/
-static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){
-  int nByte = 0;
-  if( p ){
-    nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
-    if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){
-      nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags);
-    }
-  }
-  return nByte;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer 
-** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough 
-** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
-** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
-** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the
-** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
-*/
-static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
-  Expr *pNew = 0;                      /* Value to return */
-  if( p ){
-    const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-    u8 *zAlloc;
-    u32 staticFlag = 0;
-
-    assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced );
-
-    /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */
-    if( pzBuffer ){
-      zAlloc = *pzBuffer;
-      staticFlag = EP_Static;
-    }else{
-      zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags));
-    }
-    pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc;
-
-    if( pNew ){
-      /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to
-      ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or
-      ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed
-      ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any).
-      */
-      const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags);
-      const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff;
-      int nToken;
-      if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
-        nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1;
-      }else{
-        nToken = 0;
-      }
-      if( isReduced ){
-        assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 );
-        memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize);
-      }else{
-        int nSize = exprStructSize(p);
-        memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize);
-        memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize);
-      }
-
-      /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */
-      pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken);
-      pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly);
-      pNew->flags |= staticFlag;
-
-      /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */
-      if( nToken ){
-        char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize];
-        memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken);
-      }
-
-      if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){
-        /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */
-        if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-          pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced);
-        }else{
-          pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced);
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){
-        zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
-        if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){
-          pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
-          pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
-        }
-        if( pzBuffer ){
-          *pzBuffer = zAlloc;
-        }
-      }else{
-        if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
-          pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0);
-          pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0);
-        }
-      }
-
-    }
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second 
-** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned
-** and the db->mallocFailed flag set.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-static With *withDup(sqlite3 *db, With *p){
-  With *pRet = 0;
-  if( p ){
-    int nByte = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nCte-1);
-    pRet = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-    if( pRet ){
-      int i;
-      pRet->nCte = p->nCte;
-      for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){
-        pRet->a[i].pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->a[i].pSelect, 0);
-        pRet->a[i].pCols = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->a[i].pCols, 0);
-        pRet->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->a[i].zName);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return pRet;
-}
-#else
-# define withDup(x,y) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
-** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
-** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
-** without effecting the originals.
-**
-** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
-** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
-** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
-**
-** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
-**
-** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
-** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a
-** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as
-** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){
-  return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){
-  ExprList *pNew;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->nExpr = i = p->nExpr;
-  if( (flags & EXPRDUP_REDUCE)==0 ) for(i=1; i<p->nExpr; i+=i){}
-  pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db,  i*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
-  if( pItem==0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
-    return 0;
-  } 
-  pOldItem = p->a;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
-    Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr;
-    pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags);
-    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan);
-    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
-    pItem->done = 0;
-    pItem->bSpanIsTab = pOldItem->bSpanIsTab;
-    pItem->u = pOldItem->u;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
-** the build, then none of the following routines, except for 
-** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
-** called with a NULL argument.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
- || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){
-  SrcList *pNew;
-  int i;
-  int nByte;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
-    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
-    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
-    Table *pTab;
-    pNewItem->pSchema = pOldItem->pSchema;
-    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
-    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
-    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
-    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
-    pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub;
-    pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn;
-    pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated;
-    pNewItem->viaCoroutine = pOldItem->viaCoroutine;
-    pNewItem->isRecursive = pOldItem->isRecursive;
-    pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex);
-    pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed;
-    pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex;
-    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
-    if( pTab ){
-      pTab->nRef++;
-    }
-    pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags);
-    pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags);
-    pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing);
-    pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){
-  IdList *pNew;
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->nId = p->nId;
-  pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
-  if( pNew->a==0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  /* Note that because the size of the allocation for p->a[] is not
-  ** necessarily a power of two, sqlite3IdListAppend() may not be called
-  ** on the duplicate created by this function. */
-  for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
-    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
-    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
-    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
-  Select *pNew, *pPrior;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags);
-  pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags);
-  pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags);
-  pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags);
-  pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags);
-  pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags);
-  pNew->op = p->op;
-  pNew->pPrior = pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags);
-  if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
-  pNew->pNext = 0;
-  pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags);
-  pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags);
-  pNew->iLimit = 0;
-  pNew->iOffset = 0;
-  pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
-  pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow;
-  pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith);
-  return pNew;
-}
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
-  assert( p==0 );
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
-** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and
-** NULL is returned.  If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed
-** that the new entry was successfully appended.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
-  Expr *pExpr             /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) );
-    if( pList==0 ){
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-    pList->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
-    if( pList->a==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){
-    struct ExprList_item *a;
-    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
-    a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, pList->nExpr*2*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
-    if( a==0 ){
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-    pList->a = a;
-  }
-  assert( pList->a!=0 );
-  if( 1 ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
-    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
-    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
-  }
-  return pList;
-
-no_mem:     
-  /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item
-** on the expression list.
-**
-** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pName should never be
-** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
-** is set.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
-  Token *pName,           /* Name to be added */
-  int dequote             /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */
-){
-  assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 );
-  if( pList ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
-    pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
-    assert( pItem->zName==0 );
-    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n);
-    if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item
-** on the expression list.
-**
-** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pSpan should never be
-** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
-** is set.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
-  ExprSpan *pSpan         /* The span to be added */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 );
-  if( pList ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
-    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
-    assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
-    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
-                                    (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements,
-** leave an error message in pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  ExprList *pEList,
-  const char *zObject
-){
-  int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN];
-  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx );
-  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 );
-  if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an entire expression list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
-  int i;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  assert( pList->a!=0 || pList->nExpr==0 );
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** These routines are Walker callbacks.  Walker.u.pi is a pointer
-** to an integer.  These routines are checking an expression to see
-** if it is a constant.  Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is
-** not constant.
-**
-** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
-**
-**     sqlite3ExprIsConstant()
-**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()
-**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()
-**
-*/
-static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-
-  /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from
-  ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
-  ** from being considered constant. */
-  if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
-    pWalker->u.i = 0;
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
-    ** and either pWalker->u.i==2 or the function as the SQLITE_FUNC_CONST
-    ** flag. */
-    case TK_FUNCTION:
-      if( pWalker->u.i==2 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant) ){
-        return WRC_Continue;
-      }
-      /* Fall through */
-    case TK_ID:
-    case TK_COLUMN:
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
-      pWalker->u.i = 0;
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    default:
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
-      return WRC_Continue;
-  }
-}
-static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  pWalker->u.i = 0;
-  return WRC_Abort;
-}
-static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){
-  Walker w;
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.u.i = initFlag;
-  w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
-  w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
-  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
-  return w.u.i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
-  return exprIsConst(p, 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
-** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
-** an ON or USING clause.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
-  return exprIsConst(p, 3);
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** or a function call with constant arguments.  Return and 0 if there
-** are any variables.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){
-  return exprIsConst(p, 2);
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
-** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
-** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
-** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
-  int rc = 0;
-
-  /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit
-  ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */
-  assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0
-           || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 );
-
-  if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
-    *pValue = p->u.iValue;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  switch( p->op ){
-    case TK_UPLUS: {
-      rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_UMINUS: {
-      int v;
-      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
-        assert( v!=(-2147483647-1) );
-        *pValue = -v;
-        rc = 1;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: break;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL.
-**
-** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex
-** to tell return TRUE.  
-**
-** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes
-** when we know that a value cannot be NULL.  Hence, a false positive
-** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might
-** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless.  On the other
-** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL)
-** will likely result in an incorrect answer.  So when in doubt, return
-** TRUE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){
-  u8 op;
-  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
-  op = p->op;
-  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_INTEGER:
-    case TK_STRING:
-    case TK_FLOAT:
-    case TK_BLOB:
-      return 0;
-    default:
-      return 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
-** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second
-** argument.
-**
-** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation
-** can be omitted.  When in doubt return FALSE.  A false negative
-** is harmless.  A false positive, however, can result in the wrong
-** answer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){
-  u8 op;
-  if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ) return 1;
-  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
-  op = p->op;
-  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_INTEGER: {
-      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-    }
-    case TK_FLOAT: {
-      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-    }
-    case TK_STRING: {
-      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    }
-    case TK_BLOB: {
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      assert( p->iTable>=0 );  /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */
-      return p->iColumn<0
-          && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC);
-    }
-    default: {
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a
-** query of the form
-**
-**       x IN (SELECT ...)
-**
-** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this
-** routine.
-**
-** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no
-** errors have been found.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){
-  SrcList *pSrc;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  Table *pTab;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;                   /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */
-  if( p->pPrior ) return 0;              /* Not a compound SELECT */
-  if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
-    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
-    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
-    return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */
-  }
-  assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );              /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
-  if( p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Has no LIMIT clause */
-  assert( p->pOffset==0 );               /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */
-  if( p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Has no WHERE clause */
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  assert( pSrc!=0 );
-  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;          /* Single term in FROM clause */
-  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0;     /* FROM is not a subquery or view */
-  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0;
-  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );            /* FROM clause is not a view */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;        /* FROM clause not a virtual table */
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;       /* One column in the result set */
-  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_Once instruction and allocate space for its flag. Return the 
-** address of the new instruction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);      /* Virtual machine being coded */
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
-** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which
-** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery.
-**
-** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can
-** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through
-** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates.
-**
-** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that the RHS of the IN operator
-** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor.
-**
-** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
-**
-**   IN_INDEX_ROWID      - The cursor was opened on a database table.
-**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC  - The cursor was opened on an ascending index.
-**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index.
-**   IN_INDEX_EPH        - The cursor was opened on a specially created and
-**                         populated epheremal table.
-**
-** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
-** subquery such as:
-**
-**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
-**
-** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
-** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
-** pX->iTable made to point to the ephermeral table instead of an
-** existing table.  
-**
-** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate
-** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an
-** epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed
-** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
-** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index.
-**
-** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used 
-** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must 
-** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can 
-** be found with <column> as its left-most column.
-**
-** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
-** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL 
-** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)".
-** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
-** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
-** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
-** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged.
-**
-** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then
-** its initial value is NULL.  If the (...) does not remain constant
-** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...)
-** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is
-** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the
-** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following:
-**
-**   if( register==NULL ){
-**     has_null = <test if data structure contains null>
-**     register = 1
-**   }
-**
-** in order to avoid running the <test if data structure contains null>
-** test more often than is necessary.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){
-  Select *p;                            /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
-  int eType = 0;                        /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
-  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;            /* Cursor of the RHS table */
-  int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0);   /* True if RHS must be unique */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);     /* Virtual machine being coded */
-
-  assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
-
-  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
-  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
-  ** ephemeral table.
-  */
-  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
-  if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;              /* Database connection */
-    Table *pTab;                           /* Table <table>. */
-    Expr *pExpr;                           /* Expression <column> */
-    i16 iCol;                              /* Index of column <column> */
-    i16 iDb;                               /* Database idx for pTab */
-
-    assert( p );                        /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
-    assert( p->pEList!=0 );             /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
-    assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
-    assert( p->pSrc!=0 );               /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
-    pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-    pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-    iCol = (i16)pExpr->iColumn;
-   
-    /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for <table>. */
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-
-    /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe
-    ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always
-    ** successful here.
-    */
-    assert(v);
-    if( iCol<0 ){
-      int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-      eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
-
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
-    }else{
-      Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
-
-      /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to
-      ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according
-      ** to this collation sequence.  */
-      CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr);
-
-      /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the 
-      ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If
-      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
-      */
-      int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity);
-
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
-         && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq
-         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None))
-        ){
-          int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-          sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-          assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 );
-          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0];
-
-          if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
-            *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem;
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound);
-          }
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( eType==0 ){
-    /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
-    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
-    */
-    u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
-    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
-    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
-    if( prNotFound ){
-      *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound);
-    }else{
-      pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;
-      if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-        eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
-    pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
-  }else{
-    pX->iTable = iTab;
-  }
-  return eType;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS,
-** or IN operators.  Examples:
-**
-**     (SELECT a FROM b)          -- subquery
-**     EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b)   -- EXISTS subquery
-**     x IN (4,5,11)              -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
-**     x IN (SELECT a FROM b)     -- IN operator with subquery on the right
-**
-** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
-** operator or subquery.
-**
-** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed
-** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
-** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
-** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
-** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
-**
-** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
-** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.
-** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want
-** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate
-** all corresponding LHS elements.  All this routine does is initialize
-** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL.  Calling routines will take
-** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.
-**
-** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used
-** for membership testing only.  There is no need to initialize any
-** registers to indicate the presence or absence of NULLs on the RHS.
-**
-** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
-** result.  For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  Expr *pExpr,            /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
-  int rMayHaveNull,       /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
-  int isRowid             /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
-){
-  int testAddr = -1;                      /* One-time test address */
-  int rReg = 0;                           /* Register storing resulting */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
-  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-
-  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
-  ** if any of the following is true:
-  **
-  **    *  The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
-  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
-  **    *  We are inside a trigger
-  **
-  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
-  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
-  */
-  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){
-    testAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
-        pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr>=0?"":"CORRELATED ",
-        pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId
-    );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_IN: {
-      char affinity;              /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
-      int addr;                   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
-      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
-      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;      /* Key information */
-
-      if( rMayHaveNull ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull);
-      }
-
-      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);
-
-      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
-      ** expression it is handled the same way.  An ephemeral table is 
-      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
-      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
-      **
-      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
-      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
-      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
-      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
-      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
-      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
-      ** is used.
-      */
-      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid);
-      pKeyInfo = isRowid ? 0 : sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, 1, 1);
-
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
-        **
-        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
-        ** table allocated and opened above.
-        */
-        SelectDest dest;
-        ExprList *pEList;
-
-        assert( !isRowid );
-        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
-        dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity;
-        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
-        pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0;
-        testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */
-        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){
-          sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
-          return 0;
-        }
-        pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList;
-        assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */
-        assert( pEList!=0 );
-        assert( pEList->nExpr>0 );
-        assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
-        pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
-                                                         pEList->a[0].pExpr);
-      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
-        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
-        **
-        ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
-        ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
-        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
-        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
-        */
-        int i;
-        ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
-        struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-        int r1, r2, r3;
-
-        if( !affinity ){
-          affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-        }
-        if( pKeyInfo ){
-          assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
-          pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
-        }
-
-        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
-        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
-        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
-          int iValToIns;
-
-          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
-          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
-          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
-          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
-          */
-          if( testAddr>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
-            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr);
-            testAddr = -1;
-          }
-
-          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
-          if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
-          }else{
-            r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
-            if( isRowid ){
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3,
-                                sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
-              VdbeCoverage(v);
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
-            }else{
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
-              sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-      }
-      if( pKeyInfo ){
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-    case TK_SELECT:
-    default: {
-      /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
-      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
-      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.  If this is an EXISTS, write
-      ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell
-      ** and record that memory cell in iColumn.
-      */
-      Select *pSel;                         /* SELECT statement to encode */
-      SelectDest dest;                      /* How to deal with SELECt result */
-
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
-      assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
-
-      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
-      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
-        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm);
-        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
-      }else{
-        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
-        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
-      pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0,
-                                  &sqlite3IntTokens[1]);
-      pSel->iLimit = 0;
-      if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-      rReg = dest.iSDParm;
-      ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( testAddr>=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr);
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-
-  return rReg;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-/*
-** Generate code for an IN expression.
-**
-**      x IN (SELECT ...)
-**      x IN (value, value, ...)
-**
-** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression.  The right-hand side (RHS)
-** is an array of zero or more values.  The expression is true if the LHS is
-** contained within the RHS.  The value of the expression is unknown (NULL)
-** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the
-** RHS contains one or more NULL values.
-**
-** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not 
-** contained within the RHS.  If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
-** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull.  If the LHS is contained
-** within the RHS then fall through.
-*/
-static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Expr *pExpr,          /* The IN expression */
-  int destIfFalse,      /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */
-  int destIfNull        /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */
-){
-  int rRhsHasNull = 0;  /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */
-  char affinity;        /* Comparison affinity to use */
-  int eType;            /* Type of the RHS */
-  int r1;               /* Temporary use register */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Statement under construction */
-
-  /* Compute the RHS.   After this step, the table with cursor
-  ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS.
-  */
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  assert( v!=0 );       /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
-  eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull);
-
-  /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
-  ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
-  ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
-  */
-  affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
-
-  /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)".
-  */
-  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1);
-
-  /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending
-  ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively.
-  */
-  if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
-    /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are
-    ** the same. */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }else{
-    int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  }
-
-  if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
-    /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }else{
-    /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
-
-    /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the 
-    ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
-    ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set 
-    ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
-    ** expression is also NULL.
-    */
-    if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){
-      /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS
-      ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result
-      ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema.
-      **
-      ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE
-      ** for this particular IN operator.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }else{
-      /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and
-      ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the
-      ** outcome.
-      */
-      int j1, j2;
-
-      /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS.  If so,
-      ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump
-      ** over all of the code that follows.
-      */
-      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-      /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not
-      ** contained within the RHS.  Generate additional code that
-      ** tests the RHS for NULLs.  If the RHS contains a NULL then
-      ** jump to destIfNull.  If there are no NULLs in the RHS then
-      ** jump to destIfFalse.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, rRhsHasNull, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, rRhsHasNull);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, rRhsHasNull);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
-
-      /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, 
-      ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-  VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-/*
-** Duplicate an 8-byte value
-*/
-static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){
-  char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8);
-  if( out ){
-    memcpy(out, in, 8);
-  }
-  return out;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/*
-** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
-** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
-**
-** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
-** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
-** like the continuation of the number.
-*/
-static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){
-  if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){
-    double value;
-    char *zV;
-    sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
-    assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */
-    if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
-    zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
-** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
-**
-** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated.
-*/
-static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
-    int i = pExpr->u.iValue;
-    assert( i>=0 );
-    if( negFlag ) i = -i;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
-  }else{
-    int c;
-    i64 value;
-    const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
-    assert( z!=0 );
-    c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
-    if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){
-      char *zV;
-      if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
-      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
-    }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
-#else
-      codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear a cache entry.
-*/
-static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){
-  if( p->tempReg ){
-    if( pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
-      pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg;
-    }
-    p->tempReg = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a
-** particular table is stored in a particular register.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){
-  int i;
-  int minLru;
-  int idxLru;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-
-  assert( iReg>0 );  /* Register numbers are always positive */
-  assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 );  /* Finite column numbers */
-
-  /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache.  This is used
-  ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer
-  ** with and without the column cache.
-  */
-  if( OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_ColumnCache) ) return;
-
-  /* First replace any existing entry.
-  **
-  ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed
-  ** that the object will never already be in cache.  Verify this guarantee.
-  */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    assert( p->iReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Find an empty slot and replace it */
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iReg==0 ){
-      p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
-      p->iTable = iTab;
-      p->iColumn = iCol;
-      p->iReg = iReg;
-      p->tempReg = 0;
-      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Replace the last recently used */
-  minLru = 0x7fffffff;
-  idxLru = -1;
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->lru<minLru ){
-      idxLru = i;
-      minLru = p->lru;
-    }
-  }
-  if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){
-    p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru];
-    p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
-    p->iTable = iTab;
-    p->iColumn = iCol;
-    p->iReg = iReg;
-    p->tempReg = 0;
-    p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
-    return;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten.
-** Purge the range of registers from the column cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
-  int i;
-  int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    int r = p->iReg;
-    if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){
-      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
-      p->iReg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remember the current column cache context.  Any new entries added
-** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the
-** corresponding pop occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){
-  pParse->iCacheLevel++;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
-    printf("PUSH to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the
-** the previous sqlite3ExprCachePush operation.  In other words, restore
-** the cache to the state it was in prior the most recent Push.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse){
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-  assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=1 );
-  pParse->iCacheLevel--;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
-    printf("POP  to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel);
-  }
-#endif
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){
-      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
-      p->iReg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is
-** no longer available as a temp register.  ticket #3879:  that same
-** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to
-** get them all.
-*/
-static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iReg==iReg ){
-      p->tempReg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(
-  Vdbe *v,        /* The VDBE under construction */
-  Table *pTab,    /* The table containing the value */
-  int iTabCur,    /* The table cursor.  Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */
-  int iCol,       /* Index of the column to extract */
-  int regOut      /* Extract the value into this register */
-){
-  if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut);
-  }else{
-    int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
-    int x = iCol;
-    if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab), iCol);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, x, regOut);
-  }
-  if( iCol>=0 ){
-    sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
-** table pTab and store the column value in a register.  An effort
-** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is
-** not guaranteed.  The location of the column value is returned.
-**
-** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
-** is called.  If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Description of the table we are reading from */
-  int iColumn,     /* Index of the table column */
-  int iTable,      /* The cursor pointing to the table */
-  int iReg,        /* Store results here */
-  u8 p5            /* P5 value for OP_Column */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){
-      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
-      sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg);
-      return p->iReg;
-    }
-  }  
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
-  if( p5 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5);
-  }else{   
-    sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
-  }
-  return iReg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear all column cache entries.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-
-#if SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){
-    printf("CLEAR\n");
-  }
-#endif
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iReg ){
-      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
-      p->iReg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount
-** registers starting with iStart.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
-  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
-** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-  assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo );
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    int x = p->iReg;
-    if( x>=iFrom && x<iFrom+nReg ){
-      p->iReg += iTo-iFrom;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
-/*
-** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
-** is used as part of the column cache.
-**
-** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only
-** and does not appear in a normal build.
-*/
-static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-    int r = p->iReg;
-    if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1;    /*NO_TEST*/
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */
-
-/*
-** Convert an expression node to a TK_REGISTER
-*/
-static void exprToRegister(Expr *p, int iReg){
-  p->op2 = p->op;
-  p->op = TK_REGISTER;
-  p->iTable = iReg;
-  ExprClearProperty(p, EP_Skip);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
-** expression.  Attempt to store the results in register "target".
-** Return the register where results are stored.
-**
-** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will
-** be stored in target.  The result might be stored in some other
-** register if it is convenient to do so.  The calling function
-** must check the return code and move the results to the desired
-** register.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* The VM under construction */
-  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
-  int inReg = target;       /* Results stored in register inReg */
-  int regFree1 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
-  int regFree2 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
-  int r1, r2, r3, r4;       /* Various register numbers */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
-  Expr tempX;               /* Temporary expression node */
-
-  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
-  if( v==0 ){
-    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  if( pExpr==0 ){
-    op = TK_NULL;
-  }else{
-    op = pExpr->op;
-  }
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
-      AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
-      struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
-      if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
-        assert( pCol->iMem>0 );
-        inReg = pCol->iMem;
-        break;
-      }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab,
-                              pCol->iSorterColumn, target);
-        break;
-      }
-      /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
-    }
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      int iTab = pExpr->iTable;
-      if( iTab<0 ){
-        if( pParse->ckBase>0 ){
-          /* Generating CHECK constraints or inserting into partial index */
-          inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase;
-          break;
-        }else{
-          /* Deleting from a partial index */
-          iTab = pParse->iPartIdxTab;
-        }
-      }
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
-                               pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target,
-                               pExpr->op2);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_INTEGER: {
-      codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    case TK_FLOAT: {
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case TK_STRING: {
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NULL: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case TK_BLOB: {
-      int n;
-      const char *z;
-      char *zBlob;
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
-      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
-      z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
-      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1;
-      assert( z[n]=='\'' );
-      zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case TK_VARIABLE: {
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 );
-      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target);
-      if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){
-        assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' 
-             || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 );
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_REGISTER: {
-      inReg = pExpr->iTable;
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_AS: {
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-    case TK_CAST: {
-      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
-      int aff, to_op;
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
-      to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText;
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToText    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE    );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToInt     || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToReal    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL    );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToText );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal );
-      if( inReg!=target ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
-        inReg = target;
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg);
-      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2);
-      assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
-      assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
-      assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
-      assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
-      assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
-      assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_IS:
-    case TK_ISNOT: {
-      testcase( op==TK_IS );
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_AND:
-    case TK_OR:
-    case TK_PLUS:
-    case TK_STAR:
-    case TK_MINUS:
-    case TK_REM:
-    case TK_BITAND:
-    case TK_BITOR:
-    case TK_SLASH:
-    case TK_LSHIFT:
-    case TK_RSHIFT: 
-    case TK_CONCAT: {
-      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );            testcase( op==TK_AND );
-      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );              testcase( op==TK_OR );
-      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );           testcase( op==TK_PLUS );
-      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );     testcase( op==TK_MINUS );
-      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );      testcase( op==TK_REM );
-      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );      testcase( op==TK_BITAND );
-      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );        testcase( op==TK_BITOR );
-      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );       testcase( op==TK_SLASH );
-      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );   testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT );
-      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );  testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT );
-      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );      testcase( op==TK_CONCAT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_UMINUS: {
-      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-      assert( pLeft );
-      if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
-        codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
-        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-        codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target);
-#endif
-      }else{
-        tempX.op = TK_INTEGER;
-        tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly;
-        tempX.u.iValue = 0;
-        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, &regFree1);
-        r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree2);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target);
-        testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      }
-      inReg = target;
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BITNOT:
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );   testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
-      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );         testcase( op==TK_NOT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      inReg = target;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      int addr;
-      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );   testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
-      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
-      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
-      if( pInfo==0 ){
-        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      }else{
-        inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_FUNCTION: {
-      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
-      int nFarg;             /* Number of function arguments */
-      FuncDef *pDef;         /* The function definition object */
-      int nId;               /* Length of the function name in bytes */
-      const char *zId;       /* The function name */
-      u32 constMask = 0;     /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */
-      int i;                 /* Loop counter */
-      u8 enc = ENC(db);      /* The text encoding used by this database */
-      CollSeq *pColl = 0;    /* A collating sequence */
-
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
-        pFarg = 0;
-      }else{
-        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
-      }
-      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
-      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
-      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
-      if( pDef==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
-      ** IFNULL() functions.  This avoids unnecessary evalation of
-      ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
-      */
-      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
-        int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        assert( nFarg>=2 );
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
-        for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, target, endCoalesce);
-          VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, target, 1);
-          sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target);
-          sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op.  The result is the value
-      ** of the first argument.
-      */
-      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
-        assert( nFarg>=1 );
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      for(i=0; i<nFarg; i++){
-        if( i<32 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pFarg->a[i].pExpr) ){
-          testcase( i==31 );
-          constMask |= MASKBIT32(i);
-        }
-        if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){
-          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr);
-        }
-      }
-      if( pFarg ){
-        if( constMask ){
-          r1 = pParse->nMem+1;
-          pParse->nMem += nFarg;
-        }else{
-          r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg);
-        }
-
-        /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument,
-        ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG
-        ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data
-        ** loading.
-        */
-        if( (pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){
-          u8 exprOp;
-          assert( nFarg==1 );
-          assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 );
-          exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op;
-          if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
-            assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
-            assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG );
-            testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
-            pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = 
-                  pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
-          }
-        }
-
-        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);     /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
-        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1,
-                                SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR);
-        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);      /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
-      }else{
-        r1 = 0;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
-      ** a virtual table column.
-      **
-      ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
-      ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
-      ** see if it is a column in a virtual table.  This is done because
-      ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
-      ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
-      ** function.  The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to 
-      ** "glob(B,A).  We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
-      ** for function overloading.  But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
-      */
-      if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
-        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr);
-      }else if( nFarg>0 ){
-        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
-      }
-#endif
-      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
-        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; 
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target,
-                        (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg);
-      if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
-      testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
-      inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_IN: {
-      int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
-      sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-
-    /*
-    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
-    **
-    ** This is equivalent to
-    **
-    **    x>=y AND x<=z
-    **
-    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
-    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
-    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
-    */
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-      struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a;
-      Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
-
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, &regFree2);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge,
-                  r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2);  VdbeCoverage(v);
-      pLItem++;
-      pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, &regFree2);
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_COLLATE: 
-    case TK_UPLUS: {
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case TK_TRIGGER: {
-      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
-      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
-      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
-      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
-      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
-      ** read the rowid field.
-      **
-      ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1
-      ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1)
-      ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where 
-      ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is
-      ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table.
-      ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1
-      ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For
-      ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is
-      ** declared as:
-      **
-      **   CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
-      **
-      ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows:
-      **
-      **   p1==0   ->    old.rowid     p1==3   ->    new.rowid
-      **   p1==1   ->    old.a         p1==4   ->    new.a
-      **   p1==2   ->    old.b         p1==5   ->    new.b       
-      */
-      Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab;
-      int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn;
-
-      assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 );
-      assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
-      assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey );
-      assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) );
-
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target);
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d",
-        (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"),
-        (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName),
-        target
-      ));
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an
-      ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real.  */
-      if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 
-       && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-      ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
-      }
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-
-
-    /*
-    ** Form A:
-    **   CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
-    **
-    ** Form B:
-    **   CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
-    **
-    ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows:
-    **   CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ...
-    **        WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END
-    **
-    ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft.
-    ** Y is in the last element of pExpr->x.pList if pExpr->x.pList->nExpr is
-    ** odd.  The Y is also optional.  If the number of elements in x.pList
-    ** is even, then Y is omitted and the "otherwise" result is NULL.
-    ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1].
-    **
-    ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei,
-    ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is
-    ** no ELSE term, NULL.
-    */
-    default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); {
-      int endLabel;                     /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */
-      int nextCase;                     /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */
-      int nExpr;                        /* 2x number of WHEN terms */
-      int i;                            /* Loop counter */
-      ExprList *pEList;                 /* List of WHEN terms */
-      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;  /* Array of WHEN terms */
-      Expr opCompare;                   /* The X==Ei expression */
-      Expr *pX;                         /* The X expression */
-      Expr *pTest = 0;                  /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
-      VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; )
-
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList );
-      assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0);
-      pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
-      aListelem = pEList->a;
-      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
-      endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
-        tempX = *pX;
-        testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN );
-        exprToRegister(&tempX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, &regFree1));
-        testcase( regFree1==0 );
-        opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
-        opCompare.pLeft = &tempX;
-        pTest = &opCompare;
-        /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001:
-        ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result.
-        ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other
-        ** purposes and possibly overwritten.  */
-        regFree1 = 0;
-      }
-      for(i=0; i<nExpr-1; i=i+2){
-        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-        if( pX ){
-          assert( pTest!=0 );
-          opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr;
-        }else{
-          pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr;
-        }
-        nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN );
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel);
-        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase);
-      }
-      if( (nExpr&1)!=0 ){
-        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[nExpr-1].pExpr, target);
-        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
-      }
-      assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 
-           || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel );
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    case TK_RAISE: {
-      assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback 
-           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort
-           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail
-           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore
-      );
-      if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
-        return 0;
-      }
-      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){
-        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-      }
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
-            v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER,
-                              pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0);
-      }
-
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
-  return inReg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  Expr *pExpr,      /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */
-  int regDest,      /* Store the value in this register */
-  u8 reusable       /* True if this expression is reusable */
-){
-  ExprList *p;
-  assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) );
-  p = pParse->pConstExpr;
-  pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0);
-  p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr);
-  if( p ){
-     struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1];
-     pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest;
-     pItem->reusable = reusable;
-  }
-  pParse->pConstExpr = p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
-** into a register.  Return the register number where the results
-** are stored.
-**
-** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated,
-** then write its number into *pReg.  If the result register is not
-** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero.
-**
-** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this
-** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the
-** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){
-  int r2;
-  pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr);
-  if( ConstFactorOk(pParse)
-   && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER
-   && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr)
-  ){
-    ExprList *p = pParse->pConstExpr;
-    int i;
-    *pReg  = 0;
-    if( p ){
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-      for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){
-        if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){
-          return pItem->u.iConstExprReg;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    r2 = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, r2, 1);
-  }else{
-    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
-    if( r2==r1 ){
-      *pReg = r1;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      *pReg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return r2;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
-** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
-** in register target.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  int inReg;
-
-  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
-  if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target);
-  }else{
-    inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
-    assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-    if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
-** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
-** in register target.  If the expression is constant, then this routine
-** might choose to code the expression at initialization time.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
-    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result
-** in register target.
-**
-** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
-** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
-** the result is a copy of the cache register.
-**
-** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
-** times.  They are evaluated once and the results of the expression
-** are reused.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int iMem;
-
-  assert( target>0 );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER );
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
-  iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem);
-  exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem);
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
-/*
-** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe *pOut, Expr *pExpr){
-  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
-  const char *zBinOp = 0;   /* Binary operator */
-  const char *zUniOp = 0;   /* Unary operator */
-  if( pExpr==0 ){
-    op = TK_NULL;
-  }else{
-    op = pExpr->op;
-  }
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG{%d:%d}",
-            pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
-        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
-        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "COLUMN(%d)", pExpr->iColumn);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "{%d:%d}",
-                             pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_INTEGER: {
-      if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
-        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    case TK_FLOAT: {
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case TK_STRING: {
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NULL: {
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"NULL");
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case TK_BLOB: {
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case TK_VARIABLE: {
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)",
-                           pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_REGISTER: {
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_AS: {
-      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-    case TK_CAST: {
-      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
-      const char *zAff = "unk";
-      switch( sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0) ){
-        case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:    zAff = "TEXT";     break;
-        case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:    zAff = "NONE";     break;
-        case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: zAff = "NUMERIC";  break;
-        case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: zAff = "INTEGER";  break;
-        case SQLITE_AFF_REAL:    zAff = "REAL";     break;
-      }
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CAST-%s(", zAff);
-      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-    case TK_LT:      zBinOp = "LT";     break;
-    case TK_LE:      zBinOp = "LE";     break;
-    case TK_GT:      zBinOp = "GT";     break;
-    case TK_GE:      zBinOp = "GE";     break;
-    case TK_NE:      zBinOp = "NE";     break;
-    case TK_EQ:      zBinOp = "EQ";     break;
-    case TK_IS:      zBinOp = "IS";     break;
-    case TK_ISNOT:   zBinOp = "ISNOT";  break;
-    case TK_AND:     zBinOp = "AND";    break;
-    case TK_OR:      zBinOp = "OR";     break;
-    case TK_PLUS:    zBinOp = "ADD";    break;
-    case TK_STAR:    zBinOp = "MUL";    break;
-    case TK_MINUS:   zBinOp = "SUB";    break;
-    case TK_REM:     zBinOp = "REM";    break;
-    case TK_BITAND:  zBinOp = "BITAND"; break;
-    case TK_BITOR:   zBinOp = "BITOR";  break;
-    case TK_SLASH:   zBinOp = "DIV";    break;
-    case TK_LSHIFT:  zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break;
-    case TK_RSHIFT:  zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break;
-    case TK_CONCAT:  zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break;
-
-    case TK_UMINUS:  zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
-    case TK_UPLUS:   zUniOp = "UPLUS";  break;
-    case TK_BITNOT:  zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
-    case TK_NOT:     zUniOp = "NOT";    break;
-    case TK_ISNULL:  zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
-    case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;
-
-    case TK_COLLATE: {
-      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,".COLLATE(%s)",pExpr->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
-    case TK_FUNCTION: {
-      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
-        pFarg = 0;
-      }else{
-        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
-      }
-      if( op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){
-        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG_FUNCTION%d:%s(",
-                             pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "FUNCTION:%s(", pExpr->u.zToken);
-      }
-      if( pFarg ){
-        sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pFarg);
-      }
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_EXISTS: {
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "EXISTS(");
-      sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(");
-      sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_IN: {
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "IN(");
-      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-        sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList);
-      }
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-    /*
-    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
-    **
-    ** This is equivalent to
-    **
-    **    x>=y AND x<=z
-    **
-    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
-    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
-    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
-    */
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft;
-      Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
-      Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "BETWEEN(");
-      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pX);
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
-      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pY);
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
-      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pZ);
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_TRIGGER: {
-      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
-      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
-      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
-      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
-      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
-      ** read the rowid field.
-      */
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s(%d)", 
-          pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_CASE: {
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CASE(");
-      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
-      sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    case TK_RAISE: {
-      const char *zType = "unk";
-      switch( pExpr->affinity ){
-        case OE_Rollback:   zType = "rollback";  break;
-        case OE_Abort:      zType = "abort";     break;
-        case OE_Fail:       zType = "fail";      break;
-        case OE_Ignore:     zType = "ignore";    break;
-      }
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "RAISE-%s(%s)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  if( zBinOp ){
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zBinOp);
-    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,",");
-    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pRight);
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");
-  }else if( zUniOp ){
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zUniOp);
-    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");
-  }
-}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
-/*
-** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe *pOut, ExprList *pList){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(empty-list)");
-    return;
-  }else if( pList->nExpr==1 ){
-    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[0].pExpr);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut);
-    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "item[%d] = ", i);
-      sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut);
-      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[i].pExpr);
-      sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut);
-      if( pList->a[i].zName ){
-        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " AS %s", pList->a[i].zName);
-      }
-      if( pList->a[i].bSpanIsTab ){
-        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " (%s)", pList->a[i].zSpan);
-      }
-      if( i<pList->nExpr-1 ){
-        sqlite3ExplainNL(pOut);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
-** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
-**
-** Return the number of elements evaluated.
-**
-** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being
-** filled using OP_SCopy.  OP_Copy must be used instead.
-**
-** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be
-** factored out into initialization code.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,   /* The expression list to be coded */
-  int target,        /* Where to write results */
-  u8 flags           /* SQLITE_ECEL_* flags */
-){
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  int i, n;
-  u8 copyOp = (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_DUP) ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy;
-  assert( pList!=0 );
-  assert( target>0 );
-  assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 );  /* Never gets this far otherwise */
-  n = pList->nExpr;
-  if( !ConstFactorOk(pParse) ) flags &= ~SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR;
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
-    Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr;
-    if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
-      sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i, 0);
-    }else{
-      int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
-      if( inReg!=target+i ){
-        VdbeOp *pOp;
-        Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-        if( copyOp==OP_Copy
-         && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy
-         && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg
-         && pOp->p2+pOp->p3+1==target+i
-        ){
-          pOp->p3++;
-        }else{
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, inReg, target+i);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator.
-**
-**    x BETWEEN y AND z
-**
-** The above is equivalent to 
-**
-**    x>=y AND x<=z
-**
-** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
-** elementation of x.
-*/
-static void exprCodeBetween(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Expr *pExpr,      /* The BETWEEN expression */
-  int dest,         /* Jump here if the jump is taken */
-  int jumpIfTrue,   /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */
-  int jumpIfNull    /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
-){
-  Expr exprAnd;     /* The AND operator in  x>=y AND x<=z  */
-  Expr compLeft;    /* The  x>=y  term */
-  Expr compRight;   /* The  x<=z  term */
-  Expr exprX;       /* The  x  subexpression */
-  int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */
-
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-  exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
-  exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
-  exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
-  exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
-  compLeft.op = TK_GE;
-  compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
-  compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
-  compRight.op = TK_LE;
-  compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
-  compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
-  exprToRegister(&exprX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, &regFree1));
-  if( jumpIfTrue ){
-    sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-
-  /* Ensure adequate test coverage */
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
-  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
-**
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
-** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL.
-**
-** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
-** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
-** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
-** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
-** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int op = 0;
-  int regFree1 = 0;
-  int regFree2 = 0;
-  int r1, r2;
-
-  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
-  if( NEVER(v==0) )     return;  /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
-  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return;  /* No way this can happen */
-  op = pExpr->op;
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_AND: {
-      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_OR: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
-      assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
-      assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
-      assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
-      assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
-      assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_IS:
-    case TK_ISNOT: {
-      testcase( op==TK_IS );
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );   testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
-      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_IN: {
-      int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse;
-      sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    default: {
-      if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
-      }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
-        /* No-op */
-      }else{
-        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        testcase( regFree1==0 );
-        testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);  
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
-**
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
-** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull
-** is 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int op = 0;
-  int regFree1 = 0;
-  int regFree2 = 0;
-  int r1, r2;
-
-  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
-  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
-  if( pExpr==0 )    return;
-
-  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
-  **
-  **       pExpr->op            op
-  **       ---------          ----------
-  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
-  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
-  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
-  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
-  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
-  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
-  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
-  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
-  **
-  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
-  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
-  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
-  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
-  */
-  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
-
-  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
-  */
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AND: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_OR: {
-      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
-      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt);
-      assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le);
-      assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt);
-      assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge);
-      assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq);
-      assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_IS:
-    case TK_ISNOT: {
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );   VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
-      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_IN: {
-      if( jumpIfNull ){
-        sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest);
-      }else{
-        int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    default: {
-      if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
-      }else if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
-        /* no-op */
-      }else{
-        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        testcase( regFree1==0 );
-        testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
-}
-
-/*
-** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return 0 if the two
-** expressions are completely identical.  Return 1 if they differ only
-** by a COLLATE operator at the top level.  Return 2 if there are differences
-** other than the top-level COLLATE operator.
-**
-** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
-** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
-**
-** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER.  If that is the case and pB is
-** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0.
-**
-** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions
-** really are equivalent.  If we cannot prove that the expressions are
-** identical, we return 2 just to be safe.  So if this routine
-** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two
-** expressions are the same.  But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you
-** can be sure the expressions are the same.  In the places where
-** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that
-** just might result in some slightly slower code.  But returning
-** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){
-  u32 combinedFlags;
-  if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){
-    return pB==pA ? 0 : 2;
-  }
-  combinedFlags = pA->flags | pB->flags;
-  if( combinedFlags & EP_IntValue ){
-    if( (pA->flags&pB->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0 && pA->u.iValue==pB->u.iValue ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    return 2;
-  }
-  if( pA->op!=pB->op ){
-    if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB, iTab)<2 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA, pB->pLeft, iTab)<2 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    return 2;
-  }
-  if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pA->u.zToken ){
-    if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){
-      return pA->op==TK_COLLATE ? 1 : 2;
-    }
-  }
-  if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2;
-  if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){
-    if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2;
-    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2;
-    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight, iTab) ) return 2;
-    if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2;
-    if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0) ){
-      if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
-      if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable 
-       && (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare two ExprList objects.  Return 0 if they are identical and 
-** non-zero if they differ in any way.
-**
-** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
-** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
-**
-** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists.  The
-** only consequence will be disabled optimizations.  But this routine
-** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or
-** a malfunction will result.
-**
-** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same.  But a NULL pointer
-** always differs from a non-NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB, int iTab){
-  int i;
-  if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0;
-  if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1;
-  if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1;
-  for(i=0; i<pA->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr;
-    Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr;
-    if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1;
-    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB, iTab) ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is
-** true.  Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might
-** be false.  Examples:
-**
-**     pE1: x==5       pE2: x==5             Result: true
-**     pE1: x>0        pE2: x==5             Result: false
-**     pE1: x=21       pE2: x=21 OR y=43     Result: true
-**     pE1: x!=123     pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: true
-**     pE1: x!=?1      pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: true
-**     pE1: x IS NULL  pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: false
-**     pE1: x IS ?2    pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Reuslt: false
-**
-** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has
-** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab.
-**
-** When in doubt, return false.  Returning true might give a performance
-** improvement.  Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but
-** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2, int iTab){
-  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1, pE2, iTab)==0 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( pE2->op==TK_OR
-   && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab)
-             || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) )
-  ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL
-   && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1->pLeft, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0
-   && (pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS)
-  ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
-** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an 
-** aggregate function, in order to implement the
-** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine.
-*/
-struct SrcCount {
-  SrcList *pSrc;   /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */
-  int nThis;       /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */
-  int nOther;      /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */
-};
-
-/*
-** Count the number of references to columns.
-*/
-static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc()
-  ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the
-  ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN.  If
-  ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the
-  ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){
-    int i;
-    struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount;
-    SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;
-    for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-      if( pExpr->iTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break;
-    }
-    if( i<pSrc->nSrc ){
-      p->nThis++;
-    }else{
-      p->nOther++;
-    }
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference
-** pSrcList.  Return true if they do.  Also return true if the function
-** has no arguments or has only constant arguments.  Return false if pExpr
-** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){
-  Walker w;
-  struct SrcCount cnt;
-  assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount;
-  w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt;
-  cnt.pSrc = pSrcList;
-  cnt.nThis = 0;
-  cnt.nOther = 0;
-  sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList);
-  return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array.  Return the index of
-** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
-*/
-static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
-  int i;
-  pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-       db,
-       pInfo->aCol,
-       sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]),
-       &pInfo->nColumn,
-       &i
-  );
-  return i;
-}    
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array.  Return the index of
-** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
-*/
-static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
-  int i;
-  pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-       db, 
-       pInfo->aFunc,
-       sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
-       &pInfo->nFunc,
-       &i
-  );
-  return i;
-}    
-
-/*
-** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker.  It is used to
-** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates().  See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
-** for additional information.
-*/
-static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  int i;
-  NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
-  Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-  AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-      /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
-      ** clause of the aggregate query */
-      if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){
-        struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
-        for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-          struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
-          assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-          if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
-            /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
-            ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.  
-            **
-            ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
-            ** is not an entry there already.
-            */
-            int k;
-            pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
-            for(k=0; k<pAggInfo->nColumn; k++, pCol++){
-              if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
-                  pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
-                break;
-              }
-            }
-            if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
-             && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 
-            ){
-              pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
-              pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
-              pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
-              pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
-              pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-              pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
-              pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
-              if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
-                int j, n;
-                ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
-                struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
-                n = pGB->nExpr;
-                for(j=0; j<n; j++, pTerm++){
-                  Expr *pE = pTerm->pExpr;
-                  if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
-                      pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
-                    pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
-                    break;
-                  }
-                }
-              }
-              if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
-                pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
-              }
-            }
-            /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
-            ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
-            ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
-            ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
-            */
-            ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
-            pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
-            pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
-            pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k;
-            break;
-          } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
-        } /* end loop over pSrcList */
-      }
-      return WRC_Prune;
-    }
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
-      if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0
-       && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2
-      ){
-        /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate 
-        ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
-        */
-        struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
-        for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){
-          if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
-          /* pExpr is original.  Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
-          */
-          u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
-          i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo);
-          if( i>=0 ){
-            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-            pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
-            pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
-            pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-            pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
-                   pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
-                   pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
-            if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
-              pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
-            }else{
-              pItem->iDistinct = -1;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
-        */
-        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-        ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
-        pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i;
-        pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
-        return WRC_Prune;
-      }else{
-        return WRC_Continue;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and
-** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo
-** points to.  Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as
-** necessary.
-**
-** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
-** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
-  Walker w;
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate;
-  w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect;
-  w.u.pNC = pNC;
-  assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 );
-  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
-** expression list.  Return the number of errors.
-**
-** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  int i;
-  if( pList ){
-    for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){
-  if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){
-    return ++pParse->nMem;
-  }
-  return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg];
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
-** purpose.
-**
-** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
-** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
-** the register becomes stale.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
-  if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
-    int i;
-    struct yColCache *p;
-    for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
-      if( p->iReg==iReg ){
-        p->tempReg = 1;
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-    pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){
-  int i, n;
-  i = pParse->iRangeReg;
-  n = pParse->nRangeReg;
-  if( nReg<=n ){
-    assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) );
-    pParse->iRangeReg += nReg;
-    pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg;
-  }else{
-    i = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += nReg;
-  }
-  return i;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
-  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg);
-  if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){
-    pParse->nRangeReg = nReg;
-    pParse->iRangeReg = iReg;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){
-  pParse->nTempReg = 0;
-  pParse->nRangeReg = 0;
-}
-
-/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 February 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
-** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
-** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-
-
-/*
-** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the 
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
-** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in 
-** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
-** argument and the result returned. Examples:
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
-**     -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
-**     -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
-*/
-static void renameTableFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  int token;
-  Token tname;
-  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
-  int len = 0;
-  char *zRet;
-
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE 
-  ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
-  ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
-  */
-  if( zSql ){
-    do {
-      if( !*zCsr ){
-        /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
-        return;
-      }
-
-      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
-      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
-      tname.n = len;
-
-      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
-      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
-      */
-      do {
-        zCsr += len;
-        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
-      } while( token==TK_SPACE );
-      assert( len>0 );
-    } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
-
-    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql),
-       zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code
-** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition
-** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the 
-** parent table. It is passed three arguments:
-**
-**   1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified,
-**   2) The old name of the table being renamed, and
-**   3) The new name of the table being renamed.
-**
-** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example:
-**
-**   sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3')
-**       -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)'
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-static void renameParentFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  char *zOutput = 0;
-  char *zResult;
-  unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-
-  unsigned const char *z;         /* Pointer to token */
-  int n;                          /* Length of token z */
-  int token;                      /* Type of token */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  if( zInput==0 || zOld==0 ) return;
-  for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){
-    n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
-    if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){
-      char *zParent;
-      do {
-        z += n;
-        n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
-      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
-
-      zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n);
-      if( zParent==0 ) break;
-      sqlite3Dequote(zParent);
-      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){
-        char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", 
-            (zOutput?zOutput:""), (int)(z-zInput), zInput, (const char *)zNew
-        );
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
-        zOutput = zOut;
-        zInput = &z[n];
-      }
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent);
-    }
-  }
-
-  zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), 
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER 
-** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE 
-** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result 
-** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
-** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
-*/
-static void renameTriggerFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  int token;
-  Token tname;
-  int dist = 3;
-  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
-  int len = 0;
-  char *zRet;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
-  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
-  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
-  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
-  */
-  if( zSql ){
-    do {
-
-      if( !*zCsr ){
-        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
-        return;
-      }
-
-      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
-      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
-      tname.n = len;
-
-      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
-      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
-      */
-      do {
-        zCsr += len;
-        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
-      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
-      assert( len>0 );
-
-      /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
-      ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN 
-      ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
-      ** to be met.
-      **
-      ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
-      ** there is no need to worry about syntax like 
-      ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
-      */
-      dist++;
-      if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
-        dist = 0;
-      }
-    } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
-
-    /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
-    ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
-    */
-    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql),
-       zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-#endif   /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-/*
-** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){
-  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = {
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table,   2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc),
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc),
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent,  3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc),
-#endif
-  };
-  int i;
-  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs);
-
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs); i++){
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form:
-**
-**   name=<constant1> OR name=<constant2> OR ...
-**
-** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text 
-** "name=<constant>" is returned, where <constant> is the quoted version
-** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is
-** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the
-** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed.
-**
-** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is 
-** "<where> OR name=<constant>", where <where> is the contents of zWhere.
-** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning.
-** 
-*/
-static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){
-  char *zNew;
-  if( !zWhere ){
-    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant);
-  }else{
-    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
-  }
-  return zNew;
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-/*
-** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
-** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e.
-** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master
-** table.
-*/
-static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  FKey *p;
-  char *zWhere = 0;
-  for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
-    zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName);
-  }
-  return zWhere;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
-** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
-** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the 
-** temporary database, NULL is returned.
-*/
-static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Trigger *pTrig;
-  char *zWhere = 0;
-  const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
-
-  /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is 
-  ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
-  ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE 
-  ** expression being built up in zWhere.
-  */
-  if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
-      if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
-        zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( zWhere ){
-    char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere);
-    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere);
-    zWhere = zNew;
-  }
-  return zWhere;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
-** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
-** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
-** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
-** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an 
-** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
-*/
-static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  char *zWhere;
-  int iDb;                   /* Index of database containing pTab */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  Trigger *pTrig;
-#endif
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
-  for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
-    int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
-    assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema.  */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-
-  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
-  zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
-  if( !zWhere ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp 
-  ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. 
-  */
-  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered
-** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN).
-** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message
-** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero.
-**
-** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned.
-*/
-static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
-  if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" 
-** command. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
-  Parse *pParse,            /* Parser context. */
-  SrcList *pSrc,            /* The table to rename. */
-  Token *pName              /* The new table name. */
-){
-  int iDb;                  /* Database that contains the table */
-  char *zDb;                /* Name of database iDb */
-  Table *pTab;              /* Table being renamed */
-  char *zName = 0;          /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ 
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
-  int nTabName;             /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
-  const char *zTabName;     /* Original name of the table */
-  Vdbe *v;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
-#endif
-  VTable *pVTab = 0;        /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */
-  int savedDbFlags;         /* Saved value of db->flags */
-
-  savedDbFlags = db->flags;  
-  if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table;
-  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]);
-  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
-
-  /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
-
-  /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
-  ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
-  ** that the table is being renamed to.
-  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto
-    exit_rename_table;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
-    if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){
-      pVTab = 0;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. 
-  ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
-  ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
-  ** table.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb);
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-  /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
-  ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
-  ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
-  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pVTab ){
-    int i = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB);
-    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
-  zTabName = pTab->zName;
-  nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-    /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE 
-    ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints
-    ** for which the renamed table is the parent table.  */
-    if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
-      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-          "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
-              "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) "
-              "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
-  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-          "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
-#else
-          "sql = CASE "
-            "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
-            "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
-#endif
-          "tbl_name = %Q, "
-          "name = CASE "
-            "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
-            "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
-             "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
-            "ELSE name END "
-      "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND "
-          "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", 
-      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-      zName,
-#endif
-      zName, nTabName, zTabName
-  );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update 
-  ** it with the new table name.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
-        zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
-  ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
-  ** the temp database.
-  */
-  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
-            "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
-            "tbl_name = %Q "
-            "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-    FKey *p;
-    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
-      Table *pFrom = p->pFrom;
-      if( pFrom!=pTab ){
-        reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
-  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
-
-exit_rename_table:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  db->flags = savedDbFlags;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat.
-** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called.
-  ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this
-  ** point */
-  if( ALWAYS(v) ){
-    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    int j1;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2);
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
-** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
-** column definition.
-**
-** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
-** the new column during parsing.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
-  Table *pNew;              /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
-  Table *pTab;              /* Table being altered */
-  int iDb;                  /* Database number */
-  const char *zDb;          /* Database name */
-  const char *zTab;         /* Table name */
-  char *zCol;               /* Null-terminated column definition */
-  Column *pCol;             /* The new column */
-  Expr *pDflt;              /* Default value for the new column */
-  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection; */
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
-  assert( pNew );
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  zTab = &pNew->zName[16];  /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */
-  pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
-  pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
-  assert( pTab );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a 
-  ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
-  ** for an SQL NULL default below.
-  */
-  if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
-    pDflt = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
-  ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
-  ** column must not be NULL.
-  */
-  if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pNew->pIndex ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
-  ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
-  */
-  if( pDflt ){
-    sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
-    if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-    if( !pVal ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
-      return;
-    }
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  }
-
-  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
-  zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
-  if( zCol ){
-    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
-    int savedDbFlags = db->flags;
-    while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){
-      *zEnd-- = '\0';
-    }
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
-          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
-        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
-      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
-      zTab
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
-    db->flags = savedDbFlags;
-  }
-
-  /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
-  ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
-  ** the file format becomes 3.
-  */
-  sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
-
-  /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
-  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
-** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument 
-** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
-**
-** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
-** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
-** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
-** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to 
-** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c 
-** after parsing is finished.
-**
-** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
-** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
-  Table *pNew;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int iDb;
-  int i;
-  int nAlloc;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Look up the table being altered. */
-  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]);
-  if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-
-  assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-  /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
-  ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.  But modify
-  ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix.  By adding this
-  ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing
-  ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_"
-  ** prefix on their name.
-  */
-  pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-  if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
-  pNew->nRef = 1;
-  pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
-  assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
-  nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
-  assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
-  pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
-  pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName);
-  if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-  memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
-  for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
-    Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
-    pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
-    pCol->zColl = 0;
-    pCol->zType = 0;
-    pCol->pDflt = 0;
-    pCol->zDflt = 0;
-  }
-  pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
-  pNew->nRef = 1;
-
-  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-exit_begin_add_column:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
-  return;
-}
-#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */
-
-/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2005-07-08
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
-**
-** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables
-** and indices.  These statistics are made available to the query planner
-** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries.
-**
-** The following system tables are or have been supported:
-**
-**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat);
-**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample);
-**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample);
-**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat4(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample);
-**
-** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version
-** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled
-** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2.  The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated.
-** The sqlite_stat2 table is superseded by sqlite_stat3, which is only
-** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined.  The functionality of sqlite_stat3
-** is a superset of sqlite_stat2.  The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced
-** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later.  It is
-** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time.  If they
-** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence.
-**
-** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statisics required
-** for the query planner to make good choices.
-**
-** Format of sqlite_stat1:
-**
-** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the
-** name in the idx column.  The tbl column is the name of the table to
-** which the index belongs.  In each such row, the stat column will be
-** a string consisting of a list of integers.  The first integer in this
-** list is the number of rows in the index.  (This is the same as the
-** number of rows in the table, except for partial indices.)  The second
-** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same
-** value in the first column of the index.  The third integer is the average
-** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two
-** columns.  The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in 
-** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns.  For
-** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column.  If
-** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1.
-**
-** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed
-** by the keyword "unordered".  The "unordered" keyword, if it is present,
-** must be separated from the last integer by a single space.  If the
-** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that
-** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query.
-** 
-** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat
-** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of
-** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl.
-**
-** Format of sqlite_stat2:
-**
-** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled
-** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between
-** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8.  The "stat2" table contains additional information
-** about the distribution of keys within an index.  The index is identified by
-** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which
-** the index belongs.  There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2
-** table for each index.
-**
-** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9
-** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at
-** evenly spaced points along the index.  Let the number of samples be S
-** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index.
-** Then the sampled rows are given by:
-**
-**     rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2)
-**
-** For i between 0 and S-1.  Conceptually, the index space is divided into
-** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket.
-**
-** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference.  This
-** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2.  It neither reads nor
-** writes the sqlite_stat2 table.  This version of SQLite only supports
-** sqlite_stat3.
-**
-** Format for sqlite_stat3:
-**
-** The sqlite_stat3 format is a subset of sqlite_stat4.  Hence, the
-** sqlite_stat4 format will be described first.  Further information
-** about sqlite_stat3 follows the sqlite_stat4 description.
-**
-** Format for sqlite_stat4:
-**
-** As with sqlite_stat2, the sqlite_stat4 table contains histogram data
-** to aid the query planner in choosing good indices based on the values
-** that indexed columns are compared against in the WHERE clauses of
-** queries.
-**
-** The sqlite_stat4 table contains multiple entries for each index.
-** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the
-** index.  If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is
-** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  The sample column is a blob which is the
-** binary encoding of a key from the index.  The nEq column is a
-** list of integers.  The first integer is the approximate number
-** of entries in the index whose left-most column exactly matches
-** the left-most column of the sample.  The second integer in nEq
-** is the approximate number of entries in the index where the
-** first two columns match the first two columns of the sample.
-** And so forth.  nLt is another list of integers that show the approximate
-** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample.  The first
-** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the
-** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample.
-** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries 
-** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the
-** sample.  The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the 
-** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the
-** sample.
-**
-** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat4 entries per index.
-** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat4 tables
-** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across
-** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with
-** large nEq values.
-**
-** Format for sqlite_stat3 redux:
-**
-** The sqlite_stat3 table is like sqlite_stat4 except that it only
-** looks at the left-most column of the index.  The sqlite_stat3.sample
-** column contains the actual value of the left-most column instead
-** of a blob encoding of the complete index key as is found in
-** sqlite_stat4.sample.  The nEq, nLt, and nDLt entries of sqlite_stat3
-** all contain just a single integer which is the same as the first
-** integer in the equivalent columns in sqlite_stat4.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
-# define IsStat4     1
-# define IsStat3     0
-#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
-# define IsStat4     0
-# define IsStat3     1
-#else
-# define IsStat4     0
-# define IsStat3     0
-# undef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
-# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 1
-#endif
-#define IsStat34    (IsStat3+IsStat4)  /* 1 for STAT3 or STAT4. 0 otherwise */
-
-/*
-** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_statN tables.
-** The sqlite_stat1 table is always relevant.  sqlite_stat2 is now
-** obsolete.  sqlite_stat3 and sqlite_stat4 are only opened when
-** appropriate compile-time options are provided.
-**
-** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created.
-**
-** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name,
-** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in
-** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted.
-** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries.
-*/
-static void openStatTable(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
-  int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
-  const char *zWhere,     /* Delete entries for this table or index */
-  const char *zWhereType  /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */
-){
-  static const struct {
-    const char *zName;
-    const char *zCols;
-  } aTable[] = {
-    { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" },
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
-    { "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
-    { "sqlite_stat3", 0 },
-#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3)
-    { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
-    { "sqlite_stat4", 0 },
-#else
-    { "sqlite_stat3", 0 },
-    { "sqlite_stat4", 0 },
-#endif
-  };
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Db *pDb;
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)];
-  u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)];
-
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
-  /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them
-  ** if they do already exist.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){
-    const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName;
-    Table *pStat;
-    if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zName))==0 ){
-      if( aTable[i].zCols ){
-        /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a 
-        ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage 
-        ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important 
-        ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
-        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-            "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols
-        );
-        aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot;
-        aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG;
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries 
-      ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the
-      ** entire contents of the table. */
-      aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum;
-      aCreateTbl[i] = 0;
-      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab);
-      if( zWhere ){
-        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-           "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
-           pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere
-        );
-      }else{
-        /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */
-  for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){
-    assert( i<ArraySize(aTable) );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb, 3);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Recommended number of samples for sqlite_stat4
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES
-# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 24
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Three SQL functions - stat_init(), stat_push(), and stat_get() -
-** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state
-** information.
-*/
-typedef struct Stat4Accum Stat4Accum;
-typedef struct Stat4Sample Stat4Sample;
-struct Stat4Sample {
-  tRowcnt *anEq;                  /* sqlite_stat4.nEq */
-  tRowcnt *anDLt;                 /* sqlite_stat4.nDLt */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  tRowcnt *anLt;                  /* sqlite_stat4.nLt */
-  union {
-    i64 iRowid;                     /* Rowid in main table of the key */
-    u8 *aRowid;                     /* Key for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
-  } u;
-  u32 nRowid;                     /* Sizeof aRowid[] */
-  u8 isPSample;                   /* True if a periodic sample */
-  int iCol;                       /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */
-  u32 iHash;                      /* Tiebreaker hash */
-#endif
-};                                                    
-struct Stat4Accum {
-  tRowcnt nRow;             /* Number of rows in the entire table */
-  tRowcnt nPSample;         /* How often to do a periodic sample */
-  int nCol;                 /* Number of columns in index + rowid */
-  int mxSample;             /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */
-  Stat4Sample current;      /* Current row as a Stat4Sample */
-  u32 iPrn;                 /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */
-  Stat4Sample *aBest;       /* Array of nCol best samples */
-  int iMin;                 /* Index in a[] of entry with minimum score */
-  int nSample;              /* Current number of samples */
-  int iGet;                 /* Index of current sample accessed by stat_get() */
-  Stat4Sample *a;           /* Array of mxSample Stat4Sample objects */
-  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection, for malloc() */
-};
-
-/* Reclaim memory used by a Stat4Sample
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p){
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  if( p->nRowid ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
-    p->nRowid = 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
-  p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-  if( p->u.aRowid ){
-    p->nRowid = n;
-    memcpy(p->u.aRowid, pData, n);
-  }else{
-    p->nRowid = 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
-  p->nRowid = 0;
-  p->u.iRowid = iRowid;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo).
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){
-  pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample;
-  pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol;
-  pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash;
-  memcpy(pTo->anEq, pFrom->anEq, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
-  memcpy(pTo->anLt, pFrom->anLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
-  memcpy(pTo->anDLt, pFrom->anDLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol);
-  if( pFrom->nRowid ){
-    sampleSetRowid(p->db, pTo, pFrom->nRowid, pFrom->u.aRowid);
-  }else{
-    sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, pTo, pFrom->u.iRowid);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure.
-*/
-static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){
-  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i);
-  for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i);
-  sampleClear(p->db, &p->current);
-#endif
-  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the stat_init(N,C) SQL function. The two parameters
-** are the number of rows in the table or index (C) and the number of columns
-** in the index (N).  The second argument (C) is only used for STAT3 and STAT4.
-**
-** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
-** value is a pointer to the the Stat4Accum object encoded as a blob (i.e. 
-** the size of the blob is sizeof(void*) bytes). 
-*/
-static void statInit(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Stat4Accum *p;
-  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in index being sampled */
-  int nColUp;                     /* nCol rounded up for alignment */
-  int n;                          /* Bytes of space to allocate */
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES;
-#endif
-
-  /* Decode the three function arguments */
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-  assert( nCol>1 );               /* >1 because it includes the rowid column */
-  nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol;
-
-  /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */
-  n = sizeof(*p) 
-    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anEq */
-    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp                  /* Stat4Accum.anLt */
-    + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample)     /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */
-    + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample)
-#endif
-  ;
-  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n);
-  if( p==0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  p->db = db;
-  p->nRow = 0;
-  p->nCol = nCol;
-  p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1];
-  p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp];
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  {
-    u8 *pSpace;                     /* Allocated space not yet assigned */
-    int i;                          /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */
-
-    p->iGet = -1;
-    p->mxSample = mxSample;
-    p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1);
-    p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp];
-    p->iPrn = nCol*0x689e962d ^ sqlite3_value_int(argv[1])*0xd0944565;
-  
-    /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */
-    p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp];
-    p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample];
-    pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]);
-    for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){
-      p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
-      p->a[i].anLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
-      p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
-    }
-    assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n );
-  
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      p->aBest[i].iCol = i;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller */
-  sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(p), stat4Destructor);
-}
-static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = {
-  1+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
-  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
-  0,               /* pUserData */
-  0,               /* pNext */
-  statInit,        /* xFunc */
-  0,               /* xStep */
-  0,               /* xFinalize */
-  "stat_init",     /* zName */
-  0,               /* pHash */
-  0                /* pDestructor */
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-/*
-** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for 
-** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and 
-** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this
-** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
-** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected
-** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld.
-**
-** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
-** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. 
-*/
-static int sampleIsBetterPost(
-  Stat4Accum *pAccum, 
-  Stat4Sample *pNew, 
-  Stat4Sample *pOld
-){
-  int nCol = pAccum->nCol;
-  int i;
-  assert( pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol );
-  for(i=pNew->iCol+1; i<nCol; i++){
-    if( pNew->anEq[i]>pOld->anEq[i] ) return 1;
-    if( pNew->anEq[i]<pOld->anEq[i] ) return 0;
-  }
-  if( pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash ) return 1;
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
-**
-** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
-** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. 
-*/
-static int sampleIsBetter(
-  Stat4Accum *pAccum, 
-  Stat4Sample *pNew, 
-  Stat4Sample *pOld
-){
-  tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol];
-  tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol];
-
-  assert( pOld->isPSample==0 && pNew->isPSample==0 );
-  assert( IsStat4 || (pNew->iCol==0 && pOld->iCol==0) );
-
-  if( (nEqNew>nEqOld) ) return 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-  if( nEqNew==nEqOld ){
-    if( pNew->iCol<pOld->iCol ) return 1;
-    return (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol && sampleIsBetterPost(pAccum, pNew, pOld));
-  }
-  return 0;
-#else
-  return (nEqNew==nEqOld && pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary,
-** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room.
-*/
-static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){
-  Stat4Sample *pSample = 0;
-  int i;
-
-  assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-  if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){
-    Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0;
-    assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 );
-
-    /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column 
-    ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already
-    ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add
-    ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority
-    ** existing sample that shares this prefix.  */
-    for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
-      Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i];
-      if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){
-        if( pOld->isPSample ) return;
-        assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol );
-        assert( sampleIsBetter(p, pNew, pOld) );
-        if( pUpgrade==0 || sampleIsBetter(p, pOld, pUpgrade) ){
-          pUpgrade = pOld;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( pUpgrade ){
-      pUpgrade->iCol = pNew->iCol;
-      pUpgrade->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol] = pNew->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol];
-      goto find_new_min;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */
-  if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){
-    Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin];
-    tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq;
-    tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt;
-    tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt;
-    sampleClear(p->db, pMin);
-    memmove(pMin, &pMin[1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-p->iMin-1));
-    pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1];
-    pSample->nRowid = 0;
-    pSample->anEq = anEq;
-    pSample->anDLt = anDLt;
-    pSample->anLt = anLt;
-    p->nSample = p->mxSample-1;
-  }
-
-  /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that
-  ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would
-  ** be out of order. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-  assert( p->nSample==0 
-       || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] );
-#endif
-
-  /* Insert the new sample */
-  pSample = &p->a[p->nSample];
-  sampleCopy(p, pSample, pNew);
-  p->nSample++;
-
-  /* Zero the first nEqZero entries in the anEq[] array. */
-  memset(pSample->anEq, 0, sizeof(tRowcnt)*nEqZero);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- find_new_min:
-#endif
-  if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){
-    int iMin = -1;
-    for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++){
-      if( p->a[i].isPSample ) continue;
-      if( iMin<0 || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->a[iMin], &p->a[i]) ){
-        iMin = i;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( iMin>=0 );
-    p->iMin = iMin;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-/*
-** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point
-** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the
-** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are
-** correct at this point.
-*/
-static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-  int i;
-
-  /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed
-  ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point.  */
-  for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){
-    Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i];
-    pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i];
-    if( p->nSample<p->mxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){
-      sampleInsert(p, pBest, i);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Update the anEq[] fields of any samples already collected. */
-  for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
-    int j;
-    for(j=iChng; j<p->nCol; j++){
-      if( p->a[i].anEq[j]==0 ) p->a[i].anEq[j] = p->current.anEq[j];
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
-  if( iChng==0 ){
-    tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[0];
-    tRowcnt nEq = p->current.anEq[0];
-
-    /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
-    if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+nEq)/p->nPSample ){
-      p->current.isPSample = 1;
-      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
-      p->current.isPSample = 0;
-    }else 
-
-    /* Or if it is a non-periodic sample. Add it in this case too. */
-    if( p->nSample<p->mxSample 
-     || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin]) 
-    ){
-      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( p );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng );
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function:  stat_push(P,C,R)
-** Arguments:
-**
-**    P     Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
-**    C     Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
-**    R     Rowid for the current row.  Might be a key record for
-**          WITHOUT ROWID tables.
-**
-** The SQL function always returns NULL.
-**
-** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
-*/
-static void statPush(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-
-  /* The three function arguments */
-  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-  int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( context );
-  assert( p->nCol>1 );        /* Includes rowid field */
-  assert( iChng<p->nCol );
-
-  if( p->nRow==0 ){
-    /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */
-    for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
-  }else{
-    /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */
-    samplePushPrevious(p, iChng);
-
-    /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply
-    ** to the current row of the index. */
-    for(i=0; i<iChng; i++){
-      p->current.anEq[i]++;
-    }
-    for(i=iChng; i<p->nCol; i++){
-      p->current.anDLt[i]++;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-      p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i];
-#endif
-      p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
-    }
-  }
-  p->nRow++;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-    sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2]));
-  }else{
-    sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]),
-                                       sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]));
-  }
-  p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-  {
-    tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1];
-
-    /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
-    if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){
-      p->current.isPSample = 1;
-      p->current.iCol = 0;
-      sampleInsert(p, &p->current, p->nCol-1);
-      p->current.isPSample = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Update the aBest[] array. */
-    for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){
-      p->current.iCol = i;
-      if( i>=iChng || sampleIsBetterPost(p, &p->current, &p->aBest[i]) ){
-        sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-}
-static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = {
-  2+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
-  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
-  0,               /* pUserData */
-  0,               /* pNext */
-  statPush,        /* xFunc */
-  0,               /* xStep */
-  0,               /* xFinalize */
-  "stat_push",     /* zName */
-  0,               /* pHash */
-  0                /* pDestructor */
-};
-
-#define STAT_GET_STAT1 0          /* "stat" column of stat1 table */
-#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1          /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */
-#define STAT_GET_NEQ   2          /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */
-#define STAT_GET_NLT   3          /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */
-#define STAT_GET_NDLT  4          /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function.  This routine is
-** used to query the results.  Content is returned for parameter J
-** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
-**
-** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
-** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
-** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
-** stat1 table entry information.
-*/
-static void statGet(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  /* STAT3 and STAT4 have a parameter on this routine. */
-  int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-  assert( argc==2 );
-  assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ 
-       || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT
-       || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT 
-  );
-  if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 )
-#else
-  assert( argc==1 );
-#endif
-  {
-    /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1
-    ** table for this index.
-    **
-    ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing 
-    ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of 
-    ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list 
-    ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of
-    ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using
-    ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words,
-    ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is 
-    ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that:
-    **
-    **   * the index contains 100 rows,
-    **   * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and
-    **   * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows.
-    **
-    ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of 
-    ** rows, then each estimate is computed as:
-    **
-    **        I = (K+D-1)/D
-    */
-    char *z;
-    int i;
-
-    char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25);
-    if( zRet==0 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-      return;
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow);
-    z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet);
-    for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){
-      u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1;
-      u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal);
-      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-      assert( p->current.anEq[i] );
-    }
-    assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
-
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  else if( eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID ){
-    if( p->iGet<0 ){
-      samplePushPrevious(p, 0);
-      p->iGet = 0;
-    }
-    if( p->iGet<p->nSample ){
-      Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet;
-      if( pS->nRowid==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_result_blob(context, pS->u.aRowid, pS->nRowid,
-                            SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    tRowcnt *aCnt = 0;
-
-    assert( p->iGet<p->nSample );
-    switch( eCall ){
-      case STAT_GET_NEQ:  aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break;
-      case STAT_GET_NLT:  aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break;
-      default: {
-        aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; 
-        p->iGet++;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( IsStat3 ){
-      sqlite3_result_int64(context, (i64)aCnt[0]);
-    }else{
-      char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25);
-      if( zRet==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-      }else{
-        int i;
-        char *z = zRet;
-        for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
-          sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, "%llu ", (u64)aCnt[i]);
-          z += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-        }
-        assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet );
-        z[-1] = '\0';
-        sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
-#endif
-}
-static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = {
-  1+IsStat34,      /* nArg */
-  SQLITE_UTF8,     /* funcFlags */
-  0,               /* pUserData */
-  0,               /* pNext */
-  statGet,         /* xFunc */
-  0,               /* xStep */
-  0,               /* xFinalize */
-  "stat_get",      /* zName */
-  0,               /* pHash */
-  0                /* pDestructor */
-};
-
-static void callStatGet(Vdbe *v, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){
-  assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 );
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1);
-#elif SQLITE_DEBUG
-  assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 );
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam );
-#endif
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4, regOut);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statGetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1 + IsStat34);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
-** a single table.
-*/
-static void analyzeOneTable(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
-  Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */
-  int iStatCur,    /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
-  int iMem,        /* Available memory locations begin here */
-  int iTab         /* Next available cursor */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* Database handle */
-  Index *pIdx;                 /* An index to being analyzed */
-  int iIdxCur;                 /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */
-  int iTabCur;                 /* Table cursor */
-  Vdbe *v;                     /* The virtual machine being built up */
-  int i;                       /* Loop counter */
-  int jZeroRows = -1;          /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */
-  int iDb;                     /* Index of database containing pTab */
-  u8 needTableCnt = 1;         /* True to count the table */
-  int regNewRowid = iMem++;    /* Rowid for the inserted record */
-  int regStat4 = iMem++;       /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */
-  int regChng = iMem++;        /* Index of changed index field */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  int regRowid = iMem++;       /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */
-#endif
-  int regTemp = iMem++;        /* Temporary use register */
-  int regTabname = iMem++;     /* Register containing table name */
-  int regIdxname = iMem++;     /* Register containing index name */
-  int regStat1 = iMem++;       /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */
-  int regPrev = iMem;          /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */
-
-  pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pTab->tnum==0 ){
-    /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */
-    return;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
-    /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. 
-  ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number
-  ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at
-  ** this time though.  */
-  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-  iTabCur = iTab++;
-  iIdxCur = iTab++;
-  pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns indexed by pIdx */
-    int *aGotoChng;               /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
-    int addrRewind;               /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */
-    int addrGotoChng0;            /* Address of "Goto addr_chng_0" */
-    int addrNextRow;              /* Address of "next_row:" */
-    const char *zIdxName;         /* Name of the index */
-
-    if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
-    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0;
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin analysis of %s", pIdx->zName));
-    nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
-    aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nCol+1));
-    if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue;
-
-    /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
-    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      zIdxName = pTab->zName;
-    }else{
-      zIdxName = pIdx->zName;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0);
-
-    /*
-    ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push():
-    **
-    **   Rewind csr
-    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
-    **   regChng = 0
-    **   goto chng_addr_0;
-    **
-    **  next_row:
-    **   regChng = 0
-    **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
-    **   regChng = 1
-    **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
-    **   ...
-    **   regChng = N
-    **   goto chng_addr_N
-    **
-    **  chng_addr_0:
-    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
-    **  chng_addr_1:
-    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
-    **  ...
-    **
-    **  chng_addr_N:
-    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)
-    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)
-    **   Next csr
-    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
-    **
-    **  end_of_scan:
-    */
-
-    /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate 
-    ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
-    ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of 
-    ** the sqlite_stat4 table.  */
-    pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nCol);
-
-    /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
-    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-
-    /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
-    ** 
-    **    (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid,
-    **    (2) the number of rows in the index,
-    **
-    ** The second argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+2);
-#endif
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol+1, regStat4+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1+IsStat34);
-
-    /* Implementation of the following:
-    **
-    **   Rewind csr
-    **   if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan;
-    **   regChng = 0
-    **   goto next_push_0;
-    **
-    */
-    addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);
-    addrGotoChng0 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-
-    /*
-    **  next_row:
-    **   regChng = 0
-    **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
-    **   regChng = 1
-    **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
-    **   ...
-    **   regChng = N
-    **   goto chng_addr_N
-    */
-    addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
-      aGotoChng[i] = 
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regChng);
-    aGotoChng[nCol] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-
-    /*
-    **  chng_addr_0:
-    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
-    **  chng_addr_1:
-    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
-    **  ...
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGotoChng0);
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  chng_addr_N:
-    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)            // STAT34 only
-    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)  // 3rd parameter STAT34 only
-    **   Next csr
-    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[nCol]);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
-    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
-      int j, k, regKey;
-      regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
-      for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
-        k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j);
-        VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName));
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol);
-    }
-#endif
-    assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 1, regStat4, regTemp);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-    /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */
-    callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-
-    /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    {
-      int regEq = regStat1;
-      int regLt = regStat1+1;
-      int regDLt = regStat1+2;
-      int regSample = regStat1+3;
-      int regCol = regStat1+4;
-      int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol;
-      int addrNext;
-      int addrIsNull;
-      u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;
-
-      pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol+1);
-
-      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid);
-      addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq);
-      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt);
-      callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0);
-      /* We know that the regSampleRowid row exists because it was read by
-      ** the previous loop.  Thus the not-found jump of seekOp will never
-      ** be taken */
-      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
-      sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, 
-                                      pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample);
-#else
-      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-        i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, iCol, regCol+i);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCol, nCol+1, regSample);
-#endif
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regTemp);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regTemp, regNewRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull);
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-    /* End of analysis */
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index
-  ** name and the row count as the content.
-  */
-  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1);
-    jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
-** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
-*/
-static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
-*/
-static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;    /* Schema of database iDb */
-  HashElem *k;
-  int iStatCur;
-  int iMem;
-  int iTab;
-
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
-  pParse->nTab += 3;
-  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0);
-  iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
-  iTab = pParse->nTab;
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
-    Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
-    analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem, iTab);
-  }
-  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
-** a database.  If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index
-** in pTab that should be analyzed.
-*/
-static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){
-  int iDb;
-  int iStatCur;
-
-  assert( pTab!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
-  pParse->nTab += 3;
-  if( pOnlyIdx ){
-    openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx");
-  }else{
-    openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl");
-  }
-  analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur,pParse->nMem+1,pParse->nTab);
-  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
-** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
-**
-**        ANALYZE                            -- 1
-**        ANALYZE  <database>                -- 2
-**        ANALYZE  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
-**
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
-** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
-** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-  int i;
-  char *z, *zDb;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  Token *pTableName;
-
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 );
-  if( pName1==0 ){
-    /* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( i==1 ) continue;  /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
-      analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
-    }
-  }else if( pName2->n==0 ){
-    /* Form 2:  Analyze the database or table named */
-    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
-    if( iDb>=0 ){
-      analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
-    }else{
-      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
-      if( z ){
-        if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
-        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
-        }
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
-    if( iDb>=0 ){
-      zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
-      if( z ){
-        if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
-        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
-        }
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-      }
-    }   
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
-** callback routine.
-*/
-typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
-struct analysisInfo {
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zDatabase;
-};
-
-/*
-** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing a
-** list of space separated integers. Read the first nOut of these into
-** the array aOut[].
-*/
-static void decodeIntArray(
-  char *zIntArray,       /* String containing int array to decode */
-  int nOut,              /* Number of slots in aOut[] */
-  tRowcnt *aOut,         /* Store integers here */
-  LogEst *aLog,          /* Or, if aOut==0, here */
-  Index *pIndex          /* Handle extra flags for this index, if not NULL */
-){
-  char *z = zIntArray;
-  int c;
-  int i;
-  tRowcnt v;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( z==0 ) z = "";
-#else
-  if( NEVER(z==0) ) z = "";
-#endif
-  for(i=0; *z && i<nOut; i++){
-    v = 0;
-    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
-      v = v*10 + c - '0';
-      z++;
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    if( aOut ){
-      aOut[i] = v;
-    }else
-#else
-    assert( aOut==0 );
-    UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut);
-#endif
-    {
-      aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v);
-    }
-    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  assert( pIndex!=0 );
-#else
-  if( pIndex )
-#endif
-  {
-    if( strcmp(z, "unordered")==0 ){
-      pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
-    }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){
-      int v32 = 0;
-      sqlite3GetInt32(z+3, &v32);
-      pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(v32);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
-** sqlite_stat1 table.  
-**
-**     argv[0] = name of the table
-**     argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL)
-**     argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
-**
-** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in
-** the table.
-*/
-static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
-  analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
-  Index *pIndex;
-  Table *pTable;
-  const char *z;
-
-  assert( argc==3 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
-
-  if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
-  if( pTable==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( argv[1]==0 ){
-    pIndex = 0;
-  }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[0],argv[1])==0 ){
-    pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable);
-  }else{
-    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
-  }
-  z = argv[2];
-
-  if( pIndex ){
-    decodeIntArray((char*)z, pIndex->nKeyCol+1, 0, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex);
-    if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0];
-  }else{
-    Index fakeIdx;
-    fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow;
-    decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx);
-    pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow;
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array
-** and its contents.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( pIdx->aSample ){
-    int j;
-    for(j=0; j<pIdx->nSample; j++){
-      IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j];
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->p);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample);
-  }
-  if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
-    pIdx->nSample = 0;
-    pIdx->aSample = 0;
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx);
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently
-** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. 
-*/
-static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){
-  if( pIdx ){
-    IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
-    IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1];
-    int iCol;
-    for(iCol=0; iCol<pIdx->nKeyCol; iCol++){
-      int i;                    /* Used to iterate through samples */
-      tRowcnt sumEq = 0;        /* Sum of the nEq values */
-      tRowcnt nSum = 0;         /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */
-      tRowcnt avgEq = 0;
-      tRowcnt nDLt = pFinal->anDLt[iCol];
-
-      /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
-      ** occur in the stat4 table for this index before pFinal. Set
-      ** sumEq to the sum of the nEq values for column iCol for the same
-      ** set (adding the value only once where there exist dupicate 
-      ** prefixes).  */
-      for(i=0; i<(pIdx->nSample-1); i++){
-        if( aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] ){
-          sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
-          nSum++;
-        }
-      }
-      if( nDLt>nSum ){
-        avgEq = (pFinal->anLt[iCol] - sumEq)/(nDLt - nSum);
-      }
-      if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1;
-      pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq;
-      if( pIdx->nSampleCol==1 ) break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Look up an index by name.  Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table
-** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table.
-*/
-static Index *findIndexOrPrimaryKey(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zName,
-  const char *zDb
-){
-  Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb);
-  if( pIdx==0 ){
-    Table *pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
-    if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ) pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-  }
-  return pIdx;
-}
-
-/*
-** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table 
-** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays.
-**
-** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return
-** data equivalent to the following (statements are different for stat3,
-** see the caller of this function for details):
-**
-**    zSql1: SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx
-**    zSql2: SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4
-**
-** where %Q is replaced with the database name before the SQL is executed.
-*/
-static int loadStatTbl(
-  sqlite3 *db,                  /* Database handle */
-  int bStat3,                   /* Assume single column records only */
-  const char *zSql1,            /* SQL statement 1 (see above) */
-  const char *zSql2,            /* SQL statement 2 (see above) */
-  const char *zDb               /* Database name (e.g. "main") */
-){
-  int rc;                       /* Result codes from subroutines */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;      /* An SQL statement being run */
-  char *zSql;                   /* Text of the SQL statement */
-  Index *pPrevIdx = 0;          /* Previous index in the loop */
-  IndexSample *pSample;         /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */
-
-  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
-  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql1, zDb);
-  if( !zSql ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    int nIdxCol = 1;              /* Number of columns in stat4 records */
-    int nAvgCol = 1;              /* Number of entries in Index.aAvgEq */
-
-    char *zIndex;   /* Index name */
-    Index *pIdx;    /* Pointer to the index object */
-    int nSample;    /* Number of samples */
-    int nByte;      /* Bytes of space required */
-    int i;          /* Bytes of space required */
-    tRowcnt *pSpace;
-
-    zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
-    if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
-    nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
-    pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
-    assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 );
-    /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been
-    ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data.  */
-    if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue;
-    if( bStat3==0 ){
-      nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol+1;
-      nAvgCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
-    }
-    pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol;
-    nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample;
-    nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample;
-    nByte += nAvgCol * sizeof(tRowcnt);     /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */
-
-    pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-    if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
-      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample];
-    pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nAvgCol;
-    for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
-      pIdx->aSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
-      pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
-      pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol;
-    }
-    assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) );
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql2, zDb);
-  if( !zSql ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    char *zIndex;                 /* Index name */
-    Index *pIdx;                  /* Pointer to the index object */
-    int nCol = 1;                 /* Number of columns in index */
-
-    zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
-    if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
-    pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
-    if( pIdx==0 ) continue;
-    /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from 
-    ** the sqlite_stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data.  */
-    nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol;
-    if( bStat3 && nCol>1 ) continue;
-    if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){
-      initAvgEq(pPrevIdx);
-      pPrevIdx = pIdx;
-    }
-    pSample = &pIdx->aSample[pIdx->nSample];
-    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1),nCol,pSample->anEq,0,0);
-    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),nCol,pSample->anLt,0,0);
-    decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),nCol,pSample->anDLt,0,0);
-
-    /* Take a copy of the sample. Add two 0x00 bytes the end of the buffer.
-    ** This is in case the sample record is corrupted. In that case, the
-    ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() may read up to two varints past the
-    ** end of the allocated buffer before it realizes it is dealing with
-    ** a corrupt record. Adding the two 0x00 bytes prevents this from causing
-    ** a buffer overread.  */
-    pSample->n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
-    pSample->p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pSample->n + 2);
-    if( pSample->p==0 ){
-      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memcpy(pSample->p, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), pSample->n);
-    pIdx->nSample++;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) initAvgEq(pPrevIdx);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into 
-** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices.
-*/
-static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Result codes from subroutines */
-
-  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){
-    rc = loadStatTbl(db, 0,
-      "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", 
-      "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4",
-      zDb
-    );
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){
-    rc = loadStatTbl(db, 1,
-      "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx", 
-      "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sqlite_record(sample) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3",
-      zDb
-    );
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-/*
-** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3/4 tables. The
-** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[]
-** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3/4 are used to populate the
-** Index.aSample[] arrays.
-**
-** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR
-** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined 
-** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is 
-** read from it.
-**
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the 
-** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is
-** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1
-** table (if it is present) before returning.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed.
-** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return
-** code may be ignored.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
-  analysisInfo sInfo;
-  HashElem *i;
-  char *zSql;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
-
-  /* Clear any prior statistics */
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
-    sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx);
-    pIdx->aSample = 0;
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */
-  sInfo.db = db;
-  sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
-  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-      "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
-  if( zSql==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-  }
-
-
-  /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int lookasideEnabled = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-    rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase);
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = lookasideEnabled;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */
-
-/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-/*
-** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
-** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
-** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
-**
-** i.e. if the parser sees:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
-**
-** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
-** looking for columns of the same name.
-**
-** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
-**
-** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
-*/
-static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
-{
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pExpr ){
-    if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
-      rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr);
-    }else{
-      pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
-**
-**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
-**
-** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
-** third argument.
-*/
-static void attachFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-  int rc = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  const char *zName;
-  const char *zFile;
-  char *zPath = 0;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  unsigned int flags;
-  Db *aNew;
-  char *zErrDyn = 0;
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
-  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
-
-  /* Check for the following errors:
-  **
-  **     * Too many attached databases,
-  **     * Transaction currently open
-  **     * Specified database name already being used.
-  */
-  if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
-    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
-      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
-    );
-    goto attach_error;
-  }
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
-    goto attach_error;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
-    assert( z && zName );
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
-      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName);
-      goto attach_error;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema
-  ** hash tables.
-  */
-  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
-    aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
-    if( aNew==0 ) return;
-    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
-  }else{
-    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
-    if( aNew==0 ) return;
-  }
-  db->aDb = aNew;
-  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb];
-  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
-
-  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
-  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
-  ** or may not be initialized.
-  */
-  flags = db->openFlags;
-  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zErr);
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( pVfs );
-  flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags);
-  sqlite3_free( zPath );
-  db->nDb++;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached");
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    Pager *pPager;
-    aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
-    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
-      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
-    sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
-    sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt,
-                             sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-    sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(aNew->pBt, 3 | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK));
-#endif
-  }
-  aNew->safety_level = 3;
-  aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
-    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
-    int nKey;
-    char *zKey;
-    int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
-    switch( t ){
-      case SQLITE_INTEGER:
-      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
-        zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        break;
-        
-      case SQLITE_TEXT:
-      case SQLITE_BLOB:
-        nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
-        zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
-        rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
-        break;
-
-      case SQLITE_NULL:
-        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
-        sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
-        if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){
-          rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
-  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
-  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
-  ** we found it.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  }
-  if( rc ){
-    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
-    assert( iDb>=2 );
-    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
-      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
-      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
-      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-    db->nDb = iDb;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
-      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory");
-    }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){
-      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
-    }
-    goto attach_error;
-  }
-  
-  return;
-
-attach_error:
-  /* Return an error if we get here */
-  if( zErrDyn ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
-  }
-  if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
-**
-**     DETACH DATABASE x
-**
-**     SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
-*/
-static void detachFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  int i;
-  Db *pDb = 0;
-  char zErr[128];
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
-  }
-
-  if( i>=db->nDb ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( i<2 ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-                     "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-  pDb->pBt = 0;
-  pDb->pSchema = 0;
-  sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-  return;
-
-detach_error:
-  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
-** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
-*/
-static void codeAttach(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
-  int type,            /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
-  FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
-  Expr *pAuthArg,      /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
-  Expr *pFilename,     /* Name of database file */
-  Expr *pDbname,       /* Name of the database to use internally */
-  Expr *pKey           /* Database key for encryption extension */
-){
-  int rc;
-  NameContext sName;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
-  int regArgs;
-
-  memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
-  sName.pParse = pParse;
-
-  if( 
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
-  ){
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    goto attach_end;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( pAuthArg ){
-    char *zAuthArg;
-    if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){
-      zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken;
-    }else{
-      zAuthArg = 0;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
-    if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto attach_end;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
-
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);
-
-  assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3);
-    assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg );
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg));
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
-
-    /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
-    ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
-    ** statements).
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
-  }
-  
-attach_end:
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
-**
-**     DETACH pDbname
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
-  static const FuncDef detach_func = {
-    1,                /* nArg */
-    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* funcFlags */
-    0,                /* pUserData */
-    0,                /* pNext */
-    detachFunc,       /* xFunc */
-    0,                /* xStep */
-    0,                /* xFinalize */
-    "sqlite_detach",  /* zName */
-    0,                /* pHash */
-    0                 /* pDestructor */
-  };
-  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
-**
-**     ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
-  static const FuncDef attach_func = {
-    3,                /* nArg */
-    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* funcFlags */
-    0,                /* pUserData */
-    0,                /* pNext */
-    attachFunc,       /* xFunc */
-    0,                /* xStep */
-    0,                /* xFinalize */
-    "sqlite_attach",  /* zName */
-    0,                /* pHash */
-    0                 /* pDestructor */
-  };
-  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
-
-/*
-** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
-** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(
-  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
-  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
-  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
-  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
-  pFix->pParse = pParse;
-  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  pFix->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pFix->zType = zType;
-  pFix->pName = pName;
-  pFix->bVarOnly = (iDb==1);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
-** a specific database to all table references where the database name
-** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
-** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
-**
-** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
-** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
-** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
-** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
-** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
-** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
-** checks out, these routines return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(
-  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
-  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
-){
-  int i;
-  const char *zDb;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-
-  if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0;
-  zDb = pFix->zDb;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    if( pFix->bVarOnly==0 ){
-      if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
-            "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
-            pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase);
-      pItem->zDatabase = 0;
-      pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema;
-    }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
-#endif
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(
-  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
-  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pSelect ){
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pGroupBy) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pOffset) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pExpr ){
-    if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE ){
-      if( pFix->pParse->db->init.busy ){
-        pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s cannot use variables", pFix->zType);
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break;
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-      if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1;
-    }else{
-      if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  int i;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pStep ){
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pStep = pStep->pNext;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 January 11
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
-** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
-** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
-** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
-*/
-
-/*
-** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
-** macro.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-
-/*
-** Set or clear the access authorization function.
-**
-** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
-** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
-** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
-** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
-** to the auth function is one of these constants:
-**
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_DELETE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_INSERT
-**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
-**       SQLITE_READ
-**       SQLITE_SELECT
-**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
-**       SQLITE_UPDATE
-**
-** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
-** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
-** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
-** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
-** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
-** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
-** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
-** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
-**
-** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
-** setting of the auth function is NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xAuth = xAuth;
-  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
-** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
-*/
-static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction");
-  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from
-** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization
-** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL).
-**
-** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed
-** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE
-** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* The parser context */
-  const char *zTab,               /* Table name */
-  const char *zCol,               /* Column name */
-  int iDb                         /* Index of containing database. */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
-  char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */
-  int rc;                         /* Auth callback return code */
-
-  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
-    }
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
-** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
-** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
-**
-** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
-** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
-** then generate an error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
-  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
-  Schema *pSchema,      /* The schema of the expression */
-  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Table *pTab = 0;      /* The table being read */
-  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
-  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
-  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
-  int iCol;             /* Index of column in table */
-
-  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
-  if( iDb<0 ){
-    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
-    ** temporary table. */
-    return;
-  }
-
-  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER );
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){
-    pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
-  }else{
-    assert( pTabList );
-    for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrc<pTabList->nSrc); iSrc++){
-      if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){
-        pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
-  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return;
-
-  if( iCol>=0 ){
-    assert( iCol<pTab->nCol );
-    zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
-  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
-    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
-    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
-  }else{
-    zCol = "ROWID";
-  }
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){
-    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
-** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
-** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
-** modified appropriately.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  int code,
-  const char *zArg1,
-  const char *zArg2,
-  const char *zArg3
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int rc;
-
-  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
-  ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
-    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
-** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
-** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  AuthContext *pContext, 
-  const char *zContext
-){
-  assert( pParse );
-  pContext->pParse = pParse;
-  pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-  pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
-}
-
-/*
-** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
-** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
-  if( pContext->pParse ){
-    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
-    pContext->pParse = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
-
-/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
-** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
-** following kinds of SQL syntax:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE
-**     DROP TABLE
-**     CREATE INDEX
-**     DROP INDEX
-**     creating ID lists
-**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
-**     COMMIT
-**     ROLLBACK
-*/
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
-** be parsed.  Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
-  pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag;
-  pParse->nVar = 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and
-** codeTableLocks() functions.
-*/
-struct TableLock {
-  int iDb;             /* The database containing the table to be locked */
-  int iTab;            /* The root page of the table to be locked */
-  u8 isWriteLock;      /* True for write lock.  False for a read lock */
-  const char *zName;   /* Name of the table */
-};
-
-/*
-** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.  
-**
-** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
-** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
-**
-** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired.  The
-** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
-** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,           /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
-  int iTab,          /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
-  u8 isWriteLock,    /* True for a write lock */
-  const char *zName  /* Name of the table to be locked */
-){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  int i;
-  int nBytes;
-  TableLock *p;
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-  for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nTableLock; i++){
-    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i];
-    if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
-      p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1);
-  pToplevel->aTableLock =
-      sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes);
-  if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){
-    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++];
-    p->iDb = iDb;
-    p->iTab = iTab;
-    p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
-    p->zName = zName;
-  }else{
-    pToplevel->nTableLock = 0;
-    pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
-** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
-*/
-static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
-  int i;
-  Vdbe *pVdbe; 
-
-  pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */
-
-  for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
-    TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
-    int p1 = p->iDb;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock,
-                      p->zName, P4_STATIC);
-  }
-}
-#else
-  #define codeTableLocks(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
-** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
-** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
-** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
-** parse.
-**
-** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
-** no VDBE code was generated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  assert( pParse->pToplevel==0 );
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  if( pParse->nested ) return;
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-
-  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
-  ** vdbe program
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite 
-       || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
-  if( v ){
-    while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){}
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
-
-    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
-    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
-    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
-    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
-    ** on each used database.
-    */
-    if( db->mallocFailed==0 && (pParse->cookieMask || pParse->pConstExpr) ){
-      yDbMask mask;
-      int iDb, i;
-      assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init );
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0);
-      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
-        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
-        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v,
-          OP_Transaction,                    /* Opcode */
-          iDb,                               /* P1 */
-          (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0,     /* P2 */
-          pParse->cookieValue[iDb],          /* P3 */
-          db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration  /* P4 */
-        );
-        if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
-        char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB);
-      }
-      pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
-#endif
-
-      /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, 
-      ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the 
-      ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
-      */
-      codeTableLocks(pParse);
-
-      /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required.
-      */
-      sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse);
-
-      /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */
-      if( pParse->pConstExpr ){
-        ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr;
-        pParse->okConstFactor = 0;
-        for(i=0; i<pEL->nExpr; i++){
-          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg);
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 1);
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
-  */
-  if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){
-    assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
-    /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
-    *  See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
-    if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
-    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
-  }else{
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  pParse->nTab = 0;
-  pParse->nMem = 0;
-  pParse->nSet = 0;
-  pParse->nVar = 0;
-  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
-** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
-** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
-** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
-** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
-** outermost parser.
-**
-** Not everything is nestable.  This facility is designed to permit
-** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER.  Use
-** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *zSql;
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-# define SAVE_SZ  (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar))
-  char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ];
-
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-  assert( pParse->nested<10 );  /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( zSql==0 ){
-    return;   /* A malloc must have failed */
-  }
-  pParse->nested++;
-  memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ);
-  memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ);
-  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
-  pParse->nested--;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
-**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
-** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
-** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
-** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
-**
-** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
-  Table *p = 0;
-  int i;
-  int nName;
-  assert( zName!=0 );
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
-  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
-    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName);
-    if( p ) break;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
-** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
-**
-** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
-** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
-** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* context in which to report errors */
-  int isView,            /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */
-  const char *zName,     /* Name of the table we are looking for */
-  const char *zDbase     /* Name of the database.  Might be NULL */
-){
-  Table *p;
-
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
-  if( p==0 ){
-    const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table";
-    if( zDbase ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
-    }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the table identified by *p.
-**
-** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between
-** sqlite3LocateTable() and this function is that this function restricts
-** the search to schema (p->pSchema) if it is not NULL. p->pSchema may be
-** non-NULL if it is part of a view or trigger program definition. See
-** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(
-  Parse *pParse, 
-  int isView, 
-  struct SrcList_item *p
-){
-  const char *zDb;
-  assert( p->pSchema==0 || p->zDatabase==0 );
-  if( p->pSchema ){
-    int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema);
-    zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  }else{
-    zDb = p->zDatabase;
-  }
-  return sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, p->zName, zDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
-** a particular index given the name of that index
-** and the name of the database that contains the index.
-** Return NULL if not found.
-**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
-** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
-** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
-** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
-** using the ATTACH command.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
-  Index *p = 0;
-  int i;
-  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
-  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
-    assert( pSchema );
-    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
-    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName);
-    if( p ) break;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reclaim the memory used by an index
-*/
-static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-  sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p);
-#endif
-  if( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->pKeyInfo);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
-  if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azColl);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
-** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
-** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
-** with the index.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
-  Index *pIndex;
-  int len;
-  Hash *pHash;
-
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
-  len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName);
-  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0);
-  if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
-    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
-      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
-    }else{
-      Index *p;
-      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
-      ** indices. */
-      p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex;
-      while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; }
-      if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){
-        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
-      }
-    }
-    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
-  }
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if
-** any have been closed, remove them from the list.  Reallocate the
-** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible.
-**
-** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database)
-** are never candidates for being collapsed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i, j;
-  for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName);
-      pDb->zName = 0;
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( j<i ){
-      db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
-    }
-    j++;
-  }
-  memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
-  db->nDb = j;
-  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
-    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb);
-    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb.  Also reset the
-** TEMP schema.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
-  Db *pDb;
-  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
-
-  /* Case 1:  Reset the single schema identified by iDb */
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
-  sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
-
-  /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP
-  ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the
-  ** other database.
-  */
-  if( iDb!=1 ){
-    pDb = &db->aDb[1];
-    assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
-    sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
-  }
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including
-** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pSchema ){
-      sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
-    }
-  }
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the
-** Table.aCol[] array).
-*/
-static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
-  int i;
-  Column *pCol;
-  assert( pTable!=0 );
-  if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName);
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
-** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
-**
-** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
-** the table data structure from the hash table.  But it does destroy
-** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
-** the table.
-**
-** The db parameter is optional.  It is needed if the Table object 
-** contains lookaside memory.  (Table objects in the schema do not use
-** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.)  Or the
-** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory
-** used by the Table object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
-  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
-  TESTONLY( int nLookaside; ) /* Used to verify lookaside not used for schema */
-
-  assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 );
-
-  /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
-  if( !pTable ) return;
-  if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return;
-
-  /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables
-  ** prior to doing any free() operations.  Since schema Tables do not use
-  ** lookaside, this number should not change. */
-  TESTONLY( nLookaside = (db && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0) ?
-                         db->lookaside.nOut : 0 );
-
-  /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
-  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
-    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
-    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
-    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
-      char *zName = pIndex->zName; 
-      TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
-         &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0
-      );
-      assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
-      assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
-    }
-    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
-  }
-
-  /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */
-  sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable);
-
-  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
-  */
-  sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck);
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable);
-#endif
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable);
-
-  /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */
-  assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==db->lookaside.nOut );
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
-** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
-  Table *p;
-  Db *pDb;
-
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( zTabName );
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  testcase( zTabName[0]==0 );  /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName,
-                        sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0);
-  sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
-** token.  Space to hold the returned string
-** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
-**
-** Any quotation marks (ex:  "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that
-** surround the body of the token are removed.
-**
-** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
-** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
-** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
-  char *zName;
-  if( pName ){
-    zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
-    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
-  }else{
-    zName = 0;
-  }
-  return zName;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
-** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
-  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5);
-  if( p->nTab==0 ){
-    p->nTab = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name
-** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This
-** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or
-** -1 if the named db cannot be found.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
-  int i = -1;         /* Database number */
-  if( zName ){
-    Db *pDb;
-    int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-    for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
-      if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && 
-          0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return i;
-}
-
-/*
-** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
-** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
-** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
-** does not exist.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
-  int i;                               /* Database number */
-  char *zName;                         /* Name we are searching for */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  return i;
-}
-
-/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
-** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-** 
-** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
-** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
-**
-** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
-**
-** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
-** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
-** database "xxx" is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
-  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
-  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
-){
-  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){
-    if( db->init.busy ) {
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database");
-      pParse->nErr++;
-      return -1;
-    }
-    *pUnqual = pName2;
-    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
-    if( iDb<0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
-      pParse->nErr++;
-      return -1;
-    }
-  }else{
-    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
-    iDb = db->init.iDb;
-    *pUnqual = pName1;
-  }
-  return iDb;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
-** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
-** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
-** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
-** is reserved for internal use.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
-  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 
-          && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
-          && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the PRIMARY KEY index of a table
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table *pTab){
-  Index *p;
-  for(p=pTab->pIndex; p && !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(p); p=p->pNext){}
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the column of index pIdx that corresponds to table
-** column iCol.  Return -1 if not found.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index *pIdx, i16 iCol){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
-    if( iCol==pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) return i;
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
-** the first of several action routines that get called in response
-** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
-** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
-** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
-** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
-** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
-** CREATE and TABLE.
-**
-** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
-** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
-** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
-** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
-** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
-  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
-  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
-  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
-  int isView,      /* True if this is a VIEW */
-  int isVirtual,   /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
-  int noErr        /* Do nothing if table already exists */
-){
-  Table *pTable;
-  char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
-  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
-
-  /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
-  ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
-  **
-  ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-  ** 
-  ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
-  ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
-  **
-  ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
-  **
-  ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
-  **
-  ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
-  ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
-  ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
-  ** created in.
-  */
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){
-    /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless 
-    ** the database name is "temp" anyway.  */
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;
-
-  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( zName==0 ) return;
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-    goto begin_table_error;
-  }
-  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
-  {
-    int code;
-    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-    if( isView ){
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
-      }
-    }else{
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
-      }
-    }
-    if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
-  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
-  ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
-  ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
-  ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
-  ** collisions.
-  */
-  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-    pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
-    if( pTable ){
-      if( !noErr ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
-      }else{
-        assert( !db->init.busy );
-        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-      }
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-  if( pTable==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    goto begin_table_error;
-  }
-  pTable->zName = zName;
-  pTable->iPKey = -1;
-  pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pTable->nRef = 1;
-  pTable->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
-  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
-  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
-
-  /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
-  ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
-  ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
-  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
-  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
-  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
-  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
-  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
-  ** now.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
-    int j1;
-    int fileFormat;
-    int reg1, reg2, reg3;
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( isVirtual ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, 
-    ** set them now.
-    */
-    reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-    reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem;
-    reg3 = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
-                  1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-
-    /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
-    ** The record created does not contain anything yet.  It will be replaced
-    ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
-    **
-    ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid.
-    ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot.
-    ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that
-    ** sqlite3EndTable will generate.
-    */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-    if( isView || isVirtual ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2);
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      pParse->addrCrTab = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2);
-    }
-    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
-  }
-
-  /* Normal (non-error) return. */
-  return;
-
-  /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
-begin_table_error:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
-** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
-** produces larger code.
-**
-** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
-** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
-*/
-#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]==   \
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)]     \
-&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )
-
-/*
-** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
-**
-** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
-** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
-** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
-** column.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  char *z;
-  Column *pCol;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( z==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
-    if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
-    Column *aNew;
-    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
-    if( aNew==0 ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-      return;
-    }
-    p->aCol = aNew;
-  }
-  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
-  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
-  pCol->zName = z;
- 
-  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
-  ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
-  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
-  */
-  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-  pCol->szEst = 1;
-  p->nCol++;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
-** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
-** the column currently under construction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
-  Table *p;
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
-  p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError;
-}
-
-/*
-** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
-** associated affinity type.
-**
-** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the 
-** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
-** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
-** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of 
-** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', 
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
-**
-** Substring     | Affinity
-** --------------------------------
-** 'INT'         | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
-** 'CHAR'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'CLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'TEXT'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'BLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_NONE
-** 'REAL'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'FLOA'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'DOUB'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-**
-** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn, u8 *pszEst){
-  u32 h = 0;
-  char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-  const char *zChar = 0;
-
-  if( zIn==0 ) return aff;
-  while( zIn[0] ){
-    h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff];
-    zIn++;
-    if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){             /* CHAR */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-      zChar = zIn;
-    }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){       /* CLOB */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){       /* TEXT */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b')          /* BLOB */
-        && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-      if( zIn[0]=='(' ) zChar = zIn;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l')          /* REAL */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-    }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a')          /* FLOA */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-    }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b')          /* DOUB */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-#endif
-    }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){    /* INT */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size.  The
-  ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1.  */
-  if( pszEst ){
-    *pszEst = 1;   /* default size is approx 4 bytes */
-    if( aff<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
-      if( zChar ){
-        while( zChar[0] ){
-          if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){
-            int v = 0;
-            sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v);
-            v = v/4 + 1;
-            if( v>255 ) v = 255;
-            *pszEst = v; /* BLOB(k), VARCHAR(k), CHAR(k) -> r=(k/4+1) */
-            break;
-          }
-          zChar++;
-        }
-      }else{
-        *pszEst = 5;   /* BLOB, TEXT, CLOB -> r=5  (approx 20 bytes)*/
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return aff;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  The pFirst token is the first
-** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
-** column currently under construction.   pLast is the last token
-** in the sequence.  Use this information to construct a string
-** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
-** in zType.
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){
-  Table *p;
-  Column *pCol;
-
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
-  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1];
-  assert( pCol->zType==0 );
-  pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType);
-  pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType, &pCol->szEst);
-}
-
-/*
-** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
-** of the table currently under construction.
-**
-** Default value expressions must be constant.  Raise an exception if this
-** is not the case.
-**
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){
-  Table *p;
-  Column *pCol;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p!=0 ){
-    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
-    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
-          pCol->zName);
-    }else{
-      /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
-      ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
-      ** is required by pragma table_info.
-      */
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
-      pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
-      pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
-                                     (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
-** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
-** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
-**
-** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
-** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
-** error.
-**
-** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
-** then we will try to use that column as the rowid.  Set the Table.iPKey
-** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
-** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
-**
-** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
-** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,  /* List of field names to be indexed */
-  int onError,      /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
-  int autoInc,      /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
-  int sortOrder     /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */
-){
-  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-  char *zType = 0;
-  int iCol = -1, i;
-  int nTerm;
-  if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
-  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
-    goto primary_key_exit;
-  }
-  pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
-    pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
-    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-    nTerm = 1;
-  }else{
-    nTerm = pList->nExpr;
-    for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){
-      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
-          pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
-          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( nTerm==1
-   && zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
-   && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC
-  ){
-    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
-    pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError;
-    assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 );
-    pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement;
-    if( pList ) pParse->iPkSortOrder = pList->a[0].sortOrder;
-  }else if( autoInc ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
-       "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
-#endif
-  }else{
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    Index *p;
-    if( v ) pParse->addrSkipPK = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop);
-    p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0,
-                           0, sortOrder, 0);
-    if( p ){
-      p->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY;
-      if( v ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->addrSkipPK);
-    }
-    pList = 0;
-  }
-
-primary_key_exit:
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  Expr *pCheckExpr  /* The check expression */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB
-   && !sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(db->aDb[db->init.iDb].pBt)
-  ){
-    pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr);
-    if( pParse->constraintName.n ){
-      sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1);
-    }
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
-** to the CollSeq given.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  char *zColl;              /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-  i = p->nCol-1;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
-  if( !zColl ) return;
-
-  if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl);
-    p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
-  
-    /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
-    ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
-    ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
-    */
-    for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 );
-      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
-        pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
-** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
-**
-** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
-** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
-** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
-** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
-** returned instead.
-**
-** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
-** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
-** pParse.
-**
-** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq().  This routine
-** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
-** and generates an error message.
-**
-** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  u8 enc = ENC(db);
-  u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy);
-  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
-    pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, enc, pColl, zName);
-  }
-
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
-**
-** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
-** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
-** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
-** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
-** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
-** since it was last read.
-**
-** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
-** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
-** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
-** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
-** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
-** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
-** but does not include the null terminator.
-**
-** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
-** really needed.
-*/
-static int identLength(const char *z){
-  int n;
-  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
-    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
-  }
-  return n + 2;
-}
-
-/*
-** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second 
-** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at
-** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the
-** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent,
-** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer
-** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning.
-** 
-** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric
-** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword,
-** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise,
-** it is quoted using double-quotes.
-*/
-static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
-  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
-  int i, j, needQuote;
-  i = *pIdx;
-
-  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
-    if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
-  }
-  needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0])
-            || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID
-            || zIdent[j]!=0
-            || j==0;
-
-  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
-  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
-    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
-    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
-  }
-  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
-  z[i] = 0;
-  *pIdx = i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
-** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
-** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
-*/
-static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
-  int i, k, n;
-  char *zStmt;
-  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd;
-  Column *pCol;
-  n = 0;
-  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5;
-  }
-  n += identLength(p->zName);
-  if( n<50 ){ 
-    zSep = "";
-    zSep2 = ",";
-    zEnd = ")";
-  }else{
-    zSep = "\n  ";
-    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
-    zEnd = "\n)";
-  }
-  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
-  zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n);
-  if( zStmt==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
-  k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
-  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
-  zStmt[k++] = '(';
-  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    static const char * const azType[] = {
-        /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    */ " TEXT",
-        /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE    */ "",
-        /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
-        /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
-        /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL    */ " REAL"
-    };
-    int len;
-    const char *zType;
-
-    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
-    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
-    zSep = zSep2;
-    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
-    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 );
-    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) );
-    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
-    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
-    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
-    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
-    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
-    
-    zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT];
-    len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
-    assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE 
-            || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) );
-    memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
-    k += len;
-    assert( k<=n );
-  }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
-  return zStmt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Resize an Index object to hold N columns total.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success and SQLITE_NOMEM on an OOM error.
-*/
-static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){
-  char *zExtra;
-  int nByte;
-  if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pIdx->isResized==0 );
-  nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N;
-  zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
-  if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn);
-  pIdx->azColl = (char**)zExtra;
-  zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N;
-  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn);
-  pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra;
-  zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N;
-  memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aSortOrder, pIdx->nColumn);
-  pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)zExtra;
-  pIdx->nColumn = N;
-  pIdx->isResized = 1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Estimate the total row width for a table.
-*/
-static void estimateTableWidth(Table *pTab){
-  unsigned wTable = 0;
-  const Column *pTabCol;
-  int i;
-  for(i=pTab->nCol, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; i>0; i--, pTabCol++){
-    wTable += pTabCol->szEst;
-  }
-  if( pTab->iPKey<0 ) wTable++;
-  pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(wTable*4);
-}
-
-/*
-** Estimate the average size of a row for an index.
-*/
-static void estimateIndexWidth(Index *pIdx){
-  unsigned wIndex = 0;
-  int i;
-  const Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol;
-  for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
-    i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-    assert( x<pIdx->pTable->nCol );
-    wIndex += x<0 ? 1 : aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].szEst;
-  }
-  pIdx->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(wIndex*4);
-}
-
-/* Return true if value x is found any of the first nCol entries of aiCol[]
-*/
-static int hasColumn(const i16 *aiCol, int nCol, int x){
-  while( nCol-- > 0 ) if( x==*(aiCol++) ) return 1;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that
-** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause.  The job of this routine is to convert both
-** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they
-** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table.
-** Changes include:
-**
-**     (1)  Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex.  There is
-**          no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID.  Instead, the canonical
-**          data storage is a covering index btree.
-**     (2)  Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry
-**          for the PRIMARY KEY as the the primary key index is now
-**          identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself.
-**     (3)  Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the
-**          schema to the rootpage from the main table.
-**     (4)  Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
-**     (5)  Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object
-**          so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index.  The surplus
-**          columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for
-**          sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks.
-**     (6)  Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE
-**          indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns.
-*/
-static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Index *pIdx;
-  Index *pPk;
-  int nPk;
-  int i, j;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-
-  /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the
-  ** root-page for the table into a OP_CreateIndex opcode.  The index
-  ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index.
-  */
-  if( pParse->addrCrTab ){
-    assert( v );
-    sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrCrTab)->opcode = OP_CreateIndex;
-  }
-
-  /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master
-  ** table entry.
-  */
-  if( pParse->addrSkipPK ){
-    assert( v );
-    sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrSkipPK)->opcode = OP_Goto;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index.  Or, if this table was originally
-  ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. 
-  */
-  if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
-    ExprList *pList;
-    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0);
-    if( pList==0 ) return;
-    pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db,
-                                        pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName);
-    pList->a[0].sortOrder = pParse->iPkSortOrder;
-    assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab );
-    pPk = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( pPk==0 ) return;
-    pPk->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY;
-    pTab->iPKey = -1;
-  }else{
-    pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-  }
-  pPk->isCovering = 1;
-  assert( pPk!=0 );
-  nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
-
-  /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL */
-  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
-    pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].notNull = 1;
-  }
-  pPk->uniqNotNull = 1;
-
-  /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */
-  pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum;
-
-  /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting
-  ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY.
-  */
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    int n;
-    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ) continue;
-    for(i=n=0; i<nPk; i++){
-      if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ) n++;
-    }
-    if( n==0 ){
-      /* This index is a superset of the primary key */
-      pIdx->nColumn = pIdx->nKeyCol;
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( resizeIndexObject(db, pIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol+n) ) return;
-    for(i=0, j=pIdx->nKeyCol; i<nPk; i++){
-      if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){
-        pIdx->aiColumn[j] = pPk->aiColumn[i];
-        pIdx->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i];
-        j++;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pIdx->nColumn>=pIdx->nKeyCol+n );
-    assert( pIdx->nColumn>=j );
-  }
-
-  /* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index
-  */
-  if( nPk<pTab->nCol ){
-    if( resizeIndexObject(db, pPk, pTab->nCol) ) return;
-    for(i=0, j=nPk; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, i) ){
-        assert( j<pPk->nColumn );
-        pPk->aiColumn[j] = i;
-        pPk->azColl[j] = "BINARY";
-        j++;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pPk->nColumn==j );
-    assert( pTab->nCol==j );
-  }else{
-    pPk->nColumn = pTab->nCol;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
-** a CREATE TABLE statement.
-**
-** The table structure that other action routines have been building
-** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
-** occurred.
-**
-** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
-** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
-** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
-** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
-** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
-** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
-**
-** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
-** was called to create a table generated from a 
-** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
-** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
-  Token *pCons,           /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
-  Token *pEnd,            /* The ')' before options in the CREATE TABLE */
-  u8 tabOpts,             /* Extra table options. Usually 0. */
-  Select *pSelect         /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
-){
-  Table *p;                 /* The new table */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
-  int iDb;                  /* Database in which the table lives */
-  Index *pIdx;              /* An implied index of the table */
-
-  if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){
-    return;
-  }
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-
-  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
-
-  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
-  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
-  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
-  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
-  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
-  }
-
-  /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */
-  if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){
-    if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-          "AUTOINCREMENT not allowed on WITHOUT ROWID tables");
-      return;
-    }
-    if( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "PRIMARY KEY missing on table %s", p->zName);
-    }else{
-      p->tabFlags |= TF_WithoutRowid;
-      convertToWithoutRowidTable(pParse, p);
-    }
-  }
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
-  */
-  if( p->pCheck ){
-    sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, p, NC_IsCheck, 0, p->pCheck);
-  }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
-
-  /* Estimate the average row size for the table and for all implied indices */
-  estimateTableWidth(p);
-  for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    estimateIndexWidth(pIdx);
-  }
-
-  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
-  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.
-  **
-  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
-  ** file instead of into the main database file.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    int n;
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *zType;    /* "view" or "table" */
-    char *zType2;   /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
-    char *zStmt;    /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */
-
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
-
-    /* 
-    ** Initialize zType for the new view or table.
-    */
-    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
-      /* A regular table */
-      zType = "table";
-      zType2 = "TABLE";
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-    }else{
-      /* A view */
-      zType = "view";
-      zType2 = "VIEW";
-#endif
-    }
-
-    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
-    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
-    ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot.
-    **
-    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
-    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
-    ** by the new table.
-    **
-    ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
-    ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
-    ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
-    ** be redundant.
-    */
-    if( pSelect ){
-      SelectDest dest;
-      Table *pSelTab;
-
-      assert(pParse->nTab==1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG);
-      pParse->nTab = 2;
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1);
-      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1);
-      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
-        pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect);
-        if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
-        assert( p->aCol==0 );
-        p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
-        p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
-        pSelTab->nCol = 0;
-        pSelTab->aCol = 0;
-        sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
-    if( pSelect ){
-      zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p);
-    }else{
-      Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd;
-      n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z);
-      if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n;
-      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-          "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
-      );
-    }
-
-    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
-    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
-    ** the information we've collected.
-    */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
-         "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q "
-       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-      zType,
-      p->zName,
-      p->zName,
-      pParse->regRoot,
-      zStmt,
-      pParse->regRowid
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
-    ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
-    */
-    if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
-      Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-      if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
-        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-          "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
-          pDb->zName
-        );
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
-           sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q' AND type!='trigger'", p->zName));
-  }
-
-
-  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    Table *pOld;
-    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName,
-                             sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p);
-    if( pOld ){
-      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-    if( !p->pSelect ){
-      const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
-      int nName;
-      assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
-      if( pCons->z==0 ){
-        pCons = pEnd;
-      }
-      nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName);
-      p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
-  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
-  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
-  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
-  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
-  int isTemp,        /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
-  int noErr          /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
-){
-  Table *p;
-  int n;
-  const char *z;
-  Token sEnd;
-  DbFixer sFix;
-  Token *pName = 0;
-  int iDb;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
-  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName);
-  if( sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ){
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
-  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
-  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
-  ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
-  */
-  p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    return;
-  }
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
-  ** the end.
-  */
-  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
-  if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
-    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
-  }
-  sEnd.n = 0;
-  n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z);
-  z = pBegin->z;
-  while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; }
-  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
-  sEnd.n = 1;
-
-  /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0);
-  return;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-/*
-** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
-** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
-** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
-  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
-  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
-  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
-  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
-
-  assert( pTable );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
-  ** already known.
-  */
-  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
-
-  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
-  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
-  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
-  **
-  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
-  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
-  **
-  ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point.
-  ** But the following test is still important as it does come up
-  ** in the following:
-  ** 
-  **     CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a);
-  **     CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1;
-  **     SELECT * FROM temp.ex1;
-  */
-  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
-
-  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
-  ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
-  ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
-  ** to the elements of the FROM clause.  But we do not want these changes
-  ** to be permanent.  So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
-  ** statement that defines the view.
-  */
-  assert( pTable->pSelect );
-  pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0);
-  if( pSel ){
-    u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
-    n = pParse->nTab;
-    sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
-    pTable->nCol = -1;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    xAuth = db->xAuth;
-    db->xAuth = 0;
-    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
-    db->xAuth = xAuth;
-#else
-    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
-#endif
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
-    pParse->nTab = n;
-    if( pSelTab ){
-      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
-      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
-      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
-      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
-      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
-      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
-      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
-      pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
-    }else{
-      pTable->nCol = 0;
-      nErr++;
-    }
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
-  } else {
-    nErr++;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-  return nErr;  
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-/*
-** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
-*/
-static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
-  HashElem *i;
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) );
-  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
-    if( pTab->pSelect ){
-      sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab);
-      pTab->aCol = 0;
-      pTab->nCol = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
-}
-#else
-# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
-** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
-** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
-** to iTo.
-**
-** Ticket #1728:  The symbol table might still contain information
-** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
-** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
-** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
-** being moved.  So we cannot stop searching after the first match 
-** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
-** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
-** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
-** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
-** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
-  HashElem *pElem;
-  Hash *pHash;
-  Db *pDb;
-
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
-      pTab->tnum = iTo;
-    }
-  }
-  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
-      pIdx->tnum = iTo;
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
-** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
-** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
-** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/ 
-static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb);
-  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
-  ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
-  ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
-  ** reflect this.
-  **
-  ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
-  ** is in register NNN.  See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER
-  ** token for additional information.
-  */
-  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-     "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
-     pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1);
-#endif
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
-** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
-** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
-** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/
-static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-  }
-#else
-  /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
-  ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically 
-  ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
-  ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
-  ** following were coded:
-  **
-  ** OP_Destroy 4 0
-  ** ...
-  ** OP_Destroy 5 0
-  **
-  ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
-  ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the 
-  ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
-  ** a free-list page.
-  */
-  int iTab = pTab->tnum;
-  int iDestroyed = 0;
-
-  while( 1 ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    int iLargest = 0;
-
-    if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){
-      iLargest = iTab;
-    }
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
-      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-      if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){
-        iLargest = iIdx;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iLargest==0 ){
-      return;
-    }else{
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-      assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
-      destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
-      iDestroyed = iLargest;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3))
-** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command.
-*/
-static void sqlite3ClearStatTables(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parsing context */
-  int iDb,               /* The database number */
-  const char *zType,     /* "idx" or "tbl" */
-  const char *zName      /* Name of index or table */
-){
-  int i;
-  const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  for(i=1; i<=4; i++){
-    char zTab[24];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i);
-    if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){
-      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
-        zDbName, zTab, zType, zName
-      );
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to drop a table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Trigger *pTrigger;
-  Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
-  ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
-  ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
-  */
-  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
-  while( pTrigger ){
-    assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || 
-        pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
-    sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
-    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
-  ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
-  ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
-  ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
-  */
-  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
-      pDb->zName, pTab->zName
-    );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
-  ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
-  ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
-  ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be
-  ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
-  ** database.
-  */
-  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-      "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
-      pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);
-  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
-  }
-
-  /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
-  ** the schema cookie.
-  */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
-** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
-  Table *pTab;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++;
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, isView, &pName->a[0]);
-  if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--;
-
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-
-  /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure
-  ** it is initialized.
-  */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zArg2 = 0;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-    if( isView ){
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
-      zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName;
-#endif
-    }else{
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
-      }
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
-    && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
-  ** on a table.
-  */
-  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
-  ** on disk.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName);
-    sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab);
-    sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView);
-  }
-
-exit_drop_table:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
-** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
-** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
-** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
-** the table referred to (a.k.a the "parent" table).  pToCol is a list
-** of tables in the parent pTo table.  flags contains all
-** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
-** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
-**
-** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
-** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.
-**
-** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
-** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
-  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
-  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
-  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  FKey *pFKey = 0;
-  FKey *pNextTo;
-  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  int nByte;
-  int i;
-  int nCol;
-  char *z;
-
-  assert( pTo!=0 );
-  if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
-  if( pFromCol==0 ){
-    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
-    if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end;
-    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
-         " should reference only one column of table %T",
-         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
-      goto fk_end;
-    }
-    nCol = 1;
-  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
-        "columns in the referenced table");
-    goto fk_end;
-  }else{
-    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
-  }
-  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
-  if( pToCol ){
-    for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
-      nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
-    }
-  }
-  pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte );
-  if( pFKey==0 ){
-    goto fk_end;
-  }
-  pFKey->pFrom = p;
-  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
-  z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol];
-  pFKey->zTo = z;
-  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
-  z[pTo->n] = 0;
-  sqlite3Dequote(z);
-  z += pTo->n+1;
-  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
-  if( pFromCol==0 ){
-    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
-  }else{
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      int j;
-      for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j>=p->nCol ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
-          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
-        goto fk_end;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( pToCol ){
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName);
-      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
-      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
-      z[n] = 0;
-      z += n+1;
-    }
-  }
-  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
-  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
-  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */
-
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
-  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
-      pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey
-  );
-  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    goto fk_end;
-  }
-  if( pNextTo ){
-    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
-    pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo;
-    pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey;
-  }
-
-  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
-  */
-  p->pFKey = pFKey;
-  pFKey = 0;
-
-fk_end:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
-** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
-** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
-** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
-** accordingly.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  Table *pTab;
-  FKey *pFKey;
-  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
-  assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
-  pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx.  This is
-** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
-** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
-**
-** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
-** created.  The register specified by memRootPage contains the
-** root page number of the index.  If memRootPage is negative, then
-** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
-** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
-*/
-static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
-  Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;  /* The table that is indexed */
-  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
-  int iIdx = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
-  int iSorter;                   /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
-  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
-  int addr2;                     /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
-  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
-  int iPartIdxLabel;             /* Jump to this label to skip a row */
-  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
-  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
-  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assemblied index record */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
-  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
-  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
-    tnum = memRootPage;
-  }else{
-    tnum = pIndex->tnum;
-  }
-  pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex);
-
-  /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */
-  iSorter = pParse->nTab++;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, 0, (char*)
-                    sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO);
-
-  /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index
-  ** records into the sorter. */
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-
-  sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse,pIndex,iTab,regRecord,0,&iPartIdxLabel,0,0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord);
-  sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
-                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));
-
-  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
-  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None && pKey!=0 ){
-    int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2);
-    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
-                         pKey->nField - pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
-  }else{
-    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns.
-**
-** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes
-** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a
-** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* Database connection */
-  i16 nCol,            /* Total number of columns in the index */
-  int nExtra,          /* Number of bytes of extra space to alloc */
-  char **ppExtra       /* Pointer to the "extra" space */
-){
-  Index *p;            /* Allocated index object */
-  int nByte;           /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */
-
-  nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) +              /* Index structure  */
-          ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol) +         /* Index.azColl     */
-          ROUND8(sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1) +     /* Index.aiRowLogEst   */
-                 sizeof(i16)*nCol +            /* Index.aiColumn   */
-                 sizeof(u8)*nCol);             /* Index.aSortOrder */
-  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte + nExtra);
-  if( p ){
-    char *pExtra = ((char*)p)+ROUND8(sizeof(Index));
-    p->azColl = (char**)pExtra;       pExtra += ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol);
-    p->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1);
-    p->aiColumn = (i16*)pExtra;       pExtra += sizeof(i16)*nCol;
-    p->aSortOrder = (u8*)pExtra;
-    p->nColumn = nCol;
-    p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1;
-    *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
-** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
-** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
-** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
-** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
-** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
-**
-** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
-** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
-** to the table currently under construction.  
-**
-** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index
-** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index
-** as the tables primary key (Index.idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* All information about this parse */
-  Token *pName1,     /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
-  Token *pName2,     /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
-  SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
-  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
-  int onError,       /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
-  Token *pStart,     /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */
-  Expr *pPIWhere,    /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
-  int sortOrder,     /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
-  int ifNotExist     /* Omit error if index already exists */
-){
-  Index *pRet = 0;     /* Pointer to return */
-  Table *pTab = 0;     /* Table to be indexed */
-  Index *pIndex = 0;   /* The index to be created */
-  char *zName = 0;     /* Name of the index */
-  int nName;           /* Number of characters in zName */
-  int i, j;
-  DbFixer sFix;        /* For assigning database names to pTable */
-  int sortOrderMask;   /* 1 to honor DESC in index.  0 to ignore. */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Db *pDb;             /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
-  int iDb;             /* Index of the database that is being written */
-  Token *pName = 0;    /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
-  struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
-  const Column *pTabCol;           /* A column in the table */
-  int nExtra = 0;                  /* Space allocated for zExtra[] */
-  int nExtraCol;                   /* Number of extra columns needed */
-  char *zExtra = 0;                /* Extra space after the Index object */
-  Index *pPk = 0;      /* PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
-
-  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );      /* Never called with prior errors */
-  if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
-  */
-  if( pTblName!=0 ){
-
-    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
-    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
-    ** before looking up the table.
-    */
-    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    assert( pName && pName->z );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table
-    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this
-    ** if initialising a database schema.
-    */
-    if( !db->init.busy ){
-      pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
-      if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
-        iDb = 1;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName);
-    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){
-      /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
-      ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
-      assert(0);
-    }
-    pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pTblName->a[0]);
-    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 );
-    if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-           "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"",
-           pTab->zName);
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-  }else{
-    assert( pName==0 );
-    assert( pStart==0 );
-    pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  }
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
-  assert( pTab!=0 );
-  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
-       && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /*
-  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
-  ** index or table with the same name.  
-  **
-  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
-  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
-  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
-  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
-  **
-  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
-  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
-  ** own name.
-  */
-  if( pName ){
-    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    assert( pName->z!=0 );
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    if( !db->init.busy ){
-      if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
-        goto exit_create_index;
-      }
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
-      if( !ifNotExist ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
-      }else{
-        assert( !db->init.busy );
-        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-      }
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-  }else{
-    int n;
-    Index *pLoop;
-    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
-    zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n);
-    if( zName==0 ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    const char *zDb = pDb->zName;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
-  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
-  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
-  */
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0);
-    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db,
-                                        pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName);
-    pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder;
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
-  ** specified collation sequence names.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
-    if( pExpr ){
-      assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
-      nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken));
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* 
-  ** Allocate the index structure. 
-  */
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-  nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1;
-  pIndex = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(db, pList->nExpr + nExtraCol,
-                                      nName + nExtra + 1, &zExtra);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowLogEst) );
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) );
-  pIndex->zName = zExtra;
-  zExtra += nName + 1;
-  memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
-  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
-  pIndex->onError = (u8)onError;
-  pIndex->uniqNotNull = onError!=OE_None;
-  pIndex->idxType = pName ? SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF : SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE;
-  pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pIndex->nKeyCol = pList->nExpr;
-  if( pPIWhere ){
-    sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_PartIdx, pPIWhere, 0);
-    pIndex->pPartIdxWhere = pPIWhere;
-    pPIWhere = 0;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-
-  /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
-  */
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
-    sortOrderMask = -1;   /* Honor DESC */
-  }else{
-    sortOrderMask = 0;    /* Ignore DESC */
-  }
-
-  /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
-  ** load the column indices into the Index structure.  Report an error
-  ** if any column is not found.
-  **
-  ** TODO:  Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named
-  ** more than once within the same index.  Only the first instance of
-  ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer.  Note that using the
-  ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would 
-  ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
-  */
-  for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){
-    const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
-    int requestedSortOrder;
-    char *zColl;                   /* Collation sequence name */
-
-    for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pTabCol++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
-    }
-    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
-        pTab->zName, zColName);
-      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    assert( pTab->nCol<=0x7fff && j<=0x7fff );
-    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j;
-    if( pListItem->pExpr ){
-      int nColl;
-      assert( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
-      zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken;
-      nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
-      assert( nExtra>=nColl );
-      memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl);
-      zColl = zExtra;
-      zExtra += nColl;
-      nExtra -= nColl;
-    }else{
-      zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
-      if( !zColl ) zColl = "BINARY";
-    }
-    if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
-    requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
-    pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder;
-    if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0;
-  }
-  if( pPk ){
-    for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
-      int x = pPk->aiColumn[j];
-      if( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn, pIndex->nKeyCol, x) ){
-        pIndex->nColumn--; 
-      }else{
-        pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x;
-        pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j];
-        pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = pPk->aSortOrder[j];
-        i++;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( i==pIndex->nColumn );
-  }else{
-    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = -1;
-    pIndex->azColl[i] = "BINARY";
-  }
-  sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
-  if( pParse->pNewTable==0 ) estimateIndexWidth(pIndex);
-
-  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
-    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
-    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
-    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
-    ** i.e. one of:
-    **
-    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
-    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
-    **
-    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
-    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
-    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
-    ** explicit indices.
-    **
-    ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent
-    ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different
-    ** sort orders.
-    **
-    ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
-    ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
-    ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
-    */
-    Index *pIdx;
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      int k;
-      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
-      assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF );
-      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );
-
-      if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue;
-      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nKeyCol; k++){
-        const char *z1;
-        const char *z2;
-        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
-        z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
-        z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
-        if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
-      }
-      if( k==pIdx->nKeyCol ){
-        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
-          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
-          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
-          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
-          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
-          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
-          ** explicitly specified behavior for the index.
-          */
-          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
-          }
-          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
-            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
-          }
-        }
-        goto exit_create_index;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
-  ** in-memory database structures. 
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    Index *p;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
-    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
-                          pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName),
-                          pIndex);
-    if( p ){
-      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-    if( pTblName!=0 ){
-      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the
-  ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then
-  ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for
-  ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with
-  ** content.  But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master
-  ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index
-  ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.
-  **
-  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as an implied PRIMARY KEY
-  ** or UNIQUE index in a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
-  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
-  ** step can be skipped.
-  */
-  else if( pParse->nErr==0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || pTblName!=0) ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *zStmt;
-    int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-
-
-    /* Create the rootpage for the index
-    */
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem);
-
-    /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
-    ** the zStmt variable
-    */
-    if( pStart ){
-      int n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z - pName->z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
-      if( pName->z[n-1]==';' ) n--;
-      /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
-      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
-        onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", n, pName->z);
-    }else{
-      /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
-      /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
-      zStmt = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
-    */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
-        db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-        pIndex->zName,
-        pTab->zName,
-        iMem,
-        zStmt
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
-
-    /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
-    ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
-    */
-    if( pTblName ){
-      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
-      sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
-         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
-  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
-  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct constraint check
-  ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of
-  ** UPDATE and INSERT statements.  
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
-    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
-         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
-      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
-      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
-    }else{
-      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
-      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
-        pOther = pOther->pNext;
-      }
-      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
-      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
-    }
-    pRet = pIndex;
-    pIndex = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Clean up before exiting */
-exit_create_index:
-  if( pIndex ) freeIndex(db, pIndex);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPIWhere);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
-** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
-**
-** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index.
-** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
-** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
-** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
-** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns
-** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
-*
-**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
-**           aiRowEst[N]>=1
-**
-** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
-** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized.  The numbers generated here
-** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
-  /*                10,  9,  8,  7,  6 */
-  LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 };
-  LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst;
-  int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol);
-  int i;
-
-  /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated 
-  ** number of rows in the table. Or 10, if the estimated number of rows 
-  ** in the table is less than that.  */
-  a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst;
-  if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33;        assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) );
-
-  /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is
-  ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5.  */
-  memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst));
-  for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
-    a[i] = 23;                    assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) );
-  }
-
-  assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) );
-  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
-** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
-  Index *pIndex;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );   /* Never called with prior errors */
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
-  if( pIndex==0 ){
-    if( !ifExists ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
-    }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  if( pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
-      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
-    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_index;
-    }
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_index;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
-       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName
-    );
-    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
-  }
-
-exit_drop_index:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the
-** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc()
-** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end.
-**
-** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of
-** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes
-** in total).
-**
-** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the
-** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to
-** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation
-** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case.
-**
-** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains
-** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-  sqlite3 *db,      /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
-  void *pArray,     /* Array of objects.  Might be reallocated */
-  int szEntry,      /* Size of each object in the array */
-  int *pnEntry,     /* Number of objects currently in use */
-  int *pIdx         /* Write the index of a new slot here */
-){
-  char *z;
-  int n = *pnEntry;
-  if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){
-    int sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n;
-    void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry);
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      *pIdx = -1;
-      return pArray;
-    }
-    pArray = pNew;
-  }
-  z = (char*)pArray;
-  memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry);
-  *pIdx = n;
-  ++*pnEntry;
-  return pArray;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
-** need be.
-**
-** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) );
-    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-  }
-  pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-      db,
-      pList->a,
-      sizeof(pList->a[0]),
-      &pList->nId,
-      &i
-  );
-  if( i<0 ){
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
-  return pList;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an IdList.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
-** if not found.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by
-** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart.  iStart is zero based.
-** New slots are zeroed.
-**
-** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B.
-** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this:
-**
-**    sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2);
-**
-** After the call above it would contain:  A, B, nil, nil, nil.
-** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result
-** would have been:  A, nil, nil, nil, B.  To prepend the new slots,
-** the iStart value would be 0.  The result then would
-** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B.
-**
-** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged.  The
-** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(
-  sqlite3 *db,       /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */
-  SrcList *pSrc,     /* The SrcList to be enlarged */
-  int nExtra,        /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */
-  int iStart         /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */
-){
-  int i;
-
-  /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */
-  assert( iStart>=0 );
-  assert( nExtra>=1 );
-  assert( pSrc!=0 );
-  assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc );
-
-  /* Allocate additional space if needed */
-  if( (u32)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){
-    SrcList *pNew;
-    int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra;
-    int nGot;
-    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc,
-               sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) );
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      assert( db->mallocFailed );
-      return pSrc;
-    }
-    pSrc = pNew;
-    nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1;
-    pSrc->nAlloc = nGot;
-  }
-
-  /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots
-  ** out of the way */
-  for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){
-    pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i];
-  }
-  pSrc->nSrc += nExtra;
-
-  /* Zero the newly allocated slots */
-  memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra);
-  for(i=iStart; i<iStart+nExtra; i++){
-    pSrc->a[i].iCursor = -1;
-  }
-
-  /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */
-  return pSrc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
-** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL.
-**
-** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error.  The returned
-** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be
-** a new one.  If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList
-** that is input to this routine is automatically freed.
-**
-** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
-** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
-** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
-** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
-** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
-** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
-** or with NULL if no database is specified.
-**
-** In other words, if call like this:
-**
-**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0);
-**
-** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
-** like this:
-**
-**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C);
-**
-** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.  If C is defined
-** then so is B.  In other words, we never have a case where:
-**
-**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C);
-**
-** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted.  They are dequoted
-** before being added to the SrcList.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
-  SrcList *pList,     /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */
-  Token *pTable,      /* Table to append */
-  Token *pDatabase    /* Database of the table */
-){
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 );  /* Cannot have C without B */
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) );
-    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-    pList->nAlloc = 1;
-  }
-  pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1];
-  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
-    pDatabase = 0;
-  }
-  if( pDatabase ){
-    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
-    pDatabase = pTable;
-    pTable = pTemp;
-  }
-  pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable);
-  pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase);
-  return pList;
-}
-
-/*
-** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( pList ){
-    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-      if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
-      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-      if( pItem->pSelect ){
-        sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex);
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
-** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
-** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
-** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
-** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
-** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
-** usual case.  If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the
-** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
-** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
-** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
-** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
-**
-** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
-** term added.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  SrcList *p,             /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
-  Token *pTable,          /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
-  Token *pDatabase,       /* Name of the database containing pTable */
-  Token *pAlias,          /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
-  Select *pSubquery,      /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
-  Expr *pOn,              /* The ON clause of a join */
-  IdList *pUsing          /* The USING clause of a join */
-){
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", 
-      (pOn ? "ON" : "USING")
-    );
-    goto append_from_error;
-  }
-  p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase);
-  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){
-    goto append_from_error;
-  }
-  pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
-  assert( pAlias!=0 );
-  if( pAlias->n ){
-    pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias);
-  }
-  pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
-  pItem->pOn = pOn;
-  pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
-  return p;
-
- append_from_error:
-  assert( p==0 );
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added 
-** element of the source-list passed as the second argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){
-  assert( pIndexedBy!=0 );
-  if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
-    assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 );
-    if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){
-      /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y 
-      ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */
-      pItem->notIndexed = 1;
-    }else{
-      pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
-** is initially attached to the left operand.  But the code generator
-** expects the join operator to be on the right operand.  This routine
-** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
-** clause.
-**
-** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
-**
-**           A natural cross join B
-**
-** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
-** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
-** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
-  if( p ){
-    int i;
-    assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 );
-    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
-      p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
-    }
-    p->a[0].jointype = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin a transaction
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int i;
-
-  assert( pParse!=0 );
-  db = pParse->db;
-  assert( db!=0 );
-/*  if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) return;
-  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Commit a transaction
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  assert( pParse!=0 );
-  assert( pParse->db!=0 );
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback a transaction
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  assert( pParse!=0 );
-  assert( pParse->db!=0 );
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create,
-** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){
-  char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
-  if( zName ){
-    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" };
-    assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 );
-#endif
-    if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName);
-      return;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
-** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
-    int rc;
-    Btree *pBt;
-    static const int flags = 
-          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
-
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
-        "file for storing temporary tables");
-      pParse->rc = rc;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt;
-    assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
-    if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Record the fact that the schema cookie will need to be verified
-** for database iDb.  The code to actually verify the schema cookie
-** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated
-** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;
-  yDbMask mask;
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
-  assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  mask = ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
-  if( (pToplevel->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
-    pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask;
-    pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-      sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each 
-** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
-** might change the database.
-**
-** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
-** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
-** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
-** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
-** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
-** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
-** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
-** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-  pToplevel->writeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
-  pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
-}
-
-/*
-** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
-** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
-** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)
-** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will
-** be necessary to undo the completed writes.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1;
-}
-
-/* 
-** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is
-** possible to abort a statement prior to completion.  In order to 
-** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make
-** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction.
-**
-** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the
-** isMultiWrite flag was previously set.  There is a time dependency
-** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite.  This makes
-** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm
-** go a little faster.  But taking advantage of this time dependency
-** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in 
-** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective
-** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen
-** to take the safe route and skip the optimization.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  pToplevel->mayAbort = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
-** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement
-** and/or current transaction is rolled back.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  int errCode,      /* extended error code */
-  int onError,      /* Constraint type */
-  char *p4,         /* Error message */
-  i8 p4type,        /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */
-  u8 p5Errmsg       /* P5_ErrMsg type */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
-  if( onError==OE_Abort ){
-    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, errCode, onError, 0, p4, p4type);
-  if( p5Errmsg ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5Errmsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_Halt due to UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint violation.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  int onError,      /* Constraint type */
-  Index *pIdx       /* The index that triggers the constraint */
-){
-  char *zErr;
-  int j;
-  StrAccum errMsg;
-  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200);
-  errMsg.db = pParse->db;
-  for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
-    char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
-    if( j ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ", ", 2);
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, pTab->zName);
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ".", 1);
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, zCol);
-  }
-  zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg);
-  sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, 
-    IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY 
-                            : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE,
-    onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_Halt due to non-unique rowid.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  int onError,      /* Conflict resolution algorithm */
-  Table *pTab       /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ 
-){
-  char *zMsg;
-  int rc;
-  if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
-    zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
-                          pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName);
-    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY;
-  }else{
-    zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.rowid", pTab->zName);
-    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID;
-  }
-  sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, rc, onError, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC,
-                        P5_ConstraintUnique);
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl.  Return
-** true if it does and false if it does not.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
-  int i;
-  assert( zColl!=0 );
-  for(i=0; i<pIndex->nColumn; i++){
-    const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
-    assert( z!=0 || pIndex->aiColumn[i]<0 );
-    if( pIndex->aiColumn[i]>=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
-** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
-  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
-
-  for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
-    if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
-** indices use the collating sequence pColl.  If pColl==0 then recompute
-** all indices everywhere.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
-  Db *pDb;                    /* A single database */
-  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
-  HashElem *k;                /* For looping over tables in pDb */
-  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );  /* Needed for schema access */
-  for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
-    assert( pDb!=0 );
-    for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash);  k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
-      pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
-      reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
-**
-**        REINDEX                            -- 1
-**        REINDEX  <collation>               -- 2
-**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
-**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<indexname>  -- 4
-**
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
-** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
-** collating function.  Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
-** indices associated with the named table.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
-  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
-  char *z;                    /* Name of a table or index */
-  const char *zDb;            /* Name of the database */
-  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
-  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
-  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
-  Token *pObjName;            /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */
-
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if( pName1==0 ){
-    reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
-    return;
-  }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){
-    char *zColl;
-    assert( pName1->z );
-    zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1);
-    if( !zColl ) return;
-    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
-    if( pColl ){
-      reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
-      return;
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName);
-  if( z==0 ) return;
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
-  if( pTab ){
-    reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-    return;
-  }
-  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-  if( pIndex ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index.
-**
-** The KeyInfo structure for an index is cached in the Index object.
-** So there might be multiple references to the returned pointer.  The
-** caller should not try to modify the KeyInfo object.
-**
-** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object
-** when it has finished using it.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db!=pParse->db ){
-    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo);
-    pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pIdx->pKeyInfo==0 ){
-    int i;
-    int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
-    int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol;
-    KeyInfo *pKey;
-    if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){
-      pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey);
-    }else{
-      pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0);
-    }
-    if( pKey ){
-      assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) );
-      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-        char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
-        assert( zColl!=0 );
-        pKey->aColl[i] = strcmp(zColl,"BINARY")==0 ? 0 :
-                          sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
-        pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
-      }
-      if( pParse->nErr ){
-        sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey);
-      }else{
-        pIdx->pKeyInfo = pKey;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pIdx->pKeyInfo);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-/* 
-** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a 
-** WITH clause. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  With *pWith,            /* Existing WITH clause, or NULL */
-  Token *pName,           /* Name of the common-table */
-  ExprList *pArglist,     /* Optional column name list for the table */
-  Select *pQuery          /* Query used to initialize the table */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  With *pNew;
-  char *zName;
-
-  /* Check that the CTE name is unique within this WITH clause. If
-  ** not, store an error in the Parse structure. */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
-  if( zName && pWith ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, pWith->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate WITH table name: %s", zName);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pWith ){
-    int nByte = sizeof(*pWith) + (sizeof(pWith->a[1]) * pWith->nCte);
-    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pWith, nByte);
-  }else{
-    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pWith));
-  }
-  assert( zName!=0 || pNew==0 );
-  assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pNew==0 );
-
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pArglist);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pQuery);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-    pNew = pWith;
-  }else{
-    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pSelect = pQuery;
-    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pCols = pArglist;
-    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zName = zName;
-    pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zErr = 0;
-    pNew->nCte++;
-  }
-
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the contents of the With object passed as the second argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){
-  if( pWith ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
-      struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i];
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCte->pCols);
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pCte->pSelect);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCte->zName);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWith);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CTE) */
-
-/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 May 23 
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
-** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
-** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName.
-*/
-static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){
-  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
-  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
-    char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
-    if( !zExternal ) return;
-    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
-    char const *zExternal;
-    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-    if( zExternal ){
-      db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
-    }
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
-** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
-** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
-** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
-** possible.
-*/
-static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
-  CollSeq *pColl2;
-  char *z = pColl->zName;
-  int i;
-  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
-  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
-    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0);
-    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
-      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
-      pColl->xDel = 0;         /* Do not copy the destructor */
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
-** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
-** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding.
-** 
-** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
-** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
-**
-** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
-** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
-** sequence can be found.  If no collation is found, leave an error message.
-**
-** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq()
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  u8 enc,               /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */
-  CollSeq *pColl,       /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */
-  const char *zName     /* Collating sequence name */
-){
-  CollSeq *p;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  p = pColl;
-  if( !p ){
-    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
-  }
-  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
-    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
-    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
-    */
-    callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName);
-    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
-  }
-  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
-    p = 0;
-  }
-  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
-  if( p==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
-** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
-** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
-** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
-**
-** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
-** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
-** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
-** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
-  if( pColl ){
-    const char *zName = pColl->zName;
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), pColl, zName);
-    if( !p ){
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    assert( p==pColl );
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
-** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
-** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
-** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
-** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
-**
-** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
-** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
-** each collation sequence structure.
-*/
-static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
-  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
-  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
-
-  if( 0==pColl && create ){
-    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
-    if( pColl ){
-      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
-      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
-      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
-      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
-      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
-      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
-
-      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
-      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
-      ** to the hash table).
-      */
-      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
-      if( pDel!=0 ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
-        pColl = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
-** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
-** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
-**
-** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
-** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
-** this routine.  sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
-** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
-** cannot be found.
-**
-** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  u8 enc,
-  const char *zName,
-  int create
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  if( zName ){
-    pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create);
-  }else{
-    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-  }
-  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
-  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure
-** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument
-** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system
-** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the
-** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match.
-**
-** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg
-** is also -1.  In other words, we are searching for a function that
-** takes a variable number of arguments.
-**
-** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function 
-** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive
-** match score for any
-**
-** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows:
-**
-** 0: Not a match.
-** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments.
-** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args.
-** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments
-** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly
-** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly
-** 6: Perfect match:  encoding and argument count match exactly.
-**
-** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xStep or xFunc is
-** a perfect match and any function with both xStep and xFunc NULL is
-** a non-match.
-*/
-#define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6  /* The score for a perfect match */
-static int matchQuality(
-  FuncDef *p,     /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */
-  int nArg,       /* Desired number of arguments.  (-1)==any */
-  u8 enc          /* Desired text encoding */
-){
-  int match;
-
-  /* nArg of -2 is a special case */
-  if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xFunc==0 && p->xStep==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH;
-
-  /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */
-  if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0;
-
-  /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments
-  ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */
-  if( p->nArg==nArg ){
-    match = 4;
-  }else{
-    match = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */
-  if( enc==(p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) ){
-    match += 2;  /* Exact encoding match */
-  }else if( (enc & p->funcFlags & 2)!=0 ){
-    match += 1;  /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */
-  }
-
-  return match;
-}
-
-/*
-** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name.  Return
-** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match.
-*/
-static FuncDef *functionSearch(
-  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* Hash table to search */
-  int h,               /* Hash of the name */
-  const char *zFunc,   /* Name of function */
-  int nFunc            /* Number of bytes in zFunc */
-){
-  FuncDef *p;
-  for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){
-      return p;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(
-  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* The hash table into which to insert */
-  FuncDef *pDef        /* The function definition to insert */
-){
-  FuncDef *pOther;
-  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName);
-  u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0];
-  int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a);
-  pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName);
-  if( pOther ){
-    assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef );
-    pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext;
-    pOther->pNext = pDef;
-  }else{
-    pDef->pNext = 0;
-    pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h];
-    pHash->a[h] = pDef;
-  }
-}
-  
-  
-
-/*
-** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
-** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
-** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
-** NULL if the function does not exist.
-**
-** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
-** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
-** no matching function previously existed.
-**
-** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned.  A
-** function is valid if either xFunc or xStep is non-zero.  The nArg==(-2)
-** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number
-** of arguments.  If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0.
-**
-** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
-** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
-** match that requested.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
-  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
-  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
-  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
-  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
-  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
-  u8 createFlag      /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
-){
-  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
-  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
-  int bestScore = 0;  /* Score of best match */
-  int h;              /* Hash value */
-
-  assert( nArg>=(-2) );
-  assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 );
-  h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a);
-
-  /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions.
-  */
-  p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName);
-  while( p ){
-    int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
-    if( score>bestScore ){
-      pBest = p;
-      bestScore = score;
-    }
-    p = p->pNext;
-  }
-
-  /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
-  **
-  ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in
-  ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found.  And give
-  ** priority to built-in functions.
-  **
-  ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
-  ** install a new function.  Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will
-  ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
-  ** new function.  But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
-  ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
-  */ 
-  if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){
-    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-    bestScore = 0;
-    p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName);
-    while( p ){
-      int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
-      if( score>bestScore ){
-        pBest = p;
-        bestScore = score;
-      }
-      p = p->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an
-  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
-  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
-  */
-  if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH && 
-      (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
-    pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1];
-    pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg;
-    pBest->funcFlags = enc;
-    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
-    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest);
-  }
-
-  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
-    return pBest;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
-** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the 
-** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents
-** of the schema hash tables).
-**
-** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){
-  Hash temp1;
-  Hash temp2;
-  HashElem *pElem;
-  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
-
-  temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
-  temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
-  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash);
-  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
-  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash);
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
-  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
-  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
-  if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
-    pSchema->iGeneration++;
-    pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
-** a new one if necessary.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
-  Schema * p;
-  if( pBt ){
-    p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear);
-  }else{
-    p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema));
-  }
-  if( !p ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash);
-    p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
-*/
-
-/*
-** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries
-** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains
-** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE,
-** or UPDATE statement.  Look up that table in the symbol table and
-** return a pointer.  Set an error message and return NULL if the table 
-** name is not found or if any other error occurs.
-**
-** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc:
-**
-**    pSrc->a[0].pTab       Pointer to the Table object
-**    pSrc->a[0].pIndex     Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
-  Table *pTab;
-  assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem);
-  sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
-  pItem->pTab = pTab;
-  if( pTab ){
-    pTab->nRef++;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){
-    pTab = 0;
-  }
-  return pTab;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
-** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
-** writable return 0;
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
-  /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances:
-  **
-  **   1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method
-  **      has been provided, or
-  **   2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not
-  **      part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not 
-  **      been specified.
-  **
-  ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero.
-  */
-  if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) 
-     && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 )
-   || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
-     && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
-     && pParse->nested==0 )
-  ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-/*
-** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table.  The
-** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
-** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pView,        /* View definition */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
-  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */
-){
-  SelectDest dest;
-  Select *pSel;
-  SrcList *pFrom;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema);
-  pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
-  pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( pFrom ){
-    assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 );
-    pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName);
-    pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-    assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
-    assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
-  }
-  pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-/*
-** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY,
-** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements.
-**
-**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1;
-**                            \__________________________/
-**                               pLimitWhere (pInClause)
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(
-  Parse *pParse,               /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,               /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
-  Expr *pWhere,                /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,          /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be null */
-  Expr *pLimit,                /* The LIMIT clause.  May be null */
-  Expr *pOffset,               /* The OFFSET clause.  May be null */
-  char *zStmtType              /* Either DELETE or UPDATE.  For err msgs. */
-){
-  Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL;    /* WHERE rowid .. */
-  Expr *pInClause = NULL;      /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */
-  Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL;   /* SELECT rowid ... */
-  ExprList *pEList = NULL;     /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */
-  SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL;  /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */
-  Select *pSelect = NULL;      /* Complete SELECT tree */
-
-  /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause.
-  */
-  if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) {
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType);
-    goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
-  }
-
-  /* We only need to generate a select expression if there
-  ** is a limit/offset term to enforce.
-  */
-  if( pLimit == 0 ) {
-    /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */
-    assert( pOffset == 0 );
-    return pWhere;
-  }
-
-  /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset 
-  ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement.  For example:
-  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
-  ** becomes:
-  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( 
-  **     SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
-  **   );
-  */
-
-  pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
-  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid);
-  if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
-
-  /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree
-  ** and the SELECT subtree. */
-  pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0);
-  if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) {
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList);
-    goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
-  }
-
-  /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
-  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0,
-                             pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset);
-  if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0;
-
-  /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */
-  pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
-  pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0);
-  if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
-
-  pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect;
-  pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect;
-  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause);
-  return pInClause;
-
-  /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */
-limit_where_cleanup_1:
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
-  return 0;
-
-limit_where_cleanup_2:
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset);
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */
-       /*      && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
-**
-**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
-**                 \________/       \________________/
-**                  pTabList              pWhere
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
-  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
-  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
-  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
-  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
-  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
-  int iTabCur;           /* Cursor number for the table */
-  int iDataCur;          /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */
-  int iIdxCur;           /* Cursor number of the first index */
-  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
-  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
-  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
-  int iDb;               /* Database number */
-  int memCnt = -1;       /* Memory cell used for change counting */
-  int rcauth;            /* Value returned by authorization callback */
-  int okOnePass;         /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
-  int aiCurOnePass[2];   /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
-  u8 *aToOpen = 0;       /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */
-  Index *pPk;            /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */
-  int iPk = 0;           /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */
-  i16 nPk = 1;           /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */
-  int iKey;              /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */
-  i16 nKey;              /* Number of memory cells in the row key */
-  int iEphCur = 0;       /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
-  int iRowSet = 0;       /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
-  int addrBypass = 0;    /* Address of jump over the delete logic */
-  int addrLoop = 0;      /* Top of the delete loop */
-  int addrDelete = 0;    /* Jump directly to the delete logic */
-  int addrEphOpen = 0;   /* Instruction to open the Ephermeral table */
- 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
-  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of table triggers, if required */
-#endif
-
-  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-
-  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
-  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
-  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
-  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
-  */
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** deleted from is a view
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define pTrigger 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
-  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb);
-  assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
-  if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert(!isView || pTrigger);
-
-  /* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices.
-  */
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-  iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
-    pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-  /* Start the view context
-  */
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
-  }
-
-  /* Begin generating code.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
-  ** a ephemeral table.
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur);
-    iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
-  */
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
-  ** we are counting rows.
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-    memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
-  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
-  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5,
-  ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by 
-  ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly.  */
-  if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) 
-   && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0)
-  ){
-    assert( !isView );
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
-    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt,
-                        pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
-    }
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-    }
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
-  {
-    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */
-      pPk = 0;
-      nPk = 1;
-      iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
-    }else{
-      /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephermeral table used to
-      ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */
-      pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-      assert( pPk!=0 );
-      nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
-      iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
-      pParse->nMem += nPk;
-      iEphCur = pParse->nTab++;
-      addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
-    }
-  
-    /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row
-    ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause.
-    */
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, 
-                               WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK,
-                               iTabCur+1);
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
-    okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
-  
-    /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
-    }
-  
-    /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */
-    if( pPk ){
-      for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
-        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur,
-                                        pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i);
-      }
-      iKey = iPk;
-    }else{
-      iKey = pParse->nMem + 1;
-      iKey = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iTabCur, iKey, 0);
-      if( iKey>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = iKey;
-    }
-  
-    if( okOnePass ){
-      /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key.  There is only
-      ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the
-      ** delete code.
-      */
-      nKey = nPk; /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
-      aToOpen = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nIdx+2);
-      if( aToOpen==0 ){
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        goto delete_from_cleanup;
-      }
-      memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
-      aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0;
-      if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0;
-      if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0;
-      if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen);
-      addrDelete = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); /* Jump to DELETE logic */
-    }else if( pPk ){
-      /* Construct a composite key for the row to be deleted and remember it */
-      iKey = ++pParse->nMem;
-      nKey = 0;   /* Zero tells OP_Found to use a composite key */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, iKey,
-                        sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEphCur, iKey);
-    }else{
-      /* Get the rowid of the row to be deleted and remember it in the RowSet */
-      nKey = 1;  /* OP_Seek always uses a single rowid */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey);
-    }
-  
-    /* End of the WHERE loop */
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-    if( okOnePass ){
-      /* Bypass the delete logic below if the WHERE loop found zero rows */
-      addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBypass);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrDelete);
-    }
-  
-    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
-    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
-    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
-    ** triggers.
-    */
-    if( !isView ){
-      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen,
-                                 &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
-      assert( pPk || iDataCur==iTabCur );
-      assert( pPk || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
-    }
-  
-    /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
-    ** where-clause loop above.
-    */
-    if( okOnePass ){
-      /* Just one row.  Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */
-      assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
-      if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){
-        assert( pPk!=0 );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-    }else if( pPk ){
-      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEphCur, iKey);
-      assert( nKey==0 );  /* OP_Found will use a composite key */
-    }else{
-      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      assert( nKey==1 );
-    }  
-  
-    /* Delete the row */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
-      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iKey, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort);
-      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      int count = (pParse->nested==0);    /* True to count changes */
-      sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-                               iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, okOnePass);
-    }
-  
-    /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */
-    if( okOnePass ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass);
-    }else if( pPk ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEphCur, addrLoop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrLoop);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
-    }     
-  
-    /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */
-    if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      if( !pPk ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur);
-      for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur + i);
-      }
-    }
-  } /* End non-truncate path */
-
-  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
-  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
-  ** autoincrement tables.
-  */
-  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
-    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
-  }
-
-  /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-
-delete_from_cleanup:
-  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen);
-  return;
-}
-/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
-** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
-** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
-#ifdef isView
- #undef isView
-#endif
-#ifdef pTrigger
- #undef pTrigger
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
-** single table to be deleted.  Both the original table entry and
-** all indices are removed.
-**
-** Preconditions:
-**
-**   1.  iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data
-**       store for the table.  (This will be either the table itself,
-**       in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case
-**       of a WITHOUT ROWID table.)
-**
-**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-**       cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index.
-**
-**   3.  The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a
-**       sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk.  If nPk==0 that means
-**       that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the
-**       single memory location iPk.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
-  Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */
-  int iDataCur,      /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */
-  int iIdxCur,       /* First index cursor */
-  int iPk,           /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */
-  i16 nPk,           /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */
-  u8 count,          /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */
-  u8 onconf,         /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */
-  u8 bNoSeek         /* iDataCur is already pointing to the row to delete */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;        /* Vdbe */
-  int iOld = 0;                   /* First register in OLD.* array */
-  int iLabel;                     /* Label resolved to end of generated code */
-  u8 opSeek;                      /* Seek opcode */
-
-  /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */
-  assert( v );
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)",
-                         iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk));
-
-  /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists 
-  ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do
-  ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers.  */
-  iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;
-  if( !bNoSeek ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
-  }
- 
-  /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to
-  ** use for the old.* references in the triggers.  */
-  if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){
-    u32 mask;                     /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
-    int iCol;                     /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */
-    int addrStart;                /* Start of BEFORE trigger programs */
-
-    /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to
-    ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register.  */
-    mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
-        pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf
-    );
-    mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab);
-    iOld = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol);
-
-    /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be 
-    ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist.  */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld);
-    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
-      testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==31 );
-      testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==32 );
-      if( mask==0xffffffff || (iCol<=31 && (mask & MASKBIT32(iCol))!=0) ){
-        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */
-    addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
-        TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
-    );
-
-    /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the 
-    ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved
-    ** the cursor or of already deleted the row that the cursor was
-    ** pointing to.
-    */
-    if( addrStart<sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
-    }
-
-    /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that
-    ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) 
-    ** are not violated by deleting this row.  */
-    sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really
-  ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to
-  ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers).  */ 
-  if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){
-    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
-    if( count ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
-  ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
-  ** to the row just deleted. */ 
-  sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0);
-
-  /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */
-  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
-      TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
-  );
-
-  /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE
-  ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a 
-  ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception.  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel);
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()"));
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
-** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab
-**
-** Preconditions:
-**
-**   1.  A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage
-**       btree for the table pTab.  (This will be either the table itself
-**       for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID
-**       tables.)
-**
-**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-**       cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index.  (The pTab->pIndex
-**       index is the 0-th index.)
-**
-**   3.  The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row
-**       that is to be deleted.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
-  int iDataCur,      /* Cursor of table holding data. */
-  int iIdxCur,       /* First index cursor */
-  int *aRegIdx       /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
-){
-  int i;             /* Index loop counter */
-  int r1 = -1;       /* Register holding an index key */
-  int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */
-  Index *pIdx;       /* Current index */
-  Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */
-  Vdbe *v;           /* The prepared statement under construction */
-  Index *pPk;        /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */
-
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    assert( iIdxCur+i!=iDataCur || pPk==pIdx );
-    if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
-    if( pIdx==pPk ) continue;
-    VdbeModuleComment((v, "GenRowIdxDel for %s", pIdx->zName));
-    r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 1,
-                                 &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1,
-                      pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn);
-    sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
-    pPrior = pIdx;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register
-** regOut.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
-** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
-** the entry that needs indexing.  If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
-** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index.
-**
-** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
-** registers that holds the elements of the index key.  The
-** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
-** this routine returns.
-**
-** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump
-** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped.
-** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
-** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates
-** to false or null.  If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel
-** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by
-** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
-**
-** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to
-** avoid unnecessary register loads.  If pPrior is not NULL, then it is
-** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been
-** computed into register regPrior.  If the current pIdx index is generating
-** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share
-** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already
-** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped.
-** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK 
-** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or
-** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  Index *pIdx,         /* The index for which to generate a key */
-  int iDataCur,        /* Cursor number from which to take column data */
-  int regOut,          /* Put the new key into this register if not 0 */
-  int prefixOnly,      /* Compute only a unique prefix of the key */
-  int *piPartIdxLabel, /* OUT: Jump to this label to skip partial index */
-  Index *pPrior,       /* Previously generated index key */
-  int regPrior         /* Register holding previous generated key */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int j;
-  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-  int regBase;
-  int nCol;
-
-  if( piPartIdxLabel ){
-    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
-      *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      pParse->iPartIdxTab = iDataCur;
-      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, 
-                         SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    }else{
-      *piPartIdxLabel = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  nCol = (prefixOnly && pIdx->uniqNotNull) ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn;
-  regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
-  if( pPrior && (regBase!=regPrior || pPrior->pPartIdxWhere) ) pPrior = 0;
-  for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
-    if( pPrior && pPrior->aiColumn[j]==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ) continue;
-    sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j],
-                                    regBase+j);
-    /* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it
-    ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact
-    ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode.
-    ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where
-    ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again.  So omit the OP_RealAffinity
-    ** opcode if it is present */
-    sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity);
-  }
-  if( regOut ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut);
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
-  return regBase;
-}
-
-/*
-** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label
-** because it was a partial index, then this routine should be called to
-** resolve that label.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse *pParse, int iLabel){
-  if( iLabel ){
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, iLabel);
-    sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-  }
-}
-
-/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2002 February 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
-** functions of SQLite.  
-**
-** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
-** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
-** All other code has file scope.
-*/
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-
-/*
-** Return the collating function associated with a function.
-*/
-static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
-  return context->pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this
-** iteration of the aggregate loop.
-*/
-static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){
-  context->skipFlag = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
-*/
-static void minmaxFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
-  int iBest;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-
-  assert( argc>1 );
-  mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
-  pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-  assert( pColl );
-  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
-  iBest = 0;
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-    if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
-      testcase( mask==0 );
-      iBest = i;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the type of the argument.
-*/
-static void typeofFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *z = 0;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
-    case SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
-    case SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
-    default:             z = "null";    break;
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the length() function
-*/
-static void lengthFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int len;
-
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_BLOB:
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
-      const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-      if( z==0 ) return;
-      len = 0;
-      while( *z ){
-        len++;
-        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      sqlite3_result_null(context);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the abs() function.
-**
-** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of
-** the numeric argument X. 
-*/
-static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
-      i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-      if( iVal<0 ){
-        if( iVal==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
-          /* IMP: R-31676-45509 If X is the integer -9223372036854775808
-          ** then abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no
-          ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */
-          sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
-          return;
-        }
-        iVal = -iVal;
-      } 
-      sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_NULL: {
-      /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */
-      sqlite3_result_null(context);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not
-      ** something that can be converted into a number, we have:
-      ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that
-      ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. 
-      */
-      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
-      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the instr() function.
-**
-** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle
-** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1,
-** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack.
-**
-** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than
-** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle,
-** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack.
-*/
-static void instrFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zHaystack;
-  const unsigned char *zNeedle;
-  int nHaystack;
-  int nNeedle;
-  int typeHaystack, typeNeedle;
-  int N = 1;
-  int isText;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
-  typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]);
-  if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-  if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){
-    zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-    zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
-    isText = 0;
-  }else{
-    zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-    isText = 1;
-  }
-  while( nNeedle<=nHaystack && memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0 ){
-    N++;
-    do{
-      nHaystack--;
-      zHaystack++;
-    }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 );
-  }
-  if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, N);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the printf() function.
-*/
-static void printfFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  PrintfArguments x;
-  StrAccum str;
-  const char *zFormat;
-  int n;
-
-  if( argc>=1 && (zFormat = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
-    x.nArg = argc-1;
-    x.nUsed = 0;
-    x.apArg = argv+1;
-    sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-    str.db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-    sqlite3XPrintf(&str, SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC, zFormat, &x);
-    n = str.nChar;
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str), n,
-                        SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the substr() function.
-**
-** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
-** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
-** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
-** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
-**
-** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
-**
-** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1.
-*/
-static void substrFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *z;
-  const unsigned char *z2;
-  int len;
-  int p0type;
-  i64 p1, p2;
-  int negP2 = 0;
-
-  assert( argc==3 || argc==2 );
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
-   || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL)
-  ){
-    return;
-  }
-  p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
-  p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-  if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
-    len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-    z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-    if( z==0 ) return;
-    assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) );
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    if( z==0 ) return;
-    len = 0;
-    if( p1<0 ){
-      for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
-        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
-    if( p2<0 ){
-      p2 = -p2;
-      negP2 = 1;
-    }
-  }else{
-    p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-  }
-  if( p1<0 ){
-    p1 += len;
-    if( p1<0 ){
-      p2 += p1;
-      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
-      p1 = 0;
-    }
-  }else if( p1>0 ){
-    p1--;
-  }else if( p2>0 ){
-    p2--;
-  }
-  if( negP2 ){
-    p1 -= p2;
-    if( p1<0 ){
-      p2 += p1;
-      p1 = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 );
-  if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
-    while( *z && p1 ){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-      p1--;
-    }
-    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
-    }
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }else{
-    if( p1+p2>len ){
-      p2 = len-p1;
-      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the round() function
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  int n = 0;
-  double r;
-  char *zBuf;
-  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
-    n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
-    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-  /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int,
-  ** handle the rounding directly,
-  ** otherwise use printf.
-  */
-  if( n==0 && r>=0 && r<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
-    r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+0.5));
-  }else if( n==0 && r<0 && (-r)<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
-    r = -(double)((sqlite_int64)((-r)+0.5));
-  }else{
-    zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r);
-    if( zBuf==0 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-      return;
-    }
-    sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8);
-    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the
-** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
-** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL.
-** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then
-** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL.
-*/
-static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){
-  char *z;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  assert( nByte>0 );
-  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
-  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
-  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-    z = 0;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte);
-    if( !z ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    }
-  }
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
-*/
-static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  char *z1;
-  const char *z2;
-  int i, n;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
-  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( z2 ){
-    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
-    if( z1 ){
-      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-        z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z2[i]);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  char *z1;
-  const char *z2;
-  int i, n;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
-  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( z2 ){
-    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
-    if( z1 ){
-      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-        z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z2[i]);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Some functions like COALESCE() and IFNULL() and UNLIKELY() are implemented
-** as VDBE code so that unused argument values do not have to be computed.
-** However, we still need some kind of function implementation for this
-** routines in the function table.  The noopFunc macro provides this.
-** noopFunc will never be called so it doesn't matter what the implementation
-** is.  We might as well use the "version()" function as a substitute.
-*/
-#define noopFunc versionFunc   /* Substitute function - never called */
-
-/*
-** Implementation of random().  Return a random integer.  
-*/
-static void randomFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  sqlite_int64 r;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
-  if( r<0 ){
-    /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 
-    ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that
-    ** number of you get the same value back again.  To do this
-    ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative
-    ** values, resulting in a positive value.  Then take the 
-    ** 2s complement of that positive value.  The end result can
-    ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807.
-    */
-    r = -(r & LARGEST_INT64);
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_int64(context, r);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of randomblob(N).  Return a random blob
-** that is N bytes long.
-*/
-static void randomBlob(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int n;
-  unsigned char *p;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-  if( n<1 ){
-    n = 1;
-  }
-  p = contextMalloc(context, n);
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3_randomness(n, p);
-    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function.  The return
-** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
-*/
-static void last_insert_rowid(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int NotUsed, 
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a
-  ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface
-  ** function. */
-  sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.
-**
-** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper
-** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same
-** rules for counting changes.
-*/
-static void changes(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function.  The return value is
-** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
-*/
-static void total_changes(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the
-  ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
-}
-
-/*
-** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
-*/
-struct compareInfo {
-  u8 matchAll;
-  u8 matchOne;
-  u8 matchSet;
-  u8 noCase;
-};
-
-/*
-** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
-** character is exactly one byte in size.  Also, all characters are
-** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC
-** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
-# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A)    (*((*A)++))
-# define GlobUpperToLower(A)   A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
-#else
-# define GlobUpperToLower(A)   if( !((A)&~0x7f) ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }
-#endif
-
-static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
-/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
-** case.  Thus  'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
-static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
-/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
-** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
-static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_',   0, 0 };
-
-/*
-** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
-** potentially be a "glob" expression.  Return true (1) if they
-** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
-**
-** Globbing rules:
-**
-**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
-**
-**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
-**
-**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
-**                characters.
-**
-**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
-**
-** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
-** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
-** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
-** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
-** it the last character in the list.
-**
-** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
-**
-** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]".  Like this:
-**
-**         abc[*]xyz        Matches "abc*xyz" only
-*/
-static int patternCompare(
-  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
-  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
-  const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
-  u32 esc                          /* The escape character */
-){
-  u32 c, c2;
-  int invert;
-  int seen;
-  u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
-  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
-  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
-  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 
-  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */
-
-  while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern))!=0 ){
-    if( c==matchAll && !prevEscape ){
-      while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern)) == matchAll
-               || c == matchOne ){
-        if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){
-          return 0;
-        }
-      }
-      if( c==0 ){
-        return 1;
-      }else if( c==esc ){
-        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-        if( c==0 ){
-          return 0;
-        }
-      }else if( c==matchSet ){
-        assert( esc==0 );         /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */
-        assert( matchSet<0x80 );  /* '[' is a single-byte character */
-        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
-          SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
-        }
-        return *zString!=0;
-      }
-      while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString))!=0 ){
-        if( noCase ){
-          GlobUpperToLower(c2);
-          GlobUpperToLower(c);
-          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
-            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
-            GlobUpperToLower(c2);
-          }
-        }else{
-          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
-            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
-          }
-        }
-        if( c2==0 ) return 0;
-        if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
-      }
-      return 0;
-    }else if( c==matchOne && !prevEscape ){
-      if( sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }else if( c==matchSet ){
-      u32 prior_c = 0;
-      assert( esc==0 );    /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
-      seen = 0;
-      invert = 0;
-      c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
-      if( c==0 ) return 0;
-      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-      if( c2=='^' ){
-        invert = 1;
-        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-      }
-      if( c2==']' ){
-        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
-        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-      }
-      while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
-        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
-          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
-          prior_c = 0;
-        }else{
-          if( c==c2 ){
-            seen = 1;
-          }
-          prior_c = c2;
-        }
-        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern);
-      }
-      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){
-      prevEscape = 1;
-    }else{
-      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString);
-      if( noCase ){
-        GlobUpperToLower(c);
-        GlobUpperToLower(c2);
-      }
-      if( c!=c2 ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-      prevEscape = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return *zString==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_strglob() interface.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlobPattern, const char *zString){
-  return patternCompare((u8*)zGlobPattern, (u8*)zString, &globInfo, 0)==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
-** just a variation of LIKE) gets called.  This is used for testing
-** only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
-** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
-** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
-**
-**       A LIKE B
-**
-** is implemented as like(B,A).
-**
-** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
-** the GLOB operator.
-*/
-static void likeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
-  u32 escape = 0;
-  int nPat;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
-  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
-  */
-  nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] );
-  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 );
-  if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* Encoding did not change */
-
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
-    ** Otherwise, return an error.
-    */
-    const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-    if( zEsc==0 ) return;
-    if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
-          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
-      return;
-    }
-    escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc);
-  }
-  if( zA && zB ){
-    struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_like_count++;
-#endif
-    
-    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
-** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
-** arguments are equal to each other.
-*/
-static void nullifFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function.  The result is the version
-** of the SQLite library that is running.
-*/
-static void versionFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
-  ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string
-** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build
-** SQLite.
-*/
-static void sourceidFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int NotUsed,
-  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
-  ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function.  This is a wrapper around
-** sqlite3_log().  The return value is NULL.  The function exists purely for
-** its side-effects.
-*/
-static void errlogFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(context);
-  sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]));
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function.
-** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option
-** was used to build SQLite.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-static void compileoptionusedFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *zOptName;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL
-  ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++
-  ** function.
-  */
-  if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName));
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. 
-** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options 
-** used to build SQLite.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-static void compileoptiongetFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int n;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function
-  ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function.
-  */
-  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
-
-/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
-** digits. */
-static const char hexdigits[] = {
-  '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
-  '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
-};
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
-** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
-** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
-** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
-** single-quote escapes.
-*/
-static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-      double r1, r2;
-      char zBuf[50];
-      r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1);
-      sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8);
-      if( r1!=r2 ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
-      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
-      char *zText = 0;
-      char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-      assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
-      zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); 
-      if( zText ){
-        int i;
-        for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
-          zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
-          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
-        }
-        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
-        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
-        zText[0] = 'X';
-        zText[1] = '\'';
-        sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-        sqlite3_free(zText);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
-      int i,j;
-      u64 n;
-      const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-      char *z;
-
-      if( zArg==0 ) return;
-      for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
-      z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3);
-      if( z ){
-        z[0] = '\'';
-        for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
-          z[j++] = zArg[i];
-          if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
-            z[j++] = '\'';
-          }
-        }
-        z[j++] = '\'';
-        z[j] = 0;
-        sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL );
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The unicode() function.  Return the integer unicode code-point value
-** for the first character of the input string. 
-*/
-static void unicodeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  (void)argc;
-  if( z && z[0] ) sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3Utf8Read(&z));
-}
-
-/*
-** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is
-** an integer.  It constructs a string where each character of the string
-** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument.
-*/
-static void charFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char *z, *zOut;
-  int i;
-  zOut = z = sqlite3_malloc( argc*4+1 );
-  if( z==0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    return;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-    sqlite3_int64 x;
-    unsigned c;
-    x = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[i]);
-    if( x<0 || x>0x10ffff ) x = 0xfffd;
-    c = (unsigned)(x & 0x1fffff);
-    if( c<0x00080 ){
-      *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);
-    }else if( c<0x00800 ){
-      *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
-    }else if( c<0x10000 ){
-      *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
-    }else{
-      *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
-      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
-    }                                                    \
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(zOut-z), sqlite3_free);
-}
-
-/*
-** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
-** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
-*/
-static void hexFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i, n;
-  const unsigned char *pBlob;
-  char *zHex, *z;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1);
-  if( zHex ){
-    for(i=0; i<n; i++, pBlob++){
-      unsigned char c = *pBlob;
-      *(z++) = hexdigits[(c>>4)&0xf];
-      *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
-    }
-    *z = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
-*/
-static void zeroblobFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  i64 n;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-  testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
-  testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
-  if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The replace() function.  Three arguments are all strings: call
-** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived
-** from A by replacing every occurrence of B with C.  The match
-** must be exact.  Collating sequences are not used.
-*/
-static void replaceFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zStr;        /* The input string A */
-  const unsigned char *zPattern;    /* The pattern string B */
-  const unsigned char *zRep;        /* The replacement string C */
-  unsigned char *zOut;              /* The output */
-  int nStr;                /* Size of zStr */
-  int nPattern;            /* Size of zPattern */
-  int nRep;                /* Size of zRep */
-  i64 nOut;                /* Maximum size of zOut */
-  int loopLimit;           /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
-  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */
-
-  assert( argc==3 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zStr==0 ) return;
-  nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  if( zPattern==0 ){
-    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
-            || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed );
-    return;
-  }
-  if( zPattern[0]==0 ){
-    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL );
-    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
-    return;
-  }
-  nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-  assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-  if( zRep==0 ) return;
-  nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
-  assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) );
-  nOut = nStr + 1;
-  assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
-  zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut);
-  if( zOut==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;  
-  for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
-    if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
-      zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
-    }else{
-      u8 *zOld;
-      sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-      nOut += nRep - nPattern;
-      testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
-      testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
-      if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-        sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-        sqlite3_free(zOut);
-        return;
-      }
-      zOld = zOut;
-      zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut);
-      if( zOut==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-        sqlite3_free(zOld);
-        return;
-      }
-      memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
-      j += nRep;
-      i += nPattern-1;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
-  memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
-  j += nStr - i;
-  assert( j<=nOut );
-  zOut[j] = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
-** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
-*/
-static void trimFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zIn;         /* Input string */
-  const unsigned char *zCharSet;    /* Set of characters to trim */
-  int nIn;                          /* Number of bytes in input */
-  int flags;                        /* 1: trimleft  2: trimright  3: trim */
-  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
-  unsigned char *aLen = 0;          /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
-  unsigned char **azChar = 0;       /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
-  int nChar;                        /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
-
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
-    return;
-  }
-  zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zIn==0 ) return;
-  nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( argc==1 ){
-    static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
-    static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
-    nChar = 1;
-    aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
-    azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne;
-    zCharSet = 0;
-  }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){
-    return;
-  }else{
-    const unsigned char *z;
-    for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-    }
-    if( nChar>0 ){
-      azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1));
-      if( azChar==0 ){
-        return;
-      }
-      aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar];
-      for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
-        azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z;
-        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-        aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( nChar>0 ){
-    flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context));
-    if( flags & 1 ){
-      while( nIn>0 ){
-        int len = 0;
-        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
-          len = aLen[i];
-          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break;
-        }
-        if( i>=nChar ) break;
-        zIn += len;
-        nIn -= len;
-      }
-    }
-    if( flags & 2 ){
-      while( nIn>0 ){
-        int len = 0;
-        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
-          len = aLen[i];
-          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break;
-        }
-        if( i>=nChar ) break;
-        nIn -= len;
-      }
-    }
-    if( zCharSet ){
-      sqlite3_free(azChar);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-
-
-/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It
-** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used
-** when SQLite is built.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
-/*
-** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
-**
-** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the
-** soundex encoding of the string X. 
-*/
-static void soundexFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  char zResult[8];
-  const u8 *zIn;
-  int i, j;
-  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
-    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
-    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-  };
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
-  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
-  if( zIn[i] ){
-    u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
-    zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]);
-    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
-      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
-      if( code>0 ){
-        if( code!=prevcode ){
-          prevcode = code;
-          zResult[j++] = code + '0';
-        }
-      }else{
-        prevcode = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    while( j<4 ){
-      zResult[j++] = '0';
-    }
-    zResult[j] = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }else{
-    /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument
-    ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
-*/
-static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  const char *zProc;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  }else{
-    zProc = 0;
-  }
-  if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
-** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
-*/
-typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
-struct SumCtx {
-  double rSum;      /* Floating point sum */
-  i64 iSum;         /* Integer sum */   
-  i64 cnt;          /* Number of elements summed */
-  u8 overflow;      /* True if integer overflow seen */
-  u8 approx;        /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
-};
-
-/*
-** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total.
-**
-** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means
-** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs.  TOTAL returns
-** 0.0 in that case.  In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where
-** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point
-** value.  TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if
-** it overflows an integer.
-*/
-static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  int type;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
-  if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-    p->cnt++;
-    if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-      i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-      p->rSum += v;
-      if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){
-        p->overflow = 1;
-      }
-    }else{
-      p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-      p->approx = 1;
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
-    if( p->overflow ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
-    }else if( p->approx ){
-      sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
-  }
-}
-static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
-  sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
-** count() aggregate function.
-*/
-typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
-struct CountCtx {
-  i64 n;
-};
-
-/*
-** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
-*/
-static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  CountCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
-    p->n++;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated.  But just to make
-  ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our 
-  ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be
-  ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */
-  assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff
-          || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) );
-#endif
-}   
-static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  CountCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
-*/
-static void minmaxStep(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int NotUsed, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
-  Mem *pBest;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-
-  pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
-  if( !pBest ) return;
-
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
-    if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
-  }else if( pBest->flags ){
-    int max;
-    int cmp;
-    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
-    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
-    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
-    ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
-    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
-    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
-    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
-    */
-    max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0;
-    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
-    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
-  }
-}
-static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  sqlite3_value *pRes;
-  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( pRes ){
-    if( pRes->flags ){
-      sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?)
-*/
-static void groupConcatStep(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *zVal;
-  StrAccum *pAccum;
-  const char *zSep;
-  int nVal, nSep;
-  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));
-
-  if( pAccum ){
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-    int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0;
-    pAccum->useMalloc = 2;
-    pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-    if( !firstTerm ){
-      if( argc==2 ){
-        zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-        nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-      }else{
-        zSep = ",";
-        nSep = 1;
-      }
-      if( nSep ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep);
-    }
-    zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-    if( zVal ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
-  }
-}
-static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  StrAccum *pAccum;
-  pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( pAccum ){
-    if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-    }else if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    }else{    
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, 
-                          sqlite3_free);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine does per-connection function registration.  Most
-** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set.
-** This routine only deals with those that are not global.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
-*/
-static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){
-  FuncDef *pDef;
-  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName),
-                             2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
-  if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){
-    pDef->funcFlags |= flagVal;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions.  The caseSensitive
-** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
-** sensitive.  GLOB is always case sensitive.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
-  struct compareInfo *pInfo;
-  if( caseSensitive ){
-    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
-  }else{
-    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
-  }
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 
-      (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
-  setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
-  setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", 
-      caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function.  If
-** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
-** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
-** return TRUE.  If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
-** return FALSE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
-  FuncDef *pDef;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION 
-   || !pExpr->x.pList 
-   || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2
-  ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, 
-                             sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
-                             2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
-  if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
-  ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure.  The
-  ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
-  */
-  memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
-  assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
-  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
-  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
-  *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
-** to the global function hash table.  This occurs at start-time (as
-** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
-**
-** After this routine runs
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
-  /*
-  ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions
-  ** defined in this file.
-  **
-  ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the
-  ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time.  The elements of this array
-  ** are read-only after initialization is complete.
-  */
-  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = {
-    FUNCTION(ltrim,              1, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(ltrim,              2, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(rtrim,              1, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(rtrim,              2, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(trim,               1, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(trim,               2, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(min,               -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
-    AGGREGATE(min,               1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
-    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
-    AGGREGATE(max,               1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
-    FUNCTION2(typeof,            1, 0, 0, typeofFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
-    FUNCTION2(length,            1, 0, 0, lengthFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH),
-    FUNCTION(instr,              2, 0, 0, instrFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(printf,            -1, 0, 0, printfFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(unicode,            1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc      ),
-    FUNCTION(char,              -1, 0, 0, charFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(abs,                1, 0, 0, absFunc          ),
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    FUNCTION(round,              1, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(round,              2, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
-#endif
-    FUNCTION(upper,              1, 0, 0, upperFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(lower,              1, 0, 0, lowerFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(coalesce,           1, 0, 0, 0                ),
-    FUNCTION(coalesce,           0, 0, 0, 0                ),
-    FUNCTION2(coalesce,         -1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
-    FUNCTION(hex,                1, 0, 0, hexFunc          ),
-    FUNCTION2(ifnull,            2, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
-    FUNCTION2(unlikely,          1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
-    FUNCTION2(likelihood,        2, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
-    VFUNCTION(random,            0, 0, 0, randomFunc       ),
-    VFUNCTION(randomblob,        1, 0, 0, randomBlob       ),
-    FUNCTION(nullif,             2, 0, 1, nullifFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_version,     0, 0, 0, versionFunc      ),
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id,   0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc     ),
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_log,         2, 0, 0, errlogFunc       ),
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc  ),
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc  ),
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
-    FUNCTION(quote,              1, 0, 0, quoteFunc        ),
-    VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
-    VFUNCTION(changes,           0, 0, 0, changes          ),
-    VFUNCTION(total_changes,     0, 0, 0, total_changes    ),
-    FUNCTION(replace,            3, 0, 0, replaceFunc      ),
-    FUNCTION(zeroblob,           1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc     ),
-  #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
-    FUNCTION(soundex,            1, 0, 0, soundexFunc      ),
-  #endif
-  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-    FUNCTION(load_extension,     1, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
-    FUNCTION(load_extension,     2, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
-  #endif
-    AGGREGATE(sum,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         sumFinalize    ),
-    AGGREGATE(total,             1, 0, 0, sumStep,         totalFinalize    ),
-    AGGREGATE(avg,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         avgFinalize    ),
- /* AGGREGATE(count,             0, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ), */
-    {0,SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0},
-    AGGREGATE(count,             1, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ),
-    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
-    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
-  
-    LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
-  #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
-  #else
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
-  #endif
-  };
-
-  int i;
-  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc);
-
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc); i++){
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions();
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-  sqlite3AlterFunctions();
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
-  sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions();
-#endif
-}
-
-/************** End of func.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/
-/*
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key
-** support to compiled SQL statements.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-
-/*
-** Deferred and Immediate FKs
-** --------------------------
-**
-** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate.
-** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated,
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current
-** statement transaction rolled back. If a 
-** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken 
-** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the 
-** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails.
-**
-** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated
-** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a 
-** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed 
-** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each
-** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from
-** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is
-** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is
-** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks:
-**
-**   * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, 
-**     there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied,
-**     or which row it is not satisfied for.
-**
-**   * If the database contains foreign key violations when the 
-**     transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
-**
-** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler
-** than the alternatives.
-**
-** INSERT operations:
-**
-**   I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search
-**        the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the
-**        constraint counter.
-**
-**   I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, 
-**        search the child table for rows that correspond to the new
-**        row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row
-**        found (as the constraint is now satisfied).
-**
-** DELETE operations:
-**
-**   D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, 
-**        search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the 
-**        deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, 
-**        decrement the counter.
-**
-**   D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search 
-**        the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row 
-**        in the parent table. For each found increment the counter.
-**
-** UPDATE operations:
-**
-**   An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only
-**   for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually 
-**   modified (values must be compared at runtime).
-**
-** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2.
-** This simplifies the implementation a bit.
-**
-** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict
-** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted.
-** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception
-** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new 
-** row is inserted.
-**
-** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference 
-** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement
-** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate
-** constraint counter is greater than zero,
-** it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
-** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT
-** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case,
-** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the
-** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such
-** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction.
-**
-** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a 
-** table be handled?
-**
-**
-** Query API Notes
-** ---------------
-**
-** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator
-** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation
-** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original
-** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were
-** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be 
-** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before
-** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE
-** generation code to query for this information are:
-**
-**   sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required.
-**   sqlite3FkOldmask()  - Query for the set of required old.* columns.
-**
-**
-** Externally accessible module functions
-** --------------------------------------
-**
-**   sqlite3FkCheck()    - Check for foreign key violations.
-**   sqlite3FkActions()  - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions.
-**   sqlite3FkDelete()   - Delete an FKey structure.
-*/
-
-/*
-** VDBE Calling Convention
-** -----------------------
-**
-** Example:
-**
-**   For the following INSERT statement:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c);
-**     INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1);
-**
-**   Register (x):        2    (type integer)
-**   Register (x+1):      1    (type integer)
-**   Register (x+2):      NULL (type NULL)
-**   Register (x+3):      3.1  (type real)
-*/
-
-/*
-** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent
-** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint.
-** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, 
-** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns. 
-**
-** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY 
-** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx 
-** is set to point to the unique index. 
-** 
-** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint
-** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL.
-** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where
-** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the
-** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK
-** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column
-** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the
-** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of
-** *ppIdx, and so on.
-**
-** If the required index cannot be found, either because:
-**
-**   1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or
-**
-**   2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a
-**      UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or
-**
-**   3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
-**      foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a
-**      PRIMARY KEY, or
-**
-**   4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
-**      foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table 
-**      consists of a a different number of columns to the child key in 
-**      the child table.
-**
-** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
-** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the
-** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context to store any error in */
-  Table *pParent,                 /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */
-  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to find index for */
-  Index **ppIdx,                  /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */
-  int **paiCol                    /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */
-){
-  Index *pIdx = 0;                    /* Value to return via *ppIdx */
-  int *aiCol = 0;                     /* Value to return via *paiCol */
-  int nCol = pFKey->nCol;             /* Number of columns in parent key */
-  char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol;   /* Name of left-most parent key column */
-
-  /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */
-  assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 );
-  assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 );
-  assert( pParse );
-
-  /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it 
-  ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx 
-  ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. 
-  **
-  ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate
-  ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol).
-  ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array.
-  */
-  if( nCol==1 ){
-    /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true:
-    **
-    **   1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly 
-    **      mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or
-    **   2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER
-    **      PRIMARY KEY.
-    */
-    if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){
-      if( !zKey ) return 0;
-      if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0;
-    }
-  }else if( paiCol ){
-    assert( nCol>1 );
-    aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
-    if( !aiCol ) return 1;
-    *paiCol = aiCol;
-  }
-
-  for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ 
-      /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
-      ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
-      ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner.  */
-
-      if( zKey==0 ){
-        /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to 
-        ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be 
-        ** identified by the test.  */
-        if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
-          if( aiCol ){
-            int i;
-            for(i=0; i<nCol; i++) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom;
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-      }else{
-        /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to
-        ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this
-        ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses
-        ** the default collation sequences for each column. */
-        int i, j;
-        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-          i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];     /* Index of column in parent tbl */
-          char *zDfltColl;                  /* Def. collation for column */
-          char *zIdxCol;                    /* Name of indexed column */
-
-          /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from
-          ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is
-          ** unusable. Bail out early in this case.  */
-          zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl;
-          if( !zDfltColl ){
-            zDfltColl = "BINARY";
-          }
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break;
-
-          zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName;
-          for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
-            if( sqlite3StrICmp(pFKey->aCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){
-              if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-          if( j==nCol ) break;
-        }
-        if( i==nCol ) break;      /* pIdx is usable */
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !pIdx ){
-    if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-           "foreign key mismatch - \"%w\" referencing \"%w\"",
-           pFKey->pFrom->zName, pFKey->zTo);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol);
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  *ppIdx = pIdx;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the 
-** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed 
-** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row
-** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the
-** new row.
-**
-** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the
-** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into 
-** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no 
-** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be
-** found in the parent table:
-**
-**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
-**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-**   INSERT      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
-**
-**   DELETE      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
-**
-**   INSERT      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
-**
-**   DELETE      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
-**
-** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
-** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1".
-*/
-static void fkLookupParent(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parse context */
-  int iDb,              /* Index of database housing pTab */
-  Table *pTab,          /* Parent table of FK pFKey */
-  Index *pIdx,          /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */
-  FKey *pFKey,          /* Foreign key constraint */
-  int *aiCol,           /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */
-  int regData,          /* Address of array containing child table row */
-  int nIncr,            /* Increment constraint counter by this */
-  int isIgnore          /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */
-){
-  int i;                                    /* Iterator variable */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);         /* Vdbe to add code to */
-  int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1;              /* Cursor number to use */
-  int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);        /* jump here if parent key found */
-
-  /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any
-  ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need
-  ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations.
-  **
-  ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If 
-  ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to 
-  ** search for a matching row in the parent table.  */
-  if( nIncr<0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
-    int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  if( isIgnore==0 ){
-    if( pIdx==0 ){
-      /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY
-      ** column of the parent table (table pTab).  */
-      int iMustBeInt;               /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */
-      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  
-      /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. 
-      ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there
-      ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of
-      ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column
-      ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct.  */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp);
-      iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-  
-      /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
-      ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
-      ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
-      ** increment the constraint-counter.  */
-      if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
-      }
-  
-      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp);
-    }else{
-      int nCol = pFKey->nCol;
-      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
-      int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i);
-      }
-  
-      /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
-      ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
-      ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
-      ** increment the constraint-counter. 
-      **
-      ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match 
-      ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any
-      ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that
-      ** none of the child key values are).
-      */
-      if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
-        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1;
-        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-          int iChild = aiCol[i]+1+regData;
-          int iParent = pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1+regData;
-          assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey );
-          if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
-            /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */
-            iParent = regData;
-          }
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
-      }
-  
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec,
-                        sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), nCol);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
-   && !pParse->pToplevel 
-   && !pParse->isMultiWrite 
-  ){
-    /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly
-    ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of
-    ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being
-    ** generated for will not open a statement transaction.  */
-    assert( nIncr==1 );
-    sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
-        OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
-  }else{
-    if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
-      sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return an Expr object that refers to a memory register corresponding
-** to column iCol of table pTab.
-**
-** regBase is the first of an array of register that contains the data
-** for pTab.  regBase itself holds the rowid.  regBase+1 holds the first
-** column.  regBase+2 holds the second column, and so forth.
-*/
-static Expr *exprTableRegister(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Table *pTab,       /* The table whose content is at r[regBase]... */
-  int regBase,       /* Contents of table pTab */
-  i16 iCol           /* Which column of pTab is desired */
-){
-  Expr *pExpr;
-  Column *pCol;
-  const char *zColl;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
-  if( pExpr ){
-    if( iCol>=0 && iCol!=pTab->iPKey ){
-      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
-      pExpr->iTable = regBase + iCol + 1;
-      pExpr->affinity = pCol->affinity;
-      zColl = pCol->zColl;
-      if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
-      pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pExpr, zColl);
-    }else{
-      pExpr->iTable = regBase;
-      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-    }
-  }
-  return pExpr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which
-** has cursor iCur.
-*/
-static Expr *exprTableColumn(
-  sqlite3 *db,      /* The database connection */
-  Table *pTab,      /* The table whose column is desired */
-  int iCursor,      /* The open cursor on the table */
-  i16 iCol          /* The column that is wanted */
-){
-  Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
-  if( pExpr ){
-    pExpr->pTab = pTab;
-    pExpr->iTable = iCursor;
-    pExpr->iColumn = iCol;
-  }
-  return pExpr;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
-** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is 
-** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
-** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
-** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.
-**
-** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child
-** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted.
-** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken:
-**
-**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
-**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-**   DELETE      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
-**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
-**                           throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception.
-**
-**   INSERT      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
-**
-**   DELETE      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
-**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
-**                           throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception.
-**
-**   INSERT      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
-**
-** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
-** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2".
-*/
-static void fkScanChildren(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,                  /* The child table to be scanned */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* The parent table */
-  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index on parent covering the foreign key */
-  FKey *pFKey,                    /* The foreign key linking pSrc to pTab */
-  int *aiCol,                     /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */
-  int regData,                    /* Parent row data starts here */
-  int nIncr                       /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  Expr *pWhere = 0;               /* WHERE clause to scan with */
-  NameContext sNameContext;       /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;              /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */
-  int iFkIfZero = 0;              /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-
-  assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->pTable==pTab );
-  assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nKeyCol==pFKey->nCol );
-  assert( pIdx!=0 || pFKey->nCol==1 );
-  assert( pIdx!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) );
-
-  if( nIncr<0 ){
-    iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like:
-  **
-  **   <parent-key1> = <child-key1> AND <parent-key2> = <child-key2> ...
-  **
-  ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of
-  ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should
-  ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
-    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
-    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
-    Expr *pEq;                    /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
-    i16 iCol;                     /* Index of column in child table */ 
-    const char *zCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
-
-    iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1;
-    pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol);
-    iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
-    assert( iCol>=0 );
-    zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName;
-    pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol);
-    pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
-  }
-
-  /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, then add terms
-  ** to the WHERE clause that prevent this entry from being scanned.
-  ** The added WHERE clause terms are like this:
-  **
-  **     $current_rowid!=rowid
-  **     NOT( $current_a==a AND $current_b==b AND ... )
-  **
-  ** The first form is used for rowid tables.  The second form is used
-  ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables.  In the second form, the primary key is
-  ** (a,b,...)
-  */
-  if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){
-    Expr *pNe;                    /* Expression (pLeft != pRight) */
-    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
-    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
-    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, -1);
-      pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, -1);
-      pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-    }else{
-      Expr *pEq, *pAll = 0;
-      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-      assert( pIdx!=0 );
-      for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
-        i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-        pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol);
-        pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, iCol);
-        pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-        pAll = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAll, pEq);
-      }
-      pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pAll, 0, 0);
-    }
-    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNe);
-  }
-
-  /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */
-  memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
-  sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc;
-  sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
-  sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);
-
-  /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
-  ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for
-  ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the
-  ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected.  */
-  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
-    sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
-  if( pWInfo ){
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-  }
-
-  /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  if( iFkIfZero ){
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a linked list of FKey objects (connected by
-** FKey.pNextTo) holding all children of table pTab.  For example,
-** given the following schema:
-**
-**   CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY);
-**   CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a);
-**
-** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
-** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
-** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
-** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
-** table).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){
-  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName);
-  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName);
-}
-
-/*
-** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
-** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
-** and all of its sub-components.
-**
-** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from
-** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem.
-*/
-static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){
-  if( p ){
-    TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list;
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen);
-    sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is
-** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument
-** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to
-** table pTab.
-**
-** Normally, no code is required. However, if either
-**
-**   (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or
-**   (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is
-**       determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK 
-**       constraint violations in the database,
-**
-** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping
-** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this
-** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){
-    int iSkip = 0;
-    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-
-    assert( v );                  /* VDBE has already been allocated */
-    if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){
-      /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table
-      ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without 
-      ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over
-      ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints
-      ** when this statement is run.  */
-      FKey *p;
-      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
-        if( p->isDeferred || (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ) break;
-      }
-      if( !p ) return;
-      iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-
-    pParse->disableTriggers = 1;
-    sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0);
-    pParse->disableTriggers = 0;
-
-    /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint 
-    ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before
-    ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement
-    ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.  
-    **
-    ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as
-    ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK
-    ** constraints are violated.
-    */
-    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY,
-          OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK);
-    }
-
-    if( iSkip ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
-** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
-** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is 
-** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
-** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
-** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
-** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero.
-**
-** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the
-** child key for FK constraint *p are modified.
-*/
-static int fkChildIsModified(
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated */
-  FKey *p,                        /* Foreign key for which pTab is the child */
-  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating modified columns */
-  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is modified by this update */
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
-    int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom;
-    if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1;
-    if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
-** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
-** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is 
-** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
-** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
-** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
-** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero.
-**
-** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the
-** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified.
-*/
-static int fkParentIsModified(
-  Table *pTab, 
-  FKey *p, 
-  int *aChange, 
-  int bChngRowid
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
-    char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol;
-    int iKey;
-    for(iKey=0; iKey<pTab->nCol; iKey++){
-      if( aChange[iKey]>=0 || (iKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid) ){
-        Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey];
-        if( zKey ){
-          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) ) return 1;
-        }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
-** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint 
-** processing for the operation.
-**
-** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
-** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the
-** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values
-** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed
-** zero in this case.
-**
-** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the
-** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new
-** row data.
-**
-** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before
-** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention
-** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted
-** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Row is being deleted from this table */ 
-  int regOld,                     /* Previous row data is stored here */
-  int regNew,                     /* New row data is stored here */
-  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
-  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
-  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Used to iterate through FKs */
-  int iDb;                        /* Index of database containing pTab */
-  const char *zDb;                /* Name of database containing pTab */
-  int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers;
-
-  /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */
-  assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) );
-
-  /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return;
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-
-  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the
-  ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of).  */
-  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
-    Table *pTo;                   /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */
-    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Index on key columns in pTo */
-    int *aiFree = 0;
-    int *aiCol;
-    int iCol;
-    int i;
-    int isIgnore = 0;
-
-    if( aChange 
-     && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0
-     && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 
-    ){
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index 
-    ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these 
-    ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return 
-    ** early.  */
-    if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
-      pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
-    }else{
-      pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
-    }
-    if( !pTo || sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){
-      assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) );
-      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-      if( pTo==0 ){
-        /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this
-        ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped
-        ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints.
-        ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is
-        ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant
-        ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys.
-        */
-        Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1;
-        for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
-          int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1;
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1);
-      }
-      continue;
-    }
-    assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) );
-
-    if( aiFree ){
-      aiCol = aiFree;
-    }else{
-      iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
-      aiCol = &iCol;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
-      if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
-        aiCol[i] = -1;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-      /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the 
-      ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
-      ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
-      if( db->xAuth ){
-        int rcauth;
-        char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName;
-        rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb);
-        isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE);
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-
-    /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate 
-    ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns 
-    ** in the parent table.  */
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
-    pParse->nTab++;
-
-    if( regOld!=0 ){
-      /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
-      ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an 
-      ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
-      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore);
-    }
-    if( regNew!=0 ){
-      /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
-      ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ 
-      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore);
-    }
-
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree);
-  }
-
-  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table.
-  ** (the "child" constraints) */
-  for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
-    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Foreign key index for pFKey */
-    SrcList *pSrc;
-    int *aiCol = 0;
-
-    if( aChange && fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) 
-     && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite 
-    ){
-      assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
-      /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate
-      ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case.  */
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){
-      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-      continue;
-    }
-    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
-
-    /* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table.  We need the
-    ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( pSrc ){
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
-      pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom;
-      pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
-      pItem->pTab->nRef++;
-      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-  
-      if( regNew!=0 ){
-        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
-      }
-      if( regOld!=0 ){
-        /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation
-        ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception 
-        ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a
-        ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking
-        ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented
-        ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default.  */
-        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1);
-      }
-      pItem->zName = 0;
-      sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
-  }
-}
-
-#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x)))
-
-/*
-** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
-** row contained in table pTab.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab                     /* Table being modified */
-){
-  u32 mask = 0;
-  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-    FKey *p;
-    int i;
-    for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
-      for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom);
-    }
-    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
-      Index *pIdx = 0;
-      sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0);
-      if( pIdx ){
-        for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return mask;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
-** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then
-** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points
-** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab.
-** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding 
-** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified,
-** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the
-** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table.
-**
-** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns
-** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function 
-** returns false.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being modified */
-  int *aChange,                   /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */
-  int chngRowid                   /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */
-){
-  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-    if( !aChange ){
-      /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the 
-      ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any 
-      ** foreign key constraint.  */
-      return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey);
-    }else{
-      /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the
-      ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */
-      FKey *p;
-
-      /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */
-      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
-        if( fkChildIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1;
-      }
-
-      /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */
-      for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
-        if( fkParentIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being 
-** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey.
-** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is
-** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a
-** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer.
-**
-** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger
-** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey.
-** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is
-** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers
-** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()).
-**
-** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in 
-** the following schema:
-**
-**   CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY);
-**   CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE);
-**
-** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to:
-**
-**   CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN
-**     DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk;
-**   END;
-**
-** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It
-** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by 
-** sqlite3FkDelete().
-*/
-static Trigger *fkActionTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
-  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to get action for */
-  ExprList *pChanges              /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
-  int action;                     /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */
-  Trigger *pTrigger;              /* Trigger definition to return */
-  int iAction = (pChanges!=0);    /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */
-
-  action = pFKey->aAction[iAction];
-  pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction];
-
-  if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){
-    u8 enableLookaside;           /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
-    char const *zFrom;            /* Name of child table */
-    int nFrom;                    /* Length in bytes of zFrom */
-    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Parent key index for this FK */
-    int *aiCol = 0;               /* child table cols -> parent key cols */
-    TriggerStep *pStep = 0;        /* First (only) step of trigger program */
-    Expr *pWhere = 0;             /* WHERE clause of trigger step */
-    ExprList *pList = 0;          /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */
-    Select *pSelect = 0;          /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */
-    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
-    Expr *pWhen = 0;              /* WHEN clause for the trigger */
-
-    if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0;
-    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
-
-    for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
-      Token tOld = { "old", 3 };  /* Literal "old" token */
-      Token tNew = { "new", 3 };  /* Literal "new" token */
-      Token tFromCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
-      Token tToCol;               /* Name of column in parent table */
-      int iFromCol;               /* Idx of column in child table */
-      Expr *pEq;                  /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */
-
-      iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
-      assert( iFromCol>=0 );
-      tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid";
-      tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName;
-
-      tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z);
-      tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z);
-
-      /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important
-      ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so
-      ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the
-      ** parent table are used for the comparison. */
-      pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ,
-          sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
-            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
-            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
-          , 0),
-          sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol)
-      , 0);
-      pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
-
-      /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause.
-      ** The final WHEN clause will be like this:
-      **
-      **    WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN)
-      */
-      if( pChanges ){
-        pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS,
-            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
-              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
-              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
-              0),
-            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
-              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
-              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
-              0),
-            0);
-        pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq);
-      }
-  
-      if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){
-        Expr *pNew;
-        if( action==OE_Cascade ){
-          pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
-            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
-            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
-          , 0);
-        }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){
-          Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt;
-          if( pDflt ){
-            pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0);
-          }else{
-            pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
-          }
-        }else{
-          pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
-        }
-        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew);
-        sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
-
-    zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
-    nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom);
-
-    if( action==OE_Restrict ){
-      Token tFrom;
-      Expr *pRaise; 
-
-      tFrom.z = zFrom;
-      tFrom.n = nFrom;
-      pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed");
-      if( pRaise ){
-        pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort;
-      }
-      pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 
-          sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise),
-          sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0),
-          pWhere,
-          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-      );
-      pWhere = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */
-    enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-
-    pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
-        sizeof(Trigger) +         /* struct Trigger */
-        sizeof(TriggerStep) +     /* Single step in trigger program */
-        nFrom + 1                 /* Space for pStep->target.z */
-    );
-    if( pTrigger ){
-      pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1];
-      pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1];
-      pStep->target.n = nFrom;
-      memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom);
-  
-      pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-      pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-      pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-      if( pWhen ){
-        pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0);
-        pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
-
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){
-      fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger);
-      return 0;
-    }
-    assert( pStep!=0 );
-
-    switch( action ){
-      case OE_Restrict:
-        pStep->op = TK_SELECT; 
-        break;
-      case OE_Cascade: 
-        if( !pChanges ){ 
-          pStep->op = TK_DELETE; 
-          break; 
-        }
-      default:
-        pStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
-    }
-    pStep->pTrig = pTrigger;
-    pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-    pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-    pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger;
-    pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE);
-  }
-
-  return pTrigger;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement
-** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
-  ExprList *pChanges,             /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
-  int regOld,                     /* Address of array containing old row */
-  int *aChange,                   /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
-  int bChngRowid                  /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
-){
-  /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that 
-  ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK 
-  ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated 
-  ** trigger sub-program.  */
-  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
-    FKey *pFKey;                  /* Iterator variable */
-    for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
-      if( aChange==0 || fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) ){
-        Trigger *pAct = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges);
-        if( pAct ){
-          sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAct, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-/*
-** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to
-** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash
-** hash table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
-  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Iterator variable */
-  FKey *pNext;                    /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */
-
-  assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) );
-  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){
-
-    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
-    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
-      if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
-        pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
-      }else{
-        void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
-        const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
-        sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p);
-      }
-      if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
-        pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is
-    ** classified as either immediate or deferred.
-    */
-    assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 );
-
-    /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]);
-    fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]);
-#endif
-
-    pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
-
-/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will 
-**
-**   (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then
-**   (2) open pTab as cursor iCur.
-**
-** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index
-** for that table that is actually opened.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(
-  Parse *pParse,  /* Generate code into this VDBE */
-  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
-  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
-  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
-  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
-  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 
-                   (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
-  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
-  }else{
-    Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-    assert( pPk!=0 );
-    assert( pPk->tnum=pTab->tnum );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pPk->tnum, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
-** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in 
-** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
-**
-**  Character      Column affinity
-**  ------------------------------
-**  'a'            TEXT
-**  'b'            NONE
-**  'c'            NUMERIC
-**  'd'            INTEGER
-**  'e'            REAL
-**
-** An extra 'd' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
-** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
-**
-** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string
-** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be
-** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
-  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
-    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
-    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
-    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
-    **
-    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
-    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
-    ** up.
-    */
-    int n;
-    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
-    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+1);
-    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
-      i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[n];
-      pIdx->zColAff[n] = x<0 ? SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER : pTab->aCol[x].affinity;
-    }
-    pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
-  }
- 
-  return pIdx->zColAff;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been
-** computed.  As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_NONE affinities.
-**
-** If the affinity exists (if it is no entirely SQLITE_AFF_NONE values) and
-** if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the affinities
-** for register iReg and following.  Or if affinities exists and iReg==0,
-** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should  be
-** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string.
-**
-** A column affinity string has one character per column:
-**
-**  Character      Column affinity
-**  ------------------------------
-**  'a'            TEXT
-**  'b'            NONE
-**  'c'            NUMERIC
-**  'd'            INTEGER
-**  'e'            REAL
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){
-  int i;
-  char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff;
-  if( zColAff==0 ){
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
-    zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1);
-    if( !zColAff ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
-    }
-    do{
-      zColAff[i--] = 0;
-    }while( i>=0 && zColAff[i]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
-    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
-  }
-  i = sqlite3Strlen30(zColAff);
-  if( i ){
-    if( iReg ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zColAff, i);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
-** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if 
-** a statement of the form  "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can 
-** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. 
-*/
-static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
-  int i;
-  int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0;
-#endif
-
-  for(i=1; i<iEnd; i++){
-    VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, i);
-    assert( pOp!=0 );
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){
-      Index *pIndex;
-      int tnum = pOp->p2;
-      if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
-        if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){
-      assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 );
-      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
-      return 1;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-/*
-** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab
-** which is in database iDb.  Return the register number for the register
-** that holds the maximum rowid.
-**
-** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the
-** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within
-** triggers.  A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the
-** first use of table pTab.  On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original
-** AutoincInfo structure is used.
-**
-** Three memory locations are allocated:
-**
-**   (1)  Register to hold the name of the pTab table.
-**   (2)  Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab.
-**   (3)  Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab
-**
-** The 2nd register is the one that is returned.  That is all the
-** insert routine needs to know about.
-*/
-static int autoIncBegin(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
-  Table *pTab         /* The table we are writing to */
-){
-  int memId = 0;      /* Register holding maximum rowid */
-  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
-    Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-    AutoincInfo *pInfo;
-
-    pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc;
-    while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; }
-    if( pInfo==0 ){
-      pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo));
-      if( pInfo==0 ) return 0;
-      pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc;
-      pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo;
-      pInfo->pTab = pTab;
-      pInfo->iDb = iDb;
-      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Register to hold name of table */
-      pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem;  /* Max rowid register */
-      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */
-    }
-    memId = pInfo->regCtr;
-  }
-  return memId;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the
-** register used by the autoincrement tracker.  
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){
-  AutoincInfo *p;            /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
-  Db *pDb;                   /* Database only autoinc table */
-  int memId;                 /* Register holding max rowid */
-  int addr;                  /* A VDBE address */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* VDBE under construction */
-
-  /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation.  It is
-  ** only called from the top-level */
-  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 );
-  assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) );
-
-  assert( v );   /* We failed long ago if this is not so */
-  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
-    pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
-    memId = p->regCtr;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, memId, memId+1);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
-**
-** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a
-** new rowid that is about to be inserted.  If that new rowid is
-** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the
-** memory cell is updated.  The stack is unchanged.
-*/
-static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){
-  if( memId>0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement
-** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register.
-** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement
-** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this
-** routine just before the "exit" code.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){
-  AutoincInfo *p;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  assert( v );
-  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
-    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
-    int j1;
-    int iRec;
-    int memId = p->regCtr;
-
-    iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec);
-  }
-}
-#else
-/*
-** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines
-** above are all no-ops
-*/
-# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0)
-# define autoIncStep(A,B,C)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
-
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-static int xferOptimization(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
-  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
-);
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to handle SQL of the following forms:
-**
-**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
-**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
-**
-** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
-** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted.  The IDLIST
-** appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
-**
-** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
-** statement above, and pSelect is NULL.  For the second form, pList is
-** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
-** data for the insert.
-**
-** The code generated follows one of four templates.  For a simple
-** insert with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
-** once straight down through.  Pseudo-code follows (we call this
-** the "1st template"):
-**
-**         open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-**         put VALUES clause expressions into registers
-**         write the resulting record into <table>
-**         cleanup
-**
-** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
-**
-**   INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
-**
-** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" -
-** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
-** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
-** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical
-** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
-** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>.
-** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
-** template.  This is the 2nd template.
-**
-**         open a write cursor to <table>
-**         open read cursor on <table2>
-**         transfer all records in <table2> over to <table>
-**         close cursors
-**         foreach index on <table>
-**           open a write cursor on the <table> index
-**           open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index
-**           transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
-**           close cursors
-**         end foreach
-**
-** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply
-** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time.
-** The generated code follows this template:
-**
-**         X <- A
-**         goto B
-**      A: setup for the SELECT
-**         loop over the rows in the SELECT
-**           load values into registers R..R+n
-**           yield X
-**         end loop
-**         cleanup after the SELECT
-**         end-coroutine X
-**      B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-**      C: yield X, at EOF goto D
-**         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
-**         goto C
-**      D: cleanup
-**
-** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
-** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
-** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
-** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
-** the select.  The template is like this:
-**
-**         X <- A
-**         goto B
-**      A: setup for the SELECT
-**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
-**           load value into register R..R+n
-**           yield X
-**         end loop
-**         cleanup after the SELECT
-**         end co-routine R
-**      B: open temp table
-**      L: yield X, at EOF goto M
-**         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
-**         goto L
-**      M: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-**         rewind temp table
-**      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
-**           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
-**         end loop
-**      D: cleanup
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
-  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
-  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into.  aka TABLE */
-  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
-  const char *zDb;      /* Name of the database holding this table */
-  int i, j, idx;        /* Loop counters */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
-  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
-  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
-  int nHidden = 0;      /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */
-  int iDataCur = 0;     /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */
-  int iIdxCur = 0;      /* First index cursor */
-  int ipkColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
-  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
-  int addrInsTop = 0;   /* Jump to label "D" */
-  int addrCont = 0;     /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */
-  SelectDest dest;      /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */
-  int iDb;              /* Index of database holding TABLE */
-  Db *pDb;              /* The database containing table being inserted into */
-  u8 useTempTable = 0;  /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
-  u8 appendFlag = 0;    /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
-  u8 withoutRowid;      /* 0 for normal table.  1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */
-  u8 bIdListInOrder = 1; /* True if IDLIST is in table order */
-  ExprList *pList = 0;  /* List of VALUES() to be inserted  */
-
-  /* Register allocations */
-  int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
-  int regAutoinc = 0;   /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
-  int regRowCount = 0;  /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
-  int regIns;           /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
-  int regRowid;         /* registers holding insert rowid */
-  int regData;          /* register holding first column to insert */
-  int *aRegIdx = 0;     /* One register allocated to each index */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;                 /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
-  Trigger *pTrigger;          /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
-  int tmask;                  /* Mask of trigger times */
-#endif
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest));
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* If the Select object is really just a simple VALUES() list with a
-  ** single row values (the common case) then keep that one row of values
-  ** and go ahead and discard the Select object
-  */
-  if( pSelect && (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Values)!=0 && pSelect->pPrior==0 ){
-    pList = pSelect->pEList;
-    pSelect->pEList = 0;
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    pSelect = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
-  */
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
-  if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup;
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  zDb = pDb->zName;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-  withoutRowid = !HasRowid(pTab);
-
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** inserted into is a view
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define pTrigger 0
-# define tmask 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-  assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) );
-
-  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
-  ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Cannot insert into a read-only table.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate a VDBE
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
-  /* If the statement is of the form
-  **
-  **       INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>;
-  **
-  ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
-  ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
-  **
-  ** This is the 2nd template.
-  */
-  if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){
-    assert( !pTrigger );
-    assert( pList==0 );
-    goto insert_end;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
-
-  /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
-  ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
-  */
-  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);
-
-  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
-  ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record.
-  */
-  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
-  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    regRowid++;
-    pParse->nMem++;
-  }
-  regData = regRowid+1;
-
-  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
-  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
-  ** remember the column indices.
-  **
-  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
-  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the ipkColumn variable
-  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  ipkColumn is
-  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
-  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the INTEGER
-  ** PRIMARY KEY in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
-  */
-  if( pColumn ){
-    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
-      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
-      for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
-          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
-          if( i!=j ) bIdListInOrder = 0;
-          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
-            ipkColumn = i;  assert( !withoutRowid );
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
-        if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) && !withoutRowid ){
-          ipkColumn = i;
-          bIdListInOrder = 0;
-        }else{
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
-              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
-          pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-          goto insert_cleanup;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
-  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that
-  ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation.  The
-  ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates.
-  */
-  if( pSelect ){
-    /* Data is coming from a SELECT.  Generate a co-routine to run the SELECT */
-    int regYield;       /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */
-    int addrTop;        /* Top of the co-routine */
-    int rc;             /* Result code */
-
-    regYield = ++pParse->nMem;
-    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop);
-    sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield);
-    dest.iSdst = bIdListInOrder ? regData : 0;
-    dest.nSdst = pTab->nCol;
-    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
-    regFromSelect = dest.iSdst;
-    assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc );
-    if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) goto insert_cleanup;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regYield);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1);                       /* label B: */
-    assert( pSelect->pEList );
-    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
-
-    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
-    ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4).  Set to
-    ** FALSE if each output row of the SELECT can be written directly into
-    ** the destination table (template 3).
-    **
-    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
-    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
-    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
-    */
-    if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){
-      useTempTable = 1;
-    }
-
-    if( useTempTable ){
-      /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT
-      ** and add it to a transient table srcTab.  The code generated
-      ** here is from the 4th template:
-      **
-      **      B: open temp table
-      **      L: yield X, goto M at EOF
-      **         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
-      **         goto L
-      **      M: ...
-      */
-      int regRec;          /* Register to hold packed record */
-      int regTempRowid;    /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */
-      int addrL;           /* Label "L" */
-
-      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
-      regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn);
-      addrL = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrL);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrL);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid);
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
-    ** clause
-    */
-    NameContext sNC;
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    srcTab = -1;
-    assert( useTempTable==0 );
-    nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
-    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
-      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
-        goto insert_cleanup;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
-  ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key 
-  ** column index in the original table definition.
-  */
-  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
-    ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
-  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
-  */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
-    }
-  }
-  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
-       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-    
-  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
-  }
-
-  /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */
-  if( !isView ){
-    int nIdx;
-    nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, -1, 0,
-                                      &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
-    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1));
-    if( aRegIdx==0 ){
-      goto insert_cleanup;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<nIdx; i++){
-      aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */
-  if( useTempTable ){
-    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
-    ** following pseudocode (template 4):
-    **
-    **         rewind temp table, if empty goto D
-    **      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
-    **           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
-    **         end loop
-    **      D: ...
-    */
-    addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  }else if( pSelect ){
-    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
-    ** following pseudocode (template 3):
-    **
-    **      C: yield X, at EOF goto D
-    **         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
-    **         goto C
-    **      D: ...
-    */
-    addrInsTop = addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
-  */
-  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
-    int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1);
-
-    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
-    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
-    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
-    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
-    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
-    */
-    if( ipkColumn<0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
-    }else{
-      int j1;
-      assert( !withoutRowid );
-      if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regCols);
-      }else{
-        assert( pSelect==0 );  /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regCols);
-      }
-      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-
-    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
-    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
-    */
-    assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
-
-    /* Create the new column data
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      if( pColumn==0 ){
-        j = i;
-      }else{
-        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
-          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
-      }else if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); 
-      }else{
-        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
-        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
-    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
-    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
-    ** table column affinities.
-    */
-    if( !isView ){
-      sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regCols+1);
-    }
-
-    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
-    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, 
-        pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop);
-
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1);
-  }
-
-  /* Compute the content of the next row to insert into a range of
-  ** registers beginning at regIns.
-  */
-  if( !isView ){
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns);
-    }
-    if( ipkColumn>=0 ){
-      if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regRowid);
-      }else if( pSelect ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFromSelect+ipkColumn, regRowid);
-      }else{
-        VdbeOp *pOp;
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
-        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
-        if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-          appendFlag = 1;
-          pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
-          pOp->p1 = iDataCur;
-          pOp->p2 = regRowid;
-          pOp->p3 = regAutoinc;
-        }
-      }
-      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
-      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
-      */
-      if( !appendFlag ){
-        int j1;
-        if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-          j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-        }else{
-          j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) || withoutRowid ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
-      appendFlag = 1;
-    }
-    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
-
-    /* Compute data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
-    ** with the first column.
-    */
-    nHidden = 0;
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i;
-      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
-        ** Whenever this column is read, the rowid will be substituted
-        ** in its place.  Hence, fill this column with a NULL to avoid
-        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used.
-        ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore);
-        continue;
-      }
-      if( pColumn==0 ){
-        if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
-          assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-          j = -1;
-          nHidden++;
-        }else{
-          j = i - nHidden;
-        }
-      }else{
-        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
-          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
-        sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore);
-      }else if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); 
-      }else if( pSelect ){
-        if( regFromSelect!=regData ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore);
-        }
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
-    ** do the insertion.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
-      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
-      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      int isReplace;    /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */
-      sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-          regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace
-      );
-      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0);
-      sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-                               regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
-  }
-
-  if( pTrigger ){
-    /* Code AFTER triggers */
-    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, 
-        pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop);
-  }
-
-  /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source
-  ** is a SELECT statement.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
-  if( useTempTable ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab);
-  }else if( pSelect ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
-  }
-
-  if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){
-    /* Close all tables opened */
-    if( iDataCur<iIdxCur ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur);
-    for(idx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+iIdxCur);
-    }
-  }
-
-insert_end:
-  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
-  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
-  ** autoincrement tables.
-  */
-  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
-    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-
-insert_cleanup:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
-}
-
-/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
-** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
-** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
-#ifdef isView
- #undef isView
-#endif
-#ifdef pTrigger
- #undef pTrigger
-#endif
-#ifdef tmask
- #undef tmask
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE
-** on table pTab.
-**
-** The regNewData parameter is the first register in a range that contains
-** the data to be inserted or the data after the update.  There will be
-** pTab->nCol+1 registers in this range.  The first register (the one
-** that regNewData points to) will contain the new rowid, or NULL in the
-** case of a WITHOUT ROWID table.  The second register in the range will
-** contain the content of the first table column.  The third register will
-** contain the content of the second table column.  And so forth.
-**
-** The regOldData parameter is similar to regNewData except that it contains
-** the data prior to an UPDATE rather than afterwards.  regOldData is zero
-** for an INSERT.  This routine can distinguish between UPDATE and INSERT by
-** checking regOldData for zero.
-**
-** For an UPDATE, the pkChng boolean is true if the true primary key (the
-** rowid for a normal table or the PRIMARY KEY for a WITHOUT ROWID table)
-** might be modified by the UPDATE.  If pkChng is false, then the key of
-** the iDataCur content table is guaranteed to be unchanged by the UPDATE.
-**
-** For an INSERT, the pkChng boolean indicates whether or not the rowid
-** was explicitly specified as part of the INSERT statement.  If pkChng
-** is zero, it means that the either rowid is computed automatically or
-** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid.  On an INSERT,
-** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer
-** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias.
-**
-** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into
-** registers identified by aRegIdx[].  No index entry is created for
-** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.  The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
-** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
-** at pTab->pIndex.
-**
-** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main
-** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which
-** aRegIdx[] is not zero).  iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when
-** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY
-** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table.  iIdxCur is the cursor
-** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list.  Cursors for other indices
-** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list.
-**
-** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
-** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
-** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
-** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
-**
-**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
-**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
-**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
-**                                sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a
-**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
-**
-**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
-**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
-**                                cause sqlite3_step() to return immediately
-**                                with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
-**
-**  any              FAIL         Sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a
-**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
-**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
-**                                changes to prior rows are retained.
-**
-**  any              IGNORE       The attempt in insert or update the current
-**                                row is skipped, without throwing an error.
-**                                Processing continues with the next row.
-**                                (There is an immediate jump to ignoreDest.)
-**
-**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
-**                                value for that column.  If the default value
-**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
-**
-**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
-**                                being inserted is removed.
-**
-**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
-**
-** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
-** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
-** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
-** for the constraint is used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table being inserted or updated */
-  int *aRegIdx,        /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i.  0 for unused */
-  int iDataCur,        /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */
-  int iIdxCur,         /* First index cursor */
-  int regNewData,      /* First register in a range holding values to insert */
-  int regOldData,      /* Previous content.  0 for INSERTs */
-  u8 pkChng,           /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */
-  u8 overrideError,    /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
-  int ignoreDest,      /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
-  int *pbMayReplace    /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;             /* VDBE under constrution */
-  Index *pIdx;         /* Pointer to one of the indices */
-  Index *pPk = 0;      /* The PRIMARY KEY index */
-  sqlite3 *db;         /* Database connection */
-  int i;               /* loop counter */
-  int ix;              /* Index loop counter */
-  int nCol;            /* Number of columns */
-  int onError;         /* Conflict resolution strategy */
-  int j1;              /* Addresss of jump instruction */
-  int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */
-  int nPkField;        /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */
-  int ipkTop = 0;      /* Top of the rowid change constraint check */
-  int ipkBottom = 0;   /* Bottom of the rowid change constraint check */
-  u8 isUpdate;         /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */
-  u8 bAffinityDone = 0;  /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */
-  int regRowid = -1;   /* Register holding ROWID value */
-
-  isUpdate = regOldData!=0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
-  nCol = pTab->nCol;
-  
-  /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for
-  ** normal rowid tables.  nPkField is the number of key fields in the 
-  ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table.  In other words, nPkField is the
-  ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */
-  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-    pPk = 0;
-    nPkField = 1;
-  }else{
-    pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-    nPkField = pPk->nKeyCol;
-  }
-
-  /* Record that this module has started */
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenCnstCks(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)",
-                     iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, regOldData, pkChng));
-
-  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-      continue;
-    }
-    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
-    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
-        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
-    switch( onError ){
-      case OE_Abort:
-        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-        /* Fall through */
-      case OE_Rollback:
-      case OE_Fail: {
-        char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
-                                    pTab->aCol[i].zName);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL, onError,
-                          regNewData+1+i, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, P5_ConstraintNotNull);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Ignore: {
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regNewData+1+i, ignoreDest);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
-        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regNewData+1+i);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Test all CHECK constraints
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
-    ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck;
-    pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
-    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
-    for(i=0; i<pCheck->nExpr; i++){
-      int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[i].pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
-      }else{
-        char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zName;
-        if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName;
-        if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */
-        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK,
-                              onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT,
-                              P5_ConstraintCheck);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
-
-  /* If rowid is changing, make sure the new rowid does not previously
-  ** exist in the table.
-  */
-  if( pkChng && pPk==0 ){
-    int addrRowidOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    /* Figure out what action to take in case of a rowid collision */
-    onError = pTab->keyConf;
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-
-    if( isUpdate ){
-      /* pkChng!=0 does not mean that the rowid has change, only that
-      ** it might have changed.  Skip the conflict logic below if the rowid
-      ** is unchanged. */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regNewData, addrRowidOk, regOldData);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-
-    /* If the response to a rowid conflict is REPLACE but the response
-    ** to some other UNIQUE constraint is FAIL or IGNORE, then we need
-    ** to defer the running of the rowid conflict checking until after
-    ** the UNIQUE constraints have run.
-    */
-    if( onError==OE_Replace && overrideError!=OE_Replace ){
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Ignore || pIdx->onError==OE_Fail ){
-          ipkTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Check to see if the new rowid already exists in the table.  Skip
-    ** the following conflict logic if it does not. */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, addrRowidOk, regNewData);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-    /* Generate code that deals with a rowid collision */
-    switch( onError ){
-      default: {
-        onError = OE_Abort;
-        /* Fall thru into the next case */
-      }
-      case OE_Rollback:
-      case OE_Abort:
-      case OE_Fail: {
-        sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pTab);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Replace: {
-        /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the
-        ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to
-        ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire
-        ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries.
-        **
-        ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers
-        ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call 
-        ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries 
-        ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry 
-        ** when it is inserted.  
-        **
-        ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called,
-        ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require
-        ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete
-        ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless,
-        ** but being more selective here allows statements like:
-        **
-        **   REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid)
-        **
-        ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the
-        ** table.
-        */
-        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
-        if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
-          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
-        }
-        if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){
-          sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
-          sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-                                   regNewData, 1, 0, OE_Replace, 1);
-        }else if( pTab->pIndex ){
-          sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
-          sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0);
-        }
-        seenReplace = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Ignore: {
-        /*assert( seenReplace==0 );*/
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrRowidOk);
-    if( ipkTop ){
-      ipkBottom = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkTop);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
-  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
-  ** Compute the revised record entries for indices as we go.
-  **
-  ** This loop also handles the case of the PRIMARY KEY index for a
-  ** WITHOUT ROWID table.
-  */
-  for(ix=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, ix++){
-    int regIdx;          /* Range of registers hold conent for pIdx */
-    int regR;            /* Range of registers holding conflicting PK */
-    int iThisCur;        /* Cursor for this UNIQUE index */
-    int addrUniqueOk;    /* Jump here if the UNIQUE constraint is satisfied */
-
-    if( aRegIdx[ix]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip indices that do not change */
-    if( bAffinityDone==0 ){
-      sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1);
-      bAffinityDone = 1;
-    }
-    iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix;
-    addrUniqueOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    /* Skip partial indices for which the WHERE clause is not true */
-    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, aRegIdx[ix]);
-      pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1;
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, addrUniqueOk,
-                         SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      pParse->ckBase = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Create a record for this index entry as it should appear after
-    ** the insert or update.  Store that record in the aRegIdx[ix] register
-    */
-    regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn);
-    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
-      int iField = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-      int x;
-      if( iField<0 || iField==pTab->iPKey ){
-        if( regRowid==regIdx+i ) continue; /* ROWID already in regIdx+i */
-        x = regNewData;
-        regRowid =  pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ? -1 : regIdx+i;
-      }else{
-        x = iField + regNewData + 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, x, regIdx+i);
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s", iField<0 ? "rowid" : pTab->aCol[iField].zName));
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, aRegIdx[ix]);
-    VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pIdx->zName));
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
-
-    /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index 
-    ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the
-    ** primary key, then no collision is possible.  The collision detection
-    ** logic below can all be skipped. */
-    if( isUpdate && pPk==pIdx && pkChng==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */
-    onError = pIdx->onError;
-    if( onError==OE_None ){ 
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
-      continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
-    }
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    
-    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk,
-                         regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-    /* Generate code to handle collisions */
-    regR = (pIdx==pPk) ? regIdx : sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPkField);
-    if( isUpdate || onError==OE_Replace ){
-      if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iThisCur, regR);
-        /* Conflict only if the rowid of the existing index entry
-        ** is different from old-rowid */
-        if( isUpdate ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regR, addrUniqueOk, regOldData);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
-          VdbeCoverage(v);
-        }
-      }else{
-        int x;
-        /* Extract the PRIMARY KEY from the end of the index entry and
-        ** store it in registers regR..regR+nPk-1 */
-        if( pIdx!=pPk ){
-          for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
-            x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iThisCur, x, regR+i);
-            VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
-                         pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName));
-          }
-        }
-        if( isUpdate ){
-          /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID 
-          ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually
-          ** different from the old.
-          **
-          ** For a UNIQUE index, only conflict if the PRIMARY KEY values
-          ** of the matched index row are different from the original PRIMARY
-          ** KEY values of this row before the update.  */
-          int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol;
-          int op = OP_Ne;
-          int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR);
-  
-          for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
-            char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]);
-            x = pPk->aiColumn[i];
-            if( i==(pPk->nKeyCol-1) ){
-              addrJump = addrUniqueOk;
-              op = OP_Eq;
-            }
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, 
-                regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ
-            );
-            sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
-            VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq);
-            VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
-    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
-        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
-    switch( onError ){
-      case OE_Rollback:
-      case OE_Abort:
-      case OE_Fail: {
-        sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, onError, pIdx);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Ignore: {
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
-        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
-        sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
-        if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
-          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
-        }
-        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-                                 regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace, pIdx==pPk);
-        seenReplace = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn);
-    if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField);
-  }
-  if( ipkTop ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ipkTop+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom);
-  }
-  
-  *pbMayReplace = seenReplace;
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace));
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
-** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
-** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the
-** rowid and the content to be inserted.
-**
-** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
-** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
-  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
-  int iDataCur,       /* Cursor of the canonical data source */
-  int iIdxCur,        /* First index cursor */
-  int regNewData,     /* Range of content */
-  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
-  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
-  int appendBias,     /* True if this is likely to be an append */
-  int useSeekResult   /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;            /* Prepared statements under construction */
-  Index *pIdx;        /* An index being inserted or updated */
-  u8 pik_flags;       /* flag values passed to the btree insert */
-  int regData;        /* Content registers (after the rowid) */
-  int regRec;         /* Register holding assemblied record for the table */
-  int i;              /* Loop counter */
-  u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
-  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-    if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
-    bAffinityDone = 1;
-    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i]);
-    pik_flags = 0;
-    if( useSeekResult ) pik_flags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
-    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){
-      assert( pParse->nested==0 );
-      pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
-    }
-    if( pik_flags )  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
-  }
-  if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return;
-  regData = regNewData + 1;
-  regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
-  if( !bAffinityDone ) sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
-  if( pParse->nested ){
-    pik_flags = 0;
-  }else{
-    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
-    pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
-  }
-  if( appendBias ){
-    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
-  }
-  if( useSeekResult ){
-    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, regRec, regNewData);
-  if( !pParse->nested ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate
-** code to open and initialized those cursors.
-**
-** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally
-** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT
-** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur.  The first index cursor is
-** returned in *piIdxCur.  The number of indices is returned.
-**
-** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables
-** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative.
-** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor.
-**
-** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur.
-** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range
-** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the
-** pTab->pIndex list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
-  int op,          /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
-  int iBase,       /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */
-  u8 *aToOpen,     /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */
-  int *piDataCur,  /* Write the database source cursor number here */
-  int *piIdxCur    /* Write the first index cursor number here */
-){
-  int i;
-  int iDb;
-  int iDataCur;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite );
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    assert( aToOpen==0 );
-    *piDataCur = 0;
-    *piIdxCur = 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab;
-  iDataCur = iBase++;
-  if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iDataCur;
-  if( HasRowid(pTab) && (aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[0]) ){
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, op==OP_OpenWrite, pTab->zName);
-  }
-  if( piIdxCur ) *piIdxCur = iBase;
-  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-    int iIdxCur = iBase++;
-    assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) && piDataCur ){
-      *piDataCur = iIdxCur;
-    }
-    if( aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[i+1] ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-    }
-  }
-  if( iBase>pParse->nTab ) pParse->nTab = iBase;
-  return i;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
-** transfer optimization is used.  This is used for testing
-** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
-** is happening when it is suppose to.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
-/*
-** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible.
-*/
-static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){
-  if( z1==0 ){
-    return z2==0;
-  }
-  if( z2==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
-** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization.  The rules
-** for a compatible index:
-**
-**    *   The index is over the same set of columns
-**    *   The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
-**    *   The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
-**    *   The same collating sequence on each column
-**    *   The index has the exact same WHERE clause
-*/
-static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){
-  int i;
-  assert( pDest && pSrc );
-  assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable );
-  if( pDest->nKeyCol!=pSrc->nKeyCol ){
-    return 0;   /* Different number of columns */
-  }
-  if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){
-    return 0;   /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nKeyCol; i++){
-    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
-      return 0;   /* Different columns indexed */
-    }
-    if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
-      return 0;   /* Different sort orders */
-    }
-    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){
-      return 0;   /* Different collating sequences */
-    }
-  }
-  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pPartIdxWhere, pDest->pPartIdxWhere, -1) ){
-    return 0;     /* Different WHERE clauses */
-  }
-
-  /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
-**
-**     INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
-**
-** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.  
-** Columns are not decoded and reassemblied, which greatly improves
-** performance.  Raw index records are transferred in the same way.
-**
-** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible.
-** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments
-** embedded in the code for details.
-**
-** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used.
-** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table
-** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time.  In that
-** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also
-** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the
-** xfer optimization code if the test fails.  In that case, this routine
-** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate
-** an unoptimized transfer.  This routine also returns FALSE if there
-** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied.
-**
-** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster.
-*/
-static int xferOptimization(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
-  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
-){
-  ExprList *pEList;                /* The result set of the SELECT */
-  Table *pSrc;                     /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
-  Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx;       /* Source and destination indices */
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;      /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
-  int i;                           /* Loop counter */
-  int iDbSrc;                      /* The database of pSrc */
-  int iSrc, iDest;                 /* Cursors from source and destination */
-  int addr1, addr2;                /* Loop addresses */
-  int emptyDestTest = 0;           /* Address of test for empty pDest */
-  int emptySrcTest = 0;            /* Address of test for empty pSrc */
-  Vdbe *v;                         /* The VDBE we are building */
-  int regAutoinc;                  /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */
-  int destHasUniqueIdx = 0;        /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */
-  int regData, regRowid;           /* Registers holding data and rowid */
-
-  if( pSelect==0 ){
-    return 0;   /* Must be of the form  INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */
-  }
-  if( pParse->pWith || pSelect->pWith ){
-    /* Do not attempt to process this query if there are an WITH clauses
-    ** attached to it. Proceeding may generate a false "no such table: xxx"
-    ** error if pSelect reads from a CTE named "xxx".  */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 must not have triggers */
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
-  }
-#endif
-  if( onError==OE_Default ){
-    if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf;
-    if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort;
-  }
-  assert(pSelect->pSrc);   /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */
-  if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pWhere ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */
-  }
-  /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause.  If HAVING is present but
-  ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */
-  if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pLimit ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
-  }
-  assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 );  /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
-  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
-  }
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-  assert( pEList!=0 );
-  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
-    return 0;   /* The result set must have exactly one column */
-  }
-  assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
-  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){
-    return 0;   /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
-  }
-
-  /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
-  ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization.  Now
-  ** we have to check the semantics.
-  */
-  pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a;
-  pSrc = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem);
-  if( pSrc==0 ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
-  }
-  if( pSrc==pDest ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
-  }
-  if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){
-    return 0;   /* source and destination must both be WITHOUT ROWID or not */
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
-    return 0;   /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pSrc->pSelect ){
-    return 0;   /* tab2 may not be a view */
-  }
-  if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){
-    return 0;   /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */
-  }
-  if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
-    return 0;   /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){
-    Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i];
-    Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i];
-    if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){
-      return 0;    /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
-    }
-    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl) ){
-      return 0;    /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
-    }
-    if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){
-      return 0;    /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */
-    }
-    /* Default values for second and subsequent columns need to match. */
-    if( i>0
-     && ((pDestCol->zDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->zDflt==0) 
-         || (pDestCol->zDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->zDflt, pSrcCol->zDflt)!=0))
-    ){
-      return 0;    /* Default values must be the same for all columns */
-    }
-  }
-  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
-    if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
-      destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
-    }
-    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
-      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
-    }
-    if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
-      return 0;    /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */
-    }
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck,pDest->pCheck,-1) ){
-    return 0;   /* Tables have different CHECK constraints.  Ticket #2252 */
-  }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
-  ** any foreign key constraints.  This is more restrictive than necessary.
-  ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM 
-  ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints.  So
-  ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
-  ** not worth the effort.  Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
-  */
-  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
-    return 0;  /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */
-  }
-
-  /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at
-  ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination
-  ** table (tab1) is initially empty.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
-#endif
-  iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
-  iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
-  iDest = pParse->nTab++;
-  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
-  regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
-  assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx );
-  if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0)          /* (1) */
-   || destHasUniqueIdx                              /* (2) */
-   || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback)   /* (3) */
-  ){
-    /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization
-    ** only if the destination table is initially empty.  This code makes
-    ** that determination.  Conditions under which the destination must
-    ** be empty:
-    **
-    ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices.
-    **     (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields
-    **     of index entries might need to change.)
-    **
-    ** (2) The destination has a unique index.  (The xfer optimization 
-    **     is unable to test uniqueness.)
-    **
-    ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback.
-    */
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  }
-  if( HasRowid(pSrc) ){
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
-    emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
-      addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pDest);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
-      autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
-    }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
-      assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName);
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName);
-  }
-  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
-    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
-      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
-    }
-    assert( pSrcIdx );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-  }
-  if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData);
-  if( emptyDestTest ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
-
-/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
-** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
-** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
-**
-** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
-** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
-** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
-** is invoked, even for queries.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
-  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
-  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
-  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
-  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Return code */
-  const char *zLeftover;      /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;    /* The current SQL statement */
-  char **azCols = 0;          /* Names of result columns */
-  int callbackIsInit;         /* True if callback data is initialized */
-
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){
-    int nCol;
-    char **azVals = 0;
-
-    pStmt = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( !pStmt ){
-      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
-      zSql = zLeftover;
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    callbackIsInit = 0;
-    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-
-    while( 1 ){
-      int i;
-      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-
-      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
-      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
-          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit
-                           && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
-        if( !callbackIsInit ){
-          azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
-          if( azCols==0 ){
-            goto exec_out;
-          }
-          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-            azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
-            /* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8
-            ** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */
-            assert( azCols[i]!=0 );
-          }
-          callbackIsInit = 1;
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
-          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-            azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
-            if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-              db->mallocFailed = 1;
-              goto exec_out;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
-          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-          sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
-          pStmt = 0;
-          sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0);
-          goto exec_out;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
-        rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
-        pStmt = 0;
-        zSql = zLeftover;
-        while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
-    azCols = 0;
-  }
-
-exec_out:
-  if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
-
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){
-    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
-    if( *pzErrMsg ){
-      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
-    }
-  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
-    *pzErrMsg = 0;
-  }
-
-  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 June 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
-** the SQLite library.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  #define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
-#endif
-/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/
-/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 June 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
-** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
-** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
-** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
-** sqlite3.h.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-
-typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
-
-/*
-** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
-** routines.
-**
-** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
-** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
-** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
-** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared
-** libraries!
-*/
-struct sqlite3_api_routines {
-  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
-  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
-  int  (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int  (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
-  int  (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
-  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  int  (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
-  int  (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
-  int  (*changes)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*close)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
-                           int eTextRep,const char*));
-  int  (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
-                             int eTextRep,const void*));
-  const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
-  const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  double  (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
-  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
-  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
-  int  (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
-                           int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
-  int  (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,
-                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
-  int  (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
-                          void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                          void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                          void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
-  int  (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,
-                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
-  int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
-  int  (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
-  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
-  int  (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
-  const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
-  const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
-  int  (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  void  (*free)(void*);
-  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
-  int  (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
-  void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  int  (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
-  int  (*global_recover)(void);
-  void  (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
-  sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
-  const char * (*libversion)(void);
-  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
-  void *(*malloc)(int);
-  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
-  int  (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
-  int  (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
-  int  (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
-  int  (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
-  void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
-  void  (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
-  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
-  int  (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  void  (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
-  void  (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
-  void  (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
-  void  (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  void  (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
-  void  (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
-  void  (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
-  void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
-  int  (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,
-                         const char*,const char*),void*);
-  void  (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
-  char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
-  int  (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,
-                                char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
-  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
-  int  (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
-  void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
-  int  (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
-  void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,
-                                         sqlite_int64),void*);
-  void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
-  const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
-  double  (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
-  sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
-  char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
-  /* Added ??? */
-  int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
-  /* Added by 3.3.13 */
-  int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
-  int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
-  int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  /* Added by 3.4.1 */
-  int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,
-                          void (*xDestroy)(void *));
-  /* Added by 3.5.0 */
-  int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
-  int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
-  int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,
-                   int,sqlite3_blob**);
-  int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
-  int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
-  int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
-                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-                             void(*)(void*));
-  int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
-  void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
-  int (*release_memory)(int);
-  void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
-  void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int (*sleep)(int);
-  void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
-  sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
-  int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
-  int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
-  int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
-  void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  int (*test_control)(int, ...);
-  void (*randomness)(int,void*);
-  sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int);
-  int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int);
-  sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
-  const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
-  int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*);
-  sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*);
-  int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*);
-  int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*);
-  int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int);
-  const char *(*compileoption_get)(int);
-  int (*compileoption_used)(const char*);
-  int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
-                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
-                            void(*xDestroy)(void*));
-  int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*);
-  int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int);
-  int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*);
-  void (*log)(int,const char*,...);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64);
-  const char *(*sourceid)(void);
-  int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int);
-  int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*);
-  int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int);
-  int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*);
-  void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*);
-  int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64);
-  int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...);
-  int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*);
-  /* Version 3.7.16 and later */
-  int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*);
-  const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*);
-  int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*);
-  int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*);
-  const char *(*errstr)(int);
-  int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*);
-  int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64);
-  const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*);
-  char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list);
-  int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*);
-};
-
-/*
-** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
-** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
-**
-** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
-** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
-** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
-** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
-** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
-** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_context      sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_count        sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_bind_blob              sqlite3_api->bind_blob
-#define sqlite3_bind_double            sqlite3_api->bind_double
-#define sqlite3_bind_int               sqlite3_api->bind_int
-#define sqlite3_bind_int64             sqlite3_api->bind_int64
-#define sqlite3_bind_null              sqlite3_api->bind_null
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
-#define sqlite3_bind_text              sqlite3_api->bind_text
-#define sqlite3_bind_text16            sqlite3_api->bind_text16
-#define sqlite3_bind_value             sqlite3_api->bind_value
-#define sqlite3_busy_handler           sqlite3_api->busy_handler
-#define sqlite3_busy_timeout           sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
-#define sqlite3_changes                sqlite3_api->changes
-#define sqlite3_close                  sqlite3_api->close
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed       sqlite3_api->collation_needed
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed16     sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
-#define sqlite3_column_blob            sqlite3_api->column_blob
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes           sqlite3_api->column_bytes
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes16         sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_column_count           sqlite3_api->column_count
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name   sqlite3_api->column_database_name
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype        sqlite3_api->column_decltype
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype16      sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
-#define sqlite3_column_double          sqlite3_api->column_double
-#define sqlite3_column_int             sqlite3_api->column_int
-#define sqlite3_column_int64           sqlite3_api->column_int64
-#define sqlite3_column_name            sqlite3_api->column_name
-#define sqlite3_column_name16          sqlite3_api->column_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name     sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name      sqlite3_api->column_table_name
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name16    sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_text            sqlite3_api->column_text
-#define sqlite3_column_text16          sqlite3_api->column_text16
-#define sqlite3_column_type            sqlite3_api->column_type
-#define sqlite3_column_value           sqlite3_api->column_value
-#define sqlite3_commit_hook            sqlite3_api->commit_hook
-#define sqlite3_complete               sqlite3_api->complete
-#define sqlite3_complete16             sqlite3_api->complete16
-#define sqlite3_create_collation       sqlite3_api->create_collation
-#define sqlite3_create_collation16     sqlite3_api->create_collation16
-#define sqlite3_create_function        sqlite3_api->create_function
-#define sqlite3_create_function16      sqlite3_api->create_function16
-#define sqlite3_create_module          sqlite3_api->create_module
-#define sqlite3_create_module_v2       sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
-#define sqlite3_data_count             sqlite3_api->data_count
-#define sqlite3_db_handle              sqlite3_api->db_handle
-#define sqlite3_declare_vtab           sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
-#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
-#define sqlite3_errcode                sqlite3_api->errcode
-#define sqlite3_errmsg                 sqlite3_api->errmsg
-#define sqlite3_errmsg16               sqlite3_api->errmsg16
-#define sqlite3_exec                   sqlite3_api->exec
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_expired                sqlite3_api->expired
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_finalize               sqlite3_api->finalize
-#define sqlite3_free                   sqlite3_api->free
-#define sqlite3_free_table             sqlite3_api->free_table
-#define sqlite3_get_autocommit         sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
-#define sqlite3_get_auxdata            sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_get_table              sqlite3_api->get_table
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_global_recover         sqlite3_api->global_recover
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_interrupt              sqlite3_api->interruptx
-#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
-#define sqlite3_libversion             sqlite3_api->libversion
-#define sqlite3_libversion_number      sqlite3_api->libversion_number
-#define sqlite3_malloc                 sqlite3_api->malloc
-#define sqlite3_mprintf                sqlite3_api->mprintf
-#define sqlite3_open                   sqlite3_api->open
-#define sqlite3_open16                 sqlite3_api->open16
-#define sqlite3_prepare                sqlite3_api->prepare
-#define sqlite3_prepare16              sqlite3_api->prepare16
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_profile                sqlite3_api->profile
-#define sqlite3_progress_handler       sqlite3_api->progress_handler
-#define sqlite3_realloc                sqlite3_api->realloc
-#define sqlite3_reset                  sqlite3_api->reset
-#define sqlite3_result_blob            sqlite3_api->result_blob
-#define sqlite3_result_double          sqlite3_api->result_double
-#define sqlite3_result_error           sqlite3_api->result_error
-#define sqlite3_result_error16         sqlite3_api->result_error16
-#define sqlite3_result_int             sqlite3_api->result_int
-#define sqlite3_result_int64           sqlite3_api->result_int64
-#define sqlite3_result_null            sqlite3_api->result_null
-#define sqlite3_result_text            sqlite3_api->result_text
-#define sqlite3_result_text16          sqlite3_api->result_text16
-#define sqlite3_result_text16be        sqlite3_api->result_text16be
-#define sqlite3_result_text16le        sqlite3_api->result_text16le
-#define sqlite3_result_value           sqlite3_api->result_value
-#define sqlite3_rollback_hook          sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
-#define sqlite3_set_authorizer         sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
-#define sqlite3_set_auxdata            sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_snprintf               sqlite3_api->snprintf
-#define sqlite3_step                   sqlite3_api->step
-#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
-#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup         sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
-#define sqlite3_total_changes          sqlite3_api->total_changes
-#define sqlite3_trace                  sqlite3_api->trace
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings      sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
-#endif
-#define sqlite3_update_hook            sqlite3_api->update_hook
-#define sqlite3_user_data              sqlite3_api->user_data
-#define sqlite3_value_blob             sqlite3_api->value_blob
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes            sqlite3_api->value_bytes
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes16          sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_value_double           sqlite3_api->value_double
-#define sqlite3_value_int              sqlite3_api->value_int
-#define sqlite3_value_int64            sqlite3_api->value_int64
-#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type     sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
-#define sqlite3_value_text             sqlite3_api->value_text
-#define sqlite3_value_text16           sqlite3_api->value_text16
-#define sqlite3_value_text16be         sqlite3_api->value_text16be
-#define sqlite3_value_text16le         sqlite3_api->value_text16le
-#define sqlite3_value_type             sqlite3_api->value_type
-#define sqlite3_vmprintf               sqlite3_api->vmprintf
-#define sqlite3_overload_function      sqlite3_api->overload_function
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_clear_bindings         sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob          sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_blob_bytes             sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
-#define sqlite3_blob_close             sqlite3_api->blob_close
-#define sqlite3_blob_open              sqlite3_api->blob_open
-#define sqlite3_blob_read              sqlite3_api->blob_read
-#define sqlite3_blob_write             sqlite3_api->blob_write
-#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2    sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
-#define sqlite3_file_control           sqlite3_api->file_control
-#define sqlite3_memory_highwater       sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
-#define sqlite3_memory_used            sqlite3_api->memory_used
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc            sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter            sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free             sqlite3_api->mutex_free
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave            sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try              sqlite3_api->mutex_try
-#define sqlite3_open_v2                sqlite3_api->open_v2
-#define sqlite3_release_memory         sqlite3_api->release_memory
-#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem     sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
-#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig    sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
-#define sqlite3_sleep                  sqlite3_api->sleep
-#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit        sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
-#define sqlite3_vfs_find               sqlite3_api->vfs_find
-#define sqlite3_vfs_register           sqlite3_api->vfs_register
-#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister         sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
-#define sqlite3_threadsafe             sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
-#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob        sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_result_error_code      sqlite3_api->result_error_code
-#define sqlite3_test_control           sqlite3_api->test_control
-#define sqlite3_randomness             sqlite3_api->randomness
-#define sqlite3_context_db_handle      sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
-#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes  sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes
-#define sqlite3_limit                  sqlite3_api->limit
-#define sqlite3_next_stmt              sqlite3_api->next_stmt
-#define sqlite3_sql                    sqlite3_api->sql
-#define sqlite3_status                 sqlite3_api->status
-#define sqlite3_backup_finish          sqlite3_api->backup_finish
-#define sqlite3_backup_init            sqlite3_api->backup_init
-#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount       sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount
-#define sqlite3_backup_remaining       sqlite3_api->backup_remaining
-#define sqlite3_backup_step            sqlite3_api->backup_step
-#define sqlite3_compileoption_get      sqlite3_api->compileoption_get
-#define sqlite3_compileoption_used     sqlite3_api->compileoption_used
-#define sqlite3_create_function_v2     sqlite3_api->create_function_v2
-#define sqlite3_db_config              sqlite3_api->db_config
-#define sqlite3_db_mutex               sqlite3_api->db_mutex
-#define sqlite3_db_status              sqlite3_api->db_status
-#define sqlite3_extended_errcode       sqlite3_api->extended_errcode
-#define sqlite3_log                    sqlite3_api->log
-#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64      sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64
-#define sqlite3_sourceid               sqlite3_api->sourceid
-#define sqlite3_stmt_status            sqlite3_api->stmt_status
-#define sqlite3_strnicmp               sqlite3_api->strnicmp
-#define sqlite3_unlock_notify          sqlite3_api->unlock_notify
-#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint     sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint
-#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint         sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint
-#define sqlite3_wal_hook               sqlite3_api->wal_hook
-#define sqlite3_blob_reopen            sqlite3_api->blob_reopen
-#define sqlite3_vtab_config            sqlite3_api->vtab_config
-#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict       sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict
-/* Version 3.7.16 and later */
-#define sqlite3_close_v2               sqlite3_api->close_v2
-#define sqlite3_db_filename            sqlite3_api->db_filename
-#define sqlite3_db_readonly            sqlite3_api->db_readonly
-#define sqlite3_db_release_memory      sqlite3_api->db_release_memory
-#define sqlite3_errstr                 sqlite3_api->errstr
-#define sqlite3_stmt_busy              sqlite3_api->stmt_busy
-#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly          sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly
-#define sqlite3_stricmp                sqlite3_api->stricmp
-#define sqlite3_uri_boolean            sqlite3_api->uri_boolean
-#define sqlite3_uri_int64              sqlite3_api->uri_int64
-#define sqlite3_uri_parameter          sqlite3_api->uri_parameter
-#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf          sqlite3_api->vsnprintf
-#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2      sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2
-#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable 
-  ** extension */
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api=v;
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3     \
-    extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
-#else
-  /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the 
-  ** application */
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     /*no-op*/
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  (void)v; /* unused parameter */
-# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3     /*no-op*/
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */
-
-/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/
-/* #include <string.h> */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-
-/*
-** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
-** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
-** for any missing APIs.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name   0
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name      0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name     0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
-# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-# define sqlite3_set_authorizer         0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-# define sqlite3_bind_text16            0
-# define sqlite3_collation_needed16     0
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
-# define sqlite3_column_name16          0
-# define sqlite3_column_text16          0
-# define sqlite3_complete16             0
-# define sqlite3_create_collation16     0
-# define sqlite3_create_function16      0
-# define sqlite3_errmsg16               0
-# define sqlite3_open16                 0
-# define sqlite3_prepare16              0
-# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           0
-# define sqlite3_result_error16         0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16          0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16be        0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16le        0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16           0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16be         0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16le         0
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-# define sqlite3_complete 0
-# define sqlite3_complete16 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype        0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-# define sqlite3_create_module 0
-# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
-# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
-# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0
-# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-# define sqlite3_profile       0
-# define sqlite3_trace         0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-# define sqlite3_free_table    0
-# define sqlite3_get_table     0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob  0
-#define sqlite3_blob_bytes     0
-#define sqlite3_blob_close     0
-#define sqlite3_blob_open      0
-#define sqlite3_blob_read      0
-#define sqlite3_blob_write     0
-#define sqlite3_blob_reopen    0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
-** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
-** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
-** library.
-**
-** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
-** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
-**
-** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
-** intend to use is supported by the library.  Extensions should
-** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
-** not NULL before calling it.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
-  sqlite3_aggregate_context,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_aggregate_count,
-#else
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_bind_blob,
-  sqlite3_bind_double,
-  sqlite3_bind_int,
-  sqlite3_bind_int64,
-  sqlite3_bind_null,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
-  sqlite3_bind_text,
-  sqlite3_bind_text16,
-  sqlite3_bind_value,
-  sqlite3_busy_handler,
-  sqlite3_busy_timeout,
-  sqlite3_changes,
-  sqlite3_close,
-  sqlite3_collation_needed,
-  sqlite3_collation_needed16,
-  sqlite3_column_blob,
-  sqlite3_column_bytes,
-  sqlite3_column_bytes16,
-  sqlite3_column_count,
-  sqlite3_column_database_name,
-  sqlite3_column_database_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_decltype,
-  sqlite3_column_decltype16,
-  sqlite3_column_double,
-  sqlite3_column_int,
-  sqlite3_column_int64,
-  sqlite3_column_name,
-  sqlite3_column_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_origin_name,
-  sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_table_name,
-  sqlite3_column_table_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_text,
-  sqlite3_column_text16,
-  sqlite3_column_type,
-  sqlite3_column_value,
-  sqlite3_commit_hook,
-  sqlite3_complete,
-  sqlite3_complete16,
-  sqlite3_create_collation,
-  sqlite3_create_collation16,
-  sqlite3_create_function,
-  sqlite3_create_function16,
-  sqlite3_create_module,
-  sqlite3_data_count,
-  sqlite3_db_handle,
-  sqlite3_declare_vtab,
-  sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
-  sqlite3_errcode,
-  sqlite3_errmsg,
-  sqlite3_errmsg16,
-  sqlite3_exec,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_expired,
-#else
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_finalize,
-  sqlite3_free,
-  sqlite3_free_table,
-  sqlite3_get_autocommit,
-  sqlite3_get_auxdata,
-  sqlite3_get_table,
-  0,     /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
-  sqlite3_interrupt,
-  sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
-  sqlite3_libversion,
-  sqlite3_libversion_number,
-  sqlite3_malloc,
-  sqlite3_mprintf,
-  sqlite3_open,
-  sqlite3_open16,
-  sqlite3_prepare,
-  sqlite3_prepare16,
-  sqlite3_profile,
-  sqlite3_progress_handler,
-  sqlite3_realloc,
-  sqlite3_reset,
-  sqlite3_result_blob,
-  sqlite3_result_double,
-  sqlite3_result_error,
-  sqlite3_result_error16,
-  sqlite3_result_int,
-  sqlite3_result_int64,
-  sqlite3_result_null,
-  sqlite3_result_text,
-  sqlite3_result_text16,
-  sqlite3_result_text16be,
-  sqlite3_result_text16le,
-  sqlite3_result_value,
-  sqlite3_rollback_hook,
-  sqlite3_set_authorizer,
-  sqlite3_set_auxdata,
-  sqlite3_snprintf,
-  sqlite3_step,
-  sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
-#else
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_total_changes,
-  sqlite3_trace,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
-#else
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_update_hook,
-  sqlite3_user_data,
-  sqlite3_value_blob,
-  sqlite3_value_bytes,
-  sqlite3_value_bytes16,
-  sqlite3_value_double,
-  sqlite3_value_int,
-  sqlite3_value_int64,
-  sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
-  sqlite3_value_text,
-  sqlite3_value_text16,
-  sqlite3_value_text16be,
-  sqlite3_value_text16le,
-  sqlite3_value_type,
-  sqlite3_vmprintf,
-  /*
-  ** The original API set ends here.  All extensions can call any
-  ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL.  But
-  ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
-  ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
-  ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
-  *************************************************************************
-  */
-  sqlite3_overload_function,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added after 3.3.13
-  */
-  sqlite3_prepare_v2,
-  sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
-  sqlite3_clear_bindings,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.4.1
-  */
-  sqlite3_create_module_v2,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.5.0
-  */
-  sqlite3_bind_zeroblob,
-  sqlite3_blob_bytes,
-  sqlite3_blob_close,
-  sqlite3_blob_open,
-  sqlite3_blob_read,
-  sqlite3_blob_write,
-  sqlite3_create_collation_v2,
-  sqlite3_file_control,
-  sqlite3_memory_highwater,
-  sqlite3_memory_used,
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-  0, 
-  0, 
-  0,
-  0,
-  0,
-#else
-  sqlite3_mutex_alloc,
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter,
-  sqlite3_mutex_free,
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave,
-  sqlite3_mutex_try,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_open_v2,
-  sqlite3_release_memory,
-  sqlite3_result_error_nomem,
-  sqlite3_result_error_toobig,
-  sqlite3_sleep,
-  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit,
-  sqlite3_vfs_find,
-  sqlite3_vfs_register,
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.5.8
-  */
-  sqlite3_threadsafe,
-  sqlite3_result_zeroblob,
-  sqlite3_result_error_code,
-  sqlite3_test_control,
-  sqlite3_randomness,
-  sqlite3_context_db_handle,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.6.0
-  */
-  sqlite3_extended_result_codes,
-  sqlite3_limit,
-  sqlite3_next_stmt,
-  sqlite3_sql,
-  sqlite3_status,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.7.4
-  */
-  sqlite3_backup_finish,
-  sqlite3_backup_init,
-  sqlite3_backup_pagecount,
-  sqlite3_backup_remaining,
-  sqlite3_backup_step,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-  sqlite3_compileoption_get,
-  sqlite3_compileoption_used,
-#else
-  0,
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_create_function_v2,
-  sqlite3_db_config,
-  sqlite3_db_mutex,
-  sqlite3_db_status,
-  sqlite3_extended_errcode,
-  sqlite3_log,
-  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64,
-  sqlite3_sourceid,
-  sqlite3_stmt_status,
-  sqlite3_strnicmp,
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-  sqlite3_unlock_notify,
-#else
-  0,
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint,
-  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint,
-  sqlite3_wal_hook,
-#else
-  0,
-  0,
-  0,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_blob_reopen,
-  sqlite3_vtab_config,
-  sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict,
-  sqlite3_close_v2,
-  sqlite3_db_filename,
-  sqlite3_db_readonly,
-  sqlite3_db_release_memory,
-  sqlite3_errstr,
-  sqlite3_stmt_busy,
-  sqlite3_stmt_readonly,
-  sqlite3_stricmp,
-  sqlite3_uri_boolean,
-  sqlite3_uri_int64,
-  sqlite3_uri_parameter,
-  sqlite3_vsnprintf,
-  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2
-};
-
-/*
-** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
-** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
-** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
-** of the default name is recommended.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
-**
-** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
-** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
-** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
-*/
-static int sqlite3LoadExtension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
-  void *handle;
-  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  char *zErrmsg = 0;
-  const char *zEntry;
-  char *zAltEntry = 0;
-  void **aHandle;
-  int nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile);
-  int ii;
-
-  /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */
-  static const char *azEndings[] = {
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-     "dll"   
-#elif defined(__APPLE__)
-     "dylib"
-#else
-     "so"
-#endif
-  };
-
-
-  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
-
-  /* Ticket #1863.  To avoid a creating security problems for older
-  ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
-  ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default.  One
-  ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
-  ** loading.  Otherwise you get the following error.
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
-    }
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  zEntry = zProc ? zProc : "sqlite3_extension_init";
-
-  handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  for(ii=0; ii<ArraySize(azEndings) && handle==0; ii++){
-    char *zAltFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%s.%s", zFile, azEndings[ii]);
-    if( zAltFile==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zAltFile);
-    sqlite3_free(zAltFile);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( handle==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
-      if( zErrmsg ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, 
-            "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
-        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
-      }
-    }
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
-                   sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry);
-
-  /* If no entry point was specified and the default legacy
-  ** entry point name "sqlite3_extension_init" was not found, then
-  ** construct an entry point name "sqlite3_X_init" where the X is
-  ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic 
-  ** character in the filename after the last "/" upto the first ".",
-  ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib".  
-  ** Examples:
-  **
-  **    /usr/local/lib/libExample5.4.3.so ==>  sqlite3_example_init
-  **    C:/lib/mathfuncs.dll              ==>  sqlite3_mathfuncs_init
-  */
-  if( xInit==0 && zProc==0 ){
-    int iFile, iEntry, c;
-    int ncFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zFile);
-    zAltEntry = sqlite3_malloc(ncFile+30);
-    if( zAltEntry==0 ){
-      sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8);
-    for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){}
-    iFile++;
-    if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3;
-    for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){
-      if( sqlite3Isalpha(c) ){
-        zAltEntry[iEntry++] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned)c];
-      }
-    }
-    memcpy(zAltEntry+iEntry, "_init", 6);
-    zEntry = zAltEntry;
-    xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
-                     sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry);
-  }
-  if( xInit==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zEntry);
-      *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
-      if( zErrmsg ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
-            "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zEntry, zFile);
-        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
-    sqlite3_free(zAltEntry);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zAltEntry);
-  if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
-    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
-  aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1));
-  if( aHandle==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( db->nExtension>0 ){
-    memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
-  db->aExtension = aHandle;
-
-  db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
-** to clean up loaded extensions
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){
-    sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
-}
-
-/*
-** Enable or disable extension loading.  Extension loading is disabled by
-** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( onoff ){
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
-  }else{
-    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-
-/*
-** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension
-** loading is supported.  We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that
-** code if regular extension loading is not available.  This is that
-** dummy pointer.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 };
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
-** extensions.
-**
-** This list is shared across threads.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
-  int nExt;              /* Number of entries in aExt[] */          
-  void (**aExt)(void);   /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
-} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
-
-/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension
-** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdAutoextInit \
-  sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext)
-# define wsdAutoext x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdAutoextInit
-# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
-** loaded by every new database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    int i;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-    wsdAutoextInit;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){
-      if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break;
-    }
-    if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){
-      int nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]);
-      void (**aNew)(void);
-      aNew = sqlite3_realloc(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte);
-      if( aNew==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew;
-        wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit;
-        wsdAutoext.nExt++;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-    assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
-    return rc;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Cancel a prior call to sqlite3_auto_extension.  Remove xInit from the
-** set of routines that is invoked for each new database connection, if it
-** is currently on the list.  If xInit is not on the list, then this
-** routine is a no-op.
-**
-** Return 1 if xInit was found on the list and removed.  Return 0 if xInit
-** was not on the list.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-  int i;
-  int n = 0;
-  wsdAutoextInit;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  for(i=wsdAutoext.nExt-1; i>=0; i--){
-    if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ){
-      wsdAutoext.nExt--;
-      wsdAutoext.aExt[i] = wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt];
-      n++;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK )
-#endif
-  {
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-    wsdAutoextInit;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt);
-    wsdAutoext.aExt = 0;
-    wsdAutoext.nExt = 0;
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Load all automatic extensions.
-**
-** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  int go = 1;
-  int rc;
-  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-
-  wsdAutoextInit;
-  if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){
-    /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
-    return;
-  }
-  for(i=0; go; i++){
-    char *zErrmsg;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){
-      xInit = 0;
-      go = 0;
-    }else{
-      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
-              wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-    zErrmsg = 0;
-    if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, rc,
-            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
-      go = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
-  }
-}
-
-/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
-#  if defined(__APPLE__)
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
-#  else
-#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/***************************************************************************
-** The next block of code, including the PragTyp_XXXX macro definitions and
-** the aPragmaName[] object is composed of generated code. DO NOT EDIT.
-**
-** To add new pragmas, edit the code in ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl and rerun
-** that script.  Then copy/paste the output in place of the following:
-*/
-#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE                   0
-#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM                    1
-#define PragTyp_FLAG                           2
-#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT                   3
-#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE                     4
-#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE            5
-#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST                 6
-#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS                7
-#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY           8
-#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST                  9
-#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE            10
-#define PragTyp_ENCODING                      11
-#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK             12
-#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST              13
-#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM            14
-#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO                    15
-#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST                    16
-#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK               17
-#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE                  18
-#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT            19
-#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE               20
-#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE                  21
-#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT                    22
-#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE                     23
-#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE                     24
-#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE                 25
-#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY                 26
-#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT               27
-#define PragTyp_STATS                         28
-#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS                   29
-#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO                    30
-#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE                    31
-#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY          32
-#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT            33
-#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT                34
-#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS           35
-#define PragTyp_HEXKEY                        36
-#define PragTyp_KEY                           37
-#define PragTyp_REKEY                         38
-#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS                   39
-#define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE                  40
-#define PragFlag_NeedSchema           0x01
-static const struct sPragmaNames {
-  const char *const zName;  /* Name of pragma */
-  u8 ePragTyp;              /* PragTyp_XXX value */
-  u8 mPragFlag;             /* Zero or more PragFlag_XXX values */
-  u32 iArg;                 /* Extra argument */
-} aPragmaNames[] = {
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
-  { /* zName:     */ "activate_extensions",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "application_id",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-  { /* zName:     */ "auto_vacuum",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX)
-  { /* zName:     */ "automatic_index",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_AutoIndex },
-#endif
-#endif
-  { /* zName:     */ "busy_timeout",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "cache_size",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "cache_spill",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CacheSpill },
-#endif
-  { /* zName:     */ "case_sensitive_like",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "checkpoint_fullfsync",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CkptFullFSync },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "collation_list",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "compile_options",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "count_changes",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CountRows },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  { /* zName:     */ "data_store_directory",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "database_list",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
-  { /* zName:     */ "default_cache_size",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  { /* zName:     */ "defer_foreign_keys",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_DeferFKs },
-#endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "empty_result_callbacks",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_NullCallback },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16)
-  { /* zName:     */ "encoding",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_ENCODING,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  { /* zName:     */ "foreign_key_check",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY)
-  { /* zName:     */ "foreign_key_list",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  { /* zName:     */ "foreign_keys",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ForeignKeys },
-#endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "freelist_count",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "full_column_names",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_FullColNames },
-  { /* zName:     */ "fullfsync",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_FullFSync },
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-  { /* zName:     */ "hexkey",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEXKEY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "hexrekey",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEXKEY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK)
-  { /* zName:     */ "ignore_check_constraints",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_IgnoreChecks },
-#endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-  { /* zName:     */ "incremental_vacuum",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "index_info",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "index_list",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
-  { /* zName:     */ "integrity_check",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "journal_mode",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "journal_size_limit",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-  { /* zName:     */ "key",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_KEY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "legacy_file_format",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  { /* zName:     */ "lock_proxy_file",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  { /* zName:     */ "lock_status",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "locking_mode",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "max_page_count",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "mmap_size",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "page_count",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "page_size",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  { /* zName:     */ "parser_trace",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "query_only",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_QueryOnly },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
-  { /* zName:     */ "quick_check",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "read_uncommitted",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
-  { /* zName:     */ "recursive_triggers",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_RecTriggers },
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-  { /* zName:     */ "rekey",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_REKEY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "reverse_unordered_selects",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ReverseOrder },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "schema_version",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "secure_delete",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "short_column_names",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_ShortColNames },
-#endif
-  { /* zName:     */ "shrink_memory",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "soft_heap_limit",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  { /* zName:     */ "sql_trace",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_SqlTrace },
-#endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "stats",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_STATS,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "synchronous",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "table_info",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "temp_store",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "temp_store_directory",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "user_version",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_addoptrace",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace },
-  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_debug",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_SqlTrace|SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeTrace },
-  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_eqp",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeEQP },
-  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_listing",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeListing },
-  { /* zName:     */ "vdbe_trace",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_VdbeTrace },
-#endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-  { /* zName:     */ "wal_autocheckpoint",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-  { /* zName:     */ "wal_checkpoint",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
-    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
-  { /* zName:     */ "writable_schema",
-    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
-    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
-    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
-#endif
-};
-/* Number of pragmas: 56 on by default, 69 total. */
-/* End of the automatically generated pragma table.
-***************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
-** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
-** unrecognized string argument.  The FULL option is disallowed
-** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
-**
-** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
-** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
-** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
-** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
-*/
-static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, int dflt){
-                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
-  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
-  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
-  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
-  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
-  int i, n;
-  if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
-    return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z);
-  }
-  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(iLength)-omitFull; i++){
-    if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
-      return iValue[i];
-    }
-  }
-  return dflt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z, int dflt){
-  return getSafetyLevel(z,1,dflt)!=0;
-}
-
-/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
-** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing.  So omit
-** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA)
-
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value.
-*/
-static int getLockingMode(const char *z){
-  if( z ){
-    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE;
-    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL;
-  }
-  return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
-**
-** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are 
-** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
-*/
-static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
-  int i;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
-  i = sqlite3Atoi(z);
-  return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
-}
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
-** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
-** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
-*/
-static int getTempStore(const char *z){
-  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
-    return z[0] - '0';
-  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
-    return 1;
-  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
-    return 2;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
-** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
-*/
-static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
-    if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
-        "from within a transaction");
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
-    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
-    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
-** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
-** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
-*/
-static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
-  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  db->temp_store = (u8)ts;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-/*
-** Generate code to return a single integer value.
-*/
-static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
-  i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value));
-  if( pI64 ){
-    memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value));
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64);
-  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-  sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Set the safety_level and pager flags for pager iDb.  Or if iDb<0
-** set these values for all pagers.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-static void setAllPagerFlags(sqlite3 *db){
-  if( db->autoCommit ){
-    Db *pDb = db->aDb;
-    int n = db->nDb;
-    assert( SQLITE_FullFSync==PAGER_FULLFSYNC );
-    assert( SQLITE_CkptFullFSync==PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC );
-    assert( SQLITE_CacheSpill==PAGER_CACHESPILL );
-    assert( (PAGER_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CACHESPILL)
-             ==  PAGER_FLAGS_MASK );
-    assert( (pDb->safety_level & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)==pDb->safety_level );
-    while( (n--) > 0 ){
-      if( pDb->pBt ){
-        sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pDb->pBt,
-                 pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK) );
-      }
-      pDb++;
-    }
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define setAllPagerFlags(X)  /* no-op */
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-static const char *actionName(u8 action){
-  const char *zName;
-  switch( action ){
-    case OE_SetNull:  zName = "SET NULL";        break;
-    case OE_SetDflt:  zName = "SET DEFAULT";     break;
-    case OE_Cascade:  zName = "CASCADE";         break;
-    case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT";        break;
-    default:          zName = "NO ACTION";  
-                      assert( action==OE_None ); break;
-  }
-  return zName;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants
-** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase
-** journal-mode name.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){
-  static char * const azModeName[] = {
-    "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory"
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-     , "wal"
-#endif
-  };
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 );
-  assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) );
-
-  if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0;
-  return azModeName[eMode];
-}
-
-/*
-** Process a pragma statement.  
-**
-** Pragmas are of this form:
-**
-**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
-**
-** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
-** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
-** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
-**
-** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
-** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
-** id and pId2 is any empty string.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(
-  Parse *pParse, 
-  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
-  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
-  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
-  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
-){
-  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
-  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
-  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
-  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
-  char *aFcntl[4];       /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
-  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
-  int lwr, upr, mid;           /* Binary search bounds */
-  int rc;                      /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* The database connection */
-  Db *pDb;                     /* The specific database being pragmaed */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);  /* Prepared statement */
-
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
-  pParse->nMem = 2;
-
-  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
-  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
-  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
-  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
-  */
-  if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId);
-  if( !zLeft ) return;
-  if( minusFlag ){
-    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue);
-  }else{
-    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue);
-  }
-
-  assert( pId2 );
-  zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
-    goto pragma_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS
-  ** connection.  If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS
-  ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement.
-  */
-  aFcntl[0] = 0;
-  aFcntl[1] = zLeft;
-  aFcntl[2] = zRight;
-  aFcntl[3] = 0;
-  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( aFcntl[0] ){
-      int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, mem, 0, aFcntl[0], 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "result", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
-      sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
-    }
-    goto pragma_out;
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
-    if( aFcntl[0] ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]);
-      sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
-    }
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    pParse->rc = rc;
-    goto pragma_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the pragma in the lookup table */
-  lwr = 0;
-  upr = ArraySize(aPragmaNames)-1;
-  while( lwr<=upr ){
-    mid = (lwr+upr)/2;
-    rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zLeft, aPragmaNames[mid].zName);
-    if( rc==0 ) break;
-    if( rc<0 ){
-      upr = mid - 1;
-    }else{
-      lwr = mid + 1;
-    }
-  }
-  if( lwr>upr ) goto pragma_out;
-
-  /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */
-  if( (aPragmaNames[mid].mPragFlag & PragFlag_NeedSchema)!=0 ){
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */
-  switch( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp ){
-  
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
-  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
-  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
-  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
-  ** stored in the database file.
-  **
-  ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a
-  ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF.  These days, synchronous
-  ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache
-  ** size.  But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache
-  ** size of historical compatibility.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE: {
-    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
-    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
-      { OP_Transaction, 0, 0,        0},                         /* 0 */
-      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 1,        BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE},  /* 1 */
-      { OP_IfPos,       1, 8,        0},
-      { OP_Integer,     0, 2,        0},
-      { OP_Subtract,    1, 2,        1},
-      { OP_IfPos,       1, 8,        0},
-      { OP_Integer,     0, 1,        0},                         /* 6 */
-      { OP_Noop,        0, 0,        0},
-      { OP_ResultRow,   1, 1,        0},
-    };
-    int addr;
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    if( !zRight ){
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      pParse->nMem += 2;
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize,iLn);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
-    }else{
-      int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
-      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1);
-      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
-  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
-  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
-  ** the database has not yet been created.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: {
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    assert( pBt!=0 );
-    if( !zRight ){
-      int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
-    }else{
-      /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
-      ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
-      */
-      db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
-      if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
-  ** secure_delete flag.  The second form changes the secure_delete
-  ** flag setting and reports thenew value.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: {
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    int b = -1;
-    assert( pBt!=0 );
-    if( zRight ){
-      b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0);
-    }
-    if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){
-      int ii;
-      for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
-        sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b);
-      }
-    }
-    b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b);
-    returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
-  ** maximum number of pages in the database file.  The 
-  ** second form attempts to change this setting.  Both
-  ** forms return the current setting.
-  **
-  ** The absolute value of N is used.  This is undocumented and might
-  ** change.  The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test
-  ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function.
-  **
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_count
-  **
-  ** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: {
-    int iReg;
-    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-    if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, 
-                        sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)));
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
-  */
-  case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: {
-    const char *zRet = "normal";
-    int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);
-
-    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
-      /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
-      ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to
-      ** the locking-mode of the main database).
-      */
-      eMode = db->dfltLockMode;
-    }else{
-      Pager *pPager;
-      if( pId2->n==0 ){
-        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
-        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be
-        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
-        **
-        ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that
-        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
-        ** locking mode.
-        */
-        int ii;
-        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
-        for(ii=2; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
-          pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
-          sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
-        }
-        db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode;
-      }
-      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-      eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
-    }
-
-    assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
-            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
-    if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){
-      zRet = "exclusive";
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode =
-  **                      (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off)
-  */
-  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: {
-    int eMode;        /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */
-    int ii;           /* Loop counter */
-
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
-
-    if( zRight==0 ){
-      /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the
-      ** current mode */
-      eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
-    }else{
-      const char *zMode;
-      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight);
-      for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){
-        if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break;
-      }
-      if( !zMode ){
-        /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode,
-        ** then do a query */
-        eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
-      }
-    }
-    if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){
-      /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */
-      iDb = 0;
-      pId2->n = 1;
-    }
-    for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
-      if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N
-  **
-  ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: {
-    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-    i64 iLimit = -2;
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight), SQLITE_UTF8);
-      if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1;
-    }
-    iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
-    returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit);
-    break;
-  }
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
-  **
-  ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
-  ** The value is one of:  0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: {
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    assert( pBt!=0 );
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt));
-    }else{
-      int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
-      assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 );
-      db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto;
-      /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
-      ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
-      ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
-      ** as an auto-vacuum capable db.
-      */
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
-        /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or 
-        ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
-        ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
-        ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
-        */
-        static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
-        static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = {
-          { OP_Transaction,    0,         1,                 0},    /* 0 */
-          { OP_ReadCookie,     0,         1,         BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE},
-          { OP_If,             1,         0,                 0},    /* 2 */
-          { OP_Halt,           SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort,          0},    /* 3 */
-          { OP_Integer,        0,         1,                 0},    /* 4 */
-          { OP_SetCookie,      0,         BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1},    /* 5 */
-        };
-        int iAddr;
-        iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6, iLn);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N)
-  **
-  ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: {
-    int iLimit, addr;
-    if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
-      iLimit = 0x7fffffff;
-    }
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-    break;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
-  ** page cache size. The second form sets the local
-  ** page cache size value.  If N is positive then that is the
-  ** number of pages in the cache.  If N is negative, then the
-  ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes
-  ** of memory.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: {
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-    }else{
-      int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
-      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]mmap_size(N)
-  **
-  ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is
-  ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the
-  ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping
-  ** is not used at all.  If N is negative, then the default memory map
-  ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set.
-  ** The parameter N is measured in bytes.
-  **
-  ** This value is advisory.  The underlying VFS is free to memory map
-  ** as little or as much as it wants.  Except, if N is set to 0 then the
-  ** upper layers will never invoke the xFetch interfaces to the VFS.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: {
-    sqlite3_int64 sz;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    if( zRight ){
-      int ii;
-      sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &sz, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight), SQLITE_UTF8);
-      if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
-      if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz;
-      for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
-        if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
-          sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    sz = -1;
-    rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
-#else
-    sz = 0;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "mmap_size", sz);
-    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
-      pParse->nErr++;
-      pParse->rc = rc;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
-  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
-  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
-  **
-  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
-  ** override this setting
-  */
-  case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE: {
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
-    }else{
-      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag.  Changing
-  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
-  ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
-  ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
-  **
-  */
-  case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY: {
-    if( !zRight ){
-      if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
-            "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-      }
-    }else{
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        int res;
-        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
-          goto pragma_out;
-        }
-      }
-      if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0
-       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
-       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
-      ){
-        invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory);
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
-      }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA data_store_directory
-  **   PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag.  Changing
-  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that
-  ** were specified with a relative pathname.  Setting to a null string reverts
-  ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with
-  ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the
-  ** process.  Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted
-  ** by this setting, regardless of its value.
-  **
-  */
-  case PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY: {
-    if( !zRight ){
-      if( sqlite3_data_directory ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
-            "data_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_data_directory, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-      }
-    }else{
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        int res;
-        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
-          goto pragma_out;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory);
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
-      }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag.  Changing
-  ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks.
-  **
-  */
-  case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: {
-    if( !zRight ){
-      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-      char *proxy_file_path = NULL;
-      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
-      sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
-                           &proxy_file_path);
-      
-      if( proxy_file_path ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
-                              "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-      }
-    }else{
-      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
-      int res;
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
-                                     zRight);
-      } else {
-        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
-                                     NULL);
-      }
-      if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file");
-        goto pragma_out;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */      
-    
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
-  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
-  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
-  ** opened.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: {
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
-    }else{
-      if( !db->autoCommit ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
-      }else{
-        pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1;
-        setAllPagerFlags(db);
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
-  case PragTyp_FLAG: {
-    if( zRight==0 ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, aPragmaNames[mid].zName,
-                     (db->flags & aPragmaNames[mid].iArg)!=0 );
-    }else{
-      int mask = aPragmaNames[mid].iArg;    /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
-      if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
-        /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
-        ** in auto-commit mode.  */
-        mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
-      }
-
-      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
-        db->flags |= mask;
-      }else{
-        db->flags &= ~mask;
-        if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL 
-      ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
-      ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
-      setAllPagerFlags(db);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
-  **
-  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
-  ** the returned data set are:
-  **
-  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
-  ** name:       Column name
-  ** type:       Column declaration type.
-  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
-  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){
-    Table *pTab;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      int i, k;
-      int nHidden = 0;
-      Column *pCol;
-      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
-      pParse->nMem = 6;
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
-      for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-        if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){
-          nHidden++;
-          continue;
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
-           pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4);
-        if( pCol->zDflt ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5);
-        }
-        if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){
-          k = 0;
-        }else if( pPk==0 ){
-          k = 1;
-        }else{
-          for(k=1; ALWAYS(k<=pTab->nCol) && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){}
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, k, 6);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-  case PragTyp_STATS: {
-    Index *pIdx;
-    HashElem *i;
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4);
-    pParse->nMem = 4;
-    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "index", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "width", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "height", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-      Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
-                           (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->szTabRow), 3);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 
-          (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->nRowLogEst), 4);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4);
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
-                             (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->szIdxRow), 3);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 
-            (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]), 4);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-  case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    Table *pTab;
-    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pIdx ){
-      int i;
-      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
-      pParse->nMem = 3;
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
-        i16 cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2);
-        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-  case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    Table *pTab;
-    int i;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
-      pParse->nMem = 3;
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-  case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: {
-    int i;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
-    pParse->nMem = 3;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
-      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
-           sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-  case PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST: {
-    int i = 0;
-    HashElem *p;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
-    pParse->nMem = 2;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST: if( zRight ){
-    FKey *pFK;
-    Table *pTab;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
-      if( pFK ){
-        int i = 0; 
-        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8);
-        pParse->nMem = 8;
-        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC);
-        while(pFK){
-          int j;
-          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
-            char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol;
-            char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]);
-            char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
-                              pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8);
-          }
-          ++i;
-          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK: {
-    FKey *pFK;             /* A foreign key constraint */
-    Table *pTab;           /* Child table contain "REFERENCES" keyword */
-    Table *pParent;        /* Parent table that child points to */
-    Index *pIdx;           /* Index in the parent table */
-    int i;                 /* Loop counter:  Foreign key number for pTab */
-    int j;                 /* Loop counter:  Field of the foreign key */
-    HashElem *k;           /* Loop counter:  Next table in schema */
-    int x;                 /* result variable */
-    int regResult;         /* 3 registers to hold a result row */
-    int regKey;            /* Register to hold key for checking the FK */
-    int regRow;            /* Registers to hold a row from pTab */
-    int addrTop;           /* Top of a loop checking foreign keys */
-    int addrOk;            /* Jump here if the key is OK */
-    int *aiCols;           /* child to parent column mapping */
-
-    regResult = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += 4;
-    regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
-    regRow = ++pParse->nMem;
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "rowid", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "parent", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "fkid", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash);
-    while( k ){
-      if( zRight ){
-        pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb);
-        k = 0;
-      }else{
-        pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
-        k = sqliteHashNext(k);
-      }
-      if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue;
-      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-      if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow;
-      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult, 0, pTab->zName,
-                        P4_TRANSIENT);
-      for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){
-        pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb);
-        if( pParent==0 ) continue;
-        pIdx = 0;
-        sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName);
-        x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0);
-        if( x==0 ){
-          if( pIdx==0 ){
-            sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead);
-          }else{
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-            sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-          }
-        }else{
-          k = 0;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      assert( pParse->nErr>0 || pFK==0 );
-      if( pFK ) break;
-      if( pParse->nTab<i ) pParse->nTab = i;
-      addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){
-        pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb);
-        pIdx = 0;
-        aiCols = 0;
-        if( pParent ){
-          x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols);
-          assert( x==0 );
-        }
-        addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        if( pParent && pIdx==0 ){
-          int iKey = pFK->aCol[0].iFrom;
-          assert( iKey>=0 && iKey<pTab->nCol );
-          if( iKey!=pTab->iPKey ){
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, iKey, regRow);
-            sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iKey, regRow);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRow, 
-               sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          }else{
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regRow);
-          }
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, i, 0, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrOk);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
-        }else{
-          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
-            sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, 0,
-                            aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom, regRow+j);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow+j, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          }
-          if( pParent ){
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, pFK->nCol, regKey,
-                              sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), pFK->nCol);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, i, addrOk, regKey, 0);
-            VdbeCoverage(v);
-          }
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regResult+1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult+2, 0, 
-                          pFK->zTo, P4_TRANSIENT);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-1, regResult+3);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 4);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOk);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCols);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: {
-    if( zRight ){
-      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
-        sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif
-
-  /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions.  The variant of LIKE
-  ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE: {
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0));
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX
-# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-  /* Pragma "quick_check" is reduced version of 
-  ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
-  ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: {
-    int i, j, addr, mxErr;
-
-    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
-    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
-    ** error message
-    */
-    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
-    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
-      { OP_AddImm,      1, 0,        0},    /* 0 */
-      { OP_IfNeg,       1, 0,        0},    /* 1 */
-      { OP_String8,     0, 3,        0},    /* 2 */
-      { OP_ResultRow,   3, 1,        0},
-    };
-
-    int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q');
-
-    /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA <db>.integrity_check",
-    ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by <db>.
-    ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by
-    ** the VDBE created below.
-    **
-    ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or
-    ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb
-    ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity
-    ** of all attached databases.  */
-    assert( iDb>=0 );
-    assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z );
-    if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1;
-
-    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
-    pParse->nMem = 6;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC);
-
-    /* Set the maximum error count */
-    mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr);
-      if( mxErr<=0 ){
-        mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1);  /* reg[1] holds errors left */
-
-    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      HashElem *x;
-      Hash *pTbls;
-      int cnt = 0;
-
-      if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;
-      if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue;
-
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-
-      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
-      **
-      ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers
-      ** for all tables and indices in the database.
-      */
-      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) );
-      pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
-      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
-        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
-        Index *pIdx;
-        if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt);
-          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
-          cnt++;
-        }
-        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt);
-          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-          cnt++;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */
-      pParse->nMem = MAX( pParse->nMem, cnt+8 );
-
-      /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i);
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
-         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
-         P4_DYNAMIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-
-      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
-      */
-      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
-        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
-        Index *pIdx, *pPk;
-        Index *pPrior = 0;
-        int loopTop;
-        int iDataCur, iIdxCur;
-        int r1 = -1;
-
-        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
-        pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);  /* Stop if out of errors */
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead,
-                                   1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7);
-        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */
-        }
-        pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, 8+j);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1);
-        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-          int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4;
-          if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
-          r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3,
-                                       pPrior, r1);
-          pPrior = pIdx;
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1);  /* increment entry count */
-          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, 0, r1,
-                                      pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, "row ", P4_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, " missing from index ",
-                            P4_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1);
-          jmp4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
-          sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, 
-                     "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC);
-        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-          if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
-          addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur+j, 3);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, 8+j, addr+8, 3); VdbeCoverage(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 3, 2, 7);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 7, 1);
-        }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
-      } 
-    }
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC);
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA encoding
-  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
-  **
-  ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
-  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
-  **
-  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
-  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
-  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
-  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
-  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
-  ** 
-  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
-  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
-  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
-  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
-  **
-  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
-  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
-  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
-  */
-  case PragTyp_ENCODING: {
-    static const struct EncName {
-      char *zName;
-      u8 enc;
-    } encnames[] = {
-      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
-      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },  /* Must be element [1] */
-      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },  /* Must be element [2] */
-      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },  /* Must be element [3] */
-      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
-      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
-      { "UTF-16",   0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
-      { "UTF16",    0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
-      { 0, 0 }
-    };
-    const struct EncName *pEnc;
-    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
-      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1);
-      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
-      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
-      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
-      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
-      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
-      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
-      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
-      */
-      if( 
-        !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || 
-        DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) 
-      ){
-        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
-          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
-            ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( !pEnc->zName ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = <integer>
-  **
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version = <integer>
-  **
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]freelist_count = <integer>
-  **
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]application_id
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]application_id = <integer>
-  **
-  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
-  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
-  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
-  ** stored in the database header.
-  **
-  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
-  ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
-  ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
-  ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
-  ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
-  ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
-  ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
-  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
-  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
-  **
-  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
-  ** applications for any purpose.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: {
-    int iCookie;   /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    switch( zLeft[0] ){
-      case 'a': case 'A':
-        iCookie = BTREE_APPLICATION_ID;
-        break;
-      case 'f': case 'F':
-        iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT;
-        break;
-      case 's': case 'S':
-        iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION;
-        break;
-      default:
-        iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION;
-        break;
-    }
-
-    if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){
-      /* Write the specified cookie value */
-      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
-        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
-        { OP_Integer,        0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
-        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  1},    /* 2 */
-      };
-      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
-    }else{
-      /* Read the specified cookie value */
-      static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
-        { OP_Transaction,     0,  0,  0},    /* 0 */
-        { OP_ReadCookie,      0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
-        { OP_ResultRow,       1,  1,  0}
-      };
-      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA compile_options
-  **
-  ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build,
-  ** one option per row.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS: {
-    int i = 0;
-    const char *zOpt;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    pParse->nMem = 1;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart
-  **
-  ** Checkpoint the database.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: {
-    int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED);
-    int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
-    if( zRight ){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){
-        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL;
-      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){
-        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
-    pParse->nMem = 3;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLITE_STATIC);
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
-  }
-  break;
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint
-  **   PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N
-  **
-  ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database
-  ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value
-  ** of N.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT: {
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
-    }
-    returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint", 
-       db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? 
-           SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0);
-  }
-  break;
-#endif
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA shrink_memory
-  **
-  ** This pragma attempts to free as much memory as possible from the
-  ** current database connection.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY: {
-    sqlite3_db_release_memory(db);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA busy_timeout
-  **   PRAGMA busy_timeout = N
-  **
-  ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N).  Return the current timeout value
-  ** if one is set.  If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set
-  ** then 0 is returned.  Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative
-  ** disables the timeout.
-  */
-  /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: {
-    assert( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT );
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
-    }
-    returnSingleInt(pParse, "timeout",  db->busyTimeout);
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA soft_heap_limit
-  **   PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N
-  **
-  ** Call sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N).  Return the result.  If N is omitted,
-  ** use -1.
-  */
-  case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: {
-    sqlite3_int64 N;
-    if( zRight && sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &N, 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N);
-    }
-    returnSingleInt(pParse, "soft_heap_limit",  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1));
-    break;
-  }
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  /*
-  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
-  */
-  case PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS: {
-    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
-      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
-    };
-    int i;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
-    pParse->nMem = 2;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC);
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt;
-      const char *zState = "unknown";
-      int j;
-      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC);
-      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){
-        zState = "closed";
-      }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, 
-                                     SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
-         zState = azLockName[j];
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  case PragTyp_KEY: {
-    if( zRight ) sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
-    break;
-  }
-  case PragTyp_REKEY: {
-    if( zRight ) sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
-    break;
-  }
-  case PragTyp_HEXKEY: {
-    if( zRight ){
-      u8 iByte;
-      int i;
-      char zKey[40];
-      for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zKey)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zRight[i]); i++){
-        iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zRight[i]);
-        if( (i&1)!=0 ) zKey[i/2] = iByte;
-      }
-      if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){
-        sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2);
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
-  case PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS: if( zRight ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
-      sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
-      sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  break;
-#endif
-
-  } /* End of the PRAGMA switch */
-
-pragma_out:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight);
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
-
-/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 May 25
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
-** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
-** from disk.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
-** that the database is corrupt.
-*/
-static void corruptSchema(
-  InitData *pData,     /* Initialization context */
-  const char *zObj,    /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
-  const char *zExtra   /* Error information */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){
-    if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
-    sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db,
-      "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
-    if( zExtra ){
-      *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, 
-                                 "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra);
-    }
-  }
-  pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
-** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
-** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
-**
-** Each callback contains the following information:
-**
-**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
-**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
-**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
-  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
-  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
-  int iDb = pData->iDb;
-
-  assert( argc==3 );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
-  if( argv[1]==0 ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
-  }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
-    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
-    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
-    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
-    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
-    */
-    int rc;
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-    TESTONLY(int rcp);            /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */
-
-    assert( db->init.busy );
-    db->init.iDb = iDb;
-    db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]);
-    db->init.orphanTrigger = 0;
-    TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0);
-    rc = db->errCode;
-    assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) );
-    db->init.iDb = 0;
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-      if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){
-        assert( iDb==1 );
-      }else{
-        pData->rc = rc;
-        if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-          db->mallocFailed = 1;
-        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
-          corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  }else if( argv[0]==0 ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
-  }else{
-    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
-    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
-    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
-    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
-    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
-    */
-    Index *pIndex;
-    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-    if( pIndex==0 ){
-      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
-      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
-      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
-      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
-      */
-      /* Do Nothing */;
-    }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){
-      corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage");
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
-** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
-** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
-** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
-** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
-** indicate success or failure.
-*/
-static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int rc;
-  int i;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-  int size;
-#endif
-  Table *pTab;
-  Db *pDb;
-  char const *azArg[4];
-  int meta[5];
-  InitData initData;
-  char const *zMasterSchema;
-  char const *zMasterName;
-  int openedTransaction = 0;
-
-  /*
-  ** The master database table has a structure like this
-  */
-  static const char master_schema[] = 
-     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
-     "  type text,\n"
-     "  name text,\n"
-     "  tbl_name text,\n"
-     "  rootpage integer,\n"
-     "  sql text\n"
-     ")"
-  ;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
-     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
-     "  type text,\n"
-     "  name text,\n"
-     "  tbl_name text,\n"
-     "  rootpage integer,\n"
-     "  sql text\n"
-     ")"
-  ;
-#else
-  #define temp_master_schema 0
-#endif
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
-
-  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
-  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
-  ** initialized. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
-  */
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
-  }else{
-    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
-  }
-  zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-
-  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
-  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
-  azArg[1] = "1";
-  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
-  azArg[3] = 0;
-  initData.db = db;
-  initData.iDb = iDb;
-  initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
-  sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
-  if( initData.rc ){
-    rc = initData.rc;
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){
-    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
-  }
-
-  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
-  */
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){
-      DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
-    }
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
-  ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
-  ** will be closed before this function returns.  */
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
-  if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-      goto initone_error_out;
-    }
-    openedTransaction = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Get the database meta information.
-  **
-  ** Meta values are as follows:
-  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
-  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
-  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
-  **    meta[3]   Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode)
-  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
-  **    meta[5]   User version
-  **    meta[6]   Incremental vacuum mode
-  **    meta[7]   unused
-  **    meta[8]   unused
-  **    meta[9]   unused
-  **
-  ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
-  ** the possible values of meta[4].
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){
-    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
-  }
-  pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1];
-
-  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
-  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
-  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
-  ** as sqlite3.enc.
-  */
-  if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){  /* text encoding */
-    if( iDb==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-      u8 encoding;
-      /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
-      encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3;
-      if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      ENC(db) = encoding;
-#else
-      ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8;
-#endif
-    }else{
-      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
-      if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){
-        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same"
-            " text encoding as main database");
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        goto initone_error_out;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
-  }
-  pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
-
-  if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-    size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]);
-    if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
-    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-#else
-    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE;
-#endif
-    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
-  ** file_format==2    Version 3.1.3.  // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
-  ** file_format==3    Version 3.1.4.  // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
-  ** file_format==4    Version 3.3.0.  // DESC indices.  Boolean constants
-  */
-  pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1];
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
-    pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
-  }
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format");
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto initone_error_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Ticket #2804:  When we open a database in the newer file format,
-  ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will
-  ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending
-  ** indices that the user might have created.
-  */
-  if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){
-    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt;
-  }
-
-  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
-  */
-  assert( db->init.busy );
-  {
-    char *zSql;
-    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid",
-        db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    {
-      int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
-      xAuth = db->xAuth;
-      db->xAuth = 0;
-#endif
-      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-      db->xAuth = xAuth;
-    }
-#endif
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
-    /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
-    ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the 
-    ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
-    ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
-    ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary
-    ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
-    ** even when its contents have been corrupted.
-    */
-    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating
-  ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs
-  ** before that point, jump to error_out.
-  */
-initone_error_out:
-  if( openedTransaction ){
-    sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
-
-error_out:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
-** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
-** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
-** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
-**
-** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
-** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
-** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int i, rc;
-  int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
-  
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  db->init.busy = 1;
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
-    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
-    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
-    if( rc ){
-      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Once all the other databases have been initialized, load the schema
-  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
-  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1)
-                    && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
-    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
-    if( rc ){
-      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  db->init.busy = 0;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){
-    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
-  }
-
-  return rc; 
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialized.
-** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    pParse->rc = rc;
-    pParse->nErr++;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
-** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA.  If all schema cookies
-** make no changes to pParse->rc.
-*/
-static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-  int rc;
-  int cookie;
-
-  assert( pParse->checkSchema );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
-    int openedTransaction = 0;         /* True if a transaction is opened */
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;     /* Btree database to read cookie from */
-    if( pBt==0 ) continue;
-
-    /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
-    ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
-    ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */
-    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
-      openedTransaction = 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the 
-    ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation,
-    ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
-    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie);
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
-      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb);
-      pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
-    }
-
-    /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */
-    if( openedTransaction ){
-      sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
-** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
-**
-** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
-** attached database is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
-  int i = -1000000;
-
-  /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in 
-  ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
-  ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this 
-  ** function should never be used.
-  **
-  ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
-  ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much 
-  ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
-  ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
-  */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( pSchema ){
-    for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){
-      if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
-  }
-  return i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){
-  if( pParse ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  Vdbe *pReprepare,         /* VM being reprepared */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing context */
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;        /* Error message */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
-  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
-
-  /* Allocate the parsing context */
-  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
-  if( pParse==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto end_prepare;
-  }
-  pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare;
-  assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
-  /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
-  ** database schemas.  The inability to get a read lock indicates that
-  ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
-  ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
-  ** to the schema.
-  **
-  ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted
-  ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled
-  ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this
-  ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect
-  ** the schema change.  Disaster would follow.
-  **
-  ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
-  ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
-  ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
-  ** while this routine is running.  Hence, we do not need to hold 
-  ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is 
-  ** holding them.
-  **
-  ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
-  ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still
-  ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( pBt ){
-      assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
-      if( rc ){
-        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
-        sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
-        testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
-        goto end_prepare;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
-
-  pParse->db = db;
-  pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;  /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */
-  if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
-    char *zSqlCopy;
-    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
-    testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
-    testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
-    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
-      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
-      goto end_prepare;
-    }
-    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
-    if( zSqlCopy ){
-      sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
-      pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy];
-    }else{
-      pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
-  }
-  assert( 0==pParse->nQueryLoop );
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pParse->checkSchema ){
-    schemaIsValid(pParse);
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( pzTail ){
-    *pzTail = pParse->zTail;
-  }
-  rc = pParse->rc;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){
-    static const char * const azColName[] = {
-       "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment",
-       "selectid", "order", "from", "detail"
-    };
-    int iFirst, mx;
-    if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4);
-      iFirst = 8;
-      mx = 12;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8);
-      iFirst = 0;
-      mx = 8;
-    }
-    for(i=iFirst; i<mx; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(pParse->pVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME,
-                            azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( db->init.busy==0 ){
-    Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag);
-  }
-  if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
-    assert(!(*ppStmt));
-  }else{
-    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe;
-  }
-
-  if( zErrMsg ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
-  while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
-    TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
-    pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);
-  }
-
-end_prepare:
-
-  sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
-  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
-  return rc;
-}
-static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  Vdbe *pOld,               /* VM being reprepared */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  assert( ppStmt!=0 );
-  *ppStmt = 0;
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
-    sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
-    rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
-**
-** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
-** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has
-** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
-** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
-  const char *zSql;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) );
-  zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p);
-  assert( zSql!=0 );  /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
-  db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }
-    assert( pNew==0 );
-    return rc;
-  }else{
-    assert( pNew!=0 );
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
-  sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
-  sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
-  sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
-** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
-** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
-** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
-** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
-** occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
-  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
-  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
-  */
-  char *zSql8;
-  const char *zTail8 = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( ppStmt );
-  *ppStmt = 0;
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( nBytes>=0 ){
-    int sz;
-    const char *z = (const char*)zSql;
-    for(sz=0; sz<nBytes && (z[sz]!=0 || z[sz+1]!=0); sz += 2){}
-    nBytes = sz;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-  if( zSql8 ){
-    rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8);
-  }
-
-  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
-    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
-    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
-    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
-    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
-    */
-    int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
-    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); 
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
-** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
-** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
-** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
-** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
-** occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
-*/
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
-** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information
-** into the selectInnerLoop() routine.
-*/
-typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx;
-struct DistinctCtx {
-  u8 isTnct;      /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
-  u8 eTnctType;   /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* operators */
-  int tabTnct;    /* Ephemeral table used for DISTINCT processing */
-  int addrTnct;   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcode for tabTnct */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
-** the ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause of query is being coded.
-*/
-typedef struct SortCtx SortCtx;
-struct SortCtx {
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY (or GROUP BY clause) */
-  int nOBSat;           /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */
-  int iECursor;         /* Cursor number for the sorter */
-  int regReturn;        /* Register holding block-output return address */
-  int labelBkOut;       /* Start label for the block-output subroutine */
-  int addrSortIndex;    /* Address of the OP_SorterOpen or OP_OpenEphemeral */
-  u8 sortFlags;         /* Zero or more SORTFLAG_* bits */
-};
-#define SORTFLAG_UseSorter  0x01   /* Use SorterOpen instead of OpenEphemeral */
-
-/*
-** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
-** the select structure itself.
-*/
-static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
-  sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
-  pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest;
-  pDest->iSDParm = iParm;
-  pDest->affSdst = 0;
-  pDest->iSdst = 0;
-  pDest->nSdst = 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
-** structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
-  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
-  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
-  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
-  u16 selFlags,         /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */
-  Expr *pLimit,         /* LIMIT value.  NULL means not used */
-  Expr *pOffset         /* OFFSET value.  NULL means no offset */
-){
-  Select *pNew;
-  Select standin;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    assert( db->mallocFailed );
-    pNew = &standin;
-    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
-  }
-  if( pEList==0 ){
-    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0));
-  }
-  pNew->pEList = pEList;
-  if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc));
-  pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
-  pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
-  pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
-  pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
-  pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  pNew->selFlags = selFlags;
-  pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
-  pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
-  pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
-  assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 );
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) {
-    clearSelect(db, pNew);
-    if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
-    pNew = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 );
-  }
-  assert( pNew!=&standin );
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
-  if( p ){
-    clearSelect(db, p);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound.
-*/
-static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){
-  while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceding the JOIN keyword, determine the
-** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
-** in terms of the following bit values:
-**
-**     JT_INNER
-**     JT_CROSS
-**     JT_OUTER
-**     JT_NATURAL
-**     JT_LEFT
-**     JT_RIGHT
-**
-** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
-**
-** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
-** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
-  int jointype = 0;
-  Token *apAll[3];
-  Token *p;
-                             /*   0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */
-  static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross";
-  static const struct {
-    u8 i;        /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */
-    u8 nChar;    /* Length of the keyword in characters */
-    u8 code;     /* Join type mask */
-  } aKeyword[] = {
-    /* natural */ { 0,  7, JT_NATURAL                },
-    /* left    */ { 6,  4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER          },
-    /* outer   */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER                  },
-    /* right   */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER         },
-    /* full    */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
-    /* inner   */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER                  },
-    /* cross   */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS         },
-  };
-  int i, j;
-  apAll[0] = pA;
-  apAll[1] = pB;
-  apAll[2] = pC;
-  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
-    p = apAll[i];
-    for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){
-      if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar 
-          && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){
-        jointype |= aKeyword[j].code;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 );
-    if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){
-      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if(
-     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
-     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
-  ){
-    const char *zSp = " ";
-    assert( pB!=0 );
-    if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; }
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
-       "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC);
-    jointype = JT_INNER;
-  }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 
-         && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
-    jointype = JT_INNER;
-  }
-  return jointype;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
-** is not contained in the table.
-*/
-static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a
-** table that has a column named zCol.  
-**
-** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index
-** of the matching column and return TRUE.
-**
-** If not found, return FALSE.
-*/
-static int tableAndColumnIndex(
-  SrcList *pSrc,       /* Array of tables to search */
-  int N,               /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */
-  const char *zCol,    /* Name of the column we are looking for */
-  int *piTab,          /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */
-  int *piCol           /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */
-){
-  int i;               /* For looping over tables in pSrc */
-  int iCol;            /* Index of column matching zCol */
-
-  assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) );  /* Both or neither are NULL */
-  for(i=0; i<N; i++){
-    iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol);
-    if( iCol>=0 ){
-      if( piTab ){
-        *piTab = i;
-        *piCol = iCol;
-      }
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the
-** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which
-** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form:
-**
-**    (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2)
-**
-** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the 
-** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is
-** column iColRight of tab2.
-*/
-static void addWhereTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parsing context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,                  /* List of tables in FROM clause */
-  int iLeft,                      /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */
-  int iColLeft,                   /* Index of column in first table */
-  int iRight,                     /* Index of second table in pSrc */
-  int iColRight,                  /* Index of column in second table */
-  int isOuterJoin,                /* True if this is an OUTER join */
-  Expr **ppWhere                  /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Expr *pE1;
-  Expr *pE2;
-  Expr *pEq;
-
-  assert( iLeft<iRight );
-  assert( pSrc->nSrc>iRight );
-  assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab );
-  assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab );
-
-  pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft);
-  pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight);
-
-  pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0);
-  if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin);
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-    ExprSetVVAProperty(pEq, EP_NoReduce);
-    pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable;
-  }
-  *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
-** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the
-** expression.
-**
-** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
-** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
-** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
-** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
-** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
-** originated in the ON or USING clause.
-**
-** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the
-** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not
-** explicitly mentioned in the expression.  That information is needed
-** for cases like this:
-**
-**    SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5
-**
-** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5
-** term until after the t2 loop of the join.  In that way, a
-** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5.  If we do not
-** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately
-** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in
-** the output, which is incorrect.
-*/
-static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
-  while( p ){
-    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
-    ExprSetVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce);
-    p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable;
-    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
-    p = p->pRight;
-  } 
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
-** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
-** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
-**
-** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
-** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
-** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
-** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
-** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
-** also attached to the left entry.
-**
-** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
-*/
-static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
-  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
-  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
-  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
-  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */
-
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
-  pRight = &pLeft[1];
-  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
-    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
-    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
-    int isOuter;
-
-    if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue;
-    isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
-
-    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
-    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
-    */
-    if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
-      if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
-           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(j=0; j<pRightTab->nCol; j++){
-        char *zName;   /* Name of column in the right table */
-        int iLeft;     /* Matching left table */
-        int iLeftCol;  /* Matching column in the left table */
-
-        zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName;
-        if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){
-          addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j,
-                       isOuter, &p->pWhere);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
-    */
-    if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
-        "clauses in the same join");
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
-    ** an AND operator.
-    */
-    if( pRight->pOn ){
-      if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor);
-      p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn);
-      pRight->pOn = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
-    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
-    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
-    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
-    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
-    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
-    */
-    if( pRight->pUsing ){
-      IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
-      for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
-        char *zName;     /* Name of the term in the USING clause */
-        int iLeft;       /* Table on the left with matching column name */
-        int iLeftCol;    /* Column number of matching column on the left */
-        int iRightCol;   /* Column number of matching column on the right */
-
-        zName = pList->a[j].zName;
-        iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName);
-        if( iRightCol<0
-         || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol)
-        ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
-            "not present in both tables", zName);
-          return 1;
-        }
-        addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol,
-                     isOuter, &p->pWhere);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,     /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
-  int iStart,          /* Begin with this column of pList */
-  int nExtra           /* Add this many extra columns to the end */
-);
-
-/*
-** Insert code into "v" that will push the record in register regData
-** into the sorter.
-*/
-static void pushOntoSorter(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* Parser context */
-  SortCtx *pSort,        /* Information about the ORDER BY clause */
-  Select *pSelect,       /* The whole SELECT statement */
-  int regData            /* Register holding data to be sorted */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int nExpr = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr;
-  int regRecord = ++pParse->nMem;
-  int regBase = pParse->nMem+1;
-  int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat;
-  int op;
-
-  pParse->nMem += nExpr+2;        /* nExpr+2 registers allocated at regBase */
-  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-  sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nExpr+2-nOBSat,regRecord);
-  if( nOBSat>0 ){
-    int regPrevKey;   /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */
-    int addrFirst;    /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */
-    int addrJmp;      /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */
-    VdbeOp *pOp;      /* Opcode that opens the sorter */
-    int nKey;         /* Number of sorting key columns, including OP_Sequence */
-    KeyInfo *pKI;     /* Original KeyInfo on the sorter table */
-
-    regPrevKey = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat;
-    nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + 1;
-    addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPrevKey, regBase, pSort->nOBSat);
-    pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex);
-    if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return;
-    pOp->p2 = nKey + 1;
-    pKI = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-    memset(pKI->aSortOrder, 0, pKI->nField); /* Makes OP_Jump below testable */
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKI, P4_KEYINFO);
-    pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, nOBSat, 1);
-    addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp);
-  }
-  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
-    op = OP_SorterInsert;
-  }else{
-    op = OP_IdxInsert;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pSort->iECursor, regRecord);
-  if( pSelect->iLimit ){
-    int addr1, addr2;
-    int iLimit;
-    if( pSelect->iOffset ){
-      iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1;
-    }else{
-      iLimit = pSelect->iLimit;
-    }
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1);
-    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pSort->iECursor);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pSort->iECursor);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add code to implement the OFFSET
-*/
-static void codeOffset(
-  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
-  int iOffset,      /* Register holding the offset counter */
-  int iContinue     /* Jump here to skip the current record */
-){
-  if( iOffset>0 ){
-    int addr;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iOffset, -1);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
-    VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records"));
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem
-** form a distinct entry.  iTab is a sorting index that holds previously
-** seen combinations of the N values.  A new entry is made in iTab
-** if the current N values are new.
-**
-** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the
-** stack if the top N elements are not distinct.
-*/
-static void codeDistinct(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  int iTab,          /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */
-  int addrRepeat,    /* Jump to here if not distinct */
-  int N,             /* Number of elements */
-  int iMem           /* First element */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int r1;
-
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-/*
-** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression
-** (example:  "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result
-** column.  We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur
-** in multiple places.  (The error only occurs in one place now, but we
-** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.)
-*/
-static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context. */
-  SelectDest *pDest,   /* Destination of SELECT results */
-  int nExpr            /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */
-){
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
-  if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
-       "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
-** of a SELECT.
-**
-** If srcTab is negative, then the pEList expressions
-** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If srcTab is
-** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only 
-** to get number columns and the datatype for each column.
-*/
-static void selectInnerLoop(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
-  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
-  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
-  SortCtx *pSort,         /* If not NULL, info on how to process ORDER BY */
-  DistinctCtx *pDistinct, /* If not NULL, info on how to process DISTINCT */
-  SelectDest *pDest,      /* How to dispose of the results */
-  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
-  int iBreak              /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  int hasDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
-  int regResult;              /* Start of memory holding result set */
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;   /* How to dispose of results */
-  int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */
-  int nResultCol;             /* Number of result columns */
-
-  assert( v );
-  assert( pEList!=0 );
-  hasDistinct = pDistinct ? pDistinct->eTnctType : WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP;
-  if( pSort && pSort->pOrderBy==0 ) pSort = 0;
-  if( pSort==0 && !hasDistinct ){
-    assert( iContinue!=0 );
-    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
-  }
-
-  /* Pull the requested columns.
-  */
-  nResultCol = pEList->nExpr;
-
-  if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
-    pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
-  }else if( pDest->iSdst+nResultCol > pParse->nMem ){
-    /* This is an error condition that can result, for example, when a SELECT
-    ** on the right-hand side of an INSERT contains more result columns than
-    ** there are columns in the table on the left.  The error will be caught
-    ** and reported later.  But we need to make sure enough memory is allocated
-    ** to avoid other spurious errors in the meantime. */
-    pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
-  }
-  pDest->nSdst = nResultCol;
-  regResult = pDest->iSdst;
-  if( srcTab>=0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i, regResult+i);
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pEList->a[i].zName));
-    }
-  }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){
-    /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual
-    ** values returned by the SELECT are not required.
-    */
-    sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult,
-                  (eDest==SRT_Output||eDest==SRT_Coroutine)?SQLITE_ECEL_DUP:0);
-  }
-
-  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
-  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
-  ** part of the result.
-  */
-  if( hasDistinct ){
-    switch( pDistinct->eTnctType ){
-      case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: {
-        VdbeOp *pOp;            /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */
-        int iJump;              /* Jump destination */
-        int regPrev;            /* Previous row content */
-
-        /* Allocate space for the previous row */
-        regPrev = pParse->nMem+1;
-        pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
-
-        /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Null
-        ** sets the MEM_Cleared bit on the first register of the
-        ** previous value.  This will cause the OP_Ne below to always
-        ** fail on the first iteration of the loop even if the first
-        ** row is all NULLs.
-        */
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
-        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
-        pOp->opcode = OP_Null;
-        pOp->p1 = 1;
-        pOp->p2 = regPrev;
-
-        iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nResultCol;
-        for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){
-          CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr);
-          if( i<nResultCol-1 ){
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, regResult+i, iJump, regPrev+i);
-            VdbeCoverage(v);
-          }else{
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regResult+i, iContinue, regPrev+i);
-            VdbeCoverage(v);
-           }
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
-        }
-        assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regResult, regPrev, nResultCol-1);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      default: {
-        assert( pDistinct->eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED );
-        codeDistinct(pParse, pDistinct->tabTnct, iContinue, nResultCol, regResult);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pSort==0 ){
-      codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
-    }
-  }
-
-  switch( eDest ){
-    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
-    ** table iParm.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-    case SRT_Union: {
-      int r1;
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
-    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
-    ** the temporary table iParm.
-    */
-    case SRT_Except: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nResultCol);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
-    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
-    */
-    case SRT_Fifo:
-    case SRT_DistFifo:
-    case SRT_Table:
-    case SRT_EphemTab: {
-      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-      if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){
-        /* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
-        ** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present
-        ** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the
-        ** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the
-        ** output table as well.  */
-        int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1);
-        assert( pSort==0 );
-      }
-#endif
-      if( pSort ){
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1);
-      }else{
-        int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-      }
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
-    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
-    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
-    */
-    case SRT_Set: {
-      assert( nResultCol==1 );
-      pDest->affSdst =
-                  sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst);
-      if( pSort ){
-        /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the
-        ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set
-        ** does not matter.  But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which
-        ** case the order does matter */
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult);
-      }else{
-        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult,1,r1, &pDest->affSdst, 1);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
-    */
-    case SRT_Exists: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
-    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
-    ** of the scan loop.
-    */
-    case SRT_Mem: {
-      assert( nResultCol==1 );
-      if( pSort ){
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1);
-        /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-    case SRT_Coroutine:       /* Send data to a co-routine */
-    case SRT_Output: {        /* Return the results */
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
-      if( pSort ){
-        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1);
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nResultCol);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-    /* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to
-    ** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO).  pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an
-    ** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns.  Build a key using pSO for the first
-    ** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a
-    ** final OP_Sequence column.  The last column is the record as a blob.
-    */
-    case SRT_DistQueue:
-    case SRT_Queue: {
-      int nKey;
-      int r1, r2, r3;
-      int addrTest = 0;
-      ExprList *pSO;
-      pSO = pDest->pOrderBy;
-      assert( pSO );
-      nKey = pSO->nExpr;
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2);
-      r3 = r2+nKey+1;
-      if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
-        /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
-        ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously
-        ** added to the queue. */
-        addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, 
-                                        regResult, nResultCol);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3);
-      if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
-      }
-      for(i=0; i<nKey; i++){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy,
-                          regResult + pSO->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol - 1,
-                          r2+i);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, iParm, r2+nKey);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r2, nKey+2, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
-      if( addrTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTest);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r2, nKey+2);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */
-
-
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
-    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
-    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
-    ** about the actual results of the select.
-    */
-    default: {
-      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.  Except, if
-  ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited
-  ** the output for us.
-  */
-  if( pSort==0 && p->iLimit ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a KeyInfo object sufficient for an index of N key columns and
-** X extra columns.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3 *db, int N, int X){
-  KeyInfo *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, 
-                   sizeof(KeyInfo) + (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1));
-  if( p ){
-    p->aSortOrder = (u8*)&p->aColl[N+X];
-    p->nField = (u16)N;
-    p->nXField = (u16)X;
-    p->enc = ENC(db);
-    p->db = db;
-    p->nRef = 1;
-  }else{
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate a KeyInfo object
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo *p){
-  if( p ){
-    assert( p->nRef>0 );
-    p->nRef--;
-    if( p->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFree(0, p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a new pointer to a KeyInfo object
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo *p){
-  if( p ){
-    assert( p->nRef>0 );
-    p->nRef++;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Return TRUE if a KeyInfo object can be change.  The KeyInfo object
-** can only be changed if this is just a single reference to the object.
-**
-** This routine is used only inside of assert() statements.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo *p){ return p->nRef==1; }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records
-** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list.
-**
-** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
-** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
-** implement that clause.  If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
-** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
-** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
-**
-** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc.  The calling
-** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
-** freed.
-*/
-static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,     /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
-  int iStart,          /* Begin with this column of pList */
-  int nExtra           /* Add this many extra columns to the end */
-){
-  int nExpr;
-  KeyInfo *pInfo;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int i;
-
-  nExpr = pList->nExpr;
-  pInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr+nExtra-iStart, 1);
-  if( pInfo ){
-    assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pInfo) );
-    for(i=iStart, pItem=pList->a+iStart; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-      CollSeq *pColl;
-      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
-      if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-      pInfo->aColl[i-iStart] = pColl;
-      pInfo->aSortOrder[i-iStart] = pItem->sortOrder;
-    }
-  }
-  return pInfo;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-/*
-** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
-*/
-static const char *selectOpName(int id){
-  char *z;
-  switch( id ){
-    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
-    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
-    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
-    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
-  }
-  return z;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-/*
-** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
-** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
-** where the caption is of the form:
-**
-**   "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx"
-**
-** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which
-** is determined by the zUsage argument.
-*/
-static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){
-  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro
-** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code
-** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that
-** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the
-** code with #ifndef directives.
-*/
-# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b
-
-#else
-/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
-# define explainTempTable(y,z)
-# define explainSetInteger(y,z)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT)
-/*
-** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
-** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
-** where the caption is of one of the two forms:
-**
-**   "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)"
-**   "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)"
-**
-** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding
-** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter
-** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT,
-** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is 
-** false, or the second form if it is true.
-*/
-static void explainComposite(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  int op,                         /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */
-  int iSub1,                      /* Subquery id 1 */
-  int iSub2,                      /* Subquery id 2 */
-  int bUseTmp                     /* True if a temp table was used */
-){
-  assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL );
-  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
-        pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2,
-        bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op)
-    );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-#else
-/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
-# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
-** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
-** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
-** routine generates the code needed to do that.
-*/
-static void generateSortTail(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement */
-  SortCtx *pSort,   /* Information on the ORDER BY clause */
-  int nColumn,      /* Number of columns of data */
-  SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;                     /* The prepared statement */
-  int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);     /* Jump here to exit loop */
-  int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Jump here for next cycle */
-  int addr;
-  int addrOnce = 0;
-  int iTab;
-  int pseudoTab = 0;
-  ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy;
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
-  int iParm = pDest->iSDParm;
-  int regRow;
-  int regRowid;
-  int nKey;
-
-  if( pSort->labelBkOut ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBreak);
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut);
-    addrOnce = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-  iTab = pSort->iECursor;
-  regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
-    pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn);
-    regRowid = 0;
-  }else{
-    regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  }
-  nKey = pOrderBy->nExpr - pSort->nOBSat;
-  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
-    int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem;
-    int ptab2 = pParse->nTab++;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, ptab2, regSortOut, nKey+2);
-    if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce);
-    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ptab2, nKey+1, regRow);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE);
-  }else{
-    if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce);
-    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, nKey+1, regRow);
-  }
-  switch( eDest ){
-    case SRT_Table:
-    case SRT_EphemTab: {
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case SRT_Set: {
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid,
-                        &pDest->affSdst, 1);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SRT_Mem: {
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    default: {
-      int i;
-      assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); 
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
-      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
-      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
-        assert( regRow!=pDest->iSdst+i );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iSdst+i);
-        if( i==0 ){
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE);
-        }
-      }
-      if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-
-  /* The bottom of the loop
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue);
-  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-  if( pSort->regReturn ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pSort->regReturn);
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
-** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
-**
-** Also try to estimate the size of the returned value and return that
-** result in *pEstWidth.
-**
-** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the
-** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
-** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
-** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
-** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is 
-** considered a column by this function.
-**
-**   SELECT col FROM tbl;
-**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
-**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
-**   SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
-** 
-** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
-**
-** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not
-** the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA compile-time option is used.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,C,D,E,F)
-static const char *columnTypeImpl(
-  NameContext *pNC, 
-  Expr *pExpr,
-  const char **pzOrigDb,
-  const char **pzOrigTab,
-  const char **pzOrigCol,
-  u8 *pEstWidth
-){
-  char const *zOrigDb = 0;
-  char const *zOrigTab = 0;
-  char const *zOrigCol = 0;
-#else /* if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */
-# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,F)
-static const char *columnTypeImpl(
-  NameContext *pNC, 
-  Expr *pExpr,
-  u8 *pEstWidth
-){
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */
-  char const *zType = 0;
-  int j;
-  u8 estWidth = 1;
-
-  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
-      ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
-      ** database table or a subquery.
-      */
-      Table *pTab = 0;            /* Table structure column is extracted from */
-      Select *pS = 0;             /* Select the column is extracted from */
-      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;  /* Index of column in pTab */
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-      while( pNC && !pTab ){
-        SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
-        for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
-        if( j<pTabList->nSrc ){
-          pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
-          pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
-        }else{
-          pNC = pNC->pNext;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( pTab==0 ){
-        /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would
-        ** cause this condition to run.  Since then, we have restructured how
-        ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer 
-        ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like
-        ** the following:
-        **
-        **   CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER);
-        **   SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1;
-        **
-        ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the 
-        ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even
-        ** though it should really be "INTEGER".
-        **
-        ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never
-        ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression 
-        ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT
-        ** branch below.  */
-        break;
-      }
-
-      assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab );
-      if( pS ){
-        /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
-        ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
-        ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
-        */
-        if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){
-          /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
-          ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see 
-          ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
-          */
-          NameContext sNC;
-          Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
-          sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
-          sNC.pNext = pNC;
-          sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
-          zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol, &estWidth); 
-        }
-      }else if( pTab->pSchema ){
-        /* A real table */
-        assert( !pS );
-        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-        assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-        if( iCol<0 ){
-          zType = "INTEGER";
-          zOrigCol = "rowid";
-        }else{
-          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-          zOrigCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
-          estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst;
-        }
-        zOrigTab = pTab->zName;
-        if( pNC->pParse ){
-          int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-          zOrigDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-        }
-#else
-        if( iCol<0 ){
-          zType = "INTEGER";
-        }else{
-          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-          estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst;
-        }
-#endif
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and
-      ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT
-      ** statement.
-      */
-      NameContext sNC;
-      Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect;
-      Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
-      sNC.pNext = pNC;
-      sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
-      zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, &estWidth); 
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA  
-  if( pzOrigDb ){
-    assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol );
-    *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb;
-    *pzOrigTab = zOrigTab;
-    *pzOrigCol = zOrigCol;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pEstWidth ) *pEstWidth = estWidth;
-  return zType;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
-** in the result set.
-*/
-static void generateColumnTypes(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  NameContext sNC;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-    const char *zType;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-    const char *zOrigDb = 0;
-    const char *zOrigTab = 0;
-    const char *zOrigCol = 0;
-    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, 0);
-
-    /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other 
-    ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
-    ** virtual machine is deleted.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-#else
-    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-#endif
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) */
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
-** in the result set.  This information is used to provide the
-** azCol[] values in the callback.
-*/
-static void generateColumnNames(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i, j;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int fullNames, shortNames;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
-  if( pParse->explain ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
-  fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
-  shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
-  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
-  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p;
-    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-    if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue;
-    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
-      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){
-      Table *pTab;
-      char *zCol;
-      int iCol = p->iColumn;
-      for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pTabList->nSrc); j++){
-        if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break;
-      }
-      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
-      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
-      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
-      if( iCol<0 ){
-        zCol = "rowid";
-      }else{
-        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
-      }
-      if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, 
-            sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-      }else if( fullNames ){
-        char *zName = 0;
-        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      }
-    }else{
-      const char *z = pEList->a[i].zSpan;
-      z = z==0 ? sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1) : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, z);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-    }
-  }
-  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
-** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
-** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
-**
-** All column names will be unique.
-**
-** Only the column names are computed.  Column.zType, Column.zColl,
-** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If a memory allocation error occurs,
-** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM.
-*/
-static int selectColumnsFromExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList,       /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
-  i16 *pnCol,             /* Write the number of columns here */
-  Column **paCol          /* Write the new column list here */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database connection */
-  int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
-  int cnt;                    /* Index added to make the name unique */
-  Column *aCol, *pCol;        /* For looping over result columns */
-  int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the result set */
-  Expr *p;                    /* Expression for a single result column */
-  char *zName;                /* Column name */
-  int nName;                  /* Size of name in zName[] */
-
-  if( pEList ){
-    nCol = pEList->nExpr;
-    aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
-    testcase( aCol==0 );
-  }else{
-    nCol = 0;
-    aCol = 0;
-  }
-  *pnCol = nCol;
-  *paCol = aCol;
-
-  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
-    */
-    p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pEList->a[i].pExpr);
-    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
-      /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
-      zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
-    }else{
-      Expr *pColExpr = p;  /* The expression that is the result column name */
-      Table *pTab;         /* Table associated with this expression */
-      while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){
-        pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
-        assert( pColExpr!=0 );
-      }
-      if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){
-        /* For columns use the column name name */
-        int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
-        pTab = pColExpr->pTab;
-        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s",
-                 iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid");
-      }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){
-        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) );
-        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken);
-      }else{
-        /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
-        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan);
-      }
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
-    ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
-    */
-    nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-    for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
-        char *zNewName;
-        int k;
-        for(k=nName-1; k>1 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[k]); k--){}
-        if( k>=0 && zName[k]==':' ) nName = k;
-        zName[nName] = 0;
-        zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-        zName = zNewName;
-        j = -1;
-        if( zName==0 ) break;
-      }
-    }
-    pCol->zName = zName;
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol);
-    *paCol = 0;
-    *pnCol = 0;
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add type and collation information to a column list based on
-** a SELECT statement.
-** 
-** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList().
-** The column list has only names, not types or collations.  This
-** routine goes through and adds the types and collations.
-**
-** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT
-** statement be resolved.
-*/
-static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing contexts */
-  Table *pTab,          /* Add column type information to this table */
-  Select *pSelect       /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  NameContext sNC;
-  Column *pCol;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  int i;
-  Expr *p;
-  struct ExprList_item *a;
-  u64 szAll = 0;
-
-  assert( pSelect!=0 );
-  assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 );
-  assert( pTab->nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
-  a = pSelect->pEList->a;
-  for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    p = a[i].pExpr;
-    pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p,0,0,0, &pCol->szEst));
-    szAll += pCol->szEst;
-    pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
-    if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
-    if( pColl ){
-      pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
-    }
-  }
-  pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(szAll*4);
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
-** the result set of that SELECT.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
-  Table *pTab;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int savedFlags;
-
-  savedFlags = db->flags;
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames;
-  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0);
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
-  while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  db->flags = savedFlags;
-  pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside
-  ** is disabled */
-  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
-  pTab->nRef = 1;
-  pTab->zName = 0;
-  pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
-  selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
-  selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSelect);
-  pTab->iPKey = -1;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return pTab;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
-** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  if( v==0 ){
-    v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse);
-    if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Init);
-    if( pParse->pToplevel==0
-     && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst)
-    ){
-      pParse->okConstFactor = 1;
-    }
-
-  }
-  return v;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
-** pLimit and pOffset expressions.  pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
-** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
-** keywords.  Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset 
-** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute 
-** the limit and offset.  If there is no limit and/or offset, then 
-** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
-**
-** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
-** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset.  iLimit and
-** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero)
-** prior to calling this routine.
-**
-** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value
-** of the OFFSET.  The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT.  Register
-** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET.
-**
-** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
-** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
-** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
-** SELECT statements.
-*/
-static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){
-  Vdbe *v = 0;
-  int iLimit = 0;
-  int iOffset;
-  int addr1, n;
-  if( p->iLimit ) return;
-
-  /* 
-  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
-  ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be.
-  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
-  ** no rows.
-  */
-  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-  assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 );
-  if( p->pLimit ){
-    p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    assert( v!=0 );
-    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit);
-      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
-      if( n==0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak);
-      }else if( n>=0 && p->nSelectRow>(u64)n ){
-        p->nSelectRow = n;
-      }
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-    if( p->pOffset ){
-      p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
-      pParse->nMem++;   /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter"));
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1);
-      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET"));
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-/*
-** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
-** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
-** the column has no default collating sequence.
-**
-** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
-** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
-*/
-static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
-  CollSeq *pRet;
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
-  }else{
-    pRet = 0;
-  }
-  assert( iCol>=0 );
-  if( pRet==0 && iCol<p->pEList->nExpr ){
-    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
-  }
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT
-** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo
-** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY.
-**
-** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling
-** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually
-** freed.
-*/
-static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){
-  ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-  int nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy->nExpr;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  KeyInfo *pRet = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nOrderBy+nExtra, 1);
-  if( pRet ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pOrderBy->a[i];
-      Expr *pTerm = pItem->pExpr;
-      CollSeq *pColl;
-
-      if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){
-        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm);
-      }else{
-        pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1);
-        if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-        pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr =
-          sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName);
-      }
-      assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pRet) );
-      pRet->aColl[i] = pColl;
-      pRet->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code to compute the content of a WITH RECURSIVE
-** query of the form:
-**
-**   <recursive-table> AS (<setup-query> UNION [ALL] <recursive-query>)
-**                         \___________/             \_______________/
-**                           p->pPrior                      p
-**
-**
-** There is exactly one reference to the recursive-table in the FROM clause
-** of recursive-query, marked with the SrcList->a[].isRecursive flag.
-**
-** The setup-query runs once to generate an initial set of rows that go
-** into a Queue table.  Rows are extracted from the Queue table one by
-** one.  Each row extracted from Queue is output to pDest.  Then the single
-** extracted row (now in the iCurrent table) becomes the content of the
-** recursive-table for a recursive-query run.  The output of the recursive-query
-** is added back into the Queue table.  Then another row is extracted from Queue
-** and the iteration continues until the Queue table is empty.
-**
-** If the compound query operator is UNION then no duplicate rows are ever
-** inserted into the Queue table.  The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows
-** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be
-** discarded.  If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed.
-** 
-** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in
-** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle.  Without
-** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO.
-**
-** If a LIMIT clause is provided, then the iteration stops after LIMIT rows
-** have been output to pDest.  A LIMIT of zero means to output no rows and a
-** negative LIMIT means to output all rows.  If there is also an OFFSET clause
-** with a positive value, then the first OFFSET outputs are discarded rather
-** than being sent to pDest.  The LIMIT count does not begin until after OFFSET
-** rows have been skipped.
-*/
-static void generateWithRecursiveQuery(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The recursive SELECT to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-){
-  SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the recursive query */
-  int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;  /* Number of columns in the recursive table */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The prepared statement under construction */
-  Select *pSetup = p->pPrior;   /* The setup query */
-  int addrTop;                  /* Top of the loop */
-  int addrCont, addrBreak;      /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */
-  int iCurrent = 0;             /* The Current table */
-  int regCurrent;               /* Register holding Current table */
-  int iQueue;                   /* The Queue table */
-  int iDistinct = 0;            /* To ensure unique results if UNION */
-  int eDest = SRT_Fifo;         /* How to write to Queue */
-  SelectDest destQueue;         /* SelectDest targetting the Queue table */
-  int i;                        /* Loop counter */
-  int rc;                       /* Result code */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;           /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;       /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */
-  int regLimit, regOffset;      /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */
-
-  /* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_RECURSIVE, 0, 0, 0) ) return;
-
-  /* Process the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses, if they exist */
-  addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak);
-  pLimit = p->pLimit;
-  pOffset = p->pOffset;
-  regLimit = p->iLimit;
-  regOffset = p->iOffset;
-  p->pLimit = p->pOffset = 0;
-  p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0;
-  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-
-  /* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */
-  for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<pSrc->nSrc); i++){
-    if( pSrc->a[i].isRecursive ){
-      iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct.  The cursor number for
-  ** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order
-  ** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */
-  iQueue = pParse->nTab++;
-  if( p->op==TK_UNION ){
-    eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo;
-    iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
-  }else{
-    eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo;
-  }
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue);
-
-  /* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */
-  regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol);
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
-                      (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-    destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol);
-  }
-  VdbeComment((v, "Queue table"));
-  if( iDistinct ){
-    p->addrOpenEphm[0] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iDistinct, 0);
-    p->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
-  }
-
-  /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */
-  p->pOrderBy = 0;
-
-  /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */
-  pSetup->pNext = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue);
-  pSetup->pNext = p;
-  if( rc ) goto end_of_recursive_query;
-
-  /* Find the next row in the Queue and output that row */
-  addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iQueue, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-  /* Transfer the next row in Queue over to Current */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCurrent); /* To reset column cache */
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regCurrent);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iQueue, regCurrent);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iQueue);
-
-  /* Output the single row in Current */
-  addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  codeOffset(v, regOffset, addrCont);
-  selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, iCurrent,
-      0, 0, pDest, addrCont, addrBreak);
-  if( regLimit ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, regLimit, addrBreak, -1);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont);
-
-  /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as
-  ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue.
-  */
-  p->pPrior = 0;
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue);
-  assert( p->pPrior==0 );
-  p->pPrior = pSetup;
-
-  /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop);
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
-
-end_of_recursive_query:
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy);
-  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  p->pLimit = pLimit;
-  p->pOffset = pOffset;
-  return;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */
-
-/* Forward references */
-static int multiSelectOrderBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-);
-
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to process a compound query form from
-** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or
-** INTERSECT
-**
-** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
-** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
-** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
-**
-** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
-** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
-**
-** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
-**
-**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
-**
-** This statement is parsed up as follows:
-**
-**     SELECT c FROM t3
-**      |
-**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
-**                |
-**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
-**
-** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
-** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
-** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
-**
-** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
-** individual selects always group from left to right.
-*/
-static int multiSelect(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
-  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
-  SelectDest dest;      /* Alternative data destination */
-  Select *pDelete = 0;  /* Chain of simple selects to delete */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  int iSub1 = 0;        /* EQP id of left-hand query */
-  int iSub2 = 0;        /* EQP id of right-hand query */
-#endif
-
-  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
-  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
-  */
-  assert( p && p->pPrior );  /* Calling function guarantees this much */
-  assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || p->op==TK_ALL || p->op==TK_UNION );
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pPrior = p->pPrior;
-  dest = *pDest;
-  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
-      selectOpName(p->op));
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
-  }
-  if( pPrior->pLimit ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
-      selectOpName(p->op));
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
-  }
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );  /* The VDBE already created by calling function */
-
-  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
-  */
-  if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
-    assert( p->pEList );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
-    dest.eDest = SRT_Table;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
-  ** in their result sets.
-  */
-  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
-  if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
-    if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms");
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
-        " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
-    }
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){
-    generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest);
-  }else
-#endif
-
-  /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately.
-  */
-  if( p->pOrderBy ){
-    return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest);
-  }else
-
-  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
-  */
-  switch( p->op ){
-    case TK_ALL: {
-      int addr = 0;
-      int nLimit;
-      assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
-      pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit;
-      pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset;
-      pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
-      pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
-      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
-      p->pLimit = 0;
-      p->pOffset = 0;
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-      p->pPrior = 0;
-      p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
-      p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
-      if( p->iLimit ){
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
-      }
-      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest);
-      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-      pDelete = p->pPrior;
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-      p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
-      if( pPrior->pLimit
-       && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit)
-       && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > (u64)nLimit 
-      ){
-        p->nSelectRow = nLimit;
-      }
-      if( addr ){
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_EXCEPT:
-    case TK_UNION: {
-      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
-      u8 op = 0;       /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
-      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
-      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
-      int addr;
-      SelectDest uniondest;
-
-      testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_UNION );
-      priorOp = SRT_Union;
-      if( dest.eDest==priorOp ){
-        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
-        ** right.
-        */
-        assert( p->pLimit==0 );      /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
-        assert( p->pOffset==0 );     /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
-        unionTab = dest.iSDParm;
-      }else{
-        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
-        ** intermediate results.
-        */
-        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
-        assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
-        assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
-        p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
-        findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
-        assert( p->pEList );
-      }
-
-      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
-      */
-      assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
-      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest);
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-
-      /* Code the current SELECT statement
-      */
-      if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){
-        op = SRT_Except;
-      }else{
-        assert( p->op==TK_UNION );
-        op = SRT_Union;
-      }
-      p->pPrior = 0;
-      pLimit = p->pLimit;
-      p->pLimit = 0;
-      pOffset = p->pOffset;
-      p->pOffset = 0;
-      uniondest.eDest = op;
-      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
-      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-      /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
-      ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
-      pDelete = p->pPrior;
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-      p->pOrderBy = 0;
-      if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-      p->pLimit = pLimit;
-      p->pOffset = pOffset;
-      p->iLimit = 0;
-      p->iOffset = 0;
-
-      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
-      ** it is that we currently need.
-      */
-      assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp );
-      if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){
-        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
-        assert( p->pEList );
-        if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
-          Select *pFirst = p;
-          while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
-          generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
-        }
-        iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-        selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab,
-                        0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); {
-      int tab1, tab2;
-      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
-      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
-      int addr;
-      SelectDest intersectdest;
-      int r1;
-
-      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
-      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
-      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
-      */
-      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
-      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
-      assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
-
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
-      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
-      p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
-      findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
-      assert( p->pEList );
-
-      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
-      */
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
-      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest);
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-
-      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
-      */
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
-      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 );
-      p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr;
-      p->pPrior = 0;
-      pLimit = p->pLimit;
-      p->pLimit = 0;
-      pOffset = p->pOffset;
-      p->pOffset = 0;
-      intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2;
-      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
-      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-      pDelete = p->pPrior;
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-      if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-      p->pLimit = pLimit;
-      p->pOffset = pOffset;
-
-      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
-      ** tables.
-      */
-      assert( p->pEList );
-      if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
-        Select *pFirst = p;
-        while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
-        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
-      }
-      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1,
-                      0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL);
-
-  /* Compute collating sequences used by 
-  ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
-  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
-  **
-  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
-  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
-  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
-  ** no temp tables are required.
-  */
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){
-    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
-    Select *pLoop;                /* For looping through SELECT statements */
-    CollSeq **apColl;             /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
-    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in result set */
-
-    assert( p->pNext==0 );
-    nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
-    pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nCol, 1);
-    if( !pKeyInfo ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto multi_select_end;
-    }
-    for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){
-      *apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
-      if( 0==*apColl ){
-        *apColl = db->pDfltColl;
-      }
-    }
-
-    for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){
-      for(i=0; i<2; i++){
-        int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i];
-        if( addr<0 ){
-          /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused.  So we can
-          ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */
-          assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 );
-          break;
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo),
-                            P4_KEYINFO);
-        pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
-  }
-
-multi_select_end:
-  pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst;
-  pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst;
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
-/*
-** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a
-** SELECT statment.
-**
-** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst.  There are
-** pIn->nSdst columns to be output.  pDest is where the output should
-** be sent.
-**
-** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine
-** return address.
-**
-** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that
-** records the previous output.  mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false
-** if there has been no previous output.  If regPrev>0 then code is
-** generated to suppress duplicates.  pKeyInfo is used for comparing
-** keys.
-**
-** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to
-** iBreak.
-*/
-static int generateOutputSubroutine(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,              /* The SELECT statement */
-  SelectDest *pIn,        /* Coroutine supplying data */
-  SelectDest *pDest,      /* Where to send the data */
-  int regReturn,          /* The return address register */
-  int regPrev,            /* Previous result register.  No uniqueness if 0 */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,      /* For comparing with previous entry */
-  int iBreak              /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int iContinue;
-  int addr;
-
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-  /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT 
-  */
-  if( regPrev ){
-    int j1, j2;
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst,
-                              (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst-1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev);
-  }
-  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
-
-  /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause
-  */
-  codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue);
-
-  switch( pDest->eDest ){
-    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
-    */
-    case SRT_Table:
-    case SRT_EphemTab: {
-      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table );
-      testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
-    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
-    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
-    */
-    case SRT_Set: {
-      int r1;
-      assert( pIn->nSdst==1 );
-      pDest->affSdst = 
-         sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst);
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, 1, r1, &pDest->affSdst,1);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#if 0  /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */
-    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
-    */
-    case SRT_Exists: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iSDParm);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
-    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
-    ** of the scan loop.
-    */
-    case SRT_Mem: {
-      assert( pIn->nSdst==1 );
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, 1);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-    /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers
-    ** starting at pDest->iSdst.  Then the co-routine yields.
-    */
-    case SRT_Coroutine: {
-      if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
-        pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst);
-        pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst;
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pDest->nSdst);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be
-    ** SRT_Output.  This routine is never called with any other
-    ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output.
-    **
-    ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.  
-    ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to
-    ** return the next row of result.
-    */
-    default: {
-      assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
-  */
-  if( p->iLimit ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate the subroutine return
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn);
-
-  return addr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there
-** is an ORDER BY clause.
-**
-** We assume a query of the following form:
-**
-**      <selectA>  <operator>  <selectB>  ORDER BY <orderbylist>
-**
-** <operator> is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT.  The idea
-** is to code both <selectA> and <selectB> with the ORDER BY clause as
-** co-routines.  Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results
-** into the output.  In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and
-** selectB) there are 7 subroutines:
-**
-**    outA:    Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output
-**             of the compound query.
-**
-**    outB:    Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output
-**             of the compound query.  (Only generated for UNION and
-**             UNION ALL.  EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that
-**             appears only in B.)
-**
-**    AltB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A<B.
-**
-**    AeqB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A==B.
-**
-**    AgtB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A>B.
-**
-**    EofA:    Called when data is exhausted from selectA.
-**
-**    EofB:    Called when data is exhausted from selectB.
-**
-** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which 
-** <operator> is used:
-**
-**
-**             UNION ALL         UNION            EXCEPT          INTERSECT
-**          -------------  -----------------  --------------  -----------------
-**   AltB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         nextA
-**
-**   AeqB:   outA, nextA         nextA             nextA         outA, nextA
-**
-**   AgtB:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          nextB            nextB
-**
-**   EofA:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          halt             halt
-**
-**   EofB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         halt
-**
-** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA
-** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes
-** an immediate jump to EofB.  Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or
-** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing.
-**
-** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled
-** within the output subroutine.  The regPrev register set holds the previously
-** output value.  A comparison is made against this value and the output
-** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous.
-**
-** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven
-** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom.  Like this:
-**
-**          goto Init
-**     coA: coroutine for left query (A)
-**     coB: coroutine for right query (B)
-**    outA: output one row of A
-**    outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only)
-**    EofA: ...
-**    EofB: ...
-**    AltB: ...
-**    AeqB: ...
-**    AgtB: ...
-**    Init: initialize coroutine registers
-**          yield coA
-**          if eof(A) goto EofA
-**          yield coB
-**          if eof(B) goto EofB
-**    Cmpr: Compare A, B
-**          Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB
-**     End: ...
-**
-** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not
-** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return.  EofA and EofB loop
-** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe.  AltB, AeqB,
-** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-static int multiSelectOrderBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-){
-  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
-  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
-  SelectDest destA;     /* Destination for coroutine A */
-  SelectDest destB;     /* Destination for coroutine B */
-  int regAddrA;         /* Address register for select-A coroutine */
-  int regAddrB;         /* Address register for select-B coroutine */
-  int addrSelectA;      /* Address of the select-A coroutine */
-  int addrSelectB;      /* Address of the select-B coroutine */
-  int regOutA;          /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */
-  int regOutB;          /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */
-  int addrOutA;         /* Address of the output-A subroutine */
-  int addrOutB = 0;     /* Address of the output-B subroutine */
-  int addrEofA;         /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */
-  int addrEofA_noB;     /* Alternate addrEofA if B is uninitialized */
-  int addrEofB;         /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */
-  int addrAltB;         /* Address of the A<B subroutine */
-  int addrAeqB;         /* Address of the A==B subroutine */
-  int addrAgtB;         /* Address of the A>B subroutine */
-  int regLimitA;        /* Limit register for select-A */
-  int regLimitB;        /* Limit register for select-A */
-  int regPrev;          /* A range of registers to hold previous output */
-  int savedLimit;       /* Saved value of p->iLimit */
-  int savedOffset;      /* Saved value of p->iOffset */
-  int labelCmpr;        /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */
-  int labelEnd;         /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */
-  int j1;               /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */
-  int op;               /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyMerge;   /* Comparison information for merging rows */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  int nOrderBy;         /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
-  int *aPermute;        /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  int iSub1;            /* EQP id of left-hand query */
-  int iSub2;            /* EQP id of right-hand query */
-#endif
-
-  assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
-  assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this.  Ticket #3382. */
-  db = pParse->db;
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  assert( v!=0 );       /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */
-  labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-
-  /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause
-  */
-  op = p->op;  
-  pPrior = p->pPrior;
-  assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
-  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-  assert( pOrderBy );
-  nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-
-  /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that
-  ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set.  Add
-  ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary.
-  */
-  if( op!=TK_ALL ){
-    for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-      for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; j<nOrderBy; j++, pItem++){
-        assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0 );
-        if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==i ) break;
-      }
-      if( j==nOrderBy ){
-        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
-        if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
-        pNew->u.iValue = i;
-        pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew);
-        if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)i;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with
-  ** the permutation used to determine if the next
-  ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB.  Also add explicit
-  ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries
-  ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct
-  ** collation.
-  */
-  aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy);
-  if( aPermute ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){
-      assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0
-          && pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr );
-      aPermute[i] = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol - 1;
-    }
-    pKeyMerge = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1);
-  }else{
-    pKeyMerge = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query.
-  */
-  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0);
-
-  /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed
-  ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the
-  ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL).
-  */
-  if( op==TK_ALL ){
-    regPrev = 0;
-  }else{
-    int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr;
-    assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
-    regPrev = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += nExpr+1;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev);
-    pKeyDup = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr, 1);
-    if( pKeyDup ){
-      assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyDup) );
-      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
-        pKeyDup->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
-        pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
- 
-  /* Separate the left and the right query from one another
-  */
-  p->pPrior = 0;
-  pPrior->pNext = 0;
-  sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
-  if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){
-    sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
-  }
-
-  /* Compute the limit registers */
-  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd);
-  if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){
-    regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem;
-    regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit,
-                                  regLimitA);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB);
-  }else{
-    regLimitA = regLimitB = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-  p->pLimit = 0;
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
-  p->pOffset = 0;
-
-  regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regOutA = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regOutB = ++pParse->nMem;
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA);
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB);
-
-  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the
-  ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select.
-  */
-  addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
-  j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrA, 0, addrSelectA);
-  VdbeComment((v, "left SELECT"));
-  pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA;
-  explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrA);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-
-  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on 
-  ** the right - the "B" select
-  */
-  addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
-  j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrB, 0, addrSelectB);
-  VdbeComment((v, "right SELECT"));
-  savedLimit = p->iLimit;
-  savedOffset = p->iOffset;
-  p->iLimit = regLimitB;
-  p->iOffset = 0;  
-  explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
-  p->iLimit = savedLimit;
-  p->iOffset = savedOffset;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrB);
-
-  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A
-  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
-  */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A"));
-  addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
-                 p, &destA, pDest, regOutA,
-                 regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
-  
-  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B
-  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
-  */
-  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B"));
-    addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
-                 p, &destB, pDest, regOutB,
-                 regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
-  }
-  sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyDup);
-
-  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A
-  ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains.
-  */
-  if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){
-    addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd;
-  }else{  
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine"));
-    addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
-    addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd);
-                                     VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA);
-    p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
-  }
-
-  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B
-  ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains.
-  */
-  if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
-    addrEofB = addrEofA;
-    if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
-  }else{  
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
-    addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate code to handle the case of A<B
-  */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-lt-B subroutine"));
-  addrAltB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
-
-  /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B
-  */
-  if( op==TK_ALL ){
-    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
-  }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
-    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
-    addrAltB++;
-  }else{
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine"));
-    addrAeqB =
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B
-  */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine"));
-  addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
-
-  /* This code runs once to initialize everything.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA_noB); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-  /* Implement the main merge loop
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy,
-                         (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-  /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd);
-
-  /* Set the number of output columns
-  */
-  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
-    Select *pFirst = pPrior;
-    while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
-    generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
-  }
-
-  /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly
-  ** by the calling function */
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
-  }
-  p->pPrior = pPrior;
-  pPrior->pNext = p;
-
-  /*** TBD:  Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
-  **** subqueries ****/
-  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-/* Forward Declarations */
-static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
-static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *);
-
-/*
-** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
-** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
-** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
-** unchanged.)
-**
-** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
-** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
-** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
-** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
-** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
-** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
-*/
-static Expr *substExpr(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* Report malloc errors to this connection */
-  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expr in which substitution occurs */
-  int iTable,         /* Table to be substituted */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Substitute expressions */
-){
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
-    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
-      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-    }else{
-      Expr *pNew;
-      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
-      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
-      pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0);
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
-      pExpr = pNew;
-    }
-  }else{
-    pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
-    pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-      substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList);
-    }else{
-      substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList);
-    }
-  }
-  return pExpr;
-}
-static void substExprList(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
-  ExprList *pList,     /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */
-  int iTable,          /* Table to be substituted */
-  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
-  }
-}
-static void substSelect(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
-  Select *p,           /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */
-  int iTable,          /* Table to be replaced */
-  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
-){
-  SrcList *pSrc;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  int i;
-  if( !p ) return;
-  substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
-  substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
-  substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList);
-  p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
-  p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
-  substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList);
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  assert( pSrc );  /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */
-  if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
-    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-      substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-/*
-** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization.
-** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs.
-**
-** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
-** query:
-**
-**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
-**
-** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
-** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
-** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
-** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
-** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
-** optimized.
-**
-** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
-** a single flat select, like this:
-**
-**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
-**
-** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
-** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
-** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
-** avoided.
-**
-** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
-**
-**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
-**
-**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
-**
-**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
-**        (Originally ticket #306.  Strengthened by ticket #3300)
-**
-**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT.
-**
-**  (**)  At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
-**        sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction 
-**        (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries.
-**
-**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
-**        DISTINCT.
-**
-**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.  TODO:  For subqueries without
-**        A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM close with the special
-**        table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a
-**        single NULL.
-**
-**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
-**
-**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
-**        aggregates.
-**
-**  (10)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
-**        use LIMIT.
-**
-**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
-**
-**  (**)  Not implemented.  Subsumed into restriction (3).  Was previously
-**        a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
-**
-**  (13)  The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT.
-**
-**  (14)  The subquery does not use OFFSET.
-**
-**  (15)  The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
-**        subquery does not have a LIMIT clause.
-**        (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]).
-**
-**  (16)  The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does
-**        not contain ORDER BY.  (Ticket #2942)  This used to not matter
-**        until we introduced the group_concat() function.  
-**
-**  (17)  The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL 
-**        compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and 
-**        the parent query:
-**
-**          * is not itself part of a compound select,
-**          * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and
-**          * is not a join
-**
-**        The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to
-**        rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY,
-**        LIMIT and OFFSET clauses.  The subquery cannot use any compound
-**        operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound
-**        operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by
-**        restriction (4).
-**
-**        Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number
-**        of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound
-**        SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no
-**        such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the
-**        syntax error and return a detailed message.
-**
-**  (18)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
-**        ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to 
-**        columns of the sub-query.
-**
-**  (19)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not
-**        have a WHERE clause.
-**
-**  (20)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use
-**        an ORDER BY clause.  Ticket #3773.  We could relax this constraint
-**        somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must
-**        appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query.  But we
-**        have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case.
-**
-**  (21)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not
-**        DISTINCT.  (See ticket [752e1646fc]).
-**
-**  (22)  The subquery is not a recursive CTE.
-**
-**  (23)  The parent is not a recursive CTE, or the sub-query is not a
-**        compound query. This restriction is because transforming the
-**        parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles
-**        recursive queries in multiSelect().
-**
-**
-** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
-** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
-** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
-**
-** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
-** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
-**
-** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
-** the subquery before this routine runs.
-*/
-static int flattenSubquery(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
-  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
-  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
-  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
-){
-  const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-  Select *pParent;
-  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
-  Select *pSub1;      /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */
-  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
-  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
-  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
-  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
-  int i;              /* Loop counter */
-  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
-  */
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( p->pPrior==0 );  /* Unable to flatten compound queries */
-  if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0;
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
-  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
-  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
-  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
-  assert( pSub!=0 );
-  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;                 /* Restriction (1)  */
-  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;          /* Restriction (2)  */
-  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
-  assert( pSubSrc );
-  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
-  ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
-  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
-  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
-  ** and (14). */
-  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Restriction (13) */
-  if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0;                          /* Restriction (14) */
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){
-    return 0;                                            /* Restriction (15) */
-  }
-  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;                       /* Restriction (7)  */
-  if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0;           /* Restriction (5)  */
-  if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){
-     return 0;         /* Restrictions (8)(9) */
-  }
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){
-     return 0;         /* Restriction (6)  */
-  }
-  if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){
-     return 0;                                           /* Restriction (11) */
-  }
-  if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;                /* Restriction (16) */
-  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Restriction (19) */
-  if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){
-     return 0;         /* Restriction (21) */
-  }
-  if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0;          /* Restriction (22)  */
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive) && pSub->pPrior ) return 0;       /* (23)  */
-
-  /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
-  ** Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
-  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
-  ** is not allowed:
-  **
-  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
-  **
-  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
-  **
-  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
-  **
-  ** which is not at all the same thing.
-  **
-  ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2:
-  ** Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
-  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
-  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
-  **
-  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
-  **
-  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
-  **
-  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
-  **
-  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
-  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
-  **
-  ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE:
-  ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN
-  ** is fraught with danger.  Best to avoid the whole thing.  If the
-  ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten.
-  */
-  if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must
-  ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries
-  ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct
-  ** queries.
-  */
-  if( pSub->pPrior ){
-    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
-      return 0;  /* Restriction 20 */
-    }
-    if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){
-      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
-      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
-      assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 );
-      if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0
-       || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) 
-       || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1
-       || pSub->pEList->nExpr!=pSub1->pEList->nExpr
-      ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-      testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 );
-    }
-
-    /* Restriction 18. */
-    if( p->pOrderBy ){
-      int ii;
-      for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
-        if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
-
-  /* Authorize the subquery */
-  pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
-  TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
-  testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY );
-  pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
-
-  /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
-  ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must 
-  ** be of the form:
-  **
-  **     SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> 
-  **
-  ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
-  ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or 
-  ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
-  ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
-  ** select statements in the compound sub-query.
-  **
-  ** Example:
-  **
-  **     SELECT a+1 FROM (
-  **        SELECT x FROM tab
-  **        UNION ALL
-  **        SELECT y FROM tab
-  **        UNION ALL
-  **        SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2
-  **     ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1
-  **
-  ** Transformed into:
-  **
-  **     SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5
-  **     UNION ALL
-  **     SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5
-  **     UNION ALL
-  **     SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5
-  **     ORDER BY 1
-  **
-  ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening".
-  */
-  for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){
-    Select *pNew;
-    ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-    Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
-    Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset;
-    Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
-    p->pOrderBy = 0;
-    p->pSrc = 0;
-    p->pPrior = 0;
-    p->pLimit = 0;
-    p->pOffset = 0;
-    pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0);
-    p->pOffset = pOffset;
-    p->pLimit = pLimit;
-    p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-    p->pSrc = pSrc;
-    p->op = TK_ALL;
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-    }else{
-      pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
-      if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
-      pNew->pNext = p;
-      p->pPrior = pNew;
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause 
-  ** in the outer query.
-  */
-  pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
-
-  /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the
-  ** subquery
-  */
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias);
-  pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
-  pSubitem->zName = 0;
-  pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
-  pSubitem->pSelect = 0;
-
-  /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the
-  ** subquery until code generation is
-  ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that
-  ** refer to the subquery even after flattening.  Ticket #3346.
-  **
-  ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above.
-  */
-  if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){
-    Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab;
-    if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){
-      Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-      pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab;
-      pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel;
-    }else{
-      pTabToDel->nRef--;
-    }
-    pSubitem->pTab = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery
-  ** flattening (as described above).  If we are doing a different kind
-  ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening -
-  ** then this loop only runs once.
-  **
-  ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
-  ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
-  ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
-  ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
-  ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
-  ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
-  ** elements we are now copying in.
-  */
-  for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){
-    int nSubSrc;
-    u8 jointype = 0;
-    pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of subquery */
-    nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;  /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */
-    pSrc = pParent->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of the outer query */
-
-    if( pSrc ){
-      assert( pParent==p );  /* First time through the loop */
-      jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
-    }else{
-      assert( pParent!=p );  /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */
-      pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
-      if( pSrc==0 ){
-        assert( db->mallocFailed );
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer
-    ** query.  If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause,
-    ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements
-    ** of the subquery.
-    **
-    ** Example:
-    **
-    **    SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB;
-    **
-    ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause.  One slot of the
-    ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery.  The next
-    ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots.  The middle
-    ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the
-    ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery.
-    */
-    if( nSubSrc>1 ){
-      pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1);
-      if( db->mallocFailed ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the
-    ** outer query.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
-      sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pSrc->a[i+iFrom].pUsing);
-      pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
-      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
-    }
-    pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype;
-  
-    /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
-    ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
-    ** 
-    ** Example:
-    **
-    **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
-    **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
-    **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
-    **
-    ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
-    ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
-    */
-    pList = pParent->pEList;
-    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-      if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){
-        char *zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pList->a[i].zSpan);
-        sqlite3Dequote(zName);
-        pList->a[i].zName = zName;
-      }
-    }
-    substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-    if( isAgg ){
-      substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-      pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-    }
-    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
-      assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );
-      pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
-      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
-    }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){
-      substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-    }
-    if( pSub->pWhere ){
-      pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
-    }else{
-      pWhere = 0;
-    }
-    if( subqueryIsAgg ){
-      assert( pParent->pHaving==0 );
-      pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere;
-      pParent->pWhere = pWhere;
-      pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-      pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, 
-                                  sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0));
-      assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 );
-      pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0);
-    }else{
-      pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-      pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere);
-    }
-  
-    /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
-    ** outer query is distinct. 
-    */
-    pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct;
-  
-    /*
-    ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
-    **
-    ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits.  But this
-    ** does not work if either limit is negative.
-    */
-    if( pSub->pLimit ){
-      pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
-      pSub->pLimit = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
-  ** success.
-  */
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);
-
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
-
-/*
-** Based on the contents of the AggInfo structure indicated by the first
-** argument, this function checks if the following are true:
-**
-**    * the query contains just a single aggregate function,
-**    * the aggregate function is either min() or max(), and
-**    * the argument to the aggregate function is a column value.
-**
-** If all of the above are true, then WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX
-** is returned as appropriate. Also, *ppMinMax is set to point to the 
-** list of arguments passed to the aggregate before returning.
-**
-** Or, if the conditions above are not met, *ppMinMax is set to 0 and
-** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL is returned.
-*/
-static u8 minMaxQuery(AggInfo *pAggInfo, ExprList **ppMinMax){
-  int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;          /* Return value */
-
-  *ppMinMax = 0;
-  if( pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){
-    Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pExpr; /* Aggregate function */
-    ExprList *pEList = pExpr->x.pList;      /* Arguments to agg function */
-
-    assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
-    if( pEList && pEList->nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
-      const char *zFunc = pExpr->u.zToken;
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){
-        eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
-        *ppMinMax = pEList;
-      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){
-        eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
-        *ppMinMax = pEList;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 );
-  return eRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
-** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This 
-** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
-**
-**   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
-**
-** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query
-** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing
-** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
-*/
-static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Table *pTab;
-  Expr *pExpr;
-
-  assert( !p->pGroupBy );
-
-  if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 
-   || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect
-  ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-  pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-  assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr );
-
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
-  if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0;
-  if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0;
-  if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0;
-
-  return pTab;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an
-** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there
-** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return 
-** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate 
-** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
-  if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){
-    Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
-    char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex;
-    Index *pIdx;
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; 
-        pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); 
-        pIdx=pIdx->pNext
-    );
-    if( !pIdx ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0);
-      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    pFrom->pIndex = pIdx;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with 
-** an alternative collating sequence.
-**
-**    SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ...
-**
-** These are rewritten as a subquery:
-**
-**    SELECT * FROM (SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2)
-**     ORDER BY ... COLLATE ...
-**
-** This transformation is necessary because the multiSelectOrderBy() routine
-** above that generates the code for a compound SELECT with an ORDER BY clause
-** uses a merge algorithm that requires the same collating sequence on the
-** result columns as on the ORDER BY clause.  See ticket
-** http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/6709574d2a
-**
-** This transformation is only needed for EXCEPT, INTERSECT, and UNION.
-** The UNION ALL operator works fine with multiSelectOrderBy() even when
-** there are COLLATE terms in the ORDER BY.
-*/
-static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  int i;
-  Select *pNew;
-  Select *pX;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  struct ExprList_item *a;
-  SrcList *pNewSrc;
-  Parse *pParse;
-  Token dummy;
-
-  if( p->pPrior==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-  if( p->pOrderBy==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-  for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){}
-  if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-  a = p->pOrderBy->a;
-  for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){
-    if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break;
-  }
-  if( i<0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-
-  /* If we reach this point, that means the transformation is required. */
-
-  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-  memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy));
-  pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0);
-  if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-  *pNew = *p;
-  p->pSrc = pNewSrc;
-  p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ALL, 0));
-  p->op = TK_SELECT;
-  p->pWhere = 0;
-  pNew->pGroupBy = 0;
-  pNew->pHaving = 0;
-  pNew->pOrderBy = 0;
-  p->pPrior = 0;
-  p->pNext = 0;
-  p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound;
-  assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 );
-  pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew;
-  pNew->pLimit = 0;
-  pNew->pOffset = 0;
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-/*
-** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested 
-** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by 
-** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) 
-** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise
-** return NULL.
-**
-** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With
-** object that the returned CTE belongs to.
-*/
-static struct Cte *searchWith(
-  With *pWith,                    /* Current outermost WITH clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem,     /* FROM clause element to resolve */
-  With **ppContext                /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */
-){
-  const char *zName;
-  if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){
-    With *p;
-    for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, p->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-          *ppContext = p;
-          return &p->a[i];
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* The code generator maintains a stack of active WITH clauses
-** with the inner-most WITH clause being at the top of the stack.
-**
-** This routine pushes the WITH clause passed as the second argument
-** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this
-** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it
-** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when
-** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT 
-** statement with which it is associated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){
-  assert( bFree==0 || pParse->pWith==0 );
-  if( pWith ){
-    pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith;
-    pParse->pWith = pWith;
-    pParse->bFreeWith = bFree;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by 
-** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And,
-** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive
-** reference to the current CTE.
-**
-** If pFrom falls into either of the two categories above, pFrom->pTab
-** and other fields are populated accordingly. The caller should check
-** (pFrom->pTab!=0) to determine whether or not a successful match
-** was found.
-**
-** Whether or not a match is found, SQLITE_OK is returned if no error
-** occurs. If an error does occur, an error message is stored in the
-** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned.
-*/
-static int withExpand(
-  Walker *pWalker, 
-  struct SrcList_item *pFrom
-){
-  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  struct Cte *pCte;               /* Matched CTE (or NULL if no match) */
-  With *pWith;                    /* WITH clause that pCte belongs to */
-
-  assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-
-  pCte = searchWith(pParse->pWith, pFrom, &pWith);
-  if( pCte ){
-    Table *pTab;
-    ExprList *pEList;
-    Select *pSel;
-    Select *pLeft;                /* Left-most SELECT statement */
-    int bMayRecursive;            /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */
-    With *pSavedWith;             /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */
-
-    /* If pCte->zErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal
-    ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return
-    ** early. If pCte->zErr is NULL, then this is not a recursive reference.
-    ** In this case, proceed.  */
-    if( pCte->zErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, pCte->zErr, pCte->zName);
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-    pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-    if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-    pTab->nRef = 1;
-    pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCte->zName);
-    pTab->iPKey = -1;
-    pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
-    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
-    pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pCte->pSelect, 0);
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    assert( pFrom->pSelect );
-
-    /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */
-    pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
-    bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION );
-    if( bMayRecursive ){
-      int i;
-      SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc;
-      for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i];
-        if( pItem->zDatabase==0 
-         && pItem->zName!=0 
-         && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName)
-          ){
-          pItem->pTab = pTab;
-          pItem->isRecursive = 1;
-          pTab->nRef++;
-          pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ 
-    if( pTab->nRef>2 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(
-          pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName
-      );
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    assert( pTab->nRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nRef==2 ));
-
-    pCte->zErr = "circular reference: %s";
-    pSavedWith = pParse->pWith;
-    pParse->pWith = pWith;
-    sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, bMayRecursive ? pSel->pPrior : pSel);
-
-    for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior);
-    pEList = pLeft->pEList;
-    if( pCte->pCols ){
-      if( pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns",
-            pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr
-        );
-        pParse->pWith = pSavedWith;
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-      pEList = pCte->pCols;
-    }
-
-    selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
-    if( bMayRecursive ){
-      if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){
-        pCte->zErr = "multiple recursive references: %s";
-      }else{
-        pCte->zErr = "recursive reference in a subquery: %s";
-      }
-      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
-    }
-    pCte->zErr = 0;
-    pParse->pWith = pSavedWith;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-/*
-** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH 
-** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object.
-**
-** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by
-** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table
-** names and other FROM clause elements. 
-*/
-static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith;
-  if( pWith!=0 ){
-    assert( pParse->pWith==pWith );
-    pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter;
-  }
-}
-#else
-#define selectPopWith 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement.
-** "Expanding" means to do the following:
-**
-**    (1)  Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
-**         element of the FROM clause.
-**
-**    (2)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
-**         defines FROM clause.  When views appear in the FROM clause,
-**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
-**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
-**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
-**         without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
-**         of the view.
-**
-**    (3)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
-**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
-**
-**    (4)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
-**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
-**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
-**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
-**
-*/
-static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  int i, j, k;
-  SrcList *pTabList;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr;
-  u16 selFlags = p->selFlags;
-
-  p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
-  if( db->mallocFailed  ){
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-  if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  }
-  pTabList = p->pSrc;
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, findRightmost(p)->pWith, 0);
-
-  /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
-  ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
-  */
-  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
-
-  /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select.  If
-  ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
-  ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
-  */
-  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
-    Table *pTab;
-    assert( pFrom->isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab );
-    if( pFrom->isRecursive ) continue;
-    if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){
-      /* This statement has already been prepared.  There is no need
-      ** to go further. */
-      assert( i==0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-      selectPopWith(pWalker, p);
-#endif
-      return WRC_Prune;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-    if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else
-#endif
-    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
-      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
-      assert( pSel!=0 );
-      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
-      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-      pTab->nRef = 1;
-      pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_sq_%p", (void*)pTab);
-      while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
-      selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
-      pTab->iPKey = -1;
-      pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
-      pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
-#endif
-    }else{
-      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
-      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pFrom);
-      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-      if( pTab->nRef==0xffff ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many references to \"%s\": max 65535",
-           pTab->zName);
-        pFrom->pTab = 0;
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-      pTab->nRef++;
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-      if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
-        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
-        assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 );
-        pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0);
-        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-
-    /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */
-    if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
-  */
-  if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-
-  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
-  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
-  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
-  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
-  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
-  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
-  **
-  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
-  ** that need expanding.
-  */
-  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
-    pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
-    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
-    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
-    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) );
-    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break;
-  }
-  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
-    /*
-    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
-    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
-    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
-    */
-    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
-    ExprList *pNew = 0;
-    int flags = pParse->db->flags;
-    int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
-                      && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
-
-    /* When processing FROM-clause subqueries, it is always the case
-    ** that full_column_names=OFF and short_column_names=ON.  The
-    ** sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() routine makes it so. */
-    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0
-          || ((flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)==0 &&
-              (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0) );
-
-    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
-      pE = a[k].pExpr;
-      pRight = pE->pRight;
-      assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 );
-      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
-        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
-        */
-        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr);
-        if( pNew ){
-          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
-          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan;
-          a[k].zName = 0;
-          a[k].zSpan = 0;
-        }
-        a[k].pExpr = 0;
-      }else{
-        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
-        ** expanded. */
-        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
-        char *zTName = 0;       /* text of name of TABLE */
-        if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){
-          assert( pE->pLeft!=0 );
-          assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) );
-          zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken;
-        }
-        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
-          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
-          Select *pSub = pFrom->pSelect;
-          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
-          const char *zSchemaName = 0;
-          int iDb;
-          if( zTabName==0 ){
-            zTabName = pTab->zName;
-          }
-          if( db->mallocFailed ) break;
-          if( pSub==0 || (pSub->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 ){
-            pSub = 0;
-            if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){
-              continue;
-            }
-            iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-            zSchemaName = iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zName : "*";
-          }
-          for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
-            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
-            char *zColname;  /* The computed column name */
-            char *zToFree;   /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */
-            Token sColname;  /* Computed column name as a token */
-
-            assert( zName );
-            if( zTName && pSub
-             && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0
-            ){
-              continue;
-            }
-
-            /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
-            ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
-            ** result-set list.
-            */
-            if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
-              assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
-              continue;
-            }
-            tableSeen = 1;
-
-            if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
-              if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
-                && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0)
-              ){
-                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
-                ** table to the right of the join */
-                continue;
-              }
-              if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
-                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
-                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
-                continue;
-              }
-            }
-            pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName);
-            zColname = zName;
-            zToFree = 0;
-            if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
-              Expr *pLeft;
-              pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName);
-              pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-              if( zSchemaName ){
-                pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zSchemaName);
-                pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pExpr, 0);
-              }
-              if( longNames ){
-                zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName);
-                zToFree = zColname;
-              }
-            }else{
-              pExpr = pRight;
-            }
-            pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr);
-            sColname.z = zColname;
-            sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname);
-            sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0);
-            if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){
-              struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1];
-              if( pSub ){
-                pX->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan);
-                testcase( pX->zSpan==0 );
-              }else{
-                pX->zSpan = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s.%s",
-                                           zSchemaName, zTabName, zColname);
-                testcase( pX->zSpan==0 );
-              }
-              pX->bSpanIsTab = 1;
-            }
-            sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree);
-          }
-        }
-        if( !tableSeen ){
-          if( zTName ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
-          }else{
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
-    p->pEList = pNew;
-  }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
-  }
-#endif
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
-**
-** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
-** are walked without any actions being taken at each node.  Presumably,
-** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then 
-** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every 
-** subquery in the parser tree.
-*/
-static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries.
-** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT
-** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above.
-**
-** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a
-** SELECT statement.  The SELECT statement must be expanded before
-** name resolution is performed.
-**
-** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse.
-** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr
-** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed.
-*/
-static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
-  Walker w;
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
-  w.pParse = pParse;
-  if( pParse->hasCompound ){
-    w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery;
-    sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
-  }
-  w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander;
-  w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith;
-  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-/*
-** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo()
-** interface.
-**
-** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl
-** information to the Table structure that represents the result set
-** of that subquery.
-**
-** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed
-** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted
-** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved.  This
-** routine is called after identifier resolution.
-*/
-static void selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  Parse *pParse;
-  int i;
-  SrcList *pTabList;
-  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
-
-  assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved );
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){
-    p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
-    pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-    pTabList = p->pSrc;
-    for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
-      Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
-      if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
-        /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
-        Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
-        if( pSel ){
-          while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
-          selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSel);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to
-** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a
-** SELECT statement.
-**
-** Use this routine after name resolution.
-*/
-static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  Walker w;
-  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
-  w.xSelectCallback2 = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo;
-  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
-  w.pParse = pParse;
-  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing.  The
-** following is accomplished:
-**
-**     *  VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms.
-**     *  Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries.
-**     *  ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements
-**     *  Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded.
-**     *  Identifiers in expression are matched to tables.
-**
-** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
-  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for container */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return;
-  sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p);
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset the aggregate accumulator.
-**
-** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold
-** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate.  This
-** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory
-** cells.
-*/
-static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
-  int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn;
-  if( nReg==0 ) return;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by
-  ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */
-  assert( nReg==pAggInfo->mxReg-pAggInfo->mnReg+1 );
-  for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
-    assert( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg
-         && pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg );
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){
-    assert( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg
-         && pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg );
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg);
-  for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){
-    if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
-      Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one "
-           "argument");
-        pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
-      }else{
-        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList, 0, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0,
-                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
-** in the AggInfo structure.
-*/
-static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
-  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
-    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0,
-                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
-** the current cursor position.
-*/
-static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  int regHit = 0;
-  int addrHitTest = 0;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
-  struct AggInfo_col *pC;
-
-  pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
-  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
-    int nArg;
-    int addrNext = 0;
-    int regAgg;
-    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-    if( pList ){
-      nArg = pList->nExpr;
-      regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg);
-      sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP);
-    }else{
-      nArg = 0;
-      regAgg = 0;
-    }
-    if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
-      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      assert( nArg==1 );
-      codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg);
-    }
-    if( pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
-      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-      int j;
-      assert( pList!=0 );  /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */
-      for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){
-        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
-      }
-      if( !pColl ){
-        pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
-      }
-      if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
-                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
-    if( addrNext ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache.
-  ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present 
-  ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value
-  ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register
-  ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the
-  ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5].
-  **
-  ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached
-  ** values to an OP_Copy.
-  */
-  if( regHit ){
-    addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-  for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
-  }
-  pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
-  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-  if( addrHitTest ){
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple
-** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab").
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-static void explainSimpleCount(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being queried */
-  Index *pIdx                     /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */
-){
-  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-    int bCover = (pIdx!=0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx)));
-    char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s%s%s",
-        pTab->zName,
-        bCover ? " USING COVERING INDEX " : "",
-        bCover ? pIdx->zName : ""
-    );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
-        pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC
-    );
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.  
-**
-** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure.
-** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information.
-**
-** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
-** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
-** pParse->zErrMsg.
-**
-** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
-** calling function needs to do that.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
-  SelectDest *pDest      /* What to do with the query results */
-){
-  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual machine under construction */
-  int isAgg;             /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
-  ExprList *pEList;      /* List of columns to extract. */
-  SrcList *pTabList;     /* List of tables to select from */
-  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
-  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
-  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
-  DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */
-  SortCtx sSort;         /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */
-  AggInfo sAggInfo;      /* Information used by aggregate queries */
-  int iEnd;              /* Address of the end of the query */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId;
-  pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++;
-#endif
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
-  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
-
-  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo );
-  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo );
-  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue );
-  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue );
-  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
-    assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || 
-           pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard ||
-           pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue  || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo ||
-           pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo);
-    /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does
-    ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
-    p->pOrderBy = 0;
-    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
-  }
-  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0);
-  memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort));
-  sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-  pTabList = p->pSrc;
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto select_end;
-  }
-  isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
-  assert( pEList!=0 );
-
-  /* Begin generating code.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
-
-  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
-  ** only a single column may be output.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
-    goto select_end;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-  for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
-    SelectDest dest;
-    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
-    int isAggSub;
-
-    if( pSub==0 ) continue;
-
-    /* Sometimes the code for a subquery will be generated more than
-    ** once, if the subquery is part of the WHERE clause in a LEFT JOIN,
-    ** for example.  In that case, do not regenerate the code to manifest
-    ** a view or the co-routine to implement a view.  The first instance
-    ** is sufficient, though the subroutine to manifest the view does need
-    ** to be invoked again. */
-    if( pItem->addrFillSub ){
-      if( pItem->viaCoroutine==0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub);
-      }
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
-    ** tree referred to by this, the parent select. The child select
-    ** may contain expression trees of at most
-    ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
-    ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing
-    ** an exact limit.
-    */
-    pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
-
-    isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
-    if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
-      /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */
-      if( isAggSub ){
-        isAgg = 1;
-        p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
-      }
-      i = -1;
-    }else if( pTabList->nSrc==1
-           && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SubqCoroutine)
-    ){
-      /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result
-      ** set on each invocation.
-      */
-      int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1;
-      pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop);
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName));
-      pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop;
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn);
-      explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
-      pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow);
-      pItem->viaCoroutine = 1;
-      pItem->regResult = dest.iSdst;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, pItem->regReturn);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1);
-      sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
-    }else{
-      /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with
-      ** the content of this subquery.  pItem->addrFillSub will point
-      ** to the address of the generated subroutine.  pItem->regReturn
-      ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address
-      */
-      int topAddr;
-      int onceAddr = 0;
-      int retAddr;
-      assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 );
-      pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
-      topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn);
-      pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1;
-      if( pItem->isCorrelated==0 ){
-        /* If the subquery is not correlated and if we are not inside of
-        ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery
-        ** once. */
-        onceAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        VdbeComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName));
-      }else{
-        VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName));
-      }
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
-      explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
-      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
-      pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow);
-      if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr);
-      retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn);
-      VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName));
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr);
-      sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
-    }
-    if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){
-      goto select_end;
-    }
-    pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
-    pTabList = p->pSrc;
-    if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
-      sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-    }
-  }
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-#endif
-  pWhere = p->pWhere;
-  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-  pHaving = p->pHaving;
-  sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
-  */
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
-    explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
-    return rc;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and 
-  ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query
-  ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this:
-  **
-  **     SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz
-  **
-  ** is transformed to:
-  **
-  **     SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz
-  **
-  ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be 
-  ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally 
-  ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER 
-  ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other.
-  */
-  if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct 
-   && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, p->pEList, -1)==0
-  ){
-    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
-    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0);
-    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-    sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
-    /* Notice that even thought SF_Distinct has been cleared from p->selFlags,
-    ** the sDistinct.isTnct is still set.  Hence, isTnct represents the
-    ** original setting of the SF_Distinct flag, not the current setting */
-    assert( sDistinct.isTnct );
-  }
-
-  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
-  ** index might end up being unused if the data can be 
-  ** extracted in pre-sorted order.  If that is the case, then the
-  ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once
-  ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed.  The addrSortIndex
-  ** variable is used to facilitate that change.
-  */
-  if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, sSort.pOrderBy, 0, 0);
-    sSort.iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
-    sSort.addrSortIndex =
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
-                           sSort.iECursor, sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
-                           (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-  }else{
-    sSort.addrSortIndex = -1;
-  }
-
-  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
-  */
-  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the limiter.
-  */
-  iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  p->nSelectRow = LARGEST_INT64;
-  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);
-  if( p->iLimit==0 && sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sSort.addrSortIndex)->opcode = OP_SorterOpen;
-    sSort.sortFlags |= SORTFLAG_UseSorter;
-  }
-
-  /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
-  */
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
-    sDistinct.tabTnct = pParse->nTab++;
-    sDistinct.addrTnct = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
-                                sDistinct.tabTnct, 0, 0,
-                                (char*)keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList,0,0),
-                                P4_KEYINFO);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
-    sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED;
-  }else{
-    sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP;
-  }
-
-  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
-    /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */
-    u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0);
-
-    /* Begin the database scan. */
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy,
-                               p->pEList, wctrlFlags, 0);
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
-    if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){
-      p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo);
-    }
-    if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){
-      sDistinct.eTnctType = sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo);
-    }
-    if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
-      sSort.nOBSat = sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo);
-      if( sSort.nOBSat==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){
-        sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
-    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
-    ** into an OP_Noop.
-    */
-    if( sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 && sSort.pOrderBy==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex);
-    }
-
-    /* Use the standard inner loop. */
-    selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest,
-                    sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo),
-                    sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
-
-    /* End the database scan loop.
-    */
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-  }else{
-    /* This case when there exist aggregate functions or a GROUP BY clause
-    ** or both */
-    NameContext sNC;    /* Name context for processing aggregate information */
-    int iAMem;          /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */
-    int iBMem;          /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */
-    int iUseFlag;       /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least
-                        ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been
-                        ** processed */
-    int iAbortFlag;     /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
-    int groupBySort;    /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */
-    int addrEnd;        /* End of processing for this SELECT */
-    int sortPTab = 0;   /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */
-    int sortOut = 0;    /* Output register from the sorter */
-    int orderByGrp = 0; /* True if the GROUP BY and ORDER BY are the same */
-
-    /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the
-    ** GROUP BY clause.
-    */
-    if( pGroupBy ){
-      int k;                        /* Loop counter */
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;  /* For looping over expression in a list */
-
-      for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
-        pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0;
-      }
-      for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
-        pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0;
-      }
-      if( p->nSelectRow>100 ) p->nSelectRow = 100;
-    }else{
-      p->nSelectRow = 1;
-    }
-
-
-    /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
-    ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause 
-    ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out 
-    ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY may use a
-    ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required
-    ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the
-    ** ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses are the same by setting the orderByGrp
-    ** variable.  */
-    if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){
-      orderByGrp = 1;
-    }
- 
-    /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */
-    addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
-    ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
-    ** SELECT statement.
-    */
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-    sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
-    sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1;
-    sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0;
-    sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
-    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
-    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy);
-    if( pHaving ){
-      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
-    }
-    sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
-    for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
-      assert( !ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
-      sNC.ncFlags |= NC_InAggFunc;
-      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr->x.pList);
-      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc;
-    }
-    sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem;
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
-
-    /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
-    ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY.
-    */
-    if( pGroupBy ){
-      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Keying information for the group by clause */
-      int j1;             /* A-vs-B comparision jump */
-      int addrOutputRow;  /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
-      int regOutputRow;   /* Return address register for output subroutine */
-      int addrSetAbort;   /* Set the abort flag and return */
-      int addrTopOfLoop;  /* Top of the input loop */
-      int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
-      int addrReset;      /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
-      int regReset;       /* Return address register for reset subroutine */
-
-      /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
-      ** implement it.  Allocate that sorting index now.  If it turns out
-      ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction
-      ** will be converted into a Noop.  
-      */
-      sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-      pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, 0, 0);
-      addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, 
-          sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, 
-          0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-
-      /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
-      */
-      iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
-      iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
-      regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem;
-      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      regReset = ++pParse->nMem;
-      addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
-      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
-      iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
-      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1);
-
-      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
-      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
-      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
-      ** in the right order to begin with.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
-      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0,
-          WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0
-      );
-      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
-      if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){
-        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
-        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
-        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
-        */
-        groupBySort = 0;
-      }else{
-        /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order.  We have to push
-        ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop,
-        ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output
-        ** in sorted order
-        */
-        int regBase;
-        int regRecord;
-        int nCol;
-        int nGroupBy;
-
-        explainTempTable(pParse, 
-            (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ?
-                    "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY");
-
-        groupBySort = 1;
-        nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
-        nCol = nGroupBy + 1;
-        j = nGroupBy+1;
-        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
-          if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){
-            nCol++;
-            j++;
-          }
-        }
-        regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy);
-        j = nGroupBy+1;
-        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
-          struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
-          if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
-            int r1 = j + regBase;
-            int r2;
-
-            r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, 
-                               pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0);
-            if( r1!=r2 ){
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1);
-            }
-            j++;
-          }
-        }
-        regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++;
-        sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
-        VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v);
-        sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
-        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-
-      }
-
-      /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort
-      ** will naturally deliver rows in the order required by the ORDER BY
-      ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier.
-      **
-      ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
-      ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to 
-      ** disable this optimization for testing purposes.  */
-      if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) 
-       && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo))
-      ){
-        sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex);
-      }
-
-      /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
-      ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
-      ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
-      ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
-      */
-      addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-      if( groupBySort ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sortOut);
-      }
-      for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
-        if( groupBySort ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j);
-          if( j==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE);
-        }else{
-          sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
-          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr,
-                          (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO);
-      j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-      /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes.
-      ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code
-      ** block.  If there were no changes, this block is skipped.
-      **
-      ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,...
-      ** over to a0,a1,a2.  It then calls the output subroutine
-      ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation
-      ** for the next GROUP BY batch.
-      */
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
-      VdbeComment((v, "output one row"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
-      VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator"));
-
-      /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of
-      ** the current row
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator"));
-
-      /* End of the loop
-      */
-      if( groupBySort ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx);
-      }
-
-      /* Output the final row of result
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
-      VdbeComment((v, "output final row"));
-
-      /* Jump over the subroutines
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd);
-
-      /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
-      ** set.  This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag.  If iUseFlag
-      ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op.  If
-      ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
-      ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
-      ** order to signal the caller to abort.
-      */
-      addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow);
-      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
-      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, &sSort,
-                      &sDistinct, pDest,
-                      addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
-      VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
-
-      /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
-      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
-     
-    } /* endif pGroupBy.  Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */
-    else {
-      ExprList *pDel = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
-      Table *pTab;
-      if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){
-        /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then
-        ** the SQL statement is of the form:
-        **
-        **   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
-        **
-        ** where the Table structure returned represents table <tbl>.
-        **
-        ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The
-        ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that
-        ** contains the data for table <tbl> or on one of its indexes. It
-        ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost
-        ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables.
-        */
-        const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-        const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++;     /* Cursor to scan b-tree */
-        Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
-        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;               /* Keyinfo for scanned index */
-        Index *pBest = 0;                    /* Best index found so far */
-        int iRoot = pTab->tnum;              /* Root page of scanned b-tree */
-
-        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-        sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-
-        /* Search for the index that has the lowest scan cost.
-        **
-        ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index.
-        **
-        ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index.
-        **
-        ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only 
-        ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy.
-        */
-        if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-          if( pIdx->bUnordered==0
-           && pIdx->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow
-           && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0
-           && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRow<pBest->szIdxRow)
-          ){
-            pBest = pIdx;
-          }
-        }
-        if( pBest ){
-          iRoot = pBest->tnum;
-          pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest);
-        }
-
-        /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1);
-        if( pKeyInfo ){
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
-        explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest);
-      }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
-      {
-        /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms:
-        **
-        **   SELECT min(x) FROM ...
-        **   SELECT max(x) FROM ...
-        **
-        ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results
-        ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. 
-        ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then
-        ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the 
-        ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is 
-        ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum 
-        ** value of x, the only row required).
-        **
-        ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly
-        ** modify behavior as follows:
-        **
-        **   + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by
-        **     where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value
-        **     for x.
-        **
-        **   + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
-        **     index or indices to use) should place a different priority on 
-        **     satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
-        **     Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
-        */
-        ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
-        u8 flag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
-        
-        assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
-        assert( flag==0 );
-        if( p->pHaving==0 ){
-          flag = minMaxQuery(&sAggInfo, &pMinMax);
-        }
-        assert( flag==0 || (pMinMax!=0 && pMinMax->nExpr==1) );
-
-        if( flag ){
-          pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMinMax, 0);
-          pDel = pMinMax;
-          if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
-            pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
-            pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
-          }
-        }
-  
-        /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
-        ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
-        ** of output.
-        */
-        resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax,0,flag,0);
-        if( pWInfo==0 ){
-          sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
-          goto select_end;
-        }
-        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-        assert( pMinMax==0 || pMinMax->nExpr==1 );
-        if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
-          VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index",
-                (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
-        }
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      }
-
-      sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, 0, 0, 
-                      pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd);
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
-    
-  } /* endif aggregate query */
-
-  if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){
-    explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT");
-  }
-
-  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
-  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
-  */
-  if( sSort.pOrderBy ){
-    explainTempTable(pParse, sSort.nOBSat>0 ? "RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY":"ORDER BY");
-    generateSortTail(pParse, p, &sSort, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
-  }
-
-  /* Jump here to skip this query
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);
-
-  /* The SELECT was successfully coded.   Set the return code to 0
-  ** to indicate no errors.
-  */
-  rc = 0;
-
-  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
-  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
-  */
-select_end:
-  explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
-
-  /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
-    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
-/*
-** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object.
-*/
-static void explainOneSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){
-  sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "SELECT ");
-  if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
-    if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "DISTINCT ");
-    }
-    if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "agg_flag ");
-    }
-    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "   ");
-  }
-  sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pEList);
-  sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
-  if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){
-    int i;
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "FROM ");
-    sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe);
-    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "{%d,*} = ", pItem->iCursor);
-      if( pItem->pSelect ){
-        sqlite3ExplainSelect(pVdbe, pItem->pSelect);
-        if( pItem->pTab ){
-          sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (tabname=%s)", pItem->pTab->zName);
-        }
-      }else if( pItem->zName ){
-        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s", pItem->zName);
-      }
-      if( pItem->zAlias ){
-        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias);
-      }
-      if( pItem->jointype & JT_LEFT ){
-        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " LEFT-JOIN");
-      }
-      sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
-    }
-    sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe);
-  }
-  if( p->pWhere ){
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "WHERE ");
-    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
-  }
-  if( p->pGroupBy ){
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "GROUPBY ");
-    sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pGroupBy);
-    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
-  }
-  if( p->pHaving ){
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "HAVING ");
-    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pHaving);
-    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
-  }
-  if( p->pOrderBy ){
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "ORDERBY ");
-    sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pOrderBy);
-    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
-  }
-  if( p->pLimit ){
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "LIMIT ");
-    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pLimit);
-    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
-  }
-  if( p->pOffset ){
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "OFFSET ");
-    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pOffset);
-    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){
-  if( p==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "(null-select)");
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe);
-  while( p ){
-    explainOneSelect(pVdbe, p);
-    p = p->pNext;
-    if( p==0 ) break;
-    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
-    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s\n", selectOpName(p->op));
-  }
-  sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "END");
-  sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe);
-}
-
-/* End of the structure debug printing code
-*****************************************************************************/
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */
-
-/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
-** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
-** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
-**
-** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
-** if they are not used.
-*/
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-/* #include <string.h> */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-
-/*
-** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
-** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
-*/
-typedef struct TabResult {
-  char **azResult;   /* Accumulated output */
-  char *zErrMsg;     /* Error message text, if an error occurs */
-  int nAlloc;        /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */
-  int nRow;          /* Number of rows in the result */
-  int nColumn;       /* Number of columns in the result */
-  int nData;         /* Slots used in azResult[].  (nRow+1)*nColumn */
-  int rc;            /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */
-} TabResult;
-
-/*
-** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
-** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
-** memory as necessary.
-*/
-static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
-  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;  /* Result accumulator */
-  int need;                         /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */
-  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
-  char *z;                          /* A single column of result */
-
-  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
-  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
-  */
-  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
-    need = nCol*2;
-  }else{
-    need = nCol;
-  }
-  if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
-    char **azNew;
-    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
-    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
-    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
-    p->azResult = azNew;
-  }
-
-  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
-  ** the names of all columns.
-  */
-  if( p->nRow==0 ){
-    p->nColumn = nCol;
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
-      if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
-      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
-    }
-  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
-    sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
-       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
-    );
-    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Copy over the row data
-  */
-  if( argv!=0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      if( argv[i]==0 ){
-        z = 0;
-      }else{
-        int n = sqlite3Strlen30(argv[i])+1;
-        z = sqlite3_malloc( n );
-        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
-        memcpy(z, argv[i], n);
-      }
-      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
-    }
-    p->nRow++;
-  }
-  return 0;
-
-malloc_failed:
-  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
-** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
-** at the conclusion of the call.
-**
-** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
-** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
-** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
-** the calling procedure is finished using it.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
-  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
-  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
-  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
-  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
-  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  TabResult res;
-
-  *pazResult = 0;
-  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
-  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
-  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
-  res.zErrMsg = 0;
-  res.nRow = 0;
-  res.nColumn = 0;
-  res.nData = 1;
-  res.nAlloc = 20;
-  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
-  if( res.azResult==0 ){
-     db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  res.azResult[0] = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
-  assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
-  res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData);
-  if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
-    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-    if( res.zErrMsg ){
-      if( pzErrMsg ){
-        sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
-        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
-    }
-    db->errCode = res.rc;  /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */
-    return res.rc;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
-    char **azNew;
-    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData );
-    if( azNew==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-      db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    res.azResult = azNew;
-  }
-  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
-  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
-  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(
-  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
-){
-  if( azResult ){
-    int i, n;
-    azResult--;
-    assert( azResult!=0 );
-    n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
-    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
-    sqlite3_free(azResult);
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */
-
-/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/
-/*
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/*
-** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
-  while( pTriggerStep ){
-    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
-    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
-
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
-
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to 
-** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
-**
-** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab
-** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger.  But there might be additional
-** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema.  This routine prepends all
-** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list
-** and returns the combined list.
-**
-** To state it another way:  This routine returns a list of all triggers
-** that fire off of pTab.  The list will include any TEMP triggers on
-** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema;
-  Trigger *pList = 0;                  /* List of triggers to return */
-
-  if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
-    HashElem *p;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) );
-    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-      Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
-      if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
-       && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) 
-      ){
-        pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
-        pList = pTrig;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
-}
-
-/*
-** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
-** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
-** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
-** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
-** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
-** construction process.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
-  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
-  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
-  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
-  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
-  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
-  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
-  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
-  int isTemp,         /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
-  int noErr           /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
-){
-  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;  /* The new trigger */
-  Table *pTab;            /* Table that the trigger fires off of */
-  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
-  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
-  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
-  DbFixer sFix;           /* State vector for the DB fixer */
-  int iTabDb;             /* Index of the database holding pTab */
-
-  assert( pName1!=0 );   /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
-  assert( pName2!=0 );
-  assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE );
-  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
-  if( isTemp ){
-    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
-    if( pName2->n>0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-    iDb = 1;
-    pName = pName1;
-  }else{
-    /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-    if( iDb<0 ){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-  }
-  if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed:
-  **
-  **    CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab ....
-  **                                                 ^^^^^^^^
-  **
-  ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database
-  ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing our of SQLITE_MASTER.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase);
-    pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
-  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
-  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
-  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
-  */
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
-  if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab
-        && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
-    iDb = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
-  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
-  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName);
-  if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
-  if( !pTab ){
-    /* The table does not exist. */
-    if( db->init.iDb==1 ){
-      /* Ticket #3810.
-      ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are
-      ** dropped too.  But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table
-      ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the
-      ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the
-      ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped.  This results in an
-      ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing.
-      */
-      db->init.orphanTrigger = 1;
-    }
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
-  ** specified name exists */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
-                      zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){
-    if( !noErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
-    }else{
-      assert( !db->init.busy );
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    }
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
-  ** of triggers.
-  */
-  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
-        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
-        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
-    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
-    if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
-  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
-  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
-  ** elsewhere.
-  */
-  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
-    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
-  }
-
-  /* Build the Trigger object */
-  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
-  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
-  pTrigger->zName = zName;
-  zName = 0;
-  pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
-  pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-  pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
-  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
-  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
-  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
-  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
-
-trigger_cleanup:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
-  if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
-  }else{
-    assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
-** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
-  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
-  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
-){
-  Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;   /* Trigger being finished */
-  char *zName;                            /* Name of trigger */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;               /* The database */
-  DbFixer sFix;                           /* Fixer object */
-  int iDb;                                /* Database containing the trigger */
-  Token nameToken;                        /* Trigger name for error reporting */
-
-  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
-  if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-  zName = pTrig->zName;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
-  pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
-  while( pStepList ){
-    pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
-    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
-  }
-  nameToken.z = pTrig->zName;
-  nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z);
-  sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken);
-  if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) 
-   || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) 
-  ){
-    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* if we are not initializing,
-  ** build the sqlite_master entry
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *z;
-
-    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-       "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
-       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName,
-       pTrig->table, z);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
-        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
-  }
-
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
-    Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-    pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig);
-    if( pTrig ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
-      Table *pTab;
-      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table);
-      pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n);
-      assert( pTab!=0 );
-      pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
-      pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
-    }
-  }
-
-triggerfinish_cleanup:
-  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig);
-  assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
-  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
-** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
-**
-** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
-** body of a TRIGGER.  
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
-  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
-  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
-  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step.  The allocated space
-** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set.
-*/
-static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Database connection */
-  u8 op,                      /* Trigger opcode */
-  Token *pName                /* The target name */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
-
-  pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n);
-  if( pTriggerStep ){
-    char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1];
-    memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n);
-    pTriggerStep->target.z = z;
-    pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n;
-    pTriggerStep->op = op;
-  }
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/*
-** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
-** to the new trigger step.
-**
-** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
-** body of a trigger.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* The database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
-  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
-  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
-  u8 orconf           /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
-
-  assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
-
-  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName);
-  if( pTriggerStep ){
-    pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-    pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
-    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
-  }
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
-** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
-** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* The database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
-  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
-  u8 orconf            /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
-
-  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName);
-  if( pTriggerStep ){
-    pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
-** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
-** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,      /* The table from which rows are deleted */
-  Expr *pWhere            /* The WHERE clause */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
-
-  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName);
-  if( pTriggerStep ){
-    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
-    pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
-  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
-  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
-**
-** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
-** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
-** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
-** instead of the trigger name.
-**/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
-  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
-  int i;
-  const char *zDb;
-  const char *zName;
-  int nName;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
-  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
-    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
-    if( pTrigger ) break;
-  }
-  if( !pTrigger ){
-    if( !noErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
-    }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
-
-drop_trigger_cleanup:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
-** is set on.
-*/
-static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
-  int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table);
-  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
-  Table   *pTable;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
-  assert( pTable );
-  assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
-      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
-  */
-  assert( pTable!=0 );
-  if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
-    int base;
-    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
-    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
-      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
-      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 1 */
-      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        2},
-      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
-      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 4: "trigger" */
-      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        2},
-      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
-      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
-      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
-    };
-
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
-    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger, iLn);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0);
-    if( pParse->nMem<3 ){
-      pParse->nMem = 3;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
-  Trigger *pTrigger;
-  Hash *pHash;
-
-  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
-  pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
-  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0);
-  if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
-    if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
-      Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
-      Trigger **pp;
-      for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
-      *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
-    }
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
-** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>.  If any of the entries
-** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
-** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
-** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
-** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
-** if there is no match.
-*/
-static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
-  int e;
-  if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1;
-  for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
-    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least
-** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is 
-** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at
-** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
-  Table *pTab,            /* The table the contains the triggers */
-  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
-  ExprList *pChanges,     /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
-  int *pMask              /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
-){
-  int mask = 0;
-  Trigger *pList = 0;
-  Trigger *p;
-
-  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
-  }
-  assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 );
-  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){
-      mask |= p->tr_tm;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pMask ){
-    *pMask = mask;
-  }
-  return (mask ? pList : 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
-** to that SrcList.
-**
-** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
-** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
-** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
-** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
-** wants.
-*/
-static SrcList *targetSrcList(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
-){
-  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
-  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
-
-  pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
-  if( pSrc ){
-    assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 );
-    assert( pSrc->a!=0 );
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
-    if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
-      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-      assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
-      pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-    }
-  }
-  return pSrc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single 
-** trigger.
-*/
-static int codeTriggerProgram(
-  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
-  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
-  int orconf                /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
-){
-  TriggerStep *pStep;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel );
-  assert( pStepList );
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){
-    /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step
-    ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger
-    ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use
-    ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger
-    ** step statement. Example:
-    **
-    **   CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN;
-    **     INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b);
-    **   END;
-    **
-    **   INSERT INTO t1 ... ;            -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy
-    **   INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ;  -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy
-    */
-    pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf;
-    assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 );
-
-    switch( pStep->op ){
-      case TK_UPDATE: {
-        sqlite3Update(pParse, 
-          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
-          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), 
-          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 
-          pParse->eOrconf
-        );
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_INSERT: {
-        sqlite3Insert(pParse, 
-          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
-          sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), 
-          sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), 
-          pParse->eOrconf
-        );
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_DELETE: {
-        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, 
-          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
-          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0)
-        );
-        break;
-      }
-      default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); {
-        SelectDest sDest;
-        Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0);
-        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0);
-        sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest);
-        sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-        break;
-      }
-    } 
-    if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
-/*
-** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE
-** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging.
-*/
-static const char *onErrorText(int onError){
-  switch( onError ){
-    case OE_Abort:    return "abort";
-    case OE_Rollback: return "rollback";
-    case OE_Fail:     return "fail";
-    case OE_Replace:  return "replace";
-    case OE_Ignore:   return "ignore";
-    case OE_Default:  return "default";
-  }
-  return "n/a";
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe
-** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information
-** from pFrom to pTo.
-*/
-static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){
-  assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr );
-  assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr );
-  if( pTo->nErr==0 ){
-    pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg;
-    pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program 
-** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf.
-*/
-static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
-  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table pTrigger is attached to */
-  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */
-){
-  Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database handle */
-  TriggerPrg *pPrg;           /* Value to return */
-  Expr *pWhen = 0;            /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */
-  Vdbe *v;                    /* Temporary VM */
-  NameContext sNC;            /* Name context for sub-vdbe */
-  SubProgram *pProgram = 0;   /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */
-  Parse *pSubParse;           /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */
-  int iEndTrigger = 0;        /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */
-
-  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
-  assert( pTop->pVdbe );
-
-  /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they
-  ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg 
-  ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later.  */
-  pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg));
-  if( !pPrg ) return 0;
-  pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg;
-  pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg;
-  pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram));
-  if( !pProgram ) return 0;
-  sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram);
-  pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger;
-  pPrg->orconf = orconf;
-  pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff;
-  pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff;
-
-  /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the 
-  ** trigger sub-program.  */
-  pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse));
-  if( !pSubParse ) return 0;
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pSubParse;
-  pSubParse->db = db;
-  pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab;
-  pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop;
-  pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName;
-  pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op;
-  pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse);
-  if( v ){
-    VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", 
-      pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf),
-      (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"),
-        (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""),
-        (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""),
-        (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""),
-      pTab->zName
-    ));
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, 
-      sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC
-    );
-#endif
-
-    /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false
-    ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the 
-    ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program.  */
-    if( pTrigger->pWhen ){
-      pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0);
-      if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) 
-       && db->mallocFailed==0 
-      ){
-        iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
-    }
-
-    /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */
-    codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf);
-
-    /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */
-    if( iEndTrigger ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
-    VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf)));
-
-    transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse);
-    if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-      pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg);
-    }
-    pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem;
-    pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab;
-    pProgram->nOnce = pSubParse->nOnce;
-    pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger;
-    pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask;
-    pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask;
-    sqlite3VdbeDelete(v);
-  }
-
-  assert( !pSubParse->pAinc       && !pSubParse->pZombieTab );
-  assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg );
-  sqlite3ParserReset(pSubParse);
-  sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse);
-
-  return pPrg;
-}
-    
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for
-** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such
-** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before
-** being returned.
-*/
-static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
-  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */
-  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */
-){
-  Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
-
-  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
-
-  /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the
-  ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with
-  ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere
-  ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry.  */
-  for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; 
-      pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); 
-      pPrg=pPrg->pNext
-  );
-
-  /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */
-  if( !pPrg ){
-    pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf);
-  }
-
-  return pPrg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on 
-** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this
-** function are the same as those described in the header function for
-** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger()
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
-  Trigger *p,          /* Trigger to code */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
-  int reg,             /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */
-  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
-  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */
-  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
-  pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
-  assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-
-  /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program 
-  ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program.  */
-  if( pPrg ){
-    int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers));
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM);
-    VdbeComment(
-        (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf)));
-
-    /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if
-    ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive
-    ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger,
-    ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers
-    ** is clear.  */
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation
-** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE)
-** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the
-** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then
-** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified.
-**
-** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified
-** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op.
-**
-** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers 
-** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references
-** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab
-** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows:
-**
-**   Register       Contains
-**   ------------------------------------------------------
-**   reg+0          OLD.rowid
-**   reg+1          OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
-**   ...            ...
-**   reg+N          OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab
-**   reg+N+1        NEW.rowid
-**   reg+N+2        OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
-**   ...            ...
-**   reg+N+N+1      NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab
-**
-** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will
-** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or 
-** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). 
-** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers
-** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an
-** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg
-** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through 
-** (reg+N+N+1) are.
-**
-** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the
-** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump
-** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program
-** raises an IGNORE exception.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
-  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
-  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
-  int tr_tm,           /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
-  int reg,             /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */
-  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
-  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
-){
-  Trigger *p;          /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */
-
-  assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE );
-  assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER );
-  assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) );
-
-  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
-
-    /* Sanity checking:  The schema for the trigger and for the table are
-    ** always defined.  The trigger must be in the same schema as the table
-    ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
-    assert( p->pSchema!=0 );
-    assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 );
-    assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema 
-         || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema );
-
-    /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
-    if( p->op==op 
-     && p->tr_tm==tr_tm 
-     && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges)
-    ){
-      sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. 
-** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the 
-** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information 
-** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire
-** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command.
-**
-** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the
-** table may be accessed using an [old|new].<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if
-** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there
-** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
-** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
-**
-** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is 
-** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
-**
-** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned
-** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table.
-**
-** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE
-** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only
-** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the
-** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only
-** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
-  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
-  int isNew,           /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */
-  int tr_tm,           /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
-  int orconf           /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
-){
-  const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE;
-  u32 mask = 0;
-  Trigger *p;
-
-  assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 );
-  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm)
-     && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges)
-    ){
-      TriggerPrg *pPrg;
-      pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
-      if( pPrg ){
-        mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew];
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return mask;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
-/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle UPDATE statements.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Forward declaration */
-static void updateVirtualTable(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
-  Expr *pRowidExpr,    /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
-  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
-  int onError          /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
-);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
-** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the 
-** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
-**
-** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the 
-** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
-** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
-** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
-** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
-** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
-** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
-** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
-**
-** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have 
-** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
-** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated 
-** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
-** into the sqlite_master table.)
-**
-** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
-** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
-** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
-** sqlite3_value objects.
-**
-** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction
-** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is 
-** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save 
-** space.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){
-  assert( pTab!=0 );
-  if( !pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3_value *pValue = 0;
-    u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
-    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
-    assert( i<pTab->nCol );
-    sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, 
-                         pCol->affinity, &pValue);
-    if( pValue ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM);
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Process an UPDATE statement.
-**
-**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
-**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
-*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
-  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
-  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
-  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
-){
-  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
-  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
-  int addrTop = 0;       /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
-  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
-  Index *pPk;            /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
-  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
-  int iBaseCur;          /* Base cursor number */
-  int iDataCur;          /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */
-  int iIdxCur;           /* Cursor for the first index */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
-  int *aRegIdx = 0;      /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */
-  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
-                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
-                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
-  u8 *aToOpen;           /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */
-  u8 chngPk;             /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */
-  u8 chngRowid;          /* Rowid changed in a normal table */
-  u8 chngKey;            /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */
-  Expr *pRowidExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
-  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
-  NameContext sNC;       /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
-  int iDb;               /* Database containing the table being updated */
-  int okOnePass;         /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
-  int hasFK;             /* True if foreign key processing is required */
-  int labelBreak;        /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */
-  int labelContinue;     /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;            /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */
-  Trigger *pTrigger;     /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
-  int tmask;             /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
-#endif
-  int newmask;           /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */
-  int iEph = 0;          /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
-  int nKey = 0;          /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */
-  int aiCurOnePass[2];   /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
-
-  /* Register Allocations */
-  int regRowCount = 0;   /* A count of rows changed */
-  int regOldRowid;       /* The old rowid */
-  int regNewRowid;       /* The new rowid */
-  int regNew;            /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */
-  int regOld = 0;        /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */
-  int regRowSet = 0;     /* Rowset of rows to be updated */
-  int regKey = 0;        /* composite PRIMARY KEY value */
-
-  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-
-  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
-  */
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** updated is a view.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-  assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 );
-#else
-# define pTrigger 0
-# define isView 0
-# define tmask 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
-  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
-  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
-  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
-  */
-  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++;
-  iIdxCur = iDataCur+1;
-  pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
-    if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && pPk!=0 ){
-      iDataCur = pParse->nTab;
-      pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur;
-    }
-    pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[].  
-  ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values.
-  */
-  aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 );
-  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  aRegIdx = aXRef+pTab->nCol;
-  aToOpen = (u8*)(aRegIdx+nIdx);
-  memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
-  aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
-
-  /* Initialize the name-context */
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-
-  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
-  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
-  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
-  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
-  ** that column.
-  */
-  chngRowid = chngPk = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
-      goto update_cleanup;
-    }
-    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
-          chngRowid = 1;
-          pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
-        }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){
-          chngPk = 1;
-        }
-        aXRef[j] = i;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
-      if( pPk==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
-        j = -1;
-        chngRowid = 1;
-        pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
-        pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-        goto update_cleanup;
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    {
-      int rc;
-      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
-                            j<0 ? "ROWID" : pTab->aCol[j].zName,
-                            db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-        goto update_cleanup;
-      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-        aXRef[j] = -1;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  assert( (chngRowid & chngPk)==0 );
-  assert( chngRowid==0 || chngRowid==1 );
-  assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 );
-  chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk;
-
-  /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop.
-  ** So reset the colUsed mask
-  */
-  pTabList->a[0].colUsed = 0;
-
-  hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngKey);
-
-  /* There is one entry in the aRegIdx[] array for each index on the table
-  ** being updated.  Fill in aRegIdx[] with a register number that will hold
-  ** the key for accessing each index.  
-  */
-  for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-    int reg;
-    if( chngKey || hasFK || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere || pIdx==pPk ){
-      reg = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }else{
-      reg = 0;
-      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
-        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){
-          reg = ++pParse->nMem;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0;
-    aRegIdx[j] = reg;
-  }
-
-  /* Begin generating code. */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
-                       pWhere, onError);
-    pWhere = 0;
-    pTabList = 0;
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Allocate required registers. */
-  regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-  if( chngPk || pTrigger || hasFK ){
-    regOld = pParse->nMem + 1;
-    pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
-  }
-  if( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK ){
-    regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-  }
-  regNew = pParse->nMem + 1;
-  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
-
-  /* Start the view context. */
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
-  }
-
-  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
-  ** a ephemeral table.
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
-  ** WHERE clause.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Begin the database scan
-  */
-  if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(
-        pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur
-    );
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-    okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
-  
-    /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid);
-    if( !okOnePass ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
-    }
-  
-    /* End the database scan loop.
-    */
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-  }else{
-    int iPk;         /* First of nPk memory cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */
-    i16 nPk;         /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */
-    int addrOpen;    /* Address of the OpenEphemeral instruction */
-
-    assert( pPk!=0 );
-    nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
-    iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += nPk;
-    regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
-    iEph = pParse->nTab++;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk);
-    addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, 
-                               WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur);
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-    okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
-    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
-      sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pPk->aiColumn[i],
-                                      iPk+i);
-    }
-    if( okOnePass ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen);
-      nKey = nPk;
-      regKey = iPk;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey,
-                        sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey);
-    }
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
-    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
-  }
-
-  labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  if( !isView ){
-    /* 
-    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
-    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
-    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
-    ** to be deleting some records.
-    */
-    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
-      memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
-    }else{
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
-          memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( okOnePass ){
-      if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0;
-      if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iBaseCur, aToOpen,
-                               0, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Top of the update loop */
-  if( okOnePass ){
-    if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iBaseCur] ){
-      assert( pPk!=0 );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey);
-      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
-    }
-    labelContinue = labelBreak;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }else if( pPk ){
-    labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEph, regKey);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }else{
-    labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, labelBreak,
-                             regOldRowid);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to
-  ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified,
-  ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is
-  ** already populated.  */
-  assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid );
-  if( chngRowid ){
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }
-
-  /* Compute the old pre-UPDATE content of the row being changed, if that
-  ** information is needed */
-  if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){
-    u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0);
-    oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, 
-        pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError
-    );
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      if( oldmask==0xffffffff
-       || (i<32 && (oldmask & MASKBIT32(i))!=0)
-       || (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0
-      ){
-        testcase(  oldmask!=0xffffffff && i==31 );
-        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regOld+i);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i);
-      }
-    }
-    if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new
-  ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new
-  ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references
-  ** made by triggers.
-  **
-  ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
-  ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
-  ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
-  ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from 
-  ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger 
-  ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to
-  ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes.
-  */
-  newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
-      pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError
-  );
-  /*sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew, regNew+pTab->nCol-1);*/
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
-    }else{
-      j = aXRef[i];
-      if( j>=0 ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i);
-      }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){
-        /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed 
-        ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or
-        ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via
-        ** a new.* reference in a trigger program.
-        */
-        testcase( i==31 );
-        testcase( i==32 );
-        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are
-  ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong.
-  */
-  if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
-    sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew);
-    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
-        TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
-
-    /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this
-    ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are 
-    ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated
-    ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
-    ** documentation.
-    */
-    if( pPk ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-
-    /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified 
-    ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for 
-    ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their 
-    ** registers in case this has happened.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){
-        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !isView ){
-    int j1 = 0;           /* Address of jump instruction */
-    int bReplace = 0;     /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */
-
-    /* Do constraint checks. */
-    assert( regOldRowid>0 );
-    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-        regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace);
-
-    /* Do FK constraint checks. */
-    if( hasFK ){
-      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0, aXRef, chngKey);
-    }
-
-    /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record.  */
-    if( bReplace || chngKey ){
-      if( pPk ){
-        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, 0, regKey, nKey);
-      }else{
-        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, 0, regOldRowid);
-      }
-      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
-    }
-    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, aRegIdx);
-  
-    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.  */
-    if( hasFK || chngKey || pPk!=0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0);
-    }
-    if( bReplace || chngKey ){
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    }
-
-    if( hasFK ){
-      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
-    }
-  
-    /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */
-    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
-                             regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0);
-
-    /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
-    ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
-    ** to the row just updated. */ 
-    if( hasFK ){
-      sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Increment the row counter 
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
-      TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
-
-  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
-  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
-  */
-  if( okOnePass ){
-    /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */
-  }else if( pPk ){
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelContinue);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak);
-
-  /* Close all tables */
-  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-    assert( aRegIdx );
-    if( aToOpen[i+1] ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur+i, 0);
-    }
-  }
-  if( iDataCur<iIdxCur ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDataCur, 0);
-
-  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
-  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
-  ** autoincrement tables.
-  */
-  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
-    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-
-update_cleanup:
-  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  return;
-}
-/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
-** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
-** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
-#ifdef isView
- #undef isView
-#endif
-#ifdef pTrigger
- #undef pTrigger
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
-**
-** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
-** for each row to be changed:
-**
-**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
-**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
-**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
-**
-** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
-** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
-**
-** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
-**
-** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
-** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
-** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
-*/
-static void updateVirtualTable(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
-  Expr *pRowid,        /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
-  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
-  int onError          /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* Virtual machine under construction */
-  ExprList *pEList = 0;     /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
-  Select *pSelect = 0;      /* The SELECT statement */
-  Expr *pExpr;              /* Temporary expression */
-  int ephemTab;             /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
-  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
-  int addr;                 /* Address of top of loop */
-  int iReg;                 /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
-  const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
-  SelectDest dest;
-
-  /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
-  ** all updated rows. 
-  */
-  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_"));
-  if( pRowid ){
-    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList,
-                                   sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0));
-  }
-  assert( pTab->iPKey<0 );
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-    if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
-      pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0);
-    }else{
-      pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
-    }
-    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr);
-  }
-  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  
-  /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
-  ** be stored.
-  */
-  assert( v );
-  ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
-
-  /* fill the ephemeral table 
-  */
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab);
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
-
-  /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */
-  iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1;
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column,  ephemTab, 0, iReg);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1);
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i);
-  }
-  sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
-  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
-
-  /* Cleanup */
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);  
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/************** End of update.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
-**
-** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
-** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
-/*
-** Finalize a prepared statement.  If there was an error, store the
-** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
-*/
-static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
-*/
-static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  VVA_ONLY( int rc; )
-  if( !zSql ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
-  }
-  VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) );
-  return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
-** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
-*/
-static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
-}
-
-/*
-** The VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
-** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
-** in PostgreSQL.  The VACUUM command works as follows:
-**
-**   (1)  Create a new transient database file
-**   (2)  Copy all content from the database being vacuumed into
-**        the new transient database file
-**   (3)  Copy content from the transient database back into the
-**        original database.
-**
-** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately
-** equal to the size of the original database.  The copy operation of
-** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal
-** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal.
-** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the
-** orginal database is required.  Every page of the database is written
-** approximately 3 times:  Once for step (2) and twice for step (3).
-** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original
-** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to
-** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content.
-**
-** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if
-** the copy of step (3) were replace by deleting the original database
-** and renaming the transient database as the original.  But that will
-** not work if other processes are attached to the original database.
-** And a power loss in between deleting the original and renaming the
-** transient would cause the database file to appear to be deleted
-** following reboot.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, 0);
-  }
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
-  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
-  Btree *pTemp;           /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
-  char *zSql = 0;         /* SQL statements */
-  int saved_flags;        /* Saved value of the db->flags */
-  int saved_nChange;      /* Saved value of db->nChange */
-  int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
-  void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*);  /* Saved db->xTrace */
-  Db *pDb = 0;            /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
-  int isMemDb;            /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */
-  int nRes;               /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */
-  int nDb;                /* Number of attached databases */
-
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( db->nVdbeActive>1 ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be 
-  ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and
-  ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints.  */
-  saved_flags = db->flags;
-  saved_nChange = db->nChange;
-  saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
-  saved_xTrace = db->xTrace;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
-  db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder);
-  db->xTrace = 0;
-
-  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
-  isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain));
-
-  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
-  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
-  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
-  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
-  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
-  **
-  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
-  ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but
-  ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower.  Very little journalling
-  ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially
-  ** empty.  Only the journal header is written.  Apparently it takes more
-  ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
-  ** to write the journal header file.
-  */
-  nDb = db->nDb;
-  if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
-    zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;";
-  }else{
-    zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
-  }
-  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql);
-  if( db->nDb>nDb ){
-    pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
-    assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
-
-  /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file
-  ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction
-  ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't
-  ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below.  */
-  sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
-
-  nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain);
-
-  /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( db->nextPagesize ){
-    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
-    int nKey;
-    char *zKey;
-    sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
-    if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database
-  ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below,
-  ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database.
-  */
-  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN;");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 2);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */
-  if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain))
-                                               ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
-    db->nextPagesize = 0;
-  }
-
-  if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0)
-   || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0))
-   || NEVER(db->mallocFailed)
-  ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto end_of_vacuum;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac :
-                                           sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
-#endif
-
-  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
-  ** in the temporary database.
-  */
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) "
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
-      "   AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0"
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)"
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) "
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
-  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy
-  ** the contents to the temporary database.
-  */
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
-      "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'"
-      "FROM main.sqlite_master "
-      "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
-      "  AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0"
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Copy over the sequence table
-  */
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
-      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
-      "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' "
-      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-
-  /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
-  ** over to the temporary database.  None of these objects has any
-  ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
-  ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
-  */
-  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg,
-      "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
-      "  SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
-      "    FROM main.sqlite_master"
-      "   WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
-      "      OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
-  );
-  if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the 
-  ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs,
-  ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database
-  ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit
-  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit().
-  */
-  {
-    u32 meta;
-    int i;
-
-    /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
-    ** vacuum.  Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
-    ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
-    ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
-    ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
-    */
-    static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
-       BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION,     1,  /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
-       BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0,  /* Preserve the default page cache size */
-       BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING,      0,  /* Preserve the text encoding */
-       BTREE_USER_VERSION,       0,  /* Preserve the user version */
-       BTREE_APPLICATION_ID,     0,  /* Preserve the application id */
-    };
-
-    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
-    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
-
-    /* Copy Btree meta values */
-    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){
-      /* GetMeta() and UpdateMeta() cannot fail in this context because
-      ** we already have page 1 loaded into cache and marked dirty. */
-      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
-      if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-    }
-
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
-#endif
-  }
-
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1);
-
-end_of_vacuum:
-  /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
-  db->flags = saved_flags;
-  db->nChange = saved_nChange;
-  db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
-  db->xTrace = saved_xTrace;
-  sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1);
-
-  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
-  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
-  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
-  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
-  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
-  ** is closed by the DETACH.
-  */
-  db->autoCommit = 1;
-
-  if( pDb ){
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-    pDb->pBt = 0;
-    pDb->pSchema = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[]
-  ** array. */ 
-  sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif  /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
-
-/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 June 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-
-/*
-** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the
-** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of
-** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of 
-** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
-** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
-*/
-struct VtabCtx {
-  VTable *pVTable;    /* The virtual table being constructed */
-  Table *pTab;        /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */
-};
-
-/*
-** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
-** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
-** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
-*/
-static int createModule(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nName;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-  if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName, nName) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }else{
-    Module *pMod;
-    pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
-    if( pMod ){
-      Module *pDel;
-      char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
-      memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
-      pMod->zName = zCopy;
-      pMod->pModule = pModule;
-      pMod->pAux = pAux;
-      pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
-      pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,nName,(void*)pMod);
-      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod );
-      if( pDel ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux);
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux                      /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-){
-  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
-){
-  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
-** Locks nest.  Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
-** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.  
-**
-** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
-** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){
-  pVTab->nRef++;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table.
-** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access 
-** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
-  VTable *pVtab;
-  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-  for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext);
-  return pVtab;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count
-** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){
-  sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db;
-
-  assert( db );
-  assert( pVTab->nRef>0 );
-  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE );
-
-  pVTab->nRef--;
-  if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){
-    sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
-    if( p ){
-      p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the
-** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated
-** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. 
-** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with
-** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list.
-*/
-static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
-  VTable *pRet = 0;
-  VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable;
-  p->pVTable = 0;
-
-  /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database 
-  ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments 
-  ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why
-  ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any
-  ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list.
-  */
-  assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
-
-  while( pVTable ){
-    sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db;
-    VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext;
-    assert( db2 );
-    if( db2==db ){
-      pRet = pVTable;
-      p->pVTable = pRet;
-      pRet->pNext = 0;
-    }else{
-      pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect;
-      db2->pDisconnect = pVTable;
-    }
-    pVTable = pNext;
-  }
-
-  assert( !db || pRet );
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object
-** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked
-** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is
-** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable
-** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may
-** be being used by other shared-cache connections).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
-  VTable **ppVTab;
-
-  assert( IsVirtual(p) );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
-  for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){
-    if( (*ppVTab)->db==db  ){
-      VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab;
-      *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext;
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list.
-**
-** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all
-** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the 
-** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The
-** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows:
-**
-**   1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex
-**      associated with the database handle itself must be held.
-**
-**   2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to
-**      the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex
-**      associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held
-**      or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then
-**      the database handle mutex is held.
-**
-** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously 
-** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){
-  VTable *p = db->pDisconnect;
-  db->pDisconnect = 0;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    do {
-      VTable *pNext = p->pNext;
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
-      p = pNext;
-    }while( p );
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
-** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
-** record.
-**
-** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer
-** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable 
-** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema.
-** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database 
-** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the 
-** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures
-** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated 
-** database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
-  if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p);
-  if( p->azModuleArg ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){
-      if( i!=1 ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
-** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored.  The
-** string will be freed automatically when the table is
-** deleted.
-*/
-static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){
-  int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
-  int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg);
-  char **azModuleArg;
-  azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
-  if( azModuleArg==0 ){
-    int j;
-    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg[j]);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg);
-    pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
-  }else{
-    azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
-    azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
-  }
-  pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
-** statement.  The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
-** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Token *pName1,        /* Name of new table, or database name */
-  Token *pName2,        /* Name of new table or NULL */
-  Token *pModuleName,   /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
-  int ifNotExists       /* No error if the table already exists */
-){
-  int iDb;              /* The database the table is being created in */
-  Table *pTable;        /* The new virtual table */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
-
-  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists);
-  pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( pTable==0 ) return;
-  assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-  pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual;
-  pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, 0);
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
-  pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
-  ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
-  ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
-  ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
-  */
-  if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
-    sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, 
-            pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
-** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
-** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
-*/
-static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
-  if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){
-    const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
-    int n = pParse->sArg.n;
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
-** has been completely parsed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
-  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;  /* The table being constructed */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
-
-  if( pTab==0 ) return;
-  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
-  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
-  if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
-  
-  /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
-  ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
-  ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
-  ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
-  ** in the sqlite_master table.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    char *zStmt;
-    char *zWhere;
-    int iDb;
-    Vdbe *v;
-
-    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
-    if( pEnd ){
-      pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n;
-    }
-    zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
-
-    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
-    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
-    ** the information we've collected.  
-    **
-    ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
-    ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
-    ** by sqlite3StartTable().
-    */
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
-         "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
-       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-      pTab->zName,
-      pTab->zName,
-      zStmt,
-      pParse->regRowid
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
-    zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, 
-                         pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1);
-  }
-
-  /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
-  ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until
-  ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
-  ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
-  ** the required virtual table implementations are registered.  */
-  else {
-    Table *pOld;
-    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
-    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
-    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
-    if( pOld ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
-      return;
-    }
-    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
-** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
-  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
-  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
-  pParse->sArg.n = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
-** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
-  Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
-  if( pArg->z==0 ){
-    pArg->z = p->z;
-    pArg->n = p->n;
-  }else{
-    assert(pArg->z < p->z);
-    pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
-** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
-** to this procedure.
-*/
-static int vtabCallConstructor(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  Table *pTab,
-  Module *pMod,
-  int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  VtabCtx sCtx, *pPriorCtx;
-  VTable *pVTable;
-  int rc;
-  const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
-  int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
-  int iDb;
-
-  if( !zModuleName ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable));
-  if( !pVTable ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pVTable->db = db;
-  pVTable->pMod = pMod;
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-
-  /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
-  assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
-  assert( xConstruct );
-  sCtx.pTab = pTab;
-  sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
-  pPriorCtx = db->pVtabCtx;
-  db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
-  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
-  db->pVtabCtx = pPriorCtx;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-    if( zErr==0 ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
-    }else {
-      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
-      sqlite3_free(zErr);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable);
-  }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){
-    /* Justification of ALWAYS():  A correct vtab constructor must allocate
-    ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful.  */
-    pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
-    pVTable->nRef = 1;
-    if( sCtx.pTab ){
-      const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
-      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }else{
-      int iCol;
-      /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
-      ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the 
-      ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
-      ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from
-      ** the type string.  */
-      pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable;
-      pTab->pVTable = pVTable;
-
-      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
-        char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-        int nType;
-        int i = 0;
-        if( !zType ) continue;
-        nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
-        if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
-          for(i=0; i<nType; i++){
-            if( (0==sqlite3StrNICmp(" hidden", &zType[i], 7))
-             && (zType[i+7]=='\0' || zType[i+7]==' ')
-            ){
-              i++;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( i<nType ){
-          int j;
-          int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0);
-          for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){
-            zType[j] = zType[j+nDel];
-          }
-          if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){
-            assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
-            zType[i-1] = '\0';
-          }
-          pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
-** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned 
-** and an error left in pParse.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  const char *zMod;
-  Module *pMod;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( pTab );
-  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
-  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));
-
-  if( !pMod ){
-    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    char *zErr = 0;
-    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one
-** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
-*/
-static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){
-  const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;
-
-  /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
-  if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
-    VTable **aVTrans;
-    int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
-    aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
-    if( !aVTrans ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
-    db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should
-** have already been reserved using growVTrans().
-*/
-static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
-  /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
-  db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab;
-  sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. 
-**
-** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language
-** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
-** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Module *pMod;
-  const char *zMod;
-
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable );
-
-  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
-  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));
-
-  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
-  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
-  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
-  */
-  if( !pMod ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
-  }
-
-  /* Justification of ALWAYS():  The xConstructor method is required to
-  ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){
-    rc = growVTrans(db);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab));
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table.  It is only
-** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
-** virtual table module.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
-  Parse *pParse;
-
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
-
-  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
-  if( pParse==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    pParse->declareVtab = 1;
-    pParse->db = db;
-    pParse->nQueryLoop = 1;
-  
-    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) 
-     && pParse->pNewTable
-     && !db->mallocFailed
-     && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect
-     && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
-    ){
-      if( !pTab->aCol ){
-        pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
-        pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
-        pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
-        pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
-      }
-      db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
-  
-    if( pParse->pVdbe ){
-      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
-    }
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
-    sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
-    sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
-  }
-
-  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
-** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){
-    VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab);
-
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab);
-
-    /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 );
-      p->pVtab = 0;
-      pTab->pVTable = 0;
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
-** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
-** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
-** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
-**
-** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. 
-*/
-static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
-  int i;
-  if( db->aVTrans ){
-    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
-      VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
-      sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
-      if( p ){
-        int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
-        x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset);
-        if( x ) x(p);
-      }
-      pVTab->iSavepoint = 0;
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans);
-    db->nVTrans = 0;
-    db->aVTrans = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans
-** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or
-** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
-**
-** If an error message is available, leave it in p->zErrMsg.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
-
-  db->aVTrans = 0;
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
-    int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
-    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab;
-    if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){
-      rc = x(pVtab);
-      sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
-    }
-  }
-  db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the 
-** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
-  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the 
-** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
-  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
-** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
-** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
-**
-** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer
-** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-
-  /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
-  ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
-  ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to 
-  ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-  }
-  if( !pVTab ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  } 
-  pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule;
-
-  if( pModule->xBegin ){
-    int i;
-
-    /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
-    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
-      if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the 
-    ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */
-    rc = growVTrans(db);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        addToVTrans(db, pVTab);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all
-** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint
-** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked.
-**
-** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is
-** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is 
-** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with
-** an open transaction is invoked.
-**
-** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, 
-** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this
-** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN );
-  assert( iSavepoint>=0 );
-  if( db->aVTrans ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
-      VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
-      const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule;
-      if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){
-        int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int);
-        switch( op ){
-          case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN:
-            xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint;
-            pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1;
-            break;
-          case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK:
-            xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo;
-            break;
-          default:
-            xMethod = pMod->xRelease;
-            break;
-        }
-        if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){
-          rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation.  The
-** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
-** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
-** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
-**
-** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
-** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
-**
-** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a 
-** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
-** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
-  sqlite3 *db,    /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */
-  FuncDef *pDef,  /* Function to possibly overload */
-  int nArg,       /* Number of arguments to the function */
-  Expr *pExpr     /* First argument to the function */
-){
-  Table *pTab;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  sqlite3_module *pMod;
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0;
-  void *pArg = 0;
-  FuncDef *pNew;
-  int rc = 0;
-  char *zLowerName;
-  unsigned char *z;
-
-
-  /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
-  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
-  pTab = pExpr->pTab;
-  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef;
-  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef;
-  pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab;
-  assert( pVtab!=0 );
-  assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
-  pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
-  if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
- 
-  /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
-  ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function 
-  */
-  zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
-  if( zLowerName ){
-    for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
-      *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
-    }
-    rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName);
-  }
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    return pDef;
-  }
-
-  /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
-  ** function */
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew)
-                             + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1);
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    return pDef;
-  }
-  *pNew = *pDef;
-  pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
-  memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1);
-  pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
-  pNew->pUserData = pArg;
-  pNew->funcFlags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
-** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it.  Add pTab to the
-** array if it is missing.  If pTab is already in the array, this routine
-** is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
-  int i, n;
-  Table **apVtabLock;
-
-  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-  for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nVtabLock; i++){
-    if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
-  }
-  n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]);
-  apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n);
-  if( apVtabLock ){
-    pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock;
-    pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
-  }else{
-    pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual
-** table update operation currently in progress.
-**
-** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from
-** within an xUpdate method.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){
-  static const unsigned char aMap[] = { 
-    SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE 
-  };
-  assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 );
-  assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 );
-  assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 );
-  return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1];
-}
-
-/*
-** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide 
-** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior
-** of the virtual table being implemented.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: {
-      VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx;
-      if( !p ){
-        rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-      }else{
-        assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
-        p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default:
-      rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-      break;
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
-** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is responsible for
-** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
-** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
-** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
-** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
-*/
-/************** Include whereInt.h in the middle of where.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file whereInt.h ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2013-11-12
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query
-** planner logic in "where.c".  These definitions are broken out into
-** a separate source file for easier editing.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Trace output macros
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \
-    && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE))
-# define WHERETRACE(K,X)  if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-# define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1
-#else
-# define WHERETRACE(K,X)
-#endif
-
-/* Forward references
-*/
-typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
-typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet;
-typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo;
-typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo;
-typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
-typedef struct WhereLoop WhereLoop;
-typedef struct WherePath WherePath;
-typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
-typedef struct WhereLoopBuilder WhereLoopBuilder;
-typedef struct WhereScan WhereScan;
-typedef struct WhereOrCost WhereOrCost;
-typedef struct WhereOrSet WhereOrSet;
-
-/*
-** This object contains information needed to implement a single nested
-** loop in WHERE clause.
-**
-** Contrast this object with WhereLoop.  This object describes the
-** implementation of the loop.  WhereLoop describes the algorithm.
-** This object contains a pointer to the WhereLoop algorithm as one of
-** its elements.
-**
-** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for
-** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the
-** nested loops as implemented).  The order of WhereLevel objects determines
-** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and
-** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop.
-*/
-struct WhereLevel {
-  int iLeftJoin;        /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
-  int iTabCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
-  int iIdxCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */
-  int addrBrk;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
-  int addrNxt;          /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
-  int addrSkip;         /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */
-  int addrCont;         /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
-  int addrFirst;        /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
-  int addrBody;         /* Beginning of the body of this loop */
-  u8 iFrom;             /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
-  u8 op, p3, p5;        /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */
-  int p1, p2;           /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */
-  union {               /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */
-    struct {
-      int nIn;              /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */
-      struct InLoop {
-        int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
-        int addrInTop;         /* Top of the IN loop */
-        u8 eEndLoopOp;         /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */
-      } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
-    } in;                 /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
-    Index *pCovidx;       /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */
-  } u;
-  struct WhereLoop *pWLoop;  /* The selected WhereLoop object */
-  Bitmask notReady;          /* FROM entries not usable at this level */
-};
-
-/*
-** Each instance of this object represents an algorithm for evaluating one
-** term of a join.  Every term of the FROM clause will have at least
-** one corresponding WhereLoop object (unless INDEXED BY constraints
-** prevent a query solution - which is an error) and many terms of the
-** FROM clause will have multiple WhereLoop objects, each describing a
-** potential way of implementing that FROM-clause term, together with
-** dependencies and cost estimates for using the chosen algorithm.
-**
-** Query planning consists of building up a collection of these WhereLoop
-** objects, then computing a particular sequence of WhereLoop objects, with
-** one WhereLoop object per FROM clause term, that satisfy all dependencies
-** and that minimize the overall cost.
-*/
-struct WhereLoop {
-  Bitmask prereq;       /* Bitmask of other loops that must run first */
-  Bitmask maskSelf;     /* Bitmask identifying table iTab */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  char cId;             /* Symbolic ID of this loop for debugging use */
-#endif
-  u8 iTab;              /* Position in FROM clause of table for this loop */
-  u8 iSortIdx;          /* Sorting index number.  0==None */
-  LogEst rSetup;        /* One-time setup cost (ex: create transient index) */
-  LogEst rRun;          /* Cost of running each loop */
-  LogEst nOut;          /* Estimated number of output rows */
-  union {
-    struct {               /* Information for internal btree tables */
-      u16 nEq;               /* Number of equality constraints */
-      u16 nSkip;             /* Number of initial index columns to skip */
-      Index *pIndex;         /* Index used, or NULL */
-    } btree;
-    struct {               /* Information for virtual tables */
-      int idxNum;            /* Index number */
-      u8 needFree;           /* True if sqlite3_free(idxStr) is needed */
-      i8 isOrdered;          /* True if satisfies ORDER BY */
-      u16 omitMask;          /* Terms that may be omitted */
-      char *idxStr;          /* Index identifier string */
-    } vtab;
-  } u;
-  u32 wsFlags;          /* WHERE_* flags describing the plan */
-  u16 nLTerm;           /* Number of entries in aLTerm[] */
-  /**** whereLoopXfer() copies fields above ***********************/
-# define WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ offsetof(WhereLoop,nLSlot)
-  u16 nLSlot;           /* Number of slots allocated for aLTerm[] */
-  WhereTerm **aLTerm;   /* WhereTerms used */
-  WhereLoop *pNextLoop; /* Next WhereLoop object in the WhereClause */
-  WhereTerm *aLTermSpace[4];  /* Initial aLTerm[] space */
-};
-
-/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a
-** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause.
-** See WhereOrSet for additional information 
-*/
-struct WhereOrCost {
-  Bitmask prereq;     /* Prerequisites */
-  LogEst rRun;        /* Cost of running this subquery */
-  LogEst nOut;        /* Number of outputs for this subquery */
-};
-
-/* The WhereOrSet object holds a set of possible WhereOrCosts that
-** correspond to the subquery(s) of OR-clause processing.  Only the
-** best N_OR_COST elements are retained.
-*/
-#define N_OR_COST 3
-struct WhereOrSet {
-  u16 n;                      /* Number of valid a[] entries */
-  WhereOrCost a[N_OR_COST];   /* Set of best costs */
-};
-
-
-/* Forward declaration of methods */
-static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int);
-
-/*
-** Each instance of this object holds a sequence of WhereLoop objects
-** that implement some or all of a query plan.
-**
-** Think of each WhereLoop object as a node in a graph with arcs
-** showing dependencies and costs for travelling between nodes.  (That is
-** not a completely accurate description because WhereLoop costs are a
-** vector, not a scalar, and because dependencies are many-to-one, not
-** one-to-one as are graph nodes.  But it is a useful visualization aid.)
-** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some
-** or all of the WhereLoop objects once.
-**
-** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length
-** 1.  Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects
-** of length 2.  And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the
-** number of nodes in the FROM clause.  The best (lowest cost) WherePath
-** at the end is the choosen query plan.
-*/
-struct WherePath {
-  Bitmask maskLoop;     /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */
-  Bitmask revLoop;      /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */
-  LogEst nRow;          /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */
-  LogEst rCost;         /* Total cost of this path */
-  i8 isOrdered;         /* No. of ORDER BY terms satisfied. -1 for unknown */
-  WhereLoop **aLoop;    /* Array of WhereLoop objects implementing this path */
-};
-
-/*
-** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
-** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
-** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators,
-** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR.
-**
-** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.  
-** The following identity holds:
-**
-**        WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
-**
-** When a term is of the form:
-**
-**              X <op> <expr>
-**
-** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators,
-** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the
-** cursor number and column number for X.  WhereTerm.eOperator records
-** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below.  The
-** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
-** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
-**
-** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR:
-**
-**         (t1.X <op> <expr>) OR (t1.Y <op> <expr>) OR ....
-**
-** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR
-** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that
-** is collected about the OR clause.
-**
-** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous
-** categories, then eOperator==0.  The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set
-** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately
-** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful.
-**
-** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
-** but they do so indirectly.  A single WhereMaskSet structure translates
-** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
-** fields.  The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
-** bits that will fit in a Bitmask.  The VDBE cursor numbers might be
-** spread out over the non-negative integers.  For example, the cursor
-** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45.  The WhereMaskSet
-** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
-** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
-** bits in the Bitmask.  So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
-** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
-**
-** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits
-** in prereqRight and prereqAll.  The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite
-** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables.
-*/
-struct WhereTerm {
-  Expr *pExpr;            /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */
-  int iParent;            /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
-  int leftCursor;         /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
-  union {
-    int leftColumn;         /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
-    WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;   /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */
-    WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */
-  } u;
-  LogEst truthProb;       /* Probability of truth for this expression */
-  u16 eOperator;          /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */
-  u8 wtFlags;             /* TERM_xxx bit flags.  See below */
-  u8 nChild;              /* Number of children that must disable us */
-  WhereClause *pWC;       /* The clause this term is part of */
-  Bitmask prereqRight;    /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */
-  Bitmask prereqAll;      /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags
-*/
-#define TERM_DYNAMIC    0x01   /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */
-#define TERM_VIRTUAL    0x02   /* Added by the optimizer.  Do not code */
-#define TERM_CODED      0x04   /* This term is already coded */
-#define TERM_COPIED     0x08   /* Has a child */
-#define TERM_ORINFO     0x10   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */
-#define TERM_ANDINFO    0x20   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */
-#define TERM_OR_OK      0x40   /* Used during OR-clause processing */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-#  define TERM_VNULL    0x80   /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */
-#else
-#  define TERM_VNULL    0x00   /* Disabled if not using stat3 */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating
-** terms in the WHERE clause that are useful to the query planner.
-*/
-struct WhereScan {
-  WhereClause *pOrigWC;      /* Original, innermost WhereClause */
-  WhereClause *pWC;          /* WhereClause currently being scanned */
-  char *zCollName;           /* Required collating sequence, if not NULL */
-  char idxaff;               /* Must match this affinity, if zCollName!=NULL */
-  unsigned char nEquiv;      /* Number of entries in aEquiv[] */
-  unsigned char iEquiv;      /* Next unused slot in aEquiv[] */
-  u32 opMask;                /* Acceptable operators */
-  int k;                     /* Resume scanning at this->pWC->a[this->k] */
-  int aEquiv[22];            /* Cursor,Column pairs for equivalence classes */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
-** WHERE clause.  Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms.
-**
-** Explanation of pOuter:  For a WHERE clause of the form
-**
-**           a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f
-**
-** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for
-** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)".  The pOuter field of the
-** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause.
-*/
-struct WhereClause {
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;       /* WHERE clause processing context */
-  WhereClause *pOuter;     /* Outer conjunction */
-  u8 op;                   /* Split operator.  TK_AND or TK_OR */
-  int nTerm;               /* Number of terms */
-  int nSlot;               /* Number of entries in a[] */
-  WhereTerm *a;            /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
-#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
-  WhereTerm aStatic[1];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
-#else
-  WhereTerm aStatic[8];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to
-** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct WhereOrInfo {
-  WhereClause wc;          /* Decomposition into subterms */
-  Bitmask indexable;       /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */
-};
-
-/*
-** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to
-** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct WhereAndInfo {
-  WhereClause wc;          /* The subexpression broken out */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
-** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
-**
-** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in 
-** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields.  For any given WHERE 
-** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
-** contain gaps in the numbering sequence.  But we want to make maximum
-** use of the bits in our bitmasks.  This structure provides a mapping
-** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
-** with 0.
-**
-** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
-** corresponds VDBE cursor number B.  The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A.
-**
-** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE
-** cursors:  4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73.  Then the  WhereMaskSet structure
-** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5.
-**
-** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered.  In the example
-** above, the mapping might go like this:  4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
-** 57->5, 73->4.  Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
-** does not really matter.  What is important is that sparse cursor
-** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
-** no gaps.
-*/
-struct WhereMaskSet {
-  int n;                        /* Number of assigned cursor values */
-  int ix[BMS];                  /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
-};
-
-/*
-** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed
-** to construct WhereLoop objects for a particular query.
-*/
-struct WhereLoopBuilder {
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;        /* Information about this WHERE */
-  WhereClause *pWC;         /* WHERE clause terms */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;       /* ORDER BY clause */
-  WhereLoop *pNew;          /* Template WhereLoop */
-  WhereOrSet *pOrSet;       /* Record best loops here, if not NULL */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  UnpackedRecord *pRec;     /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */
-  int nRecValid;            /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
-** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
-** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
-** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
-** into the second half to give some continuity.
-**
-** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query
-** planner.
-*/
-struct WhereInfo {
-  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  SrcList *pTabList;        /* List of tables in the join */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;       /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */
-  ExprList *pResultSet;     /* Result set. DISTINCT operates on these */
-  WhereLoop *pLoops;        /* List of all WhereLoop objects */
-  Bitmask revMask;          /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */
-  LogEst nRowOut;           /* Estimated number of output rows */
-  u16 wctrlFlags;           /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-  i8 nOBSat;                /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */
-  u8 sorted;                /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */
-  u8 okOnePass;             /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE/DELETE */
-  u8 untestedTerms;         /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */
-  u8 eDistinct;             /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values below */
-  u8 nLevel;                /* Number of nested loop */
-  int iTop;                 /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
-  int iContinue;            /* Jump here to continue with next record */
-  int iBreak;               /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
-  int savedNQueryLoop;      /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */
-  int aiCurOnePass[2];      /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */
-  WhereMaskSet sMaskSet;    /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */
-  WhereClause sWC;          /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
-  WhereLevel a[1];          /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
-};
-
-/*
-** Bitmasks for the operators on WhereTerm objects.  These are all
-** operators that are of interest to the query planner.  An
-** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
-** particular WhereTerms within a WhereClause.
-*/
-#define WO_IN     0x001
-#define WO_EQ     0x002
-#define WO_LT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_LE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_GT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_GE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_MATCH  0x040
-#define WO_ISNULL 0x080
-#define WO_OR     0x100       /* Two or more OR-connected terms */
-#define WO_AND    0x200       /* Two or more AND-connected terms */
-#define WO_EQUIV  0x400       /* Of the form A==B, both columns */
-#define WO_NOOP   0x800       /* This term does not restrict search space */
-
-#define WO_ALL    0xfff       /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */
-#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff       /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */
-
-/*
-** These are definitions of bits in the WhereLoop.wsFlags field.
-** The particular combination of bits in each WhereLoop help to
-** determine the algorithm that WhereLoop represents.
-*/
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ    0x00000001  /* x=EXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00000002  /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN    0x00000004  /* x IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL  0x00000008  /* x IS NULL */
-#define WHERE_CONSTRAINT   0x0000000f  /* Any of the WHERE_COLUMN_xxx values */
-#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT    0x00000010  /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
-#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT    0x00000020  /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
-#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT   0x00000030  /* Both x>EXPR and x<EXPR */
-#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x00000040  /* Use index only - omit table */
-#define WHERE_IPK          0x00000100  /* x is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-#define WHERE_INDEXED      0x00000200  /* WhereLoop.u.btree.pIndex is valid */
-#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x00000400  /* WhereLoop.u.vtab is valid */
-#define WHERE_IN_ABLE      0x00000800  /* Able to support an IN operator */
-#define WHERE_ONEROW       0x00001000  /* Selects no more than one row */
-#define WHERE_MULTI_OR     0x00002000  /* OR using multiple indices */
-#define WHERE_AUTO_INDEX   0x00004000  /* Uses an ephemeral index */
-#define WHERE_SKIPSCAN     0x00008000  /* Uses the skip-scan algorithm */
-#define WHERE_UNQ_WANTED   0x00010000  /* WHERE_ONEROW would have been helpful*/
-
-/************** End of whereInt.h ********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in where.c **********************/
-
-/*
-** Return the estimated number of output rows from a WHERE clause
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  return sqlite3LogEstToInt(pWInfo->nRowOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this
-** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  return pWInfo->eDistinct;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order.
-** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  return pWInfo->nOBSat;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to continue
-** immediately with the next row of a WHERE clause.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  assert( pWInfo->iContinue!=0 );
-  return pWInfo->iContinue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to break
-** out of a WHERE loop.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  return pWInfo->iBreak;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if an UPDATE or DELETE statement can operate directly on
-** the rowids returned by a WHERE clause.  Return FALSE if doing an
-** UPDATE or DELETE might change subsequent WHERE clause results.
-**
-** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true)
-** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS
-** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1].  iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data
-** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index.
-** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used.
-** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing.
-**
-** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is
-** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){
-  memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2);
-  return pWInfo->okOnePass;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the content of pSrc into pDest
-*/
-static void whereOrMove(WhereOrSet *pDest, WhereOrSet *pSrc){
-  pDest->n = pSrc->n;
-  memcpy(pDest->a, pSrc->a, pDest->n*sizeof(pDest->a[0]));
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to insert a new prerequisite/cost entry into the WhereOrSet pSet.
-**
-** The new entry might overwrite an existing entry, or it might be
-** appended, or it might be discarded.  Do whatever is the right thing
-** so that pSet keeps the N_OR_COST best entries seen so far.
-*/
-static int whereOrInsert(
-  WhereOrSet *pSet,      /* The WhereOrSet to be updated */
-  Bitmask prereq,        /* Prerequisites of the new entry */
-  LogEst rRun,           /* Run-cost of the new entry */
-  LogEst nOut            /* Number of outputs for the new entry */
-){
-  u16 i;
-  WhereOrCost *p;
-  for(i=pSet->n, p=pSet->a; i>0; i--, p++){
-    if( rRun<=p->rRun && (prereq & p->prereq)==prereq ){
-      goto whereOrInsert_done;
-    }
-    if( p->rRun<=rRun && (p->prereq & prereq)==p->prereq ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pSet->n<N_OR_COST ){
-    p = &pSet->a[pSet->n++];
-    p->nOut = nOut;
-  }else{
-    p = pSet->a;
-    for(i=1; i<pSet->n; i++){
-      if( p->rRun>pSet->a[i].rRun ) p = pSet->a + i;
-    }
-    if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0;
-  }
-whereOrInsert_done:
-  p->prereq = prereq;
-  p->rRun = rRun;
-  if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
-*/
-static void whereClauseInit(
-  WhereClause *pWC,        /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo        /* The WHERE processing context */
-){
-  pWC->pWInfo = pWInfo;
-  pWC->pOuter = 0;
-  pWC->nTerm = 0;
-  pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic);
-  pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
-}
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*);
-
-/*
-** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object.
-*/
-static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){
-  whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object.
-*/
-static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){
-  whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate a WhereClause structure.  The WhereClause structure
-** itself is not freed.  This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit().
-*/
-static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){
-  int i;
-  WhereTerm *a;
-  sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
-  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
-    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr);
-    }
-    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){
-      whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo);
-    }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){
-      whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo);
-    }
-  }
-  if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC.
-** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags.
-** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success.
-** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory
-** allocation error.  The memory allocation failure will be recorded in
-** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it.
-**
-** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary.
-**
-** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
-** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC.
-** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm.
-**
-** WARNING:  This routine might reallocate the space used to store
-** WhereTerms.  All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after
-** calling this routine.  Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
-** the pWC->a[] array.
-*/
-static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int idx;
-  testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-  if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
-    WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
-    sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db;
-    pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
-    if( pWC->a==0 ){
-      if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
-        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p);
-      }
-      pWC->a = pOld;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm);
-    if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld);
-    }
-    pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]);
-  }
-  pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++];
-  if( p && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Unlikely) ){
-    pTerm->truthProb = sqlite3LogEst(p->iTable) - 99;
-  }else{
-    pTerm->truthProb = 1;
-  }
-  pTerm->pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(p);
-  pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags;
-  pTerm->pWC = pWC;
-  pTerm->iParent = -1;
-  return idx;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
-** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
-** operator specified in the op parameter.  The WhereClause structure
-** is filled with pointers to subexpressions.  For example:
-**
-**    WHERE  a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
-**           \________/     \_______________/     \________________/
-**            slot[0]            slot[1]               slot[2]
-**
-** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered.  All this routine
-** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
-**
-** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
-** the WhereClause.a[] array.  The slot[] array grows as needed to contain
-** all terms of the WHERE clause.
-*/
-static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){
-  pWC->op = op;
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
-  if( pExpr->op!=op ){
-    whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
-  }else{
-    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op);
-    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object
-*/
-#define initMaskSet(P)  (P)->n=0
-
-/*
-** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number.  Return 0 if
-** iCursor is not in the set.
-*/
-static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
-  int i;
-  assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 );
-  for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
-    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
-      return MASKBIT(i);
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor.
-**
-** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause.  The number of
-** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the
-** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine.  So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
-** array will never overflow.
-*/
-static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
-  assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
-  pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
-}
-
-/*
-** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate
-** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
-** tree.
-*/
-static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*);
-static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*);
-static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
-    mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
-    return mask;
-  }
-  mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
-  mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
-  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-    mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect);
-  }else{
-    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList);
-  }
-  return mask;
-}
-static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
-  int i;
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  if( pList ){
-    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-      mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr);
-    }
-  }
-  return mask;
-}
-static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  while( pS ){
-    SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc;
-    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
-    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy);
-    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy);
-    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
-    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
-    if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-        mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect);
-        mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn);
-      }
-    }
-    pS = pS->pPrior;
-  }
-  return mask;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
-** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term.  The allowed operators are
-** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "IN", and "IS NULL"
-*/
-static int allowedOp(int op){
-  assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE );
-  assert( TK_LT>TK_EQ && TK_LT<TK_GE );
-  assert( TK_LE>TK_EQ && TK_LE<TK_GE );
-  assert( TK_GE==TK_EQ+4 );
-  return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL;
-}
-
-/*
-** Swap two objects of type TYPE.
-*/
-#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
-
-/*
-** Commute a comparison operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
-** are converted into "Y op X".
-**
-** If left/right precedence rules come into play when determining the
-** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure
-** that the collating sequence does not change.  For example:
-** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on
-** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence 
-** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag
-** is not commuted.
-*/
-static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate);
-  u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate);
-  assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
-  if( expRight==expLeft ){
-    /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */
-    if( expRight ){
-      /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators.  Make sure X is always
-      ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */
-      pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
-    }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
-      /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default
-      ** collating sequence.  So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause
-      ** it to be searched first. */
-      pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate;
-    }
-  }
-  SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
-  if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
-    assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
-    assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
-    assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
-    assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
-    assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
-    pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
-*/
-static u16 operatorMask(int op){
-  u16 c;
-  assert( allowedOp(op) );
-  if( op==TK_IN ){
-    c = WO_IN;
-  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    c = WO_ISNULL;
-  }else{
-    assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff );
-    c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ));
-  }
-  assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
-  assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
-  assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ );
-  assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT );
-  assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE );
-  assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT );
-  assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE );
-  return c;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria
-** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit().
-** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms.
-*/
-static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){
-  int iCur;            /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */
-  int iColumn;         /* The column on the LHS of the term.  -1 for IPK */
-  Expr *pX;            /* An expression being tested */
-  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;    /* The term being tested */
-  int k = pScan->k;    /* Where to start scanning */
-
-  while( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv ){
-    iCur = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-2];
-    iColumn = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-1];
-    while( (pWC = pScan->pWC)!=0 ){
-      for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; k<pWC->nTerm; k++, pTerm++){
-        if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
-         && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn
-         && (pScan->iEquiv<=2 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
-        ){
-          if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0
-           && pScan->nEquiv<ArraySize(pScan->aEquiv)
-          ){
-            int j;
-            pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pTerm->pExpr->pRight);
-            assert( pX->op==TK_COLUMN );
-            for(j=0; j<pScan->nEquiv; j+=2){
-              if( pScan->aEquiv[j]==pX->iTable
-               && pScan->aEquiv[j+1]==pX->iColumn ){
-                  break;
-              }
-            }
-            if( j==pScan->nEquiv ){
-              pScan->aEquiv[j] = pX->iTable;
-              pScan->aEquiv[j+1] = pX->iColumn;
-              pScan->nEquiv += 2;
-            }
-          }
-          if( (pTerm->eOperator & pScan->opMask)!=0 ){
-            /* Verify the affinity and collating sequence match */
-            if( pScan->zCollName && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){
-              CollSeq *pColl;
-              Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse;
-              pX = pTerm->pExpr;
-              if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pScan->idxaff) ){
-                continue;
-              }
-              assert(pX->pLeft);
-              pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse,
-                                                  pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
-              if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
-              if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pScan->zCollName) ){
-                continue;
-              }
-            }
-            if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)!=0
-             && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN
-             && pX->iTable==pScan->aEquiv[0]
-             && pX->iColumn==pScan->aEquiv[1]
-            ){
-              continue;
-            }
-            pScan->k = k+1;
-            return pTerm;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      pScan->pWC = pScan->pWC->pOuter;
-      k = 0;
-    }
-    pScan->pWC = pScan->pOrigWC;
-    k = 0;
-    pScan->iEquiv += 2;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a WHERE clause scanner object.  Return a pointer to the
-** first match.  Return NULL if there are no matches.
-**
-** The scanner will be searching the WHERE clause pWC.  It will look
-** for terms of the form "X <op> <expr>" where X is column iColumn of table
-** iCur.  The <op> must be one of the operators described by opMask.
-**
-** If the search is for X and the WHERE clause contains terms of the
-** form X=Y then this routine might also return terms of the form
-** "Y <op> <expr>".  The number of levels of transitivity is limited,
-** but is enough to handle most commonly occurring SQL statements.
-**
-** If X is not the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then X must be compatible with
-** index pIdx.
-*/
-static WhereTerm *whereScanInit(
-  WhereScan *pScan,       /* The WhereScan object being initialized */
-  WhereClause *pWC,       /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */
-  int iCur,               /* Cursor to scan for */
-  int iColumn,            /* Column to scan for */
-  u32 opMask,             /* Operator(s) to scan for */
-  Index *pIdx             /* Must be compatible with this index */
-){
-  int j;
-
-  /* memset(pScan, 0, sizeof(*pScan)); */
-  pScan->pOrigWC = pWC;
-  pScan->pWC = pWC;
-  if( pIdx && iColumn>=0 ){
-    pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
-    for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){
-      if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nKeyCol) ) return 0;
-    }
-    pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j];
-  }else{
-    pScan->idxaff = 0;
-    pScan->zCollName = 0;
-  }
-  pScan->opMask = opMask;
-  pScan->k = 0;
-  pScan->aEquiv[0] = iCur;
-  pScan->aEquiv[1] = iColumn;
-  pScan->nEquiv = 2;
-  pScan->iEquiv = 2;
-  return whereScanNext(pScan);
-}
-
-/*
-** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>"
-** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and <op> is one of
-** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter.
-** Return a pointer to the term.  Return 0 if not found.
-**
-** The term returned might by Y=<expr> if there is another constraint in
-** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y.  Any such constraints will be
-** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field.  The
-** aEquiv[] array holds X and all its equivalents, with each SQL variable
-** taking up two slots in aEquiv[].  The first slot is for the cursor number
-** and the second is for the column number.  There are 22 slots in aEquiv[]
-** so that means we can look for X plus up to 10 other equivalent values.
-** Hence a search for X will return <expr> if X=A1 and A1=A2 and A2=A3
-** and ... and A9=A10 and A10=<expr>.
-**
-** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X <op> <expr>"
-** then try for the one with no dependencies on <expr> - in other words where
-** <expr> is a constant expression of some kind.  Only return entries of
-** the form "X <op> Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of
-** the form "X <op> <const-expr>" exist.   If no terms with a constant RHS
-** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV.
-*/
-static WhereTerm *findTerm(
-  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
-  int iCur,             /* Cursor number of LHS */
-  int iColumn,          /* Column number of LHS */
-  Bitmask notReady,     /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
-  u32 op,               /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
-  Index *pIdx           /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
-){
-  WhereTerm *pResult = 0;
-  WhereTerm *p;
-  WhereScan scan;
-
-  p = whereScanInit(&scan, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx);
-  while( p ){
-    if( (p->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ){
-      if( p->prereqRight==0 && (p->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 ){
-        return p;
-      }
-      if( pResult==0 ) pResult = p;
-    }
-    p = whereScanNext(&scan);
-  }
-  return pResult;
-}
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int);
-
-/*
-** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.  
-*/
-static void exprAnalyzeAll(
-  SrcList *pTabList,       /* the FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC         /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
-    exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
-/*
-** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that
-** can be optimized using inequality constraints.  Return TRUE if it is
-** so and false if not.
-**
-** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string
-** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.  
-*/
-static int isLikeOrGlob(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Expr *pExpr,      /* Test this expression */
-  Expr **ppPrefix,  /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */
-  int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
-  int *pnoCase      /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
-){
-  const char *z = 0;         /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
-  Expr *pRight, *pLeft;      /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */
-  ExprList *pList;           /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */
-  int c;                     /* One character in z[] */
-  int cnt;                   /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
-  char wc[3];                /* Wildcard characters */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection */
-  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
-  int op;                    /* Opcode of pRight */
-
-  if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-  if( *pnoCase ) return 0;
-#endif
-  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
-  pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
-  if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN 
-   || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 
-   || IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab)
-  ){
-    /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must
-    ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */
-
-  pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr);
-  op = pRight->op;
-  if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
-    Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare;
-    int iCol = pRight->iColumn;
-    pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
-    if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){
-      z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol);
-    assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER );
-  }else if( op==TK_STRING ){
-    z = pRight->u.zToken;
-  }
-  if( z ){
-    cnt = 0;
-    while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){
-      cnt++;
-    }
-    if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
-      Expr *pPrefix;
-      *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
-      pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z);
-      if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0;
-      *ppPrefix = pPrefix;
-      if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
-        Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-        sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn);
-        if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){
-          /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current
-          ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE
-          ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
-          ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
-          ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
-          */ 
-          int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-          sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
-          sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-        }
-      }
-    }else{
-      z = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  return (z!=0);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Check to see if the given expression is of the form
-**
-**         column MATCH expr
-**
-** If it is then return TRUE.  If not, return FALSE.
-*/
-static int isMatchOfColumn(
-  Expr *pExpr      /* Test this expression */
-){
-  ExprList *pList;
-
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
-  if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
-** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
-*/
-static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){
-  if( pDerived ){
-    pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin;
-    pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable;
-  }
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-/*
-** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected
-** subterms.  So in:
-**
-**     ... WHERE  (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13)
-**                          ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-**
-** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example.
-** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under
-** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis.  Hence:
-**
-**     WhereTerm.wtFlags   |=  TERM_ORINFO
-**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo  =  a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object
-**
-** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms.
-** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms.
-** Examples of terms under analysis:
-**
-**     (A)     t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5
-**     (B)     x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3
-**     (C)     t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15)
-**     (D)     x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*')
-**     (E)     (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6)
-**
-** CASE 1:
-**
-** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C and
-** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual
-** term that is an equivalent IN expression.  In other words, if the term
-** being analyzed is:
-**
-**      x = expr1  OR  expr2 = x  OR  x = expr3
-**
-** then create a new virtual term like this:
-**
-**      x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
-**
-** CASE 2:
-**
-** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set
-**
-**     WhereTerm.eOperator              =  WO_OR
-**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable  |=  the cursor number for table T
-**
-** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
-** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and 
-** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
-** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
-** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable.  Indexable AND 
-** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
-** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
-**
-** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
-** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists.
-** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that
-** is decided elsewhere.  This analysis only looks at whether subterms
-** appropriate for indexing exist.
-**
-** All examples A through E above satisfy case 2.  But if a term
-** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will
-** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not
-** satisfied.
-**
-** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable.  For example,
-** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R.
-**
-** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using
-** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing
-** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object.  This is similar
-** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines.
-**
-** OTHERWISE:
-**
-** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to
-** zero.  This term is not useful for search.
-*/
-static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm(
-  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the complete WHERE clause */
-  int idxTerm               /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */
-){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;        /* WHERE clause processing context */
-  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;         /* Parser context */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;               /* Database connection */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];    /* The term to be analyzed */
-  Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;             /* The expression of the term */
-  int i;                                  /* Loop counters */
-  WhereClause *pOrWc;       /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */
-  WhereTerm *pOrTerm;       /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */
-  WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;     /* Additional information associated with pTerm */
-  Bitmask chngToIN;         /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */
-  Bitmask indexable;        /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */
-
-  /*
-  ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms.  The subterms are
-  ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo
-  ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term.
-  */
-  assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 );
-  assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR );
-  pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo));
-  if( pOrInfo==0 ) return;
-  pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO;
-  pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc;
-  whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWInfo);
-  whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR);
-  exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 );
-
-  /*
-  ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2.
-  */
-  indexable = ~(Bitmask)0;
-  chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0;
-  for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){
-    if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){
-      WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo;
-      assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 );
-      chngToIN = 0;
-      pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo));
-      if( pAndInfo ){
-        WhereClause *pAndWC;
-        WhereTerm *pAndTerm;
-        int j;
-        Bitmask b = 0;
-        pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo;
-        pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO;
-        pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND;
-        pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc;
-        whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pWInfo);
-        whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND);
-        exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC);
-        pAndWC->pOuter = pWC;
-        testcase( db->mallocFailed );
-        if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-          for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){
-            assert( pAndTerm->pExpr );
-            if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){
-              b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor);
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        indexable &= b;
-      }
-    }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){
-      /* Skip this term for now.  We revisit it when we process the
-      ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */
-    }else{
-      Bitmask b;
-      b = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor);
-      if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){
-        WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent];
-        b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor);
-      }
-      indexable &= b;
-      if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ){
-        chngToIN = 0;
-      }else{
-        chngToIN &= b;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2.  The set might be
-  ** empty.
-  */
-  pOrInfo->indexable = indexable;
-  pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR;
-
-  /*
-  ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1.  But
-  ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really
-  ** is satisfied.
-  **
-  ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits.  The 0-bit case means
-  ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an
-  ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain
-  ** something other than == on a column in the single table.  The 1-bit
-  ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form
-  ** "table.column=expr" for some single table.  The one bit that is set
-  ** will correspond to the common table.  We still need to check to make
-  ** sure the same column is used on all terms.  The 2-bit case is when
-  ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column".  It
-  ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column
-  ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of
-  ** the OR clause.
-  **
-  ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the
-  ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized.
-  */
-  if( chngToIN ){
-    int okToChngToIN = 0;     /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */
-    int iColumn = -1;         /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */
-    int iCursor = -1;         /* Table cursor common to all terms */
-    int j = 0;                /* Loop counter */
-
-    /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the
-    ** other of the == operator in every subterm.  That table and column
-    ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn.  There might not be any
-    ** such table and column.  Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table
-    ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found.
-    */
-    for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){
-      pOrTerm = pOrWc->a;
-      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
-        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
-        pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
-        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){
-          /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and
-          ** current term is from the first iteration.  So skip this term. */
-          assert( j==1 );
-          continue;
-        }
-        if( (chngToIN & getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
-          /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
-          ** chngToIN set but t1 is not.  This term will be either preceeded
-          ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a).  Skip this term 
-          ** and use its inversion. */
-          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
-          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-          assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) );
-          continue;
-        }
-        iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn;
-        iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor;
-        break;
-      }
-      if( i<0 ){
-        /* No candidate table+column was found.  This can only occur
-        ** on the second iteration */
-        assert( j==1 );
-        assert( IsPowerOfTwo(chngToIN) );
-        assert( chngToIN==getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCursor) );
-        break;
-      }
-      testcase( j==1 );
-
-      /* We have found a candidate table and column.  Check to see if that
-      ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */
-      okToChngToIN = 1;
-      for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){
-        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
-        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
-          pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
-        }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){
-          okToChngToIN = 0;
-        }else{
-          int affLeft, affRight;
-          /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
-          ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type
-          ** conversions are required on the right.  (Ticket #2249)
-          */
-          affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
-          affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
-          if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){
-            okToChngToIN = 0;
-          }else{
-            pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
-    ** case 1.  In that case, construct a new virtual term that is 
-    ** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
-    */
-    if( okToChngToIN ){
-      Expr *pDup;            /* A transient duplicate expression */
-      ExprList *pList = 0;   /* The RHS of the IN operator */
-      Expr *pLeft = 0;       /* The LHS of the IN operator */
-      Expr *pNew;            /* The complete IN operator */
-
-      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
-        if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
-        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
-        assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor );
-        assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn );
-        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0);
-        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup);
-        pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
-      }
-      assert( pLeft!=0 );
-      pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
-      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
-      if( pNew ){
-        int idxNew;
-        transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
-        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
-        pNew->x.pList = pList;
-        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-        testcase( idxNew==0 );
-        exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
-        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-        pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
-        pTerm->nChild = 1;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-      }
-      pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP;  /* case 1 trumps case 2 */
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-/*
-** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
-** "pExpr" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
-** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm
-** structure.
-**
-** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted
-** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>".
-**
-** If the expression is of the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are
-** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual
-** term of the form "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and
-** analyzed separately.  The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED
-** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr
-** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it
-** is a commuted copy of a prior term.)  The original term has nChild=1
-** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term.
-*/
-static void exprAnalyze(
-  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the WHERE clause */
-  int idxTerm               /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
-){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;                /* The term to be analyzed */
-  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;          /* Set of table index masks */
-  Expr *pExpr;                     /* The expression to be analyzed */
-  Bitmask prereqLeft;              /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */
-  Bitmask prereqAll;               /* Prerequesites of pExpr */
-  Bitmask extraRight = 0;          /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */
-  Expr *pStr1 = 0;                 /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
-  int isComplete = 0;              /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */
-  int noCase = 0;                  /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */
-  int op;                          /* Top-level operator.  pExpr->op */
-  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;  /* Parsing context */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;        /* Database connection */
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    return;
-  }
-  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-  pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet;
-  pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AS && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE );
-  prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
-  op = pExpr->op;
-  if( op==TK_IN ){
-    assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
-    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-      pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect);
-    }else{
-      pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList);
-    }
-  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    pTerm->prereqRight = 0;
-  }else{
-    pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
-  }
-  prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
-  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
-    Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
-    prereqAll |= x;
-    extraRight = x-1;  /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index
-                       ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN.  Ticket #3015 */
-  }
-  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
-  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
-  pTerm->iParent = -1;
-  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
-  if( allowedOp(op) ){
-    Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft);
-    Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight);
-    u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV;
-    if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
-      pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask;
-    }
-    if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
-      WhereTerm *pNew;
-      Expr *pDup;
-      u16 eExtraOp = 0;        /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */
-      if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){
-        int idxNew;
-        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
-        if( db->mallocFailed ){
-          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
-          return;
-        }
-        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-        if( idxNew==0 ) return;
-        pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew];
-        pNew->iParent = idxTerm;
-        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-        pTerm->nChild = 1;
-        pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
-        if( pExpr->op==TK_EQ
-         && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
-         && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Transitive)
-        ){
-          pTerm->eOperator |= WO_EQUIV;
-          eExtraOp = WO_EQUIV;
-        }
-      }else{
-        pDup = pExpr;
-        pNew = pTerm;
-      }
-      exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
-      pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDup->pLeft);
-      pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft );
-      pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight;
-      pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
-      pNew->eOperator = (operatorMask(pDup->op) + eExtraOp) & opMask;
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
-  /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
-  ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements.  For example:
-  **
-  **      a BETWEEN b AND c
-  **
-  ** is converted into:
-  **
-  **      (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c)
-  **
-  ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object.
-  ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN
-  ** term.  That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are
-  ** skipped.  Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original
-  ** BETWEEN term is skipped.
-  */
-  else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
-    ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
-    int i;
-    static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
-    assert( pList!=0 );
-    assert( pList->nExpr==2 );
-    for(i=0; i<2; i++){
-      Expr *pNewExpr;
-      int idxNew;
-      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], 
-                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0),
-                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0);
-      transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr);
-      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-      testcase( idxNew==0 );
-      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-      pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
-    }
-    pTerm->nChild = 2;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-  /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by
-  ** an OR operator.
-  */
-  else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
-    assert( pWC->op==TK_AND );
-    exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm);
-    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
-  /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB
-  ** operator.
-  **
-  ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints
-  **
-  **          x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%'
-  **
-  ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
-  ** termination condition "abd".
-  */
-  if( pWC->op==TK_AND 
-   && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase)
-  ){
-    Expr *pLeft;       /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
-    Expr *pStr2;       /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
-    Expr *pNewExpr1;
-    Expr *pNewExpr2;
-    int idxNew1;
-    int idxNew2;
-    Token sCollSeqName;  /* Name of collating sequence */
-
-    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
-    pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
-    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-      u8 c, *pC;       /* Last character before the first wildcard */
-      pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1];
-      c = *pC;
-      if( noCase ){
-        /* The point is to increment the last character before the first
-        ** wildcard.  But if we increment '@', that will push it into the
-        ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the 
-        ** inequality.  To avoid this, make sure to also run the full
-        ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag
-        */
-        if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0;
-        c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
-      }
-      *pC = c + 1;
-    }
-    sCollSeqName.z = noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY";
-    sCollSeqName.n = 6;
-    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
-    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, 
-           sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr1,&sCollSeqName),
-           pStr1, 0);
-    transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr1, pExpr);
-    idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-    testcase( idxNew1==0 );
-    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
-    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
-    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT,
-           sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr2,&sCollSeqName),
-           pStr2, 0);
-    transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr2, pExpr);
-    idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-    testcase( idxNew2==0 );
-    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
-    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-    if( isComplete ){
-      pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm;
-      pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm;
-      pTerm->nChild = 2;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the
-  ** current expression is of the form:  column MATCH expr.
-  ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of
-  ** virtual tables.  The native query optimizer does not attempt
-  ** to do anything with MATCH functions.
-  */
-  if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){
-    int idxNew;
-    Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
-    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
-    Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr;
-
-    pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
-    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
-    prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight);
-    prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
-    if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
-      Expr *pNewExpr;
-      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, 
-                              0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0);
-      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-      testcase( idxNew==0 );
-      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
-      pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
-      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
-      pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-      pTerm->nChild = 1;
-      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
-      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the
-  ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently
-  ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  So construct a
-  ** virtual term of that form.
-  **
-  ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL.  This
-  ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning
-  ** of the loop.  Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at
-  ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned.
-  */
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL
-   && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN
-   && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0
-   && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3)
-  ){
-    Expr *pNewExpr;
-    Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-    int idxNew;
-    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
-
-    pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT,
-                            sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0),
-                            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
-
-    idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr,
-                              TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL);
-    if( idxNew ){
-      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
-      pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0;
-      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT;
-      pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-      pTerm->nChild = 1;
-      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
-      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-  /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
-  ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
-  */
-  pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function searches pList for a entry that matches the iCol-th column
-** of index pIdx.
-**
-** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If
-** no expression is found, -1 is returned.
-*/
-static int findIndexCol(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  ExprList *pList,                /* Expression list to search */
-  int iBase,                      /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */
-  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index to match column of */
-  int iCol                        /* Column of index to match */
-){
-  int i;
-  const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol];
-
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
-    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN
-     && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]
-     && p->iTable==iBase
-    ){
-      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
-      if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
-        return i;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument
-** is redundant.
-**
-** A DISTINCT list is redundant if the database contains some subset of
-** columns that are unique and non-null.
-*/
-static int isDistinctRedundant(
-  Parse *pParse,            /* Parsing context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,        /* The FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC,         /* The WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pDistinct       /* The result set that needs to be DISTINCT */
-){
-  Table *pTab;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int i;                          
-  int iBase;
-
-  /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of
-  ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT 
-  ** clause is redundant. */
-  if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
-  iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor;
-  pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
-
-  /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return 
-  ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
-  ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr);
-    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes
-  ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if:
-  **
-  **   1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and
-  **
-  **   2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct
-  **      list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X",
-  **      where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the
-  **      comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index.
-  **
-  **   3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not
-  **      contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint.
-  */
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    if( pIdx->onError==OE_None ) continue;
-    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
-      i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-      if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){
-        int iIdxCol = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i);
-        if( iIdxCol<0 || pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull==0 ){
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( i==pIdx->nKeyCol ){
-      /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2.
-*/
-static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){
-  LogEst x = sqlite3LogEst(N);
-  return x>33 ? x - 33 : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info
-** structure.  Used for testing and debugging only.  If neither
-** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
-** are no-ops.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED)
-static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aConstraint[i].iColumn,
-       p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset,
-       p->aConstraint[i].op,
-       p->aConstraint[i].usable);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<p->nOrderBy; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn,
-       p->aOrderBy[i].desc);
-  }
-}
-static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex,
-       p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit);
-  }
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedRows=%lld\n", p->estimatedRows);
-}
-#else
-#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
-#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it
-** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate
-** index existed.
-*/
-static int termCanDriveIndex(
-  WhereTerm *pTerm,              /* WHERE clause term to check */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,     /* Table we are trying to access */
-  Bitmask notReady               /* Tables in outer loops of the join */
-){
-  char aff;
-  if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0;
-  if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ) return 0;
-  if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0;
-  if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0;
-  aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity;
-  if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0;
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-/*
-** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index
-** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator
-** makes use of the automatic index.
-*/
-static void constructAutomaticIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
-  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */
-  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel          /* Write new index here */
-){
-  int nKeyCol;                /* Number of columns in the constructed index */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;           /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
-  WhereTerm *pWCEnd;          /* End of pWC->a[] */
-  Index *pIdx;                /* Object describing the transient index */
-  Vdbe *v;                    /* Prepared statement under construction */
-  int addrInit;               /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */
-  Table *pTable;              /* The table being indexed */
-  int addrTop;                /* Top of the index fill loop */
-  int regRecord;              /* Register holding an index record */
-  int n;                      /* Column counter */
-  int i;                      /* Loop counter */
-  int mxBitCol;               /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */
-  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to on a column */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;           /* The Loop object */
-  char *zNotUsed;             /* Extra space on the end of pIdx */
-  Bitmask idxCols;            /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */
-  Bitmask extraCols;          /* Bitmap of additional columns */
-  u8 sentWarning = 0;         /* True if a warnning has been issued */
-
-  /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the
-  ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  addrInit = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
-  /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index
-  ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */
-  nKeyCol = 0;
-  pTable = pSrc->pTab;
-  pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
-  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-  idxCols = 0;
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
-    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
-      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
-      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
-      testcase( iCol==BMS );
-      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
-      if( !sentWarning ){
-        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX,
-            "automatic index on %s(%s)", pTable->zName,
-            pTable->aCol[iCol].zName);
-        sentWarning = 1;
-      }
-      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
-        if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pLoop, nKeyCol+1) ) return;
-        pLoop->aLTerm[nKeyCol++] = pTerm;
-        idxCols |= cMask;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  assert( nKeyCol>0 );
-  pLoop->u.btree.nEq = pLoop->nLTerm = nKeyCol;
-  pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED
-                     | WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
-
-  /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a
-  ** covering index.  A "covering index" is an index that contains all
-  ** columns that are needed by the query.  With a covering index, the
-  ** original table never needs to be accessed.  Automatic indices must
-  ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the
-  ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used
-  ** if they go out of sync.
-  */
-  extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | MASKBIT(BMS-1));
-  mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol;
-  testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 );
-  testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 );
-  for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
-    if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ) nKeyCol++;
-  }
-  if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){
-    nKeyCol += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1;
-  }
-  pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
-
-  /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */
-  pIdx = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(pParse->db, nKeyCol+1, 0, &zNotUsed);
-  if( pIdx==0 ) return;
-  pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx;
-  pIdx->zName = "auto-index";
-  pIdx->pTable = pTable;
-  n = 0;
-  idxCols = 0;
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
-    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
-      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
-      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
-      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
-      testcase( iCol==BMS );
-      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
-        Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
-        idxCols |= cMask;
-        pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
-        pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
-        pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY";
-        n++;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq );
-
-  /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into
-  ** a covering index */
-  for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
-    if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ){
-      pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
-      pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
-      n++;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){
-    for(i=BMS-1; i<pTable->nCol; i++){
-      pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
-      pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
-      n++;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( n==nKeyCol );
-  pIdx->aiColumn[n] = -1;
-  pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
-
-  /* Create the automatic index */
-  assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 );
-  pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nKeyCol+1);
-  sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
-  VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName));
-
-  /* Fill the automatic index with content */
-  addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-  
-  /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the 
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure
-** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free().
-*/
-static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  WhereClause *pWC,
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,
-  ExprList *pOrderBy
-){
-  int i, j;
-  int nTerm;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
-  struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int nOrderBy;
-  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
-
-  /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
-  ** to this virtual table */
-  for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
-    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
-    assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL );
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue;
-    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
-    nTerm++;
-  }
-
-  /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
-  ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
-  ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
-  */
-  nOrderBy = 0;
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    int n = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-      Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-      if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
-    }
-    if( i==n){
-      nOrderBy = n;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure
-  */
-  pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
-                           + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
-                           + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
-  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the structure.  The sqlite3_index_info structure contains
-  ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
-  ** changing them.  We have to do some funky casting in order to
-  ** initialize those fields.
-  */
-  pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
-  pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
-  pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
-  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
-  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
-  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
-  *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
-  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
-                                                                   pUsage;
-
-  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
-    u8 op;
-    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
-    assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL );
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue;
-    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
-    pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
-    pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
-    op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL;
-    if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ;
-    pIdxCons[j].op = op;
-    /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
-    ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
-    ** following asserts verify this fact. */
-    assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
-    assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
-    assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
-    assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
-    assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
-    assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
-    assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
-    j++;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
-    Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-    pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
-    pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
-  }
-
-  return pIdxInfo;
-}
-
-/*
-** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function
-** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex()
-** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info object that
-** comes in as the 3rd argument to this function.
-**
-** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a
-** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output
-** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated.
-**
-** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the
-** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates
-** that this is required.
-*/
-static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab;
-  int i;
-  int rc;
-
-  TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p);
-  rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p);
-  TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p);
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
-  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-
-  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
-    if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-          "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return pParse->nErr;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an
-** index.  Store the results in aStat as follows:
-**
-**    aStat[0]      Est. number of rows less than pVal
-**    aStat[1]      Est. number of rows equal to pVal
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
-*/
-static void whereKeyStats(
-  Parse *pParse,              /* Database connection */
-  Index *pIdx,                /* Index to consider domain of */
-  UnpackedRecord *pRec,       /* Vector of values to consider */
-  int roundUp,                /* Round up if true.  Round down if false */
-  tRowcnt *aStat              /* OUT: stats written here */
-){
-  IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
-  int iCol;                   /* Index of required stats in anEq[] etc. */
-  int iMin = 0;               /* Smallest sample not yet tested */
-  int i = pIdx->nSample;      /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */
-  int iTest;                  /* Next sample to test */
-  int res;                    /* Result of comparison operation */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER( pParse );
-#endif
-  assert( pRec!=0 );
-  iCol = pRec->nField - 1;
-  assert( pIdx->nSample>0 );
-  assert( pRec->nField>0 && iCol<pIdx->nSampleCol );
-  do{
-    iTest = (iMin+i)/2;
-    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iTest].n, aSample[iTest].p, pRec, 0);
-    if( res<0 ){
-      iMin = iTest+1;
-    }else{
-      i = iTest;
-    }
-  }while( res && iMin<i );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  /* The following assert statements check that the binary search code
-  ** above found the right answer. This block serves no purpose other
-  ** than to invoke the asserts.  */
-  if( res==0 ){
-    /* If (res==0) is true, then sample $i must be equal to pRec */
-    assert( i<pIdx->nSample );
-    assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0)
-         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  }else{
-    /* Otherwise, pRec must be smaller than sample $i and larger than
-    ** sample ($i-1).  */
-    assert( i==pIdx->nSample 
-         || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0)>0
-         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-    assert( i==0
-         || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec, 0)<0
-         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  }
-#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
-
-  /* At this point, aSample[i] is the first sample that is greater than
-  ** or equal to pVal.  Or if i==pIdx->nSample, then all samples are less
-  ** than pVal.  If aSample[i]==pVal, then res==0.
-  */
-  if( res==0 ){
-    aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
-    aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
-  }else{
-    tRowcnt iLower, iUpper, iGap;
-    if( i==0 ){
-      iLower = 0;
-      iUpper = aSample[0].anLt[iCol];
-    }else{
-      i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]);
-      iUpper = i>=pIdx->nSample ? nRow0 : aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
-      iLower = aSample[i-1].anEq[iCol] + aSample[i-1].anLt[iCol];
-    }
-    aStat[1] = (pIdx->nKeyCol>iCol ? pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] : 1);
-    if( iLower>=iUpper ){
-      iGap = 0;
-    }else{
-      iGap = iUpper - iLower;
-    }
-    if( roundUp ){
-      iGap = (iGap*2)/3;
-    }else{
-      iGap = iGap/3;
-    }
-    aStat[0] = iLower + iGap;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-/*
-** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower
-** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated 
-** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number
-** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account.
-**
-** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term,
-** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of
-** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term
-** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25.
-*/
-static LogEst whereRangeAdjust(WhereTerm *pTerm, LogEst nNew){
-  LogEst nRet = nNew;
-  if( pTerm ){
-    if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){
-      nRet += pTerm->truthProb;
-    }else if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){
-      nRet -= 20;        assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) );
-    }
-  }
-  return nRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited
-** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper
-** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper
-** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For
-** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a):
-**
-**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
-**                    |_____|   |_____|
-**                       |         |
-**                     pLower    pUpper
-**
-** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in
-** place of the corresponding WhereTerm.
-**
-** The value in (pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq) is the index of the index
-** column subject to the range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of
-** equality constraints optimized by the proposed index scan. For example,
-** assuming index p is on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is:
-**
-**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ...
-**
-** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second 
-** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is:
-**
-**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
-**
-** then nEq is set to 0.
-**
-** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the
-** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without 
-** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, this is the number of 
-** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced)
-** to account for the range contraints pLower and pUpper.
-** 
-** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be
-** used, each range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. 
-** Hence a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of
-** rows visited by a factor of 16.
-*/
-static int whereRangeScanEst(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
-  WhereTerm *pLower,   /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */
-  WhereTerm *pUpper,   /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop     /* Modify the .nOut and maybe .rRun fields */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nOut = pLoop->nOut;
-  LogEst nNew;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-  Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-  int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
-
-  if( p->nSample>0
-   && nEq==pBuilder->nRecValid
-   && nEq<p->nSampleCol
-   && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Stat3) 
-  ){
-    UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec;
-    tRowcnt a[2];
-    u8 aff;
-
-    /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in 
-    ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The
-    ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the
-    ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most
-    ** columns of the index, and $L is the value in pLower.
-    **
-    ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it
-    ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the
-    ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even
-    ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and 
-    ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values used.
-    **
-    ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows
-    ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound
-    ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values
-    ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used.
-    */
-    tRowcnt iLower;
-    tRowcnt iUpper;
-
-    if( nEq==p->nKeyCol ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-    }else{
-      aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq]].affinity;
-    }
-    /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */
-    if( nEq==0 ){
-      iLower = 0;
-      iUpper = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]);
-    }else{
-      /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must 
-      ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst().  */
-      whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
-      iLower = a[0];
-      iUpper = a[0] + a[1];
-    }
-
-    /* If possible, improve on the iLower estimate using ($P:$L). */
-    if( pLower ){
-      int bOk;                    /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */
-      Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight;
-      assert( (pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_GE))!=0 );
-      rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){
-        tRowcnt iNew;
-        whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
-        iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & WO_GT) ? a[1] : 0);
-        if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew;
-        nOut--;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */
-    if( pUpper ){
-      int bOk;                    /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */
-      Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight;
-      assert( (pUpper->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE))!=0 );
-      rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){
-        tRowcnt iNew;
-        whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a);
-        iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & WO_LE) ? a[1] : 0);
-        if( iNew<iUpper ) iUpper = iNew;
-        nOut--;
-      }
-    }
-
-    pBuilder->pRec = pRec;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( iUpper>iLower ){
-        nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower);
-      }else{
-        nNew = 10;        assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
-      }
-      if( nNew<nOut ){
-        nOut = nNew;
-      }
-      pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut;
-      WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range scan regions: %u..%u  est=%d\n",
-                         (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, nOut));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pBuilder);
-#endif
-  assert( pLower || pUpper );
-  assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
-  nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut);
-  nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew);
-
-  /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit, assume the range is
-  ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended
-  ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the
-  ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to
-  ** match 1/64 of the index. */ 
-  if( pLower && pUpper ) nNew -= 20;
-
-  nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0);
-  if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10;
-  if( nNew<nOut ) nOut = nNew;
-  pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
-** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in
-** the histogram data.  This only works when x is the left-most
-** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available
-** for that index.  When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is
-** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE".
-**
-** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. 
-** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
-** non-zero.
-**
-** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
-** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
-** for a UTF conversion required for comparison.  The error is stored
-** in the pParse structure.
-*/
-static int whereEqualScanEst(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
-  Expr *pExpr,         /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */
-  tRowcnt *pnRow       /* Write the revised row estimate here */
-){
-  Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex;
-  int nEq = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq;
-  UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec;
-  u8 aff;                   /* Column affinity */
-  int rc;                   /* Subfunction return code */
-  tRowcnt a[2];             /* Statistics */
-  int bOk;
-
-  assert( nEq>=1 );
-  assert( nEq<=(p->nKeyCol+1) );
-  assert( p->aSample!=0 );
-  assert( p->nSample>0 );
-  assert( pBuilder->nRecValid<nEq );
-
-  /* If values are not available for all fields of the index to the left
-  ** of this one, no estimate can be made. Return SQLITE_NOTFOUND. */
-  if( pBuilder->nRecValid<(nEq-1) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-  }
-
-  /* This is an optimization only. The call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue()
-  ** below would return the same value.  */
-  if( nEq>p->nKeyCol ){
-    *pnRow = 1;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq-1]].affinity;
-  rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq-1, &bOk);
-  pBuilder->pRec = pRec;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  if( bOk==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-  pBuilder->nRecValid = nEq;
-
-  whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
-  WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions: %d\n", (int)a[1]));
-  *pnRow = a[1];
-  
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-/*
-** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
-** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator
-** is a list of values.  Example:
-**
-**        WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4)
-**
-** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. 
-** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
-** non-zero.
-**
-** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
-** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
-** for a UTF conversion required for comparison.  The error is stored
-** in the pParse structure.
-*/
-static int whereInScanEst(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
-  ExprList *pList,     /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */
-  tRowcnt *pnRow       /* Write the revised row estimate here */
-){
-  Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex;
-  i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]);
-  int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Subfunction return code */
-  tRowcnt nEst;           /* Number of rows for a single term */
-  tRowcnt nRowEst = 0;    /* New estimate of the number of rows */
-  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
-
-  assert( p->aSample!=0 );
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    nEst = nRow0;
-    rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst);
-    nRowEst += nEst;
-    pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0;
-    *pnRow = nRowEst;
-    WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%g\n", nRowEst));
-  }
-  assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid );
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */
-
-/*
-** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
-** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
-** or USING clause of that join.
-**
-** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
-**
-**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
-**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
-**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
-**
-** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
-** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
-** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
-**
-** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
-** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  When terms are satisfied
-** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
-** loop.  We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
-** but joins might run a little slower.  The trick is to disable as much
-** as we can without disabling too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get
-** the wrong answer.  See ticket #813.
-*/
-static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
-  if( pTerm
-      && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0
-      && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
-      && (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0
-  ){
-    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
-    if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){
-      WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
-      if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){
-        disableTerm(pLevel, pOther);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff
-** to the n registers starting at base. 
-**
-** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the
-** beginning and end of zAff are ignored.  If all entries in zAff are
-** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated.
-**
-** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free
-** to modify zAff after this routine returns.
-*/
-static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  if( zAff==0 ){
-    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( v!=0 );
-
-  /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning
-  ** and end of the affinity string.
-  */
-  while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
-    n--;
-    base++;
-    zAff++;
-  }
-  while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
-    n--;
-  }
-
-  /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */
-  if( n>0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
-** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...).   pTerm is the term to be 
-** coded.
-**
-** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg.
-**
-** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its
-** result is left on the stack.  For constraints of the form X IN (...)
-** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
-*/
-static int codeEqualityTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm,   /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The level of the FROM clause we are working on */
-  int iEq,            /* Index of the equality term within this level */
-  int bRev,           /* True for reverse-order IN operations */
-  int iTarget         /* Attempt to leave results in this register */
-){
-  Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int iReg;                  /* Register holding results */
-
-  assert( iTarget>0 );
-  if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){
-    iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget);
-  }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    iReg = iTarget;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  }else{
-    int eType;
-    int iTab;
-    struct InLoop *pIn;
-    WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-
-    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0
-      && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0
-      && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->aSortOrder[iEq]
-    ){
-      testcase( iEq==0 );
-      testcase( bRev );
-      bRev = !bRev;
-    }
-    assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
-    iReg = iTarget;
-    eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0);
-    if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){
-      testcase( bRev );
-      bRev = !bRev;
-    }
-    iTab = pX->iTable;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, !bRev);
-    assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 );
-    pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_ABLE;
-    if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){
-      pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    }
-    pLevel->u.in.nIn++;
-    pLevel->u.in.aInLoop =
-       sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop,
-                              sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn);
-    pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop;
-    if( pIn ){
-      pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1;
-      pIn->iCur = iTab;
-      if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
-        pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg);
-      }else{
-        pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg);
-      }
-      pIn->eEndLoopOp = bRev ? OP_PrevIfOpen : OP_NextIfOpen;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }else{
-      pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
-  return iReg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
-** index scan.
-**
-** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
-** Suppose the WHERE clause is this:  a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
-** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
-** example, the third "c" value is an inequality.  So only two 
-** constraints are coded.  This routine will generate code to evaluate
-** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3).  The current values for a and b will be stored
-** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned.
-**
-** In the example above nEq==2.  But this subroutine works for any value
-** of nEq including 0.  If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
-** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and
-** compute the affinity string.
-**
-** The nExtraReg parameter is 0 or 1.  It is 0 if all WHERE clause constraints
-** are == or IN and are covered by the nEq.  nExtraReg is 1 if there is
-** an inequality constraint (such as the "c>=5 AND c<10" in the example) that
-** occurs after the nEq quality constraints.
-**
-** This routine allocates a range of nEq+nExtraReg memory cells and returns
-** the index of the first memory cell in that range. The code that
-** calls this routine will use that memory range to store keys for
-** start and termination conditions of the loop.
-** key value of the loop.  If one or more IN operators appear, then
-** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
-** use.
-**
-** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a
-** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using
-** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated
-** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to
-** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following:
-**
-**   CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b);
-**   SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b;
-**
-** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since
-** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity,
-** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of
-** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity
-** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE.
-*/
-static int codeAllEqualityTerms(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel,   /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
-  int bRev,             /* Reverse the order of IN operators */
-  int nExtraReg,        /* Number of extra registers to allocate */
-  char **pzAff          /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */
-){
-  u16 nEq;                      /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
-  u16 nSkip;                    /* Number of left-most columns to skip */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The vm under construction */
-  Index *pIdx;                  /* The index being used for this loop */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single constraint term */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;             /* The WhereLoop object */
-  int j;                        /* Loop counter */
-  int regBase;                  /* Base register */
-  int nReg;                     /* Number of registers to allocate */
-  char *zAff;                   /* Affinity string to return */
-
-  /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */
-  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-  assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
-  nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
-  nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip;
-  pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-  assert( pIdx!=0 );
-
-  /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
-  */
-  regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
-  nReg = pLoop->u.btree.nEq + nExtraReg;
-  pParse->nMem += nReg;
-
-  zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx));
-  if( !zAff ){
-    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-
-  if( nSkip ){
-    int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (bRev?OP_Last:OP_Rewind), iIdxCur);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
-    VdbeComment((v, "begin skip-scan on %s", pIdx->zName));
-    j = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-    pLevel->addrSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, (bRev?OP_SeekLT:OP_SeekGT),
-                            iIdxCur, 0, regBase, nSkip);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j);
-    for(j=0; j<nSkip; j++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, j, regBase+j);
-      assert( pIdx->aiColumn[j]>=0 );
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->pTable->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName));
-    }
-  }    
-
-  /* Evaluate the equality constraints
-  */
-  assert( zAff==0 || (int)strlen(zAff)>=nEq );
-  for(j=nSkip; j<nEq; j++){
-    int r1;
-    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
-    assert( pTerm!=0 );
-    /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. 
-    ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */
-    testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 );
-    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-    r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, regBase+j);
-    if( r1!=regBase+j ){
-      if( nReg==1 ){
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase);
-        regBase = r1;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
-      }
-    }
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
-      Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
-      if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-      if( zAff ){
-        if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
-          zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-        }
-        if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){
-          zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  *pzAff = zAff;
-  return regBase;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-/*
-** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below
-**
-** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term
-** at a time.  This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression.
-** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent
-** terms only.
-*/
-static void explainAppendTerm(
-  StrAccum *pStr,             /* The text expression being built */
-  int iTerm,                  /* Index of this term.  First is zero */
-  const char *zColumn,        /* Name of the column */
-  const char *zOp             /* Name of the operator */
-){
-  if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5);
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pStr, zColumn);
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1);
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This 
-** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description
-** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an
-** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned.
-**
-** For example, if the query:
-**
-**   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2;
-**
-** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a
-** string similar to:
-**
-**   "a=? AND b>?"
-**
-** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc().
-** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is
-** no longer required.
-*/
-static char *explainIndexRange(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pLoop, Table *pTab){
-  Index *pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-  u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
-  u16 nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip;
-  int i, j;
-  Column *aCol = pTab->aCol;
-  i16 *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn;
-  StrAccum txt;
-
-  if( nEq==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-  txt.db = db;
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2);
-  for(i=0; i<nEq; i++){
-    char *z = (i==pIndex->nKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[i]].zName;
-    if( i>=nSkip ){
-      explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "=");
-    }else{
-      if( i ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " AND ", 5);
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, "ANY(", 4);
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&txt, z);
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1);
-    }
-  }
-
-  j = i;
-  if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
-    char *z = (j==pIndex->nKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName;
-    explainAppendTerm(&txt, i++, z, ">");
-  }
-  if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
-    char *z = (j==pIndex->nKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName;
-    explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "<");
-  }
-  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1);
-  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&txt);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
-** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single
-** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in 
-** pLevel.
-*/
-static void explainOneScan(
-  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,              /* Table list this loop refers to */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel,             /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */
-  int iLevel,                     /* Value for "level" column of output */
-  int iFrom,                      /* Value for "from" column of output */
-  u16 wctrlFlags                  /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( pParse->explain==2 )
-#endif
-  {
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* VM being constructed */
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;     /* Database handle */
-    char *zMsg;                   /* Text to add to EQP output */
-    int iId = pParse->iSelectId;  /* Select id (left-most output column) */
-    int isSearch;                 /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */
-    WhereLoop *pLoop;             /* The controlling WhereLoop object */
-    u32 flags;                    /* Flags that describe this loop */
-
-    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-    flags = pLoop->wsFlags;
-    if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return;
-
-    isSearch = (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0
-            || ((flags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && (pLoop->u.btree.nEq>0))
-            || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX));
-
-    zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN");
-    if( pItem->pSelect ){
-      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId);
-    }else{
-      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName);
-    }
-
-    if( pItem->zAlias ){
-      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias);
-    }
-    if( (flags & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0
-     && ALWAYS(pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0)
-    ){
-      const char *zFmt;
-      Index *pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-      char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLoop, pItem->pTab);
-      assert( !(flags&WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) || (flags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY) );
-      if( !HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
-        zFmt = zWhere ? "%s USING PRIMARY KEY%.0s%s" : "%s%.0s%s";
-      }else if( flags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX ){
-        zFmt = "%s USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX%.0s%s";
-      }else if( flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
-        zFmt = "%s USING COVERING INDEX %s%s";
-      }else{
-        zFmt = "%s USING INDEX %s%s";
-      }
-      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, zFmt, zMsg, pIdx->zName, zWhere);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
-    }else if( (flags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (flags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 ){
-      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg);
-
-      if( flags&(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg);
-      }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid<?)", zMsg);
-      }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>?)", zMsg);
-      }else if( ALWAYS(flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid<?)", zMsg);
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
-      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg,
-                  pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr);
-    }
-#endif
-    zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s", zMsg);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
-** implementation described by pWInfo.
-*/
-static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart(
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo,   /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
-  int iLevel,          /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
-  Bitmask notReady     /* Which tables are currently available */
-){
-  int j, k;            /* Loop counters */
-  int iCur;            /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
-  int addrNxt;         /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
-  int omitTable;       /* True if we use the index only */
-  int bRev;            /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel;  /* The where level to be coded */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;    /* The WhereLoop object being coded */
-  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;               /* A WHERE clause term */
-  Parse *pParse;                  /* Parsing context */
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Database connection */
-  Vdbe *v;                        /* The prepared stmt under constructions */
-  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* FROM clause term being coded */
-  int addrBrk;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
-  int addrCont;                   /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */
-  int iRowidReg = 0;        /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */
-  int iReleaseReg = 0;      /* Temp register to free before returning */
-
-  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel];
-  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-  pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-  iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
-  pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur);
-  bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1;
-  omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 
-           && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0;
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName));
-
-  /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
-  ** for the current loop.  Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop.
-  ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
-  ** loop.
-  **
-  ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that
-  ** means to continue with the next IN value combination.  When
-  ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label
-  ** is the same as "addrBrk".
-  */
-  addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-  /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
-  ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
-  ** row of the left table of the join.
-  */
-  if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
-    pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
-    VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
-  }
-
-  /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */
-  if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine ){
-    int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub);
-    pLevel->p2 =  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regYield, addrBrk);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName));
-    pLevel->op = OP_Goto;
-  }else
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if(  (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
-    /* Case 1:  The table is a virtual-table.  Use the VFilter and VNext
-    **          to access the data.
-    */
-    int iReg;   /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
-    int addrNotFound;
-    int nConstraint = pLoop->nLTerm;
-
-    sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
-    iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
-    addrNotFound = pLevel->addrBrk;
-    for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){
-      int iTarget = iReg+j+2;
-      pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
-      if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
-      if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
-        codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, iTarget);
-        addrNotFound = pLevel->addrNxt;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTerm->pExpr->pRight, iTarget);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, iReg);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nConstraint, iReg+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrNotFound, iReg,
-                      pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr,
-                      pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
-    for(j=0; j<nConstraint && j<16; j++){
-      if( (pLoop->u.vtab.omitMask>>j)&1 ){
-        disableTerm(pLevel, pLoop->aLTerm[j]);
-      }
-    }
-    pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
-    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
-    sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-  if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0
-   && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))!=0
-  ){
-    /* Case 2:  We can directly reference a single row using an
-    **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
-    **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
-    **          construct.
-    */
-    assert( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==1 );
-    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
-    assert( pTerm!=0 );
-    assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
-    assert( omitTable==0 );
-    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-    iReleaseReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-    iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, bRev, iReleaseReg);
-    if( iRowidReg!=iReleaseReg ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg);
-    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, iRowidReg, 1);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
-    VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
-    pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
-  }else if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0
-         && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE)!=0
-  ){
-    /* Case 3:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
-    */
-    int testOp = OP_Noop;
-    int start;
-    int memEndValue = 0;
-    WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
-
-    assert( omitTable==0 );
-    j = 0;
-    pStart = pEnd = 0;
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ) pStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ) pEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
-    assert( pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0 );
-    if( bRev ){
-      pTerm = pStart;
-      pStart = pEnd;
-      pEnd = pTerm;
-    }
-    if( pStart ){
-      Expr *pX;             /* The expression that defines the start bound */
-      int r1, rTemp;        /* Registers for holding the start boundary */
-
-      /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding 
-      ** seek opcodes.  It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx
-      */
-      const u8 aMoveOp[] = {
-           /* TK_GT */  OP_SeekGT,
-           /* TK_LE */  OP_SeekLE,
-           /* TK_LT */  OP_SeekLT,
-           /* TK_GE */  OP_SeekGE
-      };
-      assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 );      /* Make sure the ordering.. */
-      assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );      /*  ... of the TK_xx values... */
-      assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 );      /*  ... is correcct. */
-
-      assert( (pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
-      testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-      pX = pStart->pExpr;
-      assert( pX!=0 );
-      testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1);
-      VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GT);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LE);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LT);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GE);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp);
-      disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
-    }
-    if( pEnd ){
-      Expr *pX;
-      pX = pEnd->pExpr;
-      assert( pX!=0 );
-      assert( (pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
-      testcase( pEnd->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* Transitive constraints */
-      testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-      memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue);
-      if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
-        testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
-      }else{
-        testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
-      }
-      disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
-    }
-    start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
-    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-    pLevel->p2 = start;
-    assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
-    if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
-      iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Le);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Lt);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Ge);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Gt);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    }
-  }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
-    /* Case 4: A scan using an index.
-    **
-    **         The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality 
-    **         terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
-    **         left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
-    **         inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
-    **         column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only 
-    **         the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
-    **         use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the 
-    **         index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all 
-    **         optimized:
-    **
-    **            x=5
-    **            x=5 AND y=10
-    **            x=5 AND y<10
-    **            x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
-    **            x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
-    **
-    **         The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
-    **         the x=5 term:
-    **
-    **            x=5 AND z<10
-    **
-    **         N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
-    **         If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
-    **         least one.
-    **
-    **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
-    **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
-    **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
-    */  
-    static const u8 aStartOp[] = {
-      0,
-      0,
-      OP_Rewind,           /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq &&  !bRev) */
-      OP_Last,             /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq &&   bRev) */
-      OP_SeekGT,           /* 4: (start_constraints  && !startEq && !bRev) */
-      OP_SeekLT,           /* 5: (start_constraints  && !startEq &&  bRev) */
-      OP_SeekGE,           /* 6: (start_constraints  &&  startEq && !bRev) */
-      OP_SeekLE            /* 7: (start_constraints  &&  startEq &&  bRev) */
-    };
-    static const u8 aEndOp[] = {
-      OP_IdxGE,            /* 0: (end_constraints && !bRev && !endEq) */
-      OP_IdxGT,            /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev &&  endEq) */
-      OP_IdxLE,            /* 2: (end_constraints &&  bRev && !endEq) */
-      OP_IdxLT,            /* 3: (end_constraints &&  bRev &&  endEq) */
-    };
-    u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;     /* Number of == or IN terms */
-    int regBase;                 /* Base register holding constraint values */
-    WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0;  /* Inequality constraint at range start */
-    WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0;    /* Inequality constraint at range end */
-    int startEq;                 /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
-    int endEq;                   /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
-    int start_constraints;       /* Start of range is constrained */
-    int nConstraint;             /* Number of constraint terms */
-    Index *pIdx;                 /* The index we will be using */
-    int iIdxCur;                 /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
-    int nExtraReg = 0;           /* Number of extra registers needed */
-    int op;                      /* Instruction opcode */
-    char *zStartAff;             /* Affinity for start of range constraint */
-    char cEndAff = 0;            /* Affinity for end of range constraint */
-    u8 bSeekPastNull = 0;        /* True to seek past initial nulls */
-    u8 bStopAtNull = 0;          /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */
-
-    pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-    iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-    assert( nEq>=pLoop->u.btree.nSkip );
-
-    /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that 
-    ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." 
-    ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
-    ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
-    ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
-    ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
-    ** this requires some special handling.
-    */
-    assert( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0
-         || pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr==1
-         || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 );
-    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
-     && pWInfo->nOBSat>0
-     && (pIdx->nKeyCol>nEq)
-    ){
-      assert( pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0 );
-      bSeekPastNull = 1;
-      nExtraReg = 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end 
-    ** of the range. 
-    */
-    j = nEq;
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
-      pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
-      nExtraReg = 1;
-    }
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
-      pRangeEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
-      nExtraReg = 1;
-      if( pRangeStart==0
-       && (j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq])>=0 
-       && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0
-      ){
-        bSeekPastNull = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
-
-    /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
-    ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
-    ** starting at regBase.
-    */
-    regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse,pLevel,bRev,nExtraReg,&zStartAff);
-    assert( zStartAff==0 || sqlite3Strlen30(zStartAff)>=nEq );
-    if( zStartAff ) cEndAff = zStartAff[nEq];
-    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
-
-    /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
-    ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the 
-    ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
-    */
-    if( (nEq<pIdx->nKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC))
-     || (bRev && pIdx->nKeyCol==nEq)
-    ){
-      SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
-      SWAP(u8, bSeekPastNull, bStopAtNull);
-    }
-
-    testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
-    testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
-    testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
-    testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
-    startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
-    endEq =   !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
-    start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
-
-    /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
-    nConstraint = nEq;
-    if( pRangeStart ){
-      Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight;
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
-      if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
-       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
-      ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-      if( zStartAff ){
-        if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){
-          /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions
-          ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to 
-          ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE.  */
-          zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-        }
-        if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){
-          zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-        }
-      }  
-      nConstraint++;
-      testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-    }else if( bSeekPastNull ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
-      nConstraint++;
-      startEq = 0;
-      start_constraints = 1;
-    }
-    codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff);
-    op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
-    assert( op!=0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
-    VdbeCoverage(v);
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind);  testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last);    testcase( op==OP_Last );
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT);  testcase( op==OP_SeekGT );
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE);  testcase( op==OP_SeekGE );
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE);  testcase( op==OP_SeekLE );
-    VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT);  testcase( op==OP_SeekLT );
-
-    /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
-    ** range (if any).
-    */
-    nConstraint = nEq;
-    if( pRangeEnd ){
-      Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight;
-      sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1);
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
-      if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
-       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
-      ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-      }
-      if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, cEndAff)!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE
-       && !sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, cEndAff)
-      ){
-        codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1, &cEndAff);
-      }
-      nConstraint++;
-      testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-    }else if( bStopAtNull ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
-      endEq = 0;
-      nConstraint++;
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff);
-
-    /* Top of the loop body */
-    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-
-    /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
-    if( nConstraint ){
-      op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq];
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxGT );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT );
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE );
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT );
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxLE );  VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE );
-    }
-
-    /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
-    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
-    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
-    if( omitTable ){
-      /* pIdx is a covering index.  No need to access the main table. */
-    }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){
-      iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg);  /* Deferred seek */
-    }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){
-      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
-      iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
-      for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
-        k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, iRowidReg+j);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont,
-                           iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
-    }
-
-    /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable 
-    ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
-    */
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){
-      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
-    }else if( bRev ){
-      pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
-    }else{
-      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
-    }
-    pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
-    pLevel->p3 = (pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)!=0 ? 1:0;
-    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)==0 ){
-      pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
-    }else{
-      assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
-    }
-  }else
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
-  if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
-    /* Case 5:  Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR
-    **
-    ** Example:
-    **
-    **   CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d);
-    **   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
-    **   CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b);
-    **   CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c);
-    **
-    **   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13)
-    **
-    ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR.
-    ** The top of the loop looks like this:
-    **
-    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
-    **
-    ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to
-    ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted
-    ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the
-    ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd().
-    **
-    **        sqlite3WhereBegin(<term>)
-    **          RowSetTest                  # Insert rowid into rowset
-    **          Gosub      2 A
-    **        sqlite3WhereEnd()
-    **
-    ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target
-    ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto.
-    **
-    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
-    **          Goto       B                # The loop is finished.
-    **
-    **       A: <loop body>                 # Return data, whatever.
-    **
-    **          Return     2                # Jump back to the Gosub
-    **
-    **       B: <after the loop>
-    **
-    ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
-    ** use an ephermeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary
-    ** keys of the rows we have already seen.
-    **
-    */
-    WhereClause *pOrWc;    /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
-    SrcList *pOrTab;       /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */
-    Index *pCov = 0;             /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */
-    int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++;  /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */
-
-    int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;           /* Register used with OP_Gosub */
-    int regRowset = 0;                        /* Register for RowSet object */
-    int regRowid = 0;                         /* Register holding rowid */
-    int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Start of loop body */
-    int iRetInit;                             /* Address of regReturn init */
-    int untestedTerms = 0;             /* Some terms not completely tested */
-    int ii;                            /* Loop counter */
-    Expr *pAndExpr = 0;                /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */
-    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
-   
-    pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0];
-    assert( pTerm!=0 );
-    assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR );
-    assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
-    pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
-    pLevel->op = OP_Return;
-    pLevel->p1 = regReturn;
-
-    /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned
-    ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots.
-    ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin().
-    */
-    if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){
-      int nNotReady;                 /* The number of notReady tables */
-      struct SrcList_item *origSrc;     /* Original list of tables */
-      nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1;
-      pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db,
-                            sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0]));
-      if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady;
-      pOrTab->nAlloc = (u8)(nNotReady + 1);
-      pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc;
-      memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem));
-      origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
-      for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){
-        memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k]));
-      }
-    }else{
-      pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
-    }
-
-    /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is 
-    ** equivalent to an empty rowset.  Or, create an ephermeral index
-    ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID.
-    **
-    ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction 
-    ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
-    ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
-    ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the 
-    ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to 
-    ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if
-    ** called on an uninitialized cursor.
-    */
-    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
-      if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-        regRowset = ++pParse->nMem;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset);
-      }else{
-        Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-        regRowset = pParse->nTab++;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
-      }
-      regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }
-    iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn);
-
-    /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form:  (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y
-    ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z
-    ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will
-    ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below.
-    **
-    ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is
-    ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the
-    ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as 
-    ** indices.
-    **
-    ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term
-    ** is not contained in the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN.
-    ** See ticket http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/f2369304e4
-    */
-    if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){
-      int iTerm;
-      for(iTerm=0; iTerm<pWC->nTerm; iTerm++){
-        Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr;
-        if( &pWC->a[iTerm] == pTerm ) continue;
-        if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue;
-        testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO );
-        testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-        if( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & (TERM_ORINFO|TERM_VIRTUAL) ) continue;
-        if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue;
-        pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
-        pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAndExpr, pExpr);
-      }
-      if( pAndExpr ){
-        pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND, 0, pAndExpr, 0);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause.  After
-    ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each
-    ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine.
-    */
-    for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){
-      WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
-      if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
-        WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;           /* Info for single OR-term scan */
-        Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */
-        int j1 = 0;                     /* Address of jump operation */
-        if( pAndExpr && !ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
-          pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr;
-          pOrExpr = pAndExpr;
-        }
-        /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
-        pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0,
-                        WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE | WHERE_AND_ONLY |
-                        WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY, iCovCur);
-        assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed );
-        if( pSubWInfo ){
-          WhereLoop *pSubLoop;
-          explainOneScan(
-              pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
-          );
-          /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body.  First skip over
-          ** duplicate rows from prior sub-WHERE clauses, and record the
-          ** rowid (or PRIMARY KEY) for the current row so that the same
-          ** row will be skipped in subsequent sub-WHERE clauses.
-          */
-          if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
-            int r;
-            int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii);
-            if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
-              r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, regRowid, 0);
-              j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, 0, r,iSet);
-              VdbeCoverage(v);
-            }else{
-              Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-              int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
-              int iPk;
-
-              /* Read the PK into an array of temp registers. */
-              r = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPk);
-              for(iPk=0; iPk<nPk; iPk++){
-                int iCol = pPk->aiColumn[iPk];
-                sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, iCol, iCur, r+iPk, 0);
-              }
-
-              /* Check if the temp table already contains this key. If so,
-              ** the row has already been included in the result set and
-              ** can be ignored (by jumping past the Gosub below). Otherwise,
-              ** insert the key into the temp table and proceed with processing
-              ** the row.
-              **
-              ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet
-              ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in
-              ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no 
-              ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never 
-              ** be tested for.  */ 
-              if( iSet ){
-                j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk);
-                VdbeCoverage(v);
-              }
-              if( iSet>=0 ){
-                sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r, nPk, regRowid);
-                sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, regRowset, regRowid, 0);
-                if( iSet ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
-              }
-
-              /* Release the array of temp registers */
-              sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r, nPk);
-            }
-          }
-
-          /* Invoke the main loop body as a subroutine */
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody);
-
-          /* Jump here (skipping the main loop body subroutine) if the
-          ** current sub-WHERE row is a duplicate from prior sub-WHEREs. */
-          if( j1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-
-          /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term
-          ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table.  The
-          ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will
-          ** need to be tested later.
-          */
-          if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1;
-
-          /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same
-          ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number
-          ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may
-          ** be possible to use that index as a covering index.
-          **
-          ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that
-          ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term
-          ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous
-          ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set 
-          ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will 
-          ** be available.
-          */
-          pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop;
-          assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 );
-          if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
-           && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov)
-           && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex))
-          ){
-            assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur );
-            pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-          }else{
-            pCov = 0;
-          }
-
-          /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
-          sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov;
-    if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur;
-    if( pAndExpr ){
-      pAndExpr->pLeft = 0;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pAndExpr);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk);
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody);
-
-    if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(db, pOrTab);
-    if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-  {
-    /* Case 6:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
-    **          scan of the entire table.
-    */
-    static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev };
-    static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last };
-    assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 );
-    if( pTabItem->isRecursive ){
-      /* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in
-      ** a pseudo-cursor.  No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */
-      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
-    }else{
-      pLevel->op = aStep[bRev];
-      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-      pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
-      pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
-  ** computed using the current set of tables.
-  */
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
-    Expr *pE;
-    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
-    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){
-      testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0
-               && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 );
-      pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1;
-      continue;
-    }
-    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
-    assert( pE!=0 );
-    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
-      continue;
-    }
-    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
-  }
-
-  /* Insert code to test for implied constraints based on transitivity
-  ** of the "==" operator.
-  **
-  ** Example: If the WHERE clause contains "t1.a=t2.b" and "t2.b=123"
-  ** and we are coding the t1 loop and the t2 loop has not yet coded,
-  ** then we cannot use the "t1.a=t2.b" constraint, but we can code
-  ** the implied "t1.a=123" constraint.
-  */
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
-    Expr *pE, *pEAlt;
-    WhereTerm *pAlt;
-    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-    if( pTerm->eOperator!=(WO_EQUIV|WO_EQ) ) continue;
-    if( pTerm->leftCursor!=iCur ) continue;
-    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ) continue;
-    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
-    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) );
-    assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 );
-    pAlt = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
-    if( pAlt==0 ) continue;
-    if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ );
-    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN );
-    VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint"));
-    pEAlt = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pEAlt));
-    if( pEAlt ){
-      *pEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr;
-      pEAlt->pLeft = pE->pLeft;
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      sqlite3StackFree(db, pEAlt);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
-  ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
-  */
-  if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
-    pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
-    VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
-    sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-    for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
-      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
-      if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){
-        assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms );
-        continue;
-      }
-      assert( pTerm->pExpr );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return pLevel->notReady;
-}
-
-#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
-/*
-** Generate "Explanation" text for a WhereTerm.
-*/
-static void whereExplainTerm(Vdbe *v, WhereTerm *pTerm){
-  char zType[4];
-  memcpy(zType, "...", 4);
-  if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) zType[0] = 'V';
-  if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV  ) zType[1] = 'E';
-  if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) zType[2] = 'L';
-  sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "%s ", zType);
-  sqlite3ExplainExpr(v, pTerm->pExpr);
-}
-#endif /* WHERETRACE_ENABLED && SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN */
-
-
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
-/*
-** Print a WhereLoop object for debugging purposes
-*/
-static void whereLoopPrint(WhereLoop *p, WhereClause *pWC){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;
-  int nb = 1+(pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc+7)/8;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab;
-  Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId,
-                     p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s",
-                     pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName);
-  if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
-     const char *zName;
-     if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){
-      if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){
-        int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1;
-        while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--;
-        zName += i;
-      }
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("%20s","");
-    }
-  }else{
-    char *z;
-    if( p->u.vtab.idxStr ){
-      z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,\"%s\",%x)",
-                p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
-    }else{
-      z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
-    }
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z);
-    sqlite3_free(z);
-  }
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %04x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN
-  /* If the 0x100 bit of wheretracing is set, then show all of the constraint
-  ** expressions in the WhereLoop.aLTerm[] array.
-  */
-  if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){  /* WHERETRACE 0x100 */
-    int i;
-    Vdbe *v = pWInfo->pParse->pVdbe;
-    sqlite3ExplainBegin(v);
-    for(i=0; i<p->nLTerm; i++){
-      WhereTerm *pTerm = p->aLTerm[i];
-      if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "  (%d) #%-2d ", i+1, (int)(pTerm-pWC->a));
-      sqlite3ExplainPush(v);
-      whereExplainTerm(v, pTerm);
-      sqlite3ExplainPop(v);
-      sqlite3ExplainNL(v);
-    }
-    sqlite3ExplainFinish(v);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", sqlite3VdbeExplanation(v));
-  }
-#endif
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed
-** to whereLoopClear harmlessly.
-*/
-static void whereLoopInit(WhereLoop *p){
-  p->aLTerm = p->aLTermSpace;
-  p->nLTerm = 0;
-  p->nLSlot = ArraySize(p->aLTermSpace);
-  p->wsFlags = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the WhereLoop.u union.  Leave WhereLoop.pLTerm intact.
-*/
-static void whereLoopClearUnion(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
-  if( p->wsFlags & (WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) ){
-    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 && p->u.vtab.needFree ){
-      sqlite3_free(p->u.vtab.idxStr);
-      p->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
-      p->u.vtab.idxStr = 0;
-    }else if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && p->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex->zColAff);
-      sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->u.btree.pIndex->pKeyInfo);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex);
-      p->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object
-*/
-static void whereLoopClear(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
-  if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm);
-  whereLoopClearUnion(db, p);
-  whereLoopInit(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Increase the memory allocation for pLoop->aLTerm[] to be at least n.
-*/
-static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p, int n){
-  WhereTerm **paNew;
-  if( p->nLSlot>=n ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  n = (n+7)&~7;
-  paNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*n);
-  if( paNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memcpy(paNew, p->aLTerm, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*p->nLSlot);
-  if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm);
-  p->aLTerm = paNew;
-  p->nLSlot = n;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Transfer content from the second pLoop into the first.
-*/
-static int whereLoopXfer(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pTo, WhereLoop *pFrom){
-  whereLoopClearUnion(db, pTo);
-  if( whereLoopResize(db, pTo, pFrom->nLTerm) ){
-    memset(&pTo->u, 0, sizeof(pTo->u));
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ);
-  memcpy(pTo->aLTerm, pFrom->aLTerm, pTo->nLTerm*sizeof(pTo->aLTerm[0]));
-  if( pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){
-    pFrom->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
-  }else if( (pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){
-    pFrom->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete a WhereLoop object
-*/
-static void whereLoopDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){
-  whereLoopClear(db, p);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a WhereInfo structure
-*/
-static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){
-    whereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC);
-    while( pWInfo->pLoops ){
-      WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops;
-      pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop;
-      whereLoopDelete(db, p);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if both of the following are true:
-**
-**   (1)  X has the same or lower cost that Y
-**   (2)  X is a proper subset of Y
-**
-** By "proper subset" we mean that X uses fewer WHERE clause terms
-** than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is also used
-** by Y.
-**
-** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought
-** to have a lower cost.  This routine returns TRUE when that cost 
-** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted.
-*/
-static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(
-  const WhereLoop *pX,       /* First WhereLoop to compare */
-  const WhereLoop *pY        /* Compare against this WhereLoop */
-){
-  int i, j;
-  if( pX->nLTerm >= pY->nLTerm ) return 0; /* X is not a subset of Y */
-  if( pX->rRun >= pY->rRun ){
-    if( pX->rRun > pY->rRun ) return 0;    /* X costs more than Y */
-    if( pX->nOut > pY->nOut ) return 0;    /* X costs more than Y */
-  }
-  for(i=pX->nLTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
-    for(j=pY->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
-      if( pY->aLTerm[j]==pX->aLTerm[i] ) break;
-    }
-    if( j<0 ) return 0;  /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */
-  }
-  return 1;  /* All conditions meet */
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to adjust the cost of WhereLoop pTemplate upwards or downwards so
-** that:
-**
-**   (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper
-**       subset of pTemplate
-**
-**   (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate
-**       is a proper subset.
-**
-** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer
-** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is
-** also used by Y.
-**
-** This adjustment is omitted for SKIPSCAN loops.  In a SKIPSCAN loop, the
-** WhereLoop.nLTerm field is not an accurate measure of the number of WHERE
-** clause terms covered, since some of the first nLTerm entries in aLTerm[]
-** will be NULL (because they are skipped).  That makes it more difficult
-** to compare the loops.  We could add extra code to do the comparison, and
-** perhaps we will someday.  But SKIPSCAN is sufficiently uncommon, and this
-** adjustment is sufficient minor, that it is very difficult to construct
-** a test case where the extra code would improve the query plan.  Better
-** to avoid the added complexity and just omit cost adjustments to SKIPSCAN
-** loops.
-*/
-static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){
-  if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) return;
-  if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) return;
-  for(; p; p=p->pNextLoop){
-    if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue;
-    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue;
-    if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) continue;
-    if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){
-      /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its 
-      ** subset p */
-      pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun;
-      pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut - 1;
-    }else if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(pTemplate, p) ){
-      /* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since
-      ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */
-      pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun;
-      pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut + 1;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be
-** supplanted by pTemplate.
-**
-** Return NULL if the WhereLoop list contains an entry that can supplant
-** pTemplate, in other words if pTemplate does not belong on the list.
-**
-** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can supplant, then return the
-** link that points to pX.
-**
-** If pTemplate cannot supplant any existing element of the list but needs
-** to be added to the list, then return a pointer to the tail of the list.
-*/
-static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser(
-  WhereLoop **ppPrev,
-  const WhereLoop *pTemplate
-){
-  WhereLoop *p;
-  for(p=(*ppPrev); p; ppPrev=&p->pNextLoop, p=*ppPrev){
-    if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab || p->iSortIdx!=pTemplate->iSortIdx ){
-      /* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different
-      ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately.  Neither is
-      ** a candidate to replace the other. */
-      continue;
-    }
-    /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero
-    ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN
-    ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */
-    assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 
-                 || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup );
-
-    /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index
-    ** case first.  Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger
-    ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */
-    assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup );
-
-    /* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be
-    ** discarded.  WhereLoop p is better if:
-    **   (1)  p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and
-    **   (2)  p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate
-    */
-    if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==p->prereq    /* (1)  */
-     && p->rSetup<=pTemplate->rSetup                  /* (2a) */
-     && p->rRun<=pTemplate->rRun                      /* (2b) */
-     && p->nOut<=pTemplate->nOut                      /* (2c) */
-    ){
-      return 0;  /* Discard pTemplate */
-    }
-
-    /* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten
-    ** with pTemplate.  pTemplate is better than p if:
-    **   (1)  pTemplate has no more dependences than p, and
-    **   (2)  pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p.
-    */
-    if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq   /* (1)  */
-     && p->rRun>=pTemplate->rRun                             /* (2a) */
-     && p->nOut>=pTemplate->nOut                             /* (2b) */
-    ){
-      assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* SETUP-INVARIANT above */
-      break;   /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */
-    }
-  }
-  return ppPrev;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert or replace a WhereLoop entry using the template supplied.
-**
-** An existing WhereLoop entry might be overwritten if the new template
-** is better and has fewer dependencies.  Or the template will be ignored
-** and no insert will occur if an existing WhereLoop is faster and has
-** fewer dependencies than the template.  Otherwise a new WhereLoop is
-** added based on the template.
-**
-** If pBuilder->pOrSet is not NULL then we care about only the
-** prerequisites and rRun and nOut costs of the N best loops.  That
-** information is gathered in the pBuilder->pOrSet object.  This special
-** processing mode is used only for OR clause processing.
-**
-** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we
-** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the
-** new template is better.  Loops may be overwritten if the following 
-** conditions are met:
-**
-**    (1)  They have the same iTab.
-**    (2)  They have the same iSortIdx.
-**    (3)  The template has same or fewer dependencies than the current loop
-**    (4)  The template has the same or lower cost than the current loop
-*/
-static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){
-  WhereLoop **ppPrev, *p;
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
-
-  /* If pBuilder->pOrSet is defined, then only keep track of the costs
-  ** and prereqs.
-  */
-  if( pBuilder->pOrSet!=0 ){
-#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED
-    u16 n = pBuilder->pOrSet->n;
-    int x =
-#endif
-    whereOrInsert(pBuilder->pOrSet, pTemplate->prereq, pTemplate->rRun,
-                                    pTemplate->nOut);
-#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
-    if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf(x?"   or-%d:  ":"   or-X:  ", n);
-      whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
-    }
-#endif
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Look for an existing WhereLoop to replace with pTemplate
-  */
-  whereLoopAdjustCost(pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate);
-  ppPrev = whereLoopFindLesser(&pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate);
-
-  if( ppPrev==0 ){
-    /* There already exists a WhereLoop on the list that is better
-    ** than pTemplate, so just ignore pTemplate */
-#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
-    if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-noop: ");
-      whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
-    }
-#endif
-    return SQLITE_OK;  
-  }else{
-    p = *ppPrev;
-  }
-
-  /* If we reach this point it means that either p[] should be overwritten
-  ** with pTemplate[] if p[] exists, or if p==NULL then allocate a new
-  ** WhereLoop and insert it.
-  */
-#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
-  if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
-    if( p!=0 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-del:  ");
-      whereLoopPrint(p, pBuilder->pWC);
-    }
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-new:  ");
-    whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( p==0 ){
-    /* Allocate a new WhereLoop to add to the end of the list */
-    *ppPrev = p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(WhereLoop));
-    if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    whereLoopInit(p);
-    p->pNextLoop = 0;
-  }else{
-    /* We will be overwriting WhereLoop p[].  But before we do, first
-    ** go through the rest of the list and delete any other entries besides
-    ** p[] that are also supplated by pTemplate */
-    WhereLoop **ppTail = &p->pNextLoop;
-    WhereLoop *pToDel;
-    while( *ppTail ){
-      ppTail = whereLoopFindLesser(ppTail, pTemplate);
-      if( NEVER(ppTail==0) ) break;
-      pToDel = *ppTail;
-      if( pToDel==0 ) break;
-      *ppTail = pToDel->pNextLoop;
-#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */
-      if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-del: ");
-        whereLoopPrint(pToDel, pBuilder->pWC);
-      }
-#endif
-      whereLoopDelete(db, pToDel);
-    }
-  }
-  whereLoopXfer(db, p, pTemplate);
-  if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
-    Index *pIndex = p->u.btree.pIndex;
-    if( pIndex && pIndex->tnum==0 ){
-      p->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the
-** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an
-** index.
-**
-** In the current implementation, the first extra WHERE clause term reduces
-** the number of output rows by a factor of 10 and each additional term
-** reduces the number of output rows by sqrt(2).
-*/
-static void whereLoopOutputAdjust(WhereClause *pWC, WhereLoop *pLoop){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX;
-  Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf);
-  int i, j;
-
-  if( !OptimizationEnabled(pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_AdjustOutEst) ){
-    return;
-  }
-  for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){
-    if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break;
-    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue;
-    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue;
-    for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
-      pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
-      if( pX==0 ) continue;
-      if( pX==pTerm ) break;
-      if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break;
-    }
-    if( j<0 ){
-      pLoop->nOut += (pTerm->truthProb<=0 ? pTerm->truthProb : -1);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the 
-** index pIndex. Try to match one more.
-**
-** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the 
-** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq 
-** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this 
-** function returns.
-**
-** If pProbe->tnum==0, that means pIndex is a fake index used for the
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
-*/
-static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,     /* The WhereLoop factory */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,      /* FROM clause term being analyzed */
-  Index *pProbe,                  /* An index on pSrc */
-  LogEst nInMul                   /* log(Number of iterations due to IN) */
-){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;  /* WHERE analyse context */
-  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;        /* Parsing context */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database connection malloc context */
-  WhereLoop *pNew;                /* Template WhereLoop under construction */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;               /* A WhereTerm under consideration */
-  int opMask;                     /* Valid operators for constraints */
-  WhereScan scan;                 /* Iterator for WHERE terms */
-  Bitmask saved_prereq;           /* Original value of pNew->prereq */
-  u16 saved_nLTerm;               /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */
-  u16 saved_nEq;                  /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */
-  u16 saved_nSkip;                /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nSkip */
-  u32 saved_wsFlags;              /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */
-  LogEst saved_nOut;              /* Original value of pNew->nOut */
-  int iCol;                       /* Index of the column in the table */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  LogEst rLogSize;                /* Logarithm of table size */
-  WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */
-
-  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
-  assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 );
-  if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
-    opMask = WO_LT|WO_LE;
-  }else if( pProbe->tnum<=0 || (pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
-    opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE;
-  }else{
-    opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE;
-  }
-  if( pProbe->bUnordered ) opMask &= ~(WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE);
-
-  assert( pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nKeyCol );
-  if( pNew->u.btree.nEq < pProbe->nKeyCol ){
-    iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[pNew->u.btree.nEq];
-  }else{
-    iCol = -1;
-  }
-  pTerm = whereScanInit(&scan, pBuilder->pWC, pSrc->iCursor, iCol,
-                        opMask, pProbe);
-  saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq;
-  saved_nSkip = pNew->u.btree.nSkip;
-  saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm;
-  saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags;
-  saved_prereq = pNew->prereq;
-  saved_nOut = pNew->nOut;
-  pNew->rSetup = 0;
-  rLogSize = estLog(pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]);
-
-  /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints
-  ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average
-  ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. 
-  **
-  ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
-  ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
-  ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of
-  ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. 
-  ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly
-  ** more expensive.  */
-  assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) );
-  if( pTerm==0
-   && saved_nEq==saved_nSkip
-   && saved_nEq+1<pProbe->nKeyCol
-   && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42  /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */
-   && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK
-  ){
-    LogEst nIter;
-    pNew->u.btree.nEq++;
-    pNew->u.btree.nSkip++;
-    pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0;
-    pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN;
-    nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1];
-    pNew->nOut -= nIter;
-    whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul);
-    pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
-  }
-  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){
-    u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator;   /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */
-    LogEst rCostIdx;
-    LogEst nOutUnadjusted;        /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */
-    int nIn = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid;
-#endif
-    if( (eOp==WO_ISNULL || (pTerm->wtFlags&TERM_VNULL)!=0)
-     && (iCol<0 || pSrc->pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull)
-    ){
-      continue; /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */
-    }
-    if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue;
-
-    pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
-    pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
-    pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm;
-    if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */
-    pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTerm;
-    pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf;
-
-    assert( nInMul==0
-        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 
-        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 
-        || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 
-    );
-
-    if( eOp & WO_IN ){
-      Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
-        /* "x IN (SELECT ...)":  TUNING: the SELECT returns 25 rows */
-        nIn = 46;  assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) );
-      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){
-        /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */
-        nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr);
-      }
-      assert( nIn>0 );  /* RHS always has 2 or more terms...  The parser
-                        ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */
-
-    }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ) ){
-      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
-      if( iCol<0 || (nInMul==0 && pNew->u.btree.nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){
-        if( iCol>=0 && pProbe->onError==OE_None ){
-          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED;
-        }else{
-          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
-        }
-      }
-    }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
-      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
-    }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){
-      testcase( eOp & WO_GT );
-      testcase( eOp & WO_GE );
-      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
-      pBtm = pTerm;
-      pTop = 0;
-    }else{
-      assert( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) );
-      testcase( eOp & WO_LT );
-      testcase( eOp & WO_LE );
-      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
-      pTop = pTerm;
-      pBtm = (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0 ?
-                     pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm-2] : 0;
-    }
-
-    /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to
-    ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the
-    ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all 
-    ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates
-    ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul).  */
-    assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
-    if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
-      /* Adjust nOut using stat3/stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat3/stat4
-      ** data, using some other estimate.  */
-      whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew);
-    }else{
-      int nEq = ++pNew->u.btree.nEq;
-      assert( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_EQ|WO_IN) );
-
-      assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
-      if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 && iCol>=0 ){
-        assert( (eOp & WO_IN) || nIn==0 );
-        testcase( eOp & WO_IN );
-        pNew->nOut += pTerm->truthProb;
-        pNew->nOut -= nIn;
-      }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-        tRowcnt nOut = 0;
-        if( nInMul==0 
-         && pProbe->nSample 
-         && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol
-         && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3) 
-         && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect))
-        ){
-          Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-          if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0 ){
-            testcase( eOp & WO_EQ );
-            testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL );
-            rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut);
-          }else{
-            rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut);
-          }
-          assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nOut>0 );
-          if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;          /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */
-          if( nOut ){
-            pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut);
-            if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
-            pNew->nOut -= nIn;
-          }
-        }
-        if( nOut==0 )
-#endif
-        {
-          pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]);
-          if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
-            /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a 
-            ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows 
-            ** as (col=?). */
-            pNew->nOut += 10;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set rCostIdx to the cost of visiting selected rows in index. Add
-    ** it to pNew->rRun, which is currently set to the cost of the index
-    ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of
-    ** visiting the rows in the main table.  */
-    rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow;
-    pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx);
-    if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){
-      pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16);
-    }
-
-    nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut;
-    pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn;
-    pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn;
-    whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew);
-    rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-
-    if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
-      pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
-    }else{
-      pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted;
-    }
-
-    if( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0
-     && pNew->u.btree.nEq<(pProbe->nKeyCol + (pProbe->zName!=0))
-    ){
-      whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nInMul+nIn);
-    }
-    pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid;
-#endif
-  }
-  pNew->prereq = saved_prereq;
-  pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
-  pNew->u.btree.nSkip = saved_nSkip;
-  pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
-  pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
-  pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in
-** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder.
-**
-** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or
-** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that
-** ORDER BY clause.
-*/
-static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
-  Index *pIndex,
-  int iCursor
-){
-  ExprList *pOB;
-  int ii, jj;
-
-  if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0;
-  if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0;
-  for(ii=0; ii<pOB->nExpr; ii++){
-    Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr);
-    if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
-    if( pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){
-      for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){
-        if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a bitmask where 1s indicate that the corresponding column of
-** the table is used by an index.  Only the first 63 columns are considered.
-*/
-static Bitmask columnsInIndex(Index *pIdx){
-  Bitmask m = 0;
-  int j;
-  for(j=pIdx->nColumn-1; j>=0; j--){
-    int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
-    if( x>=0 ){
-      testcase( x==BMS-1 );
-      testcase( x==BMS-2 );
-      if( x<BMS-1 ) m |= MASKBIT(x);
-    }
-  }
-  return m;
-}
-
-/* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used
-** in the current query.  Return true if it can be and false if not.
-*/
-static int whereUsablePartialIndex(int iTab, WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pWhere){
-  int i;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
-    if( sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pTerm->pExpr, pWhere, iTab) ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add all WhereLoop objects for a single table of the join where the table
-** is idenfied by pBuilder->pNew->iTab.  That table is guaranteed to be
-** a b-tree table, not a virtual table.
-**
-** The costs (WhereLoop.rRun) of the b-tree loops added by this function
-** are calculated as follows:
-**
-** For a full scan, assuming the table (or index) contains nRow rows:
-**
-**     cost = nRow * 3.0                    // full-table scan
-**     cost = nRow * K                      // scan of covering index
-**     cost = nRow * (K+3.0)                // scan of non-covering index
-**
-** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative 
-** estimated average size of the index and table records.
-**
-** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited
-** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on 
-** the index b-tree:
-**
-**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit)          // covering index
-**     cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit)    // non-covering index
-**
-** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the 
-** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when 
-** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans.
-*/
-static int whereLoopAddBtree(
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */
-  Bitmask mExtra              /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */
-){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;          /* WHERE analysis context */
-  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
-  Index sPk;                  /* A fake index object for the primary key */
-  LogEst aiRowEstPk[2];       /* The aiRowLogEst[] value for the sPk index */
-  i16 aiColumnPk = -1;        /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */
-  SrcList *pTabList;          /* The FROM clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc;  /* The FROM clause btree term to add */
-  WhereLoop *pNew;            /* Template WhereLoop object */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Return code */
-  int iSortIdx = 1;           /* Index number */
-  int b;                      /* A boolean value */
-  LogEst rSize;               /* number of rows in the table */
-  LogEst rLogSize;            /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */
-  WhereClause *pWC;           /* The parsed WHERE clause */
-  Table *pTab;                /* Table being queried */
-  
-  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
-  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
-  pSrc = pTabList->a + pNew->iTab;
-  pTab = pSrc->pTab;
-  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
-  assert( !IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) );
-
-  if( pSrc->pIndex ){
-    /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */
-    pProbe = pSrc->pIndex;
-  }else if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
-    pProbe = pTab->pIndex;
-  }else{
-    /* There is no INDEXED BY clause.  Create a fake Index object in local
-    ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index.  Make this
-    ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real
-    ** indices to follow */
-    Index *pFirst;                  /* First of real indices on the table */
-    memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index));
-    sPk.nKeyCol = 1;
-    sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk;
-    sPk.aiRowLogEst = aiRowEstPk;
-    sPk.onError = OE_Replace;
-    sPk.pTable = pTab;
-    sPk.szIdxRow = pTab->szTabRow;
-    aiRowEstPk[0] = pTab->nRowLogEst;
-    aiRowEstPk[1] = 0;
-    pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
-    if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){
-      /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the
-      ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */
-      sPk.pNext = pFirst;
-    }
-    pProbe = &sPk;
-  }
-  rSize = pTab->nRowLogEst;
-  rLogSize = estLog(rSize);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-  /* Automatic indexes */
-  if( !pBuilder->pOrSet
-   && (pWInfo->pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)!=0
-   && pSrc->pIndex==0
-   && !pSrc->viaCoroutine
-   && !pSrc->notIndexed
-   && HasRowid(pTab)
-   && !pSrc->isCorrelated
-   && !pSrc->isRecursive
-  ){
-    /* Generate auto-index WhereLoops */
-    WhereTerm *pTerm;
-    WhereTerm *pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
-    for(pTerm=pWC->a; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
-      if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue;
-      if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, 0) ){
-        pNew->u.btree.nEq = 1;
-        pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0;
-        pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0;
-        pNew->nLTerm = 1;
-        pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
-        /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is
-        ** approximately 7*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in
-        ** the table being indexed. */
-        pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 28;  assert( 28==sqlite3LogEst(7) );
-        /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table.  This
-        ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way
-        ** of knowning how selective the index will ultimately be.  It would
-        ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */
-        pNew->nOut = 43;  assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) );
-        pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut);
-        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
-        pNew->prereq = mExtra | pTerm->prereqRight;
-        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
-
-  /* Loop over all indices
-  */
-  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext, iSortIdx++){
-    if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0
-     && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pNew->iTab, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){
-      continue;  /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */
-    }
-    rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0];
-    pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0;
-    pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0;
-    pNew->nLTerm = 0;
-    pNew->iSortIdx = 0;
-    pNew->rSetup = 0;
-    pNew->prereq = mExtra;
-    pNew->nOut = rSize;
-    pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe;
-    b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor);
-    /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */
-    assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 );
-    if( pProbe->tnum<=0 ){
-      /* Integer primary key index */
-      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK;
-
-      /* Full table scan */
-      pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
-      /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */
-      pNew->rRun = rSize + 16;
-      whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew);
-      rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-      pNew->nOut = rSize;
-      if( rc ) break;
-    }else{
-      Bitmask m;
-      if( pProbe->isCovering ){
-        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED;
-        m = 0;
-      }else{
-        m = pSrc->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pProbe);
-        pNew->wsFlags = (m==0) ? (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_INDEXED) : WHERE_INDEXED;
-      }
-
-      /* Full scan via index */
-      if( b
-       || !HasRowid(pTab)
-       || ( m==0
-         && pProbe->bUnordered==0
-         && (pProbe->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow)
-         && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0
-         && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis
-         && OptimizationEnabled(pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_CoverIdxScan)
-          )
-      ){
-        pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
-
-        /* The cost of visiting the index rows is N*K, where K is
-        ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the
-        ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan,
-        ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0).  */
-        pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow;
-        if( m!=0 ){
-          pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16);
-        }
-
-        whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew);
-        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-        pNew->nOut = rSize;
-        if( rc ) break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
-    sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(pBuilder->pRec);
-    pBuilder->nRecValid = 0;
-    pBuilder->pRec = 0;
-#endif
-
-    /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is
-    ** considered. */
-    if( pSrc->pIndex ) break;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by
-** pBuilder->pNew->iTab.  That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table.
-*/
-static int whereLoopAddVirtual(
-  WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,  /* WHERE clause information */
-  Bitmask mExtra
-){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;           /* WHERE analysis context */
-  Parse *pParse;               /* The parsing context */
-  WhereClause *pWC;            /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc;   /* The FROM clause term to search */
-  Table *pTab;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int i, j;
-  int iTerm, mxTerm;
-  int nConstraint;
-  int seenIn = 0;              /* True if an IN operator is seen */
-  int seenVar = 0;             /* True if a non-constant constraint is seen */
-  int iPhase;                  /* 0: const w/o IN, 1: const, 2: no IN,  2: IN */
-  WhereLoop *pNew;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
-  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
-  pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab];
-  pTab = pSrc->pTab;
-  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-  pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy);
-  if( pIdxInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pNew->prereq = 0;
-  pNew->rSetup = 0;
-  pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
-  pNew->nLTerm = 0;
-  pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
-  pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
-  nConstraint = pIdxInfo->nConstraint;
-  if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, nConstraint) ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  for(iPhase=0; iPhase<=3; iPhase++){
-    if( !seenIn && (iPhase&1)!=0 ){
-      iPhase++;
-      if( iPhase>3 ) break;
-    }
-    if( !seenVar && iPhase>1 ) break;
-    pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
-    for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
-      j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
-      switch( iPhase ){
-        case 0:    /* Constants without IN operator */
-          pIdxCons->usable = 0;
-          if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){
-            seenIn = 1;
-          }
-          if( pTerm->prereqRight!=0 ){
-            seenVar = 1;
-          }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0 ){
-            pIdxCons->usable = 1;
-          }
-          break;
-        case 1:    /* Constants with IN operators */
-          assert( seenIn );
-          pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight==0);
-          break;
-        case 2:    /* Variables without IN */
-          assert( seenVar );
-          pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0;
-          break;
-        default:   /* Variables with IN */
-          assert( seenVar && seenIn );
-          pIdxCons->usable = 1;
-          break;
-      }
-    }
-    memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
-    if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
-    pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
-    pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
-    pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
-    pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
-    pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / (double)2;
-    pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 25;
-    rc = vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo);
-    if( rc ) goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit;
-    pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
-    pNew->prereq = mExtra;
-    mxTerm = -1;
-    assert( pNew->nLSlot>=nConstraint );
-    for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++) pNew->aLTerm[i] = 0;
-    pNew->u.vtab.omitMask = 0;
-    for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
-      if( (iTerm = pUsage[i].argvIndex - 1)>=0 ){
-        j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
-        if( iTerm>=nConstraint
-         || j<0
-         || j>=pWC->nTerm
-         || pNew->aLTerm[iTerm]!=0
-        ){
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s.xBestIndex() malfunction", pTab->zName);
-          goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit;
-        }
-        testcase( iTerm==nConstraint-1 );
-        testcase( j==0 );
-        testcase( j==pWC->nTerm-1 );
-        pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
-        pNew->prereq |= pTerm->prereqRight;
-        assert( iTerm<pNew->nLSlot );
-        pNew->aLTerm[iTerm] = pTerm;
-        if( iTerm>mxTerm ) mxTerm = iTerm;
-        testcase( iTerm==15 );
-        testcase( iTerm==16 );
-        if( iTerm<16 && pUsage[i].omit ) pNew->u.vtab.omitMask |= 1<<iTerm;
-        if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){
-          if( pUsage[i].omit==0 ){
-            /* Do not attempt to use an IN constraint if the virtual table
-            ** says that the equivalent EQ constraint cannot be safely omitted.
-            ** If we do attempt to use such a constraint, some rows might be
-            ** repeated in the output. */
-            break;
-          }
-          /* A virtual table that is constrained by an IN clause may not
-          ** consume the ORDER BY clause because (1) the order of IN terms
-          ** is not necessarily related to the order of output terms and
-          ** (2) Multiple outputs from a single IN value will not merge
-          ** together.  */
-          pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( i>=nConstraint ){
-      pNew->nLTerm = mxTerm+1;
-      assert( pNew->nLTerm<=pNew->nLSlot );
-      pNew->u.vtab.idxNum = pIdxInfo->idxNum;
-      pNew->u.vtab.needFree = pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr;
-      pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
-      pNew->u.vtab.idxStr = pIdxInfo->idxStr;
-      pNew->u.vtab.isOrdered = (i8)(pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ?
-                                      pIdxInfo->nOrderBy : 0);
-      pNew->rSetup = 0;
-      pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(pIdxInfo->estimatedCost);
-      pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(pIdxInfo->estimatedRows);
-      whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-      if( pNew->u.vtab.needFree ){
-        sqlite3_free(pNew->u.vtab.idxStr);
-        pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }  
-
-whereLoopAddVtab_exit:
-  if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** Add WhereLoop entries to handle OR terms.  This works for either
-** btrees or virtual tables.
-*/
-static int whereLoopAddOr(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, Bitmask mExtra){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  WhereClause *pWC;
-  WhereLoop *pNew;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm, *pWCEnd;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int iCur;
-  WhereClause tempWC;
-  WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild;
-  WhereOrSet sSum, sCur;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  
-  pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
-  if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_AND_ONLY ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
-  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
-  memset(&sSum, 0, sizeof(sSum));
-  pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + pNew->iTab;
-  iCur = pItem->iCursor;
-
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd && rc==SQLITE_OK; pTerm++){
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0
-     && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 
-    ){
-      WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
-      WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm];
-      WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
-      int once = 1;
-      int i, j;
-    
-      sSubBuild = *pBuilder;
-      sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0;
-      sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur;
-
-      for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerm<pOrWCEnd; pOrTerm++){
-        if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){
-          sSubBuild.pWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc;
-        }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){
-          tempWC.pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo;
-          tempWC.pOuter = pWC;
-          tempWC.op = TK_AND;
-          tempWC.nTerm = 1;
-          tempWC.a = pOrTerm;
-          sSubBuild.pWC = &tempWC;
-        }else{
-          continue;
-        }
-        sCur.n = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-        if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){
-          rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(&sSubBuild, mExtra);
-        }else
-#endif
-        {
-          rc = whereLoopAddBtree(&sSubBuild, mExtra);
-        }
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || sCur.n==0 );
-        if( sCur.n==0 ){
-          sSum.n = 0;
-          break;
-        }else if( once ){
-          whereOrMove(&sSum, &sCur);
-          once = 0;
-        }else{
-          WhereOrSet sPrev;
-          whereOrMove(&sPrev, &sSum);
-          sSum.n = 0;
-          for(i=0; i<sPrev.n; i++){
-            for(j=0; j<sCur.n; j++){
-              whereOrInsert(&sSum, sPrev.a[i].prereq | sCur.a[j].prereq,
-                            sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].rRun, sCur.a[j].rRun),
-                            sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].nOut, sCur.a[j].nOut));
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      pNew->nLTerm = 1;
-      pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
-      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR;
-      pNew->rSetup = 0;
-      pNew->iSortIdx = 0;
-      memset(&pNew->u, 0, sizeof(pNew->u));
-      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<sSum.n; i++){
-        /* TUNING: Currently sSum.a[i].rRun is set to the sum of the costs
-        ** of all sub-scans required by the OR-scan. However, due to rounding
-        ** errors, it may be that the cost of the OR-scan is equal to its
-        ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty 
-        ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that 
-        ** this does not happen. Otherwise, for WHERE clauses such as the
-        ** following where there is an index on "y":
-        **
-        **     WHERE likelihood(x=?, 0.99) OR y=?
-        **
-        ** the planner may elect to "OR" together a full-table scan and an
-        ** index lookup. And other similarly odd results.  */
-        pNew->rRun = sSum.a[i].rRun + 1;
-        pNew->nOut = sSum.a[i].nOut;
-        pNew->prereq = sSum.a[i].prereq;
-        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables 
-*/
-static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  Bitmask mExtra = 0;
-  Bitmask mPrior = 0;
-  int iTab;
-  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
-  int nTabList = pWInfo->nLevel;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  u8 priorJoinType = 0;
-  WhereLoop *pNew;
-
-  /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */
-  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
-  whereLoopInit(pNew);
-  for(iTab=0, pItem=pTabList->a; iTab<nTabList; iTab++, pItem++){
-    pNew->iTab = iTab;
-    pNew->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor);
-    if( ((pItem->jointype|priorJoinType) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){
-      mExtra = mPrior;
-    }
-    priorJoinType = pItem->jointype;
-    if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){
-      rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(pBuilder, mExtra);
-    }else{
-      rc = whereLoopAddBtree(pBuilder, mExtra);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = whereLoopAddOr(pBuilder, mExtra);
-    }
-    mPrior |= pNew->maskSelf;
-    if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) break;
-  }
-  whereLoopClear(db, pNew);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 5th
-** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY
-** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation.  Return N:
-** 
-**   N>0:   N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
-**   N==0:  No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
-**   N<0:   Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.   
-**
-** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as
-** strict.  With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that
-** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another.  GROUP BY
-** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long
-** as equivelent rows are grouped together.  Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT
-** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order.  With ORDER BY, the 
-** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order.
-*/
-static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo,    /* The WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */
-  WherePath *pPath,     /* The WherePath to check */
-  u16 wctrlFlags,       /* Might contain WHERE_GROUPBY or WHERE_DISTINCTBY */
-  u16 nLoop,            /* Number of entries in pPath->aLoop[] */
-  WhereLoop *pLast,     /* Add this WhereLoop to the end of pPath->aLoop[] */
-  Bitmask *pRevMask     /* OUT: Mask of WhereLoops to run in reverse order */
-){
-  u8 revSet;            /* True if rev is known */
-  u8 rev;               /* Composite sort order */
-  u8 revIdx;            /* Index sort order */
-  u8 isOrderDistinct;   /* All prior WhereLoops are order-distinct */
-  u8 distinctColumns;   /* True if the loop has UNIQUE NOT NULL columns */
-  u8 isMatch;           /* iColumn matches a term of the ORDER BY clause */
-  u16 nKeyCol;          /* Number of key columns in pIndex */
-  u16 nColumn;          /* Total number of ordered columns in the index */
-  u16 nOrderBy;         /* Number terms in the ORDER BY clause */
-  int iLoop;            /* Index of WhereLoop in pPath being processed */
-  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
-  int iCur;             /* Cursor number for current WhereLoop */
-  int iColumn;          /* A column number within table iCur */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop = 0; /* Current WhereLoop being processed. */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;     /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
-  Expr *pOBExpr;        /* An expression from the ORDER BY clause */
-  CollSeq *pColl;       /* COLLATE function from an ORDER BY clause term */
-  Index *pIndex;        /* The index associated with pLoop */
-  sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;  /* Database connection */
-  Bitmask obSat = 0;    /* Mask of ORDER BY terms satisfied so far */
-  Bitmask obDone;       /* Mask of all ORDER BY terms */
-  Bitmask orderDistinctMask;  /* Mask of all well-ordered loops */
-  Bitmask ready;              /* Mask of inner loops */
-
-  /*
-  ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one
-  ** row of output.  A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true:
-  **  (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ.
-  **  (b) The index is unique
-  ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row.
-  ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags.
-  **
-  ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from
-  ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every
-  ** row of the WhereLoop.  Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically
-  ** order-distinct.   A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause
-  ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being
-  ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that 
-  ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct.
-  ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL.
-  **
-  ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the
-  ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is
-  ** automatically order-distinct.
-  */
-
-  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
-  if( nLoop && OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin) ) return 0;
-
-  nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-  testcase( nOrderBy==BMS-1 );
-  if( nOrderBy>BMS-1 ) return 0;  /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */
-  isOrderDistinct = 1;
-  obDone = MASKBIT(nOrderBy)-1;
-  orderDistinctMask = 0;
-  ready = 0;
-  for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat<obDone && iLoop<=nLoop; iLoop++){
-    if( iLoop>0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf;
-    pLoop = iLoop<nLoop ? pPath->aLoop[iLoop] : pLast;
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){
-      if( pLoop->u.vtab.isOrdered ) obSat = obDone;
-      break;
-    }
-    iCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].iCursor;
-
-    /* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of
-    ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE
-    ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer
-    ** loops.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
-      if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
-      pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
-      if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue;
-      if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue;
-      pTerm = findTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn,
-                       ~ready, WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL, 0);
-      if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
-      if( (pTerm->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
-        const char *z1, *z2;
-        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
-        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-        z1 = pColl->zName;
-        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pTerm->pExpr);
-        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-        z2 = pColl->zName;
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)!=0 ) continue;
-      }
-      obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
-    }
-
-    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){
-      if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ){
-        pIndex = 0;
-        nKeyCol = 0;
-        nColumn = 1;
-      }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){
-        return 0;
-      }else{
-        nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol;
-        nColumn = pIndex->nColumn;
-        assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) );
-        assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==(-1) || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable));
-        isOrderDistinct = pIndex->onError!=OE_None;
-      }
-
-      /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones
-      ** that are not constrained by == or IN.
-      */
-      rev = revSet = 0;
-      distinctColumns = 0;
-      for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){
-        u8 bOnce;   /* True to run the ORDER BY search loop */
-
-        /* Skip over == and IS NULL terms */
-        if( j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq
-         && pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0
-         && ((i = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator) & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0
-        ){
-          if( i & WO_ISNULL ){
-            testcase( isOrderDistinct );
-            isOrderDistinct = 0;
-          }
-          continue;  
-        }
-
-        /* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order
-        ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index.
-        */
-        if( pIndex ){
-          iColumn = pIndex->aiColumn[j];
-          revIdx = pIndex->aSortOrder[j];
-          if( iColumn==pIndex->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = -1;
-        }else{
-          iColumn = -1;
-          revIdx = 0;
-        }
-
-        /* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this
-        ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered
-        */
-        if( isOrderDistinct
-         && iColumn>=0
-         && j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq
-         && pIndex->pTable->aCol[iColumn].notNull==0
-        ){
-          isOrderDistinct = 0;
-        }
-
-        /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column
-        ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off 
-        */
-        bOnce = 1;
-        isMatch = 0;
-        for(i=0; bOnce && i<nOrderBy; i++){
-          if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
-          pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
-          testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY );
-          testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY );
-          if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0;
-          if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue;
-          if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue;
-          if( pOBExpr->iColumn!=iColumn ) continue;
-          if( iColumn>=0 ){
-            pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
-            if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-            if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIndex->azColl[j])!=0 ) continue;
-          }
-          isMatch = 1;
-          break;
-        }
-        if( isMatch && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY)==0 ){
-          /* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause.
-          ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */
-          if( revSet ){
-            if( (rev ^ revIdx)!=pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder ) isMatch = 0;
-          }else{
-            rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
-            if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop);
-            revSet = 1;
-          }
-        }
-        if( isMatch ){
-          if( iColumn<0 ){
-            testcase( distinctColumns==0 );
-            distinctColumns = 1;
-          }
-          obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
-        }else{
-          /* No match found */
-          if( j==0 || j<nKeyCol ){
-            testcase( isOrderDistinct!=0 );
-            isOrderDistinct = 0;
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-      } /* end Loop over all index columns */
-      if( distinctColumns ){
-        testcase( isOrderDistinct==0 );
-        isOrderDistinct = 1;
-      }
-    } /* end-if not one-row */
-
-    /* Mark off any other ORDER BY terms that reference pLoop */
-    if( isOrderDistinct ){
-      orderDistinctMask |= pLoop->maskSelf;
-      for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
-        Expr *p;
-        Bitmask mTerm;
-        if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue;
-        p = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-        mTerm = exprTableUsage(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,p);
-        if( mTerm==0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p) ) continue;
-        if( (mTerm&~orderDistinctMask)==0 ){
-          obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  } /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */
-  if( obSat==obDone ) return (i8)nOrderBy;
-  if( !isOrderDistinct ){
-    for(i=nOrderBy-1; i>0; i--){
-      Bitmask m = MASKBIT(i) - 1;
-      if( (obSat&m)==m ) return i;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** If the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in the mask passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(),
-** the planner assumes that the specified pOrderBy list is actually a GROUP
-** BY clause - and so any order that groups rows as required satisfies the
-** request.
-**
-** Normally, in this case it is not possible for the caller to determine
-** whether or not the rows are really being delivered in sorted order, or
-** just in some other order that provides the required grouping. However,
-** if the WHERE_SORTBYGROUP flag is also passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), then
-** this function may be called on the returned WhereInfo object. It returns
-** true if the rows really will be sorted in the specified order, or false
-** otherwise.
-**
-** For example, assuming:
-**
-**   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(x, Y);
-**
-** then
-**
-**   SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY x,y ORDER BY x,y;   -- IsSorted()==1
-**   SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY y,x ORDER BY y,x;   -- IsSorted()==0
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY );
-  assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP );
-  return pWInfo->sorted;
-}
-
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
-/* For debugging use only: */
-static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){
-  static char zName[65];
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<nLoop; i++){ zName[i] = pPath->aLoop[i]->cId; }
-  if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId;
-  zName[i] = 0;
-  return zName;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine
-** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop
-** once.  This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields.
-**
-** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted
-** will be nRowEst (in the 10*log2 representation).  Or, ignore sorting
-** costs if nRowEst==0.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM of a memory allocation
-** error occurs.
-*/
-static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){
-  int mxChoice;             /* Maximum number of simultaneous paths tracked */
-  int nLoop;                /* Number of terms in the join */
-  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing context */
-  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection */
-  int iLoop;                /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */
-  int ii, jj;               /* Loop counters */
-  int mxI = 0;              /* Index of next entry to replace */
-  int nOrderBy;             /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */
-  LogEst rCost;             /* Cost of a path */
-  LogEst nOut;              /* Number of outputs */
-  LogEst mxCost = 0;        /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */
-  LogEst mxOut = 0;         /* Maximum nOut value on the set of paths */
-  int nTo, nFrom;           /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */
-  WherePath *aFrom;         /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */
-  WherePath *aTo;           /* The nTo best paths at the current level */
-  WherePath *pFrom;         /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */
-  WherePath *pTo;           /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */
-  WhereLoop *pWLoop;        /* One of the WhereLoop objects */
-  WhereLoop **pX;           /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */
-  char *pSpace;             /* Temporary memory used by this routine */
-
-  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel;
-  /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked.
-  ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed.
-  ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */
-  mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10);
-  assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc );
-  WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver\n"));
-
-  /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo and aFrom */
-  ii = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2;
-  pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, ii);
-  if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace;
-  aFrom = aTo+mxChoice;
-  memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0]));
-  pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice);
-  for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){
-    pFrom->aLoop = pX;
-  }
-
-  /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops.
-  **
-  ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 25.  If the cost
-  ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 25
-  ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */
-  aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 46);  assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) );
-  nFrom = 1;
-
-  /* Precompute the cost of sorting the final result set, if the caller
-  ** to sqlite3WhereBegin() was concerned about sorting */
-  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){
-    aFrom[0].isOrdered = 0;
-    nOrderBy = 0;
-  }else{
-    aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : 1;
-    nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr;
-  }
-
-  /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation
-  ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next.  Keep track of the mxChoice
-  ** best paths at each generation */
-  for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){
-    nTo = 0;
-    for(ii=0, pFrom=aFrom; ii<nFrom; ii++, pFrom++){
-      for(pWLoop=pWInfo->pLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){
-        Bitmask maskNew;
-        Bitmask revMask = 0;
-        i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered;
-        if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
-        if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
-        /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. 
-        ** Compute its cost */
-        rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow);
-        rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost, pFrom->rCost);
-        nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut;
-        maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
-        if( isOrdered<0 ){
-          isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo,
-                       pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags,
-                       iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask);
-          if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrdered<nOrderBy ){
-            /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is 
-            ** the number of rows to sort is:
-            **
-            **   cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)).
-            ** 
-            ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y 
-            ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the 
-            ** sorting cost to:
-            **
-            **   cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X)
-            **
-            ** The (Y/X) term is implemented using stack variable rScale
-            ** below.  */
-            LogEst rScale, rSortCost;
-            assert( nOrderBy>0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) );
-            rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-isOrdered)*100/nOrderBy) - 66;
-            rSortCost = nRowEst + estLog(nRowEst) + rScale + 16;
-
-            /* TUNING: The cost of implementing DISTINCT using a B-TREE is
-            ** similar but with a larger constant of proportionality. 
-            ** Multiply by an additional factor of 3.0.  */
-            if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
-              rSortCost += 16;
-            }
-            WHERETRACE(0x002,
-               ("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n",
-                rSortCost, (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, rCost,
-                sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost,rSortCost)));
-            rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost, rSortCost);
-          }
-        }else{
-          revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
-        }
-        /* Check to see if pWLoop should be added to the mxChoice best so far */
-        for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jj<nTo; jj++, pTo++){
-          if( pTo->maskLoop==maskNew
-           && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&80)==0
-           && ((pTo->rCost<=rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut) ||
-                (pTo->rCost>=rCost && pTo->nRow>=nOut))
-          ){
-            testcase( jj==nTo-1 );
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( jj>=nTo ){
-          if( nTo>=mxChoice && rCost>=mxCost ){
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
-            if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
-              sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip   %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
-                  wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
-                  isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-            }
-#endif
-            continue;
-          }
-          /* Add a new Path to the aTo[] set */
-          if( nTo<mxChoice ){
-            /* Increase the size of the aTo set by one */
-            jj = nTo++;
-          }else{
-            /* New path replaces the prior worst to keep count below mxChoice */
-            jj = mxI;
-          }
-          pTo = &aTo[jj];
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
-          if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
-            sqlite3DebugPrintf("New    %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
-                wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
-                isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-          }
-#endif
-        }else{
-          if( pTo->rCost<=rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut ){
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
-            if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
-              sqlite3DebugPrintf(
-                  "Skip   %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
-                  wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
-                  isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-              sqlite3DebugPrintf("   vs %s cost=%-3d,%d order=%c\n",
-                  wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
-                  pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-            }
-#endif
-            testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost );
-            continue;
-          }
-          testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 );
-          /* A new and better score for a previously created equivalent path */
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
-          if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
-            sqlite3DebugPrintf(
-                "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
-                wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
-                isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-            sqlite3DebugPrintf("  was %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
-                wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
-                pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?');
-          }
-#endif
-        }
-        /* pWLoop is a winner.  Add it to the set of best so far */
-        pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
-        pTo->revLoop = revMask;
-        pTo->nRow = nOut;
-        pTo->rCost = rCost;
-        pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered;
-        memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop);
-        pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop;
-        if( nTo>=mxChoice ){
-          mxI = 0;
-          mxCost = aTo[0].rCost;
-          mxOut = aTo[0].nRow;
-          for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jj<mxChoice; jj++, pTo++){
-            if( pTo->rCost>mxCost || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->nRow>mxOut) ){
-              mxCost = pTo->rCost;
-              mxOut = pTo->nRow;
-              mxI = jj;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED  /* >=2 */
-    if( sqlite3WhereTrace>=2 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- after round %d ----\n", iLoop);
-      for(ii=0, pTo=aTo; ii<nTo; ii++, pTo++){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %s cost=%-3d nrow=%-3d order=%c",
-           wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
-           pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? (pTo->isOrdered+'0') : '?');
-        if( pTo->isOrdered>0 ){
-          sqlite3DebugPrintf(" rev=0x%llx\n", pTo->revLoop);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Swap the roles of aFrom and aTo for the next generation */
-    pFrom = aTo;
-    aTo = aFrom;
-    aFrom = pFrom;
-    nFrom = nTo;
-  }
-
-  if( nFrom==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no query solution");
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  
-  /* Find the lowest cost path.  pFrom will be left pointing to that path */
-  pFrom = aFrom;
-  for(ii=1; ii<nFrom; ii++){
-    if( pFrom->rCost>aFrom[ii].rCost ) pFrom = &aFrom[ii];
-  }
-  assert( pWInfo->nLevel==nLoop );
-  /* Load the lowest cost path into pWInfo */
-  for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){
-    WhereLevel *pLevel = pWInfo->a + iLoop;
-    pLevel->pWLoop = pWLoop = pFrom->aLoop[iLoop];
-    pLevel->iFrom = pWLoop->iTab;
-    pLevel->iTabCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor;
-  }
-  if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)!=0
-   && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY)==0
-   && pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP
-   && nRowEst
-  ){
-    Bitmask notUsed;
-    int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pResultSet, pFrom,
-                 WHERE_DISTINCTBY, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &notUsed);
-    if( rc==pWInfo->pResultSet->nExpr ){
-      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
-    if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){
-      if( pFrom->isOrdered==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){
-        pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered;
-      if( pWInfo->nOBSat<0 ) pWInfo->nOBSat = 0;
-      pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
-    }
-    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP)
-        && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr
-    ){
-      Bitmask notUsed = 0;
-      int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, 
-          pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &notUsed
-      );
-      assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 );
-      pWInfo->sorted = (nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr);
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  pWInfo->nRowOut = pFrom->nRow;
-
-  /* Free temporary memory and return success */
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have
-** simple == constraints against indexed fields.  This routine attempts
-** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the
-** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare()
-** times for the common case.
-**
-** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this
-** no-frills query planner.  Return zero if this query needs the 
-** general-purpose query planner.
-*/
-static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  WhereClause *pWC;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;
-  int iCur;
-  int j;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  
-  pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
-  if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE ) return 0;
-  assert( pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc>=1 );
-  pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
-  pTab = pItem->pTab;
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
-  if( pItem->zIndex ) return 0;
-  iCur = pItem->iCursor;
-  pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
-  pLoop = pBuilder->pNew;
-  pLoop->wsFlags = 0;
-  pLoop->u.btree.nSkip = 0;
-  pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ, 0);
-  if( pTerm ){
-    pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_IPK|WHERE_ONEROW;
-    pLoop->aLTerm[0] = pTerm;
-    pLoop->nLTerm = 1;
-    pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1;
-    /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */
-    pLoop->rRun = 33;  /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */
-  }else{
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm );
-      assert( ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace)==4 );
-      if( pIdx->onError==OE_None 
-       || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 
-       || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) 
-      ) continue;
-      for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
-        pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j], 0, WO_EQ, pIdx);
-        if( pTerm==0 ) break;
-        pLoop->aLTerm[j] = pTerm;
-      }
-      if( j!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue;
-      pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ONEROW|WHERE_INDEXED;
-      if( pIdx->isCovering || (pItem->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pIdx))==0 ){
-        pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
-      }
-      pLoop->nLTerm = j;
-      pLoop->u.btree.nEq = j;
-      pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx;
-      /* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */
-      pLoop->rRun = 39;  /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pLoop->wsFlags ){
-    pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)1;
-    pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop = pLoop;
-    pLoop->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur);
-    pWInfo->a[0].iTabCur = iCur;
-    pWInfo->nRowOut = 1;
-    if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat =  pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr;
-    if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
-      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    pLoop->cId = '0';
-#endif
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
-** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
-** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
-** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
-** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
-**
-** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
-**
-** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
-** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
-** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
-** example, if the SQL is this:
-**
-**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
-**
-** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
-**
-**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
-**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
-**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
-**            ...
-**          end                     \    Code generated
-**        end                        |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
-**      end                         /
-**
-** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
-** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
-** use of indices.  Note also that when the IN operator appears in
-** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
-** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
-**
-** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
-** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
-** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
-** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
-**
-** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
-** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries.  The [...] code
-** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
-** data from the various tables of the loop.
-**
-** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
-** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
-** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
-** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
-** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
-** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
-**
-** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
-** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
-** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
-** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
-** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
-** most loop)
-**
-** OUTER JOINS
-**
-** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
-**
-**    foreach row1 in t1 do
-**      flag = 0
-**      foreach row2 in t2 do
-**        start:
-**          ...
-**          flag = 1
-**      end
-**      if flag==0 then
-**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
-**        goto start
-**      fi
-**    end
-**
-** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
-**
-** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause
-** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement
-** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
-** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL.
-**
-** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index.  If 
-** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index
-** to use for OR clause processing.  The WHERE clause should use this
-** specific cursor.  If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is
-** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices.  iIdxCur should
-** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is
-** used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,    /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */
-  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */
-  ExprList *pResultSet, /* Result set of the query */
-  u16 wctrlFlags,       /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
-  int iIdxCur           /* If WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, index cursor number */
-){
-  int nByteWInfo;            /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
-  int nTabList;              /* Number of elements in pTabList */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
-  Bitmask notReady;          /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
-  WhereLoopBuilder sWLB;     /* The WhereLoop builder */
-  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;    /* The expression mask set */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel;        /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;          /* Pointer to a single WhereLoop object */
-  int ii;                    /* Loop counter */
-  sqlite3 *db;               /* Database connection */
-  int rc;                    /* Return code */
-
-
-  /* Variable initialization */
-  db = pParse->db;
-  memset(&sWLB, 0, sizeof(sWLB));
-
-  /* An ORDER/GROUP BY clause of more than 63 terms cannot be optimized */
-  testcase( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==BMS-1 );
-  if( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr>=BMS ) pOrderBy = 0;
-  sWLB.pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-
-  /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via
-  ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */
-  if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_DistinctOpt) ){
-    wctrlFlags &= ~WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT;
-  }
-
-  /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
-  ** bits in a Bitmask 
-  */
-  testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS );
-  if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in 
-  ** pTabList.  But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should
-  ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that
-  ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized.
-  */
-  nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc;
-
-  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
-  ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo
-  ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure
-  ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte
-  ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on
-  ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below.
-  */
-  nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel));
-  pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereLoop));
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
-    pWInfo = 0;
-    goto whereBeginError;
-  }
-  pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = -1;
-  pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList;
-  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
-  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
-  pWInfo->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  pWInfo->pResultSet = pResultSet;
-  pWInfo->iBreak = pWInfo->iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
-  pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
-  pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet;
-  sWLB.pWInfo = pWInfo;
-  sWLB.pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
-  sWLB.pNew = (WhereLoop*)(((char*)pWInfo)+nByteWInfo);
-  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(sWLB.pNew) );
-  whereLoopInit(sWLB.pNew);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  sWLB.pNew->cId = '*';
-#endif
-
-  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
-  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
-  */
-  initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
-  whereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo);
-  whereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND);
-    
-  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
-  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
-  */
-  for(ii=0; ii<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; ii++){
-    if( nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr) ){
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak,
-                         SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      sWLB.pWC->a[ii].wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Special case: No FROM clause
-  */
-  if( nTabList==0 ){
-    if( pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-    if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
-      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause.
-  **
-  ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be
-  ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then
-  ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term
-  ** is (X-1).   An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use
-  ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table
-  ** of the join.  Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a
-  ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join.  Knowing the bitmask
-  ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important.  Ticket #3015.
-  **
-  ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in
-  ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables.  nTabList is normally
-  ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the
-  ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set.
-  */
-  for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){
-    createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor);
-  }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  {
-    Bitmask toTheLeft = 0;
-    for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){
-      Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor);
-      assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft );
-      toTheLeft |= m;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions.  Note that exprAnalyze() might
-  ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause.  We do not
-  ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
-  ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
-  */
-  exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto whereBeginError;
-  }
-
-  if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
-    if( isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC, pResultSet) ){
-      /* The DISTINCT marking is pointless.  Ignore it. */
-      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
-    }else if( pOrderBy==0 ){
-      /* Try to ORDER BY the result set to make distinct processing easier */
-      pWInfo->wctrlFlags |= WHERE_DISTINCTBY;
-      pWInfo->pOrderBy = pResultSet;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Construct the WhereLoop objects */
-  WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
-  /* Display all terms of the WHERE clause */
-#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
-  if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){
-    int i;
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    sqlite3ExplainBegin(v);
-    for(i=0; i<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; i++){
-      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "#%-2d ", i);
-      sqlite3ExplainPush(v);
-      whereExplainTerm(v, &sWLB.pWC->a[i]);
-      sqlite3ExplainPop(v);
-      sqlite3ExplainNL(v);
-    }
-    sqlite3ExplainFinish(v);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", sqlite3VdbeExplanation(v));
-  }
-#endif
-  if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){
-    rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB);
-    if( rc ) goto whereBeginError;
-  
-    /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects if wheretrace is enabled */
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */
-    if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){
-      WhereLoop *p;
-      int i;
-      static char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz"
-                                       "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ";
-      for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){
-        p->cId = zLabel[i%sizeof(zLabel)];
-        whereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-  
-    wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0);
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
-    if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
-       wherePathSolver(pWInfo, pWInfo->nRowOut+1);
-       if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){
-     pWInfo->revMask = (Bitmask)(-1);
-  }
-  if( pParse->nErr || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){
-    goto whereBeginError;
-  }
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */
-  if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){
-    int ii;
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- Solution nRow=%d", pWInfo->nRowOut);
-    if( pWInfo->nOBSat>0 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ORDERBY=%d,0x%llx", pWInfo->nOBSat, pWInfo->revMask);
-    }
-    switch( pWInfo->eDistinct ){
-      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=unique");
-        break;
-      }
-      case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: {
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=ordered");
-        break;
-      }
-      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED: {
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("  DISTINCT=unordered");
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
-    for(ii=0; ii<pWInfo->nLevel; ii++){
-      whereLoopPrint(pWInfo->a[ii].pWLoop, sWLB.pWC);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not effect the result */
-  if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2
-   && pResultSet!=0
-   && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin)
-  ){
-    Bitmask tabUsed = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pResultSet);
-    if( sWLB.pOrderBy ) tabUsed |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy);
-    while( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 ){
-      WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd;
-      pLoop = pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1].pWLoop;
-      if( (pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) break;
-      if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0
-       && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0
-      ){
-        break;
-      }
-      if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) break;
-      pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm;
-      for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTerm<pEnd; pTerm++){
-        if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0
-         && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
-        ){
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( pTerm<pEnd ) break;
-      WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("-> drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId));
-      pWInfo->nLevel--;
-      nTabList--;
-    }
-  }
-  WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
-  pWInfo->pParse->nQueryLoop += pWInfo->nRowOut;
-
-  /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting
-  ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate.
-  ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constrains
-  ** the statement to update a single row.
-  */
-  assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
-  if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 
-   && (pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0 ){
-    pWInfo->okOnePass = 1;
-    if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) ){
-      pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
-  ** searching those tables.
-  */
-  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
-  for(ii=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; ii<nTabList; ii++, pLevel++){
-    Table *pTab;     /* Table to open */
-    int iDb;         /* Index of database containing table/index */
-    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;
-
-    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){
-      /* Do nothing */
-    }else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
-      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
-      int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
-    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      /* noop */
-    }else
-#endif
-    if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
-         && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){
-      int op = OP_OpenRead;
-      if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){
-        op = OP_OpenWrite;
-        pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pTabItem->iCursor;
-      };
-      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
-      assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur );
-      testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 );
-      testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS );
-      if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol<BMS && HasRowid(pTab) ){
-        Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
-        int n = 0;
-        for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 
-                            SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32);
-        assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
-      }
-    }else{
-      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-    }
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
-      Index *pIx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-      int iIndexCur;
-      int op = OP_OpenRead;
-      /* iIdxCur is always set if to a positive value if ONEPASS is possible */
-      assert( iIdxCur!=0 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 );
-      if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIx)
-       && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0
-      ){
-        /* This is one term of an OR-optimization using the PRIMARY KEY of a
-        ** WITHOUT ROWID table.  No need for a separate index */
-        iIndexCur = pLevel->iTabCur;
-        op = 0;
-      }else if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){
-        Index *pJ = pTabItem->pTab->pIndex;
-        iIndexCur = iIdxCur;
-        assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED );
-        while( ALWAYS(pJ) && pJ!=pIx ){
-          iIndexCur++;
-          pJ = pJ->pNext;
-        }
-        op = OP_OpenWrite;
-        pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur;
-      }else if( iIdxCur && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ){
-        iIndexCur = iIdxCur;
-      }else{
-        iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++;
-      }
-      pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur;
-      assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-      assert( iIndexCur>=0 );
-      if( op ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIx);
-        VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
-      }
-    }
-    if( iDb>=0 ) sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    notReady &= ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
-  }
-  pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
-
-  /* Generate the code to do the search.  Each iteration of the for
-  ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
-  ** program.
-  */
-  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
-  for(ii=0; ii<nTabList; ii++){
-    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[ii];
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-    if( (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){
-      constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, &pWInfo->sWC,
-                &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom], notReady, pLevel);
-      if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
-    }
-#endif
-    explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, ii, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags);
-    pLevel->addrBody = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, ii, notReady);
-    pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont;
-  }
-
-  /* Done. */
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core"));
-  return pWInfo;
-
-  /* Jump here if malloc fails */
-whereBeginError:
-  if( pWInfo ){
-    pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
-    whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
-** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  WhereLevel *pLevel;
-  WhereLoop *pLoop;
-  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Generate loop termination code.
-  */
-  VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-core"));
-  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
-  for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){
-    int addr;
-    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
-    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont);
-    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2, pLevel->p3);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5);
-      VdbeCoverage(v);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Next);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Prev);
-      VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_VNext);
-    }
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){
-      struct InLoop *pIn;
-      int j;
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt);
-      for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop);
-        VdbeCoverage(v);
-        VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_PrevIfOpen);
-        VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_NextIfOpen);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1);
-      }
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk);
-    if( pLevel->addrSkip ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrSkip);
-      VdbeComment((v, "next skip-scan on %s", pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName));
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip-2);
-    }
-    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v);
-      assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
-           || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 );
-      if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
-      }
-      if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
-      }
-      if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-    }
-    VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-loop%d: %s", i,
-                     pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].pTab->zName));
-  }
-
-  /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
-  ** Set it.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
-
-  assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc );
-  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++, pLevel++){
-    int k, last;
-    VdbeOp *pOp;
-    Index *pIdx = 0;
-    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
-    assert( pTab!=0 );
-    pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
-
-    /* For a co-routine, change all OP_Column references to the table of
-    ** the co-routine into OP_SCopy of result contained in a register.
-    ** OP_Rowid becomes OP_Null.
-    */
-    if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine && !db->mallocFailed ){
-      last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      k = pLevel->addrBody;
-      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k);
-      for(; k<last; k++, pOp++){
-        if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
-        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
-          pOp->opcode = OP_Copy;
-          pOp->p1 = pOp->p2 + pTabItem->regResult;
-          pOp->p2 = pOp->p3;
-          pOp->p3 = 0;
-        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
-          pOp->opcode = OP_Null;
-          pOp->p1 = 0;
-          pOp->p3 = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin.
-    ** Except, do not close cursors that will be reused by the OR optimization
-    ** (WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE).  And do not close the OP_OpenWrite cursors
-    ** created for the ONEPASS optimization.
-    */
-    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0
-     && pTab->pSelect==0
-     && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0
-    ){
-      int ws = pLoop->wsFlags;
-      if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
-      }
-      if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
-       && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 
-       && pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1]
-      ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If this scan uses an index, make VDBE code substitutions to read data
-    ** from the index instead of from the table where possible.  In some cases
-    ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can
-    ** yield a significant performance boost.
-    ** 
-    ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
-    ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
-    ** directly.  This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
-    ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
-    ** reference the index.
-    */
-    if( pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){
-      pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
-    }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
-      pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx;
-    }
-    if( pIdx && !db->mallocFailed ){
-      last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      k = pLevel->addrBody;
-      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k);
-      for(; k<last; k++, pOp++){
-        if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
-        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
-          int x = pOp->p2;
-          assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab );
-          if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){
-            Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
-            x = pPk->aiColumn[x];
-          }
-          x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x);
-          if( x>=0 ){
-            pOp->p2 = x;
-            pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-          }
-          assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 );
-        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
-          pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-          pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Final cleanup
-  */
-  pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
-  whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
-  return;
-}
-
-/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/
-/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
-**
-** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite.
-** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER()
-** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general
-** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the
-** specific grammar used by SQLite.
-*/
-/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
-** in the input grammar file. */
-/* #include <stdio.h> */
-
-
-/*
-** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down
-** automaton.
-*/
-#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1
-
-/*
-** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
-*/
-#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure holds information about the
-** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
-*/
-struct LimitVal {
-  Expr *pLimit;    /* The LIMIT expression.  NULL if there is no limit */
-  Expr *pOffset;   /* The OFFSET expression.  NULL if there is none */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
-** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
-*/
-struct LikeOp {
-  Token eOperator;  /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */
-  int bNot;         /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
-** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
-** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
-**
-**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
-**
-** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
-*/
-struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
-*/
-struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };
-
-
-  /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and
-  ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete
-  ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd.
-  */
-  static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){
-    pOut->zStart = pStart->z;
-    pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n];
-  }
-
-  /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier.  Use the
-  ** new Expr to populate pOut.  Set the span of pOut to be the identifier
-  ** that created the expression.
-  */
-  static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){
-    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue);
-    pOut->zStart = pValue->z;
-    pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n];
-  }
-
-  /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan
-  ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object.
-  */
-  static void spanBinaryExpr(
-    ExprSpan *pOut,     /* Write the result here */
-    Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context.  Errors accumulate here */
-    int op,             /* The binary operation */
-    ExprSpan *pLeft,    /* The left operand */
-    ExprSpan *pRight    /* The right operand */
-  ){
-    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0);
-    pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart;
-    pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd;
-  }
-
-  /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator
-  */
-  static void spanUnaryPostfix(
-    ExprSpan *pOut,        /* Write the new expression node here */
-    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
-    int op,                /* The operator */
-    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand */
-    Token *pPostOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
-  ){
-    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
-    pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart;
-    pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n];
-  }                           
-
-  /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a
-  ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */
-  static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){
-      pA->op = (u8)op;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight);
-      pA->pRight = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator
-  */
-  static void spanUnaryPrefix(
-    ExprSpan *pOut,        /* Write the new expression node here */
-    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
-    int op,                /* The operator */
-    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand */
-    Token *pPreOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
-  ){
-    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
-    pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z;
-    pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd;
-  }
-/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
-** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
-*/
-/* 
-** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
-** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
-** understands. 
-**
-** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
-*/
-/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
-*/
-#ifndef INTERFACE
-# define INTERFACE 1
-#endif
-/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
-** various aspects of the generated parser.
-**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
-**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
-**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
-**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
-**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
-**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
-**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
-**                       table.
-**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
-**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
-**                       original value of the token will not parse.
-**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
-**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
-**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
-**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
-**    sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
-**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
-**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
-**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
-**                       which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
-**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
-**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
-**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
-**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
-**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
-**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
-**                       defined, then do no error processing.
-*/
-#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
-#define YYNOCODE 254
-#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
-#define YYWILDCARD 70
-#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
-typedef union {
-  int yyinit;
-  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
-  Select* yy3;
-  ExprList* yy14;
-  With* yy59;
-  SrcList* yy65;
-  struct LikeOp yy96;
-  Expr* yy132;
-  u8 yy186;
-  int yy328;
-  ExprSpan yy346;
-  struct TrigEvent yy378;
-  u16 yy381;
-  IdList* yy408;
-  struct {int value; int mask;} yy429;
-  TriggerStep* yy473;
-  struct LimitVal yy476;
-} YYMINORTYPE;
-#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
-#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
-#endif
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
-#define YYNSTATE 642
-#define YYNRULE 327
-#define YYFALLBACK 1
-#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
-#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
-#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
-
-/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
-** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
-static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 };
-
-/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
-** otherwise.
-**
-** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section
-** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage.  For production
-** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off.  But it is useful
-** for testing.
-*/
-#ifndef yytestcase
-# define yytestcase(X)
-#endif
-
-
-/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
-** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
-** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
-** action integer.  
-**
-** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
-** follows
-**
-**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
-**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
-**
-**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
-**
-**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
-**
-**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
-**
-**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
-**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
-**
-** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
-** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
-**
-**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
-**
-** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
-** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
-** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
-** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
-**
-** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
-** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
-** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
-** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
-** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
-**
-** The following are the tables generated in this section:
-**
-**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
-**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
-**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
-**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
-**                     shifting terminals.
-**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
-**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
-**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
-*/
-#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1497)
-static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
- /*     0 */   306,  212,  432,  955,  639,  191,  955,  295,  559,   88,
- /*    10 */    88,   88,   88,   81,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,
- /*    20 */    84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  185,  184,  183,  635,  635,
- /*    30 */   292,  606,  606,   88,   88,   88,   88,  683,   86,   86,
- /*    40 */    86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,   16,
- /*    50 */   436,  597,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,
- /*    60 */    87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  684,   86,   86,   86,   86,
- /*    70 */    85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  306,  559,   84,
- /*    80 */    84,   84,   83,  330,   65,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,
- /*    90 */    85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  635,  635,  634,  633,
- /*   100 */   182,  682,  550,  379,  376,  375,   17,  322,  606,  606,
- /*   110 */   371,  198,  479,   91,  374,   82,   79,  165,   85,   85,
- /*   120 */    84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  598,  635,  635,  107,   89,
- /*   130 */    90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,
- /*   140 */    88,   88,  186,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,
- /*   150 */    84,   84,   83,  330,  306,  594,  594,  142,  328,  327,
- /*   160 */   484,  249,  344,  238,  635,  635,  634,  633,  585,  448,
- /*   170 */   526,  525,  229,  388,    1,  394,  450,  584,  449,  635,
- /*   180 */   635,  635,  635,  319,  395,  606,  606,  199,  157,  273,
- /*   190 */   382,  268,  381,  187,  635,  635,  634,  633,  311,  555,
- /*   200 */   266,  593,  593,  266,  347,  588,   89,   90,   80,  600,
- /*   210 */   599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  478,
- /*   220 */    86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,
- /*   230 */   330,  306,  272,  536,  634,  633,  146,  610,  197,  310,
- /*   240 */   575,  182,  482,  271,  379,  376,  375,  506,   21,  634,
- /*   250 */   633,  634,  633,  635,  635,  374,  611,  574,  548,  440,
- /*   260 */   111,  563,  606,  606,  634,  633,  324,  479,  608,  608,
- /*   270 */   608,  300,  435,  573,  119,  407,  210,  162,  562,  883,
- /*   280 */   592,  592,  306,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,
- /*   290 */    87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  506,   86,   86,   86,
- /*   300 */    86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  620,  111,
- /*   310 */   635,  635,  361,  606,  606,  358,  249,  349,  248,  433,
- /*   320 */   243,  479,  586,  634,  633,  195,  611,   93,  119,  221,
- /*   330 */   575,  497,  534,  534,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,
- /*   340 */   601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  574,   86,   86,
- /*   350 */    86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  306,
- /*   360 */    77,  429,  638,  573,  589,  530,  240,  230,  242,  105,
- /*   370 */   249,  349,  248,  515,  588,  208,  460,  529,  564,  173,
- /*   380 */   634,  633,  970,  144,  430,    2,  424,  228,  380,  557,
- /*   390 */   606,  606,  190,  153,  159,  158,  514,   51,  632,  631,
- /*   400 */   630,   71,  536,  432,  954,  196,  610,  954,  614,   45,
- /*   410 */    18,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,
- /*   420 */    88,   88,   88,   88,  261,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,
- /*   430 */    85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  306,  608,  608,  608,
- /*   440 */   542,  424,  402,  385,  241,  506,  451,  320,  211,  543,
- /*   450 */   164,  436,  386,  293,  451,  587,  108,  496,  111,  334,
- /*   460 */   391,  591,  424,  614,   27,  452,  453,  606,  606,   72,
- /*   470 */   257,   70,  259,  452,  339,  342,  564,  582,   68,  415,
- /*   480 */   469,  328,  327,   62,  614,   45,  110,  393,   89,   90,
- /*   490 */    80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,
- /*   500 */    88,  152,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,
- /*   510 */    84,   83,  330,  306,  110,  499,  520,  538,  402,  389,
- /*   520 */   424,  110,  566,  500,  593,  593,  454,   82,   79,  165,
- /*   530 */   424,  591,  384,  564,  340,  615,  188,  162,  424,  350,
- /*   540 */   616,  424,  614,   44,  606,  606,  445,  582,  300,  434,
- /*   550 */   151,   19,  614,    9,  568,  580,  348,  615,  469,  567,
- /*   560 */   614,   26,  616,  614,   45,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,
- /*   570 */   601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  411,   86,
- /*   580 */    86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,
- /*   590 */   306,  579,  110,  578,  521,  282,  433,  398,  400,  255,
- /*   600 */   486,   82,   79,  165,  487,  164,   82,   79,  165,  488,
- /*   610 */   488,  364,  387,  424,  544,  544,  509,  350,  362,  155,
- /*   620 */   191,  606,  606,  559,  642,  640,  333,   82,   79,  165,
- /*   630 */   305,  564,  507,  312,  357,  614,   45,  329,  596,  595,
- /*   640 */   194,  337,   89,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,
- /*   650 */    87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,
- /*   660 */    85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  306,   20,  323,
- /*   670 */   150,  263,  211,  543,  421,  596,  595,  614,   22,  424,
- /*   680 */   193,  424,  284,  424,  391,  424,  509,  424,  577,  424,
- /*   690 */   186,  335,  424,  559,  424,  313,  120,  546,  606,  606,
- /*   700 */    67,  614,   47,  614,   50,  614,   48,  614,  100,  614,
- /*   710 */    99,  614,  101,  576,  614,  102,  614,  109,  326,   89,
- /*   720 */    90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,
- /*   730 */    88,   88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,
- /*   740 */    84,   84,   83,  330,  306,  424,  311,  424,  585,   54,
- /*   750 */   424,  516,  517,  590,  614,  112,  424,  584,  424,  572,
- /*   760 */   424,  195,  424,  571,  424,   67,  424,  614,   94,  614,
- /*   770 */    98,  424,  614,   97,  264,  606,  606,  195,  614,   46,
- /*   780 */   614,   96,  614,   30,  614,   49,  614,  115,  614,  114,
- /*   790 */   418,  229,  388,  614,  113,  306,   89,   90,   80,  600,
- /*   800 */   599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,  424,
- /*   810 */    86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,   83,
- /*   820 */   330,  119,  424,  590,  110,  372,  606,  606,  195,   53,
- /*   830 */   250,  614,   29,  195,  472,  438,  729,  190,  302,  498,
- /*   840 */    14,  523,  641,    2,  614,   43,  306,   89,   90,   80,
- /*   850 */   600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,   88,
- /*   860 */   424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,   84,
- /*   870 */    83,  330,  424,  613,  964,  964,  354,  606,  606,  420,
- /*   880 */   312,   64,  614,   42,  391,  355,  283,  437,  301,  255,
- /*   890 */   414,  410,  495,  492,  614,   28,  471,  306,   89,   90,
- /*   900 */    80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,   88,
- /*   910 */    88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,   84,
- /*   920 */    84,   83,  330,  424,  110,  110,  110,  110,  606,  606,
- /*   930 */   110,  254,   13,  614,   41,  532,  531,  283,  481,  531,
- /*   940 */   457,  284,  119,  561,  356,  614,   40,  284,  306,   89,
- /*   950 */    78,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,   88,
- /*   960 */    88,   88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,   84,
- /*   970 */    84,   84,   83,  330,  110,  424,  341,  220,  555,  606,
- /*   980 */   606,  351,  555,  318,  614,   95,  413,  255,   83,  330,
- /*   990 */   284,  284,  255,  640,  333,  356,  255,  614,   39,  306,
- /*  1000 */   356,   90,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,   88,
- /*  1010 */    88,   88,   88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,   85,
- /*  1020 */    84,   84,   84,   83,  330,  424,  317,  316,  141,  465,
- /*  1030 */   606,  606,  219,  619,  463,  614,   10,  417,  462,  255,
- /*  1040 */   189,  510,  553,  351,  207,  363,  161,  614,   38,  315,
- /*  1050 */   218,  255,  255,   80,  600,  599,  601,  601,   87,   87,
- /*  1060 */    88,   88,   88,   88,  424,   86,   86,   86,   86,   85,
- /*  1070 */    85,   84,   84,   84,   83,  330,   76,  419,  255,    3,
- /*  1080 */   878,  461,  424,  247,  331,  331,  614,   37,  217,   76,
- /*  1090 */   419,  390,    3,  216,  215,  422,    4,  331,  331,  424,
- /*  1100 */   547,   12,  424,  545,  614,   36,  424,  541,  422,  424,
- /*  1110 */   540,  424,  214,  424,  408,  424,  539,  403,  605,  605,
- /*  1120 */   237,  614,   25,  119,  614,   24,  588,  408,  614,   45,
- /*  1130 */   118,  614,   35,  614,   34,  614,   33,  614,   23,  588,
- /*  1140 */    60,  223,  603,  602,  513,  378,   73,   74,  140,  139,
- /*  1150 */   424,  110,  265,   75,  426,  425,   59,  424,  610,   73,
- /*  1160 */    74,  549,  402,  404,  424,  373,   75,  426,  425,  604,
- /*  1170 */   138,  610,  614,   11,  392,   76,  419,  181,    3,  614,
- /*  1180 */    32,  271,  369,  331,  331,  493,  614,   31,  149,  608,
- /*  1190 */   608,  608,  607,   15,  422,  365,  614,    8,  137,  489,
- /*  1200 */   136,  190,  608,  608,  608,  607,   15,  485,  176,  135,
- /*  1210 */     7,  252,  477,  408,  174,  133,  175,  474,   57,   56,
- /*  1220 */   132,  130,  119,   76,  419,  588,    3,  468,  245,  464,
- /*  1230 */   171,  331,  331,  125,  123,  456,  447,  122,  446,  104,
- /*  1240 */   336,  231,  422,  166,  154,   73,   74,  332,  116,  431,
- /*  1250 */   121,  309,   75,  426,  425,  222,  106,  610,  308,  637,
- /*  1260 */   204,  408,  629,  627,  628,    6,  200,  428,  427,  290,
- /*  1270 */   203,  622,  201,  588,   62,   63,  289,   66,  419,  399,
- /*  1280 */     3,  401,  288,   92,  143,  331,  331,  287,  608,  608,
- /*  1290 */   608,  607,   15,   73,   74,  227,  422,  325,   69,  416,
- /*  1300 */    75,  426,  425,  612,  412,  610,  192,   61,  569,  209,
- /*  1310 */   396,  226,  278,  225,  383,  408,  527,  558,  276,  533,
- /*  1320 */   552,  528,  321,  523,  370,  508,  180,  588,  494,  179,
- /*  1330 */   366,  117,  253,  269,  522,  503,  608,  608,  608,  607,
- /*  1340 */    15,  551,  502,   58,  274,  524,  178,   73,   74,  304,
- /*  1350 */   501,  368,  303,  206,   75,  426,  425,  491,  360,  610,
- /*  1360 */   213,  177,  483,  131,  345,  298,  297,  296,  202,  294,
- /*  1370 */   480,  490,  466,  134,  172,  129,  444,  346,  470,  128,
- /*  1380 */   314,  459,  103,  127,  126,  148,  124,  167,  443,  235,
- /*  1390 */   608,  608,  608,  607,   15,  442,  439,  623,  234,  299,
- /*  1400 */   145,  583,  291,  377,  581,  160,  119,  156,  270,  636,
- /*  1410 */   971,  169,  279,  626,  520,  625,  473,  624,  170,  621,
- /*  1420 */   618,  119,  168,   55,  409,  423,  537,  609,  286,  285,
- /*  1430 */   405,  570,  560,  556,    5,   52,  458,  554,  147,  267,
- /*  1440 */   519,  504,  518,  406,  262,  239,  260,  512,  343,  511,
- /*  1450 */   258,  353,  565,  256,  224,  251,  359,  277,  275,  476,
- /*  1460 */   475,  246,  352,  244,  467,  455,  236,  233,  232,  307,
- /*  1470 */   441,  281,  205,  163,  397,  280,  535,  505,  330,  617,
- /*  1480 */   971,  971,  971,  971,  367,  971,  971,  971,  971,  971,
- /*  1490 */   971,  971,  971,  971,  971,  971,  338,
-};
-static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
- /*     0 */    19,   22,   22,   23,    1,   24,   26,   15,   27,   80,
- /*    10 */    81,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
- /*    20 */    91,   92,   93,   94,   95,  108,  109,  110,   27,   28,
- /*    30 */    23,   50,   51,   80,   81,   82,   83,  122,   85,   86,
- /*    40 */    87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   22,
- /*    50 */    70,   23,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
- /*    60 */    79,   80,   81,   82,   83,  122,   85,   86,   87,   88,
- /*    70 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   19,   97,   91,
- /*    80 */    92,   93,   94,   95,   26,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,
- /*    90 */    90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   27,   28,   97,   98,
- /*   100 */    99,  122,  211,  102,  103,  104,   79,   19,   50,   51,
- /*   110 */    19,  122,   59,   55,  113,  224,  225,  226,   89,   90,
- /*   120 */    91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   23,   27,   28,   26,   71,
- /*   130 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
- /*   140 */    82,   83,   51,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,
- /*   150 */    92,   93,   94,   95,   19,  132,  133,   58,   89,   90,
- /*   160 */    21,  108,  109,  110,   27,   28,   97,   98,   33,  100,
- /*   170 */     7,    8,  119,  120,   22,   19,  107,   42,  109,   27,
- /*   180 */    28,   27,   28,   95,   28,   50,   51,   99,  100,  101,
- /*   190 */   102,  103,  104,  105,   27,   28,   97,   98,  107,  152,
- /*   200 */   112,  132,  133,  112,   65,   69,   71,   72,   73,   74,
- /*   210 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   11,
- /*   220 */    85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,
- /*   230 */    95,   19,  101,   97,   97,   98,   24,  101,  122,  157,
- /*   240 */    12,   99,  103,  112,  102,  103,  104,  152,   22,   97,
- /*   250 */    98,   97,   98,   27,   28,  113,   27,   29,   91,  164,
- /*   260 */   165,  124,   50,   51,   97,   98,  219,   59,  132,  133,
- /*   270 */   134,   22,   23,   45,   66,   47,  212,  213,  124,  140,
- /*   280 */   132,  133,   19,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,
- /*   290 */    78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,
- /*   300 */    88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,  164,  165,
- /*   310 */    27,   28,  230,   50,   51,  233,  108,  109,  110,   70,
- /*   320 */    16,   59,   23,   97,   98,   26,   97,   22,   66,  185,
- /*   330 */    12,  187,   27,   28,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
- /*   340 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   29,   85,   86,
- /*   350 */    87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   19,
- /*   360 */    22,  148,  149,   45,   23,   47,   62,  154,   64,  156,
- /*   370 */   108,  109,  110,   37,   69,   23,  163,   59,   26,   26,
- /*   380 */    97,   98,  144,  145,  146,  147,  152,  200,   52,   23,
- /*   390 */    50,   51,   26,   22,   89,   90,   60,  210,    7,    8,
- /*   400 */     9,  138,   97,   22,   23,   26,  101,   26,  174,  175,
- /*   410 */   197,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,
- /*   420 */    80,   81,   82,   83,   16,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,
- /*   430 */    90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   19,  132,  133,  134,
- /*   440 */    23,  152,  208,  209,  140,  152,  152,  111,  195,  196,
- /*   450 */    98,   70,  163,  160,  152,   23,   22,  164,  165,  246,
- /*   460 */   207,   27,  152,  174,  175,  171,  172,   50,   51,  137,
- /*   470 */    62,  139,   64,  171,  172,  222,  124,   27,  138,   24,
- /*   480 */   163,   89,   90,  130,  174,  175,  197,  163,   71,   72,
- /*   490 */    73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,
- /*   500 */    83,   22,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,
- /*   510 */    93,   94,   95,   19,  197,  181,  182,   23,  208,  209,
- /*   520 */   152,  197,   26,  189,  132,  133,  232,  224,  225,  226,
- /*   530 */   152,   97,   91,   26,  232,  116,  212,  213,  152,  222,
- /*   540 */   121,  152,  174,  175,   50,   51,  243,   97,   22,   23,
- /*   550 */    22,  234,  174,  175,  177,   23,  239,  116,  163,  177,
- /*   560 */   174,  175,  121,  174,  175,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,
- /*   570 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   24,   85,
- /*   580 */    86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,
- /*   590 */    19,   23,  197,   11,   23,  227,   70,  208,  220,  152,
- /*   600 */    31,  224,  225,  226,   35,   98,  224,  225,  226,  108,
- /*   610 */   109,  110,  115,  152,  117,  118,   27,  222,   49,  123,
- /*   620 */    24,   50,   51,   27,    0,    1,    2,  224,  225,  226,
- /*   630 */   166,  124,  168,  169,  239,  174,  175,  170,  171,  172,
- /*   640 */    22,  194,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
- /*   650 */    79,   80,   81,   82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,
- /*   660 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   19,   22,  208,
- /*   670 */    24,   23,  195,  196,  170,  171,  172,  174,  175,  152,
- /*   680 */    26,  152,  152,  152,  207,  152,   97,  152,   23,  152,
- /*   690 */    51,  244,  152,   97,  152,  247,  248,   23,   50,   51,
- /*   700 */    26,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,
- /*   710 */   175,  174,  175,   23,  174,  175,  174,  175,  188,   71,
- /*   720 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
- /*   730 */    82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,
- /*   740 */    92,   93,   94,   95,   19,  152,  107,  152,   33,   24,
- /*   750 */   152,  100,  101,   27,  174,  175,  152,   42,  152,   23,
- /*   760 */   152,   26,  152,   23,  152,   26,  152,  174,  175,  174,
- /*   770 */   175,  152,  174,  175,   23,   50,   51,   26,  174,  175,
- /*   780 */   174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,
- /*   790 */   163,  119,  120,  174,  175,   19,   71,   72,   73,   74,
- /*   800 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,  152,
- /*   810 */    85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,
- /*   820 */    95,   66,  152,   97,  197,   23,   50,   51,   26,   53,
- /*   830 */    23,  174,  175,   26,   23,   23,   23,   26,   26,   26,
- /*   840 */    36,  106,  146,  147,  174,  175,   19,   71,   72,   73,
- /*   850 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,
- /*   860 */   152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,
- /*   870 */    94,   95,  152,  196,  119,  120,   19,   50,   51,  168,
- /*   880 */   169,   26,  174,  175,  207,   28,  152,  249,  250,  152,
- /*   890 */   163,  163,  163,  163,  174,  175,  163,   19,   71,   72,
- /*   900 */    73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,
- /*   910 */    83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,
- /*   920 */    93,   94,   95,  152,  197,  197,  197,  197,   50,   51,
- /*   930 */   197,  194,   36,  174,  175,  191,  192,  152,  191,  192,
- /*   940 */   163,  152,   66,  124,  152,  174,  175,  152,   19,   71,
- /*   950 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
- /*   960 */    82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,
- /*   970 */    92,   93,   94,   95,  197,  152,  100,  188,  152,   50,
- /*   980 */    51,  152,  152,  188,  174,  175,  252,  152,   94,   95,
- /*   990 */   152,  152,  152,    1,    2,  152,  152,  174,  175,   19,
- /*  1000 */   152,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
- /*  1010 */    81,   82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
- /*  1020 */    91,   92,   93,   94,   95,  152,  188,  188,   22,  194,
- /*  1030 */    50,   51,  240,  173,  194,  174,  175,  252,  194,  152,
- /*  1040 */    36,  181,   28,  152,   23,  219,  122,  174,  175,  219,
- /*  1050 */   221,  152,  152,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,
- /*  1060 */    80,   81,   82,   83,  152,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,
- /*  1070 */    90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   19,   20,  152,   22,
- /*  1080 */    23,  194,  152,  240,   27,   28,  174,  175,  240,   19,
- /*  1090 */    20,   26,   22,  194,  194,   38,   22,   27,   28,  152,
- /*  1100 */    23,   22,  152,  116,  174,  175,  152,   23,   38,  152,
- /*  1110 */    23,  152,  221,  152,   57,  152,   23,  163,   50,   51,
- /*  1120 */   194,  174,  175,   66,  174,  175,   69,   57,  174,  175,
- /*  1130 */    40,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,  174,  175,   69,
- /*  1140 */    22,   53,   74,   75,   30,   53,   89,   90,   22,   22,
- /*  1150 */   152,  197,   23,   96,   97,   98,   22,  152,  101,   89,
- /*  1160 */    90,   91,  208,  209,  152,   53,   96,   97,   98,  101,
- /*  1170 */    22,  101,  174,  175,  152,   19,   20,  105,   22,  174,
- /*  1180 */   175,  112,   19,   27,   28,   20,  174,  175,   24,  132,
- /*  1190 */   133,  134,  135,  136,   38,   44,  174,  175,  107,   61,
- /*  1200 */    54,   26,  132,  133,  134,  135,  136,   54,  107,   22,
- /*  1210 */     5,  140,    1,   57,   36,  111,  122,   28,   79,   79,
- /*  1220 */   131,  123,   66,   19,   20,   69,   22,    1,   16,   20,
- /*  1230 */   125,   27,   28,  123,  111,  120,   23,  131,   23,   16,
- /*  1240 */    68,  142,   38,   15,   22,   89,   90,    3,  167,    4,
- /*  1250 */   248,  251,   96,   97,   98,  180,  180,  101,  251,  151,
- /*  1260 */     6,   57,  151,   13,  151,   26,   25,  151,  161,  202,
- /*  1270 */   153,  162,  153,   69,  130,  128,  203,   19,   20,  127,
- /*  1280 */    22,  126,  204,  129,   22,   27,   28,  205,  132,  133,
- /*  1290 */   134,  135,  136,   89,   90,  231,   38,   95,  137,  179,
- /*  1300 */    96,   97,   98,  206,  179,  101,  122,  107,  159,  159,
- /*  1310 */   125,  231,  216,  228,  107,   57,  184,  217,  216,  176,
- /*  1320 */   217,  176,   48,  106,   18,  184,  158,   69,  159,  158,
- /*  1330 */    46,   71,  237,  176,  176,  176,  132,  133,  134,  135,
- /*  1340 */   136,  217,  176,  137,  216,  178,  158,   89,   90,  179,
- /*  1350 */   176,  159,  179,  159,   96,   97,   98,  159,  159,  101,
- /*  1360 */     5,  158,  202,   22,   18,   10,   11,   12,   13,   14,
- /*  1370 */   190,  238,   17,  190,  158,  193,   41,  159,  202,  193,
- /*  1380 */   159,  202,  245,  193,  193,  223,  190,   32,  159,   34,
- /*  1390 */   132,  133,  134,  135,  136,  159,   39,  155,   43,  150,
- /*  1400 */   223,  177,  201,  178,  177,  186,   66,  199,  177,  152,
- /*  1410 */   253,   56,  215,  152,  182,  152,  202,  152,   63,  152,
- /*  1420 */   152,   66,   67,  242,  229,  152,  174,  152,  152,  152,
- /*  1430 */   152,  152,  152,  152,  199,  242,  202,  152,  198,  152,
- /*  1440 */   152,  152,  183,  192,  152,  215,  152,  183,  215,  183,
- /*  1450 */   152,  241,  214,  152,  211,  152,  152,  211,  211,  152,
- /*  1460 */   152,  241,  152,  152,  152,  152,  152,  152,  152,  114,
- /*  1470 */   152,  152,  235,  152,  152,  152,  174,  187,   95,  174,
- /*  1480 */   253,  253,  253,  253,  236,  253,  253,  253,  253,  253,
- /*  1490 */   253,  253,  253,  253,  253,  253,  141,
-};
-#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-86)
-#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (429)
-#define YY_SHIFT_MIN   (-85)
-#define YY_SHIFT_MAX   (1383)
-static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
- /*     0 */   992, 1057, 1355, 1156, 1204, 1204,    1,  262,  -19,  135,
- /*    10 */   135,  776, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,   69,   69,   53,  208,
- /*    20 */   283,  755,   58,  725,  648,  571,  494,  417,  340,  263,
- /*    30 */   212,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,
- /*    40 */   827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  827,  878,  827,  929,  980,
- /*    50 */   980, 1070, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
- /*    60 */  1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
- /*    70 */  1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
- /*    80 */  1258, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,
- /*    90 */  1204, 1204, 1204, 1204,  -71,  -47,  -47,  -47,  -47,  -47,
- /*   100 */     0,   29,  -12,  283,  283,  139,   91,  392,  392,  894,
- /*   110 */   672,  726, 1383,  -86,  -86,  -86,   88,  318,  318,   99,
- /*   120 */   381,  -20,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,
- /*   130 */   283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,
- /*   140 */   283,  283,  283,  283,  624,  876,  726,  672, 1340, 1340,
- /*   150 */  1340, 1340, 1340, 1340,  -86,  -86,  -86,  305,  136,  136,
- /*   160 */   142,  167,  226,  154,  137,  152,  283,  283,  283,  283,
- /*   170 */   283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,
- /*   180 */   283,  283,  283,  336,  336,  336,  283,  283,  352,  283,
- /*   190 */   283,  283,  283,  283,  228,  283,  283,  283,  283,  283,
- /*   200 */   283,  283,  283,  283,  283,  501,  569,  596,  596,  596,
- /*   210 */   507,  497,  441,  391,  353,  156,  156,  857,  353,  857,
- /*   220 */   735,  813,  639,  715,  156,  332,  715,  715,  496,  419,
- /*   230 */   646, 1357, 1184, 1184, 1335, 1335, 1184, 1341, 1260, 1144,
- /*   240 */  1346, 1346, 1346, 1346, 1184, 1306, 1144, 1341, 1260, 1260,
- /*   250 */  1144, 1184, 1306, 1206, 1284, 1184, 1184, 1306, 1184, 1306,
- /*   260 */  1184, 1306, 1262, 1207, 1207, 1207, 1274, 1262, 1207, 1217,
- /*   270 */  1207, 1274, 1207, 1207, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200,
- /*   280 */  1184, 1184, 1161, 1262, 1202, 1202, 1262, 1154, 1155, 1147,
- /*   290 */  1152, 1144, 1241, 1239, 1250, 1250, 1254, 1254, 1254, 1254,
- /*   300 */   -86,  -86,  -86,  -86,  -86,  -86, 1068,  304,  526,  249,
- /*   310 */   408,  -83,  434,  812,   27,  811,  807,  802,  751,  589,
- /*   320 */   651,  163,  131,  674,  366,  450,  299,  148,   23,  102,
- /*   330 */   229,  -21, 1245, 1244, 1222, 1099, 1228, 1172, 1223, 1215,
- /*   340 */  1213, 1115, 1106, 1123, 1110, 1209, 1105, 1212, 1226, 1098,
- /*   350 */  1089, 1140, 1139, 1104, 1189, 1178, 1094, 1211, 1205, 1187,
- /*   360 */  1101, 1071, 1153, 1175, 1146, 1138, 1151, 1091, 1164, 1165,
- /*   370 */  1163, 1069, 1072, 1148, 1112, 1134, 1127, 1129, 1126, 1092,
- /*   380 */  1114, 1118, 1088, 1090, 1093, 1087, 1084,  987, 1079, 1077,
- /*   390 */  1074, 1065,  924, 1021, 1014, 1004, 1006,  819,  739,  896,
- /*   400 */   855,  804,  739,  740,  736,  690,  654,  665,  618,  582,
- /*   410 */   568,  528,  554,  379,  532,  479,  455,  379,  432,  371,
- /*   420 */   341,   28,  338,  116,  -11,  -57,  -85,    7,   -8,    3,
-};
-#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-110)
-#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (305)
-#define YY_REDUCE_MIN   (-109)
-#define YY_REDUCE_MAX   (1323)
-static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
- /*     0 */   238,  954,  213,  289,  310,  234,  144,  317, -109,  382,
- /*    10 */   377,  303,  461,  389,  378,  368,  302,  294,  253,  395,
- /*    20 */   293,  324,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,
- /*    30 */   403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,
- /*    40 */   403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,
- /*    50 */   403, 1022, 1012, 1005,  998,  963,  961,  959,  957,  950,
- /*    60 */   947,  930,  912,  873,  861,  823,  810,  771,  759,  720,
- /*    70 */   708,  670,  657,  619,  614,  612,  610,  608,  606,  604,
- /*    80 */   598,  595,  593,  580,  542,  540,  537,  535,  533,  531,
- /*    90 */   529,  527,  503,  386,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,  403,
- /*   100 */   403,  403,  403,   95,  447,   82,  334,  504,  467,  403,
- /*   110 */   477,  464,  403,  403,  403,  403,  860,  747,  744,  785,
- /*   120 */   638,  638,  926,  891,  900,  899,  887,  844,  840,  835,
- /*   130 */   848,  830,  843,  829,  792,  839,  826,  737,  838,  795,
- /*   140 */   789,   47,  734,  530,  696,  777,  711,  677,  733,  730,
- /*   150 */   729,  728,  727,  627,  448,   64,  187, 1305, 1302, 1252,
- /*   160 */  1290, 1273, 1323, 1322, 1321, 1319, 1318, 1316, 1315, 1314,
- /*   170 */  1313, 1312, 1311, 1310, 1308, 1307, 1304, 1303, 1301, 1298,
- /*   180 */  1294, 1292, 1289, 1266, 1264, 1259, 1288, 1287, 1238, 1285,
- /*   190 */  1281, 1280, 1279, 1278, 1251, 1277, 1276, 1275, 1273, 1268,
- /*   200 */  1267, 1265, 1263, 1261, 1257, 1248, 1237, 1247, 1246, 1243,
- /*   210 */  1238, 1240, 1235, 1249, 1234, 1233, 1230, 1220, 1214, 1210,
- /*   220 */  1225, 1219, 1232, 1231, 1197, 1195, 1227, 1224, 1201, 1208,
- /*   230 */  1242, 1137, 1236, 1229, 1193, 1181, 1221, 1177, 1196, 1179,
- /*   240 */  1191, 1190, 1186, 1182, 1218, 1216, 1176, 1162, 1183, 1180,
- /*   250 */  1160, 1199, 1203, 1133, 1095, 1198, 1194, 1188, 1192, 1171,
- /*   260 */  1169, 1168, 1173, 1174, 1166, 1159, 1141, 1170, 1158, 1167,
- /*   270 */  1157, 1132, 1145, 1143, 1124, 1128, 1103, 1102, 1100, 1096,
- /*   280 */  1150, 1149, 1085, 1125, 1080, 1064, 1120, 1097, 1082, 1078,
- /*   290 */  1073, 1067, 1109, 1107, 1119, 1117, 1116, 1113, 1111, 1108,
- /*   300 */  1007, 1000, 1002, 1076, 1075, 1081,
-};
-static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
- /*     0 */   647,  964,  964,  964,  878,  878,  969,  964,  774,  802,
- /*    10 */   802,  938,  969,  969,  969,  876,  969,  969,  969,  964,
- /*    20 */   969,  778,  808,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*    30 */   969,  937,  939,  816,  815,  918,  789,  813,  806,  810,
- /*    40 */   879,  872,  873,  871,  875,  880,  969,  809,  841,  856,
- /*    50 */   840,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*    60 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*    70 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*    80 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*    90 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  850,  855,  862,  854,  851,  843,
- /*   100 */   842,  844,  845,  969,  969,  673,  739,  969,  969,  846,
- /*   110 */   969,  685,  847,  859,  858,  857,  680,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   120 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   130 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   140 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  647,  964,  969,  969,  964,  964,
- /*   150 */   964,  964,  964,  964,  956,  778,  768,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   160 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  944,  942,  969,
- /*   170 */   891,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   180 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   190 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   200 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  653,  969,  911,  774,  774,  774,
- /*   210 */   776,  754,  766,  655,  812,  791,  791,  923,  812,  923,
- /*   220 */   710,  733,  707,  802,  791,  874,  802,  802,  775,  766,
- /*   230 */   969,  949,  782,  782,  941,  941,  782,  821,  743,  812,
- /*   240 */   750,  750,  750,  750,  782,  670,  812,  821,  743,  743,
- /*   250 */   812,  782,  670,  917,  915,  782,  782,  670,  782,  670,
- /*   260 */   782,  670,  884,  741,  741,  741,  725,  884,  741,  710,
- /*   270 */   741,  725,  741,  741,  795,  790,  795,  790,  795,  790,
- /*   280 */   782,  782,  969,  884,  888,  888,  884,  807,  796,  805,
- /*   290 */   803,  812,  676,  728,  663,  663,  652,  652,  652,  652,
- /*   300 */   961,  961,  956,  712,  712,  695,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   310 */   969,  969,  687,  969,  893,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   320 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   330 */   969,  828,  969,  648,  951,  969,  969,  948,  969,  969,
- /*   340 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   350 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  921,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   360 */   969,  969,  969,  914,  913,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   370 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   380 */   969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  757,  969,  969,
- /*   390 */   969,  761,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  804,  969,
- /*   400 */   797,  969,  877,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,  969,
- /*   410 */   969,  969,  969,  966,  969,  969,  969,  965,  969,  969,
- /*   420 */   969,  969,  969,  830,  969,  829,  833,  969,  661,  969,
- /*   430 */   644,  649,  960,  963,  962,  959,  958,  957,  952,  950,
- /*   440 */   947,  946,  945,  943,  940,  936,  897,  895,  902,  901,
- /*   450 */   900,  899,  898,  896,  894,  892,  818,  817,  814,  811,
- /*   460 */   753,  935,  890,  752,  749,  748,  669,  953,  920,  929,
- /*   470 */   928,  927,  822,  926,  925,  924,  922,  919,  906,  820,
- /*   480 */   819,  744,  882,  881,  672,  910,  909,  908,  912,  916,
- /*   490 */   907,  784,  751,  671,  668,  675,  679,  731,  732,  740,
- /*   500 */   738,  737,  736,  735,  734,  730,  681,  686,  724,  709,
- /*   510 */   708,  717,  716,  722,  721,  720,  719,  718,  715,  714,
- /*   520 */   713,  706,  705,  711,  704,  727,  726,  723,  703,  747,
- /*   530 */   746,  745,  742,  702,  701,  700,  833,  699,  698,  838,
- /*   540 */   837,  866,  826,  755,  759,  758,  762,  763,  771,  770,
- /*   550 */   769,  780,  781,  793,  792,  824,  823,  794,  779,  773,
- /*   560 */   772,  788,  787,  786,  785,  777,  767,  799,  798,  868,
- /*   570 */   783,  867,  865,  934,  933,  932,  931,  930,  870,  967,
- /*   580 */   968,  887,  889,  886,  801,  800,  885,  869,  839,  836,
- /*   590 */   690,  691,  905,  904,  903,  693,  692,  689,  688,  863,
- /*   600 */   860,  852,  864,  861,  853,  849,  848,  834,  832,  831,
- /*   610 */   827,  835,  760,  756,  825,  765,  764,  697,  696,  694,
- /*   620 */   678,  677,  674,  667,  665,  664,  666,  662,  660,  659,
- /*   630 */   658,  657,  656,  684,  683,  682,  654,  651,  650,  646,
- /*   640 */   645,  643,
-};
-
-/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
-** like the following:
-** 
-**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
-**
-** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
-** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
-** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
-** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
-*/
-#ifdef YYFALLBACK
-static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
-    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
-    0,  /*       SEMI => nothing */
-   27,  /*    EXPLAIN => ID */
-   27,  /*      QUERY => ID */
-   27,  /*       PLAN => ID */
-   27,  /*      BEGIN => ID */
-    0,  /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
-   27,  /*   DEFERRED => ID */
-   27,  /*  IMMEDIATE => ID */
-   27,  /*  EXCLUSIVE => ID */
-    0,  /*     COMMIT => nothing */
-   27,  /*        END => ID */
-   27,  /*   ROLLBACK => ID */
-   27,  /*  SAVEPOINT => ID */
-   27,  /*    RELEASE => ID */
-    0,  /*         TO => nothing */
-    0,  /*      TABLE => nothing */
-    0,  /*     CREATE => nothing */
-   27,  /*         IF => ID */
-    0,  /*        NOT => nothing */
-    0,  /*     EXISTS => nothing */
-   27,  /*       TEMP => ID */
-    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
-    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
-    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
-   27,  /*    WITHOUT => ID */
-    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
-    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
-    0,  /*    INDEXED => nothing */
-   27,  /*      ABORT => ID */
-   27,  /*     ACTION => ID */
-   27,  /*      AFTER => ID */
-   27,  /*    ANALYZE => ID */
-   27,  /*        ASC => ID */
-   27,  /*     ATTACH => ID */
-   27,  /*     BEFORE => ID */
-   27,  /*         BY => ID */
-   27,  /*    CASCADE => ID */
-   27,  /*       CAST => ID */
-   27,  /*   COLUMNKW => ID */
-   27,  /*   CONFLICT => ID */
-   27,  /*   DATABASE => ID */
-   27,  /*       DESC => ID */
-   27,  /*     DETACH => ID */
-   27,  /*       EACH => ID */
-   27,  /*       FAIL => ID */
-   27,  /*        FOR => ID */
-   27,  /*     IGNORE => ID */
-   27,  /*  INITIALLY => ID */
-   27,  /*    INSTEAD => ID */
-   27,  /*    LIKE_KW => ID */
-   27,  /*      MATCH => ID */
-   27,  /*         NO => ID */
-   27,  /*        KEY => ID */
-   27,  /*         OF => ID */
-   27,  /*     OFFSET => ID */
-   27,  /*     PRAGMA => ID */
-   27,  /*      RAISE => ID */
-   27,  /*  RECURSIVE => ID */
-   27,  /*    REPLACE => ID */
-   27,  /*   RESTRICT => ID */
-   27,  /*        ROW => ID */
-   27,  /*    TRIGGER => ID */
-   27,  /*     VACUUM => ID */
-   27,  /*       VIEW => ID */
-   27,  /*    VIRTUAL => ID */
-   27,  /*       WITH => ID */
-   27,  /*    REINDEX => ID */
-   27,  /*     RENAME => ID */
-   27,  /*   CTIME_KW => ID */
-};
-#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
-
-/* The following structure represents a single element of the
-** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
-**
-**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
-**
-**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
-**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
-**
-**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
-**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
-**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
-*/
-struct yyStackEntry {
-  YYACTIONTYPE stateno;  /* The state-number */
-  YYCODETYPE major;      /* The major token value.  This is the code
-                         ** number for the token at this stack level */
-  YYMINORTYPE minor;     /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
-                         ** is the value of the token  */
-};
-typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
-
-/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
-** the following structure */
-struct yyParser {
-  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-  int yyidxMax;                 /* Maximum value of yyidx */
-#endif
-  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-  int yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
-  yyStackEntry *yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
-#else
-  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
-#endif
-};
-typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* #include <stdio.h> */
-static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
-static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* 
-** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
-** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
-** by making either argument NULL 
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
-**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
-** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
-**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
-**      turned off.
-** </ul>
-**
-** Outputs:
-** None.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
-  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
-  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
-  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
-  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
-** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
-static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
-  "$",             "SEMI",          "EXPLAIN",       "QUERY",       
-  "PLAN",          "BEGIN",         "TRANSACTION",   "DEFERRED",    
-  "IMMEDIATE",     "EXCLUSIVE",     "COMMIT",        "END",         
-  "ROLLBACK",      "SAVEPOINT",     "RELEASE",       "TO",          
-  "TABLE",         "CREATE",        "IF",            "NOT",         
-  "EXISTS",        "TEMP",          "LP",            "RP",          
-  "AS",            "WITHOUT",       "COMMA",         "ID",          
-  "INDEXED",       "ABORT",         "ACTION",        "AFTER",       
-  "ANALYZE",       "ASC",           "ATTACH",        "BEFORE",      
-  "BY",            "CASCADE",       "CAST",          "COLUMNKW",    
-  "CONFLICT",      "DATABASE",      "DESC",          "DETACH",      
-  "EACH",          "FAIL",          "FOR",           "IGNORE",      
-  "INITIALLY",     "INSTEAD",       "LIKE_KW",       "MATCH",       
-  "NO",            "KEY",           "OF",            "OFFSET",      
-  "PRAGMA",        "RAISE",         "RECURSIVE",     "REPLACE",     
-  "RESTRICT",      "ROW",           "TRIGGER",       "VACUUM",      
-  "VIEW",          "VIRTUAL",       "WITH",          "REINDEX",     
-  "RENAME",        "CTIME_KW",      "ANY",           "OR",          
-  "AND",           "IS",            "BETWEEN",       "IN",          
-  "ISNULL",        "NOTNULL",       "NE",            "EQ",          
-  "GT",            "LE",            "LT",            "GE",          
-  "ESCAPE",        "BITAND",        "BITOR",         "LSHIFT",      
-  "RSHIFT",        "PLUS",          "MINUS",         "STAR",        
-  "SLASH",         "REM",           "CONCAT",        "COLLATE",     
-  "BITNOT",        "STRING",        "JOIN_KW",       "CONSTRAINT",  
-  "DEFAULT",       "NULL",          "PRIMARY",       "UNIQUE",      
-  "CHECK",         "REFERENCES",    "AUTOINCR",      "ON",          
-  "INSERT",        "DELETE",        "UPDATE",        "SET",         
-  "DEFERRABLE",    "FOREIGN",       "DROP",          "UNION",       
-  "ALL",           "EXCEPT",        "INTERSECT",     "SELECT",      
-  "VALUES",        "DISTINCT",      "DOT",           "FROM",        
-  "JOIN",          "USING",         "ORDER",         "GROUP",       
-  "HAVING",        "LIMIT",         "WHERE",         "INTO",        
-  "INTEGER",       "FLOAT",         "BLOB",          "VARIABLE",    
-  "CASE",          "WHEN",          "THEN",          "ELSE",        
-  "INDEX",         "ALTER",         "ADD",           "error",       
-  "input",         "cmdlist",       "ecmd",          "explain",     
-  "cmdx",          "cmd",           "transtype",     "trans_opt",   
-  "nm",            "savepoint_opt",  "create_table",  "create_table_args",
-  "createkw",      "temp",          "ifnotexists",   "dbnm",        
-  "columnlist",    "conslist_opt",  "table_options",  "select",      
-  "column",        "columnid",      "type",          "carglist",    
-  "typetoken",     "typename",      "signed",        "plus_num",    
-  "minus_num",     "ccons",         "term",          "expr",        
-  "onconf",        "sortorder",     "autoinc",       "idxlist_opt", 
-  "refargs",       "defer_subclause",  "refarg",        "refact",      
-  "init_deferred_pred_opt",  "conslist",      "tconscomma",    "tcons",       
-  "idxlist",       "defer_subclause_opt",  "orconf",        "resolvetype", 
-  "raisetype",     "ifexists",      "fullname",      "selectnowith",
-  "oneselect",     "with",          "multiselect_op",  "distinct",    
-  "selcollist",    "from",          "where_opt",     "groupby_opt", 
-  "having_opt",    "orderby_opt",   "limit_opt",     "values",      
-  "nexprlist",     "exprlist",      "sclp",          "as",          
-  "seltablist",    "stl_prefix",    "joinop",        "indexed_opt", 
-  "on_opt",        "using_opt",     "joinop2",       "idlist",      
-  "sortlist",      "setlist",       "insert_cmd",    "inscollist_opt",
-  "likeop",        "between_op",    "in_op",         "case_operand",
-  "case_exprlist",  "case_else",     "uniqueflag",    "collate",     
-  "nmnum",         "trigger_decl",  "trigger_cmd_list",  "trigger_time",
-  "trigger_event",  "foreach_clause",  "when_clause",   "trigger_cmd", 
-  "trnm",          "tridxby",       "database_kw_opt",  "key_opt",     
-  "add_column_fullname",  "kwcolumn_opt",  "create_vtab",   "vtabarglist", 
-  "vtabarg",       "vtabargtoken",  "lp",            "anylist",     
-  "wqlist",      
-};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
-*/
-static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
- /*   0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
- /*   1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
- /*   2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
- /*   3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
- /*   4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
- /*   5 */ "explain ::=",
- /*   6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
- /*   7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
- /*   8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
- /*   9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
- /*  10 */ "trans_opt ::=",
- /*  11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
- /*  12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
- /*  13 */ "transtype ::=",
- /*  14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
- /*  15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
- /*  16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
- /*  17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
- /*  18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
- /*  19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
- /*  20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT",
- /*  21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=",
- /*  22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm",
- /*  23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm",
- /*  24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm",
- /*  25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
- /*  26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
- /*  27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE",
- /*  28 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
- /*  29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
- /*  30 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
- /*  31 */ "temp ::=",
- /*  32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options",
- /*  33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
- /*  34 */ "table_options ::=",
- /*  35 */ "table_options ::= WITHOUT nm",
- /*  36 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
- /*  37 */ "columnlist ::= column",
- /*  38 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
- /*  39 */ "columnid ::= nm",
- /*  40 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED",
- /*  41 */ "nm ::= STRING",
- /*  42 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
- /*  43 */ "type ::=",
- /*  44 */ "type ::= typetoken",
- /*  45 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
- /*  46 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
- /*  47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
- /*  48 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING",
- /*  49 */ "typename ::= typename ID|STRING",
- /*  50 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
- /*  51 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
- /*  52 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons",
- /*  53 */ "carglist ::=",
- /*  54 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
- /*  55 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
- /*  56 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
- /*  57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
- /*  58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
- /*  59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED",
- /*  60 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
- /*  61 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
- /*  62 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
- /*  63 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
- /*  64 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
- /*  65 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
- /*  66 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
- /*  67 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
- /*  68 */ "autoinc ::=",
- /*  69 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
- /*  70 */ "refargs ::=",
- /*  71 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
- /*  72 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
- /*  73 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
- /*  74 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
- /*  75 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
- /*  76 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
- /*  77 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
- /*  78 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
- /*  79 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
- /*  80 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION",
- /*  81 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /*  82 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /*  83 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
- /*  84 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
- /*  85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
- /*  86 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
- /*  87 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
- /*  88 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons",
- /*  89 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
- /*  90 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA",
- /*  91 */ "tconscomma ::=",
- /*  92 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
- /*  93 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
- /*  94 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
- /*  95 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
- /*  96 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
- /*  97 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
- /*  98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
- /*  99 */ "onconf ::=",
- /* 100 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
- /* 101 */ "orconf ::=",
- /* 102 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
- /* 103 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
- /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
- /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
- /* 106 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
- /* 107 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
- /* 108 */ "ifexists ::=",
- /* 109 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
- /* 110 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
- /* 111 */ "cmd ::= select",
- /* 112 */ "select ::= with selectnowith",
- /* 113 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect",
- /* 114 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect",
- /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
- /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
- /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
- /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
- /* 119 */ "oneselect ::= values",
- /* 120 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP",
- /* 121 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP",
- /* 122 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
- /* 123 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
- /* 124 */ "distinct ::=",
- /* 125 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
- /* 126 */ "sclp ::=",
- /* 127 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
- /* 128 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
- /* 129 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
- /* 130 */ "as ::= AS nm",
- /* 131 */ "as ::= ID|STRING",
- /* 132 */ "as ::=",
- /* 133 */ "from ::=",
- /* 134 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
- /* 135 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
- /* 136 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
- /* 137 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
- /* 138 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 139 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 140 */ "dbnm ::=",
- /* 141 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
- /* 142 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
- /* 143 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
- /* 144 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
- /* 145 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
- /* 146 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
- /* 147 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
- /* 148 */ "on_opt ::=",
- /* 149 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
- /* 150 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
- /* 151 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
- /* 152 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP",
- /* 153 */ "using_opt ::=",
- /* 154 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
- /* 155 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
- /* 156 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder",
- /* 157 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder",
- /* 158 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
- /* 159 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
- /* 160 */ "sortorder ::=",
- /* 161 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
- /* 162 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
- /* 163 */ "having_opt ::=",
- /* 164 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
- /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::=",
- /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
- /* 167 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
- /* 168 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
- /* 169 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
- /* 170 */ "where_opt ::=",
- /* 171 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
- /* 172 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 173 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
- /* 174 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
- /* 175 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
- /* 176 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
- /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
- /* 178 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
- /* 179 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
- /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP",
- /* 181 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm",
- /* 182 */ "idlist ::= nm",
- /* 183 */ "expr ::= term",
- /* 184 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
- /* 185 */ "term ::= NULL",
- /* 186 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED",
- /* 187 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
- /* 188 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
- /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
- /* 190 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
- /* 191 */ "term ::= STRING",
- /* 192 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
- /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING",
- /* 194 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
- /* 195 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP",
- /* 196 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP",
- /* 197 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
- /* 198 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
- /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
- /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
- /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
- /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
- /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
- /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
- /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
- /* 206 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH",
- /* 207 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH",
- /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
- /* 209 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr",
- /* 210 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
- /* 211 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
- /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr",
- /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr",
- /* 214 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
- /* 215 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
- /* 216 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
- /* 217 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
- /* 218 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
- /* 219 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
- /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
- /* 221 */ "in_op ::= IN",
- /* 222 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
- /* 223 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
- /* 224 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
- /* 225 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
- /* 226 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
- /* 227 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
- /* 228 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
- /* 229 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 230 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 231 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
- /* 232 */ "case_else ::=",
- /* 233 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
- /* 234 */ "case_operand ::=",
- /* 235 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
- /* 236 */ "exprlist ::=",
- /* 237 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
- /* 238 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
- /* 239 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt",
- /* 240 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
- /* 241 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
- /* 242 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
- /* 243 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
- /* 244 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder",
- /* 245 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder",
- /* 246 */ "collate ::=",
- /* 247 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING",
- /* 248 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
- /* 249 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
- /* 250 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
- /* 251 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
- /* 252 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
- /* 253 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
- /* 254 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
- /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP",
- /* 256 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
- /* 257 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
- /* 258 */ "nmnum ::= ON",
- /* 259 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE",
- /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT",
- /* 261 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
- /* 262 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
- /* 263 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT",
- /* 264 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
- /* 265 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
- /* 266 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
- /* 267 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
- /* 268 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
- /* 269 */ "trigger_time ::=",
- /* 270 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
- /* 271 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
- /* 272 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist",
- /* 273 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
- /* 274 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
- /* 275 */ "when_clause ::=",
- /* 276 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
- /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
- /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI",
- /* 279 */ "trnm ::= nm",
- /* 280 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm",
- /* 281 */ "tridxby ::=",
- /* 282 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm",
- /* 283 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED",
- /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 285 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select",
- /* 286 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt",
- /* 287 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
- /* 288 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
- /* 289 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
- /* 290 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
- /* 291 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
- /* 292 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
- /* 293 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
- /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
- /* 295 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
- /* 296 */ "key_opt ::=",
- /* 297 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
- /* 298 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
- /* 299 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
- /* 300 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
- /* 301 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
- /* 302 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
- /* 303 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
- /* 304 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
- /* 305 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column",
- /* 306 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
- /* 307 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
- /* 308 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
- /* 309 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
- /* 310 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
- /* 311 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm",
- /* 312 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
- /* 313 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
- /* 314 */ "vtabarg ::=",
- /* 315 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
- /* 316 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
- /* 317 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
- /* 318 */ "lp ::= LP",
- /* 319 */ "anylist ::=",
- /* 320 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP",
- /* 321 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
- /* 322 */ "with ::=",
- /* 323 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist",
- /* 324 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist",
- /* 325 */ "wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP",
- /* 326 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP",
-};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-/*
-** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.
-*/
-static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
-  int newSize;
-  yyStackEntry *pNew;
-
-  newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
-  pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
-  if( pNew ){
-    p->yystack = pNew;
-    p->yystksz = newSize;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    if( yyTraceFILE ){
-      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n",
-              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/* 
-** This function allocates a new parser.
-** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
-** malloc.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
-**
-** Outputs:
-** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
-** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
-  yyParser *pParser;
-  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
-  if( pParser ){
-    pParser->yyidx = -1;
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-    pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
-#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-    pParser->yystack = NULL;
-    pParser->yystksz = 0;
-    yyGrowStack(pParser);
-#endif
-  }
-  return pParser;
-}
-
-/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
-** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
-** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
-** the value.
-*/
-static void yy_destructor(
-  yyParser *yypParser,    /* The parser */
-  YYCODETYPE yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
-  YYMINORTYPE *yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
-){
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-  switch( yymajor ){
-    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
-    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
-    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
-    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
-    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
-    **
-    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
-    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
-    ** inside the C code.
-    */
-    case 163: /* select */
-    case 195: /* selectnowith */
-    case 196: /* oneselect */
-    case 207: /* values */
-{
-sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy3));
-}
-      break;
-    case 174: /* term */
-    case 175: /* expr */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy346).pExpr);
-}
-      break;
-    case 179: /* idxlist_opt */
-    case 188: /* idxlist */
-    case 200: /* selcollist */
-    case 203: /* groupby_opt */
-    case 205: /* orderby_opt */
-    case 208: /* nexprlist */
-    case 209: /* exprlist */
-    case 210: /* sclp */
-    case 220: /* sortlist */
-    case 221: /* setlist */
-    case 228: /* case_exprlist */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy14));
-}
-      break;
-    case 194: /* fullname */
-    case 201: /* from */
-    case 212: /* seltablist */
-    case 213: /* stl_prefix */
-{
-sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy65));
-}
-      break;
-    case 197: /* with */
-    case 252: /* wqlist */
-{
-sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy59));
-}
-      break;
-    case 202: /* where_opt */
-    case 204: /* having_opt */
-    case 216: /* on_opt */
-    case 227: /* case_operand */
-    case 229: /* case_else */
-    case 238: /* when_clause */
-    case 243: /* key_opt */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy132));
-}
-      break;
-    case 217: /* using_opt */
-    case 219: /* idlist */
-    case 223: /* inscollist_opt */
-{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy408));
-}
-      break;
-    case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */
-    case 239: /* trigger_cmd */
-{
-sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy473));
-}
-      break;
-    case 236: /* trigger_event */
-{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy378).b);
-}
-      break;
-    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Pop the parser's stack once.
-**
-** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
-** is popped from the stack, then call it.
-**
-** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
-*/
-static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
-  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
-  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
-
-  /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below
-  ** empty in SQLite.  */
-  if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
-      yyTracePrompt,
-      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
-  }
-#endif
-  yymajor = yytos->major;
-  yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor);
-  pParser->yyidx--;
-  return yymajor;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
-** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
-**       obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc.
-** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
-**       from malloc.
-** </ul>
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(
-  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
-  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
-){
-  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
-  /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully
-  ** created in the first place. */
-  if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return;
-  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-  free(pParser->yystack);
-#endif
-  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
-*/
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){
-  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
-  return pParser->yyidxMax;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
-** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
-**
-** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
-** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
-** return YY_NO_ACTION.
-*/
-static int yy_find_shift_action(
-  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
-  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
-){
-  int i;
-  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
- 
-  if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT
-   || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }
-  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
-  i += iLookAhead;
-  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
-    if( iLookAhead>0 ){
-#ifdef YYFALLBACK
-      YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
-      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
-             && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-        if( yyTraceFILE ){
-          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
-             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
-        }
-#endif
-        return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
-      }
-#endif
-#ifdef YYWILDCARD
-      {
-        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
-        if( 
-#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
-          j>=0 &&
-#endif
-#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
-          j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
-#endif
-          yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD
-        ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-          if( yyTraceFILE ){
-            fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
-               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
-          }
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-          return yy_action[j];
-        }
-      }
-#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
-    }
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }else{
-    return yy_action[i];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
-** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
-**
-** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
-** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
-** return YY_NO_ACTION.
-*/
-static int yy_find_reduce_action(
-  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
-  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
-){
-  int i;
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }
-#else
-  assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
-#endif
-  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
-  assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
-  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
-  i += iLookAhead;
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }
-#else
-  assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
-  assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
-#endif
-  return yy_action[i];
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
-*/
-static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){
-   sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-   yypParser->yyidx--;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-   if( yyTraceFILE ){
-     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-   }
-#endif
-   while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
-   ** stack every overflows */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
-   sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
-}
-
-/*
-** Perform a shift action.
-*/
-static void yy_shift(
-  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
-  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
-  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
-  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */
-){
-  yyStackEntry *yytos;
-  yypParser->yyidx++;
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-  if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){
-    yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx;
-  }
-#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
-  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
-    yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
-    return;
-  }
-#else
-  if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
-    yyGrowStack(yypParser);
-    if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
-      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
-  yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState;
-  yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor;
-  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
-    int i;
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
-    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
-      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* The following table contains information about every rule that
-** is used during the reduce.
-*/
-static const struct {
-  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
-  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
-} yyRuleInfo[] = {
-  { 144, 1 },
-  { 145, 2 },
-  { 145, 1 },
-  { 146, 1 },
-  { 146, 3 },
-  { 147, 0 },
-  { 147, 1 },
-  { 147, 3 },
-  { 148, 1 },
-  { 149, 3 },
-  { 151, 0 },
-  { 151, 1 },
-  { 151, 2 },
-  { 150, 0 },
-  { 150, 1 },
-  { 150, 1 },
-  { 150, 1 },
-  { 149, 2 },
-  { 149, 2 },
-  { 149, 2 },
-  { 153, 1 },
-  { 153, 0 },
-  { 149, 2 },
-  { 149, 3 },
-  { 149, 5 },
-  { 149, 2 },
-  { 154, 6 },
-  { 156, 1 },
-  { 158, 0 },
-  { 158, 3 },
-  { 157, 1 },
-  { 157, 0 },
-  { 155, 5 },
-  { 155, 2 },
-  { 162, 0 },
-  { 162, 2 },
-  { 160, 3 },
-  { 160, 1 },
-  { 164, 3 },
-  { 165, 1 },
-  { 152, 1 },
-  { 152, 1 },
-  { 152, 1 },
-  { 166, 0 },
-  { 166, 1 },
-  { 168, 1 },
-  { 168, 4 },
-  { 168, 6 },
-  { 169, 1 },
-  { 169, 2 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 167, 2 },
-  { 167, 0 },
-  { 173, 2 },
-  { 173, 2 },
-  { 173, 4 },
-  { 173, 3 },
-  { 173, 3 },
-  { 173, 2 },
-  { 173, 2 },
-  { 173, 3 },
-  { 173, 5 },
-  { 173, 2 },
-  { 173, 4 },
-  { 173, 4 },
-  { 173, 1 },
-  { 173, 2 },
-  { 178, 0 },
-  { 178, 1 },
-  { 180, 0 },
-  { 180, 2 },
-  { 182, 2 },
-  { 182, 3 },
-  { 182, 3 },
-  { 182, 3 },
-  { 183, 2 },
-  { 183, 2 },
-  { 183, 1 },
-  { 183, 1 },
-  { 183, 2 },
-  { 181, 3 },
-  { 181, 2 },
-  { 184, 0 },
-  { 184, 2 },
-  { 184, 2 },
-  { 161, 0 },
-  { 161, 2 },
-  { 185, 3 },
-  { 185, 1 },
-  { 186, 1 },
-  { 186, 0 },
-  { 187, 2 },
-  { 187, 7 },
-  { 187, 5 },
-  { 187, 5 },
-  { 187, 10 },
-  { 189, 0 },
-  { 189, 1 },
-  { 176, 0 },
-  { 176, 3 },
-  { 190, 0 },
-  { 190, 2 },
-  { 191, 1 },
-  { 191, 1 },
-  { 191, 1 },
-  { 149, 4 },
-  { 193, 2 },
-  { 193, 0 },
-  { 149, 8 },
-  { 149, 4 },
-  { 149, 1 },
-  { 163, 2 },
-  { 195, 1 },
-  { 195, 3 },
-  { 198, 1 },
-  { 198, 2 },
-  { 198, 1 },
-  { 196, 9 },
-  { 196, 1 },
-  { 207, 4 },
-  { 207, 5 },
-  { 199, 1 },
-  { 199, 1 },
-  { 199, 0 },
-  { 210, 2 },
-  { 210, 0 },
-  { 200, 3 },
-  { 200, 2 },
-  { 200, 4 },
-  { 211, 2 },
-  { 211, 1 },
-  { 211, 0 },
-  { 201, 0 },
-  { 201, 2 },
-  { 213, 2 },
-  { 213, 0 },
-  { 212, 7 },
-  { 212, 7 },
-  { 212, 7 },
-  { 159, 0 },
-  { 159, 2 },
-  { 194, 2 },
-  { 214, 1 },
-  { 214, 2 },
-  { 214, 3 },
-  { 214, 4 },
-  { 216, 2 },
-  { 216, 0 },
-  { 215, 0 },
-  { 215, 3 },
-  { 215, 2 },
-  { 217, 4 },
-  { 217, 0 },
-  { 205, 0 },
-  { 205, 3 },
-  { 220, 4 },
-  { 220, 2 },
-  { 177, 1 },
-  { 177, 1 },
-  { 177, 0 },
-  { 203, 0 },
-  { 203, 3 },
-  { 204, 0 },
-  { 204, 2 },
-  { 206, 0 },
-  { 206, 2 },
-  { 206, 4 },
-  { 206, 4 },
-  { 149, 6 },
-  { 202, 0 },
-  { 202, 2 },
-  { 149, 8 },
-  { 221, 5 },
-  { 221, 3 },
-  { 149, 6 },
-  { 149, 7 },
-  { 222, 2 },
-  { 222, 1 },
-  { 223, 0 },
-  { 223, 3 },
-  { 219, 3 },
-  { 219, 1 },
-  { 175, 1 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 174, 1 },
-  { 175, 1 },
-  { 175, 1 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 5 },
-  { 174, 1 },
-  { 174, 1 },
-  { 175, 1 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 6 },
-  { 175, 5 },
-  { 175, 4 },
-  { 174, 1 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 224, 1 },
-  { 224, 2 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 5 },
-  { 175, 2 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 4 },
-  { 175, 2 },
-  { 175, 2 },
-  { 175, 2 },
-  { 175, 2 },
-  { 225, 1 },
-  { 225, 2 },
-  { 175, 5 },
-  { 226, 1 },
-  { 226, 2 },
-  { 175, 5 },
-  { 175, 3 },
-  { 175, 5 },
-  { 175, 4 },
-  { 175, 4 },
-  { 175, 5 },
-  { 228, 5 },
-  { 228, 4 },
-  { 229, 2 },
-  { 229, 0 },
-  { 227, 1 },
-  { 227, 0 },
-  { 209, 1 },
-  { 209, 0 },
-  { 208, 3 },
-  { 208, 1 },
-  { 149, 12 },
-  { 230, 1 },
-  { 230, 0 },
-  { 179, 0 },
-  { 179, 3 },
-  { 188, 5 },
-  { 188, 3 },
-  { 231, 0 },
-  { 231, 2 },
-  { 149, 4 },
-  { 149, 1 },
-  { 149, 2 },
-  { 149, 3 },
-  { 149, 5 },
-  { 149, 6 },
-  { 149, 5 },
-  { 149, 6 },
-  { 232, 1 },
-  { 232, 1 },
-  { 232, 1 },
-  { 232, 1 },
-  { 232, 1 },
-  { 171, 2 },
-  { 171, 1 },
-  { 172, 2 },
-  { 149, 5 },
-  { 233, 11 },
-  { 235, 1 },
-  { 235, 1 },
-  { 235, 2 },
-  { 235, 0 },
-  { 236, 1 },
-  { 236, 1 },
-  { 236, 3 },
-  { 237, 0 },
-  { 237, 3 },
-  { 238, 0 },
-  { 238, 2 },
-  { 234, 3 },
-  { 234, 2 },
-  { 240, 1 },
-  { 240, 3 },
-  { 241, 0 },
-  { 241, 3 },
-  { 241, 2 },
-  { 239, 7 },
-  { 239, 5 },
-  { 239, 5 },
-  { 239, 1 },
-  { 175, 4 },
-  { 175, 6 },
-  { 192, 1 },
-  { 192, 1 },
-  { 192, 1 },
-  { 149, 4 },
-  { 149, 6 },
-  { 149, 3 },
-  { 243, 0 },
-  { 243, 2 },
-  { 242, 1 },
-  { 242, 0 },
-  { 149, 1 },
-  { 149, 3 },
-  { 149, 1 },
-  { 149, 3 },
-  { 149, 6 },
-  { 149, 6 },
-  { 244, 1 },
-  { 245, 0 },
-  { 245, 1 },
-  { 149, 1 },
-  { 149, 4 },
-  { 246, 8 },
-  { 247, 1 },
-  { 247, 3 },
-  { 248, 0 },
-  { 248, 2 },
-  { 249, 1 },
-  { 249, 3 },
-  { 250, 1 },
-  { 251, 0 },
-  { 251, 4 },
-  { 251, 2 },
-  { 197, 0 },
-  { 197, 2 },
-  { 197, 3 },
-  { 252, 6 },
-  { 252, 8 },
-};
-
-static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
-
-/*
-** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
-** follow the reduce.
-*/
-static void yy_reduce(
-  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
-  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
-){
-  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
-  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
-  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
-  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
-  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
-        && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
-      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
-  }
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-  /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
-  ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
-  ** switch.  yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
-  ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal.  Leaving the
-  ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
-  ** as the value is never used.  So really the only thing this code
-  ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.  
-  **
-  ** 2007-01-16:  The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
-  ** without this code, their parser segfaults.  I'm not sure what there
-  ** parser is doing to make this happen.  This is the second bug report
-  ** from wireshark this week.  Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
-  ** that it has not been previously stressed...  (SQLite ticket #2172)
-  */
-  /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/
-  yygotominor = yyzerominor;
-
-
-  switch( yyruleno ){
-  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
-  ** follows:
-  **   case 0:
-  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
-  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
-  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
-  **     break;
-  */
-      case 5: /* explain ::= */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
-        break;
-      case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
-        break;
-      case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); }
-        break;
-      case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */
-{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
-        break;
-      case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
-{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);}
-        break;
-      case 13: /* transtype ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_DEFERRED;}
-        break;
-      case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
-      case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15);
-      case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16);
-      case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115);
-      case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].major;}
-        break;
-      case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */
-      case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18);
-{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */
-{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */
-{
-  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */
-{
-  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */
-{
-  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
-{
-   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy328,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);
-}
-        break;
-      case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */
-{
-  pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
-}
-        break;
-      case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */
-      case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31);
-      case 68: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==68);
-      case 81: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==81);
-      case 83: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83);
-      case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85);
-      case 97: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==97);
-      case 108: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108);
-      case 218: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==218);
-      case 221: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==221);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
-      case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30);
-      case 69: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==69);
-      case 84: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84);
-      case 107: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==107);
-      case 219: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219);
-      case 222: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = 1;}
-        break;
-      case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */
-{
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy186,0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
-{
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
-}
-        break;
-      case 34: /* table_options ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy186 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 35: /* table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */
-{
-  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){
-    yygotominor.yy186 = TF_WithoutRowid;
-  }else{
-    yygotominor.yy186 = 0;
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z);
-  }
-}
-        break;
-      case 38: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
-  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
-}
-        break;
-      case 39: /* columnid ::= nm */
-{
-  sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
-  pParse->constraintName.n = 0;
-}
-        break;
-      case 40: /* nm ::= ID|INDEXED */
-      case 41: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41);
-      case 42: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42);
-      case 45: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==45);
-      case 48: /* typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==48);
-      case 130: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==130);
-      case 131: /* as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==131);
-      case 141: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==141);
-      case 150: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==150);
-      case 247: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247);
-      case 256: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==256);
-      case 257: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==257);
-      case 258: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==258);
-      case 259: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==259);
-      case 260: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260);
-      case 261: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261);
-      case 262: /* plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262);
-      case 263: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263);
-      case 279: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279);
-{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
-        break;
-      case 44: /* type ::= typetoken */
-{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
-  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z);
-}
-        break;
-      case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
-  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z);
-}
-        break;
-      case 49: /* typename ::= typename ID|STRING */
-{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);}
-        break;
-      case 54: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
-      case 92: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92);
-{pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
-        break;
-      case 55: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
-      case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==57);
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);}
-        break;
-      case 56: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);}
-        break;
-      case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
-{
-  ExprSpan v;
-  v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
-  v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z;
-  v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
-  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
-}
-        break;
-      case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED */
-{
-  ExprSpan v;
-  spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
-}
-        break;
-      case 61: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
-{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
-        break;
-      case 62: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);}
-        break;
-      case 63: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 64: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
-        break;
-      case 65: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */
-{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
-        break;
-      case 66: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
-{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
-        break;
-      case 67: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */
-{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 70: /* refargs ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */}
-        break;
-      case 71: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy328 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy429.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy429.value; }
-        break;
-      case 72: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
-      case 73: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==73);
-{ yygotominor.yy429.value = 0;     yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x000000; }
-        break;
-      case 74: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;     yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x0000ff; }
-        break;
-      case 75: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328<<8;  yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x00ff00; }
-        break;
-      case 76: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetNull;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
-        break;
-      case 77: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetDflt;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
-        break;
-      case 78: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Cascade;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
-        break;
-      case 79: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
-        break;
-      case 80: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None;     /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
-        break;
-      case 82: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
-      case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98);
-      case 100: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==100);
-      case 103: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==103);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;}
-        break;
-      case 86: /* conslist_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 87: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
-{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;}
-        break;
-      case 90: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */
-{pParse->constraintName.n = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 93: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328,0);}
-        break;
-      case 94: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 95: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
-        break;
-      case 96: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
-{
-    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
-    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);
-}
-        break;
-      case 99: /* onconf ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Default;}
-        break;
-      case 101: /* orconf ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Default;}
-        break;
-      case 102: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
-{yygotominor.yy186 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;}
-        break;
-      case 104: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Ignore;}
-        break;
-      case 105: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Replace;}
-        break;
-      case 106: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
-{
-  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
-}
-        break;
-      case 109: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
-{
-  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-6].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328);
-}
-        break;
-      case 110: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
-{
-  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
-}
-        break;
-      case 111: /* cmd ::= select */
-{
-  SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, &dest);
-  sqlite3ExplainBegin(pParse->pVdbe);
-  sqlite3ExplainSelect(pParse->pVdbe, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
-  sqlite3ExplainFinish(pParse->pVdbe);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
-}
-        break;
-      case 112: /* select ::= with selectnowith */
-{
-  Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy3, *pNext, *pLoop;
-  if( p ){
-    int cnt = 0, mxSelect;
-    p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy59;
-    if( p->pPrior ){
-      pNext = 0;
-      for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pNext=pLoop, pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){
-        pLoop->pNext = pNext;
-        pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound;
-      }
-      mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT];
-      if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy59);
-  }
-  yygotominor.yy3 = p;
-}
-        break;
-      case 113: /* selectnowith ::= oneselect */
-      case 119: /* oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119);
-{yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;}
-        break;
-      case 114: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */
-{
-  Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;
-  if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){
-    SrcList *pFrom;
-    Token x;
-    x.n = 0;
-    pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0);
-    pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
-  }
-  if( pRhs ){
-    pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy328;
-    pRhs->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy3;
-    if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy328!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy3);
-  }
-  yygotominor.yy3 = pRhs;
-}
-        break;
-      case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_ALL;}
-        break;
-      case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy14,yymsp[-5].minor.yy65,yymsp[-4].minor.yy132,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-2].minor.yy132,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[-7].minor.yy381,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pOffset);
-}
-        break;
-      case 120: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 121: /* values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP */
-{
-  Select *pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0);
-  if( pRight ){
-    pRight->op = TK_ALL;
-    pRight->pPrior = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3;
-    yygotominor.yy3 = pRight;
-  }else{
-    yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3;
-  }
-}
-        break;
-      case 122: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */
-{yygotominor.yy381 = SF_Distinct;}
-        break;
-      case 123: /* distinct ::= ALL */
-      case 124: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==124);
-{yygotominor.yy381 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 125: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
-      case 243: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==243);
-{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;}
-        break;
-      case 126: /* sclp ::= */
-      case 154: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==154);
-      case 161: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161);
-      case 236: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236);
-      case 242: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242);
-{yygotominor.yy14 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 127: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
-{
-   yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-   if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
-   sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);
-}
-        break;
-      case 128: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
-{
-  Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, p);
-}
-        break;
-      case 129: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
-{
-  Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14, pDot);
-}
-        break;
-      case 132: /* as ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 133: /* from ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy65));}
-        break;
-      case 134: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[0].minor.yy65;
-  sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy65);
-}
-        break;
-      case 135: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
-{
-   yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy65;
-   if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy65 && yygotominor.yy65->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
-}
-        break;
-      case 136: /* stl_prefix ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy65 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 137: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
-  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy65, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 138: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
-{
-    yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy3,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
-  }
-        break;
-      case 139: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
-{
-    if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy65==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy132==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy408==0 ){
-      yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65;
-    }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->nSrc==1 ){
-      yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
-      if( yygotominor.yy65 ){
-        struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1];
-        struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->a;
-        pNew->zName = pOld->zName;
-        pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase;
-        pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect;
-        pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0;
-        pOld->pSelect = 0;
-      }
-      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65);
-    }else{
-      Select *pSubquery;
-      sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy65);
-      pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0,0);
-      yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
-    }
-  }
-        break;
-      case 140: /* dbnm ::= */
-      case 149: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==149);
-{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;}
-        break;
-      case 142: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
-{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 143: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = JT_INNER; }
-        break;
-      case 144: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
-        break;
-      case 145: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
-        break;
-      case 146: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
-        break;
-      case 147: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
-      case 164: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==164);
-      case 171: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==171);
-      case 231: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==231);
-      case 233: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==233);
-{yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
-        break;
-      case 148: /* on_opt ::= */
-      case 163: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==163);
-      case 170: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==170);
-      case 232: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==232);
-      case 234: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==234);
-{yygotominor.yy132 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 151: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
-{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;}
-        break;
-      case 152: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */
-      case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180);
-{yygotominor.yy408 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy408;}
-        break;
-      case 153: /* using_opt ::= */
-      case 179: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==179);
-{yygotominor.yy408 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 155: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
-      case 162: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162);
-      case 235: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235);
-{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[0].minor.yy14;}
-        break;
-      case 156: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
-}
-        break;
-      case 157: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  if( yygotominor.yy14 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy14->a) ) yygotominor.yy14->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
-}
-        break;
-      case 158: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
-      case 160: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
-        break;
-      case 159: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
-        break;
-      case 165: /* limit_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
-{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 167: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
-{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
-        break;
-      case 168: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
-{yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
-        break;
-      case 169: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
-{
-  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1);
-  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
-  sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy65,yymsp[0].minor.yy132);
-}
-        break;
-      case 172: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
-{
-  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, 1);
-  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
-  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,"set list"); 
-  sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy132,yymsp[-5].minor.yy186);
-}
-        break;
-      case 173: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
-}
-        break;
-      case 174: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
-}
-        break;
-      case 175: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
-{
-  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1);
-  sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);
-}
-        break;
-      case 176: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
-{
-  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy59, 1);
-  sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy408, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186);
-}
-        break;
-      case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
-{yygotominor.yy186 = yymsp[0].minor.yy186;}
-        break;
-      case 178: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
-{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Replace;}
-        break;
-      case 181: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */
-{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy408,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 182: /* idlist ::= nm */
-{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 183: /* expr ::= term */
-{yygotominor.yy346 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346;}
-        break;
-      case 184: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
-{yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 185: /* term ::= NULL */
-      case 190: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==190);
-      case 191: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191);
-{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 186: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */
-      case 187: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187);
-{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 188: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
-{
-  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
-  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
-{
-  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
-  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 192: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
-{
-  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>=2 && yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1]) ){
-    /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression
-    ** that look like this:   #1 #2 ...  These terms refer to registers
-    ** in the virtual machine.  #N is the N-th register. */
-    if( pParse->nested==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = 0;
-    }else{
-      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-      if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->iTable);
-    }
-  }else{
-    spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-    sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
-  }
-  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 193: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart;
-  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
-}
-        break;
-      case 194: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
-  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 195: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */
-{
-  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
-  }
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
-  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy381 && yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
-    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct;
-  }
-}
-        break;
-      case 196: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
-  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 197: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 198: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
-      case 199: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==199);
-      case 200: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200);
-      case 201: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201);
-      case 202: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202);
-      case 203: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203);
-      case 204: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204);
-      case 205: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205);
-{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);}
-        break;
-      case 206: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */
-{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 207: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */
-{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 1;}
-        break;
-      case 208: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */
-{
-  ExprList *pList;
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.eOperator);
-  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart;
-  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
-  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
-}
-        break;
-      case 209: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */
-{
-  ExprList *pList;
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.eOperator);
-  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
-  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
-  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
-}
-        break;
-      case 210: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
-{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 211: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
-{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 212: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */
-{
-  spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);
-  binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_ISNULL);
-}
-        break;
-      case 213: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */
-{
-  spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);
-  binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL);
-}
-        break;
-      case 214: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
-      case 215: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==215);
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 216: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 217: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 220: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
-{
-  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
-    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
-  } 
-  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
-  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
-}
-        break;
-      case 223: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
-{
-    if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14==0 ){
-      /* Expressions of the form
-      **
-      **      expr1 IN ()
-      **      expr1 NOT IN ()
-      **
-      ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively,
-      ** regardless of the value of expr1.
-      */
-      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy328]);
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-    }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr==1 ){
-      /* Expressions of the form:
-      **
-      **      expr1 IN (?1)
-      **      expr1 NOT IN (?2)
-      **
-      ** with exactly one value on the RHS can be simplified to something
-      ** like this:
-      **
-      **      expr1 == ?1
-      **      expr1 <> ?2
-      **
-      ** But, the RHS of the == or <> is marked with the EP_Generic flag
-      ** so that it may not contribute to the computation of comparison
-      ** affinity or the collating sequence to use for comparison.  Otherwise,
-      ** the semantics would be subtly different from IN or NOT IN.
-      */
-      Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr;
-      yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr = 0;
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14);
-      /* pRHS cannot be NULL because a malloc error would have been detected
-      ** before now and control would have never reached this point */
-      if( ALWAYS(pRHS) ){
-        pRHS->flags &= ~EP_Collate;
-        pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic;
-      }
-      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, pRHS, 0);
-    }else{
-      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
-      if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
-        yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;
-        sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14);
-      }
-      if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
-    }
-    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
-    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
-  }
-        break;
-      case 224: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
-{
-    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
-      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
-      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
-    }
-    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
-    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
-  }
-        break;
-      case 225: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
-{
-    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
-    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
-      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
-      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
-    }
-    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
-    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
-    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
-  }
-        break;
-      case 226: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
-{
-    SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
-    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
-      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
-      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
-    }
-    if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
-    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart;
-    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n];
-  }
-        break;
-      case 227: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
-{
-    Expr *p = yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( p ){
-      p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
-      ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
-    }
-    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
-    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
-  }
-        break;
-      case 228: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy132, 0, 0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
-    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy132 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy14;
-    sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy132);
-  }
-  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z;
-  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
-}
-        break;
-      case 229: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-}
-        break;
-      case 230: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-}
-        break;
-      case 237: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
-{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
-        break;
-      case 238: /* nexprlist ::= expr */
-{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
-        break;
-      case 239: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt */
-{
-  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, 
-                     sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328,
-                      &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328);
-}
-        break;
-      case 240: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
-      case 291: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==291);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Abort;}
-        break;
-      case 241: /* uniqueflag ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None;}
-        break;
-      case 244: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
-{
-  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, p);
-  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1);
-  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index");
-  if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
-}
-        break;
-      case 245: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
-{
-  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
-  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p);
-  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
-  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index");
-  if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
-}
-        break;
-      case 246: /* collate ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 248: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
-{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);}
-        break;
-      case 249: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
-      case 250: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==250);
-{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 251: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 252: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 253: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 254: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);}
-        break;
-      case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);}
-        break;
-      case 264: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
-{
-  Token all;
-  all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
-  all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
-  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy473, &all);
-}
-        break;
-      case 265: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
-{
-  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328);
-  yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 266: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
-      case 269: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269);
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_BEFORE; }
-        break;
-      case 267: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_AFTER;  }
-        break;
-      case 268: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_INSTEAD;}
-        break;
-      case 270: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
-      case 271: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==271);
-{yygotominor.yy378.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy378.b = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 272: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */
-{yygotominor.yy378.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy378.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy408;}
-        break;
-      case 275: /* when_clause ::= */
-      case 296: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==296);
-{ yygotominor.yy132 = 0; }
-        break;
-      case 276: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
-      case 297: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==297);
-{ yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; }
-        break;
-      case 277: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
-{
-  assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy473!=0 );
-  yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
-  yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
-  yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy473;
-}
-        break;
-      case 278: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
-{ 
-  assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy473!=0 );
-  yymsp[-1].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
-  yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
-}
-        break;
-      case 280: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE "
-        "statements within triggers");
-}
-        break;
-      case 282: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
-{
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-        "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
-        "within triggers");
-}
-        break;
-      case 283: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
-{
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-        "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
-        "within triggers");
-}
-        break;
-      case 284: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */
-{ yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); }
-        break;
-      case 285: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */
-{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);}
-        break;
-      case 286: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */
-{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);}
-        break;
-      case 287: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
-{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); }
-        break;
-      case 288: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
-  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
-    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore;
-  }
-  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
-  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
-}
-        break;
-      case 289: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); 
-  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) {
-    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy328;
-  }
-  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
-  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
-}
-        break;
-      case 290: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Rollback;}
-        break;
-      case 292: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Fail;}
-        break;
-      case 293: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
-{
-  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
-}
-        break;
-      case 294: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
-{
-  sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);
-}
-        break;
-      case 295: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
-{
-  sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
-}
-        break;
-      case 300: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
-{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
-        break;
-      case 301: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 302: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
-{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
-        break;
-      case 303: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 304: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
-{
-  sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy65,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 305: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */
-{
-  sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 306: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
-{
-  pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-  sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65);
-}
-        break;
-      case 309: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
-{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
-        break;
-      case 310: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
-{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 311: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */
-{
-    sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328);
-}
-        break;
-      case 314: /* vtabarg ::= */
-{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 316: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
-      case 317: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317);
-      case 318: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318);
-{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 322: /* with ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy59 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 323: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */
-      case 324: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324);
-{ yygotominor.yy59 = yymsp[0].minor.yy59; }
-        break;
-      case 325: /* wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
-}
-        break;
-      case 326: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
-}
-        break;
-      default:
-      /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0);
-      /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1);
-      /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2);
-      /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3);
-      /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4);
-      /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10);
-      /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11);
-      /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12);
-      /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20);
-      /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21);
-      /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25);
-      /* (36) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==36);
-      /* (37) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==37);
-      /* (43) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43);
-      /* (50) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==50);
-      /* (51) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51);
-      /* (52) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52);
-      /* (53) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53);
-      /* (60) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==60);
-      /* (88) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==88);
-      /* (89) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==89);
-      /* (91) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91);
-      /* (273) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==273);
-      /* (274) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==274);
-      /* (281) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281);
-      /* (298) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298);
-      /* (299) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==299);
-      /* (307) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307);
-      /* (308) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==308);
-      /* (312) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==312);
-      /* (313) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==313);
-      /* (315) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315);
-      /* (319) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319);
-      /* (320) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320);
-      /* (321) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321);
-        break;
-  };
-  assert( yyruleno>=0 && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleInfo)/sizeof(yyRuleInfo[0]) );
-  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
-  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
-  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
-  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
-  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
-#ifdef NDEBUG
-    /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least
-    ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back
-    ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift().
-    ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */
-    if( yysize ){
-      yypParser->yyidx++;
-      yymsp -= yysize-1;
-      yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
-      yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
-      yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
-    }
-  }else{
-    assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 );
-    yy_accept(yypParser);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The following code executes when the parse fails
-*/
-#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
-static void yy_parse_failed(
-  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
-){
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-  }
-#endif
-  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
-  ** parser fails */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
-}
-#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */
-
-/*
-** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
-*/
-static void yy_syntax_error(
-  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
-  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
-  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
-){
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor);  /* Silence some compiler warnings */
-  assert( TOKEN.z[0] );  /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
-}
-
-/*
-** The following is executed when the parser accepts
-*/
-static void yy_accept(
-  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
-){
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-  }
-#endif
-  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
-  ** parser accepts */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
-}
-
-/* The main parser program.
-** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
-** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
-** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
-** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
-** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
-** use by the action routines.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
-** <li> The major token number.
-** <li> The minor token number.
-** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
-** </ul>
-**
-** Outputs:
-** None.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
-  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
-  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
-  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
-){
-  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
-  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
-#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
-  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
-#endif
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
-#endif
-  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
-
-  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
-  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
-  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-    if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
-      /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
-      yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
-      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
-      return;
-    }
-#endif
-    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
-    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
-    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
-    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
-  }
-  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
-#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
-  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
-#endif
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  do{
-    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
-    if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
-      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
-      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
-      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
-    }else{
-      assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-      int yymx;
-#endif
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-      if( yyTraceFILE ){
-        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-      }
-#endif
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-      /* A syntax error has occurred.
-      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
-      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
-      **
-      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
-      **
-      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
-      **
-      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
-      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
-      **    the error symbol.
-      **
-      **  * Set the error count to three.
-      **
-      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
-      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
-      **    shifted successfully.
-      **
-      */
-      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
-        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
-      }
-      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
-      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-        if( yyTraceFILE ){
-          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
-             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
-        }
-#endif
-        yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-      }else{
-         while(
-          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
-          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
-          (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
-                        yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
-                        YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
-        ){
-          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-        }
-        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
-          yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
-          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
-          YYMINORTYPE u2;
-          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
-          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
-        }
-      }
-      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
-      yyerrorhit = 1;
-#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
-      /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
-      ** do any kind of error recovery.  Instead, simply invoke the syntax
-      ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
-      **
-      ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
-      ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
-      */
-      yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
-      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-      
-#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
-      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
-      **
-      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
-      **
-      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
-      **
-      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
-      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
-      */
-      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
-        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
-      }
-      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
-      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-      if( yyendofinput ){
-        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
-      }
-      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-#endif
-    }
-  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
-  return;
-}
-
-/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
-**
-** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
-** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
-** parser for analysis.
-*/
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-
-/*
-** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
-** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
-** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
-** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
-** need to be translated.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
-const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
-/* 0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   A   B   C   D   E   F */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 0x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 1x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 2x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 3x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 4x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 5x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 95,  0,  0,  /* 6x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 7x */
-   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 8x */
-   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 9x */
-   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ax */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Bx */
-   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Cx */
-   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Dx */
-   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ex */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Fx */
-};
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
-** it is a keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
-** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
-**
-** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
-** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
-** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
-** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
-** the #include below.
-*/
-/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
-/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
-/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
-**
-** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
-**
-**   sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
-**
-** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
-** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword.  The same thing
-** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
-** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
-** is substantially reduced.  This is important for embedded applications
-** on platforms with limited memory.
-*/
-/* Hash score: 182 */
-static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
-  /* zText[] encodes 834 bytes of keywords in 554 bytes */
-  /*   REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT       */
-  /*   ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE         */
-  /*   XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY         */
-  /*   UNIQUERYWITHOUTERELEASEATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERECURSIVE         */
-  /*   BETWEENOTNULLIKECASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACH     */
-  /*   IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN     */
-  /*   WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMIT         */
-  /*   CONFLICTCROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAIL        */
-  /*   FROMFULLGLOBYIFISNULLORDERESTRICTRIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSING        */
-  /*   VACUUMVIEWINITIALLY                                                */
-  static const char zText[553] = {
-    'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H',
-    'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G',
-    'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A',
-    'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F',
-    'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N',
-    'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I',
-    'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E',
-    'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E',
-    'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T',
-    'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q',
-    'U','E','R','Y','W','I','T','H','O','U','T','E','R','E','L','E','A','S',
-    'E','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U','P','D','A',
-    'T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','C','U','R','S','I','V','E',
-    'B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C','A',
-    'S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L','A',
-    'T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D','A',
-    'T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E','J',
-    'O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A','L',
-    'Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U','E',
-    'S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W','H',
-    'E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C','E',
-    'A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R','E',
-    'M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M','M',
-    'I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U','R',
-    'R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M','A',
-    'R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T','D',
-    'R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L','O',
-    'B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S','T',
-    'R','I','C','T','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L','B','A','C','K','R',
-    'O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V','A','C','U','U','M',
-    'V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y',
-  };
-  static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
-      76, 105, 117,  74,   0,  45,   0,   0,  82,   0,  77,   0,   0,
-      42,  12,  78,  15,   0, 116,  85,  54, 112,   0,  19,   0,   0,
-     121,   0, 119, 115,   0,  22,  93,   0,   9,   0,   0,  70,  71,
-       0,  69,   6,   0,  48,  90, 102,   0, 118, 101,   0,   0,  44,
-       0, 103,  24,   0,  17,   0, 122,  53,  23,   0,   5, 110,  25,
-      96,   0,   0, 124, 106,  60, 123,  57,  28,  55,   0,  91,   0,
-     100,  26,   0,  99,   0,   0,   0,  95,  92,  97,  88, 109,  14,
-      39, 108,   0,  81,   0,  18,  89, 111,  32,   0, 120,  80, 113,
-      62,  46,  84,   0,   0,  94,  40,  59, 114,   0,  36,   0,   0,
-      29,   0,  86,  63,  64,   0,  20,  61,   0,  56,
-  };
-  static const unsigned char aNext[124] = {
-       0,   0,   0,   0,   4,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-       0,   2,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  13,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-       0,   7,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-       0,   0,   0,   0,  33,   0,  21,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  50,
-       0,  43,   3,  47,   0,   0,   0,   0,  30,   0,  58,   0,  38,
-       0,   0,   0,   1,  66,   0,   0,  67,   0,  41,   0,   0,   0,
-       0,   0,   0,  49,  65,   0,   0,   0,   0,  31,  52,  16,  34,
-      10,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  11,  72,  79,   0,   8,
-       0, 104,  98,   0, 107,   0,  87,   0,  75,  51,   0,  27,  37,
-      73,  83,   0,  35,  68,   0,   0,
-  };
-  static const unsigned char aLen[124] = {
-       7,   7,   5,   4,   6,   4,   5,   3,   6,   7,   3,   6,   6,
-       7,   7,   3,   8,   2,   6,   5,   4,   4,   3,  10,   4,   6,
-      11,   6,   2,   7,   5,   5,   9,   6,   9,   9,   7,  10,  10,
-       4,   6,   2,   3,   9,   4,   2,   6,   5,   7,   4,   5,   7,
-       6,   6,   5,   6,   5,   5,   9,   7,   7,   3,   2,   4,   4,
-       7,   3,   6,   4,   7,   6,  12,   6,   9,   4,   6,   5,   4,
-       7,   6,   5,   6,   7,   5,   4,   5,   6,   5,   7,   3,   7,
-      13,   2,   2,   4,   6,   6,   8,   5,  17,  12,   7,   8,   8,
-       2,   4,   4,   4,   4,   4,   2,   2,   6,   5,   8,   5,   8,
-       3,   5,   5,   6,   4,   9,   3,
-  };
-  static const unsigned short int aOffset[124] = {
-       0,   2,   2,   8,   9,  14,  16,  20,  23,  25,  25,  29,  33,
-      36,  41,  46,  48,  53,  54,  59,  62,  65,  67,  69,  78,  81,
-      86,  91,  95,  96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152,
-     159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 184, 188, 192,
-     199, 204, 209, 212, 218, 221, 225, 234, 240, 240, 240, 243, 246,
-     250, 251, 255, 261, 265, 272, 278, 290, 296, 305, 307, 313, 318,
-     320, 327, 332, 337, 343, 349, 354, 358, 361, 367, 371, 378, 380,
-     387, 389, 391, 400, 404, 410, 416, 424, 429, 429, 445, 452, 459,
-     460, 467, 471, 475, 479, 483, 486, 488, 490, 496, 500, 508, 513,
-     521, 524, 529, 534, 540, 544, 549,
-  };
-  static const unsigned char aCode[124] = {
-    TK_REINDEX,    TK_INDEXED,    TK_INDEX,      TK_DESC,       TK_ESCAPE,     
-    TK_EACH,       TK_CHECK,      TK_KEY,        TK_BEFORE,     TK_FOREIGN,    
-    TK_FOR,        TK_IGNORE,     TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_EXPLAIN,    TK_INSTEAD,    
-    TK_ADD,        TK_DATABASE,   TK_AS,         TK_SELECT,     TK_TABLE,      
-    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_THEN,       TK_END,        TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,       
-    TK_EXCEPT,     TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION,     TK_ON,         TK_JOIN_KW,    
-    TK_ALTER,      TK_RAISE,      TK_EXCLUSIVE,  TK_EXISTS,     TK_SAVEPOINT,  
-    TK_INTERSECT,  TK_TRIGGER,    TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO,       
-    TK_OFFSET,     TK_OF,         TK_SET,        TK_TEMP,       TK_TEMP,       
-    TK_OR,         TK_UNIQUE,     TK_QUERY,      TK_WITHOUT,    TK_WITH,       
-    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_RELEASE,    TK_ATTACH,     TK_HAVING,     TK_GROUP,      
-    TK_UPDATE,     TK_BEGIN,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_RECURSIVE,  TK_BETWEEN,    
-    TK_NOTNULL,    TK_NOT,        TK_NO,         TK_NULL,       TK_LIKE_KW,    
-    TK_CASCADE,    TK_ASC,        TK_DELETE,     TK_CASE,       TK_COLLATE,    
-    TK_CREATE,     TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_DETACH,     TK_IMMEDIATE,  TK_JOIN,       
-    TK_INSERT,     TK_MATCH,      TK_PLAN,       TK_ANALYZE,    TK_PRAGMA,     
-    TK_ABORT,      TK_VALUES,     TK_VIRTUAL,    TK_LIMIT,      TK_WHEN,       
-    TK_WHERE,      TK_RENAME,     TK_AFTER,      TK_REPLACE,    TK_AND,        
-    TK_DEFAULT,    TK_AUTOINCR,   TK_TO,         TK_IN,         TK_CAST,       
-    TK_COLUMNKW,   TK_COMMIT,     TK_CONFLICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_CTIME_KW,   
-    TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_PRIMARY,    TK_DEFERRED,   TK_DISTINCT,   TK_IS,         
-    TK_DROP,       TK_FAIL,       TK_FROM,       TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_LIKE_KW,    
-    TK_BY,         TK_IF,         TK_ISNULL,     TK_ORDER,      TK_RESTRICT,   
-    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_ROLLBACK,   TK_ROW,        TK_UNION,      TK_USING,      
-    TK_VACUUM,     TK_VIEW,       TK_INITIALLY,  TK_ALL,        
-  };
-  int h, i;
-  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
-  h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
-      (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
-      n) % 127;
-  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
-    if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
-      testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */
-      testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */
-      testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */
-      testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */
-      testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */
-      testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */
-      testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */
-      testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */
-      testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */
-      testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */
-      testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */
-      testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */
-      testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */
-      testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */
-      testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */
-      testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */
-      testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */
-      testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */
-      testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */
-      testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */
-      testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */
-      testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */
-      testcase( i==22 ); /* END */
-      testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */
-      testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */
-      testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */
-      testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */
-      testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */
-      testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */
-      testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */
-      testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */
-      testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */
-      testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */
-      testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */
-      testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */
-      testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */
-      testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */
-      testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */
-      testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */
-      testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */
-      testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */
-      testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */
-      testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */
-      testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */
-      testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */
-      testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */
-      testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */
-      testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */
-      testcase( i==48 ); /* WITHOUT */
-      testcase( i==49 ); /* WITH */
-      testcase( i==50 ); /* OUTER */
-      testcase( i==51 ); /* RELEASE */
-      testcase( i==52 ); /* ATTACH */
-      testcase( i==53 ); /* HAVING */
-      testcase( i==54 ); /* GROUP */
-      testcase( i==55 ); /* UPDATE */
-      testcase( i==56 ); /* BEGIN */
-      testcase( i==57 ); /* INNER */
-      testcase( i==58 ); /* RECURSIVE */
-      testcase( i==59 ); /* BETWEEN */
-      testcase( i==60 ); /* NOTNULL */
-      testcase( i==61 ); /* NOT */
-      testcase( i==62 ); /* NO */
-      testcase( i==63 ); /* NULL */
-      testcase( i==64 ); /* LIKE */
-      testcase( i==65 ); /* CASCADE */
-      testcase( i==66 ); /* ASC */
-      testcase( i==67 ); /* DELETE */
-      testcase( i==68 ); /* CASE */
-      testcase( i==69 ); /* COLLATE */
-      testcase( i==70 ); /* CREATE */
-      testcase( i==71 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */
-      testcase( i==72 ); /* DETACH */
-      testcase( i==73 ); /* IMMEDIATE */
-      testcase( i==74 ); /* JOIN */
-      testcase( i==75 ); /* INSERT */
-      testcase( i==76 ); /* MATCH */
-      testcase( i==77 ); /* PLAN */
-      testcase( i==78 ); /* ANALYZE */
-      testcase( i==79 ); /* PRAGMA */
-      testcase( i==80 ); /* ABORT */
-      testcase( i==81 ); /* VALUES */
-      testcase( i==82 ); /* VIRTUAL */
-      testcase( i==83 ); /* LIMIT */
-      testcase( i==84 ); /* WHEN */
-      testcase( i==85 ); /* WHERE */
-      testcase( i==86 ); /* RENAME */
-      testcase( i==87 ); /* AFTER */
-      testcase( i==88 ); /* REPLACE */
-      testcase( i==89 ); /* AND */
-      testcase( i==90 ); /* DEFAULT */
-      testcase( i==91 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */
-      testcase( i==92 ); /* TO */
-      testcase( i==93 ); /* IN */
-      testcase( i==94 ); /* CAST */
-      testcase( i==95 ); /* COLUMN */
-      testcase( i==96 ); /* COMMIT */
-      testcase( i==97 ); /* CONFLICT */
-      testcase( i==98 ); /* CROSS */
-      testcase( i==99 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */
-      testcase( i==100 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */
-      testcase( i==101 ); /* PRIMARY */
-      testcase( i==102 ); /* DEFERRED */
-      testcase( i==103 ); /* DISTINCT */
-      testcase( i==104 ); /* IS */
-      testcase( i==105 ); /* DROP */
-      testcase( i==106 ); /* FAIL */
-      testcase( i==107 ); /* FROM */
-      testcase( i==108 ); /* FULL */
-      testcase( i==109 ); /* GLOB */
-      testcase( i==110 ); /* BY */
-      testcase( i==111 ); /* IF */
-      testcase( i==112 ); /* ISNULL */
-      testcase( i==113 ); /* ORDER */
-      testcase( i==114 ); /* RESTRICT */
-      testcase( i==115 ); /* RIGHT */
-      testcase( i==116 ); /* ROLLBACK */
-      testcase( i==117 ); /* ROW */
-      testcase( i==118 ); /* UNION */
-      testcase( i==119 ); /* USING */
-      testcase( i==120 ); /* VACUUM */
-      testcase( i==121 ); /* VIEW */
-      testcase( i==122 ); /* INITIALLY */
-      testcase( i==123 ); /* ALL */
-      return aCode[i];
-    }
-  }
-  return TK_ID;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
-  return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
-}
-#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 124
-
-/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/
-
-
-/*
-** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
-** IdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
-**
-** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
-** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
-** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
-**
-** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
-** end result.
-**
-** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
-** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
-** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
-** But the feature is undocumented.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 4x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 5x */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,  /* 6x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* 8x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0,  /* 9x */
-    1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Ax */
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* Bx */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Cx */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Dx */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Ex */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Fx */
-};
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
-** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
-  int i, c;
-  switch( *z ){
-    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
-      testcase( z[0]==' ' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='\t' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='\n' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='\f' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='\r' );
-      for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '-': {
-      if( z[1]=='-' ){
-        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
-        *tokenType = TK_SPACE;   /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
-        return i;
-      }
-      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '(': {
-      *tokenType = TK_LP;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case ')': {
-      *tokenType = TK_RP;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case ';': {
-      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '+': {
-      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '*': {
-      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '/': {
-      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
-        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
-      if( c ) i++;
-      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;   /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '%': {
-      *tokenType = TK_REM;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '=': {
-      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
-      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
-    }
-    case '<': {
-      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_LE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='>' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_NE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='<' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_LT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-    case '>': {
-      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_GE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='>' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_GT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-    case '!': {
-      if( z[1]!='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_NE;
-        return 2;
-      }
-    }
-    case '|': {
-      if( z[1]!='|' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
-        return 1;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
-        return 2;
-      }
-    }
-    case ',': {
-      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '&': {
-      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '~': {
-      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '`':
-    case '\'':
-    case '"': {
-      int delim = z[0];
-      testcase( delim=='`' );
-      testcase( delim=='\'' );
-      testcase( delim=='"' );
-      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
-        if( c==delim ){
-          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
-            i++;
-          }else{
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( c=='\'' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_STRING;
-        return i+1;
-      }else if( c!=0 ){
-        *tokenType = TK_ID;
-        return i+1;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        return i;
-      }
-    }
-    case '.': {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
-#endif
-      {
-        *tokenType = TK_DOT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-      /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
-      ** number that begins with ".".  Fall thru into the next case */
-    }
-    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
-    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
-      testcase( z[0]=='0' );  testcase( z[0]=='1' );  testcase( z[0]=='2' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='3' );  testcase( z[0]=='4' );  testcase( z[0]=='5' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='6' );  testcase( z[0]=='7' );  testcase( z[0]=='8' );
-      testcase( z[0]=='9' );
-      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
-      for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      if( z[i]=='.' ){
-        i++;
-        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
-        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
-      }
-      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
-           ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) 
-            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
-           )
-      ){
-        i += 2;
-        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
-        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
-      }
-#endif
-      while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        i++;
-      }
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '[': {
-      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
-      *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '?': {
-      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
-      for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-      return i;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
-    case '$':
-#endif
-    case '@':  /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
-    case '#':
-    case ':': {
-      int n = 0;
-      testcase( z[0]=='$' );  testcase( z[0]=='@' );
-      testcase( z[0]==':' );  testcase( z[0]=='#' );
-      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
-      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
-        if( IdChar(c) ){
-          n++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
-        }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
-          do{
-            i++;
-          }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
-          if( c==')' ){
-            i++;
-          }else{
-            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-          }
-          break;
-        }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
-          i++;
-#endif
-        }else{
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-      return i;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case 'x': case 'X': {
-      testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' );
-      if( z[1]=='\'' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
-        for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-        if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){
-          *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-          while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; }
-        }
-        if( z[i] ) i++;
-        return i;
-      }
-      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
-    }
-#endif
-    default: {
-      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
-        break;
-      }
-      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
-      return i;
-    }
-  }
-  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
-** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
-** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into 
-** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
-** error message.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int nErr = 0;                   /* Number of errors encountered */
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-  void *pEngine;                  /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
-  int tokenType;                  /* type of the next token */
-  int lastTokenParsed = -1;       /* type of the previous token */
-  u8 enableLookaside;             /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* The database connection */
-  int mxSqlLen;                   /* Max length of an SQL string */
-
-
-  mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
-  if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
-    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
-  }
-  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  pParse->zTail = zSql;
-  i = 0;
-  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
-  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc);
-  if( pEngine==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
-  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nzVar==0 );
-  assert( pParse->azVar==0 );
-  enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
-  if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
-  while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
-    assert( i>=0 );
-    pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
-    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
-    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
-    if( i>mxSqlLen ){
-      pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-      break;
-    }
-    switch( tokenType ){
-      case TK_SPACE: {
-        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
-          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-          goto abort_parse;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg);
-        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
-                        &pParse->sLastToken);
-        nErr++;
-        goto abort_parse;
-      }
-      case TK_SEMI: {
-        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
-        /* Fall thru into the default case */
-      }
-      default: {
-        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
-        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto abort_parse;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-abort_parse:
-  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
-      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
-    }
-    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-  }
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
-      sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
-  );
-#endif /* YYDEBUG */
-  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
-  db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
-  }
-  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
-  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
-    *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
-    sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg);
-    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
-    nErr++;
-  }
-  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
-    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
-    pParse->aTableLock = 0;
-    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock);
-#endif
-
-  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
-    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
-    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
-    */
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
-  }
-
-  if( pParse->bFreeWith ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWith);
-  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
-  for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar);
-  while( pParse->pAinc ){
-    AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
-    pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-  }
-  while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
-    Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
-    pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
-  }
-  if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return nErr;
-}
-
-/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
-**
-** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
-** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file.  But by
-** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
-** static links that do not use it.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-
-/*
-** This is defined in tokenize.c.  We just have to import the definition.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
-
-
-/*
-** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
-** comments on that procedure for additional information.
-*/
-#define tkSEMI    0
-#define tkWS      1
-#define tkOTHER   2
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-#define tkEXPLAIN 3
-#define tkCREATE  4
-#define tkTEMP    5
-#define tkTRIGGER 6
-#define tkEND     7
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
-**
-** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
-** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
-** must end with ";END;".
-**
-** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states:
-**
-**   (0) INVALID   We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character.
-**
-**   (1) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
-**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
-**                 in any other state.
-**
-**   (2) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
-**                 semicolon.
-**
-**   (3) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
-**                 a statement.
-**
-**   (4) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
-**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
-**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
-**
-**   (5) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
-**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
-**
-**   (6) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
-**                 the end of a trigger definition.
-**
-**   (7) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
-**                 of a trigger difinition.
-**
-** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
-** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
-**
-**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
-**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace.
-**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
-**   (3) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
-**   (4) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
-**   (5) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
-**   (6) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
-**   (7) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
-**
-** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
-** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid.
-**
-** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
-** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted.  All we have to do
-** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
-  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
-  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
-  ** statement.  This is the normal case.
-  */
-  static const u8 trans[8][8] = {
-                     /* Token:                                                */
-     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER  EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END */
-     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2,       3,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
-     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2,       3,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
-     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2,       2,      2,    2,       2,   2, },
-     /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ {    1,  3,     3,       2,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
-     /* 4  CREATE: */ {    1,  4,     2,       2,      2,    4,       5,   2, },
-     /* 5 TRIGGER: */ {    6,  5,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
-     /* 6    SEMI: */ {    6,  6,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   7, },
-     /* 7     END: */ {    1,  7,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
-  };
-#else
-  /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
-  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
-  */
-  static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
-                     /* Token:           */
-     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
-     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2, },
-     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2, },
-     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2, },
-  };
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-  while( *zSql ){
-    switch( *zSql ){
-      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
-        token = tkSEMI;
-        break;
-      }
-      case ' ':
-      case '\r':
-      case '\t':
-      case '\n':
-      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
-        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
-          token = tkOTHER;
-          break;
-        }
-        zSql += 2;
-        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
-        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
-        zSql++;
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
-        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
-          token = tkOTHER;
-          break;
-        }
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1;
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
-        zSql++;
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
-        token = tkOTHER;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '`':     /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
-      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
-      case '\'': {
-        int c = *zSql;
-        zSql++;
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
-        token = tkOTHER;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-        unsigned char c;
-#endif
-        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
-          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
-          int nId;
-          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-          token = tkOTHER;
-#else
-          switch( *zSql ){
-            case 'c': case 'C': {
-              if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
-                token = tkCREATE;
-              }else{
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            case 't': case 'T': {
-              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
-                token = tkTRIGGER;
-              }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
-                token = tkTEMP;
-              }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
-                token = tkTEMP;
-              }else{
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            case 'e':  case 'E': {
-              if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
-                token = tkEND;
-              }else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
-                token = tkEXPLAIN;
-              }else
-#endif
-              {
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            default: {
-              token = tkOTHER;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-          zSql += nId-1;
-        }else{
-          /* Operators and special symbols */
-          token = tkOTHER;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    state = trans[state][token];
-    zSql++;
-  }
-  return state==1;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
-** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
-** UTF-8.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  char const *zSql8;
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( zSql8 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
-
-/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
-/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** FTS3 library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
-*/
-
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
-
-#if 0
-}  /* extern "C" */
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/
-/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** RTREE library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface.
-*/
-
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db);
-
-#if 0
-}  /* extern "C" */
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** ICU extension.  All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface.
-*/
-
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db);
-
-#if 0
-}  /* extern "C" */
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-
-/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant
-** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. 
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
-#endif
-
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns
-** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. 
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
-
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a
-** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
-** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. 
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
-
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function
-** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
-
-/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns
-** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to
-** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-/*
-** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
-** I/O active are written using this function.  These messages
-** are intended for debugging activity only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
-** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
-** temporary files.
-**
-** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
-
-/*
-** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
-** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
-** all database files specified with a relative pathname.
-**
-** See also the "PRAGMA data_store_directory" SQL command.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
-
-/*
-** Initialize SQLite.  
-**
-** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
-** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
-** SQLite.  But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
-** sqlite3_open().  
-**
-** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
-** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
-**
-** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
-** completion.  If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
-** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
-** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
-**
-** The first thread might call this routine recursively.  Recursive
-** calls to this routine should not block, of course.  Otherwise the
-** initialization process would never complete.
-**
-** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine.  Let Y be some other
-** thread.  Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
-** incomplete, it is required that:
-**
-**    *  Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
-**       call by X completes.
-**
-**    *  Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
-**       without blocking.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )       /* The main static mutex */
-  int rc;                                      /* Result code */
-#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
-  int bRunExtraInit = 0;                       /* Extra initialization needed */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
-  ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op.  But the initialization
-  ** must be complete.  So isInit must not be set until the very end
-  ** of this routine.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized.  If unable to 
-  ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
-  ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
-  ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
-  **
-  ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
-  ** initialization.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
-  ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex.  Note that
-  ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
-  ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
-  ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
-  */
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1;
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
-    rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
-    if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex =
-           sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-
-  /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc
-  ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate
-  ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case.  */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
-  ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
-  ** sqlite3_initialize().  The recursive calls normally come through
-  ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
-  ** recursive calls might also be possible.
-  **
-  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls
-  ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.
-  **
-  ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit
-  ** methods.  The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the
-  ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize().
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
-    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
-    memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
-    sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
-    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
-      rc = sqlite3OsInit();
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, 
-          sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
-      bRunExtraInit = 1;
-#endif
-    }
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
-
-  /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
-  ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
-    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
-    sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-
-  /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
-  ** been compiled correctly.  It is important to run this code, but
-  ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
-  ** reason.  So we run it once during initialization.
-  */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
-  if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
-    double y;
-    assert(sizeof(x)==8);
-    assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
-    memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
-    assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
-  }
-#endif
-#endif
-
-  /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
-  ** compile-time option.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
-  if( bRunExtraInit ){
-    int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*);
-    rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize().  Must not be called while
-** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
-** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread.  This
-** routine is not threadsafe.  But it is safe to invoke this routine
-** on when SQLite is already shut down.  If SQLite is already shut down
-** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN
-    void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void);
-    SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN();
-#endif
-    sqlite3_os_end();
-    sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){
-    sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
-    sqlite3MallocEnd();
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES
-    /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed
-    ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
-    ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these
-    ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the
-    ** heap subsystem was shutdown.  This is only done if the current call to
-    ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown.
-    */
-    sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
-    sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
-#endif
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){
-    sqlite3MutexEnd();
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
-** the SQLite library at run-time.
-**
-** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding
-** database connections or memory allocations.  This routine is not
-** threadsafe.  Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable
-** behavior.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
-  ** the SQLite library is in use. */
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-
-    /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe
-    ** compile. 
-    */
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
-      /* Disable all mutexing */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
-      /* Disable mutexing of database connections */
-      /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
-      /* Enable all mutexing */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
-      /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
-      /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
-      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
-      /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
-      /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
-      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
-      /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
-      /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
-      /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: {
-      /* no-op */
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: {
-      /* now an error */
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: {
-      /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: {
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
-        sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
-      }
-      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2;
-      break;
-    }
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
-      /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
-
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1;
-      }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){
-        /* cap min request size at 2^12 */
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12);
-      }
-
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
-        /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation
-        ** back to NULL pointers too.  This will cause the malloc to go
-        ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is
-        ** run.
-        */
-        memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
-      }else{
-        /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the
-        ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods.  The enclosing #if guarantees at
-        ** least one of these methods is currently enabled.
-        */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
-#endif
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-    
-    /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument.
-    ** The default is NULL.  Logging is disabled if the function pointer is
-    ** NULL.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: {
-      /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
-      ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
-      ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*));
-      */
-      typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: {
-      typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: {
-      sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64);
-      sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64);
-      if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){
-        mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE;
-      }
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap;
-      if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE;
-      if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap;
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap;
-      break;
-    }
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC)
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    default: {
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  
-** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
-**
-** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
-** The cnt parameter is the number of slots.  If pStart is NULL the
-** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for
-** the lookaside memory.
-*/
-static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
-  void *pStart;
-  if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
-  ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for 
-  ** both at the same time.
-  */
-  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
-    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
-  }
-  /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger
-  ** than a pointer to be useful.
-  */
-  sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);  /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */
-  if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0;
-  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
-  if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){
-    sz = 0;
-    pStart = 0;
-  }else if( pBuf==0 ){
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt );  /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz;
-  }else{
-    pStart = pBuf;
-  }
-  db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
-  db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
-  db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
-  if( pStart ){
-    int i;
-    LookasideSlot *p;
-    assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
-    p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
-    for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
-      p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
-      db->lookaside.pFree = p;
-      p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
-    }
-    db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
-    db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0;
-  }else{
-    db->lookaside.pStart = db;
-    db->lookaside.pEnd = db;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-    db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the mutex associated with a database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->mutex;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database
-** connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( pBt ){
-      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
-      sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int rc;
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
-      void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */
-      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);       /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */
-      int cnt = va_arg(ap, int);      /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */
-      rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      static const struct {
-        int op;      /* The opcode */
-        u32 mask;    /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */
-      } aFlagOp[] = {
-        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY,    SQLITE_ForeignKeys    },
-        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger  },
-      };
-      unsigned int i;
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
-      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){
-        if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){
-          int onoff = va_arg(ap, int);
-          int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*);
-          int oldFlags = db->flags;
-          if( onoff>0 ){
-            db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask;
-          }else if( onoff==0 ){
-            db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask;
-          }
-          if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){
-            sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-          }
-          if( pRes ){
-            *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0;
-          }
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
-*/
-static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
-  while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
-  return n==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
-** available.
-**
-** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
-** of strings is ignored.  This implements the RTRIM collation.
-*/
-static int binCollFunc(
-  void *padFlag,
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
-  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
-  int rc, n;
-  n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
-  rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    if( padFlag
-     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n)
-     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n)
-    ){
-      /* Leave rc unchanged at 0 */
-    }else{
-      rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
-**
-** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent
-** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
-** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
-**
-** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
-*/
-static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
-  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
-  int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
-      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
-  if( 0==r ){
-    r = nKey1-nKey2;
-  }
-  return r;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->lastRowid;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->nChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->nTotalChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the
-** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open
-** at the b-tree/pager level.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){
-  while( db->pSavepoint ){
-    Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
-    db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
-  }
-  db->nSavepoint = 0;
-  db->nStatement = 0;
-  db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except,
-** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple
-** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called
-** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding.
-*/
-static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){
-  FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor;
-  if( pDestructor ){
-    pDestructor->nRef--;
-    if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){
-      pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection
-** db. This is called when db is being closed.
-*/
-static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  int i;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
-    if( db->aDb[i].pSchema ){
-      HashElem *p;
-      for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-        Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p);
-        if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-#else
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects.  
-*/
-static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){
-  int j;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( db->pVdbe ) return 1;
-  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt;
-    if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an existing SQLite database
-*/
-static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){
-  if( !db ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
-  /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */
-  disconnectAllVtab(db);
-
-  /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above
-  ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
-  ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
-  ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
-  ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
-  ** some prepared statements internally.
-  */
-  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
-
-  /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return
-  ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately.
-  */
-  if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
-       "statements or unfinished backups");
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
-    /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it.
-  */
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE;
-  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database
-** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and
-** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups.  The sqlite3_close_v2()
-** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are
-** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last
-** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); }
-
-
-/*
-** Close the mutex on database connection db.
-**
-** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there
-** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and
-** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has
-** finished, then free all resources.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){
-  HashElem *i;                    /* Hash table iterator */
-  int j;
-
-  /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects
-  ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(),
-  ** then just leave the mutex and return.
-  */
-  if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has
-  ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been
-  ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie).  Therefore,
-  ** go ahead and free all resources.
-  */
-
-  /* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if
-  ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction
-  ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make
-  ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */
-  sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
-
-  /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
-  sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
-
-  /* Close all database connections */
-  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
-    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
-    if( pDb->pBt ){
-      sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-      pDb->pBt = 0;
-      if( j!=1 ){
-        pDb->pSchema = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */
-  if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
-    sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema);
-  }
-  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
-
-  /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */
-  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
-  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
-  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
-
-  /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any
-  ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks.
-  */
-  sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db);
-
-  for(j=0; j<ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); j++){
-    FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p;
-    for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){
-      pHash = p->pHash;
-      while( p ){
-        functionDestroy(db, p);
-        pNext = p->pNext;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-        p = pNext;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
-    /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
-    for(j=0; j<3; j++){
-      if( pColl[j].xDel ){
-        pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl);
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
-    if( pMod->xDestroy ){
-      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
-  sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
-  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
-
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
-
-  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
-  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
-  ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
-  ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database 
-  ** structure?
-  */
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
-  sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
-  assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 );  /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */
-  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
-    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(db);
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback all database files.  If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then
-** any open cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit
-** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further
-** attempts to use that cursor.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){
-  int i;
-  int inTrans = 0;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-
-  /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). 
-  ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has
-  ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken
-  ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between
-  ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false
-  ** corruption reports in some cases.  */
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p ){
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
-        inTrans = 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-
-  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-
-  /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */
-  db->nDeferredCons = 0;
-  db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs;
-
-  /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
-  if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
-    db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code
-** specified in the argument.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){
-  const char *zName = 0;
-  int i, origRc = rc;
-  for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){
-    switch( rc ){
-      case SQLITE_OK:                 zName = "SQLITE_OK";                break;
-      case SQLITE_ERROR:              zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";             break;
-      case SQLITE_INTERNAL:           zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL";          break;
-      case SQLITE_PERM:               zName = "SQLITE_PERM";              break;
-      case SQLITE_ABORT:              zName = "SQLITE_ABORT";             break;
-      case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK:     zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK";    break;
-      case SQLITE_BUSY:               zName = "SQLITE_BUSY";              break;
-      case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY:      zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY";     break;
-      case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT:      zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT";     break;
-      case SQLITE_LOCKED:             zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED";            break;
-      case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break;
-      case SQLITE_NOMEM:              zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM";             break;
-      case SQLITE_READONLY:           zName = "SQLITE_READONLY";          break;
-      case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break;
-      case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK"; break;
-      case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK:  zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break;
-      case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED:   zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED";  break;
-      case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:          zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";         break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR:              zName = "SQLITE_IOERR";             break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_READ:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ";        break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ:   zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ";  break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE";       break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC";       break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC";   break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE:     zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE";    break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT";       break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK";      break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK";      break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE";      break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED";     break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM";       break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS";      break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK";        break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE";       break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE";   break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN";     break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE";     break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK";     break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP";      break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK";        break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP";        break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break;
-      case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH:     zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH";    break;
-      case SQLITE_CORRUPT:            zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";           break;
-      case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB:       zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB";      break;
-      case SQLITE_NOTFOUND:           zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND";          break;
-      case SQLITE_FULL:               zName = "SQLITE_FULL";              break;
-      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:           zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";          break;
-      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break;
-      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR:     zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR";    break;
-      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break;
-      case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH:  zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break;
-      case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:           zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";          break;
-      case SQLITE_EMPTY:              zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY";             break;
-      case SQLITE_SCHEMA:             zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA";            break;
-      case SQLITE_TOOBIG:             zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG";            break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT:         zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT";        break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE:  zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY";   break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK:   zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK";  break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY";   break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK";   break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB:    zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB";   break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION";     break;
-      case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID:   zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID";  break;
-      case SQLITE_MISMATCH:           zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH";          break;
-      case SQLITE_MISUSE:             zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE";            break;
-      case SQLITE_NOLFS:              zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS";             break;
-      case SQLITE_AUTH:               zName = "SQLITE_AUTH";              break;
-      case SQLITE_FORMAT:             zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT";            break;
-      case SQLITE_RANGE:              zName = "SQLITE_RANGE";             break;
-      case SQLITE_NOTADB:             zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB";            break;
-      case SQLITE_ROW:                zName = "SQLITE_ROW";               break;
-      case SQLITE_NOTICE:             zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE";            break;
-      case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break;
-      case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK:
-                                zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break;
-      case SQLITE_WARNING:            zName = "SQLITE_WARNING";           break;
-      case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX:  zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break;
-      case SQLITE_DONE:               zName = "SQLITE_DONE";              break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( zName==0 ){
-    static char zBuf[50];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc);
-    zName = zBuf;
-  }
-  return zName;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
-** argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
-  static const char* const aMsg[] = {
-    /* SQLITE_OK          */ "not an error",
-    /* SQLITE_ERROR       */ "SQL logic error or missing database",
-    /* SQLITE_INTERNAL    */ 0,
-    /* SQLITE_PERM        */ "access permission denied",
-    /* SQLITE_ABORT       */ "callback requested query abort",
-    /* SQLITE_BUSY        */ "database is locked",
-    /* SQLITE_LOCKED      */ "database table is locked",
-    /* SQLITE_NOMEM       */ "out of memory",
-    /* SQLITE_READONLY    */ "attempt to write a readonly database",
-    /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT   */ "interrupted",
-    /* SQLITE_IOERR       */ "disk I/O error",
-    /* SQLITE_CORRUPT     */ "database disk image is malformed",
-    /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND    */ "unknown operation",
-    /* SQLITE_FULL        */ "database or disk is full",
-    /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN    */ "unable to open database file",
-    /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL    */ "locking protocol",
-    /* SQLITE_EMPTY       */ "table contains no data",
-    /* SQLITE_SCHEMA      */ "database schema has changed",
-    /* SQLITE_TOOBIG      */ "string or blob too big",
-    /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  */ "constraint failed",
-    /* SQLITE_MISMATCH    */ "datatype mismatch",
-    /* SQLITE_MISUSE      */ "library routine called out of sequence",
-    /* SQLITE_NOLFS       */ "large file support is disabled",
-    /* SQLITE_AUTH        */ "authorization denied",
-    /* SQLITE_FORMAT      */ "auxiliary database format error",
-    /* SQLITE_RANGE       */ "bind or column index out of range",
-    /* SQLITE_NOTADB      */ "file is encrypted or is not a database",
-  };
-  const char *zErr = "unknown error";
-  switch( rc ){
-    case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: {
-      zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK";
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      rc &= 0xff;
-      if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<ArraySize(aMsg) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
-        zErr = aMsg[rc];
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return zErr;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
-** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
-** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
-** argument.
-*/
-static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
- void *ptr,               /* Database connection */
- int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
-){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
-  static const u8 delays[] =
-     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50, 100 };
-  static const u8 totals[] =
-     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
-# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays)
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
-  int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
-  int delay, prior;
-
-  assert( count>=0 );
-  if( count < NDELAY ){
-    delay = delays[count];
-    prior = totals[count];
-  }else{
-    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
-    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
-  }
-  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
-    delay = timeout - prior;
-    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
-  return 1;
-#else
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
-  int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
-  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
-  return 1;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the given busy handler.
-**
-** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
-** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried.  If it
-** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
-  int rc;
-  if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
-  rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    p->nBusy = -1;
-  }else{
-    p->nBusy++;
-  }
-  return rc; 
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
-  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
-  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
-  db->busyTimeout = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-/*
-** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
-** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  int nOps,
-  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
-  void *pArg
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( nOps>0 ){
-    db->xProgress = xProgress;
-    db->nProgressOps = (unsigned)nOps;
-    db->pProgressArg = pArg;
-  }else{
-    db->xProgress = 0;
-    db->nProgressOps = 0;
-    db->pProgressArg = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
-** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
-  if( ms>0 ){
-    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
-    db->busyTimeout = ms;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
-  db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
-** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
-** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
-** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int enc,
-  void *pUserData,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
-  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
-){
-  FuncDef *p;
-  int nName;
-  int extraFlags;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
-      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
-      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
-      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
-      (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
-      (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC );
-  extraFlags = enc &  SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC;
-  enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY);
-  
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
-  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
-  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
-  **
-  ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
-  ** to the hash table.
-  */
-  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
-    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-  }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
-    int rc;
-    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|extraFlags,
-         pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE|extraFlags,
-          pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
-  }
-#else
-  enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-#endif
-  
-  /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
-  ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
-  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
-  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
-  */
-  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
-  if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
-    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
-        "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
-      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    }
-  }
-
-  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
-  assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
-  if( !p ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is
-  ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */
-  functionDestroy(db, p);
-
-  if( pDestructor ){
-    pDestructor->nRef++;
-  }
-  p->pDestructor = pDestructor;
-  p->funcFlags = (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) | extraFlags;
-  testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC );
-  p->xFunc = xFunc;
-  p->xStep = xStep;
-  p->xFinalize = xFinal;
-  p->pUserData = pUserData;
-  p->nArg = (u16)nArg;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create new user functions.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunc,
-  int nArg,
-  int enc,
-  void *p,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
-  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep,
-                                    xFinal, 0);
-}
-
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunc,
-  int nArg,
-  int enc,
-  void *p,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *)
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  FuncDestructor *pArg = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( xDestroy ){
-    pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor));
-    if( !pArg ){
-      xDestroy(p);
-      goto out;
-    }
-    pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy;
-    pArg->pUserData = p;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg);
-  if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-    xDestroy(p);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg);
-  }
-
- out:
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const void *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *p,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  char *zFunc8;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
-**
-** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
-** this routine is a no-op.  If the function does not exist, then create
-** a new one that always throws a run-time error.  
-**
-** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
-** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
-** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
-** properly.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zName,
-  int nArg
-){
-  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
-                           0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/*
-** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
-** is returned.  
-**
-** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
-** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
-** SQL statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
-  void *pOld;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pTraceArg;
-  db->xTrace = xTrace;
-  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
-/*
-** Register a profile function.  The pArg from the previously registered 
-** profile function is returned.  
-**
-** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes.  A non-NULL
-** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
-** each SQL statement that is run.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  void *pOld;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pProfileArg;
-  db->xProfile = xProfile;
-  db->pProfileArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
-
-/*
-** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits.
-** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
-** rollback.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pOld;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pCommitArg;
-  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
-** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pRet;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
-  db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
-** back by this database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pRet;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
-  db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint().
-** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file
-** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by
-** wal_autocheckpoint()).
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(
-  void *pClientData,     /* Argument */
-  sqlite3 *db,           /* Connection */
-  const char *zDb,       /* Database */
-  int nFrame             /* Size of WAL */
-){
-  if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb);
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-/*
-** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint
-** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or
-** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the
-** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely.
-**
-** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
-** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback
-** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
-** configured by this function.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame);
-#else
-  if( nFrame>0 ){
-    sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame));
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written
-** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Attach the hook to this db handle */
-  int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int),
-  void *pArg                      /* First argument passed to xCallback() */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  void *pRet;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pRet = db->pWalArg;
-  db->xWalCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pWalArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pRet;
-#else
-  return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Checkpoint database zDb.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
-  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
-  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
-  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#else
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED;  /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */
-
-  /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */
-  if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1;
-  if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1;
-
-  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE );
-  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
-  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE+2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
-  if( eMode<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || eMode>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
-    iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
-  }
-  if( iDb<0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points
-** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are 
-** checkpointed.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
-  return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-/*
-** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is
-** not currently open in WAL mode.
-**
-** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this 
-** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If 
-** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is 
-** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex
-** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by
-** this function while the checkpoint is running.
-**
-** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are
-** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately -
-** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases.
-**
-** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */
-  int bBusy = 0;                  /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 );
-  assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 );
-
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
-    if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
-      pnLog = 0;
-      pnCkpt = 0;
-      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        bBusy = 1;
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
-
-/*
-** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of
-** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals.
-** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime
-** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The
-** following table describes the relationship between these two values
-** and this functions return value.
-**
-**   SQLITE_TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
-**   -----------------     --------------     ------------------------------
-**   0                     any                file      (return 0)
-**   1                     1                  file      (return 0)
-**   1                     2                  memory    (return 1)
-**   1                     0                  file      (return 0)
-**   2                     1                  file      (return 0)
-**   2                     2                  memory    (return 1)
-**   2                     0                  memory    (return 1)
-**   3                     any                memory    (return 1)
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
-  return ( db->temp_store==2 );
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
-  return ( db->temp_store!=1 );
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3
-  return 1;
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3
-  return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
-  const char *z;
-  if( !db ){
-    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
-  }else{
-    testcase( db->pErr==0 );
-    z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
-    assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-    if( z==0 ){
-      z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return z;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
-  static const u16 outOfMem[] = {
-    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0
-  };
-  static const u16 misuse[] = {
-    'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', 
-    'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', 
-    'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', 
-    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 
-    'o', 'f', ' ', 
-    's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0
-  };
-
-  const void *z;
-  if( !db ){
-    return (void *)outOfMem;
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return (void *)misuse;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    z = (void *)outOfMem;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
-    if( z==0 ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode));
-      z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
-    }
-    /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
-    ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
-    ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
-    ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
-    */
-    db->mallocFailed = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return z;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
-** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
-  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  return db->errCode & db->errMask;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
-  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  return db->errCode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the
-** argument.  For now, this simply calls the internal sqlite3ErrStr()
-** function.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){
-  return sqlite3ErrStr(rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Invalidate all cached KeyInfo objects for database connection "db"
-*/
-static void invalidateCachedKeyInfo(sqlite3 *db){
-  Db *pDb;                    /* A single database */
-  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
-  HashElem *k;                /* For looping over tables in pDb */
-  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
-  Index *pIdx;                /* Each index */
-
-  for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
-    for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash);  k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
-      pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db==db ){
-          sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo);
-          pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new collating function for database "db".  The name is zName
-** and the encoding is enc.
-*/
-static int createCollation(
-  sqlite3* db,
-  const char *zName, 
-  u8 enc,
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  int enc2;
-  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-  
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
-  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
-  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
-  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
-  */
-  enc2 = enc;
-  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 );
-  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED );
-  if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){
-    enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-  }
-  if( enc2<SQLITE_UTF8 || enc2>SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
-  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
-  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
-  */
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
-  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
-    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
-        "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    invalidateCachedKeyInfo(db);
-
-    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
-    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
-    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
-    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
-    ** to be called.
-    */ 
-    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
-      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
-      int j;
-      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
-        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
-        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
-          if( p->xDel ){
-            p->xDel(p->pUser);
-          }
-          p->xCmp = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
-  if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
-  pColl->pUser = pCtx;
-  pColl->xDel = xDel;
-  pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
-** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
-** #defines in sqlite3.h.
-*/
-static const int aHardLimit[] = {
-  SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
-  SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
-  SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
-  SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
-  SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
-  SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,
-  SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH,
-};
-
-/*
-** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
-# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
-# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
-# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>62
-# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 62
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
-# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Change the value of a limit.  Report the old value.
-** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
-** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
-** new limit is negative.
-**
-** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
-** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
-** from forming.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
-  int oldLimit;
-
-
-  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME
-  ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor
-  ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to
-  ** "_MAX_".)
-  */
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT);
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]==
-                                               SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH );
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
-  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH );
-  assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) );
-
-
-  if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
-  if( newLimit>=0 ){                   /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */
-    if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
-      newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId];  /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */
-    }
-    db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
-  }
-  return oldLimit;                     /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the
-** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database
-** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements.
-**
-** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or
-** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx"
-** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename)
-** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain
-** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in
-** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains 
-** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to
-** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to
-** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the 
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release
-** this buffer.
-**
-** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg
-** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error 
-** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release
-** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(
-  const char *zDefaultVfs,        /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */
-  const char *zUri,               /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */
-  unsigned int *pFlags,           /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
-  sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs,            /* OUT: VFS to use */ 
-  char **pzFile,                  /* OUT: Filename component of URI */
-  char **pzErrMsg                 /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unsigned int flags = *pFlags;
-  const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs;
-  char *zFile;
-  char c;
-  int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri);
-
-  assert( *pzErrMsg==0 );
-
-  if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) 
-   && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 
-  ){
-    char *zOpt;
-    int eState;                   /* Parser state when parsing URI */
-    int iIn;                      /* Input character index */
-    int iOut = 0;                 /* Output character index */
-    int nByte = nUri+2;           /* Bytes of space to allocate */
-
-    /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen 
-    ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name.  */
-    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
-
-    for(iIn=0; iIn<nUri; iIn++) nByte += (zUri[iIn]=='&');
-    zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-    if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-    iIn = 5;
-#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY
-    /* Discard the scheme and authority segments of the URI. */
-    if( zUri[5]=='/' && zUri[6]=='/' ){
-      iIn = 7;
-      while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++;
-      if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){
-        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", 
-            iIn-7, &zUri[7]);
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        goto parse_uri_out;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. 
-    ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. 
-    **
-    ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending
-    ** on the parsing context. As follows:
-    **
-    **   0: Parsing file-name.
-    **   1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter.
-    **   2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter.
-    */
-    eState = 0;
-    while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){
-      iIn++;
-      if( c=='%' 
-       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) 
-       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) 
-      ){
-        int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
-        octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);
-
-        assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 );
-        if( octet==0 ){
-          /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this
-          ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
-          ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
-          ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
-          while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' 
-              && (eState!=0 || c!='?')
-              && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
-              && (eState!=2 || c!='&')
-          ){
-            iIn++;
-          }
-          continue;
-        }
-        c = octet;
-      }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){
-        if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){
-          /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */
-          while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++;
-          continue;
-        }
-        if( c=='&' ){
-          zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
-        }else{
-          eState = 2;
-        }
-        c = 0;
-      }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){
-        c = 0;
-        eState = 1;
-      }
-      zFile[iOut++] = c;
-    }
-    if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
-    zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
-    zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
-
-    /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted 
-    ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that
-    ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2()
-    ** method. */
-    zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1];
-    while( zOpt[0] ){
-      int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt);
-      char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1];
-      int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal);
-
-      if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){
-        zVfs = zVal;
-      }else{
-        struct OpenMode {
-          const char *z;
-          int mode;
-        } *aMode = 0;
-        char *zModeType = 0;
-        int mask = 0;
-        int limit = 0;
-
-        if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){
-          static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = {
-            { "shared",  SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE },
-            { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE },
-            { 0, 0 }
-          };
-
-          mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE;
-          aMode = aCacheMode;
-          limit = mask;
-          zModeType = "cache";
-        }
-        if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){
-          static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = {
-            { "ro",  SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY },
-            { "rw",  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, 
-            { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE },
-            { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY },
-            { 0, 0 }
-          };
-
-          mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
-                   | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY;
-          aMode = aOpenMode;
-          limit = mask & flags;
-          zModeType = "access";
-        }
-
-        if( aMode ){
-          int i;
-          int mode = 0;
-          for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){
-            const char *z = aMode[i].z;
-            if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){
-              mode = aMode[i].mode;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-          if( mode==0 ){
-            *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal);
-            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-            goto parse_uri_out;
-          }
-          if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){
-            *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s",
-                                        zModeType, zVal);
-            rc = SQLITE_PERM;
-            goto parse_uri_out;
-          }
-          flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode;
-        }
-      }
-
-      zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1];
-    }
-
-  }else{
-    zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nUri+2);
-    if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri);
-    zFile[nUri] = '\0';
-    zFile[nUri+1] = '\0';
-    flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
-  }
-
-  *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
-  if( *ppVfs==0 ){
-    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
- parse_uri_out:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(zFile);
-    zFile = 0;
-  }
-  *pFlags = flags;
-  *pzFile = zFile;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
-** is UTF-8 encoded.
-*/
-static int openDatabase(
-  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,        /* OUT: Returned database handle */
-  unsigned int flags,    /* Operational flags */
-  const char *zVfs       /* Name of the VFS to use */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Store allocated handle here */
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int isThreadsafe;               /* True for threadsafe connections */
-  char *zOpen = 0;                /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;              /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */
-
-  *ppDb = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-
-  /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.  
-  ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used.  If we
-  ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger
-  ** assert() statements in deeper layers.  Sensible combinations
-  ** are:
-  **
-  **  1:  SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
-  **  2:  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
-  **  6:  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
-  */
-  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY  == 0x01 );
-  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 );
-  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE    == 0x04 );
-  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */
-  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */
-  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */
-  if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
-
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
-    isThreadsafe = 0;
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
-    isThreadsafe = 0;
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
-    isThreadsafe = 1;
-  }else{
-    isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
-  }
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){
-    flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
-  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
-    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
-  }
-
-  /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter
-  **
-  ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were
-  ** dealt with in the previous code block.  Besides these, the only
-  ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY,
-  ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE,
-  ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits.  Silently mask
-  ** off all other flags.
-  */
-  flags &=  ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
-             );
-
-  /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
-  db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
-  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
-  if( isThreadsafe ){
-    db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-    if( db->mutex==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(db);
-      db = 0;
-      goto opendb_out;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->errMask = 0xff;
-  db->nDb = 2;
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
-  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
-
-  assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
-  memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
-  db->autoCommit = 1;
-  db->nextAutovac = -1;
-  db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
-  db->nextPagesize = 0;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill
-#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
-                 | SQLITE_AutoIndex
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
-                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
-                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
-                 | SQLITE_RecTriggers
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS
-                 | SQLITE_ForeignKeys
-#endif
-      ;
-  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule);
-#endif
-
-  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
-  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
-  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
-  */
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
-  assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
-
-  /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
-  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
-
-  /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
-  db->openFlags = flags;
-  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
-    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Open the backend database driver */
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
-                        flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
-  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
-
-
-  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
-  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  
-  */
-  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
-  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
-  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
-  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
-
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
-  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
-  ** is accessed.
-  */
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
-
-  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
-  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
-    rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto opendb_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
-  if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-    extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
-    rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
-    rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
-    rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
-  ** mode.  -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
-  ** mode.  Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
-  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
-  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
-                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
-#endif
-
-  if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-
-  /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
-  setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
-                        sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
-
-  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);
-
-opendb_out:
-  sqlite3_free(zOpen);
-  if( db ){
-    assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
-  assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    sqlite3_close(db);
-    db = 0;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
-  }
-  *ppDb = db;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
-    /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */
-    void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a new database handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
-  const char *zFilename, 
-  sqlite3 **ppDb 
-){
-  return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
-                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-  int flags,              /* Flags */
-  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
-){
-  return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Open a new database handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
-  const void *zFilename, 
-  sqlite3 **ppDb
-){
-  char const *zFilename8;   /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( zFilename );
-  assert( ppDb );
-  *ppDb = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( zFilename8 ){
-    rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb,
-                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
-    assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
-      ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-
-  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const void *zName,
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char *zName8;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-  if( zName8 ){
-    rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  void *pCollNeededArg, 
-  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
-  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
-  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  void *pCollNeededArg, 
-  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
-  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
-  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
-** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
-** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
-** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
-** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->autoCommit;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT,
-** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error
-** constants.  They server two purposes:
-**
-**   1.  Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger
-**       to detect when version error conditions occurs.
-**
-**   2.  Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where
-**       a low-level error is first detected.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){
-  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT,
-              "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]",
-              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
-  return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){
-  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
-              "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]",
-              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
-  return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){
-  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, 
-              "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]",
-              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
-  return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
-** data for this thread has been deallocated.
-**
-** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
-** no-op.  It is retained for historical compatibility.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
-** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
-  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
-  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
-  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
-  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
-  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
-  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
-  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
-  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
-){
-  int rc;
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-  Table *pTab = 0;
-  Column *pCol = 0;
-  int iCol;
-
-  char const *zDataType = 0;
-  char const *zCollSeq = 0;
-  int notnull = 0;
-  int primarykey = 0;
-  int autoinc = 0;
-
-  /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the table in question */
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
-  if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
-    pTab = 0;
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Find the column for which info is requested */
-  if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
-    iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-    if( iCol>=0 ){
-      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
-    }
-  }else{
-    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
-      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
-      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      goto error_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
-  ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
-  ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
-  ** 
-  **     1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" 
-  **        and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. 
-  **
-  **     2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an 
-  **        explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
-  */ 
-  if( pCol ){
-    zDataType = pCol->zType;
-    zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
-    notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
-    primarykey  = (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0;
-    autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
-  }else{
-    zDataType = "INTEGER";
-    primarykey = 1;
-  }
-  if( !zCollSeq ){
-    zCollSeq = "BINARY";
-  }
-
-error_out:
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-
-  /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
-  ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
-  ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
-  */
-  if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
-  if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
-  if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
-  if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
-  if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-    zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
-        zColumnName);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-  int rc;
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
-
-  /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() 
-  ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
-  */
-  rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
-  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  Btree *pBtree;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
-  if( pBtree ){
-    Pager *pPager;
-    sqlite3_file *fd;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
-    assert( pPager!=0 );
-    fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
-    assert( fd!=0 );
-    if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){
-      *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else if( fd->pMethods ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;   
-}
-
-/*
-** Interface to the testing logic.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
-  int rc = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  va_list ap;
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-
-    /*
-    ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
-      sqlite3PrngSaveState();
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
-    ** PRNG_SAVE.  If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
-    ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
-      sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state.  The next call
-    ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
-    ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
-      sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
-    **
-    ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size.  The program argument
-    ** is an array of integers that defines the test.  Return -1 on a
-    ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
-    ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
-      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
-      int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
-      rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback)
-    **
-    ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called,
-    ** if xCallback is not NULL.
-    **
-    ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0)
-    ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return
-    ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from
-    ** sqlite3_test_control().
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: {
-      /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
-      ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
-      ** sqlite3Config.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, int(*)(int));
-      */
-      typedef int(*TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t)(int);
-      sqlite3Config.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t);
-      rc = sqlite3FaultSim(0);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
-    **
-    ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures 
-    ** are benign.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
-      typedef void (*void_function)(void);
-      void_function xBenignBegin;
-      void_function xBenignEnd;
-      xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function);
-      xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function);
-      sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
-    **
-    ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
-    ** Make no changes if X==0.  Return the value of the pending byte
-    ** as it existing before this routine was called.
-    **
-    ** IMPORTANT:  Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
-    ** an incompatible database file format.  Changing the PENDING byte
-    ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
-    ** dileterious behavior.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
-      rc = PENDING_BYTE;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-      {
-        unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
-        if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;
-      }
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X)
-    **
-    ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not
-    ** assert() was enabled at compile-time.  If X is true and assert()
-    ** is enabled, then the return value is true.  If X is true and
-    ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero.  If X is
-    ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the
-    ** process aborts.  If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the
-    ** return value is zero.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: {
-      volatile int x = 0;
-      assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 );
-      rc = x;
-      break;
-    }
-
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X)
-    **
-    ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and
-    ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time.
-    **
-    ** The return value is ALWAYS(X).  
-    **
-    ** The recommended test is X==2.  If the return value is 2, that means
-    ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the
-    ** default setting.  If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either
-    ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false.
-    ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if
-    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second
-    ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if
-    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled.
-    **
-    ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this:
-    **
-    **    if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){
-    **      // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros
-    **    }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){
-    **      // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false.
-    **    }else{
-    **      // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1.  NEVER(x) is a constant 0.
-    **    }
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: {
-      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
-      rc = ALWAYS(x);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER);
-    **
-    ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which
-    ** SQLite is running:
-    **
-    **       1     big-endian,    determined at run-time
-    **      10     little-endian, determined at run-time
-    **  432101     big-endian,    determined at compile-time
-    **  123410     little-endian, determined at compile-time
-    */ 
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: {
-      rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N)
-    **
-    ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database
-    ** connection db.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: {
-      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
-      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-      sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N)
-    **
-    ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes.  The 
-    ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled.  For normal
-    ** operation N should be 0.  The idea is that a test program (like the
-    ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
-    ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer
-    ** is obtained in every case.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: {
-      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
-      db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD
-    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord)
-    **
-    ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the
-    ** number of keywords.  Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0.
-    ** 
-    ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since
-    ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite
-    ** is built using separate source files.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: {
-      const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*);
-      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord);
-      rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0;
-      break;
-    }
-#endif 
-
-    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree);
-    **
-    ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). 
-    ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew.  
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: {
-      void *pFree, **ppNew;
-      int sz;
-      sz = va_arg(ap, int);
-      ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**);
-      pFree = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz);
-      sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff);
-    **
-    ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all
-    ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero,
-    ** undo this setting.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
-    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT,
-    **                        sqlite3_stmt*,const char**);
-    **
-    ** If compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN, each sqlite3_stmt holds
-    ** a string that describes the optimized parse tree.  This test-control
-    ** returns a pointer to that string.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT: {
-      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_stmt*);
-      const char **pzRet = va_arg(ap, const char**);
-      *pzRet = sqlite3VdbeExplanation((Vdbe*)pStmt);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int);
-    **
-    ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well-
-    ** formed and never corrupt.  This flag is clear by default, indicating that
-    ** database files might have arbitrary corruption.  Setting the flag during
-    ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated
-    ** that demonstrat invariants on well-formed database files.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.neverCorrupt = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-
-    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr);
-    **
-    ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context 
-    ** pointer ptr.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: {
-#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
-      typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*);
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
-** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
-** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
-**
-** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
-** method of a VFS implementation.  The zParam argument is the name of the
-** query parameter we seek.  This routine returns the value of the zParam
-** parameter if it exists.  If the parameter does not exist, this routine
-** returns a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){
-  if( zFilename==0 ) return 0;
-  zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
-  while( zFilename[0] ){
-    int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam);
-    zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
-    if( x==0 ) return zFilename;
-    zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a boolean value for a query parameter.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){
-  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
-  bDflt = bDflt!=0;
-  return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(
-  const char *zFilename,    /* Filename as passed to xOpen */
-  const char *zParam,       /* URI parameter sought */
-  sqlite3_int64 bDflt       /* return if parameter is missing */
-){
-  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
-  sqlite3_int64 v;
-  if( z && sqlite3Atoi64(z, &v, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    bDflt = v;
-  }
-  return bDflt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName.  Return NULL if not found.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    if( db->aDb[i].pBt
-     && (zDbName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDbName, db->aDb[i].zName)==0)
-    ){
-      return db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the filename of the database associated with a database
-** connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
-  Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
-  return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write.  Return -1 if
-** no such database exists.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
-  Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
-  return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) : -1;
-}
-
-/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2009 March 3
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
-** API method and its associated functionality.
-*/
-
-/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-
-/*
-** Public interfaces:
-**
-**   sqlite3ConnectionBlocked()
-**   sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
-**   sqlite3ConnectionClosed()
-**   sqlite3_unlock_notify()
-*/
-
-#define assertMutexHeld() \
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
-
-/*
-** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
-** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
-** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
-** mutex is held.
-*/
-static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following 
-** properties of the blocked connections list:
-**
-**   1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either 
-**      pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
-**
-**   2) All entries in the list that share a common value for 
-**      xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
-**
-**   3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
-**      blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection
-**      set to db. This is used when closing connection db.
-*/
-static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){
-  sqlite3 *p;
-  for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){
-    int seen = 0;
-    sqlite3 *p2;
-
-    /* Verify property (1) */
-    assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection );
-
-    /* Verify property (2) */
-    for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){
-      if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1;
-      assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen );
-      assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db );
-      assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db );
-    }
-  }
-}
-#else
-# define checkListProperties(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection
-** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op.
-*/
-static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
-  sqlite3 **pp;
-  assertMutexHeld();
-  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){
-    if( *pp==db ){
-      *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed
-** that it is not already a part of the list.
-*/
-static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
-  sqlite3 **pp;
-  assertMutexHeld();
-  for(
-    pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; 
-    *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; 
-    pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
-  );
-  db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
-  *pp = db;
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
-*/
-static void enterMutex(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-  checkListProperties(0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
-*/
-static void leaveMutex(void){
-  assertMutexHeld();
-  checkListProperties(0);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-
-/*
-** Register an unlock-notify callback.
-**
-** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation
-** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection
-** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared
-** cache.  pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection.
-**
-** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately,
-** before this routine returns.
-**
-** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate
-** a deadlock.
-**
-** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops
-** its locks.
-**
-** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered
-** on the same "db".  If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately
-** cancelled.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  enterMutex();
-
-  if( xNotify==0 ){
-    removeFromBlockedList(db);
-    db->pBlockingConnection = 0;
-    db->pUnlockConnection = 0;
-    db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
-    db->pUnlockArg = 0;
-  }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
-    /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a 
-    ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
-    ** immediately. 
-    */
-    xNotify(&pArg, 1);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3 *p;
-
-    for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){}
-    if( p ){
-      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;              /* Deadlock detected. */
-    }else{
-      db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
-      db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
-      db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
-      removeFromBlockedList(db);
-      addToBlockedList(db);
-    }
-  }
-
-  leaveMutex();
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement 
-** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
-** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
-** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){
-  enterMutex();
-  if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
-    addToBlockedList(db);
-  }
-  db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
-  leaveMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when
-** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held 
-** by database connection db have been released.
-**
-** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
-** list and does the following:
-**
-**   1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
-**      set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
-**
-**   2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is
-**      set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and
-**      set pUnlockConnection=0.
-**
-**   3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and
-**      pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
-**      list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
-  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
-  int nArg = 0;                            /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
-  sqlite3 **pp;                            /* Iterator variable */
-  void **aArg;               /* Arguments to the unlock callback */
-  void **aDyn = 0;           /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */
-  void *aStatic[16];         /* Starter space for aArg[].  No malloc required */
-
-  aArg = aStatic;
-  enterMutex();         /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
-
-  /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
-  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
-    sqlite3 *p = *pp;
-
-    /* Step 1. */
-    if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){
-      p->pBlockingConnection = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Step 2. */
-    if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){
-      assert( p->xUnlockNotify );
-      if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){
-        xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
-        nArg = 0;
-      }
-
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) );
-      assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn );
-      if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic))
-       || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*)))
-      ){
-        /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */
-        void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2);
-        if( pNew ){
-          memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *));
-          sqlite3_free(aDyn);
-          aDyn = aArg = pNew;
-        }else{
-          /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
-          ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
-          ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to 
-          ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
-          **
-          ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
-          ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code
-          ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
-          ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
-          ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
-          ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never 
-          ** arrive.
-          **
-          ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
-          ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
-          ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without 
-          ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
-          ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
-          ** context pointers the application will receive two or more
-          ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
-          ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple 
-          ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
-          ** circumstances.
-          */
-          xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
-          nArg = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-
-      aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg;
-      xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify;
-      p->pUnlockConnection = 0;
-      p->xUnlockNotify = 0;
-      p->pUnlockArg = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Step 3. */
-    if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
-      /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */
-      *pp = p->pNextBlocked;
-      p->pNextBlocked = 0;
-    }else{
-      pp = &p->pNextBlocked;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( nArg!=0 ){
-    xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(aDyn);
-  leaveMutex();         /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
-}
-
-/*
-** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is 
-** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
-  sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
-  enterMutex();
-  removeFromBlockedList(db);
-  checkListProperties(db);
-  leaveMutex();
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
-
-/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like)
-** structures called segments which map terms to doclists.  The
-** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the
-** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable.  Since trees
-** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the
-** bottom up.
-**
-**
-**** Varints ****
-** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a
-** varint.  We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order
-** using seven bits * per byte as follows:
-**
-** KEY:
-**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**
-**  7 bits - A
-** 14 bits - BA
-** 21 bits - BBA
-** and so on.
-**
-** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but
-** the encoding is not the same.  SQLite varints are big-endian
-** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are
-** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory).
-**
-** Example encodings:
-**
-**     1:    0x01
-**   127:    0x7f
-**   128:    0x81 0x00
-**
-**
-**** Document lists ****
-** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
-** given term.  Doclists hold docids and associated token positions.
-** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document.
-** A position is the index of a word within the document.  The first 
-** word of the document has a position of 0.
-**
-** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time
-** option.  But that functionality is no longer supported.
-**
-** A doclist is stored like this:
-**
-** array {
-**   varint docid;          (delta from previous doclist)
-**   array {                (position list for column 0)
-**     varint position;     (2 more than the delta from previous position)
-**   }
-**   array {
-**     varint POS_COLUMN;   (marks start of position list for new column)
-**     varint column;       (index of new column)
-**     array {
-**       varint position;   (2 more than the delta from previous position)
-**     }
-**   }
-**   varint POS_END;        (marks end of positions for this document.
-** }
-**
-** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
-** memory.  A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
-** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur 
-** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
-** ending a position list array.  POS_END is 0.  POS_COLUMN is 1.
-** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more
-** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus
-** 2 for the first position.  Example:
-**
-**   label:       A B C D E  F  G H   I  J K
-**   value:     123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0
-**
-** The 123 value is the first docid.  For column zero in this document
-** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3).  The 1
-** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the
-** new column is column number 1.  There are two positions at 12 and 45
-** (14-2 and 35-2+12).  The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document.  The
-** 234 at I is the delta to next docid (357).  It has one position 70
-** (72-2) and then terminates with the 0 at K.
-**
-** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for
-** a single docid.  A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single
-** column.  Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists,
-** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and
-** a doclist consists of one or more document records.
-**
-** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an 
-** array of varint-encoded docids.
-**
-**** Segment leaf nodes ****
-** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term.  Leaf
-** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to
-** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to
-** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer).  Leaf nodes have
-** the format:
-**
-** varint iHeight;             (height from leaf level, always 0)
-** varint nTerm;               (length of first term)
-** char pTerm[nTerm];          (content of first term)
-** varint nDoclist;            (length of term's associated doclist)
-** char pDoclist[nDoclist];    (content of doclist)
-** array {
-**                             (further terms are delta-encoded)
-**   varint nPrefix;           (length of prefix shared with previous term)
-**   varint nSuffix;           (length of unshared suffix)
-**   char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term)
-**   varint nDoclist;          (length of term's associated doclist)
-**   char pDoclist[nDoclist];  (content of doclist)
-** }
-**
-** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
-** memory.
-**
-** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in
-** the %_segments table in sorted order.  This means that when the end
-** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next
-** greater node id.
-**
-** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node
-** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048).  New data which itself is
-** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone
-** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist).  The goal of
-** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while
-** making it efficient to directly access large doclists.  The
-** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more
-** likely to be query targets.
-**
-** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more
-** dynamic.  For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf
-** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes.  My intuition is
-** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize.
-**
-**
-**** Segment interior nodes ****
-** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms
-** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree.  Interior
-** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using
-** InteriorReader.  InteriorWriters are created as needed when
-** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node
-** itself grows too big and must be split.  The format of interior
-** nodes:
-**
-** varint iHeight;           (height from leaf level, always >0)
-** varint iBlockid;          (block id of node's leftmost subtree)
-** optional {
-**   varint nTerm;           (length of first term)
-**   char pTerm[nTerm];      (content of first term)
-**   array {
-**                                (further terms are delta-encoded)
-**     varint nPrefix;            (length of shared prefix with previous term)
-**     varint nSuffix;            (length of unshared suffix)
-**     char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term)
-**   }
-** }
-**
-** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X }
-** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory.
-**
-** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees.  The
-** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid
-** is encoded.  The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less
-** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded).
-** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less
-** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at
-** iBlockid+i.  Interior nodes only store enough term data to
-** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left
-** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is
-** "wicked", only "w" is stored).
-**
-** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when
-** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048).
-** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing
-** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny.  The interior nodes
-** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at
-** height+1, and so on.
-**
-**
-**** Segment directory ****
-** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for
-** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the
-** segment's tree.
-**
-** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding
-** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024).
-** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node.  If the top
-** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments
-** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit
-** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the
-** height and the blockid of the previous root).
-**
-** The meta-information in the segment directory is:
-**   level               - segment level (see below)
-**   idx                 - index within level
-**                       - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment)
-**   start_block         - first leaf node
-**   leaves_end_block    - last leaf node
-**   end_block           - last block (including interior nodes)
-**   root                - contents of root node
-**
-** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block,
-** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0.
-**
-**
-**** Segment merging ****
-** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and
-** merged in batches.  Each increase in level represents exponentially
-** more documents.
-**
-** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
-** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with
-** incrementing idx.  When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all
-** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment.  Level 1
-** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1
-** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing
-** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on.
-**
-** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in
-** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge.  Since segment
-** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this
-** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently.
-** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are
-** deleted.
-**
-** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments.  16 seems to be
-** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance.  32 and 64 show
-** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're
-** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time
-** sorting).  8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than
-** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16.
-**
-** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments
-** which need to be scanned and merged.  For instance, with 100k docs
-** inserted:
-**
-**    MERGE_COUNT   segments
-**       16           25
-**        8           12
-**        4           10
-**        2            6
-**
-** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very
-** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge
-** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast
-** even with many segments.
-**
-** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side
-** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16.  Also, it is possible/likely that
-** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet
-** spot around.
-**
-**
-**
-**** Handling of deletions and updates ****
-** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented
-** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term
-** index when a document is deleted or updated.  For deletions, we
-** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates
-** we simply write the new doclist.  Segment merges overwrite older
-** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates
-** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out.  The
-** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out
-** older data.
-*/
-
-/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/
-/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2009 Nov 12
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-*/
-#ifndef _FTSINT_H
-#define _FTSINT_H
-
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
-# define NDEBUG 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also all
-** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3
-#endif
-
-/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
-/*
-** 2006 July 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
-** are three basic components:
-**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
-** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
-** tokenizers.
-**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
-** including customization information defined at creation time.
-**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
-** tokens from a particular input.
-*/
-#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
-#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
-
-/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
-** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
-** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
-** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
-** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
-** functions that make up an implementation.
-**
-** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
-** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
-** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an 
-** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
-** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
-**
-** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
-** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
-** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
-** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
-** object.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
-
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
-
-  /*
-  ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1.
-  */
-  int iVersion;
-
-  /*
-  ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
-  ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
-  ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
-  ** the following SQL is executed:
-  **
-  **   CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
-  **
-  ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
-  ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
-  **
-  ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error 
-  ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
-  ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
-  ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by
-  ** this callback. The caller will do so.
-  */
-  int (*xCreate)(
-    int argc,                           /* Size of argv array */
-    const char *const*argv,             /* Tokenizer argument strings */
-    sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer     /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
-  );
-
-  /*
-  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
-  ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
-  */
-  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
-
-  /*
-  ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
-  ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
-  ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). 
-  */
-  int (*xOpen)(
-    sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,       /* Tokenizer object */
-    const char *pInput, int nBytes,      /* Input buffer */
-    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor  /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
-  );
-
-  /*
-  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this 
-  ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
-  */
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
-
-  /*
-  ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
-  ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
-  ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
-  ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
-  **
-  ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the 
-  ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
-  ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
-  ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
-  ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
-  ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
-  ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
-  ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
-  ** the input buffer.
-  **
-  ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
-  ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
-  ** to xNext() or xClose(). 
-  */
-  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
-  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
-  ** should be converted to zInput.
-  */
-  int (*xNext)(
-    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,   /* Tokenizer cursor */
-    const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,  /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
-    int *piStartOffset,  /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
-    int *piEndOffset,    /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
-    int *piPosition      /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
-  );
-
-  /***********************************************************************
-  ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1.
-  */
-
-  /* 
-  ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor.
-  */
-  int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid);
-};
-
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
-  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
-  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
-int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
-
-
-#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
-
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
-/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
-** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
-** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
-**
-*/
-#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
-#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
-
-/* Forward declarations of structures. */
-typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash;
-typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem;
-
-/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
-** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
-** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
-** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
-** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
-** this structure opaque.
-*/
-struct Fts3Hash {
-  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
-  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
-  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
-  Fts3HashElem *first;    /* The first element of the array */
-  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
-  struct _fts3ht {        /* the hash table */
-    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
-    Fts3HashElem *chain;     /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
-  } *ht;
-};
-
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
-** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
-**
-** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
-** be opaque because it is used by macros.
-*/
-struct Fts3HashElem {
-  Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
-  void *data;                /* Data associated with this element */
-  void *pKey; int nKey;      /* Key associated with this element */
-};
-
-/*
-** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
-**
-**   FTS3_HASH_STRING        pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
-**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
-**                           is respected in comparisons.
-**
-**   FTS3_HASH_BINARY        pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
-**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
-**
-** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.  
-*/
-#define FTS3_HASH_STRING    1
-#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY    2
-
-/*
-** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int);
-
-/*
-** Shorthand for the functions above
-*/
-#define fts3HashInit     sqlite3Fts3HashInit
-#define fts3HashInsert   sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
-#define fts3HashFind     sqlite3Fts3HashFind
-#define fts3HashClear    sqlite3Fts3HashClear
-#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem
-
-/*
-** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
-** like this:
-**
-**   Fts3Hash h;
-**   Fts3HashElem *p;
-**   ...
-**   for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
-**     SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
-**     // do something with pData
-**   }
-*/
-#define fts3HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
-#define fts3HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
-#define fts3HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
-#define fts3HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
-#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
-
-/*
-** Number of entries in a hash table
-*/
-#define fts3HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
-
-#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
-
-/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
-
-/*
-** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree
-** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform 
-** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large
-** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts
-** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow).
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
-# define SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 12
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are
-** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single
-** segment of level N+1.
-*/
-#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16
-
-/*
-** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the 
-** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is
-** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction
-** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed.
-** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new 
-** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately.
-*/
-#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024)
-
-/*
-** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a
-** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid
-** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3.
-*/
-#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
-
-
-#ifndef MIN
-# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
-#endif
-#ifndef MAX
-# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different
-** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9.
-*/
-#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10
-
-/*
-** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms
-** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored
-** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. 
-**
-** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the
-** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index
-** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with
-** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels
-** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on.
-**
-** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In 
-** theory though this may happen, but only after at least 
-** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables.
-*/
-#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL      1024
-#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024"
-
-/*
-** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation.  If undefined,
-** make it a no-op.
-*/
-#ifndef testcase
-# define testcase(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists.
-*/
-#define POS_COLUMN  (1)     /* Column-list terminator */
-#define POS_END     (0)     /* Position-list terminator */ 
-
-/*
-** This section provides definitions to allow the
-** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the 
-** amalgamation.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-/*
-** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or
-** false.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-# define ALWAYS(x) (1)
-# define NEVER(X)  (0)
-#else
-# define ALWAYS(x) (x)
-# define NEVER(x)  (x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Internal types used by SQLite.
-*/
-typedef unsigned char u8;         /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */
-typedef short int i16;            /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */
-typedef unsigned int u32;         /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64;       /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;        /* 8-byte signed integer */
-
-/*
-** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters.
-*/
-#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
-
-/*
-** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled.
-*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
-# define NDEBUG 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
-** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
-** within testcase() and assert() macros.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
-# define TESTONLY(X)  X
-#else
-# define TESTONLY(X)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void);
-# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt()
-#else
-# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB
-#endif
-
-typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table;
-typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor;
-typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
-typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
-typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken;
-
-typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist;
-typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter;
-typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken;
-typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader;
-typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader;
-
-/*
-** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following
-** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance
-** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance.
-** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their
-** arguments.
-*/
-struct Fts3Table {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
-  sqlite3 *db;                    /* The database connection */
-  const char *zDb;                /* logical database name */
-  const char *zName;              /* virtual table name */
-  int nColumn;                    /* number of named columns in virtual table */
-  char **azColumn;                /* column names.  malloced */
-  u8 *abNotindexed;               /* True for 'notindexed' columns */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;  /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */
-  char *zContentTbl;              /* content=xxx option, or NULL */
-  char *zLanguageid;              /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */
-  int nAutoincrmerge;             /* Value configured by 'automerge' */
-  u32 nLeafAdd;                   /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */
-
-  /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these 
-  ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. 
-  */
-  sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40];
-
-  char *zReadExprlist;
-  char *zWriteExprlist;
-
-  int nNodeSize;                  /* Soft limit for node size */
-  u8 bFts4;                       /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
-  u8 bHasStat;                    /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */
-  u8 bHasDocsize;                 /* True if %_docsize table exists */
-  u8 bDescIdx;                    /* True if doclists are in reverse order */
-  u8 bIgnoreSavepoint;            /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */
-  int nPgsz;                      /* Page size for host database */
-  char *zSegmentsTbl;             /* Name of %_segments table */
-  sqlite3_blob *pSegments;        /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */
-
-  /* 
-  ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index 
-  ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one
-  ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature).
-  ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid.
-  **
-  ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index
-  ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the
-  ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[]
-  ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length.
-  **
-  ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the 
-  ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including
-  ** malloc overhead.  When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash
-  ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most 
-  ** recently inserted record.
-  */
-  int nIndex;                     /* Size of aIndex[] */
-  struct Fts3Index {
-    int nPrefix;                  /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */
-    Fts3Hash hPending;            /* Pending terms table for this index */
-  } *aIndex;
-  int nMaxPendingData;            /* Max pending data before flush to disk */
-  int nPendingData;               /* Current bytes of pending data */
-  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;        /* Docid of most recently inserted document */
-  int iPrevLangid;                /* Langid of recently inserted document */
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
-  /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control
-  ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times.  These
-  ** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for
-  ** verifying the operation of the SQLite core.
-  */
-  int inTransaction;     /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */
-  int mxSavepoint;       /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  /* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled
-  ** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'.  */
-  int bNoIncrDoclist;
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a
-** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using
-** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method.
-*/
-struct Fts3Cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
-  i16 eSearch;                    /* Search strategy (see below) */
-  u8 isEof;                       /* True if at End Of Results */
-  u8 isRequireSeek;               /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr;                /* Parsed MATCH query string */
-  int iLangid;                    /* Language being queried for */
-  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
-  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;   /* Deferred search tokens, if any */
-  sqlite3_int64 iPrevId;          /* Previous id read from aDoclist */
-  char *pNextId;                  /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */
-  char *aDoclist;                 /* List of docids for full-text queries */
-  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */
-  u8 bDesc;                       /* True to sort in descending order */
-  int eEvalmode;                  /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */
-  int nRowAvg;                    /* Average size of database rows, in pages */
-  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;             /* Documents in table */
-  i64 iMinDocid;                  /* Minimum docid to return */
-  i64 iMaxDocid;                  /* Maximum docid to return */
-  int isMatchinfoNeeded;          /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */
-  u32 *aMatchinfo;                /* Information about most recent match */
-  int nMatchinfo;                 /* Number of elements in aMatchinfo[] */
-  char *zMatchinfo;               /* Matchinfo specification */
-};
-
-#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER    0
-#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT      1
-#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2
-
-/*
-** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following.
-** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to
-** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH.  If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index
-** of the column to be searched.  For example, in
-**
-**     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d);
-**     SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three';
-** 
-** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b",
-** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1.  (+0 for a,
-** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.)  If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" 
-** indicating that all columns should be searched,
-** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4.
-*/
-#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0    /* Linear scan of %_content table */
-#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH    1    /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */
-#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2    /* Full-text index search */
-
-/*
-** The lower 16-bits of the sqlite3_index_info.idxNum value set by
-** the xBestIndex() method contains the Fts3Cursor.eSearch value described
-** above. The upper 16-bits contain a combination of the following
-** bits, used to describe extra constraints on full-text searches.
-*/
-#define FTS3_HAVE_LANGID    0x00010000      /* languageid=? */
-#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE  0x00020000      /* docid>=? */
-#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE  0x00040000      /* docid<=? */
-
-struct Fts3Doclist {
-  char *aAll;                    /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */
-  int nAll;                      /* Size of a[] in bytes */
-  char *pNextDocid;              /* Pointer to next docid */
-
-  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;          /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */
-  int bFreeList;                 /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */
-  char *pList;                   /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */
-  int nList;                     /* Length of position list */
-};
-
-/*
-** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
-** sequence.  A single token is the base case and the most common case.
-** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three")
-** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string.
-*/
-struct Fts3PhraseToken {
-  char *z;                        /* Text of the token */
-  int n;                          /* Number of bytes in buffer z */
-  int isPrefix;                   /* True if token ends with a "*" character */
-  int bFirst;                     /* True if token must appear at position 0 */
-
-  /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is
-  ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are
-  ** used when evaluating the expression. */
-  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;   /* Deferred token object for this token */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Segment-reader for this token */
-};
-
-struct Fts3Phrase {
-  /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */
-  Fts3Doclist doclist;
-  int bIncr;                 /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */
-  int iDoclistToken;
-
-  /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing 
-  ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. 
-  */
-  int nToken;                /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
-  int iColumn;               /* Index of column this phrase must match */
-  Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
-};
-
-/*
-** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
-**
-** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist 
-** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results 
-** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial 
-** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this 
-** buffer.
-**
-** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global
-** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3,
-** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array
-** is populated as follows:
-**
-**   aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined
-**   aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
-**   aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
-**
-** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed 
-** when the expression node is.
-*/
-struct Fts3Expr {
-  int eType;                 /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
-  int nNear;                 /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
-  Fts3Expr *pParent;         /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
-  Fts3Expr *pLeft;           /* Left operand */
-  Fts3Expr *pRight;          /* Right operand */
-  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;       /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
-
-  /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */
-  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;      /* Current docid */
-  u8 bEof;                   /* True this expression is at EOF already */
-  u8 bStart;                 /* True if iDocid is valid */
-  u8 bDeferred;              /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */
-
-  u32 *aMI;
-};
-
-/*
-** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
-** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For 
-** example, the following:
-**
-**   "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
-**
-** is equivalent to:
-**
-**   "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
-*/
-#define FTSQUERY_NEAR   1
-#define FTSQUERY_NOT    2
-#define FTSQUERY_AND    3
-#define FTSQUERY_OR     4
-#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
-
-
-/* fts3_write.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64,
-  sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
-  Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *);
-#else
-# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x)
-# define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
-# define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK
-# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x)
-# define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *);
-
-/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */
-#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING        -1
-#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL            -2
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, 
-    int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
-
-/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
-#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS   0x00000001
-#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY  0x00000002
-#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004
-#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX        0x00000008
-#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN          0x00000010
-#define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST         0x00000020
-
-/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
-struct Fts3SegFilter {
-  const char *zTerm;
-  int nTerm;
-  int iCol;
-  int flags;
-};
-
-struct Fts3MultiSegReader {
-  /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */
-  Fts3SegReader **apSegment;      /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */
-  int nSegment;                   /* Size of apSegment array */
-  int nAdvance;                   /* How many seg-readers to advance */
-  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter;         /* Pointer to filter object */
-  char *aBuffer;                  /* Buffer to merge doclists in */
-  int nBuffer;                    /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */
-
-  int iColFilter;                 /* If >=0, filter for this column */
-  int bRestart;
-
-  /* Used by fts3.c only. */
-  int nCost;                      /* Cost of running iterator */
-  int bLookup;                    /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */
-
-  /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */
-  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to term buffer */
-  int nTerm;                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
-  char *aDoclist;                 /* Pointer to doclist buffer */
-  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */
-};
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int);
-
-#define fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) (                                           \
-  (*(u8*)(p)&0x80) ? sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) : (*piVal=*(u8*)(p), 1) \
-)
-
-/* fts3.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*);
-
-/* fts3_tokenizer.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, 
-    sqlite3_tokenizer **, char **
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char);
-
-/* fts3_snippet.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *,
-  const char *, const char *, int, int
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *);
-
-/* fts3_expr.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int,
-  char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char **
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db);
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int,
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **
-);
-
-/* fts3_aux.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
-    Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
-    Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);
-
-/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *);
-
-/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int);
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
-#endif /* _FTSINT_H */
-
-/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
-# define SQLITE_CORE 1
-#endif
-
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-/* #include <stddef.h> */
-/* #include <stdio.h> */
-/* #include <string.h> */
-/* #include <stdarg.h> */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE 
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#endif
-
-static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
-static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
-static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
-    Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **);
-
-/* 
-** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
-** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
-** The number of bytes written is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
-  unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
-  sqlite_uint64 vu = v;
-  do{
-    *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80);
-    vu >>= 7;
-  }while( vu!=0 );
-  q[-1] &= 0x7f;  /* turn off high bit in final byte */
-  assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX );
-  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
-}
-
-#define GETVARINT_STEP(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \
-  v = (v & mask1) | ( (*ptr++) << shift );                    \
-  if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; }
-#define GETVARINT_INIT(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \
-  v = (*ptr++);                                               \
-  if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; }
-
-/* 
-** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
-** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
-** The value is stored in *v.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){
-  const char *pStart = p;
-  u32 a;
-  u64 b;
-  int shift;
-
-  GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0,  0x00,     0x80, *v, 1);
-  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7,  0x7F,     0x4000, *v, 2);
-  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF,   0x200000, *v, 3);
-  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *v, 4);
-  b = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF );
-
-  for(shift=28; shift<=63; shift+=7){
-    u64 c = *p++;
-    b += (c&0x7F) << shift;
-    if( (c & 0x80)==0 ) break;
-  }
-  *v = b;
-  return (int)(p - pStart);
-}
-
-/*
-** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a
-** 32-bit integer before it is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
-  u32 a;
-
-#ifndef fts3GetVarint32
-  GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0,  0x00,     0x80, *pi, 1);
-#else
-  a = (*p++);
-  assert( a & 0x80 );
-#endif
-
-  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7,  0x7F,     0x4000, *pi, 2);
-  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF,   0x200000, *pi, 3);
-  GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *pi, 4);
-  a = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF );
-  *pi = (int)(a | ((u32)(*p & 0x0F) << 28));
-  return 5;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){
-  int i = 0;
-  do{
-    i++;
-    v >>= 7;
-  }while( v!=0 );
-  return i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
-** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
-** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
-** is a no-op.
-**
-** Examples:
-**
-**     "abc"   becomes   abc
-**     'xyz'   becomes   xyz
-**     [pqr]   becomes   pqr
-**     `mno`   becomes   mno
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){
-  char quote;                     /* Quote character (if any ) */
-
-  quote = z[0];
-  if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){
-    int iIn = 1;                  /* Index of next byte to read from input */
-    int iOut = 0;                 /* Index of next byte to write to output */
-
-    /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */
-    if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';  
-
-    while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){
-      if( z[iIn]==quote ){
-        if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break;
-        z[iOut++] = quote;
-        iIn += 2;
-      }else{
-        z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
-      }
-    }
-    z[iOut] = '\0';
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point
-** to the first byte past the end of the varint.  Add the value of the varint
-** to *pVal.
-*/
-static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){
-  sqlite3_int64 iVal;
-  *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
-  *pVal += iVal;
-}
-
-/*
-** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a
-** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list
-** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint,
-** and sets *pVal by the varint value.
-**
-** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the
-** varint is part of.
-*/
-static void fts3GetReverseVarint(
-  char **pp, 
-  char *pStart, 
-  sqlite3_int64 *pVal
-){
-  sqlite3_int64 iVal;
-  char *p;
-
-  /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are 
-  ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is
-  ** clear on character p[-1]. */
-  for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--);
-  p++;
-  *pp = p;
-
-  sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal);
-  *pVal = iVal;
-}
-
-/*
-** The xDisconnect() virtual table method.
-*/
-static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
-  int i;
-
-  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
-  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
-
-  /* Free any prepared statements held */
-  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(p->aStmt); i++){
-    sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zLanguageid);
-
-  /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */
-  p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer);
-
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given
-** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written
-** into *pRc.
-**
-** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static void fts3DbExec(
-  int *pRc,              /* Success code */
-  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database in which to run SQL */
-  const char *zFormat,   /* Format string for SQL */
-  ...                    /* Arguments to the format string */
-){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *zSql;
-  if( *pRc ) return;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( zSql==0 ){
-    *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The xDestroy() virtual table method.
-*/
-static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;              /* Return code */
-  const char *zDb = p->zDb;        /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;             /* Database handle */
-
-  /* Drop the shadow tables */
-  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
-    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", zDb, p->zName);
-  }
-  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", zDb,p->zName);
-  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", zDb, p->zName);
-  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", zDb, p->zName);
-  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", zDb, p->zName);
-
-  /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the
-  ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK.
-  ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
-  */
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table
-** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect()
-** and xCreate() methods.
-**
-** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. 
-** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
-** before returning.
-*/
-static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
-  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
-    int rc;                       /* Return code */
-    char *zSql;                   /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */
-    char *zCols;                  /* List of user defined columns */
-    const char *zLanguageid;
-
-    zLanguageid = (p->zLanguageid ? p->zLanguageid : "__langid");
-    sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
-
-    /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */
-    zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]);
-    for(i=1; zCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
-      zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]);
-    }
-
-    /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-        "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", 
-        zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid
-    );
-    if( !zCols || !zSql ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql);
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-    sqlite3_free(zCols);
-    *pRc = rc;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
-  fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, 
-      "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'"
-          "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);",
-      p->zDb, p->zName
-  );
-  if( (*pRc)==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir)
-** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done
-** as part of the vtab xCreate() method.
-**
-** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an
-** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and
-** %_stat tables required by FTS4.
-*/
-static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;            /* The database connection */
-
-  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
-    const char *zLanguageid = p->zLanguageid;
-    char *zContentCols;           /* Columns of %_content table */
-
-    /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */
-    zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
-    for(i=0; zContentCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
-      char *z = p->azColumn[i];
-      zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z);
-    }
-    if( zLanguageid && zContentCols ){
-      zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid);
-    }
-    if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  
-    /* Create the content table */
-    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
-       "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)",
-       p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols
-    );
-    sqlite3_free(zContentCols);
-  }
-
-  /* Create other tables */
-  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
-      "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);",
-      p->zDb, p->zName
-  );
-  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
-      "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'("
-        "level INTEGER,"
-        "idx INTEGER,"
-        "start_block INTEGER,"
-        "leaves_end_block INTEGER,"
-        "end_block INTEGER,"
-        "root BLOB,"
-        "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)"
-      ");",
-      p->zDb, p->zName
-  );
-  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
-    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
-        "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);",
-        p->zDb, p->zName
-    );
-  }
-  assert( p->bHasStat==p->bFts4 );
-  if( p->bHasStat ){
-    sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz.
-**
-** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. 
-** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
-** before returning.
-*/
-static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
-  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int rc;                       /* Return code */
-    char *zSql;                   /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;          /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */
-  
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb);
-    if( !zSql ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-        p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
-        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-      }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){
-        p->nPgsz = 1024;
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-    *pRc = rc;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form:
-**
-**   <key> = <value>
-**
-** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value> 
-** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not.
-*/
-static int fts3IsSpecialColumn(
-  const char *z, 
-  int *pnKey,
-  char **pzValue
-){
-  char *zValue;
-  const char *zCsr = z;
-
-  while( *zCsr!='=' ){
-    if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0;
-    zCsr++;
-  }
-
-  *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z);
-  zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]);
-  if( zValue ){
-    sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue);
-  }
-  *pzValue = zValue;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string.
-*/
-static void fts3Appendf(
-  int *pRc,                       /* IN/OUT: Error code */
-  char **pz,                      /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */
-  const char *zFormat,            /* Printf format string to append */
-  ...                             /* Arguments for printf format string */
-){
-  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    va_list ap;
-    char *z;
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-    if( z && *pz ){
-      char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z);
-      sqlite3_free(z);
-      z = z2;
-    }
-    if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    sqlite3_free(*pz);
-    *pz = z;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and
-** with all double quote characters escaped. For example:
-**
-**     fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"")   ->    "un \"\"zip\"\""
-**
-** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It
-** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this
-** memory.
-*/
-static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){
-  int nRet;
-  char *zRet;
-  nRet = 2 + (int)strlen(zInput)*2 + 1;
-  zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet);
-  if( zRet ){
-    int i;
-    char *z = zRet;
-    *(z++) = '"';
-    for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){
-      if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"';
-      *(z++) = zInput[i];
-    }
-    *(z++) = '"';
-    *(z++) = '\0';
-  }
-  return zRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that 
-** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following:
-**
-**     SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ...
-**
-** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order
-** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of
-** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL
-** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the
-** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following
-** string is returned:
-**
-**     "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x"
-**
-** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
-** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
-**
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
-** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
-** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
-** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
-*/
-static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
-  char *zRet = 0;
-  char *zFree = 0;
-  char *zFunction;
-  int i;
-
-  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
-    if( !zFunc ){
-      zFunction = "";
-    }else{
-      zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
-    }
-    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid");
-    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
-      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]);
-    }
-    if( p->zLanguageid ){
-      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", "langid");
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zFree);
-  }else{
-    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid");
-    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
-      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]);
-    }
-    if( p->zLanguageid ){
-      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid);
-    }
-  }
-  fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", 
-      p->zDb,
-      (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName),
-      (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content")
-  );
-  return zRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number
-** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each
-** user-defined text column).
-**
-** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark
-** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed
-** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three 
-** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned:
-**
-**     "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)"
-**
-** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
-** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
-**
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
-** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
-** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
-** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
-*/
-static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
-  char *zRet = 0;
-  char *zFree = 0;
-  char *zFunction;
-  int i;
-
-  if( !zFunc ){
-    zFunction = "";
-  }else{
-    zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
-  }
-  fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?");
-  for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
-    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction);
-  }
-  if( p->zLanguageid ){
-    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", ?");
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zFree);
-  return zRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer
-** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then 
-** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of
-** the integer value.
-**
-** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. 
-**
-** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and
-** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter.
-*/
-static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){
-  const char *p;                  /* Iterator pointer */
-  int nInt = 0;                   /* Output value */
-
-  for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){
-    nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0');
-  }
-  if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  *pnOut = nInt;
-  *pp = p;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures
-** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables
-** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or
-** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter
-** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
-**
-** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was
-** specified, or NULL otherwise.
-**
-** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to
-** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the
-** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned.
-**
-** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility
-** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it.
-*/
-static int fts3PrefixParameter(
-  const char *zParam,             /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */
-  int *pnIndex,                   /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */
-  struct Fts3Index **apIndex      /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */
-){
-  struct Fts3Index *aIndex;       /* Allocated array */
-  int nIndex = 1;                 /* Number of entries in array */
-
-  if( zParam && zParam[0] ){
-    const char *p;
-    nIndex++;
-    for(p=zParam; *p; p++){
-      if( *p==',' ) nIndex++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
-  *apIndex = aIndex;
-  *pnIndex = nIndex;
-  if( !aIndex ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
-  if( zParam ){
-    const char *p = zParam;
-    int i;
-    for(i=1; i<nIndex; i++){
-      int nPrefix;
-      if( fts3GobbleInt(&p, &nPrefix) ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      aIndex[i].nPrefix = nPrefix;
-      p++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when initializing an FTS4 table that uses the
-** content=xxx option. It determines the number of and names of the columns
-** of the new FTS4 table.
-**
-** The third argument passed to this function is the value passed to the
-** config=xxx option (i.e. "xxx"). This function queries the database for
-** a table of that name. If found, the output variables are populated
-** as follows:
-**
-**   *pnCol:   Set to the number of columns table xxx has,
-**
-**   *pnStr:   Set to the total amount of space required to store a copy
-**             of each columns name, including the nul-terminator.
-**
-**   *pazCol:  Set to point to an array of *pnCol strings. Each string is
-**             the name of the corresponding column in table xxx. The array
-**             and its contents are allocated using a single allocation. It
-**             is the responsibility of the caller to free this allocation
-**             by eventually passing the *pazCol value to sqlite3_free().
-**
-** If the table cannot be found, an error code is returned and the output
-** variables are undefined. Or, if an OOM is encountered, SQLITE_NOMEM is
-** returned (and the output variables are undefined).
-*/
-static int fts3ContentColumns(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (i.e. "main", "temp" etc.) */
-  const char *zTbl,               /* Name of content table */
-  const char ***pazCol,           /* OUT: Malloc'd array of column names */
-  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Size of array *pazCol */
-  int *pnStr                      /* OUT: Bytes of string content */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  char *zSql;                     /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */  
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Compiled version of zSql */
-
-  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl);
-  if( !zSql ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zSql);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    const char **azCol;           /* Output array */
-    int nStr = 0;                 /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */
-    int nCol;                     /* Number of table columns */
-    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through columns */
-
-    /* Loop through the returned columns. Set nStr to the number of bytes of
-    ** space required to store a copy of each column name, including the
-    ** nul-terminator byte.  */
-    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
-      nStr += (int)strlen(zCol) + 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Allocate and populate the array to return. */
-    azCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *) * nCol + nStr);
-    if( azCol==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      char *p = (char *)&azCol[nCol];
-      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-        const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
-        int n = (int)strlen(zCol)+1;
-        memcpy(p, zCol, n);
-        azCol[i] = p;
-        p += n;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-
-    /* Set the output variables. */
-    *pnCol = nCol;
-    *pnStr = nStr;
-    *pazCol = azCol;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
-** methods of the FTS3 virtual table.
-**
-** The argv[] array contains the following:
-**
-**   argv[0]   -> module name  ("fts3" or "fts4")
-**   argv[1]   -> database name
-**   argv[2]   -> table name
-**   argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields.
-*/
-static int fts3InitVtab(
-  int isCreate,                   /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The SQLite database connection */
-  void *pAux,                     /* Hash table containing tokenizers */
-  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
-  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,          /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
-  char **pzErr                    /* Write any error message here */
-){
-  Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux;
-  Fts3Table *p = 0;               /* Pointer to allocated vtab */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  int nByte;                      /* Size of allocation used for *p */
-  int iCol;                       /* Column index */
-  int nString = 0;                /* Bytes required to hold all column names */
-  int nCol = 0;                   /* Number of columns in the FTS table */
-  char *zCsr;                     /* Space for holding column names */
-  int nDb;                        /* Bytes required to hold database name */
-  int nName;                      /* Bytes required to hold table name */
-  int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
-  const char **aCol;              /* Array of column names */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;        /* Tokenizer for this table */
-
-  int nIndex;                     /* Size of aIndex[] array */
-  struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0;   /* Array of indexes for this table */
-
-  /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */
-  int bNoDocsize = 0;             /* True to omit %_docsize table */
-  int bDescIdx = 0;               /* True to store descending indexes */
-  char *zPrefix = 0;              /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */
-  char *zCompress = 0;            /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */
-  char *zUncompress = 0;          /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */
-  char *zContent = 0;             /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */
-  char *zLanguageid = 0;          /* languageid=? parameter (or NULL) */
-  char **azNotindexed = 0;        /* The set of notindexed= columns */
-  int nNotindexed = 0;            /* Size of azNotindexed[] array */
-
-  assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 );
-  assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4)
-       || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4)
-  );
-
-  nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1;
-  nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1;
-
-  nByte = sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2);
-  aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  if( aCol ){
-    memset((void*)aCol, 0, nByte);
-    azNotindexed = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  }
-  if( azNotindexed ){
-    memset(azNotindexed, 0, nByte);
-  }
-  if( !aCol || !azNotindexed ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto fts3_init_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4
-  ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop
-  ** does the following:
-  **
-  **   + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and
-  **     the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies
-  **     of the column names.
-  **
-  **   + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments,
-  **     initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer.
-  */
-  for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){
-    char const *z = argv[i];
-    int nKey;
-    char *zVal;
-
-    /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */
-    if( !pTokenizer 
-     && strlen(z)>8
-     && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) 
-     && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8])
-    ){
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr);
-    }
-
-    /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */
-    else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){
-      struct Fts4Option {
-        const char *zOpt;
-        int nOpt;
-      } aFts4Opt[] = {
-        { "matchinfo",   9 },     /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */
-        { "prefix",      6 },     /* 1 -> PREFIX */
-        { "compress",    8 },     /* 2 -> COMPRESS */
-        { "uncompress", 10 },     /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */
-        { "order",       5 },     /* 4 -> ORDER */
-        { "content",     7 },     /* 5 -> CONTENT */
-        { "languageid", 10 },     /* 6 -> LANGUAGEID */
-        { "notindexed", 10 }      /* 7 -> NOTINDEXED */
-      };
-
-      int iOpt;
-      if( !zVal ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        for(iOpt=0; iOpt<SizeofArray(aFts4Opt); iOpt++){
-          struct Fts4Option *pOp = &aFts4Opt[iOpt];
-          if( nKey==pOp->nOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){
-          *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z);
-          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        }else{
-          switch( iOpt ){
-            case 0:               /* MATCHINFO */
-              if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){
-                *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal);
-                rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-              }
-              bNoDocsize = 1;
-              break;
-
-            case 1:               /* PREFIX */
-              sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
-              zPrefix = zVal;
-              zVal = 0;
-              break;
-
-            case 2:               /* COMPRESS */
-              sqlite3_free(zCompress);
-              zCompress = zVal;
-              zVal = 0;
-              break;
-
-            case 3:               /* UNCOMPRESS */
-              sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
-              zUncompress = zVal;
-              zVal = 0;
-              break;
-
-            case 4:               /* ORDER */
-              if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) 
-               && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) 
-              ){
-                *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized order: %s", zVal);
-                rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-              }
-              bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D');
-              break;
-
-            case 5:              /* CONTENT */
-              sqlite3_free(zContent);
-              zContent = zVal;
-              zVal = 0;
-              break;
-
-            case 6:              /* LANGUAGEID */
-              assert( iOpt==6 );
-              sqlite3_free(zLanguageid);
-              zLanguageid = zVal;
-              zVal = 0;
-              break;
-
-            case 7:              /* NOTINDEXED */
-              azNotindexed[nNotindexed++] = zVal;
-              zVal = 0;
-              break;
-          }
-        }
-        sqlite3_free(zVal);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */
-    else {
-      nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1);
-      aCol[nCol++] = z;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following:
-  **
-  **   1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options.
-  **
-  **   2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL
-  **      TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){
-    sqlite3_free(zCompress); 
-    sqlite3_free(zUncompress); 
-    zCompress = 0;
-    zUncompress = 0;
-    if( nCol==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); 
-      aCol = 0;
-      rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent, &aCol, &nCol, &nString);
-
-      /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id
-      ** column from the aCol[] array. */ 
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){
-        int j;
-        for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
-          if( sqlite3_stricmp(zLanguageid, aCol[j])==0 ){
-            int k;
-            for(k=j; k<nCol; k++) aCol[k] = aCol[k+1];
-            nCol--;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
-
-  if( nCol==0 ){
-    assert( nString==0 );
-    aCol[0] = "content";
-    nString = 8;
-    nCol = 1;
-  }
-
-  if( pTokenizer==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
-  }
-  assert( pTokenizer );
-
-  rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
-    assert( zPrefix );
-    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
-
-  /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */
-  nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) +                  /* Fts3Table */
-          nCol * sizeof(char *) +              /* azColumn */
-          nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) +  /* aIndex */
-          nCol * sizeof(u8) +                  /* abNotindexed */
-          nName +                              /* zName */
-          nDb +                                /* zDb */
-          nString;                             /* Space for azColumn strings */
-  p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  if( p==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto fts3_init_out;
-  }
-  memset(p, 0, nByte);
-  p->db = db;
-  p->nColumn = nCol;
-  p->nPendingData = 0;
-  p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1];
-  p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-  p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA;
-  p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0);
-  p->bHasStat = isFts4;
-  p->bFts4 = isFts4;
-  p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx;
-  p->nAutoincrmerge = 0xff;   /* 0xff means setting unknown */
-  p->zContentTbl = zContent;
-  p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid;
-  zContent = 0;
-  zLanguageid = 0;
-  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 );
-  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 );
-
-  p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol];
-  memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
-  p->nIndex = nIndex;
-  for(i=0; i<nIndex; i++){
-    fts3HashInit(&p->aIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
-  }
-  p->abNotindexed = (u8 *)&p->aIndex[nIndex];
-
-  /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */
-  zCsr = (char *)&p->abNotindexed[nCol];
-  p->zName = zCsr;
-  memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName);
-  zCsr += nName;
-  p->zDb = zCsr;
-  memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb);
-  zCsr += nDb;
-
-  /* Fill in the azColumn array */
-  for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
-    char *z; 
-    int n = 0;
-    z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n);
-    memcpy(zCsr, z, n);
-    zCsr[n] = '\0';
-    sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zCsr);
-    p->azColumn[iCol] = zCsr;
-    zCsr += n+1;
-    assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] );
-  }
-
-  /* Fill in the abNotindexed array */
-  for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
-    int n = (int)strlen(p->azColumn[iCol]);
-    for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){
-      char *zNot = azNotindexed[i];
-      if( zNot && n==(int)strlen(zNot)
-       && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n) 
-      ){
-        p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1;
-        sqlite3_free(zNot);
-        azNotindexed[i] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){
-    if( azNotindexed[i] ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such column: %s", azNotindexed[i]);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (zCompress==0)!=(zUncompress==0) ){
-    char const *zMiss = (zCompress==0 ? "compress" : "uncompress");
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("missing %s parameter in fts4 constructor", zMiss);
-  }
-  p->zReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc);
-  p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
-
-  /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the 
-  ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist.
-  */
-  if( isCreate ){
-    rc = fts3CreateTables(p);
-  }
-
-  /* Check to see if a legacy fts3 table has been "upgraded" by the
-  ** addition of a %_stat table so that it can use incremental merge.
-  */
-  if( !isFts4 && !isCreate ){
-    p->bHasStat = 2;
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to
-  ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database.  */
-  fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p);
-  p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35;
-
-  /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */
-  fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p);
-
-fts3_init_out:
-  sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
-  sqlite3_free(aIndex);
-  sqlite3_free(zCompress);
-  sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
-  sqlite3_free(zContent);
-  sqlite3_free(zLanguageid);
-  for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++) sqlite3_free(azNotindexed[i]);
-  sqlite3_free((void *)aCol);
-  sqlite3_free((void *)azNotindexed);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( p ){
-      fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p);
-    }else if( pTokenizer ){
-      pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
-    }
-  }else{
-    assert( p->pSegments==0 );
-    *ppVTab = &p->base;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the
-** work is done in function fts3InitVtab().
-*/
-static int fts3ConnectMethod(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
-  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
-  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
-  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
-  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
-){
-  return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
-}
-static int fts3CreateMethod(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
-  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
-  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
-  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
-  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
-){
-  return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this
-** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to
-** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op.
-*/
-static void fts3SetEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){
-#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002
-  if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){
-    pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* 
-** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There
-** are three possible strategies, in order of preference:
-**
-**   1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. 
-**   2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column.
-**   3. Linear scan of %_content table.
-*/
-static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab;
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  int iCons = -1;                 /* Index of constraint to use */
-
-  int iLangidCons = -1;           /* Index of langid=x constraint, if present */
-  int iDocidGe = -1;              /* Index of docid>=x constraint, if present */
-  int iDocidLe = -1;              /* Index of docid<=x constraint, if present */
-  int iIdx;
-
-  /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option,
-  ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient 
-  ** strategy is possible.
-  */
-  pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
-  pInfo->estimatedCost = 5000000;
-  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
-    int bDocid;                 /* True if this constraint is on docid */
-    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
-    if( pCons->usable==0 ){
-      if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){
-        /* There exists an unusable MATCH constraint. This means that if
-        ** the planner does elect to use the results of this call as part
-        ** of the overall query plan the user will see an "unable to use
-        ** function MATCH in the requested context" error. To discourage
-        ** this, return a very high cost here.  */
-        pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
-        pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50;
-        fts3SetEstimatedRows(pInfo, ((sqlite3_int64)1) << 50);
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    bDocid = (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1);
-
-    /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */
-    if( iCons<0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && bDocid ){
-      pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH;
-      pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
-      iCons = i;
-    }
-
-    /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search.
-    **
-    ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first
-    ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct
-    ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even 
-    ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting
-    ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested 
-    ** context" error.
-    */
-    if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 
-     && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn
-    ){
-      pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn;
-      pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0;
-      iCons = i;
-    }
-
-    /* Equality constraint on the langid column */
-    if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 
-     && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2
-    ){
-      iLangidCons = i;
-    }
-
-    if( bDocid ){
-      switch( pCons->op ){
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE:
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT:
-          iDocidGe = i;
-          break;
-
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE:
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT:
-          iDocidLe = i;
-          break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  iIdx = 1;
-  if( iCons>=0 ){
-    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
-    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1;
-  } 
-  if( iLangidCons>=0 ){
-    pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID;
-    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
-  } 
-  if( iDocidGe>=0 ){
-    pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE;
-    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
-  } 
-  if( iDocidLe>=0 ){
-    pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE;
-    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
-  } 
-
-  /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or
-  ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. 
-  */
-  if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){
-    struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0];
-    if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){
-      if( pOrder->desc ){
-        pInfo->idxStr = "DESC";
-      }else{
-        pInfo->idxStr = "ASC";
-      }
-      pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of xOpen method.
-*/
-static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr;               /* Allocated cursor */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
-
-  /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the
-  ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, 
-  ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
-  */
-  *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
-  if( !pCsr ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the cursor.  For additional information see the documentation
-** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
-*/
-static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
-  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
-  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
-  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
-  sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
-  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then
-** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form:
-**
-**    "SELECT <columns> FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?"
-**
-** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to
-** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code.
-**
-** Otherwise, set *ppStmt to point to pCsr->pStmt and return SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){
-    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-    char *zSql;
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist);
-    if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-  *ppStmt = pCsr->pStmt;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row
-** of the %_content table that contains the last match.  Return
-** SQLITE_OK on success.  
-*/
-static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-
-    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pStmt);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId);
-      pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0;
-      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){
-          /* If no row was found and no error has occurred, then the %_content
-          ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index.
-          ** The data structures are corrupt.  */
-          rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-          pCsr->isEof = 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching
-** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this 
-** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is
-** passed in zTerm/nTerm.
-**
-** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid
-** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term.
-**
-** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node
-** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is
-** a prefix.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int fts3ScanInteriorNode(
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to select leaves for */
-  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
-  const char *zNode,              /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
-  int nNode,                      /* Size of buffer at zNode */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piFirst,         /* OUT: Selected child node */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piLast           /* OUT: Selected child node */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  const char *zCsr = zNode;       /* Cursor to iterate through node */
-  const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */
-  char *zBuffer = 0;              /* Buffer to load terms into */
-  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Size of allocated buffer */
-  int isFirstTerm = 1;            /* True when processing first term on page */
-  sqlite3_int64 iChild;           /* Block id of child node to descend to */
-
-  /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every 
-  ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree
-  ** node into variable iChild.  
-  **
-  ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two
-  ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a
-  ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does
-  ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always
-  ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of
-  ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments
-  ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the
-  ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details).
-  */
-  zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
-  zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
-  if( zCsr>zEnd ){
-    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-  }
-  
-  while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){
-    int cmp;                      /* memcmp() result */
-    int nSuffix;                  /* Size of term suffix */
-    int nPrefix = 0;              /* Size of term prefix */
-    int nBuffer;                  /* Total term size */
-  
-    /* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand
-    ** the size of zBuffer if required.  */
-    if( !isFirstTerm ){
-      zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nPrefix);
-    }
-    isFirstTerm = 0;
-    zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix);
-    
-    if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<0 || &zCsr[nSuffix]>zEnd ){
-      rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-      goto finish_scan;
-    }
-    if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){
-      char *zNew;
-      nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2;
-      zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc);
-      if( !zNew ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        goto finish_scan;
-      }
-      zBuffer = zNew;
-    }
-    assert( zBuffer );
-    memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix);
-    nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix;
-    zCsr += nSuffix;
-
-    /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from
-    ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal
-    ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree 
-    ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search 
-    ** iChild.
-    **
-    ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then
-    ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term.
-    */
-    cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer));
-    if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){
-      *piFirst = iChild;
-      piFirst = 0;
-    }
-
-    if( piLast && cmp<0 ){
-      *piLast = iChild;
-      piLast = 0;
-    }
-
-    iChild++;
-  };
-
-  if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild;
-  if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild;
-
- finish_scan:
-  sqlite3_free(zBuffer);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an
-** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes)
-** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode
-** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term
-** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix.
-**
-** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the 
-** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term.
-** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the
-** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified
-** term is a prefix.
-**
-** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain 
-** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the 
-** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified
-** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and
-** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/ 
-static int fts3SelectLeaf(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to select leaves for */
-  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
-  const char *zNode,              /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
-  int nNode,                      /* Size of buffer at zNode */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf,          /* Selected leaf node */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2          /* Selected leaf node */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int iHeight;                    /* Height of this node in tree */
-
-  assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 );
-
-  fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight);
-  rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
-  assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){
-    char *zBlob = 0;              /* Blob read from %_segments table */
-    int nBlob;                    /* Size of zBlob in bytes */
-
-    if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(zBlob);
-      piLeaf = 0;
-      zBlob = 0;
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zBlob);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 
-** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list.
-*/
-static void fts3PutDeltaVarint(
-  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piPrev,          /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
-  sqlite3_int64 iVal              /* Write this value to the list */
-){
-  assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) );
-  *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev);
-  *piPrev = iVal;
-}
-
-/*
-** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the 
-** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
-** first byte after the position-list.
-**
-** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for 
-** a single document record of a doclist.  So, in other words, this
-** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in
-** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist.
-**
-** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied
-** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
-** before this function returns.
-*/
-static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
-  char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
-  char c = 0;
-
-  /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 
-  ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by
-  ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail
-  ** of some other, multi-byte, value.
-  **
-  ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not 
-  ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments
-  ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the
-  ** last byte in the position-list.
-  */
-  while( *pEnd | c ){
-    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
-    testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 );
-  }
-  pEnd++;  /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */
-
-  if( pp ){
-    int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
-    char *p = *pp;
-    memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
-    p += n;
-    *pp = p;
-  }
-  *ppPoslist = pEnd;
-}
-
-/*
-** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the 
-** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
-** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list.
-**
-** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column
-** within a single document within a doclist.
-**
-** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or
-** a POS_END varint (0).  This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to
-** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list.
-**
-** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied
-** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
-** before this function returns.  The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator
-** is not copied into *pp.
-*/
-static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
-  char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
-  char c = 0;
-
-  /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is
-  ** not part of a multi-byte varint.
-  */
-  while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
-    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
-    testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 );
-  }
-  if( pp ){
-    int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
-    char *p = *pp;
-    memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
-    p += n;
-    *pp = p;
-  }
-  *ppPoslist = pEnd;
-}
-
-/*
-** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because
-** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms.
-*/
-#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff
-
-/*
-** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is
-** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list
-** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list
-** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or
-** (1)).
-**
-** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to 
-** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp,
-** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to
-** point to the next value before returning.
-**
-** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of
-** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position
-** in the position-list.  Because positions are delta-encoded, the value
-** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of
-** the next position.
-*/
-static void fts3ReadNextPos(
-  char **pp,                    /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */
-  sqlite3_int64 *pi             /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */
-){
-  if( (**pp)&0xFE ){
-    fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi);
-    *pi -= 2;
-  }else{
-    *pi = POSITION_LIST_END;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by
-** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp.   This will start a new
-** column list.
-**
-** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before 
-** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes
-** written (0 if iCol==0).
-*/
-static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){
-  int n = 0;                      /* Number of bytes written */
-  if( iCol ){
-    char *p = *pp;                /* Output pointer */
-    n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol);
-    *p = 0x01;
-    *pp = &p[n];
-  }
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the union of two position lists.  The output written
-** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted
-** order and with any duplicates removed.  All pointers are
-** updated appropriately.   The caller is responsible for insuring
-** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output.
-*/
-static void fts3PoslistMerge(
-  char **pp,                      /* Output buffer */
-  char **pp1,                     /* Left input list */
-  char **pp2                      /* Right input list */
-){
-  char *p = *pp;
-  char *p1 = *pp1;
-  char *p2 = *pp2;
-
-  while( *p1 || *p2 ){
-    int iCol1;         /* The current column index in pp1 */
-    int iCol2;         /* The current column index in pp2 */
-
-    if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1);
-    else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END;
-    else iCol1 = 0;
-
-    if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2);
-    else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END;
-    else iCol2 = 0;
-
-    if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
-      sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;       /* Last position from pp1 */
-      sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;       /* Last position from pp2 */
-      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
-      int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
-      p1 += n;
-      p2 += n;
-
-      /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists
-      ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2).
-      ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each 
-      ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a
-      ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists
-      ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte
-      ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is
-      ** written to the output.
-      */
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1);
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2);
-      do {
-        fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2); 
-        iPrev -= 2;
-        if( i1==i2 ){
-          fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
-          fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
-        }else if( i1<i2 ){
-          fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
-        }else{
-          fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
-        }
-      }while( i1!=POSITION_LIST_END || i2!=POSITION_LIST_END );
-    }else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
-      p1 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
-      fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p1);
-    }else{
-      p2 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol2);
-      fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p2);
-    }
-  }
-
-  *p++ = POS_END;
-  *pp = p;
-  *pp1 = p1 + 1;
-  *pp2 = p2 + 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is
-** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is
-** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row
-** contains:
-**
-**     'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a'
-**
-** Then the position list for this row for token 'b' would consist of:
-**
-**     0x02 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x03 0x00
-**
-** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the
-** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists.
-**
-** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for 
-** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in
-** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e.
-** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken
-** slots before it.
-**
-** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions.
-*/
-static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(
-  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */
-  int nToken,                     /* Maximum difference in token positions */
-  int isSaveLeft,                 /* Save the left position */
-  int isExact,                    /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */
-  char **pp1,                     /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
-  char **pp2                      /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
-){
-  char *p = *pp;
-  char *p1 = *pp1;
-  char *p2 = *pp2;
-  int iCol1 = 0;
-  int iCol2 = 0;
-
-  /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */
-  assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 );
-
-  assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 );
-  if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ 
-    p1++;
-    p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
-  }
-  if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ 
-    p2++;
-    p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
-  }
-
-  while( 1 ){
-    if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
-      char *pSave = p;
-      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
-      sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0;
-      sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0;
-
-      if( iCol1 ){
-        *p++ = POS_COLUMN;
-        p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1);
-      }
-
-      assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN );
-      assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN );
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
-
-      while( 1 ){
-        if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken 
-         || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) 
-        ){
-          sqlite3_int64 iSave;
-          iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2;
-          fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2;
-          pSave = 0;
-          assert( p );
-        }
-        if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){
-          if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break;
-          fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
-        }else{
-          if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break;
-          fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( pSave ){
-        assert( pp && p );
-        p = pSave;
-      }
-
-      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
-      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
-      assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 );
-      if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break;
-
-      p1++;
-      p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
-      p2++;
-      p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
-    }
-
-    /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of
-    ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the
-    ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next 
-    ** column-number in the position list. 
-    */
-    else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
-      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
-      if( 0==*p1 ) break;
-      p1++;
-      p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
-    }else{
-      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
-      if( 0==*p2 ) break;
-      p2++;
-      p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
-    }
-  }
-
-  fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
-  fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
-  *pp1 = p1;
-  *pp2 = p2;
-  if( *pp==p ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  *p++ = 0x00;
-  *pp = p;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument
-** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression 
-** like:
-**
-**     "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2"
-**
-** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR 
-** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position 
-** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" 
-** in the example above).
-**
-** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those
-** entries that are not sufficiently NEAR entries in *pp1 removed.
-*/
-static int fts3PoslistNearMerge(
-  char **pp,                      /* Output buffer */
-  char *aTmp,                     /* Temporary buffer space */
-  int nRight,                     /* Maximum difference in token positions */
-  int nLeft,                      /* Maximum difference in token positions */
-  char **pp1,                     /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
-  char **pp2                      /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
-){
-  char *p1 = *pp1;
-  char *p2 = *pp2;
-
-  char *pTmp1 = aTmp;
-  char *pTmp2;
-  char *aTmp2;
-  int res = 1;
-
-  fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2);
-  aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1;
-  *pp1 = p1;
-  *pp2 = p2;
-  fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1);
-  if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
-    fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2);
-  }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){
-    fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp);
-  }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
-    fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2);
-  }else{
-    res = 0;
-  }
-
-  return res;
-}
-
-/* 
-** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially
-** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query.
-** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details.
-*/
-typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect;
-struct TermSelect {
-  char *aaOutput[16];             /* Malloc'd output buffers */
-  int anOutput[16];               /* Size each output buffer in bytes */
-};
-
-/*
-** This function is used to read a single varint from a buffer. Parameter
-** pEnd points 1 byte past the end of the buffer. When this function is
-** called, if *pp points to pEnd or greater, then the end of the buffer
-** has been reached. In this case *pp is set to 0 and the function returns.
-**
-** If *pp does not point to or past pEnd, then a single varint is read
-** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint.
-**
-** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning.
-** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this 
-** function returns.
-*/
-static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3(
-  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Point to read varint from */
-  char *pEnd,                     /* End of buffer */
-  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if docids are descending */
-  sqlite3_int64 *pVal             /* IN/OUT: Integer value */
-){
-  if( *pp>=pEnd ){
-    *pp = 0;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_int64 iVal;
-    *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
-    if( bDescIdx ){
-      *pVal -= iVal;
-    }else{
-      *pVal += iVal;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint
-** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the
-** end of the value written.
-**
-** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to
-** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. 
-**
-** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value 
-** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal)
-** (if bDescIdx is non-zero).
-**
-** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev
-** to the value of parameter iVal.
-*/
-static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3(
-  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
-  int bDescIdx,                   /* True for descending docids */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piPrev,          /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
-  int *pbFirst,                   /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */
-  sqlite3_int64 iVal              /* Write this value to the list */
-){
-  sqlite3_int64 iWrite;
-  if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){
-    iWrite = iVal - *piPrev;
-  }else{
-    iWrite = *piPrev - iVal;
-  }
-  assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 );
-  assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 );
-  *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite);
-  *piPrev = iVal;
-  *pbFirst = 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two
-** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable
-** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). 
-** Otherwise, (i2-i1).
-**
-** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are
-** sorted in either ascending or descending order.
-*/
-#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2))
-
-/*
-** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all
-** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the 
-** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist
-** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be
-** passed a non-zero value.
-**
-** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer
-** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case
-** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values
-** are undefined in this case.
-*/
-static int fts3DoclistOrMerge(
-  int bDescDoclist,               /* True if arguments are desc */
-  char *a1, int n1,               /* First doclist */
-  char *a2, int n2,               /* Second doclist */
-  char **paOut, int *pnOut        /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */
-){
-  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
-  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
-  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
-  char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1];
-  char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2];
-  char *p1 = a1;
-  char *p2 = a2;
-  char *p;
-  char *aOut;
-  int bFirstOut = 0;
-
-  *paOut = 0;
-  *pnOut = 0;
-
-  /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists
-  ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0),
-  ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For
-  ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the
-  ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in
-  ** ascending order).
-  **
-  ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the 
-  ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is
-  ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list 
-  ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since
-  ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must
-  ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from 
-  ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid
-  ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists
-  ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output.
-  **
-  ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number,
-  ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may
-  ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value
-  ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid).
-  **
-  ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the
-  ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input
-  ** docids to grow. 
-  **
-  ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending 
-  ** order.
-  */
-  aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1);
-  if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  p = aOut;
-  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
-  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
-  while( p1 || p2 ){
-    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);
-
-    if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){
-      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
-      fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2);
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
-    }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){
-      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
-      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1);
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
-    }else{
-      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2);
-      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2);
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
-    }
-  }
-
-  *paOut = aOut;
-  *pnOut = (int)(p-aOut);
-  assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge,
-** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input
-** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist
-** exactly nDist tokens before it.
-**
-** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order,
-** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending 
-** order, it should be passed a non-zero value.
-**
-** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function.
-*/
-static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(
-  int bDescDoclist,               /* True if arguments are desc */
-  int nDist,                      /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */
-  char *aLeft, int nLeft,         /* Left doclist */
-  char *aRight, int *pnRight      /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */
-){
-  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
-  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
-  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
-  char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft];
-  char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight];
-  char *p1 = aLeft;
-  char *p2 = aRight;
-  char *p;
-  int bFirstOut = 0;
-  char *aOut = aRight;
-
-  assert( nDist>0 );
-
-  p = aOut;
-  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
-  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
-
-  while( p1 && p2 ){
-    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);
-    if( iDiff==0 ){
-      char *pSave = p;
-      sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev;
-      int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut;
-
-      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
-      if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
-        p = pSave;
-        iPrev = iPrevSave;
-        bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave;
-      }
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
-    }else if( iDiff<0 ){
-      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
-    }else{
-      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
-      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
-    }
-  }
-
-  *pnRight = (int)(p - aOut);
-}
-
-/*
-** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This
-** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for
-** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta
-** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only
-** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte.
-** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(
-  sqlite3_int64 iDelta,           /* Varint that may be written to pOut */
-  char *pList,                    /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */
-  int nList,                      /* Size of pList in bytes */
-  char *pOut                      /* Write output here */
-){
-  int nOut = 0;
-  int bWritten = 0;               /* True once iDelta has been written */
-  char *p = pList;
-  char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
-
-  if( *p!=0x01 ){
-    if( *p==0x02 ){
-      nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta);
-      pOut[nOut++] = 0x02;
-      bWritten = 1;
-    }
-    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p);
-  }
-
-  while( p<pEnd && *p==0x01 ){
-    sqlite3_int64 iCol;
-    p++;
-    p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iCol);
-    if( *p==0x02 ){
-      if( bWritten==0 ){
-        nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta);
-        bWritten = 1;
-      }
-      pOut[nOut++] = 0x01;
-      nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iCol);
-      pOut[nOut++] = 0x02;
-    }
-    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p);
-  }
-  if( bWritten ){
-    pOut[nOut++] = 0x00;
-  }
-
-  return nOut;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single
-** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all
-** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is
-** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the
-** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array.
-*/
-static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){
-  char *aOut = 0;
-  int nOut = 0;
-  int i;
-
-  /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all
-  ** into a single doclist.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); i++){
-    if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){
-      if( !aOut ){
-        aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i];
-        nOut = pTS->anOutput[i];
-        pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
-      }else{
-        int nNew;
-        char *aNew;
-
-        int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, 
-            pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew
-        );
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3_free(aOut);
-          return rc;
-        }
-
-        sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]);
-        sqlite3_free(aOut);
-        pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
-        aOut = aNew;
-        nOut = nNew;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut;
-  pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed
-** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function
-** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details).
-**
-** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches
-** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist
-** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of
-** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect
-** object.
-**
-** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an
-** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int fts3TermSelectMerge(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
-  TermSelect *pTS,                /* TermSelect object to merge into */
-  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to doclist */
-  int nDoclist                    /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */
-){
-  if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){
-    /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output
-    ** buffer using memcpy(). */
-    pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist);
-    pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist;
-    if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){
-      memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }else{
-    char *aMerge = aDoclist;
-    int nMerge = nDoclist;
-    int iOut;
-
-    for(iOut=0; iOut<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); iOut++){
-      if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){
-        assert( iOut>0 );
-        pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
-        pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
-        break;
-      }else{
-        char *aNew;
-        int nNew;
-
-        int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, 
-            pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew
-        );
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
-          return rc;
-        }
-
-        if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
-        sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]);
-        pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0;
-  
-        aMerge = aNew;
-        nMerge = nNew;
-        if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){
-          pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
-          pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array.
-*/
-static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, 
-  Fts3SegReader *pNew
-){
-  if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){
-    Fts3SegReader **apNew;
-    int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*);
-    apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte);
-    if( !apNew ){
-      sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pCsr->apSegment = apNew;
-  }
-  pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the
-** 8th argument.
-**
-** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code
-** otherwise.
-*/
-static int fts3SegReaderCursor(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
-  int iIndex,                     /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
-  int iLevel,                     /* Level of segments to scan */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
-  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
-  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
-  int isScan,                     /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object to populate */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Error code */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement to iterate through segments */
-  int rc2;                        /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */
-
-  /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader 
-  ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being
-  ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling
-  ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by 
-  ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these
-  ** calls out here.  */
-  if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){
-    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pSeg);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){
-      rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt);
-    }
-
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){
-      Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
-
-      /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */
-      sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
-      sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2);
-      sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3);
-      int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
-      char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4);
-
-      /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its
-      ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */
-      if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){
-        sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0);
-        rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
-        if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock;
-      }
- 
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, 
-          (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0),
-          iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, 
-          iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg
-      );
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
-      rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
-    }
-  }
-
- finished:
-  rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2;
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a 
-** single level therein.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language-id to search */
-  int iIndex,                     /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
-  int iLevel,                     /* Level of segments to scan */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
-  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
-  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
-  int isScan,                     /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr       /* Cursor object to populate */
-){
-  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
-  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
-      ||  iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING 
-      ||  iLevel>=0
-  );
-  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
-  assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL<0 && FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING<0 );
-  assert( isPrefix==0 || isScan==0 );
-
-  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
-  return fts3SegReaderCursor(
-      p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr
-  );
-}
-
-/*
-** In addition to its current configuration, have the Fts3MultiSegReader
-** passed as the 4th argument also scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS virtual table handle */
-  int iLangid,
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to scan doclist of */
-  int nTerm,                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */
-){
-  return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, 
-      iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr
-  );
-}
-
-/*
-** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or,
-** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which 
-** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write
-** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return
-** an SQLite error code.
-**
-** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually
-** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() 
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
-** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Virtual table cursor handle */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
-  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
-  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr   /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
-){
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Object to allocate and return */
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;          /* Return code */
-
-  pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
-  if( pSegcsr ){
-    int i;
-    int bFound = 0;               /* True once an index has been found */
-    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-
-    if( isPrefix ){
-      for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
-        if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){
-          bFound = 1;
-          rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
-              i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr
-          );
-          pSegcsr->bLookup = 1;
-        }
-      }
-
-      for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
-        if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){
-          bFound = 1;
-          rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
-              i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr
-          );
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
-                p, pCsr->iLangid, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr
-            );
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( bFound==0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
-          0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr
-      );
-      pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor().
-*/
-static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){
-  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr);
-  sqlite3_free(pSegcsr);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function retrieves the doclist for the specified term (or term
-** prefix) from the database.
-*/
-static int fts3TermSelect(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  Fts3PhraseToken *pTok,          /* Token to query for */
-  int iColumn,                    /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */
-  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */
-  char **ppOut                    /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */
-  TermSelect tsc;                 /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */
-  Fts3SegFilter filter;           /* Segment term filter configuration */
-
-  pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr;
-  memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect));
-
-  filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS
-        | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0)
-        | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0)
-        | (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0);
-  filter.iCol = iColumn;
-  filter.zTerm = pTok->z;
-  filter.nTerm = pTok->n;
-
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter);
-  while( SQLITE_OK==rc
-      && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) 
-  ){
-    rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0];
-    *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0];
-  }else{
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(tsc.aaOutput); i++){
-      sqlite3_free(tsc.aaOutput[i]);
-    }
-  }
-
-  fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pSegcsr);
-  pTok->pSegcsr = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored
-** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes.
-**
-** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist
-** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed
-** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded 
-** varints.
-*/
-static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){
-  int nDoc = 0;                   /* Return value */
-  if( aList ){
-    char *aEnd = &aList[nList];   /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */
-    char *p = aList;              /* Cursor */
-    while( p<aEnd ){
-      nDoc++;
-      while( (*p++)&0x80 );     /* Skip docid varint */
-      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);   /* Skip over position list */
-    }
-  }
-
-  return nDoc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next row in the %_content table that
-** matches the search criteria.  For a MATCH search, this will be
-** the next row that matches. For a full-table scan, this will be
-** simply the next row in the %_content table.  For a docid lookup,
-** this routine simply sets the EOF flag.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong.  SQLITE_OK is returned
-** even if we reach end-of-file.  The fts3EofMethod() will be called
-** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit.
-*/
-static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  int rc;
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
-  if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
-    if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
-      pCsr->isEof = 1;
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
-    }else{
-      pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor);
-  }
-  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following are copied from sqliteInt.h.
-**
-** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
-** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
-** compilers.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-# define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
-# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the numeric type of argument pVal is "integer", then return it
-** converted to a 64-bit signed integer. Otherwise, return a copy of
-** the second parameter, iDefault.
-*/
-static sqlite3_int64 fts3DocidRange(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){
-  if( pVal ){
-    int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal);
-    if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-      return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal);
-    }
-  }
-  return iDefault;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table.  See
-** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
-** information.
-**
-** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against
-** the %_content table.
-**
-** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry
-** in the %_content table.
-**
-** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index.  The
-** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
-** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed.  argv[0] is the right-hand
-** side of the MATCH operator.
-*/
-static int fts3FilterMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
-  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
-  const char *idxStr,             /* Unused */
-  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
-){
-  int rc;
-  char *zSql;                     /* SQL statement used to access %_content */
-  int eSearch;
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
-
-  sqlite3_value *pCons = 0;       /* The MATCH or rowid constraint, if any */
-  sqlite3_value *pLangid = 0;     /* The "langid = ?" constraint, if any */
-  sqlite3_value *pDocidGe = 0;    /* The "docid >= ?" constraint, if any */
-  sqlite3_value *pDocidLe = 0;    /* The "docid <= ?" constraint, if any */
-  int iIdx;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
-
-  eSearch = (idxNum & 0x0000FFFF);
-  assert( eSearch>=0 && eSearch<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) );
-  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
-
-  /* Collect arguments into local variables */
-  iIdx = 0;
-  if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++];
-  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++];
-  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++];
-  if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++];
-  assert( iIdx==nVal );
-
-  /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */
-  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
-  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
-  memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor));
-
-  /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */
-  pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);
-  pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64);
-
-  if( idxStr ){
-    pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D');
-  }else{
-    pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx;
-  }
-  pCsr->eSearch = (i16)eSearch;
-
-  if( eSearch!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
-    int iCol = eSearch-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH;
-    const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pCons);
-
-    if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(pCons)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-
-    pCsr->iLangid = 0;
-    if( pLangid ) pCsr->iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(pLangid);
-
-    assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 );
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
-        p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, 
-        &p->base.zErrMsg
-    );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
-    sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist;
-    pCsr->iPrevId = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the
-  ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a
-  ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single
-  ** row by docid.
-  */
-  if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-        "SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s",
-        p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
-    );
-    if( zSql ){
-      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
-      sqlite3_free(zSql);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){
-    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pCsr->pStmt);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCons);
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  return fts3NextMethod(pCursor);
-}
-
-/* 
-** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this 
-** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
-*/
-static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof;
-}
-
-/* 
-** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
-** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3
-** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
-** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
-*/
-static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
-  *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
-** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
-** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
-**
-** If:
-**
-**   (iCol <  p->nColumn)   -> The value of the iCol'th user column.
-**   (iCol == p->nColumn)   -> Magic column with the same name as the table.
-**   (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column
-**   (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column
-*/
-static int fts3ColumnMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
-  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
-
-  /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */
-  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 );
-
-  if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){
-    /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an 
-    ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value.
-    */
-    sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId);
-  }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){
-    /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table.
-    ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor.  */
-    sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }else if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 && pCsr->pExpr ){
-    sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid);
-  }else{
-    /* The requested column is either a user column (one that contains 
-    ** indexed data), or the language-id column.  */
-    rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 ){
-        int iLangid = 0;
-        if( p->zLanguageid ){
-          iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pCsr->pStmt, p->nColumn+1);
-        }
-        sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, iLangid);
-      }else if( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)>(iCol+1) ){
-        sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1));
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by 
-** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
-** inserted, updated or deleted.
-*/
-static int fts3UpdateMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
-  int nArg,                       /* Size of argument array */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
-  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
-){
-  return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms
-** hash-table to the database.
-*/
-static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-
-  /* Following an incremental-merge operation, assuming that the input
-  ** segments are not completely consumed (the usual case), they are updated
-  ** in place to remove the entries that have already been merged. This
-  ** involves updating the leaf block that contains the smallest unmerged
-  ** entry and each block (if any) between the leaf and the root node. So
-  ** if the height of the input segment b-trees is N, and input segments
-  ** are merged eight at a time, updating the input segments at the end
-  ** of an incremental-merge requires writing (8*(1+N)) blocks. N is usually
-  ** small - often between 0 and 2. So the overhead of the incremental
-  ** merge is somewhere between 8 and 24 blocks. To avoid this overhead
-  ** dwarfing the actual productive work accomplished, the incremental merge
-  ** is only attempted if it will write at least 64 leaf blocks. Hence
-  ** nMinMerge.
-  **
-  ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch
-  ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead
-  ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input 
-  ** segments.
-  */
-  const u32 nMinMerge = 64;       /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */
-
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
-  int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
-   && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) 
-   && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff
-  ){
-    int mxLevel = 0;              /* Maximum relative level value in db */
-    int A;                        /* Incr-merge parameter A */
-
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(p, &mxLevel);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || mxLevel==0 );
-    A = p->nLeafAdd * mxLevel;
-    A += (A/2);
-    if( A>(int)nMinMerge ) rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, A, p->nAutoincrmerge);
-  }
-  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If it is currently unknown whether or not the FTS table has an %_stat
-** table (if p->bHasStat==2), attempt to determine this (set p->bHasStat
-** to 0 or 1). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code
-** if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int fts3SetHasStat(Fts3Table *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->bHasStat==2 ){
-    const char *zFmt ="SELECT 1 FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name='%q_stat'";
-    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, p->zDb, p->zName);
-    if( zSql ){
-      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        int bHasStat = (sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW);
-        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = bHasStat;
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(zSql);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of xBegin() method. 
-*/
-static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
-  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
-  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
-  assert( p->inTransaction!=1 );
-  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 );
-  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
-  p->nLeafAdd = 0;
-  return fts3SetHasStat(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of
-** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database
-** by fts3SyncMethod().
-*/
-static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
-  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
-  assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
-  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
-  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
-  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms
-** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite.
-*/
-static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
-  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
-  assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
-  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
-  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the
-** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function
-** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the
-** same position list.
-*/
-static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){
-  char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2];
-  char c = 0;
-
-  while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 );
-  while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ 
-    c = *p--; 
-  }
-  if( p>pStart ){ p = &p[2]; }
-  while( *p++&0x80 );
-  *ppPoslist = p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(),
-** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions.
-**
-** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size
-** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the 
-** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error
-** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The
-** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message.
-*/
-static int fts3FunctionArg(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQL function call context */
-  const char *zFunc,              /* Function name */
-  sqlite3_value *pVal,            /* argv[0] passed to function */
-  Fts3Cursor **ppCsr              /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */
-){
-  Fts3Cursor *pRet;
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB 
-   || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)
-  ){
-    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc);
-    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zErr);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *));
-  *ppCsr = pRet;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3
-*/
-static void fts3SnippetFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
-  int nVal,                       /* Size of apVal[] array */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
-){
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
-  const char *zStart = "<b>";
-  const char *zEnd = "</b>";
-  const char *zEllipsis = "<b>...</b>";
-  int iCol = -1;
-  int nToken = 15;                /* Default number of tokens in snippet */
-
-  /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise
-  ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one).
-  */
-  assert( nVal>=1 );
-
-  if( nVal>6 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, 
-        "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1);
-    return;
-  }
-  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
-
-  switch( nVal ){
-    case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]);
-    case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
-    case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
-    case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
-    case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
-  }
-  if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext);
-  }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
-    sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3
-*/
-static void fts3OffsetsFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
-  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
-){
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
-
-  assert( nVal==1 );
-  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
-  assert( pCsr );
-  if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
-    sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr);
-  }
-}
-
-/* 
-** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This 
-** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment.
-** Example usage is:
-**
-**   SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1;
-**
-** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table.
-*/
-static void fts3OptimizeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
-  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  Fts3Table *p;                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  Fts3Cursor *pCursor;            /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
-
-  assert( nVal==1 );
-  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return;
-  p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab;
-  assert( p );
-
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p);
-
-  switch( rc ){
-    case SQLITE_OK:
-      sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_DONE:
-      sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      break;
-    default:
-      sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
-      break;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3
-*/
-static void fts3MatchinfoFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
-  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
-){
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
-  assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 );
-  if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){
-    const char *zArg = 0;
-    if( nVal>1 ){
-      zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
-    }
-    sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
-** virtual table.
-*/
-static int fts3FindFunctionMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
-  int nArg,                       /* Number of SQL function arguments */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name of SQL function */
-  void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */
-  void **ppArg                    /* Unused */
-){
-  struct Overloaded {
-    const char *zName;
-    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-  } aOverload[] = {
-    { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc },
-    { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc },
-    { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc },
-    { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc },
-  };
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg);
-
-  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(aOverload); i++){
-    if( strcmp(zName, aOverload[i].zName)==0 ){
-      *pxFunc = aOverload[i].xFunc;
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of FTS3 xRename method. Rename an fts3 table.
-*/
-static int fts3RenameMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
-  const char *zName               /* New name of table */
-){
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;            /* Database connection */
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-
-  /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
-  ** So bHasStat may not be 2.  */
-  rc = fts3SetHasStat(p);
-  
-  /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is
-  ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction 
-  ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method 
-  ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to
-  ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes.
-  */
-  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
-  }
-
-  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
-    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
-      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content'  RENAME TO '%q_content';",
-      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
-    );
-  }
-
-  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
-    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
-      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'  RENAME TO '%q_docsize';",
-      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
-    );
-  }
-  if( p->bHasStat ){
-    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
-      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat'  RENAME TO '%q_stat';",
-      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
-    );
-  }
-  fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';",
-    p->zDb, p->zName, zName
-  );
-  fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'   RENAME TO '%q_segdir';",
-    p->zDb, p->zName, zName
-  );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The xSavepoint() method.
-**
-** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk.
-*/
-static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
-  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction );
-  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint );
-  TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
-  if( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ){
-    rc = fts3SyncMethod(pVtab);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The xRelease() method.
-**
-** This is a no-op.
-*/
-static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
-  TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
-  assert( p->inTransaction );
-  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
-  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The xRollbackTo() method.
-**
-** Discard the contents of the pending terms table.
-*/
-static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
-  assert( p->inTransaction );
-  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
-  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
-  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
-  /* iVersion      */ 2,
-  /* xCreate       */ fts3CreateMethod,
-  /* xConnect      */ fts3ConnectMethod,
-  /* xBestIndex    */ fts3BestIndexMethod,
-  /* xDisconnect   */ fts3DisconnectMethod,
-  /* xDestroy      */ fts3DestroyMethod,
-  /* xOpen         */ fts3OpenMethod,
-  /* xClose        */ fts3CloseMethod,
-  /* xFilter       */ fts3FilterMethod,
-  /* xNext         */ fts3NextMethod,
-  /* xEof          */ fts3EofMethod,
-  /* xColumn       */ fts3ColumnMethod,
-  /* xRowid        */ fts3RowidMethod,
-  /* xUpdate       */ fts3UpdateMethod,
-  /* xBegin        */ fts3BeginMethod,
-  /* xSync         */ fts3SyncMethod,
-  /* xCommit       */ fts3CommitMethod,
-  /* xRollback     */ fts3RollbackMethod,
-  /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod,
-  /* xRename */       fts3RenameMethod,
-  /* xSavepoint    */ fts3SavepointMethod,
-  /* xRelease      */ fts3ReleaseMethod,
-  /* xRollbackTo   */ fts3RollbackToMethod,
-};
-
-/*
-** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an
-** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory
-** allocated for the tokenizer hash table.
-*/
-static void hashDestroy(void *p){
-  Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p;
-  sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
-  sqlite3_free(pHash);
-}
-
-/*
-** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are 
-** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c
-** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions
-** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations.
-**
-** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
-** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
-** And so on.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
-** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
-** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
-** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
-  sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
-  sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-#endif
-
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
-  sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
-
-  /* Allocate and initialize the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
-  pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash));
-  if( !pHash ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
-  }
-
-  /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
-     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) 
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
-     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) 
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-     || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
-#endif
-    ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload 
-  ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
-  ** module with sqlite.
-  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc 
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1))
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1))
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2))
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1))
-  ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-        db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
-    );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-          db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0
-      );
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTok(db, (void *)pHash);
-    }
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-
-  /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  if( pHash ){
-    sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
-    sqlite3_free(pHash);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
-** by pExpr. 
-**
-** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
-** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
-** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan
-** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name.
-**
-** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
-** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
-** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
-** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory 
-** doclist and then traversed.
-*/
-static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Allocate readers for this expression */
-  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */
-  int *pnOr,                      /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */
-  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
-){
-  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
-    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
-      int i;
-      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
-      *pnToken += nToken;
-      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
-        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i];
-        int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, 
-            pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr
-        );
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          *pRc = rc;
-          return;
-        }
-      }
-      assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 );
-      pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1;
-    }else{
-      *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR);
-      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
-      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p.
-** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll.
-**
-** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using
-** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually
-** freeing the buffer.
-*/
-static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(
-  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS Table pointer */
-  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */
-  int iToken,                     /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */
-  char *pList,                    /* Pointer to doclist */
-  int nList                       /* Number of bytes in pList */
-){
-  assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken );
-
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll);
-    p->doclist.aAll = 0;
-    p->doclist.nAll = 0;
-  }
-
-  else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){
-    p->doclist.aAll = pList;
-    p->doclist.nAll = nList;
-  }
-
-  else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pList);
-  }
-
-  else {
-    char *pLeft;
-    char *pRight;
-    int nLeft;
-    int nRight;
-    int nDiff;
-
-    if( p->iDoclistToken<iToken ){
-      pLeft = p->doclist.aAll;
-      nLeft = p->doclist.nAll;
-      pRight = pList;
-      nRight = nList;
-      nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken;
-    }else{
-      pRight = p->doclist.aAll;
-      nRight = p->doclist.nAll;
-      pLeft = pList;
-      nLeft = nList;
-      nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken;
-    }
-
-    fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, pRight,&nRight);
-    sqlite3_free(pLeft);
-    p->doclist.aAll = pRight;
-    p->doclist.nAll = nRight;
-  }
-
-  if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken;
-}
-
-/*
-** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist
-** does not take deferred tokens into account.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
-  Fts3Phrase *p                   /* Phrase object */
-){
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  int iToken;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<p->nToken; iToken++){
-    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken];
-    assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
-
-    if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
-      int nThis = 0;
-      char *pThis = 0;
-      rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis);
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for
-** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases
-** current position list to include only those positions that are really
-** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this
-** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList
-** and doclist.nList are both zeroed.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
-  int iToken;                     /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */
-  char *aPoslist = 0;             /* Position list for deferred tokens */
-  int nPoslist = 0;               /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */
-  int iPrev = -1;                 /* Token number of previous deferred token */
-
-  assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
-
-  for(iToken=0; iToken<pPhrase->nToken; iToken++){
-    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
-    Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred;
-
-    if( pDeferred ){
-      char *pList;
-      int nList;
-      int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-      if( pList==0 ){
-        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
-        pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
-        pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-
-      }else if( aPoslist==0 ){
-        aPoslist = pList;
-        nPoslist = nList;
-
-      }else{
-        char *aOut = pList;
-        char *p1 = aPoslist;
-        char *p2 = aOut;
-
-        assert( iPrev>=0 );
-        fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2);
-        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
-        aPoslist = pList;
-        nPoslist = (int)(aOut - aPoslist);
-        if( nPoslist==0 ){
-          sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
-          pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
-          pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
-          return SQLITE_OK;
-        }
-      }
-      iPrev = iToken;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( iPrev>=0 ){
-    int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken;
-    if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){
-      pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist;
-      pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist;
-      pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
-      pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
-    }else{
-      int nDistance;
-      char *p1;
-      char *p2;
-      char *aOut;
-
-      if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){
-        p1 = aPoslist;
-        p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
-        nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev;
-      }else{
-        p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
-        p2 = aPoslist;
-        nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred;
-      }
-
-      aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8);
-      if( !aOut ){
-        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      
-      pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut;
-      if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
-        pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
-        pPhrase->doclist.nList = (int)(aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_free(aOut);
-        pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
-        pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Maximum number of tokens a phrase may have to be considered for the
-** incremental doclists strategy.
-*/
-#define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4
-
-/*
-** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query 
-** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this
-** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be
-** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids.
-**
-** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the
-** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into
-** memory within this call.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Error code */
-  int i;
-
-  /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is
-  ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be
-  ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of 
-  ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first"
-  ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index.  */
-  int bHaveIncr = 0;
-  int bIncrOk = (bOptOk 
-   && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx 
-   && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0
-   && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-   && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0
-#endif
-  );
-  for(i=0; bIncrOk==1 && i<p->nToken; i++){
-    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i];
-    if( pToken->bFirst || (pToken->pSegcsr!=0 && !pToken->pSegcsr->bLookup) ){
-      bIncrOk = 0;
-    }
-    if( pToken->pSegcsr ) bHaveIncr = 1;
-  }
-
-  if( bIncrOk && bHaveIncr ){
-    /* Use the incremental approach. */
-    int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn);
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken; i++){
-      Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i];
-      Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr = pToken->pSegcsr;
-      if( pSegcsr ){
-        rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(pTab, pSegcsr, iCol, pToken->z, pToken->n);
-      }
-    }
-    p->bIncr = 1;
-  }else{
-    /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */
-    rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p);
-    p->bIncr = 0;
-  }
-
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) 
-** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase
-** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through
-** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc".
-**
-** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or 
-** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this
-** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
-  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if the doclist is desc */
-  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to entire doclist */
-  int nDoclist,                   /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
-  char **ppIter,                  /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
-  int *pnList,                    /* OUT: List length pointer */
-  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
-){
-  char *p = *ppIter;
-
-  assert( nDoclist>0 );
-  assert( *pbEof==0 );
-  assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
-  assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
-
-  if( p==0 ){
-    sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0;
-    char *pNext = 0;
-    char *pDocid = aDoclist;
-    char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist];
-    int iMul = 1;
-
-    while( pDocid<pEnd ){
-      sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
-      pDocid += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pDocid, &iDelta);
-      iDocid += (iMul * iDelta);
-      pNext = pDocid;
-      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pDocid);
-      while( pDocid<pEnd && *pDocid==0 ) pDocid++;
-      iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
-    }
-
-    *pnList = (int)(pEnd - pNext);
-    *ppIter = pNext;
-    *piDocid = iDocid;
-  }else{
-    int iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
-    sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
-    fts3GetReverseVarint(&p, aDoclist, &iDelta);
-    *piDocid -= (iMul * iDelta);
-
-    if( p==aDoclist ){
-      *pbEof = 1;
-    }else{
-      char *pSave = p;
-      fts3ReversePoslist(aDoclist, &p);
-      *pnList = (int)(pSave - p);
-    }
-    *ppIter = p;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Iterate forwards through a doclist.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
-  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if the doclist is desc */
-  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to entire doclist */
-  int nDoclist,                   /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
-  char **ppIter,                  /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
-  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
-){
-  char *p = *ppIter;
-
-  assert( nDoclist>0 );
-  assert( *pbEof==0 );
-  assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
-  assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
-
-  if( p==0 ){
-    p = aDoclist;
-    p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid);
-  }else{
-    fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);
-    if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){
-      *pbEof = 1;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_int64 iVar;
-      p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVar);
-      *piDocid += ((bDescIdx ? -1 : 1) * iVar);
-    }
-  }
-
-  *ppIter = p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the iterator pDL to the next entry in pDL->aAll/nAll. Set *pbEof
-** to true if EOF is reached.
-*/
-static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(
-  Fts3Table *pTab,
-  Fts3Doclist *pDL,
-  u8 *pbEof
-){
-  char *pIter;                            /* Used to iterate through aAll */
-  char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll];     /* 1 byte past end of aAll */
- 
-  if( pDL->pNextDocid ){
-    pIter = pDL->pNextDocid;
-  }else{
-    pIter = pDL->aAll;
-  }
-
-  if( pIter>=pEnd ){
-    /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */
-    *pbEof = 1;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
-    pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta);
-    if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){
-      pDL->iDocid += iDelta;
-    }else{
-      pDL->iDocid -= iDelta;
-    }
-    pDL->pList = pIter;
-    fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter);
-    pDL->nList = (int)(pIter - pDL->pList);
-
-    /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position-
-    ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was
-    ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually
-    ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals
-    ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by
-    ** fts3EvalNearTrim().  */
-    while( pIter<pEnd && *pIter==0 ) pIter++;
-
-    pDL->pNextDocid = pIter;
-    assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter );
-    *pbEof = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Helper type used by fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext() and incrPhraseTokenNext().
-*/
-typedef struct TokenDoclist TokenDoclist;
-struct TokenDoclist {
-  int bIgnore;
-  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
-  char *pList;
-  int nList;
-};
-
-/*
-** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a 
-** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the
-** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new
-** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true.
-**
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return 
-** SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int incrPhraseTokenNext(
-  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* Virtual table handle */
-  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase,            /* Phrase to advance token of */
-  int iToken,                     /* Specific token to advance */
-  TokenDoclist *p,                /* OUT: Docid and doclist for new entry */
-  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: True if iterator is at EOF */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pPhrase->iDoclistToken==iToken ){
-    assert( p->bIgnore==0 );
-    assert( pPhrase->aToken[iToken].pSegcsr==0 );
-    fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, &pPhrase->doclist, pbEof);
-    p->pList = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
-    p->nList = pPhrase->doclist.nList;
-    p->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
-  }else{
-    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
-    assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
-    assert( pToken->pSegcsr || pPhrase->iDoclistToken>=0 );
-    if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
-      assert( p->bIgnore==0 );
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
-          pTab, pToken->pSegcsr, &p->iDocid, &p->pList, &p->nList
-      );
-      if( p->pList==0 ) *pbEof = 1;
-    }else{
-      p->bIgnore = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument:
-**
-**   * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and 
-**
-**   * does not contain any deferred tokens.
-**
-** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate
-** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. 
-**
-** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
-** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
-** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
-**
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return 
-** SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
-  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */
-  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  u8 bEof = 0;
-
-  /* This is only called if it is guaranteed that the phrase has at least
-  ** one incremental token. In which case the bIncr flag is set. */
-  assert( p->bIncr==1 );
-
-  if( p->nToken==1 && p->bIncr ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, 
-        &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList
-    );
-    if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1;
-  }else{
-    int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc;
-    struct TokenDoclist a[MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS];
-
-    memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
-    assert( p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS );
-    assert( p->iDoclistToken<MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS );
-
-    while( bEof==0 ){
-      int bMaxSet = 0;
-      sqlite3_int64 iMax = 0;     /* Largest docid for all iterators */
-      int i;                      /* Used to iterate through tokens */
-
-      /* Advance the iterator for each token in the phrase once. */
-      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken && bEof==0; i++){
-        rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
-        if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){
-          iMax = a[i].iDocid;
-          bMaxSet = 1;
-        }
-      }
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0 );
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet );
-
-      /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */
-      for(i=0; i<p->nToken; i++){
-        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 
-            && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 
-        ){
-          rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
-          if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){
-            iMax = a[i].iDocid;
-            i = 0;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Check if the current entries really are a phrase match */
-      if( bEof==0 ){
-        int nList = 0;
-        int nByte = a[p->nToken-1].nList;
-        char *aDoclist = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1);
-        if( !aDoclist ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        memcpy(aDoclist, a[p->nToken-1].pList, nByte+1);
-
-        for(i=0; i<(p->nToken-1); i++){
-          if( a[i].bIgnore==0 ){
-            char *pL = a[i].pList;
-            char *pR = aDoclist;
-            char *pOut = aDoclist;
-            int nDist = p->nToken-1-i;
-            int res = fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pOut, nDist, 0, 1, &pL, &pR);
-            if( res==0 ) break;
-            nList = (int)(pOut - aDoclist);
-          }
-        }
-        if( i==(p->nToken-1) ){
-          pDL->iDocid = iMax;
-          pDL->pList = aDoclist;
-          pDL->nList = nList;
-          pDL->bFreeList = 1;
-          break;
-        }
-        sqlite3_free(aDoclist);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  *pbEof = bEof;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. 
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return 
-** SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
-** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
-** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalPhraseNext(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
-  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */
-  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-
-  if( p->bIncr ){
-    rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof);
-  }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){
-    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, 
-        &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof
-    );
-    pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid;
-  }else{
-    fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, pDL, pbEof);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-**
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the
-** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any
-** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred.
-**
-** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the
-** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for
-** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing).
-** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression
-** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available.
-**
-** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error
-** code before returning.
-*/
-static void fts3EvalStartReaders(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to initialize phrases in */
-  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
-){
-  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
-    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
-      int i;
-      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
-      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
-        if( pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break;
-      }
-      pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken);
-      *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 1, pExpr->pPhrase);
-    }else{
-      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
-      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
-      pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process
-** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part
-** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each
-** token in the FTS expression.
-**
-** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong
-** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or
-** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered
-** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in 
-** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot.
-*/
-typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost;
-struct Fts3TokenAndCost {
-  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;            /* The phrase the token belongs to */
-  int iToken;                     /* Position of token in phrase */
-  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;        /* The token itself */
-  Fts3Expr *pRoot;                /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */
-  int nOvfl;                      /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */
-  int iCol;                       /* The column the token must match */
-};
-
-/*
-** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array.
-**
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an
-** SQLite error code.
-*/
-static void fts3EvalTokenCosts(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
-  Fts3Expr *pRoot,                /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to consider */
-  Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC,        /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */
-  Fts3Expr ***ppOr,               /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */
-  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
-){
-  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
-      Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
-        Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++;
-        pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase;
-        pTC->iToken = i;
-        pTC->pRoot = pRoot;
-        pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i];
-        pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn;
-        *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl);
-      }
-    }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
-      assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR
-           || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND
-           || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
-      );
-      assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight );
-      if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
-        pRoot = pExpr->pLeft;
-        **ppOr = pRoot;
-        (*ppOr)++;
-      }
-      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
-      if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
-        pRoot = pExpr->pRight;
-        **ppOr = pRoot;
-        (*ppOr)++;
-      }
-      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful,
-** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return
-** an SQLite error code.
-**
-** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating 
-** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount
-** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in
-** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus
-** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){
-  if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){
-    /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost
-    ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required 
-    ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it.
-    **
-    ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 
-    ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table.
-    ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in
-    ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of
-    ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left
-    ** to right.
-    */
-    int rc;
-    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-    sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
-    sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0;
-    const char *pEnd;
-    const char *a;
-
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
-    assert( a );
-
-    pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)];
-    a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
-    while( a<pEnd ){
-      a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nByte);
-    }
-    if( nDoc==0 || nByte==0 ){
-      sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-      return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-    }
-
-    pCsr->nDoc = nDoc;
-    pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz);
-    assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); 
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be 
-** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is
-** called.
-**
-** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the 
-** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within
-** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition
-** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details.
-**
-** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken()
-** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
-** returned.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
-  Fts3Expr *pRoot,                /* Consider tokens with this root node */
-  Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC,          /* Array of expression tokens and costs */
-  int nTC                         /* Number of entries in aTC[] */
-){
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  int nDocSize = 0;               /* Number of pages per doc loaded */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int ii;                         /* Iterator variable for various purposes */
-  int nOvfl = 0;                  /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */
-  int nToken = 0;                 /* Total number of tokens in cluster */
-
-  int nMinEst = 0;                /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */
-  int nLoad4 = 1;                 /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */
-
-  /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx
-  ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content
-  ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from
-  ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely
-  ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */
-  if( pTab->zContentTbl ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists
-  ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is
-  ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */
-  for(ii=0; ii<nTC; ii++){
-    if( aTC[ii].pRoot==pRoot ){
-      nOvfl += aTC[ii].nOvfl;
-      nToken++;
-    }
-  }
-  if( nOvfl==0 || nToken<2 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Obtain the average docsize (in pages). */
-  rc = fts3EvalAverageDocsize(pCsr, &nDocSize);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 );
-
-
-  /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order 
-  ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer 
-  ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index.
-  ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either:
-  **
-  **   a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the
-  **      first iteration of this loop), or
-  **
-  **   b. Part of a multi-token phrase.
-  **
-  ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the
-  ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist
-  ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in 
-  ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded.
-  ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that
-  ** one or more tokens will not be deferred.
-  **
-  ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in
-  ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as:
-  **
-  **    (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther)
-  */
-  for(ii=0; ii<nToken && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
-    int iTC;                      /* Used to iterate through aTC[] array. */
-    Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = 0;    /* Set to cheapest remaining token. */
-
-    /* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */
-    for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){
-      if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot 
-       && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) 
-      ){
-        pTC = &aTC[iTC];
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pTC );
-
-    if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){
-      /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all
-      ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages 
-      ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred.
-      */
-      Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol);
-      fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr);
-      pToken->pSegcsr = 0;
-    }else{
-      /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the
-      ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from 
-      ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */
-      if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4;
-
-      if( ii==0 || (pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 && ii!=nToken-1) ){
-        /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is
-        ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will
-        ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */
-        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
-        int nList = 0;
-        char *pList = 0;
-        rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList);
-        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 );
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          int nCount;
-          fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList);
-          nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids(
-              pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll
-          );
-          if( ii==0 || nCount<nMinEst ) nMinEst = nCount;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    pTC->pToken = 0;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes
-** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through
-** the results of a query, the caller does:
-**
-**    fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
-**    while( 1 ){
-**      fts3EvalNext(pCsr);
-**      if( pCsr->bEof ) break;
-**      ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ...
-**    }
-*/
-static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nToken = 0;
-  int nOr = 0;
-
-  /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */
-  fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc);
-
-  /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bFts4 ){
-    Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC;
-    Fts3Expr **apOr;
-    aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc(
-        sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken
-      + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2
-    );
-    apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken];
-
-    if( !aTC ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      int ii;
-      Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC;
-      Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr;
-
-      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc);
-      nToken = (int)(pTC-aTC);
-      nOr = (int)(ppOr-apOr);
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken);
-        for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nOr; ii++){
-          rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, apOr[ii], aTC, nToken);
-        }
-      }
-
-      sqlite3_free(aTC);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase.
-*/
-static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
-  if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){
-    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList);
-  }
-  pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
-  pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
-  pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to edit the position list associated with
-** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR
-** condition. For example:
-**
-**     abc NEAR/5 "def ghi"
-**
-** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in
-** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to
-** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the
-** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example,
-** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to
-** the position list associated with phrase "abc".
-**
-** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently
-** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this
-** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero.
-**
-** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit 
-** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in
-** pPhrase.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalNearTrim(
-  int nNear,                      /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */
-  char *aTmp,                     /* Temporary space to use */
-  char **paPoslist,               /* IN/OUT: Position list */
-  int *pnToken,                   /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */
-  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase             /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */
-){
-  int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken;
-  int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken;
-  int nNew;
-  char *p2; 
-  char *pOut; 
-  int res;
-
-  assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList );
-
-  p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
-  res = fts3PoslistNearMerge(
-    &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2
-  );
-  if( res ){
-    nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1;
-    assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' );
-    assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 );
-    memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew);
-    pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew;
-    *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
-    *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken;
-  }
-
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called.
-** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to
-** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through
-** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero,
-** or descending if it is non-zero.
-**
-** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if
-** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set:
-**
-**   Fts3Expr.bEof                (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row)
-**   Fts3Expr.iDocid              (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row)
-**
-** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not
-** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list
-** for the phrase for the visited row:
-**
-**   FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList        (length of pList in bytes)
-**   FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList        (pointer to position list)
-**
-** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next
-** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions:
-**
-**   1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists
-**      entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in
-**      the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. 
-**
-**      Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or
-**      more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the 
-**      next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other
-**      words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression
-**      is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", 
-**      where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case
-**      is populated as for "A * C" before returning.
-**
-**   2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is 
-**      advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y".
-** 
-** See fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear() for details on testing if a row is
-** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators.
-*/
-static void fts3EvalNextRow(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */
-  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
-){
-  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc;         /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */
-    assert( pExpr->bEof==0 );
-    pExpr->bStart = 1;
-
-    switch( pExpr->eType ){
-      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
-      case FTSQUERY_AND: {
-        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
-        assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred );
-
-        if( pLeft->bDeferred ){
-          /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
-          ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
-          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
-          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
-          pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof;
-        }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){
-          /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
-          ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
-          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
-          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
-          pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
-        }else{
-          /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */
-          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
-          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
-          while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
-            if( iDiff==0 ) break;
-            if( iDiff<0 ){
-              fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
-            }else{
-              fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
-            }
-          }
-          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
-          pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof);
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-  
-      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
-        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
-        sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
-
-        assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
-        assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
-
-        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
-          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
-        }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){
-          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
-        }else{
-          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
-          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
-        }
-
-        pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof);
-        iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
-        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 &&  iCmp<0) ){
-          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
-        }else{
-          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
-        }
-
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
-        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
-
-        if( pRight->bStart==0 ){
-          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
-          assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart );
-        }
-
-        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
-        if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){
-          while( !*pRc 
-              && !pRight->bEof 
-              && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 
-          ){
-            fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
-          }
-        }
-        pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
-        pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      default: {
-        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
-        fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
-        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof);
-        pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR
-** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately.
-**
-** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR 
-** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists 
-** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. 
-**
-** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each
-** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those
-** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR
-** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not 
-** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not
-** be edited if 0 is returned.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
-  int res = 1;
-
-  /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query.
-  ** For example, the query:
-  **
-  **         "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z"
-  **
-  ** which is represented in tree form as:
-  **
-  **                               |
-  **                          +--NEAR--+      <-- root of NEAR query
-  **                          |        |
-  **                     +--NEAR--+   "z"
-  **                     |        |
-  **                +--NEAR--+   "y"
-  **                |        |
-  **               "w"      "x"
-  **
-  ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The 
-  ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are
-  ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works.
-  */
-  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK 
-   && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
-   && pExpr->bEof==0
-   && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
-  ){
-    Fts3Expr *p; 
-    int nTmp = 0;                 /* Bytes of temp space */
-    char *aTmp;                   /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */
-
-    /* Allocate temporary working space. */
-    for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){
-      nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
-    }
-    nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
-    if( nTmp==0 ){
-      res = 0;
-    }else{
-      aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2);
-      if( !aTmp ){
-        *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        res = 0;
-      }else{
-        char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
-        int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken;
-
-        for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){
-          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase;
-          int nNear = p->nNear;
-          res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
-        }
-
-        aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
-        nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
-        for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){
-          int nNear;
-          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;
-          assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p );
-          nNear = p->pParent->nNear;
-          pPhrase = (
-              p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase
-              );
-          res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
-        }
-      }
-
-      sqlite3_free(aTmp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear().
-** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the
-** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr 
-** currently points to, or zero if it does not.
-**
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
-** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to 
-** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is 
-** undefined.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalTestExpr(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */
-  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
-){
-  int bHit = 1;                   /* Return value */
-  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    switch( pExpr->eType ){
-      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
-      case FTSQUERY_AND:
-        bHit = (
-            fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
-         && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
-         && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc)
-        );
-
-        /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for 
-        ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(),
-        ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize 
-        ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. 
-        ** For example if this expression:
-        **
-        **    ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)'
-        **
-        ** is matched against a row containing:
-        **
-        **        'a b d e'
-        **
-        ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b"
-        ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause).
-        */
-        if( bHit==0 
-         && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
-         && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
-        ){
-          Fts3Expr *p;
-          for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){
-            if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
-              fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase);
-            }
-          }
-          if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
-            fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase);
-          }
-        }
-
-        break;
-
-      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
-        int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
-        int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
-        bHit = bHit1 || bHit2;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case FTSQUERY_NOT:
-        bHit = (
-            fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
-         && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
-        );
-        break;
-
-      default: {
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
-        if( pCsr->pDeferred 
-         && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred)
-        ){
-          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
-          assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
-          if( pExpr->bDeferred ){
-            fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
-          }
-          *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase);
-          bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0);
-          pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
-        }else
-#endif
-        {
-          bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId);
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return bHit;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when
-** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the
-** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the
-** following caveats:
-**
-**   * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been
-**     treated as "AND".
-**
-**   * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered.
-**
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately
-** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR
-** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the
-** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true:
-**
-**   1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and
-**
-**   2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens,
-**      it is determined that the row does *not* match the query.
-**
-** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS
-** query, return 0.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){
-  int rc = *pRc;
-  int bMiss = 0;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-
-    /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into
-    ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred
-    ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred
-    ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account
-    ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). 
-    */
-    if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
-      rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
-      }
-    }
-    bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc));
-
-    /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */
-    sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
-    *pRc = rc;
-  }
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss);
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in
-** Fts3Cursor.pExpr.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
-  assert( pCsr->isEof==0 );
-  if( pExpr==0 ){
-    pCsr->isEof = 1;
-  }else{
-    do {
-      if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){
-        sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
-      }
-      assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
-      fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
-      pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof;
-      pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
-      pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
-      pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid;
-    }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) );
-  }
-
-  /* Check if the cursor is past the end of the docid range specified
-  ** by Fts3Cursor.iMinDocid/iMaxDocid. If so, set the EOF flag.  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (
-        (pCsr->bDesc==0 && pCsr->iPrevId>pCsr->iMaxDocid)
-     || (pCsr->bDesc!=0 && pCsr->iPrevId<pCsr->iMinDocid)
-  )){
-    pCsr->isEof = 1;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to
-** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental 
-** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration.
-**
-** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
-** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an
-** SQLite error code before returning.
-*/
-static void fts3EvalRestart(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,
-  int *pRc
-){
-  if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
-
-    if( pPhrase ){
-      fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
-      if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
-        int i;
-        for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
-          Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i];
-          assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
-          if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
-            sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pToken->pSegcsr);
-          }
-        }
-        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase);
-      }
-      pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0;
-      pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0;
-    }
-
-    pExpr->iDocid = 0;
-    pExpr->bEof = 0;
-    pExpr->bStart = 0;
-
-    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
-    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the 
-** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched
-** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments
-** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently
-** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase 
-** expression nodes.
-*/
-static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
-  if( pExpr ){
-    Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
-    if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){
-      int iCol = 0;
-      char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
-
-      assert( *p );
-      while( 1 ){
-        u8 c = 0;
-        int iCnt = 0;
-        while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){
-          if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++;
-          c = *p++ & 0x80;
-        }
-
-        /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
-        ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
-        */
-        pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt;
-        pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0);
-        if( *p==0x00 ) break;
-        p++;
-        p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol);
-      }
-    }
-
-    fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft);
-    fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
-**
-** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and
-** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part
-** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array
-** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and
-** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
-*/
-static int fts3EvalGatherStats(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor object */
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr                 /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-
-  assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
-  if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){
-    Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-    Fts3Expr *pRoot;                /* Root of NEAR expression */
-    Fts3Expr *p;                    /* Iterator used for several purposes */
-
-    sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId;
-    sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
-    u8 bEof;
-
-    /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */
-    pRoot = pExpr;
-    while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
-      pRoot = pRoot->pParent;
-    }
-    iDocid = pRoot->iDocid;
-    bEof = pRoot->bEof;
-    assert( pRoot->bStart );
-
-    /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */
-    for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){
-      Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight);
-      assert( pE->aMI==0 );
-      pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
-      if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
-    }
-
-    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
-
-    while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-
-      do {
-        /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */
-        if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
-        assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
-
-        /* Advance to the next document */
-        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
-        pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof;
-        pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
-        pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
-        pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid;
-      }while( pCsr->isEof==0 
-           && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
-           && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) 
-      );
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){
-        fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot);
-      }
-    }
-
-    pCsr->isEof = 0;
-    pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId;
-
-    if( bEof ){
-      pRoot->bEof = bEof;
-    }else{
-      /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending
-      ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the 
-      ** do loop can not be written:
-      **
-      **   do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
-      */
-      fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
-      do {
-        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
-        assert( pRoot->bEof==0 );
-      }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
-      fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase 
-** expression node for the following information:
-**
-**   1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of 
-**      the FTS table (considering all rows), and
-**
-**   2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the
-**      column contains at least one instance of the phrase.
-**
-** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column
-** written into the array aiOut as follows:
-**
-**   aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
-**   aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
-**
-** Caveats:
-**
-**   * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output 
-**     values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other
-**     words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each 
-**     column of each row of the table.
-**
-**   * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred 
-**     tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering
-**     the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences.
-**
-**   * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances
-**     that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression */
-  u32 *aiOut                      /* Array to write results into (see above) */
-){
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int iCol;
-
-  if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
-    assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 );
-    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
-      aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
-      aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( pExpr->aMI );
-      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
-        aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1];
-        aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2];
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function
-** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. 
-**
-** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing
-** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol
-** of the current row. 
-**
-** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each 
-** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) 
-** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example,
-** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list
-** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain:
-**
-**     0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01   or   0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00
-**
-** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred,
-** incremental, or neither.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 cursor object */
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase to return doclist for */
-  int iCol,                       /* Column to return position list for */
-  char **ppOut                    /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
-){
-  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  char *pIter;
-  int iThis;
-  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
-
-  /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than 
-  ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer.  */
-  *ppOut = 0;
-  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn );
-  if( (pPhrase->iColumn<pTab->nColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  iDocid = pExpr->iDocid;
-  pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
-  if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){
-    int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx;      /* For DOCID_CMP macro */
-    int iMul;                     /* +1 if csr dir matches index dir, else -1 */
-    int bOr = 0;
-    u8 bEof = 0;
-    u8 bTreeEof = 0;
-    Fts3Expr *p;                  /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */
-    Fts3Expr *pNear;              /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */
-
-    /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, 
-    ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid 
-    ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the
-    ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node
-    ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */
-    pNear = pExpr;
-    for(p=pExpr->pParent; p; p=p->pParent){
-      if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ) bOr = 1;
-      if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pNear = p;
-      if( p->bEof ) bTreeEof = 1;
-    }
-    if( bOr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-    /* This is the descendent of an OR node. In this case we cannot use
-    ** an incremental phrase. Load the entire doclist for the phrase
-    ** into memory in this case.  */
-    if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
-      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      int bEofSave = pExpr->bEof;
-      fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
-      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pExpr->bEof ){
-        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
-        if( bEofSave==0 && pExpr->iDocid==iDocid ) break;
-      }
-      pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPhrase->bIncr==0 );
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }
-    
-    iMul = ((pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist) ? 1 : -1);
-    while( bTreeEof==1 
-        && pNear->bEof==0
-        && (DOCID_CMP(pNear->iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId) * iMul)<0
-    ){
-      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      iDocid = pExpr->iDocid;
-      pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
-    }
-
-    bEof = (pPhrase->doclist.nAll==0);
-    assert( bDescDoclist==0 || bDescDoclist==1 );
-    assert( pCsr->bDesc==0 || pCsr->bDesc==1 );
-
-    if( bEof==0 ){
-      if( pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist ){
-        int dummy;
-        if( pNear->bEof ){
-          /* This expression is already at EOF. So position it to point to the
-          ** last entry in the doclist at pPhrase->doclist.aAll[]. Variable
-          ** iDocid is already set for this entry, so all that is required is
-          ** to set pIter to point to the first byte of the last position-list
-          ** in the doclist. 
-          **
-          ** It would also be correct to set pIter and iDocid to zero. In
-          ** this case, the first call to sqltie3Fts4DoclistPrev() below
-          ** would also move the iterator to point to the last entry in the 
-          ** doclist. However, this is expensive, as to do so it has to 
-          ** iterate through the entire doclist from start to finish (since
-          ** it does not know the docid for the last entry).  */
-          pIter = &pPhrase->doclist.aAll[pPhrase->doclist.nAll-1];
-          fts3ReversePoslist(pPhrase->doclist.aAll, &pIter);
-        }
-        while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){
-          sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
-              bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, 
-              &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof
-          );
-        }
-      }else{
-        if( pNear->bEof ){
-          pIter = 0;
-          iDocid = 0;
-        }
-        while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){
-          sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
-              bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, 
-              &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof
-          );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( bEof || iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId ) pIter = 0;
-  }
-  if( pIter==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( *pIter==0x01 ){
-    pIter++;
-    pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
-  }else{
-    iThis = 0;
-  }
-  while( iThis<iCol ){
-    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &pIter);
-    if( *pIter==0x00 ) return 0;
-    pIter++;
-    pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
-  }
-
-  *ppOut = ((iCol==iThis)?pIter:0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all components of the Fts3Phrase structure that were allocated by
-** the eval module. Specifically, this means to free:
-**
-**   * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and
-**   * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
-  if( pPhrase ){
-    int i;
-    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll);
-    fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
-    memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist));
-    for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
-      fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr);
-      pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){
-  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !SQLITE_CORE
-/*
-** Initialize API pointer table, if required.
-*/
-#ifdef _WIN32
-__declspec(dllexport)
-#endif
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg,
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
-  return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2011 Jan 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-/* #include <string.h> */
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-
-typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable;
-typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor;
-
-struct Fts3auxTable {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
-  Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
-};
-
-struct Fts3auxCursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;        /* Must be right after "base" */
-  Fts3SegFilter filter;
-  char *zStop;
-  int nStop;                      /* Byte-length of string zStop */
-  int iLangid;                    /* Language id to query */
-  int isEof;                      /* True if cursor is at EOF */
-  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;           /* Current rowid */
-
-  int iCol;                       /* Current value of 'col' column */
-  int nStat;                      /* Size of aStat[] array */
-  struct Fts3auxColstats {
-    sqlite3_int64 nDoc;           /* 'documents' values for current csr row */
-    sqlite3_int64 nOcc;           /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */
-  } *aStat;
-};
-
-/*
-** Schema of the terms table.
-*/
-#define FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA \
-  "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences, languageid HIDDEN)"
-
-/*
-** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
-** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
-** and xCreate are identical operations.
-*/
-static int fts3auxConnectMethod(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
-  void *pUnused,                  /* Unused */
-  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
-  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
-  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
-){
-  char const *zDb;                /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */
-  char const *zFts3;              /* Name of fts3 table */
-  int nDb;                        /* Result of strlen(zDb) */
-  int nFts3;                      /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */
-  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space to allocate here */
-  int rc;                         /* value returned by declare_vtab() */
-  Fts3auxTable *p;                /* Virtual table object to return */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused);
-
-  /* The user should invoke this in one of two forms:
-  **
-  **     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table);
-  **     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table-db, fts4-table);
-  */
-  if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args;
-
-  zDb = argv[1]; 
-  nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
-  if( argc==5 ){
-    if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){
-      zDb = argv[3]; 
-      nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
-      zFts3 = argv[4];
-    }else{
-      goto bad_args;
-    }
-  }else{
-    zFts3 = argv[3];
-  }
-  nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3);
-
-  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2;
-  p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(p, 0, nByte);
-
-  p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1];
-  p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1];
-  p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1];
-  p->pFts3Tab->db = db;
-  p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1;
-
-  memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb);
-  memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3);
-  sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName);
-
-  *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
- bad_args:
-  *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid arguments to fts4aux constructor");
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
-** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
-** and xDestroy are identical operations.
-*/
-static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab;
-  Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab;
-  int i;
-
-  /* Free any prepared statements held */
-  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pFts3->aStmt); i++){
-    sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1
-#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2
-#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4
-
-/*
-** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
-*/
-static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, 
-  sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
-){
-  int i;
-  int iEq = -1;
-  int iGe = -1;
-  int iLe = -1;
-  int iLangid = -1;
-  int iNext = 1;                  /* Next free argvIndex value */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
-
-  /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */
-  if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 
-   && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 
-   && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
-  ){
-    pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. 
-  ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */
-  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
-    if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){
-      int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op;
-      int iCol = pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn;
-
-      if( iCol==0 ){
-        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i;
-        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i;
-        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i;
-        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i;
-        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i;
-      }
-      if( iCol==4 ){
-        if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iLangid = i;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( iEq>=0 ){
-    pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT;
-    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = iNext++;
-    pInfo->estimatedCost = 5;
-  }else{
-    pInfo->idxNum = 0;
-    pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000;
-    if( iGe>=0 ){
-      pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT;
-      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = iNext++;
-      pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
-    }
-    if( iLe>=0 ){
-      pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT;
-      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = iNext++;
-      pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
-    }
-  }
-  if( iLangid>=0 ){
-    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++;
-    pInfo->estimatedCost--;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** xOpen - Open a cursor.
-*/
-static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
-  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr;            /* Pointer to cursor object to return */
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
-
-  pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
-  if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
-
-  *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** xClose - Close a cursor.
-*/
-static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
-  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
-
-  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3);
-  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
-  sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){
-  if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){
-    struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew;
-    aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat, 
-        sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize
-    );
-    if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, 
-        sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat)
-    );
-    pCsr->aStat = aNew;
-    pCsr->nStat = nSize;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
-*/
-static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
-  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
-  int rc;
-
-  /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */
-  pCsr->iRowid++;
-
-  for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<pCsr->nStat; pCsr->iCol++){
-    if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    int i = 0;
-    int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist;
-    char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist;
-    int iCol;
-
-    int eState = 0;
-
-    if( pCsr->zStop ){
-      int n = (pCsr->nStop<pCsr->csr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm;
-      int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n);
-      if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){
-        pCsr->isEof = 1;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat);
-    iCol = 0;
-
-    while( i<nDoclist ){
-      sqlite3_int64 v = 0;
-
-      i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&aDoclist[i], &v);
-      switch( eState ){
-        /* State 0. In this state the integer just read was a docid. */
-        case 0:
-          pCsr->aStat[0].nDoc++;
-          eState = 1;
-          iCol = 0;
-          break;
-
-        /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating
-        ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the
-        ** start of a position list for column 0.  
-        ** 
-        ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the
-        ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to
-        ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term.
-        */
-        case 1:
-          assert( iCol==0 );
-          if( v>1 ){
-            pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++;
-          }
-          eState = 2;
-          /* fall through */
-
-        case 2:
-          if( v==0 ){       /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */
-            eState = 0;
-          }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */
-            eState = 3;
-          }else{            /* 2 or greater. A position. */
-            pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++;
-            pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */
-        default: assert( eState==3 );
-          iCol = (int)v;
-          if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++;
-          eState = 2;
-          break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    pCsr->iCol = 0;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    pCsr->isEof = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
-*/
-static int fts3auxFilterMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
-  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
-  const char *idxStr,             /* Unused */
-  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
-){
-  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
-  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
-  int rc;
-  int isScan = 0;
-  int iLangVal = 0;               /* Language id to query */
-
-  int iEq = -1;                   /* Index of term=? value in apVal */
-  int iGe = -1;                   /* Index of term>=? value in apVal */
-  int iLe = -1;                   /* Index of term<=? value in apVal */
-  int iLangid = -1;               /* Index of languageid=? value in apVal */
-  int iNext = 0;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
-
-  assert( idxStr==0 );
-  assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0
-       || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT
-       || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT)
-  );
-
-  if( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT ){
-    iEq = iNext++;
-  }else{
-    isScan = 1;
-    if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT ){
-      iGe = iNext++;
-    }
-    if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){
-      iLe = iNext++;
-    }
-  }
-  if( iNext<nVal ){
-    iLangid = iNext++;
-  }
-
-  /* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */
-  testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm);
-  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
-  sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
-  memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr);
-
-  pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
-  if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
-
-  if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){
-    const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
-    assert( (iEq==0 && iGe==-1) || (iEq==-1 && iGe==0) );
-    if( zStr ){
-      pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr);
-      pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
-      if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( iLe>=0 ){
-    pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iLe]));
-    pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iLe]);
-    if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  
-  if( iLangid>=0 ){
-    iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]);
-
-    /* If the user specified a negative value for the languageid, use zero
-    ** instead. This works, as the "languageid=?" constraint will also
-    ** be tested by the VDBE layer. The test will always be false (since
-    ** this module will not return a row with a negative languageid), and
-    ** so the overall query will return zero rows.  */
-    if( iLangVal<0 ) iLangVal = 0;
-  }
-  pCsr->iLangid = iLangVal;
-
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, iLangVal, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL,
-      pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr
-  );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
-*/
-static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
-  return pCsr->isEof;
-}
-
-/*
-** xColumn - Return a column value.
-*/
-static int fts3auxColumnMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
-  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
-){
-  Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
-
-  assert( p->isEof==0 );
-  switch( iCol ){
-    case 0: /* term */
-      sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-
-    case 1: /* col */
-      if( p->iCol ){
-        sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iCol-1);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 2: /* documents */
-      sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc);
-      break;
-
-    case 3: /* occurrences */
-      sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc);
-      break;
-
-    default: /* languageid */
-      assert( iCol==4 );
-      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iLangid);
-      break;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
-*/
-static int fts3auxRowidMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
-  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: Rowid value */
-){
-  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
-  *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
-** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){
-  static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = {
-     0,                           /* iVersion      */
-     fts3auxConnectMethod,        /* xCreate       */
-     fts3auxConnectMethod,        /* xConnect      */
-     fts3auxBestIndexMethod,      /* xBestIndex    */
-     fts3auxDisconnectMethod,     /* xDisconnect   */
-     fts3auxDisconnectMethod,     /* xDestroy      */
-     fts3auxOpenMethod,           /* xOpen         */
-     fts3auxCloseMethod,          /* xClose        */
-     fts3auxFilterMethod,         /* xFilter       */
-     fts3auxNextMethod,           /* xNext         */
-     fts3auxEofMethod,            /* xEof          */
-     fts3auxColumnMethod,         /* xColumn       */
-     fts3auxRowidMethod,          /* xRowid        */
-     0,                           /* xUpdate       */
-     0,                           /* xBegin        */
-     0,                           /* xSync         */
-     0,                           /* xCommit       */
-     0,                           /* xRollback     */
-     0,                           /* xFindFunction */
-     0,                           /* xRename       */
-     0,                           /* xSavepoint    */
-     0,                           /* xRelease      */
-     0                            /* xRollbackTo   */
-  };
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 Nov 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
-** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported 
-** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
-** hand-coded. 
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-/*
-** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been 
-** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
-** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
-** the new and the old syntaxes are:
-**
-**  a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not.
-**
-**  b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
-**
-**  c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not 
-**     supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
-**
-**  d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
-**     than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit
-**     AND operators have a higher precedence than OR.
-**
-** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
-** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
-** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to 
-** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
-** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
-**
-** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
-** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
-** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
-** custom parser.
-**
-**   query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
-**
-**   andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
-**
-**   notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
-**   notexpr ::= LP query RP.
-**
-**   nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
-**
-**   distance_opt ::= .
-**   distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
-**
-**   phrase ::= TOKEN.
-**   phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
-**   phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
-#else
-# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS 
-#  define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
-# else
-#  define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Default span for NEAR operators.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
-
-/* #include <string.h> */
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-
-/*
-** isNot:
-**   This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is
-**   called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a 
-**   FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the
-**   FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to
-**   zero.
-*/
-typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext;
-struct ParseContext {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;      /* Tokenizer module */
-  int iLangid;                        /* Language id used with tokenizer */
-  const char **azCol;                 /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
-  int bFts4;                          /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
-  int nCol;                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
-  int iDefaultCol;                    /* Default column to query */
-  int isNot;                          /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx;              /* Write error message here */
-  int nNest;                          /* Number of nested brackets */
-};
-
-/*
-** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. 
-**
-** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
-** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed
-** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type
-** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper
-** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for
-** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e.
-** negative values).
-*/
-static int fts3isspace(char c){
-  return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f';
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful,
-** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, 
-** return NULL.
-*/
-static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){
-  void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
-  int iLangid,
-  const char *z,
-  int n,
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr
-){
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-    if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){
-      rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        pModule->xClose(pCsr);
-        pCsr = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  *ppCsr = pCsr;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself
-** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required.
-*/
-static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *);
-
-/*
-** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer
-** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr
-** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
-** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
-** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated 
-** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
-** fails.
-*/
-static int getNextToken(
-  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
-  int iCol,                               /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
-  const char *z, int n,                   /* Input string */
-  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: expression */
-  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
-){
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
-  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
-  int i = 0;
-
-  /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-    if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && (z[i]=='(' || z[i]==')') ) break;
-    if( z[i]=='*' || z[i]=='"' ) break;
-  }
-
-  *pnConsumed = i;
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, z, i, &pCursor);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    const char *zToken;
-    int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0;
-    int nByte;                               /* total space to allocate */
-
-    rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
-      pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte);
-      if( !pRet ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
-        pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1];
-        pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1;
-        pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol;
-        pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken;
-        pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1];
-        memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken);
-
-        if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){
-          pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1;
-          iEnd++;
-        }
-
-        while( 1 ){
-          if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 
-           && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' 
-          ){
-            pParse->isNot = 1;
-            iStart--;
-          }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){
-            pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1;
-            iStart--;
-          }else{
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-
-      }
-      *pnConsumed = iEnd;
-    }else if( i && rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
-  }
-  
-  *ppExpr = pRet;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Enlarge a memory allocation.  If an out-of-memory allocation occurs,
-** then free the old allocation.
-*/
-static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){
-  void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew);
-  if( !pRet ){
-    sqlite3_free(pOrig);
-  }
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
-** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
-** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
-** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE 
-** containing the results.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
-** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory
-** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set
-** to 0.
-*/
-static int getNextString(
-  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
-  const char *zInput, int nInput,         /* Input string */
-  Fts3Expr **ppExpr                       /* OUT: expression */
-){
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
-  int rc;
-  Fts3Expr *p = 0;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
-  char *zTemp = 0;
-  int nTemp = 0;
-
-  const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
-  int nToken = 0;
-
-  /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase,
-  ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single 
-  ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to
-  ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach.
-  **
-  ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate
-  ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree()
-  ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers:
-  **
-  **   Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase
-  **             structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken 
-  **             structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array.
-  **
-  **   Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens.
-  **
-  ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below,
-  ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase
-  ** structures.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
-      pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int ii;
-    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
-      const char *zByte;
-      int nByte = 0, iBegin = 0, iEnd = 0, iPos = 0;
-      rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;
-
-        p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
-        if( !p ) goto no_mem;
-
-        zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte);
-        if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem;
-
-        assert( nToken==ii );
-        pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii];
-        memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
-
-        memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte);
-        nTemp += nByte;
-
-        pToken->n = nByte;
-        pToken->isPrefix = (iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*');
-        pToken->bFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^');
-        nToken = ii+1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
-    pCursor = 0;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    int jj;
-    char *zBuf = 0;
-
-    p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp);
-    if( !p ) goto no_mem;
-    memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p);
-    p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
-    p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
-    p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol;
-    p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken;
-
-    zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken];
-    if( zTemp ){
-      memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp);
-      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-    }else{
-      assert( nTemp==0 );
-    }
-
-    for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){
-      p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf;
-      zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n;
-    }
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  *ppExpr = p;
-  return rc;
-no_mem:
-
-  if( pCursor ){
-    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  *ppExpr = 0;
-  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-}
-
-/*
-** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr 
-** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
-**
-** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
-** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered.
-** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message.
-*/
-static int getNextNode(
-  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
-  const char *z, int n,                   /* Input string */
-  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: expression */
-  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
-){
-  static const struct Fts3Keyword {
-    char *z;                              /* Keyword text */
-    unsigned char n;                      /* Length of the keyword */
-    unsigned char parenOnly;              /* Only valid in paren mode */
-    unsigned char eType;                  /* Keyword code */
-  } aKeyword[] = {
-    { "OR" ,  2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR   },
-    { "AND",  3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND  },
-    { "NOT",  3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT  },
-    { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR }
-  };
-  int ii;
-  int iCol;
-  int iColLen;
-  int rc;
-  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
-
-  const char *zInput = z;
-  int nInput = n;
-
-  pParse->isNot = 0;
-
-  /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
-  ** close bracket, or a quoted string. 
-  */
-  while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
-    nInput--;
-    zInput++;
-  }
-  if( nInput==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-
-  /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */
-  for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){
-    const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii];
-
-    if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){
-      int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
-      int nKey = pKey->n;
-      char cNext;
-
-      /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */
-      if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
-        assert( nKey==4 );
-        if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
-          nNear = 0;
-          for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
-            nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
-      ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
-      ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. 
-      */
-      cNext = zInput[nKey];
-      if( fts3isspace(cNext) 
-       || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
-      ){
-        pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
-        if( !pRet ){
-          return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        }
-        pRet->eType = pKey->eType;
-        pRet->nNear = nNear;
-        *ppExpr = pRet;
-        *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey);
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-
-      /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the
-      ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue.
-      */
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then
-  ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString()
-  ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping
-  ** a quote character embedded in a string.
-  */
-  if( *zInput=='"' ){
-    for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++);
-    *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + ii + 1);
-    if( ii==nInput ){
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr);
-  }
-
-  if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
-    if( *zInput=='(' ){
-      int nConsumed = 0;
-      pParse->nNest++;
-      rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, zInput+1, nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }
-      *pnConsumed = (int)(zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed;
-      return rc;
-    }else if( *zInput==')' ){
-      pParse->nNest--;
-      *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1);
-      *ppExpr = 0;
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or 
-  ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
-  ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
-  ** column specifier for the token. 
-  **
-  ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
-  ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
-  ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
-  ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the 
-  ** limitation.
-  */
-  iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
-  iColLen = 0;
-  for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
-    const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
-    int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
-    if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' 
-     && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 
-    ){
-      iCol = ii;
-      iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed);
-  *pnConsumed += iColLen;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type
-** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the
-** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e.
-** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator
-** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence.
-**
-** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
-** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to
-** lowest is:
-**
-**   NEAR
-**   NOT
-**   AND (including implicit ANDs)
-**   OR
-**
-** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher
-** precedence than the AND operator.
-*/
-static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){
-  assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
-  if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
-    return p->eType;
-  }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
-    return 1;
-  }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
-    return 2;
-  }
-  assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND );
-  return 3;
-}
-
-/*
-** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query 
-** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
-** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
-** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
-** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head
-** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node.
-*/
-static void insertBinaryOperator(
-  Fts3Expr **ppHead,       /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */
-  Fts3Expr *pPrev,         /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */
-  Fts3Expr *pNew           /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */
-){
-  Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev;
-  while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){
-    pSplit = pSplit->pParent;
-  }
-
-  if( pSplit->pParent ){
-    assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit );
-    pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew;
-    pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent;
-  }else{
-    *ppHead = pNew;
-  }
-  pNew->pLeft = pSplit;
-  pSplit->pParent = pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
-** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched 
-** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
-** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of
-** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM
-** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned.
-*/
-static int fts3ExprParse(
-  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
-  const char *z, int n,                   /* Text of MATCH query */
-  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
-  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
-){
-  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
-  Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0;
-  Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0;               /* Only used in legacy parse mode */
-  int nIn = n;
-  const char *zIn = z;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int isRequirePhrase = 1;
-
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    Fts3Expr *p = 0;
-    int nByte = 0;
-
-    rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte);
-    assert( nByte>0 || (rc!=SQLITE_OK && p==0) );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( p ){
-        int isPhrase;
-
-        if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 
-            && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot 
-        ){
-          /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
-          Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
-          if( !pNot ){
-            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
-            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-            goto exprparse_out;
-          }
-          pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT;
-          pNot->pRight = p;
-          p->pParent = pNot;
-          if( pNotBranch ){
-            pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch;
-            pNotBranch->pParent = pNot;
-          }
-          pNotBranch = pNot;
-          p = pPrev;
-        }else{
-          int eType = p->eType;
-          isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft);
-
-          /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or
-          ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a
-          ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when
-          ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error.
-          */
-          if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){
-            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
-            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-            goto exprparse_out;
-          }
-
-          if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){
-            /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */
-            Fts3Expr *pAnd;
-            assert( pRet && pPrev );
-            pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
-            if( !pAnd ){
-              sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
-              rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-              goto exprparse_out;
-            }
-            pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND;
-            insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd);
-            pPrev = pAnd;
-          }
-
-          /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR
-           ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of
-           ** the following:
-           **
-           **    (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase
-           **    phrase NEAR (bracketed expression)
-           **
-           ** Return an error in either case.
-           */
-          if( pPrev && (
-            (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE)
-         || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR)
-          )){
-            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
-            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-            goto exprparse_out;
-          }
-
-          if( isPhrase ){
-            if( pRet ){
-              assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 );
-              pPrev->pRight = p;
-              p->pParent = pPrev;
-            }else{
-              pRet = p;
-            }
-          }else{
-            insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p);
-          }
-          isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase;
-        }
-        pPrev = p;
-      }
-      assert( nByte>0 );
-    }
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) );
-    nIn -= nByte;
-    zIn += nByte;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){
-      if( !pRet ){
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }else{
-        Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch;
-        while( pIter->pLeft ){
-          pIter = pIter->pLeft;
-        }
-        pIter->pLeft = pRet;
-        pRet->pParent = pIter;
-        pRet = pNotBranch;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  *pnConsumed = n - nIn;
-
-exprparse_out:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet);
-    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch);
-    pRet = 0;
-  }
-  *ppExpr = pRet;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed 
-** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth.
-*/
-static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p ){
-    if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ 
-      rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-    }else{
-      rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pRight, nMaxDepth-1);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to
-** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place.
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the 
-** new root expression node. 
-**
-** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree.
-**
-** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and 
-** expression (*pp) freed.
-*/
-static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  Fts3Expr *pRoot = *pp;          /* Initial root node */
-  Fts3Expr *pFree = 0;            /* List of free nodes. Linked by pParent. */
-  int eType = pRoot->eType;       /* Type of node in this tree */
-
-  if( nMaxDepth==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eType==FTSQUERY_AND || eType==FTSQUERY_OR) ){
-    Fts3Expr **apLeaf;
-    apLeaf = (Fts3Expr **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth);
-    if( 0==apLeaf ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      memset(apLeaf, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth);
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int i;
-      Fts3Expr *p;
-
-      /* Set $p to point to the left-most leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */
-      for(p=pRoot; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft){
-        assert( p->pParent==0 || p->pParent->pLeft==p );
-        assert( p->pLeft && p->pRight );
-      }
-
-      /* This loop runs once for each leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */
-      while( 1 ){
-        int iLvl;
-        Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent;     /* Current parent of p */
-
-        assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pLeft==p );
-        p->pParent = 0;
-        if( pParent ){
-          pParent->pLeft = 0;
-        }else{
-          pRoot = 0;
-        }
-        rc = fts3ExprBalance(&p, nMaxDepth-1);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-
-        for(iLvl=0; p && iLvl<nMaxDepth; iLvl++){
-          if( apLeaf[iLvl]==0 ){
-            apLeaf[iLvl] = p;
-            p = 0;
-          }else{
-            assert( pFree );
-            pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[iLvl];
-            pFree->pRight = p;
-            pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree;
-            pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree;
-
-            p = pFree;
-            pFree = pFree->pParent;
-            p->pParent = 0;
-            apLeaf[iLvl] = 0;
-          }
-        }
-        if( p ){
-          sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
-          rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-          break;
-        }
-
-        /* If that was the last leaf node, break out of the loop */
-        if( pParent==0 ) break;
-
-        /* Set $p to point to the next leaf in the tree of eType nodes */
-        for(p=pParent->pRight; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft);
-
-        /* Remove pParent from the original tree. */
-        assert( pParent->pParent==0 || pParent->pParent->pLeft==pParent );
-        pParent->pRight->pParent = pParent->pParent;
-        if( pParent->pParent ){
-          pParent->pParent->pLeft = pParent->pRight;
-        }else{
-          assert( pParent==pRoot );
-          pRoot = pParent->pRight;
-        }
-
-        /* Link pParent into the free node list. It will be used as an
-        ** internal node of the new tree.  */
-        pParent->pParent = pFree;
-        pFree = pParent;
-      }
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        p = 0;
-        for(i=0; i<nMaxDepth; i++){
-          if( apLeaf[i] ){
-            if( p==0 ){
-              p = apLeaf[i];
-              p->pParent = 0;
-            }else{
-              assert( pFree!=0 );
-              pFree->pRight = p;
-              pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[i];
-              pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree;
-              pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree;
-
-              p = pFree;
-              pFree = pFree->pParent;
-              p->pParent = 0;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        pRoot = p;
-      }else{
-        /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array 
-        ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to
-        ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below.  */
-        Fts3Expr *pDel;
-        for(i=0; i<nMaxDepth; i++){
-          sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(apLeaf[i]);
-        }
-        while( (pDel=pFree)!=0 ){
-          pFree = pDel->pParent;
-          sqlite3_free(pDel);
-        }
-      }
-
-      assert( pFree==0 );
-      sqlite3_free( apLeaf );
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot);
-    pRoot = 0;
-  }
-  *pp = pRoot;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is similar to sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(), with the following
-** differences:
-**
-**   1. It does not do expression rebalancing.
-**   2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the 
-**      maximum allowable depth.
-**   3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an 
-**      expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree()
-**      in this case.
-*/
-static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,      /* Tokenizer module */
-  int iLangid,                        /* Language id for tokenizer */
-  char **azCol,                       /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
-  int bFts4,                          /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
-  int nCol,                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
-  int iDefaultCol,                    /* Default column to query */
-  const char *z, int n,               /* Text of MATCH query */
-  Fts3Expr **ppExpr                   /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
-){
-  int nParsed;
-  int rc;
-  ParseContext sParse;
-
-  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(ParseContext));
-  sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-  sParse.iLangid = iLangid;
-  sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol;
-  sParse.nCol = nCol;
-  sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol;
-  sParse.bFts4 = bFts4;
-  if( z==0 ){
-    *ppExpr = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( n<0 ){
-    n = (int)strlen(z);
-  }
-  rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppExpr==0 );
-
-  /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing
-** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the
-** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the
-** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head
-** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error
-** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse
-** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0.
-**
-** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a
-** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen().
-**
-** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
-** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
-** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
-** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. 
-** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
-**
-** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
-** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default
-** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly
-** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default
-** match any table column.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,      /* Tokenizer module */
-  int iLangid,                        /* Language id for tokenizer */
-  char **azCol,                       /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
-  int bFts4,                          /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
-  int nCol,                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
-  int iDefaultCol,                    /* Default column to query */
-  const char *z, int n,               /* Text of MATCH query */
-  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                  /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
-  char **pzErr                        /* OUT: Error message (sqlite3_malloc) */
-){
-  int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
-      pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr
-  );
-  
-  /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed
-  ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH.  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){
-    rc = fts3ExprBalance(ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(*ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr);
-    *ppExpr = 0;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
-          "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", 
-          SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
-      );
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", z);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a single node of an expression tree.
-*/
-static void fts3FreeExprNode(Fts3Expr *p){
-  assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 );
-  sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase);
-  sqlite3_free(p->aMI);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse().
-**
-** This function would be simpler if it recursively called itself. But
-** that would mean passing a sufficiently large expression to ExprParse()
-** could cause a stack overflow.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){
-  Fts3Expr *p;
-  assert( pDel==0 || pDel->pParent==0 );
-  for(p=pDel; p && (p->pLeft||p->pRight); p=(p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight)){
-    assert( p->pParent==0 || p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft );
-  }
-  while( p ){
-    Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent;
-    fts3FreeExprNode(p);
-    if( pParent && p==pParent->pLeft && pParent->pRight ){
-      p = pParent->pRight;
-      while( p && (p->pLeft || p->pRight) ){
-        assert( p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft );
-        p = (p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight);
-      }
-    }else{
-      p = pParent;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/****************************************************************************
-*****************************************************************************
-** Everything after this point is just test code.
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-
-/* #include <stdio.h> */
-
-/*
-** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
-*/
-static int queryTestTokenizer(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  const char *zName,  
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
-
-  *pp = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
-      memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
-    }
-  }
-
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the
-** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use 
-** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered,
-** NULL is returned.
-**
-** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to 
-** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free().
-*/
-static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
-  if( pExpr==0 ){
-    return sqlite3_mprintf("");
-  }
-  switch( pExpr->eType ){
-    case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: {
-      Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
-      int i;
-      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf(
-          "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn);
-      for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
-        zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, 
-            pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z,
-            (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"")
-        );
-      }
-      return zBuf;
-    }
-
-    case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
-      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear);
-      break;
-    case FTSQUERY_NOT:
-      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf);
-      break;
-    case FTSQUERY_AND:
-      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf);
-      break;
-    case FTSQUERY_OR:
-      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf);
-      break;
-  }
-
-  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf);
-  if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf);
-  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf);
-
-  if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf);
-  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf);
-
-  return zBuf;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the 
-** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
-**
-**   fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
-**
-** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used
-** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument
-** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name
-** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to.
-** For example:
-**
-**   SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2');
-*/
-static void fts3ExprTest(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
-  int rc;
-  char **azCol = 0;
-  const char *zExpr;
-  int nExpr;
-  int nCol;
-  int ii;
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr;
-  char *zBuf = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  if( argc<3 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, 
-        "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
-    );
-    return;
-  }
-
-  rc = queryTestTokenizer(db,
-                          (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    goto exprtest_out;
-  }else if( !pModule ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1);
-    goto exprtest_out;
-  }
-
-  rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    goto exprtest_out;
-  }
-  pTokenizer->pModule = pModule;
-
-  zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-  nCol = argc-2;
-  azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *));
-  if( !azCol ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    goto exprtest_out;
-  }
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
-    azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]);
-  }
-
-  if( sqlite3_user_data(context) ){
-    char *zDummy = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
-        pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr, &zDummy
-    );
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pExpr==0 );
-    sqlite3_free(zDummy);
-  }else{
-    rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
-        pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr
-    );
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1);
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
-
-exprtest_out:
-  if( pModule && pTokenizer ){
-    rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(azCol);
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() 
-** with database connection db. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
-  int rc = sqlite3_create_function(
-      db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
-  );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", 
-        -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void *)1, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
-    );
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
-** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
-** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-/* #include <string.h> */
-
-
-/*
-** Malloc and Free functions
-*/
-static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
-  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
-  if( p ){
-    memset(p, 0, n);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
-** fields of the Hash structure.
-**
-** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-** keyClass is one of the constants 
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
-** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
-** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
-** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){
-  assert( pNew!=0 );
-  assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
-  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
-  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
-  pNew->first = 0;
-  pNew->count = 0;
-  pNew->htsize = 0;
-  pNew->ht = 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
-** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
-** to the empty state.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){
-  Fts3HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  elem = pH->first;
-  pH->first = 0;
-  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = 0;
-  pH->htsize = 0;
-  while( elem ){
-    Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
-    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
-      fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
-    }
-    fts3HashFree(elem);
-    elem = next_elem;
-  }
-  pH->count = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
-*/
-static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
-  unsigned h = 0;
-  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
-  while( nKey > 0  ){
-    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
-    nKey--;
-  }
-  return (int)(h & 0x7fffffff);
-}
-static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
-  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
-*/
-static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  int h = 0;
-  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
-  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
-    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
-  }
-  return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
-  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
-** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
-**
-** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction".  The function takes a
-** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of ftsHashFunction()
-** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
-** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
-** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
-*/
-static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
-  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
-    return &fts3StrHash;
-  }else{
-    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
-    return &fts3BinHash;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
-** see the header comment on the previous function.
-*/
-static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
-  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
-    return &fts3StrCompare;
-  }else{
-    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
-    return &fts3BinCompare;
-  }
-}
-
-/* Link an element into the hash table
-*/
-static void fts3HashInsertElement(
-  Fts3Hash *pH,            /* The complete hash table */
-  struct _fts3ht *pEntry,  /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
-  Fts3HashElem *pNew       /* The element to be inserted */
-){
-  Fts3HashElem *pHead;     /* First element already in pEntry */
-  pHead = pEntry->chain;
-  if( pHead ){
-    pNew->next = pHead;
-    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
-    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
-    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
-    pHead->prev = pNew;
-  }else{
-    pNew->next = pH->first;
-    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
-    pNew->prev = 0;
-    pH->first = pNew;
-  }
-  pEntry->count++;
-  pEntry->chain = pNew;
-}
-
-
-/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
-** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
-**
-** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs.
-*/
-static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
-  struct _fts3ht *new_ht;          /* The new hash table */
-  Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem;  /* For looping over existing elements */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);   /* The hash function */
-
-  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
-  new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
-  if( new_ht==0 ) return 1;
-  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = new_ht;
-  pH->htsize = new_size;
-  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
-    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
-    next_elem = elem->next;
-    fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
-** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
-** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
-*/
-static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
-  const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
-  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
-  int nKey,
-  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
-){
-  Fts3HashElem *elem;            /* Used to loop thru the element list */
-  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
-  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
-
-  if( pH->ht ){
-    struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-    elem = pEntry->chain;
-    count = pEntry->count;
-    xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
-    while( count-- && elem ){
-      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
-        return elem;
-      }
-      elem = elem->next;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
-** element and a hash on the element's key.
-*/
-static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
-  Fts3Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
-  Fts3HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
-  int h                 /* Hash value for the element */
-){
-  struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
-  if( elem->prev ){
-    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
-  }else{
-    pH->first = elem->next;
-  }
-  if( elem->next ){
-    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
-  }
-  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
-    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
-  }
-  pEntry->count--;
-  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
-    pEntry->chain = 0;
-  }
-  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
-    fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
-  }
-  fts3HashFree( elem );
-  pH->count--;
-  if( pH->count<=0 ){
-    assert( pH->first==0 );
-    assert( pH->count==0 );
-    fts3HashClear(pH);
-  }
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(
-  const Fts3Hash *pH, 
-  const void *pKey, 
-  int nKey
-){
-  int h;                          /* A hash on key */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
-
-  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
-  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  assert( xHash!=0 );
-  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
-  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
-  return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
-}
-
-/* 
-** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
-** found, or NULL if there is no match.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  Fts3HashElem *pElem;            /* The element that matches key (if any) */
-
-  pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
-  return pElem ? pElem->data : 0;
-}
-
-/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
-** and the data is "data".
-**
-** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
-** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
-** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
-**
-** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
-** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
-** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
-** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
-**
-** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
-** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
-  Fts3Hash *pH,        /* The hash table to insert into */
-  const void *pKey,    /* The key */
-  int nKey,            /* Number of bytes in the key */
-  void *data           /* The data */
-){
-  int hraw;                 /* Raw hash value of the key */
-  int h;                    /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
-  Fts3HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
-  Fts3HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  assert( xHash!=0 );
-  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
-  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
-  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
-  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
-  if( elem ){
-    void *old_data = elem->data;
-    if( data==0 ){
-      fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
-    }else{
-      elem->data = data;
-    }
-    return old_data;
-  }
-  if( data==0 ) return 0;
-  if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8))
-   || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2))
-  ){
-    pH->count = 0;
-    return data;
-  }
-  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
-  new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) );
-  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
-  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
-    new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
-    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
-      fts3HashFree(new_elem);
-      return data;
-    }
-    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
-  }else{
-    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
-  }
-  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
-  pH->count++;
-  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
-  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
-  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
-  fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
-  new_elem->data = data;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 September 30
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
-** a Porter stemmer.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-/* #include <stdio.h> */
-/* #include <string.h> */
-
-
-/*
-** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
-*/
-typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
-} porter_tokenizer;
-
-/*
-** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor
-*/
-typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
-  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
-  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
-  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
-  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
-  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
-  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
-} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
-
-
-/*
-** Create a new tokenizer instance.
-*/
-static int porterCreate(
-  int argc, const char * const *argv,
-  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
-){
-  porter_tokenizer *t;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
-
-  t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
-  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
-  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy a tokenizer
-*/
-static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
-  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
-** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1].  A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
-** *ppCursor.
-*/
-static int porterOpen(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
-  const char *zInput, int nInput,        /* String to be tokenized */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
-){
-  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
-
-  c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
-  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  c->zInput = zInput;
-  if( zInput==0 ){
-    c->nInput = 0;
-  }else if( nInput<0 ){
-    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
-  }else{
-    c->nInput = nInput;
-  }
-  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
-  c->iToken = 0;
-  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
-  c->nAllocated = 0;
-
-  *ppCursor = &c->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
-** porterOpen() above.
-*/
-static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
-  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
-  sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
-  sqlite3_free(c);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Vowel or consonant
-*/
-static const char cType[] = {
-   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
-   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
-};
-
-/*
-** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
-** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
-** to Porter ruls.  
-**
-** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
-** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
-** in which case it is a vowel.
-**
-** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
-** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
-** consonent.
-*/
-static int isVowel(const char*);
-static int isConsonant(const char *z){
-  int j;
-  char x = *z;
-  if( x==0 ) return 0;
-  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
-  j = cType[x-'a'];
-  if( j<2 ) return j;
-  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
-}
-static int isVowel(const char *z){
-  int j;
-  char x = *z;
-  if( x==0 ) return 0;
-  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
-  j = cType[x-'a'];
-  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
-  return isConsonant(z + 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
-** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
-** represented as:
-**
-**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
-**
-** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
-** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
-** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
-** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
-**
-** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
-** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
-** by a consonant.
-**
-** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
-** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
-*/
-static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z!=0;
-}
-
-/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
-** exactly 1
-*/
-static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z==0;
-}
-
-/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
-** or m>0
-*/
-static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
-*/
-static int hasVowel(const char *z){
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
-**
-** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
-** the first two characters of z[].
-*/
-static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
-  return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1];
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
-** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
-** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
-**
-** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
-** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
-*/
-static int star_oh(const char *z){
-  return
-    isConsonant(z) &&
-    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
-    isVowel(z+1) &&
-    isConsonant(z+2);
-}
-
-/*
-** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
-** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
-** ending to zTo.
-**
-** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
-** is in normal order. 
-**
-** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
-** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
-** no substitution occurs.
-*/
-static int stem(
-  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
-  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
-  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
-  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
-){
-  char *z = *pz;
-  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
-  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
-  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
-  while( *zTo ){
-    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
-  }
-  *pz = z;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
-** inappropriate.  The input word is copied into the output with
-** US-ASCII case folding.  If the input word is too long (more
-** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
-** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
-** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
-*/
-static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
-  int i, mx, j;
-  int hasDigit = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
-    char c = zIn[i];
-    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
-      zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
-    }else{
-      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
-      zOut[i] = c;
-    }
-  }
-  mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
-  if( nIn>mx*2 ){
-    for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
-      zOut[j] = zOut[i];
-    }
-    i = j;
-  }
-  zOut[i] = 0;
-  *pnOut = i;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
-** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
-** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
-**
-** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
-** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
-** unchanged.
-**
-** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
-** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
-** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
-** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
-** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
-** 
-** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
-** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
-** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
-** case folding.
-**
-** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
-** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
-*/
-static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
-  int i, j;
-  char zReverse[28];
-  char *z, *z2;
-  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
-    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
-    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
-    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
-    return;
-  }
-  for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
-    char c = zIn[i];
-    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
-      zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
-    }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
-      zReverse[j] = c;
-    }else{
-      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
-      ** to the copy stemmer */
-      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
-  z = &zReverse[j+1];
-
-
-  /* Step 1a */
-  if( z[0]=='s' ){
-    if(
-     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
-     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
-     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
-    ){
-      z++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Step 1b */  
-  z2 = z;
-  if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
-    /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
-  }else if( 
-     (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
-      && z!=z2
-  ){
-     if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
-         stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
-         stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
-       /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
-     }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
-       z++;
-     }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
-       *(--z) = 'e';
-     }
-  }
-
-  /* Step 1c */
-  if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
-    z[0] = 'i';
-  }
-
-  /* Step 2 */
-  switch( z[1] ){
-   case 'a':
-     if( !stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){
-       stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'c':
-     if( !stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ){
-       stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'e':
-     stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 'g':
-     stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 'l':
-     if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) 
-      && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0)
-      && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0)
-      && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0)
-     ){
-       stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'o':
-     if( !stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0)
-      && !stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0)
-     ){
-       stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
-     }
-     break;
-   case 's':
-     if( !stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0)
-      && !stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0)
-      && !stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0)
-     ){
-       stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
-     }
-     break;
-   case 't':
-     if( !stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0)
-      && !stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0)
-     ){
-       stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
-     }
-     break;
-  }
-
-  /* Step 3 */
-  switch( z[0] ){
-   case 'e':
-     if( !stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0)
-      && !stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)
-     ){
-       stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'i':
-     stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 'l':
-     if( !stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ){
-       stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
-     }
-     break;
-   case 's':
-     stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-  }
-
-  /* Step 4 */
-  switch( z[1] ){
-   case 'a':
-     if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
-       z += 2;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'c':
-     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e')  && m_gt_1(z+4)  ){
-       z += 4;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'e':
-     if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
-       z += 2;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'i':
-     if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
-       z += 2;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'l':
-     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
-       z += 4;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'n':
-     if( z[0]=='t' ){
-       if( z[2]=='a' ){
-         if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
-           z += 3;
-         }
-       }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
-         if( !stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1)
-          && !stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1)
-         ){
-           stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
-         }
-       }
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'o':
-     if( z[0]=='u' ){
-       if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
-         z += 2;
-       }
-     }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
-       stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
-     }
-     break;
-   case 's':
-     if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
-       z += 3;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 't':
-     if( !stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ){
-       stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'u':
-     if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
-       z += 3;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'v':
-   case 'z':
-     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
-       z += 3;
-     }
-     break;
-  }
-
-  /* Step 5a */
-  if( z[0]=='e' ){
-    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
-      z++;
-    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
-      z++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Step 5b */
-  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
-    z++;
-  }
-
-  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
-  ** around into forward order and return.
-  */
-  *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z);
-  zOut[i] = 0;
-  while( *z ){
-    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Characters that can be part of a token.  We assume any character
-** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
-** part of a token.  In other words, delimiters all must have
-** values of 0x7f or lower.
-*/
-static const char porterIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
-};
-#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
-
-/*
-** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
-** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
-*/
-static int porterNext(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
-  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
-  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
-  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
-  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
-  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
-){
-  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
-  const char *z = c->zInput;
-
-  while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
-    int iStartOffset, ch;
-
-    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
-    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
-    }
-
-    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
-    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
-    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
-    }
-
-    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
-      int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
-      if( n>c->nAllocated ){
-        char *pNew;
-        c->nAllocated = n+20;
-        pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
-        if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        c->zToken = pNew;
-      }
-      porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
-      *pzToken = c->zToken;
-      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
-      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
-      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_DONE;
-}
-
-/*
-** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
-*/
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
-  0,
-  porterCreate,
-  porterDestroy,
-  porterOpen,
-  porterClose,
-  porterNext,
-  0
-};
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
-** tokenizer in *ppModule
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
-){
-  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/
-/*
-** 2007 June 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
-** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-/* #include <string.h> */
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 
-** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
-**
-**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
-**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
-**
-** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
-** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
-**
-** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
-** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
-** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
-** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
-** an error is returned.
-**
-** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
-** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
-** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
-*/
-static void scalarFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Fts3Hash *pHash;
-  void *pPtr = 0;
-  const unsigned char *zName;
-  int nName;
-
-  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
-
-  pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-
-  zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
-
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    void *pOld;
-    int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-    if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
-      return;
-    }
-    pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
-    pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
-    if( pOld==pPtr ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
-      return;
-    }
-  }else{
-    pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
-    if( !pPtr ){
-      char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-      sqlite3_free(zErr);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){
-  static const char isFtsIdChar[] = {
-      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 0x */
-      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 1x */
-      0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
-      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
-      0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
-      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
-      0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
-      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
-  };
-  return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){
-  const char *z1;
-  const char *z2 = 0;
-
-  /* Find the start of the next token. */
-  z1 = zStr;
-  while( z2==0 ){
-    char c = *z1;
-    switch( c ){
-      case '\0': return 0;        /* No more tokens here */
-      case '\'':
-      case '"':
-      case '`': {
-        z2 = z1;
-        while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) );
-        break;
-      }
-      case '[':
-        z2 = &z1[1];
-        while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++;
-        if( *z2 ) z2++;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){
-          z2 = &z1[1];
-          while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++;
-        }else{
-          z1++;
-        }
-    }
-  }
-
-  *pn = (int)(z2-z1);
-  return z1;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(
-  Fts3Hash *pHash,                /* Tokenizer hash table */
-  const char *zArg,               /* Tokenizer name */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok,      /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */
-  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */
-){
-  int rc;
-  char *z = (char *)zArg;
-  int n = 0;
-  char *zCopy;
-  char *zEnd;                     /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m;
-
-  zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg);
-  if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)];
-
-  z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n);
-  z[n] = '\0';
-  sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
-
-  m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1);
-  if( !m ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", z);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    char const **aArg = 0;
-    int iArg = 0;
-    z = &z[n+1];
-    while( z<zEnd && (NULL!=(z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(z, &n))) ){
-      int nNew = sizeof(char *)*(iArg+1);
-      char const **aNew = (const char **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)aArg, nNew);
-      if( !aNew ){
-        sqlite3_free(zCopy);
-        sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      aArg = aNew;
-      aArg[iArg++] = z;
-      z[n] = '\0';
-      sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
-      z = &z[n+1];
-    }
-    rc = m->xCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer");
-    }else{
-      (*ppTok)->pModule = m; 
-    }
-    sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(zCopy);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-
-#include <tcl.h>
-/* #include <string.h> */
-
-/*
-** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers 
-** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
-** function must be called with two or more arguments:
-**
-**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, ..., <input-string>);
-**
-** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
-** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
-** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
-**
-** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
-** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
-** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the 
-** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
-** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, 
-** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
-**
-**   SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
-**
-** will return the string:
-**
-**   "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
-**   
-*/
-static void testFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Fts3Hash *pHash;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
-
-  const char *zErr = 0;
-
-  const char *zName;
-  int nName;
-  const char *zInput;
-  int nInput;
-
-  const char *azArg[64];
-
-  const char *zToken;
-  int nToken = 0;
-  int iStart = 0;
-  int iEnd = 0;
-  int iPos = 0;
-  int i;
-
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-
-  if( argc<2 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
-  zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
-
-  pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
-
-  if( !p ){
-    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zErr);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
-
-  for(i=1; i<argc-1; i++){
-    azArg[i-1] = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
-  }
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(argc-2, azArg, &pTokenizer) ){
-    zErr = "error in xCreate()";
-    goto finish;
-  }
-  pTokenizer->pModule = p;
-  if( sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, 0, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
-    zErr = "error in xOpen()";
-    goto finish;
-  }
-
-  while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
-    zToken = &zInput[iStart];
-    nToken = iEnd-iStart;
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
-  }
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
-    zErr = "error in xClose()";
-    goto finish;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
-    zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
-    goto finish;
-  }
-
-finish:
-  if( zErr ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
-}
-
-static
-int registerTokenizer(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char *zName, 
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
-
-static
-int queryTokenizer(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char *zName,  
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
-
-  *pp = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
-      memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
-    }
-  }
-
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
-** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
-** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
-**
-** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
-** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
-** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
-** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
-** test them.
-**
-** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
-** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
-** detected. i.e.:
-**
-**     SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
-**
-*/
-static void intTestFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int rc;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
-
-  /* Test the query function */
-  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
-  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  assert( p1==p2 );
-  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
-  assert( p2==0 );
-  assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
-
-  /* Test the storage function */
-  rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  assert( p2==p1 );
-
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
-** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
-** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy 
-** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
-**
-**    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
-**
-** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
-** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
-** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header 
-** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both 
-** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
-**
-** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
-** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  Fts3Hash *pHash, 
-  const char *zName
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  void *p = (void *)pHash;
-  const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  char *zTest = 0;
-  char *zTest2 = 0;
-  void *pdb = (void *)db;
-  zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
-  zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
-  if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, -1, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_free(zTest);
-  sqlite3_free(zTest2);
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/
-/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-/* #include <stdio.h> */
-/* #include <string.h> */
-
-
-typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
-  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
-} simple_tokenizer;
-
-typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
-  const char *pInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
-  int nBytes;                  /* size of the input */
-  int iOffset;                 /* current position in pInput */
-  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
-  char *pToken;                /* storage for current token */
-  int nTokenAllocated;         /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
-} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
-
-
-static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
-  return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
-}
-static int fts3_isalnum(int x){
-  return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z');
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new tokenizer instance.
-*/
-static int simpleCreate(
-  int argc, const char * const *argv,
-  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
-){
-  simple_tokenizer *t;
-
-  t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
-  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
-
-  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
-  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
-  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
-  ** information on the initial create.
-  */
-  if( argc>1 ){
-    int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
-    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-      unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
-      /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
-      if( ch>=0x80 ){
-        sqlite3_free(t);
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-      t->delim[ch] = 1;
-    }
-  } else {
-    /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
-    int i;
-    for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
-      t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy a tokenizer
-*/
-static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
-  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
-** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
-** *ppCursor.
-*/
-static int simpleOpen(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
-  const char *pInput, int nBytes,        /* String to be tokenized */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
-){
-  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
-
-  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
-  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  c->pInput = pInput;
-  if( pInput==0 ){
-    c->nBytes = 0;
-  }else if( nBytes<0 ){
-    c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
-  }else{
-    c->nBytes = nBytes;
-  }
-  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
-  c->iToken = 0;
-  c->pToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
-  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
-
-  *ppCursor = &c->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
-** simpleOpen() above.
-*/
-static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
-  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
-  sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
-  sqlite3_free(c);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
-** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
-*/
-static int simpleNext(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
-  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
-  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
-  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
-  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
-  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
-){
-  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
-  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
-  unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
-
-  while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
-    int iStartOffset;
-
-    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
-    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
-    }
-
-    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
-    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
-    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
-    }
-
-    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
-      int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
-      if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
-        char *pNew;
-        c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
-        pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
-        if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        c->pToken = pNew;
-      }
-      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-        /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
-        ** case-insensitivity.
-        */
-        unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
-        c->pToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch);
-      }
-      *ppToken = c->pToken;
-      *pnBytes = n;
-      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
-      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
-      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
-
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_DONE;
-}
-
-/*
-** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
-*/
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
-  0,
-  simpleCreate,
-  simpleDestroy,
-  simpleOpen,
-  simpleClose,
-  simpleNext,
-  0,
-};
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new simple tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
-** tokenizer in *ppModule
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
-){
-  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenize_vtab.c ******************************/
-/*
-** 2013 Apr 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code for the "fts3tokenize" virtual table module.
-** An fts3tokenize virtual table is created as follows:
-**
-**   CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE <tbl> USING fts3tokenize(
-**       <tokenizer-name>, <arg-1>, ...
-**   );
-**
-** The table created has the following schema:
-**
-**   CREATE TABLE <tbl>(input, token, start, end, position)
-**
-** When queried, the query must include a WHERE clause of type:
-**
-**   input = <string>
-**
-** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3 
-** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE 
-** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With
-** fields set as follows:
-**
-**   input:   Always set to a copy of <string>
-**   token:   A token from the input.
-**   start:   Byte offset of the token within the input <string>.
-**   end:     Byte offset of the byte immediately following the end of the
-**            token within the input string.
-**   pos:     Token offset of token within input.
-**
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-/* #include <string.h> */
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-
-typedef struct Fts3tokTable Fts3tokTable;
-typedef struct Fts3tokCursor Fts3tokCursor;
-
-/*
-** Virtual table structure.
-*/
-struct Fts3tokTable {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok;
-};
-
-/*
-** Virtual table cursor structure.
-*/
-struct Fts3tokCursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
-  char *zInput;                   /* Input string */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */
-  int iRowid;                     /* Current 'rowid' value */
-  const char *zToken;             /* Current 'token' value */
-  int nToken;                     /* Size of zToken in bytes */
-  int iStart;                     /* Current 'start' value */
-  int iEnd;                       /* Current 'end' value */
-  int iPos;                       /* Current 'pos' value */
-};
-
-/*
-** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName.
-*/
-static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer(
-  Fts3Hash *pHash,
-  const char *zName,
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
-  int nName = (int)strlen(zName);
-
-  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
-  if( !p ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  *pp = p;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated
-** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a 
-** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear
-** to be quoted.
-**
-** If successful, output parameter *pazDequote is set to point at the
-** array of dequoted strings and SQLITE_OK is returned. The caller is
-** responsible for eventually calling sqlite3_free() to free the array
-** in this case. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
-** The final value of *pazDequote is undefined in this case.
-*/
-static int fts3tokDequoteArray(
-  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv[] */
-  const char * const *argv,       /* Input array */
-  char ***pazDequote              /* Output array */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  if( argc==0 ){
-    *pazDequote = 0;
-  }else{
-    int i;
-    int nByte = 0;
-    char **azDequote;
-
-    for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-      nByte += (int)(strlen(argv[i]) + 1);
-    }
-
-    *pazDequote = azDequote = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *)*argc + nByte);
-    if( azDequote==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      char *pSpace = (char *)&azDequote[argc];
-      for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-        int n = (int)strlen(argv[i]);
-        azDequote[i] = pSpace;
-        memcpy(pSpace, argv[i], n+1);
-        sqlite3Fts3Dequote(pSpace);
-        pSpace += (n+1);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Schema of the tokenizer table.
-*/
-#define FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position)"
-
-/*
-** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
-** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
-** and xCreate are identical operations.
-**
-**   argv[0]: module name
-**   argv[1]: database name 
-**   argv[2]: table name
-**   argv[3]: first argument (tokenizer name)
-*/
-static int fts3tokConnectMethod(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
-  void *pHash,                    /* Hash table of tokenizers */
-  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
-  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
-  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
-){
-  Fts3tokTable *pTab;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod = 0;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok = 0;
-  int rc;
-  char **azDequote = 0;
-  int nDequote;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  nDequote = argc-3;
-  rc = fts3tokDequoteArray(nDequote, &argv[3], &azDequote);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    const char *zModule;
-    if( nDequote<1 ){
-      zModule = "simple";
-    }else{
-      zModule = azDequote[0];
-    }
-    rc = fts3tokQueryTokenizer((Fts3Hash*)pHash, zModule, &pMod, pzErr);
-  }
-
-  assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK)==(pMod!=0) );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    const char * const *azArg = (const char * const *)&azDequote[1];
-    rc = pMod->xCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokTable));
-    if( pTab==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokTable));
-    pTab->pMod = pMod;
-    pTab->pTok = pTok;
-    *ppVtab = &pTab->base;
-  }else{
-    if( pTok ){
-      pMod->xDestroy(pTok);
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(azDequote);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
-** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
-** and xDestroy are identical operations.
-*/
-static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)pVtab;
-
-  pTab->pMod->xDestroy(pTab->pTok);
-  sqlite3_free(pTab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
-*/
-static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, 
-  sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
-){
-  int i;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
-
-  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
-    if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable 
-     && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 
-     && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 
-    ){
-      pInfo->idxNum = 1;
-      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
-      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
-      pInfo->estimatedCost = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pInfo->idxNum = 0;
-  assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 );
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** xOpen - Open a cursor.
-*/
-static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
-  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
-
-  pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
-  if( pCsr==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
-
-  *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had
-** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod().
-*/
-static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){
-  if( pCsr->pCsr ){
-    Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
-    pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr);
-    pCsr->pCsr = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput);
-  pCsr->zInput = 0;
-  pCsr->zToken = 0;
-  pCsr->nToken = 0;
-  pCsr->iStart = 0;
-  pCsr->iEnd = 0;
-  pCsr->iPos = 0;
-  pCsr->iRowid = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** xClose - Close a cursor.
-*/
-static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
-
-  fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
-*/
-static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
-  Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  pCsr->iRowid++;
-  rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr,
-      &pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken,
-      &pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos
-  );
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
-*/
-static int fts3tokFilterMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
-  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
-  const char *idxStr,             /* Unused */
-  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
-  Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
-
-  fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
-  if( idxNum==1 ){
-    const char *zByte = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
-    int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
-    pCsr->zInput = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1);
-    if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte);
-      pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0;
-      rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor);
-}
-
-/*
-** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
-*/
-static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
-  return (pCsr->zToken==0);
-}
-
-/*
-** xColumn - Return a column value.
-*/
-static int fts3tokColumnMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
-  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
-){
-  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
-
-  /* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */
-  switch( iCol ){
-    case 0:
-      sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    case 1:
-      sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nToken, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      break;
-    case 2:
-      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iStart);
-      break;
-    case 3:
-      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iEnd);
-      break;
-    default:
-      assert( iCol==4 );
-      sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos);
-      break;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
-*/
-static int fts3tokRowidMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
-  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: Rowid value */
-){
-  Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
-  *pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
-** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){
-  static const sqlite3_module fts3tok_module = {
-     0,                           /* iVersion      */
-     fts3tokConnectMethod,        /* xCreate       */
-     fts3tokConnectMethod,        /* xConnect      */
-     fts3tokBestIndexMethod,      /* xBestIndex    */
-     fts3tokDisconnectMethod,     /* xDisconnect   */
-     fts3tokDisconnectMethod,     /* xDestroy      */
-     fts3tokOpenMethod,           /* xOpen         */
-     fts3tokCloseMethod,          /* xClose        */
-     fts3tokFilterMethod,         /* xFilter       */
-     fts3tokNextMethod,           /* xNext         */
-     fts3tokEofMethod,            /* xEof          */
-     fts3tokColumnMethod,         /* xColumn       */
-     fts3tokRowidMethod,          /* xRowid        */
-     0,                           /* xUpdate       */
-     0,                           /* xBegin        */
-     0,                           /* xSync         */
-     0,                           /* xCommit       */
-     0,                           /* xRollback     */
-     0,                           /* xFindFunction */
-     0,                           /* xRename       */
-     0,                           /* xSavepoint    */
-     0,                           /* xRelease      */
-     0                            /* xRollbackTo   */
-  };
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts3tokenize", &fts3tok_module, (void*)pHash);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_tokenize_vtab.c **********************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/
-/*
-** 2009 Oct 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically,
-** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3
-** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some
-** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query 
-** code in fts3.c.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-/* #include <string.h> */
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-
-
-#define FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT 16
-
-/*
-** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they
-** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end 
-** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer
-** of 920 bytes is allocated for it.
-**
-** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data,
-** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an
-** overread, even if the node data is corrupted.
-*/
-#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2)
-
-/*
-** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into
-** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance
-** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext()
-** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example,
-** if a query has a LIMIT clause).
-**
-** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD 
-** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes.
-** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values 
-** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful 
-** for testing purposes.
-**
-** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may
-** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains
-** a Tcl interface to read and write the values.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024);
-int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4;
-# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE       test_fts3_node_chunksize
-# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold
-#else
-# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) 
-# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The two values that may be meaningfully bound to the :1 parameter in
-** statements SQL_REPLACE_STAT and SQL_SELECT_STAT.
-*/
-#define FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL      0
-#define FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT 1
-#define FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE 2
-
-/*
-** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic
-** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for 
-** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production
-** systems.
-*/
-#ifdef FTS3_LOG_MERGES
-static void fts3LogMerge(int nMerge, sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel){
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "%d-way merge from level %d", nMerge, (int)iAbsLevel);
-}
-#else
-#define fts3LogMerge(x, y)
-#endif
-
-
-typedef struct PendingList PendingList;
-typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode;
-typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter;
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists
-** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details.
-*/
-struct PendingList {
-  int nData;
-  char *aData;
-  int nSpace;
-  sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid;
-  sqlite3_int64 iLastCol;
-  sqlite3_int64 iLastPos;
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects.
-*/
-struct Fts3DeferredToken {
-  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;        /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */
-  int iCol;                       /* Column token must occur in */
-  Fts3DeferredToken *pNext;       /* Next in list of deferred tokens */
-  PendingList *pList;             /* Doclist is assembled here */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on
-** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of
-** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles
-** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through
-** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions:
-**
-**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew()
-**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree()
-**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate()
-**
-** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures:
-**
-**   fts3SegReaderNext()
-**   fts3SegReaderFirstDocid()
-**   fts3SegReaderNextDocid()
-*/
-struct Fts3SegReader {
-  int iIdx;                       /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */
-  u8 bLookup;                     /* True for a lookup only */
-  u8 rootOnly;                    /* True for a root-only reader */
-
-  sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock;      /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */
-  sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock;    /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */
-  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock;        /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */
-  sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock;    /* Current leaf block (or 0) */
-
-  char *aNode;                    /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */
-  int nNode;                      /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */
-  int nPopulate;                  /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;            /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */
-
-  Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem;
-
-  /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly
-  ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns
-  ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK
-  ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE).
-  */
-  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in current term */
-  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to current term */
-  int nTermAlloc;                 /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */
-  char *aDoclist;                 /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */
-  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of doclist in current entry */
-
-  /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate 
-  ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist).
-  */
-  char *pOffsetList;
-  int nOffsetList;                /* For descending pending seg-readers only */
-  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
-};
-
-#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0)
-#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->rootOnly!=0)
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the
-** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the
-** following functions:
-**
-**   fts3SegWriterAdd()
-**   fts3SegWriterFlush()
-**   fts3SegWriterFree()
-*/
-struct SegmentWriter {
-  SegmentNode *pTree;             /* Pointer to interior tree structure */
-  sqlite3_int64 iFirst;           /* First slot in %_segments written */
-  sqlite3_int64 iFree;            /* Next free slot in %_segments */
-  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
-  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
-  int nMalloc;                    /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
-  char *zMalloc;                  /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
-  int nSize;                      /* Size of allocation at aData */
-  int nData;                      /* Bytes of data in aData */
-  char *aData;                    /* Pointer to block from malloc() */
-  i64 nLeafData;                  /* Number of bytes of leaf data written */
-};
-
-/*
-** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create
-** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except
-** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code
-** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above.
-**
-**   fts3NodeAddTerm()
-**   fts3NodeWrite()
-**   fts3NodeFree()
-**
-** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge
-** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the 
-** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of
-** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have
-** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually
-** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively 
-** little memory.
-*/
-struct SegmentNode {
-  SegmentNode *pParent;           /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */
-  SegmentNode *pRight;            /* Pointer to right-sibling */
-  SegmentNode *pLeftmost;         /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */
-  int nEntry;                     /* Number of terms written to node so far */
-  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
-  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
-  int nMalloc;                    /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
-  char *zMalloc;                  /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
-  int nData;                      /* Bytes of valid data so far */
-  char *aData;                    /* Node data */
-};
-
-/*
-** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt().
-*/
-#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT             0
-#define SQL_IS_EMPTY                   1
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT         2 
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS        3
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR          4
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE         5
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT            6
-#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID    7
-#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX         8
-#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS            9
-#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID          10
-#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR             11
-#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL              12
-#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE        13
-#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT        14
-#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL   15
-#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL       16
-#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE     17
-#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT            18
-#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE            19
-#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE           20
-#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE            21
-#define SQL_SELECT_STAT               22
-#define SQL_REPLACE_STAT              23
-
-#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL   24
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR   25
-#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE       26
-#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID         27
-#define SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL          28
-#define SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE    29
-#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY       30
-#define SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY        31
-#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR             32
-#define SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR              33
-#define SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE     34
-#define SQL_SELECT_INDEXES            35
-#define SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL            36
-
-#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2       37
-#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX          38
-#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL              39
-
-/*
-** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle
-** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful,
-** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned.
-** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0.
-**
-** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with
-** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound 
-** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before
-** returning.
-*/
-static int fts3SqlStmt(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  int eStmt,                      /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */
-  sqlite3_stmt **pp,              /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Values to bind to statement */
-){
-  const char *azSql[] = {
-/* 0  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?",
-/* 1  */  "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)",
-/* 2  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'",
-/* 3  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'",
-/* 4  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
-/* 5  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'",
-/* 6  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'",
-/* 7  */  "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?",
-/* 8  */  "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1",
-/* 9  */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)",
-/* 10 */  "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)",
-/* 11 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)",
-
-          /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ 
-/* 12 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
-            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC",
-/* 13 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
-            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?"
-            "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
-
-/* 14 */  "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
-/* 15 */  "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
-
-/* 16 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
-/* 17 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?",
-/* 18 */  "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)",
-/* 19 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?",
-/* 20 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)",
-/* 21 */  "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?",
-/* 22 */  "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=?",
-/* 23 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(?,?)",
-/* 24 */  "",
-/* 25 */  "",
-
-/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
-/* 27 */ "SELECT DISTINCT level / (1024 * ?) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
-
-/* This statement is used to determine which level to read the input from
-** when performing an incremental merge. It returns the absolute level number
-** of the oldest level in the db that contains at least ? segments. Or,
-** if no level in the FTS index contains more than ? segments, the statement
-** returns zero rows.  */
-/* 28 */ "SELECT level FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' GROUP BY level HAVING count(*)>=?"
-         "  ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1",
-
-/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment
-** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See 
-** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details.  */
-/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) "
-         "  FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?",
-
-/* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY
-**   Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2.  */
-/* 30 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
-
-/* SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY
-**   Modify the idx value for the segment with idx=:3 on absolute level :2
-**   to :1.  */
-/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?",
-
-/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR
-**   Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute 
-**   level :1 with index value :2.  */
-/* 32 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
-            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
-
-/* SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR
-**   Update the start_block (:1) and root (:2) fields of the %_segdir
-**   entry located on absolute level :3 with index :4.  */
-/* 33 */  "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET start_block = ?, root = ?"
-            "WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
-
-/* SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE
-**   Return a single row if the segment with end_block=? is appendable. Or
-**   no rows otherwise.  */
-/* 34 */  "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid=? AND block IS NULL",
-
-/* SQL_SELECT_INDEXES
-**   Return the list of valid segment indexes for absolute level ?  */
-/* 35 */  "SELECT idx FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level=? ORDER BY 1 ASC",
-
-/* SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL
-**   Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes.  */
-/* 36 */  "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
-
-          /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ 
-/* 37 */  "SELECT level, idx, end_block "
-            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? "
-            "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
-
-          /* Update statements used while promoting segments */
-/* 38 */  "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=-1,idx=? "
-            "WHERE level=? AND idx=?",
-/* 39 */  "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=? WHERE level=-1"
-
-  };
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-
-  assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) );
-  assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 );
-  
-  pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt];
-  if( !pStmt ){
-    char *zSql;
-    if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){
-      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist);
-    }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){
-      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist);
-    }else{
-      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName);
-    }
-    if( !zSql ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL);
-      sqlite3_free(zSql);
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
-      p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt;
-    }
-  }
-  if( apVal ){
-    int i;
-    int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nParam; i++){
-      rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i+1, apVal[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  *pp = pStmt;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-static int fts3SelectDocsize(
-  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS3 table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid to bind for SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid);
-    rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-      pStmt = 0;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *ppStmt = pStmt;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(
-  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* Fts3 table handle */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  int rc;
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
-    if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)!=SQLITE_ROW
-     || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB
-    ){
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-      pStmt = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  *ppStmt = pStmt;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(
-  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* Fts3 table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid to read size data for */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
-){
-  return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, iDocid, ppStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in
-** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement
-** is executed.
-**
-** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an
-** SQLite error code otherwise.
-*/
-static void fts3SqlExec(
-  int *pRC,                /* Result code */
-  Fts3Table *p,            /* The FTS3 table */
-  int eStmt,               /* Index of statement to evaluate */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal    /* Parameters to bind */
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); 
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-  }
-  *pRC = rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive 
-** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before 
-** writing data to the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then
-** the caller may end up attempting to take this lock as part of committing
-** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or 
-** LOCKED_SHAREDCACHEto a COMMIT command.
-**
-** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when 
-** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. 
-** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. 
-** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly 
-** instead of accessing them via FTS.
-*/
-static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  
-  if( p->nPendingData==0 ){
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1);
-      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer).
-** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the
-** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS 
-** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative
-** levels").
-**
-** All three of these values (the language id, the specific index and the
-** level within the index) are encoded in 64-bit integer values stored
-** in the %_segdir table on disk. This function is used to convert three
-** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that
-** can be used to query the %_segdir table.
-**
-** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 
-** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index
-** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index
-** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on.
-** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0.
-**
-** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of
-** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index 
-** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024).
-*/
-static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
-  int iIndex,                     /* Index in p->aIndex[] */
-  int iLevel                      /* Level of segments */
-){
-  sqlite3_int64 iBase;            /* First absolute level for iLangid/iIndex */
-  assert( iLangid>=0 );
-  assert( p->nIndex>0 );
-  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
-
-  iBase = ((sqlite3_int64)iLangid * p->nIndex + iIndex) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL;
-  return iBase + iLevel;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through
-** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, 
-** return an SQLite error code.
-**
-** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for
-** each FTS3 table.
-**
-** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table:
-**
-**   0: idx
-**   1: start_block
-**   2: leaves_end_block
-**   3: end_block
-**   4: root
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table */
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language being queried */
-  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex[] */
-  int iLevel,                     /* Level to select (relative level) */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Compiled statement */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-
-  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 );
-  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
-  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
-
-  if( iLevel<0 ){
-    /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, 
-          getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
-      );
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel));
-    }
-  }
-  *ppStmt = pStmt;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned
-** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
-**
-** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself.
-** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two
-** varints:
-**
-**   PendingList *p = 0;
-**   fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1);
-**   fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2);
-*/
-static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint(
-  PendingList **pp,               /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */
-  sqlite3_int64 i                 /* Value to append to data */
-){
-  PendingList *p = *pp;
-
-  /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */
-  if( !p ){
-    p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100);
-    if( !p ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    p->nSpace = 100;
-    p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
-    p->nData = 0;
-  }
-  else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){
-    int nNew = p->nSpace * 2;
-    p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew);
-    if( !p ){
-      sqlite3_free(*pp);
-      *pp = 0;
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    p->nSpace = nNew;
-    p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
-  }
-
-  /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */
-  p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i);
-  p->aData[p->nData] = '\0';
-  *pp = p;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero
-** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding
-** the entry. Otherwise, zero.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning.
-** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs,
-** it is set to SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int fts3PendingListAppend(
-  PendingList **pp,               /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */
-  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid for entry to add */
-  sqlite3_int64 iCol,             /* Column for entry to add */
-  sqlite3_int64 iPos,             /* Position of term for entry to add */
-  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Return code */
-){
-  PendingList *p = *pp;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid );
-
-  if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){
-    sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0);
-    if( p ){
-      assert( p->nData<p->nSpace );
-      assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 );
-      p->nData++;
-    }
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){
-      goto pendinglistappend_out;
-    }
-    p->iLastCol = -1;
-    p->iLastPos = 0;
-    p->iLastDocid = iDocid;
-  }
-  if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1))
-     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol))
-    ){
-      goto pendinglistappend_out;
-    }
-    p->iLastCol = iCol;
-    p->iLastPos = 0;
-  }
-  if( iCol>=0 ){
-    assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) );
-    rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->iLastPos = iPos;
-    }
-  }
-
- pendinglistappend_out:
-  *pRc = rc;
-  if( p!=*pp ){
-    *pp = p;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend().
-*/
-static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){
-  sqlite3_free(pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables.
-*/
-static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
-  Fts3Table *p,
-  int iCol,
-  int iPos,
-  Fts3Hash *pHash,                /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */
-  const char *zToken,
-  int nToken
-){
-  PendingList *pList;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken);
-  if( pList ){
-    p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
-  }
-  if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){
-    if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){
-      /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only 
-      ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token.
-      */
-      assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) );
-      sqlite3_free(pList);
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the
-** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in
-** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3PendingTermsAdd(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table into which text will be inserted */
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to use */
-  const char *zText,              /* Text of document to be inserted */
-  int iCol,                       /* Column into which text is being inserted */
-  u32 *pnWord                     /* IN/OUT: Incr. by number tokens inserted */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int iStart = 0;
-  int iEnd = 0;
-  int iPos = 0;
-  int nWord = 0;
-
-  char const *zToken;
-  int nToken = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr;
-  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
-      const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*);
-
-  assert( pTokenizer && pModule );
-
-  /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with
-  ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and 
-  ** return early. */
-  if( zText==0 ){
-    *pnWord = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, iLangid, zText, -1, &pCsr);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  xNext = pModule->xNext;
-  while( SQLITE_OK==rc
-      && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos))
-  ){
-    int i;
-    if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1;
-
-    /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally.
-    ** Tokens must have a non-zero length.
-    */
-    if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Add the term to the terms index */
-    rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
-        p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken
-    );
-    
-    /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too 
-    ** short for. */
-    for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
-      struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i];
-      if( nToken<pIndex->nPrefix ) continue;
-      rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
-          p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix
-      );
-    }
-  }
-
-  pModule->xClose(pCsr);
-  *pnWord += nWord;
-  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to 
-** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the
-** contents of the document with docid iDocid.
-*/
-static int fts3PendingTermsDocid(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Full-text table handle */
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language id of row being written */
-  sqlite_int64 iDocid             /* Docid of row being written */
-){
-  assert( iLangid>=0 );
-
-  /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on
-  ** forced-flush would provide better performance.  I suspect that if
-  ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the
-  ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
-  ** generate longer doclists.
-  */
-  if( iDocid<=p->iPrevDocid 
-   || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid
-   || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData 
-  ){
-    int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-  p->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
-  p->iPrevLangid = iLangid;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
-    Fts3HashElem *pElem;
-    Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending;
-    for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){
-      PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
-      fts3PendingListDelete(pList);
-    }
-    fts3HashClear(pHash);
-  }
-  p->nPendingData = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT
-** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the
-** pendingTerms hash table.
-**
-** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to
-** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row.
-*/
-static int fts3InsertTerms(
-  Fts3Table *p, 
-  int iLangid, 
-  sqlite3_value **apVal, 
-  u32 *aSz
-){
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  for(i=2; i<p->nColumn+2; i++){
-    int iCol = i-2;
-    if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
-      const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]);
-      int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, iCol, &aSz[iCol]);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation.
-** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by
-** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e:
-**
-**   apVal[0]                Not used for INSERT.
-**   apVal[1]                rowid
-**   apVal[2]                Left-most user-defined column
-**   ...
-**   apVal[p->nColumn+1]     Right-most user-defined column
-**   apVal[p->nColumn+2]     Hidden column with same name as table
-**   apVal[p->nColumn+3]     Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid)
-**   apVal[p->nColumn+4]     Hidden languageid column
-*/
-static int fts3InsertData(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Full-text table */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of values to insert */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid          /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert;   /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */
-
-  if( p->zContentTbl ){
-    sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3];
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){
-      pRowid = apVal[1];
-    }
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-    }
-    *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content
-  ** table. The SQL for this statement is:
-  **
-  **   INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...)
-  **
-  ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user
-  ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field.
-  */
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_int(
-        pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, 
-        sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4])
-    );
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified
-  ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both.
-  ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the
-  ** same value. For example:
-  **
-  **   INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2);
-  **
-  ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values
-  ** for both docid and some other rowid alias.
-  */
-  if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){
-    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])
-     && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])
-    ){
-      /* A rowid/docid conflict. */
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the 
-  ** new docid value. 
-  */
-  sqlite3_step(pContentInsert);
-  rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert);
-
-  *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing
-** pending terms.
-*/
-static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-
-  /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */
-  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
-
-  /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as
-  ** is if bContent is false.  */
-  assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 );
-  if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0);
-  fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0);
-  fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0);
-  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
-    fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0);
-  }
-  if( p->bHasStat ){
-    fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-**
-*/
-static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){
-  int iLangid = 0;
-  if( p->zLanguageid ) iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, p->nColumn+1);
-  return iLangid;
-}
-
-/*
-** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid
-** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the
-** full-text index.
-*/
-static void fts3DeleteTerms( 
-  int *pRC,               /* Result code */
-  Fts3Table *p,           /* The FTS table to delete from */
-  sqlite3_value *pRowid,  /* The docid to be deleted */
-  u32 *aSz,               /* Sizes of deleted document written here */
-  int *pbFound            /* OUT: Set to true if row really does exist */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
-
-  assert( *pbFound==0 );
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
-      int i;
-      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect);
-      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0));
-      for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=p->nColumn; i++){
-        int iCol = i-1;
-        if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
-          const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i);
-          rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, -1, &aSz[iCol]);
-          aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i);
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
-        *pRC = rc;
-        return;
-      }
-      *pbFound = 1;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
-  }
-  *pRC = rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between
-** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx().
-*/
-static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int);
-
-/* 
-** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table.
-** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting
-** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned
-** by:
-**
-**   SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel
-**
-** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested
-** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the 
-** allocated index is 0.
-**
-** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK
-** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
-*/
-static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(
-  Fts3Table *p, 
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
-  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
-  int iLevel, 
-  int *piIdx
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx;         /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */
-  int iNext = 0;                  /* Result of query pNextIdx */
-
-  assert( iLangid>=0 );
-  assert( p->nIndex>=1 );
-
-  /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(
-        pNextIdx, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)
-    );
-    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){
-      iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0);
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already
-    ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1
-    ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise,
-    ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext.
-    */
-    if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){
-      fts3LogMerge(16, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel));
-      rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel);
-      *piIdx = 0;
-    }else{
-      *piIdx = iNext;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The %_segments table is declared as follows:
-**
-**   CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB)
-**
-** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The
-** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not
-** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated
-** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the 
-** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set
-** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning.
-**
-** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row,
-** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If
-** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to
-** eventually free the returned buffer.
-**
-** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the
-** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls
-** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the
-** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy
-** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed
-** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held
-** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table
-** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function
-** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iBlockid,         /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */
-  char **paBlob,                  /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */
-  int *pnBlob,                    /* OUT: Size of blob data */
-  int *pnLoad                     /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */
-  assert( pnBlob );
-
-  if( p->pSegments ){
-    rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid);
-  }else{
-    if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){
-      p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName);
-      if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_blob_open(
-       p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments
-    );
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments);
-    *pnBlob = nByte;
-    if( paBlob ){
-      char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
-      if( !aByte ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){
-          nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE;
-          *pnLoad = nByte;
-        }
-        rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0);
-        memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3_free(aByte);
-          aByte = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      *paBlob = aByte;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above
-** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){
-  sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments);
-  p->pSegments = 0;
-}
-    
-static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
-  int nRead;                      /* Number of bytes to read */
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE);
-  rc = sqlite3_blob_read(
-      pReader->pBlob, 
-      &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate],
-      nRead,
-      pReader->nPopulate
-  );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pReader->nPopulate += nRead;
-    memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
-    if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){
-      sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
-      pReader->pBlob = 0;
-      pReader->nPopulate = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( !pReader->pBlob 
-       || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode])
-  );
-  while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK 
-     &&  (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate
-  ){
-    rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF.
-*/
-static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){
-  if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){
-    sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode);
-    sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob);
-    pSeg->pBlob = 0;
-  }
-  pSeg->aNode = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the
-** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term,
-** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3SegReaderNext(
-  Fts3Table *p, 
-  Fts3SegReader *pReader,
-  int bIncr
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code of various sub-routines */
-  char *pNext;                    /* Cursor variable */
-  int nPrefix;                    /* Number of bytes in term prefix */
-  int nSuffix;                    /* Number of bytes in term suffix */
-
-  if( !pReader->aDoclist ){
-    pNext = pReader->aNode;
-  }else{
-    pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
-  }
-
-  if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){
-
-    if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
-      Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem);
-      if( pElem==0 ){
-        pReader->aNode = 0;
-      }else{
-        PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
-        pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem);
-        pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem);
-        pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = pList->nData + 1;
-        pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = pList->aData;
-        pReader->ppNextElem++;
-        assert( pReader->aNode );
-      }
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader);
-
-    /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf 
-    ** blocks have already been traversed.  */
-    assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock );
-    if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
-        p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, 
-        (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0)
-    );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    assert( pReader->pBlob==0 );
-    if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulate<pReader->nNode ){
-      pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments;
-      p->pSegments = 0;
-    }
-    pNext = pReader->aNode;
-  }
-
-  assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) );
-
-  rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  
-  /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is 
-  ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */
-  pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix);
-  pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix);
-  if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 
-   || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] 
-  ){
-    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-  }
-
-  if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){
-    int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2;
-    char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew);
-    if( !zNew ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pReader->zTerm = zNew;
-    pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew;
-  }
-
-  rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix);
-  pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix;
-  pNext += nSuffix;
-  pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist);
-  pReader->aDoclist = pNext;
-  pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
-
-  /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the
-  ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either 
-  ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt.
-  */
-  if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] 
-   || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1])
-  ){
-    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated
-** with the current term.
-*/
-static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pReader->aDoclist );
-  assert( !pReader->pOffsetList );
-  if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
-    u8 bEof = 0;
-    pReader->iDocid = 0;
-    pReader->nOffsetList = 0;
-    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
-        pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, 
-        &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
-    );
-  }else{
-    rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid);
-      pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n];
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist
-** associated with the current term.
-** 
-** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then 
-** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list
-** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint).
-** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset
-** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example:
-*/
-static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid(
-  Fts3Table *pTab,
-  Fts3SegReader *pReader,         /* Reader to advance to next docid */
-  char **ppOffsetList,            /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */
-  int *pnOffsetList               /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char *p = pReader->pOffsetList;
-  char c = 0;
-
-  assert( p );
-
-  if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
-    /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc.
-    ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so
-    ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */
-    u8 bEof = 0;
-    if( ppOffsetList ){
-      *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
-      *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1;
-    }
-    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
-        pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid,
-        &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
-    );
-    if( bEof ){
-      pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
-    }else{
-      pReader->pOffsetList = p;
-    }
-  }else{
-    char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
-
-    /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The
-    ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of
-    ** the same offset list. */
-    while( 1 ){
-  
-      /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is
-      ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired 
-      ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk
-      ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past
-      ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[].
-      */
-      while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
-      assert( *p==0 );
-  
-      if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break;
-      rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }
-    p++;
-  
-    /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the
-    ** size of the previous offset-list.
-    */
-    if( ppOffsetList ){
-      *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
-      *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1);
-    }
-
-    /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */
-    while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++;
-  
-    /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to
-    ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and
-    ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before
-    ** returning.
-    */
-    if( p>=pEnd ){
-      pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
-    }else{
-      rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
-        pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta);
-        if( pTab->bDescIdx ){
-          pReader->iDocid -= iDelta;
-        }else{
-          pReader->iDocid += iDelta;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr, 
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,
-  int *pnOvfl
-){
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  int nOvfl = 0;
-  int ii;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int pgsz = p->nPgsz;
-
-  assert( p->bFts4 );
-  assert( pgsz>0 );
-
-  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){
-    Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii];
-    if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) 
-     && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) 
-    ){
-      sqlite3_int64 jj;
-      for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){
-        int nBlob;
-        rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-        if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){
-          nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  *pnOvfl = nOvfl;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the 
-** second argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
-  if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
-    sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm);
-    if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){
-      sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode);
-      sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pReader);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new SegReader object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(
-  int iAge,                       /* Segment "age". */
-  int bLookup,                    /* True for a lookup only */
-  sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf,       /* First leaf to traverse */
-  sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf,         /* Final leaf to traverse */
-  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock,        /* Final block of segment */
-  const char *zRoot,              /* Buffer containing root node */
-  int nRoot,                      /* Size of buffer containing root node */
-  Fts3SegReader **ppReader        /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */
-){
-  Fts3SegReader *pReader;         /* Newly allocated SegReader object */
-  int nExtra = 0;                 /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */
-
-  assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf );
-  if( iStartLeaf==0 ){
-    nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING;
-  }
-
-  pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra);
-  if( !pReader ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader));
-  pReader->iIdx = iAge;
-  pReader->bLookup = bLookup!=0;
-  pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf;
-  pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf;
-  pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock;
-
-  if( nExtra ){
-    /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */
-    pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1];
-    pReader->rootOnly = 1;
-    pReader->nNode = nRoot;
-    memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot);
-    memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
-  }else{
-    pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1;
-  }
-  *ppReader = pReader;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting
-** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing
-** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database.
-*/
-static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){
-  char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
-  char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
-  int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
-  int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
-
-  int n = (n1<n2 ? n1 : n2);
-  int c = memcmp(z1, z2, n);
-  if( c==0 ){
-    c = n1 - n2;
-  }
-  return c;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to allocate an Fts3SegReader that iterates through
-** a subset of the terms stored in the Fts3Table.pendingTerms array.
-**
-** If the isPrefixIter parameter is zero, then the returned SegReader iterates
-** through each term in the pending-terms table. Or, if isPrefixIter is
-** non-zero, it iterates through each term and its prefixes. For example, if
-** the pending terms hash table contains the terms "sqlite", "mysql" and
-** "firebird", then the iterator visits the following 'terms' (in the order
-** shown):
-**
-**   f fi fir fire fireb firebi firebir firebird
-**   m my mys mysq mysql
-**   s sq sql sqli sqlit sqlite
-**
-** Whereas if isPrefixIter is zero, the terms visited are:
-**
-**   firebird mysql sqlite
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to search for */
-  int nTerm,                      /* Size of buffer zTerm */
-  int bPrefix,                    /* True for a prefix iterator */
-  Fts3SegReader **ppReader        /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */
-){
-  Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0;     /* Fts3SegReader object to return */
-  Fts3HashElem *pE;               /* Iterator variable */
-  Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0;       /* Array of term hash entries to scan */
-  int nElem = 0;                  /* Size of array at aElem */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-  Fts3Hash *pHash;
-
-  pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending;
-  if( bPrefix ){
-    int nAlloc = 0;               /* Size of allocated array at aElem */
-
-    for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){
-      char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE);
-      int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE);
-      if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){
-        if( nElem==nAlloc ){
-          Fts3HashElem **aElem2;
-          nAlloc += 16;
-          aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc(
-              aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)
-          );
-          if( !aElem2 ){
-            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-            nElem = 0;
-            break;
-          }
-          aElem = aElem2;
-        }
-
-        aElem[nElem++] = pE;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem
-    ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison
-    ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk.
-    */
-    if( nElem>1 ){
-      qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm);
-    }
-
-  }else{
-    /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in
-    ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. 
-    **
-    ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer
-    ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid
-    ** within this entire function, not just this "else{...}" block.
-    */
-    pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm);
-    if( pE ){
-      aElem = &pE;
-      nElem = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( nElem>0 ){
-    int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *);
-    pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-    if( !pReader ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      memset(pReader, 0, nByte);
-      pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF;
-      pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1];
-      memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *));
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( bPrefix ){
-    sqlite3_free(aElem);
-  }
-  *ppReader = pReader;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. 
-** Comparison is as follows:
-**
-**   1) EOF is greater than not EOF.
-**
-**   2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one
-**      term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the
-**      larger.
-**
-**   3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
-*/
-static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
-  int rc;
-  if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){
-    int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm;
-    if( rc2<0 ){
-      rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm);
-    }else{
-      rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm);
-    }
-    if( rc==0 ){
-      rc = rc2;
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0);
-  }
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
-  }
-  assert( rc!=0 );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this
-** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in
-** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows:
-**
-**   1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF.
-**
-**   2) By current docid.
-**
-**   3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
-*/
-static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
-  int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
-      rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
-    }else{
-      rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
-  return rc;
-}
-static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
-  int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
-      rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
-    }else{
-      rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument
-** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. 
-**
-** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return
-** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are
-** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm.
-*/
-static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp(
-  Fts3SegReader *pSeg,            /* Segment reader object */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to compare to */
-  int nTerm                       /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
-){
-  int res = 0;
-  if( pSeg->aNode ){
-    if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){
-      res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
-    }else{
-      res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm);
-    }
-    if( res==0 ){
-      res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm;
-    }
-  }
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that
-** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order
-** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles
-** the array around until all entries are in sorted order.
-*/
-static void fts3SegReaderSort(
-  Fts3SegReader **apSegment,                     /* Array to sort entries of */
-  int nSegment,                                  /* Size of apSegment array */
-  int nSuspect,                                  /* Unsorted entry count */
-  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *)  /* Comparison function */
-){
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-
-  assert( nSuspect<=nSegment );
-
-  if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--;
-  for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){
-    int j;
-    for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){
-      Fts3SegReader *pTmp;
-      if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break;
-      pTmp = apSegment[j+1];
-      apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j];
-      apSegment[j] = pTmp;
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */
-  for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){
-    assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 );
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* 
-** Insert a record into the %_segments table.
-*/
-static int fts3WriteSegment(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iBlock,           /* Block id for new block */
-  char *z,                        /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */
-  int n                           /* Size of buffer z in bytes */
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock);
-    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set
-** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs,
-** set *pnMax to zero and return an SQLite error code.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){
-  int rc;
-  int mxLevel = 0;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-      mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-  }
-  *pnMax = mxLevel;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Insert a record into the %_segdir table.
-*/
-static int fts3WriteSegdir(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iLevel,           /* Value for "level" field (absolute level) */
-  int iIdx,                       /* Value for "idx" field */
-  sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock,      /* Value for "start_block" field */
-  sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock,    /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */
-  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock,        /* Value for "end_block" field */
-  sqlite3_int64 nLeafData,        /* Bytes of leaf data in segment */
-  char *zRoot,                    /* Blob value for "root" field */
-  int nRoot                       /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iLevel);
-    sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx);
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock);
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock);
-    if( nLeafData==0 ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock);
-    }else{
-      char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData);
-      if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free);
-    }
-    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and
-** zNext, in bytes. For example, 
-**
-**   fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6)   // returns 3
-**   fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6)   // returns 2
-**   fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6)   // returns 0
-*/
-static int fts3PrefixCompress(
-  const char *zPrev,              /* Buffer containing previous term */
-  int nPrev,                      /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */
-  const char *zNext,              /* Buffer containing next term */
-  int nNext                       /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */
-){
-  int n;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext);
-  for(n=0; n<nPrev && zPrev[n]==zNext[n]; n++);
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add term zTerm to the SegmentNode. It is guaranteed that zTerm is larger
-** (according to memcmp) than the previous term.
-*/
-static int fts3NodeAddTerm(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  SegmentNode **ppTree,           /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ 
-  int isCopyTerm,                 /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
-  int nTerm                       /* Size of term in bytes */
-){
-  SegmentNode *pTree = *ppTree;
-  int rc;
-  SegmentNode *pNew;
-
-  /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if 
-  ** this is possible.
-  */
-  if( pTree ){
-    int nData = pTree->nData;     /* Current size of node in bytes */
-    int nReq = nData;             /* Required space after adding zTerm */
-    int nPrefix;                  /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */
-    int nSuffix;                  /* Suffix length */
-
-    nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
-    nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
-
-    nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix;
-    if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){
-
-      if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
-        /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node
-        ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large
-        ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes
-        ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when
-        ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, 
-        ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. 
-        */
-        assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] );
-        pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq);
-        if( !pTree->aData ){
-          return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( pTree->zTerm ){
-        /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */
-        nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix);
-      }
-
-      nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix);
-      memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
-      pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix;
-      pTree->nEntry++;
-
-      if( isCopyTerm ){
-        if( pTree->nMalloc<nTerm ){
-          char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pTree->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
-          if( !zNew ){
-            return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          }
-          pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
-          pTree->zMalloc = zNew;
-        }
-        pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc;
-        memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
-        pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
-      }else{
-        pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
-        pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
-      }
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the
-  ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node).
-  ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it.
-  **
-  ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for
-  ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree 
-  ** has no parent, one is created here.
-  */
-  pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize);
-  if( !pNew ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode));
-  pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX;
-  pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1];
-
-  if( pTree ){
-    SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent;
-    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
-    if( pTree->pParent==0 ){
-      pTree->pParent = pParent;
-    }
-    pTree->pRight = pNew;
-    pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost;
-    pNew->pParent = pParent;
-    pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc;
-    pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc;
-    pTree->zMalloc = 0;
-  }else{
-    pNew->pLeftmost = pNew;
-    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); 
-  }
-
-  *ppTree = pNew;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite().
-*/
-static int fts3TreeFinishNode(
-  SegmentNode *pTree, 
-  int iHeight, 
-  sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild
-){
-  int nStart;
-  assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 );
-  nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild);
-  pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight;
-  sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild);
-  return nStart;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the
-** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of 
-** pTree and its peers to the database. 
-**
-** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead,
-** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is
-** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no
-** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is 
-** returned.
-*/
-static int fts3NodeWrite(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  SegmentNode *pTree,             /* SegmentNode handle */
-  int iHeight,                    /* Height of this node in tree */
-  sqlite3_int64 iLeaf,            /* Block id of first leaf node */
-  sqlite3_int64 iFree,            /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piLast,          /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */
-  char **paRoot,                  /* OUT: Data for root node */
-  int *pnRoot                     /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( !pTree->pParent ){
-    /* Root node of the tree. */
-    int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf);
-    *piLast = iFree-1;
-    *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart;
-    *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart];
-  }else{
-    SegmentNode *pIter;
-    sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree;
-    sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf;
-    for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){
-      int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf);
-      int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart;
-  
-      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite);
-      iNextFree++;
-      iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( iNextLeaf==iFree );
-      rc = fts3NodeWrite(
-          p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot
-      );
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree.
-*/
-static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){
-  if( pTree ){
-    SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost;
-    fts3NodeFree(p->pParent);
-    while( p ){
-      SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight;
-      if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){
-        sqlite3_free(p->aData);
-      }
-      assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 );
-      sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc);
-      sqlite3_free(p);
-      p = pRight;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object
-** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should
-** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object
-** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3SegWriterAdd(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  SegmentWriter **ppWriter,       /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ 
-  int isCopyTerm,                 /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
-  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term in bytes */
-  const char *aDoclist,           /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */
-  int nDoclist                    /* Size of doclist in bytes */
-){
-  int nPrefix;                    /* Size of term prefix in bytes */
-  int nSuffix;                    /* Size of term suffix in bytes */
-  int nReq;                       /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */
-  int nData;
-  SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter;
-
-  if( !pWriter ){
-    int rc;
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-
-    /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */
-    pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter));
-    if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter));
-    *ppWriter = pWriter;
-
-    /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */
-    pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize);
-    if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize;
-
-    /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-      pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
-      pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-  nData = pWriter->nData;
-
-  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
-  nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
-
-  /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */
-  nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) +    /* varint containing prefix size */
-    sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) +         /* varint containing suffix size */
-    nSuffix +                               /* Term suffix */
-    sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) +        /* Size of doclist */
-    nDoclist;                               /* Doclist data */
-
-  if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
-    int rc;
-
-    /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */
-    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    p->nLeafAdd++;
-
-    /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to
-    ** the interior tree must:
-    **
-    **   a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
-    **      to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and
-    **
-    **   b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new
-    **      leaf node (zTerm/nTerm).
-    **
-    ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than
-    ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm.
-    */
-    assert( nPrefix<nTerm );
-    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pWriter->pTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-    nData = 0;
-    pWriter->nTerm = 0;
-
-    nPrefix = 0;
-    nSuffix = nTerm;
-    nReq = 1 +                              /* varint containing prefix size */
-      sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) +         /* varint containing suffix size */
-      nTerm +                               /* Term suffix */
-      sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) +      /* Size of doclist */
-      nDoclist;                             /* Doclist data */
-  }
-
-  /* Increase the total number of bytes written to account for the new entry. */
-  pWriter->nLeafData += nReq;
-
-  /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc
-  ** the buffer to make it large enough.
-  */
-  if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){
-    char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq);
-    if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    pWriter->aData = aNew;
-    pWriter->nSize = nReq;
-  }
-  assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize );
-
-  /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */
-  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix);
-  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix);
-  memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
-  nData += nSuffix;
-  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist);
-  memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist);
-  pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist;
-
-  /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next.
-  ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by
-  ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just
-  ** store a copy of the pointer.
-  */
-  if( isCopyTerm ){
-    if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){
-      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
-      if( !zNew ){
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
-      pWriter->zMalloc = zNew;
-      pWriter->zTerm = zNew;
-    }
-    assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc );
-    memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
-  }else{
-    pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
-  }
-  pWriter->nTerm = nTerm;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the
-** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added
-** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is
-** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3SegWriterFlush(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  SegmentWriter *pWriter,         /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */
-  sqlite3_int64 iLevel,           /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */
-  int iIdx                        /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  if( pWriter->pTree ){
-    sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0;      /* Largest block id written to database */
-    sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf;      /* Largest leaf block id written to db */
-    char *zRoot = NULL;           /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */
-    int nRoot = 0;                /* Size of buffer zRoot */
-
-    iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree;
-    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1,
-          pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, 
-          pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot);
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */
-    rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, 
-        0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
-  }
-  p->nLeafAdd++;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the 
-** first argument.
-*/
-static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){
-  if( pWriter ){
-    sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData);
-    sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc);
-    fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree);
-    sqlite3_free(pWriter);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer.
-** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that
-** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid
-** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty.
-**
-** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for
-** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
-** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
-*/
-static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-  if( p->zContentTbl ){
-    /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */
-    *pisEmpty = 0;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-        *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index
-** iIndex.
-**
-** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not.
-*/
-static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel(
-  Fts3Table *p, 
-  int iLangid,
-  int iIndex, 
-  sqlite3_int64 *pnMax
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
-
-  /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of:
-  **
-  **   SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?
-  **
-  ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR).
-  */
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, 
-      getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
-  );
-  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
-  }
-  return sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** iAbsLevel is an absolute level that may be assumed to exist within
-** the database. This function checks if it is the largest level number
-** within its index. Assuming no error occurs, *pbMax is set to 1 if
-** iAbsLevel is indeed the largest level, or 0 otherwise, and SQLITE_OK
-** is returned. If an error occurs, an error code is returned and the
-** final value of *pbMax is undefined.
-*/
-static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){
-
-  /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of:
-  **
-  **   SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?
-  **
-  ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR).
-  */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, 
-      ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL
-  );
-
-  *pbMax = 0;
-  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    *pbMax = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_NULL;
-  }
-  return sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete all entries in the %_segments table associated with the segment
-** opened with seg-reader pSeg. This function does not affect the contents
-** of the %_segdir table.
-*/
-static int fts3DeleteSegment(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
-  Fts3SegReader *pSeg             /* Segment to delete */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  if( pSeg->iStartBlock ){
-    sqlite3_stmt *pDelete;        /* SQL statement to delete rows */
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSeg->iStartBlock);
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSeg->iEndBlock);
-      sqlite3_step(pDelete);
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large
-** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically,
-** it:
-** 
-**   1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with 
-**      each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third 
-**      argument, and
-**
-**   2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir
-**      entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0).
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3DeleteSegdir(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
-  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
-  int iLevel,                     /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */
-  Fts3SegReader **apSegment,      /* Array of SegReader objects */
-  int nReader                     /* Size of array apSegment */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0;      /* SQL statement to delete rows */
-
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nReader; i++){
-    rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, apSegment[i]);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  assert( iLevel>=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL );
-  if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, 
-          getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
-      );
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(
-          pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)
-      );
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_step(pDelete);
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains 
-** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This
-** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they
-** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol.
-**
-** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then
-** *pnList is set to zero before returning.
-**
-** If parameter bZero is non-zero, then any part of the input list following
-** the end of the output list is zeroed before returning.
-*/
-static void fts3ColumnFilter(
-  int iCol,                       /* Column to filter on */
-  int bZero,                      /* Zero out anything following *ppList */
-  char **ppList,                  /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */
-  int *pnList                     /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */
-){
-  char *pList = *ppList;
-  int nList = *pnList;
-  char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
-  int iCurrent = 0;
-  char *p = pList;
-
-  assert( iCol>=0 );
-  while( 1 ){
-    char c = 0;
-    while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
-  
-    if( iCol==iCurrent ){
-      nList = (int)(p - pList);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    nList -= (int)(p - pList);
-    pList = p;
-    if( nList==0 ){
-      break;
-    }
-    p = &pList[1];
-    p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCurrent);
-  }
-
-  if( bZero && &pList[nList]!=pEnd ){
-    memset(&pList[nList], 0, pEnd - &pList[nList]);
-  }
-  *ppList = pList;
-  *pnList = nList;
-}
-
-/*
-** Cache data in the Fts3MultiSegReader.aBuffer[] buffer (overwriting any
-** existing data). Grow the buffer if required.
-**
-** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
-** trying to resize the buffer, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
-*/
-static int fts3MsrBufferData(
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,       /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
-  char *pList,
-  int nList
-){
-  if( nList>pMsr->nBuffer ){
-    char *pNew;
-    pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2;
-    pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer);
-    if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    pMsr->aBuffer = pNew;
-  }
-
-  memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,       /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* OUT: Docid value */
-  char **paPoslist,               /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
-  int *pnPoslist                  /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */
-){
-  int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance;
-  Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment;
-  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
-    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
-  );
-
-  if( nMerge==0 ){
-    *paPoslist = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  while( 1 ){
-    Fts3SegReader *pSeg;
-    pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0];
-
-    if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){
-      *paPoslist = 0;
-      break;
-    }else{
-      int rc;
-      char *pList;
-      int nList;
-      int j;
-      sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
-
-      rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
-      j = 1;
-      while( rc==SQLITE_OK 
-        && j<nMerge
-        && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
-        && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
-      ){
-        rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
-        j++;
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
-
-      if( nList>0 && fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
-        rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-        assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 );
-        pList = pMsr->aBuffer;
-      }
-
-      if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){
-        fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, 1, &pList, &nList);
-      }
-
-      if( nList>0 ){
-        *paPoslist = pList;
-        *piDocid = iDocid;
-        *pnPoslist = nList;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fts3SegReaderStart(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Term searched for (or NULL) */
-  int nTerm                       /* Length of zTerm in bytes */
-){
-  int i;
-  int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment;
-
-  /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search 
-  ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of
-  ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many
-  ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment
-  ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term.
-  */
-  for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
-    int res = 0;
-    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
-    do {
-      int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }while( zTerm && (res = fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm))<0 );
-
-    if( pSeg->bLookup && res!=0 ){
-      fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg);
-    }
-  }
-  fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp);
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
-  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter          /* Restrictions on range of iteration */
-){
-  pCsr->pFilter = pFilter;
-  return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
-  int iCol,                       /* Column to match on. */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */
-  int nTerm                       /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
-){
-  int i;
-  int rc;
-  int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
-  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
-    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
-  );
-
-  assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 );
-  assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 );
-
-  /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */
-  rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */
-  for(i=0; i<nSegment; i++){
-    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
-    if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  pCsr->nAdvance = i;
-
-  /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */
-  for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
-    rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-  fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp);
-
-  assert( iCol<0 || iCol<p->nColumn );
-  pCsr->iColFilter = iCol;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using
-** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also
-** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such
-** a state that if the next two calls are:
-**
-**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart()
-**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep()
-**
-** then the entire doclist for the term is available in 
-** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){
-  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */
-
-  assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 );
-  assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 );
-  assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 );
-  assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 );
-
-  pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
-  pCsr->bRestart = 1;
-  for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
-    pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0;
-    pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0;
-    pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  int isIgnoreEmpty =  (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY);
-  int isRequirePos =   (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS);
-  int isColFilter =    (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER);
-  int isPrefix =       (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX);
-  int isScan =         (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN);
-  int isFirst =        (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST);
-
-  Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment;
-  int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
-  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter;
-  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
-    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
-  );
-
-  if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  do {
-    int nMerge;
-    int i;
-  
-    /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array
-    ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again.  
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
-      Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i];
-      if( pSeg->bLookup ){
-        fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg);
-      }else{
-        rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }
-    fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp);
-    pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
-
-    /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break;
-
-    pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm;
-    pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm;
-
-    /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points
-    ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all 
-    ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early.
-    **
-    ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term
-    ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early.
-    */
-    if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){
-      if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm 
-       || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm)
-       || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) 
-      ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    nMerge = 1;
-    while( nMerge<nSegment 
-        && apSegment[nMerge]->aNode
-        && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm 
-        && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm)
-    ){
-      nMerge++;
-    }
-
-    assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) );
-    if( nMerge==1 
-     && !isIgnoreEmpty 
-     && !isFirst 
-     && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0)
-    ){
-      pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist;
-      if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
-        rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist);
-        pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
-      }else{
-        pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist;
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW;
-    }else{
-      int nDoclist = 0;           /* Size of doclist */
-      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;    /* Previous docid stored in doclist */
-
-      /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array
-      ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged
-      ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist.
-      */
-      for(i=0; i<nMerge; i++){
-        fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, apSegment[i]);
-      }
-      fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, nMerge, xCmp);
-      while( apSegment[0]->pOffsetList ){
-        int j;                    /* Number of segments that share a docid */
-        char *pList = 0;
-        int nList = 0;
-        int nByte;
-        sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
-        fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
-        j = 1;
-        while( j<nMerge
-            && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
-            && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
-        ){
-          fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
-          j++;
-        }
-
-        if( isColFilter ){
-          fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, 0, &pList, &nList);
-        }
-
-        if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){
-
-          /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged 
-          ** doclist. */
-          sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
-          if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){
-            iDelta = iPrev - iDocid;
-          }else{
-            iDelta = iDocid - iPrev;
-          }
-          assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) );
-          assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid );
-
-          nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0);
-          if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){
-            char *aNew;
-            pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2;
-            aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer);
-            if( !aNew ){
-              return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-            }
-            pCsr->aBuffer = aNew;
-          }
-
-          if( isFirst ){
-            char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist];
-            int nWrite;
-           
-            nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a);
-            if( nWrite ){
-              iPrev = iDocid;
-              nDoclist += nWrite;
-            }
-          }else{
-            nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta);
-            iPrev = iDocid;
-            if( isRequirePos ){
-              memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList);
-              nDoclist += nList;
-              pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0';
-            }
-          }
-        }
-
-        fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
-      }
-      if( nDoclist>0 ){
-        pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
-        pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist;
-        rc = SQLITE_ROW;
-      }
-    }
-    pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge;
-  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr       /* Cursor object */
-){
-  if( pCsr ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
-      sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment);
-    sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer);
-
-    pCsr->nSegment = 0;
-    pCsr->apSegment = 0;
-    pCsr->aBuffer = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT 
-** statement passed as the first argument. 
-**
-** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field
-** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated 
-** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock 
-** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, 
-** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second.
-*/
-static void fts3ReadEndBlockField(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int iCol, 
-  i64 *piEndBlock,
-  i64 *pnByte
-){
-  const unsigned char *zText = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol);
-  if( zText ){
-    int i;
-    int iMul = 1;
-    i64 iVal = 0;
-    for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){
-      iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0');
-    }
-    *piEndBlock = iVal;
-    while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++;
-    iVal = 0;
-    if( zText[i]=='-' ){
-      i++;
-      iMul = -1;
-    }
-    for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){
-      iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0');
-    }
-    *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** A segment of size nByte bytes has just been written to absolute level
-** iAbsLevel. Promote any segments that should be promoted as a result.
-*/
-static int fts3PromoteSegments(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level just updated */
-  sqlite3_int64 nByte             /* Size of new segment at iAbsLevel */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pRange;
-
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2, &pRange, 0);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int bOk = 0;
-    i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1;
-    i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2;
-
-    /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to 
-    ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is
-    ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all 
-    ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be 
-    ** promoted to level iAbsLevel.  */
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast);
-    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){
-      i64 nSize = 0, dummy;
-      fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize);
-      if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){
-        /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not 
-        ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an
-        ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine
-        ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not
-        ** take place.  */
-        bOk = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-      bOk = 1;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange);
-
-    if( bOk ){
-      int iIdx = 0;
-      sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate1;
-      sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate2;
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX, &pUpdate1, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL, &pUpdate2, 0);
-      }
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-
-        /* Loop through all %_segdir entries for segments in this index with
-        ** levels equal to or greater than iAbsLevel. As each entry is visited,
-        ** updated it to set (level = -1) and (idx = N), where N is 0 for the
-        ** oldest segment in the range, 1 for the next oldest, and so on.
-        **
-        ** In other words, move all segments being promoted to level -1,
-        ** setting the "idx" fields as appropriate to keep them in the same
-        ** order. The contents of level -1 (which is never used, except
-        ** transiently here), will be moved back to level iAbsLevel below.  */
-        sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel);
-        while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){
-          sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 1, iIdx++);
-          sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 2, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 0));
-          sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 3, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 1));
-          sqlite3_step(pUpdate1);
-          rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate1);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            sqlite3_reset(pRange);
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange);
-      }
-
-      /* Move level -1 to level iAbsLevel */
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate2, 1, iAbsLevel);
-        sqlite3_step(pUpdate2);
-        rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate2);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single 
-** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a
-** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level 
-** currently present in the database.
-**
-** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one
-** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. 
-** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, 
-** an SQLite error code is returned.
-*/
-static int fts3SegmentMerge(
-  Fts3Table *p, 
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to merge */
-  int iIndex,                     /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */
-  int iLevel                      /* Level to merge */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int iIdx = 0;                   /* Index of new segment */
-  sqlite3_int64 iNewLevel = 0;    /* Level/index to create new segment at */
-  SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0;     /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */
-  Fts3SegFilter filter;           /* Segment term filter condition */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;         /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */
-  int bIgnoreEmpty = 0;           /* True to ignore empty segments */
-  i64 iMaxLevel = 0;              /* Max level number for this index/langid */
-
-  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
-       || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
-       || iLevel>=0
-  );
-  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
-  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
-
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished;
-
-  if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
-    rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, &iMaxLevel);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
-  }
-
-  if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
-    /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single
-    ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the numerically
-    ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this
-    ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0.  */
-    if( csr.nSegment==1 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-      goto finished;
-    }
-    iNewLevel = iMaxLevel;
-    bIgnoreEmpty = 1;
-
-  }else{
-    /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next
-    ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to
-    ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to 
-    ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary.  */
-    assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 );
-    iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1);
-    rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx);
-    bIgnoreEmpty = (iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING) && (iNewLevel>iMaxLevel);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
-
-  assert( csr.nSegment>0 );
-  assert( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) );
-  assert( iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) );
-
-  memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter));
-  filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
-  filter.flags |= (bIgnoreEmpty ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0);
-
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
-  while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break;
-    rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, 
-        csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
-  assert( pWriter || bIgnoreEmpty );
-
-  if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
-    rc = fts3DeleteSegdir(
-        p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, csr.apSegment, csr.nSegment
-    );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
-  }
-  if( pWriter ){
-    rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iNewLevel<iMaxLevel ){
-        rc = fts3PromoteSegments(p, iNewLevel, pWriter->nLeafData);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
- finished:
-  fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter);
-  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/* 
-** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
-        
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
-    rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
-
-  /* Determine the auto-incr-merge setting if unknown.  If enabled,
-  ** estimate the number of leaf blocks of content to be written
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bHasStat
-   && p->nAutoincrmerge==0xff && p->nLeafAdd>0
-  ){
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE);
-      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-        p->nAutoincrmerge = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
-        if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 ) p->nAutoincrmerge = 8;
-      }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-        p->nAutoincrmerge = 0;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Encode N integers as varints into a blob.
-*/
-static void fts3EncodeIntArray(
-  int N,             /* The number of integers to encode */
-  u32 *a,            /* The integer values */
-  char *zBuf,        /* Write the BLOB here */
-  int *pNBuf         /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */
-){
-  int i, j;
-  for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
-    j += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&zBuf[j], (sqlite3_int64)a[i]);
-  }
-  *pNBuf = j;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decode a blob of varints into N integers
-*/
-static void fts3DecodeIntArray(
-  int N,             /* The number of integers to decode */
-  u32 *a,            /* Write the integer values */
-  const char *zBuf,  /* The BLOB containing the varints */
-  int nBuf           /* size of the BLOB */
-){
-  int i, j;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nBuf);
-  for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
-    sqlite3_int64 x;
-    j += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&zBuf[j], &x);
-    assert(j<=nBuf);
-    a[i] = (u32)(x & 0xffffffff);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert the sizes (in tokens) for each column of the document
-** with docid equal to p->iPrevDocid.  The sizes are encoded as
-** a blob of varints.
-*/
-static void fts3InsertDocsize(
-  int *pRC,                       /* Result code */
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table into which to insert */
-  u32 *aSz                        /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */
-){
-  char *pBlob;             /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */
-  int nBlob;               /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Statement used to insert the encoding */
-  int rc;                  /* Result code from subfunctions */
-
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-  pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn );
-  if( pBlob==0 ){
-    *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    return;
-  }
-  fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob);
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3_free(pBlob);
-    *pRC = rc;
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid);
-  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free);
-  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-  *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints,
-** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus
-** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the 
-** varints are set as follows:
-**
-**   Varint 0:       Total number of rows in the table.
-**
-**   Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in
-**                   the column for all rows of the table.
-**
-**   Varint 1+nCol:  The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all
-**                   columns of all rows of the table.
-**
-*/
-static void fts3UpdateDocTotals(
-  int *pRC,                       /* The result code */
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table being updated */
-  u32 *aSzIns,                    /* Size increases */
-  u32 *aSzDel,                    /* Size decreases */
-  int nChng                       /* Change in the number of documents */
-){
-  char *pBlob;             /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */
-  int nBlob;               /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */
-  u32 *a;                  /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Statement for reading and writing */
-  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
-  int rc;                  /* Result code from subfunctions */
-
-  const int nStat = p->nColumn+2;
-
-  if( *pRC ) return;
-  a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat );
-  if( a==0 ){
-    *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    return;
-  }
-  pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat];
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3_free(a);
-    *pRC = rc;
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
-  if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a,
-         sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0),
-         sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0));
-  }else{
-    memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) );
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(a);
-    *pRC = rc;
-    return;
-  }
-  if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){
-    a[0] = 0;
-  }else{
-    a[0] += nChng;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<p->nColumn+1; i++){
-    u32 x = a[i+1];
-    if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){
-      x = 0;
-    }else{
-      x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i];
-    }
-    a[i+1] = x;
-  }
-  fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob);
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3_free(a);
-    *pRC = rc;
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
-  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-  *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-  sqlite3_free(a);
-}
-
-/*
-** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each 
-** iIndex/iLangid combination.
-*/
-static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){
-  int bSeenDone = 0;
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0;
-
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int rc2;
-    sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex);
-    while( sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      int i;
-      int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0);
-      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
-        rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-          bSeenDone = 1;
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
-  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
-
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when the user executes the following statement:
-**
-**     INSERT INTO <tbl>(<tbl>) VALUES('rebuild');
-**
-** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one 
-** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on
-** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based
-** on the contents of the %_content table.
-*/
-static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-
-  rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u32 *aSz = 0;
-    u32 *aSzIns = 0;
-    u32 *aSzDel = 0;
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-    int nEntry = 0;
-
-    /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */
-    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
-    if( !zSql ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-      sqlite3_free(zSql);
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1)*3;
-      aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-      if( aSz==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        memset(aSz, 0, nByte);
-        aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1];
-        aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1];
-      }
-    }
-
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-      int iCol;
-      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
-      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0));
-      memset(aSz, 0, sizeof(aSz[0]) * (p->nColumn+1));
-      for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
-        if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
-          const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
-          rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]);
-          aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
-        }
-      }
-      if( p->bHasDocsize ){
-        fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz);
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-        pStmt = 0;
-      }else{
-        nEntry++;
-        for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){
-          aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol];
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( p->bFts4 ){
-      fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(aSz);
-
-    if( pStmt ){
-      int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = rc2;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an 
-** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan
-** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute 
-** level iAbsLevel.
-*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeCsr(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level to open */
-  int nSeg,                       /* Number of segments to merge */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object to populate */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */  
-  int nByte;                      /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */
-
-  /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */
-  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(*pCsr));
-  nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) * nSeg;
-  pCsr->apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-
-  if( pCsr->apSegment==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    memset(pCsr->apSegment, 0, nByte);
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int i;
-    int rc2;
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel);
-    assert( pCsr->nSegment==0 );
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW && i<nSeg; i++){
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(i, 0,
-          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1),        /* segdir.start_block */
-          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2),        /* segdir.leaves_end_block */
-          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3),        /* segdir.end_block */
-          sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4),         /* segdir.root */
-          sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4),        /* segdir.root */
-          &pCsr->apSegment[i]
-      );
-      pCsr->nSegment++;
-    }
-    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-typedef struct IncrmergeWriter IncrmergeWriter;
-typedef struct NodeWriter NodeWriter;
-typedef struct Blob Blob;
-typedef struct NodeReader NodeReader;
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used as a dynamic buffer
-** to build up nodes or other blobs of data in.
-**
-** The function blobGrowBuffer() is used to extend the allocation.
-*/
-struct Blob {
-  char *a;                        /* Pointer to allocation */
-  int n;                          /* Number of valid bytes of data in a[] */
-  int nAlloc;                     /* Allocated size of a[] (nAlloc>=n) */
-};
-
-/*
-** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree 
-** nodes (blocks).
-*/
-struct NodeWriter {
-  sqlite3_int64 iBlock;           /* Current block id */
-  Blob key;                       /* Last key written to the current block */
-  Blob block;                     /* Current block image */
-};
-
-/*
-** An object of this type contains the state required to create or append
-** to an appendable b-tree segment.
-*/
-struct IncrmergeWriter {
-  int nLeafEst;                   /* Space allocated for leaf blocks */
-  int nWork;                      /* Number of leaf pages flushed */
-  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel;        /* Absolute level of input segments */
-  int iIdx;                       /* Index of *output* segment in iAbsLevel+1 */
-  sqlite3_int64 iStart;           /* Block number of first allocated block */
-  sqlite3_int64 iEnd;             /* Block number of last allocated block */
-  sqlite3_int64 nLeafData;        /* Bytes of leaf page data so far */
-  u8 bNoLeafData;                 /* If true, store 0 for segment size */
-  NodeWriter aNodeWriter[FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT];
-};
-
-/*
-** An object of the following type is used to read data from a single
-** FTS segment node. See the following functions:
-**
-**     nodeReaderInit()
-**     nodeReaderNext()
-**     nodeReaderRelease()
-*/
-struct NodeReader {
-  const char *aNode;
-  int nNode;
-  int iOff;                       /* Current offset within aNode[] */
-
-  /* Output variables. Containing the current node entry. */
-  sqlite3_int64 iChild;           /* Pointer to child node */
-  Blob term;                      /* Current term */
-  const char *aDoclist;           /* Pointer to doclist */
-  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of doclist in bytes */
-};
-
-/*
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, if the allocation at pBlob->a is not already at least nMin
-** bytes in size, extend (realloc) it to be so.
-**
-** If an OOM error occurs, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and leave pBlob->a
-** unmodified. Otherwise, if the allocation succeeds, update pBlob->nAlloc
-** to reflect the new size of the pBlob->a[] buffer.
-*/
-static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){
-  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && nMin>pBlob->nAlloc ){
-    int nAlloc = nMin;
-    char *a = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pBlob->a, nAlloc);
-    if( a ){
-      pBlob->nAlloc = nAlloc;
-      pBlob->a = a;
-    }else{
-      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to
-** the next entry on the node. 
-**
-** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). 
-** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node
-** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to
-** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output 
-** variables for the new entry.
-*/
-static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){
-  int bFirst = (p->term.n==0);    /* True for first term on the node */
-  int nPrefix = 0;                /* Bytes to copy from previous term */
-  int nSuffix = 0;                /* Bytes to append to the prefix */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-
-  assert( p->aNode );
-  if( p->iChild && bFirst==0 ) p->iChild++;
-  if( p->iOff>=p->nNode ){
-    /* EOF */
-    p->aNode = 0;
-  }else{
-    if( bFirst==0 ){
-      p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nPrefix);
-    }
-    p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nSuffix);
-
-    blobGrowBuffer(&p->term, nPrefix+nSuffix, &rc);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      memcpy(&p->term.a[nPrefix], &p->aNode[p->iOff], nSuffix);
-      p->term.n = nPrefix+nSuffix;
-      p->iOff += nSuffix;
-      if( p->iChild==0 ){
-        p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &p->nDoclist);
-        p->aDoclist = &p->aNode[p->iOff];
-        p->iOff += p->nDoclist;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( p->iOff<=p->nNode );
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release all dynamic resources held by node-reader object *p.
-*/
-static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){
-  sqlite3_free(p->term.a);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to 
-** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite
-** error code is returned.
-*/
-static int nodeReaderInit(NodeReader *p, const char *aNode, int nNode){
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(NodeReader));
-  p->aNode = aNode;
-  p->nNode = nNode;
-
-  /* Figure out if this is a leaf or an internal node. */
-  if( p->aNode[0] ){
-    /* An internal node. */
-    p->iOff = 1 + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&p->aNode[1], &p->iChild);
-  }else{
-    p->iOff = 1;
-  }
-
-  return nodeReaderNext(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called while writing an FTS segment each time a leaf o
-** node is finished and written to disk. The key (zTerm/nTerm) is guaranteed
-** to be greater than the largest key on the node just written, but smaller
-** than or equal to the first key that will be written to the next leaf
-** node.
-**
-** The block id of the leaf node just written to disk may be found in
-** (pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock) when this function is called.
-*/
-static int fts3IncrmergePush(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
-  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Writer object */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to write to internal node */
-  int nTerm                       /* Bytes at zTerm */
-){
-  sqlite3_int64 iPtr = pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock;
-  int iLayer;
-
-  assert( nTerm>0 );
-  for(iLayer=1; ALWAYS(iLayer<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT); iLayer++){
-    sqlite3_int64 iNextPtr = 0;
-    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iLayer];
-    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    int nPrefix;
-    int nSuffix;
-    int nSpace;
-
-    /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to
-    ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, 
-    ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to
-    ** be added to.  */
-    nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
-    nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
-    nSpace  = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
-    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
-
-    if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ 
-      /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding
-      ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize 
-      ** bytes in size, write the key here.  */
-
-      Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block;
-      if( pBlk->n==0 ){
-        blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, p->nNodeSize, &rc);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          pBlk->a[0] = (char)iLayer;
-          pBlk->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[1], iPtr);
-        }
-      }
-      blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, pBlk->n + nSpace, &rc);
-      blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, nTerm, &rc);
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        if( pNode->key.n ){
-          pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nPrefix);
-        }
-        pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nSuffix);
-        memcpy(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
-        pBlk->n += nSuffix;
-
-        memcpy(pNode->key.a, zTerm, nTerm);
-        pNode->key.n = nTerm;
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* Otherwise, flush the current node of layer iLayer to disk.
-      ** Then allocate a new, empty sibling node. The key will be written
-      ** into the parent of this node. */
-      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
-
-      assert( pNode->block.nAlloc>=p->nNodeSize );
-      pNode->block.a[0] = (char)iLayer;
-      pNode->block.n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->block.a[1], iPtr+1);
-
-      iNextPtr = pNode->iBlock;
-      pNode->iBlock++;
-      pNode->key.n = 0;
-    }
-
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iNextPtr==0 ) return rc;
-    iPtr = iNextPtr;
-  }
-
-  assert( 0 );
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append a term and (optionally) doclist to the FTS segment node currently
-** stored in blob *pNode. The node need not contain any terms, but the
-** header must be written before this function is called.
-**
-** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint
-** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node.
-**
-** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a 
-** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal
-** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0.
-**
-** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first
-** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the 
-** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a
-** copy of zTerm/nTerm.
-**
-** It is assumed that the buffer associated with pNode is already large
-** enough to accommodate the new entry. The buffer associated with pPrev
-** is extended by this function if requrired.
-**
-** If an error (i.e. OOM condition) occurs, an SQLite error code is
-** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int fts3AppendToNode(
-  Blob *pNode,                    /* Current node image to append to */
-  Blob *pPrev,                    /* Buffer containing previous term written */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* New term to write */
-  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
-  const char *aDoclist,           /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */
-  int nDoclist                    /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ 
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0);     /* True if this is the first term written */
-  int nPrefix;                    /* Size of term prefix in bytes */
-  int nSuffix;                    /* Size of term suffix in bytes */
-
-  /* Node must have already been started. There must be a doclist for a
-  ** leaf node, and there must not be a doclist for an internal node.  */
-  assert( pNode->n>0 );
-  assert( (pNode->a[0]=='\0')==(aDoclist!=0) );
-
-  blobGrowBuffer(pPrev, nTerm, &rc);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pPrev->a, pPrev->n, zTerm, nTerm);
-  nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
-  memcpy(pPrev->a, zTerm, nTerm);
-  pPrev->n = nTerm;
-
-  if( bFirst==0 ){
-    pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nPrefix);
-  }
-  pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nSuffix);
-  memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
-  pNode->n += nSuffix;
-
-  if( aDoclist ){
-    pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nDoclist);
-    memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist);
-    pNode->n += nDoclist;
-  }
-
-  assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc );
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the
-** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
-*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeAppend(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
-  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Writer object */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor containing term and doclist */
-){
-  const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm;
-  int nTerm = pCsr->nTerm;
-  const char *aDoclist = pCsr->aDoclist;
-  int nDoclist = pCsr->nDoclist;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
-  int nSpace;                   /* Total space in bytes required on leaf */
-  int nPrefix;                  /* Size of prefix shared with previous term */
-  int nSuffix;                  /* Size of suffix (nTerm - nPrefix) */
-  NodeWriter *pLeaf;            /* Object used to write leaf nodes */
-
-  pLeaf = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[0];
-  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pLeaf->key.a, pLeaf->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
-  nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
-
-  nSpace  = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
-  nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
-  nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist;
-
-  /* If the current block is not empty, and if adding this term/doclist
-  ** to the current block would make it larger than Fts3Table.nNodeSize
-  ** bytes, write this block out to the database. */
-  if( pLeaf->block.n>0 && (pLeaf->block.n + nSpace)>p->nNodeSize ){
-    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n);
-    pWriter->nWork++;
-
-    /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the 
-    ** parent must:
-    **
-    **   a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
-    **      to the database (still available in pLeaf->key), and
-    **
-    **   b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new
-    **      leaf node (zTerm/nTerm).
-    **
-    ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than
-    ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = fts3IncrmergePush(p, pWriter, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
-    }
-
-    /* Advance to the next output block */
-    pLeaf->iBlock++;
-    pLeaf->key.n = 0;
-    pLeaf->block.n = 0;
-
-    nSuffix = nTerm;
-    nSpace  = 1;
-    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
-    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist;
-  }
-
-  pWriter->nLeafData += nSpace;
-  blobGrowBuffer(&pLeaf->block, pLeaf->block.n + nSpace, &rc);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pLeaf->block.n==0 ){
-      pLeaf->block.n = 1;
-      pLeaf->block.a[0] = '\0';
-    }
-    rc = fts3AppendToNode(
-        &pLeaf->block, &pLeaf->key, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist
-    );
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to release all dynamic resources held by the
-** merge-writer object pWriter, and if no error has occurred, to flush
-** all outstanding node buffers held by pWriter to disk.
-**
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, then no attempt
-** is made to write any data to disk. Instead, this function serves only
-** to release outstanding resources.
-**
-** Otherwise, if *pRc is initially SQLITE_OK and an error occurs while
-** flushing buffers to disk, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code before
-** returning.
-*/
-static void fts3IncrmergeRelease(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Merge-writer object */
-  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
-){
-  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through non-root layers */
-  int iRoot;                      /* Index of root in pWriter->aNodeWriter */
-  NodeWriter *pRoot;              /* NodeWriter for root node */
-  int rc = *pRc;                  /* Error code */
-
-  /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment 
-  ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot
-  ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot
-  ** will be 1. And so on.  */
-  for(iRoot=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT-1; iRoot>=0; iRoot--){
-    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot];
-    if( pNode->block.n>0 ) break;
-    assert( *pRc || pNode->block.nAlloc==0 );
-    assert( *pRc || pNode->key.nAlloc==0 );
-    sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a);
-    sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a);
-  }
-
-  /* Empty output segment. This is a no-op. */
-  if( iRoot<0 ) return;
-
-  /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means
-  ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir
-  ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that 
-  ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the 
-  ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. 
-  ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle 
-  ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0.
-  **
-  ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a 
-  ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a
-  ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node.
-  **
-  ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments 
-  ** table until we are sure it is needed.
-  */
-  if( iRoot==0 ){
-    Blob *pBlock = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[1].block;
-    blobGrowBuffer(pBlock, 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX, &rc);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pBlock->a[0] = 0x01;
-      pBlock->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(
-          &pBlock->a[1], pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock
-      );
-    }
-    iRoot = 1;
-  }
-  pRoot = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot];
-
-  /* Flush all currently outstanding nodes to disk. */
-  for(i=0; i<iRoot; i++){
-    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i];
-    if( pNode->block.n>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a);
-    sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a);
-  }
-
-  /* Write the %_segdir record. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, 
-        pWriter->iAbsLevel+1,               /* level */
-        pWriter->iIdx,                      /* idx */
-        pWriter->iStart,                    /* start_block */
-        pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock,     /* leaves_end_block */
-        pWriter->iEnd,                      /* end_block */
-        (pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ? pWriter->nLeafData : 0),   /* end_block */
-        pRoot->block.a, pRoot->block.n      /* root */
-    );
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pRoot->block.a);
-  sqlite3_free(pRoot->key.a);
-
-  *pRc = rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the term in buffer zLhs (size in bytes nLhs) with that in
-** zRhs (size in bytes nRhs) using memcmp. If one term is a prefix of
-** the other, it is considered to be smaller than the other.
-**
-** Return -ve if zLhs is smaller than zRhs, 0 if it is equal, or +ve
-** if it is greater.
-*/
-static int fts3TermCmp(
-  const char *zLhs, int nLhs,     /* LHS of comparison */
-  const char *zRhs, int nRhs      /* RHS of comparison */
-){
-  int nCmp = MIN(nLhs, nRhs);
-  int res;
-
-  res = memcmp(zLhs, zRhs, nCmp);
-  if( res==0 ) res = nLhs - nRhs;
-
-  return res;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is 
-** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before
-** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. 
-**
-** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite 
-** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case.
-**
-** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it
-** is, then a NULL entry has been inserted into the %_segments table
-** with blockid %_segdir.end_block.
-*/
-static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){
-  int bRes = 0;                   /* Result to set *pbRes to */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pCheck = 0;       /* Statement to query database with */
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE, &pCheck, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck, 1, iEnd);
-    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1;
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck);
-  }
-  
-  *pbRes = bRes;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation.
-** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level 
-** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the
-** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it.
-**
-** An existing segment can be appended to by an incremental merge if:
-**
-**   * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required
-**     space pre-allocated), and
-**
-**   * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is 
-**     greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential
-**     output segment.
-*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeLoad(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of input segments */
-  int iIdx,                       /* Index of candidate output segment */
-  const char *zKey,               /* First key to write */
-  int nKey,                       /* Number of bytes in nKey */
-  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter        /* Populate this object */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;      /* SELECT to read %_segdir entry */
-
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pSelect, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_int64 iStart = 0;     /* Value of %_segdir.start_block */
-    sqlite3_int64 iLeafEnd = 0;   /* Value of %_segdir.leaves_end_block */
-    sqlite3_int64 iEnd = 0;       /* Value of %_segdir.end_block */
-    const char *aRoot = 0;        /* Pointer to %_segdir.root buffer */
-    int nRoot = 0;                /* Size of aRoot[] in bytes */
-    int rc2;                      /* Return code from sqlite3_reset() */
-    int bAppendable = 0;          /* Set to true if segment is appendable */
-
-    /* Read the %_segdir entry for index iIdx absolute level (iAbsLevel+1) */
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
-    sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 2, iIdx);
-    if( sqlite3_step(pSelect)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 1);
-      iLeafEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 2);
-      fts3ReadEndBlockField(pSelect, 3, &iEnd, &pWriter->nLeafData);
-      if( pWriter->nLeafData<0 ){
-        pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1;
-      }
-      pWriter->bNoLeafData = (pWriter->nLeafData==0);
-      nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 4);
-      aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 4);
-    }else{
-      return sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the zero-length marker in the %_segments table */
-    rc = fts3IsAppendable(p, iEnd, &bAppendable);
-
-    /* Check that zKey/nKey is larger than the largest key the candidate */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){
-      char *aLeaf = 0;
-      int nLeaf = 0;
-
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iLeafEnd, &aLeaf, &nLeaf, 0);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        NodeReader reader;
-        for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aLeaf, nLeaf);
-            rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode;
-            rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
-        ){
-          assert( reader.aNode );
-        }
-        if( fts3TermCmp(zKey, nKey, reader.term.a, reader.term.n)<=0 ){
-          bAppendable = 0;
-        }
-        nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(aLeaf);
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){
-      /* It is possible to append to this segment. Set up the IncrmergeWriter
-      ** object to do so.  */
-      int i;
-      int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0];
-      NodeWriter *pNode;
-
-      pWriter->nLeafEst = (int)((iEnd - iStart) + 1)/FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT;
-      pWriter->iStart = iStart;
-      pWriter->iEnd = iEnd;
-      pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel;
-      pWriter->iIdx = iIdx;
-
-      for(i=nHeight+1; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){
-        pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst;
-      }
-
-      pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight];
-      pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight;
-      blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize), &rc);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        memcpy(pNode->block.a, aRoot, nRoot);
-        pNode->block.n = nRoot;
-      }
-
-      for(i=nHeight; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
-        NodeReader reader;
-        pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i];
-
-        rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
-        while( reader.aNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader);
-        blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, reader.term.n, &rc);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          memcpy(pNode->key.a, reader.term.a, reader.term.n);
-          pNode->key.n = reader.term.n;
-          if( i>0 ){
-            char *aBlock = 0;
-            int nBlock = 0;
-            pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1];
-            pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild;
-            rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0);
-            blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize), &rc);
-            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-              memcpy(pNode->block.a, aBlock, nBlock);
-              pNode->block.n = nBlock;
-            }
-            sqlite3_free(aBlock);
-          }
-        }
-        nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
-      }
-    }
-
-    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute
-** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus
-** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all 
-** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero.
-**
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
-** *piIdx is undefined in this case.
-*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( 
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS Table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute index of input segments */
-  int *piIdx                      /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pOutputIdx = 0;   /* SQL used to find output index */
-
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pOutputIdx, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pOutputIdx, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
-    sqlite3_step(pOutputIdx);
-    *piIdx = sqlite3_column_int(pOutputIdx, 0);
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pOutputIdx);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1
-** with idx value iIdx.
-**
-** In the %_segdir table, a segment is defined by the values in three
-** columns:
-**
-**     start_block
-**     leaves_end_block
-**     end_block
-**
-** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the
-** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the
-** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number
-** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack 
-** variable nLeafEst.
-**
-** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment
-** is created ((1 + end_block - start_block)==16*nLeafEst). The contiguous
-** array of leaf nodes starts at the first block allocated. The array
-** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block
-** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on.
-**
-** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the 
-** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT.
-*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( 
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of input segments */
-  int iIdx,                       /* Index of new output segment */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor that data will be read from */
-  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter        /* Populate this object */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  int nLeafEst = 0;               /* Blocks allocated for leaf nodes */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pLeafEst = 0;     /* SQL used to determine nLeafEst */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pFirstBlock = 0;  /* SQL used to determine first block */
-
-  /* Calculate nLeafEst. */
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE, &pLeafEst, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 1, iAbsLevel);
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 2, pCsr->nSegment);
-    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLeafEst) ){
-      nLeafEst = sqlite3_column_int(pLeafEst, 0);
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pLeafEst);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Calculate the first block to use in the output segment */
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pFirstBlock, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFirstBlock) ){
-      pWriter->iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFirstBlock, 0);
-      pWriter->iEnd = pWriter->iStart - 1;
-      pWriter->iEnd += nLeafEst * FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pFirstBlock);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries
-  ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify 
-  ** appendable segments.  */
-  rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel;
-  pWriter->nLeafEst = nLeafEst;
-  pWriter->iIdx = iIdx;
-
-  /* Set up the array of NodeWriter objects */
-  for(i=0; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){
-    pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the 
-** following two statements:
-**
-**   DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx
-**   UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx
-**
-** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE 
-** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated
-** idx values.
-*/
-static int fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level to delete from */
-  int iIdx                        /* Index of %_segdir entry to delete */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0;      /* DELETE statement */
-
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pDelete, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, iAbsLevel);
-    sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, iIdx);
-    sqlite3_step(pDelete);
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** One or more segments have just been removed from absolute level iAbsLevel.
-** Update the 'idx' values of the remaining segments in the level so that
-** the idx values are a contiguous sequence starting from 0.
-*/
-static int fts3RepackSegdirLevel(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel         /* Absolute level to repack */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int *aIdx = 0;                  /* Array of remaining idx values */
-  int nIdx = 0;                   /* Valid entries in aIdx[] */
-  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Allocated size of aIdx[] */
-  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;      /* Select statement to read idx values */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0;      /* Update statement to modify idx values */
-
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_INDEXES, &pSelect, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int rc2;
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel);
-    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
-      if( nIdx>=nAlloc ){
-        int *aNew;
-        nAlloc += 16;
-        aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aIdx, nAlloc*sizeof(int));
-        if( !aNew ){
-          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          break;
-        }
-        aIdx = aNew;
-      }
-      aIdx[nIdx++] = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, 0);
-    }
-    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pUpdate, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate, 2, iAbsLevel);
-  }
-
-  assert( p->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 );
-  p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 1;
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nIdx; i++){
-    if( aIdx[i]!=i ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 3, aIdx[i]);
-      sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 1, i);
-      sqlite3_step(pUpdate);
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate);
-    }
-  }
-  p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_free(aIdx);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static void fts3StartNode(Blob *pNode, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iChild){
-  pNode->a[0] = (char)iHeight;
-  if( iChild ){
-    assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iChild) );
-    pNode->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[1], iChild);
-  }else{
-    assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1 );
-    pNode->n = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The first two arguments are a pointer to and the size of a segment b-tree
-** node. The node may be a leaf or an internal node.
-**
-** This function creates a new node image in blob object *pNew by copying
-** all terms that are greater than or equal to zTerm/nTerm (for leaf nodes)
-** or greater than zTerm/nTerm (for internal nodes) from aNode/nNode.
-*/
-static int fts3TruncateNode(
-  const char *aNode,              /* Current node image */
-  int nNode,                      /* Size of aNode in bytes */
-  Blob *pNew,                     /* OUT: Write new node image here */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Omit all terms smaller than this */
-  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piBlock          /* OUT: Block number in next layer down */
-){
-  NodeReader reader;              /* Reader object */
-  Blob prev = {0, 0, 0};          /* Previous term written to new node */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int bLeaf = aNode[0]=='\0';     /* True for a leaf node */
-
-  /* Allocate required output space */
-  blobGrowBuffer(pNew, nNode, &rc);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  pNew->n = 0;
-
-  /* Populate new node buffer */
-  for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); 
-      rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; 
-      rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
-  ){
-    if( pNew->n==0 ){
-      int res = fts3TermCmp(reader.term.a, reader.term.n, zTerm, nTerm);
-      if( res<0 || (bLeaf==0 && res==0) ) continue;
-      fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild);
-      *piBlock = reader.iChild;
-    }
-    rc = fts3AppendToNode(
-        pNew, &prev, reader.term.a, reader.term.n,
-        reader.aDoclist, reader.nDoclist
-    );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-  }
-  if( pNew->n==0 ){
-    fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild);
-    *piBlock = reader.iChild;
-  }
-  assert( pNew->n<=pNew->nAlloc );
-
-  nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
-  sqlite3_free(prev.a);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute 
-** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments
-** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir
-** tables.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the segment is updated successfully. Or an
-** SQLite error code otherwise.
-*/
-static int fts3TruncateSegment(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of segment to modify */
-  int iIdx,                       /* Index within level of segment to modify */
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Remove terms smaller than this */
-  int nTerm                      /* Number of bytes in buffer zTerm */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  Blob root = {0,0,0};            /* New root page image */
-  Blob block = {0,0,0};           /* Buffer used for any other block */
-  sqlite3_int64 iBlock = 0;       /* Block id */
-  sqlite3_int64 iNewStart = 0;    /* New value for iStartBlock */
-  sqlite3_int64 iOldStart = 0;    /* Old value for iStartBlock */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pFetch = 0;       /* Statement used to fetch segdir */
-
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pFetch, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int rc2;                      /* sqlite3_reset() return code */
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pFetch, 1, iAbsLevel);
-    sqlite3_bind_int(pFetch, 2, iIdx);
-    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFetch) ){
-      const char *aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pFetch, 4);
-      int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pFetch, 4);
-      iOldStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFetch, 1);
-      rc = fts3TruncateNode(aRoot, nRoot, &root, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock);
-    }
-    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pFetch);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }
-
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBlock ){
-    char *aBlock = 0;
-    int nBlock = 0;
-    iNewStart = iBlock;
-
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iBlock, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = fts3TruncateNode(aBlock, nBlock, &block, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNewStart, block.a, block.n);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(aBlock);
-  }
-
-  /* Variable iNewStart now contains the first valid leaf node. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNewStart ){
-    sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0;
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDel, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iOldStart);
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 2, iNewStart-1);
-      sqlite3_step(pDel);
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_stmt *pChomp = 0;
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR, &pChomp, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart);
-      sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel);
-      sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx);
-      sqlite3_step(pChomp);
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(root.a);
-  sqlite3_free(block.a);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called after an incrmental-merge operation has run to
-** merge (or partially merge) two or more segments from absolute level
-** iAbsLevel.
-**
-** Each input segment is either removed from the db completely (if all of
-** its data was copied to the output segment by the incrmerge operation)
-** or modified in place so that it no longer contains those entries that
-** have been duplicated in the output segment.
-*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeChomp(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
-  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level containing segments */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Chomp all segments opened by this cursor */
-  int *pnRem                      /* Number of segments not deleted */
-){
-  int i;
-  int nRem = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  for(i=pCsr->nSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
-    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
-    int j;
-
-    /* Find the Fts3SegReader object with Fts3SegReader.iIdx==i. It is hiding
-    ** somewhere in the pCsr->apSegment[] array.  */
-    for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pCsr->nSegment); j++){
-      pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[j];
-      if( pSeg->iIdx==i ) break;
-    }
-    assert( j<pCsr->nSegment && pSeg->iIdx==i );
-
-    if( pSeg->aNode==0 ){
-      /* Seg-reader is at EOF. Remove the entire input segment. */
-      rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, pSeg);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx);
-      }
-      *pnRem = 0;
-    }else{
-      /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this 
-      ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place
-      ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ 
-      const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm;
-      int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm;
-      rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm);
-      nRem++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem!=pCsr->nSegment ){
-    rc = fts3RepackSegdirLevel(p, iAbsLevel);
-  }
-
-  *pnRem = nRem;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Store an incr-merge hint in the database.
-*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0;
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
-    sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3_step(pReplace);
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one 
-** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table.
-**
-** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat
-** table and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an
-** SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
-  int rc;
-
-  pHint->n = 0;
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pSelect, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int rc2;
-    sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
-    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
-      const char *aHint = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 0);
-      int nHint = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 0);
-      if( aHint ){
-        blobGrowBuffer(pHint, nHint, &rc);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          memcpy(pHint->a, aHint, nHint);
-          pHint->n = nHint;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry
-** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments 
-** and the number of input segments.
-**
-** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs,
-** set *pRc to an SQLite error code before returning.
-*/
-static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush(
-  Blob *pHint,                    /* Hint blob to append to */
-  i64 iAbsLevel,                  /* First varint to store in hint */
-  int nInput,                     /* Second varint to store in hint */
-  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
-){
-  blobGrowBuffer(pHint, pHint->n + 2*FTS3_VARINT_MAX, pRc);
-  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], iAbsLevel);
-    pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], (i64)nInput);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint
-** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and 
-** *pnInput before returning.
-**
-** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does
-** not contain at least two valid varints, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
-*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){
-  const int nHint = pHint->n;
-  int i;
-
-  i = pHint->n-2;
-  while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--;
-  while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--;
-
-  pHint->n = i;
-  i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&pHint->a[i], piAbsLevel);
-  i += fts3GetVarint32(&pHint->a[i], pnInput);
-  if( i!=nHint ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks.
-**
-** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments 
-** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest 
-** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains 
-** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to 
-** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int nRem = nMerge;              /* Number of leaf pages yet to  be written */
-  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr;       /* Cursor used to read input data */
-  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter;         /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */
-  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter;       /* Writer object */
-  int nSeg = 0;                   /* Number of input segments */
-  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0;    /* Absolute level number to work on */
-  Blob hint = {0, 0, 0};          /* Hint read from %_stat table */
-  int bDirtyHint = 0;             /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */
-
-  /* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */
-  const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter);
-  pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc);
-  if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1];
-  pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1];
-
-  rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint);
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){
-    const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex;
-    sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */
-    int bUseHint = 0;             /* True if attempting to append */
-    int iIdx = 0;                 /* Largest idx in level (iAbsLevel+1) */
-
-    /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest
-    ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any.
-    ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and
-    ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, 
-    ** set nSeg to -1.
-    */
-    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0);
-    sqlite3_bind_int(pFindLevel, 1, nMin);
-    if( sqlite3_step(pFindLevel)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      iAbsLevel = sqlite3_column_int64(pFindLevel, 0);
-      nSeg = nMin;
-    }else{
-      nSeg = -1;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pFindLevel);
-
-    /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the
-    ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal
-    ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this 
-    ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){
-      int nHint = hint.n;
-      sqlite3_int64 iHintAbsLevel = 0;      /* Hint level */
-      int nHintSeg = 0;                     /* Hint number of segments */
-
-      rc = fts3IncrmergeHintPop(&hint, &iHintAbsLevel, &nHintSeg);
-      if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){
-        iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel;
-        nSeg = nHintSeg;
-        bUseHint = 1;
-        bDirtyHint = 1;
-      }else{
-        /* This undoes the effect of the HintPop() above - so that no entry
-        ** is removed from the hint blob.  */
-        hint.n = nHint;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least
-    ** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do.
-    ** Exit early in this case.  */
-    if( nSeg<0 ) break;
-
-    /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg 
-    ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using 
-    ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg
-    ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is
-    ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop 
-    ** to start work on some other level.  */
-    memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc);
-    pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx);
-      assert( bUseHint==1 || bUseHint==0 );
-      if( iIdx==0 || (bUseHint && iIdx==1) ){
-        int bIgnore = 0;
-        rc = fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(p, iAbsLevel+1, &bIgnore);
-        if( bIgnore ){
-          pFilter->flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = fts3IncrmergeCsr(p, iAbsLevel, nSeg, pCsr);
-    }
-    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && pCsr->nSegment==nSeg
-     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter))
-     && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr))
-    ){
-      if( bUseHint && iIdx>0 ){
-        const char *zKey = pCsr->zTerm;
-        int nKey = pCsr->nTerm;
-        rc = fts3IncrmergeLoad(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx-1, zKey, nKey, pWriter);
-      }else{
-        rc = fts3IncrmergeWriter(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx, pCsr, pWriter);
-      }
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pWriter->nLeafEst ){
-        fts3LogMerge(nSeg, iAbsLevel);
-        do {
-          rc = fts3IncrmergeAppend(p, pWriter, pCsr);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr);
-          if( pWriter->nWork>=nRem && rc==SQLITE_ROW ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-        }while( rc==SQLITE_ROW );
-
-        /* Update or delete the input segments */
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          nRem -= (1 + pWriter->nWork);
-          rc = fts3IncrmergeChomp(p, iAbsLevel, pCsr, &nSeg);
-          if( nSeg!=0 ){
-            bDirtyHint = 1;
-            fts3IncrmergeHintPush(&hint, iAbsLevel, nSeg, &rc);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( nSeg!=0 ){
-        pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1;
-      }
-      fts3IncrmergeRelease(p, pWriter, &rc);
-      if( nSeg==0 && pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ){
-        fts3PromoteSegments(p, iAbsLevel+1, pWriter->nLeafData);
-      }
-    }
-
-    sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pCsr);
-  }
-
-  /* Write the hint values into the %_stat table for the next incr-merger */
-  if( bDirtyHint && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = fts3IncrmergeHintStore(p, &hint);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(pWriter);
-  sqlite3_free(hint.a);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert the text beginning at *pz into an integer and return
-** its value.  Advance *pz to point to the first character past
-** the integer.
-*/
-static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){
-  const char *z = *pz;
-  int i = 0;
-  while( (*z)>='0' && (*z)<='9' ) i = 10*i + *(z++) - '0';
-  *pz = z;
-  return i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Process statements of the form:
-**
-**    INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('merge=A,B');
-**
-** A and B are integers that decode to be the number of leaf pages
-** written for the merge, and the minimum number of segments on a level
-** before it will be selected for a merge, respectively.
-*/
-static int fts3DoIncrmerge(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  const char *zParam              /* Nul-terminated string containing "A,B" */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int nMin = (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT / 2);
-  int nMerge = 0;
-  const char *z = zParam;
-
-  /* Read the first integer value */
-  nMerge = fts3Getint(&z);
-
-  /* If the first integer value is followed by a ',',  read the second
-  ** integer value. */
-  if( z[0]==',' && z[1]!='\0' ){
-    z++;
-    nMin = fts3Getint(&z);
-  }
-
-  if( z[0]!='\0' || nMin<2 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    if( !p->bHasStat ){
-      assert( p->bFts4==0 );
-      sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, nMerge, nMin);
-    }
-    sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Process statements of the form:
-**
-**    INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('automerge=X');
-**
-** where X is an integer.  X==0 means to turn automerge off.  X!=0 means
-** turn it on.  The setting is persistent.
-*/
-static int fts3DoAutoincrmerge(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  const char *zParam              /* Nul-terminated string containing boolean */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  p->nAutoincrmerge = fts3Getint(&zParam);
-  if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 || p->nAutoincrmerge>FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){
-    p->nAutoincrmerge = 8;
-  }
-  if( !p->bHasStat ){
-    assert( p->bFts4==0 );
-    sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE);
-  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, p->nAutoincrmerge);
-  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-  rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a 64-bit checksum for the FTS index entry specified by the
-** arguments to this function.
-*/
-static u64 fts3ChecksumEntry(
-  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
-  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language id for current row */
-  int iIndex,                     /* Index (0..Fts3Table.nIndex-1) */
-  i64 iDocid,                     /* Docid for current row. */
-  int iCol,                       /* Column number */
-  int iPos                        /* Position */
-){
-  int i;
-  u64 ret = (u64)iDocid;
-
-  ret += (ret<<3) + iLangid;
-  ret += (ret<<3) + iIndex;
-  ret += (ret<<3) + iCol;
-  ret += (ret<<3) + iPos;
-  for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++) ret += (ret<<3) + zTerm[i];
-
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a checksum of all entries in the FTS index that correspond to
-** language id iLangid. The checksum is calculated by XORing the checksums
-** of each individual entry (see fts3ChecksumEntry()) together.
-**
-** If successful, the checksum value is returned and *pRc set to SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. The
-** return value is undefined in this case.
-*/
-static u64 fts3ChecksumIndex(
-  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to return cksum for */
-  int iIndex,                     /* Index to cksum (0..p->nIndex-1) */
-  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Return code */
-){
-  Fts3SegFilter filter;
-  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;
-  int rc;
-  u64 cksum = 0;
-
-  assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK );
-
-  memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(filter));
-  memset(&csr, 0, sizeof(csr));
-  filter.flags =  FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
-  filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
-
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
-      p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, 0, 0, 0, 1,&csr
-  );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr)) ){
-      char *pCsr = csr.aDoclist;
-      char *pEnd = &pCsr[csr.nDoclist];
-
-      i64 iDocid = 0;
-      i64 iCol = 0;
-      i64 iPos = 0;
-
-      pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iDocid);
-      while( pCsr<pEnd ){
-        i64 iVal = 0;
-        pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal);
-        if( pCsr<pEnd ){
-          if( iVal==0 || iVal==1 ){
-            iCol = 0;
-            iPos = 0;
-            if( iVal ){
-              pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iCol);
-            }else{
-              pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal);
-              iDocid += iVal;
-            }
-          }else{
-            iPos += (iVal - 2);
-            cksum = cksum ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
-                csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, iLangid, iIndex, iDocid,
-                (int)iCol, (int)iPos
-            );
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
-
-  *pRc = rc;
-  return cksum;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if the contents of the FTS index match the current contents of the
-** content table. If no error occurs and the contents do match, set *pbOk
-** to true and return SQLITE_OK. Or if the contents do not match, set *pbOk
-** to false before returning.
-**
-** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error 
-** code. The final value of *pbOk is undefined in this case.
-*/
-static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  u64 cksum1 = 0;                 /* Checksum based on FTS index contents */
-  u64 cksum2 = 0;                 /* Checksum based on %_content contents */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0;   /* Statement to return all language-ids */
-
-  /* This block calculates the checksum according to the FTS index. */
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int rc2;
-    sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex);
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0);
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
-        cksum1 = cksum1 ^ fts3ChecksumIndex(p, iLangid, i, &rc);
-      }
-    }
-    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-  }
-
-  /* This block calculates the checksum according to the %_content table */
-  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule;
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-    char *zSql;
-   
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
-    if( !zSql ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-      sqlite3_free(zSql);
-    }
-
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-      i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
-      int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
-      int iCol;
-
-      for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
-        const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
-        int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
-        sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0;
-
-        rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText, &pT);
-        while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
-          int nToken = 0;           /* Number of bytes in token */
-          int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
-          int iPos = 0;             /* Position of token in zText */
-
-          rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            int i;
-            cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
-                zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos
-            );
-            for(i=1; i<p->nIndex; i++){
-              if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix<=nToken ){
-                cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
-                  zToken, p->aIndex[i].nPrefix, iLang, i, iDocid, iCol, iPos
-                );
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( pT ) pModule->xClose(pT);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  }
-
-  *pbOk = (cksum1==cksum2);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Run the integrity-check. If no error occurs and the current contents of
-** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the
-** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
-**
-** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite 
-** error code.
-**
-** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token
-** prefix in the document set, a 64-bit checksum is calculated (by code
-** in fts3ChecksumEntry()) based on the following:
-**
-**     + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix
-**       index etc.),
-**     + The token (or token prefix) text itself, 
-**     + The language-id of the row it appears in,
-**     + The docid of the row it appears in,
-**     + The column it appears in, and
-**     + The tokens position within that column.
-**
-** The checksums for all entries in the index are XORed together to create
-** a single checksum for the entire index.
-**
-** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways:
-**
-**     1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and 
-**     2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table.
-**
-** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have
-** passed.
-*/
-static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck(
-  Fts3Table *p                    /* FTS3 table handle */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int bOk = 0;
-  rc = fts3IntegrityCheck(p, &bOk);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form:
-**
-**   "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES(<expr>)"
-**
-** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only 
-** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'.
-*/
-static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  const char *zVal = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
-  int nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal);
-
-  if( !zVal ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){
-    rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0);
-  }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){
-    rc = fts3DoRebuild(p);
-  }else if( nVal==15 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "integrity-check", 15) ){
-    rc = fts3DoIntegrityCheck(p);
-  }else if( nVal>6 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "merge=", 6) ){
-    rc = fts3DoIncrmerge(p, &zVal[6]);
-  }else if( nVal>10 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "automerge=", 10) ){
-    rc = fts3DoAutoincrmerge(p, &zVal[10]);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){
-    p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]);
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){
-    p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]);
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( nVal>21 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "test-no-incr-doclist=", 21) ){
-    p->bNoIncrDoclist = atoi(&zVal[21]);
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
-/*
-** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached
-** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
-  Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;
-  for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){
-    fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList);
-    pDef->pList = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to 
-** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
-  Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;
-  Fts3DeferredToken *pNext;
-  for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){
-    pNext = pDef->pNext;
-    fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList);
-    sqlite3_free(pDef);
-  }
-  pCsr->pDeferred = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list
-** based on the row that pCsr currently points to.
-**
-** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information
-** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the
-** table, not for all rows.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
-    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through table columns */
-    sqlite3_int64 iDocid;         /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */
-    Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;      /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */
-  
-    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-    sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer;
-    sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule;
-   
-    assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
-    iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
-  
-    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
-      if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){
-        const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
-        sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0;
-
-        rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC);
-        while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
-          int nToken = 0;           /* Number of bytes in token */
-          int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
-          int iPos = 0;             /* Position of token in zText */
-
-          rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
-          for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
-            Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken;
-            if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i)
-                && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0)
-                && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->n<nToken))
-                && (0==memcmp(zToken, pPT->z, pPT->n))
-              ){
-              fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc);
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
-      if( pDef->pList ){
-        rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(
-  Fts3DeferredToken *p, 
-  char **ppData, 
-  int *pnData
-){
-  char *pRet;
-  int nSkip;
-  sqlite3_int64 dummy;
-
-  *ppData = 0;
-  *pnData = 0;
-
-  if( p->pList==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData);
-  if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy);
-  *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip;
-  *ppData = pRet;
-  
-  memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Fts3 table cursor */
-  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken,        /* Token to defer */
-  int iCol                        /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */
-){
-  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;
-  pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred));
-  if( !pDeferred ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred));
-  pDeferred->pToken = pToken;
-  pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; 
-  pDeferred->iCol = iCol;
-  pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred;
-
-  assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
-  pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be
-** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents
-** of subsiduary data structures accordingly.
-*/
-static int fts3DeleteByRowid(
-  Fts3Table *p, 
-  sqlite3_value *pRowid, 
-  int *pnChng,                    /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */
-  u32 *aSzDel
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
-  int bFound = 0;                 /* True if *pRowid really is in the table */
-
-  fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel, &bFound);
-  if( bFound && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int isEmpty = 0;              /* Deleting *pRowid leaves the table empty */
-    rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( isEmpty ){
-        /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case
-        ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any
-        ** data in the pendingTerms hash table.  */
-        rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1);
-        *pnChng = 0;
-        memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1) * 2);
-      }else{
-        *pnChng = *pnChng - 1;
-        if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
-          fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid);
-        }
-        if( p->bHasDocsize ){
-          fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual
-** tables. The schema of the virtual table being:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE <table name>( 
-**       <user columns>,
-**       <table name> HIDDEN, 
-**       docid HIDDEN, 
-**       <langid> HIDDEN
-**     );
-**
-** 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* FTS3 vtab object */
-  int nArg,                       /* Size of argument array */
-  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
-  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
-){
-  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
-  int isRemove = 0;               /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */
-  u32 *aSzIns = 0;                /* Sizes of inserted documents */
-  u32 *aSzDel = 0;                /* Sizes of deleted documents */
-  int nChng = 0;                  /* Net change in number of documents */
-  int bInsertDone = 0;
-
-  /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
-  ** So bHasStat may not be 2.  */
-  assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 );
-
-  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
-  assert( 
-      nArg==1                     /* DELETE operations */
-   || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3)  /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */
-  );
-
-  /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form:
-  **
-  **   INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command');
-  */
-  if( nArg>1 
-   && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL 
-   && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL 
-  ){
-    rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]);
-    goto update_out;
-  }
-
-  if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-    goto update_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */
-  aSzDel = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 );
-  if( aSzDel==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto update_out;
-  }
-  aSzIns = &aSzDel[p->nColumn+1];
-  memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2);
-
-  rc = fts3Writelock(p);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto update_out;
-
-  /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid
-  ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling.
-  **
-  ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row
-  ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or,
-  ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must
-  ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to
-  ** modify the database file.
-  */
-  if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
-    /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */
-    sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn];
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){
-      pNewRowid = apVal[1];
-    }
-
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( 
-        sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
-     || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid)
-    )){
-      /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be
-      ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and 
-      ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the
-      ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any
-      ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. 
-      **
-      ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into 
-      ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any
-      ** other error) while doing so, return immediately.
-      **
-      ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot
-      ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual 
-      ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this
-      ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is 
-      ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have
-      ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value).
-      */
-      if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){
-        rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel);
-      }else{
-        rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
-        bInsertDone = 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto update_out;
-  }
-
-  /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-    assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER );
-    rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel);
-    isRemove = 1;
-  }
-  
-  /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */
-  if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]);
-    if( bInsertDone==0 ){
-      rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
-        rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=p->iPrevDocid ) ){
-      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, *pRowid);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid );
-      rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns);
-    }
-    if( p->bHasDocsize ){
-      fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns);
-    }
-    nChng++;
-  }
-
-  if( p->bFts4 ){
-    fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng);
-  }
-
- update_out:
-  sqlite3_free(aSzDel);
-  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful,
-** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if 
-** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0);
-      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0);
-      sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/************** End of fts3_write.c ******************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_snippet.c ************************************/
-/*
-** 2009 Oct 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-/* #include <string.h> */
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-
-/*
-** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo().
-*/
-#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE   'p'        /* 1 value */
-#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL      'c'        /* 1 value */
-#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC      'n'        /* 1 value */
-#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a'        /* nCol values */
-#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH    'l'        /* nCol values */
-#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS       's'        /* nCol values */
-#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS      'x'        /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */
-
-/*
-** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). 
-*/
-#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT   "pcx"
-
-
-/*
-** Used as an fts3ExprIterate() context when loading phrase doclists to
-** Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist.
-*/
-typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx;
-struct LoadDoclistCtx {
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* FTS3 Cursor */
-  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of phrases seen so far */
-  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens seen so far */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the 
-** fts3BestSnippet() routine.
-*/
-typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter;
-typedef struct SnippetPhrase SnippetPhrase;
-typedef struct SnippetFragment SnippetFragment;
-
-struct SnippetIter {
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor snippet is being generated from */
-  int iCol;                       /* Extract snippet from this column */
-  int nSnippet;                   /* Requested snippet length (in tokens) */
-  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of phrases in query */
-  SnippetPhrase *aPhrase;         /* Array of size nPhrase */
-  int iCurrent;                   /* First token of current snippet */
-};
-
-struct SnippetPhrase {
-  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens in phrase */
-  char *pList;                    /* Pointer to start of phrase position list */
-  int iHead;                      /* Next value in position list */
-  char *pHead;                    /* Position list data following iHead */
-  int iTail;                      /* Next value in trailing position list */
-  char *pTail;                    /* Position list data following iTail */
-};
-
-struct SnippetFragment {
-  int iCol;                       /* Column snippet is extracted from */
-  int iPos;                       /* Index of first token in snippet */
-  u64 covered;                    /* Mask of query phrases covered */
-  u64 hlmask;                     /* Mask of snippet terms to highlight */
-};
-
-/*
-** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while 
-** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function.
-*/
-typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo;
-struct MatchInfo {
-  Fts3Cursor *pCursor;            /* FTS3 Cursor */
-  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in table */
-  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
-  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;             /* Number of docs in database */
-  u32 *aMatchinfo;                /* Pre-allocated buffer */
-};
-
-
-
-/*
-** The snippet() and offsets() functions both return text values. An instance
-** of the following structure is used to accumulate those values while the
-** functions are running. See fts3StringAppend() for details.
-*/
-typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer;
-struct StrBuffer {
-  char *z;                        /* Pointer to buffer containing string */
-  int n;                          /* Length of z in bytes (excl. nul-term) */
-  int nAlloc;                     /* Allocated size of buffer z in bytes */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** This function is used to help iterate through a position-list. A position
-** list is a list of unique integers, sorted from smallest to largest. Each
-** element of the list is represented by an FTS3 varint that takes the value
-** of the difference between the current element and the previous one plus
-** two. For example, to store the position-list:
-**
-**     4 9 113
-**
-** the three varints:
-**
-**     6 7 106
-**
-** are encoded.
-**
-** When this function is called, *pp points to the start of an element of
-** the list. *piPos contains the value of the previous entry in the list.
-** After it returns, *piPos contains the value of the next element of the
-** list and *pp is advanced to the following varint.
-*/
-static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){
-  int iVal;
-  *pp += fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal);
-  *piPos += (iVal-2);
-}
-
-/*
-** Helper function for fts3ExprIterate() (see below).
-*/
-static int fts3ExprIterate2(
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to iterate phrases of */
-  int *piPhrase,                  /* Pointer to phrase counter */
-  int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*),  /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */
-  void *pCtx                      /* Second argument to pass to callback */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  int eType = pExpr->eType;       /* Type of expression node pExpr */
-
-  if( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
-    assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight );
-    rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pLeft, piPhrase, x, pCtx);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
-      rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pRight, piPhrase, x, pCtx);
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = x(pExpr, *piPhrase, pCtx);
-    (*piPhrase)++;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Iterate through all phrase nodes in an FTS3 query, except those that
-** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator.
-** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked.
-**
-** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, 
-** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately.
-** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for
-** all eligible phrase nodes.
-*/
-static int fts3ExprIterate(
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to iterate phrases of */
-  int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*),  /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */
-  void *pCtx                      /* Second argument to pass to callback */
-){
-  int iPhrase = 0;                /* Variable used as the phrase counter */
-  return fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr, &iPhrase, x, pCtx);
-}
-
-/*
-** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists
-** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also
-** fts3ExprLoadDoclists().
-*/
-static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
-  LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
-
-  p->nPhrase++;
-  p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken;
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor
-** pCsr. 
-**
-** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable 
-** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or 
-** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If 
-** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all
-** matchable phrases of the expression.
-*/
-static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Fts3 cursor for current query */
-  int *pnPhrase,                  /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */
-  int *pnToken                    /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0};  /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */
-  sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
-  rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx);
-  if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase;
-  if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
-  (*(int *)ctx)++;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pExpr);
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
-  int nPhrase = 0;
-  (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase);
-  return nPhrase;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two 
-** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater
-** than or equal to parameter iNext.
-*/
-static void fts3SnippetAdvance(char **ppIter, int *piIter, int iNext){
-  char *pIter = *ppIter;
-  if( pIter ){
-    int iIter = *piIter;
-
-    while( iIter<iNext ){
-      if( 0==(*pIter & 0xFE) ){
-        iIter = -1;
-        pIter = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-      fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pIter, &iIter);
-    }
-
-    *piIter = iIter;
-    *ppIter = pIter;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the snippet iterator to the next candidate snippet.
-*/
-static int fts3SnippetNextCandidate(SnippetIter *pIter){
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-
-  if( pIter->iCurrent<0 ){
-    /* The SnippetIter object has just been initialized. The first snippet
-    ** candidate always starts at offset 0 (even if this candidate has a
-    ** score of 0.0).
-    */
-    pIter->iCurrent = 0;
-
-    /* Advance the 'head' iterator of each phrase to the first offset that
-    ** is greater than or equal to (iNext+nSnippet).
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
-      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
-      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, pIter->nSnippet);
-    }
-  }else{
-    int iStart;
-    int iEnd = 0x7FFFFFFF;
-
-    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
-      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
-      if( pPhrase->pHead && pPhrase->iHead<iEnd ){
-        iEnd = pPhrase->iHead;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iEnd==0x7FFFFFFF ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-    pIter->iCurrent = iStart = iEnd - pIter->nSnippet + 1;
-    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
-      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
-      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, iEnd+1);
-      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pTail, &pPhrase->iTail, iStart);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet 
-** iterator pIter.
-*/
-static void fts3SnippetDetails(
-  SnippetIter *pIter,             /* Snippet iterator */
-  u64 mCovered,                   /* Bitmask of phrases already covered */
-  int *piToken,                   /* OUT: First token of proposed snippet */
-  int *piScore,                   /* OUT: "Score" for this snippet */
-  u64 *pmCover,                   /* OUT: Bitmask of phrases covered */
-  u64 *pmHighlight                /* OUT: Bitmask of terms to highlight */
-){
-  int iStart = pIter->iCurrent;   /* First token of snippet */
-  int iScore = 0;                 /* Score of this snippet */
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-  u64 mCover = 0;                 /* Mask of phrases covered by this snippet */
-  u64 mHighlight = 0;             /* Mask of tokens to highlight in snippet */
-
-  for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
-    SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
-    if( pPhrase->pTail ){
-      char *pCsr = pPhrase->pTail;
-      int iCsr = pPhrase->iTail;
-
-      while( iCsr<(iStart+pIter->nSnippet) ){
-        int j;
-        u64 mPhrase = (u64)1 << i;
-        u64 mPos = (u64)1 << (iCsr - iStart);
-        assert( iCsr>=iStart );
-        if( (mCover|mCovered)&mPhrase ){
-          iScore++;
-        }else{
-          iScore += 1000;
-        }
-        mCover |= mPhrase;
-
-        for(j=0; j<pPhrase->nToken; j++){
-          mHighlight |= (mPos>>j);
-        }
-
-        if( 0==(*pCsr & 0x0FE) ) break;
-        fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iCsr);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set the output variables before returning. */
-  *piToken = iStart;
-  *piScore = iScore;
-  *pmCover = mCover;
-  *pmHighlight = mHighlight;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by fts3BestSnippet().
-** Each invocation populates an element of the SnippetIter.aPhrase[] array.
-*/
-static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
-  SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx;
-  SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase];
-  char *pCsr;
-  int rc;
-
-  pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pCsr);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 );
-  if( pCsr ){
-    int iFirst = 0;
-    pPhrase->pList = pCsr;
-    fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst);
-    assert( iFirst>=0 );
-    pPhrase->pHead = pCsr;
-    pPhrase->pTail = pCsr;
-    pPhrase->iHead = iFirst;
-    pPhrase->iTail = iFirst;
-  }else{
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (
-       pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 
-    ));
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens 
-** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet
-** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated
-** by adding:
-**
-**   (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet.
-**
-**   (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in 
-**       the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set.
-**
-** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before
-** returning. The score of the selected snippet is stored in *piScore
-** before returning.
-*/
-static int fts3BestSnippet(
-  int nSnippet,                   /* Desired snippet length */
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor to create snippet for */
-  int iCol,                       /* Index of column to create snippet from */
-  u64 mCovered,                   /* Mask of phrases already covered */
-  u64 *pmSeen,                    /* IN/OUT: Mask of phrases seen */
-  SnippetFragment *pFragment,     /* OUT: Best snippet found */
-  int *piScore                    /* OUT: Score of snippet pFragment */
-){
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  int nList;                      /* Number of phrases in expression */
-  SnippetIter sIter;              /* Iterates through snippet candidates */
-  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes of space to allocate */
-  int iBestScore = -1;            /* Best snippet score found so far */
-  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
-
-  memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
-
-  /* Iterate through the phrases in the expression to count them. The same
-  ** callback makes sure the doclists are loaded for each phrase.
-  */
-  rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nList, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Now that it is known how many phrases there are, allocate and zero
-  ** the required space using malloc().
-  */
-  nByte = sizeof(SnippetPhrase) * nList;
-  sIter.aPhrase = (SnippetPhrase *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  if( !sIter.aPhrase ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(sIter.aPhrase, 0, nByte);
-
-  /* Initialize the contents of the SnippetIter object. Then iterate through
-  ** the set of phrases in the expression to populate the aPhrase[] array.
-  */
-  sIter.pCsr = pCsr;
-  sIter.iCol = iCol;
-  sIter.nSnippet = nSnippet;
-  sIter.nPhrase = nList;
-  sIter.iCurrent = -1;
-  (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3SnippetFindPositions, (void *)&sIter);
-
-  /* Set the *pmSeen output variable. */
-  for(i=0; i<nList; i++){
-    if( sIter.aPhrase[i].pHead ){
-      *pmSeen |= (u64)1 << i;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in 
-  ** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore.
-  */
-  pFragment->iCol = iCol;
-  while( !fts3SnippetNextCandidate(&sIter) ){
-    int iPos;
-    int iScore;
-    u64 mCover;
-    u64 mHighlight;
-    fts3SnippetDetails(&sIter, mCovered, &iPos, &iScore, &mCover, &mHighlight);
-    assert( iScore>=0 );
-    if( iScore>iBestScore ){
-      pFragment->iPos = iPos;
-      pFragment->hlmask = mHighlight;
-      pFragment->covered = mCover;
-      iBestScore = iScore;
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(sIter.aPhrase);
-  *piScore = iBestScore;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Append a string to the string-buffer passed as the first argument.
-**
-** If nAppend is negative, then the length of the string zAppend is
-** determined using strlen().
-*/
-static int fts3StringAppend(
-  StrBuffer *pStr,                /* Buffer to append to */
-  const char *zAppend,            /* Pointer to data to append to buffer */
-  int nAppend                     /* Size of zAppend in bytes (or -1) */
-){
-  if( nAppend<0 ){
-    nAppend = (int)strlen(zAppend);
-  }
-
-  /* If there is insufficient space allocated at StrBuffer.z, use realloc()
-  ** to grow the buffer until so that it is big enough to accomadate the
-  ** appended data.
-  */
-  if( pStr->n+nAppend+1>=pStr->nAlloc ){
-    int nAlloc = pStr->nAlloc+nAppend+100;
-    char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pStr->z, nAlloc);
-    if( !zNew ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pStr->z = zNew;
-    pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc;
-  }
-  assert( pStr->z!=0 && (pStr->nAlloc >= pStr->n+nAppend+1) );
-
-  /* Append the data to the string buffer. */
-  memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend);
-  pStr->n += nAppend;
-  pStr->z[pStr->n] = '\0';
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The fts3BestSnippet() function often selects snippets that end with a
-** query term. That is, the final term of the snippet is always a term
-** that requires highlighting. For example, if 'X' is a highlighted term
-** and '.' is a non-highlighted term, BestSnippet() may select:
-**
-**     ........X.....X
-**
-** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the 
-** document so that there are approximately the same number of 
-** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there
-** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this:
-**
-**     ....X.....X....
-**
-** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting
-** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there
-** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document 
-** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. 
-*/
-static int fts3SnippetShift(
-  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */
-  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to use in tokenizing */
-  int nSnippet,                   /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */
-  const char *zDoc,               /* Document text to extract snippet from */
-  int nDoc,                       /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */
-  int *piPos,                     /* IN/OUT: First token of snippet */
-  u64 *pHlmask                    /* IN/OUT: Mask of tokens to highlight */
-){
-  u64 hlmask = *pHlmask;          /* Local copy of initial highlight-mask */
-
-  if( hlmask ){
-    int nLeft;                    /* Tokens to the left of first highlight */
-    int nRight;                   /* Tokens to the right of last highlight */
-    int nDesired;                 /* Ideal number of tokens to shift forward */
-
-    for(nLeft=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << nLeft)); nLeft++);
-    for(nRight=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << (nSnippet-1-nRight))); nRight++);
-    nDesired = (nLeft-nRight)/2;
-
-    /* Ideally, the start of the snippet should be pushed forward in the
-    ** document nDesired tokens. This block checks if there are actually
-    ** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and
-    ** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the
-    ** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens
-    ** available.
-    */
-    if( nDesired>0 ){
-      int nShift;                 /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */
-      int iCurrent = 0;           /* Token counter */
-      int rc;                     /* Return Code */
-      sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
-      sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;
-      pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
-
-      /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired)
-      ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc.
-      */
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){
-        const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0;
-        rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent);
-      }
-      pMod->xClose(pC);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; }
-
-      nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet;
-      assert( nShift<=nDesired );
-      if( nShift>0 ){
-        *piPos += nShift;
-        *pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and
-** append it to string buffer pOut.
-*/
-static int fts3SnippetText(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 Cursor */
-  SnippetFragment *pFragment,     /* Snippet to extract */
-  int iFragment,                  /* Fragment number */
-  int isLast,                     /* True for final fragment in snippet */
-  int nSnippet,                   /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */
-  const char *zOpen,              /* String inserted before highlighted term */
-  const char *zClose,             /* String inserted after highlighted term */
-  const char *zEllipsis,          /* String inserted between snippets */
-  StrBuffer *pOut                 /* Write output here */
-){
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  const char *zDoc;               /* Document text to extract snippet from */
-  int nDoc;                       /* Size of zDoc in bytes */
-  int iCurrent = 0;               /* Current token number of document */
-  int iEnd = 0;                   /* Byte offset of end of current token */
-  int isShiftDone = 0;            /* True after snippet is shifted */
-  int iPos = pFragment->iPos;     /* First token of snippet */
-  u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */
-  int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1;   /* Query column to extract text from */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;   /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */
-  
-  zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
-  if( zDoc==0 ){
-    if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
-
-  /* Open a token cursor on the document. */
-  pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    const char *ZDUMMY;           /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
-    int DUMMY1 = -1;              /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
-    int iBegin = 0;               /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */
-    int iFin = 0;                 /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */
-    int isHighlight = 0;          /* True for highlighted terms */
-
-    /* Variable DUMMY1 is initialized to a negative value above. Elsewhere
-    ** in the FTS code the variable that the third argument to xNext points to
-    ** is initialized to zero before the first (*but not necessarily
-    ** subsequent*) call to xNext(). This is done for a particular application
-    ** that needs to know whether or not the tokenizer is being used for
-    ** snippet generation or for some other purpose.
-    **
-    ** Extreme care is required when writing code to depend on this
-    ** initialization. It is not a documented part of the tokenizer interface.
-    ** If a tokenizer is used directly by any code outside of FTS, this
-    ** convention might not be respected.  */
-    rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-        /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token
-        ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end
-        ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. 
-        ** Then break out of the loop. */
-        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    if( iCurrent<iPos ){ continue; }
-
-    if( !isShiftDone ){
-      int n = nDoc - iBegin;
-      rc = fts3SnippetShift(
-          pTab, pCsr->iLangid, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask
-      );
-      isShiftDone = 1;
-
-      /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are
-      ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment,
-      ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. 
-      */
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (iPos>0 || iFragment>0) ){
-        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent<iPos ) continue;
-    }
-
-    if( iCurrent>=(iPos+nSnippet) ){
-      if( isLast ){
-        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Set isHighlight to true if this term should be highlighted. */
-    isHighlight = (hlmask & ((u64)1 << (iCurrent-iPos)))!=0;
-
-    if( iCurrent>iPos ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], iBegin-iEnd);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zOpen, -1);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iBegin], iFin-iBegin);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zClose, -1);
-
-    iEnd = iFin;
-  }
-
-  pMod->xClose(pC);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a 
-** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single 
-** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the
-** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that
-** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data).
-** Before returning, *ppCollist is set to point to the first byte after
-** the last varint in the column-list (either the 0x00 signifying the end
-** of the position-list, or the 0x01 that precedes the column number of
-** the next column in the position-list).
-**
-** The number of elements in the column-list is returned.
-*/
-static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){
-  char *pEnd = *ppCollist;
-  char c = 0;
-  int nEntry = 0;
-
-  /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00. */
-  while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
-    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
-    if( !c ) nEntry++;
-  }
-
-  *ppCollist = pEnd;
-  return nEntry;
-}
-
-/*
-** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats
-** for a single query. 
-**
-** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a
-** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements 
-** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the 
-** current query.
-**
-** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This
-** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows:
-**
-**   for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
-**     aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 1] = X;
-**     aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 2] = Y;
-**   }
-**
-** where X is the number of matches for phrase iPhrase is column iCol of all
-** rows of the table. Y is the number of rows for which column iCol contains
-** at least one instance of phrase iPhrase.
-**
-** If the phrase pExpr consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all X and
-** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the 
-** file system. This is done because the full-text index doclist is required
-** to calculate these values properly, and the full-text index doclist is
-** not available for deferred tokens.
-*/
-static int fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb(
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
-  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */
-  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
-){
-  MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx;
-  return sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
-      p->pCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol]
-  );
-}
-
-/*
-** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the
-** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the 
-** array that are different for each row returned by the query.
-*/
-static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb(
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
-  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number */
-  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx;
-  int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3;
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
-    char *pCsr;
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i, &pCsr);
-    if( pCsr ){
-      p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr);
-    }else{
-      p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int fts3MatchinfoCheck(
-  Fts3Table *pTab, 
-  char cArg,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE)
-   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL)
-   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bFts4)
-   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bFts4)
-   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize)
-   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS)
-   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS)
-  ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg);
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-static int fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){
-  int nVal;                       /* Number of integers output by cArg */
-
-  switch( cArg ){
-    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
-    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: 
-    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: 
-      nVal = 1;
-      break;
-
-    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH:
-    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH:
-    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS:
-      nVal = pInfo->nCol;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS );
-      nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3;
-      break;
-  }
-
-  return nVal;
-}
-
-static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(
-  Fts3Table *pTab,
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
-  sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc,
-  const char **paLen
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  const char *a;
-  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;
-
-  if( !*ppStmt ){
-    int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-  pStmt = *ppStmt;
-  assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 );
-
-  a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
-  a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
-  if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-  *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc;
-
-  if( paLen ) *paLen = a;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while 
-** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the
-** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the
-** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request.
-*/
-typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator;
-struct LcsIterator {
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr;                /* Pointer to phrase expression */
-  int iPosOffset;                 /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */
-  char *pRead;                    /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */
-  int iPos;                       /* Current position */
-};
-
-/* 
-** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has
-** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns.
-*/
-#define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF;
-
-static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb(
-  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
-  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */
-  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
-){
-  LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx;
-  aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return
-** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the
-** position list for the next column.
-*/
-static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){
-  char *pRead = pIter->pRead;
-  sqlite3_int64 iRead;
-  int rc = 0;
-
-  pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead);
-  if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){
-    pRead = 0;
-    rc = 1;
-  }else{
-    pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2);
-  }
-
-  pIter->pRead = pRead;
-  return rc;
-}
-  
-/*
-** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. 
-**
-** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each
-** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] 
-** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case.
-**
-** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the
-** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is 
-** undefined.
-*/
-static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){
-  LcsIterator *aIter;
-  int i;
-  int iCol;
-  int nToken = 0;
-
-  /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array
-  ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query.
-  **/
-  aIter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase);
-  if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase);
-  (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter);
-
-  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
-    LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i];
-    nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
-    pIter->iPosOffset = nToken;
-  }
-
-  for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
-    int nLcs = 0;                 /* LCS value for this column */
-    int nLive = 0;                /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */
-
-    for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
-      int rc;
-      LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i];
-      rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol, &pIt->pRead);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      if( pIt->pRead ){
-        pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset;
-        fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]);
-        nLive++;
-      }
-    }
-
-    while( nLive>0 ){
-      LcsIterator *pAdv = 0;      /* The iterator to advance by one position */
-      int nThisLcs = 0;           /* LCS for the current iterator positions */
-
-      for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
-        LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i];
-        if( pIter->pRead==0 ){
-          /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */
-          nThisLcs = 0;
-        }else{
-          if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPos<pAdv->iPos ){
-            pAdv = pIter;
-          }
-          if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){
-            nThisLcs++;
-          }else{
-            nThisLcs = 1;
-          }
-          if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs;
-        }
-      }
-      if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--;
-    }
-
-    pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(aIter);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to
-** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the 
-** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the
-** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format
-** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array
-** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output.
-**
-** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output.
-** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between
-** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS)
-** have already been populated.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error 
-** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the
-** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined.
-*/
-static int fts3MatchinfoValues(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 cursor object */
-  int bGlobal,                    /* True to grab the global stats */
-  MatchInfo *pInfo,               /* Matchinfo context object */
-  const char *zArg                /* Matchinfo format string */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
-
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){
-
-    switch( zArg[i] ){
-      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE:
-        if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase;
-        break;
-
-      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
-        if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol;
-        break;
-        
-      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
-        if( bGlobal ){
-          sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
-          rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0);
-          pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: 
-        if( bGlobal ){
-          sqlite3_int64 nDoc;     /* Number of rows in table */
-          const char *a;          /* Aggregate column length array */
-
-          rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            int iCol;
-            for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
-              u32 iVal;
-              sqlite3_int64 nToken;
-              a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken);
-              iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc);
-              pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: {
-        sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0;
-        rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          int iCol;
-          const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0);
-          for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
-            sqlite3_int64 nToken;
-            a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken);
-            pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken;
-          }
-        }
-        sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS:
-        rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo);
-        }
-        break;
-
-      default: {
-        Fts3Expr *pExpr;
-        assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS );
-        pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
-        rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-        if( bGlobal ){
-          if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
-            rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-          }
-          rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-        }
-        (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The 
-** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32).
-*/
-static int fts3GetMatchinfo(
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 Cursor object */
-  const char *zArg                /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */
-){
-  MatchInfo sInfo;
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int bGlobal = 0;                /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */
-
-  memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo));
-  sInfo.pCursor = pCsr;
-  sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn;
-
-  /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the 
-  ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard 
-  ** the cached data. */
-  if( pCsr->zMatchinfo && strcmp(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){
-    assert( pCsr->aMatchinfo );
-    sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
-    pCsr->zMatchinfo = 0;
-    pCsr->aMatchinfo = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] is NULL, then this is the first time the
-  ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case 
-  ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and
-  ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row.
-  */
-  if( pCsr->aMatchinfo==0 ){
-    int nMatchinfo = 0;           /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */
-    int nArg;                     /* Bytes in zArg */
-    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through zArg */
-
-    /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */
-    pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
-    sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase;
-
-    /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */
-    for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){
-      nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]);
-    }
-
-    /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */
-    nArg = (int)strlen(zArg);
-    pCsr->aMatchinfo = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo + nArg + 1);
-    if( !pCsr->aMatchinfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-    pCsr->zMatchinfo = (char *)&pCsr->aMatchinfo[nMatchinfo];
-    pCsr->nMatchinfo = nMatchinfo;
-    memcpy(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg, nArg+1);
-    memset(pCsr->aMatchinfo, 0, sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo);
-    pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
-    bGlobal = 1;
-  }
-
-  sInfo.aMatchinfo = pCsr->aMatchinfo;
-  sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase;
-  if( pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded ){
-    rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg);
-    pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 0;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of snippet() function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* SQLite function call context */
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor object */
-  const char *zStart,             /* Snippet start text - "<b>" */
-  const char *zEnd,               /* Snippet end text - "</b>" */
-  const char *zEllipsis,          /* Snippet ellipsis text - "<b>...</b>" */
-  int iCol,                       /* Extract snippet from this column */
-  int nToken                      /* Approximate number of tokens in snippet */
-){
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
-  StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0};
-
-  /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from
-  ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop
-  ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in 
-  ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query
-  ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text
-  ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate
-  ** a pair of fragments, and so on.
-  */
-  int nSnippet = 0;               /* Number of fragments in this snippet */
-  SnippetFragment aSnippet[4];    /* Maximum of 4 fragments per snippet */
-  int nFToken = -1;               /* Number of tokens in each fragment */
-
-  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
-    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  for(nSnippet=1; 1; nSnippet++){
-
-    int iSnip;                    /* Loop counter 0..nSnippet-1 */
-    u64 mCovered = 0;             /* Bitmask of phrases covered by snippet */
-    u64 mSeen = 0;                /* Bitmask of phrases seen by BestSnippet() */
-
-    if( nToken>=0 ){
-      nFToken = (nToken+nSnippet-1) / nSnippet;
-    }else{
-      nFToken = -1 * nToken;
-    }
-
-    for(iSnip=0; iSnip<nSnippet; iSnip++){
-      int iBestScore = -1;        /* Best score of columns checked so far */
-      int iRead;                  /* Used to iterate through columns */
-      SnippetFragment *pFragment = &aSnippet[iSnip];
-
-      memset(pFragment, 0, sizeof(*pFragment));
-
-      /* Loop through all columns of the table being considered for snippets.
-      ** If the iCol argument to this function was negative, this means all
-      ** columns of the FTS3 table. Otherwise, only column iCol is considered.
-      */
-      for(iRead=0; iRead<pTab->nColumn; iRead++){
-        SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0};
-        int iS;
-        if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue;
-
-        /* Find the best snippet of nFToken tokens in column iRead. */
-        rc = fts3BestSnippet(nFToken, pCsr, iRead, mCovered, &mSeen, &sF, &iS);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto snippet_out;
-        }
-        if( iS>iBestScore ){
-          *pFragment = sF;
-          iBestScore = iS;
-        }
-      }
-
-      mCovered |= pFragment->covered;
-    }
-
-    /* If all query phrases seen by fts3BestSnippet() are present in at least
-    ** one of the nSnippet snippet fragments, break out of the loop.
-    */
-    assert( (mCovered&mSeen)==mCovered );
-    if( mSeen==mCovered || nSnippet==SizeofArray(aSnippet) ) break;
-  }
-
-  assert( nFToken>0 );
-
-  for(i=0; i<nSnippet && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
-    rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i], 
-        i, (i==nSnippet-1), nFToken, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, &res
-    );
-  }
-
- snippet_out:
-  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
-    sqlite3_free(res.z);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, -1, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-
-
-typedef struct TermOffset TermOffset;
-typedef struct TermOffsetCtx TermOffsetCtx;
-
-struct TermOffset {
-  char *pList;                    /* Position-list */
-  int iPos;                       /* Position just read from pList */
-  int iOff;                       /* Offset of this term from read positions */
-};
-
-struct TermOffsetCtx {
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;
-  int iCol;                       /* Column of table to populate aTerm for */
-  int iTerm;
-  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
-  TermOffset *aTerm;
-};
-
-/*
-** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by sqlite3Fts3Offsets().
-*/
-static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
-  TermOffsetCtx *p = (TermOffsetCtx *)ctx;
-  int nTerm;                      /* Number of tokens in phrase */
-  int iTerm;                      /* For looping through nTerm phrase terms */
-  char *pList;                    /* Pointer to position list for phrase */
-  int iPos = 0;                   /* First position in position-list */
-  int rc;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
-  rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pList);
-  nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
-  if( pList ){
-    fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos);
-    assert( iPos>=0 );
-  }
-
-  for(iTerm=0; iTerm<nTerm; iTerm++){
-    TermOffset *pT = &p->aTerm[p->iTerm++];
-    pT->iOff = nTerm-iTerm-1;
-    pT->pList = pList;
-    pT->iPos = iPos;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of offsets() function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* SQLite function call context */
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr                /* Cursor object */
-){
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
-  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
-  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens in query */
-  int iCol;                       /* Column currently being processed */
-  StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0};      /* Result string */
-  TermOffsetCtx sCtx;             /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */
-
-  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
-    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx));
-  assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
-
-  /* Count the number of terms in the query */
-  rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, &nToken);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
-
-  /* Allocate the array of TermOffset iterators. */
-  sCtx.aTerm = (TermOffset *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TermOffset)*nToken);
-  if( 0==sCtx.aTerm ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto offsets_out;
-  }
-  sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
-  sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
-
-  /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to 
-  ** string-buffer res for each column.
-  */
-  for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
-    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */
-    const char *ZDUMMY;           /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
-    int NDUMMY = 0;               /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
-    int iStart = 0;
-    int iEnd = 0;
-    int iCurrent = 0;
-    const char *zDoc;
-    int nDoc;
-
-    /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is 
-    ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from
-    ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded.
-    */
-    sCtx.iCol = iCol;
-    sCtx.iTerm = 0;
-    (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void *)&sCtx);
-
-    /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored 
-    ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop.
-    ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite
-    ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM 
-    ** to the caller. 
-    */
-    zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
-    nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
-    if( zDoc==0 ){
-      if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)==SQLITE_NULL ){
-        continue;
-      }
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto offsets_out;
-    }
-
-    /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
-        zDoc, nDoc, &pC
-    );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
-
-    rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent);
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int i;                      /* Used to loop through terms */
-      int iMinPos = 0x7FFFFFFF;   /* Position of next token */
-      TermOffset *pTerm = 0;      /* TermOffset associated with next token */
-
-      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
-        TermOffset *pT = &sCtx.aTerm[i];
-        if( pT->pList && (pT->iPos-pT->iOff)<iMinPos ){
-          iMinPos = pT->iPos-pT->iOff;
-          pTerm = pT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( !pTerm ){
-        /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */
-        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-      }else{
-        assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos );
-        if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){
-          pTerm->pList = 0;
-        }else{
-          fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pTerm->pList, &pTerm->iPos);
-        }
-        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<iMinPos ){
-          rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent);
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          char aBuffer[64];
-          sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, 
-              "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart
-          );
-          rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1);
-        }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){
-          rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    pMod->xClose(pC);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
-  }
-
- offsets_out:
-  sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx,  rc);
-    sqlite3_free(res.z);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of matchinfo() function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* Function call context */
-  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 table cursor */
-  const char *zArg                /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */
-){
-  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
-  int rc;
-  int i;
-  const char *zFormat;
-
-  if( zArg ){
-    for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){
-      char *zErr = 0;
-      if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){
-        sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
-        sqlite3_free(zErr);
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-    zFormat = zArg;
-  }else{
-    zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT;
-  }
-
-  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
-    sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */
-  rc = fts3GetMatchinfo(pCsr, zFormat);
-  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
-  }else{
-    int n = pCsr->nMatchinfo * sizeof(u32);
-    sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, pCsr->aMatchinfo, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_unicode.c ************************************/
-/*
-** 2012 May 24
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer.
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-/* #include <stdlib.h> */
-/* #include <stdio.h> */
-/* #include <string.h> */
-
-
-/*
-** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied
-** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part
-** of the amalgamation, they are not required.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-
-static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
-  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
-  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
-};
-
-#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
-  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
-  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
-    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
-      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
-    }                                                      \
-    if( c<0x80                                             \
-        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
-        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
-  }
-
-#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
-  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
-    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);                            \
-  }                                                    \
-  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
-    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);                \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
-  }                                                    \
-  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
-    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);               \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
-  }else{                                               \
-    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
-  }                                                    \
-}
-
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
-
-typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer;
-typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor;
-
-struct unicode_tokenizer {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
-  int bRemoveDiacritic;
-  int nException;
-  int *aiException;
-};
-
-struct unicode_cursor {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
-  const unsigned char *aInput;    /* Input text being tokenized */
-  int nInput;                     /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */
-  int iOff;                       /* Current offset within aInput[] */
-  int iToken;                     /* Index of next token to be returned */
-  char *zToken;                   /* storage for current token */
-  int nAlloc;                     /* space allocated at zToken */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Destroy a tokenizer allocated by unicodeCreate().
-*/
-static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
-  if( pTokenizer ){
-    unicode_tokenizer *p = (unicode_tokenizer *)pTokenizer;
-    sqlite3_free(p->aiException);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** As part of a tokenchars= or separators= option, the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
-** statement has specified that the tokenizer for this table shall consider
-** all characters in string zIn/nIn to be separators (if bAlnum==0) or
-** token characters (if bAlnum==1).
-**
-** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the
-** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result.
-** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the 
-** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization,
-** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all
-** codepoints in the aiException[] array.
-**
-** If a standalone diacritic mark (one that sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic()
-** identifies as a diacritic) occurs in the zIn/nIn string it is ignored.
-** It is not possible to change the behavior of the tokenizer with respect
-** to these codepoints.
-*/
-static int unicodeAddExceptions(
-  unicode_tokenizer *p,           /* Tokenizer to add exceptions to */
-  int bAlnum,                     /* Replace Isalnum() return value with this */
-  const char *zIn,                /* Array of characters to make exceptions */
-  int nIn                         /* Length of z in bytes */
-){
-  const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
-  const unsigned char *zTerm = &z[nIn];
-  int iCode;
-  int nEntry = 0;
-
-  assert( bAlnum==0 || bAlnum==1 );
-
-  while( z<zTerm ){
-    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
-    assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
-    if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode)!=bAlnum 
-     && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0 
-    ){
-      nEntry++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( nEntry ){
-    int *aNew;                    /* New aiException[] array */
-    int nNew;                     /* Number of valid entries in array aNew[] */
-
-    aNew = sqlite3_realloc(p->aiException, (p->nException+nEntry)*sizeof(int));
-    if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    nNew = p->nException;
-
-    z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
-    while( z<zTerm ){
-      READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
-      if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode)!=bAlnum 
-       && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0
-      ){
-        int i, j;
-        for(i=0; i<nNew && aNew[i]<iCode; i++);
-        for(j=nNew; j>i; j--) aNew[j] = aNew[j-1];
-        aNew[i] = iCode;
-        nNew++;
-      }
-    }
-    p->aiException = aNew;
-    p->nException = nNew;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode.
-*/
-static int unicodeIsException(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){
-  if( p->nException>0 ){
-    int *a = p->aiException;
-    int iLo = 0;
-    int iHi = p->nException-1;
-
-    while( iHi>=iLo ){
-      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
-      if( iCode==a[iTest] ){
-        return 1;
-      }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){
-        iLo = iTest+1;
-      }else{
-        iHi = iTest-1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenization, codepoint iCode is
-** considered a token character (not a separator).
-*/
-static int unicodeIsAlnum(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){
-  assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
-  return sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ unicodeIsException(p, iCode);
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new tokenizer instance.
-*/
-static int unicodeCreate(
-  int nArg,                       /* Size of array argv[] */
-  const char * const *azArg,      /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer **pp          /* OUT: New tokenizer handle */
-){
-  unicode_tokenizer *pNew;        /* New tokenizer object */
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
-  if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
-  pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
-
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){
-    const char *z = azArg[i];
-    int n = strlen(z);
-
-    if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=1", z, 19)==0 ){
-      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
-    }
-    else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){
-      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0;
-    }
-    else if( n>=11 && memcmp("tokenchars=", z, 11)==0 ){
-      rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 1, &z[11], n-11);
-    }
-    else if( n>=11 && memcmp("separators=", z, 11)==0 ){
-      rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 0, &z[11], n-11);
-    }
-    else{
-      /* Unrecognized argument */
-      rc  = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew);
-    pNew = 0;
-  }
-  *pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
-** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
-** *ppCursor.
-*/
-static int unicodeOpen(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *p,           /* The tokenizer */
-  const char *aInput,             /* Input string */
-  int nInput,                     /* Size of string aInput in bytes */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp   /* OUT: New cursor object */
-){
-  unicode_cursor *pCsr;
-
-  pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor));
-  if( pCsr==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor));
-
-  pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput;
-  if( aInput==0 ){
-    pCsr->nInput = 0;
-  }else if( nInput<0 ){
-    pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput);
-  }else{
-    pCsr->nInput = nInput;
-  }
-
-  *pp = &pCsr->base;
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
-** simpleOpen() above.
-*/
-static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
-  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor;
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
-** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
-*/
-static int unicodeNext(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC,   /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
-  const char **paToken,           /* OUT: Token text */
-  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */
-  int *piStart,                   /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
-  int *piEnd,                     /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
-  int *piPos                      /* OUT: Position integer of token */
-){
-  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC;
-  unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer);
-  int iCode;
-  char *zOut;
-  const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff];
-  const unsigned char *zStart = z;
-  const unsigned char *zEnd;
-  const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];
-
-  /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.
-  ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of 
-  ** the input.  */
-  while( z<zTerm ){
-    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
-    if( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) ) break;
-    zStart = z;
-  }
-  if( zStart>=zTerm ) return SQLITE_DONE;
-
-  zOut = pCsr->zToken;
-  do {
-    int iOut;
-
-    /* Grow the output buffer if required. */
-    if( (zOut-pCsr->zToken)>=(pCsr->nAlloc-4) ){
-      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nAlloc+64);
-      if( !zNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      zOut = &zNew[zOut - pCsr->zToken];
-      pCsr->zToken = zNew;
-      pCsr->nAlloc += 64;
-    }
-
-    /* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */
-    zEnd = z;
-    iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic);
-    if( iOut ){
-      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut);
-    }
-
-    /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */
-    if( z>=zTerm ) break;
-    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
-  }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) 
-       || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)
-  );
-
-  /* Set the output variables and return. */
-  pCsr->iOff = (z - pCsr->aInput);
-  *paToken = pCsr->zToken;
-  *pnToken = zOut - pCsr->zToken;
-  *piStart = (zStart - pCsr->aInput);
-  *piEnd = (zEnd - pCsr->aInput);
-  *piPos = pCsr->iToken++;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module 
-** structure for the unicode tokenizer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){
-  static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module module = {
-    0,
-    unicodeCreate,
-    unicodeDestroy,
-    unicodeOpen,
-    unicodeClose,
-    unicodeNext,
-    0,
-  };
-  *ppModule = &module;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 */
-
-/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/
-/*
-** 2012 May 25
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-*/
-
-/*
-** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
-*/
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61)
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
-
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-
-/*
-** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint
-** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false.
-**
-** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
-** is less than zero.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){
-  /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous
-  ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e.
-  ** codepoints for which this function should return 0).
-  **
-  ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first 
-  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
-  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
-  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
-  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
-  ** using this format.
-  */
-  const static unsigned int aEntry[] = {
-    0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07,
-    0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01,
-    0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401,
-    0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01,
-    0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01,
-    0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802,
-    0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F,
-    0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401,
-    0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804,
-    0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403,
-    0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812,
-    0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001,
-    0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802,
-    0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805,
-    0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401,
-    0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03,
-    0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807,
-    0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001,
-    0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01,
-    0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804,
-    0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001,
-    0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802,
-    0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01,
-    0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06,
-    0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007,
-    0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006,
-    0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417,
-    0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14,
-    0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07,
-    0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01,
-    0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001,
-    0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802,
-    0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F,
-    0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002,
-    0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802,
-    0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006,
-    0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D,
-    0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802,
-    0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027,
-    0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403,
-    0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805,
-    0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04,
-    0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401,
-    0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005,
-    0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B,
-    0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A,
-    0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001,
-    0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59,
-    0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807,
-    0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01,
-    0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E,
-    0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100,
-    0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10,
-    0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402,
-    0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804,
-    0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012,
-    0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004,
-    0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002,
-    0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803,
-    0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07,
-    0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02,
-    0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802,
-    0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013,
-    0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06,
-    0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003,
-    0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01,
-    0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403,
-    0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009,
-    0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003,
-    0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003,
-    0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E,
-    0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046,
-    0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401,
-    0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401,
-    0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F,
-    0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C,
-    0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002,
-    0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025,
-    0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6,
-    0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46,
-    0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060,
-    0x380400F0,
-  };
-  static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = {
-    0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001,
-  };
-
-  if( c<128 ){
-    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
-  }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
-    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
-    int iRes;
-    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
-    int iLo = 0;
-    while( iHi>=iLo ){
-      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
-      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
-        iRes = iTest;
-        iLo = iTest+1;
-      }else{
-        iHi = iTest-1;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( aEntry[0]<key );
-    assert( key>=aEntry[iRes] );
-    return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF)));
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter
-** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint
-** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN
-** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER
-** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an
-** uppercase letter are undefined.
-*/
-static int remove_diacritic(int c){
-  unsigned short aDia[] = {
-        0,  1797,  1848,  1859,  1891,  1928,  1940,  1995, 
-     2024,  2040,  2060,  2110,  2168,  2206,  2264,  2286, 
-     2344,  2383,  2472,  2488,  2516,  2596,  2668,  2732, 
-     2782,  2842,  2894,  2954,  2984,  3000,  3028,  3336, 
-     3456,  3696,  3712,  3728,  3744,  3896,  3912,  3928, 
-     3968,  4008,  4040,  4106,  4138,  4170,  4202,  4234, 
-     4266,  4296,  4312,  4344,  4408,  4424,  4472,  4504, 
-     6148,  6198,  6264,  6280,  6360,  6429,  6505,  6529, 
-    61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726, 
-    61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122, 
-    62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536, 
-    62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 
-    62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390, 
-  };
-  char aChar[] = {
-    '\0', 'a',  'c',  'e',  'i',  'n',  'o',  'u',  'y',  'y',  'a',  'c',  
-    'd',  'e',  'e',  'g',  'h',  'i',  'j',  'k',  'l',  'n',  'o',  'r',  
-    's',  't',  'u',  'u',  'w',  'y',  'z',  'o',  'u',  'a',  'i',  'o',  
-    'u',  'g',  'k',  'o',  'j',  'g',  'n',  'a',  'e',  'i',  'o',  'r',  
-    'u',  's',  't',  'h',  'a',  'e',  'o',  'y',  '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 
-    '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a',  'b',  'd',  'd',  'e',  'f',  'g',  'h',  
-    'h',  'i',  'k',  'l',  'l',  'm',  'n',  'p',  'r',  'r',  's',  't',  
-    'u',  'v',  'w',  'w',  'x',  'y',  'z',  'h',  't',  'w',  'y',  'a',  
-    'e',  'i',  'o',  'u',  'y',  
-  };
-
-  unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
-  int iRes = 0;
-  int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1;
-  int iLo = 0;
-  while( iHi>=iLo ){
-    int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
-    if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){
-      iRes = iTest;
-      iLo = iTest+1;
-    }else{
-      iHi = iTest-1;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
-  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint
-** is a diacritical modifier character.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){
-  unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF;
-  unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8;
-  if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0;
-  return (c < 768+32) ?
-      (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) :
-      (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32)));
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint
-** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent,
-** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version.
-** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument.
-**
-** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
-** is less than zero.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){
-  /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range
-  ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange
-  ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode.
-  **
-  ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies
-  ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and
-  ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to
-  ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C.
-  **
-  ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[]
-  ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower
-  ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF).
-  **
-  ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt
-  ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See
-  ** http://www.unicode.org for details.
-  */
-  static const struct TableEntry {
-    unsigned short iCode;
-    unsigned char flags;
-    unsigned char nRange;
-  } aEntry[] = {
-    {65, 14, 26},          {181, 64, 1},          {192, 14, 23},
-    {216, 14, 7},          {256, 1, 48},          {306, 1, 6},
-    {313, 1, 16},          {330, 1, 46},          {376, 116, 1},
-    {377, 1, 6},           {383, 104, 1},         {385, 50, 1},
-    {386, 1, 4},           {390, 44, 1},          {391, 0, 1},
-    {393, 42, 2},          {395, 0, 1},           {398, 32, 1},
-    {399, 38, 1},          {400, 40, 1},          {401, 0, 1},
-    {403, 42, 1},          {404, 46, 1},          {406, 52, 1},
-    {407, 48, 1},          {408, 0, 1},           {412, 52, 1},
-    {413, 54, 1},          {415, 56, 1},          {416, 1, 6},
-    {422, 60, 1},          {423, 0, 1},           {425, 60, 1},
-    {428, 0, 1},           {430, 60, 1},          {431, 0, 1},
-    {433, 58, 2},          {435, 1, 4},           {439, 62, 1},
-    {440, 0, 1},           {444, 0, 1},           {452, 2, 1},
-    {453, 0, 1},           {455, 2, 1},           {456, 0, 1},
-    {458, 2, 1},           {459, 1, 18},          {478, 1, 18},
-    {497, 2, 1},           {498, 1, 4},           {502, 122, 1},
-    {503, 134, 1},         {504, 1, 40},          {544, 110, 1},
-    {546, 1, 18},          {570, 70, 1},          {571, 0, 1},
-    {573, 108, 1},         {574, 68, 1},          {577, 0, 1},
-    {579, 106, 1},         {580, 28, 1},          {581, 30, 1},
-    {582, 1, 10},          {837, 36, 1},          {880, 1, 4},
-    {886, 0, 1},           {902, 18, 1},          {904, 16, 3},
-    {908, 26, 1},          {910, 24, 2},          {913, 14, 17},
-    {931, 14, 9},          {962, 0, 1},           {975, 4, 1},
-    {976, 140, 1},         {977, 142, 1},         {981, 146, 1},
-    {982, 144, 1},         {984, 1, 24},          {1008, 136, 1},
-    {1009, 138, 1},        {1012, 130, 1},        {1013, 128, 1},
-    {1015, 0, 1},          {1017, 152, 1},        {1018, 0, 1},
-    {1021, 110, 3},        {1024, 34, 16},        {1040, 14, 32},
-    {1120, 1, 34},         {1162, 1, 54},         {1216, 6, 1},
-    {1217, 1, 14},         {1232, 1, 88},         {1329, 22, 38},
-    {4256, 66, 38},        {4295, 66, 1},         {4301, 66, 1},
-    {7680, 1, 150},        {7835, 132, 1},        {7838, 96, 1},
-    {7840, 1, 96},         {7944, 150, 8},        {7960, 150, 6},
-    {7976, 150, 8},        {7992, 150, 8},        {8008, 150, 6},
-    {8025, 151, 8},        {8040, 150, 8},        {8072, 150, 8},
-    {8088, 150, 8},        {8104, 150, 8},        {8120, 150, 2},
-    {8122, 126, 2},        {8124, 148, 1},        {8126, 100, 1},
-    {8136, 124, 4},        {8140, 148, 1},        {8152, 150, 2},
-    {8154, 120, 2},        {8168, 150, 2},        {8170, 118, 2},
-    {8172, 152, 1},        {8184, 112, 2},        {8186, 114, 2},
-    {8188, 148, 1},        {8486, 98, 1},         {8490, 92, 1},
-    {8491, 94, 1},         {8498, 12, 1},         {8544, 8, 16},
-    {8579, 0, 1},          {9398, 10, 26},        {11264, 22, 47},
-    {11360, 0, 1},         {11362, 88, 1},        {11363, 102, 1},
-    {11364, 90, 1},        {11367, 1, 6},         {11373, 84, 1},
-    {11374, 86, 1},        {11375, 80, 1},        {11376, 82, 1},
-    {11378, 0, 1},         {11381, 0, 1},         {11390, 78, 2},
-    {11392, 1, 100},       {11499, 1, 4},         {11506, 0, 1},
-    {42560, 1, 46},        {42624, 1, 24},        {42786, 1, 14},
-    {42802, 1, 62},        {42873, 1, 4},         {42877, 76, 1},
-    {42878, 1, 10},        {42891, 0, 1},         {42893, 74, 1},
-    {42896, 1, 4},         {42912, 1, 10},        {42922, 72, 1},
-    {65313, 14, 26},       
-  };
-  static const unsigned short aiOff[] = {
-   1,     2,     8,     15,    16,    26,    28,    32,    
-   37,    38,    40,    48,    63,    64,    69,    71,    
-   79,    80,    116,   202,   203,   205,   206,   207,   
-   209,   210,   211,   213,   214,   217,   218,   219,   
-   775,   7264,  10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, 
-   54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, 
-   57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, 
-   65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, 
-   65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, 
-   65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, 
-  };
-
-  int ret = c;
-
-  assert( c>=0 );
-  assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 );
-
-  if( c<128 ){
-    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A');
-  }else if( c<65536 ){
-    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
-    int iLo = 0;
-    int iRes = -1;
-
-    while( iHi>=iLo ){
-      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
-      int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode);
-      if( cmp>=0 ){
-        iRes = iTest;
-        iLo = iTest+1;
-      }else{
-        iHi = iTest-1;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( iRes<0 || c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode );
-
-    if( iRes>=0 ){
-      const struct TableEntry *p = &aEntry[iRes];
-      if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){
-        ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF;
-        assert( ret>0 );
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = remove_diacritic(ret);
-  }
-  
-  else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
-    ret = c + 40;
-  }
-
-  return ret;
-}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/
-/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree
-** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Database Format of R-Tree Tables
-** --------------------------------
-**
-** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three 
-** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character
-** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree
-** table.
-**
-**   CREATE TABLE %_node(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB)
-**   CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER)
-**   CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER)
-**
-** The data for each node of the r-tree structure is stored in the %_node
-** table. For each node that is not the root node of the r-tree, there is
-** an entry in the %_parent table associating the node with its parent.
-** And for each row of data in the table, there is an entry in the %_rowid
-** table that maps from the entries rowid to the id of the node that it
-** is stored on.
-**
-** The root node of an r-tree always exists, even if the r-tree table is
-** empty. The nodeno of the root node is always 1. All other nodes in the
-** table must be the same size as the root node. The content of each node
-** is formatted as follows:
-**
-**   1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes
-**      of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer.
-**      For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused.
-**
-**   2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently 
-**      stored in the node.
-**
-**   3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry
-**      consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number
-**      of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid
-**      of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a
-**      child page.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE)
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#else
-#endif
-
-/* #include <string.h> */
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-/* #include <stdio.h> */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-#include "sqlite3rtree.h"
-typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
-typedef unsigned char u8;
-typedef unsigned short u16;
-typedef unsigned int u32;
-#endif
-
-/*  The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings.
-*/
-#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER
-# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
-#endif
-
-typedef struct Rtree Rtree;
-typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor;
-typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode;
-typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell;
-typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint;
-typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg;
-typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback;
-typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord;
-typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint;
-
-/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */
-#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5
-
-/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to
-** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is 
-** used.
-*/
-#define HASHSIZE 97
-
-/* The xBestIndex method of this virtual table requires an estimate of
-** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of
-** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the
-** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum).
-** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use 
-** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST.
-*/
-#define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576
-#define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST         100
-
-/* 
-** An rtree virtual-table object.
-*/
-struct Rtree {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;          /* Base class.  Must be first */
-  sqlite3 *db;                /* Host database connection */
-  int iNodeSize;              /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */
-  u8 nDim;                    /* Number of dimensions */
-  u8 eCoordType;              /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */
-  u8 nBytesPerCell;           /* Bytes consumed per cell */
-  int iDepth;                 /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */
-  char *zDb;                  /* Name of database containing r-tree table */
-  char *zName;                /* Name of r-tree table */ 
-  int nBusy;                  /* Current number of users of this structure */
-  i64 nRowEst;                /* Estimated number of rows in this table */
-
-  /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is
-  ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains -
-  ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree 
-  ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0).
-  */
-  RtreeNode *pDeleted;
-  int iReinsertHeight;        /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */
-
-  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pReadNode;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode;
-
-  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid;
-
-  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent;
-
-  RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ 
-};
-
-/* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */
-#define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0
-#define RTREE_COORD_INT32  1
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY is defined, then this virtual table will
-** only deal with integer coordinates.  No floating point operations
-** will be done.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-  typedef sqlite3_int64 RtreeDValue;       /* High accuracy coordinate */
-  typedef int RtreeValue;                  /* Low accuracy coordinate */
-# define RTREE_ZERO 0
-#else
-  typedef double RtreeDValue;              /* High accuracy coordinate */
-  typedef float RtreeValue;                /* Low accuracy coordinate */
-# define RTREE_ZERO 0.0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When doing a search of an r-tree, instances of the following structure
-** record intermediate results from the tree walk.
-**
-** The id is always a node-id.  For iLevel>=1 the id is the node-id of
-** the node that the RtreeSearchPoint represents.  When iLevel==0, however,
-** the id is of the parent node and the cell that RtreeSearchPoint
-** represents is the iCell-th entry in the parent node.
-*/
-struct RtreeSearchPoint {
-  RtreeDValue rScore;    /* The score for this node.  Smallest goes first. */
-  sqlite3_int64 id;      /* Node ID */
-  u8 iLevel;             /* 0=entries.  1=leaf node.  2+ for higher */
-  u8 eWithin;            /* PARTLY_WITHIN or FULLY_WITHIN */
-  u8 iCell;              /* Cell index within the node */
-};
-
-/*
-** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the 
-** maximum. In Gutman's notation:
-**
-**     m = M/3
-**
-** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of
-** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree.
-*/
-#define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3)
-#define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p)
-#define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51
-
-/*
-** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest
-** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates).
-** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since 
-** 2^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of
-** 40 or less.
-*/
-#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40
-
-
-/*
-** Number of entries in the cursor RtreeNode cache.  The first entry is
-** used to cache the RtreeNode for RtreeCursor.sPoint.  The remaining
-** entries cache the RtreeNode for the first elements of the priority queue.
-*/
-#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ  5
-
-/* 
-** An rtree cursor object.
-*/
-struct RtreeCursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;         /* Base class.  Must be first */
-  u8 atEOF;                         /* True if at end of search */
-  u8 bPoint;                        /* True if sPoint is valid */
-  int iStrategy;                    /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */
-  int nConstraint;                  /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
-  RtreeConstraint *aConstraint;     /* Search constraints. */
-  int nPointAlloc;                  /* Number of slots allocated for aPoint[] */
-  int nPoint;                       /* Number of slots used in aPoint[] */
-  int mxLevel;                      /* iLevel value for root of the tree */
-  RtreeSearchPoint *aPoint;         /* Priority queue for search points */
-  RtreeSearchPoint sPoint;          /* Cached next search point */
-  RtreeNode *aNode[RTREE_CACHE_SZ]; /* Rtree node cache */
-  u32 anQueue[RTREE_MAX_DEPTH+1];   /* Number of queued entries by iLevel */
-};
-
-/* Return the Rtree of a RtreeCursor */
-#define RTREE_OF_CURSOR(X)   ((Rtree*)((X)->base.pVtab))
-
-/*
-** A coordinate can be either a floating point number or a integer.  All
-** coordinates within a single R-Tree are always of the same time.
-*/
-union RtreeCoord {
-  RtreeValue f;      /* Floating point value */
-  int i;             /* Integer value */
-  u32 u;             /* Unsigned for byte-order conversions */
-};
-
-/*
-** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord
-** formatted as a RtreeDValue (double or int64). This macro assumes that local
-** variable pRtree points to the Rtree structure associated with the
-** RtreeCoord.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-# define DCOORD(coord) ((RtreeDValue)coord.i)
-#else
-# define DCOORD(coord) (                           \
-    (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ?      \
-      ((double)coord.f) :                           \
-      ((double)coord.i)                             \
-  )
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A search constraint.
-*/
-struct RtreeConstraint {
-  int iCoord;                     /* Index of constrained coordinate */
-  int op;                         /* Constraining operation */
-  union {
-    RtreeDValue rValue;             /* Constraint value. */
-    int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*);
-    int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*);
-  } u;
-  sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo;  /* xGeom and xQueryFunc argument */
-};
-
-/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */
-#define RTREE_EQ    0x41  /* A */
-#define RTREE_LE    0x42  /* B */
-#define RTREE_LT    0x43  /* C */
-#define RTREE_GE    0x44  /* D */
-#define RTREE_GT    0x45  /* E */
-#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46  /* F: Old-style sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() */
-#define RTREE_QUERY 0x47  /* G: New-style sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() */
-
-
-/* 
-** An rtree structure node.
-*/
-struct RtreeNode {
-  RtreeNode *pParent;         /* Parent node */
-  i64 iNode;                  /* The node number */
-  int nRef;                   /* Number of references to this node */
-  int isDirty;                /* True if the node needs to be written to disk */
-  u8 *zData;                  /* Content of the node, as should be on disk */
-  RtreeNode *pNext;           /* Next node in this hash collision chain */
-};
-
-/* Return the number of cells in a node  */
-#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2])
-
-/* 
-** A single cell from a node, deserialized
-*/
-struct RtreeCell {
-  i64 iRowid;                                 /* Node or entry ID */
-  RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];  /* Bounding box coordinates */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** This object becomes the sqlite3_user_data() for the SQL functions
-** that are created by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and
-** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH
-** operators in order to constrain a search.
-**
-** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions.  Exactly one of 
-** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the
-** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or
-** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
-** 
-** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in
-** sqlite3_create_function_v2().
-*/
-struct RtreeGeomCallback {
-  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*);
-  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*);
-  void (*xDestructor)(void*);
-  void *pContext;
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Value for the first field of every RtreeMatchArg object. The MATCH
-** operator tests that the first field of a blob operand matches this
-** value to avoid operating on invalid blobs (which could cause a segfault).
-*/
-#define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure (in the form of a BLOB) is returned by
-** the SQL functions that sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and
-** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() create, and is read as the right-hand
-** operand to the MATCH operator of an R-Tree.
-*/
-struct RtreeMatchArg {
-  u32 magic;                  /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */
-  RtreeGeomCallback cb;       /* Info about the callback functions */
-  int nParam;                 /* Number of parameters to the SQL function */
-  RtreeDValue aParam[1];      /* Values for parameters to the SQL function */
-};
-
-#ifndef MAX
-# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x))
-#endif
-#ifndef MIN
-# define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
-** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned.
-*/
-static int readInt16(u8 *p){
-  return (p[0]<<8) + p[1];
-}
-static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
-  u32 i = (
-    (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + 
-    (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + 
-    (((u32)p[2]) <<  8) + 
-    (((u32)p[3]) <<  0)
-  );
-  *(u32 *)pCoord = i;
-}
-static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){
-  return (
-    (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + 
-    (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + 
-    (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + 
-    (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + 
-    (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + 
-    (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + 
-    (((i64)p[6]) <<  8) + 
-    (((i64)p[7]) <<  0)
-  );
-}
-
-/*
-** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
-** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written
-** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively).
-*/
-static int writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){
-  p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
-  p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
-  return 2;
-}
-static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
-  u32 i;
-  assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 );
-  assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
-  i = *(u32 *)pCoord;
-  p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
-  p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
-  p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
-  p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
-  return 4;
-}
-static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){
-  p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF;
-  p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF;
-  p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF;
-  p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF;
-  p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
-  p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
-  p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
-  p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
-  return 8;
-}
-
-/*
-** Increment the reference count of node p.
-*/
-static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){
-  if( p ){
-    p->nRef++;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00).
-*/
-static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){
-  memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2);
-  p->isDirty = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use
-** in the Rtree.aHash table.
-*/
-static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){
-  return iNode % HASHSIZE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer
-** to it. Otherwise, return 0.
-*/
-static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){
-  RtreeNode *p;
-  for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add node pNode to the node hash table.
-*/
-static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  int iHash;
-  assert( pNode->pNext==0 );
-  iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode);
-  pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash];
-  pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove node pNode from the node hash table.
-*/
-static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  RtreeNode **pp;
-  if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){
-    pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)];
-    for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); }
-    *pp = pNode->pNext;
-    pNode->pNext = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0),
-** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is
-** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the
-** node contents out to the database.
-*/
-static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){
-  RtreeNode *pNode;
-  pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
-  if( pNode ){
-    memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
-    pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
-    pNode->nRef = 1;
-    pNode->pParent = pParent;
-    pNode->isDirty = 1;
-    nodeReference(pParent);
-  }
-  return pNode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node.
-*/
-static int nodeAcquire(
-  Rtree *pRtree,             /* R-tree structure */
-  i64 iNode,                 /* Node number to load */
-  RtreeNode *pParent,        /* Either the parent node or NULL */
-  RtreeNode **ppNode         /* OUT: Acquired node */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
-  RtreeNode *pNode;
-
-  /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so,
-  ** increase its reference count and return it.
-  */
-  if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){
-    assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent );
-    if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){
-      nodeReference(pParent);
-      pNode->pParent = pParent;
-    }
-    pNode->nRef++;
-    *ppNode = pNode;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode);
-  rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0);
-    if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_column_bytes(pRtree->pReadNode, 0) ){
-      pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize);
-      if( !pNode ){
-        rc2 = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        pNode->pParent = pParent;
-        pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
-        pNode->nRef = 1;
-        pNode->iNode = iNode;
-        pNode->isDirty = 0;
-        pNode->pNext = 0;
-        memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize);
-        nodeReference(pParent);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-
-  /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height
-  ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on
-  ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node
-  ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node
-  ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt.
-  */
-  if( pNode && iNode==1 ){
-    pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData);
-    if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries"
-  ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to 
-  ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
-  */
-  if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pNode!=0 ){
-      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-    }
-    *ppNode = pNode;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_free(pNode);
-    *ppNode = 0;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell.
-*/
-static void nodeOverwriteCell(
-  Rtree *pRtree,             /* The overall R-Tree */
-  RtreeNode *pNode,          /* The node into which the cell is to be written */
-  RtreeCell *pCell,          /* The cell to write */
-  int iCell                  /* Index into pNode into which pCell is written */
-){
-  int ii;
-  u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
-  p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid);
-  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii++){
-    p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]);
-  }
-  pNode->isDirty = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the cell with index iCell from node pNode.
-*/
-static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){
-  u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
-  u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell];
-  int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
-  memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte);
-  writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1);
-  pNode->isDirty = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert
-** is successful, return SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL.
-*/
-static int nodeInsertCell(
-  Rtree *pRtree,                /* The overall R-Tree */
-  RtreeNode *pNode,             /* Write new cell into this node */
-  RtreeCell *pCell              /* The cell to be inserted */
-){
-  int nCell;                    /* Current number of cells in pNode */
-  int nMaxCell;                 /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */
-
-  nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
-  nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-
-  assert( nCell<=nMaxCell );
-  if( nCell<nMaxCell ){
-    nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell, nCell);
-    writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], nCell+1);
-    pNode->isDirty = 1;
-  }
-
-  return (nCell==nMaxCell);
-}
-
-/*
-** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database.
-*/
-static int nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pNode->isDirty ){
-    sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode;
-    if( pNode->iNode ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1);
-    }
-    sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3_step(p);
-    pNode->isDirty = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(p);
-    if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
-      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference
-** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database.
-*/
-static int nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pNode ){
-    assert( pNode->nRef>0 );
-    pNode->nRef--;
-    if( pNode->nRef==0 ){
-      if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
-        pRtree->iDepth = -1;
-      }
-      if( pNode->pParent ){
-        rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode);
-      }
-      nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
-      sqlite3_free(pNode);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of
-** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is
-** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number.
-*/
-static i64 nodeGetRowid(
-  Rtree *pRtree,       /* The overall R-Tree */
-  RtreeNode *pNode,    /* The node from which to extract the ID */
-  int iCell            /* The cell index from which to extract the ID */
-){
-  assert( iCell<NCELL(pNode) );
-  return readInt64(&pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode.
-*/
-static void nodeGetCoord(
-  Rtree *pRtree,               /* The overall R-Tree */
-  RtreeNode *pNode,            /* The node from which to extract a coordinate */
-  int iCell,                   /* The index of the cell within the node */
-  int iCoord,                  /* Which coordinate to extract */
-  RtreeCoord *pCoord           /* OUT: Space to write result to */
-){
-  readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord);
-}
-
-/*
-** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed
-** to by pCell with the results.
-*/
-static void nodeGetCell(
-  Rtree *pRtree,               /* The overall R-Tree */
-  RtreeNode *pNode,            /* The node containing the cell to be read */
-  int iCell,                   /* Index of the cell within the node */
-  RtreeCell *pCell             /* OUT: Write the cell contents here */
-){
-  u8 *pData;
-  u8 *pEnd;
-  RtreeCoord *pCoord;
-  pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
-  pData = pNode->zData + (12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell);
-  pEnd = pData + pRtree->nDim*8;
-  pCoord = pCell->aCoord;
-  for(; pData<pEnd; pData+=4, pCoord++){
-    readCoord(pData, pCoord);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/* Forward declaration for the function that does the work of
-** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods.
-*/
-static int rtreeInit(
-  sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int
-);
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method.
-*/
-static int rtreeCreate(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method.
-*/
-static int rtreeConnect(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Increment the r-tree reference count.
-*/
-static void rtreeReference(Rtree *pRtree){
-  pRtree->nBusy++;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches
-** zero the structure is deleted.
-*/
-static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){
-  pRtree->nBusy--;
-  if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadNode);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
-    sqlite3_free(pRtree);
-  }
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method.
-*/
-static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method.
-*/
-static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
-  int rc;
-  char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
-    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';"
-    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';"
-    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';",
-    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, 
-    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
-    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
-  );
-  if( !zCreate ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method.
-*/
-static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr;
-
-  pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor));
-  if( pCsr ){
-    memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
-    pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents.
-*/
-static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){
-  if( pCsr->aConstraint ){
-    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through constraint array */
-    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nConstraint; i++){
-      sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pInfo;
-      if( pInfo ){
-        if( pInfo->xDelUser ) pInfo->xDelUser(pInfo->pUser);
-        sqlite3_free(pInfo);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
-    pCsr->aConstraint = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
-*/
-static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab);
-  int ii;
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
-  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
-  for(ii=0; ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ; ii++) nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->aNode[ii]);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rtree virtual table module xEof method.
-**
-** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid 
-** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
-*/
-static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
-  return pCsr->atEOF;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value.
-** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little-
-** endian platforms.  The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if
-** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is
-** false.  a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded.
-** Store the results in "r".
-**
-** There are three versions of this macro, one each for little-endian and
-** big-endian processors and a third generic implementation.  The endian-
-** specific implementations are much faster and are preferred if the
-** processor endianness is known at compile-time.  The SQLITE_BYTEORDER
-** macro is part of sqliteInt.h and hence the endian-specific
-** implementation will only be used if this module is compiled as part
-** of the amalgamation.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234
-#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
-    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
-    memcpy(&c.u,a,4);                                           \
-    c.u = ((c.u>>24)&0xff)|((c.u>>8)&0xff00)|                   \
-          ((c.u&0xff)<<24)|((c.u&0xff00)<<8);                   \
-    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
-}
-#elif defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321
-#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
-    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
-    memcpy(&c.u,a,4);                                           \
-    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
-}
-#else
-#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) {                        \
-    RtreeCoord c;    /* Coordinate decoded */                   \
-    c.u = ((u32)a[0]<<24) + ((u32)a[1]<<16)                     \
-           +((u32)a[2]<<8) + a[3];                              \
-    r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH
-** constraint pConstraint.  
-*/
-static int rtreeCallbackConstraint(
-  RtreeConstraint *pConstraint,  /* The constraint to test */
-  int eInt,                      /* True if RTree holding integer coordinates */
-  u8 *pCellData,                 /* Raw cell content */
-  RtreeSearchPoint *pSearch,     /* Container of this cell */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *prScore,    /* OUT: score for the cell */
-  int *peWithin                  /* OUT: visibility of the cell */
-){
-  int i;                                                /* Loop counter */
-  sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pConstraint->pInfo; /* Callback info */
-  int nCoord = pInfo->nCoord;                           /* No. of coordinates */
-  int rc;                                             /* Callback return code */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];   /* Decoded coordinates */
-
-  assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH || pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY );
-  assert( nCoord==2 || nCoord==4 || nCoord==6 || nCoord==8 || nCoord==10 );
-
-  if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY && pSearch->iLevel==1 ){
-    pInfo->iRowid = readInt64(pCellData);
-  }
-  pCellData += 8;
-  for(i=0; i<nCoord; i++, pCellData += 4){
-    RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, aCoord[i]);
-  }
-  if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH ){
-    rc = pConstraint->u.xGeom((sqlite3_rtree_geometry*)pInfo,
-                              nCoord, aCoord, &i);
-    if( i==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
-    *prScore = RTREE_ZERO;
-  }else{
-    pInfo->aCoord = aCoord;
-    pInfo->iLevel = pSearch->iLevel - 1;
-    pInfo->rScore = pInfo->rParentScore = pSearch->rScore;
-    pInfo->eWithin = pInfo->eParentWithin = pSearch->eWithin;
-    rc = pConstraint->u.xQueryFunc(pInfo);
-    if( pInfo->eWithin<*peWithin ) *peWithin = pInfo->eWithin;
-    if( pInfo->rScore<*prScore || *prScore<RTREE_ZERO ){
-      *prScore = pInfo->rScore;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p.
-** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node,
-** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN.
-*/
-static void rtreeNonleafConstraint(
-  RtreeConstraint *p,        /* The constraint to test */
-  int eInt,                  /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */
-  u8 *pCellData,             /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */
-  int *peWithin              /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */
-){
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl val;     /* Coordinate value convert to a double */
-
-  /* p->iCoord might point to either a lower or upper bound coordinate
-  ** in a coordinate pair.  But make pCellData point to the lower bound.
-  */
-  pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe);
-
-  assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
-      || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
-  switch( p->op ){
-    case RTREE_LE:
-    case RTREE_LT:
-    case RTREE_EQ:
-      RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val);
-      /* val now holds the lower bound of the coordinate pair */
-      if( p->u.rValue>=val ) return;
-      if( p->op!=RTREE_EQ ) break;  /* RTREE_LE and RTREE_LT end here */
-      /* Fall through for the RTREE_EQ case */
-
-    default: /* RTREE_GT or RTREE_GE,  or fallthrough of RTREE_EQ */
-      pCellData += 4;
-      RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val);
-      /* val now holds the upper bound of the coordinate pair */
-      if( p->u.rValue<=val ) return;
-  }
-  *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check the leaf RTree cell given by pCellData against constraint p.
-** If this constraint is not satisfied, set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN.
-** If the constraint is satisfied, leave *peWithin unchanged.
-**
-** The constraint is of the form:  xN op $val
-**
-** The op is given by p->op.  The xN is p->iCoord-th coordinate in
-** pCellData.  $val is given by p->u.rValue.
-*/
-static void rtreeLeafConstraint(
-  RtreeConstraint *p,        /* The constraint to test */
-  int eInt,                  /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */
-  u8 *pCellData,             /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */
-  int *peWithin              /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */
-){
-  RtreeDValue xN;      /* Coordinate value converted to a double */
-
-  assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
-      || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ );
-  pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4;
-  RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, xN);
-  switch( p->op ){
-    case RTREE_LE: if( xN <= p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
-    case RTREE_LT: if( xN <  p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
-    case RTREE_GE: if( xN >= p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
-    case RTREE_GT: if( xN >  p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
-    default:       if( xN == p->u.rValue ) return;  break;
-  }
-  *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN;
-}
-
-/*
-** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit 
-** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell.
-*/
-static int nodeRowidIndex(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeNode *pNode, 
-  i64 iRowid,
-  int *piIndex
-){
-  int ii;
-  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-  assert( nCell<200 );
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-    if( nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)==iRowid ){
-      *piIndex = ii;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the index of the cell containing a pointer to node pNode
-** in its parent. If pNode is the root node, return -1.
-*/
-static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int *piIndex){
-  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
-  if( pParent ){
-    return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex);
-  }
-  *piIndex = -1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare two search points.  Return negative, zero, or positive if the first
-** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
-**
-** The rScore is the primary key.  Smaller rScore values come first.
-** If the rScore is a tie, then use iLevel as the tie breaker with smaller
-** iLevel values coming first.  In this way, if rScore is the same for all
-** SearchPoints, then iLevel becomes the deciding factor and the result
-** is a depth-first search, which is the desired default behavior.
-*/
-static int rtreeSearchPointCompare(
-  const RtreeSearchPoint *pA,
-  const RtreeSearchPoint *pB
-){
-  if( pA->rScore<pB->rScore ) return -1;
-  if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1;
-  if( pA->iLevel<pB->iLevel ) return -1;
-  if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Interchange to search points in a cursor.
-*/
-static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){
-  RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i];
-  assert( i<j );
-  p->aPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j];
-  p->aPoint[j] = t;
-  i++; j++;
-  if( i<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
-    if( j>=RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
-      nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]);
-      p->aNode[i] = 0;
-    }else{
-      RtreeNode *pTemp = p->aNode[i];
-      p->aNode[i] = p->aNode[j];
-      p->aNode[j] = pTemp;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the search point with the lowest current score.
-*/
-static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointFirst(RtreeCursor *pCur){
-  return pCur->bPoint ? &pCur->sPoint : pCur->nPoint ? pCur->aPoint : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get the RtreeNode for the search point with the lowest score.
-*/
-static RtreeNode *rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(RtreeCursor *pCur, int *pRC){
-  sqlite3_int64 id;
-  int ii = 1 - pCur->bPoint;
-  assert( ii==0 || ii==1 );
-  assert( pCur->bPoint || pCur->nPoint );
-  if( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 ){
-    assert( pRC!=0 );
-    id = ii ? pCur->aPoint[0].id : pCur->sPoint.id;
-    *pRC = nodeAcquire(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), id, 0, &pCur->aNode[ii]);
-  }
-  return pCur->aNode[ii];
-}
-
-/*
-** Push a new element onto the priority queue
-*/
-static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeEnqueue(
-  RtreeCursor *pCur,    /* The cursor */
-  RtreeDValue rScore,   /* Score for the new search point */
-  u8 iLevel             /* Level for the new search point */
-){
-  int i, j;
-  RtreeSearchPoint *pNew;
-  if( pCur->nPoint>=pCur->nPointAlloc ){
-    int nNew = pCur->nPointAlloc*2 + 8;
-    pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCur->aPoint, nNew*sizeof(pCur->aPoint[0]));
-    if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-    pCur->aPoint = pNew;
-    pCur->nPointAlloc = nNew;
-  }
-  i = pCur->nPoint++;
-  pNew = pCur->aPoint + i;
-  pNew->rScore = rScore;
-  pNew->iLevel = iLevel;
-  assert( iLevel>=0 && iLevel<=RTREE_MAX_DEPTH );
-  while( i>0 ){
-    RtreeSearchPoint *pParent;
-    j = (i-1)/2;
-    pParent = pCur->aPoint + j;
-    if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(pNew, pParent)>=0 ) break;
-    rtreeSearchPointSwap(pCur, j, i);
-    i = j;
-    pNew = pParent;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it.  Return
-** NULL if malloc fails.
-*/
-static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew(
-  RtreeCursor *pCur,    /* The cursor */
-  RtreeDValue rScore,   /* Score for the new search point */
-  u8 iLevel             /* Level for the new search point */
-){
-  RtreeSearchPoint *pNew, *pFirst;
-  pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur);
-  pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++;
-  if( pFirst==0
-   || pFirst->rScore>rScore 
-   || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel)
-  ){
-    if( pCur->bPoint ){
-      int ii;
-      pNew = rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel);
-      if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-      ii = (int)(pNew - pCur->aPoint) + 1;
-      if( ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
-        assert( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 );
-        pCur->aNode[ii] = pCur->aNode[0];
-       }else{
-        nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), pCur->aNode[0]);
-      }
-      pCur->aNode[0] = 0;
-      *pNew = pCur->sPoint;
-    }
-    pCur->sPoint.rScore = rScore;
-    pCur->sPoint.iLevel = iLevel;
-    pCur->bPoint = 1;
-    return &pCur->sPoint;
-  }else{
-    return rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel);
-  }
-}
-
-#if 0
-/* Tracing routines for the RtreeSearchPoint queue */
-static void tracePoint(RtreeSearchPoint *p, int idx, RtreeCursor *pCur){
-  if( idx<0 ){ printf(" s"); }else{ printf("%2d", idx); }
-  printf(" %d.%05lld.%02d %g %d",
-    p->iLevel, p->id, p->iCell, p->rScore, p->eWithin
-  );
-  idx++;
-  if( idx<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
-    printf(" %p\n", pCur->aNode[idx]);
-  }else{
-    printf("\n");
-  }
-}
-static void traceQueue(RtreeCursor *pCur, const char *zPrefix){
-  int ii;
-  printf("=== %9s ", zPrefix);
-  if( pCur->bPoint ){
-    tracePoint(&pCur->sPoint, -1, pCur);
-  }
-  for(ii=0; ii<pCur->nPoint; ii++){
-    if( ii>0 || pCur->bPoint ) printf("              ");
-    tracePoint(&pCur->aPoint[ii], ii, pCur);
-  }
-}
-# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) traceQueue(A,B)
-#else
-# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B)   /* no-op */
-#endif
-
-/* Remove the search point with the lowest current score.
-*/
-static void rtreeSearchPointPop(RtreeCursor *p){
-  int i, j, k, n;
-  i = 1 - p->bPoint;
-  assert( i==0 || i==1 );
-  if( p->aNode[i] ){
-    nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]);
-    p->aNode[i] = 0;
-  }
-  if( p->bPoint ){
-    p->anQueue[p->sPoint.iLevel]--;
-    p->bPoint = 0;
-  }else if( p->nPoint ){
-    p->anQueue[p->aPoint[0].iLevel]--;
-    n = --p->nPoint;
-    p->aPoint[0] = p->aPoint[n];
-    if( n<RTREE_CACHE_SZ-1 ){
-      p->aNode[1] = p->aNode[n+1];
-      p->aNode[n+1] = 0;
-    }
-    i = 0;
-    while( (j = i*2+1)<n ){
-      k = j+1;
-      if( k<n && rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[j])<0 ){
-        if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){
-          rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, k);
-          i = k;
-        }else{
-          break;
-        }
-      }else{
-        if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[j], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){
-          rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, j);
-          i = j;
-        }else{
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Continue the search on cursor pCur until the front of the queue
-** contains an entry suitable for returning as a result-set row,
-** or until the RtreeSearchPoint queue is empty, indicating that the
-** query has completed.
-*/
-static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){
-  RtreeSearchPoint *p;
-  Rtree *pRtree = RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur);
-  RtreeNode *pNode;
-  int eWithin;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nCell;
-  int nConstraint = pCur->nConstraint;
-  int ii;
-  int eInt;
-  RtreeSearchPoint x;
-
-  eInt = pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32;
-  while( (p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur))!=0 && p->iLevel>0 ){
-    pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCur, &rc);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-    assert( nCell<200 );
-    while( p->iCell<nCell ){
-      sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore = (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)-1;
-      u8 *pCellData = pNode->zData + (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*p->iCell);
-      eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN;
-      for(ii=0; ii<nConstraint; ii++){
-        RtreeConstraint *pConstraint = pCur->aConstraint + ii;
-        if( pConstraint->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){
-          rc = rtreeCallbackConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, p,
-                                       &rScore, &eWithin);
-          if( rc ) return rc;
-        }else if( p->iLevel==1 ){
-          rtreeLeafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin);
-        }else{
-          rtreeNonleafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin);
-        }
-        if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) break;
-      }
-      p->iCell++;
-      if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) continue;
-      x.iLevel = p->iLevel - 1;
-      if( x.iLevel ){
-        x.id = readInt64(pCellData);
-        x.iCell = 0;
-      }else{
-        x.id = p->id;
-        x.iCell = p->iCell - 1;
-      }
-      if( p->iCell>=nCell ){
-        RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-S:");
-        rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur);
-      }
-      if( rScore<RTREE_ZERO ) rScore = RTREE_ZERO;
-      p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCur, rScore, x.iLevel);
-      if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      p->eWithin = eWithin;
-      p->id = x.id;
-      p->iCell = x.iCell;
-      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "PUSH-S:");
-      break;
-    }
-    if( p->iCell>=nCell ){
-      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-Se:");
-      rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur);
-    }
-  }
-  pCur->atEOF = p==0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xNext method.
-*/
-static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */
-  RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "POP-Nx:");
-  rtreeSearchPointPop(pCsr);
-  rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method.
-*/
-static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
-  RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr);
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p ){
-    *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCsr), pNode, p->iCell);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method.
-*/
-static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab;
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
-  RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr);
-  RtreeCoord c;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);
-
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( i==0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell));
-  }else{
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell, i-1, &c);
-#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
-      sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f);
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 );
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i);
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with 
-** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and
-** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set
-** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf
-** to zero and return an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int findLeafNode(
-  Rtree *pRtree,              /* RTree to search */
-  i64 iRowid,                 /* The rowid searching for */
-  RtreeNode **ppLeaf,         /* Write the node here */
-  sqlite3_int64 *piNode       /* Write the node-id here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  *ppLeaf = 0;
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid);
-  if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0);
-    if( piNode ) *piNode = iNode;
-    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf);
-    sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed
-** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the
-** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH
-** operator.
-*/
-static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){
-  RtreeMatchArg *pBlob;              /* BLOB returned by geometry function */
-  sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo;   /* Callback information */
-  int nBlob;                         /* Size of the geometry function blob */
-  int nExpected;                     /* Expected size of the BLOB */
-
-  /* Check that value is actually a blob. */
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(pValue)!=SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-
-  /* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */
-  nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue);
-  if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) 
-   || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(RtreeDValue))!=0
-  ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pInfo = (sqlite3_rtree_query_info*)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInfo)+nBlob );
-  if( !pInfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(pInfo, 0, sizeof(*pInfo));
-  pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg*)&pInfo[1];
-
-  memcpy(pBlob, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob);
-  nExpected = (int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) +
-                    (pBlob->nParam-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue));
-  if( pBlob->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC || nBlob!=nExpected ){
-    sqlite3_free(pInfo);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  pInfo->pContext = pBlob->cb.pContext;
-  pInfo->nParam = pBlob->nParam;
-  pInfo->aParam = pBlob->aParam;
-
-  if( pBlob->cb.xGeom ){
-    pCons->u.xGeom = pBlob->cb.xGeom;
-  }else{
-    pCons->op = RTREE_QUERY;
-    pCons->u.xQueryFunc = pBlob->cb.xQueryFunc;
-  }
-  pCons->pInfo = pInfo;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method.
-*/
-static int rtreeFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
-  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
-  int ii;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int iCell = 0;
-
-  rtreeReference(pRtree);
-
-  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
-  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
-
-  if( idxNum==1 ){
-    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
-    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
-    RtreeSearchPoint *p;     /* Search point for the the leaf */
-    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-    i64 iNode = 0;
-    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){
-      p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0);
-      assert( p!=0 );  /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */
-      pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf;
-      p->id = iNode;
-      p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
-      rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell);
-      p->iCell = iCell;
-      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:");
-    }else{
-      pCsr->atEOF = 1;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array 
-    ** with the configured constraints. 
-    */
-    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){
-      pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
-      pCsr->nConstraint = argc;
-      if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
-        memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1));
-        assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0)
-                || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) );
-        for(ii=0; ii<argc; ii++){
-          RtreeConstraint *p = &pCsr->aConstraint[ii];
-          p->op = idxStr[ii*2];
-          p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'0';
-          if( p->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){
-            /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that
-            ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using
-            ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function.
-            */
-            rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-              break;
-            }
-            p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2;
-            p->pInfo->anQueue = pCsr->anQueue;
-            p->pInfo->mxLevel = pRtree->iDepth + 1;
-          }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-            p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]);
-#else
-            p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]);
-#endif
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      RtreeSearchPoint *pNew;
-      pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, pRtree->iDepth+1);
-      if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      pNew->id = 1;
-      pNew->iCell = 0;
-      pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN;
-      assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 );
-      pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot;
-      pRoot = 0;
-      RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:");
-      rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr);
-    }
-  }
-
-  nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
-  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this
-** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to
-** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op.
-*/
-static void setEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){
-#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002
-  if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){
-    pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three
-** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to 
-** least desirable):
-**
-**   idxNum     idxStr        Strategy
-**   ------------------------------------------------
-**     1        Unused        Direct lookup by rowid.
-**     2        See below     R-tree query or full-table scan.
-**   ------------------------------------------------
-**
-** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy
-** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each 
-** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to 
-** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with
-** (argvIndex==1) etc.
-**
-** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint
-** operator as follows:
-**
-**   Operator    Byte Value
-**   ----------------------
-**      =        0x41 ('A')
-**     <=        0x42 ('B')
-**      <        0x43 ('C')
-**     >=        0x44 ('D')
-**      >        0x45 ('E')
-**   MATCH       0x46 ('F')
-**   ----------------------
-**
-** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column
-** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column
-** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc.
-*/
-static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree*)tab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int ii;
-  i64 nRow;                       /* Estimated rows returned by this scan */
-
-  int iIdx = 0;
-  char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1];
-  memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr));
-
-  assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 );
-  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){
-    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
-
-    if( p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
-      /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */
-      int jj;
-      for(jj=0; jj<ii; jj++){
-        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0;
-        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0;
-      }
-      pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
-      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1;
-      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1;
-
-      /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures
-      ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be 
-      ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which 
-      ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return
-      ** a single row.
-      */ 
-      pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0;
-      setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, 1);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){
-      u8 op;
-      switch( p->op ){
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break;
-        default:
-          assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
-          op = RTREE_MATCH; 
-          break;
-      }
-      zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op;
-      zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + '0';
-      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2);
-      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2;
-  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1;
-  if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  nRow = pRtree->nRowEst / (iIdx + 1);
-  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)6.0 * (double)nRow;
-  setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, nRow);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p.
-*/
-static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
-  RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1;
-  int ii;
-  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-    area = (area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])));
-  }
-  return area;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum
-** of the objects size in each dimension.
-*/
-static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
-  RtreeDValue margin = (RtreeDValue)0;
-  int ii;
-  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-    margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
-  }
-  return margin;
-}
-
-/*
-** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1.
-*/
-static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
-  int ii;
-  if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
-    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-      p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f);
-      p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f);
-    }
-  }else{
-    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-      p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i);
-      p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered
-** by p1. False otherwise.
-*/
-static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
-  int ii;
-  int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32);
-  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-    RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii];
-    RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii];
-    if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) 
-     || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) 
-    ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell.
-*/
-static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){
-  RtreeDValue area;
-  RtreeCell cell;
-  memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell));
-  area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
-  cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
-  return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area);
-}
-
-static RtreeDValue cellOverlap(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeCell *p, 
-  RtreeCell *aCell, 
-  int nCell
-){
-  int ii;
-  RtreeDValue overlap = RTREE_ZERO;
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-    int jj;
-    RtreeDValue o = (RtreeDValue)1;
-    for(jj=0; jj<(pRtree->nDim*2); jj+=2){
-      RtreeDValue x1, x2;
-      x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj]));
-      x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1]));
-      if( x2<x1 ){
-        o = (RtreeDValue)0;
-        break;
-      }else{
-        o = o * (x2-x1);
-      }
-    }
-    overlap += o;
-  }
-  return overlap;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function implements the ChooseLeaf algorithm from Gutman[84].
-** ChooseSubTree in r*tree terminology.
-*/
-static int ChooseLeaf(
-  Rtree *pRtree,               /* Rtree table */
-  RtreeCell *pCell,            /* Cell to insert into rtree */
-  int iHeight,                 /* Height of sub-tree rooted at pCell */
-  RtreeNode **ppLeaf           /* OUT: Selected leaf page */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int ii;
-  RtreeNode *pNode;
-  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pNode);
-
-  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){
-    int iCell;
-    sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0;
-
-    RtreeDValue fMinGrowth = RTREE_ZERO;
-    RtreeDValue fMinArea = RTREE_ZERO;
-
-    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-    RtreeCell cell;
-    RtreeNode *pChild;
-
-    RtreeCell *aCell = 0;
-
-    /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell
-    ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with
-    ** the smallest area.
-    */
-    for(iCell=0; iCell<nCell; iCell++){
-      int bBest = 0;
-      RtreeDValue growth;
-      RtreeDValue area;
-      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell, &cell);
-      growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
-      area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
-      if( iCell==0||growth<fMinGrowth||(growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea) ){
-        bBest = 1;
-      }
-      if( bBest ){
-        fMinGrowth = growth;
-        fMinArea = area;
-        iBest = cell.iRowid;
-      }
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_free(aCell);
-    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iBest, pNode, &pChild);
-    nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
-    pNode = pChild;
-  }
-
-  *ppLeaf = pNode;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** A cell with the same content as pCell has just been inserted into
-** the node pNode. This function updates the bounding box cells in
-** all ancestor elements.
-*/
-static int AdjustTree(
-  Rtree *pRtree,                    /* Rtree table */
-  RtreeNode *pNode,                 /* Adjust ancestry of this node. */
-  RtreeCell *pCell                  /* This cell was just inserted */
-){
-  RtreeNode *p = pNode;
-  while( p->pParent ){
-    RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent;
-    RtreeCell cell;
-    int iCell;
-
-    if( nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-    }
-
-    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell);
-    if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){
-      cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
-      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell);
-    }
- 
-    p = pParent;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the <rtree>_rowid table.
-*/
-static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid);
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode);
-  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
-  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the <rtree>_parent table.
-*/
-static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode);
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar);
-  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent);
-  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent);
-}
-
-static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int);
-
-
-/*
-** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size
-** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to 
-** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
-** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For
-** example, assuming the inputs:
-**
-**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
-**   aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 }
-**
-** this function sets the aIdx array to contain:
-**
-**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
-**
-** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the
-** sorting algorithm.
-*/
-static void SortByDistance(
-  int *aIdx, 
-  int nIdx, 
-  RtreeDValue *aDistance, 
-  int *aSpare
-){
-  if( nIdx>1 ){
-    int iLeft = 0;
-    int iRight = 0;
-
-    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
-    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
-    int *aLeft = aIdx;
-    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
-
-    SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare);
-    SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare);
-
-    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
-    aLeft = aSpare;
-
-    while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){
-      if( iLeft==nLeft ){
-        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
-        iRight++;
-      }else if( iRight==nRight ){
-        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
-        iLeft++;
-      }else{
-        RtreeDValue fLeft = aDistance[aLeft[iLeft]];
-        RtreeDValue fRight = aDistance[aRight[iRight]];
-        if( fLeft<fRight ){
-          aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
-          iLeft++;
-        }else{
-          aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
-          iRight++;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-#if 0
-    /* Check that the sort worked */
-    {
-      int jj;
-      for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
-        RtreeDValue left = aDistance[aIdx[jj-1]];
-        RtreeDValue right = aDistance[aIdx[jj]];
-        assert( left<=right );
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size
-** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to 
-** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
-** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The
-** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the
-** maximum used to break ties.
-**
-** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the
-** sorting algorithm.
-*/
-static void SortByDimension(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  int *aIdx, 
-  int nIdx, 
-  int iDim, 
-  RtreeCell *aCell, 
-  int *aSpare
-){
-  if( nIdx>1 ){
-
-    int iLeft = 0;
-    int iRight = 0;
-
-    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
-    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
-    int *aLeft = aIdx;
-    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
-
-    SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
-    SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
-
-    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
-    aLeft = aSpare;
-    while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){
-      RtreeDValue xleft1 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
-      RtreeDValue xleft2 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
-      RtreeDValue xright1 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
-      RtreeDValue xright2 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
-      if( (iLeft!=nLeft) && ((iRight==nRight)
-       || (xleft1<xright1)
-       || (xleft1==xright1 && xleft2<xright2)
-      )){
-        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
-        iLeft++;
-      }else{
-        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
-        iRight++;
-      }
-    }
-
-#if 0
-    /* Check that the sort worked */
-    {
-      int jj;
-      for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
-        RtreeDValue xleft1 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2];
-        RtreeDValue xleft2 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
-        RtreeDValue xright1 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2];
-        RtreeDValue xright2 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
-        assert( xleft1<=xright1 && (xleft1<xright1 || xleft2<=xright2) );
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the R*-tree variant of SplitNode from Beckman[1990].
-*/
-static int splitNodeStartree(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  RtreeCell *aCell,
-  int nCell,
-  RtreeNode *pLeft,
-  RtreeNode *pRight,
-  RtreeCell *pBboxLeft,
-  RtreeCell *pBboxRight
-){
-  int **aaSorted;
-  int *aSpare;
-  int ii;
-
-  int iBestDim = 0;
-  int iBestSplit = 0;
-  RtreeDValue fBestMargin = RTREE_ZERO;
-
-  int nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int));
-
-  aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  if( !aaSorted ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell];
-  memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte);
-  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
-    int jj;
-    aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell];
-    for(jj=0; jj<nCell; jj++){
-      aaSorted[ii][jj] = jj;
-    }
-    SortByDimension(pRtree, aaSorted[ii], nCell, ii, aCell, aSpare);
-  }
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
-    RtreeDValue margin = RTREE_ZERO;
-    RtreeDValue fBestOverlap = RTREE_ZERO;
-    RtreeDValue fBestArea = RTREE_ZERO;
-    int iBestLeft = 0;
-    int nLeft;
-
-    for(
-      nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); 
-      nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); 
-      nLeft++
-    ){
-      RtreeCell left;
-      RtreeCell right;
-      int kk;
-      RtreeDValue overlap;
-      RtreeDValue area;
-
-      memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
-      memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
-      for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){
-        if( kk<nLeft ){
-          cellUnion(pRtree, &left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]);
-        }else{
-          cellUnion(pRtree, &right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]);
-        }
-      }
-      margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &left);
-      margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &right);
-      overlap = cellOverlap(pRtree, &left, &right, 1);
-      area = cellArea(pRtree, &left) + cellArea(pRtree, &right);
-      if( (nLeft==RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree))
-       || (overlap<fBestOverlap)
-       || (overlap==fBestOverlap && area<fBestArea)
-      ){
-        iBestLeft = nLeft;
-        fBestOverlap = overlap;
-        fBestArea = area;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( ii==0 || margin<fBestMargin ){
-      iBestDim = ii;
-      fBestMargin = margin;
-      iBestSplit = iBestLeft;
-    }
-  }
-
-  memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
-  memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][iBestSplit]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-    RtreeNode *pTarget = (ii<iBestSplit)?pLeft:pRight;
-    RtreeCell *pBbox = (ii<iBestSplit)?pBboxLeft:pBboxRight;
-    RtreeCell *pCell = &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][ii]];
-    nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pTarget, pCell);
-    cellUnion(pRtree, pBbox, pCell);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(aaSorted);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-static int updateMapping(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  i64 iRowid, 
-  RtreeNode *pNode, 
-  int iHeight
-){
-  int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64);
-  xSetMapping = ((iHeight==0)?rowidWrite:parentWrite);
-  if( iHeight>0 ){
-    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid);
-    if( pChild ){
-      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
-      nodeReference(pNode);
-      pChild->pParent = pNode;
-    }
-  }
-  return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode);
-}
-
-static int SplitNode(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  RtreeNode *pNode,
-  RtreeCell *pCell,
-  int iHeight
-){
-  int i;
-  int newCellIsRight = 0;
-
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-  RtreeCell *aCell;
-  int *aiUsed;
-
-  RtreeNode *pLeft = 0;
-  RtreeNode *pRight = 0;
-
-  RtreeCell leftbbox;
-  RtreeCell rightbbox;
-
-  /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and 
-  ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node.
-  */
-  aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1));
-  if( !aCell ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto splitnode_out;
-  }
-  aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1];
-  memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1));
-  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, i, &aCell[i]);
-  }
-  nodeZero(pRtree, pNode);
-  memcpy(&aCell[nCell], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell));
-  nCell++;
-
-  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
-    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode);
-    pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode);
-    pRtree->iDepth++;
-    pNode->isDirty = 1;
-    writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
-  }else{
-    pLeft = pNode;
-    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent);
-    nodeReference(pLeft);
-  }
-
-  if( !pLeft || !pRight ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto splitnode_out;
-  }
-
-  memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
-  memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
-
-  rc = splitNodeStartree(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight,
-                         &leftbbox, &rightbbox);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto splitnode_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling
-  ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created
-  ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number.
-  ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite().
-  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight))
-   || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft)))
-  ){
-    goto splitnode_out;
-  }
-
-  rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode;
-  leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode;
-
-  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
-    rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto splitnode_out;
-    }
-  }else{
-    RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent;
-    int iCell;
-    rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell);
-      rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto splitnode_out;
-    }
-  }
-  if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){
-    goto splitnode_out;
-  }
-
-  for(i=0; i<NCELL(pRight); i++){
-    i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRight, i);
-    rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pRight, iHeight);
-    if( iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){
-      newCellIsRight = 1;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto splitnode_out;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
-    for(i=0; i<NCELL(pLeft); i++){
-      i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pLeft, i);
-      rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pLeft, iHeight);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto splitnode_out;
-      }
-    }
-  }else if( newCellIsRight==0 ){
-    rc = updateMapping(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pLeft, iHeight);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
-    pRight = 0;
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
-    pLeft = 0;
-  }
-
-splitnode_out:
-  nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
-  nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
-  sqlite3_free(aCell);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is 
-** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate
-** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node.
-**
-** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update
-** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the
-** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which
-** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this 
-** function is called to determine its ancestry.
-*/
-static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf;
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){
-    int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;          /* sqlite3_reset() return code */
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode);
-    rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      RtreeNode *pTest;           /* Used to test for reference loops */
-      i64 iNode;                  /* Node number of parent node */
-
-      /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a
-      ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't
-      ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete
-      ** the referenced counted node structures.
-      */
-      iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0);
-      for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent);
-      if( !pTest ){
-        rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent);
-      }
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
-    pChild = pChild->pParent;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int);
-
-static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){
-  int rc;
-  int rc2;
-  RtreeNode *pParent = 0;
-  int iCell;
-
-  assert( pNode->nRef==1 );
-
-  /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */
-  rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pParent = pNode->pParent;
-    pNode->pParent = 0;
-    rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1);
-  }
-  rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = rc2;
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode);
-  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode);
-  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  
-  /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into
-  ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on.
-  */
-  nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
-  pNode->iNode = iHeight;
-  pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted;
-  pNode->nRef++;
-  pRtree->pDeleted = pNode;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK; 
-  if( pParent ){
-    int ii; 
-    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-    RtreeCell box;                            /* Bounding box for pNode */
-    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box);
-    for(ii=1; ii<nCell; ii++){
-      RtreeCell cell;
-      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell);
-      cellUnion(pRtree, &box, &cell);
-    }
-    box.iRowid = pNode->iNode;
-    rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii);
-      rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the
-** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required.
-*/
-static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){
-  RtreeNode *pParent;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around
-  ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail.
-  */
-  nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
-
-  /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum
-  ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the
-  ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated
-  ** node.
-  */
-  pParent = pNode->pParent;
-  assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 );
-  if( pParent ){
-    if( NCELL(pNode)<RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree) ){
-      rc = removeNode(pRtree, pNode, iHeight);
-    }else{
-      rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int Reinsert(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeNode *pNode, 
-  RtreeCell *pCell, 
-  int iHeight
-){
-  int *aOrder;
-  int *aSpare;
-  RtreeCell *aCell;
-  RtreeDValue *aDistance;
-  int nCell;
-  RtreeDValue aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS];
-  int iDim;
-  int ii;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int n;
-
-  memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(RtreeDValue)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS);
-
-  nCell = NCELL(pNode)+1;
-  n = (nCell+1)&(~1);
-
-  /* Allocate the buffers used by this operation. The allocation is
-  ** relinquished before this function returns.
-  */
-  aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc(n * (
-    sizeof(RtreeCell)     +         /* aCell array */
-    sizeof(int)           +         /* aOrder array */
-    sizeof(int)           +         /* aSpare array */
-    sizeof(RtreeDValue)             /* aDistance array */
-  ));
-  if( !aCell ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  aOrder    = (int *)&aCell[n];
-  aSpare    = (int *)&aOrder[n];
-  aDistance = (RtreeDValue *)&aSpare[n];
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-    if( ii==(nCell-1) ){
-      memcpy(&aCell[ii], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell));
-    }else{
-      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &aCell[ii]);
-    }
-    aOrder[ii] = ii;
-    for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
-      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
-      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
-    }
-  }
-  for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
-    aCenterCoord[iDim] = (aCenterCoord[iDim]/(nCell*(RtreeDValue)2));
-  }
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-    aDistance[ii] = RTREE_ZERO;
-    for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
-      RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - 
-                               DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]));
-      aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]);
-    }
-  }
-
-  SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare);
-  nodeZero(pRtree, pNode);
-
-  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){
-    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
-    nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p);
-    if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){
-      if( iHeight==0 ){
-        rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
-      }else{
-        rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
-  }
-  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){
-    /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
-    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
-    */
-    RtreeNode *pInsert;
-    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
-    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int rc2;
-      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight);
-      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = rc2;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(aCell);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a 
-** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0).
-*/
-static int rtreeInsertCell(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  RtreeNode *pNode,
-  RtreeCell *pCell,
-  int iHeight
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( iHeight>0 ){
-    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid);
-    if( pChild ){
-      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
-      nodeReference(pNode);
-      pChild->pParent = pNode;
-    }
-  }
-  if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){
-    if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){
-      rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
-    }else{
-      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight;
-      rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( iHeight==0 ){
-        rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
-      }else{
-        rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  int ii;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-
-  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){
-    RtreeNode *pInsert;
-    RtreeCell cell;
-    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell);
-
-    /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
-    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
-    */
-    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int rc2;
-      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode);
-      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = rc2;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record.
-*/
-static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1);
-  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2);
-  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
-  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
-  *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure.
-*/
-static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){
-  int rc;                         /* Return code */
-  RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0;           /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */
-  int iCell;                      /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */
-  RtreeNode *pRoot;               /* Root node of rtree structure */
-
-
-  /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */
-  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
-
-  /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry 
-  ** about to be deleted. 
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int rc2;
-    rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0);
-    }
-    rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = rc2;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Delete the corresponding entry in the <rtree>_rowid table. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete);
-    sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
-  }
-
-  /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove
-  ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and 
-  ** reduce the tree height by one.
-  **
-  ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into
-  ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform 
-  ** in this scenario).
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){
-    int rc2;
-    RtreeNode *pChild;
-    i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0);
-    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1);
-    }
-    rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pRtree->iDepth--;
-      writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
-      pRoot->isDirty = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */
-  for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf);
-    }
-    pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext;
-    sqlite3_free(pLeaf);
-  }
-
-  /* Release the reference to the root node. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
-  }else{
-    nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rounding constants for float->double conversion.
-*/
-#define RNDTOWARDS  (1.0 - 1.0/8388608.0)  /* Round towards zero */
-#define RNDAWAY     (1.0 + 1.0/8388608.0)  /* Round away from zero */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY)
-/*
-** Convert an sqlite3_value into an RtreeValue (presumably a float)
-** while taking care to round toward negative or positive, respectively.
-*/
-static RtreeValue rtreeValueDown(sqlite3_value *v){
-  double d = sqlite3_value_double(v);
-  float f = (float)d;
-  if( f>d ){
-    f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDAWAY : RNDTOWARDS));
-  }
-  return f;
-}
-static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){
-  double d = sqlite3_value_double(v);
-  float f = (float)d;
-  if( f<d ){
-    f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDTOWARDS : RNDAWAY));
-  }
-  return f;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) */
-
-
-/*
-** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables.
-*/
-static int rtreeUpdate(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, 
-  int nData, 
-  sqlite3_value **azData, 
-  sqlite_int64 *pRowid
-){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  RtreeCell cell;                 /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */
-  int bHaveRowid = 0;             /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */
-
-  rtreeReference(pRtree);
-  assert(nData>=1);
-
-  /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return
-  ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons:
-  **
-  **   1. A duplicate rowid value, or
-  **   2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint.
-  **
-  ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then
-  ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second
-  ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the
-  ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user.
-  */
-  if( nData>1 ){
-    int ii;
-
-    /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */
-    assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
-      for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-        cell.aCoord[ii].f = rtreeValueDown(azData[ii+3]);
-        cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = rtreeValueUp(azData[ii+4]);
-        if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){
-          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-          goto constraint;
-        }
-      }
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-        cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]);
-        cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]);
-        if( cell.aCoord[ii].i>cell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){
-          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-          goto constraint;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in 
-    ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-      cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]);
-      if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])==SQLITE_NULL
-       || sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])!=cell.iRowid
-      ){
-        int steprc;
-        sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid);
-        steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid);
-        rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
-        if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){
-          if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){
-            rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid);
-          }else{
-            rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-            goto constraint;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      bHaveRowid = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a
-  ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does
-  ** just that.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-    rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0]));
-  }
-
-  /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements
-  ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into
-  ** the r-tree structure.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){
-    /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */
-    RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0;
-
-    /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */
-    if( bHaveRowid==0 ){
-      rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid);
-    }
-    *pRowid = cell.iRowid;
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int rc2;
-      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1;
-      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0);
-      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = rc2;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-constraint:
-  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables.
-*/
-static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node'   RENAME TO \"%w_node\";"
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";"
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid'  RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";"
-    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
-    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
-    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
-  );
-  if( zSql ){
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function populates the pRtree->nRowEst variable with an estimate
-** of the number of rows in the virtual table. If possible, this is based
-** on sqlite_stat1 data. Otherwise, use RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST.
-*/
-static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){
-  const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'";
-  char *zSql;
-  sqlite3_stmt *p;
-  int rc;
-  i64 nRow = 0;
-
-  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName);
-  if( zSql==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( sqlite3_step(p)==SQLITE_ROW ) nRow = sqlite3_column_int64(p, 0);
-      rc = sqlite3_finalize(p);
-    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( nRow==0 ){
-        pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST;
-      }else{
-        pRtree->nRowEst = MAX(nRow, RTREE_MIN_ROWEST);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = {
-  0,                          /* iVersion */
-  rtreeCreate,                /* xCreate - create a table */
-  rtreeConnect,               /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
-  rtreeBestIndex,             /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
-  rtreeDisconnect,            /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */
-  rtreeDestroy,               /* xDestroy - Drop a table */
-  rtreeOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
-  rtreeClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
-  rtreeFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
-  rtreeNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
-  rtreeEof,                   /* xEof */
-  rtreeColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
-  rtreeRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
-  rtreeUpdate,                /* xUpdate - write data */
-  0,                          /* xBegin - begin transaction */
-  0,                          /* xSync - sync transaction */
-  0,                          /* xCommit - commit transaction */
-  0,                          /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
-  0,                          /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
-  rtreeRename,                /* xRename - rename the table */
-  0,                          /* xSavepoint */
-  0,                          /* xRelease */
-  0                           /* xRollbackTo */
-};
-
-static int rtreeSqlInit(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  const char *zDb, 
-  const char *zPrefix, 
-  int isCreate
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  #define N_STATEMENT 9
-  static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = {
-    /* Read and write the xxx_node table */
-    "SELECT data FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
-    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(:1, :2)",
-    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
-
-    /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */
-    "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
-    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(:1, :2)",
-    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
-
-    /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */
-    "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1",
-    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(:1, :2)",
-    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1"
-  };
-  sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT];
-  int i;
-
-  pRtree->db = db;
-
-  if( isCreate ){
-    char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
-"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);"
-"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);"
-"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
-                                  " parentnode INTEGER);"
-"INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))",
-      zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize
-    );
-    if( !zCreate ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pReadNode;
-  appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pWriteNode;
-  appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode;
-  appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pReadRowid;
-  appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid;
-  appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid;
-  appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pReadParent;
-  appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent;
-  appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent;
-
-  rc = rtreeQueryStat1(db, pRtree);
-  for(i=0; i<N_STATEMENT && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
-    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[i], zDb, zPrefix);
-    if( zSql ){
-      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, appStmt[i], 0); 
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The second argument to this function contains the text of an SQL statement
-** that returns a single integer value. The statement is compiled and executed
-** using database connection db. If successful, the integer value returned
-** is written to *piVal and SQLITE_OK returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error
-** code is returned and the value of *piVal after returning is not defined.
-*/
-static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  if( zSql ){
-    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-        *piVal = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called from within the xConnect() or xCreate() method to
-** determine the node-size used by the rtree table being created or connected
-** to. If successful, pRtree->iNodeSize is populated and SQLITE_OK returned.
-** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
-**
-** If this function is being called as part of an xConnect(), then the rtree
-** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting
-** the root node of the tree.
-**
-** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. 
-** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the 
-** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries 
-** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size.
-*/
-static int getNodeSize(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  Rtree *pRtree,                  /* Rtree handle */
-  int isCreate,                   /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
-  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Error message, if any */
-){
-  int rc;
-  char *zSql;
-  if( isCreate ){
-    int iPageSize = 0;
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", pRtree->zDb);
-    rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64;
-      if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)<pRtree->iNodeSize ){
-        pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS;
-      }
-    }else{
-      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-    }
-  }else{
-    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-        "SELECT length(data) FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = 1",
-        pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
-    );
-    rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
-** methods of the r-tree virtual table.
-**
-**   argv[0]   -> module name
-**   argv[1]   -> database name
-**   argv[2]   -> table name
-**   argv[...] -> column names...
-*/
-static int rtreeInit(
-  sqlite3 *db,                        /* Database connection */
-  void *pAux,                         /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,   /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,              /* OUT: New virtual table */
-  char **pzErr,                       /* OUT: Error message, if any */
-  int isCreate                        /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Rtree *pRtree;
-  int nDb;              /* Length of string argv[1] */
-  int nName;            /* Length of string argv[2] */
-  int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32);
-
-  const char *aErrMsg[] = {
-    0,                                                    /* 0 */
-    "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table",         /* 1 */
-    "Too few columns for an rtree table",                 /* 2 */
-    "Too many columns for an rtree table"                 /* 3 */
-  };
-
-  int iErr = (argc<6) ? 2 : argc>(RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2+4) ? 3 : argc%2;
-  if( aErrMsg[iErr] ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
-
-  /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */
-  nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
-  nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]);
-  pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
-  if( !pRtree ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
-  pRtree->nBusy = 1;
-  pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule;
-  pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1];
-  pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1];
-  pRtree->nDim = (argc-4)/2;
-  pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim*4*2;
-  pRtree->eCoordType = eCoordType;
-  memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb);
-  memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName);
-
-  /* Figure out the node size to use. */
-  rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr);
-
-  /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If
-  ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure
-  ** the r-tree table schema.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-    }else{
-      char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]);
-      char *zTmp;
-      int ii;
-      for(ii=4; zSql && ii<argc; ii++){
-        zTmp = zSql;
-        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s, %s", zTmp, argv[ii]);
-        sqlite3_free(zTmp);
-      }
-      if( zSql ){
-        zTmp = zSql;
-        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s);", zTmp);
-        sqlite3_free(zTmp);
-      }
-      if( !zSql ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSql)) ){
-        *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(zSql);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree;
-  }else{
-    assert( *ppVtab==0 );
-    assert( pRtree->nBusy==1 );
-    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to
-** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis.
-**
-** The scalar function takes two arguments: (1) the number of dimensions
-** to the rtree (between 1 and 5, inclusive) and (2) a blob of data containing
-** an r-tree node.  For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to
-** deserialize all nodes, a statement like:
-**
-**   SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node;
-**
-** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one
-** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a
-** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the 
-** <num-dimension>*2 coordinates.
-*/
-static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
-  char *zText = 0;
-  RtreeNode node;
-  Rtree tree;
-  int ii;
-
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
-  memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode));
-  memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree));
-  tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]);
-  tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim;
-  node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]);
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<NCELL(&node); ii++){
-    char zCell[512];
-    int nCell = 0;
-    RtreeCell cell;
-    int jj;
-
-    nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%lld", cell.iRowid);
-    nCell = (int)strlen(zCell);
-    for(jj=0; jj<tree.nDim*2; jj++){
-#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-      sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %g",
-                       (double)cell.aCoord[jj].f);
-#else
-      sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %d",
-                       cell.aCoord[jj].i);
-#endif
-      nCell = (int)strlen(zCell);
-    }
-
-    if( zText ){
-      char *zTextNew = sqlite3_mprintf("%s {%s}", zText, zCell);
-      sqlite3_free(zText);
-      zText = zTextNew;
-    }else{
-      zText = sqlite3_mprintf("{%s}", zCell);
-    }
-  }
-  
-  sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zText, -1, sqlite3_free);
-}
-
-/* This routine implements an SQL function that returns the "depth" parameter
-** from the front of a blob that is an r-tree node.  For example:
-**
-**     SELECT rtreedepth(data) FROM rt_node WHERE nodeno=1;
-**
-** The depth value is 0 for all nodes other than the root node, and the root
-** node always has nodeno=1, so the example above is the primary use for this
-** routine.  This routine is intended for testing and analysis only.
-*/
-static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
-  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB 
-   || sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2
-  ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); 
-  }else{
-    u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]);
-    sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the
-** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar 
-** function "rtreenode".
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){
-  const int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreenode", 2, utf8, 0, rtreenode, 0, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
-#else
-    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_REAL32;
-#endif
-    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
-    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree_i32", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine deletes the RtreeGeomCallback object that was attached
-** one of the SQL functions create by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback()
-** or sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().  In other words, this routine is the
-** destructor for an RtreeGeomCallback objecct.  This routine is called when
-** the corresponding SQL function is deleted.
-*/
-static void rtreeFreeCallback(void *p){
-  RtreeGeomCallback *pInfo = (RtreeGeomCallback*)p;
-  if( pInfo->xDestructor ) pInfo->xDestructor(pInfo->pContext);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or
-** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite
-** scalar function that is implemented by this routine.
-**
-** All this function does is construct an RtreeMatchArg object that
-** contains the geometry-checking callback routines and a list of
-** parameters to this function, then return that RtreeMatchArg object
-** as a BLOB.
-**
-** The R-Tree MATCH operator will read the returned BLOB, deserialize
-** the RtreeMatchArg object, and use the RtreeMatchArg object to figure
-** out which elements of the R-Tree should be returned by the query.
-*/
-static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){
-  RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx);
-  RtreeMatchArg *pBlob;
-  int nBlob;
-
-  nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue);
-  pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob);
-  if( !pBlob ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx);
-  }else{
-    int i;
-    pBlob->magic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC;
-    pBlob->cb = pGeomCtx[0];
-    pBlob->nParam = nArg;
-    for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-      pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_int64(aArg[i]);
-#else
-      pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]);
-#endif
-    }
-    sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
-  sqlite3 *db,                  /* Register SQL function on this connection */
-  const char *zGeom,            /* Name of the new SQL function */
-  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*), /* Callback */
-  void *pContext                /* Extra data associated with the callback */
-){
-  RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx;      /* Context object for new user-function */
-
-  /* Allocate and populate the context object. */
-  pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback));
-  if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom;
-  pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0;
-  pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0;
-  pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
-  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, 
-      (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
-  );
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a new 2nd-generation geometry function for use with the
-** r-tree MATCH operator.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
-  sqlite3 *db,                 /* Register SQL function on this connection */
-  const char *zQueryFunc,      /* Name of new SQL function */
-  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), /* Callback */
-  void *pContext,              /* Extra data passed into the callback */
-  void (*xDestructor)(void*)   /* Destructor for the extra data */
-){
-  RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx;      /* Context object for new user-function */
-
-  /* Allocate and populate the context object. */
-  pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback));
-  if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pGeomCtx->xGeom = 0;
-  pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc;
-  pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor;
-  pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
-  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, 
-      (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
-  );
-}
-
-#if !SQLITE_CORE
-#ifdef _WIN32
-__declspec(dllexport)
-#endif
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  char **pzErrMsg,
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
-  return sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 May 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $
-**
-** This file implements an integration between the ICU library 
-** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library 
-** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses 
-** ICU to provide the following to SQLite:
-**
-**   * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP
-**     operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs.
-**
-**   * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions
-**     for case mapping.
-**
-**   * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences.
-**
-**   * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to 
-**     provide case-independent matching.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU)
-
-/* Include ICU headers */
-#include <unicode/utypes.h>
-#include <unicode/uregex.h>
-#include <unicode/ustring.h>
-#include <unicode/ucol.h>
-
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#else
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
-** operator.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro.
-*/
-static void xFree(void *p){
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is
-** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and 
-** false (0) if they are different.
-*/
-static int icuLikeCompare(
-  const uint8_t *zPattern,   /* LIKE pattern */
-  const uint8_t *zString,    /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */
-  const UChar32 uEsc         /* The escape character */
-){
-  static const int MATCH_ONE = (UChar32)'_';
-  static const int MATCH_ALL = (UChar32)'%';
-
-  int iPattern = 0;       /* Current byte index in zPattern */
-  int iString = 0;        /* Current byte index in zString */
-
-  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was uEsc */
-
-  while( zPattern[iPattern]!=0 ){
-
-    /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */
-    UChar32 uPattern;
-    U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zPattern, iPattern, uPattern);
-    assert(uPattern!=0);
-
-    /* There are now 4 possibilities:
-    **
-    **     1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%",
-    **     2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_",
-    **     3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or
-    **     4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character
-    */
-    if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){
-      /* Case 1. */
-      uint8_t c;
-
-      /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a
-      ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the 
-      ** test string.
-      */
-      while( (c=zPattern[iPattern]) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){
-        if( c==MATCH_ONE ){
-          if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
-          U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
-        }
-        iPattern++;
-      }
-
-      if( zPattern[iPattern]==0 ) return 1;
-
-      while( zString[iString] ){
-        if( icuLikeCompare(&zPattern[iPattern], &zString[iString], uEsc) ){
-          return 1;
-        }
-        U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
-      }
-      return 0;
-
-    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){
-      /* Case 2. */
-      if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
-      U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
-
-    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==uEsc){
-      /* Case 3. */
-      prevEscape = 1;
-
-    }else{
-      /* Case 4. */
-      UChar32 uString;
-      U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zString, iString, uString);
-      uString = u_foldCase(uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
-      uPattern = u_foldCase(uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
-      if( uString!=uPattern ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-      prevEscape = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return zString[iString]==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
-** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
-** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
-**
-**       A LIKE B
-**
-** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, 
-**
-**       A LIKE B ESCAPE E
-**
-** is mapped to like(B, A, E).
-*/
-static void icuLikeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  UChar32 uEsc = 0;
-
-  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
-  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
-  */
-  if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
-    return;
-  }
-
-
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
-    ** Otherwise, return an error.
-    */
-    int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
-    const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-    int i = 0;
-    if( zE==0 ) return;
-    U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc);
-    if( i!=nE){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
-          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( zA && zB ){
-    sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when an ICU function called from within
-** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error.
-**
-** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is 
-** loaded with an error message based on the following two args.
-*/
-static void icuFunctionError(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,       /* SQLite scalar function context */
-  const char *zName,           /* Name of ICU function that failed */
-  UErrorCode e                 /* Error code returned by ICU function */
-){
-  char zBuf[128];
-  sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e));
-  zBuf[127] = '\0';
-  sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as
-** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata().
-*/
-static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){
-  URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p;
-  uregex_close(pExpr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes
-** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile
-** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either 
-** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result
-** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise.
-**
-** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such
-** that the following two are equivalent:
-**
-**     zString REGEXP zPattern
-**     regexp(zPattern, zString)
-**
-** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs:
-**
-**     uregex_open()
-**     uregex_matches()
-**     uregex_close()
-*/
-static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
-  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-  URegularExpression *pExpr;
-  UBool res;
-  const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]);
-
-  (void)nArg;  /* Unused parameter */
-
-  /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, 
-  ** then the result is also NULL. 
-  */
-  if( !zString ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0);
-  if( !pExpr ){
-    const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
-    if( !zPattern ){
-      return;
-    }
-    pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status);
-
-    if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){
-      sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete);
-    }else{
-      assert(!pExpr);
-      icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */
-  uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status);
-  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
-    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Attempt the match */
-  res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status);
-  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
-    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL
-  ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than 
-  ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid
-  ** pointer after this function returns.
-  */
-  uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status);
-
-  /* Return 1 or 0. */
-  sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and 
-** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC).
-** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc).
-**
-** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and
-** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences
-** between the two.
-**
-** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar 
-** functions are invoked with one argument:
-**
-**     upper('ABC') -> 'abc'
-**     lower('abc') -> 'ABC'
-**
-** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower()
-** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name
-** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value
-** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version
-** of upper() or lower().
-**
-**     lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i'
-**     lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'ı' (small dotless i)
-**
-** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
-*/
-static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
-  const UChar *zInput;
-  UChar *zOutput;
-  int nInput;
-  int nOutput;
-
-  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-  const char *zLocale = 0;
-
-  assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2);
-  if( nArg==2 ){
-    zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
-  }
-
-  zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
-  if( !zInput ){
-    return;
-  }
-  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]);
-
-  nOutput = nInput * 2 + 2;
-  zOutput = sqlite3_malloc(nOutput);
-  if( !zOutput ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if( sqlite3_user_data(p) ){
-    u_strToUpper(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
-  }else{
-    u_strToLower(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
-  }
-
-  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
-    icuFunctionError(p, "u_strToLower()/u_strToUpper", status);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, -1, xFree);
-}
-
-/*
-** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to
-** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
-*/
-static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){
-  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
-  ucol_close(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to
-** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
-*/
-static int icuCollationColl(
-  void *pCtx,
-  int nLeft,
-  const void *zLeft,
-  int nRight,
-  const void *zRight
-){
-  UCollationResult res;
-  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
-  res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2);
-  switch( res ){
-    case UCOL_LESS:    return -1;
-    case UCOL_GREATER: return +1;
-    case UCOL_EQUAL:   return 0;
-  }
-  assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()");
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation().
-**
-** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation 
-** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called
-** as follows:
-**
-**     SELECT icu_load_collation(<locale>, <collation-name>);
-**
-** Where <locale> is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e.
-** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and <collation-name> is the name of the
-** collation sequence to create.
-*/
-static void icuLoadCollation(
-  sqlite3_context *p, 
-  int nArg, 
-  sqlite3_value **apArg
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p);
-  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-  const char *zLocale;      /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */
-  const char *zName;        /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */
-  UCollator *pUCollator;    /* ICU library collation object */
-  int rc;                   /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */
-
-  assert(nArg==2);
-  zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]);
-  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
-
-  if( !zLocale || !zName ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status);
-  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
-    icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status);
-    return;
-  }
-  assert(p);
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, 
-      icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    ucol_close(pUCollator);
-    sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the ICU extension functions with database db.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){
-  struct IcuScalar {
-    const char *zName;                        /* Function name */
-    int nArg;                                 /* Number of arguments */
-    int enc;                                  /* Optimal text encoding */
-    void *pContext;                           /* sqlite3_user_data() context */
-    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-  } scalars[] = {
-    {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY,          0, icuRegexpFunc},
-
-    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
-
-    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
-
-    {"like",   2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
-    {"like",   3, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
-
-    {"icu_load_collation",  2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, icuLoadCollation},
-  };
-
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){
-    struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(
-        db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0
-    );
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if !SQLITE_CORE
-#ifdef _WIN32
-__declspec(dllexport)
-#endif
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg,
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
-  return sqlite3IcuInit(db);
-}
-#endif
-
+#ifndef USE_LIBSQLITE3
+# include "code/sqlite3-binding.c"
 #endif
 
-/************** End of icu.c *************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 June 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-
-/* #include <assert.h> */
-/* #include <string.h> */
-
-#include <unicode/ubrk.h>
-/* #include <unicode/ucol.h> */
-/* #include <unicode/ustring.h> */
-#include <unicode/utf16.h>
-
-typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
-typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;
-
-struct IcuTokenizer {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
-  char *zLocale;
-};
-
-struct IcuCursor {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
-
-  UBreakIterator *pIter;      /* ICU break-iterator object */
-  int nChar;                  /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */
-  UChar *aChar;               /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */
-  int *aOffset;               /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */
-
-  int nBuffer;
-  char *zBuffer;
-
-  int iToken;
-};
-
-/*
-** Create a new tokenizer instance.
-*/
-static int icuCreate(
-  int argc,                            /* Number of entries in argv[] */
-  const char * const *argv,            /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer      /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
-){
-  IcuTokenizer *p;
-  int n = 0;
-
-  if( argc>0 ){
-    n = strlen(argv[0])+1;
-  }
-  p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n);
-  if( !p ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer));
-
-  if( n ){
-    p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1];
-    memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n);
-  }
-
-  *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy a tokenizer
-*/
-static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
-  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
-** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
-** *ppCursor.
-*/
-static int icuOpen(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
-  const char *zInput,                    /* Input string */
-  int nInput,                            /* Length of zInput in bytes */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
-){
-  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
-  IcuCursor *pCsr;
-
-  const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT;
-  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-  int nChar;
-
-  UChar32 c;
-  int iInput = 0;
-  int iOut = 0;
-
-  *ppCursor = 0;
-
-  if( zInput==0 ){
-    nInput = 0;
-    zInput = "";
-  }else if( nInput<0 ){
-    nInput = strlen(zInput);
-  }
-  nChar = nInput+1;
-  pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
-      sizeof(IcuCursor) +                /* IcuCursor */
-      ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) +   /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
-      (nChar+1) * sizeof(int)            /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
-  );
-  if( !pCsr ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
-  pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
-  pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3];
-
-  pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
-  U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); 
-  while( c>0 ){
-    int isError = 0;
-    c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
-    U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);
-    if( isError ){
-      sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
-
-    if( iInput<nInput ){
-      U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
-    }else{
-      c = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pCsr->pIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status);
-  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
-    sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  pCsr->nChar = iOut;
-
-  ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter);
-  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen().
-*/
-static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
-  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
-  ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.
-*/
-static int icuNext(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
-  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
-  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
-  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
-  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
-  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
-){
-  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
-
-  int iStart = 0;
-  int iEnd = 0;
-  int nByte = 0;
-
-  while( iStart==iEnd ){
-    UChar32 c;
-
-    iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter);
-    iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter);
-    if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-
-    while( iStart<iEnd ){
-      int iWhite = iStart;
-      U16_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
-      if( u_isspace(c) ){
-        iStart = iWhite;
-      }else{
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    assert(iStart<=iEnd);
-  }
-
-  do {
-    UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-    if( nByte ){
-      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte);
-      if( !zNew ){
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      pCsr->zBuffer = zNew;
-      pCsr->nBuffer = nByte;
-    }
-
-    u_strToUTF8(
-        pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte,    /* Output vars */
-        &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart,       /* Input vars */
-        &status                                  /* Output success/failure */
-    );
-  } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer );
-
-  *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer;
-  *pnBytes = nByte;
-  *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart];
-  *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd];
-  *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
-*/
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = {
-  0,                           /* iVersion */
-  icuCreate,                   /* xCreate  */
-  icuDestroy,                  /* xCreate  */
-  icuOpen,                     /* xOpen    */
-  icuClose,                    /* xClose   */
-  icuNext,                     /* xNext    */
-};
-
-/*
-** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
-){
-  *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule;
-}
-
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/
diff --git a/sqlite3-binding.h b/sqlite3-binding.h
index e86d83f..d011476 100644
--- a/sqlite3-binding.h
+++ b/sqlite3-binding.h
@@ -1,7478 +1,5 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
-** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
-** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
-** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
-** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
-**
-** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
-** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
-** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
-** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
-** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
-**
-** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
-** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
-** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
-**
-** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
-** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
-** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
-** part of the build process.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
-#define _SQLITE3_H_
-#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
-
-/*
-** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
-*/
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Add the ability to override 'extern'
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
-# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_API
-# define SQLITE_API
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
-** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
-** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards
-** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
-** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
-**
-** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
-** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
-** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
-** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
-** noop macros.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
-#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
-
-/*
-** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
-**
-** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
-** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
-** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
-** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
-** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
-** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
-** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
-** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
-** be larger than the release from which it is derived.  Either Y will
-** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
-** and Z will be reset to zero.
-**
-** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
-** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
-** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
-** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
-** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
-** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
-** hash of the entire source tree.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
-** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
-** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.5"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008005
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2014-06-04 14:06:34 b1ed4f2a34ba66c29b130f8d13e9092758019212"
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
-**
-** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
-** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
-** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
-** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
-** the header, and thus insure that the application is
-** compiled with matching library and header files.
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
-** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
-** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
-** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
-** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
-** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
-** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[];
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
-** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
-** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
-** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
-** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
-** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
-** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
-**
-** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
-** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
-** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
-**
-** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
-** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
-** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
-**
-** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
-** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
-** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
-** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
-**
-** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
-** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
-** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
-** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
-**
-** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
-** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
-** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
-**
-** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
-** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
-** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
-** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
-** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
-** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  ^(The return value of the
-** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
-** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
-** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
-** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
-**
-** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
-** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
-**
-** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
-** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
-** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
-** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
-** interfaces (such as
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
-** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
-** sqlite3 object.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
-**
-** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
-** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
-**
-** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
-** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
-** compatibility only.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
-** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
-** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
-** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
-  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
+#ifndef USE_LIBSQLITE3
+#include "code/sqlite3-binding.h"
 #else
-  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
+#include <sqlite3.h>
 #endif
-typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
-typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
-
-/*
-** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
-** substitute integer for floating-point.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define double sqlite3_int64
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
-** for the [sqlite3] object.
-** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if
-** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
-** resources are deallocated.
-**
-** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
-** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
-** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
-** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
-** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
-** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
-** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
-** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
-** destructors are called is arbitrary.
-**
-** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
-** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
-** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
-** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
-** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
-** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
-** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation
-** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
-** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
-**
-** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
-** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
-**
-** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
-** must be either a NULL
-** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
-** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
-** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
-** argument is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** The type for a callback function.
-** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
-** compatibility and is not documented.
-*/
-typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
-**
-** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
-** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
-** without having to use a lot of C code. 
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
-** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
-** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
-** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
-** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
-** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements.  ^The 4th argument to
-** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
-** callback invocation.  ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
-** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
-** ignored.
-**
-** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
-** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
-** subsequent statements are skipped.  ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
-** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
-** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
-** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
-** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
-** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
-** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
-** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
-** NULL before returning.
-**
-** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
-** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
-** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
-**
-** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
-** number of columns in the result.  ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
-** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
-** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column.  ^If an element of a
-** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
-** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer.  ^The 4th argument to the
-** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
-** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
-** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
-**
-** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
-** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
-** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
-** is not changed.
-**
-** Restrictions:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
-**      is a valid and open [database connection].
-** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
-**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
-** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
-**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
-** </ul>
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
-  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
-  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
-  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
-  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
-**
-** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
-** here in order to indicate success or failure.
-**
-** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
-**
-** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
-/* beginning-of-error-codes */
-#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
-#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
-#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
-#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
-#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
-#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
-#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
-#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
-#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
-#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
-#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
-#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
-#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
-#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
-#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
-#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
-#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
-#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
-#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
-#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE      27   /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */
-#define SQLITE_WARNING     28   /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
-#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
-#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
-/* end-of-error-codes */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
-**
-** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
-** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
-** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
-** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
-** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
-** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
-** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
-** on a per database connection basis using the
-** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
-**
-** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
-** One may expect the number of extended result codes will increase
-** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
-** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
-** be exactly zero.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
-#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED        (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION     (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
-**
-** These bit values are intended for use in the
-** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
-** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY        0x00000020  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI              0x00000040  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY           0x00000080  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL              0x00080000  /* VFS only */
-
-/* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
-**
-** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
-** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
-** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** refers to.
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
-** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
-** file that were written at the application level might have changed
-** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
-** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
-** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
-** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
-** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
-** elevated privileges.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K              0x00000040
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE              0x00002000
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
-**
-** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
-** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
-** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
-**
-** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
-** these integer values as the second argument.
-**
-** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
-** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
-** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
-** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
-** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
-** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
-**
-** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
-** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
-** settings.  The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
-** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
-** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
-** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
-** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
-** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
-** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
-** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
-** cares about the difference.)
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
-**
-** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
-** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
-** implementations will
-** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
-** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
-** I/O operations on the open file.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
-struct sqlite3_file {
-  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
-**
-** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
-** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
-** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
-** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
-** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
-**
-** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
-** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
-** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
-** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
-** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
-** to NULL.
-**
-** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
-** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
-** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
-** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
-** and not its inode needs to be synced.
-**
-** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
-** </ul>
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
-** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
-** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
-** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
-** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
-**
-** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
-** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
-** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
-** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
-** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
-** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
-** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
-** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
-** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
-** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
-** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
-** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
-** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
-** recognize.
-**
-** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
-** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
-** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
-** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
-** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
-** underlying device:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
-** </ul>
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().
-**
-** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
-** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
-** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
-** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
-** database corruption.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
-struct sqlite3_io_methods {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
-  int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
-  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
-  void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
-  int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
-  int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
-  /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
-  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
-**
-** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
-** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
-** interface.
-**
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
-** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
-** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
-** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
-** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
-** is defined.
-** <ul>
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
-** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
-** current transaction.  This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
-** is often close.  The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
-** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
-** file run faster.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
-** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
-** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
-** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
-** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
-** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
-** improve performance on some systems.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
-** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
-** connection.  See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
-** additional information.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
-** No longer in use.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
-** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
-** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked 
-** because the user has configured SQLite with 
-** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place 
-** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
-** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
-** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
-** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that 
-** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications 
-** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may 
-** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
-** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
-** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
-** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the 
-** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
-** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
-** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
-** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
-** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
-** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
-** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
-** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
-** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
-** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
-** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
-** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
-** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
-** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
-** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
-** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting.  By default, the auxiliary
-** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
-** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
-** closes.  Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
-** close.  Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
-** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
-** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
-** in order for the database to be readable.  The fourth parameter to
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
-** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
-** WAL mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
-** WAL persistence setting.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
-** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting.  The PSOW setting
-** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
-** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
-** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
-** mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
-** zero-damage mode setting.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
-** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
-** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
-** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
-** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
-** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
-** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
-** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
-** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
-** do anything.  Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
-** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
-** is intended for diagnostic use only.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
-** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
-** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
-** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
-** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
-** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
-** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
-** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument.  ^The handler for an
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
-** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
-** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
-** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
-** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
-** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
-** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
-** prepared statement.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
-** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
-** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
-** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
-** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
-** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
-** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]
-** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
-** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
-** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
-** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
-** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
-** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
-** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
-** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
-** current operation.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
-** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control
-** to have SQLite generate a
-** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
-** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses.  The
-** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
-** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  The caller should
-** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the
-** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O.
-** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
-** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map.  The
-** pointer is overwritten with the old value.  The limit is not changed if
-** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit 
-** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number.  This
-** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
-** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
-** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
-** The argument is a zero-terminated string.  Higher layers in the
-** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
-** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
-** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
-** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
-** was first opened.
-**
-** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
-** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
-** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
-** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
-**
-** </ul>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
-#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
-#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
-#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
-**
-** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
-** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
-** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
-** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
-**
-** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
-**
-** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
-** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
-** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".  See
-** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
-**
-** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
-** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
-** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
-** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
-** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
-** modified.
-**
-** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
-** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
-** a pathname in this VFS.
-**
-** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
-** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
-** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
-** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
-** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
-** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
-**
-** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
-** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
-** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
-** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
-** object once the object has been registered.
-**
-** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
-** be unique across all VFS modules.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
-** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
-** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
-** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
-** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
-** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
-** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
-** ^SQLite further guarantees that
-** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
-** called. Because of the previous sentence,
-** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
-** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
-** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
-** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
-** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
-** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
-**
-** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
-** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
-** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
-** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
-** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
-**
-** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
-** call, depending on the object being opened:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
-** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
-** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
-** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
-** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
-** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
-** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
-** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
-**
-** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
-** </ul>
-**
-** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
-** deleted when it is closed.  ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
-** databases, and subjournals.
-**
-** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
-** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
-** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
-** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
-** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
-** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
-** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
-** for exclusive access.
-**
-** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
-** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
-** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
-** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
-** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
-** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
-** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
-** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
-** or failure of the xOpen call.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
-** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
-** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
-** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
-** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
-** directory.
-**
-** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
-** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
-** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
-** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
-** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
-** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
-**
-** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
-** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
-** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
-** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
-** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
-** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
-** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
-** least the number of microseconds given.  ^The xCurrentTime()
-** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
-** a floating point value.
-** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
-** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
-** a 24-hour day).  
-** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
-** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
-** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
-** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
-**
-** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
-** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
-** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
-** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
-** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
-** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
-** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
-** next.  Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
-** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
-** from one release to the next.  Applications must not attempt to access
-** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
-typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
-struct sqlite3_vfs {
-  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
-  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
-  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
-  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
-  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
-               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
-  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
-  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
-  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
-  ** definition.  Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
-  */
-  int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
-  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
-  */
-  int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
-  sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
-  const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
-  /*
-  ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
-  ** New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
-  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
-  */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
-**
-** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
-** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object.  They determine
-** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
-** simply checks whether the file exists.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
-** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
-** the directory).
-** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
-** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
-** release of SQLite.
-** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the file is readable.  The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
-** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
-** SQLite.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1   /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2   /* Unused */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
-**
-** These integer constants define the various locking operations
-** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods].  The
-** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
-** xShmLock method:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
-** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
-** </ul>
-**
-** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
-** was given no the corresponding lock.  
-**
-** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
-** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
-** and EXCLUSIVE.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK       1
-#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK         2
-#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED       4
-#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE    8
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
-**
-** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
-** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
-** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
-** lock outside of this range
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK        8
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
-** SQLite library.  ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
-** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
-** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
-** shutdown on embedded systems.  Workstation applications using
-** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
-** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
-** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
-** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  ^(Only an effective call
-** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
-** are harmless no-ops.)^
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
-** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  ^(Only
-** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
-** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
-**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
-** is not.  The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
-** single thread.  All open [database connections] must be closed and all
-** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
-** sqlite3_shutdown().
-**
-** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
-** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
-** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
-** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
-** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
-** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
-** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
-** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
-** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
-** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
-** already.  ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
-** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
-** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
-** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
-** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
-** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
-** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
-** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
-** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
-**
-** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
-** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
-** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
-** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
-** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
-** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
-** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
-**
-** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
-** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
-** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
-** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
-** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
-** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
-** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
-** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
-** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
-** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
-** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
-** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
-** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
-** failure.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
-** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
-** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
-** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
-** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
-** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
-** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
-** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
-** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
-** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
-** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
-** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
-**
-** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
-** [configuration option] that determines
-** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
-** vary depending on the [configuration option]
-** in the first argument.
-**
-** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
-** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
-** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
-**
-** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
-** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
-** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
-** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
-**
-** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
-** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
-** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
-** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
-**
-** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
-** the call is considered successful.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
-**
-** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
-** and low-level memory allocation routines.
-**
-** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
-** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
-** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
-** By creating an instance of this object
-** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
-** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
-** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
-** dynamic memory needs.
-**
-** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
-** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
-** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
-** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
-** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
-** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
-** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
-** conditions.
-**
-** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
-** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
-** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
-** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
-**
-** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
-** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
-** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
-**
-** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
-** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
-** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
-** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
-** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
-** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
-** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
-**
-** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  For example,
-** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
-** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
-** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
-** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
-** xInit and xShutdown.
-**
-** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
-** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
-** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
-** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
-** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
-** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
-** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
-** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
-** serialization.
-**
-** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
-** call to xShutdown().
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
-  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
-  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
-  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
-  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
-  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
-  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
-  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
-** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Single-thread.  In other words, it disables
-** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
-** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
-** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
-** configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Multi-thread.  In other words, it disables
-** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** The application is responsible for serializing access to
-** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
-** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
-** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
-** [database connection] at the same time.  ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
-** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
-** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
-** all mutexes including the recursive
-** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
-** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
-** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
-** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
-** ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
-** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
-** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
-** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
-** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
-** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
-** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
-** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
-** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
-** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
-** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the 
-** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
-**   <ul>
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_status()]
-**   </ul>)^
-** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
-** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
-** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer an 8-byte
-** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
-** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
-** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).  The sz
-** argument must be a multiple of 16.
-** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
-** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread.  So
-** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads.
-** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6
-** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional
-** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation.  
-** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
-** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option.
-** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
-** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
-** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
-** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each
-** page header.  ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on
-** the host architecture.  ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
-** to make sz a little too large.  The first
-** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
-** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  ^If additional
-** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
-** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
-** The pointer in the first argument must
-** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite
-** will be undefined.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
-** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
-** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
-** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
-** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
-** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
-** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
-** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
-** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
-** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
-** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
-** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
-** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
-** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
-** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
-** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
-** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
-** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
-** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
-** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
-** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
-** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
-** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
-** profiling or testing, for example.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
-** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
-** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
-** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default
-** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each
-** [database connection].  The first argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
-** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(This option sets the
-** <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
-** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
-** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
-** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies the interface
-** to a custom page cache implementation.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
-** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of the current
-** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
-** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
-** global [error log].
-** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
-** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
-** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
-** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
-** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
-** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
-** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
-** function whenever that function is invoked.  ^The second parameter to
-** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
-** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
-** [extended result code].  ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
-** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
-** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
-** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
-** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
-** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
-** <dd>^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
-** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling
-** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
-** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or
-** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
-** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
-** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
-** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
-** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
-** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
-** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
-** <dd>^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as
-** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
-** full table scans in the query optimizer.  ^The default setting is determined
-** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
-** if that compile-time option is omitted.
-** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
-** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
-** when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
-** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
-** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
-** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
-** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
-** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
-** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
-** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
-** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
-** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
-** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
-** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
-** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
-** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
-** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
-** third parameter is passed NULL In this case.  An example of using this
-** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in
-** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
-** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
-** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
-** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
-** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
-** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control.  ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
-** cannot be changed at run-time.  Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size
-** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
-** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
-** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
-** changed to its compile-time default.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
-** <dd>^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows
-** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined.
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
-** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE    22  /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE      23  /* int nByte */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
-** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
-** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
-** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
-** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
-** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
-** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot.  ^The third argument is the number of
-** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
-** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
-** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  ^If the second argument to
-** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
-** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8.  ^(The lookaside memory
-** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
-** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
-** when the "current value" returned by
-** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
-** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
-** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
-** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
-** [foreign key constraints].  There should be two additional arguments.
-** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
-** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
-** unchanged.  The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
-** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
-** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
-** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
-** There should be two additional arguments.
-** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
-** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
-** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
-** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
-** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
-** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
-**
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
-** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
-** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
-**
-** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
-** has a unique 64-bit signed
-** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
-** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
-** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
-** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
-** is another alias for the rowid.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the 
-** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
-** on database connection D.
-** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded.
-** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables
-** have ever occurred on the database connection D, 
-** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero.
-**
-** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
-** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
-** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running.
-** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned 
-** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual
-** table method began.)^
-**
-** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
-** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
-** routine.  ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
-** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
-** routine when their insertion fails.  ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
-** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
-** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
-** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
-** the return value of this interface.)^
-**
-** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
-** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
-**
-** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
-** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
-** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
-** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
-** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
-** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
-** last insert [rowid].
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
-**
-** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
-** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
-** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
-** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
-** or [DELETE] statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
-** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the
-** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes
-** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions.
-**
-** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
-** are not counted.  Only real table changes are counted.
-**
-** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
-** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
-** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution,
-** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other
-** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^
-**
-** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
-** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. 
-** Most SQL statements are
-** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
-** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
-** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
-** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
-**
-** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
-** not create a new trigger context.
-**
-** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
-** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
-** trigger context.
-**
-** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
-** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that also occurred at the top level.  ^(Within the body of a trigger,
-** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
-** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** statement within the body of the same trigger.
-** However, the number returned does not include changes
-** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
-** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
-** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
-**
-** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
-** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened.
-** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes
-** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by
-** [foreign key actions]. However,
-** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints,
-** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing.  The
-** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger],
-** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes 
-** are counted.)^
-** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as
-** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle
-** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]).
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
-** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
-**
-** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
-** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
-**
-** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
-** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
-** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
-** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
-** immediately.
-**
-** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
-** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
-** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
-** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
-**
-** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
-** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
-** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
-**
-** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
-** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
-** will be rolled back automatically.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
-** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
-** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
-** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
-** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
-** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
-** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
-** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
-**
-** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
-** is running then bad things will likely happen.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
-**
-** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
-** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
-** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
-** SQLite for parsing.  ^These routines return 1 if the input string
-** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  ^A statement is judged to be
-** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
-** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  ^Semicolons that are embedded within
-** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
-** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
-** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  ^Whitespace
-** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
-**
-** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  ^If a
-** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
-**
-** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
-** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
-**
-** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
-** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
-** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
-** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
-** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
-**
-** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
-** UTF-8 string.
-**
-** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
-** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
-**
-** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
-** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
-** or process has locked.
-**
-** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
-** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
-**
-** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
-** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
-** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
-** been invoked for this locking event.  ^If the
-** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
-** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
-** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
-** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
-**
-** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
-** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
-** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
-** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
-** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
-** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
-** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
-** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
-** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
-** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
-** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
-** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
-** the second process to proceed.
-**
-** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
-**
-** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
-** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
-** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
-** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
-** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
-** readers.  ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
-** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
-** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
-** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  ^This error code promotion
-** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
-** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
-** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
-** this is important.
-**
-** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
-** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
-** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
-** will also set or clear the busy handler.
-**
-** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
-** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions
-** result in undefined behavior.
-** 
-** A busy handler must not close the database connection
-** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
-**
-** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
-** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
-** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
-** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
-** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
-**
-** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
-** turns off all busy handlers.
-**
-** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
-** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
-** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
-** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
-**
-** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
-** Use of this interface is not recommended.
-**
-** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
-** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
-** complete query results from one or more queries.
-**
-** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
-** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
-** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
-** and M be the number of columns.
-**
-** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
-** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
-** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
-** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
-** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
-**
-** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
-** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
-** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
-**
-** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
-** is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        Name        | Age
-**        -----------------------
-**        Alice       | 43
-**        Bob         | 28
-**        Cindy       | 21
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
-** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
-** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
-**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
-**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
-**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
-**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
-**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
-**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
-**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
-** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
-** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
-** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
-**
-** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
-** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
-** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
-** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
-** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
-** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
-** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
-** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
-** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
-  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
-  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
-  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
-  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
-);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
-**
-** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
-** from the standard C library.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
-** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-** The strings returned by these two routines should be
-** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
-** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
-** memory to hold the resulting string.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
-** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
-** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
-** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
-** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
-** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
-** backwards compatibility.  ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
-** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
-** characters actually written into the buffer.)^  We admit that
-** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
-** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
-** now without breaking compatibility.
-**
-** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
-** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
-** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
-** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
-** written will be n-1 characters.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
-**
-** These routines all implement some additional formatting
-** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
-** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
-** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
-**
-** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
-** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
-** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
-** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
-** the string.
-**
-** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
-** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
-** would have looked like this:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
-** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
-**
-** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
-** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
-** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
-** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
-** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
-** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
-** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
-**
-** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
-** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
-** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
-** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
-** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
-** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
-** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
-** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
-** a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
-** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
-** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
-** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
-** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
-** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
-** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
-** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
-** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
-** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
-** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
-** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
-** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
-** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
-** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
-** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
-** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
-** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
-** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
-** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
-** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
-** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
-** is not freed.
-**
-** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
-** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
-** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
-** option is used.
-**
-** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
-** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
-** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
-** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
-**
-** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
-** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
-** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
-** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
-** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
-** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
-** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
-** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
-** not yet been released.
-**
-** The application must not read or write any part of
-** a block of memory after it has been released using
-** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
-**
-** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
-** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
-** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
-** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
-** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
-** was last reset.  ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
-** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
-** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
-** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
-** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
-**
-** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
-** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
-** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  ^The value returned
-** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
-** prior to the reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
-**
-** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
-** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
-** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
-** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
-** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
-**
-** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
-** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
-** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness
-** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then
-** the pseudo-randomness is generated
-** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
-** method.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
-**
-** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
-** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
-** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
-** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
-** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
-** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
-** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
-** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
-** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
-** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
-** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
-** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
-** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
-** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
-** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
-**
-** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
-** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
-** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied. 
-**
-** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
-** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
-** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
-** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
-** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
-** details about the action to be authorized.
-**
-** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
-** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
-** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
-** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
-** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
-** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
-** columns of a table.
-** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
-** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
-** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
-**
-** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
-** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
-** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
-** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
-** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
-** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
-** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
-** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
-** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
-** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
-**
-** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
-** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
-** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
-** in addition to using an authorizer.
-**
-** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
-** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
-** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
-** The authorizer is disabled by default.
-**
-** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
-** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
-** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
-** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
-** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
-** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
-** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
-** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
-  sqlite3*,
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
-  void *pUserData
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
-** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
-** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
-** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
-** information.
-**
-** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
-** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
-#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
-** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
-** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
-** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
-** the authorizer callback may be passed.
-**
-** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
-** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
-** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
-** codes is used as the second parameter.  ^(The 5th parameter to the
-** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
-** etc.) if applicable.)^  ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
-** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
-** top-level SQL code.
-*/
-/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
-#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
-#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
-#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
-#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
-**
-** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
-** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
-**
-** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
-** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
-** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
-** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
-** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
-** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
-** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
-**
-** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit
-** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace().
-**
-** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
-** as each SQL statement finishes.  ^The profile callback contains
-** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
-** of how long that statement took to run.  ^The profile callback
-** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
-** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
-** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
-** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
-** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
-** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
-   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
-** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
-** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
-** database connection D.  An example use for this
-** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
-**
-** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
-** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of 
-** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
-** invocations of the callback X.  ^If N is less than one then the progress
-** handler is disabled.
-**
-** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
-** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
-** old one.  ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
-** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
-** than 1.
-**
-** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
-** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
-** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
-**
-** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
-**
-** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
-** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
-** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
-** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
-** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
-** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
-** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
-** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
-** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
-** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
-**
-** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
-** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
-**
-** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
-** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
-** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
-**
-** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
-** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
-** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
-** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
-** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
-**
-** <dl>
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
-** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
-**
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
-** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
-** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
-**
-** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
-** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-**
-** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
-** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
-** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
-** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
-** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
-** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
-** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
-** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
-** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
-** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
-** the new database connection should use.  ^If the fourth parameter is
-** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
-**
-** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
-** is created for the connection.  ^This in-memory database will vanish when
-** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
-** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
-** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
-** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
-** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
-**
-** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
-** on-disk database will be created.  ^This private database will be
-** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
-**
-** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
-**
-** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
-** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
-** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
-** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
-** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
-** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
-** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
-** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
-** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
-** information.
-**
-** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
-** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
-** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
-** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
-** present, is ignored.
-**
-** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
-** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
-** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
-** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
-** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
-** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
-** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
-**
-** [[core URI query parameters]]
-** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
-** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
-** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
-**
-** <ul>
-**   <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
-**     a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
-**     be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
-**     an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
-**     VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
-**     present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
-**     the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-**   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
-**     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
-**     an error)^. 
-**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
-**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
-**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
-**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
-**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
-**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
-**     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
-**     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
-**     the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
-**     the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-**   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
-**     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
-**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
-**     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
-**     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
-**     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
-**     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
-**
-**  <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter may be "true" (or "on" or "yes" or
-**     "1") or "false" (or "off" or "no" or "0") to indicate that the
-**     [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
-**     storage media on which the database file resides.  ^The psow query
-**     parameter only works for the built-in unix and Windows VFSes.
-**
-**  <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
-**     which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes.  This
-**     is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
-**     support locking.  Caution:  Database corruption might result if two
-**     or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
-**     processes uses nolock=1.
-**
-**  <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
-**     parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
-**     read-only media.  ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
-**     database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
-**     privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
-**     and change detection is disabled.  Caution: Setting the immutable
-**     property on a database file that does in fact change can result
-**     in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
-**     See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
-**       
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
-** error.  Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
-** parameters.  See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
-** additional information.
-**
-** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
-**
-** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
-** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
-** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
-**          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
-** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
-**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
-**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
-**          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
-** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
-**          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
-** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
-**          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
-**     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
-**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
-**          necessary - space characters can be used literally
-**          in URI filenames.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
-**          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
-**          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
-**          default, use a private cache.
-** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
-**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
-**          that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
-**          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
-** </table>
-**
-** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
-** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
-** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
-** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
-** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
-** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
-** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
-** the results are undefined.
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
-** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
-** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
-** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
-** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  Otherwise, various
-** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
-  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-  int flags,              /* Flags */
-  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
-**
-** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
-** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
-** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
-**
-** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
-** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
-** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
-** P is the name of the query parameter, then
-** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
-** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
-** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
-** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
-** a pointer to an empty string.
-**
-** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
-** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
-** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
-** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
-** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
-** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
-** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
-** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
-** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
-** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
-**
-** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
-** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
-** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
-** zero is returned.
-** 
-** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
-** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
-** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
-** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
-** undesirable.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
-** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
-** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
-** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
-** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.  ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
-** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
-** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
-** disabled.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
-** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
-** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
-** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
-** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
-** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text
-** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8.
-** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
-** and must not be freed by the application)^.
-**
-** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
-** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
-** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
-** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
-** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
-** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
-** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
-** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
-** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
-**
-** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
-** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
-** error code and message may or may not be set.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
-** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
-** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
-** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
-**
-** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
-**      function.
-** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
-**      interfaces.
-** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
-** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
-**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
-** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
-** </ol>
-**
-** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
-** information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
-**
-** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
-** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
-** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
-** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
-** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
-** new limit for that construct.)^
-**
-** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
-** [limits | hard upper bound]
-** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
-** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
-** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
-** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
-** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
-**
-** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
-** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
-** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
-** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
-**
-** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
-** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
-** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
-** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
-** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
-** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
-** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
-** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
-** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
-** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
-** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
-** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
-**
-** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
-** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
-**
-** These constants define various performance limits
-** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
-** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
-** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
-** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
-** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
-** used to implement an SQL statement.  This limit is not currently
-** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
-** SQLite.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
-** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
-**
-** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
-** program using one of these routines.
-**
-** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
-** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
-** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
-**
-** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
-** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
-** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
-** use UTF-16.
-**
-** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
-** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
-** number of  bytes read from zSql.  ^When nByte is non-negative, the
-** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
-** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
-** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
-** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
-** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
-** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to
-** make a copy of the input string.
-**
-** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
-** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
-** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
-** what remains uncompiled.
-**
-** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
-** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
-** to NULL.  ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
-** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
-** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
-** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
-** ppStmt may not be NULL.
-**
-** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
-** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
-** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
-** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
-** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
-** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
-** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
-** behave differently in three ways:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li>
-** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
-** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
-** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY]
-** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error.
-** </li>
-**
-** <li>
-** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
-** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  ^The legacy behavior was that
-** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
-** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
-** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
-** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
-** </li>
-**
-** <li>
-** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the 
-** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
-** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
-** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
-** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
-** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
-** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
-** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
-** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
-** </li>
-** </ol>
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
-**
-** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
-** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
-** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
-** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
-** the content of the database file.
-**
-** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
-** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
-** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
-** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
-** change the database file through side-effects:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
-** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
-**
-** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
-** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
-** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
-** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
-** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
-** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
-** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
-** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
-** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
-** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not 
-** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
-** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
-** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
-** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
-**
-** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
-** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
-** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
-** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
-** statements that are holding a transaction open.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
-** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
-**
-** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
-** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
-** for the values it stores.  ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
-** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
-**
-** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
-** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
-** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
-** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
-** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
-**
-** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
-** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
-** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
-** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
-** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
-** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
-** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
-** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
-** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
-** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
-** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
-** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
-** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
-** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
-**
-** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
-** sqlite3_context object.  ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
-** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
-** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
-** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
-** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
-** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
-** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
-** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
-**
-** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
-** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
-** templates:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  ?
-** <li>  ?NNN
-** <li>  :VVV
-** <li>  @VVV
-** <li>  $VVV
-** </ul>
-**
-** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
-** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
-** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
-** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
-**
-** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
-** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
-**
-** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
-** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
-** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
-** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
-** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
-** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
-** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
-** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
-**
-** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
-** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
-** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
-** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
-**
-** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
-** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
-** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
-** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
-** is negative, then the length of the string is
-** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
-** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
-** the behavior is undefined.
-** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
-** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset
-** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
-** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
-** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
-** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
-** with embedded NULs is undefined.
-**
-** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
-** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
-** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
-** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(),
-** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.  
-** ^If the fifth argument is
-** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
-** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
-** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
-** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
-** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
-** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
-** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
-** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
-** content is later written using
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
-** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
-**
-** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
-** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
-** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
-** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
-** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
-** result is undefined and probably harmful.
-**
-** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
-** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
-** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
-** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
-** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
-**
-** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
-** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
-** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
-** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
-** to the parameters at a later time.
-**
-** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
-** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
-** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
-** there may be gaps in the list.)^
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
-** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
-** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** respectively.
-** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
-** is included as part of the name.)^
-** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
-** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
-**
-** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
-**
-** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
-** nameless, then NULL is returned.  ^The returned string is
-** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
-** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
-** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
-**
-** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
-** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
-** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
-** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
-** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
-** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
-**
-** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
-** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
-**
-** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
-** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
-** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
-**
-** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
-** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
-** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
-** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
-** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
-** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
-** column number.  ^The leftmost column is number 0.
-**
-** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
-** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
-** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
-** or until the next call to
-** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
-**
-** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
-** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
-** NULL pointer is returned.
-**
-** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
-** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
-** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
-** one release of SQLite to the next.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
-**
-** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
-** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
-** [SELECT] statement.
-** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
-** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
-** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
-** the origin_ routines return the column name.
-** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
-** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
-** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
-** or until the same information is requested
-** again in a different encoding.
-**
-** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
-** database, table, and column.
-**
-** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
-** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
-** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
-** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
-**
-** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
-** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
-** NULL.  ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
-** occurs.  ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
-** or column that query result column was extracted from.
-**
-** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
-** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
-**
-** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
-**
-** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
-** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
-** undefined.
-**
-** If two or more threads call one or more
-** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
-** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
-** at the same time then the results are undefined.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
-**
-** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
-** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
-** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
-** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
-** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
-** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
-** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
-**
-** ^(For example, given the database schema:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
-**
-** and the following statement to be compiled:
-**
-** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
-**
-** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
-** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
-**
-** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  ^So just because a column
-** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
-** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
-** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  ^Type
-** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
-** used to hold those values.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
-**
-** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
-** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
-** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
-**
-** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
-** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
-** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
-** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
-** interface will continue to be supported.
-**
-** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
-** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
-** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
-** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
-** database locks it needs to do its job.  ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
-** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
-** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
-** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
-** continuing.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
-** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
-** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
-** machine back to its initial state.
-**
-** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
-** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
-** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
-** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
-**
-** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
-** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
-** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
-** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
-** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
-** [prepared statement].  ^In the "v2" interface,
-** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
-**
-** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
-** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
-** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
-** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
-** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
-** more threads at the same moment in time.
-**
-** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
-** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
-** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
-** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
-** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
-** sqlite3_step().  But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
-** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
-** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
-** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
-** is broken by definition.  The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
-** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
-**
-** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
-** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
-** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
-** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
-** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
-** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
-** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
-** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
-** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
-** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
-** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
-** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
-** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
-** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
-** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
-** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
-** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE].  ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
-** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
-** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
-** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
-** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
-**
-** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> 64-bit signed integer
-** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
-** <li> string
-** <li> BLOB
-** <li> NULL
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** These constants are codes for each of those types.
-**
-** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
-** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
-** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
-** SQLITE_TEXT.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
-#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
-#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
-#define SQLITE_NULL     5
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
-# undef SQLITE_TEXT
-#else
-# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
-#endif
-#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
-** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
-**
-** These routines form the "result set" interface.
-**
-** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
-** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
-** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
-** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
-** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
-** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
-** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
-** [sqlite3_column_count()].
-**
-** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
-** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
-** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
-** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
-** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
-** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
-** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
-** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
-** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
-** are pending, then the results are undefined.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
-** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
-** of the result column.  ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
-** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
-** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
-** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
-** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
-** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
-** following a type conversion.
-**
-** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
-** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
-** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
-** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
-** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
-** the number of bytes in that string.
-** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
-**
-** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
-** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
-** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
-** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
-** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
-** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
-** the number of bytes in that string.
-** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
-**
-** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
-** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
-** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
-** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
-**
-** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
-** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
-** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  An unprotected sqlite3_value object
-** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
-** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
-** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
-** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
-** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
-** conversion automatically.  ^(The following table details the conversions
-** that are applied:
-**
-** <blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
-**
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> [CAST] to BLOB
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>)^
-**
-** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
-** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
-** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
-** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
-** C programmers.
-**
-** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
-** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
-** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
-** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
-** in the following cases:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
-**      need to be added to the string.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-16.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-8.</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
-** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
-** that the prior pointer references will have been modified.  Other kinds
-** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
-** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
-**
-** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
-** in one of the following ways:
-**
-** <ul>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
-** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
-** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
-** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
-** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
-**
-** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
-** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  ^The memory space used to hold strings
-** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
-** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
-** [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
-** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
-** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
-** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
-** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
-** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
-** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
-** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
-** [extended error code].
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
-** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
-** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
-** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
-** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
-** completed execution.
-**
-** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
-** resource leaks.  It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
-** a prepared statement after it has been finalized.  Any use of a prepared
-** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
-** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
-** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
-** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
-** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
-** back to the beginning of its program.
-**
-** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
-** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
-** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
-**
-** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
-** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
-** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
-** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
-**
-** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
-** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
-** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
-** these routines are the text encoding expected for
-** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
-** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
-** the application data pointer.
-**
-** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
-** function is to be added.  ^If an application uses more than one database
-** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
-** to each database connection separately.
-**
-** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
-** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
-** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
-** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
-** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
-** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
-**
-** ^The third parameter (nArg)
-** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
-** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
-** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
-** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
-** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
-** undefined.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
-** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
-** its parameters.  The application should set this parameter to
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes 
-** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
-** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
-** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
-** otherwise.  ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using
-** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for
-** each encoding.
-** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
-** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
-**
-** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]
-** to signal that the function will always return the same result given
-** the same inputs within a single SQL statement.  Most SQL functions are
-** deterministic.  The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a
-** function that is not deterministic.  The SQLite query planner is able to
-** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use
-** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible.
-**
-** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
-** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
-**
-** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
-** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
-** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
-** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
-** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
-** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
-** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
-** callbacks.
-**
-** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
-** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. 
-** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
-** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
-** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
-** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
-** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
-** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data 
-** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
-**
-** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
-** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
-** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  ^SQLite will use
-** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
-** SQL function is used.  ^A function implementation with a non-negative
-** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
-** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
-** matches the database encoding is a better
-** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
-** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
-** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
-** between UTF8 and UTF16.
-**
-** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
-**
-** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
-** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
-** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
-** statement in which the function is running.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const void *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
-**
-** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
-** text encodings supported by SQLite.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_UTF8           1
-#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
-#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
-#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
-#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* Deprecated */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
-**
-** These constants may be ORed together with the 
-** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
-** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
-** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC    0x800
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
-** DEPRECATED
-**
-** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
-** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
-** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
-** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
-                      void*,sqlite3_int64);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values
-**
-** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
-** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
-** the function or aggregate.
-**
-** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
-** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
-** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
-** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
-** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
-** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
-**
-** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
-** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
-** object results in undefined behavior.
-**
-** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
-** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
-** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
-** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
-** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
-** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
-** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
-** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
-** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
-** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
-** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
-** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
-**
-** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
-** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
-** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
-** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread as
-** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
-**
-** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
-** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
-**
-** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
-** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
-** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
-** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
-** the same buffer is returned.  Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
-** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
-** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked.  ^(When no rows match
-** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
-** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
-** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
-** first time from within xFinal().)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer 
-** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
-** allocate error occurs.
-**
-** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
-** determined by the N parameter on first successful call.  Changing the
-** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
-** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
-** allocation.)^  Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
-** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no 
-** pointless memory allocations occur.
-**
-** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
-** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
-**
-** The first parameter must be a copy of the
-** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
-** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
-** function.
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the aggregate SQL function is running.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function.
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the application-defined function is running.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
-**
-** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
-** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
-** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
-** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
-** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
-** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
-** metadata associated with the pattern string.  
-** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
-** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
-** invocations of the same function.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
-** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
-** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata
-** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface
-** returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th
-** argument of the application-defined function.  ^Subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or
-** NULL if the metadata has been discarded.
-** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL,
-** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly
-** once, when the metadata is discarded.
-** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul>
-** <li> when the corresponding function parameter changes, or
-** <li> when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the
-**      SQL statement, or
-** <li> when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or
-** <li> during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory 
-**      allocation error occurs. </ul>)^
-**
-** Note the last bullet in particular.  The destructor X in 
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns.  Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
-** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
-** function implementation should not make any use of P after
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called.
-**
-** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
-** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal
-** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
-** the SQL function is running.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
-**
-** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
-** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  ^If the destructor
-** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
-** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  ^The
-** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
-** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
-** the content before returning.
-**
-** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
-** C++ compilers.
-*/
-typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
-#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
-#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
-**
-** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
-** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
-** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** for additional information.
-**
-** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
-** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
-** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
-** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
-** third parameter.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
-** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
-** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
-** by its 2nd argument.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
-** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
-** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
-** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
-** as the text of an error message.  ^SQLite interprets the error
-** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
-** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
-** byte order.  ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
-** message all text up through the first zero character.
-** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
-** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
-** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
-** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
-** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
-** modify the text after they return without harm.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
-** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  ^By default,
-** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
-** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
-** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
-** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
-** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
-** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
-** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
-** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
-** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
-** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
-** through the first zero character.
-** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
-** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
-** function result.  If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
-** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
-** appear if the string where NUL terminated.  If any NUL characters occur
-** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
-** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
-** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
-** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
-** finished using that result.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
-** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
-** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
-** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
-** when it has finished using that result.
-** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
-** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
-** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
-** the application-defined function to be a copy the
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
-** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
-** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
-** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
-** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
-** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
-**
-** If these routines are called from within the different thread
-** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
-** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
-**
-** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
-** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
-**
-** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
-** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
-** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
-** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
-** considered to be the same name.
-**
-** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
-** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
-** </ul>)^
-** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
-** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
-** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
-** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
-** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
-** on an even byte address.
-**
-** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
-** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
-**
-** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
-** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
-** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
-** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
-** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
-** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
-** that collation is no longer usable.
-**
-** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
-** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
-** by the eTextRep argument.  The collating function must return an
-** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
-** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
-** respectively.  A collating function must always return the same answer
-** given the same inputs.  If two or more collating functions are registered
-** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
-** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
-** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
-** strings A, B, and C:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li> If A==B then B==A.
-** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
-** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A.
-** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C.
-** </ol>
-**
-** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
-** collating function is  registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
-** is undefined.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
-** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
-** the collating function is deleted.
-** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
-** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
-** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
-** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
-** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
-** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
-** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
-** compatibility.
-**
-** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const void *zName,
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void *pArg,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
-**
-** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
-** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
-** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
-** sequence is required.
-**
-** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
-** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
-** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
-** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
-** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
-**
-** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
-** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
-** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
-** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
-** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
-** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
-** required collation sequence.)^
-**
-** The callback function should register the desired collation using
-** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
-** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*, 
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*,
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
-** called right after sqlite3_open().
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
-** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
-** database is decrypted.
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Specify the activation key for a SEE database.  Unless 
-** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
-  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
-);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
-/*
-** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
-** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
-  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
-);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
-**
-** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
-** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
-**
-** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
-** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
-** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the operating system is returned.
-**
-** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
-** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.  If the xSleep() method
-** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
-** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
-** in the previous paragraphs.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
-**
-** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
-** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
-** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
-** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
-** temporary file directory.
-**
-** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
-** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
-** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
-** thread.
-** It is intended that this variable be set once
-** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
-** thereafter.
-**
-** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
-** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
-** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
-** using [sqlite3_free].
-** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
-** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
-** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
-** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
-** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
-** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
-** &nbsp;     TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
-** char zPathBuf&#91;MAX_PATH + 1&#93;;
-** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
-** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
-** &nbsp;     NULL, NULL);
-** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
-**
-** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
-** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
-** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
-** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
-** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
-** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
-** for the process.  Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
-** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
-**
-** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
-** open can result in a corrupt database.
-**
-** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
-** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
-** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
-** thread.
-** It is intended that this variable be set once
-** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
-** thereafter.
-**
-** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
-** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
-** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
-** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
-** using [sqlite3_free].
-** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
-** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
-** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
-** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
-** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
-** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
-** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
-** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
-**
-** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
-** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
-** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
-** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
-** an error is to use this function.
-**
-** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
-** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
-** is undefined.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
-** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
-** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
-** that was the first argument
-** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
-** create the statement in the first place.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
-** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
-** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
-** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
-** a NULL pointer is returned.
-**
-** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
-** xFullPathname method of the [VFS].  ^In other words, the filename
-** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
-** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
-** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
-** the name of a database on connection D.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
-**
-** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
-** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
-** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
-** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
-** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
-**
-** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
-** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
-** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
-** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
-** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
-** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
-** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
-** the first call for each function on D.
-**
-** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
-** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
-** or rollback hook in the first place.
-** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
-** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
-** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
-**
-** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
-** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
-** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
-** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
-** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
-**
-** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
-** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
-** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
-** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
-** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
-** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
-** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
-** a rowid table.
-** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-**
-** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
-** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table.
-** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
-** to sqlite3_update_hook().
-** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
-** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
-** to be invoked.
-** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
-** database and table name containing the affected row.
-** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
-** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
-**
-** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
-** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
-** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
-**
-** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
-** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
-** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
-** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
-** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
-** release of SQLite.
-**
-** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
-** returns the P argument from the previous call
-** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
-** the first call on D.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
-** interfaces.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
-  void*
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
-**
-** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
-** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
-** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
-** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
-**
-** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
-** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
-** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
-**
-** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
-** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
-** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
-** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
-**
-** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
-** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
-**
-** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
-** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
-** cache setting should set it explicitly.
-**
-** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
-** 32-bit integer is atomic.
-**
-** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
-** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
-** held by the database library.   Memory used to cache database
-** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
-** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
-** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
-** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
-** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
-** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
-** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
-** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
-** omitted.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
-** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
-** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
-** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
-** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
-** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
-** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
-** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
-** is advisory only.
-**
-** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
-** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
-** error.  ^If the argument N is negative
-** then no change is made to the soft heap limit.  Hence, the current
-** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
-** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
-**
-** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
-**
-** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
-** if one or more of following conditions are true:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
-** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
-**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
-**      the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
-** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
-**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
-** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
-**      by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
-**      from the heap.
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced
-** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
-** compile-time option is invoked.  With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
-** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation.  Without
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
-** when memory is allocated by the page cache.  Testing suggests that because
-** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
-** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
-** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
-**
-** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
-** changes in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
-** DEPRECATED
-**
-** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
-** interface.  This routine is provided for historical compatibility
-** only.  All new applications should use the
-** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
-**
-** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
-** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
-** passed as the first function argument.
-**
-** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
-** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database
-** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
-** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
-** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
-** resolve unqualified table references.
-**
-** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
-** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
-** may be NULL.
-**
-** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
-** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
-** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
-**
-** ^(<blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
-**
-** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
-** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
-** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
-** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
-** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>)^
-**
-** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
-** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
-** call to any SQLite API function.
-**
-** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
-** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
-** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
-** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output
-** parameters are set as follows:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     data type: "INTEGER"
-**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
-**     not null: 0
-**     primary key: 1
-**     auto increment: 0
-** </pre>)^
-**
-** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
-** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
-** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
-** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^
-**
-** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
-  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
-  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
-  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
-  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
-  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
-  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
-  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
-  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
-**
-** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
-** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile.  If
-** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
-** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
-** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like
-** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might
-** be tried also.
-**
-** ^The entry point is zProc.
-** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an
-** entry point name on its own.  It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init".
-** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the
-** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic
-** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following
-** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^
-** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
-** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
-** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
-** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
-** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
-** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
-** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
-** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
-** otherwise an error will be returned.
-**
-** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
-**
-** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
-** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
-** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
-** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
-**
-** ^Extension loading is off by default.
-** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
-** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
-** it back off again.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
-**
-** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
-** each new [database connection] that is created.  The idea here is that
-** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension]
-** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
-**
-** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
-** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
-** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the
-** entry point where as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** &nbsp;  int xEntryPoint(
-** &nbsp;    sqlite3 *db,
-** &nbsp;    const char **pzErrMsg,
-** &nbsp;    const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
-** &nbsp;  );
-** </pre></blockquote>)^
-**
-** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
-** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
-** and return an appropriate [error code].  ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
-** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint().  ^SQLite will invoke
-** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns.  ^If any
-** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
-**
-** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
-** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
-** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
-** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
-** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
-** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)].  ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
-** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully 
-** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
-** routines.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
-**
-** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
-** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
-
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Structures used by the virtual table interface
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
-typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
-typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
-**
-** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
-** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
-** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
-**
-** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
-** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
-** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
-** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
-** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
-** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
-** any database connection.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_module {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
-  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
-  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
-  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
-  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
-  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
-                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                       void **ppArg);
-  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
-  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
-  ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
-  int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-  int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-  int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
-**
-** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
-** of the [virtual table] interface to
-** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
-** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
-** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
-** results into the **Outputs** fields.
-**
-** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
-**
-** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
-**
-** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^  ^(The particular operator is
-** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
-** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
-** ^(The index of the column is stored in
-** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^  ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
-** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
-** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
-**
-** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
-** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
-** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
-** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
-** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
-**
-** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
-** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
-**
-** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
-** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
-** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
-** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
-** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
-** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
-**
-** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
-** [xFilter] method.
-** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
-** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
-**
-** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
-** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
-** sorting step is required.
-**
-** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
-** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
-** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
-** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
-** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
-**
-** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
-** will be returned by the strategy.
-**
-** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
-** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
-** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
-** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
-** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
-** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
-** value greater than or equal to 3008002.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_index_info {
-  /* Inputs */
-  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
-     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
-     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
-     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
-  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
-  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
-  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
-     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
-  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  /* Outputs */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
-    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
-    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
-  } *aConstraintUsage;
-  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
-  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
-  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
-  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
-  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
-  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
-  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
-**
-** These macros defined the allowed values for the
-** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
-** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
-** a query that uses a [virtual table].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
-**
-** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
-** ^Module names must be registered before
-** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
-** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
-**
-** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
-** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
-** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
-** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
-** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
-** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
-** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
-** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData.  ^SQLite will
-** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
-** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  ^The destructor will also
-** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
-** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
-** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
-** destructor.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
-  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
-  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
-**
-** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
-** of this object to describe a particular instance
-** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
-** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
-** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
-** common to all module implementations.
-**
-** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
-** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
-** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
-** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  ^After the error message
-** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
-** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab {
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
-  int nRef;                       /* NO LONGER USED */
-  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
-**
-** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
-** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
-** [virtual table] and are used
-** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
-** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
-** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cursors are used
-** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
-** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
-** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
-**
-** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
-** are common to all implementations.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
-**
-** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
-** [virtual table module] call this interface
-** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
-** the virtual tables they implement.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
-**
-** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
-** But global versions of those functions
-** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
-**
-** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
-** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
-** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^  ^The implementation
-** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
-** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
-** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
-** by a [virtual table].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
-
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
-** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
-** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
-** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
-** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
-** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
-** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
-**
-** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
-** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
-** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
-** </pre>)^
-**
-** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
-** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
-** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary 
-** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is 
-** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing.
-**
-** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
-** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
-** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
-** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main".
-** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
-**
-** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
-** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set
-** to be a null pointer.)^
-** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
-** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related
-** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a
-** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob
-** regardless of the success or failure of this routine.
-**
-** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
-** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
-** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
-** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
-** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
-** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
-** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
-** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
-** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
-**
-** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
-** the opened blob.  ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
-** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
-** blob.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID]
-** table.  Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables.
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
-** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
-** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
-** this interface.
-**
-** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
-** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
-  sqlite3*,
-  const char *zDb,
-  const char *zTable,
-  const char *zColumn,
-  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
-  int flags,
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
-**
-** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
-** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
-** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
-** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
-** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
-** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
-**
-** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
-** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
-** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
-** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
-** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
-** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
-** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
-** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
-** always returns zero.
-**
-** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
-**
-** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle].
-**
-** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
-** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
-** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
-** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
-** until the close operation if they will fit.
-**
-** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
-** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
-** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  Any errors that occur during
-** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^
-**
-** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
-** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^
-**
-** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned
-** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
-**
-** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
-** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
-** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
-** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
-**
-** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
-** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
-** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
-**
-** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
-** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
-** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
-** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
-**
-** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
-**
-** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
-** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
-** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
-**
-** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
-** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
-** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
-**
-** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
-** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
-** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  ^If N is
-** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
-** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
-** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
-**
-** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
-** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
-** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
-** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
-** or by other independent statements.
-**
-** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
-** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-**
-** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
-** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
-** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
-** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
-**
-** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
-** that SQLite uses to interact
-** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
-** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
-** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
-** The following interfaces are provided.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
-** ^Names are case sensitive.
-** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
-** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
-**
-** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
-** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
-** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
-** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
-** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
-** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
-** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
-** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
-** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
-**
-** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
-** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
-** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
-** permitted to use any of these routines.
-**
-** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
-** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
-** is selected automatically at compile-time.  ^(The following
-** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
-** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
-** a single-threaded application.  ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
-** and Windows.
-**
-** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
-** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
-** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
-** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
-** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  ^SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error.  ^(The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
-** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  ^If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
-** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  ^Six static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  ^But for the static
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated dynamic mutex.  ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** dynamic mutex that it allocates.  The dynamic mutexes must not be in
-** use when they are deallocated.  Attempting to deallocate a static
-** mutex results in undefined behavior.  ^SQLite never deallocates
-** a static mutex.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
-** upon successful entry.  ^(Mutexes created using
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-** In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.)^  ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other
-** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-** SQLite will never exhibit
-** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^
-**
-** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
-** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
-** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.   ^(The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
-** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  SQLite will
-** never do either.)^
-**
-** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
-** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
-** behave as no-ops.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
-**
-** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
-** used to allocate and use mutexes.
-**
-** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
-** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
-** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
-** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
-** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
-** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
-** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
-** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
-** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
-**
-** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
-** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
-** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
-**
-** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
-** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
-** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
-** those obtained by the xMutexInit method.  ^The xMutexEnd()
-** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-**
-** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
-** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
-** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
-**
-** <ul>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
-** </ul>)^
-**
-** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
-** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
-** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
-** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
-** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
-** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
-** it is passed a NULL pointer).
-**
-** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  ^It must be harmless to
-** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
-** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
-** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
-**
-** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
-** and its associates).  ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
-** allocation for a static mutex.  ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
-** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
-**
-** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
-** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
-** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
-** prior to returning.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
-  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
-  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
-  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
-**
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
-** are intended for use inside assert() statements.  ^The SQLite core
-** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
-** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  ^The SQLite core only
-** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
-** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  ^External mutex implementations
-** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
-** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
-**
-** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
-** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
-**
-** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
-** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
-** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
-** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
-**
-** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
-** the routine should return 1.   This seems counter-intuitive since
-** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But
-** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
-** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
-** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
-** the appropriate thing to do.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
-** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
-**
-** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
-** which is one of these integer constants.
-**
-** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
-** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
-** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
-**
-** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
-** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
-** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
-** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
-** routine returns a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
-** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
-** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
-** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
-** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
-** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
-** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
-** main database file.
-** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
-** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
-** the xFileControl method.  ^The return value of the xFileControl
-** method becomes the return value of this routine.
-**
-** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
-** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
-** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter.  ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
-** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
-** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
-**
-** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
-** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  ^This error
-** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
-** or [sqlite3_errmsg()].  The underlying xFileControl method might
-** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  There is no way to distinguish between
-** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
-** xFileControl method.
-**
-** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
-** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
-** purposes.  ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
-** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
-**
-** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
-** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
-** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
-**
-** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
-** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
-** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
-** operate consistently from one release to the next.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
-**
-** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
-** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
-**
-** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
-** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
-** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
-** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST                    5
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    22
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
-**
-** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
-** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
-** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
-** the specific parameter to measure.  ^(Recognized integer codes
-** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
-** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
-** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  ^If the
-** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
-** *pHighwater is written.  ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
-** value.  For those parameters
-** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
-** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
-** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
-** non-zero [error code] on failure.
-**
-** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can be
-** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
-** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
-** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
-** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
-** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
-** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
-**
-** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
-** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
-** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
-** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
-** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
-** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
-** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
-** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
-** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
-** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
-** currently checked out.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
-** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
-** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
-** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
-** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
-** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
-** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
-** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
-** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
-** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
-** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
-** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
-** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
-** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
-** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
-** slots were available.
-** </dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
-** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
-** </dl>
-**
-** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
-**
-** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
-** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
-** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
-** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
-** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
-** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
-** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
-** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
-** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  ^If
-** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
-** reset back down to the current value.
-**
-** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
-** non-zero [error code] on failure.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
-** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
-**
-** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
-** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
-**
-** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
-** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
-** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
-** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
-** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
-** checked out.</dd>)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were 
-** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
-** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
-** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
-** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
-** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
-** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
-** memory already being in use.
-** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
-** the current value is always zero.)^
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
-** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
-** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
-** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
-** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
-** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
-** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
-** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
-** the database connection.)^
-** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
-** is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
-** is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
-** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
-** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
-** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
-** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
-** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
-** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
-** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
-** </dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
-** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
-** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
-** </dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED       0
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED           1
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED          2
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED            3
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT        4
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 10   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
-**
-** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
-** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
-** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
-** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
-** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
-** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
-** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
-** an index.  
-**
-** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
-** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
-** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
-** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
-** to be interrogated.)^
-** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
-** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
-** interface call returns.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
-** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
-**
-** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
-** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
-** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
-**
-** <dl>
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
-** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
-** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
-** careful use of indices.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
-** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
-** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
-** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
-** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
-** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
-** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
-**
-** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
-** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
-** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
-** to 2147483647.  The number of virtual machine operations can be 
-** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
-** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
-** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
-** </dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX         3
-#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP           4
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
-** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
-** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
-** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
-** to the object.
-**
-** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
-** page cache.  The page cache will allocate instances of this
-** object.  Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
-** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
-**
-** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
-  void *pBuf;        /* The content of the page */
-  void *pExtra;      /* Extra information associated with the page */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
-** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
-**
-** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
-** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
-** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
-** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
-** SQLite is used for the page cache.
-** By implementing a 
-** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
-** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
-** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
-** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
-** how long.
-**
-** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
-** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
-** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
-**
-** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
-** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
-** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
-** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
-**
-** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
-** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
-** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
-** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
-** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
-** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
-** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
-** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
-** page cache.)^
-**
-** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
-** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** It can be used to clean up 
-** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
-** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
-**
-** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
-** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  ^The
-** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
-** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
-** in multithreaded applications.
-**
-** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
-** call to xShutdown().
-**
-** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
-** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
-** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
-** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
-** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
-** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
-** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
-** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
-** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
-** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
-** database page on disk.  The value passed into szExtra depends
-** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
-** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
-** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
-** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
-** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
-** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
-** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
-** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
-** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
-** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
-** never contain any unpinned pages.
-**
-** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
-** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
-** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
-** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^  As with the bPurgeable
-** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
-** value; it is advisory only.
-**
-** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
-** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
-** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
-** 
-** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
-** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
-** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
-** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
-** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
-** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
-** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
-** for each entry in the page cache.
-**
-** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
-** is 1.  After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
-** to be "pinned".
-**
-** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
-** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
-** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
-** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
-** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
-**
-** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
-** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache
-** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
-** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
-**                 Otherwise return NULL.
-** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
-**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
-** </table>
-**
-** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  SQLite
-** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
-** failed.)^  In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
-** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
-** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
-**
-** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
-** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
-** as its second argument.  If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
-** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
-** ^If the discard parameter is
-** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
-** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
-** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
-**
-** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
-** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
-** to xFetch().
-**
-** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
-** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
-** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
-** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
-** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
-** to be pinned.
-**
-** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
-** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
-** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
-** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
-** they can be safely discarded.
-**
-** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
-** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
-** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
-** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
-** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
-** functions.
-**
-** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
-** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
-** free up as much of heap memory as possible.  The page cache implementation
-** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
-** do their best.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
-  int iVersion;
-  void *pArg;
-  int (*xInit)(void*);
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
-  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
-  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
-  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
-  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
-  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
-      unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
-  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
-  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-};
-
-/*
-** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
-** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2.  This object is not used by SQLite.  It is
-** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
-struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
-  void *pArg;
-  int (*xInit)(void*);
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
-  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
-  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
-  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
-  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
-  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
-  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
-  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
-};
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
-**
-** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
-** online backup operation.  ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
-** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
-** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
-**
-** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
-** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
-** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
-**
-** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
-** for the duration of the backup operation.
-** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
-** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
-** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
-** preventing other database connections from
-** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
-** 
-** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
-**   <ol>
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
-**         backup, 
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
-**         the data between the two databases, and finally
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
-**         associated with the backup operation. 
-**   </ol>)^
-** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
-** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
-**
-** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
-** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
-** and the database name, respectively.
-** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
-** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
-** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
-** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
-** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
-** and database name of the source database, respectively.
-** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
-** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
-** an error.
-**
-** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
-** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
-** destination [database connection] D.
-** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
-** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
-** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
-** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_backup] object.
-** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
-** operation.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
-**
-** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
-** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
-** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
-** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
-** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
-** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
-** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
-** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
-** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
-**
-** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
-** <ol>
-** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
-** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
-** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
-** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
-** destination and source page sizes differ.
-** </ol>)^
-**
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
-** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
-** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
-** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
-** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
-** [database connection]
-** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
-** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
-** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
-** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
-** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
-** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
-** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
-** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
-** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
-**
-** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
-** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
-** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
-** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
-** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
-** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
-** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
-** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
-** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
-** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
-** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
-** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
-** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
-** updated at the same time.
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
-**
-** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
-** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
-** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
-** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
-** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
-** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
-** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
-** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
-**
-** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
-** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
-** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
-** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
-** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
-**
-** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
-** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
-** sqlite3_backup_finish().
-**
-** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
-** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
-**
-** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside
-** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed
-** up and the total number of pages in the source database file.
-** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces
-** retrieve these two values, respectively.
-**
-** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by
-** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup
-** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra
-** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file
-** changing.
-**
-** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
-**
-** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
-** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
-** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
-** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
-** from within other threads.
-**
-** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
-** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
-** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
-** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
-** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
-** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
-** nevertheless.  Use of the destination database connection while a
-** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
-**
-** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
-** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
-** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
-** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
-** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
-** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
-**
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
-** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
-** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
-** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
-** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
-** possible that they return invalid values.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
-  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
-  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
-  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
-  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
-**
-** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
-** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
-** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
-** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
-** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
-** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
-** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
-**
-** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
-**
-** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
-** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
-**
-** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
-** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
-** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
-** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
-** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
-** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
-** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
-** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
-** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
-**
-** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
-** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
-** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
-** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
-** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
-**
-** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
-** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
-** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
-** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
-**
-** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
-** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
-** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
-** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
-** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
-** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
-** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
-** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
-** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
-** crash or deadlock may be the result.
-**
-** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
-** returns SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
-**
-** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
-** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
-** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
-** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
-** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
-** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
-**
-** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
-** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
-** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
-** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
-** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
-** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
-** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
-** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
-**
-** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
-**
-** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
-** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
-** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
-** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
-** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
-** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
-** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
-**
-** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
-** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
-** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
-** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
-** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
-** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
-** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
-** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
-** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
-** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
-** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
-** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
-**
-** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
-**
-** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
-** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
-** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
-** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
-** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
-** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
-** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
-** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
-**
-** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
-** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
-** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
-** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
-** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
-  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
-  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
-  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
-);
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
-** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
-** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
-** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: String Globbing
-*
-** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches
-** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match
-** the glob pattern P.  ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in
-** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the
-** SQL dialect used by SQLite.  ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case
-** sensitive.
-**
-** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
-** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log]
-** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
-** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
-** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
-**
-** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
-** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions.  While there is
-** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
-** is considered bad form.
-**
-** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
-**
-** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
-** will not use dynamically allocated memory.  The log message is stored in
-** a fixed-length buffer on the stack.  If the log message is longer than
-** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
-** buffer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
-** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a
-** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in
-** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). 
-**
-** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
-** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation 
-** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
-**
-** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
-** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
-** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
-** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
-** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
-** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
-** including those that were just committed.
-**
-** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK].  ^If an error
-** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
-** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
-** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
-** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
-** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
-** are undefined.
-**
-** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
-** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
-** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
-** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
-** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
-** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
-  void*
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
-** to automatically [checkpoint]
-** after committing a transaction if there are N or
-** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
-** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
-** checkpoints entirely.
-**
-** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
-** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
-** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
-** configured by this function.
-**
-** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
-** from SQL.
-**
-** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
-** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
-** pages.  The use of this interface
-** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
-** for a particular application.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
-**
-** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X
-** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed].  ^If X is NULL or an
-** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
-** connection D.  ^If the database connection D is not in
-** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
-** from SQL.  ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
-** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be
-** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
-**
-** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database 
-** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the 
-** eMode parameter:
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
-**   Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
-**   readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
-**   are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling 
-**   sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked.
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
-**   This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no
-**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
-**   snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
-**   database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
-**   but not database readers.
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
-**   This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after 
-**   checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback)
-**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures 
-**   that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file 
-**   from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
-**   but not database readers.
-** </dl>
-**
-** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
-** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to
-** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already
-** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be
-** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK.
-** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1
-** before returning to communicate this to the caller.
-**
-** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If
-** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
-** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a 
-** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
-**
-** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive 
-** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained
-** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer
-** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is
-** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
-** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before
-** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
-** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
-** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
-** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
-**
-** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
-** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the
-** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If 
-** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
-** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
-** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other 
-** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
-** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error 
-** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
-** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-**
-** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
-** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If
-** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
-** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
-  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
-  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
-  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
-  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters
-**
-** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to
-** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].  See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
-** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of
-** each of these values.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL    1
-#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
-**
-** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
-** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
-** various facets of the virtual table interface.
-**
-** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
-** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
-** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].)  Further options
-** may be added in the future.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
-**
-** These macros define the various options to the
-** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
-** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
-** <dd>Calls of the form
-** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
-** where X is an integer.  If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
-** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
-** support constraints.  In this configuration (which is the default) if
-** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
-** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
-** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
-** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
-**
-** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
-** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
-** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
-** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
-** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
-** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
-** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
-** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
-** had been ABORT.
-**
-** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
-** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
-** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
-** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
-** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
-** constraint handling.
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
-**
-** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
-** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
-** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
-** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
-** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
-** [virtual table].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
-**
-** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
-** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
-** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
-**
-** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
-** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
-** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
-*/
-#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
-/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
-#define SQLITE_FAIL     3
-/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4  // Also an error code */
-#define SQLITE_REPLACE  5
-
-
-
-/*
-** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
-** builds on processors without floating point support.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# undef double
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
-#endif
-#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */
-
-/*
-** 2010 August 30
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-*/
-
-#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
-#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
-typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info;
-
-/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the
-** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
-  typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
-#else
-  typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
-** R-Tree geometry query as follows:
-**
-**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...)
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zGeom,
-  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*),
-  void *pContext
-);
-
-
-/*
-** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first
-** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback().
-*/
-struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
-  void *pContext;                 /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
-  int nParam;                     /* Size of array aParam[] */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;      /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
-  void *pUser;                    /* Callback implementation user data */
-  void (*xDelUser)(void *);       /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
-};
-
-/*
-** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be 
-** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
-**
-**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zQueryFunc,
-  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*),
-  void *pContext,
-  void (*xDestructor)(void*)
-);
-
-
-/*
-** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the 
-** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
-** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
-**
-** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to
-** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.  This structure is a subclass of
-** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info {
-  void *pContext;                   /* pContext from when function registered */
-  int nParam;                       /* Number of function parameters */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;        /* value of function parameters */
-  void *pUser;                      /* callback can use this, if desired */
-  void (*xDelUser)(void*);          /* function to free pUser */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord;        /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */
-  unsigned int *anQueue;            /* Number of pending entries in the queue */
-  int nCoord;                       /* Number of coordinates */
-  int iLevel;                       /* Level of current node or entry */
-  int mxLevel;                      /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */
-  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;             /* Rowid for current entry */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore;   /* Score of parent node */
-  int eParentWithin;                /* Visibility of parent node */
-  int eWithin;                      /* OUT: Visiblity */
-  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore;         /* OUT: Write the score here */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin.
-*/
-#define NOT_WITHIN       0   /* Object completely outside of query region */
-#define PARTLY_WITHIN    1   /* Object partially overlaps query region */
-#define FULLY_WITHIN     2   /* Object fully contained within query region */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
-#endif
-
-#endif  /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */
-
diff --git a/sqlite3_libsqlite3.go b/sqlite3_libsqlite3.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c4c557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3_libsqlite3.go
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+// Copyright (C) 2014 Yasuhiro Matsumoto <mattn.jp@gmail.com>.
+//
+// Use of this source code is governed by an MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+// +build libsqlite3
+
+package sqlite3
+
+/*
+#cgo CFLAGS: -DUSE_LIBSQLITE3
+#cgo LDFLAGS: -lsqlite3
+*/
+import "C"